CONTENTdm
University Publications
application/pdf
UBC I THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA One Great University, Two Great Campuses Vancouver 2005/06 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA CALENDAR 2005/06 VANCOUVER www.students.ubc.ca/calendar Enrolment Services 2016-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1 fine rood, premium dnnka & a warm ambience Open evenyciiiij, Morning 'til 2am Dailuj DnnL Specials ■ Live DJs on Weekends ♦ No Cover ■ £is^ Screen & F'lawna TV * Sensational VieeVend EVurvh TKLL MICH .SFIir.DWIRLLL.SS NLTWOKk. 2/-+I West +th A« m K.it-StUno LfVfcween IvlacnVinald & Stephens) EVERY BOOK, ALWAYS ON SALE! Specializing in new computer books, we carry over 10,000 different titles, most sold for 50% crff the cover price! We have books on everything technical, from C to Java, ASP to ColdFusion, Windows to Linux. Be sure to check out ourl terrific prices for your textbooks! We do special J orders for textbooks on all subjects, not just technical ones. HALF PRICE COMPUIBt BOOKS C&quitlam 140 Schoohouse St. 604-521-3905 Victoria 160-2950 Douglas St. (250)361-4846 http://www.halfpricecomputerbooks.ca Vancouver 520 West 8th Avenue 604-876-1007 Burnaby 4269 Lougheed Hwy. 604-291-1033 UNIVERSITY VILLAGE Medical & Dental Clinic 604-222-CARE{2273) General Medical Practice * K:ni«iy Practice * LVpnilCsm; * Fk/Trai\'l Valine* * AcslhcTiL' Ptntrfyrej * Skin Cure * Sports Injurint General Dental Practice * CtUCfc-^fl * Ckwiiiiii*. ■ I iii..i...h..i.^ * T<wih Whitenmp * ReilunilicoK » OnhotlnnlKN Sfnmx UBC iinrf Weft Pciai Grey wrm dutt a iveek ::•>.'). .■ 111.1 -1 -. 11_. • ll.ir:\'niir .11111 .imuniLHiU k^jiuil 1.-. :ik-1 HL \ ll.ir. ji-.-..,. qLZm=x3 (r23*-2]'^^ Alhv.ni H.u.l. Vuncamtr, B.l V6T IT5 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 UBC W ABOUT THE COVER Jim Balakshin is a first-year Arts student who is leaning towards majoring in Geography. Jim loves campus life and the outdoors. He's a member of the UBC Film Society and can be regularly seen hanging out in the SUB. Third-year art history major Joella Cabalu belongs to the UBC Film Society and hopes to work in the film industry after graduation. She sings in the St. Michael's parish choir and also volunteers for the Vancouver Art Gallery. THE LIFE SCIENCES CENTRE Located immediately south of Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre, the Life Sciences Centre houses basic science departments and laboratories for both teaching and research. This five-story, 51,000-square-metre building has enough floor space to cover more than six football fields and can accommodate 2,900 medical students, professors, and researchers. The Life Sciences Centre is equipped with high tech audio-visual equipment and e-learning technology that makes tele-learning possible for students in Victoria, Prince George, and Vancouver. PUBLISHING AND EDITORIAL Published by Enrolment Services, The University of British Columbia © 2005, The University of British Columbia. All rights reserved. Printed in Canada by Horizon Publications: 18,000 copies. Advertising: Aquent Inc. (www.aquent.com) If interested in advertising within the Calendar, please email: calendar.coordinator@ubc.ca. UBC does not endorse any advertiser in this publication. Cover photography: Martin Dee Cover design: Leanne Prain The Web Calendar version-wwwstudents.ubc.ca/calendar- is the official version of the UBC Calendar and is updated quarterly each year. Please direct inquiries regarding the UBC Calendar to the Calendar Coordinator. Email: calendar.coordinator@ubc.ca. TO ORDER A UBC CALENDAR To order a copy of the Calendar by mail, please send a cheque or money order in Canadian funds, payable to The University of British Columbia, for $12.85 (within Canada), $18.85 (to the USA), or $29.25 (International) to: Enrolment Services (Calendar Request) The University of British Columbia 2016-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1 Canada Prices include GST (for Canadian orders) and postage. To purchase a copy in person please visit Brock Hall or the UBC Bookstore on Point Grey Campus or UBC Robson Square. The Calendar costs CAD$5.35 (including GST). UBC CALENDARS ONLINE UBC-www. students.ubc. ca/calendar UBC Okanagan-www.ubc.ca/okanagan/calendar BR6ADW BTATION DENTAL CEI Dr. LauretKe Cheevers Dr. Douglas Uti Or. Mark Parhar Dr. Trevor Shew Dr. Aruk Saintonge * © o © t It. ^©* 6 **©< ©*$©< ©©©©< "9** ©©©< 8888 9BOOOO' ©©© CO< ©8© ©©< ©©© Writing Centre Non-credit courses for the university and the public Academic Excellence • Writing 098: Preparation for University Writing and the LPI Writing 098 is available online. • Advanced Composition • Getting Ahead with Grammar • Writing for Graduate Students Professional Excellence • Report and Business Writing • Scientific Writing • Freelance Article Writing Writing for Film Tutor Training Daytime, evening and weekend courses are held on campus year-round. Free tutoring services and writing workshops for UBC students. Continuing Studies UBC W 604-822-9564 www.writingcentre.ubc.ca DISCOUNT TEXTBOOKS The Textbook Store for UBC STUDENTS NEW AND USED Textbooks for all courses We are open for business year round. We buy back used books EVERY DAY! COME IN & SEE US IN THE UNIVERSITY VILLAGE Unit #206-5728 University Blvd. (2nd Floor, above the McDonalds) Vancouver, BC V6T1K6 email: disctext@aol.com Tel: (604)221-1822 Fax: (604)221-1329 UBC FOOD SERVICES www.foodserv.ubc.ca At Pacific Spirit PCace ttttJinrR Vanrl.uW.'.K RgW* pizzu Rotiz- A Culinary Experience from India & Simply Pasta - Macte-to-Order Pasta XNIN1 on Campus: Arts 200 at Buchanan Barn Coffee Shop Edibles at Scarfe IRC Snack Bar at irc 99 Chairs & Trek Express at David Lam Yum Yum's Chinese food at Old Auditorium Sage Bistro evening Dining on Campus... visitors, facuity & staff wttcomtl Totem & Vaniets DM**) Rooms Come & Experience Award Winning Dining ■. Fresh StJrfry at Ginger Pot. Made-to-order Panlni at Stackables Juicy Steak Burger at the Red Cedar Grill .Gourmet Pizza at Fusions & .Traditional Homestyle Entrees at Stone Hearth OfWH to M« puUle J dam A hmvI Health & Travel Insurance FOI* * Canadians studying, working or traveling abroad • International Students studying in Canada • Visitors to Canada & Landed Immigrants • Expatriates from any country and residing in any country • Persons without & with existing health conditions - DCIS DAVID CUMMINGS Insurance Services A Trusted Name in the UBC Community 604-228-8816 TollFreeat 1-800-818-3188 info@d!avid-cummings.com www.david-cummings.com B5& The Media rrOUp College M. Disciph of Health Disciplines Tel: (604) 822-5561 Fax: (604) 822-2004 www.mediagroup.ubc.ca @ GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION O DIGITAL PRINTING & COMPUTER IMAGING Q) PHOTOGRAPHY ® VIDEO & MEDIA PRODUCTION O AV EQUIPMENT RENTAL / SERVICES (H) MEDIA & EQUIPMENT SALES @ LAMINATION Location: Room B32, Woodward IRC Building, 2194 Health Sciences Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T-1Z3 E-mail: mediagrp@interchange.ubc.ca /EastMi |L@j| 4 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Calendar Years 2005-2007 6 I DATES AND DEADLINES 7 Application and Document Deadlines 2006/2007 7 Academic Year 2005/2006 9 II ADMISSIONS 17 III FEES, FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND SCHOLARSHIPS 27 IV ESTABLISHMENT AND CONSTITUTION 43 V ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 47 VI SERVICES, FACILITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 59 VII RESEARCH UNITS, CENTRES AND INSTITUTES 75 VIII UBC LIBRARY 87 IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 91 Courses of Study and Degrees 93 1 The Faculty of Applied Science 95 2 The School of Architecture Ill 3 The Faculty of Arts 1J7 4 The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences J6J 5 The Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration J 65 6 The School of Community and Regional Planning J 75 7 The Faculty of Dentistry 179 8 The Faculty of Education J 89 9 The Faculty of Forestry 205 10 The Faculty of Graduate Studies 2J7 11 The College of Health Disciplines 289 12 The School of Human Kinetics 293 13 The School of Journalism 297 14 The Faculty of Land and Food Systems 299 15 The Faculty of Law 309 16 The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies 315 17 The Faculty of Medicine 321 18 The School of Music 351 19 The School of Nursing 361 20 The School of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene 367 21 The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences 371 22 The School of Rehabilitation Sciences 377 23 The Faculty of Science 383 24 The School of Social Work and Family Studies 437 X ALTERNATIVE STUDY OPTIONS 441 XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 447 APPENDIX I: ENROLMENT STATISTICS 2004/05 633 APPENDIX II: DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED 2004 637 APPENDIX III: EMERITUS STAFF 639 INDEX 647 UBC VANCOUVER CAMPUS MAP 662 2005 JANUARY S M T W T F S FEBRUARY S M T W T F S MARCH S M T W T F S APRIL S M T W T F S MAY S M T W T F S JUNE S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JULY S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 AUGUST S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 2006 JANUARY S M T W T F S FEBRUARY S M T W T F S MARCH S M T W T F S APRIL S M T W T F S MAY S M T W T F S JUNE S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JULY S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 AUGUST S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 2007 JANUARY S M T W T F S FEBRUARY S M T W T F S MARCH S M T W T F S APRIL S M T W T F S MAY S M T W T F S JUNE S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 JULY S M T W T F S AUGUST S M T W T F S SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S OCTOBER S M T W T F S NOVEMBER S M T W T F S DECEMBER S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 6 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Application and Document Deadlines 2006/2007 These deadlines are the latest dates on which an application or document will be accepted. Processing of applications does begin before these dates and, in some cases, programs may be filled by well-qualified students before the document deadlines. If a deadline falls on the weekend, it will be extended to the next working day. Generally, undergraduate applications are due February 28 and the documentation deadline is June 30, unless otherwise noted. The following information applies to both domestic and international students. For Non-Degree Studies (visitor, unclassified, concurrent), the application deadline is June 30; document deadline is July 15. The deadline to submit interim transcripts for post-secondary transfer students is February 28. Program Credential Faculty/School Supplementary Application Application Document Deadline Deadline Deadline Accounting1 Diploma Sauder (Commerce) Mar. 31 Apr. 15 Acting2 B.F.A. Arts Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Agroecology B.Sc. (Agroecology) Land and Food Systems Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Applied Creative Non-Fiction2 Diploma Arts Feb. 28 Ma.r31 Applied Linguistics Diploma Arts Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Applied Science (Engineering) B.A.SC. Applied Science (Engineering) Feb.28 Jun. 30 Art History Diploma Arts Jul. 31 Arts3 B.A. Arts Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Commerce B.Com. Sauder (Commerce) Feb. 28 May 1 Jun. 30 Computer Science B.C.S. Science Feb. 28 Apr 15 Jun. 30 Creative Writing2 B.F.A. Arts Feb. 28 Mar. 31 Dental Science in Dental Hygiene4 B.D.Sc. Dentistry Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Dentistry5 D.M.D. Dentistry Nov. 7 Education6 B.Ed. Education Mar. 15 Mar. 15 Environmental Design2,7 B.En.D. | " Land and Food Systems and Architecture Feb. 28 Mar. 15 Film2,3 B.A. Arts Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Film Production B.A. Arts Feb. 28 Apr. 1 Film Production2 Diploma Arts Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Food, Nutrition and Health B.Sc. (Food, Nutrition and Health) Land and Food Systems Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Forest Operations B.S.F. Forestry Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Forest Resources Management B.S.F. Forestry Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Forest Science B.Sc. (Forestry) Forestry Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Global Resource Systems B.Sc. (Global Resource Systems) Land and Food Systems Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Human Kinetics B.H.K. Human Kinetics Feb. 28 Jun. 30 International Dental Degree Completion D.M.D. Dentistry Jun. 7 Journalism M.J. Journalism Jan. 15 Jan. 15 Law8 LL.B. Law Feb. 1 Linguistics2 Diploma Arts Jun. 30 Jul. 15 Medical Laboratory Science B.M.L.Sc. Medicine Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Medicine M.D. Medicine Oct. 1 Meteorology Diploma Science Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Midwifery B.Mw. Medicine Feb. 28 Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Music2 B.A., B.Mus. Music Feb. 28 Mar. 15 Jun .30 PART I DATES AND DEADLINES APPLICATION AND DOCUMENT DEADLINES 7 Program Credential Faculty/School Supplementary Application Application Document Deadline Deadline Deadline Natural Resources Conservation B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) Forestry Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Nursing9 B.S.N. Nursing Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Nursing (third year) B.S.N. Nursing Feb. 28 Feb. 28 Jun. 15 Pharmacy B.Sc. (Pharm.) Pharmaceutical Sciences Feb. 28 Feb. 28 Jun. 15 Science10'11 B.Sc. Science Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Social Work B.S.W. Social Work Studies and Fa mily Feb. 28 Feb.28 Theatre Design and Technology2 Certificate Arts Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Visual Art2'12 B.F.A. Arts Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Wood Products Processing B.Sc. (Wood Products Processing) Forestry Feb. 28 Jun. 30 Dates indicated are for the program/session commencing in May. Note: International student application deadline is February 28. September admission deadlines are as follows: application deadline: July 5 (Canadian students), June 6 (International students); document deadline: August 15. Applications are to be directed to the Faculty. Contact the department or program directly regarding portfolio, audition or manuscript requirements. Supplementary application forms are required for the following programs and are due on the dates indicated: Economics Major (June 15), English Major (September 30; May 1 5), English Honours (April 28), Interdisciplinary Studies BA (May 14, Aug. 20; Nov. 19), International Relations Major (May 15), Political Science Major (May 15), Theatre or Film Major (April 1). Application deadline for degree completion for Bachelor of Dental Science in Dental Hygiene is April 1 5 for admission in September. Application deadline for unclassified students is July 31 for admission in September and October 15 for admission in January. Including applications for readmission. For a Diploma in Education, applications are accepted all year and must be received one month before anticipated registration date.^B Portfolio deadline is March 1 5, deadline for other documents is June 30. The deadline for applying for readmission is May 31. Post R.N. applicants must apply directly to the School of Nursing. Students entering first-year Science who wish to apply for the Science One program should contact the Science One office. The supplementary application deadline is May 15. 1 A supplemental application form is required for the Honours program in Biotechnology and is due on February 28. ■ Deadlines also apply for entry into second-year Visual Art courses. 8 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Academic Year 2005/2006 The Academic Year begins on September 6, 2005 and ends on August 31, 2006. Classes for most faculties begin on September 6, 2005. The last day of classes for the Winter Session, Term 1 is December 2, 2005. The last day of classes for Term 2 is April 7, 2006. WINTER SESSION The Winter Session is divided into two terms: the first term, generally from early September to late December (although some studies begin in August) and the second term, generally from early January to the end of April (although some studies continue well into the month of May). During the Winter Session classes are offered in the evening as well as in the day. SUMMER SESSION Term 1 of Summer Session begins in mid-May and continues through July. Term 2 of Summer Session begins in early July and ends in mid- August. Many faculties offer distance education courses. Check the Student Service Centre for summer courses and scheduling. SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS Where an application deadline falls on a day the University is closed, applications will be accepted on the following working day. Offices are closed Saturdays and Sundays. Note: all statutory holidays are subject to confirmation by UBC Human Resources. FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND FACULTY OF DENTISTRY Faculty of Medicine and Faculty of Dentistry undergraduate students will be provided with dates relating to the undergraduate program as soon as all dates are available and confirmed by the respective faculties. SEPTEMBER THURSDAY, 1 SEPTEMBER 2005 GALA-International Orientation for new international (including US) and exchange students continues (August 31 to September 2). Graduate Studies: last day for Faculty of Graduate Studies to receive recommendations from departments for North American Students to be admitted for registration in January. FRIDAY, 2 SEPTEMBER 2005 Graduate Studies: students wishing to apply for University Graduate Fellowships and external awards administered through the University (NSERC, SSHRC) for 2006/07 should check with their departments for internal student deadlines. SATURDAY, 3 SEPTEMBER 2005 Language Proficiency Index (LPI): Deadline for completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test for International applicants residing and attending school outside of Canada at the time of the July or August deadlines. UBC Housing and Conferences: Residences open. MONDAY, 5 SEPTEMBER 2005 Labour Day. University closed. TUESDAY, 6 SEPTEMBER 2005 2005/06 Academic Year begins. Classes begin for 2005/2006 Winter Session day and evening courses for all faculties not already in session. •Commerce and Business Administration, B.Com. and second year: orientation day. Distance education courses: start date for September (Term A). Imagine UBC: first-day orientation program for new students. All 100-level classes are cancelled today, with the single exception of those 100- level classes which start at or after 6:00 pm and meet only once per week. Law, first year: orientation begins. Law, second and third years: classes begin. Teacher Education Program: Students in 12- month Elementary and Year 1 of the 2-Year Elementary, Middle Years and Secondary Options; orientation day. (Term 1: September 6 to December 9 inclusive). Students in Year 2 of 2-Year Elementary: practicum begins (September 6 to December 2 inclusive). Work Study job postings appear on the website: www.students.ubc.ca/workstudy WEDNESDAY, 7 SEPTEMBER 2005 Graduate Studies: last day for payment of September instalment of tuition fees. Students who have not paid their fees will be placed on financial hold: further registration activity will not be permitted, grades will not be released and graduation diplomas will be withheld. Students will also be assessed a processing fee of $30.00 and interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter). Last day for payment of first instalment of fees for registration and course changes made before September 1st. Students who have not paid their fees will be placed on financial hold: further registration activity will not be permitted, grades will not be released, and graduation diplomas will be withheld. Students will also be assessed a processing fee of $30.00 and interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter). THURSDAY, 8 SEPTEMBER 2005 Access & Diversity Office: new client orientation. THURSDAY, 15 SEPTEMBER 2005 General University Bursaries: last day for applications to be submitted to Student Financial Assistance & Awards. Students must have received their 2005/2006 student loans to be eligible for the General Bursaries. UBC Work Study: Last day for applications to be submitted to Student Financial Assistance and Awards. Student Financial Assistance and Awards must receive the application by 4:00 pm. For out-of-province students, Student Financial Assistance and Awards must have received the 2005/2006 student loan documents or received copy of an official notification of award from the home province attached with the Work Study application. TUESDAY, 20 SEPTEMBER 2005 Last day for withdrawal from most Term 1 courses without withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. Student Service Centre remains open for course withdrawals with a 'W' standing. Distance Education courses: Student Service Centre closes for distance education courses PART I DATES AND DEADLINES ACADEMIC YEAR 9 starting in September (Term A). Last day for registration and for withdrawal without a 'W' standing recorded on a student's academic record. Last day for changes between credit and audit for Term 1 courses. Last day to apply for a U-Pass exemption for Term 1 on the Student Service Centre. WEDNESDAY, 21 SEPTEMBER 2005 Meeting of the Senate. FRIDAY, 23 SEPTEMBER 2005 Last date for change in registration and for withdrawal from most two-term courses without withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on student's academic record. Student Service Centre remains open for course withdrawals with a 'W' standing. Last day for changes between credit and audit for two-term courses. International Student Services orientation for late-arriving international (including US) and exchange students. FRIDAY, 30 SEPTEMBER 2005 Faculty textbook adoptions required by Bookstore for courses beginning in January. OCTOBER MONDAY, 3 OCTOBER 2005 Graduate Studies: Last day for final oral examinations for doctoral students planning to graduate in November. FRIDAY, 7 OCTOBER 2005 Last day for payment of fees for any fee assessments incurred between September 1 and September 30. Students who have not paid their fees will be placed on financial hold: further registration activity will not be permitted, grades will not be released and graduation diplomas will be withheld. Students will also be assessed a processing fee of $30.00 and interest will be assessed on outstanding balance until it is paid in full (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter). Graduate Studies: last day for submission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies Office of master's and doctoral theses for Fall graduation. MONDAY, 10 OCTOBER 2005 Thanksgiving Day. University closed. FRIDAY, 14 OCTOBER 2005 Last date for withdrawal from most Winter Session Term 1 courses with withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. Graduate Studies: last day for departments to notify the Faculty of Graduate Studies that major papers have been submitted and all requirements met for non-thesis master's degrees for Fall graduation. SATURDAY, 15 OCTOBER 2005 Awards for students with disabilities: last day for applications to be submitted to Student Financial Assistance & Awards. WEDNESDAY, 19 OCTOBER 2005 Meeting of the Senate. MONDAY, 24 OCTOBER 2005 Teacher Education Program: Secondary practicum begins (October 24 to November 4 inclusive). SATURDAY, 29 OCTOBER 2005 Language Proficiency Index(LPI): Deadline for completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) for all students intending to take a first- year English course in January 2006 (Winter Session, Term 2). MONDAY, 31 OCTOBER 2005 Last day for completion of bachelor's degree program requirements for graduation in November. Last day for submission of applications for supplemental and deferred examinations from Summer Session. NOVEMBER TUESDAY, 1 NOVEMBER 2005 Graduate Studies: last day for Faculty of Graduate Studies to receive recommendations from departments for overseas international students to be admitted for registration in May. FRIDAY, 11 NOVEMBER 2005 Remembrance Day. University closed. Service in War Memorial Gymnasium for all students, faculty, alumni, staff and friends at 10:45 am. MONDAY, 14 NOVEMBER 2005 Graduate Studies: Last day for supervisor to submit "Appointment of External Examiner for Doctoral Thesis" form to Faculty of Graduate Studies for students expecting to graduate in May. Submissions received after this date may not be processed in time for Spring graduation. TUESDAY, 15 NOVEMBER 2005 Killam Postdoctoral Fellowships: last day for students to submit applications to departments for 2006 Fellowship competition. WEDNESDAY, 16 NOVEMBER 2005 Meeting of the Senate. MONDAY, 21 NOVEMBER 2005 Crane Resource Centre: recommended date for submission of materials for alternate format production for Winter Session, Term 2. TUESDAY, 22 NOVEMBER 2005 Killam Postdoctoral Fellowships: last day for departments to submit nominations to Faculty of Graduate Studies for 2006 Fellowship competition. WEDNESDAY, 23 NOVEMBER 2005 Fall congregation ceremonies, Day 1: The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts. THURSDAY, 24 NOVEMBER 2005 Fall congregation ceremonies, Day 2: The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts. FRIDAY, 25 NOVEMBER 2005 Last day for withdrawal from most two-term courses with withdrawal standing of 'W recorded on a student's academic record. Access & Diversity Office: recommended date for submission of Exam Accommodation forms for December examinations. Fall congregation ceremonies, Day 3. The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts (if required). DECEMBER THURSDAY, 1 DECEMBER 2005 Last day for sponsored students to submit application to have fees billed to a sponsoring organization for Winter Session Term 2 (January-April) tuition fees. Students who do not submit their applications by the deadline will be required to pay their second instalment of tuition fees by January 7 to avoid financial hold procedures (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter). Last day for Teaching and Research Assistants to apply for payroll deduction of Winter Session Term 2 (January-April) tuition fees. Graduate Studies: last day for the Faculty of P&raduate Studies to receive recommendations from departments for North American students to be admitted for registration in May. FRIDAY, 2 DECEMBER 2005 Last day of classes for most faculties. Law, all years: last day of classes. Student Mobility Programs: Deadline to apply for a student exchange program to the United States (deadlines are subject to change, please check the Go Global website to confirm). TUESDAY, 6 DECEMBER 2005 Law, all years: December examinations begin. WEDNESDAY, 7 DECEMBER 2005 December examinations begin for most Faculties, day and evening classes (December 7 to December 21 inclusive). Saturdays are included in the exam schedule. Supplemental and deferred examination period (Summer Session). FRIDAY, 9 DECEMBER 2005 Dentistry, D.M.D., third and fourth years: last day of program prior to December break. Graduate Studies: Last day for final oral examinations for doctoral students in time for Winter blackout. Teacher Education Program: Students in Elementary 12 Month and Year 1 of the 2 Year Program, Middle Years and Secondary-last day of classes for Term 1. SATURDAY, 10 DECEMBER 2005 Dentistry, D.M.D., third and fourth years: study and assessment period begins (December 10 to 16 inclusive). 10 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 WEDNESDAY, 14 DECEMBER 2005 Meeting of the Senate. FRIDAY, 16 DECEMBER 2005 Graduate Studies: Last day for submission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies of master's and doctoral theses for December 31 end date. WEDNESDAY, 21 DECEMBER 2005 Last day of December examinations for most Faculties. Law, all years: last day of December examinations. SUNDAY, 25 DECEMBER 2005 Christmas Day. University closed. MONDAY, 26 DECEMBER 2005 Boxing Day. University closed. TUESDAY, 27 DECEMBER 2005 Holiday in lieu of Christmas Day, Sunday, December 25, 2005. University closed. WEDNESDAY, 28 DECEMBER 2005 Reduced student services in some departments until January 3, 2006. JANUARY SUNDAY, 1 JANUARY 2006 New Year's Day. University closed. MONDAY, 2 JANUARY 2006 Holiday in lieu of New Year's Day, Sunday, January 1, 2006. University closed. TUESDAY, 3 JANUARY 2006 Dentistry, D.M.D., third and fourth years: classes begin. WEDNESDAY, 4 JANUARY 2006 Second term begins, Winter Session: all faculties, day and evening classes. Distance education courses: start date for January (Term C). GALA-International Orientation for new international (including US) and exchange students entering Winter Session Term 2. Law, all years: classes begin. Pharmaceutical Sciences, first, second, and third years: classes begin. Pharmaceutical Sciences, fourth year: clinical clerkship period begins (January 4 to 27 inclusive). Pharmaceutical Sciences, fourth year: Pharmacy elective block begins. Teacher Education Program, Elementary, Middle Years and Updating Program: practica begin (January 4 to 13 inclusive). Students in year 2 of 2-Year Elementary and Secondary program: courses begin. FRIDAY, 6 JANUARY 2006 Student Mobility Programs: Deadline to apply for a student exchange program to Asia (deadlines are subject to change, please check the Go Global website to confirm). SATURDAY, 7 JANUARY 2006 Graduate Studies: last day for payment of January instalment of tuition fees. Students who have not paid their fees will be placed on financial hold: further registration activity will not be permitted, grades will not be released and graduation diplomas will be withheld. Students will also be assessed a processing fee of $30.00 and interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter). Last day for payment of second instalment of fees for registration and course changes made on or before December 31. Students who have not paid their fees will be placed on financial hold: further registration activity will not be permitted, grades will not be released and graduation diplomas will be withheld. Students will also be assessed a processing fee of $30.00 and interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter). FRIDAY, 13 JANUARY 2006 Graduate Studies: last day for departments to submit renewal recommendations for University Graduate Fellowships. Student Mobility Programs: Deadline to apply for a Commerce-specific student exchange program (all regions). Deadlines are subject to change, please check the Go Global website to confirm. SUNDAY, 15 JANUARY 2006 Pharmaceutical Sciences: deadline for application for Pharm.D. program commencing in August 2006. MONDAY, 16 JANUARY 2006 Teacher Education Program: Elementary 12 Month and Middle Years-classes begin January 16 to March 24. TUESDAY, 17 JANUARY 2006 Last day for withdrawal from most Term 2 courses without withdrawal standing of 'W recorded on a student's academic record. Student Service Centre remains open for course withdrawals with 'W' standing. Distance Education courses: Student Service Centre closes for distance education courses starting in January (Term C). Last day for changes in registration and for withdrawals without a 'W' standing recorded on a student's academic record. Last day for changes between credit and audit for Term 2 courses. Last day to apply for a U-Pass exemption for Term 2 on the Student Service Centre. WEDNESDAY, 25 JANUARY 2006 Meeting of the Senate. FRIDAY, 27 JANUARY 2006 Student Mobility Programs: Deadline to apply for a student exchange program to Australia, New Zealand and Africa (deadlines are subject to change, please check the Go Global website to confirm). MONDAY, 30 JANUARY 2006 Pharmaceutical Sciences, fourth year; clinical clerkship period begins (January 30 to February 24 inclusive). FEBRUARY WEDNESDAY, 1 FEBRUARY 2006 Medicine, M.Sc. Genetic Counselling Training Program: application deadline. FRIDAY, 3 FEBRUARY 2006 Faculty textbook adoptions required by UBC Bookstore for courses beginning in May. MONDAY, 6 FEBRUARY 2006 Teacher Education Program: Secondary practicum begins (February 6 to May 12 inclusive). TUESDAY, 7 FEBRUARY 2006 Last day for payment of fees for any fee assessments incurred between January 1 and January 31. Students who have not paid their fees will be placed on financial hold: further registration activity will not be permitted, grades will not be released and graduation diplomas will be withheld. Students will also be assessed a processing fee of $30.00 and interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter). FRIDAY, 10 FEBRUARY 2006 Last date for withdrawal from most Winter Session Term 2 courses with withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. Graduate Studies: last day for submission of doctoral theses to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for transmission to the external examiner in time for Spring graduation. Student Mobility Programs: Deadline to apply for a student exchange program to Europe, Canada and Latin America (deadlines are subject to change, please check the Go Global website to confirm). MONDAY, 13 FEBRUARY 2006 Midterm break for most faculties begins (February 13 to 17 inclusive). Lectures and laboratories cancelled. Library and other facilities open. Commerce and Business Administration: Master's classes continue (M.B.A. midterm break April 10 to 13 inclusive). Law: midterm break begins (February 13 to 17 inclusive). Classes cancelled. Pharmaceutical Sciences, first, second, and third years: midterm break begins (February 13 to 17 inclusive). Teacher Education Program: Elementary and Middle Years midterm break (February 13 to 17 inclusive). PART I DATES AND DEADLINES ACADEMIC YEAR 11 WEDNESDAY, 22 FEBRUARY 2006 Meeting of the Senate. SATURDAY, 25 FEBRUARY 2006 Language Proficiency Index (LPI): Deadline for completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test by all students intending to take a first-year English course in Summer Session 2006 (Terms 1 and 2). MONDAY, 27 FEBRUARY 2006 Pharmaceutical Sciences, fourth year: clinical clerkship period begins (February 27 to March 24 inclusive). TUESDAY, 28 FEBRUARY 2006 Applications for UBC Entrance Scholarship and UBC Entrance Bursary deadline. Student Financial Assistance & Awards must receive the application by 4:00 pm. Deadline for application to 2006 Summer Session and the 2006/07 Winter Session except for visiting, unclassified, Access or auditor students. Deadline to apply for change of program/ campus for the 2006/07 Winter Session. Deadline to submit Interim post-secondary transcripts for admission to the 2006 Summer Session and the 2006/07 Winter Session. Last day for graduation applications to be submitted to Enrolment Services by all students expecting to graduate in May. Application is made through the Student Service Centre. Document deadline for Social Work program (B.S.W.) for 2006/07 Winter Session. Faculty textbook adoptions required by the Bookstore for courses beginning in July. MARCH WEDNESDAY, 1 MARCH 2006 Graduate Studies: last day for the Faculty of Graduate Studies to receive recommendations from departments for overseas international students to be admitted for registration in September. FRIDAY, 10 MARCH 2006 Dentistry, D.M.D., third and fourth years: last day of program prior to mid-term break. Graduate Studies: Last day for supervisor to submit "Appointment of External Examiner for Doctoral Thesis" form to Faculty of Graduate Studies in time for Summer blackout. Student Mobility Programs: Deadline to apply for a summer student exchange program (deadlines subject to change, please check the Go Global website to confirm). MONDAY, 13 MARCH 2006 Dentistry, D.M.D., third and fourth years: mid-term break (March 13 to 17 inclusive). WEDNESDAY, 15 MARCH 2006 Summer Session: Student Service Centre available for registration for all courses (subject to change). All students should refer to their admission letter or to the Student Services Centre for individual registration access dates. Most courses run: Term 1 (evening courses) May 8 to July 28 inclusive (exams July 29); Term 2 (daytime courses) July 10 to August 18 inclusive (exams August 19). FRIDAY, 17 MARCH 2006 Last day for submission of graduating essays and theses, most bachelor's degree programs. MONDAY, 20 MARCH 2006 Dentistry, D.M.D. fourth year: Exam period (March 20 to 24 inclusive). WEDNESDAY, 22 MARCH 2006 Meeting of the Senate. MONDAY, 27 MARCH 2006 Pharmaceutical Sciences, fourth year: clinical clerkship period begins (March 27 to April 21 inclusive). FRIDAY, 31 MARCH 2006 Access & Diversity Office: recommended date for submission of Exam Accommodation forms for April examinations. Crane Resource Centre: recommended date for submission of materials for alternate format production for Summer Session for courses starting May 8. Deadline to submit documentation for admission to the Applied Creative Non-fiction Diploma for 2006/07 Winter Session for currently attending UBC students. APRIL SATURDAY, 1 APRIL 2006 Faculty textbook adoptions required by UBC Bookstore for courses beginning in September. MONDAY, 3 APRIL 2006 Summer Session: Last day for Teaching and Research Assistants to apply for payroll deduction of Summer Session (May-August) tuition fees. Students who do not submit their applications by the deadline will be required to pay their first instalment of tuition fees by May 10 to avoid financial hold procedures (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and rbcholarships chapter). Graduate Studies: last day for the Faculty of Graduate Studies to receive recommendations from departments for North American students to be admitted for registration in September. Teacher Education Elementary 12 month and Middle Years: practica begin (April 3 to June 23 inclusive). THURSDAY, 6 APRIL 2006 Faculty Association General Faculty Meeting, 1:00 pm. FRIDAY, 7 APRIL 2006 Last day of classes for most faculties. Law, all years: last day of classes. MONDAY, 10 APRIL 2006 Commerce and Business Administration, M.B.A.: midterm break begins (April 10 to 13 inclusive). TUESDAY, 11 APRIL 2006 April examinations begin (day and evening classes) for most faculties (April 11 to 28 inclusive). Saturdays are included in the examination schedule. Law: Examinations begin. FRIDAY, 14 APRIL 2006 Good Friday. University closed. SATURDAY, 15 APRIL 2006 Deadline to submit final documentation for admission to the 2006 Summer Session Term 1. Graduate Studies: Last day for final oral examination for doctoral students planning to graduate in May. Students applying for student loan via the BC Student Assistance Program (BCSAP) for the 2006 Summer Session will have their Term 1 Summer Session tuition fees automatically deferred until June 7, 2006 if their BCSAP application is received and assessed by this date. Students receiving student loan from a province other than BC should contact Student Financial Assistance & Awards before the tuition fee deadline to obtain a deferral. MONDAY, 17 APRIL 2006 Easter Monday. University closed. TUESDAY, 18 APRIL 2006 Forestry, third year: FRST 452 field work begins at the University Research Forest, Maple Ridge, BC (April 18 to 28 inclusive). WEDNESDAY, 19 APRIL 2006 Meeting of the Senate. FRIDAY, 21 APRIL 2006 Graduate Studies: last day for departments to notify the Faculty of Graduate Studies that major papers have been submitted and all requirements met for non-thesis master's degrees for Spring graduation. Graduate Studies: last day for submission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies Office of master's and doctoral theses for Spring graduation. Pharmaceutical Sciences, fourth year: last day of clinical clerkships. FRIDAY, 28 APRIL 2006 Last day of April examinations for most faculties. Earth and Ocean Sciences, second year students: Geology Field School begins (EOSC 223) (April 28 to May 4 inclusive). Earth and Ocean Sciences, third year students: Geology field school begins (EOSC 328) (April 28 to May 11 inclusive). Earth and Ocean Sciences: Hydrogeology Field School begins (EOSC 428) (April 28 to May 2 inclusive). 12 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Geography, third year: GEOG 309 field school begins. Graduate Studies: Last day for supervisor to submit "Appointment of External Examiner for Doctoral Thesis" form to Faculty of Graduate Studies for students expecting to graduate in November. Submissions received after this date may not be processed in time for Fall graduation. Law, all years: last day of examinations. SATURDAY, 29 APRIL 2006 UBC Housing and Conferences: Winter Session residences close; residents are required to vacate. SUNDAY, 30 APRIL 2006 2005/06 Winter Session ends. MAY MONDAY, 1 MAY 2006 Civil Engineering Surveying field school (CIVL 235) begins (May 1 to 13 inclusive). Deadline for secondary school applicants to submit Commerce supplemental application form. Last day for sponsored students to submit applications to have fees billed to a sponsoring organization. Students who do not submit their applications by the deadline will be required to pay the first instalment of fees by May 10 to avoid financial hold procedure (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter). MONDAY, 8 MAY 2006 Summer Session, Term 1: first day of classes for terms running from May 8 to June 16 (exams June 17), and May 8 to July 28 exams July 29). Distance education courses: course start date for Summer Session (Term A). GALA-International Orientation for new international (including US) and exchange students attending Summer Session. WEDNESDAY, 10 MAY 2006 Graduate Studies: last day for payment of May instalment of tuition fees. Students who have not paid their fees will be placed on financial hold: further registration activity will not be permitted, grades will not be released and graduation diplomas will be withheld. Students will also be assessed a processing fee of $30.00 and interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter). Summer Session, Term 1: tuition fees due. FRIDAY, 12 MAY 2006 Last day for withdrawal from most three- credit courses starting May 8 without withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. Student Service Centre remains open for course withdrawals with 'W' standing. Crane Resource Centre: recommended dates for submission of materials for alternate format production for Summer Session courses starting June 19. Dentistry, D.M.D., fourth year: last day of program. Distance Education courses: Student Service Centre closes for distance education courses starting in May (Summer Session Term A). Last day for changes in registration and for withdrawal without a 'W' standing recorded on a student's academic record. MONDAY, 15 MAY 2006 Science One Program: application deadline. Teacher Education Secondary: most classes begin for Term 1 Summer Session (May 15 to June 23 inclusive). WEDNESDAY, 17 MAY 2006 Meeting of the Senate. FRIDAY, 19 MAY 2006 Last day for withdrawal from most 6-credit courses starting May 8 without withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. Student Service Centre remains open for course withdrawals with 'W' standing. MONDAY, 22 MAY 2006 Victoria Day. University closed. WEDNESDAY, 24 MAY 2006 Spring Congregation Ceremonies, Day 1: The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts. Baccalaureate Concert: The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts. THURSDAY, 25 MAY 2006 Spring Congregation Ceremonies, Day 2: The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts. FRIDAY, 26 MAY 2006 Last date for withdrawal from most 3-credit courses starting May 8 with withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. Spring Congregation Ceremonies, Day 3: The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts. MONDAY, 29 MAY 2006 Spring Congregation Ceremonies, Day 4: The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts. TUESDAY, 30 MAY 2006 Spring Congregation Ceremonies, Day 5: The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts. WEDNESDAY, 31 MAY 2006 Registration for Winter Session opens (subject to change). All students should refer to their admission letter or the Student Service Centre for individual registration access dates. Spring Congregation Ceremonies, Day 6: The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts. Deadline to submit final documentation for admission to the 2006 Summer Session Term 2. JUNE THURSDAY, 1 JUNE 2006 Admissions: Deadline to submit final documentation for admission to the 2006 Summer Session, Term 2. Deadline for submission of Summer Session scholarship and bursary applications to Student Financial Assistance & Awards. FRIDAY, 2 JUNE 2006 Access & Diversity Office: recommended dates for submission of Exam Accommodation forms for Summer Session, Term 1, for courses ending June 16. Crane Resource Centre: recommended date for submission of materials for alternate format production for Summer Session, Term 2, for courses starting July 10. Dentistry, D.M.D., third year: last day of program. TUESDAY, 6 JUNE 2006 Dentistry, D.M.D., third year: Exam period (June 6 to 13 inclusive). FRIDAY, 9 JUNE 2006 Graduate Studies: Last day for submission of doctoral theses to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for transmission to the external examiner in time for Summer blackout. THURSDAY, 15 JUNE 2006 Admissions: Deadline to submit documentation for admission to the Bachelor of Science (Pharmacy) degree for the 2006/07 session. General and Entrance Scholarships: last day for applications to be submitted to Student Financial Assistance & Awards by students entering UBC from other post-secondary institutions, or returning to UBC after a year or more of absence. FRIDAY, 16 JUNE 2006 Last date for withdrawal from most 6-credit courses starting May 8 with withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. Summer Session, Term 1, some courses end. Examinations are held either in the evening of June 16 or Saturday June 17. SATURDAY, 17 JUNE 2006 Summer Session Term 1 (some courses) examinations. MONDAY, 19 JUNE 2006 Summer Session, Term 1: first day of classes for courses running June 19 to July 28 (exams July 29). FRIDAY, 23 JUNE 2006 Summer Session, Term 1: Last day for withdrawal from most 3-credit courses starting June 19 without withdrawal standing of 'W recorded on a student's academic record. Student Service Centre remains open for course withdrawals with 'W' standing. PART I DATES AND DEADLINES ACADEMIC YEAR 13 Application deadline for supplemental and deferred examinations from 2005/06 Winter Session. MONDAY, 26 JUNE 2006 Crane Resource Centre: recommended date for submission of materials for alternate format production for Summer Session, Term 2, for courses starting July 31. FRIDAY, 30 JUNE 2006 Admissions: deadline to apply for readmission for students returning to the same program for the 2006/07 Winter Session. Admissions: deadline to submit documentation for admission or change of program/campus for the 2006/07 Winter Session (except for Social Work). Affiliation Scholarships and Affiliation Bursaries: last day for applications to be submitted to Student Financial Assistance & Awards. Deadline to apply for the Linguistics Diploma for the 2006/07 Winter Session for currently attending UBC students. Deadline to submit admission application documentation for the B.En.D. (Environmental Design) program. Students applying for student loan via the BC Student Assistance Program (BCSAP) for the 2006 Winter Session will have their Term 1 and Term 2 tuition fees automatically deferred for one month if their BCSAP application is received and assessed by this date. Students receiving student loans from a province other than BC should contact Student Financial Assistance & Awards before the tuition deadline to obtain a deferral. JULY SATURDAY, 1 JULY 2006 Canada Day. University closed. MONDAY, 3 JULY 2006 Holiday in lieu of Saturday, July 1, 2006. University closed. TUESDAY, 4 JULY 2006 Law: supplemental and deferred examinations begin (July 4 to July 13 inclusive). Teacher Education Program: Elementary 12- Month, Middle Years, Secondary Options: classes begin for Summer Session, Term 2 dates (July 4 to August 11, July 4 to 21 and July 24 to August 11). FRIDAY, 7 JULY 2006 Summer Session, Term 1: Last date for withdrawal from most 3-credit courses starting June 19 with withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. MONDAY, 10 JULY 2006 Summer Session, Term 2: some courses begin (July 10 to August 18, exams August 19). WEDNESDAY, 12 JULY 2006 Summer Session, Term 2: Last day for withdrawal from most 3-credit courses starting July 10 without withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. Student Service Centre remains open for course withdrawals with 'W' standing. Summer Session, Term 2: tuition due date. SATURDAY, 15 JULY 2006 Deadline for the completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test by BC students (including students who are non-BC residents studying at BC educational institutions) intending to take a first-year English course in September 2006. Deadline to submit documentation for admission to the 2006/07 Winter Session for the Linguistic Diploma or the Theatre Design and Technology Certificate for currently attending UBC students. MONDAY, 17 JULY 2006 Summer Session, Term 2: Last date for withdrawal from most 3-credit courses starting July 10 with withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. TUESDAY, 18 JULY 2006 Summer Session, Term 2: Last date for withdrawal from most 6-credit courses starting July 10 without withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. Student Service Centre remains open for course withdrawals with 'W' standing. FRIDAY, 21 JULY 2006 Access & Diversity Office: recommended date for submission of Exam Accommodation forms for Summer Session, Term 1, for courses ending July 28. Graduate Studies: Last day for supervisor to submit "Appointment of External Examiner for Doctoral Thesis" form to Faculty of Graduate Studies in time for Winter blackout. MONDAY, 24 JULY 2006 Supplemental and deferred examination period (Winter Session), weekdays (July 24 to August 4 inclusive). WEDNESDAY, 26 JULY 2006 Summer Session, Term 2: Last date for withdrawal from most 6-credit courses starting July 10 with withdrawal standing of 'W recorded on a student's academic record. FRIDAY, 28 JULY 2006 Summer Session Term 1: most classes end. Examinations are held either the evening of July 28 or Saturday July 29. Summer Session Term 2: some classes end. Examinations are held either the evening of July 28 or Saturday July 29. Graduate Studies: Last day for final oral examinations for doctoral students in time for Summer blackout. Graduate Studies: Last day for submission of doctoral theses to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for transmission to the external examiner in time for Fall graduation. SATURDAY, 29 JULY 2006 Summer Session Term 1 and Summer Session Term 2 examinations (some courses). MONDAY, 31 JULY 2006 Summer Session, Term 2: some courses begin (July 31 to August 18, exams August 19). Deadline to apply for the Art History Diploma for the 2006/07 Winter Session for currently attending UBC students. AUGUST TUESDAY, 1 AUGUST 2006 Graduate Studies: last day for Faculty of Graduate Studies to receive recommendations from departments for overseas international students to be admitted for registration in January 2007. WEDNESDAY, 2 AUGUST 2006 Summer Session, Term 2: Last date for withdrawal from most 3-credit courses starting July 31 without withdrawal standing of 'W recorded on a student's academic record. Student Service Centre remains open for course withdrawals with 'W' standing. SATURDAY, 5 AUGUST 2006 Language Proficiency Index (LPI): Deadline for completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test by out-of-province students intending to take a first-year English course in September 2006. Out-of-province students may be granted permission write on September 2 if they miss the LPI sitting in their province. To seek permission, write to the First-Year English Office (First-Year.English@ubc.ca). MONDAY, 7 AUGUST 2006 BC Day. University closed. Last date for withdrawal from most three- credit courses starting July 31 with withdrawal standing of 'W' recorded on a student's academic record. TUESDAY, 8 AUGUST 2006 International Student Services welcome services for new international (including US) and exchange students (August 8 to 26 inclusive, and ongoing). WEDNESDAY, 9 AUGUST 2006 Distance Education and Technology: course information will be sent to students for courses beginning in September (Term A). FRIDAY, 11 AUGUST 2006 Access & Diversity Office: recommended date for submission of Exam Accommodation forms for Summer Session, Term 2 courses ending August 18. Last day for students who hold major external graduate or undergraduate fellowships to apply for Winter Session fee deferments. TUESDAY, 15 AUGUST 2006 Last day for graduation applications to be submitted to Enrolment Services by all students expecting to graduate in November. 14 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Application is made through the Student Service Centre. Last day for sponsored students to submit application to have fees billed to a sponsoring organization. Students who do not submit their applications by the deadline will be required to pay the first instalment of tuition fees by September 7 to avoid financial hold procedure (see the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter). Last day for Teaching and Research Assistants to apply for payroll deduction of Winter Session tuition fees. General Bursary Program: Applications available on the Student Service Centre. Work Study applications available from Student Financial Assistance & Awards. FRIDAY, 18 AUGUST 2006 Summer Session Term 2: most courses end. Examinations are held either the evening of August 18 or on Saturday August 19. Graduate Studies: Last day for submission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies of master's and doctoral theses for August 31 end date. SATURDAY, 19 AUGUST 2006 Summer Session Term 2 examinations (some courses). Forestry, third year: Interior Field School (FRST 351) begins (August 19 to 27 inclusive). MONDAY, 21 AUGUST 2006 Agricultural Sciences Field Trip (AGSC 300) begins (August 21 to 25 inclusive). THURSDAY, 31 AUGUST 2006 2005/06 Academic Year ends. PART I DATES AND DEADLINES ACADEMIC YEAR 15 UBC DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING PROGRAM If you are a university graduate seeking a professional accounting designation, you can fast-track your education through the UBC Diploma in Accounting Program (DAP). UBC DAP's curriculum is recognized by the Chartered Accountants School of Business (CASB) and satisfies most of the CMA and CGA program requirements. APPLICATION DEADLINES FOR 2006 Courses starting in May: ■ March 1 (International applicants) ■ March 31 (Canadian applicants) Courses starting in September: ■June 5 (International applicants) ■July7 (Canadian applicants) To find out more: UBC Diploma in Accounting Program Sauder School of Business 2053 Main Mall, Vancouver BC V6T1Z2 tel 604.822.8412 fax 604.822.2220 email dap@sauder.ubc.ca www.sauder.ubc.ca/dap Fl SAUDER School of Business Opening Worlds UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA MANDARIN PORTUGUESE PUNJABI Languages Cultures & Travel Non-credit day, evening or Saturday morning language classes for the university community and the public • Culinary Arts program: Cultures and traditions of regional cuisines • Understanding Wine program (in association with the UBC Wine Research Centre) • Travel immersion programs to France, Italy, Mexico and Cuba Continuing Studies Languages, Cultures & Travel UBC W 604-822-0800 www.languages.ubc.ca This Could Have Now all UBC students, (acuity and staff can download anti-virus software for free! Visit download.ubc.ca for details. One of many ways ITServices is helping students excel. www.itservices.ubc.ca/students 1 Residence internet access 1 Residence telephones 1 Wireless internet access 1 e-Mail 1 myUBC 1 Campus-Wide Login ITServices St. John's College, UBC Our academic residential college offers graduate students, postdoctoral researchers and visiting scholars an intellectually and socially enriching environment within which to pursue academic objectives as well as develop lifelong friendships through participation in the College community. We offer single accommodation with private bathrooms for 182 residents-including 8 wheelchair accessible rooms, and 11 couples suites. Common areas for resident use include the Dining Hall, the large Social Lounge, and several other social areas. Our creative executive chef and his team present both vegetarian and non-vegetarian meals with an international flavor as part of our mandatory meal plan. Weekly seminars by invited speakers and residents provide the focus for an enriched intellectual environment at the college. FOR INFORMATION AND APPLICATION FORMS, CONTACT OUR MEMBERSHIP SECRETARY phone: 604-822-8790, e-mail: sjc.membership@ubc.ca Applications are accepted throughout the year. The College also offers private guest rooms for short-term academic visitors to UBC; rooms feature private bath, double or queen bed, telephone, TV, and fridge. Call 604-822-8788 for additional information and availability. For more information about St.John's please check out our website at www.stjohns.ubc.ca, or contact us at 604-822-8788 email: sjc.reception@ubc.ca. 16 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION PROCEDURE Inquiries concerning admission should be made to: Undergraduate Admissions (www.welcome.ubc.ca) The University of British Columbia Enrolment Services 2016-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Telephone: 604-822-3014 Fax: 604-822-3599 For application and document deadlines for the various faculties and schools, see Application Deadlines (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/ index.cfm?page=deadlines). All necessary educational documents and an Application for Admission form must be submitted by the designated date. See Application to UBC, p. 25. For those faculties or schools that have more eligible applicants than they can admit, applications will not be accepted after the deadline. For those faculties or schools that expect to have space available, late applications may be accepted. However, late applications will only be considered after all other eligible applications and it may not be possible to process them before the start of classes. Applications which are not complete by the document deadline may be cancelled if the program sought has been filled by that date. Documents submitted in support of an application become the property of the University and are not returned to the applicant unless they are irreplaceable (e.g., graduation certificates/ booklets, Iranian high school transcripts, etc.). Applicants who submit irreplaceable documents may complete a "Request for Return of Irreplaceable Documents" form, available from Admissions. Irreplaceable documents will be returned after the admission evaluation is complete. For applicants who do not attend UBC, documents will be kept on file for one year only. For those who attend UBC, admission documents are retained for five years after a student stops attending the University. Notification of admission decisions are given to applicants after all necessary documents have been received and evaluated. Offers of admission and information concerning registration procedures will be provided to all successful applicants. Students receiving offers of admission to most limited enrolment programs will have their offer of admission revoked and their eligibility to register cancelled if they do not register by the cancellation date given in their letter of acceptance. Offers of admission or readmission are valid only for the session(s) indicated on the letter of acceptance. POLICY ON ADMISSIONS The University of British Columbia seeks applications from students who can benefit from and contribute to the varied and stimulating academic life at this university. The University's admission regulations and procedures are intended to identify such students and to ensure that they enter programs at a level that will allow them to get the maximum benefit from their university studies. Academic criteria are the bases of admission for the majority of applicants offered admission but additional criteria may be used in some programs in the selection of a limited number of qualified students. Programs to which admission may be based on both academic and other criteria are identified in the faculty and school entries. Excellent students who do not meet all of the published admission requirements may be considered for admission in exceptional cases by the dean of the faculty or the dean's designate. The number of new students that can be admitted to each program is dependent on a number of factors and is usually not known when the first offers of admission are made. The chances of receiving an offer of admission may be increased by the early submission of an application and supporting documentation. Application and document deadlines are the latest dates on which an application or document will be accepted. Processing of applications does begin before these dates and in some cases, programs may be filled by well qualified students before the document deadline. The University reserves the right, the published regulations notwithstanding, to deny admission on the basis of overall academic record and to limit enrolment by selecting from among qualified applicants those who will be admitted. Except in special circumstances, no student under the age of 16 is admitted. The admission requirements in this section refer to the minimum educational level necessary for admission to undergraduate programs. Because of enrolment limitations the academic standing required for admission to most programs is higher than the published minimum. Reference may also be made to the faculty and school entries for specific requirements for admission to the various programs of study in the faculties and schools. CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 1) Regular. A student enrolled for studies leading to a degree or a diploma whether on a full-time or a part-time basis. 2) Qualifying. A student enrolled in makeup studies in preparation for registration as a regular student in a graduate or professional program. Qualifying status is granted only to those students who are recommended for such status by the departments concerned and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 3) Unclassified. A student enrolled for studies not intended to lead to a particular degree ■ diploma. Unclassified students should normally have a recognized degree. Admission as an unclassified student does not guarantee that a student will be able to register for any course offered. Admission as an unclassified student does not imply future admission as a regular student. Students with a failed year in a faculty will not be admitted as unclassified until they have discontinued their studies for at least one year. After a second failed year, admission as unclassified will be subject to the approval of the Senate Admissions Committee. (A) Unclassified Students Applying to Second or Subsequent Undergraduate Degree Programs A faculty may limit the number of credits taken as an unclassified student that may be counted for credit toward a second or subsequent undergraduate degree. See individual faculty listings and/or contact faculty advisors for details. (B) Unclassified Students Applying to Graduate Programs Courses taken as an unclassified (or non-degree) student may be approved for transfer toward a graduate program on permission of the department and the dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Consistent with standard transfer credit regulations, students are limited to transferring a maximum of 12 credits or up to 40% of the program credit requirements, whichever is more, toward their master's program. No more than 6 credits of transfer credit may be at the undergraduate level (300- 400). To be eligible for transfer, a minimum 'B' standing must have been achieved and the course(s) must not PART II ADMISSIONS 17 have been counted toward the completion of another degree or program. 4) Access Studies. Applicants may be enrolled as Access Studies students upon approval by a faculty (a) to allow them to take a limited number of courses in a specific area to upgrade or achieve a qualification, or (b) when they do not wish to pursue a specific program. Distance education students may be enrolled in this category. Students in this category may normally take up to 6 credits per academic term, up to a maximum of 24 credits in total while registered as Access Studies students. Students enrolled in a UBC degree program may not normally be concurrently registered as Access Studies students. Although documentation requirements vary by faculty, Access Studies applicants are not normally required to submit transcripts or other academic documentation of prior study. Students with English as a second language, however, are required to satisfy the English Language Admission Standard, p. 19 in the same way as applicants to degree programs. Students who have been required to withdraw from any post-secondary institution must provide official transcripts. To be welcome as an Access Studies student, they must normally first complete a minimum of 15 credits of transferable coursework with a GPA of 2.0 on the 4-point scale since having been required to withdraw. Students who have been required to withdraw more than once from any post- secondary institution or program are not eligible for admission as Access Studies students. Continuation as an Access Studies student is normally contingent upon maintaining a passing grade on all courses attempted. Admission as an Access Studies student does not guarantee that a student will be able to register for any course offered. Admission as an Access Studies student does not imply future admission as a regular student. For further information about Access Studies, please contact the Access Studies Coordinator (access.studies@ubc.ca) in Enrolment Services at 604-822-9836. 5) Visitor. A student enrolled in studies for transfer to a degree program at another recognized university. For applicable fees, see the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter. Student must be in good standing at the home university and must submit official transcripts and a Letter of Permission with their application. Course registrations will be made on a space-available basis only. A Letter of Permission is valid for one session only A Letter of Permission must be submitted for any subsequent sessions in which a student wishes to register for courses. 6) Exchange. A visiting student studying at the University of British Columbia under a Senate-approved student exchange program and enrolled in studies for transfer to a degree program at another university. 7) Resident. A dental resident, medical resident or intern, or pharmacy resident registered in a postgraduate training program in the Faculty of Dentistry, the Faculty of Medicine or the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. 8) Auditor. A student registered in a credit course whose participation is limited to that deemed appropriate by the instructor but who, in general, is expected to maintain the same schedule of readings as regular students although not expected to write examinations. An auditor may not transfer to the category of regular student during the term nor may a regular student transfer to the category of auditor except upon the recommendation of the dean of the faculty concerned. Application for admission as an auditor must parallel the procedures for the application of regular students. The application for admission must be accompanied by a written explanation of the reason that status as an auditor is sought. Where an applicant has not met formal requirements for admission to the university, or to the course involved, a full statement of previous relevant activities must be submitted with the application in order that consideration can be given for special admission in the category "mature". Once formal application has been made the decision on acceptance or otherwise will be made by the dean of the faculty concerned or the dean's designate. The fees for auditors will be the same as those for regular undergraduate students, See the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter. There will be a statement of "audit" on the permanent academic record for any course taken by a student as an auditor. Students taking a combination of credit and audit courses will be subject to restrictions on maximum L work load imposed by the faculties as interpreted by faculty advisors. 9) Post-Degree Trainee. A post-graduate non-credit student who is pursuing further clinical or research training in his or her specialty Mature Student is an applicant type: • Mature Applicant. An applicant classified as "mature" is one who is a resident of BC whose formal education has been interrupted and who does not meet the normal requirements for admission but has pursued interests and activities that have contributed to an intellectual maturity that would permit acceptance to the University. The University reserves the right to determine whether or not an applicant can be classified as mature; the determination will not be made on the sole criterion of chronological age. An applicant who applies for admission as a mature applicant and is not granted admission in this category will be advised of an alternate route of study, usually at a college, in order to prepare for future admission as a regular student. Each applicant is considered on an individual basis. Application must be made to Enrolment Services, giving the applicant's school and employment background. It may be necessary for the applicant to be interviewed by the dean of the faculty concerned. A mature student is permitted to undertake degree or diploma studies on the same basis as a fully-matriculated student. CANADIAN ABORIGINAL STUDENTS The University of British Columbia is dedicated to making the University's vast resources more accessible to Aboriginal people, and to improving the University's ability to meet their educational needs. The University recognizes that Aboriginal students can make valuable contributions to its learning environment and therefore invites inquiries and applications from Aboriginal candidates to its many and diverse fields of study Those who do not meet the current academic standing set by the individual faculties and schools, but who meet the University-wide academic minimum of 67% for first year programs, will be considered on an individual basis by the applicable faculty or school and a representative of the First Nations House of Learning. Educational history, cultural knowledge, work experience, educational goals and achievements that indicate an ability to succeed at university will be considered. Each applicant must submit two letters of reference from persons specifically able to assess the applicant's potential for academic success. One reference letter should be from a recognized Aboriginal organization or community leader. Applicants must also submit a personal letter outlining their academic objectives. For the purpose of application and admission to the University of British Columbia, and in accordance with the Constitution Act of 1982, Part II, Section 35(2), an Aboriginal applicant is an Indian, Inuit or Metis person of Canada. STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES Academically qualified students who have physical, sensory or specific learning disabilities are encouraged to attend the University of British Columbia. The University has a wide variety of services, including several forms of special assistance, designed to accommodate the needs of students with disabilities. The University will ensure that applicants are not denied admission as a result of their disability and that, where appropriate, accommodation will be made with respect to admission criteria. Prospective applicants and students with disabilities are encouraged to contact the Disability Resource Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ access). See also the Services, Organizations, and Facilities, p. 64 chapter of this Calendar for a description of the services available and to arrange access to them. 18 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 HOME SCHOOLED SECONDARY SCHOOL APPLICANTS Applicants completing their secondary school education through home study may be eligible for admission. Applicants will be considered on an individual basis and may be expected to present a recognized academic sedcondary school credential. Home schooled applicants are encouraged to contact a program advisor prior to applying for admission. ADVANCED CREDIT OR PLACEMENT Advanced placement, and in many cases advanced credit, may be given in appropriate secondary school subjects where high academic achievement has been attained. This provision applies particularly to the Advanced Placement, International Baccalaureate (Higher Level), and General Certificate of Education (Advanced Level) programs. Interested students should refer to the Undergraduate Viewbook or inquire at Undergraduate Admissions (www.students.ubc.ca/welcome) for more information. ADMISSION TO UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS REQUIRING PRIOR STUDY Admission requirements for undergraduate programs requiring either substantial progress towards or completion of a prior degree are specified in entries for the faculties and schools offering these programs. Applicants are advised that in some cases a recognized prior degree may not satisfy requirements for specific pre-admission studies. Further information may be found at: www.students.ubc.ca/ welcome/programs.cfm. ENGLISH LANGUAGE ADMISSION STANDARD As English is the language of instruction at the University of British Columbia, all applicants, regardless of country of origin or of citizenship status, will be required to demonstrate competence in the English language prior to admission. Competence is expected in all four of the following skills: listening, reading, speaking, and writing. This requirement is distinct from the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) requirement for first-year English courses, Arts One, the Arts Foundation Program, and Science One at UBC. Please see Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120 and below, *p. 20 for further information about the LPI. With the exception of applicants to the Faculty of Graduate Studies, applicants may demonstrate English language competence by one of the following: • Four years of full-time education in English in Canada or the equivalent in another country where English is the principal language. Such education must include BC Grade 12 or equivalent and can be in a combination of secondary and post- secondary education. Years completed in a recognized international school where English is the language of instruction may be eligible for inclusion in the required years of instruction. • A grade of 70% or better on the provincial examination portion of BC English 12 or English Literature 12 or the equivalent; or a final grade of 5 or better in the International Baccalaureate English Al or A2 (Standard level or Higher level); or a final grade of 4 or better in the Advanced Placement English Language and Composition or Literature and Composition courses. • Successful completion of the equivalent of four years of full-time instruction in a school/institution in Canada in which the major language of instruction is other than English but where the level of English a proficiency required is equivalent to that in English-language schools or institutions in Canada. Such education must include the equivalent to BC Grade 12 and can be in a combination of secondary and post- secondary education. (This will include applicants from CEGEPs who have completed English as a first language). • The competence standard indicated on one of the tests of English language proficiency as listed in the English Language Proficiency Tests table below that evaluates skills in listening, reading, speaking, and writing. • Successful completion of 6 credits of post-secondary first-year English studies for which UBC gives transfer credit. • Graduation from a recognized degree program at an accredited university at which English is the primary language of instruction and in a country where English is the principal language. ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY TESTS Competence Test Level1 CAEL Canadian Academic overall 70 English Language assessment With the speaking 60 sub-test2 CELPIP Canadian English Language Proficiency Index Program3 CELPIT-A (Academic 4L Reading and Writing) CELL (Listening) 4L CELTOP (Speaking)2 4L CPE Cambridge Profi- C ciency Examination IELTS International English 6.5 with no Language Testing part less than System (Academic) 6.0 Test (Continued) Competence Level1 MELAB Michigan English Language Assessment Battery With the MELAB Oral Interview2 85 TOEFL5 Test of English as a Foreign Language Either the Paper- based test 55 With the TWE (Test of Written English) 4.0 Or the Computer- based test 22 With the essay 4.0 Or the internet- based test Overall score Reading Listening Writing Speaking 86 21 21 20 20 AEP Academic English Program Certificate4 600 Unless otherwise stated, the score is the minimum on each part of the examination. Tests taken more than two years prior to application for admission will not be considered. 2 To be implemented for Summer Session 2005. 3 From UBC's Applied Research and Evaluation Services (ARES). The Canadian English Language Proficiency Index Test-Academic (CELPIT-A) portion of this test satisfies the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) requirement for first-year English courses at UBC with a score of at least 5 on the essay section. 4 From UBC's English Language Institute. 5 In September 2005, a new internet-based TOEFL will be introduced. The paper-based TOEFL and the computer-based TOEFL will not be offered after August 2005. WAIVERS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY REQUIREMENT Students who have studied full-time for at least four years at a recognized international school where English is the language of instruction, but in a country where English is not the principal language, may be eligible for a waiver of the English Language Admission Standard. You should consider arranging to meet the requirement through regular means in the event that your request for a waiver of the requirement cannot be granted. To request a waiver, send to Admissions: • A brief letter or email explaining why you believe the requirement should be waived. • A letter of recommendation from your high school English teacher, guidance counsellor, principal or headmaster, which attests that your level of English proficiency is close to or equal to that of a native speaker. The letter should provide information as to how the writer may be contacted (including an email address if possible). • An official transcript of grades including your interim senior year or Grade 12 marks and predicted IB or AP grades (if not already sent). PART II ADMISSIONS 19 • Any additional evidence that may reflect your English competence such as achievement test scores (e.g., Scholastic Aptitude Test [SAT] scores). LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY INDEX (LPI) REQUIREMENT FOR FIRST-YEAR ENGLISH All programs at UBC require at least 3 credits of first-year English; most require 6 credits. Although it is not necessary to complete the LPI prior to registering for UBC, it is necessary to have completed it before enrolling in any first-year English course, Arts One, the Arts Foundations Program, or Science One at UBC. The LPI is administered by the Department of English in the Faculty of Arts and the LPI Office (www.lpi.ubc.ca). Please refer to each faculty's "English Requirements" and the LPI section, p. 121 for futher details regarding this requirement. Note: unless a student meets this requirement by exemption, the LPI examination must be taken prior to enrolment in any first-year English course at UBC, or in any of the programs listed above. A student's registration in other courses may be halted if the English requirement for the student's degree has not been met by the faculty's allotted completion time. UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC CALCULUS EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE Working in collaboration, the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, the University of Victoria, and the University of Northern British Columbia offer a three-hour calculus examination to all students who have completed or are currently registered in a calculus course in secondary school. Students who pass the examination will be awarded a UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC Calculus Examination Certificate. The certificate may be presented for credit in MATH 100 at UBC, MATH 151 at SFU, MATH 100 at UVIC or MATH 100 at UNBC, after registering at one of the four universities. Students claiming credit at UBC will have their examination score shown on their transcript as their grade in MATH 100. Only one attempt is permitted. Students who have already started college or university may not participate. Students already eligible for transfer credit because of high AP or IB scores retain their eligibility regardless of their examination score. The duties of organizing and hosting the examination rotate between the Mathematics Departments of the participating universities. Web links to the latest information are maintained by the UBC Mathematics Department. See the Calculus Examination site (www.math.ubc.ca/Ugrad/Challenge). UBC-SFU-UVic-UNBC Calculus Exam c/o Mathematics Department The University of British Columbia Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-2666 Email: challengeexam@math.ubc.ca APPLICANTS FROM A SECONDARY SCHOOL IN BC/YUKON ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The minimum academic qualification for admission is secondary school graduation from a recognized secondary school, including the following Grade 12 and 11 courses: Grade Required Courses1 Grade 12 English 12 Three additional approved examinable Grade 12 courses1,2 Grade 11 English 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Social Studies 11 or First Nations 1 Studies 12 At least one approved Science 113 An approved Language 114 1 Or approved International Baccalaureate or Advanced Placement courses. 2 See the table Specific Program Requirements for Applicants from a Secondary School in BCI Yukon, p. 22. 3 See the table Specific Program Requirements for Applicants from a Secondary School in BC/Yukon, p. 22 for programs requiring two Science courses at the Grade 11 level. 4 A beginner's Language 11 does not satisfy this requirement. The admission average will be calculated on English 12 and the three additional approved examinable Grade 12 courses or the equivalent. A minimum average of 67% is required for admission to all programs. However, due to limited enrolment, a higher average is required in most programs. Applicants who, because of administrative difficulties in their school or because they have a physical, sensory or specific learning disability, cannot present the courses as required, may be excused a specific admissions course requirement. Supporting documentation sent by the principal of the school concerned is required. All courses must be completed by June. Final examinations offered by the BC Ministry of Education or the external examinations for International Baccalaureate and Advanced Placement courses must be written. Summer school courses or grades obtained in supplemental examinations will not be considered. Approved Examinable Grade 12 Courses Biology 12 Chemistry 12 English Literature 12 English 12 Francais Langue 12 or French 12 Geography 12 Approved Examinable Grade 12 Courses (Continued) Geology 12 German 12 History 12 Japanese 12 Mandarin 12 Principles of Mathematics 12 Physics 12 PSI Calculus Assessment 121 Punjabi 12 Spanish 12 1 For further information refer to UBC-SFU-UVIC- UNBC Calculus Examination Certificate, p. 20 Approved courses offered in French will also be accepted. (Francais 12 is not accepted in place of English 12.) For alternate International Baccalaureate and Advanced Placement courses, see the table Approved Advanced Placement and International baccalaureate Courses, p. 21 Approved Grade 11 Science Courses Applied Physics 11 and 121 Biology ■Chemistry Earth Science Physics 1 Together these courses meet both the Grade 11 Science requirement and the Physics 11 requirement. Approved Grade 11 Language Courses1 Athapaskan (with Athapaskan 12) American Sign Language (ASL) 11 Arabic Chilcotin Francais (Communication et Litterature) Francais (Langue) French German Gitksan Hebrew2 Italian Japanese Latin Mandarin Chinese Nisga'a Nuxhalk Punjabi Russian Shuswap Spanish 1 External Language Certificate 11 or External Language Assessment 11 will meet the Language 11 admission requirement 2 Talmud Torah or Pacific Torah Institute INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE AND ADVANCED PLACEMENT The University of British Columbia recognizes these advanced secondary school programs for admission and for transfer credit. 20 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA STUDENTS For students who complete the International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma, admission to the University will require a minimum of 24 points including bonus points. Due to limited enrolment, a higher score will be required for admission to most programs. INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE CERTIFICATE STUDENTS For students who present results for one or more International Baccalaureate certificate courses, admission will be based on the higher of either the IB score or the approved BC Grade 12 course grade of an equivalent provincially examinable course (see the table Approved Advanced Placement and International Baccalaureate Courses, p. 21). Other IB courses not listed can be used as electives. In those cases where the IB score is not available at the time of admission selection, the BC Grade 12 course grade will be used. The grade conversion scale that will be used to determine admission based on official IB results is as follows: APPROVED ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE COURSES BC Ministry Course Advanced Placement International Baccalaureate IB Grade % Equivalent 7 96 6 90 5 86 4 76 3 70 Credit for equivalent first-year UBC courses will be awarded to students who achieve a grade of at least 5 in Higher Level IB Arts courses and 6 in Higher Level IB Science courses. Details are provided at the Admissions website (www.students.ubc.ca/welcome/ transfer.cfm?page=firstyear). ADVANCED PLACEMENT STUDENTS For students who present results of one or more Advanced Placement (AP) courses, admission will be based on the higher of either the AP score or the approved BC Grade 12 course grade of an equivalent provincially examinable course (see the table Approved Advanced Placement and International Baccalaureate Courses, p. 21). Other AP courses not listed can be used as electives. In those cases where the AP grade is not available at the time of admission selection, the BC Grade 12 course grade will be used. The grade conversion scale that will be used to determine admission based on official AP results is as follows: AP Grade % Equivalent 5 96 4 86 3 80 2 70 Credit for equivalent first-year UBC courses will be awarded to students who achieve a grade of 4 or better on the appropriate AP course. Details are provided at the Admissions website (www.students.ubc.ca/welcome/ admission.cfm?page=ap). Biology 12 AP Biology General Biology Chemistry 12 AP General Chemistry Chemistry English 12 AP English Languageand Composition English Language A English Literature AP English Literature and Composition English Literature French 12 or Francais Langue 12 AP French (Language or Literature) French Language B Geography 12 Geography Geology 12 German 12 AP German Language German History 12 AP History (European or US) History (Asian or European) Japanese 12 Japanese Mandarin 12 Mandarin^ Physics 12 AP Physics (B or C) Physics Principles of Mathematics 121 Further Math or Math Methods Punjabi 12 Spanish 12 AP Spanish (Language or Literature) Spanish (A or B) 1 One of AP Calculus (AB or BC), IB Calculus, or the UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC Calculus Examination Certificate may be used as an elective course (in addition to Principles of Mathematics 1 2). TRANSITION PROGRAM UBC, the Vancouver School Board, and the BC Ministry of Education run a joint university preparation program for academically exceptional students. Students enrolled in this program are eligible for admission to the University upon recommendation of the principal of the Transition Program and concurrence of the dean of the admitting faculty. Completion of required Grade 12 courses (or their equivalent) necessary for entry to that faculty is mandatory. CONCURRENT ENROLMENT POLICY Students who are enrolled in a BC secondary school may be admitted to the University of British Columbia to pursue Concurrent Studies. Students pursuing Concurrent Studies are admitted under the Access Studies student category. Please see Access Studies, p. 17 for more information. The following conditions will apply at the University: • the applicant must have a superior academic record; • the applicant must be enrolled in a BC secondary school in a program that meets regular UBC entry requirements; • the applicant must have the written recommendation of the secondary school principal; • the applicant must have the written consent of the parent or legal guardian if under the legal age of majority on the opening day of classes; and • the applicant must have the support of the dean of the faculty for the courses in which the applicant plans to enrol. Admission will initially be for one academic session but may be renewed with the continued support of the school principal and the dean. Normally no more than 12 credits may be obtained by Concurrent Studies, but students who continue to have superior academic records and the support of the school principal may seek permission from the dean to enrol in further courses. Students in Concurrent Studies will be treated as regular students in most respects except that they may not register in a full range of courses. Standard transcripts will be issued and fees and deadlines will be as for regular students. Students who have enrolled in Concurrent Studies at other recognized post-secondary institutions prior to secondary school graduation may also be eligible for transfer credit. ADULT BASIC EDUCATION (ABE)- BRITISH COLUMBIA ADULT GRADUATION DIPLOMA (BCAGD) The University recognizes the ABE Provincial Diploma for admission to the first year of an undergraduate degree. Applicants who have completed the BCAGD must be at least 19 years of age and meet the following admission requirements: 1) Adult Basic Education (ABE) Advanced Level or Grade 11 courses in: English; Mathematics (ABE) or Principles of Mathematics 11; a Science; one of Social Studies (ABE) or Social Studies 11 or First Nations 12 or Language 11. 2) Four subjects at the ABE Provincial Level or Grade 12 including English and three additional subjects chosen from Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics (ABE) or Principles of Mathematics 12, Computer Science (ABE), Geology, Geography, History, English literature, Languages. 3) a minimum average of C+ or 67% based on the four ABE Provincial or Grade 12 courses presented which must be graded. Grade 12 course results must include the provincial examination component of the course. Because of enrolment limitations, the academic standing required for admission to most programs is higher than C+ or 67%. Entrance requirements to specific programs parallel those for BC/Yukon secondary school graduates and applicants should refer to the table Specific Program Requirements for Applicants from a Secondary School in BC/Yukon., p. 22. PART II ADMISSIONS 21 SPECIFIC PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS FROM A SECONDARY SCHOOL IN BC/YUKON The table Specific Program Requirements for Applicants from a Secondary School in BC/Yukon shows the required courses used in the calculation of the admission average for specific programs, as well as courses which are required but which are not used in the calculation of the average. See table on following page. SPECIFIC PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS FROM A SECONDARY SCHOOL IN BC/YUKON Program Degree Faculty/School Average Calculated on the Following Courses Required but not Included in the Required Courses or IB/AP Equivalents Calculation of the Average Agroecology B.Sc. (Agroecology) Land and Food Systems English 12 Principles of Mathematics 12 One of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12 or Physics 12 One other approved examinable Grade 12 course English 11 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Two of Biology 11, Chem istry 11, or Physics 11 Social Studies 11 Arts B.A. Arts English 12 Three other approved examinable Grade 12 courses Commerce1 (Direct Entry) B.Com. Commerce and Business Administration English 12 Principles of Mathematics 12 Two other approved examinable Grade 12 courses English 11 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Science 11 Social Studies 11 Dental Science B.D.Sc. (Dental Hygiene) Dentistry English 12 Biology 12 Chemistry 12 One other approved examinable Grade 12 course Engineering B.A.Sc. Applied Science English 12 English 11 Chemistry 12^ Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 12 Chemistry 11 Physics 12^ Principles of Mathematics 11 *J*1 Physics 11 Social Studies 11 Food, Nutrition and Health B.Sc. (Food, Nutrition and Health) Land and Food English 12 Systems Principles of Mathematics 12 One of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12 or Physics 12 One other approved examinable Grade 12 course English 11 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Science 11 Social Studies 11 English 11 Language ' Principles c Science 11 Social Stud Biology 11 Chemistry 11 English 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Language 11 Social Studies 11 jBglishU language Chemistry Principles c Physics 11 Social Stud English 11 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Two of Biology 11, Chem istry 11 or Physics 11 Social Studies 11 Forest Operations, B.S.F. Forestry English 12 English 11 Forest Resource Management C] Principles of Mathematics 12 One of Chemistry 12 or Physics 12 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 . One other approved examinable Biology 11 \J r Grade 12 course One of Chemistry 11 or Physics 11 Social Studies 11 Forest Science Human Kinetics Midwifery B.Sc. (Forestry) Forest^ B.H.K. B.Mw. Same as for B.S.F. (above) Human Kinetics English 12 One of Principles of Mathematics 12, Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12 or Physics 12 Two other approved examinable Grade 12 courses Medicine English 12 Biology 12 Two other approved examinable Grade 12 courses Same as for B.S.F. (above) English 11 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Science 11 Social Studies 11 Chemistry 11 English 11 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Social Studies 11 Music B.Mus. Music English 12 Three other approved examinable Grade 12 courses English 11 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Science 11 Social Studies 11 22 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Program Degree Faculty/School Average Calculated on the Following Required Courses or IB/AP Equivalents Courses Required but not Included in the Calculation of the Average Natural Resources Conservation B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) Forestry English 12 Chemistry 12 Principles of Mathematics 12 One other approved examinable Grade 12 course Nursing B.S.N. Nursing English 12 Biology 12 Two other approved examinable Grade 12 courses English 11 Biology 11 Chemistry 11 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Social Studies 11 Science B.Sc. Wood Products Processing Under review B.Sc. (Wood Products Processing) Science English 12 Principles of Mathematics 12 (Minimum 67% grade) Two other approved examinable Grade 12 courses including at least one of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12 or Physics 12 Forestry English 12 Principles of Mathematics 12, Physics 12 One other approved examinable Grade 12 course English 11 Biology 11 Chemistry 11 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Social Studies 11 English 11 Biology 11 Chemistry ' Language Principles c Social Stud English 11 Language 11 Chemistry and Physics 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 Social Studies 11 English 11 Language 11 Principles of Mathematics 11 ne of Biology 11, Chemistry 11 Physics 11 ocial Studies 11 APPLICANTS FROM A SECONDARY SCHOOL IN CANADA OUTSIDE OF BC/YUKON Applicants will be considered for admission to the University of British Columbia who have followed an academic program leading to university entrance. Students will be required to present English to the senior year level and all prescribed subjects for the university studies , sought. (See the table Specific Program Requirements, p. 24 in this section.) Completion of secondary school graduation from a recognized secondary school is mandatory and a minimum average of 67% or equivalent is required. Because of enrolment limitations the academic standing required for admission to most programs is higher than 67%. Admission to some programs requires a minimum standing in specific courses. The minimum study for a University degree is four years. The following requirements apply: • Ontario. Ontario Secondary School Diploma with six appropriate Ontario Academic Courses (OACs) including English (OAC I) or a minimum of six Grade 12 U/M courses including English (ENG40). • Quebec. The Cote de Rendement College d'enseignement general et professionel (CEGEP). Applicants must have at least one full year of study in an academic diploma program with a minimum R-score of 15. However, due to limited enrolment, a higher R-score is required for most programs. Transfer credit for up to one full year of degree study may be granted when the two-year diploma has been awarded. • Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scoria, PEI, Newfoundland, Northwest Territories and Nunavut. Grade 12 graduation with standing in at least five appropriate academic Grade 12 courses including English. Further information on appropriate academic courses is available through the Welcome web site (www. students .ubc. ca/welcome/ admissions.cfm). ADMISSION BASED ON INTERIM GRADES Admission based on interim grades is possible for students with strong academic standing in ^the final year of secondary school. Applicants must arrange for their school to provide an official transcript to Admissions before the stated document deadline. The transcript must include any final grades for the current year and a list of courses in progress with interim grades. Offers of admission based on interim grades are subject to satisfactory completion of secondary school graduation requirements, completion of all required courses, and maintenance of the required threshold average as noted in the official offer of admission. Offers of admission may be withdrawn from students who do not satisfy these requirements. PART II ADMISSIONS 23 SPECIFIC PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS The information contained in the following table, Specific Program Requirements, applies to applicants from outside BC/Yukon and is expressed in BC/ Yukon terms. Undergraduate Admissions will determine course equivalency. These requirements are in addition to those listed above for each province. SPECIFIC PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDENTS APPLYING FROM OUTSIDE OF BC/YUKON Program Degree Faculty/School Secondary School Graduation Must Include: Agroecology Arts Commerce1 (Direct Entry) and Business Administration Engineering Food , Nutrition and Health Forest Operations, Forest Resources B.S.F. Management B.Sc. (Agroecology) Land and Food Systems B.A. Arts B.Com. Commerce B.D.Sc. (Dental Hygiene) Dentistry B.A.Sc. Applied Science B.Sc. (Food, Nutrition and Health) Land and Food Systems Forestry English 12, Principles of Mathematics 12 Two of Biology 11, Chemistry 11, Physics 11 One of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12, Physics 12 English 12 English 12, Principles of Mathematics 12 English 12, Biology 12, Chemistry 12 Chemistry 12, English 12, Principles of Mathematics 12 Physics 12 English 12, Principles of Mathematics 12 Two of Biology 11, Chemistry 11, Physics 11 One of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12, Physics 12 English 12, Principles of Mathematics 12 Biology 11 One of Chem istry 11, Physics 11 One of Chemistry 12, Physics 12 Forest Science B.Sc. (Forestry) Forestry Same as for B.S.F. (above) Human Kinetics B.H.K. Human Kinetics English 12 One of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12, Principles of Mathematics 12, Physics 12 Midwifery B.Mw. Medicine English 12, Biology 12, Chemistry 11 Natural Resources Conservation B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) Forestry English 12, Biology 11, Chemistry 12, Principles of Mathematics 12 Nursing B.S.N. Nursing Biology 11, Biology 12, Chemistry 11, English 12 Science B.Sc. Science English 12, Principles of Mathematics 12 (minimum 67% grade). Chemistry 11, Physics 11 One of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12, Physics 12 Wood Products Processing B.Sc. (Wood Products Processing) Forestry English 12, Principles of Mathematics 12, Physics 12 ■Chemistry 11 and Physics 11 Under review APPLICANTS FROM A SECONDARY SCHOOL OUTSIDE CANADA The following list outlines the minimum standing for admission in terms of educational credentials. All students must present \ prerequisites appropriate for their intended program of study • General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE) or General Certificate of Education (GCE), with standing in at least five subject areas, including English, with three at the Advanced Level. • School Certificate (SC). A Division 1 Certificate with standing in at least five different subjects, including English, with two at the Principal Level on the Higher School Certificate (HSC). • International Baccalaureate (IB). A Diploma with standing in at least six subjects, three at the standard level and three at the higher level, with a Diploma awarded. • Secondary school graduation from an academic program at a recognized secondary school with the required average on academic courses completed in Grades 11 and 12. The secondary school subjects must include four years of English and at least three years of Mathematics. • Certificate of Matriculation. Applicants who have matriculated at a recognized university may be admitted provided subject prerequisites and academic standing for admission to UBC are met. Because of the differences in world educational systems, satisfactory completion of secondary school is not necessarily an acceptable basis for admission to first year. The University of British Columbia reserves the right to determine whether or not a student is eligible for admission and to determine what transfer credit, if any, may be granted. Applicants presenting appropriate subjects with high academic achievement on the Advanced Level (GCE), Principal Level (HSC), Higher Level (IB), or Advanced Placement will, where appropriate, be considered for advanced credit or placement. Additional academic criteria, such as achievement in standardized tests, results from national or international competitions, or compelling evidence of outstanding leadership, may be considered when evaluating undergraduate applicants from secondary schools who have studied full-time outside of Canada for at least one year immediately prior to UBC admission. International applicants should realize that the financial assistance that is available at the undergraduate level is limited and that opportunities for gainful employment will be severely restricted as a result of immigration regulations. APPLICANTS FROM A COLLEGE OR UNIVERSITY Applicants with prior credit from a recognized university or college will be admitted on satisfaction of the appropriate admission requirement as outlined below. Courses successfully completed in prior study, where appropriate, may satisfy requirements of the program of study to which an applicant is admitted. A student with an unsatisfactory standing at a college or another university will not be admitted. GENERAL ADMISSION REQUIREMENT The minimum academic standing to qualify for admission to the University as a transfer student is successful completion of 24 transfer- 24 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 able credits with a 'C average (60% where 50% is a passing grade), or grade point average of 2.0 (calculated on a 4-point scale: A+=4.33, A=4.0, A-=3.67, B+=3.33, B=3, B-=2.67, C+=2.33, C=2, C-=1.67, D+=1.33, D=l, D- =0.67, F=0). Applicants presenting fewer than 24 credits are evaluated on the basis of both final secondary school grades and the partial post-secondary studies completed. Unless otherwise prescribed by the program to which admission is sought, academic standing is based on the average on all college or university courses attempted, including failures and repeated courses. In the case of applicants with more than 60 credits of prior study, the admission average is calculated on the basis of the most recently completed 60 credits. Because of enrolment limitations, some programs may require a higher average for admission than the University minimum, and may require a minimum standing in specified courses. Applicants should consult the relevant faculty or school entry for a statement of admission requirements for the program to which they seek admission. To be eligible for second year, applicants must normally have successfully completed 30 credits, and satisfied all promotion requirements for advancement to that year. Applicants to third year must have successfully completed 54 to 60 credits, and satisfied all promotion requirements for advancement to that year. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TRANSFER CREDIT In general, transfer credit is limited to the first two years of an undergraduate degree program, but credit at a more senior level is possible with the approval of the faculty concerned. No more than 60 credits of transfer credit, or 50% of required program credits, are allowed in any program, and in some programs the maximum may be less. Courses successfully completed at recognized colleges in British Columbia and Yukon are granted transfer credit in accordance with agreed-upon equivalencies published in the British Columbia Transfer Guide (www.bccat.bc.ca/otg). Courses completed at recognized universities and university colleges in British Columbia are likewise granted credit on the basis of established equivalencies. Courses successfully completed at colleges and universities outside British Columbia and Yukon will be assessed for transfer credit on a course-by-course basis. Students applying for transfer credit may be required to supply a copy of the current calendar of the college or university at which they have previously studied in order that an assessment can be made. UNASSIGNED CREDIT Unassigned credit may be granted where a course-to-course equivalence cannot be established. This credit may be used as elective credit. Elective credit may be either in a particular discipline, e.g., "Economics (3) credits," or in a faculty, e.g., "Arts (6) credits." Students should be cautioned that there may be specific faculty or school requirements, as well as specific program requirements which unassigned credit may not satisfy ASSOCIATE DEGREES Students with Associate Degrees of Arts or Science from a recognized college or university college in British Columbia or Yukon, if admitted to the Faculty of Arts or the Faculty of Science, are guaranteed full transfer credit (60 credits) for the work done for their Associate Degree. Students must still meet all 100- and 200-level course requirements for specific degree programs (e.g., majors, honours, faculty-level requirements) and this may require students to take more than 120 total credits to earn their degree. Students admitted with Associate Degrees must meet the competitive admission average for the program to which they apply if this average is above the published minimum. CREDIT EARNED VIA PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT OR CHALLENGE Credits earned via prior learning assessment (PLA), challenge credit, or the equivalent, at another recognized post-secondary institution are acceptable at UBC, provided that the course to which those credits apply is recognized by the University as suitable for transfer credit. The University accepts only PLA credits that are assigned to specific courses. . MUSIC PRE-MAJOR For a student completing two years in a post-secondary music program, transfer to the B.Mus. degree at UBC is facilitated by the Music Pre-Major Transfer Agreement. By a notation on his/her transcript, a student is recognized by the sending institution as having satisfied the requirements of the Music Pre-Major if he/she completes a specific number of credits in each of five course categories. UBC will award 46 credits for the Pre-Major and will deem the student to have met the first- and second-year core requirements of his/her B.Mus. program. The Music Pre-Major Transfer Agreement does not cover non-music elective courses and does not guarantee acceptance by a receiving institution. The UBC School of Music will continue to require transferring students to audition. A student who wishes to transfer before completing the Pre-Major will have his/her courses evaluated on an individual basis. Students who have completed the requirements of the Music Pre-Major and who transfer to the B.A. program at UBC, instead of the B.Mus., will be awarded 36 transfer credits: 30 lower- level Music, and 6 first-year English. INSTITUTES OF TECHNOLOGY Advanced Standing or transfer credit for up to one full year of degree study may be granted, where appropriate. APPEALING FOR ADDITIONAL CREDIT Students who feel an error has been made in the credit granted at the time of admission should first make a written request to Enrolment Services for a review of credit granted on admission, and if they are not satisfied with the review decision, they should consult the faculty or school to which they are seeking admission. INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS The University welcomes applications from outstanding international students from around the world. Well-qualified applicants from recognized secondary schools, colleges and universities will be considered. Applications from short-term visiting students from other recognized universities may also apply. See Apply to UBC (www.welcome.ubc.ca/ apply.cfm) to apply online. For more information and further assistance, international students should contact the International Student Recruitment and Reception Office (international.reception@ubc.ca), The University of British Columbia, 1036-1874 East Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1. Telephone: 604-822-8999; Fax: 604-822-9888. For information about English language admission requirements see UBC's English Language Admission Standard, p. 19. APPLICATION TO UBC Prospective students apply for admission to the University of British Columbia on the Internet by using the Provincial Application Service of British Columbia (PASBC) Application form (www.pas.bc.ca). Further information on how to apply to UBC is available on the Welcome website (www.students.ubc.ca/welcome/ apply.cfm). Applications will not be processed until all required items, including the fees, have been received. See Item 4.1, p. 32 in the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter. Application deadlines are February 28 unless otherwise noted. See Dates and Deadlines (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/ index.cfm?page=deadlines) for details. READMISSION Currently attending UBC students who wish to change faculties or apply for readmission to a new faculty must meet the University minimum average of 60% or 2.0 grade point average. Some programs may require a competitive admission average. Students who have previously attended UBC may apply for readmission online at the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). There is a non-refundable $60.00 application fee for all readmission applications. Students who have attended any post-secondary institution^) since last in attendance at UBC will be required to submit a transcript(s) and must qualify for readmission. Please see application PART II ADMISSIONS 25 information at www.students.ubc.ca/welcome/ admission.cfm ?page=readmission. CHANGE OF DEGREE PROGRAM/CAMPUS Currently attending UBC students who wish to change faculties or apply for readmission to a new faculty must meet the University minimum average of 60% or 2.0 grade point average. Some programs may require a competitive admission average. UBC students who wish to transfer to a different program must complete the Change of Degree Program/Campus form on the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) and pay the $60.00 application fee. Former UBC students can also apply for readmission and change of program or campus using the same form. Readmission and Change of Degree Program forms are considered for the Winter Session only. For current UBC students, evaluations for degree changes will take place in mid- June when final grades for the previous Winter Session are released to the Undergraduate Admissions office. Because of this unavoidable delay, applicants awaiting faculty transfer decisions may wish to register for courses using the eligibility from their current program. Students applying to change degree programs are required to meet faculty or school pre-requisites and admission average. Certain programs may require Change of Degree applicants to meet a competitive admission average. Students who wish to change campus from UBC Vancouver to UBC Okanagan, or vice versa, must complete the Change of Degree Program/Campus form on the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) and pay the $60.00 application fee. Students changing campuses must meet all faculty or school requirements and meet the competitive average for the program. Students may transfer a maximum of 60 credits unless registsered in a special inter-campus program. REGISTRATION Registration is the process of formally assigning and recording the enrolment of a student usually in a course or courses. Registration is available only to those students who have received an offer of admission or readmission, or to students continuing from term to the following term. Students register using the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). Certain courses and sections may be restricted. New students, and students who have applied for readmission to the University, will receive an offer of admission and an information package. All undergraduate students who are newly admitted to the University must pay a nonrefundable deposit to confirm their acceptance of an offer of admission before they can register for the first time. Continuing undergraduate students are required to pay a non-refundable deposit before they can register for the first time for any session. Students must pay any overdue amount in full before paying their deposit. For further information regarding deposits, see Deposits p. 27 in the "Fees, Financial Assistance, and Scholarships" chapter. Deposits will be credited in full towards any assessed fees. All students must pay their current fee instalment in full by the due date. Students can register through the Student ervice Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). APPEALS APPEALS ON ADMISSION DECISIONS Applications are screened carefully by Enrolment Services in accordance with Senate and Faculty admission policies. Applicants who believe that they have been unjustly denied admission to a program due to an error in process or who believe that they deserve special consideration due to mitigating circumstances should discuss the matter with their Admissions Evaluator immediately upon receipt of their final admission decision. If a satisfactory resolution cannot be achieved, the applicant may submit a written appeal to Enrolment Services for review by the applicant's faculty or school. Appeals against admission decisions will be considered on applications for the current year only and must be submitted within four weeks of the date of issue on the admission decision letter, or by the 15th of the month prior to the start of classes, whichever is earlier. The letter of appeal should include (a) the decision that the applicant is appealing against, (b) a statement of the grounds for the appeal, (c) a detailed account of the circumstances relating to the appeal, and (d) copies of any relevant documents. For more information, refer to www.welcome.ubc.ca/ admission, cfm. APPEALS TO SENATE ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE Applicants who are unsuccessful in their appeal at the faculty or school level may submit a written appeal to Enrolment Services for review by the Senate Admissions Committee. The Senate Admissions Committee reviews doubtful cases and cases of appeal against decisions made on the basis of Senate policy. Appeals to the Senate Admissions Committee must be submitted to Enrolment Services no later than the 15th of the month prior to the start of classes. The Committee may allow an appeal where it decides that a faculty or school may have overlooked or misinterpreted information provided by the applicant, or arrived at a decision without reasonable consideration of mitigating circumstances, or acted contrary to the faculty's published procedures. When ever possible, the student should provide documentary evidence to support the appeal. Upon receipt of the appeal, Enrolment Services will send a copy of the statement of appeal to the dean of the relevant faculty or school, and ask the faculty or school to provide a written response. Enrolment Services will then forward copies of the student's appeal and the faculty or school's response to the Senate Admissions Committee for its consideration. The decision of the Committee shall be communicated in writing to the student and to the dean of the faculty or school within ten days of the hearing of the appeal. The Committee's decision is final. 26 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Ill Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships NOTICE REGARDING FEES Fees, including tuition fees, program fees, special fees, and student society fees are subject to approval by the Board of Governors, following consultation with students. Students should be advised, however, that all fees are subject to change and are reviewed in Spring of each year. Fee changes for 2005/06 session were not available at time of this publication. A Fees Supplement (printed version) will be available in May 2005, at no charge, at Enrolment Services on the Point Grey campus (in Brock Hall) and at UBC Robson Square, and wherever printed Calendars are available for purchase. The web Calendar will be updated in May 2005 to reflect the fee changes as well. 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND POLICY ON FEES 1.1 ALLOCATIONS, CONTRACT, CHANGES OF FEES Fees include any amounts assessed to a student by the University, or by the University on behalf of the AMS, or other student societies and organizations. Fees include, but are not limited to, tuition fees, program fees, special fees, and student society fees. Notwithstanding anything else in this Calendar, the University reserves the right at any time to change fees without notice. Students who have not completed their course requirements when a change in fees is made may be required to pay the new fees. Tuition fees for all students include allocations to the Teaching and Learning Enhancement Fund and to student financial support. A student upon registering has initiated a contract with the University for payment of all assessed fees. A student may terminate this contract only by withdrawing from the University (see Items 1.3, p. 27 and 1.6, p. 28 in this chapter regarding refunds, and Withdrawal, p. 51 in the chapter "Academic Regulations"). Fees listed are in Canadian Dollars, unless otherwise indicated. 1.2 PAYMENT OF FEES Students may view their individual student financial account on the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). Fees may be paid by the following methods: • Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT), at the Student Service Centre. Click on "My Banking Info" to enter your banking information, and then click on "My Financial Account" to make the payment. This is the preferred method of payment. • By touch-tone or online banking, available through most banks, credit unions. (Your student number is your account number.) Please contact your bank branch for details. • Credit Card Online: Fee and deposit payments are accepted on the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). Log in and click on "My Financial Account". You will need Visa or MasterCard to use this option. • By cheque or cash at any branch of HSBC Bank Canada. A Tuition Fee Payment Form (www.students.ubc.ca/finance/download/ fees_payment.pdf) must accompany the payment. Note: You do not have to be an HSBC customer to use this payment method. • By mail. Cheques should be made payable to "The University of British Columbia" and must reach Enrolment Services by the due date. Send cheques to: Enrolment Services, The University of British Columbia, 2016- 1874 East Mall, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1. • In person at Enrolment Services in the main concourse of Brock Hall at Point Grey Campus or Robson Square Campus. Students may pay by cheque or debit card only. Please note: No cash payments are accepted. Tuition fees, student fees and other approved fees are consolidated in a Student Financial Account. The outstanding balance in this fcccount will reflect outstanding amounts from previous sessions, changes in registration, any awards made to the student (or the cancellation of an award), penalties for late payment and other approved charges, as well as payments made by the student. It is the responsibility of students to make their payments by the due dates. Please note if you have an outstanding balance from a previous session, your payment will be applied to that outstanding amount, not to the current session. Students should check their outstanding balance on the Student Service Centre (www. students.ubc.ca/ssc). 1.3 DEPOSITS Undergraduate students must pay a registration deposit before they can register. The deposit will be credited towards your assessed tuition fees. Once students have registered in any course, this deposit becomes non-refundable and cannot be transferred to another session. Some programs require students to confirm their acceptance of an offer of admission by paying an additional portion of their tuition fee. Students will be notified of this when they are offered admission to the program. See Item 1.2, Payment of Fees, p. 27 in this chapter for instructions on how to pay Most graduate students and senior citizens do not pay a deposit. DOMESTIC UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS Domestic undergraduate students must pay a registration deposit of $100.00. Students who have not registered and wish to have their deposit refunded, should visit Enrolment Services in Brock Hall, email (records.inquiry@ubc.ca) or call 604-822-2844. INTERNATIONAL UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS New international undergraduate students are required to pay a first-time deposit of $500.00 before they can register in any courses. Half of your deposit, $250.00, is refundable if you withdraw from all Summer session courses or from all Winter session courses by set dates (see Item 1.6.5 for details, p. 28). No portion of the deposit is refundable if you de-register from courses after these dates. To request a refund, students should first ensure that they have de-registered from all courses, and then email international.reception@ubc.ca or phone 604-822-8999 in order to request a $250.00 refund. Registration in subsequent sessions requires a $100.00 deposit. Your $100.00 deposit is only refundable if you have not yet registered in any courses. Once you register in any course the deposit becomes non-refundable and cannot be transferred to another session. To request a refund, visit Enrolment Services in Brock Hall, email (records.inquiry@ubc.ca) or phone 604-822-2844. Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. PART III FEES, FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND SCHOLARSHIPS 27 1.4 DUE DATES The due date for payment of fees is: Summer Session (2005) • Terml: May 11, 2005 • Term 2: July 13, 2005 Winter Session (05/06) • Term 1: September 7, 2005 • Term 2: January 9, 2006 Summer Session (2006) • Terml: May 10, 2006 • Term 2: July 12, 2006 The due date for any increase in a student's balance resulting from an assessment during a term is the 7th of the next month. When the due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday, payment may be made on the next business day All students must pay their current fee instalment in full by the due date. The due date for a student who has been given a fee deferment is the deferment date. 1.5 OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS (LATE PAYMENTS) 1.5.1-UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS Where fees, fines, or other indebtedness to the University (including tuition fees, student fees, parking fines, library fines, housing and conferences fees) have not been paid in full, students may be placed on financial hold and charged an interest penalty (see Items 1.5.3, Financial Hold, p. 28 and 1.5.4, Interest Penalty, p. 28). For tuition fees and student fee due dates, see Item 1.4, Due Dates, p. 28. 1.5.2-GRADUATE STUDENTS Where fees, fines, or other indebtedness to the University (including tuition fees, student fees, parking fines, library fines, housing and conferences fees) have not been paid in full, students may be placed on financial hold and charged an interest penalty (see Items 1.5.3, Financial Hold, p. 28 and 1.5.4, Interest Penalty, p. 28). For tuition fees and student fee due dates, see Item 1.4, Due Dates, p. 28). If the overdue amount is not paid in full by the first day of the next session, no future session registration will be allowed. Students will remain liable for the outstanding balance plus all interest assessed up to the date on which the outstanding balance is paid in full. Subsequent registration will be allowed only with the written approval of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Retroactive fees and interest will be assessed prior to registration and must be paid at that time. 1.5.3-FINANCIAL HOLD A student may be placed on financial hold as result of outstanding indebtedness to the University, including tuition fees, student fees, parking fines, library fines, housing and conferences fees. When a student has been placed on financial hold, no subsequent registration activity will be allowed and no transcripts of academic record or graduation diploma will be issued. The Department of Housing and Conferences may refuse admission to residences and may withdraw residence privileges, including dining privileges, requiring a resident to vacate the premises; Parking and Access Control Services may withdraw parking privileges and may tow vehicles; and the UBC Library may withdraw borrowing privileges and access to its collection of electronic information. Students will also be assessed a processing fee of $30.00 in addition to the interest penalty. The financial hold will be removed when the outstanding balance, including all penalties, is paid in full. 1.5.4-INTEREST PENALTY Interest will be charged at a rate of prime plus 6% per annum. Interest is charged on all outstanding amounts that are past due and is calculated towards the end of each month. See Item 1.4, Due Dates, p. 28. 1.5.5-LATE REGISTRATION Fees payable by late registrants will be considered to have been assessed on the starting date of the course or program and to be due seven days later. An interest penalty based on these dates may be assessed. 1.6 REFUND OF FEES 1.6.1-OVERVIEW . Refund of fees, if any, is calculated from the day on which a student drops or withdraws from a course or program. (See Change of Registration, p. 51 and Withdrawal, p. 51 in the "Academic Regulations" chapter.) If a withdrawal is not approved, the student will be liable for all assessed fees including any interest penalty. For processing of refunds, students must apply to Enrolment Services: Email records.inquiry@ubc.ca. Tel: 604-822-2844. 1.6.2-REFUND OF UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT TUITION The first $100.00 of tuition fees paid for any session is non-refundable and may not be transferred to another session. Refund for Two-Term Courses (Term 1) During first three 100% of the first weeks of classes insta Iment of the fee for credits dropped 50% of the first instalment 25% of the first instalment No refund of any part of the first instalment. The second instalment of fees will not be assessed. Refund for Two-Term Courses (Term 2) During first two 100% of the second weeks of classes instalment of the fee for credits dropped After second week No refund Refund for One-Term Courses During first two weeks of classes During fourth week During fifth week After fifth week 100% of the fee for credits dropped During third week 50% of the fee for credits dropped During fourth week 25% of the fee for credits dropped 1.6.3-REFUND OF GRADUATE STUDENT TUITION Graduate students who withdraw during first two weeks of University sessions will receive 100% of the instalment for that term or session. The refund of fees for graduate students who withdraw from either Term 1 or Term 2 of Winter Session or from Summer Session after registration will be calculated as shown below. Winter Session Term 1/Term 2/Summer Session During first two 100% of the instalment weeks During third or 60% of the instalment fourth week During fifth or sixth 40% of the instalment week During seventh or 20% of the instalment eighth week After eighth week No refund of any part of tuition fee instalment H.6.4-REFUND OF UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT FEES If a student's sessional credit load drops below 18 credits on or before the dates listed below, student fees will be re-assessed. 1) on or before September 20 for Term 1 courses, or 2) on or before September 23 for two-term courses, or 3) on or before January 18 for Term 2 courses. The Athletics and Recreation fee, the Ubyssey Publication fee and the AMS fees listed under Item 2.1, Student Fees, Overview, p. 30 are adjusted based on credit load. 1.6.5-REFUND OF DEPOSITS Deposits for undergraduate students are nonrefundable and may not be transferred to another session. See Item 1.3, Deposits, p. 27. For new international students $250.00 (of the $500.00 deposit) is refundable if the student withdraws from all Summer Session courses by April 30 or from all Winter Session courses by August 31. Students who have de-registered by these dates should email International Reception (international.reception@ubc.ca). No portion of the deposit is refundable if a student de-registers from courses after these dates. 1.7 TAX RECEIPTS (T2202A) This tax receipt is not mailed to students. Students can access their information by logging into the Student Service Centre Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. 28 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) on the Web and selecting the T2202A Tax Form option. This information includes the student's assessed tuition and monthly education credit for the tax year. The Athletics and Recreation Fee, the Applied Science Professional Activities Fee, and the Graduation Fee qualify for tuition tax credit and will be included on the receipt. For more information on income tax, visit the Canada Customs and Revenue Website (www.ccra-adrc.gc.ca) and search for the "Students and Income Tax" page. 1.8 UNCLASSIFIED, QUALIFYING, VISITING, AND ACCESS STUDIES STUDENTS; AUDITORS AND OTHERS (CANADIAN CITZENS AND PERMANENT RESIDENTS) 1.8.1-OVERVIEW Unclassified students, qualifying students, auditors, students registered for concurrent studies and access studies, and students not working toward a degree are assessed a fee of: • $133.70 per credit for undergraduate courses (normally those numbered under 500). • $300.00 per credit for undergraduate Law courses. • $315.00 per credit for graduate courses (normally those numbered 500 and above). If a course has a zero (0) credit value, fees will be assessed at one (1) credit at the applicable course-level fee. 1.8.2-QUALIFYING STUDENTS Qualifying students will be assessed fees on a per-credit basis for all courses taken (see Item 1.8.1, Overview, p. 29). Fees paid under these circumstances will not subsequently be credited in a graduate degree program. International students refer to Item 6.6 (of the online calendar), p. 40, for details. 1.8.3-VISITING STUDENTS i Visiting undergraduate students will be assessed fees at the prevailing per-credit rate (Item 1.8.1, p. 29) plus authorized student fees. International students refer to Item 6.6, p. 40 for details. Other visiting undergraduate students may register for the non-credit activity 'Visiting Undergraduate Student' (VURS499). The fee for each registration in this activity, which covers either Term 1 of Winter Session or Term 2 of Winter Session or Summer Session, is equal to the tuition fee for one credit of course work plus authorized student fees. Visiting graduate students who wish to take credit courses must register for those courses and will be assessed tuition fees at the prevailing graduate per credit rate, (see Items 1.8.1, p. 29 and 6.6, p. 40) plus authorized student fees. Other visiting graduate students may register for the non-credit activity 'Visiting Graduate Student' (VGRD 500). The fee for each registration in this activity, which covers either Winter Session Term 1 or Term 2, or Summer Session, is equal to the tuition fee for one credit of course work plus authorized student fees. 1.8.4-SENIOR CITIZENS BC residents who are Canadian citizens or permanent residents aged 65 years or over during the session in which they are registered are not assessed application, tuition or student fees. Some Distance Education administrative fees and special fees may be assessed. Fees will be assessed to senior citizens for programs in areas such as Dentistry, Law, Medicine and Nursing or any faculty or school where existing facilities and resources are limited. 1.8.5-ACCESS STUDIES Tuition fees for Access Studies students are assessed on a per credit basis, taking into consideration the year level of the course and the Faculty in which it is offered. Most undergraduate courses will be assessed at $133.70 per credit, or $554.00 per credit for International Students. Tuition fees for 4 programs in Commerce, Applied Science, Education, Pharmaceutical Sciences, if available, will be assessed as described in Section 4, Undergraduate Student Fees. Law courses, if available, will be assessed at $300.00 per credit. International Students will be assessed as noted in Item 6.6, p. 40. Graduate level (courses numbered 500 or above) courses, if available, will be assessed at $315.00 per credit, or $554.00 per credit for International Students. All student fees will be assessed as noted in Section 2, Student Fees. 1.9 STUDENTS REGISTERED IN MORE THAN ONE PROGRAM For students registered in more than one graduate degree program, fees are assessed for both programs until minimum payment is reached for the first program. Fees for the second program continue as assessed until degree completion. For students registered in one graduate degree program and one undergraduate program, fees are assessed for both programs until minimum payments are completed for the graduate program. Undergraduate fees will continue to be assessed. Students registered in one graduate degree program and as an "unclassified student" will be assessed fees for both programs. Students in Senate-approved combined degree programs for which a program fee has not been established will be assessed fees for each separate program. Note: Student fees that are common to more than one of the programs will only be assessed once. 1.10 MEDICAL INSURANCE 1.10.1-OVERVIEW Students from outside British Columbia are responsible for ensuring that they have basic medical insurance as a condition of their acceptance to the University. International students should refer to Item 6.2 of the online calendar, p. 38 for more information. Canadians, or permanent residents, should visit the BC Government's Health Website (www.healthser- vices.gov.bc.ca/msp) or contact the Student Health Service, p. 67 under the "Services, Facilities and Organizations" chapter of the Calendar for more information. All UBC students that are assessed student fees are also assessed the AMS/GSS Extended Health and Dental Plan fee, p. 30. This is an extended health and dental plan which provides coverage, in addition to basic medical covered by MSP, for expenses such as most prescription drugs, travel health insurance, vision and dental care. This fee is assessed only in the Winter Session and provides coverage from September 1 to August 31. For information on Mandatory International Student Medical Insurance see Item 6.2, p. 38. 1.11 GRADUATING CLASS FEE A fee of $7.00, authorized by the Board of Governors, is assessed for all students in Winter Session who are registered in the final year of a course leading to a bachelor's degree, the M.D., or the D.M.D., and who have not previously paid the fee. This fee is for the support of student-sponsored graduating class activities. Enquiries with respect to this fee should be directed to the Alma Mater Society. This fee is tax deductible and will be included in the T2202A income tax receipt (see section 1.7, Tax Receipts, p. 28). 1.12 ADMINISTRATIVE AND DOCUMENT FEES 1.12.1-MISCELLANEOUS FEES Deferred examination written $60.00 off-campus, per paper Diploma, duplicate or replacement $57.78 (incl. GST) Diploma, certified copy, each copy $6.42 (incl. GST) Dishonoured payment (incl. cheque) $15.00 Distance Education special examina- $40.00 tion (where permitted), per paper Duplicate tuition fee receipts $6.42 (incl. GST) Financial Hold Processing Fee $30.00 Review of Assigned Standing, per $50.00 course Supplemental examination written $30.00 at UBC, per paper Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. PART III FEES, FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND SCHOLARSHIPS 29 Supplemental examination written $60.00 off-campus, per paper UBCcard (replacement card) $6.00 1.12.2-CALENDAR FEES Calendar Fee (incl. GST) $5.35 Calendar sent by mail: Canada (incl. GST) $12.85 USA $18.85 International $29.25 1.12.3-TRANSCRIPTOF ACADEMIC RECORD Official transcripts ordered from the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) are normally mailed or available for pickup at Enrolment Services on the next business day after they are ordered. Transcripts ordered in person, by mail, fax or by email (transcripts. students@ubc.ca) will normally be mailed or available for pickup within five working days. During peak periods, processing time may be longer. Each copy (incl. GST) $5.35 Additional fee for courier delivery, each address: Canada USA International $14.00 $21.00 $28.00 1.12.4-LIB RARY-EXTRAM U RAL SERVICES FEE Fees have been authorized for extramural borrowing. Information concerning these fees may be obtained from the UBC Library. 2 STUDENT FEES 2.1 OVERVIEW Student fees include fees authorized by student referendum, the UBC Board of Governors, the AMS, and other student societies and organizations. Student fees are due annually, and charged to all students. Fees are calculated according to full- or part-time status, session and study level. Example of Student Fees for Winter Session: Athletics and Recreation Fee $169.15 AMS Fees $276.24 Ubyssey Publication Fee $5.00 U-Pass Fee (2 terms) $ 160.00 Student Society Fee variable Total $610.39 2.2 ATHLETICS AND RECREATION FEE This annual mandatory fee is authorized by the Board of Governors and is used to support athletic and recreation programs and facilities. This fee is tax deductible and will be included in the T2202A tax receipt (see section 1.7, Tax Receipts, p. 28). For students enrolled in a $169.15 program of 18 credits or more Students taking fewer than 18 credits $9.40 per credit 2.3 U-PASS FEE All students are assessed a transit U-Pass program fee, authorized by student referendum. U-Pass Fee $80.00 per term Subtotal (variable) The U-Pass provides all zone unlimited access to public transit, and is charged to students enrolled in Winter Session and assessed AMS fees. The U-Pass program has limited opt-out exemptions (all opt-out applications are available online at the Student Service Centre [www.students.ubc.ca/ssc]) and a discount does apply to students who are contract holders and living in UBC residence. Refer to the U-Pass website (www.upass.ubc.ca) for more information. 2.4 UBYSSEY PUBLICATION FEE A fee of $5.00 per year was authorized by a student referendum and the Board of Governors. This fee is used to fund the operation of The Ubyssey newspaper. Undergraduate students registered $5.00 for 18 or more credits Undergraduate students registered $0.29 per for fewer than 18 credits credit Full-time graduate students Part-time graduate students $5.00 $2.50 Students who wish to opt out of this fee may do so by applying in person to The Ubyssey Publications Society Business Office, Student Union Building, Room 23 (basement), 10:30 am to 2:30 pm (closed noon to 1:00 pm) Monday through Friday and fill out a form for an assessment adjustment. Students registered in one term of Winter Session or either term of Summer Session must apply by the end of the second week of classes. Students registered in both terms of the Winter Session must apply by the end of the second week of classes in Term 1. Adjustments will be credited to the student's Financial Account. 2.5 ALMA MATER SOCIETY FEES 2.5.1-OVERVIEW OF AMS FEES The following fees are authorized by student referendum and the Board of Governors. They are collected by the University at the request of the Society. Students enrolled in 18 or more credits are assessed fees of $33.50 made up as follows: Operating expenses of the AMS $12.50 Capital projects (CPAC) $15.00 University/External Lobbying $3.50 AMS Resource Groups $1.50 WUSC Refugee students assistance $1.00 Subtotal $33.50 Students taking fewer than 18 credits are assessed fees of $1.86 per credit. Graduate students on Schedule B (see Item 5.2.3, p. 34) are assessed $16.75. 2.5.2-ATHLETICS AND INTRAMURALS FEE All students are assessed an Athletics and Intramurals fee. Athletics and Intramurals Fee $21.00 The maximum fees payable for the period September to August 31 are $54.50 (fee total from Items 2.5.1 and 2.5.2). 2.5.3-ADDITIONAL AMS FEES (WITH OPT-OUT PROVISIONS) All students assessed the AMS or GSS fees (regardless of credit load or place of residence) will be assessed a maximum fee of $221.74 for the period September 1 to August 31, made up Pfs follows: AMS Extended Health and $196.74 Dental Plan Student Aid Bursary Fund $12.00 Student Legal Fund $1.00 AMS Services $9.00 Sexual Assault Support Services $3.00 Subtotal $221.74 Ubyssey Publication $5.00 or variable, p. 30 For students enrolled only in Summer Session please see Item 3.6, p. 32 for assessed student fees. 2.5.4-EXTENDED HEALTH AND DENTAL PLAN Students who already have an equivalent extended health and dental plan may opt out of the AMS Health and Dental plan. Students can also enrol their spouse and/or dependants by completing an enrolment form and paying an additional fee. AMS Extended Health and $196.74 Dental Plan Students registered in the Winter Session must apply to opt out or enrol their spouse/ dependants by the end of the third week of classes in September. Students registered in the Winter Session, Term 2 only must apply for opt outs or enrolments by the end of the third week of classes in January. Students wishing to enrol or opt out should contact Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. 30 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 www.studentcare.net/works within the first three weeks of class: Room 61, Student Union Building, telephone 1-877-795-4421 (toll free), or visit student care (www.studentcare.net). The Extended Health and Dental Insurance Plan is not available to students who are registered only in the Summer Session. Check your fees at the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) to verify whether or not you are assessed the Extended Health and Dental Plan fee. For Plan details, enrolment and opt-out deadlines (see above), visit student care (www. studentcare.net). 2.5.5-STUDENT FUNDS, SUPPORT, AND SERVICES FEES Students who wish to opt out of the Student Aid Bursary Fund fee, the Student Legal Fund fee, Sexual Assault Support Fund fee, or the AMS Services fee may do so by applying in person to the AMS Administration Office, Room 266, Student Union Building. Office hours are 11:00 am to 2:00 pm. Students registered in one term of Winter Session or either term of Summer Session must apply by the end of the second week of classes. Students registered in both terms of Winter Session must apply by the end of the second week of classes in Term 1. Refunds will be issued upon request. Those students who opt out of the Student Legal Fund fee forgo eligibility for membership in the Student Legal Fund Society. See Student Legal Fund Society, p. 67 in the "Services, Facilities and Organizations" chapter in the Calendar for more information. 2.6 UNDERGRADUATE SOCIETY FEES The Board of Governors approves, on the recommendation of the Alma Mater Society, ^ special fees for Undergraduate Societies. These fees are not related to credit load. The fees for Winter Session are as follows: Arts (B.A., B.F.A., B.Mus. and Diploma $13.00 Programs) Rehabilitation Sciences $6.00 Social Work $5.00 Science $22.00 Commerce (B.Com.) $266.00 Dentistry $115.00 Education (including Diploma Programs) $10.00 Engineering $45.00 Family and Nutritional Sciences (B.H.E.) $7.00 Forestry $50.00 Human Kinetics $10.00 Land and Food Systems (B.Sc. degrees) $30.00 Law $148.00 Medicine: 1st and 2nd years $58.00 Medicine: 3rd and 4th years $68.00 Nursing $28.50 Pharmacy $18.00 2.7 GRADUATE STUDENT SOCIETY FEES The following annual fees are authorized by student referendum and the Board of Governors. Capital Improvement Fund $5.00 Graduate Student Society $34.00 Specific Program-levied Society Fees collected by the student societies: Community and Regional Planning $10.00 Forestry $5.00 Library, Archival and Information $20.00 Studies1 1 This fee is collected one time only (not annually) by the School of Library, Archival and Information Studies on behalf of the student society, a 3 PROGRAM AND COURSE FEES 3.1 CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM FEES Co-operative Education Program Co-op Fee per work term Co-op Workshops $600.00 $200.00 3.2 DISTANCE EDUCATION AND TECHNOLOGY COURSES Fees will be charged on a per-credit basis plus a non-refundable administrative charge of $45.00 for each Distance Education course. Refunds will be granted if applied for in writing and received at Enrolment Services by the end of the month of the course start date. Course materials must be returned in new condition. The minimum assessment will be $100.00 or 20% of the tuition, whichever is greater. Where examinations are permitted at a location not normally set up for UBC examinations, a Special Invigilation and Outside Examination Centre Fee of $40.00 is payable with your examination application. The following Distance Education fees also apply to the courses listed below: Lab fees for FRST 308, 309, and 421 $65.00 Lab fees for SOIL 200 $65.00 3.3 EXCHANGE PROGRAMS 3.3.1-UNDERGRADUATE FORMAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMS Students visiting UBC on approved exchange programs under a formal agreement between their home university and UBC, pay fees to their home university. These fees cover credit courses taken in Winter Session. Students will be assessed the transit U-Pass fee, p. 30 of $88.00 per term, and an IMED fee, p. 38 of either $110.00 or $160.00. UBC undergraduate students who are studying elsewhere on approved exchange programs covered by a formal agreement between the two universities (EAP, GOTSEP or CUSE) must register for the appropriate non-credit exchange activity and pay UBC tuition fees for 15 credits per term plus student fees for the Winter Session. All other UBC students on such exchange programs pay to UBC the normal tuition fees for their program for each term they are away plus student fees. All other UBC students on such exchange programs pay to UBC the normal tuition fees for their program for each term they are away plus student fees. 3.3.2-STUDENT EXCHANGE FEES UBC undergraduate students applying for the exchange program pay the following fees: Student Exchange Application Fee $75.00 (non-refundable) all applicants Student Exchange Administration Fee (refundable) all applicants $250.00 3.3.3-UNIVERSITIES GRADUATE EXCHANGE AGREEMENTS Graduate students in good standing and paying tuition fees at one of the following universities: Alberta, Brandon, Calgary, Lethbridge, Manitoba, McGill, Northern British Columbia, Regina, Saskatchewan, Simon Fraser, Toronto, or Victoria can register at UBC as exchange graduate students without paying tuition or student fees. See Visiting Students under the Graduate Exchange Agreement, p. 221 and the Western Deans' Agreement, p. 221 under the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 3.4 COURSE, FIELD TRIP AND FIELD COURSE FEES These are one-time fees that are applied to specific programs or courses. Fees are collected by the faculty departments. 3.4.1-STUDENT ACCIDENT INSURANCE Departments may require students performing coursework in environments where the risk of injury is greater than in a classroom, e.g., laboratories, field work, clinical practice, practicums etc., to purchase Student Accident Insurance. The annual fee for this Insurance is $7.00. See the UBC Treasury website (www.treasury.ubc.ca/risk_2.html#sai) for more information. 3.4.2-MISCELLANEOUS COURSE AND PROGRAM FEES Course/Program ANTH 306 variable ARCH 502 variable BIOL 140 (elective field trip) variable BIOL 205 (optional field trip) variable Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. PART III FEES, FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND SCHOLARSHIPS 31 Course/Program (Continued) BIOL 326 (optional field trip) BIOL 328 (optional field trip) BIOL 409 BIOL 427 BIOL 428 (optional field trip) BIOL 465 (optional field trip) Environmental Design (B.EnD.) Studio Fee1 EOSC 223 EOSC 328 EOSC 473 EOSC 573 GEOG 309 GEOG 379 LARC 511: accomodation, instruction, administration, transportation, meals Visual Arts (VISA) Studio Fee1 1 Applied to select courses only. See for list of courses to which the fee variable variable variable variable variable variable $60.00 per course variable variable variable variable variable variable variable $30.00 per course department applies 3.4.3-FORESTRY FIELD AND WORKSHOP COURSES Forestry Field and Workshop Courses CONS 451 (Natural Resources variable Conservation) FRST 305 (Silviculture I Field Trip) variable FRST 351 (Interior Field Trip) variable FRST 352 (Integrated Field Studies) variable FRST 452 (Coast Field Trip) variable FRST 551 variable FOPR 352 (Harvesting Field Trip) variable WOOD 305 (Wood Machine Skills) variable WOOD 353 (Mill Site Visits) variable 3.5 MISCELLANEOUS FACULTY FEES Applied Science B.A.Sc. Annual Professional $100.00 Activities Fee This fee is assessed for all students registered in the B.A.Sc. program upon entry into each year of the program. An Advisory Committee, which includes faculty members and students will make recommendations on the allocation of the funds. Dentistry Dentistry, short-term $51.00 visiting students Annual Clinic Fee (DMD $23,300.00 Program in 2005/06) Land and Food Systems (formerly Agricultural Sciences) Annual Dietetics Internship Fee $1,500.00 Medicine Canadian Electives Application Fee $100.00 Dean's Letter of Reference, $45.00 Single Copy Dean's Letter of Reference, $10.00 Additional Copies processed at the same time Confirmation of Graduation form $10.00 Faxing single copy: Canada $10.00 and USA Faxing single copy: International $15.00 International Electives $140.00- Application Fee $300.00 Non-credit Activity course for $250.00 visiting foreign medical students Replacement ID cards $10.00 Pharmaceutical Sciences B.Sc. (Pharm.) practice fee for students in fourth year $203.75 3.6 SUMMER SESSION FEES Summer Session students who have not already paid the maximum AMS fees in a given year I will be assessed as follows: Summer Session 2004 Fees $9.40 per credit $1.86 per credit $21.00 Athletics and Recreation Fee AMS Fee AMS Athletics and Intramurals AMS Services $9.00 AMS Student Aid Bursary $12.00 Fund AMS Student Legal Fund $1.00 Sexual Assault Support $3.00 Services Ubyssey Publications $0.29 per credit Students should refer to the Summer Session Calendar Supplement (www.students.ubc.ca/ calendar/summer) for further details on these fees and the procedure for opting out where applicable. (The AMS fees are exclusive of the Extended Health and Dental Plan Fee that is available only for students who were registered in the preceding Winter Session.) 4 UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT FEES 4.1 UNDERGRADUATE APPLICATION PROCESSING FEES Undergraduate Application Processing Fees (Enrolment Services) For applicants who are Canadian $60.00 citizens or Permanent Residents of Canada For UBC students who are applying $60.00 for readmission and/or change of faculty For applicants who will be studying $100.00 on a Student Authorization (e.g., non-Canadian citizens and non-Permanent Residents) and presenting transcripts from institutions within or outside of BC Agricultural Sciences Integrated Dietetics $50.00 Program Application Fee Commerce-Broad-based Admission Application Processing Fee Supplemental Application $75.00 Processing Fee for all Secondary School applicants to the Faculty of Commerce (regardless of citizenship) Law Supplemental Application Fee $80.00 Music Supplemental Application Fee $60.00 4.2 UNDERGRADUATE TUITION FEES 4.2.1-OVERVIEW The following fees apply to Canadian Citizens and Permanent Residents (Landed Immigrants) only. International students see Section 6 for applicable fees. Fee payment in Winter Session may be in two instalments. In general, the first instalment covers tuition for Term 1 courses and the first half of two-term courses plus most student fees and the second instalment covers tuition for Term 2 courses and the second half of two-term courses. Students enrolled in a study program restricted to Term 1 or Term 2 must pay the full amount assessed by the due date for that term. Fees shown do not include student fees nor do they include laboratory and other special fees. See Item 1.12.1, p. 29, and Section 2 (Student Fees) for an explanation of these additional amounts. A tuition fee of $133.70 per credit is charged for all undergraduate certificate, diploma, baccalaureate and post-baccalaureate programs except those programs listed in Item 4.2.3, p. 33 and listed in Item 4.3, p. 33. Fees paid for a graduate program do not cover courses being taken to complete the requirements of an undergraduate degree. Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Tees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. 32 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 4.2.2-PER-CREDIT FEE EXAMPLES EXAMPLE OF PER-CREDIT FEE, 30-CREDIT PROGRAM 30-credit program at $133.70 per credit Tuition fees are assessed in two instalments in Winter Session, and are charged for the following specific programs and year levels: Dentistry Tuition (30 x $133.70) Student Fees (see Items 2.2, p. 30,2.3, p. 30, 2.4, p. 30, 2.5, p. 30) Plus applicable student society fee (see Item 2.6, p. 31) $4,011.00 $626.39 $variable $(total) EXAMPLE OF PER-CREDIT FEE, 36-CREDIT PROGRAM 36-credit program at $133.70 per credit Tuition (36 x $133.70) Student Fees (see Items 2.2, p. 30, 2.3, p. 30, 2.4, p. 30, 2.5, p. 30) Plus applicable student society fee (see Item 2.6, p. 31). $4,813.20 $626.39 $variable $(total) DMD and Combined DMD & B.Sc.-Students who begin their program starting 2004 DMD and Comined DMD & B.Sc.-Students who began their program starting 2003 DMD and Combined DMD and B.Sc.-Students who began their program starting 2002 DMD and Combined DMD and B.Sc.-Students who started their program 2001 or earlier International Dental Degree Completion Program Residents Law (Full Time) 4.2.3-PER-CREDIT FEE FOR SPECIFIC PROGRAMS B.A.Sc. Applied Science (year 1) $133.70 per credit B.A.Sc. Applied Science (years 2-5) $142.70 per credit B.Com. Commerce (year 1) $133.70 per credit B. Com. Commerce (years 2-4) $198.10 per credit BEDN Bachelor of Education: Elementary (years 1, 2 & 3) $133.70 per credit BEDN Bachelor of Education: Elementary (years 4 & 5) $148.90 per credit DEDU Diploma in Education $148.90 per credit All other undergraduate programs in Education $148.90 per credit B.Sc. (Pharm.) Pharmaceutical Sciences (year 1) $197.20 per credit B.Sc. (Pharm.) Pharmaceutical Sciences (years 2-4) $190.90 per credit 4.2.4-STUDENT FEES FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS See Section 2, Student Fees for information on applicable student fees. 4.3 SPECIALIZED UNDERGRADUATE TUITION FEES For fees related to faculty admission, application processing and/or other administrative items, please see the individual listings in the "Faculties, Colleges and Schools" chapter of the Calendar. The following tuition fees are applicable to undergraduate programs of select faculties. For graduate-level program fees see Section 5. For per-credit fees for specific undergraduate programs see Item 4.2.3, p. 33. $14,000.00 per year $12,142.00 per year $10,285.00 per year $9,350.00 per year $30,480.00 per year $332.00 Students who begin their program TBA starting 2004 Students who began their program TBA starting 2003 Students who started their TBA program 2002 or earlier International Students who began $554.00 their program starting 2002 per credit Law (Part Time) Students who begin their TBA per credit program starting 2005 Students who begin their TBA per credit program starting 2004 Students who started their 1 TBA per credit program in 2002 or earlier Medicine MD and Combined MD & B.Sc.- Students who begin their program starting 2004 MD and Combined MD & B.Sc- StudenBwho began their program starting 2003 MD and Combined MD & B.Sc- .Students who began their Pprogram starting 2002 MD and Combined MD & B.Sc.- Students who started their program in 2001 or earlier Residents Pharmaceutical Sciences $9, $14,000.00 per year $12,142.00 per year $10,285.00 per year 350.00 per year $332.00 Residents $70.00 5 GRADUATE STUDENT FEES 5.1 GRADUATE APPLICATION PROCESSING FEES Graduate Application Processing Fees Application fee, per department, for $90.00 all graduate programs except master's-level Business programs- domestic students (Canadian citizens or Permanent Residents of Canada) Application fee, per department, for $150.00 all graduate programs except master's-level Business programs- students studying on a Student Authorization Commerce and Business $125.00 Administration (Sauder School of Business) application fee for master's-level programs Rehabilitation Sciences supplementaI $ 100.00 application fee for M.O.T and M.P.T programs Some programs have higher or additional fees for graduate applications. If not listed in the table above, contact the Taculty of Graduate Studies, p. 217 or refer to the "Faculties, Colleges and Schools" chapter of the Calendar for more details. 5.2 MASTER'S TUITION FEES 5.2.1-OVERVIEW The following fees apply for Canadian Citizens and Permanent Residents (Landed Immigrants). See Section 6, International Students for fees for foreign residents. Every candidate enrolled in a master's program is required to maintain continuous registration by paying tuition instalments according to Schedule A [Item 5.2.2, p. 34) or B, (Item 5.2.3, p. 34) plus authorized student fees (Section 2). Failure to pay fees will result in a financial hold and an interest penalty. (See Item 1.5.2, Outstanding Indebtedness, p. 28.) All graduate students are automatically assessed fees according to Schedule A, p. 34. Students who are planning on taking a master's degree through part-time study (Schedule B, p. 34) must obtain approval of their departmental advisor and the Faculty of Graduate Studies prior to the beginning of the term in which fees are first assessed. To do so, please complete the Application for Part-time Payment form (www.grad.ubc.ca/forms/ index.asp?formID=SDT). This application is also available from the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Only candidates planning to take their degree through part-time study are permitted to select Schedule B. Candidates who select Schedule B are advised that, by virtue of their part-time status, they are ineligible to receive government loans, interest-free status and University fellowships or scholarships. Candidates are not permitted to switch from Schedule B to Schedule A after the due date of the first instalment. Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. PART III FEES, FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND SCHOLARSHIPS 33 5.2.2-FULL-TIME FEES SCHEDULE SCHEDULE A: AVAILABLE TO ALL STUDENTS The normal fee for the full-time master's degree is payable in three (3) instalments per year according to the following schedule (plus authorized student fees). No candidate who selects Schedule A will pay total fees of less than the first three (3) instalments (plus authorized student fees). Master's Instalments Per Instal- Minimum no. Minimum Fee Degree per year to ment Fee of Instalments (based on be paid to be paid Instalments) 3 $1,237.33 3 $3712.00 See Table 1, p. 34 (Item 5.2.5, p. 34) for fees due after Instalment 6. 5.2.3-PART-TIME FEES SCHEDULE SCHEDULE B: PART-TIME STUDENTS ONLY The normal fee for the part-time master's degree is payable in three (3) instalments per year according to the following schedule (plus authorized student fees). No candidate who selects Schedule B will pay total fees of less than the first nine (9) instalments (plus authorized student fees). Fees (Continued) Full-time student Part-time student (Schedule A) (Schedule B) Master's Instalments Per Instal- Degree per year to ment Fee be paid Minimum no. Minimum Fee of instalments (based on to be paid Instalments) 3 $707.16 9 See Table 1, p. 34 (Item 5.2.5, p. 34) for fees due after Instalment 9. $6364.44 5.2.4-SWITCHING FEE SCHEDULES See Item 5.2.1 (Overview), p. 33 for details on switching fee schedules. 5.2.5-CONTINUING AND EXTENSION FEES If a degree program is not completed by a set number of instalments or a minimum program fee, the assessments will then switch to a Continuing Fee. Schedule A Continuing Fee is assessed after instalment 6. Schedule B Continuing Fee is assessed after instalment 9. For the Specialized Master's Program Continuing Fee information see separate program listings under Item 5.3. Table 1: Continuing and Extension Fees Each subsequent year. Continuing fee, plus $1,695.90 authorized student fees Each subsequent year. Extension Fee, plus $2,381.48 authorized student fees If a Master's degree is not awarded within a period of five years from the initial registration, a student may be granted an extension with permission from the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 5.2.6-ON LEAVE FEE All Master's programs have a fee of $269.00 assessed for each year On Leave status is taken. 5.2.7-STUDENT FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS Graduate students are required to pay student fees regardless of credit load or their place of residence. See Section 2, Student Fees for further details on the fee groupings listed below. The annual student fees for graduate students: Fees Full-time student Part-time student (Schedule A) (Schedule B) Athletics & Recreation Fee AMS Mandatory Fees AMS Opt-Out Fees Ubyssey Publication Fee $169.15 $169.15 $54.50 $37.75 $221.74 $221.74 $5.00 $2.50 U-Pass Graduate Student Society Fees $88.00 per term $39.001 $88.00 per term $39.001 1 CIF $5.00; GSS $34.00. For other graduate student society fees that are applicable to specific programs see Item 2.7, p. 31. Some of these fees are paid in instalments, some are assessed in Winter Session, Term 1 or, for new students, in their first registered term, along with tuition fees. 5.2.8-FEES PAYABLE UPON COMPLETION OF DEGREE Candidates who have paid more than the minimum for the degree will have their tuition fees prorated to the end of the month in which the Faculty of Graduate Studies confirms that all degree requirements have been completed. This includes the submission of either their major paper or final project to their department or their thesis to the Faculty of Graduate Studies Office. Note: student fees are not prorated. Fees are due in September, January and May for Graduate students. See Section 2, Student Fees, for further details on student fees for graduate students. 5.3 SPECIALIZED MASTER'S TUITION FEES 5.3.1-OVERVIEwB The fees listed below apply to individual Master's programs. The specialized Master's program fees are different from the standard Schedule A or B of the Master's Program. Note: Authorized student fees are applicable to all Schedules listed below. See Section 2 and Item 5.2.7, p. 34 for details of the applicable student fees. 5.3.2-MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE Schedule Instalments per Perlnstalment Minimum no. year to be paid Fee of instalments to be paid Schedule A (Available 3 $1,388.00 6 to all students) i See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 9. 5.3.3-MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Minimum program fees (full- and part-time) $36,000.00 Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid $9,000.00 $5,142.85 Schedule A (Available to all students, 15 month program) Schedule B (Part-time students only) See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 4 for for Schedule A and after Instalment 7 for Schedule B. 5.3.4-MASTER OF ARTS EDUCATION AND MASTER OF EDUCATION Schedule Schedule A (Available to all students) Schedule B (Part-time students only) Instalments per Perlnstalment Minimum no. year to be paid Fee of instalments to be paid 3 $1,769.00 3 3 $1,063.33 9 Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. 34 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 6 for Schedule A and Instalment 9 for Schedule B. 5.3.5-MASTER OF EDUCATION (ADULT LEARNING AND GLOBAL CHANGE) Schedule Instalments Perlnstalment Minimum no. per year to Fee of instalmentsto be paid be paid Schedule A 3 $2,083.33 6 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 6. 5.3.12-MASTER OF HUMAN KINETICS Schedule Instalments Per Instalment Minimum no. per year to Fee of instalmentsto be paid be paid Schedule A (Available 3 $1,402.66 3 to all students) Schedule B (Part-time 3 $819.81 9 students only) See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 6 for Schedule A and Instalment 9 for Schedule B. 5.3.6-MASTER OF EDUCATION (HONG KONG INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION) Schedule Instalments Perlnstalment Minimum no. per year to Fee of Instalments to be paid be paid Schedule A 3 $2,285.72 7 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 7. 5.3.13-MASTER OF JOURNALISM Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalmentsto be paid Schedule A (Available $1,812.00 to all students) See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 5. 5.3.7-MASTER OF EDUCATION (PROGRAMS OFF-CAMPUS) Schedule Instalments Per Instalment Minimum no. per year to Fee of instalmentsto be paid be paid Schedule A 3 $1,250.00 9 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 9. 5.3.14-MASTER OF JURISPRUDENCE IN COMMON LAW Minimum program fees $25,000.00 Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalmentsto be paid Schedule A $8,333.33 3 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 3. 5.3.8-MASTER OF EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY Schedule Each 3 credit course Per course fee $1,250.00 5.3.9-MASTER OF ENGINEERING Schedule Instalments Perlnstalment Minimum no. per year to Fee of instalments to be paid be paid Schedule A (Available to all students) $1,504.00 $886.24 Schedule B (Part-time 3 students only) See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 6 for Schedule A and Instalment 9 for Schedule B. 5.3.10-MASTER OF FINE ARTS IN CREATIVE WRITING (DISTANCE EDUCATION) Schedule Per credit Amount Per credit fee $766.66 5.3.1 5-MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE Schedule Instalments Per Instalment Minimum no. per year to Fee of instalmentsto be paid be paid 3 $1,337.33 6 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 9 for Schedule A. Schedule A (Available to all students) 5.3.16-MASTER OF ARCHIVAL STUDIES, MASTER OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES AND JOINT M.A.S./M.L.I.S. Schedule Instalments per year to be paid Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A (Available 3 $1,265.33 3 to all students) Schedule B (Part-time 3 $728.33 9 students only) See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 6 for Schedule A and Instalment 9 for Schedule B. For Certificate of Advanced Study fees see Item 5.5.1, p. 37. 5.3.11-MASTEROF HEALTH ADMINISTRATION Minimum program fees $22,000.00 Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A $3,666.67 6 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 6. Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. PART III FEES, FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND SCHOLARSHIPS 35 5.3.17-MASTER OF MANAGEMENT Minimum program fees $22,000.00 Schedule Per Instalment Minimum no. Fee of instalments to be paid Schedule-12 month Management Infor- $7,333.33 mation Systems See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 3. $5,500.00 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 4. Schedule-16 month Operations Research and Transportation & Logistics 5.3.18-MASTER OF OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY Minimum program fees $11,000.00 Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A $1,833.34 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 6. 5.3.19-MASTER OF PHYSICAL THERAPY Minimum program fees $11,000.00 Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A $1,833.34 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 6. 5.3.24-COMBINED MASTER OF ARTS (ASIA PACIFIC) AND BACHELOR OF LAWS Schedule Instalments per year to be paid Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A 2 $5,118.66 After Instalment 6 $1,237.33 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 9. 5.3.25-COMBINED MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND BACHELOR OF LAWS Schedule Instalments per year to be paid Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalmentsto be paid Schedule A 2 $7,875.00 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 8. 5.3.26-COMBINED MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND MASTER OF ARTS (ASIA PACIFIC) Schedule Instalments Perlnstalment Minimum no. per year to Fee of instalments to be paid be paid Schedule A (Available 3 I $6,618.66 to all students) After Instalment 6 $1,237.33 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 9. 5.3.20-MASTER OF REHABILITATION SCIENCE (ONLINE) Schedule Per Credit per credit fee $466.66 5.3.21-MASTER OF SCIENCE, GENETIC COUNSELLING Minimum program fees (2 year program) $30,000.00 Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A $6,000.00 5 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 5. 5.3.22-MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (DISTANCE EDUCATION) Minimum program fees $10,474.00 Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A $1,163.78 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 9. 5.3.23-MASTER OF SOFTWARE SYSTEMS Minimum program fees $16,500.00 Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A $4,125.00 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 4. 5.3.27-COMBINED MASTER OF ENGINEERING AND BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE Schedule Instalments Perlnstalment Minimum no. per year to Fee of instalmentsto be paid be paid Schedule A 3 $1,504.00 kSee Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 6. 5.3.28-COMBINED MASTER OF SCIENCE AND DIPLOMA IN PERIODONTICS Minimum program fees $11,358.00 Schedule Instalments Per Instalment Mininum no. per year to Fee of instalments to be paid be paid Schedule A 2 $1,893.00 6 See Table 1, p. 34 for fees due after Instalment 6. 5.4 DOCTORAL TUITION FEES 5.4.1-OVERVIEW The following fees apply for Canadian Citizens and Permanent Residents (Landed Immigrants). See International Students (Section 6) for fees for foreign residents. Every candidate enrolled in a doctoral program is required to maintain continuous registration by paying tuition instalments plus authorized student fees according to the appropriate tuition fee schedule. Special program fees apply to the Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership, Doctor of Pharmacy and Combined Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Medicine, as noted in Item 5.4.4, p. 37. Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. 36 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Failure to pay fees will result in a financial hold and an interest penalty. (See Item 1.5.2, Outstanding Indebtedness-Graduate Students, p. 28.) All candidates are considered to be "full-time" for the assessment of tuition and authorized student fees. Authorized student fees are applied to all Doctoral programs regardless of credit load or their place of residence. Ph.D. and D.M.A. students in the first four years of their doctoral programs are eligible for a Ph.D. Tuition Fee Award, except in cases when Ph.D. tuition fees are directly billed to a third-party. The Ph.D. Tuition Fee Award is equivalent to the tuition fee assessment (but does not cover student fees). 5.4.2-DOCTORAL TUITION FEES SCHEDULE The normal fee for the doctoral program is payable in three (3) instalments per year according to the following schedule, plus authorized student fees. No candidate in any doctoral program will pay total fees of less than the first six (6) instalments plus authorized student fees. A student at this University who transfers from a master's program to the doctoral program will receive credit toward the fees required for the doctoral program. SCHEDULE A Doctoral Degree Instalments per year to be paid Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A 3 $1,237.33 6 After Instalment 9 each subsequent year's Continuing Fee is $1,695.90; Extension Fee per year $2,381.48; On Leave Fee, per year is $269.00. 5.4.3-FEES PAYABLE UPON COMPLETION OF DEGREE Candidates who have paid more than the minimum for the degree (the first six (6) instalments) will have their tuition fees prorated to the end of the month in which the Faculty of Graduate Studies confirms that all degree requirements have been completed. This includes the submission of their thesis to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Student fees are not prorated. 5.4.4-SPECIALIZED DOCTORAL TUITION FEES DOCTOR OF EDUCATION IN EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP Minimum Program Fees $25,473.00 Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Instalment 1 Instalments 2-9 Instalment 10 $1,415.18 $2,830,331 $1,415.18* 10 After Instalment 10, each subsequent year, the Continuing Fee is $2,606.58 (3 instalments per year of $868.85). On Leave Fee is $269.00. DOCTOR OF PHARMACY Minimum program fees $37,550.00 Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A $7,510.00 After Instalment 5, each subsequent year, the Continuing Fee is $1,695.90; On Leave Fee is $269.00. COMBINED DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY AND DOCTOR OF MEDICINE Schedule Per Instalment Fee Minimum no. of instalments to be paid Schedule A (Available $1,286.66 18 to all students) After Instalment 18, each subsequent year, the Continuing Fee is $1,695.90; On Leave Fee is $269.00. 5.4.5-STUDENT FEES FOR DOCTORAL STUDENTS The annual student fees for doctoral students are the same as those for full-time (Schedule A) Master's students. See Item 5.2.7, p. 34 for applicable student fees. 5.5 CERTIFICATE PROGRAM FEES 5.5.1-CERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED STUDY The Certificate of Advanced Study is offered by the School of Library, Archival and Information Studies. No candidate will pay total fees of less than the first three (3) instalments and will continue to pay the full instalment rate plus authorized student fees until degree completion. Three (3) instalments per year of $1,237.33 On-leave fee, per year $269.00 The annual student fees are the same as those for full-time (Schedule A) Master's students. See Item 5.2.7, p. 34. 5.5.2-GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN REHABILITATION SCIENCES The Graduate Certificate in Rehabilitation Sciences is offered by the School of Rehabilitation Sciences. Tuition Fee $950.00 per 3 credit course 6 INTERNATIONAL STUDENT FEES 6.1 GENERAL INFORMATION 6.1.1-OVERVIEW All information pertaining to general practices regarding fees are applicable to International Students. This includes, but is not exclusive to, all regulations, rules and items of note that are specified in the following Sections of this chapter including: Item 1.1: Allocations, Contract, Change of Fees, p. 27; Item 1.2: Payment of Fees, p. 27; Item 1.3: Deposits, p. 27; Item 1.5: Outstanding Indebtedness. 6.1.2-STUDENT VISA TO PERMANENT RESIDENT STATUS If an international student becomes a Permanent Resident on or before the tuition fee due date of the term (see Item 6.1.3, p. 37, below), regular fees will be assessed for that term. If an international student becomes a Permanent Resident after the tuition fee due date for a current term, international fees will be assessed for that current term and regular fees will be assessed for subsequent terms. Please Note: Permanent Resident status is attained as of the "Landed on" date, indicated on the Record of Landing, not the "Date Issued". 6.1.3-FEE DUE DATES Tuition fee due dates are ae Winter Session, Term 1 Winter Session, Term 2 Summer Session folio Wednesday of the 1st week of classes January 7, 2006 May 10, 2006 For information on Late Payments see Item 1.5. 6.1.4-STUDENT FEES FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Student fees and applicable program fees will be applied to all international students enrolled at the University See information in Sections 2 and 3 for applicable fees. Student and program fees are assessed upon registration to the University Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. PART III FEES, FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND SCHOLARSHIPS 37 6.2 MEDICAL INSURANCE FOR NEW INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS The University provides a mandatory basic medical insurance program for all international students as a condition of registering as a student. Health Insurance for New International Students (IMED) $110.00 Health Insurance for One-semester International $160.00 Exchange Students Anyone residing in BC for longer than six months is required by law to enrol in the British Columbia Medical Services Plan (BC MSP) and pay premiums directly to the plan. However, there is a waiting period of three months before any newcomer to BC is eligible for BC MSP. IMED will cover this waiting period. IMED is automatic and mandatory for international exchange students and all new students who pay international tuition and student fees. For one-semester international exchange students, IMED covers: Term 1: August 29, 2005-January 2, 2006 (plus up to ten days travel between your home country and Canada) Term 2: December 26, 2005-April 30, 2006 (plus up to ten days travel between your home country and Canada) The $160.00 fee will be assessed before the start of classes and will be listed online as a student fee. For all others, IMED covers the three month waiting period before you are eligible for MSP, from the time you leave home (up to ten days prior to arrival) until your MSP eligibility date. Your coverage will begin when you arrive in Canada, with the earliest arrival date being Aug. 1 (Term 1), Dec. 1 (Term 2), Apr. 1 (Summer Term 1), or June 1 (Summer Term 2). The $110.00 fee for the three month period will be assessed when you register and will be listed online as a student fee. For all international students, fees can be accessed through the Student Service Centre (SSC) (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). New international students residing in BC for six months or longer should register for MSP as soon as they arrive. If you already have MSP or another Canadian provincial insurance, you must opt out of IMED before the end of the third week of classes, in the term that you are assessed the fee. This same deadline applies to adding family members to the plan. For further information please refer to the International Handbook (www.students.ubc.ca/international/handbook.cfm). All UBC students that are assessed student fees are also assessed the AMS/ GSS Extended Health and Dental Plan fee, p. 30. This is an extended health and dental plan which provides coverage, in addition to basic medical covered by MSP, for example most prescriptions drugs, travel health insurance, vision care and dental care. This fee is assessed only in the Winter Sessions and provides coverage from September 1 to August 31. Extended Health and Dental Plan Fee $196.74 6.3 UNDERGRADUATE TUITION FEES FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 6.3.1-OVERVIEW International students who began an undergraduate program as of Summer 2002 will be assessed tuition fees in the amount of $542.00 per credit. Cost-of-living increases will be implemented annually. The cost-of- living increase reflects cost increases in wages and salaries, library acquisitions, supplies and equipment, utility charges, and other related education costs. Where reciprocity agreements (such as Exchange programs) exist, international students shall pay regular fees. Per Credit Fee (undergraduate programs) $554.001 Standard 3 credit course $1,662.001 1 Cost of Living increases will be implemented annually. 6.4 MASTER'S DEGREE TUITION FEES FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 6.4.1-OVERVIEW Every candidate enrolled in a master's program is required to maintain continuous registration by paying tuition instalments according to Schedule A or B (listed below) plus authorized student fees, as listed under Section 2. Failure to pay fees will result in a financial hold and an interest penalty. (See 1.5, Outstanding Indebtedness.) All international graduate students are automatically assessed fees according to Schedule A, p. 38. Students who are planning on taking a master's degree through part-time study must obtain approval of their departmental advisor and the Faculty of Graduate Studies prior to the beginning of the term in which fees are first assessed. To do so, please complete the Application for Part-time Payment form (www.grad.ubc.ca/forms/index.asp?formID=SDT). This application is also available from the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Only candidates planning to take their degree through part-time study are permitted to select Schedule B, p. 38. Candidates who select Schedule B are advised that, by virtue of their part-time status, they are ineligible to receive government loans, interest-free status and University fellowships or scholarships. Note: Candidates are not permitted to switch from Schedule B to Schedule A after the initial payment. International students admitted to programs charging tuition fees of $7,200.00 are eligible for an International Partial Tuition Scholarship of $3,488.00, which is applied to assist with their tuition fees. Students in the following master's programs in the Faculty of Education are eligible for the following amounts: Master of Arts in Education $1,893.00; Master of Education $1,893.00; and Master of Human Kinetics $2,992.00. Students are eligible as long as they are not a recipient of any external funding that pays their tuition. Some departments may offer additional money towards the International Partial Tuition Scholarship. Students are advised to contact their department for details. 6.4.2-FEE SCHEDULES FOR MASTER'S DEGREE PROGRAMS The full-time fees (Schedule A, below) are available to all students. The part-time fees (Schedule B, below) are only available to part-time i students. No candidate will pay total fees less than the specified installments, plus authorized student fees, and will continue to pay the full instalment rate, plus authorized student fees, until degree completion. Student Fees apply to all Master's students. See Item 6.1.4, p. 37 for details on student fees applicable to International Master's students. Student fees are not prorated. MASTER'S FEE SCHEDULES FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Master's Degree Instalments Per On Leave Minimum no. Schedule per year to be paid Instalment Fee Fee Per Year of instalments to be paid Full Time: Schedule A Part Time: Schedule B $2,400.00 $1,380.00 $849.00 $849.00 Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. 38 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 6.4.3-SPECIAUZED MASTER'S TUITION FEES Specific Master's Program Instalments per year to be paid Per Instalment Fee On Leave Fee Per Year Minimum no. of instalmentsto be paid Minimum Fee (based on instalments) Master of Architecture 3 Master of Business Administration MBA 15 month program 3 MBA Part time 31 1 After Instalment 9, each subsequent year Continuing Fee is $1,695.90 Master of Educational Technology Master of Engineering Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing (Distance Education) Master of Journalism Master of Jurisprudence in Common Law Master of Landscape Architecture Master of Management 12 month program (Management Information Systems) 3 16 month program (Operations Research and Transportation & Logistics 3 Master of Science in Genetic Counselling 3 $3,333.33 $849.00 $9,000.00 $5,142.85 $849.00 $849.00 Per course fee, each 3-credit course $1,250.00 3 $5,000.00 $849.00 3 $766.66 per credit 3 $3,333.33 $849.00 3 3 $8,333.33 $849.00 3 3 $3,333.33 $849.00 3 $7,333.33 $849.00 3 $5,500.00 $849.00 4 $6,000.00 $849.00 5 Master of Software Systems 3 $4,125.00 $849.00 Combined Master of Business Administration and Bachelor of Laws 2 $11,004.00 $849.00 2 Master of Journalism fees are currently under review for 2004. See Item 6.1.4, p. 37 for student fees applicable to International Master's students. Student fees are not prorated. $10,000.00 $36,000.00 $36,000.00 $15,000.00 $10,000.002 $25,000.00 $10,000.00 $22,000.00 $22,000.00 $30,000.00 (2 year program) $16,500.00 $88,032.00 6.4.4-SWITCHING FEE SCHEDULES FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS The normal fee for the full-time master's degree is payable in three (3) instalments per year according to the schedules listed below (plus authorized student fees). Note: Candidates are not permitted to switch from Schedule B to Schedule A after the initial payment. 6.4.5-FEES PAYABLE UPON COMPLETION OF DEGREE Candidates who have paid more than the minimum for the degree (three (3) instalments on Schedule A, p. 38 or nine (9) on Schedule B, p. 38) will have their tuition fees prorated to the end of the month in which the Faculty of Graduate Studies confirms that all degree requirements have been completed. This includes the submission of either the major paper or final project to the department or the thesis to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. M 6.5 DOCTORAL DEGREE TUITION FEES FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 6.5.1-OVERVIEW Every candidate enrolled in a doctoral program is required to maintain continuous registration by paying tuition instalments plus authorized student fees until degree completion according to the schedule below. Special program fees apply to the Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership and Doctor of Pharmacy, as noted in Item 6.5.2, p. 39. Failure to pay fees will result in a financial hold and an interest penalty See Item 1.5, Outstanding Indebtedness. All candidates are considered to be full-time for the assessment of tuition and authorized student fees. No candidate in any doctoral degree program will pay total fees of less than six (6) instalments and will continue to pay the full instalment rate plus authorized student fees until degree completion. A student at this University who transfers from a master's program to the doctoral program will receive credit toward the fees required for the doctoral program. Ph.D. and D.M.A. students in the first four years of their doctoral programs are eligible for a Ph.D. Tuition Fee Award, except in cases when Ph.D. tuition fees are directly billed to a third-party. The Ph.D. Tuition Fee Award is equivalent to the tuition fee assessment (but does not cover student fees). International students registered full-time in the fifth or later years of doctoral programs charging tuition fees of $7,200.00 are eligible for an International Partial Tuition Scholarship of $3,488.00 which is applied to assist with their tuition fees. Students are eligible as long as they are not a recipient of any external funding that pays their tuition. Some departments may offer additional money towards the International Partial Tuition Scholarship. Students are advised to contact their department for details. 6.5.2-DOCTORALTUITION FEES No candidate will pay less than six (6) instalments plus authorized student fees. See Item 6.1.4, p. 37 for student fees applicable to International Master's students. DOCTORAL DEGREE (FULL-TIME) Instalments Per Instalment On Leave Fee per year Fee per year Minimum Instalments Minimum Fee $2,400.00 $849.00 $14,440.00 SPECIFIC DOCTORAL DEGREES Specific Instal- Instalment Per Instal Doctoral Degree ments per year Minimum Minimum ment Fee Instalments Fee Education in Educational Leadership1 3 1 2-9 10 $1,415.18 $2,830.33 $1,415.18 $25,473.00 3 After 10 $868.85 Doctor of Pharmacy1 3 $9,810.00 5 $49,050.00 1 On Leave Fee is $849.00 per year Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. PART III FEES, FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND SCHOLARSHIPS 39 Fees for Students Registered Prior to September 1997 On Leave Fee (per year) $340.00 Extension Fee (per year) $2,595.001 1 Candidates enrolled in a doctoral program beginning September 1997 will continue to pay the full instalment rate until degree completion. Fees payable upon completion of degree (see item 6.5.3, p. 40). 6.5.3-FEES PAYABLE UPON COMPLETION OF DEGREE Candidates who have paid more than the minimum for the degree (six (6) instalments) will have their tuition fees prorated to the end of the month in which the Faculty of Graduate Studies confirms that all degree requirements have been completed. This includes the submission of their thesis to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Student fees are not prorated. 6.6 UNCLASSIFIED, QUALIFYING, VISITING, AND ACCESS STUDIES STUDENTS; AUDITORS AND OTHERS (INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS) Unclassified students, qualifying students, auditors, students registered for concurrent studies and access studies, and students not working toward a degree pay the following credit fees: Commencing Summer 2002 Prior to Summer 2002 $554.00 per credit for both undergraduate and graduate courses1 $516.00 per credit for undergraduate courses1 $554.00 per credit for graduate courses1 If the course has a zero (0) credit value, fees wil be assessed at one (1) credit, at the applicable course level fee. Cost-of-living increases will be implemented annually. Student fees do apply, see Section 2. 7 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND SCHOLARSHIPS FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Deborah Robinson, Associate Registrar & Director, Student Financial Assistance and Awards Barbara Crocker, Associate Director, Student Financial Assistance and Awards UBC is committed to ensuring access for all eligible domestic students. In assessing financial need, students and their families are expected to assume the primary financial responsibility for their education. Student Financial Assistance and Awards can help. UBC's financial assistance programs are summarized below. Complete information is available on the Web (www.students.ubc.ca/finance). To qualify for most financial assistance, students must be registered in 60% of a full course load (www.students.ubc.ca/finance/ loans.cfm?page=courseload) in an approved program. DOMESTIC STUDENTS Domestic students are Canadian citizens or permanent residents. Except for Entrance Bursaries, the following programs are available to both undergraduate and graduate domestic students. GOVERNMENT STUDENT LOANS A student loan is government-funded repayable financial assistance. While students are registered in full-time studies, the loans are interest-free. Students can maintain interest-free status even when not receiving a loan, provided they meet the full-time studies requirement and complete forms available from Student Financial Assistance and Awards. Students apply for student loans from their home province of residence. Visit www.students.ubc.ca/finance/loans.cfm for more information on applying. Students should apply for loans by June 30 in order to qualify for September bursaries and work study eligibility. GENERAL BURSARIES Bursaries are non-repayable awards allocated on the basis of assessed financial need. To be eligible, applicants must be Canadian citizens or permanent residents of Canada and apply by the Bursary deadline. They also must have enrolment confirmed on government student loans, for the current session, by the Bursary deadline. Students starting studies in September should apply to the Winter Bursary program; the deadline is September 15. Students starting in May, should apply to the Summer Bursary program; the deadline is June 1. For more information on applying, see the General Bursary information (www.students.ubc.ca/finance/ awards.cfm?page=bursaries) on the Student Financial Assistance and Awards website}. WORK STUDY Work Study is a UBC employment program that helps fund on-campus jobs for students. Generally, eligible students must be Canadian citizens or permanent residents, and in receipt of government student loans. Applications are available starring August 15 from the Student Financial Assistance and Awards website and are due September 15. Apply early to ensure a position. ENTRANCE BURSARIES Entrance Bursaries help students make the transition from secondary school to university. Students have to demonstrate financial need, but do not have to be receiving a student loan. The applicant's high school principal or counsellor must attest to the student's financial need. Most eligible students are in their graduating year of secondary school. Students who have taken an extended break between high school graduation and their post-secondary education are also eligible, provided they have not taken any post-secondary studies prior to attending UBC. Applications are due February 28. Students applying for Entrance Bursaries should also consider applying for General Bursaries. (see above) AFFILIATION BURSARIES Affiliation Bursaries, like General Bursaries, fund students that have assessed financial need and who are in receipt of student loans. In addition, criteria for these bursaries include membership in an organization, affiliation with a union, specific firm or industry, or personal characteristics of the student such as cultural heritage. Criteria for each bursary are listed on the application form. Applications are available from the Student Financial Assistance and Awards website and are due June 30. STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES Twenty awards, ranging in value and eligibility Biteria, are available to students with disabilities. For a complete list of these awards, please download the application form or request the form from the Disability Resource Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/access/drc.cfm), and the Crane Library, 1874 East Mall, UBC. PART-TIME STUDENTS Students registered in degree related courses equivalent to less than a full-time course load may be eligible for federal grants and loans. More information, for students from all provinces, is available online (www.aved.gov.bc.ca/studentservices/ student/sp/pt/). EMERGENCY FUNDING A student in an emergency situation or faced with an unexpected expense should contact Student Financial Assistance and Awards to make an appointment with an advisor to review their current financial situation and explore funding options. One emergency funding possibility is a University Loan. A student does not have to be receiving student loans to be considered. University Loans require a guarantor (co-signer). INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS International students are neither Canadian citizens nor permanent residents of Canada, who are studying at UBC on a Canadian study permit. Citizenship and Immigration Canada requires international students to have sufficient funds for tuition and living costs, and generally, international students are not eligible for financial assistance from UBC. First year Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. 40 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 and post secondary transfer students entering UBC are eligible to apply for the International Leader of Tomorrow Award. Students must be nominated by their school. INTERNATIONAL LEADER OF TOMORROW AWARD To be eligible, students must demonstrate financial need and an exceptional level of scholastic achievement, extracurricular achievement, and leadership abilities. Each secondary and post-secondary school is invited to nominate one student. School counsellors may request a nomination package from UBC's International Student Recruitment and Reception (international.reception@ubc.ca) office. Packages will not be sent directly to students. Nomination packages are due March 15. US LOANS U.S. citizens and some non-citizens are eligible for loans from the United States. UBC participates in the Federal Stafford Loan program and the Federal PLUS Loan program. Stafford loans are held directly by the student, while PLUS loans are held by the parent to help fund the student's education. Students should visit www.students.ubc.ca/ finance/loans.cfm for more information on Stafford and PLUS loans. CONTACT INFORMATION Student Financial Assistance & Awards Enrolment Services The University of British Columbia Brock Hall, First Floor 1036-1874 East Mall Vancouver BC V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-5111 Fax: 604-822-6929 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/finance SCHOLARSHIPS Scholarships are awards given for academic excellence, and some also include other criteria such as leadership, community service, artistic endeavours and athletics. The funding is provided by the University and by private donors, including the government, community organizations and corporations. Unless otherwise specified, both domestic students (Canadian citizens and permanent residents) and international students (on a Canadian study permit) are eligible for all UBC awards. Student Financial Assistance and Awards administers scholarships for undergraduate students. The Faculty of Graduate Studies administers scholarships and other merit-based support for graduate students. UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS Deborah Robinson, Associate Registrar & Director, Student Financial Assistance and Awards Barbara Crocker, Associate Director, Student Financial Assistance and Awards UBC's major scholarship programs are summarized below. Complete information is available on the Web (www.students.ubc.ca/finance). ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS Major Entrance Scholarships There are over 80 Major Entrance Scholarships for students entering UBC from secondary school, some as high as $40,000 over 4 years. Candidates are evaluated based on scholastic performance and the ability to lead, directly or by example, in artistic endeavours, community service, athletics and the school. Students must be nominated by their school to be eligible and can download application packages online (www.students.ubc.ca/welcome/finance.cfm? page=scholarships&view=entrance). Applications are open to Canadian citizens and permanent residents and are due February 28. President's Entrance Scholarships The President's Entrance Scholarships (PES) recognize academic excellence in students entering from secondary school. There is no application; new students are automatically considered and notified as part of their offers of admission. Please see the complete PES Information (www. welcome, ubc.ca/finance. cfm ?page= scholarships&view=president) at www.welcome.ubc.ca/finance.cfm. Entrance Scholarships for Post Secondary Transfer Students There are 18 Entrance Scholarships for undergraduate students entering UBC from a college or university. Candidates are evaluated primarily based on scholarly achievement, but also considered for their personal qualities and activities. applications are due June 15 and are open to Canadian citizens and permanent residents. Students who already hold a degree and intend to transfer to UBC to complete a second degree are not eligible for this award. TREK Excellence Scholarships-Post Secondary Transfer Students The entering TREK Excellence Scholarships (TES) recognize academic excellence in students entering from another college or university There is no application; new students are automatically considered and notified as part of their offers of admission. Please see the complete TES Information (www. welcome, ubc.ca/finance. cfm ?page= scholarships&view=trek) at www.welcome.ubc.ca/finance.cfm. International Leader of Tomorrow Award This program provides funding to outstanding international students entering from either a secondary or post-secondary school. Please see International Leader of Tomorrow Award, p. 41 in the "Financial Assistance" section. TREK EXCELLENCE SCHOLARSHIPS- CONTINUING UBC STUDENTS The TREK Excellence Scholarships for continuing students are $1,500.00 awards given to the top 5% of students in each year of each faculty and school. Each year the TREK Excellence Scholarship eligibility will be evaluated based on grades from the previous year. This is not a renewable scholarship, and no application is required. Please see the complete TES Information (www. welcome, ubc. ca/finance.cfm?page= scholarships&view=trek) at www.wel- come.ubc.ca/finance.cfm. UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARS PROGRAM In September 2005, UBC will offer a new scholarship program for current students, the TREK Excellence Scholarships (TES), which will replace the Undergraduate Scholars Program (USP). Funding for the USP program will not stop immediately, however, instead UBC will support a gradual transition to the TES by grandfathering out the USP until April 2007. For details on eligibility for USP grandfathering, please see the complete USP information (www.students.ubc.ca/finance/ awards.cfm?page=scholarships &view=usp). AFFILIATION SCHOLARSHIPS Criteria for these awards include membership in an organization, affiliation with a union, specific firm or industry, or personal characteristics of the student such as cultural heritage, in addition to scholastic achievement. Requirements for each award are listed on the application form. Applications are available from the Student Financial Assistance and Awards website and are due June 30. AWARDS RECOMMENDED BY FACULTIES UBC has many awards available for students after first year. Most of these awards do not require an application. Instead, each faculty looks for students with strong academics and community leadership. Students are notified automatically if they receive an award. Visit the Student Financial Assistance and Awards website for a complete list (www.students.ubc.ca/finance/ awards.cfm?page=search) of awards that UBC provides. Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. PART III FEES, FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND SCHOLARSHIPS 41 PREMIER UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS These scholarships are for students in the last two years of a baccalaureate program, the first year of Graduate Studies, or in the Medicine (M.D.) or Dentistry (D.M.D.) programs. Students must have strong academic standing. Other qualifications include: active interest and participation in sports; moral force of character; ability to work with and lead others; participation in student and community activities. Students must be nominated by their faculty, department, or a designated student organization. Applications are usually available in the summer months; contact Student Financial Assistance and Awards for more information. PART-TIME AND SUMMER STUDENTS There are limited numbers of scholarships available for part-time study and students studying during the Summer Session. Please contact Student Financial Assistance and Awards for more information. EXTERNAL SCHOLARSHIPS Many organizations offer their own scholarships that can be used towards a UBC education. Students apply directly to a corporation, parent's employer or community group. Students should conduct a broad search for these scholarships, including viewing three useful websites: • www.millenniumscholarships.ca/en/ excellencea • www.scholarshipscanada.com • www.studentawards.com CONTACT INFORMATION Student Financial Assistance & Awards Enrolment Services The University of British Columbia Brock Hall, First Floor 1036-1874 East Mall Vancouver BC V6T 1Z1 Canada Tel: 604-822-5111 Fax: 604-822-6929 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/finance GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS Lynn Alden, Associate Dean, Awards and Student Professional Development The Faculty of Graduate Studies administers merit-based scholarships and awards for graduate students at the University of British Columbia. These scholarships recognize high academic achievement, research ability and potential, demonstrated leadership ability and excellent communication skills. UBC's graduate scholarship programs are summarized below. Complete information is available on the web (www.grad.ubc.ca/awards). GRADUATE ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS Graduate Entrance Scholarships are offered by graduate programs and departments to the best and brightest incoming students for their first year of full-time graduate study or research at UBC. Inquiries about this scholarship should be addressed to the head of the graduate program or department concerned. UNIVERSITY GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS The Faculty of Graduate Studies offers approximately 300 University Graduate Fellowships each year to meritorious students for full-time study and/or research leading to a graduate degree. Awards are made on the basis of academic excellence, and are open to currently registered, full-time UBC graduate students regardless of citizenship or visa status. Students should contact their departments for more information on departmental review processes and deadlines. PH.D. TUITION AWARD Effective September 2003, all Ph.D. and D.M.A. students in the first four years of their doctoral programs are eligible for a Ph.D. Tuition Fee Award, except in cases when Ph.D. tuition fees are directly billed to a third-party. The Ph.D. Tuition Fee Award is equivalent to the tuition fee assessment. INTERNATIONAL PARTIAL TUITION SCHOLARSHIP International graduate students are eligible for an International Partial Tuition Scholarship of up to $3,488.00, which is applied to assist with their tuition fees if they are registered full-time in master's programs or in fifth or later years of doctoral programs that assess tuition fees of $7,200.00 per year. Students in the following master's programs in the Faculty of Education are eligible for the following amounts: Master of Arts in Education, $1,893.00, Master of Education $1,893.00, and Master of Human Kinetics $2,992.00. Students are eligible as long as they are not recipients of external scholarships or external funding that pays their tuition. MORE SCHOLARSHIPS Killam Predoctoral Fellowships Killam Predoctoral Fellowships are the most prestigious awards available to graduate students at UBC. Approximately 30 awards are made each year to the top doctoral candidates in the University Graduate Fellowships competition. The stipend for 2004-2005 awards is $25,000.00 per annum for two years and a $1,500.00 travel allowance for research during the two-year term of the award. All eligible candidates nominated by their department in the University Graduate Fellowships competition are automatically considered for Killam Predoctoral Fellowships. Department-Recommended Awards A large number of graduate awards are made on the recommendation of a Department or Faculty. In many cases students are automatically recommended by their Departments; in other cases departments may hold an internal competition to which students must apply. Students should contact their Departments to discuss the process by which department-recommended awards are given out. External Awards A large number of organizations and levels of government provide scholarship funding for graduate students. In most cases, students apply directly to the external funding agency. In some cases, however, applications are made through the student's graduate department and then through the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Students should contact their departments for more information on departmental review processes and deadlines. The Faculty of Graduate Studies is also responsible for administering the payments on behalf of most external funding agencies. Therefore, graduate students who are awarded external scholarship funding should contact the Faculty of Graduate Studies to arrange payment of the award funding. Travel Awards Graduate students are eligible for the Graduate ^cudent Travel Fund once per degree program. The Travel Fund provides one-time travel support to a maximum of $400.00 per graduate student who presents a paper or poster at an official conference or symposium (student workshops are ineligible) while they are enrolled full-time in a graduate degree program. CONTACT INFORMATION Faculty of Graduate Studies, Awards 180-6371 Crescent Road Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Phone 604-822-2848 Fax 604-822-5802 Email: graduate.awards@ubc.ca Web: www.grad.ubc.ca/awards For further details on graduate scholarships please see the Faculty of Graduate Studies section Awards and Scholarships, p. 225. Updated fee information for the 2005/06 Session will be available in May 2005, at which time this chapter will be updated on the Web and printed in a Fees Supplement available from Enrolment Services. 42 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 IV Establishment and Constitution INTRODUCTION The creation of a university in British Columbia was first advocated in 1877. In 1890 an act of the provincial legislature established "The University of British Columbia" but the venture failed for lack of a quorum at the first meeting of the Senate. In 1908 the earlier act was repealed and a new act was established, incorporating the University. The University operated under this act and its amendments as the sole public university in the province until 1963 at which time a new Universities Act was passed by the legislature making provision for sister institutions. The University opened in the autumn of 1915 in temporary quarters on part of the site of the General Hospital in Fairview. At the beginning of the 1925/26 Session, the University commenced work on its permanent campus on Point Grey UNIVERSITY ACT The Universities Act was rewritten in 1974 and has since been further revised. The University currently operates under the authority of the University Act of the Province of British Columbia (RSBC 1996, c468). The full text of the University Act is available at: www.qp.gov.bcca/statreg/stat/U/ 96468_01.htm. COAT-OF-ARMS Argent three Bars wavy Azure issuant from the base of a demi Sun in splendour proper on a Chief of the second an open Book also proper edged strapped and buckled or inscribed with the words "Tuum est". HONORARY DEGREES The degrees of Doctor of Laws (Honoris Causa), Doctor of Science (Honoris Causa) and Doctor of Letters (Honoris Causa), LL.D., D.Sc, and D.Litt., respectively, are the honorary degrees conferred from time to time by the Senate of the University upon persons who have achieved distinction in scholarship or public service. ACADEMIC DRESS The undergraduate's gown is black in colour and of the ordinary stuff material, of ankle length, and with long sleeves and the yoke edged with khaki cord. The master's gown is the same, without cord. The Ph.D. regalia consists of a gown, Cambridge style, of maroon silk material with front facing panel and sleeves of UBC blue with gold piping; hood, Cambridge pattern, blue silk outside and gold lining; cap, decanal bonnet, of maroon silk with gold cord and tassel. The Ed.D. regalia consists of a gown similar in style to that of the Ph.D. but of black stuff; hood American style with lining of light blue and with chevron of University blue, white and gold; cap, decanal bonnet of black stuff with gold cord and tassel. The D.M.A. regalia is similar to that of Ed.D. with hood lined with alizarin crimson and a chevron of University blue and gold. The master's hood is the same as the bachelor's, lined with the distinctive colour. The M.B.A. hood conforms similarly to that of the B.Com. The M.Sc. (Bus. Admin.) hood is similar to that of M.Sc. with grey trim and black and white cord. The M.Eng. hood is the same as that of the M.A.Sc. except that it is trimmed with a University blue cord. The hood for the honorary degree of LL.D. is of scarlet broadcloth lined with dark blue velvet, that for the D.Sc. is the same with dark purple lining; and for the D.Litt., the same with cream lining. DEGREE COLOURS B.A. University blue; B.A.Sc. scarlet with white cord; B.A.Sc./M.Eng. see M.Eng; B.Arch. scarlet with white cord; B.B.R.E. see B.Com.; B.C.S. see B.Sc; B.Com. light grey with black and grey cord; B.D.Sc. white with lilac and red cord; B.Ed, white with University blue cord; B.EnD. poly old gold; B.F.A. University blue with magenta cord; B.H.E. turquoise; B.H.K. malachite green; B.L.A. maize with white cord; B.M.L.Sc. scarlet and royal blue twisted cord on white; B.Mus. University blue with light pink cord; B.Mw. maroon with green cord; B.S.F. brown with green cord; B.S.N. scarlet with University blue and white twisted cord; B.S.W. magenta; B.Sc. light blue; B.Sc. (Agri) maize; B.Sc. (Agroecology) maize with gold and green twisted ^ord; B.Sc. (Food, Nutrition and Health) maize with gold and white twisted cord; B.Sc. (Forestry) brown with a light blue cord; B.Sc. (Global Resource Systems) maize with gold and blue twisted cord; B.Sc. (Natural Resource Management) brown with red cord; B.Sc. (O.T.) scarlet and white twisted cord on royal blue; B.Sc. (P.T.) scarlet and white twisted cord on royal blue; B.Sc. (Pharm.) dark green with scarlet cord; B.Sc. (Wood Products Processing) brown with red cord; D.M.A. royal blue and alizarin crimson, with blue and gold chevron; D.M.D. lilac and red; Ed.D. royal blue and light blue, with blue, white and gold chevron; LL.B. amethyst violet; LL.M. fully lined amethyst violet; M. A. (Asia Pacific Policy Studies) see M.A.; M.A. fully lined University blue; M.A. (Children's Literature) fully lined University blue with cadmium yellow cord; M.A. (Planning) fully lined University blue with dark green and slate grey; M.A.S. fully lined University blue with silver and cadmium yellow twisted cord; M.A.S. and M.L.I.S. fully lined cadmium yellow with blue and silver twisted cord; M.A.S.A. fully lined scarlet with a white and grey twisted cord; M.A.S.L.A. T.B.A.; M.A.Sc. fully lined scarlet; MArch. fully lined scarlet with white cord; M.B.A. fully lined grey with black and grey cord; M.B.A./LL.B. see M.B.A. or LL.B.; M.D. scarlet and royal blue; M.E.T. see M.Ed; M.Ed, fully lined white with University blue cord; M.Eng. fully lined scarlet with dark blue cord; M.F. see M.S.F.; M.F.A. fully lined University blue with magenta cord; M.H.A. fully lined light blue with scarlet cord; M.H.K. fully lined malachite green; M.H.Sc. fully lined scarlet with grey cord; M.J. see M.A.; M.Jur. see LL.M.; M.L.A. fully lined maize with scarlet cord; M.L.I.S. fully lined cadmium yellow; M.M. see M.B.A.; M.Mus. fully lined University blue with light pink cord; M.O.T. T.B.A.; M.P.T. T.B.A.; M.R.Sc. T.B.A.; M.S.F. fully lined brown with green cord; M.S.N, fully lined scarlet with blue and white cord; M.S.S. see M.Sc; M.S.W. fully lined magenta; M.Sc. fully lined light blue; M.Sc. (Bus.Admin.) fully lined grey with black and grey cord on light blue; M.Sc. (Pharm) fully lined dark green with scarlet cord; M.Sc. (Planning) fully lined light blue with green & grey twisted cord; M.Sc. (Rehab) fully lined royal blue with scarlet and white cord; Ph.D. blue silk outside with gold lining; Pharm.D. University blue with chevron of University blue and gold. UBC VISION AND INITIATIVES UBC'S VISION FOR THE 21STCENTURY The University of British Columbia will provide its students, faculty, and staff with the best possible resources and conditions for learning and research, and create a working environment dedicated to excellence, equity, and mutual respect. It will cooperate with government, business, and industry, as well as with other educational institutions and the general community, to create new knowledge, prepare its students for fulfilling careers, and improve the quality of life through leading-edge research. The graduates of UBC will have developed strong analytical, problem-solving and critical thinking abilities; they will have excellent research and communication skills; they will be knowledgeable, flexible, and innovative. They will recognize the importance of understanding societies other than their own. As responsible citizens, the graduates of UBC will value diversity, work with and for their communities, and be agents for positive change. TREK 2010 Trek 2010: A Global Journey is a strategic planning document that spells out the University's goals and the steps by which it hopes to achieve them, in five general areas: People, Learning, Research, Community, and Internationalization. The document is the successor to Trek 2000, an earlier plan that has determined many of the University's academic and research goals, influenced its involvement in the PART IV ESTABLISHMENT AND CONSTITUTION 43 community, and resulted in various campus- wide initiatives over the past five or six years. Trek 2010's vision statement is that "The University of British Columbia, aspiring to be one of the world's best universities, will prepare students to become exceptional global citizens, promote the values of a civil and sustainable society, and conduct outstanding research to serve the people of British Columbia, Canada and the world." For further information on Trek 2010 visit the Trek (UBC's Vision) website (www.vision.ubc.ca) for further information. E-STRATEGY UBC's e-Strategy (www.e-strategy.ubc.ca) is a guiding framework to align UBC's technology initiatives with the University's strategic goals. The goal of e-Strategy is to enable students, faculty and staff to excel in one of the world's leading universities by enhancing learning, research and community through leading-edge technology initiatives. Campus Wide Login (CWL) simplifies login to the myUBC portal, the Student Service Centre, WebCT, and other University services. The myUBC portal offers convenient, personalized access to web mail, library account information and other information and services. UBC's wireless network allows notebook computer users to connect to the Internet from almost anywhere on campus. And thousands of UBC students use online course materials and tools to enhance their learning experience. CHANCELLOR A. McEachern, B.A., LL.B., LL.D.(Hon.) PRESIDENT AND VICE- CHANCELLOR M. C. Piper, O.C, B.Sc, M.A. Ph.D. BOARD OF GOVERNORS EX-OFFICIO The Chancellor The President ELECTED BY FACULTY A. D. Irvine, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., G. A. Lawrence, B.E., M.S., Ph.D., (Terms expire 2005) APPOINTED BY THE LIEUTENANT- GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL W. J. B. Bennett, N. Byres, LL.B., J. Eccott, B.Com., J. Grewal, B.A., M.B.A., J. Reid, F.C.A., B. Rositch, B.A., B.Arch., D. Whitehead, B-A.Sc. ELECTED BY STUDENTS T. Louman-Gardiner, B.A., Q. Teiji Omori (Terms expire 2005) ELECTED BY FULL-TIME NON- FACULTY EMPLOYEES Belle Dale-Wills, (Term expires 2005) SENATE Ex-Officio The Chancellor The President, Chair The Academic Vice-President The Deans of Faculties The Librarian The Director of Continuing Studies The Principal, College of Health Disciplines The Registrar, Secretary ELECTED BY THE FACULTIES APPLIED SCIENCE P. Adebar, B.E., M-A.Sc, Ph.D., P.Eng., M.C.S.C.E., M.A.C.I., R. J. Kerekes, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D., P.Eng., F.C.A.E. ARTS L. J. Brinton, B.A., Ph.D., M. A. Cameron, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION J. A. Brander, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., D. Granot, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. DENTISTRY R. L. Harrison, D.M.D., M.Sc, M.R.C.D. (C), M. I. MacEntee, L.D.S. (R.C.S.I.), Dipl. Prosth., Ph.D., F.R.C.D. (C) EDUCATION L. Gunderson, M.A., Ph.D., R. Irwin, B.Ed., D.P.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D. FORESTRY V. LeMay, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D., R.P.E, P. L. Marshall, B.Sc.E, M.Sc.E, Ph.D., R.P.F. GRADUATE STUDIES D. G. Steyn, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D, A. Rose, B.A., Ph.D. LAND AND FOOD SYSTEMS J. R. Thompson, B.S.A., M.S.A., Ph.D., PAg., H. J. J. Van Vuuren, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. LAW C. Boyle, LL.B., LL.M., J. Sarra, B.A., LL.B., LL.M. S.J.D. MEDICINE E. Dean, B.A., Dip. (P.T), M.S., Ph.D., Vacancy PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES D. W Fielding, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ed.D., B. Rodrigues, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. SCIENCE J. D. Berger, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., J. F. Carolan, A.B., Ph.D. ELECTED BY A JOINT MEETING OF THE FACULTIES B. Bemmels, B.A., Ph.D., P. G. Harrison, B.Sc, Ph.D., J. L. Johnson, B.S.N., M.N., Ph.D., R.N., P. G. Mosca, B.A., A.M., Ph.D., D. G. Paterson, M.A., D.Phil., H.J. Rosengarten, M.A., B.Litt., Ph.D., C. M. Shields, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., R. C. Tees, B.A., Ph.D., S. E.Thorne, B.S.N., M.S.N., Ph.D., R.N., R. Windsor-Liscombe, B.A., Ph.D., F.S.A., (Terms expire 2005) ELECTED BY THE PROFESSIONAL LIBRARIANS M. E. Friesen, B.A., B.L.S., M.L.I.S. (UBC), (Term expires 2005) REPRESENTATIVES OF THE STUDENT BODY M. Edgar, Land and Food Systems, B. Ahmadian, Applied Science, G. Paton, Arts, Vacant, Commerce and Business Administration, D. Younan, Dentistry, D. Loo, Education, E. Gibson, Forestry, N. Taylor, Graduate Studies, J. Mistry, Law, P. Liu, Medicine, J. Liu, Pharmaceutical Sciences, D. Riendl, Science, (Terms expire 2005) ELECTED BY THE STUDENTS AT-LARGE G. Eom (Science), T. Gillespie (Land and Food Systems), S. Martz (Graduate Studies), M. Tull (Arts), D. Yokom (Science), (Terms expire 2005) ELECTED BY CONVOCATION R. R. Affleck, B.A.Sc, P. T. Brady, B.Ed., S. Haffey, B.A., M.A., M.B.A., S. B. Knight, B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D., B. S. Lalli, B.A.(Hon), M.A., Ph.D., T. P. T. Lo, B.Sc. (Hons), LL.B., R. W. Lowe, B.A., M.A., W B. McNulty, B.P.E., M.P.E., M.A., J. Rogers, B.A., M.B.A., D. R. Verma, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.Ed., R. A. Yaworsky, B.A.Sc, M.Eng., Ph.D., P.Eng., M.C.S.C.E., (Terms expire 2005) REPRESENTATIVES OF AFFILIATED COLLEGES J. D. Dennison, M.P.E., Ed.D., St. Mark's College, K. MacQueen, Vancouver School of Theology, B. Stelck, B.Ed., M.Ed., M.Div., Ph.D., Carey Theological College, R. J. K. Wilson, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D., M.T.S., Regent College ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS PRESIDENT'S OFFICE PRESIDENT AND VICE-CHANCELLOR M. C. Piper, O.C, B.Sc. (Mich.), M.A. (Conn.), Ph.D. (McG.). VICE-PRESIDENTS Lome Whitehead, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), VP Academic and Provost; T. Sumner, B.A. (S.Fraser), Lie Acct. (Br.Col.), C.A., VP Administration and Finance; D. Pavlich, B.A., LL.B. (Witw.), LL.M. (Yale), VP External and Legal Affairs; D. Dolphin, B.Sc, Ph.D., D.Sc. (Nott.), acting VP Research; B. D. Sullivan, A.B. (Harv.), M.P.H. (Yale), VP Students. DIRECTOR OF INTERNAL AUDIT M. Hartwick, B.Com. (Br.Col.), C.A., C.I.A. 44 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 DEANS OF FACULTIES M. A. Bobinski, B.A., J.D. (N.Y.State), LL.M. (Harv.), Dean of Law; N. Gallini, B.A., M.A. (Missouri, Colo.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Dean of Arts; F. Granot, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Technion, Israel), Ph.D. (Texas), Dean of Graduate Studies; J. W Hepburn, B.Sc. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Tor.), Dean of Science; M. Isaacson M.A., Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Eng., F.A.S.C.E., F.C.S.C.E., M.E.I.C., M.I.A.H.R., M.I.S.O.P.E., Dean of Applied Science; D. F. Muzyka, B.A. (Williams Coll.), M.B.A. (Penn.), Ph.D. (Harv.), Dean of Commerce and Business Administration; M. Quayle, B.L.A. (Guelph), M.L.A. (Calif., Berkeley), Dean of Land and Food Systems; J. N. Saddler, B.Sc. (Edin.), Ph.D. (Glas.), Dean of Forestry; R. D. Sindelar, B.A. (Milliken), M.S., Ph.D. (Iowa), Dean of Pharmaceutical Sciences; G. C. E. Stuart, M.D. (U.W.O.), FRCSC, Dean of Medicine; R. J. Tierney, Dip. Teaching (William Balmain Teachers Coll., Aust.), B.Sc. (Education) (Jacksonville State), M.Ed., Ph.D. (Georgia), Dean of Education; E. H. K. Yen, D.D.S. (McG.), Dip.Ortho., Ph.D. (Tor.), Dean of Dentistry. PRINCIPAL, COLLEGE OF HEALTH DISCIPLINES J. H. V. Gilbert, M.S., Ph.D. (Purdue), L.C.S.T, Dip. Phon. OFFICE OF THE VICE-PRESIDENT, ACADEMIC AND PROVOST VICE PRESIDENT, ACADEMIC AND PROVOST Lome Whitehead, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE VICE-PRESIDENTS T. Dodds, B.A. (Guelph), M.B.A. (Windsor), Information Technology; J. Hutton, B..A., M.L.S, (Br.Col.), Continuing Studies; A. Kindler, Ed.D. (111.), Programs; G. Mackie, B.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Cornell), Planning; K. J. McGillivray, BB.A.(Car.), M.A. (Qu.), Ph.D. (London), Acting Associate Vice President International; C. Quinlan, B.Mus. (Qu.), M.L.S. (Dal.), M.B.A. (Nfld.), University Librarian; D. Shaw, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.), FRCSC, acting, Equity. DEANS OF FACULTIES See President's Office, p. 44 listing. PRINCIPAL, COLLEGE OF HEALTH DISCIPLINES See President's Office, p. 44 listing. CENTRE FOR TEACHING AND ACADEMIC GROWTH G. Poole, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A. (San Diego State), Ph.D. (S.Fraser), Director. CONTINUING STUDIES J. Hutton, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.L.S. (Br.Col.), Associate Vice-President; M. Holmes, B.Com., M.B.A., Director, Communications. ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE DIVISION F. R. Andrew, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Division Director; R. Montagnes, B.A., M.A., Coordinator, University Writing Centre. APPLIED TECHNOLOGY DIVISION P. Moroney, B.A., M.A., Division Director; W Koty, B.A., M.A., Program Director. CENTRE FOR INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION M. Chase, B.A., M.Ed., Program Director. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS N. Hall, B.A., M.A., Program Director. ENGLISH LANGUAGE INSTITUTE M. Weiss, B.A., M.A., Division Director; A. Scales, M.A. (Lond.), R.S.A. Dip., Academic Director. LANGUAGES, CULTURES AND TRAVEL DIVISION J. Plessis, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Division Director. WOMEN'S RESOURCE CENTRE B. Hawkes, B.A., M.A., Acting Director. EQUITY OFFICE ADVISORS N. Aruliah, B.A., M.Ed.(Br.CoL); M. DaCruz, B.A., B.ED., M.A. (San Diego State); A. Long, B.A. (Qu.), M.A. (Dal.); M. Sarkissian, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.). FIRST NATIONS HOUSE OF LEARNING R. Vedan, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.S.W. (BrCol.), Director. INTERNATIONAL STUDENT INITIATIVE D. Wehrung, A.B. (Dartmouth), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.), Director. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY E-BUSINESS Richard Spencer, B.E. (Hons.), P. Eng., Ph.D., (Auckland), Executive Director. FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION V. Johnston, M.A. (Qu,., C.A. (ICABC), M.B.A. (Br.Col.), Director. NETWORKS Marilyn Hay, Manager. LIBRARY UNIVERSITY LIBRARIAN C. Quinlan, B. Mus. (Qu.), M.L.S. (Dal.), M.B.A. (Memorial, Nfld.), University Librarian. ASSISTANT UNIVERSITY LIBRARIANS T. Atkinson, B.Ed., M.L.S. (Br.Col.), Assistant University Librarian, Arts, Humanities and Social Sciences; J. Kreider, B.A. (Goshen College), M.A.T., M.L.S. (Indiana), Assistant University Librarian, Collections; S. Wilkins, B.A., M.L.S., LL.B. (Alta.), Assistant University Librarian, Professional Schools and Operations; L. Starr, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.L.S. (Tor.), Assistant University Librarian, Sciences. OFFICE OF LEARNING TECHNOLOGY Michelle Lamberson, Ph.D., Director. PLANNING AND INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH W. Sudmant, B.Sc, M.A. (S.Fraser), Director, Planning and Institutional Research. UBC INTERNATIONAL K. J. McGillivray, B.A.(Car.), M.A. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Lond.), Director. OFFICE OF THE VICE-PRESIDENT, ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE VICE-PRESIDENT, ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE T. Sumner, B.A. (S.Fraser), Lie Acct. (Br.Col.), CA. ADVANCEMENT SERVICES A. M. Marchant, B.Sc. (Hon.), M.B.A. (S.Fraser), CMA, Director. BOOKSTORE D. Harvie, B.A. (Br.Col.; Alta.), Director. BUDGET OFFICE FINANCIAL SERVICES D. Merritt, B.Com. (BrCol.), C.A., Associate Vice President, Finance. BUSINESS OPERATIONS SUPPLY MANAGEMENT D. Rankin, P.Eng., Associate Vice President, Business Operations. CAMPUS SECURITY B. Lovell, M.B.A. (Qu.), Director. DEVELOPMENT OFFICE L. C. Warren, B.Sc. (Agriculture), LL.B., Associate Vice President, Development. FOOD SERVICES A. Parr, Director. HUMAN RESOURCES L. Castle, B.A. (Winn.), LL.B. (Manit.), Associate Vice President, Human Resources. LAND AND BUILDING SERVICES G. Atkins, B.Econ. (New Engl., Aust.), ARMIT (Mech. Eng., Aust.), M.I.E., C.P. Eng. (Aust.), RPA, FMA (Canada), Associate Vice President, Land and Building Services. PARKING SERVICES D. Ho, Dipl. T (BCIT), Director. PLANT OPERATIONS J. Metras, P.Eng., Director. TREASURY B. Braley, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.B.A. (Br.Col.), C.R.M. (S.Fraser), Associate Vice President, Treasury. OFFICE OF THE VICE-PRESIDENT, EXTERNAL AND LEGAL AFFAIRS VICE-PRESIDENT, EXTERNAL AND LEGAL AFFAIRS D. Pavlich, B.A., LL.B. (Witw.), LL.M. (Yale). CEREMONIES & EVENTS E. Courtney, Director. CHAN CENTRE FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS S. Katz, Managing Director. COMMUNITY AFFAIRS S. Katz, Executive Director. GOVERNMENT RELATIONS A. Tupper, B.A., D.P.A., M.A. (Car.), Ph.D. (Qu.), Associate Vice President. LEARNING EXCHANGE M. Fryer, Director. LEGAL AFFAIRS H. Lai, University Counsel. PUBLIC AFFAIRS S. Macrae, Director. PART IV ESTABLISHMENT AND CONSTITUTION 45 UNIVERSITY TOWN NEIGHBOURHOOD PLANNING TBA Associate Vice-President, Planning; J. Stott, Acting Director of Planning. OFFICE OF THE VICE-PRESIDENT, RESEARCH VICE-PRESIDENT, RESEARCH D. Dolphin, B.Sc, Ph.D., D.Sc. (Nott.), Acting VP. ANIMAL CARE C. Harvey-Clark, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), D.Vet.Med. (Western Coll. of Veterinary Medicine), Director. NETWORKS OF CENTRES OF EXCELLENCE ADMINISTRATION OFFICE B. J. Sauder, B.S.F. (Br.Col.), M.F. (Br.Col.), Director. RESEARCH SERVICES B. J. Sauder, B.S.F. (Br.Col.), M.F. (Br.Col.), Director. UBC PRESS P. Milroy, Director. UNIVERSITY-INDUSTRY LIAISON OFFICE A. Livingstone, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), Managing Director. OFFICE OF THE VICE-PRESIDENT, STUDENTS VICE-PRESIDENT, STUDENTS B. D. Sullivan, A.B. (Harv.), M.P.H. (Yale). EXECUTIVE COORDINATOR M. Aucoin, B.A., M.A. (Vic.B.C). SR. DEVELOPMENT OFFICER C. Newlands, B.A. (BrCol.). INTERNATIONALIZATION & ALUMNI RELATIONS W Cheung, B.A. (C.U.H.K.), M.A. (Cant., N.Z.), Senior Advisor. ATHLETICS AND RECREATION R. Philip, B.A. (Sir George Williams), B.Ed (McG.), M.A. (Concordia), Director. ENROLMENT SERVICES AND REGISTRAR B. J. Silzer, B.Sc, M.A., M.Ed. (Alta.), Associate Vice President, Enrolment Services and Registrar. HOUSING AND CONFERENCES F. P. Fotis, B.A., M.S.Ed. (Indiana), Director. UBC ALUMNI ASSOCIATION M. Earl, A.B., M.L.A. (Stan.), Associate Vice President, Alumni/Exec Dir. AA. FACULTY MEMBERSHIP The Senate defines membership of a faculty, other than the Faculty of Graduate Studies, as follows: 1) The Dean of the faculty 2) The President 3) The Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies 4) The University Librarian 5) All full-time: lecturers, instructors, assistant professors, associate professors 6) 7) and professors provided for in the budget of the faculty or school Such other members of the teaching or administrative staffs of the faculty or University as the faculty shall appoint in conformity with rules determined by the faculty and approved by the Senate Student representatives FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES Individuals eligible for full membership in the Faculty must be faculty members holding the title of professor, associate professor or assistant professor or professors emeriti in an academic unit authorized to offer graduate degree programs. Ex-officio members include the President, the Dean and the Associate Deans of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and the University Librarian. GRADUATE COUNCIL The legislative and administrative authority of the faculty regarding graduate programs of study is vested in the Graduate Council. In all matters concerning admission, scholarships, programs and examinations, the Dean and Associate Deans act, with the Registrar, as administrative officers for the Graduate Council. The elected membership of the Graduate Council includes up to seventy-five faculty elected by and from members of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and two faculty members of Senate elected by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. There are also up to 14 members elected by and from students registered in the Faculty of Graduate Studies and one student member of Senate elected by the students of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Ex-officio members include the Dean (Chair) and the Associate Deans of the Faculty, the Registrar (Secretary), and the Vice-President, Research. 46 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ACADEMIC FREEDOM The members of the University enjoy certain rights and privileges essential to the fulfilment of its primary functions: instruction and the pursuit of knowledge. Central among these rights is the freedom, within the law, to pursue what seems to them as fruitful avenues of inquiry, to teach and to learn unhindered by external or non-academic constraints, to engage in full and unrestricted consideration of any opinion. This freedom extends not only to the regular members of the University but to all who are invited to participate in its forum. Suppression of this freedom, whether by institutions of the state, the officers of the University or the actions of private individuals, would prevent the University from carrying out its primary functions. All members of the University must recognize this fundamental principle and must share responsibility for supporting, safeguarding and preserving this central freedom. Behaviour which obstructs free and full discussion, not only of ideas which are safe and accepted but of those which may be unpopular or even abhorrent, vitally threatens the integrity of the University's forum. Such behaviour cannot be tolerated. FREEDOM FROM HARASSMENT AND DISCRIMINATION The University of British Columbia is committed to ensuring that all members of the University community-students, faculty, staff, and visitors-are able to study and work in an environment of tolerance and mutual respect that is free from harassment and discrimination. ACADEMIC ACCOMMODATION FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES The University of British Columbia recognizes its moral and legal duty to provide academic accommodation. The University must remove barriers and provide opportunities to students with a disability, enabling them to access university services, programs, and facilities and to be welcomed as participating members of the University community. The University's goal is to ensure fair and consistent treatment of all students, including students with a disability, in accordance with their distinct needs and in a manner consistent with academic principles. The University will provide academic accommodation to students with disabilities in accordance with the Human Rights Code (BC) and the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Provision of academic accommodation shall not lower the academic standards of the University. Academic accommodation shall not remove the need for evaluation and the need to meet essential learning outcomes. (Approved by the Board of Governors, May 1999) TEACHING EVALUATION The University recognizes the importance of high quality teaching for the academic preparation of its students and accordingly requires that instructors be annually evaluated by procedures which include provision for assessment by students. STUDENT DECLARATION AND RESPONSIBILITY Each student is required to furnish the information necessary for the University record, to keep Enrolment Services, p. 62 informed of changes in name and contact information, and is bound by the following declaration: "I hereby accept and submit myself to the statutes, rules and regulations, and ordinances of the University of British Columbia, and of the faculty or faculties in which I am registered, and to any amendments thereto which may be made while I am a student of the university, and I promise to observe the same." The University authorities do not assume responsibilities which naturally rest with adults. This being so, it is the policy of the University to rely on the good sense and on the home training of students for the preservation of good moral standards and for appropriate modes of behaviour and dress. ATTENDANCE Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes (including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, seminars, etc.). Students who neglect their academic work and assignments may be excluded from final examinations. Students who are unavoidably absent because of illness or disability should report to their instructors on return to classes. Students may not, concurrently with their University attendance, take studies for university degree credit through any other institution by correspondence, evening or regular session class without the approval of the dean of the faculty in which they are studying at the University. The University reserves the right to limit attendance, and to limit the registration in, or to cancel or revise, any of the courses listed. Information concerning limitations on atten dance for the various faculties and schools is found in the faculty and school entries. SPACE IN COURSES Enrolment is limited in all courses and admission does not guarantee that space will be available in any course or section. However no student in a graduating year may be excluded from a course necessary to meet degree program requirements because of lack of space (this rule does not apply to elective courses or preferred sections of courses). Any student in a graduating year who is confronted with such a situation should consult the dean, director, department head or faculty advisor CANCELLATION OF CLASSES The University accepts no responsibility for the cancellation or discontinuance of any class or course of instruction which may be made necessary or desirable as a result of an act of God, fire, riot, lock-out, stoppage of work or slow-down, labour disturbances, lack of funds, the operation of law or other causes of the kind. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS Degree or program requirements are established and modified with the knowledge and approval of Senate and are recorded in the faculty and school entries. Unless a student takes an extraordinary number of years to complete prescribed studies, the student is usually given the option of meeting requirements in effect when first enrolled or of meeting revised requirements subsequently approved by Senate. Interpretation of the requirements will be provided in normal cases by the dean of the faculty concerned and where differences occur by the Registrar Some faculties indicate degree standing on graduation based on the average for the degree as follows: Class I, 80% or over; Class II, 65% to 79%; Pass, 50% to 64%. Degree standings in faculties that grant initial degrees are designated as Class I, Class II and Pass when the degree is granted based on the average percentage grade of all upper-level (300 or higher) courses used to satisfy the degree requirements (excluding courses graded as Pass/Fail). When a student has passed courses that are surplus to degree requirements the courses with the highest grades among those that satisfy these requirements will be used in calculating the degree standing. The average percentage grade calculated to determine degree PART V ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 47 standing will appear on the transcript as the degree average. REQUIREMENTS TO RECEIVE A DEGREE OR DIPLOMA The requirements for degrees and diplomas are described in the faculty and school entries. Except where the requirements of a particular degree or diploma program specifically state otherwise, a student must: 1) satisfy all the program requirements by completing studies either at UBC or elsewhere 2) satisfy at least 50% of the credits required for the program while registered in the program1 3) in undergraduate programs, complete upper-division UBC credits to satisfy at least 50% of the credits required by point (2)above To complete a second or subsequent undergraduate degree or diploma program, a student must, in addition to the three requirements above, also complete at least as many upper-division (i.e., 300- or 400-level) credits as are normally required for that program while registered in it. A student may enrol in a degree program more than once provided that the program does not overlap significantly with studies for a prior degree. 1 Courses taken while studying at another institution on a Senate-approved exchange program satisfy this requirement. ACADEMIC ASSESSMENT Formal examinations are held in most courses in December and April. These are scheduled during official examination periods at term end. Other tests are held at the discretion of the instructors and faculties concerned. All prescribed examinations are mandatory. Students who miss an examination or are unable to complete other tests or graded work, because of medical, emotional or other personal reasons should follow the procedures for requesting Academic Concession (see the section Academic Concession, p. 52 in this chapter). REVIEW FOR AUTHENTICITY All work submitted by students (including, without limitation, essays, dissertations, theses, examinations, tests, reports, presentations, problem sets, and tutorial assignments) may be reviewed by the University for authenticity and originality. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such review may include the use of software tools and third party services including Internet-based services such as Turnltln.com. By submitting work, students consent to their work undergoing such review and being retained in a database for comparison with other work submitted by students. The results of such review may be used in any University investigation or disciplinary proceedings. (See Student Discipline, p. 54 in this chapter.) SENATE POLICY ON EXAMINATIONS The following regulations were approved by the Senate in October 1976 and amended in December 1990 and apply generally across campus except to the Faculty of Graduate Studies and to post-graduate professional faculties. 1) Faculties are urged to make full use of the formal examination periods, both in December and in April, and that, unless the relevant dean and head, for sound academic reason, grant exemption, all courses designed for first- and second-year students be examined in December as well as April. 2) The holding of any examination, formal or informal, during the two weeks preceding the formally scheduled examinations of December and April is forbidden. (This recommendation does not apply to regular weekly or bi-weekly tests or to traditional and current practices in laboratories.) 3) Scrupulous adherence by invigilators (members of faculty and other invigilators) to the regulations governing the invigilarion of examinations is mandatory. 4) Smoking shall not be permitted during the examinations nor during lectures. (This applies equally to members of faculty and to students.) 5) Faculties are urged to curtail the use of the "take-home" examination, both in the extent of its administration and in the weight assigned to it in the calculation of marks. RULES GOVERNING FORMAL EXAMINATIONS The following are the rules governing formal examinations: 1) Each candidate must be prepared to produce, upon request, a Library/AMS card for identification. 2) Candidates are not permitted to ask questions of the invigilators, except in cases of supposed errors or ambiguities in examination questions. 3) No candidate shall be permitted to enter the examination room after the expiration of one-half hour from the scheduled starting time, or to leave during the first half hour of the examination. 4) Candidates suspected of any of the following, or similar, dishonest practices shall be immediately dismissed from the examination and shall be liable to disciplinary action. - Having at the place of writing any books, papers or memoranda, calculators, computers, audio or video cassette players or other memory aid devices, other than those authorized by the examiners. - Speaking or communicating with other candidates. - Purposely exposing written papers to the view of other candidates. The plea of accident or forgetfulness shall not be received. 5) Candidates must not destroy or mutilate any examination material; must hand in all examination papers; and must not take any examination material from the examination room without permission of the invigilator. EXAMINATION HARDSHIPS An examination hardship is defined as three or more examinations scheduled within a 24-hour period. A student facing an examination hardship shall be given an examination date for the second examination causing hardship by the respective instructor or department. The student must notify the instructor of the second examination no later than one month prior to the examination date. EXAMINATION RESULTS Instructors may, subject to the policy in their department, school or faculty, post student grades, using lists showing student numbers in numeric order. Student names must not be shown. If instructors intend to post grades it is their responsibility to ensure that all students are advised of this before any grades are posted. Students may request that their grades not be posted. Departments, schools or faculties may ask professors not to post grades until they have been reviewed. All grades must be clearly labeled 'Unofficial'. Official grades are available at the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). Any student who must meet an application date for another institution before their official grades are received should contact the transcript clerk in Enrolment Services, p. 62 to make arrangements to meet the deadline. VIEWING MARKED EXAMINATIONS A final examination becomes the property of the University and must remain in the possession of the University until destroyed or otherwise disposed of. A student may make written application (by January 31 for the Winter Session Term 1, by June 30 for Winter Session, Term 2, and by September 15 for the Summer Session) to the department head, director or dean, who will make every effort to arrange for the student to view her or his marked final examination paper(s) with the course instructor or designate. The purpose of this exercise is purely pedagogic and distinct from the review of assigned standing, p. 52. DEFERRED AND SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS A deferred examination is an examination written at a later date, while a supplemental examination is an examination in addition to the usual examination(s) given for a course. If a deferred examination is not written by the end of the next regular deferred examination period for that session, the deferred standing will be removed. 48 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 It is the student's responsibility to seek an extenrion by contacting his/her faculty. If a student, because of exceptional circumstances, is permitted by their faculty to postpone a deferred beyond the first regular deferred examination period, the student will be responsible for the content of the course as currently offered. If the course is discontinued, the deferred privilege may be cancelled. Students granted Deferred standing by the dean of the faculty in which the student is enrolled may be given the opportunity to complete outstanding course work by writing the next regularly scheduled examination in the course or make-up examination if the department offering the course agrees. Students should see the section of the Calendar in which the regulations for the faculty offering the course are detailed (e.g. all students with deferred standing in a Science course should consult the Faculty of Science section). For Winter Session courses, Deferred and supplemental examinations for students who have not completed outstanding course work will be held in late July or early August or on another date to be determined by the department. Applications may be made to Enrolment Services, p. 49 up to the date specified in the University's Academic Year (www. students, ubc.ca/calendar/academicyear.cfm) and must be accompanied by the required fee. Examinations may be written at the University or arrangements may be made to write off campus with the approval of Enrolment Services. For Summer Session courses, Supplemental and Deferred examinations that cannot be written as regularly scheduled December examinations will be held at the University on one date in December near the start of the regular examination period or on another date to be determined by the department. Applications must be made to Enrolment Services by the date specified in the University's Academic Year (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/ academicyear.cfm) and must be accompanied by the required fee. In special cases a student may be permitted to write examinations at a university outside British Columbia or at a special centre other than a university if satisfactory arrangements can be made within Canada. Since permission is contingent on completion of arrangements, only early applications to write in special centres will be considered. In the event that a candidate is unable to write an examination, a refund of the required fee will be considered if the candidate submits an adequate explanation to the Registrar prior to the scheduled examination period. SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATION POLICY Supplemental examination regulations vary among faculties and are described in the appropriate section in the faculty and school entries. Students are governed by the regulations of the faculty or school in which they are registered. Supplemental examinations are not available in all faculties or in all courses. In courses in which proficiency is judged on a continuing basis throughout a term, or in which final examinations are not given, or in Pharmaceutical Sciences courses where the final examination contributes less than 40% of the course grade, no supplemental examinations are provided. Supplemental examinations are not granted to students registered in a graduate program. However, a course in which a grade of less than 65% was obtained may be repeated for a higher standing if recommended by the department and approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies. In a course that is repeated, both marks will appear on the transcript. The higher mark will be used to determine promotion in a program and in any decision to admit a student or withdraw a student from a program. Averages calculated for other purposes will include both marks. Where a supplemental examination is provided, a student may write it in an attempt to obtain higher standing in the course concerned. The result of the supplemental examination will be shown on the student's record as an additional entry. In some situations a higher mark may enhance a student's chance of meeting some specific program requirement. 1 In the Summer Session, a student who satisfactorily completes a 6-credit course will be granted a supplemental examination in a second subject if the final mark is not less than 40% in the second subject. In all but the final year, a candidate who has been granted a supplemental may write it once only. If the candidate fails, the course must be repeated or a permissible substitute taken. Normally, in the final year, a second supplemental examination may be written. If a supplemental examination is not written by the end of the next regular supplemental examination period for that session, the supplemental standing will be removed. It is the student's responsibility to seek an extenrion by contacting his/her faculty. If a student, because of exceptional circumstances, is permitted by their faculty to postpone a supplemental beyond the first regular supplemental examination period, the student will be responsible for the content of the course as currently offered. If the course is discontinued, the supplemental privilege may be cancelled. GRADING PRACTICES In most faculties, individual courses are normally graded as follows: Percentage (%) Letter Grade Percentage (%) Letter Grade (Continued) 60-63 55-59 50-54 0-49 C C- D F (fail) 90-100 A+ 85-89 A 80-84 A- 76-79 B+ 72-75 B 68-71 B- 64-67 C+ Instructors are responsible for providing written guidelines to all students at the start of each course, outlining how the final grade for the course will be arrived at, and including any related policies such as arrangements that may be made for students who are unable to complete a test or other graded work because of short term illness or for other reasons. Guidelines made available on the Web meet this requirement (students who are unable to access the Web should ask their instructor to provide these guidelines in an alternate format). The Faculties of Dentistry and Graduate Studies and the Schools of Library and Archival Studies, Nursing, and Rehabilitation Sciences, define Fail ('F') as below 60%. If a student in a baccalaureate program who receives a 'T' standing in a graduating essay or other course approved by the faculty completes the course within 12 months of the end of the term in which the student first registered for the course the 'T' standing will be replaced by the grade assigned. If the course is not completed within 12 months the 'T' standing will be replaced by a grade of zero (or 'F' standing in a Pass/Fail course). In the Faculty of Medicine, individual courses in the Doctor of Medicine undergraduate program are graded on an Honours (H), Pass (P), Fail (F) system. The Faculty defines Fail as below 60% and a Pass as 60% or greater, but below Honours. An Honours grade is assigned by individual course directors and approved by the promotions committee. Faculties, departments and schools reserve the right to scale grades in order to maintain equity among sections and conformity to university, faculty, department or school norms. Students should therefore note that an unofficial grade given by an instructor might be changed by the faculty, department or school. Grades are not official until they appear on a student's academic record. A few programs of study make provision for an 'Honours Standing'. This is explained in the appropriate faculty and school entries. However, in most faculties where 'Honours' is used it is applied to a study program where expectations in terms of achievement and level of study are higher than in other programs. STANDINGS Aegrotat (AEG) allows a student credit for a course even though the course requirements have not been completed due to medical, emotional, or other difficulties. This standing is awarded only if the course instructor and the dean agree that the student has demonstrated the capacity to deal with the course material satisfactorily. When AEG standing is awarded, a letter grade is assigned. This will be converted PART V ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 49 to the minimum percentage for that category for the calculation of averages. Audit (AUD) is granted to students who have been officially approved as having audit status. These students are expected to complete all course requirements except the final exam, and may be given Fail (F) standing if their performance is not satisfactory. See Classification of Students, p. 17 in the "Admissions" chapter in this Calendar. Exempt (EX) is granted to students who have registered for a required course from which she or he is exempt. Adjudicated Pass (J) is granted where credit is granted and the course need not be repeated although it may not normally qualify as a prerequisite for further work. (The grade assigned by the instructor is used in the calculation of averages.) Pass (P) or Fail (F) is granted where no grade is assigned, excluded from calculation in all averages. Pass (P) denotes satisfactory completion of the requirements of the subject; credit granted where applicable. Fail (F) denotes fail standing. Honours (H) or Pass (P) or Fail (F) is granted where no grade is assigned, excluded from calculation in all averages; Honours (H) exceeds course requirements, credit granted where applicable; Pass (P) requirements of subject completed satisfactorily, credit granted where applicable; Fail (F) denotes fail standing. Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credit is assigned based on prior learning in a subject area. Supplemental (S) denotes failure, no credit. Supplemental privilege granted. See the section Supplemental Examination Policy, p. 49 under "Academic Assessment" in this chapter. Deferred Standing (SD) may be granted by the Dean of the Faculty in which the student is enrolled when a student has a valid reason for not completing course requirements as scheduled and does not qualify for Aegrotat standing (see Academic Concession, p. 52). Students granted Deferred standing in Winter Session courses must complete all outstanding course requirements by August 23 following. Students granted Deferred standing in Summer Session courses must complete all outstanding work by December 25 following. Students granted Deferred standing are responsible for making satisfactory arrangements with their instructors for completion of outstanding course requirements. If a student fails to complete deferred requirements by the dates specified, the Deferred standing will be replaced with a grade or standing that reflects requirements completed in the course. Students unable to meet the specified deadlines because of further medical, emotional or other difficulties must make an additional application for Academic Concession no later than August 31 for Winter Session courses or December 31 for Summer Session courses following the original deferral. See Deferred and Supplemental Examinations, p. 48 under "Academic Assessment" in this chapter. Thesis in Progress (T) denotes graduating essay not submitted; course continuing. If a student in a bachelor's program who receives a 'T' standing in a graduating essay or other course approved by the faculty completes the course within 12 months of the end of the term in which the student first registered for the course, the 'T' standing will be replaced by the grade assigned. If the course is not completed within 12 months, the 'T' standing will be replaced by a grade of zero (or 'F' standing in a Pass/Fail course). Withdrawal (W) denotes official withdrawal. See the section Withdrawal, p. 51 in this chapter. ACADEMIC STANDING There are three levels of academic standing: • In Good Standing • On Academic Probation • Failed All students on initial entry to the University are In Good Standing. The academic standing of a student may change to On Academic Probation or Failed as the result of academic performance evaluations, as described below. A student On Academic Probation may have restrictions placed on his or her registration as described in each Faculty's section on "Academic Standing." A student who had been required to discontinue his or her studies, and later successfully appealed for readmission, will be placed On Academic Probation. A student who receives an academic standing of Failed will be required to discontinue his or her studies for 12 months. Normally, the student will be required to discontinue his or her studies starting immediately. However, a student registered in and attending one or more courses will be permitted to complete those courses if the determination of an academic standing of Failed is only made after the last date for withdrawal without a 'W' being recorded on the transcript. A student appealing to be permitted to continue his or her studies immediately despite having received an academic standing of Failed may ^ot register for, or, attend courses while awaiting the results of the appeal, except as noted above. Therefore, a student On Academic Probation should maintain contact with his or her faculty advisor in case any circumstances arise that might adversely affect academic performance. ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS The following description of the academic performance evaluation process applies to students in all faculties not having separate regulations. An academic performance evaluation also does not address the issue of academic progress toward a particular degree or promotion from one-year level to the next. Academic performance evaluations are performed for each student up to three times per year: at the end of each term of the Winter Session and at the end of the Summer Session. No evaluation is performed if a student has taken no credit courses since the last evaluation, or if the number of credits taken is less than some minimum number specified by the faculty in which the student is registered. Otherwise, the total number of credits attempted since the last academic performance evaluation, the fraction of those credits that were passed, and the credit-weighted average are computed. Those three quantities, plus the current academic standing of the student, are used to determine the new academic standing of the student according to a table. (Refer to each faculty or school's section on "Academic Standing" for the appropriate table, or contact the faculty in question.) Courses are only included in an academic performance evaluation once a final grade has been assigned. For example, courses for which a deferred examination has been granted will be considered within the academic performance evaluation for the period in which the deferred examination is written. ADVANCEMENT MEGULATIONS Advancement practices vary among faculties and are described in the faculty and school entries. General regulations applicable to all faculties include the following: 1) Except in special cases, or where the faculty provides otherwise, no student may repeat a course more than once. 2) Each faculty has regulations on advancement. Students who do not meet the required standard in any session will be assigned Failed standing and will be required to discontinue or withdraw. 3) A student in a year of study which may normally be taken in the first or second year following secondary school graduation who is assigned Failed standing will be required to either discontinue for at least one year or to withdraw. 4) Students who are assigned Failed standing in one faculty may transfer to another faculty if they meet the advancement and admission requirements of the second faculty. 5) Students who have been required to discontinue or withdraw may be readmitted subject to the regulations of the faculty which they wish to enter. 6) A student at any level of university study who fails for a second time, will be required to withdraw from the University. After a period of at least one year, an appeal for permission to re-enrol will be considered. Such an appeal will be granted only after the appeal has been reviewed and approved by the dean of the faculty concerned. A negative decision by the dean may be appealed to the Senate Admissions Committee. 50 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 GRADUATION Every candidate for a degree must make formal application for graduation. Students make a formal application for graduation via the Student Service Centre (SSC) (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). The application deadline for May Convocation is March 1. The earliest date to make an application for May Convocation is December 1 of the previous year. The application deadline for November Convocation is August 15. The earliest date to make an application for November Convocation is June 1. An application must be submitted if you plan to graduate regardless of whether or not you intend to participate in the scheduled ceremonies. If your request to graduate is not approved by your Faculty, a reapplication for the next convocation will be required. Applications for May are not acknowledged until the end of March when Graduation Ceremony information is mailed. Acknowledgment for November applications will be mailed at the end of September. The receipt of a package does not confirm the satisfactory completion of your degree program. The Faculty completes this approval process. Students can access the SSC one week prior to the ceremonies to confirm graduation. Students are reminded that because of the extended Winter Session in the Faculty of Medicine, academic results for the first year are not available from this faculty in time for spring graduation. Thus, all applications for degrees by students completing their Science degrees while registered in the first year of Medicine, will be treated by the Faculty of Science as applications for fall graduation. Students completing degree requirements at another institution are also reminded that, because of the delay in obtaining official transcripts, all applications for degrees for such students will be treated by Enrolment Services as applications for fall graduation. No student will receive a graduation diploma until all academic fees have been fully paid. See Financial Hold, p. 28 in the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter in this Calendar. Please check the following websites for the latest information on graduation: www.students.ubc.ca/current/graduation.cfm and www.graduation.ubc.ca. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION Except in special circumstances, a one-term course may be added to a student's program only within the first two weeks of the course, and a two-term course within the first three weeks. If a course is dropped during these periods, no record of the registration in the course will appear on the student's academic record. Students may withdraw from courses in which they are registered at any time up to the end of the sixth week of class for courses which are offered in a single term, and of the twelfth week for courses which span two terms. Withdrawals 2005 WINTER SESSION-COURSE DROP/WITHDRAWAL DATES Last day to drop Student Service Centre ^ without a 'W standing (Web) available for course through the Student withdrawals with a 'W Service Centre (Web) standing Full-year course September 23, 2005 (2 terms) Term 1 course September 20, 2005 Term 2 course January 17, 2006 September 24, 2005- November 25, 2005 September 21, 2005- October 14, 2005 January 18, 2006- February 10, 2006 2005 WINTER SESSION-COURSE DROP/WITHDRAWAL DATES FOR LEVEL MODULES BAXX BAXX Modules Last day to drop Student Service Centre in Commerce without a 'W standing (Web) available for course through the Student withdrawals with a 'W Service Centre (Web) standing Student Service Centre (Web) unavailable; Faculty approval required After November 25, 2005 After October 14, 2005 After February 10, 2006 COMMERCE MASTER'S- Student Service Centre (Web) unavailable; Faculty approval required Term 1A Module (Period 5) Term 1FJ Module (Period 6) Term 2A Module (Period 1)1 Term 2FJ Module (Period 2) Term 2C Module (Period 3) September 12, 2005 October 31, 2005 January 9, 2006 February 27, 2006 April 24, 2006 September 13, 2005- September 19, 2005 November 1, 2005- November 7, 2005 January 10, 2006- January 16, 2006 February 28, 2006- March 6, 2006 April 25, 2006- May 1, 2006 After September 19, 2005 After November 7, 2005 After January 16, 2006 After March 6, 2006 After May 1,2006 Please note that Period 1 BAXX classes start the week of January 2, 2006 will be noted on the academic record by a standing of 'W. Such standings will not be included in computing averages. The withdrawal deadline dates for the current academic year are indicated in the accompanying tables in this section. Fee refunds for withdrawals will be calculated on a pro-rata basis. (See Refund of Fees, p. 28 in the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter in this Calendar. The dates for withdrawal given above also apply to students auditing courses. Students may withdraw from courses outside the limits described above only with the permission of the dean of the faculty in which they are registered. In such cases, the instructor should be informed. Such withdrawals will be recorded as 'W on the student's academic record. Faculties may, at their discretion, limit the number of 'W standings permitted to a student. Any withdrawals in excess of that limit that would normally produce a standing of 'W will result in assignment of 'F' for the course or courses involved. Normally, a student may not withdraw from a course more than once. A student must be registered in all courses being taken for credit. A student who ceases to attend a course, does not write the final examination, or otherwise fails to complete course requirements, and who neither qualifies for a deferred examination (see Deferred Standing, p. 50 in the this chapter under Grading Practices, Standings), nor has obtained official permission to drop the course, will be given a standing of 'F' with a grade which reflects performance in the course. No supplemental examination can be granted under these circumstances. The student is responsible for the completeness and accuracy of registration as it relates to the regulations of the degree or diploma program in which the student is enrolled. COURSE DROP/WITHDRAWAL DATES FOR DISTANCE EDUCATION COURSES As of May 2005, distance education courses will be supported and delivered through their home faculties. Course components and requirements can be accessed for review through their home faculty. For information on withdrawal processes and related policies, including withdrawals past the deadline listed on the Student Service Centre (SSC) (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc), contact your faculty advising office. WITHDRAWAL Undergraduate students may withdraw from the University by using the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) to withdraw from all courses when it is available. In all other cases a student who wishes to withdraw from the University must obtain the approval of the dean, director or faculty advisor on a Change of Registration form. When the withdrawal is approved the academic record will show the PART V ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 51 date of withdrawal and a standing of 'W in all courses that are not completed on that date. When the withdrawal is not approved the student will remain registered in all courses and a final grade and/or standing will be assigned at the end of the term or session. Unclassified students who wish to withdraw should apply to Enrolment Services, p. 62. A student who does not complete formal withdrawal procedures will be liable for all assessed fees until such procedures are completed. WITHDRAWAL FOR UNSATISFACTORY CONDUCT The Senate of the University may require a student to withdraw from the University at any time for unsatisfactory conduct, for failure to abide by regulations, for unsatisfactory progress in a program of studies or training, or for any other reason which is deemed to show that withdrawal is in the interests of the student and/or the University. Cases brought forward under this policy will be referred to an ad hoc committee of Senate, to be named by the Senate Nominating Committee, for disposition, with the understanding that the student would have the right of appeal to the Senate Committee on Appeals on Academic Standing. Both the reasons for bringing the case and the response of the student should be heard before a final decision is reached. The ad hoc committee must ensure that the case is conducted fairly. In the event of a tie vote, the case should be dismissed. LETTER OF PERMISSION TO STUDY AT ANOTHER INSTITUTION After the start of the first session to which a student has been admitted, any student who is eligible to continue studies and who intends to complete a UBC degree, may obtain transfer credit from another institution-only if prior permission has been obtained from the faculty in which the student is enrolled. ACADEMIC CONCESSION Students may request academic concession in circumstances that may adversely affect their attendance or performance in a course or program. Such circumstances include: • a medical condition • emotional or other problems • religious observance Students who intend, or, as the result of circumstance, must request academic concessions should notify their dean or director, or their instructor(s) as specified in the procedures below. Religious observance may preclude attending classes or examinations at certain times. In accordance with the UBC Policy on Religious Holidays (www.universitycounsel.ubc.ca/ policies/policy65.html), students who wish to be accommodated for religious reasons must notify their instructors in writing at least two weeks in advance, and preferably earlier Students absent from final examinations held in the official examination periods must request academic concession from the office of their dean or director. Students who are absent at the other rimes, or are unable to complete tests or other graded work because of short term illness, religious obligation, or for other reasons, should normally discuss with their instructors how they can make up for missed work, according to written guidelines given them at the start of the course (see the section Grading Practices, p. 49 in this chapter). Instructors are not required to make allowance for any missed test or incomplete work that is not satisfactorily accounted for. Students also have the right to request academic concession from their dean or director's office. Students who wish to request academic concession from the office of the dean or director must apply to the office as close as possible to the time their attendance is adversely affected. In case of religious observance, the office of the dean or director must receive notification a minimum of two weeks in advance. The University, in considering these requests or any appeals of decisions on academic concession, will not normally take into account untimely notifications. When a student requests academic concession, he or she will be asked to provide such evidence as is deemed appropriate. If there is a medical problem, the student should submit a "Statement of Illness" form obtained from the Student Health Service, p. 67 or the attending physician. The student may be asked to provide additional information. The academic concessions that may be granted include the following: permission to drop or withdraw from a course after the normal deadlines (see Change of Registration, p. 51), Aegrotat standing or Deferred standing (see Grading Practices, p. 49) and withdrawal from the University (see Withdrawal, p. 51). If permission is given to drop or withdraw from a course, any refund of fees will be in accordance with normal policy (see Refund of Fees, p. 28 in the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter in this Calendar). Students in good academic standing who are permitted to withdraw from the University may apply to re-enrol in the program from which they withdrew. Application to re-enrol must be made by the published application deadline for the program. A student permitted to withdraw may be told the time period during which an application to re-enrol will be permitted. A medical certificate may be required to satisfy the University that the student is ready to continue studies. REVIEW OF ASSIGNED STANDING Reviews of assigned standing are governed by the following regulations: 1) Any request for the review of an assigned grade other than for a supplemental examination (in which a request for a review will not be granted), must reach Enrolment Services no later than July 15 for the Winter Session, and not later than October 15 for the Summer Session, and must be accompanied by the necessary fee for each course concerned which will be refunded only if the mark is raised. 2) Each applicant for a review must state clearly why he or she believes the course deserves a grade higher than it received; pleas on compassionate grounds should not form part of this statement. Prospective applicants should remember that under Senate regulations instructors must re-examine all failing grades and indicate in their records that this has been done. 3) An applicant who has been granted a supplemental should prepare for the examination since a change in the original mark is unlikely and the result of the review may not be available before the end of the supplemental examination period. 4) Reviews will not be permitted in more than two courses in the work of one academic year, and in one course in a partial program of 18 credits or fewer or in the I work of Term 1 or 2 of a Summer Session. Students can download the application form (www.students.ubc.ca/current/grades.cfm) or kick up a copy from Enrolment Services. TRANSCRIPT OF ACADEMIC RECORD Official transcripts are confidential and are only released on written request from the student. All transcripts issued to the student are officially sealed in individual envelopes and may be either mailed to the student or picked up. Transcripts issued to an institution, company, or agency are mailed directly to their address in confidential envelopes marked transcript of record. Third-party requests must be accompanied by a signed authorization from the student. Each transcript will include the student's complete record at the University. Since credit earned is determined on the results of final examinations, a transcript will not include results of midterm examinations. No transcript will be issued to or for a student who has not made arrangements satisfactory to the Department of Financial Services to meet any outstanding indebtedness. Requests for transcripts should be made in advance to allow time for processing. Payment must be included with requests. Transcripts will not be provided until payment is received. Students may order transcripts through the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). For more information about other ways to order, students should visit www. students, ubc.ca/current, or email (transcripts, students @ubc.ca) the transcripts department. 52 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 RETENTION OF STUDENT RECORDS Academic Records, including all information appearing on a Transcript of Academic Record, are retained indefinitely. Notations of student discipline are retained according to the terms of the penalty imposed. Materials supporting applications for admission, correspondence and transcripts from other institutions and similar material may be destroyed five years after a student's last registration, except for doctoral students where material may be destroyed after two years from the date of graduation. Other material may be destroyed sooner. Students who submit irreplaceable material may request the return of that material. Such requests must be submitted with the original material. The office to which the material is submitted will return the material as soon as possible and not later than six months after the student's graduation or last registration. SENATE APPEALS ON ACADEMIC STANDING APPEAL PROCEDURE Students who wish to protest decisions relating to their academic studies may do so. The protest should be made initially as near the source of difficulty as possible, presumably an instructor, and progress to the Head of the Department concerned and then to the Dean of the Faculty. There is a standing committee of the University Senate, the Committee on Appeals on Academic Standing, that reviews all appeals made to the Senate, the senior academic authority in the University. Following are the policies and procedures of this Committee. 1. COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE 1.1 The Committee consists of eleven members, six of whom are members of Senate who are faculty members, three of whom are members of Senate who are students, and two of whom are members of Senate who are neither faculty members nor students. The Chancellor, the President and the Registrar are members of the Committee ex-officio; the Chancellor and the President, but not the Registrar, shall be entitled to vote. 2. TERMS OF REFERENCE 2.1.1 The Committee shall hear and dispose of appeals by students from decisions of Faculties on matters of Academic standing, but the Committee has no jurisdiction where the sole question raised in an appeal turns on the exercise of academic judgment by a Faculty. 2.1.2 Not only in this part, but in these regulations generally, a "Faculty" shall be deemed to include, where necessary, any other appropriate administrative unit of the University, and "Dean of the Faculty" shall be deemed to refer, where necessary, to any other appropriate officer of the University. 2.2.1 Subject to (2.2.2) of this paragraph, the decision of the Committee on an appeal is a final disposition of that appeal. Senate has conferred on the Committee the power of making final decisions pursuant to Section 37(b) of the University Act. 2.2.2 If an issue on an appeal raises, in the opinion of the Committee, an unsettled question of policy or procedure of general importance to the University, the Committee may refer that question to the Senate for a ruling. 2.3.1 The Committee shall allow an appeal where it decides that the decision has been arrived at through improper or unfair procedures, and that as a result a wrong decision on the merits has or may have been arrived at. Without limiting the generality of the phrase "improper or unfair procedures" it shall be construed to include the consideration of information which ought not to have been considered, and the failure to consider information that ought properly to have been considered. 2.3.2 "Allow an Appeal" means such one of the following as the Committee deems appropriate in any given case: (A) A reversal of the decision of the Faculty, and the granting of such academic standing to the appellant as the ™ Committee thinks fit in the circumstances; or (B) A quashing of the decision of the Faculty, and the sending of the matter back to the Faculty to be dealt with in accordance with proper procedures. 2.4.1 In all cases other than those falling within paragraphs 2.3.1 and 2.3.2 the Committee shall dismiss the appeal. 2.4.2 "Dismiss the Appeal" means to decide that the decision being appealed from is confirmed. 2.5 In order to ensure that an appeal is fairly conducted, the Committee may in any particular case waive any of the procedural rules provided for in these regulations, or may make such further ancillary rulings on l^rocedure as it sees fit. 2.6 Members of the Committee will not discuss the substance of an appeal with any of the parties other than at a hearing. 2.7 The Committee shall make annual reports to Senate. The report shall state the number of appeals heard, their disposition, and the general nature of the appeals, and shall draw Senate's attention to any other matters of general significance in the university which have arisen out of the Committee's work. 3. PROCEDURES PRIOR TO THE HEARING 3.1 A student who wishes to appeal a decision of a faculty shall lodge a written notice of appeal with the Registrar within 10 days of being informed in writing of the faculty's final decision. 3.2 Within five days of receiving a notice of appeal, the Registrar shall send to the appellant a copy of these regulations, and in addition shall inform the appellant that he or she is entitled to appear before the Committee in person and may also be represented by counsel. 3.3 Within 15 days of receiving the regulations, the appellant shall file with the Registrar a statement of appeal. This should contain: (A) A statement of the decision from which the appeal is being taken; (B) A statement of the relief which the appellant seeks; (C) A brief chronological statement of the circumstances relating to the appeal; (D) Copies of any documents which the appellant intends to rely on at the hearing; (E) The names of any witnesses the appellant proposes to call at the hearing. It is the appellant's responsibility to ensure that such witnesses are present at the hearing. 3.4 Within five days of its receipt the Registrar shall send the appellant's statement of appeal to the Dean of the faculty from which the appeal is being taken. 3.5 Within 15 days of the receipt from the Registrar of the appellant's statement of appeal, the Dean shall file a response with the Registrar This should contain: (A) A confirmation of the nature of the decision from which the student is appealling or, if the decision is not properly stated in the appellant's statement of appeal, a statement as to the nature of the decision; (B) A statement whether, assuming the appeal were to be allowed, the relief sought by the student ought properly to be granted; (C) The faculty's response to the grounds of appeal; (D) The faculty's comments on the chronological statement of events; (E) Copies of any documents which the faculty intends to rely on at the hearings; (F) The names of any witnesses the faculty proposes to call at the hearing. 3.6 Within 10 days of the receipt of the faculty's response, the Registrar shall set a date for a hearing. The hearing should usually take place within two months of the receipt of the faculty's response. 3.7 Prior to the hearing, the Registrar shall circulate copies of material submitted by the appellant and the faculty to the members of the Committee, the appellant, and the faculty. 3.8 The time limits referred to in paragraphs 3.1-3.6 are intended as outside limits, and all parries are encouraged to make every effort to proceed more quickly if possible. 3.9 Not only in this part, but in these regulations generally, a reference to a number of days shall not be construed as including Saturdays and Sundays and any other days on which the university is closed. PART V ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 53 3.10 The Registrar may, of his own volition or at the request of the appellant or the faculty, extend the time limits provided for in these regulations. If the Registrar refuses to extend the time limits on the request of the appellant or the faculty, his decision may be appealed to the Committee as a whole, and the Committee may, acting pursuant to its authority under paragraph 2.5, extend the time limits as it sees fit. 3.11 The Senate Committee may, at its discretion, dismiss an appeal for lack of prosecution. 4. PROCEDURES AT THE HEARING 4.1 A quorum for any hearing before the Committee shall consist of at least five voting members, or any lesser number if that is agreed to by the appellant and the faculty. 4.2 A member of the Committee shall not take part in an appeal where to do so would involve the member of the Committee in a conflict of duty and interest. 4.3 At the hearing, subject to the rulings of the Committee, the following procedure should be followed: (A) The appellant may make an opening statement; (B) The appellant may call and examine such witnesses as the appellant sees fit; (C) The faculty may cross-examine any of the witnesses called by the appellant, including, where appropriate, the appellant; (D) The faculty may make such opening statement as it sees fit; (E) The faculty may call and examine such witnesses as it sees fit; (F) The student may cross-examine any of the faculty's witnesses; (G) The appellant may make a closing statement; (H) The faculty may make a closing statement; (I) The appellant may respond to any matters arising out of the faculty's statement to which the appellant has not yet spoken. 4.4 The Committee may request that it be provided with further information other than that supplied initially by the appellant or the faculty. Without limiting this general power if, after a hearing, the Committee is of the opinion that it requires further information in order to reach a decision it may either ask that that information be supplied at a further hearing or, without a hearing, it may ask that the information be supplied to it in writing. In the latter case both the appellant and the faculty must be given the opportunity of commenting on the information so supplied, before the Committee reaches a final decision. 5. THE DECISION 5.1 The Committee may arrive at a decision on the basis of a majority vote of those voting members of the Committee present at the hearing. 5.2 In the event of a tie vote an appeal shall be dismissed. 5.3 The decision of the Committee shall be communicated in writing to the appellant and to the Dean of the Faculty within ten days of the final hearing of the appeal. 5.4 The Committee shall give reasons for its decision; and in the case of a minority vote, the minority may if it wishes give reasons for its dissent. STUDENT DISCIPLINE The President of the University has the authority under Section 61 of the University Act, p. 43 to deal summarily with any matter of student discipline. The specific provisions as to Academic Misconduct and Non-Academic Misconduct, set out below should not be construed as in any way limiting the general authority conferred upon the President by the University Act. DISCIPLINE FOR ACADEMIC MISCONDUCT 1. DEFINITIONS 1.1 ARES means the director of Applied Research and Evaluation Services in its capacity as administrator of the Language Proficiency Index and includes a person designated by the director to represent ARES. 1.2 Initiator means the party that refers an allegation of academic misconduct to the President's Committee. Normally, a Dean's Office refers allegations but on occasion, ARES or Enrolment Services may also refer allegations to the President's Committee. 1.3 Dean's Office means the dean of the faculty of the course in which the student is enrolled and includes a faculty member designated by the dean to represent the faculty 1.4 Enrolment Services means the Registrar and includes a person designated by the Registrar to represent Enrolment Services. 1.5 Office of the University Counsel means the University Counsel and includes a person designated by the University Counsel to represent the Office of the University Counsel. 1.6 President's Committee means the President's Advisory Committee on Student Discipline. 1.7 Senate Committee means the Senate Committee on Student Appeals on Academic Discipline. 2. GENERAL 2.1 Academic honesty is essential to the continued functioning of the University of British Columbia as an institution of higher learning and research. All UBC students are expected to behave as honest and responsible members of an academic community. Failure to follow the appropriate policies, principles, rules and guidelines of the University with respect to academic honesty may result in disciplinary action. 2.2 It is the student's obligation to inform himself or herself of the applicable standards for academic honesty. Students must be aware that standards at the University of British Columbia may be different from those in secondary schools or at other institutions. If a student is in any doubt as to the standard of academic honesty in a particular course or assignment then the student must consult with the instructor as soon as possible and in no case should a student submit an assignment if the student is not clear on the relevant standard of academic honesty. 2.3 The President of the University has the authority under section 61 of the University Act to take whatever disciplinary action he or she deems to be warranted by a student's academic misconduct. The provisions of this Calendar as to academic misconduct and disciplinary measures do not limit the general authority conferred on the President by the University Act. 2.4 If an allegation is made against a student, the Registrar may place the student on academic hold until the President has made his or her final decision. When a student is placed on academic hold, the student is blocked from all activity in the Student Service Centre. 3. ACADEMIC MISCONDUCT 3.1 Students are responsible for informing themselves of the guidelines of acceptable and non-acceptable conduct for graded assignments established by their instructors for specific courses and of the examples of academic misconduct set out below. Academic misconduct that is subject to disciplinary measures includes, but is not limited to, engaging in, attempting to engage in, or assisting others to engage in the following: 3.1.1-Plagiarism occurs where an individual submits or presents the oral or written work of another person as his or her own. Scholarship quite properly rests upon examining and referring to the thoughts and writings of others. However, when another person's words or ideas are used, the author must be acknowledged in the text, in footnotes, in endnotes, or in another accepted form of academic citation. Where direct quotations are made, they must be clearly delineated (for example, within quotation marks or separately indented). Plagiarism encompasses situations in which there is no recognition given to the author for phrases, sentences, or ideas of the author incorporated in a work to situations in which an entire work is copied from an author, or composed by another person, and presented as original work. Plagiarism should not occur in submitted drafts or final works. A student who seeks assistance from a tutor or other scholastic aids must ensure that the work submitted is the student's own. Students are responsible for ensuring that any work submitted does not constitute plagiarism. Students who are in any doubt as to what constitutes plagiarism should consult their instructor before handing in any assignments. 3.1.2-Chearing includes, but is not limited to: falsifying any material subject to academic evaluation, including research data; engaging in 54 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 unauthorized collaborative work; having in an examination any materials other than those permitted by the examiner; and using unauthorized means to complete an examination. For example, receiving unauthorized assistance from a fellow student. 3.1.3-Submitting the same, or substantially the same, essay, presentation, or assignment more than once (whether the earlier submission was at this or another institution) unless prior approval has been obtained from the instructor(s) to whom the assignment is to be submitted. 3.1.4-Impersonating a candidate at an examination or other evaluation, or availing oneself of the results of an impersonation. 3.1.5-Submitting false records or information, orally or in writing, or failing to provide relevant information when requested. 3.1.6-Falsifying or submitting false documents, transcripts, or other academic credentials. 3.1.7-Failing to comply with any disciplinary measure imposed for academic misconduct. 4. DISCIPLINARY MEASURES 4.1 Academic misconduct often results in a one-year suspension from the University and a notation of academic discipline on the student's record. However, disciplinary measures which may be imposed, singly or in combination, for academic misconduct include, but are not limited to, the following: 4.1.1-a letter of reprimand. 4.1.2-a failing grade or mark of zero on the assignment or in the course in which the academic misconduct occurred. 4.1.3-suspension, cancellation or forfeiture of any scholarships, bursaries or prizes. 4.1.4-suspension from the University for a specified period of time. During the period of suspension, a student may not participate in activities of the University, including but not limited to attending or auditing classes. Students will not receive credit for courses taken at another institution during a suspension. 4.1.5-expulsion from the University. 4.1.6-denial of admission or readmission to the University for a specified or indefinite period of time. 4.1.7-a notation of academic discipline on the student's record in the Student Information System, which will appear on the student's Transcript of Academic Record. 4.1.8 -revocation of a degree or other academic credentials dishonestly or improperly obtained. 4.2 The laying of criminal charges or the commencement of civil proceedings does not preclude the University from commencing disciplinary proceedings or taking disciplinary measures against a student who has committed academic misconduct. 5. DEAN'S OFFICE 5.1 All incidents of suspected academic misconduct must be reported to the Dean's Office, with the exception of complaints arising through Enrolment Services or ARES. The Dean's Office may refer any incident of suspected academic misconduct to the President's Committee for possible disciplinary measures by the President. 5.2 When an instructor suspects that a student has committed an academic misconduct the instructor normally will be the first to investigate the incident and should give the student the opportunity to meet to discuss the suspected academic misconduct. This meeting may not be required in all incidents of suspected academic misconduct. 5.3 When a student admits that he or she committed the academic misconduct, the Dean's Office may refer it to the President's Committee. If the incident is referred to the President's Committee, the student will normally be given the opportunity to meet with the Dean's Office to discuss and explain any extenuating circumstances of the academic misconduct. 5.4 When a student denies that he or she committed the academic misconduct, the Dean's Office will arrange for further investigation into the incident. The student will normally be given the opportunity to meet with the Dean's Office to discuss the circumstances of the alleged academic misconduct in the course of the Dean's Office's investigation. If the Dean's Office is of the opinion that the student committed an academic misconduct, then the Dean's Office may refer it to the President's Committee. 5.5 If a Dean's Office decides not to refer a matter to the President's Committee, nonetheless the Dean's Office may: • give the student a warning; • require the student to re-do the work or do supplementary work; • assign a failing mark for the work; or • assign a grade less harsh than failing for the work. 5.5.1-The student will be advised that a record of the Dean's Office decision will be retained in the student's file in the faculty and that, in the event of any further allegations of academic fcnisconduct, the incident may be used in determining the academic measures or discipline to be imposed for subsequent misconduct. The Dean's Office will notify the President's Committee in writing of its decision. 5.5.2-The student may appeal the Dean's Office decision to the President's Committee. 6. ENROLMENT SERVICES 6.1 When Enrolment Services suspects that a student has committed an academic misconduct it will investigate the incident. In the course of the investigation, the student will normally be given the opportunity to meet with Enrolment Services to discuss the allegation and/or explain any extenuating circumstances of the academic misconduct. 6.2 Enrolment Services may refer any allegation of academic misconduct to the President's Committee for possible disciplinary measures by the President. 7. APPLIED RESEARCH AND EVALUATION SERVICES (ARES) 7.1 When ARES suspects that a student has committed an academic misconduct it will investigate the incident. In the course of the investigation, the student will normally be given the opportunity to meet with ARES to discuss the allegation and/or explain any extenuating circumstances of the academic misconduct. 7.2 ARES may refer any allegation of academic misconduct to the President's Committee for possible disciplinary measures by the President. 8. INITIATOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 All allegations referred to the President's Committee by any Initiator must be made by submitting a completed Statement of Case in the form prescribed by the Office of the University Counsel. The Statement of Case must set out all facts relevant to the allegation and include all documentary evidence upon which the Initiator intends to rely and a list of witnesses, if any, who will be called by the Initiator at the hearing before the President's Committee. 8.2 The Initiator is normally responsible for presenting the allegations at the hearing before the President's Committee and arranging for witnesses to attend on behalf of the Initiator In certain cases, the University Counsel may designate legal counsel to present the case instead of the Initiator or to assist the Initiator. 9. STUDENT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.1 Upon receipt of a Statement of Case and the notice of hearing from the President's Committee, the student must submit a completed Statement of Response in the form prescribed by the Office of the University Counsel. The Statement of Response must set out all facts relevant to the student's defence and include all documentary evidence upon which the student intends to rely and a list of witnesses who will be called by the student at the hearing before the President's Committee. 9.2 The student is responsible for responding to the allegations at the hearing before the President's Committee and arranging for witnesses, if any, to attend on behalf of the student. If the student is unable or unwilling to participate in a hearing within a reasonable period of time, the President's Committee may proceed with the hearing or the Chair of the President's Committee may recommend to the President that the student remain on academic hold (or both) until the President has made his or her final decision. 9.3 The student may be represented or assisted at the hearing before the President's Committee by any person, including legal counsel. If the student is to be represented by legal counsel then the student must inform the President's Committee and the Office of the University Counsel at least ten working days prior to the hearing. The University Counsel may designate legal counsel to assist the Initiator at the hearing. PART V ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 55 10. PRESIDENT'S COMMITTEE 10.1 The President's Committee is constituted to conduct hearings on alleged academic misconduct and to report its findings to the President, who then decides what discipline, if any, should be imposed pursuant to section 61 of the University Act. The Chair of the President's Committee may set down rules for President's Committee hearings and these rules may be altered from time to time by the Chair The President's Committee rules are available online at www.universitycounsel.ubc.ca. 10.2 The President's Committee will notify the student of the date for the hearing into the allegation and provide the student with a copy of the Statement of Case. The President's Committee will provide the Initiator with a copy of the Statement of Response. 10.3 The Registrar, in consultation with the Chair of the President's Committee, may place the student on academic hold until the President has made his or her final decision. 10.3.1-A student may write to the Registrar to request the academic hold be removed. The request must include an explanation of why such an academic hold is not appropriate in the circumstances. The Registrar, in consultation with the Chair of the President's Committee, will determine if the request will be granted. 10.4 The President's Committee may arrange for witnesses to attend a hearing or otherwise require the Initiator or the student to provide additional information relevant to the President's Committee's determination. 10.5 At the conclusion of the hearing, the President's Committee will review the evidence submitted to it, including the Statement of Case submitted by the Initiator and the Statement of Response submitted by the student involved, and may consider all issues relevant to the allegation in making a determination as to whether, on a balance of probabilities, the student committed the alleged academic misconduct. The President's Committee will submit a report of its findings (including any findings with respect to extenuating circumstances) to the President, who will decide what disciplinary measures, if any, are to be taken under section 61 of the University Act. 11. PRESIDENT 11.1 Once the President has come to a decision based on the report of the President's Committee, the President will send a letter to the student detailing the following: • his or her decision; • reasons for the President's decision, including the Report from the President's Committee; • a description of the nature and the duration of the disciplinary measures imposed, if any; and • notice that the student has a right to appeal the decision to the Senate Committee and the time limit for such an appeal. 11.2 The President will promptly report any disciplinary measures imposed to the Senate Committee with a statement of his or her reasons. The President will also provide copies of his or her decision to the Registrar and the Initiator. 12. REGISTRAR 12.1 The Registrar is responsible for taking appropriate action in accordance with the President's decision, including making a notation on a student's transcript, entering or changing a grade for a course, placing an academic hold on a student's academic status for the duration of a suspension, and notifying the instructors of courses in which a student is enrolled. 13. APPEALS 13.1 A student has the right to appeal any disciplinary decision of the President to the Senate Committee as established by section 37(1 )(v) of the University Act. 13.2 A student who wishes to appeal a decision of the President under section 13.1 must so notify the Registrar in writing and give a full explanation of the grounds for the appeal. The Registrar must receive this notification within 45 calendar days of the date of the President's letter to the student informing the student of the disciplinary decision. The Registrar may extend this time limit if, in the Registrar's opinion, circumstances warrant. 13.3 Appeals are considered by at least five members of the Senate Committee, unless the student consents to fewer members. The student and the Initiator may make written submissions to the Senate Committee for consideration at the appeal. The student may be represented or assisted at the appeal by any person, including legal counsel. The University Counsel may designate legal counsel to assist the Initiator through the appeal process. 13.4 The Senate Committee is an appellate tribunal and does not re-hear matters. A student may, under section 13.1, appeal a decision on the following grounds: 13.4.1-The President incorrectly determined that the conduct of the student, either admitted or as found by the President, constitutes misconduct or the President incorrectly applied a University policy or procedure. 13.4.2-The student has material evidence that was not reasonably available at the time of the President's Committee hearing. 13.4.3-There was a breach or unfair application of the University's procedure prior to the President's Committee hearing that was raised before the President's Committee but not adequately remedied through the President's Committee. 13.4.4-The procedure of the President's Committee was unfair or operated unfairly, in that there was bias or a lack of independence in the President's Committee, or the President's Committee's procedures were unfairly applied or breached, or that the President gave insufficient reasons for his or her decision. 13.4.5-The President erred in the President's assessment of the evidence in the President's Committee's report, including any factual inferences made by the President, or the credibility of the student or other witnesses. 13.4.6-The discipline imposed by the President was excessive. 13.5 The Senate Committee reviews the President's decision on one of the grounds enumerated in section 13.4 using the appropriate standard as follows: 13.5.1-Where the appeal is under section 13.4.1, the appropriate standard of review is correctness. The Senate Committee may reverse or vary the President's decision or substitute its own decision if it disagrees with the President's determination or application of a University policy or procedure. 13.5.2-Where the appeal is under section 13.4.2 and the Senate Committee is satisfied that the material evidence was not reasonably available at the time of the President's Committee hearing and there is substantial likelihood that it would affect the outcome, the Senate Committee will send the matter back to the President's Committee for re-hearing. 13.5.3-Where the appeal is under section 13.4.3 or section 13.4.4, the appropriate standard of review is whether a reasonable person, knowledgeable about the facts, would perceive the process at or before the President's committee to be unfair. If the Senate Committee finds this to be the case, it will refer the matter back to the President's Committee for a re-hearing, or with the consent of the student and the Initiator, reverse or vary the President's decision or substitute its own decision. 13.5.4-Where the appeal is under section 13.4.5, the appropriate standard of review is reasonableness. The Senate Committee may reverse or vary the President's decision or substitute its own decision only if the President's assessment of the evidence in the President's Committee's report, including any factual inferences made by the President or the credibility of the student or other witnesses, is unreasonable. 13.5.5-Where the appeal is under section 13.4.6, the appropriate standard of review is reasonableness. The Senate Committee may reverse or vary the President's decision or substitute its own decision only if the exercise of the President's discretion with respect to the academic discipline imposed is unreasonable. 13.6 As soon as possible after the hearing is completed the Senate Committee will notify the student, the Initiator, the Registrar and the Office of the University Counsel (as the President's representative) of its decision in writing. 13.7 The Chair of the Senate Committee may set down rules for Senate Committee appeals and these rules may be altered from time to rime by the Chair. The Senate Committee rules are available online at the University of British Columbia Senate website (www.students.ubc.ca/senate). 56 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 DISCIPLINE FOR NON-ACADEMIC MISCONDUCT Ignorance of the appropriate standard of behaviour is no defence to an allegation of Non-Academic Misconduct. Non-Academic Misconduct that is subject to Disciplinary Measures includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1) Disrupting instructional activities, including making it difficult to proceed with scheduled lectures, seminars, etc., and with examinations and tests. 2) Damaging, removing, or making unauthorized use of university property, or the personal property of faculty, staff, students or others at the University. Without restricting the generality of the meaning of "property", it includes information, however it be recorded or stored. 3) Injuring a person or damaging property in any way which demonstrates or results from hate, prejudice or bias against an individual or group based on race, national or ethnic origin, language, colour, religion, sex, age, mental or physical disability, sexual orientation or any other similar factor. 4) Assaulting individuals, including conduct which leads to the physical or emotional injury of faculty, staff, students, or others at the University, or which threatens the physical or emotional well-being of faculty, staff, students, or others at the University. 5) For information regarding appeals for academic discipline resulting from non-academic misconduct, see section 13 Appeals under Discipline for Academic Misconduct, p. 56. PART V ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 57 58 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 VI Services, Facilities and Organizations CONTACT DIRECTORY This is a selected list of contacts and student services. For a complete listing visit www.directory.ubc.ca. For more information on UBC, visit www.ubc.ca. EMERGENCY AND HEALTH SERVICES SELECTED STUDENT SERVICES (CONTINUED) Chaplaincy chaplains.students.ubc.ca Counselling Services 604-822-9260; 604-822-3811; www.students.ubc.ca/counselling Emergency First Aid 604-822-4444 Emergency on campus: ambulance, fire, hazardous materials, rescue 911 Hazardous Materials Response, Fire Dept. 604-822-4567 Health Safety & Environment 604-822-2029 RCMP 911; 604-224-1322 Security 604-822-2222; non emergency 604-822-8609; www.security.ubc.ca Speakeasy (peer counselling) 604-822-3700; www.ams.ubc.ca Student Health Service 604-822-7011 www.students.ubc.ca/health Vancouver Hospital, UBC Site 604-822-7222 SELECTED STUDENT SERVICES Access & Diversity 604-822-5844; 1 www.students.ubc.ca/access Admissions, Graduate 604-822-2848; www.grad.ubc.ca Admissions, Undergraduate 604-822-3014; 1-877-272-1422; www.students.ubc.ca/welcome Alumni Services 604-822-3313; www.alumni.ubc.ca Alma Mater Society (Undergraduate Student Society) 604-822-2901; www.ams.ubc.ca Ask Me © UBC (web only) www.askme.ubc.ca Awards, bursuries, scholarships 604-822-5111; 1-877-272-1422; www.students.ubc.ca/finance Bookstore 604-822-2665; www.bookstore.ubc.ca Career Services 604-822-4011; www.careers.ubc.ca Childcare 604-822-5343; www.childcare.ubc.ca Classroom Services 604-822-9946; www.students.ubc.ca/facultystaff/ classrooms.cfm Continuing Studies 604-822-1444; www.cstudies.ubc.ca Enrolment Services 604-822-9836; www.students.ubc.ca Exam Schedules 604-822-3483; www.students.ubc.ca/current/ exams.cfm Fees 604-822-2844; www.students.ubc.ca/finance Go Global (Exchange Programs) 604-822-0942; www.students.ubc.ca/global Graduate Student Society 604-822-3203; www.gss.ubc.ca Housing 604-822-2811; www.housing.ubc.ca International House 604-822-5021; www.students.ubc.ca/ international International Graduate Student Orientation 604-822-3203 International Undergraduate Student Orientation 604-822-5021 ITServices (Email accounts, Internet access) 604-822-6611; www.itservices.ubc.ca Library www.library.ubc.ca Parking & Access Control 604-822-6786; www.parking.ubc.ca Records & Registration 604-822-2844; www.students.ubc.ca/ssc Student Information Centre 604-822-9836; 1-877-272-1442 Student Recruitment & Advising 604-822-9836; www.welcome.ubc.ca Student Service Centre (web only) www.students.ubc.ca/ssc Student Societies 604-822-2844 Transporation Alternatives 604-822-RIDE; www.trek.ubc.ca ATHLETICS, RECREATION AND CAMPUS ATTRACTIONS Athletics (web only) www.athletics.ubc.ca Attractions © UBC (web only) www.attractions.ubc.ca 24 Hour T-Bird Results/Upcoming Events 604-822-BIRD (2473) Aquatic Centre-Pool Schedule Information 604-822-4522 Campus Recreation & Fitness 604-822-6000 Chan Centre for the Performing Art 604-822-9197; www.chancentre.com Community Sports Camp Inquiries 604-822-3688 Museum of Anthropology 604-822-5087; www.moa.ubc.ca Thunderbird Stadium/Playing Fields 604-822-6121 UBC BirdCoop Fitness Facility 604-822-6924 UBC Coast Club Tennis Centre 604-822-2505 UBC Rec 604-822-6000; www.rec.ubc.ca War Memorial Gym 604-822-3094 Theatre at UBC www.theatre.ubc.ca Thunderbird Winter Sports Centre 604-822-6121 First Nations Services 604-822-8940; www.longhouse.ubc.ca PART VI SERVICES, FACILITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 59 CAMPUSES POINT GREY The University of British Columbia is located at the western tip of the Point Grey Peninsula, in the city of Vancouver. The University Endowment Lands community (also known as University Hill) is situated adjacent to the campus to the east, while 763 hectares of forested parkland known as Pacific Spirit Regional Park serves as a "green belt" between Vancouver and the campus. UBC offers hundreds of undergraduate majors, minors, double majors, minors, specializations and dual degrees through its 12 faculties and 11 schools. UBC also has over 3,000 full-time faculty members who are dedicated to teaching and research. Further information on programs of study and general information for students is available at www.welcome.ubc.ca. For information on UBC news and developments visit www.ubc.ca. UNIVERSITY TOWN Like all great universities, the University of British Columbia is evolving. Originally conceived as a traditional commuter campus, the university is returning to the original vision of its founding architects who in 1914 described "...a university city in an idyllic setting." UBC is continuing to engage the campus community in a planning and visioning process that will assist in the creation of a new mixed use and sustainable community which, in turn, supports and strengthens the university's academic mission. For more information, visit the University Town website (www. uni versitytown.ubc. ca). For more on the history of UBC, visit the UBC Library's University History and Historical Facts website (www.Hbrary.ubc.ca/archives/ facts.html). UBC OKANAGAN One Great University, Two Great Campuses The Okanagan's new University of British Columbia campus, UBC Okanagan, will open its doors on what is now the North Kelowna campus of Okanagan University College in September 2005. The establishment of UBC Okanagan will increase access to post-secondary education in British Columbia by adding 4,500 new student spaces by 2009. The new campus will feature the reputation and learning resources of a world-class research and teaching university, and will offer distinctive academic programs, a smaller-scale campus, region-centred research, and international learning opportunities. Programs of study will include agroecology, arts, engineering, fine arts, management, nursing, science, and social work. Flexible learning models, theme-based inquiry, undergraduate research, and practical experience are important themes for existing and emerging programs. For more information, see the UBC Okanagan website (www.ubc.ca/ okanagan). For detailed program and course information, consult the UBC Okanagan Calendar (www.ubc.ca/okanagan/calendar), available in May 2005. UBC ROBSON SQUARE UBC Robson Square is a vital link between the University and the community. Comprehensive services including the Women's Resources Centre, Sauder Executive Education, UBC Continuing Studies, the UBC Bookstore, UBC Library, and UBC Career Connections are now easily accessible in the heart of downtown. With over 66,000 square feet of beautifully renovated classrooms, meeting rooms, reception areas and a theatre available for rental, the campus is also a popular venue for meetings, exhibitions and special events. For more information, please visit the UBC Robson Square website (www.robsonsquare.ubc.ca). UBC Robson Square 800 Robson Street Vancouver, BC, V6Z 3B7 Tel: 604-822-3333 Fax: 604-822-0070 Email: robson.info@ubc.ca Web: www.robsonsquare.ubc.ca GREAT NORTHERN WAY In 2001, a 6.6 hectare land package, located at the False Creek flats, was donated by Finning International Inc. to UBC and three other institutions. Presently referred to as the Great Northern Way Campus, the land is divided amongst UBC, Simon Fraser University, Emily Carr Institute of Art and Design, and the British Columbia Institute of Technology. It will be developed into an integrated environment with training and education programs offered by each partner. The goals of the programs and plans for the campus construction are currently in development by the four institutions. STUDENT SERVICES ALMA MATER SOCIETY The Alma Mater Society (AMS) is the student society of UBC. Its mission is to improve the quality of the educational, social and personal lives of the students of UBC. Since 1915 the AMS has played a major role in such areas as student representation on University bodies, housing, internal and external lobbying, childcare, student services and construction of buildings on campus. Every student becomes a member of the AMS upon enrolment in a credit course at UBC and payment of the AMS fees. Today the AMS represents more than 42,000 students at UBC, and operates or oversees a wide variety of student services, student-owned businesses, resource groups, clubs, and a health and dental plan. The AMS offices, AMS student services, AMS resource groups and student businesses are all located in the Student Union Building (SUB). In addition to offering services to students, the AMS is an advocate on student issues and ensures that the views of students are presented to the University administration and the provincial and federal governments. The AMS is governed by a 49-member Student Council, consisting of the Executive, representatives from undergraduate and graduate societies and schools, and student representatives from the UBC Board of Governors and the Senate. The AMS Executive, Senate and Board of Governors representatives are elected by the general student population in January of each year. Student Council meets every other Wednesday evening at 6:00 pm in SUB Room 206 (Council Chambers). Any student is welcome to attend these meetings, the minutes of which are posted outside the AMS offices as well as on the AMS website (www.ams.ubc.ca). COMMISSIONS The AMS ensures student participation at all levels of student government through its commissions. An Executive member heads each commission and each commissioner is given a specific portfolio and responsibilities. Below is a description of the four commissions. Student Administrative Commission (SAC), SUB Room 238, telephone 604-822-2361. SAC is chaired by the Vice-President, Administration and is responsible for implementing AMS policies regarding the Student Union Building and is the official liaison between the AMS and the ■ubs. It is also responsible for overseeing SUB security, the AMS Art Gallery, student room bookings and Clubs Days, as well as approving administrative contracts between the AMS subsidiaries and non-AMS organizations. Finance Commission, SUB Room 23 8F, telephone 604-822-2361. Chaired by the Vice-President, Finance, this commission is responsible for administering AMS funds, overseeing the financial activities of the AMS subsidiary organizations, helping AMS organizations prepare their budgets, and approving short-term loans to AMS clubs and undergraduate societies. University Commission, SUB Room 23 8P, telephone 604-822-6868. Chaired by the Vice- President, Academic/University Affairs, this commission is responsible for lobbying the University administration on issues such as childcare, equity, housing, safety, academics, University policies, and campus planning or any University policies that affect students. External Commission, SUB Room 238P, telephone 604-822-6868. Chaired by the Vice-President, External Affairs, this commission is responsible for community outreach such as Homecoming and The Great Trekker Award, maintaining good relations with other student associations, and government lobbying on student issues such as post-secondary education funding, student loans, transit, childcare, and equity. COMMUNICATIONS The AMS employs a wide array of society-wide resources to engage in consistent and high- quality communications with students. At the AMS we foster a climate that encourages interchange of ideas in order to facilitate a 60 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 greater understanding of the relationship of the AMS to its membership, the subsidiary organizations, the University administration, and all levels of government. The AMS is committed to fostering an understanding of the issues and priorities of students and student bodies and is prepared to act on their interests through their elected student representatives. The AMS employs a wide array of communications initiatives; some of these are: • surveys to gauge student interests, opinions, concerns, wants and needs • weekly updates in the Ubyssey paper • feedback via email • public forums • communication boards around campus • write-ups in The Point and Graduate Magazine • poster campaigns • various information pamphlets distributed around campus • AMS website • Inside UBC, AMS guide to student life at UBC • press releases and media relations • washroom ads • feedback cards located around the SUB • bi-monthly student council meetings open to all students • AMS submissions in the First Year Insight email newsletter. For more information, please contact the AMS Marketing and Promotions department at marketing@ams.ubc.ca. STUDENT SERVICES For an overview of the businesses and services the AMS offers, visit the AMS website (www.ams.ubc.ca). The AMS operates a wide variety of student services to meet student needs throughout the year. Student Service Directors and student volunteers run these services. Through student fees, the following services are provided for and by the students of UBC: AMS Advocacy 604-822-9855; student Office representation AMS Exam Database AMS Internship program AMSJoblink online archive of exams (www.ams.ubc.ca/ services) 604-822-9268 604-822-5627; an employment centre AMS Ombuds office 604-822-4946; promotes fair treatment of students AMS Orientations 604-822-1989; a guide to student and academ ic life AMS Rentsline AMS Safewalk AMS Speakeasy 604-714-4848, 604-730-2010; off campus housing 604-822-5355; campus walkers 604-822-3777 (Info), 604-822-3700 (Crisis); peer counselling and information AMS Student Events 604-822-6273; helps student groups plan and promote their own events AMS Tutoring AMS Volunteer Connections AMS Yardstick 604-822-9084 604-822-9268 online teacher evaluation (www.ams.ubc.ca/ services/yardstick/home) AMS Mini-school 604-822-9342; course offerings outside the classroom For more information, contact the Vice- President, Academic/University Affairs at 604-822-3092. For more information about the AMS/GSS Health and Dental Plan, call toll-free 1-877-795-4421. AMS BUSINESSES The AMS owns and operates businesses that are designed to meet student needs. They include: the Pit Pub, Snack Attack, the Pendulum, Pie R Squared, Blue Chip Cookies, the Gallery Lounge, the Moon Restaurant, Bernoulli's Bagels, the Outpost (retail store), Subcetera/Box Office, Copyright, the Sub Arcade and Whistler Lodge. There is also a full- service post office and a commercial conference and catering department. These businesses are owned and operated by UBC students. Through its services and commercial operations the AMS employs over 500 students and pays approximately $2 million in student wages each year. CLUBS The AMS, through the Student Administrative Commission, maintains over 200 clubs with focuses ranging from recreational to academic, Religious to political. In September, during the ffhird week of classes, many clubs set up information and recruitment tables in the SUB for Clubs Days. For more information, or to create your own club, contact the Vice- President, Administration at 604-822-3961. STUDENT RESOURCE GROUPS Student Resource Groups aim to support, protect and celebrate the different cultural backgrounds and beliefs of all the students. They provide services such as seminars, public speakers, and discussion groups as well as proposing and lobbying for policy changes within the AMS and the University. Student resource groups include the following: Colour Connected 604-822-1421; provides support and information to students who feel alienated and disem powered due to discrimination. Social Justice Centre Pride UBC Student Environment Centre Women's Centre 604-822-9612; committed to encouraging activism on campus and providing support to students. 604-822-4638; provides peer support to members and friends of the gay, lesbian, bisexual and transgender community at UBC. 604-822-8676; created for students concerned about the ecological problems facing our planet. 604-822-2163; feminist centre and women-only lounge. For more information please contact the Vice-President, Academic/University Affairs at 604-822-3092. ATHLETICS AND RECREATION The Department of Athletics and Recreation is committed to offering students a wide variety of opportunities to take part in sport and recreational activities, ranging from a multitude of non-credit courses, special events and intramural leagues administered by UBC REC (www.rec.ubc.ca), to the elite intercollegiate competition of the UBC Thunderbirds. In addition to its many programs, Athletics and Recreation operates an extensive network of modern indoor and outdoor facilities, including the Student Recreation Centre, the Aquatic Centre, the Thunderbird Winter Sports Centre, War Memorial Gymnasium, Thunderbird Stadium, the UBC Tennis Centre as well as numerous fields specifically designed for soccer and rugby. Students receive preferential rates for most campus recreation activities as well as special student rates for admission to all UBC Thunderbird football, basketball, hockey and volleyball home games. Athletics and Recreation, 604-822-2531 general inquiries Aquatic Centre Bird Coop Fitness Facility UBC REC Campus Recreation & Fitness Racquetball/squash courts Tennis Centre Sport field bookings and information 24-hour Thunderbird scores and events War Memorial Gymnasium bookings and info Winter Sports Centre 604-822-4521 604-822-6924 604-822-6000 604-822-6000 604-822-6125 604-822-2505 604-822-6121 604-UBC-BIRD; 604-822-2473 604-822-6084 604-822-6121 CAREER SERVICES Career Services is the central campus service for students and alumni to explore options, find and create work opportunities and manage their careers. Career Services offers a variety of PART VI SERVICES, FACILITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 61 mixed mode, in-class/online career self-management workshops as well as individual advising and work search consultations. Career Services oversees the Tri-Mentoring Program, hosts many events where students and alumni can connect and maintains an extensive array of online resources. Career Services also administers Careers Online, the central university job posting website. Career Services Student Development & Services The University of British Columbia 2307-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-4011 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/careers Hours: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm, Monday to Friday COUNSELLING SERVICES Counselling Services provides free confidential counselling for students attending UBC. Psychologists, professional counsellors, predoctoral interns, and master's-level counsellor trainees are available to work individually with students to help them address personal, career and/or educational concerns. Daily drop-in sessions for first appointments and emergencies: • Mon/Tues/Thurs/Fri: 9:00 am-12:00 pm and 1:00 pm-4:00 pm • Wed: 1:00 pm-4:00 pm and 4:00 pm-7:00 pm Follow-up appointments may be made by calling or dropping by Counselling Services. In addition to individual counselling, Counselling Services offers counselling groups and student development workshops designed to help students achieve their highest potential. Counselling Services Student Development & Services The University of British Columbia 1040-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-3811 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/counselling Office hours: Monday to Friday 8:00 am to 4:30 pm, except Wednesdays 9:30 am to 8:00 pm (September-April), 9:30 am to 6:00 pm (May-August). ENROLMENT SERVICES YES! Your Enrolment Services Enrolment Services aims to provide the best possible service to the UBC community, in support of UBC's goal of becoming Canada's finest university. Many Enrolment Services publications, including the UBC Calendar and the Undergraduate Viewbook are available online and in print. All printed publications are available from the Student Information Centre and from the Enrolment Services counter in Brock Hall. Enrolment Services (www.students.ubc.ca) is located at Brock Hall on the Point Grey campus and comprises the units listed in this section. Refer to the individual units for further contact details and information on their services. ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES Administrative Services provides support in the areas of finance, budgeting, human resources, office operations, space administration, staff orientation, health, safety and environment support, and mailroom and print shop services to the 15 units that comprise Enrolment Services and Student Development & Services. ADMISSIONS Admissions is responsible for admission of undergraduate students, readmission of students and evaluation of transfer credit from other educational institutions. Undergraduate Admissions is located within Enrolment Services in Brock Hall. Prospective students can obtain admissions information, apply to UBC, and check the status of their application online. Public access terminals are located in Brock Hall and are available 7:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday. For details of admission requirements, see the chapter Admissions, p. 17 in this Calendar. For graduate student admissions' requirements, see The Faculty of Graduate Studies, p. 217, under the chapter "Faculty, Colleges and Schools" in this Calendar. Undergraduate Admissions Enrolment Services 2016-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-3014 Fax: 604-822-3599 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/welcome Hours: 8:00 am to 4:00 pm, Monday, Thursday and Friday; 9:30 am to 4:00 pm Tuesday; and 8:00 am to 5:30 pm Wednesday. CLASSROOM SERVICES Classroom Services, located in Brock Hall, is responsible for the management of the University's learning spaces including coordination of rooms and AV equipment, classroom maintenance and renovations. In addition, this unit provides scheduling functions for courses, ad hoc use of classrooms, and exam schedules, and processes requests for liquor licences for functions held in unlicensed areas of campus. For classroom bookings or more information, contact us by email (classroomservices@ students.ubc.ca) or visit our website below. Classroom Services Enrolment Services 0072-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-9946 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/facultystaff/ classrooms.cfm COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES Communications Services coordinates and produces the web and print versions of the official UBC Academic Calendar; designs and maintains the web presence of www.students.ubc.ca and accompanying websites; supports UBC Okanagan initiatives; maintains www.ubc.ca/ okanagan/students and accompanying websites; and provides communications support (including writing, editing, design, web development, and strategic planning services) to units within the Vice-President, Students portfolio. Communications Services Enrolment Services 2016-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-8874 Fax:604-822-8856 Email: Jean Elko (jean.elko@ubc.ca) RECORDS & REGISTRATION Records & Registration is responsible for all undergraduate records and registration activities, for fee assessments, examination results, transcript production and graduation, the management of the online student system, and statistics and reporting. Students may obtain their student record, register for courses and perform many other tasks through the Student Service Centre (www. students.ubc.ca/ssc). Public access terminals are located in Brock Hall. Records & Registration Enrolment Services 2016-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-2844 ^ax: 604-822-5945 Web: www.students.ubc.ca www.students.ubc.ca/ssc Hours: 8:00 am to 4:00 pm, Monday, Thursday and Friday; 9:30 am to 4:00 pm Tuesday; and 8:00 am to 5:30 pm Wednesday. SENATE & CURRICULUM SERVICES Senate & Curriculum Services supports the academic governance of the University through the Senate, Senate Committees, and the faculty councils, and conducts University elections. Senate & Curriculum Services Enrolment Services Tel: 604-822-5239 Email: Karminie de Silva (karminie.desilva@ubc.ca) Web: www.students.ubc.ca/senate STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE & AWARDS Student Financial Assistance & Awards partners with students and their families to build a financial strategy to attend UBC. Financial support includes student loans, grants, bursaries, work placements and emergency funding. Scholarships are available to reward merit, including achievements in academics, leadership, community service, artistic endeavours and athletics. For further information, see the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter in this Calendar. 62 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Student Financial Assistance & Awards Enrolment Services Brock Hall, First Floor 1036-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-5111 Fax: 604-822-6929 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/finance Hours: 8:00 am to 4:00 pm, Monday, Thursday and Friday; 9:30 am to 4:00 pm, Tuesday; 8:00 am to 5:30 pm Wednesday STUDENT INFORMATION SERVICES See p. 64 for information on the Welcome Centre and other resources available to students. STUDENT SYSTEMS Student Systems, a unit of Enrolment Services, is responsible for development, ongoing maintenance, enhancements, reporting and operations for the University-wide Student Information System (SIS). The SIS includes interactive web-based systems for students, faculty and administrative staff. These include systems to support awards and financial assistance, admissions, advising, registration, grades processing, sessional evaluation, degree audit, graduation, student financial account, course management, course scheduling and room bookings. Student Systems is also responsible for office automation support within all Enrolment Services and Student Development & Services units by providing desktop equipment, server hardware, software and technical support. Student Systems Enrolment Services 2016-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-6343 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/ssc STUDENT RECRUITMENT & ADVISING UBC Student Recruitment & Advising serves as a welcome centre for prospective UBC students. The office provides information, services and programs for prospective students and their parents, and counsellors from Canadian secondary schools and colleges. Student Recruiter-Advisors provide academic advising (prior to admission) and information regarding undergraduate programs, admission requirements, awards and financial assistance, student housing, campus life, and other student services at UBC. The office also provides services for newly admitted students, including help with course registration and preparing for first year. Each year, Student Recruiter-Advisors visit secondary schools and colleges in BC, and throughout Canada to meet with prospective UBC students. The office also arranges a multi- faceted campus visit program for school groups or individual students and their parents, including guided campus tours, March Break activities, information sessions, and individual advising services; online registration is available for all services. Student Recruitment & Advising also coordinates a wide variety of events and programs both on and off campus designed to help prospective students learn more about academic options and student life at UBC. UBC Student Recruitment & Advising is located in the UBC Welcome Centre, room 1200 Brock Hall (see hours of operation below). Student Recruitment & Advising Enrolment Services 1200-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-9836 Toll free: 1-877-272-1422 Web: www.welcome.ubc.ca www.ubc.ca/okanagan/prospective Student Recruitment hours: 8:30 am to 4:30 pm, Monday to Friday Welcome Centre hours: 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Monday, Wednesday to Friday; Tuesdays 8:30 am to 5:00 pm; Saturdays 9:30 am to 2:30 pm. FOOD SERVICES See Food Services, p. 70 under "Spaces and Places" for further details. FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES Fraternities and sororities are recognized by the Senate of UBC as student organizations. Since 1926, thousands of students have become members of UBC's Greek Community (so- called because groups are named with Greek letters). The ten men's fraternities and seven women's sororities on campus provide valuable leadership experience and academic, social and athletic opportunities for their members, including scholarships, career networking with alumni and the highest participation rate in intramural sports of any campus group. The Greek Community is also active in fund-raising and volunteering for charity, benefiting over 50 Lower Mainland philanthropic organizations. The brand-new Greek Village on campus provides housing for members and a home away from home for commuters. All UBC students are invited to learn more about Greek life and membership during Sorority Recruitment and Fraternity Rush in early September. For more information, please visit the greek life website (www.ams.ubc.ca/clubs/greek). GRADUATE STUDENT SOCIETY The UBC Graduate Student Society (GSS) is an organization of graduate students, dedicated to serving the academic, social, and cultural interests of its members. The GSS is managed by graduate student representatives elected by each UBC graduate program, and a ten- member executive committee. By virtue of a $39.00 fee paid with tuition fees, all of the 7,000 graduate students are members of GSS. From the $39.00 fee, $34.00 goes to fund GSS activities and $5.00 goes to a Capital Improvement Fund (monies allocated specifically for maintaining the Thea Koerner Graduate Student Centre). A not-for-profit society, the GSS is independently registered with the Registrar of Companies of BC, and is affiliated with the Alma Mater Society (AMS). The University recognizes GSS as the official representative of UBC graduate students. GSS advocates for, and protects the interests of, graduate students at UBC. It not only supports graduate students in their studies, especially those facing academic problems, but also organizes social, sport, and recreational events for its members. Most important of all, the Society is dedicated to promoting post-secondary (particularly graduate) education and to increasing participation by members of the community in post-secondary education at UBC. The Society works towards increasing such participation by seeking the removal of remaining non-academic barriers to participation in post secondary education. As part of its mandate, the GSS manages the Thea Koerner Graduate Student Centre (GSC). Built in 1960 on the northeastern edge of the campus, the GSC was made possible by a generous endowment from Leon Koerner in memory of his wife, Thea. The Centre houses the offices of the GSS and the Faculty of Graduate Studies (FoGS), and is also home to the Koerner's Pub with an open-air patio, which has the best selection of microbrews on campus, and is managed by the GSS; and Leon's Lounge, equipped with computers and relaxing couches, available for graduate students to check emails or relax over tea or coffee. The Society's other ongoing commitments include: publishing "The GSS Notes," a weekly email update, The Graduate, a monthly magazine, and the annual Graduate Student Handbook; the Grad Nooner, a series of Friday talks on academic and social issues; and a wide range of sporting and cultural events. New services and activities are constantly being designed in an effort to bring graduate students together. Please visit the GSS website (www.gss.ubc.ca) to learn more about the GSS or email (information@gss.ubc.ca) if you have any questions or concerns. HOUSING See the Department of Housing and Conferences, p. 69. INTERNATIONAL STUDENT RECRUITMENT & RECEPTION Under the leadership of UBC's International Student Initiative (see below), the International Student Recruitment & Reception Office responds to international inquiries and provides information and pre-admission advising services to prospective international students inquiring from within Canada or from abroad. The office also coordinates international recruiting and outreach activities, sending UBC representatives to international secondary schools and college fairs to meet with prospective UBC students. In the recruitment year 2004-05 recruiters visited 55 countries and 21 states. PART VI SERVICES, FACILITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 63 The office works closely with other Enrolment Services and Student Development & Services units to assist newly-admitted students during their transition to UBC. For more information about undergraduate programs of study, application, admissions, English language admission standards, tuition, scholarships, housing, campus tours, and transition services for newly- admitted students, please contact: International Student Recruitment & Reception Room 1200-1874 East Mall Brock Hall, UBC Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-8999 Fax: 604-822-9888 Web: www.welcome.ubc.ca INTERNATIONAL STUDENT INITIATIVE One of UBC's Trek 2010 goals is to internationalize the University by increasing the numbers of international students that attend the University. This strategy was first established by the Board of Governors in 1996, and since that time has been implemented by the International Student Initiative. The Initiative is authorized to increase the participation of international students in undergraduate, post-baccalaureate, diploma, and professional graduate programs. Through the Initiative, the University works actively to attract and retain outstanding students from a geographically-diverse range of countries, including the United States, Mexico and countries in Africa, Asia, Australasia, Europe, Central and South America, and the Middle East. The University collaborates with external organizations such as the Canadian Education Centre Network, Canadian Embassies, the Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada, and the British Columbia Centre for International Education to promote Canada in general and UBC in particular, as a venue for post-secondary education. The Initiative also works closely with faculties, UBC Enrolment Services, and Student Development & Services to identify and address barriers to entry for international students, and to pay special attention to improving and expanding services critical to international student success at UBC. The Initiative also works closely with Canadian secondary schools and colleges from which a significant percentage of UBC's international students come. The Initiative has established an International Student Recruitment & Reception Office (see above) to handle inquiries from prospective international students, to provide pre-admissions advising services, and to coordinate the University's international recruitment activities. PARKING AND ACCESS CONTROL SERVICES See Parking and Access Control Services, p. 71 under "Spaces and Places". STUDENT DEVELOPMENT & SERVICES Student Development & Services comprises the units listed in this section, and provides services to students in partnership with academic units, Alma Mater Society and the Graduate Student Society. Please refer to the individual units for contact information and further details on their services. ACCESS & DIVERSITY Access & Diversity (www.students.ubc.ca/ access) provides leadership at UBC in eliminating barriers to full participation that prospective and enrolled students experience arising from gender, race/ethnicity, sexual orientation and disability. The unit works with the University community to further equity and inclusivity in the learning environment. The Disability Resource Centre, a component of Access & Diversity, works with the University community to determine reasonable accommodation for students, facutly, staff and visitors with disabilities. The DRC coordinates disability related accommodations such as interpreting, captioning, mobility assistance and specialized exam arrangements and facilitates the provision of specialized equipment. I The Crane Resource Centre provides access to alternate format materials for people with print disabilities. Access & Diversity Student Development & Services 1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-5844; TTY 604-822-9049 Fax: 604-822-6655 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/access CAREER SERVICES See Career Services, p. 61 under "Student Services" in this section for details on this unit. COUNSELLING SERVICES See Counselling Services, p. 62 under "Student Services" in this section for details on this unit. DISABILITY RESOURCE CENTRE The Disability Resource Centre is now part of the Access & Diversity, p. 64 unit within Student Development & Services. For further information, go to the DRC listing, p. 66 under "Advocacy and Support Services" in this chapter. GO GLOBAL: STUDENT MOBILITY PROGRAMS See Go Global: Student Mobility Programs, p. 441 within the "Alternative Study Options" chapter for information. Go Global: Student Mobility Programs 1783 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-0942 Fax: 604-822-9885 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/global INTERNATIONAL HOUSE See International House, p. 70 within "Spaces and Places" in this chapter. STUDENT DEVELOPMENT Student Development (www.vpstudents.ubc.ca/ development.cfm) works with the University community to support and enrich student learning. Student Development officers provide experiential learning opportunities for students, as well as responsive and professional programs and services in the areas of leadership, learning, skills, peer programs, international student development and advising, and orientation and transition. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE See Student Health Service, p. 67 under "Health Services" in this chapter. WOMEN STUDENTS' OFFICE The Women Students' Office is now part of the unit Access & Diversity, p. 64 within Student Development & Services. STUDENT INFORMATION SERVICES The mandate of Student Information Services is to provide excellent service at a single point of contact, and to enhance the quality of services provided to students and others at UBC. Services are located in the Brock Hall concourse, the Welcome Centre and at UBC Robson Square. These areas are the first points of contact for many students and campus visitors at UBC. Registrarial services are located in the Brock Hall concourse. Services include transcript requests, tuition payment, registration information, faculty advisor referrals, as well as general information about UBC and its services. Prospective students can visit the Welcome Centre for campus tours, information about admission requirements and applications, appointments with advisors and general information about UBC and its services. Staff can answer most questions; students are referred to other services when necessary. Other resources include the Ask Me (www.askme.ubc.ca) web-based response system and the student information call centre. Student Information Services 1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-9836 or 1-877-272-1422 (toll-free in North America) Fax:604-822-9858 Web: www.askme.ubc.ca; www.students.ubc.ca STUDENT SERVICE CENTRE Students and applicants may access their student records and perform many tasks, including registration, grades inquiry, admission status and ordering transcripts, through the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). New services are continuously being added, so students are advised to check the website regularly. UBYSSEY PUBLICATIONS SOCIETY Since 1918 UBC's official student newspaper The Ubyssey, has been the paper of choice for those who want to know what's going on 64 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 around campus. Twice a week, the paper hits the stands packed full of news, sports, arts and culture, and opinion, all edited, written and produced by students. Tuesday's paper generally focuses on news and sports, while Friday's "Page Friday" emphasizes culture and features. The Ubyssey (www.ubyssey.bc.ca) has been an autonomous paper since 1995, governed by a board of elected UBC students. The paper concentrates on students at UBC and the issues that affect them, both on and off campus. One of the largest and most distinguished university papers in the country, The Ubyssey was one of the first members in Canadian University Press, a collective of student papers across Canada. The writers and photographers have been recognised nationally by the John H. MacDonald awards for journalism and for filing freedom of information requests, receiving five awards in 2004. The paper is always looking for volunteers, so students are encouraged to be a part of this 85- year tradition. No experience is necessary. If interested contact us (coordinating® ubyssey.be.ca). Telephone 604-822-2301. ADVOCACY AND SUPPORT SERVICES ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Association, in conjunction with the University's Alumni Relations unit, coordinates a wide range of activities including career mentor programs, reunions, student events, programs for young alumni and graduates of specific faculties, and events for alumni living in Canada, US and international cities. The UBC Alumni Association was founded in 1917 on the principle that graduates enjoy a life-long relationship with UBC beginning with their student years. The Association's mission is to use its unique position to serve alumni, the University and its students by fostering communications, networking and access to resources that enrich the lives of alumni and students and advance the reputation of the University. Membership is open to all graduates of the University and is automatic upon graduation. The Association is governed by a Board of Directors elected by the membership. Since 1915, UBC has granted more than 202,000 degrees, and alumni are located across Canada and in more than 120 countries around the globe. The address of each alumnus is maintained by the University and forms part of the roll of Convocation from which the Chancellor and Convocation members of Senate are elected every three years. The Association produces and distributes the award-winning Trek Magazine, and provides member services, affinity partnerships and advocacy programs to alumni. The Association also sets criteria for a number of individual scholarships and bursaries. Each year, the Association holds the Alumni Achievement Dinner to recognize members and friends of the University who have had a significant impact on the University and society. An online community for UBC graduates can be accessed through the Association website below. UBC Alumni Association 6251 Cecil Green Park Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-3313 or 1-800-883-3088 Web: www.alumni.ubc.ca CAMPUS SECURITY Campus Security (www.security.ubc.ca) plays a leading role in promoting and maintaining a safe and secure environment that serves to enhance the quality of life for students, staff, faculty, residents and guests of the University. The Department is located at 2133 East Mall, just south of the main Bookstore entrance. Campus Security operates 24/7 on a year-round basis. Campus Security Patrol Officers personnel patrol the campus by foot, bike and motor vehicle, staff our communications center and provide assistance to community members as requested. The Security Bus shuttle is free and runs from 5:30 pm to 1:30 am, seven days/week from September to April. Please note that the bus does not run when classes are not in session. Campus Security works closely with the UBC RCMP Detachment, AMS Student Services such as Safewalk as well as other Safety Providers that serve the University community. For both emergency and non-emergency assistance Campus Security personnel may be contacted direct by calling 604-822-2222. Campus Security coordinates Lost and Found Services on a campus-wide basis through our offices at 2133 East Mall. Hours of operation are: Monday through Friday (excluding statutory holidays) from 9:00 am to 12:00 pm and 1:00 pm to 5:00 pm. The Lost and Found contact number is 604-822-9922. Additionally, Campus Security maintains a Community Relations Department whose efforts are directed towards strengthening relationships between campus safety and security providers as well as enhancing the quality and content of community relations and crime prevention services delivered within the University community. Community Relations Officers may be reached by calling 604-822-8274 or 604-822-5200. CHAPLAINS Students are invited to consult the following chaplains and advisors, whose services are offered on a voluntary basis: Richard Carruthers, B.S., M.Div. Canadian Southern Baptist 604-939-8589 Rev. Kelly Manire, B.S., M.Div. Canadian Southern Baptist 604-274-1746 Mr. Eyal Lichtman Jewish 604-224-4748 Rev. Tim Dutcher- Walls, B.A., M.A., M.T.S, M.Div. Lutheran 604-224-1614 Dr. Ismail Laher Muslim 604-822-5882 Arthur Howard B.Sc. (Agr.), Dip.C.S., M.Div. Pentecostal 604-222-0160 Rev. Chul Kim, M.Div Presbyterian (Korean) 604-374-2622 Ms. Mary Grimes, B.A., M.A. Roman Catholic 604-822-4463 Rev. Mark Hoo Roman Catholic 604-822-4463 Sensei Roy Akune, B.Sc, M.Ed Shin Buddism 604-244-7710 Rev. Ed. Searchy, M.Div. United Church 604-224-3391 Rev. Roberta Fraser, B.Sc (hon). M.Div. Anglican 604-224-1410 Mr. Trevor Freeman, B.A. Anglican 604-224-1410 Mr. Borna Noureddin Bahai 604-224-1244 Rev. Harry Park, Baptist 604-331-0260 M.Div Further information on chaplaincy at UBC can be found at the Chaplaincy website (chaplains.students.ubc.ca). CHILDCARE FACILITIES UBC operates a variety of childcare centres and preschool programs. See Child Care Services, p. 70, under "Spaces and Places," Department of Housing and Conferences, in this chapter. DEVELOPMENT OFFICE The University of British Columbia's reputation as a world-class teaching and research institution grows stronger every year. Privately funded scholarships and bursaries, endowed professorships and chairs, library acquisitions and state-of-the-art equipment and facilities help UBC stay at the forefront of higher education and research. The Development Office works in close partnership with alumni, friends of UBC, corporations, foundations, service organizations and government to secure funding for projects that address University and community priorities. A range of fund-raising and donor recognition activities are organized by the Office's central and facilities-based development staff. There are a number of ways an individual can contribute to the University. Individual donors may make one-time or annual donations, or contribute through bequests, gifts-in-kind, and other planned gifts. Many initiatives are designed to build the financial endowment UBC holds in trust. Annual endowment earnings are invested in the University's students, faculty, and future, providing a legacy of opportunity and achievement. Donations are an investment in higher education. For more information about supporting UBC, call the Development Office at 604-822- PART VI SERVICES, FACILITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 65 8900 or visit the Development Office website (www.supporting.ubc.ca). DISABILITY RESOURCE CENTRE The Disability Resource Centre (DRC), a component of Access & Diversity, works with the University community to determine reasonable accommodation for students, faculty, staff and visitors with disabilities. The DRC coordinates disability related accommodations such as interpreting, captioning, mobility assistance and specialized exam arrangements and facilitates the provision of specialized equipment. The Crane Resource Centre provides access to alternate format materials for people with print disabilities. Disability Resource Centre Student Development & Services 1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-5844; TTY 604-822-9049 Fax: 604-822-6655 Email: disability.resource@ubc.ca Web: www.students.ubc.ca/access Crane Resource Centre Tel: 604-822-6111 Fax: 604-822-6113 EQUITY OFFICE The Equity Office provides confidential advice, support and assistance to UBC students, staff and faculty who have concerns about discrimination or harassment on any of the following 13 human rights grounds: age, ancestry, colour, family status, marital status, place of origin, political belief, physical or mental disability, race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, or criminal conviction unrelated to employment. For information about Equity Office policies, procedures, and workshop offerings, please view our website below. To make an appointment with an advisor, contact the Equity Office. Equity Office 2306-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-6353 Fax: 604-822-3260 Web: www.equity.ubc.ca FINANCIAL SERVICES The Financial Services Department provides accounting-related services to the University community. Our primary areas of responsibility are: Payroll and Accounts Payable • Ensuring that all employees (faculty, staff and students) are paid on an accurate and timely basis. • Administering health and insurance benefits as well as tuition waivers and special leaves. • Processing vendor invoices, expense claims and other payment requests. Research and Trust Accounting • Invoicing and providing financial reporting to government and industry research sponsors. • Advising and supporting the University research community on a variety of project funding and compliance issues through liaising with government and industry project sponsors. Systems and Reporting • Financial and human resource system support and development. • Accurate and timely financial reporting to internal and external users. Financial Services 305-2075 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-2454 Web: www.finance.ubc.ca FIRST NATIONS HOUSE OF LEARNING First Nations House of Learning (FNHL) was established in 1987 to make UBC and its resources more accessible to BC's First People, and to improve the University's ability to meet the needs of First Nations. Through consultation with Aboriginal communities, the House of Learning aims to provide a quality post- secondary education determined by the philosophies and values of First Nations. FNHL is located in the spectacular Longhouse that is the centre of Aboriginal activities on campus. The Longhouse serves as a "home away from home" where Aboriginal students, families, and friends can gather to study, share, and socialize in an environment that reflects the cultural traditions of Aboriginal people. Housed within the Longhouse are the Sty-Wet Tan Great Hall, an Elder's lounge, S-Takya Childcare Centre, Xwi7xwa Library, a student and staff lounge, a computer lab, kitchen, and administrative offices. The House of Learning promotes a number of initiatives designed specifically for Aboriginal students. FNHL works with faculties across the University to enrich courses and programs with Aboriginal content. In addition, the House of Learning works with the University to increase access of Aboriginal people to the University. As a result of this, the Canadian Aboriginal Students Admission Pol- Icy was established. For more information, see Canadian Aboriginal Students, p. 18 in the chapter, "Admissions". The House of Learning also provides information on post-secondary opportunities and offers counselling and support services for Aboriginal students. Other goals of the House of Learning include increasing the Aboriginal leadership on campus, and promoting international relations and exchange for the advancement of Indigenous peoples around the world. First Nations House of Learning 1985 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-8940 Fax: 604-822-8944 Web: www.longhouse.ubc.ca HUMAN RESOURCES In the University-wide initiative Trek 2000, UBC "recognizes that people are its most important resource." A focus on the best professional practices and the ability to be a model learning organization are the cornerstones of the University's strategic plan for human resources. The Human Resources department has the primary responsibility for employing the best human resource practices for the University and the community it serves; and for ensuring that the practices reflect the University's mission, values and vision. How does this apply to students? The University of British Columbia encourages students to consider employment at UBC as they work towards their degrees and after graduation. In addition to being a wonderful academic environment for learning and research, UBC wishes to be recognized as a good employer. Students seeking employment opportunities should contact their departments directly or consult the Career Services website (www.students.ubc.ca/ careers). In addition, term positions and career opportunities are posted weekly on the HR website (www.hr.ubc.ca), along with application procedures. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES ITServices (www.itservices.ubc.ca) works closely with University of British Columbia students, faculty, staff and alumni to provide information technology services, support and leadership. SERVICES FOR STUDENTS my.ubc.ca-Get personalized access to the University's online resources, including webmail. Visit my.ubc.ca for more information. UBC Wireless Network-Connect to the Internet for free from almost anywhere on campus using a laptop and a wireless card. Visit www.wireless.ubc.ca for more information. Campus-Wide Login ID-You'll need a Campus- Wide Login ID (CWL ID) to access many UBC online services, such as UBC Wireless. Sign up at www.cwl.ubc.ca. Email and Internet access-Sign up for a UBC email account and 20 hours of dial-in time per month at www.netinfo.ubc.ca. Residence telephones-ResTel is the telephone service for Thunderbird, Ritsumeikan, St. Andrew's, St. John's College, Vancouver School of Theology, and Carey Hall residences. Visit voice.ubc.ca for more information. Residence high-speed Internet access-If you live in residence, you can access the Internet with ITServices' ResNet service. Visit www.resnet.ubc.ca for more details, including availability. E-LEARNING Online courses-ITServices' Course Management (WebCT) server hosts hundreds of web- based courses for faculties and departments across the University. Access your course materials 24 hours per day, seven days per 66 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 week. Visit www.elearning.ubc.ca to find out more. Antivirus software-Protect your computer from harmful viruses and worms. Download free antivirus software at download.ubc.ca. Educational technology-Tele studios, a division of ITServices, develops leading-edge technology-based educational communication tools for online and distance learning. Services include interactive multimedia, television production, webcasting, videoconferencing, presentation facilities, photography and digital imaging. Visit www.telestudios.ubc.ca for more information. ITServices also provides: • Computer network equipment consulting and installation • Educational software licensing • Faculty and administrative directories (www. directory, ubc. ca) • Printing and document management • Residence cablevision • Voice services (voice.itservices.ubc.ca). CUSTOMER SERVICE IT Service Centre Web: www.itservices.ubc.ca/support Email: help@itservices.ubc.ca Helpdesk (technical issues) Tel: 604-822-2008 Internet Accounts (account management issues and password resets) Tel: 604-822-2441 In person: Room 100 of the L.S. Klink Building Hours: 8:30 am to 4:30 pm Monday to Friday (excluding statutory holidays). MEDIA GROUP, THE See The Media Group, p. 290 in the College of Health Disciplines. PUBLIC AFFAIRS OFFICE This office is responsible for communicating UBC's Trek 2000 vision along with key University messages and values to both its internal community of students, faculty, and staff, and to the broader external community of diverse audiences. Public Affairs' primary role is to enhance the reputation of the University. The office provides the news media with accurate and timely information about research activities and other matters of public interest, produces a wide range of publications including UBC Reports, Annual Report, Experts Guide and various brochures. The office takes overall responsibility for the top level of the UBC website (www.ubc.ca), and the Public Affairs website (www.publicaffairs.ubc.ca). Staff also provide public and media relations counselling to UBC administrative and academic units and offer communications services to campus units. The Public Affairs Office may be reached by telephone at 604-822-4636, fax 604-822-2684 or email (public.affairs@ubc.ca). For general information about UBC, contact the public information line, UBC-INFO (822- 4636), or visit the Public Affairs Office website (www.publicaffairs.ubc.ca). STUDENT LEGAL FUND SOCIETY The Student Legal Fund Society (www.slfs.org) (SLFS) was founded in 1998 to support litigation, advocacy, and lobbying for improved education and access to education at UBC, and such other matters of law which set broad precedent and concern UBC students. All UBC students who have paid the Student Legal Fund fee (charged by the AMS) are eligible for membership. Members may stand for election to the SLFS board and may vote in SLFS elections. Membership registration takes place during SLFS elections, which are held in conjunction with AMS elections during the third week of January. For more information, telephone 604-827-1208. WOMEN STUDENTS' OFFICE See Access & Diversity, p. 64 within Student Development & Services. HEALTH SERVICES STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service is open to all UBC students. The clinic operates on an appointment system with time reserved daily for urgent, same day care. Services include care of illness or injury, preventive health care, psychiatric services, antigen and immunization administration. When necessary, hospitalization will be arranged in a hospital, either on or off campus, depending on the type of facility required. Student Health Service Outreach Services include: a Wellness Centre in the Student Union Building, providing information and workshops on all aspects of wellness; a Nurse in Rez which offers health and wellness advice in some of the residences on campus; and the Health and Wellness website (www.students.ubc.ca/health) which provides health information specific to the concerns of University students. Student Health Service Student Development & Services The University of British Columbia Main floor M334 Acute Care Unit, Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-7011 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/health Hours: 8:00 am to 4:00 pm Monday to Friday, except Thursday when we open at 9:00 am. There is an Emergency Department in the Acute Care Unit where help is available for acute injuries or sudden illness, when the Health Service is closed. WELLNESS EDUCATION OUTREACH The Wellness Education Coordinator, in collaboration with the Wellness Information Network (WIN) Peer Educators, provides wellness programming and resources for UBC students. The program includes a variety of health and wellness fairs, articles, displays, brochures and workshops. A new Wellness Centre is open for information and discussions from 9:00 to 5:00 pm Monday to Friday, in the Student Union Building, Room 56B. WIN volunteers are recruited in March and December. Information is available from the Wellness Education Coordinator (wellness.outreach@ubc.ca); telephone 604-822-4858. MEDICAL INSURANCE Application forms for medical insurance coverage are available at the Student Health Service and at International House. Electronic application forms are available online at the MS PBC website (www.healthser- vices.gov.be.ca/msp). For further details consult the Health Service or the Medical Services Plan of BC by writing to MS PBC, PO Box 9035, Stn Prov Govt, Victoria, BC, V8W 9E3 or by calling 604-296-4677 (general inquiries) or 604-660-2421 (application status). Note: Students who allow their insurance to lapse or who do not possess valid medical insurance must be billed directly. BC RESIDENTS Students who are BC residents are advised to have coverage under the Medical Services Plan (MSP) of BC. Unmarried students whose parents are covered by MSP are insured as dependants until their nineteenth birthday. The coverage may be continued until the student's twenty-fifth birthday if the student is in full- time attendance at university and mainly dependent on his or her parents. However, students must notify the Plan of student status each September, otherwise coverage ceases on the nineteenth birthday. Students who are not covered by their parents' medical insurance plan must obtain insurance coverage from MSP. Students covered by MSP as individual subscribers may be eligible for a subsidy directly from MSP to defray the costs of the premiums. Application forms for the subsidy are available in the Student Health Service Office, International House and from MSP. NON-BC RESIDENTS Canadian students who are not BC residents should maintain coverage in their home province. All Canadian provinces accept responsibility for physician visits and hospital costs for their students attending the University of British Columbia provided the hospital insurance premiums (where required) have been paid. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS UBC requires that all international students have basic and extended health insurance for the duration of their studies at UBC. The University provides Health Insurance for New International Students (IMED), an automatic, mandatory basic insurance for all new students who pay international tuition and student fees. IMED covers the three-month waiting period before you are eligible for British Columbia Medical Services Plan (MSP). If you already have MSP or another Canadian provincial insurance, you may opt out of IMED. New international students should register for MSP as soon as they arrive. For extended coverage, PART VI SERVICES, FACILITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 67 most international students are covered by the AMS/GSS Health and Dental Plan. For information on fees, see Item 6.2, p. 38 in the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter. For further information please visit the International Handbook website (www.students.ubc.ca/international/ handbook, cfm). MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR REGISTRATION The University reserves the right to require a medical examination if circumstances warrant. The Faculties of Dentistry and Medicine and the School of Rehabilitation Sciences have special medical requirements. • Faculty of Dentistry: see Registration and Orientation, p. 180 in that section under "Admission". • Faculty of Medicine: see Application Procedure, p. 322 under Doctor of Medicine, Admission. • School of Rehabilitation Sciences: see Requirements, p. 377 under Master of Occupational Therapy, or under Master of Physical Therapy. AMS/GSS HEALTH & DENTAL PLAN The AMS/GSS provides a mandatory Extended Health and Dental Plan. If you have equivalent coverage, you may opt out. For further information on fees, applications, coverage and opting out, please refer to the Health & Dental Plan Reference Guide brochure (distributed by the AMS and GSS), visit the website (www.studentcare.net), or contact the Health Plan Office (Tel: 1-877-795-4421). SPACES AND PLACES ASIAN CENTRE The UBC Asian Centre is a focal point for the sharing of ideas and information around the Pacific. Opened in 1981, the Centre houses the Asian Library, the Department of Asian Studies, and the Office of UBC International. The Centre also provides space for the Asian interests of the School of Music, and houses a small permanent photo exhibit, "Asian Canadians: The Immigrant Experience." In 1985 the Pacific Bell Tower was constructed on the Asian Centre grounds to house the Pacific Bell, cast by the late Master Craftsman, KATORI Masahiko. The Bell reflects the strong spirit of peace and friendship between Japan and Canada. The UBC Asian Centre has multi-functional facilities suitable for conferences, seminars, workshops, exhibitions, and cultural performances. Space can be booked by university and public groups. Information on the UBC Asian Centre facilities is available on the Office of UBC International website (www.interchg.ubc.ca/ubcintl). Inquiries about booking the Seminar Room at the Asian Centre may be made by calling UBC International, Administrator, Tangerine Twiss, at 604-822-3114. The booking of the Auditorium is handled by the Department of Asian Studies, Administrator, Roger Chow, at 604-822-5068. The Asian Centre 1871 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-2427 Hours: The Asian Centre is open during the regular hours of the Asian Library BOOKSTORE The UBC Bookstore, which is the second largest university bookstore in Canada, is a self- supporting operation owned by the University of British Columbia. The Bookstore is the province's major academic bookstore, stocking both general and academic book titles. As well as serving students, faculty and staff, the Bookstore welcomes the general public. UBC Bookstore operates three locations: the main campus store, the UBC Health Sciences Bookshop and UBC Bookstore Robson Square. Its website (below )provides general information and secure online ordering. During the first week of classes, regular store hours are extended. Exact dates and hours are posted at the Bookstore and on the website (below ) and are subject to change. UBC Bookstore 6200 University Boulevard Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2665 Toll-free in Canada: 1-800-661-3889 Fax: 604-822-8592 Email: bkstore@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.bookstore.ubc.ca Hours: Monday to Friday from 9:30 am to 5:00 pm and on Saturday from 11:00 am to 5:00 pm. COURSE BOOKS Course books and materials are normally available two to three weeks prior to the beginning of classes. The Bookstore operates the FastStart Coursebook Reservation Service, which is free to UBC students. Course book listings are available under "Students" at www.bookstore.ubc.ca two weeks before the start of terms. A first year student can expect to spend between $400.00 and $700.00 for books and supplies per term, depending on their program. Used course books are available for sale whenever possible. Major used book buybacks are held at the beginning and end of Terms 1 and 2. The Bookstore also buys back books, Monday to Friday, during each term. GENERAL BOOKS AND SPECIAL ORDERS The Bookstore stocks all UBC course texts and materials, as well as general and reference books. Children's books, bestsellers, computer books, magazines and one of the city's largest collections of calendars are also available. Discounts on regular-priced general books are offered through the UBC Bookstore Book Club. For information on general books, call 604- 822-4749. The Bookstore offers a special order service for in-print titles, which are not in stock. For special orders phone 604-822-6415 or click "Special Order Service" at www.bookstore.ubc.ca. SUPPLIES Additional in-store merchandise includes UBC sportswear, gifts and souvenirs; school/office supplies and office furniture. UBC clothing and gifts are also available online. COMPUTER SHOP Located in the Bookstore, the Computer Shop carries Apple and IBM as well as name brand peripherals and UBC Premium (IBM compatible) notebooks. There is also a full line of software, including educational packages and office programs. Many products are educationally priced (lower than retail) for UBC faculty, staff and students. Click on "Computer Shop" at www.bookstore.ubc.ca or call 604-822-4748 for more information. HEALTH SCIENCES BOOKSHOP UBC Health Sciences Bookshop carries over 8,000 titles specializing in medical and allied health sciences plus diagnostic equipment. Health Sciences Bookshop 2750 Heather Street Vancouver, BC, V5Z 4M2 Tel: 604-875-5588. Orders may be placed toll free in Canada at 1-800-665-7119. Books can be ordered at hsb.bookstore.ubc.ca or via email (medbooks@interchange.ubc.ca). Hours: Monday to Saturday from 10:00 am to 5:00 pm. UBC BOOKSTORE ROBSON SQUARE This store carries titles related to courses held at UBC Robson Square plus reference and general book titles, UBC sportswear, gifts, stationery and educationally-priced software. In addition, this location specializes in books for the legal profession. 800 Robson Street Vancouver, BC, V6Z 2C5 Tel: 604-822-6453 Email: rsquare@interchange.ubc.ca Hours: Monday to Friday from 10:30 am to 5:00 pm and Saturday from Noon to 4:00 pm. BOTANICAL GARDEN UBC Botanical Garden's history dates back to 1912 when a hectare of land was allocated to establish a botanical garden on the Provincial Colony Farm at Essondale under the directorship of Prof. John Davidson. In 1916, the collections were moved about 20 miles to the lands set aside for the development of the new university, UBC. The Botanical Garden is both the oldest department on campus and the oldest continuously operating university botanical garden in Canada. The Botanical Garden's present holdings comprise three main sites: the main Botanical Garden (28 ha), with its administration and reception buildings and garden shop; the nursery (10 ha); and the Nitobe Memorial Garden 68 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (1 ha), an authentic Japanese Tea and Stroll garden (see below). The main garden consists of a number of separate gardens, including a Food Garden, Physic (apothecary's) Garden, Winter Garden, Alpine Garden, Arbour Garden, BC Native Garden, and an Asian Garden. Among the foremost attractions in the Vancouver area are the 15-hectare David C. Lam Asian Garden and the E.H. Lohbrunner Alpine Garden. The Alpine Garden displays plants from alpine regions around the world. This garden was constructed using 2,000 tonnes of pyroxine andesite boulders from the BC Interior Situated among towering native conifers at the garden's entrance, the Asian Garden includes more than five hundred different rhododendrons. This garden also features significant collections of maples, clematis, magnolia and sorbus along with hundreds of rare and unusual southeast Asian plants of all forms. The garden is named for the Honourable David C. Lam, the province's first Chinese-Canadian Lieutenant Governor. Botanical Garden and the Shop in the Garden 6804 SW Marine Drive Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-3928 Fax: 604-822-2016 Email: botg@interchange.ubc.ca Website: www.ubcbotanicalgarden.org Public horticultural inquiries (Tuesday and Wednesday, 12:00 to 3:00 pm) and 24 hr event information: 604-822-9666. Admission free for UBC students with student card. NITOBE MEMORIAL GARDEN Opened in 1960, the Nitobe Memorial Garden is dedicated to the memory of Dr. Inazo Nitobe. Dr. Nitobe was a distinguished educator and international civil servant who sought to build cultural bridges between Japan and the West. The garden was designed by Professor K. Mori of the University of Chiba and was developed to provide an authentic example of Japanese landscape architecture using native and Japanese plants. The garden is known as one of the top three Japanese gardens in the world outside of Japan. The Nitobe Memorial Garden is located across the street from UBC's Museum of Anthropology. To contact, please see the Botanical Garden listing above, or visit the garden's website (www.nitobe.org). Admission free for UBC students with student card. CHAN CENTRE FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS Conceived by a consortium of distinguished architects, theatre designers and acousticians, the Chan Centre for the Performing Arts houses the Chan Shun Concert Hall, the Telus Studio Theatre and the Royal Bank Cinema. The Chan Centre offers a full range of music, theatre and film programs involving the community and the University. The 1,200-seat Chan Shun Concert Hall has been designed as an inspiring environment for the enjoyment of audience and artists alike. The Hall features an adjustable acoustical canopy and can accommodate a wide range of musical events with superb sound quality. The flexibility of the stage ensures that solo performers, chamber groups and symphony orchestras with a full chorus on stage are provided with a facility which meets their individual and specific needs. The Telus Studio Theatre features a flexible seating configuration which can accommodate an audience of up to 280 people. The Studio is an ideal space for classical drama, small musicals, cabaret and solo performance with spatial and technical requirements readily available for all productions. The Royal Bank Cinema is an intimate 160- seat audio visual theatre with the capacity to screen 16 mm, 35 mm film or slide and video projections. The multi-purpose facility can also be used for a wide range of activities including conferences, meetings, lectures and festival events. Inquiries regarding the Chan Centre may be sent by telephone 604-822-9197 or fax 604-822-1606. More information may be obtained from the Chan Centre website (www.chancentre.com). DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND CONFERENCES The Department of Housing and Conferences provides housing for students, faculty and staff on campus. Applications are approved on a first-come, first-serve basis. The Department also arranges conference spaces and facilities. Application/information booklets, application forms and rate sheets for residences are available from the Department of Housing and Conferences online at www.housing.ubc.ca/ application/gen_info.htm, or in Brock Hall. Note: The Department of Housing and Conferences' application process is entirely separate from the University's admission system, so students should not wait until they are admitted to UBC before applying for housing, due to high demand. Department of Housing and Conferences 1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-2811 Fax: 604-822-6935 Email: information@housing.ubc.ca Web: www.housing.ubc.ca Hours: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm, Monday to Friday (closed on weekends and statutory holidays). SINGLE STUDENT HOUSING-WINTER SESSION Furnished residence accommodation is available for single students during Winter Session on a room-and-board basis in Place Vanier and Totem Park residences, or on a room-only basis in Walter Gage, Fairview Crescent, Ritsumeikan-UBC House and Marine Drive residences (opening Fall 2005). Tel: 604-822-2811 Fax: 604-822-6935 Email: information@housing.ubc.ca Address: See Introduction, p. 69 SINGLE STUDENT HOUSING- YEAR ROUND Thunderbird Residence is designed for single students and couples, without children, requiring year-round on-campus accommodation. The unfurnished studio, one-bedroom and two-bedroom units are assigned on a priority basis to graduate students, students registered in professional programs and mature students over 25 years of age. Thunderbird Residence also offers four-bedroom, furnished townhouses which are assigned to qualified applicants on a first-come, first-served basis on a year-round contract. Thunderbird Residence Assignments Tel: 604-822-2812 Fax: 604-822-6935 Email: thunderbird@housing.ubc.ca Address: See Introduction, p. 69 SUMMER HOUSING Students registered for Summer Session Term 1 only or for Terms 1 and 2 are housed in Fairview Crescent residence. Students who are on campus for Summer Session Term 2 only are housed in Place Vanier residence. Housing inquiries for Summer Session Term 1 or hose taking Term 1 and Term 2 should be directed to: UBC Summer Housing Tel: 604-822-2812 Fax: 604-822-6935 Email: reservations@housing.ubc.ca Address: See Introduction, p. 69 Summer Session Term 2 only registrants should contact: Conferences and Accommodation Tel: 604-822-1000 Fax: 604-822-1001 Email: reservations@housing.ubc.ca Address: See Introduction, p. 69 RESIDENCE ADVISORS This once-in-a-lifetime work experience offers outstanding leadership training and development. Employment positions as residence advisors are offered each year to students who have previous experience living in a university residence or other group living setting, and who have demonstrated ability to relate well to others in a community environment, to maintain high academic standards, and to participate more actively in student life. More information and an application form are available in early January at the Housing and Conferences website (www.housing.ubc.ca), the Department of Housing and Conferences in Brock Hall, or at one of the residence front desks. Participation in the interview selection process and a criminal record check are necessary. STUDENT FAMILY HOUSING Unfurnished apartments and townhouses are available on a yearly basis in Acadia Park residence for couples with or without children and single parents with children. Applicants should contact: PART VI SERVICES, FACILITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 69 UBC Student Family Housing Tel: 604-822-4411 Fax: 604-822-6935 Email: family ©housing, ubc.ca Address: See Introduction, p. 69 FACULTY/STAFF HOUSING Unfurnished apartments are available on a yearly basis in University Apartments residence for singles and couples with or without children. Qualified faculty and staff applicants should apply to: Faculty/Staff Housing Tel: 604-822-4411 Fax: 604-822-6935 Email: family ©housing, ubc.ca Address: See Introduction, p. 69 CHILD CARE SERVICES UBC operates a variety of childcare centres and preschool programs which provide care for children aged four months to twelve years. Fulltime and part-time care is available. There is a waiting list for each age group. For brochures and waiting list applications, please contact UBC Child Care Services. 2881 Acadia Road, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1S1 Tel: 604-822-5343 Fax : 604-822-9195. Email: child_care@brock.housing.ubc.ca Web: www.childcare.ubc.ca FOOD SERVICES Home of the famous UBC Cinnamon Bun UBC Food Services offers 20 unique operations and services with over 400 union and student employees providing fast, convenient and friendly service to the university community. A variety of branded food outlets are available. Snack bars, coffee bars and cafeterias are strategically located throughout the campus. Pacific Spirit Cafeteria, Sage Bistro, 99 Chairs and the Trek Express offer variety from quick snack items to fine dining. We also offer a few options for evening dining on campus. Visit the new Vanier Dining Room at Place Vanier, Totem Park Dining Room or 99 Chairs at the David Lam Centre. Our bakeshop is well known for its all-occasion cakes, which can be ordered directly from the UBC Bakeshop and delivered to you anywhere on campus. Food Services also has Gift Baskets and Gift Certificates available for gift giving anytime of the year, please visit the UBC Food Services (www.foodserv.ubc.ca) for more information or call 604-822-6828. UBC CATERING Extensive catering services for office meetings, graduations, conferences, banquets, weddings and BBQs are available seven days a week. Services are available at any location on campus, including AMS locations, the Museum of Anthropology, Asian Centre, Botanical Garden, Cecil Green Park House. Call 604- 822-2018 for more details or visit UBC catering (www. ubccatering. ubc. ca). PONDEROSA MEETING SPACE UBC Food Services has great rooms available for meetings, seminars, workshops, and banquets at the Ponderosa Building. For space availability, booking and catering needs, please call 604-822-2018. UNIVERSITY CENTRE The University Centre, home of Sage Bistro and Sage Catering, offers an upscale, fine dining environment. Spectacular vistas of Howe Sound and the North Shore mountains add to the dining experience. Full catering and banquet services are available. Call 604-822-0429 for more information or visit the Sage Bistro website (www.sage.ubc.ca). For reservations for lunch or dinner call 604-822-0968. BONUS CARD The Bonus Card, a debit card, has been created to provide convenience, and savings (up to 20%) to the University community. It can be used at all UBC Food Services locations, including Starbucks coffee bars, Bread Garden, Subway and the full service restaurants. For more information contact the Meal Accounts Office (meal.plan@ubc.ca) at 604-822-5839. ADMINISTRATION OFFICE For more information, hours of operation and special events, visit UBC Food Services (www.foodserv.ubc.ca), or contact us at: UBC Food Services Administration Office 2071 West Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-UBC-FOOD (822-3663) Web: www.foodserv.ubc.ca HERBARIUM The Herbarium consists of permanent reference and research collections of dried plant specimens housed in cases in the Department of Botany in the Biological Sciences Building. All groups of macroscopic algae, fungi, and plants are represented in the collection of more than half a million specimens. There are more than 220,000 specimens of seed plants and ferns. This includes the world's largest collection of British Columbia plants, one of the world's largest collections of tropical prayer plants (Marantaceae), as well as large collections from other parts of North America, the Hawaiian Islands, Europe, South Africa, South America, HSTew Zealand and Australia. The algae collection includes over 80,000 specimens of marine algae. This includes the world's largest collection of seaweeds from British Columbia and Alaska, and major collections from Washington, Oregon, Australia, New Zealand, Europe, Japan and South Africa. The fungi collection includes over 38,000 specimens. This includes an excellent collection of Myxomycetes (slime molds) as well as representatives of most groups of true fungi. In addition, the lichen collection includes 30,000 specimens. The bryophyte collection contains over 220,000 specimens, of which over 180,000 are mosses and 35,000 are liverworts. It is the third largest bryophyte collection in North America, and the largest collection of British Columbia bryophytes. It also includes major collections from the rest of North America, Japan, Western Europe, Australia and New Zealand. Herbarium specimens are the basis for all documented identifications and geographical distributions of plants. The collections are studied taxonomically by the curators, other faculty and students, and researchers all over the world. The specimens are also a resource that can be used by scientists for chemical and molecular analysis. The Herbarium also keeps voucher specimens of plants which have been studied chemically, genetically, or in other ways. These voucher specimens provide permanent proof of the identity of the species that was actually studied. Foresters, archaeologists, ecologists, police, agriculturists, other government agencies, and the general public also use the Herbarium for plant identifications. More information about the Herbarium may be obtained from the Botany website (www.botany.ubc.ca). INTERNATIONAL HOUSE International House (I. House) is a learning centre for Canadian and international students and open to all members of UBC and their families. If you want to meet people, share your culture, and learn about the world, I. House is a great place to start. I. House is home to UBC's International Student Development Officers, our Student Exchange and International Mobility Programs, and Global Learning programs. Each ^ear I. House hosts the International Student Orientations in August, January and May. You can come to I. House for: • Global Student Leadership Group • Explore Canada/ Explore the World workshops • International Language Circles and ESL Classes • Yoga, Qigong and Salsa classes • International World of Work Programs • TOP: Looking towards graduation programs • Cultural celebrations • International conferences • International Peer Program • International student advising I. House is a place where everyone is welcome to drop in and get involved. It is surrounded by a peaceful garden and offers two lounges, a reading corner, piano, big screen TV, pool table and table tennis. I. House is available for booking for international learning activities by all members of UBC. International House 1783 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-5021 Fax: 604-822-5099 Web: www.students.ubc.ca/international MORRIS AND HELEN BELKIN ART GALLERY The UBC Fine Arts Gallery was established in 1948 and located in the basement of Main Library. During its early history, it was the only gallery in the Vancouver region to focus 70 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 exclusively on contemporary art. In the 1960s- 70s, the Gallery achieved a national profile with exhibitions that challenged the limits of curating and presented innovative work by artists who would establish Vancouver as a world centre for photo-conceptualist practice. The gallery was an exhibition gallery only until 1994, when it began to house and administer the University art collection. In 1995, the Fine Arts Gallery was rededicated the Morris and Helen Belkin Art Gallery and opened its new premises. In 2001, the Belkin opened a satellite gallery in downtown Vancouver. The Morris and Helen Belkin Art Gallery's mandate is to research, exhibit, collect, publish, educate, and develop programs in the field of contemporary art and in contemporary approaches to art history and criticism. The collection is the third largest public art collection in the province and contains over 2,500 artworks and 30,000 archival items relating to the post-war history of art in Vancouver and the avant-garde narratives of the 1960s- 70s. The Belkin Gallery, with the Museum of Anthropology, the Department of Anthropology and Sociology, and the Department of Art History, Visual Art and Theory offers theoretical training in Critical and Curatorial Studies, p. 231 as a component of a graduate degree program. Through a regular program of exhibitions, publications, loans, special services, projects, and exchange programs, the gallery participates in the national and international community of institutions concerned with contemporary art. The gallery serves students, scholars, researchers, and public on local, national, and international levels. The Gallery is funded by the UBC Faculty of Arts, the Morris and Helen Belkin Foundation, the Belkin Gallery Endowment for Acquisitions and Exhibitions, private and corporate sponsorship, and government arts funding agencies. Morris and Helen Belkin Art Gallery 1825 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-2759 Fax:604-822-6689 Web: www.belkin-gallery.ubc.ca Belkin Satellite 555 Hamilton Street Vancouver, BC, V6B 2R1 MUSEUM OF ANTHROPOLOGY The Museum of Anthropology (MOA), founded in 1947, houses over 35,000 ethnographic artifacts. The Northwest Coast collection is outstanding, consisting of a broad range of materials, both ceremonial and domestic, some donated and others purchased. MOA also contains extensive Asian, Pacific Islands, and Inuit collections along with classical materials from the Mediterranean. Other important collections include a worldwide collection of over 5,000 textiles and an extensive ceramics collection of which the Koerner collection of European ceramics forms a part. The Laboratory of Archaeology is housed in the Museum and operates independently. Its collections are primarily the result of four decades of UBC faculty and student research in southwestern British Columbia. The Museum of Anthropology is Canada's largest teaching museum. Collections from North American First Nations and Inuit cultures of both ancient and contemporary materials are used in teaching, especially in museum training courses, and in various anthropology courses as well as courses in other disciplines. They are also resources for research work by students, scholars, and community groups. The spectacular building enhances the Museum's collection of massive carvings created by Northwest Coast First Nations' artists, and permits the public display of most of its ethnographic collections in the Research Collection gallery. The Museum of Anthropology, with the Departments of Anthropology and Sociology and Fine Arts, offers theoretical and practical training in Museum Studies as a component of undergraduate and graduate degree programs. This training is also available to students of other related disciplines such as Asian Studies, Classics, History, and Education by permission of the relevant departments. In addition, the museum has a program of internships for students to gain practical experience as part of their studies. The operations and programs of the Museum are funded in part by the Government of Canada through the Museums Assistance Program of the Department of Canadian Heritage and by the Province of British Columbia through the British Columbia Arts Council. Museum of Anthropology 6393 NW Marine Drive Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-5087 Web: www.moa.ubc.ca PACIFIC MUSEUM OF THE EARTH, THE The newly created Pacific Museum of the Earth (PME) combines the collections of the former MY Williams Planet Earth Museum and the Pacific Mineral Museum. The museum includes displays of spectacular rocks and minerals, fossils, a seismograph and various exhibits relating to ocean and atmospheric sciences. This exhibit is the only one of its kind in British Columbia. The most prominent display is the wall- mounted example of the dinosaur Lambeosau- rus. This animal, 80 million years old, occupies a permanent position just inside the door. Minerals, rocks and fossils are drawn from departmental collections, individuals and societies and total approximately 40,000 items. The museum offers exhibit tours free of charge to groups and K-12 school classes. For information on Earth and Ocean Sciences, the PME and directions, please refer to our website below. The Pacific Museum of the Earth 6339 Stores Rd. Earth and Ocean Sciences Main Bldg. Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-6992 Web: www.eos.ubc.ca/public/museum Hours: 9:00 am to 5:00 pm Monday to Friday. PARKING AND ACCESS CONTROL SERVICES Parking and Access Control Services is an ancillary operation of the University of British Columbia, the goals of which are to provide efficient and effective parking facilities for its customers and to meet the needs of the University community and its visitors. Campus parking is a user-pay privilege. Several pay parking options are available on campus including parking permits, daily parking, and proximity parking in one of our five parkades, surface lots or metered spaces. PARKING PERMITS Parking permits are sold at the Parking Office to allow students, faculty and staff to park their vehicles in designated permit parking lots. Parking permits are not transferable. There is more demand for parking than spaces available. Each year an Advanced Student Registration is held. Students may register starting in April on our secure website (www.ubcparking.com). Parking is permitted only in areas which are clearly designated for parking. No parking is allowed on roadways, fire lanes, or in any area not designated or signed for parking. Penalties for contravention of UBC Parking regulations are ticketing and/or impoundment of vehicle. To avoid impoundment and other consequences all parking tickets must be paid. Late payment of Fees and Accounts: whereas the University may decline to allow subsequent registration of a student, or provide academic transcripts. The University may take legal action or utilize any other remedies that may be available to it, whether the outstanding obligation is owed by a faculty member, staff member, student or other individual. Please see University Policy #67 (www.universitycounsel.ubc.ca/poli- cies/policy67.html). For further information call 604-822-6786 Monday to Friday, 8:30 am to 4:30 pm or visit the Parking and Access Control Services website (www.ubcparking.com). ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUMS The Zoological Museums contain material representative of both vertebrate and invertebrate taxa. They are housed in several rooms in the Biological Sciences building. The Cowan Vertebrate Museum contains 17,400 catalogued mammal specimens, 15,200 birds, 2,100 clutches of bird eggs, and 1,600 amphibians and reptiles. Major historical accessions include the K. Racey collection of birds and mammals, the H.R. Macmillan bird collection, and the zoological collections of WS. Maguire and J. Wynne. Major geographical PART VI SERVICES, FACILITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 71 representation is for Western Canada. About half of the bird specimens date from before 1950. This museum is now being run by part-time staff, so use is limited. Telephone: 604-822-4665. The George J. Spencer Entomological Museum now contains about 600,000 specimens mostly from British Columbia and Yukon. Notable holdings include the Stace-Smith Collection of Coleoptera, the Foxlee collection of Diptera and Hymenoptera, the Downes collection of Hemiptera, and the Llewellyn-Jones collection of Lepidoptera. More information may be obtained from the museum website (www.insecta.com). This museum is now being run by part-time staff, so use is limited. Telephone: 604-822-3379. The UBC Fish Museum has one of the two largest collections of fish in Canada with over 23,000 catalogued entries comprising over 800,000 specimens. Fifty percent of the collection is from North America and the remainder from throughout the world. In addition to preserved specimens, the collection is rich in skeletal and x-ray material. The data base is amenable to computer manipulation, permitting searching for specific geographical areas and/or faunal associations. For more information visit the museum website (www.zool- ogy.ubc.ca/~etaylor/nfrg/fishmuseum.html). This museum is now being run by part-time staff, so use is limited. AFFILIATED AND RESIDENTIAL COLLEGES AFFILIATED THEOLOGICAL COLLEGES The University Act, section 81(1) states that the "university shall be non-sectarian in principle," and section 81(2), that "Notwithstanding subsection (1), a theological college incorporated in the Province may be affiliated with a university under a resolution or order made by Senate in that behalf and approved by the board." An affiliated college has the right to representation of one member on the University Senate. The granting of affiliation means that the college meets the criteria for affiliation established by the Senate of the University of British Columbia but does not imply any scrutiny or approval of the course offerings of the affiliate by the University Senate. CAREY THEOLOGICAL COLLEGE Canadian Baptist Ministries Carey Theological College is the centre for pastoral studies and graduate internship programs for the Baptist Union of Western Canada. The College offers courses in applied theology, supervised field education, and continuing education programs for church leaders, including a Doctor of Ministry program, a Master of Pastoral Ministry program, and, in cooperation with Regent College, a Master of Divinity. Carey Theological College 5920 Iona Drive Vancouver, BC, V6T 1J6 Tel: 604-224-4308 Fax 604-224-5014 Email: info@careytheologicalcollege.ca Web: www.careytheologicalcollege.ca REGENT COLLEGE Rod J.K. Wilson, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D., M.T.S., President Regent College is an international graduate school of Christian studies. It is an autonomous body, trans-denominational in character and evangelical and Biblical in basis. Regent College offers graduate-level theological and interdisciplinary courses for lay men and women that lead to a one-year Diploma in Christian Studies, and a two-year Master of Christian Studies degree. A three-year Master of Divinity degree designed for men and women entering professional ministries, and a four-year Master of Theology degree are also offered. Summer Sessions consisting of one-, two- and three-week periods as well as a seven-week intensive Hebrew and Greek-Language Session are held each year. The College has formal affiliation with the university, and is fully accredited with the Association of Theological Schools in the USA and Canada. Regent College 5800 University Boulevard Vancouver, BC, V6T 2E4 Web: www.regent-college.edu ST. MARK'S COLLEGE Roman Catholic Rev. T. James Hanrahan, C.S.B., B.A., M.A., L.M.S., Principal Rev. Leo J. Klosterman, C.S.B., B.A, M.S., Ph.D., Registrar Rev. Denis April, C.S.B., B.A., M.L.S., Librarian Rev. James O'Neill, B.Sc, M.Div., Chaplain Sr. Gertie Jocksch, S.C., B.A., MDiv., DMin., Chaplain St. Mark's College offers certificate programs in theology and religious education, a diploma program in spirituality, and a limited number of other courses in theology at several levels. It also provides a theological library open to all members of the university, and facilities for worship and pastoral care. It provides facilities for Corpus Christi College (CCC) with whom St. Mark's works closely. The President of CCC is Dr. David Sylvester. St. Mark's College 5935 Iona Drive Vancouver, BC, V6T 1J7 Tel: 604-822-4463 Fax:604-822-6659 Web: www.stmarkscollege.ca VANCOUVER SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY Anglican, United, Presbyterian, United Methodist Vancouver School of Theology (VST) is a multi-denominational graduate school of theology open to all interested in the study of the Christian faith. The School offers varied programs for all-lay and ordained. The School's goal is to be a centre for theological research and dialogue. It caters to both full and part-time students and, with a focus on educational competence, offers the following degrees: • Master of Arts in Theological Studies (M.A.T.S.) degree-A two-year program. Five concentrations are offered: Spirituality, Spirituality and Spiritual Direction, Bible, History & Theology or Integrative Studies. • Master of Arts in Religious Education (M.A.R.E.)-A two-year degree designed to equip people for competent leadership in various forms of educational ministry in congregations and other religious institutions. • Master of Divinity (M.Div.) degree-A three-to four-year program. • Master of Divinity (Ordained) degree-A three- to four-year program for those interested in ordained ministry. • Master of Theology (Th.M.) degree-A postgraduate degree for those who hold a fl Master of Divinity degree, offering thesis or general research options. • Doctor of Ministry (D.Min.) degree-A post- k graduate degree for those who hold a I Master of Divinity degree, this program is " designed to improve student's leadership abilities in interpreting and communicating the Gospel in ministerial contexts. VST also offers one-year programs of general inquiry into theology, ministry and spirituality. Evening and weekend continuing education courses are also available to all. As a member of the Native Ministries Consortium, VST offers a Master's of Divinity degree program by extension to prepare candidates identified and sponsored by Aboriginal communities and their churches for professional and lay ministry. The VST Library is one of the major theological libraries in North America. It is open to all with a valid UBC Library card. In 2004-05, Vancouver School of Theology is housed in the Chancellor Building, north of Gage Towers. VST is formally affiliated with UBC and is fully accredited by The Association of Theological Schools in the United States and Canada. Vancouver School of Theology 6000 Iona Drive Vancouver, BC, V6T 1L4 Tel: 604-822-9563 Fax: 604-822-9212 Email: vstinfo@vst.edu Web: www.vst.edu RESIDENTIAL COLLEGES CAREY HALL Within the Carey Theological College, Carey Hall provides residence and dining facilities for 55 co-educational undergraduate UBC students, mostly in single rooms. The residence 72 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 is currently under construction and will be available January 2005. Contact the main office at 604-224-4308 for further details. GREEN COLLEGE Green College is a residential college for graduate students. See Green College, p. 286 under the Faculty of Graduate Studies, Centres and Institutes for further details. ST. ANDREW'S HALL St. Andrew's Hall is a theological college of the Presbyterian Church in Canada on the campus of the University of British Columbia. It provides a multidisciplinary residential community located at the heart of the campus, immediately east of the Faculty of Law, for students and their families from all faculties and schools at the University. St. Andrew's is the centre for Presbyterian chaplaincy activities on campus. In conjunction with the Vancouver School of Theology, it offers degree and diploma programs in theological education. For further information on student accommodation, conference facilities, or chaplaincy services, contact the main office at 604-822- 9720. More information may be obtained on the St. Andrew's website (www.standrews.edu). ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE St. John's College is a residential college for graduate students. See St. John's College, p. 286 under the Faculty of Graduate Studies, Centres and Institutes for further details. ACADEMIC PRESSES B.C. ASIAN REVIEW Maiko Behr, Managing Editor Tara Barnett, Tanya Boughtflower, Javier Cha, Courtney Loo, Editors Established in 1987 by graduate students of the Department of Asian Studies, the B.C. Asian Review is a refereed journal of scholarly research in the humanities covering all regions of Asia. Produced in electronic format since 1998, the journal now invites critical feedback from a worldwide audience. The editors welcome submissions from graduate students, scholars and researchers at universities in Canada and abroad. Inquiries may be directed to: UBC Department of Asian Studies Asian Centre 1871 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Email: bcarinfo@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www2.arts.ubc.ca/bcar BC STUDIES: THE BRITISH COLUMBIAN QUARTERLY Robert A. J. McDonald, Editor Established in 1969, BC Studies is a journal of informed writing on the political, economic, and cultural life of British Columbia, past and present. Each issue contains articles on a wide range of topics, in-depth reviews of current books, and a bibliography of recent publications about the province. Also available are theme issues on topics such as First Nations, domestic space, the environment and more. Offices of BC Studies 162 Buchanan E 1866 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604.822.3727 Fax: 604-822-0606 Email: write_us@bcstudies.com Web: www.bcstudies.com CANADIAN JOURNAL OF CIVIL ENGINEERING D.S. Mavinic, Editor The Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering publishes papers in the various disciplines of civil engineering. The Journal publishes the views and findings of recognized researchers and practitioners from industry, government and universities. It also highlights new developments in civil engineering analysis, design and construction. The Journal, which is now in its 30th year, is published bi-monthly in both electronic and hard copy form. Don Mavinic, Professor of Civil Engineering at UBC, and the editor of the Journal, is assisted by an editorial board of 19 prominent civil engineers from across Canada, and by the Assistant to the Editor, Kelly Lamb, and the Office Assistant, Julie Sedger. The Journal's editorial office (cjce@civil.ubc.ca) is based in the Department of Civil Engineering at UBC. Tel: 604-UBC-CJCE (822-2523) Fax:604-822-0568 Web: www.nrc.ca/cgi-bin/cisti/journals/rp/ rp2_desc_e?cjce. CANADIAN LITERATURE Laurie Ricou, Editor G. Deer, K. McNeilly, L. Moss, R. Beaudoin, Associate Editors D. Chin, Managing Editor Canadian Literature, a quarterly journal founded in 1959, is published at the University of British Columbia. This refereed journal features critical articles on Canada's literature, rnew poems by Canadian poets, and reviews of significant Canadian publications. For submission guidelines, upcoming events, and subscriptions visit the Canadian Literature website (www.canlit.ca). JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING & SCIENCE D.W Smith and D.S. Mavinic, Co-editors The Journal of Environmental Engineering & Science publishes papers on environmental research, encouraging interdisciplinary research collaboration to address the multi-faceted nature of environmental problems. It addresses all aspects of environmental engineering and applied environmental science. This NRC Journal is affiliated with the Canadian Society for Civil Engineering. The Journal publishes the views and findings of recognized researchers and practitioners from industry, government and universities. It highlights new developments in environmental engineering and science. The Journal, which is now in its third year, is published bi-monthly, in both electronic and hard copy form. The Journal's editorial office (jees@civil.ubc.ca) is based in the Department of Civil Engineering at UBC. For more information, telephone 604- 822-4600, fax 604-822-0568, or visit the website (www.nrc.ca/cgi-bin/cisti/journals/rp/ rp2_desc_e?jees). PACIFIC AFFAIRS Jacqueline Garnett, Managing Editor Timothy Cheek, Editor Linh Trinh, Publishing Assistant Pacific Affairs, established in 1927, is an international quarterly that features articles on the current political, economic, social and diplomatic issues of Asia and the Pacific Each issue also contains a comprehensive book review section. Pacific Affairs 164-1855 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-6508 Email: enquiry@pacificaffairs.ubc.ca Web: www.pacificaffairs.ubc.ca PACIFIC EDUCATIONAL PRESS Catherine Edwards, Director Pacific Educational Press is an educational publishing house located within the Faculty of Education. It has been publishing educational and general interest titles since 1971. Over 250 titles have been published, and almost 80 are currently in print. The press publishes textbooks for use in teacher-education programs, scholarly books in education, general books on issues in education, professional books for teachers, and books for use in school programs. The press has also produced school textbooks under contract to the ministries of education. Subject area interests of the press include literature and language education; fine arts, drama, and music education; mathematics, environmental and science education; social studies education and related areas such as multiculturalism and anti-racist education, First Nations education, and global education; use of computers and alternative media in education; history and philosophy of education; and contemporary issues in education. Pacific Educational Press Hut 04, 6365 Biological Sciences Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5385 Fax: 604-822-6603 Email: pep ©interchange, ubc.ca Web: www.pep.educ.ubc.ca PRISM INTERNATIONAL Amanda Lamarche, Catharine Chen, Editors Brenda Leifso, Executive Editor, George McWhirter, Andrew Gray, Advisory Editors Jennifer Herbison, Design & Production Manager PRISM international is a literary journal published by the Creative Writing Program. It features poetry, fiction, drama, creative PART VI SERVICES, FACILITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 73 non-fiction, and translation by emerging and established authors from Canada and around the world. 1999 marked PRlSM's 40th anniversary, making it western Canada's longest running literary magazine. In 2003, PRISM won first prize in poetry at the Western Magazines Awards for Marlene Cookshaw's "Dial" and "Pocketwatch." PRISM also won the silver medal for fiction at the National Magazine Awards for Michael V Smith's "What We Wanted." "What We Wanted" and William Metcalfe's story "Nice Big Car, Rap Music Coming Out the Window" (42.1), also appeared in the prestigious Journey Prize Anthology. For individual subscription rates to PRISM International (Literary Quarterly), visit our website (prism.arts.ubc.ca) or email us (prism@interchange.ubc.ca). Annual Short Fiction Contest: deadline January 31 of each year, First Prize $2,000.00, runners up $200.00 each. Annual Prize for Literary Non-Fiction: deadline September 30, First Prize $500. Annual Earle Birney Poetry Prize, $500.00. More information is available on the PRISM website (prism.arts.ubc.ca). THE THUNDERBIRD The Thunderbird (www.journalism.ubc.ca/ thunderbird.html) UBC Online Journalism Review is a student-run online publication-the only one of its kind in Canada-devoted to media issues, criticism and developing new models of journalism. The Thunderbird's content includes a selection of news stories, analysis, opinion and creative non-fiction about a wide range of topics from the local to international level. The publication is run from UBC's School of Journalism. The University of British Columbia bears no responsibility whatsoever for the content of the student publication. UBC PRESS R. Peter Milroy, Director Jean Wilson, Associate Director, Editorial George Maddison, Associate Director, Marketing and Operations Since its founding in 1971, UBC Press has become a nationally and internationally recognized leader in scholarly book publishing. Through innovation, resourcefulness, and a commitment to the highest professional standards it seeks to advance knowledge, contribute to the community of scholarship, and engage society. The Press publishes peer-reviewed works written by scholars from the University of British Columbia and other Canadian and non-Canadian universities, as well as by writers who are not members of the academic community but whose work meets the Press's criteria. To ensure that rigorous standards are maintained in work associated with the University's imprint, UBC Press books must be approved by a Publications Board consisting of faculty members appointed by the President to assess the peer review process. The Press markets and distributes its books in Canada and works with a network of sales agents, distributors, and library jobbers throughout the world to ensure international distribution. In addition to its role as a publisher, the Press is a major Canadian marketing agent for scholarly and reference works from other scholarly and academic publishers from Canada, the US, UK, Australia, and Asia. Recognizing that a publisher of books for specialist audiences serves its authors and audience best through a strategy of publication in selected areas, the Press in the last decade has focused primarily on the social sciences. The main areas in which UBC Press publishes are Canadian and British Columbian history, Native studies, political science, law, Asian studies, environmental studies, forestry, natural history, geography, sociology, urban studies, Northern studies, archaeology, anthropology, and linguistics. The Press frequently co-publishes books with institutions such as the Canadian Museum of Civilization, the Royal British Columbia Museum, the Royal Ontario Museum, and university presses in the United States, Asia, Australia, and Europe. The UBC Press main office at 2029 West Mall houses the Press's editorial, marketing, and production departments. An eastern office is located at 600 Markham Street, 2nd floor, Toronto, ON M6G 2L8; telephone 416-535-9670, fax 416-535-9677. There is also a Kelowna office: telephone 250-764-4761, fax 250-769- 8711. Queries about publication should be addressed to Jean Wilson (wilson@ubc- press.ubc.ca), Associate Director, Editorial. Shipping and warehousing are done by UniPresses, 34 Armstrong Avenue, Georgetown, ON L7G 4R9; telephone 905-873-9781, toll-free telephone: 1-877-864-8477, fax 905- 873-6170. Information and catalogues of recently published books and all books in print are available from UBC Press, 2029 West Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2, Canada. Complete electronic books-in-print listings and other information about the Press are available on the UBC Press website (www.ubcpress.ca); telephone 604-822-5959, fax 604-822-6083; or contact UniPresses. 74 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 VII Research Units, Centres and Institutes INTRODUCTION The University of British Columbia has a long-standing tradition of excellence in research in all fields. The biomedical and health sciences work with the social sciences and humanities to improve health, health care, and quality of life. The basic sciences as well as engineering and architecture build our understanding of nature, the universe, and the wellspring of inventions that enhance life on this planet. Work in the humanities and social sciences help us understand ourselves-individually and collectively, historically and cross-culturally, pragmatically and imaginatively. The agricultural sciences, forestry, sustainability, and the environment focus on matters fundamentally important to human sustenance. The University is committed to discipline-based traditions of inquiry, while fostering interdisciplinary initiatives that allow research groups to pursue avenues that could not be as fully explored within disciplinary boundaries. Not all research units, centres and institutes are currently listed in this chapter. Please refer to the UBC Research website (www.research.ubc.ca) or individual faculties for further listings of research activities at UBC. VICE PRESIDENT RESEARCH OVERVIEW The Vice President Research has a wide range of administrative functions which are both internal and external to the University. The general mandate is as follows: • to be a champion and advocate for research to UBC's internal and external communities; • to foster collaborations in research and creative, scholarly and professional activities among scholars in various fields both within and outside UBC; • to foster an environment that ensures that faculties and schools, and the library, are provided with efficient support services relating to research administration and information on funding sources, grant procedures, and other relevant matters; • to establish and maintain effective liaison with agencies and institutions such as the national granting councils, research foundations, teaching hospitals, and external research centres, business, industry, government and the public; • to promote technology transfer and oversee the management of intellectual property issues; • to foster international linkages and research collaboration; • to promote and ensure ethical research practices. Reporting units under the direction of the Vice President Research include: Animal Care Centre, Office of Research Services and University- Industry Liaison Office. In addition, a number of regulatory committees report to the Vice President Research: The UBC Animal Care Committee, the UBC Biosafety Committee, the Chemical Safety Committee, the UBC Behav- iourial Research Ethics Board, the UBC Clinical Research Ethics Board, and the Radiation and Radioisotopes Screening Committee. For more information visit the Office of the Vice President Research website (www.research.ubc.ca). ANIMAL CARE CENTRE The Animal Care Centre (ACC) is responsible for the welfare of all animals on the University campus and in University departments located at affiliated hospitals. Animal health is monitored by two veterinarians and by periodic serological surveys, particularly of the rodent population. Assistance is provided to researchers in developing proposals using animals and in carrying out technical aspects of the animal-related components. Research activities are monitored to ensure compliance with the protocols approved by the UBC Committee on Animal Care (www.acc.ubc.ca) under the guidelines of the Canadian Council on Animal Care. OFFICE OF RESEARCH SERVICES The Office of Research Services (ORS) (www.orsil.ubc.ca) serves a dual role in the area of funded research: service to researchers, and responsibility to the University for the application of policies and procedures. Services include: providing information on sources of research support through an online database, a website, and a monthly research bulletin; supplying of application forms and guidelines; personal communication/consultation regarding appropriate funding sources; departmental presentations by Office staff, and organization of presentations by granting agency representatives. The Office processes applications to external agencies and funds awarded, negotiates and administers public sector subcontracts and project grants (PGs), and administers grants, awards and prizes awarded by UBC. The ORS responsibilities to the University include: the vetting of signatures on grant and contract proposals and final approval on behalf of the University; the application of UBC policies; the administration of procedures for review of projects involving human subjects, animals and biological hazards; the maintenance of databases of applications; funded research; reviews of projects involving human subjects, animals and biological hazards; and the production of reports and statistics on research funding. UNIVERSITY-INDUSTRY LIAISON OFFICE The University-Industry Liaison Office (UILO) facilitates the exchange between industry and the University's academic researchers. The UILO negotiates research agreements with industry and supports the commercialization of ideas and technological innovations arising from the University and its affiliated organizations. UBC includes twelve faculties and is affiliated with the Vancouver Coastal Health Authority and the Provincial Health Services Authority. In addition, UBC participates in 21 of the national Networks of Centres of Excellence, of which the Canadian Genetic Diseases Network is headquartered at UBC. UBC is one of Canada's top research universities. In the 2003/2004 fiscal year, UBC received $376 million in sponsored research funding for more than 5,220 research projects. Research activities lead to an annual average of 140 invention disclosures. It is the UILO's responsibility to evaluate, protect, market and license those inventions that have commercial application. In total, UBC has a pool of over 600 technologies that are either available for licensing, collaborative research and development, or joint development with an existing license or option holder. Through technology transfer, UBC supports BC's growing high technology industries, and contributes to the economic development and diversification of the region. UILO activities include: protecting the intellectual property assets of UBC; managing the further development of UBC technologies; licensing UBC research discoveries; fostering the creation, development and early success of spin-off companies formed around UBC technologies; identifying sources of industry and government research funding and opportunities for collaborative research; serving as an information and networking resource for industry on UBC technologies, research expertise and facilities; and raising awareness both on- and off-campus of the technology transfer process. For more information on the UILO including statistics on UBC technology transfer activities, see the UILO website (www.uilo.ubc.ca). PART VII RESEARCH UNITS, CENTRES AND INSTITUTES 75 PETER WALL INSTITUTE FOR ADVANCED STUDIES The Peter Wall Institute for Advanced Studies was established to support fundamental, interdisciplinary research and creative activities that have the potential to result in significant advances to knowledge. See Peter Wall Institute for Advanced Studiesp. 76 in this chapter under "Institutes" for further information. UBC PRESS Since the founding in 1971, UBC Press has become a nationally and internationally recognized leader in scholarly book publishing. Through innovation, resourcefulness, and a commitment to the highest professional standards it seeks to advance knowledge, contribute to the community of scholarship, and engage society. See UBC Press p. 74 in Chapter 6, "Services Facilities and Organizations" for further information. CENTRES APPLIED CONSERVATION RESEARCH, CENTRE FOR Peter Arcese, Sarah Gergel, Directors The Centre for Applied Conservation Research (CACR) was established to find science-based solutions to complex conservation problems within managed and natural landscapes. CACR conducts research on applied conservation issues in British Columbia and elsewhere in the world. A major goal is to further sustainable forest management through the application of research to complex land management issues. CACR's research assists with both planning and determining the effectiveness of improved management practices. CACR provides opportunities for high-calibre graduate students to work on issues that are both complex and immediately relevant. CACR also encourages an effective dialogue with people working outside the University, to ensure the continued relevance of our research and to provide people with access to the most current research information. Housed within the Forest Sciences Centre, the Centre is closely associated with the Departments of Zoology, Botany and Geography, and with the Biodiversity Research Centre, p. 76. Research activities are profiled on the CACR website (www.forestry.ubc.ca/ conservation). Centre for Applied Conservation Research Forest Sciences Centre The University of British Columbia 2045-2424 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-6761 BIODIVERSITY RESEARCH CENTRE D. Schluter, Director A unit within the Faculty of Science The Biodiversity Research Centre is concerned with all aspects of biodiversity research. Faculty members and their students from the Departments of Botany, Earth and Ocean Sciences, Microbiology and Immunology, and Zoology are cooperating to investigate the measurement of biological diversity, the role of biodiversity in ecosystem function, the origins of biodiversity, factors endangering biodiversity, uses of biological diversity and the many aspects of biodiversity conservation. There is close association with the Centre for Applied Conservation Research, p. 76 and the Fisheries Centre, p. 77. For more information contact the Centre (biodiversity.centre@ubcca) or visit the Biodiversity Research Centre's website (www.zoology.ubc.ca/biodiversity). BLOOD RESEARCH, CENTRE FOR Dr. Ross T. A. MacGillivray, Director The Centre for Blood Research is a multi-disciplinary unit that offers facilities and opportunities for graduate study in transfusion science through the academic departments of its faculty members. The academic appointments of the faculty members in the Centre for Blood Research span seven faculties and thirteen departments at UBC. Research activities are organized into four general themes: (1) the blood plasma proteome as a diagnostic and therapeutic resource, (2) optimizing value derived from donor platelets, (3) creation of artificial blood components, and (4) social and psychological aspects of blood donation. Graduate students wishing to work with faculty members in the Centre for Blood Research should identify their research interests, associate these with specific faculty members, and phone or write to the faculty member directly. A brochure describing these training opportunities is available upon request from the Centre for Blood Research, or information can be accessed on the Centre for Blood Research website (www.cbr.ubc.ca). BRAIN RESEARCH CENTRE Max Cynader, Director The Brain Research Centre is a unique partnership between Vancouver Coastal Health (www.vch.ca/home_page/index.htm) and the Faculty of Medicine (www.med.ubc.ca) at UBC. The Centre's goal is to advance our knowledge of the brain and to explore new discoveries and technologies, which have the potential to reduce the suffering and cost associated with disease and injuries of the brain. The Brain Research Centre includes over 160 investigators with broad expertise in neuroscience research ranging from the test tube, to the bedside, to industrial spin-offs. Headquartered at the UBC Hospital site of Vancouver Coastal Health, the Centre operates as a hub- and-spoke facility, with teams of neuro scientists located at the UBC campus and other locations in Vancouver and beyond. The Centre employs a strong multidisciplinary approach, combined with a scientific philosophy of cooperation and collaboration among the researchers, students, and technicians who are exploring common origins and overlapping features of neurological and psychiatric disorders. More information is available on the Brain Research Centre website (www.brain.ubc.ca). CANADIAN CENTRE FOR THE CULTURE OF MICROORGANISMS The Canadian Centre for the Culture of Microorganisms (CCCM) maintains living specimens of marine phytoplankton, freshwater microalgae and fungal isolates for research, teaching and commercial use. This facility represents an amalgamation of three living collections: • Northeast Pacific Culture Collection of marine phytoplankton (NEPCC), which originated in the late 1960s in the Department of Oceanography under the administration of Dr. E J. R. Taylor; • The Freshwater Algal Culture Collection of the Department of Botany (likewise established more than 30 years ago by Dr. Janet Stein); and • The Fungal Collection of Dr. Robert Bandoni, Emeritus Professor of Botany at UBC. The Canadian Centre for the Culture of Microorganisms is the only facility of its kind in Canada and is one of the most comprehensive in the world. The marine phytoplankton collection currently consists of 207 strains, representing 11 algal classes and all the major algal groups. The major emphases are on local species of ecological and toxicological importance and on those that may be of importance in biotechnology. Currently, 35% of the isolates are from BC waters and the remainder are from tropical and other temperate regions. A unique feature of the CCCM is the inclusion of various species of oceanic micro flagellates isolated from the northeast Pacific, and the dinoflagellate collection is one of the largest in the world. The freshwater algal collection currently consists of approximately 68 strains representing 9 algal classes while the fungal collection contains 1190 strains of filamentous fungi and 696 strains of yeast, many of which are unique to the CCCM. These collections have been declared by the National Biotechnology Advisory Committee as being of "strategic value to Canadian Biotechnology" and of "unique scientific importance". Cultures are supplied for teaching, research and commercial purposes at UBC and worldwide. A nominal fee is charged to cover processing costs, unless an exchange of cultures can be arranged. Further information, including a current list of species in culture and relevant technical data, is available on the Department of Botany website (www.botany.ubc.ca). The CCCM is located in the Department of Botany in the Biosciences Building and may be reached by telephone at 604-822-4825, fax 604-822- 6089, email (cccm@interchange.ubc.ca). CROSS-FACULTY INQUIRY IN EDUCATION, CENTRE FOR A unit within the Faculty of Education Established originally as the Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction in 1976, 76 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 the Centre for Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education (www.ccfi.educ.ubc.ca) combines the features of both a research and program unit. The Centre fosters collaborative inquiry on education-relevant themes of cross-faculty interest, and at the same time offers graduate courses and programs on cross-faculty themes in Education. FISHERIES CENTRE D. Pauly, Director A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The Fisheries Centre mission is to research the options for restoring fisheries, conserving aquatic life, and rebuilding ecosystems. Fisheries Centre work integrates research on ecological, social and economic aspects of fisheries, and the Fisheries Centre trains a very international mix of graduate students. The Fisheries Centre aims to focus and promote the multidisciplinary study of fisheries. Analytical tools developed in a broad spectrum of parent subjects, including biology, oceanography, economics and planning are employed in order to assess, appraise and forecast the impacts of both human and natural processes on fishery resources. Fisheries policy and management problems under study include assessment and management of artisanal and commercial food capture fisheries, ecosystem impacts of fishing, multidisciplinary evaluation of the health of fisheries, recreational fisheries, coastal and watershed management, conflict resolution and the co-management of shared fishery resources, and the conservation of endangered exploited species in both marine and freshwater environments. Major objectives are to establish a fully international, multidisciplinary perspective, and to provide a forum for the foundation _ of concepts of management and sustainable development of fisheries appropriate for the next century. The Fisheries Centre conducts grant- and contract-based research, organizes courses, seminars, workshops and professional training courses. The resulting publications aim to promote a deeper understanding of management of fisheries resources around the globe. The Fisheries Centre forms a base for a research community of faculty, research associates, postdoctoral fellows, graduate students and off-campus adjuncts. It provides a Resources Centre and Local Area Network comprising reference material and computing facilities for analysis and assessment of fisheries. At present, five research units are based within the Fisheries Centre. The BC Government Fisheries Research Section works on freshwater management, mitigation and recreational fisheries in the province. The Marine Mammal Research Unit (Director, Dr. Andrew Trites) conducts multidisciplinary research on marine mammals in the field, in captivity and in the laboratory. It addresses pressing questions relevant to the natural history, biology and conservation of marine mammals, and provides independent research and advice on these matters. The Sea Around Us Project (Principal Investigator, Dr. Daniel Pauly) studies the impact of fisheries on marine ecosystems. Project Seahorse (Director, Dr. Amanda Vincent) joined the Fisheries Centre in summer 2002. Project Seahorse works to advance conservation and sustainable use of the world's coastal marine ecosystems.The Fisheries Economics Research Unit, headed by Dr. Ussif Rashid Sumaila was established at the same time. FERU explores how ecosystems can provide sustainable and equitable economic and social benefits to both present and future generations. Although housed in the Centre, graduate students within the Fisheries Centre are currently attached to the RMES interdisciplinary program, or to Zoology, Economics, Animal Science or other disciplinary programs as appropriate to their research project. The Fisheries Centre organizes a series of graduate courses on fisheries topics and issues. Full details are available on request. The Fisheries Centre The University of British Columbia 2259 Lower Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2731 Fax: 604-822-8934 Email: office@fisheries.ubc.ca ' Web: www.fisheries.ubc.ca HEALTH SERVICES AND POLICY RESEARCH, CENTRE FOR See the College of Health Disciplines, p. 290 in the "Faculties, Colleges, and Schools" chapter of the Calendar for details on this centre. HUMAN SETTLEMENTS, CENTRE FOR Anthony H.J. Dorcey, Chair A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The Centre for Human Settlements (CHS) conducts multi-disciplinary research and capacity-building programs related to regional, urban, and community development. The Centre is a unit within the School of Community and Regional Planning (www.scarp.ubc.ca). Faculty and student associates from various departments participate in CHS projects. See also The School of Community and Regional Planning, p. 175. The Centre for Human Settlements The University of British Columbia 242-1933 West Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-5254 Web: www.chs.ubc.ca INTERCULTURAL LANGUAGE STUDIES, CENTRE FOR Dr. Patricia Duff, Director The mission of the Centre for Intercultural Language Studies is to facilitate, coordinate, enhance and promote the study of intercultural communication and the teaching and learning of languages in an intercultural context. The Centre's main goals are to contribute to the study of intercultural communication and the professionalization of language and culture instruction both at UBC and more broadly in British Columbia through research, teaching and outreach. For more information visit our website (www.lerc.educ.ubc.ca/fac/duff/cils/ index.htm) or contact Dr. Patricia Duff (patricia.duff@ubcca), Director; telephone 604-822-9693. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS STUDIES, CENTRE FOR Dedicated to the promotion of research in the fields of international business and trade, the Centre for International Business Studies (CIBS) is committed to the dissemination of information concerning international trade and investment to businessmen and women, government officials, faculty and students. The research of the Centre includes a mix of applied theory, empirical studies and policy papers. Faculty members form the leading research group in Canada in subject areas including: international trade and investment theories and policies, international finance, and transportation. The Centre also has a leading team of researchers specializing in Asian business. Some of the current research projects in the Centre include international trade between consumer and conservationist countries, scale effects of North American trade liberalization, international capital-market integration, dynamic behaviour of international joint ventures, and the convergence of regional and multilateral trade regimes. In addition to its research programs, the Centre promotes international exchanges of students. It also funds undergraduate and graduate seminars on international business and executive programs focusing on trade and investment. For more information visit the CIBS website (cibs.commerce.ubc.ca) or telephone 604-822-9406. INTERNATIONAL CANADIAN STUDIES CENTRE Richard Cavell, Director Canada is increasingly being studied internationally and in terms of its international contexts. The ICSC positions itself collaboratively and entrepreneurially with particular regard to the circa 300 Canadian Studies programs around the world through programs of Visiting Scholars and Professors, international symposia and conferences, and in its support of international research consortia. Graduate Associates support graduate research and international exchange, and enhance undergraduate learning and research through a mentoring program for Majors in Canadian Studies facilitated by the Associates. The Centre is administered by a Director, by an Associate Director (who is also Chair of the Program in Canadian Studies) and by a Board of Directors, appointed from senior scholars in the University, including the McLean Chair in Canadian Studies. It also takes advice from an PART VII RESEARCH UNITS, CENTRES AND INSTITUTES 77 Honorary Board and an International Advisory Committee. For further information, visit the website (www.canadianstudies.ubc.ca) or contact the Director (icsc@interchange.ubc.ca). INTERNATIONAL CENTRE FOR CRIMINAL LAW REFORM AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE POLICY Kathleen Macdonald, Executive Director The International Centre for Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy was established in 1991 in Vancouver. It is a joint initiative of the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, and the International Society for the Reform of Criminal Law. The Centre is affiliated with the United Nations and is an interregional institute in the UN Network of Institutes on Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice. The Centre is housed at UBC. The International Centre's association with the University of British Columbia and Simon Fraser University allows it to marshal effective interdisciplinary teams for work in criminal law and criminal justice policy research and education. The Centre's primary role is to contribute to international criminal justice policy development through analysis, research and consultation, and to provide technical assistance to implement international policy and standards. The program focus for the Centre is threefold: international criminal law; protection of human rights through criminal law in national systems; and criminal law responses to emerging threats to human security. The International Centre for Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy The University of British Columbia 1822 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-9875 Fax: 604-822-9317 Email: icclr@law.ubcca Web: www.icclr.law.ubc.ca INTERNATIONAL HEALTH, CENTRE FOR See the College of Health Disciplines, p. 290 within the "Faculties, Colleges and Schools" chapter for details on this centre. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS, CENTRE OF B. L. Job, Director A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The Centre of International Relations (CIR), a component of the Liu Institute for Global Issues, is a research institute within the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Its purpose is to facilitate internationally-oriented, interdisciplinary research and teaching among the faculty and students of UBC and other institutions. The Centre administers projects and grants, organizes conferences, sponsors seminars and lectures, and hosts postdoctoral fellows and visiting scholars. The Centre of International Relations is one of the longest standing of its kind within Canada. Faculty members, postdoctoral fellows, and graduate students, from a range of disciplines, including political science, law, commerce, history, economics, and other social sciences, are involved in the Centre's activities. The Centre collaborates with other campus units, especially the Liu Institute for Global Issues, the Institute of Asian Research and the Institute for European Studies; with Simon Fraser University, and with institutions in Canada and abroad. The Centre operates as headquarters for the Canadian Consortium on Human Security and the Canadian Member Committee of the Council on Security Cooperation for the Asia Pacific The current research agenda of the Centre is focused on the transformation of the international system in the post-Cold War era; on Canada's role in this international order; on the formation of international regimes to manage global issues, and on international security, especially Asia-Pacific security. The Centre sponsors projects, conferences, and lecture series; it publishes a Working Paper series. See www.cir.ubc.ca for further information. The Centre does not offer courses or degree programs. Inquiries concerning graduate studies in international relations should be directed to the Department of Political Studies and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Centre of International Relations The University of British Columbia 6476 NW Marine Drive Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-5480 Web: www.cir.ubc.ca JAMES HOGG ICAPTURE CENTRE FOR CARDIOVASCULAR AND PULMONARY RESEARCH Peter Pare, Director Bruce McManus, Co-Director Among the important challenges for biomedical researchers, discovering the inter-individual variations in the genetic code of patients and model systems and how these differences interact with diverse environments to produce disease is one of the most compelling. The James Hogg iCAPTURE Centre (Imaging, Cell Analysis, and Phenotyping Toward Understanding Responsive, Reparative, Remodelling, and Recombinant Events) is a UBC Senate- approved research centre supported collaboratively by the Faculty of Medicine of UBC and Providence Health Care. Investigators and trainees in the iCAPTURE Centre are now using the best available technology to image and measure changes in molecules, cells, tissues, organs and whole organisms, including patients, in order to understand the link between our genes and environments in causing heart, lung, and blood vessel diseases. The role of inflammation and virus infections in the initiation and progression of disease is a central theme of emphasis for the 250 staff of the Centre. Efforts to integrate complex datasets by the establishment of novel software underlie the life sciences program. Synergy with numerous scientists across faculties at UBC and elsewhere has been fostered to enable the work. The iCAPTURE Centre offers various training and research programs and facilities to students and partners. iCAPTURE is located at UBC's campus of St. Paul's Hospital. More information is available on the iCAPTURE website (www.icapture.ubc.ca). MEDIA AND GRAPHICS INTERDISCIPLINARY CENTRE S. Fels, Director A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The Media and Graphics Interdisciplinary Centre (MAGIC) was created at UBC to foster research covering the entire spectrum of new computer-based and computer-associated media. Typical examples include multimedia, computer animation, 3-D modeling, interactive Web-based applications, hypermedia, computer music and computer-based tools for collaboration in education, medicine and entertainment. The Centre highlights the commitment of UBC to the use of advanced media technology, and brings together existing efforts and new initiatives from various research programs. MAGIC serves as a catalyst to assimilate and exploit new technology in research and education at jMBC and to strengthen interaction with industry through collaborative research. Projects affiliated with MAGIC have their own funding, although MAGIC provides shared facilities and personnel to assist in the start-up phases of projects and in the design and evaluation of research prototypes. MAGIC does not grant degrees directly. Students earn degrees in existing programs, conducting research within MAGIC projects. SPECIALIZATION Human Computer Interaction (HCI) The Media and Graphics Interdisciplinary Centre coordinates a Specialization in the field of Human Computer Interaction (HCI). Human-Computer Interaction is an interdisciplinary field of study that explores human behaviour in technology-rich environments with the goal of informing the design and testing of new technologies. MAGIC does not grant degrees, however students earning degrees in participating departments can specialize in Human-Computer Interaction by successfully completing the Specialization requirements in addition to the requirements necessary for their Master's degree. Students who meet the requirements for the Specialization will have the following added to their Master's degree: "Specialization in Human- Computer Interaction". The Specialization in HCI, along with the transcript and the endorsement of the program, will identify Master's Graduates as having attained special training in the interdisciplinary field of HCI. CONTACT INFORMATION Additional information on MAGIC or the Specialization in Human Computer Interaction may be obtained directly from the Director of 78 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 the Media and Graphics Interdisciplinary Centre (MAGIC), 3640 Forest Science Centre, 2424 Main Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4, Canada; telephone: 604-822-8990; by visiting the MAGIC website (www.magic.ubc.ca). MOLECULAR MEDICINE & THERAPEUTICS, CENTRE FOR Michael Hayden, Director The Centre for Molecular Medicine and Therapeutics (CMMT) is a research centre dedicated to the practice of discovery research contributing to fundamental knowledge in the determination and control of genetic susceptibility to disease. CMMT's specific mandate is to ascertain understanding of cellular and protein function as the key to improved diagnosis, treatment and prevention of health problems in children and adults. The CMMT promotes research excellence and innovation, providing flexible funding to researchers and an environment that enhances the ability to reach goals in a time effective manner. Infrastructure and support at the CMMT include a bioinformatics facility, expression profiling, DNA sequencing, antibody production, world-class facilities for mouse genetics (transgenics, breeding and behaviour testing) and a facility for experimental therapeutics in animal models of human disease. Graduate students and scientists with special interests in genetics, model organisms, cellular mechanisms, computational biology, pharmacogenetics, developmental biology, experimental therapeutics and proteomics are encouraged to apply for positions. For more information please visit CMMT's website (www. cmmt. ubc.ca). OPERATIONS EXCELLENCE, CENTRE FOR Martin Puterman, Director A unit within the Sauder School of Business The Centre for Operations Excellence (COE) administers the Master of Management in Operations Research (MMOR) program in the Sauder School of Business at UBC. The MMOR program is a unique master's program that works closely with students to develop and realize their goals by providing an advanced education and the opportunity to apply their knowledge and skills in a professional business environment. The COE partners with leading companies to formulate and solve operations research problems using advanced management science methods. A COE industry project team comprised of students, faculty and staff works with industry partners to discuss potential outcomes and develop a project plan tailored to their specific needs. Students will have the opportunity to translate knowledge learned in classrooms to real-life business situations. They gain practical outlets and new ideas for their research, and further enhance their professional skills through interaction with leading companies in a corporate environment. Students and partners benefit from the COE's links with leading applied research programs worldwide. The COE has developed ties to the Leaders for Manufacturing program at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, the Centre for Research on Transportation at the University of Montreal, and the US-based National Coalition for Manufacturing Leadership. Annie Ko, Program Manager Centre for Operations Excellence Sauder School of Business The University of British Columbia 2053 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-1800 Fax: 604-822-1544 Web: www.coe.ubc.ca PHELPS CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS Thomas W Ross, Director A unit within the Sauder School of Business The Phelps Centre for the Study of Government and Business is a research centre within the Sauder School of Business at UBC. The Centre supports theoretical and applied research into the role of governments in the Canadian economy and into the relationship between government and business in Canada. The twin foci of this research will be on normative questions about the way governments should operate to best serve their constituents; and on positive questions about the causes and effects of actual government activities. The Centre carries out its mandate through a number of activities including the support of research through, for example, small research grants, commissioned papers and conferences. The Centre also supports research and education through dissemination activities, including its own working paper series, a seminar series, a public policy luncheon series, and the establishment of a public website. The Centre is the home of the UBC Election Stock Market Project and of the Canadian Competition Policy Web Page Project. Janet Gannon, Project Manager UBC Centre for the Study of Government and Business Sauder School of Business The University of British Columbia 2053 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-8399 Web: www.csgb.ubc.ca PHILLIPS, HAGER & NORTH CENTRE FOR FINANCIAL RESEARCH Ron Giammarino, Director A unit within the Sauder School of Business To remain on the leading edge of business education, the Sauder School of Business must be at the forefront of financial research. The Phillips, Hager & North Centre for Financial Research was established as the umbrella of Finance Division activity and coordinates the Division's research and educational activities around four broad themes: understanding and managing financial risks; understanding and evaluating the financial policies of corporations and financial regulation; understanding the determinants of financial values. Within these four areas, the Centre will pursue research designed to produce substantive insights into critical industry challenges-insights that help to strengthen institutional performance. The Centre will build upon this research foundation and the strong industry-faculty interactions that currently exist to enhance the educational experience of our students. Research papers, breakfast briefings, internships, and course development will all be supported through the activities of the Centre. In addition, research will be brought to bear on issues that are of more immediate and practical importance through conferences and applied research projects. Janet Gannon, Project Manager Phillips, Hager & North Centre for Financial Research Sauder School of Business The University of British Columbia 2053 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-8399 Web: www.sauder.ubc.ca/research/ research_centres/phn.cfm PULP AND PAPER CENTRE The Pulp and Paper Centre houses collaborative research and teaching programs between the University of British Columbia and the Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada (Paprican). Affiliates of the Centre drawn from University faculty members supervise graduate student research in a variety of engineering fields. These academic activities are linked to the industry through Paprican's post-graduate program begun more than eighty years ago at McGill University. More information is available on the Pulp and Paper Centre's website (www.ppc.ubc.ca). RESEARCH IN WOMEN'S STUDIES AND GENDER RELATIONS, CENTRE FOR S. Gunew, Director A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The Centre for Research in Women's Studies and Gender Relations was created in 1991 as part of the University of British Columbia's commitment to ensuring equity in scholarship, research, and teaching. In establishing this Centre, UBC joined other major universities in Canada and elsewhere in supporting a multidisciplinary field of scholarship that has had a substantial impact on traditional ways of thinking in the humanities, social sciences, sciences and professional areas. The Centre reports to the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and their graduate and research committee is composed of senior scholars from a wide range of departments and faculties. The Centre's research and program initiatives are strongly collaborative, both within UBC, PART VII RESEARCH UNITS, CENTRES AND INSTITUTES 79 with other institutions of higher learning, and the broader community. The Centre organizes a graduate student presentation day each spring to highlight feminist research on campus. Visiting scholars from a variety of disciplines actively participate in the activities and programs of the Centre and take part in a lecture series. The Centre offers M.A. and Ph.D. programs in Women's Studies and Gender Relation, and graduate level courses. For a program description, see Women's Studies and Gender Relations, p. 284 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies, Programs section in the Calendar. For further information contact the Director or visit the Women's Studies and Gender Relations website (www.wmst.ubc.ca). Centre for Research in Women's Studies and Gender Relations The University of British Columbia 1896 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-9171 UBC CENTRE FOR RESEARCH ON ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL POLICY TBA, Director The UBC Centre for Research on Economic and Social Policy (CRESP), established in 1992, is a centre for multi-disciplinary policy-relevant research in the social sciences. The Centre is based in the Faculty of Arts and has an advisory board from various departments in the Faculty of Arts and other faculties. Research at the Centre is focused on policies related to the labour market and training/education, income security and social insurance, the public sector and public finance, and a broad range of social issues. Distributional matters are a particular concern in much research conducted through the Centre. The Centre's current activities focus on a major study: 'Equality, Security and Community: Explaining and Improving the Distribution of Weil-Being in Canada', funded as a SSHRC Major Collaborative Research Initiatives project and with other supporters. This interdisciplinary project will run from 1998 to 2004 and involves 12 UBC academics plus researchers from seven other Canadian universities and Statistics Canada. The project is summarized at the CRESP website (www2.arts.ubc.ca/cresp). TEACHING AND ACADEMIC GROWTH, CENTRE FOR Gary Poole, Director Since its establishment in 1987, the Centre for Teaching and Academic Growth's (TAG) mission has been to foster quality teaching and learning across the University. The Centre offers programs, services, and resources to meet a wide range of needs and interests of all members of the UBC teaching community. Offerings include seminars and institutes, a University-wide learning conference, a faculty certificate program, three-day instructional skills workshops, support for new faculty, a resource room, publications and web resources, and other customized peer coaching and outreach activities. TAG relies upon and builds a strong network of colleagues from all disciplines, and creates a supportive learning environment in which to explore teaching practice and reflect upon a range of contemporary instructional issues. For more information visit the Centre for Teaching and Academic Growth website (www.tag.ubc.ca). TRANSPORTATION STUDIES, CENTRE FOR David Gillen, Director A unit within the Sauder School of Business The Centre for Transportation Studies fosters research and publication on transportation and logistics and closely related fields and has had an extensive research publication record. Research usually involves student research assistants under the direction of faculty, thereby contributing to the role of the University as well as the research function. The research is wide ranging, covering all modes of transportation and a number of disciplinary approaches and research methods. There is an emphasis on publication to foster wider knowledge and contribute to improved management and public policy in transportation and logistics. Dissemination activities include: conferences, roundtable events, and seminars. Lorra Ward, Assistant Centre for Transportation Studies Sauder School of Business The University of British Columbia 2053 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-4510 Web: www.sauder.ubc.ca/cts/ UBC BIOINFORMATICS CENTRE Francis Ouellette, Director The UBC Bioinformatics Centre (UBiC) is an interdisciplinary research centre focused on collaborative research. A multidisciplinary group of researchers, with expertise in the areas of microbiology, biology, computer science, statistics, chemistry, and medical genetics make P&p the faculty members at UBiC, academically affiliated with the Faculties of Science and Medicine. UBiC offers opportunities for graduate study in bioinformatics through the academic departments of its faculty members. UBiC integrates three groups of investigators: scientists involved in basic research in computational biology, software and database developers engaged in high-throughput bioinformatics, and support and training core staff facilitating the learning of bioinformatics by the research community. Research activities are focused on algorithm development, statistical methodologies, and data management processes that accelerate discoveries in life sciences and computational biology. This integrated environment allows for the translation of basic research activities into computational tools. More information for students interested in exploring opportunities at UBiC can be found on the UBC Bioinformatics Centre website (bioinformatics. ubc. ca). UBC CENTRE FOR URBAN ECONOMICS AND REAL ESTATE Tsur Somerville, Director A unit within the Sauder School of Business The UBC Centre for Urban Economics and Real Estate is a research centre within the Sauder School of Business at UBC. The Centre was established in 1988 (originally named the Canadian Real Estate Research Bureau) with the financial support of the Real Estate Foundation of British Columbia. The Centre's general objective is to support research and education in real estate and urban economics at UBC. Research supported by the Centre covers both theoretical issues and applied problems. Some of the research activities conducted within the Centre include publishing working papers and research monographs, providing financial support for students in the M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs in Urban Economics and Real Estate, running a unique visiting scholar program and a research symposium in the summer, and promoting B. Com. students in the Real Estate concentration to the professional community. The Centre is also a forum for the exchange of views about factors influencing the real estate industry. Janet Gannon, Project Manager UBC Centre for Urban Economics and Real Estate Sauder School of Business The University of British Columbia 2053 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-8399 Web: cuer.sauder.ubc.ca W. MAURICE YOUNG CENTRE FOR APPLIED ETHICS P. Danielson, Professor of Applied Ethics and Director A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The W Maurice Young Centre for Applied Ethics is an interdisciplinary unit in the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Centre promotes research and graduate education in applied ethics, including bioethics, business ethics, professional ethics, environmental ethics, ethics and technology, ethics and generics/genomics, and research ethics. The Centre has four endowed chairs and professorships, two faculty members with clinical ethics appointments, a Michael Smith Foundation Scholar, faculty associates from many disciplines, research associates, adjunct professors, and post-doctoral fellows. As well, the two NSERC Industrial Chairs in Animal Welfare are associated with the Centre. In addition, the Centre sponsors lunch, lectures, conferences, and workshops, as well as graduate/post-graduate courses and practicums in applied ethics. The Centre is supported by endowments, core university funding and project funding. Students can become associated with the Centre through the Interdisciplinary Studies Program 80 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 or through participating graduate programs. The Centre also provides a number of research assistantships each year. W Maurice Young Centre for Applied Ethics The University of British Columbia 227-6356 Agricultural Road Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-8625 Fax: 604-822-8627 Web: www.ethics.ubc.ca W. MAURICE YOUNG ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND VENTURE CAPITAL RESEARCH CENTRE Ilan Vertinsky, Director A unit within the Sauder School of Business The W Maurice Young Entrepreneurship and Venture Capital (EVC) Research Centre is housed in the Sauder School of Business. The Centre serves as a catalyst for innovative ideas in entrepreneurship and new venture creation. Through research partnerships with the public sector, the private sector, and other universities, the Centre maintains a very active research agenda. To facilitate research, education and the dissemination of information, the EVC Research Centre undertakes a broad scope of activities including initiating and funding research projects, supporting degree programs, developing and offering professional programs in entrepreneurship, and communicating research in scientific journals and business publications. Kathryn Coholan, Assistant W Maurice Young Entrepreneurship and Venture Capital Research Centre Sauder School of Business The University of British Columbia 2053 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-8491 Web: www.sauder.ubc.ca/research/ research_centres/evccfm WINE RESEARCH CENTRE Hennie J.J. van Vuuren, Director A unit within the Faculty of Land and Food Systems. The Wine Research Centre's (WRC) mission is to conduct research in enology and viticulture and to develop highly qualified human resources with relevant scientific expertise and enterprise who will promote the technological advancement of the wine industry. This new initiative is based on a concept of collaboration with researchers at UBC, at other educational and research institutions and all facets of the wine industry. Trained graduate students, experienced in experimental design, genetic, biochemical and molecular technology, fermentation technology and viticulture will be positioned to play a major role in future technological developments and growth of the wine industry in Canada. Pioneering research in genomics/proteomics of wine yeast and the grape vine will contribute significantly to improve wine quality. More information is available on the Wine Research Center website (www.agsci.ubc.ca/wine). INSTITUTES ABORIGINAL HEALTH, INSTITUTE FOR See the College of Health Disciplines, p. 290 within the "Faculty, Colleges and Schools" chapter for details on this Institute. APPLIED MATHEMATICS, INSTITUTE OF Michael Ward, Director Dr. Marek Labecki, Research/IT Manager A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The Institute of Applied Mathematics (IAM) promotes interdisciplinary research activities involving applied mathematics. To this end, the Institute organizes colloquia, and special seminars; has a computing laboratory and visitors' office accommodations, and provides consultative assistance to those who use applied mathematics in their research. The Institute provides an administrative structure to arrange graduate programs of an interdisciplinary nature for students with an interest in both mathematics and another field. IAM students can register through any department, but must clearly state their intention of following an IAM program. The availability of financial support and the location of a potential supervisor usually determine the student's department. The majority of IAM students are registered in the Mathematics Department. Although the Institute of Applied Mathematics does not confer graduate degrees, it designs and oversees interdisciplinary M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs for graduate students from different departments on campus interested in graduate work involving Applied Mathematics. The basic requirements for these programs are sufficiently flexible to accomodate the particular academic background and career objectives of an individual student. Fields of mathematics involved in interdisciplinary programs of graduate studies may be grouped into six areas: Applied Analysis, Fluid Dynamics, Mathematical Biology, Optimization, Mathematical Finance, Engineering and Industrial Mathematics. To enter a degree program supervised by the Institute, a student must first be admitted to an academic department which is closely related to the applicant's interests (e.g, Mathematics, Economics, Mechanical Engineering). The student's first-year program is planned with an IAM advisor appointed by the Director. After successful completion of this first-year program, an interdisciplinary committee is appointed to supervise the student's progress towards meeting the degree requirements. Please contact your academic department of interest or the Institute for further details on the requirements for interdisciplinary M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs To obtain the necessary application forms, information on financial assistance, and detailed information on the Institute, students should write the Director of the Institute of Applied Mathematics. Institute of Applied Mathematics The University of British Columbia 6356 Agricultural Road, Room 311 Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-4584 Fax: 604-822-0550 Email: iam@iam.ubcca Web: www.iam.ubc.ca ASIAN RESEARCH, INSTITUTE OF P. Potter, Director A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The Institute of Asian Research was established in 1978 to sponsor and co-ordinate research activities concerning Asia and the Pacific The Institute also provides liaison for seminar presentations and special lectures by Asian area specialists working at or visiting UBC. The Institute actively encourages graduate student participation in its activities. In 1992, the Institute was restructured to include five area research centres: the Centres for Chinese, Japanese, Korean, India and South Asia and Southeast Asia Research. The centres serve as focal points on campus for research and community outreach activities on their specific areas of the Asia Pacific region, while the Institute promotes and conducts contemporary, issue-oriented, interdisciplinary research that cuts across regional boundaries. The aim of the Institute and its centres is to facilitate interaction among people from different disciplines and backgrounds, from both campus and community, who share a common interest in Asia and the Pacific To this end the Institute and its constituent centres organize seminars, lectures, workshops, conferences, art exhibits, and cultural performances. A series of working papers and monographs, as well as the Asia Pacific Report, a bi-annual newsletter focusing on current activities relating to Asia on campus and in the community, are also published. The main objective of the restructuring was to promote and develop high-quality research on the Asia Pacific region and its relations with Canada with particular emphasis on the policy implications of research undertaken. Research activities of the Institute are interdisciplinary, interregional and long range. They cover many areas of intellectual inquiry encompassing general processes of cultural, economic, political, social and technological change in the Asia Pacific region. The Institute has welcomed new faculty and staff and continue to recruit for new positions to carry out its research activities in these areas. The Institute also acts as host for honorary research associates and visiting scholars who participate actively in the Institute's and centres' programs. In addition, the Institute has launched an International Associates Forum to promote mutual understanding between Canada and the Asia Pacific countries through long-term visits of government officials, corporate personnel and academic researchers from the region to UBC. The Institute also houses a series of interdisciplinary and inter-area programs such as the Program for PART VII RESEARCH UNITS, CENTRES AND INSTITUTES 81 Australasian Research, Program on Canada Asia Policy Studies, the Contemporary Tibetan Studies Program, and the Religion and Public Policy Program. Guided by the theme of "Policy Relevance Informed by Local Knowledge", the Institute strives to disseminate knowledge and expertise about the peoples and places of Asia and the Pacific in ways that can inform policy discourses and build understanding. Through its constituent Research Centres, thematic Research Programs, regular lectures and seminars, community liaison activities, and through the MAPPS teaching program, the IAR community remains fully engaged in the process of building local knowledge and making it available to deepen policy understanding about Asia and the Pacific MASTER OF ARTS IN ASIA PACIFIC POLICY STUDIES The program leading to the Master of Arts in Asia Pacific Policy Studies (M.A. [Asia Pacific Policy Studies]) is administered by the Institute of Asian Research. See Asia Pacific Policy Studies, p. 231 under Faculty of Graduate Studies, Programs for a description of the program. To receive regular notification of centre- and institute-sponsored events, individuals are encouraged to join the centre of their choice or the Friends of Asian Research for a newsletter subscription. The Institute of Asian Research 1855 West Mall The University of British Columbia Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-4688 Fax: 604-822-5207 Email: iar@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.iar.ubc.ca CENTRES WITHIN THE INSTITUTE OF ASIAN RESEARCH Centre for Australasian Research Centre for Chinese Research, A. Bailey, Director Centre for India and South Asia Research, A. Kotwal, Director Centre for Japanese Research, D. Edgington, Director Centre for Korean Research, D. Baker, Director Centre for Southeast Asia Research, M. Leaf, Director COMPUTING, INFORMATION AND COGNITIVE SYSTEMS, INSTITUTE FOR Rabab K. Ward, Director The Institute for Computing, Information and Cognitive Systems (ICICS) was established to facilitate and foster collaborative research and graduate training in all areas related to computer, communication and information technology systems. The Institute's research areas include computer communications and systems: VLSI design, architecture, and microelectronics; integrated systems design/software engineer ing; computational intelligence: perception, reasoning and action; controls, robotics, and CAD/CAM; numeric computation algorithms, complexity theory; graphics, visualization, image/video processing, multimedia, and human-computer interaction and more. ICICS emphasizes inter- and multi-disciplinary studies. It actively promotes closer links with the computer and telecommunications industry as well as with external organizations. The Institute has 110 members and 16 associate members from various UBC faculties. Some associate members are from industry and other BC organizations. The Institute's advisory committee is made up of the Department Heads of Computer Science, Electrical and Computer Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering, and other senior researchers representing ICICS's diverse research groups. Details are available on the ICICS website (www.icics.ubc.ca). EUROPEAN STUDIES, INSTITUTE FOR A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The Institute for European Studies was established in 1998 as an interdisciplinary and teaching institute within the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The interests and the research it promotes, the seminars, workshops and colloquia it hosts, as well as the graduate program in European Studies that it offers, represent a broad cross-section of the academic activities and research in place at the University. The objectives of the Institute include: • encouraging graduate-level teaching and learning opportunities in European Studies at UBC and in Canada in general; • facilitating and enhancing research with respect to Europe on the part of all Canadian scholars, in particular in the social sciences and humanities; • fostering improved communications and collaboration between Canadians and Europeans; • facilitating interdisciplinary and comparative approaches to the study of complex issues involving Europe; and • providing a forum for intellectual and public discourse on contemporary European issues. The Institute holds a series of regular seminars led by distinguished visitors from outside UBC, UBC faculty members and graduate students. The Institute also encourages short- and long- term visiting scholars and provides some postdoctoral fellowships. Close relationships with both European institutions and other Canadian universities and bodies make the Institute a national centre for activity related to Europe. The Institute offers a program leading to the M.A. (European Studies) that addresses the growing needs and demands for Canadians to understand the complexities of Europe - past, present and future. Drawing on the diversity and strengths of faculty members working on the subject of Europe, the Institute brings together teachers, researchers, and students from across the faculties and disciplines to engage in a genuinely interdisciplinary study of Europe that addresses the balance between national and supranational constructions of politics, identity and culture. For more information, see European Studies, p. 246 under Faculty of Graduate Studies, Programs section. Institute for European Studies The University of British Columbia C. K. Choi Building, Room 182 1855 West Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-1452 Fax: 604-822-3433 Email: europe@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.ies.ubc.ca HEALTH PROMOTION RESEARCH, INSTITUTE OF Annalee Yassi, Director C. J. Frankish, Associate Director A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies Established within the Faculty of Graduate Studies in 1990, the Institute of Health Promotion and Research (IHPR) provides a UBC focus for interdisciplinary collaboration on research, education and community partnerships in health promotion. The Institute's faculty, staff, graduate students, postdoctoral fellows and visiting scholars approach health as a resource for societies, communities and individuals. Health promotion is a process that encourages personal control and public responsibility in health matters. The IHPR seeks to bridge the University's research and educational programs across the behavioural, biomedical, educational, environmental and social sciences disciplines and to bring them into closer working relationships with community groups and agencies pursuing this vision of health. The IHPR's program of research and education supports the development of international, national, and provincial and local efforts that will enable people and their communities to gain greater control over the determinants of their health. The research examines the social, behavioural and environmental determinants of health and the factors that predispose, enable and reinforce individual and collective actions in relation to these determinants. Research projects include policy analyzes, epidemiological study of social or behavioural determinants of health and disease or injury, design and evaluation of innovative approaches to bring about change in these factors, and studies of the implementation and diffusion of these innovations by policy makers, institutions, agencies, communities, practitioners, and populations. This innovative work requires creation of interdisciplinary teams of researchers and active participation by community groups. Building on the strengths at UBC in the health, social and environmental sciences, the Institute's research teaching, and development of health promotion methods involve both fundamental and applied research. Some of this work is carried out in collaboration with colleagues at other universities; and the IHPR is an active 82 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 participant in the Canadian Consortium for Health Promotion Research. The Institute currently houses two CIHR-funded Community Alliance for Health Research grants, a CIHR- MSFHR funded Research Training Program and a large number of research grants in workplace health, international health, the health of vulnerable populations, community capacity building, health services and other areas. Students may enrol for both doctoral and master's programs through the Individual Interdisciplinary Studies route by establishing individual programs under the guidance of a multi-departmental faculty committee. The IHPR may also house students from departmental programs associated with the Institute's mission. For more information contact Annalee Yassi, Director Institute of Health Promotion Research 2206 East Mall The University of British Columbia 4th floor, Library Processing Centre Bldg. Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2258 Fax: 604-822-9210 Web: www.ihpr.ubc.ca HEARING ACCESSIBILITY RESEARCH, INSTITUTE OF M. R. Hodgson, Acting Director A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The Institute of Hearing Accessibility Research (IHEAR) was established in 1994 with the mission to develop research, training, education, and service in the field of hearing accessibility. In pursuing this mission, the Institute coordinates the activities of scientists, professionals, manufacturers, and consumers to examine the problems facing normal hearing and hard of hearing people, to find appropriate solutions to these problems, and to promote hearing accessibility. One of the most important tasks of the Institute is to gather, evaluate, and disseminate information related to the field, m The Institute will serve the needs and interests of people who are normal hearing and, in particular, the hard of hearing - people with hearing loss (from mild to profound) - who nevertheless communicate via speech and make use of whatever residual hearing they have left. Hard of hearing people comprise about 7% of the general population and are by far the largest group of people with hearing disorders. Yet the condition itself, and the varied and complex needs of hard of hearing people, are poorly understood. Areas of activity include hearing accessibility issues in the home, in the educational setting, at the work place, in the health care setting, and the rehabilitation of the hard of hearing elderly. Psycho-social issues associated with hearing accessibility and hard of hearing people, the effect of the acoustical environment, hearing aids and assistive listening devices, and physiological and medical issues are also of major interest. The disciplines involved in these activities include anthropology, architecture, audiology, educational psychology, electrical engineering, health promotion, law, mechanical engineering, occupational and environmental hygiene, otolaryngology, psychology, sociology, special education, and speech sciences. The associates of the Institute are professors in various departments and faculties of the University. Practising professionals in the community and hard of hearing consumers who are actively participating in the work of the Institute can become affiliates. Professionals have the opportunity to propose and to participate in projects, and to pursue their own research interests. Consumers participate in the setting of research and program goals, work on specific projects, participate in community outreach, or raise funds. A number of seats on the advisory committee of the Institute are reserved for professional and hard of hearing consumer organizations. For further information contact the Acting Director, Dr. Murray R. Hodgson (hodgson@mech. ubc. ca). IHEAR The University of British Columbia 3rd floor, 2206 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-3073 Fax: 604-822-9588 LIU INSTITUTE FOR THE STUDY OF GLOBAL ISSUES P. Evans, Professor and Acting Director A unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies The Liu Institute for Global Issues is an interdisciplinary unit within the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Institute pursues interdisciplinary and policy-related research and advocacy on global public policy issues related to human security. Its research agenda embraces international relations, human security, peace and disarmament, global public opinion and democratization, the environment, conflict and development, and global health and global justice issues. Liu Institute for Global Issues The University of British Columbia 6476 North West Marine Drive Tel: 604-822-1558 Fax: 604-822-6966 Web: www.ligi.ubc.ca PETER WALL INSTITUTE FOR ADVANCED STUDIES Dianne Newell, Director A unit within the A unit within the Vice President Research Office The Peter Wall Institute for Advanced Studies was established to support fundamental, interdisciplinary research and creative activities that have the potential to result in significant advances to knowledge. As the name "Institute for Advanced Studies" suggests, the Institute focuses on basic research rather than policy. It facilitates research programs across a variety of disciplines. All research disciplines at UBC fall within the domain of interest to the Institute. As well as helping to bridge departmental and faculty boundaries within UBC, the Institute is committed to facilitating contacts between outstanding UBC researchers and distinguished researchers around the world. An overriding concern is to encourage research and creative activities that otherwise would not take place. The Institute was established by an endowment from Peter Wall and supplemented by a further endowment from the President's Office. The programs of the Institute fall into two broad categories: thematic and residential. THEMATIC PROGRAMS • Major Thematic Grants provide funding of up to $500,000 over three years to a broad interdisciplinary team of UBC and external scholars to research a new area. • Exploratory Workshop Grants bring together researchers from different disciplines at UBC with outstanding external experts in meetings of typically a few days' duration. The purpose is to work towards assessing research possibilities and developing a research agenda. A base level of funding up to $15,000 ($25,000 under certain conditions) is provided. • Theme Development Workshops are very informal meetings, typically for a few hours. The sessions allow researchers to come together with colleagues across the campus to share initial ideas on researching a particular theme. • Colloquia program funds public talks by outstanding visiting scholars to UBC. RESIDENTIAL PROGRAMS • Distinguished Professor endowed chair is intended to attract or retain a world-class scholar. The Peter Wall endowment provides a five-year terms renewable salary support. • Distinguished Scholars in Residence program appoints up to four outstanding senior UBC researchers for a calendar year. Each Scholar is given a research office at the Institute and a modest research budget. Applicants must be tenure-track faculty with demonstrated and recognized research excellence. • Early Career UBC Scholars are tenure-track Assistant or Associate Professors who are within two years of their appointment or promotion. They must have a very strong research record and compatibility with the goals of the Institute. Researchers from any Faculty or department are eligible. A modest research budget is provided with the appointment. • Visiting Junior Scholars. This program is under review; a replacement summer program is being planned. The Institute has no direct role in teaching or in the development of curricula but the internal funding to UBC faculty members provides research opportunities for students. The externally-focused programs provide opportunities for students to come into contact with world- class artists and scholars. PART VII RESEARCH UNITS, CENTRES AND INSTITUTES 83 The Director reports to the Board of Trustees and a management committee established by the Wall Endowment. Academic direction is provided by distinguished researchers drawn from all Faculties who serve on the Institute's Advisory, Adjudication and Selection committees. Any faculty member acting as PI on an Institute competitive grant, receiving an individual Institute award, or serving on an Institute committee, becomes a Faculty Associate. Faculty Associates are invited to twice- monthly meetings at the Institute; these provide excellent informal opportunities for a broad exchange of ideas with colleagues from very different disciplines. Visit the Institute's website (www.pwias.ubc.ca) for further information. Peter Wall Institute for Advanced Studies The Koerner University Centre The University of British Columbia 6331 Crescent Road Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-4782 Fax: 604-822-4222 Email: info@pwias.ubc.ca PULP AND PAPER RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF CANADA The Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada (Paprican) is a non-profit research and educational organization dedicated to enhancing the technical competitiveness of its supporting member companies. The funding of the Institute is borne largely by the member companies which represent over 70% of the pulp and paper producers in Canada. Fundamental and applied research is carried out in laboratories in Pointe Claire and Vancouver. The Institute also collaborates in programs of post-graduate studies at McGill University, the University of British Columbia, and Ecole Polytechnique supporting research for advanced degrees under the supervision of faculty at these universities. The program at UBC is housed in the Pulp and Paper Centre (www.ppc.ubc.ca). RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY, INSTITUTE FOR The Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability (IRES) was established by the amalgamation of the Resource Management and Environmental Studies interdisciplinary graduate program, the Westwater Research Centre, and the Sustainable Development Research Institute. The role of the Institute is to foster holistic approaches to issues related to the sustainable use of natural resources and the reciprocal interactions with the environment within which society functions. The Institute's research and teaching program initiatives are collaborative both within the University, with other educational institutions and with the broader community. More information can be found on the Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability (www.ires.ubc.ca) website. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY, MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE For a description of programs offered in resource management areas, see Resource Management and Environmental Studies, p. 276 under Faculty of Graduate Studies, Degree Programs. ECO-RISK RESEARCH UNIT The mission of the Eco-Risk Research Unit is to contribute to the research and educational mission of the Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability, the School of Community and Regional Planning, and the Centre for Human Settlements. The unit conducts interdisciplinary research and associated activities that focus on decision-making for managing environment, health and technology risks. For more information contact Dr. T.L. McDaniels (timmcd@interchange.ubc.ca) or telephone 604-822-9288. FOREST ECONOMICS AND POLICY ANALYSIS UNIT The Forest Economics and Policy Analysis research unit is a national centre focusing on interdisciplinary aspects of the economics and policy imperatives in the Canadian forest sector. Canadian timber supply, forest-land amenities, competitiveness and economic integration are the primary objectives of the research program. The unit develops its research programs in conjunction with an advisory committee to reflect the emerging and long-term issues of the forest sector in Canada. Graduate students are involved in the research programs of the unit and may enrol in a variety of graduate programs including Forestry, Commerce and Business Administration, and Resource Management and Environmental Studies. For more information contact Dr. LB. Vertinsky (ilan.vertinsky@commerce.ubc.ca) or telephone 604-822-3886. SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH INITIATIVE (SDRI) The Sustainable Development Research Initiative (formerly Institute) is an academic focus within the Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability. Established in 1991, the Initiative is a vehicle for the development and coordination of sustainable development, encouraging interdisciplinary collaboration among faculty departments and centres at UBC, provincial and federal agencies and communities. The research focus is on applied policy, relevant interdisciplinary research and the dissemination of knowledge to local, national and international groups. WESTWATER RESEARCH UNIT Westwater, established in 1971 in response to the growing concern about water resources, functions as a collaborative research unit conducting research on problems concerning water resources and their associated lands. Its general objective is to provide an improved foundation for decisions about policies and institutional arrangements through rigorous analysis of the alternative courses of action that might be taken. The research program involves natural and social scientists in the analysis of multi-dimensional problems. Students are associated with Westwater by working with faculty members on the projects of the unit. Visit the Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability (and Resource Management and Environmental Studies) website (www.ires.ubc.ca) for further details. Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability The University of British Columbia Library Processing Centre 462-2206 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-9249 Fax: 604-822-9250 Email: rmesgrad@interchange.ubc.ca RICK HANSEN INSTITUTE Rick Hansen, C.C., O.B.C., President and Chief Executive Officer "If you believe in a dream and have the courage to try, great things can be accomplished." In August of 1997, Rick Hansen, Canada's Man in Motion, established the Rick Hansen Institute in collaboration with the University of British Columbia. Governed by a board of directors that is made up of both community and University representatives, and fueled by the belief that anything is possible, the institute's goal is to accelerate the discovery of a cure for spinal cord injury. Through creative leadership and innovative local, national and international partnerships, including UBC, the Institute supports research to improve quality of life for people with spinal cord injury and to ultimately find a cure. For further information, please visit our website (www.rickhansen.com) or contact: Rick Hansen Institute 5th Floor, 520 West 6th Avenue Vancouver, BC V5Z 1A1 Tel: 604-876-6800; toll free: 1-800-213-2131 Fax: 604-876-6666 OTHERS ADVANCED MATERIALS AND PROCESS ENGINEERING LABORATORY (AMPEL) Dr. G. Sawatzky, Director Situated in the Brimacombe Building, the Advanced Material and Process Engineering Laboratory (AMPEL) offers opportunities for graduate research in material-related topics. AMPEL is an interdisciplinary research laboratory with faculty members and students from the Faculties of Science and Applied Science and from the Departments of Chemistry, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Materials Engineering and Physics and Astronomy. The Centre for Metallurgical Process Engineering is also located in the Brimacombe Building. For descriptions of programs offered in materials- related areas, see Materials Engineering, p. 104 under the Faculty of Applied Science. 84 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Students interested in doing graduate work at the laboratory may contact Dr. G. Sawatzky (sawatzky@physics.ubc.ca), Director at AMPEL, 2355 East Mall, UBC, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4. Or, visit the AMPEL website (www.ampel.ubc.ca) for further information. BAMFIELD MARINE SCIENCES CENTRE In 1972 a consortium of five western Canadian universities, the Western Canadian Universities Marine Sciences Society (WCUMSS), established the Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre (BMSC) with support from the National Research Council, becoming the only facility of its kind on the outer coast between Oregon and Alaska. WCUMSS members are: the Universities of Alberta, British Columbia, Calgary, Victoria and Simon Fraser University. Located on the west coast of Vancouver Island (Barkley Sound), BMSC provides year-round research facilities, and technical assistance to both WCUMSS member and non-member scientists, and offers undergraduate and graduate courses in all aspects of coastal and marine biological sciences. As well, BMSC offers a public education program. Facilities include: general laboratories, seawater system, research vessels including a remotely- operated vehicle, SCUBA and shop facilities, stores and maintenance shop, fish/invertebrate museum, herbarium, lecture space, library, computer lab, fluid-dynamics lab (flume available mid 2005), confocal microscope, TOC analyzer, tree-canopy platform, and on-site food and housing services. BMSC offers financial assistance in the form of awards, bursaries, teaching assistantships, post-doctoral fellowships, and researcher-in- residence funding. For additional information please contact: I Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre Bamfield, BC VOR 1B0 Tel: 250-728-3301 Fax: 250-728-3452 Email: info@bms.bcca Web: www.bms.bc.ca HERBARIUM The Herbarium consists of permanent reference and research collections of dried plant specimens housed in cases in the Department of Botany in the Biological Sciences Building. All groups of macroscopic algae, fungi, and plants are represented in the collection of more than half a million specimens. There are more than 220,000 specimens of seed plants and ferns. This includes the world's largest collection of British Columbia plants, one of the world's largest collections of tropical prayer plants (Marantaceae), as well as large collections from other parts of North America, the Hawaiian Islands, Europe, South Africa, South America, New Zealand and Australia. The algae collection includes over 80,000 specimens of marine algae. This includes the world's largest collection of seaweeds from British Columbia and Alaska, and major collections from Washing ton, Oregon, Australia, New Zealand, Europe, Japan and South Africa. The fungi collection includes over 38,000 specimens. This includes an excellent collection of Myxomycetes (slime molds) as well as representatives of most groups of true fungi. In addition, the lichen collection includes 30,000 specimens. The bryophyte collection contains over 220,000 specimens, of which over 180,000 are mosses and 35,000 are liverworts. It is the third largest bryophyte collection in North America, and the largest collection of British Columbia bryophytes. It also includes major collections from the rest of North America, Japan, Western Europe, Australia and New Zealand. Herbarium specimens are the basis for all documented identifications and geographical distributions of plants. The collections are studied taxonomically by the curators, other faculty and students, and researchers all over the world. The specimens are also a resource that can be used by scientists for chemical and molecular analysis. The Herbarium also keeps voucher specimens of plants which have been studied chemically, genetically, or in other ways. These voucher specimens provide permanent proof of the identity of the species that was actually studied. Foresters, archaeologists, ecologists, police, agriculturists, other government agencies, and the general public also use the Herbarium for plant identifications. More information about the Herbarium may be obtained from the Botany website (www.botany.ubc.ca). HUMAN EARLY LEARNING PARTNERSHIP (HELP) Clyde Hertzman, Director Hillel Goelman, Associate Director A research institute within the Faculty of Graduate Studies Established in 2001, the Human Early Learning Partnership (HELP) is a pioneering, interdisciplinary research partnership that is directing a world-leading contribution to new understanding and approaches to early child development. ^lELP is a network of faculty, researchers and graduate students from five BC universities (UBC, UVic, SFU, UNBC and UCC). HELP facilitates the creation of new knowledge in human early learning and child development, and helps apply this knowledge in the community by working directly with government and community programs. HELP is a partnership with the BC Ministry of Children and Family Development and the BC Minister of State for Early Childhood Development. Drawn from such disciplines as neurology, pediatrics, biology, social sciences, epidemiology, psychology, education and other fields, HELP engages in collaborative, multi-focused studies to create new knowledge that could not emerge from the perspective of any one discipline. HELP's research program traces the neurodevelopment, cognitive, socio-economic, familial, peer, biological, cognitive, community and cultural factors in child development. Core research activities include the Early Child Development Mapping Project, the Consortium for Health Intervention, Learning & Development (CHILD), the Child and Youth Developmental Trajectories Research Unit (CYDTRU), and HELP Affiliate research projects. HELP facilitates knowledge translation, interdisciplinary research coordination, and is training for graduate students and new researchers. HELP is making a significant contribution to the understanding of, and approaches to, early child development, education and intervention in British Columbia, so that all children have the means to reach their full potential. For further information contact the Managing Director, Jacqueline Smit Alex (smitalex@chspr.ubcca). HELP The University of British Columbia Library Processing Centre 320-2206 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-1278 Fax: 604-822-0640 Web: www.earlylearning.ubc.ca ECD Mapping Portal: ecdportal.help.ubcca MICHAEL SMITH LABORATORIES Dr. Phil Hieter, Director The Michael Smith Laboratories offer facilities and opportunities for graduate study in biotechnology through the academic departments of its faculty members. The academic appointments of the faculty members in the Michael Smith Laboratories span five faculties and ten departments at UBC. Research activities are organized into four separate areas: human/ animal molecular biology, fermentation/process engineering, bioinformatics and plant/forest molecular genetics. Graduate students wishing to work with faculty members in the Michael Smith Laboratories should identify their research interests, associate these with specific faculty members, and phone or write to the faculty member directly. A brochure describing the process is available upon request from the Laboratories, or information can be accessed on the Michael Smith Laboratories website (www.michael- smith.ubcca). Micheal Smith Laboratories The University of British Columbia 301-2185 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4838 Fax:604-822-2114 OCEAN STUDIES COUNCIL L. M. Lavkulich (Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability), Chair The Ocean Studies Council consists of faculty members from a number of disciplines with research interests in various aspects of the oceans. The Council has representatives from various constituencies. These include representatives from: the Faculties of Commerce and Business Administration, Forestry, Graduate Studies, and Law; the Departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Chemical and Biological Engineering, Earth and Ocean Sciences, Eco- PART VII RESEARCH UNITS, CENTRES AND INSTITUTES 85 nomics, Geography, Mathematics, Physical Education, Political Science, and Zoology; and from the following institutes: Asian Research, Lui Institute for Global Studies, and the Institutes for Resources, Environment and Sustainability; and other groups with related interests. The Council has as its primary function the promotion of interdisciplinary research on ocean matters within the University. The council serves to facilitate contacts between scholars at UBC concerned with ocean research and other universities, government bodies, international agencies and other interested groups off- campus. While the Council has no role in teaching or the development of curricula it does act to develop interdisciplinary seminars on ocean topics for both faculty and graduate students. Interested individuals wishing to contact this council should forward their communication to the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, p. 217 for transmittal to the council. REMOTE SENSING COUNCIL B. Klinkenberg (Geography), Chair Studies in various aspects of remote sensing leading to either master's or doctoral degrees in Agroecology, Astronomy, Computer Science, Earth and Ocean Sciences (Atmospheric Science, Geology, Geophysics, or Oceanography), Electrical and Computer Engineering, Forestry and Geography are coordinated by the Remote Sensing Council. Students enter the program by admission as a master's or doctoral candidate in one of the above. The disciplinary department and the student's committee chair are selected from the department or faculty which represents the student's primary field of interest. Students are encouraged to seek representation on their committee from other University departments. In consultation with their committee, specialized programs of study can be developed for highly motivated and well qualified individuals in any aspect of remote sensing, or in any application of remote sensing technology. Similarly, specialized research programs can be developed to suit a student's interest-area and can range from theoretical development of remote sensing technology (including image analysis and sensor development) to specialized applications of remote sensing (including geographic information systems [GIS], vegetation and land classification, land-use analysis, atmospheric and oceanographic studies). Remote Sensing Council's research facilities are housed in the various associated departments and include a wide range of modern equipment that is continually updated. Scholarships, fellowships and teaching research assistantships are available for eight- and twelve-month periods. Additional information on graduate studies in remote sensing may be obtained directly from the Faculty of Graduate Studies or from the Chair of the Remote Sensing Council. Answers to more specific questions on research direction in the various disciplines relative to remote sensing may be obtained directly from the department and individual faculty members concerned. For more information, contact one of the following Council members: P. Austin (paustin@eos.ubc.ca); Earth and Ocean Sciences, I. Cumming (ianc@ece.ubc.ca); Electrical and Computer Engineering, H. Schreier (star@interchange.ubc.ca); Agroecology, R.J. Woodham (head.cs.ubc.ca); Computer Science. TRIUMF TRIUMF is Canada's largest national accelerator facility for research in particle and nuclear physics and related sciences. Located on the UBC campus, it is operated as a joint venture by the University of Alberta, the University of British Columbia, Carleton University, Simon Fraser University, the University of Toronto, and the University of Victoria. In addition, there are six associated universities: the University of Guelph, the University of Manitoba, McMaster University, L'Universite de Montreal, Queen's University, and the University of Regina. Facilities at TRIUMF, based on medium-energy, 0.5 GeV high-current cyclotron accelerator, are used primarily for fundamental physics experiments in nuclear physics, particle physics, material science, chemistry and life sciences. For the fundamental and applied science programs, proton beams from the cyclotron are used to produce intense secondary beams of exotic ions, neutrons, pions or muons. The beam is also used for proton therapy of cancer, in Canada's only such treatment centre. In recent years the laboratory has built a new radioactive beams facility, ISAC, which is now the world's most powerful facility to produce exotic radioisotopes. This facility is used by an international community for a range of science areas, including nuclear physics, astrophysics, and material science. In addition, TRIUMF accelerator expertise is used to make 'in-kind' contributions on behalf of the Canadian Government to the Large Hadron Collider at CERN (the largest European facility, near Geneva). Besides its large cyclotron, TRIUMF also operates four smaller models on site for the production of radioisotopes used primarily for medical diagnostic procedures (e.g., 'PET' scans at the hospital on campus). TRIUMF also provides Canadian users with infrastructure support for their experiments at TRIUMF and abroad, and its science and engineering efforts are effective in transferring high technology to Canadian industry. TRIUMF The University of British Columbia 4004 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 2A3 Tel: 604-222-1047 Web: www.triumf.info VIZON SCITEC INC Vizon SciTec Inc. is an integrated contract science and technology development company with a focus on chemical and biological technology development. Clients and business partners are offered competitive advantage through science and innovation to keep pace with the ongoing and rapid advancements in Technology, Chemistry, Biosciences, Toxicology, Mining, Energy, Health & Safety, and Ship Dynamics. Vizon SciTec has helped create a number of successful enterprises based on leading-edge ideas and intellectual property. Vizon SciTec's 185,000 square foot research and innovation complex, strategically located on the University of British Columbia campus in Vancouver, provides state-of-the-art analytical laboratories. Clients can choose from a spectrum of scientific services ranging from chemical process development, technology evaluation and pilot plant and bench-scale capabilities, to contract analysis. Vizon SciTec's scientists, engineers, and technologists are respected specialists in their fields, ensuring satisfactory results with minimal risk. Vizon SciTec is recognised by the Standards Council of Canada as a GLP compliant facility, and accredited by the Canadian Association of Environmental Analytical Laboratories (CAEAL). Vizon SciTec Inc. BC Research Complex 3650 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC V6S 2L2 Tel: 604-224-4331 Fax: 604-224-0540 Email: info@vizonscitec.com Web: www.vizonscitec.com From the US: Tel: 360-738-0958 Fax: 360-733-3590 86 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 INTRODUCTION The University of British Columbia Library is the second largest research library in Canada and includes 21 branches and divisions at UBC and at other locations: three branches at teaching hospitals (St. Paul's, Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre, and Children's and Women's Health Centre of BC) and one at Robson Square campus in downtown Vancouver. The Library's collections are large and diverse, attracting researchers from around the world and contributing significantly to establishing UBC as a leading academic institution. Our collection includes over 4.7 million books and approximately 45,000 journal, ejournal, and series subscriptions; 500 electronic indexes and databases; 5 million microforms; and 800,000 maps, archival materials, media and other items. UBC Library also has the largest biomedical collection in Western Canada and the largest collection of Asian language materials in the country. It is a depository library for publications of the governments of BC, Canada, Japan and the United Nations. Catherine Quinlan, University Librarian Library Information: 604-822-6375 THE UBC LIBRARY WEBSITE The UBC Library website (www.library.ubc.ca) provides information about the Library and its services, and is a link to a world of scholarly information. Students can connect to the catalogue of the Library's books, journals, videos, pamphlets and sound recordings; access online indexes and research databases, electronic journals and texts, government publications and statistical sources; connect to other libraries in BC and around the world; and more. COMPUTER FACILITIES More than 450 UBC Library workstations are available in the libraries. Workstations located in many branches provide MS Office software and access to the internet, and some are equipped with soundcards enabling headphone use. Library networked print stations provide printing access with a UBC copycard. Wireless Internet access is available in all campus libraries and Internet access ports are available in some libraries for laptop computers with appropriate equipment. Information about loaner laptops is available on the UBC Library website (www.library.ubc.ca). THE IRVING K. BARBER LEARNING CENTRE AT UBC The Irving K. Barber Learning Centre at UBC, due to be completed in 2006, is an education and research support facility, providing access to information resources, technology and services for UBC and British Columbia. Phase One of the Learning Centre is due to open May 2005, with the entire building scheduled for completion late 2006. Constructed around the historic core of Main Library, the Learning Centre will consist of over 250,000 square feet of new and renovated space, and will include classrooms, lecture halls, academic units, library services, information resources and state-of-the-art technology. The Learning Centre has been funded by the University of British Columbia, the province and a $20 million donation from UBC alumnus Irving K. Barber. For information and construction updates, please visit The Irving K. Barber Learning Centre website (www.ikebarberlearningcentre.ubc.ca). SERVICES REFERENCE AND INFORMATION Reference and information staff are available for consultation on information resources relevant to the various disciplines supported by the University. Staff may be contacted in person, by telephone, or by email. Subject specialists provide in-depth assistance with searching for bibliographic citations and other reference materials, advice on researching term papers or theses, and instruction in using electronic resources. Reference staff work closely with faculty members to ensure that the Library offers appropriate and relevant research assistance and instruction. The Library also publishes many maps and guides to its resources, services and physical layout. These publications are available from the UBC Library homepage (www.library.ubc.ca) and in print at all library locations. RESEARCH SKILLS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY INSTRUCTION: INFORMATION CONNECTIONS UBC Library's Information and Research Skills program provides instruction at all levels on getting the most from electronic and print information sources. Classes cover topics such as the essentials of searching the UBC Library website, subject-specific research skills, using specialized databases to find journal articles, and finding information on the Web. The program features hands-on workshops, self- paced online tutorials, one-on-one consultation with research specialists, and instructional sessions for credit courses, during or outside class time. A schedule of drop-in classes is accessible from UBC Library homepage (www.library.ubc.ca) by clicking on "Instruction" on the navigation bar. THE CHAPMAN LEARNING COMMONS The Chapman Learning Commons features peer assistance, instruction, academic support, community events, a laptop-lending program and access to UBC's wireless network. It has support space for group and individual study. Between May 2005 and late 2006, the Chapman Learning Commons will be closed due to construction of The Irving K. Barber Learning Centre. Please visit The Chapman Learning Commons website (www.library.ubc ca/chapmanlearningcommons) for alternate computer and study support facilities. The Chapman Learning Commons is located in Main Library, 1956 Main Mall. PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES Students, faculty, and staff with mobility or print disabilities may obtain Enhanced Services Library cards. Cardholders are entitled to book and journal retrieval, browsing assistance, catalogue assistance, and photocopying by library staff at the self-service price. Medical confirmation of a disability may be required. For more information about services to people with disabilities, contact Access and Diversity/ the Disability Resource Centre at 604-822-5844 (voice) or 604-822-9049 (TDD). DISTANCE EDUCATION STUDENTS UBC Library provides library and information services to UBC students who are living at a distance from the campus and taking credit distance education courses or completing some other UBC degree requirement. Library staff locate and send library materials (fees may be charged for this service) and provide other assistance needed to complete research assignments. ORDER/DELIVERY SERVICES Several document delivery services are available to students, faculty, and staff. Through UBC Library's own service, books, articles, and other materials in the Library's collection can be gathered for pick-up at a Library branch, mailed, or faxed. Fees are charged for most transactions. CISTI Orders is a self-service electronic ordering service for documents from Canada Institute for Scientific and Technical Information (CISTI), Canada's largest library PART VIM UBC LIBRARY 87 for science, engineering, and medicine. UBC Library covers the cost of CISTI Orders for students, faculty, and staff. Ingenta, indexing over 26,000 publications, offers document ordering and delivery by fax or mail, for a fee. INTERLIBRARY LOAN Materials not available at UBC or by self- service ordering can usually be borrowed from other institutions through the Library's Interlibrary Loan service. Certain items such as journal articles, technical reports, or theses are obtained as photocopies or microfilm or microfiche copies. There is no fee for borrowing books, photocopying short journal articles, or making microfiche copies of short technical reports or other documents. UBCCARD/LIBRARY CARD The UBCcard is the University's official student identification card, and is also the student Library card. It is valid for up to four years. UBCcards are issued at the UBC Carding Office, located in UBC Bookstore, throughout the academic year. For more information, please visit the UBCcard website (www.ubccard.ubc.ca) or call 604-822-2406. LIBRARIES AND COLLECTIONS ASIAN LIBRARY Since its acquisition of the Puban collection in 1960, the Asian Library has developed the largest research collection of Asian language materials in Canada. Its holdings in Chinese, Japanese, Korean, South Asian and Indonesian languages exceed 525,000 volumes. While comprehensive in a range of subjects, the collection is especially strong in the humanities and social sciences. Special materials include the valuable Puban collection, Swann collection, Song Xuepeng collection, Jing Yi Zhai collection, Japanese government A publications, and Pearl Delta Area as well as Japanese Canadian studies collections. A growing collection of photographs on Chinese immigrants, and a database of historical Chinese language materials in British Columbia, have developed through research interests in Chinese settlement in BC. The Asian Library shares resources with numerous North American libraries and organizations beyond UBC Library Interlibrary Loan service. The Asian Library is located in the Asian Centre, 1871 West Mall. DAVID LAM LIBRARY The David Lam Management Research Library offers services and collections for research in all facets of business management and administration, including: accounting, collective bargaining, finance, marketing, and urban land economics. Notable collections focus on Asian business, transportation, international finance, sales and marketing. David Lam Library also has extensive resources offering corporate financial data on Canadian and US publicly traded companies. David Lam Library is located in the Henry Angus Building, 2033 Main Mall. EDUCATION LIBRARY The Education Library's collection serves as a foundation for teaching and research in the Faculty of Education. The collection comprises children's books, school texts, and multimedia for K-12, as well as books and journals dealing with teaching strategies, curriculum evaluation, educational technology and research in education. The Education Library also has a number of electronic information resources, as well as materials in microform, audiocassette, and video-recording formats. A high priority is placed on materials that reflect Canadian content and approaches, and materials pertaining to BC Education. The Education Library is located on the main floor of the Neville Scarfe building, 2125 Main Mall. FINE ARTS LIBRARY The Fine Arts Division collects materials on art history, architecture, community and regional planning, costume, graphics, sculpture, design, artistic photography, and painting. The collection is particularly strong in Canadian art, Far Eastern art, and exhibition catalogues. Extensive picture collections include the Photographic Archive from the Chinese National Palace and Central Museums, Taiwan; the Carnegie Collection of photographs of Western art; the Chatsworth Collection of photographs of drawings; and the Marburg Index, an inventory of art in Germany. The Division's rare book collection includes important catalogue raisonnees of artists' works. Pamphlet files contain exhibition catalogues and notices with emphasis on the Vancouver area, as well as information on local buildings and galleries. The Fine Arts Division is located in Main Library, 1956 Main Mall. LAW LIBRARY The Law Library supports the study, reference, and research needs of the students and faculty of the Faculty of Law, and other members of the University community. Its research collection exceeds 215,000 volumes and is supplemented by many electronic indexes, databases, and electronic journals. Primary and secondary legal materials are acquired from major common law jurisdictions of the world: Canada, US, UK, Australia, New Zealand, as well as materials from other selected jurisdictions such as the European Community and the Pacific Rim. A specialized Asian law collection comprises resources in English and in the vernacular. The Law Library is located in the George F Curtis Building, 1822 East Mall. MACMILLAN LIBRARY The MacMillan Library specializes in providing reference and instruction services and collections for forestry and the agricultural sciences. The collection includes books, journals, and other materials in the plant, soil and animal sciences, agroecology, food science and technology, animal welfare, wine research, landscape architecture, environmental design, aquaculture, forestry conservation and wood science. MacMillan Library is located in the MacMillan Building, 2357 Main Mall. MAIN LIBRARY The Main Library houses the collections of the Fine Arts Division, Rare Books and Special Collections, Science and Engineering Division, University Archives, as well as some collections from other UBC libraries. It is home to The Chapman Learning Commons, and the Wallace B. and Madeline H. Chung Collection. Main Library is undergoing renovations in preparation for The Irving K. Barber Learning Centre at UBC. For information on collection and service relocations, please visit www.ikebarberlearningcentre.ubc.ca. Main Library is located at 1956 Main Mall. MATHEMATICS LIBRARY The Mathematics Library has materials on pure and applied mathematics. Subjects include calculus, complexity theory, differential equations, dynamical systems, geometry, logic, mathematical finance, mathematical physics, numerical analysis, number theory, probability, theoretical statistics and the history of mathematics. The Math Library is located in the Mathematics Building, 1984 Mathematics Road. MUSIC LIBRARY The Music Library, serving the research and teaching needs of the UBC School of Music, has one of the finest collections of music materials in Canada. The collection includes books and journals about music, musical scores, sound recordings, CD-ROMs, and video recordings. The Music Library is located in the Music Building, 6361 Memorial Road. RARE BOOKS AND SPECIAL COLLECTIONS Rare Books and Special Collections houses an outstanding research collection of rare books, Canadian history and literature, archival research materials, and collections of historic maps and photographs. Areas of specialization include selected British Columbia authors, books about BC, pre-Confederation Canadiana, Pacific and Arctic exploration, the fur trade, pre-1900 Canadian travel and exploration, Canadian, English and American children's literature, and the history of cartography. The manuscript collections are particularly strong in the areas of fishing, forestry, and mining, with important records relating to BC politics, literature, and history. Rare Books and Special Collections is located in Main Library, 1956 Main Mall. SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING DIVISION Science and Engineering provides reference service and collections for: chemistry, physics, geology, geophysics, palaeontology, computer science, chemical and bio-resource engineering; civil, electrical, mechanical and environmental engineering; atmospheric science, physical oceanography, transportation, and mathemat- 88 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ics. The Science and Engineering Division is located in Main Library, 1956 Main Mall. UBC LIBRARY AT ROBSON SQUARE Supporting the needs of students, faculty, staff and community researchers at UBC's downtown campus, the Library at Robson Square provides a reference centre with digital/ electronic and other resources. The UBC Library at Robson Square is located at 800 Robson Street, Plaza Level. UNIVERSITY ARCHIVES University Archives provides archival and records management services to the UBC community. It is a repository of documents, photographs, and other historical materials preserving the corporate memory of the University. To augment this information, University Archives acquires the private papers of selected faculty members, administrators and alumni, as well as the records of independent student, alumni, and employee organizations. University Archives serves in a public relations capacity by disseminating information about the University to interested individuals and promotes academic research through the provision of reference and other services. University Archives is located in Main Library, 1956 Main Mall. WALTER C. KOERNER LIBRARY Koerner Library houses materials on the humanities and social sciences, including economics, geography, history, languages and literature, philosophy, political science, psychology, religion, and sociology. The collection in Koerner includes CD-ROM databases, bibliographies, directories, encyclopedias, dictionaries, maps, microforms, numeric data files, newspapers, calendars of other universities, and a comprehensive collection of Canadian federal and BC government publications, with publications from international agencies, the US government, as well as from the governments of western European, south-east Asian, and Pacific Rim countries. The Walter C. Koerner Library is located at 1958 Main Mall. WOODWARD LIBRARY Woodward Library is one of a network of four Life Sciences Libraries. It houses the largest biomedical collection in western Canada. Woodward has materials in the health and life sciences, biology, botany, dentistry, medicine, nursing, nutrition, pharmaceutical sciences, zoology, and related fields. The Charles Woodward Memorial Room houses the William C. Gibson History of Medicine and Science Collection, an outstanding collection of more than 5,000 volumes on the history of medicine and the natural sciences. Woodward Library is located at 2198 Health Sciences Mall. The other libraries in the Life Sciences Libraries network are located off-campus in Vancouver hospitals, serving students and researchers affiliated with the Faculty of Medicine and allied health professions. They are: Biomedical Branch Library at Vancouver General Hospital, 700 West 10th Avenue; Eric Hamber Library at Children's and Women's Health Centre of BC, 4480 Oak Street; and St. Paul's Hospital Library, 1081 Burrard Street. LIBRARY STAFF UNIVERSITY LIBRARIAN C. Quinlan, B. Mus. (Qu.), M.L.S. (Dal.), M.B.A. (Memorial U., Nfld.). ASSISTANT UNIVERSITY LIBRARIANS ARTS, HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES L. Atkinson, B.Ed., M.L.S. (Br.Col.). COLLECTIONS AND TECHNICAL SERVICES J. Kreider, B.A. (Goshen Coll.), M.A.T., M.L.S. (Indiana). PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS AND OPERATIONS S. Wilkins, B.A., M.L.S., LL.B. (Alta.). SCIENCES L. Starr, Bsc. (Alta.), M.L.S. (Tor.). HEADS OF LIBRARY UNITS ASIAN LIBRARY E. Yuen, B.A. (H.K.), A.L.A. (U.K.). BORROWER SERVICES L. Crema, B.A., M.A., M.L.S. (Br.Col.). DAVID LAM MANAGEMENT RESEARCH LIBRARY J. Wallace, B.A. (Tor.), M.A., M.Sc. (Col.). EDUCATION LIBRARY C. Ball, B.A. (Qu.), M.L.I.S. (W.Ont.). FINANCE AND FACILITIES D. Bailie, B.A. (Calg.), M.L.S. (Alta.), M.B.A. (Br.Col.). humanities and social science Reference M. Friesen, B.A., B.L. S., M.L.I.S. (Br.Col.). LAW LIBRARY S. Wilkins, B.A., M.L.S., LL.B. (Alta.). LIFE SCIENCES LIBRARIES L. Starr, B.Sc. (Alta), M.L.S. (Tor.). MUSIC LIBRARY K. Walsh, B.Mus. (Br. Col.), M.A., M.L.S. (W. Ont.), Head. SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING DIVISION K. Lindstrom, B.A. (Alta.), M.L.I.S. (W.Ont.). TECHNICAL SERVICES M. Madewan, B.A. (Malaya), M.L.S. (McG.). UNIVERSITY ARCHIVES C. Hives, B.A., M.A. (W.Ont.), M.A.S. (Br.Col.). WOODWARD LIBRARY R. Dahlie, B.A., Prof. Cert. Education, M.L.S (Br.Col.). PART VIII UBC LIBRARY 89 90 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES 93 1 THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE 95 Bachelor of Applied Science 95 Joint UNBC/UBC Program: Environmental Engineering 106 Master of Engineering 107 Diploma in Forest Engineering 107 Professional Associations 107 Academic Staff 108 2 THE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE 111 Master of Architecture Ill Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture 114 Statement of Certification 114 Professional Association 114 Bachelor of Environmental Design 115 Academic Staff 115 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 117 Bachelor of Arts 117 Bachelor of Fine Arts 152 Co-operative Education Programs 153 Diploma in Applied Creative Non-Fiction 154 Diploma in Art History 154 Diploma in Film Production 154 Diploma in Linguistics 155 Certificate in Theatre Design and Technology 155 Graduate Programs 155 Academic Staff 155 4 THE SCHOOL OF AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCES . 161 Master of Science 161 Doctor of Philosophy 163 Academic Staff 163 5 THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 165 Bachelor of Commerce 165 Bachelor of Business in Real Estate 169 Professional Master's Degrees 170 Diploma in Accounting 172 Professional and Diploma Courses 172 Executive Education 173 Academic Staff 173 6 THE SCHOOL OF COMMUNITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING 175 Master's Degrees 175 Doctor of Philosophy 177 Academic Staff 177 7 THE FACULTY OF DENTISTRY 179 Doctor of Dental Medicine 179 Bachelor of Dental Science in Dental Hygiene 181 General Practice Residency Training Program 184 Graduate and Post-Graduate Programs 185 Professional Association 185 Academic Staff 185 8 THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION 189 Bachelor of Education 189 Certificate of Qualification 199 Diploma in Education 199 Continuing Professional Education 199 Graduate Programs 200 Academic Units 200 Academic Staff 203 9 THE FACULTY OF FORESTRY 205 Co-operative Education Program 205 Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F.) 205 Bachelor of Science in Natural Resources Conservation 210 Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.Sc. [Forestry]) 210 Bachelor of Science inWood Products Processing 212 Diploma in Forest Engineering 213 Diploma in Forestry (Advanced Silviculture) 213 Exchange Programs 214 Awards and Financial Assistance 214 Academic Staff 214 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 217 Admission 217 TOEFL and GRE Requirements 219 Classification of Students 221 Academic Regulations 222 Awards and Scholarships 225 Degrees Offered 227 Degree Programs 227 Degree Programs Administered by Disciplinary Faculties 285 Academic Resources 285 Residential Colleges 286 Registration 2004/2005 287 Academic Staff 288 11 THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH DISCIPLINES 289 Division of Health Care Communication 199 Division of Interprofessional Education, Research & Evaluation 289 Division of Practice Education 289 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 91 Institute for Aboriginal Health 290 Centre for Health Services and Policy Research 290 Centre for International Health 290 The Media Group 290 Courses of Instruction 290 Affiliated Faculties 291 12 THE SCHOOL OF HUMAN KINETICS 293 Bachelor of Human Kinetics 293 Academic Staff 296 13 THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 297 Master of Journalism 297 Academic Staff 297 14 THE FACULTY OF LAND AND FOOD SYSTEMS 299 Admission 299 Registration and Program Approval 299 Academic Regulations 299 Bachelor of Science in Agroecology 300 Bachelor of Science in Food, Nutrition and Health 301 Bachelor of Science in Global Resource Systems 304 Bachelor of Environmental Design 305 Bachelor of Home Economics 306 Diploma in Management of Aquaculture Systems 306 Canadian Exchange Programs 307 Exchanges Abroad 307 Academic Staff 307 1 5 THE FACULTY OF LAW 309 Bachelor of Laws 309 Exchange Programs 312 Law Society of British Columbia 313 Awards and Financial Assistance 313 UBC Law Review 313 Canadian Journal of Family Law 313 Academic Staff 313 16THE SCHOOL OF LIBRARY, ARCHIVAL AND INFORMATION STUDIES 315 Master of Library and Information Studies 315 Master of Archival Studies 317 Joint M.A.S./M.L.I.S 318 Master of Arts in Children's Literature 318 Doctor of Philosophy in Library, Archival and Information Studies . 319 Certificate of Advanced Study 319 Student Awards 320 Academic Staff 320 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 321 Doctor of Medicine 321 Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Medicine 325 Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Science 325 Bachelor of Midwifery 327 Postgraduate Education 328 Licence to Practice Medicine 331 Medical Council of Canada Qualifying Examination 331 Academic Staff 332 18 THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC 351 Bachelor of Music 351 Bachelor of Arts 358 Diploma in Collaborative Piano Studies 358 Diploma in Music Performance 358 Academic Staff 358 19 THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 361 Bachelor of Science in Nursing 361 Registered Nurses Association of BC 363 Awards and Financial Assistance 363 Academic Staff 363 20 THE SCHOOL OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE 367 Master of Science 367 Doctor of Philosophy 368 Professional Registration 369 Awards and Financial Assistance 369 Academic Staff 369 21 THE FACULTY OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCE 371 Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy 371 Continuing Pharmacy Professional Development 374 Residency Programs 374 Graduate Programs 374 College of Pharmacists of British Columbia 375 Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada 375 I Academic Staff 375 22 THE SCHOOL OF REHABILITATION SCIENCES 377 ^Master of Occupational Therapy 377 ■Master of Physical Therapy 378 Master of Rehabilitation Science 379 Master of Science 379 Doctor of Philosophy 379 Graduate Certificate in Rehabilitation 379 Contact Information 380 College of Occupational Therapists of BC 380 College of Physical Therapists of BC 380 Academic Staff 380 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 383 Bachelor of Science 383 Bachelor of Computer Science 431 Diploma in Computer Science 431 Diploma in Meteorology 431 Academic Staff 432 24 THE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY STUDIES437 Bachelor of Social Work 437 Bachelor of Arts Family Studies Major/Minor 438 Graduate Programs 438 Academic Staff 438 92 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Courses of Study and Degrees The University offers instruction in each of its faculties and schools. Listed below are the bachelor, master's and doctoral degrees offered, along with diplomas and certificates. Doctoral and master's degrees are offered either by the Faculty of Graduate Studies or by a disciplinary Faculty. For complete information on graduate programs, see The Faculty of Graduate Studies, * *1555 or the disciplinary Faculty or School sections. For a listing of graduate interdisciplinary programs offered, see Interdisciplinary Studies, * * 111 08 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. For a listing of Honorary Degrees, * *24 see Ch 4, Establishment and Constitution. APPLIED SCIENCE (ENGINEERING) Bachelor of Applied Science B.A.Sc. Bachelor of Applied Science with Master of Engineering B.A.Sc/M.Eng. Master of Applied Science M.A.Sc. Master of Engineering M.Eng. Master of Science M.Sc. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. ARCHITECTURE Bachelor of Environmental Design B.EnD. Master of Architecture M.Arch. Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture M.A.S.A. ARTS Bachelor of Arts B.A. Bachelor of Fine Arts B.F.A. Master of Arts M.A. Master of Arts in Asia Pacific M.A.P.P.S. Policy Studies Master of Fine Arts M.F.A. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCES Master of Science M.Sc. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Bachelor of Commerce B.Com. Bachelor of Business in Real B.B.R.E. Estate Master of Business M.B.A. Administration Master of Business Administra- M.B.A./LL.B. tion with Bachelor of Laws Master of Management M.M. Master of Science in Business M.Sc. (Bus. Administration Admin.) Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. COMMUNITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING Master of Arts in Planning M.A.P Master of Science in Planning M.Sc.P. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. DENTISTRY Bachelor of Dental Science B.D.Sc. Doctor of Dental Med icine D.M.D. Master of Science M.Sc. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. EDUCATION Bachelor of Education B.Ed. Master of Education M.Ed. Master of Educational Technology M.E.T. Master of Arts M.A. Doctor of Education Ed.D. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. FORESTRY Bachelor of Science in Forestry B.S.F. Bachelor of Science in Forestry B.Sc. (Forestry) Bachelor of Science in Natural Resources Conservation B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) Bachelor of Science in Products Processing Wood B.Sc. (Wood Products Processing) Master of Forestry M.F. Master of Science M.Sc. Master of Applied Science M.A.Sc. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. GRADUATE STUDIES See Degrees Offered, * *4335 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section of this chapter. HUMAN KINETICS Bachelor of Human Kinetics B.H.K. Master of Human Kinetics M.H.K. Master of Arts M.A. Master of Science M.Sc. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. JOURNALISM Master of Journalism M.J. LAND AND FOOD SYSTEMS Bachelor of Environmental Design B.EnD. Bachelor of Science in Agroecology B.Sc. (Agroecology) Bachelor of Science in Global Resource Systems B.Sc. (Global Resource Systems) Bachelor of Science in Food, Nutrition and Health B.Sc. (Food, Nutrition and Health) Bachelor of Home Economics B.H.E. Master of Landscape Architecture M.L.A. Master of Advanced Studies in Landscape Architecture M.A.S.L.A. Master of Science M.Sc. Master of Applied Science M.A.Sc. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES 93 LAW Bachelor of Laws LL.B. Bachelor of Laws with Master LL.B./M.A.P.P.S. of Arts in Asian Pacific Policy Studies Master of Business Administra- M.B.A./LL.B. tion with Bachelor of Laws Master of Laws LL.M. Master of Jurisprudence in M.Jur. Common Law Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. LIBRARY, ARCHIVAL AND INFORMATION STUDIES Master of Library and Information Studies Master of Archival Studies Master of Archival Studies with Master of Library and Information Studies Master of Arts (Children's Literature) Doctor of Philosophy M.L.I.S. M.A.S. M.A.S./M.LI.S. M.A. Ph.D. MEDICINE Bachelor of Medical Laboratory B.M.L.Sc. Science Bachelor of Midwifery B.Mw. Doctor of Medicine M.D. Doctor of Medicine with Doctor M.D./Ph.D. of Philosophy Master of Health Administration M.H.A. Master of Health Science M.H.Sc. Master of Science M.Sc. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. MUSIC Bachelor of Music B.Mus. Bachelor of Arts B.A. Master of Music M.Mus. Master of Arts M.A. Doctor of Musical Arts D.M.A. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. NURSING Bachelor of Science in Nursing B.S.N. Master of Science in Nursing M.S.N. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE Master of Science M.Sc. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy B.Sc. (Pharm.; Master of Science M.Sc. Doctor of Pharmacy Pharm.D. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. REHABILITATION SCIENCES Master of Occupational Therapy M.O.T Master of Physical Therapy M.P.T Master of Rehabilitation Science M.R.Sc. Master of Science M.Sc. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. SCIENCE Bachelor of Science B.Sc. Bachelor of Computer Science B.C.S. Master of Science M.Sc. Master of Software Systems M.S.S. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY STUDIES Bachelor of Social Work B.S.W. Bachelor of Arts B.A. Master of Social Work M.S.W. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. DIPLOMAS Accounting Administration for Engineers Administration for Foresters Applied Creative Non-Fiction Art History Collaborative Piano Studies Computer Science Education Film Studies Forestry (Advanced Silviculture) Forest Engineering Linguistics Management of Aquaculture Systems Meteorology Periodontics (in conjunction with an M.Sc. in Dental Science) Urban Land Economics CERTIFICATES Advanced Study (Library, Archival and Information Studies) Bioinformatics Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology Post-Graduate Certificate in Technology-based Distributed Learning Post-Graduate Certificate in Technology-based Learning for Schools Real Property Assessment Site Planning Theatre Design and Technology 94 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 1 The Faculty of Applied Science Dean's Office M. Isaacson, Dean P. E. Adebar, Associate Dean A. B. Dunwoody, Associate Dean S. G. Hatzikiriakos, Associate Dean 5000-2332 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4 Telephone: 604-822-6413 Fax: 604-822-7006 Engineering Student Services: 604-822-6556 Applied Science Website (www.apsc.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Applied Science offers undergraduate and graduate programs in Engineering, Architecture, and Nursing. The Faculty offers engineering programs through the Departments of Chemical and Biological Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Materials Engineering and Mining Engineering, and three boards of study: Engineering Physics, Geological Engineering, and Integrated Engineering. The two schools in the Faculty offer programs in their respective disciplines, which are described in The School of Architecture, p. Ill and The School of Nursing, p. 361. In cooperation with the Faculty of Forestry and the Institute of Forest Engineering of British Columbia, the Faculty of Applied Science offers the Diploma in Forest Engineering. Extension of engineering studies to the graduate level is becoming increasingly important. The Faculty offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master of Applied Science, Master of Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy, and provides research facilities in many areas of engineering. The requirements for admission to these programs are listed in The Faculty of Graduate Studies, p. 227. The Master of Engineering requirements are listed under Master of Engineering, p. 107 in this section. M.Eng. may be obtained by part-time study in all departments. Part-time study towards the Master of Applied Science is permitted in some departments. BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE The Faculty offers programs of undergraduate study leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science in the following areas of engineering: Chemical and Biological Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Engineering Physics, Geological Engineering, Integrated Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Materials Engineering, and Mining Engineering. The Faculty of Applied Science admits suitably qualified applicants directly from secondary school into first-year engineering. These students will normally complete the Bachelor of Applied Science in four years, except in the case of the Engineering Physics and Chemical Engineering-Chemistry Honours programs which require five years' study. Students may also enter the engineering program after spending one or more years in the Faculty of Science, either because they wish to avail themselves of a broader range of electives or because they do not meet the entrance requirements for admission directly from secondary school (see Admission from BC/Yukon Grade 12 (or equivalent), p. 95). Depending on the transfer credit in engineering received from first-year Science (see Admission from Science, p. 96), such students may be able to complete an engineering degree with three further years of study, otherwise they will require four further years. Scheduled field trips, and the activities of professional and technical societies all contribute to the rounding out of the undergraduate programs and students are expected to participate n them as fully as circumstances permit. The Faculty will consider proposals from qualified applicants for part-time study towards the Bachelor of Applied Science. Since the flexibility for such study may be limited, approval must be obtained from the Dean's Office. ACADEMIC ADVISING Academic advising duties are shared between the Engineering Student Services Office and departmental advisors. The Engineering Student Services Office is located at 2332 Main Mall, Room 1100. Departmental offices have the names of the departmental advisors. The Engineering Student Services Office handles advising for all first-year students and for courses given by other f acuities. Departmental advisors deal with questions regarding courses taken within the student's own department. ADMISSION Application for admission to the engineering program must be made through Enrolment Services no later than February 28. All supporting documents, including official transcripts, must be received by Enrolment Services by June 30, otherwise the application will not be considered. The applicant is responsible for ensuring that official transcripts are received by June 30. Due to limited resources, the Faculty has been authorized to restrict enrolment in first-year engineering, and within individual engineering programs at the second year level. Attainment of the minimum academic requirements listed below means that the applicant is eligible for selection, but does not provide assurance of admission. The selection is based on academic standing. For most engineering programs, the competition for places is such that standing above the minimum prescribed requirements is necessary to ensure admission. The attention of applicants is drawn to the importance of mathematics as a preparation for engineering courses. Experience has shown that UBC students with grades below 65%> in mathematics (below 'B' at a college) are likely to have difficulty with many engineering courses. ADMISSION FROM BC/YUKON GRADE 12 (OR EQUIVALENT) In addition to satisfying university admission requirements, applicants must have completed mathematics, physics, and chemistry at the British Columbia Grade 12 level, or the equivalent. Students will be selected on the basis of their standing in Grade 12 courses in mathematics, chemistry, physics and English. Applicants from schools where either Physics 12 or Chemistry 12 is not available may petition to be excused this deficiency. The University is prepared to offer early admission to secondary school students graduating in June based on interim or projected final grades submitted by the schools. In addition to high academic standards, the Faculty of Applied Science recognizes the benefits of previous technical work and extracurricular activities. Admissible applicants from BC and Yukon secondary schools whose interim grades (and final grades where applicable) fall below 85% will be sent a supplementary PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 1 THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE 95 application form. The form requests information from the applicant in areas such as: • career objectives in the context of the present application to enter engineering; • experiences related to athletic, cultural, family, community or other activities requiring considerable personal initiative; • science projects requiring design, construction and use of specialized equipment and/ or software; • summer jobs in technical organizations or environments; and • technical courses completed. This information will be used by the Admissions Committee of the Faculty of Applied Science in the selection of up to 15% of the students entering engineering. ADMISSION FROM SCIENCE Applicants who have taken first-year Science at UBC are eligible to be considered if they have achieved an overall average of at least 55%> on all courses, including any failed courses, and at least 60% in each of chemistry, physics and mathematics (60% average in MATH 100 and 101, minimum 60% in MATH 101). Applicants from a college or another university are eligible for consideration if they have achieved an overall grade-point average of at least 2.5, including any failed courses, with a grade-point average of at least 2.7 in mathematics, physics and chemistry with no grade less than 'C in these subjects. Applicants registered in Science who have taken 60 or more credits must normally have an average of at least 60% on all courses taken in their most recent 60 credits of study in Science, including any failed courses. Applicants from first year at an approved university or college should normally have taken the following 30 credits of prerequisite subjects: CHEM 121 and 123, ENGL 112 or another first-year English course, MATH 100 and 101 (or 120 and 121), PHYS 101 and 102 (or 121 and 122), plus 9 credits of appropriate electives. Students transferring into engineering with 6 credits of first-year Chemistry may substitute a 3-credit engineering graphics course for APSC 150. Applicants who are deficient in one or more of these subjects should consult the Dean's Office. Applicants with more than 24 credits of transfer credit in first-year engineering may be eligible for second-year engineering, depending on the program which they wish to enter and the transfer credit received. Advice on transfer credit is available from the Applied Science Dean's Office. Applicants admitted to second year may be able to complete their engineering program in three years following first-year Science, depending on the first-year engineering courses that they lack and the arrangements that they can make for completing these courses. These applicants must obtain a 'Second Year Program Preference' form from the Dean's Office and return the completed form to the Dean's Office by June 15. Exemptions are given for courses in first-year Applied Science for the following courses normally taken in first-year Science at UBC: EXEMPTIONS FOR APPLIED SCIENCE Course Exemption CHEM 121 and 123 CHEM 154 PHYS101 and 102 PHYS153 (or 121 and 122) The following courses, which can be taken as electives in first-year Science, also give the exemptions indicated: EXEMPTIONS FOR SCIENCE Course Exemption CPSC122 CPSC 124 and 126 (Pair) MATH 221 or 223 PHYS 216 CPSC152 CPSC 152 and 128 (Pair) MATH 152 PHYS170 MATH 221, or equivalent, is required for students wishing to enter the Departments of Electrical and Computer Engineering or Mechanical Engineering. Successful completion of Science One (from UBC) provides transfer credit for first-year engineering for CHEM 154, MATH 100, MATH 101 and PHYS 153. Applicants with 24 or fewer credits of transfer credit in engineering will normally enter first- year engineering and take a program similar to the one described in the table, Typical Transfer Program Following First-Year Science, p. 99. They will normally require four years following first-year Science to complete their engineering programs. ADMISSION FROM UBC ENGINEERING TRANSFER PROGRAMS Students who have completed first-year engineering at a college offering a UBC transfer program are eligible to be considered for admission to second-year engineering provided that they have obtained an overall grade-point average of at least 2.5. ADMISSION FOLLOWING TWO-YEAR TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA PROGRAMS Students are eligible to be considered for admission if they have completed an appropriate two-year technology diploma program with an overall average of at least 70%. Admission is normally into first-year engineering. CAMOSUN BRIDGING PROGRAM Students with a two-year diploma in Civil or Mining Technology will be admitted to third year of the B.A.Sc. program in Civil Engineering or Mining Engineering upon successful completion of the Engineering Bridging program offered by Camosun College. Applications for entry into the bridging program are considered on an individual basis and approval for admission must be obtained from both the Faculty of Applied Science and Camosun College before registering in any of the bridging courses. Students may be required to take additional first- or second-year UBC courses to make up deficiencies. Mature applicants may be admitted into the Bridging Program notwithstanding the fact they might not meet the normal admission requirements if, in the judgment of the Faculty of Applied Science and Camosun College, equivalent experience has been obtained. MATURE STUDENTS Applicants who do not meet the normal University or Faculty requirements for admission, but who have relevant work experience in engineering, may be considered for admission. Mature student applications are considered on an individual basis; this applies to residents of BC only. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS DEAN'S HONOUR LIST Students in any Winter Session with a sessional average of at least 80% while taking 30 or more credits will receive the notation 'Dean's Honour List' on their record. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION On graduation, a student will be granted a Degree with Distinction if they obtain an average of not less than 80% in the Winter ^Kssion of the final year and either a minimum of 75% in each of the preceding two Winter Sessions or, if the minimum of 75% is not achieved in one or more of the preceding two Winter Sessions, an overall average in the three years of 80% or higher. To be eligible, students must have had full-time status for all four years, with no failed courses. STUDENT CLASSIFICATION The required courses and electives for the Winter Session are shown in the following sections. Historically, the average credit load taken by students is 33 per session, and normal completion time is four to five years. Students may take higher loads than those shown below with the approval of the Dean's Office. Regular students are considered to be "full- time" or "part-time" as follows: In order to be considered as full-time, a student must carry a credit load in the Winter Session which is equal to at least 80% of the standard credit load for the year and program in which the student is registered. Note that the Faculty's definition of full-time status may not be the same as that used by Student Financial Assistance & Awards p. 62 in determining eligibility for financial assistance. Students wishing to ensure that they are eligible for consideration for scholarships or other forms of award should check with Student Financial Assistance & Awards. A student who has approval for a credit load in a Winter Session which is less than that required for full-time status shall be considered as a part-time student. A part-time student will not normally be eligible for scholarships or for a Degree with Distinction. 96 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 A student who is taking courses from more than one year level shall normally be given year status based on the program year of the majority of credits being taken. EXAMINATIONS Examinations are held in December and in April. In any course which includes both lecture and laboratory work, a student must complete the laboratory assignments with satisfactory standing before being admitted to the written examination of the course and must pass in the material of both components before standing will be granted in the subject. The minimum passing mark in each course is 50%. Applications for special consideration for examinations missed on account of illness or domestic affliction must be submitted to the Dean before or immediately after the missed examination(s). For information regarding medical certificates see Academic Concession, p. 52. ADVANCEMENT In order to pass the year, a student must both obtain an overall average of at least 55%> in the Winter Session and pass in 65%> of credits taken. A student who fails a year will be required to discontinue studies in the Faculty for at least one year but is eligible to apply for readmission after that year. A student who fails a second time will be required to withdraw. In a failed year a student will be granted credit for all courses passed. A student who withdraws during Term 2 of Winter Session after obtaining less than 55 % on the December examinations will not be readmitted for the following Winter Session but is eligible to apply for readmission after that year. In order to advance in the Faculty of Applied Science, students normally must have met the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) requirement by April 30 to be eligible for admission to a program at the second-year level. (See Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120.) They must also complete ENGL 112 (or equivalent) prior to promotion to third year, and APSC 201 prior to promotion to fourth year. Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English. SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS There are no supplemental examinations for any courses offered within the Faculty of Applied Science, with the exception of 400 level courses. Additionally, supplemental examinations may not be offered in all 400 level courses within the Faculty. Supplemental examinations are only available to students who have passed their year. A student must have failed a course, but received a final grade of at least 40% in order to be eligible to write a supplemental examination in that course. Supplemental examinations are only offered during the deferred/supplemental examination period of July to August. Supplemental examinations for courses which terminate in December will normally be made available to students only during the supplemental examination period in July to August. APPEALS Current students may appeal year standing decisions to the Faculty of Applied Science Committee on Admissions, Standing and Courses. Applications for readmission from non-current students should be directed to Enrolment Services. FIELD TRIPS Students who are required to participate in field trips will be responsible for expenses incurred in such trips. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A student shall be granted a Bachelor of Applied Science only after obtaining credit for all courses listed in the program of study for a given engineering program. This requirement will normally be met by completing four Winter Sessions with full credit load (five Winter Sessions for the Engineering Physics Program). With the approval of the Dean's Office, a student may be allowed to study on a part-time basis. Credit will be granted for courses completed during the Summer Session. A student transferring from an engineering program at another university or from a science faculty may be granted transfer credit for courses if the student has completed courses of equivalent content. ELECTIVE COURSES IN ENGINEERING Students are advised that enrolment in elective courses offered within the Faculty may be restricted. ENGLISH REQUIREMENT The Faculty of Applied Science recognizes that good communication skills in English are essential to the understanding of course material and to the successful practice of Engineering. To qualify for the B.A.Sc, a student must complete ENGL 112 (or equivalent) and APSC 201 (or equivalent). Students admitted directly from secondary schools are required to take English in their first year if eligible to do so. To be eligible, students must have met the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) requirement (see Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120). Once admitted to UBC, students will not normally be permitted to satisfy the English requirements at another institution. Students should take particular notice of the English requirements for advancement in the Faculty (see Advancement, p. 97). COMPLEMENTARY STUDIES COURSES Students must take complementary studies courses totalling at least 21 credits. The minimum requirements are as follows: 1) Professional development-APSC 121 (1), APSC 450 (2) or equivalent 2) English-ENGL 112 (3) or another first- year English course, APSC 201 (3) 3) Engineering economics (3). All engineering programs include a 3-credit engineering economics course, usually taken in third or fourth year. Approved courses include: CHBE 459, CIVL 403, EECE 450, MECH 431, MINE 396, and MMAT 455. 4) Impact of technology on society (3). Acceptable courses include: APSC 261 (3), APSC 262 (3), CIVL 200 (3), CPSC 430 (3), ECON 339 (3), GEOG 122 (3), GEOG 310 (3), HIST 215 (3), HIST 425 (6), PHIL 435 (3/4), POLI 361 (3/6), SOCI 260 (3/6), URST 200 (6). Civil Engineering students must take CIVL 200 to satisfy this requirement. Students may seek approval from the Dean's Office for other courses in this area. 5) Humanities and social sciences electives- minimum 6 credits. In general, scientific geography courses, statistical courses, studio/performance courses in fine arts, music and theatre, will not satisfy this requirement. Courses that teach language skills are not acceptable. MINOR IN COMMERCE Students desiring a stronger foundation in business are encouraged to consider the Minor in Commerce. Upon successful completion of this Minor program, the notation 'Minor in Commerce' will be placed on the student's transcript. Enrolment in this program is limited. Applications for admission can be obtained from Engineering Student Services. The completed form must be returned by May 15. For an application to be considered, the student must be eligible for at least third-year standing in the Faculty of Applied Science with a cumulative average of at least 68% in the previous two years. Meeting the stated minimum requirements does not guarantee admission into the Minor. Preference will be given to students who have already completed ECON 310 and 311 (or ECON 101 and 102). The program will consist of the following: ECON 310 and 311 (or 101 and1021) 6 COMM 457 3 COMM 465 3 One of COMM 329, 458 or 473 3 An engineering economics course 3 appropriate for the department in which the student is enrolled. 1 Students who have completed ECON 101 and 102 prior to entry into the program may use this course in lieu of ECON 310 and 311. Either Economics course may be used as the humanities and social sciences elective component of the complementary studies courses. Some programs will allow a maximum of 3 credits of Commerce courses to count towards the technical electives requirement. In general, completing the Minor in Commerce will take an additional term. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 1 THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE 97 MINOR IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Students wishing to improve their computer- related skills are encouraged to consider the Minor in Information Technology. Upon successful completion of this Minor, the notation 'Minor in Information Technology' will be placed on the student's record. A student completing the Minor in Information Technology will not be able to replace a professional trained in information technology. However, that student will be able to apply information technology within their field of specialization. Specifically, they will have an understanding of information technology on three levels; hardware, software and systems. Where their own understanding of an issue is insufficient, they will be able to work knowledgeably with information technology professionals to resolve the problems. This Minor is not open to students in the Electrical and Computer Engineering Department, in the Electro-Mechanical option of the Mechanical Engineering program or in the Electrical or Computer Science options of the Engineering Physics program. Application for admission must be made through Engineering Student Services by May 15. Applicants must be eligible for third year standing in the Faculty of Applied Science with a cumulative average of at least 68% over the previous two years. Due to limited enrolment, meeting the stated minimum requirements does not guarantee admission into the Minor. Minor in Information Technology APSC 380 3 CPSC152 3 CPSC 252 3 EECE 314 3 Six credits from the following courses: CIVL 584 3 COMM 335 3 EECE 369 3 EECE 456 3 MECH 492 3 MECH 595 2 In general, completion of the Minor in Information Technology will require an additional term. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM The Engineering Co-operative Education Program is intended to provide motivated and qualified students with paid, Faculty-monitored work experience which is directly related to their academic program. Currently, the Co-op program is available in Chemical and Biological Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Geological Engineering, Integrated Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Electro-mechanical Engineering, Materials Engineering, Mining Engineering and Engineering Physics. The program is an optional, year-round program that normally requires completion of five work terms including one winter and one fall placement. The Co-op program requires an additional year to complete the Bachelor of Applied Science requirements. Students intending to enter these programs may apply between January of first year and September of second year. Specific deadlines are available from the Co-op office. Faculty advisors or coordinators visit students at their places of work and provide advice on the technical reports that are a requirement of the program. Students who wish to be considered for the program must meet all requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science (engineering) and will be selected on the basis of academic performance, written and oral communication skills, and general suitability for the work environment. The total enrolment is subject to the availability of appropriate work placements. Students who are accepted to the program will register in, and pay for, the appropriate 3-credit Co-operative Education course (see Program and Course Fees, p. 31) for each work term once a suitable position is confirmed. In order to graduate in the year-round Co-operative Education Program, a student must have satisfactorily completed the required number of work placements, in addition to the normal academic requirements. Normally, students transferring from other institutions may be given credit for work terms completed at their former institution if they meet the following requirements: • the student must be accepted into the UBC Co-op program; • the program in which the work term was undertaken is accredited; • the work term is officially recognized, (i.e., noted on the transcript), by the institution where the work term originated; and • the work term was granted for experience in the same or similar discipline into which the student is transferring. Regardless of the number of work terms accepted, students will be required to complete at least 50% of the required work terms in the rnew program into which they are transferring. Acceptance into a co-op program at one institution does not guarantee acceptance into UBC's Co-op program. Application for transfer of work terms must be made to the director of Cooperative Education prior to undertaking any additional work terms at UBC. For further information on Co-operative Education Programs please contact the Engineering Co-operative Education Office, 6298 Biological Sciences Road, Vancouver, BC, Canada V6T 1Z4, telephone 604-822-3022, fax 604-822-3449, or visit the Co-operative Education website (www.coop.apsc.ubc.ca). DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM IN ARTS AND APPLIED SCIENCE This program offers capable students the opportunity to earn a Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of Applied Science degree in five years of study, in most combinations of one Arts degree program and one Engineering degree program. A board of studies administers and oversees admission to the program. Please contact Arts Advising or Engineering Student Services for more information. ADMISSION Application for admission to the program is made to the board of studies through either the Arts Advising Office or Engineering Student Services. Applicants may be registered in either faculty but must be admissible to the other faculty at the time of admission to the program. Acceptance into the program will be determined based on a review of the applicant's transcript, an interview, and on a review of a portfolio or other such material that the applicant wishes to submit. Normally, application for admission will be made immediately upon acceptance into either faculty. Admission to the program at a later date is also possible but may imply a longer time to complete the program. REQUIREMENTS Students must satisfy all of the program requirements for both the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Applied Science degrees in their chosen programs. Individual courses may be considered to satisfy program requirements for both degrees. Courses taken within the Faculty of Applied Science will have the same standing as courses taken within the Faculty of Science for the purpose of satisfying requirements for a Bachelor of Arts for students enrolled in this program. The regulations governing the granting of a second degree apply to this program, with either of the two degrees being considered as the 'second' degree even though both are being taken simultaneously. Where possible, students should meet with an advisor from the board of studies prior to enrolling in their first year of courses. CURRICULUM AND FIRST YEAR FIRST YEAR Students admitted into the Engineering program directly from secondary school will take the first-year curriculum. The typical transfer program is appropriate for most students transferring into the Faculty from the first year of a science program at UBC or another university or college. Applicants with more than 24 credits of engineering transfer credit may be eligible for second-year engineering. See Admission from Science, p. 96. Other students will need to contact Engineering Student Services for advice on their first-year program. FIRST-YEAR CURRICULUM First Year APSC 122 APSC1501 APSC 160 CHEM 1541 ENGL1122 98 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 First Year (Continued) MATH 100 3 MATH 101 3 MATH 152 3 PHYS 1 53 6 PHYS170 3 Complementary Studies Electives3 3 Total Credits 36 1 Students transferring into Engineering with CHEM 121 and 123 will take APSC 151 in lieu of APSC 150, and will not be required to take CHEM 154. 2 Or another first-year English course 3 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97. TYPICAL TRANSFER PROGRAM FOLLOWING FIRST-YEAR SCIENCE First Year APSC 122 0 APSC 151 3 APSC 160 3 APSC 201 3 MATH 152 3 MATH 253 3 MATH 255 3 PHYS170 3 STAT 251 3 Complementary Studies Electives1 6 Total Credits 30 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97. SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS The curriculum tables which follow show the requirements for each program year as they are in the current session. However, because of possible curriculum revisions, these require- ^ ments will not necessarily be the same in future sessions. Students should therefore be aware that the requirements which they will have to satisfy in subsequent years may not be the same as those which appear in this publication. OPTIONS IN THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS In some departments selected groups of courses are offered as options which represent different areas of interest. High-quality performance in any option or field qualifies the student to continue his studies at the graduate level if he chooses to do so. Students entering third year should consult representatives of the departments concerned before registering for the courses offered. CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING Students entering Chemical and Biological Engineering may choose from three programs of study: • Chemical Engineering-Process Option, • Chemical Engineering-Environmental Option, or • Chemical and Biological Engineering. The Environmental Option of Chemical Engineering and the Chemical and Biological Engineering program are modifications to the regular Process Option of Chemical Engineering in which students, while continuing to study core chemical engineering principles, have some courses replaced by environmental or biological courses. For these options, technical electives are to be taken from a constrained list. Interested students should apply for the Chemical Engineering or Chemical and Biological Engineering program of their choice after completing first year engineering, or after second year if applying from another institution. Prospective students should be aware that the number of available spaces in any of the three programs of study may be limited. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OR CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING Second Year APSC 201 F CHBE 230 3 CHBE 241 3 CHBE 242 3 CHBE 251 3 CHBE 262 3 CHEM 250 2 CHEM 251 3 CHEM 260 3 MATH 253 3 MATH 256 3 Plus one of the options listed below. Chemical Engineering: Process Option APSC 278 3 Chemical Engineering: Environmental Option BIOL 112 3 Chemical and Biological Engineering BIOL 112 3 Total Credits 35 Third Year CHBE 344 2 CHBE 345 4 CHBE 346 3 CHBE 351 3 CHBE 356 3 CHBE 362 2 CHBE 376 3 STAT 251 3 Complementary Studies Electives1 3 Plus one of the options listed below. Chemical Engineering: Process Option CHBE 363 2 Technical Electives 6 Chemical Engineering: Environmental Option CHBE 364 2 CHBE 373 3 Technical Electives 3 Chemical and Biological Engineering CHBE 365 2 CHBE 381 3 Technical Electives 3 Total Credits 34 Fourth Year APSC 450 2 CHBE455 3 CHBE457 3 CHBE 459 3 CHBE464 3 EECE 263 3 Complementary Studies Electives1 3 Plus one of the options listed below. Chemical Engineering: Process Option CHBE454 6 CHBE 456 3 CHBE474 3 Technical Electives 6 Chemical Engineering: Environmental Option CHBE452 6 CHBE484 3 CHBE485 3 Technical Electives 6 Chemical and Biological Engineering CHBE453 6 CHBE 481 3 Technical Electives 9 Total Credits 38 1 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING- CHEMISTRY HONOURS Enrolment in this program is suspended effective September 2004. Inquiries regarding the program should be made to the Department of Chemical and Biological Engineering. The Chemical Engineering-Chemistry Honours program is jointly administered by the Departments of Chemical and Biological Engineering, and Chemistry. The completion of the Bachelor of Applied Science in Chemical Engineering-Chemistry Honours will normally take five years of study. Entry to the program is normally from first- year Applied Science. To obtain permission to enter the program students must consult faculty advisors in the Departments of Chemical and Biological Engineering, and Chemistry. The five-year Chemical Engineering-Chemistry Honours program has an integrated sequence of Chemistry courses which are different from those in the regular four-year Chemical Engineering program. Because of this and other differences between the programs, transfer from one to the other becomes progressively more difficult after first year. Students who complete four years of the combined program (including fourth-year Chemical Engineering) would have a number of deficiencies to make up if they wished to graduate at that point with a Bachelor of Applied Science in Chemical Engineering. Students who satisfactorily complete the program and who obtain a minimum overall 65%> average in their chemistry courses numbered 300 and higher, will receive a Bachelor of Applied Science in Chemical Engineering- Chemistry Honours. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 1 THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE 99 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING-CHEMISTRY HONOURS Second Year APSC 201 F APSC 278 3 CHBE 241 3 CHBE 242 3 CHBE 251 3 CHEM 201 3 CHEM 202 3 CHEM 203 4 CHEM 204 4 MATH 253 3 MATH 256 3 Total Credits 35 Third Year CHBE 330 CHBE 344 CHBE 346 CHBE 351 CHBE 356 CHBE 362 CHBE 363 CHBE 376 CHEM 211 CHEM 304 CHEM 307 CHEM 311 CHEM 312 Total Credits Fourth Year APSC 450 CHBE 444 CHBE 454 CHBE 455 CHBE 456 CHBE 457 CHBE 459 CHBE 464 CHBE 474 CHEM 330 STAT 251 Total Credits Fifth Year CHBE 4911 CHBE4921 CHEM 309 CHEM 310 CHEM 320 CHEM 333 CHEM 4491 CHEM Electives1 Complementary Studies Electives2 Total Credits 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 4 3 3 4 3 39 2 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 36 1 5 3 3 3 3 6 3 6 33 CHEM 406 or CHEM 412. If CHBE 491 and 492 are not taken they must be replaced by 6 credits of CHBE electives. 2 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 CIVIL ENGINEERING Within the Civil Engineering program, students may enrol in an Environmental Engineering Option which begins in third year. The Environmental Engineering Option is a modification of the regular Civil Engineering program in which environmental courses replace some of the regular program core courses in the third and fourth years of study. Interested students should apply for Civil Engineering (Environmental Engineering Option) after completing first year Engineering, or after second year if transferring from another institution. Prospective students should be aware that an enrolment limit applies. CIVIL ENGINEERING Second Year Fourth Year (Continued) Technical Electives Total Credits 9 35 APSC 201 APSC 278 APSC 279 CIVL 2001 CIVL 210 CIVL 215 CIVL 225 CIVL 228 CIVL 230 CIVL 231 CIVL 2352 EOSC 210 MATH 253 MATH 255 Total Credits Third Year n the total program students must take one of CHEM 449, or CHBE 491 and 492. If CHEM 449 is not taken it must be replaced by 6 credits of 400- level CHEM electives. The CHEM electives must include at least one course chosen from CHEM 405, CIVL 301 CIVL 311 CIVL 315 CIVL 316 CIVL 320 CIVL 322 CIVL 331 CIVL 332 CIVL 340 MATH 257 STAT 251 Complementary Studies Electives3 Total Credits Fourth Year CIVL 400 CIVL 4024 CIVL 403 CIVL 405 CIVL 406 CIVL 410 CIVL 430 CIVL 436 Design Elective5 3 3 1 3 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 44 3 4 4 4 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 40 ~~r 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 This course counts towards requirement 4 under Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 2 End of Term 2, first year 3 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 4 This course counts towards requirement 1 under Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 5 To be chosen from a list of design-oriented electives available from the Department 5 To be chosen in consultation with departmenta advisors. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING OPTION Third Year BIOL 112 3 CHEM 301 3 CIVL 301 3 CIVL 311 4 CIVL 315 4 CIVL 316 4 CIVL 320 3 CIVL 332 3 CIVL 340 3 MATH 257 3 STAT 251 3 Complementary Studies Elective1 3 Total Credits 39 Fourth Year CIVL 400 3 CIVL4022 2 CIVL 403 3 CIVL 405 3 CIVL 406 3 CIVL 407 3 CIVL 408 3 CIVL 416 3 CIVL 430 3 EOSC 429 3 Design Elective3 3 Technical Electives4 3 Total Credits 35 1 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 2 This course counts towards requirement 1 under Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 3 To be chosen from a list of design-oriented electives available from the Department 4 To be chosen in consultation with departmenta advisors. ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering offers a program leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science in Computer Engineering and to the Bachelor of Applied Science in Electrical Engineering. An Honours Mathematics option is available in both programs and a Software Engineering option is available in the Computer Engineering Program. 100 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 TRADITIONAL SECOND YEAR (Common to both Computer Engineering and Electrical Engineering) COMPUTER ENGINEERING Third Year Fourth Year APSC 201 CPSC 252 EECE 251 EECE 253 EECE 254 EECE 256 EECE 259 EECE 261 EECE 280 EECE 281 EECE 285 MATH 263 MATH 265 MATH 267 Total Credits 3 4 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 4 2 3 39 PROJECT INTEGRATED PROGRAM (PIP) (Common to both Computer Engineering and Electrical Engineering) This program is a project-based learning alternative to the traditional common second year Electrical Engineering Program and Computer Engineering Program. Engineering design projects are used to motivate both the learning of academic course material and the development of analytical skills. The appropriate second year academic material is presented prior to each design project. Each of two modules per term contains a design project. The four projects per year are carefully selected to span the full second year curriculum. Design teams of four to six students share access i to assigned meeting rooms, workstations ' containing common engineering design tools and reference materials. APSC 201 CPSC 252 EECE 201 EECE 202 MATH 263 MATH 265 MATH 267 Total Credits EECE 310 3 EECE 31 5 4 EECE 320 3 EECE 353 4 EECE 359 3 EECE 360 3 EECE 374 4 EECE 375 6 STAT 251 3 Complementary Studies Electives1 6 Total Credits 39 Fourth Year APSC 450 2 EECE 419 5 EECE 450 3 EECE 456 3 EECE 465 3 EECE 476 3 EECE 494 3 EECE 496 5 CPEN Electives 6 Technical Electives2 3 Total Credits 36 1 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97. 2 To be chosen from a list of electives available from the Department. COMPUTER ENGINEERING ELECTIVES Choose from the following courses: • EECE 411 (3), 412 (3), 417 (3), 423 (3), 440 (3), 443 (3), 453 (3), 454 (3), 458 (3), 459 (3), 466 (3), 467 (3), 468 (3), 478 (3), 479 (3), 480(3), 481 (3), 487(3); • CPSC 304 (3), 311 (3), 312 (3), 320 (3), 322 (3), 404 (3), 405 (3), 410 (3), 411 (3), 415 (3), 416(3), 418 (3), 422(3); • Other courses may be substituted with the approval of the Computer Engineering 3 undergraduate coordinator. 4 7 16 4 2 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING OPTION Students who satisfactorily complete the following program will be given recognition as receiving the Bachelor of Applied Science in Computer Engineering (Software Engineering Option). 3 Third Year CPSC 304 3 EECE 310 3 EECE 31 5 4 EECE 320 3 EECE 321 3 EECE 369 3 EECE375 6 EECE 379 3 STAT 251 3 Complementary Studies Electives1 6 Total Credits 37 APSC 450 EECE 415 EECE 419 EECE 450 EECE 456 EECE 476 EECE 494 EECE 496 Software Electives2 Total Credits i 2 3 5 3 3 3 3 5 9 36 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 2 To be chosen from a list of electives available from the Department ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Third Year EECE 314 EECE 352 EECE 356 EECE 359 EECE 360 EECE 361 EECE 364 EECE 373 EECE 379 STAT 251 Complementary Studies Electives Total Credits Fourth Year APSC 450 EECE 450 EECE 474 EECE 496 Technical Electives2 3 3 4 3 3 2 4 4 3 3 6 38 5 21 37 Total Credits 1 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 2 Electives total 21 credits with at least 15 credits from Groups A, B, and C below, with at least three credits from each. The remaining 6 credits may also be selected from a list made available by the Department in March. FOURTH YEAR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ELECTIVES • Group A: Signals, Communications, Control-EECE 453 (3), 454 (3), 460 (3), 466(3), EECE 468 (3). • Group B: Electrophysics-EECE 470 (3), 479 (3), 480 (3), 481 (3), 482 (3), 483 (3), 488 (3). • Group C: Systems, Technology, Applications-EECE 411 (3), 412 (3), 452 (3), 456 (3), 457 (3), 458 (3), 459 (3), 465(3), 467 (3), 476 (3), 478 (3), 486 (3), 487 (3), 493 (4), 494 (3), 495 (4). • Group D: Other Courses-EECE 451 (3), 490 (3), 491 (3). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 1 THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE 101 HONOURS MATHEMATICS OPTION IN EITHER ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING OR COMPUTER ENGINEERING It is possible for students to complete, in addition to their program, the basic Mathematics requirement of a combined Honours degree in Mathematics, by: • obtaining 68% in MATH 226/227 or MATH 253/317 or MATH 217 (MATH 220 is recommended for students taking MATH 253/317 or MATH 217); • obtaining a 68% overall average in the following courses: MATH 300 and 301 (instead of 266), 320, 321, 400, 401 and three additional credits chosen from MATH 322, 323, 345, 402, 403, 405, 416-429, 449. Students who satisfactorily complete such a program will be given recognition as receiving the Bachelor of Applied Science in Electrical Engineering (Honours Mathematics Option) or Bachelor of Applied Science in Computer Engineering (Honours Mathematics Option). Students who enter engineering directly from secondary school are advised that some summer courses or additional Winter Session terms will probably be necessary in order to accommodate the extra load of the Honours Mathematics Option. Students interested in undertaking this program should consult undergraduate student advisors in the Departments of Electrical and Computer Engineering, and Mathematics. ENGINEERING PHYSICS Engineering Physics is a program under the jurisdiction of the Dean of Applied Science and is administered by the Department of Physics and Astronomy. All inquiries regarding the program and student advising should be made through the Acting Engineering Physics Program Director, Dr. W. McCutcheon, Room 262 in the Hennings Building. The completion of a Bachelor of Applied Science in Engineering Physics will normally take five years of study. There are two routes to achieve this goal: the direct route and the transfer route. The direct route is for students who enter first- year Applied Science directly from Grade 12. Having completed first-year Applied Science, students must then complete four years in the Engineering Physics program as described below. Students must submit a second-year program preference form, indicating Engineering Physics as first choice, to the Applied Science Dean's Office by June 15. The transfer route is for students who have completed first-year Science or the equivalent before entering the Faculty of Applied Science. Students must apply for the Engineering Physics program at the time of their application for admission into the Faculty of Applied Science. The deadline is February 28. Students completing first-year Science will normally have the following course deficiencies: APSC 121, APSC 151, CPSC 152, MATH 152, and PHYS 170. If students have not taken CPSC in first-year Science, they should plan on taking the necessary courses as soon as possible, preferably during the summer before entering Engineering Physics. Students who are considering entering this program via the transfer route are advised to consult the program director regarding transfer credits and course scheduling. The mission of the Engineering Physics program is to provide the best possible broad- based engineering degree which emphasizes the fundamentals of physics and mathematics and which is relevant to technology companies. Students will follow one of four options in the Program: Computer Science, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, or Mechatronic Science. While following one of these four options, technical elective courses may be taken to obtain specialized training in sub fields of Earth and Ocean Sciences, Applied Physics, Applied Mathematics or Materials Engineering. Prospective students should be aware that the number of available spaces in any of the options may be limited and may not always be available. Students should be prepared to make an alternative choice. Most students choose to obtain technical work experience in addition to that offered in the regular curriculum. Students wishing to obtain technical work experience outside the Co-operative Education Program should confer with the Director of Engineering Physics. The following program-year curriculum tables are specific to students registered in the corresponding years of Engineering Physics during the 2005/2006 Academic Year. ENGINEERING PHYSICS Second Year APSC 201 T APSC 2781 3 CPSC 252 4 EECE251 2 MATH 2172 4 MATH 255 3 MATH 3073<4 3 PHYS 2504 3 PHYS 2534 3 PHYS 2574 2 PHYS 2585 or MECH 2606 2 (3) PHYS 259 2 PHYS 2704 2 Complementary Studies Electives7 3 Total Credits 39 (40) 1 Taken by correspondence while on Jan-May Co-op placement. 2 If unable to take MATH 217, replace with MATH 253 and MATH 317. 3 Can be substituted with a different course with special permission from the Director of Engineering Physics. The rationale for the substitution must be based on satisfying a prerequisite for later year elective courses, and it will only be a llowed for students with a strong Math background. 4 Taken during the summer academic term. 5 Students following Electrical or Computer Science Option. Students following Mechanical or Mechatronic Science Option. 7 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97. Third Year APSC 279 T EECE 253 2 MATH 257 3 MATH 300 3 MATH 318 3 MECH 280 3 PHYS 350 3 PHYS 352 2 PHYS 354 3 PHYS 454 3 Plus one of the options listed below. Computer Science Option CPSC 213 4 EECE254 3 EECE256 3 EECE320 3 Electrical Option EECE254 3 EECE256 3 EECE259 3 EECE320 3 Mechanical Option MECH 327 3 MECH 360 3 MECH 364 4 MECH 375 3 Mechatronic Science Option EECE254 3 EECE 450 3 MECH 366 3 MECH 375 3 Total Credits Computer Science 39 Option Total Credits Electrical Option 38 Total Credits Mechanical Option 39 Total Credits Mechatronic Science 38 Option Fourth Year APSC 459 MATH 301 PHYS 450 Complementary Studies Electives1 Plus one of the options listed below. Computer Science Option CPSC 313 CPSC 320 EECE 310 Electrical Option EECE 359 EECE 360 Technical Elective2,3 Mechanical Option MECH 364 MECH 431 102 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Fourth Year (Continued) Technical Electives2,3 3 Total Credits Computer Science Option 23 Total Credits Electrical Option 23 Total Credits Mechanical Option 24 1 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 2 The technical elective courses should be chosen to ensure a consistent package of courses in one sub- discipline of the appropriate Engineering option Students are advised to consider electives for fourth and fifth year and to ensure that the prerequisites have been taken. 3 Chosen in consultation with the director Fifth Year APSC 450 2 APSC 479 4 MATH 400 3 PHYS 455 3 PHYS 458 4 One of PHYS 473, PHYS 474 3 Plus one of the options listed below. Computer Science Option EECE 450 3 CPSC courses chosen in consultation 9 with the Director of Engineering Physics, and the CPSC member of the board of studies of Engineering Physics Technical electives from a relevant 9 Engineering discipline1 Electrical Option EECE 356 4 EECE 450 3 EECE 453 3 EECE 454 3 MTRL/MMAT478 3 Technical electives relevant to Electrical 6 Engineering1 Mechanical Option EECE 485 3 MECH 431 3 MECH 465 4 MECH 466 4 Technical electives relevant to 6 Mechanical Engineering1 Total Credits Computer Science Option 40 Total Credits Electrical Option 41 Total Credits Mechanical Option 39 1 Chosen in consultation with the director HONOURS MATHEMATICS OPTION It is possible for students to complete, in addition to the Engineering Physics degree, the basic Mathematics requirement of a combined Honours degree in Mathematics, by: • obtaining 68% in MATH 226/227 or 226/ 317 or 220/217; • obtaining a 68% overall average in the following courses, over and above those required of the regular Engineering Physics degree: MATH 320/321/401 and three credits chosen from MATH 322, 323, 345, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 412, 416-429, 433-440, 443 or 449. Students who satisfactorily complete such a program will receive a Bachelor of Applied Science in Engineering Physics with Honours Mathematics Option, as well as the usual recognition for completing one of the normal Options in the program. This implies that students will take more than the normal load for the degree. Students intending to take this program should consult the Director of Engineering Physics or advisors in the Department of Mathematics. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION SEQUENCE OF PLACEMENTS The degree will normally require the students to take nine academic ("Acad") semesters and four co-operative education placements ("Coop#"). Students who have deficiencies in their program before entering Engineering Physics are encouraged to complete as many of those as possible during the "open" summer semester. Please seek the advice of an advisor in Engineering Physics. CO-OP SEQUENCE OF PLACEMENTS Year Fall Winter Summer End of Term 2, first year. 2 Plus one week, end of Term 2. Third Year Acad Acad Open Coop#1 Acad Acad Coop#2 Coop#3 Acad Coop#4 Acad Acad Acad Acad 1 Applied Science 2 Engineering Physics 3 Engineering Physics 4 Engineering Physics 5 Engineering Physics Students accepted into Engineering Physics who are interested in the Co-operative Education program must contact the Science Co-op Office (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca), located in Room 170 of the Chemistry/Physics Building. GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING Geological Engineering is an interdisciplinary program under the jurisdiction of the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science and administered by a board of study. Inquiries regarding the program and student advising Should be made through Dr. R. Beckie, Director, Geological Engineering, Room 261, Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences, telephone 604-822-6462. GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING Second Year APSC 201 CIVL 210 CIVL 215 CIVL 228 CIVL 230 CIVL 2351 EOSC 210 EOSC 2232 MATH 253 MATH 255 EOSC 220 EOSC 221 Total Credits 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 40 CIVL 311 4 EOSC 323 3 EOSC 329 3 EOSC 330 3 MATH 257 3 MINE 303 3 EOSC3281 or EOSC4281 3 One of EOSC 320, EOSC 321, EOSC 322 3 One of CIVL 315, CIVL 316, EOSC 3 370, EOSC 371, MINE 304, MINE 331, MINE 391 Technical Electives2 6 Complementary Studies Electives3 6 Total Credits 40 3 40 End of third year 2 Program Technical Electives must contain one of EOSC 327, EOSC 353, EOSC 422 in third or fourth year 3 See Complementary Studies Courses., p. 97 Fourth Year CIVL 402 2 CIVL 410 3 EOSC 350 3 EOSC 433 2 EOSC 434 3 EOSC 447 6 CIVL 403 or MECH 431 3 MECH 430 or STAT 251 3 One of CIVL 406, CIVL 408, CIVL 413, 3 CIVL 415, CIVL 417, CIVL 418, EOSC 431, MINE 491 Three of CIVL 405, CIVL 411, EOSC 331, 9 EOSC 351, EOSC 429, EOSC 430, MINE 403 Technical Electives1 Total Credits 1 Program Technical Electives must contain one of EOSC 327, EOSC 353, EOSC 422 in third or fourth year INTEGRATED ENGINEERING Integrated Engineering (IGEN) is a multidisciplinary engineering program that places a strong focus on team-based engineering design by means of three full year project courses. In addition to developing a broad foundation in engineering, the student develops primary and secondary knowledge in specific engineering disciplines via 18 credits of technical electives in third and fourth year. Completion of a B.A.Sc. in Integrated Engineering will normally take four years of study. Students may enter the program from first-year Applied Science or via transfer from the first-year Science or Engineering transfer program at a community college. Students entering from first-year Science will normally have course deficiencies that must be made up. Consult the IGEN Student Advisor for assistance in such cases. There is a co-opoerative education option (Co-op) where students normally take eight PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 1 THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE 103 academic semesters and five Co-op semesters over a five-year period. Students normally apply for Co-op between January of first year and September of the second year of the program. The Co-op office, p. 98 should be contacted for details. All inquiries concerning the program should be directed to the Program Director. See the IGEN website (www.igen.ubc.ca) for contact information. INTEGRATED ENGINEERING PROGRAM Second Year APSC 201 APSC 230 APSC 278 APSC 279 CHBE 241 CHBE 242 CIVL 21 51 EECE 251 EECE 253 EECE 280 MATH 253 MATH 255 MECH 260 Total Credits Third Year APSC 330 CHBE 344 EECE 365 MECH 360 MECH3751 MTRL/MMAT280 STAT 251 One of CHBE 356, EECE 360 Technical Electives2 Complementary Studies Electives3 Total Credits Fourth Year APSC 430 APSC 450 CIVL 405 MINE 482 MTRL380 MTRL381 One of CIVL 403, EECE 450, MECH 431, MINE 396, MTRL/MMAT 455 Technical Electives2 Complementary Studies Electives3 Total Credits 3 6 3 1 3 3 4 2 2 2 3 3 3 38 6 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3 35 12 3 36 CIVL 215 (in 2nd year) and MECH 375 (in 3rd year) may be replaced by CHBE 251 (in 2nd year) and CHBE 351 (in 3rd year). Of the 18 credits of technical electives, 9 credits must be in one engineering discipline and 6 in another discipline. Several elective streams are possible. Consult the IGEN Student Advisor for assistance See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 MATERIALS ENGINEERING Materials Engineering is concerned with the characterization, processing and use in design of metallic and non-metallic materials. An optional cooperative education program is available which permits students to obtain twenty months of related experience in the last three years of the program. Interested students should apply to the Applied Science Co-operative Education Program during the first week of second year. MATERIALS ENGINEERING Second Year APSC 201 APSC 278 APSC 279 MATH 253 MATH 255 MECH 260 MTRL 250 MTRL 252 MTRL 263 MTRL 280 Complementary Studies Electives1 Total Credits Third Year MTRL 350 MTRL 358 MTRL 359 MTRL 361 MTRL 363 MTRL 365 MTRL 378 MTRL 380 MTRL 381 MTRL 382 MTRL 389 MTRL 390 MTRL 394 MTRL 398 STAT 251 Total Credits Fourth Year APSC 450 2 MTRL 455 3 MTRL 464 3 MTRL 465 3 MTRL 466 3 MTRL 467 3 MTRL 489 1 MTRL 498 1 Technical Electives 20 Total Credits 39 1 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 FOURTH YEAR ELECTIVES CHBE 477 (3); EECE 263 (3), 370 (3); MECH 360 (3); MTRL 451 (3), 452 (2), 454 (2), 456 (3), 458 (3), 460 (3), 462 (3), 469 (3), 472 (3), 3 3 1 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 6 37 ~~T 3 1 4 3 3 3 3 1 4 1 1 4 1 3 39 474 (3), 478 (3), 479 (2), 482 (3), 484 (2), 486 (2), 493 (2), 494 (3), 495 (3), 496 (3). MECHANICAL ENGINEERING In addition to the regular Mechanical Engineering program, a Thermofluids Option is available. A five-year combined B.A.Sc./M.Eng. is also offered in Electro-Mechanical Design Engineering (see Electro-Mechanical Design Engineering (B.A.Sc./M.Eng.), p. 105). MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Second Year APSC 201 MATH 253 MATH 256 MECH 2201 MECH 221 MECH 222 MECH 223 Total Credits Third Year 3 3 3 4 13 7 7 40 EECE 365 MECH 304 MECH 325 MECH 326 MECH 327 MECH 328 0MECH 360 MECH 364 MECH 375 MECH 380 MECH 392 MTRL 380 Total Credits Fourth Year2 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 2 3 38 APSC 450 2 EECE 485 3 MECH 430 3 MECH 431 3 MECH 457 6 MECH 465 4 MECH 466 4 Technical Electives3 6 Complementary Studies Electives4 6 Total Credits 37 1 Taken prior to Term 1 of second year 2 Students pre-register for fourth year courses with a faculty advisor towards the end of third year Each studenttakes 25 credits as core in the fourth year, and chooses a minimum of 6 credits of Technical Electives and 6 credits of Complementary Studies Electives. 3 To be chosen from a course list available in the Department Office 4 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 MECHATRONICS OPTION The Mechatronics Option in Mechanical Engineering allows students interested in mechanical systems integrated with embedded electronics, sensors, actuators and related systems to have a course and project concentration in these areas. 104 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Second year students will take the same courses as regular mechanical engineering students. Students will be admitted to the option at the end of first year by permission of the program director, based on a demonstrated interest in mechanical engineering and electronic design, and the grade point average obtained in the first year of engineering. To complete this option, students will modify the standard Mechanical Engineering third- and fourth-year programs. Third Year To complete this option, students will modify the standard Mechanical Engineering third- and fourth-year programs. Third Year CPSC 252 EECE 314 EECE 355 EECE 363 EECE 376 MECH 303 MECH 325 MECH 326 MECH 328 MECH 360 MECH 364 MECH 366 MECH 392 Total Credits Fourth Year 4 3 3 3 3 2 4 3 3 3 4 3 2 40 APSC 450 MECH 375 MECH 420 MECH 421 MECH 422 MECH 430 MECH 431 MECH 451 MECH 452 MECH 467 Technical Electives1 Complementary Studies Elective^ Total Credits 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 36 Chosen in consultation with the program advisor. 2 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97. THERMOFLUIDS OPTION The Thermofluids Option in Mechanical Engineering allows students interested in aircraft, naval architecture, engines and related systems to have a course and project concentration in these areas. Students will be admitted to the option at the end of second year by permission of the program director, based on a demonstrated interest in engineering thermofluids. The Thermofluids Option replaced the previous Naval Architecture and the Industrial Aerodynamics and Aircraft Options. Students can continue into the Thermofluids Option in the Master of Engineering degree program if they have a strong interest in a particular area of thermofluids and are eligible for graduate studies. APSC 450 EECE 365 MECH 304 MECH 325 MECH 327 MECH 328 MECH 360 MECH 364 MECH 375 MECH 380 Complementary Studies Electives2 Total Credits Fourth Year APSC 450 EECE 485 MECH 430 MECH 431 MECH 457 One of MECH 465 or 466 Technical Electives1 Complementary Studies Electives2 Total Credits 2 3 4 4 3 3 3 4 3 3 6 38 ~~2 3 3 3 6 4 9 6 36 1 Chosen in consultation with the program advisor 2 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 HONOURS MATHEMATICS OPTION It is possible for students to complete, in addition to the Mechanical Engineering degree, the basic Mathematics requirement of a combined Honours degree in Mathematics, by: • obtaining 68% in MATH 257; • obtaining a 68% overall average in MATH 300, 301, 317, 320, 321, 400, and 6 credits chosen from MATH 318, 345, 401-405, 412, 416-429, 433-440, 443, 449, 450. Students who satisfactorily complete such a program will receive a Bachelor of Applied ■Science in Mechanical Engineering (Honours Mathematics Option). Extra Winter Session terms will probably be necessary to accommodate the substantial extra load of the Honours Mathematics Option. Students interested in undertaking this program should consult with undergraduate student advisors in the Departments of Mechanical Engineering and Mathematics. ELECTRO-MECHANICAL DESIGN ENGINEERING (B.A.SC./M.ENG.) Admission into this option is normally limited to students selected by interview during their first year of engineering studies. Courses completed in second, third, fourth and fifth years of study culminate in the awarding of two degrees simultaneously: the Bachelor of Applied Science in Mechanical Engineering (Electro- Mechanical Design Option) and the Master of Engineering. A Summer Session is required between fourth and fifth years. Entry into the fifth year of the program is subject to meeting graduate studies admission requirements in their third and fourth years (see The Faculty of Graduate Studies, p. 217) and subject to availability of an approved industrial masters project. Students not meeting these requirements can complete a Bachelor of Applied Science in Mechanical Engineering (Electro- Mechanical Design Option). Students wishing to switch from the Master of Engineering to the Master of Applied Science can apply during their fourth year. Candidates successfully completing the degree requirements will be awarded a Master of Applied Science instead of a Master of Engineering. For further details, consult the Department of Mechanical Engineering and Faculty of Graduate Studies admission offices. B.A.SC/M.ENG. IN ELECTRO-MECHANICAL DESIGN ENGINEERING Second Year APSC 201 CPSC 252 EECE 256 EECE 259 EECE 263 MATH 253 MATH 256 MECH 201 MECH 202 MECH 2031 MECH 250 MECH 260 MECH 265 MECH 270 MECH 280 Total Credits Third Year APSC 278 APSC 279 EECE 254 EECE 283 EECE 314 EECE 374 MECH 303 MECH 351 MECH 360 MECH 365 MECH 375 MECH 392 MTRL/MMAT380 Total Credits Fourth Year APSC 450 EECE 356 EECE 379 EECE 494 MECH 352 MECH 430 MECH 431 MECH 465 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 42 3 1 3 2 3 4 2 8 3 2 3 2 3 39 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 1 THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE 105 Fourth Year MECH 466 4 Complementary Studies Electives2 6 Total Credits 35 Fifth Year MECH 5513 MECH 552 Technical Electives4 Total Credits 6 6 18 30 Taken at end of Term 2 of second year or prior to Term 1 of third year 2 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 3 Project work to be started at the end of fourth year 4 Electro-Mechanical Electives: MECH 462, MECH 491, EECE 465, EECE 466, EECE 374, EECE 478, EECE 487, EECE 570, EECE 574, EECE 594, 500 evel MECH courses. A maximum of 6 credits of undergraduate courses is permitted. Students are encouraged to complete 6 credits of these electives during their fourth year STUDENTS SWITCHING FROM THE M.ENG. TO THE M.A.SC. Students wishing to switch from the Master of Engineering to the Master of Applied Science program may do so by applying at the beginning of their fourth year to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Those admitted begin the following plan of study in fifth year. ELECTRO-MECHANICAL DESIGN ENGINEERING Fifth Year MECH 55T MECH 598 Technical Electives2 M.A.Sc. Thesis3'4 Total Credits 2 10 12 30 Project work to be started at the end of fourth year 2 Electro-Mechanical Electives: MECH 462, MECH 491, EECE 465, EECE 466, EECE 374, EECE 478, EECE 487, EECE 570, EECE 574, EECE 594, 500 level MECH courses. A maximum of 6 credits of undergraduate courses is permitted. Students are encouraged to complete 6 credits of these electivesl during their fourth year. 3 Subject to designation of an appropriate Mech I anical Engineering advisor. 4 Completion of thesis normally takes two years STUDENTS LEAVING ELECTROMECHANICAL DESIGN ENGINEERING Students leaving the Electro-Mechanical Design Engineering program will receive a Bachelor of Applied Science in Mechanical Engineering (Computer-Aided Automation) by successfully completing the third and fourth year of the Electro-Mechanical Design Engineering program with the following modifications: drop EECE 356, 379 and 494; add MECH 457 or 458 and 6 credits of Mechanical Engineering Technical Electives. MINING ENGINEERING Mining Engineering is concerned with the optimal exploitation of mineral resources while minimizing environmental impact. The discipline requires a broad knowledge of engineering and scientific subjects. MINING ENGINEERING Second Year APSC 201 F CIVL 210 4 EOSC 210 3 EOSC 324 3 MATH 253 3 MATH 255 3 MECH 260 3 MECH 280, CIVL 215 or CHBE 251 3(4) MINE 290 3 MINE 293 1 MINE 295 3 STAT 251 3 Complementary Studies Electives1 3 Total Credits 38 (39B Third Year APSC 278 T APSC 279 1 EECE 263 3 MINE 302 3 MINE 304 3 MINE 305 4 MINE 331 3 MINE 333 3 MINE 338 3 MINE 391 3 MINE 393 1 MINE 396 3 Technical Electives2 6 Total Credits 39 Fourth Year APSC 450 F EECE370 3 MINE 402 3 MINE 404 3 MINE 410 3 MINE 432 3 MINE 480 2 MINE 491 4 MINE 493 1 MINE 403 and MINE 482 or MINE 434 6 and MINE 462 Technical Electives2 3 Complementary Studies Electives1 3 Total Credits 36 1 See Complementary Studies Courses, p. 97 2 Selected with the approval of the Department JOINT UNBC/UBC PROGRAM: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING The Environmental Engineering program is a 4.5 year (9 semester) joint degree between the University of British Columbia and the University of Northern British Columbia. The program starts with a two-year foundation in mathematics and the basic sciences from the College of Science and Management of the University of Northern British Columbia. In the third and fourth years, the program provides a thorough education and training in engineering fundamentals, engineering analysis and engineering design, largely through courses in Civil Engineering and Chemical and Biological Engineering at the University of British Columbia. The final term at UNBC will expose students to practical environmental engineering problems. The Environmental Engineering program is a joint program under the jurisdiction of the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science at UBC and the Dean of the College of Science and Management at the University of Northern British Columbia and administered by a joint board of study. The program has been developed to satisfy Canadian Engineering Accreditation Board (CEAB) requirements for accreditation of engineering programs. There is a co-operative education option (Co-op) where students normally take five work semesters in addition to the nine academic semesters. Taking account of summer work terms, this leads to a total duration of five and one-half years. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING First Year (taken at UNBC)1 BIOL 101-4 BIOL 102-4 CHEM 100-3 CHEM 101-3 CHEM 120-1 CHEM 121-1 CPSC 110-3 ENSC 100-1 MATH 100-3 MATH 101-3 NRES 100-3 PHYS 110-4 PHYS 111-4 CORE 101-3 Total Credits Second Year (taken at UNBC)1 4 4 3 3 0.5 0.5 3 1 3 3 3 4 4 3 40 BIOL 201-3 CHEM 200-3 CHEM 220-3 ENSC 200-3 ENSC 201-3 ENSC 202-3 106 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Second Year (taken at UNBC)1 (Continued) FSTY 205-3 T MATH 200-3 3 MATH 220-3 3 MATH 230-3 3 MATH 342-3 3 Total Credits 33 Third Year (taken at UBC) CHBE 241 CHBE 242 CHBE 346 CHBE 364 CHBE 373 CHBE 484 CHBE 489 CIVL 200 CIVL 210 CIVL 21 5 Technical Elective3 Total Credits Fourth Year (taken at UBC) APSC 450 CHBE 351 CHBE 459 CHBE 485 CIVL 31 5 CIVL 316 CIVL 408 CIVL 416 MINE 391 Design Elective2 Technical Electives3 Total Credits Fifth Year (taken at UNBC)1 ENPL 401-3 ENSC 417-6 ENSC 418-3 Electives4 Total Credits 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 34 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 6 37 1E Course numbers are those of the UNBC course numbering system. 2 Design elective to be chosen from a list of design-oriented courses 3 Technical electives to be chosen from a constrained list 4 Mininum 3 credits in humanities or social science See UNBC course descriptions at the UNBC website (www.unbc.ca/calendar/ course_desc.html). MASTER OF ENGINEERING INTRODUCTION The Master of Engineering (M.Eng.) is a study program suited to students who wish to pursue their engineering education in a preferred discipline beyond the undergraduate level, but who do not wish to pursue a thesis research program. A typical completion time for the M.Eng. is 12 to 18 months (two to three terms) for full-time students. Part-time students who are planning on taking the M.Eng. program on a part-time basis must obtain approval from their departmental advisor prior to the commencement of the program. Administration of the Master of Engineering program has been moved to the Faculty of Applied Science from the Faculty of Graduate Studies in 2005. During this transition year, much of the guidelines will remain as in the Faculty of Graduate Studies. For further information please see the program website (www. ap sc. ubc. ca/student_info/Engineering/ graduate/index.html) or contact the M.Eng. Coordinator (MEngInfo@apsc.ubc.ca)in the Dean's Office. Financial assistance is generally not available to M.Eng. students. The M.Eng. program is not recommended as preparation for the Doctor of Philosophy. Applicants who are considering taking a Ph.D. in the future should apply for admission to either the Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.) or Ph.D. program through the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Students interested in applying to a Master of Engineering program must contact the individual departments in the Faculty of Applied Science. For Academic Regulations see Chapter 5 "Academic Regulations" and Academic Regulations, p. 222 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section in Chapter 9. Requirements for the M.Eng. are: satisfactory completion of 30 credits of courses at least 24 of which must be courses numbered 500 and above, at least 12 of the 24 must be in the preferred discipline and 6 of the 24 may be for a supervised project report. Individual programs have specific degree requirements in addition to the primary requirements. DIPLOMA IN FOREST ENGINEERING The Faculty of Applied Science (Department of Civil Engineering), in cooperation with the Faculty of Forestry and the Forest Management Institute of British Columbia, offers the Diploma in Forest Engineering, p. 213. The program is designed for professional foresters, engineers and geoscientists specializing in forest engineering practice in BC who wish to improve their job-related knowledge, work performance and business opportunities. It focuses on advanced engineering principles and recent research and current practices. The Diploma in Forest Engineering will be awarded upon successful completion of the program. ADMISSION Admission to the Diploma program requires a combination of academic and work experience qualifications. Applicants must be: • a Registered Professional Forester (R.P.F.) with the Association of British Columbia Professional Foresters, and/or • a Registered Professional Engineer (P.Eng.) with the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of British Columbia, and/or • a Registered Professional Geoscientist (P.Geo.) with the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of British Columbia. Applicants normally will have a minimum of five years of relevant work experience. Applicants normally are practicing forest engineers who are employed with government, industry, or a consulting firm and who are engaged in forest engineering or related forest management work. DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS The Diploma requires the completion of six course modules, each of two weeks' duration, for a total of 12 weeks of education. Extensive pre-course reading assignments are also required prior to each course module. The program normally takes three years to complete. In order to qualify for the Diploma, the student must complete all requirements within a maximum of five years. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS AND TRANSFER OF CREDIT Students are required to attend full-time day and evening sessions for at least 10 consecutive days for each course module. Classroom sessions are held in several off-campuslocations in British Columbia. There is no transfer of credit available either to or from the Diploma program. PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS The right to practise engineering and accept professional responsibility in Canada is limited to those who are registered members of the Association of Professional Engineers in the Province concerned. During the period between graduation and registration, the graduate who intends to practise in BC should be enrolled with the Association as an "Engineer in Training." All of the Bachelor of Applied Science programs at UBC are accredited by the Canadian Engineering Accreditation Board (CEAB) of the Canadian Council of Professional Engineers (www.ccpe.ca). Graduates of CEAB-accredited programs are accepted as being fully qualified academically for professional engineering registration anywhere in Canada. However, there are also experience qualifications and professional practice requirements that must be fulfilled before full registration is granted. These qualifications vary within Canada and applicants should obtain the necessary details from the appropriate association(s). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 1 THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE 107 ACADEMIC STAFF DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING K. J. Smith, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI R. Branion, B.A.Sc. (Tor.), M-A.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Sask.), P.Eng., F.C.I.C; N. Epstein, M.Eng. (McG.), Eng.Sc.D. (N.Y.), P.Eng., F.C.I.C, EA.I.Ch.E.; C. W. Oloman, B.Eng. (Syd.), M-A.Sc. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., M.C.I.C; K. L. Pinder, M.Eng. (McG.), Ph.D. (Birm.), P.Eng., F.C.I.C; D. W. Thompson, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Birm.), P.Eng., F.C.I.C., M.I.Ch.E., M.A.I.Ch.E.; A. P. Watkinson, B.Eng. (McM.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., F.C.I.C. PROFESSORS B. D. Bowen, B.A. Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; S. Duff, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.E.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (McG.); P. Englezos, B.Eng. (N.T.U., Athens), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg.), P.Eng., M.C.I.C, M.A.I.Ch.E.; J. R. Grace, B.E.Sc (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Eng., F.C.I.C, M.I.Ch.E.; S. Hatzikiriakos, Dip. (Thessaloniki), M.A.Sc. (Tor.), Ph. D. (McG.), P.Eng., M.CS.Ch.E., Soc of Rheology; R. J. Kerekes, B.A.Sc, M-A.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (McG.), P.Eng., F.C.A.E.; C. J. Lim, B.Sc. (Chem. Eng.) (Sing.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., M.C.I.C; J. M. Piret, B.A. (Harv.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (M.I.T.), Joint Biotech. Lab; K. J. Smith, M.Sc(Eng.), (Natal), Ph.D. (McM.), P.Eng., M.CS.Ch.E., M.C.I.C; D. P. Wilkinson, B.A. Sc. (BnCol.), Ph.D., P.Eng. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS S. A. Baldwin, B.Sc. M.Sc. (Cape T), Ph.D. (Tor.), P.Eng; C. P. J. Bennington, B.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; X. Bi, B.S.Ch.E., M.S.Ch.E. (Tsinghua), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; J. J. Feng, B.S., M.S. (Peking), Ph.D. (Minnesota); C. A. Haynes, B.S. (Texas), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), P.Eng; K. E. Kwok, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.), P.Eng; A. K. P. Lau, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; M. Martinez, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (BnCol.); R. J. Petrell, B.A. (Minn.), M.Sc. (Penn. State), Ph. D. (Flor.), P.Eng. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS N. Ellis, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Wat.), M.E.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (BnCol.); E. Gyenge, B.Eng. (Hons.) (Babes-Bolyai, Cluj, Romania), M.A.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; M. Mohseni, B.Sc. (Amirkabir), M.A. Sc, Ph. D. (Tor.), P.Eng; F. Taghipour, B.Sc. (Sharif), M.Sc. (Azad), M.A.S., Ph.D. (Tor.), P.Eng. INSTRUCTORS A. L. Creagh, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif. Berkeley), P.Eng; D. Kannangara, B.Sc (S. Lanka), Ph.D. (Ott.); D. Posarac, B.Sc. M.Sc, Ph.D. (Novi Sad). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS A. E. M. Adds, B.Sc. (Cairo), M.Sc. (Salford, Engl.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Y. Bolkan, B.Sc. (Bogazici), M.Sc. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Calgary/W.Ont.); C. Brereton, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. A. Guenkel, Dip. Ing. (Aachen), Ph.D. (McG.), P.Eng; R. K. Reed, M.D., Dr. Med. (Bergen); R. Sheikholeslami, B.Sc. (Kansas), M.A.Sc, (Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., F.I.E. Aust; S. A. Sokhansanj, B.Sc. (Tehran), M.Sc. (Mich.), Ph.D. (Mich.). ASSOCIATE MEMBER D. G. Kilburn, B.A.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Univ. Coll., Lond.). DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING E. R. Hall, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI D. L. Anderson, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.S. (111.), Ph.D. (Stan.), P.Eng., F.C.S.C.E.; P. M. Byrne, B.E. (Nat., Ireland), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; R. G. Campanella, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), P.Eng., M.A.S.C.E., M.C.G.S., M.A.S.T.M.; S. Cherry, B.Sc. (Manit.), M.S. (111.), Ph.D. (Brist.), P.Eng., F.A.S.C.E., F.C.S.C.E., M.E.I.C, Hon. M.E.E.R.I.; W. D. L. Finn, B.E. (Nat., Ireland), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wash.), P.Eng., M.A.S.C.E., M.E.I.C, M.C.G.S., M.CANCOLD, M.ISMFE, M.SIAM.; R. O. Foschi, B.Sc. (Rosario), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.), P.Eng., F.C.S.C.E., F.I.A.W.S.; F. P. D. Navin, B.Eng. (Civil) (McM.), M.S. (Miss.), Ph.D. (Minn.), D.Sc. (Hon.) (McM.), P.Eng., F.I.T.E., F.C.S.C.E.; W. K. Oldham, B.A.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Texas), P.Eng., M.WP.CE, F.C.S.C.E.; M. C. Quick, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brist.), P.Eng., F.C.S.C.E., M.A.S.C.E.; S. O. Russell, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Belf.), P.Eng., M.A.S.C.E., F.C.S.C.E.; R. G. Sexsmith, B.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.), P.Eng, F.C.S.C.E., M.A.S.C.E., F.I.A.B.S.E.; Y. P. Vaid, B.Sc. (Punj.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), F.E.I.C PROFESSORS P. E. Adebar, B.E. (Lake.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.), P.Eng., M.E.E.R.I., M.A.C.I., M.C.A.E.E.; N. Banthia, M.Tech.(I.I.T, India), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., F.A.C.I., F.C.A.E., F.I.C.I.; S. Chieng, B.Sc. (Nat. Taiwan), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.), P.Eng; R. J. Fannin, B.Sc. (Belf.), D.Phil. (Oxon.), P.Eng., M.C.G.S.; E. R. Hall, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McM.), P.Eng; K. J. F. Hall, B.S.A. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Wis.), A.S.L.O.; M. Isaacson, M.A., Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Eng; G. A. Lawrence, B.E. (W Aust.), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), P.Eng., M.C.S.C.E., M.A.S.CE, M.A.G.U., M.A.P.S., M.A.S.L.O., M.I.A.H.R.; K. V. Lo, B.Sc. (Nat. Taiwan), M.Sc. (Hawaii), Ph.D. (Mass.), P.Eng; D. S. Mavinic, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Windsor), P.Eng., M.W.E.E, M.I.W.A., M.C.A.W.Q., F.C.S.C.E., F.C.A.E.; S. Mindess, B.A., B.Sc. (CE.) (Manit.), M.S., Ph.D. (Stan.), P.Eng; A. D. Russell, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.), P.Eng., M.C.S.C.E., M.A.S.C.E., M.T.I.M.S.; T. A. Sayed, B.Sc. (Ain Shams), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; S. F. Stiemer, Vordiplom, Hauptdiplom, Dr. Ing. (Ph.D.) (Stutt.), P.Eng., M.A.G.A.D., F.C.S.C.E., A.v.H.S., F.S.; R. Vaziri, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), M.A.A.M., M.A.I.A.A.; C. E. Ventura, B.A.Sc. (San Carlos), M.C.E., Ph.D. (Rice), P.Eng., M.A.S.CE., F.C.S.C.E., M.E.E.R.I., M.CA.E.E. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. W. Atwater, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., M.C.S.C.E., M.E.I.C; T. M. Froese, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Stan.), P.Eng., M.A.S.CE., M.C.S.C.E.; J. A. Howie, B.Sc. (Glas.), M.Sc. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., M.C.G.S.; B. J. Lence, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (111.), M.A.G.U., M.C.S.C.E., M.I.A.H.S.; L. Li, M.Eng. (McG.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.), M.C.G.S.; R. G. Millar, B.Sc. (Q'ld.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); H. G. L. Prion, Hons. B.Eng. (Stell.), Ph.D. (Tor.), P.Eng., M.C.S.C.E., M.E.E.R.I.; D. A. Shuttle, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Manch.), C.Eng., M.I.C.E., M.A.S.CE., M.C.G.S.; R. A. Spencer, B.E., Ph.D. (Auck.), P.Eng; D. Wijewickreme, B.Sc. (S. Lanka), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., M.C.G.S., M.CA.E.E., M.E.E.R.I. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS P. Berube, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc (Tor.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; K. Elwood, B.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.S. (111.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), P.Eng. M.A.C.I., M.E.E.R.I., M.N.E.E.S.; T. Haukaas, Sivilingenior (Norway), M.Sc. (Calif., Berkeley), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); J. Jenkins, B.A.Sc. (Wat.), M.E., Ph.D. (Texas A&M), P.Eng; B. Laval, B.A.Sc (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (W Aust.); S. Staub-French, B.Sc. (Santa Clara), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.). INSTRUCTOR S. Nesbit, B.A., B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., M.CS.Ch.E., M.A.S.E.E. ADJUNCT PROFESSORS K.I. Ashley, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), C.F.S.; G. S. Bhuyan, B.Eng. (Bhopal), M.Tech. (I.I.T., Madras), Ph.D. (Nfld.), P.Eng; D.J.L. Forgie, B.Eng., M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Tor.), P.Eng; D. J. Halliday, B.Sc. (Glas.), P.Eng., C.Eng., EI.Mech.E., M.I.Prod.E.; J. M. O. Hughes, B.E., M.E. (Auck.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Eng; G. W. Johnson, B.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), B.Arch., M.Arch., (Montr.), M.A.I.B.C, M.R.A.I.C, P.Eng; H. G. Kelly, B.A.Sc, M.Eng. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; P. F. McGrath, B.Sc. (Sask.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.), P.Eng; D. R. Morgan, B.Sc. Eng. (Wits.), M.Sc.Eng. (Calg.), Ph.D. (N.S.W); B. Rabinowitz, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Cape T), Ph.D. (BnCol.), P.Eng; P. T. Seabrook, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), P.Eng; B. S. Shapiro, B.A. (Manit.), LL.B. (Br.Col.); Z. K. Shawwash, B.Sc. (New Engl.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (BnCol.); A. Sy, B.E. (Q'ld.), M.Eng., Ph.D. (BnCol.), P.Eng; D. J. Vanier, B.Eng. (R.M.C), M.Eng. (Concordia), Ph.D. (Montr.); T. Vassos, B.A.Sc, M.Eng., Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng. (Br. Col., Manit.); P. R. B. Ward, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Lond.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), P.Eng; R. Woodhead, B.Eng. (Sheff.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg.), P.Eng; R. Zapf-Gilje, B.Eng. (McG.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE MEMBER A. A. Mufti, B.Eng. (Karachi), M.Eng., Ph.D. (McG.), P.Eng., F.A.S.C.E., F.C.S.C.E., F.I.I.F.C, F.C.A.E., F.E.I.C, F.R.S.A.M.C DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING V. K. Bhargava, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI M. P. Beddoes, B.Sc. (Glas.), D.I.C, Ph.D. (Lond.), P.Eng., Life Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E.; M. S. Davies, M.A. (Cantab.), M.S., Ph.D. (111.), P.Eng., Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E.; H. W. Dommel, D.Eng. (Tech. Munich), P.Eng., F.I.E.E.E.; R. W. Donaldson, B.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), S.M., Ph.D. (M.I.T.), P.Eng., Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E., F.E.I.C; M. R. Ito, M.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., Mem. I.E.E.E.; E. V. Jull, B.Sc. (Qu.), Ph.D., D.Sc. (Eng.) (Lond.), P.Eng., Life Fellow I.E.E.E.; M. M. Z. Kharadly, B.Sc. (Cairo), D.I.C, Ph.D. (Lond.), C.Eng., Mem. I.E.E.E.; G. F. Schrack, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), Dr. Math. (E.T.H., Zurich), Mem. A.C.M.; A. Soudack, B.Sc. (Manit.), M.S., Ph.D. (Stan.), Life Mem. S.C.S.; K. D. Srivastava, B.Sc. (Agra), B.E. (Roorkee), Ph.D. (Glas.), P.Eng. (Ont.), Fellow I.E.E.E., Fellow I.E.E. (U.K.), F.R.S.A. (U.K.). PROFESSORS V. K. Bhargava, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.), P.Eng. (Ont.), Fellow A.S.I., F.I.E.E.E., F.E.I.C, F.C.A.E., F.R.S.C; I. G. Cumming, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Ton), Ph.D. (Lond.), Mem. I.E.E.E., MDA/NSERC Industrial Research Chair; G. A. M. Dumont, Ing. Dipl. (Ensam, Paris), Ph.D. (McG.), F.I.E.E.E., Mem. PAPTAC, Mem. TA.P.P.L, Fellow A.S.L, Distinguished University Scholar; A. Ivanov, B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D. (McG.), P.Eng., Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E, Fellow A.S.L; N. A. F. Jaeger, B.Sc. (Pacific), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. S.P.I.E., Mem.O.S.A., Mem. A.I.P., Fellow A.S.L; V. Krishnamurthy, B.E. (Aukl.), Ph.D. (Aust.), F.I.E.E.E., S.I.A.M., Fellow A.S.L, Tier 1 Canada Research Chair in Signal Processing; P. Kruchten, Ing. Dipl. (France), Ph.D. (France), P.Eng., Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. I.F.I.P., Mem. A.C.M., 108 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Mem. INCOSE; P. D. Lawrence, B-A.Sc. (Ton), M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Case West. Reserve), P.Eng., Mem. I.E.E.E., Fellow A.S.L, NSERC Chair in Design Engineering; C. S. K. Leung, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.S., Ph.D. (Stan.), P.Eng., Mem. I.E.E.E.; V. C. M. Leung, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), F.I.E.E.E., Mem. A.C.M., Telus Mobility Research Chair in Advanced Telecommunication Eng; J. R. Marti, Elec Eng. (Venezuela), M.E.E.P.E. (Rensselaer), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., F.I.E.E.E.; D. L. Pulfrey, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Mane), P.Eng., F.I.E.E.E., F.C.A.E.; S. Salcudean, B.Eng., M.Eng. (McG.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), P.Eng., F.I.E.E.E., Fellow A.S.L, CRC (Canada Research Chair), F.C.A.E.; R. Saleh, B.S. (Can), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Mem. I.E.E.E., NSERC/PMC Sierra Industrial Research Chair; T. Tiedje, B.A.Sc (Ton), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., Mem. I.E.E.E., Fellow A.P.S. (Joint appointment with the Department of Physics and Astronomy.); R. K. Ward, B.Eng. (Cairo), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), P.Eng., F.I.E.E.E., F.I.E.C, F.C.A.E., F.R.S.C. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS H. M. Alnuweiri, B.S., M.S. (Petr. Miner., Dhahran), Ph.D. (S. Calif.), Mem. I.E.E.E.; W. G. Dunford, B.Sc. (Eng.), A.C.G.I., M.Sc, D.I.C. (Lond.), Ph.D. (Ton), P.Eng., Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. I.E.E. and Mem. S.A.E.; S. S. Fels, B-A.Sc. (Wat.), M.S.C, Ph.D. (Ton), P.Eng., Mem. A.C.M., Mem. I.E.E.E.; P. Nasiopoulos, B.Sc. (Thessaloniki), B.A.Sc, M-A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Mem. I.E.E.E.; P. Palmer, B.Sc. (Eng.), A.C.G.I. (Lond.), M.A. (Camtab., Ph.D. (Lond.), C.Eng., Mem. I.E.E., Mem. I.E.E.E.; R. F. B. Turner, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.), Mem. C.I.C., CS.C (Joint appointment with Michael Smith Laboratories); S. J. E. Wilton, B.E. (Vic.B.C), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Ton)., Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E.; M. Yedlin, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.Sc. (Ton), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R. Abugharbieh, B.Sc. (Jordan), M.Sc. (Sweden), Ph.D. (Sweden), Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. I.A.P.R.; K. Beznosov, B.Sc (Novosibirsk State University), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Florida International University), Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. A.C.M.; L. Chrostowski, B.Eng., (McG.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Mem. I.E.E.E.; C. Hansen, (joint with Physics); L. A. Iverson, B.Eng. (Prin.), M.Eng, Ph.D. (McG.), Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. A.C.M.; J. Jatskevich, B.S.E.E.(UNAU), M.S.E.E., Ph.D. (Purdue), Mem. I.E.E.E.; L. Lampe, Dipl. Ing., Ph.D. (Germany), Mem. I.E.E.E., V.D.E.; G. Lemieux, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Ton), Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. A.C.M.; J. Madden, B. Sc.Hon.(Physics), M.Eng (McG.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.), Mem. I.E.E.E.; D. Michelson, B-A.Sc, M-A.Sc, Ph.D. (BnCol.), Sr.Mem., I.E.E.E.; S. Mirabbasi, B-A.Sc. (Sharif, Tehran), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Ton), Mem. I.E.E.E.; T. Niimura, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Tokyo), Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. I.E.E.J.; R. Rohling, B-A.Sc. (BnCol.), M.Eng. (McG.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Eng., Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. S.A.E.; R. Schober, Dip. Ing., Ph.D. (Erlangen- Nurnberg), Mem. I.E.E.E., V.D.E., Canada Research Chair (Tier II) in Wireless Communications; Z. J. Wang,; W. S. V. Wong, B.Sc. (Man.), M.A.Sc. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Mem. I.E.E.E.; J. Yan, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Mem. I.E.E.E. INSTRUCTORS J. Calvino-Fraga, B.Sc. (Bolivar), M.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Stud.Mem. I.E.E.E.; P. Davies, B.Sc. (Swansea), Mem. I.E.E.E., C.Eng; C. Jaeger, B.A.Sc (Qu.), M.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), Mem. I.E.E.E.; L. Linares, E.Eng. (Venezuela), M-A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS H. Ahmadi-Noubari, B.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Polytechnic, N.Y.), Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. S.I.A.M.; M. Barnes, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Asfon), P.Eng., C.Eng., Euring, Mem. I.E.E.E., M.I.E.E.; G. Birch, B-A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); G. W. Bond, B.Sc. (Cal.), M.Eng., Ph.D. (Can), Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. ACM, Mem. A.A.A.I.; A. Capel, Ph.D. (Toulouse), Mem. I.E.E.E.; P. Hui, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Polytechnic, N.Y.), Mem. I.E.E.E.; N. Kharma, B.Eng. (City Nth. Sq.), Ph.D. (Lond.), D.I.C; R. L. Kirlin, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Wyoming), Ph.D. (Utah State); P. Kundur, B.E. (Mysore), M.E. (I.I.Sc), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Ton), P.Eng., F.I.E.E.E., F.C.A.E.; T. Mathiopoulos, M.Eng., Ph.D. (Ottawa), Mem. I.E.E.E.; J. A. McEwen, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. A.A.M.I., Mem. C.M.B.E.S.; G. E. Stewart, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); M. Stuchly, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Poland), Mem. I.E.E.E.; S. Tafazoli, B.A.Sc, MA.Sc. (Sharif, Tehran), Ph.D. (BnCol.), Mem. I.E.E.E.; Y. Wu, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. T.T.T.C.; Y. Zorian, B.Sc. (Aleppo), M.Sc. (VSC), Ph.D. (McG.), EMBA (Wharton), Mem.I.E.E.E. SESSIONAL LECTURERS B. Jolliffe, B.Sc. (BnCol.), M.Math. (Wat.); J. M. Pavelich, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Dal.); S. Sarkaria, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Asten). ENGINEERING PHYSICS PROGRAM B. McCutcheon, Physics and Astronomy, Acting Program Director BOARD OF STUDY S. Green, Mechanical Engineering; M. Isaacson, P.Eng., Dean; C. Leung, Electrical and Computer Engineering; A. Marziali, Physics and Astronomy; M. Militzer, Metals and Materials Engineering; I. Mitchell, Computer Science; R. A. Pawlewicz, Earth and Ocean Sciences; B. Seymour, Mathematics; M. Yedlin, Electrical and Computer Engineering; I. Yellowley, Mechanical Engineering; Two Student Representatives. GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM R. D. Beckie, P.Eng., Earth and Ocean Sciences, Director and Chair M. Lawrence, P.Eng., Chair BOARD OF STUDY W. S. Dunbar, P.Eng., Mining Engineering; E. Hall, P.Eng., Civil Engineering; O. Hungr, P.Eng., P.Geo., Earth and Ocean Sciences; M. Isaacson, P.Eng., Dean; M. Lawrence, P.Eng., BC Hydro; M. J. Scoble, P.Eng., Mining and Mineral Process Engineering; D. Shuttle, C.Eng., Civil Engineering; P. Smith, Earth and Ocean Sciences; Two Student Representatives. INTEGRATED ENGINEERING PROGRAM W. S. Dunbar, P.Eng., Mining Engineering, Program Director BOARD OF STUDY W. G. Dunford, P.Eng., Electrical and Computer Engineering; A. B. Dunwoody, P.Eng., Associate Dean; M. S. Gadala, P.Eng., Mechanical Engineering; R. A. Hall, P.Eng., Mining Engineering; R. J. Petrell, P.Eng., Chemical and Biological Engineering; W. J. Poole, P.Eng., Materials Engineering; R. Vaziri, Civil Engineering. DEPARTMENT OF MATERIALS ENGINEERING S. L. Cockcroft, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI T. R. Meadowcroft, B.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), D.I.C, Ph.D. (Lond.), P.Eng; A. Mitchell, B.A., M.A., D.Phil. (Oxon.), P.Eng., C.Eng; D. Tromans, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Leeds). PROFESSORS D. B. Dreisinger, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.), P.Eng., Industrial Research Chair in Hydrometallurgy; W. J. Poole, B.E.Sc, (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (McM), P.Eng; A. Poursartip, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Cantab.); T. Troczynski, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Poland), Ph.D. (McM.), P.Eng; R. Vaziri, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS P. V. Barr, B.Sc, M.Sc. (New Br.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; S. L. Cockcroft, B.Sc, B-A.Sc, M-A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; D. G. Dixon, B.S., Ph.D. (Nevada); G. Fernlund, Civ. Ing., M.Sc. (Sweden), M-A.Sc, Ph.D. (Ton); M. Militzer, Dip. Phys. (Dresden), Ph.D. (Acad. Sciences, GDR), Dofasco Chair. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS A. Alfantazi, B.Eng. (Laun), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.), P.Eng; D. M. Maijer, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; C. W. Sinclair, B.Eng., Ph.D. (McM.); R. Wang, B.E. (Zhejang), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Harbin Inst. Tech., China); M. A. Wells, B.Eng. (McG.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS A. Akhtar, B.Sc, B.E. (India), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); F. Ellyin, Dip. Eng., M.Sc. (Iran), Ph.D. (Wat.); D. Ghosh, B.Tech (India), M.Eng, Ph.D. (McM.); J. A. Gonzalez Dominguez, B.Sc, M.Sc (Mexico), Ph.D. (BnCol.); L. S. Gormely, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); R. P. Hackl, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); F. Hossein-Babaei, B.S. (Iran), M.S., D.I.C, Ph.D. (Lond.); D. J. Lloyd, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Wales); G. Oprea, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Romania); P. Patnaik, B.Sc, M.Tech. (India), M.Eng., Ph.D. (McM.); G. G. Richards, B-A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; G. Van Weert, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Netherlands), M.A.Sc(Ton), Ph.D. (Netherlands). DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING N. Rajapakse, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI K. V. Bury, B-A.Sc. (Ton), B.A. (Sir. Geo. Williams), M.S. (Cal.Tech.), M.B.A. (Stan.), Ph.D. (Ton); S. M. Calisal, B.Sc. (Robert Coll., Turkey), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), P.Eng., Fellow S.N.A.M.E., A.S.M.E.; J. P. Duncan, B.E., M.E. (Adel.), D.Sc. (Manch.), F.I.Mech.E.; I. S. Gartshore, D.P.A. (Olds.), B-A.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Eng.) (Lond.), Ph.D. (McG.), P.Eng; E. Hauptmann, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.S., Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.); P. G. Hill, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Qu.), M.Sc. (Birm.), Sc.D. (M.I.T.), P.Eng., F.R.S.C, Mem. A.S.M.E., Fellow S.A.E., Fellow C.S.M.E.; S. G. Hutton, B.Sc. (Nott.) M.Sc. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., Mem. A.S.M.E., Mem. S.N.A.M.E.; M. Iqbal, B.A., B.Sc.Eng. (Punj.), M.Eng., Ph.D.; D. W. McAdam, B.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; G. V. Parkinson, B.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.S., Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.); H. Ramsey, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.S., Ph.D. (Stanf.); M. E. Salcudean, B.Eng., Ph.D. (Romania), Honorary Doctorate (Ott.), P.Eng., Fellow C.S.M.E., F.C.A.E., F.R.S.C, Mem. A.S.M.E., Weyerhaeuser Industrial Research Chair in Computational Fluid Dynamics; H. Vaughan, B.Sc (Brist.), M.Sc (Cantab.), Ph.D. (Glas.), Fellow Royal Inst, of Naval Architects, C.Eng. PROFESSORS Y. Altintas, B.Sc. (Istanbul Tech. U.), M.Sc. (New Brans.), Ph.D. (McM.), P.Eng., Fellow A.S.M.E., Active Mem. C.I.R.P., NSERC-Pratt&Whitney Industrial Research Chair; C. W. de Silva, B.Sc Eng. (Hons.) (Ceyl.), M.A.Sc. (Ton), Ph.D. (Cantab.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.), P.Eng., Fellow I.E.E.E., Fellow A.S.M.E., Fellow Emeritus A.S.L, NSERC Professor of Industrial Automation; R. L. Evans, B.A.Sc (Br.Col.), M-A.Sc. (Ton), Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Eng., F.C.A.E., C.Eng., F.I. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 1 THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE 109 Mech. E., Fellow S.A.E., Methanex Professor of Clean Energy Systems; M. S. Gadala, B.Sc, M.Sc (Cairo), Ph.D. (McM.)., P. Eng., Patrick Campbell Design Chair; S. I. Green, B-A.Sc. (Ton), M.S., Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.), P.Eng., Mem. A.S.M.E., Mem. P.A.P.TA.C, Mem. T.A.P.P.I.; M. Hodgson, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Qu.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (S'ton.), C. Eng; N. Rajapakse, B.Sc(Hons.) (S.Lanka), M.Eng, D. Eng (A.I.T., Thailand), P.Eng., Mem. A.A.M., Mem. A.S.M.E., Mem. A.S.C.E., Fellow C.S.C.E.; F. Sassani, B.Sc. (Sharif, Tehran), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Mane), P.Eng., Fellow A.S.M.E., Fellow I. Manf., Mem. C.S.M.E.; G. S. Schajer, B.A., M.A. (Cantab.), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), P.Eng., P.E., C.Eng., Eur. Ing., Fellow A.S.M.E., Mem. S.E.M., F.I.Mech.E.; I. Yellowley, B.Sc. (Nott.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Mane). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS E. A. Croft, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.A.Sc. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Ton), P.Eng., Mem. I.E.E.E., Mem. A.S.M.E.; A. B. Dunwoody, B.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.), P.Eng; LA. Frigaard, B.Sc. (Cardiff), M.Sc, D.Phil. (Oxon), CMath, Mem. S.P.E., Mem. S.I.A.M.; A. J. Hodgson, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.; Harv.), Mem. A.S.M.E., Mem. I.E.E.E.; C. F. Ollivier-Gooch, B.A., B.S. (Rice), M.S., Ph.D. (Stan.), P.Eng., Mem.A.S.M.E., Mem.A.I.A.A., Mem. CF.D.S.C; J. A. Olson, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Mem. C.P.P.A., Mem. T.A.P.P.I.; T. R. Oxland, B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc. (Wat.), M.S. , M.Phil. (Conn.), Ph.D. (Yale), P. Eng., Mem.O.R.S., Mem. A.S.B., Mem. A.S.M.E.; S. N. Rogak, B.A.Sc. (BnCol.), M.S., Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.), P.Eng., Mem. A.A.A.R.; D. P. Romilly, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Wat.), P.Eng, Mem. S.E.M., Mem. A.S.M., Mem. S.A.E.,Mem. R.E.S.N.A. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS W. K. Bushe, B.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Eng., Mem. S.A.E.; M. Chiao, B.S., M.S. (N. Taiwan), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); P. A. Cripton, B.Sc. (Dal.), B.Eng. (T.U.N.S.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.), Mem. D.R.S., Mem. S.A.E., Mem. I.S.B., Mem. A.S.T.M.; M. Davy, B.Eng. (Univ. Coll., Lond.), Ph.D., (Univ. Coll., Lond.), C.Eng., M.I.Mech.E.; O. Kesler, B.S.E. (Penn.), S.M (M.I.T.), Sc.D. (M.I.T.), Mem. M.R.S.; W. Merida, B.Sc. (Trent), MASc. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D., (Vic.B.C); R. N. Rohling, B.A.Sc (Br.Col.), M.Eng. (McG.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Eng; D. Yip-Hoi, B.Sc. (U.W.I.), M.Sc. (Sunny, Buffalo), Ph.D. (Mich.), Mem. A.S.M.E., Mem. S.M.E. DEPARTMENT OF MINING ENGINEERING M. J. Scoble, Head PROFESSORS J. A. Meech, B.Eng. (McG.), M.Sc. (Eng.), Ph.D. (Qu.), P.Eng., F.C.I.M.; M. J. Scoble, A.C.S.M. (Camborne), M.Sc. (Leic), Ph.D. (Nott.), P.Eng., M.C.I.M., M.I.M.M.; G. W. Wilson, B.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Sask.), P.Eng. P.Geo. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS W. S. Dunbar, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Ton), Ph.D. (Stan.), P.Eng., M.C.I.M.; B. Klein, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), M.C.I.M., M.S.M.E.; R. C. Pakalnis, B.Eng. (McG.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., M.C.I.M.; M. M. Veiga, B.Sc. (Cath. U. Rio de Janeiro), M.Sc. (Fluminense Federal), Ph.D. (Br.Col.) P.Eng., M.C.I.M. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R. A. Hall, B.Sc. (N.B.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.), P.Eng., M.C.I.M., M.S.M.E., M.A.S.M.E.; M. Morin, B.Eng. (McM.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.), P.Eng., M.C.I.M., M.S.M.E., M.C.L.R.A.; M. Pawlik, B.Sc. (Poland), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), M.C.I.M. ADJUNCT PROFESSORS T. Atkinson, D.Sc. (Nott.), D. Eng. (Witw), Ph.D. (Lond.); G. R. Balden, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Qu.), Ph.D. (McG.), P.Eng., M.C.I.M.; M. M. Ghomshei, M.Sc. (Tehran), Ph.DVD.Eng (France); R. W. Lawrence, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Wales); M. G. Lipsett, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.); W. E. Stanley, B.Sc. (Mich. Tech.), P.Eng. DEAN'S OFFICE CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAMS J. Kagetsu, Director N. Benda, Coordinator; J. Copland, Coordinator; N. Kamal, Coordinator; S. Myers, Coordinator; D. Stephenson, Coordinator; S. Swallow, Coordinator. TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION CENTRE D. M. Shultz, B.A., M.A. (BnCol.), Sr. Instructor, Director A. Y. Berndt, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Carl.), Instructor; T. N. Teslenko, B.A., Ph.D. (Ukraine), Ph.D. (S.Fraser), Instructor. SENIOR INSTRUCTOR P. Cramond, B.A.Sc (BnCol.), P.Eng. INSTRUCTORS J. Mikkelsen, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., Mem.S.N.A.M.E., Mem. A.S.M.E.; P. Ostafichuk, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Mem. S.N.A.M.E., Mem. A.S.M.E. LECTURER M. Fengler, B.A.Sc (BnCol.) P.Eng., Mem.BCMDIA. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS R.A. Hall, B.Sc. (U.B.N.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.), P.Eng., Mem. C.I.M., Mem. S.M.E., Mem. A.S.M.E; K. M. MacLean, B.S. (Stan.), M.S., Ph.D. (M.I.T.); D. Wilson, B.Eng. (McG.), D.Phil. (Oxon.). 110 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 2 The School of Architecture A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE Director's Office Christopher Macdonald, Director 402-6333 Memorial Road Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Telephone: 604-822-2779 Fax:604-822-3808 Architecture Website (www.architecture.ubc.ca) The School of Architecture offers a graduate professional program of study leading to the Master of Architecture (M.Arch.) as well as a post-professional Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture (M.A.S.A.). The Bachelor of Environmental Design degree (B.EnD.) is offered jointly through the Faculty of Land and Food Systems, through its Landscape Architecture Program and the Faculty of Applied Science, through its School of Architecture. For more information on the Bachelor of Environmental Design program refer to the program website (www.ends.arch.ubc.ca). Architecture is one of several professions concerned with the human environment: the architect is educated to understand and participate in the design of the built environment. As an academic discipline, architecture relates the humanities, sciences, technology and the creative arts. The study of architecture demands a sound academic background and an ability in the realm of creative problem solving. It is essential therefore that all students entering the School of Architecture be academically mature and possess an imaginative outlook. The School selects students from a variety of disciplines on which to build architectural understanding and anticipate responsible professional competence. MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE The Master of Architecture (M.Arch.) program is an accredited professional graduate program for those with an undergraduate degree who wish to pursue professional studies in architecture, as a prerequisite to becoming a registered architect. The Master of Architecture (M.Arch.) program is an accredited professional graduate program for those with an undergraduate degree who wish to pursue professional studies in architecture, as a prerequisite to becoming a registered architect. While an undergraduate degree in a field related to architecture may be advantageous in reducing the length of the program for the student, it is not a necessary prerequisite. Demonstration of interest and aptitude in the field occurs as part of the application process of the program. The full program is 119 credits, requiring three and one-half years' of full-time study; students studying on a part-time basis will need more than this time to fulfil degree requirements. ACADEMIC ADVISING Advising is available with faculty members assigned for each year level. Current assignments are noted on the School's website (www.architecture.ubc.ca). Advisors for first- year students are available at the August Introductory Workshop. ADMISSION Students entering the Master of Architecture program should demonstrate interest and potential in the broad field of the creative arts and architecture. Prior instruction and experience in the arts, crafts, or other design oriented activities, with emphasis on visual communication in various media, is extremely valuable. Similarly the selection of university courses covering a broad range of studies in the arts, humanities and social sciences on the one hand, and the physical and applied sciences on the other, offers a desirable breadth and mix of academic experience. Irrespective of specific degree requirements within various faculties or universities, the School of Architecture considers it desirable that entering students have completed university-level course work in mathematics, physics, English literature and composition. For prospective applicants seeking information and guidance in preparation for entry, a School Prospectus is available on request and at the School of Architecture website (www.architecture.ubc.ca). Candidates for admission to the School of Architecture are generally required to hold a bachelor's degree or recognized equivalent from an accredited university-level institution. In at least four years of study, candidates should have obtained a B+ average in third and fourth year- level course work, i.e., 76% or better in most percentage scales, 3.3 on most 4.0 point scales, or upper Second Class standing or better. Applicants must demonstrate aptitude for the study of architecture and creative potential. Students entering the program with an undergraduate degree normally take a minimum of three and one-half years to complete the requirements. Students holding a pre- professional architecture degree (e.g., Bachelor of Environmental Design [including the UBC B.EnD. degree], Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Architecture) will be considered for advanced placement. The School's admissions committee will determine the extent of advanced placement on the basis of the applicant's undergraduate transcript and portfolio. Applicants must submit all of the following by the end of the first week of January: • Application form. A completed official application form for the Faculty of Graduate Studies along with a non-refundable fee. An online application can be made at www.grad.ubc.ca/apply/online. • Biographical statement. A brief summary (in resume form) including work experience, travel or other relevant experience. A single page in prose form to flesh out or give depth to the resume is also required. • Statement of interest. A brief statement of the reasons for desiring to study architecture as well as reasons for selecting the UBC School of Architecture. • Portfolio. A portfolio of work demonstrating aptitude and experience in creative endeavours and evidence of graphic skills. Additional information and instructions pertaining to the presentation of the portfolio are provided in the Prospectus. • Transcripts. Two official transcripts of all post-secondary study completed to date (up to, and including, December grades) received in sealed, endorsed envelopes. If an applicant is currently completing a degree, an evaluation will be made on the transcripts to date. Any acceptance will be conditional on the successful completion of the bachelor's degree according to the academic requirements, and receipt of a final, official transcript confirming the degree awarded. • Letters of Reference. A minimum of three letters of reference from persons who can best assess the applicant's initiative and academic, analytical and creative abilities. These must be received in sealed, endorsed envelopes. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 2 THE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE 111 Interest in the program far exceeds the School's resources and facilities, thus places are awarded on a competitive basis. The School reserves the right not to accept applicants for admission even though they may nominally meet the entrance requirements. All admissions must be approved by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. All applicants to the School should note that a workshop course is mandatory for entering students. This workshop course is an integral part of the design program in first year. It is normally one week in duration and takes place late in August. Dates and other particulars concerning the workshop course are normally provided with the letter of offer. Students accepted for admission to the School who subsequently find that they are unable to attend must re-apply for admission at a later date. READMISSION AND REINSTATEMENT Any student who does not maintain continuous registration by keeping up with fee payments through all years until graduation is presumed to have withdrawn. Students may be reinstated or readmitted upon recommendation of the School and with the approval of the Dean of Graduate Studies. For regulations concerning readmission and reinstatement see Withdrawal, Reinstatement and Readmission, p. 224 under the Faculty of Graduate Studies, Academic Regulations. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS STANDING AND PROMOTION A student must: 1) obtain at least 60% in any course taken in the program for a student to be granted credit for the course. However, only 15 credits of Pass-level standing (60-67%) may be counted towards the program; for all other courses credited to the program, at least 68% must be obtained; and 2) obtain at least 65%> in ARCH 500 and at least 68% in ARCH 540 and 549. Should a student not attain 65%> or above in ARCH 500, the following conditions would apply: • If the mark is less than 60% the student would be required to withdraw from the program for eight months and retake ARCH 500 in the subsequent Winter Session Term 1; • If the mark is between 60% and 65%> the student will not be granted credit for ARCH 500. The student will be required to reregister for ARCH 500 the following term. Students who do not attain at least 68% in ARCH 540 must repeat the tutorial. Failure to obtain credit for a total of three tutorials will require the student to withdraw from the School and the student will not be permitted to re-register in the program. Students should be aware that, under Graduate Studies regulations, when repeating a failed course, a minimum mark of 74% must be obtained. FOURTH TERM REVIEW Upon completion of ARCH 521, a process of review is undertaken to examine a portfolio of student work from ARCH 500, 501, 520 and 521 (or their equivalent in cases of advanced placement in studio courses). Approval by the design faculty's Review Committee is required in order to proceed to ARCH 540. The Review Committee may alternately require that the student proceed to ARCH 540 with a further review on completion of that studio or that the student enrol in an additional design studio at the level of ARCH 521, achieving a minimum grade of 74%. HONOURS STANDING A student who has obtained an average of 80% or above in the final year and 75% or above during the two previous years with no subject below 60% will be recognized by the School to have attained Honours standing. This standing is not an official component of the University grading system. PORTFOLIO All students are required to keep a portfolio of their work in each tutorial for review by faculty members at the end of each term in which the tutorial is held. The portfolio must contain, at a minimum, all the presentation drawings from each project in a tutorial, but these may be reproductions of originals and photographs of other presentation materials such as models, etc. The portfolio is to be kept available for review in case of an appeal of grade in the tutorials or other dispute regarding the student's standing. ADVANCED PLACEMENT As noted under Admission, p. Ill, advanced placement is normally established at the time of admission, subject to confirmation of previous experience by appropriate School faculty. SUPPLEMENTARY WORK No supplementary work is available in tutorials. For courses other than tutorials, the normal University regulations apply. Only in exceptional circumstances will a student be allowed to undertake supplementary work in those other Architecture courses which are assessed on a continuing basis throughout the term. EVALUATIONS AND APPEALS In the event that a student disagrees with the evaluation for a particular course, the student should first consult the instructor of the course and then, if necessary, seek the advice of the chair of the Standings and Promotions Committee. If a re-read of a course examination is requested, the student should follow the normal University procedure. In the event that a student disagrees with the evaluation in a design tutorial, a student should: 1) Consult the design tutor(s) involved, and then, if still not satisfied, formally request in writing to the Director that an appeal committee be established to hear the case. This request will only be granted if it occurs within ten days from the time the marks are available on the Student Information System. The appeal committee will consist of three of the full-time design tutors plus the Director, ex-officio, and will have the authority to interview all persons involved and to recommend to the Director that the grade be affirmed or changed. The decision of the Director shall be final with respect to the academic aspect of the appeal. Any change of grade must be approved by the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 2) If the student is not satisfied with respect to procedure or feels unjustly dealt with, the student can appeal further through the Registrar to the Senate Committee on Appeals on Academic Standing. For details, see Senate Appeals on Academic Standing, p. 53. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE In the summer months students are encouraged to gain practical experience in areas closely related to their interests in the School. Travelling is encouraged, or work in an Architect's, engineer's, landscape architect's or planner's office. Alternatively, research is suggested at a university or with a public or private organization. Experience in the field of construction is also recommended. The School will advise the student whenever possible. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Instruction in the School is offered through several types of courses: • The Introductory Workshop, mandatory for all incoming students for a period one week prior to Labour Day, involves the engagement of environmental and architectural concerns of the West Coast through field trips, design exercises and seminars. • Lecture courses and seminars. • Design tutorials-required core studios and vertical options-explore selected topics in architectural design. Students are expected to present and defend their proposals in the course of critical dialogue with faculty members, visiting professionals and their peers during reviews. To qualify for the Master of Architecture in three and one-half years, an incoming student must complete satisfactorily a minimum of 119 credits of course work selected on the basis of the following program of study: • Workshop Course-ARCH 502 • Lecture/Seminar Courses-ARCH 503, 5041, 5051, 5111, 5121, 5131, 515, 517, 523, 531, 532, 533, 541, 543, and one of 2 5383or561 • Design Courses-ARCH 500, 501, 520, 521,540 112 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 • 15 credits of electives which may be selected from-ARCH 522,524,525,537, 538, 544, 545,561,571,572,573,577. • Graduation Project-ARCH 548, 549 1 These courses are prerequisite to more advanced- level courses and should therefore be completed in the first and second year of the program. 2 Other history/theory offerings may be available for credit. 3 Winter Session study abroad. Students holding a pre-professional architecture degree, as noted in the Admissions section above, will, in general be eligible to qualify for the Master of Architecture by completing fewer credits than 119; the minimum requirement being 82 credits. The exact number of credits to be completed and the program of study will be established at the time of admission and will vary according to the applicant's previous education and level of achievement. A student may be granted exemption from a required course if he/she has completed a similar course at a prior date. For this to take place, a student must validate the equivalence with both the faculty member responsible for the course as well as with the Standings and Promotion Committee. An exempted course is to be replaced by another of the same credit value so that there is no change to the number of credits required for completion of the degree. Students may undertake courses outside the School of Architecture for credit toward their degree. Such courses must be demonstrated to be relevant to the student's program of study. Students must submit a request for permission to enrol in the course for credit towards the Master of Architecture, in writing, to the Standing and Promotions Committee. See Course Descriptions (www.students.ubc.ca/ calendar/courses.cfm) for course information. More detailed and current course information is available in the Prospectus 1 and at the School of Architecture website (www.architecture.ubc.ca). STUDY ABROAD PROGRAM A student who enrols in the full-term Study Abroad Program may substitute ARCH 538 (Study of Architecture Abroad) for elective credits and ARCH 539 (Architectural Design Abroad) for ARCH 520 or 540, so as to make up a full term's work abroad. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM The added co-operative component to the Architecture program provides motivated, qualified students in the Master of Architecture with paid employment experience directly relevant to their academic program under the supervision of practicing professionals. Adding one year to complete the Master of Architecture degree, the program is an optional program of two consecutive terms; placement begins in either January or May. The co-operative experience must be followed by a full year of academic study. Students who wish to be considered for the program must meet all requirements of the School of Architecture and will be selected on the basis of academic performance, written and oral communication skills, and general suitability for the work environment as judged by the Architecture Co-operative Education Office. Students intending to enter this program may apply in their second term. Specific deadlines are available at the Architecture office. Faculty advisors or coordinators visit students at their places of work and provide advice on the work term reports that are a requirement of the program. Total enrolment is subject to the work placements and faculty advisors. Acceptance into the program does not guarantee appropriate work placements in every work term. Students participating in the program will register in ARCH 555 and ARCH 556 and pay the usual graduate fees once a suitable position is confirmed. In order to graduate in a Co-operative Education program in Architecture, a student must complete 6 co-op credits included in the normal academic requirements of the Master of Architecture program. EXPENSES Apart from the cost of living and tuition, certain additional expenses must be anticipated to include books, equipment, the Introductory Workshop [ARCH 502] and support technology and equipment. Students electing to participate in a Study Abroad Program must be prepared to meet further expenses. GRADUATION PROJECT Special requirements and conditions apply to the graduation project, which includes both ARCH 548 and ARCH 549. PART I (ARCH 548): RESEARCH, PREPARATION AND DEFINITION OF THE GRADUATION PROJECT In order to enrol in ARCH 548, a student must have successfully completed all the requirements for second year. Each student undertaking ARCH 548 must attain agreement from a ^member of available faculty (a published list will be available from the School) to act as a mentor for the project. The mentor must approve the topic and agree on the approach. A statement of intent, approved by the mentor, must be submitted by the end of the first week of term. A proposal for a specific project, approved by the mentor, must be submitted by the end of the seventh week of term. The ARCH 548 report is due on the last day of course work for the term. The ARCH 548 report must be completed in one term and a grade assigned prior to the marks meeting of that term. Should the work be incomplete a fail grade will automatically be assigned. The student may then re-register for ARCH 548 in the following term. If the ARCH 548 report is not graded with a satisfactory standing at the end of the term in which it was started, the student may not proceed with ARCH 549 in the following term. PART 2 (ARCH 549): DESIGN AND PRESENTATION OF THE GRADUATION PROJECT No student will be permitted to proceed with ARCH 549 until the student has passed ARCH 548 and reduced any outstanding course requirements to a maximum of 18 credits. Each student enrolled in ARCH 549 shall work under the supervision of a committee, the chair of which will normally be the mentor from ARCH 548, or a member of the full-time design faculty chosen from the published list. The student, with the approval of the chair, will select two additional members for the committee who may be from the School's faculty or the community at large. Under the direction of the chair, the student will call a minimum of four meetings of the committee at appropriate stages of the project to review progress. At the first meeting of the committee, the terms of reference for the project and the expectations of the committee will be defined. At the term-end meeting, to be held by the specified date near the end of term, the committee will determine whether the project is substantially complete, and is to be prepared for public presentation. At the term-end meeting the following conditions apply: students whose work is judged to be substantially complete and of acceptable quality will be required to make a public presentation of their work at the final review on a date scheduled by the School. Should the committee decide that the project is not substantially complete, it will assign a fail grade. In extraordinary circumstances the committee may recommend that the student work on the project for one additional term. At the final review, the grade for ARCH 549 will be established by the committee in consultation with the assigned group of faculty and guest critics, immediately following the public presentation. In order to obtain credit for the course, the student must attain a mark of not less than 68%. The Graduation Project represents the final requirement for the Master of Architecture degree and is required to be submitted to the Director's Office. The graduation project consists of the ARCH 548 report and a representation of the ARCH 549 design thesis. The project must conform to the specifications set forth by the School. If a fail grade or no credit is assigned for ARCH 549, the student will be required to withdraw from the School for a minimum period of twelve months. The student may then reregister for ARCH 549 and begin again with a new topic, mentor and committee. It will be necessary for the student to undertake preparatory work acceptable to the new committee chair without credit, prior to re-registering. Failure to attain the necessary requirements after repeating ARCH 549 will require the student to withdraw from the School, and the student will not be permitted to re-register in the program. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 2 THE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE 113 TIME LIMIT FOR COMPLETION OF DEGREE REQUIREMENTS University regulations establish a five-year time limit for the completion of a master's program. For provisions regarding on-leave status, see On Leave Status, p. 221 under Classification of Student in the section Faculty of Graduate Studies. MASTER OF ADVANCED STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE INTRODUCTION The Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture (M.A.S.A.) is a post-professional graduate program primarily for those with a professional degree in architecture or a related field who wish to expand their knowledge in a particular branch of architectural studies. It is a 30-credit program culminating in a thesis. The degree can be completed in 16 months with two terms of full-time residency required. This program is not accredited and therefore does not fulfil the educational requirements for architectural registration. ADMISSION The M.A.S.A. program allows a student to investigate an area within the broad field of architecture in collaboration with one or more members of the faculty. The ability to carry out independent research is critical. A well-defined Statement of Research Intent is the primary indicator of the student's potential in the selected area. Major research thrusts within the program include environmental imperatives, history and cultural studies, advanced design research, urban design and community activism, advanced research in digital applications. Information on research interests of the faculty is available at the School of Architecture website (www.architecture.ubc.ca). Information for prospective M.A.S.A. applicants is available in the School's Prospectus on request and at the School of Architecture website (www.architecture.ubc.ca). Students are selected on a competitive basis dependent on the research interests of the faculty. Prior to formal submission applicants are encouraged to send a brief outline of a potential research topic to the Program Chair for an initial assessment of suitability Applicants must submit the following by February 15. • Application form and fee. An online application can be made at www.grad.ubc.ca/apply/online/. • Transcripts. Two official transcripts of all post-secondary study should be received in sealed, endorsed envelopes. The admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies (www.grad.ubc.ca) must be fulfilled prior to being considered by the School of Architecture. • Letters of Reference. Three letters of reference from persons who can best assess the applicant's ability in an independent research program. Letters must be received in sealed, endorsed envelopes. • Test of English as a Second Language (TOEFL). Applicants whose first language is not English must pass the TOEFL exam with a minimum score of 250 on the computer-based exam (600 on the paper- based exam). • Biographical statement. A chronological listing in resume form including education, work experience, travel and other relevant experience. Prose form can be used to elaborate on key areas of the resume. • Portfolio of professional or academic work. • Statement of Research Intent. A minimum 500 word statement discussing background education and work experience in the selected area of study and giving a clear outline of the area of research to be pursued. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS The student should consult the Faculty of Graduate Studies (www.grad.ubc.ca) for University policies. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Students must complete a minimum of 30 credits including the following: COURSEWORK • ARCH 568 (3 credits) Research Methods in Architecture. This course is to be taken in Winter Session Term 1 during the first year. Students will develop a preliminary proposal for their thesis by the end of the course. • 15 credits of course work or directed study selected in consultation with the advisor. A minimum of 9 credits must be at the graduate (500) level. In some cases makeup courses will be required beyond the total number of credits of course work. It is intended that the course work will be completed by the end of the second term. At this rime the student orally presents the thesis proposal for critical discussion by faculty and students. THESIS ARCH 598 (12 credits) Thesis. Depending on the area of study, the form of the thesis may be written, digital media, or a design investigation. An oral defense of the thesis is required for all M.A.S.A. students. TIME LIMIT FOR COMPLETION OF DEGREE REQUIREMENTS University regulations establish a five-year time limit for the completion of a Master's program. STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION In Canada, all provincial associations recommend a degree from an accredited professional degree program as a prerequisite for licensure. The Canadian Architectural Certification Board (CACB), which is the sole agency authorized to accredit Canadian professional degree programs in architecture, recognizes two types of accredited degrees: the Bachelor of Architecture and the Master of Architecture. A program may be granted a five- year, three-year, or two-year term of accreditation, depending on its degree of conformance with established educational standards. Master's degree programs may consist of a pre-professional undergraduate degree and a professional graduate degree, which, when earned sequentially, comprise an accredited professional education. However, the pre-professional degree is not, by itself, recognized as an accredited degree. PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATION The M.Arch. professional degree is accredited by the Canadian Architectural Certification Board (CACB) (www.cacb.ca) which then qualifies graduates to enter the professional ^^gistration process. General requirements for architectural registration following graduation from an accredited program include a minimum of three years of approved work experience, and completion of the National Council of Architectural Registration Board's (NCARB) Architectural Registration Exams. Additional requirements may include professional development courses and an oral exam. These requirements vary within jurisdictions and applicants should obtain the details from the appropriate professional association. The practice of architecture in Canada is governed by legislation enacted by the individual provinces. The right to practise architecture and accept responsibility is limited to those who are registered architects in the province where the work is being completed. The "Reciprocity Agreement of Canadian Architectural Licensing Associations", signed by all ten provinces, allows properly qualified architects to move easily from one Canadian province to another to practice their profession. Properly qualified architects can also move easily between jurisdictions in Canada and the United States through the Inter-Recognition Agreement between the National Council of Architectural Registration Boards (NCARB) (www.ncarb.org) and the Committee of Canadian Architectural Councils (CCAC). In British Columbia, the practice of architecture is regulated by the Architectural Institute of British Columbia (AIBC). The Intern-Architect Programme has been established in a continuing effort to keep professional architectural registration in British Columbia effective by improving communication between registered architects and prospective members of the profession. 114 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Students are encouraged to make contact with the profession by applying for admission to the Architectural Institute of British Columbia (AIBC) (www.aibc.bc.ca) as a Student Associate. Interested students should contact the offices of the AIBC: 100^140 Cambie Street, Vancouver, BC, V6B 2N5; tel: 604-683-8588; web: www.aibc.ca. BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN The Bachelor of Environmental Design (B.EnD.) Program is a four-year, non-professional degree offered jointly by the Landscape Architecture Program in the Faculty of Land and Food Systems and the School of Architecture in the Faculty of Applied Science. It is intended as a preparatory degree for students interested in pursuing a Master of Architecture, Landscape Architecture or Planning degree, or for those who wish to have a greater understanding of the role of design in the broad environmental decision-making processes of society The first and second years of the program focus on giving the student a general academic background in the Arts and Sciences. The third and fourth years of the program emphasize design learning supported by ecological, social, theoretical and technical courses. ADMISSION Students apply for admission to the Bachelor of Environmental Design Program in their second year. Prospective students enrol in a first-year university program of their choice at a recognized university or college. For first-year admission requirements students are directed to the admission requirements of those institutions and their respective programs of study. Students are encouraged, where appropriate to their program of study, to complete the UBC equivalent of six credits of first year English, and GEOG 101 (6) in their first year studies. Admission to the ENDS Program is competitive; the program accepts a maximum of 30 students per year. Admission is based on the student's academic standing, submission of a portfolio demonstrating general creative abilities, completion of an admissions questionnaire, and a letter expressing interest in the program. A complete list of the required documents is available on the ENDS website (www.ends.arch.ubc.ca). Students seeking transfer from other universities and colleges may be granted advanced credit for parallel courses in the first two years of the ENDS Program where standings obtained are above minimum passing grade at those institutions. For detailed Program and Admission information, interested students must visit the ENDS website (www.ends.arch.ubc.ca) or www.ends.agsci.ubc.ca. Inquiries can be made to the ENDS Program Office (ends@interchange.ubc.ca) directly DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Second Year1 AGSI 250 <T ENDS 211 3 LARC 421 3 Electives2 18 Total Credits 30 Third Year ARCH 403 ARCH 404 ENDS 301 ENDS 302 ENDS 320 ENDS 420 LARC 422 LARC 440 Total Credits Fourth Year 3 3 6 6 3 3 3 3 30 ARCH 405 3 ARCH 437 3 ENDS 401 6 ENDS 402 and ARCH 4113 6+3 ENDS 403 and LARC 4314 6+3 ENDS 410 3 ENDS 440 3 PLAN 425 3 Total Credits * 30 Minimum Credits for Degree 120 1 Students are encouraged to complete the UBC equivalent of ENGL 110 (3), ENGL 112 (3), and GEOG 101 (6) in their first year studies. Those who have not completed these courses will be required to do so in the second year of the ENDS Program as part of their elective requirements 2 Selected from a list of Program recommendations upon consultation with a Faculty Advisor 3 Students declaring a 'Pre-Architecture' option 4 Students declaring a 'Pre-Landscape/Planning' option. ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS Raymond J. Cole, B.Sc. (Civ.Eng.) (City Univ., Lond.), Ph.D. (Wales), M.A.I.B.C. (Honorary); Patricia Patkau, B.I.D. (Manit.), M.Arch. (Yale), M.A.I.B.C., F.R.A.I.C, H.F.A.I.A., H.F.R.I.B.A., R.C.A., CM.; Jerzy Wojtowicz, B.Arch (Hon.) (Manit.), M.Arch. (Dist.), Dr.Des. (Harv.), M.A.I.B.C, O.A.A. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Linda D. Brock, B.A. (Montana), M.Arch (Utah), M.Des.S. (Bldg. Techn.) (Harv.), M.A.I.B.C, N.C.A.R.B.; Patrick Condon, B.Sc, M.L.A. (Mass.), A.S.L.A.; Christopher Macdonald, B.E.S. (Man.), A.A. Dipl. (Hons.) (Arch. Assoc, U.K.), F.R.A.I.C, ARB.; Sherry McKay, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (BnCol.); George S. Wagner, B.A. (Bard Coll., N.Y.), M.Arch. (Wash.), R.A. (Mass.); Deborah E. B. Weiner, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), M.A. (Calif., L.A.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS John W. Bass, B.F.A., B.Arch. (Rhode Island School of Design); Mari Fujita, B.A. (Col.), M.Arch. (Prin.); Oliver Lang, Dipl. Ing. Arch. (Berlin), M.S.A.A.D. (Col.), AK-NW; Oliver Neumann, Dipl. Ing. Arch. (Berlin), MSAAAD (Col.), AK (Berlin); Inge Roecker, B.E.S., M.Arch. (Man.), AK-BW; Joel Shack, B.Arch. (Tor.), M.O.A.A. (on leave). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Stephen I. Taylor, B.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.S. (Cal.Tech.), P.Eng., A.P.E.G.B.C, M.A.I.B.C (Honorary). LECTURERS IN PRACTICE (2004/05) Martin Lewis, B.Arch. (Tor.), MRAIC; William Pechet, B.A., B.F.A. (Vic.B.C), B.Arch. (Br.Col.). SESSIONAL LECTURERS (2004/05) Greg Johnston, B.Ap.Sc (Mech. Eng.) (Br.Col.), B.Arch. (Montr.), MAIBC, MRAIC, APEGBC; Daniel Millette, B.A. (Hons.) (Ott.), M.A., M.A.S.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Zwanette Pereboom, B.Sc, M.Arch., LL.B. (Br.Col.), M.A.I.B.C; Annabel Vaughan, B.A. (York), M.Arch. (Br.Col.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS (2004/05) Lance Berelowitz, A.A. Dipl. (London), M.P.I.B.C, M.C.I.P.; David Scott, BEDS (Dist.) (TUNS), M.Arch. (Dist.) (Dal.), Intern Architect. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 2 THE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE 115 116 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 3 The Faculty of Arts Dean's Office Nancy Gallini, Dean John X. Cooper, Associate Dean J. Evan Kreider, Associate Dean Darrin Lehman, Associate Dean W. Peter Ward, Associate Dean Anne-Marie Fenger, Assistant Dean Wendy Trigg, Director of Arts Academic Advising B130-1866 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1 Telephone: 604-822-3828 Fax: 604-822-6096 Arts Website (www.arts.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Arts, through its schools and departments, offers undergraduate programs leading to the following degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Social Work. The Faculty also offers Diplomas in Applied Creative Non- fiction, Applied Linguistics, Art History, Film Studies, and the Certificate in Theatre Design and Technology. For information on the Bachelor of Music see The School of Music, p. 351. The Bachelor programs for Social Work and Family Studies are described in The School of Social Work and Family Studies, p. 437. The Faculty also offers graduate programs leading to degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Archival Studies, Master of Fine Arts, Master of Journalism, Master of Library and Information Studies, Master of Music, Master of Social Work, Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor of Musical Arts. See the Faculty of Graduate Studies for further details. The Master of Journalism is described further in The School of Journalism. Programs leading to the Master of Archival Studies and the Master of Library and Information Studies are described in detail within The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies, p. 315. EMAIL COMMUNICATION Email is the preferred means of the Faculty of Arts and Arts faculty members for communicating important messages to students. It is the responsibility of all Arts students to ensure that their current email is accurately recorded on UBC's Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) and to read email sent to that account on a regular basis. Free email accounts are available to all UBC students, but any email account may be registered through the SSC. See www.nerinfo.ubc.ca for more information. University staff are not responsible for resending returned messages or for the consequences of messages not received due to full mailboxes, spam blockers, inactive addresses, etc. Students should inquire about and follow their instructors' policies on email communication. All use of email is governed by UBC's Policy #104, Responsible Use of Information Technology Facilities and Services (www.universitycounsel.ubc.ca/policies/ policies.html). BACHELOR OF ARTS The Faculty of Arts offers four-year degree programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts. The Faculty offers the B.A. with Honours, a major, double major, or an Interdisciplinary Studies program in one or more of its departments. The four-year B.A. program features intensive study in the social sciences, performing arts and humanities. The first two years of study are dedicated to building a solid foundation in communication and reasoning. The final two years offer specialized studies as selected by students, in many subjects leading to degrees, including: • Specialized programs in one or more of the ► departments in the Faculty of Arts. • Interdisciplinary programs in Asian Area Studies, Canadian Studies, Critical Studies in Sexuality, Interdisciplinary Studies, International Relations, Medieval Studies, Modern European Studies, Religion and Literature, and Women's Studies. • Concentrations in Archaeology, Commerce, Museum Studies, Nineteenth-Century Studies, Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures, Science, Science Studies, Slavic Area Studies and Urban Studies. ACADEMIC ADVISING Degree, program, and course advice is provided through the Faculty of Arts Academic Advising Services and through departmental and Interdisciplinary Studies advisors. The staff of Academic Advising Services assist first- and second-year students to plan their programs and offer advice about Faculty of Arts regulations to students in the Faculty. They also administer regulations governing the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine Arts and evaluate and approve (as appropriate) requests for course changes, withdrawals, academic concessions (for medical, emotional, or other reasons), and letters of permission for study elsewhere. This office does not advise students about the requirements for admission to, or continuation in, other faculties. Students should contact other faculties directly for such information. Departmental advisors, who are located in the relevant department, advise students about Major, Minor, Double Major and Honours programs in that department. Advisors for students in the Interdisciplinary Studies Program can be contacted through the Academic Advising Services. See Program Planning, p. 117 below and Program Requirements, p. 122. Academic Advising Services is located in Room A201 of the Buchanan Building and is open throughout the year, Monday to Friday, from 9:30 am to 4:00 pm. Daily and weekly appointments are available to students who wish to speak with advisors in Academic Advising Services. To schedule an appointment with an Academic Advisor, students may contact the Office in person or by telephone, 604-822-4028. PROGRAM PLANNING Every student is responsible for drawing up a program of study that meets Faculty, departmental, and degree program requirements. All students should consult appropriate Academic Advising staff and departmental or Interdisciplinary Studies advisors (as applicable), in the preparation of their program of study. However, the responsibility for meeting requirements is the student's. Although most degree programs are of four years' duration (implying successful completion of 30 credits per year), students may take more or less rime than this to complete degree requirements. Credit obtained in Summer Sessions can be combined with that obtained in Winter Sessions. Students wishing to register for more than 12 credits in Summer Session must obtain permission to do so from Academic Advising Services. Likewise, students wishing to register for more than 30 credits in any Winter Session must obtain permission to do so from Academic Advising Services, unless they are PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 117 enrolled in a program that requires more than 30 credits in the session. In Summer and Winter Sessions such authorization is normally given only to students with high academic standing. Students who register in fewer than 27 credits per Winter Session are not normally eligible for scholarships; those registered in fewer than 27 credits are ineligible for recognition on the Dean's List. ADMISSION Admission requirements are specified in Admissions, p. 17. Students who are accepted on transfer from other post-secondary institutions must either have met the English requirement or be eligible to enrol in first-year English before they will be permitted to register in any courses for credit. ADVANCED CREDIT AND ADVANCED PLACEMENT The Faculty of Arts may grant advanced placement and/or course credit to students who complete certain International Baccalaureate, Advanced Placement or other enriched secondary school courses with appropriate grades. When granted, the credit/placement will be indicated on the student's notification of acceptance to UBC. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance is expected of students in all their lectures, laboratories, tutorials, and seminars. Students who neglect their academic work and assignments in a course may be excluded from its final examination. Students who are unavoidably absent from scheduled classes because of illness or disability should report to their instructors immediately on their return. Students whose attendance or academic performance is severely affected by medical, emotional, or other problems should apply for special consideration through Academic Advising Services. (See Academic Concession, p. 118 in this section below and Academic Concession, p. 52 in the chapter "Academic Regulations" of this Calendar). CHANGE OF REGISTRATION In the Winter Session, students can drop one- term courses within two weeks of their commencement and two-term courses within three weeks of commencement. All record of registration in the course(s) will be removed from the student's transcript. Thereafter, students may withdraw from a one-term course up to the end of the sixth week, and from a two-term course up to the end of the twelfth week, of classes. Courses dropped during this latter period will be indicated by a 'W' on the student's transcript. Students can withdraw from courses using the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). After these dates, students are not normally permitted to withdraw from courses but can apply for Academic Concession, p. 118 (see below). Students who cease to attend or otherwise fail to complete exams, assignments or other course requirements will receive a grade reflecting requirements completed in the course. (See also Change of Registration, p. 51 and Withdrawal, p. 51). ACADEMIC CONCESSION Students whose attendance or academic performance is severely affected by medical, emotional, or other problems should apply for special consideration from their instructor or Arts Academic Advising as soon as possible. Students are advised to contact their instructor if they are unable to complete tests or other graded work because of short-term illness or for other reasons and arrange how they can make up for missed work according to written guidelines given to them at the start of the course (see Grading Practices, p. 49). Students also have the right to request Academic Concession from Arts Academic Advising. Students absent from final examinations held in the official examination period must request Academic Concession from Arts Academic Advising, or, if they are Bachelor of Music students in the School of Music or Bachelor of Social Work students in the School of Social Work and Family Studies, from the Director of their school. Absences from final examinations held in the official examination periods in any term must be reported as soon as possible after the missed examination. Students requesting Academic Concession will be required to complete an application form and provide supporting documentation as requested. In some cases it will be necessary for the student to attend an interview. Academic concessions are granted only by the senior staff of Academic Advising Services, and are a privilege not a right. Among academic concessions that may be granted are permission to drop or withdraw from a course after the normal deadlines are passed (see Change of Registration, p. 51), Deferred Standing, Aegrotat Standing, and withdrawal from the University Deferred Standing may be granted when a student has a valid reason for not completing course requirements as scheduled. Students granted deferred standing in Winter Session courses must complete all outstanding course requirements no later than August 24 following. Students granted Deferred Standing in Summer Session courses must complete all outstanding work no later than December 23 following. Students granted deferred standing are responsible for making satisfactory arrangements with their instructors for completion of outstanding course requirements. If a student fails to complete deferred requirements by the dates specified, the deferred standing will be replaced with a grade or standing that reflects requirements completed in the course. Students unable to meet the specified deadlines because of further medical, emotional or other difficulties must make an additional application for Academic Concession no later than August 31 (for Winter Session courses) or December 31 (for Summer Session courses) following the original deferral. (See also Academic Concession, p. 52 and Grading Practices, p. 49 in the chapter "Academic Regulations" of this Calendar.) Aegrotat Standing allows a student credit for a course, although the student has not completed course requirements due to medical, emotional, or other difficulties. This standing is awarded only if the course instructor and the Dean (or designate) agree that the student has demonstrated the ability to deal with the course material satisfactorily. When AEG standing is awarded, a letter grade is assigned; this will be converted to the minimum percentage for that category for the calculation of averages. Students with Standing Deferred credits should reduce the maximum load in the session immediately following (Summer or Winter) by the equivalent number of credits. For example, if a student has 3 credits deferred from the Winter session until August, that student should not enrol in more than 9 credits in the following Summer session, although the permitted maximum is 12. Should a student require an extension of a Standing Deferred, he or she may be blocked or deregistered from the equivalent number of credits during the extension period. TRANSFER CREDIT Students entering the Faculty of Arts from a college or another university will receive credit ™>r appropriate courses completed there, subject to the provisions listed in Applicants from a College or University, p. 24 and in Faculty Requirements, p. 120. Students who are accepted on transfer from other post-secondary institutions must either have met the English requirement (see Faculty Requirements, p. 120) or be eligible to enrol in first-year English (see note 1, English Requirement, p. 120) before they will be permitted to register in any courses for credit. Students who have accumulated 60 or more credits either at UBC or elsewhere, and who have not fulfilled the English requirement, will not be permitted to enrol in courses other than first-year English until the requirement is met. Students in the Faculty of Arts who wish to interrupt their UBC studies and take courses in other institutions for credit toward a UBC degree must obtain, in advance, a Letter of Permission from the Academic Advising Office. Students currently registered in UBC courses may not take courses for credit toward the Bachelor of Arts at other institutions without specific written permission from Academic Advising Services. The Faculty has no obligation to grant transfer credit unless a Letter of Permission has been obtained. Students will not normally be permitted to complete the Faculty of Arts English requirement at another institution. (See also Attendance, p. 47.) GRANTING OF CREDIT Credit is granted for all courses completed with at least the minimum passing grade (normally 50%), provided they are eligible under the requirements specified for the degree. 118 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 EVALUATION OF WRITTEN WORK In all courses taught in the English language in the Faculty of Arts, students' written work will be evaluated in part on grammatical and syntactical correctness. FAILED COURSES A student may repeat a failed course only once. This restriction does not apply to courses required to satisfy the Faculty of Arts language requirement or to MATH 100, 101,102, 103, 104, and 105, any of which may be repeated twice. SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS The Faculty of Arts does not offer supplemental examinations in any of its courses. LETTER OF PERMISSION See Transfer Credit, p. 118. SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS Information on scholarships and awards available to academically outstanding students can be found at Student Financial Assistance and Awards website (www.students.ubc.ca/ finance). See also the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter in this Calendar DEAN'S LIST Students who complete 27 credits or more in any Winter Session with an overall average of 85% or higher receive the notation "Dean's List" on their permanent records. Students in the Arts Co-operative Education Program who complete a Co-operative Work Term in Term 1 or Term 2 of any Winter Session and 15 credits in the other Term of the same Winter Session with an overall average of 85% or higher receive the notation of "Dean's List" on their permanent records. PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS Promotion is dependent on successful completion of a minimum number of credits as listed below. Students who have completed 27 credits are promoted to second year. Students who have completed 54 credits are promoted to third year. Students who have completed 84 credits are promoted to fourth year. CONTINUATION REQUIREMENTS Students in the Faculty of Arts who do not achieve a level 5 on the LPI examination, p. 120 before completing 30 credits of Arts- eligible courses, taken either at UBC or another post-secondary institution, will not be permitted to register in any additional credit courses until they successfully complete the LPI. Students who do not meet the six-credit first-year English requirement before completing 60 credits of Arts-eligible credits, taken either at UBC or another post-secondary institution, will not be permitted to enrol in courses other than first-year English until that requirement is satisfied. Continuation Requirements are listed in the table, Summary of Continuation Requirements, p. 118 below. Subject to the above conditions, students who attain a sessional average of 55%o or more will be assigned a 'Pass' standing and will be eligible to continue their studies. Students who register in (and do not officially withdraw from) 12 or more credits in a Winter Session and attain a sessional average of between 45% and 54.9% will be placed on Academic Probation (ACPR). This will be noted on their statement of grades. They will be eligible to continue their studies unless a 'Fail' or 'ACPR' has appeared previously in their record, in which case they will be assigned a 'Fail' standing and required to withdraw from the Faculty Students who register in fewer than 12 credits in a Winter Session and attain a sessional average of between 45% and 54.9% will be assigned a standing based on past performance: 1) If their cumulative average is 55%> or more, they will be assigned a 'Pass' standing and will be eligible to continue, 2) If their cumulative average is less than 55%, they will be assigned ACPR standing. This will be noted on their statement of grades. They will be eligible to continue unless a 'Fail' or 'ACPR' has appeared previously on their record, in which case they will be assigned a 'Fail' standing and required to withdraw from the Faculty. Students who attain a sessional average of less than 45 % in a Winter Session will be assigned a 'Fail' standing. They will be required to with- SUMMARY OF CONTINUATION REQUIREMENTS draw from the Faculty, unless this sessional average is based on fewer than 12 credits and there is no 'Fail' or 'ACPR' on their previous record, in which case they will be eligible to continue. Students required to withdraw from the Faculty may apply for readmission after one full year, but no student required to withdraw has a right to readmission. Students required to withdraw before completing 54 or fewer Arts-eligible credits can qualify for readmission by completing the following amount of work at a BC college or similar institution and attaining an overall G.P.A. equal to or better than that required of any other transfer student applicant: Credits Completed College Transfer Credits Required 36 or fewer 39 to 45 48 to 54 30 24 21 Students required to withdraw after completing 54 Arts-eligible credits are encouraged to take courses at a college or similar institution, even though some of the credits so earned may not be transferable to UBC. Applications for readmission will be adjudicated by the Arts Appeals Committee. In considering an application for readmission, the Arts Appeals Committee will take into account any and all evidence of a student's ability to perform satisfactorily at the university level. Credits Attempted Winter Session Average Cumulative Average ACPR or Fail already on Record Sessional Standing Continuation Status 12 or more 55% or more N.A. N.A. Pass Eligible to continue 45% to 54.9% N.A. No ACPR Eligible to continue 1 Yes Fail Required to withdraw less than 45% N.A. N.A. Fail Required to withdraw fewer than 12 55% or more N.A. N.A. Pass Eligible to continue 45% to 54.9% 55% or more N.A. Pass Eligible to continue less than 55% No ACPR Eligible to continue Yes Fail Required to withdraw less than 45% N.A. No Fail Eligible to continue Yes Fail Required to withdraw PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 119 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS BACHELOR OF ARTS, BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS, BACHELOR OF MUSIC All programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) and Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.) require a minimum of 120 credits. No more than 60 credits completed at other post-secondary institutions can be counted toward the Bachelor of Arts at UBC. This restriction on the number of transfer credits permitted towards degrees does not include credits taken by students in their first year at Herstmonceux, p. 441 as part of the Canadian Universities Study Abroad program. The exact UBC equivalents for Herstmonceux courses are determined on a case by case basis by Arts Advising. No more than 60 credits of UBC Distance Education and Technology (DE&T) courses can be counted toward the Bachelor of Arts; no more than 42 such credits may be taken after the completion of 60 credits toward the degree program. Unless special permission is given in writing, in advance, by Academic Advising Services, students must complete their final 30 credits at UBC. At least 30 of the final 60 credits toward the degree must be completed at UBC (or through UBC DE&T courses). Students are not permitted to register in more than four Science courses, a maximum of 16 credits (six courses including Mathematics and Computer Science for a further seven credits), before completing 30 credits in the Faculty of Arts. All students in the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine Arts programs must complete the following: 1) The Faculty of Arts English requirement 2) The Faculty of Arts language requirement 3) The Faculty of Arts science requirement 4) The Faculty of Arts literature requirement Each is specified in more detail below. Students are encouraged to complete these requirements in the first 60 credits. Students who fail to meet the English requirement before completing 60 Arts-eligible credits will not be permitted to register in courses other than first-year English until this requirement is satisfied. Students who have not satisfied the language requirement are advised to maintain their registration in course(s) leading to its fulfilment through all Winter and Summer Sessions attended until the requirement is met. Students intending to enter the Interdisciplinary Studies program must satisfy the language requirement before registering in that program. All students in the Bachelor of Music program must complete the Faculty of Arts English and literature requirements. ENGLISH REQUIREMENT In order to fulfill the English requirement, students must successfully complete six credits of first-year English, or Arts One, or Foundations. Students admitted to the Bachelor of Arts program must take immediate steps to satisfy the English requirement. The following notes apply: 1) Students admitted directly from secondary school are required to take English in their first year if eligible to do so. To be eligible, students must have written the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination and obtained a score of level 5. For details on this examination, and exemptions from it, see Language Proficiency Index Requirement for first-year English, below. 2) Students admitted directly from secondary school who have not obtained a score of level 5 on the LPI should not register for more than 12 credits per term and are advised to take a non-credit course from the University Writing Centre. 3) Students in the Faculty of Arts who do not achieve a level 5 on the LPI examination before completing 30 credits of Arts- eligible courses, taken either at UBC or another post-secondary institution, will not . be permitted to register in any additional credit courses until they successfully complete the LPI. 4) Students who are accepted on transfer from other post-secondary institutions, or who are readmitted to the Faculty after being required to discontinue, must either have met the English requirement or be eligible to enrol in first-year English before they will be permitted to register in any courses for credit. 5) Students who do not complete six first-year English credits in their first 60 Arts-eligible credits, taken either at UBC or another post-secondary institution, will not be permitted to enrol in courses other than first-year English until the English requirement is met. 6) Students who fail a first-year English course (i.e., ENGL 110, 111, 112, 120 or 121) may repeat that course once only 7) Once admitted to UBC, students will not normally be permitted to satisfy the English requirement at another institution. THE LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY INDEX (LPI) REQUIREMENT FOR FIRST-YEAR ENGLISH All programs at UBC require at least three credits of first-year English; most require six credits. In order to remain registered in any first-year English course, Arts One, and the Arts Foundations Program at UBC, students must complete all sections of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) and achieve a minimum score of level 5 (30/40) on the essay section of the examination. Unless a student meets the LPI requirement by exemption, the LPI test must be taken on or before the deadline mentioned below. Restrictions for registering in other courses may be applied to the student if the English requirements of a faculty are not met. THE LPI EXAMINATION The LPI is an examination that provides the University with a way to determine a student's competence in summary and essay writing and in the recognition of common errors in English usage and sentence structure. It also involves the composition of an expository essay of between 300 and 400 words. Performance on the essay will determine a student's eligibility for first-year English courses, but students must complete all parts of the examination. An information booklet entitled Preparing to Write the LPI is available from the LPI Office. Visit the LPI website (www.lpi.ubc.ca) for further details. Results Student results are available within four weeks of the writing of the examination and forwarded to the English Department, Arts One, and the Arts Foundations Program immediately upon the completion of marking. The English Department does not release results. Students should keep the report of their results; they may be asked to present results in their English classes in September. Students can also use the LPI website (www.lpi.ubc.ca) to request a Personal Score Report that will be sent as a PDF file via email. Students with scores of level 5 or 6 on the essay section will retain their registered spaces in their first-year English courses, Arts One, or the Arts Foundations Program; those with a level 4 or below at the deadline will not be permitted to remain either in a first-year English course or in Arts One or Arts Foundations Program. Students in this latter category are encouraged to enrol in Writing 098, a non-credit course in the University Writing Centre. For more information on Writing 098, see University Writing Centre, p. 444 in the "Alternative Study Options" chapter Exemptions Students in the following categories are exempt from the LPI requirement; all other students must complete the LPI: • those with a final grade (school mark plus government exam mark) of 80% in BC English 12 or BC English Literature 12; • those with a grade of 'A (80%) in Grade 12 English (senior year) in a Canadian secondary school outside of BC (final grade of 'A, 80%, in OAC English Language and Literature or Studies in Literature for Ontario applicants); • those with a grade of 4 or better in the Advanced Placement course in literature and composition and those with a final grade of 5 or better in the International Baccalaureate English Al or A2 (Standard level or Higher level); • those who passed UBC's English Composition Test (ECT) prior to September 1992; • those who have completed six credits of first-year English that are acceptable for transfer to UBC; • those who have attained a score of at least 5.0 on the essay section of the Canadian English Language Proficiency 120 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Index Test-Academic (CELPIT-A), a portion of the Canadian English Language Proficiency Index Program (CELPIP) that may be used to satisfy the English Language Admission Standard. Deadlines for Completion of the LPI In order to be eligible for Term 1 (September 2005) first-year English courses, Arts One, and the Arts Foundations Program students must complete the LPI on or before the following deadlines: • BC students: Saturday, July 16, 2005 • Out-of-Province students: Saturday, August 6, 2005 • International students: Saturday, September 3, 2005 • This includes students residing and attending school outside Canada at the time of the July or August deadlines. This sitting of the LPI is specially arranged for International students arriving in Vancouver from outside Canada in late August. Such students must obtain prior permission to write on this date by emailing the program they intend to enrol in: First.Year.English@ubc.ca; or Artsone@interchange.ubc.ca; or Arts.Foundations@ubc.ca. In order to be eligible for Term 2 (January 2006) first-year English courses, students must complete the LPI on or before the following deadlines: • All Students: Saturday, October 29, 2005. • Writing 098 Students: Saturday December 3, 2005. In order to be eligible for Summer Session, Term 1 and Term 2 (Summer 2006) English courses (ENGL 110 or 112), students must complete the LPI on or before Saturday, February 25, 2006. Any student who misses the deadline must contact the First-Year English Office (first-year.English@ubc.ca). For assistance, telephone 604-822-4247, 604-822-4259. Registration for the LPI BC Students: The LPI is offered a number of times and at a number of locations around BC each year. Students must register for the examination at least two weeks in advance. On the registration form, or in a personal letter, the student should include his or her name, address and postal code, telephone number, and the date, time, and place the student wishes to write the examination. The registration fee of CADS45.00 (either VISA, MasterCard, money order, or personalized cheque with the student's name clearly indicated, payable to LPI) must accompany the application. The application can be faxed (if the payment is by VISA or MasterCard), mailed, or brought to the LPI Office, University of British Columbia, Room 6, 2125 Main Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4. Fax: 604-822-9144. Examination admission tickets will then be mailed to students approximately two weeks before the examination date. Any student who has not received a ticket prior to the examination date should contact the LPI Office at 604-822-4145 immediately Online registration and book ordering is available at www.lpi.ubc.ca. Students may print their own admission tickets, in which case they will not receive a ticket from the LPI office. Students must present their Test Admission Tickets (with an attached passport-size photograph as described on the LPI website) and present acceptable photo identification in order to be admitted to the examination room on the day of the sitting. Out-of-Province Students: Students living outside BC may arrange a private sitting of the examination in their own area. To do so, they should contact a secondary school, college or university administrator, or counsellor who would be willing to supervise their writing of the LPI. The administrator or counsellor should contact the LPI Office (on official letterhead) by fax at 604-822-9144 or at the address listed above, and indicate willingness to undertake the supervision. The registration fee of CADS75.00 (Canada or the USA), CADS95.00 (Western Europe, the Pacific Rim), or CADS115.00 (all other countries) may be paid by VISA, MasterCard, or personalized cheque payable to 'Language Proficiency Index (LPI)'. Application and payment may be made by fax or by mail as indicated above. Note that a passport-size photo must be submitted to the Test Supervisor in order to write the LPI at a private sitting. This photo will be attached to the Test Admission Ticket. Upon receipt of the application, payment, and a letter from the supervisor, the LPI Office will send a copy of the examination to the supervisor, who can then arrange with the student where and when the examination will be written. (Any charge for invigilation services is the responsibility of the student.) The supervisor must return the examination paper to the LPI Office within two weeks unless a later date has been specified in writing to the LPI Office. Further Enquiries For further information about the LPI, visit the LPI website (www.lpi.ubc.ca) or contact the LPI Office, Room 6, 2125 Main Mall, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4; telephone 604-822-4146; fax 604-822-9144. For further information about eligibility for first-year English courses, contact the First-Year English office; telephone 604-822-4247 or 604-822-4259. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT In order to fulfill the language requirement, students must either: 1) have successfully completed a Grade 12 course in an approved language other than English while in secondary school, or 2) write an examination, if they have knowledge of an approved language, but no secondary school or university transcript to prove it, or 3) reach the language level taught in any of the following courses: Arabic 400, Asian Languages 400, Chinese 111 or 112, First Nations Languages 200, French 110 , German 210, Greek 200, Hebrew 405, Hindi-Urdu 200, Indonesian 200, Italian 200 or 201, Japanese 103 or 151, Korean 200, Latin 200, Polish 210, Portuguese 202, Punjabi 200, Russian 200, Sanskrit 200, SCAN 402 (Swedish), Spanish 105 or 200, Ukrainian 225. Most of these courses have prerequisites. Students with Grade 11 in any of the above languages can expect to enter the listed courses directly; those that do not have Grade 11 or equivalent must fill the prerequisites. Students with secondary-school or native language background wishing to register in any of the above languages must check with the departments to see whether they are required to write a placement test before the beginning of classes. Students may satisfy the language requirement in any of the above languages by proving the appropriate competency through examination. Arrangements for such examination must be made through the academic department providing instruction in the language. No course credit will be awarded for satisfaction of the language requirement in this manner. Students who wish to present a language other than those identified above to satisfy the language requirement may be permitted to do so through a challenge examination, where appropriate expertise to test the student's competency in the language is available. Arrangements for such examination must be made through the Academic Advising Services. No course credit will be awarded for satisfaction of the language requirement in this manner SCIENCE REQUIREMENT The requirement can be met by successful completion of: 1) six credits in the Faculty of Science, or 2) GEOG 101, or GEOG 102 and three additional credits in a Faculty of Science course; or GEOG 103 and three additional credits in a Faculty of Science course; or GEOG 102 and GEOG 103, or 3) WMST 201 and three additional credits in a Faculty of Science course, or GEOG 102, or GEOG 103, or 4) FRST 300. COGS 200 and COGS 400 and PSYC Science courses (those with the last two digits numbered 60 or higher) may not be used to satisfy the six Science credits required for a B.A. degree. Science courses that include laboratory work are recommended. Students may, however, choose to meet the science requirement through successful completion of six credits from the following list of courses: ANSC 316; ASTR 310, 311; BIOL 343, 344, 345, 346, 446; EOSC 310, 311, 312, 314, 315; FNH 200, 255, 330; MATH, all courses; PHYS 340, 341, 343. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 121 LITERATURE REQUIREMENT Students must successfully complete six credits, in the Faculty of Arts, of work in literature in addition to the English requirement. Courses in composition and writing (such as ENGL 301, ENGL 303, CRWR 202, CRWR 301) and courses intended to develop fluency in reading newspapers, etc. in languages other than English (e.g., CHIN 300, GERM 430, JAPN 315, 416, 417), do not satisfy this requirement. With these restrictions, eligible courses are: Subject Course Requirement Subject (Continued) Course Requirement Arabic (ARAB) 400 Asian Studies (ASIA) 308,341,342,347-352, 357-360, 364, 368, 398, 444, 460, 464 Central, Eastern, and Northern European Studies 202, 303 Chinese (CHIN) Classical Studies (CLST) Drama (DRAM) English (ENGL) French (FREN) German (GERM) Greek (GREK) Hindi-Urdu (HINU) Italian (ITAL) Italian Studies (ITST) Japanese (JAPN) 300- and 400-level literature courses except 300-302,310-312,330- 332, 482 310,313, 314, 315,317, 318 200,201,300,301,400 all 200-, 300- and 400- level literature courses, except 229, 301-340, 352,399,408,409,412, 419 220,300,320,321,330, 400, 403, and all 400- level literature courses except 402, 426, 427, 499 301,302, all 300- and 400-level literature courses all 300- and 400-level literature courses 400 all Italian 300- and 400- level literature courses except 499 231,232, and all 400- level literature courses all 300- and 400-level courses except 300-303, I 310,315,410,411,416, 417,420,421,440 Korean (KORN) 410 Latin (LATN) all 300- and 400-level literature courses Medieval Studies (MDVL) 301,302 Philosophy (PHIL) 375 Religion, Literature and the Arts (RGLA) 371,372,471 Religious studies (RELG) 202,311 Romance Studies 220, 420 Russian (RUSS) 206, 207, 305, 306, 407-412 Sanskrit (SANS) 3002 Scandinavian (SCAN) 411-414 Slavic Studies (SLAV) 307 South Asian 440 Spanish (SPAN) 220, 312; all 300-and 400-level literature courses except 449 Theatre (THTR) 245 Women's Studies (WMST) 224 Languages (SOAL) Prerequisites for 300- and 400-level English courses are 6 credits of first-year English and third-year standing. 2 With the permission of the Department of Asian Studies. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS Students are advised to plan their 100- and 200-level courses with their entire program in mind, although they formally declare their specific program of study only on completion of at least 54 (and not more than 75) credits. Students in their first 30 credits of university- level study may register in any 100-level Arts or Science course for which they have the appropriate prerequisite. In addition, there are a limited number of 200- and higher-level Arts courses for which they may be eligible. Students seeking entry into 200- (or in exceptional cases 300-level) language courses should consult the appropriate department for placement. Students granted advanced credit or advanced placement may register in appropriate courses numbered 200 to 299 in the subjects in which they have received such credit/placement. Students accepted into Creative Writing (CRWR) 202 with written permission from the Department of Creative Writing may include that course in their first 30 credits. Students registered in their second 30 credits (31 to 60 credits in total) may take up to six credits of 300-level courses for which they have the appropriate prerequisites. For restrictions, see below. Students who have completed 60 credits may register in any course for which they have the appropriate prerequisites. For restrictions, see below. Students must complete at least 120 Arts-acceptable credits for the degree. The following courses are acceptable for credit toward the Bachelor of Arts: • all courses in the Faculties of Arts and Science; • all B.A.Sc. courses for students enrolled in the Combined B.A./B.A.Sc. degree program. Only 18 credits of Applied Science courses may be counted towards the B.A. if a students drops out of the Combined B.A./B.A.Sc. program; • all courses in music history, music theory, ethnomusicology, or music composition and a maximum of eight credits from the ensemble courses in musical performance; • all courses designated Family Studies (FMST); • 18 credits in courses outside Arts and Sciences, other than those specified above. In the 120 credits required and acceptable for the degree, there may be: • no more than 72 credits in courses at the 100 and 200 level; and • no more than two courses at the 500 level (a maximum of eight credits). For further information on enrolment in graduate courses, see Enrolment in Graduate Courses, p. 124. After completing at least 54 credits and no more than 75 credits, students must enter one of the following programs listed below. Depending on the program chosen they must make application to do so, or identify their program using the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). Refer below, under individual programs, for those requiring formal application, and the procedures to be followed in applying for them. • Major program. This program involves specialization in a single field of study. It may lead to graduate study if a sufficiently high average is obtained. • Combined Major program. This program combines courses from two distinct fields of study into a single Major. A Combined Major introduces students to the core methodologies of two complementary disciplines l and offers opportunities for the develop- I ment of significant substantive knowledge in f each of them. This program is intended to encourage students to work across the boundaries of cognate disciplines and to date is available only in the following combinations: Economics and Mathematics, Economics and Philosophy, Economics and Political Science, and Economics and Statistics. Further details regarding each of these Combined Majors may be found under the relevant subject listings. • Double Major program. This program involves specialization in two fields of study It is an ambitious program allowing a dual focus with few electives outside the subjects of the Major. • Honours program. This program involves intense specialization in a single field of study. It is the preferred route to graduate study in many fields. Entry requires high academic standing. • Combined Honours program. This program involves intense specialization in two fields of study. Entry requires high academic standing. • Double Major in Arts and Science. This program involves specialization in one Arts field of study and one Science field of study It is an ambitious program, which requires careful planning; students are advised to see an Arts advisor as early as possible to ensure that they are choosing the correct courses in first and second year. • Interdisciplinary Studies program. This program permits a student to select courses that will provide a broad liberal education, encompassing several disciplines with a limited concentration in one discipline. See 122 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 B.A. Program in Interdisciplinary Studies, p. 138. All students must draw up a plan of study and consult the relevant departmental or program advisor(s) on entering a Major, Double Major, Honours or Interdisciplinary Studies Program. The Honours or Major programs can be combined with a Minor. Further consultation with an advisor is recommended on completion of 90 credits toward the Bachelor of Arts. Students must, however, recognize their responsibility for ensuring that they meet all Faculty and program requirements. MAJOR PROGRAM To graduate with a Major, a student must include in the 120 credits required for the degree at least 42 credits but no more than 60 credits in one subject (discipline) or field of specialization. At least 30 of these credits must be in courses numbered 300 or above. Students may graduate with a Major in Creative Writing on completion of 36 credits in that discipline, provided all are numbered 300 or above. For the purposes of this regulation, subjects (disciplines) are defined by their course titles. Fields of specialization (such as International Relations, Women's Studies or Canadian Studies) are defined by the courses specified under these fields. When departmental regulations allow credit for a course (or courses) numbered 300 or above in other departments as part of the Major (or other) program, such courses must always be counted as credits toward that Major (or other) program if completed by students in that program. Cross-listed courses (indicated in Course Descriptions (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/ courses.cfm) as "Equivalent: xxx", e.g., ARTH 351/RELG 341) must be counted in . the 60-credit limit if the student is a Major in either department. COMBINED MAJOR PROGRAM To graduate with a Combined Major, a student must include in the 120 credits required for the degree at least 60 credits but not more than 72 credits from the two subjects (disciplines) or fields of specialization involved in the Combined Major program. These credits must satisfy the following requirements: 1) at least 30 of these credits must come from each of the two subjects (disciplines) or fields of specialization involved; 2) at least 36 of these credits including at least 18 from each of the two subjects (disciplines) or fields of specialization must be in courses numbered 300 or above (this requirement differs for the Economics and Mathematics Combined Major program); and 3) these credits must satisfy the Combined Major Program requirements as set out by the appropriate departments. The general definitions of subjects and cross-listed courses in the Major apply to the Combined Major (see Major Program, p. 123 above). Cross-listed courses must be counted in the 72-credit limit if the Combined Major includes either department. DOUBLE MAJOR PROGRAM To graduate with a Double Major, a student must include in the 120 credits required for the degree at least 42 credits (and no more than 48 credits) in each of two subjects (disciplines) or fields of specialization. At least 30 credits in each subject/field must be in courses numbered 300 or above. The general provisions regarding the definition of subjects, cross-listed courses and courses outside the Faculties of Arts and Science in the Major apply to Double Major programs (see Major Program, p. 123). DOUBLE MAJOR PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCE To graduate with a Double Major in Arts and Science students must complete the requirements of a Major in Arts and a Major in Science. The Double Major in Arts and Science program will normally require the completion of more than 120 credits. Students must complete at least 42 and no more than 48 credits in the Arts Major and follow the rules of the Faculty of Science to complete their Major in Science. A Science Major is normally declared in second year. Students in the following B.A. Major programs may not complete a B.Sc. major in the same subject area: Geography, Mathematics, Combined Major in Mathematics and Economics, Psychology HONOURS PROGRAM To graduate with an Honours degree, a student must complete at least 60 but no more than 72 credits in one subject (discipline) or field of specialization. At least 48 of these credits must be in courses numbered 300 or above, and at least 54 of the total required credits must be in courses numbered 300 or above. Departments (and some individual programs) may require more than 120 credits for the completion of an Honours degree. Honours programs are open only to students who, in the opinion of the department, have shown special aptitude and capacity to profit from working intensively in the subject or field. An average of at least 68% on all credits attempted is required for entry into and graduation from Honours programs; some departments may have more stringent requirements, or require higher marks on certain courses. Departments may also require students to maintain a specified average in order to continue in an Honours program. COMBINED HONOURS PROGRAM Students who wish to pursue a course of study combining more than one Honours program may do so with written approval, from both departments and Academic Advising Services, of a program of study specified in advance. Approval should normally be obtained before completion of the first 60 credits toward the Bachelor of Arts. Such programs almost invariably require completion of more than 120 credits. MINOR PROGRAMS Students in a Major program may construct their program to include a Minor in a subject (discipline) or field of specialization other than the Major. To complete a Minor a student must include in the 120 credits required for the degree at least 30 credits and no more than 42 credits in a single subject or field of specialization other than that of the Major, including any courses specified as required for a Minor in the discipline or field of specialization. At least 18 of these credits must be in courses numbered 300 or above. Some Interdisciplinary Minors are defined as 18 to 21 credits in specified courses numbered 300 or above, and their prerequisites. At least 24 of the 120 credits required for the degree must be in subjects or fields other than those of the Major and Minor The general provisions regarding the definition of subjects and cross-listed courses in the Major apply to the Minor (see Major Program, p. 123 above). Only courses in the Faculties of Arts and Science can be credited toward the Minor Students registered in other degree programs may apply to have completion of the requirements for a Minor in the Faculty of Arts noted on their transcript. Students are encouraged to consult an advisor in their faculty and see a departmental advisor in Arts, preferably before taking the necessary courses. Students who wish to pursue an Honours program together with a Minor must meet all the requirements for the Honours program as well as all the requirements for a Minor program (i.e., at least 30 credits in a subject or field of specialization other than that of the Honours program) of which at least 18 credits must be in courses numbered 300 or above. At least 24 credits must be in subjects or fields other than those of the Honours and Minor. The combination of an Honours and Minor program almost invariably requires completion of more than 120 credits. MINOR IN COMMERCE Enrolment in this program is strictly limited. An application for admission can be obtained from the Arts Academic Advising Services Website (advising.arts.ubcca). The completed form must be returned by May 31. At the time of application, students must be eligible for third-year standing in the Faculty of Arts with a cumulative average of at least 68% in the previous two years. Meeting the stated minimum requirements does not guarantee admission into the Minor The Minor in Commerce consists of the following courses: ECON 310 (3), 311(3), COMM 457 (3), COMM 493 (3), and two of the following courses: COMM 329, 458, 465 and 473. Students who have completed ECON 101 must use this course in lieu of ECON 310. Students who have completed ECON 102 must use this course in lieu of ECON 311. Upon admission to, and successful completion of, this Minor program, the notation 'Minor in PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 123 Commerce' will be placed on the student's transcript. MINOR IN HEALTH AND SOCIETY Students wishing to study a range of courses relating to Health and Society (heso.arts.ubc.ca) may do so by taking a Minor in this area as part of their B.A. program. The Health and Society Minor Coordinating Committee maintains a list of courses approved for the Minor. Students wishing to take the Minor must have their course selection approved by the Committee, which may be contacted through Arts Academic Advising. A knowledge of statistics may be useful for some students in this Minor, but it is not mandatory. First and Second Years Students take 12 credits of approved courses, including IHHS 200 (3), which may be taken in third year as a corequisite for the Minor Students may not count junior courses that are prerequisites for their majors in these 12 credits without permission. Students must ensure that they have prerequisites for any senior course they plan to take in their third and fourth years. Third and Fourth years Students take 18 credits of approved courses, including HESO 400 (3). MINOR IN SCIENCE Arts students can also take a Minor in Science. An acceptable program must comprise courses recognized in the Faculty of Science that are for credit toward a Bachelor of Science and consist of at least 18 credits numbered 300 or higher in a single subject or field of specialization, together with any necessary prerequisites. Students should design a coherent and academically sound course of studies for their proposed Minor, which must be approved by a senior advisor in Faculty of Arts Advising Services at the beginning of the second year. All courses must be acceptable for a Science Major in the proposed subject area or field. The following restrictions apply: • B.A. Geography majors may not minor • in any one of the following disciplines: Geography, Geology, Geophysics, or Oceanography; • B.A. Mathematics majors may not minor in I B.Sc. Mathematics; and • B.A. Psychology majors may not minor in B.Sc. Psychology. DOUBLE-COUNTING Students enrolled in a combined program, e.g., Double Majors, Major/Minor, or Honours/ Minor, are allowed to double-count courses (i.e., count one course to fill area requirements in both areas of specialization). Thus ENGL 340 can fill area requirements for both Medieval Studies and English, or ASIA 308 for both Asian Studies and Religion and Literature. Double-counting cannot be used for credit requirements. In order to graduate, Double Majors students must have 60 upper-level credits, Major/Minor students must have 48 upper-level credits, Honours/Minor students must have 66, and that number of credits cannot be arrived at by double-counting. Students may double-count a maximum of six credits toward a program with a minor and a maximum of nine credits for a double major program. ENROLMENT IN GRADUATE COURSES Outstanding students in their fourth year may apply to the Faculty of Graduate Studies to register in two courses (or a maximum of eight credits) at the 500-level toward the Bachelor of Arts. Students must receive the permission of the course instructor, Arts Academic Advising, and Graduate Studies. Normally such permission will be given only to students in an Honours program who have completed 75% of their 300- and 400-level requirements with a minimum overall average of 80%. SUMMARY The table below, "Summary of Program Requirements", summarizes the minimum credits required for the various programs described above. As some departments require more than the minimum 120 credits for the Honours degree, students should read carefully the individual ' program descriptions on the pages that follow. FIRST YEAR PROGRAMS The Faculty of Arts offers three first-year enrolment options for students entering UBC directly from secondary school: 1) Arts One. An 18-credit integrated team-taught program focused on a general theme of concern within the humanities. Themes vary by year. 2) Foundations. A 24-credit integrated academic program focusing on broad interdisciplinary perspectives and research approaches in the Humanities, Social Sciences and Creative and Performing Arts. 3) Standard Program. Individually designed programs chosen by students to meet the Degree requirements while also permitting exploration of specific courses. ARTS ONE PROGRAM Students entering the first year may enrol in Arts One, an 18-credit program of liberal education. Arts One is organized in teaching groups, each consisting of a maximum of 100 students and five faculty members from various University departments, who address a theme of basic human concern. The theme is approached through the study of major works in their historical context, and the aim of the curriculum is to provide a coherent program of study. The impact of the program, made possible by the ratio of one faculty member for every five students, comes through weekly lectures, twice weekly seminars of 20 students, and weekly tutorials of four which focus on student writing. A sense of membership in a community of learners is created through use of the Arts One Building, located near the centre of the campus. Arts One satisfies the Faculty of Arts requirement for first-year English, p. 120 and departmental requirements for first-year History and Philosophy On successful completion of Arts One and additional courses equivalent to 12 credits, students receive second-year standing in the University. Students who enrol in Arts One are expected to remain in the program for the complete session, but they may drop it without penalty during the period officially allowed for course changes. For detailed information see the Arts One website (www.arts.ubc.ca/artsl), or contact our office. Email: artsone@interchange.ubc.ca; telephone: 604-822-3430. FOUNDATIONS PROGRAM The Foundations Program offers first-year students an enriched, cross-disciplinary introduction to university life and to the themes of the Faculty of Arts, including the humanities, the social sciences, and the fine and performing arts. It provides a supportive and challenging learning environment directed by faculty members of proven scholarly and teaching excellence. Students spend equal time in lectures and in seminars. The teaching of good writing and critical thinking is a primary goal of the Program. The setting for an effective learning community is provided by the new Foundations Commons, which contains seminar rooms, a faculty- student lounge, and a study area for students in the Program. Summary of Program Requi rements for B.A.* Major Major + Minor Double Major Honours Combined Major Total Credits 120 of which courses 48 300+ 120 48 120 60 120 54 120 48 Total within specialty(ies) of which courses 300+ Total outside specialty(ies) 42 30 60 42+30 30+18 24 42+42 30+30 24 60 48 48 30+30 18+18 48 B.A. (COGS) and all specialties in the B.F.A. require different credit numbers in the specialty (see specialty descriptions). 124 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 The curriculum contains three broad, eight- credit courses: FDNS 101, Routes to the 21st Century; FDNS 102, Knowledge Bases; and FDNS 103, Approaches to Social Understanding. Each is team-taught by three faculty members from different departments or specialties. Each course has a weekly two-hour lecture and two-hour seminars. The Foundations experience centers upon small seminar groups, each having a maximum of 20 students. Full-time students in the Program must ordinarily take all three courses. Students whose intended major programs require more than six credits of first-year electives may, with the permission of the Director, postpone one Foundations course to their second year Part-time students may postpone one course to their subsequent year. Registration involves no special procedures for those taking all three courses; those intending to postpone a course must contact the Foundations office before their assigned registration time. During the initial period in which course changes are allowed, students may not drop a Foundations course unless they are dropping the Program. Upon completion of the Foundations Program students are granted equivalency credits in a number of Arts degree programs. For details consult the Foundations Program website (foundations.arts.ubcca). Completion of 16 Foundations credits satisfies the first-year English requirement, p. 120 in Arts. Second- year standing is obtained upon completion of the 24 Foundation credits and six additional elective credits. For detailed information see the Foundations website (foundations.arts.ubc.ca) or contact the Foundations Office (arts.foundations@ubc.ca); telephone: 604-822-0217. DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM IN ARTS AND APPLIED SCIENCE This program offers capable students the opportunity to earn a Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of Applied Science degree in five years of study, in most combinations of one Arts degree program and one Engineering degree program. A Board of Studies administers and oversees admission to the program. Please contact Arts Academic Advising Services or Applied Science for more information. ADMISSION Application for admission to the program is made to the Board of Studies through either Arts Advising Services or Engineering Student Services. Applicants may be registered in either Faculty but must be admissible to the other Faculty at the time of admission to the program. Acceptance into the program will be determined based on a review of the applicant's transcript, an interview, and on a review of a portfolio or other such material that the applicant wishes to submit. Normally, application for admission will be made immediately upon acceptance into either Faculty. Admission to the program at a later date is also possible but may imply a longer time to complete the program. REQUIREMENTS Students must satisfy all of the program requirements for both the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Applied Science degrees in their chosen programs. Individual courses may be considered to satisfy program requirements for both degrees. Courses taken within the Faculty of Applied Science will have the same standing as courses taken within the Faculty of Science for the purpose of satisfying requirements for a Bachelor of Arts for students enrolled in this program. Where possible, students should meet with an advisor from the Board of Studies prior to enrolling in their first year of courses. ANTHROPOLOGY The Department of Anthropology and Sociology offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts, and Bachelor of Arts. For information on graduate programs, see Anthropology, p. 229 in the Graduate Studies section. See also Museum Studies, p. 144. The Department also collaborates with Canadian Studies, Classical Studies, First Nations Languages, First Nations Studies, International Relations, Latin American Studies, Linguistics and Science Studies. For details about current offerings, consult the departmental website (www.anso.ubc.ca). MAJOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY A total of 42 credits (but no more than 60 credits) within Anthropology and Sociology, at least 30 credits of which must be numbered 300 or higher. All students considering the Major in Anthropology are encouraged to meet with the Anthropology undergraduate advisor prior to enrolling in the program and periodically during their third and fourth years. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS ANTH 100; ANTH 103 and/or 140; ANTH 200; three credits chosen from other Anthropology courses at the 200 level. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS At least 30 credits in Anthropology and Sociology, including: Group A 1) ANTH 300 and 400 2) At least three credits from courses in each of the following groups: (A) Methodology-ANTH 305, 317 or 417, 407, 431 (B) Archaeology and Physical Anthropology-ANTH 318-326. Group B 1) Six credits from the following ethnographic area courses: ANTH 302- 304, 315, 350-353, 401-403, 404, 416. Three primary areas of concentration are possible within the Anthropology Major: Archaeology, Museum Studies, and Socio- Cultural Anthropology. Students should consult with a departmental advisor to select courses that are most appropriate to their preferred concentration. A course in statistics, such as STAT 200 or 203 is also recommended as part of the Major and Honours program in Anthropology HONOURS IN ANTHROPOLOGY A total of 60 credits (but not more than 72 credits) in Anthropology and Sociology, at least 48 of which must be numbered 300 or higher All students considering the Honours program in Anthropology are encouraged to seek advising with the Anthropology undergraduate advisor prior to enrolling in the program and periodically during their third and fourth years. ADMISSION TO THIRD YEAR Admission to third year requires a high 'B' average in first and second years and credit for ANTH 100, ANTH 103 and/or 140, ANTH 200 and three credits chosen from other Anthropology courses at the 200 level. ADMISSION OR CONTINUATION TO FOURTH YEAR At least 48 credits in Anthropology and Sociology, including: Group A 1) ANTH 300 and 400 2) At least three credits from courses in each of the following areas: (A) Methodology-ANTH 305, 317 or 417, 407,431 (B) Archaeology and Physical Anthropology-ANTH 318-326. Group B 1) Six credits from the following ethnographic area courses: ANTH 302-304, 315, 350-353, 401-403, 404, 416. Three primary areas of concentration are possible within the Anthropology Honours program: Archaeology, Museum Studies, and Socio-Cultural Anthropology. Students should consult with a departmental advisor to select courses that are most appropriate to their preferred concentration. A course in statistics, such as STAT 200 or 203 is also recommended as part of the Major and Honours program in Anthropology MINOR All students considering the Minor in Anthropology are encouraged to seek advising with the Anthropology undergraduate advisor prior to enrolling in the program. FIRST TO FOURTH YEARS At least 30 credits (but no more than 42 credits) in Anthropology and Sociology including ANTH 100. At least 18 of these credits should be at the 300 level or above, including at least three credits from Group A and at least three credits from Group B below: Group A Any courses from Group A of the Anthropology Major (see third- and fourth-year requirements under Major in Anthropology, p. 125). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 125 Group B Any courses in the ethnographic areas list (see third- and fourth-year requirements under Major in Anthropology, p. 125.) UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ANTH 100, 103, 140, 201, 202, 204, 205, 206, 213, 214, 215, 217, 218, 220, 221, 222, 225, 231, 232, and 329 are general courses open to all students. ANTH 329 cannot be taken for credit in the Major or Honours program. Other courses listed in Course Descriptions (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/courses.cfm) under "ANTH" are intended primarily for students in the Major and Honours programs. Except for ANTH 449, these are open to non-Majors and students in the General B.A. Program with appropriate prerequisites or permission of the instructor. ANTH 100 is a prerequisite to all courses in the Department except those described above as "general", unless specific permission of a departmental advisor is obtained. FIRST NATIONS Students who wish to concentrate in the study of First Nations and cultures may choose from among the following courses beginning in the second year: ANTH 220, 221, 222, 231, 232, 304,321,329,401,411,420. The following courses also regularly include material relating to indigenous cultures: ANTH 331, 332, 341, 407, 408, 424; ARTH 261, 262, 376, 377, 469; HIST 302, 427, 475. ARABIC See Religious Studies, p. 149. ARCHAEOLOGY Students may emphasize archaeology both at the undergraduate and graduate levels by selecting courses offered in a number of departments, especially the Departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Art History, Visual Art, and Theory; and Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies. In each case, a Major or Honours program can be developed with an emphasis on archaeology. The University is strong in areas complementary to archaeology, such as ethnology, ecology, geography, geology, metallurgy, biology, and quantitative methods; and students are urged to begin courses in these fields at an early date. They are encouraged to acquire a broad knowledge of different geographical areas, techniques, and theories. Several possibilities are listed below under Course Descriptions (www.students.ubc.ca/ calendar/courses.cfm) and Courses Which are Ancillary to Archaeology, p. 126. Within the Department of Anthropology and Sociology, the focus is on anthropological archaeology, cultural ecology, the economic patterns of hunters and gatherers and agriculturists, and the nature of complex societies. Instruction covers field techniques, analysis, and the study of various culture areas (such as Western North America, Mesoamerica, and East Asia) and includes a local field school. The Laboratory of Archaeology located in the Museum of Anthropology, p. 71 building offers extensive archaeological facilities and houses collections from various parts of the world. Classical Archaeology, p. 129 in the Department of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies covers the art and cultural history of the Greek and Roman world from the Bronze Age to the founding of Constantinople. Though primarily descriptive, courses include a certain amount of archaeological material and method, and discussion of relevant social and historical processes. Some attention is paid also to ancillary disciplines such as epigraphy and numismatics. Field experience is acquired through a summer practicum on a classical site in Europe. There is a small teaching collection in the Museum of Anthropology The Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences offers several courses that may prove of value to the student of archaeology, particularly in the fields of mineralogy and the analysis of materials. The Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory offers a number of courses at the undergraduate and graduate level which depend to a greater or lesser extent on material deriving from archaeological work; these courses are concerned with archaeological interpretations and, as such, they may be of great value to students specializing in archaeology. The Department of Geography offers courses of value to the archaeologist in a variety of fields. Students can undertake combined programs with Anthropology in the fields of subsistence and cultural ecology. The Department of History offers various courses on cultural history relevant to those working in archaeology. The Department also offers an introductory course in historical archaeology which concentrates on material culture in the period of written records, with an emphasis on North America. Courses in biology, botany, and zoology which deal with the basic structures and functions of the plants and animals found in archaeological sites are also listed below. COURSES ANTH 103, 231, 232, 305, 306, 318, 319, 321, 322, 323, 406, 410, 411, 420, 424, 510, 517,520,527 CLST 204, 306, 330, 335, 429, 430, 431, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, 508, 509, 510, 511, 512,513,514,518,519 HIST 205 RELG 3001, 306, 3412 COURSES WHICH ARE ANCILLARY TO ARCHAEOLOGY ANTH 140, 225, 325, 360, 431, 451, 452 ARTH 251, 261, 262, 330, 331, 332, 333, 352, 353, 358, 359, 364, 365, 370, 371, 372, 373, 376, 377 BIOL 204, 205, 209, 210, 324, 343, 412, 421 EOSC 220, 221, 222, 320, 425 GEOG 101, 207, 308, 315, 317, 318, 329, 370, 372, 373, 422, 472, 495 1 Also listed as ARTH 327. 2 Also listed as ARTH 351. ARCHAEOLOGY (CLASSICAL STUDIES) See "Classical Studies" for information on Archaeology and History of Greece, Rome, and the Near East, p. 129. ART HISTORY, VISUAL ART, AND THEORY The Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory (www.finearts.ubc.ca) offers programs of study that lead to the Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts, Master of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, and the Diploma in Art History. These programs have one common goal: the development of critical approaches to visual art. They may be pursued for general educational purposes or for professional activity in the field. In Art History, the Department offers a Bachelor of Arts (Major and Honours), Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy and a Minor in Art History. The Diploma in Art History is available for students who have a first degree in Another discipline and who wish a foundation in art history equivalent to the undergraduate Major. See Diploma in Art History, p. 154. In Visual Art, the Department offers a Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts (Major and Honours), Master of Fine Arts, and the Minor in Visual Arts. The B.A. is available for those intending to pursue a post graduate program in secondary education, but it is also often taken by those with other career goals. The BFA program is a focused program in Visual Art. While it is particularly designed for students who contemplate a career in the Arts, it is also well suited to students who seek a liberal education via the practice of art and study of art within a lively academic setting. See Bachelor of Fine Arts, p. 152. Formerly Fine Arts (FINA), the Department of Art History, Visual Arts, and Theory courses are now listed under ARTH and VISA. Brochures which introduce art history and studio goals, programs, and courses are available from the Department. For information on graduate programs, see Art History, p. 231 in the Graduate Studies section. MAJOR IN ART HISTORY FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take any 12 credits in ARTH. Students may count six credits of VISA towards these 12 credits. Students enter the Major program in the third year THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS The minimum requirements for the Major in the third and fourth years are as follows: • ARTH 300 (3) Seminar in theory and approaches to Art History • 15 credits of Art History courses numbered 300 or above in one of the following three 126 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 areas: Western art and architecture, Indigenous art of the Americas, or Asian art • three credits in Art History courses numbered 300 or above in each of the two areas not selected for concentration • three credits in a 400-level Art History seminar All of these courses must be at the 300 level or above. The B.A. student is allowed a maximum of 60 and a minimum of 42 credits in ARTH over the four years of the program. The minimum credits of upper-level ARTH courses in the third and fourth years is 30 and the maximum is 48. Students may take a six-credit visual art course as an elective within the maximum of 60 credits in ARTH allowed for a B.A. program. No more than six credits of cross-listed courses (indicated in Course Descriptions in the UBC Calendar as "Equivalent: xxx", i.e., ARTH 329/CLST 330) offered by other departments, excepting ARTH 329 (Classical Studies CLST 330), may be counted toward the minimum requirements for the Major. Cross-listed courses, even though they may be taken under the department offering the course, must be counted in the 60-credit limit of ARTH courses if the student is a Major in either department. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS HONOURS IN ART HISTORY Students entering the Honours Program in the third year, like those in the Major program, will be expected to have previously completed 12 credits in Art History courses of which at least six credits must be in art history. It is normally expected that the Honours students will have a high B average in all first and second year A course work and a minimum A- average in art history courses. If the same minimum average is not maintained in third year art history courses, the student will be advised to revert to the Major program. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS The Honours program is the same as the Major program with two additional requirements: • 12 additional upper-level credits in art history • the Honours Essay (ARTH 499, 6 credits) Completion of these additional requirements will give the honours student a total of a minimum of 48 credits in art history over the third and fourth years. MINOR IN ART HISTORY The Minor in Art History follows the general regulations for minor programs established by the Faculty of Arts. To complete a minor in Art History the student must take at least 30 credits and no more than 42 credits in this field of specialization. At least 18 of these credits must be in courses numbered 300 or above. See Faculty of Arts Minor Programs, p. 123. MAJOR AND MINOR IN VISUAL ART See Visual Art, p. 151. ARTS STUDIES The Faculty of Arts offers special topics and interdisciplinary courses for upper-division students in the Faculty of Arts, and two second- year level courses in the UBC-Ritsumeikan Joint Program, p. 442. • Distinguished Visitors (ASTU 401) (3-6). Special topics course offered by distinguished visitors in the Faculty of Arts. Topics announced annually • Interdisciplinary Studies in Arts (ASTU 400). The Faculty of Arts offers interdisciplinary courses taught by Faculty members from two or more departments. These courses appear cross-listed under the relevant departments. Topics announced annually • UBC-Ritsumeikan Joint Program (ASTU 201, ASTU 202). These two courses explore the relations between, and compare facets of, Canadian and Japanese societies, m Offered as part of a joint academic program with Ritsumeikan University in Kyoto, they are taught jointly by UBC and Ritsumeikan faculty members, and normally include students from both universities. Description of these courses can be found under Arts Studies (ASTU) in Course Descriptions (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/courses.cfm). Further details are available from the relevant departments, from the director of the UBC- Ritsumeikan Joint Program (UBC-Ritsumeikan House), and from the senior Academic Advising Office (Buchanan A201). ASIAN STUDIES The Department of Asian Studies offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts and Bachelor of Arts. For information on graduate programs, see Asian Studies, p. 232 in the Graduate Studies section. The department also collaborates with Film Studies; International Relations; Linguistics; Museum Studies, Philosophy; Religion, Literature and the Arts; and Women's Studies. For current offerings, consult the departmental website (www.asia.ubc.ca). The courses offered at the undergraduate level fall into two categories: 1) Courses on the contemporary and historical cultures of South, Southeast, and East Asia, which do not require knowledge of an Asian language (these are listed under the heading Asian Studies); and 2) Courses in language, including advanced reading courses, which introduce the student to literary, philosophical, and historical works in their original language (these courses are listed under the specific language headings). Courses in category 1 (see above) are open to all students in the Faculty of Arts. Courses in category 2 (see above) are designed to provide the essential training for those who wish to proceed to further scholarly studies in the field of Asian Studies at the graduate level. However, in the more elementary courses, language training at the appropriate level is also provided for those who wish to obtain some knowledge of Chinese, Indonesian, Japanese, Korean, or South Asian languages (Hindi, Punjabi, Sanskrit, Urdu) as part of their general education or with a view to later practical use. Study of the necessary languages should begin as early as possible in a student's academic career. A good foundation in language studies is a prerequisite for admission to graduate studies. Those who do not have the necessary preparation when they apply will be asked to make up this deficiency. Credit is not normally given to graduate students for such preparatory work. MAJOR IN ASIAN AREA STUDIES 48 total credits of coursework on Asia are required, of which at least 30 credits must be from courses numbered 300 or above which focus on ASIA. Those 48 credits must include: ASIA 100 and 101 six credits from ASIA 200, 208, and 209, at least 12 credits of one language taught in the Department of Asian Studies. At least six credits from upper-division courses on Asia taught in one other department. No more than 12 credits from courses taught in other departments can be applied to a major in Asian Area Studies. The following courses are pre-approved: • ANTH 315(3/6), 402 (3/6), 410 (3/6) • ARTH 358 (3), 359 (3), 360 (3), 361 (3), 364(3), 365 (3), 366 (3), 367 (3) • ECON 342 (3), 343 (3) • FILM 338 (3) • GEOG 380 (3) • HIST 380 (6), 381 (6), 382 (6), 383 (6), 384 (6), 385 (6), 386 (6), 387 (3), 388 (3), 389(6) • PHIL 378 (3), 388 (3) • POLI 321 (3/6), 322 (3), 323 (3/6), 324 (3/6), 330 (3), 331 (3), 365 (3/6), 368 (3) • RELG 354 (6), 364 (3), 365 (3), 366 (3), 367(3), 368 (3) • SOCI 315 (3/6) Other courses may be approved under advisement from the Department. At least 15 upper-division credits from courses offered in the Department of Asian Studies. No more than six of those credits can be from CHIN, HINU, INDO, JAPN, KORN, PUNJ, SANS, or SOAL courses. Three credits from an ASIA course at the 400 level. Those students who wish to major in Asian Area Studies will be required to have an average of at least 64% in the lower-division ASIA courses required for the major (ASIA 100, 101, and two of ASIA 200/208/209), as well as an overall average of at least 64% in the courses they took at UBC before they declared their major. The Major does not allow for double- majoring within the Department. The Minor PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 127 cannot be combined with the Major in Asian Area Studies. MINOR IN ASIAN AREA STUDIES The Minor in Asian Area Studies requires: • 12 credits of one Asian language at the appropriate level • 18 credits of upper-level ASIA courses. As many as six of these 18 units may be from courses on Asia taught in one other department. The Minor cannot be combined with the Major in Asian Languages and Cultures. MAJOR IN ASIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: Students who wish to major in Asian Language and Culture must have an overall UBC average of at least 64% before they declare their major. The major requires 42 credits, of which at least 30 must be from courses numbered 300 or above. Those 42 credits must include: • Between 12 and 18 credits of upper-division credit in one language taught in the Department of Asian Studies, which must include at least six credits at the 400 level (if Chinese is the language of specialization, CHIN 330 is required; in the case of South Asian languages, 12 to 18 credits of upper- level courses in Sanskrit-Hindi-Urdu or Sanskrit-Punjabi are required). • Students with little or no prior knowledge of the language they wish to focus on may be required to earn up to 24 credits in that language before they take any 300 level language courses. However, they will still be required to earn 30 up per-division credits in addition to those 24 lower-division credits. • Between 12 to 18 up per-division ASIA credits, of which at least three credits must be from an area beyond that of the language of specialization. • three credits from a 400-level ASIA course. No more than six credits of courses on Asia taught in other departments may be applied toward the requirements for an Asian Language and Culture major. In order for students to advance from one level of classes in one language to the next level in that same language, they must earn at least an average of 68% in the classes in that language at the level immediately below the level they wish to advance into. This would apply to all the students in our language classes, not just the language majors. The Major does not allow for double-majoring within the Department. The Minor cannot be combined with the Major in Asian Languages & Cultures. MINOR IN ASIAN LANGUAGES AND CULTURE A total of 30 credits of coursework, as follows: • 12 credits of coursework in one language taught in the Dept. of Asian Studies • six to 12 credits of the same language at the upper level. • six to 12 credits of ASIA courses at the upper level, of which as many as six may be from courses on Asia taught in one other department. The Minor cannot be combined with the Major in Asian Area Studies. Visit the Department of Asian Studies Website (www.asia.ubc.ca) for more details. CANADIAN STUDIES The Canadian Studies Major program provides an opportunity for contact with the way disciplines in the humanities and social sciences have shaped understanding of Canada. Students in the program will be required to take courses in each of five areas: culture, geography, history, politics and economics, and society. In their third year they will enrol in CDST 350. In their fourth year they will enrol in CDST 450, the Senior Seminar in Canadian Studies, to be taught by the distinguished Canadianist holding the Brenda and David McLean Chair in Canadian Studies. Admission is by application; all applications I must be accompanied by transcripts of the first and second year. The program must be approved by a Canadian Studies advisor. For further information please consult the Canadian Studies website (www.canadianstudies.ubc.ca). For enquiries, email (cdst@interchange.ubc.ca) the chair of the program. MAJOR IN CANADIAN STUDIES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS First and second years of the program require that students complete all three of the following: 1) six credits of: CHIN 100, 101, 200, 201; either FREN 121 and FREN 122, or FREN 122 and FREN 1231; GERM 131; GREK 100, 200; HEBR 305, 405; HINU 102, 200; INDO 102, 200; ITAL 100, 101, 105, 200, 201; JAPN 100, 101,102,103,104, 200, 201; KORN 102, 104, 200; LATN 100, 200; PORT 102, 202; PUNJ 102, 200, 205; RUSS 100, 101, 102, 200; SANS 102, 200; SCAN 302, 303; SOAL 100; SPAN 100, 105, 200, 205; UKRN 125, 225 2) ECON 101 (3) and 102 (3) or POLI 1012 (3) 3) six credits (total) from the following courses: ANTH 201 (3/6), 220 (3), 221 (3), 222 (3); ECON 1012 (3), 1022 (3); ENGL 222 (3); GEOG 290 (3); HIST 135 (6); POLI 1012 (3); SOCI 100 (6), 2103 (3/6); WMST 205 (3), 210(3). In planning the first and second years students should take into account the prerequisites for the 300- and 400-level courses they intend to take in subsequent years. 1 Students intending to meet more than the minimum program requirements in French are advised to complete FREN 222 (3) and FREN 223 (3) 2 Neither ECON 101, ECON 102 nor POLI 103 can be used to satisfy more than one of these requirements. 3 Students planning to take 300- and 400-level Sociology courses must complete SOCI 100 THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS In consultation with a Canadian Studies advisor, students will compose a program which includes: 1) CDST 350 (3/6). Prerequisite for CDST 450. 2) CDST 450 (3/6) 3) Six credits of work in each of the five major areas of study which follow, for a total of 30 credits. Note: In special circumstances, and with the permission of the program chair, other courses may be substituted for those listed. Credit value is determined by the department offering the course. • Culture-ARTH/FINA 343 (3), 344 (3), 443 (3); ENGL 470 (3-12); FREN 335 (3/6), 403 (6) • Geography-GEOG 327 (3), 328 (3), 499 (3) • History-HIST 302 (6), 307 (6), 326 (6), 329 (6), 401 (6), 426 (6), 427 (3), 430 (6), 437(6) • Politics and Economics-POLI 301 (3), 303 (3), 305 (3), 363 (3/6); ECON 336 (6) • Society-ANTH 329 (3/6); SOCI 310 (6), 410 (3/6). ■ Up to 15 credits from the following courses (unless already taken, and with care that all senior-level credits are fulfilled). The total number of upper- division courses in any one discipline may not exceed 12. The amount of Canadian content in these courses may vary from year to year; please check with the instructor. Credit value is determined by the department offering the course. • ANTH 304 (6), 321 (3), 329 (3/6), 331 (3/6), 332 (3/6), 420 (3/6) • ARTH/FINA 343 (3), 344 (3), 348 (3), 349 (3), 376 (3), 377 (3), 443 (3), 448 (3), 469 (3) • ECON 317 (3), 336 (6), 345 (6), 350 (3), 351 (3), 355 (3), 360 (3), 361 (3), 365 (3), 370 (3), 371 (3), 374 (3), 384 (3), 450 (3), 456(3), 460(3), 461 (3), 480 (3) • ENGL 464 (3-12), 466 (3-12), 474 (3-12), 476 (3-12), 478 (3-12) • FMST 320 (3), 440 (3) • FILM 200 (3), 438 (3) • FREN 330 (3/6), 335 (3/6), 403 (6), 419 (3/6), 422 (3-6), 430 (3/6) • GEOG 317 (3), 327 (3), 328 (3), 353 (3), 363 (3), 426 (3), 428 (3), 450 (3), 468 (3), 497 (3), 499 (3) • HIST 302 (6), 303 (6), 307 (6), 326 (6), 329 (6), 401 (6), 404 (6), 430 (6), 437 (6) • LING 433 (3), 434 (3), 445 (3/6) • MUSC 403E • POLI 301 (3), 302 (3/6), 303 (3), 304 (3), 305 (3), 306 (3), 307 (3), 363 (3/6), 401 (3/6), 402 (3/6), 403 (3/6), 404 (3/6), 405 (3/6), 406(3) • RELG 312 (3), 420 (6) 128 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 • SOCI 310 (6), 360 (3/6), 361 (6), 410 (3/6), 420 (3/6), 425 (3/6), 470 (3/6). MINOR IN CANADIAN STUDIES The Minor is comprised of 12 credits (with no more than six credits in any one discipline) from ANTH 201, 220, 221, 222; ECON 101, 102; ENGL 222; FREN 121, 122, 123; GEOG 290; HIST 135; POLI 101; SOCI 100, 210; together with CDST 350, and a minimum of 15 additional upper-level credits from at least three of the five major areas of study listed above. CENTRAL, EASTERN AND NORTHERN EUROPEAN STUDIES The Department of Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts and Bachelor of Arts. For information on graduate programs, see European Studies, p. 246 in the Graduate Studies section. The Department offers Honours, Major and Minor programs in German, and a Minor in Russian Language. For Russian and Slavic Languages and Literature, and Slavic Area Studies, see the relevant sections below. Courses are offered in German, Scandinavian (including Swedish and Danish), Slavic (including Russian and Polish), Modern European Studies, and Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies. The Department also collaborates with Integrated Drama; Film Studies; Medieval Studies; Modern European Studies; Religion, Literature and the Arts; and Women's Studies. Not all courses are given every year. For current offerings, consult the departmental website (www. german. ubc. ca). The Department provides information on study and work opportunities in Europe for students interested in furthering their language skills and subject area knowledge. Students are encouraged to participate in UBC's exchange programs as a part of their program of study MAJOR, HONOURS AND MINOR IN GERMAN See German, p. 136. MINOR IN RUSSIAN See Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures, p. 149. CHINESE See Asian Studies, p. 127. CLASSICAL STUDIES The Department of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Classical Studies (including Archaeology and History, p. 129, and Myth and Literature, p. 129). For other Bachelor programs, see the listings for Classics, p. 130 (including Greek and Latin), Near Eastern Studies, p. 145, and Religious Studies, p. 149. For information on graduate programs, see Classics, p. 237 or Religious Studies, p. 149 in the Graduate Studies section. For information on current offerings, see the departmental website (www.cnrs.ubc.ca). The Department also collaborates in programs offered by Archaeology; Art History, Visual Art and Theory; Drama; International Relations; Italian and Italian Studies; Medieval Studies; Modern European Studies; Museum Studies; Philosophy; Religion, Literature and the Arts; Science Studies; and Women's Studies. Classical Studies courses are designed to investigate the life, literature and thought of the Greek and Roman world of antiquity. Knowledge of Greek or Latin is not required for Classical Studies courses. CLST 305, 310, 313, 314, 317, 318, 330, and 331 may be taken in second year. For details concerning current courses and programs, consult the departmental website (www.cnrs.ubc.ca). MAJOR IN CLASSICAL STUDIES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take 12 credits of Classical Studies THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take 30 credits of third- and fourth- year Classical Studies courses including CLST 310, 330 and 331. CLST 305 is recommended. Those who wish to concentrate on art and archaeology should take CLST 335, 429, 430, and 431; on literature, CLST 313, 314, 315, 317 and 318; on history, two or more of CLST 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, and 356. Greek or Latin courses numbered 300 or above may be substituted for 12 of the 30 credits of Classical Studies. Majors in Classical Studies may take 12 credits of 100- and 200-level Greek or Latin courses as part of their required 48 credits of upper-level Arts courses. LATN 200 or GREK 200, NEST 301, 302, 303, 304 and PHIL 310 and 311 are accepted within the Classical Studies Major HONOURS IN CLASSICAL STUDIES1 FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take 12 credits of Classical Studies and/or Latin and/or Greek with at least a 68% average, and the permission of the Department. Students are encouraged to take courses in the ancient languages. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take 48 credits of Classical Studies, including CLST 310, 330, 331, and 449. Latin or Greek courses numbered above 200 may be substituted for six of the 48 credits of Classical Studies. Students in the Classical Studies Honours program may take 12 credits of 100- and 200-level Greek or Latin courses as part of their required 54 credits of upper-level Arts courses. 1 The Honours programs in Classical Studies and Classics may be combined with other disciplines (e.g., English, French, Hispanic and Italian Studies, and Religious Studies). MINOR IN CLASSICAL STUDIES 30 credits of CLST, which may include up to 12 credits at the 100 or 200 level. MAJOR IN ARCHAEOLOGY AND HISTORY OF GREECE, ROME, AND THE NEAR EAST Students take 42 credits which normally include the courses listed below. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take 12 credits of Classical, Near Eastern, and Religious Studies. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take the following: • 18 credits of required courses in Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology and Ancient History: CLST 330 and 331, NEST 302, plus • 12 credits chosen from CLST 306 (3), 307 (3), 308 (3), 311 (3), 312 (3), 335 (6), 351 (3), 352 (3), 353 (3), 354 (3), 355 (3), 356 (3), 360 (3-12), 429 (3/6), 430 (3), 431 (3); RELG 306 (3), 314 (6), 315 (6), 340 (3), 341 (3/6), 407 (3); NEST 301 (3), 303 (3), 304 (3). HONOURS IN ARCHAEOLOGY AND HISTORY OF GREECE, ROME, AND THE NEAR EAST Students take 60 credits which normally include the courses listed below. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take 12 credits of Classical Studies and/or Latin and/or Greek with at least a 68% average, and the permission of the Department. Students are encouraged to take courses in the ancient languages. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take the following: • 24 credits of required courses in Archaeology and History: NEST 302; CLST 330, 331; and the Honours Essay, CLST 449 or RELG 499 (each six credits only), plus • 24 credits to be chosen from the list given above for the Major. MINOR IN ARCHAEOLOGY AND HISTORY OF GREECE, ROME, AND THE NEAR EAST Students must obtain six (or 12) credits of CLST 100, 204 or RELG 100 and 24 (or 18) credits of 300- or 400-level courses in Classical, Near Eastern, and Religious Studies including CLST 330, 331 and NEST 302. MAJOR IN MYTH AND LITERATURE IN GREECE, ROME, AND THE NEAR EAST 42 credits which normally include: FIRST AND SECOND YEARS • 12 credits: CLST 100 (6) and RELG 202 (6). THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS • 12 credits of required courses in Myth, chosen from CLST 305 (6), CNRS 370 (3), and RELG 304 (3), plus PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 129 • 18 credits chosen from: CLST 310 (6), 311 (3), 312 (3), 313 (3), 314 (3), 315 (3), 317 (3), 318 (3); RELG 302 (3), 311 (3), 314 (6), 315 (6), 385 (3), 403 (3), 407 (3), 414 (3), 415 (3); CNRS 316 (6). GREK 200, LATN 200, or HEBR 405 can be counted for a maximum of six credits toward these 18 credits. HONOURS IN MYTH AND LITERATURE IN GREECE, ROME, AND THE NEAR EAST Students take 60 credits which normally include the courses listed below. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take 12 credits, consisting of CLST 100 (6) and RELG 202 (6). THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take the following: • 18 credits of required courses in Myth chosen from: CLST 305 (6), CNRS 370 (3), and RELG 304 (3), and either CLST 449 (6) or RELG 499 (6), plus • 30 credits chosen from: CLST 310 (6), 311 (3), 312 (3), 313 (3), 314 (3), 315 (3), 317 (3), 318 (3), 336 (3); CNRS 316 (6); RELG 302 (3), 304 (3), 311 (3), 314 (6), 315 (6), 385 (3), 403 (3), 407 (3), 414 (3), 415 (3). GREK 200, LATN 200, or HEBR 405 can be counted for a maximum of six credits toward these 30 credits. MINOR IN MYTH AND LITERATURE IN GREECE, ROME, AND THE NEAR EAST 30 credits as follows: • CLST 100 (6) and/or RELG 202 (6) • CLST 305 (6) • From 9 to 15 credits as required from: CLST 310 (6), 311 (3), 312 (3), 313 (3), 314(3), 315 (3), 317(3), 318 (3); CNRS 316 (6); RELG 302 (3), 311 (3), 314 (6), 315 (6), 385(3), 403 (3), 407 (3), 414(3), 415 (3). NEAR EASTERN STUDIES For information on the Major, Minor and Honours programs in Near Eastern Studies see the Near Eastern Studies, p. 145 section. RELIGIOUS STUDIES For information on the Major, Minor and Honours programs in Religious Studies see the Religious Studies, p. 149 section. CLASSICS The Department of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies offers programs in Classics leading to the Bachelor of Arts. For other Bachelor programs, see the listings for Classical Studies, p. 129, Near Eastern Studies, p. 145, and Religious Studies, p. 149. For information on graduate programs, see Classics, p. 237 or Religious Studies, p. 275 in the Graduate Studies section. For information on current offerings, see the departmental website (www.cnrs.ubc.ca). The Department also collaborates in programs offered by Archaeology; Art History, Visual Art and Theory; Drama; International Relations; Italian and Italian Studies; Medieval Studies; Modern European Studies; Museum Studies; Philosophy; Religion, Literature and the Arts; Science Studies; and Women's Studies. MAJOR IN CLASSICS Students take 30 credits including at least 18 credits of Latin and/or Greek courses at 301 level and above, plus additional credits as necessary from Classical Studies courses at the 300 level and above, or HEBR 305. HONOURS IN CLASSICS Students take 48 credits including GREK 301 and LATN 301, at least 18 credits of Greek and Latin courses numbered 325 or above, plus additional credits as necessary from Classical Studies and Near Eastern courses at the 300 level and above, ARBC 300 or HEBR 305. MINOR IN GREEK 18 credits of GREK plus 12 further credits (in any combination) of GREK or LATN or CLST MINOR IN LATIN 18 credits of LATN plus 12 further credits (in any combination) of LATN or GREK or CLST. COGNITIVE SYSTEMS The Cognitive Systems (COGS) Major program provides B.Sc. and B.A. degrees in Cognitive Systems through interdisciplinary investigation of mental functioning in humans, other animals, and artificial systems from the perspective of one of the following three disciplinary streams: 1) Cognition and the Brain (B.Sc. or B.A., supervised by Psychology); 2) Language (B.A. only, supervised by Linguistics); or 3) Computational Intelligence and Design (B.Sc. only, supervised by Computer Science). Cognitive Systems includes the study of the nature of intelligence, perception, learning, memory, knowledge, meaning, reasoning, language, attention, affect, consciousness, and the control of action. Students registered in the Faculty of Arts can enrol in either the Cognition and Brain stream (Psychology) or the Language stream (Linguistics). Faculty of Science students can enrol in the Cognition and Brain stream (Psychology) or the Computational Intelligence and Design stream (Computer Science). Although the subject matter of Cognitive Systems is inherently interdisciplinary, the aim is to ensure that graduates of the program possess the background competence to be able to enter graduate programs in at least one of the supervisory disciplines (Computer Science, Linguistics, Psychology) or in Cognitive Systems itself. All students in the program are required to take team-taught courses at introductory (COGS 200), intermediate (COGS 300), and advanced levels (COGS 401, 402) as well as background courses in Computer Science and Philosophy Admission to the Cognitive Systems program, depends on academic performance. Admission requires a minimum GPA of 68% overall, and a minimum grade of 68% in COGS 200. However, meeting these minimum requirements does not guarantee acceptance into the program. Students are admitted to the program at the end of either the first or second year, and must maintain at least 68% yearly average for continuation. For specific program and admission information about the B.A. and B.Sc. degrees in Cognitive Systems see the Faculty of Arts entries for Linguistics, p. 141 and Psychology, p. 147 and the Faculty of Science entries for Psychology, p. 426 and Computer Science, p. 406. For current information about the people, institutions and events associated with the Cognitive Systems program, see the Cognitive Systems website (www.cogsys.ubc.ca). COMPARATIVE LITERATURE See Comparative Literature, p. 238 under Faculty of Graduate Studies degree programs. CRITICAL STUDIES IN SEXUALITY MINOR IN CRITICAL STUDIES IN SEXUALITY Critical Studies in Sexuality offers a multidisciplinary exploration of how lesbian, gay, bisexual, heterosexual, transgender and other sexualities affect the many academic areas studied in the Faculty of Arts and other faculties. The CSIS Coordinating Committee maintains an approved list of courses available for credit toward the Minor. This list changes annually. Students registered in the minor must have their course selection approved by a member of the Coordinating Committee. A detailed description of the program, the approved list of courses, the names of advisors and affiliated faculty, and other information may be obtained from the CSIS Coordinating Committee. Contact the Arts Academic Advising Office (604-822-4028) for the name, telephone number and email address of the Chair of the Coordinating Committee, or visit the CSIS website (www.sexuality.arts.ubc.ca). FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take 12 credits formally approved by the Coordinating Committee. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take 18 credits of 300- and 400-level courses, including at least three credits of CSIS 300 and electives from the approved list: • CSIS 300 (3/6) Introduction to Critical Studies in Sexuality • CSIS 450 (3-6) Topics in Critical Studies in Sexuality • CSIS 490 (3/6) Directed Topics • CSIS 500 (3/6) Critical Studies in Sexuality: Multidisciplinary Approaches. DRAMA The Integrated Drama Program (IDP) offers a set of courses that lead to a Bachelor of Arts in Drama. The program is designed to serve a multiplicity of purposes: it provides students with a survey of all forms and periods of drama; it enables them to compare drama to 130 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 related disciplines such as film, dance and opera; it introduces them to performative elements that correlate page and stage; and it persuades them to discover the intellectual wealth of drama and theatre studies in all its cross-disciplinary potential. The program offers both a Major and a Minor Students will be required to seek advising and approval before embarking in the program. MAJOR IN DRAMA Students take 42 credits. Corequisite or prerequisite: DRAM 200 and DRAM 201. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take DRAM 300, DRAM 400 and: • at least 18 credits chosen from List A (see below) • at least six credits from List B (see below) MINOR IN DRAMA Corequisite or prerequisite: DRAM 200 and DRAM 201. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take at least 18 credits of courses from List A and B (see below). At least nine of these credits must be chosen from List A. List A: Drama Concentration Courses CLST 317, 318; DRAM 300, 301, 400, ENGL 348,367,405, or any of the period or genre courses in English that emphasize the drama; FREN 423; GREK 402; SCAN 411; THTR 317, 320, 323, 325, 340, 417, 420, 440, 445, 498. List B: Cross-Media Courses CRWR 306, 307, 404, 406, 407, 417; FILM 332, 430, 432, 434; FREN 427; LLED 333, 334, 335, 435; MUSC 135, 235, 336. OTHER COURSES Other courses include courses in the performing arts, such as opera workshops or performance work in the Theatre program (by permission or audition). Students are advised that some of these courses may have prerequisites, and that the List A and B curricula are subject to change. Majors and Minors are advised to consult with the Drama advisor about eligible courses. ECONOMICS The Department of Economics offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts and Bachelor of Arts. For information on graduate programs, see Economics, p. 242 in the Graduate Studies section. The Department also collaborates with Canadian Studies, International Relations, Mathematics, Modern European Studies, Philosophy, Political Science, Statistics, Urban Studies, Women's Studies and the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. For details about current offerings, consult the departmental website (www.econ.ubc.ca). ADMISSION TO THE MAJOR OR HONOURS PROGRAM Admission to the Major or Honours program in Economics is not automatic. To be admitted students must submit a formal application. Because there are a limited number of places some students who satisfy the minimum prerequisites may not be admitted. Selection for admission is based on the average standing in all credits of post-secondary course- work attempted, with the exception of 12 credits that may be excluded from the calculation. The average is calculated on at least 54 credits, including six credits of first-year English, six credits of Principles of Economics, six credits of first-year Calculus and six credits of second- or third-year level courses in Economics. Students not admitted to the Major in Economics who are eligible to take ECON 490 may be admitted to the final 30 credits of the program, but only if places become available, which is unlikely Students who are considering a Major, Combined Major, or Honours program in Economics are encouraged to seek advice on their program from department advisors upon completion of their first 54 credits (or if possible, on completion of their first 30 credits). APPLICATION A written application for admission to the Major or Honours program should be received by June 15, prior to registering for the final 60 credits, to ensure that the student will be considered for admission. Application forms are available on the Economics website (www.econ.ubc.ca) or from the Undergraduate Admissions Secretary, Department of Economics, The University of British Columbia, 997-1873 East Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1. The application form must be accompanied by a copy of the student's permanent record from UBC (unless application is post-marked May 20 or earlier) and official transcripts of the student's record from all other post-secondary educational institutions attended. MAJOR IN ECONOMICS To be admitted to the Major program a student must have obtained 54 credits applicable to the Bachelor of Arts, including six credits of first- year English, six credits of Principles of Economics, six credits of first-year Calculus, and six credits of second- or third-year level courses in Economics. In addition to the above prerequisites and Faculty requirements the program must include: • ECON 301 (or 201 or 206 or 304) and 302 (or 202 or 207 or 305) • ECON 325 and 326 • ECON 490 • six additional credits of economics at the 400 level; at least nine additional credits in ECON at the 300- or 400-level so that the total number of credits taken in Economics are 42. Students should note the prerequisites for senior courses and plan their programs accordingly. Particular attention should be paid to the prerequisites for ECON 490; ECON 325 and 326 (or their equivalent) must be successfully completed before the student may enrol in ECON 490. For guidance on the course selection that enable students to emphasize different interests within Economics (e.g., international, development and history, environment, public policy etc), see the departmental website (www.econ.ubc.ca). Students with over 80% average in their first-year economics and mathematics courses are strongly advised to apply for the Honours Program. GRADUATE SCHOOL TRACK Graduate studies in Economics require a strong background in economic theory, econometrics and mathematics. Therefore, students who intend to pursue graduate studies in Economics are strongly advised to take ECON 303 or ECON 306, ECON 307, ECON 421, ECON 425, MATH 200 and MATH 221. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS AND POLITICAL SCIENCE Admission to the program is subject to the admission restrictions and application process that pertain currently to the Majors in Economics and Political Science. In addition to Faculty requirements the program has Economics and Political Science requirements. Students completing the Foundations,Program will be exempted from the requirement of POLI 100. ECONOMICS REQUIREMENTS Students take an 18-credit core, plus ECON 490 and nine credits of electives in Economics of which at least three credits must be at the 300/400-level. The 18-credit core consists of ECON 101, 102, 301 (or 201 or 206 or 304), 302 (or 202 or 207 or 305), 325 and 326. POLITICAL SCIENCE REQUIREMENTS Students take a 15-credit core plus 15 credits of electives at the 300/400 level chosen in consultation with an advisor from the Political Science Department. The 15-credit core consists of POLI 100, 101, 240 and 350 plus three credits chosen from POLI 220 or 260. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS AND PHILOSOPHY Admission to the program is subject to the admission restrictions and application process that pertain currently to the Major in Economics. In addition to Faculty requirements, the program has Economics and Philosophy requirements. ECONOMICS REQUIREMENTS Students take an 18-credit core, plus ECON 490 and nine credits of electives in Economics of which at least three credits must be at the 300/400-level. The 18-credit core consists of ECON 101, 102, 301(or 304 or 201 or 206), 302 (or 305 or 202 or 207), 325 and 326. Students are strongly advised to take ECON 318 and ECON 319. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 131 PHILOSOPHY REQUIREMENTS Students take an 18-credit core plus 12 credits of electives at the 300/400 level. The 18-credit core consists of PHIL 220, 230, 240, 330 and 340 plus three credits of history of philosophy from PHIL 310, 311, 314 or 315. B.A. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS AND MATHEMATICS Admission to the program is subject to the admission restrictions and application process that pertain currently to the Major in Economics. For the B.Sc. Combined Major in Mathematics and Economics, see the listing under the Faculty of Science. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS In addition to Faculty requirements, students take the following courses: • ECON 101 and 1021 • ECON 304 (or 206), and ECON 305 (or 207) • MATH 104 (or 100 or 102 or 180 or 184 or 120) • MATH 105 (or 101 or 103 or 121) • MATH 200 (or 226), 215, 220, 221. 1 Students can take ECON 307 and three additional credits of Economics numbered 300 or higher instead of ECON 101 and 102. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS In addition to Faculty requirements, students take the following courses: • ECON 306, 3252, 326, 490 • MATH 320 • six additional credits of Economics numbered 300 or higher, of which at least three credits must be at the 400 or 500 level. • nine additional credits of Mathematics numbered 300 or higher. Suitable electives include MATH 302, 303, 321, 402, 403, 418, 419 and 443. 2 STAT 200 can substitute for ECON 325. B.A. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS AND STATISTICS I Admission to the program is subject to the admission restrictions and application process that pertain currently to the Major in Economics. For the B.Sc. Combined Major in Statistics and Economics, p. 429, see the listing under the Faculty of Science. First and Second Years In addition to Faculty requirements, students take the following courses: ECON 101, 1021 6 MATH 104 (or one of 100, 102, 120, 3 180,184) MATH 105 (or one of MATH 101, 3 103,121) CPSC 111, 211 (or MATH 210) 8 or 7 ECON 301 (or 201 or 206 or 304), 302 6 (or 202 or 207 or 305) ECON 325 or STAT 2002 MATH 200 (or 226), 220, 221 (or 223) 9 STAT 302 3 Third and Fourth Years In addition to the Faculty requirements, students take the following courses: ECON 303 (or 306)3 3 ECON 326 or STAT 3063 3 ECON 425 3 ECON 490 3 Three additional credits of Economics 3 numbered 300 or higher MATH 303 or 307 3 STAT 305 3 STAT 404 3 Three additional credits of Statistics 3 courses numbered 300 or higher Three additional credits of Economics 3 numbered 400 or higher 1 A student can take ECON 307 and three additional credits of Economics numbers 300 or above instead of ECON 101 and 102. 2 If STAT 200 is selected, an additional ECON elective numbered 300 or higher must be taken at some point in the program, to ensure the total A number of ECON credits is at least 30. 3 If STAT 306 is selected, an additional ECON elec-1 tive numbered 300 or higher must be taken at some point in the program, to ensure the total number of ECON credits is at least 30. HONOURS IN ECONOMICS To be admitted to the Honours program a student must have obtained 60 credits applicable to the Bachelor of Arts, with an overall average of 68% or better on all credits attempted and have completed successfully: six credits of first-year English, six credits of first- year Calculus, six credits of Principles of Economics, and six credits of Economics courses at the 200 (or 300) level (with at least a 68% average in the best 12 credits of Economics courses). Students considering an Honours program in Economics should consult the Department's Honours advisor on completion of their first 60 credits (if possible, on completion of their first 30 credits). In addition to the prerequisites the program must include: • ECON 325 and 326 • ECON 304 (or 206) and 305 (or 207) • ECON 306 and 307 with at least a 68% average • another 12 credits in Economics courses at the 400 level • another nine credits in Economics courses at the 300 or 400 level • ECON 495 and 499. Graduate studies in Economics require a strong background in economic theory, econometrics and mathematics. Therefore, students who intend to pursue graduate studies in Economics are strongly advised to take ECON 421, ECON 425, MATH 200 and MATH 221. To proceed to the final 30 credits of the Honours program a student must have attained at least a 68% average in all courses taken in Economics. MINOR IN ECONOMICS Students who are enrolled in a Major program other than Economics, and who obtain at least 30 credits and no more than 42 credits in Economics, with at least 18 of these credits in courses numbered 300 or above, qualify to graduate with a Minor in Economics. None of ECON 308, 309, 310 or 311 can be included in the requirement of 18 credits in courses numbered 300 or above. Economics courses which do not have six credits of Principles of Economics as a prerequisite, for which unassigned transfer credit may have been granted, may not be included in the 30 credits required for a Minor in Economics. COURSES FOR STUDENTS NOT SPECIALIZING IN ECONOMICS ECON 310 and ECON 311 are designed for upper-year students who want a survey course in Economics but who do not want to specialize in the field. Non-specialists should also note that most 300- level courses have as prerequisites no more than six credits of Principles of Economics. Students are referred to the Department of Economics (www.econ.ubc.ca) undergraduate timetable for updated information on courses to be offered each session. ENGLISH HThe Department of English offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts and Bachelor of Arts. The Department offers Honours and Major programs in English with emphasis in either literature or language. For information on graduate programs, see English, p. 246 in the Graduate Studies section. The Department also collaborates with Canadian Studies; Children's Literature; Comparative Literature; Critical Studies in Sexuality; Integrated Drama; Linguistics; Medieval Studies; Nineteenth- Century Studies; Religion, Literature and the Arts; and Women's Studies. In March, the Department compiles detailed information about the courses to be offered in the next academic year, including course descriptions, instructors, timetabling information, and the credit value of variable credit courses. Interested students should visit the Department of English website (www.english.ubc.ca). A print copy of this information is available later in the spring in the Department office. Six credits of first-year English, or Arts One, or Foundations, and third-year standing are prerequisite to all English courses numbered 304 or above, except as noted. The designation '(3/6)' means that the Department will offer the course at some times for one term (three credits) and at other times for two terms (six credits). The designation '(3-12)' means that during their complete programs of study, students may take up to 12 credits of work in any course so marked if the specific topic of that course changes from term to term. 132 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MAJOR IN ENGLISH Admission to the Major Program is by written application. Application forms, due mid-May following completion of second year, are available at www.english.ubc.ca or from the Majors Secretary, Department of English, 397-1873 East Mall, UBC, Vancouver BC V6T 1Z1, telephone 604-822-9817. Transfer students must enclose official transcripts with their application. MINIMUM PREREQUISITES Prerequisites for the Major • six credits of first-year English or Arts One or Foundations • six credits of second-year English • literature majors must take ENGL 220 and one of 221, 222, 223 or 224 (or under special conditions will be asked to take 407) • language majors must take ENGL 229 and one of ENGL 220 to 228, 230 • an average of at least 72% (B) in six credits of second-year English for Literature Majors or an average of at least 68% (B-) for Language Majors. Applicants will be ranked by the average of their best six credits of 200-level English. Because space is limited, some who satisfy the minimum prerequisites may not be admitted. Students will be notified by early June whether they have been accepted, rejected or placed on a ranked waiting list. Exceptional late applications will be added to this waiting list. Wait-listed applicants will be notified if space becomes available or can reapply the following year. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must choose either the literature emphasis program or the language emphasis program. LITERATURE EMPHASIS PROGRAM The Literature Emphasis Program requires that students complete at least 30 credits in courses numbered 304 or higher. They must take: 1) at least three courses from Groups A (ENGL 343 to 354) and B (ENGL 357 to 369), with at least one course from each 2) one (only) Majors Seminar (490), preferably in fourth year 3) one course in Canadian Studies from Group D (ENGL 470 or 476) or ENGL 202 or 222 (or any other course in which there is a large selection of Canadian literature) with the approval of a Major Advisor 4) the remainder of their required 30 credits from Groups A to F with a maximum of six credits from Group F (ENGL 304 to 340). Literature Emphasis Course Groups A. ENGL 343, 344, 346, 347, 348, 349, 354 B. ENGL 357, 358, 359, 362, 364, 369 C. ENGL 402, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 412, 417,418,419 D. ENGL 462, 464, 466, 468, 470, 472, 474, 476, 478 E. ENGL 490 (Majors Seminar) E ENGL 304, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 320, 321, 322, 323, 326, 328, 329, 340, 352. LANGUAGE EMPHASIS PROGRAM At least 30 credits distributed as follows: Category 1 (12 credits) • ENGL 320 • ENGL 329 Category 2 (12 credits), with at least three credits in each of three of the following areas (a)-(d): Category 2 Content Courses Area ENGL3261, ENGL 340, ENGL 343, ENGL 344, ENGL 346, ENGL 347, ENGL 348, ENGL 352, ENGL4902 ENGL 321, ENGL 323, ENGL3261, ENGL328, ENGL 4902 ENGL 308, ENGL 312, ENGL 322, ENGL3261, ENGL 4902 ENGL 307, ENGL 309, ENGL 310, ENGL311, ENGL 4902 H istory of the English Language Structure of the English Language Approaches to Discourse Rhetorical Theory 1 Topics in ENGL 326 vary. Depending on the topic covered in any specific year, the course may satisfy category a, b, c, or d. 2 If the content of ENGL 490 offered in a particular year is in the Language area, it may satisfy category, a, b, c, or d, depending on the specific topic covered. Category 3 (six credits), in one or more of the following: • courses in English literature or composition: ENGL 304, ENGL 349, ENGL 354, ENGL 357 to 364, ENGL 369 to 478 • selected courses outside the English department: ANTH 417, AUDI 400, LING 300, LING 305, LING311, LING 319, LING 327, LING 445, LLED 478, PHIL 425, ^ PSYC 336 ^ • Category 2 (a-d) Students should note that a total of only 18 credits outside the Faculty of Arts (including transfer credit, elective courses, and courses permitted by the major) may count towards an Arts degree. Students who have attained an average grade of 75% or above in LING 200 and 201 may, with the permission of an advisor, be exempted from ENG 329 for the purposes of the English Language Major. However, students still need to complete 30 credits in English for the Major Note: Students considering a career in teaching English at the secondary school level should check the Faculty of Education website (www.educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed/bachelor.html) for prerequisites. HONOURS IN ENGLISH Admission to the Honours program requires a grade of at least 76% in either ENGL 210 and 211; ENGL 201; or in ENGL 220 plus three other credits from ENGL 221 to 224. For admission requirements to ENGL 210 see course listing. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must observe the following requirements: 1) Students must take at least one course from each of the areas below (minimum nine credits): • Old and Middle English Studies: ENGL 340, 343, 344, 346, 352, 356 • Sixteenth-Century Studies: ENGL 347, 348, 367 • Seventeenth-Century Studies: ENGL 349, 354,376 2) Students must take at least one course from two of the following areas (minimum six credits), one of which must be in Canadian Literature unless that requirement has already been met in the second year: • Eighteenth-Century Studies: ENGL 357, 358 • Nineteenth-Century Studies: ENGL 359, 362, 364, 369 • Twentieth-Century Studies: ENGL 462, 464, 466, 470 to 478 3) Students must take at least three credits of language or rhetoric courses from the following: ENGL 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 320, 321, 322, 323, 326, 328, 329, 340, 352. In addition, students are required to take six credits of senior seminars in each of their two senior years. One of these seminars must be a section of ENGL 491, which will focus on theory. Students are also required to take ENGL 499 (Graduating Essay) in their fourth year Sixty credits are required in the third and fourth years: at least 48 credits in English courses numbered 304 and above. MINOR IN ENGLISH (LITERATURE) FIRST YEAR Students must take six credits from ENGL 110 to 121, or Arts One, or Foundations. SECOND YEAR Students must take six credits from ENGL 210 to 230; ENGL 220 is recommended. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 18 credits of senior English (ENGL 343 or higher), at least six of which must be in the Literature Emphasis Course Groups A and/or B, and the other 12 from Groups A through D. Courses outside the English Department or from Group F cannot be counted toward the Literature Minor MINOR IN ENGLISH (LANGUAGE) FIRST YEAR Students must take six credits from ENGL 110 to 121, or Arts One, or Foundations. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 133 SECOND YEAR Students must take six credits from ENGL 210 to 230; ENGL 229 (or an introductory course in language, rhetoric, or communication) is recommended. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 18 credits of senior English language courses, distributed as follows: • ENGL 329 • either ENGL 320 (Language emphasis) or ENGL 310 to 311 (Rhetoric emphasis) • six additional credits from ENGL 307 to 328, 340 to 348, 352. Note: Students considering a career in teaching English at the secondary level should check the Faculty of Education website (www.educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed/bachelor.html) for prerequisites. SUGGESTED COURSES FOR INTENDING SECONDARY SCHOOL ENGLISH TEACHERS The Department of English, in collaboration with the Faculty of Education, recommends the following courses for Majors who wish to prepare themselves to teach English in secondary schools. SECOND YEAR Any six credits of second-year English. ENGL 220 is particularly recommended. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS A total of 36 upper-level credits, including: • ENGL 303 or 304 or CRWR 301 (note that ENGL 303 does not count toward the major or for upper-level credit) • ENGL 320 or 329 or LING 420 • six credits of pre-twentieth-century literature • six credits of twentieth- or twenty-first- century literature. Students in this program must complete all the normal requirements of an English Major. For more information, see the pre-admission worksheet provided by the Faculty of ™ Education (www.educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed/ sa-f orms/english-05. pdf). ETHNIC AND INTERCULTURAL STUDIES Ethnic and Intercultural Studies refers to the study of ethnic groups and intercultural group relations in Canadian society and abroad. Work is normally centred on an ethnic group, on relationships between ethnic groups, or on comparisons of different ethnic group conditions across Canada and other countries. Ethnic and Intercultural Studies involve numerous disciplines (e.g., anthropology, sociology, history, political science, language, literature, health, education) and are carried on in various departments, schools and faculties within the University. Subjects may vary widely (e.g., from ethnomusicology to ethnopolitical conflict and conflict management, racism, multicultural policy, the social construction of ethnicity, identity maintenance, boundary negotiation, and the intersection of class and gender with 'race' and ethnicity). An interdisciplinary approach involving a variety of theoretical and methodological perspectives is emphasized. Although there is no Department of Ethnic and Intercultural Studies and no formal program leading to a degree in this field at UBC, many departments throughout the University offer courses relevant to Ethnic and Intercultural Studies. Students who wish to concentrate on Ethnic and Intercultural Studies at the undergraduate or graduate level will normally be located in a home department where they will pursue a degree program. Undergraduate students should consult the program chair for guidance in planning their coursework by the end of their second year. They should contact Arts Academic Advising for the name and contact information for the current program chair FAMILY STUDIES The School of Social Work and Family Studies offers students in the Faculty of Arts the Family Studies Major, an academic program in social science leading to the Bachelor of Arts. See the School of Social Work and Family Studies, p. 437. The School also offers a Master of Arts program in Family Studies, a Bachelor of Social Work, a Master of Social Work and a Ph.D. in Social Work and Family Studies. For information on graduate programs in Family Studies, see Family Studies, p. 247 in the Graduate Studies section. MAJOR IN FAMILY STUDIES The Family Studies Program (Bachelor of Arts) offers a life-course perspective to understanding families and other intimate relationships as they develop over time. This incorporates both the study of family dynamics in diverse contexts and the predictable ways families change. The program takes a research-based multidisciplinary approach that extends from the individual to interactional processes to cultural influences. Rooted in the curiosity driven inquiry of the liberal arts, the program provides theoretical foundations and research skills for understanding relationships and families, while valuing the application of social science knowledge gained from the study of families. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS During the first two years of study, students should complete the general requirements of the Faculty of Arts including English composition, Science, Literature and Language, as well as introductory courses in Family Studies. Introductory Family Studies courses include: • FMST200-Contemporary Family Relationships • FMST210-Family Context of Human Development • FMST23 8-Family Resource Management • STAT203-Statistical Methods THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS During the third and fourth years of the Bachelor of Arts Family Studies Major program, students are required to complete: • FMST 323-Family Research Methods • FMST 420-Family Theories The remaining 24 credits required to complete a Major in Family Studies may be selected from any Family Studies (FMST) courses. Students must earn a mark of 55%> or better in all of their Family Studies courses. MINOR IN FAMILY STUDIES Students take at least 30 credits from Family Studies courses which must include 18 credits numbered 300 or above. The credits must include: FMST 200, 210, 238 and 420. The remaining 21 credits required for the Minor may be selected from Family Studies courses. PREPARATION FOR CERTIFICATION IN FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION The Family Studies program is an approved program for providing training for the Certif- cate in Family Life Education (CFLE) from the National Council on Family Relations. Students interested in this program should contact the Family Studies Undergraduate Coordinator for details on the appropriate choice of courses and the practicum (FMST 415). FILM The Department of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing offers an undergraduate program of study that lead to the Bachelor of Arts in Film Studies. The Film Program also offers an undergraduate program of study that leads to the Bachelor of Arts in Film Production. A Diploma in Film Production is also offered. The Film Program also collaborates with Asian Studies and Canadian Studies. For details about current offerings, consult the departmental website (www.tfcw.ubc.ca). MAJOR IN FILM STUDIES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students are required to take the following courses: FILM 100, 200, 210 and 220. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students should take at least 30 credits from the following list of courses: FILM 331, 332, 334, 336, 338, 430, 432, 434, 436, 438; ASIA 354; ITST 432; MUSC 345; SCAN 411; SLAV 307; SPAN 404. Other courses may be approved by the Major advisor MINOR IN FILM STUDIES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS As for Major. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students should take at least 18 credits from the following list of courses: FILM 331, 332, 334, 336, 338, 430, 432, 434, 436, 438; ASIA 354; ITST 432; MUSC 345; SCAN 411; SLAV 307; SPAN 404. Other courses may be approved by the Minor advisor MAJOR IN FILM PRODUCTION The selection of students for admission to the Film Production Major Program takes place 134 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 during April. Prospective candidates should contact the Film Program Office concerning admission requirements and the application deadline or consult the website (www.film.ubc.ca). FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take FILM 100 and 200. Recommended courses include FILM 233, 210, and 220. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take: FILM 333, 335, 433, 437, or 439, and at least nine credits chosen from: FILM 331, 332, 334, 336, 338, 430, 432, 434, 436, 438; ASIA 354; CRWR 306, 307, 406, 494; ITST 432; MUSC 345; SCAN 411; SLAV 307; SPAN 404. FIRST NATIONS LANGUAGES The FNLG program is part of UBC's commitment to community-based collaboration with First Nations peoples, in recognition of the vital importance of the First Nations languages of British Columbia and of the cultural traditions they represent. In all, there are 26 extant First Nations languages in British Columbia, belonging to eight genetically distinct language families. Each of these is seriously threatened. The loss of any one of these languages, which have persisted for millennia being passed from generation to generation as rich and vibrant oral traditions, would constitute an irreplaceable loss not only to the First Nations communities whose linguistic heritage is at risk, but also to both science and humanity at large. Through partnership with the Musqueam Indian Band, the Faculty of Art's First Nations Languages (FNLG) program offers a four-year sequence of university-level classes in the traditional language and cultural heritage of the a Musqueam (Coast Salish) people, on whose ancestral territory UBC is situated. All classes are held at the Musqueam Indian Reserve, and are taught in collaboration with members of the Musqueam community. As well, classes in Nle'kepmxcin (Thompson River Salish) and Kaska (Northern Athapaskan) are also currently offered. Through special arrangement, other First Nations languages or language credit may also be available. FNLG courses are of particular interest to students in Anthropology, Canadian Studies, Ethnic and Intercultural Studies, First Nations Studies, Linguistics (see Major/Minor in First Nations Languages and Linguistics), Museum Studies, and the Native Indian Teacher Education Program (NITEP). For further information, please contact: Dr. Patricia A. Shaw, Director First Nations Languages Program Faculty of Arts Tel: 604-822-6481 or 604-822-2512 Email: shawpa@interchange.ubc.ca FIRST NATIONS STUDIES The Interdisciplinary Major and Minor programs in First Nations Studies are available to students wishing to learn more about the histories, cultures, and contemporary circumstances of Aboriginal peoples in Canada. Students in the Major will pursue specialized courses in the program and supplement these with courses chosen from an array of relevant offerings in other departments. Majors students are strongly advised to complete a double major or a minor in a related area of study Students in the Minor must complete FNSP 200 (6) and a further 18 credits in approved courses from at least three departments. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE B.A. DEGREE MAJOR Students must have their plan of course studies approved by an advisor of the First Nations Studies Program. IOO AND 200 LEVEL It is recommended that students take FNSP 200 (6) in second year. In planning the first and second years students should take into account the prerequisites for the 300- and 400- level courses they intend to take in subsequent years as well as the general requirements for the B.A. 300 AND 400 LEVEL • FNSP 310 (3) Theory Seminar. Prerequisite or corequisite: FNSP 200 • FNSP 320 (3) Methods Seminar. Prerequisite or corequisite: FNSP 200 • FNSP 400 (6) Practicum/Advanced Research Seminar. Prerequisites: FNSP 310 and FNSP 320 • an additional 18 300- and 400-level credits from an approved list as designated for a particular year by the Director of the First Nations Studies program. FNSP 433 (3/6) Directed Studies may be counted as part of the 18. However, it is available to selected students and only as resources permit; • at least six further credits from the approved list at any level (100 to 400). MINOR Students are required to take FNSP 200 (6) and 18 credits at the 300- or 400-level selected from in approved list as designated for a particular year by the Director of the First Nations Studies program. At least six further credits from the approved list at any level (100 to 400) are also required. Students must take their 300- and 400-level courses from three different departments (e.g., three credits of History, six credits of Anthropology, nine credits of Linguistics). Students in the minor will be admitted to 300- and 400- level FNSP courses only if space permits. FRENCH The Department of French, Hispanic, and Italian Studies offers programs of study in French that lead to the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts, and Bachelor of Arts. For information on graduate programs, see French, p. 249 in the Graduate Studies section. In March, the Department produces its own booklets which give detailed information about the courses to be offered in the next academic year. Interested students should contact the Department's office (BuTo 797) for a copy of the relevant booklet, or visit the Department's website (www.fhis.ubc.ca). MAJOR IN FRENCH FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take: FREN 122, 123, 220, 221, 222, and 2231. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must complete: • FREN 353,370 and one of FREN 320, 321 or 330 • 21 additional credits of 300- and 400-level French courses (excluding 341-344, 348-349), of which at least 15 must be from the 400-level.2 HONOURS IN FRENCH FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take: FREN 122, 123, 220, 221, 222 and 223.1 THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must complete: • FREN 353, 370, one of 320 or 321 or 330 and 499 • 36 additional credits of 300- or 400-level French courses (excluding 341 to 349), of which at least 21 must be from the 400-level.2 MINOR IN FRENCH FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take: FREN 122, 123, 220, 221, 222 and 223.1 THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS •Students must complete: • FREN 353, 370 and one of FREN 320, 321,330 • nine additional credits of 300- and 400-level French courses (excluding 341 to 343, 345 to 349).2 1 Students who have earned transfer credit for IB or AP French need not take FREN 122 or 123. Students who have earned transfer credit for AP French Literature need not take FREN 220 or 221. Students who ahve completed French 12 (francais langue 12) with high academic standing in secondary school maytake FREN 224 (3) and FREN 225(3) in place of all of FREN 122, FREN 123, FREN 222 and FREN 223. Other students seeking advanced placement should speak with a departmental advisor and should take the appropriate placement test, available on the Department's website (www.fhis.ubc.ca). 2 300- and 400-level courses may be taken by students in any year of their program, provided that the prerequisites for individual courses have been satisfied. GEOGRAPHY The Department of Geography offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Master of Science and Bachelor of Science. See the Faculty of Science for information regarding the Bachelor of Science and Atmospheric Science, a program offered co- PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 135 operatively by the Departments of Geography and Earth and Ocean Sciences. For information on graduate programs, see Geography, p. 251 in the Graduate Studies section. The Department also collaborates with Archaeology, Canadian Studies, Arts Studies, European Studies, International Relations, Latin American Studies, Urban Studies and Women's Studies. In March, the Department circulates its own booklet, A Guide to Geography, which gives detailed information about the programs offered by the Department. It also produces a guide for Geography Graduate Courses. Interested students should contact the Department for copies. Details about current offerings and course information can also be found on the departmental website (www.geog.ubc.ca). MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHY FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take at least six credits from: GEOG 121, 122, 210, and 290; and at least six credits from GEOG 101, 102, 103, 200, 204, 205, and 207. Students intending to major in geography with an emphasis on environmental studies should take: GEOG 101 (or 102 and 103), 200 or 204, 205, 207, 210; and six credits of mathematics. Students intending to emphasize economic or urban geography should take six credits of mathematics. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Thirty credits of Geography courses numbered 300 and above, as follows: • six credits from methodology and techniques courses: GEOG 345, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 376, 379, 471, 472, 475 • three credits from courses on major world regions: GEOG 380, 391, 395, 496 • nine credits from courses on key themes in Geography1: GEOG 31x, 32x, 35x, 36x • three credits from 400-level seminar courses2. Must be taken in the student's fourth year; and • nine additional credits. HONOURS IN GEOGRAPHY Unlike geography departments in many other universities, the Department does not consider the Honours program the preferred route to graduate study in Geography at UBC. Students hoping to proceed to graduate studies should therefore consult a departmental advisor The Honours program in Geography differs from the Major in two respects: degree of specialization and standing, which must be at least 74% average of all courses taken (for entry and graduation). Students who are interested in the Honours program should consult the Department before the end of their second year or at the beginning of their third year. Individual Honours programs require the approval of the Department. The total number of Honours students may be restricted to match available teaching resources. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS As for Major THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS 48 credits of Geography courses numbered 300 and above, as follows: • nine credits from methodology and techniques courses: GEOG 345, plus six credits from 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 376, 379, 471,472,475 • three credits from courses on major world regions: GEOG 380, 391, 395, 496 • nine credits from: GEOG 31x, 32x, 35x, 36x • nine credits from Geography fourth-year seminar courses2. Must be taken in the student's fourth year • 18 additional credits. MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY FIRST AND SECOND YEARS As for Major. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS 18 credits of Geography courses numbered 300 and above as follows: • three credits from courses on major world regions: GEOG 380, 391, 395, 496 • six credits from courses on key themes in geography: GEOG 31x, 32x, 35x, 36x • nine additional credits.2 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES Students choose from the following courses: • Introductory courses-GEOG 101,102,103, 121, 122, 200, 204, 205, 207, 210, 250, 270, 281, 290; URST 200 • Major and Honours seminars-GEOG 345, 440,444,446,447,448 • Technique and field courses-GEOG 270, 309, 371-374, 376, 379, 471, 472, 475 • Regional courses3-GEOG 380, 390, 391, 395, 481, 484, 485, 493, 494, 495, 496, 497, 499 • Cultural-historical courses-GEOG 321, 327, 328, 329, 411, 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 428 • Courses on economic geography- GEOG 360, 361, 362, 363, 460, 464, 468 • Environmental courses-GEOG 310, 311, 312, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 410, 411, 412, 423, 497, • Urban courses-GEOG 321,331, 350, 352, 357, 450, 456, 457, 464, URST 400 • Courses on Canada-GEOG 290, 327, 328, 426, 428, 497, 499 • Pacific Rim courses-380, 395, 425, 468, 481,484,485,494,495. The following courses have Science credit: GEOG 101, 102, 103, 200, 204, 205, 207, 270, 300, 304, 306, 307, 308, 309, 370, 372, 373, 376, 401-409, 444, 449, 471, 472. Several courses in Geography involve field expenses. Students should check with advisors. 1 The Department recommends that the courses on key themes in geography be chosen from more than one of the four categories. Consult the course guide and the departmental advisor. 2 Each year several 400-level courses will be run as limited-enrolment seminars, with priority in registration for Honours and Major students in Geography up to August 15. Some of these courses will be offered only in alternate years. For the current year's seminar offerings, please consult the third- and fourth-year course guide available from the Department of Geography Office. 3 Regional focus varies. See instructor. GERMAN The Department of Central Eastern and Northern European Studies (www.german.ubc.ca) offers Honours, Major and Minor programs in German Language. Courses are offered in German. For further information on these programs and other programs in Slavic and Scandinavian Languages and Literatures and Modern European Studies, see Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies, p. 129 or contact the Department for further details. MAJOR IN GERMAN FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students choose one of the following sequences depending upon their previous knowledge of the language: __• no previous knowledge: GERM 100, 110; I 200,210 • with German 11 or 12, or with untutored knowledge: GERM 200, 210; or 300, 310; or 213, 313. Students with secondary-school German or German-language background are required to contact the Department and to take a placement test before the beginning of classes. Students with a superior level of proficiency in German will replace 12 credits of language with German literature or cultural studies courses. In no case may a student take more than one German language course in the same semester as another, with the exception of GERM 314 (Business German). THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Third and fourth years of the program require that students complete: • GERM 300, 310; 400, 410 • one of GERM 360/370; one of GERM 380/ 390; one of GERM 406/408 • three additional credits from the above list of courses or from GERM 314, 401, 402, 405, 407, 420, 430 • six credits from any of the above courses or, after consultation with the departmental advisor and from the A/B/C lists in the Modern European Studies Undergraduate Handbook, provided that the course(s) have a significant German component. Note: These six credits may, therefore, be in a language other than English. Students with advanced proficiency in the German language may take credits towards the Major in first or second years. 136 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 FIRST AND SECOND YEARS (FOR STUDENTS WITH PREVIOUS KNOWLEDGE OF GERMAN) Students choose one of the following sequences depending on their previous knowledge of the language: • No previous knowledge: GERM 131, 132; 231, 232; 332, 337, 338 • With German 11 or 12, or with untutored knowledge; GERM 231, 232; 332, 337, 233, 333. Students with secondary-school German or German-language background are required to contact the Department and to take a placement test before the beginning of classes. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS (FOR STUDENTS WITH PREVIOUS KNOWLEDGE OF GERMAN) Third and Fourth years of the program require that students complete: • GERM 332, 334, 335, 337 • one of GERM 320/321; one of 350/351; one of 450/451; and • nine additional credits from German courses 301 to 451 (excluding 339, 433, 434,439,449). HONOURS IN GERMAN FIRST AND SECOND YEARS As for Major. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Third and fourth years of the program require that students complete: • GERM 300, 310; 400, 410 • one of GERM 360/370; one of 380/390; one of 406/408 • GERM 339 and 439 • nine additional credits from GERM 314, 401, 402, 405, 407, 420, or 430. • students may submit a six-credit Honours essay (GERM 449) in place of GERM 339 or any other six credits of senior work, aside from required courses • a course with significant German content chosen from lists A/B/C in the Modern European Studies program handbook.Wk Note: This course may, therefore, be in a language other than English. See Honours advisor • one university-level course in a language other than English or German. Students with an advanced proficiency in the German language may take credits towards the Honours in first or second years. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS (FOR STUDENTS WITH PREVIOUS KNOWLEDGE OF GERMAN) As for Major. MINOR IN GERMAN FIRST AND SECOND YEARS As for Major. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 18 credits of senior courses in German (excluding GERM 339, 433, 434, 439, 449). Alternatively, up to three of these credits may be chosen, after consultation with the departmental advisor, from lists A/B/C in the Modern European Studies Undergraduate Handbook, provided that the course(s) have a significant German component. Note: these three credits may, therefore, be in a language other than English. Students with advanced proficiency in the German language may take credits towards the Minor in first or second years. GERMANIC STUDIES See Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies, p. 129 and German, p. 136 for more information. GREEK See Classics, p. 130. 149. HEBREW See Religious Studies, p. HINDI See Asian Studies, p. 127. HISPANIC STUDIES The Department of French, Hispanic and Italian Studies offers undergraduate programs of study that lead to the Bachelor of Arts in Hispanic Studies. For information on graduate programs, see Hispanic Studies, p. 255 in the Graduate Studies section. In March the Department produces its own booklets, which give detailed information about the courses to be offered in the next academic year. Interested students should contact the Department's office (Buto 797) for a copy of the relevant booklet, or should visit the French, Hispanic and Italian Studies (www.fhis.ubc.ca) website. MAJOR IN SPANISH FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students intending to proceed towards a Major degree are required to take: SPAN 101, 102, 201, 202, and 220. (Students may take a placement test to determine their entry level.) THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS • SPAN 301, 302, 357, 358, 364 and 365; and • 12 credits from SPAN 401 to 430, 450 to 490; PORT 392; RMST 420. MINOR IN SPANISH FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students intending to proceed towards a Minor degree are required to take: SPAN 101, 102, 201 and 202. (Students may take a placement test to determine their entry level.) THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Third and fourth years of the program require that students complete: • SPAN 301 and 302 • at least six credits from SPAN 357, 358, 364,365 • at least six credits from SPAN 321, 322, 401 to 430, 450 to 490, PORT 392, RMST 420. HISTORY The Department of History offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts and Bachelor of Arts. For information on graduate programs, see History, p. 255 in the Graduate Studies section. The Department also collaborates with Anthropology; Archaeology; Art History, Visual Art and Theory; Arts One; Canadian Studies; Critical Studies in Sexuality; Foundations; Geography; International Relations; Latin American Studies; Medieval Studies; Modern European Studies; Museum Studies; Nineteenth-Century Studies; Political Science; History and Philosophy of Science; Sociology; Women's Studies and Interdisciplinary Graduate Studies. For details about current offerings, consult the departmental website (www.history.ubc.ca). MAJOR IN HISTORY FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take 12 credits from any of the 100- or 200-level courses in History (which may include MDVL 200, WMST 205 and WMST 210), or the equivalent taken in other institutions. Students who intend to Major in History are advised to include in their program some basic courses in the social sciences, and the appropriate historical surveys of: • literature in the various departments of language • thought in the Departments of Philosophy, Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies, and Political Science, and • the arts in the departments of Art History, Visual Art and Theory; Theatre, Film and Creative Writing; and the School of Music. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 30 credits of third- and fourth-year History courses chosen in consultation with a departmental advisor These 30 credits may include: • up to six credits from CLST 311, 312, 331, 351, 353, 354, 355, 356 • and/or six credits from ASIA 418; ECON 334, 336, 437; GEOG 327 and 328, 426 and 428; MEDH 400 and 401. A History Major may, in order to build a suitable program, obtain special permission from the Department to count a course other than one of those listed above. Students must take six credits of substantially pre-modern history. Courses at the 100- or 200-level may be used to meet this requirement. A list of courses with substantial pre-modern content is available from departmental advisors. A three-credit seminar (HIST 490) is open to History Majors in their fourth year. For information on the topic of the seminar, consult the PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 137 Upper-Division Course Guide available in the Department or on the website. HONOURS IN HISTORY The Honours program in History requires the successful completion of 132 credits, 72 of which are in History courses. Of these 72 credits, only 12 may be in 100- and 200-level courses. Students considering the Honours program should consult the History Honours advisor before the end of their first year FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take 12 credits from any of the 100- or 200-level courses in History (or the equivalent taken in other institutions) with an average of at least 80% in six of these credits. The 12 credits may include MDVL 200. THIRD YEAR Third year of the program requires that students complete: • HIST 321, and 333 • HIST 322 or 12 credits of courses in History or related areas, chosen in consultation with the Honours advisor; and • six credits outside the Department. FOURTH YEAR Fourth year of the program requires that students complete: • HIST 421, 433, and 449 • six credits outside the Department; and • an oral examination on the graduating essay HONOURS IN HISTORYWITH INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS The History with International Relations Program requires the successful completion of 132 credits. Students considering this Honours program should consult the History Honours advisor before the end of their first year FIRST AND SECOND YEARS First and second years of the program require that students complete: • 12 credits from any of the 100- or 200-level courses in History with an average of at least 80% in six of these credits • POLI 260 • prerequisites for courses to be taken in the upper years; and • reading knowledge of French or a foreign language. THIRD YEAR Third year of the program requires that students complete: • HIST 321 and 333 • six credits in History and • in consultation with an advisor, 12 credits selected from courses listed in the International Relations Major program under the headings Asian Relations, International Economy and Development, International Security and Peace Studies, and Soviet and Eastern Europe. FOURTH YEAR Fourth year of the program requires that students complete: • HIST 421 and 449 • HIST 432 • six credits elective; and • an oral examination on the graduating essay UNDERGRADUATE COURSES IN HISTORY Medieval, Renaissance and Reformation History-HIST 101, 313, 360, 370, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 413, 470. See also Medieval Studies, p. 143. Modern European History-HIST 115, 120, 202, 215, 306, 315, 316, 319, 334, 335, 400, 405, 406, 407, 425, 431, 432, 435, 438, 441, 442, 462, 463. Modern British History-HIST 310, 311, 415, 416,417,418,419,460. Canadian History-HIST 135, 205, 302, 303, 304, 307, 326, 329, 401, 404, 426, 427, 429, 430, 437, 442, 475, 485. For supporting courses, see Canadian Studies, p. 128. American History-HIST 201, 237, 327, 328, 330, 331, 332, 338, 428, 437, 444, 445, 446, 447. Asian History-HIST 170, 171, 270, 271, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 422, 423, 434, 480,481,482,483,484,486. Latin American History-HIST 250, 252, 351, 352, 353, 354, 432, 450, 452, 454. International and Contemporary History- HIST 125, 150, 402, 403, 425, 432, 442, 448, 475, 487. Theory and Methodology-HIST 304, 490, 495. History of Science-HIST 260, 360, 455, 456, 487. Majors Courses^HIST 490. Honours Courses2-HIST 321, 322, 333, 421, 433, 449. Many of the courses classified as national or regional emphasize social themes. Brochures are available from the Department describing in detail the courses offered each year in HIST 100 to 499 or visit the departmental website (www.history.ubc.ca). 1 For Majors students only. 2 For Honours students only. INDONESIAN See Asian Studies, p. 127. INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES The Interdisciplinary Studies (IDST) B.A. Program offers the independent, capable student a multidisciplinary alternative to the traditional, department-based Major. Students admitted to the program usually design their own cross-disciplinary course of study, and then consult with an IDST advisor to obtain approval. The Program may be appropriate as preparation for professional programs in Arts and in other faculties, including Elementary Education, Journalism, Law, Library/Information Studies, Medicine, Social Work and Architecture. The Program is distinct from departmental Majors and Honours programs, and students should note that further preparation may be required of candidates for Secondary Education and Graduate Studies. Students intending to apply to the Faculties of Dentistry or Medicine may also find it appropriate, but they are advised to note that these faculties require specific science courses for admission. The program may provide an appropriate route to further study in the creative and performing arts. It is administered by the IDST Board of Studies. ADMISSION To be admitted to the Interdisciplinary Studies B.A. Program, students must have completed at least 54 and usually no more than 75 credits towards the Bachelor of Arts (students granted special permission to enter the program with more than 75 credits may be required to complete more than 120 credits to obtain their degree); obtained an overall average of at least 60% in all previous courses attempted towards the Bachelor of Arts; satisfied the first-year Faculty of Arts English requirement and have completed or have in progress the other Arts Faculty requirements; and obtained approval of their proposed course of study Applications will be evaluated three times a year, and must be received before the deadlines. Application forms are available on the Interdisciplinary Studies website (www.interdiscipli- nary.arts.ubc.ca). Inquiries should be addressed to the Interdisciplinary Studies B.A. Program, Faculty of Arts, Room A201 Buchanan Building; telephone 604-822-4028. REQUIREMENTS Acceptable disciplines and courses are classified by the Board into four categories: Humanities, Social Sciences, Creative and Performing Arts, and Sciences. Disciplines are as defined by the board and do not necessarily coincide with existing departmental divisions in the Faculty (e.g., courses in English and other "language departments" are allocated to either "Language," or "Literature", which constitute separate disciplines in the B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies). Students must complete: 1) at least 30 credits of 300/400-level course work in the Primary Category, including an 18-credit 'primary concentration' in one discipline; and 2) at least 12 credits of 300/400-level course work in the Secondary Category. Students may complete no more than 18 credits of 300/400-level course work in any one discipline. However, students with at least a 75% average may, with approval, complete up to 24 credits in the Primary Category, in an individual program. Also students may include in their degrees up to 18 credits in courses outside the Faculties of Arts and Science. For IDST students, these courses may be included in Electives only. After completing 90 credits, 138 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 students must consult with an assigned advisor and obtain specific approval of their remaining course work. For graduation, students must complete all Faculty of Arts requirements, including the English, literature, language, and science requirements. Further information may be found on the Interdisciplinary Studies B.A. Program website (www.interdisciplinary.arts.ubc.ca). This program was formerly known as the General B.A. Program. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS The International Relations (www.ir.arts.ubc.ca) program offers a Bachelor of Arts. Students who wish to study International Relations at UBC at the graduate level can do this as part of their program within an established department (e.g., the Departments of History or Political Science). Students who want to go on to graduate work in International Relations after completing their Bachelor of Arts are advised to consider the special Honours programs in History (with International Relations) and in Political Science (with International Relations) or to make sure they have at least 24 credits of 300- and 400- level courses in one of the core disciplines (economics, history, political science). MAJOR IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Admission to the Major program in International Relations is not automatic. Students who do not have a sufficiently high average cannot be admitted to the Major. Depending upon the number of applicants in a given year, an average of approximately 78% will be required for admission into the Major. Admission is based on the average grade obtained for all post-secondary course work attempted. The average is calculated on at least 54 credits. To be eligible to apply to the IR program students need to have completed their first-year English requirement (six credits) and one of the lower division required IR courses (ECON 101 or 102, ECON 255, HIST 125 or 150 or POLI 260). However, it is strongly recommended that students complete all of these courses before applying to the program. Students may complete their language requirements in their third or fourth year. Arts One and Foundations students can only count their English credits towards the IR program. They will, therefore, need to fulfill all of the lower division requirements. Application forms will be available after January 1 from the International Relations Program Office (Buchanan C382). Completed applications are due by May 15 prior to registration for third year. They should be handed in to the International Relations Program Office or mailed to International Relations Program, c/o Department of Political Science, C472-1866 Main Mall, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1. Applicants should arrange for transcripts from all post-secondary institutions they have attended, other than UBC, to be mailed to the above address. Applicants will be notified by June 15 whether they have been accepted, rejected, or put on a waiting list. All courses listed below are six credits unless otherwise indicated. FIRST 6o CREDITS The first 60 credits of the program require that students complete: • ECON 101 and 102 • ECON 255 • HIST 125 or 1501 • POLI 260 (3); and • 12 credits of one language other than English, in addition to the Faculty of Arts language requirement. The language can be the one used to satisfy the Faculty of Arts requirement carried to a higher level, or it can be an additional language. While it is advisable to complete all of these requirements prior to the third year, it is permissible to complete some of them in the third year. 6oTO 120 CREDITS A minimum of 33 credits in International Relations. These 33 credits must include the following: • ECON 3552 (3) or ECON 356 (3) or ECON 455 and ECON 456 • HIST 432 • One of POLI 360 (3/6), 361 (3/6), 362 (3), 364 (3/6), or 367 (3/6) ] • in their last 30 credits, students must take one of the required International Relations seminars. These are ECON 457 (3), HIST 402 (3), HIST 403 (3), the section of POLI 464 (3) reserved for International Relations Majors, or one of the other seminars that may be designated by the chair of the program. (A list of designated seminars for the following year will be available from the International Relations Program Office in ^ the spring. These seminars are not available to third-year students. With permission of the chair of the International Relations Program, students are permitted to take more than one of these seminars.) • 18 credits from the lists below. Of these 18 credits, at least either 12 credits must be from List 1 or 12 credits must be from List 2. The remaining six credits can be from Lists 1, 2, or 3. 1 Arts One does not satisfy this requirement. 2 The prerequisite for this course is ECON 101 and 102 or 309. For the purposes of the International Relations Major, no course can be double-counted, i.e., used to satisfy two requirements (e.g., if POLI 360 is used to satisfy the political science requirement [see above], it cannot be counted as part of these 18 credits). 1) International Diplomacy, Security, and Peace Studies (A) ANTH 415 (B) ASIA 410 (3), 430(3) (C) CLST 354 (3), 355 (3) (D) GEOG 310 (3), 316 (3), 329 (6) (E) HIST 310 (3), 311 (3), 425, 430, 441 (3), 445 (3), 446(3), 448 (3) (F) POLI 329 (3), 334(3), 360(3/6), 361 (3/6), 362 (3), 363 (3/6), 364 (3/6), 367 (3/6), 369 (3/6), 370 (3/6), 373 (3), 460 (3/6), 461 (3), 462 (3), 465 (3) (G) SOCI 360 (3/6), 461 (3/6) 2) International Economy and Development (A) FRE 306(3), 340 (3), 420 (3), 475 (3) (B) ECON 312 (3), 313 (3), 317 (3), 319, 334, 336, 339 (3), 341 (3), 342 (3), 343 (3), 351 (3), 371 (3), 387 (3), 437, 440, 441 (3), 442 (3), 444 (3), 455 (3), 487(3) (C) GEOG 321 (3), 352 (3), 353 (3), 361 (3), 362(3), 468 (3) (D) HIST 423 (E) FNH 355 (3) (F) PHIL 335 (3), 435 (G) POLI 333A (3/6), 366 (3), 403 (3), 463 (3) (H) SOCI 301 (3/6), 462(3/6) (I) WMST 403 (3) 3) Area Studies (A) Asia-ANTH 302 (3/6), 303 (3/6), 315 (3/6), 350 (3/6), 351 (3/6), 353 (3), 402 (3/6), 403 (3/6), 416 (3); ASIA 321, 362, 370, 405, 420; ASIA 309 (3), 310 (3/6), 314 (3), 315 (3), 317 (3), 318 (3), 319 (3), 328 (3), 337 (3), 338 (3), 379 (6), 382 (3), 418 (3), 428 (3), 438 (3); GEOG 380 (3), 481 (3), 484 (3), 485 (3); HIST 380, 385, 422, 434, 475, 480, 486 (3); POLI 321 (3/6), 322 (3), 323 (3/6), 324 (3/6), 330 (3), 331 (3), 365 (3/6), 368 (3); SOCI 315 (3/6), 416 (3/6), 460(3/6) (B) Canada and the Americas-ANTH 353 (3); GEOG 395 (3), 495 (3); HIST 332, 338, 351 (3), 352 (3), 353 (3), 354 (3), 437, 450 (3/6), 451 (3), 452 (3); POLI 320 (3/6), 332 (3/6) (C) Europe and Eurasia- CLST 353 (3), CLST 356; ECON 387 (3); GEOG 391 (3), 493 (3), 494 (3); HIST 324, 334, 405, 435, 438; POLI 325 (3), 326 (3), 327(3) MINOR IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS A Minor consists of at least 30 credits, but not more than 42 credits, selected from the courses listed as part of the International Relations Major, of which at least 18 must be numbered 300 or above. At least nine credits of the following must be included among the courses taken: ECON 101 and 102 (or ECON 310 and 311), ECON 255, HIST 125 or 150, and POLI 260. At least 18 credits of these International Relations courses must be outside the discipline in which the student is doing a Major. Students are also required to take at least six credits of a language other than English, in addition to the PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 139 Faculty of Arts language requirement. The language can be the one used to satisfy the Faculty of Arts requirement carried to a higher level, or it can be an additional language. Students undertaking a Minor in International Relations do not need to submit an application or secure permission to do so. Language courses do not count toward the required 30 to 42 credits in International Relations. HONOURS IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS The International Relations program does not offer an Honours program. However, students wishing to do an Honours degree in International Relations can do so in conjunction with the Honours programs of the Departments of History or Political Science. Students must apply directly to one of these departments for admission into the Honours program during their second year. Students may not count more than 60 credits of International Relations courses (i.e., required courses and those on Lists 1, 2, and 3 [see above]) toward the Bachelor of Arts. (Language courses do not count as part of these 60 credits.) ITALIAN AND ITALIAN STUDIES The Department of French, Hispanic and Italian Studies offers undergraduate programs of study in Italian and Italian Studies that lead to the Bachelor of Arts. New program offerings will be available September 2005. Please check the departmental website (www.fhis.ubc.ca) and the Calendar (in late Spring 2005) for updated information on these programs. MAJOR IN ITALIAN Students with Italian 11 or 12 should consult a departmental advisor for placement in appropriate language courses. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take ITAL 101, 102, 201, 202 or 105. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 30 credits in Italian courses numbered 300 or above, excluding ITAL 302 and ITST 421, 431 and 432. HONOURS IN ITALIAN FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take ITAL 101, 102, 201, 202 or 105. LATN 100 or equivalent is recommended. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take ITAL 400 and 449 plus 36 additional credits in Italian courses numbered 300 or above, excluding ITAL 302 and ITST 421, 431 and 432. MINOR IN ITALIAN FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take ITAL 101, 102, 201, 202 or 105. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Third and fourth years of the program require that students complete • ITAL 300 • at least six credits from ITAL 303 or 304; and • at least six credits from ITAL 400^120, ITST 310, 432. MAJOR IN ITALIAN STUDIES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take at least 12 credits of Italian language, or equivalent. ITST 230 is recommended. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 30 credits of 300-level courses from the lists below. At least 12 must be chosen from List 1 and 12 from List 2. 1) ITST 310, 421, 431, 432; ITAL1 303, 304, 401, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 420 2) CLST 331, 352, 353, 354; ARTH 331, 335, 432; HIST 313; MUSC 454, 455, RMST 420, 468. MINOR IN ITALIAN STUDIES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take at least 12 credits of Italian language, or equivalent. ITST 230 is recommended. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 18 credits of 300-level courses from the lists below. At least six must be chosen from List 1 and six from List 2. 1) ITST 310, 421, 431, 432; ITAL1 303, 304, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 420 2) CLST 331, 352, 353, 354; ARTH 331, 335, 336; HIST 313; MUSC 454, 455; RMST 420, 468. 1 These courses require knowledge of Italian JAPANESE See Asian Studies, p. 127. KOREAN See Asian Studies, p. 127. Tatin See Classics, p. 130. LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES Latin American Studies is an interdisciplinary undergraduate program administered by the Latin American Studies Program Committee. In consultation with a program advisor, students may complete a Major or a Minor in the program. Both the Major and the Minor allow students to construct truly interdisciplinary approaches to their programs, incorporating a broad range of disciplines within Arts. Students who are considering pursuing graduate studies in another discipline after completion of the Bachelor of Arts are encouraged to complete at least a Minor in that discipline. Interested students should consult the more detailed booklets of current course offerings available from the Departments of Anthropology and Sociology (tel: 604-822-2878); Art History, Visual Art and Theory (tel: 604-822-2757); French, Hispanic, and Italian Studies (tel: 604-822-2879); Geography (tel: 604-822- 2663); History (tel: 604-822-2561); or Political Science (tel: 604-822-2717). Alternatively, students may take a Latin American Studies Thematic Option within the B.A. Program in Interdisciplinary Studies. MAJOR IN LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES The Major program is designed to give students a general knowledge of and strong interdisciplinary approach to the language, culture, society, geography, political systems and history of Latin America. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT Students must complete the Faculty of Arts Language Requirement in Spanish (see Language Requirement, p. 121) and take SPAN 300. No 100- or 200-level Spanish language courses taken count towards the minimum of 42 credits required for the Faculty of Arts Major. Students with a previous knowledge of Spanish or Portuguese should consult a program advisor FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take LAST 100 (3) and nine credits from the following courses: • ANTH 202 (3/6) or 232 (3) W• ARTH 261 (3) • HIST 250 (3/6) • LAST 201 (3) • SPAN 320 (6). THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS SPAN 300 (6) is required. Students with a previous knowledge of Spanish for whom this requirement is waived are required to take six additional credits from the list below. Students choose at least 24 credits from the list below or from other courses approved by the committee in any given year. A minimum of three credits must be taken in each of Anthropology, Art History, Visual Art and Theory, Geography, History, Political Science, Spanish or Portuguese literature. The following list is not exhaustive nor will all the courses be offered in any one year. Some courses such as ANTH 332, 411 or GEOG 352 have variable course content. To make sure the content is Latin American in any given year, students are advised to consult the appropriate department. • ANTH 323 (3), 332 (3), 353 (3), 403 (3/6), 411 (3) • ARTH 342 (3), 370 (3), 371 (3), 372 (3), 373 (3), 463 (3), 465 (3), 440B (3) • GEOG 395 (3), 495 (3) • HIST 351 (3), 352 (3), 353 (3), 354 (3), 450 (3/6), 451 (3), 452(3) • POLI 332 • PORT 307 (6), 392 (3/6) • SPAN 312 (3), 363 (6), 404 (3), 405 (3), 406 (3), 450 (3), 470 (3), 490 (3) 140 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MINOR IN LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES This is an interdisciplinary program intended to provide students with a broad exposure to the cultures, histories and languages of Latin America. Ideally, the Minor complements a Major in one of the participating disciplines that comprise Latin American Studies, but it can be combined with any Major program in Arts. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take LAST 100 and nine credits from the following courses: • ANTH 202 or 203 • ARTH 261 • HIST 250 • LAST 201. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take at least 18 credits of upper-level courses with Latin American content as listed for the Major (see above) in at least three of the following subjects (disciplines): Anthropology; Art History, Visual Art and Theory; Geography; History; Spanish; Portuguese. Courses selected for the Minor cannot also be counted towards the program requirements for a Major THEMATIC OPTION WITHIN THE B.A. PROGRAM IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES: LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES Three distinct programs are available for a thematic option in Latin American Studies within the B.A. Program in Interdisciplinary Studies: Latin American Art; Latin American Literature; and Latin American History. Students will normally enter their Thematic Option program after completing their first 60 credits. Before entering the program they are required to complete either HIST 250 or ANTH 202 (when applicable) and 12 credits of Spanish or Portuguese. Additional courses with Latin American content may be offered in any of the following fields: Anthropology, Art History, and Visual Art and Theory, Geography, History, Spanish and Portuguese, Political Science, and Sociology (see "Major in Latin American Studies" above). Students interested in the Latin American Studies Thematic Option should contact the Office for the B.A. Program in Interdisciplinary Studies at 604-822-4067 for further information on the program. LINGUISTICS The Department of Linguistics offers programs of study that lead to the Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts and Bachelor of Arts, and the Diploma in Linguistics. For information on the diploma program, see Diploma in Linguistics, p. 155. For information on graduate programs, see Linguistics, p. 260 in the Graduate Studies section. The Department also collaborates with Canadian Studies, Cognitive Systems, English (Language Emphasis), First Nations Languages and Medieval Studies. For current listings, see the Linguistics Department website (www.linguisrics.ubc.ca). MAJOR IN LINGUISTICS LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT The Department of Linguistics language requirement for the Major in Linguistics is more stringent than the general Language Requirement of the Faculty of Arts. Students who satisfy the Faculty requirement by completing a Grade 12 course in a language other than English, may satisfy the Linguistics requirement either by taking an additional six credits in the same language or by taking 12 credits in a different language. Students meeting the Faculty of Arts requirement by reaching the language level as specified in Calendar description of the Arts Language Requirement are considered to have satisfied the Linguistics requirement. Students seeking permission to satisfy the Linguistics language requirement by demonstrating competence in a language other than those listed under the Faculty of Arts Language Requirement should contact the undergraduate advisor in the Department of Linguistics. Six credits of language courses taken toward the Linguistics language requirement may count towards the 42-credit total specifically required for the Linguistics Major. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS LING 100 and/or 101 are recommended. LING 200 and 201 are required. THIRD YEAR All courses in List A are required. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS At least three credits of the capstone course LING 447 "Topics". Six credits from List B are required. Nine additional credits chosen from List B, C or D are required. Courses from List D must be approved by the Linguistics undergraduate advisor. (Check course descriptions for prerequisites.) List A: Core Courses LING 300, 311, 316, 327 List B: Secondary Core Courses LING 305, 317, 319, 431, 432, 447, 451, 452 List C: Senior-Level Courses in Linguistics LING 430, 433, 436, 445, 448, 449 List D: Senior-Level Courses in Related Areas ANTH 332, 401,417 AUDI 400, 402, 514 CPSC 322 EPSE 315, 399, 419, 424 ENGL 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 326, 340 FREN 461, 462, 464, 465, 472, 473, 475 JAPN 420 LLED 478 PHIL 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 420, 425, 426 PSYC 302, 304, 309, 315, 336, 337, 367, 368 SPAN 403 Note: Depending on the student's program, the Linguistics undergraduate advisor may accept other courses. HONOURS IN LINGUISTICS FIRST AND SECOND YEARS As for Major. THIRD YEAR Admission to third year requires at least a 76% average in the first and second years and a minimum 80% average in LING 200 and 201. All courses in List A (above) are required. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take at least three credits of LING 447 and 15 credits from List B (above) and 18 additional credits from List B, C or D. Courses from List D must be approved by the Linguistics undergraduate advisor. (Check course descriptions for prerequisites.) MINOR IN LINGUISTICS LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT The Linguistics Major language requirement is not required for the Minor in Linguistics. Courses that satisfy the language requirement for the Major in Linguistics can contribute up to six credits toward the 30 credits required for the Minor FIRST AND SECOND YEARS LING 100 and/or 101 are recommended. LING 200 and 201 are required. (ENGL 329 is accepted as equivalent). THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take additional courses in Linguistics and related fields to make a total of 30 credits. These 30 credits must include: • at least six credits from List A • at least six additional credits from Lists A, B or C; and • at least six additional credits from Lists B, C or D. Courses from List D must be approved by the Linguistics undergraduate advisor MAJOR IN COGNITIVE SYSTEMS: LANGUAGE (B.A.) For a program description and admission requirements see Cognitive Systems (Arts), p. 130. First Year CPSC 111, 121 (or 122, 128) 8~ ENGL 100-level1 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 PSYC 100 (or 101 and 102) Electives1 Total credits 6 3 6 9 32 Second Year COGS 200 LING 200, 2012 PHIL 220 PSYC 217, 218 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 141 Second Year (Continued) Electives Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 12 30 COGS 300, 401,402 9 LING 300 or 311 or 316 or 327 3 PHIL 425, 451 6 12 credits from: LING 300, 305, 311, 316, 12 317, 319, 327, 431, 432, 447, 451, 452 9 credits from: PSYC 302, 304, 315, 336, 9 337, 365, 367; CPSC 2163, 2203, 312, 322, 444; EECE 2513, 2533, 321, 359; PHIL 426, 441; ANTH 417 Electives3'4 21 Total credits 60 1 Students enrolled in the 24-credit Foundations course should take 9 credits of the required first- year courses in their first year and the remaining 6 credits in their second year. Students enrolled in the 18-credit Arts I should take 1 2 credits of required courses in the first year and the remaining credits in the second year. 2 ENGL 329 (6) can be substituted for LING 200 (3) and LING 201 (3). 3 At least 48 credits of 300 or above courses are required for the B.A. degree. Cognitive Systems students who take CPSC 216, 220 and/or EECE 251, 253 must design their overall program to fit these requirements. 4 Electives may be selected from the lists containing required courses. MAJOR IN FIRST NATIONS LANGUAGES AND LINGUISTICS FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take FNLG 100 and 200 and LING 100, 101, 200 and 201. (FNLG 100 and 200 must both be in the same language.) THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS All courses in Lists J, K and L are required. Nine credits from List M are required. List J: Core Linguistics Courses LING 300, 311 List K: Field Methods Courses LING 431, 432 List L: First Nations Linguistics Courses LING 433, 436 List M: Senior-Level Courses in Linguistics LING 305, 319, 327, 445, 447 RECOMMENDED COURSES The following courses in other departments are particularly recommended: ANTH 100, 220, 221, 304, 329, 401, 431; ARTH 376; FNLG 300, 448; GEOG 426; HIST 135, 302; MUSC 328; POLI 406. Of the total of 120 credits required for a B.A. up to 18 credits of coursework may be taken outside the Faculty. Recommended options include EDUC 140, 240, 342, 441, 442. MAJOR IN FIRST NATIONS LANGUAGES AND LINGUISTICS WITH A MINOR IN LINGUISTICS / MAJOR OR HONOURS IN SPEECH SCIENCES WITH A MINOR IN LINGUISTICS Because there is substantial Linguistics content in the First Nations Languages, p. 135 and Linguistics and in the Speech Sciences programs, students from these programs who wish to receive a Minor in Linguistics must meet the following requirements in addition to the standard requirements for the minor The 30 credits presented for the Minor in Linguistics must include: • all courses in List A and • at least six credits from Lists B, C or D that are not included in the credits counted toward the Major in First Nations Languages and Linguistics or the Major or Honours in Speech Sciences. MINOR IN FIRST NATIONS LANGUAGES AND LINGUISTICS Students take 30 credits selected from the courses listed for the Major in First Nations Languages and Linguistics including FNLG 100 and 200 (in the same language), or equivalent experience with a First Nations language and 18 credits from Linguistics courses numbered 300 and above including: • LING 300 or 311 • three credits from List K; and • all of List L. Recommended options include EDUC 140, 240, 342, 441, 442.^ MAJOR IN SPEECH SCIENCES Students majoring in Speech Sciences should be aware that North American graduate programs in Speech Pathology and Audiology have varying prerequisites, and that a Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Speech Sciences from UBC will not necessarily qualify them for immediate admission to a graduate program. Students should investigate prospective graduate schools and consult the Linguistics undergraduate advisor early in their program. See The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences, p. 161 for the required prerequisites for the two-year Master's program. Note that AUDI 514 is recommended and regularly open to qualified undergraduates. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS LING 100 is recommended. LING 200 and 201 are required; PSYC 100 or both PSYC 101 and 102 are required; and both PSYC 217 and 218 are required. PHYS 341 is recommended. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take all courses from List E and F, three credits from List G, and 12 additional credits from Lists G or H. List E: Core Courses LING 300, 311, 316, 317 List F: Secondary Core Linguistics Courses LING 447 List G: Secondary Core Speech Science Courses LING 451, 452 List H: Senior-Level Speech Science Courses AUDI 402; LING 447; PSYC 302, 304, 309, 315, 336, 367, 368. Other Recommended Mathematics and Science Courses BIOL 110 or 115, MATH 099 are recommended. HONOURS IN SPEECH SCIENCES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS As for the Major THIRD YEAR Admission to third year requires a minimum average of 76% in the first and second years and an 80% average in LING 200 and 201. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take the following: • all courses in Lists E, F and G (above) • 15 additional credits from List H and • 12 additional credits from List H or from Linguistics courses numbered 300 or above. MINOR IN SPEECH SCIENCES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS LING 200 and 201 are required. PSYC 100, or 101 and 102, and 217 and 218 are recommended. Note: These courses provide the preferred prerequisites for most upper-level Speech Sciences courses. See individual course listings for details. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take additional courses chosen from the Speech Sciences Major lists to make a total of 30 credits. These 30 credits must include: ^ LING 316 and 317 • at least six credits chosen from AUDI 402, LING 451, 452; and • at least six additional credits chosen from List H. MATHEMATICS The Department of Mathematics (www.math.ubc.ca) offers programs of study that lead to the Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts, Master of Science, Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. For information on the Bachelor of Science, see The Faculty of Science, p. 383. For information on graduate programs, see Mathematics, p. 262 in the Graduate Studies section. MAJOR IN MATHEMATICS The Department offers a large selection of courses in various areas of pure and applied mathematics which require various levels of mathematical sophistication. B.A. programs combining Mathematics with another subject such as Economics, English, Linguistics, Music, or Philosophy, are encouraged. The student is advised to consult a Mathematics Major advisor in order to design a coherent program of study suitable to the student's interests and abilities. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS In addition to Faculty requirements, students complete: • MATH 100 or 102 or 104 or 180 or 184 or 1201 • MATH 101 or 103 or 105 or 121 • MATH 200 (or 226) • MATH2202 142 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 • MATH 221 or 223, and 2152 and • CPSC 111/211 or CPSC 111/MATH 210.10 THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS In addition to Faculty requirements, students complete 24 credits of Mathematics courses numbered 300 and above, and six credits of Mathematics, Statistics, or Computer Science courses numbered 300 or above. RECOMMENDATIONS The Department makes the following recommendations: 1) Mathematically able students are encouraged to take the Honours stream MATH 120, 121,223, 226, and 227. 2) Numerical analysis courses in Computer Science (CPSC 302, 303, 402, 403) require completion of CPSC 111. Other upper- level Computer Science courses useful to mathematics students require completion of CPSC 211 and 221. 3) In second year, MATH 221 should be taken in Term 1. It is possible to take (with appropriate prerequisites) some of MATH 307, 308, 312, 317, 340 and MATH/STAT 302, as well as MATH 300, in Term 2. 4) Students interested in pursuing statistics to some depth should take STAT 200 and MATH/STAT 302 in second year. This will prepare them for more advanced Statistics courses such as STAT 305, 306, 404, and 405. 5) Majors students should consider taking some of MATH 300, 320, 322. 6) MATH 302 and 307 are useful in many areas of mathematics. 7) Students interested in operations research should take MATH 340, 441, 442, and 443. They are also advised to take MATH 303, STAT 305 and 306, and some advanced Computer Science courses. ' 8) Students interested in teaching are advised to take MATH 308, 309, 312, 313,414,446. 9) Students interested in becoming actuaries can make substantial progress toward this career goal while majoring in mathematics or statistics. These students should consult the actuarial advisors in the Mathematics and/or Statistics Departments for detailed guidance on course selection and advice on taking the Society of Actuaries' examinations. 10) Students interested in the physical sciences should take MATH 317. 11) Students interested in economics should consider taking ECON 420 and 421, and should consult an advisor in the Economics Department for other appropriate economics courses. A Combined Major in Mathematics and Economics is available (see below). 12) In selecting electives, students should consider pursuing an area of application of mathematics in some depth. They should also ensure that they fulfill all the graduation requirements of the Faculty of Arts. COMBINED MAJOR IN MATHEMATICS AND ECONOMICS Admission to the program is subject to the admission restrictions and application process that pertain currently to the Major in Economics. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS In addition to Faculty requirements, students complete: • ECON 101 and 1023 • MATH 104 (or 100 or 102 or 180 or 184 or 120) • MATH 105 (or 101 or 103 or 121) • ECON 206 and 207 • MATH 200 (or 226), 215, 220, 221 (or 223). THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS In addition to Faculty requirements, students take the following courses: • ECON 306, 3254, 326 • MATH 320 • nine additional credits of Economics fl numbered 300 or higher, of which at least three credits must be at the 400 or 500 level • nine additional credits of Mathematics numbered 300 or higher. Suitable electives include MATH 302, 303, 321, 402, 403, 418, 419 and 443. HONOURS IN MATHEMATICS FIRST AND SECOND YEARS In addition to Faculty of Arts requirements, students complete: • MATH 120 and 121 (or one of 100, 102, 104,120, 180, 184 and one of 101, 103, 105,121) • MATH 2235 (or 2215) and 215 • MATH 226 and 227 (or 200, 220, and 317); and • CPSC 111/211 or CPSC 111/MATH 210.10 THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS In addition to Faculty of Arts requirements, students complete: • MATH 300, 320, 321, 322, and one of 412, 422 or 4236 • 15 additional credits6 from MATH 400 to 405, 412, 416 to 429, 433 to 440, 443, 4497; and • nine additional credits of Mathematics courses numbered 300 or above. Students intending to enter the Honours program should consult a Honours advisor in the Department of Mathematics at the beginning of the second year. To be admitted to the Honours program, a student must obtain at least 68% in MATH 121, or 80% in MATH 101 or 103 or 105, and 80% average in MATH 100/101 or 102/103 or 104/105. Students who intend to do graduate work in Mathematics should continue their study of French, German, or Russian beyond the level which fulfills the language requirement of the Faculty of Arts. COMBINED HONOURS IN MATHEMATICS AND ANOTHER SUBJECT FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take mathematics courses as for Honours mathematics and other subjects as specified by the other department. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS In addition to Faculty of Arts requirements, students complete: • MATH 320 and 3217 • Six credits7 chosen from MATH 300, 301, 316,322,331 • 12 credits79 chosen from MATH 400 to 405, 412, 416 to 429, 433-440, 443, 449; and • other subjects as specified by the other department.5 1 See UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC Calculus Examination Certificate, p. 20. 2 One of MATH 220 or 215 may be delayed until third year. Students obtaining 68% or higher in MATH 226 are not required to take MATH 220. 3 Students can take ECON 307 and three additional credits of Economics numbered 300 or higher instead of ECON 101 and 102. 4 STAT 200 can substitute for ECON 325. 5 Students are advised to take these courses in first year. 5 A 68% overall average is required in these 30 credits to obtain an Honours degree. 7 A 68% overall average is required in these 24 credits to obtain this Honours degree. 8 See Combined Honours Program, p. 123 under "Program Requirements" in the Faculty of Arts. 9 MATH 449 is recommended. 10 MATH 210 may not be offered every year. MEDIEVAL STUDIES Students intending to specialize in Medieval Studies may do so either by taking an interdisciplinary Major program in Medieval Studies, or by completing a Major program in a particular department of the Faculty of Arts, with outside electives taken from the courses listed below. (For permission to arrange this program consult the Medieval Studies advisor.) The prerequisite for the interdisciplinary program is six credits selected from: HIST 101, MDVL 200, or CLST 100. Other first- and second-year courses applicable to this program are CLST/ PHIL 211, MUSC 120, and RELG 202. Students should also develop the appropriate language skills as soon as possible. For further guidance on the Major program and individual course offerings, the Committee for Medieval Studies prepares an annual brochure which is available from the Departments of Classical, Near Eastern, and Religious Studies; French, Hispanic, and Italian Studies; English; and History, or students may visit the Medieval Studies website (medievalstudies.arts.ubc.ca). Students should consult with the departments offering these courses and plan their third and fourth years at the same time, as not every course is offered every year. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 143 The following are courses in Medieval Studies offered in the Faculty of Arts. All courses are six credits unless otherwise indicated. • ARBC 300 , 400 , 420A (3) • ARTH 331 (3), 332 (3), 333 (3), 335 (3), 431(3), 432(3) • CLST 331, 336 (3), 337 (3), 353 (3), 354(3), 431 (3) • ENGL 320, 340 (3/6), 343 (3)1, 344 (3-12), 346(3-6), 352(3), 417(3/6) • FREN 407 (3/6), 460 (3)2, 464(3)3, 465 (3) • GERM 360 (3) • HIST 313 , 370 , 371 (3), 372 (3), 373 (3) 374 (3), 375 (3), 376 (3), 377 (3), 378 (3), 381 (3), 382 (3), 384 (3), 387 (3), 470 (3) • ITAL 401 (3/6), 405 (3/6) • ITST 310 (3/6), 431 (3/6) • LATN 300, 305 (3/6)" • LING 320 (3/6) • MDVL 301 (3), 302 (3), 440 (3/6), 449 (6/12) • MUSC 324(3/6), 350 (3/6)5, 352 (3) • NEST 310 (3) • PHIL 310 (3/4), 311 (3/4), 312 (3/4), 412 (3/4) • RELG 308 (3/6), 315 (3/6), 321 (3/6), 331 (3), 340 , 341 (3/6), 408 (3), 448 (3), 449 (3) • SCAN 501 (3/6) • SPAN 410 (3), 450(3) 1 ENGL 340 is prerequisite 2 FREN 353 (3) is prerequisite 3 FREN 370 is prerequisite 4 LATN 200 or 300 is prerequisite 5 MUSC 121 (3) is a prerequisite MODERN EUROPEAN STUDIES Modern European Studies is an undergraduate interdisciplinary program administered by the Modern European Studies Steering Committee. For courses offered in a particular year, please consult the program brochure, website (www.german.ubc.ca), or chair Peter Petro (petro ©interchange, ubc.ca). FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take one of HIST 120 (6) or 202 (6) or Arts One. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take at least 30 credits, including HIST 462 (3) and 463 (3) or another course in European history as designated for a particular year by the chair of the program. At least six credits from each of Lists A (History), B (Social Sciences) and C (Literature and Culture) and the remainder from any of the lists are also required (see below). LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT Students are required to take 12 credits of a European language other than English, in addition to the Faculty of Arts language requirement. The language can be the one used to satisfy the Faculty of Arts language requirement carried to a higher level (with literature courses in that language counting as equivalent), or it can be another language. RMST 478 is also acceptable. Students may not take more than 72 credits in courses at the 100 and 200 level. Students are advised to check course listings for prerequisites. List A HIST 316 (6), 324 (6), 335 (6), 400 (6), 405 (6), 406 (3), 407 (6), 408 (3), 416 (3), 417 (3), 419 (3), 438 (6), 441 (3), 461 (3) ListB ECON 312 (3), 313 (3), 319 (3), 334 (3), 387 (3); GEOG 391 (3), 493 (3), 494 (3); PHIL 314 (3/4), 414 (3/6), 416 (3/6), 431 (3/4); POLI 325 (3), 326 (3), 327 (3), 344 (3), 346 (3), 362 (3); RELG 315 (6); SOCI 302 (3/6), 350 (6), 461 (3/6) ListC All courses in European literature since the Renaissance, including those in translation, and the following courses: ARTH 335 (3), 337 (3), 339 (3), 340 (3), 347 (3); FREN 334 (3/6); GERM 402 (3), 403 (3/6); ITST 230 (3/6), 432 (3/6); MUSC 354 (3), 355 (3), 356 (3), 357 (3); RUSS 410 (3/6); SCAN 411 (3); SLAV 105 (6); SPAN 320 (6); THTR 320 (6) MUSEUM STUDIES The Museum of Anthropology, in affiliation with the Department of Anthropology and Sociology, offers training in museum principles and methods for both undergraduate and graduate students. Theory is combined with practical experience provided in laboratory sessions and workshops. Core courses are ANTH 341, 431, 432, 451, 452, and 518. It is recommended that students take additional courses in museum-related subjects offered by this department or by other departments such as Asian Studies; Classical, Near Eastern, and Religious Studies; Art History, Visual Art, and Theory; History; and Archival Studies. Additional opportunities for tutorials, workshops, internships, and job training are offered to students by special arrangement. Graduate work in Museum Studies may be pursued at the Master's or Doctor of Philosophy levels as a component of the degree programs in Anthropology or in combination with degrees in other disciplines such as Asian Studies; Classical, Near Eastern, and Religious Studies; Art History, Visual Art, and Theory; or History in accordance with the degree requirements of those departments. Students wishing to obtain a Master's Degree in Critical and Curatorial Studies, p. 231 should apply through the Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory. People already working in the museum community who wish to upgrade their knowledge and skills without entering a formal degree program or becoming full-time students should contact the Museum of Anthropology for information about course options. Admission to credit courses is subject to university regulations for admission as an unclassified student or auditor, and the permission of the instructor. For more information on the Museum Studies program, please consult the websites of the Department of Anthropology and Sociology (www.anso.ubc.ca) or the Museum of Anthropology (www.moa.ubc.ca). MUSIC The School of Music offers a Bachelor of Arts in Music designed for students interested in studying music as one of the liberal arts. The degree is also an alternative to the Bachelor of Music Major in Music Scholarship for students interested in graduate work or in ethnomusicology. Students wishing to become professional performers, composers, or teachers should, if qualified, consider the appropriate Major in the Bachelor of Music program. The School also collaborates with Drama, Film Studies, Linguistics, Medieval Studies and Modern European Studies. For details about current offerings, consult the School's website (www.music.ubc.ca). For the general course requirements of the Bachelor of Arts, see Degree Requirements, p. 120. For information on graduate programs, see Music, p. 265 in the Graduate Studies section. There are no performance requirements for entry into the Bachelor of Arts in Music. Students who wish to register for ensembles must audition; they should contact the ^School of Music in mid-August to sign up for audition times. MAJOR IN MUSIC FIRST YEAR Students take MUSC 100, 101, 120, 121. SECOND YEAR Students take MUSC 200, 201, 220, 221. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS When entering the Major program at the beginning of the third year, the student must draw up a plan of study for the last 60 credits of course work, in consultation with a School of Music advisor. Another review by an advisor must precede the final 30 credits. Students must take a total of 60 credits, including: • 30 credits of 300- or 400-level Music courses1 • at least 12 credits of electives outside the subject of the Major HONOURS IN MUSIC FIRST AND SECOND YEARS As for Major. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take the following: • 48 credits of 300- and 400-level Music courses1 including MUSC 449 and at least 18 credits in music theory, music history, or ethnomusicology; and • 12 credits of non-Music courses. At least 54 credits must be at the upper level. 144 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 A minimum 68% average in each year is required. The Honours program is open only to students who show special aptitude and the capacity to profit from working extensively in this field. The School may terminate a student's candidacy for Honours if, after a prescribed process of evaluation, it decides that an appropriate level is not being maintained, at least a 68% average notwithstanding. MINOR IN MUSIC FIRST AND SECOND YEARS First and second years of the program require that students complete: • MUSC 100, 101 and 200; and • any two of MUSC 120, 121, 220, 221. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 18 credits at the 300 or 400 level1. 1 Any 300- or 400-level course in music history, music theory, ethnomusicology, or music composition, as well as MUSC 107 and 207, counts toward this requirement. Even though the ensemble courses in Music have 100 numbers, they will count as 300- or 400-level courses, and hence as part of the requirements for the Major, Honours, or Minor in Music, when taken in the third or fourth years. At most eight credits of ensemble may be counted toward the Bachelor of Arts. MYTH AND LITERATURE (CLASSICAL STUDIES) See "Classical Studies" for information on Myth and Literature in Greece, Rome, and the Near East, p. 129. NEAR EASTERN STUDIES The Department of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Near Eastern Studies. For other Bachelor programs, see the listings for Classical Studies, p. 129 and Classics, p. 130 (including Greek and Latin) and Religious Studies, p. 149. For information on graduate programs, see Classics, p. 237 or Religious Studies, p. 149 in the Graduate Studies section. For information on current offerings, see the departmental website (www.cnrs.ubc.ca). The Department also collaborates in programs offered by Archaeology; Art History, Visual Art and Theory; Drama; International Relations; Italian and Italian Studies; Medieval Studies; Modern European Studies; Museum Studies; Philosophy; Religion, Literature and the Arts; Science Studies; and Women's Studies. MAJOR IN NEAR EASTERN STUDIES 42 credits as follows: FIRST AND SECOND YEARS • RELG 202 (6) THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS (36 credits) (A) 18 credits of the following: • NEST 301 (3), 302 (6), 303 (3), 304 (3), 310(3) • RELG 304(3), 305 (3), 306 (3), 308 (3), 313 (3), 314 (6), 340 (6), 341 (3/6), 385 (3) • CNRS 316 (6). B) 18 additional credits from the list above, and/or the following: • CLST 356 (3) • RELG 302 (3), 309 (3), 310 (3), 311 (3), 403 (3), 407 (3), 408 (3), 414 (3), 448 (3), 449 (3), 475A(3/6)*, 485 (3) • GREK 325 (6) • HEBR 305 (6), 405 (6), 479 (3/12) • ARAB 300 (6), 400 (6), 420 (3/6). *Requires approval of department. HONOURS IN NEAR EASTERN STUDIES 60 credits as follows: FIRST AND SECOND YEARS • RELG 202 (6) THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS (54 credits) (A) 30 credits of the following: • NEST 301 (3), 302 (6), 303 (3), 304 (3), 310 (3) • RELG 304 (3), 305 (3), 306 (3), 308 (3), 313 (3), 314 (6), 340 (6), 341 (3/6), 385 (3) • CNRS 316 (6). Honours students are encouraged to take courses in Hebrew, Arabic or New Testament Greek. (B) 24 additional credits from the list above, and/or the following: • CLST 356 (3) • RELG 302 (3), 309 (3), 310 (3), 311 (3), 403 (3), 407 (3), 408 (3), 414 (3), 448 (3), 449 (3), 475A(3/6)*, 485 (3) • GREK 125 (6) • HEBR 305 (6), 405 (6), 479 (3/12) • ARAB 300 (6), 400 (6), 420 (3/6). • requires approval of department Honours students must take RELG 370 (Concepts and Methods) if their focus is Near Eastern Religion, myth and textual traditions. This course will count as six of the 24 additional credits listed in (B) above. MINOR IN NEAR EASTERN STUDIES 30 credits as follows: FIRST AND SECOND YEARS • RELG 202 (6) THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS (24 credits) (A) 12 credits of the following: • NEST 301 (3), 302 (6), 303 (3), 304 (3), 310 (3) • RELG 304 (6), 305 (3), 306 (3), 308 (3), 313 (3), 314 (6), 340 (6), 341 (3/6), 385 (3) • CNRS 316 (6). (B) 12 additional credits from the list above, and/or the following: • CLST 309 (3) • RELG 302 (3), 309 (3), 310 (3), 311 (3), 403 (3), 407 (3), 408 (3), 414 (3), 448 (3), 449 (3), 475A(3/6)*, 485 (3) • GREK 325 (6) • HEBR 305 (6), 405 (6), 479 (3/12), • ARAB 300 (6), 400 (6), 420 (3/6). *Requires approval of department ARCHAELOGY AND HISTORY OF GREECE, ROME AND THE NEAR EAST For information on the Major, Minor and Honours programs in Archaeology and History of Greece, Rome and the Near East see the Classical Studies, p. 129 section. MYTH AND LITERATURE IN GREECE, ROME, AND THE NEAR EAST For information on the Major, Minor and Honours programs in Myth and Literature in Greece, Rome, and the Near East see the Classical Studies, p. 129 section. NINETEENTH-CENTURY STUDIES The Nineteenth-Century Studies Minor allows students to enrich their understanding of their Major by studying relationships among intellectual, cultural, literary, social, and political discourses of the nineteenth century. The program incorporates courses from several departments and offers an interdisciplinary approach to the study and interpretation of the nineteenth century. MINOR IN NINETEENTH-CENTURY STUDIES Students wishing to specialize in Nineteenth- Century Studies may take an interdisciplinary minor as part of their B.A. program. Students must take at least 18 credits of third and fourth year courses drawn from the approved lists of courses maintained by the Nineteenth-Century Studies Coordinating Committee. Relevant courses which are not on the approved list may be accepted with the permission of the program advisor The courses must reflect disciplinary breadth as well as a focus on the nineteenth century. A detailed description of the program, the lists of approved courses, and other information are available from the program's brochure and website (www2.arts.ubc.ca/projects/nissc). Contact the Arts Academic Advising Office, telephone 604-822-4028 for the name of the current program advisor PHILOSOPHY The Department of Philosophy offers programs of study that lead to the Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts and Bachelor of Arts. For information on graduate programs, see Philosophy, p. 271 in the Graduate Studies section. The Department also collaborates with Economics, Linguistics, Medieval Studies, Modern European Studies and Science Studies. Brochures giving details of each program, descriptions of courses and other information are available from the Department. Current offerings are also posted on the Department's website (www.philosophy.ubc.ca). MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY Students must take at least 42 credits (and no more than 60 credits) in Philosophy, subject to the following requirements. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 145 FIRST YEAR Six credits from PHIL 100 (6), 120 (3), 125 (3), 211 (3), 212 (3), 260 (3) or Arts One are recommended. SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Second, third and fourth years of the program require that students complete: • 15 credits from PHIL 220, 230, 240, 330, 340 • six credits of 300-level history of Philosophy from PHIL 310, 311, 314, 315; and • an additional 18 credits from third- and fourth-year Philosophy courses (excluding PHIL 400, 401) or ASIA 371, 372 to provide a total of at least 30 third- and fourth-year credits (including the third-year credits required above). No more than six credits of ASIA 371 (3), 372 (3), may be counted toward the required 30 third- and fourth-year credits, except with the permission of the Department. COMBINED MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY AND ECONOMICS For Economics course and program changes that may not appear in the Calendar, check the Department's website (www.philosophy.ubc.ca). Admission to the program is subject to the admission restrictions and application process that pertain currently to the Major in Economics. In addition to Faculty requirements, the program has Economics and Philosophy requirements. ECONOMICS REQUIREMENTS Students take an 18-credit core plus ECON 490 and nine credits of electives in Economics of which at least three credits must be at the 300/ 400-level. The 18-credit core consists of ECON 101, 102, 301 (or 304 or 201 or 206), 302 (or 305 or 202 or 207), 325 and 326. Students are strongly advised to take ECON 318 and ECON 319 (equivalent to PHIL 362 and PHIL 363). PHILOSOPHY REQUIREMENTS Students take an 18-credit core plus 12 credits of electives at the 300/400 level. The elective i credits may not (except with departmental permission) include PHIL 400, 401, or more than six credits of ASIA 371, 372. The 18-credit core consists of PHIL 220, 230, 240, 330 and 340 plus three credits of history of philosophy from PHIL 310, 311, 314 or 315. COMBINED MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE Admission to the program is subject to the admission restrictions and application process that pertain currently to the Major in Political Science. In addition to Faculty requirements, the program has Philosophy and Political Science requirements. Philosophy Requirements: Students take an 18- credit core plus 12 credits of electives at the 300/400 level. The 18-credit core consists of PHIL 230, 240, 330, 340, and any two of the following: PHIL 335, 338, 431, and/or 461. Students may use any 300 or 400 level philoso phy courses to fulfill their elective requirements excluding PHIL 400 and 401. Political Science Requirements: Students take an 18-credit core plus 12 credits of electives at the 300/400 level chosen in consultation with an advisor from the Political Science Department. The 18-credit core consists of POLI 100, 101, 240, 340 (6), and 380. (Students who have completed the Foundations Program will be exempted from the requirement of POLI 100.) HONOURS IN PHILOSOPHY Students are encouraged to apply to the Department for admission to the Honours program by the end of their second year. Applicants are normally expected to have obtained a grade of at least 80% in at least two of PHIL 220, 230 or 240. A recommendation from a Philosophy instructor is also required. For an Honours degree a student must complete at least 60 credits (and no more than 72 credits) in Philosophy, subject to the following requirements. FIRST YEAR Three credits from PHIL 100 (6), 120 (3), 125 (3), 211 (3), 212 (3), 260 (3) or Arts One are recommended. SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Second, third and fourth years of the program require that students complete: • 15 credits from PHIL 220, 230, 240, 330,340 • six credits of 300-level history of Philosophy from PHIL 310, 311, 314, 315 • 12 credits from PHIL 390, 490; and • an additional 24 credits from third- and fourth-year Philosophy courses (excluding 400, 401) or ASIA 371, 372 to provide a total of at least 48 third- and fourth-year credits (including the third- and fourth-year credits required above). No more than six credits of ASIA 371 (3), 372 (3) may be counted toward the required 48 third- and fourth-year credits, except with the permission of the Department. MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY Students must take at least 30 credits (and no more than 42 credits) in Philosophy. At least 18 of these credits must be in courses numbered 300 or above. POLITICAL SCIENCE The Department of Political Science offers programs of study that lead to the Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts and Bachelor of Arts. Students wishing to enter the Major or Honours programs must make a written application to the Department prior to registering for their third year. See Admission and Promotion, p. 146. For information on graduate programs, see Political Science, p. 274 in the Graduate Studies section. The Department also collaborates with Canadian Studies, Economics, International Relations, Latin American Studies, Modern European Studies, Urban Studies and Women's Studies. For details about current offerings, consult the departmental website (www.politics.ubc.ca). ADMISSION AND PROMOTION Admission is not automatic to either the Major program or the Honours program in Political Science. Students must submit a written application. Because there are a limited number of spaces, some applicants who satisfy the minimum prerequisites may not be admitted. Students contemplating a Major or Honours program in Political Science are encouraged to seek information and advice from the Department at the end of their first year. Application forms will be available after February 1 from the Department of Political Science website (www.politics.ubc.ca). Completed applications are due by May 15 prior to registering for the third year. Applicants should arrange for transcripts from all post-secondary institutions they have attended, other than UBC, to be mailed to the Department office as promptly as possible. MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE Selection for admission to the Major program will be based on the average grade for all post- secondary work attempted to date toward the Bachelor of Arts, with the exception of 12 credits which may be excluded from the »ilculation. The average will be calculated on at least 48 credits, including all courses taken in Political Science, as well as six credits of first- year English. Depending upon the number of applicants in a given year, an average of approximately 70% will be required for admission into the Major Promotion to the fourth year of the Major program will be automatic for students in the third year of the program whose work meets university standards for continuing. For students not in the third year of the program, admission to the fourth year will be allowed for transfers from colleges or other universities or students at UBC who have performed well in Political Science courses in their third year but are not in the Political Science Major program. Selection of applicants from these categories will be based on overall standing (average) of the best 72 credits earned to date toward the Bachelor of Arts. These 72 credits must include all Political Science courses and six credits of first-year English. Major students must take at least 42 credits but not more than 60 credits of Political Science in their overall 120 credits for the B.A. At least 30 of these Political Science credits must be in courses numbered 300 or above. FIRST 6o CREDITS Prospective Major students should complete POLI 101 and 240 and at least two from POLI 100, 220, and 260. Students are encouraged to complete these courses within their first 60 credits; they must complete at least six credits of Political Science before applying for admission to the Major program. 6oTO 120 CREDITS Major students are required to complete POLI 380. Students who have not completed 146 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 POLI 240 may substitute POLI 340 or 349 for POLI 240 (though they are still required to complete a total of 12 credits at the 100 and 200 level). In addition to these courses, they may take any Political Science course for which they have the prerequisites, provided that: • they take at least 42 but not more than 60 credits of Political Science; and • at least 30 of their Political Science credits are from courses numbered 300 or above. COMBINED MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE AND ECONOMICS Admission to the program is subject to the admission restrictions and application processes that pertain currently to the Majors in Economics and Political Science. (Students completing the Foundations Program will be exempted from the requirement of POLI 100.) ECONOMICS REQUIREMENTS Students take an 18-credit core plus 12 credits of electives at the 300/400-level, at least three credits of which must be at the 400 level. The 18-credit core consists of ECON 101, 102, 301 (or 201 or 206 or 304), 302 (or 202 or 207 or 305), 325 and 326. POLITICAL SCIENCE REQUIREMENTS Students take a 15-credit core plus 15 credits of electives at the 300/400 level chosen in consultation with an advisor from the Political Science Department. The 15-credit core consists of POLI 100, 101, 240 and 350 plus three credits chosen from POLI 220 or 260. COMBINED MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE AND PHILOSOPHY See Philosophy, p. 145 for further details and requirements. HONOURS PROGRAMS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE Students with grade of 80% or above in at least one Political Science course and an overall GPA of at least 75% are encouraged to discuss the Honours program with a Political Science advisor and to consider applying. Although only a limited number of students can be accepted into the Honours program, all applications will be given serious consideration. Promotion to the fourth year of the Honours program requires an 80% grade in at least one Political Science course during the third year, a minimum grade of 75% in POLI 390, and a 75% average overall in the third year Occasionally outstanding students from the third-year Major program may be admitted directly to fourth-year Honours. Graduation in the Honours program normally requires an 80% grade in at least one Political Science course during the fourth year, a minimum grade of 75% in both POLI 490 and 491, and a 75% overall average in the final two years. Students not meeting these standards but nevertheless satisfying all other university requirements for graduation will be awarded a B.A. in the Major program. Honours students must complete at least 60 but not more than 72 credits of Political Science in their 120 credits for the B.A. At least 48 of these credits must be in courses numbered 300 or above. FIRST 6o CREDITS As for Major students. 6oTO 120 CREDITS Honours students are required to complete POLI 340, 380, 390, 490/491, plus at least six additional credits of Political Science seminars at the 400 level. Otherwise, they are free to take any Political Science courses for which they have the prerequisites, so long as they take at least 60 but not more than 72 credits of Political Science, and at least 48 of their Political Science credits are from courses numbered 300 or above. HONOURS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE WITH INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS See Admission and Promotion, p. 146 and Honours Programs in Political Science, p. 147. A student in this program completes all the requirements for an Honours degree in Political Science plus most of the requirements of the International Relations Major. This program leaves minimal room for electives. It is administered by the Department of Political Science (not by the International Relations Program), and students must apply directly . to the Department of Political Science for admission. Because of the extensive requirements of this program, students may wish to consider the alternative of Honours in Political Science with a Minor in International Relations. FIRST 6o CREDITS Students take the following courses: • POLI 101 and 260, plus one other 200-level Political Science course • ECON 101 and 102 • HIST 125 or 150 • 12 credits of a language other than English, in addition to the Faculty of Arts language requirement. The language may be the one used to satisfy the Faculty of Arts requirement carried to a higher level, or it may be an additional language. This requirement may be completed in the third and/or fourth year. 6oTO 120 CREDITS Students take the following courses: • POLI 340, 380, 390, 490, 491 • 12 credits from POLI 360-373 , 460-466, of which at least three must be from 460-464, 466. • ECON 355 • HIST 430 or 432 MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE A Minor consists of at least 30 credits, but not more than 42 credits of Political Science courses, of which at least 18 must be numbered 300 or above. POLI 101 must be included among the courses taken. Departmental permis sion is not required to undertake a Minor in Political Science. COURSES BY FIELD By late May, the Department provides detailed information concerning courses beginning the following September and January on its website www.politics.ubc.ca. Students should consult this website before choosing courses. • Political Theory-POLI 240, 305, 340, 342, 344, 345, 346, 347, 440, 442, 444, 446, 521,522,523 • Public Policy-POLI 302, 350, 351, 404, 531,532,533 • Canadian Government-POLI 101, 301, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 501, 502, 503, 504 • International Relations-POLI 260, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 373, 460, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465,466,561,562,563,564 • Political Behaviour-POLI 380, 381, 385, 551,552,553,571,572 • Comparative Government-POLI 220, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 429, 511, 512, 513,514,515,516 • General Courses-POLI 390, 490, 491, 549, 580,649. PORTUGUESE See Hispanic Studies, p. 255 in the Graduate Studies section or the Department of French, Hispanic and Italian Studies (www.fhis.arts.ubc.ca) PSYCHOLOGY The Department of Psychology offers programs of study that lead to the Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. For information about the Bachelor of Science, see The Faculty of Science, p. 383. For information on graduate programs, see Psychology, p. 274 in the Graduate Studies section. The Department also collaborates with Cognitive Systems, Linguistics (Speech Sciences) and Women's Studies. For details about current offerings, consult the Course Schedule on the Student Service Centre (students.ubc.ca/ssc). MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY Students are reminded that the Faculty of Arts requires at least 60 credits outside the Major for the Bachelor of Arts, and that the Department of Psychology requires at least 30 senior- level Psychology credits for the Psychology Major, and at least 48 senior-level Psychology credits for the Honours program. PSYC 340, 348, 440 or 448 credits, if taken, may not be included for the minimum 30 Psychology credits required for the Major Program. Students who are contemplating graduate studies or other research activities in psychology should consider taking PSYC 359 in addition to the above minimum requirements for the Bachelor of Arts. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 147 FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must complete: • either PSYC 100 or PSYC 101 and PSYC 102 • PSYC 217 and 218. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take a minimum of 30 credits in 300- or 400-level courses including: 1. At least six credits from one of the following two lists: • Biopsychology- PSYC 304, 306, 360, 361, 363, 364, 460, 461, 466, 467 • Cognition/perception- PSYC 309, 333, 334, 336, 337, 365, 367, 368, 463 2. At least six credits from each of two of the following four lists: • Clinical/forensic- PSYC 300, 314, 350, 401, 430 • Developmental- PSYC 302, 315, 319, 320, 322, 325, 412, 413, 414 • Foundations/methods- PSYC 303, 312, 323, 359, 465 • Personality/social- PSYC 305, 308, 321, 403, 407, 408, 415. All students are encouraged to include fourth- year courses in their programs. In addition to providing greater depth, they provide an opportunity to work in smaller groups. HONOURS IN PSYCHOLOGY (B.A.) The Honours program is designed to provide intensive and extensive preparation in psychology for outstanding students who intend to pursue graduate studies in Psychology. Admission to the Honours program requires at least a 76% average in the second year and at least 80% in PSYC 217 and 218. Students failing to meet either of these criteria may petition for admittance into the program. All students enrolling in the Honours program must consult with the chair of the departmental Honours committee. Graduation in the Honours program requires: • a minimum of 120 total credits including 48 credits of Psychology courses numbered 300 or above, including several specified courses that are listed below, but no more l than six credits total for PSYC 340, 348, 440, or 448. • an average of at least 76% in the final 60 credits of study; and • an average of at least 80% in at least 12 credits of Psychology courses numbered 300 or above. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must complete: • either PSYC 100 or 101 and 102 • PSYC 217 and 218 • BIOL 121 or BIOL 344. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must complete: • a minimum of 30 credits taken concurrently in third year, including PSYC 312, 349, and 359 • a minimum of 30 credits taken concurrently in fourth year, including PSYC 449 • no more than six credits total from PSYC 340, 348, 440, 448; and • at least six credits from each of four of the five content areas listed below: at least 12 credits from: - Biopsychology-PSYC 304, 306, 360, 361, 363, 364, 460, 461, 466, 467 - Cognition/perception-PSYC 309, 333, 334, 336, 337, 365, 367, 368, 463, 465 and at least 12 credits from: - Clinical/forensic-PSYC 300, 314, 350, 401, 430 - Developmental-PSYC 302, 315, 319, 320,322,325,412,413,414 - Personality/social-PSYC 305, 308, 321, 403, 407, 408, 415. All students are encouraged to include fourth year courses in their programs. In addition to providing greater depth, they provide an opportunity to work in smaller groups. MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY (BA) FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must complete: • either PSYC 100 or 101 and 102 • PSYC 217 and 218. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take at least 18 but no more than 30 credits of 300- or 400-level Psychology courses, and may not count PSYC 340, 348, 440 or 448 toward the minimum requirement of 18 credits. MAJOR IN COGNITIVE SYSTEMS: COGNITION AND BRAIN (B.A.) For a program description and admission requirements, see Cognitive Systems, p. 130 (Arts). First Year CPSC 111,121 8~ ENGL 100-level 6 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 3 PSYC 100 (or 101 and 102) 6 Electives1'2 18 Total Credits 32 Second Year COGS 200 PHIL 220 PSYC 217, 218 Electives Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 3 3 6 18 30 COGS 300 COGS 401, 402 PHIL 441, 451 PSYC 365 12 credits from: PSYC 3043, 309, 333, 334, 12 336, 337, 3603, 361, 363, 364, 367, 368, 412, 461, 463, 465; BIOL 3533, 455, 458 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) Six credits from PHIL 320, 340, 440, 452, <T 461; CPSC 303, 312, 322, 422; LING 300, 316,319,327 Electives2'34 24 Total Credits 60 Students enrolled in the 24 credit Foundations course should take PSYC 100 in their 1st year and MATH 100 and CPSC 111, 121 in their 2nd year Students enrolled in the 18-credit Arts One should take PSYC 100 and 6 other credits of the required courses (CPSC 111, 121, MATH 100) in their 1st year and the remaining 3 credits in their 2nd year. 2 No more than 72 credits can be in courses at the 100 or 200 level 3 Credit will not be granted for more than one of PSYC 360, PSYC 304 and BIOL 353 4 Some of these may be selected from the lists of courses from which required courses are taken PUNJABI See Major in Asian Language and Culture, p. 128 under Asian Studies. RELIGION, LITERATURE AND THE ARTS To integrate many aspects of diverse religious traditions and the literary and artistic cultures in which they have functioned, the Major in Religion, Literature and the Arts is »ased on core courses and seminars and employs wide resources within the Faculty of Arts. The student must take the three RGLA seminars and a selection from the core list and then a number of courses from the broader list in the program brochure which is revised annually. The disciplines contributing to this extensive list each year could include Art History, Visual Art and Theory; Asian Studies; Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies; Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies; English; First Nations; French, Hispanic and Italian Studies; and Theatre, Film and Creative Writing. MAJOR IN RELIGION, LITERATURE AND THE ARTS Students must select their courses with the help of an advisor. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS First and second years of the program require that students complete: • six credits from RELG 100, 202, 204 or 205 and • six credits from ANTH 220; ASIA 100, 101, 200, 208, 209; CENS 201, 202; CLST 100, 211, 212; DRAM 200, 201; ENGL 220, 221, 230; ITST 230; RUSS 206, 207; THTR 120, 245. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Third and fourth years of the program require that students complete 33 credits, which must include: • RGLA 371, 372 and 471 • six credits of Religious Studies courses numbered 300 and above; and 148 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 • 15 to 18 credits selected in consultation with a program advisor from the courses listed in the program brochure. MINOR IN RELIGION, LITERATURE AND THE ARTS FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take the following courses: • six credits from RELG 100, 202, 204 or 205; and • six credits from ANTH 220; ASIA 100,101, 200, 208, 209; CENS 201, 202; CLST 100, 210; DRAM 200, 201; ENGL 220, 221, 230; RUSS 206, 207; THTR 120, 200. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take 21 credits, which must include: • six to nine credits of RGLA 371, 372; and 471 • six credits of Religious Studies courses numbered 300 and above; and • six to nine credits selected in consultation with a program advisor from the courses listed in the program brochure. RELIGIOUS STUDIES The Department of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies (including Archaeology and History, p. 129, and Myth and Literature, p. 129). For other Bachelor programs, see the listings for Near Eastern Studies, p. 145, Classical Studies, p. 129 and Classics, p. 130 (including Greek and Latin). For information on graduate programs, see Religious Studies, p. 275 in the Graduate Studies section. For information on current offerings, see the departmental website (www.cnrs.ubc.ca). The Department also collaborates in programs offered by Archaeology; Art History, Visual Art, and Theory; A Philosophy; and Religion, Literature, and 1 the Arts. For details concerning current courses and programs, consult the departmental website (www.cnrs.ubc.ca). MAJOR IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take a minimum of six credits from RELG 100, 202, 204 or 205. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 36 credits to be selected from Religious Studies credits numbered 300 or above including NEST 310, the courses outside Religious Studies listed in the streams below, and canonical language courses (Arabic and Hebrew) or up to 12 credits of Greek and Latin from 100 and 200 levels. Subject to the approval of the Department, a maximum of 12 credits of the following courses may be accepted for credit toward a Major in Religious Studies: ANTH 329, 415; ARTH 352, 353, 354, 355, 364, 365; ASIA 308, 379, 382, 383; CLST 305; ENGL 354, 417; HIST 372; ITST 310; MUSC 329, 350; PHIL 349. HONOURS IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES Students require a minimum of six credits from RELG 100, 202, 204 or 205 to be admitted to the Honours program in Religious Studies. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS A program will be devised for each student, consisting of 54 credits and including a graduation essay (RELG 499). Subject to the approval of the Department, a maximum of 18 credits may be chosen from the list of courses outside the Department (see list in "Major in Religious Studies" above). NEST 310 and courses in Arabic and Hebrew, as well as up to 12 credits of 100- and 200-level Greek and Latin, may also be included. AREAS OF CONCENTRATION FOR MAJORS AND HONOURS Students who intend to do graduate work are advised (but not required) to choose an area of concentration in the third and fourth years, and to acquire some proficiency in the appropriate canonical language(s). For languages other than Arabic, Hebrew, Greek, or Latin, see the listings of the appropriate departments. • Asian Religions-RELG 204, 354, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368; ASIA 308, 341, 348, 352, 358, 371, 372, 378, 379, 382, 387, 388, 398,488. • Christianity (post-Biblical)-CNRS 316; RELG 205, 315, 320, 321, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 385, 420, 449, 480, 485; ENGL 354; PHIL 385. • Hebrew Bible and the Ancient Near East- RELG 202, 300, 304, 305, 306, 403; CLST 339; HEBR 305, 405, 479; NEST 301, 302, 303, 304. • Islamic Studies-RELG 202, 340, 341, 420, 448, 449, 480, 485; ARBC 300, 400, 420; NEST 310. • Judaic Studies-RELG 202, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 331, 332, 335, 336, 385, 407, 408, 409, 420, 480, 485; HEBR 305, 405, 479. • Near Eastern Languages and Literature- RELG 202, ARBC 300, 400, 420; HEBR 305, 405, 479 and appropriate language courses from above on Hebrew Bible, Islamic Studies and Judaic Studies. • New Testament-RELG 202, 304, 305, 314, 414, 415, 485; GREK 325; CNRS 316. MINOR IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take a minimum of six credits from RELG 100, 202, 204 or 205. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 24 credits to be selected from Religious Studies courses numbered 300 or above, NEST 310 or courses in Arabic and Hebrew. Subject to the approval of the Department, a maximum of six credits from outside the Department may be accepted for credit toward a Minor in Religious Studies. The courses acceptable for such credit are listed above (see "Major in Religious Studies" above). ARCHAEOLOGY AND HISTORY OF GREECE, ROME, AND THE NEAR EAST For information on the Major, Minor and Honours programs in Archaeology and History of Greece, Rome and the Near East see the Classical Studies, p. 129 section. MYTH AND LITERATURE IN GREECE, ROME, AND THE NEAR EAST For information on the Major, Minor and Honours programs in Myth and Literature in Greece, Rome, and the Near East see the Classical Studies, p. 129 section. ROMANCE STUDIES The Department of French, Hispanic and Italian Studies (www.fhis.ubc.ca) offers a program of study in Romance Studies that leads to the Bachelor of Arts. For information on graduate programs, see Hispanic Studies, p. 255 in the Graduate Studies section. HONOURS IN ROMANCE STUDIES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must obtain a first- or high second- class standing in the courses taken in Romance languages. LATN 100 (or equivalent) is recommended. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must take 48 credits numbered 300 and above in at least two Romance languages, including a graduating essay. RUSSIAN AND SLAVIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES The Department of Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies, p. 129 offers a Minor in Russian Language. In addition, a fairly wide range of courses may be available in Russian and East European literatures and in the Ukrainian language, as well as a first-year course in Russian and Slavic cultures. Several courses are offered in Slavic literatures in translation, requiring no knowledge of a Slavic language. For the Minor in Russian, see the Department of Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies. Courses that may be offered include: • Language Courses-RUSS 100, 101, 102, 200, 215, 300, 315, 400, 401; UKRN 325 • Introductory Courses-Culture and Literature: SLAV 105 • Other Courses in Russian Literature- RUSS 305, 407, 408, 409 • Russian Literature in Translation- RUSS 206, 207, 306, 410, 411 • Slavic Literatures in Translation-SLAV 307. Literature courses in translation are designed for students who are interested in broadening their knowledge of literature. They are especially recommended for students majoring or honouring in language and literature departments, History, Political Science, Anthropology, Modern European Studies, Sociology and Art History, Visual Art and Theory, but are also open to students from all other programs. These courses are of special interest to students PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 149 planning to pursue literary and gender studies of a comparative nature. MINOR IN RUSSIAN FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students take RUSS 100 and 200 or equivalent. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students take at least 18 credits from Russian language and literature courses numbered 300 and above. SANSKRIT See Asian Studies, p. 127. SCANDINAVIAN Courses in Scandinavian languages, including Swedish and Danish, are offered. See Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies, p. 129. SCIENCE STUDIES INTERDISCIPLINARY MINOR IN SCIENCE STUDIES The interdisciplinary Minor in Science Studies is designed for students in the Faculty of Arts who would like to examine the history, philosophy, sociology, and discourse practices of the scientific disciplines. The purpose of this program is to promote the study of scientific work and thought from a variety of perspectives usually associated with the humanities and social sciences. Students will explore, for example, issues about the production and representation of scientific knowledge, the creation and maintenance of intellectual authority in the practices of the sciences, as well as relations between nature and culture. A background in science is not required, although curiosity about scientific matters is an asset. In consultation with an advisor, students should select 18 credits from the following courses, keeping in mind that some of them will have prerequisites. A Students are advised to see a program advisor for information regarding courses offered in other faculties that will count towards the program. Also given below are a few lower division courses which are recommended but not required. Other courses may be included from year to year. Recommended lower division courses: CLST/ PHIL 211; HIST/PHIL 260; HIST 215, 216; PHIL 125, 220. ANTH 400, 427, 432, 470; BIOL 442, 446; CLST 306; CPSC 430; ECON 318, 319; ENGL 307; GEOG 345, 440; HIST 360, 400, 442, 455, 456; MATH 446, 447; PHIL 360, 362, 363, 427, 460, 461, 462, 469; PSYC 312; SOCI 350, 400, 473, 484. In any given year, there may be other courses appropriate for Science Studies. For a list of these, see an advisor. Program advisors are Dr. Alan Richardson, Department of Philosophy, 604-822-3967 and Dr. Judy Segal, Department of English, 604-822-5652. SLAVIC AREA STUDIES Students wishing to focus on the Slavic area should Major in a discipline (e.g., Economics, Geography, History, Political Science) and supplement their training by taking the Minor in Russian Language, p. 150, or by taking appropriate courses in Slavic languages and/or other Slavic Area Studies courses as their electives. Students planning to go on to graduate study will find it advantageous to have a strong background in a discipline. The following courses on the Slavic area do not require knowledge of Russian or another Slavic language: RUSS 306, 410, 411; SLAV 307; ECON 387, 4871; GEOG 493, 494; HIST 319, 324, 405, 408, 435, 438; POLI 325, 362, 4602, 4643. UBC and the Department of Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies provide opportunity for graduate work in Slavic Area Studies in the fields of geography, history (Russian, Soviet and East European), and Political Science. Students wishing to do graduate work in the area will normally be required to have completed at least 12 credits of a Slavic language (Russian, Polish, or Ukrainian) by the end of the first year of graduate work. Contact the Department of Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies, p. 129 for further details. 1 If dealing with Slavic area. 2 Section dealing with Russian foreign policy. 3 Section dealing with Russian-American relations. SOCIOLOGY The Department of Anthropology and Sociology offers programs of study that lead to the Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts and Bachelor of Arts. For information on graduate programs, see Sociology, p. 279 in the Graduate Studies section. UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SOCI 100 is the prerequisite for all 300- and 400-level Sociology courses except SOCI 360. MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY The program requires that students complete: • SOCI 100 • six credits from Sociology courses at the 200 level • SOCI 310 • SOCI 328 • six credits from SOCI 350, 400, 414 • three credits from SOCI 380, 381, 382, 383; and • a minimum of 12 additional 300- and 400- level Sociology and Anthropology credits. HONOURS IN SOCIOLOGY Outstanding students registered in the third year of the Sociology Major program may apply for admission to the Honours program for their fourth year. A standing of 75% or better in SOCI 100, a minimum overall average of 68% or better in all 200-level courses, an average of 80% or better in all 300- and 400- level Sociology courses and an overall average of 75% or better in all 300- and 400-level courses are required for admission to the Honours program. In preparation for the fourth year of study in the Honours program, students are encouraged to arrange for an Honours thesis supervisor by the end of the third year or during the summer preceding the fourth year. The formal application process normally occurs at the beginning of the fourth year. Interested students should consult the Sociology Honours Advisor or the departmental undergraduate studies secretary. The program requires that students complete: • SOCI 100 • six credits from Sociology courses at the 200 level • SOCI 310 • SOCI 328 • six credits from SOCI 350, 400, 414 • three credits from SOCI 380, 381, 382, 383 • SOCI 449 • a minimum of 24 additional 300- and 400- level Sociology and Anthropology credits, of which at least six credits must be at the 400 level; and • at least six additional 300- and 400-level credits from another discipline. MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY The program requires that students complete: • SOCI 100 • three credits from Sociology courses at the 200 level • three credits from SOCI 350, 400, 414 • three credits from SOCI 380, 381, 382, 383; and • a minimum of 15 additional 300- and 400- level Sociology and Anthropology credits. SOUTH ASIAN STUDIES See Asian Studies, p. 127. SPANISH See Hispanic Studies, p. 137. SPEECH SCIENCES See Linguistics, p. 141. THEATRE The Department of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing offers undergraduate programs of study that lead to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts in Theatre (Major and Honours), Bachelor of Fine Arts in Acting, Bachelor of Fine Arts in Design and Production, and the Certificate in Theatre Design and Technology. For information on the Bachelor of Fine Arts programs, see Bachelor of Fine Arts, p. 152. For information on the certificate programs, see Certificate in Theatre Design and Technology, p. 155. For information on graduate programs, see Theatre, p. 283 in the Graduate Studies section. For details about current offerings, consult the Theatre Program website (www.theatre.ubc.ca). 150 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MAJOR IN THEATRE Theatre Majors must complete at least 42 credits in Theatre and Drama. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS At least 12 credits in Theatre and Drama, including DRAM 200 and DRAM 201. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS At least 30 credits in Theatre, numbered 300 and above. At least 18 credits must be selected from the following: THTR 320, THRT 323, THTR 325, THTR 340, THTR 420, THTR 425, THTR 440, THTR 443, THTR 445, DRAM 300, DRAM 301, DRAM 400. HONOURS IN THEATRE Students are admitted to the Honours program only by application. Honours applicants must have a minimum of 76% in DRAM 200 and 201. MINOR IN THEATRE Students must take 30 to 42 credits in Theatre including: • a minimum of three credits from THTR 120, 150, 160 • a minimum of six credits from THTR 320, 321,325,410,420,421 • a minimum of 18 credits in courses numbered 300 or above. URBAN STUDIES Urban Studies offers a focus for students who have a keen interest in this field. It is not a degree program. A student will normally take URST 200, when offered, in the second year, along with the prerequisite courses for a departmental Major. In the third and fourth years, in addition to the Major requirements, 24 credits of courses focusing on urban questions (including those offered in the student's Major department) are required. In the fourth year a student will normally take URST 400. URBAN-ORIENTED COURSES A tentative (and not necessarily exhaustive) list of undergraduate courses that can be defined as "urban oriented" includes COMM 307, 409; ECON 374; GEOG 311, 321, 350, 352, 357, 360, 450, 453, 457, 464; PLAN 425; POLI 306; SOCI 354, 425. Some of these courses may have prerequisites. Students should discuss them with the department concerned before registering. Students interested in Urban Studies should contact the Director of Arts Academic Advising, or the Chair of the Urban Studies Committee, Dr. Elvin Wyly (ewyly@geog.ubc.ca) (Geography), telephone 604-822-4653. URDU See Asian Studies, p. 127. VISUAL ART MAJOR IN VISUAL ART This program is intended for, but not limited to, students contemplating a post B.A. professional program in education and normally consists of four years of study. The first two years are normally the first two years of the Bachelor of Arts program. Upon completion of first and second-year requirements, students may register in the B.A. in Visual Art program providing they have an average grade of at least 68% in four 200 level visual art courses. TRANSFER STUDENTS Transfer students must meet the admission requirements of the University. Applications to enter UBC are made directly to Enrolment Services. Please see "Admissions", Undergraduate Admission Procedure, p. 17 for more details. Students normally apply to the University at the end of their first year. Transfer students may be accepted in third year, subject to the submission of transcripts showing the completion of courses equivalent to 12 credits 200 level VISA with an average grade of at least 68%. Transfer students must submit the following by March 31, directly to the Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory: Portfolio Application form, and a copy of their post-secondary transcript (original transcripts should be submitted to Enrolment Services). Admission to the program depends upon space availability and is at the discretion of the Department. Once admitted to the University and to the Department, transfer students are required to consult with a departmental Visual Art Advisor in order to gain information on course selection and declaring their major as B.A. or B.F.A. in Visual Art (for further B.F.A. in Visual Art information see Visual Art, p. 153 under Bachelor of Fine Arts). TYPICAL PROGRAM OF STUDY Requirements of the Faculty of Arts per the Calendar must also be met throughout the program. FIRST YEAR • Either VISA 180 or 182, and VISA 183, and VISA 110 with an average of at least 68% (9 credits). In special circumstances VISA 110 may be taken as a corequisite • six credits of 100 or 200 level ARTH, taken in the first two years (with a minimum average grade of 68%). This ARTH course- work is a required pre- or corequisite to registration in 200-level VISA coursework for majors. SECOND YEAR • Twelve credits from 200 level VISA with an average of at least 68%. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS • Potential Visual Art majors are required to receive departmental advising prior to beginning third-year courses. • Students are advised to consult with an advisor in the Faculty of Arts (Buchanan A201) in order to make sure that their program of studies conforms to the requirements of the B.A. degree. • Students must take a minimum of 30 credits in courses numbered 300 and above, including at least 12 credits in ARTH and 18 credits in VISA courses. • A maximum of 12 credits in ARTE (Art Education 303, 305) courses may be substituted for VISA courses requirements. • Students are not permitted to take ARTE 400- level courses as part of the B.A. Visual Art requirements. • Students must include in the 120 credits required for the B.A. major degree at least 42 credits but not more than 60 credits in one subject (discipline) or field of specialization. • Potential education students are advised to choose 18 credits in a single non-visual art discipline to fulfill the requirements for a second teaching area. MINOR IN VISUAL ART • In first year, either VISA 180 or 182, and VISA 183 and VISA 110 are required with a minimum average of 68% • six credits of 100- or 200-level ARTH, taken in the first two years, (with an average grade of at least 68%) • six credits 200-level VISA with an average of at least 68% • six credits from ARTH 300 level and above • 12 credits from VISA 300 level and above. Students pursuing a minor in Visual Art are required to receive departmental advising prior to beginning third-year courses, and are advised to plan their programs carefully as senior VISA courses have restrictive prerequisites. WOMEN'S STUDIES Students intending to specialize in Women's Studies may do so by taking an interdisciplinary Major or Minor program in Women's Studies. Detailed descriptions of the program, courses, and other information are available from the Women's Studies Office (www.ws.arts.ubc.ca), telephone 604-822-9171. MAJOR IN WOMEN'S STUDIES Students majoring in Women's Studies must have their courses approved each year by a Women's Studies advisor. A Double Major is encouraged. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take WMST 100 and six credits from 200-level Women's Studies courses or ANTH/SOCI 213. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Third and fourth years of the program require that students complete: • WMST 325, 326, 327 and 328 • WMST 422 • At least 15 additional credits from WMST courses numbered 301 or above, including WMST 4251, 4501 or from courses eligible for credit toward a Major: ANTH/SOCI PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 151 312; ASIA 329, 359, 460, 464; CLST 311, 312; CSIS 300, 450; ECON 351; FMST 442; GEOG 424; FREN 419 or 422; HIST 335; POLI 329, 345, 429; PSYC 320; RELG 380, 480; RUSS 410; SOCI 414; THTR 415. WMST 300 may not be taken for credit toward the Major. MINOR IN WOMEN'S STUDIES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Students must take WMST 100 and six credits of second year Women's Studies courses or ANTH/SOCI 213. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Third and fourth years of the program require that students complete; • six credits of WMST 325, 326, 327 or 328; and • an additional 12 credits from courses eligible for credit toward the Women's Studies Major: WMST numbered 300 and above, including WMST 4251, 4501; ANTH/SOCI 312; ASIA 329, 359, 460, 464; CLST 311, 312; CSIS 300, 450; ECON 351; FMST 442; GEOG 424; FREN 419 or 422; HIST 335; POLI 329, 345, 429; PSYC 320; RELG 380, 480; RUSS 410; SOCI 414; THTR 415. Students should consult the Women's Studies office for additional relevant courses in a given year. 1 May be repeated for credit BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS ADMISSION See Admission, p. 118 as listed under the Bachelor of Arts. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS See Academic Regulations, p. 118 as listed under the Bachelor of Arts. FACULTY AND PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS The Bachelor of Fine Arts is offered in Creative Writing, Visual Art and Theatre in which there are two distinct programs of study: Acting and Design and Production. Students may enter a Bachelor of Fine Arts program from the Faculty of Arts or as transfer students from another post-secondary institution. In all cases, students must complete the Faculty of Arts English requirement, language requirement, science requirement and literature requirement. See Degree Requirements, p. 120. Application procedures and deadlines for each of the Bachelor of Fine Arts programs are specified in the appropriate departmental entries. Except as noted below, all academic regulations and Faculty and program requirements applicable to the Bachelor of Arts also apply to Bachelor of Fine Arts programs. Students in, or intending to enter, a Bachelor of Fine Arts program should familiarize themselves with, and follow, the requirements in this chapter. Bachelor of Fine Arts programs require that certain prerequisites be completed in the first 30 and first 60 credits of the student's post- secondary program; these are specified in the appropriate departmental entries. The programs in Visual Art and Theatre are highly specialized, and require the same level of concentration in their respective fields as do Honours Bachelor of Arts programs. The Bachelor of Fine Arts in Creative Writing may be completed as a Major, Double Major or Honours program according to the regulations specified for these programs under Program Requirements, p. 122. In addition to their B.F.A. programs, students can select a Major or Minor from the fields offered in the B.A. program. They will receive a B.F.A. in their specialty with a major or minor in the field chosen from the B.A. provided they have completed all the Faculty of Arts requirements (First Year English, Language, Literature, Science), all the requirements for the B.F.A. and all the requirements for their specialty in the B.A. Students can complete a B.F.A. with a B.A. Minor within the 120 required credits, but early and careful planning is necessary. Note: B.F.A. students in Theatre cannot take a Major or Minor in the B.A. Theatre program. All programs leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts require a minimum of 120 credits. ACTING The Department of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing offers the program leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Acting. For details about current offerings, consult the departmental website (www.tfcw.ubc.ca). The B.F.A. in Acting Program normally consists of four years of study. In the first year, students are enrolled in the Bachelor of Arts and take courses applicable to any B.A. program, including the Theatre courses noted below. The number of places available in the program is strictly limited, hence entry into the program is by selection based on an audition. Students usually audition during their first year of study. Auditions are held in February. UBC students who are successful must fill out a Change of Faculty form to change from a BA degree program to a B.F.A. degree program. Transfer students must meet the University of British Columbia entrance requirements. Applicants who are unsuccessful in the audition process can continue in the Bachelor of Arts program. All students enrolled in the Bachelor of Fine Arts program will be reviewed annually to determine whether they should be allowed to continue in their course of study. Students who have been admitted to the Bachelor of Fine Arts program may revert to the Bachelor of Arts program if this is advisable, at the end of their second or third year. FIRST YEAR Requirements of first-year Bachelor of Arts program, including at least one of THTR 120, 150, 160. SECOND YEAR Requirements of second-year Bachelor of Arts program, including THTR 261 and 262. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS • THTR 361, 362, and 370 • THTR 461, 462, and 470 • 12 credits from THTR 320, 321, 325, 420 or 421 • 12 credits of electives. CREATIVE WRITING The Department of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing offers undergraduate programs of study in Creative Writing that lead to the Bachelor of Fine Arts. The Department also offers a program leading to the Diploma in Applied Creative Non-fiction, p. 154. For details about current offerings, consult the departmental website (www. creativewriring. ubc. ca). ADMISSION TO COURSES AND THE MAJOR OR HONOURS PROGRAM Students seeking admission to the Major or Honours program in Creative Writing should apply at the end of their second year of university by submitting to the Creative Writing program a written request accompanied by their creative writing manuscripts. Students who wish to be considered for the Major or Honours program should submit 30 to 35 pages of original writing in two or more genres. Three identical manuscripts must be submitted to the Creative Writing secretary by March 31 at 3:30 pm. Applicants will be accepted into the Major or Honours programs on the recommendation of the instructors assigned to evaluate their manuscripts. Consult the "Manuscript Guidelines for Major Applicants" at www.creativewriting.ubc.ca before submitting your manuscripts. Students who wish to be considered for a particular 400-level course, but not for a specialization in Creative Writing, should submit 20 to 25 pages of original writing relevant to that course. Applicants for Creative Writing interested in CRWR 404 (radioplay/features), 406 (screenplay), or 407 (stageplay) may submit fiction or plays. Manuscripts must be submitted to the Creative Writing Secretary before June 1. If places are still open after this date, additional manuscripts will be accepted for evaluation. First-year students are not eligible to take a 400-level course. All students should view the Department's Handbook (www.creativewriting.ubc.ca) before submitting their manuscript as specific guidelines and course descriptions are outlined in the Handbook. 152 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MAJOR IN CREATIVE WRITING FIRST AND SECOND YEARS CRWR 2021 and the requirements for the first two years of the B.A. program. CRWR 202 is not a prerequisite for the Major or Honours program and does not assure admission. 1 Please contact the Department to see if CRWR 202 will be offered this year. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Students must complete 60 credits, 36 of which must be Creative Writing courses numbered 300 or above. The 36 credits will be chosen from departmental courses in consultation with an advisor and must include: • Third year-any three of the following workshops: CRWR 306 and 307 (306 is a prerequisite for 307), 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408 or 4091, 410, 415, 416 and Lyric & Libretto (course # TBA). • Fourth year-one or more of the following courses in areas of the student's special interest: CRWR 439, 4472, 491, 492, 493, 494, 495, 496, 497, 498 and Lyric & Libretto (course # TBA). 1 In satisfying the three-genre requirement for the Major, CRWR 408 and 409 are treated as a single genre: fiction. 2 Not offered every year. HONOURS IN CREATIVE WRITING FIRST AND SECOND YEARS As for Major. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS The same as the Major, with the difference that students must complete 48 credits in Creative Writing, which will be chosen from the departmental courses in consultation with an advisor and include any three of the workshops listed above. As part of the program, Honours students will be required to complete a thesis of a length and form appropriate to the genre. (Requirements for the Honours program are currently under review.) DOUBLE MAJOR IN CREATIVE WRITING AND ANOTHER SUBJECT Students who have completed all the degree requirements for a Double Major in Creative Writing and another subject falling within the B.A. program may choose to graduate with either a Bachelor of Fine Arts or a Bachelor of Arts. THEATRE The Department of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing offers the program leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Theatre. For details about current offerings, consult the department and the departmental website (www.theatre.ubc.ca). THEATRE DESIGN AND PRODUCTION The Department of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing offers the program leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Theatre Design and Production. For details about current offerings, consult the departmental website (www. tf cw. ubc. ca). TYPICAL PROGRAM OF STUDY FIRST YEAR Requirements of first-year Bachelor of Arts program, including at least one of THTR 120, 150, 160. SECOND YEAR Requirements of second-year Bachelor of Arts program and at least six credits chosen from: THTR 205, 254, 299. THIRD YEAR • At least six credits of THTR 399 • At least 12 credits chosen from: THTR 301, 305, 306, 307, 308, 350, 352, 354, 356. FOURTH YEAR • At least nine credits of THTR 499 • At least nine credits chosen from THTR 405, 406, 407, 408, 450, 452, 454, 456. A minimum of 60 credits in Theatre are required for the degree, of which 48 must be numbered above 300. Refer to the Summary of Program Requirements table, p. 124 (Honours column) in the Bachelor of Arts Program Requirements section. VISUAL ART The program leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Visual Art normally consists of four years of study. The first two years are normally the first two years of the Bachelor of Arts program. Upon completion of these first and second-year requirements, students may register in the B.F.A. in Visual Art program, providing they have an average grade of at least 68% in the four 200 level visual art courses. Once registered in the B.F.A. program students must maintain an average grade of at least 68% in their 300 level visual art courses. TRANSFER STUDENTS Transfer students must meet the admission requirements of the University. Applications to enter UBC are made directly to Enrolment Services. Please see Admissions/Undergraduate Admission Procedure for more details. Students normally apply to the University at the end of their first year. Students may be accepted into third year subject to the submission of transcripts showing the completion of courses equivalent to 12 credits of 200 level VISA courses with an average grade of at least 68%. Transfer students must submit the following by March 31, directly to the Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory: a Portfolio Application form and a copy of their post-secondary transcript (original transcripts should be submitted to Enrolment Services). Admission depends upon space availability and is at the discretion of the Department Once admitted to the University and to the Department, transfer students are required to consult with a departmental Visual Art Advisor in order to gain information on course selection and declaring their major as B.A. or B.F.A. in Visual Art (for further B.A. in Visual Art information see The Faculty of Arts/Bachelor of Arts/Visual Art). TYPICAL PROGRAM OF STUDY FIRST YEAR • Either VISA 180 or 182 and VISA 183, and VISA 110 with an average of at least 68% • In special circumstances VISA 110 may be taken as a corequisite • Six credits of 100 or 200 level ARTH, taken in the first two years (with an average grade of at least 68%). ARTH course work is a required pre- or corequisite to registration in 200 level VISA coursework for majors SECOND YEAR • 12 credits 200 level VISA with an average of at least 68% THIRD YEAR • VISA 380 and 381 (Studio Theory) must be taken sequentially • Additional 12 credits 300 level VISA • Six credits of ARTH 300 or above FOURTH YEAR • VISA 480 and 481 (Studio Theory) must be taken sequentially • 12 credits of 400 level VISA • 12 credits of elective courses (6 of them can be 200 level or above, but recommended 300 or above, while six of them must be 300 or above). B.F.A. HONOURS PROGRAM FIRST YEAR The same as for B.F.A. SECOND YEAR • 12 credits from 200 level VISA courses with an average of at least 80%. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS The same as for the B.F.A. major with an additional 12 credits in the following pattern: • six credits additional ARTH course work at the 400 level • six credits additional VISA course work at the 400 level. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAMS UNDERGRADUATE CO-OP OPTIONS The Arts Co-operative Education program provides interested and qualified students in the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Fine Arts programs with paid employment experience relevant to their future careers. The Co-operative Education program is an optional, year-round program, supplementary to academic programs in the Faculty. Four work placement terms must be completed, including placements in both Term 1 and Term PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 153 2 of a Winter Session. The final term must be an academic term. Students wishing to enrol in the program must apply in Winter Session, Term 1 of their second year and must meet the four Faculty of Arts breadth requirements (i.e., English, Language, Science, and Literature) prior to their first work term. Students must have selected a Major and attained third-year standing (i.e., completed at least 54 credits) prior to their first work term. Academic performance and suitability for the work environment (as judged by the Arts Cooperative Education Office) will be the selection criteria used for program admission. Total enrolment is subject to the availability of appropriate work placements. Acceptance into the program does not guarantee appropriate work placements in every work term. Students admitted into the program must register in the appropriate Co-operative Education course for each work term, once a suitable work placement is confirmed. Payment of the Co-operative Education program fees is mandatory. This includes a Co-operative Education Program fee for each work term and a one-time Co-operative Education Program workshop fee. See Program and Course Fees, p. 31. Each successfully completed Co-operative Education course is assigned three Co-op credits on a student's academic transcript (i.e., ASTU 310, 311, 410, and 411). In order to graduate in a Co-operative Education Program, a student must complete twelve Co-op credits in addition to the normal academic requirements of the Faculty (normally 120 academic credits). The Co-operative Education Program in Arts typically necessitates an additional year to complete a bachelor's degree. Faculty advisors or Cooperative co-ordinators visit students at their places of work and provide advice on the work term reports that are a requirement of the program. Students transferring to UBC from accredited co-operative programs at other institutions may request admission to the Arts Coop program and may receive credit for previously completed work placement to a maximum of six Arts Co-op course credits. ^ GRADUATE CO-OP OPTIONS MASTER OF ARTS CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION OPTION Students admitted to the Master of Arts Program in a department with a Co-operative Education option may apply for admission to the Arts Co-operative Education Program. The Program helps prepare interested and qualified students for professional careers in government, the non-profit sector, and industry with at least four months of work placement supervised by practicing professionals. Faculty advisors also visit students at their place of work where feasible and provide advice on work term projects required of all students in the program. Students who have been admitted into the Master of Arts Program in a department with the Co-op Option must apply to the Arts Co-op Office early in their first term at UBC. Selection of students will be based on academic perfor mance and general suitability to the work environment as determined by resume and interview. The total enrolment will be subject to the availability of appropriate work placements and faculty advisors. The work placements are arranged by mutual agreement between students and employing organizations. Co-op courses are taken in addition to the courses needed to meet normal academic requirements. These courses do not count for credit toward the degree, but their completion will be noted on a student's academic record. CONTACT INFORMATION For further information on the programs, please contact the Arts Co-operative Education Office. Arts Co-op Program Buchanan Building C3 69 The University of British Columbia 1866 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1 Fax: 604-822-1529 Web: co-op.arts.ubc.ca DIPLOMA IN APPLIED CREATIVE NON-FICTION The Department of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing offers the Diploma in Applied Creative Non-Fiction. PREREQUISITE AND ADMISSION A bachelor's degree or equivalent in any discipline, plus some writing experience in creative non-fiction, fiction or translation. For applicants with significant credentials in the field of creative non-fiction writing, the bachelor's degree requirement may be waived. Candidates for admission must submit 30 pages of original creative non-fiction (note: newspaper reports or academic essays are not acceptable). Some fiction or translation may be included in the 30 pages. Two identical copies of the candidate's manuscript must be submitted to the creative writing secretary by March 31, 3:30 pm. Manuscript guidelines are listed on the Creative Writing website (www.creativewriting.ubc.ca). Do not ^end cassettes, computer discs, or submissions via email or fax as they will not be accepted. It is recommended that the candidate keep a copy of what is sent. COURSE OF STUDY THE PROGRAM Consists of 24 credits of work: • CRWR 3011 or equivalent (comprised of other writing courses or equivalent writing experience) • CRWR 405 • CRWR 416 (405 and 416 may be taken concurrently) • CRWR 439, and/or CRWR 492. 1 Successful completion of CRWR 301 does not automatically result in acceptance into CRWR 405 or 416, due to limited enrolment. All requirements for the Diploma must be completed within five years of the initial registration in the program. Because of these requirements, students should not anticipate completing the program in less than two years. INSTRUCTION Instruction is based on the premise that promising student-authors can benefit from professional criticism and the necessity of producing regularly and meeting deadlines. Workshops, conferences and tutorials are designed to focus attention upon the student's own work. Reading assignments may be made in the Creative Writing program's magazine of literary non-fiction, Fugue, and in PRISM international, p. 73, or other relevant journals and books. There are no examinations, and marks are based on the writing done and on participation in workshops throughout the year. DIPLOMA IN ART HISTORY The Department of Art History, Visual Art and Theory offers the Diploma in Art History. Applicants to the program shall already have a first degree in another discipline. Applications for admission should be made to Enrolment Services no later than, and preferably before, August 1 for entry in September. The diploma program requires 30 credits of courses in art history numbered 300 or above. The inclusion of ARTH 300 plus one 400-level seminar is required. No more than six ^credits of cross listed courses offered by other departments, excepting ARTH 329, may be counted toward the requirements. Only six credits of 'C standing may be credited toward the diploma requirements. DIPLOMA IN FILM PRODUCTION The Department of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing offers the Diploma in Film Production. Enrolment in the program is limited, and preference will be given to students with strong evidence of creative ability, either in film or in one of the other fine arts. Prospective students should inquire at the Film program office for application information. ADMISSION Applicants must have completed a bachelor's degree in arts, science, or commerce. DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS The program will normally take two years of study. Additional courses, above those required, may be taken on an elective basis. No longer than five years should elapse between initial enrolment in the program and attaining the Diploma. Thirty-six credits of course work are required as follows: First year students must take: • FILM 100, 200, 210 or 220, 333, 335. Second year students must take: • FILM 433, 437 or 439 154 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 • nine credits from FILM 331, 332, 334, 336, 338, 430, 432, 434, 436, 438, ASIA 354, CRWR 306, 307, 406, 494, ITST 432, MUSC 345, SCAN 411, SLAV 307, SPAN 404. DIPLOMA IN LINGUISTICS The Department of Linguistics offers the Diploma in Linguistics. The Diploma is designed primarily for students with a limited background in linguistics who want to do the core of an undergraduate linguistics or speech sciences B.A. as preparation for entering a Master's program in linguistics or second- language teaching or speech-language pathology or audiology The Diploma does not provide practical training in language skills; the Diploma by itself does not provide any professional credential and does not normally lead directly to employment. Admission to graduate programs is competitive, in some cases very competitive, so completing the relevant prerequisite courses in our Diploma program does not guarantee admission to any graduate program. Students who wish to be language teachers in the BC school system must complete a program of Initial Teacher Education for elementary or secondary teaching, including teaching methodology courses appropriate to the languages to be taught. Students who wish to practice as speech -language pathologists or audiologists in Canada or the U.S. must complete an appropriate master's program. ADMISSION Prerequisites: Applicants must have completed a bachelor's degree. They must have completed six credits of technical linguistics equivalent to UBC LING 200 and 201 or UBC LING 420. Students who lack any of these prerequisite or recommended courses are encouraged to take the needed courses at the UBC Summer Session (May-August) before starting a Diploma program in September. Recommended additional preparation for speech-science students: If possible, students preparing for graduate work in speech pathology or audiology should have coursework in psychology, research design, and statistics equivalent to UBC PSYC 100 (six credits), 217, and 218. DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS The program can be completed in one year of full-time study, but may be taken part-time. It should be finished within a period of five years. The program of study must be approved by the Linguistics Diploma advisor. The following 24 credits of course work are required: • six credits from List A • six credits chosen from Lists A or B and • 12 credits chosen from Lists A, B, C or D. LIST A: CORE COURSES LING 300, 311, 316, 327 LIST B: SECONDARY CORE COURSES LING 305, 317, 319, 431, 432, 447, 451, 452 LIST C: SENIOR-LEVEL COURSES IN LINGUISTICS LING 430, 433, 436, 445, 448. LIST D12: SENIOR-LEVEL COURSES IN RELATED AREAS ANTH 332, 401,417 AUDI 400, 402, 514 CPSC 322 EPSE 315, 399, 419, 424 ENGL 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 326, 340 FREN 461, 462, 464, 465, 472, 473, 475 JAPN 420 LLED 478 PHIL 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 420, 425, 426 PSYC 302, 304, 309, 315, 336, 337, 367, 368 SPAN 403, 407 1 Depending on the student's program, the Linguistics Diploma advisor may accept other courses. 2 Most of these List D courses have prerequisites of their own; see the UBC Calendar. In particular, students should plan to take the equivalent of UBC Psych 100, 217, and 218 before taking any of Psych 302, 304, 309, 315, 367, or 368. CERTIFICATE IN THEATRE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY The Certificate in Theatre Design and Technology program offers specialized and intensive professionally oriented study. Instruction is given on a variety of levels, concentrating on the practical aspects of theatre. The Technology Certificate allows beginning students to take introductory level courses before moving on to more specific areas of practical study and entry level professional development. The Advanced Technology Certificate allows more experienced students to develop additional skills while encouraging a broader understanding of theatre history and dramaturgy. The Design Certificate is intended for experienced students or professionals who wish to extend their study at the senior undergraduate and graduate levels. Courses may be taken individually, or full-time students may complete the certificate as a two- year intensive program. Students applying to the certificate program from secondary school will have to meet the University minimum admission requirement which demands an average grade of 67% over four courses including English 12. Competition for admission usually means that applicants to degree programs actually require a much higher grade average. Certificate program applicants will not be competing with degree program applicants for admission. Therefore, students who meet the minimum academic requirements but do not meet the requisite competitive average for admission will still be considered for the certificate program. Students who do not meet the normal requirements, but have pursued theatre-related activities that have contributed to an intellectual maturity may also be accepted on the basis of a Mature student application. In all cases, Faculty members in the Theatre pro gram will evaluate candidates by means of a diagnostic examination and an interview. An applicant's resume or portfolio will be of principal importance. CERTIFICATE IN THEATRE (TECHNOLOGY) Students take the following 60 credits: • 30 required credits THTR 120 (3), 205 (3), 254 (3), 299 (6), 305 (3), 399 (6), 499 (6) • 24 specialist credits chosen from THTR 350 (3)/450 (3), 307 (3)/407 (3), 352 (3)/452 (3), 306 (3)/406 (3), 354 (3)/454 (3), 356 (3), 456 (3) • Elective or additional specialist credits (6). CERTIFICATE IN THEATRE (ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY) Students take the following 60 credits: • 18 required credits THTR 205 (3), 305 (3), 399 (3), 499 (9) • 12 credits chosen from courses in Theatre, Film, Creative Writing, Art History or Visual Art • 24 specialist credits chosen from THTR 350 (3)/450 (3), 306 (3)/406 (3), 307 (3)/407 (3), 352 (3)/452 (3), 354 (3)/454 (3), 356 (3), 456 (3) • Elective or additional specialist credits (6). CERTIFICATE IN THEATRE (DESIGN) Students take the following 60 credits: • six to 12 credits chosen from THTR 305 (3), 405 (3), 306 (3)/406 (3), 307 (3)/407 (3) • six to 12 Arts credits chosen from courses in Theatre, Film, Creative Writing, Art History or Visual Art • 12 specialist credits chosen from THTR 350 (3)/450 (3), 306 (3)/406 (3), 307 (3)/407 (3), 352 (3)/452 (3), 354 (3)/454 (3). GRADUATE PROGRAMS For the Faculty of Arts offerings of Graduate programs see the Faculty of Graduate Studies Degree Programs, p. 227, in this Calendar. ACADEMIC STAFF DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY David Pokotylo, Head PROFESSORS Janice Boddy, B.A. (McG.), M.A. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Anthropology; Gillian Creese, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.A. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Car.), Sociology; Dawn Currie, B.A., M.A. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Lond.), Sociology; Brian Elliott, M.A. (Edin.), Sociology; Neil Guppy, B.A., B.P.H.E. (Qu.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wat.), Sociology; Graham E. Johnson, B.Sc. (Econ.) (S'ton.), M.A., Ph.D. (Cnell.), Sociology; Ralph Matthews, B.A. (Memorial), M.A., Ph.D. (Minn.), Sociology; Bruce G. Miller, A.B. (Brown), M.A. (W Wash.), Ph.D. (Arizona State), Anthropology; Anthony Shelton, B.A. (Hull), M.Litt. (Oxf.), D.Phil. (Oxf.), Anthropology; Andre Smith, B.R.E., B.S.W, M.S.W. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (McG.), Sociology. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 155 ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS John Barker, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A. (Vic, Well.), Ph.D. (BrCol.), Anthropology; Michael Blake, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (Mich.), Anthropology; Millie R. Creigh- ton, B.A. (Minn.), M.A., Ph.D. (Wash.), Anthropology; Thomas Kemple, B.A. (Wesleyan), M.A., Ph.D. (York), Social and Political Thought; David L. Pokotylo, B.A., M.A. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Anthropology; Becki Ross, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A. (Qu.), Ph.D. (O.I.S.E.), Sociology; David Tindall, B.A., M.A. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Tor.), Sociology; John Torpey, B.A. (Amherst), M.A. (Calif. Berkeley), Ph. D. (Calif. Berkeley), Sociology. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Alexia Bloch, B.A. (Wellesley), Ph.D. (Pitt.), Anthropology; Mark Collard, B.A. (Sheff.), Ph.D. (Liv.), Human Anatomy and Cell Biology; Gaston Gordillo, B.A. (Buenos Aires), M.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Tor.), Anthropology; Zhi-chun Jing, B.S. (Chengdu, China), M.S. (China Univ. of Geosciences), Ph.D. (Minn.), Archaeology; Vinay Kamat, B.A. (Bom.), M.A. (Arizona), Ph.D. (Tata Inst., Bom.), Ph.D. (Emory), Anthropology; Jennifer Kramer, A.B. (Brown), M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia), Anthropology; Renisa Mawani, B.A., M.A. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Tor.), Criminology; William H. McKellin, B.A. (Wheaton Coll.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), Anthropology; Charles Menzies, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.A. (York (Can)), Ph.D. (C.U.N.Y), Anthropology; Patrick Moore, M.A. (Mich.), M.A. (Mich.), Ph.D. (Indiana), Anthropology; Susan Rowley, B.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Camb.), Archaelology; Andre Smith, B.R.E., B.S.W, M.S.W. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (McG.), Sociology; Gerry Veenstra, B.MATH, B.A. (Wat.), M.A., Ph.D. (McM.), Sociology; Rima Wilkes, B.A. (Qu.), M.A. and Ph.D. (Tor.), Sociology; Felice Wyndham, A.B. (Brown), Ph.D. (Georgia), Anthropology. SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Brian Chisholm, B.A. (S.Fraser), Ph. D. (S.Fraser) Archaeology. LECTURERS Patricia Kachuk, B.A. (York), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Anthropology. DEPARTMENT OF ART HISTORY, VISUAL ART AND THEORY Rhodri Windsor-Liscombe, Head PROFESSORS Marvin S. Cohodas, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Col.); Serge Guilbaut, L. es L., M. es L. (Bordeaux), Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.); Ken Lum, B.G.S. (S.Fraser), M.F.A. (Br.Col.); j John O'Brian, B.A. (Tor.), B.A. (York, Can.), M.A. (York, Can.), M.A., Ph.D. (Harv.); Richard Prince, B.A. (Br.Col.); Scott Watson, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.); Rhodri Windsor-Liscombe, B.A. (Hons.), Ph.D. (Courtauld Inst., Lond.), F.S.A. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Maureen P. Ryan, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D (Chic); Rose Marie San Juan, B.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Lond.); Charlotte Townsend-Gault, B.A. (Sus.), Ph.D. (Lond.); Barbara Zeigler, B.F.A., M.F.A. (111.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Xiong Gu, B.F.A., M.F.A. (Sichuan Fine Arts Inst.); Katherine F. Hacker, B.F.A. (Ohio), M.S. (Oregon), Ph.D. (Penn.); Carol Knicely, B.A. (Calif., San Diego), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.); Nancy Nisbet, B.Sc, B.Ed. (Alta.), M.F.A. (Calif. Inst. Arts); Manuel Pina, P.Eng. (Vladimir); Marina Roy, B.A. (Laval), B.F.A. (N.S.C.A.D.), M.F.A. (Br.Col.); Hsignyuan Tsao, B.A. (Hangzhou), M.A. (Beijing), Ph.D. (Stan.); William Wood, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.), M.L.S. (Tor.), D.Phil. (Sus.). LECTURERS Barrie Jones, B.F.A. (BrCol.), M.F.A. (York); Phillip McCrum, B.F.A., M.F.A. (Ulster). DEPARTMENT OF ASIAN STUDIES Peter Nosco, Head PROFESSORS Ashok N. Aklujkar, M.A. (Poona), Ph.D. (Harv.); Michael S. Duke, B.A. (Calif., Davis), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Joshua S. Mostow, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Penn.); Peter Nosco, M.A. (Camb.), Ph.D. (Columbia); Harjot Oberoi, M.A., M.Phil. (New Delhi), Ph.D. (A.N.U.); Jerry D. Schmidt, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Donald L. Baker, B.A. (Louisiana), M.A., Ph.D. (Wash.); Kenneth E. Bryant, M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Bruce Fulton, M.A. (Wash.), PhD. (Seoul); Tineke Hellwig, M.A., Ph.D. (Leid.); Nam-Lin Hur, B.A. (Seoul), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.); Ross King, B.A. (Yale), M.A., Ph.D. (Harv.); Sharalyn Orbaugh, M.A., Ph.D. (Mich.); Catherine Swatek, B.A. (Car. Coll.), M.A., Ph.D. (Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jinhua Chen, Ph.D. (McM.); Christina Laffin, B.A. I (Br.Col.), M.A. (Tokyo), Ph.D. (Col.); Duanduan Li, M.Ed., P.Ed. (Columbia); Laurence W. Preston, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Leo K. Shin, Ph.D. (Prin.). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Josephine Chiu-Duke, B.Ed. (Taiwan Norm.), M.Ed. (Vermont), M.A. (Wise-Mad.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Insun Lee, M.A. (Br.Col.). INSTRUCTOR Rebecca Chau, M.A. (Tokyo), Ph.D. (Tsukuba). ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Robert Chen, M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.). DEPARTMENT OF CENTRAL, EASTERN AND NORTHERN EUROPEAN STUDIES Peter A. Stenberg, Head PROFESSORS Peter Petro, M.A. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Alta.), Russian; Peter A. Stenberg, B.A. (Wesleyan), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Gaby Pailer, M.A., Ph.D. (Karlsruhe); Thomas J. Salumets, B.A. (Tor.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.); Steven Taubeneck, B.A. (Calif., Santa Cruz), M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia); Geoffrey Winthrop-Young, M.A. (Freiburg), Ph.D (Br.Col.); Karl Zaenker, Staatsexamen (Gott.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Markus Hallensleben, M.A. (Berlin), Dr.Phil. (Magna cum laude) (Berlin); Caroline Rieger, M.A. (Essen), Ph.D. (Alta.). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Bozena Karwowska, M.A. (Warsaw), M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph. D. (BrCol.); Norma Wieland, B.A., M.A. (Tor.). DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICAL, NEAR EASTERN AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES Anthony A. Barrett, Acting Head PROFESSORS Anthony A. Barrett, B.A. (Durh.), Dip. Class. Arch. (Oxon.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor), F.S.A., F.R.S.C; Shirley D. Sullivan, M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Tor.), F.R.S.C; Robert B. Todd, B.A. (Lond.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.); E. Hector Williams, B.A. (Manit.), M.A., Ph.D. (Chic), F.S.A. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Daphna Arbel, M.A., Ph.D. (Hebrew); Paul C. Burns, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), B. Litt. (Oxon.); Robert Cousland, B.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (St. And.); Richard Menkis, B.A., M.A. (Tor.), M.A., Ph.D. (Brandeis); Paul G. Mosca, B.A. (Fordham), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.); Dietmar Neufeld, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Mennonite Seminary, Calif.), Ph.D. (McG.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Leanne Bablitz, B.A., M.A. (Sask.), Ph.D. (N. Carolina); Elisabeth Cooper, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), M.Phil. (Cantab.); David Creese, B.A. (Vind.), M.A. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Birm.); Robert Daum, B.A. (Tufts), M.A., Rabbi (HUC-JIR), Ph.D. (Calif. Berkeley); Franco De Angelis, B.A. (Ott.), M.A. (McG.), D.Phil. (Oxon.); Thomas Hikade, Ph.D. (Heidel.); Carl Johnson, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor); C. Marshall, B.A. (McG.), Ph.D. (Edin.); Maya Yazigi, B.A. (Beruit), C. Phil., Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.). INSTRUCTOR Lyn Rae, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ADJUNCT PROFESSOR fchn Stackhouse, B.A. (Qu.), M.A. (Wharton), Ph.D. (Chic). LECTURERS FROM OTHER DEPARTMENTS Ashok Aklujkar, Asian Studies; Sylvia Berryman, Philosophy; Carol Knicely, Fine Arts; Harjot Oberoi, Asian Studies. DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Angela Redish, Head PROFESSORS Paul Beaudry, B.A. (Laval), M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Prin.); Brian R. Copeland, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Stan.); Michael B. Devereux, M.A. (Univ. Coll., Dub.), Ph.D. (Qu.); W. Erwin Diewert, M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), F.R.S.C; Mukesh Eswaran, B.Sc. (Jabalpur), M.Sc. (I.I.T.), Ph.D. (Louisiana State), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Robert G. Evans, B.A. (Tor.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.); David A. Green, B.A. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Stan.); Ashok Kotwal, B.Tech, ILT, M.S. (Idaho), Ph.D. (Boston); Thomas Lemieux, B.A. (Laval), M.A. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Prin.); Hugh M. Neary, M.Litt. (Dub.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Donald G. Paterson, M.A. (W.Ont.), D.Phil. (Sus.); Michael Peters, B.A. (McG.), M.A., Ph.D. (Qu.); Angela Redish, B.A. (W.Laur.), M.A., Ph.D. (W.Ont.); W. Craig Riddell, B.A. (R.M.C), M.A., Ph.D. (Qu.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Nicole Fortin, B.Sc, M.A. (Montr.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Patrick Francois, B.A. Hons, M.A. (Melb.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Peter Norman, B,.A. (Stockholm), Ph.D. (Penn.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Siwan Anderson, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D. (BrCol.); Gorkem Celik, B.A. (Bilkent), Ph.D. (Northwestern); Artem Chneerov, B.Sc. (St.Peterburg Tech. Univ), M.A. (Vanderbilt), Ph.d. (Northwestern); Mauricio Drelichman, B.A., M.A. (U. de San Andres, Argentina), Ph.D. (Northwestern); Sergio Firpo, B.A. (U. Estadual de Campinas, Brazil), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Parikshit Ghosh, B.Sc. (Calc), M.A. (Delhi), Ph.D. 156 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (Boston); Francisco M. Gonzalez, B.A. (Madrid), Ph.D. (Boston); Yoram Halevy, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Jerusalem); Kevin Milligan, B.Comm. (Qu.), M.A., Ph. D. (Tor.); Shinishi Sakata, B.A., M.A. (Doshisha), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., San Diego); Henry Siu, B.A. Hons (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Northwestern); Unjy Song, B.S., M.A. (Seoul National University), Ph.D. (Wis.); Okan Yilankaya, B.A. (Bogazici), Ph.D. (Northwestern). DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Gemot R. Wieland, Head PROFESSORS Laurel J. Brinton, B.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Richard Anthony Cavell, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Tor); John X. Cooper, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Dennis R. Danielson, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.A. (Sus.), A.M., Ph.D. (Stan.); Anthony B. Dawson, B.A. (Loyola), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.); Susanna Egan, B.A. (Cantab.), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Margery Fee, B.A., M.A. (York), Ph.D. (Tor.); Janet Giltrow, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Alexander V. Globe, M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); Graham Good, M.A., B.Litt. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Prin.); Sherrill E. Grace, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A., Ph.D. (McG.), F.R.S.C; Sneja Gunew, B.A. (Melb.), M.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (N'cle., N.S.W), F.R.S.C; Nicholas Hudson, M.A. (Warw), D.Phil. (Oxon.); Lee M. Johnson, B.A. (Hamline), Ph.D. (Prin.); Eva-Marie Kroller, Staatsexamen (Freiburg), Ph.D. (Alta.); Ira B. Nadel, M.A. (Rutgers), Ph.D. (Cnell.), F.R.S.C; Laurence R. Ricou, B.A. (Manit.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); Herbert J. Rosengarten, M.A., B.Litt. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Cantab.); Jerry Wasserman, B.A. (Adelphi), M.A. (Chic), Ph.D. (Cnell.); Lorraine Weir, B.A. (McG.), M.A., Ph.D. (Dub.); Gemot R. Wieland, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Tor); Jonathan L. Wisenthal, B.A. (Bishop's), B.Litt. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Lond.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Leslie Arnovick, A.B. (Calif., Davis), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Patricia Badir, B.A. (McG.), M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Leeds); Miranda Burgess, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.A., Ph.D. (Boston); Mary Chapman, B.A., M.A. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Cnell); Pamela Dalziel, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.A. (Tor), D.Phil. (Oxon.); San Echard, B.A. (Qu.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); Jane M. Flick, M.A. (BrCol.); Line Kesler, B.A. (Yale), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); Eric P. Levy, B.A. (Union Coll.), M.A., Ph.D. (Stan.); Kevin McNeilly, B.A., M.A. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Qu.); Judy Z. Segal, B.A. (McG.), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Sandra M. Tome, B.A. (Guelph), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); Mark Vessey, B.A. (Cantab.), D.Phil. (Oxon.); Michael Zeitlin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Suzy Anger, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), M.A., Ph.D. (Wash.); Marlene Briggs, B.A. (Car.), M.A., Ph. D. (Ott.); Barbara Dancygier, M.A., Ph.D. (Warsaw); Glenn Deer, B.A. (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (York); Jessica deVilliers, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (York); Alexander Dick, B.A., (Tor), M.A. (McM.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.); Adam Frank, B.A. (Brown), Ph.D. (Duke); Stephen Guy-Bray, B.A. (Trent), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); Elizabeth Hodgson, B.A. Hons. (BrCol.), M.A. (Tor), Ph.D. (Brandeis); Christina Lupton, M.A. (Sus.), Ph.D. (Rutgers); Jisha Menon, M.A. (J.Nehru U.), Ph.D. (Stan.); Laura Moss, B.A. (Tor.), M.A. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Qu.); Miguel Mota, M.A., Ph. D. (Qu.); Stephen B. Partridge, B.A. (Yale), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Judith Brown, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.); Katherine A. Sirluck, M.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Lond.). DEPARTMENT OF FRENCH, HISPANIC AND ITALIAN STUDIES Andre Lamontagne, Head PROFESSORS Daniela Boccassini, Dott.Lett., Dottorato di Ricerca (Milan), French and Italian; Herve Curat, L. es L., M. es L. (Strasbourg), Ph.D. (Laval), French; Richard G. Hodgson, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), French; Andre Lamontagne, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Laval), French; Jo-Ann McEachern, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Tor), French; Valerie Raoul, M.A. (Cantab.), Dip.Soc.Admin. (L.S.E.), M.A. (McM.), Ph.D. (Tor.), French; Ralph Sarkonak, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor), French; Carlo Testa, Laurea (Milan), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), French and Italian. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Rejean Beaudoin, B.A. (Laval), M.A., Ph.D. (McG.), French; Derek C. Carr, B.A. (N'cle.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Spanish; Isaac Rubio Delgado, Lie, Dr. (Salamanca), Spanish; Maria Soledad Fernandez Utrera, B.A. (Madrid), M.A., Ph.D. (S. Calif.), Spanish; Nancy M. Frelick, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (111.),' French; Sima N. Godfrey, B.A., M.A. (Tor), Ph.D. (Cnell.), French; Rita De Grandis, M.A. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Montr.), Spanish; Gloria Nne Onyeoziri, B.A. (Jos, Nigeria), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), French; David F. Rogers, B.Ed. (Alta.), L. is L., L. de Ling., M. is L., Doctorat de 3e cycle (Montpellier), French; Christine Rouget, L. is L., M. is L., Doctorat (N.R.) (Provence), French. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jon Beasley-Murray, B.A. (King's College, Cambridge), M.A. (Wisconsin Milwaukee), Ph.D. (Duke), Spanish; Rodrigo Cacho, B.A., B.A., Ph.D. (Universidad de Santiago de Compostela), Spanish; Evangelia Chatzivasileiou, H.B.A. (Thessaloniki), H.B.A. (York), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Assistant Professor without review, Spanish; Chantal Phan, B.Mus., M.A., Ph.D. (Montr.), French; Alain-Michel Rocheleau, B.A., B.Th., M.A., M.Th., M.S.W, Ph.D. (Laval), French; William G. Winder, B.Sc. (N. Carolina), L. is L. (Montpellier), M. is L. (Perpignan), D.E.A. (Ecole des Hautes Etudes, Paris), Ph.D. (Tor), French. SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Jocelyne S. Baverel, L.F.A., L. es L., M. es L. (Besan^on), D.E.A., (Bordeaux III), French; Jacques Bodolec, L. es L. (Caen), M. es L., Dipl. I.E.P. (Paris), French; Enrique Manchon, B.A., M.A. (BnCol.), Spanish. LECTURERS Margaret MacRae, B.A. (BrCol.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), French; Robert A. Miller, B.A. (York), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), French; Michael O'Hagan, B.A. (Tor.), M.A. (N. Carolina), M.Div. (Tor), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), French; Anne Scott, L. is L., M. is L., Doctorat de 3e cycle (Bordeaux), Agregee de Lettres (Fr.), French. DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY Michael J. Bovis, Head PROFESSORS Trevor J. Barnes, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.A., Ph.D. (Minn.); Michael Church, B.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (BrCol.), P.Geo., F.R.S.C; Derek Gregory, M.A., Ph.D. (Cantab.), F.R.S.C; Daniel Hiebert, B.A. (Winn.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); David Ley, B.A. (Oxon.), M.S., Ph.D. (Penn. State) F.R.S.C. Canada Research Chair in Geography; David M. McClung, B.Sc. (N. Dakota State), A.M. (Roch.), Ph.D. (Wash.), P.Geo; Ian G. McKendry, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Cant., N.Z.); Timothy R. Oke, B.Sc. (Brist.), M.A., Ph.D. (McM.), F.R.S.C; Geraldine Pratt, B.A. (Tor.), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); John B. Robinson, B.A. (Tor.), M.E.S. (York), Ph.D. (Tor.); Douw G. Steyn, B.Sc, M.S. (Cape T), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Roland Stull, B.S.Ch.E., Ph.D. (Wash.); Graeme Wynn, B.A. (Sheff.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Philip H. Austin, B.A. (Whitman), Ph.D. (Wash.); Michael J. Bovis, B.A., M.Phil. (Lond.), Ph.D. (Colorado), P.Geo; David W. Edgington, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.Sc. (Edin.), M.U.P. (Melb.), Ph.D. (Monash); Gregory H. R. Henry, M.E.S. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Brian Klinkenberg, B.Sc. (Tor.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (W.Ont.); R. Daniel Moore, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Cant., N.Z.), P.Geo; Elvin K. Wyly, B.Sc. (Penn. State), M.A., Ph.D. (Minn., Minneapolis). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Karen J. Bakker, B.At.Sc (McM.), D.Phil. (Oxon.); Mike D. Buzzelli, B.A. Hons. (York), M.A., Ph.D. (McM.); Lori D. Daniels, B. Sc. (Manit.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Colorado); Brett C. Eaton, B.Sc. Hons. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Matthew D. Evenden, B.A. (Qu.), M.A., Ph.D. (York); Jim. F. Glassman, B.A. (St. Olaf Coll.), Ph.D. (Minn., Minneapolis); Marwan Hassan, B.A. (Ben Gurion), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Hebrew); Merje Kuus, B.A. (Tartu), M.Sc. (W Wash.), Ph.D. (Syracuse); Phillipe Le Billon, B.Sc. (Angers), M.B.A. (Paris I), D. Phil. (Oxon.); Juanita R. Sundberg, B.A. (Trinity), M.A. (New School for Social Research, N.Y), M.A., Ph.D. (Texas); Markus Weiler, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Albert-Ludwigs), Ph.D. (Swiss Federal Inst, of Tech.). INSTRUCTOR Sally A. Hermansen, B.A., M.A. (Qu.). PROFESSORS EMERITI John D. Chapman, M.A. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Wash.); Albert L. Farley, M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Wis.); Walter G. Hardwick, M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Minn.), LL.D. (Br.Col.); R. Colebrook Harris, O.C, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (Wis.), LL.D. (York), F.R.S.C; J. Ross Mackay, O.C, B.A. (Clark), M.A. (Boston), Ph.D. (Montr), D.Sc. (Br.Col.), F.R.S.C; Terence G. McGee, B.A. (N.Z.), M.A., Ph.D. (Well.); J. Lewis Robinson, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A. (Syracuse), M.A., Ph.D. (Clark); Alfred H. Siemens, M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Wis.); H. Olav Slaymaker, M.A. (Cantab.), A.M. (Harv.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Geo; John K. Stager, B.A. (McM.), Ph.D. (Edin.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR EMERITUS Robert N. North, M.A. (Cantab.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSOR EMERITUS Ken Denike, M.Sc. (BrCol.), A.M., Ph.D. (Penn.). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR EMERITA Margaret E.A. North, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.A. (Kansas). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR EMERITUS Richard Copley, B.A. (Iowa), M.A. (Calif., Berkeley). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Robert Galois, B.A. (Exe.), M.A. (Calg.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Tom Koch, B.A. (Clark), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Gregory J. Levine, B.S. (Manit.), M.A., Ph.D. (Qu.), L.L.B. (Tor.). DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY David H. Breen, Head PROFESSORS Keith Benson, B.A. (Whitworth College), M.A., Ph.D. (Oregon State); David H. Breen, B.A. (Alta.), B.Ed., M.A. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Alta.); Timothy Brook, B.A. (Tor), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.); Christopher R. Friedrichs, A.B. (Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.); Diana Lary, B.A., PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 157 Ph.D. (Lond.); Peter N. Moogk, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Tor); Dianne Newell, B.Sc. (Ott.), M.A. (Car.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.); Arthur J. Ray, B.A., M.S., Ph.D. (Wis.); Richard W. Unger, B.A. (Haverford), A.M. (Chic), M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. (Yale); W. Peter Ward, M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Qu.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Joy Dixon, B.A. (Qu.), M.A. (Sus.), Ph.D. (Rutgers); George W. Egerton, B.A. (Manit.), M.A. (Minn.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Caroline Ford, B.A. (Duke), M.A., Ph.D. (Chic); William. E. French, B.A., M.A. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Texas, Austin); Anne Gorsuch, A.B. (Brown), Ph.D. (Mich.); Paul L. Krause, B.A. (Haverford), M.A., Ph.D. (Duke); Steven H. Lee, B.A., M.A. (McG.), D.Phil. (Oxon.); Tina M. Loo, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Tor), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Robert A. J. McDonald, B.A., M.A. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Richard Menkis, B.A., M.A. (Tor), Ph.D. (Brandeis); Glen Peterson, B.A. (Manit.), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Allan Smith, B.A. (Manit.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); William D. Wray, B.A., M.A. (Manit.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.); Henry Yu, M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Courtney Booker, B.A., M.A., C.Phil., Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.); Robert Brain, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), M.A. (Wise-Madison), Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.); Alejandra Bronfman, B.A. (Cnell), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.); Leslie Paris, B.A. (Brown), M.A., Ph. D. (Mich.); John Roosa, B.A. (Tufts), M.A., Ph.D. (Wise-Madison); Leo K. Shin, A.B., Ph. D. (Prin.). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Allen Sens, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Qu.); Arlene Sindelair, M.A. (Iowa), Ph.D (Miss.). INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS PROGRAM Allen Sens, Chair. DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS Joseph Stemberger, Head PROFESSORS Eric Bateson, B.A., B.Sc (St. John's MD), M.A., Ph.D (Indiana); Douglas Pulleyblank, B.A. (lb., Nigeria), Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Michael Rochemont, B.A. (McG.), Ph.D. (Mass.); Joseph Stemberger, B.A. (Penn. State), M.A., C.Phil, Ph.D. (Calif., San Diego). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Guy Carden, A.B., Ph.D. (Harv.); Henry Davis, B.A. (Cantab.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Rose-Marie Dechaine, B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Queb.), Ph.D. (Mass.); Patricia A. Shaw, B.A. (Manit.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Bryan Gick, B.A. (Penn.), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale); Gunnar Hansson, B.A. (Iceland), M.A. (Calif., Berkeley), Ph.D (Calif., Berkeley); Lisa Mattewson, B.A., B.A. (Hones), M.A. (Well.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Holtze Rullman, M.A. (Gron.), Ph.D. (Mass.); Martina Wiltschko, Magister Phil. (Vienna), Doktor Phil. (Vienna). DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Margaret Schabas, Head PROFESSORS John Beatty, Ph.D. (Indiana); Andrew Irvine, B.A. (Sask.), M.A. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Syd.); Dominic Lopes, B.A. (McG.), D.Phil (Oxf.); Mohan Matthen, M.A., B.Sc. (Delhi), Ph.D. (Stan.); Alan Richardson, B.A. (Penn.), M.A. (Pitt.), Ph.D. (111., Chic); J. Paul Russell, B.A. (Qu.), M.A. (Edin.), Ph.D. (Cantab.); Steven F. Savitt, A.B. (Col. Coll.), Ph.D. (Brandeis); Margaret Schabas, B.S., A.M. (Indiana), M.A. (Mich.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Catherine Wilson, B.A. (Vassar), B.Phil. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Princ). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Paul Bartha, B.Sc, M.A. (Tor), Ph.D. (Pitt.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Scott Anderson, B.A. (Indiana), Ph.D. (Chic); Sylvia Berryman, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Oregon), Ph.D. (Texas); Christina Hendricks, B.A. (Univ. of Idaho), M.A., Ph.D. (Univ. of Texas at Austin); Patrick Rysiew, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.A. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Arizona); Ori Simchen, M.A. (Tel Aviv), Ph.D. (Harv.); Christopher Stephens, B.A. (Kansas), M.A., Ph.D. (Wis.). INSTRUCTOR Leslie Burkholder, Ph.D. (M.I.T.). LECTURERS FROM OTHER DEPARTMENTS Ashok N. Aklujkar, Asian Studies; Shirley D. Sullivan, Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies; Steven Taubeneck, Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies; Robert B. Todd, Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies. HONORARY PROFESSORS Michael McDonald, B.A. (Tor.), M.A., Ph.D. (Pitt.); John Woods, B.A. (Tor.), M.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Mich.). ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Peter Schouls, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Tor). DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE Richard Johnston, Head PROFESSORS Donald E. Blake, B.A., M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Yale); Maxwell A. Cameron, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Edwin Colin Campbell, B.A. (Gonzaga), M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Duke); R. Kenneth Carty, B.Sc.F. (New Br.), M.A. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Qu.); Brian L. Job, B.A., M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Indiana); Richard G. C. Johnston, B.A. (BrCol.), M.A., Ph.D. (Stan.); Samuel V. Laselva, B.A., M.A. (W.Ont.), D.Phil. (Oxon.); Paul J. Marantz, B.A. (Cnell.), M.A., Ph.D. (Harv.); Diane K. Mauzy, B.A., M.A. (San Jose), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Philip Resnick, B.A., M.A. (McG.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Allan Tupper, B.A., M.A. (Car.), Ph.D. (Qu.); Michael D. Wallace, B.A., M.A. (McG.), Ph.D. (Mich.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Barbara Arneil, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (Lond. School of Econ.), Ph.D. (Lond.); Peter A. Busch, B.A. (Harv.), M.A. (Wis.), Ph.D. (Yale); Peter Dauvergne, B.A., M.A. (Car.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Kathryn Harrison, B.E.Sc (W.Ont.), S.M., S.M. (M.I.T.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Richard Price, B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Car.), Ph.D. (Cnell); John R. Wood, B.A. (Tor.), M.A., Ph.D. (Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Gerald Baier, B.A. (Calg.), M.A. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Dal.); Katharina Coleman, B.A. (Oxf.), M.A. (Cape T), Ph.D. (Prin.); Fred Cutler, B.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Mich.); Kenneth Foster, B.S. (Cnell.), M.A. (Indiana), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Alan Jacobs, B.A. (Yale), M.Sc. (Bath, Engl.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.); Laura Janara, B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Minn.); Lisa Mcintosh Sundstrom, B.A. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Stan.); Angela O'Mahony, B.A. (Calif., L.A.), Ph.D. (Calif., San Diego); Yves Tiberghien, M.B.A. (HEC, France), M.A. (Stan.), Ph.D. (Stan.). ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Robert H. Jackson, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Allen Sens, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Qu.), International Relations Program Chair. HONORARY ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Campbell Sharman, B.A. (Adel.), M.Sc. (Lond. School of Econ.), M.A., Ph.D. (Qu.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Paul Evans, B.A., M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Dal.), Institute of Asian Research; George Hoberg, Jr., B.Sc. (Calif. Berkeley), Ph.D. (M.I.T.), Forestry. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Eric Eich, Head PROFESSORS Lynn Alden, B.Sc. (Iowa), M.A., Ph.D. (111.); Stanley Coren, A.B. (Penn.), Ph.D. (Stan.); Donald G. Dutton, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); Eric Eich, B.A. (Maryland), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); James T. Enns, B.A. (Winn.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.); Boris Gorzalka, B.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (Calif., Irvine); Peter Graf, B.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (McM.); A. Ralph Hakstian, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (Colorado); Paul Hewitt, B.A. (Manit.), M.A., Ph.D. (Sask.); Charlotte Johnston, B.A., M.Sc. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Flor.); Damn R. Lehman, B.A. (Calif., Santa Cruz), M.A., Ph.D. (Mich.); Wolfgang Linden, Diploma Psychology (Miinster), Ph.D. (McG.); Delroy L. Paulhus, B.A. (Car.), M.S., Ph.D. (Col.); John P. J. Pinel, B.A., M.A. (Calg.), Ph.D. (McG.); Catherine ^Rankin, B.A., M.A. (Guelph), B.Ed. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (C.U.N.Y); Mark Schaller, B.A. (N. Carolina, Chapel Hill), M.A., Ph.D. (Arizona State); Jonathan Schooler, B.A. (Hamilton College), M.S., Ph.D. (U. Wash.); Richard C. Tees, B.A. (McG.), Ph.D. (Chic); Lawrence J. Walker, B.A. (New Br.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Lawrence M. Ward, A.B. (Harv.), Ph.D. (Duke); Janet Werker, B.A. (Harv.), M.A., Ph.D. (BrCol.); Donald M. Wilkie, B.A. (Bran.), M.A., Ph.D. (Manit.); John Yuille, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (W.Ont.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Anita Delongis, B.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Liisa Galea, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.A., Ph.D. (W.Ont.); Geoffrey Hall, B.A. (McG.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.); Steve Heine, B.A. (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Alan Kingstone, B.Sc. (Trent), Ph.D. (Mich.); Tannis MacBeth, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.S., Ph.D. (Purdue); Ron Rensink, B.Sc. (Wat.), M.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Sheila Woody, A.B. (Georgia), M.A., Ph.D. (American); Fei Xu, B.A. (Smith Coll.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jeremy C. Biesanz, A.B. (Cnell.), M.A., Ph.D. (Arizona State U.); Susan A. J. Birch, B.Sc. (St.EX.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Yale); Scott R. Carlson, B.A., Ph.D. (Minn.); Edith Chen, B.A. (Harv.), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.); Brian Christie, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Calg.), Ph. D. (Otago); Kalina Christoff, B.Sc, M.Sc. (New Bulgarian U.), Ph.D. (Stan.); Elizabeth W. Dunn, B.A. (Harv.), M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia); Stanley Floresco, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Todd Handy, B.Sc. (Calif., Davis), M.A. (Vanderbilt), Ph.D. (Calif., Davis); Gregory Miller, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.); Ara Norenza- yan, B.A. (Calif., Fresno), Ph. D. (Mich.); Kiran Soma, B.A. (Stan.), Ph.D. (Wash.); Fred P. Valle, A.B. (Calif., Riverside), Ph.D. (Mich.). 158 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE, FILM AND CREATIVE WRITING Robert Gardiner, Head PROFESSORS Sue Ann Alderson, B.A. (Antioch), M.A. (Ohio State), Creative Writing; Errol Durbach, M.A. (Rhodes), M.A. (Cantab.), Ph.D. (Lond.), Theatre; Robert Gardiner, B.A. (Calif.), M.F.A. (Wash.), Theatre; Keith Maillard, Creative Writing; Brian Mcllroy, B.A. (Sheff.), M.A. (Leeds), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Film; Jerry Wasserman, B.A. (Adelphi), M.A. (Chic), Ph.D. (Cnell.), Theatre/English. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Cathy Burnett, B.A. (Utah), M.F.A. (Boston), Theatre; Robert Eberle, Theatre; Ronald Fedoruk, B.F.A. (Calg.), M.F.A. (Vic.B.C), Theatre; Neil Freeman, B.A., M.A. (Nott.), Theatre; Chris Gallagher, B.F.A. (BrCol.), Film; Alison Green, B.F.A., M.F.A. (Br.Col.), Theatre; Stephen Heatley, B.A. (Brock), M.F.A. (Alta.), Theatre; Kirsty Johnston, B.A. (Qu.), M.A. (Tor), Ph.D. (Tor.), Theatre; Stephen Malloy, B.A. (Ott.), M.F.A. (Vic.B.C), Theatre; Sharon McGowan, M.F.A. (BrCol.), Film; Gayle Murphy, B.F.A. (Calg.), M.F.A. (York), Theatre; Linda Svendsen, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.F.A. (Col.), Creative Writing; Peggy Thompson, Creative Writing; Bryan Wade, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.F.A. (Calif., L.A.), Creative Writing. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Meryn Cadell, Creative Writing; Lisa Coulthard, B.A. (BrCol.), M.A. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Film; Kristy Johnston, B.A. (Qu.), M.A. (Tor), Theatre; Maureen Medved, B.A. (Manit.), M.F.A. (Br.Col.); Tom Scholte, B.F.A., M.F.A. (Br.Col.), Theatre; Rhea Tregebov, B.A. (Manit.), M.A. (Boston). SENIOR LECTURERS Lynne Bowen, B.Sc. (Alta.), R.N. (Alta.), M.A. (Vic.B.C); Andreas Schroeder, B.A. (BrCol.), M.A. (BrCol.). LECTURERS Trish Allen, B.F.A. (Windsor), M.F.A. (York), Theatre; Chris Bizzocchi, B.A. (Ont.); Diane Burgess, M.A., M.F.A. (Br.Col.); Jean Driscoll-Bell, Theatre; Alyson Drysdale, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.F.A. (Br.Col.), Film; Sandra Ferenes, B.A. (Manit.), M.A. (Br.Col.); Sarah Fergus- son, M.A. (BrCol.); Steven Galloway, B.F.A., M.F.A. (BrCol.); Andrew Gray, B.A. (Trent), M.F.A. (Br.Col.), Creative Writing; Mark Harris, M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Martin Kinch, B.A. (Hons.) (Ont.); Robert Kirbyson, Dipl. Film (Br.Col), B.F.A. (Hons.) (Manit.), Film; Patsy Kotsopoulos, B.A. (Ont.), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Meah Martin, B.A. Crwr., M.F.A. Crwr. (BrCol.); Don Mowatt, B.A. (Br.Col.); Gennie Senior, B.A. (Br.Col.); Madeline Sonic, M.F.A. (Br.Col.); Richard Van Camp, M.F.A. (Br.Col.); Christine Willes, B.Ed. (BrCol.), B.F.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Br.Col.), Theatre; Jill Wyness, B.F.A. Hons.-Double Major (Vic.B.C). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Conrad Alexandrowicz, M.F.A. (Alta.); Chris Bizzocchi, B.A.(Ont.), Film; Alan Brodie, B.F.A. (BrCol.), Theatre; John Cooper, B.A. (Hons.) (Guelph), M.F.A. (BrCol.); Katrina Dunn, B.A. (Br.Col.); Craig Holzschuh, B.A. (Hons.) (Ott.), M.F.A. (Br.Col.); Andreas Kahre, B.F.A. (Br.Col.); Karin Konoval, B.C. (Alta.), M.A. (Br.Col.); Michael McLennan, B.A. Hons., First Class (Br.Col.); Bill Millerd, B.A. (BrCol.); Sarah Rodgers, B.F.A. (BrCol.), M.F.A. (BrCol.); K.J. Sanchez, B.A. (Calif.), M.F.A. (Calif.); Brian Wert, Film; Richard Wolfe, B.A., B.Ed. (Sask.), M.F.A. (Br.Col.). WOMEN'S STUDIES PROGRAM Wendy Frisby, Chair L. Angeles, cross-appointed to Community and Regional Planning; S. Gunew, cross-appointed to English; S. Orbaugh, cross-appointed to Asian Studies; V. Raoul, cross-appointed to French, Hispanic, and Italian Studies; B. Ross, cross-appointed to Anthropology and Sociology; V. Strong-Boag, cross-appointed to Educational Studies; S. Thobani, cross-appointed to Centre for Research in Women's Studies and Gender Relations. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 3 THE FACULTY OF ARTS 159 160 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 4 The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE Director's Office David R. Stapells, Director 5804 Fairview Avenue Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Telephone: 604-822-5591 Fax: 604-822-6569 Audiology and Speech Sciences Website (www.audiospeech.ubc.ca) The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences endeavours to advance knowledge of human communication and its disorders. The School emphasizes the importance of basic science to the understanding of communication disorders and the relevance of clinical data to theories of human communication. The School has the following objectives: to educate individuals to become audiologists, speech-language pathologists, and researchers; and to actively engage in research. Students in the School address complex communication problems within an interdisciplinary framework. Graduates are grounded in the basic and applied sciences and have the skills necessary to apply theory to practice in the community, a The School subscribes to the philosophy that the study of human communication forms 1 the basis of, and unifies, the scientific and professional fields of audiology and speech- language pathology. This study is concerned with hearing and speech function, and especially with the understanding and use of language at all levels of physiological, linguistic, psychological and sociocultural organization. It is framed by theories and empirical evidence from linguistics, psychology, acoustics, physiology, and related disciplines, and embraces a continuum of endeavour from basic research to clinical practice. The School's commitment to interdisciplinarity provides a unique foundation for both education and research. MASTER OF SCIENCE The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences offers a graduate program leading to the Master of Science. This program, designed to provide the scientific and clinical education necessary for the professions of Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology, is composed of a core curriculum with options for some specialization. After completing basic level core courses, students elect a Major in either Audiology or Speech-Language Pathology. Graduates of this program will have completed the academic and practical requirements for professional certification. The Master of Science program will usually require 24 to 36 months to complete, depending on the student's undergraduate preparation. With completion of prerequisite and core curriculum courses open to undergraduates, a student is eligible for the two year program (see Degree Requirements, p. 162). The program provides each student with at least the minimum number of hours of clinical practice required for certification by Canadian professional associations. Prior to this experience students participate in individual and group observations of audiologists and speech-language pathologists. These observations serve to acquaint the student with different settings in which an audiologist or a speech-language pathologist may work. They also introduce the student to a variety of diagnostic and treatment techniques. After completion of basic clinical coursework and laboratories, each student completes a clinical practicum in the minor area of interest and two externships in the major area of interest. After completion of more advanced coursework in the Major, each student completes further externship work in that area. During the externships the student gradually assumes a full ^aseload under supervision. The clinical education program strives to provide each student with experience in all aspects of the Major as well as a foundation of clinical experience in the Minor. ACADEMIC ADVISING Students are assigned to a faculty advisor prior to the beginning of their first term. ADMISSION Admission is on a competitive basis. Applicants should have appropriate undergraduate preparation as defined below. A cumulative average of at least 76% over the last two years of a four-year undergraduate degree, and at least 12 credits with a minimum grade of 80% in courses at the 300 level or above, are minimum requirements. A number of courses are considered appropriate preparation for graduate work in Audiology and Speech Sciences. Students accepted into the program normally have a degree in either linguistics or psychology, with good background in the other discipline. Students intending to apply for admission to the program should have completed a minimum of five of the prerequisite and core curriculum courses listed below and should develop an undergraduate Major which will include, in addition to the five courses, as many of the prerequisite, core curriculum and recommended courses listed below as possible. This can be achieved through either a linguistics or a psychology bachelor's degree. However, UBC and University of Victoria undergraduates are encouraged to complete the speech science major offered by the linguistics departments at these universities. Numbers listed below refer to UBC course numbers. PREREQUISITE AND CORE CURRICULUM COURSES A minimum of five of the courses listed below must be completed prior to applying for admission to the Master of Science program. The Master of Science can be completed in either two or three years, depending on the number of prerequisite and core courses a student has completed prior to entry into this degree program. A three-year program is available to a small number of students of exceptional merit. Students in this track complete the prerequisite courses during the first year of their Master of Science program. The number and combination of courses available to them during this year depends upon the requirements, and course scheduling of the UBC department offering the course. To avoid problems related to schedules and prerequisites, all prospective students should complete as many of the courses listed below as is possible prior to entry. Background coursework in the 12 content areas listed below is considered to be essential preparation for the Master of Science curriculum. Applicants from UBC should have taken the courses listed for these areas; students from other universities should have taken three to six credits for each of the content areas listed. All things equal, applicants who have completed all or most of these courses will have the advantage in admission decisions. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 4 THE SCHOOL OF AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCES 161 PREREQUISITE AND CORE CURRICULUM COURSES Content Area UBC Courses MATH 111 or 180 or 184 LING 300 LING 310 LING 316 Calculus or Precalculus Studies in Grammar I Phonetics Practicum Introduction to Speech Sciences Instrumental Phonetics LING 317 Language Acquisition LING 451 and 452 Phonology LING 311 Developmental Psychology PSYC 302, 315 Sensory Systems/Perception PSYC 367, 368 Research Methods PSYC 217 Introduction to AUDI 402 Neurolinguistics Auditory Mechanisms I AUDI 514 The courses in the above list are required for the Master of Science. Undergraduate students are encouraged to take them as part of their bachelor's program, thus making room for graduate-level electives or making it possible to complete the Master of Science program in two years. RECOMMENDED COURSES The following courses provide additional preparation for the Master of Science program: PHYS 100 or 101 or 153 (preferred) or 170; CPSC 124, 126; AUDI 400; LING 301, 312, 405, 427, 431, 432; PSYC 218, 304, 309, 322, 336,337,360,414,521. Students with other academic backgrounds who have outstanding academic records and who are interested in applying, should write to the Chair of the School's Admissions Committee with the details of their academic preparation. For further information concerning course listings at universities other than UBC, contact the Chair of the Admissions Committee, School of Audiology and Speech Sciences. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION " Persons interested in applying to the School's Master of Science program may either call or write for application materials, or apply online. The School reviews applications at two points, late January and early March. Applicants who wish to be considered for financial support should submit their applications before January 17. All other applicants should submit their applications before February 28. Ordinarily, the second review of applications fills the class, but if spaces remain, further offers of admission will be made in April. Applicants of exceptional merit may receive offers of early admission upon receipt of their application materials. Further questions should be directed to the Chair of the Admissions Committee in the School of Audiology and Speech Sciences. 1) an application form, including the (yellow) 'Additional Information' form, completed and signed; 2) a processing fee of CADS90.00 or US$56.00, by cheque, bank draft or money order, should be made payable to UBC, Faculty of Graduate Studies; 3) an updated 'List of Prerequisites to the M.Sc. Program'; 4) a written statement by the applicant of up to 500 words indicating the reason for wishing to study Audiology and/or Speech- Language Pathology, the aspects of the field which are of particular interest to the applicant and any other relevant facts. At the end of the statement, a list should be given with the names of the professionals (at least one audiologist and one speech- language pathologist) who have been observed in the course of their practice; 5) the official transcript(s) of all post- secondary institutions attended. If still attending university at the time of application, the applicant should send the most recent transcript available from that institution, as well as a list of the courses in which the applicant is currently enrolled, including the standing at the time. An official and complete transcript should also be sent as soon as available, even if past the application deadline. If any transcript is not in English or French, an official translation must be provided; I 6) three letters of reference, at least two of which should be written by professors who taught the applicant in the last two years of university work. These letters must be mailed directly to the School by the referees; and 7) Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Proof of proficiency in the English language is required if English is not the applicant's native language. No offer of admission to the University will be made until we receive a TOEFL result. The minimum acceptable score for this program is 600; 8) Applicants who are non-native speakers of English must also provide a five to ten minute audio cassette recording of their speech. This speech sample can be on any topic, as long as it is neither read nor recited. It is the applicant's responsibility to ensure that all of these documents are received by the School. No application will be processed until all of the materials listed above have been received. Students accepting an offer of admission to the Master of Science program in the School of Audiology and Speech Sciences, at the time of acceptance of admission, are required to pay a non-refundable deposit of CADS200.00, to be applied to the student's first-term tuition. Students with other academic backgrounds who have outstanding academic records and who are interested in applying, should write to the Chair of the School's Admissions Committee with the details of their academic preparation. Due to changes in the University's policies, the School has only limited funding for first year graduate students. Whenever possible, students should apply for NSERC, SHHRC or CNIH scholarships in the October prior to their application to the school. The school will assist outstanding students to apply for support for their second year of study. Other students may qualify for Canada Student Loans, or other awards and financial assistance programs. The School is pleased to document admissions status for students who may be applying for financial assistance. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The curriculum is designed to span three years; the following description reflects this design. Students may fulfil some of the curriculum requirements as part of their upper level undergraduate coursework. Those who plan in this way should be able to complete the Master of Science program in two years, at the discretion of the School, and depending on how much of the core curriculum is included in the student's undergraduate education. Completion of the Master of Science requires fulfilment of the core curriculum and completion of a minimum of 30 credits of coursework. In addition to course requirements, all students must complete either a thesis or a major essay. Those students electing the essay option are required to prepare a major library research paper and to present their work in an April Symposium. BASIC CORE COURSES The following courses must be completed before declaring a Major in either Audiology or Speech-Language Pathology: • AUDI 513, 514, 518, 520, 522, 571. FOCUSED CORE COURSES Requirements following selection of a Major (normally at the end of third term in a three- year program or at the end of the first term in a two-year program) are: • All students-AUDI 516, 545, 523 • Audiology Major-AUDI 552, 554, 556 • Speech-Language Pathology Major- AUDI 526, 570, 576. COURSES TO BE TAKEN DURING THE SUMMER The following courses are to be taken during the summer after completing the courses listed above: • Audiology Major-AUDI 565, 566, 559 • Speech-Language Pathology Major- AUDI 590, 591, 579 • Audiology Major - AUDI 565, 566, 559 • Speech-Language Pathology Major- AUDI 590, 591, 579. ADVANCED CORE COURSES Students will concurrently work on thesis (AUDI 549) or essay (AUDI 548). Normally taken in final year of study. TERM I In Term 1, students must take the following courses: • Audiology Major-AUDI 528, 545, 558, 560, 562 and 564 162 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 • Speech-Language Pathology Major-AUDI 545, 572, 575, 581 and 586. TERM 2 In Term 2, students must take the following courses: • All students-AUDI 550 • Audiology Major-AUDI 569 • Speech-Language Pathology Major- AUDI 592. INTERPROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES Under the auspices of the Council, the College of Health Disciplines is responsible for the administration of interprofessional courses (IHHS), which are recommended as electives to students in Audiology and Speech Sciences. For more information see the College's section in this chapter, the courses section, or visit their website (www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca). CLINICAL EXTERNSHIPS In their practicum experiences, students provide supervised clinical service to persons with communication disorders. Professional ethics mandate that the School avoid assigning students to clinical work if their level of knowledge, clinical skill or language competencies might lead to errors in judgment that could adversely affect their clients/patients. For this reason, student performance is evaluated by the faculty members as a whole prior to the initial externship. To qualify for clinical externship placement, a student must: 1) complete the laboratory portions of clinical courses with at least 68% 2) meet the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements for continuation in the degree program; and 3) demonstrate competency in oral English, both comprehension and production, a which is adequate for clinical practice i English. This judgment is made by faculty members teaching courses with clinical content. The School is very aware of the need to prepare audiologists and speech-language pathologists who can provide service in a variety of cultural groups. To this end, we will help non-native speakers of English to find assistance in meeting the third criterion. This may, however, lead to delays in obtaining the Master of Science degree. Prospective students who wish further advice on this matter should arrange for an interview. As a further criterion for the Master of Science degree, all students are required to achieve 68% (B-) or higher in at least three clinical externship courses. Students who initially fail to meet this requirement may apply to retake one or more of these courses. The decision on this application will be made by the School's faculty based upon such criteria as the likelihood of improved performance and the availability of an appropriate site. Finally, students should also note that one of their externship placements is likely to require temporary relocation outside the Vancouver area, e.g., Kelowna. This may entail some additional expense. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences offers a Doctor of Philosophy program, with specialization in one of the following areas: neurolinguistics/linguisric aphasiology, developmental phonetics and phonology, language acquisition, developmental language disorders, discourse analysis, phonological and phonetic disorders, speech understanding in the elderly, aural rehabilitation, auditory neurophysiology, electrophysiologic diagnosis and hearing science. A brochure giving details of this program is available from the School's office. ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS John H. V. Gilbert, M.S., Ph.D. (Purdue), L.C.S.T., Dip. Phon; Judith R. Johnston, B.A., M.A. (Stan.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); David R. Stapells, B.A. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Ott.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Barbara M. Bernhardt, B.A., M.Sc., Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Carolyn E. Johnson, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), M.A., Ph.D. (Stan.); Stefka Marinova-Todd, B.A. (Tor.), Ed.M., Ph.D. (Harv.); Navid Shahnaz, B.Sc. (Tehran), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.); Jeff A. Small, B.A. (Cent. Wash.), M.A. (New Mex.), Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Elizabeth D. Macleod, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.). INSTRUCTOR Cynthia B. Bruce, B.A. (Manit.), M.A. (N. Dakota). RESEARCH ASSOCIATE Linda Rammage, B.A. (Aha.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Wis., Madison). CLINICAL PROFESSOR Barbara A. Purves, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (Br.Col.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Brent McNeill, B.A., M.A. (W.Wash.); Carol Woodworth, B.A., M.Sc. (BrCol.). CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Aharon Adelman, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Lisa Avery, B.A. (Ott.), M.H.Sc. (Tor); Suzanne E. Barry, B.A. (Mt. St. Vin.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Terry Batt, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Susan Blockberger, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.A. (Northwestern); Sandi Bojm, B.A (Tor.), M.Sc. (McG.); Marie Bremner, B.Sc. (Tor.), M.Sc. (McG.); Elizabeth Brooks, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Daniel J. Carlson, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Marilou Carrillo, B.Sc. (Northwestern), M.S.P.A. (Wash.); Marcia Choi, B.A., M.Sc. (BrCol.); Susan M. Clarke, B.A., M.A. (W.Wash.); Dina Y. Collins, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A. (W.Wash.); Barbara Cotter, B.A., M.A. (Mich.); Paula Coughlan, B.A., M.Sc. (BrCol.); Lori Davies, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.A. (W.Wash.); Wendy Duke, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Dorothy Fairholm, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Patrick Greenwood, B.A., M.A. (W.Wash.); Cindy L. Gustin, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Wilma C. Haig, L.C.S.T. (Glas.); Sheila Kearney, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Anne MacCal- lum, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Catherine Manning, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Colette Massie, L.C.S.T. (Glas.), M.Sc. (Lond.); Marianne McCormick, B.A. (Aha.), M.Phil (Cantab.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Christina Moes, B.A. (McG.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Christina Mortimore, B.A., M.Sc. (BrCol.); George M. Muller, B.A. (H.K.), M.A. (Wash.); Ann Marie Newroth, B.Sc, M.Sc. (BrCol.); Jo Nussbaum, B.A. (Austin), M.A. (Indiana); Sipke Pijl, B.Ed. (Br.Col.), M.A. (W.Wash.); David Piatt, B.A. (York, Can.), M.Sc. (BrCol.); Elizabeth Porteous, B.A., M.S.L.P. (Alta.); Cynthia Reynolds, B.A. (Guelph), M.H. Sc. (Tor.); Susan Robbins, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Sue Scott, B.A. (Qu.), M.Sc. (BrCol.); Mae Seto Quan, B.A. (Sask.), B.A. (N.Dakota), M.A. (W.Wash.); Grace Shyng, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Sandra Taylor, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Suzanne Thorn, B.A. (Regina), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Margaret Thompson, B.Sc.Ed. (N.Dakota), M.Sc. (Dal.); M. Lynn Tissington, B.A., B.Sc, M.C.Sc, (W.Ont.); Laurie Usher, B.S. (N.Arizona), M.S. (Idaho); Sue Wastie, L.C.S.T. (Leic); Dale Wormeli, B.A. (Conn.), M.A. (Denver). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Sandra Akres, B.A. (S Africa), M.S.L.P. (Alta.); Nicole Armstrong, BA. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Kathleen D. Barker, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Annabel Barlow, B.A. (McG.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Lori Bell, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Leslie Bennett, B.A. (Ott.), M.Sc. (Syr.); Monika Bernauer, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Randa Bloom, BA. (Wash.), MA. (W.Wash.); Karen Bopp, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Tom Braasch, B.S. (Calif.), M.S. (Gallaudet); Alison Bullock, L.C.S.T. (Lond.), M.S.L.P. (Aha.); Barbara Burnet, B.Ed. (Vic.B.C), MA. (W.Wash.); Marie-Louise Carignan, BA. (McG.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Tara Chen, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Christine Cheung, BA. (Wat.), M.Ed. (Mane); Margaret Choinski, BA. (BrCol.), MA. (Tor.), M.Sc. (McG.); Caroline Chow, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Jennifer Clark, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Laurie Cole, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Arizona); Martha J. Cosco, B.A., M.Sc. (BrCol.); Heather Cowan, B.A. (Winn.), M.Sc. (Manit.); Helen Cowan, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Lori Cunningham, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.A. (W.Wash.); Shelagh Davies, B.A. (Qu.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Susan Davies, B.A. (McG.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Petulla Dedish, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Karen Derry, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Gwen Dixon, B.Sc. (Aha.), M.A. (Maine); Petrea Drew, B.A., M.Sc. (Minot State); Miriam Durbach, B.A. (Cape T), M.A. (Oregon); Susan Edmison, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.Cl.Sc. (W.Ont.); Kimberley Eggert, B.A. (Car.), M.H.Sc. (Tor); Jennifer Ellwood, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Christy Faraher-Amidon, B.A., MA. (N. 111.); Phyllis Ferguson, BA. (Bran.), M.Sc. (McG.); Tracy Findlay, BA.(Vic.B.C), MA. (W.Wash.); Amy Olive Fleming, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Hester Flewin, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.Sc. (Wash.); Janice Forsey, B.A. (Memorial), M.Sc. (Dal.); Dave Gordey, BA. (Sask.), M.A. (N. Dakota); Deborah Gwynn, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.S. (Ithaca); Ethel Hansen, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.S.P.A. (Wash.), M.P.A. (Vic.B.C); Kelli Hansen, B.A. (Alta.), MA. (Wash.); Phil Harmuth, B.A. (San Fran.), M.A. (Denver); Elizabeth J. Haynes, B.A. (W.Wash.), M.A. (Wash.); Darlene Hicks, B.A., M.Sc. (Manit.); Shelley Hughes, B.A. (Winn.), M.S.L.P. (Aha.); Jacqueline Hummel- brunner, BA. (Minot), M.Sc. (Louisville); Mary Lou Iceton, B.Sc. (W.Mich.), M.Sc. (Mich.); Nancy Johnson, B.Sc. (Guelph), MA. (Mich.); Catherine Kennedy, B.A., M.Sc. (BrCol.); Nora Kennet, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Vera Kinach, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.A. (W.Wash.); Dianne Klingensmith, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Meredith Land, B.A. (W.Wash.), M.Cl.Sc. (W.Ont.); Susan Lane, B.A. (W.Wash.), MA. (Montana); Barbara Lang, B.A. (Tor), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Tracy Larson, BA. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (S. Conn.); Rhea Lazar, B.Sc, M.Cl.Sc. (W.Ont.); Lesley Lee, B.A. (Vic.B.C), LL.B. (Tor.), M.Sc.(A) (McG.); Jacqueline Leong, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (BrCol.); Sarah Lowe, B.Sc. (Wales), M.Sc. (Lond.); Mardi Lowe-Heistad, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), MA. (W.Wash.); Marian MacDougall, B.A. (S.Fraser), MA. (W.Wash.); Dorothy Mathews- Dana, LCST (Lond.), M.Ed. (Vic.B.C); Daniel McDougald, B.Sc(CD), M.Cl.Sc, (W.Ont.); Jean McFarlane, BA. (Qu.), M.A. (N.Mich.); Tasha McGimpsey, B.A., (Manit.), M.Sc, (Aha.); Alison PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 4 THE SCHOOL OF AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCES 163 Miller, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (Wash.); Todd Mitchell, B.Sc. (Car.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Frances Monro, L.C.S.T, M.Sc. (Lond.); Katherine Munro, BA. (Calg.), M.Sc. (BrCol.); Keely Murray, B.Sc, M.A. (N.I11.); Mahchid Namazi, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Hava Neeman, B.A. (TelAviv), M.Sc. (Lond.); Susan Nelson-Oxford, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (Dal.); Joseph Newsted, BA. (W.Wash.), M.A. (N. Col.); Anne Nicklewicz, B.Sc, M.Sc. (McG.); Marilyn Noort, B.A., M.Sc. (BrCol.); Margaret Orme, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (McG.); Daniel Paccioretti, B.S. (San Jose), M.S. (San Fran.); Carmen Parsons, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Elizabeth Payne, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Patsy Pearce, B.S. (E. Carolina), M.S. (Penn.); Lauren Pegg, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.Sc. (BrCol.); Melissa Perehud- off, B.A., M.Sc. (BrCol.); Caren Carlaw Phillips, B.A., M.A. (W.Wash.); Indershini Pillay, BA. (Aha.), M.S. (Oregon); Todd Pribilsky, B.Sc, M.Sc. (W.Wash.); Lisa Prokopowich, BA. (Man.), M.S. (N. Dakota); Karin Rennert, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Janet Reynolds, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Kristin Roodenburg, MA. (Antwerp), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Andrea Rowan, B.A. (Qu.), M.Sc. (McG.); Kathryn Ryan, B.A. (W.Laur.), M.C.Sc (W.Ont.); Andriana Scuka, B.S. (Walla Walla), M.A. (Wash.); Donna J. Seedorf-Harmuth, B.S. (S.Methodist), MA. (Denver); Cathy Silversides, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Jason Sirianni, BA. (McG.), M.Sc. (BrCol.); Kari Smilsky, B.Sc. (McM.), M.C1. Sc. (W.Ont.); Patricia Smith, B.Sc. (N.Dakota), M.Sc. (Minot.); Michelle Smits, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Catherine Spack, BA. (Manit.), MA. (N.Dakota); Uta Stewart, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Dal.); Danielle Tessier, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.Sc. (Arizona) ; Sheila Threndyle, B.A. (BrCol.), MA. (Wash.); Erane van Blommestein, BA. (Calg.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Ellen van Heerden, Dip. Logoped. (Netherlands); Anna van Maanen, B.A., M.S. (Minot.); Marcia Waller, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Neil Walton, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Theresa Ward, M.Sc. (Idaho), M.Sc. (Minot.); Stacey Weber, BA. (Man.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Susan Widera, BA. (Man.), B.Sc, M.S. (Moorehead); Dian Wirth, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Kathryn M. Wishart, L.C.S.T. (Lond.); Madeleine Wong, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.A. (W.Wash.); Maureen Young, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Graham Bryce, Surgery; Guy Carden, Linguistics; Bryan Gick, Linguistics; Darlene Redenbach, School of Rehabilitation Medicine; Joseph Stemberger, Linguistics; Janet Werker, Psychology; Brian Westerberg, Surgery. 164 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 5 The Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration ALSO KNOWN AS THE SAUDER SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Dean's Office Daniel F. Muzyka, Dean B. Bemmels, Associate Dean, Academic Programs R. Helsley, Associate Dean, Faculty and Research A. DeWolfe, Assistant Dean and Director, MBA Program K. Bright, Assistant Dean and Director, Executive Education K. Kirkpatrick, Assistant Dean and Director, Business Career Centre and Marketing P. Shanahan, Assistant Dean and Director, Undergraduate Program S. von Kaldenberg, Assistant Dean and Director, External Relations and Alumni G. Wong, Assistant Dean and Director, International Programs 2053 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Telephone: 604-822-8500 Fax: 604-822-8468 Commerce and Business Administration Website (www.sauder.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration, also known as the Sauder School of Business, offers an undergraduate program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce. Through the Real Estate Division, the Faculty offers a post-diploma degree completion program that leads to the Bachelor of Business in Real Estate. The Faculty also offers a Diploma in Accounting program. At the graduate level, programs leading to the degrees of Master of Business Administration, International M.B.A., Master of Management, Master of Science in Business Administration and Doctor of Philosophy are offered. For information on research oriented graduate programs (M.Sc.B. and Ph.D.) see Business Administration, p. 235 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section, and for professional master's programs see Professional Master's Degrees, p. 170. BACHELOR OF COMMERCE The Bachelor of Commerce is a four year specialized program and is intended for students interested in one of ten specialized fields of administrative practice. The first two and a half years are devoted to building a foundation in the related sciences and the humanities, and to learning the fundamentals of business issues, principles and practices. The professional and specialized aspects of the curriculum are largely concentrated in the last one and a half years. Because of the breadth and variety of topics covered, all students must take a specified "core" of courses and then arrange a series of carefully selected and integrated courses to complete an option. For necessary core courses, see Degree Requirements, p. 167. Students may contact the Commerce Undergraduate Program Office for more details concerning each option in the program. ACADEMIC ADVISING The Undergraduate Program Office offers drop- in advising from 12:30 pm to 3:30 pm, Mondays through Wednesdays, or by appointment 10:00 am to 12:00 pm, Mondays through Fridays. Faculty advisors can assist in program planning, answer admission inquiries, and administer regulations governing the Bachelor of Commerce program. Advisors can also evaluate and approve requests for course changes, withdrawals, academic concessions, and produce letters of permission for study elsewhere. Students experiencing academic difficulty are encouraged to contact an advisor as soon as possible. To schedule an appointment, call 604-822-8333. ADMISSION The Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration (also known as The Sauder School of Business) has implemented a Broad- Based Admission policy that incorporates the use of additional criteria in the selection of all students entering first and second year of the Bachelor of Commerce program. As part of this process, all applicants are required to submit the BCOM Supplemental Application Form. The Faculty will be implementing Broad-Based Admission for applicants to third year of the program in October 2005. Detailed information on admission requirements for all applicants is available on the Sauder School of Business website (www.sauder.ubc.ca/bcom/admissions/ index.cfm). SECONDARY SCHOOL APPLICANTS Admission of secondary school students into Year 1 of the Bachelor of Commerce program is based on academic performance and overall records of leadership and accomplishment. Among the factors considered in the application review are academic performance, personal statements, demonstrated leadership skills, active participation in extra-curricular activities, significant awards and achievements, and reference contacts. COLLEGE/UNIVERSITY TRANSFER STUDENTS (INCLUDING UBC STUDENTS TRANSFERRING FACULTIES) Admission to Year 2 of the Bachelor of Commerce program is based on academic performance and overall records of leadership and accomplishment. Among the factors considered in the application review are the pre- Commerce courses required for admission as outlined below, personal statements, demonstrated leadership skills, active participation in extra-curricular activities, awards and achievements, and reference contacts. Students who have completed a minimum of 27 transferable credits at an accredited post-secondary institution may apply for admission to second year of the Bachelor of Commerce program. Applicants must have completed the following courses (or their equivalents): ENGL 112 plus one of ENGL 110, 111, 120, 121 (Arts One or a minimum of 16 credits of the Foundations program is acceptable) with a minimum grade of 60% on each English course; ECON 101 and 102, MATH 104 and MATH 105 (or any of MATH 100, 102, 120, 180, 184, followed by any of MATH 101, 103, or 121); and 9 to 12 credits of electives. Electives must not include any business courses. Statistics courses will be included in the admission average; however, they will not count toward the Bachelor of Commerce program. Applicants to the Bachelor of Commerce program are required to complete all core courses in English, Economics and Mathematics, as they are prerequisites to most second year courses. Students must complete all core courses by the document deadline. BC COLLEGE COMMERCE TRANSFER PROGRAMS Students who have completed second-year Commerce at a college offering a transfer program to UBC's Bachelor of Commerce program are eligible to be considered for PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 5 THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 165 admission to third-year. Students must have completed 54 credits with a minimum grade point average of 2.00 overall. Attainment of the minimum prescribed requirement means only that the applicant is eligible for selection but does not provide assurance of admission. Effective October 2005, admission to Year 3 of the Bachelor of Commerce program will be based on academic performance and overall records of leadership and accomplishment. Among the factors considered in the application review are the courses required for admission to third year as outlined below, personal statements, demonstrated leadership skills, active participation in extra-curricular activities, awards and achievements, and reference contacts. BUSINESS PROGRAMS AT OTHER UNIVERSITIES Business students attending other universities and wishing to transfer to the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration (Sauder School of Business) at UBC will be considered on an individual basis. Students may be admitted with advanced standing as approved by the director of the undergraduate program. Transfer credit will be assessed only after a formal application for admission to the program has been made. A grade point average of 2.00 (on a 4-pt scale) is required to be considered for admission. Admission will be based on the criteria as outlined above depending on the year level the student is eligible for. A student with unsatisfactory standing from another post-secondary institution will not be admitted. CHINOOK BUSINESS DIPLOMA Students who have completed the Chinook Business Diploma offered at one of B.C.'s community colleges in partnership with UBC are eligible to be considered for admission to third year in the Chinook option. Students may also be eligible for admission to other options if they meet the specific requirements for those options. Students must have completed 60 credits with a minimum grade point average of 2.00 overall. Attainment of the minimum prescribed requirements means only that the applicant is eligible for selection but does not provide assurance of admission. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS The following regulations regarding Commerce courses apply: 1) Students are admitted to the Bachelor of Commerce program, not to particular options, and enrolment in required option courses may be limited. Students may select their field of concentration (option) in the summer registration period prior to third year but must make their choice no later than the end of Term 1 of Winter Session of the third year in the program. While it is possible to try to change options at the end of Term 1 there may not be sufficient room in all of the required courses. Because registration access is based on GPA, students with lower marks will register later and may be unable to gain admission to the option of their first choice. For this reason students are encouraged to plan for a second and third choice. Changes to options made at the end of Term 1 require the approval of the Undergraduate Program Office. 2) Each option program assumes that there is a normal sequence of courses, as listed in the Sauder School of Business website (www.sauder.ubc.ca). Students are expected to recognize these normal sequences in planning their program. Any exceptions must be approved by the director or associate director of the undergraduate program. 3) Students may be required to undertake field work in the business community. 4) A charge may be made for material supplied by the Faculty for use in classes. 5) Courses in Commerce generally are reserved for students registered in a degree program in Commerce. However, there are exceptions to this general regulation. Special registration arrangements have been made for students registered in other faculties in programs, as approved by Senate, which specifically require Commerce courses. Non-Commerce students should consult their faculty to see if such arrangements have been made for their program of study. 6) Students who have obtained a First Class average in their third year may elect to register for up to six credits of 500-level courses chosen in consultation with the chair of the division, the instructor and the director or associate director of the undergraduate program. DEAN'S HONOUR ROLL The words "Dean's Honour Roll" will be placed on a student's transcript if an average of 80% or better has been achieved in the program of an academic year of at least 27 credits in first year, of at least 30 credits in second year, and 27 credits in third and fourth years. Students in a co-operative education program who are registered at UBC for only one term in Winter Session because of a co-op placement must be in a program of 15 credits for that term. Grades obtained by students registered in a Study Abroad and Exchange Program during the Winter Session will be considered. To qualify, a student must pass all courses. DEGREE COMPLETION Students must complete their degree requirements within six years of their original admission into the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. DEGREE WITH HONOURS The words "with Honours" will be placed on the transcript of record and the degree certificate of a student graduating with the Bachelor of Commerce where the average is 80% or better in all upper-level Commerce courses. Grades obtained by students registered in a Study Abroad and Exchange Program during their final two years will be considered. As well, the student must be enrolled in a 27- credit course load in at least one of the two final years. PROGRAM APPROVAL Students are reminded of the University rule regarding program responsibility. Students are responsible for the completeness and accuracy of registration as it relates to the regulations of the program in which they are enrolled. Any variation from a full load must be approved by the director or associate director of the undergraduate program. UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE Students whose performance in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration is unsatisfactory will be required to discontinue study in the Faculty for at least one year. Students who have failed to meet the promotion requirements of the University will be considered to have failed the year and will be required to discontinue study in the University for at least one year. Continuation requirements are listed in the table Summary of Continuation Requirements below and are subject to the following: 1) Student performance is unsatisfactory when the average taken in all courses in second, third, or fourth year, including failed courses, is below 60%. 2) Students admitted to the first year in Commerce through Direct Entry will be required to discontinue study in the Faculty for at least one year if: - The average in all courses taken in any year, including any failed courses, is below 60%, or - The grade in either of the two required first year English courses is below 60%, or - The average in the required first year English, Economics, and Math courses is below 65%>, or - There is a deficiency in any of the first year Economics, English, or Math courses. 3) Students at any level of university study who are required for a second time to discontinue studies in the Faculty, whether in repeating a year or in a later year, will be required to withdraw from the University. Readmission to Commerce in such cases is normally not granted. 4) Students who fail the year or are required to discontinue study in the Faculty may apply for readmission only after 12 months. 5) Students who are readmittted after being required to discontinue study in the Faculty or after a failed year will receive credit towards the Bachelor of Commerce only for those courses in that year in which a grade of at least 65%> was obtained. 166 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 6) Any students whose academic records, as determined by the tests and examinations of Term 1, are found to be unsatisfactory may be required to discontinue attendance in Commerce for the remainder of the session. SUMMARY OF CONTINUATION REQUIREMENTS Year Winter Core Sessional Continua- Level Session Average1 Standing tion Average Status 1 60% or more 65% or more Pass Eligibleto continue 1 60% or more less than 65% Pass Not eligibleto continue 1 55%- 59% Pass Not eligibleto continue 1 50%- 54.9% Academic Probation Not eligibleto continue 1 Less than 50% Fail Required to discontinue 2-4 60% or more Pass Eligibleto continue 2-4 Less than 60% Fail Required to discontinue Core average is calculated on all required Economics, English, and Math courses. ADVANCEMENT REQUIREMENTS The UBC Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.) is a full-time four-year program. Students are expected to register in a full load of courses unless they have been granted advanced standing. 1) To earn a promotion from first to second year, a student must have completed a . minimum of 27 credits including all required English, Math and Economics courses. 2) To earn a promotion from second to third year, a student must have completed 54 credits including five of the seven following second year required core courses: COMM 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 297; no more than one of Commerce 391, 392 and 396 may substitute for one of the second year Commerce courses. 3) To earn a promotion from third to fourth year, a student must have completed 84 credits including two option core courses and four of the following seven third year core courses: COMM 391, 392, 394, 396, 397, 393 or 399. CO-OP AND MINOR OPTIONS CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM The Commerce Co-operative Education Program (www.sauder.ubc.ca/ccc) is intended to provide interested and qualified students in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration with work experience relevant to their future careers. The program is optional and is currently available only to students who register in certain academic options. As new programs are being added, students should check with the Undergraduate Program Office concerning the options in which co-operative education is available. The Co-operative Education Program entails three or four work term placements of four months' duration each, starting as early as Term 2 of the third year. Work terms may occur in the fall, winter or summer terms. The particulars of each specific academic option's co-op program will depend on the targeted employer group's staffing needs. The work term experience requirement in cooperative education requires up to an extra year to complete the Bachelor of Commerce requirements. Faculty advisors or coordinators visit students at their places of work and provide advice on the work term reports that are a requirement of the program. Students intending to enter this program may apply as early as Term 1 of their second year; transfer students should apply in the summer between their second and third years. Mandatory pre-employment training workshops start in September of the third year. Students who wish to be considered for the program must meet all of the requirements of the Faculty and will be selected on the basis of academic performance and suitability for the work environment. The total enrolment is subject to the availability of appropriate work placements. An accepted student will register in the appropriate Co-operative Education course for each work term once a suitable position is confirmed, and will be required to pay a Co-operative Education Program fee (see Program and Course Fees, p. 31). Completion of each of these courses, including a work term report, will be recorded on the student's transcript. In order to graduate in the Co-operative Education program, a student must have completed the required number of work placements satisfactorily, in addition to the normal academic requirements. MINOR IN ARTS Students may apply to have the completion of the requirements for a Minor in the Faculty of Arts noted on their transcript. Students are encouraged to consult a departmental advisor in Arts, preferably before taking the necessary courses. MINOR IN SCIENCE Students may, with approval of a departmental advisor in Science, a senior faculty advisor in the Faculty of Science Dean's Office and a senior advisor in their home faculty, undertake a Minor in Science program in conjunction with their degree program. Students are strongly encouraged to consult with advisors in both faculties before taking the necessary courses. Space in Science courses is limited. Admission to a Science Minor does not guarantee access to courses agreed upon for the minor. Once students complete the required courses, they will have the Minor recognized on their transcript. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The following requirements represent the core courses of the Bachelor of Commerce program. In addition, students in third year must select an option and complete the specific option program requirements set out below. BACHELOR OF COMMERCE First Year Pre-Commerce (For students completing first year in another faculty prior to applying for admission to second-year Commerce.) ENGL 112 plus one from ENGL110/ 6 111/120/121 ECON 101/102 MATH 104 or 1841 MATH 1052 Non-Commerce Electives Total Credits First Year 6 3/4 3 12 30/31 (For students admitted directly into first-year Commerce from secondary school.) ENGL 112 plus one from ENGL110/ 6 111/120/121 ECON 101/102 MATH 104 or 1841 MATH 1052 COMM 292 COMM 293 Non-Commerce Electives Total Credits Second Year 6 3/4 3 4 3 6 31/32 COMM 290, 291, 2923, 2933, 294, 297, 22 299 COMM 2954 3 One of COMM3915, 392 or 396 3/4 Six credits of non-Commerce Electives 6 Total Credits 34/35 Third Year COMM 394, 397 Two of COMM 391, 392 or 3966 7 6/7 One of COMM 393 or 399 (secondary 3 core)7 Electives, including at least three 9 credits of non-Commerce Electives8 Option Requirements (as specified 6 below) Total Credits Fourth Year 31/32 One of COMM 491, 497, or 498 3 One additional course from the following 3 list (secondary core)7: COMM 393 (if not already taken in third year); COMM 399 (if not already taken in third year); COMM 491, 492, 494, 497, or 4989 Electives, including at least six credits of 15 non-Commerce electives8 Option Requirements (as specified below) 9 Total Credits 30 1 Acceptable alternatives are MATH 100 or 180 or 102 or 120 or 140 2 Acceptable alternatives are MATH 101 or 103 or 121 or 141 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 5 THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 167 Students admitted directly to the Bachelor of Commerce program from secondary school who complete COMM 292 and COMM 293 in first year will take 6 credits of non-Commerce electives in place of these courses in second year. 4 ECON 301 and ECON 303 may be taken instead of COMM 295. Students planning to take fourth year economics courses should be aware that these courses require ECON 301 or ECON 304 or permission of the Economics Department as a prerequisite. Students planning to pursue the Commerce and Economics Option should enrol in ECON 301 and ECON 303. 5 Students intending to take the MIS Option should complete COMM 391 in second year. 5 Whichever courses were not taken in second year. 7 Students take two courses in the secondary core - generally one in third year and one in fourth year. B The Bachelor of Commerce requires a minimum of nine credits of non-Commerce electives in third and fourth years combined. Additional electives in third and fourth years may be either Commerce or non-Commerce courses. See Electives, p. 168 for more information. 9 Students must take one course from COMM 491, 497 or 498 as part of the core requirements in the fourth year. An additional course may be chosen from COMM 491, 492, 494, 497, or 498 to satisfy one of the two requirements of the secondary core. The 49X series of courses can only be taken in the fourth year. CHINOOK OPTION Third Year Three of COMM 290, 295, 297, 392, 9/11 393, 394, or 3991 Electives, including at least six credits 12 of non-Commerce Electives2 Option Requirements (as specified 9 below) Total Credits 30/32 Fourth Year COMM 497 T COMM 491 or COMM 498 3 Electives, including at least 6 credits of 15 non-Commerce electives2 Option Requirements (as specified 9 below) Total Credits 30 1 Whichever courses were not taken in first and second year of the Chinook Business Diploma. 2 The Bachelor of Commerce requires a minimum of 9 credits of non-Commerce electives in third and I fourth years combined. Additional electives in third and fourth years may be either Commerce 1 or non-Commerce courses. See Electives, p. 168 for more information. THIRD AND FOURTH YEAR OPTION REQUIREMENTS Students who complete the course of studies in any one of the following options will receive the Bachelor of Commerce: Accounting, Commerce and Economics, Finance, General Business Management, Human Resources Management, International Business (must be combined with another option), Management Information Systems, Marketing, Transportation and Logistics, or Real Estate. Option requirements are listed below. ELECTIVES Electives are chosen to complement the choice of option as well as to broaden the student's general education. Many senior level courses require junior prerequisites so students should select lower level electives carefully. At least nine credits of 300- or 400-level electives must be taken in a faculty other than Commerce and Business Administration in the third and fourth years combined. At least 12 of the 24 elective credits in the third and fourth years, whether Commerce or non-Commerce, must be at the 300-level or higher. Any exceptions must be approved by the Commerce Undergraduate Program Office. Students should refer to the UBC Commerce website (www.sauder.ubc.ca) to verify which electives are appropriate. ENGLISH REQUIREMENTS To qualify for the Bachelor of Commerce, students must satisfy the English requirement of the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. To do this, students must obtain credit for ENGL 112 plus one of ENGL 110,111,120, 121 (Arts One or a minimum of 16 credits of the Foundations Program is acceptable) with a minimum grade of 60% for each of the two required English courses. Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC (See Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120). PREREQUISITES The required 200-level Commerce courses generally are prerequisite to 300- and 400-level courses and in each option it is assumed that the required 300-level courses will be taken prior to the 400-level courses. Specific prerequisites are listed in "Course Descriptions" in the Calendar. Any student not registering for a normal sequence of courses must consult the director or associate director of the undergraduate program. Non-Commerce students taking Commerce courses as a part of a program should contact the Undergraduate Program Office for information. ACCOUNTING THIRD YEAR Third year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 353, 354; and • nine credits of electives including three credits of non-Commerce electives. FOURTH YEAR Fourth year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 450 • six credits from 452, 453, 454, 455, 459; and • 15 credits of electives including six credits of non-Commerce electives. CHINOOK OPTION THIRD YEAR Third year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 384 • six credits of 300- or 400- level Commerce; and • 12 credits of electives including six credits of non-Commerce electives. FOURTH YEAR Fourth year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 385 • six credits of 300- or 400-level Commerce; and • 15 credits of electives including six credits of non-Commerce electives. COMMERCE AND ECONOMICS SECOND YEAR Students should take ECON 301 or 304. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS COMBINED Third and fourth years of this option require that students complete: • ECON 303 • six credits of 300- or 400-level economics • nine credits of 400-level economics • six credits of 300- or 400-level Commerce; and • 15 credits of electives including nine credits of non-Commerce electives. Students completing a Commerce and Economics Option may not take economics courses as their non-Commerce electives. Students in this option should take ECON 301 and 303 instead of COMM 295. Students planning to take fourth year economics courses should be aware that these courses require ECON 301, (or ECON 304), and for certain courses, ECON 302 (or ECON 305). Students who have COMM 295 and MATH 105 may be admitted to courses requiring ECON 301/304 with permission of the Economics Department. ECON 302 is highly recommended as an elective. FINANCE THIRD YEAR Third year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 371, 374 • three credits from COMM 307, 376, 377, 378, 379; and • six credits of electives, of which at least three credits must be non-Commerce electives. FOURTH YEAR Fourth year of this option requires that students complete: • six credits from COMM 379, 405, 471, 472, 474, 475, 478; and • 18 credits of electives of which at least six must be non-Commerce electives. 168 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 GENERAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT THIRD YEAR Third year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 393, 3991 • three credits from: COMM 307, 320, 335, 349, 353, 354, 362, 363, 365, 371, 374; and • nine to 12 credits of electives, including at least three credits of non-Commerce electives. FOURTH YEAR Fourth year of this option requires that students complete: • nine credits from COMM 491, 492, 493, 494, 497, or 498, including at least three credits from COMM 497 or 498 • at least three credits of 400-level course work built on COMM 307, 320, 335, 349, 353, 354, 362, 363, 365, 371, 374; and • 15 to 18 credits of electives, including at least six credits of non-Commerce electives2. 1 Students in the General Business Management Option take courses in all three functional areas of the secondary core. Two of these courses count as secondary core requirements, and one as a General Business Management Option requirement. One of COMM 393 or 399 may be taken in fourth year. 2 General Business Management students are restricted to taking no more than nine credits of course work beyond the core in any specific option area. HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT THIRD YEAR Third year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 327, 328 • nine credits of electives including three credits of non-Commerce electives. FOURTH YEAR Fourth year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 421, 425, 428 • 15 credits of electives including six credits of non-Commerce electives. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS COMBINED The IB option is completed as a double option. IB students are required to declare a first option in any other area and complete the required 15 credit option core. Students are required to submit an application form and have an IB study plan approved by an advisor. Applications and study plans must be received by the Commerce Undergraduate Program Office no later than February 28. Upon approval of your study plan, the Undergraduate Program Office will add the IB designation to your academic record. By the end of the program students must have completed in addition to their declared option: • 12 credits of language study (in one language) with a minimum of six credits at the 300 or 400-level or 18 credits of 100- 200 level language study (in one language) • six credits of approved internationally related courses • participation in an approved international exchange/study abroad program • COMM 498. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS THIRD YEAR • COMM 335, 436, 437; and • nine credits of electives, at least three of which must be non-Commerce. FOURTH YEAR • COMM 438, 439; and • 15 credits of electives including six credits of non-Commerce electives. Recommended non-Commerce electives include: CPSC 111, 121, 211, 213 and 310. Students should take note of the prerequisites required for the above Computer Science MARKETING THIRD YEAR Third year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 362, 363; and • nine credits of electives including three credits of non-Commerce electives. FOURTH YEAR Fourth year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 3651, 468 • three credits from COMM 460, 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 467, 469 • 15 credits of electives including six credits of non-Commerce electives. * 1 COMM 365 may be taken in third year, in which ^ case COMM 362 must be taken in fourth year. REAL ESTATE THIRD YEAR Third year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 306, 307 • nine credits of electives, including at least three credits of non-Commerce electives. FOURTH YEAR Fourth year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 405, 408 • COMM 407 or 409; and • 15 credits of electives including six credits of non-Commerce electives. Recommended electives: COMM 434, 471, ECON 447 or PLAN 425; one of COMM 376 or ECON 345. TRANSPORTATION AND LOGISTICS THIRD YEAR Third year of this option requires that students complete: • COMM 349, 3991 • 12 credits of electives including three to six credits of non-Commerce electives. FOURTH YEAR • COMM 441, 449 • three credits from COMM 442, 444, 445, 447; and • 15 credits of electives including three to six credits of non-Commerce electives. Students are encouraged to take COMM 446. 1 COMM 399 must be taken as one of the student's two choices for secondary core courses, as it is a prerequisite for COMM 441, required in fourth year. BACHELOR OF BUSINESS IN REAL ESTATE The Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration, through its Real Estate Division (RED) offers a post-diploma degree completion program that leads to the Bachelor of Business in Real Estate (B.B.R.E.). The program requires the completion of the Diploma in Urban Land Economics, p. 172 or equivalent plus additional real estate, general education and business courses. The real estate courses are delivered by the RED, which is located in the Michael A. Goldberg Centre for Real Estate and Distance Education, while an agreement with Open University of BC will enable students to obtain the required general education and business courses. The Bachelor of Business in Real Estate is a part-time program, delivered by distance education methods. This will allow industry professionals to continue their careers while simultaneously advancing their formal education beyond the diploma level in order that they may prepare to meet the challenges and opportunities of an increasingly complex and dynamic industry. The curriculum has been developed in consultation with the real estate industry to ensure it meets the accreditation requirements of the various professional associations. For further information regarding the B.B.R.E., please contact the Real Estate Division at 604- 822-8444 or visit the Real Estate Division website (www.realestate.ubc.ca). ADMISSION Admission to the program will require graduation from the Diploma in Urban Land Economics or equivalent with a grade point average of 2.0 (60%) or greater. Students will also be required to demonstrate proficiency in English skills, such as completion of six credits of university English courses, or other standards as outlined in English Language Admission Standard, p. 19. The Faculty, through the RED, reserves the right to select students for the program from those who meet PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 5 THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 169 the general admission requirements of the University. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Students are subject to Faculty policies on advancement and examinations as outlined in Academic Regulations, p. 166 as listed under the Bachelor of Commerce degree. At least 50% (60 credits) of the course work must be completed at UBC in order to receive a UBC credential. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Requirements for the B.B.R.E. (120 credits) include the following: BACHELOR OF BUSINESS IN REAL ESTATE General Education Requirements First-year English 6 Introductory Probability and Statistics 3 Finite Mathematics 3 Calculus for Business and Management 3 Sciences Introductory Microeconomics or BUSI 3 1001 Introductory Macroeconomics or BUSI 3 1011 Total Credits 21 General Business Courses Business and Technical Writing 3 Business/Commercial Law 3 Computer Applications in Business 3 Organizational Behaviour 3 Industrial Relations 3 Introductory Finance 3 Introductory Marketing 3 Introductory Financial Accounting 3 Introductory Managerial Accounting 3 Business Statistics 3 Managerial Economics 3 Business Ethics 3 Business Policy 3 Total Credits 39 Real Estate Courses BUSI 1111 3 BUSI 1211 3 BUSI 2212 3 BUSI 3001 3 BUSI 3301 3 BUSI3311 3 BUSI 4002 3 BUSI 401 3 BUSI 4253 3 Total Credits 27 Plus at least 15 credits from the following specialty courses : BUSI4412 3 BUSI 4422 3 BUSI 4432 6 BUSI 4442 6 BUSI 4452 3 Plus at least 15 credits from the following specialty courses (Continued): BUSI 4462 3 BUSI4512 3 BUSI4522 3 BUSI 4602 3 BUSI 499 6 GEOG 350 or URST 400 3 Total Credits 15 Unspecified Electives Plus at least 18 credits of elective courses, which can be General Education, General Business, or Real Estate Speciality/Elective Courses. Total Credits 18 1 Required course for the Urban Land Economics Diploma 2 Elective course for the Urban Land Economics Diploma 3 Under development; an approved substitute, nor- mallyan additional 'Real Estate Specialty/Elective' course, may be taken in lieu of BUSI 425 until suchJ time as it is available. Completion of BUSI 121 exempts students from 'Introductory Probability and Statistics,' enabling students to select a further three credits of elective courses. PROFESSIONAL MASTER'S DEGREES For information on the Master of Science in Business (M.Sc.B.) and Doctor of Philosophy, see Business Administration in the Faculty of Graduate Studies Section, Degree Programs. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION The Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) provides an integrated course of study designed to prepare graduates to analyze problems, make decisions and to manage, motivate and lead people and organizations. Principal program components include an integrated core, a post-core consisting of a specialization, an internship/project and electives, and professional development. A pre-core provides fundamentals for students who lack adequate academic preparation for the program. The program is available for either full-time or part-time study. The full-time program normally requires 15 months of continuous study The part-time program normally requires 28 months of study. In determining the admissibility of a candidate to the Master of Business Administration program, no distinction is made between full-time and part-time students. For further updates and detailed admission information, please check the Faculty Website (www.sauder.ubc.ca/mba). At the time of acceptance of an offer of admission to the M.B.A. program, students will be required to pay a non-refundable deposit, which is applied to the first installment of tuition fees. PRE-CORE Students with limited management background or who lack adequate preparation in prerequisite courses will be required to participate in the pre-core program. It provides three weeks of non-credit basic business education immediately preceding the program orientation. Topics in the pre-core include accounting, computing, economics, quantitative methods and business statistics. Since backgrounds vary the extent of a student's required participation should be determined in consultation with the program director or designate. CORE (FULL-TIME) The full-time core consists of the 18 credit required course, BA 500. This course is offered between September to December in the first year of studies. CORE (PART-TIME) The part-time core will be offered at times suitable for part-time study. The schedule for the upcoming academic year is available from the Commerce Masters' Programs Office. All part-time students must complete the core in their first year of study POST-CORE The post-core consists of 30 graduate credits plus an internship/project. The Faculty of Commerce offers post-core courses in six week Fl.5 credit modules between January and December following completion of the core. Part-time students will normally complete the post-core within an 18-month period. Modules will be offered at times suitable for part-time study SPECIALIZATIONS Specializations are available as part of the post- core. Each student in the M.B.A. program may choose one of the specializations offered, or may propose an individual program of study for approval. Specializations require in-depth study in a specific area of management. Requirements vary between specializations however each consists of a set of required modules. Available specializations vary from year to year; a list of current specializations and requirements may be obtained from The Commerce Masters' Programs Office. INTERNSHIP/PROJECT The Internship/Project, BA 510, is an integral part of the specialization and will normally be taken during June, July and August. This component of the M.B.A. program enables a student to apply acquired skills to management problems under direct faculty supervision. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT This component, designated as BA 520, begins with orientation and runs throughout the program. Its aim is to build professional skills, foster team work, leadership and interpersonal skills. It will also provide a forum for discussion of current events and contemporary business problems. 170 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 STUDY ABROAD AND EXCHANGE Study abroad and exchange programs are available at several international partner universities. Students who participate in this program should enrol in BA 530. See the International Exchange website (www.sauder.ubc.ca/mba/international) for further details. Students accepting an offer of admission to the M.B.A. program will be required to pay, at the time of acceptance of the offer, non-refundable deposits which will be applied to tuition. INTERNATIONAL MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION The International Master of Business Administration (I.M.B.A.) is an international delivery of a modified M.B.A. degree. The program may be delivered primarily or entirely outside of Canada, and is intended for international students residing in the host country. The curriculum includes a core that covers the fundamental areas of business, a post-core or more advanced study in business, and may include an internship/project. The delivery may be on a part-time schedule suitable to accommodate students working during the program and the custom and culture of the host country. Details of the program are available at www.sauder.ubc.ca. MASTER OF MANAGEMENT The Master of Management (M.M.) provides a professional course of study designed to prepare graduates with advanced applied knowledge focused in a specific functional area of business. The program includes a minimum of 30 credits of specialized course- work that may include an applied project, but lacks the Integrated Core and breadth provided in the M.B.A. program. The course work shall consist of at least 24 credits at the 500 level or above, and no more than six credits at the 300 or 400 levels. The program is available for either full-time or part-time study. The program will generally be completed in 12 to 16 months of full-time study, or approximately 24 months of part-time study. Admission requirements include all the minimum admission requirements for the Faculty of Graduate Studies, plus GMAT or GRE, and a minimum of 600 TOEFL (or equivalent) for international students. More specific, higher admissions requirements may be established for some areas of specialization in the M.M. program. For further information on the areas of specialization and full-time and part-time programs currently offered, and further details on admissions requirements please check the Commerce Website (www.sauder.ubc.ca). At the time of acceptance of an offer of admission to the M.M. program, students will be required to pay a non-refundable deposit, which is applied to the first installment of tuition fees. JOINT M.B.A./LL.B. Except as stated below, the ordinary requirements of the LL.B. and M.B.A. apply to students in the combined program. Students in the Combined Program are required to take 86 credits in Law and 45 credits in the M.B.A. program in four years as specified below. LL.B./M.B.A. COMBINED PROGRAM Yearl First-Year Law Year 2 32 First-Year M.BA. Core (September to 39 December) 12 M.BA. Post-Core graduate modules (January to June) Internship (June to August) Professional Development Program as per the full-time M.B.A. program Years 3 and 4 Law courses MBA credits Total Credits 54 6 131 SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Program requirements are as follows: 1) Commerce requirements. Students will be required to take the full-time core course, BA 500, and to take 24 post-core Commerce graduate credits in accordance with the normal rules applicable to the M.B.A. program, but subject in all cases to the final approval of the Joint Degrees Committee. Six credits of the upper-year Law courses will count as credit toward the M.B.A. In addition, students are required to complete the Internship/Project BA 510 and the Professional Development program BA 520. 2) Law requirements. All the requirements of the regular LL.B. program, including compulsory courses, apply to each student in the combined program with only the following changes: (A) A total of 54 credits of 300-, 400- or 500-level Law courses must be taken over the two upper years. The student is not eligible for the Faculty of Law non- Law option. (B) Law 407 (Taxation I) must be taken. If the student has already received credit for Commerce 355 (Income Taxation) or its equivalent, another three credits of Law courses must be taken in substitution for Law 407. Commerce 355 will be deemed equivalent to Law 407 for prerequisite purposes. (C) In addition, a minimum of 20 credits of elective Law courses must be chosen from a set of courses in the corporate, commercial or taxation areas that will be designed from year to year by the Joint Degrees Committee. (D) The student's program of courses must be approved by the Joint Degrees Committee. SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS Subject to the approval of the Joint Degrees Committee, the first years of the LL.B. and M.B.A. program may be exchanged upon petition. PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS Continuance in the LL.B./M.B.A. program is conditional upon achieving a high standard of performance as determined in an annual review by the Joint Degrees Committee. A student may be permitted to complete either an M.B.A. or LL.B. alone. CONFERRING OF DEGREES The LL.B. and M.B.A. will be conferred at the completion of the combined program after all requirements for both degrees have been met. Students who choose to receive either the M.B.A. or the LL.B. prior to completion of the combined program may apply for one of the degrees provided all requirements for that degree have been satisfied. Students selecting this option must simultaneously withdraw from the combined program. JOINT M.B.A./M.A.P.P.S. This program permits students to obtain a combined M.B.A./M.A.P.P.S. (Asia Pacific Policy Studies) degree. Students may apply to the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration and the Institute of Asian Research to pursue an enriched curriculum of commerce and Asia Pacific policy studies. ADMISSION Students wishing to pursue the combined M.B.A./M.A.P.P.S. degree program must be admitted separately to the Faculty of Commerce for the M.B.A. degree and the Institute of Asian Research for the M.A.P.P.S. degree. In their application submissions to the Faculty of Commerce and the Institute of Asian Research, students must indicate in writing their desire to enrol in the combined program and the desired area of specialization within the M.A.P.P.S. program. Enrolment in the combined degree program requires the consent of the Dean of the Faculty of Commerce and the Director of the Institute of Asian Research. REQUIREMENTS Students enrolled in the M.B.A./M.A.P.P.S. Combined Degree Program are required to complete all course requirements for graduation in each of the M.B.A. and M.A.P.P.S. Programs, subject to the following adjustments: 1) Students enrolled in the combined degree program who complete the M.A.P.P.S. core course (IAR 500) required for the M.A.P.P.S. degree will also receive six credits toward completion of their M.B.A. degree. 2) Students enrolled in the combined degree program who complete six credits of Commerce Faculty course work acceptable to their respective M.B.A. and M.A.P.P.S. program supervisors will receive credit for these courses toward both the M.B.A. and the M.A.P.P.S. degrees. COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAM COMMITTEE The combined degree program is administered by a Combined Degree Program Committee comprised of a representative from the Faculty PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 5 THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 171 of Commerce designated by the Dean of Commerce and a representative from the Institute of Asian Research designated by the Institute Director. The Combined Degree Program Committee is responsible for admissions, coordinating graduate student supervision, and program approval. The Graduate Program Advisor from the Faculty of Commerce serves as Graduate Program Advisor for the combined degree program. MODEL CURRICULUM SCHEDULE Normally the curriculum schedule is as follows: Year One (September - December) Students require first year curriculum for MBA Year One (January - August) 18 credits Students begine completion of 21 credits elective requirements for MBA Year Two (September - December) Students begin MAPPS core course (IAR 500) Students complete course requirements for MBA Year Two (January - August) 6 credits Students complete MAPPS core 6 credits course (IAR 500) Students complete MAPPS 6 credits elective requirements Students complete thesis or practicum requirements for MAPPS 12 credits Total Credits 75 (MBA 45// MAPPS 30) CONFERRING OF DEGREES The M.A.P.P.S. and M.B.A. will be conferred at the completion of the combined program after all requirements for both degrees have been met. Students who choose to receive either the M.A.P.P.S. or the M.B.A. prior to completion of the combined program may apply for one of the degrees provided all requirements for that degree have been satisfied. Students selecting this option must simultaneously withdraw from the combined program. CONTACT INFORMATION For more information contact Master's Programs in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration (Sauder School of Business) at: 160-2053 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-8422 Fax: 604-822-9030 Email: mba@sauder.ubc.ca Web: www.sauder.ubc.ca DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING The Diploma in Accounting program (D.A.P.) is offered through the Professional Programs Division of the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration (Sauder School of Business). D.A.P. is a program designed primarily to prepare university graduates who have limited education in accounting for entry into a professional accounting designation program. For individuals wishing to broaden their business skills, the program also represents an excellent opportunity for professional development. The D.A.P. curriculum satisfies many of the course requirements for both the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) and Certified General Accountant (CGA) programs. The program also provides the necessary prerequisites for entrance into the Institute of Chartered Accountants of BC (ICABC) Chartered Accountants School of Business (CASB) professional program, which leads to the Chartered Accountant (CA) designation. For more information regarding the Diploma in Accounting Program, please contact the Diploma in Accounting Program Office by telephone at 604-822-8412, by email (dap@sauder.ubc.ca) or visit the D.A.P. website (www. sauder. ubc. ca/dap/index. cfm). ADMISSION In order to be granted admission to the program, all applicants must be able to demonstrate proficiency in English skills at the university level by either successful completion of two university-level English courses (six credits), or satisfactory results from a recognized test of English that meets the English Language Admission Standard. See the DAP website (sauder.ubcca/dap/index.cfm) for more information. With the exception of mature students, applicants must have completed an undergraduate degree with a minimum overall average of 65%o in the last two years (60 semester credits) of a recognized university program. • Mature student applicants will be required to achieve a minimum score of 600 on the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT). • The D.A.P. program accepts new students twice a year: May and September. • Deadline for admission applications for courses beginning in May: March 31. • Deadline for admission applications for courses beginning in September: July 15. DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS D.A.P. consists of eleven three-credit courses, 33 credits in total. The courses are designed to be equivalent in terms of workload, academic rigor, and student assessment methods (e.g., assignments and examinations) to the courses offered in the Accounting option of the Bachelor of Commerce program. Each three- credit course provides for 39 hours of classroom instruction. The D.A.P. program offers courses throughout the year. In the Summer Session, courses are offered on an accelerated basis and students have the opportunity to complete up to six courses between May and August. The summer program is organized to correspond with the business cycle of most accounting firms and thus for the convenience of articling students and their sponsors. In the Winter Session, students may take the program on either a full- time or part-time basis. Many of the courses are offered in the evenings to accommodate those students who are working. In most cases, the D.A.P. program can be completed within one year. Diploma in Accounting BUSI 293 BUSI 294 BUSI 335 BUSI3531 BUSI3541 BUSI3551 BUSI 370 BUSI 393 BUSI4501 BUSI4531 BUSI4551 Total Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33 1 Must be completed at UBC with a minimum overall average of 60% in order to receive the Diploma in Accounting. PROFESSIONAL AND DIPLOMA COURSES The Faculty operates a number of programs in the professional and managerial fields. Most programs require detailed study over a period of several years on a part-time or distance education basis. Completion of assignments and examinations is required in most subjects. Admission requirements vary from program to program. In some cases, registration is limited to residents of the Province of British Columbia. For additional information regarding these programs, please call 604-822-8444. • The Certified General Accountants of British Columbia. A six -evel evening lecture and distance education program designed to meet the academic requirements of the Certified General Accountants Association of British Columbia. For further information, visit the CGA-BC website (www.cga-online.org/bc). • Sales and Marketing Management Program. A three-year, evening lecture program sponsored by the Sales and Marketing Executives of Vancouver, leading to a diploma in Marketing and Sales Management. For additional information, visit the SME of Vancouver Website (www.smevancouver.com). REAL ESTATE COURSES AND PROGRAMS Additional information regarding Real Estate courses can be obtained from the Real Estate Division website (www.realestate.ubc.ca) or by telephone at 604-822-8444. • Real Estate Trading Services Licensing Course. A distance education course meeting the academic requirements for licensing as a real estate representative (salesperson) in the Province of British Columbia. 172 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 • Property Management Licensing Course. A distance education course meeting the academic requirements for licensing as a property manager in the Province of British Columbia. • Brokers Licensing Course. A distance education course meeting the educational requirements for licensing as a real estate brokerage, managing broker or associate broker in the Province of British Columbia. • Mortgages: A Real Estate Financing Course. A distance education course meeting the requirements for licensing under the British Columbia Mortgage Brokers Act. • The Diploma Program in Urban Land Economics. An eleven course distance education program in advanced real estate studies. • Certificate Program in Real Property Assessment. A four course distance education program dealing with assessment-specific topics with a focus on computer assisted mass appraisal techniques. • Appraisal Institute of Canada Education Program. Distance education courses leading to both the CRA and AACI designations. • UBC/AIC Post-Graduate Certificate in Real Property Valuation. A six course distance education program developed for business degree graduates working towards attaining AIC's AACI designation. • Bachelor of Business in Real Estate. A post- diploma degree completion program which is offered by distance education. EXECUTIVE EDUCATION Connect. Inform. Transform. Executive Education offers a wide array of non- credit business education programs that combine leading-edge research with practical management training. Individuals can choose from dozens of top-calibre business seminars, while organizations can customize a program to meet their specific management development needs. Programs include: • Business Seminars: two to five-day public enrolment programs for those who wish to expand their managerial skills and add relevant, applied knowledge to their business experience. Seminars are held at the UBC Robson Square campus. • Intensive Residential Programs: week-long residential programs allow participants to synthesize ideas and skills at the highest level, and build close relationships with fellow business professionals. Programs are held at the UBC Point Grey campus. • In-House Training: any public-enrolment business seminar may be tailored to meet the specific needs of an organization, and delivered at a location and schedule of choice. • Custom Programs: customized solutions that tackle specific organizational challenges. Executive Education works in partnership with organizations to create focused, in-depth programs that are aligned with corporate goals. • Certificate Programs: part-time, non-credit programs that build a comprehensive body of knowledge on a specific topic. Participants receive a Sauder School of Business Certificate upon successful completion of program requirements. • Breakfast Briefings: presented by distinguished faculty and business practitioners, breakfast briefings explore topics of relevant, up-to-the-minute interest. • Forums and Conferences: ongoing forums, conferences and special events deliver timely information on changing trends and emerging technologies. For more information, call 604-822-8400 or visit the Executive Education website (www.sauder.ubc.ca/exec_ed). CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS ASSOCIATION OF BC Graduates from the Bachelor of Commerce program with options other than Accounting may be granted certain exemptions on the CGA program. Graduates from the Diploma in Accounting Program may be given advanced standing toward the CGA designation. Graduates from the Bachelor of Commerce Accounting Option may be granted additional advanced standing toward the CGA designation. For additional information, visit the CGA-BC website (www.cga-online.org/bc). INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS OF BC After obtaining employment with an approved firm of Chartered Accountants: 1) Graduates of the Accounting Option are required to complete not less than 30 months of registered employment in the program of the School of Chartered Accountancy conducted by the Institute in order to obtain the CA designation. 2) Graduates, other than those mentioned above, are required to complete the prerequisite courses before being admitted to the Chartered Accountants School of Business (CASB). These prerequisite courses are available through the Diploma in Accounting program for candidates. For additional information, visit the ICABC website (www.ica.bc.ca) or the CASB website (www.casb.ca). REAL ESTATE INSTITUTE OF BC Graduates of the Bachelor of Commerce Real Estate Option and the Diploma Program in Urban Land Economics will have satisfied the educational requirements for membership in the Real Estate Institute of British Columbia. Full membership in the Real Estate Institute of BC will require a minimum of three years continuous employment experience in a real estate related activity. Acceptance into the Real Estate Institute of BC entitles members to use the distinguishing letters R.I.(B.C.) after their names. All students enrolled in the Bachelor of Commerce Real Estate Option and the Diploma Program in Urban Land Economics are entitled to apply for student membership in the Real Estate Institute of BC. Inquiries may be directed to the Executive Officer. For additional information, visit the REIBC website (www.reibc.org). SOCIETY OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS OF BC Graduates of the Bachelor of Commerce Accounting Option will be granted maximum exemptions toward the CMA designation. Graduates of the Diploma Accounting Program will be granted exemptions toward the CMA designation. Graduates of the Bachelor of Commerce program, in any option other than Accounting, will be granted exemptions to the extent that comparable courses have been completed at the University. A period of practical experience is required to qualify as a registered member of the Society and at a minimum this will be two years. For additional information, visit the CMABC website (www.cmabc.com). ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS Derek R. Atkins, B.A. (Oxf.), M.Sc. (Lane), Ph.D. (Warw.), E.D. MacPhee Chair of Management; Brian Bemmels, B.A., Ph.D. (Minn.), William Hamilton Chair of Industrial Relations; Izak Benbasat, B.A. (Robert Col., Istanbul), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Minn.), Canada Research Chair in Information Technology Management; Joseph Berechman, B.A. (Hebrew U. of Jerusalem), M.B.A., Ph.D. (Wharton, Pennsylvania); Anthony E. Boardman, B.A. (Kent), Ph.D. (Carnegie- Mellon), Van Dusen Professor of Business Administration; James A. Brander, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (Stan.), Asia Pacific Professor of International Business and Public Policy; Gerald A. Feltham, B.Com. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Deloitte & Touche Emeritus Professor of Accounting; Murray Frank, B.Sc, M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Qu.). B.I. Ghert Family Foundation Professor; Ronald M. Giammarino, B.A. (St.F.X.), M.A., Ph.D. (Qu.), PHN Professor of Corporate Finance; David Gillen, Ph.D. (Tor.), Vancouver International Airport Authority Professor of Transportation Policy; Daniel Granot, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Technion, Israel), Ph.D. (Texas), Affiliates Professor of Management; Frieda Granot, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Technion, Israel), Ph.D. (Texas), Advisory Council Chair of Management Science; Dale Griffin, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (Stan.) Advisory Council Chair of Consumer Behaviour; Stanley W. Hamilton, B.Com. (Sask.), M.B.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Philip H. White Emeritus Professor of Urban Land Economics; Keith Head, B.A. (Swarthmore Coll.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.), HSBC Professor of Asian Commerce; Robert L. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 5 THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 173 Heinkel, B.S. (Calif., Hayward), M.B.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Portfolio Management Foundation Professor of Finance; Robert Helsley, B.S. (Oregon), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.), Watkinson Professor of Environmental and Land Management; Alan Kraus, B.A. (Cnell.), M.B.A. (Stan.), Ph.D. (Cnell.), Perigee Emeritus Professor of Finance; Maurice D. Levi, B.A. (Mane), M.A., Ph.D. (Chic), Bank of Montreal Chair of International Finance; S. Thomas McCormick, A.B. (Penn.), Ph.D. (Stan.), W.J. Van Dusen Professor of Management; Daniel F. Muzyka, B.A. (Williamstown), M.B.A. (Penn.), D.B.A. (Harv.), RBC Financial Group Professor of Entrepreneurship; Masao Nakamura, B.S., M.S. (Keio, Tokyo), Ph.D. (Johns H), Konwakai Professor of Japanese Research; Peter N. Nemetz, B.A. (BnCol.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.); Tae Hoon Oum, B.Com. (Sung Kyun Kwan, Seoul), M.B.A., Ph.D. (BnCol.), UPS Foundation Chair of Transportation; Martin L. Puterman, A.B. (Cnell.), M.S., Ph.D. (Stan.), Advisory Board Professor of Operations; Maurice Queyranne, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Grenoble); John C. Ries, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), M.A., Ph.D. (Mich.), HSBC Professor of Asian Business; Sandra Robinson, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Northwestern), Distinguished University Scholar; Thomas W. Ross, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A., Ph.D. (Penn.), UPS Foundation Professor of Regulation and Competition Policy; Dan A. Simunic, B.S., M.BA. (DePaul), M.B.A., Ph.D. (Chic), C.P.A. (111.), C.G.A. (Br.Col.), C.G.A. Chair of Accounting; Barbara Spencer, B.Ec (A.N.U.), M.Ec (Monash), Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon), Asia Pacific Chair of International Trade Policy; James A. Vercammen, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Ilan Vertinsky, B.A. (Hebrew), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Vinod Sood Professor of International Business Studies; Yair Wand, B.Sc. (Hebrew), M.Sc. (Weizmann Inst, for Sc), D.Sc. (Technion, Israel), CANFOR Professor of MIS; Donald Wehrung, A.B. (Dart.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.); Charles B. Weinberg, Sc.B. (Brown), M.BA. (Harv.), Ph.D. (Col.), SMEV Presidents Professor of Marketing; Ralph Winter, B.Sc (BnCol.), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Canada Research Chair in Business Economics and Policy; Anming Zhang, B.Sc. (Shanghai Jiao-Tong), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Vancouver International Airport Authority Professor of Air Transportation. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Werner Antweiler, Dipl.-Volksw. (K6ln), Ph.D. (Tor.), Professor of International Trade Policy; Joy Begley, B.Com. (Otago), M.S., Ph.D. (Roch.), Ronald Cliff Professor of Accounting; Jonathan Berkowitz, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Sandra Chamberlain, B.S. (Calif. Berkeley), M.B.A., Ph.D. (Chic), Deloitte and Touche Professor of Accounting; Garland Chow, B.Sc, M.B.A. (Maryland), D.B.A. (Indiana); Darren Dahl, B.Comm. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Fred H. Siller Professor of Applied Marketing; Peter R. Darke, B.Sc. (McM.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), Finning Ltd. Professor of Marketing; R. Glen Donaldson, B.A. (Br.Col.), A.M., Ph.D. (Brown), Finning Ltd. Professor of Finance; Robert C. Goldstein, B.S. (M.I.T.), D.B.A. (Harv.); Thomas Hellmann, B.A. (LSE) Ph.D. (Stanford); Thomas Knight, B.A. (Hampshire Coll.), M.S., Ph.D. (Cnell.); Nancy Langton, B.A., M.A. (Lehigh), M.A., Ph.D. (Stan.); Kai Li, B.Sc. (Jiatong), M.A. (Concordia), Ph.D. (Tor.), W.M. Young Professor of Finance; Martin Schulz, M.A., Ph.D. (Stan.); Daniel Skarlicki, B.Com., M.B.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Tor.), Edger f. Kaiser Chair of Organizational Behaviour; C. Tsuriel Somerville, B.A. (Hebrew), Ph.D. (Harv.), Real Estate Foundation of BC Professor of Real Estate Finance; Tan Wang, B.Sc. (Beijing Inst, of Econ.), M.Sc. (Chinese Acad.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), Peter Lusztig Professor of Finance; Carson Woo, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.), Stanley Kwok Professor of Business. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Harjoat Bhamra, M.A. (Camb.), Ph.D. (London Bus. Sch.); Murray D. Carlson, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.B.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Hasan Cavusoglu, B.S. (Bogazici, Instanbul), M.S., Ph.D. (Texas, Dallas); Ron Cenfetelli, BSAAE (Purdue), M.B.A. (Indiana), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Xia Chen, B.E., M.S. (Tsinghua, China), M.B.A., Ph.D. (Chic); Qiang Cheng, B.E., B.S. (Tsinghua, China), Ph.D. (Wise-Madison); Paul Chwelos, B.Sc, (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Eric Cope, B.A., M.A., M.S., Ph.D. (Stan.); Srabana Dasgupta, B.A. (Jadavpur U., India), M.A. (Delhi Sc. Of Ec, India), M.S. (Florida), Ph.D. (Southern Calif.); Jean-Etienne de Bettignies, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.A. (Louvain-la-Neuve, Bel.), M.B.A., Ph.D. (Chic); Tirtha Dhar, B.A., M.A. (Delhi), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Conn.); Adlai Fisher, B.A. (Macalester Coll.), M.A., M.Phil, Ph.D. (Yale); Marcin Kacperczyk, B.A., M.A. (Warsaw Sc. of Econ.), Ph.D. (Michigan); Harish Krishnan, B.Sc. (Delhi), M.Sc. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Mich.); Cornelia Kullmann, B.S. (Cologne), M.Phil. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Columbia); All Lazrak, M.Sc. (Paris), Ph.D. (Toulouse); Kin Lo, B.Com. (Calg.), M.S. (Northwestern), CA Professor of Accounting; Sally Maitlis, B.Sc. (Lond.), Ph.D. (Sheff.); Mahesh Nagarajan, M.Sc. (I.T.T. Bombay), M.A. (S.Calif.), Ph.D. (S.Calif.); Hernan Ortiz-Molina, B.S. (Buenos Aires), M.A. (Argentina), Ph.D. (Maryland Coll. Park); Marc-David Seidel, B.A., M.BA. (Cnell.), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Jai-Yeol Son, B.Sc. (Ohio), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Georgia Tech.); Danielle van Jaarsveld, A.B. (Prin.), M.S., Ph.D. (Cnell.); Kathleen Vohs, B.A. (Gustavus Adolphus Coll.), Ph.D. (Dart.), Canada Research Chair in Market Research and Consumer Science; Yoshio Yanadori, B.A. (Waseda, Japan), M.S., Ph.D. (CNell). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Steve S. Alisharan, B.A., C.A., C.M.A. (Br.Col.); Daniel E Gardiner, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A. (Qu.), M.B.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.). LECTURERS Yau-Man Cheung, M.BA. (Warw.); Johan P. de Rooy, B.Ed. (Br.Col.), M.B.A. (Qu.), C.A., C.M.A. (Br.Col.); Ruth J. Freedman, B.Com., M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Stan.); Brian C. Graham, B.Ed., M.BA. (Br.Col.); Jeff Kroeker, B.A. (Trin. W), M.BA. (Qu.), C.M.A. (Br.Col.); Mike Le-Roy, B.Comm. (BrCol.); Mari-Ann Linde, BA. (Tor.), M.BA. (BrCol.); Donald B. Lockwood, B.Com., M.B.A. (Br.Col.), M.B.A. (Chic), C.A., C.G.A.; Ellen J. Mcintosh, LL.B. (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Alta.); Deborah J. Meredith, B.A. (McG.), LL.B., LL.M. (Br.Col.); William Tan, B.Com., M.Sc.B. (Br.Col.); Larry Wosk, Dipl. ULE, B.Com (Br.Col.), M.BA. (Harv.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Howard Balloch, B.A., MA. (McG.); Brian Fisher, B.A. (Hinam), Ph.D. (Calif., Santa Cruz); Helen Michelson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (111.); Michael Phelps, B.A., B.Laws (Manit.), M. Laws (Lond. School of Econ.), D. Laws, hon. (Winn.; S.Fraser); Yaaco (Jacob) Steif,, B.Sc, M.A. (Jerusalem), Ph.D. (Lond.); Michael W Tretheway, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Wis.); Van Lierop M.A., Ph.D. (Amsterdam). DIVISIONS Division of Accounting:, J. Begley (Chair), S. Alisharan, Sandra Chamberlain, X. Chen, Q. Cheng, J. de Rooy, G. A. Feltham, J. Kroeker, K. Lo, D. B. Lockwood, D.A. Simunic; Division of Finance:, T Wang (Chair), H. Bhamra, M. Carlson, G. Donaldson, A. Fisher, R. Freedman, R. M. Giammarino, S. Hamilton, R. L. Heinkel, M. Kacperczyk, A. Kraus, C. Kullmann, A. Lazrak, M.D. Levi, K. Li, H. Ortiz- Molina, T. Wang; Law Group: E. Mcintosh, D. Meredith; Division of Management Information Systems:, I. Benbasat (Chair), H. Cavusoglu, R. Cenfetelli, Y.M. Cheung, P. Chwelos, R.C. Goldstein, J.Y. Son, W Tan, Y. Wand, C. Woo; Division of Marketing:, Dale Griffin (Chair), D. Dahl, P. R. Darke, S. Dasgupta, T. Dhar, D. F. Gardiner, M. Le Roy, D. S. Putler, K. Vohs, C. Weinberg; Division of Operations and Logistics:, Anming Zhang (Chair), D. R. Atkins, J. Berechman, J. Berkowitz, G. Chow, E. Cope, D. Gillen, B. Graham, D. Granot, F. Granot, H. Krishnan, S. T McCormick, M. Nagarajan, T. Oum, M. L. Puterman, M. Queyranne, I. Vertinsky; Division of Organizational Behaviour and Human Resources:, S. Robinson (Chair)., B. Bemmels, T. Knight, S. Maitlis, M. Schulz, M. Seidel, D. Skarlicki, D. van Jaarsveld, Y. Yanadori; Division of Strategy and Business Economics:, J. Ries (Chair), W. Antweiler, A. E. Boardman, J. A. Brander, J. E. de Bettignies, M. Frank, K. Head, T. Hellmann, R. Helsley, M. Linde, M. Nakamura, P. N. Nemetz, T Ross, T. Somerville, B. Spencer, J. Vercammen, I. Vertinsky, R. Winter; Faculty Wide Appointments: D. Muzyka, D. Wehrung. 174 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 6 The School of Community and Regional Planning A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES Director's Office Anthony H. J. Dorcey, Director 433-6333 Memorial Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Telephone: 604-822-3276 Fax: 604-822-3787 Community and Regional Planning Website (www.scarp.ubc.ca) The School of Community and Regional Planning seeks to advance the transition to sustainability through excellence in integrated policy and planning research, professional education and community service. The School offers two-year professionally oriented master's degree programs and a research-oriented doctoral program. The School graduated its first students in 1953 and has continuously offered a two-year Master's Degree in Planning, longer than any other Canadian school. Over 900 graduates are employed throughout Canada and abroad in a wide variety of teaching, research, planning, policy analysis, and administrative positions in universities, municipal, provincial and federal governments, public and private corporations, consulting practices, and non-governmental organizations. Many graduates are employed as generalists, particularly in municipal and regional planning agencies, but an increasing number are found in more specialized fields such as housing, parks, transportation, social planning, urban design, urban planning; environmental protection, water and land management, northern and First Nations planning, regional development, and natural resources planning; and in international development planning at all levels. MASTER'S DEGREES The master's degree will be either a Master of Arts (Planning), p. 273 or a Master of Science (Planning), p. 273, whichever best describes the prerequisites offered by the candidate and the courses chosen. The programs are described in further detail within the Faculty of Graduate Studies Degree Programs, p. 227. ADMISSION HOW TO APPLY There are two methods of applying to the Master's program for September 2005: • Online applications can be filled out at: www.grad.ubc.ca/applicarion. • Paper applications are available at the SCARP office. A complete application for admission includes: 1) a completed Faculty of Graduate Studies (FoGS) application form (online or paper) 2) application fee: for Canadian citizens and Permanent residents (CADS90.00, or US$56.00); for International applicants (CADS150.00 or US$115.00) 3) three official confidential letters of reference (sent directly to SCARP by the writer on a FoGS referee form or letterhead) 4) two official copies of all post-secondary academic transcripts (sent directly to SCARP from the institution) 5) a 500-word statement of interest (equivalent to one page single-spaced) indicating why the applicant wishes to study planning, the proposed study focus and how the School will help to meet the candidates objectives (the statement is part of the online application) rb) a biographical form-a list of your work, volunteer and travel experience (this is part of the online application) 7) an official TOEFL (minimum 600 paper based test or 250 for the computer based test), if required 8) Graduate Record Exam (GRE)-recom- mended but not mandatory 9) Record of Landing form (Canadian permanent residents). We encourage applicants to submit their supporting documents before they apply to the program. A file is started as soon as we receive the first document. When you apply your supporting documents will be put with your application. For detailed information on applying to our program see the School of Community and Regional Planning website (www.scarp.ubc.ca). APPLICATION REVIEW PROCESS AND TIMEFRAME The School of Community and Regional Planning accepts applications once a year for programs commencing in September. We have a firm application deadline of December 1 (application and all supporting documentation) to ensure that all applicants' files are reviewed together using a three-step process. The application deadline may be earlier for 2006 admissions (see www.scarp.ubc.ca for details). • The first step involves compiling the applications and evaluating the transcripts to make sure they meet the minimum academic requirements set by the University of British Columbia's Faculty of Graduate Studies. The information is entered into the School's database. • The second step involves sorting the applications into the four concentrations (Environmental and Natural Resources Planning, International Development Planning, Community Development Planning, and Urban Spatial Planning) based on the applicant's first preference. A committee is formed for each concentration consisting of three-members including a Faculty Chair, a second Faculty member and a Master's student. An application may be transferred to another committee for review based on the applicant's statement of interest and second preference. When the files are reviewed, the Faculty Chair of each committee submits their recommendations to the Director of the School. • The third step involves the Director reviewing the lists together and deciding who will be admitted in the first round. The acceptance letters are sent by mid- March to late-May. Each year we receive between 140 to 220 Master's applications with only 30 spaces to fill. In order to give as many applicants the best possible chance to be admitted we put approximately 20 people on a wait list. Final decisions are usually made by mid-June. Those students whose native language is not English, and whose previous degree was not earned in an English-speaking university, who are accepted by the Faculty of Graduate Studies must complete the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). For further information visit TOEFL (www.toefl.org). Make special note PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 6 THE SCHOOL OF COMMUNITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING 175 of instructions on the graduate application formunderthe "SpecialExaminations" section. For more information, visit the School's website (www.scarp.ubc.ca). Please note the school is revising its curriculum. Check our school's website for the latest information. All documents and the appropriate application fee should be returned to the address below. The deadline for submitting complete applications is December 1 (deadline may change for 2006 admissions). CONTACT INFORMATION Master's Graduate Secretary Tel: 604-822-4422 Email: ptop@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.scarp.ubc.ca Send correspondence and application documents to: Graduate Advisor-Master's Program School of Community & Regional Planning The University of British Columbia 433-6333 Memorial Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 PREREQUISITES FOR ADMISSION Admission to a master's degree program requires a four-year bachelor's degree with high academic standing. Students are accepted from both the social sciences and the natural sciences, the humanities, and from such fields as commerce, architecture, engineering, agriculture and forestry. Students from other fields are accepted but may be required to fulfil additional prerequisites. Prospective students are encouraged to follow an honours or major program in their own discipline and develop some breadth of knowledge during their undergraduate program by selecting from courses in ecology, economics, geography, political science, history, sociology, and organizational development and behaviour. A candidate who has taken graduate courses equivalent to those described for the master's degree may be given credit not to exceed 12 credits for courses completed in the year prior to commencing their program in the School. About 30 students are admitted annually. The School seeks highly motivated applicants who can communicate effectively, who are challenged by a field marked by complexity, who are creative, and have the potential to provide leadership. ORIENTATION All entering students are required to attend orientation sessions at the commencement of Term 1 of Winter Session to become acquainted with faculty members and fellow students and to examine typical urban, regional and resource planning problems in BC and abroad. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Students who do not make satisfactory progress in the program may be asked to withdraw at any time, and the status of all students who have not completed the program within the prescribed two-year period will be reviewed annually thereafter. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The master's degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of a program consisting of 60 credits, including a thesis or project, over two academic years. Those students who wish to develop a strong specialization may satisfy a significant proportion (up to 12 credits) of this requirement through courses in other departments. The thesis is valued at 12 credits but several regular courses may be used to develop the thesis proposal, research method, and data analysis. The professional project is valued at six credits. The School takes an integrated approach to planning for development. Students may concentrate their studies in Urban Spatial Planning, Urban Policy and Community Development Planning, Environmental and Natural Resources Planning, International Development Planning, or a combination of these, but may take courses in other concentrations, other departments, or at other universities. Urban Spatial Planning programs focus on physical and transportation planning and design, real property development and planning, and small town planning. Urban Policy and Community Development Planning programs focus on community development, urban policy planning, urban social issues, and housing policy planning. Environmental and Natural Resources Planning programs focus on natural resources planning and management, ecological theory for sustainable development, ecological economics, environmental policy and decision-making, and resource conflict resolution. International Development Planning programs focus on human settlements and development planning in the developing world. Students in all streams participate in hands-on workshops that focus on current planning and development issues. A program of studies will normally be comprised as shown below: • Foundation courses. These courses provide r a breadth of knowledge covering: the social, economic, and ecological context for urbanization, regional development, and resource planning; the institutional arrangements for planning; and theories of the planning process. • Methods courses. Planners have a major responsibility for generating, analyzing and presenting information for the decisionmaking process. All students require basic skills in planning analysis. Appropriate courses outside the School may be substituted. • Substantive courses. These courses provide depth of knowledge within the concentrations offered by the School. Courses taken in other departments should be complementary and choices should be related to thesis research interests. • Workshops. These courses provide an opportunity for students to apply their knowledge and skills to planning problems under circumstances that simulate professional practice. • Thesis or project research. Students are required to prepare a thesis or project in their second year on a subject of their choice. The fullest benefit of this research is derived by those students who relate their overall program of studies to their research subject area. TEACHING, LEARNING AND RESEARCH The School's program of teaching and research strikes a balance between developing the competence required to enter professional practice today, and the intellectual preparation needed to continue to function adequately in increasingly responsible positions in a rapidly changing world. The program covers the substance and methods of urban, community, environmental and natural resources planning as well as the process and institutional arrangements for planning, its ideological basis, and the role and ethical responsibility of the planner. The School is interested in the solutions to today's problems as well as in anticipating and shaping the future through policy-relevant scholarly research. From the PBtudent's point of view, the program has the following salient characteristics: • opportunities for students with narrow disciplinary training to broaden their knowledge, the better to assume responsibilities in planning and management • opportunities for students with a generalist background to acquire greater disciplinary rigour in a planning-related field of their choice • flexibility within a structured format to design a program of studies to satisfy individual needs • an emphasis on formal course work, balanced with directed studies, an internship, and original thesis or project research; and • opportunities for joint student-faculty research and publication. Students are encouraged to become involved in the activities of the University's several research institutes and to enrol in relevant graduate courses in other departments. For example, in resource management there is the Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability, p. 84; and in developing countries' issues, the Institute of Asian Research, p. 81. The School's Centre for Human Settlements (CHS), p. 77, designated a "Centre for Excel- lence"website in 1991/92 by the Canadian International Development Agency, further strengthens the School's research capability in urban and regional development, housing, urban governance, and community development planning in both the developed and developing world. The Centre also houses 176 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 the Disaster Preparedness Resources Centre, and Eco-Risk Research Unit. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The School offers a Doctor of Philosophy program for advanced study and research in the areas of its competence. The Doctor of Philosophy is primarily a research degree, so that students should enter with a good background in their field of study. After two years of course work and examinations, candidates devote their efforts toward thesis research. Applicants for admission must have a Master's Degree in Planning, or its equivalent, with high academic standing. To ascertain the School's ability to fulfil potential candidates' objectives, a statement of about 1000 words is required describing their research interests and objectives which should be submitted at least one month before the application deadline. For more information, visit the SCARP website (www.scarp.ubc.ca). All documents and the appropriate application fee should be returned to the Director's Office. The deadline for submitting complete applications is December 1. ADVISORY COMMITTEES Committees consist of a prospective research supervisor and three other faculty members to advise students and approve their programs of study. At least one member of each committee is from a discipline other than planning. Membership in the committee may change as the student's program evolves, but it is formalized on final approval of the thesis proposal. PROGRAM Each doctoral candidate's program is designed by the candidate's advisory committee in consultation with the student to reflect individual requirements. The program of studies will normally include: 1) course work; 2) qualifying examination in the form of two research essays; 3) language requirement, at the discretion of the faculty, appropriate to the student's objectives; 4) approval of thesis prospectus; 5) research and preparation of thesis; and 6) oral presentation of thesis and final examination of the candidate. The first year of the doctoral program usually involves course work in preparation for the qualifying examination and development of the research prospectus. Additional courses may be necessary in the second year, in support of the proposed thesis research. Specific requirements are left to the discretion of the candidate's committee in consultation with the candidate. Doctoral candidates normally write their qualifying essays in the second year. These focus on planning theory, and issues and methods in the student's area of specialization. Course requirements should be completed by this time. Students who successfully complete their qualifying essays will then finalize their thesis research prospectus in consultation with their advisory committee. After the prospectus has been approved the candidate's efforts are devoted to research and preparation of the thesis. DISSERTATION REQUIREMENTS The Faculty of Graduate Studies requires the thesis to be submitted to an external examiner or examiners approved by the Dean and at the completion of the research the candidate must take an oral examination in defence of the dissertation. ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS Joseph Berechman, B.A. (Jerusalem), M.B.A. (Penn., Wharton), Ph.D. (Penn.); Peter Boothroyd, B.A. (Tor.), M.A. (Aha.); Anthony H. J. Dorcey, M.A. (Aberd.), M.S. (Wis.); Timothy McDaniels, B.A. (Minn.), M.A. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon); William E. Rees, B.Sc., Ph.D. (Tor.); Leonie Sandercock, B.A. (Adel.), Ph.D. (Aust.), M.F.A. (Calif., L.A.); Hans Schreier, B.A. (Colorado), M.Sc. (Sheff.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Professor in Land and Food Systems. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Leonora C. Angeles, B.A. (Philippines), Dip. Women and Development Planning (Nott.), M.A. (Philippines), Ph.D. (Qu.); Stephanie E. Chang, B.S.E. (Prin.), M.S., Ph.D. (Cnell.); Lawrence D. Frank, B.L.A (Arizona), M.Sc. (Wash.), Ph.D. (Wash.); Penelope C. Gurstein, B.A. (York), B.Arch. (Br.Col.), M. Arch., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Thomas Hutton, B.A. (BrCol.), B. Litt., Ph.D. (Oxon.); Michael Leaf, B.Sc. (M.I.T.), M.Arch., M.C.P. (Calif., Berkeley), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley). ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Michael A. Larice, B.A., M.A. (Calif. L.A.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Doug Aberley, B.A. (Sonoma), M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Edin.); Larry Beasley, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.A. (Br.Col.); Pat Carney, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col); John Friedmann, M.A. (Chic), Ph.D. (Chic), Honorary Professor; Julia Gardner, B.A. (Trent), M.A. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Cant.); Michael Gordon, B.E.S. (Wat.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Wayne Greene, B.Sc. (New Hamp.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Iowa); ~Robin Gregory, B.A. (Yale), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Kari Huhtala, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.A. (Br.Col.); Norma- Jean McLaren, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.A. (Br.Col.); Jon O'Riordan, M.A. (Edinburgh), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Gordon Price,; Paul Rosenau, B.A. (Aha.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Eric Vance, B.A., M.A. (BrCol.); Jay Wollen- berg, B.A., M.A. (M.I.T.); Raymond E. Young, B.A., M.A., L.L.B. (Br.Col.). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 6 THE SCHOOL OF COMMUNITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING 177 178 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 7 The Faculty of Dentistry Dean's Office E. H. K. Yen, Dean J. N. Walton, Associate Dean, Academic and Student Affairs D. M. Brunette, Associate Dean, Research A. G. Hannam, Associate Dean, Graduate Studies M. A. J. MacNeil, Associate Dean, Clinical Affairs C. M. Zed, Assistant Dean, Strategic and External Affairs 350-2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Telephone: 604-822-5323 Fax: 604-822-4532 Dentistry Website (www.denristry.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Dentistry offers programs of study leading to the Doctor of Dental Medicine, Master of Science in Dental Science, Doctor of Philosophy in Oral Biology and Bachelor of Dental Science in Dental Hygiene. The Faculty also offers the International Dental Degree Completion Program. Graduate and postgraduate clinical specialty training programs are A offered in Periodontics, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology, Oral Radiology, and General Practice Residency. For information on graduate programs, see Dental Science, p. 241 in the Graduate Studies section. In addition to graduate and postgraduate programs, there is strong emphasis on continuing dental education for the dental and allied professions, under the jurisdiction of the College of Health Disciplines. The teaching, research and clinical facilities of the Faculty of Dentistry are housed in the Dental Health Sciences (John Barfoot Macdonald) Building as part of the Health Sciences Centre to promote integrated teaching of the health services team. Instruction in the basic biomedical sciences is provided by basic science departments of the Faculty of Dentistry and the Faculty of Medicine. Library facilities are provided in the Woodward Biomedical Library. DOCTOR OF DENTAL MEDICINE The Doctor of Dental Medicine program is designed to prepare students to practice dentistry with a sound knowledge of the related biological, clinical and behavioural sciences, and to emphasize the role of the dentist as a health professional in the community. ACADEMIC ADVISING The Faculty provides academic advising to students. A structured advisor program is in place along with additional support through the Dean's Office. ADMISSION Admission to the Faculty of Dentistry is based on academic performance and personal qualities as evidenced by aptitude tests, confidential letters of recommendation, letter of intent and personal interviews. Since facilities for pre-clinical and clinical instruction are limited, enrolment is restricted. Applicants must be Canadian citizens or permanent residents of Canada. Completion of three academic years in the Faculty of Arts or Science including pre- dental requirements at UBC or the equivalent, with a minimum scholastic average of 70%, (based on the system of grading used at UBC), is required. Fulfilment of the minimum requirements for admission does not guarantee acceptance. The number of qualified applicants significantly exceeds the number of available positions. Not every qualified applicant will be offered admission. Candidates who meet admission requirements but who are not successful in gaining a place with their initial application may reapply for admission in a subsequent year, although the number of interviews is normally limited to two. Application forms and information regarding the admissions process and predental requirements, are available on the Dentistry website (www.denristry.ubc.ca). Applications and supporting documents must be submitted by the November 10, 2005 deadline for admission to the following Winter academic session. Applicants must submit the required non-refundable application fee to cover the costs of evaluating application documents. Applicants to the Faculty of Dentistry who have been required to withdraw from a dental program will not normally be granted admission. PREREQUISITES Successful completion of the following courses in the Faculty of Arts or Science at UBC (or evidence of successfully completing equivalent courses elsewhere) is required: 1) ENGL 112 and one elective chosen from: ENGL 110, ENGL 111, ENGL 120, or ENGL 121. Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) is a prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. (See Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120.) 2) MATH 100 and 101; or MATH 102 and 103; MATH 104 and 105; or MATH 120 and 121; MATH 180 and one of MATH 101, 103 or 105; or MATH 184 and one of MATH 101, 103 or 105; or MATH 111; or the former MATH 130. 3) CHEM 121 and 123; or CHEM 111 and 113; or the former CHEM 111 and 112; or CHEM 121 and 122. 4) PHYS 12 and PHYS 101; or PHYS 100 and 101; or PHYS 101 and 102; or PHYS 107 and 108; or PHYS 153; or the former PHYS 121 and 122 or one of the former PHYS 110, 115, or 120. 5) BIOL 12 or BIOL 111 and BIOL 121 or equivalent. 6) CHEM 203 and 204; or CHEM 233, 235 and 205; or the former CHEM 231 and 232. 7) BIOC 300 or 303; or BIOL 201 and BIOC 302. Students completing the Science One program will likely have completed the science requirements of points 2, 3, 4 and 5 above. APTITUDE TESTING Applicants must have completed the Canadian Dental Association Dental Aptitude Test (DAT) within the previous five years before the Faculty's application deadline of November 10, 2005. Information and application forms are available from the Student Development Library, the Dentistry Student Services Office, or may be downloaded from the Canadian Dental Association website (www.cda-adc.ca). At the time of the test the student must request that the scores be sent to the Dentistry Student Services Office. ACCEPTANCE Successful applicants must submit a deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 7 THE FACULTY OF DENTISTRY 179 by the University. This deposit is non-refundable and will be applied towards the clinic fees of the first term. A health record which evidences immunizations (Tetanus/Diphtheria-Toxoid, Polio, MMR, Chickenpox, Hepatitis B) and a negative TB skin test (if the test is positive, a chest x-ray is required) must be submitted to the Student Health Service. Immunizations are available from your family doctor, public health department, and from the Student Health Service. Being a carrier of any serious communicable disease may restrict students' educational opportunity to attain competency for graduation and subsequent practice as a dentist. Counselling is available to individuals who have, or are carriers of, communicable diseases. A disability may result from practising dentistry. Exposure to infectious diseases such as HIV, Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, other infectious diseases, and the possibility of physical assault are all possible. Injury during training may preclude a student from continuing and from practising dentistry. While the Faculty of Dentistry makes efforts to minimize such risks, it does not provide any insurance to protect students from loss of future income. The Faculty recommends that students purchase disability insurance and continue coverage during postgraduate training and practice. ADMISSION OF STUDENTS WITH ADVANCED STANDING There are no arrangements for considering advanced standing for applicants from other dental schools. INTERNATIONAL DENTAL DEGREE COMPLETION PROGRAM The Faculty will consider applications to the D.M.D. degree completion program from graduates of international dental programs which are not accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of Canada. This program will commence in Term 3 of second year (lasts four weeks and occurs in June each year) and will lead to the degree of Doctor of Dental Medicine. In addition to tuition fees, the costs of the program include clinic fees, course material costs, and student fees. Further information and online application forms are available on the Dentistry website (www.denristry.ubc.ca). The Faculty of Dentistry receives applications from many more students than it can accept; therefore, compliance with the admission requirements does not guarantee admission. Vacancies as a result of student withdrawal in any class will not be filled, except in extraordinary circumstances, beyond the first four weeks of first term in any academic year. The admission process will be in two phases. PHASE i: ACADEMIC CREDENTIALS EVALUATION Applicants must: 1) submit original records (transcripts) of their entire post-secondary and university studies (if transcripts are in a language other than English, applicants must also submit a certified translation in English); 2) submit their original dental degree (it will be returned); 3) demonstrate an acceptable working knowledge of English by achieving an overall score of at least 6.5 on the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) (www.ielts.org) exam and at least 6 on each component; 4) submit proof of Permanent Resident status; 5) submit the required non-refundable application fee; 6) make application by June 3, 2005 for admission in June of the next year; 7) submit three confidential letters of reference, which must be sent directly from their referees; 8) submit a letter of good standing from the licensing authority, or its equivalent, of the region in which the applicant last practised; and 9) undertake the Association of Canadian Faculties of Dentistry Eligibility Examination (www.acfd.ca). Information and application forms are available from the Association of Canadian Faculties of Dentistry, 401-359 Kent Street, Ottawa, ON, K2P 0R7. The applicant must request that the scores of the examination be sent to the Student Services Office in the Faculty of Dentistry. Applicants will be evaluated on their educational credentials, work experience, letters of reference, letter of intent, results of the Eligibility Examination and their proficiency in English in Phase 1. Applicants will be shortlisted for participation in Phase 2 of the admissions process. Due to space limitations, not all applicants will be invited to Phase 2. PHASE 2: ASSESSMENT AND INTERVIEW Applicants invited to Phase 2 must: 1) undertake an interview to demonstrate competence in verbal communication skills in English by reaching level 5 or better on the Placement Interview Test Rating Scale of the English Language Institute at UBC, or its equivalent. English is the medium of instruction in Dentistry and communication skills are necessary to function effectively in the clinical setting. This requirement in English communication skills is in addition to the English Language Admissions Standard requirement of Phase 1; 2) undergo a psychomotor skills assessment on dental mannequins at UBC; 3) undertake a personal interview at UBC; 4) participate in a problem based learning exercise; and 5) submit a non-refundable assessment fee. Phase 2 normally occurs in October and lasts three days. During this time the interview, the psychomotor skills assessment, the English fluency test, an assessment of participation in a problem-based learning exercise, a Faculty tour, and an orientation to the clinic will occur. More detailed information on Phase 2 of the admissions process will be provided to applicants selected for Phase 2. As spaces are limited, successful completion of Phase 2 does not guarantee admission. Candidates will be competing with other applicants from which the final selection will be made. DEPOSIT Successful applicants must submit a deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance by the University. This deposit is non-refundable and will be applied towards the clinic fees of the first term of third year. See Acceptance, p. 179; the information on immunizations and disability also apply to this program. REGISTRATION AND ORIENTATION Students register through the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) (SSC). Candidates who have been accepted for admission to the Faculty of Dentistry will be notified by email concerning registration and orientation. Classes begin in August. No student will be admitted to any class after its first meeting, except by permission of the Dean. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Advancement The Faculty will determine the student's fitness for promotion at the end of each session (see the Faculty of Dentistry Academic Policies and Procedures Manual). No student with deficient standing will be promoted. A student whose academic standing is unsatisfactory may be required either to withdraw from the Faculty or to repeat the entire work of the year. If the progress of a student has been unsatisfactory in any given session, the Faculty may permit a supplemental examination in the subject(s) failed provided an average of at least 60% in the work of the year, including the failed courses, has been attained. The Module Coordinator(s)/Course Director(s) concerned may direct such work as will be necessary to prepare for the supplemental examination. It is the responsibility of the student to consult with the Module Coordinator(s)/Course Director(s) concerned about such arrangements. A student who satisfies the requirements of the modules/ courses concerned and passes each supplemental examination with a mark of at least 65%o will be promoted. All supplemental examinations must be taken at the University A student in the first year who fails to be promoted will not normally be permitted to repeat the year except under special circumstances. Although satisfactory academic performance is prerequisite to advancement, it is not the sole criterion in consideration of the suitability of a student for promotion or graduation. The Faculty reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the Faculty if considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study, or enter the practice, of dentistry. 180 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ATTENDANCE Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes (including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, seminars and clinics). Students who neglect their academic work and assignments may be excluded from the final examinations. Students who are unavoidably absent because of illness or disability must report this to the Dean's Office and to their instructors as soon as is practicable. Students who, because of illness, are absent from an end-of-term examination, must inform the Manager of Admissions and Academic Progress and then submit a physician's certificate to the Associate Dean Academic and Student Affairs as promptly as possible. All unavoidable absences for reasons other than sickness must be reported and explained to the Dean's Office through the Student Services Office and to the instructor(s) concerned when the student returns to classes. A student planning to be absent from classes for any reason must obtain prior permission from the Associate Dean Academic and Student Affairs. For a detailed description of the Faculty's Excused Absence Policy, see the Dentistry Academic Policies and Procedures Manual. EXAMINATIONS Examinations in the Faculty of Dentistry may be held at various times throughout the year. These examinations are obligatory for all students. Should students find that they will be unavoidably absent from a sessional examination, they, or someone familiar with the situation, must notify the Dean's Office of the facts in the case before the end of the period during which the examination is scheduled. Non-observance of this rule may result in a failing grade for the course. When a sessional examination has been missed through illness or some other justifiable cause, application for deferred examination or special consideration must be made in writing to the Associate Dean Academic and Student Affairs as soon as possible. If the absence was for reasons of health, a physician's certificate indicating the nature and duration of the illness must be submitted to the Dean's Office. Students may be denied the privilege of writing a sessional examination in any subject because of unsatisfactory work or attendance, and in this case they will be considered to have failed in the course. In any module/course which involves assessment of professionalism and/or clinical skills and/or knowledge, a student is required to achieve satisfactory standing in each part. If the module/course is repeated, no exemption will ordinarily be granted from the work in any part. Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they are illegible or noticeably deficient in English. The passing mark in the Faculty of Dentistry is 60%. (See Grading Practices, p. 49.) All final module/course grades will be reviewed by the Dentistry Promotions Committee. Examination results may be posted at the discretion of the Module/Course Coordinator. Grades are not final until received by the Promotions Committee. Release of module/course grades will be done by the Dean's Office; final Course grades will be released by Enrolment Services. Final module/course grades will not be communicated through any other channel. GRADUATION A candidate for the Doctor of Dental Medicine must have fulfilled all the requirements for entrance to the Faculty of Dentistry and have attended the courses of instruction which comprise the dental curriculum. No one will be admitted to candidacy for the Doctor of Dental Medicine who has not been in attendance for at least two years in the Faculty of Dentistry at the University of British Columbia. Each candidate for graduation must have passed all examinations in subjects comprising the dental modules/courses or must have received satisfactory standing in modules/ courses where specific marks are not assigned. The Faculty will recommend to Senate the granting of the Doctor of Dental Medicine to a student who has completed satisfactorily the academic requirements and who, in addition, is recommended by the Faculty to be a suitable person to practice dentistry. Every candidate for the Doctor of Dental Medicine must make formal application for graduation. Application for graduation must be made not later than February 28. Special forms for this purpose are provided by Enrolment Services. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FIRST YEAR In first year, students take the following courses: 1) three longitudinal courses: Clinical Skills (Term 1, Communication Skills), Doctor/ Dentist Patient and Society (DPAS), DENT 410 (Dentistry I) (A) Phase I: Orientation (B) Phase II, Part I: Principles of Human Biology (C) Phase II, Part II: Host Defences and Infection; Cardiovascular; Pulmonary; Fluids, Electrolytes, Renal and GU. SECOND YEAR In second year, students take the following courses: 1) three longitudinal courses: Clinical Skills, Doctor/Dentist Patient and Society (DPAS), DENT 420 (Dentistry II) 2) Phase II, Part II: Musculosketal and Locomotor; Blood and Lymphatics; Gastrointestinal; Endocrine and Metabolism; Integument; Brain and Behaviour; Reproduction; Growth and Development. THIRD YEAR In third year, students take the DENT 430 (Dentistry III). FOURTH YEAR In fourth year, students take DENT 440 (Dentistry IV). CURRICULUM The DMD curriculum at UBC is an innovative hybrid of problem-based learning (PBL) and more traditional lectures and clinical experiences, with an emphasis on self-directed student learning and problem solving in small group settings. Lectures occupy a smaller amount of curriculum time than traditional curricula. The knowledge, attitudes and skills required of a UBC graduate entering general dental practice are outlined in the UBC Faculty of Dentistry Competency Document (www.dentistry.ubc.ca/academic_programs/ dmd/competency_document.asp). INTERPROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES Under the auspices of the Council, the College of Health Disciplines, p. 289 is responsible for the administration of interprofessional courses (IHHS), which are available as electives to students in Dentistry. For more information see Courses (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/courses.cfm) for IHHS, or visit their website (www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca). INSTRUMENTS AND SUPPLIES Check with the Dentistry Student Services Office for information regarding costs for instruments and supplies. BACHELOR OF DENTAL SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE The Faculty of Dentistry offers three admission options to the Bachelor of Dental Science Program in Dental Hygiene: 1) Direct Entry 2) Dental Hygiene Degree Completion; and 3) International Dental Hygiene Degree Completion. In the Direct Entry option, secondary school graduates can undertake a full-time, four-year program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Dental Science in Dental Hygiene (B.D.Sc). Graduates of a dental hygiene diploma program from accredited North American programs can complete the Dental Hygiene Degree Completion option (Category A or Category B), either full-time or part-time, leading to the B.D.Sc. degree. Graduates from dental hygiene programs outside of North America may access the Program through the International Dental Hygiene Degree Completion option leading to the B.D.Sc. degree. Dental hygienists who have been awarded a baccalaureate degree and wish to undertake post-baccalaureate education in the field of Dentistry may apply to the Master of Science (Dental Science) Program as a full-time or part- PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 7 THE FACULTY OF DENTISTRY 181 time student. Qualified dental hygienists interested in pursuing a doctoral degree may apply to the Doctor of Philosophy (Oral Biology) Program. Study in the Ph.D. Program requires full-time attendance. See Graduate Studies, p. 227. The possession of a Bachelor of Dental Science degree in Dental Hygiene does not automatically confer the right to practice dental hygiene in any province in Canada. Each province has a regulatory authority that grants the privilege to practice dental hygiene. For more information, contact the College of Dental Hygienists of BC (www.cdhbc.com). 1. DIRECT ENTRY OPTION Students entering the program will complete a full-time, four-year degree program offered through a partnership between the UBC Faculty of Dentistry and the dental hygiene programs of Camosun College, College of New Caledonia and Vancouver Community College. The first year of the Direct Entry option is taken at UBC and consists of 33 credits of course work. Students in the first year of this option must achieve the minimum grade point average set by the Colleges to advance into second year. Students who have successfully completed the first year of the program will advance to one of the three Colleges for the second and third years (September to June each year). Assignment to one of the three partner Colleges will be made by the University. Student preferences for College location will be considered but cannot be guaranteed. The fourth year of the program is taken at UBC through on-campus, distributed learning and community outreach instructional delivery FIRST YEAR The first year of the Direct Entry Option consists of the following arts and science courses taken at UBC: English 100-level1 6 BIOL 153 7 Chemistry 100-level 8 Psychology 100 or 200 6 Electives2 6 Total Credits 33 1 ENGL 112 (3 credits, plus 3 additional first year English credits) 2 STAT 203 recommended. SECOND AND THIRD YEAR A combination of academic and clinical studies in the following subjects taken at one of the partner community colleges. • Behavioural Sciences • Immunology and Microbiology • Embryology and Histology • Oral Anatomy and Physiology • Dental Anatomy • General Pathology • Oral Pathology • Pharmacology • Radiology • Periodontics • Dental Hygiene Theory and Practice • Local Anesthesia • Dental Materials • Ethics and Jurisprudence • Community Health • Health Promotion and Preventive Dentistry • Literature Review and Interpretation of Research • Interpersonal Skills and Advanced Co mmunication • Dental Specialties • Practice Management FOURTH YEAR The fourth year of the direct entry option includes advanced studies at UBC through on- campus, distributed learning and community outreach instructional delivery modes. The fourth year builds upon concepts introduced previously. Opportunities to maintain clinical competence will be provided. Coursework includes core and elective courses: DHYG 404 Advanced Dental Hygiene Care 6 DHYG 405 Oral Microbiology and Immunology 3 DHYG 435 Oral Pathology 3 DHYG 462 Literature Review in ^ Periodontology II 4 DHYG 401 Oral Epidemiology 2/5 EPSE 482/ Statistics 3 HCEP4001 Electives23 9 Total Credits 30 1 If DHYG 401 (5) not taken. 2 Electives may be taken in areas of interest such as health promotion, residential care, geriatrics, community health, adult education, health care ethics, inter-professional education, behavioural sciences, economics, etc. Some core courses and electives may be taken on campus or through distance education at UBC. 3 Faculty of Dentistry courses subject to sufficient enrolment include: DHYG 400 (6) Current Issues in Oral Health Sciences; DHYG 402 (6) Dental Hygiene Care; DHYG 406 (3) Guided Study in Dental Hygiene; DHYG 433 (3) Assessment & Treatment Planning for Advanced Periodontal Diseases; DENT 407 (6) Oral Health Care in Residential Care Settings. Note: The possibility of registration to practice after third year may be an attractive feature for those students who must earn an income to facilitate further study. The college programs award a Diploma in Dental Hygiene (Dip. D.H.) which is currently one of the requirements for registration to practise dental hygiene in Canada. Entry to dental hygiene practice in BC also requires that graduates pass the National Dental Hygiene Certification Examination (www.ndhcb.ca) and satisfy additional requirements established by the College of Dental Hygienists of BC (www.cdhbc.com). ADMISSION FROM SECONDARY SCHOOL Application for admission for secondary school applicants must be made through Enrolment Services. Procedures, policies and admission requirements to UBC (www.welcome.ubc.ca) and the Bachelor of Dental Science are specified in the chapter Admissions, p. 17. Students must present Biology 12 and Chemistry 12 (or the equivalent). Early admission may be possible for students with strong academic standing enrolled in the final year of secondary school. Conditional offers of early admission are subject to satisfactory completion of secondary school graduation requirements and maintenance of the current admission average. Offers of admission will be withdrawn from students who do not satisfy these conditions. Deadline for application for secondary school applicants is February 28 and is different from the application deadlines for the other admission options. Application can be made online (www.welcome.ubc.ca/apply.cfm). 2. DENTAL HYGIENE DEGREE COMPLETION There are two categories of students in the Dental Hygiene Degree Completion option: Category A and Category B. See Admission to •ental Hygiene Degree Completion (Category A and B) or visit the Dentistry website (www.dentistry.ubc.ca) to determine eligibility for the appropriate admission category. Students in either category may undertake studies on a full or part-time basis. Part-time students will have up to five years to complete the program. CATEGORY A-STUDENTS WHO HAVE NOT COMPLETED 30 CREDITS OF UNIVERSITY TRANSFER PREREQUISITES. Graduates of dental hygiene diploma programs accredited by the Commission of Dental Accreditation of Canada (CDAC) or the Commission of Dental Accreditation (CODA) of the American Dental Association (ADA) with a minimum overall average of 70% are eligible for admission to third year. Current registration, in good standing, with a regulatory authority where the applicant has practised most recently, and a Canadian National Dental Hygiene Certification Examination Certificate or the American National Board Certificate or equivalent, are required. If an applicant is a recent graduate of a dental hygiene diploma seeking to enter the B.D.Sc. Program directly and has not yet practised, then a recommendation letter from the director of the dental hygiene diploma program is required. 182 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Students must complete the following courses to be eligible to apply for graduation. Course work includes core and elective courses. ENGL 301 DHYG 400 DHYG 402 DHYG 433 DHYG 461 IHHS 401 DHYG 404 DHYG 405 DHYG 435 DHYG 462 DHYG 401 EPSE 482/ HCEP 400 Electives1'2 Total Credits Technical and Business Writing or equivalent Current Issues in Oral Health Sciences Dental Hygiene Care Assessment and Treatment Planning for Advanced Periodontal Diseases Literature Review in Periodontology I Biomedical Ethics or equivalent Advanced Dental Hygiene Care Oral Microbiology and Immunology Oral Pathology Literature Review in Periodontology II Oral Epidemiology Statistics or equivalent 3 4 2/5 3 15 61 Electives may be taken in areas of interest such as health promotion, residential care, geriatrics, community health, adult education, health care ethics, inter-professional education, behavioural sciences, economics, etc. Some core courses and electives may be taken on campus or through distance education at UBC, BC Open University, or other recognized universities. Permission of the Program Director is required for all non- UBC courses. 2 Faculty of Dentistry courses subject to sufficient enrolment include: DHYG 406 (3)-Guided Study in Dental Hygiene; DENT 407 (6)-Oral Health Care in Residential Care Settings. Note: Students that are currently enrolled in the final year of an accredited dental hygiene diploma program (without 30 credits of university transfer prerequisites) that wish to transfer directly into the third year of the B.D.Sc. Program immediately following diploma graduation can make application. Applicants may be given a conditional acceptance subject to successful completion of the requirements for dental hygiene diploma graduation and the admission requirements of the Faculty of Dentistry (refer to www.denristry.ubc.ca). Acceptance also depends on available space. CATEGORY B-STUDENTS WHO HAVE COMPLETED 30 CREDITS OF UNIVERSITY TRANSFER PREREQUISITES. Graduates of dental hygiene diploma programs accredited by CD AC or CODA/ADA with a minimum overall average of 70% are eligible for admission to the fourth year of the program. Current registration, in good standing, with a regulatory authority where the applicant has practised most recently and a Canadian National Dental Hygiene Certification Examination Certificate or the American National Board Certificate, or equivalent are required. If an applicant is a recent graduate of a dental hygiene diploma program seeking to enter the B.D.Sc. Program directly and has not yet practised, then a recommendation letter from the director of the dental hygiene diploma program is required. Students must complete the following courses to be eligible to apply for graduation. Course- work includes core and elective courses: DHYG 404 DHYG 405 DHYG 435 DHYG 462 DHYG 401 EPSE 482/ HCEP 400 Electives1'2 Total Credits Advanced Dental Hygiene Care Oral Microbiology and Immunology Oral Pathology Literature Review in Periodontology II Oral Epidemiology Statistics 3 4 2/5 3 30 Electives may be taken in areas of interest such as health promotion, residential care, geriatrics, community health, adult education, health care ethics, inter-professional education, behavioural sciences, economics, etc. Some core courses and electives may be taken on campus or through distance education at UBC. 2 Faculty of Dentistry courses subject to sufficient enrolment include: DHYG 400 (6) Current Issues in Oral Health Sciences; DHYG 402 (6) Dental Hygiene Care; DHYG 406 (3) Guided Study in Dental Hygiene; DHYG 433 (3) Assessment & Treatment Planning for Advanced Periodontal Diseases; DENT 407 (6) Oral Health Care in Residential Care Settings. Note: Students that are currently enrolled in the final year of an accredited dental hygiene diploma program (with 30 credits of university transfer prerequisites) that wish to transfer directly into the fourth year of the B.D.Sc. Program immediately following diploma graduation, can make application. Applicants may be given a conditional acceptance under the provisions of Category B. Official acceptance will be granted only upon successful completion of the requirements for dental hygiene diploma graduation and the admission requirements of the Faculty of Dentistry (refer to www.denristry.ubc.ca). Acceptance also depends on available space. ADMISSION TO DENTAL HYGIENE DEGREE COMPLETION (CATEGORY A AND B) Applicants must meet the general admission requirements of the University as specified in the chapter Admissions, p. 17 or at www.students.ubc.ca/welcome/apply.cfm. No specific courses at the secondary school level are mandatory. Applicants seeking to enter Category B must have completed 30 credits of university transfer courses including: • Six credits of first-year Biology (Anatomy and Physiology) • Six credits of first-year Chemistry • Six credits of first-year English • PSYC 100 or six credits of second-year Psychology • Six credits of electives. All other applicants are eligible to apply under Category A. Application must be made online to the Faculty of Dentistry. Deadlines for application are April 15 for admission the following September. Eligible applicants will be invited to participate in a structured interview. Detailed information regarding the admissions process and application forms are available on the Dentistry website (www.denristry.ubc.ca). The electronic application, required nonrefundable application fee and all supporting documents must be submitted to the Manager, Admissions and Academic Progress, Faculty of Dentistry by the April 15 deadline. 3. INTERNATIONAL DENTAL HYGIENE COMPLETION Graduates of programs that are not accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of Canada but who hold the Canadian National Dental Hygiene Certification Examination Certificate or equivalent may be admitted to the third year of the program. No specific courses at the secondary school level are mandatory. Applicants are required to have or be eligible to have current registration, in good standing, with a regulatory authority where the applicant has practised most recently. If the applicant has not practised, then a letter of support from an instructor from their dental hygiene program is required. All applicants must demonstrate an acceptable working knowledge of English by achieving an overall score of at least 6.5 on the IELTS (www.ielts.org) and at least 6 on each component of the exam. Registration to practise in BC is not required for admission to the program. However, international applicants who wish to practice dental hygiene in British Columbia must satisfy the requirements of the College of Dental Hygienists of BC, the provincial dental hygiene regulatory authority. For information, refer to the CDHBC website (www.cdhbc.com). The B.D.Sc. Program does not offer a foundational clinical dental hygiene education. Students must complete the following courses to be eligible to apply for graduation. Course- work includes core and elective courses. ENGL301 Technical and Business Writing 3 DHYG 400 Current Issues in Oral Health 6 DHYG 402 Dental Hygiene Care 6 DHYG 433 Assessment and Treatment Planning for Advanced Periodontal Diseases 3 DHYG 461 Literature and Review in Periodontology I 4 IHHS 401 Biomedical Ethics 3 DHYG 404 Advanced Dental Hygiene Care 6 DHYG 405 Oral Microbiology and Immunology 3 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 7 THE FACULTY OF DENTISTRY 183 DHYG 435 Oral Pathology 3 DHYG 462 Literature Review in Periodontology II 4 DHYG 401 Oral Epidemiology 2/5 EPSE 482/ HCEP 400 Statistics 3 Electives1'2 15 Total Credits 61 Electives may be taken in areas of interest such as health promotion, residential care, geriatrics, community health, adult education, health care ethics, inter-professional education, behavioural sciences, economics, etc. Some core courses and electives may be taken on campus or through distance education at UBC, BC Open University, or other recognized universities. Permission of the Program Director is required for all non-UBC courses. 2 Available Faculty of Dentistry courses include: DHYG 406 (3) Guided Study in Dental Hygiene, DENT 407 (6) Oral Health Care in Residential Care Settings. ADMISSION TO INTERNATIONAL DENTAL HYGIENE DEGREE COMPLETION Application must be made online to the Faculty of Dentistry. The deadline for application is April 15 for the following September. Eligible applicants will be invited to participate in a structured interview and will be required to undertake an interview to demonstrate competence in verbal communication skills in English by reaching level 5 or better on the Placement Interview and Test Raring Scale of the English Language Institute (ELI) at UBC, or its equivalent. This requirement in English communication skills is in addition to the English Language Admission Standard as demonstrated by the applicant's IELTS exam score. Detailed information regarding the admissions process and application forms are available on the Dentistry website (www.denristry.ubc.ca). The electronic application, required non-refundable . application fee and all supporting documents must be submitted to the Manager, Admissions and Academic Progress, Faculty of Dentistry by the April 15 deadline. ACCEPTANCE 1. DIRECT ENTRY APPLICANTS Selection for admission is based on academic performance as evidenced by scholastic records (transcripts). Applicants who meet minimum admission requirements are not guaranteed acceptance. Enrolment is limited. A health record that evidences immunizations (Tetanus/Diphtheria-Toxoid, Polio, MMR, Chickenpox, and Hepatitis B) and a negative TB skin test (if the test is positive, a chest x-ray is required) must be submitted to the UBC Student Health Service. Immunizations are available from your family doctor, community health department, and from the UBC Student Health Service. Being a carrier of any one of the conditions may restrict students' educational opportunity to fulfil requirements for graduation and subsequent practise as a dental hygien ist. Counselling is available to individuals who have, or are carriers, of communicable diseases. Applicants should be aware that dental hygiene practice might be very difficult for people with back problems or latex allergies. Disability may result from practicing dental hygiene. Included are exposure to infectious diseases such as HIV, Hepatitis, musculoskeletal injuries and the possibility of physical assault. Injury during training may preclude a student from continuing and from practicing dental hygiene. While the Faculty of Dentistry makes efforts to minimize such risks it does not provide any insurance to protect students from loss of future income. The Faculty recommends that students purchase disability insurance and continue coverage during training and practice. 2. DENTAL HYGIENE DEGREE COMPLETION APPLICANTS Selection for admission is based on academic performance as evidenced by scholastic records (transcripts), interview results, and letter of intent. Applicants who meet minimum admission requirements are not guaranteed acceptance. Enrolment is limited. Successful applicants must submit a deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance by the Faculty. This deposit is non-refundable and will be applied towards tuition fees. If an applicant does not register for the term specified in the acceptance letter, the acceptance and the deposit will be forfeited. 3. INTERNATIONAL DENTAL HYGIENE DEGREE COMPLETION APPLICANTS Selection for admission is based on interview results, letter of intent and ELI verbal communication test results. Applicants who meet minimum admission requirements are not guaranteed acceptance. Enrolment is limited. Successful applicants must submit a deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance by the Faculty. This deposit is non-refundable and will be applied towards tuition fees. If an applicant does not register at UBC for the term specified in the acceptance letter, the acceptance and the deposit will be forfeited. READMISSION The Faculty of Dentistry reserves the right to readmit students and to stipulate conditions attached to readmission. Readmission to the Program may necessitate repetition of courses previously completed if, in the judgment of the Faculty, curriculum changes and/or length of interruption are sufficient to render the applicant inadequately prepared to continue studies. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Students are subject to Faculty policies on advancement, attendance and examinations as outlined in the Faculty of Dentistry calendar entry (see Academic Regulations, p. 180). Part-time students will be expected to complete the program within five years of registration. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Candidates for the Bachelor of Dental Science (Dental Hygiene) must have fulfilled all the requirements for entrance to the Faculty of Dentistry and have completed the courses of instruction which comprise the dental hygiene program. Candidates must have met the academic requirements of the program as defined by the Faculty. The Faculty will recommend to Senate the granting of the Bachelor of Dental Science (Dental Hygiene) to students who have satisfactorily completed the academic requirements. Candidates for the Bachelor of Dental Science (Dental Hygiene) must make formal application for graduation. Candidates planning to graduate in May must apply by the February deadline and candidates planning to graduate in November must apply by the August deadline. See the Academic Year (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/ academicyearxfrn). Special forms for this purpose are provided by Enrolment Services. PROGRAM INQUIRIES All inquiries relating to the Bachelor of Dental Science Program in Dental Hygiene should be addressed to: Manager, Admissions and Academic Progress Faculty of Dentistry The University of British Columbia 278-2199 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-3416 Fax: 604-822-8279 Email: fodadms@interchange.ubc.ca (Faculty of Dentistry Admissions) GENERAL PRACTICE RESIDENCY TRAINING PROGRAM The Faculty of Dentistry and the departments of Dentistry of the Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre (12th and Oak site and UBC site), the BC Cancer Agency and British Columbia's Children's Hospital, offer a one- year General Practice Residency training program commencing each June and July. The residents selected must be registered as students of the Faculty of Dentistry and with the College of Dental Surgeons of British Columbia for which separate fees are paid. ADMISSION Graduates of any accredited North American dental school are eligible for admission. All candidates must satisfy the requirements for registration of the College of Dental Surgeons of BC. Graduates of foreign dental schools must possess a current and valid certificate from the National Dental Examining Board of Canada. APPLICATION Application forms and descriptive literature on the program may be obtained from the Dentistry website (www.dentistry.ubc.ca). 184 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Inquiries may also be made of the heads of dental departments of the individual teaching hospitals. There is an application fee of CADS 100.00 which must accompany the completed application. The completed application must be submitted before November 1 for entry to the program the following year. GRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Faculty of Dentistry offers the opportunity for advanced study in a number of areas related to oral biology including basic and applied biology of the cells and extracellular matrix of the periodontium, oral microbiology, cellular immunology, biomaterials, craniofacial growth and development, teratology, oral sensorimotor function, craniofacial biomechanics, and microbiological and biochemical assessment of caries and periodontal disease activity. The Faculty has good research funding and is well equipped to carry out advanced research. Students will normally be required to take DENT 540 (Research Methods and Seminars in Oral Biology), and either DENT 541 (Craniofacial Biology) or DENT 542 (Biology of Oral Tissues), and an additional six credits during their first year. In addition, students will be required to pass a comprehensive examination. The program will be open to those who have completed a D.D.S., D.M.D., M.D., D.V.M. or their equivalents, or an M.Sc. in Dental Science or a related discipline. MASTER OF SCIENCE The Faculty of Dentistry offers facilities and opportunities for advanced study leading to the Master of Science. Candidates will be accepted under the general regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies to study in one of the major recognized fields of dentistry. The program will ordinarily require two full academic years. A program of part-time graduate studies is also available. COMBINED MASTER OF SCIENCE/ DIPLOMA IN PERIODONTICS The program provides an opportunity for qualified students to enter a combined program leading to an M.Sc. in Dental Science and a Diploma in Periodontics. The program provides education and training for potential clinicians, research workers, and teachers. The Diploma is not offered without successful completion of the master's degree. Graduates will be eligible to take the examinations for specialty certification in periodontics of the Royal College of Dentists of Canada and the American Board of Periodontology. The application deadline for the combined program is October 1. Admission to the program is subject to the evidence of the capacity for graduate study and applicants must satisfy the requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Applicants must hold a Doctor of Medicine or its equivalent from a recognized university. Registration is dependent upon the availability of adequate faculty members and facilities. Consent of the Faculty of Dentistry is required prior to registration. CERTIFICATE IN ORAL MEDICINE AND ORAL PATHOLOGY The Faculty of Dentistry offers a Certificate in Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology. This accredited program is a three-year, hospital-based clinical residency for students seeking specialty recognition by the Royal College of Dentists of Canada and/or provincial licensure in the specialty of oral medicine and oral pathology. It offers alternative paths for residents specializing in either or both disciplines. Applicants must have a dental degree from a recognized dental school. Admission requirements include at least five years of prior, full-time education in English in Canada (or the equivalent in another country). Alternatively, a score of at least 600 (paper-based) or 250 (computer-based) in the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required. CONTACT INFORMATION For more information and application forms, please contact Mrs. V Beretanos Koulouris (vickybk@interchange.ubc.ca), Office of Graduate Studies, Faculty of Dentistry, The University of British Columbia, 2199 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3; telephone 604-822-4486, fax 604-822-3562. PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATION The possession of a Doctor of Dental Medicine does not automatically confer the right to practise dentistry in any province in Canada. Each province has a licensing body which grants a licence to practice dentistry within its own borders. Inquiries concerning registration and licensing should be directed to the Registrar, College of Dental Surgeons of BC, 1765 West 8th Avenue, Vancouver, BC V6J 5C6 or to their counterparts in other provinces. For clarification of their ability to obtain a license to practice dentistry in British Columbia, persons convicted of a criminal offense, including a conviction for an offense which resulted in a conditional or absolute discharge, who are considering a career in dentistry, should write to the Registrar of the College before beginning their studies. Most provinces will accept for registration the certificate issued by the National Dental Examining Board of Canada, for which there is a fee. Information concerning National Dental Examining Board certificates may be obtained from The National Dental Examining Board of Canada, 203-100 Bronson Street, Ottawa, Ontario, KIR 6G8; website (www.ndeb.ca). ACADEMIC STAFF DEPARTMENT OF ORAL BIOLOGICAL AND MEDICAL SCIENCES Donald M. Brunette, Acting Head PROFESSORS Dieter Bromme, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Halle), D.Sc; Donald M. Brunette, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); David Donaldson, B.D.S., (St-And.), F.D.S., R.C.S. (Edin.) M.D.S. (Dund.); Markus Haapasalo, D.D.S., Ph.D. (Helsinki); Hannu S. Larjava, D.D.S., Ph.D., Dipl.Perio. (Finland); Barry C. McBride, B.Sc, M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (111.); Christopher M. Overall, B.D.S., B.Sc, M.D.S. (Adel.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Lewei Zhang, B.D.S. (W.China), Dip. Oral Path., Ph.D. (Tor.), F.R.C.D. (C). PROFESSORS EMERITI George Beagrie, D.D.S. (Edin.), ED.S.R.C.S. (Edin.), F.R.C.D. (C), F.I.C.D.; Bruce Blasberg, D.M.D. (Penn.), Cert. Oral Medicine; Pierre Dow, B.A.Sc, D.D.S. (Wash.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Gary Gibson, D.D.S. (Alta.); Alfred Ogilvie, D.D.S. (Tor.), M.S. (Calif.); Colin Price, B.D.S., M.D.S. (Birm.), F.D.S., R.C.S. (Eng.), F.R.C.D.(C); John D. Spouge, M.D.S. (Sheff.), F.D.S., R.C.S. (Eng.), M.R.C.S. (Eng.), L.R.C.P. (Lond.), F.R.C.S.(C); Alva E. Swanson, D.D.S. (Tor.), M.S. (Mich.), F.R.C.D.(C); V. V. Jukka Uitto, D.D.S., Ph.D, Dip. Perio. (Helsinki). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Bonnie J. Craig, Dip.D.H. (Manit.), M.Ed. (S.Fraser), R.D.H.; David MacDonald, B.D.S., B.Sc. (Glas.), M.Sc. (Lond.), LL.B., F.D.S.R.C.P.S. (Glas.), D.D.R.R.C.R.; Edward E. Putnins, D.M.D., Dipl.Perio. , M.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Clive Roberts, B.A., M.A. (Cantab.), Ph.D. (Brunei); N. Dorin Ruse, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Cluj.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Ravindra M. Shah, B.D.S. (Bom.), M.S. (Buffalo), Ph.D. (Qu.); David Sweet, D.M.D. (Br.Col.)., Ph.D.(Granada), D.A.B.F.O.; J. Douglas Waterfield, B.Sc, M.Sc. (BrCol.), Fil.dr. (Karolinska). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jeffrey Coil, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), Cert. Endo. (Wash.); Lari Hakkinen, D.D.S., Ph.D. (Turku); Ian Matthew, B.D.S. (Liv.), M.Dent.Sc, Ph.D. (Birm.), ED.S.R.C.S. (Lond.; Edin.); William R. McDonald, D.M.D., M.D. (Br.Col.); Robert W. Priddy, D.D.S., M.Sc. (Tor.), ER.C.D.(C); Eli Whitney, B.Sc, D.D.S. (Alta.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Eugene C. Cameron, M.D. (Br.Col.), F.R.C.P.C; Andrew Chalmers, B.Sc. (Cape T), M.D. (Br.Col.), F.R.C.P.C; Joel B. Epstein, D.M.D. (Sask.), M.S.D. (Wash.); David V. Godin, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Ott.); Gershon H. Growe, M.D. (Tor.), F.R.C.P.C; Victor F. Hucknell, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Ronald A. Kleinknecht, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Wash.); Gerardo Maupome, D.M.D. (Mexico), M.Sc. (Lond.), Ph.D. (Lond.); John H. McNeill, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D.; David Ostrow, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), F.R.C.P.C, M.A. (Mich.); Neil E. Reiner, A.B. (Oberlin), M.D. (Case Western), F.R.C.P.C, F.A.C.P.; Grant H. Stiver, B.Sc. (Med.), M.D. (Manit.), F.R.C.P.C; Ken Yaegaki, D.D.S., Ph.D. (Japan). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Robert J. Conklin, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit), F.R.CP.(C)(Derm.); Burton Goldstein, B.A., D.M.D. (Penn.) ; Timothy Gould, B.D.S., L.D.S., R.C.S. Dip. Perio., Ph.D., M.R.CD.C; Christopher Peck, B.D.S., M.Sc. Dent. (Syd.); John G. Silver, B.D.S. (Lond.), L.D.S., R.C.S. (Eng.), Dipl. Periodont. (Penn.), F.R.CD.(C); Peter Stevenson-Moore, B.D.S., L.D.S., PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 7 THE FACULTY OF DENTISTRY 185 R.C.S. (Eng.), M.S.D. (Wash.); Malcolm F. Williamson, B.D.S. (Eng.), L.D.S., R.C.S. (Eng.), D.D.P.H. (Tor.). CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Martin Aidelbaum, D.D.S., Dip. Oral Surgery; Kulminder Bahi, D.M.D. (Boston); Clive Bethel, B.Sc, D.M.D.; Martin P. Braverman, B.Sc, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Blaine Cairns, B.Sc. (Guelph), D.M.D (BrCol.); Brian Changpong, D.D.S. (U.S.C); Babak Chehroudi, D.M.D. (Iran), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Ken Chow, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), D.D.S. (S.Calif.), Cert. Oral Surgery (111.; Chic); Lee Colfer, Dipl. Dental Hygience, DDS, Dip. Peric, M.Sc; Darren Dahlman, D.M.D. (BrCol.), Oral Surgery (Alameda); Shank Dharamsi, B.A., B.Ed. (York), B.Sc. (Med. College of Georgia), M.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); John S. Diggens, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), M.S.D. (Wash.); Brad Forster, D.D.S. (Tor.), Dip. OMFS (Tor.); Dennis Frazer, DMD, MSc; Curtis Gill, D.M.D. (Sask.), M.D. (Sask.); Larry Goldstein, D.M.D., Dip. Oral Surgery; Silke Gumplinger, Dental Degre (Jena, Germany), Ph.D., D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Donald Habijanac, B.Sc, D.D.S. (Alta.), Cert. Perio (S.Calif.); Earl Hall, B.Sc. (Guelph); Tassos Irinakis, D.D.S. (Athens), Dip. Perio. (Br.Col.); Brian Lahiffe, B.D.S. (Dub.), M.S. (Mich.); Robert C. Leung, D.M.D. (BrCol.), M.P.H. (Lorna Linda), Dip. Perio. (Br.Col.); Sonia Leziy, D.D.S. (McG.), Dip. Perio. (Br.Col.); William MacDonald,; Bryce McDougall, D.H.D, Dip. Perio; Peter M. Murrns, B.D.S. (Lond.), M.Sc.D. (Boston); Nazanin Narani, D.D.S (Iran), Dip. Perio/ M.Sc; David Nerman, D.M.D. (Manit.), Cert. Endo. (Virginia); Carol Oakley, D.M.D. (Alta.), Dip. Perio., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Elaine Orpe, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Manit.), Dip. Oral Radiol. (Tor); Natanya Padachey, D.D.S. (Tor); Catherine Poh, D.D.S. (Taiwan), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Mark Reichman, B.Sc. (Tor), D.D.S. (Tor.), Clinical Assistant Professor; Thomas Routledge, ; Virendra K. Seth, B.Sc, B.D.S., D.D.S. (Tor.), M.S. (Chic); James Severs,; David Sheilesh, BSc (Alberta), DDS (Alberta), MSD; Kenji K. Shimizu, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Sharma K. Sinanan, B.A., D.M.D. (BrCol.), Cert. Endo. (Oregon), F.R.CD.(C); Ron Slemko, B.Sc, D.D.S. (Alta.); Ira Sy, DDS, MS, Dip. Perio; Michelle Tang, B.Sc, D.D.S., M.Sc. (Tor.); Perry Trester, D.M.D. (Manit.); Priscilla Walsh, D.D.S. (Alta.), Dip. Perio (Br.Col.); Colin Wiebe, B.Sc, D.D.S. (Alta), Dip. Perio., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Michael Wilby, D.D.S. (McG.), Dip. Perio (Oregon); Michele Williams, B.Sc, D.M.D. (BrCol.), Cert. Oral Medicine (Penn.); Earl Winestock, D.M.D. (Manit.), Cert. Endo. (Oregon); Gerald Wittenberg, M.Sc. (Minn.), D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Jane M. Wong, Dip. D.H., B.A.; Michelle Yang, D.D.S., M.Sc. (Tor). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Houman Abtin, B.D.S. (India); Mohsen Assadollahi, D.D.S.; Neil Basaraba, D.D.S. (Alta.), M.S.D. (Wash.); Shirley Bassett, Dip.D.H. (Manit.), B.Sc.D. (Tor.), R.D.H.; Denise Beerwald, Dip. D.H.; Howard Bittner, D.M.D., CD.S.B.C (Endo.), C.A.G.S. (Endo.); Shelley Ann Chaisson, Dental Hygiene Degree; Doug Conn, B.S.E, B.Sc, D.M.D., Cert. (Endo.); Ron Corber, B.Sc, D.M.D., Cert. (Endo.); Donald Cronin,; Margaret Dennett, B.Ed. (Alta.), C.D.A.; Harinder Dhanju, B.D.S. (Guru Nanak); Ashifa Dharamsi, Assoc. Degree Dental Hygiene (Georgia, U.S.A.), Dip. Dental Assisting (Career Canada College); Learrne Donnelly, Dip. D.H.; Mahmoud Ektefaie, B.Sc, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Lisa Errns, Dip. D.H.; Catherine Fairfield, Dip.D.H. (Alta.); Heather Fay, M.B.Ch.B. (Aberd.); Kostantinos Georgas, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), Cert. Perio, M.S.D. (Wash.); Ladan Ghanipoor, D.D.S.; Erne Gregoriou, B.Sc, (BrCol.), D.M.D. (Manit.); Lynn Guest, Dip. D.H., B.H.E., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Pamela Hancock, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Chris Hardy, Dip. DH (Dalhousie); Penny Hatzimanolakis, B.D.Sc. (Br.Col.); Hans Heilmann, D.M.D. (McG.); Bonnie Hoath, Dip. D.H. (Alta.); Cathy Jackson, B.A.; Suzette Jestin, B.Ed. (Alta.); Rebecca Kan, Dip. DH (UBC); Carolyn King, B.D.S. (BrCol.); Salme Lavigne, Dip.D.H., M.Sc. (Missouri); Rosemary Lear, B.D.S., M.D.S. (Belfast; James Lin, D.D.S. (Tor); James MacDonald, B.Sc. (Wis.), D.M.D., M,.Sc, Cert. Perio. (Br.Col.); Robert MacDonald, B.Sc. (Acad.), M.Sc. (Detroit), D.D.S. (Dal.); Eketfaie Mahmoud, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Joel Marcoe, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Alexis Martin, B.Sc, M.Sc; Debbie McCloy, Dip.D.H., B.D.Sc. (Br.Col.), R.D.H.; Sujay Mehta, D.M.D. (Tufts); Daljit Nagra, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Gregory Nelson, BSc (Br.Col.), DMD (BrCol.); Carter Ng, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), D.D.S. (U. of Pacific School of Dentistry, San Francisco); Mark Olesen, D.M.D., Cert. (Endo.); Nathalie Pauletto, D.D.S. (Montr.), Dip.Perio (Br.Col.); Cheri Porth, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Lovedeep Randhawa, B.D.S. (India), D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Alexander Rosenczweig, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Carolle Sauro, B.Sc. (Nursing), RN, MSN; Pour Rostmanian Sharifabad, D.D.S. (Iran); Majid Sherkat, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), G.P.R. (McG.); Stephanie Song, BSc (UBC), DMD (UBC); Lisa Supeene, B.D.Sc. (Br.Col.); Linda Talbot, B.D.Sc. (Br.Col.); Shwetlana Vohra, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Mark Wang, B.Sc. (Tor), D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Allen Wu, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), Cert. (Endo.) (Boston). HONORARY CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Michael Sretavan, B.Sc, D.D.S. (McG.); Division of Endodontics: J. Coil (Chair), D. Donaldson; Division of Hospital Dentistry: D. Donaldson (Chair), P. Stevenson-Moore, P. Trester; Division of Oral Biology: (Chair), D. Brunette, B. McBride, C. Overall, R. Shah, D. Waterfield; Division of Oral Diagnosis and Oral Medicine: D. Sweet, C. Peck; Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery: I. Matthew (Chair), W. McDonald; Division of Oral Pathology: R. W. Priddy (Chair), L. Zhang; Division of Oral Radiology: D. MacDonald (Chair), E. Orpe; Division of Pain and Anxiety: D. Donaldson (Chair); Division of Periodontics and Dental Hygiene: H. Larjava (Chair), B. J. Craig, L. Hakkinen, E. E. Putnins, I. Sy; Division of Continuing Dental Education: J. M. Wong (Director); B.D.Sc. Program: B. J. Craig (Director); General Practice Residency: C. Zed. (Director). DEPARTMENT OF ORAL HEALTH SCIENCES Virginia M. Diewert, Head PROFESSORS D. Christopher Clark, B.S., D.D.S., M.P.H. (Mich.); Virginia M. Diewert, D.D.S. (Alta.), M.Sc. (Northwestern); Alan A. Lowe, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), Dip. Ortho., Ph.D. (Tor.), F.R.CD.(C); Michael I. MacEntee, L.D.S. (R.C.S.I.), Dipl. Prosth. (S. Carolina), Ph.D. (Dub.), F.R.CD.(C); Joanne N. Walton, D.D.S. (Alta.), Cert. Pros. (Walter Reed), F.R.CD.(C); Edwin H. K. Yen, D.D.S. (McG.), Dip. Ortho., Ph.D. (Tor.). PROFESSORS EMERITI Marcia A. Boyd, D.D.S. (Alta.), M.A. (Br.Col.); Gary D. Derkson, D.M.D. (Manit.); Norman Ferguson, D.M.D. (N. Pacific Col., Oregon), F.R.C.D. (C) (Hon.), F.A.C.D., F.I.C.D., F.A.D.I.; Alan G. Hannam, B.D.S. (Adel.), F.D.S., R.C.S. (Engl.), Ph.D. (Brist.); Trevor J. Harrop, L.D.S. (Glas.), D.D.S. (Dal.), M.S., Ph.D. (Iowa); S. L. Kharrna, B.A., B.D.S. (Punj.), D.M.D. (Manit.), M.S. (Roch.); Clement S. C. Lear, B.D.S. (N.Z.), Dip. Ortho., D.M.D. (Harv.); Lyndon Martin, B.Sc. (Lough.), Ph.D. (Oxf.); Alan S. Richardson, D.D.S., M.Sc. (Alta.); William A. Richter, D.M.D., M.S. (Oregon); Douglas J. Yeo, D.D.S. (Tor), M.P.H. (Mich.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Rosamund L. Harrison, D.M.D. (Sask.), M.Sc. (Roch.), M.R.CD.(C); M. A. J. Lex MacNeil, D.D.S. (Dal.); Joy Richman, D.M.D. (Manit.), M.S.D., Ph.D. (Lond.); Lance M. Rucker, A.B. (Calif., Berkeley), B.Sc.D., D.D.S. (Calif., San Fransisco); N. Dorin Ruse, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Cluj.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Christopher C. L. Wyatt, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSOR S. Ross Bryant, B.Sc, D.D.S. (Alta.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Dipl. Pros., Ph.D. (Tor.), F.R.C.D. (C). CLINICAL PROFESSOR Ian Bennett, D.D.S. (Tor), M.Sc. (Wash.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Michael Belenky, D.D.S., M.P.H., F.A.C.D. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Colleen Adams, B.Sc. (BrCol.), D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Barbara J. Bradey, D.D.S. (Alta.); William Brymer, D.D.S. (Dal.); John Carpendale, B.D.Sc. (Dub.), M.S.D. (Indiana); Peter Chan, H.B.Sc (Tor), D.D.S. (W.Ont.), Dip. Ped. Dent. (Wash.); Hui Chen, DMD (CUMS), Dip. Ortho (CUMS); W. Sam Cheung, B.A. (Calif. State, Fresno), D.D.S. (Northwestern); Jack Chu, Clinical Assistant Professor; Lisa Coveney, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Suzanne Cziraki, B.Sc. (Wat.), B.Ed. (Tor.), D.D.S. (Tor), M.Sc. (Wat.), M.Sc. Ortho. (Tor); Nicki DeFrancesco, D.M.D. (Manit.), M.Sc. (Manit.); Hasnain Dewji, D.D.S.; Brent Douglas, BSC (U of A), DMD (UBC); Andrea Esteves, CD. (U.E. Londrina), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Mary am Farbood, DDS (Tehran), Dip. Ortho (Ytehran); Sandra Fastlicht, D.D.S., Cert. ^Drtho., Masters Ortho. (Mexico); Leo Fung, D.M.D. (Manit.), M.S.D. (Indiana); Michael Fung, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Karen Gardner, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Murray A. Good, D.M.D. (Manit.); Masoud Haghi, DMD (Germany), Cert. Ortho (S.Fran); Felicity Hardwick, B.D.S. (Pretoria), M.S.D. (Witw.); Alexa Herbertson, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), Dipl. Ortho., Ph.D. (Tor.); Bryan Hicks, Cert. Ortho. (Wash.), D.M.D. (Northwestern); Tricia Hughes, C.D.A. B.Ed. (Alta.), M.Ed. (Vic.B.C); T.W. John Hung, B.Sc. (Wis.), D.M.D. (Wash.; St. Louis); Robin Jackson, D.D.S. (McG.), M.S. (Buffalo); Simon Jacobson, Clinical Assistant Professor; David Kennedy, B.D.S., M.S.D. (Wash.); Massoud Khoshne- vis, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Terrance S. Kline, B.Sc, D.D.S. (Alta.); Kenneth Lee, D.D.S., Cert. Perio. (Wash.); Joyce Ling, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Angie Loo, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), M.Sc, (Manit.); Daniel Ma, D.M.D. (Boston); Sandra Maduke, D.M.D. (Boston), Cert. Ortho. (Oregon); Ritchie Mah, D.D.S., M.Sc. (Alta.); Nathan Maltz, B.Sc, D.D.S. (McG.); Robert Mann, D.D.S. (Alta.), M.S. (Montr.); Cathy McGregor, D.M.D. (Br.Col.) ; Louis Metzner, B.Sc. (Pharm), D.M.D. (Br.Col.), M.S.D. (Wash.); Brahm Miller, B.Sc, (Montr.), M.Sc. (Concordia, Alta.), D.D.S. (McG.); Thomas J. Moonen, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Gerry Pochynok, D.D.S. (Alta.), Dip. Pediatric Dent. (Eastman Dental Center); Ron Regan, BSc (Alberta), DDS (Alberta); Trudy Rey, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), D.M.D. (Br.Col.); William J. Rosebush, B.Sc, Dip.Ed., D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Mel Schneider, B.Sc, D.D.S. (McG.); Kenji Shimizu, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Anthony Strelzow, B.Sc, D.D.S. (Tor.); Sharlene Tabata, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Sandra Tai, B.D.S. (Malaysia), M.S. (Minn.); Timothy Tan, B.A., M.Sc. (Mich.), D.M.D. (Penn.), Cert. Pediatric Dentistry (Philadelphia); Linda Taylor, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), Dip. Ortho., Ph.D. (Tor); Hiroki Ueda, DDS (Japan); Carol A. Wishart, B.Sc, D.D.S. (McG.), M.S.D. (Wash.); Paul A. Witt, D.D.S., Dip. Ortho. (Tor.); Brian Wong, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Theresa Wong, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Stephen Yuen,. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Maryam Amin, D.M.D. (Iran); Zohreh Ansari, D.D.S. (Iran); Koushan Azad, D.M.D. (Montr.); Aaron Berant, D.M.D. (Hebrew); Senia Bobanovic, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); David Buckles, D.M.D. (Manit.); Steve 186 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Budd, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Denise Carswell, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); William Catalano, D.D.S. (Alta.); Suman Chand, D.M.D.; Alec Cheng, D.D.S. (Tor), Cert. Pros. (Iowa); Samuel Chiang, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Manit.); Edward Chin, D.D.S., Cert. Pedo, M.Sc; Gordon Chisholm, B.Sc, D.D.S.; Gail Chow, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), D.D.S. (W.Ont.); Christopher Chung, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Josephine Chung, B.D.S. (H.K.), N.D.E.B.; Carl Cramer, B.Sc. (New Mexico), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Lamia El-Adwar, B. Dental Surgery, Masters Operative Dentistry (Alexandria U., Egypt); Rahil Faruqi, B.D.S. (N'cle); Kay Fung-Wang, D.D.M., B.Sc. (Manit.); Kevin Gee, D.M.D., B.Sc. (Br.Col.); Pam Glassby, B.D.S. (Liv.); Azar Grakoui, D.D.S. (Iran); Harry Ho, D.D.S. (Case Western); Alan Jeroff, D.M.D. (Manit.); Stephan Johal, D.M.D.; Manbinder Kaeley, B.D.S. (Lond.), D.G.D.P. (Engl.), M.B.A. (Engl.); Sangeeta Kashyap, D.D.S. (Dal.); Nancy Keselyak, B.Sc. (Maryland), M.A. (S.Fraser); Kambiz Korshid, D.M.D. (Tehran); Edward Kwok, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), D.D.S. (Tor.); Alfred Lau, B.Sc, M.Sc, D.M.D. (Manit.); David Lawson, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Basil Lee, D.M.D. (Alta.); Graham Lee, B.Sc. (Wat.), D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Angelique Leung, D.M.D., B.Sc. (Br.Col.); Ivor Levin, B.D.S. (Witw.); Frederick Li, D.M.D.; Robert Lin, B.Sc, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Douglas Liu, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Henry Louie, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); E. Diane Marshall, M.A., R.N., R.C.C; Evelyn McNee, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Iris Michaan, D.D.S. (Brazil), Cert. Pedo; Diedrich Milenaar, D.D.S. (W.Ont.); Don Milton, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.), M.S.D. (Wash.); Don Milton, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Monica Monty; Peter Murphy, D.D.S. (Dal.); Shane Naghibi, D.D.S. (Iran); Carter Ng, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), D.D.S.,(S.Fraser); Cecilia Ng, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Matthew Ng, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Michelle Nielsen, D.M.D. (McG.); Teri-Lee Norfolk, Dip. D.H. (BrCol.), D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Reza Nouri, D.M.D. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (Tor.); Matthew Osepchook, D.D.S. (Dal.); Kevin Phillips, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Neeta Popat, B.Sc, D.D.S. (Dal.); Sandy Quek, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Asa Quon, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Reza Rahgozar, D.D.S. (Tehran), N.D.E.B.; Saida Rasul, B.D.S. (Lond.), D.D.S. (Tor); John Roach, D.D.S. (Dal.); Lawrence Rossoff, B.A., B.Sc, D.D.S. (Minn.); Rudy Salo,; Lori Santos, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Mel Sawyer, D.M.D. (Manit.); Nancy Scott, D.M.D.; Elaine She, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Randy Shew, D.M.D.; Ravinder Siddoo, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Victor Soo-Chan, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Diarrne Stojak, Dip. Dent. Hyg., B.Ed. (Manit.), R.D.H.; Jolie Stroup, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), D.M.D. (BrCol.); Steve Sue, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Susanne Sunell, B.A. (Qu.), R.D.H. (Tor.), M.A. (Br.Col.); Wise Tang, D.D.S. (Tor); Calvin Tham, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); David Tobias, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Christina Tong, D.M.D. (Alta.); Rae Trajan, B.Sc. (Calg.), D.D.S (Alta.); Kim Trask, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Andrew Tsang, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Ashish Vashisht, D.M.D.; Leslie Wang, D.M.D. (Penn.); Anthony Wong, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Kathy Wong, M.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Tracy Wong, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Andrew Yang, B.Sc, D.M.D.; John Yuen, B. Dental Surgery (H.K.), Dipl. Gen. Dental Practice (Engl.); Ron Zokol, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Division of Biomaterials: N. D. Ruse (Chair); Division of Dental Morphology and Jaw Biomechanics: A. G. Hannam (Chair); Division of Operative Dentistry: L. M. Rucker (Chair), L. MacNeil; Division of Orthodontics: A. A. Lowe (Chair), V. M. Diewert, E. H. K. Yen; Division of Pediatric Dentistry: R. L. Harrison (Chair), J. Richman; Division of Preventive and Community Dentistry: D. C Clark (Chair); Division of Prosthodontics: C L. Wyatt (Chair), S.R. Bryant, J. N. Walton, C. L. Wyatt. DEAN'S OFFICE DEAN'S OFFICE Edwin H.K. Yen, Professor and Dean; Christopher Zed, Assistant Dean, External Affairs and Strategic Affairs. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Leandra Best, D.M.D. (Sask.); David L. Tobias, B.Sc, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Christopher Zed, B.Sc, D.D.S., M.BA. (Dal.), G.P.R. (Br.Col.). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Sanju Abraham, B.D.S. (India); Catherine Anderson, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Ben Balevi, B.Eng., D.D.S. (McG.); M. Grace Beloy, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Phillipines); Dale Best, B.Sc. (Regina), M.D. (Sask.); Bruce Chenail, D.M.D. (BrCol.), M.S. (Marquette U.); Marcia Choi, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Ameneh Eslami, M.D. (Tehran); Mark Fogelman, D.M.D.; Joyce Gordon, B.Sc. (111.), M.S., Ph.D. (Wis.); Neville Jeannotte, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Philomena Kaan, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Karuna Karunakaran, B.Sc. (Jaffna, Sri Lanka), M.Sc. (Trondhein, Norway), Ph.D. (Norweigian U. of Science & Tech., Norway); Alan Kilistoff, D.M.D. (BrCol.); Andis Klegeris, Physician- Biophysicist Diploma (Moscow), M.Sc. (Moscow), D.Phil. (Oxf.); Hwee Lim, D.D.S. (Taiwan), M.Sc, D.D.S. (W.Ont.); Nicole Martin-Iverson, B.Sc, D.D.S. (Alta.); Lucy Marzban, Assoc. Degree Lab Medicine (Iran); Nahid Pourtaghi,; Anna Preis, D.M.D. (Manit.); Firoozeh Reyhani, D.M.D. (Tehran); James Richardson, D.M.D. (Br.Col.); Jaspaul Seehra, D.D.S. (Wash.), M.Sc. (Manch.); Lynette Sigola Barreto, M.B.Ch.B., B.Sc. (Z'bwe), Ph.D. (Lond.); Sean Sikorski, D.M.D. (Sask.); Hon So, B.D.S., M.D.S. (H.K.); Asif Tejani, D.M.D. (Penn.), B.A. (Lane); Maria-Theresa Zerjav, B.Sc. (Dal.). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 7 THE FACULTY OF DENTISTRY 187 188 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 8 The Faculty of Education Dean's Office Robert J. Tierney, Dean Jon Shapiro, Associate Dean, Administration T.B.A., Associate Dean, Graduate Programs and Research Frank Echols, Associate Dean, Teacher Education Jim Gaskell, Associate Dean, External Programs and Learning Technologies Neville Scarfe Building 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Telephone: 604-822-5242 Fax: 604-822-8227 Education Website (educ.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Education offers Initial Teacher Education leading to the Bachelor of Education. Following completion of all requirements, students normally qualify for the British Columbia Professional Teaching Certificate. The program options integrate pedagogical studies and school experience. Within the program options, students extend their liberal education by exploring educational theory and practice, applying their understanding in carefully graduated teaching practice and building a foundation for leadership in the classroom and the community. The options enhance students' abilities to reason, to communicate, and to share their knowledge and enthusiasm. Opportunities for continuing professional education leading to the Diploma in Education are also offered. The Diploma in Education indicating the field of specialization will be awarded on successful completion of an approved program of study. Most programs, if desired, can be planned to incorporate prerequisites for admission to a master's program. Detailed admission, application, and registration information are posted at educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed. Graduate programs in education are offered by various units in the Faculty. Complete program descriptions can be found in the appropriate departmental listing in the chapter The Faculty of Graduate Studies, p. 217 of the Calendar. This chapter also offers overviews of the academic units that house the Faculty's various graduate programs. BACHELOR OF EDUCATION The Faculty of Education offers the Bachelor of Education to persons interested in a career in teaching. Qualified applicants who wish to prepare as elementary teachers may select either a 12-month or a two-year option. Those interested in preparing to teach students in their middle years or in secondary schools undertake their studies over a 12-month period. ACADEMIC ADVISING There are group advising sessions on preadmission requirements and some follow-up sessions if necessary. Sessions are offered at specific rimes and for specific teaching options (Elementary or Middle Years and Secondary). Before sending inquiries or making appointments, please review your transcript in relation to the admission requirements for the option of your choice (and, in Secondary and Middle Years, for the subject[s] to which you plan to apply) and complete the self-assessment form (and Secondary worksheets, as applicable). For detailed admission requirements and group advising schedule, visit our website (educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed). Please contact the Teacher Education Office by email (teacher.ed@ubc.ca) to register for advising sessions. ADMISSION The Faculty admits students on the basis of merit and is committed to admitting qualified candidates who reflect the ethnic, cultural and social diversity of British Columbia. Applications are encouraged from persons of Aboriginal ancestry (see Canadian Aboriginal Students, p. 18), visible minorities, differently-abled persons, women in subject areas in which they are under-represented, and men interested in primary school teaching. All qualified applicants are encouraged to apply. ELEMENTARY TEACHER EDUCATION The Elementary Teacher Education option prepares students to teach Kindergarten to Grade 7. While it is recommended that applicants have a bachelor's degree, candidates are eligible for admission to the two-year option with a minimum of 90 UBC-equivalent credits acceptable to the Faculty of Education. Applicants to the 12-month option must have completed a four-year degree (120 UBC- equivalent credits), including a minimum of 90 UBC equivalent credits acceptable to the Faculty of Education. Both options require full- time study. ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS Parti 1) 6 credits of English Literature and composition or UBC Arts One, Foundations, or equivalent 2) 3 credits (minimum) of a laboratory science (laboratory science courses are normally selected from the Life Sciences, Chemistry, Physical Geography, Earth and Ocean Studies, Geology, Astronomy, or Physics) 3) 3 credits (minimum) of Mathematics (not statistics or Business Mathematics) 4) 3 credits of Canadian history or Canadian geography 5) 3 credits of Canadian Studies (additional courses in Canadian History/Geography or a course in Canadian literature, Canadian Society or any Social Studies course with specific Canadian content) Part II 1) 18 senior credits (third-/fourth-year level) from one of, or any combination of: Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earth/Geological Sciences, English, French, Geography, History, Mathematics, Music, Physics 2) 18 senior credits (third-/fourth-year level) from any combination of the following disciplines with no more than 12 credits from any one discipline: Anthropology, Asian Studies, Astronomy, Biochemistry, Botany, Canadian Studies, Chinese, Classical Studies, Creative Writing, Dance, Drama, Economics, Family Studies, First Nations Studies, German, Italian, Japanese, Kinesiology, Linguistics, Microbiology, Oceanography, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physiology, Political Science Psychology, Punjabi Russian, Sociology, Spanish, Statistics, Women's Studies, Zoology 3) Any combination of courses from Part II, points 1 and 2 (above), totalling 18 credits with no more than 12 credits from point 2 A minimum average of 65 % is required on the pre-admission studies specified in Part I and Part II. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 8 THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION 189 Applicants to the 12-month French Immersion or French as a Second Language program options must have completed, in addition to, or as part of, the above requirements, a minimum of nine credits in French at least at the second- year level. These credits should include 3 credits in each of French Literature, French Grammar, and French Composition. Applicants must also pass the oral and written French test at an appropriate level prior to admission. Part IE 1) Applicants to both the 12 month and the two-year elementary options are required to have completed at least 90 credits (including the above) from the Humanities, Social Sciences, Sciences, Visual and Performing Arts, Art History, Theatre, Dance, Human Kinetics, Physical Education or Music 2) Applicants to the 12-month option are required to have completed a fourth-year (120 credits) degree, or equivalent In addition, applicants to all program options must have volunteer or other experience in working with young people, preferably at the age range they are proposing to teach. MIDDLE YEARS TEACHER EDUCATION Applicants must have completed a four-year bachelor's degree (or equivalent), normally in subject fields within Arts, Science, and Human Kinetics (Physical Education). Pre-admission studies must include the following: 1) 6 credits of English literature and composition or equivalent; 2) At least three (preferably 6) credits in each of a laboratory science (laboratory science courses are normally selected from the Life Sciences, Chemistry, Physical Geography, Geology, Astronomy, or Physics), Mathematics (not Statistics), and social studies (History or Geography) 3) Specialization: Applicants must choose one from English, Physical Education, Science (one of or any combination of Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Earth Science and Physics) and Social Studies (history or geography or the combination of the two). 1 Applicants should see Secondary Teaching Field Requirements for these subject areas and must complete first-/second-year courses as prescribed therein and a minimum of 18-credits (24 credits in English) of third/fourth-year courses specified for their chosen specialization 4) Students wishing to teach subject areas other than the above listed should apply for the secondary option 5) 6 credits of courses in the Humanities and/ or Social Sciences with significant Canadian content applicable to teaching the middle years curriculum 6) A minimum average of 65%> on the pre-admission studies specified in points 1 to 3 above. In addition, applicants must have volunteer or other experience in working with young people, preferably at the age range they are proposing to teach. Middle years teachers normally teach more than one subject area. Therefore, preference will be given to persons whose prior preparation includes two teaching concentrations. SECONDARY TEACHER EDUCATION Applicants must have completed a four-year bachelor's degree (or equivalent), normally in subject fields within Arts, Fine Arts, Science, Commerce or Business Administration, Music, and Human Kinetics (Physical Education), or in other secondary teaching fields. To increase the breadth of their experience and improve their opportunities for employment, applicants to Secondary Teacher Education are strongly advised to have completed subject-matter preparation for two teaching fields. Prospective teachers of technology education should see "Technology Education Program Options" for admission information and program requirements. Pre-admission studies must include the following: 1) 6 credits of English literature and composition or equivalent; 2) One of the following: (A) one teaching major and one teaching concentration, (B) two teaching concentrations, or (C) one teaching major 3) An average of 65 % on the senior courses, normally numbered 300 and above, is required for each teaching field. Applicants to the French Immersion Option must have completed, in addition to the above requirements, a minimum of 9 credits (or equivalent) of French at the second-year level, including 3 credits in each of French Literature, French Grammar, and French Composition. Applicants to the French Immersion Option and applicants presenting French as their teaching subject must also pass the oral and written French test at an appropriate level prior to admission. In addition, applicants must have volunteer or other experience in working with young people, preferably at the age range they are proposing ^to teach. SECONDARY TEACHING FIELD REQUIREMENTS In the following list of secondary teaching fields, "C" indicates that the subject may be presented as a teaching concentration and "M" indicates that it may be presented as a teaching major. At least one teaching field must be a subject widely taught in BC secondary schools. Because certain subjects are not widely taught in BC secondary schools, students preparing to teach a subject marked with an asterisk (*) must prepare to teach at least one not so marked. SECONDARY TEACHING FIELD REQUIREMENTS Field Concentration Major Art C M Biological Sciences C M Business Education C M Career Preparation (CHEF Education) C Chemistry C M Chinese* C Computer Science C M1 Earth Science C M English C M English as a Second Language* C French C M Geography C M German* C History C M Home Economics C M Italian* C Japanese* C Mathematics C M Music M Physical Education C M1 khysics C M Punjabi* C Russian* C Social Science*2 C Spanish* C Technology Education M Theatre* C Students presenting a major in this field must prepare in a second teaching subject. 2 A Social Science other than History or Geography. The teaching field requirements for admission to the B.Ed. (Secondary) are listed below. A teaching concentration normally consists of 18 credits of senior courses (numbered 300 or higher and taken in years three and four) in addition to specified junior courses (numbered below 300); a teaching major normally consists of 30 credits of senior courses in addition to specified junior courses. Students preparing for secondary teaching should have completed all junior and senior requirements for their intended teaching field(s) before seeking admission to the teacher education program. As indicated below, a number of schools and departments of the University have designed undergraduate degree programs for prospective secondary teachers; the detailed requirements of such programs are listed in the faculty and school entries. Graduates of equivalent programs at other recognized universities are, of course, eligible for consideration. ART CONCENTRATION AND MAJOR For an Art Concentration, students must have completed a course in Art History and 12 credits of first- and second-year Studio Art in at least three Studio Art areas; 18 credits of third- and fourth-year art, including a minimum of 12 credits of Studio Art in at least two different 190 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 areas. Six of these 12 credits must be in traditional studio art areas such as drawing, painting, sculpture, printmaking, graphic/ communication design, ceramics and textiles. The remaining 6 credits may include courses in areas such as digital arts, photography, animation, film/video/TV production, etc. For an Art Major, students must have completed the concentration requirements and an additional 12 credits of third- and fourth-year art, 6 of which must be in Studio Art. Of these 6 credits, 3 must be in a traditional Studio Art area (as mentioned above). BUSINESS CONCENTRATION AND MAJOR For the Business Concentration, students must take introductory courses in Computer Science, Economics, and Mathematics as a foundation for 18 credits of specialized courses in accounting, Marketing, Commercial Law, and Management Information Systems. For the Business Major, students must take an additional 12 credits of senior courses in Finance, Marketing, and Management Information Systems. Along with the application for the Secondary Business Education Program, applicants are required to submit evidence of the ability to keyboard at a rate of 30 net words per minute. COMPUTER SCIENCE CONCENTRATION AND MAJOR For a Computer Science Concentration, students must have completed first- and second- year courses in computing and mathematics; 18 credits of third- and/or fourth-year level courses in Computer Science and/or Computing or computer-related topics such as programming, computer applications, computer information systems/technology and/or the impact of technology on society. For a major in Computer Science, students must have completed the concentration requirements and an additional 12 credits of third- and/or fourth-year level courses in computer science and/or computing or computer related courses. Applicants with a major in computer science must also prepare in a second teaching subject. ENGLISH CONCENTRATION AND MAJOR For the English Concentration, students must take first- and second-year English; 24 credits of third- and fourth-year English including 6 credits from each of: English language, English Composition or Creative Writing, Pre- Twenrieth Century Literature, and Twentieth Century Literature. Prospective applicants are advised to complete courses in both Shakespeare and Canadian Literature. For the English Major, students must take an additional 12 credits of senior English. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE CONCENTRATION For the English as a Second Language Concentration, students must take a minimum of 6 credits in Linguistics at the third- and fourth- year level or English linguistics, and 12 credits in the study of language and/or the study of culture at the third and fourth year level. HOME ECONOMICS CONCENTRATION AND MAJOR Applicants normally hold one of the following degrees: a Bachelor of Applied Design, a Bachelor of Arts in Family Studies, a Bachelor of Home Economics, a Bachelor of Science in Food, Nutrition and Health with a major in Human Ecology, or a degree equivalent to one of the first three. Students holding other degrees will also be considered if they have met the following admission requirements. Concentration: Applicants must have completed 12 and preferably 18 credits of first- and second-year level courses in Family Studies and Food Studies and/or Textiles Studies. In addition, applicants must have completed a minimum of 18 credits at third- and/or fourth-year level. These 18 credits must include: 1) nine credits in family studies and 2) 9 credits in food studies or 9 credits in Textiles Studies or 9 credits in a combination of Food Studies and Textiles Studies. Major: Applicants must have completed requirements for a concentration and an additional 12 credits at third- and/or fourth-year level in one, or any combination of, Family Studies, Food Studies and Textile Studies. Family Studies must include courses in family resource management, family relationships, and human development. Food Studies must include courses in food and nutrition. Textiles Studies must include courses in textiles, apparel construction and social/cultural aspects of clothing. Applicants may, at the discretion of the Faculty, be required to provide a statement indicating what they have done in formal and informal settings which has contributed to enhancing their skill levels in apparel construction or food preparation or both. MATHEMATICS CONCENTRATION AND MAJOR ^For the Mathematics Concentration, students must take 30 credits of mathematics (at least 18 credits of which must be at the third- and fourth-year level) including at least one course in three of four areas: Algebra, Probability and Statistics, Geometry, and Number Theory. For the Mathematics Major, students must take an additional 12 credits of Mathematics at the third- and fourth-year level. MODERN LANGUAGES CONCENTRATION AND MAJOR Languages include Chinese, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Punjabi, Russian, and Spanish. Students will be required to demonstrate oral and written proficiency in their selected language(s) either prior to admission or early in the program. For the Concentrations, students must take first- and second-year courses in both the language and the literature of the selected language; 18 credits in the selected language at the third- and fourth-year level, at least 6 of which must be language study (French grammar and French Composition for those presenting French) and must be completed with second class or higher standing. Applicants who present a language other than French as one teaching field must present a second teaching field which is not one of these languages; French and one such language is an acceptable combination as is English and one such language. For the Major in French, students must take an additional 12 credits of French at the third- and fourth-year level. MUSIC MAJOR Applicants normally hold a Bachelor of Music with a Major in General Studies (Secondary Education). Applicants must have completed 4 credits of classroom instrumental techniques in two of the following areas: brass, woodwinds, and bowed string instruments taught in a group situation. A minimum of 3 credits in instrumental or choral ensembles or comparable experience is also required. PHYSICAL EDUCATION CONCENTRATION AND MAJOR Applicants will normally have completed the Physical and Health Education Option within the Bachelor of Human Kinetics program. Concentration must include: 1) 12 credits of Human Kinetics core courses or equivalent, including anatomy; physiology; physical growth and development; and human motor behaviour and 6 credits from Human Kinetics courses in the following areas: active health (fitness); biomechanics; sport and exercise psychology; and exercise physiology. 2) 12 credits of third- and/or fourth-year level human kinetics courses, including four from the following five areas; adapted physical education; instructional analysis and design in sport and physical activity programs; games education; planning physical education, sport and exercise programs; and athletic injuries. 3) 6 credits of third- and fourth-year level courses from the following areas: physical education fieldwork; foundations of coaching; high performance conditioning in physical activity and sport; coaching effectiveness in selected sports and activities; exercise prescription; and health promotion. 4) Seven performance areas. Must include aquatics, gymnastics, dance, active health (fitness) and at least one team game. Major: Must have completed the requirements for the concentration and 12 additional credits of third- and/or fourth-year level courses in human kinetics. Students holding a Bachelor of Human Kinetics, a Bachelor of Physical Education or an equivalent degree from other institutions, who have completed courses PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 8 THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION 191 equivalent, or similar to, the above may also apply for a major or concentration. Applicants with a major in physical education must also prepare in a second teaching subject. SCIENCE CONCENTRATIONS AND MAJORS Areas include Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Earth Science, and Physics. All science applicants must have completed 6 credits of introductory courses in each of Chemistry (at least one course with a lab component), Mathematics (one or preferably two courses in Calculus), Physics (at least one course with a lab component), Biology and Geology. Applicants presenting a science other than a Biological Science or an earth science may complete an appropriate course to satisfy the biology requirement and the geology requirement respectively within the program. Applicants must have completed an additional 6 to 12 credits of first- and second-year level courses and 18 credits of third and fourth year level courses in the selected science. The set of courses for each selected science must include both lecture and laboratory studies. Concentration Requirements • Biological Sciences: Preference will be given to applicants who have completed courses covering all of the following areas: ecology, genetics, human physiology, evolutionary biology, invertebrate and vertebrate zoology, non-vascular and vascular plant biology and microbiology. Courses in these areas must be completed at the second, third or fourth year level. No introductory biology course will be accepted as satisfying any of these areas. • Chemistry: Preference will be given to applicants who have completed courses covering all of the following areas: organic, inorganic, physical, and analytical chemistry. • Earth Science: Courses must include^ geology, covering mineralogy and petrology. Geophysics, physical geography, atmospheric science and oceanography are also recommended. Astronomy is strongly rec- I ommended; students will be required to complete an appropriate course within the 1 program if they have not completed astronomy prior to admission. • Physics: Preference will be given to applicants who have completed courses in all of the following areas: mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism, optics, acoustics, quantum mechanics, and atomic and nuclear physics. Major Requirements Applicants must have completed concentration requirements and an additional 12 credits of courses in the selected science (Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Earth Science or Physics) at the third and fourth year level. Applicants are not admitted as a major in Agricultural Science. SOCIAL STUDIES CONCENTRATIONS AND MAJORS Emphasis on Geography, History, or a Social Science. Applicants may present more than one social studies teaching field. Social Science applicants must present a second teaching field (either Geography, History, or another subject widely taught in BC secondary schools). For the Social Studies Concentrations, students must take 6 credits of introductory or survey courses in each of Geography, History, and a Social Science; a further 6 credits of first- and second-year courses and 18 credits of third- and fourth-year level courses in the discipline of emphasis. The total program must include 6 credits with a significant Canadian content. An applicant's program should satisfy the following conditions for the chosen discipline of emphasis: • Geography: Both physical and cultural geography with courses in regional and environmental studies. • History: Canadian, European, and history _ of any region other than Canada or Europe. • Social Science: An appropriate grouping of M courses within a single, acceptable social science discipline (Anthropology, Economics, Political Science, Regional Studies, Sociology or Women's Studies). 1 For the Social Studies Majors, students must take an additional 12 credits of third and fourth-year level courses in the discipline of emphasis (Geography or history only). TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION MAJOR For the Technology Education Major, students must take 60 credits of recognized technical courses1, including: • 30 credits Arts and/or Science, including 6 credits of English Literature and Composition. • Normally an applicant has completed the two year BCIT Technology Teacher Education diploma or equivalent. Please see Technology Education Program Option, p. 197. 1 The University does not itself offer these technical courses but recognizes certain courses offered by ^ the British Columbia Institute of Technology and by other technical institutes where these meet the transfer standards of the University. THEATRE CONCENTRATION For the Theatre Concentration, students must take a minimum of 12 credits of junior theatre courses and 18 credits at the third and fourth-year level. The total program must cover acting, directing, theatrical production, and history of theatre. CAREER PREPARATION (CHEF EDUCATION) (See Path 1-The Concurrent Path for Career Education Chef Teachers, p. 198.) APPLICATION For details of application deadlines, see Application Deadlines (www.students.ubc.ca/ calendar/index.cfm?page=deadlines) in this calendar. For information regarding tuition and student fees, please see the chapter Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships, p. 27. Application forms and additional admission information may be downloaded from the Faculty of Education website (educ.ubc.ca). ADMISSION SELECTION PROCESS Applicants to the teacher education program are evaluated on both academic and non- academic criteria. Each application is reviewed in comparison to other applications to the same program option and teaching subject (secondary and middle years). The evaluations of an applicant's academic requirements and non- academic requirements are normally undertaken concurrently, not consecutively. Because the number of qualified applicants significantly exceeds the number of available places, not every qualified applicant will be admitted. Applicants are evaluated on the following criteria: I. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS All applicants must have completed academic admission requirements prescribed by the Faculty of Education, including a four year degree (or 90 credits for the elementary two- year option), 6 credits of English and various subjects specified for the elementary option, the middle years option or the secondary option. For details, applicants must review academic requirements for individual options (please see the appropriate section under "Admission"). Language test scores may also be part of academic requirements for some applicants or for specific options or subjects. Admission average • The admission average for elementary option is calculated on 36 credits including: 6 credits of English, 3 credits of mathematics, 3 credits of laboratory science, 3 credits of Canadian history or Canadian geography, 3 credits of Canadian Studies and 18 credits of senior coursework in a teachable subject area. The admission average for the middle years option is calculated on 33 credits including: 6 credits of English, 3 credits of Mathematics, 3 credits of Laboratory Science, 3 credits of Hi story/Geography, and 18 credits of senior coursework in a teachable subject area. The admission average for the secondary option is calculated on the senior courses for each teaching field. A minimum admission average of 65%> is required; however, competition for the available seats is high and the admission average of successful applicants is normally higher than the 65 % minimum required for application. Overall Academic History • The range of an applicant's courses covering subject areas relevant to teaching the selected grade levels and subject area(s) (particularly secondary applicants), is also taken into consideration in making admission decisions. • An applicant's overall academic performance, including failures, is also considered in admissions decisions. 192 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 2. NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS All applicants must submit: 1) a summary of experience working with school age children and/or youth; 2) a one-page essay indicating what they have learned from their experience with school age children and/or youth that will help them in their teaching career; and 3) two confidential reference reports. The evaluation of the information provided on the above materials is an integral part of the Faculty's selection process. Applicants' experience with children/youth and their personal character and qualities as reflected in the reference reports are essential selection criteria. Qualities appropriate to the profession of teaching that referees are asked to judge include: motivation for teaching; enthusiasm; leadership potential; dependability; initiative; flexibility and adaptability, including the ability to deal with change and/or stressful situations; oral and written communication skills; ability to interact appropriately with children and/or youth and with adults; ability to identify problems and pose possible solutions; and ability to accept feedback and respond to suggestions. Normally an applicant without experience with school age children and/or youth is not admitted to the program. The Faculty may require an applicant to have an interview with the Admissions Committee. 3. EVALUATION OF AN APPLICATION IN COMPARISON WITH OTHER APPLICANTS When an applicant is deemed to have satisfied academic requirements and his/her non-academic requirements are accepted as satisfactory, his/her application will be compared with applications of other applicants who have applied to the same option or the same subject area(s). Normally applicants with higher admission averages will be offered admission earlier than those with lower admission averages. If there are more qualified applicants than there are spaces in an optlon(s) or a subject area(s) for the secondary option, not all applicants who have met our admission requirements will be offered admission to the program. THE OFFER OF ADMISSION An applicant will have a maximum of four weeks to respond to an offer of admission. REGISTRATION Students will be notified of registration procedures upon acceptance to the program. After August 15, registration may be done through the Teacher Education Office and only if space permits. No student will be permitted to register after the first day of instruction in the term, nor will they be admitted to any class after its first session, except by permission of the Dean. The academic year of the Faculty of Education normally begins on the Tuesday following Labour Day. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Material in this section is supplementary to that given in the chapter Academic Regulations in this Calendar and applies specifically to students enrolled in the Faculty of Education. WRITTEN ENGLISH REQUIREMENT All students admitted to a program leading to teacher certification must provide evidence of a satisfactory standard of written English prior to registering for the program. Those who have had all their post-secondary study at an English-language institution(s) are presumed to have achieved a satisfactory standard of writing. All other students will be required to provide evidence of satisfactory achievement by means of an acceptable English language test. Students who do not provide evidence of an acceptable standard of English during the program may be required to sit a test of written English. On the basis of the results of this test, students may be required by the Faculty: 1) to improve their standard of written English before proceeding to the Extended Practicum and/or before being recommended for the Bachelor of Education and a teaching certificate, or 2) to withdraw from the Faculty. ORAL ENGLISH REQUIREMENT Competence in spoken English is a requirement for teaching within the British Columbia School system. Students admitted to the teacher education program must demonstrate competency in oral English. All students in the teacher education program enrol in a communication class where their oral English will be evaluated on an ongoing basis. If questions arise regarding oral English competency students may be asked to undergo an evaluation of their spoken English. The results of both oral proficiency in the communication class and the subsequent oral evaluation will be used to determine whether the student will be required: 1) to improve their standard of oral English before proceeding to the Extended Practicum and/or before being recommended for the Bachelor of Education and a teaching certificate, or 2) to withdraw from the Faculty. Students will not be permitted to begin the Extended Practicum (EDUC 329, 418, 419, 495, or 496) until they have passed this test. ADVANCEMENT Students who do not meet the expected standard in course work may be required to revise, or do supplemental work, or to repeat a course in order to meet expected standards (see also Supplemental Examinations, p. 193). A student whose academic standing is unsatisfactory in one or more courses may be required to repeat courses, or to discontinue, or to withdraw from the Faculty. Students who are unable to meet expected standards in practica (EDUC 315, 319, 321, 323, 329, 418, 419, 495, 496) may be required to do supplemental practica, or to discontinue, or to withdraw from the Faculty. (See also Termination, Withdrawal, and Readmission, p. 194 regarding supplemental practica and withdrawal from practica.) Students who fail or withdraw from a practicum are granted only one more opportunity to repeat that practicum. A student must have passed all courses prescribed to precede the Extended Practicum before advancing to this part of the program. Similarly, a student must have completed the Extended Practicum successfully before taking any courses prescribed to follow it. Only in exceptional cases will these requirements be waived. Entry into the profession of teaching is not a right but a privilege. Suitability to teach includes satisfactory academic performance, teaching performance, and professional conduct (see Professional Conduct, p. 193). Although satisfactory academic performance is prerequisite to advancement, it is not the sole criterion in the consideration of the suitability of a student for promotion or graduation. The Faculty reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the Faculty if the student is considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of teaching. PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT Students in the Faculty of Education are expected to adhere to standards of professional practice and ethics in their interactions with faculty and peers and with teachers, staff, and students in the schools. During practica, students are subject to The School Act and they are expected to comply with standards of professional conduct followed by school personnel and act in accordance with guidelines published in the Members' Guide to the BCTF. TEACHING PRACTICA Practicum placements are in Lower Mainland School districts and in selected locations throughout the province. The availability of placements in some areas may be limited and students must be prepared to accept placement for the two- and thirteen-week practica anywhere within 125 km of the UBC campus. Students make their own arrangements for and bear the cost of personal transportation and accommodation during practica. GRADING IN THE B.ED. PROGRAM All teaching practica and most courses in the B.Ed, will be graded on a Pass/Fail basis. Determination of standing is criterion-based. In order to pass a course students are expected to produce work that is of high quality and that meets criteria provided by instructors (see Advancement, p. 193). SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS In any session a student may be granted the privilege of writing supplemental examinations PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 8 THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION 193 in not more than 6 credits of course work provided that the student: 1) wrote the scheduled final examination and achieved an overall grade of at least 40% in the course in question, and 2) achieved credit in at least 60% of a course load of over 12 credits or in at least 50% of a course load of 12 or fewer credits. The Promotions Committee, at its discretion, may grant supplemental privileges in a further 6 credits to a student whose course load during a regular Winter Session is in excess of 30 credits. The committee may also prescribe a supplemental Practicum, not to exceed six weeks, for students who at the conclusion of the Extended Practicum have made significant progress but who have not attained the required standard of teaching performance. For the 12-month teaching programs, supplemental examinations for Term 1 courses will be scheduled during the first week of Term 2. TERMINATION, WITHDRAWAL, AND READMISSION Students who are granted a 'W' on the Extended Practicum (EDUC 329, 418, 419, 495, or 496) must wait until the next time the Extended Practicum is scheduled in their program to re-enrol. Students will not normally be granted two withdrawals from an Extended Practicum. When, in the judgment of the Faculty of Education and the schools hosting their practica, students do not make satisfactory progress, their practica may be terminated. Those whose practica are terminated or who do not complete their practica satisfactorily, and who qualify for neither a supplemental practicum (see Supplemental Examinations above) nor a deferred practicum (see Academic Assessment, p. 48 in the chapter "Academic Regulations" of this Calendar) will be assigned a failing grade and will be required to discontinue or to withdraw from the program. After one year, students required to discontinue may appeal to the Faculty for permission to re- enrol. Their appeal must include evidence of their having satisfied any conditions set at the time they were required to discontinue. Those required to withdraw are not normally readmitted to a teacher education program. In exceptional circumstances a student may, after at least one year, submit a formal appeal for permission to re-enrol. Such an appeal will be granted only after review by the Dean and approval by the Senate Admissions Committee. Students who withdraw from the program voluntarily will not be entitled automatically to return; each request for reinstatement will be considered along with other applications at the time. Students who for any reason fail to complete all requirements of the program within a four year period will not be allowed readmission; they may, however, submit a new application for admission and, if admitted, will receive no advance credit for courses completed previously. PART-TIME STUDENTS A limited number of students may be admitted to undertake the program on a part-time basis. The Extended Practicum must be completed on a full-time basis. A student may seek permission to complete the balance of the program on a part-time basis. Such a request will be granted only if an acceptable plan for program completion is presented; completion must be within four years of initial registration. Because of the tightly integrated character of the program students are normally expected to pursue studies on a full-time basis until all requirements are satisfied. CREDIT FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS Except as provided in Prior Programs, p. 194 and Programs for the Improvement and Recertification of Teaching Qualification, p. 194, credit may not normally be transferred from other institutions for courses prescribed for the first three terms of the elementary two- year option, the first two terms of the elementary 12-month option , the middle years 12- month option or the secondary 12-month option. In special circumstances students may be granted permission to complete some or all of the courses prescribed for the final term at another institution if: 1) permission is sought in advance, 2) the courses to be transferred are taken after all requirements of preceding terms have been satisfied, and, 3) these courses are appropriate to the UBC program. DUPLICATE CREDIT Because courses in the Faculty of Education change significantly over time, certain advanced curriculum and instruction courses and other second-level courses may be re-taken for credit, but only five or more years after they were taken previously and only with the prior permission of the Faculty. Two versions of the same course may not both be used for credit towards the same degree or diploma, though one may be used towards one program (e.g., a Bachelor of Education or one diploma specialization) and a more recent version towards another program (e.g., a different diploma specialization). Basic curriculum and instruction courses and introductory courses without prerequisites may not be repeated. Students should consult a program advisor in the Teacher Education Office to determine whether a specific course may be retaken. ACADEMIC APPEAL An appeal generally falls into one of two categories: 1) request for review of the standing assigned in a course, or 2) protest of a decision relating to academic studies or practica. For information concerning the procedures for initiating either of these, a student should see Review of Assigned Standing, p. 52 and Senate Appeals on Academic Standing, p. 53 in the chapter "Academic Regulations" in this Calendar. In the Faculty of Education, appeals to the Dean related to initial and continuing professional education should be addressed first to the course instructor or, in the case of practica, the practicum coordinator. Students should refer to the Bachelor of Education Student Handbook for specific procedures. UNCLASSIFIED STUDENTS Unclassified students are normally persons who hold degrees and are enrolled in course work not intended to lead to a particular degree or diploma. PRIOR PROGRAMS Students who previously qualified for a teaching certificate but who did not complete all degree requirements by 1993 and who wish to qualify for the Bachelor of Education (Elementary) may follow the two-year Bachelor of Education requirements (see Elementary - Two-Year Option, p. 196 under Degree Requirements for Elementary Teacher Education) as follows: 1) they must qualify for admission according to the current minimum admission requirements, with appropriate completed courses counted towards such requirements; 2) credit will be granted towards the requirements of the two-year program for appropriate completed courses and practica; and 3) those who have not taught within the previous 10 years may require updating courses and practica in addition to the minimum requirements of the program. NITEP students who have not completed the previous four-year program may transfer to the current five-year NITEP program (see Native Indian Teacher Education Program (NITEP) Option, p. 195 Degree Requirements for Elementary Teacher Education) under similar arrangements. Students preparing as technology education (industrial education) teachers who did not complete their five-year B.Ed. (Secondary) by 1993 may transfer to the current program (see Technology Education Program Options, p. 197 under Degree Requirements for Secondary Teacher Education) under similar arrangements. PROGRAMS FOR THE IMPROVEMENT AND RECERTIFICATION OF TEACHING QUALIFICATION Individuals who qualified for teaching certificates in BC or elsewhere but who do not currently hold valid BC certificates should first consult the BC College of Teachers for a ruling concerning their eligibility for a BC Certificate. Persons who have a program of 18 or fewer credits of pedagogical courses plus practicum requirements of nine or fewer weeks duration prescribed as a condition of qualifying for a BC Teaching Certificate may be admitted as unclassified students (see Unclassified Students, p. 194). Normal program and course (including practicum) prerequisites will apply. 194 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Those without a degree who hold a valid BC Teaching Certificate issued on the basis of preparation completed elsewhere (or on the basis of such studies plus the work indicated in point 2 of Prior Programs above), may pursue studies according to the two-year B.Ed. (Elementary) requirements (see point 1 of Prior Programs). A maximum of 36 advance credits will be allowed towards the 73 credits required for the two- year B.Ed. (Elementary). Those who qualified as teachers outside BC but who do not qualify for a BC Teaching Certificate, as provided in point 2 of Prior Programs above, must normally proceed as new applicants to the program of Initial Teacher Education. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR NATIVE INDIAN TEACHER EDUCATION NATIVE INDIAN TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM (NITEP) ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY OPTIONS These program options are for persons of First Nations ancestry. They are designed to incorporate First Nations personal and cultural resources and knowledge in preparation for teaching positions in BC elementary and secondary schools. Both the NITEP Elementary and the NITEP Secondary Options are five-year concurrent programs. They include similar requirements for both liberal education and pedagogical preparation to those prescribed for students in the Elementary two-year option or the Secondary 12-month option but offer them in a different sequence. Persons of First Nations ancestry who qualify for university admission complete two years of studies at one of the NITEP field centres where the program consists of arts A and science courses, pedagogical courses, and structured education placements. Students ■ attend the UBC campus to complete remaining degree requirements. NITEP ELEMENTARY OPTION NITEP elementary education students qualify for the Bachelor of Education (Elementary) degree and the British Columbia Professional Teaching Certificate after completing all prescribed courses and practica. Students may qualify for a British Columbia Standard Teaching Certificate after completing a minimum of 128 credits.1 Academic Component 6 3 3 3 3 3 First Nations Studies English 100 level2 English Composition2 Mathematics2 Canadian History/Geography Laboratory Science3 Canadian Studies Senior credits in a teachable subject area or areas, as detailed in the NITEP Handbook EDUC 140 3 EDUC 141 3 EDUC 240 3 Academic Electives 42 Professional Component Common Core ARTE 320 EDST 314 EDST4**1 EDUC 310 EDUC 315 EDUC 316 EDUC 321 EDUC 418 EDUC 420 EPSE313 EPSE317 EPSE 423 LLED 310 LLED 320 MAED 320 MUED 320 PETE 320 SCED 320 SSED 320 NITEP Concentration EDCI 396 EDUC 143 EDUC 244 EDUC 344 EDUC 345 EDUC 441 EDUC 442 LLED 336 Total Credits 3 1 2 0 04 3 3 3 163 Students should consult with NITEP regarding course planning. All courses must be university level. Courses should be 400-level. ^2 English and Mathematics must be completed in order to advance to third year. 3 SCED 190 fulfils this requirement 4 EDUC 345 is a field experience, normally scheduled in May, following Winter Term 2 In order to be promoted to fourth year, students must have completed at least 81 credits (including 6 credits of first-year English and other required courses) and have achieved an average of 65% on their best 60 credits. NITEP SECONDARY OPTION NITEP secondary education students complete all required education courses offered in the field centres. The academic portion of the NITEP Secondary Option, however, differs significantly from that of the NITEP Elementary Option. During the program, NITEP secondary students must complete the course requirements necessary to present a major, two concentrations, or a major and a concentration as outlined for the admission requirements for the Secondary 12-month option. See Secondary Teaching Field Requirements, p. 190. In fifth year, NITEP Secondary Option students complete remaining degree requirements with students in the Secondary 12-month option. Upon successful completion of the NITEP Secondary Option, students will graduate with a Bachelor of Education (Secondary) degree from the University of British Columbia and may apply for a Professional teaching certificate from the BC College of Teachers. (Students may also graduate with a second degree if they decide to work with other faculties to fulfill degree requirements within the academic portion of the program.) To qualify for the Bachelor of Education degree, a student must normally complete all requirements within ten years of initial registration in the program. Although the total program may be completed in five academic years, many students find it convenient to take some courses during the summer sessions: up to 12 credits may normally be completed during a summer session. NITEP Secondary Option students are required to take summer session (Term 3) in their fifth year. Academic Component1 English 100 level 6~ English Composition 3 Academic Arts/Science prerequisites 24-30 and/or Electives3 Academic Electives3 24 Senior Academic Courses4 24 First Nations Studies EDUC 140 F EDUC 141 3 EDUC 240 3 Professional Component Common Core EDST 314 F EDUC311 4 EDUC315 0 EDUC316 3 EDUC319 0 EDUC 329 18 EDUC 420 2 EPSE 306 2 EPSE 317 3 EPSE 423 3 LLED 301 4 One of: EDST 425, 426, 427, 428, 429, 3 452,455 Curriculum and Instruction credits 6-8 related to subject area(s) Additional elective or prescribed courses as per registration guide for g the summer term to be published at educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed NITEP Concentration EDCI 396 EDUC 143 EDUC 244 EDUC 344 EDUC3455 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 8 THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION 195 NITEP Concentration (Continued) EDUC 441 T EDUC 442 3 LLED 336 3 Total Credits 162-167 1 Students should consult with NITEP regarding course planning. All courses must be university level. 2 English must be completed in order to advance to third year. 3 Includes requirements for teachable subjects. 4 Completes requirements for teachable subjects. 5 EDUC 345 is a field experience, normally scheduled in May, following Winter Term 2. In order to be promoted to fifth year, students must have completed requirements for teachable subjects and have achieved a minimum average of 65% in these subjects. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHER EDUCATION The elementary teaching program options allow candidates to focus their preparation on either Primary or Intermediate school teaching during their practica. Specific program options include: 1) The 12-month option which extends over three consecutive university terms (September to August) and is open to graduates holding acceptable four-year degrees (120 credits); 2) The two-year option which extends over two regular Winter Sessions (September to April) and is open to applicants who have completed a minimum of three years (90 credits) of appropriate post-secondary studies or who are degree holders; 3) Le programme en langue francaise which operates on the 12-month pattern and which is open to graduates holding acceptable four-year degrees (120 credits) and having satisfactory competence in oral and written French; 4) The Native Indian Teacher Education Program Option which is a five-year con- I current program of liberal and pedagogical I studies and which is open to persons of First Nations ancestry who qualify for University admission at the first year level. ELEMENTARY: 12-MONTH OPTION WINTER SESSION Prospective teachers are introduced to the theoretical bases of modern educational practice and to strategies and methods of teaching, both in general and in relation to the subjects they are preparing to teach. Studies include analysis of the nature and objectives of education and of the developmental characteristics of learners. Attention is given to students' own interpersonal and communication skills and to strategies and methods of teaching. Structured classroom observations and teaching experiences (such as tutoring, peer teaching, and microteaching) are provided. Elementary students will prepare to teach all subjects at specific grade levels through curriculum and instruction courses in subjects offered as part of the elementary curriculum. Included are an intensive two-week practicum and a thirteen week practicum in a selected BC elementary school where students work with experienced teachers who have specially prepared for this supervisory and instructional responsibility. Faculty support, advice, and assessment are provided on a regular basis. Elementary: 12-month option (Winter Session) where students work with experienced teachers who have specially prepared for this supervisory and instructional responsibility. Faculty support, advice, and assessment are provided on a regular basis. First Year ARTE 320 EDST 314 EDUC 310 EDUC 315 EDUC 316 EDUC 321 EDUC418A EPSE 313 LLED 310 LLED 320 MAED 320 MUED 320 PETE 320 SCED 320 SSED 320 SUMMER SESSION Following completion of the extended practicum, students return to the campus for studies designed to put their teaching competence in a more comprehensive framework of knowledge and understanding. Students attend classes during July and August to complete final degree and certification requirements. Summer Session EDUC418B TT~ EDUC 420 2 EPSE 317 3 EPSE 423 3 One of: EDST 425, 426, 427, 428, 429, 3 452, 455 Program Total (Winter and 61 Summer Session) ELEMENTARY: TWO-YEAR OPTION YEAR ONE Prospective teachers are introduced to the theoretical bases of modern educational practice and to strategies and methods of teaching, both in general and in relation to the subjects they are preparing to teach. Studies include analysis of the nature and objectives of education and of the developmental characteristics of learners. Attention is given to students' own interpersonal and communication skills and to strategies and methods of teaching. Structured classroom observations and teaching experiences (such as tutoring, peer teaching, and microteaching) are provided. Elementary students will prepare to teach all subjects offered as part of the elementary curriculum. Included is an intensive two week practicum in a selected BC elementary school, to which students return for the extended practicum, ARTE 320 EDST 314 EDUC 310 EDUC 315 EDUC 316 EDUC 321 EPSE 313 EPSE 317 LLED 310 LLED 320 MAED 320 MUED 320 PETE 320 SCED 320 SSED 320 YEAR TWO This year begins with an extended practicum in selected BC elementary schools. Students work closely with a team of experienced teachers who have specially prepared for this supervisory and instructional responsibility. Faculty PBupport, advice, and assessment are provided on a regular basis. Following completion of the extended practicum, students return to the campus for studies designed to put their teaching competence into a more comprehensive framework of knowledge and understanding. The term includes elective or prescribed studies appropriate to the chosen teaching concentration for each student. Second Year EDUC 418 18~ EDUC 420 EPSE 423 One of: EDST 425, 426, 427, 428, 429,452,455 Plus course work to complete a teaching concentration in an elementary school field Program Total 2 3 3 12 73 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR MIDDLE YEARS TEACHER EDUCATION The Middle Years Teacher Education Program Option allows candidates to focus their preparation on teaching students from the ages of 10 to 14 years. The total program includes the equivalent of two full academic years of courses and student teaching. The program is scheduled within a 12-month period (September to August), thus enabling students to qualify for a teaching certificate within one calendar year. 196 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MIDDLE YEARS OPTION WINTER SESSION After completing all program requirements, students are awarded the Bachelor of Education (Middle Years) degree and are normally eligible for a British Columbia Professional Teaching Certificate. Prospective teachers are introduced to the theoretical bases of modern educational practice and to strategies and methods of teaching, both in general and in relation to the subjects they are preparing to teach. Studies include analysis of the nature and objectives of education and of the developmental characteristics of learners. Attention is given to students' own interpersonal and communication skills and to strategies and methods of teaching. Structured classroom observations and teaching experiences (such as tutoring, peer teaching, and microteaching) are provided. Students enrol in curriculum and instruction courses in other subject areas offered as part of the elementary curriculum. Included are an intensive two-week practicum and a thirteen week practicum in a selected BC school where students work with experienced teachers who have specially prepared for this supervisory and instructional responsibility. Faculty support, advice, and assessment are provided on a regular basis. SUMMER SESSION Following completion of the extended practicum, students return to the campus for studies designed to put their teaching competence in a more comprehensive framework of knowledge and understanding. Students attend during July and August to complete final degree and certification requirements. MIDDLE YEARS DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Winter Session EDST 314 EDUC 310 EDUC 315 EDUC 316 EDUC 323 EDUC419A EPSE 306 EPSE317 LLED 310 LLED 320 MAED 320 Curriculum and Instruction credits related 3-5 to teaching concentration Curriculum and Instruction credits 6-8 to complement teaching concentration from: ARTE 320, HMED 306, LLED 324, MUED 320, PETE 320, SCED 320, SSED 320, TSED 321 Summer Session EDUC419B EDUC 420 EPSE 423 One of: EDST 425, 426, 427, 428, 429,452,455 Program Total 11 3 3 3 60-61 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR SECONDARY TEACHER EDUCATION The secondary teaching program prepares students to teach one or two subjects, depending on their prior background, in BC secondary schools. The total program includes the equivalent of two full academic years of courses and student teaching. The program is scheduled within a 12-month period (September to August), thus enabling students to qualify for a teaching certificate within one calendar year. After completing all program requirements, students are awarded the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and are normally eligible for a British Columbia Professional Teaching Certificate. (See also Technology Education Program Options, p. 197 below.) WINTER SESSION Prospective teachers are introduced to the theoretical bases of modern educational practice and to strategies and methods of teaching, both in general and in relation to the subject(s) they are preparing to teach. Studies include analysis of the nature and objectives of education and of the developmental characteristics of learners. Attention is given to students' own interpersonal and communication skills and to strategies and methods of teaching. Structured classroom observations and teaching experiences (such as tutoring, peer teaching, and microteaching) are provided. Students prepare to teach in their teaching field with Curriculum and Instruction courses including four credits related to first teaching subject, and two to four credits related to second teaching subject. Included are an intensive two-week practicum and a thirteen-week practicum in a selected BC secondary school where students work with experienced teachers who have specially prepared for this supervisory and instructional responsibility. Faculty support, advice, and assessment are provided on a regular basis. Secondary Option (winter) EDST314 T EDUC 311 EDUC 315 EDUC 316 EDUC 319 EDUC 329 EDUC 420 EPSE 306 EPSE 317 Curriculum and instruction credits related to subject area 4 0 3 0 18 2 2 3 6-8 SUMMER SESSION Following completion of the extended practicum, students return to the campus for studies designed to put their teaching competence in a more comprehensive framework of knowledge and understanding. An opportunity is provided for them to enhance their subject-matter and/or pedagogical competence. May to August EPSE 423 T LLED 301 4 One of: EDST 425, 426, 427, 428, 429, 3 452,455 Additional electives or prescribed 9 courses related to teaching subject(s) Secondary Option Program Total 60-62 TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION PROGRAM OPTION The Faculty of Education, in co-operation with the British Columbia Institute of Technology, offers a program option to prepare secondary school technology education teachers. The full post-secondary preparation for teachers of technology education consists of the equivalent of five academic years (150-152 credits) of liberal, technical, and pedagogical courses and school experiences. 1) 30 credits of Arts and/or Science - 6 credits of English Literature and Composition: all applicants must have ■:ompleted six credits of English Literature and Composition prior to admission to the UBC Technology Education Program Option. - 24 additional credits of a Arts and/or Science: the Faculty strongly recommends that all applicants have completed the remaining 24 credits in Arts/Science prior to admission to the UBC Technology Education program. However, those who have completed the two year BCIT technology teacher education diploma, but who have not completed the remaining 24 credits of Arts/Science may also be considered for admission to UBC. Students who are admitted to the UBC Technology Education Program Option without completion of 24 credits in arts/science will not be recommended for conferral of the Bachelor of Education degree on completion of the program at the Faculty. (The students are recommended to the British Columbia College of Teachers for a standard certificate.) They must have completed all 24 remaining credits in Arts/Science before they become eligible for the B.Ed. - Students who have completed academic requirements for a concentration or a major in another subject prescribed by the UBC Faculty of Education may also be admitted to both a major in technology education and a concentration or a major in the second subject and prepare to teach both subjects. 2) The two-year BCIT technology teacher education diploma or equivalent. Courses must include all of the following: information technology; materials and process technology; and systems integration technology. 3) The pedagogical studies component for a Technology Education major includes the PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 8 THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION 197 same 60-62 credits that are required of all students in the secondary program option. This program is outlined in the Degree Requirements for Secondary Teacher Education (see above). CAREER EDUCATION PROGRAM OPTION: CHEF EDUCATION SPECIALIZATION The Faculty of Education offers two paths to a Bachelor of Education for the preparation of Career Education Teachers (CHEF Education) and subsequent certification. One path is via a concurrent program for holders of Letters of Permission issued by the British Columbia College of Teachers. The other is the post- degree path. PATH 1-THE CONCURRENT PATH FOR CAREER EDUCATION (CHEF EDUCATION) FOUNDATIONS OF THE PROGRAM The following program sequence is designed to lead to the B.Ed. (Secondary) degree and, in consequence, to Professional Teacher Certification. The program is designed to: • Build upon trades qualifications and experience; • Add a broad liberal education in Arts and Science subjects; • Provide the professional pedagogical courses and practica required for secondary school teaching certification; and • Provide the academic background for a second teaching subject at the secondary level. Although the prior relevant trades preparation courses and practical work fall outside the range of normal university credit studies, the BC College of Teachers will recognize this work as equivalent to a Certification. Similarly, although the University does not grant formal credit for this work, it is taken into account. The B.Ed, degree is granted on the basis of a minimum of 121 credits (just over four standard years of university credit), consisting of 60 credits in Arts and/or Science subjects, 46 credits of professional pedagogical courses, and 15 credits of teaching practica. In summary, the preparation includes: Interprovincial Trades 30 credits Qualifications "Red Seal" Arts and Science course work 60 credits Pedagogical course work 46 credits Teaching Practica 15 credits Total 151 credits Students are required to develop a second teaching subject by fulfilling the requirements as set out under "Secondary Teaching Field Requirements" in the Calendar or at the Teacher Education website (educ.ubc.ca/ teacher_ed). The Arts and Science electives must be selected to fulfil the course work required for the second teachable subject. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND PREREQUISITES Applicants seeking admission to UBC as a candidate in the Secondary Program of Initial Teacher Education: Career Education must have completed: 1) Interprovincial Trades Qualification "Red Seal" (Cook) or equivalent 2) A minimum of 30 credits of Arts and Science university transfer courses, including 6 credits of English Composition and Literature, and 3) 6 credits of Mathematics and/or Laboratory Science. ARTS AND SCIENCE COURSES It is expected that students in this program will complete their Arts and Science courses through a variety of means. University courses (including university transfer courses) completed at other post-secondary institutions (regional colleges or universities) either through face-to-face instruction or through distance education means will be recognized. Consistent with practice for other teacher education programs, such courses will not, however, be formally transferred to UBC and students will not receive a B.A. or B.Sc. degree from UBC. The program leads to the B.Ed. (Secondary) degree, and only the 61 credits of pedagogical courses and practica are actually incorporated into the degree program itself. Other specified requirements are, as for other candidates in the B.Ed, program, requirements for admission to the program or for readmission to the continuing stages of the program. PROGRAM SEQUENCE (SEQUENCE AND COURSE MAY VARY) a. Summer I EPSE 306 EPSE 317 Arts and/or Science electives Total credits for Summer I b. Summer II 2 3 6 11 EDUC311 4 Curriculum & Instruction in Career 3 Education, Chef Specialization Arts and/or Science electives 3 Total credits for Summer II 10 c. Winter following Summer II EDUC 496, Parti 9~ This practicum will normally be completed on an internship basis by those in regular employ as teachers in the Career Preparation program in BC Secondary schools. The Internship will be in this teaching field only. d. Summer III EDUC 316 LLED 301 Arts and/or Science electives Total credits for Summer I 3 4 6 13 Development Standard Teaching Certificate issued by the BC College of Teachers. e. Summer IV EDST314 T BUED 410 6 EDUC412 3 Total credits for Summer IV 12 f. Completed on Personal Schedule Arts and/or Science Electives 15-30 Candidates who have completed all of the above (a-d) are eligible to apply for the BC (A minimum of 18 such credits, or 24 credits if selecting English as the second teaching area, must be at the third- or fourth-year level) Candidates who complete the above requirements (e and f) are eligible to apply for a regular Standard Teaching Certificate issued by the BC College of Teachers. g. Completed on Personal Schedule CNPS 427 T EPSE 423 3 One of EDST 425, 426, 427, 428, 429, 3 452,455 EDUC 420 2 Curriculum and Instruction in Second 4 Subject: Secondary EDUC 496, Part21 6 Total credits 21 Credits needed to fulfill requirements 21 for B.Ed. (Secondary) Candidates who complete this full program (a-g) are eligible to apply for the B.Ed. (Secondary) and for the BC Professional Teaching Certificate. 1 The EDUC 496, Part 2, practicum will normally be completed on an internship basis by those in regular employ as teachers in the Career Preparation program in BC Secondary schools. The internship will be in both this teaching field and in the individual's selected second teaching subject. To qualify for such an internship, the individual must be teaching at least one-third of a full timetable in this second subject and must have classes in this subject at two or more grade levels. PATH 2-THE POST DEGREE PATH FOR CAREER EDUCATION TEACHERS (CHEF EDUCATION) The foundation and goals are the same as the concurrent path. Pre-admission requirements: Interprovincial Trades Qualification 30 "Red Seal" Arts/Science credits, to include: 6 credits English Literature 6 and composition 6 credits Mathematics 6 and/or laboratory science Additional Arts and Science courses 48 including 18 senior credits (300-400 level) (24 if English) for a second teachable subject (see "Secondary Teaching Field Requirements" indicated in Path 1, above) Of these additional credits, a minimum of 18 credits at the third- and fourth-year level (24 credits if English) are required for a second teachable subject (see "Secondary Teaching 198 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Field Requirements" indicated in Path 1, above) Pedagogical requirements: See Degree Requirements for Secondary Teacher Education Total Credits 150-152 60-62 PROGRAM SEQUENCE Students first complete the 90 credit preadmission requirements and then undertake the pedagogical requirements, which are the same as the regular degree requirements set out for Secondary Teacher Education, following the standard 12-month schedule. CERTIFICATE OF QUALIFICATION Students preparing to enter the teaching profession should inform themselves concerning teacher certification levels and teacher qualification levels. TEACHER CERTIFICATION Possession of a certificate of qualification to teach is mandatory for teaching within public elementary or secondary schools of British Columbia. The Teaching Profession Act has assigned the authority to the British Columbia College of Teachers to issue teaching certificates and to determine the classes of certificates of qualification issued. Persons convicted of, or given an absolute or conditional discharge on, a criminal offence and considering a teaching career, should write the Registrar, BC College of Teachers for clarification of their status before undertaking a teacher education program. The Faculty reports to the BC College of Teachers at the end of each session the names of students who have satisfied requirements for BC teacher certification. This report includes a copy of each student's UBC transcript but does not include copies of transcripts from any other institutions. Those not wishing to have their status reported and their transcripts forwarded to the college should inform the Associate Dean, Teacher Education, in writing at least one month before they complete teacher certification requirements. Current information concerning the membership and certification requirements of the College can be obtained by writing directly to the British Columbia College of Teachers, 405- 1385 West 8th Avenue, Vancouver, BC, V6H 3V9, telephone 604-731-8170. Information will also be available from the Teacher Education Office, Faculty of Education, Scarfe 103. SUPERINTENDENTS' LISTING The Faculty reports to each public School District Superintendent the names and addresses of students expected to qualify for initial teacher certification. This report includes program information but does not include birth date; copies of students' permanent records are not forwarded with this report. Those wishing to be excluded from this report should inform the Associate Dean, Teacher Education, in writing before January 15. QUALIFICATION CATEGORIES The Teacher Qualification Service (T.Q.S.), sponsored jointly by the BC Teachers' Federation and the BC School Trustees' Association, is an advisory service to teachers and school boards. The Service acts only on application by a teacher and only after the individual has been granted a British Columbia teaching certificate. Qualifications are evaluated in categories assigned on the basis of years of professional preparation and programs completed. At present the Service recognizes six categories, each corresponding to the number of years of preparation acceptable to the Teacher Qualification Board. One of the years must be a professional year. The Faculty reports to the BC Teacher Qualification Service at the end of each session the names of students who have satisfied requirements for BC teacher certification. This report does not include copies of any transcripts. Those not wishing to have their status reported to T.Q.S. should inform the Associate Dean, Teacher Education, in writing at least one month before they complete teacher certification requirements. Request for Evaluation forms are available from the Teacher Education Office, Faculty of Education and from the Teacher Qualification Service office at: 106-1525 West 8th Avenue, Vancouver, BC, V6J 1T5; telephone 604-736-5484. DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION The Faculty of Education offers a diploma program with several fields of specialization within educational theory and practice. The program provides structured sequences of academic and professional studies for teachers and others working in educational or instructional settings. Elementary teachers holding four-year degrees may take the program as a fifth year either to enhance their existing area of professional specialty or to develop a further one. For teachers who have already completed five years of recognized academic and professional studies, the program provides an opportunity to develop an additional area of professional competence. Most programs, if desired, can be planned to incorporate prerequisites for admission to a master's program. The Diploma in Education indicating the field of specialization will be awarded on successful completion of an approved program of study. ADMISSION Except for designated specializations, admission to the Diploma in Education normally requires a bachelor's degree or equivalent. Certain fields of specialization are open only to qualified and experienced teachers, and some have specific course prerequisites. Detailed information is contained in The Diploma in Education Handbook, available from the Teacher Education Office, Faculty of Education, the relevant departmental offices and at the Teacher Education website (educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed/diplomas_intro. html). ACADEMIC REGULATIONS See Academic Regulations, p. 193 as listed under the Bachelor of Education. DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS The diploma requires the completion of 30 credits of courses numbered 300 or above with an average of 65 % or higher. In most specializations 12 to 18 credits of course work are designated as core requirements, while 12 to 18 credits may be selected from approved supporting or related courses. A maximum of 18 credits of appropriate courses completed at UBC previously and not credited towards the requirements of any other degree, diploma, or teacher certification program may be applied to a diploma program. In order to qualify for the Diploma in Education, a student must complete all requirements for the selected specialization within five years. Completion of a diploma program does not satisfy any of the requirements for a BC teaching certificate. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS AND TRANSFER OF CREDIT In general there are no residence requirements for the Diploma in Education. In most specialization fields a diploma program may be completed on either a full-time basis over one academic year or on a part-time basis, either on or off campus. However, in certain designated fields the program may be completed only by full-time study during a regular Winter Session. A maximum of 12 credits of approved credit may be transferred from other institutions towards the requirements of the Diploma in Education. FIELDS OF SPECIALIZATION Fields of specialization include adult education, art education, business education, computing studies education, curriculum and instructional studies, early years education, teaching English as a second language, guidance studies, health education, home economics education, infant development and supported child care, language and literacy education, mathematics education, mathematics and science education, outdoor environmental education, physical education, science education, social studies, special education, teacher librarianship, technology studies education, visual and performing arts in education. CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION The Faculty of Education makes credit and non-credit professional development programs available to practising teachers. These programs are often offered in conjunction with School Districts and Teachers' Associations. For further information, contact the Faculty's Office of External Programs and Learning Technologies (EPLT). Telephone 604-822-2013 or visit the Office of External Programs & PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 8 THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION 199 Learning Technologies website (www.eplt.educ.ubc.ca). GRADUATE PROGRAMS Graduate programs in education are offered by various units in the Faculty of Education, as well as by the Faculty as a whole. For specific education graduate program descriptions and admission requirements, please see the specific program listing in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section of the calendar, or visit the website of the Education unit offering the program: • Dept. of Curriculum Studies (cust. educ. ubc.ca) • Dept. of Educational & Counselling Psychology, and Special Education (www.ecps.educ.ubc.ca) • Dept. of Educational Studies (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca) • Dept. of Language and Literacy Education (www.lled.educ.ubc.ca) • School of Human Kinetics (www.hkin.educ.ubc.ca/School/index.htm) • Centre for Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education (ccfi.educ.ubc.ca) • Master of Educational Technology (met.ubc.ca) General information on graduate programs in education may also be obtained from the Office of Graduate Programs and Research (ogpr@interchange.ubc.ca) in the Faculty of Education; telephone 604-822-5512, fax 604- 822-8971. Information is also posted to the Education graduate programs website: educ.ubc.ca/ogpr/graduate_programs/ index.html. MASTER'S DEGREES Master's students are admitted to UBC by the Faculty of Graduate Studies on recommendation of the home department. The following policies and procedures govern all students registered in master's programs. Students are advised to check with their appropriat^pnits regarding specific departmental policies and additional requirements relating to their graduate program. The Master of Educational Technology (MET) is a Faculty of Education joint degree program offered online in partnership with Tec de Monterrey, p. 442, a Mexican University that specializes in online education. See Educational Technology, p. 244, under the Faculty of Graduate Studies section in this Calendar. GRADUATE CERTIFICATES GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN TECHNOLOGY-BASED DISTRIBUTED LEARNING (TBDL) Networked multimedia technologies are impacting both conventional classroom-based teaching and distance education. Technology- based teaching is being used more and more for distributed learning which makes flexible access possible for both on-campus and off-campus students. The Graduate Certificate in Techno logy-Based Distributed Learning (TBDL) is directed at anyone concerned with managing, designing or tutoring technology-based courses for post-secondary or adult learners. Admission, including language proficiency requirements, will be the same as for the Master of Educational Technology (met.ubc.ca) (MET). Students who have completed the certificate may apply for admission to the MET and have their certificate courses count towards completion of the MET degree. CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS A student must complete five courses (15 credits) from the MET program. At least two must be core courses (EDUC 500, ETEC 510, 511, 512). Three courses will be selected from the remaining core courses and electives that address issues relevant to technology for post- secondary and adult learners (ETEC 520, 521, 522, 530, 531). All courses will be delivered online. Satisfactory progress as defined by the Faculty of Graduate Studies for master's programs must be maintained. GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN TECHNOLOGY-BASED LEARNING FOR SCHOOLS (TBLS) Networked multimedia technologies are impacting both conventional classroom-based teaching and distance education. The Graduate Certificate in Technology-Based Learning for Schools (TBLS) is directed at anyone concerned with managing, designing or tutoring technology-based courses for school-age students. Admission, including language proficiency requirements, will be the same as for the Master of Educational Technology (met.ubc.ca) (MET). Students who have completed the certificate may apply for admission to the MET and have their certificate courses count towards completion of the MET degree. CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS A student must complete five courses (15 credits) from the MET program. At least two must nbe core courses (EDUC 500, ETEC 510, 511, 512). Three courses will be selected from the remaining core courses and electives that address issues relevant to technology for school-age students (ETEC 512, 522, 530, 531, 532, 533, 540). All courses will be delivered online. Satisfactory progress as defined by the Faculty of Graduate Studies for masters' programs must be maintained. TUITION FEES There will be a course-based tuition fee. Fees will be the same as for the MET. For more information, please see the MET website (met.ubc.ca). OFF-CAMPUS GRADUATE WORK It may be possible for the Faculty of Education to organize graduate programs which have off- campus components offered at locations throughout BC. For further information, contact the Office of External Programs (oep.educ@ubc.ca); telephone: 604-822-2013. ACADEMIC UNITS For specific education graduate program descriptions and admission requirements, please see the specific program listing in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section of the calendar, under Degree Programs, p. 227. CENTRE FOR CROSS-FACULTY INQUIRY IN EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed., Ph.D. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Centre for Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education (CCFI) offers M.Ed., M.A., and Ph.D. programs (EDCI) focused on themes that cut across areas of interest in the Faculty of Education. More information about these EDCI programs can be found on the CCFI website (ccfi.educ.ubc.ca). Master's-level programs (M.Ed, and M.A.) are also offered in Early Childhood Education (ECED), in ^»ordination with the Institute for Early Childhood Education and Research (www.earlychildhood.educ.ubc.ca). Off-campus M.Ed, cohort programs (www.eplt.educ.ubc.ca/grad/) are also offered for both the ECED and EDCI programs. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Candidates require a master's degree with high standing in a relevant discipline, a sample of scholarly work, a letter of intent describing the proposed focus of their cross-faculty program and the support of three academic referees. For students possessing a thesis-based master's degree from other than a relevant discipline, it may be possible to proceed into the Ph.D. by taking, and achieving a high standing in, the core course requirements of an appropriate Master's Degree in Education at UBC. MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF EDUCATION The M.A. (thesis) and M.Ed, (non-thesis, but with a graduating project capstone experience) programs can be completed on a part-time basis. In addition to the regular materials requested in the University's application, students should include a statement of their educational interests. CONTACT INFORMATION Centre for Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education Faculty of Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4 CCFI Graduate Secretary Tel: 604-822-6502 Fax: 604-822-8234 Email: ccfi.grad.secretary@ubc.ca Website: www.ccfi.educ.ubc.ca 200 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 DEPARTMENT OF CURRICULUM STUDIES Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed., Ph.D. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Curriculum Studies (cust.educ.ubc.ca) is one of four departments in the Faculty of Education. It offers M.Ed, and M.A. courses in specialized areas of art education, business education, curriculum studies, home economics education, mathematics education, music education, physical education, science education, social studies education, and technology studies education. It offers a Ph.D. in Curriculum Studies with a focus on the Department's areas of specialization. Master's programs can be completed through part-time or full-time study. Both the M.Ed, and M.A. programs consist of at least 30 credits of course work at the 300 level or above with at least 24 credits of course work selected from courses numbered 500 or above. In addition, the M.Ed, program may include a graduating project (3 credits). The M.A. programs include completion of a thesis (9 credits). Faculty members in the Department have research interests in assessment, constructivist approaches to teaching and learning, critical thinking and problem solving; curriculum development, change, implementation, and evaluation; environmental and outdoor education, family life education, gender theory and schooling, global and multicultural education, historical and social analysis of curriculum, cultural influences and issues in education, learning in informal environments; mathematical, scientific, technological and visual literacy; school-based collaborative research, health education, teacher education, and computer ^ applications across the curriculum. Applicants to master's programs are normally required to have two years of teaching experience. All applicants must submit with their applications a statement of intent clearly outlining their areas of interest and focus for study. Doctoral applicants are required to submit a sample of their writing. JOINT M.ED. IN CURRICULUM STUDIES AND EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION & LEADERSHIP Please see the Department of Educational Studies (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca) for further details. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Curriculum Studies Faculty of Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4 Ms. Basia Zurek, Graduate Secretary Tel: 604-822-5367 Fax: 604-822-4714 Email: cust.grad@ubc.ca Website: cust.educ.ubc.ca DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL AND COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY, AND SPECIAL EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed., Ph.D. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Department of Educational and Counselling Psychology, and Special Education (www.ecps.educ.ubc.ca) offers programs of study leading to Ph.D. degrees in the following areas: • Counselling Psychology • Development, Learning, and Culture • Measurement, Evaluation, and Research Methodology • School Psychology • Special Education The Ph.D. in the Counselling Psychology program is accredited by the Canadian Psychological Association (CPA) and American Psychological Association (APA). Academic performance is not the sole criterion for promotion to graduation or continuation in programs in the Department of Educational and Counselling Psychology, and Special Education. All program areas also require that candidates demonstrate interpersonal and ethical qualities commensurate with working in educational or counselling settings. MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF EDUCATION The Department offers programs of study leading to master's degrees in the following areas: • Counselling Psychology (CNPS): M.A. and M.Ed. • Development, Learning, and Culture (DLAC): M.A. and M.Ed. • Measurement, Evaluation and Research Methodology (MERM): M.A. and M.Ed. • School Psychology (SCPS): M.A. and M.Ed. • Special Education (SPED): M.A. and M.Ed. With the exception of School Psychology, all master's programs in the Department are available on a full-time or part-time basis. Additional information about the master's programs is provided in the brochures related to the area of specialization. Academic performance is not the sole criterion for promotion to graduation or continuation in programs in the Department. All program areas also require that candidates demonstrate interpersonal and ethical qualities commensurate with working in educational or counselling settings. Prospective applicants are encouraged to visit the Educational and Counselling Psychology, and Special Education website (www.ecps.educ.ubc.ca). Course descriptions for Counselling Psychology courses are listed with the CNPS subject code in the course description section of this Calendar. Courses for the Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling Program are listed with the VRHC subject code. Courses for all other program areas are listed with the EPSE subject code. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational and Counselling Psychology, and Special Education Faculty of Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4 Ms. Lynda McDicken, Graduate Program Assistant Tel: 604-822-5351 TDD: 604-822-8229 Fax: 604-822-3302 Email: lynda.mcdicken@ubc.ca Website: www.ecps.educ.ubc.ca DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Ph.D. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Educational Studies (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca) is concerned with the study of education in a broad sense. It presents a combination of programs in adult and higher education and in educational administration and an interdisciplinary program in society, culture, and politics in education. The department is committed both to meeting traditional program needs and to developing innovative and integrated approaches to emerging issues in education. The M.A./M.Ed. programs in Adult and Higher Education develop scholars and reflective practitioners able to shape society and its institutions in ways that promote lifelong education and learning for all. The M.A./M.Ed. programs in Educational Administration prepare students for leadership positions in K- 12 education administrative and teaching roles. The Society, Culture and Politics in Education (SCPE) M.A./M.Ed. programs offer opportunities for interdisciplinary study of social justice issues through core themes of gender and feminist perspectives, multiculturalism and anti-racism, First Nations Studies and class. The Department also offers a specialization in First Nations education for students of aboriginal descent who register in the Ts"Kel program. The Department also offers a joint M.Ed, in Curriculum Studies and Educational Administration & Leadership, a joint M.Ed, in Educational Administration and Special Education, and an online M.Ed, in Adult Learning and Global Change. The master's programs can be taken on a part- or full-time basis. The Ed.D. in Educational Leadership and Policy is designed for experienced educators with leadership or policy responsibilities in a wide variety of educational settings. The Ph.D. in Educational Studies offers the opportunity to study a wide range of educational issues from perspectives represented in the Department's specializations. Graduates of the department are well qualified for leadership positions in their chosen fields. A high proportion of the graduates from the doctoral programs occupy teaching and research positions in post-secondary institutions or other agencies in Canada and elsewhere, or senior positions in school systems. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 8 THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION 201 Students admitted to the Department's programs have a wide range of undergraduate qualifications and often will have some years of professional experience in education or a related field. Applicants are asked to provide (in addition to the forms, references, transcripts and other material required by the Faculty of Graduate Studies) a statement of their scholarly and professional interests and aspirations. These are considered carefully in admissions decisions. Course work in the M.Ed, and M.A. programs is a minimum of 30 credits, consisting of core and elective courses, depending on the specialization chosen. Some of the Department's M.Ed, programs require a graduating paper in which the student explores concepts, previous research or the application of his or her knowledge to the field of practice. All M.A. programs require a thesis reporting the results of the student's original research. The Ed.D. is designed for working professionals and includes 24 credits of required and elective courses, a comprehensive examination and a thesis. The Department's Ph.D. program requires a doctoral seminar, a comprehensive examination and such courses as are decided in consultation with one's advisor. These are tailored to each student's particular interests and to the development of his or her doctoral research. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN ADULT LEARNING AND GLOBAL CHANGE An intercontinental, web-based, coursework- only professional master's degree focusing on adult learning within the context of global change. This is a collaborative program involving, in addition to UBC, Linkoping University (Sweden), University of the Western Cape (South Africa) and University of Technology, Sydney (Australia). The curriculum covers forms of adult learning found in different cultural contexts and the role of learning in understanding and responding to globalizing forces and their impacts on workplaces, communities, economies and the environment. Students proceed through the two-year, 30- credit program as a cohort drawn from the four participating institutions. Admission and other requirements: UBC applicants must meet the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. They must supply a writing sample, letters of reference and a letter of intent, and demonstrate English proficiency. When required, the minimum TOEFL score is 600 (paper based) or 250 (computer based), or the equivalent for other tests of English proficiency. Applicants are reminded that reliable and regular email and Internet access are essential in the program. JOINT MASTER OF EDUCATION IN CURRICULUM STUDIES AND EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND LEADERSHIP This program combines requirements of the M.Ed, in Educational Administration and Leadership and the M.Ed, in Curriculum Studies in equal proportions. Core courses are CUST 562 and 566 and EADM 581 and 582. Other requirements include 3 credits from curriculum leadership (CUST 563, 564 or approved elective), 3 credits from curriculum issues (CUST 565, 568, or approved elective) 3 credits from policy (EADM 554, EDST 500, 531, 570, 576, 577, 578 or approved elective), 3 credits from clinical applications (EADM 502, 561 or 598), 3 credits from research (EDUC 500, 503, 504, CUST 510, 512, EADM 501, 508 or EDST 513, 514), and 3 credits for a portfolio, graduating paper, or the equivalent for a total of 30 credits. Applicants are reviewed by the Departments of Curriculum Studies and Educational Studies; both sets of admission criteria apply. If accepted, students are admitted to the department of first contact and application. A co- advisor is appointed from each department to oversee each student; all courses are approved by both co-advisors. The dual designation CUST/EADM appears on students' transcripts. TS"KEL GRADUATE STUDIES EDUCATION Ts"kel is a Halq'emeylem word for Golden Eagle. Ts"kel facilitates Aboriginal participation and Indigenous perspectives in UBC master's and doctoral programs through 1) a concentration of courses in First Nations/ Indigenous education, and 2) research supervision from First Nations/Indigenous faculty. Students must be admitted to a master's or doctoral program at UBC in order to take the Ts"kel concentration. Ts"kel is primarily for Aboriginal students enrolled in the Faculty of Education; however, Aboriginal students from other faculties may complete the Ts"kel concentration. Ts"kel offers academic, social, cultural, and emotional support in collaboration with the First Nations House of Learning. Students who complete the Ts"kel concentration receive a silver pin at the Longhouse Graduation Ceremony. CONCENTRATION OF COURSES Students complete two core courses and two electives for the Ts"kel concentration. The courses include: • Core course, EADM 508a, Introduction to First Nations Research and Methodology • Core course, EADM 508b, Indigenous Research and Epistemology • Two elective courses of First Nations/ Indigenous content. These courses are chosen in consultation with the student's supervisory committee. Research Supervision: Dr. Michael Marker and Dr. Jo-ann Archibald serve as primary supervisors for many First Nations students. Professor Graham Smith (Distinguished Maori Scholar) is presently connected with Ts"kel. Additionally, an expanding number of Indigenous faculty are affiliated with Ts"kel and serve on graduate research committees. Satisfactory progress as defined by the Faculty of Graduate Studies for master's programs must be maintained. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational Studies Faculty of Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Ms. Shermila Salgadoe, Graduate Secretary Tel: 604-822-5374 (general) Tel: 604-822-6647 (graduate secretary) Fax: 604-822-4244 Email: grad.edst@ubc.ca Web: www.edst.educ.ubc.ca DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGE AND LITERACY EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed., Ph.D. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Language and Literacy Education (www.lled.educ.ubc.ca) offers programs and courses leading to the Master of Education, Master of Arts and Ph.D. in Language and Literacy Education (LLED). Program areas within LLED are Literacy Education (LITR), which includes English, Drama and Reading Education, Teaching English as a Second Language (TESL), Modern Language Education (MLED) and Teacher Librarianship (LIBE). The department also offers a Certificate Program in TESL. They also participate in the cross-departmental Masters of Arts Degree in Children's Literature (MACL). The Department of Language and Literacy Education includes scholars in a comprehensive range of language and literacy-education related fields. These fields relate to the teaching of the following subjects: • Literacy Education (LITR)-composirion, early literacy, content area literacy, drama, adult literacy, family literacy, children's and young adult literature, oral language, poetry, Aboriginal literacy, and multi-modal approaches to literacy learning. • English as a Second Language (TESL)- TESL methods, applied linguistics, UBC/Ritsumeikan Joint Academic Exchange Program • Teacher Librarianship (LIBE)-co-operative program planning, school library organization and management, school library automation • Modern Languages (MLED)-French Immersion, French as a First and Second Language, Asia Pacific language and curriculum study, and other modern languages. The Department of Language and Literacy Education is committed to excellence in scholarship, teaching, and professional leadership and is responsive to Canada's multicultural, multilingual context. Its goal is to advance the study of language learning, and the teaching and learning of language, literacy, and literature in their broadest frames of reference including perspectives from postructuralism, socio-cul- tural theory and curriculum theory. Graduate courses in research in the various subject matter fields as well as departmental doctoral seminars are offered on a rotating basis. Department members are actively involved with 202 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 graduate students in local, provincial, national and international research. A complete listing of individual faculty research interests may be found on the LLED website (www.lled.educ.ubc.ca). A limited number of teaching assistantships and research assistantships are available to exceptionally qualified students. The Department of Language and Literacy Education operates a state-of-the-art computer integrated language laboratory in UBC Ritsumeikan House, p. 443, and a Language Education Research Centre, in Ponderosa Annex F, with multimedia facilities, special book collections, and language and literacy education curriculum materials. Video production facilities are also available for faculty and graduate students. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Language and Literacy Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Ms. Anne Eastham, Graduate Programs Assistant Tel: 604-822-5788 Fax: 604-822-3154 Email: anne.eastham@ubc.ca Website: www.lled.educ.ubc.ca ACADEMIC STAFF DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL AND COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY, AND SPECIAL EDUCATION Sandra Mathison, Head PROFESSORS Norman E. Amundson, B.A., M.A. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Alta.); Marshall N. Arlin, B.A. (Maryknoll), M.A. (Fordham), Ph.D. (Chic); William A. Borgen, B.Sc, M.Ed., Ph.D. (Alta.); Judith C. Daniluk, B.A. (Windsor), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg.); Hillel Goelman, B.A. (Rutgers), M.A. (Tufts), Ph.D. (Tor.); Shelley Hymel, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. (111.); Sharon E. Kahn, B.A. (Wash.), M.Ed. (Boston), Ph.D. (Arizona State); Bonita C. Long, B.Ed., M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Sandra Mathison, B.A. (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (111., Urbana-Champaign)); Pat Mirenda, R.N. (Mass.), M.A., Ph.D. (Wise); Marion Porath, B.Ed., M.A. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (O.I.S.E., Tor.); Linda Siegel, B.A. (Qu.), M.S., Ph.D. (Yale); Marvin J. Westwood, B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D. (Alta.); Richard A. Young, B.A. (Loyola), B.Ed. (Montr.), M.Ed., Ed.D. (McG.); Bruno Zumbo, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.A. (Car.), Ph.D. (Car). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Mary Bryson, B.A. (Tor), M.Ed. (Tulane), Ph.D. (O.I.S.E., Tor); Maria Buchanan, B.A. (McM), M.A. (Lesley Coll.), M.A., Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); Deborah L. Butler, B.A. (Calif., San Diego), M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (S. Fraser); Kadriye Ercikan, B.A. (Hon.) (Essex), M.S., Ph.D. (Stan.); Ruth A. Ervin, Ph.D., M.Ed., B.A. (Lehigh, Pa.); Laurie Ford, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Oklahoma, Stillwater), Ph.D. (Kansas, Lawrence); Beth E. Haverkamp, B.A. (Wooster), Ph.D. (Minn.); Cay Holbrook, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Flor. State); Anita Hubley, B.A. (Car.), M.A. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Car.); E Ishu Ishiyama, B.A. (Concordia, Alta.), M.Ed. (McG.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); Janet R. Jamieson, B.A. (New Br.), M.A. (Gallaudet), Ph.D. (McG.); Nand Kishor, B.Ed., M.A. (S.Pacific), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Rod McCormick, B.A. (Car), B.Ed. (Qu.), M.A. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Br.Col); Nancy E. Perry, B.A., M.A. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Mich.); Kimberly Schonert-Reichl, B.S. (111. State), B.A. (Chic), Ph.D. (Iowa); Izabela Schultz, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Warsaw). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Susan James, B.A., (Hons.) (Wat.), Ph.D. (Ott.); Joseph Lucyshyn, B.S. (111.), M.S. (Oregon), Ph.D. (Oregon); William McKee, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (L.S.U.); Lynn D. Miller, B.A. (Colorado), M.A. (Arizona), M.A. Counselling, Ph.D. (Colorado); Jennifer Shapka, B.B.A. (S. Fraser), M.A., Ph.D. (O.I.S.E., Tor.); Leroy Travis, M.Ed., Ph.D. (Alta.). INSTRUCTOR Elizabeth Jordan, B.A. (Mass. State Coll.), M.Ed. (Maine), Ed.D. (Br.Col.). DEPARTMENT OF CURRICULUM STUDIES Rita Irwin, Head PROFESSORS F. Graeme Chalmers, Dip. Fine Arts (Auck.), M.A. (Indiana), Ph.D. (Oregon); Gaalen Erickson, B.Ed., M.Sc. (Alta.), Ed.D. (Br.Col.); P. James Gaskell, B.A. (Swarthmore), Ed.D. (Harv.); Rita Irwin, B.Ed., D.P.Ed. (Leth.), M.Ed. (Vic.B.C), Ed.D. (Br.Col.); Anna M. Kindler, M.A. (Warsaw), M.A., Ed.D. (111.); Linda B. Peterat, B.Sc, B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D. (Alta.); Susan Pirie, B.A., M.A. (Oxf.), Ph.D. (Nott.); Wayne Ross, A.B., M.A.T. (N.Carolina), Ph.D. (Ohio); Peter Seixas, B.A. (Swarthmore), M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Ann Anderson, B.S., B.Ed., M.Ed. (Nfld.), Ph.D. (Alta.); Anthony Clarke, Dip. Physical Education (Melb.), H.D.T.S. (Math), B.Ed. (Melb. State Coll.), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Linda Fair Darling, B.A., M.Ed. (New Hampshire), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Glen T. Dixon, B.M.E. (Mass. State Coll.), M.Ed. (Tufts), Ed.D. (Georgia); Peter Gouzouasis, B.Mus., M.M.E., Ph.D. (Temple); Kit Grauer, B.Ed., M.A. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Stan.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Don Krug, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D. (Wise); Jolie Mayer-Smith, B.Sc, M.A. (Stan.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Karen A. Meyer, B.A., M.S. (Calif., San Diego), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Stephen Petrina, B.Sc. (Calif.), M.A., Ph.D. (Maryland); Ann Phelan, B.Ed. Hons. (N.U.I.), M.A.Ed., Ed.D. (Virginia); Walter Werner, M.Ed. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Alta.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS David Anderson, B.A. (Q'ld.U.T), M.Ed., Ph.D., (Q'ld.U.T); Joy Butler, Cert.Ed. (Nonington College), B.Ed. (Lond.), CMS (South East Kent College), M.Ed., Ph.D. (Boston); Penney Clark, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.Ed. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Scott Goble, B.A. (Seattle), M.M. (Wash.), Ph.D. (Mich.); Harry Hubball, B.Sc. (Brighton), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Samia Khan, BSc, B.Ed. (Alta.), M.Ed., Ph.D. (Mass.); Lisa Loutzen- heiser, B.A. (Calif.), M.A., Ph.D. (Wis.); Samson Nashon, B.Ed. (Nairobi), Dip. Ed., M.Ed. (Leeds), Ed. D. (O.I.S.E., Tor.); Cynthia Nicol, B.Sc, Prof. Teh. Cert. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). INSTRUCTOR Charlene Morton, B.Mus. (Acad.), M., Ed. (W.Ont.), Ed.D. (Tor). DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES Kjell Rubenson, Acting Head PROFESSORS Kogila Adam-Moodley, B.A. (Natal), M.A. (Mich. State), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Jean Barman, B.A. (Macalester), A.M. (Harv.), M.L.S. (Calif., Berkeley), Ed.D. (Br.Col.); Roger Boshier, B.A., Ph.D. (Well.); Daniel J. Brown, B.Sc, M.A. (BrCol.), A.M., Ph.D. (Chic); Donald Fisher, B.Soc.Sc. (Birm.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Deirdre Kelly, B.A. (Calif., Santa Clara), M.A. (Tufts), Ph.D. (Stan.); Dan Pratt, M.S. (St. Cloud State Coll.), Ph.D. (Wash.); Kjell Rubenson, B.A., Ph.D. (Gothenburg); Hans Schuetze, LL.M. (Calif.), Ph.D. (Gott.); Carolyn M. Shields, B.A., M.A. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Sask.); Graham H. Smith, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Auck.); Thomas J. Sork, B.S., M.Ed. (Colorado), Ph.D. (Flor.); Veronica Strong-Boag, B.A. (Tor.), M.A. (Car.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Charles S. Ungerleider, B.A. (Calif., San Francisco), M.A. (Col.), Ed.D. (Mass.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Lesley Andres, B.Sc.N., B.Ed., M.Ed. (Lakehead), Ed.D. (Br.Col.); Jo-ann Archibald, B.Ed. (Br.Col.), M.Ed., Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Shauna Butterwick, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D. (BrCol.); David Coulter, M.A., M.Ed. (McG.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Frank H. Echols, B.S. (Flor. State), M.A., Ph.D. (Georgia); Michael Marker, B.A. (E. Wash.), M.Ed. (W Wash.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Wendy Poole, B.A. (Mt. All.), B.Ed. (Acadia), M.Ed. (Mt.St. Vin.), Ph.D. (Syr.); Leslie Roman, B.A. (Texas), M.S., Ph.D. (Wis.); Allison R. Tom, B.A. (Wesleyan), M.A., Ph.D. (Stan.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jennifer Chan-Tiberghien, B.Soc.Sc. (H.K.), M.B.A. (HEC), M.A., Ph.D. (Stan.); Jo-Anne Dillabough, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (McG.); Mona Gleason, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A. (Windsor), Ph.D. (Wat.); Andre Mazawi, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Tel Aviv); Michelle Stack, B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Car.), M.A., Ph.D. (Toronto, OISE); Daniel Vokey, B.A. (Concordia), M.A. (Car), M.Ed. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Pierre Walter, M.A., Ph.D. (Wis.). DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGE AND LITERACY EDUCATION Lee Gunderson, Head PROFESSORS Stephen Carey, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Mich.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); Marilyn Chapman, B.Ed. (Br.Col.), M.Ed. (W Wash.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); Lee Gunderson, M.A. (San Francisco State), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Ronald Jobe, B.Ed. (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (Minn.); Bernard Mohan, B.A. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Lond.); Bonny Norton, B.A. (Witw.), M.A. (R'dg.), Ph.D. (O.I.S.E., Tor.); Victoria Purcell-Gates, B.S. (Northern Arizona), M.A., Ph.D. (Berkeley); Kenneth Reeder, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Essex), Ph.D. (Birm.); Jon Shapiro, B.A., M.S. (N.Y. State), Ph.D. (Syr); Robert J. Tierney, Dip. Teaching (William Balmain Teachers Coll. Aust.), B.Sc. (Education) (Jacksonville State), M.Ed., Ph.D. (Georgia); John Willinsky, B.A.(Laurentian), M.Ed. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Dal.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS James Anderson, B.A., B.Ed., M.Ed. (Nfld.), Ph.D. (Alta.); Marlene Asselin, B.A. (Northwestern), M.A., Ph.D. (BrCol.); Joseph F. Belanger, B.A. (Central Wash.), M.A. (Ohio), Ph.D. (Alta.); Patricia Duff, B.A. (Calg.), M.A. (Hawaii-Manoa), Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.); Margaret M. Early, B.Ed., M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.); Carl Leggo, B.A., B.Ed. (Nfld.), M.A., M.Ed. (New Br.), Ph.D. (Alta.); Theresa Rogers, B.A. (William Smith, N.Y), M.A. (Harv.), Ph.D. (111., PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 8 THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION 203 Urbana-Champaign); Ling Shi, B.A. (E. China Normal), M.A. (Lane), Ph.D. (Tor); Gloria Tang, B.A., M.Ed. (H.K.), Ed.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS George Belliveau, B.A. (Dal.), B.Ed. (Mt.All.), M.A. (Tor), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Monique Bournot-Trites, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Teresa Dobson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Alta.); Jan Hare, B.A.Sc. (Guelph), D.Ed. (Nipissing), M.Ed. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Maureen Kendrick, B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D. (Alta.); Carmen L. Medina, B.A. (Puerto Rico-Cayey), M.A., Ph.D. (Ohio State). INSTRUCTOR Margot Filipenko, B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D. (Br.Col.). TEACHER EDUCATION Sydney Craig, B.A., M.A. (Alta.), Ed.D. (Br.Col.), Director of Teacher Education; Gary Rupert, B.A., M.Ed. (Vic.B.C.) Program Coordinator, Student Services; Sheila TeHennepe, B.Ed., M.Ed. (S.Fraser), Program Coordinator, Student Services; Gail Wynston, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.), Program Coordinator (Elementary Practica); John Yamamoto, B.Ed., Program Coordinator (Secondary Practica). ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Winston J. Hunter, B.A. (Car.), Director of Administration. CENTRE FOR CROSS-FACULTY INQUIRY IN EDUCATION F. Graeme Chalmers, Director. CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF HISTORICAL CONSCIOUSNESS Peter Seixas, Director. CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF TEACHER EDUCATION Anthony Clarke, Co-Director; David Coulter, Co-Director. CENTRE FOR POLICY STUDIES IN HIGHER EDUCATION AND TRAINING Hans Schuetze, Acting Director; Donald Fisher, Co-director; Kjell Rubenson, Co-Director. I INSTITUTE FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION AND RESEARCH Jon Shapiro, Director. NATIVE INDIAN TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM (NITEP) Jackie Agostinis, B.A. (Vic.B.C), Dip. Ed. (Br.Col.), Lecturer; Karen Blain, B.Ed. (BrCol.), Lecturer; Mary Jane Joe, B.Ed., M.A. Educ. (Br.Col.), Lecturer; Felicity Jules, B.Ed., M.Ed. (Br.Col.), Lecturer; Deborah Wilson-Green, B.Ed. (Br.Col.), Lecturer. SCHOOL LEADERSHIP CENTRE Mark Edwards, Executive Director; Alex Holm, Co- Director; Carolyn Shields, Co-Director. EDUDATA CANADA Victor Glickman, Director. 204 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 9 The Faculty of Forestry Dean's Office J. N. Saddle^ Dean P. Marshall, Associate Dean, Undergraduate Studies C. Prescott, Associate Dean, Graduate Studies and Research 2005-2424 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4 Telephone: 604-822-2727 Fax: 604-822-8645 Forestry Website (www.forestry.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Forestry offers four-year degree programs leading to the Bachelor of Science in Forestry with Forest Resources Management and Forest Operations Majors, Bachelor of Science in Natural Resources Conservation, Bachelor of Science in Wood Products Processing, and the Bachelor of Science (Forestry) in Forest Science. The Faculty offers elective Co-operative Education Programs to students in these programs. The Faculty also offers the Diploma in Forestry (Advanced Silviculture) and the Diploma in Forest Engineering. An international specialization option is available in the Forest Resources Management and Forest Science programs. The Faculty's graduate degrees include the Master of Forestry, p. 249, Master of Science, Master of Applied Science, and Doctor of Philosophy. Information on Forestry's graduate programs can be found under "Degree Programs" within the Faculty of Graduate Studies, p. 227 section of this Calendar. The Faculty of Forestry is favourably situated for education of men and women as foresters, wood scientists, forest business administrators, renewable resources managers, and forest biologists. It enjoys the benefits of a large university with good libraries and other facilities for study. The Faculty is based in a state-of-the-art 15,000 square metre building. In addition to the lecture and laboratory classrooms, the Faculty supports three research forests in the southcoast, north and central interior regions, totalling almost 25,000 hectares. Formal field classes, special studies, and professional exercises are conducted by students at all of these forests. The Faculty of Forestry also supports the Centre for Applied Conservation Research, p. 76, a specialized research centre. The Forest Engineering Research Institute of Canada, Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada, p. 84 and the Western Laboratory of Forintek Canada Corporation are on-campus facilities which cooperate in teaching and research in engineering and forest products. The Centre for Advanced Wood Processing, located adjacent to the Forest Sciences Centre, provides a direct link between the wood processing industry and the University. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM Students can elect a five-year Co-operative Education Program. This program provides interested and qualified students with paid employment experience, which is directly related to their academic program and future career. It is an optional, year-round program. Apart from the normal academic requirements, a minimum of four work terms must be completed. The co-op program requires an additional year to complete the bachelor's degree. Work placements are graded Pass or Fail. Students must attend co-operative education program workshops. A technical report is required at the end of each work term. A minimum of four work terms is needed to graduate with a co-op designation on the transcript. Students wishing to enrol in the program must apply in the fall term of their second ^ear. Selection criteria for admission vary for each program, but are based on academic performance and employment suitability. Total enrolment is subject to the availability of appropriate work placements. Acceptance into the co-op program does not guarantee work placements in every work term. Once a suitable work placement is confirmed, students must register in and pay for the appropriate session. See "Program and Course Fees" in Chapter 3. Contact the Cooperative Education Coordinator for the Faculty of Forestry for further information, including special application forms, specific deadlines, and the appropriate sequence of academic and work terms. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FORESTRY (B.S.F.) The Bachelor of Science in Forestry program is designed to prepare students for entry into the profession of forestry. Education within the Faculty of Forestry can also serve as a founda tion for entry into other professions such as teaching law, engineering and biology. The B.S.F. program contains several integrated courses and labs requiring fieldwork and two extra-sessional field courses. Students must be prepared to participate in field trips off-campus (including some weekends and evenings) and to pay the extra costs associated with these field trips. It is each student's responsibility to make the necessary arrangements regarding employment, extra-curricular activities, personal commitments, etc. so that they are able to participate fully in required field trips. With the changing demands on foresters and the importance of articulating positions on social/ forestry issues, orally and in writing, emphasis will be placed on developing students' communication skills. Opportunities to develop written and oral skills will be integrated into courses throughout the program. PROGRAM APPROVAL AND ADVISING As part of the registration procedure each student must select a program of courses within the limitations of the requirements for the degree and course schedules. All new students are advised to contact the Director of Student Services (candace.parsons@ubc.ca) at 604-822- 3547 for program advising. Returning students should contact their program advisor for program approval. In case of conflicts between individual students and their faculty advisors, the student may appeal to the Associate Dean, Undergraduate Studies. It is the student's responsibility to select a schedule that allows attendance of all regularly scheduled lectures and laboratories. ADMISSION Students may apply to enter the B.S.F. program with varying educational preparation: 1) directly from secondary school graduation; 2) following completion of university-level work at UBC or the equivalent at another post-secondary institution; 3) after the completion of a two-year forestry diploma program at a recognized college or institute of technology; or 4) from an approved one- or two-year forestry transfer program at a BC college. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 9 THE FACULTY OF FORESTRY 205 The majority of applicants from secondary school will be admitted on the basis of admission average, calculated as the average of four specified Grade 12 subjects (see Admissions, p. 17 in this Calendar). Students entering from secondary school must have met the general University entrance requirements (see Admissions, p. 17 in this Calendar) including Mathematics 12, and one of Chemistry 12 or Physics 12 and Biology 11 or Biology 12. Meeting the minimum academic requirements outlined in this chapter and in Admissions, p. 17 does not guarantee admission to these programs. Due to limited enrolment, the admission of applicants will be determined competitively on the basis of admission average; however, preference may be given to those applicants who have indicated the Faculty of Forestry as their Faculty of first choice. BROADER BASED ADMISSION Up to ten applicants from secondary school who meet minimum academic requirements, but who do not meet the required competitive average for admission, may be selected for admission by the admissions committee of the Faculty of Forestry on the basis of additional information provided on a supplementary application form. Such applicants may also be interviewed. All applicants who do not meet the admission-average cutoff for early admission will be sent a copy of this form, with an invitation to submit it for possible consideration by the Admission Committee. Submission is optional. The Admission Committee will consider all applicants who submit a supplementary application form and who have a final grade minimum average equal to or above the minimum average for admission to the University (67%). The Admissions committee will consider the following information when making their decision: • program-related work, community or volunteer experience • field experience • completion of high school courses related to program (if offered) • recent awards, honours or recognition • participation in school clubs and organizations • two reference letters from people who can give further information about your academic performance, extra-curricular activities, or work/volunteer experience • your reasons for choosing the Faculty of Forestry (as outlined in a brief essay) • extenuating circumstances that may have affected your GPA. Application for admission by students or graduates of other universities, colleges, or other faculties will be reviewed individually. It may be possible to design study programs for such applicants that meet Forestry degree requirements in less than the full four years. Transfer students may be required to validate advanced standing in a given subject by passing an examination. Students who enter the B.S.F. program following the completion of at least 24 credits of work at UBC, or its equivalent at another post-secondary institution, must have attained an overall average of at least 60% in all credits attempted. Students entering with less than 24 credits of university-level work must also meet the secondary school requirements outlined above. Applicants graduating from a two-year forestry technology diploma program must have achieved an overall average of at least 65%> in their program, plus have the required secondary school courses as outlined above. Consideration will be given to individual cases of study in determining the exemptions that may be applied to the B.S.F. program. Students must select one of two Major programs: Forest Resources Management or Forest Operations. Applicants who are uncertain about the selection of a Major, and those who lack some of the required courses but may have other advance credit, are urged to consult the Director of Student Services in the Faculty of Forestry. To be eligible for the second year of Forest Resources Management or Forest Operations majors, students must have completed 30 credits or more of university-level work, including BIOL 120; MATH 100 and 101 (or [102 or 180] and 103 for the Forest Resources Management Major); and 18 credits selected from the following courses: three credits from 100-level English (ENGL 112 recommended); either CHEM (111 or 112) or PHYS (100 or 101) or an equivalent; ECON 101 and 102; FRST 231; FRST 232; SOIL 200; AGRO 244 (or GEOG 204); PHYS 170 (Forest Operations Major only) or up to six credits of social science electives. Students who complete the above courses will be placed in second year. Students who enter with less than 30 credits will normally take two additional years to reach third year. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to graduate, students must meet the course requirements for their major. This requires a minimum of four years of university study. EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT The University regulations concerning examination and advancement apply. See Academic Assessment, p. 48 and Advancement Regulations, p. 50 in the chapter 5 "Academic Regulations" in this Calendar. In addition, the Faculty of Forestry sets the following requirements: 1) Only those students who have completed at least 27 credits towards the required in- session program will be considered for awards. The standing of students taking more than 27 credits will be determined on the basis of 27 credits required, chosen in a manner most advantageous to the student. 2) Students who wish to drop courses may do so within two weeks of the start of the course for one-term courses and three weeks for two-term courses, by obtaining permission from the appropriate undergraduate advisor. After this deadline courses may only be dropped under exceptional circumstances and with the approval of the Associate Dean. Those who fail to write the final examination or who do not complete other course requirements and when circumstances do not warrant deferred standing, will be assigned an 'F' standing. Supplemental privileges will not be granted in such instances. 3) Honours standing upon graduation will be granted to those students who have obtained at least an overall average of 82% in all 300- and 400-level credits taken within their program, with no failures or supplements Is. 'With Honours' will be noted on their transcript and degree certificate. 4) The passing mark in Forestry is 50%. In subjects comprising both lecture and laboratory or problem sessions, the candidate must pass both. If a candidate fails to obtain 50% the faculty may, at its discretion, award a pass in that subject on the basis of a good aggregate standing. 1 Such a pass will be entered on the record of the candidate as an adjudicated pass. 5) If a student fails a course and is required to take it again, exemption from the laboratory or problem session portion of such a course may be granted. 6) First year students must pass at least 60% of credits undertaken and achieve an overall average grade of at least 60% or be required to withdraw from the Faculty for at least one year. Completion of at least 30 credits is required for promotion to second year. In subsequent years, students who do not pass at least 60% of the credits undertaken and achieve an overall average of 55%>, will be required to withdraw from the Faculty for at least one year. Students who do not complete all required courses for their program year will not be promoted to the next program year, but may register in a subsequent session. 7) Students registered in first year that attain a Winter Session average of at least 55%o but less than 60% may, at the discretion of the Adjudication, Advancement and Scholarship Committee, be placed on Academic Probation. Students registered in subsequent years that attain a Winter Session average of at least 50% but less than 55%> may, at the discretion of the Adjudication, Advancement and Scholarship Committee, be placed on Academic Probation. Students assigned Academic Probation in one session will be removed from Academic Probation if, in a following Winter Session, they pass all courses and attain an average of at least 60% on a minimum of 24 credits. 206 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 8) A candidate who does not complete requirements for graduation in May following fourth year, will be required to register for all incomplete courses in a subsequent session (summer or winter), and will be assessed the prescribed fees for these courses. Students who do not complete FRST 497 (B.S.F. Essay), FRST 498 (B.Sc. Thesis), WOOD 493 (Wood Processing Project), CONS 498 (Thesis or Special Project) in their fourth year must complete these requirements in time for graduation in the fall of the following year. Students who do not complete these requirements within the specified period of time must formally register in a subsequent session and may be required to take additional courses related to the thesis or project topic. 9) Students who have not achieved a Language Proficiency Index (LPI) score of 5 or 6 prior to completing 30 credits of Forestry-eligible courses taken at UBC will normally be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Forestry. See Exemptions, p. 120 under LPI Requirements for First- Year English in the Faculty of Arts section. DEAN'S HONOUR ROLL Any student who achieves 82% on their best 27 credits in the current session with no fails or supplemental on any courses taken will receive the notation 'Dean's Honour Roll' on their transcript. Students must have taken a minimum of 27 credits in the current session to qualify. Grades obtained by students registered in a Study Abroad and Exchange Program during the Winter Session will be considered. Students in a Cooperative Education program, who are registered at UBC for only one term in Winter Session because of a co-op placemen^^ are eligible if they take at least 15 credits, with no fails or supplemental, for that term. SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS In addition to University regulations governing supplemental examinations (see Deferred and Supplemental Examinations, p. 48 in the chapter "Academic Regulations" in this Calendar), the Faculty of Forestry will apply the following guidelines for the granting of supplemental examinations: 1) Supplemental examination privileges will be granted in a course provided: (A) the normal final exam has been written and a grade submitted; (B) the grade attained is at least 40%; and (C) the overall average for the year including the failed courses is at least 60%. 2) Notwithstanding eligibility under point 1, supplemental examination will not be granted if: (A) The failure is due to a substandard performance in the laboratory part of a course. (B) In departments outside the Faculty of Forestry, supplemental are not offered. 3) In no case shall supplemental examination privileges be granted in more than two courses or more than nine credits, whichever is the lower. COURSES Students from other faculties may take the courses offered in Forestry provided they have the necessary prerequisites, but in all such cases permission of the instructor must be obtained. COURSES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS Formal lecture courses or seminars are indicated by a single credit value assigned to them. In all problem and research courses, as indicated by a variable number of credits, individual laboratory or field investigations or reviews of literature are usually planned to serve the special interests of individual students. When several students have a similar interest in advanced study, formal lectures or seminars may be given. Staff members other than those directing graduate programs may direct studies in specialized topics for interested students, on the recommendation of the students' program supervisors. Undergraduate students with the necessary background and permission of the instructor may be allowed by the Dean to register in a regularly-scheduled graduate lecture course in Forestry. FOREST RESOURCES MANAGEMENT MAJOR This major is designed to educate adaptable professionals with a comprehensive understanding of the discipline, an ability to acquire specific knowledge and skills as required, and the confidence to play a decisionmaking role in a wide variety of resource management situations. Graduates, after appropriate work experience and examination, may be eligible for registration as professional foresters in various Canadian provinces. Students are provided with an introduction to the biological, physical, and social sciences upon which forest resource management is based, and a working knowledge of the characteristics of forest resources, their interactions, and the ways in which they can be managed to yield a socially desirable mix of goods and services. Students will also gain an understanding of the political and socio-economic environment in which forestry is practised; and an appreciation for the historical and ethical foundations of the profession. Throughout the program, emphasis is placed on encouraging communication skills, both oral and written; creative thinking; critical analysis and professional pride. For students entering the Faculty of Forestry from secondary school, the program consists of 132 or 133 credits of in-session courses. For those students entering the Faculty of Forestry from first-year university (or its equivalent), the program consists of a minimum of 99 credits of in-session courses normally taken over a three- year period. For students entering the Faculty of Forestry with a two-year Forestry Technical Diploma from a BC college or institute of technology, the program consists of 97 or 98 credits of in-session course work normally taken over a three-year period. STUDENTS ENTERING FROM SECONDARY SCHOOL First Year ENGL 100-level 3 BIOL 111, 121, i md 1411 7 CHEM 121 (1111 i or PHYS 101 (100)2 4 or 3 ECON 101 3 MATH 100 and 101 or 102 and 1033 6 FRST 100 2 SOIL 200 3 FRST 231 3 FOPR 162 2 Total Credits 33 or 32 Second Year FRST 200 7 FRST 201 7 FRST 232 3 FRST 239 3 CONS 200 3 FOPR 262 3 AGRO 244 (or GEOG 204) 3 Elective4 6 Total Credits 35 Third Year FRST 305 3 FRST 306 3 FRST 308 2 FRST 309 2 FRST 318 2 FRST 327 2 FRST 339 3 FRST 352 2 FRST 385 3 FRST 386 3 FRST 395 3 CONS 370 3 FOPR 365 2 Total Credits 33 Plus FRST 351 immediately preceding third year 2 Fourth Year 2 of CONS 481, FRST 470, FRST 4915 6 FRST 415 3 FRST 424 10 FRST 497 2 WOOD 465 3 WOOD 474 2 WOOD 492 3 Electives6 3 Total Credits 32 Plus FRST 452 immediately following third year 2 Students with Biology 12 should replace BIOL 111 with three credits of electives. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 9 THE FACULTY OF FORESTRY 207 1 CHEM 111 and PHYS 100 are intended for students without CHEM 12 and PHYS 12, respectively. If students do not have Grade 1 2 level in both sciences, they are encouraged to select a science not taken at the Grade 12 level. 3 Students who had less than a C+ average in Math 12 must take the non-credit MATH 099 prior to Mathematics courses. Students may enrol in MATH 180 (4 credits) instead of MATH 100 or 102 (3 credits), but the credit difference cannot be applied towards program electives requirement. 4 Electives taken in Second Year must include 3 credits of social science or a course chosen in consultation with a program advisor. 5 The remaining course may be taken as an elective if so desired. 5 Electives chosen from courses numbered 200 and above. TRANSFER STUDENTS Students entering from first-year university or equivalent must complete all required first and second year courses that were not completed at their previous insritution(s) before entering third year. The third and fourth year requirements are the same as listed above. BC FORESTRY TECHNOLOGY GRADUATES Students entering after graduating with a two-year Forestry Technical Diploma from an approved BC college or institute of technology will receive a one-year exemption. They will enter a special second year program before proceeding to the regular program in Years Three and Four. Second Year Fourth Year (Continued) ENGL 100-level 3 BIOL 1111 7 CHEM 121(111) or PHYS101(100)2 4 or 3 ECON 101 3 MATH 100 and 101 or MATH 102 6 and 1033 FRST 200 7 FRST 231 3 SOIL 200 3 Total Credits 32 or 31 Third Year FRST 305 FRST 306 FRST 318 FRST 339 FRST 352 FRST 385 FRST 386 FRST 395 CONS 200 CONS 370 FOPR 365 Total Credits Plus FRST 351 immediately preceeding third year Fourth Year 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 30 2 FRST 497 WOOD 465 WOOD 492 WOOD 474 Electives Total Credits 32 Plus FRST 452 immediately following third year Two of CONS 481, FRST 470, FRST 4914 6 FRST 415 3 FRST 424 10 Students with Biology 12 should replace BIOL 111 with three credits of electives. 2 CHEM 111 and PHYS 100 are intended for students without CHEM 12 and PHYS 12, respectively. If students do not have Grade 12 level in both sciences, they are encouraged to select a science not taken at the Grade 1 2 level 3 Students who had less than a C+ average in Math 12 must take the non-credit MATH 012 prior to Mathematics courses. Students may enrol in MATH 180 (4 credits) instead of MATH 100 or 102 (3 credits), but the credit difference cannot be applied towards program electives 4 The remaining course may be taken as an elective f so desired. FOREST RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION IN INTERNATIONAL FORESTRY) The Forest Resources Management (Specialization in International Forestry) program combines aspects of forest resources biology and management with developing a global perspective of forest management issues increasingly required for careers in Forestry both in Canada and abroad. The objective of this program is to produce graduates who have a good science foundation, a second language, cultural sensitivity and both academic and first hand knowledge of forestry abroad. The program includes core courses in forest ecology, stand management, silvicultural systems, forest protection, fisheries, hydrology and integrated resource management that are common to the Forest Resources Management program. In addition, to fulfil the International Forestry component, students must select a regional specialization. Students choose from either Asia Pacific, Europe, the Americas, or other region with the approval of a program advisor. Within the regional specialization, the program requires 12 credits of relevant language other than English, a pre-approved study abroad exchange for a minimum of one term or work experience for a minimum of 13 weeks and relevant course work in the economic, cultural and political/historical situation of the region selected. Enrolment in the Forest Resources Management (Specialization in International Forestry) program is limited. To apply for admission, students are required to have a minimum academic standing of 70%. Students can apply to the program after completing 21 credits from the first-year courses (or their equivalent). Graduates receive a Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F) and may be eligible for registration as a professional forester. The program consists of a minimum of 144 credits of in-session and four credits of extra-sessional course work. Application forms are available after January 15 from the Faculty of Forestry's International Programs Office. Completed application forms and transcripts from all post-secondary institutions attended must be received by the International Programs office by May 15. Applicants will be notified by June 30 whether they have been accepted into the program. FOREST RESOURCES MANAGEMENT/ INTERNATIONAL FORESTRY First Year ENGL 100-level 3~ Oneof BIOL111, 121, 1411 7 ECON 101 3 MATH 100 and 101 6 or MATH 102 and 1032 FRST 100 2 FRST 231 3 FOPR 162 2 Language3 6 SOIL 200 3 Total Credits 35 Second Year Language3 FRST 200 FRST 201 FRST 232 FRST 239 CONS 200 FOPR 262 Region-Specific4 Elective5 Total Credits Third Year FRST 305 FRST 306 FRST 308 FRST 309 FRST 318 FRST 327 FRST 339 FRST 352 FRST 385 FRST 386 FRST 395 FOPR 365 Region-Specific Area of Concentration6 Region-Specific4 Elective5 Total Credits Plus FRST 351 immediately preceding third year Fourth Year FRST 415 FRST 424 FRST 439 FRST 491 FRST 497 WOOD 465 6 7 7 3 3 3 3 3 35 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 37 2 3 10 3 3 2 3 208 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Fourth Year (Continued) First Year (Continued) WOOD 474 2 WOOD 492 3 Region-Specific Area of Concentration6 6 Region-Specific4 Elective5 3 Total Credits 38 Plus FRST 452 immediately following 2 third year International Experience7 1 Students with Biology 12 should replace BIOL 111 with three credits of electives. 2 Students who had less than a C+ average in Math 12 must take the non-credit MATH 012 prior to Mathematics courses. Students may enrol in MATH 180 (4 credits) instead of MATH 100 or 102 (3 credits), but the credit difference cannot be applied towards program electives. 3 Students who pass an oral proficiency test for a language re levant to their regional specialization are required to choose 1 2 additional credits of program electives approved by a program advisor. 4 Students may choose Asia Pacific, America or Europe as their region of specialization. Other regions can be considered with the approval of an advisor. 5 Electives must be approved by a program advisor. 5 Three credits in each of the following general areas: Anthropology or Sociology; Economics or Commerce or Law; Geography or History or Political Science. 7 Met by participation in one of the following: UBC's Education Abroad Program or study abroad or work internship abroad designed by the student with pre-approval by a program advisor. The Faculty of Forestry cannot guarantee the placement of any student in a study abroad exchange program or an international work internship program. Selection is competitive and based on academic standing, merit, and availability. FOREST OPERATIONS MAJOR The Forest Operations Major prepares the graduate for a full range of professional responsibilities associated with forest land use. The program includes core courses in forest ecology, stand management, silvicultural systems, forest protection, fisheries, hydrology, wildlife, and integrated resource management that are common to the Forest Resources Management Major. In addition, the Forest Operations Major offers specialized courses in geotechnical engineering, forest road design and location, planning of forest operations at the stand and landscape levels, engineering and economic analysis of logging systems and forest transportation systems. Graduates of the Forest Operations Major have the unique skills that are needed to analyze, plan and implement a wide range of silviculture, logging, and transportation systems which are key elements in forest management. Graduates are eligible for registration as professional foresters after appropriate work experience and examination. FOREST OPERATIONS MAJOR First Year ENGL 100-level BIOL 111, 121, and 1411 ECON 101 MATH 100 and 101 = FRST 100 FRST 231 FOPR 162 SOIL 200 Electives3 Total Credits Second Year FRST 200 FRST 201 FRST 232 FRST 239 FOPR 262 FOPR 288 CONS 200 or CONS 370 PHYS 170 Elective Total Credits Third Year FRST 305 FRST 306 FRST 308 FRST 309 FRST 318 FRST 327 FRST 339 FRST 352 FRST 395 FOPR 360 FOPR 363 FOPR 365 CIVL 230 or WOOD 376 Elective Total Credits Plus FRST 351 immediately preceding third year Fourth Year FRST 415 FRST 424 FRST 497 •EOPR359 FOPR 459 FOPR 463 FOPR 464 WOOD 465 WOOD 474 WOOD 492 Total Credits Plus FRST 452 immediately following third year 2 3 3 32 7 7 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 35 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1 3 2 3 3 34 2 3 10 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 35 2 Students with Biology 12 should replace BIOL 111 with three credits of electives. Students who had less than a C+ average in Math 12 must take the non-credit MATH 012 prior to Mathematics courses. Students may enrol in MATH 180 (4 credits) instead of MATH 100 or 102 (3 credits), but the credit difference cannot be applied towards program electives Students who do not have Physics 1 2 or its equivalent must take PHYS 100 in place of 3 credits of electives. TRANSFER STUDENTS Students entering from first year university or equivalent must complete all first and second year courses not completed during their previous studies before entering third year. The third and fourth year requirements are the same as listed above. BC FORESTRY TECHNOLOGY GRADUATES Students entering after graduating with a two-year Forestry Technical Diploma from an approved BC college or institute of technology will receive a one-year exemption. Second Year ENGL 100-level T ECON 101 3 PHYS 1701 3 MATH 100 and 1012 6 FRST 200 7 FRST 231 3 FOPR 288 3 SOIL 200 3 Elective 3 Total Credits 34 Third Year FRST 305 FRST 306 FRST 318 FRST 339 FRST 352 FRST 395 FOPR 360 FOPR 363 FOPR 365 CIVL 230 or WOOD 376 CONS 200 or 370 Elective Total Credits Plus FRST 351 immediately preceding third year Fourth Year FRST 415 FRST 424 FRST 465 FRST 497 FOPR 359 FOPR 459 FOPR 463 FOPR 464 WOOD 465 WOOD 492 Total Credits Plus FRST 452 immediately following third year 3 3 2 3 2 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 31 2 3 10 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 33 2 Students who do not have Phys 12 or its equiva- ent must complete PHYS 100 prior to completing PHYS 170. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 9 THE FACULTY OF FORESTRY 209 Students who had less than a C+ average in Math 12 must take the non-credit MATH 012 prior to Mathematics courses. Students may enrol in MATH 180 (4 credits) instead of MATH 100 or 102 (3 credits), but the credit difference cannot be applied towards program electives. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION The B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) is an interdisciplinary program designed to prepare students for careers in the conservation of renewable natural resources, the management of protected areas, and landscape and regional level planning for the integrated use of terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. The program provides students with a solid foundation across several disciplines which reflect the multi-faceted character of conservation issues and conservation research. These include the natural and social sciences underlying the conservation and management of natural resources, an appreciation for the political and socioeconomic contexts which affect the design and outcomes of conservation and management strategies, and a working knowledge of technologically advanced tools and quantitative techniques available to renewable resources planners and managers. Throughout the program, emphasis is placed on developing communication skills, both oral and written, including approaches to public participation in natural resources planning and the techniques of conflict resolution. ADMISSION The Faculty of Forestry will accept applications from students with varying educational preparation: • directly from secondary school graduation, or • following completion of at least 24 credits at UBC or its equivalent at another post- secondary institution. Students entering from secondary school must have met the general University entrance requirements (seethe chapter Admissions, p. 17 in this Calendar) and have completed Mathematics 12 and Chemistry 12 and Biology 11 or Biology 12. Students who enter following completion of at least 24 credits of work at UBC or its equivalent at another post-secondary institution, must have attained an overall average of at least 60% in all credits attempted. In the case of transfer students, consideration will be given to individual cases of study in determining the transfer credit that may be applied to the natural resources conservation program. Graduates of a one-or two- year diploma program in a related discipline may be considered for course exemptions that may be applied towards the degree. Such students must have achieved an overall average of at least 65 % in their diploma program, plus have the entrance requirements listed above. Further details can be obtained from the Director of Student Services in the Faculty of Forestry. See also Broader Based Admission, p. 206 as listed under "Admission" under Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F). See also Program Approval and Advising, p. 205 as listed under Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F). ACADEMIC REGULATIONS See Academic Regulations, p. 206 as listed under Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS For students entering the Faculty of Forestry from senior secondary school, the program consists of a minimum of 123 in-session credits, normally taken over a four-year period. First Year BIOL 111, 121,and 1411 7 CONS 101 1 ECON 101 and 102 6 ENGL 100-level 6 MATH 100, 102 or 1042 3 SOCI 1003 6 SOIL 200 3 Total Credits 32 Second Year CONS 200 3 FRST 200 7 FRST 201 7 FRST2314 3 FRST 232 3 GEOG 101, or GEOG 102 and GEOG 103 6 Elective A 3 Total Credits 32 Third Year CONS 330 3 CONS 340 3 CONS 481 3 FRST3185 2 FRST 385 3 FRST 386 3 FRST 395 3 FRST 495 3 SOCI 360 3 Elective 3 Total Credits 29 Fourth Year CONS 440 3 CONS4516 15 FRST 443 3 CONS 486 3 CONS 498 or elective7 3 Elective8 3 Total Credits 30 Students with Biology 12 should replace BIOL 111 with three credits of electives. Students who had less than a C+ average in Math 12 must take the non-credit MATH 012 prior to Mathematics courses. Students may enrol in MATH 180 (4 credits) instead of MATH 100 or 102 (3 credits), but the credit difference cannot be applied towards program electives. 3 Students may take a 200-level SOCI (three credits) and another social science course (three credits) in place of SOCI 100. The latter course must be chosen in consultation with the program director. 4 Could be replaced with BIOL 300. 5 Could be replaced with ECON 371 or 374 (3 credits). 5 An integrated course taught in the Term 1. Registration is restricted to this course only during Term 1 and only to students in fourth year of NRC program. 7 Elective must be a course numbered 300 or above. B Elective must be a course numbered 300 or above. To be chosen in consultation with the program advisor. COURSES TOWARDS REGISTRATION AS A PROFESSIONAL FORESTER IN BRITISH COLUMBIA Students in the B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) program who wish to work towards membership in the Association of BC Forest Professionals are advised to contact the Director of Student Services in the Faculty of Forestry for information on appropriate courses to add to their program. COURSES TOWARDS REGISTRATION AS A PROFESSIONAL BIOLOGIST IN BRITISH COLUMBIA Students in the B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) program who wish to work towards membership in the College of Applied Biology of BC (CABBC) are advised to include the following courses in their program: MATH 101 or 103, PHYS 100-level (6), CHEM 100- level (6)BIOL 200 and 201 or BIOL 204 and 205, FRST 302, and one of BIOL 322, 336, 414, 415, 418, or 430. Students wishing to take these courses must complete the necessary prerequisites or have permission of the instructor. Students should contact the CABBC directly for information on their individual requirements. Course requirements are subject to change without notice. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FORESTRY (B.SC. [FORESTRY]) Forest Science is an academically challenging program for students interested in the biology and dynamics of forest ecosystems. The objective of the program is to develop professionals who understand the dynamics of, and conduct research in, forested ecosystems. The program provides a strong foundation for careers involving the biological and environmental aspects of forestry, forest conservation, research, and teaching. The program consists of a minimum of 131 credits of course work. The first two years of the program have a strong core of foundation courses to ensure scientific breadth. No later than the start of third year, students must select an area of concentration, such as forest ecology, forest 210 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 entomology or pathology, forest fire science, forest generics or biotechnology, forest hydrology and aquatic sciences, forest soils, tree physiology, silviculture, conservation biology or wildlife ecology. Each area of concentration consists of 12 credits of course work. It is expected that the 6 credit thesis be in the area of concentration. Students must also select 18 credits from a pool of Forestry Electives. Specific academic packages to suit the interests and needs of individual students can be designed. All Forest Science Majors must have their program of study approved by the Forest Sciences Program Director. The recommended program of studies is given below. Part-time students or students with advanced credit should consult the Forest Sciences Program Director before registering in an amended program ADMISSION General admission requirements to the Bachelor of Science (Forestry) Forest Science Major are the same as those for the Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F). See Admission, p. 205 as listed under Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F). To be eligible for second year of the Forest Science Major, students must have completed six credits of first-year English; BIOL 121 and 140 and one of BIOL 110 or Biology 12, MATH 100 and 101 (or 102 or 103): and CHEM 111 and 113 or 123 and 122. The program is designed to allow completion in three years following at least one year (30 credits) of university-level work. See also Broader Based Admission, p. 206 under "Admission" as listed under Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F). See also Program Approval and Advising, a p. 205 as listed under Bachelor of Science I in Forestry (B.S.F). ACADEMIC REGULATIONS See Academic Regulations, p. 206 as listed under Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOREST SCIENCE First Year Second Year (Continued) FRST 231 (or BIOL 300) Elective3 Total Credits Third4 and Fourth Years 3 3 30 ENGL 100-level 6 BIOL 111, 121, and 1401 8 CHEM 121 (111) and 123(113) 8 MATH 100 and 101 6 or MATH 102 and 1032 FRST 100 2 SOIL 200 3 AGRO 244 (or GEOG 204) 3 Total Credits 36 Second Year BIOL 200 3 BIOL 201 3 CHEM 233 and 235 4 FRST 200 7 FRST 201 7 FRST 302 Two of FRST 308, 309, 327 FRST 395 FRST 399 FRST 430 FRST 495 or BIOL 416 FRST 4985 Area of concentration6 General Electives Forestry Electives7 Total Credits Plus FRST 351 immediately preceding third year 3 4 3 4 3 3 6 12 9 18 65 2 Students with Biology 12 should replace BIOL 111 with three credits of electives. 2 Students who had less than a C+ average in Math 12 must take the non-credit MATH 012 prior to Mathematics courses. Students may enrol in MATH 180 (4 credits) instead of MATH 100 or 102 (3 credits), but the credit difference cannot be applied towards program electives. 3 PHYS 100 is suggested for students who do not have credit for Physics 12. 4 The first term of third year will be immediately preceded by a one-week field school near Williams Lake. 5 A 6-credit B.Sc. thesis will be completed n fourth year. 5 An area of concentration must be declared before the start of third year. Courses should be selected in consultation with the Forest Science Program Director. 7 Eligible 300- and 400-level courses include FRST 305, 306, 311,352, 385, 386, AGRO 402, 403, 444, CONS 330, 486. COURSES TOWARDS REGISTRATION AS A PROFESSIONAL FORESTER IN BRITISH COLUMBIA Students who wish to work towards membership in the Association of BC Forest Professionals are advised to contact the Director of Student Services in the Faculty of Forestry for information on appropriate courses to add to their program. COURSES TOWARDS REGISTRATION AS A PROFESSIONAL BIOLOGIST IN BRITISH COLUMBIA Students in the B.Sc. (Forestry) program who wish to work towards membership in the College of Applied Biology of BC (CABBC) are advised to include the following courses in their program: PHYS 100-level (6) and one of BIOL 322, 336, 414, 415, 418, or 430. Students wishing to take these courses must complete the required prerequisites or have permission of the instructor. Students should contact the CABBC directly for information on their individual requirements. Course requirements are subject to change without notice. FOREST SCIENCE (SPECIALIZATION IN INTERNATIONAL FORESTRY) The Forest Science (Specialization in International Forestry) program combines the biology and dynamics of forest ecosystems with developing a global perspective of forest issues increasingly required for careers in Forestry both in Canada and abroad. The objective of this program is to produce graduates who have a good science foundation, a second language, cultural sensitivity and both academic and first hand knowledge of forestry abroad. The emphasis of the Forest Science component is to provide education in the basic biological and environmental sciences, particularly with regard to the components and functioning of ecosystems. In addition, to fulfil the International Forestry Major, students must select a regional specialization. Students choose from either Asia Pacific, Europe, the Americas, or other regional specialization with the approval of a program advisor. The first two years of the program have a strong core of basic sciences to ensure scientific breadth. After the completion of their first year, students would select International Forestry as their area of concentration. Within the regional specialization, the program requires 12 credits of relevant language other than English, a pre-approved study abroad exchange for a minimum of one term or work experience for a minimum of 13 weeks and relevant course work in the economic, cultural and political environment of the region selected. Enrolment in the Forest Science (Specialization in International Forestry) program is restricted. To be considered for admission, students are required to have a minimum academic standing of 70%. Students can apply to the program after completing 21 credits from the first-year courses (or their equivalent). The program consists of a minimum of 134 credits of in-session and seven credits of extra-sessional course work. Students receive a B.Sc. (Forestry) upon completion of the requirements. Application forms are available after January 15 from the Faculty of Forestry's International Programs Office. Completed application forms and transcripts from all post-secondary institutions attended must be received by the International Programs office by May 15. Applicants will be notified by June 30 whether they have been accepted into the program. FOREST SCIENCE/INTERNATIONAL FORESTRY First Year ENGL 100-level 6~ BIOL 111, 121 and 1401 8 CHEM 121 (111) and 123 (113) 8 MATH 100 and 101 or MATH 102 6 and 1032 FRST 100 2 FRST 231 3 SOIL 200 3 Total Credits 36 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 9 THE FACULTY OF FORESTRY 211 Second Year Language FRST 200 FRST 201 BIOL 200 and BIOL 201 CHEM 233 and 235 Region-Specific Electives4, Total Credits Third Year 6 7 7 6 6 3 35 FRST 302 FRST 305 FRST 308 FRST 309 FRST 327 FRST 385 FRST 386 FRST 395 FRST 430 Language3 Region-Specific Electives56 Total Credits Plus FRST 351 immediately preceding third year Fourth Year 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 6 3 33 2 FRST 311 FRST 399 FRST 439 FRST 495 FRST 498 AGRO 492 or AGRO 403 Region-Specific Electives4, Region-Specific Area of Concentration4,6 3 3 9 35 Total Credits International Experience7 1 Students with Biology 12 should replace BIOL 111 with three credits of electives. 2 Students who had less than a C+ average in Math 12 must take the non-credit MATH 012 prior to Mathematics courses. Students may enrol in MATH 180 (4 credits) instead of MATH 100 or 102l (3 credits), but the credit difference cannot be applied towards program electives. 3 Students who pass an oral proficiency test for a ' anguage re levant to their regional specialization are exempt, and must choose 12 credits of program electives approved by a program advisor 4 Students may choose Asia Pacific, Americas or Europe as their region of specialization. Other regions can be considered with the approva of an advisor. 5 Electives must be approved by a program advisor 5 Three credits in each of Anthropology or Sociology; Economics or Commerce or Law; Geography or History or Political Science. 7 Met by participation in one of the following UBC's Education Abroad Program or Study abroad or work internship abroad designed by the student with pre-approval by a program advisor. The Faculty of Forestry cannot guarantee the placement of any student in a study abroad exchange program or an international work internship program. Selection is competitive and based on academic standing, merit and availability BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN WOOD PRODUCTS PROCESSING The B.Sc. (Wood Products Processing) program will provide graduates with an understanding of wood as a material. Emphasis is placed on a basic understanding of engineering concepts, business, communication, and problem solving skills to produce graduates capable of managing a wood products manufacturing facility. Graduates will be expected to plan and construct production facilities, develop new methods and processes, and manage production control and co-ordinate personnel. The program consists of a minimum of 134 credits in-session for all students. An additional 15 credits of extra-sessional work is required by students in the five-year co-operative Major. Students interested in the program should contact the Department of Wood Science, Room 2900, Forest Sciences Centre, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada, V6T 1Z4; telephone 604-827-5195. ADMISSION The Faculty of Forestry will accept applications from students with varying educational preparation: 1) directly from secondary school graduation; 2) following completion of university-level work at UBC or the equivalent at another post-secondary institution; or 3) after the completion of a two-year wood products or engineering diploma program at a recognized college or institute of technology. Achievement of the minimum academic requirements does not guarantee admission in the event that the number of applicants exceeds the number of available spaces. Students entering from secondary school must have met the general University entrance requirements (see the chapter Admissions, p. 17 in this Calendar), including Mathematics 12, Chemistry 11, and Physics 12. Students applying following the completion of at least 30 credits of university-level work must have attained an overall average of at least 60% in all credits attempted. Students applying with less than 30 credits must also meet the secondary school requirements listed above. Students applying from a completed two-year wood products or engineering diploma program must have attained an overall average of at least 65%> on their completed diploma, plus have the required secondary school courses as outlined above. See also Program Approval and Advising, p. 205 as listed under Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F). ACADEMIC REGULATIONS See Academic Regulations, p. 206 as listed under Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS STUDENTS ENTERING FROM SECONDARY SCHOOL First Year One of ENGL 110, 111 or 112 T MATH 100 or 1021 3 MATH 101 or 103 3 PHYS 101 3 PHYS 102 3 CHEM 121 (111) 4 CHEM 123 (113) 4 WOOD 120 3 Electives 6 Total Credits 32 Second Year ECON 101 FRST 231 WOOD 244 WOOD 271 WOOD 280 WOOD 282 WOOD 288 WOOD 290 WOOD 376 APSC 201 Total Credits WOOD 3052 Third Year WOOD 330 WOOD 335 WOOD 341 WOOD 386 WOOD 464 WOOD 465 WOOD 485 COMM 399 MECH 356 MECH 463 Electives3 Total Credits Fourth Year WOOD 430 WOOD 440 WOOD 461 WOOD 487 WOOD 491 WOOD 492 WOOD 493 WOOD 494 COMM 457 MECH 492 Electives3 Total Credits 3 3 3 4 3 3 2 3 3 3 30 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 34 3 4 3 3 3 3 4 6 38 Students who had less than a C+ average in Math 1 2 must take the non-credit MATH 099 prior to Mathematics courses. Students may enrol in MATH 180 (4 credits) instead of MATH 100 or 102 (3 credits), but the credit difference cannot be applied towards program electives 212 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Practical woodworking course taken at the end of second year. 3 Electives must be courses numbered 300 or above. To be chosen in consultation with the Program Director. MINOR IN COMMERCE Enrolment in this program is limited. An application form may be obtained from the Dean's Office. The completed form must be returned no later than October 15. At the time of application, students must be eligible for fourth-year standing in the Wood Products Processing program with a cumulative average of at least 68% in the previous two years. Meeting the stated requirements does not guarantee admission to the program. The program consists of ECON 101 and 102 (6), COMM 457 (3), and nine credits selected from COMM 329 (3), COMM 458 (3), COMM 465 (3), COMM 473 (3), and COMM 493 (3). Upon successful completion of this Minor program, the notation 'Minor in Commerce' will appear on the student's transcript. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM In addition to the four-year B.Sc. (Wood Products Processing) program, students can elect a five-year Co-operative Education Program with work placements in industry. The Wood Products Processing Co-operative Education Program is designed to provide students with work experience integrated with their academic programs. The year-round program normally requires completion of five work terms of targeted employment in four- month co-operative placement sessions including one Winter and one Fall placement. The five sessions are WOOD 300, 311, 312, 411 and 412. Completion of each of these courses including a technical report and oral presentation will be recorded on the student's transcript. The Co-op program requires an additional year to complete the B.Sc. (Wood Products Processing) requirements. Students in the program will register in and pay for the appropriate three-credit Co-operative Education placement course for each work term once a suitable position is confirmed. See Special Fees, under Chapter 3, "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships." Students in the B.Sc. (Wood Products Processing) who wish to be considered for the Co-operative Education Program must apply in the fall term of their second year. To be able to participate in the placement process for the first co-op term, the student needs to have a 64% minimum cumulative average in required Wood Products Processing courses taken at UBC in first and second year, complete the required application, and have a successful interview with the Co-op coordinator. Specific deadlines are available from the co-op office. In addition, students must attend Co-operative education program workshops and a practical woodworking course. Acceptance into the co-op program does not guarantee work term placements. To be accepted into WOOD 311, students must have an average of 68% minimum in required Wood Products Processing courses taken at UBC in first and second year and maintain that average to stay in the Co-op program. To graduate from the Co-operative Education Program a student must complete the required number of work placements along with the normal academic requirements. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM First Year Same as above 30 Second Year Same as above Plus WOOD 3001 Third Year WOOD 330 WOOD 335 WOOD 341 WOOD 386 MECH 356 Total Credits WOOD3111 WOOD3121 Fourth Year WOOD 440 WOOD 464 WOOD 465 WOOD 485 WOOD 492 WOOD 494 COMM 399 COMM 457 MECH 463 MECH 492 Electives2 Total Credits WOOD 4111 Fifth Year 30 3 4 3 3 3 3 16 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 6 37 3 WOOD 430 3 WOOD 461 3 WOOD 487 4 WOOD 491 3 WOOD 493 3 Electives2 3 Total Credits 19 WOOD4121 3 1 Co-operative placement 2 Electives must be courses numbered 300 or above. To be chosen in consultation with the Program Director DIPLOMA IN FOREST ENGINEERING The Faculty of Forestry, in co-operation with the Forest Management Institute of British Columbia and the Faculty of Applied Science (Department of Civil Engineering), offers the Diploma in Forest Engineering. The program is designed for professional foresters, engineers and geoscientists (including professionals-in-training) specializing in forest engineering practice in BC who wish to improve their job-related knowledge, work performance and business opportunities. It focuses on advanced engineering principles, recent research, and current practices. The Diploma in Forest Engineering will be awarded upon successful completion of the program. ADMISSION Admission to the Diploma program requires a combination of academic and work experience qualifications. Applicants must be a Registered Professional Forester (R.P.F.) and/or a registered Professional Engineer (P.Eng) and/or a Registered Professional Geoscientist (P.Geo.) or a professional-in-training or equivalent. Applicants are expected to have relevant work experience. Applicants normally are practicing forest engineers employed with government, industry, or a consulting firm who are engaged in forest engineering or related forest management work. DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS The Diploma requires the completion of six course modules. Extensive pre-course reading assignments are also required prior to each course module. The program normally takes three years to complete. In order to qualify for the Diploma, the student must complete all requirements within a reasonable time frame. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS AND TRANSFER OF CREDIT Students are required to attend full-time day and evening sessions for each course module. Classroom sessions are held on campus and in several off-campus locations in British Columbia. There is no transfer of credit available either to or from the Diploma program. DIPLOMA IN FORESTRY (ADVANCED SILVICULTURE) The Faculty of Forestry, in co-operation with the Forest Management Institute of British Columbia, offers the Diploma in Forestry (Advanced Silviculture). The diploma program is designed for foresters specializing in silvicultural practice, and focuses on silvicultural theory and principles relevant to silviculture prescriptions. The Diploma in Forestry (Advanced Silviculture) will be awarded upon successful completion of the program. ADMISSION Admission to the diploma program requires a combination of academic and work experience qualifications. Applicants must be Registered Professional Foresters (R.P.F.) or Foresters-in- Training (F.I.T.) or equivalent. Applicants must also have a minimum of five years of forest PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 9 THE FACULTY OF FORESTRY 213 management work experience. Applicants are normally practising foresters, employed with government, industry, or a consulting firm, who are engaged in silviculture or related forest management work. DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS The Diploma in Forestry (Advanced Silviculture) concentrates on improving the student's awareness and understanding of those subjects that encompass the broad field of silviculture. The diploma requires the completion of six course modules. Extensive pre-course reading assignments are also required prior to each course module. The program normally takes three years to complete. In order to qualify for the Diploma, the student must complete all requirements within a reasonable time frame. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS AND TRANSFER OF CREDIT Students are required to attend full-time day and evening sessions for each course module. Classroom sessions are held on campus and in several off-campus locations in British Columbia. There is no transfer of credit available either to or from this diploma program. EXCHANGE PROGRAMS The Faculty of Forestry actively participates in the formal university-wide exchange programs. Undergraduate students who earn a 70% average over 27 credits in the year prior to their exchange are eligible to travel to one of the international or Canadian exchange partner institutions to study for up to one year. Graduate students are also eligible and can transfer up to 12 credits towards their UBC degree. Interested students should see the chapter Alternative Study Options, p. 441 for further information or contact the Faculty directly. CANADIAN EXCHANGES Opportunities for students exist at the University of Alberta, the University of Quebec, the University of Toronto, and Universite Laval. These universities participate with UBC in the Canadian Scholars Exchange Program (CANEX). There are also opportunities for exchange with the University of New Brunswick, which has an exchange agreement with the Faculty of Forestry. INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGES The University of British Columbia's Student Exchange Program offers eligible students the opportunity to spend one or two semesters at a variety of partner universities throughout the world. Partner universities with programs specific to UBC's Faculty of Forestry include the Universities of the Philippines; Melbourne (Australia); Canterbury (New Zealand); Maine (USA); Wales (UK); Aberdeen (UK), Australia National University; Oregon State University (USA); Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences; Albert-Ludwig University Freiburg (Germany); the Instituto Technologico de Costa Rica; and the University of Chile. AWARDS AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Undergraduate Forestry students are eligible for a range of assistance including prizes, scholarships, bursaries and loans. Prizes and scholarships are awarded on the basis of academic standing although other factors may also be considered. Many scholarships are awarded on the recommendation of the Faculty, while others are assigned by the Student Financial Assistance and Awards. The University also offers bursaries to students demonstrating financial need. These awards are assigned by the Awards Office and students are required to submit a detailed application outlining their financial circumstances. Bursaries to Forestry students amount to about half the value of scholarships and prizes. The major source of financial assistance is available through the British Columbia Student Assistance Program which combines a Canada Student Loan and a BC Student Loan. Details on these programs and information on financial assistance can be found on the Student Financial Assistance and Awards website (www.students.ubc.ca/finance/). T.E. BURGESS AND D.E. LANE MEMORIAL LECTURESHIP IN FORESTRY In memory of Thomas E. Burgess and David E. Lane, vice-presidents of long standing with British Columbia Forest Products Limited, a fund has been established by Mrs. Dorothy Burgess and Mrs. Evelyn Lane and Fletcher Challenge Canada Limited to provide for the presentation and publication of special lectures in forestry by outstanding authorities in forestry or the forest industry. LESLIE L. SCHAFFER LECTURESHIP IN FOREST SCIENCE In memory of Leslie L. Schaffer, D.Sc, former executive vice-president of Western Plywood Co. Ltd., a fund has been established by Mrs. Leslie L. Schaffer to finance lectures and publications by visiting forest scientists. ACADEMIC STAFF DEPARTMENT OF FOREST RESOURCES MANAGEMENT George Hoberg, Head PROFESSORS R. Jonathan Fannin, B.Sc. (Belf.), Ph.D. (Oxf.), P.Eng. (joint with Civil Engineering); George Hoberg, B.Sc. (Calif., Berkeley), Ph.D. (M.I.T.) (joint with Political Science); John L. Innes, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Cantab.); Peter L. Marshall, B.Sc.E, M.Sc.F. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), R.P.F. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Younes Alila, B-A.Sc, M-A.Sc, Ph.D. (Ott.), P.Eng; Nicholas Coops, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (R.Melboume I.T.); Valerie LeMay, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D (Br.Col.), R.P.E; Thomas C. Maness, B.S.F. (W Virginia), M.S. (Virginia Polytech.), Ph.D. (Wash.); R. Daniel Moore, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Geo, (joint with Geography); John D. Nelson, B.S.E, M.BA. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Oregon), R.P.E; Stephen Sheppard, B.A. (Oxon.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), ASLA. (joint with Landscape Architecture); David Tindall, B.A., M.A. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Tor.) (joint with Sociology); Ronald L. Trosper, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Harv.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Gary Bull, B.S.E, M.F. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Sumeet Gulati, B.A. (Mumbai), M.A. (Delhi), M.Sc, Ph.D (Maryland) (joint with Land and Food Systems); Kevin Lyons, B.S.E, M.S.E (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Oregon State); Michael Meitner, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Arizona); David E. N. Tail, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); Marcus Weiler, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Freiburg), Ph.D. (Zurich); Paul M. Wood, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), R.P.E, R.P.Bio. SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Dennis Bendickson, B.S.F. (BrCol.), R.P.F. ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Robert D'Eon, HBSc.E (Lake.), M.Sc.F (New Br.), Ph.D. (BrCol.), R.P.E; Dan Hogan, B.A., M.Sc. ^Br.Col.); Robert Hudson, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Kimberley lies, B.S., M.Sc. (Oregon), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Don Leckie, B.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Steen Magnussen, M.Sc. (Copenhagen), Ph.D. (Gott.); Patrick Matakala, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Lakehead), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Guillaume Therien, B.A.Sc. (Laval), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Clifford White, B.Sc. (Mont.), M.Sc. (Col.St.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Bill Wilson, B.A. (Car.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.); Rita Winkler, B.S.F. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (Aha.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Mike Wulder, B.Sc. (Calg.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wat.). DEPARTMENT OF FOREST SCIENCES Bart J. van der Kamp, Head PROFESSORS Frederick L. Bunnell, B.S.F. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), R.P. Bio; Christopher P. Chanway, B.Sc. (Winn.), B.S.Ag. (Manit.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Yousry A. El-Kassaby, B.Sc. (Alexandria), M.Sc. (Tanta), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), R.P.E; Robert D. Guy, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg.); James P. Kimmins, B.Sc. (N. Wales), M.Sc. (Calif., Berkeley), M.Phil., Ph.D. (Yale), R.P.F. (Hon.); Bruce C. Larson, A.B. (Harv.), M.F.S. (Yale), Ph.D. (Wash.); Katherine M. Martin, B.Sc. (P.E.I.), M.Sc. (Aha.), Ph.D. (Qu.); John A. McLean, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Auck.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser), F.R.E.S., R.P.Bio; Kermit Ritland, B.Sc. (Wash.), Ph.D. (Calif., Davis); Thomas Sullivan, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Bart J. van der Kamp, B.S.F. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Aberd.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Sally N. Aitken, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Peter Arcese, B.A. (Wash.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Joerg Bohlmann, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Braunschweig); Michael C. Feller, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Melb.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), R.P.Bio; Susan Grayston, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Sheff.); Scott G. Hinch, B.Sc, M.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Steve Mitchell, B.S.E, Ph.D. 214 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (BrCol.), R.P.E; Cindy E. Prescott, B.Sc. (Brock), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg.); John S. Richardson, B.Sc. (Tor), M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Suzanne Simard, B.S.F. (BrCol.), M.S., Ph.D. (Oregon). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Sarah Gergel, B.Sc. (Flor.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wise); Maja Krzic, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Belgrade), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). LECTURER Susan B. Watts, B.Sc. (N. Wales), M.E, Ph.D. (BrCol.), R.P.F. SESSIONAL INSTRUCTOR Georgie Harrison, B.Sc, B.C. Teacher Cert. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (U.N.B.C). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Rene I. Alfaro, B.Sc. (Chile), M.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); David Andison, B.Sc. (Tor.), B.Arch., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); John E. Barker, B.S.F. (BrCol.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Berkeley), R.P.F; Christine A. Bishop, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.Sc. (York), Ph.D. (McM.); Max Bothwell, B.A., M.A., (Calif., Santa Barbara), Ph.D. (Wis., Madison); Charles E. Bulmer, B.S.F. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (Oregon), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Philip J. Burton, B.Sc. (Sask.), M.Sc. (Hawaii), Ph.D. (111.); David K. Coates, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (BrCol.), R.P.F; Thomas E. Dickinson, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.Sc. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Penn.); Daniel M. Durall, B.Sc. (Panoma), Ph.D. (Calg.); Steven C. Grossnickle, B.Sc. (S. 111.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Colorado State); Brad C. Hawkes, B.S.F. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Montana); Walt Klenner, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), R.P.Bio; Werner A. Kurz, Diplom Holzwirt (Hamburg), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); John S. MacDonald, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (W.Ont.); Duncan J. Morrison, B.S.E, M.Sc. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Cantab.); Reg E Newman, B.Sc, B.S.F. (Br.Col), Ph.D. (Alta.); Simon Shamoun, B.Sc. (Iraq), M.Sc. (Raleigh), Ph.D. (Arkansas); Terrence Shore, B.Sc. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Alvin Yanchuk, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Aha.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Rodger Beatson, B.Sc. (Exeter), Ph.D. (Ont.); Suezone Chow, B.Sc. (National Taiwan), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Chunping Dai, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Nanjing Forestry), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Christopher Gaston, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Paul Morris, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.). STUDENT SERVICES Geoff Anderson, B.Comm. ( M.U.N), Co-operative Education Coordinator; Steven Baumber, B.S.F. (Br.Col.), Faculty Recruitment Officer; Barbara Brenner, B.A. (Vic,B.C.), Cooperative Education Coordinator; Jacqueline Cavill, B.S.F. (Br.Col.), Associate Recruiter; Chiara Longhi, B.A., M.A. (Pisa), International Programs and Recruitment Officer; Pamela Perrault, B.Sc. (Wat.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Coordinator, First Nations Programs; Sandra Schinnerl, B.Com. (Br.Col.), Associate Director, International Programs. UNIVERSITY RESEARCH FORESTS Ken Day, B.Sc.E (Lake.), M.F. (BrCol.), R.P.E, Manager, Alex Fraser Research Forest, Williams Lake; Michael Jull, B.S.E, M.Sc. (Br. Col.), R.P.E, Manager, Aleza Lake Research Forest, Prince George; Paul Lawson, B.S.E, M.B.A. (Br.Col.), R.P.E, Manager, Malcolm Knapp Research Forest, Maple Ridge. DEPARTMENT OF WOOD SCIENCE Paul McFarlane, Head PROFESSORS Stavros Avramidis, B.S.F. (Thessaloniki), M.S., Ph.D. (N.Y. State, Syracuse), EI.W.Sc; J. David Barrett, 1 B.A.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), F.I.A.W.S., P.Eng; Colette Breuil, B.Sc. (Lyon), M.Sc. (Ott.), Ph.D. (Lyon); David H. Cohen, Dipl. For. Tech. (Selkirk), B.S. (Idaho), Ph.D. (Virginia); Philip Evans, B.Sc. (Hons.), Ph.D. (Wales); Paul McFarlane, B.Tech. (Hons.), Ph.D. (Massey); John N. R. Ruddick, B.Sc, M.Sc. (N'cle.,U.K.), Ph.D (Lond.); John N. Saddler, B.Sc. (Edin.), Ph.D. (Glas.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Simon C. Ellis, B.Sc. (N. Wales), M.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.), EI.W.Sc; John Kadla, B.Sc. (Br.Col), Ph.D. (N.Car.); Robert Kozak, B.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); Frank Lam, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), EI.W.Sc, P.Eng; Helmut Prion, B. Eng. (Stell.), Ph.D. (Tor.), P. Eng. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Shawn Mansfield, B.Sc. (Mt. Alb), M.Sc. (Dab), Ph.D. (Br.Cob); Gregory Smith, B.A.Sc. (Br.Col.), D.Sc.T (E.P.F.L., Switzerland); Taraneh Sowlati, B.Sc. (Sharif U. Tech.), M.A.Sc. (Tarbiat Modares), Ph.D. (Tor.). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Patrick Cramond, B.A.Sc (BrCol). INSTRUCTOR Robert Furst, Instructor. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 9 THE FACULTY OF FORESTRY 215 216 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 10 The Faculty of Graduate Studies Dean's Office Frieda Granot, Dean Lynn Alden, Associate Dean, Awards and Student Development Ann Rose, Associate Dean, Student Academic Services Douw Steyn, Associate Dean, Research and Faculty Development Jim Thompson, Associate Dean, Graduate Policy and Program Review Kersti Krug, Assistant Dean, Strategic Planning and Faculty Development Jenny Phelps, Director, Student Academic Services 180-6371 Crescent Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Telephone: 604-822-2848 Fax:604-822-5802 Graduate Studies Website (grad.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Graduate Studies works in conjunction with departments, schools and other faculties to coordinate and maintain the quality of all master's and doctoral programs at UBC. Among its functions with respect to graduate students and graduate programs are the following: approving new graduate programs, curriculum changes and graduate-level (500 to 699) courses; determining or verifying the admissibility of students applying for graduate programs; maintaining records of the academic performance of all graduate students; approving requests for transfer between programs, leaves of absence, reinstatements after interruptions of study, extensions after the maximum time-in- program has been exhausted; coordinating scholarships, fellowships and awards for graduate students across the entire University; assuring uniformity of practices and standards for doctoral orals; assisting departments and other units with recruitment of new graduate students; helping individual graduate students who encounter problems during their programs; determining whether graduate students are eligible to graduate. For more information about the role of Graduate Studies and to view the Faculty's policies and procedures manual, visit the Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca). In addition to the above functions, the Faculty of Graduate Studies is responsible for the Individual Interdisciplinary Studies Graduate Program and a number of other interdisciplinary programs: Genetics, Neuroscience, and Resource Management and Environmental Studies. Details of these, as well as graduate programs which operate within other faculties, are provided below. The Faculty of Graduate Studies also acts as the administering faculty for the School of Community and Regional Planning, the School of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, Green College, St. John's College and a number of interdisciplinary centres, institutes, committees and journals. The titles of the degrees are given under the headings in the following pages. Where no degrees are listed under these headings, graduate research leading to a degree may be coordinated by the institutes, centres, or committees described. ADMISSION DOCTORAL DEGREES A student may apply for admission to the degree program by writing directly to the graduate program (grad.ubc.ca/apply/ programs) in which the program is offered. Up-to-date information on admission is available on the Faculty of Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca). Students are normally admitted to study only in fields that are formally authorized by Senate to offer doctoral programs. All applications must be accompanied by an application fee at the time of submission. Consult the Faculty of Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca) for information on current application fees. The number of candidates that can be accommodated is limited and graduate programs will accept the best qualified students as vacancies occur. Most students begin their program of study at the start of the Winter Session (the beginning of September) but other start dates may be available, depending on the specific program. Limitations on the number of students that can be accommodated require that applicants be selected well before the start date. Students are encouraged to submit applications for admission as early as possible. Applicants for the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.), Doctor of Musical Arts (D.M.A.) and Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) must have completed one of the following requirements prior to admission: 1) In the case of the Ph.D., a master's degree (or equivalent) from an approved institution with clear evidence of research ability or potential, or in the case of the D.M.A., a master's degree (or equivalent) from an approved institution with outstanding ability in performance or composition. 2) In the case of the Ed.D., a master's degree in Education (or equivalent degree) from an approved institution. 3) A bachelor's degree with one year of study in a master's program with 18 credits of first class average, of which, normally, 10 credits must be at the 500 level or above and at least 10 credits must be of first class standing. Also: (A) (for Ph.D.) clear evidence of research ability or potential; (B) (for Ph.D., Elementary Education) first class standing in Teacher Training or a B.Ed.; (C) (for Ed.D.) first class standing and first class standing in such prerequisite work as may have been required, and five years professional experience; or (D) (for D.M.A.) outstanding ability in performance or composition. (E) Transfer directly into a doctoral program is normally accomplished after the first year of study and will not be permitted after the completion of the second year in a master's program. 4) In exceptional cases, applicants who hold an honours bachelor's degree with an overall average in the 'A grade range and who demonstrate advanced research ability may be granted direct admission to a doctoral degree program on recommendation of the admitting graduate program and approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Students entering directly from a bachelor's degree must, during the first year of study, complete 18 credits with a first class average of which at least 10 credits must be at the 500 level or above and at least 10 credits must be of first class standing, to maintain registration as a doctoral student. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Applicants for admission to doctoral programs at UBC are welcomed and encouraged from international students who hold a credential PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 217 deemed comparable to a Canadian master's degree and who demonstrate superior academic standing. Specific minimum admission requirements established by the Faculty of Graduate Studies for graduates of different countries may be found on the Graduate Studies Admission website (grad.ubc.ca/apply/how). These are minimum requirements; specific programs may have higher requirements. ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY REQUIREMENT Applicants from a university outside Canada in which English is not the primary language of instruction must present evidence of competency to pursue studies in the English language prior to being extended an offer of admission. Minimum acceptable English language proficiency scores for applicants to graduate studies are: • TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language): minimum score of 550 (paper version); 213 (computer version); 80 (Internet version, effective September 2005) • IELTS (International English Language Testing Service): minimum overall band score of 6.5 with no other component score less than 6.0 • MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery): minimum overall score of 81 Graduate programs may set higher English language proficiency scores than those listed above. See the chart TOEFL and GRE Requirements, p. 221. REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The following information is required in support of an application to the Faculty of Graduate Studies: • Graduate Studies Application Form (online or paper form); • Application fee; • Three confidential reference reports (must contain original signature and be received in sealed envelopes endorsed by referees); • Two sets of all official post-secondary academic records in original language and certified translation (if originals cannot I be attained by applicant, then attested, certified copies of originals are acceptable). To be considered official, academic records must be received in official university envelopes, sealed and endorsed by the issuing institution; and • Evidence of adequate English proficiency where applicable (TOEFL, IELTS, or MELAB are all acceptable); • Supplementary information as may be required by admitting graduate program (e.g., GRE, statement of intent, research proposal, etc.). ADMISSION Admission to the Ph.D., D.M.A. or Ed.D. program will be in one of the following categories: 1) Unconditional admission. Granted when the applicant meets all admission require ments and all final official documentation has been received. Applicants who have a bachelor's degree, or its academic equivalent, which does not meet the requirements stated above, but who have had significant formal training and relevant professional experience to offset such deficiencies, may be granted admission on the recommendation of the appropriate graduate program or faculty and approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 2) Conditional admission. Contains condition(s) that must be met before an offer can be considered final. Such conditions may include final documentation showing degree conferred, or submission of academic records from previous institutions. The Letter of Admission stipulates deadline dates as to when the conditions must be met. Failure to comply with a condition will normally result in a student being required to withdraw from the program. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Students who are not Canadian citizens or permanent residents must apply for a study permit (student visa) to enter Canada. Applications can be made at any Canadian Consulate or High Commission. MASTER'S DEGREES A student may apply for admission to a master's degree program by writing directly to the graduate program (grad.ubc.ca/apply/ programs) in which the program is offered. Up- to-date information on admission is available on the Faculty of Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca). Students are admitted to study only in fields that are authorized by Senate to offer master's-level programs. All applications must be accompanied by an application fee at the rime of submission. Consult the Faculty of Graduate Studies website for more information. The number of candidates that can be accommodated is limited, and graduate programs with limited facilities will accept the best-qualified students as vacancies occur. Most students begin their program of study in September, but limitations on the number of students that can be accommodated require that applicants be selected well before this date. Students are encouraged to submit applications for admission as early as possible. STUDENTS WITH A BACCALAUREATE DEGREE FROM A CANADIAN OR AMERICAN UNIVERSITY OR COLLEGE Applicants for a master's degree program must hold the academic equivalent of a four-year baccalaureate degree from UBC with: • A minimum overall average in the 'B+' range (at UBC 76%) in third- and fourth- year courses; or • Academic standing with at least 12 credits of third- or fourth-year courses in the 'A-' grade range (at UBC 80% or higher) in the field of study; or • Applicants who have a four-year baccalaureate degree or its academic equivalent, which does not meet the requirements stated above, but who have had significant formal training and relevant professional experience to offset such deficiencies, may be granted admission on the recommendation of the appropriate graduate program or faculty and approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. These are the minimum requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Graduate programs may have additional admission requirements. Consult the graduate program listings in the Calendar to confirm the admission requirements for specific degree programs. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Applicants for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies are welcomed and encouraged from international students who hold a credential deemed comparable to an approved Canadian four-year baccalaureate degree and who demonstrate superior academic standing. Specific minimum admission requirements established by the Faculty of Graduate Studies for graduates of different countries may be found on the Graduate Studies Admission website (grad.ubcca/apply/how). These are minimum requirements; specific programs may have higher requirements. ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY REQUIREMENT Applicants from a university outside Canada in which English is not the primary language of instruction must present evidence of competency to pursue studies in the English language prior to being extended an offer of admission. Acceptable English language proficiency tests for applicants to graduate studies are: • TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language): minimum score of 550 (paper version); 213 (computer version); 80 (Internet version, effective September 2005); • IELTS (International English Language Testing Service): minimum overall band score of 6.5 with no other component score less than 6.0; • MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery): minimum overall score of 81. Graduate programs may set higher English language proficiency scores than those listed above. See the chart TOEFL and GRE Requirements, p. 221. REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The following information is required in support of an application to the Faculty of Graduate Studies: • Graduate Studies Application (online or paper form); • Application fee; • Three confidential reference reports (must contain original signature and be received in sealed envelopes endorsed by referees); • Two sets of all official post-secondary academic records in original language and 218 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 certified translation (if originals cannot be attained by applicant, then attested, certified copies of originals are acceptable). To be considered official, academic records must be received in official university envelopes, sealed and endorsed by the issuing institution; • Evidence of adequate English proficiency where applicable (TOEFL, IELTS, or MELAB are all acceptable) and; • Supplementary information as may be required by admitting graduate program (e.g., GRE, statement of intent, research proposal, etc.). ADMISSION Admission to the master's program will be in one of the following categories: 1) Unconditional admission. Granted when the applicant meets all admission requirements and all final official documentation has been received. Applicants who have a bachelor's degree, or its academic equivalent, which does not meet the requirements stated above, but who have significant formal training and relevant professional experience to offset such deficiencies, may be granted admission on the recommendation of the appropriate graduate program or faculty and approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 2) Conditional admission. Contains condition^) that must be met before an offer can be considered final. Such conditions may include final documentation showing degree conferred, or submission of academic records from previous institutions. The Letter of Admission stipulates deadline dates as to when the conditions must be met. Failure to comply with a condition will normally result in a student having to withdraw from the pro gram. B On the recommendation of the graduate program, a student with a bachelor's degree who lacks prerequisites for a chosen field of graduate study may be allowed to register as a "qualifying" student for a period of no more than one year. Satisfactory completion of a qualifying term or year does not guarantee admission to a graduate program. Qualifying status is granted to students only at the recommendation of the graduate program. Qualifying students are not considered graduate students. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Students who are not Canadian citizens or permanent residents must apply for a study permit (student visa) to enter Canada. Applications can be made at any Canadian Consulate or High Commission. STUDENTS TRANSFERRING TO UBC WITH FACULTY SUPERVISORS Students who transfer to UBC with newly hired faculty members may choose one of the following: • Transfer to UBC in order to complete a UBC degree. In this case, students should apply for admission in the usual way by submit ting the application form, application fee, transcripts, letters of reference and any other supporting documentation required by the graduate program. It is expected that fees will be assessed as if the years spent by the student at the previous university were paid at UBC for that period. The maximum time to complete the program will be calculated on the same basis. Eligibility for awards will be as if the years spent by the student at the previous university were spent at UBC. or • Apply to become a visiting student in order to complete their work and graduate from their original university. Students may spend up to a year at UBC as a visiting graduate student. Credits completed while a visiting student may not subsequently be credited toward completion of a degree at the University of British Columbia. VISITING STUDENTS A visiting graduate student is one who is attending UBC to complete course work and/or research toward the requirements of a graduate degree at the home university. To be eligible for admission as a visiting student to UBC, the student must be currently registered in a graduate program with good standing at another recognized university. Normally, students may hold visiting status at UBC for a maximum of 12 months. Applicants for regular visiting student status (other than those applying under the Western Deans Agreement or the Graduate Exchange Agreement) must submit the following documentation: • Graduate Studies Application (online or paper form) and the application fee; • Two sets of official transcripts of the graduate program for which the applicant is currently registered; • Evidence of English proficiency, where applicable, in the form of an official TOEFL, IELTS or MELAB score; and ^» Letter of permission from the home university's registrar or department head confirming that the course work and/or research undertaken at UBC while a visiting student is for the purpose of completing the graduate degree requirements at the home university. At the recommendation of the graduate program, the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies will issue a formal offer of admission to the visiting student. Visiting students cannot use the Student Service Centre on the web to register; they must be registered in course work or non-credit activity (if doing research only) by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. STAFF AS GRADUATE STUDENTS Staff at the University of British Columbia are permitted to register for degree programs in the Faculty of Graduate Studies provided standard admission requirements are met. See The University of British Columbia Policy and Procedure Handbook, Policy #45 (www.universitycounsel.ubc.ca/policies/ policy45.html). FACULTY AS GRADUATE STUDENTS Full-time faculty are not normally allowed to register for programs leading to University of British Columbia degrees or diplomas. See the University of British Columbia Policy and Procedure Handbook, Policy #46 (www.universitycounsel.ubc.ca/policies/ policy46.html). AUTHENTICITY OF DOCUMENTS Every student who applies to the Faculty of Graduate Studies must confirm that all statements made and all documentation submitted in support of their application are true, complete and valid. Students are responsible for the authenticity of the documentation submitted in support of their application for admission to the University of British Columbia. The Faculty of Graduate Studies reserves the right to return transcripts, degree certificates and/or reference letters to the originator for verification. The Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies reserves the right to rescind a letter of admission or to require that a student withdraw if it is determined that a student has submitted falsified documents in support of their application for admission. TOEFL AND GRE REQUIREMENTS Note: A new, Internet-based version of the TOEFL will be released in September, 2005. It will replace both the paper and computer versions. Paper or computer test results will still be valid for two years after the date the test is taken. The minimum total score on the new Internet-based TOEFL for all applicants to the Faculty of Graduate Studies will be 80, effective September, 2005. Many graduate programs will require higher minimum total scores, and may require minimum scores on individual components of the test. See the chart TOEFL and GRE Requirements for updated information on minimum TOEFL scores for individual graduate programs (see below). Visit the online Calendar (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar) for updates throughout the year. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 219 TOEFL AND GRE REQUIREMENTS Program TOEFL (Paper) TOEFL (Computer) GRE Agricultural Economics 560 220 Anatomy 600 250 Yes Animal Science 560 220 Anthropology 600 250 Architecture (M.A.S.A.) 600 250 Yes1 Architecture (M.Arch.) 600 250 Yes1 Art History 600 250 Asia Pacific Policy Studies 600 250 Yes1 Asian Studies 570 230 Atmospheric Science 600 250 Yes1 Audiology and Speech Sciences 600 250 Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 625 263 Yes Bio-Resource Engineering 550 213 Botany 550 213 Chemical Engineering 550 213 Chemistry 580 237 Yes Civil Engineering10 600 250 Classics and Classical Archaeology 600 250 Clinical Dental Science 570 230 Commerce & Business Admin. (M.Sc. [Bus.Admin.], Ph.D.) 600 250 Yes2 Community and Regional Planning 600 250 Yes1 Comparative Literature 625 260 Computer Engineering 600 250 A Computer Science 600 250 Yes Counselling Psychology 580 237 Yes Creative Writing 550 213 Critical and Curatorial Studies 600 250 | Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education 550 213 Curriculum Studies 580 Economics 550 213 Yes Educational Psychology and Special Education 590 1 ^243 Yes3 Educational Studies 600 250 Electrical and Computer Engineering m 600 250^ English 615 258 European Studies 550 213 Experimental Medicine 590 243 Family Studies 575" 232 Fire Protection Engineering 550 213 Food Science 560 220 Forestry 550 213 French 550 213 Genetics 600 250 Geography 600 250 Geological Science 600 250 Geophysics 600 250 Germanic Studies 550 213 Health Care and Epidemiology 600 250 Yes Health Care and Epidemiology (M.H.A.) 570 230 Yes2 Hispanic Studies 550 213 History 570 230 Yes4 Human Kinetics 550 213 Human Nutrition 560 220 Interdisciplinary Studies 550 213 Program (Continued) TOEFL (Paper) TOEFL (Computer) GRE Journalism 600 250 Landscape Architecture 560 220 Language Education 550 213 Law5 600 250 Library, Archival and Information Studies 600 250 Linguistics 550 213 Mathematics 600 250 Mechanical Engineering6 580 237 Yes1 Medical Genetics 600 250 Medical Genetics (Genetics Counselling)7 600 250 M.D./Ph.D. (Combined Program) 550 213 Materials Engineering 550 213 Microbiology and Immunology 590 243 Yes8 Mining Engineering 550 213 Music 580 237 Neuroscience 600 250 Yes8 Nursing 600 250 Yes Occupational and Environmental Hygiene 600 250 Yes Oceanography 600 250 Oral Biology 550 213 Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences 570 230 Pathology and Laboratory Medicine 570 230 Yes8 Pharmaceutical Sciences 600 250 Pharmacology and Therapeutics 600 250 Philosophy 600 250 Physics and Astronomy 550 213 Yes7 ,9 Physiology 600 250 Plant Science 560 220 Political Science10 580 237 Yes8 Pulp and Paper Engineering 550 213 Psychology 550 230 Yes Rehabilitation Sciences 580 237 Religious Studies 600 250 Reproductive and Developmental Science 550 213 Resource Management and Environmental Studies 600 250 Social Work 580 237 Sociology 590 243 Soil Science 560 220 Statistics 550 213 Surgery 550 213 Theatre and Film (M.F.A.) 550 213 Theatre and Film (M.A. and Ph.D.) 600 250 Visual Art 600 250 Women's Studies and Gender Relations 590 243 Zoology 1 Not mandatory, but strongly recommended. 2 Or GMAT 3 Ph.D. program only 4 US applicants only 5 TWE: 5.5 6 TSE: 40; TWE: 4.0 570 230 7 TSE: 55; TWE: 5.0 B Applicants from outside North America only 9 General and subject tests required 10 TWE: 5.0 11 GMAT required 220 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS DOCTORAL STUDENT Full-time students are expected to engage in their studies on a full-time basis. All doctoral students are considered full-time students and are assessed fees according to Schedule A. (See Graduate Student Fees, p. 33 in the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter.) Full-time students are eligible for graduate scholarships and fellowships. Normally, teaching assistantships (TAs) and research assistantships (RAs) are limited to full-time students. Graduate programs may articulate specific limitations regarding concurrent paid employment as consistent with the definition of full- time study. Recipients of teaching assistantships must adhere to the TA union's regulations governing number of hours worked while holding a teaching assistantship. MASTER'S STUDENT FULL-TIME CLASSIFICATION Students classified as full-time are expected to engage in their studies on a full-time basis. Master's students are normally considered full- time and are assessed tuition fees according to Schedule A. Full-time students are eligible for graduate scholarships and fellowships. Normally, teaching assistantships (TAs) and research assistantships (RAs) are limited to full-time students. Graduate programs may articulate specific limitations regarding concurrent paid employment as consistent with the definition of full- time study. Recipients of teaching assistantships must adhere to the TA union's regulations i governing number of hours worked while I holding a teaching assistantship. PART-TIME CLASSIFICATION In some programs, master's students have the option of pursuing the degree through part- time study. The expected academic workload of students classified as part-time is determined by the graduate program. Students classified as part-time are assessed tuition fees according to Schedule B. Students who wish to be classified as part-time must obtain approval from their graduate program advisor and the Faculty of Graduate Studies prior to the beginning of the first term of the program (i.e., prior to the commencement of the degree program) in which fees are first assessed. Students classified as part-time are advised that: • they are not eligible to receive interest-free status government loans, University fellowships or scholarships; • they are not eligible for teaching assistantships, research assistantships, student housing, or assigned desk space at the University; and • the five-year maximum time allowed for the master's program also applies to part- time students. Students who pay tuition fees according to Schedule B are not permitted to revert back to Schedule A after the initial payment of the tuition fees in the first term of the program. QUALIFYING STUDENT A student whose academic background entitles him or her to serious consideration for admission to graduate studies but who is considered to be inadequately prepared to enter a graduate program in the specific discipline (e.g., three-year degree holders from other Canadian universities, a student changing from one field of study to another, or a student upgrading academic standing) may be admitted as a qualifying student. Qualifying students are not considered graduate students. If, at the end of a qualifying term or year, the graduate program and the Faculty of Graduate Studies are satisfied with the calibre of the student's work, the student may apply for admission to a graduate degree program. Courses taken during a qualifying year or term, which are necessary in order to meet the requirements for full admission to Graduate Studies, cannot be transferred to a subsequent graduate program. However, other courses may be transferred upon the recommendation of the department and with the approval of the Dean of Graduate Studies. Qualifying student status is available only to applicants who do not require a study permit to enter Canada. VISITING GRADUATE STUDENT A visiting graduate student is one who is attending UBC to complete course work and/or research toward the requirements of a graduate degree at another recognized university. To be eligible for admission as a visiting student to UBC, the student must be currently registered in a graduate program with good standing at the home university. Normally, students may ftold visiting status at UBC for a maximum of 12 months. Prior approval of the home university, the UBC graduate program, and the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies is required. Visiting students, with the exception of those governed by the Western Deans' Agreement, Graduate Exchange Agreement, and other special agreements, pay tuition fees on a per-credit basis. VISITING STUDENTS UNDER THE WESTERN DEANS' AGREEMENT The Western Deans' Agreement provides an automatic tuition fee waiver for visiting students from participating universities. Under the terms of this agreement, graduate students in good standing from UBC can register in any of the universities listed below without paying tuition or student fees. The same is also true for students of other participating institutions who wish to attend classes or conduct research at UBC. The Western Deans' Agreement is supported by the Universities of: Alberta, Athabasca, Brandon, British Columbia, Calgary, Lethbridge, Manitoba, Northern British Columbia, Regina, Saskatchewan, Simon Fraser, and Victoria. VISITING STUDENTS UNDER THE GRADUATE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT The Graduate Exchange Agreement allows graduate students in good standing at UBC, McGill University, the University of Toronto, and the University of Montreal to take courses at each other's universities without having to pay tuition fees to the host institution. Students wishing to apply for visiting student status under either of these special agreements should consult the Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca/policy for more information. OTHER EXCHANGE AGREEMENTS Graduate programs may have exchange agreements with similar programs at other institutions. Students should consult their Graduate Advisor or the Go Global: Student Mobility Programs, p. 441 office of the University for more information. ON-LEAVE STATUS Students who find it necessary to interrupt their graduate studies may apply to the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies for on-leave status. Leave is granted when a student is best advised for personal, health or other reasons to have time completely away from his/her academic responsibilities. Leave, not including parental leave or leave to pursue concurrent programs, for master's or doctoral students is limited to one year. A leave will normally begin on the first day of a term, for a period of four, eight or 12 months. Students granted leave-of-absence or parental leave retain the full value of any University graduate fellowship or other award whose terms and conditions are established by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Awards will be suspended at the onset of the leave, and reinstated at the termination of the leave period, provided the student returns to full-time study at that time. Other awards will be paid according to the conditions established by the donor or granting agency. Leaves of absence must be approved by the student's home graduate program. Requests for leaves for medical reasons must be accompanied by a doctor's note recommending the leave. It is understood that students with on-leave status will not undertake any academic or research work, or use any of the University's facilities during the period of leave. Students must inform the University immediately upon return. The time spent on-leave is not counted as part of the allowed time to completion for the degree. On-leave students continue to be registered and must pay a reduced fee for the leave period. PARENTAL LEAVE A graduate student who is bearing a child or who has primary responsibility for the care of an infant or young child is eligible for parental leave. A request for parental leave should be PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 221 made through the student's graduate program for a minimum leave of fourth months to a maximum of twelve months. Where possible, students enrolled in course work should coordinate their leave to coincide with the beginning of an academic term. LEAVE TO PURSUE A SECOND PROGRAM OF STUDY Following academic consultation, graduate students may apply for leave of absence from one program to pursue a second program of study. In this case, the student is responsible for both on-leave tuition fees as well as the tuition fees associated with the second program. A leave of absence for these reasons may exceed one year. Time to completion of the first degree program would be extended by the span of time on the leave of absence. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS PROGRAM OF STUDY DOCTORAL STUDENTS All doctoral students admitted to the Faculty of Graduate Studies must register when they begin their studies. Students must remain continuously registered until the degree is completed, except for periods of time for which the student is away on an approved leave of absence. Failure to register for two consecutive terms may result in the student being required to withdraw. Each doctoral candidate is supervised by a committee of not less than three faculty members, which may include faculty members from graduate programs other than the candidate's home graduate program. With the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the committee may also include qualified persons who are not faculty members. The supervisory committee is responsible for guiding the student in planning research and preparing the thesis. In some graduate programs, the student is responsible for securing the chair of the supervisory committee; in others, the department will assign the chair. Students should consult with their graduate advisor in this respect. Changes may be made to the candidate's committee with the approval of the candidate's home department. Students who are unable to secure a chair should ask either the graduate advisor or the department head for assistance. In very exceptional circumstances, the head may ask the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies to appoint a chair. In some instances and for a brief period of time only, a student may be assigned an interim committee until such rime as a more permanent committee can be established. Upon registration, the doctoral student will consult with his or her supervisor(s) to develop a program of study, subject to the approval of the home program. The program of study will consist of seminars, directed readings, consultations and such formal courses as may be deemed essential for the fulfillment of the requirements for the degree. Some graduate programs require competence in languages other than English. The graduate program in which the student intends to write the thesis shall determine the number of such languages and a satisfactory level of competence. A major part of the doctoral candidate's work will consist of a thesis embodying the results of original research. Changes in the program of study may be required during the period of study. These changes must be reviewed and approved by the candidate's committee and the home graduate program. Note: courses listed in the Calendar may not all be offered annually. Students should apply to the department concerned for detailed information about course offerings in any given year. TRANSFER CREDIT Doctoral students are not normally eligible for transfer credit. In doctoral programs where there is a prescribed amount of course work, students may be eligible for course exemptions on the basis of previous courses taken. MASTER'S DEGREE STUDENTS All master's degree students admitted to the Faculty of Graduate Studies must register when they begin their studies. Students must remain continuously registered until the degree is completed, except for periods of time for which the student is away on a^ approved leave of absence. Failure to register for two consecutive terms may result in the student being required to withdraw. Each student's program of study must be approved by the home graduate program. Some graduate programs require competence in languages other than English. The graduate program in which the student intends to write the thesis shall determine the number of such languages and a satisfactory level of competence. Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations for master's degrees provide for full- or part-time studies, as well as for programs with thesis and programs without thesis. The choice of these options lies with the individual graduate program and student. Graduate programs are also free to prescribe work beyond the minimum requirements described below. Students should contact graduate programs directly for more information on program options. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (THESIS AND NON-THESIS PROGRAMS) The minimum course requirements are 30 course credits, of which at least 24 must be numbered 500 to 699. A maximum of 6 credits at the undergraduate level in courses numbered 300 to 499 may be counted toward the requirements of a master's degree. A comprehensive examination in the form of a final written and/ or oral examination is at the discretion of the graduate program. In specific programs, minimum requirements may be higher than 30 course credits. Students should consult the graduate program listing in the Calendar for more information. Note: courses listed in the Calendar under graduate programs may not all be offered annually Students should consult the graduate program listing in the Calendar for more information. TRANSFER CREDIT 1) Students registered in a master's program may be permitted to take up to 12 credits or up to 40% of the total number of credits needed for degree completion (whichever is more) at another university to be counted toward a University of British Columbia graduate degree. These credits cannot have been counted toward the completion of another credential, nor have been used to upgrade an applicant's academic standing to justify admission. Only courses in which at least a 'B' standing (UBC 74%) is obtained will be considered for transfer. 2) Undergraduate students who have maintained an overall 'B+' (76%) average in their completed third- and fourth-year courses, and who have completed at least 75% of the third-and fourth-year requirements for their undergraduate degree, may be eligible to register in graduate courses. I Upon admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies, these credits, to a maximum of 12 credits or 40% of the total number of credits needed for degree completion (whichever is more), may be applied towards a graduate degree. 3) The 12-credit (40%) restriction does not apply to students in UBC approved Exchange Agreements established by the UBC Go Global Office. 4) Requests for transfer credit must be accompanied by a letter from the home graduate program addressed to the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The letter must provide an academic justification for allowing the transfer credit on a course by course basis. EXEMPTIONS Students may be exempted from specific course requirements if the graduate program is satisfied that the student has acquired the knowledge from courses previously taken or from experience. Exemptions do not reduce the total credits required for a degree. In such cases, the graduate program should substitute a more appropriate course. The exemption from the specific requirement must be recorded on the student's academic record. ACADEMIC PROGRESS DOCTORAL STUDENTS The progress of all students working toward the Ph.D., D.M.A. and Ed.D. will be reviewed regularly and at least once each year in June by the home graduate program and the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. A candidate may be required to withdraw if progress has not been satisfactory as shown by course work, the comprehensive examination, advancing to candidacy, progress on the thesis, or other requirements of the graduate program or the faculty. 222 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 DEFINITION OF SATISFACTORY PROGRESS A minimum of 68% (B-) must be achieved in all course work taken for credit. Where a grade of less than 68% (B-) is obtained in a course, and on the recommendation of the graduate program and the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the student may repeat the course for higher standing or take an alternate course. If the graduate program advisor does not make such a recommendation, or if the recommendation is not approved by the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the student will be required to withdraw. A student who obtains a grade of less than 68% in more than one course will normally be required to withdraw. If progress in research is unsatisfactory, a student will be required to withdraw. The student will be informed of unsatisfactory academic progress in writing before any action regarding withdrawal (grad.ubc.ca/forms/?formID=FST) is taken. A minimum mark of 68% must be obtained in all courses taken as part of a qualifying year for a doctoral program. When repeating a failed required course, a minimum mark of 74% must be obtained. Higher minimum marks may be required by the graduate program or the Faculty of Graduate Studies. If a course is repeated, both marks will appear on the transcript. The higher mark will be used to determine promotion in a program and in any decision to admit or withdraw a student from a program. For all other purposes, averages will be calculated using both marks. It is required that a doctoral student will be admitted to candidacy within three years from the date of initial registration. A student who is not admitted to candidacy will be required to withdraw from the program. Extensions may be granted under exceptional circumstances and with the permission of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. MASTER'S STUDENTS The progress of all students working toward the master's degree will be reviewed regularly and at least once each year in June by the home graduate program and the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. A candidate may be required to withdraw if progress has not been satisfactory as shown by course work, the comprehensive examination, progress on the thesis, or other requirements of the graduate program or the faculty. DEFINITION OF SATISFACTORY PROGRESS A minimum of 60% must be obtained in any course taken by a student enrolled in a master's program for the student to be granted pass standing. However, only 6 credits of pass standing may be counted towards a master's program. For all other courses, a minimum of 68% must be obtained. On the recommendation of the graduate program and the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the student may repeat a course for higher standing or take an alternate course. If the graduate program does not make such a recommendation, or if the recommendation is not approved by the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the student will be required to withdraw. A student who obtains a grade of less than 68% in an excessive number of courses will normally be required to withdraw. The student will be informed of unsatisfactory academic progress in writing before any action regarding withdrawal is taken. A minimum mark of 68% must be obtained in all courses taken as part of a qualifying year. When repeating a failed required course, a minimum mark of 74% must be obtained. Higher minimum grades may be required. If a course is repeated, both marks will appear on the transcript. The higher mark will be used to determine promotion in a program and in any decision to admit or withdraw a student from a program. For all other purposes, averages will be calculated using both marks. DURATION OF PROGRAM DOCTORAL STUDENTS Students admitted to a doctoral program will normally be expected to spend the equivalent of at least two consecutive years of full-time study at the University. With the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, graduate programs may make different regulations concerning duration of study, sequence of study and location of full-time study Students must maintain continuous registration throughout all years until graduation by keeping up with tuition fee payments. If the degree is not awarded within a period of six years from initial registration, the student's eligibility for the degree will be terminated and the student will be required to withdraw from the program. Under exceptional circumstances, extensions may be granted by the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Students who, for health or personal reasons including childbirth and having primary responsibility for the care of a child, must interrupt their studies should apply for a eave. See On-Leave Status, p. 221 under Classification of Students. The period of leave is not counted toward time to completion. MASTER'S STUDENTS Students in a master's program are expected to spend the equivalent of at least one year in full-time study. Some programs may be of longer minimum duration. Students must maintain continuous registration throughout all years until graduation by keeping up with fee payments. If a degree is not awarded within a period of five years from initial registration, the student's eligibility for the degree will be terminated and the student will be required to withdraw form the program. Under exceptional circumstances, extensions may be granted by the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. This restriction applies equally to full-time and part-time students. Students who, for health or personal reasons including childbirth and having primary responsibility for the care of a child, must interrupt their studies should apply for a leave. See On-Leave Status, p. 221 under Classification of Students. The period of leave is not counted toward time to completion. EXAMINATIONS AND THESIS DOCTORAL STUDENTS The doctoral student will take the following examinations: 1) Course examinations where applicable; a minimum of 68% must be obtained unless otherwise specified; 2) Tests of the student's ability to read languages other than English where program regulations require it; 3) A comprehensive examination normally held after completion of all required course work and intended to test the student's grasp of the chosen field of study as a whole, and the student's ability to communicate his or her understanding of it in English or in French. The candidate's committee will set and judge this examination in a manner compatible with the policy of the graduate program concerned. Programs should make available to students a written statement of examination policy and procedures. The comprehensive examination is separate and distinct from the evaluation of the thesis prospectus; 4) A graduate program may require a formal examination of the thesis before it is transmitted to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for final oral examination. Students should consult their respective graduate advisors for information about program requirements. All doctoral candidates are required to complete a thesis. A candidate's thesis must be presented according to procedures described at Master's and Doctoral Thesis Submission (grad.ubc.ca/students/thesis). Students should refer to the current year's Calendar or check the Faculty of Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca) for information regarding deadlines for submission of doctoral theses. All doctoral students will take a final oral examination or thesis defence: 1) All doctoral theses must be assessed by an examiner external to the University, as well as by internal examiners. The external examiner is chosen by the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies in consultation with the graduate program concerned. Procedures for choosing a suitable external examiner must be initiated at least three months before completion of the thesis. The external examiner's written report must be received before the final examination can take place. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 223 2) Final oral examinations can be scheduled no sooner than eight weeks after submission of the approved thesis to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. All other degree requirements must also have been completed. 3) The final oral examination is open to all members of the University and to the public. Notice of the examination will be available on the Faculty of Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca). 4) The Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies must approve the membership of the examining committee. The Dean or the Dean's designate chairs the examination. The examining committee judges the candidate's success and makes a recommendation to the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. More information on oral examination procedures is available on the Faculty of Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca/students/ oralexams). Students registered in a doctoral program are not permitted supplemental examinations. MASTER'S STUDENTS There is no general requirement for a comprehensive examination at the master's level. Graduate programs may, at their own discretion, require a comprehensive examination in the student's field of study as part of the degree requirements. Where a comprehensive examination is required, programs must make available to students a written statement of examination procedures such as the purpose, form, length, subject area(s) and scope of the examination, as well as information on the criteria for evaluation. In the creative and performing arts, a thesis may consist of creative work (e.g., paintings, writing) or of a performance. Programs may, at their discretion, require additional supporting documentation. In programs requiring a thesis, the thesis must be presented according to procedures described at Thesis Submission (grad.ubc.ca/ students/thesis). WITHDRAWAL, REINSTATEMENT AND READMISSION Students will normally be required to withdraw if they do not make adequate academic progress according to the timelines and policies set by their home graduate program and/or the Faculty of Graduate Studies. When a student is required to withdraw, the academic record will indicate "required to withdraw." A student in any graduate program who is required to withdraw will not normally be eligible to apply for readmission to the University of British Columbia for at least one year. After one year, students who have been required to withdraw from a graduate program may be admitted to a different program in the Faculty of Graduate Studies provided they meet all admission requirements in effect for that program at the time they apply. Such applications must be accompanied by a statement from the graduate program which recommended withdrawal outlining the reasons for which the student was required to withdraw. Students who have been required to withdraw from a graduate program may also apply to be readmitted to the same program after at least one year has passed from the effective date of withdrawal. Compelling evidence must be presented that a more successful outcome is likely if the student is to be readmitted. All cases for readmission must be reviewed and approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies. Students required to withdraw from a graduate program more than once are not eligible to be considered for admission to any program in the Faculty of Graduate Studies. A student wishing voluntarily to withdraw from the University must obtain the approval of the dean, director or department head, and the graduate advisor in the home graduate program on the Change of Registration form. When the withdrawal is approved, the academic record will indicate "voluntary withdrawal," the date of withdrawal and a standing of 'W' in all courses not completed on that date. If withdrawal is not approved, the student will remain registered in all courses and a final grade and/or standing will be assigned at the end of the term or session. A student who fails to register and/or becomes absent without leave from their program for two or more consecutive terms will normally be withdrawn from the program. The academic record will indicate withdrawal-did not register. Graduate programs must document that an attempt was made to contact a missing student when recommending a withdrawal for non-registration. A student who does not complete formal withdrawal procedures will be liable for all assessed fees until such procedures are completed. REQUEST TO WITHDRAW FOR NON-ACADEMIC REASONS The Faculty of Graduate Studies reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from a program of study if the Faculty, in consultation with the graduate program, considers the student to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of the chosen discipline or field of study. Request to withdraw for non-academic reasons would not prevent the student from immediately applying for entry into a different program of study REINSTATEMENT This applies when a student's registration has lapsed but the student is permitted to resume the program. Normally, if the student is reinstated, courses that have been completed will be credited to the degree, and only outstanding degree requirements must be completed. The student's start date remains the date of initial entry to the program and the rime limit for completion of the degree is not affected. A student may be reinstated on the recommendation of the graduate program if: • The student is in good academic standing. • Any delinquent fees or charges are paid including tuition and continuing fees owing for the period during which the student did not register. • The time limit for degree completion, including the sessions in which the student was not registered, has not expired. Sometimes, even if the student is reinstated, he or she does not have enough time left to complete the outstanding degree requirements. A decision, based on the academic merits of the case, will determine whether the student should be readmitted as a new student or reinstated. In the latter case, an extension of the time limit may be requested. In addition, if more than two years have elapsed since the student last registered, the Faculty of Graduate Studies may impose additional requirements to ensure that the student is current in the field and is academically prepared to complete the degree requirements. A student who is required to withdraw for academic reasons is not eligible for reinstatement. READMISSION This applies when it is appropriate to admit a student who was previously registered, as if for the first rime. An application for admission, whether to the same or a different program, will be evaluated as a new application. A new application form and application fee must be submitted. A maximum of 12 credits or up to 40% of the total number of degree credits of previously completed course work may be applied toward the new degree program requirements, provided the courses were completed no longer than five years from the date of readmission. Courses eligible for transfer must have been awarded a grade of at least 'B' (74%). Normal program requirements apply, as does the standard time allowed for degree completion: five years for a master's student; six years for a doctoral student. Readmitted doctoral students are not eligible for a Ph.D. Tuition Fee Award. ACADEMIC RECORD TRANSCRIPT OF ACADEMIC RECORD The transcript is a student's official academic record and includes the student's complete record at the University of British Columbia. Student records and transcripts are confidential and transcripts will be issued only at the request of the student or appropriate agencies or officials. Apply for a transcript online (www. students.ubc.ca/ssc) or in person at Brock Hall. Please allow at least one week from the date the application is made. Transcripts will not be issued to students who have any outstanding fees, including library and other charges, to the University. Fees for transcripts are payable in advance; transcripts will not be provided until payment is received. 224 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Students are encouraged to order transcripts as early as possible. Transcripts may be requested up to six months in advance of a due date. RETENTION OF STUDENT RECORDS UBC academic records, including all information appearing on a Transcript of Academic Record, are retained indefinitely. Notations of student discipline are retained according to the terms of the penalty imposed. Materials supporting applications for admission, correspondence and transcripts from other institutions and similar material may be destroyed five years after a student's last registration, except for doctoral students, where materials may be destroyed after two years from the date of graduation. Other material may be destroyed sooner. Students who submit irreplaceable material may request the return of that material. Such requests must be submitted with the original material. The office to which the material is submitted will return the material as soon as possible, and not later than six months after the student's graduation or last registration. SENATE APPEALS ON ACADEMIC STANDING Students may protest decisions relating to their academic standing. Students should protest a decision first with the faculty member directly involved in the decision and then, if necessary, with the department head, the dean of the faculty involved, and finally with the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Committee on Appeals on Academic Standing is a standing committee of the University Senate, which is the senior academic authority in the University. Information on the policies and procedures of this committee can be found in the Calendar (see Senate Appeals on Academic Standing, p. 53 in the chapter Academic Regulations). STUDENT DISCIPLINE The President of the University has the right under the University Act (section 61) to take whatever disciplinary action is deemed to be warranted by a student's misconduct. The specific provisions as to Offences, Penalties and Procedures are in the Calendar (see Student Discipline, p. 54 in the chapter Academic Regulations). AWARDS AND SCHOLARSHIPS The University offers a wide range of programs to recognize students with high academic achievement and to provide financial assistance to those who cannot meet basic education costs. Academic merit-based awards for graduate study (grad.ubc.ca/awards) are administered by the Dean's Office, Faculty of Graduate Studies. Financial need-based awards are administered by Student Financial Assistance & Awards (www.students.ubc.ca/ finance), The University of British Columbia, 1036-1874 East Mall, Vancouver, BC, Canada, V6T 1Z1; telephone 604-822-5111. Financial support for graduate students usually comes from the following sources: • Merit-based awards, scholarships and fellowships administered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies, including University Graduate Fellowships, Izaak Walton Killam Predoctoral Fellowships, endowed awards and annual donors. • External funding agencies including Natural Science and Engineering Research Council (NSERC), Social Science and Humanities Research Council (SSHRC), the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR), the Michael Smith Foundation for Health Research, and others. • Ph.D. Tuition Fee Award administered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. • International Partial Tuition Scholarships administered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. • UBC teaching and research assistantships administered by individual graduate programs. • Need-based awards and financial assistance including loans, bursaries, work/study program and emergency assistance. MERIT-BASED AWARDS UNIVERSITY GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS (UGF) The Faculty of Graduate Studies administers an annual competition that provides approximately 300 graduate fellowships to students who are engaged in full-time study or research leading to a graduate degree. The funds for these awards are made available from the University budget. Awards are made on the basis of merit, and are open to any graduate student regardless of citizenship or visa status. The value of these awards is reviewed annually. Each award covers a twelve-month period beginning September 1, and is offered for either one or two years. Awards are made on the basis of nominations provided by graduate programs to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Students must contact their graduate programs for deadline dates. Recipients are notified in late April. Only current UBC graduate students are eligible for nomination. IZAAK WALTON KILLAM PREDOCTORAL FELLOWSHIPS The Izaak Walton Killam Predoctoral Fellowships are the most prestigious awards available to graduate students at UBC. The awards are funded from an endowment to the University from the I.W Killam Trust. Awards are made each year to the top doctoral candidates in the University Graduate Fellowship (UGF) competition. The value of the awards is reviewed annually. No special application is required since all UGF nominations are automatically considered for Killam Predoctoral Fellowships. ENDOWED AWARDS There are several endowed awards that are adjudicated as part of the University Graduate Fellowship (UGF) competition. These include several fellowships with a stipend equivalent to that of a UGF. There are some restrictions with respect to field of study as specified by the donor. Students wishing to be considered for these affiliated awards should indicate those awards for which they are eligible on their UGF Application Form. Detailed descriptions of these awards are available on the Awards, Fees and Finances website (www.students.ubc.ca/ finance). For application procedures students should consult their graduate programs. UNIVERSITY AWARDS There are a limited number of awards available to graduate students in specific fields of study These awards are provided by external donors. Details can be found at the Awards, Fees and Finances website (www.students.ubc.ca/ finance). Awards are normally made on the recommendation of graduate programs. Nominations for these awards are normally submitted to the Faculty of Graduate Studies prior to June 15 for distribution in the upcoming academic year. GRADUATE ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS Graduate Entrance Scholarships are offered by graduate programs to the best and brightest incoming master's and doctoral students for full-time graduate study or research at UBC. Inquiries about this scholarship should be addressed to the graduate program advisor. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS University Graduate Fellowship (UGF) awards can be deferred within the academic year (i.e., students can take up their awards in September or January) but cannot be deferred to the following academic year. Students who are unable to access their UGF award within the academic year, must re-apply to the UGF competition. AWARDS FROM EXTERNAL FUNDING AGENCIES NATURAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING RESEARCH COUNCIL (NSERC) NSERC administers Canada-wide scholarship competitions for graduate students. The competitions are open only to Canadian citizens or permanent residents. Awards are made on the basis of academic excellence. Students should discuss eligibility and application procedures with their graduate program. The deadline for submission of NSERC scholarship nominations by graduate programs to the Faculty of Graduate Studies is early October. Files are reviewed by a University-wide committee that selects UBC's quota of ranked nominations. These nominations are forwarded to NSERC in time to meet the late November national deadline. Competition results are announced in April. For more information visit the NSERC website (www.nserc.ca). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 225 SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES RESEARCH COUNCIL (SSHRC) SSHRC administers a national competition for doctoral and master's students in the social sciences and humanities. The Faculty of Graduate Studies solicits nominations for SSHRC doctoral and master's fellowships from graduate programs in early October. Files are reviewed and ranked by a University-wide committee. In accordance with quotas established by SSHRC, UBC sends lists of the highest-ranking candidates to the Council in January. SSHRC competition results are announced in April. For more information visit the SSHRC website (www.sshrc.ca). CANADIAN INSTITUTES OF HEALTH RESEARCH (CIHR) CIHR administers Canada-wide scholarship competitions for graduate students. The Faculty of Graduate Studies solicits nominations for CIHR master's awards from graduate programs in early October. The competitions are open only to Canadian citizens or permanent residents. Awards are made on the basis of academic excellence. The value of the awards is reviewed annually. For more information visit the CIHR website (www.cihr.ca). MICHAEL SMITH FOUNDATION FOR HEALTH RESEARCH The Michael Smith Foundation for Health Research was established in March 2001 with the mandate to provide leadership and to implement core funding programs to build BC's capacity for excellence in health research. To improve BC's ability to attract, support and retain outstanding health researchers and trainees, the Foundation provides awards to support researchers' development from trainee through to the scholar, senior scholar and distinguished scholar levels. Fellowship guides and application forms for the national research council awards are available from their websites early in the Winter Session. Information about all research awards administered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies can be found on the Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca/a wards). THE BRIDGE PROGRAM The Bridge Program is a graduate research training program whose goal is to develop creative evidence-based primary prevention strategies to solve the complex public, environmental and occupational health problems facing Canadians. The Program provides fellowship funding, and brings together graduate students, post-doctoral fellows, faculty members, visiting scholars, and practitioners from the public health sciences, engineering, and policy arenas in an innovative milieu that: • promotes the application of their combined knowledge and methodologies to the identification and prevention of disease and injury; • promotes practice-relevant research and evidence-based practice; and • cultivates interchange and the development of productive partnerships. The Bridge Program is a scholarship-funding program, not a degree-granting program. Its academic requirements sit as a superstructure over existing master's and doctoral programs in the following nine participating units in UBC's Faculties of Medicine, Graduate Studies, and Applied Science: • Dept. of Health Care and Epidemiology • School of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene • Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability • Institute for Health Promotion Research • Dept. of Civil Engineering • Dept. of Chemical and Biological Engineering • Dept. of Mechanical Engineering • Dept. of Mining Engineering • UBC Centre for Disease Control Admitted M.Sc. and Ph.D. students receive fellowships and must fulfill the academic requirements of their underlying degree program and of the Bridge Program. ADMISSION After graduate students are accepted for admission to a graduate degree program in one of the nine participating academic units (see above), their applications will be screened by the Bridge Admissions Committee. Admission will be based on excellence as demonstrated by academic standing, the candidate's letter of interest and goals, and potential for integration of the Bridge themes. The committee will attempt to ensure there is equal representation of the core areas among entering students. For detailed admissions information, please see the Bridge Program website (www. bridge, ubc. ca). PH.D. TUITION AWARD Effective September 2003, all Ph.D. and D.M.A. students in the first four years of their doctoral programs are eligible for a Ph.D. Tuition Fee Award, except in cases when Ph.D. tuition fees are directly billed to a third-party The Ph.D. Tuition Fee Award is equivalent to the tuition fee assessment. INTERNATIONAL PARTIAL TUITION SCHOLARSHIPS International graduate students are eligible for an International Partial Tuition Scholarship of up to $3,488.00, which is applied to assist with their tuition fees if they are registered full-time in master's programs or in fifth or later years of doctoral programs that assess tuition fees of $7,200.00 per year. Students in the following master's programs in the Faculty of Education are eligible for the following amounts: Master of Arts in Education, $1,893.00, Master of Education $1,893.00, and Master of Human Kinetics $2,992.00. Students are eligible as long as they are not recipients of external scholarships or external funding that pays their tuition. Some graduate programs may offer additional money toward the International Partial Tuition Scholarship. Please contact your graduate program for more information. Further details can be found within the chapter Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships, p. 42. International students in eligible programs are automatically considered for this scholarship by the Faculty of Graduate Studies in August of each year and do not need to apply TEACHING AND RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS Student service appointments are intended to help qualified graduate students meet the cost of their studies at the University. Student appointments may involve part-time duties in teaching, research or other academic activities. Normally, only those students registered full- time in the Faculty of Graduate Studies are eligible. Appointments offered to students prior to their admission to the Faculty are contingent upon admission. TEACHING ASSISTANTSHIPS (TAS) Most graduate programs have a limited number of TAs available for registered full-time graduate students. Full teaching assistantships involve 12 hours work per week in preparation, lecturing or laboratory instruction although many graduate programs offer partial TA Pippointments at less than 12 hours per week. Teaching assistantship rates are set by collective bargaining between the University and the Teaching Assistants Union, a local of the Canadian Union of Public Employees. Since 1996/97, ten Teaching Prizes that include a Certificate and $1,000.00 are offered to UBC teaching assistants. RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS (RAS) Many professors are able to provide RAs from their research grants to support full-time graduate students under their supervision. The duties constitute part of the student's graduate degree requirements. Research assistantships are coordinated and administered at the program level. Stipends vary widely and are dependent on the field of study and the type of research grant from which the assistantship is being funded. The entire stipend of a research assistantship is considered a scholarship, the conditions of which may be specified by the granting agency. For tax purposes, the stipend is considered an award rather than payment for work. Appointments may be for any specified period satisfactory to the grantee, and conditions of appointment may be specified by the granting agency. A Research Assistantship is a form of financial support for a period of graduate study and is therefore not covered by a collective agreement. Note: Research assistantships are less common in the humanities and social sciences. 226 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 NEED-BASED AWARDS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS Need-based awards are administered by Student Financial Assistance & Awards, The University of British Columbia, 1036-1874 East Mall, Vancouver, BC, Canada, V6T 1Z1. For more information, telephone 604-822-5111 or visit the Awards website (www.students.ubc.ca/finance). DEGREES OFFERED Doctor of Education Ed.D. Doctor of Musical Arts D.M.A. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. Doctor of Medicine with Doctor of Philosophy M.D./ Ph.D. Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture M.A.S.A. Master of Advanced Studies in Landscape Architecture M.A.S.LA Master of Applied Science M.A.Sc. Master of Architecture M.Arch. Master of Archival Studies M.A.S. Master of Archival Studies with Master of Library and Information Studies M.A.S./ M.L.I.S. Master of Arts M.A. Master of Arts in Asia Pacific Policy Studies M.A.P.P.S. Master of Arts in Planning M.A.P. Master of Education M.Ed. Master of Educational Technology M.E.T. Master of Engineering1 M.Eng.1 Master of Fine Arts M.F.A. Master of Forestry M.F. Master of Health Administration M.H.A Master of Health Science M.H.Sc. Master of Human Kinetics M.H.K. Master of Journalism M.J. Master of Jurisprudence in Common Law M.Jur. Master of Landscape Architecture M.L.A. Master of Laws LL.M. Master of Library and Information Studies M.L.I.S. Master of Music M.Mus. Master of Occupational Therapy M.O.T Master of Physical Therapy M.P.T. Master of Rehabilitation Science M.R.Sc. Master of Science M.Sc. Master of Science in Business Administration M.Sc.B. Master of Science in Nursing M.S.N. Master of Science in Planning M.Sc.P. Master of Science with Diploma in Periodontics M.Sc./ Dip.Perio. Master of Social Work M.S.W. Master of Software Systems M.S.S. 1 Geological Engineering only. DEGREE PROGRAMS UBC's Faculty of Graduate Studies is one of Canada's largest graduate communities with more than 7,000 students working towards 37 graduate degrees in 132 different fields of study ADULT EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. Boshier, D. Pratt, K. Rubenson, T. Sork. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. Andres, S. Butterwick. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Chan-Tiberghien, P. Walter. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The mission of the Adult Education graduate program at UBC is to contribute to the creation, elaboration, exchange and application of knowledge concerning the education and learning of adults wherever they occur. This includes the development of scholars and reflective practitioners who will shape society and its institutions in ways that promote lifelong education and learning for all. All on-campus master's students take a "core" of 12 credits of adult education courses. These are supplemented with electives that allow students to go deeper into the study of adult education or to explore topics and issues addressed elsewhere in the department and the university that have implications for adult education. Students wishing to pursue doctoral studies in the field of adult education should apply to the Doctor of Philosophy program in Educational Studies, p. 244 or the Doctor of Education program in Educational Leadership and Policy, p. 244. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. is a re search-oriented program for students who wish to develop skills as researchers or who may go on to doctoral-level study It is a 30-credit program with required and elective courses and a 6-credit thesis. Detailed information about course requirements for the M.A. are available online (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/adult_ed). MASTER OF EDUCATION The M.Ed, program is considered a professional degree for people who wish to work as practitioners in any adult education setting, most often as instructors, program planners, consultants or administrators. It is a 30-credit program with required and elective courses and a 3-credit graduating paper. Detailed information about course requirements for the M.Ed, are available online (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/ programs/adult_ed). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-6647 Fax: 604-822-4244 Email: grad.edst@ubc.ca Web: www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/ adult_ed.html Shermila Salgadoe, Graduate Secretary ADULT LEARNING AND GLOBAL CHANGE Degrees Offered: M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. Boshier, D. Pratt, K. Rubenson, T. Sork. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. Andres, S. Butterwick. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Chan-Tiberghien, P. Walter. PROGRAM OVERVIEW UBC, in cooperation with partner universities in Australia (University of Technology, Sydney), South Africa (University of the Western Cape) and Sweden (Linkoping University), offers an innovative online, coursework-only, professional graduate program in Adult Learning and Global Change. Instructors in required courses are drawn from these four universities, so students benefit from a truly international instructional staff. This program is for those seeking multiple, critical perspectives on the central role adult learning plays as individuals and communities engage with the positive and negative effects of globalization. The program attracts those interested in international development work, cross-cultural education and training, the role of education in addressing various global health and environmental issues, promoting social justice in the face of economic globalization, and learning more about adult education around the world. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF EDUCATION Students proceed through the two-year, 30- credit M.Ed, program as a cohort drawn from the four participating institutions and will get to know one another well, working together in various groupings throughout the program. Required courses are sequenced so that, with careful planning of electives, all requirements can be completed in 24 months. The 9 credits of electives may be taken at any time and are usually selected from on-campus courses (for those in the Vancouver area), from various distance-mode courses at UBC and elsewhere, and from directed studies courses tailored to student interests. For detailed information about admission and course requirements, please see the website (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/ p rogra ms/algc. html). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 227 CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4553 Fax: 604-822-4244 Email: garnet.grosjean@ubc.ca Web: www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/ algc.html Garnet Grosjean, Coordinator AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS Degree Offered: M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSOR J. A. Vercammen. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR R. Barichello. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K. Baylis, T. Beatty, S. Gulati. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Food and Resource Economics (FRE) Group offers the Master of Science (M.Sc.) degree in Agricultural Economics through the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The coursework provides students with rigorous training in applied economics and quantitative methods. Students develop specialized research skills by working with faculty throughout UBC on important real-world issues. FRE faculty members have been involved with projects in a variety of countries throughout Asia and other parts of the world (e.g., Dr. Barichello has extensive experience with food security issues in Indonesia). Formal educational linkages exist that allow FRE graduate students to study and research abroad. FRE does not have its own Ph.D. program. However, FRE is working toward a joint Ph.D. program with the Department of Agricultural Economics at the University of Saskatchewan. Currently, students must apply, be accepted and will ultimately graduate with a doctorate issued by the U of S. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF SCIENCE The M.Sc. program can normally be completed in 18 to 20 months. After completing 18 credits of coursework, a thesis is written under the guidance of a UBC-wide committee that is chaired by a FRE faculty member. M.Sc. students generally elect the thesis option, but on occasion a non-thesis option is pursued. With the thesis option, students with an adequate undergraduate background in economic theory, mathematical economics and quantitative methods must complete AGEC 501, ECON 500, ECON 526, ECON 527 and two field courses, which may be at the senior undergraduate level. Students without an adequate background must take additional preparatory courses. The thesis normally involves identifying a research topic mutually agreed upon by the student and supervising faculty, undertaking an extensive review of the literature, developing the appropriate theoretical framework and then performing some form of empirical analysis. CONTACT INFORMATION Faculty of Land and Food Systems 270-2357 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4593 Fax: 604-822-4400 Email: gradapp@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.agsci.ubc.ca/grad/agec.htm Alina Yuhymets, Graduate Programs Manager ANATOMY AND CELL BIOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. Church, B. J. Crawford, J. T. Emerman, I. R. Nabi, C. C. G. Naus, W K. Ovalle, A. W Vogl, J. Weinberg. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS T. O'Connor, C. Roskelley, T. M. Underhill. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K. Haas, H. Moukhles, V Viau. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Division of Anatomy and Cell Biology offers opportunities and facilities for advanced studies in anatomy, cellular biology and neurobiology leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Members of the division undertake research programs in a wide range of basic and clinically relevant areas. Special research areas include cell and developmental biology, neurobiology, oncology, immunology, muscular dystrophy, muscle and membrane biophysics, and morphological aspects of cell structure and function at the light and electron microscopic levels. The division is well equipped and has the following: transmission electron microscopes, fluorescence and photo-microscopes, confocal microscope, video image analysis, freeze- fracturing equipment, ultramicrotomes, molecular biology facilities and equipment, tissue culture facilities, spectro-photo metric and radioisotope equipment, electrophysiological instrumentation, laser diffraction equipment and ultra centrifuges. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Admission requirements include: 1) A bachelor's degree with first class honours (or equivalent). These students may be granted direct admission to a doctoral degree program on recommendation of the program and approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, or 2) A bachelor's degree with one year of study in a master's program with 18 credits of first class average, of which normally 10 credits must be at the graduate level or above and at least 10 credits must be of first class standing, and clear evidence of research ability or potential. Students in the M.Sc. program may transfer into the Ph.D. program at the end of their first year provided they meet the transfer requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and the graduate program, or 3) A master's degree (or equivalent) with clear evidence of research ability or potential. MASTER OF SCIENCE Admission requirements include: 1) Honours in a field related to the proposed master's program with at least 12 credits of third- and fourth-year courses in the 'A-' grade range (at UBC, 80%) or higher in the field of study, or 2) A minimum overall average in the 'B+' range (at UBC, 76%) in third- and fourth-year courses prescribed by the program concerned as prerequisite to the master's program. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Cellular and Physiological Sciences 2146 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2494 Max: 604-822-6048 Email: alanj@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.anatomy.ubc.ca Alan Jay, Graduate Secretary ANCIENT CULTURE, RELIGION AND ETHNICITY Degree Offered: M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS A. A. Barrett, S. D. Sullivan, R. Todd, E. H. Williams. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. Arbel, P. C. Burns, R. Cousland, R. Menkis, P. G. Mosca, D. Neufeld. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS L. Bablitz, E. Cooper, D. Creese, R. Daum, E De Angelis, T. Hikade, C. Johnson, C. Marshall, M. Yazigi. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Ancient Culture, Religion and Ethnicity offers a course of instruction leading to the Master of Arts (M.A.). For detailed information about the program, please consult the program's website (edziza.arts.ubc.ca/cnrs/ display.asp?page=grad_programs). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. program requires 30 credits of coursework and two comprehensive examinations. Of the 30 credits, 24 must be numbered 500 or above (graduate courses) and must 228 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 include CNRS 500 (3), 501 (3), and 579 (3-credit graduating paper). The remaining 6 credits may, at the discretion of the program, be at the 300 or 400 level (undergraduate). Prerequisites for the M.A. program include a Bachelor of Arts in Classics (Greek and Latin), Classical Studies (non-language program), Near Eastern Studies, Religious Studies, or a related discipline. For details on the language prerequisites and requirements, see the program's website (edziza.arts.ubc.ca/cnrs/ display.asp?page=grad_programs). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies Buch. C260-1866 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-2515 Fax: 604-822-9431 Email: cnrs@interchange.ubc.ca Web: edziza.arts.ubc.ca/cnrs/ display.asp?page=grad_programs Christine Dawson, Graduate Secretary ANIMAL SCIENCE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS K. M. Cheng, D. G. Fraser, S. McKinley, R. Rajamahendran, J. R. Thompson, D. M. Shackleton, D. Weary, A. Farrell. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR S. E. Samuels. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR M. Von Keyserlingk. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Animal Science offers opportunities for advanced study and research leading to M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in the areas of physiology, nutrition, biochemistry, behaviour, welfare, generics, and management of livestock, poultry, aquaculture, and wildlife species. Graduate training in Animal Science normally involves a combination of courses in both basic and applied sciences, with research leading to a thesis. Students are expected to publish their research results in refereed journals. The program is enriched through collaboration with colleagues in other graduate programs such as Food Science, Human Nutrition, Obstetrics & Gynaecology and Zoology, and in agencies such as Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Canada Department of Fisheries and Ocean, Canadian Wildlife Service, the SPCA and various government agencies. Coursework selected in consultation with the student's supervisory committee includes graduate courses in animal science and from other areas relevant to each student's research. On-campus facilities include laboratories in the MacMillan Building. Off-campus research facilities available to students include: the UBC Dairy Education and Research Centre in Agassiz; shared research facilities at the Department of Fisheries and Oceans at West Vancouver; Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, the Agassiz Poultry Centre including unique poultry and quail stocks for biomedical and genetic research. Field research facilities for studies in range and wildlife productivity are also available. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Appropriate coursework will be selected in consultation with the student's supervisory committee. All students are required to take a comprehensive examination. The major requirement for the Ph.D. is completion of a research thesis demonstrating ability to conduct significant and original scientific research. MASTER OF SCIENCE Completion of the M.Sc. program requires a minimum of 18 credits of coursework plus 12 credits of thesis research. CONTACT INFORMATION Faculty of Land and Food Systems 270-2357 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4593 Fax: 604-822-4400 Email: gradapp@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.agsci.ubc.ca/grad/animal_sc.htm Alina Yuhymets, Graduate Programs Manager ANTHROPOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. Boddy, B. G. Miller, A. Shelton. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Barker, T. M. Blake, M. Creighton, D. L. Pokotylo. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS A. Bloch, M. Collard, G. Gordillo, Z. Jing, V Kamat, J. Kramer, W McKellin, C. Menzies, P. Moore, S. Rowley, E Wyndham. PROGRAM OVERVIEW UBC offers graduate study in the fields of socio- cultural anthropology (including political anthropology, medical anthropology, environmental anthropology, oral and aesthetic traditions, contemporary theory and applied anthropology), anthropological archaeology, physical anthropology, and museum studies. Area interests include North America, East Asia, Mesoamerica, South America, Oceania and Europe. The program provides training in quantitative, qualitative, archaeological and museum methods. Extensive research facilities are available in the Museum of Anthropology, and in the Laboratory of Archaeology. The UBC Library has excellent collections to support program interests, as well as a large collection of microform theses, and the Human Relations Area files. Athropology has a dedicated graduate computer lab with a wide range of software to support quantitative and qualitative research. Interdisciplinary contacts are encouraged, and links are maintained with departments and programs such as Asian Studies (which has major library collections), Linguistics, History, Comparative Literature, Geography and Sociology. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Applicants for the Ph.D. program must be in the final year or have completed an M.A. as well as a B.A. in Anthropology (for details, see the M.A. admission requirements below). The Ph.D. degree proceeds in two stages. A student first gains full standing as a doctoral candidate within the program by completing: (1) a 24 month residency, (2) 18 credits of coursework, (3) an acceptable research proposal, and (4) satisfactory performance in a comprehensive examination. Candidates then undertake a substantive independent research project normally based in large part on field research which forms the basis for their dissertation. Students are expected to attain their degrees within a maximum of six years. MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. is based upon a combination of coursework, research and a thesis. Most students attain their degree within two years of starting the program; it is possible for a well-organized person to complete degree requirements during the first 12 to 18 months of study. Compared to the Ph.D., the M.A. is a structured course of study. Students must successfully complete 30 credits: (1) Anthropology 500 (History of Anthropology, 6 credits); (2) an advanced methods course in ethnographic, archaeological or museum studies (3 credits); (3) coursework in a specific culture area or region (3 credits); (4) at least 12 credits of elective courses; and (5) after submitting an approved thesis proposal, a 6-credit thesis. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Anthopology and Sociology 6303 NW Marine Drive Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-5421 Fax: 604-822-6161 Email: ansograd@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.anso.ubc.ca Anna Jubilo, Graduate Secretary APPLIED ETHICS The field of applied ethics is not taught by a single department and there is no formal program leading to a degree in this area. However, the W Maurice Young Centre for Applied Ethics offers facilities and opportunities for graduate study in applied ethics through the academic departments of its faculty members. For more information, see the W. Maurice Young Centre for Applied Ethics, p. 80 in the chapter Research Units, Centres, and Institutes. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 229 APPLIED MATHEMATICS The field of applied mathematics is not taught by a single department and there is no formal program leading to a degree in this area. However, the Institute of Applied Mathematics offers facilities and opportunities for graduate study in applied mathematics through the academic departments of its faculty members. For more information, see the Institute of Applied Mathematics, p. 81 in the chapter Research Units, Centres, and Institutes. ARCHITECTURE Degrees Offered: M.Arch., M.A.S.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. J. Cole, P. Patkau, J. Wojtowicz. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. Brock, C. Macdonald, S. McKay, G. S. Wagner, D. Weiner. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Bass, M. Fujita, O. Lang, O. Neumann, I. Roecker. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School of Architecture offers graduate education in both professional and research degree programs: the Master of Architecture (M.Arch.) and the Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture (M.A.S.A.) respectively. While the School of Architecture does not at present have a Ph.D. program, it does support advanced Ph.D. study in architecture through the Ph.D. program in Interdisciplinary Studies, p. 257. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE The M.Arch. program is an accredited professional graduate program for those with an undergraduate degree who wish to pursue professional studies in architecture as a prerequisite to becoming a registered architect. While an undergraduate degree in a field related to architecture may be advantageous in reducing the length of the program, it is not a necessary prerequisite as the demonstration of interest and aptitude in the field occurs as a component of the application process of the program. The full program is 119 credits, requiring three and a half years of full-time study For detailed information, please see the School of Architecture, p. 112 section as well as the School of Architecture website (www.arch.ubc.ca). MASTER OF ADVANCED STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE The M.A.S.A. program is a post-professional graduate program primarily for those with a professional degree in architecture or a related field who wish to expand their knowledge in a particular branch of architectural studies. Major research thrusts within the M.A.S.A. program include environmental imperatives, history and cultural studies, advanced design research, urban design and community activism, advanced research in digital applications. It is a 30-credit program culminating in a thesis. The degree can be completed in 16 months with two terms of full-time residency required. The program is not accredited and therefore does not fulfil the educational requirements for architectural registration. For detailed information, please see the School of Architecture, p. 114 section as well as the School of Architecture website (www. arch. ubc. ca). CONTACT INFORMATION School of Architecture 402-6333 Memorial Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-2779 Fax: 604-822-3808 Email: soaadmit@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.arch.ubc.ca Trish Poehnell, Graduate Admissions Secretary ARCHIVAL STUDIES Degree Offered: M.A.S. MEMBERS PROFESSOR L. Duranri. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR T. Eastwood. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR H. MacNeil. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Master of Archival Studies (M.A.S.) program is a professional degree program, open to those holding a bachelor's degree considered suitable by the admissions committee and which meets the minimum admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Archival work is related to that of many other disciplines, including history, political science, business administration, and sociology. The program is unique in North America as the only separate graduate degree program in the field. Graduates obtain positions as archivists and records managers across Canada in businesses, government agencies, religious bodies, and institutions; some engage in freelance work. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARCHIVAL STUDIES The program comprises 48 credits including an optional thesis and an optional internship. Students must begin the program in September of a year and normally cannot complete it before April of the second year following. The full-time core of required courses occupies the first Winter Session. The internship, if taken, can be expected to occupy much of a summer. University, public, and other archives within easy reach provide models of archival practice. The application of archival theory is also demonstrated through field trips in courses. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Library, Archival and Information Studies TEF III, 301-6190 Agronomy Road Vancouver, BC. V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2404 Fax: 604-822-6006 Email: slaisad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.slais.ubc.ca Joe Kwan, Grad Admissions Secretary ARCHIVAL STUDIES AND LIBRARY INFORMATION SYSTEMS Degrees Offered: M.A.S./M.L.I.S. MEMBERS PROFESSORS L. Duranri, K. Haycock, E. Rasmussen. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. Curry, T. Eastwood, J. Saltman. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS M. Dowding, R. Hopkins, R. Kopak, H. MacNeil, J. Tennis. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Joint Degree Program is designed to allow students to earn both a Master of Archival Studies and a Master of Library and Information Studies within a reasonable period of time ifgenerally between three and five years). Students considering this option should carefully read the descriptions for each of the two individual degrees. Students who wish to complete the Joint Degree Program should indicate this as early as possible, preferably on their application submitted to the School prior to admission, or following admission by speaking to a faculty advisor. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARCHIVAL STUDIES WITH MASTER OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES The two master's degrees, M.A.S. and M.L.I.S., are awarded on the completion of 81 credits of work approved by the School plus required non-credit studies such as the practicum in the M.L.I.S. program. Students must complete the following: 1) the required courses in the M.L.I.S. program: LIBR 500, 510, 540, 560, 570, 590, and two 3-credit LIBR elective courses (21 credits); 2) the required courses in the M.A.S. program: ARST 510, 515, 516, 520, 530, 540, and 587 (21 credits); 3) either LIBR 500 or ARST 593B (3 credits); 4) 15 credits in the M.L.I.S. program; 5) 15 credits in the M.A.S. program; and 6) 6 additional credits in either program. Students in the two degrees should not take courses outside those offered in the M.A.S. and M.L.I.S. programs. Practicum: A required non-credit practicum provides direct library experience under actual 230 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 library operating conditions. In addition, some field experience in an archival repository is highly desirable for a student who has had limited prior contact with the work of the practising archivist. These two work experiences will be scheduled in consultation with the student's advisors. Thesis: A student with research interests may elect to write a thesis in one of the two fields, but not both. Consultation with the appropriate faculty advisor should begin before the student has completed one-half of the required courses. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Library, Archival and Information Studies TEF III, 301-6190 Agronomy Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2404 Fax: 604-822-6006 Email: slaisad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.slais.ubc.ca Joe Kwan, Grad Admissions Secretary ART EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. Irwin, G. Chalmers. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS K. Grauer, D. Krug. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate programs (M.Ed, and M.A.) in Art Education are part of the graduate offerings in the Department of Curriculum Studies. The research interests of faculty in Art Education are diverse. They encourage a wide spectrum of student inquiry: art curriculum, early childhood, teacher education, First Nations art and education, histories of art education, multiculturalism, museum and gallery education, perception and cognition, studio practices, technology and visual culture, theory/ practice relationships, and gender studies. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the program requires: 1) Normally, 18 credits of senior coursework or a professional concentration in the area of interest. 2) Normally, two years of teaching experience or other relevant professional experience. Degree Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500- level or above. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, normally 9 credits, is included. Part-time and full-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Degree Requirements: The program consists of a minimum of 30 credits, of which 24 must be courses numbered at the 500 level. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students select either a program consisting entirely of courses (for example, ten 3-credit courses) or 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating project (3 credits). Part-time and full-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Curriculum Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5367 Fax: 604-822-4714 Email: cust.grad@ubc.ca Web: www.cust.educ.ubc.ca Basia Zurek, Graduate Secretary ART HISTORY (CRITICAL AND CURATORIAL STUDIES) Degree Offered: M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS M. S. Cohodas, S. Guilbaut, K. Lum, J. O'Brian, R. Prince, S. Watson, R. Windsor-Liscombe. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M. P. Ryan, C. Town send-Gault. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS H. Tsao, W Wood. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory offers the Critical and Curatorial Studies graduate program, a stream leading to the Master of Arts (M.A.) in Art History (Critical Curatorial Studies). Critical and Curatorial Studies aims to address the growing need for curators and critics who have theoretical knowledge and practical experience in analyzing institutions, preparing displays and communicating about contemporary art. For information on additional graduate programs in the Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory, please see Fine Arts, p. 248. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Critical and Curatorial Studies is a stream within the Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory; students will receive a Master of Arts in Art History (Critical Curatorial Studies). The degree requires 30 credits of which 15 credits are in Critical and Curatorial Studies courses, plus a major paper worth 3 credits. A minimum of 6 credits must be selected from the graduate-level courses in the Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory with the ARTH course designation. Up to 6 elective credits may be graduate courses selected from outside of the program. Students wishing to apply for this concentration must specify Critical and Curatorial Studies in a written application to the Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory. Program Courses: • CCST 500: Seminar in Historical Frameworks for Critical Curatorial Studies (3 credits), • CCST 501: Seminar in Contemporary Contextual Issues for Critical and Curatorial Practice (3 credits) • CCST 502: Case Studies in Exhibitions and Institutions (3 credits) • CCST 503: Graduate Practicum (6 credits) • CCST 504: Major Paper (3 credits) CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory 403-6333 Memorial Road Vancouver, BC, V6R 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-5650 Fax: 604-822-9003 Email: ahvagrad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.finearts.ubc.ca TBA, Graduate Secretary ASIA PACIFIC POLICY STUDIES Degrees Offered: M.A.P.P.S., M.A.P.P.S./LL.B., M.A.P.P.S./M.B.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS T. Cheek, P. Evans, M. Nakamura, P. Potter, I. Vertinsky ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M. Kandlikar, A. Kusno, K. A. Park. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Dierkes, H. G. Lynn. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Institute of Asian Research's Master of Arts in Asia Pacific Policy Studies program provides advanced training in research and analysis on policy issues relevant to the Asia and Pacific regions, to graduate students preparing for positions in government departments, non-profit organizations, private sector enterprises, and as preparation for academic doctoral programs. The M.A.P.P.S. program is organized into five thematic streams that structure and guide students in their program element selections. The five thematic streams are: 1) Economic and Social Change 2) Security 3) Women and Development 4) Governance and Human Rights 5) Infrastructure Policy PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 231 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS IN ASIA PACIFIC POLICY STUDIES Applicants to the program must satisfy the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Applicants also must have a sufficient background in area studies and/or social sciences to permit advanced research and analysis of policy issues relevant to the Asia and Pacific regions and should include methodological training (esp. basic knowledge of statistical analysis). Preference will be given to applicants who have received formal training in one or more languages (other than English) of the Asia and Pacific region. Applicants must satisfy the English language admission standard set by the Faculty of Graduate Studies and the Institute of Asian Research (see TOEFL and GRE Requirements, p. 219). The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required but is highly recommended. Admission of the applicant is not complete until the application has been accepted and the course of study has been approved by the Institute of Asian Research and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. For more details on the admission process, see Admission for Master's Degrees, p. 218, or visit the Faculty of Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca). The program consists of three distinct elements: • Core courses (6 credits) • Elective courses (18 credits) • Master's thesis (12 credits) or practicum (12 credits) MASTER OF ARTS IN ASIA PACIFIC POLICY STUDIES WITH BACHELOR OF LAWS The M.A.P.P.S./LL.B. program allows students to obtain the degrees of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) and Master of Arts (Asia Pacific Policy Studies) (M.A.P.P.S.) through combined enrolment in the Faculty of Law and the Institute of Asian Research. Students wishing to pursue the combined LL.B./ M.A.P.P.S. degree program must be admitted separately by the Faculty of Law for the LL.B. and the Institute of Asian Research for the M.A.P.P.S. The graduate program advisor from the Institute of Asian Research serves as graduate program advisor for the combined degree program. For detailed information about admission and requirements for the M.A.P.P.S and LL.B., please see the Institute of Asian Research (www.iar.ubc.ca) and the Faculty of Law (www.law.ubc.ca) websites respectively MASTER OF ARTS IN ASIA PACIFIC POLICY STUDIES WITH MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION The M.A.P.P.S./M.B.A. degree program permits students to obtain the degrees of M.B.A. and M.A. in Asia Pacific Policy Studies (M.A.P.P.S.) through combined enrolment in the Sauder School of Business and the Institute of Asian Research. Interested applicants are required to apply directly to both the Sauder School of Business and the Institute of Asian Research indicating their desire to be considered for the combined M.A.P.P.S./M.B.A. program. Enrolment is limited to students who have demonstrated academic excellence. Students are required to complete 30 credits in Asia Pacific Policy Studies and 45 credits in the M.B.A. program. For detailed information about admission and requirements for the M.A.P.P.S. and M.B.A., please see the Institute of Asian Research (www.iar.ubc.ca) and Sauder School of Business (www.sauder.ubc.ca) websites respectively CONTACT INFORMATION Institute of Asian Research C.K. Choi Bldg., 251-1855 West Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-3801 Fax: 604-822-5207 Email: mapps@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.iar.ubc.ca/mapps Nilda Onate, MAPPS Graduate Secretary ASIAN STUDIES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS A. Aklujkar, M. Duke, P. Nosco, H. Oberoi, J. Schmidt, J. Mostow. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. Baker, K. Bryant, B. Fulton, T. Hellwig, N. Hui; R. King, S. Orbaugh, C. Swatek. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Chen, C. Laffin, D. D. Li, L. Preston, L. Shin. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The University of British Columbia's Asian Studies Department is the flagship Asian Studies department in Canada and is widely acknowledged as one of the very finest in North America. In many ways, UBC Asian Studies is a representative department within the Faculty of Arts. It has over 20 regular faculty, as well as an exceptionally well-qualified pool of instructors and sessional instructors. In other ways, the program is in a league all its own. It has grown since its inception, but this growth became explosive during the 1980s and 1990s, reflecting the demographic shifts of Greater Vancouver. Where most of its counterparts at leading universities might offer instruction in Chinese and Japanese, and perhaps Korean, UBC-Asian Studies adds Hindi, Urdu, Sanskrit, Punjabi and Indonesian to this list and it is hoping to offer a term of Tibetan. We have by far the largest, and, in terms of issues related to heritage language learning, most complex programs in Chinese and Japanese language in North America, with thousands of registrations between just these two. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The program in Asian Studies offers the Doctor of Philosophy, focusing on the fields of language, literature, and pre-modern history, linguistics, religion and thought and cultural studies. It also provides language training for those doing graduate work relating to China, Japan, and South Asia in other departments. Those interested in graduate studies relating to Asia in fields such as modern history, political science, economics, sociology, geography, anthropology, fine arts, etc., should apply to the departments concerned. Admission to the Ph.D. program in Asian Studies normally requires an M.A. in Asian Studies or its equivalent. Candidates for the Ph.D. must have, prior to admittance, an adequate command of Chinese, Japanese, Hindi/ Urdu, Punjabi, Sanskrit, Korean or Indonesian. In the case of Chinese, this will normally mean a competent reading knowledge of both modern and classical forms of the language. MASTER OF ARTS Admission to the M.A. program in Asian Studies normally requires a Bachelor of Arts with first class standing in Chinese, Japanese, Korean or South Asian languages. This implies a minimum of four years of language study aWt'iot to undertaking the M.A. The program is prepared to accept a limited number of students who are otherwise well-qualified and show linguistic aptitude but have less than this amount of preparation in language. Such students will be required to spend one or two extra years in their M.A. program making up this deficiency CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Asian Studies 403-1871 West Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-5728 Fax: 604-822-8937 Email: asiagrad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.asia.ubc.ca Jasmina Miodragovic, Graduate Secretary ASTRONOMY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS M. Halpern, P. Hickson, W. McCutcheon, H. B. Richer. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS B. Gladman, J. Matthews, D. Scott. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. S. Heyl, L. Van Waerbeke, I. Stairs. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Physics and Astronomy is a broadly based department with a wide range of research interests that cover most of the key topics in contemporary physics and astronomy. These activities are supported by several 232 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 computing and experimental facilities within the Department, and excellent electronics and machine shops. UBC research in astronomy and astrophysics covers most areas of current interest in this broad field, including a wide range of theoretical and observational studies in astronomy, and also experimental and theoretical studies in cosmology. Research at optical wavelengths includes photometric studies of stellar populations, particularly globular clusters, studies of distant galaxies and active galactic nuclei, and time-resolved spectroscopy of variable stars and active binary star systems. Studies at microwave frequencies include research on variable radio sources, the early stages of star formation, relativistic jets, and balloon-borne measurements of the cosmic microwave background radiation. A variety of theoretical work complements this research, with topics that range from the structure and dynamics of hot and cool stellar atmospheres to theoretical studies of structure formation in the early universe. Development of astronomical instrumentation is also supported. These and many other possibilities are available through UBC researchers' involvement in facilities such as the Dominion Astrophysical Observatory (near Victoria), the Canada-France-Hawaii telescope and the James Clerk Maxwell mm-wave telescope on Mauna Kea, the MOST Telescope, the Hubble Space Telescope, the Very Large Array in New Mexico and the Very Long Baseline Array. Faculty are also involved in upcoming projects such as the Gemini telescopes in Chile and Hawaii, a new six-metre liquid mirror telescope developed at UBC, and a number of future space missions. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Department of Physics and Astronomy offers Ph.D. programs in Astronomy. Students can be admitted to the Ph.D. program after obtaining a Master of Science. A minimum of 12 credits in graduate-level courses in any Science or Applied Science departments are required for the Ph.D., with details of the course load determined in consultation with the thesis advisor and supervisory committee but must conform to the Department's quantum mechanics requirements. Alternatively, well- qualified students admitted to the M.Sc. program may transfer to the Ph.D. program after a year's residence at UBC if they have at least 18 credits in M.Sc. coursework with an overall average of at least 85%, clear evidence of research ability, and approval of the thesis supervisor. Direct transfer students require a further 12 credits in graduate-level coursework in any Science or Applied Science departments for the Ph.D. MASTER OF SCIENCE Master of Science programs are offered in Astronomy. The prerequisite for the program is a B.Sc. in Physics, Mathematics or Astronomy (single or combined). An overall average of 'A-' or better in third- and fourth-year courses is expected for entry into the program. The M.Sc. program requires a minimum of 30 credits with the thesis counting for 12 credits. The remaining 18 credits must include at least 12 credits in relevant graduate courses in the Faculties of Science or Applied Science and may include up to a maximum of 6 300- or 400-level credits in undergraduate courses. All Astronomy M.Sc. students are required to satisfy the program's quantum physics course requirements and the Astronomy Journal Club requirement. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Physics and Astronomy 6224 Agricultural Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-4245 Fax: 604-822-5324 Email: gradsec@physics.ubc.ca Web: www.physics.ubc.ca Tony Walters, Graduate Coordinator ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS N. Balmforth, A. Black, W Hsieh, I. McKendry, T. Oke, D. Steyn, R. Stull. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS ^ S. Allen, P. Austin, M. Novak, R. Pawlowicz. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS A. Bertram, L. Pandolfo, A. Ridgwell. PROGRAM OVERVIEW J Programs leading to the M.Sc. and Ph.D. are offered by the Atmospheric Science program under joint sponsorship of the Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences and the Department of Geography. Biometeorology students in Soil Science also have the option to work toward the Atmospheric Science graduate degrees. Areas of graduate research are: • Boundary layer and micrometeorology, including turbulence and urban > meteorology; • Weather, including mesoscale meteorology, numerical weather prediction and weather disasters; • Air pollution and atmospheric chemistry; • Climate, including climatology, climate variability and prediction, earth system modelling, climate change, remote sensing of clouds; • Ocean-atmosphere interactions; • Biometeorology, including agricultural and forest meteorology; and • Geophysical fluid dynamics. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. consists of either EOSC 571 or GEOG 500, independent study, a spring review at the end of the first year, a comprehensive examination (oral and written components) during the second year, and research leading to a written dissertation that is defended in an oral final examination. MASTER OF SCIENCE The M.Sc. program consists of 12 credits of thesis with an oral thesis defence, and 18 credits of coursework, or 30 credits of course- work and an essay CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences 6339 Stores Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2713 Fax:604-822-6088 Email: aallen@eos.ubc.ca Web: www.eos.ubc.ca Alex Allen, Graduate Secretary AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. R. Johnston, D. R. Stapells. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR B. M. Bernhardt. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS C. E. Johnson, S. Marinova-Todd, N. Shahnaz, J. A. Small. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences endeavours to advance knowledge of human communication and its disorders by actively engaging in research, and by educating individuals to become audiologists, speech-language pathologists, and researchers. In its teaching and research programs, the School emphasizes both the importance of basic science to the understanding of communication disorders and the relevance of clinical data to theories of human communication. The School's Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy programs are designed to insure that graduates are grounded in the basic and applied sciences, can address complex communication problems within an interdisciplinary framework, and understand the relevance of theory in research as well as practical endeavours. The School's Master of Science graduates meet the requirements for professional practice in audiology or speech-language pathology in Canada. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences offers a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy with specialization in one of the following areas: neuro linguistics/linguistic aphasiology, developmental phonetics and phonology, language acquisition, developmental language disorders, discourse analysis, phonological and phonetic disorders, speech understanding in the elderly, electrophysiologic PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 233 and otoacousric emissions diagnosis, and hearing science. A brochure giving details of this program is available from the School's office. MASTER OF SCIENCE The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences offers a post-graduate program leading to the Master of Science. This program is primarily designed to provide the scientific and clinical education necessary for the professions of audiology and speech-language pathology These professional fields require a thorough understanding of human communication and its disorders. The Master of Science program thus builds upon background studies in linguistics, psychology, acoustics, physiology and other related disciplines, and incorporates both basic and applied science. After completing basic level courses, students pursue advanced work in a professional specialty, i.e. either audiology or speech-language pathology. Supervised clinical externships are provided in hospitals, schools, rehabilitation centres, and other service settings throughout British Columbia. Graduates of the clinical education program will have completed the academic and practical requirements for professional certification. This program will usually require 24 to 36 months to complete, depending upon the student's academic preparation. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Audiology and Speech Sciences James Mather Bldg., 5804 Fairview Avenue Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-5591 Fax: 604-822-6569 Email: inquiry@audiospeech.ubc.ca Web: www.audiospeech.ubc.ca Sue Bryant, Program Assistant BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS G. Brayer, D. Bromme, R. Brownsey, P. Cullis, S. Dedhar, D. Devine, B. B. Finlay, P. Hieter, V Ling, R. MacGillivray, G. Mackie, G. Mauk, L. Mcintosh, R. Molday, C. Overall, C. Proud, M. Roberge, I. Sadowski, S. Withers. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS F Duong, L. Eltis, N. Strynadka. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS E. Conibear, L. Foster, L. Howe, A. Mui, M. Murphy, M. Numata. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Facilities are available for original investigations in many fields of biochemistry and molecular biology. Possible areas of research include: control of gene expression in eucary- otes and bacteria; structure and function of genes; systems biology; blood proteins; the mechanism of the action of insulin; membrane and membrane protein structure and function; protein trafficking; cell-surface receptors, signal transduction, and cell-growth control; neural and retinal photoreceptor membranes; lipid- based targeted delivery systems; macromolecular crystallography and X-ray diffraction techniques for the characterization of enzymes and protein complexes; metalloprotein structure and function; mechanisms of enzyme activity; mechanism of hemoprotein electron transfer; structural analysis of proteins by nuclear magnetic resonance; mechanisms of multi-drug resistance; and cancer. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students must hold an honours bachelor's degree in Biochemistry with high standing or a master's degree in Biochemistry, or the equivalent, and are required to complete courses in biochemistry and related fields in accordance with the recommendations of the program and the candidate's committee. MASTER OF SCIENCE Students with a degree in Biochemistry or in I related disciplines can be accepted providing they have graduated with high standing from university programs giving a strong background in science. The M.Sc. program includes a thesis (12 credits) and courses approved by the program in Biochemistry and related fields (18 credits). Biochemistry 303 and 301, or the equivalent, are prerequisites to all graduate courses in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biolgoy 2350 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-5925 Fax: 604-822-5227 Email: biocgrad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.biochem.ubc.ca Hiltrud M. Vogler, Graduate Secretary BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING The field of biomedical engineering is not taught by a single department and there is no formal program leading to a degree in this area. Research in biomedical engineering is carried out in the fields of Chemical and Biological Engineering, p. 235, Electrical and Computer Engineering, p. 245, Mechanical Engineering, p. 263, Physics, p. 272 and Astronomy, p. 232 in association with the Faculty of Medicine and the affiliated teaching hospitals. BIOTECHNOLOGY The field of biotechnology is not taught by a single department and there is no formal program leading to a degree in this area. However, the Michael Smith Laboratories offer facilities and opportunities for graduate study in biotechnology through the academic departments of its faculty members. For more information, see Michael Smith Laboratories, p. 85 in the chapter Research Units, Centres, and Institutes. BOTANY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. E. DeWreede, C. J. Douglas, E R. Ganders, A. J. Griffiths, G. W Haughn, W Maddison, C. Suttle, R. A. Turkington, G. Wasteneys. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M. Berbee, J. Bohlmann, G. E. Bradfield, P. G. Harrison, P. Keeling, L. Kunst, L. A. E Oliveira. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K.Adams, J.-G. Chen, N. M. Fast, S. Graham, R. Jetter, B. S. Leander, X. Li, A. L. Samuels, P. Tortell, M. Vellend, J. Whitton. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Research in Botany extends from genomics, molecular generics, biochemistry and physiology of plants and eukaryoric microorganisms (e.g., fungi and protists) through their cytology and development to systematics, ecology and phy to geography. Such a broad spectrum of activities provides for dynamic interactions between subdisciplines. In addition, opportunisms for interdisciplinary research projects exist with colleagues in other departments and units on campus, such as Forest Science, Botanical Garden/Centre for Plant Research, Zoology, Chemistry, Microbiology, Physics, the Michael Smith Laboratories, and the Centre for Biodiversity Research. Several of our faculty apply their strengths in the basic sciences to problems relevant to forestry, agriculture, marine biology, and medicine. The broad areas of research possible within the program are cell biology and biochemistry; genomics and generics, plant molecular biology; plant and algal physiology; terrestrial and marine ecology; biosystemarics and evolution; development and ultra structure; protistology; and mycology Faculty members supervise students in projects funded by NSERC, CIHR, Genome Canada, and other agencies. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students who are admitted to the Master of Science program may, subject to the regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, be granted permission to transfer to a Ph.D. program provided a first class performance has been obtained in coursework and there is clear evidence of research prowess. Exceptional students may be admitted straight to the Ph.D. program from the bachelor's level. Students with a Master of Science apply directly for the Ph.D. program. Although there are few formal course requirements, courses are selected in accordance with the recommendation of the graduate program and the candidate's Ph.D. committee. 234 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MASTER OF SCIENCE The Master of Science program requires a minimum of 30 credits with the thesis counting for 12 credits. Courses may be selected from Botany and a wide range of related programs on campus, in consultation with the research supervisor and the student's committee. A non- thesis M.Sc. option is also available. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Botany 3529-6270 University Boulevard Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2134 Fax: 604-822-6089 Email: admiss@mail.botany.ubc.ca Web: www.botany.ubc.ca Lebby Balakshin, Head Secretary BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc.B. MEMBERS PROFESSORS D. R. Atkins, B. Bemmels, I. Benbasat, J. Berechman, A. E. Boardman, J. A. Brander, G. A. Feltham, M. Frank, R. M. Giammarino, D. Gillen, D. Granot, E Granot, D. Griffin, S. W Hamilton, K. Head, R. L. Heinkel, R. Helsley, A. Kraus, M. D. Levi, S. T. McCormick, D. E Muzyka, M. Nakamura, P. N. Nemetz, T. H. Oum, M. L. Puterman, M. Queyranne, J. C. Ries, S. Robinson, T. W Ross, D. A. Simunic, B. Spencer, J. A. Vercammen, I. Vertinsky, Y. Wand, D. Wehrung, C. B. Weinberg, R. Winter, A. Zhan. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS W Antweiler, J. Begley, J. Berkowitz, S. Chamberlain, G. Chow, D. Dahl, P. R. Darke, R. G. Donaldson, R. C. Goldstein, A T. Hellmann, T. Knight, N. Langton, K. Li, M. Schulz, D. Skarlicki, C. T. Somerville, T. Wang, C. Woo. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS i H. Bhamra, M. D. Carlson, H. Cavusoglu, R. Cenfetelli, X. Chen, Q. Cheng, P. Chwelos, E. Cope, S. Dasgupta, J.-E. de Bettignies, T. Dhar, A. Fisher, M. Kacperczyk, H. Krishnan, C. Kullmann, A. Lazrak, K. Lo, S. Maitlis, M. Nagarajan, H. Ortiz-Molina, M.-D. Seidel, J.- Y. Son, D. van Jaarsveld, K. Vohs, Y. Yanadori. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Sauder School of Business is considered be the top research business school in Canada and one of the top schools in North America. It offers courses of instruction leading to both the Master of Science in Business Administration (M.ScB.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). The areas of study for the Ph.D. program include the fields of accounting, finance, management information systems, management science, marketing, organizational behaviour and human resources, policy analysis and strategy, and urban land economics. In addition, a student may pursue a cross-field program within the Sauder School of Business in such areas as transportation and logistics or international business. The areas of study for the M.Sc.B. program include finance, management information systems, management science and transportation and logistics. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The objectives of the Ph.D. program in Business Administration are to prepare appropriately qualified individuals for careers in academic research and teaching and for research positions in business and government. Since each student enters the program with a unique academic background and pursues a course of study which reflects the student's own special interests, it is possible to give only very approximate estimates of the time which may be necessary to complete the major phases of the program. However, doctoral work beyond the master's degree in business administration or its equivalent ordinarily involves about two years of formal coursework. The thesis research normally requires about two years of additional work. Students with limited financial resources should not be discouraged from applying for admission to the Ph.D. programs, since all students who are admitted, but who have not obtained financial assistance from an external source, will normally receive financial support for the first four years in the program. MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION The Master of Science in Business Administration (M.Sc.B.) is intended primarily for graduate students who plan to pursue, at a later stage, a Ph.D. program in business administration. The program normally requires two years of study. It is designed by an advisor and a committee so as to best prepare the student for advanced study and research in the chosen area of specialization. For information on Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) or Master of Management (M.M.) programs, please see the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration (Sauder School of Business), p. 170 in the Calendar or visit the program websites for the M.B.A. (www.sauder.ubc.ca/mba) and M.M. (www. sauder. ubc. ca/mm) CONTACT INFORMATION Sauder School of Business 2053 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-8366 Fax: 604-822-8755 Email: elaine.cho@sauder.ubc.ca Web: www.sauder.ubc.ca Elaine Cho, Ph.D. and M.Sc. Programs Administrator CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A.Sc, M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS B. D. Bowen, S. J. B. Duff, P. Englezos, J. R. Grace, S. G. Hatzikiriakos, R. J. Kerekes, C. J. Lim, J. M. Piret, K. J. Smith. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS S. A. Baldwin, C. P. J. Bennington, J. Feng, C. A. Haynes, E. Kwok, A. Lau, R. J. Petrell, M. D. Martinez, X. Bi. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS N. Ellis, E. Gyenge, M. Mohseni, E Taghipour. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Chemical and Biological Engineering offers graduate programs leading to research degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.) and Master of Science (M.Sc). Thesis topics are available in the fields of faculty research. Joint research is carried out at the master's and doctoral levels with the Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada (Paprican) and with Michael Smith Laboratories, p. 85 in areas of common interest. Graduates from other branches of engineering or from science may also be accepted, but may be required to successfully complete selected undergraduate courses in chemical and biological engineering before receiving a degree. A list of undergraduate course requirements may be obtained from the Department of Chemical and Biological Engineering. A list of faculty members and their research interests is available from the Department. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy is for superior students who wish to acquire the knowledge, techniques and skills required for advanced research. The program is based on a thesis and selected courses suitable to the student's research interests. The program must also include the seminar course (CHBE 598). MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE The Master of Applied Science requires a thesis (12 credits) and advanced coursework (18 credits). Normally, the required 18 credits will consist of 12 credits chosen from graduate courses in Chemical and Biological Engineering and 6 credits of relevant courses outside the program. The program must also include CHBE 598. Part-time students may enrol in the Master of Applied Science program. MASTER OF SCIENCE The Master of Science is offered for qualified graduates from the Faculties of Agricultural Sciences, Forestry and Science. The program requires a thesis (12 credits) and 18 credits of advanced coursework, of which 12 credits must be selected from courses in Chemical and Biological Engineering. The program must also PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 235 include CHBE 598. Part-time students may enrol in the Master of Science program. For information about the professional Master of Engineering (M.Eng.) program, please see the Faculty of Applied Science, p. 107 or visit the program website (www.chml.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Chemical and Biological Engineering 306-2216 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-3457 Fax: 604-822-6003 Email: gradsec@chml.ubc.ca Web: www.chml.ubc.ca Helsa Leong, Graduate Secretary CHEMISTRY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. Andersen, M. Blades, D. Brooks, E. E. Burnell, L. D. Burtnick, M. Ciufolini, M. Comisarow, D. H. Dolphin, D. Douglas, M. D. Fryzuk, C. Fyfe, E. Grant, J. Hepburn, P. Legzdins, L. Mcintosh, T. Momose, C. Orvig, G. N. Patey, G. Sawatzky, M. Shapiro, J. Sherman, M. Tanner, S. G. Withers. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Barth, G. S. Bates, D. Bizzotto, D. Chen, K. Orians, R. Signorell, M. Thachuk, M. Wolf. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS A. K. Bertram, K. Chou, G. Dake, D. Gates, R. Jetter, J. Kast, P. Kennepohl, H. Li, J. Love, A. MacFarlane, M. MacLachlan, P. Mehrkhodavandi, D. Perrin, L. Schafer, S. Straus, Y. A. Wang. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Chemistry offers a wide variety of research programs leading to degrees of M.Sc. and Ph.D. across the full breadth of chemistry including inorganic, organic, analytical, biological, physical, theoretical, nuclear, environmental and materials chemistry. These programs are supported by an extensive in-house service infrastructure, the TRIUMF cyclotron and radioactive beams facilty (ISAC), as well as support personnel and cutting-edge research equipment. Research facilities are available for accommodation of over 300 graduate students, postdoctoral fellows and academic staff. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Applicants are required to hold a Master of Science or equivalent in chemistry, biochemistry, physics or related fields or a Bachelor of Science with an 'A average in an honours or combined honours chemistry program or equivalent. Students in the Master of Science program may transfer into the Ph.D. program at the end of their first year provided they meet the transfer requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and the graduate program. Coursework in the Ph.D. program is assigned in accordance with the recommendation of the graduate program and the student's Ph.D. committee. MASTER OF SCIENCE Applicants are required to hold an honours degree in chemistry or biochemistry or physics, or combined honours in chemistry and physics, chemistry and mathematics, chemistry and biochemistry, chemistry and oceanography, or chemistry and biology; or a bachelor's degree in chemical engineering with at least Second class standing; or a single Major in chemistry with at least Second class standing; or the equivalent to any of the above is prerequisite. The program requires a thesis and 18 credits in graduate or advanced courses in chemistry and/ or related subjects. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Chemistry 2036 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-6102 Fax: 604-822-2847 Email: secgrad@chem.ubcca Web: www.chem.ubc.ca Janis Hanen, Graduate Secretary CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Degree Offered: M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. Jobe. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M. Asselin, A. Curry, J. Flick, J. K. Kealy, T. Rogers, J. Saltman. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies, with the participation of the Departments of English, Language and Literacy Education, and Theatre, Film and Creative Writing, offers a multi-disciplinary Master of Arts program in Children's Literature. The program provides specialized education for graduate students in the study of children's literature using a multi-disciplinary approach. The program is designed to provide each student with the opportunity to study the creative writing and publishing of this literature, examine models of sharing its rich heritage with the young, and also facilitate the literary, social, historic, and psychological analyses of children's literature as literature. This multi-disciplinary approach will expose students to many schools of literary criticism, educational theory, and professional and creative practice. It will acquaint students with the broad literary canon of children's literature across a spectrum of languages and cultures and with a variety of critical perspectives and professional application. An undergraduate student considering working in the field of children's literature should consult the School about useful preparatory classes. An interview may be arranged at any time. A broad cultural background is expected of M.A. applicants. The prospective student should select courses which will give some acquaintance with the humanities and social sciences during their undergraduate studies. Particular attention should be paid in undergraduate or graduate studies to courses in children's literature, English, writing for children, child psychology, and the history of childhood. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS The Master of Arts in Children's Literature is awarded on the completion of 30 credits of work, including 24 credits of coursework and a 6-credit thesis. The coursework will be selected in consultation with the supervisory committee to support the multi-disciplinary nature of the program. Six credits of coursework may be taken at the 300 or 400 level; the remainder must be at the 500 level and above. Of the 24 credits of coursework, 3 credits are required from each of the following categories, including at least 6 credits at the 500 level: • Historical Overview: LLED 441, ENGL " 468, LIBR 522A, LIBR 522B • Contemporary Children's/Young Adult Literature: LLED 442, LLED 449, LIBR 522A, LIBR 522B, LIBR 524, LLED 540, LLED 541 • Research Methodology: EDUC 500, LIBR 590 The remaining 15 credits of courses may be chosen from the wide range of offerings available in the Departments of English, French, Language and Literacy Education, Theatre, Film and Creative Writing, and the School of Library, Archival, and Information Studies; from relevant courses, not specific to children's literature, offered elsewhere at UBC; and from approved courses offered by other institutions. A maximum of 12 credits earned no more than five years prior to entry into the program may be transferred from another institution or another program at UBC. Transfer credit will not be accepted for a course that has been applied to another degree. The degree may be taken on a full-time or part-time basis. Students may begin the program in either term of Winter or Summer Session. The application dates are: • for September admission: Februay 1 • for January admission: May 1 • for May admission: September 15 Thesis: The supervisory committee will advise on, monitor, and evaluate the 6-credit thesis. 236 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 CONTACT INFORMATION School of Library, Archival and Information Studies TEF III, 301-6190 Agronomy Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2404 Fax: 604-822-6006 Email: slaisad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.slais.ubc.ca/programs/macl.htm Joe Kwan, Grad Admissions Secretary CIVIL ENGINEERING Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS P. E. Adebar, N. Banthia, S. Chieng, R. J. Fannin, E. R. Hall, K. J. E Hall, M. Isaacson, G. A. Lawrence, K. V. Lo, D. S. Mavinic, S. Mindess, A. D. Russell, S. E Stiemer, T. A. Sayed, R. Vaziri, C. E. Ventura. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. W Atwater, T. M. Froese, J. A. Howie, B. J. Lence, L. Li, R. G. Millar, H. G. L. Prion, D. A. Shuttle, D. Wijewickreme. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS P. Berube, K. Elwood, T. Haukaas, J. Jenkins, B. Laval, S. Staub-French. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Civil Engineering offers two graduate degree programs under the Faculty of Graduate Studies: Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc), and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). In each of these programs, students may select one of the following areas of specialization: • civil engineering materials • environmental engineering (environmental fluid mechanics, geo-environmental engineering, pollution control and waste management, agricultural waste management) • geotechnical engineering • hydrotechnical engineering i • project and construction management • structural and earthquake engineering • transportation engineering Persons interested in taking advanced graduate courses, but who do not wish to undertake a full graduate degree program, may apply on an unclassified (i.e., non-degree) basis through Enrolment Services. Permission of the instructor is required before an unclassified student can register in a course. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY This research degree is offered in each of the areas of specialization listed above. The Ph.D. program is based on individual objectives with close supervision and consultation with a faculty advisor. The minimum number of course credits required beyond the bachelor's degree is 36; however, students generally need about one full year of coursework beyond a master's degree. A doctoral dissertation, including coursework, normally takes three to five years. MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE This degree requires a minimum of 30 credits made up of at least 18 credits of coursework in addition to the research necessary for a master's thesis. At least 12 credits in graduate courses in civil engineering subjects are required. Full-time students can complete the coursework requirements for the M.A.Sc. in two terms (Term 1: September to December; Term 2: January to April). Students in the M.A.Sc. program spend full time on directed research following completion of their coursework requirements. It usually takes 16 to 24 months of full-time study to complete the coursework and thesis requirements of the M.A.Sc. program. Professional Partnership Program: Students may complete all or part of the work for their graduate degrees in a joint industry-university partnership program. Students spend part of their time working for industry or government and the rest at University, with joint supervision from faculty members and industry representatives. Details may be obtained from the department office. Part-Time Students: Students may complete the Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.) program on a part-time basis; however, part-time students may spread their program over not more than five years. For information about the professional Master of Engineering (M.Eng.) program, please see the Faculty of Applied Science, p. 107 or visit the program website (www.civil.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Civil Engineering 6250 Applied Science Lane Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2637 Fax: 604-822-6901 Email: gradsec@civil.ubc.ca Web: www.civil.ubc.ca Christine Adams, Graduate Secretary CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY Degree Offered: M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS A. A. Barrett, S. D. Sullivan, R. Todd, E. H. Williams. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. Arbel, P. C. Burns, R. Cousland, R. Menkis, P. G. Mosca, D. Neufeld. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS L. Bablitz, E. Cooper, D. Creese, R. Daum, F De Angelis, T. Hikade, C. Johnson, C. Marshall, M. Yazigi. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology offers a course of instruction leading to the Master of Arts (M.A.). For detailed information about the program, please consult the program's website (www.cnrs.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. program requires a minimum of 30 credits of coursework and two comprehensive examinations. Of the 30 credits, 24 must be numbered 500 or above (graduate courses), while the remaining 6 may, at the discretion of the program, be at the 300 or 400 level (undergraduate). Students are also required to have completed a course in archaeological field training with high standing. Prerequisites for the M.A. program include a Bachelor of Arts in Classics (Greek and Latin), Classical Studies (non-language program), Near Eastern Studies, Religious Studies, or a related discipline. For details on the language prerequisites and requirements, see the program's website (edziza.arts.ubcca/cnrs/display.asp?page= programs). CONTACT INFORMATION Classical, Near Eastern & Religious Studies Buch. C260-18 66 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-2515 Fax:604-822-9431 Email: cnrs©interchange.ubc.ca Web: edziza.arts.ubc.ca/cnrs/ display.asp?page=programs Christine Dawson, Graduate Secretary CLASSICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS A. A. Barrett, S. D. Sullivan, R. Todd, E. H. Williams. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. Arbel, P. C. Burns, R. Cousland, R. Menkis, P. G. Mosca, D. Neufeld. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS L. Bablitz, E. Cooper, D. Creese, R. Daum, E De Angelis, T. Hikade, C. Johnson, C. Marshall, M. Yazigi. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Classics graduate program offers courses of instruction leading to both the Master of Arts (M.A.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). The M.A. in Classics is taken by concentrating on one of three fields: (1) Latin and Greek; (2) Latin; (3) Greek. The Ph.D. in Classics offers a core program in Latin and Greek language and literature, and also less language-intensive options in Classical Archaeology and Ancient History. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 237 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program consists of coursework, preliminary examinations, and research leading to a dissertation that is defended in an oral final examination. Prerequisites for the Ph.D. include either (1) an M.A. in Classics or equivalent, or (2) in exceptional cases, an honours B.A. with first class standing and clear demonstration of advanced research ability. For details on the prerequisites and the Graduate Regulations (including language prerequisites and requirements), see the program's website (edziza.arts.ubc.ca/cnrs/ display.asp?page=programs). MASTER OF ARTS There are two options for the Master of Arts: 1) Non-thesis Option. The degree will normally be attained by 30 credits of coursework in Latin and Greek, reading examination(s), and a major essay. Of the 30 credits, 24 must be numbered 500 or above (graduate courses), while the remaining 6 may, at the discretion of the program, be at the undergraduate level. 2) Thesis Option. In exceptional cases students who have completed 24 credits of Latin and/or Greek at the 400 level before entering the program will be allowed to attain the degree by coursework and thesis. Under this option the thesis counts for 12 credits. The remaining 18 credits must be in Latin and Greek courses numbered 500 or above. Prerequisites for the M.A. program include a Bachelor of Arts in Classics or equivalent. For details on the language prerequisites and requirements, see the program's website (edziza. arts. ubc. ca/cnrs/display.asp?page= programs). CONTACT INFORMATION Classical, Near Eastern & Religious Studies Buch. C260-1866 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-2515 Fax: 604-822-9431 Email: cnrs@interchange.ubcca Web: edziza.arts.ubcca/cnrs/display.asp?page= programs Christine Dawson, Graduate Secretary COMPARATIVE LITERATURE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. X. Cooper, M. S. Duke, E. Durbach, M. Fee, A. V. Globe, G. Good, D. J. Gregory, S. E. Grace, E.-M. Kroller, J. O'Brian, G. J. Pratt, V A. Raoul, R. Sarkonak, M. L. Weir. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS V. D. Arbel, D. Boccassini, P. C. Burns, R. A. Cavell, R. E De Grandis, N. S. N. Godfrey, N. Frelick, C. M. S. Hellwig, A. Lamontagne, T. M. Kemple, B. S. Mcllroy, J. S. Mostow, D. Neufeld, P. Petro, T. Salumets, A. Smith, S. Taubeneck, C. Testa, M. Vessey, G. H. Winthrop-Young. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS G. Onyeoziri-Miller, W G. Winder. PROGRAM OVERVIEW While retaining a primary focus in the study of literary texts, the Program in Comparative Literature attempts to bridge the gaps which have arisen as a result of the institutional compartmentalization of knowledge, and thus to arrive at a more productive understanding of literature in global contexts. Through courses in the history of literary theory and in current developments in this rapidly expanding field, the program seeks to provide a foundation for the study of interrelationships among discourse systems in the humanities and social sciences. Students select from a range of courses in Comparative Literature, in the national literatures studied in their original languages, and in other related disciplines in order to develop a coherent program of individual study which j will have its own logic and lead to interdisciplinary work of a high order. Comparative Literature studies at the University of British Columbia may be grouped under four major headings. (Note that in each case texts in at least two different languages must be involved.) • Comparisons across linguistic and cultural groups • Comparisons among the Arts • Comparisons across discourse systems • Comparisons involving Western poetics and literary theory For detailed information about the program and its requirements, please see the Comparative Literature website (compht.arts.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. represents the culmination of training in the discipline of Comparative Literature. Applicants must have fluency in three different languages including English and knowledge of literary texts studied in the three original languages. Normally an M.A. degree with First class standing is the prerequisite for admission. Applicants from certain countries outside North America, Great Britain, and Europe may be required to enrol in the M.A. program even if they already possess an M.A. degree. Students with a high 'A standing and fluency in three languages who have passed the Qualifying Examination have the option of transferring into the Ph.D. program after one year of master's study. The languages studied must be available (taught) at the graduate level at UBC. For detailed information, please consult the program's website (complit.arts.ubc.ca). MASTER OF ARTS Applicants to the M.A. in Comparative Literature at UBC must have academic training in the literature of three languages (English may be chosen) and have studied in the original three languages during their final two years as undergraduates. Language competence will be established by obtaining at least a high second class grade in a fourth-year course (6 credits) in that language. Senior courses with a literary or theoretical focus will be accepted for entrance into Comparative Literature, but senior level courses in composition, reading knowledge, the translation of technical documents, and the like, will not be accepted. The languages studied must be available (taught) at the graduate level at UBC. For detailed information, please consult the program's website (compht.arts.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Program in Comparative Literature Buch. C25 8-18 66 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-5157 Fax:604-822-9431 Email: complit@interchange.ubc.ca Web: complit.arts.ubc.ca Christine Dawson, Graduate Secretary COMPUTER SCIENCE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS B. Aiello, U. M. Ascher, K. S. Booth, A. Condon, J. Friedman, G. Kiczales, D. G. Kirkpatrick, L. Lakshmanan, J. J. Little, D. Lowe, A. K. Mackworth, D. Poole, R. S. Rosenberg, R. J. Woodham. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M. J. Feeley, M. Greenstreet, A. Hu, N. Hutchinson, G. C. Murphy, R. T. Ng, D. Pai, M. Van de Panne, S. T. Vuong, A. Wagner. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R. Bridson, C. Conati, N. de Freitas, K. De Voider, W Evans, G. Carenini, M. P. Friedlander, C. Greif, W Heidrich, H. Hoos, C. Krasic, K. Leyton-Brown, K. MacLean, J. McGrenere, I. Mitchell, T. Munzner, R. A. Pottinger, R. Rensink, A. Sheffer, E. A. Wohlstadter. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Computer Science offers opportunities for advanced study leading to the Doctor of Philosophy and Master of Science. Fields of study include computational intelligence (computational vision, automated reasoning multi-agent systems, intelligent user interfaces and machine learning), computer communications, databases, integrated systems design, computer graphics, distributed and parallel systems, integrated systems, human-computer interaction, scientific computational visualization, theoretical aspects of computer science (computational complexity, computational geometry, empirical algorithms and parallel processing), operating systems, networks, robotics, software engineering, programming languages, educational technologies, bioinformatics, and social issues in computing. 238 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Applicants to the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) program must meet the minimum admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. All students enrolled in the Ph.D. program in Computer Science must satisfy a breadth requirement that covers a wide-range of fields of study within computer science. However, the primary focus of the Ph.D. program is the doctoral thesis. The thesis must demonstrate original knowledge in the student's field of study and must be defended at an oral final examination set up by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. For detailed information about Ph.D. program requirements, please see the Computer Science website (www.cs.ubc.ca/prospecrive/grad). MASTER OF SCIENCE There are three options available to the M.Sc student, as follows: 1) 18 credits of coursework plus a 12-credit M.Sc. thesis; 2) 24 credits of coursework plus a 6-credit M.Sc. thesis; or 3) 27 credits of coursework satisfying a breadth requirement plus a 3-credit master's essay plus an oral examination. For detailed information about M.Sc. program requirements, please see the Computer Science website (www.cs.ubc.ca/prospecrive/grad). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Computer Science 2366 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2500 Fax: 604-822-5485 Email: gradpgm@cs.ubc.ca Web: www.cs.ubc.ca/prospective/grad/ Joyce Poon, Graduate Program Administrator COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS N. Amundson, W Borgen, J. Daniluk, S. Kahn, B. Long, M. Westwood, R. Young. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M. Arvay, B. Haverkamp, I. Ishiyama, R. McCormick, I. Schultz. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. James, L. Miller. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Counselling Psychology (CNPS) program offers the Ph.D., M.A., and M.Ed, degrees. The Ph.D. program is accredited by the Canadian and American Psychological Associations, and the master's programs are being reviewed for accreditation by the CCA Council on Accreditation of Counsellor Education Programs. Faculty members are involved in a wide range of research activities including intercultural counselling, First Nations counselling, career development and counselling, stress and coping, sexuality and reproductive health, disabilities, trauma, working with families and children in school settings, prevention of anxiety disorders, and empirically supported approaches utilizing both quantitative and qualitative methodologies. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Admission Requirements: Applicants must satisfy the general academic standards of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, and have completed a thesis-based master's degree equivalent to the CNPS M.A. in counselling (or its equivalent) with an overall average of at least 80%. Applicants are also required to write the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) general test, and, if applicable, the TOEFL test. Program Requirements: The Ph.D. program is designed to educate counselling psychologists as researchers, practitioners, and educators. The focus of the program is on developing doctoral-level competence in research, counselling theory and counselling skills. The program involves completion of 51 credits of course- work, theory and specialty comprehensive examinations, a 1,600-hour internship and a dissertation. In order for students to meet deadlines for comprehensive examinations and candidacy, the program requires students to be engaged in full-time study for a minimum of two calendar years. MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: Applicants must satisfy the general academic standards of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. In addition, applicants should have completed a senior undergraduate course in abnormal psychology or behaviour disorders, learning, and statistics. CNPS 362, 363 and 365 also are required prerequisites. Applicants should have a minimum of three years work/volunteer experience that involves helping children, adolescents ^and/or adults. Applicants are required to write the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) general test, and, if applicable, the TOEFL test. Program Requirements: The program requires completion of 48 credits of coursework and a 6-credit thesis. In addition to offering core courses in research, counselling theory and skill acquisirion/practica, the program provides the opportunity for students to focus on one of the three areas recognized by the organization that accredits the program (CACEP). These areas of focus are School Counselling, Counselling in Higher Education, Community and Agency Counselling. The program may be completed on a full- or part-time basis. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admissions Requirements: Applicants must satisfy the general academic standards of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. In addition, applicants should have completed a senior undergraduate course in abnormal psychology or behaviour disorders, and learning. CNPS 362 and 365 also are required prerequisites. Applicants should have a minimum of three years work/volunteer experience that involves helping children, adolescents and/or adults. If applicable, applicants are required to write the TOEFL test. Program Requirements: The program requires completion of 48 credits of coursework. In addition to offering core courses in counselling theory, skill acquisirion/practica and research the program provides the opportunity for students to focus on one of the three areas recognized by the organization that accredits the program (CACEP). These areas of focus are School Counselling, Counselling in Higher Education, Community and Agency Counselling. The program may be completed on a full- or part-time basis. CONTACT INFORMATION Deaprtment of Educational and Counselling Psychology, and Special Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5351 Fax: 604-822-3302 Email: ecps.gradinfo@ubcca Web: www.ecps.educ.ubc.ca/cnps/ Lynda McDicken, Graduate Program Assistant CREATIVE WRITING Degree Offered: M.F.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS S. Alderson, K. Maillard. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS P. Thompson, L. Svendsen, B. Wade. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS M. Cadell, R. Tregebov, M. Medved. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Creative Writing Program offers a two- year course of resident study leading to the Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.). The program leading to the M.F.A. in Creative Writing is based on the premise that capable student authors can benefit from judicious criticism and the requirement to produce work regularly and to meet deadlines. Workshops, conferences, and tutorials are designed to focus attention on the student's poetry, fiction, drama, imaginative non-fiction, writing of children's literature, and literary translation. Students are expected to read various books and journals for technical improvement in their own writing. For admission requirements, see below. The Creative Writing Program publishes PRISM international (prism.arts.ubc.ca) and FUGUE; graduate students participate in the editing and production of the magazines. Applicants to the Creative Writing Program should submit work in two or more of the genres listed in the Creative Writing brochure, specifying which is their major area of interest. Short and long fiction are considered one genre. Applicants who intend to focus on translation PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 239 should submit translated material in any of the above genres and a sample of their own original creative writing. Consult the Creative Writing Program website or email for more information. The deadline for receiving (not post-marked) manuscripts is November 5, 2005 for September 2006 entrance date. Late manuscripts will not be considered. Length of the manuscripts accompanying the application depends on choice of genres. Guidelines are available from the Creative Writing Program Office or on the program's website (www. creari vewriting.ubc ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF FINE ARTS During the two years of the program, a minimum of 36 credits of work must be completed, including a thesis. (A reduction of the second-year residency requirement will be considered in exceptional circumstances.) The Creative Writing Program consists of work in three genres, chosen in consultation with the program advisor, as described in the program brochure. In the second year, students will complete a 6- credit thesis consisting of a full-length work in the area(s) of their special interest. The thesis may be a substantial revision and extension of work done during the first year. A work of translation may be used to fulfil the thesis requirement by students with the required ability and linguistic knowledge. (M.A. candidates in the Comparative Literature Program who have their advisor's permission and are accepted by the instructor of the course in translation may include a translation in partial satisfaction of their thesis requirements.) Students may be required to take advanced creative writing undergraduate courses as part of their programs. CONTACT INFORMATION Creative Writing Program Buch. E462-1866 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-0699 Fax: 604-822-3616 Email: patrose@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.creativewriting.ubc.ca Pat Rose, Creative Writing Program and Graduate Secretary CREATIVE WRITING/FILM Degree Offered: M.F.A. MEMBERS ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS S. McGowan, P. Thompson. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Creative Writing and Film Studies Programs of the Department of Theatre, Film, and Creative Writing offer a joint two-year course of resident study leading to the Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.) in Creative Writing and Film. Please consult both the Film Program website (www.film.ubc.ca) and the Creative Writing Program website (www.crearivewrit- ing.ubc.ca) for additional information. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF FINE ARTS The joint Creative Writing and Film Studies Program requires that the applicant be accepted by the Film Studies Program, p. 247 before applying to the Creative Writing/Film Program. Only applicants with an undergraduate degree in 16/35mm Film Production and verifiable completion of a course in digital editing or the equivalent in professional experience and an undergraduate degree will be considered for admission. CONTACT INFORMATION Film Program Buch. 2354A-1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-6037 Fax: 604-822-0508 Email: film@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.film.ubc.ca Zanna Downes, Film Program Secretary and Graduate Secretary CREATIVE WRITING/THEATRE Degree Offered: M.F.A. MEMBERS ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS S. Heatley, S. Malloy, B. Wade. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Creative Writing and Theatre Programs of the Department of Theatre, Film, and Creative Writing offer a joint two-year course of resident study leading to the Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.) in Stage Playwriting. Applicants must be accepted by both the Creative Writing (p. 239) and Theatre, (p. 283) Programs. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF FINE ARTS Admission to the M.F.A. in Stage Playwriting is on the basis of a script submission, including ^some work in another writing genre, and also relevant coursework in theatre at the undergraduate level or equivalent. Inquiries should be directed to the Creative Writing Program. Please consult the Creative Writing Program website (www.creativewriting.ubc.ca) for additional information regarding manuscript submission and deadlines. Students are required to take appropriate coursework in Creative Writing and Theatre, as described in their respective brochures. They must also be involved in the staging or production of some of their own work and, in fulfilment of the 6-credit thesis requirement, write the equivalent of a full-length stageplay acceptable to both programs. The thesis requirement must be met in the second year and may be a substantial revision and extension of work done during the first year. CONTACT INFORMATION Creative Writing Program Buch. E462-1866 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-0699 Fax:604-822-3616 Email: patrose@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.creativewriting.ubc.ca Pat Rose, Creative Writing Program and Graduate Secretary CURRICULUM STUDIES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS F. G. Chalmers, G. L. Erickson, P. J. Gaskell, R. Irwin, L. Peterat, W Pinar, S. Pirie, W Ross, P. Seixas. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. Anderson, J. Butler, A. Clarke, L. Farr Darling, P. Gouzouasis, K. Grauer, A. Kindler, D. Krug, J. Mayer-Smith, K. Meyer, S. Petrina, A. Phelan, W H. Werner. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS D. Anderson, P. Clark, J. S. Goble, H. Hubball, S. Khan, L. Loutzenheiser, S. Nashon, C. Nicol. PROGRAM OVERVIEW ^Graduate programs in the field of Curriculum Studies encompass but are not limited to investigations into: the teacher education, the social construction of knowledge, the curriculum as culturally and politically situated, contemporary curriculum and instructional discourses, and the role of curriculum and curricular reform in K-12 and other learning environments. Students learn about issues around planning and development, program implementation, and evaluation, and pre-service and in-service teacher education. Inquiry in the field is multi-disciplinary and includes numerous perspectives and orientations such as: cultural studies, historical consciousness, post structuralism, feminism, multicultural education, semiotics, and critical theory. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Study requirements, the program requires: a master's degree with high standing in a relevant educational discipline and evidence of potential to carry out research. Degree Requirements: The Doctor of Philosophy program combines coursework with a research thesis. Students select their courses in consultation with faculty to suit their research needs. The doctoral program in Curriculum Studies is not based on the mastery of a specific body of knowledge covered in a set of courses. Rather, the program invites students at this advanced stage of study to work with their advisors in designing programs of course-work that provide a focus to their studies, along with supporting breadth. The common core to the 240 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 program are two doctoral seminars (an introductory and an advanced). Subject areas establish additional requirements for their doctoral students. A student's coursework typically takes the form of 18 to 24 credits, with additional courses audited, over a one to two-year period. The coursework, as it relates to the dissertation topic and proposed research method, may be drawn from both within and outside of the Faculty of Education. MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Study requirements, the program requires: 1) Normally, 18 credits of senior coursework or a professional concentration in the area of interest. 2) Normally, two years of teaching experience or other relevant professional experience. Degree Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be a 500-level or above. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, normally 9 credits, is included. Part-time and full-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Degree Requirements: The M.Ed, program consists of a minimum of 30 credits, of which 24 must be courses numbered at the 500 level. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students select either a program consisting entirely of courses (for example, ten 3-credit courses) or 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating project (3 credits). Part-time and full-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Curriculum Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5367 Fax: 604-822-4714 Email: cust.grad@ubcca Web: www.cust.educ.ubc.ca Basia Zurek, Graduate Secretary CURRICULUM STUDIES AND EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND LEADERSHIP Degree Offered: M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS D. Brown, C. Shields. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. Coulter, W. Poole, A. Mazawi. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR M. Stack. PROGRAM OVERVIEW This program allows students to complete a joint master's program in Curriculum Studies and in Educational administration and Leadership. The focus of the program is K-12 schooling contexts. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF EDUCATION The 30-credit M.Ed, program includes 27 hours of coursework and a 3-credit graduating paper, portfolio or capstone course. Students are expected to complete a minimum of 12 credits in EADM and 12 credits in CUST. For details on required and elective courses see the program's website (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/ programs/EADM_CUST.htm). CONTACT INFORMATION Educational Administration, Department of Educational Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-6647 Fax: 604-822-4244 Email: grad.edst@ubc.ca Web: www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/ EADM_CUST.htm Garnet Grosjean, Coordinator DENTAL SCIENCE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc, M.Sc/P.D.T MEMBERS PROFESSORS D. Bromme, D. M. Brunette, D. C. Clark, V. M. Diewert, D. Donaldson, M. P. Haapasalo, H. S. Larjava, A. A. Lowe, M. I. MacEntee, C. M. Overall, E. H. K. Yen. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS B. J. Craig, R. L. Harrison, D. MacDonald, E. Putnins, J. M. Richman, C. R. Roberts, N. D. Ruse, R. M. Shah, D. Sweet, J. N. Walton, J. D. Waterfield, C. Wyatt, L. Zhang. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. M. Coil, L. Hakkinen, I. Matthew, R. W Priddy, E. M. Whitney. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The M.Sc. program ordinarily requires two full academic years of study. There is also the option to enrol in the M.Sc. program as a part- time student. The Ph.D. program ordinarily requires at least three full academic years of study. Both M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs are research-oriented, consisting of didactic courses and original research carried out under supervision. Both the M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs are not clinical programs leading to clinical specialization and are unrelated to licensure. The combined M.Sc. (Dental Science)/Diploma in Periodontics Program is a clinical specialty program. Normal course of study is three full academic years. Successful graduates are eligible to take the examination for the Fellowship Examination of The Royal College of Dentists of Canada and Diploma Exam of the American Board of Periodontology. Upon completion of the program graduates receive a Master of Science Degree in Dental Science and a Diploma in Periodontics. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students in the Ph.D. in Dental Science are accepted under the general regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies to study in one of the major recognized fields of dentistry and dental hygiene. Applicants for a Ph.D. degree must hold a D.D.S., D.M.D., M.D., D.V.M. or their equivalents, or an M.Sc. in Dental Science or a related discipline. MASTER OF SCIENCE Applicants for a master's degree must hold a bachelor's degree with honours in the field of the proposed master's courses with first class standing in at least 12 credits of third- and fourth-year coursework in that field, or first class standing in at least 12 credits of the coursework and at least upper second class standing in the remaining coursework at the third- and fourth-year level prescribed by the program concerned as prerequisite to the master's program. MASTER OF SCIENCE WITH DIPLOMA IN PERIODONTICS The Faculty, through its Division of Periodontics and Dental Hygiene, offers graduate training in Periodontics as a three-year program aimed at producing clinical specialists. Applicants must satisfy the requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies, and hold a D.M.D. or its equivalent from a recognized university CONTACT INFORMATION Office of Graduate/Postgraduate Studies Faculty of Dentistry 2199 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-4486 Fax: 604-822-3562 Email: vickybk@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.dentistry.ubc.ca Viki Beretanos Koulouris, Graduate Programs Coordinator DEVELOPMENT, LEARNING AND CULTURE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS H. Goelman, S. Hymel, M. Porath. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M. Bryson, L. Ford, A. Hubley, N. Perry, K. Schonert-Reichl. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR J. Shapka. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Development, Learning and Culture (DLAC) is concerned PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 241 with key factors (cognitive, linguistic, social- emotional and cultural) that inform models of typical and atypical learning and development across the life span and how best to support learners and learning in formal educational and other settings. DLAC courses and research weave together theoretical models and concepts in their application to real world educational issues. Investigations of learning and development are applied to a wide range of contexts including classroom, work and technological environments, and are interpreted through a variety of theoretical lenses (e.g., constructivist, cognitive, socio-cultural, social-developmental). Students are encouraged to participate in educational research throughout their program. Coursework emphasizes four primary areas: (1) life span development and education, (2) design of learning environments, (3) culture and diversity, and 94) research methods, both qualitative and quantitative, experimental and developmental. DLAC graduates have found careers in a variety of settings including university teaching and research, social policy analysis, curriculum and program evaluation, community and business. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Doctoral students are expected to acquire a broad background within the field of educational psychology including a basic knowledge of theories, principles and models of learning/development, an understanding of developmental processes in the cognitive, social-emotional and cultural domains, an understanding of individual differences, atypical development, and individuals with exceptionalities, and familiarity with current approaches to research. Coursework is determined on an individual, case-by-case basis in an individualized program of graduate studies developed by the student in consultation with his/her faculty advisory committee. Assuming an appropriate background at the master's level, students are required to take two to four DLAC content area courses at the advanced level (500 and 600 level), and at least one course (3 credits) from outside DLAC that is relevant to one's primary area of specialization. Students must also participate in a yearlong, department-wide doctoral seminar (EPSE 601), complete at least two advanced courses in research methodology (qualitative and/or quantitative), pass a comprehensive examination to demonstrate breadth and depth of knowledge in the field, and complete and defend a doctoral thesis. MASTER OF ARTS Students in the 30-credit DLAC Master of Arts (M.A.) program are required to take three core courses: Human Development in Education (EPSE 505), Applications of Educational Psychology (EPSE 501), and Cultural Perspectives on Learning, Development and Media (EPSE 503), plus three elective courses either within the DLAC area (EPSE 584 on motivation, EPSE 585 on social-emotional development, EPSE 503 on cognition language and literacy processes, or 511 on a special topic) or outside the area, selected in consultation with the student's advisory committee. Two methodology courses, one in quantitative methods (e.g., EPSE 592), and one in qualitative methods (e.g., EPSE 595) are also required. In addition, students participate in a research seminar (EPSE 571) which is designed to facilitate progress toward completion of their master's thesis (6 credits). MASTER OF EDUCATION Students in the 30-credit DLAC M.Ed, program are required to take three core courses: Human Development in Education (EPSE 505), Applications of Educational Psychology (EPSE 501), and Cultural Perspectives on Learning, Development and Media (EPSE 503), plus four elective courses either within the DLAC area (EPSE 584 on motivation, EPSE 585 on social- emotional development, 503 on cognition language and literacy processes, or EPSE 511 on a special topic) or outside the area, selected in consultation with your advisory committee. Two additional elective courses are also required, selected in consultation with the student's program advisor. At the end of their program, students participate in a required Graduating Seminar (EPSE 590), which is designed as a "capstone experience" that brings together their goals and objectives as well as their accomplishments and experiences throughout the program in the development of a professional portfolio. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational & Counselling Psychololgy & Special Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5351 Fax: 604-822-3302 Email: ecps.gradinfo@ubcca Web: www.ecps.educ.ubc.ca Lynda McDicken, Graduate Program Assistant EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS M. Chapman, P. Crocker, K. Reeder, J. Shapiro. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. Anderson, J. Anderson. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS L. Ford, M. Gleason, M. Kenrick. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Graduate programs in Early Childhood Education, offered through the Centre for Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education (CCFI), are interdisciplinary, cross-departmental programs that consist of core courses in early childhood and related courses in departments. For example, approved elective courses might be found in child development, and special education (Department of Educational and Counselling Psychology & Special Education), in early literacy (Language and Literacy Education), in early numeracy (Curriculum Studies) or in the history of childhood (Educational Studies). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. program is a thesis degree and consists of eight or nine courses plus the thesis/ research study (ECED 599). MASTER OF EDUCATION The M.Ed, program consists of nine courses and a capstone experience (ECED 590: Graduating Paper). CONTACT INFORMATION Centre for Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education Scarfe Bldg., 2125 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-8638 Fax: 604-822-8234 Email: cruzcord@interchange.ubc.ca Web: earlychildhood.educubc.ca/ graduate-programs.html Oliva Dela Cruz-Cordero, Graduate Secretary ECONOMICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS P. Beaudry, B. Copeland, M. Deverux, W E. Diewert, M. Eswaran, R. G. Evans, D. Green, A. Kotwal, T. Lemieux, H. Neary, D. Paterson, M. Peters, A. Redish, W C. Riddell. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS N. Fortin, P. Francois, P. Norman. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K. S. Anderson, G. Celik, A. Chneerov, M. Drelichman, S. Firpo, P. Ghosh, Y. Halevy, K. Milligan, S. Sakata, H. Siu, U. Song, O. Yilankaya. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Economics ranks as one of the top economics departments in Canada and graduates of the Ph.D. and M.A. programs have been offered jobs at prestigious institutions around the globe. The Department has internationally recognized expertise in many fields including: macroeconomics, labour economics, international trade and finance, environmental economics, industrial organization, information and incentives, economic theory, health economics, development economics and economic history. Programs are small enough to provide detailed supervision of dissertations, but large enough to offer expertise in a wide range of theoretical, applied and policy areas. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. program is designed to equip students to design and implement an economic research program, with a view toward a career 242 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 as an academic, or in the private or public sectors. Students take two years of coursework in the core areas of microeconomics, macroeconomics and econometrics in the first year and, in the second year, in fields of their choice. Students then write a dissertation (typically this takes two to three years) in their chosen field. Recent graduates have been offered tenure track positions at leading departments in Canada, the US, the UK, and Australia, as well as non-academic positions at consulting companies in Canada and the US, and in a variety of government departments. MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. program is a 12-month program designed to prepare students for employment in the private or public sectors, or to enter a Ph.D. program. Students take microeconomics, macroeconomics and econometrics courses, and then pursue fields of their choice. The program is capped off by an applied economics course and major paper intended to showcase the skills the students have mastered. Recent graduates have entered Ph.D. programs at Princeton, Stanford, and Michigan, as well as UBC's own Ph.D. program, and have taken positions at the Bank of Canada, Statistics Canada, KPMG and other consulting companies. For the placements of the most recent graduating class, see the Economics Graduates website (www.econ.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Economics 997-1873 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-4616 Fax: 604-822-5915 Email: econgrad@econ.ubc.ca Web: www.econ.ubc.ca Maureen Chin, Graduate Secretary EDUCATION, CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS Due to the interdisciplinary nature of this program, a list of faculty is not available. Members of the Faculty of Graduate Studies in other Education programs are eligible to serve as supervisors of students in the Education, Curriculum and Instruction program, based on the student's chosen area of research. PROGRAM OVERVIEW G. Chalmers, Acting Director Located in the Centre for Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education (CCFI), two core courses "Living Inquiry in Learning Communities" and "Theorizing Knowing in Education" are at the theoretical heart of the M.Ed., M.A, and Ph.D. programs. In addition students are introduced to a broad spectrum of research methodologies and ways of (re)presenting research in education. Each year a variety of cross-faculty courses are offered to complement the programs and are also open to students from across the Faculty of Education. In addition EDCI students are encouraged to enrol in courses offered in other programs and faculties which may inform or enrich their work. Opportunities for individual flexibility, collaborative investigations, and a variety of communal experiences are built in to the program. As the Centre for Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education has no permanent faculty, advisors and course instructors are selected from among members of the Faculty of Education, and occasionally from other faculties. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program combines coursework (doctoral seminars, the two core courses "Living Inquiry in Learning Communities" and "Theorizing Knowing in Education," advanced courses in research methodology and (re)presenring research, and electives) with a research thesis. This small cross-faculty program is a response to the challenges of the twenty-first century offering educators dialogical, experiential and proactive spaces that foster intercultural explorations and shared communication. MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. program is a thesis/research degree consisting of two core courses "Living Inquiry in Learning Communities" and "Theorizing Knowing in Education;" 6 credits in research methodologies/ways of representing research; elective opportunities (12 credits selected in consultation with an advisor); and a 6-credit thesis. MASTER OF EDUCATION The 30 credit M.Ed, program consists of nine courses and a capstone experience: EDCI 590 (Graduating Paper). Students complete two core courses "Living Inquiry in Learning Communities" and "Theorizing Knowing in Education;" 6 credits in research methodologies/ways of representing research; and elective opportunities (15 credits) are selected in consultation with an advisor). CONTACT INFORMATION Centre for Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education Scarfe Bldg., 2125 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-8638 Fax: 604-822-8234 Email: cruzcord@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.ccfi.educ.ubc.ca/ Oliva Dela Cruz-Cordero, Graduate Secretary EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS D. Brown, C. Shields. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. Coulter, W Poole. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS A. Mazawi, M. Stack. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Master of Education program in Educational Administration attracts those who are interested in leadership positions in K-12 education. The program aims to engage students in learning that will help them to understand, critique, and thereby improve their practice to better serve children, communities, and the wider society. Graduates will be prepared to assume administrative roles as well as to provide leadership as teachers. The master's program is known for its ability to generate student professional growth. It challenges assumptions, offers new perspectives on organizational life, develops thinking skills, and has a distinctive Canadian content. A focus on education rather than training gives it a special character. This program has been operating for over 36 years and has over 800 graduates, many of whom occupy strategic roles such as superintendents, central office personnel, and principals in BC schools and districts. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. in Educational Administration is for students wishing a more academic focus and the opportunity to complete a more in-depth research based thesis. Students must complete 30 credits of coursework which includes 24 credits of coursework plus a 6-credit thesis. Course requirements are similar to the M.Ed, with the exception that M.A. student must complete 6 credits of research methods courses, rather than 3 credits for the M.Ed. For details on required and elective courses see the program website (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/ programs/mea.html). MASTER OF EDUCATION The M.Ed, program is considered a professional degree for people working in educational administration. Students must complete 30 credits of coursework which includes 27 credits of coursework plus a 3-credit graduating paper or capstone course. For details on required and elective courses see the program website (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/mea.html). Students proceed at their own pace but start with a group whose members tend to share classes. Students can also pursue courses from other recognized universities. Completion may be as short as two and a half years but most students take three years to finish. Another way to take the program is in a cohort format on Saturdays for 24 months. There are cohorts in the Fraser Valley, on the North Shore and in Boundary Bay with others being planned. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 243 CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-6647 Fax: 604-822-4244 Email: grad.edst@ubcca Web: www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/ mea.html Shermila Salgadoe, Graduate Secretary EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND POLICY Degrees Offered: Ed.D. MEMBERS PROFESSORS K. Adam-Moodley, R. Boshier, D. Brown, D. Fisher, D. Kelly, D. Pratt, K. Rubenson, C. Shields, T. Sork, V. Strong-Boag, C. Ungerleider. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. Andres, J.-A. Archibald, S. Butterwick, D. Coulter, E Echols, M. Marker, W Poole, L. Roman, A. Tom. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Chan-Tiberghien, J.-A. Dillabough, M. Gleason, A. Mazawi, M. Stack, D. Vokey, P. Walter. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Ed.D. in Educational Leadership and Policy provides advanced preparation for education practitioners with leadership and policy responsibilities in both formal and nonformal settings. These settings include, among many others, the post-secondary sector, business and health organizations, unions and community groups as well as the K-12 school system. The program is grounded in the belief that it is important for participants to engage in scholarly discourse about understanding, critiquing and improving practice in educational settings. It consists of six required seminars, two elective courses, a comprehensive examination and a thesis. While the program addresses Canadian educational issues and perspectives in a global context, it is the particular settings and leadership or policy responsibilities of the participants which is the starting point of seminars. The expertise of qualified adjunct faculty from related professional fields supplements that of the regular faculty members. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF EDUCATION Students are admitted to the Ed.D. in cohorts of 10 to 15 and proceed through the program as a group. It is possible to complete program requirements in three years but most students take somewhat longer. Each cohort attends classes on campus for two consecutive Summer Sessions (July to mid-August) and two consecutive Winter Sessions (on weekends from September to early April). Coursework consists of 18 credits of required seminars and 6 credits of elective courses. In addition, a comprehensive examination, and research leading to a Ed.D. thesis that is defended in an oral final examination are required. For detailed information about requirements for the Ed.D. program, please see www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/Ed-D/ structure.html. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4553 Fax: 604-822-4244 Email: garnet.grosjean@ubcca Web: www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/Ed-D Garnet Grosjean, Coordinator EDUCATIONAL STUDIES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS K. Adam-Moodley, R. Boshier, D. Brown, D. Fisher, D. Kelly, D. Pratt, K. Rubenson, C. Shields, T. Sork, V. Strong-Boag, C. Ungerleider. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. Andres, J.-A. Archibald, S. Butterwick, D. Coulter, E Echols, M. Marker, W Poole, L. Roman, A. Tom. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Chan-Tiberghien, J.-A. Dillabough, M. Gleason, A. Mazawi, M. Stack, D. Vokey, P. Walter. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Ph.D. in Educational Studies is a flexible, research-oriented doctoral program that can be pursued by students interested in any of the fields of study offered in Educational Studies. These include: Adult Education (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/ adult_ed.html), Educational Administration (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/mea.html), Higher Education (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/ programs/higher_ed.html), and Society, Culture and Politics in Education (www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/SCPE.htm). The only course that is required of all students is the first-year doctoral seminar. All other courses in a student's program are determined in consultation with a faculty advisor or program advisory committee and are based on the student's prior academic work and research interests. Students in the Ph.D. program typically devote two years to coursework, and two to four years to carrying out a research project designed to make an original contribution to knowledge in the area of specialization. The university allows doctoral students up to six years to complete program requirements. There is no set number of credits required for Ph.D. programs at UBC. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The first-year doctoral seminar (EDST 601) is required of all Ph.D. students in the program. Students are expected to take courses in their specialization and also typically take courses to give them the breadth and depth of understanding of contemporary educational theories, issues and debates expected of those pursuing the highest degree awarded by the university. All students in the Ph.D. program are required to successfully complete a comprehensive examination after most of their coursework is completed and before they present their research proposal. The Ph.D. thesis is an original piece of research that contributes to knowledge in the student's area of specialization. Students develop research proposals which must be presented to and approved by a research supervisory committee made up of a research supervisor and at least two other committee members. Research supervisory committees provide direction to the student, read and critique drafts of the thesis, and, when the thesis is complete, participate in the oral final examination. MASTER OF ARTS Please see edst.educ.ubcca/programs/ MA_M-Ed.html. Faster of education Please see edst. educ. ubcca/pro grams/ MA_M-Ed.html. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-6647 Fax: 604-822-4244 Email: grad.edst@ubcca Web: www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/ Ph-D.html Ph.D. Management and Admissions Committee, Chair EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY Degree Offered: M.E.T. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. Gaskell, L. Peterat, R. Boshier. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Mayer-Smith, S. Petrina. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS T. Dobson, S. Khan, C. Nicol. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Master of Educational Technology (M.E.T.) (met.ubc.ca) is a Faculty of Education joint degree program offered online in partnership with Tec de Monterrey, p. 442, a Mexican University which has a special collaborative relationship with UBC. The program provides students with an opportunity to participate with a culturally diverse student population. 244 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY Admission Requirements: Students are required to meet the general requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies at UBC. Students who started a Technology Based Distributed Learning (TBDL), p. 200 or a Technology Based Learning for Schools (TBLS) (p. 200) Certificate program in 2002 or later may transfer their courses to the M.E.T. degree program. Program Requirements: The M.E.T. degree supports a professional development, course-based program (non-thesis) consisting of a minimum of 30 credits of coursework with at least 12 credits of core coursework and 18 credits of electives. An option of an independent project, integrating work across the program is available for students who wish to meet British Columbia's TQS Level 6 criteria or other similar qualification standards. Fees are on a per course basis. Further information can be obtained at met.ubc.ca or email info@met. ubc.ca. CONTACT INFORMATION External Programs & Learning Technologies 1304-2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-3622 Fax: 604-822-2015 Email: info@met.ubc.ca Web: met.ubc.ca Dave Roy, Program Assistant ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS V. Bhargava, I. Cumming, G. Dumont, A. Ivanov, N. Jaeger, V. Krishnamurthy, P. Kruchten, P. Lawrence, C. Leung, V. Leung, J. Marti, D. Pulfrey, S. Salcudean, R. Saleh, T. Tiedje, R. Ward. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS H. Alnuweiri, W Dunford, S. Fels, J. Joyce, P. Nasiopoulos, P. Palmer, R. Turner, S. Wilton, M. Yedlin. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R. Abugharbieh, K. Beznosov, L. Chrostowski, L. Iverson, J. Jatskevich, L. Lampe, G. Lemieux, J. Madden, D. Michelson, S. Mirabbasi, R. Rohling, R. Schober, J. Wang, V Wong, J. Yan. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Graduation in electrical or computer engineering, engineering physics, physics, computer science or other related subjects is a prerequisite. Some students may be required to supplement their graduate studies by taking specific undergraduate courses in electrical or computer engineering. Alternatively, interdisciplinary degrees may be appropriate and can be arranged. Facilities are provided for research in: communications and signal processing; computers and computer applications; digital system design, VLSI design and software engineering; electromagnetics; power systems and power electronics; solid state devices; microelectronics, nanoelectronics and optoelectronics; robotics and teleroborics; systems and control. Collaboration with other departments is facilitated by membership in the Advanced Materials and Process Engineering Laboratories (AMPEL), p. 84, The Institute for Computing, Information and Cognitive Systems (ICICS), p. 82 and the Pulp and Paper Centre, p. 79. Students should consult the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering for information regarding courses to be offered. For details describing current research projects visit the Electrical and Computer Engineering website (www.ece.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The program includes a thesis and 24 credits of approved courses. For those holding a master's degree or transferring from a master's program, appropriate credit will be given for courses completed. MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE The program includes a thesis plus (as a minimum) the University requirement of 18 credits of approved courses, 12 of which must be at the 500 level. Normally at least 6 of the 18 credits will be taken in Electrical and Computer Engineering, 12 credits for students with degrees in subjects other than electrical or computer engineering. Qualified students are admissible to programs leading to the M.A.Sc. on a part-time basis. For information about the professional Master of Engineering (M.Eng.) program, please see tfhe Faculty of Applied Science, p. 107 or visit rthe program website (www.ece.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering 2356 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2872 Fax: 604-822-4187 Email: gradsec@ece.ubc.ca Web: www.ece.ubc.ca Doris Metcalf, Graduate Secretary ENGINEERING PHYSICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS I. Affleck, J. Aldrich, D. Bonn, J. Brewer, D. Bryman, J. Carolan, M. Choptuik, R. Durand, J. Eldridge, E. Evans, G. Fahlman, M. Halpern, W Hardy, M. Hasinoff, J. Hepburn, P. Hickson, W Hsieh, R. Kiefl, H. Lam, A. MacKay, W McCutcheon, H. Richer G. Sawatzky, G. Semenoff, P. Stamp, T. Tiedje, W Unruh, C. Waltham, L. Whitehead, J. Young, A. Zhitnitsky. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Barth, A. Celler, B. Gladman, C. Hearty, G. Hoffman, J. Matthews, T. Mattison, J. McKenna, K. Schleich, D. Scott, Q. S. Xiang. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS M. Berciu, A. Damascelli, J. Folk, M. Franz, C. Hansen, J. Heyl, D. Jones, P. Kozlowski, A. MacFarlane, K. Madison, A. Marziali, C. Michal, S. Plotkin, M. Rozali, V. Sossi, I. Stairs, M. Van Raamsdonk, L. Van Waerbeke, H. Zeng, E Zhou. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Physics and Astronomy is comprised of over 50 faculty members with a wide range of research interests that cover most of the key topics in contemporary physics, applied physics, and astronomy. These activities are supported by computing and experimental facilities within the Department, and excellent electronics and machine shops. Research is enhanced by local facilities such as the TRIUMF National Laboratory, the Advanced Materials and Process Engineering Laboratory (AMPEL), and the BC Cancer Agency, UBC and Vancouver General Hospitals, in addition to many specialized research laboratories housed within the Department. Over the years, applied research within UBC's Department of Physics and Astronomy has spawned a number of spin-off companies such as Dynapro, MoLi Energy, Vortek, Quartz Imaging, Xillix, TIR Systems, Sonigistics, Techware Systems, Corona Vacuum Coaters, and Brooks Automation. Although there is a great deal of collaboration and overlap of interests among the various groups, the research topics presently available to incoming students with specific interest in applied physics can be roughly grouped into the following areas: • Applied Physics • Medical Physics • Applied Biophysics • Nuclear and Particle Physics • Astronomy and Astrophysics • Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics • Condensed Matter Physics • Structured Surface Physics Full details on research programs and facilities are available on the departmental website (www.physics.ubc.ca) and the AMPEL website (www.ampel.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Department offers Ph.D. programs in Engineering Physics. Students can be admitted to the Ph.D. program after obtaining a Master of Science, or Master of Applied Science. A minimum of 12 credits in graduate-level courses in any Science or Applied Science (or PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 245 Medicine for Medical Physics students) departments are required for the Ph.D., with details of the course load determined in consultation with the thesis advisor and supervisory committee, but must conform to the department's quantum mechanics requirements. Students who do not already have credit for the required master's degree courses for their program or the equivalent graduate level courses from another university (approved by Graduate Chair) must take these courses in the Ph.D. program. Alternatively, well-qualified students admitted to the M.A.Sc. program may transfer to the Ph.D. program after a year's residence at UBC if they have at least 18 credits in M.A.Sc. coursework with an overall average of at least 85%, clear evidence of research ability, and approval of the thesis supervisor. Direct transfer students require a further 12 credits of graduate level coursework in any Science or Applied Science departments for the Ph.D. MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE A B.A.Sc. in Engineering Physics or Electrical Engineering is a prequisite. An overall average of 'A-' or better in third- and fourth-year courses is expected for entry into the program. The M.A.Sc. program requires a minimum of 30 credits with the thesis counting 12 credits. The remaining 18 credits must include at least 12 credits from graduate courses in any Science or Applied Science departments , and may include up to 6 300- or 400-level credits in undergraduate courses. All M.A.Sc. students are required to satisfy the Department's quantum mechanics course requirements. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Physics and Astronomy 6224 Agricultural Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-4245 Fax: 604-822-5324 Email: gradsec@physics.ubc.ca Web: www.physics.ubc.ca Tony Walters, Graduate Coordinator A ENGLISH Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS L. J. Brinton, R. C. Cavell, J. X. Cooper, D. R. Danielson, A. B. Dawson, S. Egan, M. Fee, J. Giltrow, A. V. Globe, G. Good, S. E. Grace, S. Gunew, N. J. Hudson, L. M. Johnson, E. Kroller, I. B. Nadel, L. R. Ricou, H. J. Rosengarten, J. S. Wasserman, M. L. Weir, G. R. Wieland, J. L. Wisenthal. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. K. Arnovick, P. Badir, M. Burgess, M. Chapman, P. Dalziel, S. Echard, J. Flick, R. B. Hatch, L. Kesler, E. P. Levy, K. McNeilly, J. Z. Segal, S. M. Tome, M. Vessey, M. Zeitlin. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Anger, M. Briggs, B. Dancygier, J. de Villiers, G. Deer, A. Dick, A. Frank, S. Guy-Bray, E. Hodgson, J. K. Kealy, C. Lupton, J. Menon, L. Moss, M. Mota, S. B. Partridge. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of English has awarded the M.A. degree since 1919 and the Ph.D. degree since 1962. In 2003-2004, approximately 100 students from Canada, the United States, and other countries were enrolled in graduate studies in English at UBC. The department offers the following degrees: • Master of Arts (M.A.): English literature or language, with or without thesis, full-time or part-time; • Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.): English literature or language, full-time only DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The program limits Ph.D. admissions to students with at least first class standing in the M.A. degree, and also advises that entry to the program is very competitive: first class standing at the M.A. is not enough in itself to guarantee admission. Students undertaking Ph.D. studies in English, with either a language or literature emphasis, will complete 18 credits of coursework in their first year of study, prepare for and write their Qualifying Papers in Year 2, write their thesis prospectus for approval at the beginning of Year 3, and research into their theses in Years 3 and 4. In their first year of Ph.D. study, students take 18 credits of coursework: six graduate seminars. Coursework enables students to prepare for research, as well as to broaden their knowledge of the discipline and fulfill the breadth expectations. Students consult with the Ph.D. advisor and their qualifying supervisor in planning their coursework. Students of contemporary areas of English will be reminded of the value of advanced study of historical periods and topics in professional preparation. Serious study in a range of areas gets students ready for their own projects, and for the job market. Normally, students select courses from the rich variety of graduate seminars (www.english.ubc.ca/grad/sem2005.htm) offered by the program each year MASTER OF ARTS Non-thesis option: M.A. in Literature or Language. Thirty credits of coursework, of which not more than 6 credits may be 300- or 400-level courses. Thesis option: M.A. in Literature or Language. Twenty-one credits of coursework, of which not more than 6 may be 300- or 400-level courses and a 9-credit thesis and oral examination M.A. applicants must normally hold a bachelor's degree with a minimum of high second class standing (76% or better) or a grade point average of at least 3.33 on a four-point scale based upon all academic courses taken during the two senior undergraduate years. While upper-year English grades are the most important feature of a record, applicants should note that a first class record overall is preferred. While applicants who have minimum requirements and grade point averages are eligible to be considered for admission, spaces in the M.A. program are very limited and lower grade averages are usually not competitive. For detailed information on M.A. admission and program requirements, please see the graduate program website (www.english.ubc.ca/Grad/Grad.htm). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of English, Graduate Office 397-1873 East Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-3855 Fax: 604-822-6906 Email: english.graduate.program@ubcca Web: www.english.ubc.ca/Grad/Grad.htm Louise Soga, Graduate Student Services EUROPEAN STUDIES Degree Offered: M.A. MEMBERS ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS S. Godfrey, J. Torpey. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Gaenzle, M. Kuus, L. Biukovic PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Institute for European Studies, p. 82 offers a Master of Arts program in European Studies. The M.A. program in European Studies is a two-year, full-time, interdisciplinary course of study which addresses the need for students to meet and understand the complex and changing realities of European politics, economics and culture in the twenty-first century. With the enlargement of the European Community, Europe represents a major political and cultural force as well as a major trading partner for Canadians. Students trained in the M.A. program will be well equipped to go on to academic research interests centring on Europe or professional career opportunities with a European focus. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS • The Master of Arts in European Studies is awarded on the completion of 30 credits of coursework or 21 credits of coursework plus a 9-credit thesis. • A prerequisite or corequisite for the program is "Europe in the Twentieth Century: Europe since 1945" (History 463 or equivalent). • Students must take five core courses and write either a master's thesis or take a total of 30 credits. • First-year students in the M.A. program will be expected to take a 1 credit pro-seminar in European Studies to be offered every two 246 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 weeks for one year. The seminar is designed to ensure a sense of community among European Studies students by bringing them together as a group on a regular basis. • Elective courses will be selected in consultation with the program's graduate advisor to support the interdisciplinary nature of the program. Electives should constitute a coherent field of study and should include at least one humanities course. CONTACT INFORMATION Institute for European Studies C.K. Choi Bldg., 182-1855 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-1452 Fax: 604-822-3433 Email: europe@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.ies.ubc.ca Rob Stoddard, Assistant to the Director EXPERIMENTAL MEDICINE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS T. Bai, M. Brauer, R. Brunham, A. Chow, A. Churg, V. Duronio, A. Eaves, C. Eaves, J. Esdaile, J. Fleetham, V. Ho, K. Humphries, S. Kennedy, P. Keown, G. Krystal, S. Lam, V Ling, H. Lui, J. McLarnon, J. Montaner, J. Oger, P. Pare, S. Pelech, G. Quamme, S. Rabkin, N. Reiner, J. Road, J. Russell, R. Schellenberg, J. Schrader, U. Steinbrecher, G. Stiver, J. Stoessl, E Takei, J. Taunton, J. Tsui, S. Vincent, K. Walley, Y. Wang, G. Warnock, N. Wong, P. Wong, M. Yeung, H. Ziltener. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS R. Armstrong, J. Dutz, J. Fitzgerald, S. Hayashi, R. Hegele, A. Karsan, N. Khalil, T. Oxland, T. Podor, D. Reid, C. Roberts, W P. Robinson, C. Seow, C. Shaw, E. Skarsgard, P. Sorensen, R. Stokes, H. Ward, P. Wilcox. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS | C. Helgason, E Rossi, Y. Av-Gay, A. Cherkasov, M. Cox, D. Dorscheid, S. Dunn, M. Grigg, Z. Hmama, J. Kast, K. Khan, M. Levings, G. Li, H. McKay, K. McNagny, A. Mui, D. Nandan, C. Nelson, D. Redenbach, B. Salh, S. Spacey, T. Steiner, B. Vallance, P. von Dadelszen, Y. Zhou. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Experimental Medicine Program is intended for individuals seeking a career in medical research. It furnishes the opportunity for students to work toward both the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following specialties: cardiology, cancer biology, dermatology, gastroenterology, hematology/oncology, infectious diseases, molecular medicine, nephrology, neurology, and respiratory medicine. All these fields can involve patients and/or experimental animal models. The Experimental Medicine Program accepts students with career goals compatible with the training the program provides. The requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies must also be met. A suitable research supervisor must agree to accept a potential student prior to an offer of admission to the program. Please note that a TOEFL score of 590 or greater is required for international students applying to this program. Students should contact the Experimental Medicine Program Office for further information. A brochure is available on request. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Normally, applicants for the Ph.D. program will have a M.Sc. in life sciences, biology, zoology or biochemistry. Students with equivalent degrees may also apply for admission. MASTER OF SCIENCE Normally, applicants for the Master of Science program will have a Bachelor of Science in life sciences, biology, zoology or biochemistry, or have a M.D., D.M.D. or D.V.M. Students with equivalent degrees may also apply for admission. CONTACT INFORMATION Experimental Medicine Program Room S-125 Koerner Pavilion, 2211 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-7215 Fax: 604-822-7897 Email: exptlmed@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.medicine.ubc.ca/ experimental-medicine/index, shtml Patrick Carew, Graduate Secretary FAMILY STUDIES Degree Offered: M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS A. Martin-Matthews, D. Perlman, J. M. White. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS P. J. Johnson, J. Ponzetri. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Marshall, C. Yodanis. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Master of Arts in Family Studies program is an interdisciplinary program, which stresses behavioral sciences relevant to family development, life span human development in the family context, and family resource management. In addition to satisfying the normal admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the applicant must have an undergraduate degree in Family Studies or in a relevant behavioral or social sciences program. For information on the Ph.D. Program see Social Work and Family Studies, p. 278. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS The master's program requires a minimum of 30 credits including 18 credits of coursework and a 12-credit thesis. At least 12 credits of coursework must be at the 500 level including the three required courses: FMST 520, 522, and 523. Elective courses which form a coherent plan of study compose the remainder of the coursework. In addition to the formal course- work, as evidence of reseach and scholarly capability, a thesis (12 credits) is required. CONTACT INFORMATION The School of Social Work and Family Studies 2080 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-2609 Fax: 604-822-8656 Email: socialwork.familystudies@ubcca Web: www.swfs.ubc.ca Rosemary Usher, Program Advisor; Marjorie Paukner, Admissions Secretary FILM STUDIES Degrees Offered: M.A., M.F.A. MEMBERS PROFESSOR B. Mcllroy ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C. Gallagher, S. McGowan. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR L. Coulthard. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Film Studies Program offers the Master of Arts (M.A.) in hi story /theory/criticism and the Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.) in Film Production. Each is a two-year course of study and requires, as a prerequisite, an undergraduate degree in film or the equivalent. The Film Studies Program and Creative Writing Program offer a Joint M.F.A. in Film and Creative Writing. The successful applicant must first be accepted into the Film Production M.F.A. For details of this joint program, please see the Film Program website (www.film.ubc.ca) or the Creative Writing website (www.creativewriting.ubc.ca). The UBC Library has an extensive holding of film studies literature, and the program provides film production and post- production equipment. Further information may be obtained from the program's website (www.film.ubc.ca). The Film Studies Program is part of the Department of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS For detailed information about specific application and program requirements for the Master of Arts in the Film Studies program, please visit www.film.ubc.ca/programs/studies/ film_studies_ma.htm. MASTER OF FINE ARTS For detailed information about specific application and program requirements for the Master of Fine Arts in Film Production program, please PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 247 visit www.film.ubc.ca/programs/production/ film_production_mfa.htm. Please see Creative Writing/Film, p. 240 for information about the joint Creative Writing and Film M.F.A. program. CONTACT INFORMATION Film Program Room 2354A, 1874 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-6037 Fax: 604-822-0508 Email: film@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.film.ubc.ca Zanna Downes, Film Program Secretary FINE ARTS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.F.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS M. S. Cohodas, S. Guilbaut, K. Lum, J. O'Brian, R. Prince, S. Watson, R. Windsor-Liscombe. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M. P. Ryan, C. Townsend-Gault, B. Zeigler. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS X. Gu, K. Hacker, C. Knicely, N. Nisbet, M. Pina, M. Roy, H. Tsao, W Wood. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory offers opportunities for advanced study of art history in the major periods of European and North American art, in certain areas of Asian art and in the indigenous arts of the Americas leading to the Master of Arts (M.A.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). It also offers advanced studies in visual art, leading to the Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.). For information about the Critical and Curatorial Studies option, leading to the Master of Arts in Art History (Critical Curatorial Studies), please see Art History (Critical and Curatorial Studies), p. 231. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. in Art History encourages high scholastic achievement, original research, and firm theoretical grounding. Normally, admission to the Ph.D. requires the completion of an M.A. in Art History, including reading knowledge of one language other than English. Students with master's degrees in related fields may be required to complete additional art history courses for their Ph.D. program. The program involves coursework, a language requirement, two comprehensive examinations, a thesis proposal, a round table presentation and a Ph.D. thesis. Students are normally required to take coursework at the 500 level, including ARTH 571, the methodology seminar, unless it has been taken within the previous five years. Exams require students to be proficient in both a major and a minor field, in order to qualify them for both doctoral thesis research and university teaching. Reading knowledge of a second language, other than English, (the first language having been required for the M.A.), relevant to the field of study is also required. Students are admitted to candidacy once they have completed the residency period, all required coursework, the language requirement, and passed the candidacy examinations. MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. in Art History is a two-year program with thesis, designed to instruct students in methods of research and presentation of scholarly materials. It qualifies them for professional work in the discipline. Applicants for the M.A. program in Art History should have preparation in the discipline equivalent to the undergraduate major at UBC. The M.A. degree requires 30 credits of which 24 credits must be in courses numbered 500 or above. These will include the methodology seminar (ARTH 571, 6 credits) and the master's thesis (ARTH 599, 6 credits). Reading knowledge of one language other than English and I relevant to the field of study is required. MASTER OF FINE ARTS The program provides a period of intensive conceptual and technical development for those students wishing to pursue a professional career in advanced contemporary art. The M.F.A. degree is also the standard qualifying degree for teaching visual arts at the post-secondary level. The M.F.A. program is dedicated to helping students understand both the making and theorizing of the art object against the background of the diverse intellectual environment of a major university. Students in the program may work in any area of contemporary art production including painting, drawing, printmaking, three-dimensional and installation work, photography, digital, multimedia, or in any interdisciplinary form. The program does not include training in applied art, commercial art and design, film or television. Applications will be considered from persons who hold a bachelor's degree and satisfy the requirements for admission to Graduate Studies. Applicants normally hold a B.F.A., B.A. or B.Ed, degree with a major in Visual Art. It is strongly advised that, at a minimum, an applicant have 18 academic credits (i.e., non-studio courses) at the 300 level or above, with at least a 'B-' (68%) standing in each. This is to ensure that, if admitted, the student will benefit from the academic components of the program. Important consideration governing the admission process is the assessment of the portfolio submitted as evidence of artistic standing. Assessment is also based on the statement of intent, letters of reference, academic record, published writing or other evidence of achievement. The M.F.A. program requires two academic years of coursework and completion within two years (24 months) minimum and five years (60 months) maximum after initial registration. The specific requirements are as follows: 1) VISA 581 (12 credits) and VISA 582 (12 credits). These seminars constitute an integrated, two-year Visual Art program worked out in consultation with the student, leading to the final major paper and exhibition. 2) Academic courses, numbered 400 or above, carrying a total of 12 credits. The M.F.A. degree is awarded after the successful completion of all coursework, the round- table presentation, a final exhibition of art work and completion of a major paper. The final exhibition of work must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the faculty the candidate's capacity for independent creative work. The major paper should focus on a topic related to the student's own interests and artistic practice placing the creative work in the context of both the intellectual interests of the candidate and a wider field of study. At least one external examiner will be involved in the examination of the final presentation and major paper CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Art History, Visual Art, and Theory 403-6333 Memorial Road Vancouver, BC, V6R 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-5650 |Fax: 604-822-9003 Email: ahvagrad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.finearts.ubc.ca TBA, Graduate Secretary FOOD SCIENCE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS T. Durance, D. D. Kitts, E. Li-Chan, H. Van Vuuren. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C. Seaman, B. J. Skura. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR S. Lund. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Food Science graduate program offers opportunities for advanced study and research leading to M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in the areas of Food Chemistry and Biochemistry, Food Process Science, Food Microbiology, Food Safety and Toxicology, Food Biotechnology, Food Quality Evaluation and Wine Biotechnology. Research areas of faculty members in the Food Science graduate program are described in the Faculty section of the website (www.agsci.ubc.ca/grad/food_sc.htm). Students may also be involved in research projects in collaboration with adjunct faculty and researchers from other university departments, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Fisheries and Oceans Canada, or other research centres. Graduate degree programs in Food Science normally involve a combination of courses in basic 248 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 and applied sciences with research leading to a thesis. Students are encouraged to publish their research results in refereed journals. Coursework is selected in consultation with the student's supervisory committee and includes graduate courses in food science and from other disciplines relevant to each student's research area. Applicants to the graduate program in Food Science are expected to have completed prerequisite fundamental undergraduate courses in organic chemistry, biochemistry, calculus, physics, statistics and microbiology. Applicants who lack some of these prerequisites and/or who do not have previous undergraduate background courses in the field of food science (Food process science, Food chemistry, Food analysis, Food laws, regulations and quality assurance, Micro-organisms in food systems, and Principles in food engineering) may be required to take additional coursework for their program. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students admitted to the Ph.D. degree will normally possess a M.Sc. in Food Science or a related area. Transfer from the M.Sc. to the Ph.D. program is permitted under regulations set forth by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. All Ph.D. students are required to take FOOD 600 (Graduate Seminar). Students are also required to complete 6 credits of graduate level Food Science courses, but courses completed during an M.Sc. program may be used to satisfy this requirement. Additional coursework may be selected in consultation with the student's supervisory committee. All Ph.D. students are required to take a comprehensive examination. The major requirement for the Ph.D. is completion of a research thesis demonstrating ability to conduct significant and original scientific research. MASTER OF SCIENCE The M.Sc. degree requires successful completion of 12 credits of thesis research plus a minimum of 18 credits of coursework. The coursework includes FOOD 500 (Graduate Seminar), a minimum of 6 credits of graduate- level Food Science courses, and other courses that may include a maximum of 6 credits of senior-undergraduate level courses. Additional coursework may be recommended upon consultation with the student's supervisory committee. CONTACT INFORMATION Faculty of Land and Food Systems 270-2357 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4593 Fax: 604-822-4400 Email: gradapp©interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.agsci.ubc.ca/grad/food_sc.htm Alina Yuhymets, Graduate Programs Manager FORESTRY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A.Sc, M.F., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS S. Avramidis, J. D. Barrett, C. Breuil, E L. Bunnell, C. Chanway, Y. El-Kassaby, P. Evans, R. J. Fannin, D. Haley, G. Hoberg, J. Innes, J. P. Kimmins, B. Larson, K. Martin, P. McFarlane, J. McLean, K. Ritland, J. Ruddick, J. Saddler, T. Sullivan, B. van der Kamp. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS S. Aitken, P. Arcese, J. Bohlmann, D. Cohen, N. Coops, S. Ellis, M. Feller, S. Grayston, R. Guy, S. Hinch, J. Kadla, R. Kozak, E Lam, V. Lemay, T. C. Maness, P. Marshall, R. D. Moore, J. Nelson, C. Prescott, H. Prion, J. Richardson, S. Sheppard, S. Simard, D. Tindall, R. Trosper. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Y. Alila, G. Bull, S. Gergel, S. Gulati, M. Krzic, C. K. Lyons, S. Mansfield, M. Meitner, S. Mitchell, G. Smith, T. Sowlati, D. Tait, M. Weiler, P. Wood. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Forestry offers advanced study in natural and social science, management and economic aspects of forestry and wood science, in an interdisciplinary setting. Detailed information about specific areas of research can be found on the Faculty of Forestry website (www.forestry.ubc.ca). Opportunities are offered for advanced study on a broad array of topics in forest resources managment, forest sciences and wood science. Forest resource management: forest operations, forest economics, terrain stability, forest policy, sustainable forest management, biometrics and mensuration, forest engineering, growth and yield, remote sensing, environmental perception, hydrology, timber supply planning, visualization, environmental sciology, conservation policy, systems analysis and environmental ethics. Forest sciences: forest genetics, population ecology, genomics and biochemistry of trees, conservation biology, quantitative generics, fire science, water quality, landscape ecology, soil ecology, plant physiology, aquatic ecology and fish conservation, modeling forest ecosystems, research methods, soil quality, silviculture, avian ecology, forest entomology, forest nutrition, stream-riparian ecosystems, forest ecology, silvics and forest pathology. Wood science: wood physics and drying, wood products engineering, forest products biotechnology, forest products marketing, wood products processing, wood anatomy and quality, photo protection and modification of wood, advanced biomaterials, forest products business management, wood mechanics, biotechnology and chemistry of wood fibres, engineered timber structures design, wood preservation, wood composites and operational research and performance. The Centre for Applied Conservation Research (CACR), p. 76 investigates science-based solutions to complex problems within managed and natural landscapes. The Centre for Advanced Wood Processing (CAWP) is a national centre for education, extension and research for the advanced wood products industries. A Soil Science (p. 280) Graduate Program is offered jointly with the Faculty of Land and Food Systems. The Faculty operates three research forests near Vancouver, Williams Lake and Prince George (with UNBC), which support many research and education activities. The Faculty encourages international and First Nations students to be involved in our research. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY A research-based master's degree in an appropriate area is a prerequisite. Any course- work is selected in consulation with the student's supervisory committee. MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE A Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.) or higher degree in engineering is a prerequisite. The Master of Applied Science in Forestry program includes a thesis (6 to 18 credits), a Forestry communications course FRST 544 (or approved alternate), and other approved courses for a total of 30 credits. The program may also be taken without thesis. MASTER OF FORESTRY A bachelor's degree equivalent to the B.S.E, or B.A.Sc. in forest engineering is a prerequisite. The Master of Forestry program includes a thesis (6 tol8 credits), a Forestry communications course FRST 544 (or approved alternate), and other approved courses for a total of 30 credits. The program may also be taken without thesis. MASTER OF SCIENCE A bachelor's degree in science, applied science, agricultural sciences, social science or forestry is a prerequisite. The Master of Science in Forestry program includes a thesis (6 to 18 credits), a Forestry communications course FRST 544 (or approved alternate), and other approved courses for a total of 30 credits. The program may also be taken without thesis. CONTACT INFORMATION Forestry Graduate Programs Office 2005-2424 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-6177 Fax: 604-822-8645 Email: grad.for@ubcca Web: www.forestry.ubc.ca Deb Feduik, Graduate Program Assistant FRENCH Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS D. Boccassini, H. Curat, R. Hodgson, A. Lamontagne, J.-A. McEachern, V. Raoul, R. Sarkonak, C. Testa. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 249 ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS R. Beaudoin, N. Frelick, S. N. Godfrey, A. Lamontagne, G. Onyeoziri-Miller, D. Rogers, C. Rouget. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS C. Phan, A.-M. Rocheleau, W G. Winder PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in French offers opportunities for advanced study in the language and literatures of France and Quebec, as well as African and Caribbean literatures in French, leading to the Ph.D. and to the M.A. with or without thesis. The UBC Library and the Departmental Reading Room have extensive holdings in French. The program makes available a list of courses to be offered as early as possible, usually in February of the preceding academic year DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program consists of coursework, a qualifying examination, candidacy examinations, and research leading to a dissertation that is defended in a final oral examination. See the graduate regulations located on the website (www.fhis.ubc.ca) for details. MASTER OF ARTS There are two options for the Master of Arts: 1) M.A. without Thesis. This option requires 30 credits of coursework, up to 6 of which may be drawn from 400-level undergraduate courses in literature or linguistics given in French, and a graduating essay followed by an oral examination. 2) M.A. with Thesis. This option requires 24 credits of coursework, up to 6 of which may be drawn from 400-level undergraduate courses in literature or linguistics given in French, and a 6-credit thesis followed by an oral thesis defence. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of French, Hispanic and Italian Studies 797-1873 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-0016 Fax: 604-822-6675 Email: fhisgrad@arts.ubc.ca Web: www.fhis.ubc.ca Carol Schoenfeld, Graduate Secretary GENETIC COUNSELLING Degree Offered: M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSOR A. D. Sadovnick. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. A. Clarke, S. E Langlois. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR L. Arbour. PROGRAM DIRECTOR A. Dircks PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Medical Generics, through the Faculty of Graduate Studies offers a two- year graduate program leading to a M.Sc degree in Genetic Counselling. Students entering the Program will be eligible to apply for "Active Candidate" status for both the American Board of Generic Counseling (ABGC) and the Canadian Association of Genetic Counsellors (CAGC) certification exams. The Program is a non-thesis program that consists of coursework in basic, molecular and clinical generics; counselling techniques; and bioethics as well as practical experience through clinical and laboratory rotations. Students also attend and participate in educational sessions offered by the Department of Medical Genetics and other departments within the Hospital and University DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF SCIENCE Applicants for the Program come with a wide range of life experiences and communication skills. These are evaluated along with the individual's academic transcript. Applicants are expected to have a minimum of a B.Sc. or equivalent degree. Previous coursework needs to include a strong genetics component as well as biochemistry and basic statistics. Course- work in embryology, human anatomy/physiology and psychology/counselling is an asset. It is essential that applicants have one-on-one counselling experience (either paid or volunteer) in a setting such as a Distress Line, Peer Counselling, Hospice, Rape Relief Centre etc. It is also important that candidates have knowledge of the profession and, if possible, experience in a clinical generics unit. This may be obtained through volunteer work, a Work Study position or a Directed Study project. Please contact the Program Secretary for an application package or visit the program's website (www.medgen.ubc.ca/programs/ mast-gen.htm) for further information. CONTACT INFORMATION Genetic Counselling Program, Dept. of Medical Genetics Room C234, 4500 Oak St. Vancouver, BC, V6H 3N1 Tel: 604-875-3486 Fax: 604-875-3490 Email: cslevin@cw.bcca Web: www.medgen.ubc.ca/programs/ mast-gen.htm Cheryl Slevin, Program Secretary GENETICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. T. Beatty, H. Brock, C. J. Brown, R. Brunham, D. Hogge, K. M. Cheng, M. B. Coulter-Mackie, S. Dedhar, C. J. Douglas, C. J. Eaves, B. E. Ellis, J. M. Friedman, E R. Ganders, B. R. Green, A. J. E Griffiths, T. A. Grigliatti, J. G. Hall, R. E. W Hancock, G. Haughn, M. R. Hayden, P. Hieter, R. Holt, W Honer, R. K. Humphries, W A. Jefferies, P. Johnson, D. M. Juriloff, R. J. Kay, J. W Kronstad, G. Krystal, R. T. A. MacGillivray, D. L. Mager, B. C. McGillivray, W R. McMaster, D. G. Moerman, J. Piret, C. H. Rankin, P. Rennie, K. Ritland, W P. Robinson, A. M. Rose, A. D. Sadovnick, I. J. Sadowski, J. W Schrader, J. K. Smit, T. P. Snutch, G. B. Spiegel- man, E Takei, H. S. Teh, H. Van Vuuren, G. Weeks, R. D. Wilson. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS F. J. Dill, M. Gold, M. J. Harris, S. E Langlois, M. Marra, K. M. McNagny, C. Nelson, S. Otto, R. J. Redfield, E. M. Simpson, J. Vielkind, W Wasserman. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K. Adams, J. Bohlmann, E. Conibear, A. Cherkasov, M. Cox, N. Fast, C. Helgason, P. A. Hoodless, S. Jones, P. Keeling, L. Lefebvre, M. Levings, X. Li, S. Lund, V. Measday, A. Mui, C. Ong, E Ouellette, M. Wilkinson. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Studies leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Generics and Genomics are available through the Generics Graduate Program in the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Genetics Graduate Program is flexible and is intended to accommodate the diverse background of students and the broad nature of genetic research. Students who apply for entrance must satisfy the general regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, must be acceptable to the Genetics graduate program admissions committee, and to the head of the department in which they will work. The student's graduate program will be decided by the student, thesis supervisor, and the thesis committee. All students must complete 18 credits of coursework in their first year, including GENE 502, and meet the formal requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. In addition, students are strongly advised to take a seminar course if possible. The supervisor and thesis committee will ensure that the student takes courses that remedy any deficiencies in the student's undergraduate preparation. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Each student proceeding towards a Ph.D. must pass an oral qualifying examination within the first 18 months of study. All students are expected to attend seminars regularly during all years of their registration in the program. All students are required to present a Generics Program seminar upon completion of their program, and before the thesis defense. A student's committee for the doctorate will consist of the supervisor and three others. The 250 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 supervisor and at least one other member must be members of the generics graduate program. For detailed information about application and program requirements, please visit the program's website (www.generics.ubc.ca). MASTER OF SCIENCE A student's committee for the Master of Science will consist of the supervisor and two others. The supervisor and at least one other member must be members of the Genetics graduate program. For detailed information about application and program requirements, please visit the program's website (www.generics.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Genetics Graduate Program Room 308, 2206 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-8764 Fax: 604-822-9865 Email: genetics@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.generics.ubc.ca Monica Deutsch, Graduate Secretary GEOGRAPHY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS T. J. Barnes, M. A. Church, D. J. Gregory, D. J. Hiebert, D. E Ley, D. M. McClung, I. G. McKendry, T. R. Oke, G. J. Pratt, J. B. Robinson, D. G. Steyn, R. B. Stull, G. C. Wynn. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS P. H. Austin, D. W C. Edgington, G. H. R. Henry, B. Klinkenberg, R. D. Moore, E. K. Wyly. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K. J. Bakker, M. D. Buzzelli, L. D. Daniels, B. C. Eaton, M. D. Evenden, J. E Glassman, M. Hassan, M. Kuus, P. Le Billon, J. R. Sundberg, M. Weiler. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Programs in physical geography have a strong natural science emphasis. They focus on physical and ecological systems at or close to the earth's surface, and the interaction of these systems with people. The major substantive specializations are biogeography (plant ecology, arctic environments); climatology (air pollution meteorology; mesoscale modelling; urban climatology); GIS and remote sensing (accuracy, fractals, integrated systems); geomorphology (alpine hydrology and geomorphology, avalanche prediction, hillslope geomorphology and mass movements; fluvial sediment transport and the interpretation of river channel changes in BC); hydrology (surface water, snow and land use hydrology; sediment yield and quality; energy and mass balance studies in the Coast Mountains and Lower Fraser Valley of BC). Programs in human geography are more pluralistic Many projects explore the connections between human geography and political economy, social theory and cultural studies and pursue their substantive implications for interpreting changes in past and present landscapes. Other work focuses on the political and policy aspects of these changes (especially in North America and Asia). Major areas of specialization are development geography (especially East and South-East Asia); economic geography (Marxist and post-Marxist theories of the space-economy; analytical modelling; development theory; industrial restructuring and technological change); feminist geography (gender, sexuality and geography); historical geography (environmental history, colonialism and imperialism, urbanization, with a particular focus on North America (especially Canada), Europe, Latin America and the British Empire); social and cultural geography (theories of modernity and post modernity; popular culture and the geography of everyday life; ethnicity-race, class and gender; consumption, place and landscape). Work in these fields often feeds into a strong general interest in urban geography (urban systems, urban growth and restructuring, social and economic change, with a particular focus on North America and Asia) and intersects with work in environmental geography (environmental sustainability, environmental policy, community development). Programs in regional geography focus upon the following regions: Canada (especially Western Canada); Asia and the Pacific Rim (especially China, Japan and Southeast Asia); Russia and Eastern Europe, Latin America. The Department participates actively in many interdisciplinary programs: Polar and Alpine, Asian Studies, Canadian Studies, Community and Regional Planning, Comparative Literature, Global Studies, Hydrology, International Relations, Latin American Studies, Liu Centre for the Study of Global Issues, Remote Sensing, Resource Management and Environmental Studies, Sustainable Development, Transportation Studies, Urban Studies, Women's Studies, and the UBC-Ritsumeikan .University Academic Exchange Program. Field studies include ongoing projects in the Western Arctic and Cordilleran regions of Canada and special projects in Asia. A detailed guide to graduate studies in Geography is available from the Department or on the Department's website (www.geog.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program consists of one course (either GEOG 500 or GEOG 520), additional coursework if recommended by the research supervisor and/or doctoral committee, independent study, a spring review, comprehensive examination (both written and oral), and research leading to a dissertation that is defended in an oral final examination. MASTER OF ARTS There are two options for the Master of Arts: 1) Thesis Option. This option requires 15 credits of coursework, which must include GEOG 520 or GEOG 500 (3 credits) and a 15-credit thesis. 2) Non-thesis Option. This option requires 30 credits of coursework (including a major essay) and a comprehensive examination. MASTER OF SCIENCE There are two options for the Master of Science: 1) Thesis Option. This option requires 15 credits of Science coursework of which at least 9 credits must be at the graduate level, which must include GEOG 500 (3 credits) and a 15-credit thesis. 2) Non-thesis Option. This option requires 30 credits of coursework (including a major essay) and a comprehensive examination. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Geography 1984 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-2663 Fax: 604-822-6150 Email: gradprog@geog.ubc.ca Web: www.geog.ubc.ca Junnie Cheung, Graduate Secretary GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A.Sc, M.Eng. MEMBERS PROFESSORS O. Hungr, L. Smith. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR R. Beckie. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS E. Eberhardt, U. Mayer. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Geological Engineering Program is intended for students interested in the application of earth sciences principles to engineering problems. While most geological engineering degree programs are based in the Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences, students may also base their studies in allied Applied Science departments such as Civil or Mining Engineering. Indeed, the program is highly interdisciplinary and draws upon courses, laboratories and faculty members from the departments of Earth and Ocean Sciences, Civil Engineering, Mining Engineering, Forestry, Geography and others. Graduate students are often co-supervised by faculty members from different departments. Geological engineering faculty members in the Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences have research interests in the following general areas: • Landslides, debris flows, engineering geology, slope stability; • Groundwater hydrology, groundwater contamination and remediation, reactive transport modeling, environmental geochemistry; • Rock engineering, rock slopes and tunneling. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 251 Other research areas include geotechnical engineering, environmental geology, engineering geology, economic geology, and applied geophysics. The specific fields of study may involve geomorphology and terrain analysis, groundwater hydrology, natural hazards, slope stability, petroleum and coal geology, coalbed methane, mineral prospecting and valuation, and other similar subjects. Students are encouraged to consult individual faculty members for information about current research areas. Admission to graduate studies in geological engineering is only open to students with an undergraduate degree in engineering or, at the discretion of the program director, to students with sufficient engineering work experience. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. degree typically requires four to five years to complete. There are no course requirements for the Ph.D. program. MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE The M.A.Sc. degree typically requires two years to complete. It consists of a 12-credit thesis and 18 credits in graduate or advanced courses in geological engineering and related fields selected in consultation with the candidate's committee. MASTER OF ENGINEERING This professional degree requires 27 credits of coursework plus a 3-credit major essay Upon admission, students are assigned to an advisor who approves courses, typically from Earth and Ocean Sciences and Applied Sciences, and supervises the major essay research project. It is possible for full-time students commencing in September to complete the coursework requirements in one year. The M.Eng. in Geological Engineering can be completed on a part-time basis. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences 6339 Stores Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2713 Fax: 604-822-6088 Email: aallen@eos.ubc.ca Web: www.eos.ubc.ca Alex Allen, Graduate Secretary GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS M. Bustin, L. Groat, O. Hungr, J. Mortensen, K. Russell, L. Smith, P. Smith, D. Weis. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS R. Beckie, G. Dipple, K. Grimm, L. Kennedy, J. Scoates. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS E. Eberhardt, M. Jellinek, M. Kopylova, U. Mayer, S. Rowins. PROGRAM OVERVIEW UBC and the Province of British Columbia offer exceptional opportunity for combined field and laboratory research. The Canadian Cordillera offers research opportunities in the petrology of intrusive and volcanic rocks of many kinds, and of metamorphic rocks of all grades; in structural studies of complex metamorphic terrains exposed in three dimensions; in metalliferous deposits of varied genetic types; in mineral exploration methods; in mineralogy associated with many different environments; in complexly folded and faulted successions of bedded rocks in the mountain belts and plateaus, and in virtually undisturbed coal- and gas-bearing strata of the northeastern part of the province; in numerous problems of engineering, environmental geology related to water, slope stability, natural geological hazards and hydrogeology. The lakes, fjords, deltas, tidal flats, continental shelf and oceanic depths provide a wide range of aquatic environments for students interested in sedimentology, geochemistry, biostratigraphy, and geological oceanography. The Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences maintains excellent provisions for research and study. The Department hosts the Pacific Centre for Isotopic and Geochemical Research (PCIGR), a regional facility providing state-of-the-art laboratories for isotopic and geochemical analyzes of rocks and fluids. Facilities include: a Nu Instruments multi-collector inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer, a Finnigan Triton thermo-ionization mass spectrometer, an automated VG solid source mass spectrometer for U-Pb geochronol- ogy, a micromass 5400 noble gas mass spectrometer, a Finnigan Delta Plus XL stable isotope mass spectrometer, a Finnigan Element2 high resolution CIP-MS, Class 100 clean laboratory; CAMECA SX-50 electron microprobe and scanning electron microscope; equipment for x-ray diffraction, including modern single- crystal camera and powder diffractometer; analytical geochemical equipment for atomic absorption, colorimetry, wet chemistry, chromatography, and spectrography; a rock deformation laboratory, including three triaxial rock deformation presses; a physical properties laboratory; rock and mineral preparation equipment; microscopes and computer imaging laboratories; hydrogeology and palaeontology laboratories; and a machine shop. The Mineral Deposit Research Unit conducts industry-sponsored research. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Courses in Geology and related fields will be selected in consultation with the candidate's committee. MASTER OF SCIENCE The Master of Science (with thesis) program consists of a 12-credit thesis and 18 credits in graduate or advanced courses in geology and related fields selected in consultation with the candidate's committee. The Master of Science (without thesis) program includes 27 credits in graduate or advanced courses in geology and related subjects and a 3-credit graduating paper, selected in consultation with the candidate's committee. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences 6339 Stores Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2713 Fax:604-822-6088 Email: aallen@eos.ubc.ca Web: www.eos.ubc.ca Alex Allen, Graduate Secretary GEOPHYSICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc, M.A.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS N. Balmforth, M. Bostock, G. Clarke, R. Clowes, D. Oldenburg. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS E. Hearn, E Herrmann, M. Jellinek. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Theoretically and experimentally oriented Master of Science (M.Sc), Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) programs are offered in a number of key areas of geophysics. Current fields of interest are glaciology with studies in glacier physics; geodynamics of the crust and upper mantle with an emphasis on numerically modeling lithosphere deformation and earthquakes; reflection seismology with the goal to make inferences on the geological and rock-physical processes responsible for seismic discontinuities; time-series analysis and wavelet processing; inversion methodologies with application to reflection seismology, mineral exploration and environmental studies; seismology with observational programs in crustal and upper mantle studies; reflection, refraction, and earthquake studies focused on understanding past and current tectonic processes in western Canada; and theoretical model studies to investigate wave propagation in laterally heterogeneous media. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Applicants are expected to have a master's degree in science or engineering, with a firm background of mathematics and physics up to fourth-year level. While some undergraduate instruction in geophysics or geology is an advantage, it is not a prerequisite for entry into geophysics graduate programs of the Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences. Geophysics students who have not completed a course in physics of the Earth at either the senior undergraduate or graduate level will be required to register for EOSC 453. MASTER OF SCIENCE Applicants are expected to have the equivalent of an honours degree in science, with a firm 252 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 background of mathematics and physics up to fourth-year level. While some undergraduate instruction in geophysics or geology is an advantage, it is not a prerequisite for entry into geophysics graduate programs of the Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences. Geophysics students who have not completed a course in physics of the Earth at either the senior undergraduate or graduate level will be required to register for EOSC 453. The M.Sc program consists of 12 credits of thesis and 18 credits of coursework. MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE Applicants are expected to have the equivalent of an honours degree in engineering, with a firm background of mathematics and physics up to fourth-year level. While some undergraduate instruction in geophysics or geology is an advantage, it is not a prerequisite for entry into geophysics graduate programs of the Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences. Geophysics students who have not completed a course in physics of the Earth at either the senior undergraduate or graduate level will be required to register for EOSC 453. The M.A.Sc program consists of 12 credits of thesis and 18 credits of coursework. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences 6339 Stores Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2713 Fax: 604-822-6088 Email: aallen@eos.ubc.ca Web: www.eos.ubc.ca Alex Allen, Graduate Secretary GERMANIC STUDIES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSOR P. A. Stenberg. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS " G. Pailer, T. Salumets, S. Taubeneck, G. H. Winthrop-Young, K. A. Zaenker. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS M. Hallensleben, C. Rieger. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Our graduate program provides excellent opportunities to cross and join boundaries by participating in the continued construction of new disciplinary configurations. In order to facilitate research and development of unique scholarly projects, students are free to draw on a broad range of faculty both on and off campus. They are encouraged to explore canonical and non-canonical texts, and to take advantage of the many interdisciplinary, intercultural and other dimensions which presently give shape to the Program in German at UBC. For details please visit our website (www. german. ubc. ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY It is expected that students who enter the Ph.D. program will have a general knowledge of the broad outlines of German language and literature and of German political, cultural and social history, and that they are familiar with both the basic tools of study and the basic methods of critical analysis. With this as a foundation, the Ph.D. program will focus on the application of the major critical theories and the development of discipline-related expertise. The methods by which the students develop this expertise may vary from one-to-one discussions and small tutorial groups to formal seminars and lectures. Students will also participate in departmental colloquia. Whatever the format, students should be mindful of the general goal, which, in addition to their expertise in German language and literary study, is to develop their capacity for critical thinking and their ability to express their thoughts and ideas independently. For details please visit the program's website (www.german.ubc.ca). MASTER OF ARTS Students entering the M.A. program are expected to have a high level of linguistic proficiency and a working familiarity with German literary, cultural, social, political and intellectual history. Students are required to complete 30 credits and to take a comprehensive examination. The program of study intended as preparation for a career in teaching and/or research in German literature and provides a possible foundation for doctoral study in Germanic Studies. Since the emphasis is on the study of literature and literary historiography, students have the opportunity to develop a comprehensive knowledge and critical judgement of German literary history, acquire an understanding of literary texts in their aesthetic, social, political, (inter)cultural, and historical dimensions, apply a variety of critical methods and theories to the study of literary texts, refine literary sensibilities, analytical skills and conceptual abilities. For details please visit the program's website (www.german.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies 1873 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-6403 Fax: 604-822-9344 Email: german@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.german.ubc.ca Christa Rathje, Department Secretary HEALTH ADMINISTRATION Degree Offered: M.H.A. MEMBERS* PROFESSORS R. Evans, R. Giammarino, R. Hogg, J. Ries, T. Ross, J. Singer, D. Skarlicki. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. Anis, N. Langton. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS P. Chwelos, R. Hanvelt, J. Kopec, N. Shaw, H. Wong. '"Note: Faculty for 2004/2005. Subject to change in 2005/2006. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Master of Health Administration (M.H.A.) is offered by the Department of Health Care and Epidemiology, in conjunction with the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration (Sauder School of Business). The M.H.A. curriculum provides the educational and professional foundations for leadership in the health services field. It emphasizes analytical thinking and aims to provide graduates who are skilled professionals with in-depth applied administrative research tools. Graduates are expected to be capable of identifying and solving complex organizational and assessment problems in the health services sector The M.H.A. has a professional executive focus and is taught in modular (1.5 credit) format: Friday afternoon through to Sunday afternoon, approximately one weekend per month. The full program takes two calendar years to complete. All 24 courses are required, in addition to a major Research Project (HCEC 590) worth 6 credits. The program is cohort-based and delivered at UBC Robson Square, and is therefore not available as a distance education or online option. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF HEALTH ADMINISTRATION Applications for admission to the M.H.A. program will be evaluated based on a combination of academic achievement, GMAT/GRE results, and/or relevant work experience. If the applicant does not already have GMAT or GRE results, the GMAT should be written prior to submission of the application or shortly thereafter. In addition to the minimum requirements, applicants are required to include a letter of intent that outlines their motivation for completing the M.H.A. program as well as a current resume. Professional experience and publications may be considered for those who do not meet the minimum GPA requirements. Applicants who have limited relevant work experience may be required to complete a Residency/ Internship placement in addition to the regular graduation requirements. Ideally, the three letters of reference should indicate how the referee has come to know the PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 253 applicant and why they feel the applicant will succeed in the M.H.A. program. Where feasible, the selection of referees should be made so that two of the letters relate primarily to work experience and career progression including community service while the third deals with academic performance. CONTACT INFORMATION Master of Health Administration Program James Mather Bldg., 5804 Fairview Avenue Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2366 Fax: 604-822-4994 Email: mha.program@ubcca Web: www.healthcare.ubc.ca/MHA_Program Isabella Losinger, M.L.S., M.A., M.H.A. Program Manager HEALTH CARE AND EPIDEMIOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. Armstrong, M. Barer, C. Black, E. Goldner, C. Hertzman, R. Hogg, A. Kazanjian, S. Kennedy, R. G. Mathias, M. T. Schechter, S. B. Sheps, J. Singer, K. Teschke, C. Van Netten, A. Yassi. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. H. Anis, P. Demers, J. Frankish, J. Kozak, C. Lovato, S. A. Marion, D. Patrick, J. A. Shoveller, B. Sobolev, J. J. Spinelli, J. K. H. Tan. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Buxton, B. Henry, R. A. Hanvelt, P. Janssen, M. Koehoorn, J. Kopec, J. E Kozak, A. Levy, Y MacNab, C. Mitton, S. Morgan, M. Naus, A. Ostry, R. Reid, J. Spiegel, P. Spittal, H. Wong. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Research-oriented graduate programs in Health Care and Epidemiology are offered leading to the Doctor of Philosophy and to the Master of Science, both with thesis. These may be focused on any of the areas of strength of the faculty, with particular examples being clinical epidemiology, community health, health services management and planning, health-care policy, occupational and environmental health, and preventive medicine and health promotion. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY For Ph.D. students the requirements are nine required courses and any additional courses defined by the student and/or their Ph.D. committee. Individuals with a basic degree in the health or related sciences will be considered eligible to apply for admission, but the number of positions is limited. Application deadline is February 1 for entry in September. For additional information see the program's website (www.healthcare.ubc.ca). MASTER OF SCIENCE The minimum requirement for a Master of Science (including thesis) is 30 credits. However the actual courses required are at the discretion of program supervisors and often the number of credits required is 36 to 42. For additional information see the program's website (www.healthcare.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Health Care and Epidemiology 5804 Fairview Avenue Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-5405 Fax: 604-822-4994 Email: laurel.slaney@ubcca Web: www.healthcare.ubc.ca Laurel Slaney, Graduate Programs Coordinator HEALTH SCIENCE Degree Offered: M.H.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. Armstrong, M. Barer, C. Black, E. Goldner, C. Hertzman, R. Hogg, A. Kazanjian, S. Kennedy, R. G. Mathias, M. T. Schechter, S. B. Sheps, J. Singer, K. Teschke, C. Van Netten, A. Yassi. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. H. Anis, P. Demers, J. Frankish, C. Lovato, S. A. Marion, D. Patrick, J. Shoveller, B. Sobolev, J. J. Spinelli, J. K. H. Tan. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Buxton, B. Henry, R. A. Hanvelt, P. Janssen, M. Koehoorn, J. Kopec, J. Kozak, A. Levy, Y. MacNab, C. Mitton, S. Morgan, M. Naus, A. Ostry, R. Reid, J. A. J. Spiegel, P. Spittal, H. Wong. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Master of Health Science (M.H.Sc.) program is designed to provide graduate education for physicians in the areas of Clinical Epidemiology, Occupational Health or Community Health. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCE Minimum admission requirements for this 30 credit program include an academic record that meets Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements and a Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) or equivalent. For additional information see the Department's website (www.healthcare.ubc.ca). All application materials must be received by February 1 for international applicants and March 1 for Canadian applicants. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Health Care and Epidemiology 5804 Fairview Avenue Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-5405 Fax: 604-822-4994 Email: laurel.slaney@ubcca Web: www.healthcare.ubc.ca Laurel Slaney, Graduate Programs Manager HIGHER EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. Boshier, D. Fisher, D. Pratt, K. Rubenson, T. Sork. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. Andres, S. Butterwick. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Chan-Tiberghien, A. Mazawi, A. Metcalfe, P. Walter. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Higher Education graduate program at the University of British Columbia focuses on the study of institutions of higher education and their members, activities, and policies. The program draws on such disciplines and fields as history, philosophy, sociology, economics, political science, psychology, sociology, law, and administrative studies. The Higher Education graduate program offers two master's level degrees: Master of Arts (M.A.) and Master of Education (M.Ed.). Part-time study is possible in the M.Ed, and M.A. programs. Students wishing to pursue doctoral research in the field of Higher Education can do so as part of a Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Educational Studies, p. 244 or a Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) in Educational Leadership and Policy, p. 244. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. is a 30-credit program that involves advanced academic study and the preparation of an original thesis. Students enrolled in the M.A. program must complete 6 credits of required coursework, 6 credits of research methods coursework, 12 credits of electives, and a 6-credit master's thesis. MASTER OF EDUCATION The M.Ed, is a 30-credit program designed for professionals in education whose primary focus is understanding and improving educational practice. Students enrolled in the M.Ed, program must complete 6 credits of required coursework, 3 credits of research methods coursework, 18 credits of electives, and a 3-credit graduating project/paper CONTACT INFORMATION Departmental of Educational Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-6647 Fax: 604-822-4244 Email: grad.edst@ubcca Web: www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/ higher_ed.html Shermila Salgadoe, Graduate Secretary 254 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 HISPANIC STUDIES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. C. Carr, R. De Grandis, I. Rubio. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Beasley-Murray, R. Cacho, M. S. Fernandez Utrera. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Hispanic Studies offers opportunities for advanced study in the literatures of Spain and Spanish America, leading to the Ph.D and to the M.A. with or without a thesis. The UBC Library has extensive holdings in all Hispanic areas, especially in periodicals and Latin-American studies, both in Spanish and Portuguese. There is also a Departmental reading room for graduate students, containing basic texts, scholarly collections and reference works. The program makes available a list of courses to be offered as early as possible, usually in February of the preceding academic year DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program consists of coursework, a qualifying examination, candidacy examinations, and research leading to a dissertation that is defended in an oral final examination. See the graduate regulations located on the program's website (www.fhis.ubc.ca) for details. MASTER OF ARTS There are two options for the Master of Arts: • M.A. without Thesis. This option requires 30 credits of coursework, up to 6 of which may be drawn from 400-level undergraduate courses in Spanish, a graduating essay followed by an oral examination, and ■ regular participation in SPAN 500: Seminar in Hispanic Studies. • M.A. with Thesis. This option requires 24 credits of coursework, up to 6 of which may be drawn from 400-level undergraduate^ courses in Spanish, a 6-credit thesis followed by an oral thesis defence, and regular participation in SPAN 500: Seminar in Hispanic Studies. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of French, Hispanic and Italian Studies 797-1873 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-0016 Fax: 604-822-6675 Email: fhisgrad@mail.arts.ubcca Web: www.fhis.ubc.ca Carol Schoenfeld, Graduate Secretary HISTORY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS K. Benson, D. Breen, T. Brook, C. Friedrichs, D. Lary, P. Moogk, D. Newell, A. Ray, R. Unger, W Ward. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Dixon, G. Egerton, W French, A. Gorsuch, P. Krause, S. Lee, T. Loo, R. McDonald, R. Menkis, G. Peterson, A. Smith, W Wray, H. Yu. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS C. Booker, R. Brain, A. Bronfman, E. Glassen- heim, L. Paris, P. Raibmon, J. Roosa, L. Shin. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of History offers M.A. and Ph.D. programs, each requiring a thesis, in the fields of Asian, Canadian, First Nations, British and European (early modern and modern), international relations, U.S., and Latin I American history. At the Ph.D. level, the Department stresses Asian, Canadian and European history. The Department especially emphasizes comparative and interdisciplinary approaches to the study of the past. Within these areas the program offers graduate reading courses and research seminars in the main varieties of social, cultural, political, intellectual, economic, diplomatic, and international relations history. Research in all these fields is facilitated by extensive library holdings including government publications, state papers, newspapers and extensive collections of early modern European pamphlets and literature. UBC is home to one of the leading research libraries for East Asian Studies in North America. There are also notable collections of books in the history of the American West, of Canada (one of the best in Canada, with especially large sections on British Columbia and the Prairie West), international relations, Germany (the best in Canada), Radical movements in Europe and North America, and medicine, science and technology (Woodward Library). For detailed information describing the Ph.D. and M.A. programs in History at UBC, please visit the History Department's website (www.history.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program consists of coursework, comprehensive examinations in one major and two minor fields, and a dissertation that is defended in an oral final examination. Prerequisites for admission to the PhD program include a master's degree (or equivalent) in History. In certain cases others may also be eligible to apply. Consult the History website (www.history.ubc.ca) for details. MASTER OF ARTS The Master of Arts program consists of course- work and a 40-page thesis. Prerequisites for admission to the M.A. program include a four-year B.A. with History honours or History Major. Consult the History website (www.history.ubc.ca) for details. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of History 1297-1873 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-5110 Fax:604-822-6658 Email: histgrad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.history.ubc.ca/grad-bro/index.htm Jennifer Kho, Graduate Secretary HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBER PROFESSOR L. Peter at. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Graduate study in Home Economics Education is a small but lively program in Curriculum Studies, and works closely in areas of shared interest in research and practice with colleagues throughout the Faculty of Education and in related units across campus. Graduates of our programs have moved into positions in school administration, college and university teaching, and leadership in home economics and school districts in a variety of special areas. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the program requires: 1) Normally, 18 credits of senior coursework or a professional concentration in the area of interest. 2) Normally, two years of teaching experience or other relevant professional experience. Degree Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500- level or above. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, normally 9 credits, is included. Part-time and full-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Degree Requirements: M.Ed, program consists of a minimum of 30 credits, of which 24 must be courses numbered at the 500 level. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students select either a program consisting entirely of courses (for example, ten 3-credit courses) or 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating project (3 credits). Part-time and full-time study options are offered. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 255 CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Curriculum Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5367 Fax: 604-822-4714 Email: cust.grad@ubc.ca Web: www.curricstudies.educ.ubc.ca Basia Zurek, Graduate Secretary HUMAN KINETICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Sc, M.H.K. MEMBERS PROFESSORS P. Crocker, I. Franks, T. Inglis, D. McKenzie, E. Rhodes, D. Sanderson, J. Taunton, P. Vertinsky ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS R. Chua, W Frisby, R. Mosher, R. Sparks. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Bredin, M. Carpenter, N. Hodges, L. Hurd Clarke, K. Khan, T. Lam, J. Rupert, W Sheel, D. Warburton, B. Wilson. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School of Human Kinetics offers graduate students original investigations (M.A., M.Sc, Ph.D.) and advanced study (M.H.K.) in biological, behavioural, and socio-cultural research in Human Kinetics. Students work in excellent research facilities alongside some of the top researchers in the field of Human Kinetics. The School's graduate program follows a mentorship model and admission to the graduate program requires a faculty member to agree to act as a research supervisor Applications meeting the minimum eligibility requirements are forwarded to potential supervisors identified by the applicant, and the recommendation for admission is made by individual faculty members. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. program is governed by the general requirements set out by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Admission to the program normally requires a thesis-based master's degree in Human Kinetics, Physical Education, Kinesiology, or other related field of study, along with appropriate undergraduate and graduate coursework. Applicants with an undergraduate or graduate degree in a non- Human Kinetics program may be considered for admission, particularly if they have a strong background in Human Kinetics. There is no required coursework. MASTER OF ARTS The Master of Arts (M.A.) program in Human Kinetics consists of a minimum of 30 credits (including a 12-credit thesis). A maximum of 6 of the required 18 course credits may be taken at the 300 and 400 level. Admission to the program requires a first class standing (80% or above) in at least 12 credits of coursework relevant to the chosen program of study, and at least an upper second class standing (76% or above) in all third- and fourth-year level courses. MASTER OF SCIENCE The Master of Science (M.Sc.) program in Human Kinetics consists of a minimum of 30 credits, (including a 12-credit thesis). A maximum of 6 of the required 18 course credits may be taken at the 300 and 400 level. Admission to the program requires a first class standing (80% or above) in at least 12 credits of coursework relevant to the chosen program of study, and at least an upper second class standing (76% or above) in all third-and fourth-year level courses. MASTER OF HUMAN KINETICS The Master of Human Kinetics (M.H.K.) non- thesis program consists of a minimum of 30 course credits (including a 3-credit major paper). A maximum of 6 of the required 27 course credits may be taken at the 300 and 400 level. Applicants are normally expected to have a Bachelor of Human Kinetics or its equivalent. Admission to the program requires a First class standing (80% or above) in at least 12 credits of coursework relevant to the chosen program of study, and at least an upper second class standing (76% or above) in all third and fourth-year level courses. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Human Kinetics 210-6081 University Boulevard Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-2767 Fax: 604-822-6842 Email: hkin-gradsec@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.hkin.educ.ubc.ca Rochelle de la Giroday, Graduate Secretary HUMAN NUTRITION Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS S. I. Barr, S. Innis. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS G. E. Chapman, Z. Xu. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K. Keiver, R. Levy Milne. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Human Nutrition offers opportunities for advanced study and original investigations in basic applied human nutrition at both the master's and doctoral levels. The curriculum includes coursework and thesis research through laboratory or field work in a variety of areas relevant to human nutrition including nutrient metabolism, diet and disease, nutrition through the life cycle and nutrition behaviours. The program is enriched through collaboration with colleagues in graduate programs such as Animal Science, Food Science, Pediatrics and Pharmaceutical Sciences. Coursework selected in consultation with the student's supervisory committee includes graduate courses in human nutrition and from other areas relevant to each student's research. Research facilities are housed both within the Family and Nutritional Sciences (FNS) Building and, on a shared basis, in other buildings on campus. Within the FNS Building, the research facilities include various modern analytical laboratories and other equipment for conduction biochemical and basic molecular biological research, and computers for conducting dietary and qualitative data analysis. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program does not require a fixed number of courses but appropriate coursework will be selected in consultation with the candidate's committee. All candidates are required to take a comprehensive examination, ordinarily at the end of the first year. The major requirement for the Ph.D. is completion of a research thesis demonstrating ability to conduct significant and original scientific research. Applicants to the Ph.D. program will be expected to meet the requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, p. 217. MASTER OF SCIENCE The Master of Science program requires completion of a minimum of 30 credits, including a 12-credit research thesis and at least 18 credits of coursework. HUNU 500, 531 (an advanced statistics or research methods course), and two of HUNU 503, 505, 507 and 509 are required of all students in the M.Sc. program. A student's committee may require more than the minimum credits. For admission with full standing into the M.Sc program, applicants must meet minimum academic requirements as specified on the Faculty of Graduate Studies website (grad.ubc.ca/apply/ how/require.asp). In addition, required prerequisite courses include biochemistry, human or vertebrate physiology, and advanced nutrition. A minimum of 6 credits (three hours per week for two academic terms or one academic year) is required in each of these areas, preferably at the third-or fourth-year level. Students deficient in one of these areas may apply to the program, but if admitted will be required to take the appropriate courses early in the graduate program, in addition to the usual M.Sc. course requirements. Applicants deficient in more than one area will have to complete the required courses as unclassified students before they can be considered for admission to the graduate program. 256 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 CONTACT INFORMATION Faculty of Land and Food Systems 270-2357 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4593 Fax: 604-822-4400 Email: gradapp@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.agsci.ubc.ca/grad/human_nut.htm Alina Yuhymets, Graduate Programs Manager INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Sc. MEMBERS Due to the interdisciplinary nature of this program, a list of faculty is not available. Members of the Faculty of Graduate Studies in other programs are eligible to serve as supervisors of students in the Interdisciplinary Studies graduate program, based on the student's chosen area of research. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Faculty of Graduate Studies encourages the realignment of traditional disciplines into new patterns, and crossing departmental and faculty boundaries to foster the development of new areas of research. A major function of the various centres and institutes of the Faculty of Graduate Studies is to promote interdisciplinary research; the associated interdepartmental and inter-faculty groupings are usually able to guide students in setting up disciplinary programs. Where no established degree program exists, a student may request admission into a special individual interdisciplinary program administered by a supervisory committee representing the various disciplines involved. In the program as it now exists, the prospective student has to bring together three or four qualified faculty from different departments or units. Because there are no constraints on 1 which fields are brought together, there are virtually no two students in the same subfield. Research topics in this program have included, for example: • Nisga'a Architecture and Landscapes: Ecological Wisdom and Community-led Design (involving the Schools/Departments of™ Architecture, Landscape Architecture, Forest Ecology, Environmental Studies, Eth- nobotany and Nisga'a House of Wisdom) • Matters of Life and Death in the Neonatal Intensive Care Nursery: Decision Making for the Not Yet Competent (involving Departments of Pediatrics, Comparative Religion, Medical Anthropology and Bioethics) • Red Rhetorics: Politics, Polemics and the Marx-Machine (involving Departments of English, Germanic Studies and Philosophy) • Multicultural Practices of Canadian Immigrant Youth: "A Work in Progress" (involving Departments of Educational Studies, English and Anthropology). Interdisciplinary Studies, in collaboration with the Media and Graphics Interdisciplinary Centre, p. 78 offers a specialization in Human- Computer Interaction. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The student is strongly advised to form their supervisory committee by the end of their second term, after enrolling in the degree. The committee must be approved by the fourth term of study. Annual progress reports are required from the supervisory committee and from the student. Comprehensive exams are mandatory for Ph.D. programs. In order to advance to candidacy, students must also defend a thesis prospectus. Finally, a doctoral thesis must be prepared and defended at a final oral examination. Full details of the application process and program information are available on the program's website (www.iisgp.ubc.ca). MASTER OF ARTS Coursework is decided in consultation between the student and their Supervisory Committee. Course enrolment requires formal approval. Thirty credits of coursework are required to complete the Master of Arts degree, including a 6-credit master's thesis. There is no oral examination required for the master's thesis. Full details of the application process and program information are available on the program's website (www.iisgp.ubc.ca). MASTER OF SCIENCE Same as M.A. CONTACT INFORMATION Individual Interdisciplinary Studies Graduate Program 230-6356 Agricultural Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-0954 Fax: 604-822-0470 Email: ^p*p@interchange.ubcca Web: www.iisgp.ubc.ca Janice Matauria, Graduate Program Assistant JOURNALISM Degree Offered: M.J. MEMBERS PROFESSOR D. Logan. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR S. J. A. Ward. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR M. L. Young. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School of Journalism is part of the Faculty of Arts, but is governed by the admissions and curriculum requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Graduates of the program in journalism will receive a Master of Journalism (M.J.) degree. The mission of the School of Journalism is to achieve the highest professional standards in journalism through instruction in journalistic practice and the scholarly understanding of journalism, critical thinking and teaching of ethical responsibility. By combining advanced journalism practice and theory with academic studies at the graduate level, the program not only enhances advanced journalism, but also improves the information base and scholarly preparation of students for journalistic writing in their specialty subject areas. The program serves the profession of journalism and brings developments in many areas of academic investigation to a wider reading public Workshops, seminars, tutorials, conferences and publications deal with reportage as well as major issues, theories and developments in the field of journalism. Emphasis is placed on The writing of journalism; on the historic evolution of journalism as a profession; ethics and journalism; journalism and the legal system; and the role and character of journalism in a changing society. For more information, please visit the School of Journalism's website (www.journalism.ubc.ca) and our online magazine The Thunderbird (www.journalism.ubc.ca/thunderbird.html). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF JOURNALISM Applicants with journalism experience must submit an extensive sample of their professional work; those without such experience will be selected on the basis of a manuscript of original writing that meets the standard of the peer group selected for entry into the program. The admissions panel will assess the applicant's potential for satisfactory performance in the program and for potential creative and constructive contribution to the profession. Candidates for admission to the M.J. program must possess a four-year honours baccalaureate degree in a discipline or interdisciplinary area regarded as appropriate by the admissions committee for the program. Only applicants with superior performance at the baccalaureate level and appropriate journalism knowledge and experience will be admitted. Applicants will be required to indicate their intended academic specialty at the time they apply. Because the number of applicants greatly exceeds the number of places available, a record that satisfies basic entrance requirements does not guarantee admission to the program. Registration in graduate seminars in the academic specialty will be subject to the approval of the Director Applicants must meet the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. International applicants will require a score of 600 (or computer-based equivalent, i.e., 250) or more on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Students will be required to spend two Winter Sessions (i.e., eight months from September to April) on campus as full-time students. In exceptional circumstances, the School and the program will accommodate the needs of working journalists and others who may find it PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 257 difficult to take more than eight or 12 months away from regular employment. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Journalism 6388 Crescent Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-6688 Fax: 604-822-6707 Email: journal@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.journalism.ubc.ca Barry Warne, Department Secretary LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE Degrees Offered: M.L.A., M.A.S.L.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS P. M. Condon, M. Quayle. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C. Girling, S. Herrington, R. Kellett, D. T. Luymes, P. E Mooney, D. Paterson, S. Sheppard, J. Staniszkis. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Landscape Architecture is concerned with the design, planning and management of the land. It involves the physical design of sites or places with particular emphasis on resource conservation, sustainability, social responsiveness and aesthetics. It is one of several professions concerned with both the natural and human environments, with both nature and culture and, as such, places heavy emphasis on interdisciplinary knowledge and cooperation. As an academic discipline, landscape architecture encompasses the fields of the humanities, sciences, technology and the creative arts; it is also concerned with design as an act of critical inquiry, design criticism, and issues of critical regionalism. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE The Master of Landscape Architecture^ (M.L.A.) degree is designed for candidates seeking admission to the profession. Full-time students normally complete this program in three years. Students with a UBC-recognized undergraduate degree in Architecture, Environmental Design, or Landscape Architecture may apply for admission to a two-year 72-credit variant of the professional M.L.A. Program, comprised of the final two years of M.L.A. design studio courses, as well as courses required for professional degree accreditation by the Canadian Society of Landscape Architects. The particular course requirements will be determined by the graduate advisor for each student upon acceptance and entry into the program, based on prior experience and a portfolio review. Admission: Applicants for admission to the program must have a strong academic record and demonstrate potential for creative problem solving. The Landscape Architecture Program selects students from a variety of disciplines on which to build landscape architectural understanding, competence, and the sharing of knowledge. Students entering the program should demonstrate interest and potential in the broad fields of environment, the creative arts, and landscape architecture. Students are accepted into the three-year M.L.A. from all disciplines; applicants seeking admission into the two-year M.L.A. variant must be in possession of a four-year undergraduate degree in Architecture, Environmental Design or Landscape Architecture. Certain students may be expected to fulfill additional requirements in order to adequately prepare them for design and environmental studies. In addition, students are required to submit examples of their creative abilities in the form of an application portfolio and demonstrate, in writing, their understanding of the profession. Please contact us for detailed admission information. Approximately 18 students will be admitted each year Course of Study: The master's degree is awarded upon the completion of 109 credits of work, including a major graduating project. ' The core curriculum includes a structured first year of 38 credits and 56 additional required credits in years two and three. All students must declare a study stream and take nine required, and 6 elective credits in the chosen area. Study streams are: site design; urban design; regional design. Detailed information on specific, yearly course requirements are available on the program's website (www. agsci. ubc. ca/landscape_architecture). A grade of 70% is required as a passing grade for all design studio courses (LARC 501, 502, 503, 504 or any substituting classes). The faculty will conduct a year-end evaluation at the conclusion of year one. Students who, in a consensus opinion of the regular faculty, are not making satisfactory progress will be asked to leave the program. MASTER OF ADVANCED STUDIES IN LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE The Master of Advanced Studies in Landscape Architecture (M.A.S.L.A.) is a 31-credit program. Part-time study is allowed with prior approval from the Graduate Program Committee. Full-time students normally complete this program within two academic years. The program provides students an opportunity to examine and research specific issues relating to landscape, place and environment. This post- professional program is not intended to fulfill the requirements for membership as established by the British Columbia Society of Landscape Architects or similar organizations in other provinces of Canada. Those wishing professional credentials should enrol in the Master of Landscape Architecture (M.L.A.) program. Admission: Applicants for admission to the M.A.S.L.A. program must have a four-year bachelor's degree in a design discipline as well as some experience in a design practice. All candidates must also meet the basic academic requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. In addition, all applicants must submit a design portfolio. The minimum TOEFL score required of international applicants is 560. For additional information, please visit the program's website (www.agsci.ubc.ca/ landscape_architecture) or see Contact Information below. Course of Study: The course of study is comprised of LARC 500, 520, 541, 599, 6 credits of 500-level electives, and 6 credits of 300-level and above electives. At least one of the elective courses must focus on design- research methodologies. Research activities and thesis development will be focused within the two broad areas of advanced design, design theory and design education, and environmental design, planning and management at the site- specific scale. CONTACT INFORMATION Faculty of Land and Food Systems 270-2357 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4593 Fax: 604-822-4400 Email: alina.yuhymets@ubcca Web: www.agsci.ubc.ca/grad/larc.htm Alina Yuhymets, Graduate Programs Manager LANGUAGE AND LITERACY EDUCATION Degree Offered: Ph.D. MEMBERS PROFESSORS S. Carey, M. Chapman, L. Gunderson, R. Jobe, B. Mohan, B. Norton, V. Purcell-Gates, K. Reeder, J. Shapiro, R. Tierney, J. Willinsky ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Anderson, M. Asselin, J. Belanger, P. Duff, M. Early, C. Leggo, T. Rogers, L. Shi, G. Tang. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS G. Belliveau, M. Bournot-Trites, T. Dobson, J. Hare, M. Kendrick, C. Medina. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Language and Literacy Education offers a program leading to a Ph.D. in Language and Literacy Education (LLED). Students can study in the areas of: Literacy Education, Teacher Librarianship, Teaching English as a Second Language and Modern Language Education. The Department of Language and Literacy is committed to excellence in scholarship, teaching, and professional leadership and is responsive to Canada's multicultural, multilingual context. Its goal is to advance the study of language learning, and the teaching and learning of language, literacy, and literature in their broadest frames of reference. Graduate courses in research in the various subject matter fields as well as doctoral seminars are offered on a rotating basis. Department members are actively involved with graduate students in local, provincial, national and international research. 258 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the program requires: • a master's degree with high standing in a relevant educational discipline; • a sample of work demonstrating an ability to undertake research and scholarly writing; • a letter of intent describing the proposed focus and how it fits with the research programs of two or three faculty members as well as benefits to the applicant of the program; • the support of three referees including an assessment by at least two university instructors, preferably one of whom is the supervisor of the master's thesis; • equivalent of at least two years of successful teaching experience. Program Requirements: 18 to 24 credits (including the LLED doctoral seminar, LLED 601). • Comprehensive exams. Following the completion of coursework, and within three years, students will complete a written comprehensive examination which may be followed by an oral examination. The examination will cover three areas: 1) the student's area of specialization within Language and Literacy Education, 2) one additional area or group of areas of special interest, 3) appropriate research methodology. • Dissertation proposal: The proposal for the dissertation outlines the research problem and methodology, sets the context for the work, and summarizes the scope of each chapter. • Ph.D. dissertation. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Language and Literacy Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5788 Fax: 604-822-3154 Email: anne.eastham@ubcca Web: www.lled.educ.ubc.ca Anne Eastham, Graduate Programs Assistant LAW Degrees Offered: Ph.D., LL.M., M.Jur. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. Bakan, B. Black, J. Blom, M. A. Bobinski, S. Boyd, C. L. M. Boyle, R. M. Elliot, M. Jackson, M. Le Baron, B. W MacDougall, R.K. Paterson, P. B. Potter, W W Pue, A. F Sheppard, C. Young. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS P. L. Bryden, R. Buchanan, C. Dauvergne, R. Davis, Shi-Ling Hsu, K. T. Mickelson, J. Mosoff, I. Townsend-Gault, S. Wexler, M. Young. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS L. Biukovic, D. Harris, A. Rochette, J. Sarra. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Please be advised that this is a general overview of the graduate programs offered at the Faculty of Law. For more comprehensive information please refer to the program's website (www.law.ubc.ca). The UBC Faculty of Law is one of the world's leading law schools and one of Canada's oldest university faculties of law. Graduates have assumed leadership positions in a broad range of spheres, both nationally and internationally, in the legal profession, the judiciary, government, public interest organizations, business and academia. There are many reasons for choosing graduate studies in law at UBC. The outstanding faculty are respected worldwide for their innovative and interdisciplinary research. Students are offered one of the largest and most diverse course lists in Canada-so students can pursue their academic interests, whatever their focus. The deadline for application to all graduate programs in the Faculty of Law is February 15. Early application is strongly encouraged. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. program is designed to provide advanced training for outstanding graduate students who have already obtained a Master of Laws (LL.M.) degree or equivalent. Through the program, highly accomplished graduate students will be trained to carry out advanced research under supervision by members of the UBC Law Faculty. The Ph.D. curriculum consists of a one-year, two-paWseminar and other coursework as required by a student's supervisory committee. Students must complete all requirements for the Ph.D. within six years of the date of first registration in the program. Each student will have a faculty supervisor drawn from the UBC Faculty of Law. The selection of faculty supervisors will be administered by the Graduate Committee of the Faculty of Law, subject to approval by the Dean of the Faculty of Law and the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. For more information please refer to the Faculty of Law website (www.law.ubc.ca). MASTER OF LAWS The Master of Laws (LL.M.) is a rigourous thesis-based degree program. It provides excellent preparation for academic research and policy work and enables graduates to pursue careers in law teaching, legal research, policy development, public and governmental service and the practice of law. This is an intense research-based degree which has both course- work and thesis requirements. The research produced for the thesis is expected to be of publishable quality. Curriculum: The program is of one year's duration, and combines coursework with the preparation of a thesis of acceptable quality. Students are required to complete successfully 36 credits of work, of which 20 credits are allocated to the thesis, 12 credits to coursework (usually comprising four one-term courses or seminars), and 4 credits to the required master's seminar Admission Information: For more comprehensive information please refer to the program's website (www.law.ubc.ca). MASTER OF JURISPRUDENCE IN COMMON LAW The new Master of Jurisprudence in Common Law is a one-year professional program that provides international law graduate form non-common law countries with an in-depth understanding of the theory and practice of common law. The M.Jur. (Common Law) degree is designed to introduce accomplished lawyers from other legal systems to common law concepts and methods. It is not intended to serve as a professional qualification for the practice of law in British Columbia of elsewhere. Curriculum: This program is of one year's duration and combines course and seminar work with a year-long Seminar in Common Law Theory and Practice. Students are required to successfully complete 30 credits of work, of which 6 credits comprise the above seminar, 18 comprise graduate-level courses and seminars and the remaining six comprise 300- or 400- level LL.B. courses or seminars. Admission Information: For more comprehensive information please refer to the program's website (www.law.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Graduate Program, UBC Faculty of Law 1822 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-6449 Fax:604-822-4781 Email: graduates@law.ubcca Web: www.law.ubc.ca Joanne Chung, Graduate Program Administrator LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES Degree Offered: M.L.I.S. MEMBERS PROFESSORS E. Rasmussen, K. Haycock. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR A. Curry ASSISTANT PROFESSORS M. Dowding, R. Kopak, R. Hopkins, J. Tennis. PROGRAM CHAIR M. S. Stephenson PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 259 PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Master of Library and Information Studies (M.L.I.S.) is a professional degree program open to those holding a bachelor's degree considered suitable by the admissions committee, and which meets the minimum admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Those applying to enter the program are expected to have a strong foundation in some specialist studies but also an enthusiasm for information and its uses in the wider sense. The program, accredited by the American Library Association, is one of some 50 in North America, including seven in Canada, which gives its graduates professional stature. Graduates employed in academic, public, school, special libraries, or other information agencies combine work with information and its users with some aspects of supervision knowledge management services. Graduates not working in libraries as such are to be found in a wide variety of positions involving the uses of information in their broadest context; many are self-employed. The required practicum and field trips in courses, the option of formal professional experience, and the use of some practitioners as adjunct professors assure a practical orientation to the theory of information management. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES The degree is awarded on successful completion of 48 credits including an optional thesis, plus a non-credit practicum. Much of the program, which can include Summer Session courses, may be taken on a part-time basis (i.e., taking less than a full load of courses). Students may begin the program in either September or January, but part-time studies are best begun in September. The required practicum and field trips in courses, the option of formal professional experience, and the use of some practitioners as adjunct professors assure a practical orientation to the theory of ■ information management. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Library, Archival and Information Studies TEF III, 301-6190 Agronomy Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2404 Fax: 604-822-6006 Email: slaisad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.slais.ubc.ca Joe Kwan, Grad Admissions Secretary LIBRARY, ARCHIVAL AND INFORMATION STUDIES Degree Offered: Ph.D. MEMBERS PROFESSORS L. Duranti, E. Rasmussen. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. Curry, T. Eastwood. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS M. Dowding, R. Kopak, H. Macneil, J. Tennis. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies (SLAIS) offers a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy. The Ph.D. program is designed to provide advanced research training for outstanding students who have already obtained a Master of Archival Studies (M.A.S.) degree or a Master of Library and Information Studies (M.L.I.S.). Upon entering the doctoral program, a student will be assigned an advisor who will work with the student to develop an appropriate set of courses relevant to the student's research plan. All incoming students will take the advanced research methods course. Advanced study in the major area will normally be taken with the faculty member most interested in the student's research topic In many cases this faculty member will become the thesis supervisor at a later stage. The Courses in the minor area may be directed studies courses, courses from other departments at the university, or master's-level courses at SLAIS, depending on the research interests of individual students. Additional courses may be required as appropriate. Upon successful completion of the comprehensive examinations, the student will enter the thesis stage of the program. A thesis supervisor will be appointed by the Doctoral Studies Committee at the request of the student and with agreement of the faculty member. The thesis supervisor, after discussion with the student and other faculty members, will suggest other members of the thesis committee to be approved by the doctoral studies committee. The student, working with the thesis supervisor and other members of the thesis committee, will prepare a thesis proposal to be presented to the Doctoral Studies Committee for approval. When the thesis proposal has been approved, the student enters the thesis stage of the program. The thesis will be prepared following the guidelines of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students entering the doctoral program with an approved master's degree will be required to take four 6-credit (two-term) courses. In most cases, courses additional to these four courses will be recommended to students. In consultation with the student's advisor, the student may be required to take courses in the SLAIS Master of Library Studies program or the Master of Archival Studies program to enhance the knowledge acquired in the student's master's degree and to provide sufficient background for the doctoral courses. Doctoral students will be strongly encouraged to take graduate level courses from other UBC departments that will increase their knowledge in their chosen area of research. These courses are chosen in consultation with the student's advisor, and are additional to those required for ARST 621 or LIBR 621. The five required courses for students in the Archival stream are: • ARST 600 Advanced Research Methods; • ARST 610 Theoretical and Research Foundations of Archival Studies; • ARST 620 Advanced Study in Major Area. Directed studies course normally taught by the student's research advisor; • ARST 621 Advanced Study in Minor Area. Each student must take 6 credits in a minor area. These credits may be taken outside of SLAIS. • ARST 699 Dissertation. The five required courses for students in the Library and Information Science stream are: • LIBR 600 Advanced Research Methods; • LIBR 610 Theoretical and Research Foundations of Library and Information Science; • LIBR 620 Advanced Study in Major Area. Directed studies course normally taught by the student's research advisor; • LIBR 621 Advanced Study in Minor Area. Each student must take 6 credits in a minor area. These credits may be taken outside of SLAIS. • LIBR 699 dissertation. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Library, Archival and Information Studies TEF III, 301-6190 Agronomy Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2404 Fax: 604-822-6006 Email: slaisad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.slais.ubc.ca Joe Kwan, Grad Admission Secretary LINGUISTICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS D. Pulleyblank, M. S. Rochemont, J. P. Stemberger, E. Varikiotis-Bateson. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS G. Carden, P. A. Shaw, H. Davis, R.-M. Dechaine. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS B. Gick, G. Hansson, L. Matthewson, M. Wiltschko. H. Rullmann. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Linguistics offers degree programs leading to both the Master of Arts (M.A.) and to the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D). Training is offered in the core areas of theoretical linguistics (phonetics, phonology, semantics, syntax), with the possibility of specialising in the following areas: First Nations languages, African languages, first language acquisition. Detailed information about both degree programs may be obtained in the Graduate Handbook at the Department's website (www.linguistics.ubc.ca/grad.htm). 260 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program in Linguistics consists of course work, two qualifying papers and a dissertation. Prerequisites for the Ph.D. include either an M.A. or an honours B.A. with first class standing or equivalent. MASTER OF ARTS A Master of Arts in Linguistics may be obtained through full-time or part-time studies; both thesis and non-thesis options are possible. The prerequisite for the M.A. is an undergraduate degree. Applicants are normally expected to have substantial preparation in linguistics and linguistic theory, although it is possible to apply for the graduate program with an undergraduate degree in another subject area. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Linguistics E270-18 66 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-0415 Fax: 604-822-9687 Email: zimonja@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.linguisrics.ubc.ca Sarah Chen, Graduate Secretary LITERACY EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS M. Chapman, L. Gunderson, R. Jobe, B. Norton, V. Purcell-Gates, K. Reeder, J. Shapiro, R. Tierney, J. Willinsky. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Anderson, J. Belanger, M. Early, C. Leggo, T. Rogers. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS G. Belliveau, T. Dobson, J. Hare, M. Kendrick, C. Medina. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Literacy Education (LITR) in the Department of Language and Literacy Education offers opportunities to study in the areas of English Education, Drama Education and Reading from cognitive, social, cultural and poststructuralist perspectives. Research areas within the program include: child language development in education, composition (writing); early, intermediate, adolescent and adult literacy; family literacy; children's and young adult literature; Aboriginal literacy; and arts-based and multi-modal approaches to literacy learning. Students who would like to undertake a Ph.D. specializing in Literacy Education can do so through the program in Language and Literacy Education, p. 258. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the Department of Language and Literacy Education requires: 1) at least an 18-credit concentration in the subject area (see the website [www.lled.educ.ubc.ca] for specifics), 2) normally two years of formal teaching experience. Program Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500 level or above. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, either 6 or 9 credits, is included. Full-time and part-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Program Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits of which 24 must be at the 500 level or above. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students may opt for a program consisting entirely of courses, or may elect to do 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating paper. Full-time and part-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Language and Literacy Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5788 Fax: 604-822-3154 Email: anne.eastham@ubcca Web: www.lled.educ.ubc.ca Anne Eastham, Graduate Programs Assistant M.D./PH.D. (COMBINED PROGRAM) Degrees Offered: M.D./Ph.D. MEMBERS PROFESSORS A. Chow, L. Raymond. PROGRAM OVERVIEW This is an integrated program jointly offered by the Faculty of Medicine and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Its purpose is to provide selected and highly qualified students the opportunity to combine their medical school experience with intensive scientific training in pursuing a career as clinician-scientists in a chosen field. The program is designed such that students can receive the dual Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) and the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees after successful completion of six to seven years of enrolment. The program is built upon the regular M.D. curriculum, but is further "customized" to meet the unique career goals of individual students based on their background, previous research experience, and their chosen medical field of expertise. Thus, graduates of the M.D./Ph.D. program are trained as competent physicians as well as skilled scientists who can sustain a successful and competitive clinical investigative career DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF MEDICINE WITH DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY To be eligible for admission, the student must have a Bachelor of Science with first class standing (or equivalent), and have fulfilled all the requirements of acceptance into the four- year medical curriculum of the Faculty of Medicine, and the doctoral requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. All candidates are required to take the Medical College Admission Test (MCAT), but the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is optional. Students already enrolled in the first year of Medicine at UBC are also eligible for admission. Students must demonstrate proficiency in all required coursework by examination. They must also successfully complete a comprehensive examination based on their proposed research, and defend their thesis by oral examination. Additionally, each student will be evaluated at least annually by the research supervisory committee; continuation in the combined degree program is contingent upon satisfactory scholastic and research progress. CONTACT INFORMATION UBC M.D./Ph.D. Program D 25-2 73 3 Heather Street Vancouver, BC, V5Z 3J5 Tel: 604-875-5063 Fax: 604-875-5236 Email: ubcmdphd@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.med.ubc.ca/mdphd Jane Lee, Program Coordinator MATERIALS AND PROCESS ENGINEERING The field of materials engineering is not taught by a single department and there is no formal program leading to a degree in this area. However, the Advanced Materials and Process Engineering Laboratory (AMPEL) offers facilities and opportunities for graduate study in materials engineering through the academic departments of its faculty members. For more information, see Advanced Materials and Process Engineering Laboratory (AMPEL), p. 84 in the chapter Research Units, Centres, and Institutes. MATERIALS ENGINEERING Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A.Sc, M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS D. B. Dreisinger, W. J. Poole, A. Poursartip, T. Troczynski, R. Vaziri. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS P. V. Barr, S. L. Cockcroft, D. G. Dixon, G. Fernlund, M. Militzer. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 261 ASSISTANT PROFESSORS A. Alfantazi, D. M. Maijer, C. W Sinclair, R. Wang, M. A. Wells. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Materials Engineering offers opportunities for study in the following fields: casting and solidification of metals; ceramic processing and properties; refractories; corrosion; composites; high temperature coatings, biomaterials; extractive metallurgy including hydro metallurgy, bio- hydrometallurgy, electrometallurgy and pyrometallurgy; physical metallurgy; thermo- mechanical processing related to materials production and environmental issues related to materials productions. Students must satisfy the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies including, for international students whose first language is not English, a minimum TOEFL score of 550. Students should note that not all courses listed are offered every year DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY A Master of Science (M.Sc.) or Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.) in a suitable discipline is prerequisite. Outstanding M.A.Sc and M.Sc. candidates who have demonstrated clear evidence of research ability may be transferred to a Ph.D. program after one year's residence at UBC, subject to the regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE Graduation in materials engineering, metallurgical engineering, mechanical engineering, chemical engineering or engineering physics with at least upper second class standing (76%) is prerequisite for admission to the program leading to the Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc). MASTER OF SCIENCE Graduation in physics, chemistry, mathematics and physics with at least upper second class standing is prerequisite for admission to the program leading to the Master of Science (M.Sc). For information about the professional Master of Engineering (M.Eng.) program, please see the Faculty of Applied Science, p. 107 or visit the program website (www.mmat.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Materials Engineering 309-6350 Stores Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4878 Fax: 604-822-3619 Email: gradsec@mmat.ubc.ca Web: www.mmat.ubc.ca Nancy Oikawa, Graduate Secretary MATHEMATICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS A. Ademm, R. P. Anstee, N. Balmforth, M. Barlow, K. Behrend, G. W Bluman, D. W Boyd, D. Brydges, J. B. Carrell, W A. Cassel- man, J. Chen, I. Ekeland, J. S. Feldman, J. J. F Fournier, J. Friedman, R. G. Froese, N. Ghoussoub, U. G. Haussmann, J. G. Heywood, R. Kenyon, L. Keshet, P. D. Loewen, B. Marcus, A. Pierce, E. A. Perkins, D. P. Rolfsen, B. R. Seymour, D. K. Sjerve, G. Slade, M. Ward, B. Wetton. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. N. Adler, M. Bennett, J. Bryan, M. Doebeli, J. Feng, I. Frigaard, R. Gupta, R. B. Israel, R. Kuske, I. Laba, Y. X. Li, K. W Nagata, D. H. Peterson, Z. Reichstein, V. Vatsal. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS D. Coombs, E. Cytrynbaum, A. Fraser, S. Gustafson, A. Holroyd, A. Horst, K. Karu, C. W Lamb, V. Limic, G. Martin, D. Schoetzau, L. Scull, J. Solymosi, T.-P. Tsai, S. van Willigen- burg, O. Yilmaz. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Mathematics offers programs of study in most branches of pure and applied mathematics. Students should see the Mathematics website for descriptions of courses and of programs as well as information on financial assistance and application forms. Students particularly interested in applied mathematics and/or statistics should also see the Institute of Applied Mathematics, p. 81 and Statistics, p. 281. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY For detailed information and requirements on our degree programs, please see the Mathematics website (www.math.ubc.ca). MASTER OF ARTS For detailed information and requirements on our degree programs, please see the Mathematics website (www.math.ubc.ca). MASTER OF SCIENCE For detailed information and requirements on our degree programs, please see the Mathematics website (www.math.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Mathematics 121-1984 Mathematics Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-3079 Fax: 604-822-6074 Email: admiss@math.ubc.ca Web: www.math.ubc.ca Lee Yupitun, Graduate Program Assistant MATHEMATICS EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSOR S. Pirie. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR A. Anderson. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR C. Nicol. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate programs (M.Ed, and M.A.) in Math Education are part of the graduate offerings in the Department of Curriculum Studies. Students can pursue a wide variety of research and professional interests in mathematics teaching and learning. Large scale research projects such as the Early Numeracy Project can bring students into a number of regional, national, and international studies on mathematics. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the ■Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the program requires: 1) Normally, 18 credits of senior coursework or a professional concentration in the area of interest. 2) Normally, two years of teaching experience or other relevant professional experience. Degree Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500 level or above. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, normally 9 credits, is included. Part-time and full-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Degree Requirements: The program consists of a minimum of 30 credits, of which 24 must be courses numbered at the 500 level. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students select either a program consisting entirely of courses (for example ten, 3-credit courses) or 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating project (3 credits). Part-time and full-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Curriculum Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5367 Fax: 604-822-4714 Email: cust.grad@ubcca Web: www.curricstudies.educ.ubc.ca Basia Zurek, Graduate Secretary 262 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MEASUREMENT EVALUATION AND RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS M. Arlin, S. Mathison, B. Zumbo. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS K. Erickan, A. Hubley, N. Kishor. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Measurement, Evaluation, and Research Methodology (MERM) offers PhD., M.A., and M. Ed. degrees. MERM area focuses on the preparation of graduate students as methodological and measurement specialists. We strive to promote in our research, student supervision and teaching the highest standards of measurement and research methodology in our discipline. Upon completion, our master's and Ph.D. students are employed as university faculty, data analysts, research scientists, test developers, directors of research in school districts or government, research consultants, assessment and testing specialists in business, industry and education, certification and credenrialing professionals and psychometri- cians at research and testing organizations. MERM students generally fit into one of three categories: 1) Students who have an applied interest in educational and psychological measurement, program evaluation, or data analysis. Although they often have some preparation in measurement and data analysis in their undergraduate studies, this is not always the case. These students are more oriented toward the use of measurement, program evaluation, or data analysis techniques in substantive research in the areas of test development, personality assessment, clinical measurement, computer applications, program planning or evaluation, and so on. 2) Students possessing strong theoretical interests in technical problems in test theory, item response theory, assessment, statistics, factor analysis, multi-level « modeling, and the like. Although some of these students come to the program with some statistical and/or mathematical background, often obtained while studying in another social science discipline such as Psychology or Sociology, sometimes students arrive with degrees in statistics or mathematics as well. 3) Some students find it compatible with their career goals to give equal attention to both these major aspects (i.e., applied and theoretical) of this program. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Specific coursework requirements for the MERM doctoral program are determined on a case-by-case basis, as outlined in an individualized Program of Graduate Studies (PGS) developed for each student, in consultation with his/her academic advisor and a Faculty Advisory Committee. The PGS specifies the kind and number of courses to be taken by the student for his/her degree, with consideration of the student's own background, research interests and preparation at the master's level. It is assumed that the student will have taken all required MERM M.A. courses (or their equivalents). A representative program would normally include coursework, seminars, consultations, directed readings and, where appropriate, practical and field work related to the student's major area of interest and selected to prepare the student for his/her comprehensive examination and thesis. MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. in MERM is a 30-credit program. The core coursework includes 12 credits in research designs and measurement, 6 to 9 credits in approved methodology electives, 3 to 6 in non-MERM areas. The master's thesis is 6 credits. Specific coursework enables an individualized Program of Graduate Studies (PGS) to be developed for each student, in consultation with his/her Academic Advisor and a Faculty Advisory Committee. MASTER OF EDUCATION The M.Ed, in MERM is a 30 credit program. It is entirely based on core MERM courses, methodology electives, and approved non- MERM courses. The coursework enables an individualized Program of Graduate Studies (PGS) to be developed for each student, in consultation with his/her Academic Advisor and a Faculty Advisory Committee. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational and Counselling Psychology, and Special Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5351 Fax: 604-822-3302 Email: ecps.gradinfo@ubcca ■K^eb: www.ecps.educ.ubc.ca Lynda McDicken, Graduate Program Assistant MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS Y. Altinas, S. M. Calisal, C. W de Silva, R. L. Evans, M. S. Gadala, S. I. Green, M. R. Hodgson, N. Rajapakse, E Sassani, G. S. Schajer, I. Yellowley. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS E. A. Croft, B. Dunwoody, I. Frigaard, A. J. Hodgson, C. E Ollivier-Gooch, J. A. Olson, T. R. Oxland, S. Rogak, D. Romilly. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS W K. Bushe, M. Chiao, P. Cripton, M. Davy, O. E. Kesler, W Merida, R. N. Rohling, D. Yip-Hoi. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Fields of research include acoustics; aerodynamics and fluid mechanics; automatic controls; robotics and industrial automation; energy conversion, combustion, thermodynamics and heat transfer; vibrations and space dynamics; solid mechanics; bioengineering and biomechanics; design and manufacturing processes; industrial engineering, fuel cells, micro-electromechanical systems, mechatron- ics and CAD; and naval architecture. Applicants for graduate degrees may be considered for appointment as research assistants, teaching assistants or markers in the Department. Students' courses are selected in consultation with faculty to suit their research or career needs. Not all courses listed in the Course Descriptions (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/ courses.cfm?code=MECH) section of the Calendar, are offered every year. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. is an advanced graduate-level study degree which includes a major research investigation and the writing of a thesis. Requirements for the Ph.D. include satisfactory completion of 36 credits of courses beyond the bachelor's level, original research under the supervision of a faculty member, and a thesis. A typical completion time for a Ph.D. is four to five years' work beyond the bachelor's degree level. It is normal departmental practice to register students initially for the M.A.Sc. Transfer to the Ph.D. program can take place either on completion of the M.A.Sc. or, if the student's performance is of sufficiently high quality, may be recommended by supervising faculty before completion of the M.A.Sc. An applicant holding a master's degree from another institution will have the course requirements for the Ph.D. assessed on an individual basis. MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE The Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.) is a graduate-level study program that includes a research investigation and the writing of a thesis. Requirements for the M.A.Sc. include satisfactory completion of 30 credits of graduate-level courses, original research under the supervision of a faculty member, and a thesis. The thesis is assigned six to 12 credits and is counted as part of the coursework requirement. A typical completion time for the M.A.Sc. is 24 months. Subject to satisfactory progress and acceptance by a faculty supervisor, a successful M.A.Sc. graduate may transfer to a course of studies leading to the Ph.D. Electro-Mechanical Design Engineering: A sub-specialization in Electro-Mechanical Design Engineering is available. The program provides interdisciplinary education in mechanical engineering, machine design, digital and analogue instrumentation, and software engineering fields. For information about the professional Master of Engineering (M.Eng.) program, please see the Faculty of Applied Science, p. 107 or visit the program website (www.mech.ubc.ca). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 263 CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Mechanical Engineering 6250 Applied Science Lane Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4350 Fax: 604-822-2403 Email: secgrad@mech.ubcca Web: www.mech.ubc.ca Lanna Lok, Graduate Secretary MEDICAL GENETICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS C.J. Brown, M. Burgess, C. J. Eaves, L. Field, J. M. Friedman, M. R. Hayden, P. A. Hieter, W Jefferies, D. M. Juriloff, R. J. Kay, D. L. Mager, B. C. McGillivray, W R. McMaster, WP. Robinson, A. M. Rose, A. D. Sadovnick, M. I. Van Allen. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. A. Clarke, M. J. Harris, S. E Langlois, M. Marra, K. M. McNagny, E Ouellette, E. M. Simpson, W Wasserman. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS L. Arbour, A. Brooks-Wilson, E. Conibear, P. Hoodless, X. Jiang, S. Jones, B. Leavitt, L. Lefebvre, E Rossi, S. Townsend, M. Wilkinson. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Medical Generics offers advanced study and research in a variety of areas of human and medical generics. The Department has particular strength in human molecular genetics, genome analysis, developmental genetics, gene therapy, cytogenetics, oncogenetics, immunogenerics, generic epidemiology, generics of common disorders, and clinical generics. Research facilities are located on and off the UBC campus at various locations in Vancouver. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students entering the Ph.D. program in Medical Genetics will normally have a background in upper-level generics, biochemistry and statistics (biometrics) with a First class standing in their previous degree. Eligibility is determined on the basis of academic standing, research experience and letters of recommendation. Academically acceptable applicants must also obtain the commitment of a research supervisor from the Department of Medical Generics before receiving final acceptance from the Program and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Ph.D. students are required to take 12 credits of core courses and 6 credits of electives in their first year. For course details see: www. medgen. ubc. ca/courses/mggp/ course-req.htm and www.medgen.ubc.ca/ courses/courses, htm. In addition, Ph.D. students must successfully complete a comprehensive examination and their thesis. MASTER OF SCIENCE Students entering the M.Sc. program in Medical Genetics will normally have a background in upper-level generics, biochemistry and statistics (biometrics) with a first class standing in their previous degree. Eligibility is determined on the basis of academic standing, research experience and letters of recommendation. Academically acceptable applicants must also obtain the commitment of a research supervisor from the Department of Medical Generics before receiving final acceptance from the program and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. M.Sc. students are required to take 12 credits of core courses and 6 credits of electives in their first year. For course details see: www.medgen.ubc.ca/courses/mggp/ course-req.htm and www.medgen.ubc.ca/ courses/courses.htm. In addition, M.Sc. students must successfully complete their thesis. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Medical Generics 300H-6174 University Blvd. Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-5312 Fax: 604-822-5348 Email: medgen@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.medgen.ubc.ca/academic.htm Cheryl Bishop, Graduate Secretary MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. T. Beatty, B. Finlay, R. E. W Hancock, P. Johnson, J. K. Smit, G. B. Spiegelman, H. S. Teh, C. Thompson, G. Weeks. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS R. Fernandez, M. Gold, W W Mohn. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS N. Abraham, E. Gaynor, M. Horwitz. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Microbiology and Immunology offers opportunities for original research in the areas of molecular and applied microbiology, biotechnology, cell and developmental biology, molecular biology, molecular generics, molecular immunology, microbial pathogenicity and virology. The Department has excellent research funding and a commitment to high quality, modern research. A list of faculty and associate members and their research interests is available from the Department. Students must satisfy the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies including, for international students whose first language is not English, a minimum TOEFL score of 590. International students are required to take the Graduate Record Examination (GRE). For an application to be competitive, a score in the 600 range in both the quantitative and analytical sections is recommended. The GRE is optional for North American students. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students may be accepted into the Doctor of Philosophy program based on a first class standing in their undergraduate degree. During their first year, they will be required to complete 18 credits of course work with a first class standing, including Molecular Microbiology Techniques (MICB 506) and a seminar (MICB 530). Students entering the Ph.D. program with an advanced degree (such as a Master of Science) will be required to take the seminar (MICB 530) during their first term in the program. Course requirements in addition to MICB 530 will be at the discretion of the thesis supervisory committee. All Ph.D. students will be required to pass a comprehensive examination on topics related to their research area of interest within 18 months of starting their program. MASTER OF SCIENCE Students will enrol in Molecular Microbiology Techniques (MICB 506) and a seminar (MICB 530) in addition to at least 9 credits in other courses in their first year. In addition, the student must perform research work under a research supervisor and write and defend a thesis based on this research. Master's students who have completed one year of study in the program may be eligible to transfer to a doctoral program without completing the master's degree. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Microbiology & Immunology Life Sciences Centre 2716 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-3615 Fax: 604-822-6041 Email: grad@microbiology.ubcca Web: www.microbiology.ubc.ca Shelley Small, Graduate Program Coordinator MINING ENGINEERING Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. A. Meech, M. Scoble, W. Ward. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS S. W. Dunbar, B. Klein, R. Pakalnis, M. Veiga. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R. Hall, M. Morin, M. Pawlik. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Mining Engineering offers opportunity for study in the fields of mining and mineral processing, including mine environment and coal preparation. Areas of research interest are indicated below. • Mining. Mine economics and valuation, 264 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 mine design, drilling and blasting methods, rock mechanics and slope stability, optimization and simulation of mining operations, advanced mining methods, mine services (particularly mine ventilation), and climatic control. • Mineral processing. Unit operations, comminution, process modelling and optimization, expert systems, instrumentation and computer control. Flotation, surface chemistry, fines recovery, coal recovery, treatment of fine and oxidized coal, and precious metals recovery. • Mining Environment. Acid rock drainage, environmental protection, effluent control and treatment. Students must satisfy the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies including, for international students whose first language is not English, a minimum TOEFL score of 550. Students should note that not all courses listed are offered every year DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program combines coursework with a research thesis. Students select their courses in consultation with faculty to suit their research needs. Part-time students are actively encouraged by the program and interested applicants should contact the program for further information. Students who wish to be considered for financial assistance should apply for admission as early as possible. MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE The Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.) program combines research and coursework and requires a total of 30 credits. A research thesis is assigned between 6 to 12 credits by the head of the program in consultation with the research supervisor. For information about the professional Master of Engineering (M.Eng.) program, please see the Faculty of Applied Science, p. 107 or visit the program website (www.mining.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Mining Engineering 517-6350 Stores Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2540 Fax: 604-822-5599 Email: maria@mining.ubcca Web: www.mining.ubc.ca Maria Lui, Graduate Secretary MODERN LANGUAGE EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSOR S. Carey ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR P. Duff. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR M. Bournot-Trites. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Modern Language Education (MLED) examines the social, linguistic, educational, cognitive, and political processes affecting the teaching, learning, assessment, and use of languages other than English, whether learned as a first, second/ additional, or heritage language. The program Faculty have special expertise in MLED teaching methods, language assessment, bilingualism, French as a Second Language, French immersion education, multilingual literacies, Asia-Pacific languages in education, heritage language education, technology in language education, language policy, and research on classroom teaching/learning of modern languages. Students who would Ike to undertake a Ph.D. specializing in Modern Language Education can do so through the program in Language and Literacy Education, p. 258. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the Department of Language and Literacy Education requires: 1) at least an 18-credit concentration in the subject area (see the website (www.lled.educ.ubc.ca) for specifics), 2) normally two years of formal teaching experience. Program Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500- level or above. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, either 6 or 9 credits, is included. Full-time and part-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. ^Program Requirements: The program consists ^f 30 credits of which 24 must be at the 500- level or above. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300- or 400-level. Students may opt for a program consisting entirely of courses, or may elect to do 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating paper Full-time and part-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Language and Literacy Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5788 Fax: 604-822-3154 Email: anne.eastham@ubcca Web: www.lled.educ.ubc.ca Anne Eastham, Graduate Programs Assistant MUSIC Degrees Offered: Ph.D., D.M.A., M.A., M.Mus. MEMBERS PROFESSORS W E. Benjamin, M. C. Berinbaum, G. G. Butler, S. G. Chatman, J. A. Coop, A. Dawes, K. A. Hamel, N. J. Hermiston, J. E. Kreider, J. Read, J. B. Roeder, R. Sharon, M. Tenzer, A. Thrasher ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS R. B. Kurth, D. J. Metzer, V. G. Micznik, B. Pullan, E. J. Wilson. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Buechner, D. Chang, E. Choi, A. Fisher, D. Harding, R. Oostwoud, J. Wood. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School of Music offers graduate programs and degrees in three broad fields of specialization: performance, composition, and music scholarship. The Master of Music (M.Mus.) is offered in composition and performance concentration in piano, organ, harpsichord, guitar, orchestral instruments, voice, choral conducting, or opera. The Doctor of Musical Arts (D.M.A.) is offered in composition and performance concentration in piano, voice, or orchestral instruments. The Master of Arts (M.A.) and the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Music are offered with emphases on theory, historical musicology, and ethnomusicology The School occupies a well-equipped building, which includes a fine recital hall (300 seats). The Chan Centre for the Performing Arts, containing the 1,400-seat Chan Shun Concert Hall, opened in March 1997. The Music Library houses the second largest collection in Canada, including over 70,000 books and scores. The School owns a growing collection of instruments, including 125 pianos, several important violins, a 64-rank organ by Casavant (1969), many historical wind and string instruments (including two harpsichords and a forte piano), and instruments representing several Asian traditions including Javanese and Balinese gamelans and numerous Chinese and Japanese stringed and wind instruments. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. program admits superior candidates for scholarly studies in musicology (historical or ethnographic studies and theoretical studies, with individual programs subject to explicit orientation and certification in one of these two major directions). The program is designed to provide thorough training in the techniques and applications of musical research and analysis. The dissertation is expected to demonstrate a capacity for doing research which enhances or qualifies existing bodies of knowledge, or which presents important new interpretations of prevailing materials and methods. Credit requirements for the Ph.D.: 21 credits of coursework, comprehensive examinations, and a thesis. For language requirements, a Graduate PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 265 Programs brochure is available from the School of Music DOCTOR OF MUSICAL ARTS The D.M.A. program is designed for performers and composers who have already reached a high level of proficiency and artistry in their fields and who may wish to teach at the university level. This program offers an opportunity to bring creative and performance achievement to a high level while enriching individual backgrounds with cognitive studies. Students in music performance are expected to pursue supplementary individual projects in performance practice and music literature. Studies in music theory and music history are included. Graduate student composers work closely with faculty in composition and music theory, and are expected to compose major works for public performance in addition to fulfilling course requirements. Credit requirements for the D.M.A.: in composition, 33 credits of coursework, 15 of which are in the major field, a completed portfolio of works, demonstrated proficiency in one foreign language, comprehensive examinations, and a thesis comprising a major work and accompanying document; for the D.M.A. in performance, 42 to 44 credits, of which 60% are in the major field, comprehensive examinations, and a thesis comprised of four recitals and a written document. MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. program, offered in the fields of historical musicology, music theory and ethnomusicology, is designed to acquaint the student with methods of scholarly research. It provides broad general training in addition to opportunities for specialized research in particular areas of inquiry. Prescribed curricula are flexible, providing latitude to meet diverse individual needs. A thesis is required and the program is normally of two years' duration. Credit requirements for the M.A.: 30 to 32 credits, typically including a 6-credit thesis, and 14 to 18 credits of required courses. Proficiency in one appropriate language must be demonstrated. MASTER OF MUSIC The M.Mus. degree in performance and composition is offered to candidates who have achieved necessary levels of attainment and productivity at the undergraduate level, and who give reasonable promise of further significant accomplishment. This degree is often a final academic step for the musician who wishes to enter the professional world, although it may prove to be an intermediate step for those wishing to prepare for university teaching. Performance candidates present a recital or opera performance in lieu of thesis, while the graduate composition student presents a program of original works. A two-year residency is the norm. Credit requirements for the M.Mus.: 33 to 39 credits, including a 6-credit thesis comprised of one or more required recitals, and 18 to 25 credits of required courses (including private study). CONTACT INFORMATION School of Music 6361 Memorial Rd. Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-827-5502 Fax: 604-822-4884 Email: rayne.todd@ubcca Web: www.music.ubc.ca Rayne Todd, Student Advisor MUSIC EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR P. Gouzouasis. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR S. Goble. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate programs (M.Ed, and M.A.) in Music Education are part of the graduate offerings in the Department of Curriculum Studies. Cross-faculty involvement (e.g., with the School of Music) is actively encouraged. Specializations include conducting (choral and instrumental), pedagogy, curriculum development, distance education and distributive learning, early childhood music, cultural studies, music and media studies; evaluation and assessment, music psychology, new media and music technologies, and teacher education. Research approaches include ethnography, experimental and correlational research, historical research, narrative inquiry and other forms of arts-based educational research, and philosophical and critical analysis. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Study requirements, the program requires: 1) Normally, 18 credits of senior coursework or a professional concentration in the area of interest. 2) Normally, two years of teaching experience or other relevant professional experience. Degree Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500 level or above. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, normally 9 credits, is included. Part-time and full-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Degree Requirements: The program consists of a minimum of 30 credits, of which 24 must be courses numbered at the 500 level. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students select either a program consisting entirely of courses (for example, ten 3-credit courses) or 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating project (3 credits). Part-time and full-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Curriculum Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5367 Fax: 604-822-4714 Email: cust.grad@ubcca Web: www.curricstudies.educ.ubc.ca Basia Zurek, Graduate Secretary NEUROSCIENCE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS K. G. Baimbridge, A. M. J. Buchan, B. E. Cairns, J. Church, C. M. Clark, M. S. Cynader, K. Dorovini-Zis, J. T. Enns, E. Eich, B. Gorzalka, P. Graf, A. G. Hannam, M. R. Hay den, W G. Honer, R. Lam, P. C. K. Leung, B. A. MacVicar, J. G. McLarnon, W K. Milsom, R. S. Molday, C. C. G. Naus, J. J. Oger, J. A. Pearson, A. Phillips, J. P. J. Pinel, E. Puil, C. H. Rankin, P. B. Reiner, A. Rose, B. R. Sastry, D. Schwarz, T. Snutch, D. R. Stapells, J. Steeves, J. Stoessl, R. C. Tees, W Tetzlaff, S. R. Vincent, Y. T. Wang, L. M. Ward, J. Weinberg, J. Werker, D. M. Wilkie, L. N. Yatham, A. Zis. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS V. J. Auld, D. Doudet, R. M. Douglas, J. Eng, L. A. M. Galea, D. Giaschi, J. T. Inglis, L. E Kastrukoff, S. J. Kehl, A. Kingstone, K. Y. N. Kwok, D. A. Mathers, J. A. Matsubara, C. Mcintosh, M. J. McKeown, T. H. Murphy, T. O'Connor, J. R. O'Kusky, L. A. Raymond, R. Rensink, C. Shaw, E. M. Simpson, P. J. Soja, N. V. Swindale. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. J. S. Barton, S.R. Carlson, B. Christie, A. El-Husseini, S. Floresco, K. Haas, B. Leavitt, C. S. Lee, M. Ramer, A. J. Roskams, K. Soma, W Song, V. Viau. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Neuroscience program is administered by the Neuroscience Advisory Committee which is responsible to the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Neuroscience program is flexible and is intended to accommodate the diverse background of students wishing to enter it, and also takes into account the broad nature of neuroscience research. The program will accept for advanced degrees applicants with undergraduate majors in a variety of disciplines including but not restricted to biology, biochemistry, computer sciences, engineering, mathematics, neurosciences, pharmacology, physics, physiology, psychology and zoology Applicants who are not graduates of a Canadian or American university are required to take the Graduate Records Examination (GRE); students whose first language is not English are required to take the test of English 266 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 as a foreign language (TOEFL). Graduates with a professional degree (M.D., D.M.D., D.V.M.) may also be accepted into the program. Acceptance into the program is dependent upon: 1) meeting the general entrance requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies; 2) acceptance by the Neuroscience Admissions Committee; and 3) acceptance from a faculty member willing to act as the student's supervisor in a graduate program in Neuroscience. The student's graduate program will be decided upon by the student and the student's supervisory committee. The program aims for flexibility so that the individual needs of students with different interests in neuroscience can, as far as possible, be accommodated. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. program consists of coursework usually taken in the first year, a comprehensive examination and a research dissertation defended in a final oral examination. Courses taken at other universities or in their undergraduate program will be taken into consideration in planning the student's core course curriculum. Prerequisites include either a master's or an honours bachelor's degree with first class standing or equivalent. MASTER OF SCIENCE The M.Sc. program consists of at least 18 credits of coursework usually taken in the first year (no more than 6 credits at the 300 level or above plus at least 12 credits at the 500 level) and a 12-credit research thesis for a total of 30 credits. Prerequisites include a bachelor's degree or its academic equivalent in a related subject. CONTACT INFORMATION , Graduate Program in Neuroscience 2255 Wesbrook Mall, Room 4830 Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-7375 Fax: 604-822-7981 Email: neurosci@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.interchange.ubc.ca/neurosci Liz Wong, Graduate Secretary NURSING Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.S.N. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. M. A. Anderson, J. L. Bottorff, E. A. Carty, J. L. Johnson, P. Ratner, S. Thorne. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS W A. Hall, A. Henderson, C. J. Jillings, G. L. Joachim, M. J. Lynam, A. Perry, E. Saewyc, C. Varcoe. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS L. Balneaves, G. Boschma, A. Browne, C. Canam, L. Chiu, S. Dahinten, A. L. Dewar B. Garrett, J. Oliffe, J. A. Phinney, E Warnock, S. Wong. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School of Nursing offers two graduate degrees: a Master of Science in Nursing (M.S.N.) and the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). These graduate degree programs provide advanced professional leadership, clinical scholarship and research training beyond the baccalaureate degree in nursing. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. program in Nursing is designed to prepare researchers and leaders to develop the knowledge base of nursing. The program combines core courses totalling 12 credits, support courses as specified by the supervisory committee, and a thesis. A comprehensive examination is held upon completion of all required coursework. Applicants to the program are admitted on the basis of outstanding achievement in their master's program; evidence of potential for research and scholarship; an ability to be self-directed; and articulated goals in keeping with the resources available in the program, including available faculty support and programs of research. The number of qualified applicants that can be accepted in any given year is determined by faculty resources and other factors. Applicants must at minimum meet the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. GRE scores are required by the School of Nursing. Canadian students must hold practising nurse registration in BC or another province. International students must meet general eligibility criteria for nurse registration in BC. MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING The M.S.N, program is designed to prepare graduates to function as leaders in a range of roles such as education, advanced practice, policy implementation, health care management and nursing knowledge development. The program provides a basis for leadership in professional nursing practice and also creates a foundation for doctoral studies. Within the 33- credit program, the student may do a major essay (3 credits) or a thesis (6 credits). Applicants must be registered nurses with a baccalaureate degree, normally in nursing, who meet the admission requirements of the UBC Faculty of Graduate Studies. Successful applicants will be drawn from the top-ranked candidates who have a minimum overall average of 76% at the third- and fourth-year levels, with a First class standing (80% or above) in 12 credits or more of nursing courses in their baccalaureate program. GRE scores are required by the School of Nursing. In order to be included among the top-ranked candidates, there must be clear evidence that the applicant is competent to pursue studies in the English language. Completion of a satisfactory TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language), with a minimum score of 600, may be required before any offer of admission can be made. The School offers a Nurse Practitioner (Family) option, within the M.S.N, program, that prepares family nurse practitioners who will work in primary care settings. Graduates will be prepared to assess, diagnose and treat common and predictable conditions across the lifespan. In contrast to the general M.S.N, program, this option comprises 54 credits of coursework designed to meet the anticipated competencies associated with program approval so that graduates may sit national credentialing exams and be eligible for provincial licensure. Applicants must meet the general requirements for admission to the M.S.N, program, have completed a minimum of three years of clinical practice as a registered nurse, demonstrate clinical excellence, and provide evidence of their ability to work autonomously CONTACT INFORMATION School of Nursing T201-2211 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 2B5 Tel: 604-822-7446 Fax: 604-822-7466 Email: peggy@nursing.ubc.ca Web: www.school.nursing.ubc.ca Peggy Faulkner, Graduate Programs Assistant OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS M. Brauer, M. Hodgson, S. M. Kennedy, K. E. Teschke. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR P. Demers. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K. Bartlett, W Chu, H. Davies. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The vision of the School of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene (SOEH) is a world in which risks from occupational and environmental hazards are minimized by their recognition, evaluation and control, to the benefit of workplace and community health and well- being. The School's mission is to enhance public health and well being through minimizing risks from occupational and environmental hazards by providing an outstanding education to students and professionals, by generating new knowledge through research, and by effectively communicating this knowledge. Students interested in research or professional careers in any aspect of workplace or community environmental exposures and their impact on human health are encouraged to apply. The School's major research themes include acoustics, noise and vibration; exposure assessment and epidemiology; analytical methods development using immunological, biological, chemical and microsensor methods; occupational and PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 267 environmental respiratory disease; and risk assessment and translation of research to policy For additional information, see the School of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, p. 367 or SOEH's website (www.soeh.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy is a research degree; students should enter with a strong background in their field of study. The primary goal of the Ph.D. program is to develop the occupational and environmental hygiene researchers, university teachers, and policy makers of tomorrow. Students with a master's degree in occupational or environmental sciences must complete a minimum of 9 credits of courses; those from other disciplines must complete a minimum of 18 credits of courses including 9 credits selected from a list of specified "core" courses. Specific course requirements are determined by the student's supervisory committee in consulation with the student; additional courses may be necessary in support of the proposed thesis research. As research is the cornerstone of any doctoral program, emphasis will be on courses that promote an understanding of research methodologies. In addition to standard course- work all doctoral students must participate in the School research seminars throughout their doctoral program. MASTER OF SCIENCE Students in the Master of Science program may choose to follow a project or thesis option. Because of the varied backgrounds of students, both options are relatively course-intensive and include specific non-credit requirements related to adult education in addition to courses. Students in the project option must complete 11 mandatory courses, a 6-credit project based on a four-month co-op placement (culminating in a comprehensive technical report and a presentations), and approved electives to make up a total of 45 credits of course and project work. After completion of all required components students must also pass a comprehensive examination. The thesis option also comprises 45 credits of courses and research work. Students are required to complete three mandatory courses (including two research seminars), 16.5 credits of courses chosen from a list of specified "core" courses, a further 12 credits of approved electives, and complete a 12-credit research thesis (culminating in an oral examination). Further details regarding required courses and non-credit activities are available on the SOEH website (www.soeh.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION School of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene 3rd Floor, 2206 East Mall LPC Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-9302 Fax: 604-822-9588 Email: soeh@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.soeh.ubc.ca Crissy Giesbrecht, Graduate & Academic Assistant OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY Degree Offered: M.O.T MEMBERS PROFESSOR I. Dyck. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C. Backman, L. Jongbloed, S. J. Stanton. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS W H. Miller. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Occupational therapists provide specialized rehabilitation services to maintain, restore or improve the ability of children and adults to perform the occupations of daily life, which may be impaired as a result of illness, injury, congenital or acquired disabilities, or social disadvantage. Occupational therapists focus on adapting the environment or improving the person's skills, to enhance performance in the areas of self care (eating, dressing, personal hygiene), productivity (household work, employment, school), and leisure activities, thereby improving overall health and quality of life. The Master of Occupational Therapy degree provides the professional education necessary to obtain a licence to practice occupational therapy. It differs from the advanced or research master's degree in Rehabilitation Sciences, p. 275 which prepares practitioners with advanced research skills and requires completion and defense of a thesis. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY Admission is offered on a competitive basis. The annual enrolment and class size is limited. Admission requirements include: • Completion of a recognized baccalaureate degree in any field and the successful completion of the following prerequisites: Biological Sciences (3 credits), Social Sciences (3 credits) and Behavioural Sciences (3 credits). • A minimum of 70 hours of volunteer or paid work which includes direct contact involving interaction with persons with cognitive, emotional, or physical disabilities at no more than two facilities. • Primary consideration is given to residents of British Columbia. Applicants who meet the above minimum requirements are eligible for interview consideration (verbal communication skill, maturity and personal suitability).The interview will comprise a verbal interview and an examination of written English proficiency. Fulfilment of the minimum requirements, however, does not guarantee an interview. Selection of interview candidates is based on the academic standing in the senior level courses. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Rehabilitation Sciences T325-2211 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 2B5 Tel: 604-822-7050 Fax: 604-882-7624 Email: admissions@rehab.ubcca Web: www.rehab.ubc.ca Pary Mohamed, Admissions/Finance Clerk OCEANOGRAPHY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS R. Andersen, N. Balmforth, R. Francois, M. Healey, W Hsieh, G. Ingram, C. Suttle. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS H Allen, K. Orians, R. Pawlowicz. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS C. DiBacco, M. Maldonado, E. Pakhomov, L. Pandolfo, A. Ridwell, P. Tortell. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Oceanographers investigate both fundamental and applied problems relating to the physics, mathematics, biology, chemistry, and geology of the sea, often working across traditional academic disciplines. Research carried out both independently and in collaboration with federal government laboratories occurs in the many different oceanographic regimes from coastal BC fjords, the inland sea of the Strait of Georgia, open ocean regions of the Subarctic Pacific, and many other locations including the Arctic and Antarctic Oceans. The types of problems that can be studied include fundamental questions about the flow of stratified fluids at scales ranging from tens of meters to thousands of kilometers, applied research in estuaries, coastal, and deep-ocean processes, general ocean circulation and climate change issues, marine chemistry, geochemistry, and biogeochemistry, natural product chemistry, marine viruses, fisheries oceanography, plankton ecology and physiology, and primary production of the sea. The Department is well equipped to carry out research in the field (using either its own boat or larger vessels in the oceanographic fleet), at the laboratory bench, and in the numerical heart of a computer. Most problems involve aspects of all three. Students in Oceanography may select courses, depending on their interest, from the following areas of specialization: • Biological oceanography 268 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 • Marine chemistry and geochemistry • Physical oceanography and atmospheric sciences. Students are encouraged to broaden their knowledge by taking courses outside their area of specialization. Courses related to Oceanography are also offered in the Departments of Botany, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Geography, Physics and Astronomy, and Zoology. Oceanography students normally begin their studies in September but may sometimes arrange to start their thesis work in the summer before their first Winter Session. A student wishing to do graduate work in Oceanography should first discuss the proposed program with appropriate faculty in the Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Applicants normally should have a master's degree in an area of science or applied science. The Ph.D. program consists of appropriate course work chosen in consultation with the candidate's committee and the preparation of a thesis based on the results of original research. MASTER OF SCIENCE Applicants normally should have a bachelor's degree in an area of science or applied science. The Master of Science program consists of 12 credits of thesis and 18 credits in coursework, or 30 credits in coursework and an essay CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences 6339 Stores Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-2713 Fax: 604-822-6088 Email: aallen@eos.ubc.ca Web: www.eos.ubc.ca Alex Allen, Graduate Secretary ONCOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS G. Bellward, L. Benedet, J. Bottorff, C. Brown, M. Burgess, H. Burt, K. Craig, S. Dedhar, R. E. Durand (Hon.), V. Duronio, A. Eaves, C. Eaves, J. Emerman, K. Gelmon, M. Gleave, L. Goldenberg, S. Harris, P. Hieter, B. A. Hilton, R. K. Humphries, S. Katz, R. Kay, T. Keane, D. Kitts, G. Krystal, S. Lam, P. Lansdorp, D. Lehman, D. Li, V. Ling, D. Mager, A. Martin-Matthews, K. McErlane, B. McGillivray, D. C. McKenzie, D. Moerman, I. Olivotto, C. Overall, S. Pelech, V Raoul, P. Rennie, W Riggs, M. Roberge, E Takei, K. Teschke, S. Thorne. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS T. Chang, P. Demers, J. Dutz, C. J. Frankish, B. Gilks, M. Gold, R. Holt, W Jia, A. Karsan, C. Lovato, M. Marra, C. Nelson, C. Roskelley, K. Schultz, C. Scudamore, J. Shoveller, C. Smith, P. Sorensen, J. Spinelli, J. Vielkind, K. Wasan, Z. Xu. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS A. Brooks-Wilson, R. Cheifetz, S. Chia, M. Cox, J. Davison, T. Ehlen, C. Helgason, P. Hoodless, S. Jones, K. McNagny, A. Mui, C. Ong. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Interdisciplinary Oncology Program offers advanced study and research in a variety of fields relating to oncology. The focus on interdisciplinarity is accomplished through a breadth of coverage in the following disciplines: molecular and cellular biology, generics, biophysics, bioinformatics, pharmaceutical sciences, radiological sciences, immunology, sociobehavioural studies and epidemiology. The goal of the Program is to provide graduate students from diverse backgrounds with an education in a number of disciplines relating to oncology, and to provide opportunities for intensive training in specialized aspects of oncology through thesis research. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program consists of 18 credits of coursework plus a research thesis. Coursework must include the core courses (ONCO 501, 502, 510) plus electives chosen by the supervisor and the student, based on the student's needs and thesis topic While most electives should be at the 500 level or higher, a maximum of 6 credits may be at the 300 or 400 level. MASTER OF SCIENCE The Master of Science program requires 18 credits of courses plus a 12-credit research thesis. Coursework must include the core courses (ONCO 501, 502, 510) as well as electives chosen by the student in consultation with his/her research supervisor. Most electives should be at the 500 level or higher but up to 6 credits may be at the 300 or 400 level. BC Cancer Research Centre 675 West 10th Ave. Vancouver, BC, V5Z 1L3 Tel: 604-675-8030 Fax: 604-675-8049 Email: wcotting@bccancer.bcca Web: www.bccrc.ca/oncologyprog.html Wil Cottingham, Graduate Secretary PATHOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS D. Brooks, A. M. Churg, N. Cimolai, P. Clement, D. de Sa, D. Devine, J. E. Dimmick, K. Dorovini-Zis, A. Eaves, E. Evans, J. Frohlich, C. Fyfe, W J. Godolphin, J. L. Isaac- Renton, G. Krystal, V. Ling, G. Lockitch, A. B. Magil, B. McManus, D. A. Owen, M. Petric, P. H. Pritchard, J. Rootman, W Shcreiber, P. Sorensen, E Takei, J. L. Wright, H. Ziltener ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M. Allard, C. J. Carter, J. K. Chantler, C. B. Gilks, S. Hayashi, R. Hegele, A. Karsan, N. Kelly, M. Krajden, I. Mackenzie, M. Noble, J. O'Kusky, T. Podor, M. Scott, D. Seccombe, C. Seow, J. Tai, R. Tan, B. Verchere, J. Vielkind, D. Walker, V. White, D. Yang. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS H. Cote, D. Granville, J. Hill, D. Huntsman, V Lestou, Honglin Luo, T. Nielsen, M. O'Sullivan, C. Ong, E. Rajcan-Separovic, C. Wellington. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Experimental Pathology refers to research in any area of biomedical investigation that is relevant to human disease. Since it is necessary to understand the normal working of the system to fully define the changes associated with disease, the areas represented at UBC cover a wide range of fields and approaches. Work at all levels of biological organization is involved, from protein to lipoprotein biochemistry and molecular biology through cell and tumour biology, animal models for studies on pulmonary and cardiovascular pathophysiology and viral and bacterial infection processes, to clinical studies on human population and the AIDS epidemic Projects suitable for graduate research are active in all these areas; current research funding awarded to faculty within the Department of Pathology exceeds $6 million annually DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students who apply with the equivalent of a First class honours degree may be admitted directly into the Ph.D. program. Such individuals must register for 18 credits of coursework, at least 10 of which must be graduate level courses during the first year. Doctoral students must obtain 68% to pass any course. To remain in the Ph.D. program, students must achieve a First class average with a minimum of 10 credits of first class standing in these courses. If this level is not obtained the student will be asked to complete an M.Sc. before embarking on a Ph.D. program. M.Sc. students who achieve at the academic level described above may be elevated directly into the Ph.D. program at the end of the first year if the student and supervisor agree and if such an elevation is recommended by the student's supervisory committee. Students entering with an M.Sc. are not required to complete coursework other than PATH 500A, PATH 635 and, if necessary, PATH 547, although other courses may be suggested by the supervisory committee. All Ph.D. students must pass a comprehensive examination within the first 18 months of initial registration. The examination consists of preparation of a research proposal (written according to the regulations for an application for a grant-in-aid from the Medical Research Council of Canada) on a topic which may be related to the student's own research project but must be distinct from it. The proposal is PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 269 presented and defended orally before an examination committee. Each student must meet with his or her Supervisory committee once a year and requires the committee's consent to prepare the thesis. This thesis is first presented and defended before a Departmental examination committee containing two individuals not on the supervisory committee The process culminates in a public examination of the thesis by representatives of the student's advisory committee, two University examiners and an external examiner (whose comments are received in writing by the Examining Committee). A Ph.D. is normally completed in four to five years. MASTER OF SCIENCE To enter the M.Sc. program students must possess a bachelor's or M.D. degree with the academic background outlined in the Eligibility section. The program is expected to be completed in two to three years. Eighteen credits of coursework (of which no more than 6 may be for undergraduate courses) plus an 18 credit thesis are required for completion. All students must register for PATH 500A: Experimental Pathology (two credits), the seminar series PATH 535 (two credits) and, if a similar such course has not been taken, PATH 547: Molecular Biology Laboratory (3 credits). The remaining courses are chosen by the student and supervisor, with consideration of the student's background and the research area of the thesis. Each student must meet with his or her supervisory committee, consisting of at least three faculty members, at least once a year for a review of progress. The final examination consists of an oral presentation of the thesis and its defense before an examining committee. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine GF227-2211 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 2B5 Tel: 604-822-7109 Fax: 604-822-7635 Email: pwoo@pathology.ubcca Web: www.pathology.ubc.ca Penny Woo, Program Assistant PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS S. Bandiera, H. M. Burt, M. H. H. Ensom, D. W Fielding, P. J. Jewesson, M. Levine, K. MacLeod, J. H. McNeill, R. E. Reid, K. W Riggs, B. Rodrigues, P. J. Soja. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS B. Carleton, T. Chang, U. Hafeli, J. McCormack, K. M. Wasan. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS B. Cairns, R. Kassam, E Marra. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences offers opportunities for advanced study leading to the Master of Science (M.Sc.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). The Faculty ranks in the top tier of Pharmacy Faculties in Canada and provides outstanding research mentoring opportunities. The research interests of the individual members of the Department can be found in the Faculty section of the program's website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca). The Faculty's research and clinical faculty have national and international reputations in their fields and we graduate highly qualified personnel. There is a high demand for our graduates in academic and clinical institutions, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and the government. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students admitted to the Ph.D. degree will normally possess a master's degree or recognized equivalent from an accredited university-level institution with the minimum academic requirements met. Transfer from the M.Sc. to the Ph.D. program is permitted under regulations set forth by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The regulations which apply to M.Sc. students in terms of course requirements also apply to doctoral candidates who have not taken these courses must achieve an equivalent academic level during their first two years of study, as determined by the candidate's research committee. For the Ph.D. degree there is a Faculty requirement for the completion of a thesis (12 credits) and a seminar (two credits). For information about the professional Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) program, please see the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences, p. 375 or visit the program's website (www.phar- macy. ubc. ca/graduate_programs/ PharmD.html). MASTER OF SCIENCE New graduate students holding a baccalaureate degree are generally admitted only into the M.Sc. program; however, the Faculty strongly encourages subsequent transfer into the Ph.D. program for those who wish to pursue a Ph.D. ^lore information about transfer to the Ph.D. program can be found at grad.ubc.ca. A master's student must complete most of the graduate courses offered in their specific division they have chosen. If a course relevant to the student's field of research is offered by another Faculty, preference should be given for that course over a divisional course if the former is more relevant to the student's field of research. A minimum of 30 credits are required which includes 12 credits for the thesis, 2 credits for the seminar, a minimum of 10 additional credits at the 300 level or above. CONTACT INFORMATION Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences 2146 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2390 Fax: 604-822-3035 Email: gradask@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.pharmacy.ubc.ca Shirley Wong, Administrative Assistant, Graduate Programs PHARMACOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS S. Bhagavatula, D. V. Godin, I. Laher, J. G. McLarnon, C. C. Y. Pang, E. Puil, C. van Breemen, M. J. A. Walker, J. M. Wright. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS B. Conway, D. Knight, B. A. MacLeod, C. R. Ries. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Schwarz, X. Wang. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics was established in 1951. The more than 20 faculty members are devoted to research and teaching of Pharmacology and Therapeutics in the Faculty of Medicine at UBC. Courses in Pharmacology are taught in the undergraduate, medical, dental and graduate programs. Our program adheres to an "apprenticeship" model of graduate training, in which graduate students work in close collaboration with a faculty member who is also their graduate supervisor. The program has strengths in projects covering a wide range of scientific and clinical areas of investigation. The primary aim of our graduate training program is to provide students with the skills necessary to conduct research in Pharmacology and Therapeutics that can be published in first-rate journals. Thus, an important factor in an applicant's admissibility is a matching of research and professional interests of the student and a faculty member within the program. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Applicants to the Ph.D. program must have advanced understanding in Pharmacology in addition to fulfilling the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Facilities are available for original investigations in cellular, biochemical, viral, autonomic, cardiovascular, clinical, and neuropharmacology within the Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics. MASTER OF SCIENCE In addition to fulfilling the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, acceptance to the M.Sc. program requires a B.Sc. degree in Pharmacology (or a related 270 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 subject), or a Doctor of Medicine (M.D. or equivalent) degree. Students are required to take 18 credits of graduate-level courses in pharmacology and thesis-related subjects plus a 12-credit thesis. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics 2176 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2575 Fax: 604-822-6012 Email: wynnel@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.pharmacology.ubc.ca Wynne Leung, Graduate Secretary PHILOSOPHY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. Beatty, A. D. Irvine, D. Lopes, M. Matthen, A. W Richardson, J. P. Russell, S. E Savitt, M. Schabas, C. Wilson. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR P. Bartha. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Anderson, S. Berryman, T. Bittner, C. Hendricks, P. Rysiew, O. Simchen, C. Stephens. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Philosophy offers courses of instruction leading to both the Master of Arts (M.A.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in most major areas of the discipline, including epistemology, metaphysics, ethics, political and social philosophy, philosophy of art, philosophy of mind, philosophy of language, logic, philosophy of science, philosophy of a biology, philosophy of mathematics and history of philosophy. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program consists of coursework, a comprehensive examination, and research leading to a dissertation that is defended in an oral final examination. See the graduate regulations located on the department's website (www.philosophy.ubc.ca) for details. Prerequisites for the Ph.D. include either an M.A. or an honours B.A. with first class standing or equivalent. MASTER OF ARTS There are two options for the Master of Arts: 1) Thesis Option. This option requires 18 credits of coursework (a maximum of 6 credits at the 300 and 400 level, and a minimum of 12 credits at the 500 level or above) and a 12-credit thesis. 2) Non-thesis Option. This option requires 30 credits of coursework. Of these, 6 credits may be at the 300 or 400 level, and 24 credits must be at the 500 level or above. Prerequisites for the M.A. program include a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science with at least one term course in formal logic and sufficient upper division work in the history of philosophy, ethics and value theory, and metaphysics, epistemology, or the philosophy of science to enable the student to undertake graduate-level work in these areas. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Philosophy E370-1866 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-3292 Fax: 604-822-8782 Email: philgrad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.philosophy.ubc.ca Rachel Schmidt, Graduate Secretary PHYSICAL EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR J. Butler. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR H. Hubball. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate programs (M.Ed, and M.A.) in Physical Education (PETE) are part of the graduate offerings in the Department of Curriculum Studies. The Physical Education program will appeal to elementary, middle and secondary school educators with interests in: integrated and thematic approaches to curriculum and pedagogy; development and evaluation of outdoor environmental, leadership or experiential education programs; active living, health promotion and wellness; movement education concepts; teaching games for understanding; inclusive models of education and issues of equity and social justice. Students interested in secondary physical education, sports specific instruction, or coaching ^night also want to consider the graduate programs in Human Kinetics, p. 256, but are encouraged to inquire with the Physical Education program as well. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the program requires: 1) Normally, 18 credits of senior coursework or a professional concentration in the area of interest. 2) Normally, two years of teaching experience or other relevant professional experience. Degree Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500 level or above. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, normally 9 credits, is included. Part-time and full-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Degree Requirements: The program consists of a minimum of 30 credits, of which 24 must be courses numbered at the 500 level. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students select either a program consisting entirely of courses (for example, ten 3-credit courses) or 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating project (3 credits). Part-time and full-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Curriculum Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5367 Fax: 604-822-4714 Email: cust.grad@ubcca Web: www.curricstudies.educ.ubc.ca Basia Zurek, Graduate Secretary PHYSICAL THERAPY Degree Offered: M.P.T MEMBERS PROFESSORS E. Dean, S. R. Harris. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Eng, D. L. Maclntyre, W D. Reid. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Physical therapists specialize in the assessment and treatment related to movement. Common movement disorders result from impairment of the neuromuscular, musculoskeletal, respiratory or cardiovascular systems. Following assessment of their clients, physical therapists often use physical agents such as therapeutic exercise, heat, cold, and electrical stimulation to increase muscle strength and function, reduce pain, promote general health and fitness, and prevent disability. As specialists in movement dysfunction, physical therapists also provide expertise in human mobility, carefully analyzing gait patterns and prescribing treatment regimens or devices (such as braces, crutches or wheelchairs) to enable clients to move independently through their environments. The Master of Physical Therapy degree provides the professional education necessary to obtain a licence to practice physical therapy. It differs from the advanced or research master's degree in Rehabilitation Sciences, p. 275 which prepares practitioners with advanced research skills and requires completion and defense of a thesis. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF PHYSICAL THERAPY Admission is offered on a competitive basis. The annual enrolment and class size is limited. Admission requirements include: • Completion of a recognized baccalaureate degree in any field and the successful completion of the following prerequisites: PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 271 first-year Biology (6 credits or equivalent), first-year Physics (3 credits or equivalent), Chemistry 12 or higher, Basic Human Anatomy (3 credits or equivalent), Psychology (3 credits or equivalent), Statistics (3 credits or equivalent). Recommended: Human Physiology • A minimum of 70 hours of volunteer or paid work which includes direct contact involving interaction with persons with cognitive, emotional, or physical disabilities at no more than two facilities. • Primary consideration is given to residents of British Columbia. Applicants who meet the above minimum requirements are eligible for interview consideration (verbal communication skill, maturity and personal suitability). The interview will comprise a verbal interview and an examination of written English proficiency. Fulfilment of the minimum requirements, however, does not guarantee an interview. Selection of interview candidates is based on the academic standing in the senior level courses. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Rehabilitation Sciences T325-2211 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 2B5 Tel: 604-822-7050 Fax: 604-822-7624 Email: parym@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.rehab.ubc.ca Pary Mohamed, Admissions/Finance Clerk PHYSICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS I. Affleck, J. Aldrich, D. Bonn, J. Brewer, D. Bryman, J. Carolan, M. Choptuik, R. Durand, J. Eldridge, E. Evans, G. Fahlman, M. Halpern, W Hardy, M. Hasinoff, J. Hepburn, P. Hickson, W Hsieh, R. Kiefl, H. Lam, A. MacKay, W McCutcheon, H. Richer, G. Sawatzky, G. Semenoff, P. Stamp, T. Tiedje, W Unruh, C. Waltham, L. Whitehead, J. Young, A. Zhitnitsky. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Barth, A. Celler, B. Gladman, C. Hearty, G. Hoffman, J. Matthews, T. Mattison, J. McKenna, K. Schleich, D. Scott, Q. S. Xiang. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS M. Berciu, A. Damascelli, J. Folk, M. Franz, C. Hansen, J. Heyl, D. Jones, P. Kozlowski, A. MacFarlane, K. Madison, A. Marziali, C. Michal, S. Plotkin, M. Rozali, V. Sossi, I. Stairs, M. Van Raamsdonk, L. Van Waerbeke, H. Zeng, E Zhou. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Physics and Astronomy is a broadly based department comprised of over 50 faculty members with a wide range of research interests that cover most of the key topics in contemporary physics and astronomy These activities are supported by several computing and experimental facilities within the Department, and excellent electronics and machine shops. Much of the Department's research is enhanced by local facilities such as the TRIUMF National Laboratory, the Advanced Materials and Process Engineering Laboratory (AMPEL), and the BC Cancer Agency, UBC and Vancouver General Hospitals, in addition to many specialized research laboratories housed within the Department. There is a great deal of collaboration and overlap of interests among the various groups, and incoming graduate students are currently attracted to research opportunities in many subfields of physics: • Applied Physics (see Engineering Physics, p. 245) • Medical Physics • Biophysics • Nuclear and Particle Physics • Astronomy and Astrophysics (see Astronomy, p. 232) • Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics • Condensed Matter Physics • Theoretical Physics Full details on research programs and facilities are available on the departmental website (www.physics.ubc.ca) and the AMPEL website (www.ampel.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Department offers Ph.D. programs in Astronomy, Physics, and Engineering Physics. Students may be admitted to the Ph.D. program after obtaining a Master of Science, or Master of Applied Science. A minimum of 12 credits in graduate-level courses in any Science or Applied Science (or Medicine for Medical Physics students) departments are required for the Ph.D., with details of the course load determined in consultation with the thesis advisor and supervisory committee but must conform to the department's quantum mechanics requirements. Students who do not already have credit for the required master's degree courses for their program or the equivalent graduate level courses from another university (approved by Graduate Chair) must take these courses in the Ph.D. program. Alternatively, well-qualified students admitted to the M.Sc. program may transfer to the Ph.D. program after a year's residence at UBC if they have at least 18 credits in M.Sc. coursework with an overall average of at least 85%, clear evidence of research ability, and approval of the thesis supervisor. Direct transfer students require a further 12 credits of graduate-level coursework in any Science or Applied Science program (or Medicine for Medical Physics students) for the Ph.D. MASTER OF SCIENCE Master of Science programs are offered in physics and astronomy. The prerequisite for the program is a B.Sc. in physics (single or combined), astronomy, or mathematics; or a B.A.Sc. in engineering physics or electrical engineering. An overall average of 'A-' or better in third- and fourth-year courses is expected for entry into the program. The M.Sc. program requires a minimum of 30 credits with the thesis counting 12 credits. The remaining 18 credits must include at least 12 credits from graduate courses in any Science or Applied Science departments (or Medicine, for medical physics students), and may include up to 6 300- or 400-level credits in undergraduate courses. All M.Sc. students are required to satisfy the Department's quantum mechanics course requirements. Astronomy graduate students must also participate in the Astronomy Journal Club. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Physics and Astronomy 6224 Agricultural Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-4245 Fax: 604-822-5324 Email: gradsec@physics.ubc.ca Web: www.physics.ubc.ca Tony Walters, Graduate Coordinator PHYSIOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS K. G. Baimbridge, A. M. J. Buchan, C. Mcintosh, J. A. Pearson, D. Fedida. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C. Courneya, S. J. Kehl, T. J. Kieffer, Y. N. K. Kwok, D. A. Mathers, E. D. W Moore. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR J. D. Johnson. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Cellular and Physiological Sciences at the University of British Columbia offers graduate programs leading to the M.Sc and Ph.D. degrees. Physiology is an experimental science and thus there is an emphasis in both of these programs on research work carried out under the personal supervision of one of the members of the Faculty which will culminate in the preparation and presentation of a thesis. The research interests of the individual members of the Department can be found in the Faculty section of the website (www.physiology.ubc.caFaculty%20Intro.htm). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students admitted to the Ph.D. degree will normally possess a B.Sc. degree with first class honours in physiology. Transfer from the M.Sc to the Ph.D. program is permitted under regulations set forth by the Faculty of Graduate Studies and the regulations which apply to M.Sc. students in terms of course requirements also apply to students in the first year of the Ph.D. program. Additional coursework may be required, as arranged in consultation with the student's supervisory committee. All Ph.D. 272 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 students are required to pass an oral comprehensive examination with emphasis on the area of their research activity and this examination must be satisfactorily completed at least one year before the Ph.D. thesis is presented. MASTER OF SCIENCE For the M.Sc. degree there is a Faculty requirement for the completion of a minimum of 30 credits, which includes a 12-credit M.Sc. thesis. This total may be increased at the discretion of the candidate's supervisory committee if the student's undergraduate background has not included an extensive exposure to physiology or a closely related discipline. Ordinarily completion of an M.Sc. degree requires 18 months to two years of work. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Cellular and Physiological Sciences 2146 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2494 Fax: 604-822-6048 Email: alanj©interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.physiology.ubc.ca Alan Jay, Secretary PLANNING Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A.P., M.Sc.P. MEMBERS PROFESSORS J. Berechman, P. D. Boothroyd, A. H. J. Dorcey, T. L. McDaniels, W E. Rees, L. Sandercock, H. Schreier ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. C. Angeles, S. E. Chang, L. D. Frank, P. C. Gurstein, T. A. Hutton, M. Leaf. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR M. A. Larice. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School of Community and Regional Planning (SCARP) was created in 1952 and has one of the largest planning programs in Canada. The School's mission is to advance the transition to sustainability through excellence in integrated policy and planning research, professional education, and community service. We emphasize an integrated approach to planning through five concentrations or streams: urban policy and community development, international development, environmental and natural resources, urban design, and planning process and methods. The School's master's degrees are recognized by the Canadian Institute of Planners and the American Institute of Certified Planners. SCARP's research arm, the Centre for Human Settlements, p. 77, is involved in a variety of planning research projects focusing on urban development issues in both North and South America and Asia. In addition, two SCARP faculty are attached to the Westwater Research Unit, p. 84 and four SCARP faculty are attached to the Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability, p. 84. Full details on SCARP can be found in the chapter The School of Community and Regional Planning, p. 175 and on the School of Community and Regional Planning website (www.scarp.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The School offers a Doctor of Philosophy program for advanced study and research in the areas of its competence. The Doctor of Philosophy is primarily a research degree, so that students should enter with a good background in their field of study. After two years of course- work and examinations, candidates devote their efforts toward thesis research. Applicants for admission must have a master's degree in Planning, or its equivalent, with high academic standing. To ascertain the School's ability to fulfill potential candidates' objectives, a statement of about 1,000 words is required describing their research interests and objectives which should be submitted at least one month before the application deadline. For more information, visit the SCARP website (www.scarp.ubc.ca). All documents and the appropriate application fee should be returned to the Director's Office. The deadline for submitting complete applications is December 1. MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PLANNING The master's degree will be either a Master of Arts (Planning) or a Master of Science (Planning), whichever best decribes the prerequisites offered by the candidate and the courses chosen. The M.A.P. or M.Sc.P. degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of a program consisting of 60 credits, including a thesis or project, over two academic years. Those students who wish to develop a strong specialization may satisfy a significant proportion (up to 12 credits) of this Requirement through courses in other departments. Full details on master's programs can be found in the section The School of Community and Regional Planning, p. 175 and on the School of Community and Regional Planning's website (www.scarp.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION The School of Community and Regional Planning 433-6333 Memorial Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-3267 Fax: 604-822-3787 Email (Ph.D.): phds carp ©interchange, ubc.ca Email (Master's): ptop@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.scarp.ubc.ca Doris Jow, Ph.D. Admissions Patri Topoworski, Master's Admissions PLANT SCIENCE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS C. Chanway, Q. Cronk, B. Ellis, M. Isman, P. Joliffe, J. Kronstad, J. Myers, M. K. Upadhyaya. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Binns, E. Jovel, A. Riseman. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Plant Science Graduate Program offers M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in fundamental and applied topics related to plant production, plant protection, biotechnology, plant physiology and biochemistry, and plant- environment interactions. Specific areas of specialization include: • Plant-microbe interaction, bacterial and fungal diseases, plant virology, biological control of pests and diseases, insect physiology, natural insecticides, insect ecology and behaviour, and weed biology, ecology and control; • Seed physiology, plant nutrition, plant growth analysis, plant-plant interaction, biotic and abiotic stressor resistance, and environmental plant physiology; • Vegetable culture, ornamental horticulture, plant breeding, and post-harvest physiology; • Plant biochemistry, tissue culture, genetic engineering, and plant, fungal, and viral molecular genetics; • Rangeland ecology, and wildlife habitat studies. The program is enriched through collaboration with colleagues in Graduate Programs such as Food Science, Soil Science, Botany, Zoology, and in agencies such as Agriculture and Agri- Food Canada, and the British Columbia Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food. Coursework selected in consultation with the student's supervisory committee includes graduate courses in plant science and from other areas relevant to each student's research. Plant Science teaching and research facilities are located in the UBC Biotech Laboratory and in the H.R. MacMillan Building, which houses the Faculty of Land and Food Systems and the MacMillan Library, with its excellent collection of books and periodicals in agriculture and forestry. Research facilities include: the UBC Botanical Garden, field Laboratory (8.1 ha land and orchards on-campus), greenhouses, controlled environment growth chambers, and modern analytical laboratories. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Appropriate coursework will be selected in consultation with the candidate's committee. All candidates are required to take a comprehensive examination. The major requirement for the Ph.D. is completion of a research thesis PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 273 demonstrating ability to conduct significant and original scientific research. MASTER OF SCIENCE Completion of the M.Sc. program requires a minimum of 18 credits of coursework plus 12 credits of thesis research. CONTACT INFORMATION Faculty of Land and Food Systems 270-2357 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4593 Fax: 604-822-4400 Email: gradapp©interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.agsci.ubc.ca/grad/plant_sc.htm Alina Yuhymets, Graduate Programs Manager POLITICAL SCIENCE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS M. Byers, M. Cameron, C. Campbell, R. K. Carty, B. L. Job, R. G. C. Johnston, P. J. Marantz, D. Mauzy, P. Quirk, P. Resnick, A. Tupper, M. D. Wallace, M. Warren. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS B. Arneil, P. Dauvergne, K. Harrison, R. M. Price, J. R.Wood. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS G. Baier, K. Coleman, E E. Cutler, K. Foster, K. Jacobs, L. Janara, A. O'Mahony, L. M. Sundstrom, Y. Tiberghien. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Political Science offers opportunities for advanced study in the major fields of political science. It is a major centre for the study of Canadian politics with a strong core of faculty actively engaged in research touching on Canadian themes. The Department is a leading centre for the study of parties and elections in Canada. It has a long tradition of the study of federalism and the normative dimensions underlying Canadian politics. Much current work focuses on issues of public policy. The University is one of North America's leading centres for Asian studies and the Department is an important element of that research strength with faculty members specializing in the study of China, Japan, India, Korea and Southeast Asia. Several department members are associated with the Institute of Asian Research on campus and play an active role in the editorial work of the journal Pacific Affairs which is housed on campus. The Department has a distinguished history of research in international relations and in international security studies. Several faculty members are associated with UBC's Interdisciplinary Centre of International Relations (whose current Director is a member of the Department of Political Science). The Centre has been recognized for its expertise by the Department of National Defence which provides support through its Military and Strategic Studies program. The Department also promotes research and teaching in political theory, political economy, research methodologies and public policy. Individual faculty members' interests cover a broad spectrum of political systems (including Russia, Latin America, the United States and Australia in addition to those noted above) and embrace a variety of methodological approaches. The UBC Library is one of North America's major university research libraries and is a depository for UN, Canadian and BC Government publications, and many US Government documents. The Asian Research Library is a particularly important research centre. The Department and UBC Library hold joint memberships in the Inter-University Consortium for Political Research and the International Survey Library Association. The UBC Data Library has the largest collection of machine-readable material in Canada. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The basic requirements are six 3-credit seminars in the first year, two comprehensive examinations (chosen from Canadian politics, comparative politics, international relations and political theory) the second year, and a dissertation. As a general rule, the Department requires that applicants to the Ph.D. program have an undergraduate degree and a Master of Arts in Political Science. Criteria for admission include evidence of outstanding previous work, research interests compatible with those of the Department, and letters of reference indicating a strong potential to contribute to the discipline. Admission is competitive and the Department generally admits approximately 10 students each year. MASTER OF ARTS This is a one-year program for full-time students. Students may also complete the degree on a part-time basis. The basic requirements include six one-term seminars and a thesis of a maximum of 100 pages which is orally defended upon completion. As a general rrule, successful applicants will have minimum first class standing (80% or higher at UBC or equivalent) in each of the last two years of undergraduate study, in accordance with the criteria for graduate funding in the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The TOEFL requirement is 580. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Political Science C472-1866 Main Mall, Vancouver, BC Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-2717 Fax: 604-822-5540 Email: poligrad@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.politics.ubc.ca Irina Florov, Acting Graduate Secretary PSYCHOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS L. Alden, S. Coren, D. G. Dutton, E. Eich, J. T. Enns, B. Gorzalka, P. Graf, A. R. Hakstian, P. L. Hewitt, C. Johnston, D. R. Lehman, W Linden, D. L. Paulhus, J. P. J. Pinel, C. H. Rankin, M. Schaller, J. Schooler, R. C. Tees, L. J. Walker, L. M. Ward, J. Werker, D. M. Wilkie, J. C. Yuille. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. DeLongis, L. A. M. Galea, D. Giaschi, D. G. Hall, S. Heine, A. Kingstone, T. M. MacBeth, R. Rensink, S. Woody, E Xu. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Biesanz, S. A. J. Birch, S. Carlson, E. Chen, B. Christie, K. Christoff, E. Dunn, S. Floresco, T. Handy, G. Miller, A. Norenzayan, K. Soma, F P. Valle. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Psychology offers advanced study leading to both the Master of Arts (M.A.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in most major areas of the discipline, including: behavioral neuroscience, clinical psychology, cognitive science, developmental psychology, forensic psychology, personality and social psychology, and psychometrics. The clinical program is fully accredited by both the American Psychological Association and the Canadian Psychological Association. Graduate education in the department follows an apprenticeship model in which students conduct research in close collaboration with a particular faculty member. Graduate study must be on a full-time basis. Students are typically assured of financial support (in the form of fellowships, teaching assistantships, and research assistant- ships) for two years at the master's level and four years at the doctoral level. Complete details regarding the various programs in psychology are provided on the Department website (www.psych.ubc.ca/graduate.htm). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Admission to the Ph.D. program requires a master's degree and evidence of research competence. Areas of specialization include behavioral neuroscience, clinical psychology, cognitive science, developmental psychology, forensic psychology, personality and social psychology, and psychometrics. Program requirements include coursework, comprehensive examinations, and a dissertation. In addition to the usual coursework and research requirements, clinical students must develop an acceptable level of clinical skill and serve a one- year internship in an approved applied setting. MASTER OF ARTS Admission to the M.A. program is restricted to those who intend to continue on to the Ph.D. Areas of specialization include behavioral neuroscience, clinical psychology, cognitive 274 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 science, developmental psychology, forensic psychology, personality and social psychology, and psychometrics. In addition, the Department offers an M.A. specialization in Human- Computer Interaction, in collaboration with the Media and Graphics Interdisciplinary Centre, p. 78. Program requirements include course- work and a research thesis, and is expected to be completed within two years. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Psychology 2136 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-3144 Fax: 604-822-6923 Email: gradsec@psych.ubc.ca Web: www.psych.ubc.ca/graduate.htm Rose Tarn, Graduate Secretary REHABILITATION SCIENCES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc, M.R.Sc MEMBERS PROFESSORS E. Dean, I. J. Dyck, S. R. Harris. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C. Backman, J. Eng, L. Jongbloed, D. L. Maclntyre, W D. Reid, S. J. Stanton. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR W H. Miller. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Our research graduate programs are designed to prepare individuals to conduct research independently and in collaboration with other scientists. Students will investigate an area of research relevant to rehabilitation through critical analysis of problems related to basic sciences, clinical practice, or to development of theory. Students will have the opportunity to study in state of the art laboratories, such as the UBC MacDonald Research Laboratory at St. Paul's Hospital, the Thoracic Outlet Syndrome Research Clinic in Kelowna, the McGregor- Hudson Physical Therapy Research Lab, the Margaret Hood Occupational Therapy Lab, the Post Polio Research Lab, the Rehabilitation Research Laboratory at GF Strong Rehab Centre and the ICORD building. Courses offered by our team of internationally renowned scholars and educators help students learn critical evaluation of the scientific literature relevant to rehabilitation, analysis of theoretical constructs through of quantitative and qualitative methods of inquiry, and the design, execution and presentation of their results. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) will focus on the discipline of Rehabilitation Sciences, the study of providing treatment and education to persons with temporary or permanent disability to return them to maximum function, well-being and personally-satisfying levels of independence. A thesis-based master's degree in Rehabilitation Sciences, or other related fields of study along with appropriate undergraduate and graduate courses, are normally required for admission. Students must contact one or more potential faculty supervisors to discuss their research interests prior to the application deadline. Students entering the Ph.D. program will be required to spend a minimum of two terms of uninterrupted duration (eight months) in full- time status at the University. MASTER OF SCIENCE The Master of Science (M.Sc.) program is designed to prepare individuals to conduct research independently and in collaboration with other scientists. Students will investigate an area of research relevant to rehabilitation through critical analysis of problems related to basic sciences, clinical practice, or to development of theory. A bachelor's degree from a recognized university or college in a health-related discipline such as Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy, Life Sciences or Social Sciences is required for admission. A minimum of 3 credits in research methodology and/or analysis is required. " Students must contact one or more potential faculty supervisors to discuss their research interests prior to the application deadline. MASTER OF REHABILITATION SCIENCE Our Master of Rehabilitation Science (M.R.Sc.) is a 30-credit, non-thesis, online master's degree. In addition to requiring the five graduate courses (15 credits) in the Graduate Certificate in Rehabilitation, learners in this advanced master's degree will also complete other courses and a major project. This master's degree has been designed for occupational therapists, physical therapists and other health professionals with a baccalaureate degree who have already established their eligibility to practice in their discipline but want advanced knowledge to inform their practice. Recommended: completion of an introductory course in Statistics. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Rehabilitation Sciences T325-2211 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 2B5 Tel: 604-822-7765 Fax: 604-822-7624 Email: selander@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.rehab.ubc.ca Laura Selander, Executive Secretary RELIGIOUS STUDIES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS A. A. Barrett, S. D. Sullivan, R. Todd, E. H. Williams. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. Arbel, P. C. Burns, R. Cousland, R. Menkis, P. G. Mosca, D. Neufeld. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS L. Bablitz, L. Cooper, D. Creese, R. Daum, F De Angelis, T. Hikade, C. Johnson, C. Marshall, M. Yazigi. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Religious Studies graduate program offers courses of instruction leading to both the Master of Arts (M.A.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). Studies leading to the M.A. degree are offered in the following areas of concentration: Biblical Studies; Christian Thought and Institutions; History of Religions; Islamic Studies; Judaic Studies. The Ph.D. program at present provides training in Early Judaism, Christian Origins, and Religions of the Late Antique Mediterranean. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program consists of coursework, comprehensive examinations, and research leading to a dissertation that is defended in an oral final examination. Prerequisites for the Ph.D. include either (1) an M.A. in Religious Studies or equivalent, or (2) in exceptional cases, an honours B.A. with first class standing and clear demonstration of advanced research ability. For details on the prerequisites and the graduate regulations (including language prerequisites and requirements), see the website (www.cnrs.ubc.ca). MASTER OF ARTS There are two options for the Master of Arts: 1) Non-thesis Option. This option requires 30 credits of coursework, as well as comprehensive examination(s) and a major essay Of the 30 credits, 6 credits may be at the 300 or 400 level, and 24 credits must be at the 500 level or above. 2) Thesis Option. This option requires 18 or 24 credits of coursework (6 credits at the 300 or 400 level, the rest at the 500 level or above) and a 12-credit or a 6-credit thesis, for a total of 30 credits. Prerequisites for the M.A. program include a Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies or equivalent. For details on the language prerequisites and requirements, see the website (edziza.arts. ubcca/cnrs/display.asp?page=programs). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 275 CONTACT INFORMATION Classical, Near Eastern & Religious Studies C260-1866 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-2515 Fax: 604-822-9431 Email: cnrs@interchange.ubcca Web: edziza.arts.ubcca/cnrs/display.asp?page= programs Christine Dawson, Graduate Secretary REPRODUCTIVE AND DEVELOPMENTAL SCIENCES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS N. Auersperg, J. T. Emerman, G. Hammond, B. Ho Yuen, C. Y. G. Lee, P. C. K. Leung, P. E McComb, Y. S. Moon, A. M. Perks, R. Rajamahendran, D. Rurak. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS B. Gilks, R. Liston, C. MacCalman, D. Money, C. Roskelley ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Ma, P. von Dadelszen. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The goal of the graduate program in Reproductive and Developmental Sciences is to provide students with a broad knowledge of mammalian reproductive and developmental biology, as well as with in depth expertise in at least one area of research, including reproductive and molecular endocrinology, immunology of reproduction, fertilization and early embryonic development, perinatal metabolism and fetal neonatal physiology. M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs of study are offered. Both programs involve coursework and completion of a thesis based on research carried out by the student. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY In addition to admissions requirements, p. 217 as set by the Faculty of Graduate Studies, applicants must have: 1) A B.Sc. degree with first class honours in Biological Science or related field, or its academic equivalent (M.D., D.V.M., D.D.S.). N.B.: students entering directly from bachelor's degree must, during the first year of graduate study, complete 18 credits with a first class average of which at least 10 credits must be at the 500 level or above and at least 10 credits must be of first class standing; 2) A bachelor's degree with one year of study in a master's program with 18 credits of first class standing, and clear evidence of research ability. Students in the M.Sc program may transfer into the Ph.D. program at the end of their first year provided they meet the transfer requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and the graduate program; or 3) A master's degree (or equivalent in Biological Science or a closely related field). MASTER OF SCIENCE In addition to admissions requirements, p. 218 as set by the Faculty of Graduate Studies, applicants must have a B.Sc. degree or its academic equivalent (M.D., D.V.M., or D.D.S.) with: 1) Honours in Biological Science (or a closely related field) with first class standing in at least 12 credits of third- and fourth-year coursework in that field; or 2) First class standing in at least 12 credits of coursework and at least upper second class standing in the remaining course work at the third- and fourth-year level in the field of Biological Science or related subjects. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology 2H30-4500 Oak St. Vancouver, BC, V6H 3N1 Tel: 604-875-3108 Fax: 604-875-2725 Email: rnair@cw.bcca Web: www.obstgyn.ca Roshni Nair, Program Assistant RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS H. Dowlatabadi, K. Hall, M. J. Healey, T. McDaniels, J. B. Robinson, H. E. Schreier, I. B. Vertinsky. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS S. Chang, L. Frank, S. Hinch. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR T. Satterfield. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Instiritute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability provides interdisciplinary graduate study through the Resource Management and Environmental Studies program (RMES). RMES provides a home for graduate students focussing on the integration of the biophysical (ecological) and the socioeconomic and political realities of resource management within the context of a sustainable healthy environment. Students in RMES develop tailored academic programs for their graduate degrees that draw on the expertise of faculty from across the campus, as well as the private and public sectors. To enable students to develop unique graduate programs that capture the breadth of their previous educational experience and their academic and career goals, the RMES program offers either a M.A. or M.Sc. option as well as a Ph.D. Supervisors of graduate students, as well as members of the supervisory committee, are selected from across the University representing the faculties of Arts, Science, Applied Science, Law and Graduate Studies. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. program involves intensive research resulting in an original and scholarly contribution to knowledge in the field of study. The candidate is expected to initiate and develop a research plan in consultation with their supervisory committee. The program, because of its comprehensive nature normally requires three to four years for completion. Students admitted to the RMES program will be required to take RMES 500, RMES 501 and RMES 502, or equivalent courses as assigned by the supervisory committee, if they have not taken courses judged by the graduate program chair as equivalent already. Additional courses will be assigned by the supervisory committee and approved by the graduate program chair The supervisory committee and student will agree on the student's required academic program. Upon completion of the academic course requirements, and normally at least two years before the candidate is expected to complete requirements for the Ph.D., the Comprehensive Examination takes place. This examination consists of a written examination with questions submitted by the supervisory committee, followed by an oral examination. The defence of the thesis follows the guidelines and policies of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE The master's degree provides candidates with the opportunity to broaden their academic and research experience. The student's background, the selection of the thesis topic, the approach to research, and the program electives, govern whether the M.A. or M.Sc. degree program is pursued. A research investigation producing a scholarly contribution to the particular area of study is necessary. Normally, these programs will take two years to complete, including at least one year of residence. Provision is available for students who demonstrate outstanding academic and research ability to transfer to the Ph.D. program after completion of one year's residency. Transfer is possible if the supervisory committee strongly supports the transfer and it is endorsed by the graduate program chair. The master's degree requirement is a minimum of 36 credits, including a 12-credit thesis. Of the remaining 24 credits of coursework, at least 16 credits must be in courses numbered 500 or above. The academic program must be approved by the supervisory committee and the graduate program chair. The intent of the program is to ensure that the student research and write an integrative thesis. Upon completion of the thesis, an external examiner (on or off campus) will be appointed to the examination committee for the thesis defence. 276 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 CONTACT INFORMATION Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability 464-2206 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-9249 Fax: 604-822-9250 Email: rmesgrad@ires.ubc.ca Web: www.rmes.ubc.ca Lisa Belanger, Graduate Program Coordinator SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSOR S. Hymel. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS R. Ervin, L. Ford. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS W McKee, L. Miller. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School Psychology graduate program prepares students to become psychologists who work in schools, academic, research, community and private practice settings. The primary goal of the program is to develop professional psychologists whose research, training and practice activities increase the educational and psychological well-being of children and youth. The program follows a scientist-practitioner model, with emphasis on the integration of theory, research and clinical skills. Training encompasses academic, social, behavioral, consultation, intervention and prevention domains, and students receive training in the integration of assessment and intervention and in relevant professional, legal and ethical issues. Science and professional practice are viewed as interactive and complementary, with research integrated across core psychological and educational foundations training as well as relevant practical experiences at all levels of the program. The program places a strong emphasis on evidence-based prevention, intervention, and systems-level change. In addition school psychology training at UBC maintains a strong appreciation for diversity, in terms of the populations served, the students admitted, the issues and elements of practice examined and trained, and the provision of skills and experiences in working with a broad range of clients, families, and settings. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The doctoral program in school psychology is designed to prepare psychologists who can serve as practitioners and supervisors in the field, trainers of school psychologists, researchers, and leaders in school psychology. The typical doctoral program is 45 credits, beyond completion of the UBC School Psychology M.A. or equivalent program. Any prerequisites not met prior to entry will be taken as a part of the doctoral program. With an emphasis on leadership in facilitating systems-level change, all students take coursework in school and community systems and cross-cultural issues (9 credits). Coursework in professional practice (e.g., prevention, intervention, assessment) (6 credits) and research methodology (9 credits) is developed in consultation with a program advisory committee. Students complete a supervision practicum, a specialty practicum placement (3 credits each), a year-long doctoral research seminar (6 credits) as well as a year long pre-doctoral internship (9 credits). Students must also pass a comprehensive examination to demonstrate breadth and depth of knowledge in the field, and complete and defend a doctoral thesis. MASTER OF ARTS The 75-credit SCPS Master of Arts (M.A.) program requires three years of full rime study, including both on-campus courses and school- based practicum/internship experiences. Students are required to complete a sequence in School Psychology Practice including course- work in professional, ethical and legal issues in school psychology (EPSE 550, 3 credits); consultation (EPSE 551, 6 credits); and cognitive (EPSE 536, 6 credits), academic (EPSE 534, 6 credits and EPSE 552, 6 credits), and social-emotional (EPSE 535, 6 credits) assessment and intervention. Coursework in Psychological Foundations including human development, history of psychology, biological bases of psychology, social psychology and psycho pathology (3 credits each) is required and is designed to meet eligibility for certification and/or registry as a school psychologist. Research coursework includes: measurement (EPSE 528), statistics (EPSE 592 and EPSE 596), and a research seminar (EPSE 571) designed to facilitate the completion of the master's thesis (EPSE 599, 6 credits). A two- term integrated field practicum is completed in year two (EPSE 561, 6 credits) in addition to the intensive school-based practicum/internship in year three. Raster of education The 66-credit SCPS Master of Education (M.Ed.) program requires three years of full rime study including both on-campus courses and school-based practicum/internship experiences. Students are required to complete a sequence in School Psychology Practice including coursework in professional, ethical and legal issues in school psychology (EPSE 550, 3 credits); consultation (EPSE 551, 6 credits); and cognitive (EPSE 536, 6 credits), academic (EPSE 534, 6 credits and EPSE 552, 3 credits), and social-emotional (EPSE 535, 3 credits) assessment and intervention. Course- work in Psychological Foundations including human development, history of psychology, biological bases of psychology, social psychology and psychopathology (3 credits each) is required and is designed to meet eligibility for certification and/or registry as a school psychologist. Research coursework includes: measurement (EPSE 528) and statistics (EPSE 592). Students complete a two semester integrated field practicum in year two (EPSE 561, 6 credits). At the end of their program, in addition to the intensive school-based practicum/internship in year three (EPSE 598) students participate in a graduating seminar (EPSE 590), that brings together their goals and objectives as well as their accomplishments and experiences throughout the program in the development of a professional portfolio. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational and Counselling Psychology, and Special Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5351 Fax: 604-822-3302 Email: ecps.gradinfo@ubcca Web: www.ecps.educ.ubc.ca Lynda McDicken, Graduate Program Assistant SCIENCE EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS G. Erickson, J. Gaskell. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Mayer-Smith, K. Meyer. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS A. Anderson, S. Khan, S. Nashon. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate degree programs (M.Ed, and M.A.) in Science Education are part of the graduate offerings in the Department of Curriculum Studies. Students can pursue a wide variety of research and professional interests in all areas of science education at both elementary and secondary levels. Students can also pursue studies in education within other learning contexts such as museums and community settings. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the program requires: 1) Normally, 18 credits of senior coursework or a professional concentration in the area of interest. 2) Normally, two years of teaching experience or other relevant professional experience. Degree Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500 level or above. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, normally 9 credits, is included. Part-time and full-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Degree Requirements: The program consists of a minimum of 30 credits, of which 24 must be courses numbered at the 500 level. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 277 A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students select either a program consisting entirely of courses (for example, ten 3-credit courses) or 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating project (3 credits). Part-time and full-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Curriculum Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5367 Fax: 604-822-4717 Email: cust.grad@ubcca Web: www.curricstudies.educ.ubc.ca Basia Zurek, Graduate Secretary SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS W Ross, P. Seixas. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS W Werner, L. Farr Darling. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS P. Clark, L. Loutzenheiser. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate degree programs (M.A. and M.Ed.) in Social Studies Education are part of the graduate offerings in the Department of Curriculum Studies. Each student devises a program of relevant coursework in consultation with his or her faculty advisor. Programs of study are individually designed to match the interests and needs of the busy professional teacher, program administrator, social studies curriculum specialist and scholar researcher The master's programs offer flexibility a depending upon student needs and desires. Full-time or part-time studies focusing on professional development and/or research are available. Core courses focus on research methods, principles of social studies education, and curriculum studies. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Study Requirements, the program requires: 1) Normally, 18 credits of senior coursework or a professional concentration in the area of interest. 2) Normally, two years of teaching experience or other relevant professional experience. Degree Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500-level or above. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300- or 400-level. A thesis, normally 9 credits, is included. Part-time and full-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Degree Requirements: The program consists of a minimum of 30 credits, of which 24 must be courses numbered at the 500 level. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students select either a program consisting entirely of courses (for example, ten 3-credit courses) or 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating project (3 credits). Part-time and full-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Curriculum Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5367 Fax: 604-822-4717 Email: cust.grad@ubcca Web: www.educ.ubc.ca/ogpr/ gra duate_p rogra ms Basia Zurek, Graduate Secretary SOCIAL WORK Degree Offered: M.S.W. MEMBERS PROFESSORS G. Riches, M. Russell. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS E. A. Kruk, P. McNicoll, D. O'Connor, B. O'Neill, T. Stainton, R. Sullivan, E Tester, R. W Vedan. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Cadell, G. Charles, P. Riano-Alcala, M. Wright, M. C. Yan. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The School of Social Work and Family Studies offers advanced studies in social work. The Master of Social Work program (M.S.W.) requires the completion of 33 credits, with a minimum of 6 credits to be completed in each of the following areas: theoretical foundations and policy, social work practice, research, and elective coursework. Students can choose between a graduating essay or a thesis. The graduating essay option is for those students intending to specialize in direct social work practice, with an emphasis on the integration of theory and practice. The graduating essay is 3 credits and a 6-credit practicum is required. Students selecting the thesis option intend to carry out an in-depth research study of an original nature. The thesis is worth 6 credits and students choosing this option are required to complete a shorter practicum worth 3 credits. The M.S.W. program specializes in advanced practice and research with individuals, families and groups from diverse populations. Students may also take courses outside the School to a maximum of 12 credits to meet their learning objectives. Completion of the program normally requires a minimum of 12 months of full-time studies, beginning in September. Part-time study consisting of a minimum of three years is available. For information about doctoral study in Social Work, please see Social Work and Family Studies, p. 278. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK General admission requirements include a Bachelor of Social Work (B.S.W.) degree or equivalent and at least 3 credits of coursework in statistics. Other factors considered are: competitive academic standing (GPA), study plan, professional social work experience, and letters of reference. CONTACT INFORMATION The School of Social Work and Family Studies 2080 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-2609 Fax: 604-822-8656 Email: socialwork.familystudies@ubcca Web: www.swfs.ubc.ca Rosemary Usher, Program Advisor; Marjorie Paukner, Admissions Secretary SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY STUDIES Degrees Offered: Ph.D. MEMBERS PROFESSORS A. Martin-Matthews, D. Perlman, G. Riches, M. Russell, J. White. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS P. Johnson, E. Kruk, P. McNicoll, O'Connor, B. O'Neill, J. Ponzetti, T. Stainton, R. Sullivan, F Tester, R. Vedan. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Cadell, G. Charles, S. Marshall, P. Riano- Alcala, M. Wright, M. C. Yan, C. Yodanis. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Ph.D. Program in Social Work and Family Studies provides students with a background in social work, social policy, social development or family studies, an opportunity for advanced scholarship and professional growth in the context of a research-intensive program. Specializing in either Social Work or Family Studies, students are prepared for university teaching and research (theoretical and applied), including program evaluation. The program can also provide critical components for professional practice in research, policy analysis and human service management. Via their program of work, students are expected to acquire a basic grounding in the core theoretical paradigms relevant to their course of study and quantitative and qualitative research methods, as well as specialized competencies in the methodological skills necessary for productive scholarship in the substantive area of their chosen research. A research-based dissertation adding to the field's knowledge base is the capstone of this program. 278 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Following the comprehensive examination, the student will present a formal thesis proposal for approval by the candidate's committee before proceeding to the research that will culminate in a formal thesis defense. The major requirement of the Ph.D. is completion of a research thesis reporting significant and original scientific research. For information on master's programs, please see the listings under Family Studies, p. 247 and Social Work, p. 278. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY A master's degree in Social Work or Family Studies, or other related fields of study are normally required for admission. Although deficiencies can be made up, entering students are expected to have three-unit graduate level courses in statistics, quantitative methods and qualitative methods. Students entering the Ph.D. program will be required to spend a minimum of two terms of uninterrupted duration (eight months) in full-time status at the University. Students in the program will be expected to take at least 15 units of coursework including: • SWFS 601: Social Work and Family Studies Doctoral Seminar • SWFS 621: Social Theory, Ideology and Ethics • A 3-credit substantive course selected with Advisory Committee's approval and; • Two of the following three courses1: (A) SWFS 623: Advanced Data Analysis in Social Work and Family Studies (B) SWFS 654: Advanced Qualitative Inquiry (C) EPSE 591: Theory and Practice of Program Evaluation. 1 Students may substitute one methods course with the approval of the doctoral program coordinator. Appropriate coursework will be selected in consultation with the candidate's committee and will depend on the student's background and field of study. All students are expected to be admitted to candidacy within two years of initial registration. To do this, students must: 1) complete their residency and all required courses 2) pass their comprehensive examinations 3) have their dissertation proposal approved. CONTACT INFORMATION The School of Social Work and Family Studies 2080 West Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-2609 Fax: 604-822-8656 Email: socialwork.familystudies@ubcca Web: www.swfs.ubc.ca Rosemary Usher, Program Advisor; Marjorie Paukner, Admissions Secretary SOCIETY, CULTURE AND POLITICS IN EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS K. Adam-Moodley, D. Fisher, D. Kelly, V Strong-Boag, C. Ungerleider ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. Andres, J.-A. Archibald, S. Butterwick, F Echols, L. Roman, A. Tom, H. Wright. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Chan-Tiberghien, J.-A. Dillabough, M. Gleason, A. Mazawi, M. Stack, D. Vokey, P. Walter. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The goal of the Society, Culture and Politics in Education (SCPE) graduate program is to use the social sciences and humanities to address major issues affecting educational policy and practice. The program addresses social justice issues such as the unequal distribution of resources and outcomes, power relations, recognition and representation from post- colonial, feminist, anti-racist, materialist and First Nations perspectives. Students interested in the SCPE program have diverse academic, professional and community backgrounds, varied research interests and represent a wide range of social justice education contexts. SCPE faculty and students are educators who bring their knowledge to current affairs, policymaking, community, classrooms, workplaces and families. SCPE aims to develop scholars, researchers and practitioners. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. is a 30-credit research-oriented program for students who wish to develop skills as researchers or who may go on to doctoral-level study. All students are required to take one course in the social context of educational policy (EDST 577), and two of Three (EDST 509, 570, 597) core disciplinary courses. These core courses provide students with the disciplinary preparation necessary to pursue advanced study available in a variety of social justice electives. Students are also required to take two courses in research methods: an introductory research course and another of their choice. A master's thesis is required to complete the program. MASTER OF EDUCATION The M.Ed, is a designed for professionals in education whose primary focus is understanding and improving educational practice. A somewhat greater emphasis on coursework and a practice-based capstone experience or project distinguish the M.Ed, from the M.A. All students are required to take one course in the social context of educational policy (EDST 577), and two of three (EDST 509, 570, 597) core disciplinary courses. These core courses provide students with the disciplinary prepara tion necessary to pursue advanced study available in a variety of social justice electives. Students are also required to take two courses in research methods: an introductory research course and another of their choice. A graduating project or capstone course is required to complete the program. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-6647 Fax: 604-822-4244 Email: grad.edst@ubcca Web: www.edst.educ.ubc.ca/programs/ SCPE.htm Shermila Salgadoe, Graduate Secretary SOCIOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS G. Creese, D. Currie, B. Elliott, N. Guppy, G. E. Johnson, D. R. Matthews. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS T. Kemple, B. Ross, D. Tindall, J. Torpey. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R. Mawani, A. Smith, G. Veenstra, R. Wilkes. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Studies in the M.A. and Ph.D. programs in Sociology are normally available in the following core areas of study: Social And Cultural Theory and Methods; Gender, Race, Class and Sexuality; Environment, Economy and Development; and Politics, Law and Social Movements. Research facilities in Sociology include social survey and small groups laboratories. There is ready access to the Department's Graduate Computer Lab and Graduate Reading Room. Graduate students may participate in courses and services provided by Arts ISIT, the Faculty of Arts Instructional Support and Information Technology unit. UBC is also the western regional site of the Statistics Canada Data Information Centre. Students may also participate in specialized programs and facilities provided by the Asian Studies Centre, and many other UBC centres and institutes. For graduate programs in Anthropology, see Anthropology, p. 229. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The prerequisite for the Ph.D. program normally is a master's degree in Sociology, which includes preparation in sociological theory and in research methods. The Ph.D. program includes courses, comprehensive examinations, and a dissertation. MASTER OF ARTS The M.A. program, which is available to both full-time and part-time students, requires PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 279 courses which include sociological theory and research methods. A 6 or 12-credit thesis option offers a unique opportunity for variation in graduate work. Exceptional M.A. candidates may seek transfer to the Ph.D. program after the first year of graduate work has been completed. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Anthropology and Sociology 6303 NW Marine Drive Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-5421 Fax: 604-822-6161 Email: ansograd@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.anso.ubc.ca Anna Jubilo, Graduate Secretary SOFTWARE SYSTEMS Degrees Offered: M.S.S. MEMBERS ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS P. Nasiopoulos, S. Vuong. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Master of Software Systems program is offered by the Institute of Computing, Information and Cognitive Systems (ICICS) in collaboration with the Departments of Computer Science and Electrical and Computer Engineering. The program is designed to be of interest to graduates in the various engineering disciplines, mathematics, or the physical sciences, but other applicants with the necessary technical background or work experience may be accepted on approval by the program director and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Students with degrees in Computer Science or Computer Engineering are not eligible to apply Our Instructors are from various organizations: UBC faculty, Langara College and industry. For complete information please refer for the program's website (www.icics.ubc.ca/mss). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF SOFTWARE SYSTEMS The Master of Software Systems is a 16-month program, composed of 30 credits taken in three terms, as well as a four-month industry internship. The program is an opportunity to expand a student's existing skills and develop them for a career in a software systems environment. Successful applicants must hold a bachelor's degree (in subjects other than Computer Science or Computer Engineering) and must also have computer program design and data structures knowledge equivalent to that offered in CPSC 216 or CPSC 252. CONTACT INFORMATION Master of Software Systems, ICICS 289-2366 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-8807 Fax: 604-822-9013 Email: info@mss.icics.ubc.ca Web: www.icics.ubc.ca/mss Gail Schmidt, Program Assistant SOIL SCIENCE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS A. Black, C. Chanway, S. Chieng, H. Schreier. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. Bomke, M. Novak. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR M. Krzic PROGRAM OVERVIEW Soil Science offers opportunities for advanced study and research leading to M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in the areas of soil chemistry and mineralogy, soil organic matter, soil physics, biometeorology, soil pollution, soil and water conservation, soil genesis and classification, land use and land classification, forest soils, soil fertility, soil biology and remote sensing. Graduate training in Soil Science normally involves a combination of courses in both basic and applied sciences, with research leading to the completion of a thesis. Students are expected to publish their research results in leading refereed journals. The program is enriched through collaboration with colleagues in other graduate programs such as Forestry, Geography, Plant Science, Institute for Resources and Environment, and Landscape Architecture; and in agencies such as Environment Canada, Canadian Forest Service, Agriculture, Agri-Food Canada, Forest Renewal BC, and various provincial government agencies. Coursework selected in consultation with the student's supervisory committee includes graduate courses in soil science and from other areas relevant to each student's research. Research facilities are housed both within the MacMillan Building and, on a shared basis, in other buildings on campus. Within the MacMillan Building, the research facilities include various modern analytical laboratories and other equipment for conducting biochemical and biometeorological research, and computers for conducting qualitative data analysis. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Appropriate coursework will be selected in consultation with the candidate's committee. All candidates are required to take a comprehensive examination. The major requirement for the Ph.D. is completion of a research thesis demonstrating ability to conduct significant and original scientific research. MASTER OF SCIENCE Completion of the M.Sc. program requires a minimum of 18 credits of coursework plus 12 credits of thesis research. CONTACT INFORMATION Faculty of Land and Food Systems 270-2357 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-4593 Fax: 604-822-4400 Email: gradapp@interchange.ubcca Web: www.agsci.ubc.ca/grad/soil_sc.htm Alina Yuhymets, Graduate Programs Manager SPECIAL EDUCATION Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS P. Mirenda, M. Porath, L. Siegel. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. Butler, C. Holbrook, J. Jamieson, N. Perry, K. Schonert-Reichl. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R. Ervin, J. Lucyshyn. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Special Education area concerns the habitation and education of students with exceptionalities, such as students with visual impairments, physical disabilities, emotional or behavioural disorders, learning disabilities, and developmental disabilities and students who are deaf or hard of hearing. The program also includes a focus on gifted and talented students. The master's programs focus on both research and practice. Topics addressed in the master's programs include cognitive, language and social development, learning and instructional design, and cultural and individual differences in relation to exceptional students. UBC does not offer an undergraduate degree in special education; the undergraduate courses in special education are open to students enrolled in the regular B.Ed, program or in one of the following post-B.Ed, special education programs: (1) Diploma, (2) Master of Education (M.Ed.), (3) Master of Arts (M.A.). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Typically, doctoral students in Special Education enter with extensive practical experience as general or special education teachers, school administrators, speech-language pathologists, school psychologists, or related professions. Graduates are prepared to assume leadership roles in a wide variety of educational, academic, community, private practice, and research settings. The Ph.D. program of studies in special education is developed for each student to reflect program requirements as well as individual student professional and academic preparation and student career goals. Doctoral training follows the scientist-practitioner model, with preparation in both research and professional skills. All SPED Doctoral students are required to participate in a department-wide doctoral seminar (EPSE 601A and B) over two terms; develop competence in at least two research 280 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 methodologies; complete comprehensive examininarions; and complete coursework that is determined on an individual basis. All Ph.D. students are required to complete a research thesis that is defended in an oral final examination. MASTER OF ARTS Students completing a Master of Arts degree in Special Education can choose courses in the following concentrations: • General Special Education • Autism/Developmental Disabilities Concentration • Behaviour Disorders Concentration • Blindness and Visual Impairment Concentration • Blindness and Visual Impairment Concent ratio nation • High Ability Concentration • Learning Disabilities Concentration Most M.A. concentrations require the completion of 30 credits, including coursework (24 credits) and thesis (6 credits). The Blindness and Visual Impairment Concentration requires 54 credits (48 credits coursework, 6-credit thesis) and the Education for Deaf and Hard of Hearing Concentration, 56 credits (50 credits coursework, 6-credit thesis). Students who intend to apply to a Ph.D. program on completion of the M.A. should include EPSE 528 and EPSE 596 in their program. MASTER OF EDUCATION Students completing a Master of Education degree in Special Education can choose courses in the following concentrations: • General Special Education • Autism/Developmental Disabilities Concentration • Behaviour Disorders Concentration • Blindness and Visual Impairment Concentration • Blindness and Visual Impairment Concen- tr at io nation • High Ability Concentration • Learning Disabilities Concentration | Most concentrations require the completion of 30 credits. The Blindness and Visual Impairment Concentration requires 45 credits and the Education for Deaf and Hard of Hearing Concentration, 47 credits. Credits include the graduating seminar at the end of the student's program in which a professional portfolio is completed. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational and Counselling Psychology, and Special Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5351 Fax: 604-822-3302 Email: ecps.gradinfo@ubcca Web: www.ecps.educ.ubc.ca Lynda McDicken, Graduate Program Assistant STATISTICS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS N. E. Heckman, H. S. W Joe, A. J. Petkau, W J. Welch, R. H. Zamar, J. V. Zidek. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS B. Clarke, P. A. Gustafson. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Bryan, K. Murphy, M. Salibian-Barrera, L. Wu. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The program leading to the Master of Science is designed to prepare the student for employment in government and industry or to serve as preparation for students planning to undertake a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy The studies leading to the Ph.D. are designed to equip the student to carry out research, with a view toward a career in academia, industry or government. Research interests of the faculty include biostatistics, environmetrics, mathematical modelling of biological systems, computational statistics, data mining, machine learning, theory of statistical inference, asymptotics, multivariate analysis, robustness, nonparamet- rics, design of experiments, smoothing, Bayesian methods_computational molecular biology, gene expression, and microarrays. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy program consists of course work, a comprehensive examination, and research leading to a dissertation that is defended in an oral final examination. MASTER OF SCIENCE There are three options for the Master of Science: 1) Thesis Option. This option requires 24 credits of coursework (6 credits at the 300 level or above and 18 credits at the 500 level or above) and a 6-credit thesis. 2) Project Option. This option requires 27 credits of coursework (6 credits at the 300 level or above and 18 credits at the 500 level or above) and a 6-credit project. 3) Master's Co-operative Education. A co-operative education option is available for graduate students in Statistics. The program is intended to help prepare interested and qualified students for careers in statistics and involves eight months of work placement supervised by practising professionals. Faculty advisors also visit students at their place of work and provide advice on technical reports required of all students in the program. There is not a citizenship status requirement. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Statistics 333-6356 Agricultural Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-4821 Fax: 604-822-6960 Email: chrisrin@stat.ubc.ca Web: www.stat.ubc.ca Christine Graham, Student Services Co-ordinator SURGERY Degree Offered: M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS G. K. Blair, S. W Chung, I. G. M. Cleator, D. Cochrane, D. J. Fairholm, R. J. Finley, M. E. Gleave, S. L. Goldenberg, Y. Hsiang, T. J. Keane, S. Lichtenstein, M. D. Morrison, W Nelems, I. Olivotto, A. K. Qayumi, D. W F Schwarz, P. Steinbok, G. L. Warnock. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. C. Boyle, N. L. Davis, G. Fradet, C. Honey, Y. Hsiang, W Jia, T. J. Kieffer, E Kozak, M. Meloche, C. Nelson, P. T. Phang, R. A. Purssell, G. J. Redekop, C. H. Scudamore, A. M. Seal, R. Simons, E. Skarsgard, H. Stevens, L. Stothers, D. Taylor, J. M. H. Teichman, E. Webber. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R. Abu-Laban, K. Afshar, R. Cheifetz, M. Cox, J. Davison, W Gourlay, E. Guns, C. Haw, C. Helgason, K. Ho, J. Johnson, P. Kozlowski, M. Levings, A. MacNeily, A. Mui, C. Ong, R. Paterson, R. Sidhu, P. Skarsgard. S. Wiseman, J. Yee. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Department of Surgery offers opportunities and facilities for full-time study leading to the Master of Science in Surgery. A student's program will be determined by the program director in consultation with the student's supervisor. A supervisory committee will be chosen to represent the area of specialization elected by the candidate. The Master of Science program consists of an 18-credit thesis (SURG 549) plus 12 credits of coursework to give a total of 30 credits. Twelve credits of course- work must be at the 500 level, of which 8 credits should be from the Department of Surgery courses numbered 502 to 548. The candidate, with the advice of the committee, may select other approved courses in related fields. Further information may be obtained from the M.Sc. program director in the Department of Surgery. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF SCIENCE Applicants must satisfy the normal admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and must be acceptable to the Department of Surgery's Graduate Studies Committee. Prerequisites for application are an M.D., M.B., D.M.D., D.V.M. or equivalent. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 281 CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Surgery 3rd Floor, 910 West 10th Ave. Vancouver, BC, V5Z 4E3 Tel: 604-875-5355 Fax: 604-875-4036 Email: jclifton@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.surgery.ubc.ca Joanne Clifton, M.Sc, Research Associate TEACHER LIBRARIANSHIP Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSOR R. Jobe. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR M. Asselin. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate program in Teacher Librarianship (LIBE) is part of the graduate offerings in the Department of Language and Literacy Education. The program focuses on school library organization and management, cooperative program planning, and information literacy Students who would like to undertake a Ph.D. specializing in Teacher Librarianship can do so through the graduate program in Language and Literacy Education, p. 258. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the program requires: 1) at least an 18-credit concentration in the subject area (see the website (www.lled.educ.ubc.ca) for specifics), and 2) normally two years of formal teaching experience. Program Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500- level or above. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, either 6 or 9 credits, is included. Full-time and part-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Program Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits of which 24 must be at the 500 level or above. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students may opt for a program consisting entirely of courses, or may elect to do 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating paper Full-time and part-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Language and Literacy Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-8259 Fax: 604-822-3154 Email: anne.eastham@ubcca Web: www.lled.educ.ubc.ca Anne Eastham, Graduate Programs Assistant TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS PROFESSORS S. Carey, L. Gunderson, B. Mohan, B. Norton, K. Reeder. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS P. Duff, M. Early, L. Shi, G. Tang. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Teaching English as a Second Language (TESL): examines the social, linguistic, educational, cognitive, and political processes affecting the teaching, learning, assessment, and use of English as an additional language locally and globally. The program Faculty have expertise in TESL methods, applied linguistics, second language acquisition and socialization, content- based language education, pedagogical and functional grammar, second language writing, issues of language and identity, language in education, multilingual literacies, language policy, and English in immigrant and international communities. The program also jointly sponsors the UBC/Ritsumeikan Joint Academic Exchange Program. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Students who would like to undertake a Ph.D. in Teaching English as a Second Language can do so through the program in Language and Literacy Education, p. 258. MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the program requires: 1) at least an 18-credit concentration in the subject area (see the website [www.lled.educ.ubc.ca] for specifics), and 2) normally two years of formal teaching experience. Program Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500 level or above. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, either 6 or 9 credits, is included. Full-time and part-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the program requires: 1) at least an 18-credit concentration in the subject area (see the website (www.lled.educ.ubc.ca) for specifics), 2) normally two years of formal teaching experience. Program Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits of which 24 must be at the 500 level or above. A total of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students may opt for a program consisting entirely of courses, or may elect to do 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating paper. Full-time and part-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Language and Literacy Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5788 Fax:604-822-5134 Email: anne.eastham@ubcca Web: www.lled.educ.ubc.ca Anne Eastham, Graduate Programs Assistant TECHNOLOGY STUDIES EDUCATION Degrees Offered: M.A., M.Ed. MEMBERS ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. Krug, S. Petrina. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR S. Khan. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The graduate degree programs (M.Ed, and M.A.) in Technology Studies Education are part of the graduate offerings in the Department of Curriculum Studies. Technology Studies Education (TSED) consists of two main areas: Technology Education and Computing Studies. Graduate studies in Technology Studies are interdisciplinary and offer students a variety of research and professional development opportunities. Students may also choose to enrol in the M.E.T (Master of Educational Technology) program, p. 244, offered online through the Office of External Programs and Learning Technologies. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements, the program requires: 1) Normally, 18 credits of senior coursework or a professional concentration in the area of interest. 2) Normally, two years of teaching experience or other relevant professional experience. Degree Requirements: The program consists of 30 credits. At least 15 credits must be at 500 level or above. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. A thesis, normally 9 credits, is included. 282 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Part-time and full-time study options are offered. MASTER OF EDUCATION Admission Requirements: Same as M.A. Degree Requirements: The program consists of a minimum of 30 credits, of which 24 must be courses numbered at the 500 level. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken at the 300 or 400 level. Students select either a program consisting entirely of courses (for example, ten 3-credit courses) or 27 credits of coursework plus a graduating project (3 credits). Part-time and full-time study options are offered. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Curriculum Studies 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5367 Fax: 604-822-4714 Email: cust.grad@ubcca Web: www.curricstudies.educ.ubc.ca Basia Zurek, Graduate Secretary THEATRE Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A., M.F.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS E. Durbach, R. Gardiner, J. Wasserman. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C. Burnett, R. Eberle, R. Fedoruk, N. Freeman, A. Green, S. Heatley, S. Malloy, G. Murphy. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K. Johnston, T. Scholte. PROGRAM OVERVIEW The Theatre Program offers opportunities for advanced studies leading to the Doctor of " Philosophy (Ph.D.) and the Master of Arts (M.A.) in dramatic literature, theatre history and criticism. The program also offers advanced studies leading to the Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.) in the direction of plays and in the design of scenery, costume and lighting. In cooperation with the Creative Writing Program, Theatre offers an M.F.A. in stage playwriting (see Creative Writing/Theatre, p. 240). The program has diversified offerings in both practical theatre and the academic study of dramatic literature, history and criticism. Regular productions, directed and designed by faculty, graduate students, and guest artists, are presented in the Frederic Wood Theatre and the Telus Studio Theatre. There is opportunity for participation in all aspects of production. Library resources are constantly expanding from the present collection of approximately 30,000 works of dramatic literature and books on theatre, and more than 70 periodicals. There are almost 500 recordings of drama in the Wilson Library. Further information about graduate programs may be obtained from the Theatre Program's website (www.theatre.ubc.ca/programs/ programs.htm). See also graduate programs in Creative Writing, p. 239 and Film Studies, p. 247. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. in Theatre Studies is administered by the Graduate Committee in Theatre Studies. The Program can accommodate very few students, and admission is competitive. Applicants should be able to match their research interests to those of the Graduate Committee: Canadian Studies, Dramaturgy, Post-Colonial Theatre, and some aspects of 19th Century European and Modern British, American and Canadian Theatre. All students in the Graduate program are expected to apply for UGF and SSHRC awards to support their studies. For detailed information about specific application and program requirements please visit the Ph.D. Theatre page of the Theatre Program website at www.theatre.ubc.ca/programs/phdcours.htm. MASTER OF ARTS The Master of Arts in Theatre is administered by the Graduate Committee in Theatre Studies. The Program can accommodate very few students, and admission is competitive. Applicants should be able to match their research interests to those of the Graduate Committee: Canadian Studies, Dramaturgy, Post-Colonial Theatre, and some aspects of 19th Century European and Modern British, American and Canadian Theatre. All students in the Graduate program are expected to apply for UGF and SSHRC awards to support their studies. For detailed information about specific application and program requirements please visit the M.A. Theatre page of the Theatre Program website at www.theatre.ubc.ca/programs/phdcours.htm. MASTER OF FINE ARTS The Master of Fine Arts in Design for Theatre is an intensive graduate program intended to prepare students for design in the professional theatre in Canada. The Program can accommodate very few students, and admission is competitive. Instruction centres around a core of studio classes emphasizing development of the designers' graphic, conceptual, and research skills. In addition, M.F.A. design students may assist faculty and other practising designers on projects outside the University, design theatre productions at UBC and elsewhere, and work in film. The program generally takes two or three years to complete, and culminates in a thesis design or designs. For detailed information about specific application and program requirements please visit the M.F.A. in Design for Theatre page of the Theatre Program website at www.theatre.ubc.ca/programs/mfadesig.htm. The M.F.A. Directing program is a professionally oriented intensive graduate program, intended for those who wish to extend and enhance their directing practice. The program can accommodate very few students, and admission is competitive. Students spend a year investigating a variety of preparation and rehearsal techniques and the demands of various theatrical performance styles. In their second year they direct two full length productions, one of which is the student's thesis production. For detailed information about specific application and program requirements please visit the M.F.A. in Directing for Theatre page of the Theatre Program website at www.theatre.ubc.ca/ programs/mfadirhtm. CONTACT INFORMATION Theatre Program 6354 Crescent Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-3880 Fax: 604-822-5985 Email: fwtheatr@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.theatre.ubc.ca Karen Tong, Theatre Program Secretary and Graduate Secretary VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION COUNSELLING Degrees Offered: M.A. MEMBER ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR I. Schultz. PROGRAM OVERVIEW UBC has developed a state-of-the-art professionally-oriented graduate program in Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling which follows the scientist-practitioner training model and prepares students for independent practice in a wide spectrum of vocational rehabilitation service areas, including, but not limited to, vocational assessment, vocational individual and group intervention, adjustment and rehabilitative counselling, job development and placement, return-to-work planning, case and disability management, and research and program evaluation. A supervised clinical experience in the Vocational Rehabilitation setting as well as coursework on psychosocial and medical aspects of disability has also been built into the curriculum. The program is responsive to the needs of Canadian vocational rehabilitation professionals and provides a uniquely Canadian perspective on vocational rehabilitation counselling and the environment where it is delivered. The curriculum has been developed in accordance with future program accreditation requirements, and prepares graduates or licensing by respective professional licensing bodies for vocational rehabilitation professionals. The program normally admits students every three years. Please check with the program to PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 283 see if applications are being accepted for the upcoming academic year. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF ARTS Admission Requirements: The applicant must have an undergraduate degree, preferably with a concentration in related areas such as psychology, occupational therapy, social work, special education human resources management, or nursing and a standing acceptable to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The applicant will normally be required to have work experience, either paid or volunteer. Letters of reference attesting to the applicant's personal suitability for the field will be required. Program Requirements: The program is broad and covers topics of relevance to the professional vocational rehabilitation counsellor such as vocational assessment of persons with disabilities, job placement, disability case management, counselling theory, and medical aspects of disability. The program is offered on a part time basis, to accommodate students currently working in the field, with classes arranged for late afternoon (4:30 pmto 7:00 pm) and additional spring and summer offerings. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Educational and Counselling Psychology, and Special Education 2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6Z 1T4 Tel: 604-822-5351 Fax: 604-822-3302 Email: ecps.gradinfo@ubcca Web: www.ecps.educ.ubc.ca/grad_programs/ vrchtml Lynda McDicken, Graduate Program Assistant WOMEN'S STUDIES AND GENDER RELATIONS Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.A. MEMBERS PROFESSORS S. Boyd, T. Cheek, G. Creese, I. Dyck, M. Fee, S. Gunew, D. Kelly, B. Long, D. Newell, G. Pratt, W Pue, V. Raoul, V. Strong-Boag, L. Weir. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. Angeles, D. Arbel, M. Bryson, S. Butterwick, G. Chapman, M. Chapman, P. Dalziel, R. De Grandis, J. Dixon, W Frisby, P. Gurstein, T. Hellwig, A. Henderson, C. Leggo, S. Orbaugh, B. Ross, S. Taubeneck, A. Tom, B. Wilson. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS S. Anderson, A. Bloch, J. Chan-Tiberghien, M. Gleason, L. Hurd Clarke, P. Kershaw, M. Stack, J. Sundberg, S. Thobani, P. Walter PROGRAM OVERVIEW Women's Studies is an exciting interdisciplinary field of study that also draws upon several traditional disciplines. It has its own texts, journals and methodology. In many disciplines some of the most innovative, scholarly work in theory and research is being done by Women's Studies specialists, and the interdisciplinary nature of Women's Studies scholarship is an important feature of its success and promise. The Women's Studies program at UBC strives to offer courses in an open and mutually supportive atmosphere. The Centre has approximately 50 well-qualified faculty associates from many departments and programs. They include expertise in Gender and Development, Lesbian and Gay Studies, Gender and Cultural Studies (including Asia), Women in Canadian History and Literature (in English and French), issues related to Women's Health, and Feminist Legal Studies. The program aims to maintain flexibility to accommodate the needs of individual students. To be eligible for consideration applicants must fulfil all the general requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies (e.g., TOEFL score). In addition, they must also: 1) Demonstrate adequate preparation in feminist theory and methodology, or be willing to take extra courses, as required, to gain such preparation. 2) Submit a writing sample (such as an essay) demonstrating excellent research potential, and a statement explaining why s/he wishes to undertake doctoral or M.A. work in Women's Studies. The student may describe relevant non-academic experience, and explain any discrepancies in the academic record. This statement should also specify the areas of most interest to the applicant, to enable us to ascertain the likelihood of an appropriate research supervisor being available for the thesis. Students are selected by an advisory Committee representing a range of relevant research areas, which assesses the availability of appropriate courses and faculty to provide supervision. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D. program allows qualified students to undertake doctoral work in the field of Women's Studies and Gender Relations. Students who did not do their M.A. at the Centre must complete WMST 500 in year one, plus a minimum of nine additional credits of graduate-level coursework, to be approved by a supervisory committee. Additional coursework may be required. Qualifying examinations may take a variety of forms, also to be approved by the committee, and must normally be completed by the end of the second year in the program. All Ph.D. students are required to complete a research thesis that is defended in an oral final examination. MASTER OF ARTS The Master of Arts (M.A.) in Women's Studies and Gender Relations allows qualified students to undertake graduate work in the field. Issues related to women, gender analysis or related topics will be presented in feminist frameworks. The 30-credit M.A. is available on a full-time or part-time basis. There are two options: with thesis or without thesis. Non-thesis students complete a shorter extended essay or research project. Students complete 30 credits of coursework, including required core courses in methodology and theory and interact with visiting scholars at the Centre through a year-long seminar. There is considerable flexibility in the selection of other courses. Options may include a practicum or internship in the local community or abroad. CONTACT INFORMATION Centre for Research in Women's Studies and Gender Relations 1896 East Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-9171 Fax: 604-822-9169 Email: wmstl@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.wmst.ubc.ca Wynn Archibald, Graduate Secretary ZOOLOGY Degrees Offered: Ph.D., M.Sc. MEMBERS PROFESSORS M. Adamson, J. D. Berger, R. W Blake, H. W Brock, A.P. Farrell, J. M. Gosline, T. A. Grigli- atti, D. R. Jones, W Maddison, W K. Milsom, D. G. Moerman, J. Myers, D. Pauly, A. Pitcher, D. Schluter, R. Shadwick, A. R. E. Sinclair J. N. M. Smith, T. P. Snutch, J. D. Steeves, W Tetzlaff, C. J. Walters. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS V. Auld, L. Aviles, M. Doebeli, L. Matsuuchi, S. P. Otto, N. Pante, R. J. Redfield, A. J. Roskams, E. B. Taylor M. Whitlock. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS N. Abraham, C. Brauner, D. Irwin, B. Leander, M. Ramer, J. Richards, P. Schulte, J. Shurin, D. Srivastava, M. Velland. PROGRAM OVERVIEW Zoology encompasses over 50 principal investigators. Research interests of faculty members can be divided into several broad categories with substantial overlap of interest and collaboration among these arbitrary groups. The program vigorously promotes integrative research in biology and actively participates in several interdisciplinary programs, including the graduate programs in genetics, neuroscience, applied mathematics, and resource management. Zoology offers a wide variety of research programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following areas: Cell and Developmental Biology, Community and Population Ecology, Comparative Physiology and Biochemistry, Neurobiology, and Evolutionary Biology In addition Zoology is actively involved in several interdisciplinary programs of instruction and research including: • Fisheries Centre • Centre for Biodiversity Research 284 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 • Centre for Applied Conservation Research (CACR), Faculty of Forestry • Genetics Program • ICORD (International Collaboration on Repair Discoveries) • Institute of Applied Mathematics • BC Cancer Research Centre DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Original research supervised by a faculty member constitutes the major component of work toward the Ph.D. degree. Most Ph.D. students are not required to complete coursework unless it is recommended by the thesis committee, or as a condition of admission. All Ph.D. students are required to present a research proposal and pass a comprehensive examination on their research area within 18 months of registering in the Program. The comprehensive exam is an oral examination (typically with five or six examiners) intended to assess the student's breadth of knowledge in the general subject area(s) of the proposed research (i.e., it is not a defense of the written proposal). MASTER OF SCIENCE The M.Sc. degree requires a combination of coursework and research for a total of 30 credits. Effective September 2004, twelve credits of courses are required with the remaining 18 credits being thesis research. Single courses typically range from three to 6 credits each. Students have considerable flexibility in their choice of courses including graduate and senior undergraduate courses in Zoology, Botany, Microbiology, Genetics, Forestry, Conservation, and Earth and Oceans Sciences, as well as several other departments. Students may also design their own courses in the form of "Directed Studies" supervised by a faculty member. M.Sc. students are also required to conduct research towards their degrees. Although research conceived independently of the student's supervisor is encouraged, the minimum requirement for the M.Sc. degree is to successfully complete directed research. The M.Sc. is a two-year program, but due to the nature of the research undertaken many students take longer. Students who originally register in the M.Sc program may switch to the Ph.D. program after 12 to 18 months, on the advice of their research committee. Switching to the Ph.D. program is only possible if the student has completed 18 credits of coursework in the first 18 months of their program with a first class standing. Such transfers must then comply with the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations. CONTACT INFORMATION Department of Zoology, Graduate Program 6270 University Boulevard Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5807 Fax: 604-822-2416 Email: gradsec@zoology.ubcca Web: www.zoology.ubc.ca Allison Barnes, Graduate Secretary DEGREE PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY DISCIPLINARY FACULTIES Select graduate programs are administered directly by their disciplinary faculties and should be contacted directly for information regarding admission, fees and program requirements. Please read below for the programs that apply APPLIED SCIENCE See Master of Engineering under the Faculty of Applied Science section for information regarding the Master of Engineering (M.Eng.) programs available. COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION See Professional Master's Degrees, p. 170 under the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration (Sauder School of Business) section for information regarding Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.), Master of Management (M.M.) and joint M.B.A. programs. PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES See Graduate Programs, p. 3741 under Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences for information on the Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) program. ACADEMIC RESOURCES EDUCATION: OFFICE OF GRADUATE PROGRAMS AND RESEARCH The Office of Graduate Programs and Research in the Faculty of Education supports students in each of the 32 graduate programs in education. General information on graduate programs in education may be obtained through the office. Graduate degree programs in Education are offered in the following areas: • Adult Education, p. 227 • Adult Learning and Global Change, p. 227 • Art Education, p. 231 • Counselling Psychology, p. 239 • Curriculum Studies, p. 240 • Curriculum Studies and Educational Administration and Leadership, p. 241 • Development, Learning and Culture, p. 241 • Early Childhood Education, p. 242 • Education, Curriculum and Instruction, p. 243 • Educational Administration, p. 243 • Educational Leadership and Policy, p. 244 • Educational Studies, p. 244 • Educational Technology, p. 244 • Higher Education, p. 254 • Home Economics Education, p. 255 • Human Kinetics, p. 256 • Language and Literacy Education, p. 258 • Literacy Education, p. 261 • Mathematics Education, p. 262 • Measurement Evaluation and Research Methodology, p. 263 • Modern Language Education, p. 265 • Music Education, p. 266 • Physical Education, p. 271 • School Psychology, p. 277 • Science Education, p. 277 • Social Studies Education, p. 278 • Society, Culture and Politics in Education, p. 279 • Special Education, p. 280 • Teacher Librarianship, p. 282 • Teaching English as a Second Language, p. 282 • Technology Studies Education, p. 282 • Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling, p. 283 Prospective applicants are also encouraged to visit the Education Graduate Programs website (www.educ.ubc.ca/ogpr/graduate_programs). CONTACT INFORMATION Office of Graduate Programs and Research Faculty of Education 2601-2125 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4 Tel: 604-822-5512 Fax: 604-822-8971 Email: ogpr@interchange.ubc.ca MASTER'S CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION OPTIONS MASTER OF ARTS CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION OPTION Students admitted to the Master of Arts Program in a department with a co-operative education option may apply for admission to the Arts Co-operative Education Program. The Program helps prepare interested and qualified students for professional careers in government, the non-profit sector, and industry with at least four months of work placement supervised by practicing professionals. Faculty advisors also visit students at their place of work where feasible and provide advice on work term projects required of all students in the program. Students who have been admitted into the Master of Arts Program in a department with the co-op option must apply to the Arts Co-op Office early in their first term at UBC. Selection of students will be based on academic performance and general suitability to the work environment as determined by resume and interview. The total enrolment will be subject to the availability of appropriate work placements PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 285 and faculty advisors. The work placements are arranged by mutual agreement between students and employing organizations. Co-op courses are taken in addition to the courses needed to meet normal academic requirements. These courses do not count for credit toward the degree, but their completion will be noted on a student's academic record. CONTACT INFORMATION Arts Co-op Program Buch. C369-1866 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Fax: 604-822-1529 Web: co-op.arts.ubcca MASTER OF SCIENCE CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION OPTION Co-operative education integrates academic study with related and supervised work experience in co-operating employer organizations. Students admitted to the Master of Science program in Statistics may apply for admission to a co-operative education option that may be course- project- or thesis-based. The program helps prepare interested and qualified students for professional careers in government and industry with eight months of work placement supervised by practising professionals. Faculty advisors also visit students at their place of work where feasible and provide advice on technical reports required of all students in the program. Students who have been admitted into the Master of Science program in Statistics and who are seeking admission to the co-op option must apply to the Science Co-Op Office before December 1 in their first term at UBC. Selection of students will be based on academic performance and general suitability to the work environment as determined by resume and interview. The total enrolment will be subject to the availability of appropriate work placements and faculty advisors. The work placements are arranged by mutual agreement between students and employing organizations. Participating students register for STAT 598 (in the summer term following their first two terms at UBC) and STAT 599 (in Term 1 of their second year at UBC) in addition to the courses needed to meet normal academic requirements. Satisfactory completion of these courses, which do not carry academic credit, will be noted on a student's academic record. Students choosing the M.Sc. thesis option will require an additional term (their second summer term at UBC) to complete their degree requirements. For more information on the co-operative education option, contact the Department of Statistics (see address below) or the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 170, Chemistry/Physics Building 6221 University Blvd, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822- 9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). CONTACT INFORMATION Student Services, Department of Statistics 333-6356 Agricultural Road Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-4821 Fax: 604-822-6960 Email: christin@stat.ubc.ca Web: www.stat.ubc.ca Ms. Christine Graham, Graduate Secretary RESIDENTIAL COLLEGES GREEN COLLEGE K. Benson (History), Principal Green College is a centre for advanced interdisciplinary scholarship at the University of British Columbia. It is home to a community of scholars who blend social and intellectual life through living together, academic programs, dining and cultural events. The programming includes the Green College Speaker Series, monthly interdisciplinary group lecture series, the Cecil and Ida Green Visiting Professorships, and a members' speakers series. Most activities occur before and after dinner, and they attract people from all parts of the campus and from the wider community to share in intellectual discussion. All advertised events are open to the public Members of the public are also invited to dine through the purchase of a dinner ticket from the Green College Office. The College provides accommodation for 82 graduate students and 16 post-doctoral researchers and visiting scholars on a unique site at the north end of the UBC campus, overlooking the Strait of Georgia and surrounding mountains. Graduate students are chosen on the basis of academic standing, commitment to participation in the life of the College, and the need to achieve a mix of students which reflects the general graduate student population. They are permitted to live in Green College for a minimum term of three months and a maximum term of three years. All residents are required to participate in College dining. Nonresident members are also selected from the graduate student, post-doctoral researcher and faculty populations. The criteria for selection are the same as that for resident members. In addition to living accommodation, the College has meeting rooms, dining and social facilities, a reading room, and administrative offices. There is also a guest house on site, with accommodations available to book for anyone attending UBC on academic business. The focal point of the College is Graham House, which has been restored to its original (1915) form and which contains the dining hall and reading room. CONTACT INFORMATION Tel: 604-822-8660 Web: www.greencollege.ubc.ca ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Timothy Brook, Principal St. John's College is a graduate residential College of the University of British Columbia that fosters international study and research on issues of global scope. Founded in 1997, the College serves as an intellectual and social centre for graduate students, post-doctoral fellows, visiting scholars, and for other members of the University who share the scholarly objectives of advanced international study and academic excellence. Members of this community-graduate students from Canada and other countries who are registered in different departments at UBC-enrich their academic programs and learn from each other in a collegial setting. Graduate student members of the College are eligible for consideration for St. John's College fellowships. Student residential facilities include 136 studio residence units, eight accessible units, 11 one-bedroom units for couples, four residential rooms for post-doctoral fellows and visiting scholars. Only St. John's College members are eligible to reside at the College. Students are selected for membership by means of a,compet- itive process; applications are reviewed by a selection committee comprised of distinguished international scholars and current residents of the College. Selection criteria include high academic standing, good communication skills, experience and/or interest in international/ global issues, willingness to participate in the St. John's College community, community service, extracurricular activities, and demonstrated leadership. Residents are expected to take an active role in the social and academic aspects of College life, including participation in various programs and attendance at functions and lectures sponsored by or linked with the College. In order to foster interaction and fellowship within the College community, participation in the College's meal plan, which includes five dinners and five breakfasts each week, is a requirement for all residents and guests. The College has a number of well-appointed guest rooms for short-term academic visitors to the University; guests are encouraged to participate in the College community during their stay CONTACT INFORMATION Tel: 604-822-8788 Web: www.stjohns.ubc.ca 286 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 REGISTRATION 2004/2005 Program (Continued) Degree Total Program (Continued) Degree Total Program Degree Total Adult Education M.A. M.Ed. 22 40 Adult Learning and Global Change M.Ed. 26 Agricultural Economics M.Sc. 11 Anatomy and Cell Biology M.Sc. Ph.D. 8 6 Ancient Culture, Religion and Ethnicity M.A. 7 Animal Science M.Sc. Ph.D. 22 15 Anthropology M.A. Ph.D. 25 19 Architecture M.Arch. M.A.S.A. 148 17 Archival Studies M.A.S. 41 Archival Studies and Library Information Systems M.A.S.L.I.S. 25 Art Education M.A. M.Ed. 4 11 Art History (CCST) M.A. 7 Counselling Psychology M.A. 69 M.Ed. 70 Ph.D. 41 Asia Pacific Policy Studies M.A.P.P.S. M.A.P.P.S./ LL.B. M.A.P.P.S./ M.B.A. 30 5 Asian Studies M.A. 14 Ph.D. 36 Astronomy M.Sc. 3 Ph.D. 8 Atmospheric S< :ience M.Sc. 4 Ph.D. 13 Audiology and Sciences Speech M.Sc. 53 Ph.D. 4 Biochemistry a Biology nd Molecular M.Sc. 15 Ph.D. 34 Botany M.Sc. 18 Ph.D. 43 Business Administration M.Sc.B. 40 Ph.D. 70 Chemical and Biological Engineering Chemistry M.Sc. 28 Ph.D. 129 Children's Literature M.A. 22 Civil Engineering M.A.Sc. 91 Ph.D. 85 Classical Archaeology M.A. 12 Classics M.A. 4 Ph.D. 13 Comparative Literature M.A. 4 Ph.D. 13 Computer Science M.Sc. M.A.Sc. Ph.D. M.Sc. Ph.D. M.A. M.A.Sc Ph.D. M.A. M.A. Ph.D. M.A. Ph.D. M.Sc. Ph.D. 37 58 28 129 22 91 85 12 4 13 4 13 124 59 Creative Writing Creative Writing/Film Creative Writing/Theatre Curriculum Studies Dental Science Development, Learning and Culture Early Childhood Education Economics Education, Curriculum and Instruction Educational Administration Educational Leadership and Policy Educational Psychology Educational Studies Educational Technology Electrical and Computer Engineering Engineering Physics English European Studies Experimental Medicine Family Studies Film Studies Fine Arts Food Science Forestry French Genetic Counselling M.A. 69 M.Ed. 70 Ph.D. 41 M.F.A. 45 M.F.A. 0 M.F.A. 1 M.A. 10 M.Ed. 96 Ph.D. 52 M.Sc. 14 M.Sc/PD.T 9 Ph.D. 15 M.A. 9 M.Ed. 6 Ph.D. 18 M.A. 1 M.Ed. 4 M.A. 46 Ph.D. 63 M.A. 7 M.Ed. 73 Ph.D. 37 M.A. 1 M.Ed. 109 Ed.D. 51 M.Ed. 2 M.A. 11 M.Ed. 3 Ph.D. 68 M.E.T. 153 M.A.Sc. 169 Ph.D. 124 M.A.Sc. 2 M.A. 41 Ph.D. 50 M.A. 18 M.Sc. 56 Ph.D. 55 M.A. 17 M.A. 7 M.F.A. 10 M.A. 16 M.F.A. 13 Ph.D. 17 M.Sc. 10 Ph.D. 12 M.A.Sc. 9 M.F. 2 M.Sc. 94 Ph.D. 106 M.A. 17 Ph.D. 7 M.Sc. 12 Genetics M.Sc. 30 Ph.D. 50 Geography M.A. 23 M.Sc. 15 Ph.D. 57 Geological Engineering M.A.Sc. 5 M.Eng. 1 Ph.D. 2 Geological Science M.Sc. 40 Ph.D. 24 Geophysics M.Sc. 9 Ph.D. 14 Germanic Studies M.A. 5 Ph.D. 6 Health Administration M.H.A. 64 Health Care and Epidemiology M.Sc. 21 Ph.D. 33 Health Science M.H.Sc. 38 Higher Education M.A. M.Ed. 15 12 Hispanic Studies M.A. 8 Ph.D. 10 History M.A. 19 Ph.D. 17 History of Education M.A. 4 M.Ed. 1 Home Economics Education M.Ed. 3 Human Kinetics M.A. 20 M.H.K. 9 M.Sc. 26 Ph.D. 21 Human Nutrition M.Sc. 21 Ph.D. 9 Interdisciplinary Studies M.A. 6 M.Sc. 3 Ph.D. 47 Journalism M.J. 50 Landscape Architecture M.A.S.L.A. 4 M.L.A. 65 Language and Literacy Education Ph.D. 47 Law LL.M. 43 M.Jur. 1 Ph.D. 24 Library and Information Studies M.L.I.S. 153 Library, Archival and Information Studies Ph.D. 12 Linguistics M.A. 6 Ph.D. 30 Literacy Education M.A. 12 M.Ed. 42 M.D./Ph.D. (Combined M.DVPh.D. 13 Program) PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 10 THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES 287 Program (Continued) Degree Total Program (Continued) Degree Total Program (Continued) Degree Total Materials Engineering Mathematics Mathematics Education Measurement Evaluation and Research Methodology Mechanical Engineering Medical Genetics Microbiology and Immunology Mining Engineering Modern Language Education Music M.A.Sc. M.Sc. Ph.D. M.Sc. Ph.D. M.A. M.Ed. M.A. M.Ed. Ph.D. M.A.Sc. Ph.D. M.Sc. Ph.D. M.Sc. Ph.D. M.A.Sc. Ph.D. M.A. M.Ed. D.M.A. M.A. M.Mus. Ph.D. 31 2 31 33 49 3 10 2 14 72 58 18 29 28 48 31 21 4 94 43 11 46 Music Education M.A. 3 M.Ed. 10 Neuroscience M.Sc. 46 Ph.D. 58 Nursing M.S.N. 263 Ph.D. 29 Occupational and Environmental Hygiene M.Sc. 19 Ph.D. 5 Occupational Therapy M.O.T 36 Oceanography M.Sc. Ph.D. | 10 Oncology M.Sc. 2 Ph.D. 1 Pathology M.Sc. 36 1 Ph.D. 47 1 Pharmaceutical Sciences M.Sc. 19 Ph.D. 19 Pharmacology M.Sc. 11 Ph.D. 11 Philosophy M.A. 16 Ph.D. 15 Philosophy of Education M.A. 2 M.Ed. 2 Physical Education M.A. 0 M.Ed. 0 Physical Therapy M.P.T. 40 Physics M.Sc. 81 Ph.D. 50 Physiology M.Sc. 12 Ph.D. 9 Planning Plant Science Political Science Psychology Rehabilitation Sciences Religious Studies Reproductive and Developmental Sciences Resource Management and Environmental Studies School Psychology Science Education Social Studies Education Social Work Social Work and Family Studies A Society, Culture and Politics in Education Sociology Sociology of Education Software Systems Soil Science "pedal Education Surgery Teacher Librarianship Teaching English as a Second Language Technology Studies Education M.A.P M.Sc.P. Ph.D. M.Sc. Ph.D. M.A. Ph.D. M.A. Ph.D. M.Sc. M.R.S.C. Ph.D. M.A. Ph.D. M.Sc. Ph.D. M.A. M.Sc. Ph.D. M.A. M.Ed. Ph.D. M.A. ^ M.Ed. M.A. M.Ed. M.S.W. Ph.D. M.A. 85 22 18 19 12 45 36 33 64 23 4 3 9 1 11 11 14 37 k 62 ' 19 19 12 8 10 1 4 101 0 M.Ed. 5 M.A. 26 Ph.D. 25 M.A. 13 M.Ed. 5 M.S.S. 51 M.Sc. 6 Ph.D. 8 M.A. 21 M.Ed. 45 Ph.D. 12 M.Sc. 12 Ph.D. 18 M.Sc. 11 M.A. 1 M.Ed. 5 M.A. 4 M.Ed. 28 Ph.D. 1 M.A. 4 Theatre M.A. 6 M.F.A. 9 Ph.D. 3 Vocational Rehabilitation M.A. 10 Counselling Women's Studies and Gender M.A. 6 Relations Ph.D. 14 Zoology M.Sc. 65 Ph.D. 57 Total as of Februrary 1, 2005 7375 ACADEMIC STAFF DEAN'S OFFICE Frieda Granot; Lynn Alden; Kersti Krug; Ann Rose; Douw Steyn; James Thompson. MEMBERS Individuals eligible for membership in the Faculty of Graduate Studies must be tenured or tenure track (including grant tentured or grant tenured track) faculty members holding the title of Assistant Professors, Associate Professor, or Professor in an academic unit authorized to offer graduate programs. Members of the ^feculty of Graduate Studies may be sole supervisors of graduate students, chair examining committees, and vote at the Faculty of Graduate Studies general meetings. Members of the Faculty of Graduate Studies are listed under the Degree Programs, p. 227 with which they are associated. M.Ed. 288 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 11 The College of Health Disciplines Principal's Office Dr. John H. V. Gilbert, Principal 400-2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-5571 Fax: 604-822-2495 Health Disciplines Website (www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca) The College is an affiliation of seven Faculties that fosters, enhances, and sustains a culture of interprofessional and interdisciplinary education for future health and human service practitioners through innovative student learning, collaborative research, and best practices. The affiliated Faculties are Applied Science, Arts, Dentistry, Education, Land and Food Systems, Medicine, and Pharmaceutical Sciences. Each of these Faculties either represents a health discipline, or is academic home to one (or more) of the health service School(s) or Department(s). The term "health" in the title for the College is situated in the broad definition of the World Health Organization's Thirteenth World Health Assembly in 1977, to be inclusive of all health and human service programs. The College recognizes the desirability of a common set of pedagogic approaches to interprofessional health education, the need to rationalize approaches to practice education, the goal of common policy approaches in UBC's relations with government, and the contribution of the College's Institutes, Centres, Divisions and ancillary units to the University's health and human service programs. The College provides an academic home for a range of interprofessional activities both within and outside of the University, activities that could not be engaged in by any one faculty alone. Through the programs of the affiliated faculties, the College addresses the need to prepare students who are graduating from health and human service programs, with the knowledge, skills and attitudes central to interprofessional practice. These include, for example, an understanding of the role of professional associations in interprofessional practice through competencies, accreditation, and (where appropriate) licensure; addressing issues of pre- and post-licensure education, regardless of degree objective; using interprofessional curricula to guide health human resource planning; accessing and building on the interests of the health and human service industries in the interprofessional practice education of students; conducting research into tools for development and evaluation of interprofessional education, health policy and health human resource planning. The Council of the College of Health Disciplines is chaired by the Principal and consists of the Deans, Directors and Heads of faculties, schools and programs that offer health and human service degrees. Committee members participate in the planning of programs and the administrative structures in the health and human service programs at UBC. The College of Health Disciplines is administratively responsible for all shared facilities in the Instructional Resources Centre. The College includes four divisions: Practice Education, Interprofessional Education, Health Care Communication and Interprofessional Activities/ Communication. It also includes two Centres and one Institute: the Centre for Health Services and Policy Research, the Centre for International Health and the Institute for Aboriginal Health, and sponsors the Health Sciences Students' Association and the Global Outreach Students' Association. It is also responsible for one ancillary unit, the Media Group. ^DIVISION OF HEALTH CARE COMMUNICATION William Godolphin, (Ph.D.), Co-Director Angela Towle, (Ph.D.), Co-Director The aim of the Division is to improve client involvement in health care decision-making through collaborative research and program development. Research is conducted with patients/clients and health professionals in the community and academe and is targeted at understanding the drivers and barriers that influence client-professional communications and consequent health outcomes. The objective is to use research findings to develop projects to effect changes in the areas of professional practice, curriculum of health and human service programs, and patient/client communication and advocacy Contact Information: 400-2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-8002 Fax: 604-822-2495 Web: www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca DIVISION OF INTERPROFESSIONAL EDUCATION, RESEARCH & EVALUATION Lesley Bainbridge (M.Ed., BSR(PT)) Director The Division of Interprofessional Education, Research & Evaluation assists with the coordination and development of projects generated by the Interprofessional Education Committee, which represents all of the health and human service programs. The mandate of the committee is to develop ways and means of integrating the teaching of health and human service subject matter where such integration appears appropriate, to develop recommendations regarding interprofessional teaching programs including format and methods, and to conduct periodic surveys of students and faculty on the form and content of interprofessional learning initiatives. Contact Information: 400-2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2611 Fax: 604-822-2495 Web: www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca DIVISION OF PRACTICE EDUCATION Grant Charles, (B.S.W, M.S.W, Ph.D., Director The mandate of the Division of Practice Education is to study, foster and maintain a University presence for students in its health and human service programs (HHSPs) in community facilities. In collaboration with their community partners, the various HHSPs provide learning experiences in many different environments. The goal of these experiences is to ensure that graduates are prepared to accept entry level responsibilities upon graduation. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 11 THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH DISCIPLINES 289 Contact Information: 400-2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-5571 Fax: 604-822-2495 Web: www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca INSTITUTE FOR ABORIGINAL HEALTH Eduardo Jovel (Ph.D.), Director The Institute for Aboriginal Health assists UBC health and human service faculties, schools and departments and other post- secondary institutions with program development concerning First Nations health issues. The Institute for Aboriginal Health aims to develop capacity with Aboriginal communities and further assist health education, training, Aboriginal health research, while respecting traditional knowledge. The Institute also works to increase the number of First Nations health care professionals. This includes improving First Nations access to health and human service programs at UBC; providing support to First Nations students enrolled in health and human service programs; assisting in identifying health care issues; assisting in developing programs relevant to First Nations health care needs; and encouraging interest in health and human service careers at the secondary school level. Contact Information: 403-2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2115 Fax: 604-822-2495 Web: www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca/iah CENTRE FOR HEALTH SERVICES AND POLICY RESEARCH Charlyn Black (M.D., Sc.D.), Director^ The Centre for Health Services and Policy Research was established in 1990 on the premise that the University should be a key partner in bringing research evidence to the process of health care policy and planning. Its overall mission is to stimulate scientific inquiry into issues of health in population groups, and ways in which health services can best be organized, funded and delivered. The Centre also plays a major role in the development and maintenance of state of the art databases to support population-based research. The research program at the Centre is multidisciplinary in nature and involves health services researchers, health economists, health policy analysts, medical sociologists, medical anthropologists, clinical epidemiologists and researchers from other disciplinary backgrounds who are based in a number of faculties at UBC. Research activities are funded by competitive external grants from international, national and provincial funding agencies and by ongoing support from the BC Ministries of Health. Faculty members are involved in collaborative projects at UBC and with researchers at other Canadian and international institutions. A publication series of reports and papers that have been developed by faculty and affiliates is available. The Centre communicates results of faculty and staff research activities by sponsoring public seminars, workshops and conferences and by circulating discussion papers, research reports and reprints. While the Centre itself does not offer courses, several faculty members teach courses at the undergraduate and graduate level that are relevant to the understanding of population health and health services research. The Centre hosts and mentors a number of graduate students and postdoctoral fellows. In addition, the Centre provides an environment and resources to support student thesis work, and serves as a potential site for research placements, residency training, and summer employment. Contact Information: 429-2179 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver BC V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-4810 Fax: 604-822-5690 Web: www.chspr.ubc.ca CENTRE FOR INTERNATIONAL HEALTH Jerry Speigel (Ph.D.), Director The UBC Centre for International Health has been established to conduct research into issues of global health and to coordinate and facilitate overseas initiatives in the general areas of health and development. There is representation on its governing body from affiliated faculties; and from the undergraduate body, Global Outreach Students' Organization (GOSA), which interested students are strongly encouraged to join. Contact Information: 400-2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver BC V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-1398 Fax: 604-822-2495 Web: www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca THE MEDIA GROUP Tony Voon, Director The Media Group is a service unit dedicated to educational media and audio/visual services. It has two major functions: first, it administers the Woodward Instructional Resources Centre classrooms and provides audio-visual support to UBC faculty who use the facilities for teaching purposes. Second, it provides a wide variety of services, developing and producing instructional media programs on a fee-for- service basis in support of teaching, research and public affairs for the health sciences faculties, the University community, UBC- affiliated teaching hospitals and outside nonprofit groups. These services include general and biomedical photography, medical, technical and general illustration, graphic design, media supplies and equipment sales, video production and computer imaging and printing. Contact Information: Room B32, Woodward Instructional Resources Centre 2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-5561 Fax: 604-822-2004 Email: mediagrp©interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.mediagroup.ubc.ca GLOBAL OUTREACH STUDENTS' ASSOCIATION The Global Outreach Students' Association (GOSA) provides students from multidisciplinary backgrounds with an opportunity to learn more about international health. It offers a monthly seminar series on international health, which gives students an opportunity to meet people who have had personal experiences working and volunteering overseas. GOSA also offers students opportunities for hands-on involvement in health projects locally and abroad in Guatemala. Contact Information: 400-2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver BCV6T1Z3 Tel: 604-822-0249 Fax: 604-822-2495 HEALTH SCIENCES 'STUDENTS' ASSOCIATION The Health Sciences Students' Association (HSSA) is an organization that promotes the interaction of the College's Affiliated Faculties on an academic and social basis. The aim of the HSSA is to increase awareness among students about the role of each health care provider on a clinical team. This is accomplished through its High School Outreach Program, which brings students from health and human service programs together to make presentations to high school students about the wide array of professional choices available to them at UBC. The HSSA also hosts informal activities for students from the health and human service programs. The executive body of the HSSA is comprised of dedicated and enthusiastic students who are departmental representatives or individuals who share the same goal as the HSSA. Contact Information: G29-2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver BCV6T1Z3 Tel: 604-822-8085 Fax: 604-822-2495 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Under the auspices of the Council, the College of Health Disciplines is responsible for the administration of Interprofessional courses (IHHS), which are recommended as electives to students in Audiology and Speech Sciences; Counselling Psychology; Dentistry and Dental Hygiene; Food, Nutrition and Health; Human Kinetics; Medicine; Nursing; Occupational 290 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 IHHS 300 3. IHHS 301 IHHS 400 Therapy; Pharmaceutical Sciences; Physical Therapy; and Social Work and Family Studies. 1. IHHS 200 Understanding the Social Determinants of the Health of Populations Working in International Health First Nations Health &the Traditional Role of Plants Health Care Team Development 5. IHHS 401 Health Care Ethics 6. IHHS 402 HIV/AIDS Prevention and Care 7. IHHS 403 Interdisciplinary Practice with Children & Families 8. IHHS 404 First Nations Health: Historical & Contemporary Issues 9. IHHS 405 Palliative Care 10. IHHS 406 Aging from an Interdisci plinary Perspective AFFILIATED FACULTIES ACADEMIC STAFF FROM AFFILIATED FACULTIES Susan Cadell, B.A. (Wat.), M.S.W., Ph.D. (W.Laur.); Barbara Casson, B.S.W. (BnCol.), M.S.W. (N.Y.); Marcia Choi, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Martha Donnelly, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont., C.C.E.P.E.R.C.P.); Charles James Frankish, M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Jacqueline Fraser, M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. (Belf.); Romayne Gallagher, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Judith Globerman, B.S.W. (Manit.), M.H.Sc. (McM.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); Diana Johansen, B.Sc. (Br.Col.); Eduardo Jovel, B.Sc. (Calif. State Polytechnic), M.Sc. (Br.Col), Ph.D. (Br.Col); Glenda MacDonald, B.S.P. (Sask.), Pharm.D. (Mass Coll. of Pharm/AHS); Michael MacEntee, L.D.S. (R.C.S.I.), Dipl.Prosth. (S.Carolina), Ph.D. (Dub.), F.R.C.P.(C); Steve Mathias, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.) -on leave 2005- 06; Heather McAlpine, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (N) (Edin.), Ph.D. (Murdoch), R.N.; Deborah O'Connor, B.S.W. (Windsor), M.S.W. (Tor.), D.S.W. (W.Laur.); John Oliffe, M.Ed. (Vic. Aust.), Ph.D.(c), (Deakin), R.N. -on leave 2005-06; Aleck Ostry, B.Sc, M.Sc. (BrCol.); Jeremy Penner, B.Sc, M.D. (McM.), C.C.F.P.; Jo Ann Perry, B.S. (Adelphi, N.Y.), M.S.N. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Wash.); Mary Petty, B.A., M.S.W. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Penn.); Pat Porterfield, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nursing Specialist, Palliative Care, V.H.H.S.C; Barbara Purves, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (BrCol.); John Russell, B.A. (Qu.), M.A. (Edin.), Ph.D. (Cantab.); Michael Seear, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.B., Ch.B. (Rhodesia), F.R.C.P.C. (T).; Joanie Sims-Gould, B.Sc/ B.A. (McM.), M.S.W. (Lakehead), Ph.D. Candidate (BrCol.); David Wensley, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), FRCPC, M.R.C.R (U.K.). COUNCIL OF THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH DISCIPLINES Principal, College of Health Dr. John H.V. Gilbert Disciplines (Chair) Land and Food Systems: Food, Dr. Tim Durance Nutrition and Health Faculty of Dentistry: Dental Hygiene Ms. Bonnie Craig, Director Faculty of Applied Science: School of Nursing Faculty of Arts: School of Social Work and Family Studies Clinical Psychology Dr. Sally Thorne, Director Prof. Graham Riches, Director Dr. D. Greg Miller Faculty of Education: School of Human Kinetics Dr. Bob Sparks, Director Faculty of Medicine Dr. Carl Whiteside Midwifery Program (Medicine) Prof. Elaine Carty, Director Medical Laboratory Sciences (Medicine) Dr. Carol Park School of Audiology and Speech Sciences (Medicine) Dr. David Stapells School of Rehabilitation Sciences, PT (Medicine) Ms. Lesley Bainbridge, Acting Director School of Rehabilitation Sciences, OT (Medicine) Ms. Sue Murphy, Head; Melinda Suto, Head Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences Dean Robert Sindelar/ Dr. David Fielding Interprofessional Education, Evaluation and Research Ms. Lesley Bainbridge (Rehabilitation Sciences) Practice Education Dr. Grant Charles (Social Work) Health Sciences Students' Association Mr. Shiu-Kay Hung; Ms. Tawny Hung, Co-Presidents 1 UBC Library Ms. Lea Starr Curriculum Studies Dr. Anne Kindler Student Senate Representative Mr. Jack Liu, Ms. Pamela Liu School of Education & Counselling Psychology & Special Education A Dr. Beth Haverkamp Dr. James McCormack, Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences; Dr. Navid Shahnaz, School of Audiology & Speech Sciences; Dr. Robert Sparks, School of Human Kinetics; Ms. Sophie Spiridonoff, Faculty of Dentistry; Mr. Tony Voon, Media Group, College of Health Disciplines. PRACTICE EDUCATION Dr. Elaine Carty, Faculty of Medicine, Midwifery; Dr. Grant Charles, (Chair) School of Social Work & Family Studies; Ms. Bonnie Craig, Faculty of Dentistry, Dental Hygiene; Dr. Judith Daniluk, Faculty of Education, ECPS; Ms. Donna Drynan, School of Rehabilitation Sciences (OT); Dr. Rosemin Kassam, Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences; Dr. Ryna Levy Milne, Land and Food Systems; Ms. Pat Lieblich, School of Rehabilitation Sciences (PT); Mrs. Maureen Lister, School of Nursing; Ms. Dyane Lynch, College of Health Disciplines; Ms. Elizabeth MacLeod, School of Audiology & Speech Sciences; Ms. Paula Tognazzini, School of Nursing; Dr. Karol Traviss, Land and Food Systems; Ms. Yolande Tsang, HSSA Student Representative. INTERPROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES Dr. Maria Arvay, Faculty of Education, ECPS; Dr. Susan Barr, Land and Food Systems; Ms. Cindy Bruce, School of Audiology & Speech Sciences; Dr. Carole Christensen, School of Social Work & Family Studies; Ms. Maureen Dunn, College of Health Disciplines; Dr. Ryna Levy Milne, Land and Food Systems; Dr. James McCormack, (Chair), Land and Food Systems; Dr. Dan Rurak, Faculty of Medicine; Dr. Ravi Shah, Faculty of Dentistry; Ms. Elsie Tan, School of Nursing. INTERPROFESSIONAL EDUCATION, RESEARCH AND EVALUATION Ms. Lesley Bainbridge, (Chair) School of Rehabilitation Sciences (PT); Mr. Mattias Berg, Global Outreach Student Association; Ms. Bonnie Craig, Faculty of Dentistry, Dental Hygiene; Dr. David Fielding, Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences; Dr. Peter Granger, Faculty of Medicine, Family Practice; Dr. Susan James, Faculty of Education, ECPS; Mr. Ajay Puri, Faculty of Science; Ms. Barbara Purves, School of Audiology & Speech Sciences; Ms. Leslie Soon, College of Health Disciplines; Dr. Karol Traviss, Land and Food Systems; Dr. Darren Warburton, School of Human Kinetics; Dr. Margaret Wright, School of Social Work & Family Studies. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Dr. Kendall Ho, Faculty of Medicine; Dr. Kathryn Hornby, (Chair) Woodward Biomedical Library; Ms. Cathryn Jackson, School of Nursing; Dr. Arminee Kazanjian, Faculty of Medicine; Dr. Maureen Kent, Land and Food Systems; Dr. Michelle Lambertson, Office of Technology Learning; Dr. Sean Lauer, School of Social Work and Family Studies; Ms. Belinda Lo, Health Sciences Students' Assn; Mr. Cyprien Lomas, Faculty of Science; Ms. Tracey Loverock, College of Health Disciplines; Ms. Christine Marton, School of Library, Archival and Information Studies; PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 11 THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH DISCIPLINES 291 292 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 12 The School of Human Kinetics A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION Director's Office Robert E. C. Sparks, Director Romeo Chua, Associate Director Undergraduate Affairs Ian M. Franks, Associate Director, Graduate Affairs and Research, War Memorial Gymnasium 6081 University Boulevard Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1 Telephone: 604-822-3838 Fax: 604-822-6842 Human Kinetics Website (www.hkin.educ.ubc.ca) The School of Human Kinetics offers undergraduate programs leading to the degree of Bachelor of Human Kinetics. Graduate programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Master of Human Kinetics are also available. For details of these programs see Human Kinetics, p. 256 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. Provision can be made for completion of degree studies on a part-time basis or on a combination of full and part-time study. BACHELOR OF HUMAN KINETICS i The Bachelor of Human Kinetics program prepares students for academic specializations and career opportunities in kinesiology and health science, physical and health education, and interdisciplinary studies related to Human Kinetics. PROGRAM CHANGES The Bachelor of Human Kinetics has recently been revised. The following special conditions apply to all B.H.K. students. 1) Students entering first year of the B.H.K. program in September, 2004 or later must follow the program requirements in the current edition of the Calendar. 2) Students who entered the B.H.K. program prior to September, 2004 must follow the program requirements in the 2003/2004 Calendar. For further information see the Human Kinetics website (www.hkin.educ.ubc.ca/schoolsite/under- grad.htm). Information is also available through the Undergraduate Advising Centre, War Memorial Gymnasium. 3) Transfer students who started their post-secondary studies in September, 2004 or later must meet the B.H.K. program requirements in the current edition of the Calendar. 4) Transfer students who started their post- secondary studies prior to September, 2004 must follow the B.H.K. program requirements in the 2003/2004 Calendar. A grace period of three years will be provided. All transfer students entering the B.H.K. after September, 2007 will need to meet the requirements of the current edition of the Calendar. For further information see the Human Kinetics website (www.hkin.educ.ubc.ca/schoolsite/under- grad.htm). Information is also available through the Undergraduate Advising Centre, War Memorial Gymnasium. ACADEMIC ADVISING Students are responsible for the completeness and accuracy of their registration as it relates to the regulations of the B.H.K. program. Academic advising is available by drop-in or email. Contact the Undergraduate Advising Centre in the War Memorial Gym, Room 202, 6081 University Boulevard, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; telephone 604-822-4512; email (hkin-advising@interchange.ubc.ca). ADMISSION Due to limited resources, the School has been authorized to restrict enrolment. Achievement of the minimum requirements for admission does not guarantee acceptance. Students applying to enter the School must make formal application to Enrolment Services no later than February 28 with a documentation deadline of June 30. TRANSFER STUDENTS Students who are accepted on transfer from other institutions must normally complete all remaining courses toward the Bachelor of Human Kinetics at UBC. A maximum of 60 transfer credits will normally be granted. The University will not grant a degree for studies that represent less than the equivalent of two regular Winter Sessions (60 credits). In general, transfer credit is limited to the initial two years of a degree program. Credit at a more senior level may be possible if prior written permission has been granted by the School's Undergraduate Advising Centre. A student wishing to take courses at another institution and transfer the credit toward a Bachelor of Human Kinetics degree must first obtain a Letter of Permission from the School's Undergraduate Advising Centre. It is the student's responsibility to forward an official transcript to Enrolment Services, Admissions. REGISTRATION AND PROGRAM APPROVAL Students are reminded of the University rule regarding program responsibility. Students are responsible for the completeness and accuracy of their registration as it is related to the regulations of the program of study in which they are enrolled. The following is a summary of the registration procedures for all Human Kinetics students. 1) Students should make all course changes through the online Student Service Centre (SSC) (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) whenever possible. Human Kinetics students must register into the appropriate waiting list section on the SSC for HKIN courses that are full. 2) See Change of Registration, p. 51 for regulations regarding adding and dropping courses. 3) Human Kinetics students are required to attend and confirm their registration in classes during the first week of each term. Students who do not attend the initial classes may be removed from the course. 4) Students are required to register in a minimum of nine Human Kinetics credits during each Winter Session. 5) In their third year, all students are required to choose a stream of study through the Student Service Centre (SSC). 6) Before registering in any course through Distance Education, Human Kinetics students must consult the School's Undergraduate Advising Centre. LIMITATION OF ENROLMENT Enrolment may be limited in certain Human Kinetics courses when the demand is greater than available resources. See Space in Courses, p. 47. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 12 THE SCHOOL OF HUMAN KINETICS 293 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Students in all years are normally subject to general academic regulations in addition to others identified by the School. GRADUATION STANDING The categories of degree are Class 1 (80- 100%), Class 2 (65-79%), and Pass (50-64%), calculated on the best 60 credits of 300/400- level work. WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the University must seek permission from the School's Undergraduate Advising Centre. PROBATION Probationary status will be assigned to a student: 1) who is readmitted to the School after having been required to withdraw, or 2) who passes the Winter Session, but fails in more than six credits of work or fails to achieve an overall average of 55%> on all courses attempted. The following regulations apply to students on probation: 1) Deficient program courses must be repeated during the year of probation; 2) Year status will be that of the majority of the credits being taken; 3) Program must be approved by an advisor after registration; 4) Students who do not pass the deficient courses within the probationary academic year will have their academic records reviewed and may be asked to withdraw from the School until the course deficiencies are completed. SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS Supplemental examinations are not granted for Human Kinetics courses. UNSATISFACTORY STANDING Fail standing in a session will be assigned if a student does not meet one of the following conditions: 1) passes in all credits attempted; or 2) if taking more than 12 credits, passes in at least three-fifths of them and obtains an overall average of at least 60% in three- fifths of the credits taken; or 3) if taking 12 or fewer credits, passes in at least one-half of them. At any level of study, a student who is assigned fail standing will be required to discontinue studies at the University for at least a year. A student who fails at the first- or second-year level will not normally be permitted to re-enrol to repeat that level of work, but if that level is completed successfully elsewhere, consideration will then be given to the student's readmission to the University. A student who fails for a second time, either in a repeating year or in a later year, will be required to withdraw from the University. After an absence of at least one full Winter Session (September through April), a student who has been required to withdraw may apply for readmission. Applications for readmission should be submitted to Enrolment Services. No student required to withdraw has an automatic right to readmission. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS To qualify for the Bachelor of Human Kinetics, students must: 1) satisfy all the BHK program requirements by completing studies whether at UBC or elsewhere; 2) satisfy at least 50% of the credits for the BHK program while registered in the program1; and 3) complete a minimum of 30 upper-level (300/400) credits in HKIN; 4) complete 48 upper-division UBC credits1; and 5) complete 120 credits 1 Courses taken while studying at another institution on a Senate-approved exchange program satisfy this requirement. and successfully complete the following credits: • ENGL 112 (3) • Human Kinetics Core: HKIN 103 (3), 151 (3), 161 (3), 190 (3), 191 (3), 230 (3), 231 (3), 261 (3), 275 (3), 284(3) • Stream courses (see notes 1 to 3 below) • Electives. In the third year of study, students must select one of three streams: Kinesiology and Health Science, Physical and Health Education, Interdisciplinary Studies. Students may change their stream of study after consulting with the School's Undergraduate Advising Centre. The following notes apply to the three streams of study: 1) All Bachelor of Human Kinetics students must take ENGL 112 and 30 credits of Human Kinetics core, and must satisfy the course requirements of the stream they select, as follows: (A) Stream Requirements-those courses that are required by the stream of study (B) Human Kinetics Electives-HKIN Y courses that the student may elect to take. See the School's Undergraduate Advising Centre for suggested specific electives. (C) Non-Human Kinetics Electives-courses taken outside of Human Kinetics that the student may elect to take. See the School's Undergraduate Advising Centre for suggested specific electives. 2) HKIN 355/455 (Field Experience ^prerequisite information for each HKIN 355/455 section may be obtained at the School's Undergraduate Advising Centre. 3) Initial and Continuing Education Program-requirements for the Faculty of Education initial and continuing education programs in Physical Education are listed in The Faculty of Education, p. 189. ENGLISH REQUIREMENT Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC (see Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120). All Bachelor of Human Kinetics students must take ENGL 112. PART-TIME STUDY As there are only a small number of courses offered in the evenings and during Summer Session, students will experience difficulty in completing a Bachelor of Human Kinetics on a part-time basis. Students interested in part-time study should discuss their proposed studies with the advisor. PREREQUISITES Human Kinetics courses at the 100-level are generally considered prerequisite to 200-level courses, and 200-level courses are generally prerequisite to 300- and 400-level courses. 300- and 400-level courses may be taken in any sequence unless otherwise specified. Many Human Kinetics courses have specific course prerequisites. Students who do not have proper prerequisites for a course may have their registration cancelled automatically. Course prerequisites apply to both part-time and full- time students. NON-HUMAN KINETICS ELECTIVES Many 300/400-level courses require 100/200- level prerequisites, therefore all non-HKIN electives should be selected carefully INTERPROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES The College of Health Disciplines, p. 289 is responsible for the administration of interprofessional courses (IHHS), which are recommended as non-HKIN electives to students in Human Kinetics. For more information see Courses (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/courses.cfm), IHHS, or visit the website (www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca). OVERLOADING A student must apply in writing to the School's Undergraduate Advising Centre for permission to register in more than 33 credits of work in a Winter Session or 12 credits of work in a Summer Session. KINESIOLOGY AND HEALTH SCIENCE For students who are interested in the broad areas of human movement sciences, health, and fitness, and who want future certification as Kinesiologists. The Kinesiology and Health Science stream incorporates courses that reflect national accreditation standards in Kinesiology established by the Canadian Council of University Physical Education and Kinesiology Administrators. 294 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 KINESIOLOGY AND HEALTH SCIENCE First Year ENGL 112 F HKIN 103 3 HKIN 151 3 HKIN 161 3 HKIN 190 3 HKIN 191 3 Electives12 12 Total Credits 30 Second Year HKIN 230 HKIN 231 HKIN 261 HKIN 275 HKIN 284 Electives12 Total Credits Third Year 3 3 3 3 3 15 30 HKIN 303 HKIN 330 HKIN 351 HKIN 371 HKIN 373 HKIN 375 Electives2'3'45 Total Credits Fourth Year 3 3 3 3 3 3 12 30 Electives2'3'4'5 Total Credits 30 30 In order to obtain third year standing in Kinesiology and Health Science, students must complete 12 credits of first year Science in their first two years in at least three of the following four areas: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics. 2 Students planning to apply to professional health science programs such as Physiotherapy (www.rehab.ubc.ca) and Medicine (www.admissions.med.ubc.ca) are strongly encouraged to determine the necessary undergraduate requirements that are available in other faculties such as Science and Arts. 3 Students in the Kinesiology and Health Science stream must, as a minimum, complete an additional 18 credits of Science in years 3 and 4, of which at least 1 2 credits must be at the 300/ 400 level. 4 All students must complete 30 credits of HKIN courses at the 300/400 level 5 All students must complete 48 credits at the 300/ 400-level. PHYSICAL AND HEALTH EDUCATION For students who are interested in teaching and instructing sports, physical activity and active health in public and private agencies. The Physical and Health Education stream incorporates courses that reflect national accreditation standards in Physical Education established by the Canadian Council of University Physical Education and Kinesiology Administrators. The stream meets admission requirements for the Teacher Education Program in the Faculty of Education (See note 1 below). PHYSICAL AND HEALTH EDUCATION First Year ENGL 112 F HKIN 103 3 HKIN 115 6 HKIN 151 3 HKIN 161 3 HKIN 190 3 HKIN 191 3 Electives1'2 6 Total Credits 30 Second Year First Year (Continued) HKIN 215 HKIN 230 HKIN 231 HKIN 261 HKIN 275 HKIN 284 Electives1'2 Total Credits Third Year 6 3 3 3 3 3 9 30 HKIN 355 HKIN 362 HKIN 369 HKIN 371 Electives1'2'34 Total Credits Fourth Year 3 3 3 3 18 30 HKIN 400 HKIN 415 One of HKIN 303, 464, 469 Electives1'2'3'4 Total Credits 3 3 21 30 Students planning to enter the Teacher Education Program in the Faculty of Education need to review the detailed admission requirements at www.educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed/bachelor.html. Students planning to apply for the secondary option must prepare a second teaching field. 2 Students in the Physical and Health Education stream must complete a minimum of 18 credits of non-HKIN electives, of which at least 1 2 credits must be at the 300/400 level 3 All students must complete 30 credits of HKIN at the 300/400 level. 4 All students must complete 48 credits at the 300/ 400-level. HUMAN KINETICS INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES For students who are interested in a general liberal arts and science foundation in Human Kinetics. HUMAN KINETICS INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES First Year ENGL 112 HKIN 103 HKIN 151 HKIN 161 HKIN 190 HKIN 191 Electives1'2 Total Credits Second Year 12 30 HKIN 230 HKIN 231 HKIN 261 HKIN 275 HKIN 284 Electives1'2 Total Credits Third Year 3 3 3 3 3 15 30 Electives1'2'3'4 Total Credits Fourth Year 30 30 Electives1'2'3'4 Total Credits 30 30 Students planning to apply to professiona programs are strongly encouraged to determine the necessary undergraduate requirements that are available in other faculties such as Science and Arts 2 Students in the Human Kinetics Interdisciplinary Studies stream must complete a minimum of 18 credits of non-HKIN electives, of which at least 12 credits must be at the 300/400 level 3 All students must complete 30 credits of HKIN at the 300/400 level. 4 All students must complete 48 credits at the 300/ 400-level. MINOR PROGRAMS Students who wish to focus their non-Human Kinetics electives may, with the approval in writing of the School of Human Kinetics Advisor, undertake an optional Minor program in conjunction with the Bachelor of Human Kinetics degree. All courses in the Minor must be taken outside of the School of Human Kinetics. There are four types of Minors available. MINOR IN ARTS An acceptable program must comprise courses in the Faculty of Arts that are for credit towards a Bachelor of Arts and consists of 18 upper-level credits in a single subject field or specialization. Students should design a coherent, academically sound course of studies for their program Minor, which must be approved in writing by the School of Human Kinetics Advisor at the beginning of third year. All courses must be acceptable for a Bachelor of Arts Major in the proposed subject area or field, but a student is not bound by the other requirements that the Faculty of Arts sets for a Major or Minor in the field. Note: Students who pursue a Minor in Arts should be aware of the prerequisites for many of the upper-level courses in Arts. Note: Students who wish to pursue further studies in the Faculty of Education should be aware that courses which are acceptable for an Arts Minor may not necessarily meet the requirements for a teaching concentration in PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 12 THE SCHOOL OF HUMAN KINETICS 295 the Faculty of Education. Students planning to enter the Teacher Education Program in the Faculty of Education need to review the detailed admission requirements at www.educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed/bachelor.html. Students planning to apply for the secondary option must prepare a second teaching field. Upon successful completion of the Minor program, the notation, "Minor in Arts" will be denoted on the student's transcript. MINOR IN COMMERCE Students wanting a foundation in business management are encouraged to consider the "Minor in Commerce." Enrolment in this program is limited to students eligible for third- year standing with a cumulative average of at least 68% in the previous two years. Enrolment in this program is strictly limited. Application forms may be obtained from the Advising Centre. Completed applications must be returned no later than May 15. Upon successful completion of this program, the notation Minor in Commerce will be placed on the student's transcript. The program will consist of ECON 101, 102; COMM 329, 457, 465; and one of COMM 473, 458 or 493. MINOR IN NUTRITIONAL SCIENCE Students wanting a foundation in nutrition are encouraged to consider the Minor in Nutritional Science. Students must be eligible for third-year standing with a cumulative average of at least 68% in the previous two years, and must have completed FNH 250. Enrolment in this program is strictly limited. Application forms may be obtained from the Advising Centre. Completed applications must be returned no later than May 15. Upon successful completion of this program, the notation Minor in Nutritional Science will be placed on the student's transcript. The program will consist of FNH 350, 351; and 12 credits from FNH 301 355, 370, 371, 402, 451, 470, 473, and 490. Note: Students who pursue a Minor in Nutritional Science should be aware of the prerequisites for many of the upper level courses in Food, Nutrition and Health. Students may encounter difficulty fitting the FNH courses into their program timetable; careful planning is essential. Note: Students who wish to pursue further studies in the Faculty of Education should be aware that courses which are acceptable for a Nutritional Science Minor may not necessarily meet the requirements for a teaching concentration in the Faculty of Education. Students planning to enter the Teacher Education Program in the Faculty of Education need to review the detailed admission requirements at www.educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed/bachelor.html. Students planning to apply for the secondary option must prepare a second teaching field. MINOR IN SCIENCE An acceptable program must comprise courses recognized in the Faculty of Science that are for credit towards a Bachelor of Science degree and consist of at least 18 credits numbered 300 or higher in a single subject field or specialization, together with all necessary prerequisites. Students should design a coherent and academically sound course of studies for their proposed minor, which must be approved by the Human Kinetics Advisor in writing at the beginning of third year. All courses must be acceptable for a Science Major in the proposed subject area or field. Note: Students who wish to pursue a Minor in Science should be aware of the prerequisites of many of the upper level courses in Science. Note: Students who wish to pursue studies in the Faculty of Education should be aware that courses which are acceptable for a Minor in Science may not necessarily meet the requirements for a teaching concentration in the Faculty of Education. Students planning to enter the Teacher Education Program in the Faculty of Education need to review the detailed admission requirements at www.educ.ubc.ca/ teacher_ed/bachelor.html. Students planning to apply for the secondary option must prepare a second teaching field. Upon successful completion of the Minor program, the notation, "Minor in [subject]" will be denoted on the student's transcript. Space in many Science courses is limited. Admission to a Science Minor does not guarantee access to courses agreed upon for the minor. ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS Peter R. E. Crocker, B.A., M.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Alta.); Ian Michael Franks, B.Ed. (McG.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.); J. Timothy Inghs, B.Sc. (Wat.), B.Sc.P.T. (W.Ont.), M.Sc. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Qu.); Donald C. McKenzie, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.P.E., M.D. (BnCol.), Ph.D. (Ohio); Edward C. Rhodes, B.Ed. (Alta.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Oregon); David J. Sanderson, B.Sc, M.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Penn.); Jack E. Taunton, B.Sc, M.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (BnCol.); Patricia A. Vertinsky, B.A. (Birm.), M.Sc. (U.C.L.A.), Ed.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Romeo C. Chua, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (McM.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Wendy Frisby, B.P.E. (Alta.), M.H.K. (Windsor), Ph.D. (Wat.); Richard E. Mosher, B.P.E. (Br.Col.), M.P.E. (Oregon), Ph.D. (Mich. State); Robert E. C. Sparks, B.A. (Wesl.), M.S. (Mass.), Ph.D. (Mass.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Shannon S. D. Bredin, B.Ed., B.P.E., M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Mark G. Carpenter, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wat.); Nicola J. Hodges, B.Sc. (Herts.), M.Sc. (McM.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Laura Hurd Clarke, B.A. (Qu.), M.S.W. (Laurier), Ph.D. (McM.); Karim Khan, M.B.B.S. (Melb.), B.Med.Sc, Ph.D. (Melb.); Tania Lam, B.Sc.P.T. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Alta.); James L. Rupert, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.Sc. (Ton), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A.William Sheel, B.P.E. (New Br.), M.Sc , Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Darren E. R. Warburton, B.A. (York), M.Sc (York), PhD (Alta.); Brian Wilson, B.P.E. (McM.), M.A. (BnCol.), Ph.D. (McM.). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Barry Legh, B.Ed. (Br.Col.), M.P.E. (Wash.); Gail E. Wilson, B.P.H.E. (Ton), M.P.E. (BnCol.). 296 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 13 The School of Journalism A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF ARTS WITH DEGREE PROGRAMS OFFERED THROUGH THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES Director's Office Donna Logan, Director 6388 Crescent Road Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Telephone: 604-822-6688 Fax: 604-822-6707 Journalism Website (www.journalism.ubc.ca) The mission of The School of Journalism is to achieve the highest professional standards in journalism through instruction in journalistic practice and the scholarly understanding of journalism, critical thinking and teaching of ethical responsibility. The School of Journalism is part of the Faculty of Arts, but is governed by the admissions and curriculum requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. It offers a two- year Master of Journalism (M.J.), p. 257. The School opened in 1998 and is housed in a new building with seminar and work rooms, and faculty and administration offices arranged around a state-of-the-art newsroom. Its construction was made possible by an endowment from the Sing Tao Foundation. MASTER OF JOURNALISM By combining advanced journalism practice and theory with academic studies at the graduate level, the program will not only enhance advanced journalism, but also improve the information base and scholarly preparation of students for journalistic writing in their specialty subject areas. The program will serve the profession of journalism and bring developments in many areas of academic investigation to a wider reading public. Workshops, seminars, tutorials, conferences and publications will deal with reportage as well as major issues, theories and developments in the field of journalism. Emphasis will be placed on the writing of journalism; on the historic evolution of journalism as a profession; ethics and journalism; journalism and the legal system; and the role and character of journalism in a changing society. ADMISSION Candidates for admission to the Master of Journalism program must possess a four-year honours baccalaureate degree in a discipline or interdisciplinary area regarded as appropriate by the Admissions Committee for the program. Only applicants with superior performance at the baccalaureate level and appropriate journalism knowledge and experience will be admitted. Applicants will be required to indicate their intended academic specialty at the time they apply. Because the number of applicants greatly exceeds the number of places available, a record that satisfies basic entrance requirements does not guarantee admission to the program. Registration in graduate seminars in the academic specialty will be subject to the approval of the Director. Applicants with journalism experience will submit an extensive sample of their professional work; those without such experience will be selected on the basis of a manuscript of original writing that meets the standards of the peer group selected for entry into the program. The admissions panel will assess the applicant's potential for satisfactory performance in the program and for potential creative and constructive contribution to the profession. All applicants must meet the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. International applicants will require a score of 600 or more on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The deadline for submission is January 15 for entry in September of the following academic year. For students wishing to apply for graduate awards and fellowships, the deadline is December 1 of the previous year. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Students will be required to spend two Winter sessions (i.e. eight months from September to April) on campus as full-time students. In exceptional circumstances, the School and the program will accommodate the needs of working journalists and others who may find it difficult to take more than eight or 12 months away from regular employment. For more information, please contact: School of Journalism The University of British Columbia Sing Tao Bldg., 6388 Crescent Road Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Tel: 604-822-6688 Fax: 604-822-6707 Email: journal@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.journalism.ubc.ca Webzine: The Thunderbird (www.journalism.ubc.ca/thunderbird.html) DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The program is designed for persons with extensive journalistic experience and for those who do not have such experience but who demonstrate superior writing and research ability on a par with the peer group. Because students' backgrounds vary, the number of credits required for the Master of Journalism degree will be determined in consultation with the Director. The number of credits will never be less than 36, and must include a Thesis Project (JRNL 549A) and courses from each of the five core areas: • Newsroom Practice (JRNL 503C, 505C, JRNL 510) • Media Studies (JRNL 523, JRNL 525, JRNL 533D, JRNL 535) • Directed Studies (JRNL 539D, JRNL 539F, JRNL 539G, JRNL 5391 and JRNL 539J) • Research and Writing (JRNL 503F, JRNL 505A) • Academic Studies outside Journalism. At least 12 graduate credits must be in Academic Studies outside Journalism. At least 24 credits must be in the other four core areas and the thesis project. Master of Journalism coursework and an approved number of credits for a M.J. degree must be determined in consultation with the Director. ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSOR Donna Logan. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Stephen J. Ward. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Mary Lynn Young. SESSIONAL INSTRUCTOR Claude Adams, Broadcasting Journalism. ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Peter C. Newman. LECTURERS Can West Global Visiting Professor; Other Lecturers, TBA. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 13 THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 297 298 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 14 The Faculty of Land and Food Systems FORMERLY THE FACULTY OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Dean's Office M. Quayle, Dean D. M. Shackleton, Associate Dean, Academic M. K. Upadhaya, Associate Dean, Graduate Studies H. J. J. van Vuuren, Associate Dean, Research 248-2357 Main Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4 Telephone: 604-822-1219 Fax: 604-822-6394 Land and Food Systems Website (www.agsci.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Land and Food Systems offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Science in Agroecology, the Bachelor of Science in Food, Nutrition and Health, the Bachelor of Science in Global Resource Systems, the Master of Science, the Master of Landscape Architecture, the Master of Advanced Studies in Landscape Architecture, and the Doctor of Philosophy. The Bachelor of Environmental Design degree is offered jointly by the Faculty of Land and Food Systems through its Landscape Architecture Program and by the Faculty of Applied Science through its School of Architecture. The Faculty also offers the post-degree, two-year Diploma in Management of Aquaculture Systems. The Faculty of Land and Food Systems emphasizes an education in an active, student-centred learning environment across the continuum of issues and problems around land, food and community. The programs and their specializations prepare students for careers in supporting a healthy planet through ecosystem, community and human health. The programs range from those emphasizing the basic and agricultural sciences to those responding to issues in the social sciences, as well as design, planning and management. ADMISSION Application for admission to the Faculty of Land and Food Systems must be made through Enrolment Services. Procedures, policies and admission requirements for the University of British Columbia and the Faculty of Land and Food Systems are specified in the chapter Admissions, p. 17 in this Calendar. Approved examinable Grade 11 and 12 courses are also listed there. Students may find it to their advantage to present credit for as many of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, and Physics 12 as possible. Students admitted to the Faculty of Land and Food Systems by transfer from other post-secondary institutions must have met the English requirement, p. 300 of the Faculty or be eligible to enrol in first-year English at the time of admission. ADVISING OFFICE The Land and Food Systems Academic Advising Office (Student Services) is located in Room 270, MacMillan Building, 2357 Main Mall. Office hours are 8:30 am to 4:00 pm, Monday to Friday. The office can be reached by telephone at 604-822-2620 or by email at agsci@interchange.ubc.ca. REGISTRATION AND PROGRAM APPROVAL FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS First-year students are not required to select a program concentration or major until the end of second year; students must be careful, however, to select courses appropriate for the degree program in which they have been accepted. Students planning to apply to second- year admission degree programs are still ^required to follow the course requirement for the program to which they were originally admitted. Students not meeting the minimum academic standing required for compulsory courses in a given program may be required to withdraw from that program. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ATTENDANCE, EXAMINATION AND ADVANCEMENT The following regulations apply: 1) Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes. Students who neglect their academic work and assignments may be excluded from the final examination. Students who are unavoidably absent because of illness or disability should report to their instructors on return to lecture or laboratory class. 2) Students who are absent from December or April examinations because of illness must submit a certificate obtained from a physician to the Student Health Service as soon as possible. If injury or illness did not cause the absence, an explanation of the circumstances should be written to the Associate Dean Academic. Applications for special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction must be submitted in writing to the Associate Dean Academic as soon as possible after the close of the examination period. 3) Formal written examinations are required at the end of all courses terminating in December or April and also in December for courses continuing all year. The formal written examination may be replaced by alternative examination procedures only upon approval of the program advisor and with permission of the Associate Dean Academic. Passing of the final examination may not be sufficient to pass a particular course but in some courses it may be a requirement. Students may be denied a passing grade for unsatisfactory work during the session or if their essays, reports or examinations are notably deficient in English. Also, in any course which involves both laboratory work and written examinations, students must complete and pass both parts to pass the course. Any student whose academic record, as determined by tests and examinations of Term 1, is unsatisfactory may be required to withdraw from the Faculty at any time. See Grading Practices, p. 49. 4) Students will be classified or promoted according to the following criteria: - to second-year level: successful completion of 24 or more credits of prescribed courses of first year. - to third-year level: successful completion of 54 or more credits, and all the required courses of first year. Students who do not meet this requirement will not normally be permitted to enrol in third-year or higher level courses in the Faculty. - to fourth-year level: successful completion of a total of 89 or more credits, including completion of all required second-year courses. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 14 THE FACULTY OF LAND AND FOOD SYSTEMS 299 5) A student who fails a year will be required to withdraw from the University for a period of at least one academic year after which time an appeal for permission to re-enrol will be considered. Before applying for permission to re-enrol, a first or second-year student who fails a year is required to register in a full program (30 credits) at a community college. This program should include those courses failed at UBC, and must be completed with a least a 'C (60%) average, with no failed courses and the courses must be applicable to our programs. A student who fails a year but passes in some courses will receive credit for the courses passed upon reinstatement in the Faculty. Fail standing will be assigned in a session when a student: - has taken a study program of 15 credits or more and passed in less than 60% of it; or - has taken 15 credits or more and has a sessional average of less than 55%>; or - has taken a study program of less than 15 credits and passed in less than 50% of it; or - has taken less than 15 credits and has a sessional average of less than 50%. 6) Only one probationary year is allowed in a student's program. Probationary status will be assigned to a student: - who is readmitted to the Faculty after having been required to withdraw; or - who passes the Winter Session, but fails in more than 6 credits of work or fails to achieve an overall average of 60% on all courses attempted. 7) In the Winter Session, the total of all courses taken may not exceed 38 credits except with approval of the Associate Dean Academic. 8) Students are not permitted to take courses for academic credit at other post-secondary institutions concurrently with their program in the Faculty. 9) A student who decides to withdraw from the University should refer to the chapter I Academic Regulations, p. 47 in this Calendar. See Withdrawal, p. 51. ENGLISH REQUIREMENT To qualify for the Bachelor of Science Agroecology or the Bachelor of Science in Food, Nutrition and Health, students must complete at least 3 credits of first-year English. Although English 112 is highly recommended, qualified students are encouraged to consider English 120 and/or 121. Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. See Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120. Students who have not achieved an LPI score of 5 or 6 by the time they have completed 30 credits will normally be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Land and Food Systems. Students who have not completed at least 3 credits of first-year English by the time they have completed 54 credits will normally be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Land and Food Systems. Student performance on written work in all courses in the Faculty of Land and Food Systems may be evaluated in part on grammar and syntax. DEAN'S HONOUR LIST Students with a standing of 'A-' or better in the previous Winter Session will receive the notation "Dean's Honour List" on their records. A program of at least 30 approved credits must have been completed during the session to receive this designation. HONOURS STANDING On graduation, honours standing will be granted to those students who have averaged 'A-' or higher in the best 62 credits of courses, which are selected by the program concentration, and which meet the requirements of third and fourth years. PART-TIME STUDENTS Students wishing to take less than a full course load should consult the appropriate program advisor or the Office of the Associate Dean Academic before registering. Some evening classes are available. . BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGROECOLOGY Agroecology is the science of applying ecological concepts and principles to the design and management of sustainable agroecosystems. This discipline brings together the elements of agricultural sciences, ecology and environmental thought and is influenced by the experiences of people who manage land and water to produce food and other products. The Agroecology program is committed to provide an agricultural education that integrates disciplinary knowledge within a framework of ecological principles. It provides students with the flexibility to tailor their learning experiences to prepare for a wide range of careers with varying specializations, including animal studies, pre-veterinary medicine, horticulture, soils and environment, resource economics and sustainable agriculture. ADVISING OFFICE See Advising Office, p. 299 under the Faculty of Land and Food Systems, Admission. ADMISSION Students should refer to the chapter Admissions, p. 17 in this Calendar. Students may gain admission directly from secondary school or transfer from a recognized university or college with a minimum of 24 credits, or as mature students. For admission to the Bachelor of Science in Agroecology program, students from Grade 12 British Columbia schools must meet the general University admission requirements and must have completed English 11 and 12; Social Studies 11; an approved language 11; Mathematics 11 and 12; at least two of Biology 11, Chemistry 11 and Physics 11; one of Chemistry 12, Physics 12, Biology 12, Geology 12; a course chosen from among the approved examinable Grade 12 courses. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 121 credits is required for the B.Sc. Agroecology Program. All students are required to take the following common core of 64 credits of course work. The remaining credits depend on the program specialization chosen by the student. In their third and fourth years, students must complete at least 12 credits of Agroecology (AGRO) courses numbered 300 or above, in addition to AGRO core courses. B.SC. AGROECOLOGY First Year AGSC 100 ENGL112 BIOL 112/121 BIOL 140 CHEM 121/123 (111/113)1 MATH 102/103 or equivalent2 Physics first year34 Elective4 Total credits Second Year 1 3 6 1 8 6 3 3 31 AGSC 250 AGRO 260 ECON 101 or 1025 Concentration requirements and electives3'56 Total credits Third Year 6 6 3 15 30 AGSC 350 AGRO 360 AGRO 361 Concentration requirements and electives36 Total credits Fourth Year 6 3 3 18 30 AGSC 450 3 AGRO 460 3 AGRO 461 3 Concentration requirements 21 and electives36 Total credits 30 Overall four-year total 121 1 CHEM 111 is not for students with Chemistry 12 2 Students who have not completed Calculus 1 2 should take MATH 180 or 184 plus either MATH 103 or 105, to fulfill their first-year Math requirement. 3 Pre-veterinary students are required to take PHYS 101 and 102 or PHYS 121 and 122, and MICB 202 n third and fourth year, pre-veterinary students follow an Animal Studies program 4 Students in Resource Economics concentration take ECON 101 and ECON 102 300 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Students in Resource Economics concentration take ECON 301 and ECON 302. 5 Students in Agroecology may take the general program or pursue areas of special interest in one of four concentrations. The selection of all electives must be made in consultation with a Program Advisor. ANIMAL STUDIES In second year, students are required to take BIOL 200 and 201, CHEM 205, 233, and 235. In third and fourth year, students are required to take AGRO 311, 312, FNH 350, 452, 453. HORTICULTURE In second year students are required to take BIOL 200 and 201, CHEM 205, 233, and 235. In third and fourth year, AGRO 322, 420, 421, and 423 are required, and one of AGRO 326, 327, 328. RESOURCE ECONOMICS In second year, students are required to take ECON 301 and 302, and one of FRE 302, 306, or 340. In third and fourth year, students are required to take ECON 371 and 472, FRE 302, and 374 and one of 306 or 340. SOILS AND ENVIRONMENT In second year, students are required to take EOSC 120 or 121, CHEM 205, PHYS 102, or 122. In third and fourth year, students are required to take AGRO 401, 402, and 403. PRE-VETERINARY PROGRAM The Western College of Veterinary Medicine (W.C.V.M.) was established at the University of Saskatchewan to serve the four western provinces. A pre-veterinary program is required in preparation for admission to the four-year veterinary program at the W.C.V.M., and may be completed at UBC in the Faculty of Land and Food Systems. The course requirements for admission to I W.C.V.M. are 6 credits each of English, Biology, Biochemistry, Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics; 3 credits each of Genetics, Organic Chemistry and Introductory Microbiology; and additional electives to complete 60 credits. Applicants without significant animal and veterinary experience are rarely successful in being admitted to W.C.V.M. For information and program approval, contact the Academic Advising Office. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FOOD, NUTRITION AND HEALTH Food security and its impact on health is the focus of the academic theme in Food, Nutrition and Health. New knowledge and advances in science and technology are integrated with socio-economic, cultural, ethical and legal considerations in the provision of a safe, nutritious and sustainable food supply. Our programs are designed to provide students with a broad education in food science and nutrition, as well as an academic background to pursue careers as professional dieticians, nutritionists, food scientists and food market analysts. Research and teaching span the continuum from the production and processing of food to its marketing, consumption, and impact on public health and community. ADVISING OFFICE See Academic Advising Office, p. 299 under Faculty of Land and Food Systems, Admission. ADMISSION Students should refer to the chapter Admissions, p. 17 in this Calendar. Students may gain admission directly from secondary school or transfer from a recognized university or college with a minimum of 24 credits, or as mature students. For admission to the Bachelor of Science in Food, Nutrition and Health, students from Grade 12 British Columbia schools must meet the general University admission requirements and must have completed English 11 and 12; Social Studies 11; an approved language 11; Principles of Mathematics 11 and 12; at least two of Biology 11, Chemistry 11 and Physics 11; one of Chemistry 12, Physics 12, Biology 12, Geology 12; a course chosen from among the approved examinable Grade 12 courses. Admission to the majors in Dietetics, p. 301, Food Market Analysis, p. 302, and the Food and Nutritional Sciences Double Major, p. 303 is restricted. See those sections for details. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS See Academic Regulations, p. 299 as listed under Faculty of Land and Food Systems. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS AND MINORS Candidates for the B.Sc. (FNH) degree must complete the requirements as spelled out for each major. MINOR IN HUMAN KINETICS Students who wish to focus their non-FNH electives can undertake an optional Minor program in conjunction with the Bachelor of •Science (Food, Nutrition and Health) degree. Enrolment in the Human Kinetics Minor program is limited to students eligible for third-year standing and who will be enrolling in PHYL 301 (6) in third year. Due to space limitations in the Human Kinetics program, admission to the minor is competitive and will be based on a cumulative grade point average of 54 credits of required first- and second-year courses for the Bachelor of Science (Food, Nutrition and Health) degree. The minimum cumulative average is 68%, however, meeting the stated minimum average does not guarantee admission into this minor. Detailed admissions requirements and application procedures are provided at www.agsci.ubc.ca/fnh. Completed applications must be returned no later than May 15. The Human Kinetics Minor program will consist of 18 credits selected from the following: HKIN 303, 353, 361, 363, 364, 370, 461, 463, 464, 469, 471. Note that PHYL 301 will be accepted as an equivalent pre/coreq- uisite of HKIN 290/291. Notes: 1) Students who wish to pursue a Minor in Human Kinetics should be aware of the 300-level prerequisites for 400-level Human Kinetics courses. However, 100- and 200-level prerequisites for HKIN courses may be waived for students taking the Minor. Space in many Human Kinetics courses is limited. Admission to a Human Kinetics Minor does not guarantee access to courses agreed upon for the minor. Upon successful completion of this Minor program, the notation "Minor in Human Kinetics" will be placed on the student's transcript. 2) Students who wish to pursue studies in the Faculty of Education should be aware that courses which are acceptable for a Human Kinetics Minor might not necessarily meet the requirements for a teaching concentration in the Faculty of Education. Students planning to enter the Teacher Education Program in the Faculty of Education need to review the detailed admission requirements at www.educ.ubc.ca/teacher_ed/ bachelonhtml. Students planning to apply for the secondary option must prepare a second teaching field. INTERPROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES Under the auspices of the Council, the College of Health Disciplines is responsible for the administration of interprofessional courses (IHHS), which are recommended as electives to students in Food, Nutrition and Health. For more information see Courses (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/courses.cfm), IHHS, or visit the College of Health Disciplines website (www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca). DIETETICS MAJOR The Dietetics Major specializes in the biological sciences. The Dietetics program differs from the Nutritional Sciences program in that it involves greater attention to patient care, administration, and the role of diet in the prevention, etiology and treatment of disease. The Dietetics Major is designed to provide academic background and professional practice (dietetic internship) preparation for students interested in pursuing careers as professional dietitians or nutritionists. Program graduates will be eligible to write the registration examination to qualify for membership in the College of Dietitians of BC and/or Dietitians of Canada. ADMISSION Admission to the Dietetics major will normally be to third year and will be based on three components: 1) Academic Performance (60% of Admission Score) Admission to the Dietetics major is limited to students who will have completed a minimum of 54 credits of university or college coursework by April 30 of the year in which they are applying for admission. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 14 THE FACULTY OF LAND AND FOOD SYSTEMS 301 This must include the following prerequisites: English (3 credits); BIOL 112, 121, 140, 200 and 201; CHEM 111/113 or 121/123, and 205/233 or 203/204; AGSC 2501; FNH 2001 and 250; Social Science1 (6 credits; e.g., PSYC 100, SOCI 100) or equivalent. All of these prerequisites can be met by following years one and two of the Nutritional Sciences major or Food Sciences major in Food, Nutrition and Health. Note that up to 9 credits of AGSC 250, FNH 200 and Social Science (6) can be deferred until a student has been accepted into the Dietetics major, as long as 54 credits of university or college course work including all other prerequisite courses have been completed. Admission is based on a minimum academic standing of 70% calculated on the basis of 12 credits of second-year Biology and Chemistry and the best 24 credits of the remaining prerequisite courses. Test of Critical Thinking, Reading and Writing (20% of Admission Score) Candidates write a formal academic essay, of at least 300 words, in response to a proposition drawn from a short reading. The topic of the essay is not directly related to dietetics. Applicants are required to attain a minimum level of achievement on the test to gain consideration in the final selections (regardless of the performance in other criteria). This test can be written at UBC or at another institution if the applicant can arrange for it to be proctored. An administrative fee will be assessed; contact the Faculty of Land and Food Systems for details. Essays will be assessed on four main criteria: - the precision and relevance of the response to the topic, - the clarity and depth of thought about the topic expressed in the response, - the coherence and development of the argument, and - the command of expression, grammar, and punctuation demonstrated in the response. Each essay is assessed anonymously and independently by two reviewers. The review process is completed over a short time, therefore it is not possible to re-evaluate essays. This is not the type of test that applicants can study for. However, activities or courses that promote development of reading, writing, and critical thinking skills may assist applicants to perform well on this test. Personal Profile (20% of Admission Score) At the rime of writing the test of critical thinking, reading and writing, candidates will also complete a Personal Profile. This has two components: - a brief (maximum two pages) chronological resume, which candidates can prepare in advance and bring along to the testing session; and - a short set of questions that will allow candidates to explain why they have chosen to pursue a career in dietetics, their understanding of the role of the dietitian, and why they think their background and skills are appropriate for the profession. The specific questions may vary from year to year. Candidates who have researched the profession and/ or have volunteer or work experience in nutrition/dietetics will be better able to answer the questions. APPLICATION FEE The application form must be accompanied by an application processing fee. The fee for all applicants is CAD $50.00. INTEGRATED INTERNSHIP ADMINISTRATION FEE An administration fee of CAD $1,500.00 per year will be applied to students in the Dietetics major. DIETETICS MAJOR Note: the following program will be implemented incrementally beginning September 2004. Students in the Dietetics major prior to this will follow the program to which they were admitted. Third Year AGSC350 BIOC 302 FNH 340 FNH 341 FNH 350 FNH 370^ FNH 371 FNH 380 PHYL301 Total credits Fourth Year 6 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 6 30 AGSC 450 COMM 329 FNH 351 FNH 440 FNH 470 FNH 473 FNH 475 FNH 4801 Unrestricted electives Total credits Fifth Year 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 9 9 40 FNH 4812 FNH 4823 Total credits Overall five-year total credits 30 9 39 263 FNH 480 (Professional Dietetic Practice 2) The current plan is to offer this course in May-June each year, with 16 hours/week in the classroom. Planning for this course is still in progress and this schedule may change. FNH 481 involves 30 weeks of full-time fieldwork placement (September through April). 3 FNH 482 (Professional Dietetic Practice 4) involves eight full-time weeks of senior fieldwork placement between May-August. FOOD MARKET ANALYSIS MAJOR Students enrolled in the Food Market Analysis Major will focus on the core of the Food Science Major and on a core of Economics, Commerce and Food Resource Economics courses. This will prepare graduates for employment in the food industry with special interest in market analysis aspects. Students wishing to concentrate on certain areas or who are interested in pursuing graduate studies should consult the program advisor. FOOD MARKET ANALYSIS MAJOR First Year AGSC 100 1 ENGL112 3 BIOL 112/121 6 BIOL 140 1 CHEM 121/123 (111/113)1 8 MATH 102/103 or equivalent2 6 ECON 101/102 6 Total credits 31 Second Year AGSC 250 6 BIOL 200 3 HEM 233 3 FNH 200 3 FNH 250 3 FRE 295 or ECON 201 3 FRE 306 3 Unrestricted elective3 6 Total credits 30 Third Year AGSC 350 6 FNH electives4 6 One of FRE 374 or ECON 371 3 One of FRE 302, FRE 340, FRE 385 or 3 ECON3255 Economics or Commerce electives6 6 Unrestricted electives 6 Total credits 30 Fourth Year AGSC 450 3 FNH 403 3 FNH electives4 6 One of FRE 420 or FRE 475 3 Concentration electives78 9 Economics or Commerce elective8 3 Unrestricted elective 3 Total credits 30 Overall four-year total credits 121 1 CHEM 111 is not for students with Chemistry 12. 2 Students who have not completed Calculus 1 2 should take MATH 180 or 184 plus either MATH 103 or 105, to fulfill their first year Math requirement. 3 Students should review prerequisites for third year FNH courses listed in footnote 2 (e.g., PHYS 101 or 102 for FNH 300). One of MATH 200, 217, 302 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 or 226 is recommended for students contemplat- ng graduate studies or with a special interest in quantitative/empirical analysis 4 Selectfrom: FNH 300, FNH 301, FNH 302, FNH 309, FNH 313, FNH 330, FNH 340, FNH 342, FNH 355, FNH 401, FNH 402. 5 Students contemplating graduate studies or with a special interest in quantitative/empirical analysis must select ECON 325. 5 Students contemplating graduate studies or with a special interest in quantitative/empirical analysis must select ECON 326. 7 Select from: FRE 302, FRE 340, FRE 374, FRE 385, FRE 420, FRE 475. 3 Students contemplating graduate studies or with a special interest in quantitative/empirical analysis must take FRE 385 and FRE 475. Also recommended are a second year calculus course (e.g., MATH 200, 217, or 226) and ECON 420. FOOD AND NUTRITIONAL SCIENCES DOUBLE MAJOR Students in the Food and Nutritional Sciences double major will focus on the core sections of Food Science and Nutritional Sciences. The double major is based on the chemical, physical and biological sciences and will prepare graduates for employment in the various facets of the food and nutrition sectors. Students wishing to specialize in or concentrate on certain areas should consult the program advisor. ADMISSION The first two years of the Food and Nutritional Sciences double major are comprised of the standard cores of the FNH program. Students may apply to the Food and Nutritional Sciences double major after completing at least 21 credits of the listed first-year courses (or their equivalent), including courses in each of Biology, Chemistry, Physics, English and Math. Admission to the double major is limited to students who have achieved an academic standing of at least 70% calculated on the best 21 credits of required courses taken in the ■ previous year. FOOD AND NUTRITIONAL SCIENCES DOUBLE MAJOR First Year Third Year AGSC 100 ENGL 112 BIOL 112/121 BIOL 140 CHEM 121/123 (111,113)1 MATH 102/103 or equivalent2 ECON 101/102 Total credits Second Year 1 3 6 1 8 6 6 31 AGSC 250 FNH 200 FNH 250 CHEM 205/233 CHEM 235 BIOL 200/2011 MICB 202 PHYS 101 or 121 Total credits 6 3 3 6 1 6 3 3 31 AGSC 350 BIOC3023 FNH 300 FNH 301 FNH 302 FNH 309 FNH 313 MICB 353 FNH 325 FNH 326 Total credits Fourth Year 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 31 AGSC 450 FNH 350 FNH 351 FNH 401 FNH 425 PHYL 301 or equivalent Unrestricted electives Total credits Fifth Year 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 30 FNH 403 FNH 451 FNH 450 Nutrition electives4 Total credits . Overall five-year total credits 3 3 3 6 15 138 ' CHEM 111 is not for students with Chemistry 12 2 Students who have not completed Calculus 12 should take MATH 103 or 105, to fulfill their first- year Math requirement. 3 Students may take BIOC 300 in lieu of BIOL 201/ BIOC 302. 4 Select at least 6 credits from the following list of courses: FNH 370, 371, 452, 453, 454, 475, 490, 497, 498, 499. FOOD SCIENCE MAJOR Food Science is a discipline encompassing food chemistry, food microbiology, physical, sensory and nutritional properties of food and food process science with respect to the manufacture, preservation, quality assurance and development of food products. Students wishing to specialize in or concentrate on certain areas should consult the program advisor. ADMISSION Entry into the Food Science major is at the beginning of either second or third year. Admission GPA is calculated on the grades from the best 21 credits of required courses in the most recently completed year of full-time study (either first or second year). A minimum competitive average of 70% is required for entry into the Food Science major due to space restrictions. Students who fail to meet the entrance requirements after first year can apply again after second year. Students interested in Food Science who fail to meet the entrance requirements after second year would be eligible to complete the FNH general major, or select another program if appropriate. A student may be permitted to enter the Food Science major after completing third year, if they have taken a full course load in their current program and obtained an average of 75% or higher for required courses, and providing room is available in the major. Students who are admitted to the Food Science Major will be required to maintain at least a 70% average in required courses in each year, to remain in the program. FOOD SCIENCE MAJOR First Year AGSC 100 ~ ENGL112 3 BIOL 112/121 6 BIOL 140 1 CHEM 121/123 (111/113)1 8 MATH 102/103 or equivalent2 6 ECON 101 3 PHYS 101 or equivalent 3 Total credits 31 Second Year AGSC 250 FNH 200 FNH 250 CHEM 205/233 CHEM 235 BIOL200/2013 ECON 102 STATS 200 or FRST 231 Total credits Third Year AGSC 350 BIOC3023 FNH 300 FNH 301 FNH 302 FNH 309 MICB 202 MICB 353 FNH 325 FNH 326 Total credits Fourth Year AGSC 450 FNH 313 FNH 401 FNH 403 FNH 425 or FNH 497 or FNH 499 Restricted electives4 Unrestricted electives Total credits Overall four-year total credits 6 3 3 6 1 6 3 3 31 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 31 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 30 123 CHEM 111 is not for students with Chemistry 12. Students who have not completed Calculus 12 should take MATH 180or 184 pluseither MATH 103 or 105, to fulfill their first-year Math requirement PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 14 THE FACULTY OF LAND AND FOOD SYSTEMS 303 6 Students may take BIOC 300 in lieu of BIOL 201/ BIOC 302. 4 To be selected in consultation with a program advisor. May include courses in FNH, AGRO, AGSC, FRE, COMM, ECON, BIOC, PHARM, immunology, physiology, molecular biology, genetics, etc. (for a list of suggested courses see www.agsci.ubc.ca/ fnh/index.htm ). FOOD, NUTRITION AND HEALTH MAJOR The FNH general degree offers flexibility such that students can tailor the program to reflect their own interests in food, nutrition and health without the depth in a specialization afforded by the other majors. With suitable course selections, students may be prepared to enter the Home Economics Teacher Education Program at UBC once they have completed this major, a program that prepares graduates for employment opportunities in secondary schools as Home Economics teachers. First Year AGSC 100 ENGL 112 BIOL 112/121 BIOL 140 CHEM 121/123 (111/113)1 MATH 102/103 or equivalent2 Non-science electives3 Total credits Second Year 1 3 6 1 8 6 6 31 AGSC 250 FNH 200 FNH 250 CHEM 233 CHEM 235 BIOL 200 FRST 231 or STAT 200 Restricted electives4 Total dredits Third Year 6 3 3 3 1 3 3 9 31 AGSC 350 FNH/FRE/FMST courses Restricted electives4 Unrestricted electives Total credits Fourth Year 6 12 9 3 30 AGSC 450 FNH/FRE/FMST courses Restricted electives4 Unrestricted electives Total credits Overall four-year total credits 12 30 222 CHEM 111 is not for students with Chemistry 12 Students who have not completed Calculus 12 should take MATH 180 or 184 plus either MATH 103 or 105, to fulfill their first year Math requirement. Students wishing to take FRE courses should select ECON 101 and 102 as their non-science electives. Students considering a transfer to another FNH program should take the required non-science electives for that program. To be selected in consultation with a program advisor. May include courses in AGRO, AGSC, BIOC, COMM, ECON, FMST, FNH, FRE, PHARM, mmunology, physiology, molecular biology, genetics, etc. (for a list of suggested courses see www.agsci.ubc.ca/fnh). NUTRITIONAL SCIENCES MAJOR The Nutritional Sciences major provides a basic education in life sciences. The program in nutritional sciences is specifically intended for those students interested in basic human and animal nutritional sciences, who desire preparation for graduate study and research in nutrition, and for students who plan to proceed to an area of agricultural sciences or health sciences in which a background in nutrition would be of value. Graduates of the Nutritional Sciences major will most often pursue advanced degrees leading to positions in university teaching, research, nutrition services or international food and nutrition organizations. NUTRITIONAL SCIENCES MAJOR First Year Fourth Year (Continued) AGSC 100 ENGL 112 BIOL1121 BIOL 121 BIOL 140 CHEM 121/123 (111/113)1 MATH 102 or equivalent2 MATH 103 ECON 101 Non-science elective Total credits Second Year AGSC 250 FNH 200 FNH 250 CHEM 233 CHEM 235 CHEM 205 BIOL 200 BIOL2013 MICB 202 PHYS 101 or 121 Total credits Third Year AGSC 350 BIOC3023 PHYL 301 or equivalent4 FNH 350 FNH 351 Unrestricted electives Restricted electives5 Total credits Fourth Year AGSC 450 FNH 450 FNH 451 Nutrition Specialization Electives6 Unrestricted Electives 1 3 3 3 1 8 3 3 3 3 31 6 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 31 6 3 6 3 3 6 3 30 Restricted electives5 Total credits Overall four-year total credits 3 30 222 1 CHEM 111 is not for students with Chemistry 12 2 Students who have not completed Calculus 1 2 should take MATH 180 or 184 to fulfill their first year Math requirement 3 Alternate BIOC 300 for BIOL 201/BIOC 302 4 Alternate AGRO 311 and 31 2 or BIOL 353 or BIOL 355 5 Restricted elective in consultation with an advisor (at least 6 credits of upper-level courses in Food, Nutrition and Health (except FNH 330, 340, 341, 342, and 440), Agroecology, Food and Resources Economics, immunology, biochemistry, pharmacy, molecular biology, genetics, or other disciplines) 5 Nutrition specialization electives (at least 9 credits from FNH 301, 370, 371, 452, 453, 454, 470, 473,475, 490*. 497*. 498, 499; *must consult with an advisor) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GLOBAL RESOURCE SYSTEMS The Bachelor of Science in Global Resource Systems Program recognizes that resource problems are complex and require solutions that are global and interdisciplinary in scope, and draw on a range of skills. It offers a comprehensive and flexible undergraduate degree program in which students are given the opportunity to customize their degree by selecting both a resource area and region of the world to focus their studies. Students are eligible to apply to the Bachelor of Science in Global Resource Systems undergraduate program after completing first-year Agricultural Sciences, Arts or Sciences. They can begin the program at the beginning of second year or third year. In third and fourth years, students pursue a double major, a resource specialization and a regional specialization. For the resource specialization, students focus on one discipline, or choose courses from different disciplines that relate to a resource theme. Options include, but are not limited to: aquaculture, environment, food and resource economics, First Nations resource systems, horticulture, human ecology, international development, and sustainable agriculture. For the regional specialization, students choose Africa, Asia Pacific, Europe, or the Americas. Within the regional specialization, the program requires a relevant language other than English, a relevant international experience, and relevant course work. The international experience requirement is met through a period of learning in the region via academic exchange, field study, or work-based learning (internships). ADVISING OFFICE See Academic Advising Office, p. 299 as listed under the Faculty of Land and Food Systems, Admission. 304 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ADMISSION Students can apply to the GRS program after completing 24 credits of first-year university- level courses. To be considered, students are required to have a minimum academic standing of at least 70% (or 2.80 on a 4-point scale). Achievement of this minimum, however, does not guarantee admission. Admission is limited by the Faculty's capability to accommodate students in this global program. Admission is based on grades, preparation, experiences, and commitment to a global education. When applying to GRS, students must submit a letter of intent (500 words or less) conforming to guidelines specified on the GRS website (www.agsci.ubc.ca/main/grs). The letter of intent is to be submitted to Enrolment Services at the time of application. Students are advised to complete first-year requirements as listed in Degree Requirements, p. 305 for the Bachelor of Science in Global Resource Systems. TRANSFER FROM THE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES DIPLOMA, LANGARA COLLEGE Students who successfully complete the Environmental Studies Diploma program at Langara College, and gain admission to the Faculty of Land and Food Systems and the Global Resource Systems (GRS) undergraduate program, will receive transfer credit for 60 credits into the GRS program if they have: 1) satisfied first-year requirements of the GRS program in Biology, Chemistry, Economics, English and Mathematics; 2) completed UBC course AGSC 250 or equivalent; and 3) completed 6 credits of language relevant to the regional specialization. They will be able to finish the GRS program with the further 62 credits required. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS See Academic Regulations, p. 299 as listed under the Faculty of Land and Food Systems. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS To qualify for the Bachelor of Science in Global Resource Systems, students must complete at least 3 credits of first-year English. Although English 112 is highly recommended, qualified students are encouraged to consider English 120 and/or 121. Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. See Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120. Students who have not achieved an LPI score of 5 or 6 by the time they have completed 30 credits will normally be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Land and Food Systems. Student performance on written work in all courses in the Faculty of Land and Food Systems may be evaluated in part on grammar and syntax. Students who have not completed at least 3 credits of first-year English will not normally be permitted to enrol in third-year or higher-level courses in the Faculty. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GLOBAL RESOURCE SYSTEMS First Year AGSC 100 1 BIOL 111/112/115 or 121 3 CHEM 121 (111)1 4 ECON 101 3 ENGL 100-level2 3 Language3 6 MATH 100, 102, 104, 180, or 1844 3-4 Program electives5 9/8 Total credits 32 Second Year AGSC 250 6 GRS 2906 1/2 Language3 6 Program electives7 11/10 Unrestricted electives 6 Total credits 30 Third and Fourth Years AGSC 350 6 AGSC 450 3 Field experience8 3 GRS 3909 1-2 GRS 490 Resource specialization electives1' Regional specialization11 Anthropology and Culture Economics and Commerce 2 21 Geography, History, and Political Science 3 Regional specialization electives 9 International experience12 0 Program electives7 3/2 Unrestricted Electives 3 60 122 Total credits ^Overall four-year total 1 CHEM 111 is not for students with Chemistry 12. 2 ENGL 112 is recommended. 3 Students who pass an oral proficiency test for a language relevantto their regional specialization are exempt, and must choose 6 credits of program electives approved by program advisor. 4 Students who have not completed Calculus 12 should take MATH 180 or 184 to fulfill their first- year Math requirement. 5 Courses that provide a foundation for the resource specialization. Science-based resouce specializations require BIOL 121 and 140, and CHEM 113 or 123. Economics-based resource specializations require ECON 102. Must be approved by a program advisor. 5 At least 1 credit is required. 7 Courses that provide further foundation for the resource specialization. Typically in Agricultural Sciences, Biology, Chemistry or Economics. Must be approved by a program advisor. B Met by a field studies course that is pre-approved by a program advisor. 9 At least 1 credit is required. 300- or 400-level courses from one resource discipline or from several disciplines that relate to a resource theme. Must be approved by a program advisor. 11 Africa, Asia Pacific, Europe or the Americas. The regional specialization requires 18 credits that are relevantto the region. These can include social sciences, humanities, language courses, and experiential learning. At least 3 credits must relate to each of these areas: anthropology and culture, economics and commerce, and geography, history and political science. Must be approved by a program advisor. 12 Met by learning in the region of specialization for at least one term, or three-month period. Options include participation in UBC's Go Global: Student Mobility Programs or work-based learning (internships). Must be pre-approved by a program advisor. BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN The Bachelor of Environmental Design (B.EnD.) Program is a four-year, non-professional degree offered jointly by the Landscape Architecture Program in the Faculty of Land and Food Systems and the School of Architecture in the Faculty of Applied Science. It is intended as a preparatory degree for students interested in pursuing a Master of Architecture, Landscape Architecture or Planning, or for those who wish to have a greater understanding of the role of design in the broad environmental decision-making processes of society. The first and second years of the program focus on giving the student a general academic background in the Arts and Sciences. The third and fourth years of the program emphasize design learning supported by ecological, social, theoretical and technical courses. ADMISSION Students apply for admission to the Bachelor of Environmental Design Program in the second year. Prospective students enrol in a first-year university program of their choice at a recognized university or college. For first-year admission requirements students are directed to the admission requirements of those institutions and their respective programs of study. Students are encouraged, where appropriate to their program of study, to complete the UBC equivalent of 6 credits of first-year English, and GEOG 101 (6) in their first-year studies. Admission to the ENDS Program is competitive; the program accepts a maximum of 30 students per year. Admission is based on the student's academic standing, submission of a portfolio demonstrating general creative abilities, completion of an admissions questionnaire, and a letter expressing interest in the program. A complete list of the required documents is available at the ENDS website (see below). Students seeking transfer from other universities and colleges may be granted advanced credit for parallel courses in the first two years of the ENDS Program where standings obtained are above minimum passing grade at those institutions. For detailed program and admission information, interested students must visit the ENDS websites at www.ends.arch.ubc.ca PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 14 THE FACULTY OF LAND AND FOOD SYSTEMS 305 and www.ends.agsci.ubc.ca. Inquiries can be made to the ENDS Program Office directly via email (ends@interchange.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Second Year1 AGSC 250 ENDS 211 LARC 421 Electives2 Total credits Third Year 6 3 3 18 30 ARCH 404 ARCH 403 ENDS 301 ENDS 302 ENDS 320 ENDS 420 LARC 422 LARC 440 Total credits Fourth Year 3 3 6 6 3 3 3 3 30 3 3 6 6+3 6+3 3 30 220 ARCH 405 ARCH 437 ENDS 401 ENDS 402 and ARCH 4113 or ENDS 403 and LARC4314 ENDS 410 ENDS 440 PLAN 425 Total credits Minimum credits for segree 1 Students are encouraged to complete the UBC equivalent of ENGL 110 (3), ENGL 112 (3), and GEOG 101 (6) in their first-year studies. Those who have not completed these courses will be required to do so in the second year of the ENDS Program as part of their elective requirements. 2 Selected from a list of program recommendations upon consultation with a faculty advisor. 3 Students declaring a "Pre-Architecture" option. 4 Students declaring a "Pre-Landscape/Planning" I option. BACHELOR OF HOME ECONOMICS Although the Bachelor of Home Economics program will continue until September 1, 2005, only individuals previously admitted under the B.H.E. program are eligible. These individuals have until September 1, 2005 to complete their degree requirements. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 120 credits is required for the B.H.E. program. A minimum of 48 credits is required of courses in Family Sciences (FMSC), Home Economics (HMEC), or Food, Nutrition and Health (FNH). In their third and fourth years, students must complete at least 48 credits in courses numbered 300 or above. All students are required to take the following common core of 69 credits of course work. The remaining 51 credits consist of specialization course requirements including program electives as noted under each specialization. BACHELOR OF HOME ECONOMICS First and Second Years HMEC 100 FMSC 200 BIOL110or 1151 CHEM111 and 113 ECON 100 ENGL 112 ENGL 110, 111, 120 or 121 PSYC 100 STAT 203 FNH 200 FNH 250 Total credits Third and Fourth Years 3 3 3 6 6 3 3 6 3 3 3 42 FMSC 310 3 FMSC 320, 322, 324, or 326 3 FMSC 338 3 FMSC 350 3 FMSC4222 3 HMEC 300 3 HMEC352 3 HMEC 360 3 PHIL 433, 434, or 435 3 Total credits 27 1 Students with at least 80% in Biology 12 are not required to take BIOL 110 or 115 and may substitute a 3-credit elective. 2 Alternative research method courses may be acceptable and should be chosen in consultation with an advisor. OPTIONS Specializations are designed to provide academic preparation for a variety of home economics careers in community settings, teaching, government and business. COMPREHENSIVE (CMPR) Students who wish to qualify for the after- degree program in the Faculty of Education ror for a variety of positions in business, industry, and government agencies, must take in addition: FNH 340, 341; HUNU 205 and 301; HMEC 354, 452 and 454; plus 15 program elective credits chosen in consultation with an advisor. Students are also requested to consult an advisor when selecting the remaining 15 electives. FAMILY CONSUMER SERVICES/ CLOTHING AND TEXTILES (FCTX) Students who wish to prepare as home economists in business (clothing and textile focus) must take in addition: COMM 329, 457 and 465; HMEC 354 and 452; plus 18 program elective credits chosen in consultation with an advisor. Students are also requested to consult an advisor when selecting the remaining 18 electives. FAMILY CONSUMER SERVICES/FOOD AND NUTRITION (FCNU) Students who wish to prepare as home economists in business (foods and nutrition focus) must take in addition: COMM 329, 457 and 465; FNH 340 and 341; HUNU 205 and 301; plus 12 program elective credits chosen in consultation with an advisor. Students are also requested to consult an advisor when selecting the remaining 18 electives. FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION (FLED) Students who wish to prepare as family life educators must take in addition: FMSC 436 plus 12 program elective credits from FMSC courses chosen in consultation with an advisor. Students are also requested to consult an advisor when selecting of the remaining 36 credits of electives. ENGLISH REQUIREMENT Students admitted directly from secondary school are expected to complete 6 credits of English in their first year. To be eligible for first- year English requires an 'A in English 12, or a score of 5 or 6 on the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination, p. 120. If not eligible for first-year English, students will be permitted to register in no more than 12 credits per term until a satisfactory LPI score is achieved. Such students are advised to complete the non-credit writing course offered through the University ^Vriring Centre. Students accepted as transfers from other post- secondary institutions, or who are readmitted to the School after being required to discontinue, will not be permitted to register for any credit courses unless they have completed the first-year English requirement, or are eligible to register for first-year English. UBC students will not be permitted to satisfy the first-year English requirement at another institution. Students must satisfy the first-year English requirement before registering for any additional language courses. After completing 30 credits toward the Bachelor of Home Economics, students will not be permitted to register for any additional credit courses until they obtain an LPI score of 5 or 6. After completing 60 credits toward the Bachelor of Home Economics, students must complete the first-year English requirement before registering in any additional credit courses. DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT OF AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS The Faculty of Land and Food Systems, UBC in conjunction with the Faculty of Science and Technology, Malaspina University-College, offers a post-degree Diploma in Management of Aquaculture Systems. The program allows Canadian and foreign public or private personnel to fill gaps in their previous training and experience in aquaculture, and to obtain relevant job skills. 306 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ADMISSION Admission to the Diploma program requires either a bachelor's degree in an area relevant for the management of aquaculture systems, or a minimum of two years relevant post secondary education plus at least three years relevant work experience in aquaculture. Students are selected on the basis of grades in previous post-secondary education programs, extracurricular activities, work experience, and reasons for wanting to enrol in the program. Students apply to the Faculty of Land and Food Systems, UBC, where admission evaluation and selection will be carried out. Admitted students are assigned a student number and given an eligibility to register by Enrolment Services. For applicants whose native language is not English, proficiency in English needs to be demonstrated at the time of application by submitting the score on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). A TOEFL score of 550 or greater is required. All completed application forms for the Management of Aquaculture Systems (joint with Malaspina University-College) must be accompanied by an application fee of CADS41.00 and a program fee of CADS400.00. DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS The program requires a minimum of 30 credits, with a minimum of 15 credits from UBC. Credit for university courses at Malaspina University-College transfers directly to UBC. Credit for technical courses at Malaspina University-College transfers to UBC as "Diploma Credit Courses." UBC Enrolment Services maintains a transcript of records. CANADIAN EXCHANGE PROGRAMS Formal exchange programs facilitate the exchange of students with other universities in Canada and abroad. These exchanges allow students to experience a different cultural and academic life, and receive credit for courses successfully completed. Undergraduate students are eligible to spend third year on exchange. Graduate students can transfer up to 12 credits towards their UBC degree. Interested students should see Go Global (Exchange Programs), p. 441 for further information. Opportunities for students exist at McGill University, University of Alberta, and Universite Laval. These universities participate with UBC in the Canada Exchange Scholars Program (CANEX). Opportunities also exist at University of Guelph, which has an exchange agreement with the Faculty. EXCHANGES ABROAD Go Global: Student Mobility Programs offers eligible students the opportunity to spend one or two semesters at a variety of partner universities throughout the world, including the University of the Philippines Los Banos, University of Melbourne and Queensland University (Australia), Lincoln University (New Zealand), University of California and Oregon State University. Additional opportunities for graduate student exchange are available in Malaysia, Indonesia, Philippines and Thailand through UBC's membership in the Southeast Asian University Consortium for Graduate Education in Agriculture and Natural Resources. BC INSTITUTE OF AGROLOGISTS Agrology is the profession of applying science and scientific principles to the business and art of agriculture. In British Columbia, agrology is recognized by the provincial statute of 1948, the Agrologists Act, under which the British Columbia Institute of Agrologists (BCIA) (www.bcia.com) is incorporated. A graduate of the Faculty holding a Bachelor of Science in Agroecology, Bachelor of Science in Food, Nutrition and Health, or a Bachelor of Science in Global Resource Systems meets the educational requirements for membership in the BC Institute of Agrologists. A graduate who plans to practise as an agrologist in the province of British Columbia is expected to register as a member of the BCIA Applications should be forwarded to the Registrar, BCIA. BC SOCIETY OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS In order to practice as a Professional Landscape Architect in the Province of British Columbia, it is necessary to be registered as a member in the British Columbia Society of Landscape Architects (www.bcsla.org) as laid down in the BC Landscape Architects Act. A student who plans to become a landscape architect may enrol with the Society. Applications should be forwarded to the Registrar, BC Society of Landscape Architects. Arrangements exist for students in the Faculty to regularly receive the communications and ^periodicals of the profession upon payment of ^ nominal fee. For further information contact the Landscape Architecture office by email (larc@interchange.ubc.ca) or visit the website (www.agsci.ubc.ca/landscape_architecture/). DR. AND MRS. A.S. DEKABAN FOUNDATION A foundation was established by Dr. and Mrs. A. S. Dekaban primarily to permit graduate students from the Polish agricultural universities to study in the Faculty of Land and Food Systems. Polish students may spend up to six months in the Faculty, undertaking research related to their study program in their home institution. The students are selected by the Polish agricultural universities. The foundation also supports occasional short-term visits by members of the Faculty Land and Food Systems to Polish agricultural universities and visits by scientists from the Polish agricultural universities to the Faculty. ACADEMIC STAFF AGROECOLOGY PROFESSORS T. A. Black, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wis.); C. P. Chanway, B.Sc. (Winn.), B.S.Ag. (Manit.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (BnCol.); K. M. Cheng, B.S. (Tenn. Tech.), M.S. (S. 111.), Ph.D. (Minn.); S. Chieng, B.Sc. (Nat. Taiwan), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.); Q. Cronk, B.A., Ph.D. (Camb.); B. E. Ellis, B.Sc. (New Br.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. Farrell, B.Sc. (Bath), Ph.D. (Br. Col.); D. G. Fraser, B.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Glas.); M. B. Isman, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif.); P. A. Jolliffe, B.Sc. (Qu.), Ph.D. (BnCol.); R. S. McKinley, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.Sc. (York), Ph.D. (Wat.); J. H. Myers, B.Sc. (Chatham Coll.). M.Sc. (Tufts), Ph.D. (Indiana); R. Rajamahendran, B.V.Sc (Ceyl.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.); H. E. Schreier, B.A. (Colorado), M.Sc. (Sheff.), Ph.D. (BnCol.); D. M. Shackleton, B.Sc. (Leic), M.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Calg.); T. P. Sullivan, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (BnCol.); M. K. Upadhyaya, B.Sc. (Ag.) (J. Nehru Agric), M.Sc. (I.A.R.I.), M.A. (Princ), Ph.D. (Mich.), P.Ag., C.P.H., C.P.Ag., F.W.S.S.A.; D. M. Weary, B.Sc, M.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (Oxf.). PROFESSORS EMERITI T. M. Ballard, B.S.E, M.E, Ph.D. (Wash.); V. C. Brink, B.A., M.Sc. (BnCol.), Ph.D. (Wise); G. W. Eaton, B.S.A. (Ton), Ph.D. (Ohio); E B. Holl, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), P.Ag; L. M. Lavkulich, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Cnell.); J. Leichter, B.S. (Cracow Coll., Poland), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkley); L. E. Lowe, B.A., M.A. (Oxf.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.); B. March, B.A., M.S.A. (Br.Col.); B. D. Owen, M.Sc. (Alta), Ph.D. (Sask.), P.Ag; V. C. Runeckles, B.Sc. (Lond.), A.R.C.S. (Imp. Coll.), Ph.D. (Lond.), D.I.C. (Imp. Coll.); M. Shaw, M.Sc, Ph.D, D.Sc. (McG.), F.A.P.S., F.R.S.C; I. E. P. Taylor, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Liv.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. A. Bomke, B.S., M.S.(S. 111.), Ph.D. (111.); M. D. Novak, B.Eng. (McG.), M.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS EMERITI R. J. Copeman, B.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (Wis.); J. De Vries, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); R. C. Fitzsimmons, B.Sc. (Wash.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Minn.); G. Kennedy, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Minn.), Ph.D. (Purdue); R. G. Peterson, B.Sc. (Wyo.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (111.); M. D. Pitt, B.Sc, M.S., Ph.D. (Calif.), P.Ag; R. M. Tait, B.Sc. (Durham), Ph.D. (N'cle, U.K.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K. Adams, B.A. (Earlham Coll.), M.Sc. (Miami), Ph.D. (Indiana); K. Baylis, B.A. (Windsor), M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); S. Birrns, B.Sc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Ott.) ; S. Graham, B.Sc. (St. Andrews, Scot.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Ton); S. Gulati, M.S., Ph.D. (Maryland); M. Krzic, B.Agron., M.S. (Belgrade), Ph.D. (B.Col.); A. Riseman, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Penn. State); M. von Keyserlingk, B.Sc. (BnCol.), M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS C. P. Bennett, B.Sc. (Salford), M.Sc. (Exe.); S. M. Berch, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Laval); M. Curran, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. B. de Passille, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.); D. L. Ehret, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.Sc. (111.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); J. E. Elliott, M.Sc. (Ott.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D. Henderson, B.Sc. (Trent), M.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D. A. Higgs, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), B.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.); J. A. Love, B.V.M.S. (Glas.), M.R.CVS. (U.K.), Ph.D. (Ton); D. M. Rochan, B.A., M.S., Ph.D. (Wayne State); J. Rushen, B.S., Ph.D. (Q'ld.); D. A. Theilmann, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Texas A & M). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 14 THE FACULTY OF LAND AND FOOD SYSTEMS 307 SENIOR INSTRUCTOR A. Rojas, B.Sc. (Chile), M.A., Ph.D. (York, Canada). LECTURER FROM OTHER DEPARTMENT A. P. Wharton, B.Sc. (N.Wales). COMMUNITY AND ENVIRONMENT PROFESSORS P. M. Condon, B.Sc. (Mass., Amherst), M.A. (Mass., Bost.), M.L.A. (Mass., Amherst); R. Kellett, B.E.S. (Man.), M.Arch. (Oregon); M. Quayle, B.L.A. (Guelph), M.L.A. (Calif., Berkeley), D.Sc. (Honoris causea, Guelph). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C. Girling, B.E.S. (Man.), B.L.A. (Oregon), M.L.A. (Oregon); S. Herrington, B.L.A. (N.Y. State), M.L.A. (Harv.); D. T. Luymes, B.L.A. (Br.Col.), M.L.A. (Guelph); P. E Mooney, B.Mus. (Br.Col.), M.L.A. (Guelph); D. D. Paterson, B.Sc. (Manit.), M.L.A. (Mich.); S. Sheppard, B.A. (Oxf.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Oxf.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); J. Staniszkis, B.EA. (Art Inst. Chic), R.CA. ADJUNCT PROFESSOR W. Marsh, B.A. (Central Mich.), M.A. (Missouri), Ph.D. (Mich.). FOOD, NUTRITION AND HEALTH PROFESSORS S. I. Barr, B.H.E. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Minn.); K.-J. Cheng, B.S.A. (Nat. Taiwan), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Sask.); T. D. Durance, B.S. (Wat.), B.Sc. (Guel.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D. D. Kitts, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (BnCol.); E. Li-Chan, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); J. R. Thompson, B.Sc, M.Sc, (BnCol.), Ph.D. (Calif., Davis), P.Ag.; H. J. J. Van Vuuren, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Stell.), Ph.D. (Ghent); J. A. Vercammen, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley). PROFESSORS EMERITI R. M. Beames, M.Agr.Sc (Q'ld.), Ph.D. (McG.), P.Ag.; I. D. Desai, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Gujarat), Ph.D. (Calif., Davis); B. E. March, B.A., M.S.A., D.Sc. (Honoris causa) (Br.Col.), EA.I.C, F.R.S.C, F.P.S.A., P.Ag.; W. D. Powrie, M.A. (Ton), Ph.D. (Mass.), F.I.F.T., F.C.I.C, ECI.S.T; J. E Richards, M.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Minn.), ECI.ES.T, P.Ag. HONORARY PROFESSORS R. Blair, B.Sc. (Glas.), Ph.D. (Aberd.), D.Sc. (Sask.), P.Ag; S. Nakai, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Tokyo), ECI.ES.T ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS R. R. Barichello, B.Sc. (Agr.) (BnCol.), A.M., Ph.D. (Chic); G. E. Chapman, B.Sc. H.Ec (Sask.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Ton); S. Samuels, B.A.Sc, B.Sc. (Ton), M.Sc. (Guel.), Ph.D. (Alta); C. H. Seaman, B.Sc, M.Sc. (BnCol.), Ph.D. (Alta.); B. J. Skura, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (BnCol.); Z. Xu, B.Sc. (Jiangxi), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Guelph). ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR EMERITUS J. Vanderstoep, B.S.A., M.S.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS T. Beatty, B.A. (Laval), M.Sc. (Montr.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); K. M. Keiver, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Guelph); R. L. Levy-Milne, B.Sc. (Ton), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Nfld.); S. T. Lund, B.S. (Mich.), M.S. (Minn.), Ph.D. (Minn.); V. Measday, B.Sc. (Mich.), M.S., Ph.D. (Minn.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS K. Beauchemin, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc. (Laval), Ph.D. (Guelph); S. Bittman, B.Sc, M.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (Sask.); P. A. Bowen, B.Sc. (Agr.) (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., Davis); M. Cliff, B.Sc. (Br.Col.). M.Sc. (Calif., Davis), Ph D. (Missouri); G. Mazza, Ph.D. (Alta.), ECI.ES.T; B. D. Oomah, M.Sc. (Timiryazev Acad. Agric. Moscow,FSU), Ph.D. (Manit.); G. M. M. Sandberg, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); G. C. Van Kooten, B.Sc, M.A. (Alta), Ph.D. (Oregon); D. Veira, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.Sc. (Aberd.), Ph.D. (Guelph); J. Zawistowski, M.Sc. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Manit.). INSTRUCTOR K. Traviss, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.). LECTURER FROM OTHER DEPARTMENT S. M. Innis, Pediatrics. 308 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 15 The Faculty of Law Dean's Office M. A. Bobinski, Dean R. M. Elliot, Associate Dean, Administration and Finance W. W. Pue, Associate Dean, Graduate Studies and Research J. Sarra, Assistant Dean, Development C. E L. Young, Associate Dean, Academic Affairs 1822 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1 Telephone: 604-822-3151 Fax:604-822-8108 Law Website (www.law.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Law offers programs of study leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Laws and Master of Laws. For information concerning the Master of Laws, Doctor of Philosophy, and Master of Jurisprudence (Common Law) see Law, p. 259 in the Graduate Studies Programs section. For information on the combined Bachelor of Laws and Master of Business Administration, see LL.B/M.B.A. Combined Program, p. 171. For information on our combined Bachelor of Laws and Master of Asian Pacific Policy Studies, see LL.B./ ' M.A.P.P.S. Combined Program, p. 312. UBC's Law Faculty opened in 1945 under the inspiring leadership of George Curtis, who launched Canada's first modern law school with a small budget, two army huts and no library. Yet Dean Curtis had a vision. He recruited a diverse faculty offering students multiple perspectives on the theory and practice of law. Under his outstanding leadership, UBC Law grew into one of Canada's foremost law schools. Dean Emeritus Curtis who recently celebrated his 98th birthday, remains an active member of the UBC Law community. Our faculty members' research projects inspire their teaching and give our students an opportunity to work on projects at the cutting edge of the law. Our faculty are also committed to ensuring that their research efforts make a difference, whether by changing the course of academic debate or offering real-life solutions to war-torn countries. BACHELOR OF LAWS The Bachelor of Laws degree is granted on the successful completion of a three-year course and prepares students for admission to the practice of law (subject to further requirements which are set out below) and for business and public service. The number of students entering the practice of law in Canada has increased in the last few years and a degree in law is no guarantee of a position in either the necessary year of articles (described below) or in the practice of law. Enrolment in the first year of legal studies at the Faculty of Law is approximately 196 full-time equivalent students. ADMISSION REGULAR APPLICANTS To be eligible for selection, an applicant must have: 1) obtained an undergraduate degree in an approved course of studies from a degree granting university; or 2) successfully completed the first three years (minimum 90 credits) or more of an approved course of studies leading to an undergraduate degree at the University of British Columbia or completed the equivalent at a degree granting university; or 3) successfully completed the first two years of studies leading to an undergraduate degree at the University of British Columbia or other degree granting university, and be currently enrolled in the third year of the degree program. (An offer of admission will be conditional on successful completion of the third year by June 30 with a minimum of 90 credits at the University of British Columbia, or the equivalent at a degree granting university, and maintenance of the academic average obtained in the first two years of studies); and 4) obtained an overall standing of no less than 65%>. Applicants should regard their satisfaction of the entrance requirements as meaning only that they are eligible for selection. Because of the competition for admission to the Bachelor of Laws program a regular applicant must have an undergraduate academic average substantially higher than the minimum (65%>) in order to have a reasonable chance of admission. The median applicant accepted for 2004/2005 had an academic average of approximately 82% with an LSAT score of 163 (90th percentile). The academic average and LSAT score are used in a formula to determine an index number by which applicants are ranked. The academic average and LSAT score are weighted approximately equally. In calculating the academic average, only those years of undergraduate study making up the first undergraduate degree that are complete at the time of deadline for application are considered, except for Item 3 above, where the applicant must maintain the overall standing of the first two years of studies. Generally, no greater weight is attached to one series of academic courses or disciplines than to another. Performance courses are counted towards the required minimum 90 credits but the grades earned in such courses are not usually counted in computing the academic average. Graduate degrees are not taken into account, except within the discretionary category discussed below. A personal statement is required in all categories. Regular applicants may request that special circumstances be considered in determining their academic average. The special factors or circumstances (such as medical or other emergency matters) must be documented fully. If a regular applicant requests the Committee to consider making an adjustment to the academic average (not including certain courses or a year), the facts must be verified and supported by appropriate documentation. If the special circumstances are medical then a doctor's letter is required. Not all special circumstances can be considered in the regular category. Certain factors such as financial hardship, learning disabilities or other disadvantages, or ethnic background, can only be considered in the discretionary category. Regular applicants will be advised in writing as soon as possible whether their application has been accepted or rejected for admission purposes. Applicants who have not received a letter will be on the wait list until a decision can be made. DISCRETIONARY APPLICANTS A limited number of positions in first-year law are available for discretionary applicants. Because of special factors in life, an applicant PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 15 THE FACULTY OF LAW 309 may not satisfy one or more of the requirements for regular applicants, but may have other relevant achievements and experience. The Admissions Committee has the discretion to respond to this type of situation by taking into account factors such as disability or special needs, financial disadvantage, age (generally over 30 years old), membership in a historically disadvantaged group and any other factors that the applicant wishes the Admissions Committee to consider. These factors will be considered in the context of the applicant's other achievements and work experience, including volunteer work for community or charitable organizations. Discretionary applicants are required to have completed the first two years of an approved course of studies leading to an undergraduate degree at an approved college or university. A personal statement, LSAT score, and two letters of reference are required, and where appropriate, documentation such as medical reports should be submitted. Each application is considered individually on its merits. Decisions in this category are usually made in mid-June. Normal policy is to require discretionary applicants to have completed the first two years of studies leading to an undergraduate degree at a degree granting university. Discretionary applicants must submit a biographical resume detailing the special factors, including their achievements and work experience, that they wish the Admissions Committee to consider. Each application is considered individually on its merits. It is important that applicants send detailed accounts of their circumstances, including their involvement in community or charitable organizations. In this category it is also important that applicants submit documentation (e.g., medical reports, if applicable or letters of reference) in order for the Admissions Committee to evaluate their files. Incomplete applications cannot be evaluated and it is the responsibility of applicants to ensure their applications are complete. Decisions in this category are made in June. FIRST NATIONS APPLICANTS Applicants with First Nations ancestry may apply in the regular category or in the First Nations category. First Nations applicants should contact the Coordinator of First Nations Legal Studies, Gloria Cardinal (cardinal@law.ubc.ca), as early as possible to discuss their application. The Faculty considers the applicant's involvement with a commitment to First Nations communities and organizations, and the applicant's intention to use his or her legal training to advance First Nation's concerns and interests. Applicants are required to establish their First Nations ancestry by enclosing a copy of their status card. If unable to provide a status card, applicants must provide a chart tracing their line of ancestry. In addition, a personal statement is required, two letters of recommendation, LSAT score and two official transcripts. OTHER CATEGORIES FOR ADMISSION (OTHER THAN TO FIRST YEAR) Each year there are many requests for admission to the upper years. Only a few applicants, however, can be accommodated. DEGREE CATEGORIES Applicants who have either started their LL.B. degree or who have graduated from a foreign law school can apply under either the Transfer or Advanced Standing categories. Applicants who apply under either of these categories must successfully complete two years of legal studies at UBC Law to receive a degree from UBC. 1) Transfer. Students at other Canadian common law schools who have completed their first year of legal studies may apply for transfer to UBC Law. The Admissions Committee gives preference to applicants who: (A) would have been admitted to the first year of legal studies at UBC Law at the time of being admitted to their present institution; (B) have achieved satisfactory academic | performance in their legal studies at their current institution; and (C) have compelling reasons for transferring to UBC Law, which include compassionate grounds in which the applicant has no control over the circumstances. (D) Applicants must submit a copy of their LSAT score, official undergraduate and law transcripts as well as two letters of reference with their application. 2) Advanced Standing. Graduates of foreign law schools and Quebec civil law schools and students who are currently registered in non-Canadian common law schools may apply to complete two years of legal studies at UBC Law to obtain an LL.B. Applicants must submit a copy of their LSAT score, official undergraduate and law transcripts, a personal statement explaining the reasons for the request and two letters of reference. NON-DEGREE CATEGORIES Please note that applicants admitted in either of the following categories are not eligible to receive an LL.B. from UBC Faculty of Law. • Visiting (Letter of Permission). Students enrolled in an LL.B. program at an approved law school may request permission from their current school to attend one year or one term of either the second or third-year program at UBC Law on a letter of permission basis. Students must obtain a letter of permission from the Associate Dean of their current law school, a copy of their LSAT score (if applicable), compelling reasons for their request, official undergraduate and law transcripts as well as two letters of reference. Criteria for selection are the same as for transfer requests (see above). Visiting status will be granted to successful applicants for a maximum of one year. • Unclassified. Applicants who have law degrees or their equivalents from foreign jurisdictions and who wish to undertake legal studies at UBC Law in order to satisfy the certification requirements of the National Committee on Accreditation may apply for unclassified status. An applicant requesting unclassified status must submit a personal statement, a copy of their LSAT score, two official transcripts, a letter from the National Committee on Accreditation and two letters of reference. Applicants must have their transcripts evaluated by: The National Committee on Accreditation, Faculty of Law, Common law Section, University of Ottawa, 57 Louis Pasteur, Ottawa, Ontario, KIN 6N5. Tel: 613-562- 5704, fax: 613-562-5722, email: Fran Russo (frusso@uottawa.ca), Administrator. You may also visit their website (www.flsc.ca). CANADIAN CIVIL LAW PROGRAMS Graduates from a civil law program at a Canadian law school may: • apply to the National Committee on Accreditation and apply for unclassified status at UBC Law; or • apply for Advanced Standing (see above). Students currently enrolled in a civil law program at a Canadian law school are not ^eligible to transfer to the UBC Law. They may, however, request visiting (letter of permission) status at UBC Law if permitted to do so by their current law school. Visiting status will be granted for a maximum of one year only. APPLICATION All applicants for admission must submit the following documents by the deadlines set out below: • completed application form • transcripts • an LSAT score • an application fee, and • other documentation where necessary. REGULAR, DISCRETIONARY AND FIRST NATIONS APPLICANTS The application form, application fee and all supporting documents must be submitted on or before February 1. Forms must be postmarked on or before February 1. Final official transcripts (see below) must be submitted on or before June 30. TRANSFER, LETTER OF PERMISSION, ADVANCED STANDING AND NATIONAL COMMITTEE The application form, current transcripts, other documents and application fee must be submitted on or before May 31. Final official transcripts (see below) must be submitted on or before May 31. APPLICATION FORMS Application forms are available from the Admissions Office of the Faculty of Law 604- 822-6303 or online on the Faculty website 310 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (www.law.ubc.ca/prospective/llb/apply.html). The Faculty will mail forms on request but will not fax or courier them to applicants. TRANSCRIPTS The academic average (GPA) is calculated on all the academic years of study leading to the applicant's first undergraduate degree. A cumulative record will not be accepted. Separate transcripts must be sent from each institution attended. An official transcript is one sent directly to the Faculty by the issuing institution. A final official transcript is a transcript sent directly to the Faculty by the issuing institution on the completion of the current academic year. Applicants who have attended institutions, such as some English universities, which do not issue transcripts should contact the Admissions Office for instructions. Applicants still taking courses leading to an undergraduate degree should arrange for one current official transcript to be sent immediately to expedite the processing of their applications and for two final official transcripts to be sent by the June 30 deadline. Applicants still in the process of completing the minimum 90 credits will receive an offer conditional on maintenance of the GPA achieved on the first 60 credits. It is not necessary to send UBC transcripts as they are available to the Faculty. LAW SCHOOL ADMISSIONS TEST (LSAT) All applicants, except Letter of Permission applicants attending non-North American law schools, are required to submit a valid LSAT score. Applicants may take the test more than once, and the highest score will be used. Scores are valid for five years and must be valid as of September. The Admissions Office can access LSAT scores directly from Law Services if the applicant's registration is current. The latest writing of the LSAT which will be accepted for admission for September is the February writing. The LSAT Information Book (Canadian Service) may be picked up at UBC Law, the Welcome Centre in Brock Hall at UBC Point Grey Campus, or can be accessed online (www.lsac.org). An applicant wishing to apply to American schools must use the American registration material which is obtainable only from Law Services. Students may also access the LSAT Registration Guide (www.lsac.org) online. APPLICATION FEE An application processing fee of CADS80.00 must accompany the application form. PERSONAL STATEMENT All applicants must submit a personal statement of no more than 750 words. The personal statement is an applicant's opportunity to outline those features of the application that distinguish the candidate. The personal statement is also an opportunity for a candidate to highlight his or her non-academic contribu tions as well as any circumstances that may have contributed to or detracted from the applicant's academic and non-academic success. OTHER DOCUMENTS Other documents include letters of reference, medical certificates, special circumstances letters or National Committee on Accreditation letters, where relevant. Interviews are not part of the admissions procedure but the Director of Admissions, Elaine Borthwick, or one of her assistants, are available to answer any questions in person, or by telephone (604-822-6303), letter, fax (604-822- 8108), or email (borthwick@law.ubc.ca). Applicants wishing to meet with her or one of her assistants should make an appointment. LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY Applicants who do not have adequate command of the English language will not be admitted. Applicants may be required to take a test to demonstrate adequate facility with the English language. ADMISSION OFFERS Application processing begins in October. Offers are made to Regular applicants as early as December. The Admissions Committee begins considering applications in all other categories in April. Offers to First Nations applicants are usually made in mid April, to discretionary applicants in June and final decisions to all other applicants in July. DEPOSIT Canadian citizens, permanent residents or landed immigrants who accept the offer of a place at UBC Law must make a deposit of $300.00 towards tuition at the time of acceptance. All other applicants must make a deposit of $500.00 towards tuition at the time of acceptance. The deposit will be refunded in full to any applicant who notifies UBC Law in writing (by post or email) on or before April 15 of their intention to withdraw their acceptance. On acceptance, all applicants must also submit two recent passport-size photographs, approximately 1.25" xl.75". APPEALS The Admissions Committee will reconsider a decision only if new information is made available by the applicant. Appeals on the grounds that the decision breaches Senate policy may be made to the Senate Admissions Committee. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS EXAMINATIONS Courses will be evaluated by final examination in December or April, unless an additional or alternative method of evaluation is deemed appropriate. In certain circumstances, as set out below, a student is entitled to a re-evaluation in a particular course after the regular evaluations for the year are completed. The minimum passing grade in an individual course is 50%. In order to pass the year, a student must obtain a passing grade in every compulsory course taken in the year and a weighted average over all courses taken in the year of not less than 55%>. A student is entitled to a re-evaluation in a course under the following circumstances: 1) If as a result of the regular evaluations a student has failed one or two, but not more than two, courses (whether compulsory or not) and achieved a weighted average of at least 55%> in the courses that were passed, the student is entitled to a re-evaluation in the courses that were failed. 2) If as a result of the regular evaluations a student has passed every course but has achieved a weighted average of less than 55%> over all courses taken in the year, the student is entitled to a re-evaluation in the two courses in which the lowest grades were received. If the grade received on the re-evaluation is sufficient, the final grade for a course in which the student is re-evaluated will be raised to 50% or whatever higher grade is necessary to yield a weighted average of 55%> over all courses taken in the year, otherwise, the original grade will stand. GRADES RESULTS Grades are available to students online at the Student Service Centre website (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). Official results for the session are available in mid- to late-May. Official transcripts are obtained through Enrolment Services and may be ordered on the Student Service Centre website (www. students.ubc.ca/ssc). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS REGULAR PROGRAM The Bachelor of Laws program requires a student to acquire a total of 92 credits in three Winter Sessions in the Faculty of Law. First year consists of compulsory courses totalling 32 credits. The second and third years (or upper years) consist of two Winter Sessions in each of which a minimum of 28 and a maximum of 34 credits shall be taken. Each session consists of two consecutive terms in each of which a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 18 credits shall be taken. The following upper-year courses are compulsory: LAW 345 (Canadian Federalism); LAW 346 (Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms); and LAW 470 (Evidence). A student may not enrol in a course for which another subject is a prerequisite unless the required course was taken and passed earlier. In special circumstances the Associate Dean, Academic Affairs, in consultation with the Faculty member teaching the subject, may waive this stipulation. A student must undertake, in either second or third year, at least one independent research project and submit a substantial paper (or series of papers) embodying the results of this PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 15 THE FACULTY OF LAW 311 research. This obligation usually will be satisfied within the seminar program but students may fulfil this obligation by completing a project, for at least four credits, under LAW 493, 494, 495 or 496 (Directed Research). Students may, in their second and third years (which may include the summer sessions between first year, second year and third year), take work in other departments and schools of the University for credit in the Faculty of Law. Such work may be credited for not more than six credits toward the second or third year credit requirements, but shall not reduce the hours or credits in the winter sessions below the minimum requirement of 28 credits. Each student must receive advance permission to register in such courses from the Associate Dean, Academic Affairs, who will base their judgement on the relevance of the proposed course or seminar to the study of law or to a career in law and of the appropriateness of the proposed course or seminar in the light of the student's course of study in the Faculty of Law. PART-TIME LL.B. PROGRAM The part-time program enables students to take a reduced course load. In first year, the student may opt for a part-time course load that ranges from 16 to 26 credits instead of the 32-credit full-time course load. In the upper years, a part- time student may select a course load ranging from 14 to 27 credits. To be eligible for the part-time program, a student must demonstrate special needs. A maximum of ten students per year (30 students in total) will be admitted on this basis. Students admitted in the categories of the National Committee, Advanced Standing, Transfer or Visiting (Letter of Permission) are ineligible for this program. Ordinarily students on this program must complete not less than 50% of the normal course load for full-time students in each academic year. In first year, 50% of the normal course load is 16 credits. In the upper years, 50% of the normal course load is 14 to 17 credits. However, in order to facilitate access to funding programs, housing, or to complete the LL.B. program sooner, students may at their option take from 60% to 80% of the normal full-time number of credits per Winter Session. Part-time students are ineligible for scholarships that are based on ranking in the year or class. However, part-time students are eligible for course prizes and other scholarships. At the commencement of the first or second term of the Winter Session, students in the program may transfer to full-time status with the approval of the Associate Dean, Academic Affairs. Similarly, a full-time student in good standing may, for compelling reasons, transfer to the part-time program provided the maximum number of part-time students will not be exceeded, and subject to the approval of the Associate Dean, Academic Affairs. COMBINED BACHELOR OF LAWS AND MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION For details on this program see the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration, p. 171 section in this chapter. COMBINED BACHELOR OF LAWS AND MASTER OF ASIA PACIFIC POLICY STUDIES This degree program permits students to obtain the degrees of LL.B. and M.A. in Asia Pacific Policy Studies (M.A.P.P.S.) through combined enrolment in the Faculty of Law and the Institute of Asian Research. ADMISSION Students wishing to pursue the combined LL.B./ M.A.P.P.S. degree program must be admitted separately to the Faculty of Law for the LL.B. degree and the Institute of Asian Research for the M.A.P.P.S. degree. In their application submissions to the Faculty of Law and the Institute of Asian Research, students must indicate in writing their desire to enrol in the combined program and the desired area of specialization within the M.A.P.P.S. program. Enrolment in the combined degree program requires the consent of the Dean of the Faculty of Law and the Director of the Institute of Asian Research. COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAM COMMITTEE The Combined Degree Program Committee has a Faculty of Law representative designated by the Dean of Law and an Institute of Asian Research representative designated by the Institute Director. The Combined Degree Program Committee is responsible for overseeing admissions, coordinating student supervision, and providing program approval. The Graduate Program Advisor from the Institute of Asian Research serves as Graduate Program Advisor for the combined degree program. REQUIREMENTS Students are required to complete all course requirements for graduation in each of the LL.B. and M.A.P.P.S. programs, subject to the ^following adjustments: 1) Students enrolled in the combined degree program who complete the M.A.P.P.S. Core Course (IAR 500) required for the M.A.P.P.S degree will receive six credits toward completion of their LL.B. degree, which will be counted as the maximum six credits of non-Law courses permitted under the LL.B. course requirements. 2) Students enrolled in the combined degree program who complete six credits of Faculty of Law course work acceptable to their respective LL.B. and M.A.P.P.S. program supervisors will receive credit for these courses toward both the LL.B. and M.A.P.P.S. degrees. 3) Law course electives select from: LAW 337, LAW 338, LAW 342, LAW 432, LAW 322, LAW 319, LAW 305, LAW 307, LAW 391. 32 22 MODEL CURRICULUM SCHEDULE Normally the curriculum schedule is as follows: Curriculum Schedule Credits Year One (September-April) Students complete required first-year LL.B. curriculum Year Two (September-April) Students complete M.A.P.P.S. Core Course (IAR 500) Students complete required second-year courses for LL.B. Students begin completion of elective requirements for M.A.P.P.S. Year Two (April-September) Students complete thesis or practicum requirements for M.A.P.P.S. Year Three (September-April) Students complete remaining elective course requirements for LLB. and M.A.P.P.S. Total Credits 12 28(LLB.)/6 (M.A.P.P.S) 116 (LL.B. 86 M.A.P.P.S. 30) DEGREE CONFERRAL The M.A.P.P.S. and LL.B. will be conferred at the completion of the combined program after all requirements for both degrees have been ^ket. Students who choose to receive either the »I.A.P.P.S. or the LL.B. prior to completion of the combined program may apply for one of the degrees provided all requirements for that degree have been satisfied. Students selecting this option must simultaneously withdraw from the combined program. CONTACT INFORMATION Graduate Program, Faculty of Law 1822 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-6449 Fax:604-822-8108 Email: graduates@law.ubc.ca Web: www.law.ubc.ca Ms. Darline Beck, Graduate Secretary EXCHANGE PROGRAMS Students may earn credits towards their Bachelor of Laws studying abroad in an exchange program. Education Abroad Programs are institution to institution reciprocal agreements approved by Senate. Students selected for such programs remain registered at UBC, pay tuition and student fees only to UBC, and remain eligible for UBC awards and financial assistance. In recent years, UBC law students have participated in exchanges with Hastings College of the Law (San Francisco); University of Melbourne (Australia); University of New South Wales (Sydney, Australia); University of Copenhagen (Denmark); Glasgow University (Scotland); Sophia University (Tokyo); and Universite Jean-Moulin-Lyon 3 (Lyon, France). The Faculty also participates in the Canadian Exchange Program for student exchanges within Canada. The Faculty also encourages participation in the Civil Law/Common Law 312 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Exchange Program sponsored by the Department of Justice. LAW SOCIETY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA The possession of a Bachelor of Laws does not in itself confer the right to practise law in British Columbia. Admission to the Bar of the Province of British Columbia is governed by the Legal Profession Act and the regulations of the Law Society of British Columbia (www.lawsociety.bc.ca). An applicant for admission to the Bar must comply with the requirements of the Law Society as to academic standing, professional training and ethical standards. These requirements presently include an Admission Program of approximately one year, during which the applicant must serve as an articled student with a practising member of the Bar and complete a training course and qualifying examinations. Information may be obtained from the Secretary of the Law Society of British Columbia, 845 Cambie Street, Vancouver, BC, V6B 4Z9. Applicants who intend to practise law in other jurisdictions must obtain information concerning the requirements for entry to the profession, from the governing body of the legal profession in those jurisdictions. Possession of a criminal record may prevent admission to the Bar. Applicants must consult the appropriate Law Society. AWARDS AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Through the generosity of donors such as the Law Foundation of British Columbia, the Faculty is able to award a number of entrance scholarships and awards. Law Foundation A Entrance Scholarships are awarded on the basis of academic merit. Law Foundation Entrance Awards are awarded on the basis of need but also with a view to ensuring that the student population continues to diversify. Thus special consideration will be given to applicants who belong to groups which are under-represented in the law school and in the legal profession. Information about financial aid and a list of other entrance awards can be found at the Student Financial Assistance & Awards website (www.students.ubc.ca/finance). Application must be made to the Student Financial Assistance & Awards office by May 15 for loans and bursaries for the academic year commencing in September. An application should be made even if admission to the Faculty has not yet been granted. UBC LAW REVIEW In 1949 the students of the Faculty of Law commenced publication of Legal Notes, which was an annual volume containing articles and comments written both by students and by outside contributors. By 1959 the publication had increased both in size and in the number of subscribers to the point where the editors felt that the name should be changed to The University of British Columbia Law Review. It is a refereed journal, now published twice yearly. Students are responsible for the soliciting and editing of the material, and for the advertising and sales which make the Law Review self-sufficient. Members of the Faculty give advice and assistance to the Editorial Board of the Law Review (www.ubclawreview.org), but the chief responsibility is that of the Board. CANADIAN JOURNAL OF FAMILY LAW The Canadian Journal of Family Law is published at the UBC Faculty of Law. It is a refereed publication issued semi-annually. Submissions made to the Journal are reviewed by qualified external readers, and the format includes articles, commentaries, and book reviews. In the past the Journal's subject matter has included writings on topics such as child welfare, evidentiary issues, child abuse, young offenders and other topics impacting on the family unit. The Journal (faculty.law.ubc.ca/cdnjfl) was started in 1978 and was published under the auspices of the Osgoode Hall Law School in Ontario. In 1982-83 its publication base was moved to the UBC Faculty of Law. It is the only student-run academic journal exclusively dedicated to the study, analysis and articulation of the increasingly important field of family law. ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS EMERITI J. Atrens, B.A. (Sask.) (Oxon.), LL.B. (Sask.), M.A., B.C.L. (Oxon.); W. W. Black, B.A. (Stan.), J.D. (Harv.); C. Bourne, B.A. (Tor.), LL.B. (Cantab), S.J.D. (Harv.); P. T. Burns, Q.C., LL.B., LL.M. (Otago); G. F. Curtis, Q.C., O.C, LL.B. (Sask.), B.A., B.C.L. (Oxon.), LL.D. (Dal., Sask.), D.C.L. (U.N.B.); D. J. Egleston, B.A., LL.B. (Sask.); R. T. Franson, B.E.P. (Cornell), J.D. (Calif., L.A.); M. A. Hickling, LL.B., Ph.D., LL.D. (Lond.); J. Hogarth, LL.B. (Br.Col.), Dip. Crim., Ph.D. (Cantab.); L. G. Jahnke, LL.B. (Sask.), LL.M. (Lond.); M.L.T. MacCrimmon, B.Sc. (Calif., L.A.), LL.B. Ipr.Col.), Dip.Law (Oxon.); D. MacDougall, LL.B. (Melb.), J.D. (Chic); J. Maclntyre, B.Comm. (Br.Col.), LL.B. (Br.Col.); B. McClean, B.A. (Belf.), LL. B. (Belf.); R. S. Reid, CD., B.A., M.A. (R.M.C), LL.B. (Br.Col.); D. E. Sanders, B.A., LL.B. (Alta.), LL.M. (Calif., Berkeley); B. V. Slutsky, B.A., LL.B. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Lond.); J. C. Smith, B.A., LL.B. (BrCol.), LL.M. (Yale); E. C. E. Todd, LL.B., LL.M., LL.D. (Mane). PROFESSORS J. C. Bakan, B.A. (S.Fraser; Oxon.), LL.B. (Dal.), LL.M. (Harv.); J. Blom, Q.C, B.A., LL.B. (Br.Col.), B.C.L. (Oxon.), LL.M. (Harv.); M. A. Bobinski, B.A., J.D. (S.U.N.Y/Buffalo), LL.M. (Harv.); S. B. Boyd, B.A. (Bishop's), LL.B. (McG.), LL.M. (Lond.); C. Boyle, LL.B. (Belf.), LL.M. (Qu.); R. M. Elliot, B.Sc. (Hons.), LL.B. (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Lond.); K. B. Farquhar, LL.B., LL.M. (Well.), LL.M. (Mich.); I. Grant, B.A. (Tor.), LL.B. (Dal.), LL.M. (Yale); M. A. Jackson, Q.C, LL.B. (Lond.), LL.M. (Yale); M. LeBaron, B.A. (Chapman), Droit Civil Scholarship Programme (Sher.), M.A. (S. Fraser), LL.B. (Br.Col.); B.W. MacDougall, LL.B. (Melb.), J.D. (Chic); R. K. Paterson, LL.B. (Well.), J.S.M. (Stan.); D. J. Pavlich, B.A., LL.B. (Witw.), LL.M. (Yale); P. B. Potter, B.A., M.A. (George Wash.), J.D., Ph.D. (Wash.); W. W. Pue, B.A., B.A. (Oxon.), LL.M. (Alta.), D.Jur. (York); A. F. Sheppard, B.A., LL.B. (BrCol.), LL.M. (Lond.); J. M. P. Weiler, B.A. (Hons.) (Tor.), LL.B. (Osgoode), LL.M. (Calif., Berkeley); C. F. L. Young, LL.B. (Lond.), LL.M. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS R. Buchanan, A.B. (Prin.), LL.B. (Vic.B.C), LL.M (Wis.), S.J.D. (Wis.); G. Christie, LL.B. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Calif., Santa Barbara); C. Dauvergne, B.A. (Car.), M.A. (Car.), LL.B. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (A.N.U.); R. Davis, LL.B. (Tor); E. R. Edinger, B.A., LL.B. (Br.Col.), B.C.L. (Oxon.); S. Hsu, B.S., J.D. (Col.), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Davis); K. Mickelson, A.B. (Duke), LL.B. (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Col.); J. Mosoff, B.A. (Tor), M.A. (York), LL.B., LL.M. (Br.Col.); J. Sarra, B.A., M.A., LL.B., LL.M., S.J.D. (Tor); I. Townsend-Gault, LL.B. (Dundee); S. M. Wexler, A.B. (Col.), LL.B., LL.M. (N.Y); M. Young, B.A. (Br.Col.), LL.B., M.A. (Tor.), M.A. (Calif., Berkeley). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS N. Affolder, LL.B. (Alta.), B.C.L., D.Phil (Oxon.); L. Biukovic, B.A. (Yugoslavia), LL.B. (Belgrade), LL.M. (Ceu-Hungary), LL.M. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); K. Brooks, B.A. (Tor), LL.B. (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Osgoode); R. D. Diebolt, Q.C, B.A., LL.B. (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Lond.); D. Harris, B.A. (Br.Col.), LL.B. (Tor.), LL.M. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Osgoode) (forthcoming); J. McCue, B.A. (Car), LL.B. (Ott.), LL.M. (Br.Col.); A. Rochette, LL.B., B.C.L. (McG.), LL.M. (Br.Col.); M. Sundara- Rajan, B.A. (Hons.) (McG./Paris), LL.B. (Osgoode), LL.M. (Br.Col.), D.Phil (Oxon.). INSTRUCTOR S. Sutherland, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Lond.), LL.B. (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Osgoode). OTHERS T. U. Baik, LL.B. (S.N.U.), LL.M., J.S.D. (Notre D.); M. D. Copithorne, B.A., LL.B., LL.D. (Br.Col.); M. Ilg, LL.B.; E. Lee, LL.B.; R. K. Paisley, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Wash.), J.D. (Pepperdine), LL.M. (Lond.); P Ramsay, Q.C, B.Com, LL.B., LL.M. (Br.Col.); R. Taylor, LL.B. (BrCol.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS M. Ainslie, B.A. (Trin.W), LL.B. (Br.Col.); A. Albright, B.A. (W.Ont.), LL.B. (Osgoode), M.B.A. (Br.Col.); J. R. Aldridge, B.A. (Brock), LL.B. (Osgoode), LL.M. (Br.Col.); H. C. Alvarez, B.A. (BrCol.), LL.B. (Ott.); M. Au, LL.B. (Lond.), PCLL (H.K.), B.Sc. (Cnell), M.Sc. (Tor.), M.A. Econ. (Car.); T. Bailey, B.Sc, LL.B. (Br.Col.); R. Bandstra, LL.B.; G. Barriere, B.A. (Trent), LL.B. (Br.Col.); K. Bayne, LL.B. (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Col.); C. Bell, LL.B.; D. R. Bennett, B. Comm., LL.B. (Br.Col.); J. Blackhawk, LL.B. (Br.Col.); K. Boyle, LL.B. (Br.Col.); B. Burke, B.A. (Hons.) (Providence Coll.), J.D. (Harv.); N. Cameron, B.F.A. (Br. Col.), LL.B. (Br. Col.); C. Cattell, B.A. Hons. (Vic.B.C), LL.B. (Vic.B.C); M. Childs, B.A. (Car.), LL.B. (Br.Col.), BCL (Oxon.); T. Cicchetti, LL.B.; D. Connoly, LL.B. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); D. Crerar, LL.B. (Tor.); K. Doyle, B.A. (Br. Col.), LL.B. (Br.Col.); J. Festinger, LL.B. (McG.), B.C.L. (McG.) ; B. Fisher, B.F.A. (Vic.B.C), Dip. Ed., (Vic.B.C), LL.B. (Vic.B.C); S. D. Frankel, Q.C, B.Sc, LL.B. (Br.Col.); C. Gallant, LL.B.; S. Gamache, LL.B.; I. Gamble, B.A. (McG.), LL.B. (Br.Col.); C. Giaschi, M.BA. (York), LL.B. (Osgoode), B.A. Hons (Tor.); K. Gounden, LL.B.; B. M. Green, B.Sc. (Prin.), M.A. (W.Ont.), LL.B. (Osgoode); K. Grieve, B.A. (S.Fraser), LL.B. (Br.Col.); A. Gunn, B.A. (Br.Col.), LL.B. (Tor.), LL.M (Camb.); D. Hanna, B.A. (S.Fraser), LL.B. (Br.Col.); N. Harris, B.A. (S.Fraser), LL.B. (Br.Col.); T. Hawkins, B.A. (S.Fraser), LL.B. (Sask.); I. Hayward, B.A. (Hons.), (Qu.; St. And.), LL.B. (Qu.); G. Hewitt, LL.B.; V. Hlus, B.Comm. (Alta.), LL.B. (Br.Col.); R. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 15 THE FACULTY OF LAW 313 Holloway, B.A., LL.B. (Br.Col.); A. Hudson, B.A., LL.B. (Br.Col.); H. Janisch, LL.B. (Camb.), J.S.D. (Chic); C. Jones, LL.B.; D. Jordan, Q.C, B.A., LL.M. (Man.), LL.M. (Br.Col.); W. Kaplan, B.A., LL.B. (BrCol.), LL.M. (Harv.); B. Kasting, B.A. (Yale), Dip. (McG.); J. Kleefeld, B.A. (Wat.), LL.B. (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Osgoode); M.J. Korenberg, B.A. (Car.), LL.B. (York); E. Kroft, LL.B. (York), LL.M. (Br.Col.); R. Kyle, LL.M. (Br.Col.), LL.B. (W.Ont.); T. Laliberte, Q.C, B.A., LL.B. (Br.Col.); G. Lang, B.A. (S.Fraser), LL.B. (BrCol.); W. Learmonth, LL.B.; R. Lesperance, LL.B.; D. Little, B.Comm. (Br.Col.), LL.B. (Tor); T. Lo, B.Sc. (Hons.), LL.B. (Br.Col.); E. Lyall, B.A. (S.Fraser), LL.B. (Windsor); A. Maclnnis, B.Comm. (Hons.) (Br.Col.), LL.B. (Br.Col.); G. Mancell, B.S.F. (BrCol.), LL.B. (Vic.B.C); M. Mangan, LL.B.; G. Manning, B.Sc. Hons. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), LL.B. (Br.Col.); A. McEachern, LL.B.; H. J. McGivern, LL.B. (BrCol.); P. McGivern, B.Com., LL.B. (Br.Col.); D. McGruder, B.A., B.Sc. (Concordia), LL.B. (Tor); M. Meredith, LL.B.; R. Millen, B.A. (Hons.) (Bishop's), LL.B. (Vic.B.C); C. Mutala, LL.M. (N.Y.U.), LL.B. (Manit.); A. Nathanson, LL.B.; J. Nitikman, B.Sc. (BrCol.), LL.B. (Manit.), LL.M. (N.Y); T. Patch, LL.B.; R. Peck, LL.B.; J. Read, B.A. (Qu.), LL.B. (Qu.); B. Rebane, B.A. (Br.Col.), LL.B. (Alta.); D. W. Roberts, Q.C, B.A., LL.B. (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Harv.); C. Robinson, B.Sc, M.Sc, LL.B. (Calg.); S. Ross, J.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Prof. (111.); J. Rush, LL.B.; R. Samtani, B.A. (S.Fraser), LL.B. (Br.Col.); T. Saunders, B.A. (Trin.Coll.Tor), LL.B. (Tor.); N. Sharma, LL.B.; J. Shewfelt, LL.B.; E. Skinnider, LL.B.; B. Smith, B.A. (Vic.B.C), LL.B. (Br.Col.); A. Soroka, B.A. (Col.), LL.B. (Virg.), M.L.S. (Col.); D. M. D. Stewart, LL.B. (Qu.); T. Sum, LL.B.; J. Sutherland, LL.B.; P. Taberner, LL.B.; R. Tunnicliffe, B.Sc, LL.B. (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Col.); G. Umbach, B.A. (Wat.), LL.B. (Br.Col.); J. B. Waatainen, B.A. (Hons.), M.A., LL.B. (Br.Col.); P. Walker, LL.M. (Br.Col.), LL.B. (Qu.); J. Webster, LL.B. (BrCol.), Trial Advocacy; W. Westeringh, B.A., LL.B. (BrCol.); M. Ming-Jen Yang, B.Sc. (Qu.), LL.B. (McG.); R. E. Young, B.A., M.A., LL.B. (Br.Col.); D. W. Yule, B.A. (BrCol.), LL.B. (Qu.); J. Ziskrout, B.A., LL.B. (BrCol.); A. Zwack, B.A. (Hons.) (Calg.), LL.B. (Hons.) (Br.Col.), LL.M. (Harv.). LIBRARIAN S. Wilkins, B.A., M.L.S., LL.B. (Alta.). 314 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 16 The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF ARTS WITH DEGREE PROGRAMS OFFERED THROUGH THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES Director's Office Edie Rasmussen, Director 301-6190 Agronomy Road Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Telephone: 604-822-2404 Fax: 604-822-6006 Library and Archival Studies Website (www.slais.ubc.ca) The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies offers programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy, the Master of Library and Information Studies, the Master of Archival Studies, and the Certificate of Advanced Study. The School also offers the Joint Master of Archival Studies/Master of Library and Information Studies Degree Program and, with the participation of the Departments of English, Language and Literacy Education, and Theatre, Film and Creative Writing, the multi-disciplinary Master of Arts in Children's Literature. The mission of the School is to prepare professionals to exercise leadership in planning, implementing and promoting the preservation, organization, and effective use of recorded information and ideas. The School was opened in 1961 as a one-year post-graduate Bachelor of Library Science program. It has grown to include four master's programs and an enrolment of over 250 students. Academic governance of its programs rests with the Faculty of Graduate Studies, but the School remains within the administrative jurisdiction of the Faculty of Arts. Graduates of the School work in institutional libraries and archives, for employers in the private sector, and as self- employed intermediaries between stored information and its seekers. MASTER OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES This program prepares graduates for a wide variety of information-based careers in the profit and not-for-profit sectors where the option of salaried or free-lance contract employment is often available. In all employment opportunities, graduates are expected to understand and appreciate the application of computer technology to information management, the information-seeking behaviours of various user groups, and the policies that affect the free flow of information. Typical positions assumed by recent graduates include: knowledge manager for a large corporation, organizing and facilitating information access and dissemination; children's librarian in a public library, providing special programming and reference services; web master for an e-commerce company, designing, maintaining, and analyzing use of a corporate website; and research analyst for an international investment company. The program in Library and Information Studies has been recognized by the Canadian and American Library Associations since 1962 as fully meeting their standards for the accreditation of graduate education for the library and information professions. ADMISSION Prospective applicants may address enquiries and applications for admission to the Admissions Secretary, School of Library, Archival and Information Studies. Specify the Master of Library and Information Studies program. Admission application dates are as follows: For September admission: Dome« students: February 1 International students: January 15 For January admission: -Domestic/International students: May 1 H^he School accepts only students whose personal and academic qualifications appear to make them suitable for successful practice in library, archival and information professions. Preference is given to applicants who have been actively engaged within recent years in library or other information-related work, teaching, academic studies, or some similar intellectual pursuit. The Master of Library and Information Studies program has a limited enrolment. The number of qualified applicants exceeds the number of available places. In recent years, therefore, those accepted have shown academic ability above the minimum required standard specified below. For admission to the Master of Library and Information Studies program, a candidate must: 1) possess a four-year bachelor's degree (or its equivalent) from a recognized university in a discipline acceptable to the Admissions Committee for the program; 2) have achieved a minimum overall average in the 'B+' range (76% at UBC) in third- and fourth-year level courses of a bachelor's degree; and 3) show promise of superior professional performance as attested by letters of reference and a personal written statement. An applicant possessing a bachelor's degree or its academic equivalent who does not meet the requirements of point two above should contact the School's Admissions Coordinator for information regarding possible qualifying course work. UNDERGRADUATE PREPARATION A broad educational background is expected of the information professional. In the undergraduate years prospective applicants should select elective courses which will give some acquaintance with the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. In general, it is desirable to have a wide range of reading and recreational interests. The librarian, archivist, or other information professional must often interpret documents, and/or data in searching systems, in more than one language. The study of major languages other than English at the undergraduate level is therefore recommended as preparation for either program. Basic courses in statistics and computer science are also recommended. Efficient use of computers is essential in the information professions today; it is therefore expected that a student comes into the School with facility in using computer software including Microsoft Windows. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT Applicants from a university outside Canada in which English is not the primary language of instruction must present evidence of competency to pursue studies in the English language prior to being extended an offer of admission. The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies requires a score of at least 250 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). This is equivalent to 600 on the older version of the test. PART IX FACULTIES. COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 16 THE SCHOOL OF LIBRARY, ARCHIVAL AND INFORMATION STUDIES 315 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS The general academic regulations of the University and of the Faculty of Graduate Studies apply. The following regulations are specific to the School: 1) A student may continue in the Master of Library and Information Studies program if an overall average of 70% is obtained in the courses of the Core, and if no individual course is failed (grade below 60%). A student who fails to meet either of these two requirements must withdraw from the program. 2) A student may continue in the Master of Archival Studies program if an overall average of 70% is obtained in the required ARST courses of the first term of the first year, and if no individual course among them is failed (grade below 60%). A student who fails to meet either of these two requirements must withdraw from the program. 3) A student must maintain an overall average of 70% throughout either the M.L.I.S. or M.A.S. program. A student who fails to meet this requirement will be required to withdraw from the program. 4) A student must obtain at least 60% in any course to pass that course. However, only six credits graded under 70% can be credited toward the degree. 5) If a student fails a non-Core course in the M.L.I.S. program or a course outside the required courses of the first term of the M.A.S. program, the student may repeat that course if the School so recommends and the Dean approves. A course in which a grade of less than 70% was obtained may be repeated for a higher standing if recommended by the School. 6) Field trips are integral parts of both programs; satisfactory participation in them is required of all students. 7) A one-time Student Activity Fee will be charged at the start of the program for materials and services provided by the School. The fee is subject to change. 8) Written work may be refused a passing mark if it is, in the opinion of the faculty, * deficient in English. 9) The School reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the M.A.S. or the M.L.I.S. program if considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of the library or archival profession. METHODS OF INSTRUCTION The School employs a wide variety of instructional methods including lectures, laboratories, discussions, seminars, directed study, colloquia, field trips, and field work. Each student has an individual faculty advisor available for consultation and specific assistance. FIELD TRIPS Field trips are arranged within the Session. For the most part these are visits of observation of a few hours in libraries or archives in the Vancouver area, but day-long or even two-day trips may be required. The student is responsible for most expenses incurred in conjunction with such field trips and with off-campus activities in the practicum/internship/professional experience courses. ATTENDANCE Regular attendance is expected. A student who cannot attend a class, field trip, etc., should notify the Director's Office or the instructor concerned by telephone or email, preferably in advance if the absence is foreseen. PART-TIME WORK The School's programs are time-consuming, particularly during the first term of familiarization with new vocabulary, concepts and professional issues. Most students find it unwise to consider more than four to six hours per week of outside work during the first term. Inquiries for part-time work at the University should be directed to Career Services, p. 61 in Brock Hall. ADMISSION TO COURSES A student not registered in one of the School's programs who wishes to enrol in or audit any of its courses should apply to the SLAIS Graduate Advisor. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The Master of Library and Information Studies is awarded on completion of 48 credits of work approved by the School and the non-credit practicum (LIBR 595). The required courses are LIBR 500, 510, 540, 560 (known collectively as the Core), 570 and 590. Students taking the program on a part- time basis are required to take LIBR 500 and/or 560 in their first term. All other LIBR courses require LIBR 500 and 560 as pre- or corequisites. Three or more of the Core courses are prerequisites to most advanced courses, because the Core introduces the knowledge that should be common to all librarians. With the approval of the advisor, a student may apply to the program up to 12 credits for courses other than those designated 'LIBR' at this university whether taken at UBC or another institution. A student who enters the program having previously begun work toward, or obtained, a recognized professional qualification in library and information studies as specified under Admission, p. 315 may be exempted from some or all of the required courses. Students who wish to request these exemptions must do so prior to registering in the M.L.I.S. program. Such requests should be addressed to the School's graduate advisor, and should enumerate the courses for which exemption is sought as well as a detailed rationale, including previous courses taken and work history, for the exemption. The request will be adjudicated by the School's Graduate Advisor and, if approved, a recommendation for exemptions will go forward to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. There will be no reduction in the total credit requirement to complete the degree. PRACTICUM The required non-credit LIBR 595: Practicum, provides directed experience in an information- based organization. It normally takes place following completion of the Core courses plus 12 additional credits, and is arranged by the School after consultation with the student. CO-OPERATIVE WORK PROGRAM M.L.I.S., M.A.S. and Joint students who have completed 24 credits of course work are eligible to apply to the School's co-op work program. Applications are submitted in October for the work period that begins in May of the following year. Depending on their individual needs, students may elect to take a term of work lasting either four months (January to April, May to August, or September to December), or eight months (January to August, May to December, or September to April), or do two consecutive four-month terms. Students are paid for their work according to industry standards, which will vary, of course, depending on the type of library or information agency. Students do not receive academic credit for their work term, but participation in the co-op is noted on transcripts. THESIS A student with research interests should elect to write a thesis. Consultation on this with the School's advisor should begin by the end of the term in which 24 credits have been completed. FIRST NATIONS CONCENTRATION The First Nations curriculum concentration in either the M.L.I.S. or M.A.S. program offers students the opportunity to complete courses selected for their relevance to the First Nations librarian or archivist. In addition to the required courses of the chosen program (M.L.I.S. or M.A.S.), a student enrolled in the concentration must also take courses in fundamentals of the School's other program, and elective courses offered by the School and other departments. All elective courses must be chosen for their particular application to First Nations studies. Satisfactory completion of the concentration will be noted on the student's transcript. ADVANCED STANDING A student who has completed part of this Master of Library and Information Studies program and subsequently takes courses in an accredited program in the field at another institution may apply to have some credit for those courses applied to this degree provided such courses can be equated with those in this program which the student has not already taken. Students who have completed a 30- credit post-baccalaureate diploma in teacher- librarianship within the past five years may apply for up to six credits of advanced standing. Address application for such transfer of credit to the Director. 316 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MASTER OF ARCHIVAL STUDIES Archives preserve the records created by public and private bodies and individuals in the normal course of their activities and make those records available for a broad range of societal purposes including scholarly research. As such, archives are an important agency of many modern administrations (such as governments, businesses, churches, and universities) and are vital institutions in the preservation of society's documentary heritage. The role of the archivist is to plan and implement programs to appraise, acquire, preserve, and make available records of enduring value to society. The archivist's work involves promoting and administering the systematic management of records throughout their life cycle, acquiring a broad range of materials of all media, and applying automation to problems of retrieving information from archives-all within a legal and regulatory context. Thus, while maintaining close links with the study of history, professional archival studies also have interdisciplinary links with administrative studies, legal studies, media and communication studies, and library and information studies. The curriculum accords with the guidelines for archival education published by the Association of Canadian Archivists and the Society of American Archivists. ADMISSION Prospective applicants may address enquiries and applications for admission to the Admissions Secretary, School of Library, Archival and Information Studies. Specify the Master of Archival Studies program. The deadline for applications for the session beginning the following September are: Domestic students: February 1 International students: January 15 The School accepts only students whose personal and academic qualifications appear to make them suitable for successful practice in the library and archival professions. Preference is given to applicants who have been actively engaged within recent years in library or archival work, teaching, academic studies, or some similar intellectual pursuit. The Master of Archival Studies program has a limited enrolment. The number of qualified applicants exceeds the number of available places. In recent years, therefore, those accepted have shown academic ability above the minimum required standard specified below. For admission to the Master of Archival Studies program, a candidate must: 1) possess a four-year bachelor's degree (or its equivalent) from a recognized university in a relevant discipline or in an area which is regarded as appropriate by the Admissions Committee for the program; 2) have achieved a minimum overall average in the B+ range (76% at UBC) in third-and fourth-year level courses of a bachelor's degree; and 3) show promise of superior professional performance as attested by letters of reference and a personal written statement. An applicant possessing a bachelor's degree or its academic equivalent who does not meet the requirements of point two above should contact the School's Admissions Coordinator for information regarding possible qualifying course work. UNDERGRADUATE PREPARATION An undergraduate student considering working in the field of archives should consult the School about useful preparatory courses. An interview may be arranged at any time. A broad cultural background is expected of the working archivist. The prospective student should therefore endeavour to become acquainted with the humanities, social sciences, and sciences during undergraduate studies. Because of the close link between archives and historical studies of all kinds, particular attention should be paid to studies in history and allied disciplines which take a historical perspective such as anthropology, economics, geography, and sociology. The study of Canadian history is extremely useful preparation for a number of the required courses of the program; successful completion of at least 12 credits in Canadian history at the undergraduate level is desirable. The librarian, archivist, or other information professional must often interpret documents, and/or data in searching systems, in more than one language. The study of major languages other than English at the undergraduate level is therefore strongly recommended as preparation for either program. Basic courses in statistics and computer science are also recommended. Efficient use of computers is essential in the information professions today; it is therefore expected that a student comes into either program with facility in using computer software including Microsoft Windows. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT Applicants from a university outside Canada in which English is not the primary language of instruction must present evidence of competency to pursue studies in the English language prior to being extended an offer of admission. The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies requires a score of at least 250 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). This is equivalent to 600 on the older version of the test. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS The general academic regulations of the University and of the Faculty of Graduate Studies apply. The following regulations are specific to the School: 1) A student may continue in the Master of Library and Information Studies program if an overall average of 70% is obtained in the courses of the Core, and if no individual course is failed (grade below 60%). A student who fails to meet either of these two requirements must withdraw from the program. 2) A student may continue in the Master of Archival Studies program if an overall average of 70% is obtained in the required ARST courses of the first term of the first year, and if no individual course among them is failed (grade below 60%). A student who fails to meet either of these two requirements must withdraw from the program. 3) A student must maintain an overall average of 70% throughout either the M.L.I.S. or M.A.S. program. A student who fails to meet this requirement will be required to withdraw from the program. 4) A student must obtain at least 60% in any course to pass that course. However, only six credits graded under 70% can be credited toward the degree. 5) If a student fails a non-Core course in the M.L.I.S. program or a course outside the required courses of the first term of the M.A.S. program, the student may repeat that course if the School so recommends and the Dean approves. A course in which a grade of less than 70% was obtained may be repeated for a higher standing if recommended by the School. 6) Field trips are integral parts of both programs; satisfactory participation in them is required of all students. 7) A one-time Student Activity Fee will be charged at the start of the program for materials and services provided by the School. The fee is subject to change. 8) Written work may be refused a passing mark if it is, in the opinion of the faculty, deficient in English. 9) The School reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the M.A.S. or the M.L.I.S. program if considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of the library or archival profession. METHODS OF INSTRUCTION The School employs a wide variety of instructional methods including lectures, laboratories, discussions, seminars, directed study, colloquia, field trips, and field work. Each student has an individual faculty advisor available for consultation and specific assistance. FIELD TRIPS Field trips are arranged within the Session. For the most part these are visits of observation of a few hours in libraries or archives in the Vancouver area, but day-long or even two-day trips may be required. The student is responsible for most expenses incurred in conjunction with such field trips and with off-campus activities in the practicum/internship/professional experience courses. PART IX FACULTIES. COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 16 THE SCHOOL OF LIBRARY, ARCHIVAL AND INFORMATION STUDIES 317 ATTENDANCE Regular attendance is expected. A student who cannot attend a class, field trip, etc., should notify the Director's Office or the instructor concerned by telephone or email, preferably in advance if the absence is foreseen. PART-TIME WORK The School's programs are time-consuming, particularly during the first term of familiarization with new vocabulary, concepts and professional issues. Most students find it unwise to consider more than four to six hours per week of outside work during the first term. Inquiries for part-time work at the University should be directed to Career Services, p. 61 in Brock Hall. ADMISSION TO COURSES A student not registered in one of the School's programs who wishes to enrol in or audit any of its courses should apply to the Director. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The Master of Archival Studies is awarded on the completion of 48 credits of work. In the first year of the program, beginning in Term one of a Winter Session, the student must take six required courses comprising 18 credits (ARST 510, 515, 516, 520, 530, and 593B). The remainder of the program consists of six credits of required courses (ARST 540 and 587) and 24 credits of elective courses or 18 credits of electives and a six-credit thesis. With the approval of the student's advisor, a student may apply to the program up to 12 credits for courses other than those designated ARST at this university, whether taken at UBC or at another institution. INTERNSHIP Some extended field experience in an archival repository is highly desirable for a student who has had limited prior contact with the work of the practising archivist. It is usual to undertake this during the summer between the two years of course work. The decision to elect ARST 595: Internship must be confirmed with the faculty/school advisor by the end of the second week of classes in the second term of studies so that arrangements may be made. CO-OPERATIVE WORK PROGRAM M.L.I.S., M.A.S. and Joint students who have completed 24 credits of course work are eligible to apply to the School's co-op work program. Applications are submitted in October for the work period that begins in January of the following year. Applications are submitted in January for the work period that begins in May. Depending on their individual needs, students may elect to take a term of work lasting either four months (January to April, May to August, or September to December), or eight months (January to August, May to December, or September to April), or do two consecutive four-month terms. Students are paid for their work according to industry standards, which will vary, of course, depending on the type of library or information agency. Students do not receive academic credit for their work term, but participation in the co-op is noted on transcripts. THESIS A student with research interests should elect to write a thesis. Consultation on this with the School's advisor should begin by the end of the term in which 24 credits have been completed. FIRST NATIONS CONCENTRATION The First Nations curriculum concentration in either the M.L.I.S. or M.A.S. program offers students the opportunity to complete courses selected for their relevance to the First Nations librarian or archivist. In addition to the required courses of the chosen program (M.L.I.S. or M.A.S.), a student enrolled in the concentration must also take courses in fundamentals of the School's other program, and elective courses offered by the School and other departments. All elective courses must be chosen for their particular application to First Nations studies. Satisfactory completion of the concentration will be noted on the student's transcript. JOINT M.A.S./M.L.I.S The Joint Degree Program is designed to allow students to earn both a Master of Archival Studies and a Master of Library and ' Information Studies within a reasonable period of rime (generally between three and five years). Students considering this option should carefully read the descriptions, including the sections regarding undergraduate preparation for each of the two individual degrees. Students who wish to complete the Joint Degree Program should indicate this as early as possible, preferably on their application submitted to the School prior to admission, or following admission by speaking to a faculty advisor. ADMISSION See information under Master of Library and Information Studies, p. 315 or Master of Archival Studies, ,p. 317, degree programs. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT See information under Master of Library and Information Studies, p. 315, or Master of Archival Studies, p. 317, degree programs. SUPERVISION Candidates meeting the admission standards above will register in the School of Library, Archival and Information Studies and will be assigned an advisor from each of the two degree programs. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The two master's degrees, M.A.S. and M.L.I.S., are awarded on the completion of 81 credits of work approved by the School plus required non-credit studies such as the practicum in the M.L.I.S. program. Students must complete the following: 1) the required courses in the M.L.I.S. program: LIBR 500, 510, 540, 560, 570, 590, and two three-credit LIBR elective courses (21 credits); 2) the required courses in the M.A.S. program: ARST 510, 515, 516, 520, 530, 540, and 587 (21 credits); 3) either LIBR 500 or ARST 593B (3 credits); 4) 15 credits in the M.L.I.S. program; 5) 15 credits in the M.A.S. program; and, 6) 6 additional credits in either program. Students in the two degrees should not take courses outside those offered in the M.A.S. and M.L.I.S. programs. PRACTICUM/INTERNSHIP A required non-credit practicum provides direct library experience under actual library operating conditions. In addition, some field experience in an archival repository is highly desirable for a student who has had limited prior contact with the work of the practicing archivist. These two work experiences will be scheduled in consultation with the student's advisors. CO-OPERATIVE WORK PROGRAM Students who have completed 24 credits of course work are eligible to apply to the School's co-op work program. Applications are submitted in September, and the work period begins in May of the following year. Depending on their needs, students may elect to take a term of work lasting either four months (May- August) or eight months (May-December), or do two consecutive four-month terms (May- August and September-December). Students are paid for their work according to industry standards. Students do not receive academic credit for their work, but participation in the co-op work program is noted on transcripts. THESIS A student with research interests may elect to write a thesis in one of the two fields, but not both. Consultation with the appropriate faculty advisor should begin before the student has completed one-half of the required courses. MASTER OF ARTS IN CHILDREN'S LITERATURE The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies, with the participation of the departments of English, Language & Literacy Education and Theatre, Film and Creative Writing, offers a multi-disciplinary Master of Arts program in Children's Literature. The program provides specialized education for graduate students in the study of children's literature using a multi-disciplinary approach. The program is designed to provide each student with the opportunity to study the creative writing and publishing of this literature, examine models of sharing its rich heritage with the young, and also facilitate the literary, social, historic, and psychological analyses of children's literature as literature. This multi-disciplinary approach will expose 318 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 students to many schools of literary criticism, educational theory, and professional and creative practice. It will acquaint students with the broad literary canon of children's literature across a spectrum of languages and cultures and with a variety of critical perspectives and professional application. An undergraduate student considering working in the field of children's literature should consult the School about useful preparatory classes. An interview may be arranged at any time. A broad cultural background is expected of M.A. candidates. The prospective student should select courses which will give some acquaintance with the humanities and social sciences during undergraduate studies. Particular attention should be paid in undergraduate or graduate studies to courses in children's literature, English, writing for children, child psychology, and the history of childhood. ADMISSION For admission to the M.A. program, a candidate must: 1) possess a four-year bachelor's degree (or its equivalent) from a recognized university in a relevant discipline or in an area which is regarded as appropriate by the Admissions Committee for the program; 2) have achieved a minimum overall average in the 'B+' range (76% at UBC) in third- and fourth-year level courses of a bachelor's degree; and 3) show promise of success or superior accomplishment in one or more aspects of children's literature as attested by letters of reference and a personal letter of intent. An applicant possessing a bachelor's degree or its academic equivalent who does not meet the requirements of point 2 above should contact the School's Admissions Coordinator for information regarding possible qualifying work. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The Master of Arts in Children's Literature is awarded on the completion of 30 credits of work, including 24 credits of course work and a six-credit thesis. The course work will be selected in consultation with the supervisory committee to support the multi-disciplinary nature of the program. Six credits of course work may be taken at the 300 or 400 level; the remainder must be at the 500 level and above. Of the 24 credits of course work, nine are required including at least six at the 500 level: • three credits (Historical Overview) from the following: LIBR 522A, LIBR 522B, ENGL 468, LLED 441; • three credits (Contemporary Children's/ Young Adult Literature) from the following: LLED 442, LLED 449 LIBR 522A, LIBR 522B, LIBR 524, LLED 540, LLED 541; • three credits (Research Methodology) from the following: EDUC 500, LIBR 590. The remaining 15 credits of courses may be chosen from the wide range of offerings available in the Departments of English, French, Language and Literacy Education, Theatre, Film and Creative Writing, and the School of Library, Archival, and Information Studies; from relevant courses, with the Chair's approval, offered elsewhere at UBC; and from approved courses offered by other institutions. A maximum of 12 credits earned in courses germane to children's literature, no more than five years prior to entry into the program may be transferred from another institution or another program at UBC. Transfer credit will not be accepted for a course that has been applied to another degree. The degree may be taken on a full-time or part-time basis. Students may begin the program in either term of Winter or Summer Session. The application dates are: For September admission: Domestic students: February 1 International students: January 15 For January admission: Domestic/International students: May 1 THESIS The supervisory committee will advise on, monitor, and evaluate the six-credit thesis. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN LIBRARY, ARCHIVAL AND INFORMATION STUDIES INTRODUCTION The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies offers a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy. The Ph.D. program is designed to provide advanced research training for outstanding students who have already obtained a Master of Archival Studies (M.A.S.) degree or a Master of Library and Information Studies (M.L.I.S.). ADMISSION Admission to the doctoral program requires a JVI.A.S., a M.L.I.S., or equivalent from a recognized institution indicating a superior level of academic performance in a field of specialization that will support the applicant's Ph.D. research. Students must satisfy the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, and be approved by the School's Doctoral Admissions Committee. Admission decisions are based on the degree to which the applicant's intended area of research matches faculty expertise, and the suitability of the applicant for advanced graduate work as attested by letters of reference, prior academic performance and record of publications and work in the field of library, archival, and information studies. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS The Doctor of Philosophy in Library, Archival, and Information Studies builds on the successful interdisciplinarity established at the master's level. There is one Ph.D. degree program, but students may specialize by taking a theoretical/ research foundations course in either Library/ Information Studies or Archival Studies. The program consists of: • ARST/LIBR 600 • ARST/LIBR 620 • ARST/LIBR 621 • ARST 610 • LIBR 610 • additional coursework as recommended by the research supervisor and/or doctoral committee; • a comprehensive examination (written and oral components) at an appropriate time as judged by the student's doctoral committee, not before the end of the first year; but before the end of the third year. • research leading to a written dissertation (ARST/LIBR 699) that is defended in an oral examination. CERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED STUDY Work in information-based organization is changing more quickly than ever before, due to the pervasive influence of electronic information-processing technologies. The Certificate of Advanced Study, which may be undertaken by librarians or archivists, allows the working information professional who already holds a post-graduate degree to engage in concentrated further study in their field. The Certificate program allows the candidate, with advice from faculty members, to build a unique program of course work and independent investigation designed to further his or her own interests. PREPARATION A candidate with experience as a librarian or information specialist must possess a master's degree in library and information studies earned in a program accredited by the American Library Association, or a program of equivalent stature outside North America. A candidate with archival experience must possess a master's degree in archival studies. Efficient use of computers is essential in the information professions today; it is therefore expected that a student comes into the program with facility in using computer software including Microsoft Windows. ADMISSION Prospective applicants will select an advisor from among the School's full-time faculty members. The applicant and advisor, following consultation with instructors within the School, will design a proposed program of study suitable for the applicant. The proposed program will include a list of courses which the applicant proposes to take, a timetable indicating the applicant's ability and willingness to complete the program within five years, and a one-page description of the extended written work which the applicant proposes to complete as a thesis, research project, or directed study. The proposed program of study, approved both PART IX FACULTIES. COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 16 THE SCHOOL OF LIBRARY, ARCHIVAL AND INFORMATION STUDIES 319 by the applicant and the advisor, must be submitted to the Admissions Committee with the application form. The program may begin in Term 1 or Term 2 of Winter Session or in Term 1 of Summer Session. The deadline for application is the first of the month at least two months prior to the proposed start of the certificate program, i.e., July 1, November 1, or March 1. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT Applicants from a university outside Canada in which English is not the primary language of instruction must present evidence of competency to pursue studies in the English language prior to being extended an offer of admission. The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies requires a score of at least 250 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). This is equivalent to 600 on the older version of the test. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS The general academic regulations of the University apply. The following regulations are specific to the Certificate program: 1) A student may continue in the Certificate program if an overall average of 70% is maintained through the program. 2) A student must obtain at least 60% in any course to pass that course. However, only six credits graded under 70% can be credited toward the Certificate. 3) Written work may be refused a passing mark if it is, in the opinion of faculty, deficient in English. 4) The School reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the Certificate program if considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of the library or archival profession. CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS A student must complete 24 credits of work approved by the School, concentrating on one or, at most, two aspects of either Library and Information Studies or Archival Studies. The program of study may consist entirely of course work, or course work and a thesis. Where course work alone is selected, one course must be a directed research project or a directed study. All requirements must be completed within five years of initial registration. TUITION FEE The tuition fee for all candidates will be equivalent to the cost of a master's degree for Canadian citizens and permanent residents (landed immigrants). STUDENT AWARDS The School nominates students with high academic averages (usually A or A+) for Graduate Entrance Scholarships for full-time study. These are normally valued at $4,000.00 per year. The School nominates students with exceptional academic records for University Graduate Fellowships each October. All full- time continuing students are considered and application procedures are distributed to students who may be eligible. The fellowship would apply to the student's second year of study. The Faculty of Graduate Studies administers the competition. In 2004-2005, full, non-renewable and one-year fellowships were valued at $16,000.00 per year and partial fellowships at $8,000.00. ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS Luciana Duranti, Dott. Lett., M.A.S., M.A. (Rome), Chair, Archival Studies Program; Ken Haycock, B.A., Dip.Ed. (W.Ont.), M.Ed. (Ott.), A.M.L.S. (Mich.), Ed.D. (Brigham Young), F.C.C.T., C.H.R.P.; Edie M. Rasmussen, B.Sc. (BnCol.)., M.Sc. (McM.), M.L.S. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Sheff.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Ann Curry, B.A., B.L.S. (Alta.), M.L.S. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Sheff.), Chair, Doctoral Studies Program; Terence M. Eastwood, B.A., M.A. (Alta.), Dip.Ed. (Vic. B.C.); Judith M. Saltman, B.A., B.L.S. (BnCol.), M.A. (Simmons), Chair, Children's Literature Program. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Martin Dowding, B.A. (Trent), M.L.S. (Tor.), M.A. (York), Ph.D. (Tor.); Richard L. Hopkins, B.Ed., B.L.S., M.L.S., M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Tor.), Coordinator of Admissions and Placement; Richard Kopak, B.A. (Alta.), M.L.S., Ph.D. (Tor.); Heather MacNeil, B.A. (Guelph), M.A. (S.Fraser), M.A.S., Ph.D. (Br.Col.). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Mary Sue Stephenson, B.A. (Texas), M.L.S., Ph.D. (N.Texas), Chair, Library and Information Studies Program and Coordinator, Information Technology Services. INSTRUCTOR II Joseph Tennis, B.A. (Lawrence), M.L.S. (Indiana), Ph.D. (Wash.). LECTURER Janet Turner, B.A.A. (Ryerson), M.A.S. (Br.Col.). SESSIONAL LECTURERS Beth Barlow, B.Sc, B.L.S. (Alta.); Sue Bigelow, B.Sc, ^LA.C. (Qu.); Alexandra Bradley, B.Ed. (BrCol.), B.L.S. (Alta.); Dovelle Buie, B.A., M.A.S. (BrCol.); Jane Cobb, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.L.S. (Br.Col.); Catherine Collins, B.A. (Boston), M.L.I.S. (Simmons); Beth Davies, LL.B. (Leic), M.L.I.S. (Br.Col.); Margaret De Vries, B.A., B.Ed., M.A. (Br.Col.); Carol Elder, B.A., M.L.S. (Alta.); Ian Forsyth, B.A. (McG.), M.A. (W.Laur.); Shirley Giggey, B.A. (Car.), M.L.S. (Br.Col.); Dean Giustini, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.L.S. (Tor.); Teresa Gleave, B.A. (Alta.), M.L.I.S. (Dal.); Heather Gordon, B.A. (Calg.), M.A.S. (Br.Col.); Peter Gourlay, B.A. (McG.), M.L.S. (BrCol.); Lisa Gysel, B.A. (Trin. W), M.L.I.S. (Br.Col.); Melanie Houlden, B.A., M.L.S. (Br.Col.); Jeff Katz, B.A. (Hunter Coll. of the City University of N.Y.), M.L.S. (Br.Col.); Shirley Lew, B.A., M.L.I.S. (BrCol.); Mary Luebbe, B.A. (Lewis and Clark Coll., Portland), M.Libr. (Wash.); Debbie Millward, B.A. (Car.), M.L.S. (Br.Col.); Simon Neame, B.A. (Vic, B.C.), M.L.I.S. (Br.Col.); Greg Rowell,; Allison Taylor McBryde, B.A. (Leth.), M.L.S. (Br.Col.). 320 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 17 The Faculty of Medicine Dean's Office G. Stuart, Dean J. M. Bates, Senior Associate Dean, M.D. Undergraduate Program B. Fleming, Associate Dean, Student Affairs K. Ho, Associate Dean and Director of Continuing Medical Education D. Shaw, Associate Dean, Equity A. Towle, Associate Dean, M.D. Undergraduate Curriculum K. Sivertz, Associate Dean, Postgraduate Education K. Rungta, Associate Dean, Postgraduate Education V. Frinton, Associate Dean, Admissions A. Buchan, Associate Dean, Research O. Casiro, Associate Dean, Island Medical Program D. Snadden, Associate Dean, Northern Medical Program 2194 Health Sciences Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Telephone: 604-822-2421 Fax: 604-822-6061 Medicine Website (www.med.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Medicine offers undergraduate programs of study leading to the Doctor of Medicine and Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Science. At the postgraduate level, the Faculty offers Postgraduate (Residency) Training programs. Together with the Faculty of Science and the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the Faculty of Medicine offers combined programs leading to the Doctor of Medicine and Bachelor of Science, and Doctor of Medicine and Doctor of Philosophy, p. 261. The School of Rehabilitation Sciences is a part of the Faculty of Medicine that offers training in physical and occupational therapy. The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences is also a part of the Faculty and provides instruction in speech pathology. See The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences, p. 161 and The School of Rehabilitation Sciences, p. 377 for more information. DOCTOR OF MEDICINE The Faculty of Medicine offers a program leading to the Doctor of Medicine. The program requires a preparatory program plus four years of study in Medicine. A physician's education can be broadly divided into four phases: • pre-medical preparation, which can be completed in a variety of faculties or programs; • medical school training (four years); • residency training (two to six years); and • continuing education. ADMISSION SELECTION OF A PROGRAM OF PRE-MEDICAL STUDIES Students planning to apply for admission to the Doctor of Medicine program should select courses that conform with the requirements of a bachelor's degree of their choice. No particular degree program is considered ideal as preparation for the study and practice of medicine. A variety of pre-medical academic backgrounds is considered desirable. Students who have completed programs that include all the prerequisites and who then enrol in unclassified non-degree programs for the sole purpose of improving their academic qualifications for admission are advised that only a small proportion of such candidates ultimately gain admission. PREREQUISITES Candidates for admission must have completed a minimum of three full years of university-level study (90 credits). OAC courses are not considered to be at the university level. The following university-level prerequisite courses (or their equivalent) must be completed by April 30 of the year for which admission is sought. The following prerequisite courses are required for entry into the Doctor of Medicine program. UBC courses are listed; the equivalents from any recognized post-secondary institution will be accepted. Applicants are strongly encouraged to consult the Faculty of Medicine Admissions website (www.admissions.med.ubc.ca) for more details. 1) English, 6 credits. (Any two of ENGL 110, 111, 112, 120, 121. ENGL 112 is recommended.) 2) Biology, minimum 6 credits. BIOL 111, 121 and 140L. If taken prior to September 2000, please consult the Faculty website. 3) Inorganic Chemistry, minimum 6 credits. CHEM 121 and 123 or CHEM 111 and 113. 4) Organic Chemistry, 6 credits. CHEM 203 and 204 OR CHEM 205, 233 and 235. 5) Biochemistry, 6 credits. BIOC 300 or 303 preferred. BIOL 201 and BIOC 302 for UBC students only. Students completing Science One at UBC meet the first-year Biology and Chemistry requirements. Courses in behavioural sciences, biometrics and statistics, and physics are recommended, but not required. MEDICAL COLLEGE ADMISSION TEST All applicants must take the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) and request that their results be released to UBC. Information and online registration are available at www.aamc.org/students/mcat. MCAT test scores must be released by the application deadline, with the exception of the August 2005 test. August 2005 test scores must be released by November 1, 2005. Please note: UBC is not a part of the American Medical College Application Service (AMCAS). You must therefore specify that you would like us to receive your results by providing the UBC code (260). This can only be done after your results have been sent to you using MCAT's online "THx system." Applicants are strongly encouraged to use the menu option on the THx System called "Review the status of my THx requests" to confirm that results have been successfully released to UBC. We do not require applicants to attain a minimum MCAT score to be considered for admission. However, we suggest that applicants review the profile of students admitted at www.admissions.med.ubc.ca/stats.html for an indication of competitive scores. Test results from August 2000 to August 2005 are considered valid for applicants who submit their application by October 3, 2005, 4:30 pm PST. If you have written more than one MCAT from August 2000 to August 2005, the MCAT with the best overall total score will be used. It is the applicant's responsibility to ensure that all results are released and received by the Admissions Office. Applicants writing the August MCAT exam immediately prior to application are advised PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 321 they will not receive test results until after the application deadline. Arrangements to take the Medical College Admission Test may be made with post- secondary institution counselling departments. University bookstores often sell publications related to the MCAT. Alternatively, applicants may contact the Association of American Medical Colleges, Membership and Publication Orders, 2450 N Street N.W, Washington, DC, 20037-1126, USA; telephone 202-828-0416; www.aamc.org. REQUIRED ACADEMIC STANDARDS Applications for admission will be considered from candidates who have completed all prerequisite courses prior to April 30, 2005, have taken the MCAT, and who have attained a minimum overall academic average of 70% (GPA of 2.8) based on all university-level courses attempted. Official transcripts showing proof of registration for courses to be completed by April 30, 2006 must be received by the application deadline, October 3, 2005, 4:30pmPST. Applicants who have completed university-level courses ten years or more before the date of application may apply in writing to have these grades excluded from the calculation of the overall average. In this case, applicants must have completed 90 credits within the ten years prior to the date of application. If grades on coursework are waived, all coursework of that year and prior would be excluded from consideration (e.g., prerequisite courses taken during the excluded period will not be considered). Persons who have been required to withdraw from another medical school for academic reasons are not eligible to apply. SELECTION PROCESS The entering class for September 2006 is limited to 224 full-time students. The number of qualified applicants significantly exceeds the number of available positions. Therefore, not every qualified applicant will be offered admission. Admission is based on a selection process which strives to enrol the most highly qualified applicants who will be evaluated on the following criteria: 1) Academic criteria at the time of application, including: (A) overall academic record, based on the average of all university-level courses attempted. Consideration is given to performance in courses at senior undergraduate and graduate levels, and to trends in grades from year to year; (B) most recent 60 credits average; (C) prerequisite average, based on the average of the prerequisites at the time of application; and (D) MCAT scores. 2) Non-academic criteria, including motivation, maturity, integrity, emotional stability, realistic self-appraisal, social concern and responsibility, reliability, creativity, scientific and intellectual curiosity, attitude toward continuing learning, problem solving and decision-making aptitude, ability to communicate verbally and in writing, leadership potential, capacity to understand and co-operate with others, concern for human welfare, and demonstrated high level of performance in any aspect of human endeavour. Evaluation of these non-academic criteria is based on: (A) a non-academic autobiographical essay submitted by the applicant; (B) additional essay by Aboriginal (First Nations, Metis, or Inuit) candidate, if applicable; (C) a list of extracurricular activities prepared by the applicant; (D) a report of non-academic experiences and rural interest statement; (E) three references, when requested; (F) panel interview; and (G) rural/remote suitability. The interview is a critical component of the admission process. Applicants selected for an interview will be contacted by the admissions office and will also be asked to submit their reference letters. The interview dates will likely be scheduled for February /March 2006. The selection of candidates for admission to the UBC Faculty of Medicine undergraduate distributed program is governed by guidelines established by the Senate of UBC, and is the responsibility of the Faculty of Medicine Admissions Selection Committee and the Associate Dean, Admissions. The selection process reflects the values of the UBC Faculty of Medicine and all university partners in the UBC Faculty of Medicine undergraduate distributed program. The process is designed to choose well-rounded students who meet the goals of the expanded, distributed program; who can be expected to perform well in the rigorous curriculum and problem-based learning format; and who can balance and enrich their academic experience with strong non-academic skills and interests. Similarly, selection processes of other Canadian medical schools reflect their own individual values, and are designed to select candidates who would most likely be successful in their respective programs. The UBC Faculty of Medicine's Associate Dean of Equity oversees the selection process to ensure that all applicants are given careful consideration without regard to age, gender, race, religion, marital or economic status. The selection of candidates is made by consensus of the Admissions Selection Committee. The Admissions Selection Committee reviews and discusses all interviewed applicants. At present, admission is limited to Canadian citizens and permanent residents of Canada. Preference is given to residents of British Columbia. A maximum of ten positions may be made available to out-of-province applicants in the medical program each year. In completing the online application, candidates will provide information to help determine their suitability for education in the North. This information is used in the overall admissions process. With other non-academic criteria, references, interview scores and academic criteria, this information aids the NMP Admissions Subcommittee in recommending admission of students felt to be appropriate for having their M.D. Undergraduate education at the NMP The applicant will have the opportunity to indicate their site preferences at the time of interview. Members of the Admissions Selection Committee are not aware of an applicant's site preference during the selection discussions. Following an admissions decision, applicants offered admission are allocated to sites based on their preferences. The site choice of the accepted student is given priority, unless the available positions at that site have been filled, in which case he/she would be wait-listed for their preferred site (or sites, should the student be offered his/her third choice). UBC FACULTY OF MEDICINE UNDERGRADUATE DISTRIBUTED PROGRAM The UBC Faculty of Medicine offers a distributed program involving 224 students at geographically separated campuses. Twenty- four students will be in the Northern Medical Program located at the University of Northern British Columbia and another 24 will be in the Island Medical Program located at the University of Victoria. The remaining 176 students will be located at UBC. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applicants are strongly encouraged to apply using the Faculty of Medicine's Online Admissions System. Applications will be available from June 15 to October 1, 2004 and can be found at the Medicine's Admissions website (www.admissions.med.ubc.ca). All inquiries should be addressed to Admissions, Faculty of Medicine, Dean's Office. Supporting documentation must be received by the Admissions office no later than 4:30 pmPST on October 1. Final post-secondary transcripts for students currently enrolled in a program of studies must be received by June 15, 2005. All residents of British Columbia are required to pay an application fee of CADS105.00; out-of-province applicants are required to pay CADS155.00. An additional evaluation fee of CADS30.00 is required if transcripts are from an institution outside of BC. Applications with incomplete documentation or without the correct fee will not be eligible. Fees are nonrefundable and are not applicable to tuition. UBC Faculty of Medicine will interview a subset of approximately 600 applicants based on results of file reviews of academic and non- academic evaluations. On receipt of an invitation, the applicant will be requested to provide their referees with the reference forms which will be available electronically. The completed reference letters must be received by the Admissions office by the date posted on the website. Each qualified applicant will participate in one interview, in Vancouver, which is typically scheduled in March. A three-member panel consisting of an academic, a clinician and a community person, 322 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 representing diverse geographic areas of BC will conduct the interview. After the interview, and after receiving further information about the three sites, applicants will determine where they would prefer to study. This information will be confidential until after admissions decisions are made. Please refer to the Faculty website (www.med.ubc.ca). Notification to successful applicants will be issued by the end of May. Successful applicants are offered a position in the Faculty of Medicine, UBC. ABORIGINAL APPLICANTS The UBC Faculty of Medicine welcomes applications from qualified Aboriginal applicants. The Aboriginal admission process of the Faculty of Medicine has a target of 5% of the annual complement of funded seats in the first year M.D. Undergraduate Program. Aboriginal applicants can apply either to the regular stream of admission or to the Aboriginal admission process. Applicants who self-identify as Aboriginal will be considered under the Aboriginal admission process as well as under the regular admission process. If you wish to apply as an Aboriginal applicant, you will be required to write an additional essay that will be reviewed by the Aboriginal Admissions Subcommittee. Based on your completed application, you may be offered an interview with the Aboriginal Interviewing Panel. Please contact the Aboriginal Programs Coordinator in the Faculty of Medicine at 604-822-3236 or email james.andrew@ubc.ca for further information. POST-ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS Upon receipt of an official letter of offer, each successful applicant must send a deposit of CADS300.00 payable to the University of British Columbia, by the date specified therein. The deposit is non-refundable but will be 1 applied to tuition fees if the student attends the Doctor of Medicine program in the academic session specified. Upon acceptance, each applicant must submit to the Student Health Service evidence of immunizations (Tetanus/Diphtheria-Toxoid, Polio, MMR) and a negative TB skin test (if the skin test is positive, a chest x-ray is required). Undergraduate medical students without immunity to Hepatitis B are at risk for infection. Students who are Hepatitis B antigen positive may pose a risk of passing infection to others. All students are strongly encouraged to know their serological status for Hepatitis B prior to applying to the undergraduate program of the Faculty of Medicine. Students are advised that undergraduate medical students who test positive for Hepatitis B antigen may face certain restrictions in the course of their medical training and may be constrained in their ability to practice. All undergraduate medical students admitted to the Faculty of Medicine at UBC will have their vaccination records reviewed to determine their risk for communicable diseases. Undergraduate medical students who have not been vaccinated against Hepatitis B will be required to complete a vaccination series, unless they demonstrate they are Hepatitis B surface antigen positive. Sero-conversion will be tested in all medical students either upon entry if they have received prior vaccination, or upon completion of a vaccination series. Undergraduate medical students who continue to fail to sero-convert will be tested for the presence of Hepatitis B antigen by the Student Health Service. Students who demonstrate Hepatitis B infectivity may be required to complete a modified course of training and may pursue their studies only as long as their continued involvement does not pose a health or safety hazard to themselves or others and as long as they are able to meet the core requirements for a medical degree at UBC. The Faculty of Medicine will make every reasonable effort to ensure that a modified course of training will meet professional licensing requirements. Licensing requirements and decisions are within the sole jurisdiction of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of BC. The Faculty of Medicine cannot guarantee that a modified course of training which will lead to the granting of an M.D. degree will be accepted or recognized by this or any other licensing body. Counselling resources are available to any undergraduate medical student identified as Hepatitis B positive. APPLICANTS WITH DISABILITIES Applicants to the Faculty of Medicine with disabilities will be considered in accordance with UBC's policy on Academic Accommodation for Students with Disabilities. This policy does not eliminate the need for evaluation or the need to meet essential learning outcomes. Students seeking academic accommodation due to disability must: • Provide the necessary documentation to the Disability Resource Centre (the University does not provide or assume the cost of diagnostic services), and • Bring the request for academic accommodation or for changes in accommodation needs to the attention of the appropriate personnel in a timely manner in order to allow for arrangement of accommodations. Students with disabilities are encouraged to pursue their studies as long as their continued involvement does not pose a health or safety hazard to themselves or others, and as long as they are able to meet the core requirements for a medical degree. The Faculty of Medicine will make every reasonable effort to ensure that any modified course of training will meet professional licensing requirements. However, licensing requirements and decisions are within the sole jurisdiction of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of British Columbia. We cannot guarantee that a modified course of training, which leads to the granting of an M.D. degree, will be accepted or recognized by this or any other licensing body. Similarly, access to the full-range of post-graduate training may be limited for students with disabilities. For more information please contact the UBC Disability Resource Centre at 604-822-5844 or visit the website (www.students.ubc.ca/access). REAPPLICATIONS Unsuccessful applicants may reapply in subsequent years without prejudice. Candidates who are repeatedly unsuccessful are encouraged to explore other career options. Applications are made available again the following June. ADMISSION OF STUDENTS BY TRANSFER Transfer students may be accepted to the third year of the Doctor of Medicine program only if vacancies exist in that class. Transfers are generally not possible in any other year. In order to be eligible, students requesting transfer must be in good standing in a Canadian or US medical school accredited by the Committee on Accreditation of Canadian Medical Schools and the Liaison Committee on Medical Education. The application deadline for transfer students is January 31. Applicants must submit an outline of their University curriculum, application fees (see above), a letter indicating their reasons for wishing to transfer, and a letter from the dean (or designate) of the medical school which they currently attend. Interviews may be required. Requests for partial year transfers will not be considered. VISITING STUDENTS Applications may be accepted from prospective visiting medical students in fourth year if vacancies exist in that class. Applicants must have a letter of permission from the medical school they attend. The application deadline is January 31. Visiting students must complete the entire year of the UBC program as presented. Students who successfully complete the requirements will receive their degree from their home university. APPLICATIONS FROM CURRENT GRADUATE STUDENTS Admission of graduate students into the Faculty of Medicine will be made through the existing selection procedures as outlined above. Such students must complete all portions of the program in which they are registered, including the submission of their thesis for examination, by July 1 prior to admission to the Faculty of Medicine. Deferrals will NOT be granted to allow an applicant to complete their graduate programs. DEFERRED ENTRY Requests for deferred entry will be considered only from students who have completed a first degree, and then only in exceptional circumstances. Note: Deferral requests must be made at the time of application. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 323 REGISTRATION The academic year of the Faculty of Medicine normally begins late in August for first, second and third years. The academic term for fourth year begins early in September. Students in each year of the medical program will be notified of registration procedures. No student will be allowed to register after the first day of instruction in the term, nor will they be admitted to any class after its first session, except by permission of the Dean. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes (including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, seminars, etc.). Students who are unavoidably absent because of illness or disability must report to the Dean's Office. A student planning to be absent from classes for any reason must obtain prior permission from the Dean's Office. All students registered in the distributed program at geographically separated campuses will be subject to the same academic regulations. EXAMINATIONS Examinations in the Faculty of Medicine may be held at various times throughout the year. These examinations are obligatory for all students. Should a student be unavoidably absent from a sessional or final examination because of illness or other reason, the Dean's Office must be notified of the facts in the case before the end of the period during which the examination is scheduled. Failure to observe this rule may result in a failure being recorded in the course. When a sessional or final examination has been missed through illness or some other justifiable cause, application for deferred examination or special consideration must be made in writing to the Dean not later than 48 hours after the close of the examination period. If the absence was for reasons of health, a physician's certificate indicating the nature and duration of the illness must be submitted to the Dean's Office. A student may be denied the privilege of writing a sessional examination in any subject because of unsatisfactory work or attendance, and in this case will be considered to have failed the course. In any course which involves several components (for example tutorial performance, laboratory work and written examinations), a student is required to achieve satisfactory standing in all parts of the course. If the course is repeated, no exemption will ordinarily be granted from the work in any part. Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they are illegible or noticeably defective in English. The passing mark in the Faculty of Medicine is 60%. All results of final examinations will be passed upon by a promotions committee. Final examination results will be released by Enrolment Services. SUBJECTS OF THE FINAL EXAMINATIONS FIRST YEAR Three longitudinal courses: Clinical Skills; Doctor, Patient and Society; Family Practice Continuum. Six sequential courses: Orientation; Principles of Human Biology; Host Defences and Infection; Cardiovascular; Pulmonary; Fluids, Electrolytes, Renal and GU. SECOND YEAR Three longitudinal courses: Clinical Skills; Doctor, Patient and Society; Family Practice Continuum. Seven sequential courses: Musculoskeletal and Locomotor; Blood and Lymphatics; Gastrointestinal; Endocrine and Metabolism; Integument; Brain and Behaviour; Reproduction; Growth and Development. THIRD YEAR Promotion of students from third to four year will be based on successful completion of written examinations, oral examinations, clinical performance evaluations for each clinical clerkship, and the interdepartmental OSCE Examination. The subjects in which students will be assessed in third year will be Anaesthesia; Dermatology; Emergency Medicine; Family Practice; Medicine; Obstetrics and Gynaecology; Ophthalmology; Orthopaedics; Pediatrics; Psychiatry; and Surgery. FOURTH YEAR Successful completion of eight weeks of selectives and eight weeks of electives. In term one, based on clinical performance evaluations and case reports. In term two, the subjects in which students will be assessed are Evidence Based Medicine, Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Health Care and Epidemiology, Doctor Patient Relationships, Palliative Care and Cross Cultural Health Care Ethics and the Law. MEDICAL COUNCIL OF CANADA EXAMINATIONS All persons writing the Medical Council of Canada examinations are required to submit a separate examination fee to that body. This fee is set by the Council and is payable to The Registrar, Medical Council of Canada. GRADING PRACTICES In the Faculty of Medicine, individual courses in the Doctor of Medicine undergraduate program are graded on an Honours (H), Pass (P), Fail (F) system. The Faculty defines Fail as below 60% and a Pass as 60% or greater, but below Honours. An Honours grade is assigned by individual course directors and approved by the promotions committee. ADVANCEMENT The Faculty will determine the student's fitness for promotion at the end of each session. A student whose academic standing is unsatisfactory may be required either to withdraw from the Faculty or to repeat all or part of the academic work for the year. If the progress of a student has been unsatisfactory in any given term, the Faculty may permit a supplemental examination in the course(s) failed, provided that attendance has been satisfactory and no more than two courses have been failed. The supplemental examination program is offered to students who have failed one or more core components within a course (e.g., in-class assessment or the comprehensive examination). A course failure is formally and permanently noted on the student's transcript. The course director(s) or block chair(s) concerned will direct such work as will be necessary to prepare for the supplemental examination. It is the responsibility of the student to consult the course director(s) concerned about such arrangements. If the student satisfies the requirements of the course(s) concerned and passes each supplemental examination with a mark of at least 65%>, he/she will be promoted. If the student does not pass the supplemental examination program, he/she may be required to withdraw from the program or to repeat a portion or the entire work of the year. Although satisfactory academic performance is prerequisite to advancement it is not the sole criterion in the consideration of the suitability of a student for promotion or graduation. The Faculty reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the Faculty if considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of medicine. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS A candidate for the Doctor of Medicine must be at least 21 years of age; have fulfilled all the requirements for entrance to the Faculty of Medicine and have attended the four full years of instruction which comprise the medical course. No one will be admitted to candidacy for the Doctor of Medicine who has not been in attendance for the final two years in the Faculty of Medicine at the University of British Columbia. Each candidate for graduation must have passed all the required examinations in the subjects comprising the medical course, and have received acceptable ratings in certain courses for which satisfactory completion is required but specific marks are not assigned. The Faculty will recommend to Senate the granting of the Doctor of Medicine to a student who has completed satisfactorily the academic requirements. Each candidate for the Doctor of Medicine must make formal application, on a form obtainable at Enrolment Services. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The medical course extends through four academic sessions. All students in the 324 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 distributed program will follow the same course of studies at the geographically separated campuses. All students will be based in Vancouver for the first half of first year, after which students in the Northern Medical Program and Island Medical Program will move to the distant campuses to continue their studies. The first half of the first year begins with a one-week orientation in which students are introduced to the problem-based learning (PBL) method, receive instruction in medical informatics and are oriented to the profession of medicine and the components of the curriculum. Following the orientation phase, Principles of Human Biology continues for 14 weeks. This course has the PBL tutorial as its primary teaching methodology with supporting lectures and labs. The underlying purpose of this course is to provide an introduction to the core concepts, basic principles and the language of medicine. This will then enable students to participate effectively in the next component, the Foundations of Medicine. Basic science material is taught in the context of clinical cases and the material learned is interdisciplinary and integrated. The courses in this segment are Host Defenses and Infection, Cardiovascular, Pulmonary, and Fluids, Electrolytes, Renal and GU. Clinical Skills I allows students to acquire effective communication skills and to learn how to conduct an interview of a patient. History taking and physical examination skills are learned in relation to the body systems covered in the Foundations of Medicine courses. Family Practice Continuum exposes students to patients and physicians in a medical office setting where they learn and practice clinical skills. This is supplemented by small-group tutorials. The Doctor, Patient and Society course focuses on the scientific basis for the humanities and deals with issues of population health, health care systems, ethics and the 1 doctor-patient relationship. In the second year of the curriculum, students continue with the Foundations of Medicine component. The courses in this year are Musculoskeletal and Locomotor, Blood and Lymphatics, Gastrointestinal, Endocrine and Metabolism, Integument, Brain and Behaviour, Reproduction and Growth and Development. Clinical Skills II, Doctor, Patient and Society and Family Practice Continuum also run as continuums through the second year in conjunction with the Foundations of Medicine blocks. The third year is a clerkship and consists of 12 months of clinical studies. The first four months of the final year will consist of advanced electives and selectives. The remainder of the program consists of a classroom-based course, Effective Skills for Medical Practice. During the program, protected time for independent study has been set aside to allow and encourage students to take responsibility for their own progress in meeting the broad objectives for the undergraduate medical course. The first two years of the program are given mainly at the university campuses of UBC, UVic and UNBC. Clinical instruction is given in affiliated teaching hospitals and community resources throughout the province. EXPENSES Equipment, instruments and supplies will be required throughout the four-year program. It is recommended that no purchases be made until details concerning the necessary equipment are provided at the beginning of classes by the courses concerned. TEXTBOOKS Information regarding textbooks will be given before the start of each course. Not less than CADS500.00 per year should be available for purchasing textbooks and expendable supplies. COURSES LEADING TO THE DOCTOR OF MEDICINE Departmental and interdepartmental courses offered by the Faculty of Medicine are listed in detail in Courses (www.students.ubc.ca/ calendar/courses.cfm). The subjects in which instruction is given in the four academic sessions leading to the Doctor of Medicine are as follows: FIRST YEAR Three longitudinal courses: Clinical Skills; Doctor, Patient and Society; Family Practice Continuum. Six sequential courses: Orientation; Principles of Human Biology; Host Defences and Infection; Cardiovascular; Pulmonary; Fluids, Electrolytes, Renal and GU. SECOND YEAR Three longitudinal courses: Clinical Skills; Doctor, Patient and Society; Family Practice Continuum. Seven sequential courses: Musculoskeletal and Locomotor; Blood and Lymphatics; Gastrointestinal; Endocrine and Metabolism; Integument; Brain and Behaviour; Reproduction; Growth and Development. THIRD YEAR ^ural Family Practice. Clinical Clerkships: Medicine; Obstetrics and Gynaecology; Ophthalmology; Pediatrics; Psychiatry; Surgery (including sub-specialties); Anaesthesia; Emergency Medicine; Dermatology; Orthopaedics. FOURTH YEAR Sixteen weeks of advanced electives and selectives in clinical subjects. Effective Skills for Medical Practice course, comprising: weekly themes; pharmacology and therapeutics; healthcare and epidemiology; doctor-patient relationships; ethics and law; palliative care. ELECTIVES Information concerning elective offerings may be obtained from the Dean's Office, Undergraduate Education. In addition to formal courses offered by the Faculty of Medicine elective programs arranged by the student may be permissible in individual cases, subject to approval by the Faculty. INTERPROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES Under the auspices of the Council, the College of Health Disciplines, p. 289 is responsible for the administration of interprofessional courses (IHHS), which are recommended as electives to students in Medicine. For more information see Courses (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/ courses.cfm), IHHS, or visit the website at www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY AND DOCTOR OF MEDICINE The M.D./Ph.D. program is a combined program jointly offered by the Faculty of Medicine and the Faculty of Graduate Studies, p. 261. Its purpose is to provide selected and highly qualified students the opportunity to combine their medical school experience with intensive scientific training in pursuing a career as clinician-scientists. The program is designed such that students can receive a Doctor of Medicine and a Doctor of Philosophy after seven years of study. The program is built upon the regular Doctor of Medicine curriculum, but is further "customized" to meet the unique career goals of individual students based on their background, previous research experience, and their chosen medical field of expertise. Graduates of the M.D./Ph.D. program are trained as competent physicians as well as skilled scientists who can sustain a successful and competitive clinical investigative career. In order to be eligible for admission, students must have completed a Bachelor of Science with first-class standing (or equivalent), and have fulfilled all the requirements of acceptance into the Doctor of Medicine program, as well as the doctoral requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Medical College Admission Test (MCAT) is required, but the Graduate Records Examination (GRE) is optional. Applications to the M.D./Ph.D. program should be submitted to the M.D./Ph.D. Program Office: Room D25, Heather Pavilion, Vancouver Hospital Campus, 2733 Heather Street,Vancouver, BC, V5Z 3J5. The applications to the M.D. Program should be sent to the Dean's Office, Faculty of Medicine. Potential candidates must be selected by the M.D. Admissions Selection Committee prior to being accepted to the M.D./Ph.D. program. For further information, please contact Dr. Anthony Chow, Program Director, at 604-875-5063. See www.med.ubc.ca/mdphd for more information. BACHELOR OF MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE Medical Laboratory Science is the study of the scientific principles underlying the disciplines practised in diagnostic and medical research laboratories (Clinical Chemistry, Cytology, PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 325 Cytogenetics, Haematology, Histology, Histochemistry, Microbiology, Microscopy, Molecular Biology, Immunopathology, Toxicology). To earn a Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Science students must complete a two-year general program. Emphasis is on data analysis and an understanding of the underlying principles of the sub-disciplines of Medical Laboratory Science. The aim is to produce a "generalist" medical laboratory scientist, an individual who can adapt to and understand the changes that are occurring and will continue to occur in the medical laboratory. Students are amply trained to pursue careers in teaching, administration, research and development, and industry. Students will also have fulfilled virtually all of the prerequisites for application to medical, dental or graduate school. APPLICATION AND REGISTRATION Enquiries should be addressed to the B.M.L.Sc. Program Assistant, Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, The University of British Columbia, GF227-2211 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 2B5; telephone 604-822-7108, fax 604-822-7635. More information is available from the Pathology website (www.pathology.ubc.ca). ADMISSION Application for admission to the B.M.L.Sc. program must be made through the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine. Procedures, policies and admission requirements to the University of British Columbia are specified in Admissions, p. 17. Applicants for admission must meet the requirements of either Set A or B (not both). SETA, RT ROUTE Applicants must have the following: 1) Completion of the RT (general) diploma of the Canadian Society of Medical Laboratory Science (CSMLS) or an equivalent diploma; plus 2) Completion of CHEM 231 and 232 (Organic Chemistry, 3 credits each); plus | 3) CHEM 205 and 211 (Physical Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry, 3 credits each). SET B, SCIENCE ROUTE Science undergraduates and graduates must complete the following UBC courses (or their equivalents) prior to entry to the B.M.L.Sc. program: FIRST YEAR • Chemistry (CHEM 121 and 123 or 111 and 113) • Biology (BIOL 112, 121 and 140) • English-6 credits first-year level • Mathematics-6 credits first-year level • Physics-6 credits first-year level Plus the following Second-year level courses: • Cell Biology (BIOL 200) • Biochemistry (BIOL 201) • Physical Chemistry (CHEM 205 or 201) • Analytical Chemistry (CHEM 211) • Organic Chemistry (CHEM 123, 233 and 235 or 231 and 232 or 203 and 204) • Medical Microbiology and Immunology (MICB 202) • Arts Elective-6 credits, any year level Students applying for admission directly from secondary schools are not eligible for admission to the B.M.L.Sc. program. Secondary school students should first apply through the Faculty of Science, completing the requirements in Set B, then apply to the B.M.L.Sc. program during their second year of studies. INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS International applicants must meet the language requirements specified under English Language Admission Standard, p. 19 and must have a Grade Point Average of 3.0. Students should note that application fees and tuition fees for International students are significantly higher than those listed for domestic students. REGISTRATION AND PROGRAM APPROVAL The following is only a summary of the registration procedures for B.M.L.Sc. students. Complete information may be obtained from the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) or the material mailed to the students with their Letter of Acceptance (new students). Students accepted into the B.M.L.Sc. program are expected to follow a strict program of study. Changes to the required program must be requested in writing to the program coordinator anytime prior to the commencement of classes or up to two weeks after the commencement of classes. Students who change their program of study without the written permission of the program coordinator shall suffer the consequences of rescheduling, timetable changes and cancelled courses which in subsequent years may result in lengthening the time to complete the program. After two weeks of lectures, students are not permitted to change the program for which they are registered except in special circumstances and with the permission of the program coordinator. After the close of registration, all changes in course registration must be made by students at the B.M.L.Sc. Office. Program changes must be approved by the program coordinator. These changes are processed by the B.M.L.Sc. Office. Students may not take courses for which they have not registered, and may be considered as having failed in all courses dropped without permission. ADVISING The B.M.L.Sc. Program Assistant is available to assist undergraduate students in their general academic planning, in interpreting faculty regulations and course requirements, and in resolving academic problems which may arise. The Program Assistant is located in Room G227-2211, Wesbrook Mall. Advising is done on a "first-come-first-served" basis. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS EXAMINATIONS Formal written examinations are required at the end of all courses terminating in December or in April, and also in December for courses continuing all year. Some courses also hold midterm examinations in October and February. The formal written examination may be replaced by alternative examination procedures only at the discretion of the program coordinator. Except in cases of medical, emotional or other reasons deemed acceptable by the program coordinator, missed exams will result in a grade of zero. If you are unable to write an exam due to illness, you must inform the Program Assistant before the exam. A doctor's letter must be received by the program coordinator within 48 hours of the missed examination. If you are unable to write an exam for a reason other than illness, contact the Program Assistant on the day of the exam and provide a written explanation to the program coordinator within 48 hours. Missed exams will be made up at the discretion of the program coordinator and course coordinators. Missed final exams may have to Woe written during the supplemental examination period. A passing grade is 50% or higher; Second class is 65%> to 79%; First class is 80% to 100%. SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS Supplementals are not a right but a privilege granted by the program coordinator after consideration of a student's complete academic standing. A student who has written final examinations but failed a course or courses may be granted permission to write supplementals in courses for which supplemental examinations are provided. Supplemental exams are given in late July or early August. To be eligible to write a supplemental exam, the student must have: 1) Passed the laboratory work, written the final examination and obtained at least 40% standing in the course in which the supplemental is granted; 2) In all but the final (graduating) year a candidate who has been granted a supplemental may write it only once. A student who fails a supplemental examination must repeat the course. However, in the graduating year a supplemental examination may be written twice with permission of the program coordinator. Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes, including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, and seminars. Students who neglect their academic work and assignments may, on the recommendation of the head of the department, be excluded by the Dean from the final examinations. In general students who pass a course can use it as a prerequisite for a subsequent course in that 326 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 subject. However, departments do have the right to bar entrance to their third-year courses to students who obtain only a minimum passing grade in their second-year prerequisite course or courses. No failed course may be repeated more than once without special permission of the Dean. This does not apply to courses in first-year English, which may be repeated twice. LIMITATION OF ENROLMENT Enrolment in the B.M.L.Sc. program is limited to a maximum of 24 new students each academic year. TRANSFER CREDIT Students may not receive transfer credit for courses completed at other institutions where those courses were used to obtain a degree. All courses submitted for transfer credit are subject to the approval of Enrolment Services. STUDENT ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE Fail standing in session will be assigned unless a student meets the following conditions: • passes in all credits attempted; • if taking more than 12 credits, passes in at least three-fifths of them and obtains an overall average of at least 60% in three-fifths of the credits taken; • if taking 12 or fewer credits, passes in at least one-half of them. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS BACHELOR OF MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE Third Year CHEM 205 and 2111 (or PATH 3002) 7(6) CHEM 311 4 PATH 301 4 PATH 303 4 PATH 304 4 PATH 305 4 PATH 306 2 PATH 327 6 PATH 375 3 Total Credits 38 (37) Fourth Year3 BIOL 300 or HCEP 400 3 PATH 402 4 PATH 404 6 PATH 405 2 PATH 406 6 PATH 407 4 PATH 408 3 PATH 415 2 Arts electives or first-year English4 6 Total Credits 36 1 RT holders only 2 Science students only 3 An optional elective, PATH 438 (2-6) s available to students in fourth year. 4 Whichever is required, may be completed in third year. ENGLISH REQUIREMENT To qualify for the Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Science, students must satisfy the English requirement of the University of British Columbia. To do this students must obtain credit for two of ENGL 110, 111, 112, 120 and 121, or their equivalents if taken at another institution. ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) Examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. For further information see Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120. All students admitted to the B.M.L.Sc. program must take immediate steps to satisfy the English requirement. ARTS REQUIREMENT Students must complete 12 credits of Arts courses, consisting of 6 credits of first-year English and 6 additional credits in Arts courses. BACHELOR OF MIDWIFERY Director's Office Elaine Carty, Director Babette Mattheys, Program Assistant B54, 2194 Health Sciences Mall Woodward Instructional Resources Centre Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3 Telephone: 604-822-0352 Midwifery Website (www.midwifery.ubc.ca) The Midwifery Program prepares students to provide primary care for women and their families through pregnancy and up to the third month after birth. Midwives, although independent practitioners, work as part of the health care team. The four-year program combines broad-based knowledge and understanding in the humanities, and the social and bio-medical sciences. ACADEMIC ADVISING fc^dvising sessions are offered to students entering first year before their registration access date. ADMISSION All inquiries relating to admission to first year of the Midwifery Program should be addressed to Enrolment Services. The last day of submission of applications for admission from secondary school to the Bachelor of Midwifery for the Winter Session beginning the following September is February 28, with supplementary documents (see Other Requirements, p. 327) to be at the Midwifery Program office by February 28. Official transcripts are to be in Enrolment Services as soon as possible after the application deadline. The last day for acceptance of transcripts is June 30. The Midwifery Program has a limited enrolment. Since the number of qualified applicants is expected to exceed the number of places available, fulfilment of the following requirements is not a guarantee of admission. The Faculty reserves the right of selection of all students for admission to the program. Admission to the four-year Bachelor of Midwifery will be offered to those students who not only demonstrate academic potential but also demonstrate the qualities, potential and motivation for competencies to practise as a midwife in BC. Candidates may be invited for an interview at the discretion of the Admissions Committee. Applicants should review the English Language Admission Standard, p. 19 as outlined in the "Admissions" chapter of the Calendar. Application for admission must be made through Enrolment Services. Procedures, policies and admission requirements to the University of British Columbia are specified in Admissions, p. 17. Due to enrolment limitations, not every qualified applicant will be offered admission. Admission is based on a selection process which strives to enrol the most highly qualified applicants. British Columbia Secondary School graduation must include the following courses: Biology 12, English 12, Chemistry 11, Mathematics 11 and 2 additional approved examinable grade 12 courses. If an applicant has a minimum of 24 transferable post-secondary credits, these credits are used as the basis of admission. Due to enrolment limitations, the academic standing required for admission may be higher than the above average and is subject to change each academic year. Fulfilment of the above requirement does not guarantee admission. The University will consider granting transfer credit for all transferable post secondary courses completed. The number of credits that can be applied to the Midwifery degree will be determined by the Program in accordance with University regulations about transfer credits. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Applicants for admission must submit the following additional supplemental admission requirements to the Midwifery Program by February 28: • Two letters of reference (form provided in the application package). It is recommended that one referee be a teacher, instructor, employer or supervisor; • A current resume (form provided in the application package); • A written personal statement about the applicant's reasons for requesting admission to the Midwifery Program and understanding of the profession of midwifery (format provided in the application package); • Interim transcripts; • Supplemental application form and processing fee. A processing fee of CADS107.50 must accompany the supplemental application admissions forms that are returned to the Midwifery Program. This fee is nonrefundable and should be made payable to the University of British Columbia, Division of Midwifery. Applications will not be processed unless the fee is received. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 327 Incomplete applications and late applications will not be considered. READMISSION The Faculty reserves the right to readmit students and to stipulate conditions attached to readmission. Application for readmission to the Program will be reviewed on an individual basis. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS The minimum passing grade in each midwifery course is 60%. In clinical midwifery courses the student is required to have successfully completed clinical practice before being allowed to write the final exam. Although satisfactory academic performance is prequisite to advancement, it is not the sole criterion in the consideration of the suitability of a student for promotion or graduation. The Faculty reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the program if considered to be unsuitable to proceed with the study or practice of midwifery. A student whose academic standing is unsatisfactory may be required either to withdraw from the program or to repeat all or part of the academic work of the year. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ENGLISH REQUIREMENT To qualify for the Bachelor of Midwifery, all students must have a minimum of 3 credits in first-year English (completion of 16 Foundation credits in year one satisfies the English Requirement). Completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. (See Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First Year English, p. 120). MIDWIFERY EDUCATION PROGRAM: CURRICULUM OVERVIEW Year 1 Year 3 (Continued) BIOL 153 (Anatomy and Physiology) 7 FDNS 101 (Routes to the 21st Century) 8 FDNS 102 (Knowledge Bases) 8 FDNS 103 (Approaches to Social Understanding) 8 Midwifery mentorship program non-credit Total Credits 31 Year 2 MIDW 200 (Birth and its Meaning) 3 MIDW 205 (Theory and Practice) 12 MIDW 210 (Critical Appraisal) 3 MIDW 215 (Ethics Module) 1 MICB 153 3 PHAR 240 3 Electives 6 Total Credits 31 Year 3 MIDW 310 (Professional Issues) 3 MIDW 315 (Theory and Practice) 15 Total Credits 45 Year 4 MIDW 400 (Theory and Practice) 15 MIDW 410 (Graduating Essay)1 3 MIDW 405 (Clerkship)2 12 Total Credits 30 Total Program Credits 237 MIDW 300 (Theory and Practice) 15 MIDW 305 (Theory and Practice) 12 To be taken in Term 1, Year 4. 2 To be taken in Term 2, Year 4. COSTS OTHER THAN SESSIONAL FEE There are additional expenses for travel and clinical practice. Students should be prepared for clinical practice outside the Vancouver area and should therefore include travel and living costs for these experiences in estimating total expenses. Information regarding these additional costs is available on the Midwifery website (www.midwifery.ubc.ca). COLLEGE OF MIDWIVES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Students who successfully complete the Bachelor of Midwifery and who are recommended by the Director of the program to the College of Midwives of British Columbia will be admitted to the College Register. Information about the College of Midwives of British Columbia can be obtained from their website. See College of Midwives (www.cmbc.bc.ca). Student registration with the College of Midwives will be required. POSTGRADUATE EDUCATION The Faculty of Medicine is prepared to assist and advise students in applying for postgraduate education positions. The Office of the Associate Dean, Undergraduate Education, should be consulted early in the final year for information on the application process. Placement or assignment of postgraduate positions is not a function of the Faculty of Medicine. The Canadian Resident Matching Service in Ottawa performs this service for all applicants to PGY-1 positions. CANADIAN RESIDENT MATCHING SERVICE All accredited postgraduate training in Canada is university integrated. Students do not apply to hospital programs but rather to university programs. The Canadian Resident Matching Service (CaRMS) is a non-profit corporation that works in close co-operation with the Association of Canadian Medical Colleges. Since its establishment in 1970 it has matched every graduating class. CaRMS uses a computer program that quickly computes the traditional selection process for postgraduate training by matching students and programs with their highest possible choices. It guarantees the process to be fair and unbiased. The CaRMS brochure and relevant documents for participation in the matching program are available on CaRMS website (www.carms.ca). Further information is available from the CaRMS office, 2283 St. Laurent Blvd., Suite 110, Ottawa, Ontario, KIP 3H7. RESIDENT EDUCATION Specialty training at the University of British Columbia is now offered in one of two streams, namely Family Medicine or a Royal College specialty program. Recruitment is now directly from medical school to these programs. All training must be taken in institutions approved by the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada or the College of Family Physicians of Canada. All programs are totally integrated and directed by the Faculty of Medicine. All residents are appointed by the British Columbia Interns and Residents Paying Agency and the University of British Columbia. All residents are required to register as postgraduate residents of the University in order to receive accreditation for their training. Postgraduate courses are offered by individual departments or divisions of the Faculty of Medicine in 59 medical, surgical and laboratory specialties. These courses conform to the specialty training requirements of the Royal PCollege of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada and the College of Family Physicians of Canada and are numbered 700 or higher. Applications for resident staff appointments should be made to the Program Director of the appropriate division or department of the University. Further information can be found on the Postgraduate Education website (www.med.ubc.ca/postgrad). DIVISION OF CONTINUING MEDICAL EDUCATION A Division of Continuing Medical Education has been established within the Dean's Office. Its purposes are to initiate and support programs in continuing medical education for physicians in practice, to initiate and support health sciences inter-professional programs of continuing education, to initiate and support efforts designed to define needs in continuing medical education, to initiate and support programs of evaluation in continuing medical education, to initiate and support experiments in new methods of learning in undergraduate and continuing medical education, and to improve methods of information dispersal in continuing medical education leading to improved patient care. POSTGRADUATE (RESIDENCY) TRAINING PROGRAMS Postgraduate courses are offered by individual departments or divisions of the Faculty of Medicine, to graduates of Canadian medical schools. These courses satisfy the specialty training requirements of the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada and the College of Family Physicians of Canada and are approved as a prerequisite for the examinations 328 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 in each specialty. All residents must register as postgraduate residents of the University. The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada requires a minimum of four to six years of specialty training dependent on the individual specialty. A broad-based clinical PGY-1 year is a mandatory component of many specialty programs but is not a requirement for entrance into such programs as pediatrics, internal medicine and the primary surgical specialties. The University of British Columbia is committed to community-based, integrated, Family Medicine and Royal College specialist training. Candidates must expect to perform a significant amount of their training in a rural setting. A number of local, regional and more remote smaller community hospitals have been successfully integrated into such programs as family medicine, pediatrics, psychiatry, obstetrics and gynecology, ophthalmology and general surgery. Ongoing assessments are made through each of the training years and, on satisfactory completion of the program, candidates may apply to sit the certification examination of the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada. Candidates are eligible to sit the certification examinations of the College of Family Physicians of Canada upon completion of the two-year Family Practice program. Supervision of each training program is the responsibility of the University department or division concerned. Selection of candidates for each program is at the discretion of the resident training program of each department to whom application should be made. The training programs run throughout the calendar year, commencing July 1. A variety of service rounds, conferences and seminars, small group tutorials, and divisional sessions having a bearing on patient care, but within which a teaching component is clearly defined, are offered. ANESTHESIA The postgraduate program in anesthesiology, which is fully approved for Fellowship in the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada, provides rotations in Clinical Anesthesia, Internal Medicine, and Basic Science or Clinical Research. The clinical rotations of the five-year program involve a wide experience of general anesthetic practice, including the sub-specialties of pediatric, obstetric, neuro, cardiac and thoracic anesthesia, as well as experience in acute and chronic pain services. The resident is introduced to clinical responsibility in a graded manner, with the objective of becoming a consultant in anesthesia in its broadest sense. An active academic core of Junior (second-year resident) and Senior (final two years) Tutorials, Seminars, Clinical Anesthesia and Intensive Care Unit Rounds, Clinical Workshops, and Journal Clubs are held weekly throughout the academic year. See Courses (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/courses.cfm) for details. Clinical and academic evaluations are conducted on a day-to-day basis, as well as with formal written and oral examinations held twice annually. The year of Internal Medicine emphasizes cardiovascular, respiratory, nephrology and hematology, as well as rotations through intensive care units (adult, pediatric, and neonatal). The fifth and final year may involve a third year of clinical anesthesia specialty rotations, or a research and teaching fellowship in Physiology and Pharmacology, or a clinical research fellowship in Anesthesia at one of the several University-affiliated teaching hospitals. COMMUNITY MEDICINE Postgraduate training in Community Medicine consists of five years in an accredited community medicine training program. One year consists of basic clinical training. The second year is an academic year in the Department of Health Care and Epidemiology, where the resident becomes familiar with the sciences basic to Community Medicine, such as epidemiology, biostatistics, community health, and occupational and environmental hygiene. The resident may use this year as partial fulfilment of a Master of Health Sciences or a Master of Science. Two years consist of increasing responsibility in the areas of public health practice, clinical epidemiology, occupational health, basic research, or health planning. Research is encouraged as a component of the program. Rotations are in health units of the Ministry of Health, or in industry in BC. Rounds and seminars are held each Friday on campus. Resident attendance at the academic day is required. The final year is tailored to the resident's specific interests. The program is part of the matching process, nevertheless applications from practitioners are encouraged. FAMILY PRACTICE The Family Practice Residency is a two-year program in which the resident is given progressively increasing responsibility in patient care and management. Within the family Practice Units and in community practices, residents are involved directly with ambulatory patients to whom they relate as family physicians and provide primary care on an episodic, continuing and preventative basis under the supervision of Department of Family Practice physicians. In addition, residents receive training in various hospitals in medicine, surgery, pediatrics, obstetrics and gynaecology, emergency, psychiatry, geriatrics and musculoskeletal medicine. Formal rounds, seminars, tutorials, daily chart rounds and journal clubs round out the resident's training in areas particularly pertinent to Family Practice. Training occurs primarily at six different sites: Chilliwack, City (in Vancouver), Northern Rural, Prince George Rural, St. Paul's and Victoria. A two-year program in First Nation's Health with an optional third year is also offered. An additional one-year training program of enhanced vocational skills is offered in emergency medicine, surgical skills and anesthesia and shorter training periods are offered in maternal health, psychiatry, addiction medicine and women's medicine, geriatrics and palliative care, and other areas of interest to practicing physicians. INTERNAL MEDICINE The training program includes ward work and case conferences on general medical and sub-specialty ward services supervised by members of the Faculty. The residents are given progressive responsibility for patient care on medical wards. Investigation and management of disease in ambulatory patients is provided under the direction of faculty members in the General Internal Medicine and medical specialties. The Department of Medicine utilizes the following facilities: the Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre (VGH site and UBC site), St. Paul's Hospital, BC Cancer Agency, G. E Strong Rehabilitation Centre, and the Mary Pack Arthritis Centre. Several Community Care Medicine electives are offered at a variety of non-tertiary care centres throughout British Columbia. In the Department of Medicine and its sub-specialties, courses will be given as indicated in Courses (www.students.ubc.ca/ calendar/courses.cfm). At present the following have training programs in addition to the courses listed: Cardiology, Critical Care Medicine, Dermatology, Endocrinology, Gastroenterology, General Internal Medicine, Geriatric Medicine, Haematology, Infectious Disease, Medical Oncology, Nephrology, Neurology, Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Medicine, Respiratory Medicine, and Rheumatology. The objectives of this program are to provide up to four years training in medicine for graduate physicians interested in a career in medicine in a community hospital or in an academic centre. The core training program will consist of graduated experience in the clinical teaching units at the Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre (both sites), St. Paul's Hospital and Children's Hospital. Rotations are offered in all of the subspecialty training programs. MEDICAL GENETICS The Department of Medical Genetics (www.medgen.ubc.ca) offers a fully integrated five-year program leading to certification and fellowship in the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada in the specialty of Medical Genetics. This program integrates basic and clinical genetics. Residents complete course work within the Medical Genetics graduate program (see Medical Genetics). Core clinical experience includes rotations in Pediatrics, Internal Medicine, and Obstetrics and Gynaecology. There are laboratory rotations in molecular genetics, cytogenetics, embryo pathology and biochemical genetics and a scholarly research project (clinical or laboratory). Core and advanced training in clinical genetics in the Provincial Medical Genetics Program involves exposure to a wide PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 329 variety of prenatal, pediatric and adult patients referred from throughout the province. The hospitals and laboratories affiliated with the program include Children's and Women's Health Centre of British Columbia, Vancouver General Hospital and Health Sciences Centre (12th and Oak and UBC Pavilions), St. Paul's and Royal Columbian Hospitals. CONTACT INFORMATION For more information on the Medical Genetics Residency Training Program (www.medgen.ubc.ca/programs/training.htm), please contact the Medical Genetics Residency Program Secretary, Cheryl Slevin, by email (cslevin@cw.bc.ca), or by phone at 604-875-3486. MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY The purpose of this approved residency program is to educate physicians to a level of competence that will enable them to direct the microbiology services in any hospital or other health care facility. Emphasis is placed on the appropriate delivery of diagnostic tests, infection control and consultation services to clinical colleagues who look after patients with infection. It is a five-year program comprising a basic clinical year, two core years of medical microbiology, one year in an elective program approved by the director, and one year of approved clinical training in internal medicine or pediatrics including infectious diseases. The residency is one of five streams in the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine (www.pathology.ubc.ca) and offers opportunities for interactions in the sub-disciplines and specialties within anatomic, general, and neuropathology, and in medical biochemistry. Emphasis is placed on classical microbiological diagnostic strategies and molecular technologies. OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY A balanced program of academic and practical clinical experience. The academic program consists mainly of weekly specialty rounds in the areas of gynaecology, gynaecologic oncology, high-risk pregnancy and fetal monitoring. Current cases and unusual clinical problems, together with their pathophysiology and management are discussed. A weekly afternoon seminar is held in which topics are assigned and prepared by residents and attending staff. Selected papers from the current literature are presented and critically discussed by the residents and the attending staff. Clinical experience is provided under supervision in the ambulatory care clinics with graduated responsibility being provided in the performance of operating and case room procedures. OPHTHALMOLOGY AND VISUAL SCIENCES The Department of Ophthamology and Visual Sciences offers practical experience in examination, investigation and management of patients in the neuro-ophthalmology, retina, cornea, glaucoma, refraction and contact lens, oculo-plasties, genetic and low vision clinics under supervision in addition to general ophthalmology and pediatric ocular motility clinics throughout the week. Instruction and assistance is given in the practical performance of major and minor ophthalmic surgical procedures. The management of patients with emphasis on solving diagnostic problems and performance of medical and surgical therapy is undertaken on both an in-patient and out-patient basis with follow-up clinics. ORTHOPAEDICS The Department of Orthopaedics offers a fully integrated five-year program leading to Certification by, and Fellowship of, the Royal College of Surgeons of Canada in the specialty of Orthopaedics. The program includes core experience in the principles of surgery (general, plastic, intensive care, vascular and orthopaedics), as well as core and advanced training in the areas of general orthopaedics, adult reconstruction, musculoskeletal oncology, trauma, sports related and arthroscopy, hand and microvascular, and pediatric orthopaedics (including trauma). Additionally, protected time in basic research (such as biology or bioengineering) is encouraged. The hospitals affiliated with the program include the Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre (12th and Oak and UBC Pavilions), the British Columbia's Children's, St. Paul's, and the Royal Columbian Hospitals. PATHOLOGY Approved training is available in all sub-specialties of laboratory medicine designed to fulfil the requirements of general or specialized pathology postgraduate programs. Residents will normally rotate through the major University teaching hospitals and are expected to accept increasing responsibilities as they progress. Weekly educational seminars within and between departments include active resident participation. Reviews of interesting cases are also a standard experience. Opportunities are available to gain skills and understanding on biotechnological and molecular applications in diagnoses, bioethics as pertinent to laboratory medicine, and laboratory information management and administration. Residents' progress through the training program is regularly assessed. PEDIATRICS Education in Pediatrics is a graduated experience using in-patient, ambulatory and community resources. Clinical, technical and communication skills are emphasized throughout. Supervisory, research and consultative skills are also taught and are given greater emphasis in the later years. The pediatric resident has access both to general pediatric patients and a wide variety of sub-specialty patients providing a broad experience during training. Rounds occur daily and an Academic Half Day assures the residents freedom to attend interactive didactic sessions in basic and clinical science, clinical skills, bioethics and research methodology. PSYCHIATRY The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada is responsible for setting the requirements of all medical postgraduate training in Canada. The Psychiatry Residency Program at the University of British Columbia operates under the Royal College guidelines. There are 40 psychiatry residency positions. The academic year runs from July 1 to June 30. The program is now a five-year program for applicants applying directly from a Canadian medical school through the Canadian Resident Matching Service, following successful completion of a four-year undergraduate program in medicine. Clinical training takes place on hospital in-patient wards, at out-patient units, at community mental health centres and subspecialty clinics. Mandatory rotations include: general hospital in-patient/OPD, child, chronic care, emergency, consultation-Ha is on, geriatric and community psychiatry. There is provision for 12 months of elective time. Research is encouraged at each level of the resident's training. One day per week is dedicated to academic seminars on the UBC campus. The philosophy of our program is to train psychiatrists in the broad aspects of the bio-psycho-social model of medicine and psychiatry. RADIATION ONCOLOGY (BRITISH COLUMBIA CANCER AGENCY) PGY-1 This year encompasses several facets of clinical medicine using a standard rotating format. The purpose of this period of training is to introduce and expose the trainee to independent responsibility for decisions involving clinical judgment skills, the further development of an effective and mature physician patient relationship, and the achievement of competence in primary technical skills across a broad range of medical practice. This is essentially a rotating internship and would precede subsequent specific training in radiation oncology. PGY-2 TO 5 One year, which includes six months of approved resident training in internal medicine and three months of training in Medical Oncology. During the training in Radiation Oncology, an additional six months may be approved by the Program Director for training in clinical, basic science or research training relevant to the objectives of the specialty, and acceptable to the Director of the Residency program and to the Royal College. Three years of radiation oncology (36 months): BC Cancer Agency, Vancouver Clinic, and one to two months mandatory rotations in one of other three centers in Cancer Centers in BC (Surrey (two months), Kelowna (one month) or Victoria (one month). • site-specific rotations (eight weeks long: head and neck, gynecological oncology, lymphoma, breast, etc.) 330 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 • weekly academic half day: didactic instruction in radiobiology, pathology, physics, radiology, principles and practice of oncology and radiation oncology treatment planning • annual formal practice radiotherapy planning examinations • support for annual attendance at Northwestern Radiobiology Course (Seattle, Edmonton, Vancouver) • presentation at national and international meetings encouraged • mid-rotation feedback sessions and end of rotation oral assessments • fall and spring exams for senior residents CORE ACADEMIC ACTIVITIES CLINICAL ONCOLOGY • ACU • Bedside and individual tutorials TREATMENT PLANNING OCCUR BOTH IN THE CONTEXT OF: • Individual rotations • Treatment planning drills RADIOBIOLOGY • introductory didactic lecture series • tutorials • seminar series PHYSICS • weekly tutorials for PGY-2 and PGY-3 • seminars/problem-based series PATHOLOGY • case-based teaching with clinical and pathological input RADIOLOGY • introduction to normal and abnormal radiological anatomy OTHER PROGRAMS • Facilitate General Surgery, Respirology, Otolaryngology, Medical Oncology, Pediatric/Hematology/Oncology/OBGyn and other programs. RESEARCH Residents are encouraged to do their research throughout their Residency Training Program. Every year we have a Residents' Day Award, where all the residents present their annual research projects. Every second year, there is a grant writing competition (Peter Poon Award). Residents are encouraged to present their research projects at national and international meetings. Residents in good academic standing, with Program Director approval, may seek Radiation Oncology electives in other centres in Canada, the US or overseas. A six-month block in research is available as well, and is again at the discretion of the Program Director. The BC Cancer Research Centre and the Genome Sequence Centre have tight collaboration with the Radiation Oncology Department and the entire BC Cancer Agency. Research activities are encouraged and supported by the Program Director, Department Head and Radiation Oncology staff. RADIOLOGY The postgraduate program in Radiology is a five-year program fully approved for certification and fellowship in the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada. The second year provides core training in physics, chest radiology, gastrointestinal radiology, genitourinary radiology, musculoskeletal radiology, neuroradiology, computed tomography and ultrasound. During the third year the resident consolidates skills in film interpretation and the basic procedures by functioning as a general radiologist under appropriate supervision. A three-month block of pediatric radiology is also included. During the third and fourth years, rotations are provided in nuclear medicine, angiography, oncologic radiology, mammography and magnetic resonance imaging. Assuming that the Royal College requirements are satisfied, the last two years provide opportunities for the resident to develop special expertise in any of the sub-specialty areas or to develop a research project. Residents are on-call to read emergency films and perform emergency imaging studies. The academic program consists of daily rounds, weekly Grand Rounds and resident seminars during the academic year, a two-year rotating series of core seminars, and a series of five or six lectures by internationally known visiting professors. Residents in their second and fourth years are expected to complete a research project, and residents in their third year are expected to present a Grand Round. Residents also participate in the annual international radiology conference at Whistler, BC. Extensive teaching in non-interpretive skills, including physics, ethics, biostatistics, study design and quality assurance is also offered. All residents attend the six-week Armed Forces Institute of Pathology (AFIP) course in Washington, DC, at the department's expense. SURGERY The Department of Surgery postgraduate program for resident training has approved specialty programs in cardiac surgery, emergency medicine, general surgery, neurosurgery, otorhinolaryngology, plastic surgery, pediatric general surgery, radiation oncology, thoracic surgery, urology, and vascular surgery. PGY-1 positions are available in emergency medicine, general surgery, neurosurgery, otorhinolaryngology, plastic surgery, and urology. Advanced placement positions are filled following completion of general surgical training in pediatric general surgery, thoracic surgery, and vascular surgery. Entry into all PGY-1 positions is governed by the Canadian Resident Matching Service (CaRMS) Program. Detailed descriptions for PGY-1 positions are available on the CaRMS website (www.carms.ca). A list of the program directors for each of the specialties follows: Dr. S. Karim, Cardiac Surgery; Dr. B. Chung, Emergency Medicine; Dr. E. M. Webber, General Surgery; Dr. T. J. Zwimpfer, Neurosurgery; Dr. P. Moxham, Otorhinolaryngology; Dr. P. Clugston, Plastic Surgery; Dr. G. Blair, Pediatric General Surgery; Dr. M. Keyes, Radiation Oncology; Dr. K. G. Evans, Thoracic Surgery; Dr. A MacNeily, Urology; and Dr. J. Chen, Vascular Surgery. Further information on surgical programs in the affiliated hospitals (Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre, St. Paul's Hospital, Royal Columbian Hospital, and BC Children's Hospital) is available on the Department of Surgery website (www.surgery.ubc.ca) and on the Postgraduate Education website (www.med.ubc.ca/postgrad/). Entry into specialty training into each of these programs is via a two-year core surgery program which is under the direction of Dr. E. M. Webber, Director, Postgraduate Education, Department of Surgery. The core program in Surgery incorporates clinical rotations as mandated by the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada (RCPSC) training requirements in each entry-level discipline together with didactic sessions on a weekly basis covering the Principles of Surgery curriculum and leading to eligibility for the Principles of Surgery examination of the RCPSC. LICENCE TO PRACTICE MEDICINE The possession of the Doctor of Medicine does not, in itself, confer the right to practice medicine in any province in Canada. Each province has a college of physicians and surgeons, as mentioned previously, and these colleges have the final authority to grant a licence to practise medicine within their jurisdictions. The possession of the Licentiate of the Medical Council of Canada (www.mcc.ca) (L.M.C.C.) is one of the major requirements of the provincial colleges of physicians and surgeons for registration. To be eligible for licensure in BC, graduates will be required to have completed at least two years of postgraduate training with at least eight weeks in each of Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Pediatrics, and four weeks in each of Emergency and Family Medicine and Psychiatry, in addition to being a Licentiate of the Medical Council of Canada. Applicants with Certification by the College of Family Physicians of Canada or the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada and being Licentiates of the Medical Council of Canada will also qualify for licences to practice. MEDICAL COUNCIL OF CANADA QUALIFYING EXAMINATION Application forms and information kits regarding the examination are available online at www.mcc.ca or through the Dean's Office at the Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 331 Information on licensing to practice medicine in Canada must be obtained by the appropriate licensing body in the province where the student is intending to practice. In BC please refer to the College of Physicians and Surgeons of BC (www.cpsbc.ca). ACADEMIC STAFF DIVISION OF CONTINUING MEDICAL EDUCATION Kendall Ho, Associate Dean and Director. DIVISION OF HISTORY OF MEDICINE PROFESSOR EMERITUS AND LECTURER John M. Norris, B.A., M.A. (BnCol.), Ph.D. (Northwestern). HONORARY LECTURERS Charles E. Slonecker, D.D.S., Ph.D. (Wash.); Robert Todd, B.A. (Lond.), A.M., Ph.D. (Prin.); William A. Webber, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. DEPARTMENT OF ANESTHESIA C. B. Warriner, Head PROFESSOR C. B. Warriner, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR B. A. MacLeod, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS P. T. L. Choi, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; S. K. W Schwarz, M.D., Dr. tried (Gottingen), Ph.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC. HONORARY PROFESSORS N. Donen, M.B.Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCPC; P. G. Duncan, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; J. A. Pacey, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSc; D. J. Stewart, M.B.B.S. (Lond.), FRCPC. CLINICAL PROFESSORS D. Blackstock, M.B.Ch.B., B.A.O. (Belf.), FRCPC; C. P. Cole, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; M. J. Douglas, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; A. Enright, M.D., FRCPC; E. A. Gofton, B.A., M.B.B.Ch., B.A.O. (Dub.), FRCPC; R. P. Grant, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; D. G. Parsons, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; S. A. White, M.B.Ch.B. (Belf.), FRCPC; D. H. W Wong, M.B.B.S. (H.K.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS D. M. Ansley, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; S. B. C. Baker, M.B.Ch.B. (N.Z.), FRCPC; J. L. Berezowskyj, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; J. P. Blachut, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; A. J. Boulton, M.B.Ch.B. (Mane), FRCPC; J. B. Bowering, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; 1. A. Brodkin, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; P. A. Burgi, M.B.B.Ch. (Witw.), FRCPC; J. F. Dolman, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; J. A. Harper, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; C. L. Henderson, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; A. A. S. Kamani, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; P. C. Kapnou- dhis, M.B.Ch.B. (Cape T.), FRCPC; A. P. Kliffer, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; R. J. Lee, LRCP, MRCS, FRCPC; D. N. Malm, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; I. L. Martin, B.Sc (Dal.), M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC; K. V. Mayson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; W N. McDonald, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; P. B. McGinn, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; R. N. Merchant, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; K. R. Mills, B.Sc (Bishop's), M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; C. J. Montgomery, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; R. L. D. Moore, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; G. A. R. O'Connor, M.B.Ch.B. (Sheff.), FRCPC; J. P. O'Connor, B.Sc (New Br.), M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC; P. J. Osborne, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; M. S. Page, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; E. A. Peter, B.Sc.N. (Lake.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; R. L. Preston, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; T. E. Randall, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; E. J. Reimer, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; C. R. Ries, M.D. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; B. A. Saunders, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; P. J. Scoates, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; M. F. Smith, M.B.Ch.B. (Edin.), M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; H. M- H. Sung, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; J. E. Swener- ton, B.A., M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; M. Tholin, B.D. (Sweden), FRCPC; G. E. Townsend, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; H. S. Umedaly, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; H. Vaghadia, B.Sc.M.B., B.S. (Lond.), FRCPC; T. S. Waters, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; C. L. Wong, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; P. Y. H. Yu, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS W E. Abbott, B.Sc (W.Ont.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; J. H. Anderson, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; M. J. Ansermino, M.B.B.Ch. (Johannesburg), ERA. (S. Africa), M.Med. (Anesth.), M.M.Inf. (Lond.); C. L-S. Au, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; P. F. Baker, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; D. Y.J. Banno, B.Sc (Br.Col.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; G. Bergman, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; S. E. Bright, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; F. Bylsma, B.Sc, Ph.D., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; M. Bylsma-Howell, B.A., M.A. (Sask.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; D. W Carrie, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; L. Dallen, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; G. Del Vicario, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; J. A. Dowd, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; A. A. D. Doyle, B.Sc, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC; B. G. Fitzmaurice, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; E. F. Foulkes, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; M. R. Foulkes, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; N. R. Froese, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; D. J. Giannoulis, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; D. M. Giffin, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; M. Z. Gorchyn- ski, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; D. H. Graham, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; A. A. D. Hamilton, M.B.Ch.B. (Manch.), FRCPC; S. W Herd, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; T. J. Herrmann, M.B.Ch.B. (S.Africa), FRCPC; P. L. Johnson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; M. Klas, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC; R. Klein, M.B.Ch.B. (SAfrica), FRCPC; N. S. Kronitz, B.A. (Israel), M.A. (Tor.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; M. J. Lampa, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; D. E. Lea, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; P. Low Ah Kee, M.B.Ch.B. (Cape T), FRCPC; D. J. MacLennan, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; K. O. McDonald, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; R. A. B. McTaggart, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; M. J. Mitchell, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; M. D. Moult, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; K. H. Nickel, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; R. J. Pantel, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; W. G. Phillips, M.D. (Kingston), FRCPC; B. Prasloski, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; R. Purdy, B.Sc, M.Sc, D.V.M.(Sask.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; J. E. Ramsden, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; C. C. Reichert, B.Sc(Phar), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; J. E. Renwick, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.) FRCPC; A. D. Robinson, M.D., B.Ch., B.A.O. (Belf.), FRCPC, F.F.A. (Lond.); W M. Robinson, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; L. I. Rupesinghe, B.Sc, B.Med.ScL, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC; T. S. Ruta, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; A. N. Sawka, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; R. B. P. Stasiuk, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), M.S. (Minn.), FRCPC; C. A. Stephenson, M.B.B.S. (Newcast.-Upon-Tyne), FRCPC; M. Van der Wal, M.B.Ch.B. (Cape T), FRCPC; D. Vretenar, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; T. Weideman, M.B.Ch.B. (SAfrica), FRCPC; B. K. Werry, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; G. G. Wood, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; I. D. Woodhouse, B.Sc, M.D. (Halifax), FRCPC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS H. Ahmadi, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; J. G. Ascah, B.A., M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; K. M. Bailey, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; M. I. Barker, B.Sc, M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC; A. C. Berkman, M.B.Ch.B. (S.Africa), FRCPC; B. F. Bitter-Suermann, B.A., B.Sc, M.D. (Halifax), FRCPC; G. Boisvenu, M.D. (Ont.), FRCPC; C. I. Boldt, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; M. A. Breden, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; D. E. Burrill, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; R. G. Carruthers, B.Sc, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; R. P. Castner, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; T. C. K. Chan, M.D. (H.K.), FRCPC; F. L. Chow, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; I. D. Courtice, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; W J. Davis, M.B.Ch.B. (Witw.), FRCPC; P. N. Draper, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; I. Dumitru, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Tor), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; E. H. Effa, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; N. Fenje, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; P. V. Georgyev, M.D. (Bulgaria), FRCPC; V. B. Gunka, M.D. (Czech Rep.), FRCPC; C. Ho, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; R. W Hoskin, M.Sc. (Physiol.), M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; R. N. Kahwaji, M.D. (Brussels), FRCPC; A. M. Kinahan, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; M. Kinahan, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; R. N. Kraima, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); P. A. Lavin, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; M. Law, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; S. L. Leacock, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; G. K. H. Lim, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; J. Looser, M.Sc. (Tor.), M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; W MacLeod, M.B.Ch.B. (Cape T), FRCPC; G. Moll, M.B.Ch.B. (Cape T), MRCPC; P. Money, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; T. P. Murphy, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; M. Murray, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; M. D. Negraeff, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; R. S. Neilson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; R. Orfaly, D.C.S., M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC; C. L. Pattee, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; L. D. Porayko, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; J. S. Prentice, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; C. B. Rankin, M.B.Ch.B. (U.K.), FRCPC; T. Relf, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; J. E. Jtendl, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; J. Schmid, M.D. '(Br.Col.), FRCPC; M. E. Seltenrich, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; D. M. Setton, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; J. T. A. Shandro, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; L. A. W Shaw, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; K. Stevenson, M.B.Ch.B. (S. Africa), FRCPC; P. A. Swart, M.B.Ch.B. (S.Africa), FRCPC; D. L. Twist, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; F. L. Valimohamed, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; J. A. Webster, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; S. J. Willms, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; J. A. Wollach, M.B.Ch.B. (Cape T), FRCPC. ADJUNCT PROFESSOR M. Huzmezan, Ph.D., P.Eng. JEAN TEMPLETON HUGILL CHAIR E. A. Puil, Centre for Analgesia and Anesthesia, Pharmacology and Therapeutics. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS E. Eich, B.A. (Maryland), Ph.D. (Tor), Psychology; D. V. Godin, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Ott.), Pharmacology and Therapeutics; M. Lepawsky, B.A. (Lawrence), M.D. (Chic), C.C.F.P, Family Practice; J. A. McEwen, BA.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., Electrical and Computer Engineering; B. C. McGillivray, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G., Medical Genetics; J. G. McLarnon, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Aha.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Pharmacology and Therapeutics; E. A. Puil, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.), Pharmacology and Therapeutics; J. Y. Tsang, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Medicine; M. J. A. Walker, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.), Pharmacology and Therapeutics. DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY Roger Brownsey, Acting Head PROFESSORS Gary D. Brayer, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Aha.); Roger W. Brownsey, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bath); Pieter R. Cullis, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); Shouka T. Dedhar, B.Sc. (Aber.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Brett B. Finlay, B.Sc, Ph.D. 332 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (Alta.); Ross T. A. MacGillivray, B.Sc. (Leeds), Ph.D. (Miami); George A. Mackie, B.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Cnell.); A. Grant Mauk, B.A. (Lawrence), M.D., Ph.D. (Med. Coll. of Wisconsin); Lawrence P. Mcintosh, B.Sc. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Oregon); Robert S. Molday, B.S. (Penn.), M.S. (Georgetown), Ph.D. (Penn.); Michel Roberge, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Sher.), Dr. rer. Nat. (Heidelberg); Ivan J. Sadowski, B.Sc. (Sask.), M.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Tor). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Franck Duong, B.Sc. (France), Ph.D. (France); Natalie C. J. Strynadka, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS LeAnn Howe, B.Sc. (Vic, B.C.), Ph.D. (Vic, B.C.); Masayuki Numata, M.D.(Niigata, Japan), Ph.D (Tohoku, Japan). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Richard Barton, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Bruce E. Tiberiis, B.A. (Arkansas), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Everard Trip, B.Sc. (N'cle.), Ph.D. (Alta.). SESSIONAL INSTRUCTORS John Brunstein, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Robert Maurus, B.Sc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). INSTRUCTOR Arina Omer, B.Sc. (Romania), M.Sc. (France), Ph.D. (BnCol.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Elizabeth Conibear, CMMT & Medical Genetics; Dana V. Devine, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Lindsay Eltis, Microbiology; Philip Hieter, Biotechnology Laboratory and Medical Genetics, Director; Victor Ling, BC Cancer Agency; Alice Mui, Surgery; Michael Murphy, Microbiology; Christopher M. Overall, Dentistry; Stephen G. Withers, Chemistry. RESEARCH ASSOCIATES Jinhi Ahn, B.Sc. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (McG.); Hilary J. Anderson, B.Sc. (Sus.), Ph.D. (Leic); Seelochan Beharry, B.Sc. (S. America), M.Sc. (N.S.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); David B. Fenske, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Elizabeth Frey, B.Sc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Yasumi Horimoto, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Nara), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Jerzy E. Kulpa, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wroclaw); Chunmin Li, B.Sc. (Sichuan), M.Sc. (Sichuan), Ph.D. (Osaka); Bao Lige, B.Sc. (China), Ph.D. (W.Ont.); Marcia Mauk, A.B. (Ripon), Ph.D. (Med. Coll. of Wise); Norbert Maurer, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Graz); David Allen Mitchell, B.Sc. (Ohio), Ph.D. (Iowa); Gunnar Olovsson, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Uppsala); Evelyn Mei-LinTeh, B.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Dal.); Kim Wong, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Malaya), Ph.D. (BrCol.). DEPARTMENT OF CELLULAR AND PHYSIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Christian C.G. Naus, Head PROFESSORS Kenneth G. Baimbridge, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S'ton.); Bernard H. Bressler, B.Sc. (Sir Geo. Williams), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.); Alison M. J. Buchan, B.Sc. (Aberd.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.); John Church, B.Sc, M.B., Ch.B. (Brist.), Ph.D. (Lond.)., FRCA; Joanne T. Emerman, BA. (Hofstra), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); David Fedida, M.B., B.Sc, Ph.D. (Leeds), B.M., B.Ch. (Oxf.); Christopher H. C. Mcintosh, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.), Assistant Head; Ivan Robert Nabi, B.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (Weizmann Inst. Science); Christian C.G Naus, B.Sc (Qu.), M.Sc. Ph.D. (W.Ont.); William K. Ovalle Jr., B.S. (St. Joseph's), Ph.D. (Temple); James Anthony Pearson, B.Sc. (Durh.), Ph.D. (N'cle.,U.K.); A. Wayne Vogl, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Joanne Weinberg, A.B. (Brown), Ph.D. (Stan.). AFFILIATE PROFESSOR Bruce J. Crawford, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Wash.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Carol-Ann M. Courneya, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Norman W Kasting, B.Sc. (Yale), Ph.D. (Calg.); Steven J. Kehl, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Ont.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Timothy J. Kieffer, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Yin Nam Kwok, B.Sc. (Drake), Ph.D. (McG.); David A. Mathers, B.Sc. (Edin.), Ph.D. (Nott.); Edwin D. W. Moore, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Minn.); Timothy O'Connor, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); Calvin D. Roskelley, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); T. Michael Underhill, B.Sc, Ph.D. (W.Ont.). AFFILIATE ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Richard A. Lazenby, B.Sc, M.A. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (McM.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Kurt Haas, B.Sc(Comell), Ph.D.(Albert Einstein Coll. of Med.); James D. Johnson, B.SC, Ph.D. (Aha.); Hakima Moukhles, B.Sc(Morocco), Ph.D.(Universite d'Aix, Marseillell); Victor Viau, B.Sc. (Concordia), __ M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.). CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Harvey I. Halperin, B.Sc, M.D. (McG.). AFFILIATE ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Catherine Gaul, B.Ed.(New Br.), M.Sc(S.Fraser),Ph.D.(Vic.B.C); Kuo-Hsing Kuo, M.D., M.Sc(Taiwan),Ph.D.(Br.Col.); Geoffrey W Payne, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Mem., Nfld). INSTRUCTORS Majid Doroudi, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tehran); Pawel M. Kindler, B.Sc, Ph.D., (111.); Claudia Krebs, M.D., Ph.D. (Cologne, Germany); Barry Mason, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Salma Osborne, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Karen Pinder, B.Sc(Guelph),Ph.D.(Cape X). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Eugene C. Cameron, Medicine; Kevan Jacobson, Pediatrics; Joanne A. Matsubara, Ophthalmology; Tim Murphy, Psychiatry; Carol Park, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Colin Price, Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences; Lynn Raymond, Psychiatry; Joy Richman, Oral Health Sciences; Chun Y. Seow, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Christopher Shaw, Ophthalmology; John D. Steeves, Zoology; David Sweet, Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences; rBruce Verchere, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Yu Tian Wang, Department of Medicine, Brain Research Centre. HONORARY MEMBERS Alan G. Hannam, B.D.S. (Adel.), Ph.D. (Brist.), F.D.S., R.C.S. (Engl.), F.A.C.D.S., Honorary Lecturer; Sun Shik Shim, M.D. (Yonsei), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Honorary Assistant Professor. LECTURER Majid Alimohammadi, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tehran). DEPARTMENT OF FAMILY PRACTICE Robert F. Woollard, Head PROFESSORS Donald C. McKenzie, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.D., M.P.E. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Ohio); Jack E. Taunton, M.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (BrCol.), F.A.C.S.M.; Robert E Woollard, M.D. (Aha.), C.C.F.P, F.C.F.P. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Kenneth L. Bassett, M.D. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (McG.); Joanna Bates, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), C.C.F.P; Betty Calam, M.D. (BrCol.), C.C.F.P., M.Cl.Sc, F.C.F.P.; Stefan C. W Grzybowski, M.D. (Br.Col.), M.Cl.Sc. (W.Ont.), C.C.F.P.; David Kuhl, BA. (Winn.), M.D. (McM.), M.H.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Verity H. Livingstone, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), C.C.F.P; Heather McKay, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.P.E. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Sask.); Carl B. Whiteside, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), M.Cl.Sc. (W.Ont.), C.C.F.P. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Martha Donnelly, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), C.C.F.P, FR.C.P; Garry D. Grams, B.A., M.S.W. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Tor); G.P. Human, M.B., Ch.B.(StelL), A.C.L.S., L.M.C.C; Eileen K. McNally Hutton, B.N.Sc (Qu.), M.Sc.N., Ph.D. (Tor.); Karim Khan, B.Med.Sc, MBBS, Ph.D. (Melb.), FACSP; Roy J. Oakey, M.B., Ch.B. (Birm.); Ian Scott, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.Sc, M.D. (McM.), DOHS, C.C.F.P, FRCTC. CLINICAL PROFESSORS Ronald T. Abrahams, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Qu.), C.C.F.P.; Gordon Dickson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Jeremy Etherington, BA.Sc (Leth.), M.D. (Calg.), CCEP.(E.M.); Romayne Gallagher, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Gary Gibson, M.D., C.C.F.P, F.C.F.P.; Susan Harris, M.D. (McM.), C.C.F.P; Bent Hougesen, M.D., M.Sc. (Tor.), M.P.H., (Tulane), F.R.C.P.C, C.C.F.P.; Peter Kirk, M.D. (Scot.), C.C.F.P.; Donald R. Lloyd- Smith, BA. (Qu.), M.D., CM. (McG.); Peter J. Newbery, B.A. (Tor), M.D. (McM.), C.C.F.P; Ellen R. Wiebe, M.D. (BrCol.); J. Gait Wilson, M.D. (BrCol.). C.C.F.P.; James Wilson, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), C.C.F.P. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Granger R. Avery, M.B., B.S. (Lond.); Jonathan Berkowitz, B.Sc, M.Sc(Alta.), Ph.D. (Tor); Robert A. Bluman, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P; Patricia Boston, M.A., B.A., Ph.D. (McG.), R.N. (N.Y.); David R. Brook, M.D. (Sask.), C.C.F.P.; Michelle A. Brousson, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D.C.M. (McG.); D. Alister Browne, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Alexander Burak, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Claire Cameron, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Alfred T. Chan, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), C.C.F.P.; Richard Crow, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Alice M. Cumming, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), C.C.F.P.; Linda Curtis, B.Sc. (Acadia), M.D. (Dal.); George L. Deagle, M.D., M.Cl.Sc. (W.Ont.), C.C.F.P., F.C.F.P; Bernhard K. Dobovicnik, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P; Marjorie A. Docherty, M.B.Ch.B. (Aberd.); Mary J. Donlevy, B.S.N. (Aha.), M.D. (Calg.), C.C.F.P; John Edworthy, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P.; Duncan J. Etches, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P.; Nora J. M. Etches, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P.; Jonathan P. H. Fine, M.B., B.S. (Lond.); Michael Fitzmaurice, M.D. (Ott.), C.C.F.P.; Alister Frayne, M.B.Ch.B. (Cape X); Bradley Fritz, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P.; Monte M. H. Glanzberg, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), C.C.F.P.; Rhona Gordon, B.Sc. (Dal.), M.D. (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P.; Ian D. Gummeson, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Calg.), C.C.F.P.; J. Kent Harris, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Keith R. Hatlelid, B.Sc. (Calg.), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCF.P.(C); John R. Havens, M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER; Mary C. Heffernan, M.D. (McM.); Sylvia L. Henderson, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P.; Bruce D. Home, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), L.M.C.C, F.R.C.R (C), F.A.C.C; Frank Hou, B.Sc, Ph.D., M.D. (Br.Col.); Bent Hougesen, M.D., M.Sc. (Tor), M.P.H., XM. (Tulane), F.rcp.c, C.C.F.P.; David V. Kason, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Colleen Kirkham, M.D. (Qu.); Eva Knell, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Gary Knoll, M.D. (Sask.); Barbara Kobierski, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER, F.C.F.P.; C. C. Lau, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), L.M.M.C, CCER; Archie Lee-Son, B.Sc. (Rhodes), M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X); Neil G. Leslie, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), C.C.F.P.; Nirvair K. Levitt, B.Sc, M.B., Ch.B. (Zambia), CCER; Bin K. Lim, PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 333 B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), CCER; Jodie L. Lippa, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Rhonda S. Low, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Arthur J. Macgregor, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER, F.C.F.P.; Mark S. MacKenzie, B.Sc. (Dal.), M.D. (Nfld.), CCER; John W. Mackie, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Mich.), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; John W Mackie, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Mich.), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Michael F. Madsen, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), CCER; Walter J. Mail, M.D. (Tor.), CCER; A. E. Manji, M.B., Ch.B. (Sheff.), CCER; Ranbir Mann, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.); Julian J. Marsden, B.Sc, M.D. (Qu.), CCF.R(Em); Garey Mazowita, M.D. (Manit.), CCER; Gerald P. McFetridge, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), P.d.p. (S.Fraser), CCER; Raymond Mcllwain, M.D. (Qu.), CCER; Adi K. M. Mudaliar, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Philip A. Muir, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Warren D. Murschell, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), CCER, CCF.R(E); Wendy Norman, M.D. (Qu.), CCER; Jeffrey L. Pocock, M.R.CG.R, D.R.CO.G. (Lond.), CCER; Dietmar E. Raudzus, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Marianne Rev, B.A. (Tor.), M.D. (McM.), CCER; Joan Robillard, M.D. (Manit.), CCER; Peter A. Robson, M.B., B.S. (Lond.); Leonard W Roy, M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Kenneth Ryan, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Philip M. Sestak, B.A., M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Stephen Shore, B.Sc. (Guelph), B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.); James D. Stockdill, BA. (BrCol.), M.D. (McM.), CCER; Thomas Suleiman, B.Sc. (Wiirzburg), M.D. (Germany), C.C.F.P.; Thomas Teranishi, B.A., M.S.W. (BrCol.); Harvey V. Thommasen, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; V. James Thorsteinson, B.Sc(McG.), B.Sc. (Med.), M.D. (Manit.), CCER; Kevin L. Tong, M.D. (Rio De Janeiro); Sue A. Turgeon, M.D. (McM.), CCER; M. Anne Wachsmuth, B.S.C.N. (Tor), M.D. (McM.); Paul Walker, B.Sc. (McM.), M.D. (W.Ont.), CCF.R(C); John H. Walton, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; James M. Warren, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), B.A., M.A., M.B., B.Chir. (Cantab.), CCER; Christine Whittington, M.B., B.S., (Q'ld.), M.BA., (Calg.); Brian C. Willoughby, M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER; J. Gait Wilson, M.D. (Br.Col.); Ronald A. Wilson, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Sandra Witherspoon, M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER; Paul C. Wong, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), CCER; Thomas Wong, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), C.C.F.P. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS John M. Adams, M.B., Ch.B., M.R.C.R, (U.K.), D.L.O., D.C.H., C.C.F.P. (Canada); Alistair J. Anderson, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.); Nancy J. Anderson, B.Sc. (McM.), M.D. (Calg.), C.C.F.P.; Kathryn J. Atkinson, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Grant R. Ayling, B.Sc. (Vic, Well.), M.B., C.L.B. (Otago); Richard D. H. Backus, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Tom Bailey, B.Sc, M.D., (Br.Col.); Hector Baillie, B.Sc. (Hon.), M.Sc, M.B., Ch.B. (Glas.); Ray P. Baker, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER, A.S.A.M.; Robert A. Baker, M.D. (Manit.); Nicholas Balfour, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Leon Bard, M.D. (BrCol.); Niloofer Baria, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.) CCER; Stephen R. Barron, B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.), CCER; Erin B. Becker, M.D. (Calg.); Daniel Beegan, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Dara Behroozi, MBBS (Lond.), CCER; Jeffery H. Bell, M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Winston Bishop, LRCP, S (I) (Dub.); Margaret Blackwell, B.Sc, M.D., (BrCol.); Rainer Borkenhagen, B.M.E., M.D.C.M. (McG.), CCER; Peter W. Boronowski, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Peter Bowen-Roberts, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), CCER; Howard Bright, B.Ed. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Steven Broughton, M.D. (W.Ont.); Kenneth S. Brown, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Michael L. Buchanan, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCP; Karen Buhler, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Susan Burgess, M.D. (Qu.); Denis E. Burke Burgess, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.); Mary X Burke-Burgess, M.B., B.Ch., B.O.A. (Ireland), CCER; Kenneth J. Burns, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Stephen Burns, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Judith I. Bus, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.); Peter R. Callegari, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.); Bruce H. Chang, M.D. (Br.Col.); Cindy Chang, M.D. (Br.Col.); Heather Chang, B.Sc. M.D. (Br.Col.); Terence Chang, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Dalton Chen, MBChB (Glas.); Larry R. P. Collins, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Gisele M. Comeau, M.D. (Dal.); Caroline Condon, M.B., Ch.B. (Liv.), D.O. (Eng.); H. Douglas Cooper, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), C.C.F.P.; Mark Corbett, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Trevor Corneil, B.A., M.D. (Qu.), CCER; Ronald R. Davidson, B.A., M.D. (Sask.); Nattana Dixon-Warren, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Bernhard K. Dobovicnik, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Helen S. Dougan, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; G. Michael Downing, M.D. (W.Ont.); Doug Drummond, B.A., M.D. (Western), CCER; Sylvia Ducceschi, M.D. (Ott.), CCER; Sharon Duncan, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Ont.), M.D. (Br.Col) CCER; Desmond Dwyer, M.B., B.Ch., BA.O. (Ireland), CCER; Carmen Eadie, M.D. (Man.); Charles X Eckfeldt, BA. (New Hamp.)., B.Ed., M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Allan Erickson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Christin A. Fabriel, M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Paul A. Farnan, M.B., B.C.L., B.A.O., D.Ch., B.Obs., LRCP, S (I) (Ireland), MPCGP, (U.K.); Garry Feinstadt, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor), CCER; Steven Finkle- man, M.D., FR.C.P (C); Joseph Finkler, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D., C.C.F.P. (EM); Jacqueline C. Fraser, M.B., B.Ch., BA.O. (Belf.); Pamela Frazee, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Mark E. Gelfer, M.D. (Tor), CCER; Thomas Gibson, M.D. (Tor); Peter Granger, M.D. (Tor.); Kathy Greenberg, M.D. (Calif., San Fran.); Kim Grieve, B.Sc. (Winn.), M.D. (Manit.), C.C.F.P.; Catherine Hagen, M.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Calg.), CCER; Darlene M. Hammell, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor); Theresa Hansen, M.D. (Aha.); Kenneth K. Harder, B.Ed., M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Robert A. Harpur, B.Sc. (EAnglia), M.D., CM. (McG.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); Mary P. Harrison, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Linda Harth, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Calg.), CCER; Catherine A. Harvey, M.D. (BrCol.); Colleen Hennessy, B.Sc. (Hon.) (St. F. Xav.), M.D. (Dal.); Allen B. Hignell, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Ken Hirst, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Thomas M. Ho, B.Sc. (Pharm.), M.D. (Br.Col.); Deborah J. Hoeberg, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Kirk G. Hollohan, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.), CCER; Trish Hopkins, B.Sc. (P.T.) (Br.Col.); Colin H. Horricks, B.A., M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Christopher Hunt, M.B.B.S. (Lond.); Brad C. Hunter, M.D. (Calg.); Georgia C. Immega, BA. (Rice), M.D. (McM.); Joanne Irwin, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Qu.); Shamin Jetha, M.D. (Iran); Naeem Jhetam, M.B., Ch.B. (Natal, S.Africa); Azimjiwani, M.D. (Uganda), CCER, F.C.F.P.; Campbell Johnston, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X); Mary X Johnston, B.Sc, M.Sc, (McG.), M.D. (Dal.); Williard P. Johnston, M.D. (Calg.); David B. Jones, M.B.B.S. (Lond.), F.R.C.S.C; Kathryn Gail Jones, M.D., CM. (McG.); Rozmin F. Kamani, M.D. (Manit.), CCER; John C. Kennedy, B.Sc. (Geulph), M.D.(Calg.), CCER; Atila H. Ketene, B.Sc, M.D. (Dal.); Charles King, M.D. (Tor), CCER; Peter King, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Susan E. Knoll, M.D. (Sask.); Anthony Koelink, B.Sc. (Notre D.), M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Jude Kornelsen, M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Stephen A. Kurdyak, B.A., M.D. (Qu.), L.M.C.C, CCER; James Lai, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Peter Lake, M.D. (Calg.); Anthony P. Lane, M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. (Natl., Ireland), L.M.C.C, CCER; Eugene Leduc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Michael Lepawsky, B.A. (Lawrence), M.D. (Chic), CCER; Brahm Lermer, M.D.C.M. (McG.), CCER; Henry H. Leung, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Donald A. Lewis-Watts, B.Sc. (Tor.), M.D. (Calg.); Lana Lipkow- itz, M.D. (Manit.); Laurie A. Logan, M.D. (Qu.), CCER; Peter Lutsky, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.D. (Br.Col.); Donald C. MacDonald, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor); Lachlan Macintosh, M.B.Ch.B. (Glas.), CCER; Barbara MacLeod, M.D., D.C.H. (Med. Academy, Poland); Jan Macphail, B.A. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.D. (McM.), CCER; Donald MacRitchie, M.D.; Melanie L. Madill, M.D. (Br.Col.); Michael Mah, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Michael Makin, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X); Rosemary Malleson, M.B., B.S. (Lond.); Ruth Martin, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Joy Masuhara, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), L.M.C.C, CCER; Roderick L McFayden, M.D. (Manit.), CCER; Margaret J. McGregor, B.A. (McG.), M.D., M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), CCER; Gordon H. Mcintyre, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.); John D. McMorran, B.Sc. (Hon.), M.D., CM., (McG.); Ivar C. Mickelson, B.A. (Sask.), M.D. (Br.Col.); Michael M. Milewski, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Elliot Mintz, M.D. (Tor); Amita Modi, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.)., CCER, Dip. Sport Medicine; Michael Moran, B.Sc. (BrCol.), B.A., MA. (Oxf.), M.B., B.S. (Lond.), F.R.C.S.C. (Br.Col.), CCER, F.C.F.P; Brian Myhill-Jones, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Sheldon Nathanson, B.A., B.Sc, M.D. (Wayne State), CCER; Alan J. Nixon, M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. (Belf.), CCER; Fraser R. Norrie, M.D. (Manit.), CCER; Barra F. O'Briain, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), CCER; Barra F. O'Briain, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), CCER; Mary Louise O'Driscoll, M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O., D.C.H., D.Obs., (Ireland), LRCP, S (I); Heidi Oetter, M.D. (BrCol.); Ray Orlando, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Sarah P. Ostler, B.Sc.P.T., M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER; Robert J Penner, M.D. (Manit.); R. Keith Phillips, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; William Phipps, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.); Morgan Price, M.D. (Alta.), CCER; Richard J. Raymond, M.D. (Dal.); Donald Reed, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X); Launette M. Rieb, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc. (Tor.), M.D. (McM.), CCER; Michael Riesling, B.Sc, M.D., (BrCol.), CCER; Anthony H. Robinson, M.B., B.S. (Lond.); Theodore Rosenberg, M.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), F.R.C.P.C; Adrianne Ross, B.Sc. (Wales), Ph.D., M.D. (Br.Col.); Joy Russell, B.Ed., M.D. (Br.Col.); Philip Rutherford, B.Sc, M.D., M.Sc. (Qu.), CCER; ^Elizabeth Ryan, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.M. (Australia); John C. Ryan, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Sharon Salloum; Luigi Salvino, M.D. (BrCol.); Nelson Savein, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.); Ian Schokking, M.D. (Tor), M.Sc. (McG.); Mark Schonfeld, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Gerhard Schumacher, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Andrew I. Sear, M.B.B.S. (Lond.); Basil Segal, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), CCER; John M. Sehmer, M.Sc. (Lond.), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Richard D. Sherwin, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.D. (Tor), CCER; Jessica Shintani, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Laurel Shugarman, BA. (Tor), M.D. (McM.), CCER; Dana A. Sinclair, B.P.E. (Br.Col.), MA. (Miami), Ph.D. (Cantab.), Ph.D. (Ott.); John P. Sloan, B.A., B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Clyde Smith, B.Sc. (Oregon), Dip.p.t. (Alta.); John X Smith, M.B., B.Ch. (Dub.), FRCPC; Lorie A. Smith, M.D. (Tor.), CCER; Isaac Sobol, M.D. (Qu.), M.H.Sc. (BrCol.), CCER; Parmjit S. Sohal, B.Sc, M.Sc. (India), Ph.D. (Sask.), M.D. (Alta.), CCER, L.M.C.C; Angela Spencer, B.Sc.N. (Vic.B.C), R.N., R.M. (U.K.); Beverly Spring, M.D. (McM.); Andrew J. Stager, B.A., M.D. (Qu.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Gordon Stahl, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Justine Stewart, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Charles Sun, M.D. (Ont.), M.CF.R(EM), F.R.C.P.C; Thomas G. Taylor, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; William R. Templeton, B.Sc, M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. (Belf.), C.C.F.P.; Marco Terwiel, M.B., M.D. (Utrecht), CCER; David Thomson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (S.Fraser), CCER; Sharon Thomson, B.Sc. (Calif.), R.N. (Alta.); Johann Van Eeden, MBChB (Pretoria), CCER; Peter Vizsolyi, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Clayton Wang, M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER; Karen Wanger, M.D.C.M. (McG.); Ronald Warneboldt, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Timothy Watterson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Graham E. White, M.Sc. (Calg.), M.D. (Aha.); Lalya S. Wickremasinghe, B.Sc. (Regina), M.D. (Sask.); Carl Thomas Wiebe, M.D. (Manit.), CCER; Deanna Wilderman, B.S.N. (Vic. B.C.), R.M.; David G. Williams, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Leslie G. Williams, M.D. (Sask.); Anthony B. Wilson, M.D. (BrCol.); Kathleen Wilson, M.B., B.Ch. (Belf.); Danny H. K. Wong, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Brian J. Woodfall, M.D. 334 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (Sask.); Elaine Wynne, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.); Colin Yarrow, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Timothy Yeomans, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Margery H. Zapf- Gilje, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D., (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Amanda Adams, M.D. (McM.), CCER; Stephen Adilman, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.D. (Br.Col.); David Agulnik, B.Sc, M.D. (Ont.) C.C.F.P (EM); Gary Andolfatto, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Kenneth Appleby, B.Sc. M.D. (Qu.); Murray Archde- kin, B.Sc(Br.Col.), M.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), CCER; Carrie A. Armstrong, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER, F.C.F.P; John Armstrong, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.S. (Ver.), M.D. (Ott.); John Ascah, BA. (Tor), M.D. (W.Ont.), F.R.C.P.C; Christopher J Atkins, B.Sc, M.D. (Lond.); Julia Atkins, BA. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Br.Col.), R.M. (Br.Col.); Tammy Attia, M.D. (Dal.), CCER; Richard D. H. Backus, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Darlene Baggoo, M.D. (BrCol.); Lawson D. Baird, M.D.C.M., (McG.); Shane B. Barclay, B.A., M.D. (Sask.); M. Anne Barkham, R.M., R.N. (Australia); Alan Barnard, M.B. (Pret.), CCER; Sally Barrio, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.); Doris Barwich, M.D. (Manit.), CCER, L.M.C.C; Larry Barzelai, B.A. (Tor), M.D. (Dal.), CCER; Khalid Bashir, M.B.B.S., M.D. (Pakistan); Bryan Bass, M.D. (Br.Col.); Peter Battershill, M.D.(Br.CoL); Catherine Bazilli, B.Sc.N. (Qu.), M.H.Sc. (McM.), M.D. (Calg.); Denise Beaudry, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; David Beaver, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), CCER; Frank Beck, M.D. (Sask.); Lynn Beck, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.); Stephen B. Beerman, B.Sc, B.S.R., M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; David Bell, M.D. (Aha.); Kathleen Bell-Irving, B.Sc, (S.Fraser), M.D. (Dal.), C.C.F.P.; Antonio Benitez-Gomez, M.D. (Cordoba); Georges Benloulou, M.B., B.Ch. (Wits., SAfrica), CCER; Vera Berard, R.M. (S.A.); Edward Berinstein, B.A., B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.); Kevin Berman, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Qu.); Klaus Bever, B.Sc. (Car), M.Sc. (Lond.), M.D. (Ott.); Clair Biglow, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (BrCol.); Deborah J. Bircham, M.D., (Br.Col.); Fraser Black, B.Sc, M.D., (Calg.), CCER; Marion Blouw, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Donald Bond, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; George H. Borchert, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Jan Bosnian Burg, M.B., Ch.B. (Pretoria, SAfrica); N. John Bosomworth, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; James Bovard, M.D. (Br.Col.); Glenn Bowlsby, M.D. (Br.Col.); Maureen Boylan, B.Sc. I (Guelph), M.D. (McM.), CCER; Andrea Brett, R.M. (Wash.); Keith Bridger, M.D. (McM.), CCER; Paul Brigel, M.D. (Tor.); David A. Brooks, B.Sc, M.D. (Ont.); Ernest A. Broome, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Laura Brough, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Deborah S. Brown, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.); Charles Buckley, M.D. (Ott.), FRCSC; Heather Buckley, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Alexander Burak, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Susan Burgess, M.D. (Qu.); Robert Mark Burlin, M.D. (BrCol.); Stephen Burns, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Camille Bush, R.M., B.S.N. (Br.Col.); David Butcher, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Beata Byczko, M.D. (Dal.); Jane Byra, B.Sc. (Sask.), M.Ed. (Vic.B.C); Kathleen A. Cadenhead, B.HEc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Irene Callander, R.G.N., S.C.M. (Scot.), R.N., R.M. (BrCol.); Kim Campbell, B.Sc.N. (Alta.), R.M. (Aha.); Cathy Carlson-rink, B.Sc. (Sask.), R.M. (Bastyr); Raul Carvalho, M.D. (Dub.); Jeevyn K. Chahal, M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Kenneth Chan, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Diana Chang, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Steven Wing Keong Chang, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Kelvin Chao, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Charlie Chen, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Dalton Chen, M.B.ChB (Glas.); Helen Chen, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Robert Chen, B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Lawrence Cheng, M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER; Kelly Chisholm, BA. (Mary's U., Halifax), B.Hsc (N.Z.), R.M. (Br.Col.), R.M. (N.Z.); Peter Chiu, M.D. (Br.Col.); Holden Chow, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), CCER; John C. Chow, M.D. (Br.Col.); Wojtek Ciszak, M.Sc. (Poland), M.D. (Tor); Cynthia L. Clark, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.D. (Calg.), CCER; Ronald R. Clark, M.D. (Sask.); Teresa Clarke, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.A.F.C.I.; William Clifford, B.Sc, (Br.Col.), B.M.Sc, (Nfld.); Susan E. Comay, M.B. (Cape X); Alan Frank Cook, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Donald Cooke, M.B., B.S. (W. Indies), F.R.C.S.C; Margaret Corbett, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Mark Corbett, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Margaret S. Cottle, M.D. (Br.Col.); Charles Cragg, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.); Sean Douglas Crickmer, M.D. (Qu.), CCER; Gary Cuddington, M.D. (Sask.); Tania Culham, M.D.; Robert Cutler, M.D. (Aha.); S. Dalgarno, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Eric Dalla Lana, M.D.; Linda J. Davidson, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Meenakshi Dawar, M.D.; Abraham J. de Klerk, M.B.Ch.B. (S. Africa); Matthys De kock, M.B., Ch.B. (Stellensbosch, S.Africa); Lome De Paoli, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), L.L.M.C, CCER; Stanley de Vlaming, M.D. (Manit.); Rod Densmore, M.D. (BrCol.); Smeeta Desai-Ranchod, D.C.H. (Natal); Joseph DeWet, M.B.Ch.B. (Pretoria); Christopher Dewitt, M.D. (Colorado); Rashad Dindo, B.Sc. (American U. of Beisat), M.D. (Aha.); Martin Dodds, M.D. (Br.Col.); Jane Donaldson, M.D. (Br.Col.). CCER; Joan Dormer, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Peter Doris, M.Sc. (Manit.), M.D. (Qu.); Alexander Dougall, M.B., Ch.B. (Glas.); Shannon Douglas, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Michael Downing, M.D. (W.Ont.); Donna Doyle, M.D. (Br.Col.); Gordon Doyle, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D., (Br.Col.); Rodney Drabkin, M.D. (Cape X) CCER; Jeffrey Dresselhuis, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Jacques Du toit, M.B., Ch.B. (Stellenbosch, SAfrica); John Dufton, B.Sc. (Hon.), M.B., B.S. (Lond.); Simon Earl, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X); Lara Yvonne Eaton, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Nicole Ebert, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER, L.M.C.C; Sean Ebert, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.D. (Br.Col.), A.C.L.S., CCER; Shehla Ebrahim, M.D. (Karachi, Pakistan), CCER; Anthony Eckersley, M.D. (Aber.), M.R.C.R; Charles X Eckfeldt, BA. (New Hamp.), B.Ed., M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Charles X Eckfeldt, B.A. (New Hamp.)., B.Ed., M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Arthur Edamura, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), L.M.C.C; Andrew Edelson, M.D. (N.Y.); Melvin Edgar, M.B.B.S. (Adel.); Geoffrey Edwards, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Cathryn Ellis, M.Sc. (Sask.), R.M. (Br.Col.); Gordon Enns, M.D. (Br.Col.); Jeffrey Eppler, M.D. (Br.Col.); Michael Ertel, M.D. (Ont.), CCER; David Esler, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; John-Paul Etheridge, M.B., Ch.B. (Stell.); David Evans, M.D. (Manit.), CCER; Terry L. Evans, R.M. (U.K.), B.S.N. (Br.Col.); Daniel Ezekiel, M.D. (Tor.); Annemarie Falk, B.Sc. (Tor), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Michael Farmer, M.D. (Br.Col.); Stephen J. Faulkner, M.B.Ch.B. (Otago); Sylvia Clark Fedyk, R.M. (Wash.); Allison Ferg, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.); Helen Fibiger, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.); TOiane P. Finding, M.D. (Br.Col.); Hugh Fisher, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (BrCol.); Donald J. Flynn, M.D. (Dalhousie), CCER; Violet Foo, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Shelley L. Forrest, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Gideon Frame, B.Sc, M.B., B.Ch. (Wits.); Christopher Fraser, M.D. (BrCol.); Lawrence Fredeen, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.); June Friesen, R.M. (Sask.); Daniel Y. Fung, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.); Tara Fung, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Gillian M. Fyles, B.Sc. (Tor.), M.D. (Manit.); Lawrence P. Gallagher, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Meriel Galloway, M.D. (Br.Col.); Anita L. Gaucher, M.D. (Br.Col.); Ross Geddes, M.B., B.S. (Australia), C.C.F.P.; Valerie A. Geddes, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P.; Karin Gerlach, R.M. (Germany); Grant Gibbings, B.A., M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Johannes Andreas Giede, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Sukhdev Gill, M.B., Ch.B. (Bin), A.T.L.S.; Bing Gore, B.Sc. (Aha.), M.D. (Calg.), L.M.C.C; Peter Gorman, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.D. (Calg.); Alan Gow, M.B.Ch.B. (Glas.); James C. Grace, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Kathy Ann Greenberg, M.D. (Calif.); Robert Grist, M.D. (Manit.); Silvia A. Guillemi, M.D. (Argentina); Hal Gunn, M.D. (Br.Col.); Tara Guthrie, M.D. (BrCol.); Samuel Gutman, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.D. (W.Ont.), A.C.L.S., CCER, L.M.C.C; Carolyn Hall, M.D. (Dal.), CCER; Renee Hall, M.D.; Frederick A. Hamilton, M.B. (Otago); John Hamilton, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Rahul Hampole, B.A., M.D. (Qu.); Larry G. Hancock, M.D. (Tor.), CCER; Douglas Hanton, M.B., Ch.B. (Aberdeen); Jeffrey Harries, B.A. (Aha.), M.B.A. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Calg.); Leona Harries, B.Chem. M.D. (Calg.); David Harris, M.D. (Br.Col.); Devin Harris, M.D (BrCol.), CCER; Amin Hasham, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Imtiaz Hassam, M.D. (Alta.), CCER; Anthony Hatchwell, B.Sc. (Stell.), M.B., Ch.B. (Zim.); Chantal Haussman, BA. (Brown), M.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), F.R.C.P.C; James M. Hayward, B.A.sc (Tor.), M.D. (Ott.), CCER; Roger A. G. Hicks, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Ron Hiebert, M.D. (Alta.), CCER; James Hii, M.D.; Edward Hillary, MBChB (Cape X); Mary Hinchcliffe, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Dimithra Hippola, M.D. (Alta.), CCER; Thomas Man-Wai Ho, M.D. (Br.Col.); Brace C. Hobson, M.D. (Br.Col.); Charles Hoffe, B.Sc, M.B.B.Ch. (Johannesburg); Catherine Holland, R.N., R.M. (U.K.); Stuart Horak, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Allan Horii, M.D. (Br.Col.); Marilyn Horn, B.Sc. (RE.) (Guelph), M.D. (W.Ont.); Dan Horvat, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Br.Col.); John Hourigan, M.D. (Br.Col.); Sheldon Howard, M.D. (Tor.); Patricia Howitt, B.A., B.Sc.N., M.D. (McM.); ChiaWen Hsu, B.Med.Sc, M.D., (Nfld.), CCER; Gloria W. S. Huang, M.D. (Tor); Peter J. Hubner, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Brenda Huff, M.D. (McM.), CCER; Connie L. Huff, BSN, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Maria Hugi, M.D. (Br.Col.); Nancy Humber, M.D. (Nfld.); Garth Hunte, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Jacqueline Hurst, B.Sc. (Car.), M.D. (McM.); Angela Hutchinson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Eileen Hutton, Ph.D. (Tor.); Stuart Iglesias, M.A., M.D. (Tor.); Urbain Y. B. Ip, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FA.CE.R; William Irvine, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Rola Ismail, M.D. (Lebanon); Leslie Ivany, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Lance M. Iverson, M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Craig S. Jackson, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.); Elaine Jackson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Sheila Jager, R.N., R.M. (Br.Col.); Jean Jamieson, B.A. (Qu.), M.D., M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); Dorothy Janzen, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Akbar K. Javer, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Heather Danielle Jenkins, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Carolyn Iris Johnston, B.Sc. (Aha.), R.M. (Wash.), M.Ed. (York); Judith Jones, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.) CCER; Ralph M. Jones, M.B., Ch.B. (Birm.); Kassandra Joss, B.Sc, B.A., M.D. (Ont.); Daniel Kalla, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Gursharan Kalsi, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. (Ireland); Videsh Kapoor, B.Sc, B.Ed., M.D. (BrCol), CCER; Steven W Keeler, M.D. (Memorial); Wendy Kendal, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.); Richard Kennedy, M.D. (Tor.); Charles King, M.D. (Tor); Kathryn King, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Vikki King, M.D. (W.Ont.); Edwin Klapon- ski, M.D. (Manit.); Jacob Kliman, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Linda Knox, R.M. (Br.Col.); Peter Ko, M.D. (Br.Col.); Michael S. Koehle, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.S., M.D. (Tor.), CCER, F.C.F.P.; Jack Kooy, B.A., M.B.Ch.B. (Stell.); Michael Koss, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Joseph Kotlarz, B.Eng. (Royal), M.Eng., (McM.), M.D. (Tor); Kathie Koziol, M.D. (Aha.); Deborah Kozlick, BA. (N. Orleans), R.M. (Vic.B.C); Patrick Kwong, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Chi Piu Lam, B.Sc. (McM.), M.D. (Tor.); Christopher Lam, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Sean Larsen, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Lori Laughland, M.D., CCER; Sarah Lawrence, R.M. (El Paso); Laurie Lawson, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; John Lebran, B.Sc, M.D. (Man.); Jenny Lee, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Sask.); Robert M. Lehman, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Scott Lennox, M.B., Ch.B. (U.K., Dundee); Rose Lenser, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; David Lenz, M.D. (Western); Edward C. Lerner, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Kalia Leslie, R.M. (Br.Col.); James Levins, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Ann Liebau, B.A. (Wat.), R.M.; May-Ling Lim, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Rebecca J. Lindley, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (McM.), CCER; Krystaleah Lindsay, B.Sc, M.D. (Western); Deb Little, B.Sc.N. (Vic.B.C), R.M. (Scot.); PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 335 Christopher Livingston, M.D.; Daphne Lobb, M.D. (Qu.); Vanita Lokanathan, M.D., CM. (McG.); Bruce Long, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Michael Look, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col); Keith Thomson Losie, M.D. (Calg.), CCER; Robin R. Love, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Wendy Loveless, M.D. (U.K.), CCER; Albert Lui, BA.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Charline Lui, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Xhanh Luu, B.Sc. (Ont.), M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Gerald Lynch, D.C.H. (Lond.), M.D. (Cork); Jeanne Lyons, M.A. (Thames V), R.M.; Rod Ma, B.Sc, M.D., (Ont.) CCER; Helen MacDonald, M.D. (Qu.); Malcolm K. MacDonald, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.D. (Calg.); Sally MacDonald, B.Sc, M.D. (McM.); Jeanne Mace, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Daniel W Macintosh, M.D. (Br.Col.); Robert C. Mack, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Faye D. MacKay, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.); Robert MacKenzie, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D., CM. (McG.); William R. Mackie, M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O (Dub.); Phillip M. MacNeill, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Franky Mah, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Blair Main, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Andrew Major, M.D. (Poland); Paul Mallam, B.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.), CCER; Arturo Manes, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Sunil Mangal, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), CCER; Fiona Manning, M.D. (Calg.); Margaret Manville, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Craig Markle, B.A., M.D. (Calg.); Edward Marquis, M.D. (Aha.); Peter Marr, L.L.B. (Dal.), M.D. (Ott.); Diane Martin, M.B., B.Ch. (Belf.), CCER; Ian Martin, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.); Robert Martin, M.D. (McM.); Steven E. Martin, M.D. (McM.); Steven Mathias, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Sebouh Matossian, M.D. (Alta.); Shiraz Mawani, M.B.Ch.B. (Sheff.); Janis McCaffrey, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.); Gilbert Mcclean, M.D. (Aha.); Mary Ellen Mccoll, M.D. (Tor.), CCER; John McCracken, M.D. (Br.Col.); Ross McDonald, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.CE.R; John McGregor, B.Sc, M.D. (Qu.), CCER; Kenneth McKenzie, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor); David Mcknight, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Gilbert McLean, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Catheryne Meehan, M.D., CCER; Robert Menzies, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Keith Merrit, M.D. (Ont.), CCER; Kevin D. Merth, M.D. (Sask.); Tracy Mihalynuk, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.Sc. (Calg.), M.D. (Aha.); Ken Mills, B.Sc. (Aha.), M.D. (Qu.); Vivian Ming, M.B. (S.A.), CCER; Hugh Mitenko, M.D. (Calg.); Suzanne Montemuro, M.D. (Qu.), CCER; Carolyn Montgomery, B.A., M.B. (Dublin); Mary-Stewart Moore, B.Sc. (Brandon), M.D. (Manit.); Jane Moran, B.Sc, M.D. (Qu.); Dorian V. Morris, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Heather Morrison, M.D. (Dal.); Roger Morrison, M.D. (McM.); Tracy Morton, M.D., (Alta.), CCER; Jennifer Morwen-Smith, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Alison Moscovich, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.); David Mullard, M.D. (U.K.); Darlana Mulzet, M.D., C.F.P.C; Carol Murphy, M.D. (McG.); Mineshbhai Naran, M.B., Ch.B. (Stell.); Sandy Nash, M.D. (Br.Col.); Lucy Nee, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Herman Nell, M.B.Ch.B. (Stell.); Viktor Neumann, M.D. (Slovak Rep.); Robert W Newman, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Daniel Ngui, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; R. Nicholson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Darcy Nielsen, R.N., M.D., (BrCol.); Gary Nielsen, R.I. N.M., B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Karen Nordahl, M.D. (Br.Col.); Wendy Norman, M.D. (Qu.), CCER; Bryan Norton, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X); Douglas Nottebrock, M.D. (Sask.); R. Jennesse Oakhurst, BA. (Vic.B.C), R.M. (El Paso); Mary W E. O'Connell, B.Sc, M.D. (Dal.), CCER; Esther O. Ohajekwe-Aneke, R.M., R.N. (Nigeria), B.Sc.N. (Br.Col.), M.S.N. (Ont.); James Okamura, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Gina Olgivie, M.D.; Michael O'neil, M.D. (Tor), CCER; Ross O'neil, M.D. (Calg.), CCER; John Pacey, M.D.; Kevin Page, M.D. (Cape X); Shannon Page, M.B., Ch.B. (Leeds); Gurdeep Parhar, M.D. (Calg.); Hazel Park, M.D. (Tor.), CCER; Sadie Parkin, R.M. (Br.Col.); Tracey Parnell, B.Sc. (St. Vincent), M.D. (McM.); J. W Gerard Parsons, B.Sc, B.Med.ScL, M.D. (Nfld.), CCER; Gerald Partridge, B.Sc, M.D. (Edmonton); Lynn Pascoe, B.Sc. (Auck.), M.B.B.Ch. (Otago); Vivian Paul, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Manit.); George Pawliuk, M.D. (Br.Col.); John Pawlovich, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), A.T.L.S., A.C.L.S., L.M.C.C; Janice L. Peace, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.); Jill Peacock, B.Sc. (N.B.), M.D. (Qu.), CCER; Caroline M. Penn, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Harry Peters, M.D. (Alta.); JimPetzold, B.A. (Carl.), M.D. (Br.Col.); Thieu Cat Phan, M.D. (Hue, Vietnam); Jeremy Philips, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (McM.), CCER; SheilaghJ. Phillips, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.); Maureen L. Piercey, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), LMCC; Wayne A. Pisesky, M.D. (Alta.), M.Sc. (BrCol.), F.R.C.S.; Dorothy Pope, B.S.W., M.S.W. (Br.Col.); Derek Poteryko, M.D.; Rickard Potter-Cogan, M.B. (Cork), CCER; Ruth Powell, M.D. (Dal.), CCER; Navin Prasad, B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Robert Price, M.B., Ch.B. (Wales); Rod Ptak, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.); George Pugh, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Peter Quelch, M.D.C.M. (McG.); Tatjana Radovic, M.D. (Sarajevo), C.C.F.P.; Margaret Ramsey, Dip. Nurs. (B.C.I.X), R.N. (Br.Col.); Harwood Reimer, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Larina Reyes-Smith, B.Sc. (Velez Coll.), M.D. (St.F.X.); Peter Richards, M.B. Ch.B. (Glas.); Dellmari Richardson, M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Luba Lyons Richardson, R.N. (Vic.B.C), R.M. (Wash.); Colin Riddler, M.D. (BrCol.); Xhomas Rimmer, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Sasha Riome- York, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.), CCER; Alec Ritchie, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.); Daphne Robinson, B.Sc, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.) CCER; Alan Roche, B.Sc. (Surrey), M.S.W. (Liv.); Marian Roesch, M.D. (Sask.); Steven Rollheiser, M.D. (Sask.); Johnson Rose, B.A., B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Gregory Rosenfeld, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Cameron Ross, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.); Lilah Rossi, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Patrick Rowe, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Conrad Rusnak, M.D. (Sask.), CCER; David Rutledge, M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER; Christopher Ryan, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Wade Sabados, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; James Saffrey, M.D. (Tor), CCER; Amin Sajan, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Tor.), CCER; Todd Sakakibara, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; James R. Salzman, M.D. (W.Ont.); April Sanders, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Parminder Sanghe, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Baldev Sanghera, M.D. (Br.Col.); David Sauder, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Robin D. Saunders, B.Sc, M.B. (Lond.); Lee Saxall, MA. (Thames V), R.M.; Martina Scholtens, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Shirley A. Schwab, B.Sc, (Sp. Hon.) (York), M.D. (Sask.); Michael J. W Scott, M.B., Ch.B. (St. And.); Robert Scott, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Robert Sebastian, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Chris Sedergreen, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), L.M.C.C; Loma Sent, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), L.M.C.C; Sachit Shah, M.B., Ch.B. (Manch.); Stephen Sharp, B.A., M.D. (Sask.), A.C.L.S., L.CCF.R, L.M.C.C; Stephen A. Sharp, B.A., M.D. (Ont.), CCER; Carl Shearer, B.Sc, M.Sc,, M.D. (Br.Col.); M. Catherine Sheehan, M.D. (Calg.), CCER; Kumar Shivdasani, M.D. (McM.) , CCER; Karen Shklanka, M.D.; Arnold Shoichet, M.D. (Tor); William Shoichet, M.D. (Tor); Laurel Shugarman, B.A. (Tor), M.D. (McM.), CCER; Deanna Simmons, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Brian Skrenes, M.D. (Johan.); Holly Slakov, M.D. (Br.Col.); Jay M. Slater, B.Sc. (Acadia), M.D. (Calg.), C.C.F.P.; Michael Sloan, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.B., Ch.B. (Glas.); Michael Smialowski, M.D., (Ont.); Rene Soucy, M.D. (Ott.), CCER; George Spangehl, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.); Devin Spooner, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Geoffrey Spry, M.B., B.S. (Australia); Karen Stancer, M.D. (Ont.); Michael A. Stanger, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.); Robert N. Stanley, M.D. (Br.Col.); James Stempien, B.Sc. (Ont.), M.D. (Tor.), CCER; Paul Stent, B.Sc. (Natal), M.B.Ch.B. (Witw.); Milt Stevenson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Thomas Stevenson, BA. (Dub.), B.Ch., B.A.O. (Trinity), M.B. (Dub.), CCER; Samuel Stewart, M.D. (Tor.), CCER; Chris Stewart-Patterson, M.D. (Calg.); Douglas K. Still, M.D.; Joan Stogryn, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Carol L. Story, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Graham Strainers, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Nardia Strydom, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X); Stanley Sunshine, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Margo Sweeny, M.D. (BrCol.); Michael Sze, M.D.; Claire Talbot, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Garnett Tarr, B.Sc, M.D. (Stell.); Lynne Terposky, M.D. (Netherlands); Catherine Textor, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Steven C. Thicke, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Doris Thorn, B.S.R., M.D. (BrCol.) CCER; Anne Thompson, B.Sc. (Aha.), M.D. (Calg.); Margaret Tran, M.D. (Calg.), CCER; Brenda J. Trenholme, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Konia Trouton, B.Sc, M.D. (Qu.); Kimphrey M. Tu, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Barbara Tully, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Edgar R. Turski, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; M. Ann van der Linden, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Robert Voigt, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); W Vroom, B.Eng., M.D. (McG.); Richard Wadge, M.D. (BrCol.); Jason X Wale, M.D. (Br.Col.); Michael Walsh, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.); Nigel Walton, M.B., B.Ch. (Liv.); Yue (Lucy) Wang, M.D. (China), CCER; Paul Warbeck, M.D. (Qu.), CCER; David E. Watson, M.D. (W.Ont.); George K. Watson, M.D. (Br.Col.); Paul N. Watson, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Philip M. Weatherston, B.Sc, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.); Patina Webber, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Kim Weisgerber, M.D. (Sask.); Michelle Weizel, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Gail Wenner, M.D. (Br.Col.); James F. White, B.Sc, M.Sc. (BrCol.), M.D. (McM.), CCER; Keith White, M.D. (Glas.); Carol L. Whitley, B.A., M.D. (W.Ont.); Marlene Wickman, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), CCER; Sheldon Wiens, M.D.; Tandi L. Wilkinson, M.D. (BrCol.), CCER; Robert Williams, M.D. (Br.Col.); Marianne I. Willis, MBChB (Cape X); Donald Wilson, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D., R.I., PGYII (Alta.); John C. N. Wilson, ^l.B.B.S. (Lond.), CCER; Katherine Wise, M.D. (Ont.); Boon Wong, B.Pharm. (Nott.), M.B., B.S. (Lond.); Daniel K. C. Wong, M.B.B.S. (Adel.); Davidicus Wong, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Eileen Wong, M.D. (Aha.), CCER; Grover Wong, M.D. (Br.Col.); Keith Wong, M.H.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); William Wong, M.D. (Br.Col.); Lesley Wood, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Daryl Woodbum, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Brian Woodward, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.); Jay Wormian, B.Sc, M.D., (Calg.); Johan Wouterloot, M.D. (Br.Col.); Florence Yakura, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.D. (BrCol.); Illym Yan, B.Sc. (Brandon), M.D. (McG.), CCER; Kwang Yang, M.D. (Taiwan), CCER; Wendy Yeoman, B.S.R., M.D. (Br.Col.); Timothy Yeomans, M.D. (Br.Col.); Peter Yong, M.B.B.S. (Sing.); Joanne Young, B.Sc. (Trent), M.Sc, M.D. (McM.); Kevin Yue, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Philip Zack, M.D. (Br.Col.), CCER; Patrick Zaidel, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Donald P. Zarowny, B.Sc, M.D., M.Sc. (Manit.); Tony Zuccaro, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.C.F.P. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH CARE AND EPIDEMIOLOGY Martin T. Schechter, Head DIVISIONS Epidemiology and Biostatistics: Dr. Joel Singer, Head; Public, Environmental and Occupational Health: Dr. Kay Teschke, Head; Population Health and Health Services Research: Dr. Morris Barer, Head. PROFESSORS EMERITI X W Anderson, M.A. (Hons.), B.M., B.Ch. (Oxf.), Ph.D. (Tor), FRCPC; David V. Bates, M.B., B.Ch., M.D. (Camb.), CM, FRCP, FRCPC, FACP, FRSC; A. Crichton, MA. (Liv.), Ph.D. (Wales); Ned Glick, A.B. (Oberlin Coll.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.); C. J. G. MacKenzie, M.D. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Tor), FRCPC; John Milsum, B.Sc. (Lond.), S.M., M.E., S.C.D. (M.I.X); Robert E. Modrow, BA. (Grove City, Penn.), M.A. (Denver), Ph.D. (Mich.); Brenda J. Morrison, Ph.D. (BrCol.); 336 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Dean H. Uyeno, B.S., M.S.E. (Wash.), Ph.D. (Northwestern). PROFESSORS Morris L. Barer, B.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); Charlyn Black, M.D., Ph.D. (Manit.; Johns H.); Clyde Hertzman, M.D., M.Sc. (McM.), FRCPC; Robert Hogg, B.A., M.A. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (A.N.U.); Armininee Kazanjian, B.A. (Loyola), MA. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Sorbonne); Susan M. Kennedy, B.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Harv.); Richard G. Mathias, M.D. (Aha.), FRCP; Martin X Schechter, O.B.C, M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Polytechnic, N.Y), M.D. (McM.), M.Sc. (Tor.), FRCPC; Samuel B. Sheps, B.A. (Antioch), M.D. (Case W. Reserve), M.Sc. (McG.), FRCP; Joel Singer, B.Sc. (McG.), M.A., Ph.D. (Wat.); Katherine E. Teschke, BA. (Trent), Dipl.T. (B.C.I.X), M.P.H. (Calif., Berkeley), Ph.D. (Wash.); Christiaan van Netten, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Annalee Yassi, B.Sc, M.D. (McM.), D.O.H.S., M.Sc, FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Aslam H. Anis, B.S.S.(Hons.) (Dhaka, B'desh), M.A., Ph.D. (Car.); Paul Demers, B.S. (William James Coll., Mich.), M.S., Ph.D. (Wash.); Charles James Frankish, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Jean Francois Kozak, M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Chris Lovato, BA. (New Mex.), M.A., Ph.D. (Texas, Austin); Stephen A. Marion, B.Sc. (Tor), M.S. (N.Y), M.D. (Tor), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCP; David M. Patrick, M.D. (Ott.), M.H.Sc. (BrCol.); Jean Shoveller, B.Sc, M.A. (Dal.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Boris Sobolev, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tomsk State Univ., USSR Academy of Sciences); John J. Spinelli, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser; Br.Col.); Joseph K. H. Tan, B.A. (Wartburg, Iowa), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jane Buxton, M.B.B.S. (Lond.), M.C.E.E., L.M.C.C. (Med. Council of Can.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Robin Hanvelt, B.A. (Calif., Santa Barbara), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Patricia Janssen, Ph.D. (Wash.), M.P.H., B.S.N. (Br.Col.); Mieke Koehoorn, B.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D.(Br.CoL); Jacek Kopec, M.D. (Pomeranian Medical, Poland), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); Adrian Levy, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.); Ying MacNab, B.Sc. (Sichuan), M.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Craig Mitton, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.Sc, PhD. (Calg.); Steven Morgan, B.A. (W.Ont.), (MA. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Br.Col; Monica Naus, M.D. (Aha.), M.H.Sc. (Tor.), FRCPC; Aleck Ostry, B.Sc, M.Sc. (BrCol.), M.A. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Babak Pourbohloul, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Iran), Ph.D. (Laval); Robert Reid, B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), M.P.H., Ph.D. (Bah.); Isabelle Savoie, M.D. (Montr.), M.PA. (BrCol.); Jean Shoveller, B.Sc, M.A. (Dal.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Jerry Spiegel, Ph.D., M.Sc, M.A. (McG.); Patricia Spittal, BA. (McM.), MA. (Guelph), Ph.D. (McM.); Hubert Wong, B.A.Sc, Ph. D. (Br.Col.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS EMERITI Frederic Bass, B.S. (Antioch), M.D. (Case W. Reserve), M.Sc. (Harv.), D.Sc. (Johns H.); John D. Forrester, BA. (Br.Col.), M.H.A. (Ott.); Joseph N. Nearing, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), M.H.Sc. (Tor.), FRCP; Paul Nerland, B.A.; W G. Povey, BA. (Wash.), M.D. (Lausanne), FACOG; John H. Smith, M.B., B.Ch., BA.O. (Belf.), D.P.H. (School of Hygiene), D.I.H. (Soc Of Apothecaries, Eng.); Annette J. Stark, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.P.H. (Pitt.), Ph.D. (N.Carolina); Marie Anne Toupin, B.N. (McG.), M.S. (Colorado), Dip. in Nursing, Dip. In Teaching; Patricia Wadsworth, B.S.N., M.A. (Br.Col.), R.N. FCCHSE, FACHE. CLINICAL PROFESSORS J. Allan Best, M.Sc. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Wat.); F. John Blatherwick, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), D.P.H. (Tor), FRCP; Richard Gallagher, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.A. (W. Wash.); Lorraine Greaves, B.A., M.A. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Monash, Aus.); Roland Guasparini, M.D., M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCP; X Gregory Hislop, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.); John Millar, B.Sc, M.D., M.H.Sc. (BrCol.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS G. Keith Chambers, B.Sc, M.D., M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); Arun Chockalingham, B.E., M.S. (Madras), Ph.D. (N.F.L.), FA.C.C; Raymond A. Copes, B.A., B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D., CM., M.Sc. (McG.); David Marsh, M.D., C.C.S.A.M.; Kirk A. Mitchell, BA. (Alta.), Dip. in Pub. Ad. (Car.), M.BA. (York), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Shaun H. C. Peck, M.A., M.B., Ch.B. (Emmanuel Coll.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Brian X Schmidt, O.D. (Wat.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Craig Stephen, Ph.D., D.V.M., (Sask.); Rita Stern, BA. (Concordia), M.S.W. (Tor.). CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Gillian Arsenault, B.Sc, (S.Fraser), M.D., M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), CCER, IBCLC, FRCPC; Chris Badjik, Ph.D (Br.Col.), M.Math (Wat.), B. Math (Wat.); Mark Bigham, M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Qu.), B.Eng. (R.R.M.C); Marilyn Boragian, B.A., M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Ralph Brands, M.D. (W.Ont.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); G. Keith Chambers, B.Sc, M.D., M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); Patricia Daly, M.D. (Tor), CCER, FRCPC; Patricia Daly, M.D. (Tor.), CCER, FRCPC; John Farley, B.Sc. (Wat.), M.B.B.S. (Lagos); Murray Fyfe, B.Sc, (Vic.B.C), M.D., (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Ott.); Paul Hasselback, M.D., M.Sc. (Ottawa), C.C.F.P. (McG.), FRCPC (Ottawa); Janet Heavyside-Schechter, B.Sc. (Concordia) D.O.H. (McG.), M.D. (Br.Col.) FRCPC; Tim Lee, Ph.D (S.Fraser), MSc (Br.Col.), BSc. (Br.Col.); Heather Manson, M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), MD (Br.Col.), BSc (Br.Col.); Peter D. Riben, B.A., B.Ed. (Sask.), M.D. (Calg.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); Danuta Skowronski, M.H.Sc. (BrCol.), M.D., BA. (Qu.). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Gary Poole, BA. (Br.Col.), M.A. (San Diego), Ph.D. (S.Fraser). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Jack Altman, B.Sc. (McG.), MA. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Chic); Nelson Ames, B.Sc. M.D. (McM.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), CCER; Michael Arbogast, M.BA. (Qu.), B.Sc(Econ.) (Trent); Rolando Barrios, M.D. (San Carlos, Guatemala), FRCPC; Maria Barroetavena, M.D. (Buenos Aires), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Alex Berland, Dip. Nursing (Selkirk), B.Sc.N., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); David W Bimbaum, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), M.P.H. (Minn.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Robert Breen, B.Sc. (St. Mary's), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Edward Bruce, M.A. (Regina); Frances Caruth, B.Sc. (Tor.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Mark Chase, B.Sc. (Mt. All.), M.Sc. (BrCol.), CH.E.; Kathryn Copeman-Stewart, B.Sc. N. (Tor), M.P.A. (Harv.); Farid Damji, B.Sc, M.HA. (Br.Col.); Philip Owen Davies, B.Sc. (Guelph), D.V.M., Ph.D. (Lond.); Ian Forbes, BA.Sc, M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Calg.); Stephen J. Gray, M.D. (Ott.), B.Sc, M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); M. Wayne Green, B.Sc. (New Hamp.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Iowa); Trevor Hancock, B.Sc, B.S., M.B. (Lond.), M.H.Sc. (Tor); Brace Harber, B.A. (Car), M.H.A. (Ott.), B.A. (St. Pat's Coll.); Philip Hassen, B.Sc. (Wayne State), M.P.H. (Mich.); Gerald L. Hastings, B.Com., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Andrew G. Hazlewood, BA. (Ryerson); Neva Hilliard, MHSc. (Tor.), M.D. (Nfld.), LMCC, FRCPC, MRO; Marcus J. Hollander, B.A. (McG.), MA. (Hawaii), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); David Hsu, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Tracy D. Irwin, B.A., M.HA. (Br.Col.); Andrew Jin, M.D. (Tor.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); Michael Johnson, B.Sc, M.H.Sc. (Tor.), M.BA. (Br.Col.); Elizabeth Kallstrom, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Barbara A. Kaminsky, B.A., M.S.W., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Ann Kelly, B.Sc. (Mt. St. Vin.), M.P.H. (Wash.); Perry Kendall, M.B.B.S. (Univ. Coll.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Stephen Kenny, B.Sc. (Dal.), M.H.SA. (Aha.); Arlene King, B. Nursing (Tor.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC, CCER, M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); James Lu, B.Sc, M.H.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Michael D. Mahony, B.Com. (Liv.), F.C.A., Dip. in H.O.M.; J. David Martin, M.D. (Tor), Cert, in Hospital Admin. (Sask.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); Paul Martiquet, B.Sc, Ph.D., M.D., CM. (McG.), MHSc, C.C.F.P. (Tor.), FRCPC; Mary McBride, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Anne McFarlane, MA. (Tor.), M.Sc. (Sask.); Patrick McGowan, B.A., M.S.W, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Mark McLean, M.Sc, M.D. (Ott.); Hugh McLeod, MA. (R.R.M.C); Loma M. Medd, B.A., B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCP; William G. Meekison, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), D.P.H. (Tor.), FRCP; Dora Nicinski, B.S.N., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Myles Noel, B.Comm. (Hons.) (Qu.), M.BA. (Northland); Brian A. O'Connor, M.D., M.H.Sc. (Tor); Ellen Pekeles, B.Sc. (Tor.), M.HA. (Ott.); H. Freya Peters, B.H.E., M.Sc. (BrCol.); Larry Peters, B.A. (Vic.B.C), MA. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Sask.); Peter D. Riben, B.A., B.Ed. (Sask.), M.D. (Calg.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.); David C. Richardson, B. Comm. (Br.Col.), M.HA. (Minn.); Etta L. Richmond, C.G.A. (Br.Col.), Dip. Hosp. Organ, and Management; Lorna Romilly, B.A., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Vicki Scott, B.Sc.N., Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); Laurie J. Soloway, B.Ed. (Regina), M.Ed. (Aha.), LL.B.(Vic); Barry W Stevenson, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (Health Services Planning) (Br.Col.); Greg Stump, B.Sc, M.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.H.A. (Ott.); John Tegenfeldt, BA. (Bethel Coll.), M.HA. (Minn.); Darrell Thomson, B.A. (Sask.), MA. (Regina); Sharmen Vigouret, Cipl. Medical Laboratory, (B.C.I.X), B.M.L.Sc, M.H.A. (Br.Col.); Dennis Wardman, M.D., FRCPC; Richard Woo, B.Comm. (Br.Col.), C.G.A., CH.E.; Charles J. Wright, M.B., Ch.B. (Glas.), M.Sc. (McG.), FRCS. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Robert Armstrong, Pediatrics; Ken Basset, M.D. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (McG.), Family Practice; Izak Benbasat, Sauder School of Business; C. Laird Birmingham, Medicine; James Busser, Medicine; Andrew J. Coldman, Statistics; Paul Courtright, Opthalmology; Albert Dexter, Sauder School of Business; Peter Dodek, Medicine; Dianne Doyle, Nursing; John M. Esdaile, Medicine; Robert G. Evans, Economics; Mark Fitzgerald, Medicine; William J. Godolphin, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Robert G. Goldstein, Sauder School of Business; York Hsiang, Surgery; Michael Klein, Family Practice; David Maberley, Opthalmology; Michael MacEntee, Dentistry; Alan Martin, Human Kinetics; Ron McKerrow, Pharmaceutical Sciences; Julio Montaner, Medicine; Robert Nakagawa, Pharmaceutical Sciences; Peter Nemetz, Sauder School of Business; Anita Palepu, Medicine; Elizabeth Peter, Anesthesia; Richard D. Pollay, Sauder School of Business; Jerilynn Prior, Medicine; Elizabeth Riley, Pediatrics; John M. Sehmer, Family Practice; Nicola Shaw, Pediatrics; Erik Skarsgard, Surgery; Lynn Stothers, Surgery; Himat Vaghadia, Anesthesia; Judith Vestrup, Surgery; Yair Wand, Sauder School of Business; Helen D. Ward, Medicine; Moira M.W. Yeung, Medicine. DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL GENETICS W. Robert McMaster, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI Patricia A. Baird, B.Sc, O.C, O.B.C, FRSC, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G.; Stephen Wood, B.Sc. (Sheff.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.), FC.CM.G. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR EMERITUS Frederick J. Dill, B.Sc, MA. (BrCol), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), FC.CM.G. PROFESSORS Carolyn J. Brown, B.Sc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Tor.); Michael Burgess, B.A. (Spring Arbor, Mich.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tenn.); Connie J. Eaves, B.A., M.Sc. (Qu.), PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 337 Ph.D (Mane), F.R.S.C; L. Leigh Field, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Tor), Ph.D. (Tor); Jan M. Friedman, M.S., M.D. (Tulane), Ph.D. (Wash.), EAA.R, F.A.B.M.G., F.C.C.M.G., FRCPC; Judith Hall, BA. (Mass.), M.S., M.D. (Wash.), F.C.C.M.G., FRCPC, F.AA.R, F.A.B.M.G.; Michael R. Hayden, M.B., Ch.B., Ph.D. (Cape X), D.Ch., D.Phil., (S. Africa), FRCPC, FRSC, University Killam Professor; Philip A. Hieter, B.A., Ph.D. (Johns H.); Wilfred A. Jefferies, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), D.Phil. (Oxon.); Diana M. Juriloff, B.Sc, M.Sc. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (McG.); Robert J. Kay, B.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); Dixie L. Mager, B.Sc. (Nebraska), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); Barbara C. McGillivray, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G.; W Robert McMaster, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), D.Phil. (Oxon.); Wendy P. Robinson, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Ann M. Rose, B.A. (Sask.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); A. Dessa Sadovnick, B.Sc, M.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Margot I. Van Allen, M.S. (111.), M.D. (Chic), FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G., F.A.A.C.P.D.M., D.A.B.R ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Lome A. Clarke, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC, FC.CM.G.; Muriel J. Harris, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Sylvie F. Langlois, M.D. (Sher.), FRCPC, F.A.B.R, F.C.C.M.G.; Marco A. Marra, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Kelly McNagny, B.Sc. (Wore), Ph.D. (Alabama); B.E Francis Ouellette, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc. (Calgary); Elizabeth M. Simpson, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor); Wyeth Wasserman, B.Sc, (Wash.), Ph.D. (Wise- Madison). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Laura Arbour, B.Sc. (Windsor), M.Sc, M.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G.; Angela R. Brooks-Wilson, B.Sc. (Hons.) (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (Tor), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Elizabeth Conibear, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Car.), Ph.D. (Camb.); Pamela A. Hoodless, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.); Xiaoyan Jiang, M.D. (China), Ph.D. (McG.); Steven J.M. Jones, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Brist.), M.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Sanger Institute, U.K.); Blair R. Leavitt, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Louis Lefebvre, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Laval), Ph.D. (Brit. Col.); Fabio Rossi, M.D. (Italy), Ph.D. (Germany); Sarah Townsend, B.S. (Cnell.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Mark Wilkinson, (1st class Hons.)(Alta.), Ph.D.(Brit. Col.). HONORARY MEMBERS David L. Baillie, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Conn.), Honorary Professor; Elizabeth J. Ives, M.D. CLINICAL PROFESSORS Patrick M. J. MacLeod, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, F.C.P.S., F.C.C.M.G., F.A.A.R, F.A.B.M.G.; Siu-Li Yong, M.B., B.S., M.Med.(Paed.) (Sing.), FRCPC, FC.CM.G. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR M. E. Suzanne Lewis, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, FAA.R, FC.CM.G. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Linlea Armstrong, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Susan Creighton, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.S. (Sarah Lawrence), Genetic Counsellor, CGC; Anita Dircks, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (McG.), Genetic Counsellor Training Program Director, CCGC, CGC; Y. Paul Goldberg, M.B., Ch.B., Ph.D. (Cape X), FRCPC; David Koehn, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (McG.), Head Genetic Counsellor, CCGC, CGC; Donna L. Mihm, BA. (Iowa), M.S. (Wise), Program Director, CGC; Karen Panabaker, B.Sc. (Manit.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (McG.), Genetic Counsellor, CCGC, CGC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Shelley Dougan, B.Sc.H. (Qu.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Genetic Counsellor, CGC; Christele du Souich, B. Sc, M.Sc. (McG.), Genetic Counsellor, CCGC, CGC; Emily Dwosh, B.Ed. (McG.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Genetic Counsellor, CCGC; Kim Gall, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Genetic Counsellor, CGC; Colleen Guimond, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Genetic Counsellor, CGC; Sara Jane Hamilton, B.Sc. (Lakehead), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Genetic Counsellor, CCGC; Gurdip K. Hulait, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Genetic Counsellor, CGC, CCGC; Jane Hurlburt, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (McG.), Genetic Counsellor, R.N., CCGC; Pardeep Kaurah, B.Sc. (UA), M.Sc. (McG.), Genetic Counsellor, CCGC; Stephanie Kieffer, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.S. (Sarah Lawrence), Genetic Counsellor, CGC, CCGC; Janet Livingston, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (BrCol.), Genetic Counsellor, CCGC; Natasha MacPhee, B.Sc. (St. Mary's), M.Sc. (McG.), Genetic Counsellor; Sarah Mcintosh, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (BrCol.), Genetic Counsellor, CCGC; Kirsten Meagher, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.S. (Sarah Lawrence), Genetic Counsellor, CGC; Patricia Power, B.Sc. (Mun.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Genetic Counsellor, CCGC; Yolanda Ridge, B.Sc. (Aha.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.) Genetic Counsellor, CCGC, CGC; Rosemarie Rupps, B.Sc. (Sask.), M.Sc(McG.), Genetic Counsellor, CGC; Jennifer Scott, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.S. (Sarah Lawrence), Genetic Counsellor, CGC. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Hugh W. Brock, Zoology; Marion B. Coulter-Mackie, Pediatrics; Sandra E. Dunn, Pediatrics; Thomas A. Grigliatti, Zoology; Douglas Horsman, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; R. Keith Humphries, Medicine; David Huntsman, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Peter M. Lansdorp, Medicine; Deborah E. McFadden, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Evica Rajcan-Separovic, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Dorothy Shaw, Obstetrics and Gynaecology; Sandra Sirrs, Endocrinology; Fumio Takei, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Hilary Vallance, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine. DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE Graydon Meneilly, Head; Harvey Lui, Associate Head DIVISION OF ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY R. Robert Schellenberg, Head PROFESSOR R. Robert Schellenberg, M.D. (Manit.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Michael A. J. Mandl, M.Sc. (McG.), M.B.B.S. (Syd.), FRCPC; Donald F. Stark, M.D. (Aha.); H. C. George Wong, B.Sc. (Manit.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, FACP, FAAAAI. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Kanani Amin, M.D. (McG.). DIVISION OF CARDIOLOGY Chris Buller, Head PROFESSORS Chris Buller, B.A. (Tor); John A. Cairns, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Charles R. Kerr, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; G. B. John Mancini, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, FACC; Simon Rabkin, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Karin Humphries, M.Sc. (BrCol.), M.BA. (S.Fraser), D.Sc. (Netherlands). CLINICAL PROFESSORS EMERITI John A. Boone, B.A., M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Doris Kavanagh-Grey, M.D. (Ott.), FACP, FACC, FRCPC; Henry Mizgala, BA.,M.D. (Queb.); Dwight Peretz, M.D. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (McG.); Melville Shaw, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, FACP, FACC; Max Walters, M.D. (Manit.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Victoria Bernstein, M.R.C.S. (Engl.), L.R.C.R (Lond.), FRCPC; Christopher Buller, M.D. (W.Ont.); Arthur Dodek, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Jaap N. Hamburger, Ph.D. (Rotterdam); Victor F. Huckell, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, FACC; Ian Penn, M.B., B.S. (Syd.), FRCPC, FRACP; Donald Ricci, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Ronald Carere, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; Anthony Y. Fung, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), FRCPC; Kenneth G. Gin, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Andrew Ignaszewski, M.D. (Lubin, Poland), FRCPC; Maria Kiess, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Ian MacDonald, M.D. (Qu.), CCER, FRCPC; Christopher Thompson, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; John Webb, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; John Yeung, M.B., Ch.B. (Glas.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Eve Aymong, M.Sc. (Col.), M.D. (Tor.); Sammy Chan, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Brett G. Heilbron, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCPC; Saul Isserow, M.D. (Witw.), FRCPC; John Jue, B.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCPC; Pui ee Lee, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), M.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC; Alan Rabinowitz, M.B., Ch.B (CAPE X); Lynn Straat- man, M.D. (Tor.); Graham Wong, B.Sc, M.D. (UBC), MPH (HARVARD). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Bradley I. Munt, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Stanley Tung, M.D. (Man.). ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Scott Lear, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). DIVISION OF CRITICAL CARE MEDICINE John C. Fenwick, Head PROFESSORS James A. Russell, A.B. (Prin.), M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Keith Walley, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Peter Dodek, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, FACP. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Delbert Dorscheid, M.D., Ph.D., B.Sc. (McG.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR John Y Tsang, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Tor), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Dean R. Chittock, M.D. Medicine (Hon.) (W.Ont.); Vinay Dhingra, M.D. (Sask.); John C. Fenwick, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); David M. Forrest, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Gregory Grant, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.); Sean Keenan, M.D. (Tor); Juan Jose Ronco, M.D. (Buenos Aires). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Catherine Craig, B.Sc, M.D., M.Sc. (Br.Col.). DIVISION OF DERMATOLOGY Harvey Lui, Head PROFESSORS Vincent C. Y. Ho, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Harvey Lui, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; David 338 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 McLean, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Jason K. Rivers, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Jan Dutz, M.D. (Qu.); Neil C. Kitson, B.Sc. (Hon.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC, Ph.D. (Syd.); Gang Li, M.D. (Nanjing), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Kevin McElwee, B.Sc, Ph.D (UK); Youwen Zhou, M.D. (Tor.), Ph.D. (N.Y). CLINICAL PROFESSORS EMERITI Stewart Maddin, M.D. (Aha.); W. Alastair McLeod, M.Sc. (Minn.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Alastair Carruthers, B.A., M.A., B.M., B.Ch. (Oxon.), M.R.C.R, FRCPC; Jerry Shapiro, B.Sc, M.D. CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Laurence Warshawski, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Robert J. Conklin, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Richard M. Haber, M.D. (TOR.); Brian X Kunimoto, B.Sc, M.D. (Br. Col.), FRCPC; Roberta C. Ongley, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Otto Schlappner, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Brian W. Gregory, B.Sc. (Car), M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; Patrick Kenny, M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. (Natl., Ireland), FRCPC; Charles E. Morton, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; Marie B. Prihoda, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; D. Richard Thomas, M.A., M.B. (Lond.), FRCPC; Evert J. Tuyp, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; David Zloty, M.D. (Alta.) ,FRCPC CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS John D. Amiss, B.A., M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Sheila Au, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.); Anne Davis, M.D. (Ott.); Chih-Ho Hong, M.D. (Tor.); Sikina F. Rossi, M.D. (UBC); Mohammad Shokravi, M.D. (Alta). ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Jenifer Thewalt, Ph.D. (S.Fraser). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Nigel Ball, Pathology; Richard Crawford, Pathology; Richard P. Gallagher, Health Care and Epidemiology; Magdalena Martinka, Dermatology; Juliette Prendiv- ille, Pediatrics; Haishan Zeng, Pathology. HONORARY PROFESSOR Nhiem Nguyen, M.D. (Saigon), FRCPC. DIVISION OF ENDOCRINOLOGY AND METABOLISM David M. Thompson, Head PROFESSOR EMERITUS Keith Dawson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.). PROFESSOR Jerilynn C. Prior, BA. (Linfield), M.D. (Boston), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS EMERITI Alexander Cairns, M.D. (BrCol.); Stephen C. Thorson, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.). CLINICAL PROFESSOR Graeme E. Wilkins, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Hugh Tildesley, B.Sc, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Richard Bebb, M.D. (BrCol.); Marshall Dahl, M.D. (Br.Col.); Thomas G. Elliott, B.M.Sc, M.B.B.S. (Q'ld.), FRCPC; David L. Kendler, M.D. (Tor.) FRCPC, FRCP(C); Stuart H. Kreisman, M.D. (McG.); David M. Thompson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Clarissa Wallace, M.D. (Qu.). CLINICAL INSTRUCTOR Sabrina Gill, M.D. (Br.Col.); Michelle Johnson, B.Sc, M.D. (Man.); Jason M. Kong, M.D. (BrCol.); Robert Mase, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Sandra Sirrs, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Diane X Finegood, Ph.D. (S. Calif.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Greg Bondy, Pathology; Hiliary Kitson, Pediatrics; Ralph Rothstein, Pediatrics; Laura Stewart, Pediatrics. DIVISION OF GASTROENTEROLOGY Urs Steinbrecher, Head PROFESSORS Hugh J. Freeman, B.Sc. (Loyola), M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC, A.B.I.M., A.B.G.E., FA.C.R, F.A.C.G.; Urs Steinbrecher, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC, A.B.I.M. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Baljinder Salh, M.B., Ch.B. (LEEDS), M.R.C.R, L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Eric Yoshida, M.D. (Tor.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS EMERITI Frank H. Anderson, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; W. C. MacDonald, M.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Isabella Tai, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D., M.D. (Tor), FRCP(C). CLINICAL PROFESSORS EMERITI Donald M. Carr, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Hugh Chaun, M.A., B.M., B.Ch. (Oxon.); Standford Stordy, M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCP(C). CLINICAL PROFESSOR Lawrence S. Halparin, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Michael Byrne, B.A., M.B. Ch.B., M.A., M.D. (CAMB.); James Gray, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Wing K. Peter Kwan, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Allan A. "Weiss, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, CME Director. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jack N. Amar, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; Robert Enns, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Siegfried R. Erb, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; John Scott Whittaker, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Martin Fishman, M.D. (Br.Col.); Eric Lam, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Tor.), B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Mem.); Alnoor Ramji, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE MEMBER Bruce McManus, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine. DIVISION OF GENERAL INTERNAL MEDICINE Iain F. Mackie, Acting Head PROFESSOR EMERITUS Michael Schulzer, M.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Wash.). PROFESSORS Gordon G. Page, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.A., Ed.D. (Br.Col.); James M. Wright, M.D. (Aha.), Ph.D. (McG.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS EMERITI Robert Rangno, B.Sc, M.D., M.Sc. (Manit.), LMCC, FRCPC; Harvey D. Sanders, M.D. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Manit.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Anita Palepu, M.D. (McM.); Donald R. Studney, BA.Sc, MA.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), EA.C.R, FRCPC. CLINICAL PROFESSOR I. Mackie, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Rose Hatala, B.Sc, M.D., M.Sc. (McM.); Barry O. Kassen, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; James Kennedy, M.D. (Nfld.); John M. Onrot, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Richard Arseneau, B.Sc. (Qu.), D.V.M. (Guelph), M.D. (Tor.) FRCPC; Brian J. Ayotte, M.D. (Manit.); James R. Busser, M.D (W.Ont.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, MSI Director, Vancouver Hospital; James Dunne, M.B. (Ireland), FRCPC; Laura A. Magee, M.D. (Tor.); May Ong-Lam, B.Sc. (Minn.), M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Thomas L. Perry, Ph.D., M.D. (Br.Col.); Robert G. Wakefield, B.Sc, M.D. (Stan.). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Edward Auersperg, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Sarah Broder, M.D. (McM.); Sherri L. Caswell, M.D. (Br.Col.); Alex Chong Hen Chan, M.D. (Manit.); Kenneth Cunningham, M.D. (W.Ont.); Timothy Deutscher, BA. (Alta.); Stephen Duke, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.); Frank Ervin, B.Sc, M.D. (Dal.); Philippa H. Hawley, B. Med (Southampton); Cheryl Holmes, M.D. (Br.Col.); Michael Kenyon, MBBch (Sth. Africa); Nadia Khan, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), M.Sc. (Calg.), FCCPC; David D. Kincade, M.D. (BrCol.); Rhonda McKay, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.); Susan Purkiss, M.D. (McM.); James M. Roberts, M.D. (Calif.); Jennifer Sunderwood, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Charles Tai, M.D. (Alta.); Steven K. Wong, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC. CLINICAL PROFESSORS EMERITI Archibald Johnson, M.D. (Ont.); Edward McDonnell, BA. (BrCol.), M.D.C.M. (McG.); Brace Paige, M.B., B.S. (Syd.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR EMERITUS Charles S. Rennie, M.D. (Manit.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS C. Laird Birmingham, Psychiatry; Patrick Zaidel, Family Practice. DIVISION OF GERIATRIC MEDICINE Larry Dian, (Acting Head) PROFESSORS B. Lynn Beattie, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Graydon S. Meneilly, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Kenneth Madden, M.Sc, M.D. (Qu.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Reva Adler, M.D. (N.Y. State); Larry Dian, M.B., Ch.B. (Witw), FRCPC; Janet S. Martini, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 339 CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Maria Chung, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Amanda Hill, M.B., B.Ch. (Witw); Peter O'Connor, B.A., M.B., B.Ch., BA.O., (Dub.), FRCPC; Christopher J. Rauscher, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Roger Wong, B.MSc, M.D., FRCPC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Kim Bamett, B.Sc, R.N., M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Marilyn Bater, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Kathryn Bell, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Wendy Cook, Hons B.A. & B.Sc. (McM.), M.D. (Tor), M.H.Sc, (BrCol.); Kim King, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Janet V. Kushner-Kow, M.D. (Calg.); Marilyn Malone, M.D. (Br.Col.); Janice Menezes, M.D. (Ott.) FRCPC; Hetesh Ranchod, M.B. (SAfrica). DIVISION OF HAEMATOLOGY Michael Barnett, Head PROFESSORS Michael Barnett, B.MED. Sc, BM BS (Nott.); Allen C. Eaves, B.Sc. (Acadia), M.D., M.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, F.A.C.P, M.D., Ph.D. (Tor); Keith Humphries, B.Sc. (Aha.), M.Sc. (Tor.), M.D., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); John Schrader, M.B.B.S., B.Med.Sc, Ph.D. (Aust.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Clayton Smith, B.A., M.D. (Texas). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Penny J. Ballem, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Noel A. Buskard, B.A., M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC, FA.C.R; Donna E. Hogge, B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Ph.D. (Alta.); Peter M. Lansdorp, M.D. (Erasmus), Ph.D. (Amst.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS W Barrett Benny, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Stephen H. Nantel, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC, A.B.I.M.; Thomas John Nevill, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; John D. Shepherd, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Heather Sutherland, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Linda M. Vickars, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Donna Forrest, M.D. (Manit.); Charles Li, B.Sc(Alta.),M.D.(Alta.); Cynthia L. Toze, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Raewyn Broady, M.B. Ch.B., (N.Z.), FRACP, FRCPA; Paul Galbraith, B.Sc, M.D. (Man.); Julye Lavoie, M.D. (Sherbrooke); Tanya Petraszko, M.D. (W.Ont.); Kevin Song, B.Eng., M.D.C.M. (McG.); Gayatri Sreenivasan, M.D. (BrCol.); Peter W Tsang, M.D. (W.Ont.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Robert Coupland, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Connie J. Eaves, Medical Genetics; Douglas E. Horsman, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Sheldon C. Naiman, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine. DIVISION OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES Neil Reiner, Head PROFESSORS William R. Bowie, B.Sc. Med., M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Robert Branham, M.D. (BrCol.); Anthony W Chow, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, FACP; Julio Montaner, M.D. (Buenos Aires), M.C.C.E.E., L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Neil E. Reiner, A.B. (Oberlin), M.D. (Case W. Reserve), FRCPC, FACP; Grant H. Stiver, B.Sc. (Med.), M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Yossef Av-Gay, Ph.D. (Tel Aviv); Mark Tyndall, M.D. (Ont.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Artem Cherkasov, Ph.D. (Russia); Michael Grigg, Ph.D.; Marie de Haan, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCPC; Zakaria Hmama, Ph.D. (Calif.); Xheodore Steiner, M.D. (Duke). CLINICAL PROFESSORS David R. Burdge, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Robert M. X Chan, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, FACP; Peter Phillips, M.D. (Tor); Michael L. Rekart, M.D. (Ohio). CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Paul Harrigan, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), M.Sc, B.Sc. (Hons.); Valentina C. Montessori, M.D. (BrCol.), LMCC, FRCPC; Natasha Press, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.); Evan Wood, B.Sc. (Vict.), Ph.D.(Br. Col). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Robert Reynolds, M.D. (Tor). ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Jasbinda Sanghera, B.Sc, (Lond.), Ph.D. (BrCol.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Judith Isaac-Renton, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Peter J. Jewesson, Pharmaceutical Sciences; Fawziah Marra, Pharmaceutical Sciences; Robert McMaster, Medical Genetics; Deborah Money, Obstetrics and Gynaecology; Michael O'Shaughnessy, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; David Patrick, Health Care and Epidemiology. DIVISION OF MEDICAL ONCOLOGY Joseph Connors, (Acting Head) HONORARY PROFESSOR Nicholas Bruchovsky, M.D., Ph.D. (Tor), FRCPC. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Kim Chi, M.D. (Ott.); Stephen Chia, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Kerry Savage, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col). CLINICAL PROFESSORS EMERITI James H. Goldie, M.D (Tor); David J. Klaassen, B.A., M.D. (Sask.); Ian Plenderleith, M.D. (Wash.); Hulbert Silver, M.D., Ph.D. (McG.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Joseph N. Connors, B.S. (Trin.), M.D. (Yale), FRCPC; Karen Gelmon, B.A., M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Paul J. Hoskins, BA. (Oxf.).), M.B.B., CHIR. (Cantab.), ^I.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC; Grant MacLean, B.Sc, MB CHb. (NewZ.), FRACP; Robert Murray, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Susan E. O'Reilly, B.Sc, B.A., M.B. (Dub.), B.Ch., BA.O. (Wales), FRCPC; Amil M. Shah, B.Sc, M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC, FA.C.R; Kenneth D. Swenerton, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. HONORARY CLINICAL PROFESSOR Brian Weinerman, M.D. (Manit.), FRCP. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Christopher Coppin, M.A., D.Phil. (Oxf.); Richard J. Klasa, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Paul Klimo, M.D. (Comenius, Czech.); Kenneth S. Wilson, M.B. FRCP (Edin.), FACP, FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Sharon J. Allan, M.D. (Aha.); Vanessa Bernstein, M.D. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Harv.), FRCPC; Cicely J. Bryce, MD, (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Karamjit Gill, B.Sc, M.D., (ont.); Kong Khoo, B.Sc, M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; Margaret Knowling, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC; Ursula J. Lee, M.D. (Br.Col.); Nicol MacPherson, Hons. B.Sc, M.D., Ph.D. (Qu.); Barbara Melosky, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; R. Michael Noble, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.D. (Harv.), A.B.I.M., FRCPC; Brian Norris, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; Ravinder P. Sawhney, MBBS (Kashmir); Laurie Sehn, M.D. (McG.); Tamara Shenkier, D.E.C, M.D.C.M. (McG.); David Stuart, S.B., S.M. (M.I.X), M.D. (Stan.), FRCPC; Marianne Taylor, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Susan Ellard, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor); David Fenton, Hon B.Sc, M.D. (Ont.); Catherine A. Fitzgerald, M.D. (Alta.); Christopher Lee, B.Sc, M.D. (Dal.); Mary MacNeil, M.D. (Dal.); Lee Ann Martin, B.Sc, M.A., M.D. (W.Ont.); Heidi Martins, M.B.Ch.B. (Witw.); Judith Sutherland, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Malcolm Brigden, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Victor Ling, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine. DIVISION OF NEPHROLOGY Paul Keown, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI Eugene C. Cameron, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; John D.E. Price, M.D.C.M. (McG.); Roger Sutton, M.A., D.M. (Oxf.). PROFESSORS Paul A. Keown, M.B., Ch.B. (Mane), FRCPC, FRCP, FACA, MRCP (U.K.); Gary A. Quamme, B.Sc, ^.V.M. (Sask.), M.Sc. (Ott.), Ph.D. (McG.); Norman L. Wong, B.Sc. (Sir George Williams), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.). ASSISTANT PROFESSOR John Gill, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Tufts). CLINICAL PROFESSOR EMERITUS Angus Rae, M.B., B.S., M.R.C.R, M.R.C.R (Ed.) (Lond.), FA.C.R, ER.CR(C). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Clifford Chan-Yan, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCPC, F.C.P. (SAfrica); Adeera Levin, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), FRCP; Ronald Werb, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), M.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Victor R. Chan, M.B. (H.K.); David Landsberg, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; R. Jean Shapiro, B.A., B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Paul Taylor, B.Sc, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), FRCPC; Choi Kit Yeung, M.B., B.S., M.D. (H.K.), FRCPC, FRACP. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Anthony Chiu, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.); John A. Duncan, M.D. (Ott.); Jacek Jastrzebski, M.D. (Warsaw); Mercedeh Kiaii, M.D. (Br.Col.); Linda De Luca, M.D. (McM.); Rajinder Singh, M.Ed., B.Sc, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Michael Copland, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Abeed Jamal, B.Sc. (UBC), MDCM (McG.); Beverly Jung, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col). DIVISION OF NEUROLOGY Howard Feldman, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI Donald B. Calne, B.A., B.Sc, M.A., B.M., B.Ch., D.M. (Oxf.); Andrew Eisen, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.R, L.M.C.C. (U.K.); Seung U. Kim, M.D. (Korea), Ph.D. (Japan); Brian Pate, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Lond.), Ph.D. (McG.); Vincent Sweeney, M.B., Ch.B. (Glasgow). 340 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 PROFESSORS Doris Doudet, B.S., Ph.D. (Bordeaux); Feldman Howard , D.C.S., M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCP; Joel Oger, B.A., M.D. (Rennes), FRCPC; Steven Pelech, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A Jonathan Stoessl, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Joseph Tsui, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), MRCA (U.K.), FRCPC; Yu Tian Wang, M.D. (Shandong). ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Lome F. Kastrakoff, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Martin McKeown, M.D. (Tor.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jason Barton, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol); Chong Sik Lee, M.D. (Seoul), FRCPC; Sian Spacey, M.B.B.S. (Lond.). CLINICAL PROFESSOR Stanley Hashimoto, M.D. (Alta.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS EMERITI Andre R. Anzarat, M.D. (Paris); Paul J. A. Bratty, M.D. (Tor.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS John P. Hooge, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Manouchehr Javidan, M.D. (Iran); Michael W Jones, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Charles Krieger, M.D., (Tor.), Ph.D. (Lond.), FRCPC; R. Gordon Robinson, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR EMERITUS David Jones, M.,D. (Liv.). CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Hector Baillie, BSc(HONS), MSc, MB ChB, (Glas.) FRCPC ; Jeff H. Beckman, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Hannah Briemberg,; Stephen D. Clarke, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Dean Foti, M.D.C.M. (McG.); Gillian Gibson, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Dean Johnston, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), M.H.S.C (Duke), FRCPC; Robert D. Keyes, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Jeffrey Martzke, M.A., Ph.D. (Lowa); Michelle Mezei, M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC; Alister Prout, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCPC; Phillip Teal, B.M.E.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Brian Thiessen, M.D. (Sask.); Anthony Traboulsee. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Anthony D. Costantino, M.D. (Dal.) FRCPC; Virginia Devonshire, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Colleen Murphy, B.A., B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Charles Tai, M.D. (Aha.); Barry Tessler, B.S., M.D. (Manit.), FRCP; Michael Varelas, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Andrew Woolfenden, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC. ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Daniel Bub, Ph.D. (Roch.); Thomas Ruth, Ph.D. (Clark); Vesna Sossi, M.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Duncan Anderson, Ophthalmology; Susan Forwell, School of Rehabilitation Sciences; Douglas Graeb, Radiology; Trevor Hurwitz, Psychiatry; Blair Leavitt, Medical Genetics; David Li, Radiology; G. R. Wayne Moore, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Lynn Raymond, Psychiatry; Adele Dessa Sadovnick, Medical Genetics; Robert Stowe, Psychiatry; Rosemary Wilkinson, Psychiatry. DIVISION OF PHYSICAL MEDICINE AND REHABILITATION Theo Van Rijn, Head PROFESSOR EMERITUS Duncan Murray, M.D. (Doul.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Hugh Anton, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; George Hahn, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Wolfgang Schamberger, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Andrew Travlos, M.B., B.Ch. (Witw.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Pankaj Dhawan, M.B.B.S. (Gujarat); Gabriel Hirsch, M.D., (Hamburg), FRCPC; Susan Jung, M.D. (Chile), FRCPC; Peter Mortifee, M.D. (Br.Col.); Theo Van Rijn, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Andrea Towson, M.D. (Qu.); Michael Vondette, M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC; Claire Weeks, B.Sc. (C.C.N.Y.), Ph.D. (Duke), M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Mark Adrian, M.D. (Manit.); Mark Crossman; Andrew Dawson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Barbara Hughes, B.Sc, M.D., M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; David Koo, M.D. (Calg.); Herman Lau, M.D. (Manit.); Russell O'Connor; Nittin Reebye, M.B.B.S (Bom.), FRCPC; Heather Underwood, M.D. (McM.); Elliot Weiss, M.D. (Tor.), Ex. M.B.A. (Halifax); Rhonda Willms, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCP; Jennifer Yao, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR EMERITUS Alexander Pinkerton, M.B., Ch.B. (Glas.). CLINICAL PROFESSOR EMERITUS Cecil E. G. Robinson, M.D.C.M. (McG.). HONORARY PROFESSOR Paul E. Kaplan, M.D. (Calif., LA.). . ASSOCIATE MEMBER William Miller, School of Rehabilitation Sciences. DIVISION OF RESPIRATORY MEDICINE John A. Fleetham, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI Raja X Abboud, M.D. (Beruit), FRCPC; David Bates; Moira Mo-Wah Yeung, M.B.B.S. (H.K.), M.R.C.R (Lond.; Edin.), FRCPC, F.A.C.R PROFESSORS Tony Bai, M.B., M.D. (Otago), M.R.C.R (U.K.), ER.A.CR, FRCPC; Vincent Duronio, B.Sc. (Windsor), Ph.D. (W.Ont.); Mark Fitzgerald, M.B.B.CH. (Dub.), M.R.CR(L), FRCP(C); John A. Fleetham, M.B., B.S. P^Lond.), M.R.C.S., L.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC; Stephen Lam, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; David Ostrow, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, M.A. (Mich.); Peter Pare, M.D. (McG.), FRCPS; Jeremy Road, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, LMCC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Nasreen Khalil, B.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.); Robert Levy, M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC; C. Frank Ryan, M.B., B.Ch., BA.O. (N.U.I., Galway), FRCPI, FRCPC, FCCP; Donald Sin, B.Sc. Med. Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Stephanus F. Van Eeden, M.D. (Stell.); Helen Dimich Ward, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D., (Br.Col.); Pearce G. Wilcox, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Najib Ayas, M.D. (Atlanta); Victoria Cook,; Andrew Sandford, Ph.D. (Oxf.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Paul Champion, M.B.B.S. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., L.R.C.R (Eng.), Ph.D. (Ley.), FRCPC; Lindsay Lawson, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D., CM., M.Sc. (McG.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Richard K. Elwood, M.B., B.Ch., (Dub.), M.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC; Barbara E.M. Nakielna, M.B., Ch.B. (Liv.), M.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Tharwat Fera, M.B., Ch.B. (Cairo), M.D. (Athens), EEMCC, LMCC, FRCPC, ABIM; Mark Turner, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTOR Jennifer Wilson, M.D. (McM.). CLINICAL PROFESSOR EMERITUS Edward A. Allen, M.D.(SAfrica), M.B., Ch.B., FACCP, FRCPC. HONORARY PROFESSORS Morley Lertzman, M.D. (Manit.); Wan Tan-Hogg. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Michael Brauer, School of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene; Alan Lowe, Dentistry; Nester Muller, Radiology; Clive Roberts, Oral Biological and Medical Sciences. DIVISION OF RHEUMATOLOGY John Esdaile, Head PROFESSOR EMERITUS Denys K. Ford PROFESSOR Andrew Chalmers, B.Sc. (Cape X), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; John Esdaile, M.D. (McG.), MPH (Yale), FRCPC. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Diane Lacaille, M.D. (McG.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS EMERITI Harold Robinson, M.D.C.M. (McG.); IanTsang, M.B. (Brandon). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Kenneth Blocka, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Barry Koehler, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Simon H. K. Huang, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; A. Caroline Patterson, M.B., Ch.B. (Mane), FRCP (Lond.), FRCPC; Graham D. Reid, M.B., Ch.B. (Aberd.), FRCPC; Kam Shojania, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); John P. Wade, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Stephanie Ensworth, B.Sc. (Pharm.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; John X Kelsall, M.D. (McG.); Alice V. Klinkhoff, B.A. (McG.), M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Rhonda Shuckett, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC. HONORARY PROFESSOR Howard Stein, M.D. (Tor). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Stanley Fenton, M.B., B.Ch., BA.O. (Belf.), FRCPC; Jean Gillies, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; John R. Waiter- son, M.D. (BrCol.). ASSOCIATE MEMBER Matthew Liang, M.D. (Harv.). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 341 DEPARTMENT OF OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY Robert M Liston, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI Frederick E. Bryans, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC, FRCOG; Sidney Effer, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Victor Gomel, M.D. (Istanbul), FRCSC; Young S. Moon, M.V.M., D.V.M. (Seoul), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Guelph); Patrick J. Taylor, M.D. (Belf., FRCSC. PROFESSORS John L. Benedet, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Geoffrey L. Hammond, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Leeds), Ph.D. (Oulu); C.-Y Gregory Lee, B.Sc. (Taiwan), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Cal. Tech.); Peter C. K. Leung, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.); Peter F. McComb, M.B., B.S. (W. Aust.), M.R.CO.G. (Lond.), FRCSC; Danny W. Rurak, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Oxon.); Basil Ho Yuen, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCSC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Duncan F. Farquharson, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC; Robert M. Liston, M.B., Ch.B. (St.And.), FRCSC; Colin MacCalman, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.); Dianne Miller, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Timothy C. Rowe, M.B., B.S. (Adel.), M.R.CO.G. (Dal.), FRCSC; M. Amanda Skoll, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; Mary Stephenson, B.Sc, M.D., M.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCSC. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Lori A. Brotto, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Anthony P. Cheung, M.B.B.S., M.P.H. (Aust.), MRACOG, FRACOG, FRCSC; Kyung-Chul Choi, D.V.M. (Seoul), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Leanne S. Dahlgren, M.D. (Sask.), FRSCS; Thomas G. Ehlen, M.Sc, M.D. (Germany), FRCSC; Sai Ma, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Deborah Money, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Leslie Sadownik, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Peter Von Dadelszen, M.D. (Otago), FRCSC. CLINICAL PROFESSORS Margo R. Fluker, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Vera M. Frinton, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Gerald Marquette, M.D. (Montr.), FRCSC; Thomas R. Martin, M.B. (Durh.), FRCSC; Barry H. Sanders, M.D. (McM.), FRCSC; Dorothy Shaw, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.), FRCSC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Jan E. Christilaw, B.Sc. (Wat.), M.D. (McM.), FRCSC; Jonathan L. Cope, BA. (Cantab.), M.B. (Lond.), FRCSC; Jerome Dansereau, M.D. (Montr.), FRCSC; Alain Gagnon, M.D. (Sherbrooke), FRCSC; Matthew M. Garrey, M.B., B.Ch. (Glas.), FRCSC; Yamuna Kalyanpur, M.B., B.S. (India), M.R.CO.G., FRCSC; Lorena J. Kanke, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; Nancy Kent, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Gary E. J. Kinney, B.Sc. (McM.), M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Vincent C. Scali, M.D. (McG.), FRCSC; Lynn Simpson, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Waldemar G. Unger, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; David R. Vaughan, M.B. (Wales), FRCSC; David H. L. Wilkie, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Catherine Allaire, M.D. (Queb.), FRCSC; Dena Bloomenthal, B.Sc. (Vict.), M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC; Marie-France Delisle, M.D. (Laval), FRCSC; Ellen M. Giesbrecht, M.D. (Calg.), FCSC; Madhu Gupta, M.B. (Kanpur), FRCSC; Stephen Hudson, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCSC; Sayrin Lalji, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Kenneth Lim, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; J. David Mathews, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Debra Millar, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Sheila M. Pride, M.D. (Dal.), FRCSC; Jacqueline Purcell, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Shirley A. Reimer, M.D. (Ott.), FRCSC; Mark I. Rosengarten, M.B., B.Ch. (Johannesburg), FRCSC; Valerie Rychel, M.D. (McG.), FRCSC; Jacquelynn Schouls, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Petra Selke, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Dale Steele, M.D. (N.S.), FRCSC; Francine Tessier, M.D. (Queb.), FRCSC; Sydney Thomson, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Dorothy C. Tier, R.N.; John Turner, M.B.B.S. (Lond.), FRCSC; Christina Williams, M.D. (Barcelona), FRCSC; Henry Woo, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Robert Anderson, M.D. (Qu.), FRCSC; B. Matthew Bagdan, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Peter Beresford, M.B.B.Ch. (Cape X), FRCSC; John K. Cooper, M.D. (Memorial), FRCSC; Alan P. Hunt, M.D. (Johannesburg), FRCSC; Elisabet A.E. Joa, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; William G. Johnston, M.B. (Belf.), FRCSC; Stephen Kaye, M.D. (Witw.), FRCSC; Elissa J. McMurtrie, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Patrick J. Mitchell, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Nancy L. Mitenko, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg), FRCSC; Nicole Racette, M.D. (Queb.), FRCSC; Stephanie A. Rhone, M.D. (Emory), FRCSC; John G.M. Robertson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Jagdeep Ubhi, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; Douglas Waterman, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC. HONORARY PROFESSORS Nelly Auersperg, M.D., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Anthony Perks, B.Sc, Ph.D. (StAnd.), FRSM. ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Mary Stephenson, B.Sc, M.D., M.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCSC. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Virginia Baldwin, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Penny J. Ballem, Medicine; Philip B. Clement, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Peter Cooperberg, Radiology; M. J. Douglas, Anesthesia; Joanne T. Emerman, Anatomy; Susan Harris, Family Practice; Paul Hoskins, Medicine; Sheila M. Innis, Pediatrics; Shaila Misri, Psychiatry; Margaret R. Pendray, Pediatrics; R. Rajamahendran, Animal Science; Kenneth D. Swenerton, Medicine; F. L. W. Wong, Surgery. DEPARTMENT OF OPHTHALMOLOGY AND VISUAL SCIENCES Frederick S. Mikelberg, Head PROFESSORS Max S. Cynader, B.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (M.I.X), FRSC, Director Brain and Spinal Cord Research Centre; Frederick S. Mikelberg, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (Montr.), FRCSC; Robert Molday, B.Sc. (PA.), M.Sc. (D.C), Ph.D. (PA.) (Joint appointment with Biochemistry); Jack Rootman, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Nicholas ^windale, BA. (Cantab.), D.Phil. (Suss.), MA. (Cantab.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Duncan P. Anderson, M.D. (Queb.), FRCSC; Robert M. Douglas, BA. (Qu.), M.A., Ph.D. (Dal.), Associate Professor; Deborah E. Giaschi, B.Sc, Ph.D., M.A. (Ont.); Christopher J. Lyons, M.D., M.B.B.S. (Engl.), FRCSC, Director, Postgraduate Training; David Maberley, M.Sc. (Ont.), M.D. (Br.Col.); Joanne A. Matsubara, BA. (Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., San Diego); Christopher Shaw, B.S. (Calif.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Hebrew); Valerie A. White, B.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC (Joint Appointment with Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Orson Moritz, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Pierre Zakarauskas, B.Sc. (Queb.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Frank Buffam, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCSC; Jean D. A. Carruthers, M.D. (Br.Col.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.), FRCSC; Helson C. Chew, M.D. (Taiwan), FRCSC; Thomas A. Demco, BA. (Wash.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRSCC; Peter J. Dolman, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Paul J. Dubord, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC; Simon P. Holland, M.B., Ch.B. (Z'bwe.), FRCSC; Raymond H. Hollands, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Alan L. Maberley, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; David F. Rollins, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; William H. Ross, BA. (McG.), M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC, CS (P.Q.); Stuart W Smith, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Sueda Akkor, M.D. (Turkey), FRCSC; Craig W Beattie, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCSC; Jeffrey A. Blicker, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Samuel J. Broome, M.B., Ch.B. (Otago), FRCSC; Roy A. Cline, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; Michael J. Dobrogowski, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Carl V. Jones, B.M., B.Ch., FRCSC; Francis C. H. Law, M.D., (BrCol.), FRCSC; Janette I. Lindley, B.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCSC; David R. Mallek, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; Martin McCarthy, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Aha.); Malcolm J. McLean, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Peter A. Nash, B.A., M.D. (Aha.); Katherine E. Paton, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC, ABO; Sidney F. J. Pilley, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), D.O. (Eng.), FRCS. (Eng.); Michael J. Potter, B.Sc. (Mass.), M.D. (M.O.); Arthur W Pratt, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), D.A.B.O., FRCSC; Hugo F. S. Sutton, M.B., B.S. (Eng.), M.R.C.S. (Eng.), A.K.C (Lond.), FRCSC; Kevin Wade, B.Sc. (Dal.), M.D. (Queb.); Simon J. Warner, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.D. (Calg.), FRCSC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Michael Berman, M.B., Ch.B. (S.Africa), FRCSC; David M. Butler, M.D. (Halifax), FRCSC; Lydia M. Chen, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRSCC; Murray Erasmus, MB Ch B (SA); Pierre Faber, B.Sc. (McG.), M.B.B.S. (Aust.); Jane Gardiner, B.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.); Derek V. Godinho, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; Ian Hass, M.B., Ch.B. (Otago), C.A.B.O., CR.CS.(C); Gregory John Hay, M.D. (Ont.), FRCSC; Ross A. Kennedy, M.D., CM. (McG.); P. John Konkal, M.D. (Manit.), CR.CS.(C), FRCSC; David T-C. Lin, M.D. (McG.), FRCSC; Patrick E. Ma, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC; Perry H. Maerov, B.A., M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; D. M. McFadden, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC; Megan Rees, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC, D.A.B.O.; Suren Sanmugasunderam, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.); Patrick P. Saunders, BSc (Br.Col.), MDCM (McG.), FRCSC; Robert Schertzer, B.Sc. (Queb.), M.D. (Dal.); Robert P. Sherman, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; C. Peter Stockdill, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (BrCol.), FRSCC; Susan M. A. Wallace, M.D. (Tor.). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Margo Clarke, B.Sc, M.D., FRCSC (N.S.); Hardy Dhaliwal, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.); Dhar Dhanda, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Ont.); Ari Giligson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; R. B. Khandekar, M.B.B.S., DOMS (India); Simon Lam, B.Sc. MBBS (U.K.), FRCSC; Simon Lam, B.Sc. MBBS (U.K.); Junica Lin, F.C.L.S.A.; J. M. Macintosh, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; David E. Nelson, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC, C.S.P.Q. (Queb.); Hugh Parsons, B.Sc, M.D. (N.S.), FRCSC; Stan Shortt, B.Sc. M.D. (Aha.); Kathleen Sullivan, B.Sc, M.D., FRCSC (Br.Col.); Aron M. Tischler, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Diane Walker, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Anthony Wong, M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Kenneth Bassett, Family Practice; A. R. Buckley, Radiology; Peter Cooperberg, Radiology; Richard Gallagher, Health Care and Epidemiology; Weiguo Jia, Neurosurgery; Jocelyn Lapointe, Radiology; Robert A. 342 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Nugent, Radiology; Michael Schulzer, Statistics; Francis Tufaro, Microbiology and Immunology. RESEARCH ASSOCIATES Jean Cui, M.D. (P.R. China); Ljubomir Kojic; Shiv Prasad, B.Sc. (Guyana), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ADJUNCT CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Susan Lewallen, M.D. (Colorado), B.Sc. (Calif.), FRCSC. DEPARTMENT OF ORTHOPAEDICS Clive P. Duncan, Head PROFESSORS Clive P. Duncan, M.B., Ch.B., B.A.O. (Natl., Ireland), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Stephen J. Tredwell, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Brian Day (part-time), M.D., Ch.B. (Mane), M.Sc. (BrCol.), L.R.C.R, M.R.C.R (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.), FRCSC ; Marcel F. S. Dvorak, M.D. (Ott.), FRCSC; Bassam A. Masri, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Heather A McKay, RX, B.Sc, M.P.E. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Sask.); Peter J. O'Brien, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Thomas R. Oxland, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, (Waterloo), M.Phil., Ph.D. (Yale), P.Eng.; Christopher S. Reilly, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Christine M. Alvarez, B.Sc. (Victoria), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Charles G. Fisher, M.D., FRCSC; Donald S. Garbuz, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCSC; Nelson V. Greidanus, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Pierre Guy, M.D., CM. (McG.), MBA, FRCSC; Brian K. Kwon, M.D. (Queens), Ph.D. (BrCol), FRCSC; Robert G. McCormack, M.D. (Qu.), Dip.Sport.Med., FRCSC; William D. Regan, M.D., (Tor), FRCSC; Bonita J. Sawatzky, B.P.E., M.P.E. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Keith A. Stothers, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; David R Wilson, B.Eng (McG.), D.Phil. (Oxon.). PROFESSOR EMERITUS Robert W McGraw, M.D. (BrCol.) FRCSC. CLINICAL PROFESSORS Richard D. Beauchamp, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; H. Michael Bell, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Piotr A. Blachut, M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC; Kenneth L. B. Brown, M.D. (Manit.), M.Sc. (McG.), FRCSC; Peter X Cropper, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; Robert H. Hawkins, M.D. (Qu.), FRCSC; Richard L. Loomer, B.A. (Gustavus Adelphus), M.D. (Minn.), FRCSC; J. Patrick McConkey, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC ; Robert N. Meek, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Michael S. Piper, M.D., M.Sc. (BrCol.), FRCSC; Shafique P. Pirani, M.D. (Lond.), FRCSC; Peter C. Wing, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.), M.Sc. (BrCol.), FRCSC; William Y. Yu, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCSC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Henry M. Broekhuyse, M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC; Iain G. Dommisse, M.B., Ch.B. (S.Africa), FRCSC; Hubert E. Hawk, B.A. (Case Western Reserve), M.D. (Dal.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Graham C. Pate, BA.Sc (BrCol.), M.D. FRCSC; Donald G. Werry, M.D., FRCSC; Paul H. Wright, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Alastair S. E. Younger, M.B., Ch.B. (Aberd.), M.Sc, Ch.M., FRCSC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Paul B. Bishop, M.D. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Thomas J. Goetz, B.Sc. Eng., B.Sc, M.D. (Qu.), FRCSC; Andrew Hepburn, M.B., Ch.B., L.M.C.C, FRCSC; Simon G. D. Horlick, B.Sc, LMCC, M.D. (Qu.), FRCSC; Gerard M. McKenzie, M.D., FRCSC, B.Sc. (Br.Col.); Murray J. Penner, B.Sc. (Man.), M.D. (Calg.) FRCSC; Bertrand H. Perey, B.Ch., M.D. (Dal.), FRCSC; Kevin J. Wing, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Christopher Bailey, B.PE. (Ont.), M.D. (Ont.); J.E Myles Clough, M.B., Ch.B. (Oxf.), FRCSC; Kenneth Kousaie, M.D. (Ott.); Jordan M. Leith, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (Chic), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Randall Locht, M.D. (Manit.); Kishore Mulpuri, M.B.B.S. (India), M.S. (India); Kostas Panagiotopoulos, B.Sc. (Queens), M.D. (Tor.); Donna Smith, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC. ADJUNCT PROFESSORS James A. McEwen, BA.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., Mem.I.E.E.E., Mem. A.A.M.I., Mem. C.M.B.E.S.; Gail M. Thornton, B.Sc, M.S.M.E., Ph.D. (Calg.), P.Eng. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Bernard H. Bressler, B.Sc. (Sir Geo. Williams), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.); Peter A. Cripton, B.Sc(Dal), B.Eng.(Tuns), M.Sc(Eng.), Ph.D. (Qu.); Karim M. Khan, MBBS, B.Med.Sc, Ph.D (Melb.); Peter Munk, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC. DEPARTMENT OF PATHOLOGY AND LABORATORY MEDICINE Gillian Lockitch, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI Anne Autor, B.A. (Hons.) (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Duke); James A. J. Ferris, M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O., M.D. (Belf.), FFSc, FRC, FFPRC; Shirley Gillam, B.Sc. (Taiwan), Ph.D. (Kansas City); David F. Hardwick, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, F.C.A.R; James C. Hogg, M.D. (Manit.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.), FRCPC, F.R.S.C; Dagmar Kalousek, M.D. (Czech.), FRCPC; Frederick J. Roberts, B.A., M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Aubrey Tingle, M.D. (Aha.), Ph.D. (McG.), FCRPC. PROFESSORS Donald E. Brooks, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Oregon); Andrew M. Churg, A.B. (Col.), M.D., Ph.D. (Chic); Nevio Cimolai, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Philip B. Clement, M.D. (BrCol.), A.R; Derek J. de Sa, B.S., M.B. (India), Ph.D. (Oxon.), FRC, FRCPC; Dana Devine, B.A., MA. (Boston), Ph.D (Duke); James E. Dimmick, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Katerina Dorovini- Zis, M.D. (Athens); Allen Eaves, B.Sc. (Acadia), M.Sc, M.D. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Tor), FRCPC, FACP; Evan Evans, B.S., M.S. (N.Y), Ph.D. (Calif.); Jiri Frohlich, M.D. •^Prague), FRCPC; Colin Fyfe, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Scotland), ^F.R.S.C; William J. Godolphin, B.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Aha.), FACB; Richard Hegele, M.D. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Br. Col.), FRCPC; James B. Hudson, M.Sc. (Lond.), Ph.D. (Aha.); Judith L. Isaac-Renton, M.D., D.P.H. (Tor.), FRCPC; Gerald Krystal, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.); Victor Ling, B.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); Gillian Lockitch, M.B., Ch.B., M.D. (Cape X), FRCPC; Alexander B. Magil, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; Bruce McManus, BA. (Sask.), M.Sc. (Penn. State), Ph.D. (Toledo), M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, FACP, FACC; David Owen, M.B. (Wales), FRCPC; Martin Petric, B.Sc, M.Sc. (McM.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Haydn Pritchard, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Nott.); Jack Rootman, M.D. (Alta.) F.R.C.S., CR.CR(C); William E. Schreiber, BA. (Ohio), M.D. (Houston); Poul Sorensen, B.Sc, M.D., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Fumio Takei, B.Sc. (Tokyo), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Joanne L. Wright, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Herman Ziltener, Pd.D. (Freib.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Michael Allard, B.Sc, MD (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Cedric Carter, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), M.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC; Janet K. Chantler, B.Sc. (St. And.), Ph.D. (Glas.); Blake Gilks, B.Sc. (New Br.), M.D. (Dal.); Shizu Hayashi, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Aly Karsan, B.A., M.D. (Qu.); Niamh Kelly, B.A., Ph.D. (Dub.); Mel Krajden, B.Sc, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC; Ian Mackenzie, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Michael A. Noble, B.A., M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; John R. O'Kusky, B.Sc. (Loyola), M.Sc. (Ott.), Ph.D. (Laval); Thomas J. Podor , B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Calif.); David Seccombe, M.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.D. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Chun Seow, B.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Manit.); Joseph Y C. Tai, B.Sc. (McM.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Dal.); Rusung Tan, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Bruce Verchere, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); Juergen Vielkind, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Germany); David Walker, B.A., M.A. (Calif., Santa Barbara), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Valerie White, B.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC (Joint appointment with Department of Opthalmology); Decheng Yang, M.Sc, Ph.D. (111.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Brett Casey, M.D. (Texas); Helene Cote, B.Sc. (Laval), Ph.D. (Brit. Col); Jason Ford, MD (Br.Col.), FRCPC; John Hill, B.M.L.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); David Huntsman, M.D. (Nfld.); Honglin Luo, M.S. (W China), M.D. (Chong-qing); Torsten Nielsen, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D., M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Corinne S. L. Ong, B.Sc. Ph.D. (Birm.); Maureen O'Sullivan, BSc (Ireland), MB.BCh.BAO, MD (Ireland); Erica Rajcan-Separovic, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Belgrade); Cheryl Wellington, Ph.D. (BrCol.), B.Sc. (Alta.); Andrew Weng, B.Sc (Stanford), M.D. (Chicago), Ph.D. (Chicago). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Roger Amy, M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC; Marcel Bally, BSc, MSc (Texas), PhD (Br.Col.); Diponkar Banerjee, FRCPC, Ph.D. (Ott.), M.B.Ch.B. (Makereve Med Sc); William A. Black, M.B., Ch.B. (Glas.), M.R.CPath., FRCPC; Vagn Bonnevie-Nielsen, M.D., D.M.Sc (Copenhagen); Richard Crawford, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; James Cullen, M.D. (Tor.); Bakul Dalai, M.B., B.S., M.D. (India); Aran K. Garg, B.Sc. (Agra), M.Sc. (Agra), Ph.D. (Sask.), M.D. (Br.Col.); Randy Gascoyne, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Allen Gown, B.S. (N.Y), M.D. (Yeshiva); Gershon H. Growe, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Malcolm Hayes, M.B., Ch.B. (Rhodesia); David Hoar, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., Davis); Douglas E. Horsman, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Edward C. Jones, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; James Kelly, M.B., B.Ch. (Galway); Michael X Kelly, B.Sc. (Purdue), M.D., Ph.D. (Indiana); Steven Kleinman, B.Sc. (M.I.X), M.D. (Calif., San Diego); Mladen Korbelik, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Zagreb); Deborah McFadden, B.A. (Minn.), M.D. (Calg.); Wayne Moore, B.Sc. (Nfld.), M.D. (McG.), FRCPC; Sheldon C. Naiman, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; Robert O'Connor, M.B., B.Ch., BA.O. (Dub.), FRCPC; Michael O'Shaughnessy, B.Sc, M.Sc. (N.Y), Ph.D. (Dal.); Jaakko X Pantzar, Lic.Med. (Finland), FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G.; Morris Pudek, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Diane Roscoe, B.S. (Penn. State), M.S. (Thomas Jefferson), M.D.; Frances M. Rosenberg, M.D., Ph.D. (Dal.); Miriam Rosin, B.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Tor.); Mark Scott, B.A., M.A. (Colorado), Ph.D. (Minn.); Christopher Sherlock, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), F.R.S.M., L.M.C.C; Kenneth C. H. Suen, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), DA.B.R, FRCPC; Eva Thomas, B.Sc, M.D. (Sweden), FRCPC; Louis D. Wadsworth, M.B., Ch.B. (Mane), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Nigel Ball, M.D. (St.M.); Satyendra Banerjee, M.Sc. (Calc), Ph.D. (McM.); Kenneth Berean, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Edith Blondel-hill, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.); Gregory Bondy, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Elizabeth Bryce, B.Sc, (Regina), M.D., Ph.D., (Sask.)., FRCPC; Thomas Cooney, M.B., B.Ch. (Ireland), M.R.CR(I), M.R.C.R (Eng.), FRCPC; Patrick Doyle, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; John English, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Douglas Filipenko, B.Sc, (S.Fraser), M.Sc, (Alta.), M.D., (Br.Col.); Swee Han Goh, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.); Dennis Grant, M.D. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 343 (Alta.), FRCPC; Laurel Gray, B.Sc. (Tor.), M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; Lawrence Haley, M.D. (Br.Col.); Anne C. Halstead, M.D. (Tor.); Maria Issa, B.Sc. (P.E.I.), Ph.D., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Calum E. MacAulay, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Bonnie Massing, B.Sc, M.D. (Finland), RX; Jasenka P. Matisic, M.D. (Zagreb); Muhammad Morshed, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Dhaka), Ph.D. (Yamaguchi); John X. O'Connell, M.B. (Ireland), FRCPC; David Pi, M.B.B.C (H.K.), FRCPC; Susan D. Porter, B.Sc. (New Br.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Edward L.G. Pryzdial, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); Nadine Urquhart, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Hilary Variance, M.D. (Br.Col.); Blair Walker, B.Sc, (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.); Karen J. Whitlow, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.Sc. (Ott.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Manuel Altamirano-Dimas, M.D., M.Sc, Ph.D. (Mex.); Brian Berry, B.Sc. (St.F.X.), M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; Banami Bhaumick, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Calc.) Ph.D. (McG); Helene Bruyere, M.Gen., M.D. (Saint-Etienne, France); Brett Casey, B.A. (Claremont, Calif.), M.D. (Texas); Sylvie Champagne, M.D. (Sher.), FRCPC; Mukesh Chanabhai, M.B.Ch.B (Z'bwe.); Jennifer Davis, B.Sc, M.B., B.S. (Aust.); Valerian Dias, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg); David Ferguson, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Julia Flint, B.Sc, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCP (Br.Col.); Deborah Griswold, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Glenda Hendson, B.Ch., M.B. (Witw.), FRCPC; Janet Holden, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Jaclyn Hung, B.Sc. (P.E.I.), Ph.D., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Gareth P. Jevon, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X); Hugh D. Jones, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Samuel Krikler, M.B., Ch.B. (Rhodesia), L.R.C.R, M.R.C.S. (U.K.); Wan Lam, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Aha.), Ph.D. (Dal.); James Fergal Magee, B.A., BA.O., B.Ch., M.B., (Dub.); John Maguire, M.B., B.Ch., BA.O. (Dub.); Anil Mangal, M.D. (Fiji), FRCPC; Justin Martin, M.B., B.Ch., BAO (Belf.), FRCPC; Magdalena Martinka, M.D. (Lublin), FRCPC; Elisabeth Maurer, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Graz); Michael McNeely, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Thomas Mock, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.); Douglas Morrison, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Mike Nimmo, B.A., B.Sc. (Qu.), LLB (W.Ont.), M.D. (BrCol.); Steven Rasmussen, M.D. (Colarado); Marc Romney, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.D. (W.Ont.), D.XM.&H (Lond., UK); Craig Smith, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Gwen Stephens, B.S. (Calif., San Jose), M.S. (Ohio State), M.D. (Calif., Davis); Susan Xha, M.D., (Br.Col.), Ph.D., (McG.); Thomas Thomson, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Hadi Yaziji, M.D. (Damascus School of Med.); Haishan Zeng, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Beijing), Ph.D. (BrCol.). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Carol Park, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Tor.). INSTRUCTORS Amanda Bradley, B.Sc, Ph.D (Br.Col.); Maria Victoria Monsalve, B.Sc. (Los Andes, Columbia), Ph.D., M.Sc. (Sao Paulo, Brazil). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Sheila Armstrong; Terry C. Bainbridge, M.D. (Br.Col.); Sharon Boone, B.Sc. (New Br), B.MS., M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC; Suzanne Chan, BSc, MD (Alta), FRCPC; Larry Cheevers, B.D.S. (Dub.), D.D.S. (Tor.), Dipl. (Am. Board of Forensic Odontology); Enid Edwards, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.), FRCP (Br.Col.); David Garner, B.Sc. (Aha.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Omar Hakim, M.D. (Pakistan), FRCPC; Olaf Heisel, M.D. (Saarland, Germany); Scott Henwick, M.D. (Br.Col.) FRCPC; Sherali Hussein, B.Sc, Ph.D. (McM.); Helga Klein- Parker, M.D. (Liibeck); Charles Lee, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Elena Levin, M.D. (Kalinin Med. Inst.); Mildred Martins, B.Sc. (Winn.), M.D. (Manit.); Andre Mailman, M.D. (BrCol), FRCPC; Senthilselvi Nanthakumar, MBBS (Cbo), FRCPC; Tanya Nelson, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); R. (Kent) Neuert, B.Sc. (Calg.); Jan Palaty, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Malcolm Parslow, B.Sc. (Vic.N.Z.), Ph.D. (Calg.); Peter Payne, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Neal Poulin, B.Sc. (Winn.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Dale Purych, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Christof Senger, M.D. (Bamberg, Bavaria), FRCPC; Katherine Serrano, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Omar Shokeir, M.D. (Sask.); Ingrid Spadinger, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); Danny Straathof, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Grace Tanhuanco- Kho, M.D. (Phillipines); Dirk J.X van Niekerk, M.B., Ch.B. (Pret.), FRCPC; Paula Waters, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bath); Robert Wolber, M.Sc, Ph.D., M.D. (Mich.); Tung Yang, B.Sc, B.MS., M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; Wilson Yeung, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), FRCPC; Peter Zetler, B.Sc, M.D. (Cape X), FRCPC. RESEARCH ASSOCIATES Christopher Alexander, M.Sc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Mark Elliott, B.Sc, Ph.D., (Tor.); Hahn Huynh, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Johan Janzen, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Lucy Marzban, Doct. Deg. (Iran), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Bernard Meshi, M.D. (Albania), M.Sc. (U.K.); Elena Okon, M.Sc. (Moscow), Ph.D.(Russian Acad. Sci.); Annette Plesner, Cand.Sci., Ph.D. (Copenhagen); Manju Sharma, M.B.B.S., M.D. (India); Janet Wilson-McManus, B.S. (Colorado), ASCP (Nebraska); Huifang Mary Zhang, (Beijing). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Derek A. Applegarth, Pediatrics; Karen Bartlett, Occupational & Environmental Hygiene; Allan Belzberg, Nuclear Medicine; Donald Brunette, Oral Biology; Robert Brunham, Medicine; Noel Buskard, Medicine; Anthony Chow, Medicine; Brian Conway, Medicine; Marion Coulter-Mackie, Pediatrics; Connie J. Eaves, Medical Genetics; Donna E. Hogge, Medicine; Keith Humphries, Medicine; Sheila M. Innes, Pediatrics; William Jia, Surgery; Juergen Kast, Chemistry; Paul A. Keown, Medicine; Maria Kiess, Medicine; Piotr Kozlowski, Surgery; Sylvie Langlois, Medical Genetics; Peter Lansdorp, Medicine; Patrick MacLeod, Medical Genetics; Henry Mizgala, Cardiology; Colleen Nelson, Surgery; Joel Oger, Medicine; Catherine Pallen, Pediatrics; Peter Pare, Medicine; Robert W. Priddy, Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences; Karima Qayumi, Surgery; Neil E. Reiner, Medicine; Paul Rennie, Surgery; Marianne Sadar, Surgery; J.W. Schrader, Medicine; Kirk Schulz, Pediatrics; C. H. Scudamore, Surgery; David Speert, Pediatrics; Richard Stokes, Pediatrics; Vugranam Venkatesh, Pediatrics; Eric Webber, Surgery; Mark Wilkinson, Medical Genetics; Lewei Zhang, Oral Pathology. HONORARY MEMBERS William L. Dunn, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Lond.), FRCPC, Professor; Ralph Durand, B.Sc. (Calg.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.), Professor; Andrew Minchinton, B.Sc. ^(Hatfield), Ph.D. (Lond.), Assistant Professor; Peggy Olive, B.Sc. (Queb.), M.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (McM.), Professor; Branco Palcic, B.Sc, Dipl. Ing. Physics (Yugoslavia), Ph.D. (McM.), Professor; Ravindra Shah, B.D.S. (Bom.), M.S. (N.Y.State), Ph.D. (Qu.), Assistant Professor; Kirsten Skov, B.Sc. (Qu.), Ph.D. (Tor.), Professor. DEPARTMENT OF PEDIATRICS Robert Armstrong, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI Derek A. Applegarth, B.Sc. (Dur.), Ph.D. (Kings Coll., Durh.), F.C.C.M.G.; James E. Carter, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), C.R.C.R (C), FRCPC; A. George F. Davidson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Henry Dunn, M.B., B.Chir. (Lond.), FRCP, D.C.H., R.R.CRC; Peter Hahn, M.D., Ph.D., FRCPC; Judith G. Hall, B.A. (Mass.), M.S., M.D. (Wash.), F.AA.R, F.C.C.M.G., F.A.B.M.G., FRCPC; Robert H. Hill, B.M., B.Ch., FRCPC; David S. Lirenman, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, C.R.C.R (C), D.A.B.I.M., F.A.C.R; Margaret Mullinger, M.D., FRCPC; Andrew B. Murray, M.B., Ch.B., M.CL.Sc, CCER; Gordon E. Pirie, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC, C.R.C.R; Geoffrey Robinson, M.D., CM. (W.Ont.), C.R.P.C, FRCPC; Mavis Teasdale, M.B., Ch.B. (Leeds), D.C.H., L.M.C.C, C.R.C.R, FRCP; Roger S. Tonkin, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC. PROFESSORS Ron Barr, B.A. (Bishop's), MA. (Tor.), M.D.C.M. (McG.), F.R.CR(C), C.S.P.Q.; Philippe Chessex, M.D. (Geneva, Switzerland), ECFMG, FRCPC, L.M.C.C; Kevin Farrell, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.), M.R.C.R, CH.R.CR, FRCPC, D.C.H.; Alexander C. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.B. (Glas.), E.C.F.M.G (U.S.)., D.C.H., L.M.C.C, FRCPC, A.B.A.I.; Alan Hill, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Nott.), M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Sheila M. Innis, H.N.D., M.Sc. (Aha.), Ph.D. (Tor); Niranjan Kisson, M.B.B.S. (West Indies, Mona, Jamaica), CPE, FAAP, FACPE, FCCM, FRCPC; Stuart M. MacLeod, M.D., Ph.D., FRCPC; Andrew J. MacNab, M.B., B.S., M.D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., L.R.C.R (Eng.), FRCPC; Peter N. Malleson, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), M.R.C.R, FRCPC; Catherine Pallen, B.Sc. (Hons.), Ph.D. (Calg.); Ross E. Petty, M.D. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Lond.), A.B.R, FAA.R; Ralph R. L. Rothstein, B.Sc. (Brooklyn), M.D. (Yeshiva), R.CRS.C, FRCPC, A.A.R; George G. S. Sandor, M.B., Ch.B., D.C.H. (Glas.), M.R.C.R (Edin.), FRCPC; David W Scheifele, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; David P. Speert, B.A., M.D. (Col.), FRCPC, F.I.D.S.A., D.N.B.M.E. (U.S.), DA.B.R; Aubrey J. Tingle, M.D. (Aha.), Ph.D. (McG.), FRCPC, F.AA.R; Michael E Whitfield, B.Sc, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.), M.R.C.R, D.C.H. (Lond.), FRCPC; Peter K. H. Wong, B.Eng., M.D. (Hamilton), FRCPC. Associate professors Robert W. Armstrong, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D., M.Sc, Ph.D. (McM.), FRCPC, Department Head; Marion Coulter-Mackie, B.Sc. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Aha.); Ruth Grunau, B.A. (Syd.), M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Eric Hassall, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), D.C.H. (U.K.), M.R.C.R (U.K.), A.E.P, F.R.C.R (C); Anne K. Junker, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Shoo Lee, M.B.B.S. (Sing.), M.B., B.S., M.S. (Harv.), Ph.D. (Harv.), FRCPC, L.M.C.C, A.B.R (Diploma); Christine Loock, M.D. (Harv.), FRCPC, F.A.A.R, D.A.A.P.; Douglas Matsell, B.Sc. cum laude (Notre D.), M.D., CM. (McG.), LMCC, FRCPC; Timothy Oberlander, B.A., M.D. (W.Ont.), L.M.C.C, F.L.E.X., FRCPC; Margaret M. Pendray, M.B., B.S., L.R.C.R, M.R.C.S., D.C.H. (Lond.), L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Elke H. Roland, M.D. (W.Ont.), L.M.C.C, D.N.B.M.E. (U.S.), FRCPC; Kirk R. Schultz, B.S., M.D. (Nebraska), FRCPC, AA.R; David F. Smith, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; Richard Stokes, B.Sc. (Wales), M.Sc, D.I.C, Ph.D. (Lond.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jill Hoube, B.A., M.D., M.Phil; Amedeo D'Angiulli, Laurea (M.Sc. equiv.), M.A., Ph.D.; Sandra Dunn, B.S. (O.H.), M.S., Ph.D. (N. Carolina); Valentina Evdoki- mova, Ph.D, M.Sc, B.Sc; Anne G. George, B.A. (Acadia), Dipl. of Criminology (Syd.), M.L.S. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Anne Klassen, BA. (Hons.) (Wat.), D.Phil. (Oxf.); Jan Ochnio, M.D. (Warsaw, Poland), Ph.D.; Maureen O'Donnell, M.Sc, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, A.B.R; Dawei Ou, Ph.D.; Martin Pusic, M.D., N.B.M.E., M.C.C, F.R.C.P.C, A.B.R (Emergency Med.); Shubhayan Sanatani, B.Sc. (Br.Col.); Nicola Shaw, Higher Natl. Dipl., B.Sc. (Hons.), Ph.D. (Central Lancashire; Oxf.); Stuart Turvey, ; Bruce Variance, B.Sc, Ph.D. (McM.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS Robert J. Adderley, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Susan Albersheim, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), L.M.C.C, F.L.E.X., FRCPC, A.B.N.P.M.; Godfrey M. Baumgard, M.B., Ch.B. (Mane), FRCPC; Basil C. Boulton, M.D. 344 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (BrCol.), FRCPC; David M.C. Chan, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), FAAP, DABP, LMCC, (MCC), FRCPC; Jean- Pierre Chanoine, M.D., Ph.D. (Belgium), E.C.F.M.G., Cert. Parasitology, Cert. Clinical Research; Sterling Clarren, B.A., M.D. (Minnesota Med School), DABP, ABP; Walter J. Duncan, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, FAAP, FACC; Christopher Fryer, L.R.C.R (U.K.; Lond.), M.R.C.S, F.R.C.P.C, D.M.R.X; Jean Hlady, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, FAA.R; Helena H. Ho, B.Sc. (Ott.), M.A. (Radcliffe), M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC, D.A.B.R; R. Morrison Hurley, M.D., M.Sc. (W.Ont.), FRCP, F.M.R.CC, D.A.B.R, A.O.A.; David Israel, B.Sc. (Ben Gurion), M.D. (Alta.); Leora Kuttner, BA. (Hons.), M.A., Ph.D.; Emily W.-Y Ling, E.C.F.M.G., M.B., B.S. (H.K.), FRCPC, A.A.R, L.G.M.C. (U.K.), L.G.M.C. (H.K.), L.M.C.C, F.L.E.X.; Barrie S. Maclean, .Sc, M.B. (Lond.), B.M., B.Ch. (Oxon.), M.R.C.R, FRCPC; Juliette Prendiville, B.A., M.B., B.Ch., BA.O. (Dub.), M.R.C.P.I., M.C.C.E.E., L.M.C.C, FRCPC; David G. Riddell, B.Sc. (Med.), M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Paul Rogers, B.Sc, M.B., Ch.B., (Lond.), M.BA. (Bath), D.C.H., M.R.C.R, FRCPC, FRCP; Richard Schreiber, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), L.M.C.C. (MCC), FRCPC, F.S.M.Q., D.AA.R, D.N.B.M.E.; Michael Seear, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.B., Ch.B. (Rhodesia), FRCPC; Alfonso Solimano, M.D.,B.Sc Biol. (Lima), E.C.F.M.G., A.B.N.P.M., A.B.R, E.C.F.M.G., F.L.E.X., FRCPC, L.M.C.C; Keith W Spacey, M.B., B.S., L.R.C.R, M.R.C.S., C.R.C.R (C), D.A.B.R, D.C.H. (U.K.), FRCPC; Paul N. Thiessen, B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Marion- Anne Tipple, M.B., B.S., RCh. (Lond.), MRCP (U.K.), FRCPC; David Wensley, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), FRCPC, M.R.C.R (U.K.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Greg Baldwin, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC, Cert. Ped. Emergency Med., A.B.P.; Mary M. Bennett, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Nazmudin Bhanji, M.D. (Pahlavi, Iran), FRCPC; Mariana Brussoni, B.A. (Calg.), MA. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); David Cabral, M.B.B.S. (Aust.), M.C.C.E.E., FRCPC, A.B.P.W.E., A.B.R, M.C.C.Q.E., L.M.C.C.E.; Mary B. Connolly, B.A., M.B., B.Ch., BA.O., D. Ch. (Dub.), M.R.C.R (I.), M.R.C.R (U.K.), Am. Med. E.E.G. Assoc, U.S.M.L.E., FRCPC; Jeff Davis, M.D. (Birm.), C.R.C.R; Melvin I. De Levie, M.D. (Br.Col.), CRCP (McG.); John M. Dean, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), FRCPC; Simon Dobson, B.A., M.A., M.B.B.S., M.R.C.R (U.K.); Jack Forbes, B.Sc, M.B., Ch.B. (Natal), FRCPC; Joan Fraser, M.B., Ch.B. (Aberd.), CCF.R(C), L.M.C.C, FRCPC; George Hahn, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Jane Hailey, B.A., M.A., M.B.B.Chir. (Calif.), FRCPC; Martin Hoskings, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC, DAA.R; Derek Human, B.A. (Hons.), B.M., B.Ch. (Oxon.), Cert. Ped. Cardiology, FRCPC; Franklynjagdis, M.B., B.S. (Jamaica), FRCPC, L.M.C.C, Spec. Cert. A.B.R; Nasir Jetha, M.D. (Pahlavi, Iran), FRCPC; Paul M. A. Kom, B.A., M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; Brian Lupton, M.B., Ch.B., BA.O. (Belf.), M.R.C.R (U.K.), D.C.H., L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Peter A. McDermick, B.A.Sc. (Tor.), M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Daniel Metzger, M.D. (Ohio), U.S. Fed. Lie Exam, D.A.B.R, Dip. Ped. End., A.B.R, FRCPC, L.M.C.C; Anton Miller, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCPC; Horacio Osiovich, M.D. (Argentina), MCCEE, L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Donlim Peacock, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCPC; Jorge Pinzon, M.D. (Juan N. Corpus), L.M.C.C, A.B.R, FRCPC; Sheila L. Pritchard, B.Med.ScL, B.M., B.S. (Nott.), B.M.B.S., FRCPC; Roy A. Saunders, M.B., Ch.B. (Birm.), L.R.C.R (Lond.), M.R.C.S. (Eng.), FRCPC, L.M.C.C; Harold Siden, A.B. (Hons.), M.D., M.H.Sc, N.B.M.E., L.M.C.C, B.C.M.L., A.B.R, FRCPC; Jeffrey Simons, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), M.R.C.S , L.R.C.R D.C.H. (Engl.), L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Brian Sinclair, B.Sc, M.D. (Qu.), FRCP; Peter Skippen, M.D. (Aust.), L.M.C.C, F.A.N.Z.C.A., F.F.I.C.A.N.Z.C.A., FRCPC; John A. Smyth, M.B. (Dub.), L.R.C.R and S.I., FRCPC; Laura Stewart, M.D. (Alta.), L.M.C.C, Cert. Endocrinology and Metabolism, FRCPC; Anne Synnes, M.D.C.M. (McG.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Lionel Traverse, M.D., E.C.F.M.G., F.L.E.X., L.M.C.C. (Paris), FRCPC, FAA.R, A.A.A.C.P.D.M.; Lori Tucker, B.A. (Hartwick Coll., N.Y), M.D. (Tufts U. School of Medicine Boston, M.A.), A.B.P.; Vugranam Venkatesh, M.B., B.S., M.D., D.C.H., M.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC, A.B.R, C.M.L.; Sandra Whitehouse, M.B.B.S. (Hons.), F.AA.R, FRCPC; John Wu, B.M., B.Sc. (H.D.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Constadina Panagiotopoulos, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.D. (Qu.), D.A.B.R, L.M.C.C; Ariane Alimenti, M.D.; Warren Anquist, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Anne Antrim, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Shelina Babul, B.Sc, Ph.D.; Collin Barker, B.Sc, M.D., (Aha.), F.R.C.P.C, DA.B.R, L.M.C.C; Bruce Bjornson, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC, D.N.B.M.E., L.M.C.C, C.A.B.R; Mason Bond, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; David Brabyn, M.B., Ch.B., FRCPC, FAAP, LMCC; Chor Kei Chan, M.B.B.S. (H.K.), M.R.C.R (C), D.A.B., C.R.C.R (C); Arthur Cogswell, B.Med.Sc, M.B., B.S., Dip. Obs., D.C.H., FRCPC; Margaret Colbourne, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), AA.R, FRCPC, L.M.C.C; Carolyn Davies, B.Sc, M.D.; Navid Dehghani, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D., FRCPC, FAAP; David Dix, MB, CH.B. (Cape X); Jennifer Druker, M.B., Ch.B., D.C.H. (S.A.), FRCPC, F.L.E.X., L.M.C.C, E.C.F.M.G., P.A.L.S.; Robert Everett, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, D.A.B.D.; Jane Finlay, M.D. (Alta.), DAA.R, FRCPC; Barbara E. Fitzgerald, M.D. (Br.Col.), L.M.C.C, D.A.C(R), FRCPC; Paul M. Gelpke, M.B.B.S., D.C.H. (Lond.), FRCPC, ER.CR(E); Liliane Gendreau-Reid, M.D. (Laval), F.AA.R, FAA.R,FRCP(C), L.M.C.C; William Grut; John M. Hales, M.B.B.S. (Syd.), FRCPC; Andrew C. Hamson, M.B., Ch.B. (Liv.), FRCPC; David Haughton, B.A., M.D. (Cnell), FRCPC; Marie Hay, M.B. (Dub.), M.R.C.R, L.M.C.C, D.C.H., FRCPC; Juliette Hukin, M.B.B.S. (Aust.), M.C.C.E.E., L.M.C.C, FAA.R, FRCPC, U.S.M.L.E., E.C.F.M.G.; Kevan Jacobson, M.B., B.Ch., FRCPC; Yigal Kaikov, M.D. (Israel), FRCPC; Nicolle Kent, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCP; Steven N. Kent, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, F.A.A.R; Hilary E Kitson, M.B., Ch.B. (Birm.), F.R.A.C.P., FRCPC; Mark Kovacs, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, FAA.R; Alison Laswick, M.D. (McM.), L.M.C.C, FRCPC, C.A.B.R; Cynthia Lauriente, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Wai- Ying Lee, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), A.B.R, FRCPC; Howard Liang, M.B.B.S. (H.K.), D.C.H., M.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC, F.A.M.H.K.; Yolanda Lillquist, B.A., M.D., •L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Alisa B. Lipson, B.A. (Hons.), M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Peter Lloyd-Jones, M.B., B.S., MRCP (U.K.), FRCPC, L.M.C.C; Heather Louie, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Carey Matsuba, B.Sc. (Hons. 1st class), M.D.C.M. (McG.), M.H.Sc, LMCC, FRCPC; Derek Matthew, M.B., M.S., L.R.C.R, M.R.C.S. (U.K.), D.R.C.O.G., FRCPC; Elizabeth Mickelson, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.D. (McM.), L.M.C.C, DA.B.R, FRCPC; Min Sen Phang, M.B., Ch.B., M.R.C.R (U.K.), D.CH.(U.K.), FRCPC; Bruce Phillips, M.B., Ch.B. (Natal), FRCPC; Ian Pike; James Popkin, M.B., Ch.B. (Natal), FRCPC; James E. Potts, M.P.E. (BrCol.), B.P.E. (Br.Col.), Ph.D.; Lorraine Prisman, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), M.C.C.E.E., L.M.C.C, F.L.E. (U.S.), FRCPC, D.A.B.R; Zita Rutkunas, B.Sc. (Calg.), M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Kathryn Selby, B.Sc, M.B., Ch.B., M.R.C.R, L.M.C.C, M.C.C.E.E., FRCPC; Avash Singh, M.B.B.S., M.C.C.E., A.C.L.S., B.C.L.S., FAA.R, E.C.M.O., P.A.L.S., R.CRS.(C); Todd Sorokan, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Caron Strahlendorf, M.B.Ch. (Witw), F.C.P. (BrCol.), Fellowship (Pediatric Hem/Onc/BMT); Suresh Tuisiani, M.B.B.S., D.C.H., FRCPC, F.AA.R; Henry Ukpeh, M.B.B.S., FAA.R, FRCPC; Katherine Wambera, BSc ( Honours in Psychology and English), MD, FRCPC, LMCC; Glen Ward, B.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.), FRCPC; Stephen Wellington, B.Sc, Ph.D., M.D. (Calg.), M.H.Sc; Colin White, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.), LMCC, FRCPC, FAAP, DAAP; Robert Wishart, M.B., B.S. (Monash), FRCPC; Collin Yong, BSc, M.B. (Leic), Ch.B, FA.A.P, FRCPC; Anna Zajaczkowska- Kielska, M.D., FRCPC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Robert Alisharan, M.B.B.S, D.C.H., D.M. (Jamaica), L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Anna Banerji, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, ABP; Amanda Barclay; Bernard Behrmann, M.B., B.Ch., FRCPC; Mary Ann Beimers, B.Sc, M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; Simi Bharya, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC, LMCC, ABP; Pargat Bhurji, M.D. (Bombay), FRCPC; Karlfna Breikss, MD, FRCPC, FAAP; Ruby Chan, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Denise Chappie,; Tahir Chaudhry,; Kwame Danso, M.B., Ch.B (Ghana), A.B.R, FRCPC, L.M.C.C; Sarah Denny, B.S., M.Sc, M.D. (McM.), LMCC, FRCPC; Quynh Doan, MDCM (McG.), FRCPC, LMCC; Keyvan Hadad, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.); Andrew Henderson, M.B., B.S., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.R, FRCPC; Nita Jain, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), MCC, ABP, FRCPC; Tanuja Kodeeswaran, B.Sc, M.D. (McM.), L.M.C.C, C.P.S.O., D.A.B.R, FRCPC; Kyle Okano; Derek Prevost, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Trent Smith, B.P.E. (Hons.), M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Sue Stock, B.Sc, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; Donald Voaklander,; Robert W White, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC, L.M.C.C; Ruth Wingerin, M.B. (Cape X); Judith Wolfe, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Grace Yu, M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Laura Arbour, Medical Genetics; Patricia A. Baird, Medical Genetics; Virginia J. Baldwin, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Stuart H. Fine, Psychiatry; Roger Freeman, Psychiatry; Norbert Froese, Anesthesia; Robert E. W. Hancock, Microbiology; Susan R. Harris, Rehabilitation Sciences; Michael C. Klein, Family Practice; Gillian Lockitch, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Chris Lyons, Ophthalmology; Patrick MacLeod, Medical Genetics; Roey Malleson, Family Practice; Bonnie G. Massing, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Deborah McFadden, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Barbara C. McGillivray, Medical Genetics; Helen R. Nadel, Radiology; G. A. R. O'Connor, Anaesthesia; Susan Penfold, Psychiatry; Martha C. Piper, Rehabilitation Sciences; Haydn Pritchard, Medical Genetics; Martin Puterman, Commerce and Business Administration; Keith Riding, Surgery; Stephan Salzberg, Centre for Asian Legal Studies; Samuel B. Sheps, Health Care and Epidemiology; Derryck Smith, Psychiatry; Q. R. Son-Hing, Surgery; Paul Sorensen, Pathology; P. Steinbok, Surgery; Joseph Y. C. Tai, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Eva Thomas, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Margot Van Allen, Medical Genetics; Louis D. Wadsworth, Pathology; Siu-li Yong, Medical Genetics. DIVISIONS Administration: S. MacLeod; Division of Adolescent Health: Roey Malleson (Divisional Head, J. Pinzon; Division of Allergy: A. C. Ferguson (Head), J. M. Dean; Division of Biochemical Diseases: M. Coulter- Mackie, Y Lillquist, D. Peacock, L. T. K. Wong; Division of Cardiology: D. Human (Head), M. Hosking, W. Duncan, J. E. Potts, G. G. S. Sandor, B. Sinclair, M. A. Tipple, S. Sanatani; Centre for Community Child Health Research: R. Barr, A. D'Angiulli, M. George, I. Pike; Division of Critical Care: D. Wensley (Acting Head), R. J. Adderley, M. Bennett, N. Kissoon, A. MacNab, M. D. Seear, P. Skippen, A. Cogswell; Division of Dermatology: J. Prendiville (Head); Division of Developmental Medicine: T. Oberlander, B. Armstrong (Dept. Head), S. Clarren, B. Fitzgerald, G. Hahn, H. Ho, J. Hoube, C. Loock, C. Matsuba, E. Mickelson, A. Miller, M. O'Donnell (Head), S. Wellington; Division of PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 345 Emergency Medicine: S. Whitehouse (Head), G. Baldwin, S. Bharya, M. L. Colbourne, C. Davies, N. Deghani, D. Haughton, T. Kodeeswaran, P. Korn, C. Lauriente, B. Phillips, M. Pusk; Division of Endocrinology: J. P. Chanoine (Head), H. Kitson, D. Metzger, C. Panagiotopoulos, L. Stewart, S. Stock; Division of Gastroenterology: C. Barker, D. Israel (Head), E. Hassall, K. Jacobson, R. Schreiber, B. Vallance; Division of General Pediatrics: P. Korn (Head), W Anquist, A. Antrim, R. Alisharan, S. Babul, A. Banerji, A. Barclay, G. M. Baumgard, B. Behrmann, M. A. Beimers, N. Bhanji, P. Bhurji, P. Bhui, B. Bolton, D. Brabyn, K. Breiks, M. Brussoni, C. K. Chan, D. M. C. Chan, D. Chappie, T. Chaudhry, K. Danso, S. Denny, Q. Doan, J. Druker, M. I. de Levie, R. Everett, J. C. Finlay, J. Fraser, P. M. Gelpke, L. Gendreau-Reid, W. Grut, J. Hailey, K. Hadad, J. Hales, J. Hall, A. C. Hamson, M. Hay, A. Henderson, J. Hlady, F. Jagdis, N. Jetha, N. Kent, S. Kent, M. Kovacs, L. Kuttner, A. Laswick, W-Y Lee, H. S. H. Liang, A. Lipson, P. Lloyd- Jones, H. Louie, B. S. MacLean, D. Matthew, P. A. McDermick, K. Okano, D. Peacock, M. S. Phang, J. Popkin, D. Prevost, L. Prisman, D. G. Riddell, R. Rothstein, Z. M. Rutkumas, R. Saunders, H. Siden, J. Simons, D. Smith, T. Smith, K. W Spacey, P. N. Thiessen, L. Traverse, S. Tulsiane, H. Ukpeh, D. Voaklander, G. Ward, R. Wingerin, J. Wolfe, C. Yong, G. Yu, A. Zajaczkowska-Kielska, M.Brussoni, S. Denny, N. Jain, A. Laswick, D. Peacock, G. Yu, R. Wingerin, R. White, R. Wishart; Centre for Healthcare Innovation and Improvement: S. K. Lee, A. Klassen, N. Shaw; Division of Hematology and Oncology: P. Rogers (Head), M. Bond, J. Davis, V. Evdokimova, C. Fryer, Y. Kaikov, S. L. Pritchard, K. Rogers, K. Schultz, P. Sorensen, C. Strahlendorf, J. Wu, C. Pallen, D.Dix, S. Dunn; Division of Infectious and Immunological Diseases: D. P. Speert (Head), A. Alimenti, S. Dobson, J. Forbes, A. Junker, J. Ochnio, D. Ou, D. W. Scheifele, R.W. Stokes, A. Tingle, S. Turvey; Division of Neonatology: P. Chessex (Head), S. Albersheim, R. Grunau, S. Innis, S. K. Lee, E. W.-Y. Ling, B. Lupton, M. Pendray, A. Singh, J. A. Smyth, A. Solimano, A. Synnes, T Sorokan, V. Venkatesh, M. F. Whitfield, E. Ling, H. Osiovkh; Division of Nephrology: D. Mastsell (Head), R. Hurley, C. White; Division of Neurology: A. Hill (Head), B. Bjornson, M. Connolly, K. Farrell, J. Hukin, E. Roland, K. Selby, K. Wambera, P. K. H. Wong; Division of Respirology: D. Wensley (Acting Head), M. Seear; Division of Rheumatology: R. E. Petty (Head), D. Cabral, P. N. Malleson, L. Tucker. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR EMERITUS David Hardwick; David S. Matheson, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC. CLINICAL PROFESSORS EMERITI William Arnold; Bernard P. Dejong, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.R.C.R, FRCPC; Harold Krivel; Robert MacLean; Michael Patterson; J. Michael Rigg, M.A., M.B., B.Chir. (Cantab.), D.C.H., FRCPC; John A. R. Tibbies, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), D. Obst., R.C.O.G., D.C.H., L.M.C.C, CR.CR(C), M.R.C.R (Lond.), FRCPC, F.R.C.R; Gerald Yu. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS EMERITI Leslie Andrews; Suzanne Buckley, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC, D.A.B.R; Umberto Callegarini; Paul Kim; Peter Moore. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS EMERITI Kwadwo Asante, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.B., Ch.B. (Glas.), A.B.R, FRCPC; Shirley Hazell, B.A. (BrCol.), M.D. (Tor); Doreen McConnell. ASSOCIATE MEMBER EMERITUS Phillip Ashmore. DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS Cornells van Breemen, co-Acting Head Michael J. A. Walker, co-Acting Head PROFESSORS EMERITI Ernest Puil, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta); David M. J. Quastel, B.Sc, M.D., CM., Ph.D. (McG.); Morley C. Sutter, B.Sc. (Med.), M.D., Ph.D. (Manit.); Cornells van Breemen, D.V.M. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Alta.); Michael J.A. Walker, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.). PROFESSORS Sastry S. R. Bhagavatula, M.Pharm. (Andhra), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); David V. Godin, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Ott.); Ismail Laher, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Nfld.); James G. McLarnon, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Catherine C. Y Pang, B.Sc. (Pharm.), Ph.D. (Manit.); James M. Wright, M.D. (Alta.), Ph.D. (McG.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Kenneth Bassett, BCOMTA, M.D. (Br.Col.), M.A., I Ph.D. (McGill); Brian Conway, M.D.C.M. (McG.), " FRCPC; Darryl Knight, Ph.D. (WAust.); Bernard A. MacLeod, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS EMERITI Robert E. Rangno, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Rudolf Vrba, Dr.Techn.Sc, CSc (Prague), Professor Emeritus, Honorary Associate Professor; Richard A. Wall, A.B. (Calif.), Ph.D. (Edin.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Stephan K. W Schwarz, M.D., Dr. Med. (G6tt.), Ph.D. (Br. Col.), Lecturer; Xiaodong Wang, M.Sc. (Wupper- tal), Ph.D. (G6tt.). AFFILIATED ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Kuo-Hsing Kuo, Ph.D. (BrCol.), M.Sc, M.D. (Taipei). LECTURERS Stan Bardall, Ph.D., M.B.A., B.S.P. (Sask.); Jennifer Shabbits, Ph.D. (BrCol.). CLINICAL PROFESSOR Alexander P. Goumeniouk, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. CLINICAL PROFESSOR EMERITUS Sultan Karim, Ph.D., D.Sc. (Lond.), LL.B. (Br.Col.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR David Ansley, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Thomas L. Perry, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (McG.), FRCPC. HONORARY MEMBERS Michael Bridges, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Assistant Professor; Caroline Bruce, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Aberdeen), Lecturer; Douglas Tailing, B.Sc, Dip. Statistics, Lecturer. ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Terrence Barrett, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col); Gregory Beatch, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Chi-Chung Chan, B.Sc, Ph.D. (OH.); Kenneth Curry, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.); Alan Ezrin, Ph.D. (Miami); Yunhao Gong, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Aust.); Ryan Huxtable, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bristol); Barry Johnson, Ph.D. (Calif.); Malcolm Maclure, S.D. (Harv.); Michael Pugsley, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col); Troy Sarich, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS David Da Yong Chen, B.Sc. (Xiamen), Ph.D. (Alta.); Mihai Huzmezan, B.Sc, M.S., Ph.D. (Camb.), Assistant Professor; Karin Qayumi, M.D., Ph.D. (Kiev); Craig Ries, M.D. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor; Chun Yong Seow, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.); Lynn Stothers, M.D. (Br.Col.); Brian Warriner, FRCPC Anesthesia (Br.Col.), M.D. (BrCol.), Professor; Athanasios Zis, M.D. (National Athens), FRCPC. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHIATRY Athanasios P. Zis, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI Tibor Bezerdi, M.D. (Br. Col.); William Caird, B.A. (Br. Col.), Ph.D. (Qu.); David Crockett, B.A. (Whitman), Ph.D. (Victoria); Chris Fibiger, B.Sc. (Victoria), Ph.D. (Princeton); Stuart Fine, M.B.Ch.B. (Cape X), F.F. Psych. (S. Africa), EEC Psych. (U.K.), FRCPC; Walter Goresky, B.Sc, M.D. (Alberta) FRCPC; Wolfgang Jilek, B.Sc, M.D. (Vienna); Louise Jilek-Aall, B.Sc. (Teubigen), M.D.(Zurich); Carl Kline, B.A. (Knox), M.D. (North Western); Harry Klonoff, BA. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Wash.); Jirfna Knobloch, Ph.D., M.D. (Charles); Robert Krell, M.D. (Br.Col.), L.M.CC, FRCPC; Tsung-yi Lin, Ph.D., M.D. (Tokyo); Anthony Marcus, B.A. (Camb.), M.D. (Lond.), FRCPC; Edith G. McGeer, B.A., Ph.D. (Virginia); Patrick L. McGeer, B.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Prin.), M.D. (Br.Col.); Francis McNair, B.A. (Br. Col., M.D. (McG.); James Miles, BA. (Sask.), M.D. (McG.) FRCPC; Hugh Parfitt, M.D. (Lond.) FRCPC; Raymond Parkinson, B.A., M.D. (Br. Col.) FRCPC; Susan Penfold, B.Sc, M.D. (Lond.) FRCPC; Lee Pulos, B.A. (Calif.LA.), Ph.D. (Denver); Gordon Stephenson, B. Sc, M.D. (Tor.) FRCPC; Shan Ching Sung, B.Sc. (Nagoya), Ph.D.(Kyushu), M.D. (Taiwan); Juhn Wada, M.D. (Japan); Louis Woolf, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.). PROFESSORS Carl Laird Birmingham, B.Sc, M.D., M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Campbell Clark, B.Sc. (McG.), MA. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); Adele Diamond, B.A. (Swarthmore), Ph.D (Harvard); William G. Honer, B.Sc, M.D., M.Sc. (Qu.), FRCPC; Raymond Wayne Lam, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.) FRCPC; W John Livesley, B.A., M.B., Ch.B., Ph.D. (Liv.), M.R.C Psych., L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Brian MacVicar, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor); Peter D. McLean, B.A., MA. (Windsor), Ph.D. (Lond.); Timothy H. Murphy, B.S. (Hons.) (St.M. Coll.), Ph.D. (Johns H.); Anthony G. Phillips, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (W.Ont.); William Piper, B.A. (Hons.) (Wooster), M.A., Ph.D. (Conn.); Lynn Raymond, B.S. (Roch.), M.S. (Hons.), Ph.D., M.D. (Albert Einstein Coll. of Med.); Peter B. Reiner, B.A., V.M.D. Ph.D. (Penn.); Terrance Snutch, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Steven Taylor, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Melb.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Steven Vincent, B.Sc. (Ott.), Ph.D (Br.Col.); Lakshmi Yatham, MB, B.S. (Sri Venkat., India), D.P.M. (India), FRCPC; Athanasios Zis, M.D. (National, Athens), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Jonathan A. E. Fleming, B.A., M.B., B.A.Q., B.Ch. (Dub.), FRCPC; Josie Geller, B.A. (Hons.) (Ott.), M.A., Ph.D. (BrCol.); Elliot M. Goldner, B.Sc. (Tor.), M.D. (Calg.), M.Hsc (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Grant L. Iverson, B.A. (N. Iowa), M.A., Ph.D. (W. Virginia); Kerry Jang, BA. (Hons.), MA. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (W.Ont.); Stephen Alan Kline, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC. 346 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Martha Donnelly, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Alaa El-Husseini, B.Sc. (Cairo), M.Sc. (Man.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Robert Holt, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Alta.); Tania Lecomte, B.Sc. (Psych.), M.A., Ph.D. (Montr.); Elton Ngan, B.Sc. (McM.), M.D. (McG.), FRCPC; John Ogrodniczuk, B.A., Ph.D (Aha.); Weihong Song, M.D. (China), M.Sc. (Purdue), Ph.D. (Indiana); Charlotte Waddell, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (McM.), L.M.C.C, CCER, FRCPC. CLINICAL PROFESSORS M. Oluwafemi Agbayewa, M.B., B.S. (Ibadan), M.R.CPsych. (Lond.), FRCPC; Siemion Altman, M.D. (Poland), L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Rosemary Basson, M.B.B.S., M.R.C.R (Lond.); Ronald E. Braunstein, M.D. (Manit.), D. Psych. (S. Calif.), FRCPC; R. Alan Buchanan, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Maria Corral, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPS; Stacy L. Elliott, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.); Diane K. Fast, M.D., CM. (McG.); Roger D. Freeman, BA. (Swarthmore), M.D. (Johns H.), D.Psych. (McG.), CRCPC; Soma Ganesan, M.D. (Saigon), FRCPC; Jane Garland, B.Sc, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; Trevor Hurwitz, M.B., Ch.B. (Pretoria), M.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC; Riho Kalda, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Harry Karlinsky, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), M.Sc. (Lond.), FRCPC; William J. Koch, BA. (Montana) M.A., Ph.D. (Alta.); Lili Kopala, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Pierre P. Leichner, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; Donald F. Louie, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Keith Marriage, M.B., B.S. (Melb.), FRCPC; Shaila Misri, M.B., B.S. (Calc), FRCPC; Emlene Murphy, B.A., B.S.W, M.Med.ScL, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC; Michael F. Myers, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Joseph A. Noone, M.D. (Dub.), FRCPC; Roy J. O'Shaughnessy, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; Pratibha N. Reebye, M.B.B.S. (Mysore), D.P.M. (Leeds), FRCPC; Kamal Rungta, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; Anthony Sehon, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Kristin S. Sivertz, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; Derryck Smith, B.Sc. (Wat.), M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Richard Williams, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), M.R.CPsych. (U.K.), M.Phil. (Edin.), LMCC, FRCPC; Sheldon Zipursky, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), PRCPC, DABPN. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS I Judith Allen, B.A (Qu.), M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; Stephen D. Anderson, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Joan Bishop, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.); Charles R. Brasfield, B.A., M.A. (Texas), Ph.D. (BrCol.), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Bergljot R. Bright, L.R.C.R & S.(I), FRCPC; Johann Brink, BA, (Hons.) (Cum Laude) (S. Africa). M.B., Ch.B. (Cape.X); Diana Carter, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), CR.CR(C); Peter Chan, M.D. (Br.Col.) FRCPC; Caroline Choo, B.Sc. (fst class Hons.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, DA.B.RN, L.M.C.C, MA.C.R; Jeffrey M. Claman, BA. (Amherst), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Elaine R. Drysdale, B.A., M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Sean Flynn, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Robin Friedlander, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), M.Med. (Witw), F.F.R (Coll. Med. S.A.), FRCPC, L.M.C.C; Peter Gibson, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Ronald Gibson, B.A., M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Caroline Gosselin, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Valerie Gruson, B.A. (Tor), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Robert Hewko, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; John A. Higenbottam, B.A., MA. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); David Irwin, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Abdul Karim M. Jiwa, M.B., Ch.B. (E. Africa), FRCPC, L.M.C.C; Arvind Kang, M.B.B.S. (Punj.), FRCPC; Nirmal Kang, M.B., B.S. (Dayanand, India), FRCPC; Andrzej Koczapski, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Raymond Liang, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.D. (Manila), FRCPC; Susan Lomax, B.Sc, B.S.N., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; G. William MacEwan, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Akber Mithani, B.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.); Richard Monks, B.Sc. (Car.), M.D. (McG.), FRCPC; Janine O'Kane, MBBS (Kings Coll.), FRCPC; Lance L. Patrick, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; R. Oliver Robinow, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D., CM. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Carl J. Rothschild, B.A., M.D. (George Wash.); Anton Scamvougeras, M.B., Ch.B.; Roger D. Shick, BA. (Wise), B.Sc, M.D., D.Psych. (Manit.), FRCPC; Resa S. Shore, M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; Kevin Solomons, M.V., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCPC; Ronald W Stevenson, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Robert Stowe, B.Sc. (Car), B.A. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; Edwin Tarn, D.E.C. (Marianopo- lis Coll.), M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC; Mark Tapper, B.A., D.Phil., B.M., B.Ch. (Oxon.), FRCPC; Reginald Wand, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Wahan Wanis, M.D. (Rostouski), FRCPC; Margaret Weiss, B.A. (Brandeis), M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC; Frances Wilt, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Allan Wong, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Elizabeth Baerg Hall, B.A. (Goshen), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; Leon Berzen, M.B., Ch.B. (Witw.), C.R.CRC, L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Dan Bilsker, M.A., Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Myles Blank, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Allan Burgmann, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Caron Byrne, BA. (Windsor), M.Sc, M.D. (Manit.); Laura Chapman, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Leslie A. Cockhill, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Michael Cooper, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Laura Doyle, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Elisabeth J. Drance, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Vikram Dua, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Tor), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; Craig Ernes, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; David Erickson, BA. (Regina), MA. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Stephen Fitzpatrick, B.Sc. (New Br.), M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC; Wesley H. Friesen, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Colleen Froese, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Maria Geizer, M.D. (Charles), FRCPC (Nfld.); James G. Harris, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Lorraine Hathaway, B.A. (N.Y.State), B.S.W. (Lake.); Timothy Holden, M.B., Ch.B., M.Med. (Cape X), FRCPC; David Hutnyk, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Valerie Kaye, B.Sc. M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC (Br.Col.); Stephen Kiraly, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Teresa M. Kope, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Endre Koritar, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.); Man Wai Kwan, B.Sc, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC; David Leishman, BA. (Guelph), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; John Mark Levy, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Elena Lisiak, B.A., M.D. (Czech.), FRCPC; Jake Locke, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Shao-Hua Lu, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Kurban Madhani, M.B., B.S. (Kashmir), FRCPC; Ronald Manley, B.Sc. (Hons.«:ent), M.A., Ph.D. (Qu.); Biju Mathew, M.D. (India), FRCPC; Kathleen McGarvey, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Janette M. McMillan, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Dorothy McWatters, M.D. (Qu.); Hiram Mok, M.A., M.B., B.Ch., BA.D. (Dub.), FRCPC; Colleen Northcott, B.Sc. (Hons.), Ph.D. (New Br.) M.D. (Manit.) FRCPC; Brace D. Patterson, B.M.S., M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Rafner Persaud, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Sidney Perzow, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McG.), M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC;' Lewis Fullmer, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Raj Rafna, M.B.B.S. (India), FRCPC; Kulwant S. Riar, B.Sc.II, M.B.B.S. (Raj.), FRCPC; Deidre M. A. Ryan, M.B., B.Ch., B.O.A. (Galway), FRCPC; Nathan Schaffer, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.); Stephen Schertzer, M.D. (Sher.), FRCPC; Patricia X Schwartz, M.D. (Chile), FRCPC; Stanley Semrau, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.); Leslie Sheldon, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Kulbir Singh, M.B., B.S. (Ranchi, India), FRCPC; Geoffrey Smith, B.A. (Hons.) (Vic.B.C), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Jeanette Smith, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), FRCPC; Suja Srikameswaran, BA. (Hons.), M.A., Ph.D. (Manit.); Irena Straszak, B.A. (McG.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC, M.HA. (Ott.); Arthur Sullivan, BA.(Naz.), M.D. (Vermont) FRCPC; Eduardo Tesler-Mabe, M.D. (Buenos Aires), FRCPC; R. Peter Uhlmann, M.D. (111.), FRCPC; Rene Weideman, BA. (Natal), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Jacqueline Weiss, B.S.W, M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC; John Michael Whelan, M.B., Ch.B. B.A.O. (Galway), FRCPC; Maureen L. Whittal, BA. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (W. Virginia); Stephen Wiseman, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; David Worling, BA. (Guelph), MA. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Tor); Elizabeth Zoffman, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Fumitaka Noda, M.D. (Japan). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Geoffrey Ainsworth, M.B., Ch.B. (Leeds), FRCPC (Br.Col.); John Anderson, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.D. (McM); Lorraine Andrews, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.D. (Br.Col.); Raymond Au, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Jehannine Austin, B.Sc. (Bath), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Wales); Auby H. Axler, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.); Ellen Becker, R.N. (Jewish Gen.), B.N., M.Ed. (McG.); Kevin Berman, M.D. (Qu.); Maurice Bloch, B.A. (Hons.) (Cape X), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); David Bond, B.Sc, M.D. (Memorial), FRCPC; Tricia Bowering, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Lauren Broadway, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Paula Campbell, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Maureen Ceresney, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Harpreet Chauhan, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Grant M. P. Chemick, M.D., CCER, (Manit.), FRCPC; Adam Chodkiewicz, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Abi Dahi, M.D. (Iran), FRCPC; Jana- Lea Davidson, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Miriam Driscoll, BA. (S.Fraser), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Patrice M. Dunn, B.A. (Hons.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; James Fabian, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Mellisa Fahy, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (BrCol.); Ingrid Fedorov, B.A. (Sask.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor); Glen Freedman, B.A. (Bishops), M.D. (Alta.); Darlynne Gehring, B.S.W. (Calg.), M.S.W. (Br.Col.); Margot Genge, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC (Dal.); Garen Gharakhanian, M.B.B.S. (Karachi), FRCPC; Andrea Grabovac, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Linda Healey, BMSc, M.D. (Memorial) FRCPC; Theresa Isomura, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Balaraju Katta, M.D. (AIIMS), FRCPC; Samatha Kelleher, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Clifford Kerr, M.B., B.Ch., D.P.M. (Belf.), FRCPC; Irfan Khanbhai, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Gail Knudson, B.Sc. (Aha.), Dip. Ed., M.P.E., M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Anson Koo, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Garth Kroeker, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Gary Lazar, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Susan Lazar, B.A., M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Alexander Levin, M.D. (Tver State, Russia), FRCPC; C.V. Manjunath, MBBS (Velldre India), FRCPC; Doug Maskall, B.Sc. (Hons.) , M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, LMCC; Daniel E. McDonald, BA. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Calg.); Lee Anne Meldrum, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC (Manit.); Jamal Mirmiram, MBBS (Karachi), FRCPC; Sarah Newth, B.A. (Hons.) (S.Fraser), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Sheila Nolan, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Suniti Pande, MBBS (Deli), FRCPC; Michael Passmore, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Sheila Patton, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Hem Phaterpekar, M.B.B.S. (India), FRCPC; Emily Piper, BA. (Colorado Coll.), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif. School Professional Psych., Fresno); Carole Richford, B.S.N., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Mark P. Riley, B.Sc. (Hons), B.Med., B.Surg. (Nott.), L.M.C.C, FRCPC; Eva Risling, B.Sc.N. (Tor), M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER, FRCPC; Heather Robertson, B.Sc. (Aha.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; Brian Scarth, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Deborah Schwartz, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; Judith Setton-Markus, M.Ed. (Okla.); Edward Shen, B.Sc, M.Sc. (H.K.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Megan Sherwood, B.Sc. (Tor.), M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Victoria Smye, M.H.Sc. (McM.), BA. (Brock); Ingrid Sochting, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Michael Stefanelli, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Christine Taylor, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Joseph Tham, BMSc, M.D., (Alta.); Agnes To, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Todd Tomita, B.Sc. (Qu.), M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; David Ward, B.Sc. (Man.), M.D. (Man.), FRCPC; William Warrian, M.D. (Manit.), PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 347 L.M.C.C, R.CRS.C; Withold Widajewicz, M.Sc. (Montr.), M.D. (Poland), FRCPC; Michael Wilkins- Ho, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Angela Wong, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Katherine Wrixon, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC; David Yaxley, B.Sc. (Car.), M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; June Ye, M.A., M.D. (China), FRCPC; Kay Young, B.Sc., M.D. (BrCol.); Timothy Yuswack, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. HONORARY PROFESSORS William X Brown, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Br. Col.); Eh Debbane, M.D. (Lebanon), FRCPC; Paul Termansen, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Jean-Pierre Chanoine, Pediatrics; Kalina Christoff, B.Sc. (New Bulgarian), Ph.D. (Stanf.); Alexander P. Goumeniouk, Pharmacology and Therapeutics; F. Ishu Ishiyama, Counselling Psychology; Charlotte Johnston, Psychology; Jane McKay, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Anton Miller, Pediatrics; Randy Patterson, Psychology; Thomas L. Perry, Medicine; Jorge Pinson, Pediatrics; Ric M. Procyshyn, Pharmaceutical Sciences; Elizabeth Simpson, Medical Genetics; Marvin Westwood, Psychology; Sheila Woody, Psychology. DIVISIONS AND PROGRAMS Division of Adult Psychiatry: Dr. Mark Levy (Head), B.A., M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Dr. S. Ganesan (Director), M.D. (Saigon), FRCPC; Dr. R. Basson (Director), M.B.B.S., M.R.C.R (Lond.); Dr. S. Misri (Director), M.B., B.S. (Calcutta), FRCPC; Division of Basic Neuroscience: Dr. S. Vincent (Head), B.Sc. (Ott.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Division of Behavioural Science: Dr. W. Piper (Head & Director), BA. (Hons.) (Wooster), M.A., Ph.D. (Conn.); Dr. Carl Laird Birmingham (Director), B.Sc, M.D., M.H.Sc, (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Dr. Peter McLean (Director), B.A., M.A. (Windsor) Ph.D. (Lond.); Division of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry: Dr. D. Smith (Head), B.Sc. (Wat.), M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Division of Clinical Neuroscience: Dr. R. Lam (Head & Director), B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Dr. X Hurwitz (Director), M.B., Ch.B. (Pretoria), M.R.C.R (U.K.), FRCPC; Dr. W. MacEwan (Director), B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Division of Forensic Psychiatry: Dr. R. O'Shaughnessy (Head), M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC; Division of Geriatric Psychiatry: Dr. M. Donnelly (Head), B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Division of Mental Health Services & Policy: Dr. E. Goldner (Head & Director), B.Sc. (Tor.), M.D. (Calg.), M.H.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. DEPARTMENT OF RADIOLOGY Nestor L. Muller, Head PROFESSORS Peter Cooperberg, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC, M.A.C.R., Vice Chair Academic Affairs; J. A. Gordon Culham, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Brian C. Lentle, M.B., B.Ch., M.D. (Wales), DM.RD, FRCPC, Professor Emeritus; David K. Li, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, Vice-Chair- Administration; Alexander MacKay, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Oxon.); Nestor L. Muller, M.D. (Brazil), Ph.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Peter Munk, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. R. Buckley, M.B. (Dub.), B.C.H.B.A.O., FRCR, FFR, RCSI; Anna Celler, M.Sc. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Warsaw); Bruce Forster, M.D., B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.), LMCC, FRCPC; Philip Harrison, B.Sc. (BrCol.), M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; Jocelyne Lapointe, BA. (Montr.), M.D. (Sher.), FRCPC; Lindsay Machan, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; John R. Mayo, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, Vice-Chair, Research; Robert Nugent, B.M.S., M.D. (Alta.), A.B.R.(D), FRCPC; Qing San Xiang, B.S. (Beijing), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jacqueline Brown, B.Sc.N. (Br.Col.), M.D., FRCPC; Silvia Chang, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Harvey Coxson, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Stephen G. F. Ho, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC, Director, Residency Training; Piotr Kozlowski, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Krakow, Poland); Gerald M. Legiehn, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Michael Martin, B.M., Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; John Mawson, M.B., Ch.B. (Auck.); Sawakis Nicolaou, B.A., M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; K. J. Poskitt, M.D. (Montr.); Audrey Spielmann, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC. CLINICAL PROFESSORS John Aldrich, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Nott.); Linda Warren Burhenne, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Paula B. Gordon, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Douglas Graeb, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, DA.B.R.; Connie M. Siu, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), FRCPC; Philip Switzer, B.Sc, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Shamim Bhimji, M.B., Ch.B. (E. Africa), FRCPC; Robyn Cairns, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; P. Chipper- field, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, DA.B.R.; Douglas Connell, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC; Borys Flak, M.D., B.Sc. (Aha.), FRCPC; Dorothy Anne Harrison, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Patricia Hassell, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCPC; Barry Irish, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Douglas H. Jamieson, M.B., Ch.B. (S. Africa); D. Christopher Morris, M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC; Denise Pugash, B.Sc, M.D.C.M. (McG.); V. Allen Rowley, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Michael Sargent, M.B., Ch.B. (U.K.); Anthony Wong, M.B., Ch.B. (N.Z.), FRCPC; Charles V. Zwirewich, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Gordon Andrews, RT(R) (Sask.), M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; John Barberie, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Heather Bray, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Yvette Cheong, M.D. (Tor.); Ian Dunn, B.Sc. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Tor.), M.D. (Calg.); Ian Gardiner, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Br.Col.); Mary F. Graham, B.A., B.Sc. (New Hamp.), M.D., CM. (McG.), C.S.P.Q., FRCPC; Catherine Phillips, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Christine Wilson, B.A., M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; William C. Yee, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Sven E. Aippersbach, B.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Simon Bicknell, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Maura Brown, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Pat Dunlop, RTR, B.Sc, M.R, M.D., FRCPC; Catherine H. Fix, ~RTR, RDMS, RDCS; Manraj Heran, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Luck Louis, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Wayne Patola, RTR, RTMR; David Spouge, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Michael Woolnough, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), FRCP, FRCPC. CLINICAL PROFESSOR EMERITUS Martha Grymaloski, B.A., M.D. (Sask.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR EMERITUS James Knickerbocker, B.A., M.D. (Manit.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS S. L. Goldenberg, Surgery; Jack Rootman, Opthalmology; Vesna Sossi, Medicine. DIVISION OF NUCLEAR MEDICINE John Powe, Head PROFESSOR Donald M. Lyster , B.Sc. (Pharm.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Helen R. Nadel, M.D. (Manit.), DA.B.R., FRCPC; John Powe, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Dan Worsley, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC. CLINICAL PROFESSOR Allan S. Belzberg, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Philip Cohen, B.A., B.Sc. (New Hampshire), M.D., CM. (McG.), C.S.P.Q., (FRCPC); George Sexsmith, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, Director, Residency Training. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Walter Ammann, B.Sc. (Concordia, Queb.), M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Moira Stilwell, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR EMERITUS Ivan J. Szasz, M.B.B.S. (Lond.), FRCSC, FRCPC. CLINICAL INSTRUCTOR Juan Carlos Guijon, M.D. (Manit.). ASSOCIATE MEMBER Anthony Y. Fung, Medicine. DEPARTMENT OF SURGERY HGarth L. Warnock, Head PROFESSORS S.W. Chung, M.D. (Tor), Ph.D., FRCSC; I. G. M. Cleator, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.), F.R.C.S. (Ed. & E.), FRCSC, F.A.C.S.; D. D. Cochrane, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC; Richard J. Finley, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC, F.A.C.S., Fellow of the American Coll. of Chest Physicians; Martin Gleave, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; S. Larry Goldenberg, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC; York N. Hsiang, M.B. (Otago, N.Z.), FRCSC; Thomas Keane, M.B. (Univ. Coll., Dub.), B.Ch., B.A.D., MRCPI, FRCPC; Martin McLoughlin, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC, FA.C.S. (part-time); M. D. Morrison, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; Ivo Olivotto, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; A. K. Qayumi, M.D., Ph.D. (Kiev); D. W. E Schwarz, M.D., Dr. Med., Ph.D. (Freiburg); P. Steinbok, B.Sc. (N'cle., U.K.), M.B., B.S. (W. Indies), FRCSC; Garth L. Wamock, B.Med.Sc, M.D.(Alta.), M.Sc, FRCSC, FA.C.S. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Noelle L. Davis, M.D. (Calg.), FRCSC; Guy Fradet, M.D. (Laval), FRCSC; William Wei Guo-Jia, M.Sc. Ph.D. (BrCol.); Chris Honey, M.D., D. Phil. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Tim Kieffer, B.Sc. Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Mark Meloche, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC (Br.Col.); Colleen Nelson, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Aust.); P. X Phang, M.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC (Nfld.); R. Purssell, M.D. (Br.Col.), E.M.R.C (McG.), FRCPC; Gary J. Redekop, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), M.Sc, FRCSC; C. H. Scudamore, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FA.C.S., FRCSC, F.R.C.S. (Ed.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.); A. M. Seal, M.B., M.S. (Lond.), FRCSC; R. Simons, M.B. (Cantab.), FRCS, FRCSC, FACS; E.D. Skarsgard, M.D. (BrCol.), M.Sc, FACS, FAAP, FRCSC; M. Lynn Stothers, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; D. C. Taylor, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC ; Joel Teichman, M.D. (McG.), S.B., CM. FRCSC; Eric M. Webber, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R. Abu-Laban, M.D. (Aha.), B.M.Sc, FRCPC; Kourosh Afshar, M.D., FRCSC; Nadine Caron, B.Sc, 348 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 M.D. (Br.Col.), M.P.H., FRCSC; Rona Cheifetz, M.D. (Tor), M.Ed., FRCSC; Michael Cox, B.Sc, Ph.D. (N. Carolina at Chapel Hill); Joyce Davison, Ph.D. Nursing (Manit.) R.N., B.N., M.N.; William Gourlay, M.D. (McG.), FRCSC; Emma Guns, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Liv.); Charles Haw, M.D., FRCSC; Cheryl Helgason, Ph.D. (Aha.), B.Sc, M.Sc; Kendall Ho, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC (McG.); James J. Johnson, M.D., FRCSC; Piotr Kozlowski, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Inst, of Nuclear Physics, Krakow); Megan Levings, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), M.Sc; A. MacNeily, B.Sc, M.D. (Ont.), FRCSC, FAAP; Alice Mui, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col); Christopher Ong, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Ryan Paterson, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; Ravindar Sidhu, M.D., B.Sc, M.Ed. (Tor), FRCSC; Peter Skarsgard, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Brian D. Toyota, M.D., CM. (McG.), M.Sc, FRCSC, (part-time); Sam Wiseman, M.D., B.Sc. (Man.), FRCSC; John Yee, M.D., FRCSC. CLINICAL PROFESSORS Geoffrey Blair, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC; Andris Blokmanis, M.B., B.S. (Melb.), FRCSC, F.R.A.C.S.; James M. Christenson, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.), C.C.F.P. (Calg.); D. Lynn Doyle, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; J. Scott Durham, B.Sc. (Regina), M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; K. G. Evans, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; D. J. Fairholm, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC; H. N. Fenster, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCSC; Peter D. Fry, M.B. (Dub.), F.R.CS.(I), FRCSC; J. H. Hay, M.B., B.Chir. (Cantab.), M.R.C.R, D.M.R.X, F.R.C.R.; Robert Hayden, M.D. (McG.), FRCSC; Grant D. Innes, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC; W R. E. Jamieson, B.A. (New Br.), M.D. (Dal.), FRCSC; Michael X Janusz, M.D. (Manit.), FRCSC; Edmund C. Kostashuk, M.D. (Qu.), CCER, FRCPC; Jacques LeBlanc, M.D. (Laval), FRCSC; S. V. Lichtenstein, M.D., Ph.D. (Maryland), FRCSC; N. S. Longridge, M.D., B.Sc, M.B., Ch.B. (N'cle.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.), FRCSC; J. Masterson, M.D., FRCSC; Gregor I. McGregor, B.Sc. (Tor), M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Alex Nagy, B.Sc. (Loyola), M.D. (Ott.), FRCSC; M. Nigro, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; J. D. S. Reid, M.D. (Calg.), FRCSC; K. H. Riding, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., C.R.C.R (Eng.), FRCSC; A. J. Salvian, M.D. (Ont.), FRCSC; R. J. Warren, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Jeremy D. Woodham, M.B., Ch.B., (Mane), FRCSC; W B. Woodhurst, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; J. E. Wright, a M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Ritchie A.L. Younger, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC. CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. Agranovitch, M.D. (St. Petersburg), FRCPC; Donald W Anderson, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC; Eric Berthelet, M.D. (Montr), FRCPC; N. P. Blair, M.D. (Qu.), F.R.C.S. (U.K.), FRCSC; Michael C. Boyd, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; J. C. Boyle, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Jeff Brubacher, M.D, (McG.), M.Sc, FRCPC; G. E. Bryce, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC; Samuel P. Bugis, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC, Diplomat Amer. Board Surgery, F.A.C.S.; Kevin Bush, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Nicholas J. Carr, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Jerry Chen, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Patricia Clugston, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; Jeff Coleman, M.D. (W.Ont.); D.J. Courtemanche, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Michael S. Dettman, M.D. (Br.Col.); Robert I. Dickson, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCSC; J. R. Dmytryshyn, B.A., M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; Graeme Duncan, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.), FRCP; R. N. Fairey, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; D. G. Fitzpatrick, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; B. Fleming, M.D. (Br.Col.), C.F.P.C. Certificate; B. Foley, M.B., Ch.B. (St And.), FRCSC; Annie E. Gareau, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC; Karen J. Goddard, M.B. (Mane), MRCP, FRCPC; Eric Grafstein, B.Sc, M.D., (Tor.), FRCP; CA. Grafton, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), FRCSC; D. E. Griesdale, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC; J. G. Haegert, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC; David W Harrison, M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER, FRCPC; R.A. Irvine, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; D. A. Kester, M.D., M.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; D. J. Kibblewhite, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; C. Kim-Sing, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCPC; Frederick K. Kozak, M.D. (McM.), FRCSC; Urve Kuusk, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; William J. Lang, M.D. (Tor.); Thomas F.-S. Lee, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; Charles M. Ludgate, M.B., Ch.B., M.D. (Edin.); Michael McKenzie, M.D., (Qu.), FRCPC; R. Douglas McKnight, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; D. R. Mintz, M.D. (Qu.), FRCSC; A. J. Moore, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; W James Morris, M.D. (Vic.B.C), FRCPC; James J. Murphy III, M.D., M.Sc.Eng., B.Eng. (New Jersey), Diplomate A.B.S.; O.N. Panton, M.B. (W. Indies), FRCSC, FACS; Christina Parsons, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC; Thomas Pickles, M.B. (Middx.), M.D., M.R.C.R, F.R.C.R; Ramesh Sahjpaul, M.H.Sc, M.D.(Tor), FRCSC; Albert Scholtz, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; H. Schubert, M.D. (BrCol.), MCFP (EM); William X Simpson, M.D. (Mane), FRCSC, F.A.C.S.; Q. R. Son-Hing, M.B., Ch.B. (Cape X), FRCSC; Holly Stevens, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC; Robert H. Taylor, M.D., CM. (McG.), FRCSC; William Taylor, M.B., B.Ch. (Witw.), FRCSC, FA.C.S.; R.P. Thompson, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; N. Chee Thong, M.B., F.R.CS.(I) (Ireland), FRCSC; Pauline Truong, M.D.C.M. (McG.); Laurence J. Turner, M.B., B.Sc. (Lond.), FRCSC, F.A.C.S.; Nancy van Laeken, M.D. (Ott.), FRCSC; Leslie Vertesi, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; J. A. Vestrup, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; N. J. S. Voss, L.R.C.R, M.R.C.S., D.M.R.X, F.R.C.R. (Engl.), FRCSC; L. Weir, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; B. Westerberg, M.D. (Qu.), FRCSC; F. L.-W Wong, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; Victor Wood, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.); J. Woodham, M.B., Ch.B., (Mane), FRCSC; Thomas J. Zwimpfer, M.D., Ph.D. (Tor), FRCSC. CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS James G. Abel, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC; Ryojo Akagami, M.D. (Tor), B.Sc, FRCSC; J. A. Appleby, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Alistair D. Baillie, B.Sc, Ph.D.(Glasg.), FCCPM; Susan Balkwill, B.Sch., M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC; Jan J. Bijlsma, B.A., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPS; Paul Blood, B.Sc, B.M. (S'ton.), FRCPC; D. Ross G. Brown, B.Sc, M.D. (McM.), FRCSC; Erin Brown, B.Sc, Ph.D., M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Mary Lynn Brumwell, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Michael G.R. Carter, M.B. (Liv.), M.R.C.R, M.R.CG.R; Victor Chow, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Brian Chung, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC; Kevin D. Clarke, B.Sc, M.D.(Dalh), FRCSC; Aaron Davison, B.Sc, M.D. (McG.), FRCPS; Andrew Denton, M.D. (Dal.), FRCSC; Carol K. Dingee, B.Sc, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.), CCER, FRCSC; Charles Dong, M.D., (Shanghai Med.), B.Sc, Ph.D.; K. R. Dubeta, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Lyne Filiatrault, M.D. (McG.), FRCP; Sheldon Glazer, M.D., CM., A.B.E.M. (Part I & II); James F. Goulding, B.Sc, M.D.(Dalh.), FACEP; Virginia Gudas, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCSC; Ross Halperin, M.D.; D. Hoegler, M.S., M.D. (McM.), FRCPC; A. Holmes, M.D. (BrCol.), FRC Emerg. Med; A. Javer, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; S. Karim, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Mira Keyes, M.D. (Yugoslavia), FRCPC; G. Kingston, M.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Winkle Kwan, M.B., B.S. (H.K.), FRCPC; StephanN. Larsson, M.B. (Birm.), FRCPC; P. Lennox, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Carson Leong, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; Cosmas Leung, M.B. (Syd.), FRCPC; J. X W Lim, M.B., Ch.B. (Mane), F.F.R.R.CS. (I.), F.R.C.R. (U.K.); Peter Lim, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCPC; H. Ling, M.B., M.Ch.(Witw), F.R.C.S. (Ed.), FRCSC; Mitchell Liu, M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC; Glen M. Lowther, B.A., M.D.(Manit.), FACEP; J. Ludemann, M.D. (McG.), FRCSC; Roy Ma, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; P. Shaun MacDonald, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC; Jessica Macnab, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC; Jill McEwen, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, Emergency Medicine; Rua R. Mercier, M.D. (Otago, N.Z.), FRCPC; Barry J. Miller, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Alexander B. Morrison, Ph.D., M.B., B.Sc. (Univ. Coll. Engl.); Meite Moser, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC; P. Moxham, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC; Fraser Noel, M.D. (Nfld.); Robert F. Noseworthy, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC; Brian Oldring, M.D. (Aha.); Lloyd Oppel, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.); Howard Pai, M.D. (W.Ont), FRCPC; Irvin Pathak, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Tracy A. Pickett, M.D., FRCPC; Milton Po, B.Sc, M.D. (E. Quezon, Philippines), FRCPC; M. J. Reed, M.D. (Qu.), FRCPC; B. Rudston-Brown, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; F. Sheehan, M.D. (Cork); J. Michael Smith, M.B., B.Ch., FRCSC; Christopher Stitt, M.D. (W.Ont.), CCER(F.M.); Robert M. Street, B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Nfld), FRCPC; Angela Towle, B.Sc, Ph.D. (R'dg.); Scott Tyldesley, M.D. (Br.Col.), M.P.A., A.B.R., FRCPC; C. Verchere, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Elaine Wai, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), M.Sc; Karen Wanger, M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC; Neil Wells, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col), FRCSC; D. C. Wilson, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC; Jane Wilson, B.Sc. (Bio.), B.Sc. (Pharm. Sci.), M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPC; Frank S. H. Wong, M.B.(Nat.Taiw.), FRCSC, FACS; Jonn S. Wu, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; Jian Ye, M.Sc, M.D.(Wenzhou), FRCSC; Karen Zahn, M.D. (Dal.), FRCP (EM). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS Kurt Alscher, M.D. (Br.Col.), B.Sc, M.Sc; Cam Bakala, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPS; Christopher Baliski, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC; J. A. Bartlett, M.D. (Qu.), FRCSC; Scott Bloom, B.A., M.D. (Qu.),FRCSC; Teodor Bojanowski, M.D. (McM.), FRCSC; R. James Bond, B.N., M.D.(Calg.), M.Ad.Ed., FRCSC; D. X Brosseuk, M.D. (Qu.), FRCSC; Michael G. Brown, B.A., M.D.(Sask.), FRCSC; Thomas J. Buonassisi, B.F.A., M.D.(UBC), FRCSC; Michael D. Carter, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; N. Causton, M.D., M.Sc. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; George Chang, M.D. (Aha.), B.M.Sc, M.Sc, FRCSC; Anson Cheung, MD. (Manit.) B.Sc, M.Sc, FRCSC; William Cleland, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; Johann Cunningham, B.Sc, M.D.(McC), FRCSC; Arko Demianczuk, B.Sc, M.D.(Qu.), FRCSC; Christopher R. DeWitt, M.D.(Colorad.), ABEM; Jim Dooner, M.D.(W.Ont.), FRCSC, FACS; Anthony J. Dowell, M.B., B.S. (Lond.), M.Sc, FRCSC, FA.C.S.; Ken Edmonds, M.D. (Calg.), CCF.R(EM); Gunnar Erhardt, M.D.(Manit.), FRCPC; Peter S. Fowler, M.D.(Dalh.), FRCSC; Rodney J. French, B.Sc, M.A.Ed., M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCSC; Euan Frew, M.B., Ch.B. (Scot.), FRCSC; Ben Gelfant, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Saul H. Goodman, B.Sc, M.D.(Dalh.), FRCSC; Vic G. Goshko, B.Sc, M.D.(Alta.), FRCPC, FACEP; R. Granger, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; Jason Gray, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Maureen Harriman, M.D. (McM.), FRCSC; Allen H. Hayashi, M.D.(W.Ont.), M.Sc, FRCSC; Murray Hein, M.D. (Calg.), CCF.R(EM); William Henderson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Jerrod Hendry, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL), CCFP; Corrine M. Hohl, M.D.CM.(McG.), B.S., CCFP, FRCPC; Simon Hoogewerf, B.Sc, M.D.(Br.Col.)CCFP; Gordon X M. Houston, B.Sc, M.D. (BrCol.), FRCSC; Paul Huang, M.D., (Br.Col.), FRCPC; James Hunter, M.D. (Br.Col.), B.Sc, L.L.B., FRCSC; XGhee Hwang, M.D. (Glas.), M.B.Ch.B., FRCSC; Joseph K.H. Ip, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCPC; Brendon R. Irvine, B.Sc, M.D.(Br.Col.), CCFP; Clark B. Jamieson, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC; Shawn P. Janes, B.Sc, M.D.(Nfld.), FRCPC; Rhonda Janzen, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Lawrence Jewett, B.A., B.Sc, M.D. (Dal.), FRCSC; H. Joe, M.D. (BrCol.), F.R.A.C.R., FRCPC; Hosma Kader, M.D. (Cairo), MRCP, FRCR, FRCPC; Tim Kalla, D.P.M. (Penn. Coll. of Podiatric Medicine), B.Sc; A. X Kamitakahara, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC; Anand Karvat, B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), FRCPC; David Kassen, M.D. (Sask.), CCF.R(EM); Afshin Khazei, B.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL), CCFP, FRCPC; David Kim, M.D. (Aha.), B.Sc, RCPSC, FRCPC; Tom J. Kinahan, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Stephanus P. Kloppers, M.B., Ch.B.(Pret.), M.Med.(Pret.), FRCSC; C. R. Krahn, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCSC (Br.Col.); Davis Kramer, B.Sc, M.D.(BrCoL), FRCSC; Tim Kramer, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Peter M. Kuechler, B.Sc, M.D.(Alta.), FRCSC; John J-H. Kwak, B.Sc, M.D.(Calg.), FRCSC; Timothy Latham, PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 17 THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE 349 M.D.(W.Ont.), FRCSC; Pamela Leco, B.Sc(Hon), M.Sc, M.D.(Calg.), FRCPC; Andrew Lee, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Patricia K. Lee, B.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCSC; Shung Lee, B.Sc, M.D.(Alta.), FRCSC; Ercole Leone, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; WY Victoria Leung, M.D., FRCPC; Gregory M. Lewis, M.B., Ch.B.(Cape X), FCS (SAfr.), FRCSC; Richard Lewis, M.D.(N.Ont.), FRCSC; Rick H. Little, B.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL), CCFP; Ramesh Lokanathan, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC; Adam J. Lund, B.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCPC; Kathleen MacKay, B.Sc, B.S.W. (BrCol.), M.S.W; Stanley Mah, B.Sc, M.D., FRCSC; Amanda Maloney, B.A., M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCSC; Shu Sing Christopher Man, M.D. (Manit.), FRCSC; Caroline Mclntyre, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.), M.H.Sc; Elaine C. McKevitt, B.Sc, M.Ed., M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCSC; Gordon McLauchlan, B.Sc, M.D. (Glas.), M.B.Ch.B., FRCSC; M. Miller, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; Ian Mitchell, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC; Islam Mohamed, M.D. (Atla.), FRCPC; David Morwood, M.D. (Aha.), FRCSC; Omid Mostachfi, B.Sc, M.D.(Tor.), FRCSC; Michael S. Mostrenko, B.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL); Nam Nguyen, B.SC, M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCSC; Alan M. Nichol, BA.Sc, M.D.(Calg.), CCFP, FRCPC; William J. Orrom, B.Sc, M.D.(Qu.), M.Sc(Alta.), FRCSC; Geoffrey Palmer, B.Sc, M.D.(BrCol), FRCSC; Scott J. Paquette, B.Sc.H., B.Med.Sc, M.D.(Nfld.), FRCSC; Brian Peterson, M.D. (Sask.), B.Sc, FRCSC, FACS; David Pledger, B.Sc, M.D.(Dalh.), FRCPC; Peter J. Pommerville, B.A., M.D.(Ott.), FRCSC; Christina I. Poon, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCSC; Kenneth Poon, M.D., FRCSC; Brace Povah, M.D. (Manit.), FRCSC; K. Prestage, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; Andrea Pusic, M.D. (Calg.), FRCSC, MHSc; Rasika D. Rajapakshe, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D.(Manit), FCCPM; Charles W. Ricketson, M.D.(Qu.), FRCPC; Alison C. Ross, B.Ph.E., B.A., M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCPC; Helen Ross, B.Sc, B.M.S., M.D.(Mem.), FRCPC; Imran Samad, B.M. (Pakistan), RCPSC, Amer. Board of OTL, FACS; Ben Sawer, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC; Bernie Schopf, M.D. (W. Ont.), FRCSC; Richard Schwarz, M.D. (W.Ont.),FRCSC; Peter K. Skepasts, M.D. (Calg.), FRCSC; Ingrid X Spadinger, BA.Sc, Ph.D.(Br.CoL), FCCPM; Gary E. J. Steinhoff, B.A., M.D.(Ott.), FRCSC; Harvey Strecker, M.D. (Calg.), FRCSC; Susan Stromberg, M.D. (BrCol.), CCF.R(EM); Barry Sullivan, M.D. (Tor), M.Sc, FRCSC; M. Sutter, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCSC; Bao Tang, B.Sc, M.D.(W.Ont.), FRCSC; Christopher Taylor, M.D., FRCSC; Drew Thompson, M.D. (Dal.), FRCSC; Ian Thordarson, B.Sc, M.D. (Br.Col.), FRCPS; Victor Tsang, M.D., FRCSC; Stan Valnicek, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC; D. Vargas, M.D. (Philippines), FRCSC; Gilbert Wankling, M.D., (Manit.), FRCSC; Stephen J. Wheeler, B.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL), A.B.R; M. Christo Wiggins, M.D. (SAfrica), M.Fam.Med., F.C.S., FRCSC; David Williamson, M.D. (Dal.), B.Sc, D.V.M., FRCSC; Scott Williamson, M.D. (Qu.), B.Sc, FRCSC; Brace M. Wong, M.D., FRCPC, FACEP; Lillian Wong, M.D., FRCSC; Emile C-H. Woo, B.Sc, M.D.(Br.CoL), FRCSC; Ronald W Youngash, M.D.(W.Ont.), FRCPC. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Gregory Baldwin, Pediatrics; Ross Beringer, Family Practice; Keith Chambers, Health Care & Epidemiology; Lawrence Cheng, Family Practice; Kim Chi, Medicine; Margaret L. Colbourne, Family Practice; Peter Cooperberg, Radiology; Carolyn Davies, Pediatrics; Vincent Duronio, Medicine; Stacey Elliott, Psychiatry; Jeremy Etherington, Family Practice; J. C. Fenwick, Medicine; Richard Gallagher, Health Care and Epidemiology; D. Graeb, Radiology; Peter Gropper, Orthopedics; David Haughton, Pediatrics; Kirk Hollohan, Family Practice; Daniel Kalla, Family Practice; Paul M.A. Korn, Pediatrics; Cynthia E. Lauriente, Pediatrics; Krystaleah Lindsay, Family Practice; Cindy-Ann Lucky, Family Practice; Lindsay Machan, Radiology; Sunil Mangal, Family Practice; Julian Marsden, Family Practice; D. Chris Morris, Radiology; Jock Murray, Family Practice; Bruce Phillips, Pediatrics; Sipke Pijl, School of Audiology & Speech Sciences; J. Rootman, Opthalmology; Wade Sabados, Family Practice; Amin Sajan, Family Practice; J. D. Steeves, Zoology; Philip Teal, Medicine; W. G. Tetzlaff, Zoology; C. Bruce Verchere, Pathology & Lab. Medicine; Sandra R. Whitehouse, Pediatrics; Peter Zed, Pharmaceutical Sciences. HONORARY MEMBERS Andrzej Buczkowski, M.D.(Poland), FRCSC, Honorary Lecturer; Paul Rennie, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Alta.), Honorary Professor; Marianne Sadar, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brad.), Honorary Assistant Professor. ADJUNCT MEMBERS Burkhard Jansen, M.D.(Austria), Ph.D., Adjunct Professor; Ronald Lett, B.M.Sc, M.Sc, M.D.(Alta.), FRCSC, Adjunct Professor; Yuzhuo Wang, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D., Adjunct Professor. RESEARCH ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Ziliang Ao, Med.Sc(China), B.Med.(China), M.Sc; Joanne Clifton, M.Sc; Linda Rammage, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wisconsin-Madison). STAFF BY DIVISION Division of Cardiovascular Surgery: S. V. Lichtenstein (Head), J. G. Abel, A.W Cheung, G. Fradet, V. Gudas, R. Hayden, W.R.E. Jamieson, M.T. Janusz, S. Karim, T Latham, J. LeBlanc, H. Ling, K. Qayumi, P. Skarsgard, D. Thompson, J. Ye; Division of Emergency Medicine: R. A. Purssell, (Head), R. Abu-Laban, J.J. Bijlsma, T Brubacher, M. Carter, J.M. Christenson, B. Chung, J. Coleman, A. Davison, M.S. Dettman, C. DeWkt, K. Edmonds, G. Erhardt, L. Filiatrault, B. Fleming, A. Gareau, S. Glazer, J. F. Goulding, E. J. Grafstein, J. G. Haegert, D. W. Harrison, M. Hein, W Henderson, J. Hendry, K. Ho, C. Hohl, A. Holmes, S. Hoogewerf, P. Huang, G.D. Innes, J. K. H. Ip, B. R. Irvine, S. P. Janes, D. Kassen, A. Khazei, W. J. Lang, TES. Lee, C. Leung, R. H. Little, G. M. Lowther, A. J. Lund, K. MacKay, J. Macnab, J. McEwen, C. Mclntyre, R. D. McKnight, R.R. Mercier, B.J. Miller, I. Mitchell, A.B. Morrison, M. Moser, M. S. Mostrenko, R.E Noseworthy, B. Oldring, L. Oppel, T Pickett, D. Pledger, C. W Ricketson, H. Ross, A. Scholtz, H. Schubert, C. Stitt, R.M. Street, S. Stromberg, I. Thordarson, L. Vertesi, K. Wanger, S. J. Wheeler, B. M. Wong, V. Wood, R. W Youngash, K. Zahn; Division of General Surgery: S.W. Chung (Head), K. Alscher, J.P. Appleby, C. Baliski, N.P. Blair, S. Bloom, D. Brosseuk, D.R.G. Brown, M. G. Brown, A. Buczkowski, S. P. Bugis, N. Caron, N. Causton, G. Chang, R. Cheifetz, I.G.M. Cleator, J. Cunningham, N.L. Davis, C. Dingee, A. Dowell, E. Frew, T.W. Hwang, R. Granger, A. H. Hayashi, C. Helgason, J. Hunter, R. Janzen, J. Johnson, A. Kamitakamara, T Keiffer, G. Kingston, U. Kuusk, R. Lett, M. Levings, R. Lewis, G.I. McGregor, E. McKevitt, G. McLauchlan, M. Meloche, A. Mui, A.G. Nagy, N. Nguyen, C. Ong, W J. Orrom, O.N. Panton, P.T. Phang, A. C. Ross, B. Rudston-Brown, B. Sawer, B.Schopf, R. Schwarz, C.H. Scudamore, A.M. Seal, R. Simons, W.T Simpson, B.Sullivan, M. Sutter, B. Tang, R. Taylor, A Towle, V. Tsang, L.J. Turner, J.A. Vestrup, G. Wankling, G.L. Warnock, M.C. Wiggins, S. Wiseman, E. C-H. Woo; Division of Neurosurgery: G.J. Redekop (Head), R. Akagami, M.C. Boyd, D.D. Cochrane, C. Dong, D.J. Fairholm, D.E. Griesdale, C. Haw, C. Honey, WW-J Jia, A. Lee, S. J. Paquette, R. Sahjpaul, P. Steinbok, B.D. Toyota, WB. Woodhurst, T.J. Zwimpfer; Division of Otolaryngology: N.S. Longridge (Head), D.W. Anderson, C. Bakala, J.A. Bartlett, G.E. Bryce, A. Blokmanis, T Bojanowski, T J. Buonassisi, K. D. Clarke, W. Cleland, A. Denton, R.I. Dickson, J. R. Dmytryshyn, K.R. Dubeta, S. Durham, M. Harriman, R.A. Irvine, A. Javer, L. Jewett, D. J. Kibblewhke, S. Kloppers, F.K. Kozak, D. Kramer, T Kramer, J. J-H. Kwak, P. K. Lee, J. Ludemann, S. Mah, A. Maloney, S.S.C. Man, M. Miller, D. R. Mintz, M.D. Morrison, D. Morwood, O. Mostachfi, P. Moxham, E Noel, I. Pathak, B. Povah, L. Rammage, K.H. Riding, I. Samad, D.WE Schwarz, J.M. Smith, H. Stevens, H. Strecker, N.C. Thong, D. Vargas, B. Westerberg, F. S. H. Wong, L. Wong, J. Woodham, R. Younger; Division of Pediatric General Surgery: E.D. Skarsgard (Head), G. Blair, J. Murphy, E. Webber; Division of Plastic Surgery: N.J. Carr (Head), J. Boyle, E. Brown, K. Bush, P. Clugston, D.J. Courtemanche, A. Demianc- zuk, D.G. Fkzpatrick, B. Foley, P. S. Fowler, R. J. French, B. Gelfant, J. Gray, D.A. Kester, P. Lennox, P.A. MacKay, B. Peterson, A. Pusic, Q.R. Son-Hing, C. Taylor, S. Valnicek, N.Y. Van Laeken, C. Verchere, R.J. Warren, N. Wells, D. Williamson, S. Williamson; Division of Radiation Oncology and Developmental Radiotherapeutics: T.J. Keane (Head), A. Agranovkh, A. D. Baillie, S. Balkwill, E. Berthelet, P. Blood, G. Duncan, R. N. Fairey, P.K.J. Goddard, CA. Grafton, R. Halperin, J.H. Hay, D. Hoegler, H. Kader, A. Karvat, H. Joe, M. Keyes, D. Kim, C. Kim-Sing, E.C. Kostashuk, W. Kwan, S. Larsson, P. Leco, C. Leong, W.Y.V. Leung, J.T.W Lim, P. Lim, M. Liu, CM. Ludgate, R. Ma, M. McKenzie, I. Mohamed, W J. Morris, A. M. Nichol, LA. Olivotto, H. Pai, C Parsons, T Pickles, M. Po, R. D. Rajapakshe, M. Reed, F. Sheehan, I. T Spadinger, P. Truong, F. Tyldes- ley, N.J.S. Voss, E. Wai, L. Weir, D. Wilson, J. Wilson, F.L.W Wong, J. Wu; Division of Thoracic Surgery: R. J. Finley (Head), R. J. Bond, M. L. Brumwell, K. G. Evans, G. Fradet, K. Qayumi, J. Yee; Division of Urology: S.L. Goldenberg (Head), K. Afshar, M. D. Carter, VD.W Chow, M. Cox, J. Davison, H.N. Fenster, M. Gleave, S. H. Goodman, W. Gourlay, E. ^puns, CB. Jamieson, B. Jansen, T Kinahan, P. Kozlowski, C Krahn, E. Leone, A.E. MacNeily, M. McLoughlin, J. Masterson, A.J. Moore, C Nelson, M. Nigro, G. Palmer, R. Paterson, P. J. Pommerville, C I. Poon, K. Poon, K. Prestage, P. Rennie, M. Sadar, P. Skepasts, G. E. J. Steinhoff, L. Stothers, W.N. Taylor, J. Teichman, Y. Wang, J.E. Wright; Division of Vascular Surgery: D. C Taylor (Head), J. Chen, J. Dooner, L. Doyle, P. D. Fry, G. Houston, Y. Hsiang, T Kalla, P. M. Kuechler, S. Lee, G. M. Lewis, R. Lokanathan, S. Macdonald, J. Reid, A. J. Salvian, R. Sidhu. 350 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 18 The School of Music A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF ARTS Director's Office J. Read, Director 6361 Memorial Road Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Telephone: 604-822-3113 Fax: 604-822-4884 Music Website (www.music.ubc.ca) The School of Music offers programs of study in performance and composition leading to the Bachelor of Music, the Diploma in Collaborative Piano Studies, the Diploma in Musical Performance, the Master of Music, and the Doctor of Musical Arts, as well as programs in musical scholarship leading to the Bachelor of Music, the Master of Arts, and the Doctor of Philosophy. The School also offers Bachelor of Music programs designed for prospective school teachers, elementary and secondary. All Bachelor of Music programs have a performance component. For students with a strong interest in music but little background in performance, the School offers the Bachelor of Arts with a major, minor or honours in Music. For a description of the Bachelor of Arts, see Music, p. 144 in the Faculty of Arts section. For graduate degrees, see Music, p. 265 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. BACHELOR OF MUSIC The School of Music offers a four-year degree program leading to the Bachelor of Music. At the heart of the program is the core curriculum of music theory, music history, performance and liberal arts electives, in which all majors participate. Academic and performance standards are consistent with those established by the Canadian University Music Society, of which the School is a member. ACADEMIC ADVISING Advising is mandatory at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. Returning students are advised at the end of the Winter Session. Newly admitted undergraduates are advised from early June to mid-July Advising outside these times is available by appointment. ADMISSION Admission to the School of Music is limited, and is based upon an evaluation of the total skills and preparation of each applicant, including performance auditions, previous academic record, proficiency in music theory, and letters of recommendation. To apply to the School, complete two applications. First apply to UBC though the PASBC website (www.pas.bc.ca); indicate the B.Mus. program as the preferred program. The application deadline is February 28. After completing this application, you will receive a UBC student number. You must then complete the Music supplemental application, available on the UBC Student Services website (www.students.ubc.ca/ SSC). On this application indicate preferred majors, previous musical training, and preferred dates for a live audition and a theory examination. Complete it as soon as possible, and no later than March 15. In late March the School will contact each applicant to arrange the audition and theory examination, which are typically held in early April. Applicants must also request that two letters of recommendation be sent to the Undergraduate Admissions Officer in the School of Music. At least one of these should be from a music teacher. All letters should be sent directly by the referee and under no circumstances should pass through the hands of the applicant. Students who are applying to transfer into third year will not be considered for admission unless they have completed six credits of transferable first-year English by April 30 of the year in which they apply. Students applying to transfer into second year must at least be eligible to register in first-year English, usually by having achieved a score of level 5 on the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination, p. 120 by April 30 of the year in which they apply. TRANSFER CREDITS Students intending to transfer to UBC from other institutions should plan their programs of study carefully to match, as nearly as possible, the majors outlined here, including both music and non-music courses. The British Columbia Transfer Guide (www.bccat.bc.ca) (published by the BC Council on Admissions and Transfer), should be consulted to determine the transferability of specific courses. The year and major to which a transfer student is admitted are based upon both the number of transferable courses and the student's performance ability, as determined by the entrance audition. Therefore, the number of transfer credits awarded for instrumental (or composition) study may be less than the number of corresponding credits the student has taken at other institutions. Transfer credit awarded for ensemble performance cannot be used to satisfy the ensemble requirements for the third and fourth years. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL MAJORS AND MINORS OUTSIDE MUSIC Students enrolled in the B.Mus. program can combine their Major with a Major or Minor of the B.A. program. For successful completion of the B.A. Major, they must take at least 42 credits in a field or specialization, of which 18 must be in courses numbered 300 or above; in addition, they must fulfil all the requirements set by the Faculty of Arts department or program. For successful completion of a B.Mus. with an Honours in Mathematics, see the requirements of the Combined Honours in Mathematics and Another Subject, p. 143 under Mathematics in the Faculty of Arts. A very limited number of B.Mus. students may also minor in Commerce. Eligibility is restricted as specified for the B.A. minor in Commerce. Enrolment must also be approved by the senior Undergraduate advisor in the School of Music. Descriptions of the major programs within the Bachelor of Music follow this section, beginning with Composition, p. 352. DOUBLE MAJOR A student who is exceptionally qualified may undertake two majors concurrently in the B.Mus. To graduate with a double major, a student must be admitted to the two majors by established procedures (by audition, for most majors), and must satisfy the continuation requirements of both majors each year, and must complete all course requirements for both majors. Neither of the majors may be General Studies. PERFORMING ORGANIZATIONS All students in the Bachelor of Music programs participate in the large and small instrumental and choral ensembles sponsored by the School of Music to develop their skill as musicians and to experience a wide range of repertoire. The ensembles are also open to qualified non-music majors, who may be accepted by audition and who may receive credit for participating PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 18 THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC 351 (consult faculty listings). The ensembles are the University Singers, University Choral Union, University Symphony Orchestra, University Wind Ensemble, University Opera Ensemble, the Contemporary Players, the Asian Music Ensembles, the Jazz Ensemble, the Collegium Musicum Ensembles, and various chamber groups. No more than half of a student's small ensemble credit is to be in Jazz Ensemble. Where the term 'large ensemble' is used in lists of degree requirements, it refers to MUSC 150 (Large Instrumental Ensemble), 153 (University Singers), and 154 (University Choral Union). Specific ensembles may tour extrasessionally Student participation in such tours, while desirable, is not obligatory. Students should inform ensemble directors of their plans as early as possible in the Winter Session. RECITALS BY FACULTY AND STUDENTS Recitals include the following: • Faculty Recitals. Members of the faculty present formal recitals throughout the academic year. All students in the Bachelor of Music program are expected to attend. • Wednesday Noon-Hour Recitals. On many Wednesdays, recitals feature outstanding soloists and chamber ensembles. Students in the Bachelor of Music program are expected to attend. • Student Recital Series. More formal recitals are presented occasionally during the academic year. Normally several students will share one of these periods on the recommendation of the faculty. Attendance is expected of students majoring in performance. • Graduation Recitals. All students majoring in performance (except opera) must present full-length graduation recitals in partial fulfilment of their degree requirements. Students in the Bachelor of Music program are expected to attend. MINIMUM ACHIEVEMENTS IN PIANO Where piano is neither the major nor the concentration instrument, the student will be expected to demonstrate, normally by taking piano as a secondary instrument, the following achievement levels at the ends of the first and second years: By the end of first year, students will be expected to demonstrate: • independently-prepared repertoire at the approximate difficulty of Toronto or Western Board Grade IV; • sight-reading at the approximate difficulty of Toronto or Western Board Grade III; • transposition of pieces at the above sight- reading level to most other keys; • improvisation of accompaniments using common-practice harmonies and/or contemporary techniques (melody and accompaniment; accompaniment alone); and • any scale or mode with a tetrachord in each hand; major, minor, Phrygian, Lydian and Locrian pentachords from any note (both hands); cadences in all keys. By the end of second year, students will be expected to demonstrate: • independently-prepared repertoire at the approximate difficulty of Toronto or Western Board Grade VII; • sight-reading at the approximate difficulty of Toronto or Western Board Grade V; • transposition of pieces at the above sight- reading level to most other keys; • improvisation of accompaniments utilizing more extensive harmonic and contrapuntal vocabulary (melody and accompaniment; accompaniment alone); • complete scales in any mode (including major and minor), two octaves, hands together; and • keyboard sequences, including scale harmonization, seventh chords in the key, and circles of dominant sevenths (any key). ANNUAL REVIEW IN THE PERFORMANCE AND COMPOSITION MAJORS All students enrolled in the performance and J composition major programs will be reviewed annually to determine whether they should be allowed to continue in their course of study. NON-MUSIC ELECTIVES The following courses are acceptable for credit as non-Music electives in the Bachelor of Music: • all courses in the Faculty of Arts (other than Music courses) and Science; • all courses in Family Studies (FMST); • 18 credits in courses outside Arts, Science and Family Studies. Courses in musical performance, conducting, and arranging offered by the Faculty of Education are not acceptable for credit in Music degrees, except as specified in the programs of the Elementary and Secondary Education Streams of the General Studies Major. ENGLISH REQUIREMENT To qualify for the Bachelor of Music, students must satisfy the Language Proficiency Index requirement (see Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120) and first-year English requirements as stipulated by the Faculty of Arts (see English Requirement, p. 120 under Faculty of Arts, Degree Requirements). PRIVATE INSTRUMENTAL INSTRUCTION Students may be registered for private instruction on their principal instrument only in a session in which they are taking at least 15 credits, and only if they are taking concurrently, or have already taken, all ensembles required in their Major for the year level of their private instrumental instruction. COMPOSITION This four-year program is formulated for the student with particular capabilities in musical composition. A student will not be allowed to enrol in this program unless ability in composition has already been demonstrated by submitting copies of original scores to the Composition Division. Composers will have opportunities to hear their works performed by ensembles of students and faculty during their four years at the University. To be eligible for graduation, a student majoring in Composition must compose at least 45 minutes of music and have it performed. In each year of the program, there must be at least one public premiere performance of the student's work. Performance dates and locations must be documented, including a recording if possible, and submitted to the principal composition teacher. Reading sessions by an orchestra or another large ensemble are acceptable as performances only upon approval of the Composition division. COMPOSITION First Year ENGL 100-level 6~ MUSC1071 6 MUSC 100 3 MUSC 101 3 MUSC 120 3 MUSC 121 3 Music Performance2 4 Non-Music Electives 6 Total Credits 34 Second Year MUSC 207 MUSC 200 MUSC 201 MUSC 220 MUSC 221 Music Performance2 MUSC 309 MUSC 310 Large Ensemble Literature Requirement Total Credits Third Year MUSC 300 MUSC 301 MUSC 307 Piano Performance2 Small Ensemble Music Electives3 Non-Music Electives Total Credits Fourth Year Theory Electives4 MUSC 407 Piano Performance2 MUSC311 Music 312 or 313 Music Electives3 Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits 6 3 3 3 3 4 2 2 3 6 35 3 3 6 2 2 6 9 31 6 6 2 2 2 6 9 33 352 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Composition I: It is possible to commence a major in Composition after one year in another field. In such a case the Composition Division will decide whether the student must take all of MUSC 107, 207, 307, and 407. 2 At least two credits of piano are required each year. Students may study either at the concentration level (182, 282, 381, 481) or at the secondary level (172, 272, 371, 471). Students who study at the concentration level must meet jury requirements. 3 Additional credits of ensemble are not permitted to fulfill the Music Elective requirement. 4 Students will choose two courses from MUSC 410-415. GENERAL STUDIES This curriculum is designed to provide a general higher education in music, including performance, and to prepare students for professional work in a wide variety of fields such as criticism, broadcasting, editing, and arts management. The degree will allow continuation toward graduate degrees. All applicants for the major in General Studies will be required to audition on the instrument of their greatest competence. Students are required to study for four years in a concentration of their own choice; possibilities are piano, organ, voice, guitar, harp, strings, woodwinds, brass, percussion, and some historical instruments such as harpsichord, lute, viola da gamba, early flutes, recorder, and other instruments as instruction is available. Students interested in preparing to teach music in BC schools should see General Studies: Elementary Education Stream, p. 353 or General Studies: Secondary Education Stream, p. 354 in the following sections. GENERAL STUDIES First Year Third Year (Continued) ENGL 100-level MUSC 100 MUSC 101 MUSC 120 MUSC 121 MUSC1821 MUSC1712 Large Ensemble3 Non-Music Elective(s)4 Total Credits Second Year 6 3 3 3 3 4 2 3 6 33 MUSC 200 MUSC 201 MUSC 220 MUSC 221 MUSC2821 MUSC2712 Large Ensemble3 Literature Requirement Non-Music Elective(s)4 Total Credits Third Year 3 3 3 3 4 2 3 6 6 33 MUSC3821 4 Large Ensemble3 3 Music Electives and Small Ensemble5 14 Non-Music Elective(s)4 6 Total Credits 33 Fourth Year MUSC4821 4 Large Ensemble3 3 Music Electives and Small Ensemble5 14 Non-Music Elective(s)4 9 Total Credits 30 MUSC 300 MUSC 301 The concentration instrument is usually the one on which the student is most competent, and on which the student auditioned to enter the School. 2 The secondary instrument is normally piano in the first two years unless the concentration is a keyboard instrument. Students with minimal keyboard experience will be placed initially in MUSC 141 and will in the second year take MUSC 241 or MUSC 271 (private), as determined by the level of achievement in MUSC 141. Students with some previous piano experience may be excused from all or part of the piano requirement by showing satisfactory proficiency in all of the second-year secondary piano requirements: technique, repertoire, keyboard harmony, score reading, sight reading, and transposition. For details, consult the faculty coordinator, keyboard performance division. 3 The large and small ensembles chosen are normally those most appropriate to the student's concentration instrument. Substitutions can occasionally be made after consultations with the student's advisor, and with some consideration being given to the needs of the ensembles. Piano concentrators will take MUSC 167 in their third year (possibly supplemented by MUSC 169, with permission of the instructor). In their fourth year, if the coordinator of the keyboard division approves, they will take MUSC 161 and possibly 169, or else another small ensemble. Students with concentrations in historical instruments will take six credits of small ensemble (usually Collegium Musicum, starting in the second year) and six credits of large ensemble. 4 The non-Music electives may be freely chosen, except that at least 1 2 credits must be in the same department, with at least six of these at the 200- level or higher. If English is chosen to fill this re- y quirement then 12 credits must be selected beyond those necessary to complete the literature requirement. 5 In each of third and fourth years a total of 14 credits, comprised of small ensemble and music electives, must be taken with a minimum of two credits and a maximum of six credits of small ensemble. The two-credit small ensemble minimum may be waived if inappropriate to the concentration instrument or to the needs of the student, or decision of the Director, in which case the Music electives will be increased from 1 2 to 14 credits. Extra credits of large ensemble beyond those required for this major may not be used as Music electives. Students with keyboard concentrations must take MUSC 349. Those with harpsichord concentrations must take MUSC 333 and 433. Those wishing to concentrate on historical instruments are advised to take 12 credits of music history courses (from MUSC 350, 352, 353, 354, and 355) as part of their Music electives. GENERAL STUDIES: ELEMENTARY EDUCATION STREAM This curriculum is a preparation for studies in education leading to certification as a teacher in BC elementary schools. It is intended to develop relevant skills in music performance along with a broad knowledge of musical styles. Students who successfully complete this program will have the prerequisites for admission to the Elementary Teaching Program in the Faculty of Education. The first two years of the program are identical to the first two years of the major in General Studies, except that the Large Ensemble and the Non-Music Electives should be selected in conformance with footnotes 2 and 3 below. GENERAL STUDIES: ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Third Year MUSC 300 3 MUSC 301 3 Music Electives1 4 MUSC311 2 Music 312 2 Music 313 2 MUSC 382 4 Large Ensemble2 3 Class Instrument (MUSC 102, 112 or 122) 2 Non-Music Elective(s)3 6 Music Education Electives4 3 Total Credits 34 Fourth Year Music Elective(s)5 6 MUSC 482 4 Large Ensemble6 3 MUSC1317 2 Class Instrument (MUSC 102, 112 or 122) 2 Non-Music Elective(s)8 12 Music Education Electives9 3 Total Credits 32 1 Of the 12 required Music elective credits, at least six must be in history, theory, ethnomusicology, orchestration, or composition. At most two credits of small ensemble may be elected. 2 For orchestral instrument concentrators, one of the four required large ensembles must be a choir (MUSC 153 or 154), and the remaining three will be Large Instrumental Ensemble (MUSC 150). 3 The Non-Music Electives should be chosen to satisfy the admissions requirements of the Elementary Teaching Program of the Faculty of Education. 4 Students should consult with Music Education faculty to determine which courses are most suitable as electives. 5 Of the 12 required Music elective credits, at least six must be in history, theory, ethnomusicology, orchestration, or composition. At most two credits of small ensemble may be elected. 5 For orchestral instrument concentrators, one of the four required large ensembles must be a choir (MUSC 153 or 154), and the remaining three will be Large Instrumental Ensemble (MUSC 150). 7 Students are required to take MUSC 1 31 if they have had no previous vocal instruction. Voice concentrators and secondaries will take two additional credits of Music Elective instead of MUSC 131. 8 The Non-Music Electives should be chosen to satisfy the admissions requirements of the Elementary Teaching Program of the Faculty of Education. 9 Students should consult with Music Education faculty to determine which courses are most suitable as electives. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 18 THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC 353 GENERAL STUDIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION STREAM This curriculum is a preparation for studies in education leading to certification as a music teacher in BC secondary schools. Successful completion of the program, or a program with comparable requirements, is a prerequisite for admission into the B.Ed. (Secondary) program of the Faculty of Education, with music as the major teaching field. The curriculum is based on that of the major in General Studies (see General Studies, p. 353), with the following differences: 1) Second Year: Students must take MUSC 122 (2). 2) All Years: - Large Ensemble: for instrumental concentrators, one of these, in the four years, must be a choir, and the remaining three will be Large Instrumental Ensemble. - Non-Music Electives: students should consult the Faculty of Education for distribution requirements. GENERALSTUDIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION Third Year MUSC 112 2 MUSC 300 3 MUSC 301 3 MUSC 309 2 MUSC 310 2 MUSC 311 2 MUSC 312 2 MUSC 313 2 MUSC 382 4 MUSC 371 2 Large Ensemble 3 Small Ensemble 2 Music Electives1 2 Non-Music Elective(s)2 6 Total Credits 37 Fourth Year MUSC 482 Music Performance (Secondary)3 Large Ensemble MUED 302 MUED 303 Non-Music Elective(s)2 Music Electives Total Credits 4 2 3 4 4 12 5 34 Two credits of the Music Elective may be in additional small ensemble work. MUSC 102 is recommended as an elective for string players. The non-Music electives may be freely chosen, except that at least 12 credits must be in the same department, with at least six of these at the 200- level or higher. If English is chosen to fill this requirement then 1 2 credits must be selected beyond those necessary to complete the literature requirement. Voice concentrators take an appropriate level of their secondary instrument; those with previous secondary voice instruction, take an appropriate level of voice or of the secondary instrument begun in the third year; those without previous voice instruction, take MUSC 131. GUITAR All students planning to major in guitar in the Bachelor of Music program are required to audition just prior to the beginning of classes. Transfer students from other colleges and universities will audition at the same time. The auditions will determine the admission of students to the performance program and whether they will be allowed to transfer credits in guitar performance from other universities and colleges. In general, the entrance level corresponds to the Toronto or Western Board Grade X, and there must also be the probability of significant development during the years of study at the University. The possession of a diploma is not a guarantee of acceptance. Students accepted as first-year guitar majors will be expected to attain annual levels corresponding approximately to those given below. The works cited are given as guides to the levels of technical and musical achievement to be attained and do not indicate specific repertoire requirements. Entrance auditions and term examinations will include sight reading and quick study in addition to the performance of prepared repertoire. Third-year students will be required to study French and Italian lute tablature systems (in their private lessons). Fourth-year students will be expected to transcribe a work from the repertoire of another instrument (e.g., piano, violin). 1) End of First Year. Etudes (Villa-Lobos: No. 1, Mignone: No. 10); Dowland: Lacrimae Pavan; Weiss: Fantasia; Sor: Fantasia Op. 7; Berkeley: Theme and Variations. 2) End of Second Year. Etudes (Villa-Lobos: No. 6, Sor: [Segovia] No. 12); Dowland: Fantasia; Bach: Third Lute Suite; Somers: Sonata; Torroba: Suite Castellana. 3) End of Third Year. Etudes (Villa-Lobos: No. 2, Dodgson: [Quine] No. 20); Bach: Prelude, Fugue and Allegro; Sor: Sonata Op. 22; Walton: Bagatelles; Concertos (e.g., Castelnuovo-Tedesco); vocal and instrumental accompaniments; chamber works. Third-year recital. 4) End of Fourth Year. Etudes (Villa-Lobos: No. 10, Mignone: No. 3); Bach: Fourth Lute Suite; Castelnuovo-Tedesco: Sonata; Britten: Nocturnal; Bolcom: Seasons; Concerto (e.g. Rodrigo: Aranjuez); vocal and instrumental accompaniments; chamber works. Fourth-year recital. GUITAR First Year First Year (Continued) ENGL 100-level MUSC 100 MUSC 101 MUSC 120 MUSC 121 MUSC 193 MUSC17T Large Ensemble2 MUSC 1603 Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits Second Year 3 34 MUSC 200 MUSC 201 MUSC 220 MUSC 221 MUSC 293 MUSC27T Large Ensemble2 MUSC1603 Literature Requirement Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits Third Year 3 3 3 3 6 2 3 2 6 3 34 MUSC 300 MUSC 301 MUSC 363 MUSC 394 Small Ensemble3 Music Electives Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits Fourth Year 3 3 4 8 2 6 6 32 HV1USC494 Small Ensemble3 Music Electives Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits 2 6 12 28 The secondary instrument will be piano except where a student elects another instrument after having met in full the Minimum Achievements in Piano for second year. Secondary piano students will be auditioned. Those judged to have insufficient background to require private study will be placed initially in MUSC 141 (class) and will, in second year, take either MUSC 241 (class) or MUSC 271 (private) as determined by the leve of achievement in 141. 2 Students may elect any one of MUSC 150, 153, or 1 54, with the permission of the School 3 It is often desirable that students take the guitar ensemble section of MUSC 160 in each of the first and second years, and that they either continue with the ensemble or elect one of the following courses in each of the third and fourth years: MUSC 156, MUSC 163, MUSC 165. Should appropriate small ensemble courses not be available in any given year, the required credits will be waived and the Music Elective requirement ncreased correspondingly. HARPSICHORD This major is designed for students planning a performing or teaching career in harpsichord performance of both solo repertoire and continuo practice for music of the 16th, 17th, and 18th centuries. All students who plan to major in harpsichord, including transfer students from other colleges and universities, must audition prior to the commencement of the academic year. Specific requirements for the audition are outlined on the B.Mus. application form. Students in the 354 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 first or second year of a Bachelor's program in Piano or Organ who demonstrate an aptitude for harpsichord performance may apply to change their major to harpsichord. Students in this major will be expected to attain annual levels corresponding approximately to those given below: 1) End of First Year. J.S. Bach: French Suite; F. Couperin: Suite from Bks. Til; Byrd: Pavan and Galliard; Frescobaldi or Froberger: Canzona or Ricercar; J.C. Bach: Sonata. 2) End of Second Year. J.S. Bach: Toccata; L. Couperin: Suite; Gibbons: Fantasia; Frescobaldi or Froberger: Toccata; Haydn: early Sonata; continuo work (from figured basses) in small ensembles. 3) End of Third Year. J.S. Bach: English Suite or Partita; Rameau: Suite; Rossi or Picchi: Toccata; Sweelinck: Chromatic Fantasy; C.P.E. Bach: Sonata Wq.51; continuo work (from figured and unfigured basses) in large and small ensembles; chamber music for obbligato harpsichord, e.g., Bach sonatas for violin and harpsichord. Third-year recital. 4) End of Fourth Year. J.S. Bach: Chromatic Fantasy and Fugue; Forqueray: Suite; Byrd: Walsingham Variations; Frescobaldi: Cento Partite; C.P.E. Bach: Prussian Sonata; chamber music from the 17th and 18th centuries for both continuo and obbligato harpsichord, e.g., Rameau: Pieces de Clavecin en Concert. Fourth-year recital. Performance examinations also include sight-reading and quick study for both solo repertoire and continuo realization. HARPSICHORD First Year Third Year ENGL 100-level MUSC 100 MUSC 101 MUSC 120 MUSC 121 MUSC 154 or 153 MUSC1931 MUSC3331 Non-Music Elective Total Credits Second Year 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 2 6 35 MUSC 136 MUSC 157 MUSC 171 (Organ) MUSC 200 MUSC 201 MUSC 220 MUSC 221 MUSC 293 MUSC4331 Literature Requirement Total Credits 4 2 2 3 3 3 3 6 2 6 34 MUSC 157 2 MUSC 169 2 MUSC 271 (Organ or Fortepiano) 2 MUSC 300 3 MUSC 301 3 MUSC 354 3 MUSC 394 (+ recital) 8 Non-Music Electives 9 Total Credits 32 Fourth Year MUSC 157 2 MUSC 169 2 MUSC 494 (+ recital) 8 Music Electives 6 Non-Music Electives 9 Total Credits 27 For students who enter the harpsichord major after one year of General Studies concentrating in piano or organ, MUSC 182 (4) and 171 (2) will be accepted in lieu of MUSC 193 (6). In this case, MUSC 333 and 433 may be taken in the second and third years, respectively. MUSIC SCHOLARSHIP Combining broad upper-level course work in music theory, music history, and ethnomusicology with the performance standards of the B.Mus., this program provides a strong preparation for graduate work in music scholarship. The Major begins in the third year of undergraduate study, following two years in another Major. Admittance is not automatic: students must submit a written application explaining their interest in the program. Normally an applicant will not be admitted without at least an overall 80% average in the first- and second-year core courses in music theory and history, and at least a 75% average in first-year English. MUSIC SCHOLARSHIP Third and Fourth Years MUSC 300 T MUSC 301 3 MUSC 328 3 MUSC 428 Music History1 MUSC 382 MUSIC 482 Large or Small Ensemble2 Another Large or Small Ensemble2 Music Electives3 Non-Music Electives4 Total Credits 3 6 4 4 2(4) 2(4) 15 18 63(67) 1 Students will choose two courses from MUSC 350-358. 2 Students interested in ethnomusicology should take one or both of the Asian Music Ensembles, MUSC 165. 3 Electives must include at least nine credits of music theory, music history, or ethnomusicology in addition to those required in the program. MUSC 349, Keyboard Harmony, is required of keyboard concentrators and recommended for students interested in theory. As not all courses are offered every year, students should meet with an advisor to determine which courses are best suited to the student's interests. With the approval of a supervising faculty scholar, a student may undertake a one-term, three-credit research project, MUSC 402. 4 PHYS 341 is recommended for students interested in music theory. Students interested in ethnomusicology should consider courses in Anthropology or Asian languages. Students contemplating graduate study in theory or history should study German. OPERA This course of instruction is limited to those students wishing to pursue a career in either performance or production of opera. A successful audition and interview with the director of opera prior to enrolment in course work is required of all prospective opera majors. • First Year. Vocal development, musicianship, and tone production are emphasized. Stress is laid on vocal materials best suited to the student's individual requirements and development. Exploration of operatic styles is begun. • Second Year. Technical and interpretive vocal studies are continued. Further exploration of styles in both song and operatic literature is stressed. • Third Year. Considerable vocal development is expected. Production and performance of operatic scenes or complete operas become a part of the student's curriculum. Emphasis on good singing techniques is continued. An increasing number of operatic arias is required as part of the student's vocal repertoire. Styles continue to be stressed. Practical work in movement and acting for the lyric stage is introduced. • Fourth Year. Continued emphasis on vocal techniques especially on the vocal-dramatic techniques of operatic vocal literature. Operatic acting skills are further developed. Considerable understanding of representative operatic styles is expected. Performance and production of scenes or complete operas continue. OPERA First Year ENGL 100-level MUSC 100 MUSC 101 MUSC 120 MUSC 121 MUSC 192 MUSC1711 MUSC 135 Large Ensemble Italian2 Total Credits Second Year 6 3 3 3 3 4 2 2 3 6 35 MUSC 200 MUSC 201 MUSC 220 MUSC 221 MUSC 292 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 18 THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC 355 Second Year (Continued) MUSC 271 MUSC 235 Large Ensemble Literature Requirement German2 Total Credits Third Year 2 2 3 6 6 35 ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENT First Year MUSC 170 MUSC 300 MUSC 301 MUSC 336 MUSC 339 MUSC 393 MUSC 454 French2 Total Credits Fourth Year 2 3 3 4 6 6 3 6 33 MUSC 436 MUSC 439 MUSC 455 MUSC 493 Music Elective Non-Music Elective(s): Total Credits 4 6 3 6 6 6 31 The secondary instrument will be piano except where a student elects another instrument after having met in full the Minimum Achievements in Piano for second year. Secondary piano students will be auditioned. Those judged to have insufficient background to require private study will be placed initially in MUSC 141 (class) and will, in second year, take either MUSC 241 (class) or MUSC 271 (private) as determined by the leve of achievement in 141. 2 Foreign languages: In certain cases students may concentrate on one or two of the languages required, and the indicated sequence may be altered. 3 To be chosen in consultation with the opera division advisor. ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENT \ The major in an Orchestral Instrument is formulated for the student who plans to become a professional performer or a teacher in schools of music or private studios. Before entering this course of study, the student must successfully audition for the School. In general, the entrance level corresponds to the Toronto or Western Board Grade X and there must also be the probability of significant development during the years of study at the University. Although solo performance is stressed, all students in this program will constantly participate in large and small ensemble activity. Solo recitals are required at the end of the third and fourth years. A detailed syllabus of repertoire representing standards of expectation in performance during undergraduate study is available on application to the School of Music. ENGL 100-level MUSC 100 MUSC 101 MUSC 120 MUSC 121 MUSC 193 MUSC17T MUSC 150 Small Ensemble2 Total Credits Second Year MUSC 200 MUSC 201 MUSC 220 MUSC 221 MUSC 293 MUSC27T MUSC 150 Small Ensemble2 Literature Requirement Total Credits Third Year MUSC 300 MUSC 301 MUSC 394 MUSC 150 Small Ensemble2 Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits Fourth Year MUSC 494 MUSC 150 Small Ensemble2 Music Elective3 Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits 6 3 3 3 3 6 2 4 2 32 3 3 3 3 6 2 4 4 6 34 3 3 8 4 4 12 34 4 4 6 6 26 The secondary instrument will be piano except where a student elects another instrument after ^having met in full the Minimum Achievements in Piano for second year described above. Secondary piano students will be auditioned. Those judged to have insufficient background to require private study will be placed initially in MUSC 141 (class) and will, in second year, take either MUSC 241 (class) or MUSC 271 (private) as determined by the level of achievement in 141 n the four years of the program, 14 credits of small ensemble are required. The ensembles taken in any given year will be determined in consultation with the ensemble directors. Wind and Percussion students must take two credits of MUSC 305, at least four credits of MUSC 162, and at least two credits of MUSC 157, 163, 164, or 165 String students must take eight credits of MUSC 160 or 1 59, and six credits of any small ensemble, ncluding two credits of MUSC 157 or MUSC 163. MUSC 309, MUSC 310, MUSC 311, and MUSC 312 are highly recommended as especially appropriate to this major. Additional credits of ensemble are not permitted for fulfilling the Music Elective requirements. ORGAN A student planning to pursue a career as recital- ist, teacher of organ or church organist should enrol in this program. All students who plan to major in organ, including transfer students from other colleges and universities, must audition in the spring prior to the commencement of the academic year. Specific requirements for the audition are outlined in the B.Mus. application form. In general, the entrance level corresponds to the Royal Conservatory Associateship or its equivalent. Students accepted as organ performance majors will be expected to attain annual levels corresponding approximately to those listed below. In addition to solo repertoire, the areas of sight reading and quick study will be tested. • End of First Year. Bach: Trio Sonata No. 1; Mendelssohn: Sonatas No. 1 or 6; Messiaen: Te Banquet Celeste. • End of Second Year. Bach: Dorian Toccata; Franck: Chorales; Dupre: Prelude and Fugue in G minor. • End of Third Year. Bach: Fantasia and Fugue in G minor; Hindemith: Sonatas; Durufle: Suite. Third-year recital. • End of Fourth Year. Bach: Trio Sonatas No. 5 and 6; Reger: Fantasia; Messiaen: f Transports de Joie. Fourth-year recital. ORGAN First Year ENGL 100-level MUSC 100 MUSC 101 MUSC 120 MUSC 121 Large Ensemble1 MUSC 171 MUSC 193 Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits Second Year 6 3 3 3 3 3 2 6 6 36 MUSC 200 MUSC 201 MUSC 220 MUSC 221 MUSC 293 MUSC 271 Large Ensemble Literature Requirement Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits Third Year 3 3 3 3 6 2 3 6 6 35 MUSC 300 MUSC 301 MUSC 311 and 313 MUSC 349 MUSC 394 Music Electives 356 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Third Year (Continued) Religious Studies Total Credits Fourth Year 6 32 MUSC 333 MUSC 494 Music History Elective Theory Electives3 Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits 6 6 6 28 1 Students will enrol in either MUSC 153 or MUSC 154 with the permission of the School 2 To be elected after consultation with the Department of Religious Studies and School of Music Students are also advised to take one or more non-credit courses from one of the theologica colleges on campus after consultation with the School of Music and the college concerned 3 Students will choose two courses from MUSC 410to415 PIANO All students who plan to major in piano, including transfer students from other colleges and universities, must audition in the spring prior to the commencement of the academic year. Specific requirements for the audition are outlined in the B.Mus. application form. In general, the entrance level corresponds to the Royal Conservatory Associateship or its equivalent. However, students must realize that they will be accepted contingent solely on the probability of rapid development during the four-year program. The possession of a diploma in itself is not a guarantee of acceptance. Students accepted as first-year piano majors will be expected to attain annual levels corresponding approximately to those given below. The works cited are given only as flexible , guides to the levels of technical and musical achievement to be attained and do not indicate specific repertoire requirements. Naturally, it is assumed that artistic and musical achievement will keep pace with technical growth at every stage of the student's development. • End of First Year. Virtuoso etudes (e.g. Chopin: Op. 10, No. 5); Bach: French Suite No. 3; Beethoven: Sonata Op. 7; Schumann: Papillons; Bartok: Bagatelles; Concertos (e.g. Mozart: K. 453). • End of Second Year. Virtuoso etudes (e.g. Chopin: Op. 25, No. 3); Bach: English Suite No. 4; Beethoven: Sonata, Op. 28; Schubert: Sonata, Op. 122; Ravel: Sonatina; Concertos (e.g. Tiszt: No. 1). • End of Third Year. Virtuoso etudes (e.g. Liszt: Paganini Etudes); Bach: Toccata in C minor; Beethoven: Sonata, Op. 57; Brahms: Scherzo, Op. 4; Stravinsky: Sonata; Concertos (e.g. Rachmaninoff: No. 2); vocal and instrumental accompaniments; piano chamber works. Third-year recital. • End of Fourth Year. Virtuoso etudes (e.g. Chopin: Op. 10, No. 2); Bach: Chromatic Fantasy and Fugue; Beethoven: Sonata, Op. 110; Schumann: Kreisleriana; Stockhausen: Klavierstiicke; Concertos (e.g. Brahms: Nos. 1 and 2); vocal and instrumental accompaniments; piano chamber works. Fourth-year recital. In general, entrance auditions and term examinations for piano majors include sight reading in addition to the performance of prepared repertoire. PIANO First Year ENGL 100-level MUSC 100 MUSC 101 MUSC 120 MUSC 121 MUSC 136 MUSC 167 MUSC 193 MUSC 149 Large Ensemble1 Total Credits Second Year MUSC 200 MUSC 201 MUSC 220 MUSC 221 MUSC 236 MUSC 293 MUSC 249 MUSC1611 Literature Requirement (Arts) Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits Third Year MUSC 161 MUSC 300 MUSC 301 MUSC 340 MUSC 349 MUSC 394 •Music Electives1 Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits Fourth Year MUSC 161 MUSC 440 MUSC 494 Small or large ensemble Non-Music Elective(s) Music Electives Total Credits 6 3 3 3 3 4 2 6 2 3 35 3 3 3 3 4 6 2 2 6 3 35 2 3 3 3 2 8 3 9 33 2 3 8 2-4 12 3 30-32 1 Students may elect MUSC 169 for their collaborative work with singers, supervised by their assigned chamber music instructor. One additional small or large ensemble may be taken as a music elective VOICE Students planning to major in Voice must successfully audition before the Vocal division just prior to the beginning of classes, singing music of their own choice. • First Year. Tone production and diction are stressed. Song-literature from the early Italian period and from oratorio is usually emphasized. During the first year the student will be carefully evaluated in regard to voice, musicianship and physical stamina for the purpose of determining whether he or she has the combination of talents needed for successful performance. • Second Year. Technical and interpretative studies are continued. The repertory will be expanded as the student's technical facility develops. As the use of foreign language is increased, French and German songs will comprise a larger share of the literature to be studied. • Third Year. Considerable vocal agility, volume, range and pleasing tone quality should be achieved in the third year. Frequent group recitals will be encouraged. Operatic and oratorio arias are a necessary part of the repertoire as well as wide- ranging choices in several languages. Ability to perform contemporary English, Canadian and American songs will be expected. A third-year recital is required. • Fourth Year. The fourth year should be devoted to the interpretative aspects of singing, supported by a growing technical command. It will be assumed that the student can satisfactorily perform any of the standard repertory for his or her vocal classification. A fourth-year recital is required. VOICE First Year ENGL 100-level MUSC 100 MUSC 101 MUSC 120 MUSC 121 MUSC 193 MUSC1711 Large Ensemble2 MUSC 170 Total Credits Second Year 6 3 3 3 3 6 2 3 2 31 MUSC 200 MUSC 201 MUSC 220 MUSC 221 MUSC 293 MUSC 271 Large Ensemble Literature Requirement Italian3 Total Credits Third Year 3 3 3 3 6 2 3 6 6 35 MUSC 300 MUSC 301 MUSC 394 MUSC 365 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 18 THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC 357 Third Year (Continued) Large Ensemble German3 Non-Music Elective(s) Total Credits Fourth Year 3 6 6 31 MUSC 494 MUSC 465 MUSC 442 Large Ensemble Small Ensemble4 Music Elective5 French3 Total Credits 3 2 6 6 31 The secondary instrument will be piano except where a student elects another instrument after having met in full the Minimum Achievements in Piano for second year. Secondary piano students will be auditioned. Those judged to have insufficient background to require private study will be placed initially in MUSC 141 (class) and will, in second year, take either MUSC 241 (class) or MUSC 271 (private) as determined by the leve of achievement in 141. Students will enrol in either MUSC 153 or MUSC 154 Languages other than English: in certain cases students may concentrate on one or two of the anguages required, and the indicated sequence may be altered. Students will elect either MUSC 156 or MUSC 157 MUSC 311 or MUSC 31 3, and MUSC 441 are highly recommended electives. BACHELOR OF ARTS The Bachelor of Arts in Music is designed for students interested in studying music as one of the liberal arts. It can also lead successfully to graduate work in music theory, music history, or ethnomusicology For a description of the Bachelor of Arts Major, Honours and Minor programs in Music, see Music, p. 144 under the Bachelor of Arts in the Faculty of Arts. COURSES FOR STUDENTS MAJORING IN OTHER FIELDS The School offers a number of courses intended for students with little or no formal background in music. A selection from among the following courses will be offered each year including: • MUSC 103, 104, 321, 322, 324, 325, and 326. These courses are not acceptable for credit toward the Bachelor of Music, or toward the Bachelor of Arts Major, Honours, or Minor in Music. • MUSC 328, 345,428, and certain sections of 403, as indicated in the online Course Schedule. These courses are acceptable for credit toward the Bachelor of Music and toward the Bachelor of Arts Major, Honours, and Minor in Music. Students who play musical instruments may enrol for credit in ensembles, such as MUSC 150, 153, 154, 156, 157, 160, 163, 164, and 165. An audition may be required. These courses are acceptable for credit toward the Bachelor of Music and toward the Bachelor of Arts Major, Honours, and Minor in Music. DIPLOMA IN COLLABORATIVE PIANO STUDIES The School of Music offers the Diploma in Collaborative Piano Studies. The unique demands of collaborative work with singers and instrumentalists require specialized training for pianists. The Diploma program combines repertoire study with a diverse array of courses designed to enhance specific skills, in preparation for, or in place of, graduate degree work in collaborative piano. ADMISSION Enrolment in the program is limited. Applicants must hold a bachelor's degree, normally in piano performance, including several years of experience in collaborative work, in both vocal and chamber music, and with very strong proficiency in sight reading. Qualified candidates will be selected based on audition. Some study of German and of French or Italian is recommended. Prospective students should inquire at the School of Music for application information. DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS The Diploma program consists of the following 29 credits of work, which must be completed within two years: DIPLOMA IN COLLABORATIVE PIANO STUDIES Core MUSC 170 2 MUSC 442 or 512 4 MUSC 443 3 MUSC 468 2 MUSC 561 2 MUSC 593 6 Total Credits 19 Electives MUSC 102 2 MUSC 131 or 271 2 MUSC 135 or 235 2 MUSC 333 or 433 2 MUSC 365 or 465 2 Contemporary Players 2 Collegium Musicum Ensemble 2 Total Credits 10 DIPLOMA IN MUSIC PERFORMANCE The Diploma in Music Performance is an advanced program designed to prepare vocalists and instrumentalists for professional performing careers through private instruction and intensive solo and ensemble performance experiences. ADMISSION Prospective students should inquire at the School of Music office for application information. Only gifted performers with good prospects for a professional career, and who hold a university degree in music performance, or have considerable equivalent experience, will be considered. Admission to the program is by audition, and enrolment is strictly limited. The minimal standard varies by instrument. In general, applicants should have training equivalent to that of B.Mus. performance graduates of UBC; for example, singers should have a working command of three languages, and all applicants should have extensive familiarity with the repertoire for their instrument. PROGRAM OF STUDY A two-year residency is required. All students are admitted on a probationary basis for the first year. Continuation into the second year is contingent upon excellent progress, participation in the musical activities at the School, and a year-end performance jury, and must be approved by the full-time faculty in the appropriate performance division. The total number of credits required for the Diploma is 30, and must satisfy a program designed for each student by supervising faculty, within the following general outline. Students must take two years and 12 credits of private performance instruction (MUSC 593), two years comprising at least eight credits of suitable ensembles, and 10 credits of electives. Depending upon the student's program and background, additional coursework may be required, for example MUSC 170, 336 and 436 for Opera diploma students. The specific ensembles required in the program will be determined by supervising faculty. Orchestral instrumentalists must play at least one year in a large ensemble (MUSC 550) and in a wide range of small ensembles (MUSC 556-569). Opera students will take MUSC 539 twice. Electives should be directly related to performance skills and must be approved by a full- time faculty supervisor. They may include, for example, study in language and theatre (for singers) or in conducting and instrumentation (for instrumentalists) beyond that achieved in previous degrees. ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS William E. Benjamin, B.Mus. (McG.), M.F.A., Ph.D. (Prin.); Martin C. Berinbaum, B.S. in Trumpet and Music Ed. (S.Calif.), M.S. in Trumpet (Juilliard); Gregory G. Butler, B.Mus. (McG.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.); Stephen G. Chatman, B.Mus. (Oberlin), M.M., D.M.A. (Mich.); Jane A. Coop, B.Mus. (Tor.), M.Mus. (Peabody); Keith Hamel, B.Mus. (Qu.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.); Nancy Hermiston, B.Mus. (Tor.); J. Evan Kreider, B.A. (Goshen), M.Mus., Ph.D. (Indiana); Jesse Read, B.Mus. (Jacksonville), M.Mus. (Vic.B.C); John B. Roeder, B.A. (Harv.), Ph.D. (Yale); Rena Sharon, B.Mus., M.Mus. (Indiana); Michael Tenzer, B.A. (Yale), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley). 358 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Voice; Elizabeth Volpe, B.Mus (Toronto); Ellis Wean, Richard Kurth, B.Sc. (Tor.), M.Mus. (Hartford), Ph.D. Tuba; Miranda Wilkins Wong, A.R.C.T., B.Mus. (Harv.); David Metzer, B.A. (Dickinson Coll.), M.Phil, (Vic.B.C), M.Mus. (Johns H.), Piano. Ph.D. (Yale); Vera Micznik, Diploma (Bucharest Conservatory), M.A. (Virginia), Ph.D. (S.U.N.Y, Stony Brook); Bruce Pullan, B.A., M.A. (Camb.); Eric J. Wilson, B.Mus., M.Mus. (Juilliard). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Sara Davis Buechner, B.Mus., M.Mus. (Julliard), D.M.A. (Manhattan); Dorothy Chang, B.Mus., M.Mus. (Mich.), D.M.A. (Indiana); Eugenia Choi, B.Mus., M.Mus. (Julliard); Alexander J. Fisher, B.M. (Northwestern), M.A. (Indiana), M.A., Ph.D. (Harv.); David Harding, B.M. (Juilliard); Roelof Oostwoud, Diploma, Opera School (Tor., Royal Conservatory of Music); Jasper Wood, B.Mus., M.Mus (Cleveland Institute of Music). INSTRUCTORS Terence Dawson, B.Mus. (Mt. All.), M.Mus., D.M.A. (BnCol.), Piano; Robert Pritchard, D.M.A. (Br.Col.), Theory. SENIOR LECTURERS Gordon Cherry, B.Mus. (Eastman), Trombone; Camille Churchfield, B.A. (Redlands), Flute; Roger Cole, B.Mus. (Juilliard), Oboe; J. Wesley Foster, Clarinet; Kenneth J. Friedman, B.Mus. (S.Calif.), M.S. (Juilliard), Double Bass; Julia Nolan, B.Mus. (Br.Col.), M.Mus. (Indiana), Saxophone; Douglas Sparkes, B.Mus. (Tor.), Trombone; Frederick Stride, B.Mus. (BnCol.), Jazz Ensemble, Jazz Theory and Arranging; Michael Strutt, Guitar. LECTURERS Peter Barcza, Diploma (Tor.), Voice; Jeremy Berkman, M. Mus (Julliard), G. Mus (Oberlin), B.Arts Economics (Oberlin); Anne Berman, Ph.D., M.A. (Calif.), B.Mus (Oberlin); Sonja Boon, M.Mus. (Indiana), Performance Practice and Early Musk; David Boothroyd, B.A. (Mt. Allison), MA (Western); Kenneth Broadway, Piano Chamber Music; Susan Chai, M.Mus. (Mich.), Class Piano; Amanda Chan, B.Mus (Br.Col.), M.Mus (S. Calif.); Rita Costanzi, B.Mus., Performers Certificate (Eastman), Harp; Gregory Cox, B.Mus. (Eastman), Trombone; Nancy DiNovo, M.Mus. (Tor.), Violin; Lee Duckies, B.Mus (111); Bruce Dunn, Conducting; Alice Enns, A.R.C.T., B.Mus. (Manit.), B.A. (Sask.), Piano; Richard Epp, B.Mus. (Manit.), M.Mus. (S.Calif.), Opera, Voice Accompanist), Opera and Song Repertoire, Vocal Accompanist; Dennis Esson, M. Mus, B.Mus (Br.Col.); Brenda Fedoruk, B.Mus. (Br.Col.), Flute; Salvador Ferreras, B.Mus. (Windsor), Percussion; Marisa Gaetanne, M.Mus. (BnCol.), Voice; Peter Gal, B.Sc. (McG.), Class Woodwinds; Marcus Goddard, DMA, M, Mus (Indiana), B. Mus (Mich.); Vernon Griffiths, M.Mus. (Manhattan), Percussion; Tom Keenlyside, B.Mus. (Br.Col.), Film Music Composition; Benjamin Kinsman, B.Mus (Acadia); Brandon Konoval, D.M.A. (Br.Col.), Music Appreciation; Helen Lee, Voice; Giorgio Magnanensi, Diploma (S. Cecilia), Composition, Contempory Players; Alan Matheson, B.Mus. (Northwestern), Trumpet; David McCoy, B.Mus., M.Mus. (Br.Col.), Piano; Lorna McGhee, Diploma (Royal Acad. Musk), Flute; Richard Mingus, M.Mus. (Ohio), French Horn; Kenneth Morrison, Ph.D. (Wash.), Music Theory; Michael Murray, B.Mus (W.Wash.), Diploma (Royal Conservatory of Music); Doreen A. Oke, B.Mus. (Br.Col.), Harpsichord; Beth Orson, B.Mus. (Oberlin), Oboe; Gene Ramsbottom, Clarinet; Gwen Seaton, B.Mus. (Br.Col.); Henri-Paul Sicsic, D.M.A. (Rice), Piano; Eugene Skovorodnikov, B.Mus. (Voroshi Iovgrad), M.A. (Kharkov), D.M.A. (Leningrad), Piano; Stephen Smith, D.M.A. (BnCol.), Choral Coach/Accompanist; Heather Thomson-Price, Voice; Dale Throness, B.A. (Winn.), M.Mus. (Br.Col.), PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 18 THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC 359 360 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 19 The School of Nursing A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE Director's Office Sally Thorne, Director T201-2211 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 2B5 Telephone: 604-822-7417 Fax: 604-822-7466 Nursing Website ( ^.nursing, ubc.ca) The School of Nursing offers baccalaureate, master's and doctoral programs. In the baccalaureate program, secondary school graduates can follow a four-year program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing. Students with advanced standing can complete the baccalaureate program in five terms of 300- and 400-level upper-division courses. Registered nurses can take a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing. Baccalaureate graduates are offered a program leading to the degree of Master of Science in Nursing. For master's graduates, the School of Nursing offers a program leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Nursing. For details of these graduate programs, see Nursing, p. 267 in the Graduate Studies section. The mission of the School, as a leading provincial, national and international centre for nursing education, research, and practice scholarship, is to prepare outstanding nurses who are committed to excellence and innovation. Through its extensive programs of research, the School of Nursing also strives to develop and transmit knowledge regarding nursing practice and the human experience of health, illness and healing. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING The baccalaureate program is a multiple-entry option program offering courses in the theory and practice of nursing. Students entering the program from secondary school complete two years of study in the arts and sciences prior to commencing courses in nursing. Linkage with the School during this time period is facilitated through academic advisors and the Nursing Undergraduate Society. Students with significant progress toward a degree in another field or with a previous bachelor's degree, may begin studies in nursing with the 300-level courses. Registered Nurse students also enter the program at the 300 level and may complete the program in Nursing through on-campus study, distance delivery or a combination of modes. ACADEMIC ADVISING Advising is recommended. Advising sessions are offered to students entering first year prior to their registration access date. Students with advanced standing, post-RN students, and students with other academic concerns \ are expected to seek advising. The school reserves the right to require advising prior to registration. ADMISSION All inquiries relating to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program should be directed to the School of Nursing. Students considering application should refer to the School of Nursing website (www.nursing.ubc.ca) for more details. The last day for submission of applications from secondary school to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program for the Winter Session beginning the following September is February 28, with necessary documents and official transcripts to be in Enrolment Services by June 30 for the four-year program. For applicants with advanced standing, applications must be submitted by February 28, with necessary documents and official transcripts to be received in Enrolment Services by June 15. For Registered Nurses, application and documentation which is submitted to the Undergraduate Program Records Office in the School of Nursing by June 1 will be processed for September admission and by August 15 for January admission. Once accepted, Registered Nurse students should consult a faculty advisor in order to determine their course sequence. The School of Nursing has a limited enrolment. Since the number of qualified applicants usually exceeds the number of places available, fulfilment of the following requirements is not a guarantee of admission. The faculty reserves the right of selection of all students for admission and readmission to the School. Applicants whose first language is not English must demonstrate competence in both oral and written English. Please refer to the English Language Admission Standard, p. 19 in the Admissions section of the Calendar. ADMISSION FROM SECONDARY SCHOOL Procedures, policies and admission requirements to the University of British Columbia and School of Nursing are specified in Admissions, p. 17. Because of enrolment limitations, the academic standing required for admission is higher than the published minimum and not every qualified applicant will be offered admission. ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing includes a bachelor's degree or significant progress (48 credits) toward a degree in another field of study. The School will select for admission those students who not only demonstrate academic potential but also most aptly display a motivation to study nursing and demonstrate they possess the qualities and skills most necessary to be a caring and competent professional nurse. Candidates may be invited for an interview at the discretion of the admissions committee. Applicants from post-secondary institutions are required to have a minimum 'C average, or grade point average of 2.0 (calculated on a 4-point scale). (Note: Due to enrolment limitations, the academic standing required for admission is higher than the above average and is subject to change each academic year.) Applicants who have completed college and/or university courses should consult the third and fourth Year advisor in the School of Nursing. The University will consider granting transfer credit for all appropriate post-secondary courses completed. The following courses are required: • English (3-6) (ENGL 112 is recommended) • BIOL 153 (7) or BIOL 155 (6) or equivalent The following courses are recommended: BIOL 112 and MICB 202 or 3 credits of Mcrobiology. Applicants for admission for advanced standing must submit the following additional supplemental admission requirements to Undergraduate Program, School of Nursing, T201-2211 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, BC V6T2B5, by February 28: 1) Name and contact information for two individuals who can provide reference information. It is recommended that one referee be a teacher, instructor, PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 19 THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 361 employer or supervisor. 2) A current resume (structured form provided in the application package). 3) A brief written personal statement about the applicant's reasons for requesting admission to the School of Nursing and understanding of the profession of nursing. (Format to be provided in the application package.) 4) Supplemental Application Form and Processing Fee. A processing fee of CADS 107.50 must accompany the supplemental application admission forms that are returned to the School of Nursing. This fee is non-refundable and should be made payable to the UBC School of Nursing. No applications will be processed unless the fee is received. Inquiries and requests for a supplemental application package may be addressed to the School of Nursing (information@nursing.ubc.ca). Incomplete applications and late applications will not be considered. Applicants with advanced standing who are accepted will be sent a letter of acceptance and details about the registration procedures. ADMISSION FOR REGISTERED NURSES Registered nurses who have a Diploma in Nursing from a recognized institution will be considered for admission to the RN-BSN program. BC applicants applying as registered nurses for on-campus or distance study must hold current practising nurse registration in BC. Out-of-province applicants wishing to complete the program by distance education must hold current practising nurse registration in the province in which they reside. International students must meet general eligibility criteria of nurse registration in BC. Students presently completing a nursing diploma program can make application for a conditional acceptance. A letter from the Director of the School of Nursing indicating the anticipated date of completion of the program should be included with the application. Official acceptance will only be granted upon successful completion of the R.N. examination and RNABC registration or eligibility to register. Provided they meet the entry requirements, in addition students can also apply for advanced standing towards a maximum of 21 of the 45 credits required for the award of RN-BSN. Students may apply for prior learning to be considered for advanced standing towards their RN-BSN award based upon any combination of the following: transfer credit for relevant courses from other higher education institutions; credit for post-basic continuing education courses in nursing; credit for demonstrable acquired competencies from relevant experiential learning in nursing (with a maximum of six out of the total of 21 credits being in the last two categories). Application for advanced standing must be through submission of a professional portfolio which will be assessed by the School of Nursing Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition Committee, and credit awarded provided such work meets all the requirements of the University and the School of Nursing. There may be fees involved in this assessment, and applicants are directed to the School of Nursing website (www.nursing.ubc.ca) for more information. SUPPLEMENTAL APPLICATION FORM AND PROCESSING FEE A University application and a supplemental application package must be completed and returned to the School of Nursing by June 1 or August 15 depending on the proposed start date. Along with the supplemental application form, two confidential assessment forms, a resume, and a personal statement must be submitted. A processing fee of CADS 107.50 plus S50.00 for out-of-province applicants must accompany the supplemental application forms. These fees are non-refundable and should be made payable to the UBC School of Nursing. No applications will be processed unless the fee is received. Late applications will not be considered. The School will select for admission those students who demonstrate the potential for academic success, leadership and ability to advance the nursing profession. Admission to the Post RN program is based on evidence of the ability to achieve in an academic nursing program. Examples of evidence include, but are not limited to: a) 12 credits of university or college credit with a minimum average of 67%, b) a minimum grade average of 67% in high school if the applicant graduated within the last five years. Further examples of indicators of the ability to achieve include: success in specialty nursing courses, a specialty certificate, and professional accomplishments. Strong letters of reference that address the applicant's academic ability, leadership, critical thinking, and communication skills are required. A personal interview may be one component of the admissions criteria. Selection for interview will be based on an admissions index calculated from the admissions application submission data. Applicants will be ranked in relation to other applicants, and interviews will be held with selected applicants. Details regarding the supplemental application process can be found at the School of Nursing website (www.nursing.ubc.ca/startl2.asp). READMISSION The School reserves the right to readmit students and to stipulate conditions attached to readmission. Application for readmission to the School will be reviewed on an individual basis. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ADVANCEMENT The minimum passing grade in each nursing course is 60%. The minimum cumulative grade average to continue in the program is 65%>. In clinical nursing courses the student is required to have successfully completed clinical practice before being allowed to write the final examination. Supplemental examinations are not offered. Students who do not achieve the minimum grade average for promotion will normally be required to discontinue study in the School of Nursing for at least one year. Students admitted as Registered Nurses must maintain current practising Provincial registration and provide evidence of it upon request in order to continue in the program. Although satisfactory academic performance is prerequisite to advancement, it is not the sole criterion in the consideration of the suitability of a student for promotion or graduation. The School of Nursing reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the School if considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of nursing. COSTS OTHER THAN SESSIONAL FEE There are additional expenses for uniforms, travel and clinical practice. Students should be prepared to have clinical practice outside the Vancouver area and therefore should include travel costs for this experience in estimating total expenses. Students must have access to a car for transportation to minimize time and effort expended in travel to the varied areas used for clinical experiences. It is the student's responsibility to arrange transporation to clinical practice settings and to arrive at scheduled times. The School will provide applicants with information regarding these additional costs. TIME PERIOD FOR PROGRAM COMPLETION Students entering the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program must meet all requirements within a maximum of seven years from initial enrolment. Post-R.N. students must normally meet all requirements within a minimum of 12 months and a maximum of six years after beginning the first nursing course. Students interrupting their program are advised that curriculum changes may necessitate a period of supplementary work to enable them to fit into the subsequent courses. Where time normally permitted for completion of degree has elapsed, candidates will be required to provide evidence to justify special consideration. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ENGLISH REQUIREMENTS To qualify for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing, all students must have a minimum of three credits in English. Students entering the program from secondary school (or those with advanced standing) must have completed the three credits of first-year English prior to taking clinical nursing courses. Completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. (See Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120.) Post-R.N. students are encouraged to complete the required three credits of English prior to entry into the nursing 362 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 program. Students who wish to complete the program in 12 months must have completed three credits of English prior to admission. FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR REQUIREMENTS Students in the first two years of the program must complete the following requirements prior to progressing to 300-level Nursing courses. A minimum of 48 credits is required. • English (3) (ENGT 112 is recommended) • BIOT 153 (7) • MICB 153 (3) • Psychology courses at the 100 or 200 level (3-6)' • Electives chosen in consultation with a faculty advisor and considering the following: a balance of 100- and 200-level courses, normally with no more than 15 credits at the 100-level; courses in the biological, health and social/behavioural sciences that contribute to students' understanding of processes in health and illness • Recommended courses in second year include FNH 250, PHAR 240, PATH 375, STAT 203, IHHS 200, IHHS 404. Faculty advisors are available for consultation regarding the selection of elective courses. THIRD- AND FOURTH-YEAR COURSES Term 1 NURS 310 NURS 320 NURS 330 NURS 350 Total Credits Term 2 3 4 6 3 16 NURS 312 NURS 321 NURS 331 NURS 452 Total Credits Term 3 3 16 NURS 413 NURS 430 Total Credits Term 4 14 NURS 421 NURS 432 NURS 450 NURS 453 Total Credits Term 5 2 6 3 3 14 NURS 411 NURS 416 NURS 460 Total Credits Total Credits (Program) 15 123 INTERPROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES Under the auspices of the Council, the College of Health Disciplines, p. 289 is responsible for the administration of interprofessional courses (IHHS), which are recommended as electives to students in Nursing. For more information see Courses (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/ courses.cfm), IHHS, or visit the website at www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca. POST-R.N. PROGRAM Registered Nurse students are required to complete a program of 45 credits, which consists of 27 to 33 credits of nursing courses, nine to 15 credits of electives, and 3 credits of first-year English. RN students will build a program in consultation with a faculty advisor. Required Nursing Courses NURS 450 T NURS 453 3 Clinical Nursing Courses 6 credits minimum Non-Clinical Nursing 15-24 credits Courses Electives 9-18 credits English First year 3 Total credits 45 REGISTERED NURSES ASSOCIATION OF BC Students who successfully complete the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program and who are recommended by the Director of the School of Nursing to the Registered Nurses Association of British Columbia (www.rnabc.bc.ca) will be eligible to write the nurse registration examination and to apply for nurse registration in BC on passing the examination. Information relative to other requirements for registration may be obtained from the Registered Nurses Association of British Columbia, 2855 Arbutus Street, Vancouver, BC V6J 3Y8. Applicants who have reason to believe they may not be eligible for registration should consult the professional association before beginning studies. AWARDS AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Student Financial Assistance & Awards publishes information on awards and financial assistance on their website (www.students.ubc.ca/finance/awards). It contains a list of current academic awards (scholarships and prizes) and financial assistance (grants, bursaries and loans). Students are encouraged to refer to the website to determine awards for which they may be eligible and for interpretation of "full-time" study as it relates to eligibility for scholarships and other forms of financial assistance. For further information and award application forms contact Student Financial Assistance & Awards, The University of British Columbia, 1036-1874 East Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1. Tel: 604-822-5111. The following awards are not administered by Student Financial Assistance & Awards: • Registered Nurses Foundation. A number of bursaries are offered through the Founda tion. Information is available from the Registered Nurses Foundation of BC, 2855 Arbutus Street, Vancouver, BC V6J 3Y8. • Victorian Order of Nurses for Canada. Bursaries available to students in the final year of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program. Information and application forms may be obtained from the National Director, Victorian Order of Nurses for Canada, 5 Blackburn Avenue, Ottawa, Ontario, KIN 8A2. • Heart and Stroke Foundation of Canada. Nursing research fellowship for graduate students undertaking study in some area of cardiovascular or stroke research. Information available from the Heart and Stroke Foundation of Canada, 1402-222 Queen St., Ottawa, Ontario, KIP 5V9. • Local RNABC Districts and Chapters. Many Chapters and other local organizations offer bursaries and/or loans to students from their area. Information can be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing or Registered Nurses Association of BC. • Canadian Nurses Foundation Awards. Members of the Canadian Nurses Association may apply for awards and fellowships valued at $4,500.00 to $6,000.00 for study at the doctoral level, $3,000.00 for study at the master's level and $1,500.00 for study at the baccalaureate level in nursing. Application forms may be obtained from CNF after November 1 and must be submitted by April 30. Information and/or application forms are available from the Canadian Nurses Foundation, 50 The Driveway, Ottawa, Ontario, K2P 1E2. ALUMNI ASSOCIATIONS Many School of Nursing alumni associations offer bursaries and/or loans to their members. Information about these would be obtainable from the Director of the School from which you have graduated. ACADEMIC STAFF SCHOOL STAFF PROFESSORS Joan M. Anderson, B.N. (McG.), M.S.N., Ph.D. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Joan L. Bottorff, B.Sc. (Alta.), B.Ed., M.Ed. (Sask.), M.N., Ph.D. (Alta.), R.N.; Elaine A. Carty, B.N. (New Br.), M.S.N. (Yale), R.N.; Barbara Ann Hilton, B.S.N. (BnCol.), M.Sc.N. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Texas), R.N.; Joy L. Johnson, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), M.N., Ph.D. (Alta.), R.N.; Pamela A. Ratner, B.Sc, M.N., Ph.D. (Alta.), R.N.; Sally E. Thome, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Ph.D (Union), R.N. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Clarissa P. Green, B.S.N. (Flor.), M.S.N. (Calif., L.A.), R.N.; Wendy Hall, B.N. (Manit.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Mane), R.N.; Angela Henderson, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Ph.D.(C) (Mane), R.N.; Carol Jillings, B.S. (Calif., San Francisco), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Union), R.N.; Gloria Joachim, B.S.N. (Maryland), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; M. Judith Lynam, B.Sc.(N) (McG.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Kings Coll., London), R.N.; Jo Ann Perry, B.S. (Adelphi, N.Y.), PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 19 THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 363 M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Wash.), R.N.; Elizabeth M. Saewyc, B.S.N. (Minn.), M.N., Ph.D. (Wash.), R.N.; Colleen Varcoe, B.S.N., M.S.N., Ph.D. (BnCol.), R.N. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Lynda G. Balneaves, B.S., B.N., M.N. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Geertje Boschma, B.S.N. (HBO-V; Gronin- gen, Netherlands), Drs. (Groningen), M.S.N., Ph.D. (Penn.); Annette Browne, B.N. (Manit.), M.S.N. (Rhode Island), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Connie Canam, B.N. (Dal.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C), R.N.; Lyren Chiu, B.S.N. (National, Taiwan), M.S.N. (Calif., San Franscisco), Ph.D. (Texas, Austin), R.N.; V. Susan Dahinten, B.A. (S.Fraser), M.BA. (Br.Col.), M.S.N. (Gonzaga), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Anne Dewar, B.A., B.Sc.N. (Sask.), M.H.P. (N.S.W), Ph.D. (Q'ld U.T.), R.N.; Bernard Garrett, B.A. (Hons.), (Portsmouth Polytechnic), P.G. Cert. Ed. (Wales), Ph.D. (Portsmouth), R.N.; John Oliffe, M.Ed., (Vic.U.T), Ph.D., (Deakin), R.N.; Alison Phinney, B.A. (McG.), M.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (Calif., San Francisco), R.N.; Jane Alison Rice, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), M.S. (Calif., San Francisco), R.N.; Fay Warnock, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.S.N. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Alta.), R.N.; Sabrina Wong, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), M.S.N., Ph.D. (Calif., San Francisco), R.N. SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Marion Clauson, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Joanne Ricci, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N. INSTRUCTORS Elsie Tan, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Paula Tognazzini, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N. LECTURERS France Bouthillette, M.S.N., D.N.S. (Indiana), R.N.; Cathy Ebbehoj, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Lynne Esson, B.S.N. (Vic.B.C), R.N.; Cathryn Jackson, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Linda A. Kowalski, B.Sc. (Rochester), Ph.D. (S.Fraser), R.N.; Maura Macphee, B.S. (Mich.), M.S. (Purdue), B.S. (N. Carolina), M.S.N. (N. Colorado), Ph.D. (Colorado State), R.N.; Heather McAlpine, B.S.N. (BnCol.), M.Sc.(N) (Edin.), Ph.D. (Murdoch), R.N.; Katharine O'Flynn-Magee, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Margaret Osborne, B.N. (McG.), M.Ed. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Texas), R.N.; Eileen Owen-Williams, B.S.N. (Wash. State), M.N. (Wash.), Ph.D. (C), (Tennessee); Joanne Roussy, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Montr.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Victoria Stafford, B.A., B.N. (Qu.), M.Sc. (Portland), R.N.; Bev Valkenier, B.Sc.N. (Ton), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N. CLINICAL ASSOCIATES Carol Bassingthwaighte, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Patricia Dunn, B.S. (Chicopee, Mass.), M.S.N. (BnCol.), R.N.; Cheryl Entwistle,, B.S.N. (Ott.), M.Ed. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Marlee Groening, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Helga Marshall, B.Sc.N. (Ton), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Enid Muirhead, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.); Valerie Rogers, B.S.N., M.S.N. (BnCol.). CLINICAL ASSISTANTS Frances Affleck, B.S.N. (Vic.BC), R.N.; Margaret Cunningham, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Tatijana Dunat, R.N.; Jennifer Lawton, R.N.; Linda Leung, B.S.N., B.Sc. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Maureen Lister, B.S.N. (BnCol.), R.N.; Sharon Lowe, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N.; Andree Thibault-Bamforth, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N. ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Romilda Ang, B.S. (Br.Col.), M.Sc.(A) (McG.), R.N., Clinical Practice Leader, Rehabilitation, VHHSC; Rhea Arcand, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), R.N., Nursing Consultant; Lynne Baillie, B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D. (Sask.), BC Cancer Agency; Melanie Basso, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Senior Practice Leader-Perinatal, Children's and Women's Health Centre of BC; Faye Bebb, B.S.N. (Vic.B.C), R.N., Clinical Nurse specialist, Youth Health Program, Children's & Women's Health Centre of BC; Fiona Bees, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), Intensive Care Nursing Cert., (Br.Col.), M.S.N. (McG.), R.N., Regional System Therapy Process Leader, BCCA; Lynette Best, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Director Nursing Practise, St. Paul's Hospital; David Birnbaum, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), M.P.H. (Minn.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Bernice Budz, B.N. (Leth.), M.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Cardiac, St. Paul's Hospital; Mollie Butler, B.S.N., M.P.A. (Vic.B.C), R.N., Health Consultant and Researcher; Gail Butt, M.H.S. (Clin. Practice), (McM.), R.N., Associate Director, BC Hepatitis Services, BC Centre for Disease Control; Patti Byron, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Program Manager, Oncology/Hematology, BMT, British Columbia's Children's Hospital; Marcia Carr, B.N. (McG.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Geropsychiatry and Geriatrics, Nurse Continence Advisor, Simon Fraser Health Region; Anne Carten, B.S.N. (Sask.), M.N. (Alta.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Practitioner, Children and Youth Program, Vancouver Coastal Health Authority; Alice Chan, B.Ed., B.S.N. (Br.Col.), M.S.N. (Mass.), R.N., R.P.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Mental Health, VHHSC; Heather F. Clarke, B.H.Sc (Qu.), M.N., Ph.D. (Wash.), R.N.; Lisa Constable, B.S.N. (Vic.B.C), M.S.N. (BnCol.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Trauma, Fraser Health Authority, New Westminster; Joanna Copeman, R.N.(Neuro) (Natl. Hospital for Neurology and Neurosurgery, London, U.K.), M.N. (Manch.), R.N., Patient Services Coordinator, VHHSC; Marilyn J. Crawford, B.N., M.N. (Calg.), R.N., Partner, Axmith Pacific; Sharon Dixon, B.S.N., M.S.N., (Br.Col.), R.N., Nursing Systems Process Leader and Informatics Specialist, Providence Health Care; Dianne Doyle, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., V.P., St. Paul's Hospital; Anne Earthy, B.N. (McG.), M.A. (Adult Ed.), (BnCol.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Gerontology, Fraser Health Authority; Marci Ekland, B.S.N., M.S.N., (Br.Col.), R.N., Certified Reg., Rehab. Nurse (111.), Sexual Health Clinician, VHHSC; Christine Emery, B.S.N., M.S.N., (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Hospice/ Palliative Care, Fraser Health Authority; Hilary Espezel, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Research Nurse, BC C&W; Barbara Findlay, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., TCM Telecare; Barbara Fitzgerald, B.S.N. (McM.), M.N. (Penn.), R.N., Clinical Practice Leader/ Advanced Practice Nurse, Toronto Sunnybrook Regional Cancer Centre; Barbara Fitzsimmons, B.S.N., M.S.N. (BnCol.), R.N., Patient Services Director, Oncology/Hematology/BMT, BCCH; Doreen Fofonoff, B.N., M.N. (Calg.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Providence Health Care; JoAnn Ford, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Transplantation and Gastroenterology, VHHSC; Sharon Galloway, B.N. (Manit.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, VHHSC; Irene L. Goldstone, B.N. (McG.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), R.N., Director, Professional Education and Care Evaluation, BC Centre for Excellence in HIV/AIDS; Anna Gravelle, B.Sc.N. (Windsor), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Cystic Fibrosis Nurse Clinician, British Columbia's Children's Hospital; Barbara Greenlaw, B.N. (McG.), M.A. (S.Fraser), R.N., Education Consultant; Deb Gue, B.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, VHHSC; Doreen Hatton, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Formerly Clinical Nurse Specialist, BC C&W; Phyllis Hunt, B.N. (Dal.), M.S.N. (BnCol.), R.N., Geriatric Clinical Specialist, Peace Arch Hospital; Carolyn Iker, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Perinatal Clinical Nurse Specialist, Children's and Women's Health Centre of BC; Rosella Jefferson, B.S.N. (W.Ont.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Children's and Women's Health Centre of BC; Kay Johnson, B.A. (Royal Roads), B.H.S. (O.L.U.), R.N., Director, Griefworks BC; Annemarie Kaan, M.C.N. (Cardiotho- racic) (Australian Catholic U.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Heart Failure and Heart Transplantation, Providence Health Care; Claudette Kelly, B.Sc.N. (Alta.), M.A. (BnCol.), Ph.D. (W Aust.), R.N., Dean, Health & Human Service Programs, B.C. Open University ; Holly Kennedy-Symonds, B.Sc. (Bran.), M.H.Sc. (Health Care Practice) (McM.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Vancouver General Hospital; Kori Kingsbury, B.S.N., M.S.N., (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Cardiology; Karen Kline, B.Sc.N., M.Sc.N. (Ton), R.N., Nursing Consultant; Vita Kolodny, B.S., M.S. (McG.), Health Care Consultant, Vancouver; Sheila Lamb, B.S.N. (Vic.B.C), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, VHHSC; Rachel Lawson, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Resource Nurse, Sunny Hill Health Centre for Children; Adaire Leander, B.S.N., M.S.N. ((Br.Col.), R.N., Program Leader and Clinical Nurse Specialist, Palliative Care, Fraser Health Authority; JoAnn Leavey, B.A.A. (Nursing), M.Ed., Ph.D. (Ton), R.N., Health Consultant; Lily Lee, B.N. (Manit.), M.S.N. (Texas), R.N., IBCLC, Nursing Administration, Royal Columbian Hospital; Martha Mackay, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), CNCC(C), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, St. Paul's Hospital; Star Mahara, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Nursing Instructor, University College of the Cariboo; Heather Mass, B.N., M.Sc. (Calg.), R.N., Chief of Nursing, CWHCBC; Marsha McCall, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.), Vancouver Richmond Health Board; Betty McCracken, B.N. (Calg.), M.Sc. (Mich.), Vice President, Patient Care, Clinical Services, St. Mary's ■ospital; Mary McCullum, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Nurse Educator, Hereditary Cancer Program, BCCA; Katherine I. Mclndoe, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist/Manager, Practice Resource Team, Mental Health and Addiction Services, Vancouver Island Health Authority; Deborah McTaggart, B.A. (Hon.), M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), R.N., Counselling Psychologist, Vancouver BC; Carol M. B. Mitchell, B.N. (Manit.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Directon. Maternal Child, Surrey Memorial Hospital; Janice Muir, B.S.N. (Vic.B.C), M.S.N. (Oregon), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, St. Paul's Hospital; Filomena Nalawajek, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Alta.), R.N., Director, Programs and Services, Canuck Place; Molly Nevin-Haas, M.S.N., C.P.M.H.N., R.N., School Nurse, Fairbanks North Star Borough School District, Fairbanks, AK; Heather Nichol, B.S.N., (Br.Col.), M.S.N. (Ton), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Children's and Women's Health Centre of BC; Mary Paone, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Youth Health, Children's and Women's Health Centre; Sarah Payne, M.A. Midwifery, (Thames Valley), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Socially Complex Admissions, BC's Women Hospital and Health Centre; Frances Picherak, B.S.N., M.Ed. (Lakehead), R.N., President, Petrine Consulting, Inc; Karen Pielak, B.S.N., M.S.N. (BnCol.), R.N., Nurse Epidemiologist, BC Centre for Disease Control; Marilyn Porter, B.N. (Dal.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Regional Professional Practive/Academic Leader, BCCA; Patricia Porterfield, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Palliative Care, VHHSC; Natasha Prodan-Bhalla, B.S.N. (Western), MN/ACNP (Ton), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Providence Health Care; Alice Purdey, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), M.A. (Calg.), Nursing Consultant, Vancouver; Janice Radford, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Director, Surrey Health Services, Fraser Health Authority; Sheila Rankin-Zerr, B.Sc, M.Ed. (Ott.), R.N., Board of Directors, Delta Hospice Society; Jocelyn Reimer-Kent, B.N., M.N. (Manit.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Royal Columbian Hospital; Lenore Riddell, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Children's and Women's Health Centre of BC; Delia Roberts, B.S.N. (Alta.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), 364 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Palliative Care, Fraser Health Authority; Betty Ross, B.S.N. (Vic.B.C), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Respiratory Sciences, VHHSC; Marilyn Rugg, B.S.N. (BnCol.), M.N. (Wash.), Clinical Nurse Specialist, Chemical Dependency Resource Team, VHHSC; Margaret Scaia, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), M.N. (Calg.), Nursing Consultant; Linda Schwartz, B.N. (Manit.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, VHHSC; Patricia Semeniuk, B.N. (McG.), M.A. (BnCol.), R.N., Chief Nursing Officer and Lead, Professional Practice (Acting), Vancouver Coastal Health; Leah E. Shapera, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Geriatric Clinical Specialist, Mount St. Joseph Hospital; Maureen Shaw, B.N., M.N. (Calg.), R.N., Gerentology, Clinical Nurse Specialist, VHHSC; Sharon Simpson, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Portland), Asst. Professor, University College of the Cariboo; Loretta Solomon, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Health Services Administrator, Fraser Health Authority; Mary Spencer, B.N., (New Br.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.) R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Cardiac Sciences, BC C&W; Kelly Stajduhar, B.S.N. (Vic.B.C), M.S.N., Ph.D. (BnCol.), R.N., Post Doctoral Fellow, Centre of Aging, University of Victoria; Janice Stanbury, B.S.N. (Sask.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Geriatric Program, Lions Gate Hospital; Janine Stevenson, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Outreach Nurse, B.C. Centre for Disease Control Society; Lynn Stevenson, B.S.N., M.A. (Vic.B.C), R.N., Leader, Professional Practice & Chief Nursing Officer, Fraser Health Authority; Miriam Stewart, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Director Health Services, Fraser Health Authority, Burnaby; Cynthia Stutzer, B.S.N. (Delaware), M.S. (Oklahoma), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Pediatric Oncology, Children's and Women's Health Centre of BC; Sharon Tobert, B.S.N., M.A. (Br.Col.), R.N., Community Practice Consultant, Burrard Health Unit; Tracey Truant, B.S.N., M.S.N (Br.Col.), Regional Nurse Leader: Education and Practice, BCCA; Greg Trueman, B.S.N., M.N. (Alta.), Clinical Nurse Specialist, Gerontology; Linda Turner, B.N., M.N. (Manit.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Pain Management, University of California San Francisco Medical Centre; Rena van der Wal, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), M.N. (Alta.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Wound Management, VHHSC; Janet Walker, B.S.N., M.S.N. (BnCol.), R.N., Nurse Consultant, Walker Consultants; Moira Walker, R.N., CIC, Senior Infection " Control Nurse, Division of Medical Microbiology and Infection Control, VHHSC; Barb Warren, B.N. (Manit.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Clinical Practice Leader, Peace Arch Hospital; Joan Wearing, B.N. (McG.), M.N. (Wash.), R.N., Nursing Policy Consultant, Registered Nurses Association of British Columbia; Nora Whyte, B.S.N., M.S.N., (Br.Col.), R.N., PHC Consulting Ltd; Sandra Whytock, B.Sc.N. (Alta.), M.Ed. (Ott.), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), Clinical Nurse Specialist, Elder Care Program, Providence Health Care; Carolyn Wilkinson, B.S.N. (Ton), M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Interdisciplinary Practice Leader, Home & Community Care, Vancouver Island Health Authority; Wendy Winslow, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Nursing Policy Consultant, Registered Nurses Association of British Columbia; Linda Yearwood, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Br.Col.), R.N., Nurse Consultant; Susan Young, B.N. (McG.), M.S.N. (Manit.), R.N., Clinical Nurse Specialist, Nephrology, St. Paul's Hospital; Juhree Zimmerman, B.S.N. (Iowa Wesleyan), M.Ed. (Calg.), R.N., Nursing Consultant. sky of Calgary; Beverly Witter Du Gas, B.A. (Br.Col.), M.N. (Wash.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), LL.D. (Windsor), R.N.; Glennis Zilm, B.S.N. (Br.Col.), B.J (Can), M.A. (S.Fraser), R.N., Freelance writer, editor and nursing historian. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Patricia Boston, B.A., M.A. (Concordia), Ph.D. (McG.), Clinical Assistant Professor, Dept. of Family Practice, UBC; Joyce Davison, B.N., M.N., Ph.D. (Manit.), R.N., Clinical Assistant Professor, Dept. of Surgery, UBC; Gregory Hislop, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.Sc, M.D. (McG.), Senior Epidemiologist, BC Cancer Agency; Diane Janes, B.A., M. Ed. (Memorial), Ph.D., (Br.Col.), Assistant Professor, University of Saskatchewan; Patricia Janssen, B.S.N. (BnCol.), M.P.H., Ph.D. (Wash), R.N., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Health Care and Epidemiology, UBC ASSOCIATED AGENCIES WITH CLINICAL STAFF British Columbia Cancer Agency, British Columbia's Children's & Women's Hospital & Health Centre, Burnaby General Hospital, Fraser Health Authority, G. F. Strong Rehabilitation Centre, Holy Family Hospital, Lions Gate Hospital, Mount St. Joseph Hospital, Peace Arch Hospital, Provincial Health Services Authority, The Richmond Hospital and Richmond Community Health Services, Royal Columbian Hospital, St Paul's Hospital, Surrey Memorial Hospital, UBC Hospital, Vancouver Coastal Health Authority, Vancouver General Hospital. HONORARY PROFESSORS Madeleine Dion-Stout, B.N. (Leth.), M.A. (Can), Ph.D. (Hon.) (Br.Col.), Nursing consultant; Verna Splane, B.Sc. (Col.), M.P.H. (Mich.), R.N., Consultant, Splane Associates; Maria Verhoef, B.A., M.A., M.Sc, (Utrecht), Ph.D. (Calg.), Canada Research Chair in Complementary Medicine, Univer- PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 19 THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 365 366 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 20 The School of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES Director's Office Dr. Michael Brauer, Director 3rd Floor, 2206 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Telephone: 604-822-9595 Fax: 604-822-9588 Occupational and Environmental Hygiene Website (www.soeh.ubc.ca) The School of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene is a teaching and research unit whose mandate is to study exposures, health effects, and control strategies in the work and community environments. The School's primary objective is to prepare professional and research hygienists with the expertise to evaluate risks from physical, chemical and biological exposures, and with the skills and sensitivities to effect changes which will protect human health and well-being. Given the nature of the discipline, the School emphasizes applied research and interdisciplinarity. The School has formal academic links to units in the Faculties of Medicine, Applied Science, Science, Commerce, and Graduate Studies. The study of workplace and community environments draws upon multiple disciplines, requiring diversity in the faculty members, students, and in the program of study. Therefore, students in the School have a wide variety of educational backgrounds, including the physical, chemical and biological sciences; engineering; resource management; environmental health; pharmaceutical sciences; medicine; nursing; and kinesiology. Graduates are employed throughout Canada and abroad. Although many become practitioners in the comprehensive practice of occupational and environmental hygiene, others choose to specialize in hygiene issues related to their undergraduate field. There are excellent opportunities for hygiene professionals in management, policy analysis, inspection, advocacy, teaching, and research positions in public and private companies, government agencies, labour organizations, universities and colleges, and in private consulting. Faculty members within the School have established world-renowned research programs involving diverse interactions with regional, national, and international communities. The research falls into five broad thematic areas: acoustics, noise and vibration; bioaerosols; exposure assessment and epidemiology; occupational and environmental respiratory disease; and occupational and environmental policy and risk assessment. The School welcomes the participation of students in this research, and encourages them to develop research interests of their own. In support of the research and teaching programs, the School has comprehensive exposure assessment laboratories for the analysis of a wide range of chemical, physical, and biological agents. These facilities include a broad spectrum of laboratory and field survey instrumentation which is available for student projects, faculty research, and selected non-university investigations. Research facilities include specialized laboratories for the study of acoustics, air pollution, microbiological hazards (including bioaerosols), and a mobile laboratory for conducting field surveys of pulmonary function. MASTER OF SCIENCE The School offers professional and research- oriented graduate education leading to the Master of Science. Because of the varied backgrounds of students, the program is course- intensive. A unique feature of the program is that students have the choice of registering in a project (Applied Option), usually completed in 20 months by a full-time student, or a thesis (Research Option), usually completed in 20 to 24 months. Part-time study is also possible. A typical class will have eight to 12 students. The program provides graduates not only with the proficiency to practise as a hygiene professional, but also with the intellectual, social, and ethical groundwork to forge new approaches to issues affecting the health and well-being of the community Students are encouraged to become active in the world of hygiene by attending meetings of professional associations and by participating in local and international conferences. Students are subsidized to attend an annual meeting of researchers and practitioners, jointly sponsored by the University of Washington and the University of British Columbia, to discuss occupational and environmental health issues. ORIENTATION AND ACADEMIC ADVISING All entering students are required to attend an orientation session on the first day of Term 1, Winter Session, to become acquainted with the School's faculty members, staff, and fellow students. All students are assigned a faculty advisor prior to the beginning of their first term. Students choosing the Research Option will typically choose their thesis supervisor and committee after the first term of classes. ADMISSION Prospective students should have completed a bachelor's degree in such areas as the physical, chemical or biological sciences, or engineering. There are no specific prerequisite courses. However, interested individuals are encouraged to develop some breadth of knowledge during their undergraduate program by selecting courses in such fields as physiology, statistics, organic chemistry, physics, and calculus. All applicants must meet the academic standing requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. In exceptional circumstances, candidates with other backgrounds, or mature students who have had significant formal training and relevant professional experience to offset deficiencies in standing, may be admitted with the approval of the Director of the School and the Dean of Graduate Studies. APPLICATION The deadline for applications is January 31. A complete application for admission includes the following: • an application for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies • three confidential letters of reference • two official transcripts • a letter of intent • official Graduate Records Examination (GRE) results • proof of proficiency in the English language, and • the application fee PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 20 THE SCHOOL OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE 367 Applications for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies are available from the School. Applicants may also choose to use the online application on the Graduate Studies website (www.grad.ubc.ca). Letters of reference should be written by individuals knowledgeable about the candidate's academic qualifications and abilities. Forms for this purpose are provided with the application, available from the School or from the Graduate Studies website. Applicants with professional experience are encouraged to solicit a letter of recommendation from a professional in the field. All reference letters must be mailed directly to the School by the referees. Official transcripts must cover all post- secondary academic work and must be sent directly to the School. If any transcript is not in English or French, an official translation must be provided. The applicant's letter of intent should indicate any relevant work history, and include a statement of education and career goals, reasons for seeking admission to the School, and plans for either full or part-time study. For more information on the Graduate Records Examination, visit the GRE website (www.gre.org). ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY REQUIREMENT Proof of proficiency in the English language is required if English is not the applicant's native language. Foreign applicants are required to complete the TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language), TWE (Test of Written English) and TSE (Test of Spoken English) satisfactorily before any offer of admission can be made. The minimum acceptable TOEFL (or equivalent) score is 600 paper-based or 250 computer-based. For more information on the Test of English as a Foreign Language, visit the TOEFL website (www.toefl.org). ACADEMIC REGULATIONS i The academic regulations of the University and of the Faculty of Graduate Studies apply. (See the chapter Academic Regulations, p. 47 in this Calendar and Academic Regulations, p. 222 under the Faculty of Graduate Studies.) Students who do not make satisfactory progress in the program may be asked to withdraw at any time. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS There are two options of study: the Applied Option; and the Research Option. Students are asked to declare their choice by January of their first year of full-time study. All students must attend the Occupational and Environmental Hygiene Seminar, OCCH 595, for a minimum of three terms. All students must also complete at least three non-credit training workshops from a list of approved workshops. APPLIED OPTION The Applied Option includes 39 credits of courses (30 credits of core courses and nine credits of approved electives) and a six-credit project (OCCH 598), generally requiring 20 months of full-time study or equivalent amount of time on a part-time basis. Students must successfully complete a comprehensive examination in order to graduate. For information on required core courses, please contact the School or visit the SOEH website (www.soeh.ubc.ca). The project (OCCH 598) includes a three-and- one-ha If-mo nth practicum work term, usually in the summer after completion of the first full academic year. Employers may be from British Columbia, other provinces in Canada, or abroad. It is likely that the placement may require temporary relocation and therefore some additional expense. Work term positions are paid a salary by the employer, and some include a stipend for travel or moving expenses. Students have found these placements extremely rewarding. RESEARCH OPTION The Research Option includes 33 credits (4.5 credits of core courses, 16.5 credits selected from a list of additional core courses, and 12 credits of electives) and a 12-credit thesis, culminating in an oral examination. For information on required core courses, please contact the School or visit the SOEH website (www.soeh.ubc.ca). The Research Option generally requires 20 to 24 months of full-time study or the equivalent on a part-time basis. Students in both options are required to participate in two weekly seminar programs designed to enhance research and professional competencies. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The School offers a Doctor of Philosophy program for advanced study in research in the area of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene. The Doctor of Philosophy is primarily a research degree; students should enter with a strong background in their field of study. SUPERVISORY COMMITTEES rA supervisory committee consists of the research supervisor and a minimum of two other faculty members to advise the student and develop the program of studies. The SOEH Graduate Advisor will be informed of the program of study and will sign off once the program is approved. PROGRAM Each doctoral student's program is designed by the supervisory committee in consultation with the student to reflect individual requirements. The first year of the doctoral program usually involves course work in preparation for the comprehensive examination and development of the thesis proposal. Students with a Master's Degree in Occupational and Environmental Sciences must complete a minimum of nine credits of courses selected in consultation with the supervisory committee. Students with master's degrees in other disciplines must complete a minimum of 18 credits of courses, selected in consultation with the supervisory committee; nine of these credits must be selected from the list of courses provided for the research-option Master's Degree in Occupational and Environmental Hygiene. Specific course requirements are decided by the candidate's committee in consultation with the candidate; additional courses may be necessary in support of the proposed thesis research. In addition to the standard course work, all doctoral students must participate in the research in progress seminar (OCCH 640) throughout their doctoral program. This will be a pass/fail course. Doctoral students take a comprehensive exam upon completion of their course requirements. The focus is on theory, issues and methods in the student's area of specialization. The format will be decided in consultation with the supervisory committee. Students will design their research programs in consultation with their supervisory committee and prepare a thesis research proposal. After the thesis proposal has been approved, the candidate's efforts are devoted to research and preparation of the thesis. ADMISSION Applicants for admission must have a Master's degree in Occupational and/or Environmental Sciences or a related field (e.g., engineering, natural sciences, health sciences), with high academic standing from a recognized institution. To ascertain the School's ability to fulfill potential applicants' objectives, a statement is required describing the applicant's research interests and objectives; this should be submitted with the application package. Ph.D. applicants are strongly encouraged to view the faculty research interests sections of the SOEH website (www.soeh.ubc.ca) and to make contact with at least one prospective research supervisor prior to submitting an application for admission. Applications to transfer to the Ph.D. program after completion of the first year of the master's program will be considered in exceptional cases. All applicants must satisfy the general regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies of UBC, and must be accepted by the School of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene Admissions Committee. The application deadline is January 31. See Application, p. 367 under Master of Science for further details. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS The academic regulations of the University and of the Faculty of Graduate Studies apply. (See the chapter Academic Regulations, p. 47 in this Calendar and Academic Regulations, p. 222 under the Faculty of Graduate Studies.) Students who do not make satisfactory progress in the program may be asked to withdraw at any time. 368 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATION Upon completion of the program, students can begin working toward professional certification by such bodies as the Canadian Registration Board of Occupational Hygienists (Registered Occupational Hygienist, ROH) or the American Board of Industrial Hygiene (Certified Industrial Hygienist, CIH). For more information, visit the Canadian Registration Board of Occupational Hygienists website (www.crboh.ca) or the American Board of Industrial Hygiene website (www.abih.org). (BCIT), M.Ed. (Br.Col.); Geoffrey Wright, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (UT). AFFILIATES Jingnan Guo, B.Sc. (Nanjing), Ph.D. (W.Aust.); Dick Heederik, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wageningen); P. J. E. Quintana, M.P.H. (Calif., San Diego), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley). AWARDS AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Candidates wishing to apply for university, national, or international graduate awards and fellowships should check the application dates for these awards. Information on many of these awards is available from the Research Services website (www.orsil.ubc.ca). Some awards have application deadlines in the fall of the year preceding the year to which admission is sought. For awards which require prior acceptance to the program, students should submit their applications to the School at least two weeks prior and indicate the deadline they are trying to meet. ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS Michael Brauer, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), Sc.D. (Harv.); Murray Hodgson, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Qu.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (S'ton.), C. Eng; Susan M. Kennedy, B.A., Ph.D. (BrCol.), M.Sc. (Harv.); Katherine E. Teschke, B.A. (Trent), Dipl.T(B.C.I.T), M.P.H.(Calif., Berkeley), Ph.D.(Wash.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Paul Demers, B.S. (William James Coll., Mich.), M.S., Ph.D. (Wash.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Karen Bartlett, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Hugh Davies, B.Sc (Aha.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). LECTURER Lydia Ma, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Gordon S. Bates, Chemistry; Michael Buzzeli, Geography; Ray Copes, Health Care and Epidemiology; Judy Isaac-Renton, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; Tom Knight, Sauder School of Business (Commerce); Mieke Koehoorn, Health Care and Epidemiology; Tim McDaniels, Community and Regional Planning; Aleck Ostry, Health Care and Epidemiology; Jerry Spiegel, Liu Institute for Global Issues; Mark Thompson, Sauder School of Business (Commerce); Christiaan van Netten, Health Care and Epidemiology; Helen Dimich Ward, Medicine; Moira Yeung, Medicine. ADJUNCT MEMBERS John Beckett, C.R.S.P.; David Bell, B.Sc. (Dal.), C.I.H.; Ed Chessor, B.Sc. (Aha.), M.B.A. (S.Fraser), P.Eng., C.I.H.; Warren Fox, B.Sc. Hons. (Alta.), Dip.T. (BCIT), M.Sc. (S.Fraser); Anya Keefe, B.A.Sc, M.Sc. (BrCol.); Judy Village, B.Sc. (Wat.), M.Sc. (S.Fraser); Lorraine Woolsey, B.Sc. Hons. (S.Fraser), Dip.T. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 20 THE SCHOOL OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE 369 370 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 21 The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences Dean's Office Robert D. Sindelar, Dean Helen M. Burt, Associate Dean, Research and Graduate Studies David W. Fielding, Associate Dean, Academic Marguerite M. Yee, Director, Student Services 2146 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Telephone: 604-822-2390 Fax: 604-822-3035 Pharmaceutical Sciences Website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences offers courses leading to the Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy and to the Master of Science, Doctor of Pharmacy and Doctor of Philosophy. For information on graduate programs, see Pharmaceutical Sciences, p. 270 under the Faculty of Graduate Studies, Degree Programs. The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences was established in 1945 and is housed in the George T Cunningham Building. The first wing of the building was completed in 1960 and is used primarily for the undergraduate program, a The research wing was completed in 1970 I and provides space for the graduate program. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHARMACY The program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy is designed to prepare graduates to enter a wide variety of careers associated with pharmacy in community pharmacies and hospitals, in industry and government service and other specialized fields. The program satisfies the requirements of the College of Pharmacists of BC for academic qualification for licensing in the Province of British Columbia. It also meets standards approved by the Canadian Council for the Accreditation of Pharmacy Programs. ACADEMIC ADVISING Advising is not required for most students but is available on request. The Faculty reserves the right to make advising mandatory prior to registration for students with academic problems. Call 604-822-0344 to arrange an appointment with an advisor. ADMISSION To be considered for admission to the four-year Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy program, a student must first achieve an average grade of at least 65%> in the courses listed below or their equivalents at an approved college or university. Because of the limitations in clinical clerkship sites, laboratory facilities and resources, enrolment is limited. The Faculty will select for admission those students who not only demonstrate academic potential but also most aptly display a motivation to study pharmaceutical sciences and demonstrate that they possess the qualities and skills most necessary to be a caring and potentially competent pharmacist. Candidates may be invited for an interview at the discretion of the admissions committee. Students are not admissible to the Faculty directly from a high school or secondary school program (BC Grade 12 or equivalent obtained in any province). Admission to the Faculty is to the first year of a four-year program following a post-secondary year. Students must complete at least 30 credits of course work by the end of the academic term in which application is made. The prerequisite courses are: Biology BIOL 112, plus BIOL 121 and BIOL 140 Chemistry CHEM 111 & 113 or CHEM 121 & 123 English 1st year (6 credits). ENGL 112 is recommended. Mathematics MATH 102 (recommended) or MATH 100, 104, 120, 180 or 184, plus MATH 103 (recommended) or MATH 101, 105 or 121 Physics PHYS 101 Electives As required to fulfill the 30- credit minimum or equivalent. Also acceptable is the UBC Science One program or the Coordinated Science Program (General Science Option) and six credits of first-year English. Applicants without these specific UBC courses need to present a full year each (i.e. 2 semesters) of: • first-year university Biology with a lab • first-year university Chemistry with a lab • first-year university English (for which UBC gives transfer credit) • first-year university Calculus, and • one semester of first-year university Physics equivalent to UBC Physics 101, with a lab, • plus electives as required to fulfil 30 credit minimum. If admitted, these non-UBC applicants may need to register in BIOL 112 if they have insufficient background for second-year Microbiology. Students who have any doubts about their preparedness for the first-year Pharmacy program should consult an advisor at undergrd@interchange.ubc.ca or telephone 604-822-0344. Non-UBC students taking courses in BC may also wish to consult the BC Transfer Guide (www.bccat.bc.ca). All applicants must submit the following additional supplemental admission requirements to Undergraduate Admissions, Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2146 East Mall, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3, by February 28, 2006, 5:00 pm PST. PHARMACY COLLEGE ADMISSION TEST (PCAT) All applicants are required to take the PCAT test in order to be considered for admission. The PCAT is a multiple-choice, general aptitude test that measures five content areas: Verbal Ability, Reading Comprehension, Quantitative Ability, Biology, and Chemistry. It is administered by Harcourt, Inc. For further information about the PCAT test, please visit www. pcatweb. info. Please ensure that you have registered to write the PCAT well in advance of the Pharmacy Application deadline. Seating for the PCAT is limited and the deadline for registration is well in advance of the sitting. Application for the test is made directly to The Psychological Corporation. Information available at: www. pcatweb. info. The PCAT must be written within the two years prior to an application for admission and the score reported directly to the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. If more than one PCAT score report is received for an applicant, only the most recent scores will be used. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 21 THE FACULTY OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 371 OTHER REQUIREMENTS Applicants must submit the following: • Two letters of reference (structured form provided in the Faculty's Online Pharmacy Application). • A current resume (structured form provided in the Faculty's Online Pharmacy Application). • Written personal statements from the applicant as instructed in Online Pharmacy Application. • Online Pharmacy Application and Processing Fee. No applications will be processed unless the fee of CADS125.00 is received. APPLICATION Application inquiries may be addressed to Enrolment Services at 604-822-3014 or 604-822-5544, or to the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences (pharask@interchange.ubc.ca) at 604-822-0344 or the Faculty website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca). The UBC application form and transcripts are to be sent to Enrolment Services with the appropriate fee. The Online Pharmacy Application (PCAT scores, reference letters, resume, and personal statements) and processing fee must be submitted online from the Faculty's website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca). Because enrolment in the Faculty is limited and competitive, applicants should be aware that satisfying the minimum entrance requirements does not guarantee admission but only ensures eligibility for selection. Such selection shall be solely within the discretion of the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. In the selection of applicants, preference is given to well qualified residents of British Columbia who are Canadian citizens or permanent residents of Canada. Consideration may also be given to under represented areas of BC. Applications received with incomplete documentation or without the correct fees will not be processed. Late applications will not be considered. REGISTRATION Applicants who are accepted will be sent a letter of acceptance and details of the registration procedures. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes (including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, and seminars). Students who neglect their academic work and assignments may be excluded from the final examinations. Students who are unavoidably absent because of illness or disability should report to their instructors on return to classes. Students who because of illness are absent from a December or April examination must submit a certificate, obtained from a physician to the Student Health Service, as promptly as possible. In any course which involves laboratory work a student must complete the laboratory assignments with a satisfactory record before being admitted to the written examination of the course. A student may be required by the Faculty to discontinue such a course, during any term, because of failure to maintain a satisfactory standing in laboratory work, or because of absence from an appreciable number of laboratory periods through illness or other causes. The passing mark for a course in the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences is 50%. A student who has failed in 12 credits or more will be considered to have failed in the work of that year, and will not receive credit for any of the courses passed in that year. Any student whose academic record, as determined by the tests and examinations of the first term, is found to be unsatisfactory, may be required to discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of the session. Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in the quality of written English, including the correct use of grammar, spelling and punctuation. Although satisfactory academic performance is prerequisite to advancement, it is not the sole criterion in the consideration of the suitability of a student for promotion or graduation. The Faculty reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the Faculty if that student is considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of pharmacy. DEAN'S HONOUR LIST Graduating students and students promoted to second, third or fourth year with a standing of 'A-' or better in the previous Winter Session will receive the notation 'Dean's Honour List' on their records. A program of at least 90% of a full course load for the year must have been carried in order to receive this designation. PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS To be promoted, a student in the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences must pass all of the required courses of the program year in which the student is registered and obtain a minimum average standing of 60% in the required courses of the program year in which the student is registered. ^he following notes apply to these requirements: • Required courses are used for this computation; thus elective courses are excluded. Failure in elective courses requires that the course be repeated, or an approved alternative course be taken. • A student who by these regulations is not promotable may be required to repeat the work of that year or to withdraw from the Faculty and will not be able to take any of the required courses of subsequent years. • A student who fails to meet promotion standards for a second time either in a repeated year or a subsequent year, will normally be required to withdraw from the Faculty. • Courses for which credit has not been obtained must be repeated or permissible substitutes taken, in the next regular session attended. In the Winter Session, the total for all courses taken may not exceed 41 credits except with approval of the Dean. • A student with standing deficient in more than six credits, although not permitted to register in the higher year, may be allowed to continue by registering in the lower year and taking courses in accordance with the previous paragraph. SUPPLEMENTALS AND EXAMINATIONS FOR HIGHER STANDING Supplemental examinations are not available in all courses. In courses in which proficiency is judged on a continuing basis throughout a term, or in which final examinations are not given, or in courses where the final examination contributes less than 40% of the course grade, no supplemental examinations are provided. In courses where supplemental examinations are allowed, it is recommended that the supplemental examination should be a comprehensive examination of the full year's work and should receive a substantial value of the total mark. The supplemental mark should replace all of the marks received on the written examinations of the lecture content of the course. 1) In courses where supplemental examinations are allowed, a student who has obtained an average of at least 50% in the I final examinations of the session, may be granted supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects failed provided a final grade of not less than 40% was obtained. Notices will be sent to students to whom such supplemental examinations have been granted. 2) In any one session no candidate will normally be granted supplemental privileges in more than six credits. 3) A student who has failed in 12 credits or more will be considered to have failed in the work of that year, and will not receive credit for any of the courses passed in that year. 4) A supplemental examination may be written only once except in the case of a Final Year student who may write twice. Should a supplemental be failed the course concerned must be repeated or a suitable substitute taken. 5) Where supplemental privileges are granted, the standing shall be recalculated for purposes of promotion based on the actual marks obtained in these examinations. 6) In any one session, for purposes of promotion, a student may be allowed to rewrite a maximum of six credits of course work for higher standing. These six credits of course work will be the subject or subjects in which the student has obtained the lowest standing or at the discretion of the Dean. 7) The total of supplemental and examinations for higher standings should not normally exceed six credits. 8) The above policy applies only to courses administered by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. Faculties and departments responsible for other required or elective 372 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 courses in the pharmacy program may have different policies on supplemental and examinations for higher standing. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHARMACY (FOR STUDENTS ADMITTED FOR SEPTEMBER 2002) First Year BIOL 112 F CHEM 233 3 CHEM 235 1 MICB 202 3 PHAR 100 4 PHAR 211 8 ENGL 301 3 Elective1 6 Total Credits 31 Second Year (Academic Year 2003/04) ANAT 390 F ANAT 391 3 BIOC 300 6 PHAR 200 4 PHAR 311 4 PHAR 370 4 PHYL 301 6 PHYL302 3 Elective1 3 Total Credits 36 Third Year (Academic Year 2004/05) PHAR 300 4~ PHAR 301 3 PHAR 31 5 4 PHAR 325 4 PHAR 360 3 PHAR 380 6 PHAR 385 6 Elective1 3 Total Credits 33 Fourth Year (Academic Year 2005/06) PHAR 402 PHAR 403 PHAR 4692 PHAR 480 Electives3 Total Credits 6 3 3 6 16 34 Recommended electives include ECON 100; PSYC 100; Commerce courses; Languages; Humanities, PHIL 100, 120, 125; Science courses. Taken in summer immediately prior to entering fourth year Ten elective credits are to be chosen from offer- ngs within the Faculty and six credits chosen from outside the Faculty. All courses selected to meet these requirements must be approved by the Dean's Office. Interdisciplinary courses that are recommended include IHHS 200, 400, 401, 402, 404. 16 credits is the minimum credit load BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHARMACY (FOR STUDENTS ADMITTED FOR SEPTEMBER 2003 AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS) The first week of the first year will include both scheduled course work and a formal orientation program. This orientation will introduce students to the Faculty, its expectations for academic and professional conduct, and some of the skills required to succeed in the program. First Year Third Year (Continued) ANAT 390 ANAT 391 CHEM 233 CHEM 235 MICB 202 PHAR 201 PHAR 202 PHAR 220 PHAR 241 PHAR 299 PHYL 301 PHYL 302 STAT 203 Total Credits Second Year BIOC 300 PHAR 302 PHAR 303 PHAR 315 PHAR 321 PHAR 322 PHAR 323 PHAR 330 PHAR 341 PHAR 342 PHAR 351 PHAR 352 PHAR 361 PHAR 362 ^HAR 3691 *HAR371 PHAR 399 Total Credits Third Year PHAR 401 PHAR 430 PHAR 435 PHAR 441 PHAR 442 PHAR 451 PHAR 452 PHAR 454 PHAR 461 PHAR 462 PHAR 4692 PHAR 471 PHAR 472 3 3 1 3 3 2 3 2 3 ^? 3 3 38 6 3 2 4 3 1 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 3 1 3 42 PHAR 498 Total Credits Fourth Year 3 32 PHAR 400 PHAR 479 PHAR 4894 PHAR 499 Electives3 Total Credits i 3 12 6 3 9 33 Taken in the summer after completing second year. 2 Taken in the summer after completing third year 3 Of the 18 elective credits required in the program, 6 must be chosen from outside the Faculty and 12 must chosen from offerings within or approved by the Faculty. 4 Students must meet minimum requirements for community and institutional practice experience before opting for alternate practice sites Students admitted to the program prior to September 2002 who do not complete the program by April 2006 will take courses as required by the Dean's Office to fulfil the degree requirements. CLINICAL CLERKSHIPS AND ADDITIONAL EXPENSES Required clinical clerkships in facilities which have been approved as affiliated teaching sites by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences will be supervised by University-appointed personnel. These clerkships may be scheduled in community and hospital pharmacies, health care agencies and institutions, manufacturers in the pharmaceutical industry and with selected pharmacy organizations. Clerkship sites outside the greater Vancouver area are also used. All students will be required to spend 12 of their 20 weeks of clerkship outside the Greater Vancouver area. Students will be required to pay the B.Sc. (Pharm.) practice fee. See Program and Course Fees, p. 31 in the Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships chapter. Students should be prepared for clinical clerkships in sites around British Columbia and therefore should also include travel and accommodation costs for these experiences in estimating total personal expenses. COLLEGE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT Students must register with the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia during their first year in the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. This registration will be completed during Term 1 of Winter Session. Proof of such registration will be a requirement for admission to the Pharmacy Skills Professional Practice Centre, and structured practical experience courses. ENGLISH REQUIREMENTS To qualify for the Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy, students must satisfy the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences English Requirement. To do this, students must obtain six credits of PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 21 THE FACULTY OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 373 first-year English. Other English communication skills requirements are under Faculty review. Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. (See Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120.) INTERPROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES Under the auspices of the Council, the College of Health Disciplines, p. 289 is responsible for the administration of interprofessional courses (IHHS), which are recommended as electives to students in Pharmaceutical Sciences. For more information see "Courses Descriptions" or visit the website at www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca. CONTINUING PHARMACY PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Continuing Pharmacy Professional Development is sponsored jointly by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences and the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia. Mission Statement: The Division of Continuing Professional Pharmacy Development serves pharmacists by providing quality, evidence- based, life-long learning opportunities in a variety of innnovarive learning formats to enhance knowledge, skills and abilities to improve practice and patient health outcomes. The goals of the Division of Continuing Pharmacy Professional Development include the following: 1) To enhance and refine the development of local and national needs-based professional continuing professional development programs and activities that support advancement of learning for pharmacists; 2) To enhance the availability and accessibility of quality continuing professional development programs for all pharmacists, regardless of distance and/or scheduling constraints; 3) To develop and deliver programs optimizing the use of existing, emerging and engaging technologies; 4) To provide education and support to the Regional Coordinators Network to enable them to assess learning needs and develop and evaluate continuing professional development programs for the pharmacists in their communities; 5) To encourage pharmacists to become self-directed, life-long learners, and to assist pharmacists in developing plans for their own continuous learning; 6) To provide innovative programs for certification and/or enhancing professional credentials; and 7) To design and conduct research projects to foster continuous quality improvement, innovation and excellence. RESIDENCY PROGRAMS HOSPITAL PHARMACY RESIDENCY PROGRAM A one-year post-graduate hospital pharmacy residency program is offered by a number of hospitals in British Columbia in affiliation with the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences and the BC Branch of the Canadian Society of Hospital Pharmacists. These residencies are conducted following standards established for accreditation by the Canadian Hospital Pharmacy Residency Board. Residencies normally commence in June of each year. Some residency positions are available to commence in February. Those selected are registered as Residents in the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences and are assessed the applicable program fee as indicated in Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarhips chapter. The residencies are offered by the Departments of Pharmacy in the following agencies: Children's and Women's Health Centre of British Columbia, Lions Gate Hospital, Simon Fraser Health Authority, St. Paul's Hospital, Vancouver Hospital & Health Sciences Centre, Prince George Regional Hospital and Vancouver Island Health Authority. ADMISSION Graduates of any Canadian pharmacy school are eligible for admission. All candidates must satisfy the requirements for registration with the College of Pharmacists of BC. Graduates of foreign pharmacy schools must be registrants of the Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada. The selection is highly competitive and is determined using a matching process conducted by the BC Hospital Residency Program Committee and the Canadian Society of Hospital Pharmacists. The decision is based on applicant hospital preferences, interviews, letters of reference, and academic performance during the undergraduate pharmacy program. APPLICATION Application forms and descriptive literature may be obtained from the Faculty's website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca). Inquiries may also be directed to the residency coordinators in the pharmacy departments in any of the hospitals offering a residency program. The closing date for submission of completed applications is usually in early November for entry into programs the following June. The closing date for applications for February residencies is usually in mid-October of the preceding year. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS The residency program consists of required and elective rotations in the resident's hospital and other affiliated hospitals and agencies. A certificate signifying completion of the program is awarded jointly by the hospital and the University based on satisfactory performance in rotation assignments, oral and written assessments, and project work as determined by the BC Hospital Pharmacy Residency Program Committee. COMMUNITY PHARMACY RESIDENCY PROGRAM A one-year post-graduate community pharmacy residency program is offered by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. The program has been developed through the co-operative efforts of representatives from the BC Pharmacy Association, the College of Pharmacists of BC, practicing community pharmacists and the Faculty. These groups also provide on-going support and guidance as participants in the Community Pharmacy Residency Program Committee. Those selected are registered as Residents in the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences and are assessed the applicable program fee as indicated in Program and Course Fees, p. 31. ADMISSION Graduates of any Canadian pharmacy school are eligible for admission. All applicants must satisfy the requirements for registration as a pharmacist with the College of Pharmacists of BC. The selection is highly competitive and is determined using a process conducted by the Community Pharmacy Residency Program Committee based on applicant interviews, letters of reference, as well as academic and clinical performance during the undergraduate pharmacy program. RESIDENCY PROGRAM COMPLETION ^REQUIREMENTS The residency program consists of required and elective rotations in selected community pharmacies and affiliated agencies. A certificate signifying completion of the program is awarded by the Faculty based on satisfactory performance in rotation assignments, oral and written assignments, and project work as determined by the program committee. APPLICATION Application forms and descriptive literature may be obtained from the Faculty's website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca), inquiries may also be directed to the community pharmacy residency coordinator. The closing date for submission of completed applications is usually mid- December for entry into the program the following July. GRADUATE PROGRAMS INTRODUCTION The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences offers opportunities for advanced study leading to the Master of Science (M.Sc), p. 270 and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.), p. 270 in the fields of bio pharmaceutics, clinical pharmacy, pharmaceutics, pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmacology, toxicology and pharmacy administration. The programs are open to those holding undergraduate or graduate degrees from recognized universities, whether in pharmacy or other related disciplines. A minimum TOEFL score of 600 is required. A detailed brochure is available from the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. See also 374 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 the Pharmaceutical Sciences website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca). DOCTOR OF PHARMACY The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences also offers opportunities for study leading to the Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) in the field of clinical pharmacy. The Pharm.D. program is open to applicants who possess a Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy or equivalent and are eligible for registration with the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia. Students must observe the following: 1) A student may apply for admission to the Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) program by writing to the Pharm.D. program Admissions Committee, Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. 2) Class size is limited. All application materials must normally be received by January 15 to be considered for admission in the same year. 3) All students are admitted to the program only at the start of the Winter Session (the beginning of September). 4) Applicants for the Pharm.D. program must hold a bachelor's degree in pharmacy or equivalent, with 80% or higher in at least 12 credits of course work, and at least 74% in the remaining course work in the last two years of the Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy program and: (A) hold current registration as a pharmacist in British Columbia, or (B) hold registration (Qualifying Examination) with the Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada and be eligible for registration as a qualifying candidate with the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia. Students with questions regarding this eligibility are encouraged to contact the College. 5) Applicants who have a bachelor's degree, or its academic equivalent, which does not meet the requirements of Item 4 above, but who have had sufficient formal training and relevant professional experience to offset such deficiencies may be granted admission on the approval of the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. 6) A residency in hospital or community pharmacy practice is desired, but not mandatory. 7) Admission to the Pharm.D. program will be in one of the following categories. (A) Full standing. Granted to applicants who have met both of the requirements noted in Item 4 above. (B) Provisional standing. May be granted to applicants with deficiencies in Item 4.a above. 8) There must be clear evidence that the student is competent to pursue studies in the English language. Students may be required to complete a satisfactory TOEFL before any offer of admission can be made. 9) The regulations given above (under Ph.D., D.M.A. and Ed.D.) for low scholarship and supplementals also apply to the Pharm.D. program. 10) Admission is based on the above criteria, interviews and reference letters. DOCTOR OF PHARMACY First Year HCEP4001 3 HCEP 506 3 PATH 41 5 2 PATH 548 6 PHAR 501 12 PHAR 502 4 PHAR 508 4 PHAR 554 3 PHAR 570 2 Second Year PHAR 533 12 PHAR 534 12 PHAR 535 2 Comprehensive Pharm.D. Examination Total Credits 65 1 Equivalent courses: BIOL 300, STAT 200. CONTACT INFORMATION Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences 2146 East Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3 Tel: 604-822-2390 Fax: 604-822-3035 Email: shirlewo@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.pharmacy.ubc.ca Ms. Shirley Wong, Graduate Secretary COLLEGE OF PHARMACISTS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA The possession of a B.Sc. (Pharm.) does not in itself confer the right to practise pharmacy in any province of Canada. In order to practise pharmacy in the Province of British Columbia, it is necessary to be registered as a pharmacist with the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia. All applicants for registration as pharmacists with the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia are required to be registrants of the Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada. Details of registration procedures and English language proficiency requirements may be obtained from the Registrar of the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia, 200-1765 West 8th Avenue, Vancouver, BC, V6J 1V8; web (www.bcpharmacists.org); telephone 604-733-2440, or email (info@collegepharmacists.bc.ca). PHARMACY EXAMINING BOARD OF CANADA The Board provides for examinations and issues a certificate to the successful candidate which may be filed with a Canadian provincial licensing body in connection with an application for licence to practise Pharmacy under the laws of that province. Information relative to the dates of examinations, application forms, etc., may be obtained from the Registrar, Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada (www.pebc.ca), Suite 601, 415 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M5B 2E7; telephone 416-979-2431. ACADEMIC STAFF FACULTY ADMINISTRATION Robert D. Sindelar, Dean Helen M. Burt, Associate Dean, Research & Graduate Studies; David W. Fielding, Associate Dean, Academic; Marguerite M. Yee, Director, Student Services. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Emma Guns, Ph.D., The Prostate Centre, VGH; Christopher E.R. Orvig, Ph.D., Chemistry. DIVISION OF BIOMOLECULAR AND PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY Ronald E. Reid, Chair PROFESSORS Stelvio M. Bandiera, B.Sc. (Wat.), M.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Guelph); Keith M. J. McErlane, B.Sc. (Pharm.), Ph.D. (Alta.); Ronald E. Reid, B.S.P. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Lond.); Robert D. Sindelar, B.A. (Millikin), M.S., Ph.D. (Iowa). ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Adam Frankel, B.A. (Calif., Santa Barbara), Ph.D. (Calif., Los Angeles). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Simon P. Albon, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.). PROFESSOR EMERITUS Frank S. Abbott, B.S.R, M.S. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Purdue). DIVISION OF PHARMACEUTICS AND BIOPHARMACEUTICS Kishor M. Wasan, Chair PROFESSORS Helen M. Burt, B.Pharm. (Bath), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); K. Wayne Riggs, B.Sc. (Pharm.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Thomas Chang, B.Sc. (Psych.), B.Sc. (Pharm.), Ph.D.(Pcol), (Br.Col.); Kishor M. Wasan, B.Sc. (Pharm.), M.Sc(Pceut.), Ph.D. (Texas). ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Urs Hafeli, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Federal Institute of Techn., Zurich, Switzerland), Ph.D. (Paul Scherrer Institute, Villigen, Switzerland). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Lynda Eccott, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (Br.Col.). INSTRUCTOR Ingrid Price, B.Sc. (Okanagan Coll.), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 21 THE FACULTY OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 375 ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Marcel Bally, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Texas A&M), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Andrew A. Jayaraj, M.Sc, Ph.D. (111. State); Richard Liggins, B.Sc. (Pharm.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Lawrence D. Mayer, B.Sc. (Warburg, Minn.), Ph.D. (Minn.); Ric Procyshyn, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Man.), Ph.D. (BrCol.), Pharm.D. (Br.Col.); Donald T. Yapp, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). PROFESSOR EMERITUS James E. Axelson, B.S. (Wash.), Ph.D. (N.Y. State, Buffalo). DIVISION OF PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY Brian Rodrigues, Chair PROFESSORS Sidney Katz, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.); Kathleen M. Macleod, B.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (Alta.); Brian Rodrigues, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Karachi), M.Sc, Ph.D.(Br.CoL); Peter J. Soja, B.Sc. (Southeastern Mass.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Thomas K.H. Chang, B.Sc. (Psych.), B.Sc. (Pharm.), Ph.D. (Pcol), (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Brian E. Cairns, B.Sc, B.Sc. (Pharm.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Shawn C. Black, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Glen Tibbits, B.Ed. (McG.), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., L.A.). PROFESSORS EMERITI Gail D. Bellward, B.S.R, M.S.P., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); John H. McNeill, B.Sc. (Pharm.), M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Mich.), FRSC, FIACS, FACN. DIVISION OF CLINICAL PHARMACY Peter J. Jewesson, Acting Chair PROFESSORS Mary H. H. Ensom, B.S., Pharm.D. (Kentucky), FASHP, FCCP, FCSHP; Peter J. Jewesson, B.Sc. (Pharm.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), FCSHP; Marc Levine, B.Sc. (McG.), B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (McM.); James P. McCormack, B.Sc, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), Pharm.D. (S. Carolina). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Bruce C. Carleton, B.Pharm. (Wash.), Pharm.D. (Utah); Fawziah Marra, B.Sc. (Pharm.), Pharm.D. (BrCol.). ASSISTANT PROFESSOR, PART-TIME Patricia Gerber, B.Sc(Pharm.), Pharm.D. (Br.Col.); Leela John, B.Sc, B.Sc(Pharm.) (Alta.), Pharm.D. (BrCol.). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR Penelope F. Miller, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), M.A. (San Diego State). CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS For a complete listing of our Clinical Faculty please see the website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS For a complete listing of our Clinical Faculty please see the website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS Paul Cheng, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), M.B.A. (W.Ont.), Surrey Memorial Hospital; Derek Daws, B.Sc, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), B.C. Drug and Poison Information Centre; Robin J. Ensom, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), Pharm.D. (S. Carolina), FCSHP, St. Paul's Hospital; John Hope, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), Burnaby Hospital; Barbara Jewesson, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), VHHSC; Sam Louie, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), Lion's Gate Hospital; Robert Nakagawa, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), FCSHP, Simon Fraser Health Region; Ian Sheppard, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), Children's and Women's Health Centre of B.C.; Barbara Thompson, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), Riverview Hospital. DIVISION OF PHARMACY PRACTICE David W. Fielding, Acting Chair PROFESSOR David W. Fielding, B.Sc. (Pharm.), M.Sc. (Dal.), Ed.D. (BnCol.), Dr. Tong Louie Chair in Pharmacy Administration. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Rosemin Kassam, B.C. (Pharm.) (Alta.), Pharm.D. (Tor.); Larry D. Lynd, B.S.P. (Sask.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Carlo A. Marra, B.Sc(Pharm.), Pharm.D., Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS, PART-TIME ' Ron McKerrow, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.), M.B.A. (S.Fraser), FCHSP; Judith A. Soon, B.Sc. (Pharm.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS Marion Pearson, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (BrCol.); Marguerite Yee, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.). LECTURERS Colleen Brady, B.Sc. (Hons. Biol), B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Alta.); Janice Moshenko, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Br.Col.); Hilary Watson-McCormack, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.). LECTURERS, PART-TIME Anar Dossa, B.Sc, Pharm. (Br.Col.), CDE; Angela Kim-Sing, B.Sc. (McM.), B.Sc(Pharm.) (Br.Col.), Pharm.D. (Medical U. of S. Carolina); Sheryl Peterson, B.Sc. (Agr.), B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.); Rola Priatel, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.); Wayne John Rubner, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Br.Col.). PROFESSORS EMERITI Finlay A. Morrison, Pharm.D. (Calif.); Bernard E. Riedel, CD., B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.). ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Linda Lytle, B.Sc. (Phr.) (Texas). AFFILIATED AGENCIES Clinical staff in Pharmacy Departments of numerous health care agencies, provide teaching services to the Faculty. For a complete listing of these Pharmacy Departments and their clinical preceptors see the website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca). AFFILIATED COMMUNITY PHARMACIES Pharmacy staff at numerous community pharmacy sites provide teaching services to the Faculty. For a complete listing of these pharmacies and their clinical preceptors see the website (www.pharmacy.ubc.ca). CONTINUING PHARMACY PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Janice Moshenko, Director Sheryl Peterson, Assistant Director REGIONAL COORDINATORS The Division of Continuing Pharmacy Professional Development works closely with a province-wide network of Regional Coordinators to ensure that continuing education programs are accessible to pharmacists throughout BC. For a complete listing of current Regional Coordinators, please visit www.pharmacy.ubc.ca/cppd/index.html. 376 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 22 The School of Rehabilitation Sciences A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE Director's Office TBA, Director TBA, Head, Division of Occupational Therapy (M.O.T. program) Sue Murphy, Interim Head, Division of Physical Therapy (M.P.T. program) Isabel Dyck, Graduate Program Coordinator (M.Sc. and Ph.D programs) Sue Stanton, Coordinator, Online Programs T325-2211 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 2B5 Telephone: 604-822-7392 Fax: 604-822-7624 Rehabilitation Sciences Website (www.rehab.ubc.ca) The School of Rehabilitation Sciences provides professional preparation in the rehabilitation sciences, and awards the following degrees: • Professional Degree Programs: The School offers the Master of Occupational Therapy and Master of Physical Therapy programs as of September 2004. (The last degrees for the Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy and the Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy were awarded in May 2005). The Master of Occupational Therapy and Master of Physical Therapy degrees provide the professional education necessary to obtain a license to practice occupational therapy and physical therapy, respectively. They differ from the research master's H degree which prepares practitioners with advanced research skills and requires completion and defense of a thesis. • Research Degree Programs: Opportunity for graduate study leading to a Master of Science in Rehabilitation Sciences and Doctor of Philosophy is also available. Our research programs are designed to prepare individuals to conduct research independently and in collaboration with other scientists. Students will investigate an area of research relevant to rehabilitation through critical analysis of problems related to basic sciences, clinical practice, or to development of theory. • Online Programs: The Master of Rehabilitation Science (M.R.Sc.) is a 30-credit, non- thesis, online master's degree developed by the School of Rehabilitation Sciences. In addition to requiring the five graduate courses (15 credits) in the Graduate Certifi cate in Rehabilitation, learners in this advanced master's degree will also complete other courses and a major project. This master's degree has been designed for occupational therapists, physical therapists and other health professionals with a baccalaureate degree who have already established their eligibility to practice in their discipline but want advanced knowledge to inform their practice. The Graduate Certificate in Rehabilitation consists of five graduate-level courses, developed by the Schools of Rehabilitation Science(s) at The University of British Columbia in Vancouver, British Columbia and McMaster University in Hamilton, Ontario. The program has been designed for rehabilitation practitioners who want up-to-date knowledge and skills for best practice. MASTER OF OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY Occupational therapists provide specialized rehabilitation services to maintain, restore or improve the ability of children and adults to perform the occupations of daily life, which may be impaired as a result of illness, injury, congenital or acquired disabilities, or social disadvantage. Occupational therapists focus on adapting the environment or improving the person's skills, to enhance performance in the areas of self care (earing, dressing, personal hygiene), productivity (household work, employment, school), and leisure activities, thereby improving overall health and quality of life. The Master of Occupational Therapy degree provides the professional education necessary to obtain a license to practice occupational therapy. It differs from the advanced or research master's degree which prepares practitioners with advanced research skills and requires completion and defense of a thesis. Applicants must meet the admissions requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, and admission is offered on a competitive basis. The annual enrolment and class size is limited to 40 seats. REQUIREMENTS Completion of a recognized baccalaureate degree in any field and the successful completion of the following prerequisites: • Biological Sciences (3 credits) • Social Sciences (3 credits) • Behavioural Sciences (3 credits) 1) Academic standing of a minimum B+ (76%) average in senior level courses (300 and 400 level) 2) 70 volunteer hours or work experience with people with disabilities 3) Three reference letters (two verifying volunteer hours and experience and one verifying the applicant's ability to succeed in a graduate program.) Forms to facilitate the reference letters will be provided. 4) Residency: Primary consideration is given to residents of British Columbia. Out-of- province residents or international students will only be considered in special circumstances or in the event that there are not enough eligible BC applicants. 5) English competency: Applicants who have completed a degree from a university outside Canada in which English is not the primary language of instruction must present evidence of competency to pursue studies in the English language prior to being extended an offer of admission. Acceptable English language proficiency tests for applicants to the Master of Occupational Therapy program are: (A) TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language): a minimum score of 580 (paper version); 237 (computer version). (B) MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery): a minimum overall score of 81 (C) IELTS (International English Language Testing Service): a minimum overall band score of 6.5 is required with a minimum score of 6.0 in each component of the academic (not general) IELTS test. 6) Interview: Applicants who meet the above minimum requirements are eligible for interview consideration (verbal communication skill, maturity and personal suitability). Fulfilment of the minimum requirements, however, does not guarantee an PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 22 THE SCHOOL OF REHABILITATION SCIENCES 377 interview. Selection of interview candidates is based on the academic standing in the senior level courses. The full-time Master of Occupational Therapy curriculum spans two calendar years and comprises six terms. The Master of Occupational Therapy program includes the following courses: Course Credits 4~ 4 3 3 3 3 ANAT 392 Gross Anatomy of the Limbs and Trunk RHSC 420 Elements of Neuroanatomy & Neurophysiology RHSC 507 Developing Effective Rehabilitation Programs RSOT 511 Fundamentals of Theory and Practice RSOT 513 Health, Illness and Occupation RSOT 515 Practice Skills and Therapeutic Procedures I RSOT 519 Professional Practice I 10 RSOT 521 Occupational Analysis, 3 Activity and Participation RSOT 525 Practice Skills and 3 Therapeutic Procedures II RSOT 527 Evidence for Practice I: 3 Research Paradigms and Methods RSOT 537 Evidence and Reasoning in 2 Practice RSOT 541 Theory and Practice: 3 Advanced Applications RSOT 545 Practice Skills and 4 Therapeutic Procedures III RSOT 547 Evidence for Practice II: 6 Project RSOT 549 Professional Practice II 18 RSOT 551 Societal and Environmental 3 Influences on Practice APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION Persons interested in applying to the Master of Occupational Therapy program may call or write for application materials or use the School of Rehabilitation Sciences website (www.rehab.ubc.ca). Individuals interested in applying to the Master of Occupational Therapy program should complete and submit necessary forms and transcripts no later than February 1 in the year of application to be eligible for beginning the course of study in late August. MASTER OF PHYSICAL THERAPY Physical therapists specialize in the assessment and treatment related to movement. Common movement disorders result from impairment of the neuromuscular, musculoskeletal, respiratory or cardiovascular systems. Following assessment of their clients, physical therapists often use physical agents such as therapeutic exercise, heat, cold, and electrical stimulation to increase muscle strength and function, reduce pain, promote general health and fitness, and prevent disability As specialists in movement dysfunction, physical therapists also provide expertise in human mobility, carefully analyzing gait patterns and prescribing treatment regimens or devices (such as braces, crutches or wheelchairs) to enable clients to move independently through their environments. In many settings, therapists serve as members of a team of rehabilitation specialists, which may include physicians, nurses, social workers, special educators, speech pathologists and psychologists. Physical therapists work in hospitals, rehabilitation centres, psychiatric institutions, industrial facilities, government and voluntary health agencies, schools, extended care facilities, the client's home, or in private practice. The Master of Physical Therapy degree provides the professional education necessary to obtain a license to practice physical therapy. It differs from the advanced or research master's degree which prepares practitioners with advanced research skills and requires completion and defense of a thesis. Applicants must meet the admissions requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, and admission is offered on a competitive basis. The annual enrolment and class size is limited to 40 seats. REQUIREMENTS • Completion of a recognized baccalaureate degree in any field and the successful completion of the following prerequisites: • 1st year Biology (6 credits or equivalent) • 1st year Physics (3 credits or equivalent) • Chemistry 12 or higher • Basic Human Anatomy (3 credits or equivalent) • Basic Human Physiology 301 (3 credits or equivalent) • Psychology (3 credits or equivalent) • Statistics (3 credits or equivalent) • Academic standing of a minimum B+ (76%) average in senior level courses (300 and 400 level) • 70 volunteer hours or work experience with people with disabilities • Three reference letters (two verifying volunteer hours and experience and one verifying the applicant's ability to succeed in a graduate program.) Forms to facilitate the reference letters will be provided. • Residency: Primary consideration is given to residents of British Columbia. Out-of- province residents or international students will only be considered in special circumstances or in the event that there are not enough eligible BC applicants. • English competency: Applicants who have completed a degree from a university outside Canada in which English is not the primary language of instruction must present evidence of competency to pursue studies in the English language prior to being extended an offer of admission. Acceptable English language proficiency tests for applicants to the Master of Physical Therapy program are: (A) TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language): a minimum score of 580 (paper version); 237 (computer version); (B) MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery): a minimum overall score of 81; (C) IELTS (International English Language Testing Service): a minimum overall band score of 6.5 is required with a minimum score of 6.0 in each component of the academic (not general) IELTS test. Applicants who meet the above minimum requirements are eligible for interview consideration (verbal communication skill, maturity and personal suitability). Fulfilment of the minimum requirements, however, does not guarantee an interview. Selection of interview candidates is based on the academic standing in the senior level courses. The full-time Master of Physical Therapy curriculum spans two years and two months in length and comprises seven terms. The Master of Physical Therapy program includes the following courses: Course Credits ANAT 392 Gross Anatomy of the Limbs 4 and Trunk PHYL 301 Human Physiology RHSC 420 Elements of Neuroanatomy & Neurophysiology RHSC 512 Directed Studies in Pathology in Rehabilitation RHSC 514 Clinincal Practice I RSPT 516 Clinical Decision-Making I 2 RSPT 518 Excercise and Movement 2 RSPT 524 Clinical Practice II 10 RSPT 526 Clinical Decision-Making II 1 RSPT 528 Case-based Integration I 1 RSPT 532 Rehabilitation Research I 3 RSPT 538 Case-based Integration II 1 RSPT 544 Clinical Practice III 18 RSPT 546 Clinical Decision-Making III 3 RSPT 548 Case-based Integration III 1 RSPT 558 Case-based Integration IV 2 RSPT 564 Clinical Practice IV 10 RSPT 566 Clinical Decision-Making IV 4 RSPT 572 Rehabilitation Research II 2 RSPT 578 Case-based Integration V 1 APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION Persons interested in applying to the Master of Physical Therapy program may call or write for application materials or use the School of Rehabilitation Sciences website (www.rehab.ubc.ca). Individuals interested in applying to the Master of Physical Therapy program should complete and submit necessary forms and transcripts no later than February 1 in the year of application to be eligible for beginning the course of study in late August. 378 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MASTER OF REHABILITATION SCIENCE The advanced (post-entry-level), online, Master of Rehabilitation Science (M.R.Sc.) program is intended for qualified professionals who practice in rehabilitation settings. The program requires 30 credits of required and elective coursework that includes a major project, and successful completion of a comprehensive examination in which the ability to transfer cumulative knowledge to rehabilitation practice is assessed. The degree may be completed part- time or full-time within five years. Graduate Certificate in Rehabilitation program students may be eligible to request transfer credits. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Applicants must meet the admissions requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies; admission is offered on a competitive basis. REQUIREMENTS • Completion of a recognized four year baccalaureate degree at an accredited academic institution. • Applicants must be an occupational therapist, physical therapist or rehabilitation practitioner in a related health and human services discipline. • Academic standing of a minimum B+ (76%) average in senior level courses (300 and 400 level). • Three reference letters (at least two of which should be written by an individual who has knowledge of the applicant's academic and/ or research abilities). • Submission of a Faculty of Graduate Studies Application Form (available through www.rehab.ubc.ca). • Submission of a statement of intent to the School of Rehabilitation Sciences. • English competency. Applicants who have completed a degree in which English is not the primary language of instruction must present evidence of competency to pursue studies in the English language prior to being extended an offer of admission. m Recommended: Completion of an introductory course in Statistics. The School reviews applications twice a year, April 30 and September 15 for September and January cohorts respectively. The required course work (21 credits including the 6-credit major project) includes the following: RHSC 501 (Evaluating Sources of Evidence), RHSC 503 (Reasoning and Decision-Making), RHSC 505 (Measurement in Practice), RHSC 507 (Developing Effective Rehabilitation Programs), RHSC 509 (Facilitating Learning in Rehabilitation Contexts), RHSC 587 (Major Project, Part I), RHSC 589 (Major Project, Part II), and electives (students select 9 of these 12 credits) : RHSC 500 (Advanced Concepts for Rehabilitation Research), or INDS 502 (Advanced Concepts in Health Research), or RHSC 581 (Writing to Enhance Practice), or RHSC 583 (Applying Research to Practice). For more information about the online Master of Rehabilitation Science (M.R.Sc.) program and admission requirements and procedures please go to the Rehabilitation Sciences website (www.rehab.ubc.ca). MASTER OF SCIENCE The Master of Science program is designed to prepare individuals to conduct research independently and in collaboration with other scientists. Students will investigate an area of knowledge within rehabilitation and develop skills that permit a critical analysis of problems which can be related to basic sciences, clinical practice, or to development of theory. The program may be pursued by full or part- time students. Full-time study would normally require approximately 24 months, including completion of the thesis. A minimum of 30 credits is required for the degree. This consists of 18 credits of required course work in the School of Rehabilitation Sciences at the 500- level, which includes a 12-credit thesis. Twelve elective credits are also required, and these may be selected from courses offered within the School or from other academic units. At least six of the elective credits must be at the 500- level or above. The specific courses taken will depend on the area of research concentration chosen, in consultation with a research supervisor. Once accepted, each student must have a plan of studies approved by his/her research supervisor and/or the graduate co-ordinator. Courses regularly offered in the School include INDS 502/RHSC 500 (Advanced Concepts for Rehabilitation Research), RHSC 502 (Rehabilitation Theory), RHSC 504 (Directed Studies), RHSC 506 (Current Topics in Rehabilitation), RHSC 510 (Disability: Social, Economic and Political Influences), RHSC 515 (Exercise Physiology and Metabolism in Injury and Disease), and RHSC 520 (Neurorehabilitation). Courses Regularly offered as part of the post-graduate certificate in Rehabilitation include: RHSC 501 (Evaluating Sources of Evidence), RHSC 503 (Reasoning & Decision Making), RHSC 507 (Developing Effective Rehabilitation Programs), RHSC 505 (Measurement in Practice), RHSC 509 (Featuring Learning in Rehabilitation Contexts). These courses are available as electives to qualified graduate students. For details, please refer to the website (www.rehab.ubc.ca). Minimum admission requirements include a degree in occupational therapy, physical therapy, or a related rehabilitation profession, an academic record which meets the requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, and completion of a minimum of 3 credits in research methodology and/or analysis. Applicants from non-Canadian universities are required to provide general GRE (Graduate Record Examination) scores as part of their application. Preference will be given to applicants who hold degrees in occupational or physical therapy, are qualified to practice their rehabilitation profession in British Columbia, and who have had recent clinical experience providing rehabilitation care. Persons interested in applying to the program should request additional program and application information from the School of Rehabilitation Sciences. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The School of Rehabilitation Sciences offers a program for advanced research study and original investigation in Rehabilitation Sciences at the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) level. This program is governed by the general requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy as described by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The program will focus on the discipline of Rehabilitation Sciences, the study of providing treatment and education to persons with temporary or permanent disability to return them to maximum function, well-being and personally-satisfying levels of independence. A thesis-based master's degree in Rehabilitation Sciences, or in other related fields of study along with appropriate undergraduate and graduate courses, is normally required for admission. Appropriate coursework will be selected in consultation with the candidate's committee and will depend on the student's background and field of study. RHSC 500 and RHSC 502 are required coures. All candidates are required to complete a written and oral comprehensive examination after completion of all course work. Following the comprehensive examination, the student will present a formal thesis proposal for approval by the candidate's committee before proceeding to the research which will culminate in a formal thesis defence. The major requirement of the Ph.D. is completion of a research thesis demonstrating ability to conduct significant and original scientific research. Students entering the Ph.D. program will be required to spend a minimum of two terms of uninterrupted duration (eight months) in full- time status at the University GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN REHABILITATION This interdisciplinary, graduate-level web-based rehabilitation certificate is targeted to occupational therapists and physical therapists, and other health professionals who want to update their knowledge and skills to better meet the "best practice" demands of the current health care environment. The program provides useable, evidence-based skills for the rehabilitation workplace. Each course draws on the research and rehabilitation practice experience of those currently shaping the field. The collaboration between the University of British Columbia and McMaster University to develop and deliver the courses brings greater content expertise to learners. It also brings skill in web-based and problem-based learning that can enhance PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 22 THE SCHOOL OF REHABILITATION SCIENCES 379 learners' experience and ability to apply what they learn to practice. The five courses in the program enable participants to develop essential knowledge and skills required for best practice in rehabilitation. Learners who successfully complete the five courses will receive the Certificate. ADMISSION For academic eligibility applicants require: • Completion of a recognized baccalaureate degree at an accredited academic institution. Applicants must be an occupational therapist, physical therapist or rehabilitation practitioner in a related health and human services discipline. Recommended: completion of an introductory course in Statistics • Academic requirements: - academic standing of a minimm B+ (76%) average in senior level courses (300 and 400 level) - English competency: Applicants from a university outside Canada in which English is not the primary language of instruction must present evidence of competency to pursue studies in the English language prior to being extended an offer of admission • Professional requirements: To achieve 'professional' eligibility, an applicant must be: - an occupational therapist, physical therapist, or a professional in a related health or rehabilitation discipline - eligible to practice in their discipline For more information about the Graduate Certificate in Rehabilitation please go to www.rehab.ubc.ca. CONTACT INFORMATION School of Rehabilitation Sciences T325-2211 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 2B5 Tel (M.O.T., M.P.T.): 604-822-7050 I Tel (M.R.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D.): 604-822-7765 Fax: 604-822-7624 Email (M.O.T., M.P.T.): admissions@rehab.ubc.ca Email (M.R.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D.): selander@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.rehab.ubc.ca Ms. Pary Mohamed, Graduate Secretary (M.O.T., M.P.T.) Ms. Laura Selander, Graduate Secretary (M.R.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D.) COLLEGE OF OCCUPATIONAL THERAPISTS OF BC On completion of all academic courses and clinical fieldwork requirements, graduates in Occupational Therapy are eligible to write the national Certification Examination offered by the Canadian Association of Occupational Therapists (CAOT). The Occupational Therapy program at UBC is accredited by the CAOT, and meets or exceeds the academic accreditation standards of the World Federation of Occupational Therapists (WFOT). UBC graduates who successfully complete the examination are eligible to apply for membership in the College of Occupational Therapists of British Columbia (COTBC). Registration is required to practice in BC. Registrants are also eligible to apply for membership in CAOT and the provincial professional organization, the BC Society of Occupational Therapists (BCSOT). COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL THERAPISTS OF BC On completion of all academic courses and clinical fieldwork, graduates in Physical Therapy are required to write the Physiotherapy Competency Examination (PCE, formerly PNE). Successful completion of the PCE is required for registration with the i College of Physical Therapists of BC. Registration is required in order to practice physiotherapy in BC. The Physical Therapy program at UBC is accredited by an external organization, and students must graduate from an accredited program in order to write the PCE. Upon receipt of a license to practice, graduates in Physical Therapy are eligible for membership in the Canadian Physiotherapy Association (CPA) and its provincial branch, the Physiotherapy Association of British Columbia (PABC). ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS E. Dean, B.A., Dip. (P.T.) (Manit.), M.S. (S.Calif.), Ph.D. (Manit.); I. Dyck, Dip. (O.T.) (Engl.), B.A., M.A. (Mane), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); S. R. Harris, B.S. (P.T.), M.Ed., Ph.D. (Wash.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C. Backman, B.S.R. (Br.Col.), M.S. (Wash.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); J. Eng, B.Sc. (P.T.) (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Tor.), ^h.D. (Wat.); L. Jongbloed, Dip. (O.T.) (S.A.), B.Sc. (O.T.) (W.Ont.), M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D. L. Maclntyre, Dip.(PX) (Alta.), B.S.R.(PX), M.P.E., Ph.D.(Br.Col.); W. D. Reid, B.M.R. (P.T.) (Manit.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); S. J. Stanton, Dip. (O.T.) (N.Z.), B.S.R. (O.T.), M.A. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSOR W. H. Miller, B.Sc. (OT) (BrCol.), M.Sc. (O.T.) (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS L. Bainbridge, Dip. (P.T.), B.S.R., M.Ed. (Br.Col.); S.J. Forwell, B.Sc(OX) (W.Ont.), M.A. (S.Calif.); D. Redenbach, Dip. (P.T.) (Alta.), B.S.R. (P.T.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); M. Suto, B.S.(O.T.) (Calif., San Jose), M.A. (S.Calif.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). CLINICAL PROFESSORS G. Fearing, B.S. (O.T.) (Kansas); B. Loveridge, B.P.T., M.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.); L. McCloy, Dip. (P. and O.T.) (Tor.), B.A. (BrCol.). CLINICAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS R. J. Anson, Dip. (O.T.) (Engl.), B.S.R.(OX) (BrCol.); C. Busby, B.Sc. (OX) (Tor); M. J. Clark, B.Sc. (OX) (W.Ont.); R. Corbett, B.S.R. (BrCol.); D. Daechsel, B.S.R.(OX), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); J. Gauthier, B.Sc, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); S. Jorden, B.S.R. (BrCol.), M.BA. (Wash.); K. Junaid, Dip. (P.T.) (Engl.), B.S.R. (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); S. Lowe, Dip. (P.X), B.Sc. (P.T.) (McG.); D. Mah-Jones, B.Sc. (OX.) (Alta.); S. R. Mannell, Dip. (P.X) (Engl.); J. Richardson, Dip. (P.X); J. Rihela, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); L. Roxborough, B.S.R. (BrCol.); E.A. Swain, B.App.Sc (P.X) (Melb.), M.A. (Col.); T. A. White, B.S.OX. (Wayne State). CLINICAL ASSISTANT PROFESSORS D. Arsenault, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); B. Barr, Dip. (P. & OX.) (Tor.), B.P.T. (Manit.); M. Barr, B.Sc. (P.X) (BrCol.), M.A. (S.Fraser); M. Bozzer, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); S. Bressler, B.O.T. (McG.), M.A. (R.R.M.C); P. S. Brookman, Dip. (P.X) (Engl.); P. Bustamante, B.O.T. (Chile); K. Calsaferri, B.S.R. (O.X), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); N. Cho, B.S.R. (BrCol.), M.BA. (City); J. Duivestein, B.S.R. (BrCol.); M. L. Fulks, B.P.E., B.Sc. (O.X) (Alta.), M.Sc. (BrCol.); R. Goodman, B.Sc. (P.X) (Dal.); I. M. Harris, B.Sc. (O.X) (Qu.); A. M. Hoens, B.Sc. (P.X) (Br.Col.), M.Sc. (Aust.); B. Hudson, B.Sc. (P.X) (McG.); M. Johnston, Dip. (P.X) (Ireland); C. Kennedy, B.Sc. (P.X) (Qu.); M. Konkin, B.M.R. (O.X) (Manit.); M. T. Kyi, B.Sc. (O.X) (BrCol.); M. Lee, Dip. (O.X) (H.K.), M.B.A. (Wash.); P. Lieblich, B.P.T. (McG.); B. Lundgren, Dip. (P.X), B.Sc. (P.X) (Manit.); M. McCuaig, B.S.R. (BrCol.), MA. (S.Calif.); J. Millard, Dip. (O.X) (Engl.), B.S.R. (O.X) (Br.Col.); S. W. Murphy, Dip. (P.X) (Engl.); A. Neale, Dip. (O.X); I Porter, B.S.R. (BrCol.); B. Robinson, Dip. (O.X), ^.Sc (O.X) (Alta.); J. Ross, B.S.R., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); J. Spence, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); L. J. Stan, B.S.R., M.Ed. (Br.Col.), Ed.D. (Brigham Young); S. Stewart, Dip. (O.X) (Engl.); S. N. Stewart, B.Sc. (P.X) (Qu.); P. Straathof, B.S.R. (BrCol.); K. M. Van Der Hoop, B.S.R., M.Sc. (Br.Col.); K. Varallyai, Dip. (P.X) (Aust.); M. Westby, B.Sc. (P.X) (BrCol.); E. E. Wills, Dip. (P.X) (Ireland), B.S.R. (P.X) (Br.Col.). CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS E. Aubert, Dip. (P.X) (Engl.); J. Bay, B.Sc. (Kin.) (S.Fraser), B.Sc. (P.X) (W.Ont.); D. Betz, B.Sc. (O.X) (Br.Col.); G. R. Beverley, Dip. (P.X) (Engl.); H. Boyes, B.Sc. (O.X) (Br.Col.); V. H. Brittain, B.Sc. (P.X) (Ireland); W. Chan, Dip. (O.X) (H.K.), B.Sc, M.B.A. (Wash.); S. Charchun, B.Sc. (Biochem.), B.Sc. (O.X), (Br.Col.); MX. Chin, B.Sc. (O.X), (Br.Col.); J. Chisholm, B.S.R., M.Sc. (Rehab.), (Br.Col.); M. Conroy, B.Phty. (Q'ld.); A. Craig, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); B. Crocker, Dip. (Remedial Gym) (England), Reg. (P.T.) (Br.Col.); L. Cyr, B.Sc. (O.X) (Dal.); IX. Davidson, B.S.R. (BrCol.); C. Davis, B.Sc. (P.X) (Alabama); D. Drynan, B.Sc. (O.X), M.Ed. (Tor.); G. Ebert, Dip. (P.X) (Alta.); P. Erlendson, B.Sc. (O.X) (McG.); C. M. Faulkner, B.S.R. (BrCol.); C. Fraser, B.A., B.Sc. (O.X), (Br.Col.); K. Friesen, B.E. (Windsor), B.P.E., B.Sc. (O.X) (McM.); S. Garret, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); B. Gordon, Dip. (O.X) (Manit.); X Green, B.Sc. (OX) (Br.Col.); R. C. Groves, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); S. Hale, B.Sc. (Rehab.) (Alta.); M. Harris, Dip. (P.X); S. Haskett, B.Sc. (O.X) (Br.Col.); S. Hearsey, Dip. (P.X) (U.K.), B.S.R. (Br.Col.), M.B.A. (S.Fraser); H. Hermans, B.SA. (Br.Col.), B.Sc. (P.E.) (Wash.); R. Hocking, BA. (Car.), B.Sc. (P.X) (Alta.); C. Horii, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); H. Jebson, Dip. (P.X) (Otago Polytechnic), B.H.S. (P.X) (Open U.); C. Kennedy, B.Sc. (P.X) (Qu.); J. Kipnis, B.Sc. [Concordia (Alta.)], B.Sc. (P.X) (London, Ont.); M. Kuo, B.Sc. (P.X) (Br.Col.), M.P.H. (Wash.); M. Landry, B.S. (O.X) (Quinnipiac U.); Y. Le, B.Sc. (P.X) (Br.Col.); C. Lefaivre, B.Sc. (O.X) (Alta.); J. Letkemen, B.M.R. (P.X) (Manit.); C. Levy, B.Sc. (O.X) (S. A.); S. Leyland, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); S. Leznoff, B.Sc. (O.X) (W.Ont.), B.Ed. (Ott.), MA. (Ed.) (Br.Col.); W. Lintott, B.Sc. (O.X) (W.Ont.); J. Lowcock, B.Sc. (P.X) 380 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (Qu.); H. Maclnnis, B.Sc. (O.X) (E. Mich.); Y. J. Mansfield, B.S.R. (BrCol.); D. Maxwell, B.Sc. (Kin.) (Ott.), B.Sc. (P.X) (Qu.); R. McDonald, Dip. (O.X), B.Sc, M.Sc. (U.K.); M. Mcllwaine, Dip. (P.X) (Ireland), Dip. (Health Care Mgmt.) (B.C.I.X); A. McLean, B.Sc. (O.X) (Br.Col.); A. McMichael, Dip. (P.X) (Engl.); B. McNair, B.Sc. (O.X) (Alta.); K. A. Mills, B.A., B.Sc. (O.X) (W.Ont.); J. G. Montgomery, B.Sc. (P.X) (BrCol.); X Moran, Dip. (P.X) (England); W. Mortenson, B.Sc. (O.X) (Alta.), M.Sc. (Br.Col.); J. P. Moscovitch, B.O.T. (McG.); M. Nelson, B.Sc. (O.X), M.Sc. (Rehab.) (Qu.); X Newlands, B.S.R. (BrCol.); A. Ng, B.Sc. (P.X) (H.K.); M. Nolan, B.Sc. (P.X) (Ireland); J. H. Oldham, Dip. (P.X) (Otago); N. Pearson, BA. (B.P.H.E.), B.Sc. (P.X), M.Sc. (Qu.); J. Pillsworth, Dip. (P.X) (Engl.); D. Powell, B.S.R. (BrCol.); A. E. Rankin, B.Sc. (P.X) (McG.), M.Sc. (P.X) (U.W.O.); X Readman, Dip. (O.X) (Engl.); L. L. Reinhardt, B.Sc. (O.X) (Alta.), M.Sc. (Rehab.) (BrCol.); J. Ritson, Dip. (O.X) (U.K.); M. Rizzardo, B.P.E., M.P.E., B.Sc. (P.X) (Br.Col.); X Ross, B.M.R. (O.X) (Manit.); A. Scott, B.S.R. (Br.Col.); J. Selman, B.Sc. (Psych.) (Vic.B.C), B.Sc. (O.X) (Br.Col.); C. Sheffield, B.Sc. (O.X) (Qu.); B. Sherwood, BA. (BrCol.), Dip. (O.X) (Kingston); J. Shortreed, B.Sc. (O.X) (Qu.), M.Ed. (W.Ont.); S. Sinanan, B.A., B.Sc. (O.X) (Br.Col.); K. Skarpnes, B.S.R. (BrCol.); R. Slater, B.Sc. (O.X), M.Sc. (U.K.); L. A. Smith, B.Sc. (O.X) (Qu.); J. Summersides, B.Sc. (P.X) (Alta.); A. G. Taylor, B.Sc. (P.X) (Br.Col.); F. Varona, B.S.P.X (Philippines); A. Voute, B.Sc, B.Sc. (P.X) (Tor.); V. Ward, B.Sc. (P.X) (U.A.); N. Wellwood, B.Sc. (O.X) (Br.Col.); P. Wilson, B.A., B.S.R. (Br.Col.); G. Yoneda, B.S.R., M.B.A. (Br.Col.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS A. V. Krassioukov, M.D. (Volgograd, Russia), Ph.D. (St. Petersburg, Russia); J. R. Watzke, BA. (Psych.) (Calif., Berkeley), Ph.D. (Lund, Sweden). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS B. L. Beattie, Medicine; A. Chalmers, Medicine; S. A. Hashimoto, Medicine; T. Inglis, Human Kinetics; D. C. McKenzie, Medicine; T. Oxland, Medicine; D. Sanderson, Human Kinetics; B. Sawatzky, Medicine; X A. Van Rijn, Rehabilitation Medicine; R. Y. M. A Wong, Geriatric Medicine. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 22 THE SCHOOL OF REHABILITATION SCIENCES 381 382 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 23 The Faculty of Science Dean's Office J. W. Hepburn, Dean I. A. Cavers, Associate Dean, Curriculum and Learning Initiatives C. Suttle, Associate Dean, Research Initiatives P. G. Harrison, Associate Dean, Student Services L. Whitehead, Associate Dean, Research Liaison 1505-6270 University Boulevard Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4 Telephone: 604-822-9868 Fax: 604-822-5558 Science Website (www.science.ubc.ca) The Faculty of Science offers Major, Honours, General and Integrated Sciences undergraduate programs leading to the Bachelor of Science. The Bachelor of Science can be earned in the fields of Astronomy, Atmospheric Science, Biochemistry, Biology, Biophysics, Chemistry, Cognitive Systems, Computer Science, Earth and Ocean Sciences, Environmental Sciences, General Science, Geography, Geology, Geophysics, Integrated Sciences, Mathematics, A Mathematics and Economics, Microbiology, Oceanography, Pharmacology, Physics, Physiology, Psychology, Statistics, and Statistics and Economics. Biophysics, Climatology, Geology, Geophysics, Oceanography and Physiology are offered only as Honours programs. Co-operative Education programs are available in many disciplines. A Diploma in Computer Science and a Diploma in Meteorology are also offered. For information about graduate degrees, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies, p. 217. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE To earn a Bachelor of Science students must follow one of the following programs: • Major. This program involves specialization in a single field. It may lead to graduate study if sufficiently high standing is obtained. • Double Major. This program involves specialization in two fields. Students in this option will have to complete the degree requirements of two programs in Science or one in Science and one in Arts. It may lead to graduate study if sufficiently high standing is obtained. • Honours. This program usually involves intense specialization in a single field or combination of fields (Combined Honours), and is the normal route to graduate study. An honours program requires maintenance of a high academic standing and may involve preparation of a graduating thesis. The following two programs provide a broad and flexible education in science. These programs are appropriate and useful for those continuing in other professional areas such as Dentistry, Education, Law, Medicine or Veterinary Medicine. These programs are not normally intended for students planning to continue with graduate study in science. With careful planning and sufficiently high standing it is possible to go on to graduate study, but this may require additional qualifying studies at some universities. • The General Science Program. This program provides the opportunity for some specialization in either one or two of the following areas: Chemistry, Earth Science, Life Science, Mathematical Science and Physics. The General Science route that requires concentrations in two areas provides excellent preparation for prospective secondary school teachers. General science programs are not normally intended for students planning to continue with graduate study in science. With careful planning and sufficiently high standing it is possible to go on to graduate study, but this may require additional qualifying studies and some universities. • The Integrated Sciences Program. This program offers flexibility in course selection, academic support in building a coherent program and Integration Courses to provide a framework to acquire the tools of research and communication. Students select one area of specialization from Earth and Ocean Sciences, Mathematical Sciences, Natural Sciences, Life Sciences, or a rationalized combination of courses which cross the boundaries of these areas. Admission to this program is limited and requires application to the ISP Board of Admissions. This program may lead to graduate study if care is taken in course selection and if sufficiently high standing is obtained. The following options are available: • Minor. An optional Minor program comprising courses taken in Science but outside the main area of specialization or in another faculty (Land and Food Systems, Arts, Human Kinetics, or Commerce and Business Administration) may be completed as part of the Bachelor of Science. The Minor allows students to focus their electives in a single subject or field of specialization. • Part-time Program. Some degree programs are amenable to part-time study. Students should inquire at the Science Information and Advising Centre, p. 383 for further information and direction in arranging a part-time study program. • Co-operative Education Programs. Co-operative Education integrates students' academic education (classroom-based learning) with relevant, supervised and paid work experience (work-based learning) in employer organizations. Co-operative Education programs are optional and supplementary to academic programs in a department. For detailed information, see Co-operative Education Programs, p. 392 under Bachelor of Science, Co-op and Minor Options. ADVISING Advising service is available Monday through Friday in the Science Information and Advising Centre, Room A150, Chemistry/Physics Building, 6221 University Boulevard, telephone 604-822-3820. Front counter staff and academic advisors are here to assist undergraduate students in their general academic planning, in interpreting faculty regulations and course requirements, and in resolving academic and personal problems. Academic and personal assistance is also available through the Advising website (www.essential.science.ubc.ca/ academic/advising/science_advising.jsp). EMAIL COMMUNICATION Email is the preferred means of the Faculty of Science administration and faculty members to communicate important messages to students. It is the responsibility of all Science students to ensure that their current email address is accurately recorded on the UBC Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) and to read email sent to that account on a regular basis. Free email accounts (www.nerinfo.ubc.ca) are available for all UBC students, but any email account may be registered through the SSC. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 383 ADMISSION Application for admission to the Faculty of Science must be made through Enrolment Services. Procedures, policies and admission requirements to the University of British Columbia and the Faculty of Science are specified in the chapter Admissions, p. 17 of this Calendar. Approved examinable Grade 11 and 12 courses are also listed there. Students may find it to their advantage to present credit for as many of Biology 12, Chemistry 12 and Physics 12 as possible. Certain programs have reduced requirements in one or more of these subjects for students with Grade 12 credit. For applicants who meet minimum academic requirements but who do not meet the required competitive average for early admission, additional academic criteria, such as achievement in standardized tests, results from national or international competitions, or compelling evidence of outstanding leadership may be considered. Details are available at the Faculty of Science website (www.science.ubc.ca). Students admitted to the Faculty of Science by transfer from other post-secondary institutions must present credit for MATH 100 (or equivalent) and must either have met the English Requirement of the Faculty of Science (see Transfer Credit, p. 385 under Bachelor of Science, Academic Regulations and English Requirement, p. 388 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements) or be eligible to enrol in first-year English at the rime of admission. Students admitted by transfer and those admitted to a second-degree program (see Second Degree Studies, p. 390 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements) will be admitted to the year level that is appropriate according to the First-Degree Promotion Requirements, which are based on the number of credits completed (both total and in Science courses) and degree of completion of the Lower-Level Requirements including English (see Lower- Level Requirements, p. 389 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements). Applicants who cannot meet the requirements as specified should submit an appeal to Enrolment Services with their application forms. The Dean, who has discretionary powers on admissions, will consider all appeals. Students applying for admission from secondary schools outside of BC/Yukon must meet the minimum requirements applied to graduates from British Columbia secondary schools for admission to first year. A student required to discontinue from another faculty may be permitted to register only by special permission, and should consult the Dean's Office. A student with unsatisfactory standing from another post- secondary institution will not be admitted. Students interested in applying to the Science One program must apply through Enrolment Services for admission to the Faculty of Science and, in addition, submit a formal application directly to the Program Office (see Science One Program, p. 391). INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE AND ADVANCED PLACEMENT Credit may be granted for some courses in the International Baccalaureate and Advanced Placement enriched secondary school programs. Such students are advised to consult departmental advisors at UBC before registering in any second-year courses. Prospective UBC students who have completed or are registered in a secondary school calculus course should see UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC Calculus Examination Certificate, p. 20. For detailed information about advanced credit for courses taken in the International Baccalaureate or Advanced Placement programs, consult the Welcome website (www.students.ubc.ca/ welcome/admission.cfm). Advanced credit will count toward a degree program, but does not count as part of the credit load in the first year at UBC. REGISTRATION AND PROGRAM APPROVAL Students are required to follow the program regulations that were in effect at the rime they registered in second year or transferred to the Faculty of Science at UBC. The following is only a summary of the registration procedures for Science students. Students should refer to registration information on the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc) and the Faculty of Science Student website (www.escience.ubc.ca). Note: It is the responsibility of students who are registered on a waiting list to determine if they have been placed in the course by the department. It is also the responsibility of students to determine that they have the prerequisite for any course in which they register. If uncertainties arise, students should consult the appropriate department. After two weeks of lectures, students (full-time or part-time) are not permitted to change the program for which they are registered except in special circumstances and with the permission of the Dean. In Winter Session, students may drop one-term courses within two weeks of their commencement and two-term courses within three weeks of commencement. All record of registration in the courses will be removed from the student's transcript. Thereafter, students may withdraw from a one-term course up to the end of the sixth week, and from a two-term course up to the end of the twelfth week, of classes. Courses dropped during this latter period will be indicated by a withdrawal standing ('W') on the student's transcript. Students may drop or withdraw from courses using the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). After these dates, students are not normally permitted to withdraw from courses but may apply for Academic Concession (see Academic Concession, p. 52 in the chapter Academic Regulations in this Calendar). Students may not take courses for which they have not registered. FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS First-year students do not choose a program or specialization and are not required to obtain program approval before registering. Students must be careful, however, to select courses appropriate for the program they plan to enter in second year. See Lower-Level Requirements, p. 389 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements. Students should seek advice from the Science Information and Advising Office if their first-year program is nonstandard because of advanced placement or transfer credit. First-year students wishing to enrol in Science One must submit a formal application for admission to this course of study to the director of Science One by May 15. First-year students wishing to enrol in the Coordinated Science Program can register directly through the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ssc). The Science One Program and the Coordinated Science Program are described under First-Year Programs, p. 391 under Bachelor of Science. SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH-YEAR STUDENTS Students entering second and subsequent years must select a Major, Honours, General or Integrated program as outlined by the Faculty f Science. Students seeking admission to the Integrated Science Program (ISP) must submit a formal application after completing 60 credits (see Integrated Sciences Program, p. 415 under Bachelor of Science). Students intending to do a Double Major in Science must select one of the Majors upon entry into their second year and then obtain approval for the other before the start of their third year. A form is available from the Faculty of Science Student Website (www.escience.ubc.ca/ index.jsp) for this purpose; it requires approval of advisors in both major areas and of the Dean. Students intending to do a Double Major in Science and Arts must obtain approval from the Science Information and Advising Office in their first year and then select their Science Major upon entry into second year and their Arts Major upon entry into third year (see Program Requirements, p. 389 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements). Interested students are encouraged to plan first-and-second year courses so as to meet the prerequisite requirements for the desired Major areas concurrently (see program listings for Bachelor of Arts, p. 117, and for Bachelor of Science, p. 383). Students intending to do a Minor in Science, Arts, or Agricultural Sciences must obtain approval before the start of their third year. A form is available from the Faculty of Science Student website (www.escience.ubc.ca) for this purpose; Students intending to do a Minor in Commerce must apply in second term of their second year (see Minor in Commerce, p. 392 under Bachelor of Science, Co-op and Minor Options). 384 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Unless students are registered in a specific program their academic records cannot be adjudicated for graduation. Students not meeting the academic standing required for compulsory courses in a given program may be required to withdraw from that program. In many instances changes from one program to another are possible in later years. Changes in program may result in lengthening the rime to complete the Bachelor of Science. Returning students are encouraged to obtain program advice before the end of Term 2. All study programs are subject to approval by the department(s) concerned. With the approval of the Dean, departments may require, as a prerequisite for entering a program, that a student obtain at least 60% in a specified first-year course basic to the field of the Major, unless special permission is received from the head of the department. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS EXAMINATIONS Formal written examinations are required at the end of all courses terminating in December or in April, and also in December for courses continuing all year. The formal written examination may be replaced by alternative examination procedures only at the discretion of the head of the department and with the permission of the Dean. Supplemental examinations and examinations for higher standing are not available in any course in the Faculty of Science. Passing the final examination may not in itself be sufficient to pass a given course. Students may be denied a passing grade for unsatisfactory work during the session or if their essays, laboratory reports or examination papers are deficient in English. Furthermore, in any Science course that has both laboratory work and written examinations, students must complete and pass both parts to pass the course. A student who fails the laboratory work may be refused permission to take the final written examination. Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes, including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, and seminars. Students who neglect their academic work and assignments may, on the recommendation of the head of the department, be excluded by the Dean from the final examinations. In general students who pass a course can use it as a prerequisite for a subsequent course in that subject. However, departments do have the right to bar entrance to their programs and third-year courses to students who obtain only a minimum passing grade in their first- or second-year prerequisite course or courses. No failed course may be repeated more than once without special permission of the Dean. This does not apply to courses in first-year English or Mathematics, which may be repeated twice. LIMITATION OF ENROLMENT Enrolment in the Faculty of Science is limited and admission to the Faculty does not guarantee that space will be available in any specific program, course or section. Where the limitation of enrolment becomes necessary, the criteria for implementation normally are academic standing in the preceding Winter Session and grades in prerequisite courses. Students are encouraged to consult individual department or program offices for details of any restrictions on enrolment. Students are encouraged to register on their assigned date of registration. Students registered in any Science course that has a laboratory must attend their first scheduled laboratory class in that course. Failure to do so will result in termination of the student's registration in the course. Students who are unable to attend their first scheduled laboratory class in a course must notify the head (or designate) of the department concerned within 48 hours of the time affixed for that class or have their registration in the course terminated. It is the responsibility of students registered in a waiting list to determine if they have been placed in the course by the department. A student who has passed a course will not be permitted to repeat that course for higher standing. Corequisites are courses that must either be taken concurrently with another course or successfully completed before taking the other course. Prerequisites are courses that must be successfully completed before another course. Prerequisites can be fulfilled with equivalent courses or exempted with the permission of the instructor. Credit excluded courses are courses that have sufficient overlap in content that credit will be given for only one course or combination of courses listed in the Credit Exclusion List for Science, p. 393 in this chapter. Credit Excluded courses are not equivalent, so permission of a program advisor is required for substitution of a required course with a course from the Credit Exlusion list. Recommended courses provide background that would be helpful for the student when taking another course but are not required. CREDIT Although full-time students take at least 24 credits per Winter Session, and a standard load is 30 credits per Winter Session, many programs require more. First-year students especially should note that a standard load is five lecture courses a term (some may be combined lecture-lab courses, some may be lecture-only) with or without separate lab courses and the number of credits will often exceed 30. The minimum number of credits required for any Bachelor of Science is 120 credits but some programs require more. Full-time students must normally complete graduation requirements within seven calendar years following admission to first year or its equivalent. First-year students at UBC or students transferring to UBC from another institution must request permission from the Dean's Office in order to register for more than 37 credits. No student may take more than 39 credits per Winter Session without special permission of the Dean. Students who fail a course in one Winter Session will not be allowed to attempt more than 30 credits in their next Winter Session, except with special permission of the Dean. Part-time students are urged to complete graduation requirements in a reasonably short time to avoid complications resulting from program changes, or from substantial changes in course material, or from both. Students transferring to the Faculty of Science from other faculties at the University of British Columbia must consult the Science Information and Advising Office regarding transfer of credits to the Bachelor of Science. Credit earned as an Unclassified student does not automatically apply to a Bachelor of Science program should the student subsequently be accepted in the Faculty of Science. TRANSFER CREDIT Students who are accepted on transfer from other post-secondary institutions must present credit for MATH 100 (or equivalent). They also must either have met the English Requirement (See English Requirement, p. 388 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements) or be eligible to enrol in first-year English (see point [1] under "English Requirement") before they will be permitted to register in any courses for credit. Students who have accumulated 60 or more credits either at UBC or elsewhere, and who have not fulfilled the English Requirement, will not be permitted to enrol in courses other than first-year English until the requirement is met. The University will not grant a degree for studies that represent less than the equivalent of two regular Winter Sessions (60 credits). In general transfer credit is limited to the first two years (60 credits) of a degree program, wherever those credits were completed. Credit at a more senior level is possible if prior written permission has been obtained from the Dean. Under no circumstances will a student be granted transfer credit for more than 12 credits of upper-level course work. Although transfer credit allowed by the Dean may be included in the required 48 credits numbered 300 or above, a B.Sc. program must include a minimum of 30 credits of upper-level UBC Science courses specified by the program. The Admission Office provides students with general information about transfer credits. Not all credits will apply towards specific degree requirements. Questions about the applicability of transfer credits should be directed to the appropriate department. SUMMER SESSION CREDIT Summer Session credit will count toward a degree program, but Summer Session courses do not count as part of the full-time program in PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 385 a Winter Session. The maximum credit for any Summer Session is 14 credits, except with the permission of the Dean. It is not possible to take two laboratory science courses concurrently in Summer Session. Summer Session is assessed independently of Winter Session (see Continuation Requirements, p. 385 in this section). CONCURRENT STUDIES AT UBC AND ANOTHER POST-SECONDARY INSTITUTION Students currently registered at UBC may not take courses for credit toward the B.Sc. at another institution without prior written permission from the Dean's Office. The Faculty has no obligation to grant transfer credit unless a Letter of Permission has been obtained. Students granted a Letter of Permission must reduce their UBC course load appropriately. It is the student's responsibility to ensure that an official transcript from the other institution is forwarded to Undergraduate Admissions in Enrolment Services. Transfer credit will be limited to lower-level courses and must not exceed 50% of the credits required for the degree. STUDENT ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE SCIENCE SCHOLAR Graduating students and students promoted to second, third or fourth year with a standing of 90% or better in the previous year will receive the notation 'Science Scholar' on their records. The average is calculated on the best 27 credits in Winter Session, but students must have passed all courses in order to receive this designation. Students in a co-operative education or an education abroad program who are registered at UBC for only one term in Winter Session must complete at least 15 credits and pass all credits attempted with a standing of at least 90% in order to receive the designation. DEAN'S HONOUR LIST Graduating students and students promoted to second, third or fourth year with a standing of 80% or better in the previous year will receive the notation 'Dean's Honour List' on their records. The average is calculated on the best 27 credits in Winter Session, but students must have passed all courses in order to receive this designation. Students in a co-operative education or an education abroad program who are registered at UBC for only one term in Winter Session must complete at least 15 credits and pass all credits attempted with a standing of at least 80% in order to receive the designation. GRADUATION STANDING In an Honours or Combined Honours program the categories of degree are Class 1 and Class 2, calculated on the basis of a minimum of 42 credits of courses, numbered 300 or above, designated as part of the program by the department, and approved by the Dean. In a Major or Double Major program the graduation standing is based on a minimum of 30 credits of courses, numbered 300 or above, designated as part of the program by the departments), and approved by the Dean. In the General Science program the graduation standing is based on the required work of the third and fourth years including a minimum of 30 credits of courses numbered 300 or higher. In the Integrated Sciences program graduation standing is based on the required work of the third or fourth years including a minimum of 30 credits of science courses numbered 300 or higher, among which must be nine credits of Integration (ISCI) courses and 18 credits of upper-level courses in the area of focus. CONTINUATION REQUIREMENTS Students who do not achieve a level 5 on the LPI examination before completing 30 credits of Science-eligible courses, taken either at UBC or another post-secondary institution, will not be permitted to register in any additional credit courses until they successfully complete the LPI. See Exemptions, p. 120 under Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English. See also English Require- I ment, p. 388 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements. Students who do not meet the six-credit first- year English requirement before completing 60 credits of Science-eligible courses (30 credits for second-degree students), taken either at UBC or transferred from another post-secondary institution, will not be permitted to register in any additional credit courses other than first-year English until that requirement is satisfied. Students who approach the 60-credit limit will be restricted in taking further credits so as not to exceed the limit. Continuation Requirements are listed in the table "Summary of Continuation Requirements" below. Subject to the above conditions, students who pass all courses in any Winter or Summer session will be assigned a Pass standing and will be eligible to continue their studies. Students who fail one or more courses but attain a sessional average of 55%> or more in any Winter or Summer Session will also be assigned a Pass standing and will be permitted to continue their studies. Students who attain a sessional average of less than 50% in any Winter or Summer Session will be assigned a Fail standing. They will be required to withdraw from the Faculty, unless this sessional average is based on fewer than 12 credits (Winter Session) or 6 credits (Summer Session) and there is no Fail or Academic Probation (ACPR) on their previous record, in which case they will be permitted to continue. Students who fail one or more courses and attain a sessional average of at least 50% but less than 55% in a Winter or Summer Session will be placed on Academic Probation (ACPR). They will be permitted to continue their studies unless they had a Fail standing in any prior session or they were on Academic Probation in the previous session, in which case they will be assigned a Fail standing and required to withdraw from the Faculty. Students assigned Academic Probation in one session will be removed from Academic Probation if, in a following session, they pass all courses and attain an average of at least 55%o on at least 12 credits. Students required to withdraw from the Faculty for poor academic performance or for failing to meet promotion requirements within the maximum credit limits (see Promotion Requirements, p. 389 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements) or who otherwise leave UBC while ACPR is on their transcript may apply for readmission after one full year, but no student has the right to readmission. Applications for readmission should be submitted to the Undergraduate Admissions Office. Applications will be considered by the Science Admissions, Adjudication, and Appeals Committee. In considering an application for readmission, the Committee will take into account any and all evidence of a student's ability to perform satisfactorily at the university level. Under normal circumstances, the committee will expect students required to withdraw before completing 60 science-eligible credits and those who leave with ACPR on their transcript to demonstrate their abilities by completing the following amount of work at a BC College or similar institution and attaining an overall G.P.A. of 2.50, calculated on all university-transfer work attempted after they were required to withdraw. A negative decision may be appealed to the Senate Admissions Committee. That Committee does not change decisions of the Faculty based on academic grounds but may grant an appeal if due process was not followed by the Faculty. Thus, unless the appellant supplies additional information in support of special consideration, the appeal to Senate is unlikely to succeed. Students required to withdraw after completing more than 60 Science-eligible credits are encouraged to take courses at a College or similar institution, even though some of the credits so earned may not be transferable to UBC. Credits College Transfer Credits Completed Before Required before applying Withdrawal for readmission 30 or fewer 30 31-45 24 46-60 12 more than 60 no requirement 386 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 SUMMARY OF CONTINUATION REQUIREMENTS Sessional Average, Course Success Student Previously in Good Standing ACPR on Student Record Fail on Student Record 55% or higher, passed all courses Pass, eligible to continue Pass, eligible to continue; ACPR lifted if enrolled in 12 or more credits Pass , eligibleto continue At least 50% but less than 55%, passed all courses Pass, eligible to continue Pass, eligible to continue; ACPR carried forward Pass , eligibleto continue 55% or higher, failed one or more courses Pass, permitted to continue Pass, permitted to continue; ACPR carried forward Pass , permitted to continue At least 50% but less than 55%, failed one or more courses ACPR, permitted to continue Fail, required to withdraw Fail, required to withdraw Below 50%; enrolled in 12 or more credits (Winter) or 6 or more (Summer) Fail, required to withdraw Fail, required to withdraw Fail, required to withdraw Below 50%; enrolled in under 12 credits (Winter) or under 6 (Summer) Fail, permitted to continue Fail, required to withdraw Fail, required to withdraw ACADEMIC CONCESSION Academic concessions are a privilege, not a right, and are granted only by the Dean or designate. Among the academic concessions that may be granted are permission to withdraw from or drop a course after the normal deadlines, Aegrotat Standing or Deferred Standing, and withdrawal from the university. For further information, see Academic Concession, p. 52, in the chapter "Academic Regulations" of this Calendar. Students who are absent for short periods of rime or are unable to complete tests or other graded work because of short-term illness or for other reasons should normally discuss with their instructors how they can make up for missed work, according to written guidelines given them at the start of the course (see Grading Practices, p. 49 in the chapter "Academic Regulations" of this Calendar). Students who do not agree with an instructor's decision have the right to request academic concession through the Science Information and Advising Office. Students whose academic performance or attendance is severely affected by medical, emotional, or other problems must consult the Science Information and Advising Office as soon as possible, and certainly before the end of an academic term, if they wish to request academic concession. Students absent from formal end-of-term examinations have the responsibility to request academic concession from the Science Information and Advising Office. Students may not make arrangements directly with the instructor without the involvement of the Science Information and Advising Office. Failure to follow appropriate procedures will normally result in the refusal of the Dean to grant an academic concession. In order to request academic concession, a student who is absent from any formal examination must report within 48 hours oft he end of the examination (in person, by telephone at 604-822-3820 or by email (acadconc@science.ubc.ca)). Untimely notification will not normally be accepted. Students will be required to complete a "Request for Academic Concession" form and provide the necessary supporting documentation. Before missing an examination, students should consider that deferred standing is not granted automatically even with supporting documentation. Students must make every effort to avoid missing examinations. Students who have on-going health or emotional problems should consult Student Health Services or Student Counselling. Any student who has once been granted an academic concession should not assume they will be granted another. DEFERRED STANDING Deferred standing may be granted by the Dean if the student has been fulfilling course expectations during the term and obliges the student to write the next scheduled final examination. If the student did not write and pass examinations or hand in assignments or successfully complete laboratories or is in other ways not in good academic standing in the course, then deferred standing will not be granted. For many courses, the deferred examination will be scheduled by Enrolment Services to take place in the summer for winter session offerings and in December for summer session offerings (see "Dates and Deadlines" in chapter 1 of this Calendar). However, there are important exceptions for many Science courses. Some Science courses schedule make-up examinations in January for term-one winter session courses that are prerequisite to term-two courses. A student with Deferred Standing in one of those courses is expected to write the January examination. No other examination will be offered. Other Science courses are offered in the next term of the same winter session or in the next summer session, and writing the scheduled examination for that offering is normally the required means of fulfilling Deferred Standing. Students with Deferred Standing are responsible for consulting their instructor or the department involved for the date of the next examination and the arrangements for writing it. Students granted Deferred Standing in winter session courses must complete all outstanding course requirements by August 23 following. Students granted Deferred Standing in summer session courses must complete all outstanding course work by December 25 following. See Standings, p. 49. Those dates do not replace the special arrangements for some Science courses described above. Extensions of Deferred Standing are not normally granted. If an examination is not written according to the guidelines above, the student's partial grade will stand as the final grade. Science students who do not fulfill their obligations by writing the required deferred examination may submit a written appeal to the Associate Dean, Students. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS An Honours or Combined Honours program requires a minimum of 132 credits but may require more. A Major, General Science, or Integrated Sciences program requires a minimum of 120 credits but may require more. A Minor program comprising courses in another faculty may be completed toward the Bachelor of Science in conjunction with a Major, General Science, Integrated Sciences or Honours program in Science and requires at least 18 credits of courses numbered 300 and higher in a single subject or field of specialization. A Minor program comprising courses in another discipline in Science may be completed toward the Bachelor of Science in conjunction with a Major or Honours program in Science and requires at least 18 credits of courses numbered 300 or higher in a single subject or from a program. A Double Major in Science in most cases will require more than 120 credits. The exact number of credits required will depend on the particular choices of the Majors. Students who are in the Double Major program must satisfy all degree requirements of one department, including all course, breadth and Faculty requirements. The breadth requirement may be satisfied with upper-level Science courses taken for the second Major. As far as the second department is concerned a student need only satisfy all departmental requirements at the 300 or higher level and any lower-level program requirements that are not part of the first Major program. Students contemplating the Double Major should endeavour to satisfy course pre- PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 387 requisites for both departments in their first two years. A Double Major in Science and Arts program requires a minimum of 120 credits, but in most cases will require more. Students who are in the Double Major program must satisfy all degree requirements for a Bachelor of Science Major in one area. As far as the Arts Major is concerned a student need only satisfy Faculty of Arts and program requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Major. Courses may satisfy requirements for both programs. Students should endeavour to satisfy lower-level course prerequisites for both programs in their first two years. In order to graduate in a Co-operative Education Program, students must successfully complete the required number of work terms in addition to the regular academic program requirements. Credit earned through cooperative work placement courses numbered 298, 299, 398, 399, 498 and 499 in the Faculty of Science can be used only towards graduation in the Co-operative Education program and will not fulfill requirements of Honours, Major, Double Major, General Science, Integrated Sciences or Minor programs. Students are responsible for selecting a program that meets all the Faculty and departmental requirements. Students who have interrupted their studies may find that requirements have changed since the period of their previous enrolment. They must consult the Dean and the department involved. A student who does not meet the graduation requirements for the Bachelor of Science within a maximum of 180 credits of course work attempted will be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Science. ENGLISH REQUIREMENT To qualify for the Bachelor of Science, students must satisfy the English requirement of the Faculty of Science. To do this students must obtain credit for two of ENGL 110, 111, 112, 120 and 121, or their equivalents if taken at another institution. ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. All students admitted to the Bachelor of Science program must take immediate steps to satisfy the English requirement. The following notes apply. 1) Students admitted directly from secondary school are required to take English in their first year if eligible to do so. To be eligible, students must have written the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination and obtained a score of level 5. For details on this examination, and exemptions from it, see Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120. 2) Students admitted directly from secondary school who have not obtained a score of level 5 on the LPI will be permitted to register in no more than 12 credits of course work per term until a satisfactory LPI score is achieved. Students unable to enrol in a first-year English course because of an unsatisfactory LPI score are advised to take a non-credit writing course through the University Writing Centre. 3) Students who do not achieve a level 5 LPI score before completing 30 credits toward the Bachelor of Science will not be permitted to register in any additional credit courses until they obtain a level 5 score. 4) Students who are accepted on transfer from other post-secondary institutions, or who are readmitted to the Faculty after being required to discontinue, must either have met the English requirement or be eligible to enrol in first-year English before they will be permitted to register in any courses for credit. This usually requires achievement of a level 5 or better on the LPI exam in the summer prior to admission for the fall term (see Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-year English, p. 120. 5) Students admitted to a first-degree program who have not met the English requirement by the time they have completed 60 credits of course work toward the Bachelor of Science, taken either at UBC or at another post-secondary institution, will not be permitted to enrol in courses other than first-year English until the English requirement is met. 6) Students admitted to a second-degree program who have not met the English requirement by the time they have completed 30 credits of course work at UBC toward the Bachelor of Science will not be permitted to enrol in courses other than first-year English until the English requirement is met. 7) Once admitted to UBC, students will not normally be permitted to satisfy the English Requirement at another institution. SCIENCE REQUIREMENT At least 72 credits must be in Science courses. Geography courses designated as carrying Science credit are numbered 00-09 in the last digits, plus GEOG 370, 372, 373, and 470. (GEOG 449 also carries Science Credit, but only for B.Sc. Honours students in Geography.) In addition to PSYC 348 and 448, all Psychology courses numbered 60 or above in the last two digits have Science credit. Only the following courses in the Faculty of Land and Food Systems have Science credit: FNH 350, 351, 450 and 451. Some courses in the Faculty of Medicine have Science credit: ANAT 390, ANAT 391; all BIOC, PCTH, and PHYL courses; MEDG 410-421. ARTS REQUIREMENT At least 18 credits must be in Arts courses, which must include six credits of first-year English and at least 12 other credits in Arts courses that are for credit toward the Bachelor of Arts. The Arts requirement can be met by Geography courses numbered 20 and above in the last two digits except those numbered 40-48 and 70-79 in the last two digits. (For further restrictions on students in the B.Sc. in Geography, see Geography, p. 412 under Bachelor of Science.) ARTS OR SCIENCE BREADTH REQUIREMENT Each Major program must include a broad range of experience in the core disciplines of Science and Arts. Of the electives available in the program after the lower-level Arts and Program requirements have been met, at least nine credits must be in Science courses outside the field of the major or in additional Arts courses (or in a combination of Science and Arts courses). Refer to individual program listings for definitions of the field of the Major. ISCI 311, 320, 322, 333, and 411 may count as breadth electives in all Major programs. Major programs other than Cognitive Systems may also count COGS 200 as a breadth elective. Double Major and Combined Major programs satisfy the breadth requirement using their program requirements unless the program combines areas within the same field of major. In such cases, the breadth requirement must be satisfied with additional credits. UPPER-LEVEL REQUIREMENT For upper-level course requirements, see the table "Summary of Minimum Program Requirements" below. For the Bachelor of wrience major, 30 of the 48 upper-level credits must be in Science courses. The remaining 18 upper-level credits for the major may be in any faculty. Those 18 upper-level credits may include upper-level Geography courses numbered 10 to 19, 40 to 48 and 70 to 79 in the last two digits which are not designated as either Science or Arts. Students in Honours, Double Major or Minor in Science options have higher requirements for upper-level Science credits; they may also take 18 credits in any faculty, but at most 6 credits will count toward the minimum upper-level requirements. 388 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 SUMMARY OF MINIMUM PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS Major Major + Minor Major + Major Honours Honours + in Science (Science) Minor in Science Total Credits 120 120 120 132 132 of which courses 300+ 48 48 60 48 60 Total Science Credits 72 72 72 72 72 of which courses 300+ 30 42 54 42 54 Total Arts Credits 18 18 18 18 18 Max. credits not in Science 18 18 18 18 18 or Arts (optional) OTHER CREDIT ALLOWANCES Up to 18 credits of course work in a faculty other than Science or Arts may be taken for credit towards the Bachelor of Science. These courses may not replace specific courses in a Science program or count towards the 72 credits of Science or the 18 credits of Arts courses required by the B.Sc. or the 9 credits of breadth required by the Major programs. The 18 credits may, however, count toward the required upper-level credits for the B.Sc. subject to the upper-level requirement. See Upper-Level Requirement, p. 388 in this section. DOUBLE COUNTING Students enrolled in a combined program, e.g., Double Major, Major+Minor in Science, or Honours+Minor in Science, are allowed to double-count courses, i.e., count one course to fill program requirements in both areas of specialization. However, in order to graduate, Double Major students must have 54 upper- level Science credits, Major+Minor in Science students must have 42, and Honours+Minor in Science students must have 54; this number of credits cannot be arrived at by double- counting. There is no maximum number of credits that can be double-counted, but students should be aware that by double- counting they could substantially weaken the intellectual content of one of their specialties. LOWER-LEVEL REQUIREMENTS In the first 60 credits, every student, unless enrolled in Science One (see note below), must complete (or have advance credit or placement in) the minimum requirements in English, physical sciences, computational sciences, biology or another science, and in laboratory science described below. Advance credit or placement may be granted where appropriate when the equivalent of any or all of these courses is completed at another institution prior to admission to the University. Note: No more than three credits of the Faculty of Science lower-level requirements may be deferred beyond the first 60 credits completed; ENGL and MATH 100 (or 102 or 104 or 180 or 184 or 120) may not be deferred. Students intending to apply for entry to Applied Science, Commerce and Business Administration, Forestry, Pharmaceutical Sciences, or Rehabilitation Sciences should refer to the entrance requirements for each of these academic units. These requirements must of course be included within the normal program in the Faculty of Science. Students intending to do graduate work in the sciences are reminded that competence in the reading of scientific literature in one or two languages other than English is sometimes required. Students are reminded that the regulations listed under Student Academic Performance, p. 386 in Bachelor of Science, Academic Regulations apply. ENGLISH Students take two of ENGL 110, 111, 112, 120, or 121. ENGL 112 is recommended. One of these may be deferred to second year. COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCES Students take one of MATH 100, 102, 104, 180, 184, or 120 and 6 additional credits in CPSC, MATH, or STAT. Some programs may allow the completion of statistics courses in departments other than Statistics to satisfy part of the CPSC/MATH/STAT requirement. Students who intend to pursue an Honours program requiring 6 credits of calculus should consider MATH 120/121, as these enriched courses provide a foundation for such programs. PHYSICAL SCIENCES Students take CHEM 111 if credit was not obtained for Chemistry 12 and 3 credits of 100- level PHYS (normally PHYS 100) if credit was not obtained for Physics 12. All students take 6 credits of CHEM and/or PHYS lecture courses at the 100-level beyond CHEM 111 and PHYS 100. Students who intend to pursue an Honours program should consider PHYS 121/122, as these enriched courses provide a foundation for such programs. OTHER SCIENCES Students who do not have credit for Biology 11 or 12 take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. Students with credit for Biology 11 or 12 complete 3 credits of an ASTR, BIOL, EOSC, or science- credit GEOG or PSYC lecture course. LABORATORY SCIENCE Students take two 1-term laboratory courses chosen from ASTR, BIOL, CHEM, EOSC, GEOG, PHYS, PSYC. These may be standalone labs or parts of lecture-lab courses included in other requirements listed above. ADDITIONAL LOWER-LEVEL COURSES Students take additional courses chosen from Science or Arts to a total of at least 60 credits. A B.Sc. program may include up to 18 credits from a Faculty other than Science or Arts; see Other Credit Allowances, p. 389 in this section. Students should consult the intended program of study to determine the correct choice of courses to fulfil both the Faculty of Science requirements listed above and the introductory requirements for the desired program. Students who are uncertain of their intended Honours, Major, General Science or Integrated Sciences program should choose electives so as to provide maximum flexibility in their choice of program. SCIENCE ONE Students with credit for Science One and BIOL 140 have met all first-year Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics requirements for programs in the Faculty of Science, and satisfy the lower-level requirements for physical sciences, other sciences, and laboratory science and 6 of the required 9 credits in computational science. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS Students are reminded that regulations apply as listed under Bachelor of Science, Academic Regulations, Student Academic Performance, p. 386. Choice of program and option will be limited if good academic standing is not maintained. Permission to pursue more than one of the following types of primary program will not normally be given: Honours, Combined Honours, Major, Combined Major, Double Major, Integrated Sciences, General Science. Programs require varying numbers of credits but no Bachelor of Science program requires fewer than 120 credits. Programs may require specific lower-level (i.e. 100- and 200-level) and upper-level (i.e. 300 and above) courses. See the Bachelor of Science program listings, p. 394 in this section. HONOURS AND COMBINED HONOURS PROGRAM In addition to meeting the specific department course requirements, Honours candidates are expected to complete all courses attempted and to maintain a minimum overall 68% average in each academic session. Honours candidates in a co-operative education program are expected to complete at least 15 credits in each study term. Other Honours students are expected to complete at least 30 credits in each Winter Session. MAJOR PROGRAM A major program is intended to provide depth of study in one discipline while allowing sufficient elective space for a student to explore other areas of study. After the Lower-Level Requirement (i.e. English, physical sciences, computational sciences, other sciences, and laboratory science) and the Arts Requirement PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 389 have been met, each Major program requires at least 9 credits in Science courses outside the field of the Major or in additional Arts courses (or in a combination of Science and Arts. See Arts or Science Breadth Requirement, p. 388). The field of the Major is defined for each program in the Bachelor of Science program listings, p. 394. At most 18 credits may be in courses in a faculty other than Science or Arts but individual program requirements may limit the number of such credits that contribute to minimum degree requirements. COMBINED MAJOR This program involves specialization in two fields, but students in this program complete defined combinations of the degree requirements of two programs in Science. Currently this program limits combinations to those of Computer Science and another field. This program may lead to graduate study if sufficiently high standing is obtained. DOUBLE MAJOR IN SCIENCE PROGRAM Students in the Double major programs must satisfy all degree requirements of one department, including all Faculty of Science requirements. As far as the second department is concerned a student need only satisfy all departmental requirements at the 300 or higher level and any lower-level program requirements that are not part of the first Major program. Students intending to major in two areas should consult departmental advisors before the beginning of their third year (see Registration and Program Approval, p. 384 under Bachelor of Science, Admission). All Double Major programs need the approval of both departments and a senior faculty advisor. Entry into and continuation in a Double Major program requires that the student remain in good academic standing. Students should be aware that in most cases it will not be possible to complete a Double Major in four years. See the information regarding the Double Major under Graduation Requirements, p. 387 in this section. DOUBLE MAJOR IN SCIENCE AND ARTS PROGRAM Students must satisfy all degree requirements for a bachelor of Science Major in one program, including all Faculty of Science requirements. As far as the Arts Major is concerned a student need only satisfy any remaining Faculty of Arts and program requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Major. Courses may satisfy requirements for both programs. Students should endeavour to satisfy lower- level course prerequisites for both programs in their first two years. Entry into and continuation in a Double Major program requires that the student remain in good academic standing. Students in the following B.Sc. Major programs may not complete a B.A. Major in the same subject: Geography, Mathematics, Mathematical Sciences, Psychology. MINOR PROGRAM Students intending to embark on a Minor program should see Minor Programs, p. 392. All Minor programs must be approved by a senior faculty advisor. GENERAL SCIENCE PROGRAM Students in the General Science Program who have completed the first year should select courses in consultation with an advisor in the Science Information and Advising Office at the beginning of the second year and each subsequent year, if questions arise as to program requirements. INTEGRATED SCIENCES PROGRAM Students intending to apply for the Integrated Sciences Program after completing 60 credits should take care in selecting second-year courses which may be requirements for upper- level courses in their proposed area of focus. Integrated Sciences advisors may be consulted in planning a course of study. Changes to previously approved IS programs are permitted but must be approved by an IS advisor. PART-TIME PROGRAM Any course load less than 24 credits in Winter Session is considered part-time study. Students do not need permission of the Dean's Office for part-time study but should be aware that program requirements and courses may change overtime (see Credit, p. 385). Normally, pursuing an Honours program or a Double Major is not permitted through part-time study. Students should select courses and programs in consultation with the departmental advisors. PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS PROMOTION TO SECOND YEAR Successful completion of a total of 18 or more credits, of which 12 or more must be from first- year Science credits; or successful completion of Science One. A student who does not meet the minimum requirements for promotion to second year within a maximum of 60 credits of course work attempted will be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Science. PROMOTION TO THIRD YEAR Successful completion of a total of 48 or more credits which must include 6 credits of first-year English, at least 12 required lower-level science credits or advanced placement in these requirements, and at least 18 additional science credits. A student who does not meet the minimum requirements for promotion to third year within a maximum of 90 credits of course work attempted will be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Science. PROMOTION TO FOURTH YEAR Successful completion of a total of 78 or more credits of which 50 or more must be Science credits including all the lower-level Faculty of Science requirements. A student who does not meet the minimum requirements for promotion to fourth year within a maximum of 120 credits of course work attempted will be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Science. POST-SECONDARY APPLICANTS Students applying for admission to second and third years from British Columbia colleges and universities or from institutions outside the Province must meet, in addition to the present University admission requirements, the Faculty of Science minimum requirements as applied to UBC students for promotion to that stage. Students admitted to UBC who have not completed either six credits of transferable first- year ENGL or achieved at least a level 5 on the LPI test will be placed in second year but will not be permitted to register in the Faculty of Science until they demonstrate a level 5 on the LPI test. SECOND DEGREE STUDIES REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Students with a recognized undergraduate degree may be eligible to pursue a Bachelor of Science as a second degree. The pursuit of an Honours or General Science program as a second degree normally is not permitted. For a Major second degree, students must complete a minimum of 60 credits at UBC while enrolled in their second degree program and must satisfy all Faculty and departmental requirements of ■their chosen program. All upper-level Faculty and departmental requirements must be met through second degree credits only. Specific departmental requirements completed prior to commencement of the second degree may not be repeated, and must be replaced by additional courses in order to satisfy the 60-credit and upper-level requirements. The remaining degree requirements and course prerequisites can be satisfied by any combination of first and second degree credits. Students with limited background for their chosen program may find it necessary to complete more than 60 credits to fulfil all degree requirements. Students will not be permitted to undertake a second degree program that overlaps significantly with studies for a previously granted degree. Because no transfer credit appears on the transcript, students admitted to a second degree must consult the Faculty of Science Information and Advising Office and the appropriate department regarding specific second degree requirements prior to commencing their program. PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS The promotion requirements above apply only to students admitted from high school or on transfer from another post-secondary institution. Students admitted on the basis of prior study (i.e. completion of a first degree) are subject to special promotion requirements based on the year level to which they were admitted. For students admitted into first year, promotion to second year requires completion of at least 12 required Lower-level Science credits (either with UBC credits or from prior study). For students admitted into or promoted to second year, promotion to third year requires completion of any of the following that were not met with prior study: at least 3 credits of English 390 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 requirements, all of the Lower-level Science requirements, and a total of at least 30 Science credits. For students admitted into or promoted to third year, promotion to fourth year requires completion of at least 18 UBC credits including any remaining part of the English requirement and at least 9 credits of Science courses numbered 300 or above. Any second-degree student who has not completed the English requirement upon admission must complete it within the first 30 credits completed at UBC (see English Requirement, p. 388 in this section.) FIRST-YEAR PROGRAMS The Faculty of Science offers three options for enrolment in first year: 1) The Standard Program, in which students admitted to the Faculty of Science design their own program according to the requirements listed above, selecting both the courses and the sections they wish to attend. 2) The Coordinated Science Program (CSP), in which students admitted to the Faculty of Science attend a standard timetable of core science courses, plus an interdisciplinary workshop, together as a group. Students register separately for electives, including at least 3 credits of first-year English. 3) The Science One Program (25 credits plus 1 credit for corequisite Biology 140 Lab), is an academically rigorous interdisciplinary course. A separate application is required. For additional information on first-year programs, visit the Faculty of Science website (www. science, ubc. ca). COORDINATED SCIENCE PROGRAM . Students with a broad interest in science and the relationships between various scientific disciplines may wish to register in the Coordinated Science Program (CSP). Within CSP the General Science Option (GSO) consists of special sections of BIOL 121/140, CHEM 121/ 123, MATH 100/101, and PHYS 101/102. The Computer Science Option (CSO) consists of CPSC 111/121, MATH 100/101, BIOL 121, CHEM 121, and PHYS 101. All CSP students attend their lectures together and have access to the CSP study space, creating a smaller social and learning community within first year science. The CSP instructors teach their courses at the same academic level as the Standard Program and work together to coordinate their course lecture material. They also select topics that promote scientific inquiry across all disciplines. The CSP teaching team also includes two lecturers who run the CSP Workshops. Each week, CSP students meet in smaller groups of about 30 for a two-hour interdisciplinary workshop. These involve participation in a variety of hands-on activities, discussions and debates, group projects, and student-led presentations. The workshops provide the opportunity to develop problem solving, critical thinking, and communication skills useful in all scientific disciplines and future careers. The workshops are not tutorial sessions. Rather, they are a chance to take a deeper look at course material and to explore connections between the sciences. These workshops require a weekly two-hour commitment from students, in addition to time scheduled for the lectures and labs. CSP students are expected to participate fully in workshop activities. The two-term CSP Workshop will be worth 1 credit, with students receiving a mark on a pass/fail basis. Students who have been admitted to the Faculty of Science and have taken Biology 11, Calculus 12, Physics 12, and Chemistry 12 (or their equivalents) are eligible for the program. Students who are interested in the program but who lack prerequisites should contact the Coordinated Science Program Office (csp@interchange.ubc.ca) at 604-822-0274 to discuss their options. Because writing is a significant part of the CSP, proficiency in English is very strongly recommended, j Additional information about the program is available from the CSP website (www.science.ubc.ca/~csp). SCIENCE ONE PROGRAM Science One, an intensive alternative to the standard first year in the Faculty of Science, is a 25-credit program of study spanning two terms. Enrolment in Science One requires enrolment in the first-year biology lab course BIOL 140. The program is interdisciplinary and integrates the essential material of first-year Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics through lectures, tutorials, workshops and laboratories. Science One has a home base and a computer lab as well as excellent student support. The aim of the curriculum is to provide a coherent focus for the student's first- year Science studies, and a sense of being a member in a community of learners. Information about Science One and application forms may be obtained from the Science One Office (sciencel@interchange.ubc.ca), 464-6356 Agricultural Road, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z2; telephone 604-822-5552, fax 604-822-5551, or from the Science One website (www.science.ubc.ca/~sciencel). The deadline for receipt of completed applications is May 15. (Students are notified of their status by May 31.) Late applicants may be considered until May 31. ADMISSION Admission to Science One requires a formal application. Enrolment is limited. Prerequisites for enrolment in Science One are admission to the Faculty of Science; marks of 'B' or better in each of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Mathematics 12 and Physics 12, plus, at least 80% in English 12 or English Literature 12 or a satisfactory score (level 5 or better) on the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination, p. 120. Students who are lacking a prerequisite are advised to call the Science One Office to discuss their options. ELECTIVES Students enrolled in Science One may register for up to an additional 11 credits of electives. With the proper choice of electives, Science One satisfies prerequisite requirements for entry into all second-year programs in the Faculty of Science. Students are advised to register as early as possible for English electives to ensure seats in the MWF 8:00 am or 9:00 am classes, which are compatible with the Science One schedule. Students who have not obtained at least 80% in English 12 or English Literature 12 (or BC equivalent) must write the LPI exam and achieve a level 5 standing before classes begin in September. Those who do not achieve a level 5 on the LPI will be required to withdraw from Science One and enter the regular first-year Science program. For information about English eligibility and the LPI (Language Proficiency Index) requirement, see English Language Admission Standard, *p. 19 and English Language Proficiency Index, p. 120 in this Calendar. Any questions about scheduling English electives or using Advanced Placement credits for English should be addressed to the English Department at 604-822-5651. Second-year Psychology courses may be open as electives to Science One students; arrangements must be made through the Science One Office. Please register for the Science One Program and other elecrive(s) first-record all relevant course registration information before calling the Science One office with the request. Arts electives (which may include one additional first year English course) are chosen from Faculty of Arts courses numbered 100 to 199 for which students have the appropriate prerequisite. There are in addition a limited number of 200- and higher-level Arts courses for which students may be eligible. For further information, refer to the publication, Courses Open to First-Year Students which is available in the Arts Advising Office, telephone 604-822-4028. Science One students are required to take BIOL 140 (a one-credit Biology laboratory course) in their first year. WITHDRAWAL Students who enrol in Science One are expected to remain in the program for the complete session, but they may drop it without penalty during the period officially allowed for course changes. On successful completion of the program, students receive one composite mark for Science One and are promoted to second- year standing in the Faculty of Science. ADVISING AND PROGRAM APPROVAL Science One advisors will be available during the summer months. Appointments may be made by calling the Science One Office at 604-822-5552 after admission to the program. Students who are contemplating a specific department or another faculty after Science One, are advised to contact that department or PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 391 faculty directly to ensure that they meet their elective prerequisites for second year. CO-OP AND MINOR OPTIONS CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAMS The Co-operative Education programs are intended to integrate the academic education (classroom-based learning) of interested and qualified students with relevant, supervised and paid work experience (work-based learning) with employer organizations. Co-op students gain valuable skills that help guide them through their academic education, as well as prepare them for future job markets upon graduation. The Faculty of Science offers Co-operative Education programs in the disciplines of Atmospheric Sciences, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Geology, Mathematics, Microbiology and Immunology, Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Physics and Astronomy, and Statistics. Initiatives are underway to offer the program to students in other departments in the Faculty. Co-operative Education programs are optional and supplementary to academic programs in a department. Students who wish to be considered for the program must meet all requirements of their departments and will be selected on the basis of academic performance and suitability for the work environment. Total enrolment is subject to the availability of appropriate work placements. Students admitted into the program will register in the appropriate Co-operative Education courses for each work term, once a suitable position is confirmed, and will be required to pay the Co-operative Education program fee (see Program and Course Fees, p. 31 in the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter of this Calendar). In addition, a Co-op workshop fee is to be paid by all students accepted into the program. There will not be a tuition fee in addition to this. Each successfully completed Co-operative Education course will be assigned three credits and will be recorded on the student's transcript. In order to graduate in a Co-operative Education Program, a student must have completed the required number of work terms in addition to the normal academic requirements of the department. Co-operative Education course credits cannot be used in lieu of or to complement academic course credits required by the department. To enquire about application deadlines and for further information, please contact the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 170 Chemistry/Physics Building, The University of British Columbia, 6221 University Blvd, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822-9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). MINOR PROGRAMS Students who wish to focus their electives may, with the approval of a senior faculty advisor, undertake an optional Minor program in conjunction with a Bachelor of Science program. The designation of the Minor will be applied to the transcript upon graduation if permission has been granted and the requirements are met. Permission to pursue a Minor will be denied if the student is not making good progress in the primary specialization. Permission to pursue more than one Minor will not normally be given. The following five types of Minor program are available: Minor in Agricultural Sciences, Minor in Arts, Minor in Commerce, Minor in Human Kinetics, and Minor in Science. Entry into and continuation in a Minor option requires that the student remain in good academic standing. Information on Minor programs is also available on the eScience website (www.escience.ubc.ca). MINOR IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES A minor in Agricultural Sciences may be undertaken by students in an Honours or Major program. Upon completion of one of the following four minor programs, the notation "Minor in [Subject]" will be denoted on the j student's transcript. The Applied Animal Science Minor will consist of six credits selected from BIOC 300, BIOL 310, BIOL 334, FNH 350 and 12 credits selected from AGRO 311, AGRO 312, AGRO 315, AGRO 316, AGRO 327, AGRO 360, AGRO 411, AGRO 414, AGRO 418, AGRO 460, FNH 452, FNH 453, FNH 454 for a total of 18 credits. The Food and Resource Economics Minor will consist of ECON 310, ECON 311 and 12 credits selected from ECON 371, FNH 355, FRE 302, FRE 306, FRE 340, FRE 374, FRE 385, FRE 420, FRE 475 for a total of 18 credits. Students who have completed ECON 101 and 102 prior to entry into the program may use these courses in lieu of ECON 310 and 311, but may require additional upper-level credits to satisfy graduation requirements. The Horticulture Minor will consist of 6 credits selected from BIOL 316 (AGRO 326), BIOL 327 (AGRO 327), BIOL 317 (AGRO 328), BIOL 351 (AGRO 324) and 12 credits selected from AGRO 322, AGRO 360, AGRO 420, AGRO 421, AGRO 423, AGRO 428, FNH 330, LARC 316 for a total of 18 credits. The Nutritional Sciences Minor will consist of FNH 350, FNH 351, and 12 credits selected from FNH 301, FNH 355, FNH 371, FNH 451, FNH 452, FNH 453, FNH 454, FNH 490 for a total of 18 credits. Space in many Science and Land and Food Systems courses is limited. Admission to an Agricultural Sciences Minor does not guarantee access to courses agreed upon for the minor. MINOR IN ARTS A Minor in Arts may be undertaken by students in a Major, Honours, General Science or Integrated Sciences program. An acceptable program must comprise courses in the Faculty of Arts that are for credit toward a Bachelor of Arts and consists of 18 upper-level credits in a single subject or field of specialization. Students should design a coherent and academically sound course of studies for their proposed Minor, which must be approved by a senior faculty advisor in the Faculty of Science Dean's Office at the beginning of the second year. All courses must be acceptable for a Bachelor of Arts Major in the proposed subject area or field, but a student is not bound by the other requirements that the Faculty of Arts sets for a Major or Minor in the field. The following restrictions should be noted. A Minor in Mathematics may not be undertaken by students in the Faculty of Science. Students majoring in one of the earth science programs (Earth and Ocean Science, Geography, Geology, Geophysics, Oceanography) may not undertake a Minor in Geography. Other students intending to Minor in Geography should take GEOG 101 (or 102 and 103) as a prerequisite; other Geography courses must be selected from those that carry Arts credit in the Faculty of Science. Students in the B.Sc. program in Psychology may not undertake a Minor in Psychology; other students intending to Minor in Psychology must select only those Psychology courses that carry Arts credit in the Faculty of Science. Upon successful completion of the Minor program, the notation, 'Minor in Arts' will be denoted on the student's transcript. Students wanting a subject-designated Minor may also Undertake a Minor in a specific Arts discipline Minor Program, p. 122, which requires the completion of at least 30 credits in a single subject field of specialization of which at least 18 of these credits must be numbered 300 or higher. MINOR IN COMMERCE A Minor in Commerce may be undertaken by students in a Major, Honours, General Science or Integrated Sciences program. Enrolment in this program is strictly limited. An application form may be obtained from the Faculty of Science Dean's Office and the completed form must be returned no later than May 15. At the time of application, students must be eligible for third year standing in the Faculty of Science with a cumulative average of at least 68% in the previous two years. Meeting the stated requirements does not guarantee admission into the program. The program will consist of ECON 310 and 311(6), COMM 457(3), COMM 493(3), and six credits selected from COMM 329(3) COMM 458(3), COMM 473(3), COMM 465(3), COMM 486F(3) for a total of 18 credits. Students who have completed ECON 101 and ECON 102 prior to entry into the program may use this course in lieu of ECON 310 and 311, but may require additional upper- level credits to satisfy graduation requirements. Note: Students may encounter difficulty fitting the COMM courses into their Science program timetable; careful planning is essential. Upon successful completion of this Minor program, the notation 'Minor in Commerce' will be placed on the student's transcript. 392 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MINOR IN HUMAN KINETICS A Minor in Human Kinetics may be undertaken by students in a Major, Honours, or General Science program. Enrolment in this program is strictly limited. An application form may be obtained from the Faculty of Science Advising Office and the completed form must be returned no later than May 15. At the time of application, students must have completed PHYS 100 or 101 and be eligible for third year standing in the Faculty of Science with a cumulative average of at least 68% in the previous two years, and be eligible to enrol in either PHYL 301(6), BIOL 353(7), or BIOL 355(6). Students who do not complete this Physiology requirement in their third year will be dropped from the minor. Meeting the stated application requirements does not guarantee admission into the program. The program will consist of 18 credits selected from the following list of courses: HKIN 303(3), HKIN 353(3), HKIN 361(3), HKIN 363(3), HKIN 364(3), HKIN 368(3), HKIN 389(3), HKIN 461(3), HKIN 463(3), HKIN 464(3), HKIN 468(3), HKIN 469(3), HKIN 471(3), HKIN 473(3). Students admitted to the Minor in Human Kinetics have the prerequisites waived for all HKIN 3** courses listed above. However, students should be aware of the 300-level prerequisites for some 400-level Human Kinetics courses. Students may encounter difficulty fitting the HKIN courses into their Science program timetable; careful planning is essential. Upon successful completion of this Minor program, the notation 'Minor in Human Kinetics' will be placed on the student's transcript. MINOR IN SCIENCE A Minor in Science may be undertaken by students in an Honours or Major program. Courses taken for the Minor must be courses in the Faculty of Science that are acceptable for a Bachelor of Science Major or Honours in the proposed subject area or field. The Minor consists of 18 upper-level credits either in a single subject or selected from a program. Students should design a coherent and academically sound course of studies for their proposed Minor, which must be approved by program advisors in both the Major (or Honours) and Minor areas and by the Dean during the second year. Approval will be withheld if the course of study for the Minor is deemed to overlap excessively with the course of study for the Major or Honours. Students registered in other degree programs may, with approval of a departmental advisor in Science, a senior Faculty advisor in the Faculty of Science Dean's Office and a senior advisor in their home faculty, undertake a Minor in Science program in conjunction with their degree program. Students are strongly encouraged to consult with advisors in both Faculties before taking the necessary courses. Upon completion of the Minor program, the notation, 'Minor in [subject]' will be denoted on the student's transcript. Space in many Science courses is limited. Admission to a Science Minor does not guarantee access to courses agreed upon for the minor. A student completing a Minor in Science in conjunction with a Major or Honours program may use courses to fill program requirements in both areas of specialization (see Double Counting, p. 389 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements). However, to complete a Major plus Minor in Science requires at least 42 upper-level credits of Science courses; to complete an Honours plus Minor in Science requires at least 54. CREDIT EXCLUSION LISTS Each line below lists courses in which there is sufficient overlap that credit may be obtained for only one selection. This does not imply that courses listed together are interchangeable. Program specifications may require a specific course selection. ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE 1) ATSC 409, ATSC 506, OCGY 510 BIOCHEMISTRY 1) BIOC 300, 302, 303 2) BIOC 300, BIOL 201 3) BIOC 303, 503 4) BIOC 403, CHEM 413, 569 5) BIOC 410, 510 6) BIOC 435, BIOL 435, BIOC 535 BIOLOGY 1) BIOL 110 or 115 plus 120, 344, SCIE 001 2) BIOL 110 or 115 plus 120, FRST 300, SCIE 001 3) BIOL 112, MICB 201, BIOL 346, SCIE 001 4) BIOL 121, BIOL 120, SCIE 001 5) BIOL 201, BIOC 300 6) BIOL 300, EPSE 482, 483, FRST 231, GEOG 374, HKIN 371, PSYC 218, 366, POLI 380, STAT 200, 203 7) BIOL 301, FRST 430, STAT 305 JS) BIOL 316, AGRO 326 *) BIOL 317, AGRO 328 10) BIOL 337, EOSC 371, MRNE 435 11) BIOL 310, MRNE 446, PSYC 306 12) BIOL 324, PLNT 258 13) BIOL 327, AGRO 327 14) BIOL 334, AGRO 414, FRST 302 15) BIOL 345, 302 and 303 16) BIOL 346, 112, MICB 201 17) BIOL 346, MICB 202 18) BIOL 351, PLNT 324, FRST 311 19) BIOL 352, PLNT 325 20) BIOL 353, AGRO 312, BIOL 355, PHYL 301 and 302 or 303 21) BIOL 426, MRNE 412 22) BIOL 443, AGRO 424 23) BIOL 438, PHYS 438 24) BIOL 446, PHIL 464 25) BIOL 462, FRST 413 CHEMISTRY 1) CHEM 111, 2) CHEM 112, SCIE 001 3) CHEM 201, 4) CHEM 201, 5) CHEM 203, 6) CHEM 203, 7) CHEM 204, 8) CHEM 250, 9) CHEM 250, 10) CHEM 311, 11) CHEM 312, 12) CHEM 312, 13) CHEM 313, 14) CHEM 407, 15) CHEM 413, 121,151, 154, SCIE 001 113, 122, 123,151, 154, 205, 251 205, 252 231, 233, 260 231,235 232, 260 202 309/310 352 PHYS 304, 452 PHYS 450 330 503, PHYS 303, 403, 455 CHEM 569, BIOC 403 COMPUTER SCIENCE 1) CPSC 100, FRST 232 2) CPSC 101, WMST 201 3) CPSC 111, 122, 152 4) CPSC 121, 218, EECE 259 5) CPSC 121, 220, EECE 320 6) CPSC 216, 221, 252 7) CPSC 221, 220 8) CPSC 304, COMM 437 9) CPSC 310, CPSC 352, EECE 310 10) CPSC 311, EECE 321 11) CPSC 313, 315, EECE 315 12) CPSC 313, 318, EECE 476 13) CPSC 314, 414, EECE 478 14) CPSC 319, EECE 319 15) CPSC 405, COMM 310, EECE 423 16) CPSC 414, 314, EECE 478 17) CPSC 416, EECE 411 18) CPSC 417, COMM 439 19) CPSC 417, EECE 456 20) CPSC 435, FRST 435 21) CPSC 444, EECE 418 EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCES 1) EOSC 110, GEOG 101, GEOG 103 2) EOSC 112, GEOG 102, GEOG 101 3) EOSC 120, 121 4) EOSC 222, 326 5) EOSC 330, GEOG 306 6) EOSC 220, 324 7) EOSC 352, PHYS 406 8) EOSC 371, BIOL 305, MRNE 435 9) EOSC 477, ATSC 414, EOSC 579 GEOGRAPHY 1) GEOG 101, GEOG 102, EOSC 112 2) GEOG 101, GEOG 103, EOSC 110 3) GEOG 102, GEOG 101, EOSC 112 4) GEOG 103, GEOG 101, EOSC 110 5) GEOG 200, GEOG 204, AGRO 244 6) GEOG 204, AGRO 244, GEOG 300 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 393 7) GEOG 201, GEOG 204, AGRO 244, GEOG 300 8) GEOG 205, CIVL 418, FOPR 388 9) GEOG 306, EOSC 330 10) GEOG 444, GEOG 448 MATHEMATICS 1) MATH 100,102,104, 111, 120,140,153, 180, 184, SCIE 001 MATH 101, 103, 105, 121, 141, 154, SCIE 001 MATH 152, 221, 223 MATH 200, 217, 226, 253, 263 MATH 215, 255, 256, 265 MATH 217, 227, 254, 263, 266, 317 MATH 230, 335 MATH 256, 257, 267, 316 MATH 257, 316, PHYS 312 MATH 266, 300, 350 MATH 301, 350 12) MATH 302, 318, STAT 241, 251, 302 13) MATH 303, 318 14) MATH 312, 437 15) MATH 313, 437 16) MATH 407, CPSC 402 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10 11 MARINE BIOLOGY 1) MRNE 446, BIOL 310, PSYC 306 MICROBIOLOGY 1) MICB 202, BIOL 346 2) MICB 318, CHBE 381 3) MICB 402, MEDG 410 4) MICB 407, PATH 437 5) MICB 419, CHBE 564 6) MICB 502, MEDG 510 7) MICB 508, PLNT 508 PHARMACOLOGY 1) PCTH 300, 305; PHAR 370, 380 ^ 2) PCTH 400, PHAR 385 PHYSICS 1) PHYS 101/102, 107/108, 109, 121/122, 153, SCIE 001 2) PHYS 170,216 3) PHYS 200, 250 4) PHYS 203, 257, 313 5) PHYS 209, 259 6) PHYS 301, 311, 354 7) PHYS 308,458 8) PHYS 304, 450, 452, CHEM 312 9) PHYS 303, 403, 455, CHEM 407, 503 10) PHYS 312, MATH 257, 316 11) PHYS 401, 454 12) PHYS 438, BIOL 438 PHYSIOLOGY 1) PHYL 301 and 302 or 303, AGRO 312, BIOL 353, BIOL 355 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 1) STAT 200, STAT 203, BIOL 300, COMM 312, COMM 291, EPSE 482, EPSE 483, FRST 231, GEOG 374, HKFN 371, POLI 380, PSYC 218, PSYC 366, SOCI 328 2) STAT 241, 251, 302, MATH 302, 318 3) STAT 300, 306, COMM 411 4) STAT 335, WOOD 335 5) STAT 241, STAT 251, STAT 302, COMM 290, MATH 302 6) STAT 241, STAT 251, ECON 325, PSYC 366 7) STAT 404, PSYC 359 PSYCHOLOGY 1) PSYC 201 and 202, 260 2) PSYC 304, 360 3) PSYC 217 and 218, 366 4) PSYC 306, MRNE 446, BIOL 310 ASTRONOMY The Department of Physics and Astronomy (www.physics.ubc.ca) offers opportunities for study in Astronomy at the bachelor's, master's and doctoral levels. For information on graduate degrees, see Astronomy, p. 232 in the Graduate Studies section. MAJOR PROGRAM MAJOR (0030): ASTRONOMY (ASTR) ^ First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121,(111 , 113) 4 MATH 100-level 2 6(8) PHYS 107, 108, 109(101, 8(6) 102)3 Electives4 6-8 Total Credits 30-34 Second Year5 ASTR 201, 2026 6 MATH 217(200, 317), 221 (223), 215 10-12 PHYS 209 3 PHYS 2067 3 Electives4 8-11 Total Credits 30-35 Third Year ASTR 303 3 MATH 316 or PHYS 312 3 PHYS 301, 308 6 PHYS 200, 203, 2068 9 Electives4 9 Total Credits 30 Fourth Year ASTR 402 ASTR 404, 405 PHYS 304, 403 Electives8 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 3 6 6 15 30 120 ENGL 112isrecommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider 120 and/or 121. Three credits of English may be deferred until second year. 2 One of MATH 100, 102, 104, 180, 184 or 120 and one of MATH 101, 103, 105 or 121. 3 Students without Physics 1 2 should consult departmental advisor as early as practical. Normally they must take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 or 121. 4 The elective credits taken throughout the program must include at least 1 2 credits in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of 100-level English) and a further 9 elective credits in Arts or Science outside the field of the Major (Physics, Astronomy, Mathematics, are therefore excluded). Students without Biology 11 or Biology 12 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. Up to 12 elective credits may be taken in any faculty. The remaining elective credits may be taken in any courses in Arts of Science, including the subject of the Major. Enough elective credits in Arts and Science courses numbered 300 or higher must be taken so that the program's total number of Arts and Science credits at the 300-level or higher is at least 48, with at least 30 of these credits being in Science. Recommended elective: CPSC 122, 152 or 1 24. Students interested in senior chemistry courses or who are planning to enter a career in teaching are reminded that they should take a second course of introductory chemistry. 5 Admission requirement: 60% Standing in first- year Physics courses or permission of department I head. 1 6 One or both of these courses may be deferred to third year. 7 Students who have not obtained a standing of at I least 68% in PHYS 102, PHYS 121, or PHYS 122 should substitute PHYS 216. 8 Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 206 in second year. HONOURS IN PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY See Physics, p. 422. ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE A program of undergraduate studies, and master's and doctoral degrees in Atmospheric Science and the Diploma in Meteorology are offered cooperatively by the Departments of Earth and Ocean Sciences and Geography. Students should direct enquiries to the Associate for Undergraduate Affairs of the Atmospheric Science Program. For information concerning the diploma program see Diploma in Meteorology, p. 431. For information on graduate degrees, see Atmospheric Science, p. 233 in the Graduate Studies section. For more information, visit the Atmospheric Science website (www.geog.ubc.ca/atmos). CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM A five-year optional Co-operative Education program is available in Atmospheric Science. The program is intended to help prepare interested and qualified students for technical careers in atmospheric science within government, university or industrial settings. This is achieved through a minimum of 14 months of approved work placement under the supervision of practising professionals. Faculty advisors visit students at their place of work and provide advice on technical reports required of all students in the program. To be eligible, students must be admissible into third year of the B.Sc. Major in Atmospheric Science with a minimum overall grade of 72%. 394 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Admission is by application to the Co-op Office in April of the second year. Selection of students will be based on academic performance and general suitability to the work environment as determined by resume and interview. Total enrolment in the program is subject to the availability of work placements and faculty advisors. Work placements are arranged by mutual agreement between employers and students. Participating students must register for ATSC 398, 399, 498, and 499 as appropriate, and pay the required Co-operative Education program fee per course. (See Program and Course Fees, p. 31 in the "Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships" chapter of this Calendar.) Graduation in the Cooperative Education program requires a student to complete each of ATSC 398, 399, 498 and 499, in addition to the normal academic requirements. To enquire about application deadlines and for further information, please contact the chair of the Atmospheric Science program or the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 309, Hennings Building, The University of British Columbia, 6224 Agricultural Road, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822-9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). PROGRAMS MAJOR (0167): ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE (ATSC) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121, 123 (or 111,113) 8 CPSC111 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 180 or 184) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) PHYS 107 (or 101)2 PHYS 108, 109 (or 102) Arts Elective Total Credits 4 3(4) 3(4) 3 5(3) 3 33(37) Second Year ATSC 201 EOSC 250, 251 GEOG 200 MATH 200, 221 PHYS 216 Arts Electives3 Elective3'4'5'6 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 30 ATSC 301, 303 ATSC 404, 405 GEOG 300, 304 MATH 215 PHYS 312 or MATH 316 PHYS 313 STAT 241 or 200 Arts Elective3 ATSC Electives7 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) Electives3'4'5 2T Total Credits 60 Minimum credits for degree 123 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students without Physics 12 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 107/108/109 3 18 credits of electives must be numbered 300 or higher 4 Nine credits must be Science courses from outside the Major field, or Arts. The Major field includes all Atmospheric Science, Oceanography, Geography (Science) and Physics courses. 5 Students may choose courses so as to build a knowledge of an area of study related to Atmospheric Science. Some suggestions are: Chemistry (CHEM 201 and 302); Oceanography (EOSC 370, 371, 474 and/or 476); Computer Science (CPSC 128, 216); Electronics (ELEC 263, 366, 485) 5 Students without Biology 11 or 12 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. 7 Selected from EOSC 354; GEOG 401, 402; MECH 482; PHYS 314. HONOURS (0429): ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE (ATSC) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121, 123 (or 111, 113) 8 MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 180 or 184) or 104 3(4) MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 or 105) 3(4) PHYS 107 (or 101)2 3 PHYS 108, 109 (or 102) 5(3) Elective3'4 6 Total Credits 32(36) Second Year ATSC 201 3 CHEM 201 3 EOSC 211 3 MATH 215,217,221 9 PHYS 203, 206 6 ►TAT 241 or 200 3 Arts Electives 6 Total Credits 33 Third and Fourth Years ATSC 301, 303, 404, 405, 449 ATSC Electives6 CHEM 302, 304 GEOG 300, 304 MATH 300,301,316,400 PHYS 301, 314 Arts Electives Electives5 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 12 6 6 9 69 134 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits for first-year English may be deferred until second year. Students without Physics 1 2 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. Qualified studentsare encouraged to take PHYS 107, 108 and 109 3 Students without Biology 11 or 12 must take 100- evel Biology. 4 Recommended electives: EOSC 100-level or GEOG 102 5 Six credits total may be in any faculty 6 Selected from ATSC 406, 409, 414; EOSC 354, GEOG 401,402; AGRO 341. COMBINED HONOURS (1372): ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE AND COMPUTER SCIENCE (ATSC, CPSC) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121 (111) 4 CPSC 111, 121 8 MATH 120 (or 100 or or 180 or 184) 102 or 104 4(3) MATH 121 (or 101 or 104 or 105) 4(3) PHYS 101, 102(107, 108, 109)2 6(8) Electives23 3 Total Credits 33(37) Second Year ATSC 201 3 CPSC 211, 213, 221 12 MATH 215,217,223 10 PHYS 216 3 STAT 200 or 241 3 Elective 3 Total Credits 34 Third and Fourth Years ATSC 301, 303, 404, 405 12 ATSC 449 or CPSC 4494 6 CPSC 302, 303, 310, 320 13 CPSC course numbered 300 and above5 3 CPSC 403 or CPSC 402 3 CPSC course numbered 400 and above5 3 GEOG 300, 304 6 MATH 316 3 PHYS 313 3 Arts Electives 12 Elective5 3 Total Credits 67 Minimum credits for degree 134 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students without Physics 1 2 must take PHYS 100 Such students please see PHYS advisor. Qualified 107/108/109, students are encouraged to take PHYS 107/108/109. 3 Students without Biology 11 or 12 must take 100- evel Biology. 4 Students who intend to take CPSC 449, must take CPSC 349 (a seminar of 0 credits) in the third year 5 CPSC 31 3, 421 and CPSC 420 are recommended BIOCHEMISTRY The Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (www.biochem.ubc.ca) offers opportunities for study leading to bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees. For information on graduate degrees, see Biochem- PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 395 istry and Molecular Biology, p. 234 in the Graduate Studies section. The Major program provides a strong background in biochemistry and is sufficiently flexible for students to develop their interests in allied fields (e.g., microbiology, food science, and chemistry). It is also appropriate for students who anticipate a professional career in the health sciences. The Honours program is the recommended route for students interested in graduate studies in biochemistry or related disciplines. However, students enrolled in a Major program with a strong academic record may also apply for graduate studies. For more information, see the Biochemistry website (www.biochem.ubc.ca). INTERNSHIP EDUCATION PROGRAM The department offers an optional Internship (Co-op) Education Program (Honours and Majors). The program is open to interested and qualified students and is intended to provide additional practical and technical biochemical and molecular biological experience in academic and industrial research laboratories. This is normally achieved through a period of 12 to 15 months of approved work placement under the supervision of practicing professionals. A faculty advisor will be assigned to each internship student. Acceptance into the program is based upon academic standing and general suitability to perform in a technical research environment. The first phase is a placement for three or four months (summer following third year) in an academic research or industrial laboratory (either at UBC or at an off-campus site). This is normally followed by placement in off-site laboratories for three consecutive, four-month terms. Placements are arranged by mutual agreement of the student, employer and faculty advisor through the Office of Co-operative Education. Students participating in the internship program must register for off-site placements by using BIOC 398, 399, 498 and, where appropriate, 499, and pay the co-op education program fee for each course. After completion of the work terms, students return to the University for completion of the normal fourth year Major or Honours academic requirements. This program requires five years and is not a requirement for admission to the graduate program in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Enrolment in the internship program is limited; continuation in the program is contingent on the availability of suitable work placements. For more information, see the Biochemistry undergraduate programs (www.biochem.ubc.ca/ Undergrad.html) page or contact the Co-operative Education Program Office. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). PROGRAMS MAJOR (0244): BIOCHEMISTRY (BIOC) First Year Credits First Year (Continued) Credits CHEM 121,123(111, 113)3 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 3(4) (or 120 or 180 or 184)4 MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS5 6 Electives6 0-3 Total Credits 34(36) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 6~ CHEM 201 and either 202 or 211 6(7) CHEM 203, 2047 8 MATH 200 3 Electives6 9 Total Credits 32(33) Third and Fourth Years8,9 BIOC3019 BIOC3038 BIOC 402, 403 BIOC 410 BIOL3348, 3358 CHEM 304, 305 CHEM 313, 333 Electives6 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 3 6 6 3 6 6 7 24 61 127 i ENGL 100-level BIOL1112 BIOL 121, 140 6 3-0 5 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. If students do not have Biology 12, then they must also take BIOL 111, in addition to BIOL 121 and BIOL 140. If students do not have Chemistry 1 2, then they must take CHEM 111 and CHEM 113 in place of CHEM 121 and CHEM 123. Students must complete one of MATH 100, 102, 104 or 120. Alternatively, those not qualified for these courses due to lack of the calculus prerequisite can complete MATH 180 or 184. The requirement of 6 credits of Physics must include PHYS 101 (3) and any other PHYS course that is available for credit in the Faculty of Science. Although students with Physics 12 may defer 3 credits of Physics until second year, students are encouraged to complete this program requirement in their first year. If students do not have Physics 1 2, then they must take PHYS 100 as part of the required 6 credits of Physics. The 33 or 36 credits of electives must meet the following criteria: a. A maximum of 12 credits may be taken in a faculty other than arts or science, b. At least 12 credits must be in the Faculty of Arts (and in addition to the 6 credits of first-year English), c. A further 9 credits must be either Science electives outside the field of the Major or in Arts. The field of the Major for Biochemistry is defined as all Biochemistry, Biology, Chemistry and Microbiology courses and all courses offered for Science credit by departments in the Faculty of Medicine, d. At least 12 credits must be for courses numbered 300 or higher. CHEM 233 and 235, as well as CHEM 205 taken after the 2001/2002 academic year, are not acceptable for the Major in Biochemistry program and no credit will be given for these courses. BIOC 303 and BIOL 334/335 are prerequisites to required fourth year courses and must be taken during the third year. All students with a Major in Biochemistry are re quired to register for the laboratory course BIOC 301 in the third year of their program. Students who cannot take BIOC 301 in their third year must switch to another program. They are not eligible to continue with a biochemistry program. HONOURS (0186): BIOCHEMISTRY (BIOC) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 BIOL1122 3 BIOL 121,140 5 CHEM 121, 123 (111, 113)3 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 3(4) or 180 or 184)4 MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS5 6 Total Credits 34(36) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 6~ CHEM 203, 2046 8 CHEM 201 and either 202 6(7) or 211 MATH 200 3 MICB 202 3 Electives7 12 Total Credits 38(39) ■hird Year BIOC 303 BIOC 301 BIOL 334, 335 CHEM 313, 333 CHEM 304, 305 Electives7 Total Credits Fourth Year 6 3 6 7 6 6 34 BIOC 402, 403 6 BIOC 404 3 BIOC 410 3 BIOC 420 3 BIOC 421 and/or 449 3-6-9 Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 9-6-6 Electives8 Electives7 6-6-3 Total Credits 33 Minimum credits for degree 139 1 ENGL 112is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 If students do not have the prerequisites for BIOL 112, then they must take BIOL 111 in the first year and BIOL 112 in the 1st term of the second year. Students who have credit for Biology 12 may defer BIOL 11 2 to the 1st term of the second year, allowing 3 credits of electives in the first year. 3 If students do not have Chemistry 1 2, then they must take CHEM 111 and CHEM 113 in place of CHEM 121 and CHEM 123. 4 Students must complete one of MATH 100, 102, 104 or 120. Alternatively, those not qualified for these courses due to lack of the calculus prerequisite can complete MATH 180 or 184. 5 The requirement of 6 credits of Physics must include PHYS 101 (3) and any other PHYS course that is available for credit in the Faculty of Science. Although students with Physics 1 2 may de- 396 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 fer 3 credits of Physics until second year, students are encouraged to complete this program requirement in their first year. If students do not have Physics 12, then they must take PHYS 100 as part of the required 6 credits of Physics. 6 CHEM 233 and 235, as well as CHEM 205 taken after the 2001/2002 academic year, are not acceptable for the Honours in Biochemistry program and no credit will be given for these courses. 7 Electives must include at least 12 credits in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of first- year English). Students are encouraged to complete the Arts requirements by the end of the third year. A total of 9 to 1 2 credits of electives is available in the third and fourth years. 8 A total of 6 or 9 credits of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology electives is required in the third and fourth year from the following list: BIOC 435 (3); 3 credits of 300- or 400-level Chemistry courses; 3 credits of Microbiology courses from MICB 302, 306, 405 or 409; PHYL 301(6). Select 9 credits from these courses if only 3 credits were chosen from BIOC 421/449. Select 6 credits if 6 or 9 credits were chosen from the advanced laboratory courses of BIOC 421/449. Note: Only one course maybe selected from each of the four groups above to fulfill this program requirement. COMBINED HONOURS (0565): BIOCHEMISTRY AND CHEMISTRY (BIOC, CHEM) First Year Fourth Year (Continued) Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 33 140 ENGL 100-level1 6 BIOL 1112 3-0 BIOL 121,140 4 CHEM 121, 123(111 , 113)3 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 3(4) 180 or 184)4 MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS5 6 Electives6 0-3 Total Credits 33(35) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 6 CHEM 201, 202 6 CHEM 203, 2047 8 CHEM 211 4 MATH 200 \ 3 Electives6'8 12 Total Credits 39 Third Year BIOC 303 6 BIOC 301 3 BIOL 334, 335 6 CHEM 304 3 CHEM 305 (307) 3 CHEM 311 4 CHEM 313 4 CHEM 333 3 Electives6'8 3 Total Credits 35 Fourth Year BIOC 402, 403, 404,. 110 12 CHEM 309, 310 6 CHEM 312 3 CHEM 449 or BIOC 420, 421, or 449 6 Electives6'8 6 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 If students do not have Biology 12, then they must also take BIOL 111, in addition to BIOL 121 and BIOL 140. 3 If students do not have Chemistry 1 2, then they must take CHEM 111 and CHEM 113 in place of CHEM 121 and CHEM 123. 4 Students must complete one of MATH 100, 102, 104 or 120. Alternatively, those not qualified for these courses due to lack of the calculus prerequisite can complete MATH 180 or 184. 5 The requirement of 6 credits of Physics must include PHYS 101 (3) and any other PHYS course that is available for credit in the Faculty of Science. Although students with Physics 12 may defer 3 credits of Physics until second year, students are encouraged to complete this program requirement in their first year. If students do not have Physics 1 2, then they must take PHYS 100 as part of the required 6 credits of Physics. 6 Electives must include at least 12 credits in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of first year English). 7 CHEM 233 and 235, as well as CHEM 205 taken after the 2001/2002 academic year, are not acceptable for the Combined Honours program and no credit will be given for these courses. 8 Students are encouraged to complete the Arts requirement in second year. BIOLOGY The Departments of Botany (www.botany.ubc.ca) and Zoology (www.zoology.ubc.ca) jointly offer one undergraduate degree, that is a degree in Biology. For information on graduate programs in Biology, see Botany, p. 234, and Zoology, p. 284 in the Graduate Studies section. Students wishing to undertake a graduate program in Biology should contact the life science departments most appropriate to the field of specialization. There are several undergraduate degree options leading to a Major or Honours in |Biology or combined Honours in Biology and ^Chemistry or Biology and Oceanography. It is also possible to obtain a Minor in Arts or Commerce together with a Major in Biology. Students planning to enter a Majors or Honours degree option should register in General Biology in their second year in preparation for selecting one of the options in their third year. See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg) for details. Certain courses in marine science are offered by the Western Canadian Universities Marine Biological Society at the Bamfield Marine Station on Vancouver Island. Up to 12 credits may be taken at the Bamfield Marine Station in the spring or summer period preceding registration for the fourth year. For details, please consult the Departments of Botany and Zoology. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM This optional program integrates academic study and supervised work experience. Enrolment is limited. Admissibility to the third- year Biology Bachelor of Science program is prerequisite for admission. Detailed information is available from the Biology Program Office, Room 2521, Biological Sciences Building, or the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 170, Chemistry/Physics Building, The University of British Columbia, 6221 University Boulevard, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822-9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). FIRST-YEAR COURSE OPTIONS BIOL 121 is prerequisite to all Biology courses, except BIOL 153, 343, 344, 345, 346, 445 and 446. BIOL 112, 121, and 140 are prerequisites for admission to Major or Honours options in the Biology program. Students who have completed Biology 12 may enter these courses directly Students with no high school biology will need to take BIOL 111 prior to registering in these courses. Students who have grade 11 biology may enter BIOL 112 if they have taken Chemistry 12, and they may use BIOL 112 as the only prerequisite to BIOL 121 and BIOL 140. Students interested in meeting the entrance requirements of the Faculties or Schools of Agricultural Sciences, Dentistry, Forestry, Medicine, Pharmaceutical Sciences, Human Kinetics, and Rehabilitation Sciences should consult the appropriate office to determine the first- year biology requirement. THIRD-YEAR STANDING IN BIOLOGY Enrolment in the Biology program is limited. Acceptance into third-year Biology requires concurrent registration in or prior credit for one of the three physiology courses: BIOL 350, 351, or 353. Students are not permitted to take more than one of these three courses. BIOLOGY HONOURS PROGRAMS Students wishing to enter a Biology Honours program must have a 75% average in courses taken during the previous Winter Session. FIRST-YEAR REQUIREMENTS The following first-year requirements apply to all Biology Majors and Honours options. MAJOR AND HONOURS: BIOLOGY (BIOL) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 BIOL1112 3-0 BIOL 112 3 BIOL1212 3 BIOL 140 2 CHEM 121, 123 (111, 113) 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 3(4) 180 or 184) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 1013(121) 6-3 Elective2-3 3-0 Total Credits 34 1 ENGL 112is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 397 Students with Biology 12 are not required to take BIOL 111 and instead are encouraged to take 3 credits of 100-level Arts or Science elective courses or 200-level BIOL courses. BIOL 112, 121 and 140 are required of all students 3 Students without credit for Physics 12 will be required to replace 3 credits of elective with PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 PROGRAMS MAJOR (0149): ANIMAL BIOLOGY (ANIM) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 BIOL 204, 205 BIOL2401 CHEM 233, 235, 205 Electives2 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 6 6 1 7 12 32 BIOL 300 BIOL 302, 303 BIOL 334 BIOL 335 or 336 BIOL3533 Animal Biology Electives Electives2 Total Credits 3 7 18 21 61 227 Minimum credits for degree 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 The 36 credits of electives have the following requirements: a.) At least 1 2 credits of Arts, b.) A further 9 credits in Arts or in Science outside of the field of the Major. The field of all Biology Major programs is Life Sciences and includes all courses in Biochemistry, Biology, Microbiology, and Marine Sciences. Also included are EOSC 371, 470, 471, 474, 475, 476, 478; PSYC 304, 306 and courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits; and courses in the Faculties of Medicine and Land and Food Systems that have Science credit, c.) A further 6 credits of Arts or Science courses (may include courses from the Animal Biology Electives). d.) Of the 27 credits defined so far, at least 9 must be upper-level Arts of Science courses to ensure a program minimum of 48 upper-level credits, e.) 12 credits may be in any faculty. 3 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. HONOURS (0054): ANIMAL BIOLOGY (ANIM) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 BIOL 204, 205 BIOL2401 CHEM 233, 235, 205 Science Electives Arts Electives Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 6 6 1 7 6 6 32 BIOL 300 BIOL 302, 303 BIOL 334 BIOL 335 or 336 BIOL3532 BIOL331 BIOL 447 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) BIOL 449 <T Arts Elective 6 Animal Biology Electives 21 Electives3 12 Total Credits 73 Minimum credits for degree 139 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. 3 BIOL 347 is recommended. Consult a Biology advisor before choosing electives. ANIMAL BIOLOGY ELECTIVES See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg/) for the list of program electives. MAJOR (0572): BIOLOGY (GENB) Second Year Second Year (Continued) BIOL 200, 201 6 BIOL2401 1 Two of BIOL 204, 205, 209, 210, and 6(7) MICB 202 CHEM 233, 235, 205 7 Electives2 12 Total Credits 32(33) Third and Fourth Years BIOL 300 3 Six credits from BIOL 302, 303 and BIOC 6 302 BIOL 334 3 BIOL 335 or 336 3 BIOL 350 or 351 and 352 or 3533 7 BIOL courses numbered 300 or above 12 Electives2 27 Total Credits 61 Minimum credits for degree 127 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 The 39 credits of electives have the following requirements: a.) 12 credits of Arts, b.) A further nine credits in Arts or in Science outside of the field of the Major. The field of all Biology Major programs is Life Sciences and includes all courses in Biochemistry, Biology, Microbiology, and Marine Sciences. Also included are EOSC 170, 371, 470, 471, 474, 475, 476, 478; PSYC 304, 306 and courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits; and courses in the Faculties of Medicine and Land and Food Systems that have Science credit, c.) A further 12 credits of Arts or Science courses (may include courses from the field of the Major), d.) Of the 33 credits defined so far, at east 15 must be upper-level Arts or Science courses to ensure a program minimum of 48 upper-level credits, e.) 12 credits may be in any faculty 3 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. MAJOR (0633): CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS (CGBI) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 BIOL 2401 Two of BIOL 204, 205, 209, 210 or MICB 202 CHEM 233, 235, 2052 6 1 6(7) Electives2 12 Total Credits 33 Third and Fourth Years BIOL 300 3 BIOL 302 or 303 3 BIOL 334, 335 6 BIOL 350 or BIOL 351/352 or BIOL 3533 7 BIOC 302 or 3034 3(6) Cell Biology and Genetics Electives45 18(15) Electives2 21 Total Credits 61 Minimum credits for degree 128 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06. 2 The electives must fulfill the following requirements: (a.) At least 12 credits of Arts, (b.) A further 9 credits in Arts or in Science outside of the field of the Major. The field of all Biology Major programs is Life Sciences and includes all courses in Biochemistry, Biology, Microbiology, and Marine Sciences. Also included are EOSC 371, 470, 471, 474, 475, 476, 478; PSYC 304, 306 and courses numbered 60orhigherinthe last two digits; and courses in the Faculties ofMedicineand Landand Food Systems that have Science credit, (c.) A further 6 credits of Arts or Science courses (may include courses listed under program electives). (d.) Of the 27 credits defined so far, at least nine must be upper-level Arts or Science courses to ensure a k program minimum of 48 upper-level credits, (e.) 18 credits may be in any faculty. W* Must be taken in third year. BIOL 350 is recommended. Studentsare not permitted to take more that one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. 4 The required CGBI elective credit is only 1 5 credits if BIOC 303 (6) is taken instead of BIOC 302 (3). 5 Cell Biology and Genetics Electives. See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg) for the list of program electives. CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS ELECTIVES See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg/) for the list of program electives. HONOURS (0405): CELL AND DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY (CELL) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 6 Two of BIOL 204, 205, 209, 210 6(7) or MICB 202 BIOL 2401 1 CHEM 233, 235, 205 7 Arts Elective 6 Elective 6 Total Credits 32(33) Third and Fourth Years BIOL 300 3 BIOL 302 or 303 3 BIOL 331 or 352 3 BIOL 334, 335 6 BIOL3502 7 BIOC 303 6 BIOL 431 3 BIOL 447 3 BIOL 449 6 398 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 15 6 12 73 139 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) Cell and Development Electives Arts Electives Electives3 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. 3 BIOL 347 is recommended. Consult a Biology advisor before choosing electives CELL AND DEVELOPMENT ELECTIVES See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg/) for the list of program electives. COMBINED MAJOR (1370): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND BIOLOGY First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CPSC 111, 1212 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) BIOL 112, 121, 1403 CHEM 121, 123 Total Credits Second Year 3(4) 3(4) 7 8 35(37) CPSC 211, 213, 221 BIOL 200, 201,240 Elective4 CHEM 233, 2354 MATH 200 or 221 Arts elective Total Credits Third Year 12 7 3 4 3 3 32 One of BIOL 204, 205, 209, 210 BIOL 300 BIOL 353, 350 or 351 plus 3525 CPSC 310 and 320 BIOL 301 BIOL 334 One of BIOL 302, 303, 335, 336 or BIOC 302 Total Credits Fourth Year 4 3 7 7 3 3 3 30 CPSC 313 3 Other CPSC courses numbered 300 6 or above6 Arts electives 9 Electives7'8 3 CPSC courses numbered 400 or above6 6 BIOL 400 level 3 Total Credits 30 Minimum credits for degree 127 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 While CPSC 111, 121 are the minimum CPSC cred its required in the first year of the program, students pursuing a Co-op program in Computer Science are advised to include CPSC 211, which is regularly posted as part of the second-year requirements, in their first-year courses. 3 Students lacking high school Biology or Chemistry 12 must take BIOL 111 before taking BIOL 112 or 121. Students with Chemistry 12 and either Biology 11 or Biology 12 may take BIOL 112 4 CHEM 205 is a prerequisite for all Biochemistry courses. Students lacking Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 to meet the lower-level course requirements for a B.Sc. 5 Must be taken in third year 6 Suggested courses for those interested in Bioinformatics are CPSC 304, 404 and 445 7 It is strongly recommended that students take at least 2 of BIOL 204, 205, 209, 210. Students interested in phylogenetics should also take upper-level organismal courses. MATH/STATS 302 and BIOC 402 or 404 and MICRO 405 are recommended for those interested in bioinformatics. MATH 361 and 462 are recommended for those interested in modeling biological processes 3 At least 48 credits in total must be upper leve (300+). Students must contact a Computer Science Advisor for entry into this program. Combined Honours: Computer Science and Biology, p. 408 is also offered. MAJOR (0582): CONSERVATION BIOLOGY (CONS) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 <T BIOL 2401 1 One of BIOL 204, 205 4 One of BIOL 209, 210, 320, 321, 322, 3-4 323, 324 CHEM 233, 235, 205 7 Electives2 12 Total Credits 34 Third and Fourth Years BIOL 300, 301 <T BIOL302,303 6 BIOL 334, 336 BIOL 353 or 3513 BIOL 416 Conservation Electives Systematics/Evolution Electives Electives2 HONOURS (0583): CONSERVATION BIOLOGY (CONS) Second Year 6 7(3) 3 6(9) 6 21 Total Credits 60(61) Minimum credits for degree 127 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 The 36 credits of electives have the following requirements: a.) At least 12 credits of Arts, b.) A further 9 credits in Arts or in Science outside of the field of the Major. The field of all Biology Major programs is Life Sciences and includes al courses in Biochemistry, Biology, Microbiology, and Marine Sciences. Also included are EOSC 170, 371, 470, 471, 474, 475, 476, 478; PSYC 304, 306 and courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits; and courses in the Faculties of Medicine and Land and Food Systems that have Science credit, c.) A further 6 credits of Arts or Science courses, d.) Of the 27 credits defined so far, at east nine must be upper-level Arts or Science courses to ensure a program minimum of 48 upper-level credits, e.) Twelve credits may be in any faculty 3 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. BIOL 200, 201 6 One of BIOL 204, 205 3 BIOL 2401 1 One of BIOL 209, 210, 320, 321, 322, 3(4) 323,324 CHEM 233, 235, 205 7 Science Electives2 6 Arts Electives 6 Total Credits 32(33) Third and Fourth Years BIOL 300, 301 6 BIOL 302, 303 6 BIOL 334, 336 6 BIOL 353 or 3513 7(3) BIOL 415 3 BIOL 416 3 BIOL 447 3 BIOL 449 6 Conservation Electives 12 Systematics/Evolution Electives 12 Arts Electives 6 Electives4 3-6 Total Credits 73 Minimum credits for degree 139 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 Choose second year courses that are prerequisites for desired upper-level electives. 3 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. 4 BIOL 347 is recommended. Consult a Biology advisor before choosing electives CONSERVATION ELECTIVES See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg/) for the list of program electives. EVOLUTION AND SYSTEMATICS ELECTIVES See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg/) for the list of program electives. MAJOR (0289): ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY (ECOL) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 BIOL 2401 One of BIOL 204, 205 One of BIOL 209, 210 CHEM 233, 235, 205 Electives2 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 6 1 4 4 7 12 34 BIOL 300 BIOL 302, 303 BIOL 334 BIOL 351 and 352, or 3533 BIOL 336 or 335 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 399 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) Ecology Electives 18 Electives2 21 Total Credits 61 Minimum credits for degree 128 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 The 36 credits of electives have the following requirements: a.) At least 1 2 credits of Arts, b.) A further nine credits in Arts or in Science outside of the field of the Major. The field of all Biology Major programs is Life Sciences and includes al courses in Biochemistry, Biology, Microbiology, and Marine Sciences. Also included are EOSC 170, 371, 470, 471, 474, 475, 476, 478; PSYC 304, 306 and courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits; and courses in the Faculties of Medicine and Land and Food Systems that have Science credit, c.) A further 6 credits of Arts or Science courses (may include courses listed under Ecology Electives, p. 397). d.) Of the 27 credits defined so far, at least 9 must be upper-level Arts or Science courses to ensure a program minimum of 48 upper-level credits, e.) Twelve credits may be in any faculty. 3 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. HONOURS (0045): ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY (ECOL) Second Year Second Year (Continued) Six (seven) credits from BIOL 204, 205, 6(7) 209, 210 or BIOL 320-324 CHEM 233, 235, 205 7 Science Electives2 6 Arts Electives 6 Total Credits 32(33) Third and Fourth Years BIOL 300, 301 <T BIOL302,303 6 BIOL 334, 336 6 BIOL 351 and 352, or 3533 7 BIOL 415 3 BIOL 447 3 BIOL 449 6 EOSC 326 3 Evolution and Systematics Electives 21 Arts Elective 6 Electives4 6 Total Credits 73 Minimum credits for degree 139 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06. Third and Fourth Years (Continued) Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 73 240 BIOL 200, 201 6 tieciives Trom iviainemaiic mended s ana ueoiogy n ;com- One of BIOL 204, 205 3 3 Must be taken in third year. Students are n ot per- One of BIOL 209, 210 3(4) mitted to take more than and 353. one of BIOL 350, 351 BIOL2401 1 4 BIOL 347 recommended. CHEM 233, 235, 205 7 Science Electives 6 EVOLUTION AND SYSTEMATICS Arts Electives 6 ELECTIVES See the Biology Program C uide 1 Total Credits 32(33) (www. zoology, ubc.calbpgl) for the list of Third and Fourth Years program electives. MAJOR IN CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETIC BIOL 300 3 :s BIOL 302, 303 6 See Major (0633): Cell Bio logy and Genetics BIOL 334 3 (CGBI), p. 397 for a Majors program. BIOL 336 or 335 ^^ HONOURS (0415): GENETICS (GENE) BIOL 351 and 352, or 3532 7 3 Second Year BIOL415 BIOL 200, 201 6 BIOL 447 3 BIOL 2401 1 BIOL 449 6 Two of BIOL 204, 205, 209, MICB 202 210 or 7(8) Ecology Electives 21 CHEM 233, 235, 205 7 Arts Elective 6 Elective 6 Electives2 12 Arts Electives 6 Total Credits 73 Total Credits 34 Minimum credits for degree 239(140; 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 200! ;/06. Students are not per- Third and Fourth Years 2 Must be taken in third year BIOL 300 3 mitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 BIOL 302 or 303 3 and 353 BIOL 334, 335 6 ECOLOGY ELECTIVES BIOL 337 or 433 3 See the Biology Program Guide BIOC 303 6 (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg/) for the list of BIOL3502 7 program electives. BIOL 447 3 HONOURS (0983): EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY (EVOL) BIOL 449 6 Second Year Genetics Electives Arts Electives 15 BIOL 200, 201 6 6 BIOL2401 1 Electives3 15 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. 3 BIOL 347 is recommended. Consult a Biology advisor before choosing electives GENETICS ELECTIVES See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg/) for the list of program electives. MAJOR (0248): MARINE BIOLOGY (MRNB) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 BIOL 2401 BIOL 205, 209 CHEM 233, 235, 205 Electives2 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 6 1 6 7 12 33 BIOL 300 BIOL 302, 303 BIOL 320 BIOL 334 BIOL 335 or 336 BIOL 351 and 352, or 3533 Marine Biology Electives Electives2 Total Credits 3 7 12 21 58 125 Minimum credits for degree 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 The 36 credits of electives have the following requirements: a.) At least 12 credits of Arts, b.) A further 9 credits in Arts or in Science outside of the field of the Major. The field of all Biology Major programs is Life Sciences and includes al courses in Biochemistry, Biology, Microbiology, and Marine Sciences. Also included are EOSC 170, 371, 470, 471, 474, 475, 476, 478; PSYC 304, 306 and courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits; and courses in the Faculties of Medicine and Land and Food Systems that have Science credit, c.) A further 6 credits of Arts or Science courses (may include courses from the Anima Biology Electives). d.) Of the 27 credits defined so far, at least 9 must be upper-level Arts or Science courses to ensure a program minimum of 48 upper-level credits, e. 1 2 credits may be in any faculty. 3 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. HONOURS (0518): MARINE BIOLOGY (MRNB) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 BIOL 205, 209 BIOL 2401 CHEM 233, 235, 205 Science Electives Arts Electives Total Credits 6 6 1 7 6 6 32 400 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Third and Fourth Years BIOL 300 BIOL 302, 303 BIOL 320 BIOL 334 BIOL 335 or 336 BIOL 351 and 352, or 3532 BIOL 447 BIOL 449 Marine Biology Electives3 Arts Electives Electives4 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 3 6 3 3 3 7 3 6 21 6 9 70 236 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. 3 At least 3 credits must be taken at a marine station such as the Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre This requirement usually will be fulfilled in the summer prior to fourth year 4 BIOL 347 is recommended. Consult a Biology advisor before selecting electives. MARINE BIOLOGY ELECTIVES See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg/) for the list of program electives. MAJOR (0305): PLANT BIOLOGY (PLTB) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 BIOL2401 BIOL 209, 210 CHEM 233, 235, 205 Electives2 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 6 1 7 7 12 33 12 21 61 128 BIOL3003 BIOL 324 BIOL 302, 303 BIOL 334 BIOL 335 or 336 BIOL351.3524 BIOL415 Plant Biology Electives Electives2 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 The 36 credits of electives have the following requirements: a.) At least 1 2 credits of Arts, b.) A further nine credits in Arts or in Science outside of the field of the Major. The field of all Biology Major programs is Life Sciences and includes all courses in Biochemistry, Biology, Microbiology, and Marine Sciences. Also included are EOSC 170, 371, 470, 471, 474, 475, 476, 478; PSYC 304, 306 and courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits; and courses in the Faculties of Medicine and Land and Food Systems that have Science credit, c.) A further 6 credits of Arts or Science courses (may include courses listed under Plant Biology Electives, p. 401) d.) Of the 27 credits defined so far, 9 must be upper-level Arts or Science courses to ensure a program minimum of 48 up per-level credits, e.) Twelve credits may be in any faculty. Courses in Plant Science, Forestry and Soi Science may be useful; consult an advisor 3 An equivalent statistics course may be taken with permission of the head of Botany 4 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. HONOURS (0372): PLANT BIOLOGY (PTLB) Second Year First Year (Continued) BIOL 200, 201 BIOL 209, 210 BIOL 2401 CHEM 233, 235, 205 Science Electives2 Arts Electives Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 6 7 1 7 6 6 33 BIOL3003 3 BIOL 324 3 BIOL 302, 303 6 BIOL 334 3 BIOL 335 or 336 3 BIOL 351, 3524 7 BIOL 415 3 Two of BIOL 320, 321,322, 323 6 Two of BIOL 433, 443, 462 6 BIOL 447 3 BIOL 449 6 Plant Biology Electives 12 Electives5 6 Arts Elective 6 Total Credits 73 Minimum credits for degree 140 1 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 2 BIOL 204 or 205 is recommended 3 An equivalent statistics course may be taken with permission of the head of Botany 4 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. 5 BIOL 347 is recommended. Consult a Biology advisor before selecting electives. PLANT BIOLOGY ELECTIVES See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg/) for the list of program electives. SCIENCE, LAND AND FOOD SYSTEMS, AND FORESTRY ELECTIVES See the Biology Program Guide (www.zoology.ubc.ca/bpg/) for the list of program electives. COMBINED HONOURS COMBINED HONOURS (0057): BIOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY (BIOL, CHEM) First Year ENGL 100-level1 BIOL 1112 BIOL 112 BIOL 121 BIOL 140 6 0-3 3 3 2 CHEM 121, 123 (111, 113) 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 184 or 120) 104 (or 180 or 3(4) MATH 101 or 103 or 105(or 121) 3(4) PHYS 100-or 200-level 3 Elective2'3 3-0 Total Credits 34(36) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 6 BIOL 2404 1 CHEM 201,202 6 CHEM 203, 204 8 CHEM 211 3 MATH 200 3 PHYS 100-or 200-level 3 Arts Elective 6 Total Credits 36 Third Year BIOL 334, 335 6 BIOL3505 7 CHEM 304, 305 (307) 6 CHEM 312 3 CHEM 313 4 CHEM 333 3 BIOL Electives6 3(4) Arts Elective 6 Total Credits 38(39) Fourth Year BIOC 303 BIOL Electives7 BIOL or CHEM 449 CHEM 309, 310 CHEM 311 CHEM Elective8 Total Credits Minimum credit for degree 6 6 6 6 4 3 31 139 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students must take BIOL 111 as an elective if they ack the prerequisites foreither BIOL 112or 121 BIOL 112can be used as a prerequisite to BIOL 121 f students have Chemistry 12 and Biology 11 or 1 2. Students who do not need BIOL 111 are encouraged to take 3 credits of 100-level Arts or Science courses or 200-level BIOL courses. BIOL 112, 121 and 140 are required of all students 3 Chosen from 100-level Arts or Science courses or 200-level BIOL courses 4 BIOL 240 is optional in 2005/06 5 Must be taken in third year. Students are not permitted to take more than one of BIOL 350, 351 and 353. 6 Organismal: 3 or 4 credits from: BIOL 204, 205, 209, 210, MICB 202, BIOL 317-324 and 332. 7 Biology courses pertaining to organisms suggested 3 To be chosen from 400-level CHEM lecture courses COMBINED HONOURS: BIOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY See Oceanography, p. 420. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 401 COMBINED HONOURS (1460): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND BIOLOGY First Year BIOL 112, 140 5 CHEM 121, 123 8 CPSC 111, 121 8 ENGL1** 6 MATH 120 or 100 or 102 or 104 or 180 3(4) or 184 MATH 121 or 101 or 103 or 105 3(4) Electives1 3 Total Credits 36(38) Second Year BIOL 200, 201,240 7 CHEM 205, 233, 2352'3 7 CPSC 211, 2132, 221 12 MATH 2002 3 STAT 200 or BIOL 300 3 Arts Electives 3 Total Credits 35 Third Year BIOC 302 or BIOL 336 3 BIOL 334, 335 6 CPSC 310, 320 7 STAT 302 3 Third or Fourth Year BIOL 449 or CPSC 4494 6 CPSC 445 3 MICB 405 3 One of CPSC 304, 313, 420, 4215 3 CPSC 3** or above 6 12 credits6 from BIOC 302, 402, BIOL 301, 12 331, 336, 337, 347, 350, 431, 433, 434, 435, 4477 Bioinformatics Electives8 6 Arts Electives 9 Total Credits for Third and Fourth Years 67 Minimum credits for degree 138 1 BIOL 121 is required for several upper-level biology electives. Students lacking Physics 1 2 must take PHYS 100 to meet the lower-level course require-l ments for a B.Sc. 2 One of CHEM 235, CPSC 21 3, or MATH 200 can be' deferred to third year. 3 CHEM 203 and 204 are also acceptable. 4 Taken in fourth year; the thesis topic must be related to Bioinformatics. Students intending to take CPSC 449 must take CPSC 349 in their third year. 5 We recommend that at least one of the remaining courses should be taken as part of the 6 credits of CPSC courses numbered 300 or above. 5 It is possible to replace some of these credits by a Life Science course not on this list, as long as the replacement is approved by a Biology program advisor. 7 Required for students intending to take BIOL 449. 3 Bioinformatics electives can be upper-level BIOC, BIOL, CPSC, MATH, MICB or STAT courses. BIOTECHNOLOGY The Department of Microbiology and Immunology (www.microbiology.ubc.ca) at the University of British Columbia and the Biotech nology Program at the British Columbia Institute of Technology (BCIT) offer a five-year joint degree Co-operative Education Program that integrates academic study at both institutions with related and supervised work experience. Enrolment is limited. Entry into the program is at the second-year level and requires completion of the first-year prerequisites listed below with at least the minimum admission average set by the UBC Faculty of Science for transfer into second year. Applicants will also be judged on suitability for cooperative work experience by the UBC and BCIT Co-operative Education coordinators. A special application is required. Information is available from either the Department of Microbiology and Immunology, The University of British Columbia, 300-6174 University Boulevard, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3; telephone 604-822-3308, or the BCIT Biotechnology Program, 3700 Willingdon Avenue, Burnaby, BC, V5G 3H2; telephone 604-432-8324. The deadline for applications to UBC Enrolment Services is February 28. Late applications and transfers will be considered if space is available. See the application details (www.bcit.ca/study/ programs/8950bsc) (mid-April). The first year of the program is a first-year science program that can be taken at UBC or another institution. The second and third years (taken at the BCIT campus) include two four- month work terms along with academic and technical studies. The fourth and fifth years (taken at the UBC campus) include two four- month work terms and advanced studies. Students must meet the Faculty of Science requirement to continue in this Honours program (see the Honours program, p. 389 requirements for the Faculty of Science). Completion of the requirements for the first three years of the program earns a Diploma of Technology in Biotechnology Completion of the requirements for the entire five-year program earns an Honours Bachelor of Science in Biotechnology. The credentials are awarded jointly by UBC and BCIT. Students who fail to maintain the Honours program requirements in their fourth or fifth year could ask to have their BCIT courses evaluated on a course-by-course basis for potential UBC credit in the Microbiology and Immunology major. HONOURS (1136): BIOTECHNOLOGY First year1 ENGL 100-level2 6 Two of BIOL 111, 112, 1211'3 6 MATH102(or100or104or120or 3(4) 180 or 184)1 MATH 103 (or 101 or 105 of 121)1 3(4) PHYS 101, 102 or 100, 1011 6 CHEM 121, (or 111)1-4 4 CHEM 123 (or 113)1-4 4 Total Credits1 32(34) Second Year at BCIT Campus BIOT 201 0 BIOT 203 2 Second Year at BCIT Campus (Continued) BIOT 205, 206 <T BIOT207, 208 5 BIOT 210 3 BIOT 221, 222 6 BIOT 231, 232 5 BIOT 241 0 BIOT 242 3 BIOT3985 3 Total Credits5 30 Third Year at BCIT Campus BIOT 306 BIOT 307, 308 BIOT 309, 310 BIOT311, 312 BIOT313 BIOT 323, 324 BIOT 331 BIOT351 BIOT 352 BIOT 361 BIOT3995 Total Credits5 Fourth and Fifth Years56 2 6 4 6 3 4 3 0 2 3 3 33 Select from MICB 306, 324, 402, 403, 410, 418 or BIOC 435 MICB 409 or BIOC 410 MICB 404 or 406 or 412 or 430 MICB 405, 419, 447 BIOC 402, 403 COMM 457, 465 MICB 398, 399, 498, 4995 Arts Elective7 Electives Total Credits5 Minimum credits for degree 3 3 9 6 6 6 3 6 45 240 The credits in Science at UBC are weighted differently than credits at some other colleges and universities because labs and extra work are credited separately. Where possible, applicants from col- eges or other universities should take the first year equivalents of the listed UBC courses. If the equivalent courses taken elsewhere are listed as three credit courses, the total credits will be 30 credits rather than 33 credits. Three credits of PHYS may be deferred until year four or five if an elective is substituted in first year ENGL 112 is recommended Students without Biology 11 or 12 must take BIOL 111. Applicants from other universities and col- eges may substitute 6 credits of introductory biology courses for two BIOL 111, 112, 121. Students should be aware that BIOL 140 is a prerequisite for many upper-level BIOL courses at UBC. To maintain flexibility in their ability to study at UBC, students should consider including BIOL 140 in their first year at UBC even though this course is not required in the Biotechnology program. Applicants from other universities and colleges may substitute 6 credits of introductory chemistry courses that include labs for the combination of CHEM 111, 113or 121, 123 The credit for the work terms is not included in the academic credits needed for the degree or the totals for the academic year. Students must take 402 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 at least one work term as either a Fall work term or a Winter work term. The remaining work term may be done as either a Fall, Winter, or Summer work term. The program must end with a final study term. 5 Some courses only fit particular timetables. Plan schedules to have aminimumof15 credits in each academic term of year four and five. 7 The program must have a minimum of 1 2 credits of Arts. The BCIT credits include 9 credits that are considered as Arts. If you have other Arts credits then the corresponding number of Arts electives can be used as free electives to take any course available for credit in Science. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM: BIOTECHNOLOGY IN MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY See the Microbiology and Immunology, p. 419 section. BOTANY The Department of Botany (www.botany.ubc.ca) offers programs of study jointly with the Department of Zoology leading to the Bachelor of Science in Biology. The Department of Botany offers programs leading to the master's and doctoral degrees in a wide range of contemporary plant studies, including phytogeography, ecology (including ecophysiology), ethnobotany, systematics (including chemotaxonomy), morphology and plant development, cytology, membrane biochemistry and physiology, chemical ecology, and molecular genetics. For information on graduate degrees, see Botany, p. 234 in the Graduate Studies section and the Department of Botany's Graduate Brochure, available in the Botany Office. CHEMISTRY The Department of Chemistry (www.chem.ubc.ca) offers opportunities for - study leading to bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees. For information regarding facilities for graduate study and graduate degrees, see Chemistry, p. 236 in the Graduate Studies section. It is assumed that all students entering courses of the Department have passed Chemistry 11 or the equivalent; those who have not must consult the Department before registering. Students entering second-year Chemistry programs who meet program requirements (see Honours and Combined Honours Program, p. 389 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements) may simply register in either Major, Honours or Combined Honours using the appropriate program descriptions. The progress of continuing Chemistry students will be reviewed at the end of each academic year. Students making satisfactory progress do not require annual program approval. Students with unsatisfactory standing in Honours or Combined Honours will be contacted by the Department. Students in the General Science program are invited to consult a departmental advisor concerning appropriate courses. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM Co-operative Education is a process of education which integrates academic study with related and supervised work experience in co-operating employer organizations. A Co-operative Education program is available for students in Chemistry. The program is intended to help prepare interested and qualified students for research careers in industry with sixteen months of work placement supervised by practising professionals. Faculty advisors also visit students at their place of work and provide advice on technical reports required of all students in the Program. To be eligible, students must be admissible into the third-year Chemistry B.Sc. program with second-class standing. Admission is by application to the Co-op Office in February prior to third year (transfer students may be considered later). Selection of students will be based on academic performance and general suitability to the work environment as determined by resume and interview. The total enrolment will be subject to the availability of appropriate work placements and faculty advisors. The work placements are arranged by mutual agreement between students and employing organizations. Participating students register for CHEM 398, 399, 498 or 499 as appropriate, and pay the Co-operative Education Program Fee per course (see Program and Course Fees, p. 31 in this Calendar). Graduation in the Co-operative Education program requires a student to complete each of CHEM 398, 399, 498, 499, in addition to the normal academic requirements. Students will have each satisfactorily completed course noted on their academic record. Detailed information on the program may be obtained from the Department of Chemistry or from Science Coop Programs, Room A170, Chemistry/Physics Building, The University of British Columbia, 6221 University Boulevard, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822-9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www. sciencecoop .ubc. ca). COURSES primarily for first-year Students CHEM 111, 113 or CHEM 121, 123 is the normal prerequisite for admission to chemistry programs. The difference between the two lies in the background of the student: those students with credit for Chemistry 11 only take CHEM 111, 113, whereas those with credit for Chemistry 12 take CHEM 121, 123. PRIMARILY FOR SECOND-YEAR STUDENTS Students who have not taken a first-year Chemistry course at the University of British Columbia are assumed to have read General Chemistry, Petrucci, Harwood, Herring, 8th Ed., Prentice-Hall, 2002. PRIMARILY FOR THIRD-YEAR STUDENTS Honours and Major students are required to take CHEM 304, 309, 310, 311 and 312 prior to CHEM 425. This should be done in third year. PRIMARILY FOR FOURTH-YEAR STUDENTS Major students are required to take the integrated laboratory course CHEM 425, or, with permission, CHEM 449. Honours students are required to take CHEM 449. Co-op Major students take CHEM 415 plus an additional 3xx/4xx CHEM elective or, with permission, CHEM 449 instead of CHEM 425. LABORATORY AND TUTORIAL COURSES Students taking any course which has an associated laboratory and/or tutorial must register in these secondary activities in addition to the lecture portion of the course. No exception will be made. Students who believe they may qualify for an exemption from a laboratory (e.g., if repeating the course, or have transfer credit from another institution) are advised to contact the appropriate laboratory instructor directly. Students who miss the first laboratory meeting of a course without having made prior arrangements with the instructor concerned risk having their registration in the course cancelled and their space reallocated to another student. PROGRAMS MAJOR (0409): CHEMISTRY (CHEM) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121, 123 (111, 113) 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 3(4) 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 100-or 200-level 6 BIOL2 3 Electives3 3 Total Credits 32(34) Second Year CHEM 201, 202 6 CHEM 203, 204 8 CHEM 211 4 MATH 200 3 MATH 221 3 Electives34 9 Total Credits 33 Third and Fourth Years CHEM 3044 3 CHEM3094,3104 6 CHEM3114 4 CHEM3124 3 CHEM 330 (313) 4 CHEM 4255'6 6 CHEM Electives5A7 6 Electives3 30 Total Credits 62 Minimum credits for degree 127 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 403 Students with credits for Biology 11 or 1 2 may substitute 3 credits of ASTR, EOSC, or Science credits GEOG or PSYC. 3 At least 1 2 additional credits must be in the Faculty of Arts. A further 9 elective credits must be in Arts or in Science electives outside the field of the Major (which is defined as all Chemistry, Physics, and Biochemistry courses). A further 18 elective credits may be taken in any faculty. Possible electives might include Computer Science courses and/or another Science and/or ENGL 301. Enough elective credits must be numbered 300 or higher so that the total of 300 or higher level courses in the program, including specified courses, are at least 48 credits; at least 36 of these 48 credits must be in the Faculty of Arts or Science 4 Must be taken in third year 5 With permission, CHEM 449 may be substituted for CHEM 425. 5 Students registered in the Co-op program must substitute CHEM 415 (to be taken entirely in one term) for CHEM 425. In this case, 9 credits of Chemistry electives are required. With permission. Co-op students may substitute CHEM 449 for CHEM 415 and 3 credits of Chemistry electives 7 Chosen from 300- and 400- level CHEM courses MAJOR (2995): ENVIRONMENTAL OPTION First Year ENGL 100-level1 CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) PHYS 100-or 200-level Earth Science courses2 Total Credits 3(4) 3(4) 6 6 32(34) Second Year BIOL3 CHEM 201, 202 CHEM 203, 204 CHEM 211 MATH 200 Electives4'56 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 3 6 8 4 3 9 33 CHEM 301, 302 CHEM 3047 CHEM 309, 3107 CHEM3117 CHEM3127 CHEM 330 (313) CHEM 4258'9 STAT 200 or 241 Electives4'5'6 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 6 3 6 4 3 4 6 3 27 62 227 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. Selected from EOSC 110; GEOG 102, 103,200,205, 207. Students are discouraged from taking both GEOG 102 and 200. The most suitable GEOG courses for first-year students are 102, 103 Chosen from BIOL 111, 112, 1 21, 140, in keeping with prescribed prerequisites. At least 12 further credits must be in the Faculty of Arts. A further 9 credits must be either Science electives outside the field of the Major or in Arts The field of the Major in Chemistry (Environmental Option) is defined as all Chemistry, Biochemistry, and Physics courses. A further 18 elective credits may be taken in any faculty 5 Three elective credits must be from BIOL 112, 302, 303; GEOG 200, 205, 207 (if not already taken as part of the Earth Science requirement); ECON 101/ 102 or 310/311; EOSC 329, 370,371,429,430,431, 475; SOIL 200 or other environmentally directed courses from outside Chemistry, approved by a Chemistry Department advisor. Suggested general electives include Computer Science courses, and/or ENGL 301 and/or further courses from the Iist above 6 Enough credits must be numbered 300 or higher so that the total of 300- or higher-level Arts and Science courses, including specified courses, is at least 48 credits; at least 36 of these 48 credits must be in the Faculty of Arts or Science 7 Must be taken in third year B With permission, CHEM 449 may be substituted for CHEM 425. 9 Students registered in the Co-op program must substitute CHEM 415 (to be taken entirely in one term) for CHEM 425. In this case, three credits j of Chemistry electives are required. With permission. Co-op students may substitute CHEM 449 for CHEM 415 and three credits of Chemistry electives. MAJOR (1377): MATERIALS CHEMISTRY OPTION First Year ENGL 100-level1 CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) PHYS 101, 102 (107, 108, 109) BIOL2 Electives3 Total Credits 3(4) 3(4) 6(8) 3 3 32(36) Second Year CHEM 201, 202 CHEM 203, 204 CHEM 211 MATH 200 MATH 221 Electives34 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 4 3 3 9 33 CHEM3045, 3075 6 CHEM3095, 3105 6 CHEM3115 4 CHEM3125 3 CHEM 330 (313) 4 CHEM4256'7 6 CHEM 427 3 6 credits from CHEM 402, 406, 410 6 Electives347 24 Total Credits 62 Minimum credits for degree 127 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. Students with credits for Biology 11 or 12 may substitute 3 credits of ASTR, EOSC or Science credits GEOG or PSYC. 3 At least 12 further credits must be in the Faculty of Arts. A further nine credits must be in Arts or Science electives outside the field of the Major (which is defined as all Chemistry, Physics and Biochemistry courses). A further 18 elective credits may be taken in any Faculty. Suggested electives are MATH 215 and PHYS 315, APSC 278, MTRL 365. 4 Enough credits must be numbered 300 or higher so that the total of 300-or higher-level courses including specified courses, is at least 48 credits 5 Must be taken in third year 6 With permission, CHEM 449 may be substituted for CHEM 425. 7 Students registered in the Co-op Program must substitute CHEM 415 (to be taken entirely in term two) for CHEM 425. In this case three credits of Chemistry electives are required. With permission. Co-op students may substitute CHEM 449 for CHEM 415 and three credits of Chemistry electives HONOURS (0213): CHEMISTRY (CHEM) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6~ CHEM 121, 123 (111, 113) 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 3(4) 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 100-or 200-level 6 BIOL2 3 Elective3 3 Total Credits 32(34) Second Year CHEM 201, 202 <T CHEM 203, 204 8 CHEM 211 4 MATH 200 3 MATH 221 3 Electives3 15 Total Credits 39 Third Year CHEM 304 CHEM 307 (305) CHEM 309, 310 CHEM 311 CHEM 312, 320 CHEM 330 (313) CHEM 333 Electives3 Total Credits Fourth Year 3 3 6 4 6 4 3 9 38 CHEM 449 CHEM electives4 Electives3 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 9 15 30 139 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. Students with credits for Biology 11 or 12 may substitute 3 credits of ASTR, EOSC, or Science credits GEOG or PSYC. 404 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 At least 1 2 further credits must be in the Faculty of Arts. Recommended non-CHEM electives include courses in Computer Science; and/or another Science; and/or ENGL 301. Breadth in the choice of electives is encouraged 4 Chosen from 400-level Chemistry courses HONOURS (0677): ENVIRONMENTAL OPTION First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 BIOL2 6 CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 3(4) (or 180 or 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 100-or 200-level 6 Total Credits 32(34) Second Year CHEM 201, 202 <T CHEM 203, 204 8 CHEM 211 MATH 200 MATH 221 STAT 200 Earth Science courses3 Electives3 Total Credits Third Year 4 3 3 3 6 6 39 CHEM 301, 302 CHEM 304 CHEM 307 (305) CHEM 309. 310 CHEM 311 CHEM 312, 320 CHEM 330 (313) CHEM 333 Electives45 Total Credits Fourth Year 6 3 3 6 4 6 4 3 3 38 CHEM 449 ECON 310, 311 (101, 102) Electives4'5'6 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 30 139 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year Chosen from BIOL 111, 112, 1 21, 140, in keeping with prescribed prerequisites. Selected from EOSC 110; GEOG 102, 103,200,205, 207. Students are discouraged from taking both GEOG 102 and 200. The most suitable GEOG courses for second-year students are 200, 205, 207. A total of 18 credits of Arts must be taken. These include first year English, ECON 310/311 or 101/ 102, and 6 further credits Twelve elective credits must be from BIOL 112, 302, 303; GEOG 200, 205,207 (if not taken as part of the Earth Science requirement); EOSC 329, 370, 371, 429, 430, 431; SOIL 200 or other environmentally directed courses from outside Chemistry, approved by a Chemistry Department advisor Suggested general electives include courses in Computer Science and/or ENGL 301 Must include at least one 400-level Chemistry course. CHEM 417 is suggested. HONOURS (1378): MATERIALS CHEMISTRY OPTION First Year ENGL 100 level1 CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 184 or 120) MATH 101, or 103 or 105 (or 121) PHYS 101, 102 (107, 108, 109) BIOL2 Electives3 Total Credits Second Year Second Year CHEM 201, 202 CHEM 203, 204 CHEM 211 MATH 200,215,221 Electives3 Total Credits Third Year CHEM 304, 307 CHEM 309, 310 CHEM311 CHEM 312, 320 CHEM 330 (313) CHEM 333 PHYS 31 5 Electives3 Total Credits Fourth Year 3(4) 3(4) 6(8) 3 3 32(36) 4 9 12 39 6 6 4 6 4 3 3 6 38 6 12 30 139 CHEM 401 CHEM 427 CHEM 449 Six credits from CHEM 402, 406, 410 Electives3 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students with credits for Biology 11 or 12 may substitute 3 credits of ASTR, EOSC or Science credits GEOG or PSYC. 3 At least 12 further credits must be in the Faculty of Arts. Electives might include APSC 278, MTRL 365. COMBINED HONOURS: CHEMISTRY AND ANOTHER SUBJECT First Year ENGL 100-level1 6~ CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 3(4) (or 180 or 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 100-or 200-level 6 BIOL2 3 Elective3 3 Total Credits 32(34) CHEM 201,202 6 CHEM 203, 204 8 CHEM 211 4 MATH 200 3 Additional credits in consultation with other department 12 Electives34 6 Total Credits 39 Third Year CHEM 304 3 CHEM 309, 310 6 CHEM 312 3 CHEM 307 (305) and 3204 or CHEM 330 (313)and3335 6(7) Additional credits in other department 12 Credits chosen in consultation with 6 other department Total Credits Fourth Year 36(37) CHEM311 4 Chemistry electives numbered 300 6 or above6 Additional credits in other 12 department Elective3 3 CHEM 4497 6 Total Credits 31 Minimum credits for degree 138 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students with credits for Biology 11 or 12 may substitute 3 credits of ASTR, EOSC, or Science credits GEOG or PSYC. 3 Electives must include at least 1 2 credits in the Faculty of Arts 4 Students intending to take CHEM 320 must take MATH 221 as a prerequisite 5 The choice between 307(305), 320 and 330(313), 333 will depend on the other subject 6 Must include at least 3 credits numbered 400 and above 7 This may be substituted by an equivalent thesis course in the other department. COMBINED HONOURS (0206): CHEMISTRY AND MATHEMATICS (CHEM, MATH) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121, 123 (111, 113) 8 MATH 120 (or 100 or or 180 or 184) 102 or 104 4(3) MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 or 105) 4(3) PHYS 100-level 6 BIOL2 3 Elective3'4 3 Total Credits 34(32) Second Year CHEM 201, 202 CHEM 203, 204 CHEM 211 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 405 Second Year (Continued) MATH 223 (221) 3 MATH 226, 227, (200,317) 6 Electives3'5 12 Total Credits 39 Third Year CHEM 304 3 CHEM 309 3 CHEM 307 (305) or 310 3 CHEM 311 4 CHEM 312, 320 6 MATH 320, 321 6 Nine credits from MATH 300, 301, 316, 9 322,331 Elective4'5 3 Total Credits 37 Fourth Year CHEM 401 3 CHEM 415 3 CHEM elective 3 Twelve credits from MATH 318, 12 400-405, 416-429, 433-440, 449 Electives4 9 Total Credits 30 Minimum credits for degree 138 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students with credits for Biology 11 or 1 2 may substitute 3 credits of ASTR, EOSC, or Science credits GEOG or PSYC. 3 CPSC 124/CPSC 126 is recommended. 4 Electives must include 12 credits of Arts. 5 PHYS 206 is recommended. HONOURS: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - CHEMISTRY HONOURS Chemical Engineering-Chemistry Honours is a program jointly administered by the Departments of Chemical and Biological Engineering and Chemistry. Enquiries regarding the program and student advising should be made to the faculty advisors in either department. The completion of the Bachelor of Applied Science in Chemical Engineering-Chemistry Honours will normally take five years of university study. Entry to the program is normally from first year Applied Science. To obtain permission to enter the program students must consult the faculty advisors in the Departments of Chemical and Biological Engineering and Chemistry. For details of the program, see Chemical Engineering-Chemistry Honours, p. 99 under Faculty of Applied Science, Bachelor of Applied Science. To complete the program satisfactorily, students must obtain a minimum overall second-class average in their Chemistry courses numbered 300 and higher. OTHER COMBINED HONOURS PROGRAMS Combined Honours in Biochemistry and Chemistry, see Biochemistry, p. 395. Combined Honours in Biology and Chemistry, see Biology, p. 397. Combined Honours in Chemistry and Oceanography, see Oceanography, p. 420. Chemical Physics Combined Honours, see Physics, p. 422. COGNITIVE SYSTEMS For information on the B.Sc. Major in Cognitive Systems: Cognition and Brain, see the listing under Psychology, p. 427. COGNITIVE SYSTEMS: COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE AND DESIGN For information on the B.Sc. in Cognitive Systems: Computational Intelligence and Design, see the listing under Computer Science, p. 410. COMPUTER SCIENCE The Department of Computer Science (www.cs.ubc.ca) offers opportunities for study leading to bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees. For information on graduate degrees, see Computer Science, p. 238 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. All students who intend to take Honours in Computer Science must consult the head of the Department. High school or college transfer students can apply directly to the Computer Science degree program when they apply for admission to UBC by selecting the Bachelor of Science, Computer Science major as their choice of program on the UBC application form. The Department of Computer Science accepts applications year- round from current UBC Science students. For application forms and information regarding admission and continuation requirements, students are advised to review the Department of Computer Science undergraduate website (www.cs.ubc.ca/ugrad). Admission to a degree program in Computer Science is a prerequisite for receiving a B.Sc. in Computer Science. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM Co-operative Education is a process of education which integrates academic study with related and supervised work experience in co-operating employer organizations. A year-round Co-operative Education program is available for students in Computer Science. The program is intended to help prepare interested and qualified students for careers in the computing industry with a minimum of 17.5 months of work placement supervised by practicing professionals. Faculty advisors also visit students at their place of work and provide advice on technical reports required of all students in the program. To be eligible, students must be admitted to the second year of the Bachelor of Science program in Computer Science. Selection of students will be based on academic performance and general suitability to the work environment as determined by resume and interview. The total enrolment will be subject to the availability of appropriate work placements and faculty advisors. The work placements are arranged by mutual agreement between students and employing organizations. Participating students register for CPSC 298, 299, 398, 399, or 499 as appropriate, and pay the Co-operative Education program fee for each course (see Program and Course Fees, p. 31 in this Calendar). Graduation in the program requires a student to complete each of CPSC 298, 299, 398, 399 and 499, in addition to the normal academic requirements. Students who complete less than five courses will have each satisfactorily completed course noted on their academic record. Detailed information on the program may be obtained from the Department of Computer Science or from the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 309, Hennings Building, The University of British Columbia, 6224 Agricultural Road, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822-9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). ADMISSION AND CONTINUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR HONOURS AND COMBINED HONOURS Students who wish to register in an Honours or Combined Honours program in Computer Science, must seek approval from the Department Honours advisor prior to registering for second year. To be admitted to an Honours or Combined Honours program in Computer Science, students must: 1) Complete all courses attempted, including at least 30 credits in the Winter Session of the first year; and 2) Obtain a minimum average of 76%. Achievement of this minimum does not guarantee admission. To be permitted to continue in an Honours or Combined Honours program in Computer Science, students must: 1) Complete all courses attempted, including at least 30 credits in the previous Winter Session (or at least 15 credits per academic term, for Co-op students); and 2) Obtain an average of 72% or higher. ELECTIVES The following courses have a great overlap with some of the first or second-year Computer Science courses and cannot be used as electives in any degree or combined degree program in Computer Science: • CSED 402, 420, 422, 424, 450 • EECE 314 • COMM 337, 432. PROGRAMS MAJOR AND HONOURS: COMPUTER SCIENCE (CPSC) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CPSC 111, 1212 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 184 or 120) 3(4) 406 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 First Year (Continued) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) PHYS 1013, (or PHYS 1074) CHEM 1215 or PHYS 102 (or PHYS 1084) BIOL6 or ASTR or EOSC or Science credit GEOG or PSYC7 Electives Total Credits 3(4) 3(4) 3(4) 3 32(34) ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students who are planning to enrol in the co-op program, should also take CPSC 211 in the first year or in the summer (before the second year) 3 Students without credit for Physics 12 must complete PHYS 100 in addition 4 Students who chose to take PHYS 107 and/or PHYS 108 may need to take PHYS 109 or other lab courses to complete the Laboratory Science requirements of the Faculty of Science 5 Students without credit for Chemistry 12 must take CHEM 111 and one of CHEM 113 and PHYS 102. These students may delay 3 credits of CHEM or PHYS until second year. Students without credit for Chemistry 12 must take CHEM 111 and one of CHEM 113 and PHYS 102. These students may delay 3 credits of CHEM or PHYS until second year 5 Students without credit for Biology 11 or 12 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. 7 These credits may be deferred until second year MAJOR (0376): COMPUTER SCIENCE (CPSC) Second Year CPSC 211, 213, 221 MATH 200, 221 STAT 2411 Electives2 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 12 6 3 12 33 CPSC 310, 320, 313 Other CPSC courses numbered 300 or above Further CPSC courses numbered 400 or above MATH or STAT courses numbered 300 or above3 Electives2 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 27 60 125 May be replaced by STAT 200 provided MATH/ STAT 302 is included asone of the required MATH or STAT courses in third and fourth year. This alternative is recommended for students with an nterest in further STAT courses Electives (42 credits, including three credits in first year) must include the following: (a) At least 12 credits must be in the Faculty of Arts (Arts Electives). (b) Of the remaining 30 credits of electives (i.e., other than the Arts Electives), at least 9 credits must be in either Science courses outside the field of the Major or in Arts. The field of the Major in Computer Science is defined as Computer Science, Mathematics and Statistics, (c) Of the remaining 21 credits, up to 18 credits may be in any faculty, (d) The remaining 3 credits must be from the Faculties of Arts or Science, (e) At least 1 5 of the 42 elective credits must be in courses numbered 300 or higher Mathematics courses in analysis, applied mathematics, linear algebra, differentia equations, and probability and statistics courses are recommended. HONOURS (0154): COMPUTER SCIENCE (CPSC) Second Year Third and Fourth Years CPSC 211, 213, 221 12 MATH 200 or 226 3 MATH 215,223 6 STAT 200 3 Arts Elective 6 Electives1 6 Total Credits 36 Third and Fourth Years CPSC 310, 313, 320 9 CPSC 302 or 3032 3 CPSC 3493 0 CPSC 4494 6 STAT 302 3 MATH or STAT courses numbered 300 12 or above5 Other CPSC courses numbered 300 9 or above Other CPSC courses numbered 400 9 or above6 Arts Elective 6 Electives5 12 Total Credits 69 Minimum credits for degree 137 1 Courses in logic and foundations of mathematics are recommended. 2 It is recommended that the other be taken as one of the 'Other CPSC course numbered 300 or above'. 3 Taken in third year 4 Taken in fourth year 5 Mathematics courses in analysis, applied mathematics, linear algebra, probability, and differential equations and statistics courses are recommended 6 One of CPSC 421 and CPSC 420 is recommended COMBINED MAJOR: COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ANOTHER SCIENCE SUBJECT VV'ksX Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CPSC 111, 1212 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) Other subject area credits or Electives3'4 Total Credits Second Year 3(4) 3(4) 12(14) 32(36) CPSC 211, 213, 221 At least 6 credits from MATH 200, 221, STAT 200, 2415 Other subject area credits3 Electives3'4'6 Total Credits 12 6 12 3 33 CPSC 310, 313, 320 10 Other CPSC courses numbered 300 6 or above Further CPSC courses numbered 400 6 or above Courses in other subject area 21 numbered 300 or above3 Electives6 18 Total Credits 61 Minimum credits for degree 126 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 While CPSC 111, 121 are the minimum CPSC credits required in the first year of the program, students pursuing a Co-op program in Computer Science are advised to include CPSC 211, which is regularly posted as part of the second year requirements, in their first year courses 3 Courses in these entries are selected with consultation of an advisor of the other subject 4 Students should note that the courses taken in the first and second year must satisfy the BSc requirements listed in the Lower Level Requirements section of the Faculty of Science degree requirements. 5 Three of these 6 credits may be deferred to third year. In some cases BIOL 300 may substitute for a STAT selection. 6 Electives (21 credits or more) must include the fol- owing: a) At least 12 credits must be in the Faculty of Arts (Arts Electives). b) If the other subject is Mathematics or Statistics, the remaining 9 elective credits (i.e. other than the Arts electives), must be either in Arts or in Science courses other than Computer Science, Mathematics and Statistics, c) If the other subject s other than Mathematics and Statistics, the remaining 9 credits may be in any faculty, d) At east 6 or the 21 elective credits must be in courses numbered 300 or higher COMBINED MAJOR (1370): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND BIOLOGY See Biology, p. 397 section. COMBINED MAJOR (1429): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS See Mathematics, p. 416 section. COMBINED MAJOR (1371): COMPUTER SCIENCE & MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY See Microbiology and Immunology, p. 419 section. COMBINED MAJOR (1391) SCIENCE AND PHYSICS First Year COMPUTER ENGL 100-level1 6 CPSC 111, 1212 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 3(4) or 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 107, 108, 109 (101, 102)3 8(6) BIOL4or ASTR or EOSC or Science 3 credit GEOG or PSYC Electives56 3 Total Credits 32(36) PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 407 Second Year First Year (Continued) First Year (Continued) CPSC 211, 213, 221 MATH 2007, 215, 221 PHYS 200, 209, 216 PHYS 258 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 12 9 9 2 32 CPSC 310, 313, 320 CPSC 303 (or 302) Other CPSC courses numbered 300 or above8 Further CPSC courses numbered 400 or above8 MATH 3177 PHYS 301 or 354 PHYS 312, 313, 319, 412 PHYS 349 or 409 or 4209 Additional PHYS courses numbered 300 or above8 Electives6 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 10 3 3 3 3 12 3 3 15 61 125 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 CPSC 111, 121 are the minimum CPSC credits required in the first year of the program, but students pursuing a Co-op program in Computer Science are advised to include CPSC 211, which is regularly posted as part of the 2nd year requirements, in their first year courses 3 Students without Physics 12 must normally take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 or 107, such students should seek academic advice before registering Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 107/108/109. 4 Students without credit for Biology 11 or 12 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. 5 Students without credit for Chemistry 12 must take CHEM 111 as an elective. This CHEM requirement may delayed until second year. 6 Elective (18 credits) must satisfy the following: a) At least 1 2 credits must be in the Faculty of Arts (Arts Electives); b) The remaining 6 credits may be n any faculty. At least 2 of the 18 elective credits I must be in courses numbered 300 or higher. 7 Studentswith sufficiently high grades in first-yearl MATH may replace MATH 200 and 317 with MATH 217 and 2 credits of electives, in consultation with an advisor 8 Students interested in computer modeling and simulation should take both CPSC 302, 303 and at least one of CPSC 402, 403, PHYS 410. 9 Students who have taken CPSC 319 may replace this requirement with any upper-level PHYS course COMBINED MAJOR (1375): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND STATISTICS First Year ENGL 100-level1 CPSC 111, 1212 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) PHYS or CHEM 100-level, beyond PHYS 100 and CHEM 1113 3(4) 3(4) 6-8 BIOL or ASTR or EOSC or Science credit GEOG or PSYC4 Electives5 Total Credits 3 32(34) Second Year CPSC 211, 213, 221 MATH 200, 221 STAT 200, STAT/MATH 302 Electives5 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 12 6 6 6 30 CPSC 310, 313, 320 10 CPSC courses numbered 300 or above6 6 CPSC courses numbered 400 or above6 6 MATH 303, 307 6 STAT 305, 306 6 STAT courses numbered 300 or above6 6 STAT courses numbered 400 or above6 6 Electives5 15 Total Credits 61 Minimum credits for degree 123 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 While CPSC 111, 121 are the minimum CPSC credits required in the 1st year of the program, students pursuing a Co-op program in Computer Science are advised to include CPSC 211, which is regularly posted as part of the 2nd year requirements, in their first year courses. 3 Students should note that they need to satisfy the Lab Requirements listed in the Lower Leve Requirements section of the Faculty of Science degree requirements. 4 Students without credit for Biology 11 or 1 2 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. These credits may be deferred until second year. 5 Elective (24 credits) must include the following: a) At least 12 credits must be in the Faculty of Arts (Arts Electives). b) At least 9 credits of the remaining 1 2 credits of electives (i.e., other than the Arts Electives), must be either in Arts or in Science courses other than Computer Science, Mathematics and Statistics. The remaining 3 credits may be in any faculty, c) At least 3 of the 24 elective credits must be in courses numbered 300 or higher 6 Courses in databases, graphics, visualization and machine learning, data analysis, knowledge discovery and data modeling are strongly recommended. Admission to this program must be approved by both Departments. Contact Computer Science for information. COMBINED HONOURS (1372): ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE AND COMPUTER SCIENCE See Atmospheric Science, p. 394 section. COMBINED HONOURS (1460): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND BIOLOGY See Biology, p. 397 section. COMBINED HONOURS (0021): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS (CPSC, MATH) First Year MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 104 (4)3 or 180 or 184) MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 or 105) (4)3 P HYS 107, 108, 109 (or s ix cred its of (8)6 100-level PHYS courses)3 BIOL4 or ASTR or EOSC or Science 3 credit GEOG or PSYC Total Credits 36(32) Second Year CPSC 211, 213, 221 MATH 215, 2235,226, 227 Arts Elective Electives Total Credits Third Year 12 12 6 3 33 ENGL 100-level CHEM 1212 CPSC 111, 121 CPSC 302 or 3036 3 CPSC 310, 313, 320 9 MATH 316, 320, 321 9 Six credits from MATH 300, 301, 322, 331 6 Electives 9 Total Credits 36 Fourth Year CPSC 420 or 421 T CPSC courses numbered 300 and above 9 Twelve credits from MATH 400-405, 412, 12 416-429, 433-440, 440, 449, CPSC 402, 403 Arts Elective 6 Elective 3 Total Credits 33 Minimum credits for degree 134 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students without Chemistry 12 must complete CHEM 111, 113. CHEM 113 maybe delayed to second year. 3 Credits in PHYS/CHEM courses must include at least 6 credits beyond PHYS 100 and CHEM 111 4 Students without credit for Biology 11 or 1 2 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. 5 May be replaced by MATH 221 6 May be deferred to the following year COMBINED HONOURS (1373): COMPUTER SCIENCE & MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY See Microbiology and Immunology, p. 419 section. COMBINED HONOURS (0138): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND PHYSICS (CPSC, PHYS) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121 (111) 4 CPSC 111, 121 8 MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 104 4(3) or 180 or 184) MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 or 105) 4(3) PHYS 107, 108, 109 (101, 102)2 6-8 408 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 First Year (Continued) First Year (Continued) BIOL or ASTR or EOSC, or Science 3 Credit GEOG, or PSYC3 Total Credits 37(33) Second Year CPSC 211, 213, 221 V2 MATH 215, 2174, 223 10 PHYS 200, 203, 206, 209 12 Arts Elective 3 Total Credits 37 Third Year Six credits from CPSC 302, 303, 313 <T CPSC310,320 6 MATH 316 3 PHYS 301, 304, 319 9 Arts Elective 6 Elective 3 Total Credits 33 Fourth Year PHYS 403 F Nine credits from 4th year PHYS 9 electives5 Additional CPSC courses numbered 300 6 or above PHYS 449 or CPSC 4496 6 6 credits from CPSC 402, 403 MATH 300, 6 307,318,345,400 Arts Elective 3 Total Credits 33 Minimum credits for degree 136 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students without Physics 12 should consult a departmental advisor as early as practical. . Normally they must take PHYS 100 prior to I PHYS 101 or 107. 3 The elective credits taken throughout the program must include at least twelve credits in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the six credits of 100-level English) and six credits from the Faculty of Science. Students without Biology 11 or Biology 12 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. Students interested in senior chemistry courses or who are planning to enter a career in teaching are reminded that they should take a second course of introductory chemistry. 4 May be replaced with MATH 200 and MATH 317 (using three elective credits) 5 Fourth-year PHYS electives are ASTR 402, 403, 404; EECE 480; MATH 345,401,402,405,418,420, 450; PHYS 400, 401, 402, 405, 407, 410, 437, 447, 473, 474. Qualified students are encouraged to take 500-level Physics courses forwhich they must have permission of the Faculty of Science and the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies 6 Students who elect to take CPSC 449 must take CPSC 349 in their third year COMBINED HONOURS (1376): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND STATISTICS (CPSC, STAT) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CPSC 111, 1212 8 MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 104 or 180 4(3) or 184) MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 or 105) 4(3) PHYS 101 (or 107) 3 CHEM 1213 or PHYS 102 (or PHYS 1084) 3-4 BIOL or ASTR or EOSC or Science credit 3 GEOG or PSYC5 Electives 3 Total Credits 32(35) Second Year CPSC 211, 213, 221 V2 MATH 2206, 223 (or 221) 6 MATH 2266, 227 (or 200, or 317) 6 STAT 200, STAT/MATH 302 6 Arts Elective 3 Total Credits 33 Third Year CPSC 302, 303, 304, 310, 320 16~ MATH 3037, 307, 320 9 STAT 306 3 Statistics courses numbered 300 or above 3 Arts Elective 3 Total Credits 34 Fourth Year CPSC 4028 3~ CPSC courses numbered 300 and above9 3 CPSC courses numbered 400 and above9 6 STAT 460, 461 6 STAT courses numbered 400 and above 6 6 credits from CPSC 340, 404, 420, MATH 6 418, 419, 420, 421 or further Statistics courses numbered 400 or above Arts Elective 6 Total Credits 36 Minimum credits for degree 135 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students who are planning to enrol in the Co-op program, should also take CPSC 211 in the first year or in the summer (before the second year) ^3 Students without credit for Chemistry 12 must take CHEM 111 and one of CHEM 113 and PHYS 102. These students may delay 3 credits of CHEM or PHYS until second year 4 Students who chose to take PHYS 107 and/or PHYS 108 may need to take PHYS 109 or other lab courses to complete the Laboratory Science requirements of the Faculty of Science 5 Students without credit for Biology 11 or 1 2 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. These credits may be deferred until second year. Students lacking Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 to meet the lower- evel course requirements for a BSc. Students lack- ng Chemistry 12 must take CHEM 111 to meet the bwer-level course requirements for a BSc Students require 6 credits of PHYS or CHEM beyond the basic requirement 6 Students obtaining 68% or higher in MATH 226 mat replace MATH 220 with 3 elective credits 7 May be replaced by MATH 419 in fourth year 8 CPSC 402 is offered every other year; students should take it in their third or fourth year, when it is offered. 9 Courses in Databases are recommended SOFTWARE ENGINEERING OPTION Admission into the Software Engineering option is limited and based on academic performance. Students who wish to enter the option have to apply to the Department of Computer Science before the end of their second year. More information may be obtained from the Department of Computer Science website (www.cs.ubc.ca). The program leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. It is not a CEAB accredited engineering degree program leading to the designation Professional Engineer (P.Eng.). MAJOR (1200): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING First Year Same as Major and Honours Computer Science Second Year 12~ 6 3 12 33 CPSC 211, 213, 221 MATH 200, 221 STAT 2411 Electives2 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years CPSC 310, 319, 320 CPSC 304, 311,313 CPSC 410, 411,416, 421 One of CPSC 417, 415, 444, EECE 4943 MATH or STAT courses numbered 300 or above4 Electives2 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 12 3 21 60 125 May be replaced by STAT 200 provided MATH/ STAT 302 is included as one of the required MATH or STAT courses in third and fourth year. This alternative is recommended for students with an nterest in further STAT courses 2 Electives (36 credits, including three credits in first year) must include the following: (a) At least 1 2 credits must be in the Faculty of Arts (Arts Electives.) (b) Of the remaining 24 credits of electives (i.e., other than the Arts Electives), at least 9 cred- ts must be in either Science courses outside the field of the Major or in Arts. The field of the Major in Computer Science is defined as Computer Science, Mathematics or Statistics, (c) The remain- ng 15 credits may be in any faculty, (d) At least 9 of the 36 elective credits must be in courses numbered 300 or higher 3 It is suggested that the rest of the courses in this group be taken as electives 4 Mathematics courses in analysis, applied mathematics, linear algebra, differentia equations, and probability and statistics courses are recommended. HONOURS (1201): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING First and Second Year Same as in the regular Honours program. Third and Fourth Years CPSC 310, 319, 320 CPSC 302 or 303 CPSC 304, 311,313 CPSC 3491 CPSC 410, 411,416, 421 9 3 9 0 12 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 409 12 6 69 237 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) One of CPSC 417, 415, 444, EECE 4942 CPSC 4493 MATH 302 MATH or STAT courses numbered 300 or above4 Arts Electives Electives Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 1 Taken in third year 2 It is recommended that the rest of the courses in this group be taken as electives 3 Taken in fourth year. It is strongly recommended that students select a Thesis topic in one of the following areas: software engineering, programming languages, or systems 4 Mathematics courses in analysis, applied mathematics, linear algebra, differentia equations, and probability and statistics courses are recommended. MAJOR IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES See Mathematics, p. 416 under Bachelor of Science. B.SC. MAJOR IN COGNITIVE SYSTEMS, COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE AND DESIGN First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CPSC 111, 121 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 3(4) or 180 or 184) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 1012 (or 1073) 3 CHEM 1214 (or PHYS 102 or PHYS 1088) 4(3) BIOL5 or ASTR or EOSC or Science credit GEOG or PSYC 3 Electives6'7'8'9 3 Total Credits 32(34) Second Year COGS 200 3 CPSC 211, 221 8 PHIL 220 (or PHIL 32010) 3 At least 3 credits from:11'12 3 EECE module (2nd year), LING module (2nd year), PHIL module (2nd year), PSYC module (2nd year) STAT 20013 3 Electives6'7'8'9 12 Total Credits 32 Third and Fourth Years COGS 300 3 COGS 401, 402 6 CPSC 312, 320, 322 9 PHIL 451 3 At least 6 credits from:12 CPSC module 6 (3rd and 4th years) At least 12 credits from:1214 EECE module (3rd and 4th years), LING module (3rd and 4th years), PHIL module (3rd and 4th years), PSYC module (3rd and 4th years) Electives6'7'8'15 12 21 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) Total Credits 60~ Minimum credits for degree 124 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students without credit for Physics 1 2 must complete PHYS 100. 3 All B.Sc. programs must include two terms of laboratory science. These may be stand-alone labs or parts of lecture-lab courses included in the other requirements listed above. Details are given at Lower-level Requirements, p. 389. 4 Students without credit for Chemistry 12 must complete CHEM 111 and either CHEM 113orPHYS 102 (or PHYS 108). These students may delay 3 credits of CHEM or PHYS until 2nd year. 5 Students without credit in Biology 11 or Biology 12 must take 3 credits of 100-level biology. 5 B.Sc. requires 72 Science credits. 7 At least 12 credits must be Arts electives. 3 A Cognitive Systems major must select 9 credits of Arts or Science electives outside their field of major, that is, outside of the core Cognitive Systemsi departments of Computer Science, Linguistics, I Philosophy, and Psychology. 9 It is recommended that first-year courses of modules be selected for these electives. a 10 The prerequisite PHIL 220 may be waived for PHIL 320 with the consent of the instructor. 11 It is recommended that 1st-year courses of modules be selected for these electives if they have not yet been taken. 12 For the list of courses in each module, see the Cognitive Systems website (www.cogsys.ubc.ca/ students). 13 Students must achieve a grade of greater than 72% in this course, or else must take another 3 credits of MATH or STAT in order to be admitted to CPSC 320. 14 PSYC 465 cannot be used for credit. 15 At least 48 credits of 300 or above courses are required for the B.Sc. degree, of which at least 30 must be Science credits. EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCES The Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences (www.eos.ubc.ca) concerns itself with Earth history and the structure and properties of the Earth, from core to atmosphere. The Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences is built from the former departments of Geological Sciences ^nd Oceanography, the Geophysics part of the former Department of Geophysics and Astronomy, and the interdepartmental Atmospheric Sciences program. The Major program in Earth and Ocean Sciences is available for students who have a general interest in the earth sciences. For students intending to pursue a professional career in geological sciences, geophysics or oceanography, Honours programs are preferred. For details of the programs available see Geological Sciences, p. 413, Geophysics, p. 414 and Oceanography, p. 420. The Department also offers several non-laboratory general courses for students from other faculties (EOSC 310, 311, 312, 314, and 315). These courses are not for credit in the Faculties of Science and Applied Science. EOSC 326 is restricted to students who have Biology 100 level and third-year standing in Science. EOSC 370 and 371 are offered to students who have completed first-year Science. For more information, contact the Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences, 604-822-2449 or visit the departmental website (www.eos.ubc.ca). EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCES PROGRAM MAJOR (1223): EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCES First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 PHYS 101 or 1072 3 CHEM 121, 123 (or 111, 113) 8 EOSC 100-level3 6 EOSC 111 1 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 180 3(4) or 184) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) Electives4 3 Total Credits 33(35) Second Year EOSC or ATSC courses numbered 12 200 or above5 Electives6 18 Total Credits 30 hird and Fourth Years EOSC or ATSC courses numbered 300 or above7 Electives6 Total Credits o Minimum credits for degree 30 30 60 123 ENGL 112isrecommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or ENGL 1 21. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred to second year. 2 Students without Physics 1 2 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 107. 3 Three credits may be deferred until second year. The requirement forthese courses may be waived if a student has completed upper-level courses in each of the solid and fluid earth sciences. 4 Students without Biology 11 or 1 2 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. 5 Six credits may be delayed to third year if 300- level or higher courses are used for this requirement. See advisor. 5 The 48 credits of electives in years two and above must include 12 credits in Arts, an additional 9 credits in Science, and an additional 9 credits in Arts or Science outside the field of the major (defined as EOSC and ATSC). 18 credits may be in any faculty. 7 A maximum of six credits may be replaced by credits from (BIOL 302, BIOL 303, CHEM 301, CHEM 302, GEOG 300 or GEOG 304). B Note that 48 of the 123 credits must be 300-level or above. ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE PROGRAMS See Atmospheric Science, p. 394 in this section for information on major, honours, and combined honours programs available. GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES PROGRAMS See Geological Sciences, p. 413 in this section for information on honours programs available. 410 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 GEOPHYSICS PROGRAMS See Geophysics, p. 414 in this section for information on honours and combined honours programs available. OCEANOGRAPHY PROGRAMS See Oceanography, p. 420 in this section for information on honours and combined honours programs available. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES The Bachelor of Science program in Environmental Sciences is designed to give students a broad perspective on the environment. The program concentrates on understanding the major environmental issues facing human societies and it adopts an integrative cross- disciplinary approach to the study of these issues. The program provides a significant background in chemistry, earth and ocean sciences, life sciences, and social sciences. The core courses, ENVR 200, 300, and 449, examine environmental issues through seminars and student projects. Students are required to select an Area of Concentration that includes required and elective courses. Both Major and Honours programs are offered. Admission is based on academic performance and an essay submitted with the application for admission. For the Honours program, Students require a minimum 72% average in prior courses for admission, and must maintain at least a 68% average for continuation in the program. Students normally apply to the Major or Honours program after first year. For additional information, see the Environmental Sciences website (www.science.ubc.ca/envsc). PROGRAMS MAJOR (1263): ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES (ENSC) First Year1 ENGL 100-level2 6 BIOL 121, 140 4 CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 or 180 or 3(4) 184 (or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 101 (121) 3 Electives3'4 6-0 Total Credits 33(35) Second Year GEOG 200 BIOL 302 BIOL 303 CHEM 202, 201 (205) ENVR 200 Elective5'6'7 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 3 3 3 6 3 12 30 ENVR3008 EOSC 370 or 371 GEOG 205 MATH 200 3 30 15 60 123 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) STAT 200 or BIOL 3009 Electives5'10 Area of Concentration7 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 1 Students eligible to enrol in Science One are encouraged to do so. Students with credit for Science One and BIOL 140 have met all first-year Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics requirements for programs in the Faculty of Science and satisfy the lower-level requirements for physical sciences, other sciences, and laboratory science and six of the required 9 credits in computational science. 2 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider 120 and/or 1 21. Three credits of English may be deferred until second year. 3 Students without Biology 12 must replace 3 credits of electives with BIOL 111 before taking 121. Students with Biology 1 2 are encouraged to take a 3-credit elective. One of EOSC 110,1 20, 150 or GEOG 102, 103 is recommended. 4 Students without Physics 12 must replace 3 credits of electives with PHYS 100 before taking PHYS 101. Students may defer taking PHYS 101 to second year. 5 Electives must be chosen so that along with required courses, the program minimum total of 123 credits includes a minimum of: 72 Science credits, 18 Arts credits, 9 credits in fields outside the Area of Concentration (see below), and 48 upper-level credits of which 30 must be in Science. For information on which Geography courses count as Arts or Science (or neither), see the course listing in the Calendar.^^ 5 Students interested in the Computer Modelling concentration should take CPSC 1 24 no later than in second year. Students interested in the Life Sciences concentration should consider one of BIOL 204, 205, 209 or 210 in second year. 7 See Areas of Concentration, p. 411 below. 3 Must be taken before ENVR 449 (see footnote 10) 9 Students should consider which statistics course will fulfil prerequisites for upper-level courses they intend to take. Should betaken in third year. STAT 200 does not fulfil an upper-level credit requirement. 10 ENVR 449 is a recommended elective for fourth year. Students in the Major program must obtain permission from the program Director to take the course. HONOURS (0589): ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES (ENSC) First Year1 ENGL 100-level2 6 BIOL 121, 140 4 CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 or 180 or 184 3(4) (or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 101 (121) 3 Electives3'4 6-0 Total Credits 33(35) Second Year Second Year (Continued) Electives5'6'7 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 17 35 GEOG 200 BIOL 302 BIOL 303 CHEM 202, 201 (205) ENVR 200 CHEM 301 ENVR3008 ENVR4499 EOSC 370 or 371 GEOG 205 MATH 200 SOIL 200 STAT 200 or BIOL 30010 Electives5 Area of Concentration7 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree i 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 24 15 66 134 Students eligible to enrol in Science One are encouraged to do so. Students with credit for Science One and BIOL 140 have met all first-year Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics requirements for programs in the Faculty of Science and satisfy the lower-level requirements for physical sciences, other sciences, and laboratory science and six of the required 9 credits in computational science. 2 ENGL 112is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider 120 and/or 121. Three credits of English may be deferred until second year. 3 Students without Biology 12 must replace 3 credits of electives with BIOL 111 before taking 121. Students with Biology 12 are encouraged to take a three-credit elective. One of EOSC 110, 120, 150 or GEOG 102, 103 is recommended. 4 Students without Physics 12 must replace 3 credits of electives with PHYS 100 before taking PHYS 101. Students may defertaking PHYS 101 to second year. 5 Electives must be chosen so that along with required courses, the program minimum total of 1 34 credits includes a minimum of: 72 Science credits, 18 Arts credits, and 48 upper-level credits of which 42 must be in Science. For information on which Geography courses count as Arts or Science (or neither), see the course listing in the Calendar. 6 Students interested in the Computer Modelling concentration should take CPSC 124 no later than in second year. Students interested in the Life Sciences concentration should consider one of BIOL 204, 205, 209 or 210 in second year. 7 See Areas of Concentration, p. 411 below. 3 Must be taken before ENVR 449. 9 Must be taken in fourth year. 10 Students should consider which statistics course will fulfil prerequisites for upper-level courses they intend to take. Should be taken in third year. STAT 200 does not fulfil an upper-level credit requirement. MAJOR OR HONOURS: AREAS OF CONCENTRATION Students must select one of the following AOCs. A minimum of 15 science credits must be taken from the AOC. Required courses are listed for the AOC. For electives, see the program Director or the Environmental Sciences website (www.science.ubc.ca/envsc). For the Major program, the field inside the AOC is defined. 1) Chemical analysis of the environment: CHEM 301, 302; EOSC 220, 327, 430. The field includes courses in Chemistry, PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 411 and Earth and Ocean Sciences. 2) Physical analysis of the environment: EOSC 250, 350; GEOG 300, 370. The field includes courses in Earth and Ocean Sciences and courses in Geography that have Science credit. 3) The atmosphere and water: CHEM 301, 302; EOSC 329, 370; GEOG 300. The field includes courses in Earth and Ocean Sciences and courses in Geography that have Science credit. 4) Life Sciences: Systematics: One of BIOL 204, 205, 209 or 210. The field includes courses in Biology, and Microbiology and Immunology. 5) Life Sciences: Ecology: one of BIOL 204, 205, or 209 or 210; two of BIOL 301, 402, 404, 405, 407, 408, 409, 411, 416 or 418. The field includes courses in Biology, and Microbiology and Immunology. 6) Life Sciences: Conservation Biology: BIOL 204, 205, 209 or 210; two of BIOL 301, 402, 404, 405, 407, 408, 409, 411, 416 or 418. The field includes courses in Biology, and Microbiology and Immunology. 7) Computer Modelling: CPSC 111, 121, 211, 221; STAT 241. The field includes courses in Computer Science, Mathematics, and Statistics. GENERAL SCIENCE PROGRAM The General Science program recognizes five designated subject areas of the Faculty of Science. These areas are: 1) Chemistry (CHEM 0081); 2) Earth Science (Atmospheric Science, Geography courses for Science credit, Earth and Ocean Science except the following courses: EOSC 310, 311, 312, 314, 315, 371, 470, 471, 474, 475, 478) (ERSC0225); 3) Life Science (ANAT 390, 391; Biochemistry, Biology, Marine Science, Medical Genetics, Microbiology, Pharmacology, Physiology, Psychology courses for Science credit and the following Oceanography courses: EOSC 371, 470, 471, 474, 475, 478) (LFSC0440); 4) Mathematical Science (Computer Science, Mathematics, Statistics) (MASC 0029); and 5) Physics and Astronomy (PHYS 0271). For first-year requirements for entry into the General Science program, see Lower-Level Requirements, p. 389 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements. Students must register in the courses that are prerequisite to the courses of their proposed areas of concentration. All degree requirements must be fulfilled in accordance with Faculty of Science requirements. Students may, with the approval of a senior faculty advisor, undertake an optional Minor program in Arts or Commerce in conjunction with the General Science program. See Minor Programs, p. 392 under Bachelor of Science, Co-op and Minor Options. To satisfy the requirement of at least 30 credits of Science courses numbered 300 and above, the student may select one of two routes within the General Science program: • Route A. At least 18 credits numbered 300 or higher must be selected from one of the five subject areas specified above and 12 credits numbered 300 or higher from another of these five areas. Students in Route A will register in both areas of specialization. • Route B. At least 18 credits must be selected from courses numbered 300 or higher in one of the five subject areas listed above plus at least six credits in courses selected from each of two other subject areas for a total of 30 credits in three subject areas. Students in route B will register in the 18-credit major area of specialization only. Courses selected must be acceptable for Major or Honours programs in the specific areas of concentration. Students who successfully complete the B.Sc. General Science program will have recorded on their transcript the area or areas of concentration. GEOGRAPHY The Department of Geography (www.geog.ubc.ca) offers opportunities for study leading to bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees. For information on the Bachelor of Arts, see Geography, p. 135 under the Bachelor of Arts in the Faculty of Arts section. For information on graduate degrees, see Geography, p. 251 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. Students entering the Major, Honours or a Combined Honours program must consult the science advisor of the Department of Geography. Students registered in the Bachelor of Science Geography program must take at least 6 credits of Arts courses outside the Department of Geography in addition to 100-level English. The following Geography courses may be used as free electives, with due regard to prerequisites. They may not be used for either Science or Arts 'designated' credit: GEOG 210, 310, 311, 312, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 371, 374, 375, 410,412. PROGRAMS MAJOR (0216): PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY (PGEO) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 3(4) 180 or 184) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) 8 PHYS 101 (107)2 3 GEOG 102 or 1033 3 Science elective4 4 Total Credits 30(32) Second Year CPSC 100- level 3 GEOG 200, 205, 207 9 One of GEOG 121, 122,290 3 MATH 200, STAT 200 6 Science Electives 6 Arts Elective 3 Total Credits 30 Third Year GEOG 300, 306, 3095, 310 12 GEOG 372 or 373 3 SOIL 200 or EOSC 370 3 Arts Elective6 6 Electives6 6 Total Credits 30 Fourth Year Two of GEOG 308, 404, 405, 406, 407, 6 408, EOSC 329 Two of ATSC 301, 303, GEOG 304, 6 401,402 Two of GEOG 311, 312, 31 5, 316, 317, 6 318,319,410,412 Electives6 12 Total Credits 30 Minimum credits for degree 120 1 ENGL 112is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students without Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 or 107. 3 Special arrangements may be made for students unable to take this course in first year. 4 PHYS 102(108) recommended. Studentswhotake PHYS 107 and 108 should strongly consider PHYS 109. Students without BIOL 11 or 12 must take three credits of Biology. 5 Field Course taken in May; extra fee to be paid. 5 Enough elective credits must be numbered 300 or higher that the total 300-level or higher courses in the program, including specified courses, is at least 48 credits; at least nine credits must be outside the field of Major, the field of Major comprising all courses in Geography. HONOURS (0568): CLIMATOLOGY (CLIM) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121, 123 (111, 113) 8 GEOG 1022 3 MATH 100 or 102 or 180 or 184) 104 (or 120 or 3(4) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 107 (101)3 3 Science electives4 4 Total Credits 30(32) Second Year GEOG 200, ATSC 201 6 CPSC 100-level 3 EOSC 250 3 GEOG 205 3 MATH 200, 221 6 Arts Electives 6 412 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Second Year (Continued) Third Year (Continued) Science Elective Total Credits Third Year 3 30 EOSC 370 GEOG 300, ATSC 301, 303 GEOG 3095, 310 MATH 215 and PHYS 312 PHYS 314 or EOSC 354 STAT 200 Elective Arts Elective6 Total Credits Fourth Year 3 9 6 6 3(4) 3 3 3 36(37) GEOG 304, 401,402 9 GEOG 449 3 GEOG 376 3 Three of EOSC 477, CHEM 3027, ATSC 9 404, 405 Arts Elective 3 Elective 9 Total Credits 36 Minimum credits for degree 132 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Special arrangements may be made for students unable to take this course in first year 3 Students without Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 or 107 4 PHYS 108(102) recommended. Studentswhotake PHYS 108 should strongly consider PHYS 109. Students without BIOL 11 or 12 must take 3 credits of Biology 5 Field Course taken in May; extra fee to be paid 6 ENGL 301 is recommended. 7 CHEM 201 (or 205) is prerequisite to this course COMBINED HONOURS (2278) GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY (GEOG, GEOL) a First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 180 or 184) 3(4) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) 8 PHYS 107(101 )2 3 EOSC 110 or GEOG 1033 3(4) Science electives4 4 Total Credits 2 !0(33) Second Year EOSC 220, 221,222, 2235 12 GEOG 200, 205 6 MATH 200, 221 6 STAT 200 3 Electives 9 Total Credits 36 Third Year EOSC 330 or GEOG 306 3 EOSC 323, 329, 350 11 GEOG 308 GEOG 3095 GEOG 373 or 470 MATH 215 Arts Elective6 Elective6 Total Credits Fourth Year 3 3 3 3 6 4 36 Two of: GEOG 403, 404, 405, 406, 408 6 GEOG 449 or EOSC 449 6 EOSC 320, 434 6 Arts Elective6 6 Elective6 6 Total Credits 30 Minimum credits for degree 132 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students without Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 or 107. 3 Special arrangements may be made for students unable to take this course in first year. 4 PHYS 102 (108) recommended. Studentswhotake PHYS 108 should strongly consider PHYS 109. Students without Biology 11 or 12 must take 3 credits of Biology. 5 Field Course taken in May; extra fee to be paid. 6 Electives in the second, third and fourth years combined must include at least nine credits of courses numbered 300 or above. Students should consult the course guides available from the Departments of Geography and Earth and Ocean Sciences. GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES The Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences (www.eos.ubc.ca) offers two undergraduate programs in Geology: Bachelor of Science with Honours, and Bachelor of Applied Science. For information on graduate degrees, see Geological Sciences, p. 252 under the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Honours program is Recommended for students who wish to Undertake graduate studies or pursue a professional career in the geological sciences. Normally, students enter the Honours program before the beginning of the third year. The major program in Earth and Ocean Sciences, p. 410 is available for students who have a broad interest in the Earth Sciences as it relates to geology. Those who wish to pursue a professional career in the discipline are encouraged to enrol in the Honours Geology program. The Geological Engineering program leads to the Bachelor of Applied Science and is a professional program in engineering. For further information on the Bachelor of Applied Science program see Geological Engineering, p. 103 under the Faculty of Applied Science, Bachelor of Applied Science. Students who desire to register as Professional Geoscientists after graduating should contact the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of British Columbia to ascertain course and other requirements. Students interested in environmental science may pursue this within Geology Honours or in Combined Honours program such as Geology-Oceanography or Geology- Chemistry. Elective courses in Geological Sciences are arranged in four streams: 1) environmental geology; 2) sedimentary geology and geobiology; 3) crustal and mantle processes; and 4) mineral deposits. Students should consult the Geological Sciences Program Guide (available from the Geological Sciences Office) and obtain guidance from a Geological Sciences advisor when formulating their program. Students taking Geology courses may be required to participate in field trips. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM This optional program integrates academic study and supervised work experience. Enrolment is limited. Admissibility to Honours Geological Sciences or Combined Honours Geology and another subject is prerequisite for admission. Detailed information is available from the main office of the Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences (www.eos.ubc.ca) or the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 309, Hennings Building, the University of British Columbia, 6224 Agricultural Road, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822-9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). HONOURS PROGRAMS HONOURS (0462): GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121, 123 (or 111, 113) 8 EOSC 110 or 112 or 114 or 116 3 EOSC 111 1 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 180 or 184) 3(4) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 107 (or 101)2 3 PHYS 108, 109 (or 102) 4(3) Arts Elective 3 Total Credits 33(36) Second Year CHEM 201 or 205 3 EOSC 211, 212, 220, 221, 222, 2233 18 MATH 200 3 MATH 221 or STAT 200 3 Arts Elective 3 Electives4 6 Total Credits 36 Third and Fourth Years Two of EOSC 320, 321,322 6 EOSC 323, 327, 3285, 330, 332, 449 22 EOSC 250 or 350 3 Arts Electives 6 Electives6 30 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 413 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) Total Credits 67 Minimum credits for degree 136 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or ENGL 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred to second year. 2 Students without Physics 12 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 107/108/109. 3 Includes a field school in May of second year (extra fee to be paid). 4 Students without Biology 11 or 12 must take 100- level Biology. 5 Field School in May after third year (extra fee to be paid). 5 At least 12 elective credits must be from Geology courses numbered 300 or above; at least 12 elective credits must be Science other than Geology. At least 48 total credits must be numbered 300 or above. COMBINED HONOURS: GEOLOGY AND ANOTHER SUBJECT (GEOL) First Year tai advisor for elective courses appropriate to Second Year their interests. ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121, 123 (or 111, 113) 8 EOSC 110 or 112or 114or 116 3 EOSC 111 1 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 180 or 184) 3(4) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 101 (or 107)3 3 PHYS 102 (or 108,109) or BIOL 121, 1402 3(5) Arts Elective 3 Total Credits2 33(37) Second Year EOSC 211, 212, 220, 221, 222, 223 18 MATH 200 3 Credits required by other discipline 12 Total Credits 33 Third and Fourth Years Geology courses numbered 300 and I 21 above4 EOSC 328 3 Credits required by other discipline 24 Electives 6 EOSC 449 or other department 449 6 Arts Electives 9 Total Credits 69 Minimum credits for degree 135 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or ENGL 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred to second year. 2 Students without Biology 11 or 12 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. 3 Students without Physics 12 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. 4 EOSC courses numbered 320 to 329, 330 to 339, 340 to 349. Timetabling and other problems may not permit programs in Geology and certain other departments. Students planning careers in Geological Sciences should consult the departmen- COMBINED HONOURS: GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY See Geography, p. 412 section. COMBINED HONOURS: GEOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY See Oceanography, p. 420 section. GEOPHYSICS The Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences (www.eos.ubc.ca) offers Honours and Combined Honours programs in geophysics. The major program in Earth and Ocean Sciences, p. 410 is available for students who have a broad interest in the Earth Sciences as it relates to geophysics. Those who wish to pursue a professional career in the discipline are encouraged to enrol in the Honours Geophysics program. For information on graduate degrees see Geophysics, p. 252 under the Faculty of Graduate Studies. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM This optional program integrates academic study and supervised work experience. Enrolment is limited. Admissibility to Honours Geophysics or Combined Honours Geophysics and another subject is prerequisite for admission. Detailed information is available from the main office of the Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences of the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 309, Hennings Building, the University of British Columbia, 6224 Agricultural Road, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822-9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). HONOURS PROGRAMS Geophysics is an interdisciplinary physical science concerned with the nature of the earth and its environment and as such seeks to apply the knowledge and techniques of physics, mathematics and chemistry to understand the structure and dynamic behaviour of the earth and its environment. The required sequence of Mathematics, Physics and Geophysics courses is designed to provide a basic structure on which to build a coherent honours program with science electives normally selected from Geophysics, Geology, Astronomy, Oceanography, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry courses. HONOURS (0380): GEOPHYSICS (GEOP) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121, 123, (or 111, 113) 8 EOSC 110 or 112or 114or 116 3 EOSC 111 1 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 180 3(4) or 184) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 107 (or 101)2 3 PHYS 108, 109 (or 102)2 4(3) Elective3 3 Total Credits 33(36) EOSC 211, 212 EOSC 222, 250 MATH 200,221,215 PHYS 203 or 313 PHYS 209 Electives4 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 6 6 9 3 3 9 36 EOSC 352, 3535, 354 EOSC 450, 4515, 4525, 453 EOSC 449 MATH 316 (or PHYS 312) MATH 317 PHYS 301, 309 Electives4 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 9 12 6 3 3 6 27 66 135 ENGL 112isrecommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or ENGL 1 21. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred to second year. 2 Students without Physics 1 2 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 107/108/109. 3 Students without Biology 11 or 12 must take 100- I level Biology. 4 The electives must contain 12 credits of Arts and six credits of Geology. The remaining electives must form a coherent program to be approved by the departmental undergraduate committee. Sample programs in which the emphasis of the electives varies (e.g., geology, solid earth geophysics, astronomy, oceanography) are available from the department. 5 Offered in alternate years. COMBINED HONOURS: GEOPHYSICS AND ANOTHER SCIENCE SUBJECT1 First Year ENGL 100-level2 6 CHEM 121, 123 (or 111, 113) 8 EOSC 110 or 112 or 114 or 116 3 EOSC 111 1 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 184) 120 or 3(4) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 107 (or 101)3 3 PHYS 108, 109 (or 102)3 4(3) Elective3'4 3 Total Credits 33(36) Second Year EOSC 211, 212, 222,250 12 MATH 200,221,215 9 Electives5 15 Total Credits 36 Third and Fourth Years EOSC 352, 3536, 354 9 EOSC 400-level 6 EOSC 450, 451,453 9 MATH 316 or PHYS 312 3 MATH 317 3 414 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) PHYS 301 T EOSC 449 (or thesis in other discipline) 6 Electives5 27 Total Credits 66 Minimum credits for degree 136 1 Combined honours programs must be approved by advisors from both disciplines at the time that the program is declared. Not all disciplines offer combined honours programs. Example programs for combined honours geophysics and other subjects are listed at www.eos.ubc.ca. 2 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or ENGL 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred to second year. 3 Students without Physics 12 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 107/108/109. 4 Students without Biology 11 or 12 must take 100- level Biology. 5 Within the specified electives all students must meetthe requirements of the other program. The available elective credit in each of the different years may be adjusted to allow for specific program combinations aslong as there isa minimum of 1 36 total credits and a maximum of 140 specified total credits within the framework for Honours Programs in the Faculty of Science. The framework for Honours Programs specifies that there must be at least 30 credits in each winter session, four terms must have five-or-fewer lecture course equivalents and four terms must have six-or-fewer lecture course equivalents. In all programs there must be at least 12 credits of Arts and 9 credits of calculation courses. If less than 18 additional credits are specified by the other program, further courses must be selected in consultation with the program advisors. 5 Offered in alternate years. INTEGRATED SCIENCES PROGRAM The objective of the Integrated Sciences Program (ISP) is to provide a strong science education with an interdisciplinary component. The program offers flexibility in course selection to independently motivated students who have cross-disciplinary interests. The ISP may be appropriate preparation for many professional degree programs (e.g. in Health Sciences, Education, Law, Journalism, M.B.A. programs), as well as for graduate programs. Admission to graduate studies in certain fields may require additional qualifying studies. The Honours option is recommended for excellent students considering graduate studies. These students are advised to consult the appropriate graduate advisor in the department they plan to attend and plan their program accordingly The Integrated Sciences Program provides: • an opportunity for students to design their own interdisciplinary course of study; • an admission process which encourages students to develop their educational goals under an advisor's guidance; and • Integration (ISCI) courses to guide students in developing a wider perspective of scientific concepts which cross disciplinary boundaries. These courses aimed at developing a broad appreciation of the links between disciplines and their impact on society. The focus of these courses will be on student-initiated learning to reinforce skills in information gathering, and analysis and presentation in written, oral and visual forms. For detailed information about the program see the ISP website (www.science.ubc.ca/~isp). ADMISSION Students will be admitted to the ISP on the basis of: • fulfilment of the requirements for promotion to third-year standing in the Faculty of Science as described under Promotion to Third Year, p. 387 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements • a statement of academic goals • a proposal for the courses that will be completed for graduation • a rationale for the choice of these courses, emphasizing the integrative nature of the program • past academic performance and successful completion of the key prerequisites • to enter the Honours option, a minimal overall grade average of 68% prior to joining ISP is required. APPLICATION Students must use the online application at www.science.ubc.ca/~isp. Students must find an ISP mentor (see ISP website for a list of ISP advisors) who guides them during the application process and approves their application. Students may submit applications at any time during the year. Students interested in taking summer courses in preparation for the ISP are encouraged to apply in their second year. In these cases, admission to the program will be granted on a conditional basis only. Students develop their own curriculum based on an overarching theme of integrating scientific disciplines of their choice. Normally, the proposed courses will contain a cluster of credits of 300- or 400-level courses bridging the scientific disciplines that the student wishes to integrate. Inclusion of several 400-level courses in a program is essential, since a good standing in these may influence the opportunities a student may have after graduation. Entry into the program commits the student to complete a specified list of upper-level Science courses. Any change in the original list of courses requires approval of the ISP. To change their course list, students must have approval from the ISP administration or from their ISP mentor. While the ISP will strive to accommodate as many students as possible, some enrolment restrictions may apply. Students whose programs are uniquely suited to the integrative, flexible character of the program but would not be easily accommodated by departmentally based programs within the Faculty will have priority. In addition, evidence of student independence, responsibility and past academic performance will be considered. Information about the Integrated Sciences Program, application forms, and guidelines for preparing a program are available from the Integrated Sciences Program Office, LSK Build ing, 303C-6356 Agricultural Road, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4, or from the ISP website (www.science.ubc.ca/~isp). GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS For the ISP degree options, the Faculty graduation requirements as stated under Graduation Requirements, p. 387 under Bachelor of Science, Degree Requirements apply, with the exception of the breadth requirement. The required credits in the Areas of Concentration and the Integration (ISCI) courses fulfil part of the minimum upper-level credit requirement. REQUIREMENTS FOR ISCI (1039): INTEGRATED SCIENCES PROGRAM • Completion of a minimum of 18 credits of 300- or 400-level courses in the areas of integration as designated in their application. • Nine credits of Integration Courses (ISCI). An ISCI course must be taken in a student's first term in the program. Since the topics of these courses may change from year to year, students should plan their programs to select ISCI courses in which they are most interested. Registration in ISCI courses will be limited, and ISP students will be given priority. • In addition to the nine ISCI credits mentioned above, students must take the one credit seminar course ISCI 300. • ISP students will develop a strong program of upper-level science courses, in consultation with ISP advisors. Students are expected to develop programs with 39 or more credits of upper-level science and with several 400-level courses. REQUIREMENTS FOR ISCI (001511): HONOURS INTEGRATED SCIENCES PROGRAM • six credits Honours thesis. Honours students in ISP write an Honours thesis that fits within the interdisciplinary mandate of the Program and the scientific disciplines that students are integrating. Students must take a six credit Directed Research course (449 course) in a suitable department that fits with the topic of their thesis. They may need to have certain prerequisites to take these courses. For their research thesis, students are encouraged to arrange for co-supervision by faculty members representing the disciplines that the student is integrating. If desired, ISP provides an ISP examiner (i.e, a faculty member associated with ISP) for thesis examinations of ISP Honours student. • Completion of a minimum of 36 credits of 300- or 400-level courses in the areas of integration as designated in their application. At least 12 of those credits must be at the 400 level. It is recommended that students take research related courses (topics courses, seminars, research methodologies) in preparation of their Honours thesis 449 course. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 415 • Twelve credits of Integration Courses (ISCI). An ISCI course must be taken in a student's first term in the program. Since the topics of these courses may change from year to year, students should plan their programs to select ISCI courses in which they are most interested. Registration in ISCI courses will be limited, and ISP students will be given priority • In addition to the 12 ISCI credits mentioned above, students have to take the one credit seminar course ISCI 300. • In addition to the Faculty continuation and graduation requirements for Honours students, ISP Honours students need to maintain a minimum average of 75% in each term of their tenure in the Honours ISP. Options Options within the ISP include the following: • Directed studies in the ISP. The Integrated Sciences Program encourages directed study experiences for undergraduate students (courses numbered 448 in ISP or Science departments). Space is usually limited and ISP advisors will assist students wishing to apply to Science departments for directed study. Directed studies credits will not count towards the required credits of ISCI Courses. • Minor. Students may, with the approval of their ISP mentor, undertake an optional Minor program in Arts or in Commerce in conjunction with the ISP. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM Co-operative Education is a process of education which integrates academic study with related and supervised work experience in cooperating employer organizations. An optional Co-operative Education Program is available for students in the Integrated Sciences Program. The Program is intended to help prepare interested and qualified students for research careers in industry, university, or government settings with 16 months of work placement (i.e. four work terms) in at least two different research areas supervised by scientists in industrial, academic or governmental positions. Faculty advisors also visit students at their place of work and provide advice on technical reports required of all students in the program. To be eligible, students must be in the Integrated Sciences program with at least high second-class standing, and they must have completed at least one semester in this program, which includes having taken at least one Integrated Sciences core course (ISCI). Admission is by application to the Science Co-op Office in conjunction with the application to the Integrated Sciences program, or in April prior to fourth year (transfer students may be considered later). Selection of students will be based on academic performance and general suitability to the work environment as determined by resume and interview. The total enrolment will be subjected to the availability of appropriate work placements and faculty advisors. The work placements are arranged by mutual agreement between students and employing organizations. Participating students register for ISCI 398, 399, 498 or 499 as appropriate, and pay the Cooperative Education Program fee per course (see Program and Course Fees, p. 31). Graduation in the Co-operative Education Program for Integrated Sciences requires a student to complete all of ISCI 398, 399, 498 and 499, in addition to the normal academic requirements. Students can decide the timing of their work placements upon consultation with the Co-op office and with their academic advisor in ISP. Two examples of standard schedules are: 1) ISCI 398 in Winter Session (Term Two) of third year, ISCI 399 in Summer Session following third year, ISCI 498 in Summer Session following fourth year, ISCI 499 in Winter Session (Term One) of fifth year. 2) ISCI 398 in Summer Session following third year, ISCI 399 in Winter Session (Term One) of fourth year, ISCI 498 in Winter Session (Term Two) of fourth year, ISCI 499 in Summer Session following fourth year. Students will have each satisfactorily completed course noted on their academic record. Detailed information on the program can be obtained from the Coordinator for the Integrated Sciences Program or from the Office of Co-operative Education in Room 170, Chemistry and Physics Building, The University of British Columbia, 6221 University Boulevard, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z1. MATHEMATICS The Department of Mathematics (www.math.ubc.ca) offers opportunities for study leading to doctoral, master's and bachelor's degrees. For information on the Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics, see Mathematics, p. 142 in the Faculty of Arts section. For information on graduate degrees, see Mathematics, p. 262 in the Graduate Studies section. Students should note that the first digit in the number of a course is intended to convey the level of mathematical maturity at which the course is conducted rather than the year in which it must be taken. A student wishing to enter a 300-level course must have obtained a grade of 51 % or better in all prerequisite 200-level courses. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM Detailed information is available from the Mathematics Department or the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 170, Chemistry/Physics Building, 6221 University Blvd, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 1Z1, telephone 604-822-9677, fax 604-822-9676. Information is also available through the Science Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). MAJOR PROGRAMS The Department offers a large selection of courses in various areas of pure and applied mathematics and requiring various levels of mathematical sophistication. The student is advised to consult a Mathematics advisor during the second year or when considering a Major in Mathematics in order to design a coherent program of study suitable to the student's interests and abilities. MAJOR (0456): MATHEMATICS (MATH) First Year ENGL 100-level1 CHEM 11123 6 0^4 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 180 3^4 or 184)4 MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3^4 PHYS 100-level3 6 CPSC 111/211 or CPSC 111/MATH 2105 7-8 Laboratory requirement6 0-2 BIOL, ASTR, EOSC, GEOG, or PSYC7 3 Electives89 2-5 Total Credits10 31-36 Second Year T 3 6 6 12 30 MATH 200 (or 226) MATH 22011 MATH 221 (or 223), 21512 Arts Elective Elective(s)8'9 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 24 24 60 Mathematics courses numbered 300 or above MATH, STAT, or CPSC courses numbered 300 or above12 Arts Elective Electives8'9 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 120 1 ENGL 112is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 This requirement appliesonly to students without credit for Chemistry 1 2. 3 Total credits in PHYS/CHEM courses must include 6 from beyond PHYS 100, CHEM 111. 4 See UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC Calculus Examination Certificate, p. 20. 5 One of these sequences must be completed during the first two years. Note: MATH 210 may not be offered every year. 5 All B.Sc. programs must include two terms of laboratory science. These may be stand-alone labs or parts of lecture-lab courses included in the other requirements listed above. Details are given at Lower-Level Requirements, p. 389. 7 Only courses eligible for credit in the Faculty of Science may be used to satisfy this requirement. Students without credit in BIOL 11 or BIOL 12 must use BIOL. This requirement may be deferred until second year. 8 Electives must be chosen to ensure that the program contains at least 48 credits from courses at the 300 level or above. The program must contain at least 72 credits in Science courses. 9 At least 9 credits must be chosen from outside the 416 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 field of the major, i.e., outside MATH, STAT, and CPSC. Non-elective credits from First Year, including credits described in footnote 7, cannot be used toward this requirement. 10 Students who earn more that 30 credits in first year may reduce the number of unrestricted electives taken in later years. 11 Students obtaining 68% or higher in MATH 226 are not required to take MATH 220. 12 MATH 21 5 may be deferred until third year. RECOMMENDATIONS The Department makes the following recommendations: 1) Mathematically able students are encouraged to take the honours stream MATH 120, 121,223, 226 and 227. 2) In second year, MATH 221 should be taken in Term 1. It is possible to take (with appropriate prerequisites) some of MATH 307, 308, 312, 317, 340 and MATH/STAT 302 (as well as MATH 300) in the second year. 3) Students interested in pursuing statistics to some depth should take STAT 200 and MATH/STAT 302 in the second year. This will prepare them for more advanced Statistics courses such as STAT 305, 306, 404 and 405. 4) Major students should consider taking some of MATH 300, 320, 322. 5) MATH 302 and MATH 307 are courses which are useful in many areas of mathematics. 6) Students interested in operations research should take MATH 340, 441, 442 and 443. They are also advised to take MATH 303, STAT 305 and 306, and some advanced Computer Science courses. 7) Students interested in teaching are advised to take MATH 308, 309, 312, 313, 414, 446. 8) Students interested in becoming actuaries can make substantial progress toward this career goal while majoring in Mathematics or Statistics. These students should consult the actuarial advisors in the Mathematics and/or Statistics Departments for detailed advice on course selection and advice on taking the Society of Actuaries' exams. 9) Students interested in the physical sciences should take MATH 317 which is important for MATH 300, 316. 10) Students interested in Economics should consider taking ECON 420 and 421, and should consult an advisor in the Economics Department for other appropriate Economics courses. A joint Major in Mathematics and Economics is available. See below. 11) In selecting electives, students should consider pursuing an area of application of mathematics in some depth. They should also ensure that they fulfil all the graduation requirements of the Faculty of Science. MAJOR IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES The Major in Mathematical Sciences is offered with Departments of Computer Science and Statistics. MAJOR (0185): MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES (MASC) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 1112-3 0-4 CPSC 111,121 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 3-4 180 or 184)4 MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3-4 PHYS 100-level5 6 BIOL, ASTR, EOSC, GEOG, or PSYC6 3 Laboratory requirement7 0-2 Elective 3 Total Credits8 32^40 Second Year CPSC 211, 213, 2219 12 MATH 200 (or 226), 221 (or 223) 6 MATH 22010 3 MATH/STAT 302 3 STAT 200 3 Arts Electives 6 Total Credits 33 Third and Fourth Years MATH 30311, 307, 215, 340 Four courses from CPSC 302, 303, 310, 313, 319, 3209 STAT 305, 306, 404 Arts Elective Electives12'13 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 12 12 9 6 21 60 125 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. This requ ire ment applies only to students without credit for CHEM 12. Total credits in PHYS/CHEM courses must include 6 from beyond PHYS 100, CH EM 111. See UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC Calculus Examination Certificate, p. 20. Total credits in PHYS/CHEM courses must include 6 from beyond PHYS 100, CH EM 111. Only courses eligible for credit in the Faculty of Science may be used to satisfy this requirement. Students without credit in one of BIOL 11 or BIOL 12 must use BIOL. This requirement may be deferred until second year. All B.Sc. programs must include two terms of laboratory science. These may be stand-alone labs or parts of lecture-lab courses included in the other requirements listed above. Details are given at Lower-Level Requirements, p. 389. Students who earn more that 30 credits in first year may reduce the number of unrestricted electives taken in later years. Students should note that some CPSC courses have enrolment restrictions. Registration in the program does not guarantee access to these courses. ' Students obtaining 68% or higher in MATH 226 may replace MATH 220 with 3 credits of electives. 1 MATH 418 may be substituted for Math 303. Electives must be chosen to ensure that the program contains at least 48 credits from courses at the 300 level or above. 13 At least 9 credits must be chosen from outside the field of the major, i.e., outside MATH, STAT, and CPSC. Non-elective credits from First Year cannot be used toward this requirement. MAJOR (1135): MATHEMATICS AND ECONOMICS (MATH, ECON) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 ECON 100, 1022 6 MATH 104 (or one of 100, 102, 120, 3-4 180, 184)3 MATH 105 (or one of 101, 103, 121) 3-4 PHYS 100-level4 6 CHEM 1114-5 0-4 CPSC 111/211 or CPSC 111/MATH 2107 7-8 Laboratory Requirement6 0-2 Elective(s)9'10 0-6 Total Credits11 31-46 Second Year ECON 304, 305 6 MATH 200 (or 226), 215, 220, 221 or 223 12 BIOL, ASTR, EOSC, GEOG, or PSYC8 3 Electives9'10 9 Total Credits 30 Third and Fourth Years ECON 306, 32512, 326, 490 MATH 320 ECON courses numbered 300 or above ECON courses number 400 or above MATH courses numbered 300 or above13 Science courses numbered 300 or above Elective(s)9'10 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 12 12 60 121 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. This requirement can also be satisfied by taking ECON 307 and three additional credits of Economics numbered 300 or above See UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC Calculus Examination Certificate, p. 20 Total credits in PHYS/CHEM courses must include 6 from beyond PHYS 100, CH EM 111 This requirement applies only to students without credit for Chemistry 1 2. All B.Sc. programs must include two terms of aboratory science. These may be stand-alone labs or parts of lecture-lab courses included in the other requirements listed above. Details are given at Lower-Level Requirements, p. 389. One of these sequences must be completed during the first two years. Note: MATH 210 may not be offered every year. All students must take 3 credits in ASTR, BIOL, EOSC, or in PSYC and GEOG courses with Science credit. Students without credit in BIOL 11 or BIOL 1 2 must use BIOL to satisfy this requirement. This requirement may be deferred until second year The program must contain at least 72 credits in Science courses. It must include 48 credits from courses numbered 300 or higher PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 417 At least 9 credits must be chosen from outside the field of the major, i.e., outside MATH, STAT, and CPSC. Non-elective credits (including those d escribed in footnote 8) cannot be used toward this requirement. 11 Students who earn more that 30 credits in first year may reduce the number of unrestricted electives taken in later years. 12 STAT 200 can substitute for ECON 325. 13 Suitable electives include MATH 302, 303, 321, 402, 403, 418, 419,443. COMBINED MAJOR (1429): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Students admitted to this program must satisfy the admission and continuation requirements for Majors students in both the Department of Mathematics and the Department of Computer Science. First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 1112-3 0-3 CPSC 111, 1214 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 3-4 180 or 184)5 MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3-4 PHYS 100-level3 6 Laboratory Requirement6 0-2 ASTR, BIOL, EOSC, GEOG or PSYC7 3 Electives8 0-3 Total Credits9 32-36 Second Year CPSC 211, 213, 221 12 MATH 200 (or 22610) 3 MATH 22010 3 MATH 221 (or 223), 21 511 6 Arts Electives 6 Electives8'12 3 Total Credits 33 Third and Fourth Years CPSC 310, 313, 320 10 CPSC 302 or 303 3 One of CPSC 402, 403, 420, 421 3 CPSC courses numbered 300 or higher™ 3 CPSC courses numbered 400 or higher 3 MATH courses numbered 300 or higher 21 Arts Elective 6 Electives8'12'13 12 Total Credits 61 Minimum credits for degree 126 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 an/or 1 21. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until 2nd year. 2 Students with credit for Chemistry 1 2 may replace CHEM 111 with CHEM 121 or with 3 credits of electives. 3 Total credits in PHYS and CHEM must include 6 from PHYS 100, CHEM 111. 4 Students pursuing a Co-op program are advised to add CPSC 211 to their course selections in first year. 5 See UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC Calculus Examination Certificate, p. 20. 5 All B.Sc. programs must include two terms of laboratory science. These may be stand-alone labs or parts of lecture-lab courses included in the other requirements listed above. Details are given at Lower-Level Requirements, p. 389. Only courses eligible for credit in the Faculty of Science may be used to satisfy this requirement. Students without credit in BIOL 11 or BIOL 12 must use BIOL. This requirement may be deferred until 2nd year. 3 At least 9 elective credits must be chosen from outside the field of the major, i.e., outside MATH, STAT, and CPSC. Non-elective credits from First Year, including credits described in footnote 7, cannot be used toward this requirement. 9 Students who earn more that 32 credits in first year may reduce the number of unrestricted electives taken in later years. 10 Students obtaining 68% or higher in MATH 226 may replace MATH 220 with 3 credits of electives. 11 MATH 215 may be deferred until third year. 12 STAT 200 is recommended. 13 Electives must be chosen to ensure that the program contains at least 48 credits from courses at or above the 300 level. HONOURS PROGRAMS Students planning to take a Bachelor of Science with Honours in Mathematics, or in Mathematics combined with another subject, should note the following: 1) To be admitted into an Honours Mathe- i matics program, a student must obtain at least 68% in MATH 121 or average at least 80% in six credits of 100-level MATH courses. Honours degree candidates are expected to maij^Lm an overall 68% average, complete all courses attempted, and complete at least 30 credits in every winter session. 2) The courses MATH 120, 121, 223, 226, and 227 provide a firmer foundation for advanced study than the alternatives shown in parentheses. 3) Students are encouraged to choose electives that result in studying another subject to substantial depth. 4) For students who plan to work in Mathematics, study in French, German, or Russian is recommended. HONOURS (0166): MATHEMATICS (MATH) First Year Third and Fourth Years ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 11123 0-4 MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 104 or 180 or 184) 4(3) MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 or 105) 4(3) PHYS 107, 108 (or 100 level)3 6 CPSC 111/211 or CPSC 111/MATH 2104 7-8 Laboratory requirement5 0-2 BIOL, ASTR, EOSC, GEOG, or PSYC6 3 Electives 0-6 Total Credits7 31-36 Second Year MATH 226 (or 200), 227 (or 317) MATH 223 (or 221) MATH 2208 MATH 2159 Arts Electives Electives10 Total Credits7 6 3 3 3 6 15 36 12 3 15 12 9 66 132 MATH 300, 320, 321,322" MATH 412 or 42211 Fifteen credits11 from MATH 400-405, 412, 416-429, 433-440, 443, 44912 Mathematics courses numbered 300 or above Science courses numbereed 300 or above13 Arts Elective Electives Total Credits7 Minimum credits for degree 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 This requirement applies only to students without credit for Chemistry 1 2. 3 Total credits in PHYS/CHEM courses must include 6 from beyond PHYS 100, CH EM 111 4 This requirement must be completed in the first two years. Note that MATH 210 may not be offered every year. 5 All B.Sc. programs must include two terms of laboratory science. These may be stand-alone labs or parts of lecture-lab courses included in the other requirements listed above. Details are given at Lower-Level Requirements, p. 389. 6 Only courses eligible for credit in the Faculty of I Science may be used to satisfy this requirement " Students without credit in one of BIOL 11 or BIOL 1 2 must use BIOL. This requirement may be deferred until second year. 7 The program requires at least 30 credits in each Winter Session. Subject to this restriction, students who earn more than 30 credits in first year may reduce the number of unrestricted electives taken in later years B Students obtaining 68% or higher in MATH 226 may replace MATH 220 with 3 credits of electives 9 MATH 215 may be deferred until third year 10 PHYS 206 is recommended 11 An overall 68% average is required in these 30 credits to obtain a Bachelor of Science with Honours 12 MATH 449 is recommended 13 Recommended: PHYS 301, 304; CPSC 302, 303, STAT 460, 461. COMBINED HONOURS: MATHEMATICS (MATH) WITH ANOTHER SUBJECT First Year Same as Mathematics Honours. Second Year Same as Mathematics Honours. Third and Fourth Years MATH 320, 3211 6 Nine credits1 from MATH 300, 301, 316, 9 322,331 Twelve credits1 from MATH 400-405, 412, 12 416-429, 433-440, 443, 449 Arts Elective 6 Electives2 33 Total Credits 66 1 A 68% overall average is required in these 27 credits to obtain a Bachelor of Science with Honours in Mathematics 418 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Including courses as specified by the other department, but not exceeding 30 credits in third and fourth year. MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY The Department of Microbiology and Immunology (www.microbiologyubc.ca) offers opportunities for study leading to doctoral, master's and bachelor's degrees. For information on graduate degrees, see Microbiology and Immunology, p. 264 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. The Department offers versatile major and Honours programs leading to the Bachelor of Science. All students take the same core courses but appropriate choices of selections allow students to develop training in diverse areas such as applied microbiology, environmental microbiology, immunology, medical microbiology, microbial physiology, molecular genetics, and virology. Enrolment in the MBIM Honours programs, and the combined CPSC/MBIM Honours programs, require a sustained, annual academic average above 75% in second, third and fourth year of these programs. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM: BIOTECHNOLOGY IN MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY This optional program integrates academic study with related and supervised work experience. The work placements are arranged by mutual agreement between the students and the employing organizations. Enrolment is limited. Admission is by application to the Science Co-op Office in February prior to third year (transfer students may be considered later). Selection will be based on previous academic performance and general suitability to the work environment as assessed by resume and interview. Admissibility to the third-year Microbiology and Immunology Bachelor of Science program is prerequisite for admission. Graduation from the Co-op program requires completion of four work terms, the normal courses required for the program. Detailed information is available from the Department of Microbiology and Immunology (www.microbiology.ubc.ca) or the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 170 Chemistry & Physics Building, The University of British Columbia, 6221 University Boulevard, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822-9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). PROGRAMS MAJOR (1153): MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY First Year First Year (Continued) BIOL 112 3 BIOL 121, 1401 5 CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) 8 ENGL 100-level2 6 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 3(4) or 184 or 120)3 MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 4'5 Electives4'5 Total Credits5 Second Year 6(3) 0(3) 34(36) BIOL 200, 201 CHEM 205, 233, 2357 MICB 202 Electives56 Total Credits5 Third Year8 6 7 3 15 31 BIOL 335 MICB 300, 302, 322, 323 Third or Fourth Year8 3 12 BIOC3029 3 MICB32410 3 Additional MICB selections. 9 Another MICB selection or a selection 3 from BIOC 402, 403, 410; BIOL 316, 334, 421; MEDG 421; EOSC 475 Electives5 21 Fourth Year8 MICB 401 MICB 421 Minimum credits for degree3 3 3 125 Students lacking Biology 11 or Biology 1 2 must take BIOL 111 before taking BIOL 112. ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. All of these courses are suitable prerequisites for later MATH courses. They differ in the expected student background and the types of examples used in the problems. Students require 6 credits of PHYS, including PHYS 101 in order to graduate. Students lacking Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 before taking PHYS 101, the PHYS 101 may be deferred to second year. Students with Physics 12 may take PHYS 101 as the first course in PHYS and defer the second 3 credits of PHYS until any time before they graduate. This second PHYS may be taken at any level. The 36 elective credits in the program must include: (a) At least 1 2 credits numbered 300 of higher to meet the Faculty requirement for 48 credits of upper level courses, (b) At least 1 2 credits from the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of first year English) (c) At least 9 credits outside the field of the major. These credits must be taken as science courses from other departments in the Faculty of Science or courses in the Faculty of Arts. The field of the major is defined as the named courses and selections in the program, all MICB and BIOL courses and all courses offered in the Faculty of Medicine for Science credit, (d) At least 3 credits of either CPSC or additional MATH or STAT or BIOL 300 to meet the Faculty requirement for a program total of at east 9 credits of computational credits BIOL 240 is a recommended elective CHEM 201 may be substituted for CHEM 205. The combination of CHEM 203 and 204 are accepted as a substitute for CHEM 205, 233 and 235 if students have credit for CHEM 203 and 204 The minimum total program requirement is 125 credits. The normal course load for the program s 30 credits in each Winter session of third or fourth year 9 BIOC 303 may be substituted for BIOC 302 by using three credits of elective space. 10 Until September 2001 students were required to take MICB 409 or BIOL 334. That requirement has been replaced with MICB 324 for students enter- ng third year on or after September 2002. The genetics courses may be taken as selections HONOURS (1154): MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY (MBIM) First and Second Years Same as for Major. Third Year1 65 (67) BIOL 335 MICB 300, 302, 322, 323 Third or Fourth Year1 3 12 BIOC3022 3 MICB3243 3 Additional MICB 12 Another MICB course or a selection 3 from BIOC 402, 403, 410; BIOL 316, 334, 421 ; MEDG 421; EOSC 475 Electives4 18 Fourth Year1 At least one of MICB 404, 406, 410 or 412 T MICB 401, 421, 430, 449 Minimum credits for degree^ 15 237 The minimum total of 137 credits must include 60 credits of upper level Science or Arts courses and a total of at least 90 credits of Science courses The Science courses must include 3 credits of PHYS n addition to PHYS 101. The maximum number of courses permitted in a Winter Session is 36 credits and the minimum is 30 credits 2 BIOC 303 may be substituted for BIOC 302 by using 3 credits of elective space 3 Until September 2001 students were required to take MICB 409 or BIOL 334. That requirement has been replaced with MICB 324 for students enter- ng third year on or after September 2002. The genetics courses may be taken as selections 4 The 33 elective credits in the program must nclude: (a) At least 1 2 credits numbered 300 or higher, (b) At least 12 credits from the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of first year English, (c) At least 3 credits of CPSC or additional MATH or STAT or BIOL 300 to meet the Faculty requirements for a program total of at least 9 credits of computational credits COMBINED MAJOR (1371): COMPUTER SCIENCE & MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY First Year BIOL 112, 1401 5 CHEM 121, 123 (111, 113) 8 CPSC 111, 1212 8 ENGL 100-level3 6 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 3(4) 184 or 120)4 MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121)4 3(4) Elective5'6 3 Total Credits 36(38) Second Year5 BIOL 200, 201 6 CHEM 233,235 4 CPSC 211, 213 and 221 12 MICB 202 3 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 419 Second Year5 (Continued) At least six credits selected from BIOL 6(7) 2406, BIOL 300, CHEM 2057, MATH 200, MATH 221, STAT 200, STAT 2416 Total Credits 31(32) Third Year10 BIOL 335 or BIOC 3027 MICB 300, 302, 3228 CPSC 310 and 320 Third or Fourth Year10 CPSC 313 MICB 324 MICB 323 or MICB 401 Additional CPSC at or above 300 level Electives5'67'9 3 3 3 6 15 Fourth Year 10 CPSC 445 MICB 405 Additional CPSC at 400 level Additional MICB at 400 level Minimum credits for degree 3 3 3 3 128 Students lacking Biology 11 or Biology 12 must take BIOL 111 before taking BIOL 112 Students intending to pursue Co-op may include CPSC 211 in the first year in order to use the CPSC model for Co-op that starts after first year Alternatively they may use the MICB model for Co-op that starts in third year ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and ENGL 121 Three credits of first year ENGL may be deferred to second year Each of these courses are suitable prerequisites for any later MATH courses. They differ in the expected student background and the types of examples used in the problems. BIOL 121 is a mandatory requirement for al advanced BIOL courses except BIOL 200, 201, 334 and 335. Students lacking Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 to meet the lower-level course requirements for a B.Sc. Additional MATH or STAT would be beneficial. BIOL 240 is recommended. Some of the courses in the selection list are on the credit exclusion list. Only one course on the list can count for credit. I Students may substitute an elective in second year and defer 3 credits of this 6-credit selection I requirement to third year. CHEM 205 is a necessary prerequisite if students ntend to choose BIOC 302 or 303 as an elective in third or fourth years Space in MICB 322 is limited. Availability depends on the demand by the other programs. Students must complete MICB 322 to be accepted to the program. The calculation requirements and breadth requirements of the Faculty of Science are satisfied by the combination of programs in the combined major. However, the 18 elective credits in the program must include: (a) Three credits numbered 300 or higher to meet the Faculty requirement for 48 credits of upper level courses, (b) At least 12 credits from the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of first year English) ' The normal course load for the program is 30 credits in one Winter session and 31 credits in the other Winter session of third and fourth year COMBINED HONOURS (1373): COMPUTER SCIENCE & MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY First Year BIOL1121, 140 CHEM 121, 123 CPSC 111, 121 ENGL 100-level2 One of MATH 120, 100, 102, 104, 180, 184 One of MATH 121, 101, 103, 105 Electives34 Total Credits Second Year5 BIOL 200, 201 CHEM 205, 233, 2356' CPSC 211, 2136, 221 MATH 2006 MICB 202 Elective4 Total Credits Third Year5'8 BIOC 302 BIOL 335 CPSC 310, 320 MICB 300, 302, 3229, 324 STAT 200 Third or Fourth Year5'8 One of CPSC 304, 313, 420, 42110 CPSC courses numbered 300 or above One of MICB 323, 40110 MATH/STAT 302 Electives4 Fourth Year5'8 CPSC 445 MICB 405 One of MICB 402, 403, 404, 406, 409, 410,412 CPSC 449 or MICB 44911 Minimum credits for degree 6 3(4) 3(4) 3 36(38) 6 7 12 3 3 3 34 3 3 7 12 3 237 Students lacking Biology 11 or Biology 1 2 must take BIOL 111 before taking BIOL 112. ENGL 112,120 and 1 21 are recommended courses BIOL 1 21 is required for all upper-level biology courses except BIOL 200, 201, 334 and 335. Students lacking Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 to meet the lower-level course requirements for a B.Sc. The program requires a minimum of 12 credits of Arts courses. Students with suitable PHYS and Arts credits from other sources may substitute open electives. BIOL 240 is recommended in the second year To continue in the program students must maintain at least 75% average in the second third and fourth year One of CHEM 235, CPSC 213, or MATH 200 can be deferred to third year Transfer students with credit for CHEM 203 and CHEM 204 are exempted from the requirement for CHEM 205, 233 and 235. CHEM 201 may be substituted for CHEM 205. Typical course loads are 1 5 to 18 credits per term To be in an Honours Program students must complete a minimum of 30 credits in each Winter Session 9 Space in MICB 322, 323 is limited. Students must complete MICB 322 in third year to stay in the program. 10 We recommend that at least one of the remaining courses be taken as part of the 6 credits of CPSC courses numbered 300 or above 11 The thesis topic must be related to Bioinformat- ics. Students intending to take CPSC 449 should take CPSC 349 in their third year OCEANOGRAPHY The Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences (www.eos.ubc.ca) offers oceanography degree programs in Honours Fisheries Oceanography, Combined Honours Oceanography and Biology, and Combined Honours Oceanography and Another Subject. The Major program in Earth and Ocean Sciences, p. 410 is available for students who have a broad interest in earth science as it relates to Oceanography. Those who wish to pursue a professional career in the discipline are encourage to enrol in one of the Combined Honours programs in Oceanography and another subject. Example programs in Combined Honours include Oceanography and Chemistry, Oceanography and Geology, Oceanography and Geophysics, and Oceanography and Physics. See www.eos.ubc.ca for example programs. For information on graduate degrees, see Oceanography, p. 268 under the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Formal program approval must be obtained from both departmental advisors before registering in second, third and forth years of the Combined Honours programs. Enrolment in all combined Oceanography Honours and the Fisheries Oceanography Honours programs requires an academic average of 72%. A general first-year course, EOSC 112, is offered. Non-laboratory general courses, EOSC 314 and EOSC 315, are offered to students who are not in Science or Applied Science, while EOSC 370 and 371 are offered to students who have completed first-year Science. Students intending to register for an undergraduate Oceanography program can undertake the Major program, a Combined Honours program with another science, or the Fisheries Oceanography Honours program. Formal program approval must be obtained from both departmental advisors before registering in second, third, and fourth years of the Combined Honours programs. Enrolment in all combined Oceanography Honours and the Fisheries Oceanography Honours programs requires an academic average of 72%. All Oceanography (OCGY) courses have been renumbered as EOSC courses, with the conversion described on the Earth and Ocean Sciences website (www.eos.ubc.ca). HONOURS PROGRAMS HONOURS (0577): FISHERIES OCEANOGRAPHY First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 BIOL 112, 121, 1402 8 420 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 First Year (Continued) Third and Fourth Years CHEM 121, 123 (or 111, 113) 8 EOSC 110, 112, 114 < ar 116 3 EOSC 111 1 MATH 100 or 102 or or 180 or 184) 104 (or 120 3(4) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 101 (or 107)3'4 3 Total Credits 35(37) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 6 BIOL 204, 205 8 CHEM 233, 235 4 ECON 101 3 EOSC211.212, 222 9 Electives4 6 Total Credits 36 Third and Fourth Years BIOL 300, 301,303 BIOL 408, 465, 466 EOSC 370, 371 EOSC 470, 472, 473, 478 EOSC 449 LAW 356 Electives4'5 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 9 12 6 12 6 3 18 66 237 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or ENGL 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred to second year. 2 The prerequisite for BIOL 112 is Chemistry 1 2 and either Biology 11 of Biology 1 2. Students lacking the prerequisites must take BIOL 111 before attempting either BIOL 112 or BIOL 121 or BIOL 140. 3 Students without Physics 12 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. 4 Total program electives must include 12 credits in Arts. MATH 200 and MICB 202 are recommended n second or third year. 5 Select 3 credits from the following: EOSC 471, 475; BIOC 302; BIOL 302, 320, 325, 326, 332, 334, 353, 402, 403, 404, 405, 428, 429, 434, 435, 445; MICB 300. Some of these courses may require prerequisites that are not prescribed in the program. COMBINED HONOURS: OCEANOGRAPHY AND ANOTHER SCIENCE SUBJECT1 First Year ENGL 100-Level <T CHEM 121 (or 111) 4 EOSC110or112or 114or116 3 EOSC 111 1 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 3(4) or 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 107 (or 101) 3 Electives2'3 9 Total Credits 32(34) Second Year EOSC 2114, 212, 222 9~ Electives2'5 24 Total Credits5 33 EOSC 370, 371, 4736 9 EOSC 472 3 EOSC or ATSC 400 level 6 One of EOSC 470, 471,475, 477, 478 3 EOSC 4497 6 Electives2 42 Total Credits 69 Minimum credits for degree 134 1 Combined honours programs must be approved by advisors from both disciplines at the time that the program is declared. Not all disciplines offer combined honours programs. Example programs for combined honours oceanography and other subjects are listed at www.eos.ubc.ca 2 Within the specified electives students must meet the requirements of the other program. The available elective credit in the different years may be adjusted to allow for specific program combinations as long as there is a minimum of 134 tota credits and a maximum of 140 total credits within the framework for Honours Programs in the Faculty of Science. The framework for Honours Programs specifies that there must be at least 30 credits in each winter session, four terms must have five-or-fewer lecture course equivalents and four terms must have six-or-fewer lecture course equivalents. In all programs there must be at least 12 credits of Arts and 9 credits of calculation courses. If the other program specifies less than 48 additional credits, further courses must be se- ected in consultation with the program advisors. 3 Students without Physics 12 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. Students without Biology 11 or 1 2 must take 100-level Biology. 4 Or equivalent as specified by other discipline with permission of advisor. 5 Some credits can be deferred to years 3, 4 but each winter session must have at least 30 credits 5 Recommended to be taken in third year 7 Or a thesis course in the other discipline COMBINED HONOURS (0535): OCEANOGRAPHY AND BIOLOGY (OCGY, BIOL) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 BIOL1122 3 BIOL 121, 1402 5 >EHEM 121, 123 (or 111, 113) 8 EOSC 110 or 112or 114 or 116 3 EOSC 111 1 MATH 100 or 102 or or 184) ■ 104 (or 120 or 180 3(4) MATH 101 or 103 or ■ 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 101 (or 107)3 3 Total Credits 35(37) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 6 CHEM 233, 235 4 EOSC 211, 212, 222 9 Science Electives4,5 15 Arts Elective 3 Total Credits 37 Third and Fourth Years BIOL 300, 334 and 335 or 336 BIOL 302, 303 Third and Fourth Years (Continued) Other BIOL courses numbered 300 6 or higher EOSC 370, 371, 470, 472, 4736 1 5 EOSC 449 or BIOL 4497 6 EOSC Electives7 3-9 Additional upper level Science Electives 6-0 Arts Elective 9 Additional Science Electives 6 Total Credits 66 Minimum credits for degree 137 1 ENGL 112is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or ENGL 1 21. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred to second year. 2 The prerequisite for BIOL 112 is Chemistry 12 and either Biology 11 of Biology 12. Students lacking the prerequisites must take BIOL 111 before attempting either BIOL 112 or BIOL 121 or BIOL 140. 3 Students without Physics 1 2 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. 4 Choose at least 12 credits from BIOL 204, 205,209, 210; CHEM 201, 202, 205, MATH 200, 317; MICB 202. These choices must include at least six credits of courses on organisms, e.g., BIOL 204, 205, 209, 310 or MICB 202. Additional EOSC courses may be taken as electives in third and fourth years. Three credits of PHYS may be deferred until second year to create elective space in first year. 5 MATH 200 is recommended in second or third year. 5 Recommended that this course be taken in third year. 7 If BIOL 449 is taken, an additional six credits of EOSC courses must be chosen as part of the upper level science electives. PHARMACOLOGY The Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics (www.pharmacology.ubc.ca) offers opportunities for study leading to doctoral, master's and bachelor's degrees. For information on graduate degrees, see Pharmacology, p. 270 in the Graduate Studies section. For further information on other courses within the department, see the Faculty of Medicine, p. 321. All students who intend to take the B.Sc. in Pharmacology must consult the undergraduate advisor. Enrolment in PCTH 300 is restricted to students in the third year of the various Pharmacology programs. Students who wish to enter Pharmacology programs need to have completed all prerequisites and obtained an average of greater than 75% in each of their first and second years. The aim of the programs is to produce a graduate broadly trained in all aspects of pharmacology. The programs emphasize the experimental and laboratory aspects of pharmacology and students learn both whole animal and isolated tissue techniques as well as biochemical and chemical procedures. Skills that are stressed include the ability to search for information, design appropriate experiments, carry out experiments individually and as a member of a team, analyze data, and communicate and write effectively PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 421 CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM The Department offers an optional five-year Co-operative Education program (Honours and Major). In addition to classical laboratory- based university instruction, the student will receive 12 to 16 months of work placement (i.e., three to four work terms) in at least two different research areas supervised by scientists in a pharmaceutical company or equivalent. The work placements are arranged by mutual agreement among students, faculty and employing organizations. Faculty advisors will visit students at their place of work and provide advice on technical reports. Work placement starts in May or September after the completion of third year and continues through fourth year. Students in the Honours program will take additional credits in second, third and fifth years and will conduct a laboratory-based research project for six months (September to March) during fifth year within the Department and present an Honours thesis (PCTH 449). Students participating in the Co-op program register for PCTH 398, 399 and 498, in addition to the normal academic requirements, and pay the Co-op Education program fee for each course (see Program and Course Fees, p. 31 in this Calendar). PCTH 499 is optional for students who wish to have four work placements. ADMISSION Students must apply to the Department for admission to the B.Sc. and B.Sc. Co-op program no later than March 31 prior to third year. Selection of students will be based on academic performance and suitability for pharmacological research. Detailed information on the program may be obtained from the Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics, The University of British Columbia, 2176 Health Sciences Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3. PROGRAMS FIRST-YEAR REQUIREMENTS First Year ENGL 100 level1 6 BIOL 112, 1212, 140 7 CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 180 3(4) or 184) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS3 6 Total Credits 33 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 Students lacking Biology 12 must take BIOL 111 before taking BIOL 121. 3 At least 3 credits of PHYS in addition to PHYS 101 MAJOR (0311): PHARMACOLOGY (PCTH) Second Year Second Year CHEM 233, 2351 MICB 202 BIOL 300 (or STAT 200) Electives2,4 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 4 3 3 9 32 BIOC3013 BIOC 302, (303) PCTH 300, 302, 400, 404 PHYL 301 Electives2-4 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 3 3-6 18 6 30-27 60 125 1 The combination of CHEM 203 and 204 are accepted as a substitute for CHEM 233 and 235 if students have credit for CHEM 203 and 204 2 Electives include: (a) Sufficient courses numbered 300 or higher in Arts or Sciences to meet the Faculty requirements for 48 credits of upper leveli courses, (b.) At least 12 credits from the Faculty of Arts (in addition to ENGL), (c.) At least 9 credits must be Arts or Science electives outside field of^ the Major. The Field of the Major is defined as most, BIOC, BIOL, PCTH, and PHYL courses, and most courses offered for Science credit by departments in the Faculty of Medicine. 3 Must be taken in third year. 4 Suggested electives: ANAT 390, 391; ASTR 101, 102; BIOC 410; BIOL 331, 334, 335, 442; CPSC 122, 128or 124, 126; EOSC 110, 120, 326, 370; MEDG 410, 419, 420; MICB 302, 403, 405; PATH 375, PCTH 448; PHIL 120, 125; PHYL 422, 423, 424, 426, PHYS 330, 405; PSYC 100, 263. HONOURS (0019): PHARMACOLOGY (PCTH) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 CHEM 201 (or 205) CHEM 211 CHEM 233, 2351 MICB 202 BIOL 300 (or STAT 200) Electives23 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 6 3 4 4 3 3 15 38 BIOC 301, 3034 PCTH 300, 302 PCTH 400, 402, 404 PCTH 449 PHYL 301, 303 PHYL 422 or 423 or 424 Electives3'5 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 15 3-6 3 18-15 66 236 BIOL 200, 201 CHEM 201 (or 205) CHEM 211 The combination of CHEM 203 and 204 are accepted as a substitute for CHEM 233 and 235 if students have credit for CHEM 203 and 204 Electives include: (a) Sufficient courses numbered 300 or higher in Arts or Science to meet the Faculty requirement for 48 credits of upper leve courses, (b) At least 1 2 credits from the Faculty of Arts (in adition to ENGL). Must be taken in third year Electives include; a. Sufficient courses numbered 300 or higher in Arts or Sciences to meet the Fac ulty requirements for 48 credits of upper leve courses, b. At least 12 credits from the Faculty of Arts (in addition to ENGL), c. At least 9 credits must be Science electives outside field of the Major. The Field of the Major is defined as most, BIOC, BIOL, PCTH, and PHYL courses, and most courses offered for Science credit by departments n the Faculty of Medicine. 3 Suggested electives: ANAT 390, 391; ASTR 101, 102; BIOC 410; BIOL 331, 334, 335, 442; CPSC 122, 128 or 124, 126; EOSC 110, 120, 326, 370; MEDG 410, 419, 420; MICB 302, 403, 405; PATH 375, PCTH 448; PHIL 120, 125; PHYL 422, 423, 424, 426, PHYS 405; PSYC 100, 263. PHYSICS The Department of Physics and Astronomy (www.physics.ubc.ca) offers opportunities for study leading to bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees. For information on graduate degrees, see Physics, p. 272 in the Graduate Studies section. Students may select their electives so as to obtain a concentration in an area of their interest. See the Physics and Astronomy Program Guide (www.physics.ubc.ca/undergrad/pro- grams.php) for an outline of appropriate courses and other information. Students entering second-year Physics or Astronomy programs are encouraged (but not required) to obtain program approval before registering. Any second-year student who meets program requirements may simply register in either Honours or Major using the appropriate program descriptions. Continuing third- and fourth-year Physics or Astronomy students making satisfactory progress do not require program approval. Students wishing to transfer into Physics or Astronomy in third year must contact the Department to obtain program approval. Students in the General Science program are invited to consult a departmental advisor concerning appropriate courses. COURSES PRIMARILY FOR FIRST-YEAR SCIENCE STUDENTS Physics 11 (BC secondary school) or equivalent is a prerequisite for all students entering the Faculty of Science. Students lacking Physics 11, but wishing to enter, should submit a special appeal to Enrolment Services with their application to take PHYS 100. Science students with Physics 11, but not Physics 12 are required to take 3 credits of Physics. Normally this requirement is met by taking PHYS 100. PHYS 101, 102 or 107, ' 108, 109 constitute a standard first-year Physics program. PHYS 100 is intended primarily for students who have completed only BC secondary school Physics 11 or its equivalent. Credit will not be given to students with credit for Physics 12. PHYS 101 normally requires Physics 12 or PHYS 100. Students with only Physics 11 but with a good mathematics background may with permission from an advisor skip PHYS 100 and enrol in PHYS 101. They will still need to take six credits of Physics. Credit will be given for only one of PHYS 101, 107. 422 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 PHYS 107 is open to students who have obtained an 'A' in Physics 12 and Mathematics 12, and who are particularly interested in physical science and/or its application to other fields or disciplines. Students planning to go into Physics or Applied Science (and some other programs) are required to take PHYS 102, or PHYS 108 plus PHYS 109, in addition to PHYS 101 and 107. PHYS 102 has PHYS 101 or 107 as prerequisite, while PHYS 108 requires either PHYS 107, or PHYS 101 with an 'A standing. Admission into second-year Honours Physics generally requires PHYS 107, 108, 109 and a clear first-year pass with either overall second-class standing in 30 credits or at least 68% in each of PHYS 107, 108, 109 and MATH 100, 101 (120, 121). Students who were not eligible for PHYS 107, 108 may substitute PHYS 101,102 provided all other minimum requirements were also met. Credit will only be given for one of PHYS 102, 108. Science One satisfies the entrance requirement for all physics programs. Non-science students without Physics 11 may take PHYS 100 in their second or later year. COURSES FOR STUDENTS NOT SPECIALIZING IN PHYSICS PHYS 330 (3) is primarily for students in the Faculty of Science who are not specializing in Physics. PHYS 340 (3), 341 (3), and 343 (3) are for students not in the Faculty of Science. PHYS 317 (3) and PHYS 318 (3) are recommended for General Science, pre-architecture and education students. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM Co-operative education is a process of education which integrates academic study with related and supervised work experience in co-operating employer organizations. A Co-operative Education program is available for students in Physics. The program is intended to help prepare interested and qualified students for research careers in industry with twenty months of work placement supervised by practising professionals. Faculty advisors also visit students at their place of work and provide advice on technical reports required of all students in the program. To be eligible, students must be admissible into the second-year Physics Bachelor of Science program with second-class standing. Admission is by application to the Co-op Office in April prior to second year (transfer students may be considered later). Selection of students will be based on academic performance and general suitability to the work environment as determined by resume and interview. The total enrolment will be subject to the availability of appropriate work placements and faculty advisors. The work placements are arranged by mutual agreement between students and employing organizations. Participating students register for PHYS 298, 299, 399, 498 or 499 as appropriate, and pay the co-operative education program fee per course (see Program and Course Fees, p. 31 in this Calendar). Graduation in the program requires a student to complete each of PHYS 298, 299, 399, 498 and 499, in addition to the normal academic requirements. Students will have each satisfactorily completed course noted on their academic record. Detailed information on the program may be obtained from the Department of Physics or from the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 309 Hennings Building, The University of British Columbia, 6224 Agricultural Road, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822- 9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). PROGRAMS MAJOR (0524): PHYSICS (PHYS) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121 (111) 4 MATH 100 level2 6(8) PHYS 107, 108, 109(101, 102)3 8(6) Electives4 6 Total Credits 30(34) Second Year5 MATH 2006 3 MATH 215,221 6 PHYS 2007, 2167 6 PHYS 209 3 Electives4 12 Total Credits 30 Third Year8 MATH 3176 3 PHYS 309 or 319 3 PHYS 312 3 PHYS 313, 4129 6 PHYS/ASTR Elective10 3 Electives4'7 12 Total Credits 30 Fourth Year11 j^HYS301 or 354 PHYS 308 PHYS 349, 409 or 420 PHYS/ASTR Electives10 Electives4 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 3 6 15 30 120 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or ENGL 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred to second year. One of MATH 100, 102, 104, 180, 184 or 120 and one of MATH 101, 103, 105 or 121. Students without Physics 12 must normally take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 or 107, such students should seek academic advice before registering. Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 107/108/109. The elective credits taken throughout the program must include at least 12 credits in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of 100-level English) and a further 9 total elective credits in Arts or Science outside the field of the Major (Physics, Astronomy, Mathematics, are therefore excluded). Students without Biology 11 or 1 2 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. For students with Biology 11 or 1 2 at least 3 credits must be a science course, ASTR, BIOL, EOSC, or Science credit GEOG, or PSYC. Up to 12 elective credits may be taken in any courses in Arts or Science, including the field of the Major. Enough elective credits in Arts of Science courses numbered 300 or higher must be taken so that the program's total number of Arts and Science credits at the 300-level or higher is at least 48, with at least 30 of these credits being in Science. Recommended elective: CPSC 122, 152 or 124. Students interested in senior chemistry courses or who are planning to enter a career in teaching are reminded that they should take a second course of introductory chemistry. 5 Admission requirement: overall average of 60% in first-year Physics or permission of the Department Head. 5 Students with sufficiently high grades in first-year MATH may take MATH 217 and 2 credits of electives instead of MATH 200 and MATH 317. 7 Students may opt to take PHYS 200 or PHYS 216 in third year, in exchange for an additional 3 credits of electives in second year. Qualifying students may replace PHYS 216 with PHYS 206. B Consultation with a Physics departmental advisor is recommended before entering third and fourth year. 9 PHYS 304 may replace PHYS 412. 10 To be chosen from ASTR or PHYS courses 300-level and above. Some courses intended for Honours students require approval from appropriate instructor(s). 11 PHYS 203 or the combination CHEM 201 and CHEM 304 may replace PHYS 313. COMBINED MAJOR (1391): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND PHYSICS See Computer Science, p. 406 section. HONOURS (0344): PHYSICS (PHYS) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121 (111)2 4 MATH 120 (100 or or 180 or 184)2 102 or 104 3-4 MATH 121 (101 or 103 or 105)2 3-4 PHYS 107, 108, 109(101, 102)2'3 6-8 BIOL2'4 3 Electives4 5 Total Credits 32(30) Second Year5 MATH 2176, 2237 7 MATH 215,300 6 PHYS 200, 203 6 PHYS 2098, 206 6 Electives4 12 Total Credits 37 Third Year MATH 316 3 MATH 301 or 318 3 PHYS 301, 401 6 PHYS 304, 402 6 PHYS 309 or 319 3 PHYS 3089 3 Electives4'10 9 Total Credits 33 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 423 Fourth Year MATH40011 PHYS 44912 PHYS 40313 PHYS 409 Electives4'14 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 3 6 3 3 18 33 133 HONOURS (1093): BIOPHYSICS (BIOP) First Year ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. First-year Physics, Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics can be replaced by Science One (25 credits). Students without Physics 12 should consult departmental advisor as early as practical. Normally they must take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 or 107. The elective credits taken throughout the program must include at least 12 credits in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of 100-level English) and 6 credits from the Faculty of Science. Students without Biology 11 or Biology 1 2 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. For students with Biology 11 or 1 2 at least 3 credits must be a science course, ASTR, BIOL, EOSC, or Science credit GEOG, or PSYC. At least one computer science course recommended. Students interested in senior chemistry courses or who are planning to enter a career in teaching are reminded that they should take a second course of introductory chemistry. In first year, 2 of the elective credits can be used to take the 4 credit math courses MATH 120 and 121. Admission Requirements: A clear pass from first year with an overall standing of at least 68% in each first-year Physics and Mathematics course. An average standing of at least 68% must be obtained in each year to remain in the Honours program. Students who are interested in taking MATH 320, 321 later in their program are advised to substitute MATH 226, 227 for MATH 217. MATH 200, 317 can also be substituted for MATH 217. Either substitution would require using three credits of Science elective. MATH 221 or MATH 152 can be substituted for MATH 223 under exceptional circumstances. MATH 223 can be taken in first year. Co-op students should replace PHYS 209 with PHYS 259 and make up an additional credit in Year 3 or Year 4 by taking PHYS 389. PHYS 308 can be deferred to the fourth year or I replaced by PHYS 458 in fourth year. 5 Students who are interested in mathematical physics are encouraged to take MATH 320 and MATH 321 as electives. At least 3 credits must be a 300- or 400-level Physics or Astronomy course. 1 With permission of the head of the department, another course may replace MATH 400. ' Co-op students may substitute other Physics courses with the permission of the head of the department. * PHYS 403 may be replaced by PHYS 455. 1 A minimum of six elective credits must be at least 400-level Physics or Astronomy courses. Suggested fourth-year electives are ASTR 402, 403, 404, EECE 480; MATH 345,401,402,405.418,420,450, PHYS 400, 405, 407, 410, 437, 447, 473, 474. Qualified students are encouraged to take 500-level Physics courses for which they must have permission of the Faculty of Science and the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. ENGL 100-level1 6 PHYS 107, 108, 109(101, 102)2-3 6-8 BIOL 112, 1402'4 4 CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) 2 8 MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 104 or 4(3) 180 or 184)2 MATH 121 (or 101, 103 ot 105)2 4(3) Elective5 3 Total Credits 33(37) Second Year6 PHYS 200, 209 6 PHYS 203 or CHEM 2017 3 PHYS 2068 3 BIOL 200, 201 (240)9 6-7 CHEM 233, 235 4 MATH 21710 4 MATH 215 3 MATH 223(221) 3 Elective5 3 Total Credits 35(36) Third Year PHYS 301, 304 6 PHYS 309 or 319 3 PHYS 305 3 BIOC30211 3 MATH 300,316 6 MATH 318 3 Bio-Science Elective12 3 Electives5 9 Total Credits 36 Fourth Year PHYS 403 or 455 BIOC, BIOL, MICB, or PHYS 449 Bio-Science Electives12 Electives5 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 6 15 6 30 134 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. First-year Physics, Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics can be replaced by Science One (25 credits). Students without Physics 12 should consult departmental advisor as early as practical. Normally they must take PHYS 100 priorto PHYS 101 or 107. BIOL 112 is the preferred prerequisite for BIOL 200. Students in Biophysics program may substitute BIOL 112 with BIOL 121. Students without Biology 11 and 12 should consult departmental advisor as early as practical. Normally they must take BIOL 111 priorto BIOL 112 or 121. The elective credits taken throughout the program must include at least 12 credits in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of 100-level English) and 6 credits from the Faculty of Science. Admission Requirements: A clear pass from first year with an overall standing of at least 68% in each first-year Physics and Mathematics course. An average standing of at least 68% must be obtained in each year to remain in the Honours program. Students planning to take upper-level Chemistry courses should select CHEM 201. Students entering the program priorto 2002 take CHEM 231, 323(6) rather than CHEM 233, 235(4). B PHYS 206 may be postponed to third year. 9 BIOL 240 is the laboratory associated with BIOL 200/201. It is not required, but students in biophysics program are encouraged to take the lab. 10 MATH 200 plus MATH 317 can replace MATH 217. 11 Using three credits of Bio-science electives students may replace BIOC 302 by BIOC 303(6). 12 See Bio-Science Electives, p. 424 below. BIO-SCIENCE ELECTIVES Of the 18 credits of bio-sciences in the third and fourth years, at least three credits must include a laboratory course: BIOC 301, BIOL 337, BIOL 350, BIOL 351, BIOL 352, BIOL 353, BIOL 437, MICB 322, MICB 323 are recommended. The electives should concentrate mainly on one of the following broad categories: 1) Molecular and Cell Biology; 2) Macrobiology (Biology on the level of ^ organisms); or 3) Applied Biology (mainly medical applications). The student's list of electives must be approved by a Physics advisor, who will direct the student to the appropriate Life Science advisors. The program should give the student good working knowledge of one sub-field in the biological sciences. Most of such electives have prerequisites; early consultation with an advisor is, therefore, recommended. The following is a list of suggested Bio-Science electives: • Anatomy: ANAT 390, 391 • Biochemistry: BIOC 301, 303, 402, 403,410 • Biology: BIOL 301, 303, 320, 325, 327, 330, 331, 334, 335, 336, 337, 341, 350, 351, 352, 353, 355, 408, 414, 415, 425, 430, 433, 434, 437, 455, 458, 463, 464 • Chemistry: CHEM 304, 305, 405 • Mathematics: MATH 361 • Microbiology: MICB 202, 321, 324, 409 • Physiology: PHYL 301, 426 • Physics: PHYS 404, 405, 437 HONOURS (0009): PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY (PHYS, ASTR) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121 (111)2 4 MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 104 or 4(3) 180 or 184)2 MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 or 105)2 4(3) PHYS 107, 108, 109(101, 102)2'3 6-7 Electives2'4 8 Total Credits 33(30) Second Year ASTR 201, 202 6 MATH 2175, 2236 6 MATH 215,300 6 PHYS 200, 206 6 424 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Second Year (Continued) First Year (Continued) PHYS 203, 209 Electives4 Total Credits Third Year 6 6 36 ASTR 303, 304 MATH 316 MATH 301 or 318 PHYS 301, 308 PHYS 304 PHYS 309 or 319 Electives7 Total Credits Fourth Year 6 3 3 6 3 3 9 33 ASTR 402, 404 ASTR 405 or PHYS 409 ASTR 449 or PHYS 449 PHYS 403, 402 Electives78 Total Credits 6 12 33 132 Minimum credits for degree 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 First-year Physics, Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics can be replaced by Science One (25 credits). 3 Students without Physics 12 should consult a departmental advisor as early as practical. Normally they must take PHYS 100 priorto PHYS 101 or 107 4 The elective credits taken throughout the program must include at least 12 credits in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of 100-leve English) and 6 credits from the Faculty of Science Within the first 60 credits students without Biology 11 or Biology 12 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. At least one Computer Science course is recommended. Students interested in senior chemistry courses or who are planning to enter a career in teaching are reminded that they should take a second course of introductory chemistry. In first year, 2 of the elective credits can be used to take the 4 credit math courses MATH 120 and 121. 5 Students who are interested in taking MATH 320, 321 are advised to substitute MATH 226, 227 for MATH 217. MATH 200, MATH 317 can also be substituted for MATH 217. Either substitution would require using 3 credits of Science elective for MATH 227 or MATH 317. 6 MATH 221 or MATH 152 can be substituted for MATH 223 under exceptional circumstances MATH 223 can be taken in first year 7 At least one Computer Science course is recommended. Of the elective credits available throughout the program, 1 2 credits must be in the Faculty of Arts. Three of these credits must be upper level Arts or Science 8 ASTR 403 and PHYS 407 are recommended. See 'Honours (0344): Physics (PHYS)' table above for a suggested list of fourth-year electives. MATH 400 s recommended. COMBINED HONOURS (0517): CHEMICAL PHYSICS11 First Year ENGL 100-level1 CHEM 121, 123(111,113)2 MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 104 or 180 or 184)2 MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 or 105)2 PHYS 107, 108, 109(101, 102)2' BIOL2'4 Electives5 Total Credits Second Year 6(8) 3 3 32(36) CHEM 201, 202 CHEM 203, 204 MATH 217, 223 (221), 2156 PHYS 200, 2068 PHYS 209 Electives5 Total Credits Third Year 10 6 3 3 36 CHEM 304 CHEM 320 MATH 316 PHYS 301, 304 PHYS 308 (258) PHYS 309 (319) Electives5 Total Credits Fourth Year 3 3 3 6 3(2) 3 15 36(35) CHEM 401 3 CHEM 449 or PHYS 449 6 PHYS 403 3 Additional Chemistry as per 9 consultation9 Additional Physics as per consultation10 6 Electives5 6 Total Credits 33 Minimum credits for degree 136 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of English may be deferred until second year. First-year Physics, Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics can be replaced by Science One (25 credits) Students without Physics 12 should consult a departmental advisor as early as practical. Normally they must take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 or 107 Students without Biology 11 or Biology 12 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. Students with credit for Biology 11 or 1 2 may substitute 3 credits of ASTR, EOSC or Science credit GEOG or PSYC The elective credits taken throughout the program must include at least 12 credits in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of 100-leve English) and 6 credits from the Faculty of Science MATH 217 can be replaced by MATH 200 and 317 MATH 223 (221) may be taken in first year PHYS 206 may be postponed to third year Must include at least one CHEM course numbered 400 or higher ' Recommended courses PHYS 401, 402, 410, 474 Students should note that this program may lose accreditation as an Honours chemistry program since it has less chemistry requirements than currently needed for accreditation by the Canadian Society for Chemistry. COMBINED HONOURS: PHYSICS AND ANOTHER SCIENCE SUBJECT1 First Year ENGL 100-level2 6 CHEM 121 4 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 180 3(4) or 184) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 107 (or 101)3 3 PHYS 108, 109 (or 102) 4(3) Other subject credits or electives4,5 9(8) Minimum Total Credits 32 Second Year MATH 21 5, 2176 7 MATH 221 or 223 3 PHYS 200, 203 6 PHYS 206, 209 6 Other subject credits or electives4,5 12 Arts Elective 3 Total Credits 37 Third and Fourth Years MATH 300,316 <T Minimum upper level credits required 24 by other subject4'7 PHYS 301, 304, 308, 402 12 PHYS 309 or 319 3 PHYS 4497 6 Arts Electives 9 Science Electives8 6 Total Credits for degree 66 Minimum credits for degree 135 1 Proposed combinations require written approva of both departments. Some combinations are not possible. 2 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or ENGL 1 21. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred to second year. 3 Students without Physics 1 2 must normally take PHYS 100 before 101. Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 107/108/109 4 Other subject credits must be chosen in consultation with the advisor for the other subject 5 Students without Biology 11 or 1 2 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. Other students must take 3 credits of electives in BIOL, EOSC, ASTR, GEOG that has Science designated credit or PSYC that has Science designated credit. CHEM 123 and CPSC courses are also recommended 6 MATH 217 can be replaced by MATH 226 and 227 or MATH 200 and 317. 7 If the Honours thesis (449) is chosen from the other discipline replace PHYS 449(6) by PHYS 409(3) and one of PHYS 401 or PHYS 403 8 The following courses are recommended CPSC 302, PHYS 400, 407, 410, 473, 474; MATH 301, 318, 400. COMBINED HONOURS PROGRAM IN PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS See Mathematics, p. 416 under the Bachelor of Science for language requirement. 4(3) 4(3) PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 425 COMBINED HONOURS (0014): PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS (PHYS, MATH) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 121 (111)2 4 MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 104 or 4(3) 180 or 184)2 MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 or 105)2 4(3) PHYS 107, 108, 109 (101, 102)2'3 6-8 BIOL2'4 3 Electives4 5 Total Credits 32(30) Second Year MATH 223, 226, 2275 .215 12 PHYS 200, 2036 6 PHYS 2067, 209 6 Electives4 12 Total Credits 36 Third Year MATH 300, 301 6 MATH 316 3 MATH 320, 321 6 PHYS 301, 304 6 PHYS 308 3 PHYS 309 or 319 3 Electives4 6 Total Credits 33 Fourth Year PHYS 403 Six credits from PHYS 401, 402, 407 PHYS 449 Twelve credits from MATH 318, 322, 400^405, 412, 416^429, 440, 449 Electives4 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 12 33 132 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. First-year Physics, Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics can be replaced by Science One (25 credits). Students without Physics 12 should consult a departmental advisor as early as practical. Normally they must take PHYS 100 priorto PHYS 101 or 107. The elective credits taken throughout the program must include at least 12 credits in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the 6 credits of 100-level English) and 6 credits from the Faculty of Science. Students without Biology 11 or Biology 1 2 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. For students with Biology 11 or 1 2 at least 3 credits must be a Science course, ASTR, BIOL, EOSC, or Science credit GEOG, or PSYC. At least one Computer Science course is recommended. Students interested in senior chemistry courses orwho are planning to enter a career in teaching are reminded that they should take a second course of introductory chemistry. In first year, 2 of the elective credits can be used to take the 4 credit math courses MATH 120 and 121. MATH 200 and MATH 317 with an average of 80% or better may be substituted for MATH 226, 227. Math 223 may be taken in the first year. PHYS 313 with 80% or better may be substituted for PHYS 203. PHYS 206 may be postponed to third year. PHYSIOLOGY The Department of Cellular and Physiological Sciences (www.physiology.ubc.ca) offers opportunities for study leading to doctoral, master's and bachelor's degrees. For information on graduate degrees, see Physiology, p. 272 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. For further information on other courses within the Department, see the Faculty of Medicine, p. 321. Completion of first year program requirements and the second year organic chemistry requirement are prerequisites to all courses in Physiology Enrolment in PHYL 303 is restricted to Physiology and Pharmacology Honours students. First preference for entry into third Honours year will be given to those students who have completed all prerequisites and who have achieved a cumulative First class standing for their first- and second-year required courses, including first-class marks in the required biology and chemistry courses, and who have completed at least 33 credits in the Winter Session of second year. Second preference will be given to those who have a cumulative average of at least 75% in first and second year, First class marks in the required biology and chemistry courses and who meet the 33-credit criterion (above). Students who meet the 75% and 33 credit criteria, but do not have a First class average, or those who do have a First class record, but do not meet the 33-credit criterion, must consult a Physiology advisor. Students may register provisionally, but could be de-registered by the department. Science requirements state that permission of the department head is required to enter each year of an Honours program, or to interrupt such a program. Students should note that required courses must be taken in the year in which they appear in the program (e.g., BIOC 301 and 302 will be taken in the third year of a student's program, MATH 200 in the second year, etc.). Permission of the Department of Cellular and Physiological Sciences is required to alter the progression through the program. For students who are not in the Physiology Honours program, admission to PHYL 422, 423, 424 or 426 requires a cumulative average of 75% over at least 90 credits attempted in the first three years of a student's program and a minimum mark of 75% in PHYL 301 or its equivalent, or the consent of the head of the department Students wishing to undertake directed studies at the undergraduate (PHYL 448) or graduate (PHYL 548) level must seek departmental approval prior to registration. HONOURS PROGRAM HONOURS (0266): PHYSIOLOGY (PHYL) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 BIOL 112, 1212,140 7 CHEM 121, 123(111, 113) 8 MATH 102 or 100 or 104 (or 120 or 180 3(4) or 184) First Year (Continued) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS3 6 Total Credits 33(35) Second Year BIOL 200, 201 6 CHEM 205 3 CHEM 211 4 CHEM 233, 235 4 MICB 202 3 MATH 200 3 Electives4'5 15 Total Credits 38 Third Year BIOC 301, 302 6 BIOL3006 3 PHYL 301 6 PHYL 303 3 Electives 15 Total Credits 33 Fourth Year PHYL 422, 423, 424, 426 PHYL 4307 PHYL 4497 Electives Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 12 6 6 9 33 237 ENGL 112 recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 2 Students lacking Biology 12 must take BIOL 111 before taking BIOL 121. 3 Student must take 3 credits of PHYS in addition to PHYS101 4 At least 12 credits must be from the Faculty of Arts in addition to ENGL. 5 Sufficient courses numbered 300 or higher in Arts or Science to meet Faculty requirements for upper evel courses. Suggested electives: ANAT 390, 391, ASTR 101, 102; BIOL 331, 334, 335,442; MICB 302, 402; PCTH 305; CPSC 122, 1 28, or 124 or 1 26; PSYC 100, 201; PHIL 120, 125. 5 Students should note that they may obtain credit for only one of the introductory courses in Statistics listed under Credit Exclusion Lists, p. 393 7 Students will normally be required to take PHYL 430 and 449 in the same Winter Session B This program requires a minimum of 1 37 credits for graduation PSYCHOLOGY The Department of Psychology (www.psych.ubc.ca) offers opportunity for study leading to bachelor's, master's, and doctoral degrees. For information on the Bachelor of Arts, see Psychology, p. 147 under the Bachelor of Arts in the Faculty of Arts section. For information on graduate degrees, see Psychology, p. 274 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. The Bachelor of Science program is specifically intended for those students whose interest in psychology is in the biological basis of behaviour. The student with a major interest in the social, personality, developmental, clinical or 426 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 general experimental areas of psychology should register for the Bachelor of Arts. Students wanting to enter the Major or Honours program must apply online at the Psychology website (www.psych.ubc.ca/ undergrad.htm) for admission to the B.Sc. PSYC Major Program. Students registered in Psychology programs must take 15 credits of Faculty of Arts courses other than Psychology. Science electives may not be Psychology courses. In addition to PSYC 348 and 448, all Psychology courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits have Science credit. PROGRAMS MAJOR (0495): PSYCHOLOGY (PSYC) First Year1 ENGL 100-level <T BIOL 1111-2, 121, 140 7 CHEM 1111, 113 or 121, 123 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 3(4) 180 or 184) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS1013 3 Total Credits 30(32) Second Year CHEM 233, 235 4~ PSYC 1001'4 6 PSYC 260 8 Two from BIOL 2005, 2015, 204, 205 6-8 Electives6'7 6 Total Credits 30(32) Third Year PSYC 360 T PSYC 3668 8 Six credits from one of the following 6 three lists: PSYC 300, 314, 350, 401,430 PSYC 302, 315, 319, 320, 322, 325, 412,413,414 PSYC 305, 308, 321, 403, 407, 408, 415 Arts Elective6 6 Electives6'7 6 Total Credits 32 Fourth Year Twelve credits from PSYC 361, 363, 364, 365, 367, 368, 460, 461, 463, 465, 466, 467 Arts Elective6 3 Electives6'7 15 Total Credits 30 Minimum credits for degree 122 PSYC 100 is required in first year if student has credit for Biology 1 2 and Chemistry 1 2 Students with Biology 12 may substitute three credits of electives for BIOL 111 Students without Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 before taking PHYS 101 Students may substitute PSYC 101 and 102 for PSYC 100. The preferred prerequisite for this course is BIOL 11 2, but Psychology Majors students are allowed to register without it General electives may be Psychology courses; Arts electives and Science electives may not 7 At least 24 credits of electives (including Arts electives and Arts Psychology electives) must be numbered 300 or above. At least 6 of these must be non-Psychology courses in the Faculty of Science Nine credits of electives must be taken outside of the field of the major. Field of the major is defined as any course in Psychology, Biology, Physiology, Biochemistry, or Pharmacology. Twelve credits of electives may be taken in any Faculty B PSYC 366, together with 6 credits of first-year Math, satisfies the faculty computation requirement. HONOURS (0139): PSYCHOLOGY (PSYC) Admission to the Honours program requires at least a 76% average in second year, including at least 80% in PSYC 260. Graduation requires an average of at least 80% in 12 credits of Psychology courses numbered 300 or above. In addition to meeting the specific department course requirements, Honours candidates are required to complete all courses attempted, including at least 30 credits in each winter session, and to maintain a minimum overall 68% average in each academic session. First Year1 <r 7 3(4) 3(4) 3 30(32) ENGL 100-level BIOL 1111-2, 121, 140 CHEM 1111, 113, or 121, 123 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 180 or 184 or 120) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) PHYS 1013 Total Credits Second Year PSYC 1001'4 (T PSYC 260 8 CHEM 233, 235 4 Two from BIOL 2005, 2015, 204, 205 6-8 Electives67 6 Total Credits 30(32) Third Year PSYC 312 fcSYC 349 PSYC 360 PSYC 3668 Six credits from one of the following three lists: TT PSYC 300, 314, 350, 401,430 PSYC 302, 315, 319, 320, 322, 325, 412, 413,414 PSYC 305, 308, 321, 403, 407, 408, 41 5 Electives6'7 Total Credits 9 38 Fourth Year Twelve credits from PSYC 361,363, 364, 12 365, 367, 368, 369, 460, 461, 463, 465, 466, 467 PSYC 449 6 Arts Electives6 9 Electives67 9 Total Credits 36 Minimum credits for degree 134 PSYC 100 is required in first year if student has credit for Biology 12 and Chemistry 12 2 Students with Biology 12 may substitute three credits of electives for BIOL 111 3 Students without Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 before taking PHYS 101 4 Students may substitute PSYC 101 and 102 for PSYC 100. 5 The preferred prerequisite for this course is BIOL 112, but Psychology Majors students are allowed to register without it. 6 General electives may be Psychology courses; Arts electives and Science electives may not 7 At least 24 credits of electives (including Arts electives and Arts Psychology electives) must be numbered 300 or above. At least 6 of these must be non-Psychology courses in the Faculty of Science Nine credits of electives must be taken outside of the field of the major. Field of the major is defined as any course in Psychology, Biology, Physiology, Biochemistry, or Pharmacology. Twelve credits of electives may be taken in any Faculty B PSYC 366, together with 6 credits of first-year Math, satisfies the faculty computation requirement. FACULTY OF SCIENCE DEPARTMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR THE MINOR B.Sc, Science Minor in Psychology For a PSYC Science minor, students are required to take PSYC 100, or PSYC 101 and PSYC 102 and 18 or more credits of 300- or 400-level Psychology courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits. B.Sc, Arts Minor in Psychology For a PSYC Arts minor, students are required in First Year to take PSYC 100, or PSYC 101 and PSYC 102 in Second Year, PSYC 217 and 218, in Third and Fourth Years, at least 18 credits of of 300- or 400-level Psychology courses, excluding 340, 348, 440 or 448. B.SC. MAJOR IN COGNITIVE SYSTEMS The Cognitive Systems (COGS) Major program (B.Sc. or B.A.) provides an opportunity to concentrate on interdisciplinary studies of mental functioning, with a specialization in one of the following three streams: A) Cognition and the Brain, B) Language, C) Computational Intelligence and Design. Faculty of Science undergraduate majors can enrol in either the Cognition and Brain stream (whose supervisory department is Psychology), or Computational Intelligence and Design (whose supervisory department is Computer Science). Students registered in the Faculty of Arts can enrol in either the Cognition and Brain stream (Psychology) or the Language Stream (whose supervisory department is Linguistics). Although the subject matter of Cognitive Systems is inherently interdisciplinary, the aim is to ensure that graduates of the program possess the background competence to be able to enter general graduate programs in one of the supervisory disciplines or in cognitive science itself. All students in the program are required to take a team-taught interdisciplinary course (COGS 200), background courses in both Computer Science and Philosophy, and a "capstone" fourth-year research-oriented course (COGS 400). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 427 Admission to the Cognitive Systems program, normally at the end of the first or second year, is based on academic performance. Admission requires a minimum overall average of 68% in the preceding two years as well as a minimum grade of 68% in COGS 200; however, achievement of this minimum average does not guarantee acceptance into the program. Once admitted to the program, students must maintain at least a 68% yearly average for continuation. For additional program and admission information about the B.Sc. streams in Cognitive Science contact either the Department of Psychology or the Department of Computer Science. The web pages for these departments contain information regarding the COGS program and admissions to it. MAJOR COGNITIVE SYSTEMS (1225): COGNITION AND BRAIN First Year1 CPSC 111, 121 8 MATH 100 or 102 or 104 (or 120 or 3(4) 180 or 184) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 1012 or 1074 3 CHEM 1133or 121 4 ENGL 100-Level 6 PSYC 1005 6 Total Credits 33 (35) Second Year COGS 200 3 PHIL 220 3 Arts Electives 6 Electives6'7'8'9'10 18 Total Credits 30 Third and Fourth Years COGS 300 3 COGS 401, 402 6 PHIL 441, 451 6 PSYC 365 3 Arts Electives 6 12 credits from: 12 PSYC 30411, 309, 333, 334, 336, 337, 36011, 361, 363, 364, 367, 368, 412, 461, 463, 465 BIOL35311,455, 458 6 credits from: 6 PHIL 320, 340, 440, 452, 461 CPSC 303, 312, 322, 422 LING 300, 316, 319, 427 Electives7'8'9'10'12 18 Total Credits 60 Minimum credits for degree 123 1 Students without Biology 11 or Biology 1 2 must take 3 credits of 100-level biology. 2 Students without credit for Physics 12 must complete PHYS 100 in addition. 3 Students without credit for Chemistry 12 must complete CHEM 111 in addition. These students may delay 3 credits of CHEM or PHYS until second year. 4 Students who choose to take PHYS 107 need to take PHYS 108 or other lab courses to complete the Laboratory Science requirement. Students attempting to become a COGS major must take either PSYC 100 or PSYC 101,102 as early in their program as possible, taking PSYC 100 in the first year if possible. If more physics, biology or chemistry than listed must be taken, PSYC 101 or 102 can be taken in first year and the other in second year, or PSYC 100 must be taken in the second year. 5 PSYC 217, 218 are highly recommended. PSYC 205 and 263 should also be considered. 7 Students attempting to become a COGS major should choose electives to obtain prerequisites to appropriate third and fourth year courses. 3 At least 72 credits of Science courses are required to qualify for the B.Sc. degree. 9 At least 9 credits of courses outside field of major field are required to qualify for the B.Sc. degree, these 9 credits exclude PSYC, PHIL, CPSC courses. 10 At least 30 credits of 300 or above Science courses and at least 48 credits of 300 or above courses are required for the B.Sc. degree. 11 Credit will not be granted for more than one of PSYC 304, PSYC 360, and BIOL 353. 12 Some of these may be selected from the lists of courses from which required courses are taken. STATISTICS The Department of Statistics (www.stat.ubc.ca) offers programs of study leading to bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees. For information on graduate degrees, see Statistics, p. 281 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. Before registering for each of the second, third and fourth years, every student who intends to commence or continue ajiy of the programs listed below should consult an advisor in the Department. The Statistical Consulting and Research Laboratory, operated by the Department of Statistics, is intended to provide statistical advice to the University's faculty and, with the approval of their supervisors, to graduate students working on research problems. In providing this service to the University, the Department hopes to foster interdisciplinary collaboration in research projects involving statistics. The Statistical Consulting and Research Laboratory also acts as a statistical research support unit and provides students in Statistics with opportunities for actively learning to apply statistics. MAJOR PROGRAMS MAJOR (0562): STATISTICS (STAT) First Year Second Year (Continued) Electives45 Total Credits Third and Fourth Years 9 30 ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 111 and 113, or 121 8(4) CPSC 111/211 or CPSC 111/MATH 2102 7(8) MATH 100 or 102 or or 184) 104 (or 120 or 180 3(4) MATH 101 or 103 or 105 (or 121) 3(4) PHYS 101 or 1073 3 Electives3'4'5 3(6) Total Credits 32(34) Second Year MATH 200, 220, 221 9 STAT 200 3 STAT/MATH 302 3 Arts Elective 6 In third year: STAT 305, 306 and MATH 307 9 In fourth year: STAT 404 3 MATH 303 3 Statistics courses numbered 300 or above 6 Statistics courses numbered 400 or above 6 Mathematics courses numbered 300 or 3 above Thematic concentration courses 9 numbered 300 or above6 Arts Elective 6 Electives5 15 Total Credits 60 Minimum credits for degree 122 1 ENGL 112is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 This requirement must be completed in the first two years. Note that MATH 210 may not be offered every year. 3 Students without Physics 1 2 must replace the elective with PHYS 100 before taking PHYS 101. If students choose CHEM 121 for 4 credits then they must have 6 credits of electives. 4 Students without Biology 11 or 1 2 must take 3 " credits of 100-level BIOL. Students with Biology 1 2 must take at least 3 science credits labeled ASTR, BIOL, EOSC, Science credit GEOG or PSYC. These requirements must be fulfilled before end of second year. 5 For requirements, see 'Electives' below. 5 These courses should be chosen from an area in which statistical ideas are relevant, and some of the courses should have clear statistical or probabilistic content. A student's choice of thematic concentration courses must be approved by a departmental advisor. More information about the thematic concentration, including some examples of course choices, can be found through the Statistics Department website (www.stat.ubc.ca). ELECTIVES Electives must include the following: 1) at most 12 elective and thematic concentration credits may be in faculties other than Science and Arts; 2) at least six elective credits must be for courses numbered 300 or above; 3) at least nine elective and thematic concentration credits must be in Science electives outside the field of the Major1 or in Arts; and 4) a sufficient number of elective and thematic concentration credits must be in Science, to fulfil the Faculty requirement that at least 72 of the 120 total credits for a B.Sc. degree be in Science courses. 1 The field of the Major for Statistics is defined as all Statistics, Mathematics, and Computer Science courses. MAJOR IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES See Mathematics, p. 416 section. 428 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 B.SC. COMBINED MAJOR IN STATISTICS AND ECONOMICS Admission to the program is subject to the admission restrictions and application process that currently pertains to the Major in Economics. For the B.A. Combined Major in Economics and Statistics, p. 131, see the listing under the Faculty of Arts. COMBINED MAJOR (1330): STATISTICS AND ECONOMICS First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CPSC 122, 128 or 124, 1262 8 ECON 101, 102 6 MATH 104 (or one of 100, 102, 120, 180, 184) 3(4) MATH 105 (or one of 101, 103, 121) 3(4) Science Requirements3 6 Total Credits 32(34) Second Year ECON 301 (or 304 or 201 or 206), 302 (or 305 or 202 or 207) 6 ECON 325 or STAT 2004 3 MATH 200 (or 226), 220, 221 (or 223) 9 STAT 302 3 Science Requirement3 3(9) Electives5'6'7'8 0(6) Total Credits 30 Third and Fourth Years ECON 303 (or 306 or 307) 3 ECON 326 or STAT 3069 3 ECON 425 3 ECON 490 3 Economics courses numbered 300 and above 3 MATH 303 or 307 STAT 305 STAT 404 Statistics courses numbered 300 and above Statistics courses numbered 400 I and above Electives5'6'7'8 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 30 60 122 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. Can be deferred until second year Students take CHEM 111 if credit was not obtained for Chemistry 12 and 3 credits of 100-leve PHYS (normally PHYS 100) if credit was not obtained for Physics 12. All students take 6 credits of CHEM and/or PHYS at the 100-level beyond CHEM 111 and PHYS 100. Students who do not have credit for Biology 11 or 12 take 3 credits of 100- evel BIOL. Students with credit for Biology 11 or 12 take 3 credits of an ASTR BIOL, EOSC, or science-credit GEOG or PSYC lecture course. The Science Requirements must be completed by the end of second year If STAT 200 is selected, an additional ECON elective numbered 300 or higher must be taken at some point in the program, to ensure the tota number of ECON credits is at least 30 At least 9 elective credits must be outside the field of the Major (CPSC, ECON, MATH, STAT) 6 Enough elective credits must be chosen from Science, so that the total number of Science credits s at least 72, of which at least 30 must be numbered 300 or above 7 Enough elective credits must be numbered 300 or above, so that the total number of credits numbered 300 or above is at least 48 8 At most 1 2 elective credits may be in Faculties other than Science and Arts. 9 If STAT 306 is selected, an additional ECON elective numbered 300 or higher must be taken at some point in the program, to ensure the tota number of ECON credits is at least 30 COMBINED MAJOR (1375): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND STATISTICS See Computer Science, p. 408 section. HONOURS PROGRAMS Students planning to take the Honours program in Statistics or a Combined Honours program in Mathematics and Statistics, should note the following: 1) To be admitted to either of these programs in second year, a student must obtain at least 65% in MATH 121 or 80% in MATH 101 and an 80% average in MATH 100/101. 2) Students must obtain formal program approval from a departmental advisor (from both departments for the Combined Honours program) before registration will be considered complete for second, third and fourth years. Ideally this would be done before registration, but program approval can also be obtained in the first two weeks of the academic year. 3) To continue in these programs, a student must obtain an overall Second-class standing in each academic year. HONOURS (0051): STATISTICS (STAT) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 111 and 113 (or 121) 8-4 CPSC 111/211 or CPSC 111/MATH 2102 7-8 MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 104 or 180 3-4 or 184) MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 or 105) 3-4 PHYS 121 or 1013 3 Electives4 3-6 Total Credits 32-36 Second Year Third and Fourth Years In third year: STAT 305, 306 and MATH 3036, 307, 320, 321 15 MATH 2205, 223 (or 221) MATH 2265, 227 (200,317) STAT 200 STAT/MATH 302 Arts Elective Electives4 Total Credits 6 6 3 3 6 9 33 In fourth year: STAT 404, 460 and 461 and six credits chosen from MATH 418, 419, 420, 421 and Statistics courses numbered 400 or above Statistics courses numbered 300 or above 3 Statistics courses numbered 400 or above 6 Add it iona I courses chosen from Com puter 6 Science and Mathematics courses numbered 300 or above Arts Elective 6 Electives5 15 Total Credits 69 Minimum credits for degree 134 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studentsare encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 This requirement must be completed in the first two years. Note that MATH 210 may not be offered every year. 3 Students without Physics 1 2 must replace the elective with PHYS 100 before taking PHYS 101. If students choose CHEM 121 for 4 credits then they must have 6 credits of electives 4 Students without Biology 11 or 1 2 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. Students with Biology 1 2 must take at least 3 science credits labelled ASTR, BIOL, EOSC, Science credit GEOG or PSYC. These requirements must be fulfilled before end of second year 5 Students obtaining 68% or higher in MATH 226 are not required to take MATH 220 6 May be replaced by MATH 419 in fourth year COMBINED HONOURS (0550): MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS (MATH, STAT) First Year ENGL 100-level1 6 CHEM 1112'3 0-4 CPSC 111/211 or CPSC 111/MATH 2104 7-8 MATH 120 (or 100 or 102 or 104 or 180 3-4 or 184) MATH 121 (or 101 or 103 3-4 or 105) PHYS 100-level3 6 Electives5 3-6 Total Credits 31-35 Second Year MATH 2206,223 (or 221) MATH 2266, 227(200, 317) MATH 21 57 STAT 200 STAT/MATH 302 Arts Elective Electives5 Total Credits Third Year 6 6 3 3 3 6 6 33 MATH 3038 3 MATH 320, 3219 6 Nine credits from MATH 300, 301, 316, 9 322, 323, 3319 STAT 305, 306 6 PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 429 Third Year (Continued) Arts elective 6 Elective10 3-6 Total Credits 33(36) Fourth Year STAT 404, 460 and 461 9 Statistics courses numbered 400 3 and above Twelve credits from: MATH 400-403, 12 416^429, 440, 4499 Electives10 9 Total Credits 33(36) Minimum credits for degree 134 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 1 20 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 2 This requirement applies only to students without credit for CHEM 12. Students with CHEM 12 take 6 credits of electives. 3 Total credits in PHYS/CHEM courses must include 6 from beyond PHYS 100, CHEM 111. 4 This requirement must be completed in the first two years. Note that MATH 210 might not be offered every year. 5 Students without Biology 11 or 12 must take 3 credits of 100-level BIOL. Students with Biology 12 must take at least 3 science credits labelled ASTR, BIOL, EOSC, Science credit GEOG or PSYC. These requirements must be fulfilled before end of second year. 5 Students obtaining 68% or higher in MATH 226 are not required to take MATH 220. 7 May be deferred until the third year. B May be replaced by MATH 419 in fourth year. 9 An overall 68% average is required in these 27 credits to obtain this combined Honours degree. 10 Electives in third and fourth years must include at least 6 credits selected from Statistics courses numbered 300 or above. COMBINED HONOURS: COMPUTER SCIENCE AND STATISTICS See the Computer Science, p. 409. PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS i The following list of courses in Probability and Statistics, while not complete in the sense that there are many other courses which deal with the uses of statistics in particular fields of study, contains most of the courses in which principles and techniques of probability and statistics are discussed. Anthropology ANTH 418, 527, 528 Biology BIOL 300, 301 Commerce COMM 290, 291,411, 581, 582, 583,682, 684 Economics ECON 325, 326, 425, 426, 526, 527 Educational Psyche and Special Educat •logy ion EPSE 482, 483, 484, 592, 596, 597, 682 Forestry FRST 231, 430, 431, 530, 531, 533, 539 Geography GEOG 374 Human Kinetics HKIN 371 Mathematics MATH 302, 303, 418, 419, 544, 545,608 Pharmacology and Therapeutics PCTH 404, 512 Physics PHYS 509 Political Science POLI 380, 381 Psychology PSYC 218, 359, 366, 545 Rehabilitation Sciences RHSC 402 Sociology SOCI 418 Statistics STAT courses Wood Science and Industry WOOD 335 Health Care and Epidemiology HCEP400 CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM This optional program integrates academic study with related and supervised work experience. Enrolment is limited. Detailed information is available from the Department of Statistics or the Co-operative Education Program Office, Room 309 Hennings Building, The University of British Columbia, 6224 Agricultural Road, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; fax 604-822-9676. Information is also available through the Co-op website (www.sciencecoop.ubc.ca). VETERINARY MEDICINE The Western College of Veterinary Medicine (W.C.V.M.) was established at the University of Saskatchewan to serve the four western provinces. A pre-veterinary program is required in preparation for admission to the four-year veterinary program at the W.C.V.M., and may be completed at UBC in the Faculty of Science or the Faculty of Land and Food Systems (formerly Agricultural Sciences). The course requirements for admission to W.C.V.M. are: 1) six credits each of English, Biology, Biochemistry, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics or Statistics; 2) three credits each of genetics, organic chemistry, and introductory microbiology; and 3) additional electives to complete 60 credits. These prerequisites can be met in a number of departments in the Faculty of Science. However, since genetics and certain courses in Biochemistry are offered only in third year, it will normally take longer than the minimum time to meet all requirements. Competition for admission to W.C.V.M. is severe, and although pre-veterinary requirements can be met in two years, few applicants are currently admitted with less than three years of university coursework. Therefore, pre- veterinary students who are enrolled in the Faculty of Science are advised to follow a program that also satisfies the requirements of a Bachelor of Science program at UBC. Further information regarding entrance to Veterinary Medicine may be obtained from the Dean's Office, Faculty of Land and Food Systems, UBC; or directly from the University of Saskatchewan. ZOOLOGY The Department of Zoology (www.zoology.ubc.ca) offers programs of study jointly with the Department of Botany leading to a bachelor's degree in Biology There is no undergraduate degree in Zoology The Department of Zoology also offers programs leading to the master's and doctoral degree. For information on graduate degrees, see Zoology, p. 284 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. Facilities are available for advanced study and research in the following areas: aquaculture, biological oceanography, comparative physiology, developmental and cell biology, ecology, entomology, ethology, fish biology and fisheries, genetics, ichthyology and limnology, marine biology, parasitology, vertebrate and invertebrate zoology and zoogeography. Attention is directed to the following applied fields. ECOLOGY The Ecology Group in the Department of Zoology offers research opportunities at the local, national and international level in aquatic, evolutionary, mathematical, population and resource ecology. ENTOMOLOGY Courses of study are offered through the Department of Zoology and the Faculties of Forestry and Land and Food Systems. Zoology offers introductory and advanced courses in entomology and maintains a museum collection and specialized library. Forestry has courses in insect ecology and in the special problems of forest entomology and forest protection. In The Faculty of Land and Food Systems, the Department of Plant Science offers courses in economic entomology, biometeorology, insect physiology, pesticides, biological control, and plant-disease vectors. At the graduate level, there is research guidance in problems relating to the classification, structure, function and bionomics of insects, as well as in special areas, such as biological control, biochemical generics, and plant-insect relationships. FISH BIOLOGY AND FISHERIES The Fish Biology and Fisheries Group maintains a strong tradition in fish-oriented research at the University of British Columbia. Studies range from physiology, ethology, biomechanics, systematics and evolution, through marine and freshwater ecology, to fisheries oceanography and management (population modelling, and fisheries economics). In addition to facilities on campus, federal and provincial agencies encourage research in cooperation with government scientists, many of whom serve on students' research advisory committees. Wildlife management courses of study permitting a student to enter this field of applied zoology can be obtained either through 430 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 the Bachelor of Science (B.Sc), the Bachelor of Science in Agroecology (B.Sc. [Agro.]), or the Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F). In each instance the master's degree is essential and students should not attempt to enter the field unless they can meet the academic requirements for it. BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE INTEGRATED COMPUTER SCIENCE The Integrated Computer Science (ICS) program is designed particularly for students who wish to complement their previous studies and experience with advanced study in computer science. The program offers opportunities for study leading to a second bachelor's degree, the B.C.S. degree. PREREQUISITES Candidates for admission must have completed a recognized bachelor's degree in a field that does not overlap with computer science. The following high school and university-level courses are required. BC high school and UBC courses are listed; the equivalents from any recognized high school or post-secondary institution will be accepted. 1) BC Principles of Mathematics 12 2) English, three credits (Any one of ENGL 110, 111,112, 120,121)' 3) CPSC 100 (or equivalent knowledge of computer usage). Applicants with a strong academic record who have not completed all prerequisite courses are encouraged to apply ADMISSION Admission is based on a selection process that strives to enrol the most highly qualified applicants. Not every qualified applicant will be offered admission. Applicants are evaluated on the following criteria: 1) Academic criteria at the time of application, including: (A) Overall academic record, based on the average of all university-level courses attempted. Consideration is given to trends in grades from year to year (B) Most recent 60-credit average. A minimum of a B average is required. 2) Non-academic criteria, including motivation, maturity, integrity, realistic self-appraisal, creativity, scientific and intellectual curiosity, attitude toward lifelong learning, problem-solving and decision-ma king aptitude, ability to communicate verbally and in writing, and capacity to understand and cooperate with others. Evaluation of these non-academic criteria is based on: (A) two confidential letters of reference (B) a statement of interest submitted by the applicant (C) a self-assessment of the applicant's work history (D) a personal interview with members of the selection committee. The interview is a critical component of the admission process. Not all applicants will be invited for an interview. Applicants selected for an interview will be contacted by the B.C.S. selection committee, prior to the end of April. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications should be made through the central Enrolment Services, Undergraduate Admissions Office of UBC. Documents for the evaluation of non-academic criteria (e.g., letters of reference, statement of interest, self-assessment of work history) must be submitted to the ICS Director, Department of Computer Science. Forms, instructions and deadlines are available on the Department's website (www.cs.ubc.ca). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Third Year CPSC1111, 121,211, 221,213 ENGL 100-level12 ENGL3013 20 3 3 MATH 180 (or 100 or 102 or 104 or 184 4(3) or 120)1 STAT 2031 3 Upper Level Electives4 3 Total Credits 36(35) Fourth Year CPSC 310, 313, 320 CPSC courses numbered 300 or above CPSC courses numbered 400 or above 10 6 6 12 34 69 Upper Level Electives4 Total Credits Minimum credits for degree 1 Requirements completed priorto commencement of the degree may not be repeated and must be replaced after consultation with an advisor. 2 ENGL 112 is recommended for the first-term English requirements. 3 ENGL 301 may be deferred to a later term. 4 Upper level elective credits must be approved by an advisor. These credits should be either addi- . tional credits in the previous degree area or in another area the student wishes to combine with computer science. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION OPTION A co-operative education option is also available for this degree. Since this is a special second degree program, the co-op option requires a minimum of two work terms. To graduate in the co-op option, students are required to complete CPSC 298 and 299 work terms in addition to the normal academic requirements. Normally, the two work placements are scheduled after the completion of the first academic year. A complete schedule and additional information on the program can be obtained from the Computer Science department and its website (www.cs.ubc.ca). PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS Students are normally admitted into third year. Promotion to fourth year requires the completion of the following: • CPSC 111,121 • three credits of ENGL 100 • MATH 180 or equivalent • three credits of upper-level electives. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Same as those for the Bachelor of Science degree. DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE The Department of Computer Science offers a Diploma in Computer Science. The program is designed for students without previous experience in programming and for mature students whose knowledge of programming is no longer current. The program provides students with the opportunity to acquire the specific skills and work experience needed to start a career in information technology. A Diploma in Computer Science will be awarded to candidates upon successful completion of the program. The diploma program provides an opportunity for individuals with skills and expertise in areas outside traditional computer science to acquire the specific technical skills and work experience needed to start a career in information technology. The program is an internship program that combines university courses (46 credits) and supervised work experience (6 or 9 credits). The program normally takes 24 to 28 months to complete. The program includes four academic terms, an eight-month internship (i.e., work term) after the third academic term, and an optional four-month work term in the summer prior to the third academic term. Applicants must possess a bachelor's degree and have a strong academic record. The bachelor's degree must not be in a computer science related area (unless the applicant's knowledge is out of date). Students are selected based on academic background, work history, letters of reference and an interview. Excellent communication skills are required for acceptance into the program. Contact the Department of Computer Science (www.cs.ubc.ca) for application material. There will be a preliminary application fee of CADS100.00. Once admitted to the program, students are assigned a student number and are given eligibility to register. DIPLOMA IN METEOROLOGY The Diploma in Meteorology offers an intensive one-year program in theoretical and applied meteorology. It is designed for students with little or no background in meteorology who wish to direct their experience to environmental applications or to gain employment as a meteorologist. Admission is based on an acceptable academic record (usually a bachelor's degree in physics, applied mathematics, engineering or similar disciplines). Typically this should include about PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 431 27 credits of Mathematics (up to introduction to partial differential equations) and Computer Science (including some numerical analysis), and 21 credits of Physics. The diploma program requires a minimum of 30 credits of coursework in Atmospheric Science. Each student will plan an individual program in consultation with the Undergraduate Associate Chair of the Atmospheric Science program. For those with sufficient mathematics and physics but no meteorology a typical program would include: ATSC 404, 405; ATSC/GEOG 300, 301, 303, 304 plus 12 credits from CHEM 302, EOSC 370, GEOG 401, 402, 403, MECH 482, PHYS 314, SOIL 314. An exemption of up to 12 credits for courses already taken will be allowed. Students granted exemptions will be required to add electives of appropriate undergraduate or graduate courses. Additional courses may be added or substituted by the Associate Chair to make up the mathematics or physics background of the student. The total load is not to exceed 36 credits. ACADEMIC STAFF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY C. J. Douglas, Head HONORARY PROFESSORS R. J. Bandoni, B.S. (Nevada), M.S., Ph.D. (Iowa), Curator of the Mycological Collections; T. Bisalputra, M.Sc. (New Engl.), Ph.D. (Calif., Davis); B. A. Bohm, B.A. (Alfred), M.S., Ph.D. (Rhode Island); R. E. Foreman, B.A. (Colorado), Ph.D. (Calif.); G. C. Hughes, B.S. (Georgia Southern), M.S., Ph.D. (Flor. State); J. R. Maze, B.A. (Humboldt), M.S. (Wash.), Ph.D. (Calif., Davis); K. M. Patel, B.Sc. (Sardar Patel, India), M.S. (Calif., Davis); G. E. Rouse, B.A., M.Sc, Ph.D. (McM.), F.L.S.; R. F. Scagel, M.A. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Calif.), F.R.S.C, F.L.S., Curator of the Phycological Collections; W. B. Schofield, B.A. (Acadia), M.A. (Stan.), Ph.D. (Duke), D.Sc. (Acadia), Curator of the Bryophyte Collections; F. J. R. Taylor, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Cape X), F.R.S.C. PROFESSORS R. E. DeWreede, B.A. (W Mich.), Ph.D. (Hawaii); C.J. Douglas, B.A. (Lewis and Clark), M.S., Ph.D. (Wash.); F. R. Ganders, B.A., B.S. (Wash. State), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif.), F.L.S.; A. J. F. Griffiths, B.A. (Keele), Ph.D. (McM.); G.W. Haughn, B.Sc (Dal.), Ph.D. (Cnell.); W. Maddison, B.Sc (Tor.), Ph.D. (Harv.); C. Suttle, B.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); R. Turkington, B.Sc (Ulster, Coleraine), Ph.D. (N. Wales, Bangor); G. Wasteneys, B.Sc (Car.), Ph.D. (Aust. Ntnl.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M. L. Berbee, B.S. (Minn.), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Davis); J. Bohlmann, Diplom, Ph.D. (Tech. U. Braunschweig); G. E. Bradfield, B.Sc, M.Sc (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Monash); P. G. Harrison, B.Sc (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Dal.); P. J. Keeling, B.Sc (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Dal.); L. Kunst, B.Sc, M.Sc (Zagreb), Ph.D. (Mich.); L. Oliveira, B.Sc, M.Sc (Porto), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS K. Adams, Ph.D. (Indiana); J-G Chen, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Nanjing Agricultural China); N. Fast, B.Sc (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Dal.); S. Graham, B.Sc (St.And., Scotland), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); R. Jetter, Diplom (Munich), Ph.D. (Kaiserslautern); B. Leander, B.S., M.A. (Humboldt State), Ph.D. (Georgia); X. Li, Ph.D. (Oklahoma State); L. Samuels, B.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); P. D. Tortell, B.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (Prin.); M. Vellend, Ph.D. (CNell); J. Whitton, B.Sc (McG.), M.S., Ph.D. (Conn.). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS C. A. Borden, B.Sc (Mass.), M.Sc (Br.Col.); T. J. Crawford, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wash.); M. W. Hawkes, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); E. Rosenberg, B.Sc (S.Fraser); S. Singh, B.Sc (Punj.), M.Sc (Punj. AgrL), Ph.D. (A.N.U.). INSTRUCTORS C. Berezowsky, B.Sc, M.Sc (Sask.), Ph.D. (Guelph); S. Ellis, B.Sc, M.Sc (BrCol.); K. Nomme, B.Sc, M.Sc (Br.Col.). RESEARCH ASSOCIATES E. Gilchrist, B.A. (Dal.), B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); H. Kennedy, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Davis); M. Smith, B.Sc Ph.D. (Brist.). POSTDOCTORAL FELLOWS I. Agnarrson, Ph.D. (George Wash.); G. Dean, Ph.D. (Durh.); B. Hamberger, Ph.D. (Max Planck Inst.); S. Hepworth, Ph.D. (Tor); T. Hooker, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); M. Hoppenrath, Ph.D. (Hamburg); W. Li, Ph.D. (South China); N. Patron, Ph.D. (E.Anglia); O. Roland, Ph.D. (Tor.); C. Slamovits, Ph.D. (Buenos Aires); A. Sussman, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); KM(C) Tsui, Ph.D. (H.K.); R. Waller, Ph.D. (Melb.); Y. Wang, Ph.D. (China Agricultural Univ.); B. Williams, Ph.D. (Lond.); H. Zheng, Ph.D. (Oxford Brookes). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS G. Bakkeren, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Basel); C. J. French, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Mane); M. D. Jones, B.Sc (Calg.), Ph.D. (Tor.); S. Lindstrom, B.A. (Reed), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); H. Sanfacon, D.E.C, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Laval); T. Tomascik, B.Sc (Tor), Ph. D. (McG.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS S. M. Berch, B.Sc, M.Sc (Wat.), Ph.D. (Laval); Q. Cronk, UBC Botanical Garden and Centre for Plant Research; B. Ellis, Agricultural Sciences; T. Goward, B.A. (Mt All.) Curator of Lichens; R. Guy, Forest Sciences; L. Harrison, Chemistry; D. Justice, UBC Botanical Garden and Centre for Plant Research; S. Lund, Wine Research Centre; S. Otto, Zoology; A. Riseman, UBC Botanical Garden and Centre for Plant Research; K. Ritland, Forest Sciences. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY E. R. Grant, Head HONORARY PROFESSORS L. G. Harrison, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Liv.), F.C.I.C.; R. Stewart, MA. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Wash.), F.C.I.C., F.R.S.C. PROFESSORS R. J. Andersen, B.Sc (Alta.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); M. W. Blades, B.Sc (St.M.), Ph.D. (Alta.); D. E. Brooks, M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Oregon); E. E. Burnell, M.Sc (Nfld.), Ph.D. (Brist.); L. D. Burtnick, B.Sc (Manit.), Ph.D. (Alta.); M. Ciufolini, B.S. (AL), Ph.D. (Mich.); M. B. Comisarow, B.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Case Western Reserve), F.R.S.C; D. H. Dolphin, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Nott.)., F.R.S.C; D. Douglas, B.Sc (McM.), Ph.D. (Tor.); M. D. Fryzuk, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.), F.C.I.C., F.R.S.C; C. A. Fyfe, B.Sc, Ph.D. (St.And.), F.R.S.C; M. C. L. Gerry, B.A., M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), F.C.I.C.; E. R. Grant, B.S. (Occidental Coll.), Ph.D. (Calif.); J.W. Hepburn, B.Sc (Wat.), Ph.D. (Tor.); F. G. Herring, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.), F.C.I.C.; P. Legzdins, B.Sc (Car.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.); L. Mcintosh, B.Sc (Calg.), Ph.D. (Oregon); T. Momose, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Japan); C. Orvig, B.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.), F.C.I.C.; G. N. Patey, B.Sc (Nfld.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.), F.R.S.C; G.A. Sawatzky, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Man.); M. Shapiro, B.Sc (Hebrew), M.Sc (Hebrew), Ph.D. (Hebrew); J. Sherman, B.A., (Haverford), Ph.D.(Calif., LA.); M. Tanner, B.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Calif., LA.); S. G. Withers, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brist.), F.R.S.C. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Barth, Ph.D. (Berlin); G. S. Bates, B.Sc (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Alta.); D. Bizzotto, B.Sc (Calg.), Ph.D. (Guelph; Wat.); D. Chen, B.Sc (Xiamen), Ph.D. (Alta.); K.J. Orians, B.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Santa Cruz); M. Thachuk, B.Sc (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Wat.); M. Wolf, B.Sc (Dal.), Ph.D (M.I.T.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS A. K. Bertram, B.Sc (P.E.I.), Ph.D. (Wat.); K. C. Chou, B.S. (Taiwan), Ph.D. (Calif.); G. Dake, B.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Stan.); D. Gates, B.Sc (Dal.), Ph.D. (Tor.); R. Jetter, Diploma (Munich), Ph.D. (Kaiserslautern), Dr. Habil (Wuerzburg); J. Kast, Diplom, Ph.D. (Konstanz); P. Kennepohl, B.Sc (Concordia), Ph.D. (Stan.); H. Li, B.S. (Tianjin), Ph.D. (Munich); J. A. Love, B.S. (Allegheny Coll.), Ph.D. (Stan.); W. A. MacFarlane, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); M.J. MacLachlan, B.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Tor.); D.M. Perrin, B.A. (Calif., Berkeley), Ph.D. (Calif., LA.); L.L. Schafer, B.Sc (Guelph), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); S.K. Straus, B.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (Physikalische Chemie-Switzerland); J. T. Stuckless, B.Sc (Nfld.), Ph.D. (Tor); Y.A. Wang, B.Sc (Jilin, China), Ph.D. (Indiana). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS ^ L. Cliff, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); S. Nussbaum, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Hebrew); P. Rasmussen, B.Sc, M.Sc (Acadia), Ph.D. (McM.); P. Wassell, B.Sc (Exe.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D. Zendrowski, B.Sc (Trent). INSTRUCTORS N. Burlinson, B.Sc (Fairfield), M.Sc (Maryland), Ph.D. (Catholic U., Wash.); S. Iyer, B.Sc (Madur.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS M. Abrams, B.A. (Bowdoin), Ph.D. (M.I.T.); T. Q. Hu, B.Sc (China), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); K. J. Reimer, B.Sc, M.Sc (Calg.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.); R. N. Young, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (BrCol.). DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE W. Aiello, Head PROFESSORS U. Ascher, B.Sc, M.Sc (Tel Aviv), Ph.D. (Minn.); K. S. Booth, B.S. (Cal.Tech.), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); A. Condon, B.Sc (University Coll.), Ph.D. (Wash.); J. Friedman, BA. (Harv.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); M. Greenstreet, B.S. (Cal.Tech.), M.S., Ph.D. (Prin.); G. J. Kiczales; D. G. Kirkpatrick, B.Sc (Br.Col.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor); L.V. S. Lakshmanan, B.Eng. (Karaikudi), M.Eng., Ph.D. (Bangalore); J. J. Little, A.B. (Harv.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); D. Lowe, B.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Stan.); A. K. Mackworth, BA.Sc (Tor.), M.A. (Harv.), D.Phil. (Suss.); R. Ng, B.Sc (Br.Col.), M.Math (Wat.), Ph.D. (Maryland); D. K. Pai, B.Tech. (I.T.T.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Cnell.); D. L. Poole, B.Sc (Flinders), Ph.D. (A.N.U.); R. S. Rosenberg, BA.Sc, M.A.Sc (Tor), Ph.D. (Mich.); R. J. Woodham, BA. (W.Ont.), S.M. E.E., Ph.D. (M.I.T.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS W.S. Evans, B.Sc (Yale), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); M. J. Feeley, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wash.); W. Heidrich, B.Sc (Erlangen-Nurnberg), M.Math (Wat.), Ph.D. (Erlangen-Nurnberg); A. J. Hu, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.); N. C. Hutchinson, B.Sc (Calg.), M.Sc, Ph. D. (Wash.); G. C. Murphy, B.Sc (Alta.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wash.); R. 432 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Rensink, B.Sc (Wat.), M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); M. vande Panne, BA.Sc (Calg.), M-A.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor); S. T. Vuong, B.Sc (Cal. State), M.Eng. (Car.), Ph.D. (Wat.); A. S. Wagner, B.Sc (Dal.), M.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Tor.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R. Bridson, B.Math., M.Math. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Stan.); G. Carenini, M.S. (Milan), Ph.D. (Pitt.); C. Conati, M.S. (Milan), M.S., Ph.D. (Pitts.); J. F. de Freitas, B.Sc, M.Sc (Witw.), Ph.D. (Camb.); K. De Voider, M.S. (Vrije), Ph.D. (Vrije); M. Friedlander, BA. (Cnell), M.S., Ph.D. (Stan.); C. Greif, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Tel Aviv), Ph.D. (BrCol.); H. Hoos, B.Sc (Darmstadt), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Darmstadt); C. Krasic, B.Math., M.Sc (Wat.), Ph.D. (O.H.S.U.); K. Leyton- Brown, B.Sc (McM.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.); K. MacLean, B.S. (Stan.), M.S. (Camb.), Ph.D. (Camb.); J. McGrenere, B.Sc (W.Ont.), M.Sc (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Tor.); I. Mitchell, B.A.Sc, M.Sc (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Stan.); T. Munzner, B.S., Ph.D. (Stan.); K. Murphy, B.A. (Camb.), M.Sc (Penn.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); R. Pottinger, B.S. (Duke), M.S., Ph.D. (Wash.); A. Sheffer, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Jerusalem); E. Wohlstadter, B.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Davis). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS P. Belleville, B.Sc, M.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); I. A. Cavers, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D (Br.Col.); K. Eiselt, Ph.D. (Calif., Irvine); G. Tsiknis, B.Sc (Patras), M.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.). INSTRUCTORS D. Acton, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); P. Carter, B.Sc (Sheff.), M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); E. Knorr, B.Math (Wat.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); S. Wormian, B.S. (Duke), M.S., Ph.D. (Wash.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS W. Bibel, Dipl. of Math, Dr. rer. nat (Munich, Technische Hochschule); C. Boutilier, B.Sc (Dal.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); S. Chanson, B.Sc (H.K.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); B. Fisher, BA. (Hiram), Ph.D. (Calif.); M. M. Klawe, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.); G. Neufeld, B.Sc, M.Sc (Manit.), Ph.D. (Wat.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS R. Anstee, Mathematics; M. Ito, Electrical and Computer Engineering; P. Lawrence, Electrical and Computer Engineering; G. Schrack, Electrical and Computer Engineering; B. Wetton, Mathematics; C. Woo, Commerce and Business Administration. DEPARTMENT OF EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCES P.L. Smith, Head HONORARY PROFESSORS P. M. Bradshaw, B.Sc (Car.), Ph.D. (Dur.); S. E. Calvert, B.Sc (R'dg.), Ph.D. (Calif., San Diego), F.R.S.C; W. M. Cameron, B.A., M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif.); R. L. Chase, B.Sc (W Aust.), Ph.D. (Prin.); W. R. Danner, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wash.); R. M. Ellis, B.A., M.Sc (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Alta.); W. K. Fletcher, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Imperial Coll); P. H. Leblond, BA. (Laval), B.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), D.Sc (Nfld.), F.R.S.C; A. G. Lewis, B.Sc, M.Sc (Miami), Ph.D. (Hawaii); G. S. Pond, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); R. D. Russell, M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), F.R.S.C; A. J. Sinclair, BA.Sc, MA.Sc (Tor), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; F. J. R. Taylor, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Cape T), F.R.S.C; T. J. Ulrych, B.Sc (Lond.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). PROFESSORS R. J. Andersen, B.Sc (Alta.), M.Sc (Calif., Berkeley), Ph.D. (Calif., San Diego); N. J. Balmforth, B.Sc, (Lond.), Ph.D. (Camb.); M. G. Bostock, B.Sc, M.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (A.N.U.), P.Eng; R. M. Bustin, B.Sc, M.Sc (Calg.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); G. K. C. Clarke, B.Sc (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), F.R.S.C, F.A.G.U.; R. M. Clowes, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.), F.R.S.C. (on leave); R. Francois, B.Sc, (Ecole Superieure des Textiles, Belgium), M.Sc, (S'ton.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); L. A. Groat, B.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (Manit.); M. Healey, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Aberd.); W. W. Hsieh, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); O. Hungr, BA.Sc, M.Sc (Ott.), Ph.D. (Alta.), P.Eng., P.Geo; R. G. Ingram, B.Sc, M.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.; Woods Hole); J. K. Mortensen, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Calif., Santa Barbara); D. W. Oldenburg, B.Sc, M.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Calif.); J. K. Russell, B.Sc (Manit.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg.); J. L. Smith, B.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), F.R.S.C, F.A.G.U.; P. L. Smith, B.Sc (Lond.), M.S. (Portland State), Ph.D. (McM.); D. G. Steyn, B.Sc, M.Sc (Cape T), Ph.D. (Br.Col.), Associate Dean (Grad. Studies); R. B. Stull, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Wash.); C. Suttle, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D.A. Weis, B.Sc, M.S., Ph.D. (Universite Libre de Bruxelles). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS S. E. Allen, B.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (Cantab.); P. Austin, B.A. (Whitman Coll.), Ph.D. (Wash.); R. D. Beckie, B.A.Sc (Wat.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.), P.Eng; G. M. Dipple, B.Sc (Indiana), M.A., Ph.D. (Johns H.) (on leave); K. A. Grimm, B.Sc (Denison), M.S. (Wis.), Ph.D. (Calif., Santa Cruz); L. Kennedy, B.Sc, M.Sc (New Br.), Ph.D. (Texas A and M); K. J. Orians, B.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Santa Cruz) (on leave); R. Pawlowicz, B.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.; Woods Hole); J.S. Scoates, B.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (Wyoming). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS C. DiBacco, B.Sc, M.Sc (Dal.), Ph.D. (Scripps Inst, of Oceanography); E. Eberhardt, B.Eng., M.Sc, Ph.D. (Sask.); C. Farquharson, B.Sc (Edin.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); E. Hearn, B.A. (Rice U. Texas), M.S. (Calif., Berkeley), Ph.D. (Oregon); F. Herrmann, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Delft Univ. of Tech.); M. Jellinek, A.B. (Hamilton Coll., NY), M.Sc (Idaho), Ph.D. (A.N.U.); M. Kopylova, B.Sc, M.Sc (Moscow), Ph.D. (Russian Acad. Sci.); M. Maldonado, B.A. (Smith College, USA), Ph.D. (McG.); U. Mayer, Dipl. Ing. (Stutt.), Ph.D. (Wat.); E. Pakhomov, B.Sc, M.Sc (Kazan State U., Russia), Ph.D. (P.P. Shirov Inst, of Oceanography, Russian Academy of Sciences); L. Pandolfo, B.Sc (Laval) Ph.D. (Yale); A. Ridgwell, B.A. (Camb.), M.Sc (Nott.), Ph.D. (East Anglia); S. Rowins, B.Sc (Qu.), M.Sc (Ott.), Ph.D. (W Aust.); P. D. Tortell, B.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (Prin.). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR A. L. Bevier, B.Sc (Calif., Santa Cruz), M.Sc '(Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., Santa Barbara). INSTRUCTOR S. E. Sutherland, B.Sc (Plym.), Ph.D. (Leic), P.G.C.E. (Sheff.). LECTURERS M. Haskin, B.Sc, (Wisconsin-Eau Claire), M.Sc (S.Fraser); F. Jones, B.Sc (McG.), M.Sc (Br.Col.), P.Eng. HONORARY ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR M. Raudsepp, B.Sc (McM.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.). HONORARY LECTURER D. Athaide, B.Sc (McG.), M.Sc (Br.Col.). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS R. G. Anderson, B.Sc(H.) (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Car.); S. J. Billings, B.Sc (La Trobe), B.Sc (Hons - ANU), Ph.D. (University of Sydney); E. Carmack, B.Sc, (Arizona State), Ph.D. (Wash.); K. L. Denman, B.Sc (Calg.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); M. G. G. Foreman, B.Sc (Qu.), M.Sc (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); C. J. Hickson, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); M.. Holzer, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); J. L. Jambor, B.A., M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Car.); J.M. Journeay, B.Sc (St. Lawrence), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Qu.); R. L. Kirlin, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Wyoming), Ph.D. (Utah State); N. McFarlane, B.Sc, (Alta.), M.Sc, (McG.), Ph.D. (Mich.-Ann Arbor); H. Melling, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor); B. B. Narod, M.Sc Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D. E. Nelson, B.Sc (Sask.), Ph.D. (McM.); T. F. Pedersen, B.Sc, (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Edin.); K. W. Savigny, B.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (Alta.), P.Eng., P.Geo; B. Scott Smith, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Edin.); J. F. Thompson, B.A. (Oxon.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor); I. Thomson, B.Sc (Hons.), Ph.D. (Lond.), D.I.C, (Imp. Coll., Lond); R. E. Thomson, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); R. Tosdal, BA. (Calif., Santa Barbara), M.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (Calif., Santa Barbara); K. Von Salzen, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tech. of Munich); D. M. Ware, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); C. S. Wong, B.Sc, M.Sc (H.K.), Ph.D. (Calif., San Diego). VISITING SCIENTISTS H. Cai, B.A. (Beijing), M.Sc (Chinese Acad, of Sciences); C. Deyell, B.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); K. Kingdon, M.Sc (Br.Col.) ; M. G. Maxwell, B.Sc (Royal Military Coll. Canada), M.A. (Ottawa), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D. C. McCollor, B.Sc (Br.Col.), M.Sc (Br.Col.), Dipl. Meteorology (Dalhousie) ; L. K. Neil, B.Sc (Winn.) ; R. Nissen, B.Sc (Br.Col.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.) ; K. Qin, B.Sc (Hons., Zhejiang), Ph.D. (Hokkaido) ; N. Sharon, B.Sc (Technion - Israel); S. Walker, B.Sc (Hons., McM.), M.Sc (Br.Col.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS B. Gladman, Physics and Astronomy; T. Gordon, Geological Sciences (Calgary); M. T. Kelly, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; G. A. Lawrence, Civil Engineering; J. K. Smit, Microbiology and Immunology- HONORARY RESEARCH ASSOCIATES T. L. Clark, BA.Sc. (Br.Col.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); C. L. Johnson, A.B. (Harvard/Radcliffe), Ph.D. (Scripps); T. E. McCandless, B.Sc, M.Sc (Utah), Ph.D. (Arizona, Tucson). RESEARCH ASSOCIATES A. Ahmad, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Karachi), Ph.D. (U. of Calif., Davis); J. Barling, B.Sc, (Edin.), Ph.D. (Monash); L. Chikatamarla, B.Eng. (Osmania), M.Eng. (I.I.T.), Ph.D. (James Cook); S. Ebert, B.Sc (Hons.) (Alta.), Ph.D. (WAust.); K. Foster, B.Sc (Canberra), M.Sc (ANU); R. M. Friedman, B.Sc (N.E. 111.), M.Sc (Chic), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); Q. Geng, B.Sc (Nanjing), M.Sc (Chin. Acad, of Sciences), Ph.D. (Peking); P. Hammer, B.Eng. (Sask.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif., San Diego); K. Hickey, B.Sc, M.Sc (Auck.), Ph.D. (James Cook); H. Modzelewski, B.Sc (Warsaw), M.Sc (Inst. Geop. Warsaw), Ph.D. (BrCol.); E. Pani, B.Eng., Ph.D. (Cagliari); N. Phillips, B.Sc (Col. School of Mines), M.Sc (Br.Col.); R. Pieters, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif., Santa Barbara); H. Sitepu, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Curtin U. of Tech.); L. Song, B. Eng., M.Eng. (Chengdu), Ph.D. (Sichuan ) ; D. E. Williams, B.Sc (Lond.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. Wu, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Nanjing); R. Zhang, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Central South U. of Tech. China). POST DOCTORAL FELLOWS B. Ainslie, B.Sc (Qu.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. Baig, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.); C. Chamberlain, B.Sc (Birm.), M.Sc (Leic), Ph.D. (Roy. School of Mines, London); X. Cui, B.Sc (China U. of Geosciences), M.Sc (Beijing), Ph.D. (Missouri); P. Duuring, B.Sc (Hons., W Australia), Ph.D. (W Australia) ; M. Fallat, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. ( Vic.B.C); D. Giordano, Ph.D. (IMPG, Ludwig Maximilian U. Munich); C. Gueguen, B.Sc, M.Sc (Western Brittany, Brest), Ph.D. (Geneva); E. Hambly, B.Sc (Lond.), Ph.D. (Warw); K. Innanen, B.Sc, M.Sc (York), Ph.D. PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 433 (BrCol.); B. Kieffer, B.Sc, M.Sc (Clermont-Ferrand), Ph.D. (Grenoble-U. Libre de Bruxelles); S. Li, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Shandong), Ph.D. (Chin. Acad. Sciences); C. Pausz, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Vienna); W. Pretorius, B.Sc, M.Sc (Rands Afrikaans), Ph.D. (Qu.); A. Rust, B.Sc (Tor), M.Sc (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Oregon); C. Schoof, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Oxf.); S. Spiessl, M.Sc (Conn.), Ph.D. (Goettingen); K. Welford, B.Sc (Hons., McG.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); W. Williams, B.A. (Camb.), M.S. (M.I.T./W.H.O.L), Ph.D. (Alaska). DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS B. Marcus, Head PROFESSORS A. Adem, B.S.(N.U.Mex.), Ph.D.(Prin.); R. Anstee, B.Math. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.); N.J. Balmforth, B.Sc (King's Coll., Lond.), Mathematics Tripos Part III, Churchill College U. of Camb.), Ph.D. (Camb.); M. T. Barlow, B.A., M.A. (Cantab.), Ph.D. (Wales), F.R.S.C; K. Behrend, Dipl. Math. (Bonn.), M.A. (Oregon), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); G. Bluman, B.Sc (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.); D. W. Boyd, B.Sc (Car.), M.A., Ph.D. (Tor.), F.R.S.C; D. C. Brydges, B.A. (Camb.), Ph.D. (Mich.); J. B. Carrell, B.S., Ph.D. (Wash.); W. A. Casselman, BA. (Harv.), Ph.D. (Prin.), F.R.S.C; J. Chen, B.S. (Beijing), Ph.D. (Stan.); I.S. Ekeland, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Paris); J. S. Feldman, B.Sc (Tor), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.), F.R.S.C; J. J. F. Fournier, B.Sc (Tor.), M.S., Ph.D. (Wis.); J. Friedman, BA. (Harv.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); R. Froese, B.S. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Virgina); N. Ghoussoub, Lie Math. (Beirut), Doctorat d'etat (Paris), F.R.S.C; U. G. Haussmann, B.Sc (Tor.), Ph.D. (Brown); J. G. Heywood, B.S. (Notre D.), Ph.D. (Stan.); R. Kenyon, BA. (Rice U.), Ph.D. (Prin.), Habil. (U. Paris-Sud); L. Keshet, B.Sc, M.Sc (Dal.), Ph.D. (Weizmann Inst.); P. Loewen, B.Sc (Alta.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); B.H. Marcus, BA. (Pomona Coll.), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); A. P. Peirce, B.Sc (O.F.S.), M.Sc (Witw), Ph.D. (Prin.); E. A. Perkins, B.Sc (Tor), Ph.D. (111.), F.R.S.C; D. P. Rolfsen, B.Sc (111. Inst, of Tech.), M.S., Ph.D. (Wis.); B. R. Seymour, B.Sc (Mane), Ph.D. (Nott.); D. K. Sjerve, B.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); G. Slade, B.A.Sc, M.Sc (Tor.), Ph.D. (BrCol.)., F.R.S.C; M. Ward, B.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.); B. T. R. Wetton, B.Sc, M.Sc (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Courant). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A. Adler, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Tor); M. A. Bennett, B.Sc (Dal.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); J. Bryan, B.S. (Stan.), M.A., Ph.D. (Harv.); M. Doebeli, D.M., Ph.D. (Basel); J.J. Feng, B.S., M.S. (Peking), Ph.D. (Minn.); I. Frigaard, B.Sc (Wales) M.Sc, Ph.D. (Oxf.); R. Gupta, B.Math. (Wat.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.); R. Israel, S.B. (Chic), Ph.D. (Prin.); R.A. Kuske, B.Sc (WI, Green Bay), Ph.D. (Northwestern); I. Laba, M.Sc (Wroclaw), Ph.D. (Tor.); Y.-X. Li, B.S. (H.K.), M.S. (Chinese Acad. Sci.), Ph.D. (Brussels); W. Nagata, B.Sc, M.Sc (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Colorado State); D. H. Peterson, B.A., M.S. (Yale), Ph.D. (Harv.); Z. Reichstein, B.S. (Cal.Tech.), Ph.D. (Harv.); V. Vatsal, B.S. (Stan.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS D. Coombs, B.Sc (Sheff.), M.S., Ph.D. (Arizona); E.N. Cytrynbaum, B.Sc (McG.), M.S., Ph.D. (Utah); A. Fraser, B.S. (Tor), Ph.D. (Stan.); S. J. Gustafson, B.Sc (BrCol.), M.Sc (Tor), Ph.D. (Courant); A. Holroyd, BA. (Queen's College), Ph.D. (Camb.); U. Horst, Dipl. Math Economics (Bielefeld), Ph.D. (Berlin); K. Kara, Diploma (Tartu), M.S. (Mich. State), Ph.D. (Boston); C. W. Lamb, B.A. (Swarthmore), M.A., Ph.D. (111.); V. Limic, B.S. (Zagreb, Croatia), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); G. Martin, B.S. (Stan.), M.S., Ph.D. (Mich.); D. Schoetzau, M.S., Ph.D. (ETH, Zurich); L. Scull, B.Sc.H. (Qu.), M.S., Ph.D. (Chic); J. Solymosi, M.Sc (Eotvos), Ph.D. (Swiss Fed. Inst, of Tech., Zurich); T-P. Tsai, B.Sc (National Taiwan), Ph.D. (Minn.); S. Van Willigenburg, B.Sc, Ph.D. (St. And.); O. Yilmaz, B.S. Elec Eng., B.S. Math (Bogazici U. Istanbul), Ph.D. (Prin.). HONORARY PROFESSORS F. Brauer, B.S. (Tor), M.S., Ph.D. (M.I.T.); C. Graham, B.A. (Harv.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.). INSTRUCTOR K. Liu, B.A. (Huazhong), M.S. (Wuhan), Ph.D. (Alta.). ASSOCIATE MEMBER U. Ascher, Computer Science. DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY C. Thompson, Head PROFESSORS EMERITI J. J. R. Campbell, B.S A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Cnell.); J. E. Davies, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Nott.), FRS; D. G. Kilburn, B.A.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Lond.); J. Levy, BA. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Lond.), F.R.S.C; B. C. McBride, M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (111.); R. A. J. Warren, B.Sc (Birm.), M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif.). PROFESSORS J. T. Beatty, B.Sc (Wash.), M.A., Ph.D. (Indiana); B. B. Finlay, Ph.D. (Alta.); R. E. W. Hancock, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Adel.), F.R.S.C; W. A. Jefferies, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Oxon.); P.Johnson, B.Sc (Liv.), Ph.D. (Dund.); J. W. Kronstad, B.S. (Oregon State), Ph.D. (Wash.); W. W. Mohn, BA. (Hamilton, N.Y), Ph.D. (Mich. State); J. K. Smit, B.A. (Calif. State Coll.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); G. B. Spiegelman, B.Sc (111.), Ph.D. (Wis.); C. Suttle, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); H. S. Teh, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.); C. Thompson, B.S. (Wash.; Lee U.), M.S., Ph.D. (Penn. State); G. Weeks, B.Sc, Ph.D., D.Sc (Birm.). i ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L. D. Eltis, B.Sc (Tor.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); R. Fernandez, B.Sc (Tor.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Dal.); M. Gold, B.Sc (Mich.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); M. E. P. Murphy, B.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS N. Abraham, B.Sc, (Dal.), M.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (Ott.); E. Gaynor, B.A., Ph.D. (Calif., San Diego); M. Horwitz, B.S., M.S. (Calif., Davis), Ph.D. (Minn.); F. Jean, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Montr.). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS J. Benbasat, B.A.Sc (Robert Coll., Istanbul), Ph.D. (Minn.); W. D. Ramey, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); W. Bingle, Ph.D. (Alta.); T. Kion, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). LECTURERS E. Hinze, B.Sc, M.Sc (Br.Col.); K. Smith, B.Sc (Br.Col.); Gaye Sweet, B.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C). SESSIONAL LECTURER Jennifer Sibley, B.Sc, M.Sc (Sask.). ADJUNCT PROFESSOR T. Galitski, B.Sc (Penn.), Ph.D. (Utah); J. B. Hobbs, MA. (Cantab.), Ph.D. (Warw); L. Hood, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif. Inst. Tech.), M.D. (Johns H.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Y. Av-Gay, Medicine; A. Chow, Medicine; M. Grigg, Medicine; C. Helgason, BC Cancer Agency; M. Levings, Surgery; R. McMaster, Medical Genetics; J. Piret, Biotechnology Laboratory/Chemical Engineering; R. J. Redfield, Zoology; N. Reiner, Medicine; J. N. Saddler, Wood Science; J. Schrader, Medicine; D. P. Speert, Pediatrics; R. Stokes, Pediatrics; D. Waterfield, Oral Biological and Medical Sciences. RESEARCH ASSOCIATES E. Bekker, Ph.D. (Moscow State); E. Dullaghan, Ph.D. (U. Coll.of Lond.); S. Farmer, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); C. Forde, B.Sc (Trin.W), M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Tor.); J- H. Gong, B.Sc (Jilin, China), Ph.D. (Marburg, Germany); N. Mookherjee, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Bom.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); J. Nomellini, Ph.D. (Arizona State); M. Patrauchan, Ph.D. (Nat'l Academy of Science, Ukraine); J. Priatel, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. Rozek, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); Y. Wang, Ph.D (China). POSTDOCTORAL FELLOWS K. Brown, B.Sc (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); C. Cosseau, M.S., Ph.D. (Paul Sabetier); E. Gonclaves, Ph.D. (State U. of Campinas, Sao Paulo); P. Hamill, Ph.D. (Glas.); H. Heuser, Ph.D. (Cologne); K. Hilpert, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Humboldt); H. Hirofumi, Ph.D. (Nagaoka U. of Tech., Japan); S. Lewenza, Ph.D. (Calg.); M. McLeod, B.S. (Abilene Christian), M.S., Ph.D. (Texas Hlth. Sc Cntr. at Houston); D. Miyazawa, B.Sc (Tokyo U. of Sc, Biol Sc & Tech.), Ph.D. (Tokyo Inst, of Tech.); K-H. Rhee, Ph.D. (Konkuk, Seoul); M. Scott, Ph.D. (BrCol.); L. Zhao, (Fudon, Shanghai), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tokyo). DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY J. Young, Head HONORARY PROFESSORS W. Israel, B.Sc, M.Sc (Cape T), Ph.D. (Dub.); H. Lam, B.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (MIT); A. Ng, B.Sc (H.K.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.); L. D. Skarsgard, B.E., M.Sc (Sask.), Ph.D. (Tor); E. W. Vogt, O.C, B.Sc, M.Sc (Man.), Ph.D. (Prin.), D.Sc (Regina), F.R.S.C. PROFESSORS I. Affleck, B.Sc (Trent), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.), F.R.S.C; D. A. Bonn, B.Sc, Ph.D. (McM.); J. H. Brewer, B.Sc (Trin.Coll.Tor.), M.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); D. Bryman, B.Sc (Syr.), M.Sc (Rutgers), Ph.D. (Virginia Polytech.); J. F. Carolan, A.B. (Prin.), Ph.D. (Maryland); M. Choptuik, B.Sc (Bran.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); J. E. Eldridge, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Birm.); E. Evans, B.Sc, M.Sc (N.Y), Ph.D. (Calif.); G. G. Fahlman, B.Sc (BrCol.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); M. Halpern, B.Sc, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); W. N. Hardy, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), F.R.S.C; M. D. Hasinoff, B.Sc (Man.), M.S., Ph.D. (Stan.); P. Hickson, B.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.); W. W. Hsieh, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); R. Kiefl, B.Sc (Car), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. MacKay, B.Sc (Dal.), M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Oxon.); W. McCutcheon, B.Sc, M.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (Mane); R. Parsons, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.) P.Eng; H. B. Richer, B.Sc (McG.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Roch.); G. Sawatzky, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.); G. W. Semenoff, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.)., F.R.S.C; P. C. E. Stamp, B.Sc (Sus.), M.Sc (Lane), Ph.D. (Sus.); T. Tiedje, B.A.Sc (Tor), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng., F.R.S.C; W. G. Unruh, B.Sc (Manit.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.), F.R.S.C, F.R.S.; C. E. Waltham, M.A. (Cantab.), Ph.D. (Birm.), P.Eng; L. Whitehead, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.), P.Eng; J. Young, B.A.Sc (Br.Col.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.), P.Eng; A. Zhitnitsky, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Novosibirsk). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. Barth, Dipl. Physics (Munich), J. Barth, Dr. Rer. Nat. (Freie Universitat, Berlin); B. Gladman, B.Sc (Alta.), M.Sc (Qu.), M.Sc Ph.D. (Cnell.); C. Hearty, B.Sc (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Wash.), I.P.P.; G. W. Hoffmann, B.Sc, M.Sc (Melb.), Ph.D. (G6tt.); J.M. Matthews, B.Sc (Tor.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (W.Ont.); T. Mattison, B.Sc, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); J. McKenna, B.Sc, (Wat.), Ph.D. (Tor); K. Schleich, B.A., Ph.D. (Chic); D. Scott, B.Sc (Edin.), 434 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Ph.D. (Cantab.); V. Sossi, Laurea (Trieste), Ph.D. (BrCol.). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS M. Berciu, B.Sc (Bucharest), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor); A. Damascelli, B.Sc (Milan), Ph.D. (Gron.); M. Franz, B.Sc (Comenius U., Czech.), M.A., Ph.D. (Roch.); J.S. Heyl, A.B. (Prin.), M.Sc (Camb.), Ph.D. (Calif., Santa Cruz); D. J. Jones, B.A., B.S. (Swarthmore Coll.), M.Phil. (Camb.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.); K.W. Madison, B.S.E. (Tulane), Ph.D. (Texas, Austin); A. Marziali, B.A.Sc (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Stan.)., P.Eng; C. Michal, B.Sc (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Cnell.); S. M. Oser, BA. (Wash., St. Louis), M.A., Ph.D. (Chic); S. Plotkin, B.Sc (Rensselaer Polytech.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (111. at Urbana); M. Rozali, B.Sc (Tel Aviv.), Ph.D. (Texas); I. Stairs, B.Sc (McG.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.); M. Van Raamsdonk, B.Sc (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (Prin.); L. Van Waerbeke, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Orsay U.); F. Zhou, B.S. (U. of Science & Tech of China), Ph.D. (Wash.). SENIOR INSTRUCTOR F.E. Bates, B.Sc (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Alta.). INSTRUCTOR I D. Witt, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wis., Milwaukee). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS G. Atkinson, BA.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); J. Behr, B.Sc (Cal.Tech.), M.A., Ph.D. (Wash.); B. Clark, B.Sc (S'ton.), Ph.D. (U.K. Council Nat. Acad. Awards); P. Corkum, B.Sc (Acad.), M.A., Ph.D. (Lehigh); J. Dilling, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Heidel.); C. Duzenli, B.Sc (Qu.), M.A. (McG.), Ph.D. (Alta.); S. Flibotte, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Montr.); J. Iqbal, B.Sc (Punj.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Indiana); J. Ng, B.Sc (Sing.), M.Sc (Case Western), Ph.D. (Wash.); P. Olive, B.Sc (Bishop's), M.Sc (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (McM.); J. Wall, B.Sc (Qu.), MA. (Tor.), Ph.D. (A.N.U.); S. Yen, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); A. Zagoskin, M.Sc (Kharkov), Ph.D. (Ukrainian Acad, of Sci.). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS J. Aldrich, Radiology; A. Celler, Radiology; R. Durand, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; P. Kozlowski, Radiology; C. MacAulay, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine; A. MacFarlane, Chemistry; M. Shapiro, Chemistry; A. Shotter, TRIUMF; Q. S. Xiang, Radiology; H. Zeng, Pathology. SESSIONAL LECTURERS E. Koster, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. Kotlicki, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Warsaw); P. Newbury, B.Sc (Manit.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.). RESEARCH ASSOCIATES T. Cuhadar Donszelmann, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Bogazici, Turkey), Ph.D. (Vrije, Holland); Y. Davidov, M.Sc (Moscow Eng.& Phys.Inst.), Ph.D. (Joint Inst, for Nuclear Res., Russia); B. Klappauf, B.Sc (Wisconsin), Ph.D. (Texas); R. Liang, B.Sc (Tsinghua), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tokyo Inst, of Tech.); M. Lyutikov, M.Sc (Moscow Eng. Phys. Inst.), Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.); B. Madler, Diplom, Ph.D. (Dresden); J. Mildenberger, B.Sc, M.Sc (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (S.Fraser); M. Milner- Bolotin, MA. (Kharkov), Ph.D. (Texas); M. Mossman, B.Sc (Acadia), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); K. Okuyama, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D. (Tokyo); G. Rieger, Diplom, Dr.rer.nat (Ruhr, Bochum); I. Tupitsyn, M.Sc ( Moscow Eng. Phys. Inst) Ph.D. (Russian Research Centre); J. Wendland, Vordiplom (TU Braunschweig), Ph.D., (S. Fraser). POSTDOCTORAL FELLOWS I. Adagideli, B.Sc, M.A. (Middle East Teen. Univ.), Ph.D. (111. Urbana); R.L. Allen, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Mich.); W. Auwaerter, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Z/.); C. Blake, MA, Ph.D. (Oxf.); J. Brannlund, M.Sc (Uppsala), Ph.D. (Stockholm); D. Brecher, B.Sc (York, U.K.), Ph.D. (Camb.); M. Cuk, B.Sc (Belgrade), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Cornell); D. Hawthorn, B.Sc (McM.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.); A. Iyengar, B.A. (Rice), Ph.D. (Chic); B. Kelleher, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (U.Coll. Cork); N. Knecht, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Regina); P. Koerber, B.Sc (Leuven), M.Sc (Ghent), Ph.D. (Brussels); N. Laflorencie, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Paul Sabalier, Toulouse); A. Morello, MA. (Politecnico of Torino), Ph.D. (Leiden); G. Patanchon, B.Sc (Bordeaux), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Paris); A. Pattantyus-Abraham, B.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. Riemann, Dioplom (Martin-Luther-Univ., Halle), Ph.D. (Freie, Berlin); A. Rosemann, B.SC, Ph.D. (Tech. U., Berlin); M. Schechter, B.Sc (Hebrew), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Weizmann Inst.); B. Smith, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.); M. Snajdr, B.Sc (Comenius, Slovakia), M.Sc (Brock), Ph.D. (Alta.); J. Van Leeuwen, M. Sc, Ph.D. (Utrecht); N. Zangenberg, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Aarhus). DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS W.J. Welch, Head HONORARY PROFESSOR C. van Eeden, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Amst.). PROFESSORS N. E. Heckman, B.Sc (Tufts), M.A., Ph.D. (Mich.); H. Joe, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Flor. State); A. J. Petkau, B.Sc (Manit.), Ph.D. (Stan.); W. J. Welch, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Imperial Coll. Lond.); R. Zamar, B.Sc (Cordoba), M.Sc (Pernambuco), Ph.D. (Wash.). PROFESSOR EMERITUS James V. Zidek, B.Sc,M.Sc(Alta.), Ph.D. (Stan.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS B. Clarke, B.Sc (Tor), Ph.D. (111.); P. A. Gustafson, B.Sc, M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. Bryan, B.Sc (Yale), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); K. Murphy, BA. (Camb.), M.Sc (Penn.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Matias Salibian-Barrera, B.Sc, (Licenciado en Matematica)(Buenos Aires), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); L. Wu, B.Sc (E. China Normal), M.Sc (Tulane), Ph.D. (WashJ^ ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Y. MacNab, Health Care and Epidemiology; E. Perkins, Mathematics; M. L. Puterman, Commerce; B. Zumbo, Education. ADJUNCT PROFESSORS R. Altman, B.A.Sc (Waterloo), M.S. (Cornell), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); H. A. Chipman, B.Sc (Acad.), M.Math., Ph.D. (Wat.); A. J. Coldman, B.Sc (Sus.), M.A. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); N. Le, B.Sc, M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Wash.); J. Ramsay, B.Ed. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Prin.); S. S. Young, B.S., MES, Ph.D. (N.C State Univ.). DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY WK. Milsom, Head HONORARY PROFESSORS D. H. Chitty, BA. (Tor.), M.A., D.Phil. (Oxon.), F.R.S.C; I. McT. Cowan, O.C, B.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Calif.), D.Sc (Br.Col.), LL.D. (Alta.; S.Fraser), D.Env.Sc (Wat.), F.R.S.C; C. V. Finnegan, BA. (Bates), M.S., Ph.D. (Notre D.); C.L. Gass, A.B., B.Sc (Chico State Coll.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Oregon); W. S. Hoar, O.C, BA. (New Br.), M.A. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Boston), D.Sc (New Br.; Nfld.; St.F.X.; W.Ont.), LL.D. (S.Fraser; Tor.), LL.D. (Mt.All.), F.R.S.C; D. G. Holm, B.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Conn.); A. G. Lewis, B.Sc, M.Sc (Miami), Ph.D. (Hawaii); N. R. Liley, M.A., D.Phil. (Oxon.); C. C. Lindsey, B.A. (Tor), M.A. (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), F.R.S.C; D. Ludwig, Ph.D. (Calif.); J. D. McPhail, M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (McG.), Curator of the Ichthyological Museum; H. C. Nordan, B.S.A., MA. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (Oregon State); T. G. Northcote, M.A., Ph.D. (Br.Col.); T. R. Parsons, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.), F.R.S.C; A. M. Perks, M.A. (Cantab.; Oxon.), Ph.D., D.Sc (St.And.), F.R.S. (Med.) (Lond.); J. E. Phillips, M.Sc (Dal.), Ph.D. (Cantab.), F.R.S.C; G. G. E. Scudder, B.Sc (Wales), D.Phil. (Oxon.), F.R.E.S., F.E.S.C, F.R.S.C; D. Suzuki, O.C, B.A. (Amherst), Ph.D. (Chic), LL.D. (P.E.I.), D.Sc (Acadia), F.R.S.C; C. F. Wehrhahn, M.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Calif.). PROFESSORS M. L. Adamson, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Guelph); J. D. Berger, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. (Indiana); R. W. Blake, B.Sc (Brist.), Ph.D. (Cantab.); H. W. Brock, B.Sc (Br.Col.), D.Phil. (Oxon.); A.P. Farrell, B.Sc (Bath), Ph.D. (Br. Col.); J. M. Gosline, BA. (Calif.), Ph.D. (Duke), F.R.S.C; T. A. Grigliatti, B.S. (Calif., Santa Clara), M.A. (San Fran. State), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D. R. Jones, B.Sc (S'ton.), Ph.D. (E. Anglia), F.R.S.C; W. Maddison, B.Sc (Tor), Ph.D. (Harv.); W. K. Milsom, B.Sc (Alta.), M.Sc (Wash.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D. G. Moerman, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); J. H. Myers, B.Sc (Chatham Coll.), M.Sc (Tufts), Ph.D. (Indiana); D. Pauly, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Kiel); T. J. Pitcher, B.A., M.A., D.Phil. (Oxon.); D. Schluter, B.Sc (Guelph), Ph.D. (Mich.)., F.R.S., F.R.S.C; A. R. E. Sinclair, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Oxon.), F.R.S.C; J. N. M. Smith, B.Sc (Edin.), D.Phil. (Oxon.); T. P. Snutch, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser)., F.R.S.C; J. D. Steeves, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.); W. Tetzlaff, M.D., Ph.D. (Calg.), Man-in-Motion Spinal Cord Chair; C. J. Walters, B.S. (Humboldt State), M.S., Ph.D. (Colorado State), F.R.S.C. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS V.J. Auld, B.Sc (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Tor); L. Aviles, Lie Biol. Sci. (P.U.C Equador), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Harv.); M. Doebeli, Ph.D. (Basel); L. Matsuuchi, A.B. (Barnard Col.), M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. (Col.); S. Otto, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Stanford); R. Redfield, B.Sc (Monash), M.Sc (McM.), Ph.D. (Stan.); J. Roskams, B.Sc (Swansea), M.Dip. (Idaho), Ph.D. (Penn State); E. B. Taylor, B.Sc (Queen's), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col.); M. Whitlock, B.Sc (Baylor), Ph.D. (Vanderbilt). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS N. Abraham, B.Sc (Dal.), M.Sc (McGill), Ph.D. (Ottawa); C. Brauner, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br. Col.); D.E. Irwin, B.S. (Stanford), Ph.D. (Calif. San Diego); B. S. Leander, B.S. (Calif. Polytec State U.), B.S., MA. (Humboldt), Ph.D. (Georgia) ; N. Pante, B.A. (Simon Bolivar), M.Sc (Venezuelan Inst, for Scientific Research), Ph.D. (Brandeis); M. Ramer, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Queen's); J.G. Richards, B.Sc (W.Laur.), M.Sc (Wat.), Ph.D. (McM); P. Schulte, B.Sc, M.Sc (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Stanford); J. B. Shurin, B.A. (Macalester Coll.), M.S. (Wise), Ph.D. (Chic); D. Srivastava, B.Sc (Dal.), M.Sc (Tor.), Ph.D. (Imperial Coll., London). SENIOR INSTRUCTORS T. Crawford, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wash.); A. M. A. Lacombe, B.Sc, M.Sc (Bretagne Occiden- tale), D.EA. (C.R.S.), Ph.D. (Br.Col); S. Millen, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), M.Sc (S.Fraser); C. Pollock, B.Sc, M.Sc (Manit.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); E. Rosenberg, B.Sc, M.Sc (S.Fraser). INSTRUCTORS C. Berezowsky, B.Sc, M.Sc (Sask.), Ph.D. (Guelph); K. M. Nomme, B.Sc, M.Sc (Br.Col.). LECTURERS G. Bole, B.S. (William & Mary Coll.), Ph.D. (S.U.N.Y); A. Cassidy, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), M.Sc (McG.), PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 23 THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 435 Ph.D. (Br.Col.); W. Goodey, B.Sc, M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Monash); R. Harris, B.Sc, M.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (BrCol.); J. Klenz, B.S A. (Sask), Ph.D. (Univ. of Mass., Amherst); A. Mazari-Andersen, B.Sc, M.Sc (Univ. Nac Autonoma de Mexico), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); K. Needham, B.Sc, M.Sc (Br.Col.); L. F. Norman, B.Sc, M.Sc (Vic.B.C); C. Sun., B.S. (Natl. Taiwan), M.S. (Minn.), Ph.D. (Wise). ADJUNCT PROFESSORS L. Barrett-Lennard, B.Sc (Guelph), M.Sc, Ph.D. (BrCol.); R. Devlin, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); D. Theilmann, B.Sc, M.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (Texas A and M); C. Wood, B.Sc, MSc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (E. Anglia). RESEARCH ASSOCIATES P.E. Axelrood, B.Sc, M.Sc (Oregon), Ph.D. (Calif.); M. Evelyn, B.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Stan.); H. N. Feldman, B.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Oxon.); L. Fidler, B.Sc (Penn State), M.Sc Ph.D. (Br.Col.); M. M. Gilbert, BA. (Scripps), M.Sc (Oregon), Ph.D. (BrCol.); P.A. Guerette, B.Sc (St.F.X.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); R. E. Gullison, B.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Prin.); D. G. Harper, B.Sc (BrCol.), M.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); J. W. N. Hodgson, B.Sc (Sci. and Tech., Kumasi), Ph.D. (N.I.M.R., Lond.); E. C. Humphrey, B.Sc (Bangor), M.Sc, Ph.D. (S'ton); M. A. Lillie, B.Sc, M.Sc (Qu.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.); M. E. MacKay, B.Sc, M.Sc (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Dal.); A. Martin, B.Sc, M.Sc (Queensland); S. Mduma, B.Sc, M.Sc (Dar-es- Salaam), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); S. Ner, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S'ton); T. A. Pfeifer, B.Sc (Br.Col.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Sask.); T. Rogalski, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser); M. P. Rosin, B.Sc (Sask.), Ph.D. (Tor.); R. Suarez, M.Sc (Philippines), Ph.D. (Br.Col); M. Taitt, B.Sc (Lond.), M.Sc (Durh.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. Tautz, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); I. R. Walker, B.Sc (Mt.All.), M.Sc (Wat.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser). POSTDOCTORAL FELLOWS H. J. Blok, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); C. Darveau, B.Sc (Que. Rimouski), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); A. Fahlman, B.Sc (Hawaii Pacific), Ph.D. (Carleton); J. Fletcher, B.S. (Oregon), M.S., Ph.D. (Portland); J. L. Gow, B.Sc (Aberdeen), M.Res. (Edinburgh), Ph.D. (Aberdeen); J. E. McLean, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Br.Col.), Ph.D. (Wash.); W. M. Megill, B.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (Br.Col.); B. Meisner, B.S. (Oregon), M.S., Ph.D. (Portland); K. Metzger, B.S. (Oregon), M.S., Ph.D. (Colorado); J. Pan, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Ocean Univ., China); M. Pineda-Krch, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Lund); A. Somasiri, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Br.Col.); C. Spencer, B.A. (Earlham Col.), M.S. (Louisiana), Ph.D. (Georgia); R. Svanback, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Umea); R. M. Thompson, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Otago); T. H. Vines, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Edin.); C. A. Whittle, B.Sc (Wat.), M.Sc.F. (New Br.), Ph.D. (Dal.); J. Witt, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Guelph); S. Witt, Dipl. (GBF Braunschweig), Ph.D. | (Tech. U. Braunschweig). ASSOCIATE MEMBERS M. Healey, Earth and Ocean Sciences; S. Hinch, Forestry, Fisheries Centre, Forestry; W. Jefferies, Biotechnology and Microbiology; T. O'Connor, Anatomy; J. Richardson, Forestry; K. Soma, Psychology; A. W. Trites, Fisheries, Graduate Studies; T. Zwimpfer, Surgery. DEAN'S OFFICE Senior Faculty Advisor: Nanci Martin; Janet Beddoes, Student Development Coordinator; Susan Peters, International Student Coordinator; Cooperative Education Program: M. Javed Iqbal, Director; Sharon Chan, Katie LeBlanc, Gwen Litchfield, Cynthia Wickstrom, Lisa Wolfe, Coordinators; Audrey Davison, Office Administrator; Haydee Iglesias, Office Assistant; Shosha Ji, Marketing Program Assistant; Industry Liaison: Terry Kellam, Senior Development Officer; Chrissy English, Development Coordinator. 436 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 24 The School of Social Work and Family Studies A SCHOOL WITHIN THE FACULTY OF ARTS Director's Office Graham Riches, Director 2080 West Mall Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2 Telephone: 604-822-0782 Fax: 604-822-8656 Social Work and Family Studies Website (www.swfs.ubc.ca) The School of Social Work and Family Studies offers undergraduate programs leading to the Bachelor of Social Work, the first professional degree in Social Work and the Bachelor of Arts in Family Studies. The School also offers graduate programs leading to a Master of Social Work for persons with a Bachelor of Social Work or equivalent or a Master of Arts in Family Studies; see Social Work (www.swfs.ubc.ca/ grad_program_sw.htm) or Family Studies (www.swfs.ubc.ca/grad_programfs.htm) in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. Refer to the School of Social Work and Family Studies website (www.swfs.ubc.ca) for detailed information regarding admissions, degree requirements, etc. The School also offers a Ph.D. in Social Work and Family Studies, as well as participating in a doctoral program of individual Interdisciplinary Studies which is offered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Applicants to the program must hold a master's degree (or equivalent) from a recognized graduate program in social work or family studies (or a closely related field). Information on graduate programs, requirements and application procedures is available from the School's admissions office or its website. The School is a member of the Canadian Association of Schools of Social Work (CASSW), the policy and standard-setting body for social work education in Canada. The School's Social Work degree programs are accredited by the CASSW. BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK The School of Social Work and Family Studies offers a Bachelor of Social Work degree that is accredited by the Canadian Association of Schools of Social Work (CASSW). The educational objective of the B.S.W. curriculum is to provide students with the knowledge, values and skills necessary for an initial level of professional practice focusing on the interface between personal problems and public issues. It addresses issues of power and issues of discrimination based on age, race, gender, sexual orientation, class and culture. The program trains students in generalist social work practice and aims to provide competency in a wide variety of areas, including preparation to work in systems of any size. Critical thinking and structural analysis are, therefore, central to the learning experience offered by the School and to the promotion of social justice and human well-being. The Bachelor of Social Work degree is a single, integrated program that can be completed in two years on a full-time basis or in three years on a part-time basis. The curriculum includes courses on theory, policy, research and practice. ACADEMIC ADVISING Degree, program and course advising is provided through the School of Social Work and Family Studies. For further information, call 604-822-2255. ADMISSION Admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program is open to: • persons with a minimum of 60 credits of course work in the Bachelor of Arts > program; or • persons holding a Bachelor of Arts (or equivalent). An overall average of at least 68% on the last 60 credits preceding admission is required. Pre-admission studies must include: • SOWK 200 (a prerequisite to SOWK 201) and SOWK 201 with a minimum average grade of 76% in both courses; • six credits of first-year English; • 18 credits of course work in the social sciences and humanities. Courses dealing with the Canadian political system, the history of Canada and First Nations issues are recommended. Letters of reference and an account of all relevant volunteer and/or paid work experience are required. Assessment of professional suitability is determined by members of the School's faculty through an interview process, which will include a written component. The quality of the applicant's writing skills will be considered in the overall assessment. Admission is based on the applicant's academic standing and suitability for a career in social work. Special consideration is given to qualified applicants of First Nations ancestry, members of a visible minority, or persons with disabilities. Interviews are conducted in Stage II following the initial evaluation. Successful applicants completing Stage II will be required to submit a criminal record check. The program has a limited enrolment, and admission is competitive. Fulfilment of the minimum requirements for admission is not a guarantee of acceptance. Persons considering application to the program must visit the School's website (www.swfs.ubc.ca). Required application forms with instructions and detailed program information are available to download from the website. The deadline for application to the program is January 31. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ADVANCEMENT Although satisfactory academic performance is prerequisite to advancement, it is not the sole criterion in the consideration of the suitability of a student for promotion or graduation. The School reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from Social Work programs if the student is considered unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of social work. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The Bachelor of Social Work program is comprised of 60 credits of course work for students entering with a bachelor's degree, and 66 credits for those entering the program after completing 60 credits (or more) in the Faculty of Arts. The program integrates academic work with supervised social work practice in a social agency. Academic work includes study of social work practice methods; social policies; human behaviour in individuals, families, groups and communities; research methods in social work. (The following program curriculum is currently under review and therefore subject to change.) PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 24 THE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY STUDIES 437 BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK First or Second Year Prerequisite SOWK 200 F SOWK 201 3 Third Year1 SOWK 305 SOWK 310 SOWK 315 SOWK 316 SOWK 320 SOWK 335 SOWK 337 Total Credits Fourth Year 6 3 6 3 3 6 3 30 SOWK 400 3 SOWK 405 3 SOWK 415 6 SOWK 416 3 SOWK 425 3 SOWK 440 3 Electives: SOWK440 courses or 9/15 courses offered in the Faculty of Arts, preferably in the Social Sciences and Humanities2 Total Credits 30/36 1 Third and fourth year SOWK courses are open to B.S.W. students only. 2 IHHS 400 level courses are also recommended as electives for B.S.W. students INTERPROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES Under the auspices of the Council, the College of Health Disciplines, p. 289 is responsible for the administration of interprofessional courses (IHHS), which are recommended as electives to students in Social Work. For more information see Courses (www.students.ubc.ca/calendar/ courses.cfm) (IHHS), or visit the website (www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca). BACHELOR OF ARTS FAMILY STUDIES MAJOR/MINOR The School of Social Work and Family Studies offers students in the Faculty of Arts the Family Studies Major, an academic program in social science leading to the Bachelor of Arts. See the the School of Social Work and Family Studies website (www.swfs.ubc.ca). The School also offers a Master of Arts program in Family Studies, a Bachelor of Social Work, a Master of Social Work and a Ph.D. in Social Work and Family Studies. For information on graduate programs in Family Studies, see Family Studies, p. 247 in the Graduate Studies section. Family Studies is a multidisciplinary area of study and incorporates three sub-areas: family development and interaction, human development in the family context, and family resource management. Graduates of the Family Studies program may pursue advanced degrees or be employed in government or the private sector in positions related to family research or programs. ACADEMIC ADVISING Degree, program and course advising is provided through the Faculty of Arts Academic Advising Office and the School of Social Work and Family Studies. For further information, see Academic Advising, p. 117 as listed under the Bachelor of Arts in the Faculty of Arts chapter of this Calendar, or call 604-822-2255. ADMISSION Students interested in the area of Family Studies must first apply for admission to the Faculty of Arts. After completing at least 54 credits of undergraduate course work (but before completing 75), a major in Family Studies can be declared. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS The University regulations concerning examination and advancement as listed in the chapter Academic Regulations, p. 47 in this Calendar apply. Students registered in the Bachelor of Arts Family Studies Major/ Minor must satisfy the requirements of the Faculty of Arts. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Students must satisfy the Faculty of Arts requirements: English Requirement, p. 120, Language Requirement, p. 121, Science Requirement, p. 121 and Literature Requirement, p. 122 as listed in Degree Requirements under the Bachelor of Arts in the Faculty of Arts section. Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) Examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. For further information regarding this Examination, see Language Proficiency Index Requirement for First-Year English, p. 120. Students in the Family Studies Major must satisfy the continuation requirements of the Faculty of Arts. See Continuation Requirements, p. 119 in Academic Regulations under the Bachelor of Arts in the Faculty of Arts section. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR The Family Studies Program (Bachelor of Arts) offers a life-course perspective to understanding families and other intimate relationships as they develop over time. This incorporates both the study of family dynamics in diverse contexts and the predictable ways families change. The program takes a research-based multidisciplinary approach that extends from the individual to interactional processes to cultural influences. Rooted in the curiosity driven inquiry of the liberal arts, the program provides theoretical foundations and research skills for understanding relationships and families, while valuing the application of social science knowledge gained from the study of families. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS During the first two years of study, students should complete the general requirements of the Faculty of Arts including English composition, Science, Literature and Language, as well as introductory courses in Family Studies. Students must take: FMST 200, FMST 210, FMST 238, and STAT 203. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Third and fourth years of the program require that students complete: • FMST 323 and FMST 400 The remaining 24 credits required to complete a Major in Family Studies may be selected from any Family Studies (FMST) courses. Students must earn a mark of 55%> or better in all of their Family Studies courses. INTERPROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES Under the auspices of the Council, the College of Health Disciplines is responsible for the administration of interprofessional courses (IHHS), which are recommended as electives to students in Family Studies. For more information see Courses (www.students.ubc.ca/ calendar/courses.cfm) (IHHS), or visit the website (www.health-disciplines.ubc.ca). MINOR IN FAMILY STUDIES Students take at least 30 credits from Family Studies courses which must include 18 credits numbered 300 or above. The credits must include FMST 200, 210, 238 and 420. The remaining 21 credits required for the Minor may be selected from any Warmly Studies course. PREPARATION FOR CERTIFICATION IN FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION The Family Studies program is an approved program for providing training for the Certificate in Family Life Education (CFLE) from the National Council on Family Relations. Students interested in this program should contact the Family Studies Undergraduate Coordinator for details on the appropriate choice of courses and the practicum (FMST 415). GRADUATE PROGRAMS Information on Social Work and Family Studies master's degree programs and Ph.D. program(s) are described in the "Faculty of Graduate Studies" section under Family Studies, p. 247, Social Work, p. 278 and Social Work and Family Studies, p. 278. ACADEMIC STAFF PROFESSORS Anne Martin-Matthews, B.A. (Nfld.), M.A., Ph.D. (McM.); Daniel Perlman, A.B. (Bard Coll.), M.A., Ph.D. (Claremont Grad. School); Graham Riches, M.A. (Cantab.); Mary Russell, B.A., B.S.W., M.S.W. (Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D. (S.Fraser); James White, B.A. (Colorado Coll.), M.A. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Alta.). ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Phyllis J. Johnson, B.S., M.S. (Kansas State), Ph.D. (Ohio State); Edward A. Kruk, B.A., M.S.W. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Edin.); Paule McNicoll, B.A., B.S.W. (Laval), M.S.W, Ph.D. (Wash.); Deborah O'Connor, B.S.W. (Windsor), M.S.W. (Tor.), D.S.W. (W.Laur.); Brian O'Neill, M.S.W. (Car.), D.S.W. (W.Laur.); James Ponzetti, B.S. (Calif., San Francisco), M.S., Ph.D. (Oregon State); Tim Stainton, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.S.W. 438 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (Tor.), Ph.D. (Lond.); T. Richard Sullivan, B.A. (Windsor), M.A. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley); Frank Tester, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.E.Des., M.S.W. (Calg.), D.Phil. (Waikato); Richard Vedan, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.S.W. (BrCol.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser). ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Susan Cadell, B.A. (Wat.), M.S.W, Ph.D. (W.Laur.); Grant Charles, B.S.W. (W.Ont.), M.S.W. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C); Sheila Marshall, B.A.Sc, M.A., Ph.D. (Guelph); Pilar Riano-Alcala a , B.A. (National U. of Colombia, Bogota, Colombia), M.A. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (BrCol.); Margaret Wright, B.A., M.S.W, Ph.D. (Tor); Miu Chung Yan, Dipl.S.W, B.S.W. (H.K. Polytechnic) M.Sc. (Lond.), (M.S.W. (York), Ph.D. (Tor.); Carrie Yodanis, B.S. (Penn.), M.A., Ph.D. (New Hamp.). PART IX FACULTIES, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 24 THE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY STUDIES 439 440 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ALTERNATIVE DEGREE CREDIT CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAMS Co-operative Education integrates academic study with relevant, supervised, paid work experience. It is based on the principle that relevant work experience, combined with academic programs, plays an important part in the effective professional and personal development of students. Students alternate periods of academic study with periods of applicable work experience. Please contact the appropriate faculty for details. Further information is available at the Co-op Programs website (www.coop.ubc.ca). Co-operative Education programs, are available currently in Applied Science, Arts, Forestry, Sauder School of Business, and Science. The Cooperative Education offices in these faculties help in securing potential employers, arranging interviews, supervising work terms and generally managing the work placement process. ADMISSION Admission to a Co-op program is based on academic performance and employment suitability which is usually determined by an application and interview process. Students wishing to enrol must meet all the requirements of their department and faculty. Enrolment is subject to the availability of appropriate work placements. COURSES AND FEES Students admitted to a program must register in, and pay Co-op fees for, a Co-operative Education course for each work term. Co-op courses marked "Pass/Fail" are recorded on student transcripts. All students accepted to a Co-op program must also pay a Co-op workshop fee. EMPLOYMENT Although every effort is made to find work-term positions for students enrolled in Co-op programs, no guarantee of employment can be made. The employment process is competitive and a student's academic performance, skill set, attitude, motivation, maturity, and potential, all influence employment offers. GRADUATION FROM CO-OP PROGRAMS To graduate with a "Co-operative Education" designation noted on the transcript, a student must successfully complete the minimum number of work terms required for the respec tive program and obtain a grade of Pass ('P') for each work term. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Co-operative Education programs are available to international students. Admission criteria for international students are the same as for Canadian students. International students are responsible for ensuring that their student work visas are in good standing during their Co-op work terms. TRANSFER STUDENTS Students transferring from another institution may receive credit for Co-op placements at their former institutions. This decision is made through the appropriate Co-operative Education office at UBC. Students must do at least one-half of their Co-op placement courses at UBC. DISTANCE EDUCATION COURSES For more that 50 years, Distance Education and Technology (DE&T) has collaborated with UBC Faculties to develop and provide innovative distance education courses. Online and print-based courses are designed for students who are unable to attend scheduled classes on campus or who want to experience distance learning as part of their program. These courses carry full credit toward degree or certificate programs, in accordance with the requirements of the UBC Faculty concerned. In early 2005, the University will change the way these courses are developed, supported and delivered. It is expected that each of the Faculties will be directly responsible for distance education and the role of centralized support will be limited. For more information on distance education options, contact the advising staff within your department of study. GO GLOBAL: STUDENT MOBILITY PROGRAMS Opportunities are available for students to spend an academic year, term or summer at one of over 150 partner universities in more than 35 countries through the Go Global: Student Mobility programs. EXCHANGE PROGRAMS Go Global's student exchange programs offer UBC students from both campuses the opportunity to study at one of 150 partner universities, in over 35 countries abroad and in Canada. Student exchange also makes it possible for students from the partner universities to study at UBC as part of their degree program. Student exchange programs are Senate-approved, reciprocal exchange programs based on institu- tion-to-institution agreements with partner universities, both international and Canadian. UBC students selected to participate remain registered at UBC, pay tuition or program fees and student fees to UBC, and remain eligible for UBC awards, scholarships and financial aid. Students pursue academic programs which are planned in consultation with their faculties. To be eligible to apply for a student exchange program, applicants must be registered full-time in a degree program at UBC, and have at least a 70% average for all courses completed during the year in which they are applying. Undergraduate students are eligible to go on exchange in second, third and fourth year, although some restrictions may apply for students in certain programs. Students must return to UBC for at least one term after their exchange. Students transferring from a college to a full- time degree program at UBC are also eligible for the program after completing one year at UBC. Students should contact Go Global about applying in the Fall of their first term at UBC. Graduate students are eligible for exchange and should consult Go Global Graduate Students website (www.students.ubc.ca/global/grad.cfm) for specific information. Commerce graduate exchange is managed through the Master's Program Office of the Sauder School of Business (Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration). Information sessions are held throughout the first term at both campuses. Partner information (including academic calendars) is available online at the Go Global website (www.students.ubc.ca/global). The website also links to partner universities and explains the selection and application process. Paper copies of partner university materials are located at International House. Applications are due in December and/or January each year. Please check the Go Global website for the exact dates. Contact Information: Go Global: Student Mobility Programs International House (top floor) 1783 West Mall Tel: 604-822-0942 Fax: 604-822-9885 Email: student.exchange@ubc.ca Web: www.students.ubc.ca/global STUDY ABROAD OPPORTUNITIES INTERNATIONAL STUDY CENTRE AT HERSTMONCEUX CASTLE, ENGLAND As members of the Canadian University Study Abroad Program (CUSAP), UBC students are eligible for participation at Queen's University PART X ALTERNATIVE STUDY OPTIONS 441 International Study Centre at Herstmonceux Castle in East Sussex, England. The program at the International Study Centre includes a First- Year Abroad Option in the Social Sciences and Humanities, and one-term programs in European Studies, and International Business and Law for upper-year students. First-year students must have a minimum 80% average or equivalent; upper-year students must meet UBC's requirement for Student Exchange. Students interested in the First-Year program should consult the Office of the Associate Dean of Arts. Students interested in the Upper-Year program must apply through the UBC Go Global website (www.students.ubc.ca/global). More information on both programs can be found at the Queen's University International Study Centre website (www.queensu.ca/isc). CANADIAN YEAR IN FREIBURG The Canadian Year in Freiburg (CYF) offers Canadian students the opportunity to study for 11 months at a German university under the guidance of a Canadian professor for UBC credit. CYF provides the opportunity to master the German language and study in depth the cultural heritage of the German-speaking countries within the European context, as well as current events. Interested students must apply through the Department of Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies,p. 129, Faculty of Arts, by January. More information on CYF can be found at the official website (www.trentu.ca/cyf). Denmark's international studies program (dis) Denmark's International Studies Program (DIS) is a study abroad program taught in English in Copenhagen for third and fourth year students, offering courses in Arts, Engineering, Environmental Studies, International Business, Architecture and Design, and Marine Biology and Ecology. Students pay tuition and program fees to the DIS program, with some scholarships available. UBC Go Global coordinates applications to this program. EUROPEAN SUMMER STUDY PROGRAM The Manchester Business School European Summer Study Program is a five-week, six credit program (June 14-July 17, 2005) that provides hands-on exposure to business, management, and related fields within the European Union and Eastern Europe. Fifty students from around the world collaborate on group projects, attend lectures, and visit companies and universities in the UK, the Czech Republic, France, and Spain. Applications are due at Go Global in January. Students on the program pay a program fee directly to Manchester Business School. OTHER STUDY ABROAD OPPORTUNITIES More information is available at Go Global: Student Mobility Programs, p. 441. Some faculties also offer specific study abroad opportunities. PROGRAMS NOT SPONSORED BY UBC Students can also choose to study, work, or volunteer in programs sponsored by institutions and organizations other than UBC. These students must make all necessary arrangements on their own. There is an International Opportunities Area at International House, where students can research these options. Before enrolling in any program, students should consult departmental advisors concerning the transferability of course work, degree requirements and procedures for readmission. Students planning to obtain transfer credit must obtain a Letter of Permission from the Faculty in which they are enrolled before leaving UBC (see Letter of Permission to Study at Another Institution, p. 52 in the chapter "Academic Regulations"). KOREA-UBC JOINT ACADEMIC PROGRAM The Korea University-UBC Joint Academic Program started in 2001 with the goal of facilitating cultural exchanges and enhancing academic cooperation between the two institutions. It helps enrich the educational experience of students by providing an environment that enables the program participants to take regular credit courses offered by the Faculties of UBC, while enjoying learning cultural diversity on campus. Every year 100 students are chosen by Korea University via a strict selection process, based on the applicant's English capability and academic performance, to participate in the program. The program participants can take any regular credit courses (minimum 24 credits per year) offered by the UBC Faculties of Arts, Commerce, Agricultural Sciences, and Science. The participants arrive at the end of August to attend UBC's International Students Orientation and stay until the end of school year. Some may choose to remain and take summer session courses, while others return to Korea after completion of the program. On completion, students receive the program certificate and course credits are transferred to the home university. While at UBC, the students live in different campus residences, actively participating in Hnter-cultural activities and events offered at each residence. As a part of the program, the KU-UBC House officially opened in October 2002, housing 200 international and domestic students. This is a jointly-financed venture between the two universities. It is located in the Place Vanier residence complex, emphasized with a Korean traditional garden. A Korea University professor resides on campus on a yearly basis to liase between the two universities and can be reached via email: kudirector@mail. arts.ubc.ca For program options please visit the KU-UBC website (www.ku.ubc.ca) or contact: Eunsook Park KU-UBC Program Coordinator The University of British Columbia 375 Buchanan Block C, 1866 Main Mall Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-5981 Fax: 604-822-0586 email: eunsook.park@ubc.ca TEC DE MONTERREY-UBC JOINT ACADEMIC PROGRAM The University of British Columbia is one of Canada's leading institutions for global learning and international growth. Our goal to strengthen connections with Latin America has led to a special partnership with Mexico's Instituto Tecnologico y de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey (ITESM), or Tec de Monterrey. Through the Joint Academic Program, Tec students can spend up to one year at UBC and take undergraduate courses in the Faculty of Arts, Commerce or Agricultural Sciences. Certificates are also available for students who want to specialize in a field of study. Likewise, UBC students can participate in the Study in Mexico program available through Go Global: Student Mobility Programs. These programs encourage students to engage in cross-cultural learning and develop a greater understanding of the world outside their own country. A residence unit has been built to further support interaction among domestic and international students. All UBC students, and Tec students who intend to study at UBC, are encouraged to apply for student housing at Tec de Monterrey-UBC House, which opened September 2003. For program options, including a complete list of certificates offered, visit the Tec de Monterrey-UBC website (www.tec.ubc.ca) or contact: Ms. Silvia Martinez Director, Tec de Monterrey-UBC Joint Academic Program Buchanan C373, 1866 Main Mall Tel: 604-822-0266 Fax: 604-822-2268 Email: silviam@interchange.ubc.ca To be eligible for the Study in Mexico program, UBC students must first apply to become an exchange student. Contact Go Global office for more information. UBC-RITSUMEIKAN ACADEMIC EXCHANGE PROGRAM UBC is involved in a unique and exciting academic and cultural initiative with Ritsumeikan University in Kyoto, Japan. The program brings 100 Japanese students to UBC every year to live and study in an integrated academic and social environment. It also provides UBC students with an opportunity to gain international and intercultural experience and insight by living at "Rits House" or taking specially-designed, integrated courses. 442 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 RITSUMEIKAN-UBC HOUSE Ritsumeikan-UBC House opened in March 1992. The residence provides more than 150 UBC students every year with a unique international living experience. Two or three UBC students are assigned to each four- bedroom unit with one or two students from Ritsumeikan. Each apartment has four private bedrooms, two bathrooms and shared kitchen, dining and living areas. Each bedroom has a ResNet connection, Ethernet connection to UBC's computer network and the entire building is set up for wireless access. The residence provides recreation and support facilities, such as a Japanese-style tatami room, TV lounge and recreation room, laundry and storage. Rits House is equipped with seminar rooms and RitsLab, a multi-media lab with 22 workstations, containing a Macintosh computer. The lab is available to all House residents, enabling those who do not have their own computers to access the Internet or their campus Interchange or Netinfo accounts. Residence programs are offered to encourage residents' personal and social growth and to facilitate the exchange of ideas and values between cultures. UBC students studying Japanese language and culture, planning to work in or visit Japan, or any student interested in international business, international relations or cross-cultural communication should consider this one-of-a-kind residential experience. ACADEMIC PROGRAM The UBC-Ritsumeikan Academic Exchange Program offers a number of 3-credit courses in the first and second term that are also open to UBC students. LLED 206A is an introduction to research in the social sciences. LLED 206B is an introduction to socio linguistics. LLED 226A explores intercultural communication in a variety of settings. LLED 226B is an introduction to new media across the curriculum. The courses are of particular relevance to students who are interested in exploring issues related to language and society The program offers two credit courses in the second term, in conjunction with the Faculty of Arts. Arts Studies (ASTU) 201 and 202 are available to both UBC and Ritsumeikan students. Both ASTU 201 (Intercultural Communication) and ASTU 202 (Pacific Rim Studies) were jointly developed by faculty members from both universities and are team- taught. ASTU 202 is cross-listed with Geography (GEOG) 281. The goal of the Arts Studies program is to provide students from both schools with an opportunity to interact in the classroom, to their mutual academic enrichment and benefit. For further information please contact: UBC-Ritsumeikan Academic Exchange Program The University of British Columbia 333-6460 Agronomy Road Vancouver, BC, Canada, V6T 1W9 Tel: 604-822-8604 (Executive Director) Tel: 604-822-9511 (Administrative Coordinator) Fax: 604-822-9515 Information can also be obtained from the Ritslab website (www.ritslab.ubc.ca). ACCESS STUDIES Access Studies is a program that offers flexible post-secondary learning options to people of all ages and backgrounds. Through Access Studies, professionals, distance learners, and people with varied academic curiosities have a new opportunity to pursue knowledge. Access Studies students can enrol in university- level courses without registering in a degree program or undergoing the standard admissions process. Interests can guide course selection and up to 24 credits, can be taken; these credits may be later applied to other programs of study. For further information please visit the Access Studies website (www.students.ubc.ca/accessstudies). OTHER STUDY OPTIONS CONTINUING STUDIES INTRODUCTION With approximately 20,000 registrations annually, UBC Continuing Studies offers a wide range of courses and certificate programs for daytime, evening, weekend or online learning. Programs provide flexible and innovative educational opportunities for individuals who wish to upgrade their skills for career reasons, pursue a degree at a distance, or explore topics out of general interest. For more information, visit the Continuing Studies website (www.cstudies.ubc.ca) or call 604-822-1444. CAREER CONNECTIONS See UBC Career Connections, p. 444 within this chapter. CENTRE FOR INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION UBC Continuing Studies' Centre for Intercultural Communication provides unique solutions to the cross-cultural challenges that organizations face in today's global economy. Providing international relocation programs, customized international education programs, and professional development courses, among other services, the Centre collaborates with clients to enhance the performance of individuals, teams and organizations. For further information on the programs available call 604-822-1437, email (intercultural.studies@cstudies.ubc.ca) or visit our website (www.cic.cstudies.ubc.ca). COMPUTER AND TECHNOLOGY STUDIES UBC Continuing Studies' Division of Applied Technology offers daytime, evening and weekend classes at UBC Robson Square and UBC Point Grey. A wide range of courses and certificate programs focus on the Internet, multimedia, IT, industry certification, information systems and software development. For more information, visit the website (www.tech.ubc.ca) or call 604-822-1420. ENGLISH LANGUAGE INSTITUTE The English Language Institute offers courses in English as a second language for adult students who wish to build their competence and confidence in using English. A 12 week (10 weeks in summer) Intensive English Program (IEP) is available year-round at elementary to advanced levels. Successful completion of the academic IEP level 600 is accepted as proof of English language proficiency for UBC undergraduate admission. Short programs of three or four weeks are also available throughout the year. For further information, write or telephone the English Language Institute, Continuing Studies, 2121 West Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z4; telephone 604-822-1555, fax 604-822-1579, email (esl@eli.ubc.ca), or visit the English Language Institute website (www.eli.ubc.ca). LANGUAGE PROGRAMS AND SERVICES Language Programs and Services offers non- credit courses in 14 languages (French, Spanish, Italian, German, Dutch, Japanese, Mandarin, Arabic, Portuguese, Punjabi, Danish, Swedish, Russian and Latin) as part-time weekday, evening or Saturday morning programs or as Spring or Summer intensive programs. Courses emphasize oral conversation and cultural acquisition. Travel programs featuring language immersion are offered throughout the year to destinations such as France, Italy, Mexico and other Latin American countries. Special programs include immersion weekends at UBC, the Summer Language Bursary Program for university students, the French Institute in Quebec City for BC and Alberta Teachers and Certificates in French, Spanish and Italian. For more information, telephone 604-822-0800 or visit the Language Programs website (www.languages.ubc.ca). MATHEMATICS 098, 099 In conjunction with the Mathematics Department at UBC, Continuing Studies offers MATH 098 and 099, two non-credit pre-calculus courses designed to help students refresh their basic math skills or prepare for first-year calculus courses at UBC. Classes are "user- friendly" and offer individual attention. MATH 098 is intended primarily for UBC students who need to refresh their basic math skills. MATH 098 is intended for all students who have not studied math recently and who need to establish a solid foundation of skills before continuing with MATH 099 or first year math courses. There are no prerequisites, but a PART X ALTERNATIVE STUDY OPTIONS 443 minimum of high school Math 11 is recommended. MATH 099 is intended primarily for regular UBC students who need to refresh their basic math skills or who need MATH 099 as a prerequisite for a UBC calculus course (a grade of C+ in Principles of Mathematics 12 is required for MATH 180 and 184). Non-UBC students who have completed high school MATH 11 are also welcome. UBC students may register at www.students.ubc.ca; others must register directly with Continuing Studies. Phone 604-822-9564 or visit the Continuing Studies MATH website (www.cstudies.ubc.ca/math). NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS Continuing Studies offers over 700 non-credit courses each year to increase knowledge of the arts, humanities and sciences, to improve communication and language skills and to enhance personal and career development. Certificate programs are offered in a wide variety of topics. Customized training programs for organizations are also available. Most courses have no prerequisites and many courses take place at UBC Point Grey, and in downtown Vancouver at UBC Robson Square. Seasonal course calendars are published in April, September and January. Please call to receive a free calendar or view our website (www.cstudies.ubc.ca). Continuing Studies is located at UBC Robson Square, 800 Robson St., Vancouver, BC, V6Z 3B7; telephone 604-822-1444, fax 604-822-1599; email (information@cstudies. ubc.ca). THIRD AGE PARTNERS IN LEARNING The Third Age Partners in Learning program provides a unique learning experience for retired or soon-to-retire people who enjoy reading, learning and engaging with kindred minds about new ideas and the issues of the day. Study/discussion groups meet weekly at UBC Point Grey and UBC Robson Square, 800 Robson St., Vancouver, BC, V6Z 3B7; from September to April. Telephone 604-822-1462 or view the Third Age Partners in Learning (www.cstudies.ubc.ca/tas) website. AGELESS PURSUITS SPRING LECTURE SERIES For close to three decades, Continuing Studies has been offering the Ageless Pursuits Spring Lecture Series, an intellectually stimulating program featuring special events and morning lectures on topics such as art, archaeology, literature, political science and history Participants can join for one or all four weeks. Special rates apply for those who are 55 or over. Telephone 604-822-1444 or view the Ageless Pursuits (www.cstudies.ubc.ca/ageless) website. UNIVERSITY WRITING CENTRE See University Writing Centre, p. 444 in this chapter. WOMEN'S RESOURCES CENTRE See Women's Resources Centre, p. 445 in this chapter. HUMANITIES 101 Humanities 101, the cornerstone in UBC's educational outreach in Vancouver's Downtown Eastside, is a barrier free non-credit course provided through the Faculty of Arts to students who have been unable to pursue post- secondary education for financial reasons. With the help of UBC faculty and students, who volunteer their time as lecturers and tutors, Humanities 101 offers an intensive survey of a variety of subjects in the liberal arts and social sciences, including Literature, Film, Philosophy, Social Theory, Gender Studies, Film and Architecture. Each year we accept 25-30 students, providing them with course materials, bus transportation to and from Point Grey campus, meal tickets and child care if required. Our students receive full access to all university facilities, including the UBC Libraries. Humanities 101 also operates an adjunct program, Writing 101, organizes Community Reading and Writing Groups in the Downtown Eastside, and holds regular Free Public Lectures at the Carnegie Community Centre in the Downtown Eastside. Admission information is available I from the Director. See contact details below: Peter Babiak, Director 1866 Main Mall, Buchanan C378 University of British Columbia Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1 Tel: 604-822-0028 Email: huml01@interchange.ubc.ca Web: www.humanitiesl01.arts.ubc.ca SCIENCE 101 Science 101 is a four month, non-credit, barrier free course offered to residents of Vancouver's Downtown Eastside and other inner-city communities. This course provides an introductory science education in physics, astronomy, chemistry, earth and ocean science and biology and is taught by University of British Columbia professors and graduate students. Science 101 is available to individuals that have historically had difficulty accessing a university education. There is no fee for the course and no pre-requisite knowledge is required. For more information contact the Science 101 Coordinator, Kim MacDonald (sciencel01@canada.com); telephone 604-649- 4565 or visit "Outreach" under the Faculty of Science website (www.science.ubc.ca). UBC CAREER CONNECTIONS A collaboration of UBC Continuing Studies and UBC Career Services, UBC Career Connections is a career service linking University resources, professional expertise and knowledge with the needs of individuals and organizations. Located at UBC Robson Square in downtown Vancouver, Career Connections offers innovative programs, services, and special events for professional and career development. Career Connections offers the following programs and services: • personalized career coaching • testing services and consultations • short courses and programs • special events • customized services for organizations. Contact UBC Career Connections at 604-822- 8658 or visit the UBC Career Connections website (www.connections.ubc.ca). UBC LEARNING EXCHANGE UBC's Learning Exchange is a community outreach initiative located in the Downtown Eastside area of Vancouver. Created in 2000, the role of the Learning Exchange is to foster connections between people at UBC and people in the Downtown Eastside who share common interests. A commitment to build stronger links between UBC and the community-at-large is one of the five central elements of TREK 2010, UBC's strategic plan. UBC believes that a university's role in the community is to facilitate the exchange and application of knowledge to share resources, to encourage constructive debate about community issues, to build capacity through learning, and to work with community members to find understanding and meaning. The UBC Learning Exchange focuses on three key areas of activity: 1) Providing free educational opportunities to people who live and work in the I Downtown Eastside and other inner city areas of Vancouver; 2) Providing opportunities for UBC students to develop an understanding of society through first-hand volunteer work. The Learning Exchange Trek Program encourages students to link their experiences in the community with classroom learning. This "community service learning" approach relies on stuctured reflection activities to integrate theory with real-life experiences in community settings; 3) Promoting the formation of partnerships between people at UBC and people in the Downtown Eastside and other inner city areas that make the sharing of expertise and resources possible. The UBC Learning Exchange (www.learningexchange.ubc.ca) may be reached by telephone at 604-408-5164, or by fax at 604-408-5192. OTHER COURSES AND EDUCATIONAL EVENTS Check the UBC Learning Exchange website (www.learningexchange.ubc.ca) for up-to-date news of other courses and events. UNIVERSITY WRITING CENTRE The University Writing Centre offers Writing 098, a one-term non-credit course for students who wish to enrol in first-year English courses but who have yet to achieve a level 5 or 6 on the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), p. 120. The purpose of this course is twofold: to assist students in developing the language and composition skills needed to improve their score on the LPI and to enable them to prepare for the writing tasks they will face in first-year 444 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 English and in many other credit courses which require students to write essays and reports. Writing Centre students receive an extended LPI deadline and have priority on waiting lists for first-year English courses. UBC students enrol in Writing 098 using the Student Service Centre (www.students.ubc.ca/ ssc). The course schedule is listed under "University Writing Centre Courses." Non- UBC students should call the Writing Centre and enrol through Continuing Studies. An online section of Writing 098 is available for students who cannot attend courses on campus. Telephone 604-822-9564 for information. Specialized non-credit courses in intermediate and advanced composition for undergraduate and graduate students, grammar, report and business writing, scientific writing, and English tutor training are also offered by the Writing Centre. Services offered include free tutoring for UBC students, as well as a free online writers' workshop with an email text submission tool. Please note that course fees and withdrawal procedures for writing courses and MATH 098 and 099, p. 443 differ from those of regular credit courses. For more information on Writing Centre courses and services, including writing workshops and tutorial services, telephone 604-822-9564 or visit the University Writing Centre website (www.wriringcentre.ubc.ca). WOMEN'S RESOURCES CENTRE Programs and services for men and women are offered at the Women's Resources Centre at UBC Robson Square, 800 Robson Street, Vancouver. Services include free drop-in counselling for personal and career issues and referrals to community resources and agencies. Personal programs focus on self-awareness, communication skills, vocational testing and life planning which help people make positive life changes. Certificate programs in Peer Counselling, Cross-Cultural Counselling and Working with an Aging Population are offered in both part-time and intensive formats. Telephone 604-822-8585 or visit the Women's Resources Centre website (www.wrc.ubc.ca) for more information. PART X ALTERNATIVE STUDY OPTIONS 445 446 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Note: Descriptions of all regular courses offered by the University are found in this section. Some common notations found on course descriptions are illustrated below. Please refer to headings on this page for details. subject code — course number credit I (D) Course value determined by department; or (C) Course value determined in consultation CHEM 415 (3/6) D CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I. Integrated laboratory course designed to illustrate principles of modern analytical, inorganic, organic and physical chemistry. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 304, CHEM 310, CHEM 311, CHEM 312 and 1 of CHEM 313, CHEM 330. [0-8*-0;0-8*-0] _l HOURS: First Digit Lectures Second Digit Lab Third Digit Discussion or Tutorial or Assigned Problem * Alternate weeks ; Separates terms COURSE NUMBERING In most faculties the courses numbered 100 to 199 are primarily for first-year students, those numbered 200 to 299 are primarily for second- year students; similarly 300 to 399 for third- year students and 400 to 499 for fourth-year students. Courses numbered 500 and above are considered graduate-level, and are only available to undergraduates by permission of the departments concerned. Where faculties have a different style of classification of courses the level of study is indicated in the description of their study programs. CREDIT In the course descriptions the credit value of a course, where given, is shown in parentheses following the course number. In general one credit represents one hour of instruction or two to three hours of laboratory work per week throughout one term of a Winter Session (September to December or January to May). A credit is approximately one semester hour. COURSES WITH VARIABLE CREDITS Some courses are listed with a choice of credit value; the form: (2-6) implies that the course may be given for any number of credits from two to six inclusive; the form: (2/6) implies that the course will be given either for two credits or six credits. Where the parentheses are followed immediately by "c" the credit value of the course will be determined by the student in consultation with the department offering the course. Where the parentheses are followed immediately by "d" the credit value of the course in any particular session will be determined by the department offering the course. In all cases, the maximum credit value is that which may be obtained by a student during the complete program of study (i.e., it is not the maximum for a given year). PREREQUISITES AND COREQUISITES If specific studies are required as background to a certain course they are notated as such in the course description. A prerequisite is a course that the student must have completed prior to registering for the selected course. A corequisite is a course that the student must take prior to or concurrently with the selected course. In some instances prerequisites and corequisites may be waived at the discretion of the instructor. General prerequisites that apply to all courses in a list are frequently given just before the list. In a dispute over the adequacy of prerequisites the course instructor will make the decision. In all cases where prerequisites are indicated the implication is "or the equivalent" and "or the consent of the instructor". EQUIVALENTS An equivalent course indicates that it is a duplicate of the course selected. HOURS The number of hours assigned each week to lectures (first digit) and to laboratories (second digit) are shown in square brackets at the end of a course description. Where a third digit appears it refers to periods where discussions, tutorials or assigned problems are done. An asterisk (*) indicates alternate weeks. The first set of digits refers to the first term (September to December) and the second set to the second term (January to May); when only one set is given it means either term. Graduate courses and courses in some faculties are not so designated. COURSES OFFERED Not all courses listed are offered each year. Most courses offered in a Winter Session, as well as places and times of class meeting and names of instructors, appear in the online Course Schedule (www.students.ubc.ca/ courses). For those courses not so listed, contact the department concerned. COURSES LISTED BY SUBJECT CODE ADHE Adult & Higher Education AGEC Agricultural Economics AGRO Agroecology AGSC Agricultural Sciences ANAE Anesthesia ANAT Anatomy ANSC Animal Science ANTH Anthropology APSC Applied Science ARBC Arabic Studies ARCH Architecture ARST Archival Studies ARTE Art Education ARTH Art History ARTS Arts One Program ASIA Asian Studies ASLA Asian Languages ASTR Astronomy ASTU Arts Studies ATSC Atmospheric Science AUDI Audiology And Speech Sciences BA Business Administration: Core BAAC Business Administration: Accounting BABS Business Administration: Business Statistics BAEN Business Administration: Entrepreneurship BAFI Business Administration: Finance BAHR Business Administration: Human Resources Management BAIM Business Administration: International Management BAIT Business Administration: Information Technology Management BALA Business Administration: Law BAMA Business Administration: Marketing BAMS Business Administration: Management Science BAPA Business Administration: Policy Analysis BASC Business Administration: Supply Chain BASM Business Administration: Strategic Management PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 447 BATL Business Administration: Transportation And Logistics BATM Business Administration: Technology Management BAUL Business Administration: Urban Land Economics BIOC Biochemistry BIOE Bio-resource Engineering BIOL Biology BIOT Biotechnology BOTA Botany BRDG Bridge Program BUED Business Education BUSI Business CCST Critical Curatorial Studies CDST Canadian Studies CENS Central, Eastern And Northern European Studies CHBE Chemical And Biological Engineering CHEM Chemistry CHIL Children's Literature CHIN Chinese CICS Computing Information And Cognitive Systems CIVL Civil Engineering CLST Classical Studies CNPS Counselling Psychology CNRS Classical, Near Eastern And Religious Studies COGS Cognitive Systems Program COML Comparative Literature COMM Commerce CONS Natural Resources Conservation CPSC Computer Science CRWR Creative Writing CSED Computing Studies Education CSIS Critical Studies In Sexuality CSPW Coordinated Science Program Workshop CUST Curriculum Studies DENT Dentistry DERM Clinical Dermatology DHYG Dental Hygiene DPAS Doctor/dentist, Patient & Society DRAM Drama EADM Educational Administration ECED Early Childhood Education ECON Economics EDCI Education Curriculum And Instructional Studies EDST Educational Studies EDUC Education EECE Electrical & Computer Engineering ITAL Italian EMER Emergency Medicine ITST Italian Studies ENDS Environmental Design JAPN Japanese ENGL English JRNL Journalism ENVR Environmental Studies KORN Korean EOSC Earth And Ocean Sciences LARC Landscape Architecture EPSE Educational Psychology And Special Education LAST Latin American Studies LATN Latin ETEC Educational Technology LAW Law EXCH Exchange Programs LIBE Teacher Librarianship EXGR Exchange Graduate Research LIBR Library And Information Studies FDNS Foundations Program LING Linguistics FILM Film Studies LLED Language And Literacy Education FISH Fisheries Research MAED Mathematics And Science Education FMED Foundations Of Medicine MATH Mathematics FMPR Family Practice MDVL Medieval Studies FMST Family Studies MECH Mechanical Engineering FNH Food, Nutrition And Health MEDG Medical Genetics FNLG First Nations Languages MEDI Medicine FNSP First Nations Studies Program MICB Microbiology FOOD Food Science MIDW Midwifery FOPR Forest Operations MINE Mining Engineering FRE Food And Resource Economics MRNE Marine Science FREN French MTRL Materials Engineering FRST Forestry ^ MUED Music Education GENE Genetics MUSC Music GEOG Geography NEST Near Eastern Studies GERM German NEUR Neurosurgery GREK Greek NRSC Neuroscience GRS Global Resource Systems NURS Nursing HCEC Health Care And Epidemiology And Commerce OBMS Oral Biological Medical Sciences HCEP Health Care And Epidemiology OBST Obstetrics And Gynaecology HEBR Hebrew OCCH Occupational And Environmental Hygiene HECO Human Ecology OHS Oral Health Sciences HESO Health & Society ONCO Oncology HINU Hindi-urdu OPTH Ophthalmology HIST History ORNT Orientation To Medical School HKIN Human Kinetics ORPA Orthopaedics HMEC Home Economics PAED Paediatrics HMED Home Economics Education PATH Pathology HUNU Human Nutrition PCTH Pharmacology And Therapeutics IAR Asian Research PETE Physical Education-Teacher Educatio IEST European Studies PHAR Pharmaceutical Sciences IHHS Interprofessional Health & Human Service PHIL Philosophy INDE Interdepartmental Medicine PHYL Physiology INDO Indonesian PHYS Physics INDS Interdisciplinary Studies PLAN Community And Regional Planning ISCI Integrated Sciences PLAS Plastic Surgery 448 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 PLNT Plant Science POLI Political Science POLS Polish PORT Portuguese PRIN Principles Of Human Biology PSYC Psychology PSYT Psychiatry PUNJ Punjabi RADI Radiology RELG Religious Studies RGLA Religion, Literature And The Arts RHSC Rehabilitation Sciences RMES Resource Management And Environmental Studies RMST Romance Studies RSOT Occupational Therapy RSPT Physical Therapy RUSS Russian SANS Sanskrit SCAN Scandinavian SCED Science Education SCIE Science One SEAL Southeast Asian Languages SLAV Slavic Studies SOAL South Asian Languages SOCI Sociology SOIL Soil Science SOWK Social Work SPAN Spanish SSED Social Studies Education STAT Statistics SURG Surgery SWFS Social Work And Family Studies THTR Theatre TSED Technology Studies Education UKRN Ukrainian UROL Urological Surgery URST Urban Studies VISA Visual Arts VRHC Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling VURS Visiting Undergraduate Research Students WMST Women's Studies And Gender Relations WOOD Wood Products Processing WRIT University Writing Centre Courses ZOOL Zoology ADHE — ADULT & HIGHER EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION ADHE 313 (6) ORGANIZATION OF ADULT BASIC EDUCATION PROGRAMS. Rationale, structures, and functions of basic education completion. Equivalency: ADED 313. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] ADHE 314 (6) ADULT CORRECTIONAL EDUCATION. Planning prison education; methods and techniques as they are affected by historical, philosophical, structural, and organizational contexts of penal institutions. Equivalency: ADED 314. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] ADHE 327 (3) TEACHING ADULTS. Planning, conducting and evaluating instruction for adults. Consideration is given to different beliefs and ways of thinking about teaching. Equivalency: ADED 327. [3-0-0] ADHE 328 (3) INSTITUTIONS OF ADULT EDUCATION. The history, roles, and activities of institutions in the field of adult education. Institutions in Canada, Great Britain, and the United States are emphasized, and some experiences in other countries are examined. Equivalency: ADED 328. [3-0-0] ADHE 329 (3) DEVELOPING SHORT COURSES, WORKSHOPS AND SEMINARS. Organization and administration of adult education events such as short courses, seminars, workshops, conferences and institutes. Equivalency: ADED 329. [3-0-0] ADHE 330 (3) THE COMMUNITY PRACTICE OF ADULT EDUCATION. Community based adult education with particular emphasis on the application of knowledge of the social, economic, cultural and political environment in developing and conducting adult education programs with an for individuals and groups. Equivalency: ADED 330. [2-3-0] ADHE 375 (6) DIPLOMA SEMINAR AND INTERNSHIP IN ADULT EDUCATION. Equivalency: ADED 375. [2-3-0] ADHE 412 (3) AN OVERVIEW OF ADULT EDUCATION. Survey of adult education theory and practice in Canada and the world. BFhe focus is on the purpose and participation in, adult education, characteristics of learners, and the training of adult educators. Equivalency: ADED 412. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] ADHE 493 (3) POST SECONDARY EDUCATION: CANADA AND BRITISH COLUMBIA. An overview of post-secondary education in Canada and British Columbia, emphasizing current issues such as diversity of offerings, enrolment, accessibility, and the role that secondary and post-secondary personnel play in facilitating access and retention of students. Equivalency: ADED 493. [3-0-0] ADHE 500 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF ADULT EDUCATION. Equivalency: ADED 500. ADHE 501 (3) ADULT EDUCATION AND COMMUNITY. Equivalency: ADED 501. ADHE 502 (3) HISTORY OF CANADIAN ADULT EDUCATION. Equivalency: ADED 502. ADHE 505 (3) PERSPECTIVES ON ADULT EDUCATION PRACTICE. Equivalency: ADED 505. ADHE 508 (3-12) C REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN ADULT AND HIGHER EDUCATION. Equivalency: ADED 508. ADHE 509 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION. Equivalency: HIED 510. ADHE 510 (3) ADULT EDUCATION RESEARCH TRADITIONS. Equivalency: ADED 510. ADHE 511 (3) ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION AND TRAINING. Equivalency: HIED 511. ADHE 512 (3) TRANSITIONS BETWEEN SCHOOLING AND WORK. Equivalency: HIED 512. ADHE 513 (3) CURRENT ISSUES IN POST- SECONDARY EDUCATION AND TRAINING. Equivalency: HIED 513. ADHE 514 (3) ADULT EDUCATION PROGRAM PLANNING THEORY. Equivalency: ADED 514. ADHE 515 (3) ADULT EDUCATION PROGRAM PLANNING AND EVALUATION PRACTICE. Equivalency: ADED 515. ADHE 516 (3) ADMINISTRATION OF ADULT EDUCATION AGENCIES. Equivalency: ADED 516. ADHE 517 (3) PROGRAM EVALUATION IN ADULT AND COMMUNITY EDUCATION. Equivalency: ADED 517. ADHE 518 (3) THEORY AND RESEARCH ON ADULT LEARNING. Equivalency: ADED 518. ADHE 519 (3) THEORY AND RESEARCH ON ADULT INSTRUCTION. Equivalency: ADED 519. ADHE 525 (3/6) D EDUCATIONAL GERONTOLOGY. Equivalency: ADED 525. ADHE 535 (3) COMPARATIVE AND INTERNATIONAL ADULT AND HIGHER EDUCATION. Equivalency: HIED 535. ADHE 536 (3) THE COMMUNITY COLLEGE CONCEPT. Equivalency: HIED 540. ADHE 540 (3/6) D LOCATING ONESELF IN GLOBAL LEARNING. Equivalency: ADED 540. ADHE 541 (3) ADULT LEARNING: CONTEXTS AND PERSPECTIVES. Equivalency: ADED 541. ADHE 542 (3) FOSTERING LEARNING IN PRACTICE. Equivalency: ADED 542. ADHE 543 (3) UNDERSTANDING RESEARCH. Equivalency: ADED 543. ADHE 544 (3) GLOBAL/LOCAL LEARNING. Equivalency: ADED 544. ADHE 560 (3) INSTITUTIONAL ANALYSIS AND PLANNING IN POST-SECONDARY INSTITUTIONS. Equivalency: HIED 560. ADHE 561 (3-12) D PRACTICUM IN ADULT AND HIGHER EDUCATION. Equivalency: ADED 561. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADHE — ADULT & HIGHER EDUCATION 449 ADHE 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Equivalency: ADED 565. ADHE 580 (3-12) C DIRECTED STUDY. Equivalency: ADED 580. ADHE 583 (3/6) D ADVANCED SEMINAR IN ADULT EDUCATION. Equivalency: ADED 583. ADHE 590(3) GRADUATING PROJECT. Equivalency: ADED 590. ADHE 598 (3-12) D FIELD EXPERIENCES. Equivalency: ADED 598. ADHE 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THS. Equivalency: ADED 599. ADHE 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. Pass/Fail. Equivalency: ADED 699. AGEC — AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS Undergraduate courses have been re-named as Food and Resource Economics (FRE). Please see that section. AGEC 500 (2-6) C GRADUATE SEMINAR. AGEC 501 (3) APPLIED DEMAND ANALYSIS. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor is required. AGEC 502 (3) TOPICS IN FOOD MARKET ANALYSIS. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor is required. AGEC 503 (3) POLICY ANALYSIS FOR FOOD, ENVIRONMENT AND RESOURCES. AGEC 508 (3) ADVANCED PRODUCTION ANALYSIS. AGEC 520 (3) TOPICS IN LAND AND FOREST RESOURCE ECONOMICS. Equivalency: FRST 520. AGEC 521 (3) TOPICS IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. AGEC 530 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. AGEC 540 (3) INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT. AGEC 548(0) MAJOR ESSAY. AGEC 549(12) MASTER'S THESIS. AGRO —AGROECOLOGY FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS BIOL 121 and 140 are prerequisites for AGRO 326, 327, and 328. AGRO 215 (3) ANIMALS AND SOCIETY. The place of animals in human culture; contemporary use of animals for food production, biomedical research, entertainment and companionship; social and ethical issues raised by human use of animals; protection of animals by society and the law. Prerequisite: At least second year standing. AGRO 244(4) FOREST AND AGRICULTURAL CLIMATOLOGY. An introduction to the basic principles and processes of climatology. Energy and water balance concepts. Atmospheric motion. Microclimate modification and air pollution. Climate classification and land capability. Equivalency: GEOG 204. [3-2-0] AGRO 260 (6) AGROECOLOGY I. Introduction to the biophysical and socioeconomic factors affecting systems management and production in selected agroecosystems. A fee will be assessed each student to cover field trip costs. Prerequisite: AGSC 250. [1-3-6] AGRO 311 (3) ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY I. Physiological principles in animals, including vital life support systems, cellular communication, growth and development. Prerequisite: BIOL 201. [1-0-3] AGRO 312 (3) ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY II. Physiological systems of importance to animal production and wildlife management, digestion, reproduction, lactation and environmental adaptation. Prerequisite: AGRO 311. [1-0-3] AGRO 315 (3) ANIMAL WELFARE AND THE ETHICS OF ANIMAL USE. Scientific assessment of animal well-being, ethical concepts applied to animal use, and animal welfare issues arising in agriculture, biomedical research and other areas. Prerequisite: A minimum of third-year standing in any faculty. [1-0-3] AGRO 316 (3) EQUINE BIOLOGY, HEALTH AND NUTRITION. Physiology, growth and reproduction of the horse; nutrition, diet formulation and feeding practices; common diseases, their prevention and treatment. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor [3-0] AGRO 322 (3) HORTICULTURAL TECHNIQUES. An introduction to horticultural practice in an experiential learning format. Plant identification, seeding, propagation, pruning, cultivation media, pesticide application and safety are examined in the context of integrated crop management. An additional fee may be required for the pesticide certification examination. [0-3-3] AGRO 324 (4) PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. Mechanisms and regulation of functional processes contributing to the assimilation, transport and utilization of water, mineral nutrients and carbon by plants. Prerequisite: BIOL 121 and either (a) CHEM 123 or (b) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113. CHEM 233 is recommended. Equivalency: BIOL 351, FRST 311. [3-3-0] AGRO 326 (4) INTRODUCTORY PLANT PATHOLOGY. Study of the ecology of plant pathogenic organisms; principles of disease development and control. Equivalency: BIOL 316. [3-2-0] AGRO 327 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ENTOMOLOGY. A survey of the structure, classification and biology of insects; ecology and life-hi stories of insects; insect-plant relations. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. Equivalency: BIOL 327. [2-3-0] AGRO 328(4) WEED SCIENCE. Importance, identification, dissemination and biology of weeds; preventive, cultural, biological and chemical methods of control. Equivalency: BIOL 317. [3-2-0] AGRO 342 (3) SOIL BIOLOGY. The diversity of soil organisms (bacteria, protozoa, fungi, animals, plants) in natural and managed ecosystems; roles in primary production, nutrient cycling, decomposition and reclamation; interactions between soil organisms; responses to environmental change. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. Equivalency: FRST 310. [2-3-0] AGRO 360 (3) AGROECOLOGY II. Animals and Plants as Components of Agricultural Ecosystems. This second course in the agroecology core uses a systems approach to investigate the functions and interactions of plants and animals in agricultural systems. A fee will be assessed each student to cover field trip costs. Prerequisite: AGRO 260. [1-0-3] AGRO 361 (3) KEY INDICATORS OF AGROECOSYSTEM SUSTAINABILITY. This course builds on the foundation of agroecosystems in AGRO 260 and AGRO 360, and the key indicators of sustainability in the faculty core (AGSC 350) with a detailed exploration of biophysical, economic and social ecosystem sustainability indicators for primary production subsystems. [1-0-3] AGRO 401 (3) SOIL PROCESSES. Integration of soil physics, chemistry and biology in understanding essential soil processes. [3-0-0] AGRO 402 (3) SUSTAINABLE SOIL MANAGEMENT. Application of fundamental, unifying, soil science principles in sustainable ecosystem management. [1-0-3] AGRO 403 (3) FIELD AND LABORATORY METHODS IN SOIL SCIENCE. [1-3-0] AGRO 411 (3) REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY AND TECHNOLOGY. A comparative overview of reproductive physiology and reproductive technologies in domesticated and laboratory animals. Prerequisite: AGRO 312. [1-0-3] AGR0414(3) PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL BREEDING. The basic principles and tools used in animal breeding and genetics in birds, fish, and mammals. Prerequisite: AGSC 350. BIOL 334 or FRST 302 are recommended. [1-0-3] AGR0418(3) INTENSIVE FISH PRODUCTION. Management of fin fish throughout the life cycle; broodstock, egg, larvae and juvenile. Control of environmental factors, including pathogens, for maximum productivity at all life stages. Prerequisite: AGRO 312. [3-2] AGRO 419 (3) FISH DISEASES. Common diseases of fish. Epidemiology, zoonotic potential, prevention and treatment of diseases. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of AGRO 311, AGRO 312 or (b) BIOL 353. AGRO 418 is strongly recommended. AGRO 420 (3) GREENHOUSE HORTICULTURE SYSTEMS. Integrated crop management in controlled environment systems. The primary focus of the course will be on greenhouse vegetable and floriculture production systems. [0-3-3] 450 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 AGRO 421 (3) INTEGRATED CROP MANAGEMENT. Development and implementation of an integrated crop management program in horticulture. The course focuses on the linkages between crop production and protection in the management of a horticultural ecosystem. Prerequisite: All of AGRO 260, AGRO 360. [0-3-3] AGRO 423 (3) ECOPHYSIOLOGY AND HORTICULTURE. Ecophysiological processes in horticultural production systems. Transformations of energy and matter by horticultural crops. Regulation of crop development and performance by biotic and abiotic environmental factors. [1-0-3] AGRO 424 (4) PLANT BREEDING AND BIOTECHNOLOGY. Genetic Basis and methodology of breeding for improved crop and ornamental plants. Application of tissue culture and molecular biology to plan improvement. Prerequisite: BIOL 201 and one of BIOL 334, FRST302. Equivalency: BIOL 443. [3-0-2] AGRO 426 (3) PLANT-MICROBE INTERACTIONS. Biology and physiology of selected plant-microbe relationships. Impacts of plant-microbe relationships on society Prerequisite: BIOL 201. Equivalency: BIOL 421. [3-2-0] AGRO 427 (3) INSECT ECOLOGY. Behavioural, population and community ecology of insects. Interaction between insects and plants and the application of the principals of insect ecology to biological control of insects and weeds. Prerequisite: Either (a) BIOL 205 or (b) all of BIOL 327, AGRO 327. Equivalency: BIOL 411. [3-0] AGRO 428 (3) INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT. Development and implementation of multi-disciplinary pest management programs in agricultural crops. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [3-2] AGRO 444 (3) AGROFORESTRY. An introduction to the application of knowledge and principles of agroecology and forest ecology to global agroforestry systems. The course includes a one-weekend field trip that requires a supplemental fee. Prerequisite: An undergraduate course in ecology or equivalent. Equivalency: FRST 444. [1-0-3] AGRO 460 (3) ADVANCED AGROECOLOGY. Focuses on the relationship between biological diversity and sustainability for the management of agroecosystemes. It builds on the core agroecology courses and emphasises ecological interactions between natural ecosystems and agroecosystems, including connections between agroecology and conservation biology. A fee will be assessed each student to cover field trip costs. Prerequisite: AGRO 360 or equivalent. [1-0-3] AGRO 461 (3) APPLIED AGROECOLOGY. Analysis and solution of problems in agricultural production systems through the integration and application of agroecological knowledge and principles. [1-0-3] AGRO 490 (3) TOPICS IN AGROECOLOGY. Analysis and interpretation of current issues in agroecology. Prior to registration, students should consult with Student Services in the Faculty of Land and Food Systems. [0-0-3] AGRO 497 (2-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. AGRO 498 (3) UNDERGRADUATE ESSAY. Preparation of a comprehensive and analytical review of an approved topic under the supervision of a faculty member. Consultation with a program advisor is required. AGR0499(6) UNDERGRADUATE THESIS. Design and execution of an experimental/ analytical research project leading to the preparation of a thesis. Prerequisite: Approval of a program advisor; consult before the end of classes in third year. AGSC — AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS AGSC 100 (1) INTRODUCTION TO LAND, FOOD AND COMMUNITY. Orientation to the programs, learning environment and core values of the Faculty of Land and Food Systems; career programs; survey of professional opportunities and requirements. [1-0-0] AGSC 250 (6) LAND, FOOD AND COMMUNITY I. Introduction to managed systems and concepts of sustainability; economic, ecological and social components; managed landscapes, agri-food systems, and communities; urban and rural systems; the land, food, nutrition and human health continuum. [4-0-4] AGSC 301 (3) AQUACULTURE FIELD STUDIES. An orientation to the aquaculture system in BC. Given jointly with Malaspina University-College. Participating students are assessed a fee. AGSC 302 (3/6) D INTERNATIONAL FIELD STUDIES. Field studies carried out abroad under staff direction. Participating students are assessed a fee. AGSC 350 (6) LAND, FOOD, AND COMMUNITY II. Introduction to tools and ^skills required to assess the economic, ecological, social, and technological components of managed landscapes, agrifood systems and communities comprising the land, food, nutrition and health continuum. Prerequisite: AGSC 250. [1-0-6] AGSC 450 (3) LAND, FOOD, AND COMMUNITY III. Capstone course. Problem- based analysis of complex case studies selected from the land, food and community continuum. Cases are specifically designed to require development of integrated disciplinary and inter-disciplinary analysis. Prerequisite: AGSC 350 and fourth year standing. [1-0-3] AGSC 490 (3) TOPICS IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES. Analysis and interpretation of current issues in agricultural sciences. Priorto registration students should consult with Student Services in the Faculty of Land and Food Systems. AGSC 496 (3) CAREER DEVELOPMENT INTERNSHIP. Supervised technical work experience appropriate to students career goals. Critical thinking, self-analysis of performance in the work environment, and evaluation with mentor and course coordinator. Prerequisites: AGSC 250 and at least third year standing. Enrolment subject to competition and availability of work placements. Prerequisite: AGSC 250 and at least 3rd year standing and permission. AGSC 500 (3) TUTORING IN PROBLEM- BASED LEARNING. Pass/fail. [0-0-3] AGSC 501 (3) PARTICIPATORY RESEARCH METHODOLOGIES IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES. AGSC 504(3) RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES. ANAE —ANESTHESIA FACULTY OF MEDICINE ANAE 430 (2) INTRODUCTION TO ANESTHESIA. Patient assessment and preparation for surgery, conduct of general and regional anesthesia and airway management. ANAT —ANATOMY FACULTY OF MEDICINE ANAT 390 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MICROSCOPIC HUMAN ANATOMY. Organ system development, structure and function at the microscopic level. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 120, BIOL 121. BIOL 200 is recommended. [3-0-0] ANAT 391 (3) INTRODUCTION TO GROSS HUMAN ANATOMY. Structure and function of body regions at the macroscopic level. Prerequisite: ANAT 390. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. [3-0-0] ANAT 392 (4) GROSS ANATOMY OF THE LIMBS AND TRUNK. Lectures and laboratory sessions on the human gross and functional anatomy of the limbs and trunk. The course includes the study of predissected specimens. For credit only in the School of Rehabilitation Sciences. ANAT 393 (4) HUMAN ANATOMY FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY STUDENTS. Microscopic systems anatomy and regional anatomy of the nervous system. Prerequisite: Registration in Rehabilitation Sciences (RSPT) is required. [3-0-0] ANAT 400(16) HUMAN ANATOMY. A correlated course of study for medical and dental students of the structure of the human body including gross and radiological anatomy and embryology. Clinics are held in cooperation with the Departments of Medicine, Orthopaedics, Surgery and Family Practice. Both terms. ANAT 401 (8) MICROSCOPIC HUMAN ANATOMY. A survey course for medical and dental students of the microscopic structure of the human body as studied by light and electron microscopy. Lectures and laboratory sessions. Both terms. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AGSC — AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES 451 ANAT425 (4) ELEMENTS OF NEUROANATOMY. An introduction to the structure of the human nervous system. Given only in conjunction with PHYL 425. (Open to Medical and Dental students only.) ANAT448 (1-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN ANATOMY. Permission of the Head and supervisor required. ANAT 500 (12) GROSS HUMAN ANATOMY. An advanced laboratory course in the structure of the human body. ANAT 501 (6) MICROSCOPIC HUMAN ANATOMY. An advanced lecture and laboratory course in the microscopic structure of the human body. ANAT 502 (8) MICROSCOPIC ANATOMY. The microscopic anatomy of tissues and organs in man. Prerequisite: ANAT 401. ANAT 504 (3) CELL STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. Seminar discussions of current topics in vertebrate cell biology. ANAT 505 (6) GENERAL CYTOLOGICAL BIOPHYSICS. An examination of selected properties of the cell and underlying mechanisms based on the ultrastructure of the cell and on the physical chemistry of open systems. ANAT 510 (4) NEUROANATOMY. The gross and microscopic study of the nervous system in man. ANAT 511 (3) FUNDAMENTALS OF BODY DESIGN: BASIC PRINCIPLES IN HUMAN ANATOMY AS ILLUSTRATED BY THE ORGANIZATION OF THE BACK AND UPPER LIMB. ANAT512(3) FUNCTIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY OF HEAD AND NECK SYSTEMS. ANAT 513 (3) FUNCTIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY OF THE RESPIRATORY, CARDIOVASCULAR AND GASTROINTESTINAL SYSTEMS OF THE THORAX AND ABDOMEN. ANAT514(3) FUNCTIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEMS: PELVIS AND PERINEUM. ANAT515(3) FUNCTIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY OF THE MUSCULOSKELETAL SYSTEMS: BACK, LIMBS AND JOINTS. ANAT 516 (3) FUNCTIONAL HUMAN NEUROANATOMY: CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM. ANAT517(3) FUNCTIONAL HUMAN MICROSCOPIC ANATOMY: BASIC TISSUES, ORGANS AND SYSTEMS. ANAT 527 (3) MUSCLE BIOPHYSICS. Selected topics in muscle contraction at an advanced level Permission of Head required. Equivalency: PHYL 530. ANAT 548 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN ANATOMY & CELL BIOLOGY. ANAT 549(12) M.SC. THESIS. ANAT 550 (3) CURRENT TOPICS IN THE MORPHOLOGICAL SCIENCES. Lectures, demonstrations, discussions and student seminars on selected and current topics in cell biology and the anatomical sciences. Attendance is required of all M.Sc. and Ph.D. students in Anatomy & Cell Biology. Prerequisite: Students must be registered in graduate-level studies in Anatomy & Cell Biology. [1-0-0] ANAT 590 (6) INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY: SURVEY OF MICROSCOPIC ANATOMY, NEUROANATOMY AND GROSS ANATOMY. ANAT 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. ANSC —ANIMAL SCIENCE FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS Most of the undergraduate courses have been re-named as Agroecology (AGRO). Please see this section. The following ANSC courses have credit in the Faculty of Science: 425, 480, 481,482. ANSC 500 (3) GRADUATE SEMINAR. Participation in this course is compulsory for all graduate students in Animal Science. [2-0] ANSC 514 (3-6) D CURRENT TOPICS IN ANIMAL GENETICS. [3-0; 3-0] ANSC 515 (3) ANIMAL WELFARE AND ANIMAL ETHICS. Prerequisite: Standing as a graduate student. Credit will be added for only one of AGRO 315, ANSC 515. ANSC 520 (3) NUTRITIONAL PHYSIOLOGY OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS. Current topics in the study of nutrient metabolism in domestic animals; metabolic disorders. Not offered every year. ANSC 522 (3) PROTEIN METABOLISM AND NUTRITION IN DOMESTIC ANIMALS. Recent advances in the metabolism, utilization and requirements of proteins and amino acids in animals. Credit will not be given for both ANSC 522 and HUNU 511. Not offered every year. ANSC 524 (2-6) D ADVANCED TOPICS IN ANIMAL NUTRITION. [0-0-3] ANSC 530 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. ANSC 549 (12) MASTER'S THESIS. ANSC 550 (3) TOPICS IN ANIMAL WELFARE. Prerequisite: AGRO 315. (May be taken as a corequisite). ANSC 551 (3) TUTORIALS IN ANIMAL WELFARE RESEARCH. ANSC 580 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN FISH CULTURE. An interdisciplinary seminar course, involving disciplines of importance to fish culturists. ANSC 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. ANTH—ANTHROPOLOGY FACULTY OF ARTS ANTH 100, 103, 140, 201, 202, 204, 205, 206, 213, 214, 215, 217, 218, 220, 221, 222, 225, 231, 232 and 329 are general courses open to all students. ANTH 100 is a prerequisite to all other third- and fourth-year courses, unless permission of the instructor is obtained. Some courses have additional prerequisites, as listed in the descriptions. For details of current listings, consult the departmental website at www.anso.ubc.ca. ANTH 100 (3) INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY. Basic concepts and methods of anthropology; culture and race; comparative study of social systems, religion, symbolism, art, and other institutions. Examples are drawn from a variety of cultures. ANTH 103 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGICAL ARCHAEOLOGY. Survey of world prehistory, from the emergence of humankind to the beginning of civilizations, set in a framework of the principles of anthropological archaeology and cultural- historical research. ANTH 140 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. A survey of the sub-discipline with discussions of major issues in each area. ANTH 200 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PROBLEMS IN METHOD AND THEORY IN ANTHROPOLOGY. A survey of basic concepts and procedures in the cross-cultural study of human societies. Prerequisite: ANTH 100. ANTH 201 (3/6) D ETHNIC RELATIONS. An introduction to the study of the relations between ethnic groups and of the interplay between ethnicity and other social factors. The course examines such concepts as: ethnicity, racism, prejudice, discrimination, assimilation, and multiculturalism. Ordinarily the course deals with ethnic groups in British Columbia, and students are expected to carry out elementary research projects. Equivalency: SOCI 201. ANTH 202 (3/6) D CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS. Cultural background to contemporary events; problems of nationalism and regional conflicts, economic and social development, gender, religion and social change. Course may stress a different region of the world in different years. ANTH 213 (3/6) D WOMEN IN COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE. An exploration of topics from Anthropology and/or Sociology focusing on explanations, in current and historical perspective, for variations in the situation of women. Equivalency: SOCI 213. ANTH 214 (3/6) D THE FAMILY IN CROSS- CULTURAL PERSPECTIVE. Across-cultural comparison of family and kinship to provide an understanding of variations in the structure and meaning of marriage relations; forms of domestic organization; and the sexual division of labour, property, and inheritance. Equivalency: SOCI 214. ANTH 215 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE SOCIETY. Survey of contemporary Japanese life, with a focus on social organization and cultural patterns. Topics may include family, kinship, rural and urban conditions, economic organization, class and other inequalities, ethnic relations, and introduction of 452 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Western culture and value systems. Equivalency: SOCI 215. ANTH 217 (3) CULTURE AND COMMUNICATION. The study of communication; the relation between communication and its cultural context with emphasis on verbal and non-verbal communication, cross-cultural communication, and cultural differences in the use of oral, literate, and electronic media. ANTH 220 (3) FIRST NATIONS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. The cultures, languages, and resources of First Nations, with anthropological perspectives on colonization and development. Prerequisite: ANTH 100. ANTH 221 (3) CONTEMPORARY FIRST NATIONS CULTURAL EXPRESSIONS. Forms and styles of indigenous expressive arts, and their current place in the lives of British Columbia First Nations. Prerequisite: ANTH 220 is recommended. ANTH 222 (3) CURRENT FIRST NATIONS ISSUES IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. Anthropological perspectives on current issues of public policy, law, and political activity, as they affect the place of First Nations people in British Columbia. Prerequisite: ANTH 220 is recommended. ANTH225(3) HUMAN ORIGINS. The origin and evolution of the human lineage. ANTH 227 (3) CULTURE, HEALTH & ILLNESS. Health, illness, sickness and disease in their social and cultural contexts; a cross-cultural examination. ANTH 231 (3) ANCIENT NORTH AMERICA. Introductory survey of North American archaeology comparing the ancient cultures from all major regions of Canada and the US. ANTH 232 (3) ANCIENT LATIN AMERICA. The archaeology of ancient Mexico, Central and South America, highlighting recent discoveries about the emergence and growth of civilizations such as the Aztecs, Maya, Zapotec, Inca, Chimor and their ancestors. ANTH 300 (3/6) D ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY. Models of society and culture in anthropology. Prerequisite: ANTH 200. ANTH 302 (3/6) D ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTH ASIA. A specialized study of ethnographic and theoretical problems relating to South Asia. ANTH 303 (3/6) D ETHNOGRAPHY OF SPECIAL AREAS. A specialized study of ethnographic and theoretical problems in one area. Different culture areas or regions may be selected each term. Consult the Department for this year's offerings. ANTH 304 (3/6) D ETHNOGRAPHY OF THE NORTHWEST COAST. Specialized study of ethnographic and theoretical problems of the region. ANTH 305 (6) THEORY IN ARCHAEOLOGY. Explores models of culture change and culture used by prehistorians, with emphasis on formulation of research designs in order to work on specific problems in culture history, settlement, ecology, evolution, and technological change. The course views archaeological theory in relation to anthropological theory in general. Prerequisite: ANTH 103. ANTH 306 (6) SUMMER FIELD TRAINING IN ARCHAEOLOGY. Intensive training in excavation techniques and interpretation, including mapping procedures, recording, preliminary analysis, and reporting. Students will participate in an excavation for the Summer Session and will use this excavation as a basis for lectures, discussions and reports. Additional Field Trip Fees are charged for this course. ANTH 312 (3/6) D GENDER RELATIONS. The nature of gender relations, their social and cultural expression, and theories of gender inequality drawn from anthropological or sociological research. Equivalency: SOCI 312. ANTH 315 (3/6) D JAPANESE CULTURE AND SOCIETY. An intensive examination of modern industrial Japan, including such topics as: demographic characteristics, class structure and inequality, industrial organization, political structure and conflict, ethnic relations, value systems, urban and rural traditions and cultural background of current events. Major theories of Japanese culture and economic development will be studied. Equivalency: SOCI 315. ANTH 316 (3/6) D POLITICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. Comparative study of political organization; leadership and non- centralized and centralized political systems. ANTH 317 (3/6) D LINGUISTIC ANTHROPOLOGY. A survey of the ethnographic uses of language data and the techniques of linguistic analysis. ANTH 318 (3) OLD WORLD PALAEOLITHIC ARCHAEOLOGY. The archaeology of early human evolution, spanning the period from the emergence of the first tool-using hominids to the end of the Upper Palaeolithic and Mesolithic periods. Topics to be covered include: Lower and Middle Palaeolithic archaeology, adaptations of early hominids, emergence and spread of modern humans, AJpper Palaeolithic technology and symbolism. ANTH 319(3) THE EMERGENCE OF OLD WORLD CIVILIZATIONS. Asurveyofthe archaeological evidence and theories for the origins and spread of settled village life, food production systems, and complex social and political organization Begins with the Early Neolithic period and continues through to the appearance of the old world civilizations. ANTH 321 (3) THE CANADIAN FAR WEST IN PREHISTORY. A survey of prehistoric archaeology west of the Rocky Mountains. Reconstruction of prehistoric cultural developments from the earliest migrations up to historical contact. Prerequisite: ANTH 103. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ANTH 322 (3) ARCHAEOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EAST AND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Survey of the archaeology of East and Southeast Asia, with an emphasis on the beginnings of the economic, social, political, and artistic traditions and systems of the great civilizations, and the conditions in which they arose. Theories of cultural development emphasizing Neolithic and state-level societies will be discussed. Prerequisite: ANTH 103. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ANTH 323 (3) ARCHAEOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MESOAMERICAN CIVILIZATIONS. A survey of the archaeology of Mesoamerica, concentrating on the origins and development of complex society. Theories on the evolution of civilization will be compared with the archaeological evidence. Prerequisite: ANTH 103. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ANTH 324 (3) PRIMATE EVOLUTION. Primate evolution over the past 65 million years. Compares fossil with modern primates, and considers key issues and theories in primate evolution. Prerequisite: One of ANTH 140, ANTH 225. ANTH 325 (3/6) D PALEOANTHROPOLOGY. Origin and development of the hominids. The hominid fossil record, and theories relating to hominid evolution. Prerequisite: One of ANTH 140, ANTH 225. ANTH 326 (3) PRIMATE BEHAVIOUR AND ECOLOGY. A comprehensive survey of the living primates, with emphasis on ecology, social organization, social behaviour and field studies. ANTH 329 (3/6) D ANTHROPOLOGY AND FIRST NATIONS OF CANADA. Anthropological perspectives on current First Nations issues in Canada. Specific topics will be selected each year. Consult Department for current description. Not for credit in the Major in Anthropology. ANTH 330 (3) ANTHROPOLOGY OF RURAL PEOPLES AND THE GLOBAL ECONOMY. A comparative study of rural peoples (such as small-scale horticulturists, artisans and craft workers, peasants, fisherfolk, or industrial/ manufacturing workers) in the global economy ANTH 331 (3/6) D ANTHROPOLOGY OF ART. Anthropological perspectives on artifacts and symbolic forms: their production, use, and function in relation to technology, ecology, social organization, and cognitive structures. ANTH 332 (3/6) D ORAL TRADITION. An ethnographic perspective on the dynamics of oral tradition in various oral and literate cultures; the characteristics and roles of oral genres including folktale, genealogy, oral history, autobiography, and myth in these societies; and the relationship between orality and literacy ANTH 341 (3/6) D AN INTRODUCTION TO MUSEUM ANTHROPOLOGY. The development of anthropology in museums from the late 19th century to the present day; material culture research; the study of museums as social institutions. The course is a prerequisite for ANTH 431 and 432. ANTH 350 (3/6) D ETHNOGRAPHY OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS: POLYNESIA AND MICRONESIA. Major cultural groupings in Polynesia and Micronesia, emphasizing both traditional cultures and the incorporation PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ANTH — ANTHROPOLOGY 453 of the region into modern international institutions. ANTH 351 (3/6) D ETHNOGRAPHY OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS: MELANESIA. Major cultural groupings in Melanesia, emphasizing both traditional cultures and the incorporation of the region into modern international institutions. ANTH 353 (3) ETHNOGRAPHY OF LATIN A M E RICA. Indigenous peoples of Latin America, emphasizing both pre-Columbian cultural traditions and socioeconomic and cultural changes from the Colonial period to the present. ANTH 360 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ECOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. Analysis of the relations between human societies and the ecological aspects of their environment (including technology, society, and ideology). Previously ANTH 460. ANTH 400 (3/6) D HISTORY OF ANTHROPOLOGY. The development of anthropological theory and practice in institutional contexts. Prerequisite: ANTH 300. ANTH 401 (3/6) D FIRST PEOPLES OF NORTH A M E RICA. A survey of indigenous cultures and ethnographic literature of North America. Consult Department for current description. ANTH 402 (3/6) D ETHNOGRAPHY OF CHINA. Advanced studies in the ethnography of China, premodern and contemporary. Topics may include kinship, rural and urban social structure, stratification and mobility, religion, national power structures, and social change in Chinese society. ANTH 403 (3/6) D ETHNOGRAPHY OF SPECIAL AREAS. An advanced study of ethnographic and theoretical problems. A different region may be studied each term. ANTH 404 (3/6) D ETHNOGRAPHY IN CIRCUMPOLAR NORTH: COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVES. An examination of relationships between indigenous people and nation states in Greenland, Canada, Alaska and Siberia, using ethnographic methods. ■ ANTH 406 (3/6) D ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES IN ARCHAEOLOGY. A survey of methods and techniques in the interpretation of archaeological data; practical experience in processing and analyzing archaeological materials by means of a research project. Students will prepare manuscripts, drawings and photographs for publication and will learn the basics of lithic and faunal analyses. Prerequisite: ANTH 305. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ANTH 407 (3) PRINCIPLES OF FIELD WORK. An examination of field work as the basic setting for ethnographic research. Research design; relationships with study participants, field techniques, and data analysis and presentation. ANTH 408(3) FIELD METHODS. Intensive examination and application of selected methods of ethnographic data-collection, e.g., visual anthropology, anthropological interviewing, genealogies, ethnographic semantics, life histories, oral traditions. Consult department for current description. ANTH 409 (3/6) D TOPICS IN APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY. Advanced study of the theory and practice of applied, action, and consultancy anthropology. Topics may include the application of anthropology to questions of aboriginal rights and title, education, medicine, development, women and development, tourism, and other social issues. ANTH 410 (3/6) D PREHISTORY OF A SPECIAL AREA IN ASIA OR OCEANIA. Analysis of the prehistory of a selected area, including a summary of the literature and the discussion of relevant problems. The course will provide background for students in area studies such as Oceania and the Far East. Prerequisite: One of ANTH 305, ANTH 321. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ANTH 411 (3/6) D PREHISTORY OF A SPECIAL AREA IN THE NEW WORLD. Analysis of the prehistory of a selected New World area, including a summary of the literature and discussion of relevant problems. The course will provide background for students in North, Central, and South American area studies. Typical offerings include the prehistory of Mesoamerica, the Southwest, North America and the Mayan areas. Prerequisite: One of ANTH 305, ANTH 321. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ANTH 413 (3/6) D FAMILY AND KINSHIP. A cross-cultural survey of ways of defining family relationships and kinship organizations, including theoretical analysis as well as case studies. Equivalency: SOCI 413. ANTH 415 (3/6) D RELIGION AND SOCIETY. Comparative study of religious beliefs, practices, and movements; relations between religious, social, and political institutions; religion as a force for stability and change; anthropological/sociological theories of religion. ANTH 416 (3/6) D THE ETHNOGRAPHY OF JAPAN. Through an analysis of contemporary ethnographic accounts of Japan, this course addresses the interplay of cultural predispositions with modern organizational structure, differences in rural/urban lifestyles, family relationships, gender roles, health, aging and Japan's international role. Same as SOCI 416. Prerequisite: One of ANTH 215, SOCI 215, ANTH 315, SOCI 315. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. Equivalency: SOCI 416. ANTH 417 (3/6) D LANGUAGE, CULTURE, AND COGNITION. The relationships between linguistic and cultural phenomena; how language affects normative and cognitive systems of thought and behaviour. Prerequisite: One of ANTH 100, LING 200. May be taken as corequisites. ANTH 418 (3/6) D SOCIAL STATISTICS. Primary emphasis on applications of statistical techniques to quantitative and qualitative data in both Anthropology and Sociology. Prerequisite: STAT 203. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. Equivalency: SOCI 418. ANTH 420 (3/6) D ARCHAEOLOGY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. An advanced study of the prehistoric archaeology of coastal and interior Native Peoples. A critical analysis of the archaeological evidence and interpretations of prehistoric cultural developments from the earliest migrations up to historical contact. Prerequisite: One of ANTH 305, ANTH 321. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ANTH 422 (3) MODES OF SUBSISTENCE. The nature of subsistence systems antedating or alternative to modern commercial systems. Introductory survey with basic readings; focus on problems such as the development of complex cultures without agriculture, the ambiguity of hunting and gathering, agricultural and other "intensification", "orchestration" of the use of adjacent micro environments. Of interest to students of archaeology, anthropology and cultural geography ANTH 424 (3/6) D APPLIED ARCHAEOLOGY. A review of the history and current practices of cultural heritage resource management. Includes legislative background and governmental organization as well as current practices in resource assessment and in salvage archaeology. The relationships between governments, consultants, sponsors and Native Peoples bands are explored with emphasis on recent developments. Prerequisite: ANTH 305. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ANTH 427 (3) TOPICS IN MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. Anthropological perspectives on health, illness, and disability as represented by classic and contemporary research in selected topics in medical anthropology including disease and human evolution, illness and human ecology, culture and epidemiology, ethnomedical systems, the relationship between folk and biomedicine and the cultural construction and social organization of health care, illness and disability. Specific content will vary from year to year. Consult the Department brochure. Prerequisite: One of ANTH 100, SOCI 100. ANTH 431 (3/6) D STUDIES IN MUSEUM ANTHROPOLOGY. Issues concerning management of museum collections and their public presentation, addressing questions of access, collaboration and appropriate use of cultural property. Museum of Anthropology facilities are used. Prerequisite: ANTH 341. ANTH 432 (3/6) D THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF PUBLIC REPRESENTATION. The public presentation and interpretation of anthropological concepts and materials utilizing the programs and facilities of the Museum of Anthropology. Prerequisite: ANTH 341. Permission of the department is also acceptable. ANTH 433 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. General reading and/or a research undertaking, with the agreement, and under the supervision, of a Department faculty member selected by the student. No more than six credits of Directed Studies may be taken for credit toward the Major or Honours program. 454 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ANTH 449 (6/12) D HONOURS TUTORIAL. Will usually require the presentation of at least one research paper. ANTH 451 (3/6) D CONSERVATION OF ORGANIC MATERIALS. Principles and elementary techniques for conserving organic ethnological and archaeological materials. Recommended for students intending to work with cultural materials. Open to Major and Honours students; other students by permission of the instructor. ANTH 452 (3) CONSERVATION OF INORGANIC MATERIALS. Principles and elementary techniques for conserving inorganic ethnological and archaeological materials. Recommended for students intending to work with cultural materials. Open to Major and Honours students; other students by permission of the instructor. ANTH 461 (3) ANTHROPOLOGICAL STUDY OF LOCAL ECOLOGICAL KNOWLEDGE. Analysis of the concepts of ecological anthropology via the medium of local ecological knowledge. ANTH 360 is recommended as background. ANTH 462 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN ECOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. May include environmental discourse and social movements, anthropological contributions to ecological management systems, or examination of emerging issues in the field. ANTH 360 is recommended as background. ANTH 470 (3/6) D TOPICS IN CONTEMPORARY THEORY. Selected topics in contemporary social and cultural theory which contribute to anthropological analyses. Topics may include Marxist anthropology, critical theory, theories of culture, phenomenology, behavioural ecology, structuralism, hermeneu- tics, formal theory and examination of specific social theorists. ANTH 495 (3/6) D ADVANCED STUDIES IN ANTHROPOLOGY. An intensive examination of selected topics in Anthropology. Consult the Department for this year's offerings. ANTH 500(6) HISTORY OF ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT. This course will consider various approaches to anthropology, from classical to contemporary. ANTH 501 (2-6) D SOCIAL STRUCTURE AND KINSHIP. ANTH 502 (2-18) D ADVANCED ETHNOGRAPHY OF A SPECIAL AREA. ANTH 505 (2-6) D RELIGION AND SOCIETY. ANTH 506 (3/6) D CURRENT RESEARCH IN ANTHROPOLOGY. The relationship between current theoretical issues and research methods. ANTH 510 (3-6) C COMPARATIVE AND DEVELOPMENTAL STUDIES IN ARCHAEOLOGY. ANTH 512 (2-6) D LANGUAGE AND CULTURE. ANTH 513 (3-6) D ADVANCED STUDIES IN FEMINIST ANTHROPOLOGY. Feminist approaches to ethnography, theory, methodol ogy; current issues in feminist anthropology; gender relations; feminist anthropology and postmodernism. ANTH 515 (2-6) D CULTURAL EVOLUTION AND CULTURAL ECOLOGY. ANTH 516 (3) QUALITATIVE METHODS IN ANTHROPOLOGY. A discussion of selected methods used to observe, describe, and interpret cultural phenomena and social organization. The course will consider such techniques as participant observation, interviewing, ethnographic semantics, life histories, componential analysis and photography. Attention will also be given to ethics in anthropological research and writing and to such analytic matters as the nature of description, conceptualization, generalization and content analysis. ANTH 517 (3) ARCHAEOLOGICAL METHODS. A discussion of selected basic data-gathering methods in their relation to the development of ideas about the archaeological record. ANTH 518(3) MUSEUM METHODS. Analytical approaches to the study of museums and collections. Methods of field collecting, collections research, laboratory procedures, visitor studies, social organization of museum and related cultural industries, exhibit and program evaluation techniques and the ethics of museum research and practice. Prerequisite: ANTH 431. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ANTH 519 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. ANTH 520 (2-6) C ADVANCED PREHISTORY OF A SPECIAL AREA. ANTH 527 (3) ADVANCED ARCHAEOLOGICAL METHODS. An intensive review of analytical approaches to the study of archaeological data and their applications. Includes research design; sampling strategies; analytical lab procedures; classification and typology; and multivariate analysis and other statistical procedures. Prerequisite: ANTH 517. ANTH 528 (3) ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE ^METHODS. The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the anthropological application of a variety of quantitative techniques. Specifically there will be sections on sampling designs, analysis of variance and regression, multi-way contingency tables, and multivariate analysis. Topics will be presented initially in a series of lectures which will outline the logic and exhibit applications which have been made. Students will then be expected to generate their own application and presentation. Access to data files specific to the substantive field-cultural anthropology, archaeology, physical anthropology-will be provided. Prerequisite: ANTH 418. ANTH 530 (2-6) D SOCIAL CHANGE. ANTH 532 (2-6) D FIELD METHODS. ANTH 534 (2-6) D SPECIAL ADVANCED COURSES. ANTH 540 (2-6) D ADVANCED SEMINAR. ANTH 541 (2-6) D ADVANCED SEMINAR AND WORKSHOP ON MUSEUM STUDIES. Prerequisite: ANTH 431. ANTH 545 (2-6) D GRADUATE RESEARCH SEMINAR. ANTH 548 (0) MAJOR ESSAY. ANTH 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. ANTH 551 (3/6) D CULTURAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION AND INTERPRETATION. History, theories, principles and techniques of communication and interpretation of cultural materials. Topics include examination of how various media (script, objects, film, video) are used to interpret histories, society, and culture in museums, art galleries, historic sites and related areas; and how communication programs are planned, implemented and assessed. Prerequisite: ANTH 431. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ANTH 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. APSC —APPLIED SCIENCE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE APSC 110 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised, technical work experience in an established company or organization for a minimum of three months. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and the Co-operative Education Program. APSC 121 (1) SOCIETY AND THE ENGINEER. The course deals with the social and cultural context within which engineering is practiced. Specific topics may vary from year to year but typically include engineering ethics, professionalism, employment equity, multi-culturalism, gender, First Nations and environmental issues. [1-0-0] APSC 122(0) INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING. Non-credit course designed to introduce students to Engineering. Information on the Faculty, the profession and the particular skills and type of work done by practising engineers in different disciplines. [1-0-0] APSC 150 (6) ENGINEERING CASE STUDIES. Application of scientific principles and technical knowledge to practical problems. Introduction to the engineering design process and to engineering graphics. [3-4-2] APSC 151 (3) COMPUTER-AIDED ENGINEERING GRAPHICS. Orthographic projection, technical sketching, development of the ability to visualize in three dimensions. Standards and conventions of engineering drawing, graphical presentation of engineering data. Micro-computer based graphics aids. Engineering geometry and the solution of space problems. [1-0-4] APSC 160 (3) INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTATION IN ENGINEERING DESIGN. Analysis and simulation, laboratory data acquisition and processing, measurement interfaces, engineering tools, computer systems organization, programming languages. [2-2-1] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS APSC — APPLIED SCIENCE 455 APSC 201 (3) TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION. Written and oral communication in engineering. Report preparation, business correspondence and oral presentation of technical material. Prerequisite: One of ENGL 110, ENGL 111, ENGL 112, ENGL 120, ENGL 121. [3-0-0] APSC 210 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised, technical work experience in an established company or organization for a minimum of three months. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and the Co-operative Education Program. APSC 211 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization for a minimum of three months. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and Co-operative Education Program. APSC 212 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization for a minimum of three months. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and Co-operative Education Program. APSC 230 (6) INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING DESIGN. Introduction to engineering design methods, problem solving, working individually and in teams, and methods of communication of results. Engineering design projects will be assigned. Restricted to students in the second year of the Integrated Engineering program. [l-4-0;l-4-0] APSC 261 (3) TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY I. The course deals with the influence of technology on the social, political, economic, and environmental aspects of society. The specific subject matter varies from year to year. Examples of subjects considered include, resources, energy, nuclear power, technology, the effects of technology on the family, education, agriculture, international policy and others. [2-0-1] APSC 262 (3) TECHNOLOGY AND S O CIE TY II. The course deals with the influence of technology on the social, political, economic and environmental aspects of society The subject matter varies from year to year and differs from APSC 261. It may be taken as a continuation of APSC 261 or taken independently. Examples of subjects considered include pollution, work place health hazards, social impact of computers, problem solving, green revolution, technology and the third world, engineering ethics and others. [2-0-1] APSC 278 (3) ENGINEERING MATERIALS. Atomic bonding; crystal structures and imperfections; properties of metals, ceramics, polymers, wood, concrete and fibre composite materials; selection of materials; corrosion; mechanical testing and heat treatment. [3-0-0] APSC 279(1) ENGINEERING MATERIALS LABORATORY. Atomic bonding; crystal structures and imperfections; properties of metals, ceramics, polymers, wood, concrete and fibre composite materials; selection of materials; corrosion; mechanical testing and heat treatment. Prerequisite: APSC 278. Corequisite: APSC 278 may be taken. [0-2*-0] APSC 310 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised, technical work experience in an established company or organization for a minimum of three months. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and the Co-operative Education Program. APSC 311 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization for a minimum of three months. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and Co-operative Education Program. APSC 312 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization for a minimum of three months. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and Co-operative Education Program. APSC 330(6) INTERMEDIATE ENGINEERING DESIGN. Intermediate level engineering design projects involving material in the curriculum of the Integrated Engineering program. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in the Integrated Engineering program. [1-4; 1-4] APSC 331 (3) INTERMEDIATE ENGINEERING DESIGN I. Intermediate level engineering design project involving material in the curriculum of the Integrated Engineering program. For students in the Co-operative Education Program. [1-4-0] APSC 332 (3) INTERMEDIATE ENGINEERING DESIGN II. Intermediate level engineering design project involving material in the curriculum of the Integrated Engineering program. For students in the Co-operative Education Program. [1-4-0] APSC 380 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MICROCOMPUTERS. An introductory course intended for potential users of microcomputers "in real time or non-computational engineering applications. Topics include: perspective on applications and costs; basic microcomputer hardware; principles of microcomputer operation; introduction to microcomputer programming and software design tools; input- output devices including transducers, analog- to-digital converters, digital-to-analog converters; input-output methods and interface characteristics; selected case studies such as direct digital controllers and sensor-based systems. Limited enrolment. Restricted to engineering students not taking Electrical or Computer Engineering. [2-3 *-2*] APSC 410 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised, technical work experience in an established company or organization for a minimum of three months. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and the Co-operative Education Program. APSC 411 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization for a minimum of three months. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and Co-operative Education. APSC 412 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization for a minimum of three months. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and Co-operative Education Programs. APSC 430 (6) ADVANCED ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECTS. Projects involving all material in the curriculum of the Integrated Engineering Program. Students will be expected to propose a project and complete the design and construction of a prototype. Restricted to students in the fourth year of the Integrated Engineering program. [1-4-0; 1-4-0] APSC 440 (3) MANAGEMENT FUNDAMENTALS FOR TECHNOLOGY-BASED PRODUCT MARKETING AND DEVELOPMENT. Management topics are presented from the perspective of technology- ^psed industrial practice; project management, marketing and marketing planning, product development and commercialization, introduction to quality management, teamwork and effective individual participation. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing in Engineering. [3-0-0] APSC 450 (2) PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE. Legislation affecting the practice of engineering; ethical principles and responsibilities. Management of engineering enterprises; labour relations, safety and environmental legislation. Restricted to engineering undergraduate students in the final year of their program. [2-0-0] APSC 459 (5) ENGINEERING PHYSICS PROJECT I. Project planning, management and reporting. This course involves writing a project proposal, carrying out an open-ended Engineering project, and reporting the results both orally and in writing. Prerequisite: PHYS 352. [1-3-0; 0-6-1] APSC 479 (4) ENGINEERING PHYSICS PROJECT II. Projects designed to give students research development and design experience. Projects are provided by research faculty in Science and Engineering and from local industry. Prerequisite: APSC 459. [0-5-1; 0-2-1*] APSC 480 (3) ENGINEERING PHYSICS PROJECTS III. An optional course for those students wishing to continue their project work beyond the development in APSC 479. Prerequisite: APSC 479. [0-5-1] APSC486(6) NEW VENTURE DESIGN. Teams comprising students in APSC 486 and COMM 486 create a business plan and a prototype or engineering solution of a novel product, process, or process component. [1-4-0; 1-4-0] 456 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 APSC 496 (1-9) D INTERDISCIPLINARY ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT. Projects involving students from several departments. APSC 498 (1-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. Requires approval of a Department Head or Program Director APSC 510 (4) ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY INTERNSHIP. Work in a technological setting on commercial and managerial aspects of an industrial project. A required internship to be taken at the end of the first year of the M.Eng. (Advanced Technology Management) program. APSC 511 (2) ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT COLLOQUIUM. Student reports on internship, guest speakers from industry, preparation of group projects, joint study of industrial reports. Required of students enrolled in the M.Eng. (Advanced Technology Management) program. APSC 512 (3) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY COMMERCIALIZATION. Nature of knowledge and intellectual property. Value creation through knowledge and competitive advantage of knowledge. Copyrights, patents, trademarks, and licenses. Negotiation of deals and contracts involving knowledge and technology transfer or commercialization. Market assessments and valuations. APSC 530 (6) PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN OF BIOMEDICAL DEVICES. Concepts, design, and manufacturing methods applied to biomedical devices. A supervised long-term project involving the design of a medical device for specific diagnostic or therapeutic function, and an engineering report, are required. APSC 540 (3) BUSINESS DECISIONS FOR ENGINEERING VENTURES. Issues and case studies in creating and running engineering ventures and projects, with a particular emphasis on strategic planning, engineering economics, finance and risk. APSC 541 (3) TECHNOLOGY ENTREPRENEURSHIP FOR ENGINEERS. A broad introduction to the entrepreneurial process, for engineers who would like to form or grow a technology company, and those with a general interest in the field. Key factors of new venture creation are identified and evaluated. APSC 550 (3) BIOMEDICAL MEASUREMENTS AND BIOMATERIALS. Biocompatible materials for measurement and therapeutic purposes. Principles and technology of measuring temperature, displacement, motion, force, pressure, flow, ions, dissolved gases and bio-electric potentials in living organisms. [3-3 *-0] APSC 598 (1-6) D TOPICS IN ENGINEERING. ARBC —ARABIC STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS Not all courses are offered every year. For current listings, consult the departmental website at: www.cnrs.ubc.ca. ARBC 300 (6) INTRODUCTION TO THE GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY OF CLASSIC ARABIC. Open to first- and second-year students with the permission of the instructor. ARBC 400(6) INTERMEDIATE CLASSICAL ARABIC. Second year of Classical Arabic with extensive reading of poetry and prose drawn from religious and historical texts. Prerequisite: ARBC 300. ARBC 420 (3-12) D SUPERVISED STUDY IN CLASSICAL ARABIC. Religious and literary Arabic texts pertaining to the early and medieval Islamic world. Prerequisite: ARBC 400. ARCH —ARCHITECTURE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE ARCH 403 (3) THEMES IN ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN. Introduction to a broad range of significant themes which inform our understanding of architecture and design. Open only to E.N.D.S. students. Credit will be given for only one of ARCH 403, or ARCH 503. ARCH 404 (3) ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY 1 A. Origins of contemporary architectural thought. A survey of theories, technological and social changes which have influenced architecture and related fields since the 18th century. Open only to E.N.D.S. students. Credit will be given for only one of ARCH 404, or ARCH 504. ARCH 405 (3) ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY 1 B. Developments in modern and contemporary architectural thought. Critical analysis of the contribution of the 20th century producers of architecture, engineering, and industrial design. Open only to E.N.D.S. students. Credit will be given for only one of ARCH 405 or ARCH 505. ARCH 407 (3) RESEARCH METHODS. Motivations and techniques which underpin environmental design research. ARCH 410 (3) DESIGN METHODS. Techniques for environmental design, including architecture. ARCH 411 (3) BUILDING TECHNOLOGY 1. An investigation of building materials and systems considering design objectives, environmental conditions, historical context, regulatory controls, and economic constraints. Emphasis on materials as used in light wood- frame Construction and building science for enclosure design. Open only to E.N.D.S. students. Credit will be given for only one of ARCH 411, or ARCH 511. ARCH 437 (3) GEOMETRIC MODELING. Advanced modeling, rendering and image processing applications; the construction of geometric models, their viewing transformations, light and material attributes, mapping, rendering and animation are introduced. Open only to E.N.D.S. students. Credit will be given for only one of ARCH 437, ARCH 537. ARCH 500(9) ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 1A. Elements of architectural design. A series of projects studied at different scales focusing on conceptual development, design synthesis, principles of typology, organization and representation. Prerequisite: ARCH 502. ARCH 501 (9) ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN IB. Vertical design studio. Prerequisite: ARCH 500. ARCH 502 (2) INTRODUCTORY WORKSHOP. The engagement of environmental and architectural concerns of the West Coast through field trips, design exercises and seminars. Conducted the week prior to Labour Day. Enrolment mandatory for all incoming students. A nonrefundable fee will charged to cover expenses. ARCH 503 (3) THEMES IN ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN. Introduction to a broad range of significant themes which inform our understanding of architecture and design. Corequisite: ARCH 500. ARCH 504 (3) ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY 1 A. Origins of contemporary architectural thought. A survey of the theories, technological and social changes which have influenced architecture and related fields since the 18th century. ARCH 505 (3) ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY 1B. Developments in modern and contemporary architectural thought. Critical analysis of the contribution of the 20th century producers of architecture, engineering, and industrial design. ARCH 511 (3) ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY 1. An investigation of building materials and systems considering design objectives, environmental conditions, historical context, regulatory controls, and economic constraints. Emphasis on materials as used in light wood-frame construction and building science for enclosure design. ARCH 512 (3) ARCHITECTURE STRUCTURES I. Introduction to the "structural problem" through investigation of the inter-relationships between force, geometry and material and their effects on structural elements. ARCH 513 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 1. Building form and fabric considerations to assure appropriate thermal, luminous, sonic, and atmospheric conditions within buildings. ARCH 515(3) DESIGN MEDIA I. Instruction in the foundations of digital and manual design media and representation techniques including sketching, diagramming, architectural drawing and modeling. [2-1-1] ARCH 517(3) DESIGN MEDIA 2. Instruction in intermediate skills of digital and manual representation techniques including sketching, diagramming, architectural drawing and modeling. Prerequisite: ARCH 515. ARCH 520 (9) ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 2A. Vertical design studio. Prerequisite: ARCH 501. ARCH 521 (9) ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 2B. Comprehensive building studio. A term-long building design project that uses an integrated design process to relate conceptual exploration to detailed design and technical development. Prerequisite: ARCH 520. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ARBC — ARABIC STUDIES 457 ARCH 522 (3) CURRENT ISSUES IN ARCHITECTURE. A seminar examining current issues in Architecture, based on reading assignments, papers and presentations. Enrolment is limited to facilitate discussion. ARCH 523 (3) CONTEMPORARY THEORIES IN ARCHITECTURE. An advanced lecture and discussion course exploring a range of current theoretical investigations as manifest in specific built work and relating to historical developments and intellectual elaboration. Prerequisite: All of ARCH 504, ARCH 505. ARCH 524 (3) HISTORY OF URBAN FORM. A survey of the physical forms of cities and their relationship to the cultures with which they are associated. Open to students outside the School. ARCH 525 (3) WORKSHOP: HISTORY OF URBAN PLANNING. Exploration of 19th and 20th century theories of planning and urban form. The workshop format will allow students to experiment with these ideas in model form. The relevance of these theories and ideas to the form of modern cities will be evaluated. Open to students outside the School. See also School of Community and Regional Planning courses. ARCH 526 (3) HISTORY OF THEORIES OF ARCHITECTURE. An advanced seminar in architectural history concentrating on detailed study of the literature on selected architectural theories which have had an effect on twentieth century architectural form. ARCH 529 (3) INTRODUCTION TO FACILITIES PROGRAMMING. Examination of the pre- design process employed to clarify project objectives, define client/user requirements, test alternative organizations, generate space- planning schemata, involve users in the development of design parameters and critical environmental and technical performance criteria. Prerequisite: ARCH 541. ARCH 530 (3) URBAN DESIGN WORKSHOP. A survey of the techniques involved in the process of architectural analysis and design at the urban scale. ARCH 531 (3) ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY 2. An investigation of more complex building technologies in a variety of climatic conditions; selection of appropriate materials and systems in the context of realistic performance requirements. Emphasis given to design considerations and experience in detailing the building envelope. Prerequisite: ARCH 511. ARCH 532 (3) ARCHITECTURAL STRUCTURES 2. The development of competence in the design of wood frame structures for general loading such as are found in residential construction. Quantitative investigation and comparison of wood, steel and concrete elements and structural systems with emphasis on horizontally spanning elements. Qualitative study of other structural elements such as walls, columns, foundations, etc. Introduction to earthquakes and lateral force for resisting systems. Prerequisite: ARCH 512. ARCH 533 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 2. Mechanical and electrical services of buildings and their integration with architectural form and fabric. Prerequisite: ARCH 513. ARCH 537(3) COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 2. Individual investigation and development of computer applications to selected topics in architectural practice. Prerequisite: ARCH 517. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ARCH 538 (3-9) D STUDY OF ARCHITECTURE ABROAD. More than one section may be taken concurrently ARCH 539 (9) ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN ABROAD. This program is offered alternate years. Prerequisite: All of ARCH 500, ARCH 501. Corequisite: ARCH 538. ARCH 540(9) ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 3A. Vertical design studio. Prerequisite: ARCH 521. And successful completion of fourth term review. ARCH 541 (3) PROCESS AND PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE I. An overview of the complex processes by which architecture is realized and the professional role of the architect within them. Prerequisite: Successful completion of fourth term review. ARCH 543(3) TOPICS IN APPLIED PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE. Individual case studies of a range of current professional topics based on students' prior design work. Successful completion of fourth term review prerequisite. [0-3-0] ARCH 544 (3/6) D ARCHITECTURAL SEMI N AR. An explanation of selected topics in architecture. Enrolment is limited to facilitate discussion. ARCH 545 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. An exploration of selected topics in Architecture. Available to individual students with the agreement of a member of the faculty available to supervise the work. ARCH 548 (3) GRADUATION DESIGN PROJECT-PART 1: PROJECT REPORT. An in- depth exploration of a social, urban or environmental problem leading to the definition of parameters for an architectural design solution brought to resolution in the form of a major report as preparation for ARCH 549. ARCH 549 (9) GRADUATION DESIGN PROJECT-PART 2. The development and resolution of the design project set out in Part 1. Prerequisite: ARCH 548. ARCH 555 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT 1. Approved and supervised work experience for a minimum of 4 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Architecture Cooperative Education Program. ARCH 556 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT 2. Approved and supervised work experience for a minimum of 4 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Architecture Cooperative Education Program. Prerequisite: ARCH 555. ARCH 561 (3) TOPICS IN ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY AND THEORY. Prerequisite: All of ARCH 504, ARCH 505. [0-3-0] ARCH 562 (3) ADVANCED THEORY. Relationship between environmental issues and issues of 'place'. How environmental issues are seen as both a responsibility, and as a powerful vehicle for redefining a sense of place. Prerequisite: ARCH 513. ARCH 568 (3) RESEARCH METHODS IN ARCHITECTURE. Contemporary concerns and issues associated with research in architecture. Required of all MASA students. [0-3-0] ARCH 571 (3) ADVANCED SEMINAR ON BUILDING TECHNOLOGY. Historical development of building enclosure, new materials and construction methods, design- construction process, failure evaluation, and current research issues. Prerequisite: All of ARCH 511, ARCH 531. ARCH 572 (3) ADVANCED STRUCTURES. Explorations of historical structures, structure in current architectural theory, advanced structural technologies, and behaviour of specific structural materials and systems. Prerequisite: ARCH 512. ARCH 573 (3-12) D ADVANCED TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES. Lectures, seminars and laboratories as appropriate in investigation of specialized environmental topics concerning theory and practice of architecture. Prerequisite: ARCH 513. ARCH 577 (3) SEMINAR IN ADVANCED COMPUTER APPLICATIONS. ARCH 580(0) ARCHITECTURE SEMINAR. A forum for the exchange of ideas and presentation of papers by faculty, students and visitors. ARCH 597 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS. Individual or small group study of special topics. ARCH 598 (12) THESIS FOR THE M.A.S.A. ARST —ARCHIVAL STUDIES SCHOOL OF LIBRARY, ARCHIVAL & INFORMATION STUDIES ARST 510 (3) ARCHIVAL DIPLOMATICS. ARST 515 (3) ARRANGEMENT AND DESCRIPTION OF ARCHIVES. ARST 516 (3) MANAGEMENT OF CURRENT RECORDS. ARST 520 (3) SELECTION AND ACQUISITION OF ARCHIVAL DOCUMENTS. ARST 530 (3) THE JURIDICAL CONTEXT OF CANADIAN ARCHIVES. ARST 540 (3) ARCHIVAL PUBLIC SERVICES. ARST 554 (3) DATABASE DESIGN. ARST 556 (3-12) D TOPICS IN ARCHIVAL AUTOMATION. ARST 570 (3) MANAGEMENT OF LIBRARIES AND ARCHIVES. Equivalency: LIBR 570. ARST 573 (3) ARCHIVAL SYSTEMS AND THE PROFESSION. 458 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ARST 575 (3-12) D TOPICS IN THE MANAGEMENT OF RECORDS. ARST 587 (3) PRESERVATION. Equivalency: LIBR 587. ARST 591 (3) ARCHIVAL RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP. ARST 592 (3-6) C DIRECTED RESEARCH PROJECT. Prerequisite: ARST 590. ARST 593 (3/12) D SEMINAR. ARST 594 (3-6) C DIRECTED STUDY. ARST 595 (3) INTERNSHIP. ARST 596 (3) PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE. Project based experience undertaken with a faculty associate occupying a minimum of ten hours a week for 12 consecutive weeks or the equivalent time. Evaluation: Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: 24 credits in the program are required. ARST 599 (6/12) D THESIS. ARST 600 (6) ADVANCED SEMINAR IN RESEARCH METHODS. ARST 610 (6) THEORETICAL AND RESEARCH FOUNDATIONS OF ARCHIVAL STUDIES. ARST 620 (6) ADVANCED STUDY IN MINOR AREA. ARST 621 (6) ADVANCED STUDY IN MINOR AREA. ARST 699(0) THESIS. ARTE — ART EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION ARTE 300 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING ART ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY. [3-0-0] ARTE 303 (6) CERAMICS IN ART E D U CATIO N. Exploration of ceramic techniques, including hand building and basic throwing. Prerequisite: 6 credits of Introductory Art Studio or Art History courses. [1-3-0; 1-3-0] ARTE 305 (6) DESIGN IN ART EDUCATION. Exploration of design, particularly in relation to textiles. Prerequisite: Six credits of Introductory Art Studio or Art History courses. [1-3-0; 1-3-0] ARTE 314 (4/5) D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN ART: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A concentration in Art or permission of the head. ARTE 320 (2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN ART: ELEMENTARY. Curriculum organization in art; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching art. Pass/Fail. [1-2] ARTE 400 (2-6) D STUDIES IN AN ART EDUCATION STUDIO AREA. Directed studies in an area relevant to teaching in an elementary or secondary school. Pass/Fail. ARTE 401 (3) TWO-DIMENSIONAL CONTENT FOR THE ART CLASSROOM. Study oftwo dimensional materials and processes for the art classroom with emphasis on drawing and painting. Pass/Fail. ARTE 402 (3) GRAPHICS FOR THE ART CLASSROOM. Study of printmaking processes for the art classroom. Pass/Fail. ARTE 403 (3) THREE-DIMENSIONAL CONTENT FOR THE ART CLASSROOM. Study of three dimensional materials and processes for the art classroom with emphasis on ceramics and sculpture. Pass/Fail. ARTE 404(3) DESIGN CONTENT FOR THE ART CLASSROOM. Study of design considerations in various art media for the art classroom with an emphasis on textiles. Pass/Fail. ARTE 405 (3) COMPUTER STUDIES FOR ART EDUCATION. Use of computer technology in teaching and learning of digital imagery and technology in the art classroom. Pass/Fail. ARTE 406 (3) PHOTOGRAPHIC PRACTICES FOR THE CLASSROOM. Photographic and related image making techniques for the art classroom. Pass/Fail. [1-2-0] ARTE 425 (3) EXPLORATIONS IN THE TEACHING OF ART TO CHILDREN: ELEMENTARY. Laboratory-based course involving work with children. Pass/Fail. [1-3-0] ARTE 426 (3) ART, EDUCATION AND CULTURAL DIVERSITY. Implications of cultural diversity for teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Pass/Fail. [3-0] ARTE 441 (3) ART EDUCATION THEORY AND RESEARCH. Art Education theory and research is studied relative to school practice. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: Art Education as a major or minor and completion of a practicum in Art Education. [3-0] ARTE 508 (3-12) C REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN ART EDUCATION METHODS. Studies of recent research bearing on art education practice. ARTE 541 (3) PERSPECTIVES, PRACTICE, AND CURRICULUM ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY ART EDUCATION. Emphasis is placed upon the foundations and conflicting conceptions of curriculum in art education. Theory/practice issues in the development, implementation, and ^valuation of art programs are explored. ARTE 542 (3) HISTORICAL AND SOCIAL FOUNDATIONS OF ART EDUCATION. Histories of art education are examined. Social and cultural implications for art education (past and present) are explored. ARTE 543 (3) PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF ART EDUCATION. Psychological considerations specifically related to cognitive development in art, are explored. Implications for art education theory and practice are drawn. ARTE 561 (3-12) C C STUDIO PRACTICUM. ARTE 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART EDUCATION. ARTE 580 (3-12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. Investigation and reporting of a problem. ARTE 590(3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. ARTE 598 (3-12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those in master's, doctoral and diploma programs. ARTE 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. ARTE 601 (3-12) D DOCTORAL SEMINAR. Pass/Fail. ARTH — ART HISTORY FACULTY OF ARTS Not every course is given every year. For details of current offerings, consult the departmental website at www.finearts.ubc.ca. Students wishing to take fourth-year seminars should normally have had a closely related third-year course and are advised to check with the instructor in this regard. Credit will be given to either the current ARTH listing or its former FINA equivalent. ARTH 100(6) INTRODUCTION TO ART HISTORY. The forms, concepts, issues, and language of analysis for the understanding of art in context. ARTH 225 (3) ART IN EUROPE TO THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY. A selective survey of painting, sculpture, and architecture. Credit will not be granted for both ARTH 125 and ARTH 225 and/or 226. ARTH 226 (3) ART IN EUROPE AND NORTH AMERICA FROM THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY TO THE PRESENT. A selective survey of painting, sculpture, and architecture. Credit will not be granted for both ARTH 125 and ARTH 225 and/or 226. ARTH 251 (3) ASPECTS OF ASIAN ART. The arts, excluding architecture, of the civilizations of India, China, and Japan. ARTH 253 (3) ASPECTS OF ASIAN ARCHITECTURE. Select built forms in Asia, such as temples, tombs, palaces, cities and gardens, and their relations to cultural, social and political systems. ARTH 261 (3) PRE-HISPANIC ARTS OF CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. The relevance of various arts to social institutions in ancient societies of Peru and Mesoamerica. ARTH 262 (3) NATIVE ARTS OF NORTH AMERICA. Men's and women's arts produced by Aboriginal Peoples of North America from pre-contact times to the present. ARTH 300 (3) SEMINAR ON METHODS AND APPROACHES IN ART HISTORY. Theories, problems, and literature in the study of art history Required of all Major and Honours students in art history. ARTH 325 (3) THE ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY OF ANCIENT EGYPT. Equivalency: NEST 304. ARTH 327 (6) ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST. Equivalency: NEST 302. ARTH 329 (6) GREEK AND ROMAN ART. Emphasis on the architecture, sculpture, painting, and decorative arts of Greece and Rome. Equivalency: CLST 330. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ARTE — ART EDUCATION 459 ARTH 330 (3) ART AND THE CHRISTIAN TRANSFORMATION OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE. Visual culture and the rise of Christianity; social, political and religious contexts of art, including diverse viewing practices and cultural frameworks. ARTH 331 (3) ART IN THE EARLY MEDIEVAL WEST. From pagan adornment to Christian devotion to service of Christian or Islamic rule (AD 500-1000). ARTH 332 (3) MEDIEVAL ART IN THE AGE OF MONASTICISM. Art in Western Europe between 1000 and 1200; the role of monasteries as leading institutions and patrons of art and large scale architecture. ARTH 333 (3) ART, CHURCH, SOCIETY AND THEIR MARGINS IN THE LATER MIDDLE AGES. Diversification of the arts and architecture with the expansion of patronage in late medieval society. ARTH 334 (3) ITALIAN RENAISSANCE ART AND CULTURE (1400-1500). Changing roles of visual art and culture within commune, court, religious practices and private life. ARTH 335 (3) ITALIAN RENAISSANCE ART AND CULTURE (1500-1600). Visual Art and culture within social, political and religious upheaval and fragmentation. ARTH 336 (3) ITALIAN ART AND CULTURE (1600-1700). Rome as centre of Counter Reformation art, architecture, urban culture and new sites for visual images. ARTH 337 (3) EUROPEAN ART AND CULTURE (1600-1700). Visual art and culture within court and official life, commerce-oriented urban centres and emergent nation states. ARTH 338 (3) VISUAL CULTURE IN THE AGE OF ENLIGHTENMENT AND REVOLUTION (1715-1830). Art, architecture, and social space in Europe and America redefining gender identity and nation in the era of industrialization and political change. ARTH 339 (3) 19TH-CENTURY ART AND SOCIAL SPACE. Ideologies of gender, class, race, ethnicity, and economics in 19th-century European and American visual culture. ARTH 340 (3) 20TH CENTURY ART AND CULTURE: THE TRIUMPH AND DEMISE OF MODERNISM. A critical survey of western art and cultural production from the turn of the century to the development of Pop Art. ARTH 341 (3) 20TH CENTURY ART AND CULTURE: THE POSTMODERN. A critical examination of international visual art and culture from the 1950s to the present; the role of art in consumerist society and the emergence of postmodernism. ARTH 342 (3) LATIN AMERICAN ARTMODERN AND CONTEMPORARY. Analyses of specific works and texts will emphasize visual inventions and meaning in the light of recent theoretical debates ARTH 343 (3) ART AND PHOTOGRAPHY IN CANADA TO 1920. Art, artists, and art institutions from the establishment of the French and English colonies to the founding of the Group of Seven: issues of race, wilderness, and colonial expansion. ARTH 344 (3) ART AND PHOTOGRAPHY IN CANADA, 1920 TO THE PRESENT. Art movements and art institutions from the landscape paintings of the Group of Seven to the photo-conceptualist practices of the Vancouver school. ARTH 346 (3) ARCHITECTURE IN EUROPE: BUILDING THE FABRIC OF THE MODERN STATE (1715-1837). The role of architecture within the development of the modern state, A survey of broad cultural dynamics, particular building projects and design careers. ARTH 347 (3) ARCHITECTURE IN EUROPE: MODERN PARADIGMS OF DESIGN (1837- PRESENT). An examination of new requirements imposed on architecture by the consolidation of a capitalist economy, industrialization, new technologies and scientific methods. ARTH 348 (3) ARCHITECTURE IN NORTH AMERICA: COLONIAL PROJECTS AND DISRUPTIONS (1605-1867). The role of architecture in the imposition of European governance within North America; the modification of received conventions in relation to topographical, ethnic-religious and political factors. ARTH 349 (3) ARCHITECTURE IN NORTH AMERICA: INDEPENDENT DESIGN IDIOMS (1867-PRESENT). The emergence of a distinctive architecture that superceded British and European agendas; the growth of private and public patronage and the establishment of modern design and practice. ARTH 351 (3/6) D ISLAMIC ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY. A study of the artifacts of Islam as an expression of Islamic beliefs. Corequisite: RELG 341 ARTH 352 (3) HISTORIC INDIA: IMAGES, TEMPLES AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF INDIAN ART HISTORY. North and South Indian art and architecture with an emphasis on Buddhism and Hinduism. ARTH 353 (3) NEPAL AND TIBET: ART, RITUAL AND PERFORMANCE. Art of the Himalayan region situated within social and religious practices, festivals, and performances. ARTH 354 (3) MUGHAL INDIA: ART, ARCHITECTURE AND THE SPECTACLE OF EMPIRE. The complex relationship of Mughal imperial architecture and painting with those of the Hindu Rajput courts. ARTH 355 (3) ARTISTIC AND CULTURAL PRACTICES IN COLONIAL AND INDEPENDENT INDIA. The development of a new Indian art during the colonial period and nationalist movement; the construction of India's contemporary visual culture. ARTH 358 (3) THE MAKING OF EARLY CHINA: FROM ARCHAEOLOGY TO HISTORY. Close reading of visual and textual materials will elucidate chinese are and culture prior to 300 CE, as well as question the objectivity of historical reconstructions. ARTH 359 (3) THE PURSUIT OF REALISM: FIGURATIVE PAINTING BEFORE 1400 IN CHINA. Examines the making of realistic representations that describe society, cultural practice and family relationships in China between 3000 BCE and 1400 CE. ARTH 360 (3) LITERATI PAINTING IN CHINA: 1100-1700. Chinese literati art and theory will be analyzed through careful study of relationships between visual and textual productions. ARTH 361 (3) MODERN AND POST-MODERN ART IN CHINA. An investigation of China's varied resistance to and puruits of modernity and post-modernity through examination of Chinese art from the 18th to 21st centuries. ARTH 364 (3) BUDDHIST ART OF JAPAN: 6TH-12TH CENTURIES. Exoteric and esoteric Buddhist art traditions in the ancient capitals of Japan and East Asia. ARTH 365 (3) BUDDHIST ART OF JAPAN: 13TH-16TH CENTURIES. Pure Land and Zen Buddhist art traditions in the ancient capitals of Japan and East Asia. ARTH 366 (3) JAPANESE PAINTING TRADITIONS: 7TH-15TH CENTURIES. The development of earlier Japanese painting with a focus on landscape and narrative handscroll paintings. ARTH 367 (3) JAPANESE PAINTING TRADITIONS: 16TH-19TH CENTURIES. Genre painting of the Momoyama and Edo periods including screens, woodblock prints and other media. ARTH 370 (3) ARTS OF MEXICO'S EARLY PEOPLES. Pre-Aztec monumental and portable arts of the Olmec, Zapotec, Teotihuacan and Classic Veracruz peoples. ARTH 371 (3) ARTS OF THE AZTEC PERIOD IN MEXICO. Symbolic meanings and political agendas of Aztec architecture, sculpture and manuscript illustration investigated using Spanish accounts. ARTH 372 (3) MAYA PUBLIC RITUAL ARTS. Architecture, sculpture, costume, and visual productions associated with Maya public ritual, including the ancient ball game and modern cofradia dances. ARTH 373 (3) MAYA OBJECTS OF IDENTITY, WEALTH AND STATUS. Elaborate visual productions, including architecture, sculpture, murals, jewelry, painted ceramics, figurines, and textiles, encompassed by Maya residences, ancient to modern. ARTH 376 (3) ARTS OF THE NORTHWEST COAST PEOPLES: THE NORTH. The histories, historiography and cultural diversity of the Northern Northwest Coast region; persistence and innovation in the arts in communities, and in cross-cultural and market spheres. ARTH 377 (3) ARTS OF THE NORTHWEST COAST PEOPLES: THE SOUTH. The histories, historiography and cultural diversity of the Southern Northwest Coast region; persistence and innovation in the arts in communities, and in cross-cultural and market spheres. 460 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ARTH 397 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDY ABROAD (SUMMER SCHOOL). ARTH 429 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE ART AND ARCHEOLOGY OF GREECE AND ROME. Equivalency: CLST 429. ARTH 432 (3) SEMINAR IN THE ART OF THE MIDDLEAGES. Equivalency: ARTH 431, ARTH 433. ARTH 436 (3) SEMINAR IN EARLY MODERN ART. Equivalency: ARTH 435, ARTH 437. ARTH 439 (3) SEMINAR IN 18TH & 19TH- CENTURY VISUAL CULTURE. Equivalency: ARTH 438. ARTH 440 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY ART. ARTH 442 (3) SEMINAR IN CONTEMPORARY LATIN AMERICAN ART. ARTH 443 (3) SEMINAR IN CANADIAN ART. ARTH 445 (3) FILM AND THE CITY. The complex interrelations between film and the city; dominant urban theories, film technologies and viewing practices and the intersections between them. ARTH 448 (3) SEMINAR IN NORTH AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE. ARTH 455 (3) SEMINAR IN THE ART OF INDIA AND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Equivalency: ARTH 457, ARTH 458. ARTH 458 (3) SEMINAR IN CHINESE ART. Equivalency: ARTH 451, ARTH 452. ARTH 459 (3) SEMINAR IN CHINESE ART. Equivalency: ARTH 451, ARTH 452. ARTH 464 (3) SEMINAR IN JAPANESE ART. Equivalency: ARTH 453, ARTH 454. ARTH 471 (3) SEMINAR IN PRE-HISPANIC ART. Equivalency: ARTH 463, ARTH 465. ARTH 476 (3) SEMINAR IN NORTH AMERICAN ABORIGINAL ART. Equivalency: ARTH 469. ARTH 499 (6) HONOURS ESSAY. ARTH 531 (3/6) D STUDIES IN EARLY MEDIEVAL ART. ARTH 533 (3/6) D STUDIES IN MEDIEVAL ART. ARTH 535 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE ART OF THE RENAISSANCE. ARTH 537 (3/6) D STUDIES IN 17TH- AND 18TH-CENTURY ART. ARTH 539 (3/6) D STUDIES IN 19TH- CENTURY ART. ARTH 540 (3/6) D STUDIES IN 20TH- CENTURY ART. ARTH 543 (3/6) D STUDIES IN CANADIAN ART. ARTH 548 (3/6) D STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE. ARTH 551 (3/6) D STUDIES IN CHINESE ART. ARTH 553 (3/6) D STUDIES IN JAPANESE ART. ARTH 555 (3/6) D STUDIES IN SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIAN ART. ARTH 561 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE INDIGENOUS ARTS OF THE AMERICAS. ARTH 571 (6) THE METHODOLOGY OF ART HISTORY. Required of all art history graduate students. ARTH 577 (3/6) C DIRECTED READING. ARTH 599(6) MASTER'S THESIS. ARTH 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. ARTS — ARTS ONE PROGRAM FACULTY OF ARTS ARTS 1 (18) ARTS ONE. ASIA —ASIAN STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS ASIA 100 (3) INTRODUCTION TO TRADITIONAL ASIA. A survey of the histories and cultures of Asia before 1600 and the coming of the Europeans. Emphasis will be given to parallel themes in the development of the civilizations of South, Southeast and East Asia. ASIA 101 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ASIA. A survey of the emergence of modern Asia. Aims at an understanding of how the various peoples of Asia have maintained distinctive cultural identities despite centuries of political, economic, social and cultural change. ASIA200(3) CULTURAL FOUNDATIONS OF EAST ASIA. A comparative survey of the beliefs, assumptions and values which have shaped the civilizations of East Asia in both traditional and modern times. Prerequisite: All of ASIA 100, ASIA 101. ASIA208(3) CULTURAL FOUNDATIONS OF SOUTH ASIA. A survey of South Asian cultures, including language and literature, art, religion, polity and society, as they developed in the past and have been transformed in the modern period. Prerequisite: All of ASIA 100, ASIA 101. ASIA209(3) CULTURAL FOUNDATIONS OF SOUTHEAST ASIA. A comparative survey of the different cultures found in the communities of Southeast Asia. Focus will be on language and literature, arts, religion, society and polity, ideologies and belief systems in the past as well as in modern times. Prerequisite: All of ASIA 100, ASIA 101. ASIA270(6) MODERN CHINA AND THE WEST. Equivalency: HIST 270. ASIA 300 (3) WRITING AND CULTURE IN EAST ASIA. Practical, aesthetic, historical, technological and political issues pertaining to the use of Chinese characters - hanzi (Chinese), kanji (Japanese), or hanccha (Korean)-through- out the region. Prerequisite: One of first-year Chinese, Japanese, or Korean. ASIA 308 (3) MYTHOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF ANCIENT INDIA IN TRANSLATION. Myths of creation Gods and goddesses of the Vedic pantheon. Connections with myths in other parts of the world, particularly in the Indo-European tradition. Literary representations of the myths. ASIA 309 (3) SOUTH ASIAN BEYOND SOUTH ASIA. A history of South Asian peoples and communities that emigrated overseas, including Indo-Canadians. ASIA310(3/6)D STUDIES IN THE HISTORY OF A MAJOR ASIAN CIVILIZATION. Studyof an Asian culture area different from those covered in existing courses. Not given every year. Consult Department for details. ASIA311 (3) HISTORY OF EARLY CHINA. History of China from the earliest times to the disintegration of the Tang empire. Students will acquire the analytical skills and tools to understand the origins and foundations of Chinese society. Equivalency: HIST 382. ASIA314(3) PREMODERN JAPAN. Japanese history (political, economic, social and cultural) to 1600. ASIA 315 (3) JAPAN FROM FEUDAL TO MODERN STATE. Japanese history from 1600 to the Meiji Restoration. Political, economic, social and cultural forces which were involved in transforming Japan. ASIA317(3) THE RISE OF KOREAN CIVILIZATION. The evolution of a distinctive Korean civilization within the East Asian cultural sphere. Primary focus on cultural, social and political development from the earliest times to the sixteenth century. ASIA318(3) PREMODERN INDIA. A survey of the history and culture of India from the earliest historic period to 1200 and the coming of Islam, with emphasis on the evolution of classical Hindu civilization. ASIA319(3) HISTORY OF INDONESIAN CIVILIZATION. Survey of the archipelago from the 10th century to the present. Social organization, major religions, economic and political developments from the pre-modern period, through Dutch colonial rule to independence. ASIA 321 (3) HISTORY OF LATER IMPERIAL CHINA. History of China from the end of Tang to the eve of its modern transformation. Students will acquire the analytical skills and tools to understand the political, socioeconomic, and cultural changes in imperial China. Equivalency: HIST 381. ASIA328(3) MEDIEVAL INDIA. The history, culture, and social and economic organization of South Asia from the decline of the classical Hindu empires through the Sultanate period. ASIA 329 (3) GENDER IN SOUTHEAST ASIA. A critical examination of what it means to be a woman or a man within the social and cultural context of Southeast Asia. What 'masculinity' and 'femininity' signify in Indonesia's society; how these concepts are reaffirmed or challenged. ASIA 337 (3) THE KOREAN PEOPLE IN MODERN TIMES (1600 TO THE PRESENT). The transformation of Korea from a Confucian state into an industrial nation. The rise of nationalism and modern ideologies in Korea. Cultural, social and economic changes Korea PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ARTS — ARTS ONE PROGRAM 461 has undergone as it has entered the modern world. ASIA338(3) MODERN INDIA. The history of India from the coming of the Europeans to the rise of the nationalist movement with emphasis on the social and economic impact of British imperialism. ASIA 339 (3) THE CONSTRUCTION OF SOUTH ASIAN COMMUNITIES IN THE DIASPORA. An examination of contemporary South Asian communities in the diaspora. Topics of particular importance are family life, religious life, notions of space, communal memory, literary and visual representation. Prerequisite: ASIA 309. ASIA 341 (3) CLASSICAL CHINESE LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION. Poetry, historical and philosophic prose writings and the earliest genres of fiction in classical Chinese (ca 1100BC^;a750AD). ASIA 342 (3) CHINESE LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION: THE VERNACULAR TRADITION. Readings in drama and fiction, 800 to 1800 AD. The emergence of vernacular genres as distinct from and sometimes opposed to the existing classical genres. ASIA 344 (3) TOPICS IN JAPANESE CULTURAL HISTORY I: ARISTOCRATS AND WARRIORS. Focuses each year on a specific topic related to the courtly or warrior culture of Japan. ASIA 346 (3) TOPICS IN JAPANESE CULTURAL HISTORY II: THE EARLY MODERN AG E. Focuses each year on a specific topic related to the culture of early modern Japan. ASIA 347 (3) TRADITIONAL KOREAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION. An introduction to Korean literature from ancient times to 1900. ASIA 348 (3) GREAT LITERARY WORKS OF CLASSICAL INDIA IN TRANSLATION. Major Sanskrit and Prakrit literary genres as A developed in the Brahmanical, Buddhist and Jaina traditions, including folktales of riddle, intrigue, etc. Ramayana, Mahabharata. Polished poems of the urbane. Plays. Learned novels and long poems. ASIA 349 (3) SOUTHEAST ASIAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION. Literary works from the Ma lay/Indonesian-speaking world (Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore) and some from other regions (mainland Southeast Asia, the Philippines). All readings in English translation. ASIA 350 (3) ASIAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION: A COMPARATIVE APPROACH. A comparative approach to the literatures of East, South and Southeast Asia focusing on a specific theme. Required for majors in Chinese, Japanese and South Asian languages. ASIA 351 (3) MODERN CHINESE FICTION IN TRANSLATION. Reading of selected novels and stories written between 1750 and the present. ASIA 352 (3) TOPICS IN TRADITIONAL CHINESE VERNACULAR LITERATURE. Traditional Chinese culture as seen through reading and discussion of exemplary literary works in the vernacular language. ASIA 354 (3) INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE CINEMA. Students will be introduced to the work of the major directors (e.g., Ozu, Mizogu- chi, Kurosawa, Itami, Oshima, Shinoda). Ideological uses of literary texts and period pieces (e.g., Ugetsu, Life of Oharu, Double Suicide). Impact of depiction of Japanese in American film. ASIA 357 (3) MODERN KOREAN FICTION IN TR A N S L AT ION. Selected novels and stories written between 1906 and the present. ASIA 358 (3) LITERATURE OF MEDIEVAL INDIA IN TRANSLATION. Devotional, mystic, and erotic poetry of medieval Hinduism, Islam, and Sikhism. ASIA 359 (3) GENDER RELATIONS IN SOUTHEAST ASIAN LITERATURE. Gender relations as portrayed in writings in English translation by women and men from the Ma lay/Indonesian-speaking world, mainland Southeast Asia, and the Philippines. ASIA 360 (3) A SPECIFIC ASIAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION. Introduction to the literature of a linguistic area of Asia not covered in existing courses. Not given every year. Consult the Department for details. ASIA364(3) MODERN JAPANESE LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION. An introduction to the literature and cultural history of modern Japan, with readings drawn from various literary genres, from 1868 to the present. ASIA367(3) CONTEMPORARY KOREAN CULTURE. An introduction to the literature, drama, music, and art of Korea today Particular attention will be paid to the continuing influence of traditional themes and forms. ASIA 368 (3) MODERN LITERATURES OF SOUTH ASIA IN TRANSLATION. Fiction, drama, and poetry of modern India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka, including works in English translation and originally written in English. ASIA371 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF CHINESE THOUGHT. Chinese thought from its beginnings until the Han dynasty (206 BCE to 220 CE) in its historical and cultural contexts. Includes, among others: Confucius; Mo Zi; the Legalists/Authoritarians; Zhuang Zi; the Lao Zi book. ASIA372(3) DEVELOPMENTOF TRADITIONAL CHINESE THOUGHT. Chinese thought from the Han dynasty (206 BCE to 220 CE) to Wang Yangming (1472-1529) in its historical and cultural contexts. Prerequisite: ASIA 371. ASIA 377 (3) HISTORY OF KOREAN THOUGHT. An examination of Korean religious, philosophical, and scientific thought from the earliest written records to the present day, with particular focus on the interaction of Shamanism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and, in the present century, Christianity. ASIA378(3) PHILOSOPHICAL WISDOM OF EARLY INDIA. Epistemological and ontologi- cal thought from the Vedic period to the period of the rise of philosophical schools or systems Philosophy in the Mahabharata, Gita; early Buddhist and Jain views on knowledge and reality; views on language. Equivalency: PHIL 378. ASIA379(6) THE SIKHS: HISTORY, RELIGION AND SOCIETY. A historical study of the social and cultural forces that helped shape Sikh religious beliefs and ritual practices over the past four centuries. In dealing with the evolution of Sikh identity, due attention will be given to Sikh ideals, social organization, religious institutions and sacred literature. Equivalency: HIST 389. ASIA 380 (6) MODERN CHINESE HISTORY SINCE 1840. Equivalency: HIST 380. ASIA 381 (3) DAOIST (TAOIST) RELIGION AND ITS PHILOSOPHICAL BACKGROUND. A study of the Daoist religious traditions from their beginnings in the second century CE in their cultural, intellectual and social contexts. Equivalency: RELG 365. ASIA 382 (3) BUDDHISM IN CHINA. Buddhism in China History, thought and practices of Chinese Buddhism from its beginnings until the twentieth century Equivalency: RELG 366. ASIA383(3) COMMON RELIGIOUS TRADITIONS IN CHINA. Astudyofthe religious practices and beliefs shared by the great majority of people in traditional Chinese culture, including ancestor worship, seasonal festivals, offerings to deities, exorcism of harmful forces. ASIA387 (3) JAPANESE RELIGIONS. An introduction to traditional Japanese religions including Shinto, Buddhism, Shugendo, Confucianism, new religions and folklore, and their roles in Japanese history, culture and society ASIA388(3) BUDDHIST, BRAHAMANICAL AND JAIN PHILOSOPHERS IN INTERACTION. Debates on issues of epistemology, language and ontology among the philosophical schools or systems of classical India Nagarjuna, Bhartrhari, Uma-svati, Sankara and others. Equivalency: PHIL 388. ASIA 398 (3) CLASSICAL HINDU, BUDDHIST AND JAIN MYTHS AND LEGENDS IN TRANSLATION. Stories of gods, goddessesand religious heroes from the Ramayana, Mahabharata, Puranas, Avadanas and in classical poetry and drama. ASIA400 (3) CHINESE CHARACTERS: SCRIPT, LANGUAGES, AND CIVILIZATIONS. Advanced study of the structure of the Chinese characters in their graphic, phonetic, and semantic aspects. Prerequisite: ASIA 300 and one of CHIN 200, JAPN 200, KORN 300. ASIA410 (3) INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS IN PREMODERN EAST ASIA. International relations, particularly between Korea and Japan 462 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 in the premodern East Asian context, focusing on migration, trade, diplomacy, war, collective memory, mutual perceptions, and the context of the Sinocentric international order. ASIA411 (3) CHINESE POLITICAL THOUGHT AND INSTITUTIONS. Chinese theories and practices of government and administration from earliest times to 1949. ASIA418(3) SOCIAL HISTORY OF INDIA. Fundamental institutions including family, caste and religious organizations, with emphasis on the early modern and British periods. ASIA 422 (6) MODERN JAPANESE HISTORY SINCE 1800. Equivalency: HIST 422. ASIA 428(3) MUGHAL INDIA. History ofthe politics, economy, society, and culture of South Asia from the Great Mughals to the British conquest. ASIA 430 (3) INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS IN MODERN EAST ASIA: KOREA AND JAPAN. Trade, diplomacy, war, imperialism, militarism, colonialism, collective memory, mutual perceptions Korean-Japanese relations are examined as an exemplary case for exploring the dimensions of international conflict and partnership. ASIA 434(6) HISTORY OF SOUTHEAST ASIA SINCE 1800. Equivalency: HIST 434. ASIA 438 (3) TWENTIETH CENTURY SOUTH ASIA. ASIA 444 (3) TOPICS IN MODERN JAPANESE FICTION AND CULTURAL HISTORY. Focuses on a limited time period or particular aspect of modern Japanese literature. Prerequisite: ASIA 364. Graduate level standing is also acceptable. ASIA 460 (3) MODERN ASIAN WOMEN IN NARRATIVE. Experience of women in the context of a particular Asian culture, as seen through literature, popular culture, film and folklore. Narrative as a medium for the representation and constitution of gender. ASIA 464 (3) JAPANESE WOMEN'S SELF- WRITING. Selected aspects of the more than 1000 years of self-writing (diary, autobiography, personal fiction). Theory and criticism about the use of writing as a medium of self- expression. ASIA 465(6) CULTURE AND SOCIETY IN LATE IMPERIAL CHINA. An in-depth examination of how beliefs and practices were created and transmitted in imperial China from 1500 to 1800. Equivalency: HIST 465. ASIA 480 (6) ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL HISTORY OF MODERN CHINA TO 1940. Equivalency: HIST 480. ASIA 488 (3) RELIGION, SOCIETY AND STATE IN MODERN INDIA. History of secular and religious discourse in post-independent India. Partition, state policy of secularism, religious mobilization among Hindus and Muslims, communal violence and religious radicalism. ASIA 501 (3/6) D RESEARCH METHODS AND SOURCE MATERIALS IN CLASSICAL CHINESE STUDIES. ASIA 502 (3/6) D MODERN CHINESE FICTION AND WESTERN CRITICISM. Same as Comparative Literature 506A. ASIA 503 (3/6) D PROBLEMS IN THE HISTORY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE. ASIA 504 (3-18) D TEXTS IN ANCIENT CHINESE SCRIPTS. ASIA 508 (3-18) D TOPICS IN PRE-MODERN CHINESE HISTORY AND INSTITUTIONS. ASIA 509 (3-18) D ASPECTS OF CHINESE POPULAR THOUGHT AND RELIGION. ASIA 511 (3-18) D READINGS IN CHINESE RELIGIOUS TEXTS. Selected readings from primary texts in Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism, and popular religion. Prerequisite: CHIN 301. Equivalency: RELG 511. ASIA 512 (3-18) D ADVANCED READINGS IN CLASSICAL CHINESE. Prerequisite: CHIN 400. ASIA 513 (3/6) D TOPICS IN CLASSICAL CHINESE LITERATURE. ASIA 514 (3-18) D TOPICS IN MODERN CHINESE LITERATURE. ASIA 515 (3-18) D TOPICS IN EARLY VERNACULAR MODERN CHINESE LITERATURE. ASIA 521 (3/6) D RESEARCH METHODS AND SOURCE MATERIALS IN JAPANESE STUDIES. ASIA 522 (3/6) D READINGS IN KAMBUN KUNDOKU. Prerequisite: JAPN 312. ASIA 523 (3-18) D TOPICS IN THE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE OF THE JAPANESE LANGUAGE. ASIA 525 (3-18) D TOPICS IN THE SOCIAL HISTORY OF JAPANESE RELIGIONS. ASIA 528 (3-18) D PROBLEMS OF JAPANESE INTELLECTUAL HISTORY. ASIA 532 (3-18) D TOPICS IN TRADITIONAL JAPANESE LITERATURE. ^iSIA 533 (3-18) D TOPICS IN MODERN JAPANESE LITERATURE. ASIA 541 (3-18) D RESEARCH METHODS AND SOURCE MATERIALS IN SOUTH ASIAN STUDIES. ASIA 543 (3-18) D TOPICS IN THE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE OF INDIAN LANGUAGES. ASIA 546 (3-18) D TOPICS IN SOUTH ASIAN LITERATURE. ASIA 550 (3-18) D TOPICS IN EARLY SOUTH ASIAN CIVILIZATIONS. ASIA 561 (3-18) D PROBLEMS OF MODERNIZATION IN EASTERN AND SOUTHERN ASIA. ASIA 570 (3/6) D APPROACHES TO ASIAN LITERATURE. ASIA 580 (3/6) C DIRECTED READINGS. ASIA 581 (3-18) D RESEARCH METHODS AND SOURCE MATERIALS IN KOREAN STUDIES. ASIA 582 (3/6) D HISTORY AND STRUCTURE OFTHE KOREAN LANGUAGE. Prerequisite: LING 300. ASIA 583 (3-12) D TOPICS IN MODERN KOREAN LITERATURE. ASIA 584 (3-12) D TOPICS IN TRADITIONAL KOREAN LITERATURE. ASIA 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. ASIA 699(0) PH.D. THESIS. In Chinese, Japanese, or South Asian Studies only ASLA —ASIAN LANGUAGES FACULTY OF ARTS ASLA 300 (6) STUDIES IN AN ASIAN LANGUAGE (BASIC COURSE). Introduction to the fundamentals of an Asian language not normally taught in the Department. Not given every year. Consult the Department for details. ASLA400 (6) STUDIES IN AN ASIAN LANGUAGE (INTERMEDIATE COURSE). Prerequisite: ASLA 300. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ASTR — ASTRONOMY FACULTY OF SCIENCE See also Physics. ASTR 101 (3) INTRODUCTION TO THE SOLAR SYSTEM. General principles ofthe celestial sphere, laws of motion and light, optics, and telescopes; current knowledge of the Sun and Solar System. Astronomy 201/202 rather than ASTR 101/102 are recommended for students who intend to pursue studies in Astronomy Prerequisite: All of PHYS 11, MATH 12. [3-2 *-0] ASTR 102 (3) INTRODUCTION TO STARS AND GALAXIES. Modern stellar and extraga- lactic astronomy Stars and stellar evolution from protostars to black holes; galaxies and quasars; cosmology. Astronomy 201/202 rather than 101/102 are recommended for students who intend to pursue studies in Astronomy Prerequisite: All of PHYS 11, MATH 12. ' [3-2*-0] ASTR 201 (3) STELLAR ASTROPHYSICS. Observed characteristics of stars, radiation and stellar spectra, the interior structure of stars, nuclear reactions and stellar evolution, white dwarfs, neutron stars and black holes. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 101, PHYS 107, PHYS 153, SCIE 001. [3-0-0] ASTR 202 (3) GALACTIC ASTRONOMY. Basic properties of the Milky Way Galaxy, kinematics of stars, star clusters and stellar evolution, stellar populations and the formation of the Galaxy, rotation and mass of the Galaxy, the Local Group of Galaxies. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 101, PHYS 107, PHYS 153, SCIE 001. ASTR 201 is recommended. [3-0-0] ASTR 303 (3) EXTRAGALACTIC ASTRO N O MY. Properties of normal galaxies, elements of stellar dynamics; galactic evolution, PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ASLA — ASIAN LANGUAGES 463 active galaxies and quasars. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 206, PHYS 216. ASTR 102 or ASTR 202 is recommended. [3-0-0] ASTR 304 (3) RESEARCH TOPICS IN ASTRONOMY. This course will develop the background and present the current status of a selected topic in modern astronomy The topic will reflect the research interests of the instructors) and the students will be presented with problems related to this research. Prerequisite: Permission of the department head is required. [3-0-0] ASTR 310 (3) EXPLORING THE UNIVERSE I: THE SOLAR SYSTEM. A survey of recent discoveries about the planets and other objects in the solar system, without the use of advanced mathematics. The Sun, the existence of planetary systems around other stars, and the search for life. Not open to first year students and not for credit in the Faculties of Science and Applied Science. [3-0-1*] ASTR311 (3) EXPLORING THE UNIVERSE II: STARS AND GALAXIES. A survey of recent discoveries in modern astronomy without the use of advanced mathematics. Stars, pulsars, black holes, galaxies, quasars and the origin and evolution of the Universe. Not open to first year students and not for credit in the Faculties of Science and Applied Science. [3-0-1*] ASTR 402 (3) FUNDAMENTALS OF ASTROPHYSICS. The interaction of radiation with matter (radiative transfer, bremsstrahlung, synchrotron radiation, Compton scattering), atomic/molecular physics, astrophysical hydrodynamics; supernova remnants, masers, pulsars, gamma-ray bursts and accretion flows. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 203, PHYS 301. [3-0-0] ASTR 403 (3) COSMOLOGY. Introduction to the study of the Universe as a whole. Foundations of the Hot Big Bang model, the early Universe, nucleosynthesis, the cosmic microwave background, large-scale structure, galaxy formation and quasars. Prerequisite: PHYS 200. ASTR 303 is recommended. [3-0-0] ASTR 404 (3) ASTRONOMICAL AND ▼ ASTROPHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS. Astronomical instrumentation and techniques for ground and space-based observations. Theory of measurement, imaging, interferome- try and spectroscopy of electromagnetic radiation at optical, radio, infrared, and X-ray wavelengths. Astronomical data analysis. Prerequisite: PHYS 308 and one of PHYS 312, MATH 316. [3-0-0] ASTR 405 (3) ASTRONOMICAL LABORATORY. Experiments in the use of astronomical instrumentation and data analysis. Use of the 40-cm reflector, spectrograph and electronic detectors. Photometric and spectroscopic analysis of digital data. Prerequisite: ASTR 404. [0-0-3] ASTR 449 (2-6) C DIRECTED RESEARCH IN ASTRONOMY. The student will investigate a research problem under the direction of a staff member. If elected for six credits, a thesis will be required. ASTR 500 (3) PRINCIPLES OF MODERN ASTRONOMY. An introduction to the physical processes occurring in the stars, the interstellar medium, and in our own and other galaxies (fourth-year Honours students om the Physics and Astronomy Department may elect this course with special permission of the Department Head). ASTR 502 (3) ASTRONOMICAL DYNAMICS. ASTR 503 (2-6) C OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY. Critical discussion of modern ground-based and satellite borne instrumentation for astronomical observations in all spectral regions. Description of measuring engines and reduction techniques. ASTR 504 (2-6) C STELLAR ASTRONOMY. The study of the structure of stellar interiors and stellar atmospheres and the physical processes occurring in them; the interpretation of stellar spectra: nucleosynthesis, and related problems. ASTR 505 (2-6) C GALACTIC ASTRONOMY. The study of the structure, content and evolution of our own and other galaxies, including the study of the physical processes occurring in the interstellar medium and galactic nuclei. ASTR 506 (2/3) D HIGH-ENERGY ASTROPHYSICS. ASTR 507 (2/3) D PLANETARY SCIENCES. ASTR 520 (3) ASTRONOMY/ASTROPHYSICS RESEARCH SEMINAR. ASTR 530 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN ASTRONOMY. ASTR 534 (2-6) C STUDIES IN STELLAR STRUCTURE. ASTR 535 (2-6) C STUDIES IN STELLAR ATMOSPHERES. ASTR 536 (2-6)C STUDIES OF THE INTERSTELLAR MEDIUM. ASTR 537 (2-6) C STUDIES IN EXTRA GALACTIC ASTRONOMY. ASTR 538 (2-6) C STUDIES IN COSMOLOGY. ASTR 549 (12) M.SC. THESIS. ASTR 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. ASTU — ARTS STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS ASTU 101 (8) RTES 21ST CENTURY. ASTU 201 (3) CANADA, JAPAN AND THE PACIFIC: CULTURAL STUDIES. An interdisciplinary introduction to the cultures of Canada and Japan, and the interrelations between them. Specific topics vary from year to year but will include themes such as constructing the past; nationalism; self-perceptions; cross- cultural perceptions; multiculturalism in Canada and Japan; images in architecture, film and literature; mythologies. ASTU 202 (3) CANADA, JAPAN AND THE PACIFIC: POLITICAL, ECONOMIC AND GEOGRAPHICAL PERSPECTIVES. An interdisciplinary introduction to political, economic and geographical interactions between Japan and Canada, the links between these countries and other Pacific Rim nations, and the historical origins of these connections. Specific topics will vary from year to year, but will include themes such as economic integration in the Pacific region; the role of resource economies such as Canada's; security relations in the Pacific; the role of Japanese investment in the Asia-Pacific region. Equivalency: GEOG 281. ASTU 310 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Approved and supervised work experience with a public or private organization for a minimum of 13 weeks full- time. Orientation workshops. Final work term report required. Restricted to students in the Arts Co-operative Education Program. Prerequisite: 6 credits first-year English or Arts I; 6 credits of science; 6 credits of literature; satisfaction of Faculty language requirement. ASTU 311 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT II. Approved and supervised work experience with a public or private organization for a minimum of 13 weeks full- time. Final work term report required. Prerequisite: ASTU 310. MSTU 400 (3-6) D INTERDISCIPLINARY ^STUDIES IN ARTS. For upper-division students in the Faculty of Arts. Topics announced annually. ASTU 401 (3-6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN ARTS STUDIES. For up per-division students in the Faculty of Arts offered by a distinguished visitor to the campus for one or two terms. ASTU 410 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT III. Approved and supervised work experience with a public or private organization for a minimum of 13 weeks full- time. Final work term report. Prerequisite: ASTU 311. ASTU 411 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Approved and supervised work experience with a public or private organization for a minimum of 13 weeks full- time. Final work term report. Prerequisite: ASTU 410. ASTU 412 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT V. Optional extra work placement. Approved and supervised work experience with a public or private organization for a minimum of 13 weeks full-time. Final work term report. Prerequisite: ASTU 411. ASTU 501 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Approved and supervised paid work experience with a public or private organization for a minimum of 13 weeks full- time. Final written report required. Restricted to Master's degree students in departments with approved co-op programs. ASTU 502 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT 2. Prerequisite: ASTU 501. ASTU 503 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT 3. Prerequisite: ASTU 502. 464 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ATSC — ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE FACULTY OF SCIENCE ATSC 201 (3) METEOROLOGY OF STORMS. Characteristics and physical processes of thunderstorms, tornadoes, lightning, hail, hurricanes, blizzards, cyclones and other storms. Prerequisite: Completion of first-year science. [3-0-0] ATSC 301 (3) ATMOSPHERIC RADIATION AND REMOTE SENSING. Energy transfer at infrared, visible, and microwave wavelengths, measurements of atmosphere and surface from satellite. Application of techniques from linear algebra and physics to atmospheric problems. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 102, PHYS 108, PHYS 122 and one of MATH 221, MATH 223 and familiarity with a programming language. [3-0-0] ATSC 303 (3) METHODS IN ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE. An introduction to instrumentation used in monitoring the state of the atmosphere; a brief survey of methods of analysis of meteorological data. Prerequisite: CPSC 122 and one of ATSC 201, GEOG 200. [2-2-0] ATSC 304 (3) SYNOPTIC METEOROLOGY AND CLIMATOLOGY. Analysis of meteorological fields, diagnostic analysis of synoptic weather systems, applications of synoptic meteorology Prerequisite: MATH 101 and one of ATSC 200, GEOG 200. ATSC 201 or GEOG 201 are recommended. Equivalency: GEOG 304. [3-2-0] ATSC 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT I. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial, university or government setting for a minimum of 14 weeks. Normally taken in the Winter Session (Term 2) in third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to Co-operative Education Program in Atmospheric Science. Prerequisite: All of I GEOG 200, ATSC 201, GEOG 300. ATSC 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT II. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial, university or government setting for a minimum of 14 weeks. Normally taken in the Summer Session (Terms 1 and 2) following third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Atmospheric Science. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 200, ATSC 201, GEOG 300. ATSC 404(3) DYNAMIC METEOROLOGY. Dynamic principles governing atmospheric motions on a rotating planet. Simplified mathematical models of atmospheric flow based on scale analysis. Application to synoptic-scale and general circulation of the troposphere. Prerequisite: EOSC 250 and one of PHYS 312, MATH 316 and one of EOSC 251, MATH 317. [3-0-0] ATSC 405 (3) CLOUD PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. Cloud thermodynamics, chemistry and microphysics. Computer modelling of droplet growth, convection, and mixing. Application of differential equations to atmospheric problems. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 313, MATH 215. Familiarity with a programming language is required. [3-0-0] ATSC 406 (3) OPERATIONAL METEOROLOGY. Introduction to meteorological prediction, meteorological data analysis, prognosis of weather systems, motion and development, satellite imagery, Doppler radar, numerical weather prediction, extended range forecasting, applied laboratory exercises. Prerequisite: All of ATSC 200, ATSC 201. Corequisite: ATSC 304. [2-2-0] ATSC 409 (3) NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES FOR OCEAN, ATMOSPHERE AND EARTH SCIENTISTS. Web-based introduction to the practical numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations including considerations of stability and accuracy Credit will not be granted for both ATSC 409 and ATSC 506/EOSC 511. Prerequisite: One of MATH 316, PHYS 312, CPSC 122. [0-0-3] ATSC414(3) GEOPHYSICAL FLUID DYNAMICS. The fundamental principles governing the flow of a density-stratified fluid on a rotating planet, with applications to the motions of the ocean and the atmosphere. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 312, MATH 316. [3-0-0] ATSC 448 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. Investigation of a topic to be agreed upon by a member of the faculty and the student. Permission of the undergraduate advisor and of the supervising faculty member is required before registration. ATSC449(6) HONOURS PROJECT. Honours students must submit a graduating report based on a project undertaken with the approval of the Chairperson of the Atmospheric Science Program. ATSC 498 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT III. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial, university or government setting for a minimum of 14 weeks. Normally taken in the Summer Session (Terms 1 and 2) after fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Atmospheric Science. Prerequisite: All of ATSC 304, ATSC 399 and one of ATSC 303, GEOG 303. ATSC 499 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial, university or government setting for a minimum of 14 weeks. Normally taken in Winter Session (Term 1) of the fifth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Atmospheric Science. Prerequisite: ATSC 498. ATSC 500 (3) BOUNDARY-LAYER METEOROLOGY. Theoretical and empirical analysis of the atmospheric boundary layer with particular emphasis on energy and mass exchanges near the Earth's surface. ATSC 506 (3) NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES FOR OCEAN, ATMOSPHERE AND EARTH SCIENTISTS. Credit will not be granted for both ATSC 409 and ATSC 506/EOSC 511. Equivalency: EOSC 511. ATSC 548 (3) MASTER'S GRADUATION ESSAY. ATSC 595 (2-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. ATSC 599 (12-15) D MASTER'S THESIS. ATSC 699(0) THESIS FOR PH.D. AUDI — AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCES SCHOOL OF AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCES All 600-level seminars are Ph.D. level courses and may not be offered on a regular basis. All may be taken more than once for credit. AUDI 400 (3) INTRODUCTION TO SPEECH- LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY. Frameworks from linguistics, psychology, and speech and hearing sciences as applied to communication disorders, clinical populations and practices. Prerequisite: LING 200. [3-0; 0-0] AUDI 402 (3) INTRODUCTION TO NEUROLINGUISTICS. Principles governing t he understanding of the relationship between brain and language; brain organization, including lateralization and localization; levels of language disturbance. Prerequisite: All of LING 300, LING 310. [0-0; 3-0] AUDI 513 (3) ACOUSTIC PHONETICS. Concepts of acoustics in their practical application to speech, voice and hearing problems, in both normal and pathological situations; the source-filter theory. Prerequisite: All of LING 316, LING 317. [3-0; 0-0] AUDI 514 (3) AUDITORY MECHANISMS I. The normal hearing process, including auditory physiology and psychoacoustics. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 217, PSYC 367. PSYC 368 is recommended. [3-0; 0-0] AUDI 516 (3) DISCOURSE ANALYSIS. Speech act theory and description; frameworks for describing discourse genres, structures and organization; overview of discourse development and disorders. Prerequisite: LING 452. [0-0; 3-0] AUDI 518 (3) FUNDAMENTALS OF AUDIOLOGY. Causes, identification and assessment of hearing impairment; hearing screening, basic audiologic test procedures, interpretation of results, and rehabilitation options. Lab and observations. Open only to students enrolled in the School. Corequisite: All of AUDI 513, AUDI 514, AUDI 522. [2-2; 0-0] AUDI 520 (3) DEVELOPMENTAL PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY. Theories of speech sound development, with emphasis on English; analysis of methodology and research techniques; phonetic transcription. Lab. Prerequisite: All of LING 310, LING 311, LING 316, LING 317. LING 312 is recommended. [2-2; 0-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ATSC — ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE 465 AUDI 522 (2) COMMUNICATION DISORDERS: ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION. Principles for identifying, screening, evaluating and treating individuals with speech, language and hearing disorders; standardized and non-standardized measures, case history interviewing, development of assessment and treatment plans, and report writing. Lab and observations. Open only to students enrolled in the School. AUDI 523 (3) EXPERIMENTAL PHONETICS. Acoustic phonetic and acoustic prosodic features observed in speech analysis, particularly in spectrographic displays, and their relation to production and perception; experimental findings and theories pertaining to the most important of these features. Prerequisite: AUDI 513. [0-0; 3-0] AUDI 526 (3) ACQUIRED LANGUAGE DISORDERS. Language impairment resulting from acquired brain damage; aphasia and head injury; assessment, interpretation of results, intervention planning and procedures, family/ client counselling. Lab. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 402, AUDI 522. [0-0; 2-2] AUDI 528 (3) AURAL REHABILITATION: PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE. Current approaches to assessment and rehabilitation of communication problems arising from hearing impairment. Lab. Prerequisite: AUDI 518. [2-2; 0-0] AUDI 530 (2) RESEARCH METHODS. Procedures suitable for speech-language pathology, audiology, and speech, language and hearing sciences; includes experimental, quasi- experimental and descriptive paradigms; single- subject and group analyses; culminates in research proposal. [0-0; 2-0] AUDI 545 (0) ISSUES IN CLINICAL PRACTICE. Ethics, service delivery systems, practice considerations specific to the work place. AUDI 546 (1-9) D SEMINAR IN AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH-LANGUAGE SCIENCES. May be taken for credit more than once. AUDI 547 (1-9) C DIRECTED READING IN AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCES. May be taken more than once. AUDI 548 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. AUDI 549 (6) M.SC. THESIS. AUDI 550 (1-3) D TOPICS IN AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCES. May be taken more than once for credit. AUDI 552 (3) AUDIOLOGIC ASSESSMENT I. Principles and procedures of audiometric testing and calibration; emphasis on basic audiologic and pediatric test procedures. Lab. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 518, AUDI 522. [2-2; 0-0] AUDI 554(3) AUDITORY MECHANISMS II. Advanced treatment of the mechanisms of the auditory system; combines auditory physiology and psychoacoustics. Prerequisite: AUDI 514. [0-0; 3-0] AUDI 556 (3) AURAL REHABILITATION: INSTRUMENTATION. Use of hearing instruments in an aural rehabilitation program, including selection and evaluation. Lab. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 518, AUDI 522. [0-0; 2-2] AUDI 558 (3) PHYSIOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT OF AUDITORY FUNCTION. Principles and procedures of physiological measures of auditory function, including evoked potentials and acoustic immittance. Lab. Prerequisite: AUDI 552. [2-2; 0-0] AUDI 559 (2) PRACTICUM IN SPEECH- LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY FOR AUDIOLOGY MAJORS. Open only to students enrolled in the School. Prerequisite: AUDI 522. AUDI 560 (2) AUDIOLOGIC ASSESSMENT II. Principles and procedures of special audiologic tests; integration of etiologies of hearing loss, effects on the auditory system and audiologic test battery. Lab. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 552, AUDI 554. Corequisite: AUDI 558. AUDI 562 (2) CHILDHOOD HEARING DISORDERS. Advanced pediatric assessment and management; etiology of childhood hearing loss; speech and language of children with hearing impairment. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 520, AUDI 552, LING 451, LING 452. [2-0; 0-0] AUDI 564 (2) ADVANCED HEARING SCIENCE. Consideration of critical bodies of data, current theories, and recent advances in auditory physiology and psychoacoustics. Prerequisite: AUDI 554. AUDI 565 (1-3) D AUDIOLOGY BASIC PRACTICUM I. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 518, AUDI 552, AUDI 554, AUDI 556. AUDI 566 (1-3) D AUDIOLOGY BASIC PRACTICUM II. Prerequisite: AUDI 565. AUDI 567 (1.5) AUDIOLOGY ADVANCED PRACTICUM I. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 566, AUDI 528, AUDI 558, AUDI 560, AUDI 562, AUDI 564. AUDI 568 (1.5) AUDIOLOGY ADVANCED PRACTICUM II. Prerequisite: AUDI 567. AUDI 570 (3) PHONOLOGICAL AND PHONETIC DISORDERS. Nature, identification, assessment and treatment of disorders of phonology and phonetics; includes cleft lip and palate and other orofacial anomalies; assessment methodology and case management planning. Lab. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 520, AUDI 522. [0-0; 2-2] AUDI 571 (3) DEVELOPMENTAL LANGUAGE DISORDERS. Nature of such disorders; principled strategies for assessment and intervention; language sample analysis; and critique of current approaches to language intervention. Prerequisite: All of LING 451, LING 452, PSYC 302. PSYC 309 and PSYC 336 and PSYC 337 are recommended. [2-2; 0-0] AUDI 572 (3) LINGUISTIC APHASIOLOGY. History of linguistic aphasiology; analysis of current research in disturbances of the sound system, sentence production and sentence comprehension; relationships between the various levels of language disturbance in aphasia. Prerequisite: All of LING 310, LING 300, LING 311, AUDI 402. LING 301 and LING 312 are recommended. [3-0; 0-0] AUDI 575 (3) LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT AND DISORDERS IN THE SCHOOL YEARS. Demands on the language of school age children; classroom discourse; language and curriculum content; bilingualism and cultural diversity; description, identification, and management of language disorders related to academic performance. Prerequisite: All of LING 451, LING 452, AUDI 516. [3-0; 0-0] AUDI 576 (3) DISORDERS OF SPEECH PRODUCTION. Identification, assessment and treatment of individuals with voice, fluency or motor speech disorders; includes disorders in adults and children, and principles of augmentative/alternative communication. Lab. Prerequisite: All of LING 316, LING 317. [0-0; 2-2] AUDI 579 (2) PRACTICUM IN AUDIOLOGY FOR SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY MAJORS. Open only to students enrolled in the School. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 518, AUDI 522. AUDI 580 (2) DEVELOPMENTAL SPEECH PERCEPTION. Auditory, phonetic and developmental theories of the perception of speech and nonspeech signals; examination of data, methodologies and research techniques. Lab. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 513, AUDI 520, AUDI 523. [0-0; 2-0] \UDI 581 (3) COMMUNICATION: SPECIAL POPULATIONS. Acquisition and use of speech and language by people with lifetime challenges, including hearing or visual impairment, mental retardation, autism; management of concomitant communication disorders. Prerequisite: All of LING 451, LING 452, AUDI 520 and one of PSYC 300, PSYC 302. AUDI 522 and AUDI 571 are recommended. [3-0; 0-0] AUDI 583 (3) ADVANCED SPEECH SCIENCE. Theories and models of speech production, with particular emphasis on coarticulation, timing control, invariance and motor equivalence. Prerequisite: AUDI 523. [3-0; 0-0] AUDI 585 (2) DETERMINANTS OF LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT. Critical examination of current theories of language acquisition; implications for research and clinical practice. Prerequisite: All of LING 451, LING 452. [0-0; 2-0] AUDI 586 (3) ACQUIRED SPEECH AND LANGUAGE DISORDERS. Treatment of aphasic, head-injured and/or dysarthric individuals; current approaches to intervention, their efficacy and practical application. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 526, AUDI 576. Corequisite: AUDI 572. [3-0; 0-0] AUDI 590 (1-3) D SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY BASIC PRACTICUM I. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 522, AUDI 526, AUDI 570, AUDI 571, AUDI 576. AUDI 591 (1-3) D SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY BASIC PRACTICUM II. Prerequisite: AUDI 590. AUDI 593 (1.5) SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY ADVANCED PRACTICUM I. Prerequisite: All of AUDI 591, AUDI 572, AUDI 575, AUDI 581, AUDI 586. 466 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 AUDI 594(1.5) SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY ADVANCED PRACTICUM II. Prerequisite: AUDI 593. AUDI 598 (2) FUNDAMENTALS OF AUDIOLOGY FOR HEALTH AND EDUCATION. Same as AUDI 518, except does not include lab or observations. Cannot be taken for credit by students enrolled in the Audiology and Speech Sciences M.Sc. program. [2-0; 0-0] AUDI 649 (6) PH.D. THESIS. AUDI 660 (1-9) D SEMINAR IN HEARING SCIENCE. AUDI 670 (1-9) D SEMINAR IN DEVELOPMENTAL PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY. Examinationof current research, roles of theories in understanding the relationship between speech sound production and comprehension/perception. Prerequisite: AUDI 580. AUDI 672 (1-9) D SEMINAR IN LINGUISTIC APHASIOLOGY. Examinationof current research, roles of linguistic theories in understanding language disturbance in aphasia; development of single-case studies. Prerequisite: AUDI 572. AUDI 675 (1-9) D SEMINAR IN DEVELOPMENTAL LANGUAGE DISORDERS. AUDI 685 (1-9) D SEMINAR IN LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT. AUDI 690 (1-9) D SEMINAR IN SPEECH SCIENCE. BA — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: CORE FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BA 500 (6-20) D MBA CORE. BA 510 (1.5) BA 520 (1.5) BA 530 (6-18) D BAAC— BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: ACCOUNTING FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BAAC 500 (1.5) FINANCIAL REPORTING. BAAC 501 (1.5) FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS I. Prerequisite: BAAC 500. BAAC 502 (1.5) FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS II. Prerequisite: BAAC 501. BAAC 510 (1.5) COST ANALYSIS FOR DECISION MAKING. BAAC 511 (1.5) ACCOUNTING FOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION. BAAC 512 (1.5) ACCOUNTING FOR OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT. BAAC 520 (1.5) TAXATION AND DECISION MAKING I. Prerequisite: BAFI 500. BAAC 521 (1.5) TAXATION AND DECISION MAKING II. Prerequisite: BAFI 500. BAAC 550 (1.5) MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING. Not available to MBA students. Equivalency: HCEC 502. BAAC 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING. BAAC 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN ACCOUNTING. BABS — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: BUSINESS STATISTICS FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BABS 500 (1.5) APPLIED BUSINESS STATISTICS I. BABS 501 (1.5) APPLIED BUSINESS STATISTICS II. BABS 502 (1.5) FORECASTING FOR MANAGEMENT. Prerequisite: BABS 500. BABS 503 (1.5) ANALYZING MULTIVARIATE BUSINESS DATA. BABS 504 (1.5) SURVEY DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. BABS 510 (1.5) CASE STUDIES IN BUSINESS STATISTICS. BABS 520 (1.5) EMPIRICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN FINANCE. Prerequisite: All of BABS 500, BAFI 500, BAFI 511. BABS 550 (1.5) APPLICATION OF STATISTICS IN MANAGEMENT. Not available to MBA students. Equivalency: HCEC 554. BABS 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN BUSINESS STATISTICS. BABS 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN BUSINESS STATISTICS. BAEN — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: ENTREPRENEURSHIP FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BAEN 500 (1.5) ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND NEWVENTURE CREATION. Corequisite: All of BAFI 500, BAPA 500. BAEN 501 (1.5) CORPORATE ENTREPRENEURSHIP. BAEN 502 (1.5) MANAGING NEWVENTURE GROWTH. BAEN 503 (1.5) MANAGING RISK AND UNCERTAINTY. BAEN 504 (1.5) PREPARING THE BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PLAN. Prerequisite: BAEN 500. BAEN 505 (1.5) VENTURE CAPITAL FINANCE OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP. BAEN 506 (1.5) TECHNOLOGY ENTREPRENEURSHIP I. BAEN 507 (1.5) TECHNOLOGY ENTREPRENEURSHIP II. Prerequisite: BAEN 506. BAEN 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP. BAEN 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP. BAFI — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: FINANCE FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BAFI 500 (1.5) BASIC FINANCE. BAFI 501 (1.5) BANKING AND CAPITAL MARKETS. Prerequisite: BAFI 500. BAFI 502 (1.5) CAPITAL BUDGETING- VALUATION. Prerequisite: BAFI 500. BAFI 503 (1.5) CAPITAL BUDGETING- ESTIMATION. Prerequisite: BAFI 502. BAFI 504(1.5) CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND DIVIDEND POLICY. BAFI 505 (1.5) FINANCIAL PLANNING. BAFI 506 (1.5) FINANCIAL STRATEGIES. Prerequisite: BAFI 500. BAFI 507 (1.5) CORPORATE CONTROL. BAFI 508 (1.5) CASES IN FINANCIAL STRATEGY. BAFI 509 (1.5) DEBT, FINANCIAL DISTRESS, AND REORGANIZATION. Prerequisite: BAFI 500. BAFI 510 (1.5) SECURITY ANALYSIS. BAFI 511 (1.5) SECURITY PRICING. BAFI 512 (1.5) OPTIONS AND FUTURES. Prerequisite: BAFI 511. BAFI 513 (1.5) RISK MANAGEMENT. Prerequisite: All of BAFI 511, BAFI 512. BAFI 514(1.5) INSTITUTIONAL INVESTMENT. Prerequisite: All of BAFI 500, BAFI 511, BABS 520. BAFI 515 (1.5) DYNAMIC PORTFOLIO STRATEGIES. Prerequisite: All of BAFI 511, BABS 520. BAFI 516(1.5) FINANCIAL ENGINEERING. Prerequisite: All of BAFI 511, BAFI 512. BAFI 517 (1.5) OPTIONS ON REAL ASSETS. BAFI 518 (1.5) FIXED INCOME SECURITIES. Prerequisite: BAFI 511. BAFI 519 (1.5) SECURITY MARKET IMPERFECTIONS. BAFI 521 (1.5) FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK MANAGEMENT. BAFI 522 (1.5) MARKET MICROSTRUCTURE. BAFI 580 (1.5) SPECIAL TOPICS IN FINANCE. BAFI 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN FINANCE. BAHR — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BAHR 500 (1.5) ORGANIZATIONAL ANALYSIS. BAHR 501 (1.5) POWER, POLITICS AND CORPORATE CULTURE. BAHR 502 (1.5) BUSINESS ETHICS. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS BA — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: CORE 467 BAHR 503 (1.5) REORGANIZING CORPORATIONS. BAHR 504 (1.5) RESTRUCTURING CORPORATE GOVERNANCE. BAHR 505 (1.5) LEADERSHIP. BAHR 506 (1.5) IMPROVING TEAM PERFORMANCE. BAHR 507 (1.5) PRINCIPLES OF NEGOTIATION. BAHR 508 (1.5) MANAGING CHANGE. BAHR 509 (1.5) MANAGING THE PRIVATELY HELD BUSINESS. BAHR 510 (1.5) STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. BAHR 511 (1.5) COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS MANAGEMENT. BAHR 512 (1.5) MANAGING DIVERSITY. BAHR 513 (1.5) MOTIVATION AND PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL. BAHR 514 (1.5) STAFFING. BAHR 515 (1.5) MANAGEMENT OF HEALTH AND SAFETY. BAHR 520 (1.5) MANAGING THE EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP. BAHR 521 (1.5) COLLECTIVE BARGAINING. BAHR 522 (1.5) PUBLIC SECTOR INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS. BAHR 523 (1.5) NEW DIRECTIONS IN INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS. BAHR 550 (1.5) ORGANIZATIONAL B E H AVIO R. Not available to MBA students. Equivalency: HCEC 521. BAHR 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN HUMAN RESOURCES. BAHR 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN HUMAN RESOURCES. BAIM — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BAIM 500(1.5) THE INTERNATIONAL TRADING ENVIRONMENT. BAIM 501 (1.5) MULTINATIONAL ENTERPRISES. BAIM 502 (1.5) THE CULTURAL AND POLITICAL ENVIRONMENT OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS. BAIM 503 (1.5) ISSUES IN INTERNATIONAL TRADE POLICY. BAIM 504(1.5) THE LAW AND INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS TRANSACTIONS. BAIM 505(1.5) INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS IN THE PACIFIC REGION I. BAIM 506(1.5) INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS IN THE PACIFIC REGION II. BAIM 507 (1.5) INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT OF TECHNOLOGY FLOWS. BAIM 510 (1.5) INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ENVIRONMENT. Prerequisite: BAFI 500. BAIM 511 (1.5) CENTRAL BANKS AND CAPITAL MARKETS. BAIM 512 (1.5) INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. Prerequisite: All of BAFI 500, BAPA 500. BAIM 513 (1.5) PACIFIC REGION FINANCIAL MARKETS. BAIM 520 (1.5) GLOBAL MARKETING CHALLENGES. BAIM 521 (1.5) INTERNATIONAL MARKETING STRATEGY. Prerequisite: BA 500. BAIM 522 (1.5) GLOBAL MANUFACTURING MANAGEMENT. BAIM 523 (1.5) INTERNATIONAL INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS. BAIM 524(1.5) INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. BAIM 525 (1.5) INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING. BAIM 526 (1.5) INTERNATIONAL SHIPPING AND LOGISTICS. BAIM 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT. BAIM 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT. BAIT— BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BAIT 500 (1.5) INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND THE ORGANIZATION. BAIT 501 (1.5) SURVEY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS IN BUSINESS. BAIT 502 (1.5) FUNDAMENTALS OF E-BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY. BAIT 503 (1.5) DEVELOPING BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Prerequisite: BAIT 502. BAIT 504 (1.5) BUSINESS DATABASE TECHNOLOGY. Prerequisite: BAIT 502. BAIT 505 (1.5) BUSINESS DATA COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY AND THE INTERNET. Prerequisite: BAIT 501. BAIT 506 (1.5) BUSINESS MODELING FOR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS. Prerequisite: BAIT 501. BAIT 510 (1.5) MANAGING BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROJECTS. Prerequisite: BAIT 501. BAIT 511 (1.5) MANAGING INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY. Prerequisite: BAIT 501. BAIT 512 (1.5) CONTROL AND SECURITY OF INFORMATION RESOURCES. Prerequisite: BAIT 501. BAIT 513 (1.5) IMPLEMENTING E-BUSINESS IN THE ORGANIZATION. Prerequisite: All of BAIT 501, BAIT 502. BAIT 514(1.5) DEVELOPING E-BUSINESS APPLICATIONS. Prerequisite: BAIT 503. Corequisite: BAIT 504. BAIT 515 (1.5) MANAGING BUSINESS SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND QUALITY. Prerequisite: Three of BAIT 510, BAIT 511. BAIT 516 (1.5) DESIGNING HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION. Prerequisite: BAIT 521. BAIT 521 (1.5) INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS PROGRAMMING. BAIT 523 (1.5) BUSINESS SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT. Prerequisite: BAIT 521. BAIT 525 (1.5) METHODS AND TOOLS FOR DEVELOPING BUSINESS SOFTWARE. Prerequisite: All of BAIT 506, BAIT 523. BAIT 527 (1.5) KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORTING TECHNOLOGY. Prerequisite: All of BAIT 500, BAIT 504. BAIT 550 (1.5) INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY FOR MANAGEMENT. Not available to MBA students. Equivalency: HCEC 543. BAIT 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT. BAIT 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT. BALA — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: LAW FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BALA 500 (1.5) BUSINESS AND SECURITIES LAW. BALA 501 (1.5) EMPLOYMENT LAW. BALA 502 (1.5) THE LAW AND PUBLIC POLICY. BALA 503 (1.5) COMMERCIAL LAW. BALA 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN LAW. BALA 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN LAW. BAMA — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: MARKETING FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BAMA 500 (1.5) MARKETING STRATEGY. Prerequisite: BA 500. BAMA 501 (1.5) PRICING. Prerequisite: BA 500. BAMA 502 (1.5) RELATIONSHIP MARKETING. Prerequisite: BA 500. BAMA 503 (1.5) PRODUCT MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES. BAMA 504 (1.5) INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION. Prerequisite: BA 500. BAMA 506 (1.5) CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR. Prerequisite: BA 500. BAMA 507 (1.5) CREATIVE MARKETING STRATEGIES. Prerequisite: BA 500. 468 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 BAMA 508(1.5) MARKETING RESEARCH. Prerequisite: BA 500. BAMA 510 (1.5) PUBLIC AND NONPROFIT MARKETING MANAGEMENT. BAMA 512 (1.5) DATABASE MARKETING AND DATA MINING. Prerequisite: BA 500. BAMA 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN MARKETING. BAMA 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN MARKETING. BAMS — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: MANAGEMENT SCIENCE FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BAMS 500 (1.5) MANAGEMENT SCIENCE- BEST PRACTICES. BAMS 501 (1.5) PROBABILISTIC MODELS FOR MANAGEMENT. Prerequisite: BAMS 500. BAMS 502 (1.5) STOCHASTIC PROCESSES. Prerequisite: BAMS 501. BAMS 503 (1.5) SIMULATION FOR DECISION MAKING. BAMS 504(1.5) ADVANCED SIMULATION FOR DECISION MAKING. Prerequisite: BAMS 503. BAMS 505 (1.5) APPLICATIONS OF GAME THEORY IN MANAGEMENT. BAMS 506 (1.5) OPTIMIZATION MODEL. BAMS 507 (1.5) THEORY OF OPTIMIZATION. Prerequisite: BAMS 506. BAMS 508 (1.5) APPLICATIONS OF DISCRETE OPTIMIZATION. BAMS 509 (1.5) THEORY OF DISCRETE OPTIMIZATION. Prerequisite: BAMS 508. BAMS 517 (1.5) DECISION ANALYSIS. BAMS 518 (1.5) MARKOV DECISION PROCESSES. Prerequisite: BAMS 517. BAMS 520 (1.5) LARGE SCALE FINANCIAL PLANNING MODELS. BAMS 550 (1.5) OPERATIONS AND LOGISTICS. Not available to MBA students. Equivalency: HCEC 542. BAMS 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN DISCRETE OPTIMIZATION FOR MANAGEMENT. BAMS 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN MANAGEMENT SCIENCE. BAPA — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: POLICY ANALYSIS FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BAPA 500 (1.5) MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS. BAPA 501 (1.5) GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS. BAPA 502 (1.5) PUBLIC SECTOR MANAGEMENT PROCESSES. BAPA 503 (1.5) COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS OF PROJECTS AND PROGRAMS. BAPA 504 (1.5) PUBLIC PROJECT EVALUATION METHODS. BAPA 510 (1.5) PUBLIC POLICY AND THE ENVIRONMENT. BAPA 511 (1.5) COMPETITION POLICY. BAPA 512 (1.5) GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND PUBLIC ENTERPRISE. BAPA 513 (1.5) INFLUENCING PUBLIC POLICY. BAPA 514 (1.5) PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR. BAPA 515 (1.5) APPLIED PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS. BAPA 516 (1.5) ENERGY POLICY AND MANAGEMENT. BAPA 517 (1.5) MANAGERIAL PROBLEM SOLVING AND DECISION-MAKING. BAPA 518 (1.5) MANAGERIAL IRRATIONALITIES. BAPA 519 (1.5) CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL STRATEGY. BAPA 550 (1.5) FOUNDATIONS OF MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS. Not available to MBA students. Equivalency: HCEC 530. BAPA 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN POLICY ANALYSIS. BAPA 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN POLICY ANALYSIS. BASC— BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: SUPPLY CHAIN FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BASC 500 (1.5) INTRODUCTION TO LOGISTICS AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT. BASC 504(1.5) AIR TRANSPORT AND MANAGEMENT I. BASC 505 (1.5) AIR TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT II. BASC 510 (1.5) OPERATING SUPPLY CHAINS BASC 511 (1.5) SUPPLY CHAIN DESIGN. BASC 512 (1.5) SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT FOR E-BUSINESS. BASC 513 (1.5) PROCESS IMPROVEMENT AND QUALITY CONTROL. BASC 514 (1.5) SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT. BASC 515 (1.5) TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT. BASC 516 (1.5) MANUFACTURING AND SERVICE SYSTEMS. BASC 517 (1.5) OPERATIONS STRATEGY. BASC 518 (1.5) SCHEDULING AND CONTROL PRODUCTION AND SERVICE SYSTEMS. BASC 519 (1.5) CURRENT ISSUES IN OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT. BASC 580 (1.5) CURRENT ISSUES AND LOGISTICS AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT. BASM — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BASM 500(1.5) STRATEGIC DECISION MAKING. BASM 501 (1.5) BUSINESS STRATEGY. Prerequisite: All of BAPA 500, BAFI 500. BASM 502 (1.5) CORPORATE STRATEGY. Prerequisite: BASM 501. BASM 503 (1.5) STRATEGIC PLANNING MODELS. BASM 504(1.5) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND BUSINESS STRATEGY. BASM 505 (1.5) INDUSTRY AND COMPETITIVE ANALYSIS. BASM 506 (1.5) STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION. BASM 507(1.5) CREATIVE THINKING AND PROBLEM SOLVING. BASM 508(1.5) INCENTIVES AND BUSINESS ARRANGEMENTS. BASM 510 (1.5) NOT-FOR-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONAL STRATEGY. BASM 511 (1.5) STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF SERVICES. BASM 512(1.5) STRATEGIC PARTNERING. BASM 513 (1.5) E-BUSINESS STRATEGY. BASM 550(1.5) STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT. Not available to MBA students. Equivalency: HCEC 561. BASM 580(1.5) TOPICS IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT. BASM 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT. BATL — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: TRANSPORTATION AND LOGISTICS FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BATL 500 (1.5) TRANSPORTATION SERVICES MANAGEMENT. BATL 501 (1.5) TRANSPORTATION POLICY. BATL 502 (1.5) APPLIED DEMAND ANALYSIS. BATL 503 (1.5) COST AND PRODUCTIVITY ANALYSIS. BATL 520 (1.5) PROJECT MANAGEMENT. BATL 521 (1.5) MANAGEMENT OF INFRASTRUCTURE. BATL 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN LOGISTICS AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT. BATL 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN TRANSPORTATION AND LOGISTICS. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS BAMS — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: MANAGEMENT SCIENCE 469 BATM — BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BATM 500 (1.5) MANAGEMENT OF TECHNOLOGICAL ENTERPRISES. BATM 501 (1.5) MARKETING HIGH TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS. BATM 502 (1.5) COMPETING IN HIGH TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES. BATM 503 (1.5) TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANAGEMENT AND POLICY. BATM 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT. BATM 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT. BAUL— BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: URBAN LAND ECONOMICS FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BAUL 500 (1.5) REAL ESTATE MARKETS. BAUL 501 (1.5) REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT ANALYSIS. BAUL 502 (1.5) ECONOMICS OF LOCATION. BAUL 503 (1.5) LAND DEVELOPMENT AND REAL OPTIONS. BAUL 504 (1.5) HOUSING. BAUL 505 (1.5) LOCAL GOVERNMENT. BAUL 506 (1.5) LAND USE REGULATION. BAUL 507 (1.5) MORTGAGE MARKETS. Prerequisite: All of BAFI 500, BABS 500, BAPA 500. BAUL 508 (1.5) REAL ESTATE SECURITIZATION. Prerequisite: All of BAFI 500, BABS 500, BAPA 500. BAUL 509 (1.5) REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT. BAUL 510 (1.5) REAL ESTATE AND PORTFOLIO ANALYSIS. Prerequisite: All of BAFI 500, BABS 500, BAPA 500. BAUL 580 (1.5) TOPICS IN URBAN LAND ECONOMICS. BAUL 590 (1.5/3) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN URBAN LAND ECONOMICS. BIOC—BIOCHEMISTRY FACULTY OF SCIENCE BIOC 300 (6) PRINCIPLES OF BIOCHEMISTRY. Introduction to proteins and enzymes, the major metabolic pathways, control mechanisms and the biochemistry of gene function, with an emphasis on human biochemistry. At least 60% standing in prerequisites is recommended. Credit is given for only one of BIOL 201, or BIOC 300, and only one' of BIOC 300, 302 or 303. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of CHEM 204, CHEM 232 or (b) all of CHEM 233, CHEM 205 or (c) four of CHEM 233, PHAR 220 and the corequisites PHAR 321, PHAR 322. [3-0-0;3-0-0] BIOC 301 (3) BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Techniques by which the chemical and physical properties of fundamental components of the cell are studied. Corequisite: One of BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303. [0-3-l;0-3-l] BIOC 302 (3) GENERAL BIOCHEMISTRY. Metabolic reactions of lipids, steroids, amino acids and nucleotides; the biochemistry of replication, transcription and translation. Credit is given for only one of BIOC 300 or 302 or 303. Prerequisite: BIOL 201 and either (a) one of CHEM 204, CHEM 232 or (b) all of CHEM 233, CHEM 205. [3-0-1] BIOC 303 (6) MOLECULAR BIOCHEMISTRY. Structure, function and metabolism of lipids, steroids, amino acids and nucleotides; the biochemistry and molecular biology of replication, transcription, translation and gene regulation. For students in Biochemistry and Honours programs in other life sciences. Credit is given for only one of BIOC 300 or 302 or 303. Prerequisite: BIOL 201 and either (a) one of CHEM 204, CHEM 232 or (b) all of CHEM 233, CHEM 205. [3-0; 3-0] BIOC 398 (3) INTERNSHIP WORK PLACEMENT I. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial or academic laboratory for three or four months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Internship Program in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Prerequisite: Completion of academic third year in Biochemistry major or honours program is required.^ BIOC 399 (3) INTERNSHIP WORK PLACEMENT II. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial or academic research setting for four months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Internship Program in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Prerequisite: BIOC 398. BIOC 402 (3) PROTEINS: STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. Structural components of proteins, classification by primary, secondary and tertiary structure, protein chemistry and purification, peptide and protein synthesis by chemical means and three-dimensional structure determination using X-ray diffraction and NMR. Prerequisite: One of BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303. A minimum standing of 65% is recommended in these courses. [3-0; 0-0] BIOC 403 (3) ENZYMOLOGY. Kinetic analysis, catalytic mechanisms, transition state stabilization and regulation of activity, strategies for active site characterization and case studies of well-documented enzyme systems. Credit given for only 1 of BIOC 403, CHEM 413 or CHEM 569. Prerequisite: BIOC 402. A minimum standing of 65% is recommended. [0-0; 3-0] BIOC 404(3) BIOCHEMICAL METHODS. The theory and application of techniques used to address biochemical problems. Restricted to Honours students in biochemistry or others with permission of the instructor. [1-0; 2-0] BIOC 410 (3) NUCLEIC ACIDS-STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. Chemical, physical and biological properties of nucleic acids and their role in replication, transcription, translation and regulation of expression of genetic material. Credit will not be given for both BIOC 410 and 510. Prerequisite: All of BIOC 303, BIOL 335. A minimum standing of 65%> is recommended in these courses. [3-0; 0-0] BIOC 420 (3) ADVANCED BIOCHEMICAL TECHNIQUES. Practical experience in experiments involving cell fractionation, protein purification, spectrophotometry, electrophoresis, chromatography, and ultracentrifugation. Restricted to Honours students in Biochemistry and others with permission of the instructor. Corequisite: BIOC 404. [0-6; 0-0] BIOC 421 (3) RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNIQUES. Practical experience in experiments involving transposon mutagenesis, restriction enzyme mapping, DNA sequencing and use of monoclonal antibodies. Restricted to Honours students in Biochemistry and others with permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: All of BIOC 410, BIOC 420. [0-0; 0-6] BIOC 435 (3) MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY OF THE YEAST SACCHAROMYCES. Molecular and genetic analysis of transcriptional regulation, cell cycle regulation, signal transduction, and developmental mechanisms using yeast (Saccharomy- ces) as a model eukaryote. Credit will not be given for both BIOC 435 and BIOC 535. Prerequisite: BIOL 335 and one of BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303. BIOC 303 and BIOC 410 are recommended. Equivalency: BIOL 435. [0-0; 3-0] BIOC 448 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN BIOCHEMISTRY. A library (three credits) or a laboratory project with written report (three or six credits) allowing a student to undertake an investigation on a specific topic as agreed upon by the faculty and student. Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Head is required. BIOC 449 (3/6) C HONOURS THESIS. A research problem under the direction of a faculty member. Restricted to Honours students. BIOC 498 (3) INTERNSHIP WORK PLACEMENT III. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial or academic research setting for four months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Internship Program in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Prerequisite: BIOC 399. BIOC 499 (3) INTERNSHIP WORK PLACEMENT IV. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial or academic research setting for four months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Internship Program in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Prerequisite: BIOC 498. 470 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 BIOC 501 (2-6) C ADVANCED BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Practical applications of advanced biochemical techniques. Admission is limited and is by permission of the department head. Corequisite: BIOC 404. BIOC 503 (2) MOLECULAR BIOCHEMISTRY. A lecture course in molecular biology: replication, transcription, translation, gene organization, gene expression. Credit will not be given for both BIOC 303 and 503. [0-0; 3-0] BIOC 509 (3) MEMBRANE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. The physical properties and functional roles of lipids in membranes, liposomes, membrane permiability; membrane function; structure, biosynthesis and cell sorting of membrane proteins; and the structure- function relationships of channels, transporters and receptors. Given in alternate years. [3-0; 0-0] BIOC 510 (3) NUCLEIC ACIDS: STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. Structure and function of nucleic acids and their role in replication, transcription, translation and expression of genetic information. Credit will not be given for both BIOC 410 and 510. [3-0; 0-0] BIOC 511 (3) BIOCHEMICAL ASPECTS OF CELLULAR REGULATION. A lecture and discussion course on the molecular basis of cellular regulation with special emphasis on mammalian cells. Mechanisms involved in the responses of cells to adrenergic, steroid and peptide hormones and growth factors. Regulation of the concentration and specific activity of key enzymes, transport systems and structural proteins. Given in alternate years. [3-0; 0-0] BIOC 514 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN PROTEIN CHEMISTRY. Topics will include contemporary theoretical and experimental investigation of protein structure-function A relationships. Topics will vary. Given in alternate years. [0-0; 3-0] BIOC 521 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY. Discussions based on topics in the current literature. Prerequisite: One of BIOC 410, BIOC 510. [0-0; 3-0] BIOC 530 (3) SEMINAR IN BIOCHEMISTRY. Attendance is required of all graduate students in Biochemistry. Normally students will make a presentation once per year on a topic approved by their research advisor or committee or on the results of their research. BIOC 535 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN EUKARYOTIC REGULATORY SYSTEMS. Molecular regulatory mechanisms using yeast (Saccharomyces) as a model. Credit will not be given for both BIOC 435 and 535. Prerequisite: BIOL 335 and one of BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303. BIOC 303 and BIOC 410 are recommended. [0-0; 3-0] BIOC 548 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. In special cases, with approval of the department head, advanced courses may be arranged for graduate students in attendance. BIOC 549 (12) M.SC. THESIS. BIOC 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. BIOE — BIO-RESOURCE ENGINEERING FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE The Departments of Bio-Resource Engineering and Chemical Engineering have merged into a single department, the Department of Chemical and Biological Engineering. During the transition period some courses listed under Bio- Resource Engineering (BIOE) will remain open while others have been subsumed under Chemical and Biological Engineering (CHBE). BIOE 255 (2) BIO-RESOURCE ENGINEERING LABORATORY I. Experiments, computer modelling sessions and field studies chosen to illustrate basic principles and processes underlying bio-resource engineering systems, including growth and enzyme kinetics, use of indicator organism, basic principles of fermentation, environmental assessment and toxicity testing. [0-3-1] BIOE 285 (2) INTRODUCTION TO BIO-RESOURCE ENGINEERING SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. The tools of systems analysis with selected applications to the primary renewable resource production enterprises. Emphasis on presentation of written and oral reports. [2-0-2*] BIOE 361 (3) SOIL AND WATER ENGINEERING. Application of engineering principles to soil and water management system planning and design. Examination of interrelations of soil-water-plant systems, and the effects of human intervention in these processes on the production environment. [2-2*-2*] BIOE 376 (3) APPLICATIONS OF HEAT, MASS AND MOMENTUM TRANSFER. Applications in controlled environments, food processing and waste treatment. Thermal design for biological systems. Mathematical modelling and computer simulation techniques. Prerequisite: CHML 351. [2-2*-2*] BIOE 390 (3) BIOLOGICAL WASTE SYSTEMS DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT. Analysis and design of treatment systems with emphasis on wastes from the food production and processing industries. Waste characterization, biological kinetics, attached and suspended growth Systems, land application. [3-0-0] BIOE 455 (3) PROPERTIES OF BIOMATERIALS AND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS. Principles and techniques for measurement and evaluation of physical, biochemical and physiological properties of biomaterials. Applications of these characteristics to the design and analysis of bioprocessing and biomaterial systems. Prerequisite: CHML 251. [2-2-0] BIOE 456 (3) BIOENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING. Environmental interactions of biological systems and their physical surroundings; biological responses of plants and animals; design of controlled environments to enhance health and productivity; protection of natural resources for sustainable production. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing. [2-0-2] BIOE 471 (3) BIOSYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN. Applications of linear programming and optimization techniques. Analysis of dynamic systems and numerical simulation Stochastic systems, reliability, error analysis. Feedback systems and control systems. Design of hydraulic, waste treatment, food processing and biotechnology systems. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing. [2-0-2] BIOE 482 (3) BIOPROCESSING APPLICATION. Instrumentation and biopro- cess control, product recovery, and advanced analysis of mixed microbial populations. Prerequisite: BIOE 382. [2-0-2] BIOE 489 (2) SEMINAR. Papers, and discussions on recent bio-resource engineering developments. [0-0-2*; 0-0-2*] BIOE 495 (3) RESEARCH PROJECT. Development of a proposal, experimentation and analysis. Prerequisite: Third- or fourth-year standing and a 75% average or better in BIOE courses. [0-2-0; 0-4-0] BIOE 498 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. Requires approval of the Department Head. BIOE 499 (6) THESIS. Research or design problem under the direction of a staff member. [0-2-0; 0-4-0] BIOE 549(12) MASTER'S THESIS. For M.Sc. BIOL—BIOLOGY FACULTY OF SCIENCE BIOL 121 is prerequisite to all Biology courses, except BIOL 153, 343, 344, 345, 346,442,445 and 446. From 2002 on, BIOL 112 is the normal prerequisite to BIOL 200. BIOL 121 is a prerequisite for admission to Major or Honours options in Biology and other life science programs. In addition, BIOL 140 is a prerequisite for admission to Biochemistry programs and both BIOL 140 and 112 are prerequisites for admission to Biology, Microbiology, Pharmacology, and Physiology programs. Students interested in meeting the entrance requirements of the Faculties/Schools of Agricultural Sciences, Dentistry, Forestry, Medicine, Pharmaceutical Sciences, Human Kinetics, and Rehabilitation Sciences should consult the appropriate office to determine the first-year Biology requirement. Additional fees are charged for some courses. BIOL 111 (3) CELL AND ORGANISMAL BIOLOGY. Structure and functioning of cells and multicellular organisms. Not open to students who have credit for Biology 12. Credit may be obtained for only one of BIOL 111 (110) and BIOL 115. [3-0-0] BIOL 112(3) BIOLOGY OF THE CELL. Introduction to biological principles using the bacterial cell and bacterial populations as paradigms. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of CHEM 12, CHEM 111 and one of BIOL 11, BIOL 12, BIOL 111. [3-0-1] BIOL 121 (3) ECOLOGY, GENETICS, AND EVOLUTION. Ecological relationships in populations, mechanisms of inheritance, evidence for and mechanisms of evolution. Recommended for science students. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 12, BIOL 111, BIOL 112, BIOL 115, BIOL 110. [3-0-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS BIOE — BIO-RESOURCE ENGINEERING 471 BIOL 140 (2) LABORATORY INVESTIGATIONS IN LIFE SCIENCE. Guided experimental investigations of biological questions. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 12, BIOL 111, BIOL 112. [1-2-0] BIOL 141 (1) LABORATORY INVESTIGATION IN BIOLOGY. Guided experimental investigations of biological questions. Not intended for credit in the Biology program. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 12, BIOL 111, BIOL 112. [0-2-0] BIOL153(7) HUMAN BIOLOGY. The principles of biology with particular reference to the human body (anatomy and physiology). Laboratories include selected experiments on organ physiology. Open only to students in the School of Nursing, Dental Hygiene and the Midwifery programs. [3-3*-0; 3-3*-0] BIOL155(6) HUMAN BIOLOGY. The principles of biology with particular reference to the human body (anatomy and physiology). [3-0-0; 3-0-0] BIOL 200 (3) CELL BIOLOGY I: STRUCTURAL BASIS. Structure and function of plant and animal cells; membrane models, cytoplasmic organelles, biological information from gene to protein, the endomembrane system, secretion, intracellular digestion, endocytosis, transport processes, cytoskeleton and cell motility. Prerequisite: Either (a) BIOL 112 and one of CHEM 123, CHEM 113; or (b) SCIE 001. Students with BIOL 121 instead of 112 may take BIOL 200 if they have a corequisite of CHEM 203. Transfer students may use seven credits of first-year BIOL and six credits of first- year CHEM in lieu of the other prerequisites. [3-0-1] BIOL 201 (3) CELL BIOLOGY II: INTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMISTRY. Biological micro- and macromolecules, protein structure and enzyme action, energy transfer, selected metabolic sequences and their regulation. Credit given for only one of BIOL 201 or BIOC 300. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: BIOL 200 and one of CHEM 203, CHEM 233, CHEM 260. [3-0-2] BIOL 204 (3) VERTEBRATE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. Introduction to the vertebrate phyla and their evolution; a comparative study of vertebrate structure and function, with dissection of representative forms. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 121, BIOL 140. [2-3-1] BIOL 205 (3) COMPARATIVE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. An introduction to the invertebrate phyla. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 121, BIOL 140. [2-3-1] BIOL 209 (3) NON-VASCULAR PLANTS. A study of fungi, algae, lichens and bryophytes, integrating form and function as they are related to adaptation to environment. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 121, BIOL 140. [2-3-1] BIOL210(3/4)D VASCULAR PLANTS. A comparative study of pteridophytes, gymnosperms and angiosperms, integrating form, function and ecology. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 121, BIOL 140. [3-3-0] BIOL 240(1) EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN IN THE LIFE SCIENCES. Students will work in groups to design their own experiments utilizing unicellular eukaryotes or prokaryotes. Techniques in microscopy and other methods used to study cells will be stressed. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 121, BIOL 140. [0-3-0] BIOL 300 (3) BIOMETRICS. Statistical procedures for biological research; estimation, hypothesis testing, goodness of fit, analysis of variance and regression; use of computers for statistical analysis. Credit given for only one of BIOL 300, FRST 231, STAT 200, PSYC 318 or 366. Prerequisite: BIOL 121 and one of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105. Third-year standing is required. [3-2-0] BIOL301(3) BIOMATHEMATICS. Introduction to uses of mathematics in the biological sciences; experimental design and modelling of biological processes. Credit given for only one of BIOL 301, FRST 430, or STAT 305. Prerequisite: BIOL 300. [3-0-2] BIOL 302 (3) COMMUNITY AND ECOSYSTEM BIOLOGY. Introduction to the principles of j ecology at the community and ecosystem levels of integration. Topics include community structure and dynamics, productivity, decomposition, and mineral cycling. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. BIOL 303 is recommended. [3-0-1*] BIOL 303 (3) POPULATION BIOLOGY. Introduction to the study of plant and animal populations and their physical and biological environments. Topics include natural selection and microevolution, demography, population dynamics, competition and predation. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [3-0-1*] BIOL 305 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. Organisms in the sea and their relation to the physical and chemical environment; marine sediments and their relationships to biological and physical processes. Prerequisite: EOSC 370 is recommended. Equivalency: EOSC 371. BIOL 310 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ANIMAL B E H AVIO U R. The ethological approach to the study of animal behaviour: social behaviour, physiological mechanisms underlying behaviour. Students are expected to carry out a short project in the laboratory or field (see also BIOL 410). Prerequisite: BIOL 121. Third-year standing is required. [3-0-2] BIOL 316 (4) INTRODUCTORY PLANT PATHOLOGY. Study of the ecology of plant pathogenic organisms; principles of disease development and control. Equivalency: AGRO 326. [3-2-0] BIOL317(3) WEED SCIENCE. Importance, identification, dissemination and biology of weeds; preventative, cultural, biological and chemical methods of control. Equivalency: AGRO 328. [3-2-0] BIOL 320 (4) D SURVEY OF ALGAE. A survey of the algae, considering their morphology, life history, classification, and ecology. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [3-3-0] BIOL 321 (3) STRUCTURE AND EVOLUTION OF THE BRYOPHYTA. A study of evolution, taxonomy and morphology of mosses, liverworts and hornworts with emphasis on living plants in their environment. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [2-4-0] BIOL 322 (3) STRUCTURE AND EVOLUTION OF FERNS AND FERN-ALLIES. Anatomy, morphology and relationships of the ferns and fern-allies, with assessment of both fossil and extant taxa. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [2-4-0] BIOL 323 (3) STRUCTURE AND REPRODUCTION OF FUNGI. The evolutionary diversity of the fungi as shown by their morphology and reproductive biology. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [2-3-0] BIOL 324(3) INTRODUCTION TO SEED PLANT TAXONOMY. Introduction to seed plant taxonomy emphasizing descriptive morphology and identification. Each student will be required to submit a plant collection. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [2-3-0] BIOL 325 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ANIMAL MECHANICS AND LOCOMOTION. Comparative aspects of the functional design of skeletal systems and the mechanics of swimming, flying and terrestrial locomotion, with particular reference to the vertebrates. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [3-0-0] BIOL 326 (3) BIOLOGY OF INVERTEBRATES. A comparative study of invertebrates, with emphasis on marine forms; structure and function, life histories, evolution, and ecology. Prerequisite: BIOL 205. Corequisite: BIOL 300 is recommended. [1-4-0] BIOL 327 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ENTOMOLOGY. A survey of the structure, classification and biology of insects; ecology, life-histories and insect-plant relations. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. Equivalency: AGRO 327. BIOL 328 (3) INTRODUCTORY PARASITOLOGY. Classification, morphology and life histories of animal parasites affecting humans and other animals. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [2-3-0] BIOL 331 (4) DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY. Animal development and its underlying causal principles; introductory embryology. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 200, BIOL 201. BIOC 300 or BIOC 302 or BIOC 303 is recommended. [3-3-0] BIOL 332 (6) PROTISTOLOGY. Origin of eukaryotes; diversity and evolution of unicellular eukaryotes irrespective of plant or animal affinities; environmental adaptations, symbiosis and their significance to ecosystems. Prerequisite: BIOL 200. [2-3-0; 2-3-0] BIOL334(3) BASIC GENETICS. Mendelian genetics, chromosome theory of heredity, linkage, mutation, mapping, gene structure and function, gene interaction, quantitative genetics, population generics. Credit will be granted for only one of BIOL 334 or FRST 302. Prerequisite: BIOL 200. Corequisite: BIOL 201. [3-0-2] 472 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 BIOL335(3) MOLECULAR GENETICS. Isolation and identification of genes, analysis of gene structure; gene expression and its regulation in prokaryotes and in eukaryotes; developmental generics. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 334, MICB 322, FRST 302. [3-0-2] BIOL336(3) EVOLUTIONARY GENETICS. Natural selection; population generics, quantitative genetics and systematics; classical and molecular approaches to the study of evolution. Prerequisite: BIOL 334. [3-0-2] BIOL337(3) INTRODUCTORY GENETICS LABORATORY. A laboratory course demonstrating the fundamental principles of inheritance: Mendel's Laws, sex-linkage, mapping, mutagenesis, chromosome structure, developmental biology, biochemical and population genetics. Corequisite: BIOL 334. [1-4-0] BIOL 343 (3) PLANTS AND PEOPLES. The interactions of plants and human societies: the role of people in the origin, evolution and dispersal of food, drug and economic plants, and the influences of plants on human societies. Suitable for upper-level Arts students. [2-2-1] BIOL344(3) HUMAN HEREDITY AND EVOLUTION. Relates generic and evolutionary concepts to humans. Primarily for upper-level students in the Faculty of Arts. Credit will be given for only one of BIOL 121 or BIOL 344. Not open to students in the Life Sciences. [3-0-2] BIOL345(3) HUMAN ECOLOGY. Basics of ecology are introduced, focussing on observations of the natural world. Assignments, including a group project, consider connections between research, awareness and practical uses of ecology. Not for credit in the Life Sciences. [3-0-2] BIOL346(3) MICROBES AND SOCIETY. An elementary course in molecular biology primarily for Arts students. The historical I development of recent discoveries in molecular biology with emphasis on bacteria and viruses and their interaction with humans. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Not for credit in Life Sciences. [3-0-0] BIOL347(3) PRINCIPLES AND METHODOLOGY IN BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH. Contemporary research in the Botany and Zoology Departments; history and methodology of scientific discovery; seminars on current problems. Restricted to Honours students in Biology. Not to be taken concurrently with BIOL 449. [2-3-0] BIOL 350 (7) CELL PHYSIOLOGY. The physico-chemical basis of cellular activity: energy relationships, membrane processes, integration and internal control of cellular activities, and cellular signal transduction. The laboratory emphasizes techniques used to study cell function. Restricted to Majors and Honours students in Biology. Prerequisite: BIOL 201. Corequisite: Either (a) BIOC 302 or (b) BIOC 303. [2-4-0; 2-4-0] BIOL 351 (4) PLANT PHYSIOLOGY I. Mechanisms and regulation of functional processes contributing to the assimilation, transport and utilization of water, mineral nutrients and carbon by plants. Restricted to Majors and Honours students in Biology. Prerequisite: BIOL 121 and either (a) CHEM 123 or (b) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113. CHEM 233 is recommended. Equivalency: AGRO 324, FRST 311. [3-3-0] BIOL 352 (3) PLANT PHYSIOLOGY II: PLANT DEVELOPMENT. Introduction to the processes involved in growth and development: cell division, tissue culture, meristems, differentiation, and the action of major growth regulators, and photomorphogenesis. Emphasis on experimental approaches. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 334, FRST 302. CHEM 233 is recommended. [2-3-1] BIOL 353 (7) VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY. Lectures in organismic physiology with an emphasis on vertebrates; laboratories with an emphasis on animal physiology. Restricted to Majors and Honours students in Biology and to Majors in Nutritional Sciences. Credit will be given for only one of BIOl 353, BIOl 355, PHYL301. Prerequisite: BIOL 204 and either (a) CHEM 204 or (b) all of CHEM 233, CHEM 235 or (c) CHEM 232. [3-3-0] BIOL 355 (6) LECTURES IN VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY. Lectures in organismic physiology with an emphasis on vertebrates. Credit will be given for only one of BIOL 353, 355 or PHYL 301. Prerequisite: BIO 204 and either (a) CHEM 204 or (b) all of CHEM 233, CHEM 235 or (c) CHEM 232. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] BIOL 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Work experience in an industrial setting, taken during Winter Session (Term 2) of third year. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Biology. BIOL 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT II. Work experience in an industrial research setting, taken during Summer Session (Terms 1 and 2) following third year. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Biology. Prerequisite: BIOL 398. ^IOL402(3) AQUATIC ECOLOGY. Theoretical and applied limnology; ecology of inland water organisms in relation to physical, chemical and biological factors. One weekend field trip required. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 300, BIOL 302, BIOL 303. [2-4-0] BIOL 403 (3) BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHIC METHODS. A practical course in analytical techniques and field operations as used in biological oceanography. Prerequisite: Permission of the Head of Zoology is also acceptable. Corequisite: One of BIOL 305, EOSC 371. [1-4-1] BIOL 404 (3) ECOLOGICAL METHODOLOGY. Quantitative methods for estimating population density, sampling problems of field populations, and experimental design in ecological analysis. Application of computer techniques for the statistical analysis of ecological data. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 300, BIOL 302, BIOL 303. [2-4-0] BIOL 405(3) MARINE ECOLOGY. Astudyof the relationship of marine biotic communities to the environment, with emphasis on the intertidal area. Limited to students in fourth year. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 205, BIOL 302, BIOL 320. Corequisite: BIOL 300. [2-3-0] BIOL 406(4) PLANT ECOLOGY I. Plant community ecology including a consideration of the major approaches to sampling, analyzing and interpreting vegetation patterns. Instruction given in field work and computer analysis of field data. Prerequisite: BIOL 302. BIOL 324 is recommended. [3-3-0] BIOL 407 (3) PLANT ECOLOGY II. Relationships between plants and their physical and biotic environment, including plant population dynamics, genecology, ecology of reproduction and vegetation change. Students will carry out a short term project in the laboratory or field. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 302, BIOL 303. [3-3-0] BIOL 408(6) PRINCIPLES OF APPLIED ECOLOGY. Principles of animal and community ecology applicable to the management of animal resources; application of statistical and computer techniques for measuring, analyzing, modelling, and simulating resource systems; problems of multiple resource use. Prerequisite: BIOL 300. [2-2-0; 2-2-0] BIOL 409 (3) FIELD COURSE IN ANIMAL ECOLOGY. A two-week intensive course in field methods used in animal ecology. The course is given in the two weeks before first term. A fee will be assessed for living expenses. Pre-registrarion required. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 300, BIOL 302, BIOL 303. BIOL 310 is recommended. BIOL 410 (3) CURRENT TOPICS IN ANIMAL B E H AVIO U R. Lectures and seminar discussions on selected topics in animal behaviour. Prerequisite: BIOL 310. Permission of the head of Zoology is also acceptable. [2-0-2] BIOL 411 (3) INSECT ECOLOGY. Behavioural, population and community ecology of insects. Interactions between insects and plants and the application of the principles of insect ecology to biological control of insects and weeds. Prerequisite: Either (a) BIOL 205 or (b) all of AGRO 327, BIOL 327. [3-0-0] BIOL 412 (3) PHYTOGEOGRAPHY. Description and interpretation of present and past floristic vegetarional patterns; integration of evolutionary, ecological, and phytogeographi- cal concepts. Terrestrial and aquatic plants are considered. Restricted to students of third and fourth years. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [3-0-0] BIOL 413 (3) ZOOGEOGRAPHY. Distribution of terrestrial and aquatic animals in space and time; restricted to students in Third and Fourth year. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [3-0-0] BIOL 415(3) EVOLUTIONARY PROCESSES IN PLANTS. Experimental and comparative analysis of evolutionary processes, speciation, and phylogeneric patterns in plants. Prerequisite: BIOL 334. [3-0-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS BIOL — BIOLOGY 473 BIOL 416 (3) PRINCIPLES OF CONSERVATION BIOLOGY. Genetics and demography of small and fragmented populations; global and local conservation problems; case histories of endangered animals and plants. Three compulsory weekend field trips. Credit will be given for only one of BIOL 416 and CONS 330. Prerequisite: BIOL 303. [2-0-2] BIOL418 (3) EVOLUTIONARY ECOLOGY. Ecological adaptation and evolutionary processes in contemporary populations; natural selection, variation, optimization, foraging theory, coevolution, arms races; life history theory, evolution of sex, sexual selection, evolution in managed populations. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 303, BIOL 336. [2-2-0] BIOL419 (3) ECOLOGICAL PARASITOLOGY. A survey of ecological concepts as they pertain to parasitic eukaryoric animals including life history, population dynamics, community structure, disease transmission and evolution. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 303, BIOL 328. [2-3-0] BIOL421 (3) PLANT-MICROBE INTERACTIONS. Biology and physiology of selected plant-microbe relationships. Impacts of plant-microbe relationships on society. Prerequisite: BIOL 201. Equivalency: AGRO 426. [3-0-2] BIOL425 (3) BIOMECHANICS. An analytical approach to the study of skeletal mechanics and animal locomotion. Selected topics in the structure and properties of biological materials, the functional design of skeletons for locomotion, and the fluid mechanics of swimming and flight. Prerequisite: BIOL 325. [2-3-0] BIOL 427 (3) TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. The natural history, behavioural ecology and conservation of terrestrial vertebrates (and marine mammals). The laboratory includes classification, life histories, and ecology, with particular attention to species from British Columbia. Prerequisite: BIOL 204. [2-3-0] BIOL 428 (3) INVERTEBRATE AQUACULTURE. The theory and practice of culturing selected commercially important invertebrates. Restricted to students in fourth year. Prerequisite: BIOL 205. [2-3-0] BIOL429 (3) ALGAL AQUACULTURE. The theory and practice of growing micro- and macroalgae for commercial purposes. Includes historical aspects of algal aquaculture, cultivation principles, practical problems, end products, economics and current status of the industry. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. [3-0-0] BIOL430(3) GENOME EVOLUTION. Application of generics and molecular biology to evolutionary problems. Emphasis on using macromolecular sequence information to answer questions about phylogeny and population structure, and on the evolutionary implications of recent discoveries in molecular generics. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 335, BIOL 336. [3-0-0] BIOL431 (3) ADVANCED CELL BIOLOGY. Ultra structure, biogenesis and evolution of bacterial and eukaryoric cells and cell organelles, including their macromolecular basis. Prerequisite: BIOL 200. BIOL 335 recommended. [3-3-0] BIOL 433 (4) PLANT GENETICS. Emphasis on molecular aspects. Systems and techniques for genetic analysis in plants; isolation and regulation of plant genes; generic dissection of plant- specific processes; transposable elements; gene transfer in plants; cytoplasmic inheritance; genetic engineering. Prerequisite: BIOL 335. [3-0-2] BIOL 434 (3) POPULATION GENETICS. Theoretical and experimental aspects of population and quantitative genetics. Prerequisite: BIOL 336 and one of BIOL 334, FRST 302. [3-0-2] BIOL 435 (3) MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY OF THE YEAST SACCHAROMYCES. Molecular and genetic analysis of transcriptional regulation, cell cycle regulation, signal transduction, and developmental mechanisms using yeast (Saccharomy- ces) as a model eukaryote. Prerequisite: BIOL 335 and one of BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303. BIOC 303 and BIOC 410 are recommended. Equivalency: BIOC 435. [3-0-0] BIOL 437 (3) LABORATORY IN ANIMAL CELL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY. The use of recombinant DNA techniques to explore problems in animal developmental biology. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 331, BIOL 335 and one of BIOL 201, BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303. Permission of the department head is also required. [2-4-0] BIOL 438 (3) ZOOLOGICAL PHYSICS. Animal systems viewed from a physicist's perspective. Topics include sensory systems, energy budgets, locomotion, internal flows, physical advantages of grouping. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 101, PHYS 107. BIOL 325 is recommended. Equivalency: PHYS 438. [3-0-0] BIOL 441 (3) ANIMAL CELL BIOLOGY. Analysis of cellular organelles and the intracellular traffic between them, concentrating on mammalian cell systems. Prerequisite: BIOL 335 and one of BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303. Corequisite: BIOL 350. BIOL 331 is recommended. [3-0-0] BIOL 442 (3) ETHICAL ISSUES IN SCIENCE. Theoretical and practical consideration of ethics in the practice, reporting, public impact and accountability of science. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing in any Faculty is required. [3-0-0] BIOL 443 (4) PLANT BREEDING AND BIOTECHNOLOGY. Genetic basis and methodology of breeding for improved crop and ornamental plants. Application of tissue culture and molecular biology to plant improvement. Prerequisite: BIOL 201 and one of BIOL 334, FRST 302. Equivalency: AGRO 424. [3-0-2] BIOL 444 (3) TECHNIQUES IN PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY. Purification and analysis of nucleic acids, electrophoresis and immunodetection of proteins. Restricted to Honours students with permission of the Head of Botany and the Biotechnology Teaching Laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOL 335. Corequisite: BIOL 433 is recommended. [0-7-0] BIOL 445(3) DARWIN'S FISHES. Aseriesof computer-assisted lectures using ichthyology and the work of Charles Darwin to illustrate basic principles of biology, and their practical implementation, i.e., how biologists select research programs, generate and test hypotheses, and present their case to peers and the public. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in Science is required. [2-0-2] BIOL 446 (3) HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF BIOLOGY. The nature of science, this history of evolutionary and molecular biology, philosophical questions about scientific methods and fundamental conclusions of biology. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing in any degree program is required. [3-0-0] BIOL 447 (3) PRINCIPLES AND METHODOLOGY IN BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH. Seminars, debates, workshops and tutorials designed to produce competence in specific areas of Biology. Restricted to Honours students in Biology. Corequisite: BIOL 449. [2-3-0] BIOL 448 (3-12) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN BIOLOGY. A course designed to allow students to undertake an investigation on a specific topic s agreed upon by the faculty member and the ■udent. Permission of the supervisor required. Wo more than six credits of BIOL 448 may be taken with the same supervisor. BIOL 449(6) DIRECTED BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH. A course designed to allow students to undertake a research project in selected fields. Open only to Honours students in Biology, with permission of the supervisor. Presentation of a thesis and an oral examination are required. Corequisite: BIOL 447. BIOL 450 (3) MOLECULAR ADAPTATION OF ANIMALS TO THE ENVIRONMENT. Physiological, biochemical and molecular strategies of adaptation of animals to environmental challenges. The evolution of generic and biochemical systems, and their impact on animal structure and function. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 353, BIOL 355 and one of BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303. BIOL 454 is recommended. [3-0-0] BIOL 454(3) COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. Selected topics in physiology emphasizing comparisons between diverse phylogeneric groups of animals. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 350, BIOL 353, PSYC 360. [3-0-0] BIOL 455 (3) COMPARATIVE NEUROBIOLOGY. Current approaches in neurobiology, from the cellular to the behavioural level, are examined using representatives of vertebrate and invertebrate nervous systems. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 353, BIOL 350, PSYC 360. [3-0-2*] BIOL 456 (3) COMPARATIVE AND MOLECULAR ENDOCRINOLOGY. A comparative study of vertebrate and invertebrate endocrinology. Prerequisite: BIOL 353. [3-0-0] 474 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 BIOL 457 (3) COMPARATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY. A survey of physiological adaptions of animals to different environments. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 353, BIOL 355. [3-0-0] BIOL458 (3) DEVELOPMENTAL NEUROBIOLOGY. Cellular, molecular and physiological aspects of nervous system development with applications to understanding adult nervous system function and neurological disorders. [3-0-0] BIOL462 (3) ECOLOGICAL PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY. The structure, biosynthesis, distribution and biological function of secondary plant metabolites. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 200, BIOL 201. BIOL 209 or BIOL 210 is recommended. Equivalency: FRST 413. [3-0-0] BIOL463 (3) GENE REGULATION IN DEVELOPMENT. Control of gene expression in development; the genetic and physiological basis of epigenetic determination; inductive interactions. Prerequisite: BIOL 335 and one of BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303. BIOL 331 is recommended. [3-0-0] BIOL464(3) ANIMAL DEVELOPMENT GENETICS. Detailed analysis of the role of genes in establishment of embryonic polarity and axes, pattern formation, segmentation and establishment of tissue types. A detailed research proposal is developed. Prerequisite: BIOL 463. [3-0-0] BIOL465(3) BIOLOGY OF FISHES. Diversity, ecology, evolution, and phylogenetic relations of fishes. Credit will be given for only one of BIOL 465 and The University College of the Cariboo course, BIOL 329. Prerequisite: BIOL 204. [2-3-0] BIOL466 (3) APPLIED BIOLOGY OF FISHES. Physiological ecology and exploitation biology of teleost fishes; computer-based analysis and modeling of fish populations. Prerequisite: BIOL 465. BIOL 498 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT III. Work experience in an industrial research setting, taken during the Summer Session (Terms 1 and 2) following fourth year. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Biology. BIOL 499 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT IV. Work experience in an industrial research setting, taken during the Winter Session (Terms 1 and 2) following fourth year. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Biology. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 399, BIOL 498. BIOL 508 (6) GENETICS SEMINAR. BIOL 509 (3) POPULATION AND QUANTITATIVE GENETICS. BIOL 510 (3) APPLIED POPULATION GENETICS. Equivalency: FRST 535. BIOL 522 (3/6) D TOPICS IN MARINE BENTHIC ECOLOGY. BIOL 525 (2-6) D TOPICS IN SYSTEMATICS AND EVOLUTION. BIOL 530 (3) THE BIOLOGY OF THE CELL. BIOL 535 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING IN THE LIFE SCIENCES. BIOL 537 (3) TOPICS IN BIOTECHNOLOGY. Research reviews, class discussions, and presentations about current research in the diverse areas of biotechnology. Topics include the research interests of members of the UBC Biotechnology Laboratory. [1.5-0-0; 1.5-0-0] BIOL 548 (2-6) C ADVANCED TOPICS IN BIOLOGY. BIOL 549 (12-18) C MASTER'S THESIS. BIOL 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. BIOT—BIOTECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF SCIENCE Joint Degree in Biotechnology (BIOT) courses are only available on the BCIT campus. BIOT 201(0) LAB SAFETY. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 203 (2) INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 205 (3) MICROBIOLOGY I. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 206 (3) MICROBIOLOGY II. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 207 (3) PRINCIPLES OF PHYSIOLOGY. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 208 (2) PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 210 (3) PROCESS SYSTEMS. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 221 (3) ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 222 (3) ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 231 (2) COMMUNICATIONS FOR BIOTECHNOLOGY I. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 232 (3) COMMUNICATIONS FOR BIOTECHNOLOGY II. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 241(0) INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY FOR BIOTECHNOLOGY. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 242 (3) STATISTICS. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 280(0) INTRODUCTORY BIOTECHNOLOGY. BIOT306(2) MICROBIOLOGY III. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 307 (3) MOLECULAR GENETICS I. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 308 (3) MOLECULAR GENETICS II. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 309 (2) ADVANCED PLANT CELL BIOTECHNOLOGY. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 310 (2) ADVANCED CELL ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT311(3) BIOCHEMISTRYI. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT312(3) BIOCHEMISTRY II. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 313 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PHARMACEUTICAL DEVELOPMENT. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 323 (2) ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 324(2) ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 331 (3) CRITICAL READING & WRITING. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT351(0) MANAGEMENT SKILLS AND APPLICATIONS. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 352 (2) MANAGEMENT AND REGULATORY AFFAIRS. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT361(3) APPLIED ETHICS. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 380(0) ADVANCED BIOTECHNOLOGY. BIOT 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BIOT 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT II. Credit limited to students in the Joint Degree Program in Biotechnology. BOTA— BOTANY FACULTY OF SCIENCE All undergraduate courses in Botany are listed under Biology. BOTA 500 (2) FIELD BOTANY. BOTA 501 (3) SEMINAR IN BOTANY. BOTA 502(0) THESIS SEMINAR. BOTA 505 (2/3) C FIELD COURSE IN PLANT DIVERSITY. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS BIOT — BIOTECHNOLOGY 475 BOTA 512 (2/3) C PRACTICAL MARINE PHYTOPLANKTON. Prerequisite: EOSC 574. BOTA 520 (6) ADVANCED PHYTOGEOGRAPHY. BOTA 526 (3) ADVANCED PLANT COMMUNITY ANALYSIS. BOTA 527 (3) DYNAMICS OF PLANT POPULATIONS. Prerequisite: BIOL 407. BOTA 528 (3) CURRENT TOPICS IN PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY. BOTA 530 (3) PLANT METABOLIC PHYSIOLOGY. BOTA 532 (3) REGULATION OF PLANT GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT. BOTA 544 (3) PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY LABORATORY. Admission to the course is limited and requires recommendation from the Head of Botany or the Director of the Biotechnology Laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOL 335 is recommended as either a prerequisite or corequisite. Equivalency: PLNT 540, FRST 503. BOTA 545 (3) PLANT GENETIC ENGINEERING LABORATORY. Limited enrolment; requires consent of instructors. Equivalency: PLNT 514, FRST 509. BOTA 546 (2-12) C TOPICS IN BOTANY. BOTA 548 (3) M.SC. MAJOR ESSAY. BOTA 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. BOTA 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. BRDG — BRIDGE PROGRAM FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES Restricted to BRDG students only. BRDG 500 (1.5) RESEARCH IN PROGRESS SEMINAR. BRDG 501 (3) RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT. BRDG 590(0) INTERNSHIP. 4 months for M.Sc. BRDG 600 (3) RESEARCH IN PROGRESS SEMINAR. BRDG 601 (6) RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT. BRDG 690(0) INTERNSHIP. 8 months for Ph.D. students. BUED— BUSINESS EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION BUED 301 (3) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS FOR BUSINESS EDUCATION. Introduction to teaching keyboarding and computer skills, and the use of software programs for a variety of business applications. Pass/Fail. BUED314(4/5)D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in business education or permission of the head. BUED 375 (3) ADVANCED SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS IN BUSINESS EDUCATION. Pass/Fail. [3-0-0] BUED 376 (3) TEACHING OFFICE ORGANIZATION AND INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES IN BUSINESS EDUCATION. Pass/Fail. [3-0-0] BUED 377 (3) SYSTEMS OF DATA PROCESSING. Types and organization of business systems; electronic methods of data processing; criteria and procedures for software evaluation. Teaching methods and projects for secondary schools. Prerequisite: Either (a) BUED 301 or (b) BUED 401. [3-0-0] BUED402(3) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN KEYBOARDING. Principles and problems of instruction on business documents. Prerequisite: BUED 401. [4-0] BUED 508 (3-6) D REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN BUSINESS EDUCATION. Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. BUED 561 (3-12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. BUED 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. BUED 580 (3-12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. Investigation and report of a problem. BUED 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER Pass/Fail. BUED 598 (3-12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those in master's, doctoral and diploma programs. BUED 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. BUSI —BUSINESS FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUSI 100 (3) MICRO FOUNDATIONS OF REAL ESTATE ECONOMICS. Basic principles of microeconomics and application to current economic problems. BUSI 101 (3) CAPITAL MARKETS AND REAL ESTATE. Basic principles of macroeconomics and application to current economic problems. Prerequisite: BUSI 100. BUSI 111 (3) REAL PROPERTY LAW. Canadian legal system and contract law and detailed aspects of real estate law as it applies in British Columbia. BUSI 121 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF REAL ESTATE MATHEMATICS. Introduction to mathematics of real estate finance and statistical measures and methods and their application to practical real estate concepts. Prerequisite: Algebra 12 strongly recommended. BUSI 221 (3) REAL ESTATE FINANCE IN A CANADIAN CONTEXT. History, function and mechanics of Canadian mortgage markets. Prerequisite: BUSI 121. BUSI 290 (4) INTRODUCTION TO QUANTITATIVE DECISION ANALYSIS. Introduction to decision models in business, including basic optimization, linear program ming, probability, decision analysis, random variables, simulation, and solving decision problems using spreadsheet tools. Prerequisite: All of MATH 104, MATH 105, or equivalents. Equivalency: COMM 290. BUSI 291 (4) APPLICATION OF STATISTICS IN BUSINESS. Methods and applications of statistics in business; data analysis, descriptive regression; data generation; sampling distributions; hypothesis testing; confidence intervals; two sample problems; inference in regression. Prerequisite: BUSI 290, or equivalent. Equivalency: COMM 291. BUSI 293 (3) INTRODUCTORY FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING. Introduction to the construction and interpretation of financial reports prepared primarily for external use. BUSI 294 (3) INTRODUCTORY MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING. Introduction to the development and use of accounting information for management planning and control, and the development of cost information for financial reports. Prerequisite: BUSI 293 or equivalent Corequisite: BUSI 293 or equivalent BUSI 295 (3) MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS. Economic foundations of managerial decision making. USI 299(1) BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS. Basic communication theory, communications in organizations. Includes written and oral practice in lab sessions. Equivalency: COMM 299. BUSI 300 (3) URBAN AND REAL ESTATE ECONOMICS. Comprehensive treatment of urban and real estate economics; introduction to study of cities and real estate market; analytical microeconomic principles. Prerequisite: All of BUSI 100, BUSI 101. BUSI 329 (3) PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR. An introductory examination of work organizations and the behaviour of individuals within them. Phenomena to be studied include organizational structure, evironments, group processes, motivation and leadership. Equivalency: BUSI 292, COMM 292. BUSI 330 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL. Introduction to concepts and techniques for appraising the value of real estate. Prerequisite: Recommend BUSI 121. BUSI 331 (3) REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT ANALYSIS AND ADVANCED INCOME APPRAISAL. Valuation techniques for income real estate, including income method of appraisal, tax consequences of real property ownership, and portfolio analysis methodology. Prerequisite: All of BUSI 121, BUSI 330. BUSI 335 (3) INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Introduction to information technology related to business use: design, implementation, and application of information systems. BUSI 353 (3) INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I. An examination of accounting as a means of measurement and as an information system for external reporting purposes. Prerequisite: BUSI 293 or equivalent. 476 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 BUSI 354 (3) COST ACCOUNTING. The provision and analysis of cost accounting information that will assist management in making operating decisions and in evaluating operational performance. Prerequisite: BUSI 294 or equivalent. BUSI 355 (3) INTRODUCTION TO INCOME TAX. A study of income tax from the standpoint of the individual and business enterprise. Prerequisite: BUSI 293 or equivalent. BUSI 370 (3) BUSINESS FINANCE. An introduction to the basic principles of financial valuation and an examination of corporate enterprise decisions including working capital management; capital budgeting; capital structures and dividend policy. Prerequisite: BUSI 293 or equivalent. BUSI 391 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Overview of computer technology and terminology; use of computers as managerial and administrative tools; the management of computer resources and the influence of information technology within the organization. Equivalency: COMM 391. BUSI 393 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS LAW. Introduction to the law of contracts, with particular reference to contracts for sale of goods and related law of personal property, principles of agency, partnership, and company law. BUSI 399 (3) LOGISTICS AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT. The design and management of systems to make products, provide services and deliver them to the end user. Prerequisite: All of BUSI 290, BUSI 291 or equivalents. Equivalency: COMM 299. BUSI 400 (3) RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY ANALYSIS. Underlying theory and techniques used in design, construction, and inspection of residential properties. BUSI 401 (3) COMMERCIAL PROPERTY ANALYSIS. Underlying theory and techniques used in the design and construction of commercial properties. BUSI 441 (3) REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT I. Examines the day-to-day issues which affect the practice of property management. Prerequisite: BUSI 330. BUSI 331 recommended. BUSI 442 (3) CASE STUDIES IN APPRAISAL I. Examines the day-to day issues that affect the practice of real estate appraisal. Prerequisite: All of BUSI 121, BUSI 330, BUSI 331. BUSI 443 (6) ASSESSMENT ADMINISTRATION. Introduces the practice of real property assessment, including the nature of the techniques used, the required duties of assessors, and how an assessment office is administrated. Prerequisite: BUSI 330 recommended. BUSI 444(6) COMPUTER AIDED MASS PROPERTY ASSESSMENT. This course develops and applies the major techniques for valuing real property. Prerequisite: Recommend all of BUSI 121, BUSI 330, BUSI 443. BUSI 445 (3) REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT I. Real estate development process from the project idea to the cursory feasibility stage. Steps in development planning, including analysis, design and evaluation. Evaluating development potential, land acquisition, and site planning. Prerequisite: All of BUSI 330, BUSI 331. BUSI 446 (3) REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT II. Analysis of real estate development process with an examination of economic feasibility studies, approval processes, project financing, construction, project management, and marketing phases. Prerequisite: BUSI 445. BUSI 450 (3) INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II. A continuation of the examination of accounting as a means of measurement and as an information system for external reporting purposes. Prerequisite: BUSI 353. Corequisite: BUSI 353. BUSI 451 (3) REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT II. Continuation of BUSI 441. BUSI 452 (3) CASE STUDIES IN APPRAISAL II. Continuation of BUSI 442 BUSI 453 (3) ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING. An examination of advanced financial accounting topics. Prerequisite: BUSI 450. Corequisite: BUSI 450. BUSI 454 (3) ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGEMENT CONTROL AND INCENTIVES. Design of accounting systems for facilitating and influencing management decisions, with emphasis on performance evaluation in organizations. Prerequisite: BUSI 294. Equivalency: COMM 454. BUSI 455 (3) PRINCIPLES OF AUDITING. Principles of internal control; audit evidence; sampling and testing; audit reports; standards and responsibilities of the external audit. Prerequisite: BUSI 353. Recommended prerequisite or corequisite: BUSI 450. BUSI 465 (3) MARKETING MANAGEMENT. Basic considerations affecting the domestic and international marketing of goods and services. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102, BUSI 293. Equivalency: COMM 465, COMM 396. BUSI 470 (3) FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. Prerequisite: One of BUSI 370, COMM 473. BUSI 486 (3-9) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN BUSINESS. BUSI 493 (3) STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT IN BUSINESS. A conceptual and practical introduction to the major areas of busness strategy with an integrative perspective on managing a business. Includes the analysis of a business and its environment, the development and evaluation of strategic alternatives, and implementation of change. Prerequisite: BUSI 293 and either (a) all of ECON 101, ECON 102 or (b) ECON 309. Corequisite: Two of BUSI 294, BUSI 329, BUSI 370, BUSI 465. Equivalency: COMM 493. BUSI 498 (3) INTERVATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. Development of general environmental framework for international business studies by drawing on international and development economics, research into government-business relations and studies in comparative socio-cultural systems and political systems. Prerequisite: BUSI 293 and either (a) all of ECON 101, ECON 102 or (b) ECON 309. Corequisite: Two of BUSI 294, BUSI 329, BUSI 370, BUSI 465. Equivalency: COMM 498. BUSI 499 (3-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN REAL ESTATE. An investigation and report on a topic to be agreed upon by a member of the faculty and a senior student. CCST— CRITICAL CURATORIAL STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS CCST 500 (3) SEMINAR IN INTERDISCIPLINARY FRAMEWORKS IN MUSEUM AND CURATORIAL STUDIES. Theoretical and historical foundations of visual representations and expressive culture. It explores the history of museums and galleries, and changes in the meaning of art and material culture as debates about cultural property intensify. CCST 501 (3) SEMINAR IN CONTEMPORARY CONTEXTUAL ISSUES FOR MUSEUMS AND CURATORIAL PRACTICE. An examination of broad social and political issues that confront curators and museum professionals who construct representations in museums, art galleries and other sites of public display. CCST 502 (3) CASE STUDIES IN MUSEUM AND GALLERY EXHIBITIONS. A case study approach to analyzing museum and gallery exhibitions that are historically significant either because they raised issues and stimulated public debate, or because of radical features that proved influential on subsequent exhibitions. Course not offered every year. CCST 503 (6) GRADUATE PRACTICUM IN CURATORIAL STUDIES. Practical on-site teamwork to produce exhibitions or other public displays in a museum, gallery, or alternative situation, offering opportunities for comparison, collaboration, and interdisciplinarity. CCST 504 (3) MAJOR ESSAY IN CRITICAL CURATORIAL STUDIES. To graduate, students must produce a major essay with a weight of 3 credits. CDST—CANADIAN STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS CDST 350 (3/6) D CANADIAN CULTURAL STUDIES. An interdisciplinary introduction to Canadian cultural studies. Required of all majors. CDST 450 (3/6) D SENIOR SEMINAR IN CANADIAN STUDIES. The Canadian experience from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. Offered by the McLean Chair in Canadian Studies. Required of all majors. Prerequisite: CDST 350. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CCST — CRITICAL CURATORIAL STUDIES 477 CENS — CENTRAL EASTERN AND NORTHERN EUROPEAN STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS CENS 201 (3) CONTRASTS AND CONFLICTS: THE CULTURES OF CENTRAL, EASTERN AND NORTHERN EUROPE (IN ENGLISH). An introduction to the cultural history of the peoples of Central, Eastern and Northern Europe as reflected in their literature, art and music. CENS 202 (3) GREAT WORKS OF LITERATURE FROM CENTRAL, EASTERN AND NORTHERN EUROPE (IN ENGLISH). Major works of Central, Eastern and Northern European literature from the eighteenth century to the present in their European context. CENS 303 (3/6) D GERMAN RESPRESENTATIONS OF THE HOLOCAUST (IN ENGLISH). The Nazi Holocaust and related aspects of the Third Reich in film and literature. Texts will include first-hand accounts, fictionalizarions, and perceived literary anticipations of the Holocaust by authors from the German-speaking countries. CHBE —CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE The Departments of Chemical Engineering and Bio-Resource Engineering have merged into a single department, the Department of Chemical and Biological Engineering. All courses listed under Chemical Engineering (CHML) are now listed under Chemical and Biological Engineering (CHBE). In some cases CHBE course numbers may not correspond to the former CHML course numbers. During the transition period some courses listed under Bio-Resource Engineering (BIOE) will remain open while others have been subsumed under Chemical and Biological Engineering (CHBE). CHBE 230 (3) COMPUTATIONAL METHODS. Mathematical formulation of chemical and biological engineering problems; standard techniques of numerical analysis and their application to chemical, environmental and biotechnological systems; program development; use of commercial numerical analysis software. Prerequisite: CPSC 152. Corequisite: MATH 256. [3-0-2*] CHBE 241 (3) MATERIAL AND ENERGY BALANCES. Introduction to Chemical and Biological Engineering; units; stoichiometry; phase equilibria; material balances; energy balances. [3-0-2*] CHBE 242 (3) CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL PROCESS TECHNOLOGY. Introduction to processes used in the chemical and biological industries. Problems and lectures emphasize underlying physical, chemical and biological principles. Prerequisite: CHBE 241. [3-0-2*] CHBE 251 (3) TRANSPORT PHENOMENA I. Fluid Mechanics. Momentum-transfer in fluids in laminar and turbulent flow; microscopic and macroscopic material; momentum and energy balances; rheology; dimensional analysis; flow in conduits; pumps; fluid metering. Prerequisite: PHYS 170. Corequisite: MATH 256. [3-0-2*] CHBE 262(3) CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Experiments chosen to illustrate and use material presented in 200-level CHBE and CHEM courses. Corequisite: Second-year CHBE program. [0-4*-0; 0-4*-0] CHBE 344(2) UNIT OPERATIONS I. Characterization of particles; comminution, screening and classification; filtration, sedimentation, centrifugal separations and fluidization; thermal operations including evaporation and crystalization. Prerequisite: Either (a) CHBE 242 or (b) all of CHBE 241, MECH 270; and one of CHBE 251, CIVL 215, MECH 280. [2-0-2*] CHBE 345(4) UNIT OPERATIONS II. Stage- wise mass transfer operations; extraction and absorption; single and stage-wise binary and multi-component distillation; principles and equipment design for continuous contact mass transfer operations including absorption, binary distillation and others such as extraction, drying, humidificarion, membrane separations. Prerequisite: CHBE 351. [4-0-2*] CHBE 346 (3) CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS. Volumetric and thermodynamic properties of fluids; equations of state; heat effects; ideal and non-ideal mixtures; fugaciries and activity coefficients; vapor-liquid and liquid-liquid phase equilibrium; solubility of gases and solids in liquids; chemical reaction equilibrium; equilibrium partitioning of pollutants. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 241, CHBE 242, CHEM 251. [3-0-2*] CHBE 351 (3) TRANSPORT PHENOMENA II. Heat and mass transfer; conduction and molecular diffusion; convecrive transfer; thermal radiation; analogies among heat, mass and momentum transfer; heat exchanger design. Prerequisite: CHBE 251. [3-0-2*] CHBE 356 (3) PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL. Introduction to modeling of chemical processes; transient response analysis; design of feedback control systems; stability analysis; frequency response analysis; process control applications; instrumentation; advanced control techniques; distributed control systems. Prerequisite: One of MATH 255, MATH 256. [3-1 *-0] CHBE 357 (3) INTERFACIAL PHENOMENA. Outline of the physics and chemistry of interfaces; discussion of the part played by surface effects in technical processes. [3-0-0] CHBE 362 (2) CHEMICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY. Experiments to illustrate and use material presented in 200 and 300-level CHBE courses. Field trips may be required. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 241, CHBE 251. [0-4-0] CHBE 363 (2) PROCESS ENGINEERING LABORATORY. Experiments to illustrate and use material presented in 300-level CHBE process option courses. Field trips may be required. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 241, CHBE 251. [0-4-0] CHBE 364(2) ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY. Laboratory experiments to illustrate key concepts and measurement techniques in environmental engineering as used by engineers. [0-4-0] CHBE 365 (2) BIOTECHNOLOGY LABORATORY. Laboratory experiments to illustrate key concepts and measurement techniques in biotechnology as used by engineers. Prerequisite: BIOL 112. Corequisite: CHBE 381. [0-4-0] CHBE 373 (3) WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Legal, environmental and physico- chemical aspects of industrial water pollution and its abatement will be surveyed; techniques for design of wastewater treatment processes currently used in industry; case studies from chemical and process industries will be considered in detail. [3-0-0] CHBE 376 (3) COMPUTER FLOWSHEETING AND FLUID PROPERTIES ESTIMATION. Theory and practice of computer flowsheeting in chemical plant design; hands-on use of modern process simulators, prediction of thermodynamic properties of fluids; behaviour of single and multiphase systems. Prerequisite: CHBE 241. [3-0-2*] CHBE 381 (3) BIOLOGICAL PROCESS ENGINEERING. Design and modeling of single ■id multi-species bioreactors, industrial, fermentation and product recovery systems. Prerequisite: One of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 180, MATH 184 and BIOL 112. Equivalency: MICB 318. [3-0-2*] CHBE 401 (3) MECHANICAL PULPING AND PAPERMAKING. Process and unit operations in mechanical pulping and papermaking, emphasizing principles and practice of refining, screening, cleaning, papermaking and properties of paper products, key economic and environmental issues. [3-0-0] CHBE 402 (3) CHEMICAL PULPING TECHNOLOGY. Process and unit operations in the conversion of wood chips to pulp, principles and practice of kraft pulping, oxygen delignificarion, pulp bleaching, chemical recovery and related unit operations. Economic and environmental issues are considered. [3-0-0] CHBE 444(3) UNIT OPERATIONS II. Single and stage-wise binary and mulricomponent distillation; principles and equipment design for continuous contact mass transfer operations including absorption, binary distillation and others such as extraction, drying, humidificarion, membrane separations, etc. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 344, CHBE 351. [3-0-2*] CHBE 452(6) ENVIRONMENTAL PROCESS DESIGN PROJECT. Design and economic assessment of an environmental engineering process. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 254, CHBE 344, CHBE 346, CHBE 351, CHBE 356, CHBE 373. Corequisite: CHBE 459. [0-0-3; 0-0-3] CHBE 453 (6) BIOTECHNOLOGY PROCESS DESIGN PROJECT. Design and economic assessment of a chemical engineering process in the biotechnology field. Prerequisite: All of 478 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 BIOL 112, CHBE 346, CHBE 356, CHBE 381. Corequisite: CHBE 459. [0-0-3; 0-0-3] CHBE 454 (6) PROCESS DESIGN PROJECT. Design and economic assessment of a major chemical engineering process. A directed-study type course in which the students use previous course material in the synthesis of a detailed design of a practical process. Contact hours are used for the presentation of progress reports and consultation with faculty and industrial advisors. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 341, CHBE 346, CHBE 351, CHBE 356. Corequisite: CHBE 459. [0-0-3; 0-0-3] CHBE 455 (3) KINETICS AND REACTOR DESIGN. Kinetics of homogeneous chemical and biological reactions, isothermal ideal reactor design, analysis of non-ideal reactors using residence time distribution and mixing models. Prerequisite: CHEM 251. [3-0-2*] CHBE 456 (3) HETEROGENOUS CATALYSIS AND ADVANCED REACTOR DESIGN. Definition of heterogeneous catalysis; properties of catalysts; kinetics of catalytic reactions; ideal heterogeneous reactors; non-isothermal reactor design; mass and heat transfer effects in heterogeneous reactors; examples of industrial reactors. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 351, CHBE 455. [3-0-2*] CHBE 457 (3) PROCESS SYNTHESIS. Strategy for the conception and preliminary design of industrial chemical and biological processes; development and evaluation of process options, conceptual flowsheets, reaction pathways, separation sequences, material and energy recovery systems; computer aided design and optimization. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 241, CHBE 346, CHBE 376, CHBE 344. [3-0-3*] CHBE 459 (3) CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING ECONOMICS. Estimation of capital and operating costs; interest calculations; taxes; economic comparison of alternatives; economic optimization. [3-0-0] CHBE 464 (3) CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY. Experiments in unit operations relating to process, environmental and biological engineering. Experiments are designed to provide experience in instrumentation and control. Field trips may be required. Prerequisite: One of CHBE 362, CHBE 363, CHBE 364, CHBE 365. [0-6*-0;0-6*-0] CHBE 465 (3) REHABILITATION AND DESIGN OF AQUATIC HABITAT. Modeling the effects of the environment and nutrient availability on growth and waste production; designing closed and open environments for aquatic organisms; developing prescriptions for habitat rehabilitation. Prerequisite: BIOL 112. Third year standing also required. [2-2*-2*] CHBE 473 (3) DESIGN OF SOLID WASTE BYCONVERSION SYSTEMS. Classification of waste-to-resource conversion processes; composting materials handling, equipment selection and sizing, system performance evaluation and product quality analysis; gaseous and liquid fuels production via combustion, anaerobic digestion, and other processes; planning and implementation of an integrated waste diversion program. Prerequisite: Third year standing. [2-2*-2*] CHBE 474 (3) PROCESS CONTROL ENGINEERING. Frequency response analysis; advanced control techniques; mulrivariable control systems; mathematical tools for computer control systems; design of computer control systems; engineering design of industrial control applications; plant wide control concepts; distributed control systems concepts. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 356, CHBE 376. [3-2*-0] CHBE 476 (3) MODELLING AND OPTIMIZATION IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING. Mathematical modelling of chemical plants and processes; computer simulation; introduction to numerical optimization techniques. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 344, CHBE 376. [3-2*-0] CHBE 477 (3) FUEL CELL AND ELECTROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING. Stoichi- ometry, thermodynamics and kinetics of electrode reactions; conductivity and mass transport in electrolytes; material, energy and voltage balances; design of electro synthesis, electrorecovery of metals, and energy generation of batteries and fuel cells. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 252, CHBE 241. [3-0-0] CHBE 479 (3) CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ASPECTS OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY. Relationship between current engineering practice and worker health and safety. Engineering analysis of industrial health and safety problems. Prerequisite: Third-year Chemical and Biological Engineering. [2-2-0] CHBE 480 (3) HAZARDOUS WASTE PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY. Characterization, treatment and final disposal of hazardous waste with emphasis upon chemical engineering principles. Topics to include relevant legislation, in-plant minimization, treatment options and clean-up of contaminated sites. Case studies to be used for illustration. Prerequisite: Third year Chemical and Biological Engineering. [3-0-0] CHBE 481 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING. Advanced kinetic modeling, bioreactor systems and dynamics. Immobilized cells and enzymes, eukaryote cell cultures, rDNA products, biosep- arations and biomedical applications. Prerequisite: CHBE 381. [3-0-2*] CHBE 483 (3) ENERGY ENGINEERING. Supply and use of conventional and alternative fuels and energy. Design and operarionof unit operations for processing of fossil fuels, biomass and other energy sources. Environmental considerations of energy use. Prerequisite: Third year Chemical and Biological Engineering. [3-0-0] CHBE 484 (3) GREEN ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS FOR PROCESS INDUSTRIES. Pollution prevention, cleaner production, green chemistry and engineering, industrial ecology, eco-industrial parks, and sustainable development; environmental impact assessment including life-cycle assessment, total cost analysis and environmen tal systems analysis; reduce/recycling/reuse of wastes and by-products. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 241, CHBE 242. [3-0-0] CHBE 485 (3) AIR POLLUTION CONTROL. Characteristics of various air pollutants and their behaviour in the atmosphere; monitoring problems; technology of particulate collection and control of pollutant gases. [3-0-0] CHBE 489 (3) POLLUTION CONTROL IN THE PULP AND PAPER INDUSTRY. Pollutants of concern in the pulp and paper industry; environmental impact of the industry; technologies used for the control of solid, liquid and gaseous wastes. [3-0-0] CHBE 490 (3) ADVANCED BIOLOGICAL WASTE SYSTEMS DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT. Biological (aerobic and anaerobic) treatment systems; advanced wastewater treatment; nutrients removal; natural treatment systems; membrane technology. Prerequisite: CHBE 373. [2-0-2] CHBE 491(1) THESIS PROPOSAL. Literature searching, planning, equipment design, experimental design for an individual research project leading to a written proposal and oral presentation. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 362, CHBE 363. [0-2-0] CHBE 492 (5) THESIS. Research project under the direction of a staff member. Prerequisite: CHBE 491. [0-8-0] CHBE 493(1) THESIS PROPOSAL- ENVIRONMENTAL TOPIC. Literature search, planning, equipment design for an individual research project leading to a written proposal and oral presentation. Topic to be chosen from a selection of environmental topics offered by the department. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 362, CHBE 364. [0-2-0] CHBE 494(5) THESIS-ENVIRONMENTAL TO PIC. Environmental engineering research topic. Prerequisite: CHBE 493. [0-8-0] CHBE 495(1) THESIS PROPOSAL- BIOTECHNOLOGY TOPIC. Literature search, planning, equipment design for an individual research project leading to a written proposal and oral presentation. Topic to be chosen from a selection of biotechnology topics offered by the department. Prerequisite: All of CHBE 362, CHBE 365. [0-2-0] CHBE 496 (5) THESIS BIOTECHNOLOGY TO PIC. Biotechnological engineering research topic. Prerequisite: CHBE 495. [0-8-0] CHBE498(1) ENGINEERING REPORT. This should be written on some subject of scientific interest or technical interest, based preferably on personal experience. Specifications are issued by the Department. Prerequisite: Third- year Chemical and Biological Engineering. CHBE 506 (3) INDUSTRIAL PROCESS ENGINEERING. Mass and energy balances. Stoichiometry. Flow diagrams. Key unit operations for selected process industries in Western Canada with special attention to emission controls and hazards. May require field trips. Not open to Chemical and Biological Engineering students. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CHBE — CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 479 CHBE 510 (3) OPTIMIZATION OF BIOPROCESSES. Experimental design, data analysis, model building, reactor dynamics and computer control for optimization. CHBE 540 (3) ADVANCED DESIGN OF BIO- AQUATIC SYSTEMS. Technical and economic feasibility studies, design of waste treatment, feeding and rehabilitation systems for aquatic organisms in natural and artificial settings. CHBE 549 (12) MASTER'S THESIS FOR M.SC. CHBE 550 (2-4) D ADVANCED REACTOR DESIGN. Topics vary from year to year, and may include kinetics of fluid-solid reactions of single particles, packed, moving, fluidized and transported bed reactors; rotary kilns; gas- liquid reaction kinetics and reactor design; reactor design for gas-liquid-solid and non- catalytic processes. CHBE 551 (2-4) D CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS. Pressure-volume- temperature relations; chemical equilibria by Gibbs' method; vapor-liquid equilibria; thermodynamic calculations by third law and quantum-statistical methods; irreversible thermodynamics and information theory. CHBE 552 (2-4) D OPTIMIZATION METHODS. Mathematical and experimental techniques for optimizing processes. Course content will vary from year to year, but will be chosen from: direct search techniques, unconstrained optimization, Jacobian and Lagrangian optimization, mathematical programming, and variational calculus techniques. CHBE 553 (2-4) D MATHEMATICAL OPERATIONS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING. Topics vary from year to year. Amongst these will be dimensional analysis and model theory; treatment and interpretation of chemical engineering data; formulation and solution of differential and finite difference equations; graphical, numerical and statistical methods. CHBE 554 (2-4) D MOMENTUM, HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER. Prediction of velocity, temperature, and concentration profiles for flowing fluids; unifying concepts and analogies in momentum, heat, and mass transport; streamline flow and turbulence, molecular and eddy conduction and diffusion, boundary layers, smooth and rough conduits and other boundaries. CHBE 557 (2-4) D FLUID DYNAMICS. Topics include tensor analysis; governing equations for Newtonian fluids, exact and numerical solutions to Navier-Stokes equations; creeping flow; flow through porous media; incompressible boundary layers; stability analysis; turbulence. CHBE 559 (2-6) D TOPICS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING. A discussion of some aspects of modern Chemical Engineering. Subject matter varies each year. CHBE 560 (3) BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING. Introduction to the biochemistry and biology of bioprocesses; kinetics of enzymatic and cellular processes; principles of cell culture, process development and product recovery; optimization of bioreactor design and operation. CHBE 561 (2-4) D PARTICULATE AND MULTIPHASE SYSTEMS. Topics vary from year to year and include electrokinetic colloidal phenomena; packed beds; filtration; sedimentation; two- and three-phase fluidized beds; spouted beds; hydraulic and pneumatic transport; gas, liquid and solid particle mechanics; multiphase flows. CHBE 563 (3) APPLIED HETEROGENEOUS CATALYSIS. Techniques for characterizing catalysts and their surfaces. Commercial methods of preparing catalysts. Chemistry of catalytic reactions and the impact of catalyst properties, mechanisms and kinetics on reactor engineering. Applications of catalytic oxidations, hydrogenations, C-C bond formation and cracking. [2-0-0] CHBE 564(3) INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY LABORATORY. Modern bioreactor technology, upstream and downstream processing of biotechnology products. Credit will not be given for both CHBE 564 and MICB 419. [1-4-0] CHBE 565 (2-4) D ADVANCED PROCESS CONTROL. Discrete-rime chemical system modeling; model-based predictive control; predictive controller design; analysis of design parameters; controller stability; robustness and performance analysis; selected topics from current developments in the literature. CHBE 566(3) TOPICS IN BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING. Analysis of recent engineering and biotechnology research articles. Topics chosen from: bioprocess, biosensor and biomedical literature. Prerequisite: BIOL 112. CHBE 567 (2-4) D SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND ADAPTIVE CONTROL. Input/Output modeling; frequency analysis; regression analysis; model parametrizations; recursive estimation methods; model validation; adaptive controller design; implementation issues; chemical process control applications; selected topics from current developments in the literature. CHBE 568 (3) MIXING OPERATIONS IN CHEMICAL PROCESS. Mixing fundamentals; scale of scrutiny; mixing measurement and assessment; mixer types and characteristics, impeller characteristics; viscous and non- Newtonian systems; impact on chemical reactions; industrial practices. CHBE 571 (2-6) D NON-NEWTONIAN FLUID B E H AVIO U R. Selections from the following topics: kinematics of deformation and flow, dynamics of continuous media, constitutive equations, physical chemical and molecular aspects of viscosity, engineering applications to pipe flow, mixing, heat transfer. Handling of suspensions and polymers. CHBE 572 (2-6) D WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Water pollution control; methods of problem assessment from chemical operations, technology of control with special attention to regional problems. Topics vary from year to year with emphasis on industrial problems. CHBE 574(2-4) D EQUILIBRIUM PROPERTIES OF NON-IDEAL MIXTURES. Discussion of various methods of calculating vapor-liquid, liquid-liquid equilibrium and thermal properties, including molecular thermodynamics. Excess free-energy of mixing. Thermodynamic consistency tests. Emphasis on engineering applications and newer approaches. CHBE 575 (2-4) D AIR POLLUTION CONTROL. Characteristics of various air pollutants, their behaviour in the atmosphere, monitoring problems, technology of particle collection and control of pollutant gases. Particular problems of regional interest are discussed. CHBE 577 (2-4) D ELECTROCHEMICAL SCIENCE, ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY. Electrochemical interfaces; electrode reactions; thermodynamics; kinetics and transport processes in electrochemical systems; experimental techniques. Electrochemical reactors and processes; modelling, design and economics. Electrochemical technologies; electrosynthesis, batteries and fuel cells. Electro-metallurgy; electrowinning and refining of metals, corrosion, leaching and cementation. CHBE 579 (2-4) D ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION CONTROL IN THE PULP AND PAPER INDUSTRY. Environmental regulations; measurement of pollutants; environmental impacts; environmental audits; air pollution control technology; water pollution control technology; sludge management and disposal. CHBE 580 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN PULP AND PAPER ENGINEERING. Advanced material in selected topics in pulp and paper in science and engineering. Subject matter varies each year. [3-0-0] CHBE 590 (3) SMALL WATERSHED SYSTEMS DESIGN. Hydrologic design of water management systems for the production of agricultural and other biological materials. Analysis and design of composite systems for watersheds. CHBE 596(0) ENGINEERING REPORT. Engineering report of at least 3000 words on a research or design topic under the supervision of a faculty member. CHBE 598(0) SEMINAR. Presentation and discussion of current topics in chemical and biological engineering research. A required course for all graduate students in Chemical and Biological Engineering which carries no academic credit. CHBE 599 (12) THESIS. For M.A.Sc. CHBE 699(0) THESIS. For Ph.D. CHEM — CHEMISTRY FACULTY OF SCIENCE Science students with BC Secondary School Chemistry 11, but not Chemistry 12, are required to take CHEM 111. Many Science programs require CHEM 121 and 123, or 111 and 113. CHEM 111 is not open to students with credit for Chemistry 12. CHEM 111, 113 are open to students who have obtained credit for Chemistry 11 only whereas CHEM 121, 123 are open to students with credit for 480 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Chemistry 12. The following courses are for students in the Faculty of Applied Science: CHEM 154, CHEM 250, CHEM 251, CHEM 260. Additional fees are charged for some courses. CHEM 111 (4) PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY I. Stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure, chemical periodicity, descriptive inorganic chemistry. Not open to students with credit for CHEM 12. [3-3-1] CHEM 113 (4) PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY II. General and ionic equilibrium, solubility, thermodynamics. Introductory organic chemistry: stereochemistry; substitution, elimination and oxidation-reduction reactions. Not open to students with credit for CHEM 12 or CHEM 121. Can be used as prerequisite to subsequent CHEM courses. Prerequisite: CHEM 111. [3-3-1] CHEM 121 (4) STRUCTURAL CHEMISTRY, WITH APPLICATION TO CHEMISTRY OF THE ELEMENTS. Fundamentals of structural chemistry; descriptive chemistry of main-group elements, with industrial and environmental applications. This is a required course for all students needing a first-year Chemistry course who have CHEM 12. Prerequisite: A score of 67% or higher in CHEM 12 and a score of 67% or higher in MATH 12. [3-3-0] CHEM 123 (4) PHYSICAL AND ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Principles of equilibrium and chemical thermodynamics. Introductory organic chemistry: stereochemistry; substitution, elimination and oxidation-reduction reactions. This course or CHEM 113 is prerequisite to all subsequent courses in chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 121. [3-3-0] CHEM 154(3) CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERING. Chemical bonding, properties of matter. Chemical thermodynamics with A applications to phase equilibria, aqueous I equilibria and electrochemistry. Processes at surfaces. Prerequisite: CHEM 12. [3-3*-0] CHEM 201 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Principles of chemical kinetics, reaction mechanisms and chemical thermodynamics. Credit will be given for only one of CHEM 201 and 205. Prerequisite: Either (a) SCIE 001 or (b) one of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121; and either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123 or (c) CHEM 154. MATH 200 or MATH 217 or MATH 226 or MATH 253 or MATH 263 is recommended. [2-3*-l] CHEM 202 (3) COORDINATION CHEMISTRY. Coordination chemistry of the transition elements. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123 or (c) one of SCIE 001, CHEM 154. [2-3*1] CHEM 203 (4) INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Structure, bonding and physical properties of aliphatic and aromatic compounds; conformational analysis, stereochemistry and NMR spectroscopy; substitution and elimination reactions of alkyl halides; ethers, epoxides, aldehydes, ketones. Only open to students in Chemistry and Biochemistry programs. Credit will be given for only one pair of CHEM 203, 204, or CHEM 231, 232, or CHEM 233, 235. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123 or (c) SCIE 001. [3-3-0] CHEM 204 (4) ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Mechanistic analysis of chemical reactivity of common functional groups with focus on carbonyl chemistry; aromaticity and aromatic substitution; functional group transformations in organic synthesis; carbohydrates, amino acids, proteins, heterocycles. Only open to students in Chemistry and Biochemistry programs. Prerequisite: CHEM 203. [3-3-0] CHEM 205 (3) PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Chemical kinetics and thermodynamics and spectroscopy useful in biological, medical, agricultural, earth, and related sciences. Not for credit in Chemistry and Biochemistry programs. Credit will be given for only one of CHEM 201 and 205. Prerequisite: Either (a) SCIE 001 or (b) one of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 120, MATH 180, MATH 184; and either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123. MATH 101 or MATH 103 or MATH 105 or MATH 121 is recommended. [3-0-0] CHEM 211 (3/4) D ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. Chemical equilibrium applied to analysis; volumetric analysis; analytical electrochemistry. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123 or (c) SCIE 001. [3-3-0] CHEM 233 (3) ORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES. Reactions and properties of carbonyl compounds, carbohydrates, amino acids, nucleic acids. Not for credit in Chemistry and Biochemistry programs. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123 or (c) SCIE 001. [3-0-0] CHEM 235(1) ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Techniques of organic chemistry. To be taken in conjunction with, or in the term following, CHEM 233. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123 or (c) SCIE 001. Corequisite: CHEM 233. [0-3-0] CHEM 250 (2) INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Chemistry of selected groups of inorganic compounds, considered in relation to industrial processes. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123 or (c) SCIE 001 or (d) CHEM 154. [2-0-0] CHEM 251 (3) PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS. States of matter, properties of gases, phase diagrams. Elementary chemical thermodynamics and kinetics. Reaction equilibria. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123 or (c) SCIE 001 or (d) CHEM 154. [3-0-1*] CHEM 260 (3) ORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS. A description of the properties and reactions of organic compounds. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123 or (c) SCIE 001 or (d) CHEM 154. [3-0-0] CHEM 301 (3) AQUEOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CHEM ISTRY. Properties of natural waters, including gas and solid equilibria, pH, redox, complexation analysis, corrosion treatment, ion exchange, colloids and microbial transformations. Prerequisite: One of CHEM 201, CHEM 205, CHEM 251. Recommended: (a) One of CHEM 202, and (b) one of CHEM 204, CHEM 232, CHEM 233, or (c) CHEM 260. [3-0-0] CHEM 302 (3) ATMOSPHERIC ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY. Introduction to structure, composition and chemical processes occurring in Earth's atmosphere, including interactions with solar radiation, stratospheric ozone layer, photochemical smog and acid rain. Prerequisite: One of CHEM 201, CHEM 205, CHEM 251. [3-0-0] CHEM 304(3) FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Review of thermodynamics concepts; introduction to statistical mechanics; solution thermodynamics; phase equilibria; electrochemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 201 and one of MATH 200, MATH 217, MATH 226, MATH 253, MATH 263. [2-4*-l] CHEM 305 (3) BIOPHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Diffusion and transport phenomena; interaction of radiation and matter. Methods for determining molecular weight, size, and shape of molecules in solution. Prerequisite: CHEM 304 and one of MATH 200, MATH 217, MATH 226, MATH 253, MATH 263. [2-4*-l] CHEM 307 (3) ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Introduction to phenomena at surfaces and interfaces: colloids, adsorption, thermodynamic treatments, technological applications. Modern methods to characterize surfaces in materials science. Chemical dynamics at electrode interfaces. Prerequisite: CHEM 304 and one of MATH 200, MATH 217, MATH 226, MATH 253, MATH 263. [2-4*-l] CHEM 309 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Molecular structure and bonding in compounds of main- group and transition elements. Solid state chemistry. Acid-base chemistry; inorganic chemistry in non-aqueous media. Prerequisite: CHEM 202. [2-4*-l] CHEM 310(3) CHEMISTRY OF THE ELEMENTS. Representative chemistry of s-, p-, d-, and f-block elements interpreted in terms of structure, mechanisms, and theoretical principles. Prerequisite: CHEM 309. [2-4*-l] CHEM 311 (4) INSTRUMENTAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. Instrumental methods of chemical analysis including spectroscopic methods, mass spectrometry, radiochemical methods, surface analysis, chromatography. Prerequisite: CHEM 211. [2-4-1] CHEM 312 (3) INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM MECHANICS AND SPECTROSCOPY. Principles of quantum mechanics; atomic wavefunctions; angular momentum; spin; atomic term symbols. Prereq- PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CHEM — CHEMISTRY 481 uisite: Either (a) SCIE 001 or (b) either (a) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123 or (b) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113; and one of MATH 200, MATH 217, MATH 226, MATH 253, MATH 263. [3-0-0] CHEM 313 (4) ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES. Chemistry of organic substances that have particular relevance to the life sciences. Credit will be given for only one of CHEM 313 and 330. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 203, CHEM 204. [3-4-0] CHEM 320 (3) STRUCTURE OF ATOMS AND MOLECULES. Introduction to variational methods; many-electron systems; semi- empirical methods; perturbation theory; computational methods. Prerequisite: One of CHEM 312, PHYS 304 and one of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223. [3-0-0] CHEM 330 (4) ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Application of carbonyl group chemistry, cyclisation reactions, conformational analysis and rearrangement reactions in organic synthesis. Credit will be given for only one of CHEM 313 and 330. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 203, CHEM 204. [3-4-0] CHEM 333 (3) SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Application of mass spectrometry, and NMR, UV/visible, and IR spectroscopies to organic chemical problems. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 203, CHEM 204 or (b) all of CHEM 233, CHEM 205. [3-0-0] CHEM 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Taken during the winter term of the third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Chemistry. CHEM 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT II. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Taken during the summer following the third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 398. CHEM 401 (3) PRINCIPLES OF SPECTROSCOPY. Rotational, vibrational, electronic and magnetic resonance spectroscopy and associated techniques; group theory. Prerequisite: Either (a) CHEM 320 or (b) PHYS 304. [3-0-0] CHEM 402 (3) DIFFRACTION METHODS. Crystal structures; point and space groups; X- ray diffraction, neutron diffraction, electron diffraction of gases and surfaces. Credit will be given for only one of CHEM 402 and 514. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 202, CHEM 312. [3-0-0] CHEM 404 (3) ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Structure, reactivity and bonding of compounds containing homonuclear bonds; cluster chemistry of both main group and transition elements. Chemistry of non-aqueous solvents. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 309, CHEM 310. [3-0-0] CHEM 405 (3) BIOPHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Interactions of macromolecules in solution: ligand, antibody and ion binding to macromolecules; thermodynamics of polymer solutions; excluded volume effects; phase separation; partition in two phase polymer solutions. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 203, CHEM 204. Corequisite: One of CHEM 305, CHEM 307. [3-0-0] CHEM 406 (3) POLYMER CHEMISTRY. Structure and availability of monomers; Propagation mechanisms; synthesis of polymers with predetermined properties; measurement and interpretation of physical properties of polymers. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 203, CHEM 204 and one of CHEM 304, CHEM 251. [3-0-0] CHEM 407 (3) STATISTICAL MECHANICS IN CHEMISTRY. Introductory concepts of statistical mechanics and statistical thermodynamics. Applications to chemistry with emphasis on understanding chemical reactivity. Credit will not be given for CHEM 503/CHEM 407 and PHYS 455. Prerequisite: CHEM 304. [3-0-0] CHEM 408 (3) CHEMICAL DYNAMICS. Macroscopic and microscopic kinetics; photochemistry; theory of reaction rates; reaction cross sections, energy distributions, experimental methods. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 408 and CHEM 508. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 304, CHEM 312. [3-0-0] CHEM 410 (3) PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY OF THE SOLID STATE. Introduction to the theory of electrons in solids; bands and zones. Absorption of light and excitons. Vacancies, intersti- tials, electronic defects and dislocations and their roles in chemical reactivity. Credit will not be given for CHEM 410/CHEM 502 and PHYS 474. Prerequisite: CHEM 202 and one of CHEM 201, CHEM 205. [3-0-0] CHEM 411 (3) SYNTHESIS AND CHEMISTRY OF NATURAL PRODUCTS. A discussion of synthetic methods and their application to natural products, particularly in the areas of alkaloids, steroids and terpenes. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 411 and CHEM 566. Prerequisite: One of CHEM 330, CHEM 313. [3-0-0] CHEM 412 (3) INDUSTRIAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. The production and use of primary petrochemicals; plastics and synthetic fibres; pharmaceutical agents; insecticides, herbicides and insect pheromones, dyes, detergents, perfumes and flavours; commercially important microbial transformations. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 233, CHEM 235 or (b) all of CHEM 231, CHEM 232 or (c) all of CHEM 203, CHEM 204 or (d) CHEM 260. [3-0-0] CHEM 413 (3) MECHANISTIC ENZYMOLOGY. Chemistry of cofactors; biosynthetic transformations; molecular synthesis; transformation and degradation; natural product biosynthesis. Credit will be given for only one of CHEM 413, CHEM 569, or BIOC 403. Prerequisite: One of CHEM 313, CHEM 330. [3-0-0] CHEM414(3) COORDINATION CHEMISTRY OF THE TRANSITION ELEMENTS. Molecular and electronic structures and reactivities of coordination compounds of the transition elements. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 414 and CHEM 525. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 309, CHEM 310. [3-0-0] CHEM 415 (3) ADVANCED CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Integrated laboratory course designed to illustrate principles of modern analytical, inorganic, organic and physical chemistry. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 304, CHEM 310, CHEM 311, CHEM 312. Corequisite: One of CHEM 313, CHEM 330. [0-8*-0;0-8*-0] CHEM 416 (3) PHYSICAL AND THEORETICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Energetics and catalysis in organic reactions. Pericyclic reactions. Substituent effects. Linear free energy relationships. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 416 and CHEM 563. Prerequisite: One of CHEM 313, CHEM 330. [3-0-0] CHEM 417 (3) NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY AND RAD IOCH E M ISTRY. Basic treatment of the nucleus, with analogy to concepts in chemistry. Nuclear stabilities and associated radioactive decay processes. Nuclear structure. Applications of radioisotopes in chemistry. The interaction of radiation with matter. Prerequisite: CHEM 201 or with permission CHEM 205. CHEM 312 is recommended. [3-0-0] CHEM 418 (3) ORGANOMETALLIC CHEM ISTRY. The chemistry of compounds containing organic groups directly bonded to metals and metalloids. Emphasis will be placed on the structure and bonding of the compounds and their use in synthetic chemistry. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 309, CHEM 310. [3-0-0] CHEM 425 (6) CHEMISTRY INTEGRATED LABORATORY. Integrated course designed to illustrate principles of modern laboratory chemistry. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 304, CHEM 310, CHEM 311, CHEM 312. Corequisite: One of CHEM 313, CHEM 330. [0-8-0; 0-8-0] CHEM 427 (3) CHEMISTRY OF MATERIALS. Introduction to the chemistry, theory and applications of contemporary materials. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 427 and CHEM 527. Prerequisite: One of CHEM 201, CHEM 251 and one of CHEM 202, CHEM 250 and either (a) CHEM 260 or (b) all of CHEM 203, CHEM 204 or (c) all of CHEM 231, CHEM 232 or (d) all of CHEM 233, CHEM 235. [3-0-0] CHEM 430 (3/6) D DEVELOPMENTS IN CONTEMPORARY CHEMISTRY. A review of modern developments in general chemistry for teachers of Secondary School chemistry (Not for credit in the Faculty of Science). Course is offered periodically in extra-sessional sessions. CHEM 435 (3) BIO-INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. A discussion of the involvement of inorganic chemistry in biological systems. Chemistry of cations, metalloenzymes, and simpler model systems. Reactions of coordinated ligands, 482 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 chemistry of sulphur and phosphorus. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 435 and CHEM 526. Prerequisite: All of CHEM 304, CHEM 309. [3-0-0] CHEM 448 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN CHEMISTRY. Students will undertake an investigation of a specific topic as agreed upon by the student and the faculty supervisor. Open to third- and fourth-year chemistry students. CHEM 449 (6) SEMINAR AND THESIS. Original research work under the direction of a faculty member. Weekly seminar. Required of all Honours students. Open to Majors students with a satisfactory standing and permission of the department head. CHEM 498 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT III. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Taken during the summer following fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 399. CHEM 499 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Taken during the fall term of the fifth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 498. CHEM 501 (3) APPLICATIONS OF QUANTUM MECHANICS IN CHEMISTRY. CHEM 502 (3) ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY OF THE SOLID STATE. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 502 and CHEM 410. CHEM 503(3) EQUILIBRIUM STATISTICAL MECHANICS IN CHEMISTRY. Introductory principles of Statistical Mechanics with illustrations of chemical importance. Applications to molecular gases, liquids, solids, independent particle statistics, electric and magnetic moments, radiation, chemical equilibrium and reaction rates. Credit will not be given for CHEM 407/CHEM 503 and PHYS 455. CHEM 504(3) RELAXATION PHENOMENA IN CHEMISTRY. Microscopic description of relaxation processes. Introduction to stochastic processes, quantum time dependence and linear response theory, with application to chemical kinetics, NMR, lasers and line shapes. CHEM 507 (3/6) D TOPICS IN PHYSICAL AND THEORETICAL CHEMISTRY. CHEM 508 (3) CHEMICAL KINETICS AND REACTION DYNAMICS. Macroscopic and microscopic kinetics; transition state theory; collision theory and reaction cross section, energy distributions, molecular beams and experimental techniques. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 408 and CHEM 508. CHEM 509 (3) ELECTRON AND PHOTON IMPACT PHENOMENA. Basic aspects of collision phenomena. Mass spectroscopy, UV and X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, Auger spectroscopy, electron scattering, electron impact spectroscopy, breakdown of molecules under particle and photon impact, Penning ionization. CHEM 510 (3) ADVANCED ELECTRONIC STRUCTURE THEORY. CHEM 511 (3) NUCLEAR DECAY PROBES IN CHEMISTRY. CHEM512(3) RADIATION CHEMISTRY. The study of the interactions of ionizing radiations (and high energy particles) with matter to produce physical, chemical and biological changes, including a discussion of solvated electrons. CHEM 513 (3) SURFACE CHEMISTRY. Chemistry of the solid-gas interface: Modern methods for investigation of the structure of solid surfaces and interactions between solid surfaces and gases. Theory of adsorption, surface reactivity and heterogeneous catalysis. CHEM 514 (3) CRYSTAL STRUCTURES. Crystal structures and structural analysis by the methods of X-ray diffraction and neutron diffraction. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 402 and CHEM 514. CHEM 516 (3/6) D TOPICS IN BIOPHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. CHEM 517 (3) ELECTROCHEMISTRY. CHEM 518 (3/6) D TOPICS IN MAGNETIC RESONANCE. CHEM 519 (3/6) D TOPICS IN MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY. CHEM 521 (3/6) D TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. CHEM 522 (3) INORGANIC REACTION MECHANISMS. Substitution reactions and electron transfer processes in inorganic and organometallic chemistry. Catalytic processes involving metal hydrides, carbonyls, and organometallics. Proton transfer reactions. Photochemical reactions of metal complexes. CHEM 523 (3) APPLIED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Topics chosen from: superconductors, batteries, fuel cells, metal organic chemical vapour deposition, inorganic polymers, laser isotope separation, nuclear fuels, environmental concerns. CHEM 524(3) CHEMISTRY OF ORGANOMETALLIC COMPOUNDS. The preparation, properties and structures of organic derivatives of metals and metalloids. CHEM 525 (3) ADVANCED COORDINATION CHEMISTRY. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 525 and CHEM 414. CHEM 526 (3) BIOINORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Inorganic aspects of biological chemistry; emphasis on the role of metal ions and metalloenzymes. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 526 and CHEM 435. CHEM 527 (3) MATERIALS CHEMISTRY. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 527 and CHEM 427. CHEM 528 (3) SYMMETRY AND MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Group theory, and vibrational and electronic spectroscopy (including optical rotatory dispersion and circular dichroism). CHEM 529 (3) STRUCTURAL METHODS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. NMR, ESR, mass spectrometry, photoelectron spectroscopy (Auger, UV, X-Ray), Mossbauer spectroscopy, electrochemistry. CHEM 531 (3) ANALYTICAL SPECTROSCOPY. Fundamental and practical aspects of optical methods for atomic and molecular analysis: frequency and intensity measurements; absorption, fluorescence, and emission techniques and instrumentation. CHEM 533 (3) BIOANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. CHEM 534 (3) CHROMATOGRAPHY AND MASS SPECTROMETRY. Gas, liquid and supercritical fluid chromatography. Mass spectrometry: ionization processes, mass analyses, ion molecule reactions, fragmentation processes. CHEM 535 (3/6) D TOPICS IN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. CHEM 540 (3) SEMINAR IN CHEMISTRY. This course is compulsory for all graduate students in Chemistry. CHEM 548(0) RESEARCH CONFERENCE. Attendance is compulsory for all graduate students in each year of registration for the M.Sc. or Ph.D. in chemistry. No credit value. CHEM 549 (18) M.SC. THESIS. CHEM 561 (3) ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Fundamentals of reactivity and stereoselectivity, including stereoelectronic theory. CHEM 562 (3) ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Organic photochemistry, conformational analysis, stereochemistry of chiral substances. CHEM 563 (3) ADVANCED PHYSICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Discussion of acidity functions, photochemistry and reactive intermediates in organic chemistry. Applications of molecular orbital theory to organic systems. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 563 and CHEM 416. CHEM 566 (3) ADVANCED ORGANIC SYNTHESIS. Discussion of modern synthetic methods and applications to the synthesis of complex organic molecules. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 566 and CHEM 411. CHEM 567(3) HETEROCYCLIC CHEMISTRY. The synthesis, reactions and properties of the principal families of heterocyclic compounds. CHEM 568 (3/6) D TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. CHEM 569 (3) ADVANCED MECHANISTIC ENZYMOLOGY. Credit will be given for only one of CHEM 569, CHEM 413, or BIOC 403. CHEM 570 (3) CARBOHYDRATES. Synthesis, reactions and chemical properties of mono- and oligosaccharides; applications of these concepts to the study of polysaccharide structures. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CHEM — CHEMISTRY 483 CHEM 573 (3) APPLICATION OF SPECTROSCOPY TO ORGANIC STRUCTURAL DETERMINATIONS. A problem solving course to illustrate the application of NMR, mass spectrometry, ORD, CD, etc. to elucidation of structures of organic and organometallic compounds. CHEM 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. CHIL — CHILDREN'S LITERATURE FACULTY OF ARTS CHIL 599 (6) THESIS FOR MASTER OF ARTS IN CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. CHIN —CHINESE FACULTY OF ARTS CHIN 100 (3) NON-INTENSIVE BASIC CHINESE I. An introduction to the grammar and syntax of spoken and written Chinese. CHIN 101 (3) NON-INTENSIVE BASIC CHINESE I. Continuation of CHIN 100. CHIN 102(6) INTENSIVE BASIC CHINESE I. An introduction to the grammar and syntax of spoken and written Chinese. Non-heritage students should enrol in an alternative section. Consult the Department. Equivalency: CHIN 100 and CHIN 101. CHIN 110(3) NON-INTENSIVE BASIC CHINESE II. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 101, CHIN 102. CHIN 111 (3) NON-INTENSIVE BASIC CHINESE II. Continuation of CHIN 110. Prerequisite: CHIN 110. CHIN 112(6) INTENSIVE BASIC CHINESE II. Continuation of CHIN 102. Non-heritage students should enrol in an alternative section. Consult the Department. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 101, CHIN 102. Equivalency: CHIN 110 and CHIN 111. CHIN 200 (3) INTERMEDIATE CHINESE READING AND WRITING. Further study of the grammar and syntax of modern Chinese, with emphasis on reading, translating, and writing. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 111, CHIN 112. CHIN 201 (3) INTERMEDIATE CHINESE READING AND WRITING. Continuation of CHIN 200. Prerequisite: CHIN 200. CHIN 202 (6) INTENSIVE INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I. Further study of the grammar and syntax of modern Chinese, with emphasis on listening, speaking, reading, and writing. This course if for non-heritage students. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 111, CHIN 112. Equivalency: CHIN 200 and CHIN 201. CHIN 210 (3) INTERMEDIATE CHINESE CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. Further study of the grammar and syntax of modern Chinese, with emphasis on listening, speaking, and writing. Cantonese speakers who do not speak any Mandarin may take a section of this course. Consult the Department. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 111, CHIN 112. CHIN 211 (3) INTERMEDIATE CHINESE CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. Continuation of CHIN 210. Cantonese speakers who do not speak any Mandarin may take a section of this course. Consult the Department. Prerequisite: CHIN 210. CHIN 212 (6) INTENSIVE INTERMEDIATE CHINESE II. Further study of the grammar and syntax of modern Chinese, with emphasis on listening, speaking, and writing. Prerequisite: Either (a) CHIN 111 or CHIN 112 for heritage students; or (b) CHIN 202 for non-heritage students. Equivalency: CHIN 210 and CHIN 211. CHIN 300 (3) ADVANCED MODERN CHINESE. An advanced study of modern Chinese writings at the literary level, with emphasis on reading comprehension, analytical discussion, oral presentation, and essay writing. Prerequisite: either (a) CHIN 201 and CHIN 211 for heritage students, or (b) CHIN 202 and CHIN 212 for non-heritage students. CHIN 301 (3) ADVANCED MODERN CHINESE. Continuation of CHIN 300. Prerequisite: CHIN 300. CHIN 302 (6) INTENSIVE ADVANCED MODERN CHINESE. An advanced study of modern Chinese writings at the literary level, with emphasis on reading comprehension, analytical discussion, oral presentation, and essay writing. Summer equivalent to CHIN 300 and 301. Prerequisite: Either (a) CHIN 201 and CHIN 211 for heritage students; or (b) CHIN 202 and CHIN 212 for non-heritage students. CHIN 310 (3) ADVANCED CHINESE CONVERSATION, COMPREHENSION AND COMPOSITION. A course to help students gain greater mastery over the vernacular language through discussion, debate, and written comments on selected topics in Chinese culture and modern life. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHIN 201, CHIN 211 or (b) all of CHIN 202, CHIN 212 or (c) one of CHIN 301, CHIN 302. CHIN 311 (3) ADVANCED CHINESE CONVERSATION, COMPREHENSION AND COMPOSITION. Continuation of CHIN 310. Prerequisite: CHIN 310. CHIN 312 (6) INTENSIVE ADVANCED CHINESE CONVERSATION, COMPREHENSION AND COMPOSITION. A course to help students gain greater mastery 'over the vernacular language through discussion, debate, and written comments on selected topics in Chinese culture and modern life. Summer equivalent to CHIN 310 and 311. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHIN 201, CHIN 211 or (b) all of CHIN 202, CHIN 212 or (c) one of CHIN 301, CHIN 302. CHIN 320 (3) READINGS IN TWENTIETH- CENTURY CHINESE LITERATURE. For students who have acquired a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese before entering the University, or with instructor's approval. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHIN 301, CHIN 311 or (b) all of CHIN 302, CHIN 312. CHIN 321 (3) READINGS IN TWENTIETH- CENTURY CHINESE LITERATURE. Continuation of CHIN 320. Prerequisite: CHIN 320. CHIN 322 (6) READINGS IN 20TH CENTURY CHINESE LITERATURE. Summer equivalent to CHIN 320 and 321. CHIN 330(3) CLASSICAL CHINESE I. An introduction to the grammar and syntax of Classical Chinese. Students may not take CHIN 330, 331 or 332 after taking CHIN 430, 431 or 432. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHIN 201, CHIN 211 or (b) all of CHIN 202, CHIN 212 or instructor approval. CHIN 331 (3) CLASSICAL CHINESE I. Continuation of CHIN 330. Prerequisite: CHIN 330. CHIN 332 (6) CLASSICAL CHINESE II. Summer equivalent to CHIN 330 and 331. CHIN 380 (6) READING COURSE IN CHINESE FOR HONOURS STUDENTS. CHIN 410 (3) ADVANCED READINGS IN TWENTIETH-CENTURY CHINESE. Selected prose essays from 1917 to the present. Only for students who do not have a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese before entering University. Students may not take CHIN 410, 411 or 412 after taking CHIN 320, 321 or 322. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 301, CHIN 302. Completion of 60 credits is also required. CHIN 411 (3) ADVANCED READINGS IN TWENTIETH CENTURY CHINESE. Continuation of CHIN 410. Prerequisite: CHIN 410. CHIN 412 (6) ADVANCED READINGS IN TWENTIETH-CENTURYCHINESE. Summer equivalent to CHIN 410 and 411. CHIN 420 (3) TWENTIETH-CENTURYCHINESE LITERATURE I. Selected short stories, novels, plays, essays, and poems from 1917 to present. For students who have a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese. Students who have taken CHIN 420, 421 or 422 may not also earn credit from CHIN 410, 411, 412. Prerequisite: CHIN 321 and completion of 60 credits. CHIN 421 (3) TWENTIETH-CENTURYCHINESE LITERATURE II. Continuation of CHIN 420. Prerequisite: CHIN 420. CHIN 422 (6) TWENTIETH-CENTURYCHINESE LITERATURE. Selected short stories, novels, plays, essays, and poems from 1917 to the present. For students who have a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese. Prerequisite: completion of 60 credits. CHIN 430 (3) CLASSICAL CHINESE II. Advanced readings in Classical Chinese literary, historical, and philosophical texts. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332. CHIN 431 (3) CLASSICAL CHINESE II. Continuation of CHIN 430. Prerequisite: CHIN 430. CHIN 432 (6) INTENSIVE CLASSICAL CHINESE II. Summer equivalent to CHIN 430 and 431. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332. CHIN 440 (3) READINGS IN PRE-MODERN CHINESE LITERATURE I. Selected texts from pre-twentieth-century drama and fiction. For students who have acquired a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese before entering the University. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332. 484 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 CHIN 441 (3) READINGS IN PRE-MODERN CHINESE LITERATURE II. Continuation of CHIN 440. Prerequisite: CHIN 440. CHIN 442 (6) READINGS IN PRE-MODERN CHINESE LITERATURE. Selected texts from pre-twentieth-century drama and fiction. For students who have acquired a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese before entering the University. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332. CHIN 450 (3) PRE-MODERN CHINESE FICTION I. Explores the origins of fictional narrative in the classical language by reading Six Dynasties zhiguai and tan chuanqi narratives. Only for students who do not have a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese before entering the University. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332 or instructor approval. CHIN 451 (3) PRE-MODERN CHINESE FICTION II. A continuation of CHIN 450, with emphasis on the emergence fictional narratives written in vernacular Chinese in the late imperial period. Only for students who do not have a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese before entering the University. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332 or instructor approval. CHIN 452(6) PRE-MODERN CHINESE FICTION. Summer equivalent to CHIN 450 and 451. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332. CHIN 460 (3) READINGS IN CLASSICAL CHINESE POETRY I. Translation and analysis of selected works, especially from the pre-Han, North-South, and early Tang periods. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332 or instructor approval. CHIN 461 (3) READINGS IN CLASSICAL CHINESE POETRY I. Continuation of CHIN 460. Prerequisite: CHIN 460. CHIN 462 (6) READINGS IN CLASSICAL CHINESE POETRY I. Summer equivalent to CHIN 460 and 461. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332 or instructor approval. CHIN 470 (3) READINGS IN CLASSICAL CHINESE POETRY II. Readings in classical poetry from the time of Du Fu (712-770) to the end of the Qing dynasty. Not offered every year. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332 or instructor approval. CHIN 471 (3) READINGS IN CLASSICAL CHINESE POETRY II. Continuation of CHIN 470. Prerequisite: CHIN 470. CHIN 472 (6) READINGS IN CLASSICAL CHINESE POETRY II. Readings in classical poetry from the time of Du Fu (712-770) to the end of the Qing dynasty. Not offered every year. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332. CHIN 480 (12) TUTORIAL IN CHINESE FOR HONOURS STUDENTS. Will require the presentation of at least one research paper. CHIN 481 (6) READINGS IN CHINESE PHILOSOPHICAL TEXTS. Selected readings from primary texts in the history of Chinese thought exclusive of Buddhism. Not offered every year. Prerequisite: One of CHIN 331, CHIN 332 and all of ASIA 371, ASIA 372. CHIN 482 (3-18) C SUPERVISED STUDY IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE. Primarily for graduate students. CICS — COMPUTING INFORMATION AND COGNITIVE SYSTEMS FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES CICS 500 (0) SOFTWARE SYSTEMS INTERNSHIP. Technological work experience in an approved company or organization for a four-month period. A required internship to be taken as part of the M.S.S. (Master of Software Systems) program. Prerequisite: All of CICS 505, CICS 510, CICS 515, CICS 520, CICS 525. CICS 505 (6) INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE SYSTEMS. Introductory overview: programming (data structures and low-level design); programming in the large (introduction to operating systems, concurrency); introduction to software engineering (system design and analysis, documentation). CICS 510 (6) MODELS AND ANALYSIS OF SOFTWARE SYSTEMS. In depth study of selected models and analysis of software systems: software testing and its models; discrete mathematics; algorithm analysis and complexity. CICS 515 (3) COMPUTER AND NETWORK ARCHITECTURE. The architecture of computer and network systems: hardware architectures; machine language; network architectures; communication protocols. Prerequisite: All of CICS 505, CICS 510. CICS 520 (3) LANGUAGE TRANSLATION AND ANALYSIS. Programming language syntax, semantics and typing; database query language and functional languages; compilers interpreters and lex cal analyzers; debugging and profiling. Prerequisite: All of CICS 505, CICS 510. CICS 525 (3) REAL TIME SYSTEMS AND DESIGN. An in-depth study of real-time analysis and design; real-time systems and programming. Prerequisite: All of CICS 505, CICS 510. CICS 526 (3) DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING. A continuation of CICS 525. An in-depth study of distributed systems and analysis; distributed systems programming. Prerequisite: CICS 525. CIVL —CIVIL ENGINEERING FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE CIVL 200 (3) ENGINEERING AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT. Implications of a finite biosphere and the complexities inherent in environmental decision-making. [3-0-0] CIVL 210 (4) SOIL MECHANICS I. Soil classification, principle of effective stress, analysis of seepage, filter criteria, introduction to shear strength and slope stability analysis. Prerequisite: One of CIVL 230, MECH 260. Corequisite: EOSC 210 and one of CIVL 215, MECH 280, EOSC 329. [3-2*-0] CIVL215(4) FLUID MECHANICS I. Fluid properties, hydrostatics, kinematics, and fluid dynamics: energy and momentum methods with applications. Dimensional analysis, modelling, introduction to flow in pipes and forces on immersed objects. Prerequisite: PHYS 170 and one of MATH 101, MATH 154. [3-0-2] CIVL 225 (3) COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING. An introduction to spreadsheets, equation-solving software, and computer-aided graphic design tools used when solving civil engineering problems. Familiarity with micro-computers is essential. [l*-3-0] CIVL 228 (3) MECHANICS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN. Basic principles of engineering mechanics with reference to civil engineering problems: equilibrium of rigid elements of engineering systems, free body diagrams, analysis of trusses, shear and bending moments in beams, kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies, single degree of freedom vibrations. Prerequisite: PHYS 170. [3-0-1] CIVL230(4) SOLID MECHANICS I. Review of statics; beam forces, shear and moment diagrams; definitions of stress and strain; constitutive relations; stresses in elementary rods, shafts, beams and tanks; Mohr's circle; deformations of beams and shafts; introduction to indeterminate structures. Prerequisite: PHYS 170 and one of MATH 101, MATH 154. Corequisite: CIVL 228. [3-0-2] CIVL 231 (3) STRUCTURAL MECHANICS AND DESIGN. Advanced beam bending; principal moments of inertia; plastic bending capacity; column buckling; beam columns; concepts of structural design, load and strength uncertainty; design of wood and steel members. Prerequisite: CIVL 230. [3-0-2*] CIVL235(4) PLANE SURVEYING. Theoryand application of plane surveying methods. Introduction to and use of compass, transit, tape, and level. Construction and topographic surveys. Reduction of field data and construction of drawings. Demonstration of modern instruments, remote sensing methods and geographical information systems (GIS). This course commences immediately after spring examinations and continues full time for two weeks, including Saturdays. Information on the exact dates will be available in the Civil Engineering Office following publication of the final Examination Timetable. CIVL 301 (3) OPTIMIZATION AND DECISION ANALYSIS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING. An introduction to the application of systems engineering, optimization, and applied probability to the design and operation of civil engineering systems. Prerequisite: CIVL 225. Corequisite: All of CIVL 200, STAT 251. [3-0-0] CIVL 311 (4) SOIL MECHANICS II. Consolidation and shear strength of soils, with application to settlement and stability analysis of embankments, retaining walls, shallow footing and pile foundations. Prerequisite: CIVL 210. [3-2*-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CICS — COMPUTING INFORMATION AND COGNITIVE SYSTEMS 485 CIVL 315(4) FLUID MECHANICS II. Two dimensional flow around immersed objects; velocity and pressure fields; lift and drag on cylinders and aerofoils; evaluation of wind loads on structures; pumps and turbines; analysis and design of pipeline systems; unsteady flow in pipes; frictionless waterham- mer analysis. Prerequisite: CIVL 215. Corequisite: MATH 257. [3-2*-l] CIVL 316 (4) HYDROLOGY AND OPEN CHANNEL FLOW. Introduction to engineering hydrology and open channel hydraulics; estimation of design discharge; flood statistics; nonuniform steady open channel flow; energy and momentum principles, backwater analysis; culvert and bridge hydraulics. Prerequisite: CIVL 215. [3-2*-l] CIVL 320 (3) CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS. The structure and properties of common Civil Engineering materials: aggregates, Portland cement, concrete, asphalt, timber and metals. The emphasis is on the relationship between the structure of materials and their mechanical properties. Prerequisite: All of APSC 278, APSC 279. [3-0-0] CIVL 322 (3) PROJECT BASED LEARNING IN CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS. Some topical problems will be identified and students in groups will carry out experiments to study the materials involved. Site visits, external consultations are an integral requirement Prerequisite: CIVL 320. Corequisite: APSC 201. [1-3-0] CIVL 331 (4) STEEL AND TIMBER DESIGN. Introduction to limit states design of steel and timber structures: material properties, design of tension and compression members, beams, columns, and connections. Prerequisite: CIVL 231. [4-0-0] CIVL 332 (3) STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS. Introduction to indeterminate structural analysis; approximate analysis of structures; calculation of displacements using virtual work; flexibility (force) method; stiffness method for frames; moment distribution method. Prerequisite: All of CIVL 231, MATH 152. [3-0-2] CIVL 340 (3) TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING I. The analysis and design of the elements of transportation facilities in development of transport technology; vehicle motion; vehicle/pavement interaction; elements of road design; principles of queuing and roadway capacity; rail transit performance and capacity analysis; economics as applied to transport. Corequisite: STAT 251. [3-0-0] CIVL 400 (3) CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT. Management of the firm: strategic planning; marketing; organizational structure and behaviour. Project delivery systems: traditional; construction management; turnkey; project management. Network planning methods. Activity planning, including construction methods selection. Estimating, bidding and bonding. Project control tools and procedures. Safety considerations and quality control. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing. [3-0-0] CIVL 402 (2) ENGINEERING LAW AND CONTRACTS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING. Aspects of law encountered in engineering, with emphasis on contracts and specifications. Contract documents, including preparation of an assigned specification. Torts and independent contractor; sources of law and major subdivisions, Companies; partnerships; mechanics liens; agency; evidence; expert witness Engineers Act and Code of Ethics; The Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of BC; industrial design and trade secrets; employment law for engineers; liability implications of consulting engineering. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing. [1-2-0] CIVL 403 (3) ENGINEERING ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. The subjects of decision-making; hard and soft systems management; decision models, cost concepts and accounting, the time value of money; comparing options; depreciation and taxes; and public sector projects will be studied. Case studies will be presented. Prerequisite: CIVL 200. Fourth-year standing required. [3-0-0] CIVL 405 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDIES. A course to familiarize the student with environmental impact assessment legislation and to discuss design and construction considerations useful in minimizing and mitigating such impacts. Prerequisite: CIVL 316. [3-0-0] CIVL 406 (3) WATER TREATMENT AND WASTE MANAGEMENT. Processes used in water and wastewater treatment. Conditions which necessitate treatment of water or wastewater, water and wastewater treatment processes and plant design. Municipal services required and associated with solid waste management. Prerequisite: CIVL 315. [3-0-0] CIVL 407 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY ANALYSIS. Testing procedures used in water quality studies and in the operation of water and wastewater treatment plants. Prerequisite: CHEM 154. [1-3-0] CIVL 408 (3) GEO-ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING. Site remediation technologies and design considerations related to mechanisms of soil-contaminant interaction, geochemistry and contamination, regulatory requirements. Design and performance case histories. Prerequisite: CIVL 210. [3-0-0] CIVL 409 (3) DESIGN OF WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS. Identification and evaluation of design solutions for providing a community with adequate water supply, collecting and disposing of stormwater and sewage, and managing excess stormwater flow. [3-0-1] CIVL 410 (3) FOUNDATION ENGINEERING I. An introduction to the process of foundation engineering. Empirical and analytical approaches used in current professional practice. Topics include site investigation, preloading, liquefaction assessment, ground improvement, design of shallow and deep foundations, and retaining structures. The importance of geology and technical communi cation are emphasized. Prerequisite: CIVL 311. [3-0-0] CIVL411 (3) FOUNDATION ENGINEERING II. Aspects of Geotechnical Engineering. Design considerations illustrated by case histories pertinent to BC. Topics include: site investigation, terrain analyses, in situ testing, groundwater problems, deep foundations, tie back walls and bracing, tailings impoundments, Northern construction, ground ice, dikes and dams engineering. Many case histories presented in part by prominent consulting engineers in BC. Prerequisite: CIVL 311. [3-0-0] CIVL413 (3) DESIGN OF EARTH DAMS AND CONTAINMENT STRUCTURES. Purpose and types of dams; design criteria; construction sequence; compaction; seepage; filter design; factors influencing the design of earth dams; stability and deformation under static and earthquake loading; slope protection; field instrumentation. Prerequisite: CIVL 311. Fourth-year standing. [3-0-1] CIVL415 (3) WATER RESOURCE ENGINEERING. An introduction to the planning and design of water resource systems, stream systems, and municipal and hydropower engineering. Prerequisite: All of CIVL 316, STAT 251. [3-0-0] CIVL416 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS. Application of hydraulic PFngineering principles to problems of environmental concern. Pollutant transport and dispersion. Mixing in rivers and lakes. Theory of jets and plumes. Design of outfall diffusers. Prerequisite: All of CIVL 316, MATH 257. [3-0-0] CIVL417(3) COASTAL ENGINEERING. General discussion of waves; linear wave theory; finite amplitude waves; standing waves; seiches; harbour design; wave shoaling, refraction and diffraction; beaches and coasts; wave statistics; wave generation; wave forces on piles, walls and breakwaters; tides; instrumentation and modelling techniques. Prerequisite: All of CIVL 315, CIVL 316, MATH 257. [3-0-0] CIVL418 (3) ENGINEERING HYDROLOGY. Hydrologic processes - weather, precipitation, infiltration, evaporation, snowmelt and runoff generation. Emphasis on quantitative techniques including: hydrograph analysis, reservoir and channel routing, statistical methods and design floods, hydrologic modelling. Prerequisite: All of CIVL 315, CIVL 316. [3-0-0] CIVL420 (3) CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY. Physical and chemical properties and micro structure of hydrated Portland cement; construction practices; modern use of industrial by-products such as fly ash, blast furnace slag, silica fume and metakaolin; use of chemical admixtures; environmental issues; properties of hardened concrete; issues in standardized and accelerated testing, non-destructive testing. Prerequisite: CIVL 320. [3-0-0] CIVL430 (3) DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES. Non-linear response of reinforced concrete members subjected to axial load, bending and shear; design of simple one- 486 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 way members including beams, columns, slabs and footings. Prerequisite: CIVL 332. [3-0-0] CIVL 432 (3) ADVANCED STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN. Frame connections with high- strength bolts and welds, highway bridge loadings, composite beams of steel and concrete, welded steel plate girders. Prerequisite: All of CIVL 331, CIVL 332. [3-0-0] CIVL 433 (3) ADVANCED CONCRETE DESIGN. Design of continuous reinforced concrete building frames and structures. Prerequisite: CIVL 430. [3-0-0] CIVL 435 (3) ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS. The force method and example applications, shear walls; extension of displacement method, shear deformation, curved members; nonlinear effects, P-delta, buckling, elasto-plastic analysis. Introduction to the finite element method. Prerequisite: CIVL 436. [3-0-0] CIVL 436 (3) MATRIX STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS AND DYNAMICS. Further techniques in matrix structural analysis; non- rigid supports, temperature-shrinkage effects, computer implementation; matrix representation of structural dynamics; mode shapes, natural frequencies, continuous systems; lumped mass models, modal analysis, response spectra. Prerequisite: CIVL 332. [3-0-0] CIVL 437(3) STRUCTURAL DESIGN. Concept synthesis and evaluation for structural designs, approximate design and analysis techniques, detailed design and analysis. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing. [3-0-1] CIVL 439 (3) DESIGN OF TIMBER STRUCTURES. Design of timber structural elements for light frame systems using limit states design principles with emphasis on load duration, stress grades, sawn and glued laminated members, deflection, elastic instability, combined loads, timber joints and fasteners. Credit will not be given for both CIVL 439 and WOOD 476. Prerequisite: One of CIVL 230, WOOD 376. Equivalency: WOOD 476. [2-0-2] CIVL 440 (3) TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING II. Traffic operations and network analysis: traffic studies and data design; traffic stream flow and roadway analysis; weaving and interchange ramp analysis; intersection traffic control measures and control design; progressive signal system design; flows prediction; road network simulation and assignment algorithms; motor vehicle accident analysis; field exercises. Prerequisite: CIVL 340. [3-0-0] CIVL 441 (3) TRANSPORTATION PLANNING AND ANALYSIS. Transportation systems planning and analysis: data needs; surveys and analysis; sampling techniques; trip generation; trip distribution; modal choice; trip assignment; traffic impact studies; system evaluation. Prerequisite: CIVL 340. Fourth-year standing. [3-0-1] CIVL 445 (3) ENGINEERING DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. Students will be expected to either design and carry out an experimental project, or carry out a design project through the development of conceptual, preliminary and final design. Prerequisite: APSC 201 and fourth-year standing. [0-2-0; 0-4-0] CIVL 478 (3) BUILDING SCIENCE. Design of elements providing environmental separation in buildings to forces including heat transfer, air leakage, vapour diffusion. Prerequisite: Fourth- year standing. Equivalency: WOOD 478. [3-0-0] CIVL 493 (3) CASE STUDIES OF CONSTRUCTION METHODS. Identification and evaluation of solutions to construction site operation problems: the relationship between design and construction; factors affecting productivity and safety; measurement of on-site performance. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing. [3-0-1] CIVL 498 (1-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. Registration will take place on the first day of class by the Instructor. CIVL 504 (2) SEISMICITY AND SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS. Causes of earthquakes. Fault mechanisms. Wave motions. Magnitudes and intensities. Regional seismicity and risk analysis. Attenuation of ground motion parameters with distance. Development of site specific ground motions. Selection of earthquake records and construction of design spectra. CIVL 505 (2) SEISMIC RESPONSE OF STRUCTURES. Response of structures to earthquakes; concept of ductility; development of seismic design codes. Hierarchy of analytical tools; quasi-static, modal, and nonlinear analyses. Modelling of structures. Soil-structure interaction. CIVL 506 (2) SEISMIC DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES. Application of seismic design principles to the design of concrete structures with particular emphasis on building structures. CIVL 507 (3) DYNAMICS OF STRUCTURES I. Fundamental analysis of simple structures subjected to dynamic loadings; vibration problems in structures; linear and nonlinear structural response of simple systems; numerical methods for practical vibration analysis. CIVL 508 (3) DYNAMICS OF STRUCTURES II. Dynamic response of discrete and continuous systems; structural property matrices and eigenvalue problem; introduction to random vibrations; wave propagation analysis; experimental techniques and computer modelling. CIVL 510 (3) BEHAVIOUR OF STEEL STRUCTURES. Elastic response; elastic limit; capacity design; non-elastic stability problems of members and frames; plastic design and analysis; connection design for ultimate loads. CIVL 511 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN STEEL STRUCTURES. Seismic design of steel buildings; composite design; welding of steel; corrosion protection; application of CAD in steel design. CIVL 513 (3) CONCRETE STRUCTURES. Response of prestressed and non-prestressed concrete elements and structures; comparison of analytical predictions and experimental results; simplified design procedures. [3-0-0] CIVL515(3) BRIDGE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION. Performance requirements, loads, conceptual and detailed design, approximate methods of analysis, erection methods, bridge and foundation types, case studies from recent designs. CIVL516(3) BEHAVIOUR OF TIMBER STRUCTURES. Design problems in timber structures; effects of size; environment; duration of load; connections. CIVL 517 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN TIMBER STRUCTURES. Behaviour of timber structural systems. Simulation of system response and structural reliability. Effect of quality controls. CIVL 518 (3) RELIABILITY AND STRUCTURAL SAFETY. Probability theory and random variables. Performance functions and probability of non-performance: simulations and FORM/SORM methods. Applications. System reliability. Time-dependent reliability and introduction to stochastic processes. CIVL 520 (3) CONSTRUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL. Planning of civil engineering projects using networking techniques and time space methods. Treatment of resources and cash flow. Activity planning. Concepts of control at the project and activity levels. CIVL 521 (3) CONSTRUCTION METHODS AND PERFORMANCE. Case studies in construction methods and solutions to construction site operation problems. Construction productivity, performance measurement, safety, quality, and other production issues. [3-0-0] CIVL 522 (3) PROJECT AND CONSTRUCTION ECONOMICS. Application of the principles of engineering economics, economics and systems analysis techniques to the mathematical modeling of civil engineering projects. Topics treated: modeling of capital expenditures, revenues and operating expenditures, project financing, sensitivity analysis, risk analysis and management. CIVL 523 (3) PROJECT MANAGEMENT FOR E N GIN E E RS. Perspectives of project management as it relates to civil engineering. Case studies are used to illustrate key issues. CIVL 524 (3) LEGAL ASPECTS OF PROJECT AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT. Legal issues of construction contracts, bidding processes, negligence, insurance, bonding, liens, and labour law. CIVL 525 (3) DEVELOPING COMPUTER APPLICATIONS FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING. Software analysis and design for civil engineers; overview of internet, databases, and programming languages. CIVL 526 (3) 3D MODELING, COST ESTIMATING AND CONSTRUCTION PLANNING. Modeling the relationships between design, cost, and schedule information to manage and control construction. Conceptual and detailed estimating techniques; construction resources and productivity; CPM scheduling; value engineering and constructa- bility analysis. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CIVL — CIVIL ENGINEERING 487 CIVL 527 (2) SPECIALIZED CONCRETES. Production, properties, durability and applications of various specialized concretes. CIVL 528 (2) ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY. Pore structure, permeability and transport properties of concrete with and without mineral and chemical admixtures, damage modeling and application of linear and non-linear fracture mechanics, fiber reinforcement of concrete, strain-rate effects, fatigue and impact resistance, durability. Prerequisite: CIVL 420. CIVL 529 (2) HIGH PERFORMANCE MATERIALS IN REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF CIVIL INFRASTRUCTURE. High performance plain and fiber reinforced concrete and shotcrete, fibre reinforced polymer laminates, wraps, jackets and sprayed composites, types of repairs, analysis, case studies. CIVL 535 (3) ELASTICITY. Kinematics of deformable bodies. Strain and stress tensors. Tensor transformations. Elastic constitutive laws. Orthotropy and isotropy. Energy theorems. Principles of virtual work. Stress waves. Introduction to plasticity and linear viscoelasticity. Credit given for only one of MECH 561 and CIVL 535. CIVL 536 (3) PLASTICITY. Elastic-plastic strains, yield criteria, flow rules, limit theorems. Plastic collapse in frames and plates. Applications to beam bending, and axisymmetric problems. Linear viscoelasticity and viscoplas- ricity. Credit given for only one of MECH 568 or CIVL 536. CIVL 537 (3) COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS l-NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES. Weighted residual methods, finite differences, finite elements. Formulations using energy principles, shape functions, conformity, stiffness and mass matrices. Consistent load vectors. Applications to linear problems. Numerical integration and equation solvers. Dynamic problems. Introduction to nonlinear problems. CIVL 538 (3) COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS II. Finite elements for geometrically nonlinear problems: Lagrangian and Eulerian formulations. Review of constitutive models: Finite elements for materially nonlinear problems. Incremental formulations. Iterative solution algorithms. Application to project type problems. Prerequisite: CIVL 537. CIVL 539 (3) ADVANCED THEORY OF STRUCTURES. Topics in stiffness and flexibility analysis of frame structures; plastic behaviour; stability problems; P-Delta effects and buckling in columns and frames, lateral and torsional buckling. Introduction to plates and cylindrical shells. Buckling and plastic collapse in plates. CIVL 540 (3) WAVES AND WAVE EFFECTS. Wave hydrodynamics: wave statistics and design wave selection; wave forces; wave effects on coastal and offshore structures. CIVL 541 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL FLUID MECHANICS. Analysis of density stratified flows with application to water quality problems in inland and coastal waters. CIVL 542 (3) PHYSICAL LIMNOLOGY. Physical processes that affect the behaviour of lakes, including reservoirs, water filled mine pits, mine tailings ponds and other standing water bodies. Impacts of these processes on water quality, and methods used in the rehabilitation of lakes. CIVL 543 (3) TURBULENT FLUID DYNAMICS. Physical and mathematical models of turbulent flow suitable for engineering estimates and predictions. CIVL 544 (3) COMPUTATIONAL OPEN CHANNEL HYDRAULICS. Overview of 1-D, 2-D, and 3-D fixed and mobile bed formulations. Application to flooding, river morphology, erosion and scour prediction. [3-0-0] CIVL 545 (3) METHODS IN ENVIRONMENTAL FLUID MECHANICS. Data acquisition, pre- and post processing in the field, laboratory, and numerical modeling. Overview from experimental design to final presentation of results. CIVL 546 (3) FLUVIAL HYDRAULICS. Hydraulics of flow in rivers. Sediment transport, flow resistance, river morphology, stable channel design, bank erosion and scour; effects of engineering works on river systems; river restoration. CIVL 547 (2) ESTUARY HYDRAULICS. Estuary dynamics and estuary classification; the effect of engineering works on salinity intrusion; physics of estuary pollution and the use of computer and hydraulic models. CIVL 548 (3) NUMERICAL MODELLING OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY. Development and application of water quality models for lakes, rivers, estuaries, and reservoirs. Derivation of differential equations of pollutant transport; kinetic relationships for physical and chemical transformation of substances; numerical and analytical solutions to transport equations; calibration and verification. CIVL 551 (2) ADVANCED HYDROLOGY. Modelling hydrologic runoff processes. Flow forecasting models for mountain watersheds. Estimation of design rainfall and snowmelt. CIVL 555 (3) ANALYSIS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS. Concepts and techniques of operations research, decision analysis, and systems engineering applicable to water resources transportation engineering, and construction management. CIVL 557 (2) TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL. Environmental impact of disposal of toxic and hazardous wastes. Treatment technology for detoxification. Landfill disposal and self attenuation in landfills and underlying soils. Incineration of municipal wastes. CIVL 558 (2) WATER RESOURCES INFRASTRUCTURE. Case history studies of local infrastructure used for controlling and utilizing water, including hydroelectric projects, developments on alluvial fans and floodplains and management of transportation corridors. Emphasis on engineering and environmental aspects. CIVL 559 (2) ADVANCED WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY. Processes for removing and mitigating impurities that are not effectively removed in conventional water and waste treatment practice; investigation of disposal practices that make use of the impurities as a resource. Prerequisite: One of CIVL 565, CIVL 569 and equivalent background experience. CIVL 560 (3) SANITARY ENGINEERING DESIGN. Design problems in water and sewage treatment, with emphasis on the hydraulic and sanitary engineering considerations. CIVL 561 (3) INVESTIGATION, RISK ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF CHEMICALS IN GEO-ENVIRONMENT. Sampling, investigations, fate and transport of chemicals in soil, water, sediment, biota and air; exposure pathways assessment and toxicologi- cal principles for receptors; risk-based approach to site remediation, treatment and control technologies. CIVL 562 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINANT ANALYSIS LABORATORY. An advanced laboratory course to familiarize the student with environmental engineering laboratory procedures, instrumental analyis, sampling techniques and data analysis. Prerequisite: One of CIVL 407, CHBE 364. CIVL 563 (3) UNIT OPERATIONS AND UNIT PROCESSES IN SANITARY ENGINEERING. Laboratory classroom and field assessments of sanitary engineering operations and processes. Prerequisite: CIVL 569. CIVL 564(2) ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTES. Characteristics of solid wastes; introduction to solid waste collection, treatment and disposal. Evaluation of current practice and analysis of future potential of landfills, composting, combined treatment, recycle and re-use. CIVL 565 (3) PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL TREATMENT PROCESSES. Development of the principles of selected physical and chemical treatment unit operations. Applications in both water and wastewater treatment. CIVL 566 (2) TRANSPORT AND MIXING OF POLLUTANTS IN AQUATIC SYSTEMS. Mixing and dispersion of pollutants in inland and coastal waters. Pollutants associated with pulp mills, waste treatment plants, mining operations and other sources. Natural processes (physical, chemical and biological) affecting the ultimate fate and impact of these pollutants. Corequisite: CIVL 416. CIVL 567 (2) WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ENGINEERING. Industrial waste survey and design problems. Appraisal and analysis of existing water quality management systems. Water quality and effluent standards. 488 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 CIVL 568 (2) WATER POLLUTION ENGINEERING AND ITS ECOLOGICAL IMPACT. The chemical and biological processes involved in the cycling, transformations and distribution of inorganic compounds (nitrogen, phosphorus, sulphur and trace metals) and organic compounds (pesticides, hydrocarbons and detergents) in polluted water environments. Prerequisite: One of ZOOL 404, CIVL 567. Permission of instructor is also acceptable. CIVL 569 (4) BIOLOGICAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT. Development of the principles of secondary, biological treatment processes, with application to both municipal and industrial wastewater treatment. Discussion of different treatment methodology, incorporating both aerobic and anaerobic microbiological processes. Prerequisite: MICB 400. CIVL 570(3) SOIL MECHANICS. Soil composition and geological factors affecting engineering properties, stress and strain at a point, principle of effective stress, stress-strain relations; theories of primary and secondary consolidation, settlement; shear testing equipment, stress- strain and strength behaviour of soil under static and dynamic loading. Prerequisite: CIVL 311. CIVL 572 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNIQUE. Physical-Chemical properties of clays, chemical effects on soils, site investigation for chemical sensitivity, contaminant fate and transport, environmental regulations, in-situ and laboratory tests; design of dewatering, containment, remediation systems including slurry/reactive walls, liners, covers. Case studies. CIVL 573 (2) NUMERICAL METHODS IN SOIL MECHANICS. Application to geotechnical problems including stress, seepage, consolidation, and risk. CIVL 574(3) EXPERIMENTAL SOIL MECHANICS. Experimental studies of advanced aspects of soil behaviour; compressibility; shear strength; pore water pressure; dynamic tests; advanced instrumentation and measurement techniques; research reports required. Prerequisite: CIVL 570. CIVL 575 (2) CONSTITUTIVE MODELS FOR SOIL. Non-linear elasticity; plasticity models including CamClay, UBC Sand and NorSand; applicability of models to specific engineering problems. CIVL 577 (3) SOIL EXPLORATION FOR ENGINEERING DESIGN. Advanced methods of subsurface investigation; determination of stratigraphy and engineering properties by in- situ testing. Emphasis on field work and interpretation of results. Prerequisite: CIVL 570. CIVL 579 (2) GEOSYNTHETICS. Material properties; standard tests data; soil-geosyn- theric interaction; design of reinforced soil structures (walls, slopes, embankments); design of filtration and drainage works; design of geomembrane-lined waste containment facilities; regulatory requirements; case history applications. Prerequisite: CIVL 311. CIVL 581 (3) SOIL DYNAMICS. Seismic loading and its effect on earth structures; dynamic response of single, and multi-degree of freedom systems and continuous systems; behaviour of soil under dynamic loading; pore pressure generation and liquefaction effects; seismicity and seismic design parameters; dynamic analysis of earth structures; seismic design of soil-structure systems. Prerequisite: CIVL 570. CIVL 582 (3) TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING IMPACTS. Methods to measure, predict and evaluate impacts of transportation modes. Discussion of measures to reduce impacts. CIVL 583 (3) URBAN ENGINEERING METHODS AND MODELS. The application of urban analysis methods and models to the design of municipal and transportation engineering systems. CIVL 584 (3) APPLICATIONS OF ADVANCED COMPUTER TECHNIQUES IN CIVIL ENGINEERING. Applications of artificial intelligence, neural networks, fuzzy logic and computer simulation to civil engineering problems involving uncertainty. ^ CIVL 586 (3) URBAN TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM ANALYSIS. Development and use of urban transportation models, including travel generation models, distribution models, mode choice models and system evaluation. CIVL 589 (3) TRAFFIC FLOW THEORY. A discussion of the various traffic flow distribution models, gap acceptance, queuing processes, traffic flow simulation with applications to intersection design, signal system design and control of urban freeways. [3-0-0] CIVL 595(0) GRADUATING PAPER. CIVL 596 (2-6) D PROJECT IN CIVIL ENGINEERING. For M.Eng. students only. CIVL 597(1) SEMINAR. Presentations and discussions of current research topics in various disciplines of Civil Engineering. CIVL 598 (1-6) D TOPICS IN CIVIL ^ENGINEERING. CIVL 599 (6-12) C M.A.SC. THESIS. CIVL 699(0) THESIS. ForthePh.D. CLST—CLASSICAL STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS Not all courses are offered every year. For current listings, consult the departmental website at: www.cnrs.ubc.ca. CLST 100 (6) INTRODUCTION TO CLASSICAL CIVILIZATION. The history, literature, art, and architecture of fifth-century Athens and first- century Rome. Pertinent readings in translation and modern texts. CLST 101 (3) AN INTRODUCTION TO ANCIENT GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE. Selections from poetry, prose, and drama of Greek and Roman authors. CLST 102 (3) AN INTRODUCTION TO ANCIENT GREEK AND ROMAN HISTORY AND ARCHAEOLOGY. Selections from the Greek and Roman historians and an introduction to Greek and Roman art and archaeology. CLST 204 (3) INTRODUCTION TO CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY. A selective survey of the material cultures of the Near East, pre-classical and classical civilizations of the Mediterranean to illustrate archaeological history, principles, aims, and techniques. CLST211 (3) GREEK PHILOSOPHY I. The Presocrarics; Socrates; Sophists. Recommended as preparation for CLST/PHIL 212, CLST 336, 337 and PHIL 310. Equivalency: PHIL 211. CLST212(3) GREEK PHILOSOPHY II. Plato; Aristotle; selections from Hellenistic Philosophy. Recommended as preparation for CLST 336, 337 and PHIL 310. Equivalency: PHIL 212. CLST 301 (3) THE TECHNICAL TERMS OF MEDICINE AND BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE. Acquaints the student with the Greek and Latin elements from which most specialized terms of modern medicine are constructed. Intended primarily for students planning to enter the medical, pharmaceutical, or biological sciences. CLST 305 (6) CLASSICAL MYTH AND RELIGION. The major cycles of Greek and Roman myth; their association with religion, cult, and society. CLST 306 (3) APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN CLASSICAL ANTIQUITY. The origins and achievements of applied technology in the Greek and Roman world from the Bronze Age to late Antiquity, with special attention to archaeological evidence. CLST307(3) GREEK LAW. The study of Greek legal theory, practice, and institutions from their origin in self-help, through the early lawgivers and their codes, to the developed system of Athens in the fifth and fourth centuries. A variety of test cases from the works of the Greek orators will be explored. CLST 308 (3) ROMAN LAW. The development of Roman private law during the classical period with special attention to family law, contract and delict. CLST310(6) GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE. A study, through selected readings in translation, of the range and variety of literary forms invented and developed by the Greeks and Romans from Homer to Apuleius. CLST311 (3) WOMEN IN THE BRONZE AGE, CLASSICAL GREEK AND HELLENISTIC CULTURES. The images projected in mythology, literature, and art are compared with realities of women's lives insofar as they can be reconstructed from historical, legal, and archaeological records. CLST312(3) WOMEN IN THE ROMAN WORLD OF REPUBLICAN AND IMPERIAL TIMES. Women in the Roman world in the culture of the Republic and the Empire. Literary, artistic, and mythological sources are PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CLST — CLASSICAL STUDIES 489 compared and contrasted to historical, legal, and archaeological records. CLST313(3) GREEK EPIC. Homer's Iliad and Odyssey. In translation. CLST314(3) LATIN EPIC. A survey of the development of the epic genre in Latin, with detailed study of Vergil's Aeneid, Ovid's Metamorphoses, and Lucan's Civil War. CLST315 (3) ANCIENT PROSE FICTION. A survey of the development of the ancient novel, in Greek and Latin, with particular study of Petronius' Satyricon and Apuleius' The Golden Ass. CLST 317 (3) CLASSICAL TRAGEDY. The plays of the Greek and Roman tragic dramatists. In translation. CLST 318 (3) CLASSICAL COMEDY. Theplays of the Greek and Roman comic dramatists: Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus and Terence. In translation. CLST 330 (6) GREEK AND ROMAN ART. A study of the achievements of the Greeks and Romans in art and architecture from the Bronze Age to the reign of Constanrine. Credit will be granted to only one of CLST 330 or ARTH/ FINA 329. CLST331(6) ANCIENT HISTORY. The rise of the Greek city-states; special emphasis on the political, economic, and cultural achievements of the fifth and fourth centuries BC; the growth of Rome and the development of her political institutions during the Republic; the social and economic history of the Empire; the transition from the classical to the medieval world. CLST 333 (3) GREEK RELIGION. CLST 334 (3) ROMAN RELIGION. CLST 335 (6) SUMMER PRACTICUM IN CLASSICAL ARCHAEOLOGY. Practical training in excavation techniques and interpretation, including survey and mapping procedures, recording, drawing and analysis of artifacts, and study of comparative material. Students will participate in the excavation of a Greek or Roman site in Europe or the Middle East for the Summer Session. The course will include lectures and field-excursions relevant to the region and period of the site. CLST 351 (3) DARK AGE AND ARCHAIC GREECE. CLST 352 (3) THE ROMAN REPUBLIC. Rome from the foundation to the Augustan settlement. Constitutional development; the workings and failure of the Republican political system; acquisition and growth of Empire; the political, social, and economic consequences of imperialism. Prerequisite: CLST 331. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. CLST 353 (3) THE EARLY ROMAN EMPIRE. Roman imperial history during the Julio- Claudian and Flavian periods (30 BC-96 AD). Prerequisite: CLST 331. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. CLST 354 (3) THE LATER ROMAN EMPIRE. Roman history of the high and later Empire (from AD 96 to the end of the fourth century); the development of Christianity and the problem of church and state. Prerequisite: CLST 331. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. CLST 355 (3) THE ATHENIANS AND THEIR EMPIRE. The sources (literary, epigraphical and other) for Athens' emergence as one of the two leading city-states in late archaic and classical Greece and the stages by which her empire grew. Prerequisite: CLST 331. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. CLST 356 (3) ALEXANDER THE GREAT AND HIS EMPIRE. The rise of Macedon under Philip II leading to its domination of Greece and the overthrow of the Persian Empire by his son, Alexander; the subsequent spread of Greek civilization in the East. Prerequisite: CLST 331. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. CLST 360 (3-12) D LIFE AND SOCIETY IN CLASSICAL ANTIQUITY. Topics in Greek and Roman life and society. CLST 429 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY OF GREECE AND ROME. Credit will be granted to only one of CLST 429 or ARTH/FINA 429. CLST 430 (3) TOPOGRAPHY AND MONUMENTS OF ANCIENT ATHENS. A study of the ancient city with special attention to the archaeological sources. Prerequisite: One of CLST 330, ARTH 329, FINA 329. CLST 431 (3) TOPOGRAPHY AND MONUMENTS OF ANCIENT ROME. A study of the ancient city with special attention to the archaeological sources. Prerequisite: One of CLST 330, FINA 329. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. CLST 449 (6) HONOURS ESSAY. CLST 501 (3) TOPOGRAPHY AND MONUMENTS OF ATHENS. A study of the topography and monuments of ancient Athens from the Bronze Age to Late Antiquity. Offered in the first term of alternate years. CLST 502 (3) TOPOGRAPHY AND MONUMENTS OF ROME. A study of the topography and monuments of ancient Rome from the Iron Age to Late Antiquity. Offered in the second term of alternate years. CLST 503 (3/6) D STUDIES IN GREEK ARCHITECTURE. Selected topics in Greek architecture, e.g., religious, secular, and military architecture. CLST 504 (3/6) D STUDIES IN ROMAN ARCHITECTURE. Selected topics in Roman architecture, e.g., religious, military, domestic, and public secular architecture. CLST 505 (3/6) D STUDIES IN GREEK TOWN PLANNING. The development of Greek town planning from the Bronze Age to the Hellenistic period. CLST 506 (3/6) D STUDIES IN ROMAN TOWN PLANNING. The origins of town planning in Italy and the development of cities in the Roman Empire. CLST 508 (3/6) D STUDIES IN ROMAN PAINTING AND MOSAICS. Selected topics in Roman painting and mosaics, e.g., Campanian wall painting, regional styles of mosaic decoration. CLST 509 (3/6) D STUDIES IN GREEK SCULPTURE. Selected topics in Greek sculpture, e.g., development of kouros and kore, Hellenistic sculpture, sculpture of fifth- century Athens. CLST 510 (3/6) D STUDIES IN ROMAN SCULPTURE. Selected topics in Roman sculpture, e.g., imperial relief sculpture, portraiture, regional styles. CLST 511 (3/6) D STUDIES IN GREEK REGIONAL ARCHAEOLOGY. Study of a particular area, e.g., Ionia, Sicily, Southern Italy. CLST 512 (3/6) D STUDIES IN ROMAN PROVINCIAL ARCHAEOLOGY. Study of a particular area, e.g., Gaul, Britain, Asia Minor. CLST 513 (3/6) D THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF GREEK AND ROMAN TECHNOLOGY. Material evidence for the technological achievements of the Greek and Roman world. CLST 514 (3/6) D GREEK AND ROMAN MINOR ARTS. Minor arts of the Greek and Roman world, e.g., coins, jewelry, terracottas. CLST 516 (3) D STUDIES IN GREEK BLACK- FIGURE VASE-PAINTING. Selected topics in Greek painting, e.g., Athenian vase painting, regional styles of vase painting, Hellenistic painting. CLST517(3)D STUDIES IN GREEK RED- FIGURE VASE-PAINTING. Selected topics in Greek painting, e.g., Athenian vase painting, regional styles of vase painting, Hellenistic painting. CLST 518 (3/6) D TOPICS IN GREEK ARCHAEOLOGY. CLST 519 (3/6) D TOPICS IN ROMAN ARCHAEOLOGY. CLST 520 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN GREEK ARCHAEOLOGY. CLST 521 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN ROMAN ARCHAEOLOGY. CLST 547 (3) GUIDED RESEARCH. CLST 548(0) MAJOR ESSAY. CNPS — COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY FACULTY OF EDUCATION CNPS 312 (3) CAREER EDUCATION FOR TE AC HERS. Introduction to career education practices and standards program content, and principles for the design of career education programs. [3-0] CNPS 362 (3) BASIC INTERVIEWING SKILLS. Development of basic interviewing skills for counselling and guidance. [3-3] CNPS 363 (3) CAREER COUNSELLING. Critical survey of career counselling theory and practice. [3-0] CNPS 364 (3) FAMILY EDUCATION AND CONSULTATION. Examination of current theories and practices in family education and consultation. [3-0] 490 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 CNPS 365 (3) INTRODUCTION TO THEORIES OF COUNSELLING. An overview of selected theories of counselling. [3-0] CNPS 426(6) THE ROLE OF THE TEACHER IN GUIDANCE. This course is designed to assist the teacher in understanding and using guidance techniques for day-to-day use in the classroom. The emphasis will be on techniques for working with people towards better self- understanding and better perspectives of alternatives. [2-1; 2-1] CNPS 427 (3) GUIDANCE: PLANNING AND DECISION-MAKING. The work of the beginning counsellor and guidance worker in assisting students with educational, vocational, and personal planning and decision-making. [3-0] CNPS 433 (3) THE PERSONAL AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE ADULT. Personal and social adjustment issues for professional counsellors; basic skills necessary for effective group counselling. [3-3] CNPS 504(3) ELEMENTARY SCHOOL COUNSELLING. Theory and practice of elementary school counselling. CNPS 508 (3-12) C REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN EDUCATIONAL METHODS. Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. CNPS 514 (3) COUNSELLING ADOLESCENTS. Theory, research, and practice of counselling adolescents. CNPS 523 (3) COUNSELLING THEORY AND THE EDUCATION OF DEAF AND HARD OF HEARING STUDENTS. The impact of hearing loss considered from a developmental and family systems perspective; counselling strate- gies. [3-0] CNPS 524(3) COUNSELLING ADULTS. Major issues and problems of adult development. V Selection of appropriate counselling interventions for use in education and other counselling settings. CNPS 531 (3) INTERVIEW AND NON- STANDARDIZED MEASURES IN COUNSELLING. Theoretical assumptions in the use of non-standardized appraisal techniques. CNPS 532 (3/6) D PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT IN COUNSELLING. The use of standardized measures of mental ability, achievement, aptitude, interest and personality. CNPS 534(3) GENDER AND SEX ROLE ISSUES IN COUNSELLING. Theory, research, and practice in the area of gender and sex role issues related to counselling. CNPS 544(3) FAMILY COUNSELLING I. Counselling approaches as applied to the family, in educational and other counselling settings. CNPS 545 (3) FAMILY COUNSELLING- INTERVENTIONS AND RESEARCH. Main theoretical and therapeutic approaches of contemporary family counselling with emphasis on intervention and critical research issues in educational and other counselling settings. CNPS 551 (3-6) D SCHOOL-BASED CONSULTATION. Equivalency: EPSE 551. CNPS 561 (3-12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. CNPS 564(3) GROUP COUNSELLING. Understanding, designing and knowledge of groups and how to conduct them for use in counselling and guidance services. CNPS 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. CNPS 566 (3) ADVANCED STUDY IN GROUP COUNSELLING. Prerequisite: CNPS 564. CNPS 574 (3) CAREER PLANNING AND DECISION-MAKING COUNSELLING. Theory, research, and practice of career planning and decision counselling. Prerequisite: CNPS 363. CNPS 578 (3/6) C INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY COUNSELLING THEORIES AND INTERVENTIONS. Major counselling theories, interventions for change and corresponding skill development. Prerequisite: All of CNPS 362, CNPS 365. CNPS 579 (3) RESEARCH IN COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY. Assumptions and methods of major research paradigms. Prerequisite: One of EDUC 500, EPSE 481 and one of EPSE 482, EPSE 483. CNPS 580 (3-12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. Investigation and report of a problem. CNPS 584 (3) PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE IN COUNSELLING. Designing, implementing and assessing counselling programs in schools, colleges, universities, and other counselling settings. Prerequisite: One of EDUC 500, EPSE 481 and one of EPSE 482, EPSE 483. CNPS 586 (3) ETHICS IN COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY. Ethical decision-making and legal issues in counselling psychology research and practice. CNPS 587 (1-3) D HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY. CNPS 588 (3-12) C SUPERVISED TRAINING IN COUNSELLING. Initial counselling experience under faculty supervision in department training centres. CNPS 594 (3) CROSS-CULTURAL COUNSELLING. Critical analysis of cross- cultural counselling theory, research and practice. CNPS 595 (3) STRESS, COPING AND ADAPTATION. Theories, research, and applications of psychosocial stress and coping processes, with a particular focus on counselling issues and contexts. CNPS 598 (3/12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on Master's program. Pass/Fail. CNPS 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. CNPS 601 (6/12) C DOCTORAL SEMINAR. CNPS 632 (3) ADVANCED ASSESSMENT. Counselling psychology research and practice in adult personality assessment, including ethics of testing and use with special populations. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 303, EPSE 528 and CNPS 532. CNPS 669 (3/6) D RESEARCH APPROACHES IN COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY. CNPS 677 (3) THEORIES OF VOCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT. Sociological and psychological aspects of career planning, theories of vocational development, vocational choice. CNPS 678 (3/6) D THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES IN COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY. Major theoretical traditions in Counselling Psychology and illustration of the links among theory, research and practices; perspectives on Counselling Psychology as a distinct field of specialization. CNPS 679 (3) INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING. The application of automatic data processing to guidance and counselling in student accounting, job placement, information dissemination and in interviewing. Prerequisite: A course in Computer Science. CNPS 688 (6) SUPERVISION OF COUNSELLING PRACTICE. Supervision requires both knowledge of supervision models and practices, and skills to implement them. This course involves a seminar and practicum to integrate the two requirements of the subject. (For those on the Doctoral program.) Pass/Fail. CNPS 698 (6) PRE-DOCTORAL INTERNSHIP. A 1600-hour supervised internship in Counselling Psychology. Internship sites offer counselling services as detailed in the "Speciality Guidelines for the Delivery of Services by Counselling Psychologists" (APA). Pass/Fail. CNPS 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. Pass/Fail. CNRS — CLASSICAL, NEAR EASTERN AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS Not all courses are offered every year. For current listings, consult the departmental website at: www.cnrs.ubc.ca. CNRS 316 (3/6) D GODS, HEROES, AND DIVINE HUMANS IN GRECO-ROMAN ANTIQUITY. CNRS 370 (3) THEORIES OF MYTH. CNRS 500 (3) PRO-SEMINAR IN ANCIENT MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES. CNRS 501 (3) THE CITY: ETERNAL, EPHEMERAL, AND UNREAL. CNRS 502 (3-12) D STUDIES IN LAW AND SOCIETY. CNRS 503 (3-12) D STUDIES IN LITERATURE, ART AND SOCIETY. CNRS 504 (3-12) D STUDIES IN RELIGION. CNRS 505 (3-12) D STUDIES IN ETHNICITY. CNRS 579 (3) MAJOR ESSAY. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CNRS — CLASSICAL, NEAR EASTERN AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES 491 COGS — COGNITIVE SYSTEMS PROGRAM FACULTY OF SCIENCE COGS 200 (3) INTRODUCTION TO COGNITIVE SYSTEMS. Interdisciplinary examination of human mental processes and how these are mediated by the brain. Will draw on cognitive psychology, linguistics, cognitive neuroscience, philosophy, artificial intelligence. Prerequisite: second-year standing in the Faculty of Arts or Science. [3-0-0] COGS 300 (3) UNDERSTANDING AND DESIGNING COGNITIVE SYSTEMS. Theory and methods for integrating diverse disciplinary content in cognitive systems. Prerequisite: COGS 200. [2-3-0] COGS 400 (6) SPECIAL TOPICS IN COGNITIVE SYSTEMS. Interdisciplinary seminar and research course dealing with theory, methods, and current research topics. Prerequisite: restricted to students majoring in Cognitive Systems with fourth-year standing in the Faculty of Arts or Science. [3-3-0; 0-0-3] COGS 401 (3) SEMINAR IN COGNITIVE SYSTEMS. Interdisciplinary seminar integrating theory, methods, and current research topics. Prerequisite: COGS 300. [1-0-4] COGS 402 (3) RESEARCH IN COGNITIVE SYSTEMS. Supervised research project in a Cognitive Systems-related laboratory. Prerequisite: COGS 300. COGS 401 is recommended. [0-9-0] COML — COMPARATIVE LITERATURE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES COML 500 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO COMPARATIVE LITERATURE. COML 501 (3/6) D STUDIES IN GENRE. COML 502 (3/6) D STUDIES IN LITERARY MOVEMENTS AND PERIODS. COML 503 (3/6) D STUDIES IN MYTH, THEME AND TRADITION. COML 504 (3/6) D TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE. COML 505 (3/6) D NEW PROBLEMS IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE. COML 506 (3/6) D COMPARATIVE STUDIES IN ORIENTAL AND OCCIDENTAL LITERATURE. COML 507 (3/6) D ADVANCED SEMINAR IN LITERARY CRITICISM. COML 547 (3-12) C READING COURSE. COML 548(1) MAJOR PAPER. COML 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. COML 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. COMM —COMMERCE FACULTY OF COMMERE & BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION In general, not all of the prerequisites for Commerce courses are listed. Students must be registered in the same year level as the course they intend to register in. For example, eligib- Hty for Commerce 400-level courses requires a student to have completed second and third- year Commerce, and to be registered in fourth year. Students should refer to the Commerce website or contact the Undergraduate program office regarding course prerequisites and variations from standard program sequences. Additional fees are charged some courses. COMM 100 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS. An overview of all functional areas of business. Students will be introduced to the computer and internet tools commonly used in business. For non-Commerce students only. COMM 201 (3-36) D STUDY ABROAD, NON- COMMERCE. A study abroad program developed in cooperation between UBC Faculty of Commerce and another institution offering a set of courses tailored to a particular field of study. COMM 290 (4) INTRODUCTION TO QUANTITATIVE DECISION MAKING. Introduction to decision models in business, including basic optimization, linear programming, probability, decision analysis, random I variables, simulation, and solving decision problems using spreadsheet tools. Prerequisite: All of MATH 104, MATH 105. COMM 291 (4) APPLICATION OF STATISTICS IN BUSINESS. Methods and applications of statistics in business; data analysis, descriptive regression; data generation; sampling distributions; hypothesis testing; confidence intervals; two sample problems; inference in regression. Prerequisite: COMM 290. COMM 292 (4) MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR. Behaviour in organizations as it affects people as individuals, their relationships with others, their performance in groups and their effectiveness at work. COMM 293 (3) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING. Introduction to the construction and interpretation of financial reports prepared primarily for external use. COMM 294 (3) MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING. Introduction to the development and use of accounting information for management planning and control and the 'development of cost information for financial reports. Prerequisite: COMM 293. COMM 295 (3) MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS. Economic foundations of managerial decisionmaking. Demand theory, cost and production, market structure, competitive strategy, organization of the firm, welfare-economic foundations of business regulation. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304, FRE 295, COMM 295. Prerequisite: MATH 105 and either (a) all of ECON 101, ECON 102 or (b) ECON 100. COMM 297 (3) CAPITAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS. Economic environment in which business operates, including the role of the Bank of Canada, analysis of domestic and international money markets and institutions and basic principles of financial valuation. Prerequisite: All of COMM 290, COMM 293, MATH 105 and one of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301. [3-0; 3-0] COMM 299(1) BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS. Basic communication theory, communications in organizations. Includes written and oral practice in lab sessions. COMM 300 (3-36) D STUDY ABROAD, COMMERCE. A study abroad program developed in cooperation between UBC Faculty of Commerce and another institution offering a set of courses tailored to a particular field of study. COMM 302 (3-36) D STUDY ABROAD, NON-COMMERCE. A study abroad program developed in cooperation between UBC Faculty of Commerce and another institution offering a set of courses tailored to a particular field of study. COMM 306 (3) URBAN LAND ECONOMICS. Examines economic factors affecting the urban land market, with an emphasis on determinants of urban land values, the housing market, urban transportation, and land use policies. Prerequisite: One of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301. COMM 307 (3) REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT. Evaluation of investment in real estate assets; proforma analysis, property and asset management, equity securitization, appraisal, and international real estate investment. Prerequisite: One of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301 and COMM 297. COMM 310(3) SIMULATION MODELS IN BUSINESS DECISION-MAKING. Computer simulation, simulation languages. Typical business applications in financial planning, waiting line problems and other operating problems. Prerequisite: COMM 291. COMM 320 (3) ORGANIZATIONAL ANALYSIS. An analysis of organizational structures and intraorganizational processes; effects of organizational factors on individual behaviour. Prerequisite: COMM 292. COMM 327 (3) HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. Introduction to activities, policies and practices required for effective human resource planning, external factors that influence human resource management. Prerequisite: COMM 292. COMM 328 (3) ADMINISTRATION OF COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS. Grievance handling in collective agreements; the arbitration process; arbitral jurisprudence; substantive grievance issues such as discipline and promotions. Prerequisite: COMM 392. COMM 329 (3) PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR. An introductory examination of work organizations and the behaviour of individuals within them. Phenomena to be studied include organizational structure, environments, group processes, motivation and leadership (For non- Commerce students in third and fourth year). 492 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 COMM 335 (3) INFORMATION SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT. Introduction to information technology related to business use. Design, implementation and application of Information Systems. Prerequisite: One of COMM 391, CPSC 211. COMM 336 (3) INTRODUCTION TO E-BUSINESS. Fundamental concepts for moving into e-Business including: technology infrastructure; security; electronic payment systems; business-to-consumer and business-to business e-commerce; business models; strategy, behavioral and interface issues; legal and privacy concerns cases. Prerequisite: COMM 391. COMM 337 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS PROGRAMMING. Introduction to shared and object-oriented computer programming; program design and documentation techniques; development of business related systems. COMM 341 (3) APPLIED BUSINESS LOGISTICS. Analysis of the firm's decision in inventory planning and control, logistics system design and logistics operations; the role of logistics in corporate strategy. COMM 349 (3) LOGISTICS SERVICES MANAGEMENT. Overview of the characteristics and commercial environment of logistics and transportation services; service operations planning and design, costing, pricing and quality management. Corequisite: One of COMM 396, COMM 399. COMM 353 (3) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING- INTERMEDIATE I. An examination of accounting as a means of measurement and as an information system for external reporting purposes. Prerequisite: All of COMM 293, COMM 294, COMM 297, COMM 397. COMM 354(3) COST ACCOUNTING. The provision and analysis of cost accounting I information that will assist management in making operating decisions and in evaluating operational performance. The utilization of statistical analysis and linear models is included. Prerequisite: All of COMM 290, COMM 291, COMM 293, COMM 294. COMM 355(3) INCOME TAXATION. A study of income tax from the standpoint of the individual and of business enterprise. Prerequisite: One of COMM 293, COMM 457. COMM 357 (3) TAX PLANNING. Astudyof personal income tax and financial planning for individuals at various life stages. Credit will be given for only one of COMM 355 or COMM 357. COMM 362 (3) BUYER BEHAVIOUR. The use of consumer research and theory in marketing and policy decisions. Psychological, sociological and economic theory and research relevant to consumer behaviour are considered. Prerequisite: COMM 396. COMM 363 (3) MARKETING ANALYSIS. Analytical methods applicable to marketing management decision making; attention to strategic considerations linking analysis of consumer data, corporate data, environmental factors, and competitive response. The course makes extensive use of micro computers. Prerequisite: COMM 396. COMM 365 (3) MARKET RESEARCH. The process of marketing research including topics such as problem/opportunity formulation, research objectives, data sources, research instrument design, sampling, data collection and processing and methods of data analysis. Prerequisite: All of COMM 290, COMM 291, COMM 396 and one of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301. Corequisite: COMM 391. COMM 371 (3) THEORY OF FINANCE. Basic concepts of corporate finance, including security valuation and financial decisions by the corporation. Prerequisite: COMM 397. COMM 374(3) SECURITY MARKETS. Introduction to theories and evidence concerning the structure of security markets and the valuation of stocks, bonds, options, and futures contracts; the role of portfolio management in informationally efficient security markets. Prerequisite: COMM 397. COMM 376 (3) FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS I. The financial systems in Canada; the practices of the major financial institutions; and theories of financial processes. Prerequisite: COMM 297. COMM 377 (3) INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS. Structure, nature and institutions of foreign exchange markets, including spot, forward, futures, options, and offshore currency markets. Factors affecting exchange rates are also discussed. Prerequisite: COMM 397. COMM 378 (3) RISK MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL ENGINEERING. Principles of financial engineering and risk management. Use of derivatives in risk management. Valuation and gedgin models for contingent claims. Prerequisite: COMM 371. Corequisite: COMM 374. COMM 379 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PENSIONS AND INSURANCE. Financial dimensions and institutional structure of the •pension and insurance industry; calculation of annuities and other aspects of actuarial science based on probability distributions and asset returns. Suitable for students in mathematics who have taken basic finance and for commerce students in finance, accounting and related areas. COMM 380 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Approved and supervised work experience for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the winter term of the third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Commerce. Option- specific prerequisites apply. COMM 381 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT II. Approved and supervised work experience for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the summer term of the third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Commerce. Prerequisite: COMM 380. COMM 383 (3) PRODUCTION/OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT. Production planning and scheduling, inventory control, control of materials, purchasing, quality assurance, capacity management and industrial location decisions. COMM 384(3) CHINOOK III INDUSTRY ANALYSIS & OPPORTUNITY IDENTIFICATION. Detailed analysis of an industry of the student's choice focusing on issues of key success factors, industry segmentation, and opportunity identification-evaluation. COMM 385 (3) CHINOOK IV NEW BUSINESS PLANNING. The development of a new business plan, from new business idea through to implementation planning. COMM 391 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Overview of computer technology and terminology; use of computers as managerial and administrative tools; the management of computer resources and the influence of information technology within the organization. COMM 392 (3) MANAGING THE EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP. The role of employment relations in enterprise performance. Managing employees under statutory law, collective bargaining and progressive human resource management. Key issues in forming, developing and maintaining a work force. Prerequisite: COMM 292 and either (a) all of ECON 101, ECON 102 or (b) ECON 100. COMM 393 (3) COMMERCIAL LAW. Introduction to the law of contracts, with particular reference to contracts for sale of goods and related law of personal property; principles of agency, partnerships and company law. COMM 394(4) GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS. Roles of government and business in the Canadian economy including effects of public policy on the business environment. Ethical foundations of government, business and personal decision-making. Prerequisite: One of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301. COMM 396 (4) INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING. Basic considerations affecting the domestic and international marketing of goods and services. Prerequisite: COMM 293 and one of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301. COMM 397 (3) BUSINESS FINANCE. Examination of the corporate enterprise decisions including working capital management, capital budgeting; capital structures and dividend policy. Prerequisite: COMM 297. COMM 399 (3) LOGISTICS AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT. The design and management of systems to make products, provide services and deliver them to the end user. Prerequisite: All of COMM 290, COMM 291. COMM 400 (3-36) D STUDY ABROAD. Study Abroad A one or two term program of regular undergraduate studies at a foreign university PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COMM — COMMERCE 493 under an existing formal exchange program. Pass/Fail. COMM 405 (3) REAL ESTATE FINANCE. The role of mortgage markets, mathematical analysis of return and valuation issue and methods of dealing with lender and borrower risk exposure. Prerequisite: COMM 297. COMM 407 (3) URBAN PUBLIC ECONOMICS. The economics of local government. Analysis will focus on local expenditures, taxes, and land use control including the impacts of these policies. Prerequisite: One of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301. COMM 408 (3) REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT. The development process from theories of development, market analysis, site selection, project design, land use regulation and financial analysis. Prerequisite: COMM 297 and one of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301. COMM 409 (3) CITY GROWTH AND STRUCTURE. Advanced urban and regional economics, including economic basis analysis location theory, housing policy, dynamics of land use, land use succession, and urban renewal. Prerequisite: COMM 307. COMM 410 (3) METHODS OF MANAGEMENT SCIENCE. Formulation of models from a variety of areas, including the analysis of models of inventory, allocation (linear and non-linear programming), competition (game theory), and scheduling. Case studies will be used. COMM 411 (3) INTERMEDIATE BUSINESS STATISTICS. Statistical techniques useful in business environments. Includes regression analysis, analysis of variance, forecasting, and logit and probit analysis. Credit may be obtained for only one of STAT 300, 306, and COMM 411. Prerequisite: COMM 291. Equivalency: STAT 300. COMM 412 (3) NEGOTIATION. Negotiationis the art and science of securing agreements between two or more interdependent parties. Through lectures and weekly negotiation simulations students will gain insight into the behaviour of individuals, groups and organizations in competitive situations. COMM 420 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR. Human behavioural processes and their effects on individual behavior in organized work settings. Topics may include social comparison, frustration, power, stratification, and attribution processes. Prerequisite: COMM 292. COMM 421 (3) COLLECTIVE BARGAINING. Structural, behavioural, legal and substantive aspects of labour management relations and the collective bargaining process. Prerequisite: COMM 392. COMM 422 (3) PUBLIC SECTOR INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS. Industrial relations in the Canadian public sector and the experience of the parries in dealing with these issues. Studies of subsectors such as civil services, education and health care are undertaken. Prerequisite: COMM 392. COMM 425 (3) RESEARCH METHODS FOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. Techniques for collection and analysis of data in organizations to support adoption and administration of human resource management. Prerequisite: All of COMM 291, COMM 292, COMM 327. COMM 426 (3) ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT. The tactics and strategies for implementing constructive modifications in organizations. Interpersonal relations skill building is emphasized in classroom activities, while lectures and assignments explore applications in business and non-business organizations. Prerequisite: COMM 292. COMM 428 (3) SELECTED TOPICS IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. Prerequisite: All of COMM 327, COMM 425. COMM 431 (3) LAW OF BUSINESS ASSOCIATIONS. The application of various statutes to business entities including corporations, partnerships, societies, co-operatives, credit unions, trust companies and banks; the consequences of bankruptcy on legal entities. Prerequisite: COMM 393. COMM 432 (3) ADVANCED BUSINESS PROGRAMMING. Advanced structured and object-oriented computer programming; principles of software engineering; development of business-related systems. Prerequisite: One of COMM 337, CPSC 122, CPSC 152. COMM433(3) EMPLOYMENT LAW. Legal aspects of the employment relationship. Topics include: employment contracts, human rights legislation, standards of work legislation, the labour codes, Workers' Compensation Act and statutes dealing with related areas, e.g., unemployment and pension benefits. Prerequisite: COMM 393. COMM 434 (3) LAND LAW. Legal principles and concepts relating to real estate and land development. Prerequisite: COMM 393. COMM 435 (3) DEVELOPING E-BUSINESS AP P LI CAT IONS. Applications of e-Business and e-Commerce; technological infrastructure; software tools, development process, development techniques, security, business implications, and other related issues for implementing ^-business applications. Prerequisite: One of COMM 437, CPSC 304. COMM 436 (3) INFORMATION SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN. The process of information systems development; modern techniques and tools for systems analysis and design. Prerequisite: COMM 335. COMM 437 (3) DATABASE TECHNOLOGY. Theory and technology of database management from an applications perspective; database design; database administration. Credit will not be granted for both COMM 437 and CPSC 304. Prerequisite: COMM 335. COMM 438 (3) MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Managerial issues in the administration of computerized information systems. Prerequisite: COMM 335. COMM 439 (3) BUSINESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS. Basic data communications concepts and technology; local area, wide area, and enterprise networks; the Internet; wireless networking; network development life cycle; network security and management. Prerequisite: COMM 335. COMM 441 (3) ADVANCED BUSINESS LOGISTICS. Analysis of logistics systems within firms and across supply chains. The formulation of corporate logistics strategies. Corequisite: COMM 399. COMM 442 (3) E-BUSINESS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT. Methods/strategies for supply chain management using e-business technology; applications of electronic technologies to procurement, fulfilment, transportation and logistics; freight and logistics exchanges; and virtual supply chains. Prerequisite: One of COMM 341, COMM 399. COMM 444(3) AIR TRANSPORTATION. An integrative treatment of air transport management including: demand analysis, sales and marketing, globalization trends, aircraft selection and fleet planning; airport economics and management. Prerequisite: One of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301. COMM 445 (3) SHIPPING AND INTERNATIONAL LOGISTICS. The character- ■rics of shipping services and the role of shipping services in the design and management of international logistics systems. COMM 446 (3) TRANSPORTATION ECONOMICS. Economic characteristics of passenger and freight transportation services; market structure of the transportation industry; economic impact of public regulation and promotion and the role of economic analysis in resolving problems of Canadian policy. Credit may be obtained for only one of COMM 446, ECON 480. Prerequisite: One of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301, ECON 206. Equivalency: ECON 480. COMM 447 (3) PROJECT APPRAISAL AND MANAGEMENT. Evaluation of transport projects in the private and public sector; cost benefit analysis and related framework; project management, financing transport infrastructure. Prerequisite: One of COMM 295, ECON 201, ECON 301. COMM 449 (3) SUPPLY-CHAIN MANAGEMENT. Integrated management of production and logistics systems; management of inter-organizations relationships in the supply chain, including vendor selection, bidding and negotiation processes, partnering and performance measurement. Prerequisite: COMM 349. COMM 450 (3) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING- INTERMEDIATE II. Intermediate II. Continuation of the examination of accounting as a means of measurement and as an information system for external reporting purposes. Prerequisite: COMM 353. COMM 451 (3) ADVANCED ACCOUNTING TOPICS. Selected areas in accounting. 494 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 COMM 452 (3) TAXES AND DECISION MAKING. Analysis of business and financial decisions in the presence of taxes. COMM 453 (3) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING- ADVANCED. An examination of advanced financial accounting. Prerequisite: All of COMM 353, COMM 450. COMM 454 (3) ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGEMENT CONTROL AND INCENTIVES. Design of accounting systems for facilitating and influencing management decisions, with emphasis on performance evaluation in organizations. Prerequisite: COMM 294. COMM 455 (3) PRINCIPLES OF AUDITING. Principles of internal control, audit evidence, sampling and testing; audit reports; standards; responsibilities of the external auditor. Prerequisite: All of COMM 353, COMM 450. COMM 456 (3) INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY RISKS, PROTECTION AND AUDIT. Business risks associated with the use of information technology. Controls for integrity, security safety, and privacy of hardware, software, data and communications. Methods for auditing information systems and their controls. Prerequisite: COMM 335. COMM 457 (3) FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING. Financial accounting for business organizations; principles and problems of accounting measurements; forms of business organizations; financing of businesses. For non-Commerce students in third or fourth year only. COMM 458 (3) FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING. Use of accounting data in decision making by businesses; financial statement analysis; cash flows; cost behaviour patterns; methods of accounting for costs. For non-Commerce , students in third and fourth year only. Prerequisite: One of COMM 293, COMM 457. COMM 459 (3) FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS. An examination of financial statement information from the perspective of decision makers external to the firm, e.g., investors and financial institutions. Prerequisite: All of COMM 293, COMM 297, COMM 397. COMM 460 (3) PUBLIC AND NONPROFIT MARKETING MANAGEMENT. Examines the role, use, and application of marketing in government agencies and nonprofit institutions. Prerequisite: COMM 362. COMM 461 (3) SALES MANAGEMENT. Theory and management of personal selling. Strategy, tactics, and implementation of sales programs. Prerequisite: COMM 362. COMM 462 (3) PROMOTION STRATEGY. Campaign strategy; planning, organizing, and controlling an advertising program; advertising research and analysis. Prerequisite: COMM 362. COMM 463 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARKETING. An investigation of current developments in both retailing and wholesaling fields and their application to marketing institutions. COMM 464 (3) E-MARKETING. Investigation of Internet-based marketing, emphasizing customer-focused perspectives, competitive situations and analysis of the effectiveness of business websites using marketing principles and practices. Prerequisite: COMM 396. COMM 465 (3) MARKETING MANAGEMENT. Basic considerations affecting the domestic and international marketing of goods and services. For non- Commerce students in third and fourth year only. Prerequisite: One of COMM 293, COMM 457 and either (a) all of ECON 101, ECON 102 or (b) ECON 100. Or (c) all of ECON 310, ECON 311 or (d) all of ECON 101, ECON 311 or (e) all of ECON 102, ECON 310. COMM 468 (3) MARKETING APPLICATIONS. Applied marketing planning with emphasis on a major industrial analysis and the subsequent development of a detailed marketing plan for an operating organization. Prerequisite: All of COMM 362, COMM 363. Corequisite: COMM 365. COMM 469 (3) INTERNATIONAL MARKETING. An analysis of the scope and significance of contemporary international business operations with particular reference to the marketing management problems encountered by firms with multinational branches and subsidiaries. Prerequisite: COMM 396. COMM 471 (3) FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. Advanced problems of financial management. Debt policy and capital structure planning; capital costs, capital budgeting, dividend policy, valuation, mergers and acquisitions. Prerequisite: COMM 397. COMM 472 (3) QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL DECISIONS. Application of modern quantitative techniques to the formulation of financial decisions under conditions of both certainty and uncertainty. Prerequisite: COMM 371. ^OMM473(3) BUSINESS FINANCE. 'introduction to managerial finance, including the role and functioning of financial markets, procurement of funds and financing strategies, dividend policy, capital budgeting and financial analysis and planning. For non-Commerce students only in third and fourth year. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of ECON 101, ECON 102 or (b) ECON 100 or (c) all of ECON 310, ECON 311 or (d) all of ECON 101, ECON 311 or (e) all of ECON 310, ECON 102 and at least six credits of university-level mathematics. Corequisite: One of COMM 293, COMM 457. COMM474(3) FIXED INCOME MARKETS AND MANAGEMENT. Fixed income instruments and derivatives. Risk profiles and their use in establishing fixed income investment portfolios. Performance attribution techniques. Prerequisite: COMM 374. COMM 475 (3) INVESTMENT POLICY. The management of security portfolios for individual and institutional investors; relation of investment policy to money markets and business fluctuations. Prerequisite: COMM 374. COMM 478 (3) INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. International financing, hedging and investment activities. Sources of funds, asset pricing, bond markets, equity markets and capital budgeting. Topics include transfer prices and taxation of multinationals. Prerequisite: COMM 377. COMM 480 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT III. Approved and supervised work experience for a minimum of 35 months. Normally taken during the summer term of the fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative. Education Program in Commerce. Prerequisite: COMM 381. COMM 481 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Approved and supervised work experience for a minimum of 35 months. Normally taken during the fall term of the fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Commerce. Prerequisite: COMM 480. COMM 483 (6) PLANNING AND CONTROL PROBLEMS. Advanced problems in planning and controlling work operations with special emphasis on quantitative analysis. Case and field work problems. COMM 486 (3-36) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN BUSINESS. COMM 488 (3) PUBLIC SECTOR MANAGEMENT. This course focuses on some of the distinctive aspects of managing in the public sector. COMM 489 (3) TOPICS IN POLICY ANALYSIS AND PUBLICPOLICY. Current developments in the theory and practice of policy analysis applied to specific issues in the public and private sectors. COMM 490 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN COMMERCE. An investigation and report on a topic to be agreed upon by a member of the faculty and a senior student. COMM 491 (3) STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT. Concepts and processes for the strategic management of private sector, single and multi- business unit enterprises are analysed using the case method. Methodologies which draw on economic and organizational theory are integrated to form the foundations for strategic analyses. COMM 492 (3) MANAGEMENT SIMULATION. Student teams manage hypothetical firms in a complex simulation, coordinating production, finance, marketing and strategic planning in competition with other teams. COMM 493 (3) STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT IN BUSINESS. A conceptual and practical introduction to the major areas of business strategy with an integrative perspective on managing a business. Includes the analysis of a business and its environment, the development and evaluation of strategic alternatives, and PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COMM — COMMERCE 495 implementation of change (For non-Commerce students only in fourth year). Prerequisite: One of COMM 293, COMM 457 and either (a) all of ECON 101, ECON 102 or (b) all of ECON 310, ECON 311. Or (c) ECON 100 or (d) all of ECON 101, ECON 311 or (e) all of ECON 102, ECON 310. Corequisite: Two of COMM 329, COMM 458, COMM 465, COMM 473. COMM 494 (3) CORPORATE AND INDUSTRY ANALYSIS. A general framework for the analysis of industries for the purpose of shaping corporate strategy and public policy. Focuses on market structure, the conduct of firms and industry performance. COMM 495 (3) BUSINESS AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT. An overview of environmental issues, focusing on corporate strategy, government policy and interactions between these two sectors of the economy. COMM 496 (3) E-BUSINESS STRATEGY. Knowledge and conceptual frameworks for formulating a strategy in e-business. Market behaviour in the information and digital products industries; contract law, jurisdictional issues and intellectual property. Prerequisite: Fourth year standing COMM 497 (3) NEW ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT. The particular problems and experiences encountered in starting, developing and managing new enterprises. The course includes lectures, guest speakers, and case studies. COMM 498 (3) INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. Development of general environmental framework for international business studies by drawing on international and development economics, research into government-business relations and studies in comparative socio-cultural systems and political systems. COMM 499 (3/6) D INTERNSHIP. COMM 504(3) SEMINAR IN PROPERTY TAXATION. COMM 505(3) SEMINAR IN URBAN LAND ECONOMICS. COMM 511 (3) SEMINAR IN BUSINESS APPLICATIONS OF MANAGEMENT SCIENCE I. COMM 520(3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR. COMM 525 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BEHAVIOURAL RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS. COMM 528(3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. COMM 536(3) ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS. COMM 537(3) DATABASE DESIGN AND ADMINISTRATION. COMM 539 (3) TECHNOLOGY STRATEGY AND POLICY. COMM 544(3) SEMINAR IN TRANSPORTATION ECONOMICS. COMM 546 (3-6) D SELECTED TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS. COMM 547 (3-6) D MAJOR ESSAY/ INDUSTRY PROJECT. COMM 548 (3) DIRECTED STUDY IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. COMM 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. COMM 551 (3) ADVANCED ACCOUNTING SEMINAR. COMM 552 (3) SEMINAR IN INCOME DETERMINATION. COMM 553 (3) SEMINAR IN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS. COMM 561 (3) LAW AND THE ARTS. COMM 562 (3) MARKETING STRATEGY. COMM 568 (3) SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS. COMM 571 (3) SEMINAR IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. COMM 572 (3) ADVANCED THEORY AND QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES IN CORPORATE FINANCE. COMM 574(3) SEMINAR IN SECURITY ANALYSIS. COMM 575 (3) SEMINAR IN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT. COMM 577 (3) SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL FINANCE. COMM 580 (3) BUSINESS STATISTICS. COMM 581 (3) STATISTICAL METHODOLOGY I. COMM 582 (3) STATISTICAL METHODOLOGY II. COMM 583 (3) FORECASTING AND TIME SERIES ANALYSIS IN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENTS. COMM 588 (3) CONSULTING PRACTICES: METHODS. comm 589 (3) consulting practices: Applications. comm 590 (3-9) d topics in business administration. comm 591 (3) management strategy and policy. comm 592 (3) management simulation. comm 593 (3) corporate planning MODELS. COMM 596 (3) MANAGERIAL DECISIONMAKING. COMM 598 (3) ANALYSIS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT. Equivalency: BAIM 500, BAIM 501. COMM 599 (3/6) D SELECTED TOPICS IN POLICY ANALYSIS. COMM 604(3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN URBAN LAND ECONOMICS I. COMM 605 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN URBAN LAND ECONOMICS II. COMM 609 (3) SEMINAR IN URBAN LAND ECONOMICS. COMM 611 (3) SEMINAR ON THEORETICAL DEVELOPMENTS IN MANAGEMENT. COMM 612 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN OPTIMIZATION. COMM 616(3) OPTIMIZATIONTHEORYAND APPLICATIONS. COMM 618 (3) DISCRETE OPTIMIZATION II. COMM 625 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR. COMM 626 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY. COMM 627 (3) ADVANCED BEHAVIOURAL RESEARCH METHODS. COMM 628 (3) ORGANIZATIONAL STUDIES RESEARCH SEMINAR. COMM 633 (3) MODELLING METHODS IN THE RESEARCH AND PRACTICE OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Prerequisite: At least nine graduate course credits in information system topics. COMM 634 (3) EMPIRICAL RESEARCH METHODS IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS. COMM 635 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS. COMM 636 (3) WORKSHOP IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS. COMM 643 (3) WORKSHOP IN TRANSPORTATION AND UTILITIES. COMM 644 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN TRANSPORTATION. COMM 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. COMM 651 (3) ANALYSIS OF ACCOUNTING INFORMATION IN MARKETS. COMM 654(3) ANALYSIS OF ACCOUNTING INFORMATION IN ORGANIZATIONS. COMM 657 (3) EMPIRICAL METHODS IN ACCOUNTING RESEARCH. COMM 658 (3) RESEARCH SEMINAR IN ACCOUNTING. COMM 659 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN EMPIRICAL ACCOUNTING RESEARCH. COMM 660 (3) RESEARCH SEMINAR IN MARKETING. COMM 661 (3) ANALYTICAL METHODS AND MODELS IN MARKETING. COMM 662 (3) BUYER BEHAVIOUR. COMM 671 (3) THEORY OF FINANCE. COMM 672 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN THEORETICAL CORPORATE FINANCE. 496 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 COMM 673 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN THEORETICAL ASSET PRICING. COMM 674 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN EMPIRICAL ASSET PRICING. COMM 675 (3) RESEARCH SEMINAR IN FINANCE WORKSHOP. COMM 682 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN STOCHASTIC MODELS. COMM 684 (3) TOPICS IN ADVANCED BUSINESS STATISTICS. COMM 691 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN POLICY ANALYSIS. COMM 692 (3) RESEARCH SEMINAR IN POLICY ANALYSIS. COMM 693 (3) SEMINAR IN RESEARCH METHODOLOGY I. COMM 695 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN EMPIRICAL CORPORATE FINANCE. COMM 696 (3) APPLIED RESEARCH IN POLICY ANALYSIS AND STRATEGY. COMM 697 (3) ORGANIZATIONAL DECISION-MAKING. CONS — NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION FACULTY OF FORESTRY CONS 101 (1) INTRODUCTION TO CONSERVATION AND FOREST SCIENCES. Seminars on current natural resources conservation and forest sciences topics. [1-0-0] CONS 200 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF CONSERVATION. Conceptual foundations of conservation; means of conserving nature and natural resources. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 121, BIOL 140. [3-0-0] CONS 320 (3) NATURAL RESOURCE COMMUNICATIONS. Concepts and techniques for communication with various constituencies in the natural resources arena. Principles of public relations, conflict resolution and public participation in resource planning and decision making. Business and professional speaking. [2-3] CONS 330 (3) CONSERVATION BIOLOGY. Fundamental concepts in conservation biology. Different philosophies and perspectives on setting priorities for managing biodiversity. Prerequisite: CONS 200. [2-3-0] CONS 340 (3) INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR FORESTRY AND CONSERVATION. Introduction to principles, practice and context of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) applied to forest management and natural resource conservation issues. Priority enrolment to students in the Faculty of Forestry. Prerequisite: FRST 232. [2-0-0] CONS 370 (3) PERSPECTIVES ON FIRST NATIONS AND FOREST LANDS. History of contact in North America, contemporary relations, Aboriginal Rights, contemporary treaty processes including interim measures, co- management/joint ventures, traditional uses, and self government. Some full day field trips. Fees will be assessed to meet expenses. [3-0-0] CONS 440 (3) CONSERVATION POLICY. Contemporary issues are used to examine conservation policies designed to achieve conservation objectives. Prerequisite: CONS 200. [3-0] CONS 449 (1-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION. In special cases and with the approval of the instructor concerned, a student may carry out directed studies of specific problems in natural resources conservation. CONS 451 (15) INTEGRATED FIELD SCHOOL. Field methods, research and analysis, community oriented projects, and the interactions between biological and social aspects of conservation research. Students may not take any other courses in conjunction with CONS 451. Restricted to students registered in fourth year of the B.Sc. (NRC). [10-10-10] CONS 481 (3) CONSERVATION PLANNING AND WILDLAND RECREATION. Theory and tools needed for the selection and design of protected areas, the designation of land use types, and the management and conservation of wildland recreation resources. [2-2-0] CONS 486 (3) FISH CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT. Principles of fish biology, population and community ecology necessary to understand conservation and management; overview of current issues, tactics and institutions involved with fisheries conservation and management. Prerequisite: FRST 386. [2-3-0] CONS 491 (2) ISSUES IN RECREATION, NATURAL AREAS MANAGEMENT AND RESOURCE CONSERVATION. A seminar on issues in resource-based recreation and related tourism, wildlife and natural heritage conservation in the governance of lands and coastal resources; analysis of recreation and related tourism, wildlife and natural heritage policies; the application of research findings to natural heritage including wildlife conservation and recreational land management. Prerequisite: One of FRST 290, CONS 200. [2-0] ^CONS498(3) THESIS OR SPECIAL PROJECT. An independent study or research project of a subject of special interest to the student under the supervision of a staff member. CONS 500 (3) SEMINAR IN BIOLOGICAL CONSERVATION. Topics in conservation biology with application to current issues and particular reference to (but not limited to) forested ecosystems. [2-0-1] CONS 501 (3) TOPICS IN CONSERVATION GENETICS. The genetics of small populations, inbreeding, extinction risks due to generic versus demography factors, adaptation and climate change, and methods for assessing genetic diversity for conservation planning. Equivalency: ZOOL 524. CPSC —COMPUTER SCIENCE FACULTY OF SCIENCE Students with no previous exposure to computers may consider a more general introduction to computers and computer science provided by CPSC 100 or CPSC 101. Students who have credit for, or are currently registered in any of CPSC 111, 122, 124, 152, or have Computer Science credit from another institution, may not take CPSC 100 or CPSC 101 or APSC 160 for credit in Science Programs. Students with sufficient background in the concepts presented in CPSC 111 and an advisor's approval are encouraged to challenge the CPSC 111 course for credit by taking an examination. Enrolment restrictions apply to certain CPSC courses. In order to register into CPSC 211, 213, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221, 310, 313, and 320, students should have an overall average greater than or equal to a threshold set by the Department of Computer Science. Students who are currently in a CPSC program but are prevented from registering in any of these courses may not be able to continue in a CPSC program. Those students should consider transferring to another program. Additional fees are charged for some courses. For more information students are advised to contact the Department of Computer Science or visit the Computer Science undergraduate program website: (www.cs.ubc.ca/ugrad/program/ index.html). CPSC 100 (4) ELEMENTS OF COMPUTER SCIENCE. An introduction to elementary concepts in Computer Science. Topics include: history, hardware, software, user applications, networks, and programming. [3-3-1] CPSC 101 (4) CONNECTING WITH COMPUTER SCIENCE. Fundamentals of computer science and their connections with the arts, psychology, and biology. Historical, cultural, and gender perspectives of important contributions to the field will be discussed. No prior computing background required. Equivalency: WMST 201. [3-3-0] CPSC 111 (4) INTRODUCTION TO C O M P U TAT ION. Basic programming constructs, data types, classes, interfaces, protocols and the design of programs as interacting software components. Prerequisite: MATH 12. [3-2-1] CPSC 121 (4) MODELS OF COMPUTATION. Physical and mathematical structures of computation. Boolean algebra and combinations logic circuits; proof techniques; functions and sequential circuits; sets and relations; finite state machines; sequential instruction execution. Prerequisite: MATH 12. [3-2-1] CPSC 211 (4) INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT. Software design and the development of robust abstractions; design practices, data abstractions, inheritance, testing, concurrency and distributed computing. Prerequisite: CPSC 111. [3-2-0] CPSC 213 (4) INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SYSTEMS. Software architecture, operating systems, and I/O architectures. Relationships between application software, operating systems, and computing hardware; critical sections, deadlock avoidance, and performance; principles and operation of disks PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CONS — NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION 497 and networks. Prerequisite: All of CPSC 121, 211. [3-3-0] CPSC 221 (4) BASIC ALGORITHMS AND DATA STRUCTURES. Design and analysis of basic algorithms and data structures; algorithm analysis methods, searching and sorting algorithms, basic data structures, graphs and concurrency. Prerequisite: CPSC 211 and one of CPSC 121, MATH 220. Corequisite: One of MATH 101, 103, 105, 121. [3-2-0] CPSC 252 (4) PROGRAM DESIGN AND DATA STRUCTURES FOR ENGINEERS. Object- oriented design and data abstraction; data structures including lists, trees and graphs; searching and sorting algorithms. Credit will be given for only one of CPSC 216 or CPSC 252. Prerequisite: CPSC 152. [4-3-0] CPSC 298 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT I. Approved and supervised technical work experience in the computing industry for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during Winter Session of second year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Computer Science. CPSC 299 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT II. Approved and supervised technical work experience in the computing industry for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the summer following the second year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education. Prerequisite: CPSC 298. CPSC 302 (3) NUMERICAL COMPUTATION FOR ALGEBRAIC PROBLEMS. Numerical techniques for basic mathematical processes involving no discretization, and their analysis. Solution of linear systems, including analysis of round-off errors; norms and condition number; introduction to iterative techniques in linear algebra, including eigenvalue problems; solution to nonlinear equations. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 111, CPSC 122, CPSC 126 and all of MATH 200, MATH 221. [3-0-0] CPSC 303 (3) NUMERICAL APPROXIMATION AND DISCRETIZATION. Numerical techniques for basic mathematical processes involving discretization, and their analysis. Interpolation and approximation, including splines and least squares data fitting; numerical differentiation and integration; introduction to numerical initial value ordinary differential equations. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 111, CPSC 122, CPSC 126 and all of MATH 200, MATH 221. [3-0-0] CPSC 304 (3) INTRODUCTION TO RELATIONAL DATABASES. Overview of database systems, ER models, logical database design and normalization, formal relational query languages, SQL and other commercial languages, transaction processing, concurrency control and recovery. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of CPSC 216, CPSC 252 and one of CPSC 220, EECE 320; or (b) CPSC 221. [3-0-1] CPSC 310 (4) INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. Specification, design, implementation and maintenance of large, multi-module software systems. Principles, techniques, methodologies and tools for computer aided software engineering (CASE); human-computer interfaces, reactive systems, hardware-software interfaces and distributed applications. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CPSC 213, CPSC 221 or (b) all of CPSC 216, CPSC 219, CPSC 220. [3-2-0] CPSC 311 (3) DEFINITION OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. Comparative study of advanced programming language features. Statement types, data types, variable binding, parameter passing mechanisms. Methods for syntactic and semantic description of programming languages. Prerequisite: Either (a) CPSC 221 or (b) all of CPSC 216, CPSC 220. [3-0-1] CPSC 312 (3) FUNCTIONAL AND LOGIC PROGRAMMING. Principles of symbolic computing, using languages based upon first- order logic and the lambda calculus. Algorithms for implementing such languages. Applications to artificial intelligence and knowledge representation. Prerequisite: Either (a) CPSC 221 or (b) all of CPSC 216, CPSC ' 220. [3-0-0] CPSC 313 (3) COMPUTER HARDWARE AND OPERATING SYSTEMS. Instruction sets, pipelining, code optimization, caching, virtual memory management, dynamically linked libraries, exception processing, execution rime of programs. Prerequisite: All of CPSC 213, CPSC 221. [3-0-1] CPSC 314 (3) COMPUTER GRAPHICS. Human vision and colour; geometric transformations; algorithms for 2-D and 3-D graphics; hardware and system architectures; shading and lighting; animation. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: All of MATH 200, MATH 221 and one of CPSC 216, CPSC 221. [3-1-0] CPSC 317 (3) INTERNET COMPUTING. Computer networking, basic communication protocols, network infrastructure and routing. Common application-level protocols and principles associated with developing distributed applications. Prerequisite: CPSC 213 and CPSC 221. [3-0-1] CPSC 319 (4) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING PROJECT. The design, implementation, and test of a large software system, using a team approach. Prerequisite: CPSC 310. [3-0-2] CPSC 320 (3) INTERMEDIATE ALGORITHM DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. Systematic study of basic concepts and techniques in the design and analysis of algorithms, illustrated from various problem areas. Topics include: models of computation; choice of data structures; graph- theoretic, algebraic, and text processing algorithms. Prerequisite: Either (a) CPSC 221 or (b) one of CPSC 216, CPSC 252 and one of CPSC 220, EECE 320. In addition to above pre-requisites: either (a) 6 credits of 2nd Yr. MATH or STAT or (b) 3 credits of 2nd Yr. MATH or STAT with a grade of 72% or better. [3-0-1] CPSC 322 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE. Problem-solving and planning; state/action models and graph searching. Natural language understanding Computational vision. Applications of artificial intelligence. Prerequisite: Either (a) CPSC 221 or (b) all of CPSC 216, CPSC 220. [3-0-0] CPSC 340 (3) MACHINE LEARNING AND D ATA MINING. Models of algorithms for dimensionality reduction, nonlinear regression, classification, clustering and unsupervised learning; applications to computer graphics, computer games, bio-informatics, information retrieval, e-commerce, databases, computer vision and artificial intelligence. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 216, CPSC 221 and one of STAT 241, MATH 302, STAT 302; and one of MATH 221, MATH 223. [3-0-0] CPSC 349(0) HONOURS RESEARCH SEMI NAR. Students will attend a series of research seminars presented by faculty members, produce a thesis proposal, and choose their honours thesis supervisor. Available to Honours students. Majors students with satisfactory standing may also be permitted to enrol. [1-0-0] CPSC 352 (4) INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. Specification, design, implementation and maintenance of large, multi-module software systems. Principles, ^chniques, methodologies and tools for software development. Prerequisite: CPSC 252. Corequisite: EECE 320. Equivalency: CPSC 310. [3-2-0] CPSC 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT III. Approved and supervised technical work experience in the computing industry for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the summer following the third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Computer Science. CPSC 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Approved and supervised technical work experience in the computing industry for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the fall term of the fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Computer Science. CPSC 402 (3) NUMERICAL LINEAR ALGEBRA. Investigation of the practical techniques of computational linear algebra. Orthogonal transformations and their application to the solution of linear equations, the eigenproblem, and linear least squares. Complete solution of the symmetric eigenproblem, including bisection and the QR method. Refinements of these techniques for sparse matrices. Prerequisite: CPSC 302 and one of MATH 307, MATH 223. [3-0-0] CPSC 403 (3) NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Investigation of practical computational methods for ordinary differential equations. Mulristep and Runge-Kutta methods for initial 498 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 value problems. Control of error and stepsize. Special methods for stiff equations. Shooting, finite difference, and variational methods for linear and nonlinear boundary value problems. Prerequisite: All of CPSC 303, MATH 316. [3-0-0] CPSC 404 (3) ADVANCED RELATIONAL DATABASES. Physical database design, file organization, indexing and hashing, multimedia issues, relational query processing and optimization. Prerequisite: CPSC 304 and one of CPSC 213, CPSC 218, EECE 259. [3-0-0] CPSC 405 (3) MODELLING AND SIM U LATIO N. Numeric models of dynamic systems with emphasis on discrete stochastic systems. State description of models, common model components and entities. A thorough description of a common simulation language. Simulation using algebraic languages. Methodology of simulation: data collection, model design, analysis of output, optimization, validation. Elements of queuing theory and its relationship to simulation. Applications to models of computer systems. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 216, CPSC 221, CPSC 252 and either (a) STAT 241 or (b) STAT 200 and one of MATH 302, STAT 302. [3-0-0] CPSC 410 (3) ADVANCED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. Specification, design, construction and validation of multi-version software systems. Prerequisite: Either (a) CPSC 310 or (b) all of EECE 310, EECE 315. [3-0-0] CPSC 411 (3) INTRODUCTION TO COMPILER CONSTRUCTION. A practical introduction to lexical analysis, syntactic analysis, type- checking, code generation and optimization. This will be used to design and implement a compiler for a small Pascal-like language. Prerequisite: CPSC 311 and one of CPSC 213, CPSC 218. [3-0-0] CPSC 415 (3) ADVANCED OPERATING SYSTEMS. Process synchronization and communication schemes, including message- passing and concepts of monitor and serializer. Virtual memory systems management and the problem of information sharing in such systems. The working set principle. Traps and interrupt handling. Elementary queuing theory and its application such as process scheduling, system balancing and load control. File systems and operating system design methodologies. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of CPSC 313, CPSC 315 or (b) EECE 315. [0-0; 3-0] CPSC416(3) DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS. Introduction to distributed operating systems. Communication architecture and models for interprocess communication. Process migration, naming, distributed file systems, fault tolerance, and concurrency control. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: Either (a) CPSC 313 or (b) CPSC 315. with CPSC 318 recommended. [3-0-0] CPSC 417 (3) COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS. Layered protocols, packet switching, data communications, and queuing analysis. Data link controls. Virtual circuits, datagrams, network design, routing, flow and congestion control. Satellite and packet radio links. Local area networks. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 313, CPSC 315 and one of STAT 200, STAT 241. [3-0-0] CPSC 418 (3) ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURES. Introduction to advanced processor architectures and taxonomical views; performance considerations. Introduction to parallel machine designs. Examination of pipeline organizations; pipelined ALU and control units; representative architectures. Exploratory non-Von Neumann architectural models including: object-oriented, tagged, capability, dataflow and RISC designs. Prerequisite: Either (a) CPSC 313 or (b) all of CPSC 315, CPSC 318. [3-0-1] CPSC 420 (3) ADVANCED ALGORITHMS DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. The study of advanced topics in the design and analysis of algorithms and associated data structures. Topics include algorithms for graph-theoretic; algebraic and geometric problems; algorithms on nonsequential models; complexity issues; approximation algorithms. Prerequisite: CPSC 320. [3-0-0] CPSC 421 (3) INTRODUCTION TO THEORY OF COMPUTING. Characterizations of computability (using machines, languages and functions). Universality, equivalence and Church's thesis. Unsolvable problems. Restricted models of computation. Finite automata, grammars and formal languages. Prerequisite: Either (a) CPSC 221 or (b) all of CPSC 216, CPSC 220. CPSC 320 is recommended. [3-0-0] CPSC 422 (3) INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS. Principles and techniques underlying the design, implementation and evaluation of intelligent computational systems. Applications of artificial intelligence to natural language understanding, image understanding and computer-based expert and advisor systems. Advanced symbolic programming methodology. Prerequisite: All of CPSC 312, CPSC 322. [3-0-0] CPSC 424 (3) GEOMETRIC MODELING. Introduction to curves and surfaces, in particular splines, subdivision surfaces, polgonal meshes. Principles and mathematical foundations for representing complex geometry for computer graphics and numerical simulations. Practical applications of different modeling techniques. Prerequisite: MATH 221 and one of CPSC 216, CPSC 221 and one of MATH 227, MATH 317. Corequisite: One of CPSC 314, EECE 478. [3-0-1] CPSC 425 (3) COMPUTER VISION. Introduction to the processing and interpretation of images. Image sensing, sampling, and filtering. Algorithms for colour analysis, texture description, stereo imaging, morion interpretation, 3D shape recovery, and recognition. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 216, CPSC 221 and all of MATH 200, MATH 221. [3-0-0] CPSC 426 (3) COMPUTER ANIMATION. Motion in computer graphics for characters and their environments. Keyframing, inverse kinematics, particle systems, rigid body dynamics, contact and collision, controller- based active morion, motion capture. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 314, CPSC 414, EECE 478. [3-0-0] CPSC 430 (3) COMPUTERS AND SOCIETY. Impact of computer technology on society; historical perspectives; social and economic consequences of large-scale information processing systems and automatic control; legal and ethical problems in computer applications. Computers and the individual: machine versus human capabilities, fact and fancy; problematic interface between man and machine. Prerequisite: Three credits of Computer Science and at least third-year standing. [3-0-0] CPSC 444 (3) USER INTERFACE DESIGN. User-centered design, analysis, prototyping, and evaluation of interactive systems based on formal models of human behaviour and software development methodology. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: CPSC 310 and CPSC 398 or CPSC 310 and corequisite of CPSC 319. [3-1-0] CPSC 445 (3) ALGORITHMS IN BIOINFORMATICS. Sequence alignment, phylogeneric tree reconstruction, prediction of RNA and protein structure, gene finding and sequence annotation, gene expression, and biomolecular computing. Prerequisite: CPSC 320 and six credits of BIOL beyond BIOL 111. [3-0-0] CPSC 448 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. Open ordinarily to Honours students in Computer Science, with the permission of the department head. The course may consist of supervised reading, participation in a seminar, and one or more programming projects. CPSC449(6) HONOURS THESIS. Under supervision of a faculty member, students investigate a research topic and prepare a thesis. Prerequisite: CPSC 349. CPSC 490 (3) STUDENT DIRECTED SEMINARS. Self-directed, collaborative studies, in a group-learning environment, initiated and coordinated by senior undergraduate students with the supervision of a faculty advisor. Course structure, enrollment and delivery methods will comply with the "Handbook for Student Directed Seminars". [3-0-0] CPSC 499 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT V. Approved and supervised technical work experience in the computing industry for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the summer following the fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Computer Science. CPSC 500 (3) FUNDAMENTALS OF ALGORITHM DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. [3-0-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CPSC — COMPUTER SCIENCE 499 CPSC 501 (3) THEORY OF AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES AND COMPUTABILITY. The scope and limitations of effective computation. General and restricted models of computation formal languages and grammars. Relations between automata and formal languages. Resource bounded computation. Applications in parsing, pattern matching, and the design of efficient algorithms. Prerequisite: CPSC 421. CPSC 502 (3) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE I. An introduction to Al emphasizing various approaches to the representation of domain- specific knowledge and methods of reasoning using these representations. Typical applications to be discussed include natural language understanding systems, problem solving, deductive question-answering, production- based expert systems and machine vision. Prerequisite: Sufficient programming background (e.g., CPSC 310) and consent of instructor. CPSC 503 (3) COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS I. Formal models for natural language: phrase-structure grammars, context- free grammars, context-sensitive grammars, transformational grammars; syntactic analysis by computer. Prerequisite: Sufficient programming background (e.g., CPSC 310) and consent of instructor. CPSC 504(3) DATABASE DESIGN. Organizing information as relations. Information retrieval through queries against relations. Storing relations as data. Efficient storage and retrieval of data needed by queries. Reliability integrity and security considerations in database design. Prerequisite: CPSC 404. CPSC 505 (3) IMAGE UNDERSTANDING I: IMAGE ANALYSIS. Image formation constraints and the processing of digital images in order to extract information about the world being imaged. Computational models for analysis. Prerequisite: Sufficient programming background (e.g., CPSC 310) and consent of instructor. CPSC 506 (3) COMPLEXITY OF COMPUTATION. Abstract complexity theory, rime and space hierarchies, properties of complexity measures. Provably intractable problems, reducibiliries and complete problems P = NP question. Concrete complexity and algorithms design. Resource trade-offs. Prerequisite: CPSC 320. CPSC 507 (3) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. CPSC 508 (3) OPERATING SYSTEMS. Principles and techniques for the design and implementation of operating systems, especially distributed operating systems and operating systems for parallel computer systems. The concept of object model applied to operating system design. Prerequisite: CPSC 416. CPSC 509 (3) PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE PRINCIPLES. Comparative study of language constructs; effects on implementation. CPSC 510(3) MULTIGRID AND MULTILEVEL METHODS. Numerical methods based on multi-level resolution for solving large sparse systems with an appropriate local structure. Practical and theoretical aspects investigated. Prerequisite: CPSC 302. CPSC 511 (3) IMPLEMENTATION OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. Advanced techniques for the implementation of programming languages. Translator writing systems. Special classes of grammars of interest to compiler writers. Code optimization. Prerequisite: CPSC 411. CPSC 512 (3) ARCHITECTURE AND CONTROL IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE. The interaction of computational architecture, control schemes and representational formalism in solving artificial intelligence problems. The concept of a virtual machine. Language constructs for representation and control, logic programming, concurrent systems, object- oriented methods. Serial machines, parallel and distributed machines, coarse-grain to fine-grain parallelism, SIMD/MIMD control. Applications to computational vision, robotics, reasoning and diagnosis. Prerequisite: CPSC 312. CPSC 513 (3) INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN. CPSC 514 (3) COMPUTER GRAPHICS: RENDERING. CPSC 515 (3) COMPUTATIONAL ROBOTICS. CPSC 516 (3) COMPUTATIONAL G E O M E TRY. The design and analysis of algorithms for geometric problems including convexity, intersection, search, proximity and optimization. Lower bound arguments, NP- completeness results, parallel algorithms, probabilistic algorithms, approximation algorithms, dynamization techniques, effects of preprocessing and other issues applicable to geometric problems Applications of geometric algorithms. Prerequisite: CPSC 320. CPSC 517 (3) SPARSE MATRIX COMPUTATION. Algorithms for computational solution of basic numerical linear algebra problems applied to large sparse matrices. Solution of large sparse linear systems by direct and iterative methods; application to linear least squares problems; computation of Eigenvalues and singular values of large sparse matrices. CPSC 519 (3) LOGIC PROGRAMMING AND FUNCTIONAL PROGRAMMING. An introduction to the theory, applications and implementation of logic programming languages and functional programming languages. Dataflow architecture to support logic and functional programming languages. Prerequisite: All of CPSC 311, CPSC 312. CPSC 520 (3) NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Finite difference and finite element methods for time- dependent partial differential equations. Explicit and implicit schemes, stability and accuracy considerations, choice of boundary conditions, efficiency of computation, special schemes for particular linear and nonlinear equations. Prerequisite: CPSC 403. CPSC 521 (3) PARALLEL ALGORITHM AND ARCHITECTURE. CPSC 522 (3) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE II. Heuristic search and game-playing. Problem solving and planning. Problem reduction, and/ or trees, goal-directed behaviour. Expert, diagnosis, and advising systems. Knowledge- based systems. Prerequisite: Sufficient programming background e.g., CPSC 310 and CPSC 503, or consent of instructor. CPSC 502 would be helpful, but is not essential. CPSC 523 (3) COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS II. Natural language processing by computer. Modelling of dialogue and discourse. Applications in question-answering interfaces for large databases. Prerequisite: CPSC 503. CPSC 524(3) COMPUTER GRAPHICS: MODELING. CPSC 525 (3) IMAGE UNDERSTANDING II: SCENE ANALYSIS. Computer-based techniques for image understanding. The development of paradigms for knowledge representation and use in image understanding. Descriptive languages and picture grammars. Block world scene analysis. Control regimes. Programming languages and systems for perception. Representing scene domain knowledge. Applications to various scene domains including remote sensing. Prerequisite: CPSC 505. CPSC 526 (3) COMPUTER ANIMATION. CPSC 527 (3) COMPUTER COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS. Fundamentals of computer communications and OSI lower level protocols. Higher-level protocols: transport, session, presentation and application layers. Introduction to formal techniques for protocol specification, verification and testing. Prerequisite: CPSC 417. CPSC 528 (3) FORMAL TECHNIQUES FOR COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS. Current development in higher-level protocol standards. Formal description techniques (FDTs). Methods and tools for protocol implementation, testing, and verification/validation. Prerequisite: CPSC 527. CPSC 529 (3) DEFINITION OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. Approaches to defining the syntax and semantics of programming languages. CPSC 530 (2-6) C TOPICS IN INFORMATION PROCESSING. CPSC 531 (3-6) D TOPICS IN THEORY OF COMPUTATION. Possible topics: algebraic structure of automata, program schemata, recursive function theory, computability and logic, language theory. CPSC 532 (2-6) D TOPICS IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE. Possible topics: current issues in representation and control, induction and learning, program synthesis, and robotics. CPSC 533 (2-6) D TOPICS IN COMPUTER GRAPHICS. Possible topics: curve and surface modeling, including splines; computer animation; rendering techniques, including 500 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 local and global illumination models, algorithms; modeling natural phenomena; user interface design; colour and human perception; high performance architectures; multimedia and hypermedia. CPSC 534 (2-6) D TOPICS IN DATABASE DESIGN. Possible topics: studies of particular database systems, design of special query languages, and studies of efficiency, reliability, and security in databases. CPSC 535 (2-6) D TOPICS IN SIMULATION AND OPTIMIZATION. Possible topics: simulation languages, Monte Carlo methods, construction of models of various natural and artificial systems, implementation of optimization algorithms. CPSC 536 (2-6) D TOPICS IN ALGORITHMS AND COMPLEXITY. Possible topics: graph theory-algorithms and applications, geometric complexity, combinatorial algorithms, advanced data structures, arithmetic complexity, circuit complexity, approximation and probabilistic algorithms. CPSC 537 (2-6) D TOPICS IN CODING AND INFORMATION THEORY. Possible topics: Properties of Shannon's information measure, source encoding discrete memoryless channels, the fundamental theorem of information theory, linear and cyclic error correcting codes; selected topics from the analysis of channels with memory and from algebraic coding theory. CPSC 538 (2-6) D TOPICS IN COMPUTER SYSTEMS. Possible topics: advanced architectures; distributed systems; performance analysis; protocol and software engineering. CPSC 539 (2-6) D TOPICS IN PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. Possible topics: formal aspects of translation; formal definition methods; extensible languages; correctness of programs. Applications of semantic methods to the design of language. CPSC 540 (3) MACHINE LEARNING. CPSC 541 (3) COMPUTATIONAL METHODS FOR ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS & DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS. CPSC 542 (2-6) D TOPICS IN NUMERICAL CO M P U TATIO N. Various topics not covered in specific graduate courses in numerical computation. CPSC 543 (3) PHYSICAL USER INTERFACE DESIGN AND EVALUATION. CPSC 544(3) HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION. CPSC 545 (3) ALGORITHMS FOR BIOINFORMATICS. CPSC 548 (3) DIRECTED STUDY. CPSC 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. CPSC 554 (2-6)D TOPICS IN HUMAN- COMPUTER INTERACTION. Possible topics: Multimodal user interface design, research and testing methodologies, perception user modeling, computation and adaptation. CPSC 589 (3) M.SC. MAJOR ESSAY. CPSC 590 (3) RESEARCH METHODS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. CPSC 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. CRWR — CREATIVE WRITING FACULTY OF ARTS For admission requirements for all courses see Creative Writing entry under Arts. CRWR 202 (6) CREATIVE FORMS. Designed for beginning writers, including first-year students by special permission. Short story, shorter play forms, and verse. Instructors may also give assignments in other forms such as plays for screen, television or radio, or imaginative non-fictional prose. CRWR 301 (6) WRITING TECHNIQUES. Designed for beginning writers and other students who have a particular interest in the uses of literary techniques and ways of transferring these from one genre to another. The course is very suitable for prospective teachers and writers from the Diploma in Applied Creative Non-fiction. Major emphasis is given to the students' own writing. Performance in workshop (i.e., opportunity to respond and evaluate others' work) and an understanding of technique and basic principles in writing make up a minor portion of the final evaluation. CRWR 306 (3) INTRODUCTION TO SCREENPLAY I. Techniques of creating, developing and writing a screenplay. Screen forms include the feature film, the short film, the documentary, and writing for television. No prerequisites or manuscript submission required. CRWR 307 (3) INTRODUCTION TO SCREENPLAY II. Workshop in which students write their own screenplays, critique the work of other students, and work on the outline and the screenplay form. Admission upon acceptance of portfolio. CRWR 403 (6) WRITING OF CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. Techniques of writing for children in various genres. Limitations as to the children's age group and genres to be set by the instructor. Instruction given through workshop and individual tuition. CRWR 404 (6) WRITING OF DRAMA AND FEATURES FOR RADIO. CRWR 405 (6) CREATIVE FORMS AND TECHNIQUES OF NON-FICTION. The use of literary techniques in the writing of non- fictional forms such as personal essay, memoir, biography, autobiography, travelogue, popular history, and miscellany. CRWR 406 (6) WRITING OF DRAMA FOR SCREEN AND TELEVISION. Some studio work may be required. Focus is on writing. Students whose chief interest is film and TV production should refer to the Theatre listings. CRWR 407 (6) WRITING OF DRAMA FOR THE STAGE. Studio work is required, and some plays may be given workshop production. CRWR 408 (6) WRITING OF THE NOVELLA OR NOVEL. CRWR 409 (6) WRITING OF THE SHORT STORY. CRWR 410 (6) WRITING OF POETRY. CRWR 415 (6) THEORY AND PRACTICE OF TRANSLATION. Where a language department is regularly consulted on a project, the language advisor may assign marks equal to three credits of the course. Prerequisite: Evidence of promise as a translator and proficiency in at least one language other than English. CRWR416(6) RESEARCH AND WRITING. Feature and investigative articles, essays and studies in any subject area for a general audience. Involves instruction in the use of literary as well as research techniques such as the interview. CRWR 417 (3/6) D PLAY DEVELOPMENT WO R KS H O P. An interdisciplinary course, in cooperation with the Theatre program, emphasizing script development through scene work, character development and stagecraft. Prerequisite: Manuscript submission or equivalent theatre experience. CRWR 439 (3/6) C SPECIAL PROJECTS IN CREATIVE WRITING. CRWR447(6) DIRECTED READING. The course will emphasize current trends and techniques rather than critical evaluation. Not offered every year. CRWR 491 (6) TUTORIAL IN WRITING OF CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. For students who receive departmental permission to do advanced work in this genre. CRWR 492 (6) TUTORIAL IN WRITING OF NON-FICTIONAL PROSE. For students who receive departmental permission to do advanced work in this genre. CRWR 493 (6) TUTORIAL IN WRITING OF DRAMA AND FEATURES FOR RADIO. For students who receive departmental permission to do advanced work in this genre. CRWR 494 (6) TUTORIAL IN WRITING OF DRAMA FOR SCREEN AND TELEVISION. For students who receive departmental permission to do advanced work in this genre. CRWR 495 (6) TUTORIAL IN TRANSLATION. For students who receive departmental permission to do advanced work in translation. CRWR 496 (6) POETRY TUTORIAL. CRWR 497 (6) TUTORIAL IN FICTION. For students who receive departmental permission to do advanced work in this genre. CRWR 498 (6) TUTORIAL IN DRAMA. For students who receive departmental permission to do advanced work in this genre. CRWR 503 (6) ADVANCED WRITING OF CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. CRWR 504 (6) ADVANCED WRITING OF DRAMA AND FEATURES FOR RADIO. CRWR 505 (6) CREATIVE FORMS AND TECHNIQUES OF NON-FICTION (ADVANCED). PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CRWR — CREATIVE WRITING 501 CRWR 506 (6) ADVANCED WRITING OF DRAMA FOR SCREEN AND TELEVISION. CRWR 507 (6) ADVANCED WRITING OF DRAMA FOR THE STAGE. CRWR 508 (6) ADVANCED WRITING OF THE NOVELLA OR NOVEL. CRWR 509 (6) ADVANCED WRITING OF SHORT FICTION. CRWR 510 (6) ADVANCED WRITING OF POETRY. CRWR 515 (6) ADVANCED WORKSHOP IN TRANSLATION. Where a language department is regularly consulted on a project, the language advisor may assign marks equal to three credits of the course work. CRWR 516 (6) RESEARCH AND WRITING OF FEATURE AND INVESTIGATIVE ARTICLES, ESSAYS AND STUDIES (ADVANCED). CRWR 517 (3/6) D ADVANCED PLAY DEVELOPMENT WORKSHOP. An interdisciplinary course, in co-operation with the Acting and the M.F.A. Directing programs in Theatre, emphasizing script development through scenework, character development, and stagecraft. Prerequisite: Manuscript submission or equivalent theatre experience. CRWR 521 (6) EDITING AND MANAGING A LITERARY MAGAZINE. Operation of a literary magazine; editing and evaluating creative writing submissions. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor is required. CRWR 539 (3/6) D ADVANCED PROJECTS IN CREATIVE WRITING. CRWR 547(6) DIRECTED READING. Maynot be offered every year. CRWR 549 (6) THESIS. CSED — COMPUTING STUDIES EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION CSED314(4/5)D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN COMPUTER STUDIES: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in Computer Science or permission of the head. CSED 400 (3) COMPUTERS IN EDUCATION. Current research and practice concerning uses of computers in education, including computer- assisted instruction and computer-augmented instruction. [3-0] CSED 402 (3) PROFESSIONAL USE OF MICROCOMPUTERS FOR TEACHERS. Principles and techniques of using microcomputers to improve teaching performance and classroom administration. Students will use word processors, spreadsheets, graphics utilities, database programs, and other software useful to teachers. [3-1] CSED 420 (3) COMPUTERS FOR INSTRUCTION. Instructional applications of microcomputer programs in a variety of subject areas; basic design and sequencing of educational software. Introduction to a programming language. [3-2] CSED 422 (3) COMPUTERS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Theory and practice concerning the use of microcomputers in the elementary school. [3-2] CSED 424 (3) COMPUTERS IN THE SECONDARYSCHOOL. Theory and practice concerning the use of microcomputers in the secondary school, including software design and programming. [3-2] CSED 450 (3) DEVELOPMENTOF EDUCATIONAL SOFTWARE. The software development process; principles and techniques for effective communication with a microcomputer; formative software evaluation. Students will design and develop an instructional package. Prerequisite: CSED 420. [3-2] CSED 508 (3-6) D REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN COMPUTING STUDIES. Studies are made of recent research bearing on the applications of computers in education. CSED 546 (3) SEMINAR IN THE TEACHING OF COMPUTING STUDIES. Curriculum, instruction and organization of computing studies courses in the secondary school. Prerequisite: CSED 314 or extensive experience with teaching computing studies in the schools. CSED 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. CSED 580 (3-12) C PROBLEMS IN COMPUTING IN EDUCATION. Investigation and report of a problem from the area of Computing Studies Education. CSED 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. CSIS — CRITICAL STUDIES IN SEXUALITY FACULTY OF ARTS CSIS 300 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO CRITICAL STUDIES IN SEXUALITY. A multidisciplinary, team-taught course which provides an introduction to the study of sexuality, including lesbian, gay, bisexual, heterosexual, and transgender issues and related topics. CSIS 450 (3-6) D TOPICS IN CRITICAL STUDIES IN SEXUALITY. A thematic course, ^hich explores current questions and issues in relation to the study of sexuality. Topics may vary from year to year. CSIS 490 (3/6) D DIRECTED TOPICS. Designed to allow a student to develop an individual course of study in a specific area as approved by a faculty member affiliated with the CSIS program. CSIS 500 (3/6) D CRITICAL STUDIES IN SEXUALITY: MULTIDISCIPLINARY APPROACHES. CSPW — COORDINATED SCIENCE PROGRAM WORKSHOP FACULTY OF SCIENCE CSPW 100(1) COORDINATED SCIENCE PROGRAM WORKSHOP. Students participate in activities related to their CSP courses, including hands-on work, discussion and analysis of scientific topics. Graded Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: Registration in Coordinated Science Program [0-0-2; 0-0-2] CUST— CURRICULUM STUDIES FACULTY OF EDUCATION CUST 300(1) TEACHING AND LEARNING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY. Pass/Fail. [1-0-0] CUST 306 (3) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN HEALTH EDUCATION. School health promotion programs and policies; child and adolescent health knowledge, attitudes, and behaviours; curriculum planning; teaching methods and strategies for grades K-12. CUST 307 (3) HEALTH EDUCATION AND PROMOTION. CUST 308 (3/6) D ISSUES IN HEALTH EDUCATION. CUST 314 (4/5) D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN APPLIED STUDIES IN MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY I: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. CUST 321 (3) COMPUTER STUDIES IN ART AND MUSIC. [1-4] CUST 322 (3) COMPUTER STUDIES IN ART AND MUSIC EDUCATION USING MULTIMEDIA. Prerequisite: CUST 321. PTl-4-0] CUST 412 (3) CURRICULUM FOR CAREER PROGRAMS. CUST 414 (3) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN APPLIED STUDIES IN MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE, AND TECHNOLOGY II: SECONDARY. Prerequisite: CUST 314. [3-0-0]] CUST 416 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN CURRICULUM STUDIES. Advanced study designed to bring teachers up to date with current research and developments. [3-0-0] CUST 424 (3) CURRICULUM FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION. Key concepts, teaching strategies, and curriculum planning for grades K-12. [3-0-0] CUST 431 (3) VISUAL LITERACY ACROSS THE CURRICULUM. Prerequisite: One of EDUC 310, EDUC 311 or teaching experience. CUST 432 (3) MEDIA EDUCATION ACROSS THE CURRICULUM. Prerequisite: One of EDUC 310, 311 or teaching experience. CUST 440 (3-9) D SPECIAL STUDY IN A SUBJECT-MATTER FIELD. Topics in a subject field relevant to teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Pass/Fail. CUST 510 (3) VIDEO ETHNOGRAPHY IN EDUCATION RESEARCH: CULTURE, TECHNOLOGY AND INTERPRETATION. Prerequisite: An introductory course in research methods or permission of the instructor is required. CUST 512 (3/6) D EDUCATION ACTION RESEARCH. CUST 558 (3) MASTER'S SEMINAR. Pass/Fail. 502 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 CUST 562 (3) INTRODUCTION TO CURRICULUM ISSUES AND THEORIES. CUST 563 (3) CURRICULUM EVALUATION. An examination of various concepts and methods pertinent to the evaluation of curricula. Prerequisite: EDCI 562. CUST 564 (3) ISSUES IN CURRICULUM PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT. CUST 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. CUST 566 (3) CURRICULUM CHANGE AND IMPLEMENTATION. Theories of educational change, current research literature, and principles for planning and evaluating curriculum implementation. CUST 568 (3) CURRICULA IN THEIR HISTORICAL CONTEXT. CUST 580 (3/12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. CUST 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. CUST 598 (3/12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. CUST 599 (6-12) C MASTER'S THESIS. CUST 601 (3/6) D DOCTORAL SEMINAR. CUST 602 (3/6) D DOCTORAL SEMINAR. Pass/Fail CUST 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. Pass/Fail. DENT— DENTISTRY FACULTY OF DENTISTRY DENT 407 (6) ORAL HEALTH CARE IN RESIDENTIAL CARE SETTINGS. DENT 410(15) DENTISTRY I. Introduction to dentistry and suppporting science in classroom, laboratory and clinical settings, usually in small groups. Patient-centred communication skills, standards of professional behavior, dental and medical clinical skills, dental anatomy, and fundamentals of oral systems and diseases as related to body systems. DENT 420(9) DENTISTRY II. An initial exposure to clinical dentistry in the UBC dental clinic and the practicing community. In problem-based tutorials and clinical settings, students will be introduced to professional behaviour, critical evaluation of literature, dental ergonomics, infection control, patient assessment and the fundamentals of oral disease. Prerequisite: DENT 410. [0-3-0] DENT 430(58) DENTISTRY III. An integrated clinical, affective and cognitive course utilizing hybrid problem-based didactic learning with concurrent simulation and clinical learning. Students function as team members in clinical group practices with individual progression through the Clinical Clerkships. Prerequisite: DENT 420. [10-12-36] DENT 440 (50) DENTISTRY IV. A continuing integrated clinical, affective and cognitive experience with ongoing participation in clinical group practices and individual progression through the Clinical Clerkships. Prerequisite: DENT 430. [5-6-20] DENT 523 (6) ORAL MEDICINE II. [0-6-3; 0-6-3] DENT 540 (6) RESEARCH METHODS AND SEMINARS IN ORAL BIOLOGY. [3-0-0;3-0-0] DENT 541 (6) CRANIOFACIAL BIOLOGY. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] DENT 542 (6) BIOLOGY OF ORAL TISSUES. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] DENT 543 (3) ADVANCED OCCLUSION AND ARTICULATION. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] DENT 544 (3) D ADVANCED TOPICS IN ORAL MICROBIOLOGY. DENT 553 (3) ORAL MEDICINE I. [0-6-3] DENT 555 (2) ORAL RADIOLOGY. DENT 556 (2) ORAL RADIOLOGY. DENT 557 (6) ADVANCED ORAL RADIOLOGY. [0-6-3; 0-6-3] DENT 561 (2-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN DENTAL SCIENCES. DENT 570 (2) PERIODONTAL CASE MANAGEMENT. DENT 571 (3) CELL BIOLOGY OF DISEASED AND HEALING PERIODONTIUM. DENT 572 (3/6) D LITERATURE REVIEW IN PERIODONTICS. DENT 573 (3/6) D LITERATURE REVIEW IN PERIODONTICS II. DENT 574(1) PERIODONTIC TREATMENT PLANNING SEMINARS. DENT 575 (3) IMPLANT THERAPY. DENT 576 (2) GUIDED TISSUE REGENERATION. DENT 577 (3-6) D ADVANCED TOPICS IN RESTORATIVE THERAPY. DENT 599 (12) MASTER'S THESIS. Enrolment restricted to Graduate Students in Dental Science. DENT 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. DENT 700(0) DIRECTED STUDIES IN ORTHODONTICS. DENT 703(0) INTER-RELATIONSHIP OF DENTAL AND MEDICAL SPECIALTIES WITH IMAGING PROCEDURES. DENT 706(0) FORENSIC ODONTOLOGY. DENT 711(0) CLINICAL PERIODONTICS. DENT 715(0) PERIODONTAL THERAPY SEMINARS. DENT 720(0) REVIEW OF ORAL RADIOLOGY LITERATURE. DENT 723(0) PRESCRIPTION PERIODONTAL SURGERY. DENT 729(0) HOSPITAL DENTISTRY AND ANAESTHESIOLOGY. DENT 734(0) CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL CONFERENCES. DENT 740(0) CLINICAL DENTISTRY. DENT 741 (0) SPECIALTY ROTATIONS. DENT 742(0) EMERGENCY PATIENT MANAGEMENT. DENT 743(0) SEMINARS ON HOSPITAL DENTISTRY. DENT 744(0) DIRECTED STUDIES IN HOSPITAL DENTISTRY. DENT 750 (0) HEAD AND NECK ONCOLOGY. DENT 752 (0) ORAL SURGICAL PATHOLOGY. DENT 753(0) CLINICAL ORAL MEDICINE. DENT 755(0) ORAL RADIOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES. DENT 756(0) ORAL RADIOLOGY. DENT 757(0) ORAL RADIOLOGICAL INTERPRETATION. DENT 760 (0) ORAL CYTOLOGY. DENT 770(0) ADVANCED CLINICAL ORTHODONTICS. DERM — CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY FACULTY OF MEDICINE DERM 430(1) CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY. Exposure to a number of aspects pertaining to the clinical practice of dermatology. Prerequisite: Completion of first- and second-year medicine program. DHYG —DENTAL HYGIENE FACULTY OF DENTISTRY DHYG 400 (6) CURRENT ISSUES IN ORAL HEALTH SCIENCES. Critical reviews of oral health care delivery, oral disease processes and dental hygiene. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] DHYG 401 (2/5) C ORAL EPIDEMIOLOGY. The 5-credit version includes statistical content comparable to HCEP 400 or EPSE 482 and is available in online distance education format only. [0-0-0;0-2-0] or [online hours TBA] [0-0-0; 2-0-0] DHYG 402 (6) DENTAL HYGIENE CARE. Dental hygiene concepts, processes, and skills for individuals and communities. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] DHYG 404 (6) ADVANCED DENTAL HYGIENE CARE. Advanced dental hygiene concepts, processes and skills in community health, educational or institutional settings. DHYG 405 (3) ORAL MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY. Microbiology and immunological concepts for dental hygiene students. DHYG 406 (3) D GUIDED STUDY IN DENTAL HYGIENE. Elective offered only in final year. DHYG 433 (3) ASSESSMENT AND TREATMENT PLANNING FOR ADVANCED PERIODONTAL DISEASES. Available in online distance education format only. DHYG 435 (3) ORAL PATHOLOGY. Pathobi- ology of oral diseases. Available in online distance education format only. DHYG 461 (4) LITERATURE REVIEW IN PERIODONTOLOGY I. [2-0-0; 2-0-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS DENT — DENTISTRY 503 DHYG 462 (4) LITERATURE REVIEW IN PERIODONTOLOGY II. A continuation of DHYG 461. [2-0-0; 2-0-0] DPAS — DOCTOR/DENTIST, PATIENT & SOCIETY FACULTY OF MEDICINE DPAS 410 (6) DOCTOR/DENTIST, PATIENT AND SOCIETY. This multidisciplinary course will examine critical issues in health care. Problem-based tutorials will address the patient-doctor relationship, health care systems, research, epidemiology, prevention, ethics, behavioural and social sciences, resource allocation, multiculturalism, and marginalized populations. [0-0-2] DPAS 420 (6) DOCTOR/DENTIST, PATIENT AND SOCIETY. This multidisciplinary course will examine critical issues in health care. Problem-based tutorials will address the patient-doctor relationship, health care systems, research, epidemiology, prevention, ethics, behavioural and social sciences, resource allocation, multiculturalism and marginalized populations. [0-0-2] DRAM — DRAMA FACULTY OF ARTS DRAM 200 (3) DRAMA: FORMS AND IDEAS I. The Anatomy of Drama: Its history, aesthetic principles, performative potential. DRAM 201 (3) DRAMA: FORMS AND IDEAS II. Topics in comparative drama; drama and the other performing arts; dramaturgy. DRAM 300 (3) THEORY OF DRAMA PERFORMANCE. The basic principles of dramaturgy and theory of performance. Historical and contemporary writing on dramatic theory and criticism and their relation to theatrical practice. DRAM 301 (3) STUDIES IN DRAMA. Topics will vary from year to year. DRAM 400 (3) DRAMATURGY. Advanced problems in dramaturgy, both in a historical and a contemporary context. EADM — EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION EADM 501 (3) RESEARCH TRADITIONS IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION. EADM 502 (3) PROBLEM REFORMULATION SKILLS FOR ADMINISTRATION. EADM 505 (3) THE ROLE OF THE SCHOOL PRINCIPAL. EADM 507(3) PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION IN EDUCATION. EADM 508 (3-12) D REVIEW OF RESEARCH METHODS IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION. EADM 517 (3) IMPROVEMENT OF INSTRUCTION THROUGH SUPERVISION. EADM 520 (3) ADVANCED STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS. EADM 522 (3) ADVANCED PROBLEM ANALYSIS AND REFORMULATION. EADM 531 (3) POLITICS OF EDUCATIONAL GOVERNANCE. Equivalency: EDST 531. EADM 532 (3) LEADERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS. Equivalency: EDST 532. EADM 548 (3) TEACHER UNIONS IN EDUCATION. EADM 553 (3-6) D GROUP INQUIRY IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION. EADM 554(3) ADMINISTRATION AND EDUCATIONAL POLICY. EADM 555 (3) EDUCATIONAL FINANCE. EADM 556 (3) LEADERSHIP AND ADMINISTRATION OF EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS. EADM 560(3) SCHOOL LAW. EADM 561 (3-12) D PRACTICUM SIMULATION IN SCHOOL LEADERSHIP AND ADMINISTRATION. Prerequisite: EADM 502. EADM 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. EADM 579 (3) SCHOOL-COMMUNITY RELATIONS. EADM 580 (3-12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. EADM 581 (3) LEADERSHIP, ADMINISTRATION, AND THE AIMS OF EDUCATION. EADM 582(3) THE STUDY OF ORGANIZATIONS IN THE EDUCATIONAL CONTEXT. EADM 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/ Fail. EADM 598 (3-12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. EADM 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. EADM 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. Pass/Fail. ECED — EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION ECED 333 (3) PREKINDERGARTEN CURRICULUM. The development of prekin- dergarten programs with reference to recent research, theories of early learning, and curriculum trends and practices. [3-0] ECED 334(3) HOME, SCHOOL, AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS. Philosophy, history, and problems of the parent-teacher partnership; development of effective cooperation through individual parent-teacher conferences and parent-group discussions; examination of community services and inter-professional relationships on behalf of children. [3-0] ECED 336 (3) HISTORY OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. Political and social factors which influenced movements and trends in early childhood education in North America, prekindergarten through primary. [3-0] ECED 343 (3) PREKINDERGARTEN INSTRUCTION. Planning and implementing prekindergarten learning experiences; resources, materials, guidance, curriculum integration, evaluation, scheduling, and classroom design. [3-0] ECED 380 (3-12) C SELECTED TOPICS IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. ECED 405 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. ECED415(3) SUPPORTING LEARNING IN THE PRIMARY YEARS. Prerequisite: ECED 405 or teaching experience or successful completion of the extended practicum. Corequisite: ECED 405 or teaching experience or successful completion of the extended practicum. ECED 425 (3) ADVANCED STUDIES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. Prerequisite: ECED 405. ECED433(3) KINDERGARTEN CURRICULUM. The development of kindergarten programs with reference to recent research, theories of early learning, curriculum trends and practices, and the place of kindergarten in contemporary education. [3-0] ECED 438 (3) OBSERVATION AND RECORDING. Methods of observing and recording children's behaviour in early childhood settings. [3-0] ECED443(3) SUPPORTING LEARNING IN THE KINDERGARTEN YEAR. Prerequisite: One of ECED 405, ECED 433 or teaching experience, or successful completion of extended practicum. Corequisite: One of ECED 405, ECED 433 or teaching experience, or successful completion of extended practicum. ECED 508 (3-12) C REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN EDUCATIONAL METHODS. Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. ECED 561 (3-12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. ECED 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. ECED 580 (3-12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. Investigation and report of a problem. ECED 585 (3-6) D ADVANCED SEMINAR ON RESEARCH IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. ECED 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. ECED 598 (3-12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on master's, doctoral and Diploma programs. ECED 599 (6-12) D MASTER'S THESIS. ECON — ECONOMICS FACULTY OF ARTS For course prerequisites purposes, all of ECON 101, ECON 102 is equivalent to all of ECON 310, ECON 311, or to ECON 100 or to ECON 309. Many courses in Economics have a 504 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Mathematics prerequisite of MATH 104 (or equivalent) and/or MATH 105 (or equivalent). Courses equivalent to MATH 104 as a prerequisite are MATH 100, 111, 120, 140, 153, 180 and 184. For MATH 105 the equivalents are MATH 101, 103, 121, 141, and 154. Note ECON 490 and ECON 495 have been changed from 6 to 3 credits. For details of current listings and a menu of new courses (not yet in the printed calendar) see the departmental website at www.econ.ubc.ca. ECON 101 (3) PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS. Elements of theory and of Canadian policy and institutions concerning the economics of markets and market behaviour, prices and costs, exchange and trade, competition and monopoly, distribution of income. ECON 102(3) PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS. Elements of theory and of Canadian policy and institutions concerning the economics growth and business cycles, national income accounting, interest and exchange rates, money and banking, the balance of trade. ECON 201 (3) INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS I. Consumer behaviour, exchange, production and cost, equilibrium of the firm under different market structures, industry equilibrium. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of ECON 101, ECON 102 or (b) all of ECON 100, MATH 104. ECON 202 (3) INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS. Incomeand employment theory, monetary theory, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 202 and ECON 207, ECON 302, and ECON 305. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of ECON 101, ECON 102 or (b) ECON 100; and one of I MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 120, MATH 140, MATH 180, MATH 184. ECON 207 (3) MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS I. Income and employment theory, monetary theory, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Intended primarily for prospective honours and other qualified students. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 202, ECON 207, ECON 302 and ECON 305. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in all of ECON 101, ECON 102, MATH 104, MATH 105. Permission of the department is also acceptable. ECON 210 (3) MICROECONOMIC POLICY. A survey of policy issues, such as regulation, taxation, environmental and resource policy, health care, education and income distribution. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 211 (3) MACROECONOMIC POLICY. A survey of policy issues, such as the costs of inflation and unemployment, monetary and fiscal policy, the effects of government debt and exchange rate policy. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 221 (3) INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC THINKING. An introduction to how people interact in strategic situations drawn from political science, history, psychology, law, biology, military history, economics, business, and anthropology. The focus will be on developing intuition. ECON 226 (3) MAKING SENSE OF ECONOMIC DATA. Formulation of a testable hypothesis, identification of relevant data, use of appropriate statistical tools. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 234 (3) WEALTH AND POVERTY OF NATIONS. Historical approaches to long-run economic growth; international comparisons of income growth and inequality; colonialism; evolution of world capital markets; human migrations; rise of world trading empires; instability in the international economy. Credit will be granted for only one of ECON 234 and former ECON 334 (6). Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, 102. ECON 255 (3) UNDERSTANDING GLOBALIZATION. Social and economic implications for both rich and poor countries of lowered barriers to the international flows of information, capital, labour and goods. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 301 (3) INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMIC ANALYSIS I. Consumer behaviour, producer theory, exchange, monopoly, oligopoly, externalities, public goods, general equilibrium and welfare economics. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, MATH 104, MATH 105. ECON 302 (3) INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS I. Incomeand employment theory, monetary theory, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 202, ECON 207, ECON 302, ECON 305. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102, MATH 105. ^0^303(3) INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS ll. Risk and uncertainty, some concepts in game theory, adverse selection, moral hazard, bargaining, auctions. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 303 and 306. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. ECON 304 (3) HONOURS INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMIC ANALYSIS I. Consumer behaviour, producer theory, exchange, monopoly, oligopoly, externalities, public goods, general equilibrium and welfare economics. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 201 or 206 or 301 or 304. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in all of ECON 101, MATH 104, MATH 105. ECON 305 (3) HONOURS INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS I. Incomeand employment theory, monetary theory, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 202, ECON 207, ECON 302, ECON 305. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101 [with 68% or above], ECON 102, MATH 104 [with 68% or above], MATH 105 [with 68% or above]. ECON 306 (3) HONOURS INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS II. Risk and uncertainty, some concepts in game theory, adverse selection, moral hazard, bargaining, auctions. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 303 and 306. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in one of ECON 206, ECON 304. Permission of the department is also acceptable. ECON 307 (3) HONOURS INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS II. Theories of economic growth and the business cycle. Intended primarily for prospective honours and other qualified students. Prerequisite: Either (a) a score of 68% or higher in ECON 207 or (b) a score of 68% or higher in ECON 305. Permission of the department is also acceptable. ECON 310 (3) PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS. The scope of this course is approximately the same as that of ECON101. The course is intended for upper- level students only. Credit will be given for only one of ECON 310 and ECON 101, ECON 308. Prerequisite: Third-year, fourth-year, or graduate standing. ECON 311 (3) PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS. The scope of this course is approximately the same as that of ECON 102. The course is intended for upper- level students only. Credit will be given for only one of ECON 311 and ECON 102, ECON 309. Prerequisite: Third-year, fourth-year or graduate standing. ECON 312 (3) POLITICAL ECONOMY OF CAPITALISM. An intellectual history of the evolution of the capitalist system and its institutions; a selection of defences and criticisms of capitalism and its alternatives in the writings of leading social and political philosophers from the 18th to the 20th centuries. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 313 (3) MARXIST ECONOMICS. Marxist critiques of capitalist systems and Marxian alternatives. The origin of exploitation; feudalism and capitalism; exploitation and profits; the morality of exploitation; the emergence of class; historical materialism; Marxist theories of imperialism; and public ownership of the means of production. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 317 (3) POVERTY AND INEQUALITY. Economic inequality in Canada and other countries; measurement and causes. Inequality in the distribution of wealth; redistribution of income and wealth; notions of distributive justice. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 318 (3) HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS FROM ARISTOTLE TO ADAM SMITH. The development of economic thought from Aristotle to Adam Smith, focusing on the conceptual foundations of economics, particularly the problems of value, distribution, and economic growth. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ECON — ECONOMICS 505 ECON 319 (3) HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS FROM RICARDO TO KEYNES. The development of economic thought from David Ricardo up to the present including such figures as Malthus, Mill, Jevons, and Keynes, focusing on the conceptual foundations of economics, particularly the problems of value, distribution and growth. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 320 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS. Application of single and mulrivariable calculus to economics. Includes comparative static analysis of household and firm behaviour as well as simple dynamic models. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102, MATH 104, MATH 105. ECON 325 (3) INTRODUCTION TO EMPIRICAL ECONOMICS. Essentials of probability and statistics for applied work in economics. Topics include descriptive statistics, probability, estimation, hypothesis testing, and analysis of variance. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102, MATH 104, MATH 105. Corequisite: ECON 101 and ECON 102 may be taken concurrently ECON 326 (3) METHODS OF EMPIRICAL RESEARCH IN ECONOMICS. Techniques of empirical economic research. Topics include simple and multiple regression, time series analysis, and simultaneous equation estimation. Students will be required to undertake applied work. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 326 and STAT 306. Prerequisite: ECON 325. ECON 334 (3) ECONOMIC HISTORY OF MODERN EUROPE. Background, causes and effects of economic change in Europe from the 18th century to recent times. Evolution of social and economic institutions; analysis of growth, structural change, the distribution of income, and the spread of industrialization. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 335 (3) FERTILITY, FAMILIES AND HUMAN MIGRATION. Traditional fertility and mortality patterns, demographic transition, catastrophes, well-being and nutrition, international and internal migration, epidemics and growth spurts. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 336 (3) ECONOMIC HISTORY OF CANADA. The growth of the Canadian economy in relation to development of natural resources, changing markets, industrialism, communications, and technology. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 337 (3) ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. The growth of the United States from the Colonial Era to the present: British colonialism, development of slave-based agriculture, the western expansion, the 'American system' of manufacturing, cyclical instability and depression, and the distribution of income. Credit will be granted for only one of ECON 337 and former ECON 437. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, 102. ECON 339 (3) ECONOMICS OF TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE. Application of economic analysis to technological change; the impact of technological change on the growth and distribution of income; economic influences on the invention and diffusion of technology; the interaction between technology, work, skills, and education; public policy toward technological change. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 341 (3) ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTOF ASIA. Economic development under colonialism, the colonial legacy, population, trade and development, land reform, the Green Revolution, industrialization strategies, distribution of the gains from development. Each topic is discussed in the context of an Asian country. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 342 (3) THE ECONOMY OF CHINA SINCE 1949. The Maoist strategy of development, the commune system and rural development, the pace and pattern of industrialization, management and planning, incentive policy, economic lessons from China. Students who wish to contrast different approaches to development may find it useful to take ECON 341 and 342 as a sequence. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 343 (3) THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN JAPAN. An economic analysis of the growth and structural changes of the Japanese economy from the Meiji. Restoration to the Second World War. Sources of growth, the development of new economic institutions, agricultural development, international trade and early industrialization, the emergence of a dual economic structure, war preparation, and the drive towards heavy industrialization. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 345 (3) MONEY AND BANKING. Financial markets and financial institutions in theory and practice; structure and development of the Canadian financial system; development and theory of the regulation of the financial system; process of monetary control; theory and history of central banking and monetary policy. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 350 (3) PUBLIC FINANCE POLICY TOPICS. Examination of two or three selected policy problems from areas of taxation, income security, and public expenditures. Topics to be selected each year from areas of current or recent policy debate. Examples include public pension policy, privatization and public services, income tax or sales tax reform, federal-provincial cost sharing programs, tax incentives versus direct expenditures, welfare reform. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 351 (3) WOMEN IN THE ECONOMY. Economic analysis of markets and policies particularly affecting women. Selected topics drawn from economic discrimination; educational, occupational, and work choices; pay and employment equity; allocation of work time and consumption within the household and in the market; economics of marriage and fertility; poverty; taxation; income security and pension policies; and historical perspectives. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 352 (3) PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS. The government plays a pervasive role in the Canadian economy. The powerful tools of government policy-taxation, spending, borrowing, regulation-affect the economic life of every Canadian. This course applies the tools of economic analysis to the study of some of the most important aspects of public policy in these areas. ECON 355 (3) INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL TRADE. The determinants of trade patterns, trade policy, tariff and non- tariff barriers to trade, political economy of protectionism, bilateral and multilateral trade disputes, trade liberalization, trade and development. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 355 and 455. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 356 (3) INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL FINANCE. Exchange rate policy regimes; international financial organizations; the interaction between monetary policy and exchange rate regimes; financial crises. Credit will be given for only one of ECON 356 and former ECON 345 (6). Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, 102. ECON 360(3) LABOUR ECONOMICS. Astudy of the Canadian labour market. Labour supply, the allocation of the time among work and non-market activity, participation in the labour force, education and training. The demand for labour. The determination of wages and employment. The effect of unions on wages and employment. The wage structure, wage differentials by occupation, industry, race and sex. Unemployment. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 360 and 460. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 361 (3) ECONOMICS OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS. Economic aspects of industrial relations in Canada. Why workers join unions. The theory of trade union behaviour. The labour movement in Canada. Wage determination under collective bargaining. The causes of strikes and lockouts. Unions and the wage structure. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 361 and 461. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 365 (3) TOPICS IN CANADIAN INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION AND REGULATION POLICY. Current topics in industrial organization and regulation with emphasis on Canadian federal and provincial policy. The content will differ from year to year. Possible subjects include the regulation of transportation and communications, environmental regulation, marketing boards and other forms of agricultural regulation, competition and anti-combines policy, industrial organization and trade policy, and issues in consumer protection. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 367 (3) ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF LAW. The economics of market failure, equity and efficiency. Property rights, the economics of accident and contract law, economic theories of 506 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 law enforcement. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 370 (3) BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS AND THE ECONOMICS OF PROJECT EVALUATION. Techniques and problems in benefit-cost analysis of public projects. Examination of alternative approaches to public decision-making such as cost-effectiveness analysis and multiple-objective frameworks. Case studies of projects in the areas of natural resources, the environment, human resources, public services, and transportation. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 371 (3) ECONOMICS OF THE ENVIRONMENT. Economic analysis applied to various environmental issues, including sustainable development, quality of life, and environmental impacts of specific industrial and consumption activities. The design and implementation of government policies. Global environmental effects of human economic activity. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 374(3) LAND ECONOMICS. Economic analysis applied to problems of land use. Rent theory. Land valuation. Land conservation. Techniques for assessing economic efficiency of land use. Effects of institutions and public policies on land use. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 384 (3) ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF HEALTH SERVICES. Microeconomic theory of resource allocation with emphasis on the applications of optimizing models of health service markets. Analysis of Canadian problems in health service supply. Models of the consumer/patient, the physician/entrepreneur, the not-for-profit hospital/firm, and the third- party regulatory and payment agency. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 387 (3) ECONOMIC REFORM AND TRANSITION. Problems and processes of economic reform and of transition between different types of economic system, with emphasis on reform and transition in Communist and post-Communist economies. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 387 or ECON 487. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 406 (3) TOPICS IN MICROECONOMICS. Selected topics in advanced microeconomic analysis. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 303, ECON 306. ECON 407 (3) TOPICS IN MACROECONOMICS. Selected topics in advanced macroeconomic analysis. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 202, ECON 207, ECON 302, ECON 305 and one of ECON 303, ECON 306. ECON 417 (3) WELFARE ECONOMICS. The criteria for evaluating economic performance with special reference to the problems of justice in the distribution of income and economic efficiency. Topics include social evaluation functions, pareto-oprimality, compensation criteria, and consistency of collective decision making. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 303, ECON 306. ECON 420 (3) OPTIMIZATION AND ECONOMIC THEORY. An introduction to static and dynamic optimization methods with economic applications. Prerequisite: MATH 200 and one of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 303, ECON 306. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. ECON 421 (3) INTRODUCTION TO GAME THEORY AND APPLICATIONS. Principles of rational behaviour in strategic situations and various notions of equilibrium useful in predicting outcomes. Applications from economics, business, politics, law and biology. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. ECON 422 (3) MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMISTS. Provides the required preparation in mathematics for the study of graduate economic theory. Solving systems of simultaneous equations; unconstrained and constrained maxima; elementary theory of difference and differential equations. Restricted to students taking graduate economic theory courses. ECON 425 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS. Theoretical and applied issues in statistics and econometrics. Statistical distributions, sampling theory, maximum likelihood methods of estimation and hypothesis testing, generalized least squares, measurement errors, non-normal errors, systems of equations, discrete-choice models, outliers, regression diagnostics, and model selection. Prerequisite: All of ECON 325, ECON 326. ECON 426 (3) ECONOMETRIC ANALYSIS. Further topics in econometrics including such areas as nonlinear estimation, distributed lag models, time-series analysis, time-varying parameters, multivariate analysis, simulation and forecasting models, Monte Carlo experiments, duration models, large econometric models, Bayesian statistics, asymptotic theory, and ergodic theory. Prerequisite: ECON 425. ECON 436 (3) HISTORICAL BACKGROUND TO CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN CANADIAN ECONOMY. Demographic change, immigration, unemployment and labour markets, the inter-provincial transfer of resources, industrial and trade policy. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, 206, 304, 301 and one of ECON 202, 207, 305, 302. Credit will be given for only one of ECON 436 and former ECON 336 (6).' ECON 441 (3) THE PROCESS OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. Industrialization of an agrarian economy; how the West grew rich; history of Japanese development; technical progress and growth; evolution of the patterns of income distribution; role of international trade in development; environment and development. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. (Also accepted as corequisites.) ECON 442 (3) ISSUES IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. Gender; labour markets; child labour; political economy of reforms, corruption and growth; population growth and demographic transition; agricultural productivity growth; agrarian institutions; famines; multinationals; crises in Asia and Latin America; LDC debt problem. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, 206, 301, 304. ECON 444 (3) THE CONTEMPORARY JAPANESE ECONOMY. An economic analysis of selected issues in contemporary Japan. The postwar growth record, economic management and planning, industrial policy, labour market and industrial relations, foreign trade and investment, rapid industrialization and its consequences, external economic relations. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. ECON 447 (3) MONETARY THEORY. Theoretical analysis of economies that use money; the emergence of money; the roles of money in the economy; models of money demand; the optimal quantity of money seignorage and inflation; monetary policy and macroeconomic stability; monetary policy in an open economy. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 202, ECON 207, ECON 302, ECON 305. ECON 450 (3) ECONOMICS OF TAXATION. The economic analysis of taxation. Equity and efficiency; optimal taxation theory; partial and general equilibrium analysis of incidence; analysis of taxes such as the personal and corporate income taxes, sales and excise taxes, payroll taxes and property tax. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. ECON 451 (3) ECONOMICS OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURES. The role of government in the economy; efficiency and economic justice. Theory of public goods; applications to topics such as education, medical care and social services. Pricing and investment rules for public enterprises. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 303, ECON 306. ECON 455 (3) INTERNATIONAL TRADE. International trade theory and policy in general equilibrium; relative costs, factor proportions, imperfect competition and the pattern of trade; efficiency and distribution. Credit granted for only one of ECON355 and ECON455. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. ECON 456 (3) INTERNATIONAL MACROECONOMICS AND FINANCE. Balance of payments; market for foreign exchange; mechanism for adjusting the balance of payments; internal vs. external stability; current problems and issues. Prerequisite: One of ECON 202, ECON 207, ECON 302, ECON 305. ECON 457 (3) SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS. Selected topics focusing upon various issues arising in international economic relations. Open only to fourth- PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ECON — ECONOMICS 507 year students in the Major program in International Relations. Prerequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. ECON 460 (3) ECONOMICS OF LABOUR MARKETS. The theory of labour supply and demand for individuals, households, and firms. Policy implications for Canadian taxation and benefit programs. Employee selection, hiring and promotion. Credit may not be obtained for both ECON 360 and 460. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 202, ECON 207, ECON 302, ECON 305 and one of ECON 303, ECON 306. ECON 461 (3) ECONOMICS OF TRADE UNIONS. The microeconomic and macroeconomic effects of unions on wages, prices and employment. Industrial disputes and their resolution. Credit may not be obtained for both ECON 361 and 461. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 202, ECON 207, ECON 302, ECON 305 and one of ECON 303, ECON 306. ECON 465 (3) MARKET STRUCTURE. Market structure and social welfare, theory of price discrimination, equilibrium in oligopolistic markets, entry and exit decisions, product differentiation and spatial models, theories of hierarchical organization, agency problem in the modern corporation, vertical integration and control, market structure and technical progress. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 303, ECON 306. ECON 466 (3) THE ECONOMICS OF GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF BUSINESS. Normative and positive theories of government regulation of business. Topics include natural monopoly, socially optimal monopoly pricing, regulation of multi-firm industries, competition policy. Selected empirical studies. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 303, ECON 306. ECON 471 (3) ECONOMICS OF NONRENEWABLE RESOURCES. Application of economic analysis to the management of nonrenewable natural resources. Emphasis is placed on the economics of alternative energy sources. Other topics include mineral economics, criteria for the optimal use of resources, and measurement of resources. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. ECON 472 (3) ECONOMICS OF RENEWABLE RESOURCES. Application of economic analysis to the management of renewable resources. Special attention is given to criteria for the optimal use of depleting resources such as forests and water. Other topics include public policy with regard to environmental quality, conservation, and outdoor recreation. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. ECON 480 (3) TRANSPORTATION. Economic characteristics of the provision of transportation services, both passenger and freight; the market structure of the industry and the economic impact of the varying degrees of public regulation and promotion within the industry; the role of economic analysis in resolving problems of Canadian policy. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, COMM 295, ECON 301, ECON 304. Equivalency: COMM 446. ECON 487 (3) COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. Economic analysis of non-market/ non-price systems of resource allocation. Economic analysis of central planning, coordination problems in hierarchical organizations, and the role of quantity restrictions, quotas, standards, etc. in regulating economic behaviour. The Soviet system of economic planning is used throughout as an example of the issues discussed. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 387 or ECON 487. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304. ECON 490 (3) SEMINAR IN APPLIED ECONOMICS. Selected problems and issues in the theory and practice of Economics. Each section will focus on a different field. Restricted to Economics Majors, and Combined Majors in Economics in fourth year. Prerequisite: All of ECON 325, ECON 326 and one of ECON 201, ECON 206, ECON 301, ECON 304 and one of ECON 202, ECON 207, ECON 302, ECON 305. For additional possible prerequisites see individual course descriptions on the departmental website. ECON 492 (3/6) C DIRECTED READING. ECON 495 (3) HONOURS SEMINAR. Reports and group discussions of selected topics for fourth-year Honours students. ECON 499 (6) HONOURS ESSAY. Essay on some theoretical, applied, or institutional problem. Open only to fourth-year Honours students. ECON 500 (3) MICROECONOMICS. ECON 502 (3) MACROECONOMICS. ECON 514(3) INFORMATION AND INCENTIVES. ECON 515 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN MICROECONOMIC THEORY. ECON 516(3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN MACROECONOMICS. ECON 517(3) SOCIAL EVALUATION, SOCIAL CHOICE, AND ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE. ECON 518(3) HISTORY OF ECONOMIC ANALYSIS I. ECON 519(3) HISTORY OF ECONOMIC ANALYSIS II. ECON 522(3) ECONOMIC APPLICATIONS OF GAME THEORY. ECON 526 (3) PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS FOR USE IN ECONOMICS. ECON 527(3) ECONOMETRIC METHODS OF ECONOMIC RESEARCH. ECON 531 (3) ECONOMIC HISTORY OF MODERN EUROPE. ECON 532 (3) ECONOMIC HISTORY OF NORTH AMERICA. ECON 541 (3) ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT I. ECON 542 (3) ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT II. ECON 543 (3) ECONOMICS OF TRANSITION ECONOMIES. ECON 546 (3) MONETARY THEORY AND POLICY I. ECON 547 (3) MONETARY THEORY AND POLICY II. ECON 550 (3) GOVERNMENT FINANCE: EXPENDITURES. ECON 551 (3) GOVERNMENT FINANCE: REVENUES. ECON 553 (3) THE ECONOMICS OF INCOME SECURITY. ECON 555 (3) INTERNATIONAL TRADE. ECON 556 (3) INTERNATIONAL FINANCE. ECON 560 (3) ECONOMICS OF LABOUR. ECON 561 (3) TOPICS IN INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS. ECON 565 (3) MARKET STRUCTURE AND BUSINESS BEHAVIOUR. ECON 566 (3) BUSINESS PERFORMANCE AND PUBLIC POLICY. ECON 567 (3) ORGANIZATION THEORY AND NON-MARKET ALLOCATION. ECON 571 (3) THE ECONOMICS OF RENEWABLE RESOURCES. ECON 572 (3) THE ECONOMICS OF NONRENEWABLE RESOURCES. ECON 573 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS. ECON 574(3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN THE ECONOMICS OF RESOURCE USE. ECON 580 (3) SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC MEASUREMENT. ECON 581 (3) COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS. ECON 590 (2-6) D SPECIAL ADVANCED COURSE. ECON 592 (2-6) C DIRECTED READING. ECON 594(6) APPLIED ECONOMICS. ECON 595(0) MAJOR ESSAY. ECON 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. ECON 600 (3) MICROECONOMICS I. ECON 601 (3) MICROECONOMICS II. ECON 602 (3) MACROECONOMICS I. ECON 603 (3) MACROECONOMICS II. ECON 620 (3) MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS I. 508 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ECON 621 (3) MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS II. ECON 626 (3) ECONOMETRIC THEORY I. Prerequisite: ECON 527. ECON 627 (3) ECONOMETRIC THEORY II. Prerequisite: ECON 626. ECON 628 (1-3) D TOPICS IN APPLIED ECONOMETRICS I. Prerequisite: Prior graduate-level work in econometrics is required. ECON 629 (1-3) D TOPICS IN APPLIED ECONOMETRICS II. Prerequisite: Prior graduate-level work in econometrics is required. ECON 640 (3) PH.D. RESEARCH SEMINAR. ECON 690 (2-6) D WORKSHOPS IN ECONOMICS. ECON 699(0) PH.D. THESIS. EDCI — EDUCATION CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTIONAL STUDIES FACULTY OF EDUCATION EDCI 363 (3) INTERDISCIPLINARY/ INTEGRATED CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION. Theory and practice of interdisciplinary and integrated studies; instructional methods, materials, and plans; evaluation strategies. The specific curricular focus may vary. [3-0] EDCI 396 (3-12) D CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION. Practical and conceptual issues of developing and evaluating elementary and/or secondary school curricula will be discussed in relation to concurrent classroom pre-service or in-service experience. EDCI 487 (6) RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN * ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION. An examination of recent changes in the organization and curriculum of elementary schools. [3-0; 3-0] EDCI 488 (3) KEY CURRICULAR ORIENTATIONS: PROGRESSIVISM. Key concepts and practical implications of progressive curricular orientations. [3-0] EDCI 508 (3-12) C REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN EDUCATIONAL METHODS. Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course is required. EDCI 561 (3-12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. EDCI 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. EDCI 567 (3/6) C PROBLEMS AND ISSUES IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. Recent developments, current issues, analysis and evaluation of research in elementary education. EDCI 572 (3/6) D ADVANCED SEMINAR IN CURRICULUM. Examination of current theories and practices in the curriculum field emphasizing factors affecting decision-making. The emphasis of the seminar will vary according to faculty and student interests and students will be encouraged to investigate an area of personal concern and present their findings. EDCI 580 (3-12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. Investigation and report of a problem. EDCI 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. EDCI 598 (3-12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on master's, doctoral and diploma programs. EDCI 599 (6-12) C MASTER'S THESIS. EDCI 601 (3-12) C DOCTORAL SEMINAR. EDCI 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. Pass/Fail. EDST — EDUCATIONAL STUDIES FACULTY OF EDUCATION EDST 314 (3) SOCIAL ISSUES IN EDUCATION. Pass/Fail. EDST 400 (2-5) D SOCIAL AND ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS IN EDUCATION. [5-0-0] EDST 425 (3) EDUCATIONAL ANTHROPOLOGY. Selected concepts from educational anthropology for teachers. Comparative study of school and classroom culture, school teaching, and multicultural education. Pass/Fail. EDST 426(3) HISTORY OF EDUCATION. An examination of selected topics in the history of Canadian and British Columbian education and of the relationships between historical development and current educational policy. Pass/Fail. EDST 427 (3) PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. An introductory course in which consideration is given to the philosophical foundations of education and to the practical bearing of theory upon curriculum content and classroom practice in our schools. Pass/Fail. EDST 428 (3) THE SOCIAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION. An application of the social sciences to the study of education. Pass/Fail. EDST 429 (3) EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY. Selected theories of society and schooling applied to Canadian education. Pass/Fail. EDST 451 (3) ISSUES AND FRAMEWORKS IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION. Competing conceptions of environmental education; the social construction of nature and of science; addressing class, race, culture, and gender in developing sound teaching strategies. Pass/Fail. EDST 452 (3) GENDER AND EDUCATION. Pass/Fail. EDST 453 (3) MORAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLING. Approaches to moral education; developing educationally and morally justifiable teaching strategies. Pass/Fail. EDST 454(3) CRITICAL THINKING: FRAMEWORKS, METHODS, AND CHALLENGES. Competing conceptions of critical thinking, including feminist and post- colonial; teaching and evaluation strategies. Pass/Fail. EDST455 (3) HISTORY OF CHILDHOOD AND YOUTH. Pass/Fail. EDST 502 (3/6) C GROWING UP IN HISTORY: THE MEANINGS OF CHILDHOOD. EDST 503 (3) CURRICULA IN THEIR HISTORICAL CONTEXT. Equivalency: EDCI 568. EDST 504 (3/6)C READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF EDUCATIONAL POLICY. EDST 505 (3) FIRST NATIONS AND EDUCATIONAL CHANGE. EDST 506 (3) EDUCATING THE BODY: POWER AND IDENTITY IN HISTORICAL CONTEXT. EDST 507 (3/12) D SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION. EDST 508 (3/12) C REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN EDUCATIONAL METHODS. EDST 509 (3) CONSTRUCTING "NATIONS": CANADA AND THE EDUCATIONAL PAST. EDST 515 (3) SURVEY RESEARCH METHODS. EDST 523 (3/6) D COMPARATIVE EDUCATION. Prerequisite: One of EDST 426, EDST 427, EDST 429. EDST 524 (6) ADVANCED SEMINAR IN COMPARATIVE EDUCATION. EDST 533 (3) PLANNING IN EDUCATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS. [3-0] EDST 561 (3/12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. EDST 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. EDST 570 (3) SEMINAR IN SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION. EDST 573 (3) SOCIOLOGY OF THE CURRICULUM. EDST 574(3) SCHOOLTEACHING: AN OCCUPATIONAL ANALYSIS. EDST 575 (3) SEMINAR ON WORK AND EDUCATION. EDST 576 (3) FEMINIST THEORY, PEDAGOGY AND CURRICULUM. EDST 577 (3) THE SOCIAL CONTEXT OF EDUCATIONAL POLICY. EDST 578 (3) MULTICULTURALISM, RACE RELATIONS AND EDUCATION. EDST 580 (3/12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. EDST 588 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL PHILOSOPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION. EDST 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. EDST 591 (3/6) D EPISTEMOLOGY AND THE CURRICULUM. EDST 592 (3/6) D CONCEPTIONS OF TEACHING AND LEARNING. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS EDCI — EDUCATION CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTIONAL STUDIES 509 EDST 593 (3/6) D MORAL EDUCATION AND MORAL PHILOSOPHY. EDST 594 (3) PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH. EDST 595 (3) CONCEPTUAL INQUIRY IN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH. EDST 596 (3/6) C PHILOSOPHY AND EDUCATIONAL POLICY. EDST 597 (3) EDUCATIONAL THEORIES. EDST 598 (3/6) C ADVANCED SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. EDST 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. EDST 601 (3/6) D DOCTORAL SEMINAR. Required of students in the first year of a doctoral program. Pass/Fail. EDST 602 (3/6) C DOCTORAL SEMINAR. For students in the second year of a doctoral program. Pass/Fail. EDST 690(0) ED.D. THESIS. Pass/Fail. EDST 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. Pass/Fail. EDUC— EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION EDUC 140(3) INTRODUCTION TO FIRST NATIONS STUDIES. Selected issues affecting BC First Nations; the cultural and historical antecedents to these issues; First Nations viewpoints towards these issues. The course draws from various disciplines as well as from the knowledge of First Nations resource people. [3-0] EDUC 141 (3) CULTURAL STUDIES. The study of a First Nations cultural group with an emphasis on traditional values and practices related to education. For students in the Native Indian Teacher Education Program (NITEP) only. [3-0] EDUC 143 (1) SEMINAR AND CLASSROOM OBSERVATION I. Pass/Fail. EDUC 240 (3) ISSUES IN FIRST NATIONS EDUCATION. [3-0] EDUC 244 (2) SEMINAR AND CLASSROOM OBSERVATION II. Pass/Fail EDUC 300 (7) INTEGRATED PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE: ELEMENTARY I. EDUC 301 (3) INTEGRATED PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE: TWO-YEAR ELEMENTARY. Program II. Prerequisite: EDUC 300 and all previous coursework in the program. EDUC 302(6) INTEGRATED PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE: SECONDARY I. EDUC 303 (7) INTEGRATED PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE: MIDDLE YEARS I. EDUC 310(4) PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE YEARS. Introduction to principles and instructional procedures related to classroom management, instructional planning, and the assessment of learning as applicable across grade levels and subject matter fields. Pass/Fail. [4-0-0] EDUC 311 (4) PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING: SECONDARY. Introduction to principles and instructional procedures related to classroom management, instructional planning, and the assessment of learning as applicable across grade levels and subject matter fields. Pass/Fail. [4-0-0] EDUC 315(0) PRE-PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE. Observation and instruction in educational settings. Pass/Fail. [0-4] EDUC 316 (3) COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN TE AC HIN G. Study and practice of communication skills in educational settings. Candidates will be required to demonstrate satisfactory oral communication abilities. Pass/Fail. [1-3] EDUC 319(0) ORIENTATION SCHOOL EXPERIENCE: SECONDARY. A two-week sequence of observations and instructional assignments in a selected secondary school. Corequisite: EDUC 311. EDUC 321(0) ORIENTATION SCHOOL EXPERIENCE: ELEMENTARY. A two-week sequence of observations and instructional assignments in a selected elementary school. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: EDUC 310. EDUC 323(0) ORIENTATION SCHOOL EXPERIENCE: MIDDLE YEARS. A two-week sequence of observation and instructional assignments with students between the ages of 10 and 14 years. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: EDUC 310. [0-4] EDUC 329 (18) EXTENDED PRACTICUM: SECOND ARY. A developmental program of teaching practice, normally in one BC secondary school. Candidates will teach the subjects for which they have been academically and pedagogically prepared. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: All requirements set for Term 1. [0-40] EDUC 342 (6) TEACHING FIRST NATIONS LANGUAGES IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS. Strategies, materials and programs for teaching First Nations Languages as first and second languages. Prerequisite: One of LLED 489, LING 200, LING 400. LLED 486 and LING 433 are recommended as pre- or corequisites. [3-0; 3-0] EDUC 344(0) ISSUES IN FIRST NATIONS EDUCATION. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: All of EDUC 143, EDUC 244. EDUC 345 (0) FIRST NATIONS CURRICULUM: FIELD EXPERIENCE. Pass/Fail. EDUC 390 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING IN DIGITAL ENVIRONMENTS. Development and evaluation of curriculum resources and critical perspectives on the contribution of digital media technologies to teaching and learning. EDUC 395 (3/6) D REGIONAL FIELD STUDIES IN EDUCATION. Directed study of a particular aspect of education in other countries and other cultures. Each field study will consist of a balanced program of study, travel, and community experience. Not offered on a regular basis. Prerequisite: 12 credits of course work approved by the Associate Dean (Teacher Education) as being appropriate to the particular study EDUC 399(0) FIELD EXPERIENCE AND PRACTICE. For those undertaking postgraduate study in Education. Pass/Fail. EDUC 400(13) INTEGRATED PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE: TWELVE-MONTH ELEMENTARY PROGRAM II. Prerequisite: EDUC 300 and all previous coursework in the program EDUC 401 (16) INTEGRATED PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE: TWO-YEAR ELEMENTARY PROGRAM III. Prerequisite: All of EDUC 300, EDUC 301 and all previous coursework in the program. EDUC 402(14) INTEGRATED PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE: SECONDARY II. Prerequisite: EDUC 302 and all previous coursework in the program. EDUC 403(13) INTEGRATED PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE: MIDDLE YEARS II. Prerequisite: EDUC 303 and all previous coursework in the program. EDUC 418 (6-18) D EXTENDED PRACTICUM: ELEMENTARY. A developmental program of teaching practice, normally in one BC elementary school. Candidates will teach all subjects in the elementary curriculum. All elementary students must complete 18 credits of extended practicum. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: All requirements set to precede this practicum. MDUC 419 (6-18) D EXTENDED PRACTICUM: ^MIDDLE YEARS. Candidates will teach the subjects for which they have been academically and pedagogically prepared. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: All requirements set to precede this practicum. All Middle Years students must complete 18 credits of extended practicum. EDUC 420 (2) SCHOOL ORGANIZATION IN ITS SOCIAL CONTEXT. The organization and administration of schools, including issues in governance, finance, and community and professional control and influence. Pass/Fail. [2-0-0] EDUC 432 (3/6) D THE SUPERVISION OF TE AC HIN G. Recent research on teaching effectiveness. The analysis of teaching. Clinical supervision of teaching. Enrolment limited to persons with teaching or supervisory experience. [3-0] EDUC 441 (3) HISTORY OF FIRST NATIONS SCHOOLING. An examination of key events affecting delivery of education, including contact, colonial policies and band-controlled initiatives. [3-0-0] EDUC 442 (3) CRITICAL ISSUES IN FIRST NATIONS EDUCATION. Post-practicum students will explore how a school program may need to be modified in order to integrate more fully First Nations history, content, and world views. [3-0-0] EDUC 449 (3/6) C SUPERVISED STUDY. This course is available only to outstanding students approved by the Associate Dean (Teacher Education) in their senior years to undertake a research investigation into a particular problem. 510 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 EDUC 490 (3/6) D SPECIAL STUDIES IN E D U CATIO N. Topics in education not covered in a course. A pilot course may be offered under this name for only one year and with permission of the Associate Dean (Teacher Education). EDUC 492 (6/12) D CRITICAL ANALYSIS OF TEACHING. A combined clinical and research- based examination of teaching which seeks to help teachers determine what kinds of teaching activities are appropriate to the context in which they are involved. Teaching practice in a public elementary or secondary school is an integral part of this course. EDUC 495 (4-18) C TEACHING PRACTICUM (ELEMENTARY). Supervised teaching in a BC elementary school. For qualified teachers wishing to strengthen or expand areas of teaching competence and for those not enrolled in a full program of teacher education but requiring between 3 and 15 weeks of current teaching practice. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: Completion of recent elementary teaching methods courses in the subjects to be taught. EDUC 496 (4-18) C TEACHING PRACTICUM (SECONDARY). Supervised teaching in a BC secondary school. For qualified teachers wishing to strengthen or expand areas of teaching competence and for those not enrolled in a full program of teacher education but requiring between 3 and 15 weeks of current teaching practice. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: Recent completion of secondary teaching methods courses in the subjects to be taught. EDUC 500 (3) RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN E D U CATI O N. Overview of methodological approaches to research in education. EDUC 503 (3/6) C ETHNOGRAPHY AND EDUCATION. Prerequisite: EDUC 500. EDUC 504 (3) SEMINAR IN QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS. Prerequisite: One of EDUC 503, EPSE 595. (May also be taken as corequisites.) EDUC 566 (6) PRINCIPLES OF SECONDARY EDUCATION. Recent thought on classroom procedures, provisions for individual differences, discipline. The place of various school subjects in total education, and remedial education in Canada and other countries. EDUC 601 (6/12) C DOCTORAL SEMINAR. EDUC 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. Pass/Fail. EECE — ELECTRICAL & COMPUTER ENGINEERING FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE EECE 201 (7) PROJECT INTEGRATED PROGRAM I. This is a project based learning equivalent of EECE 251, EECE 256, EECE 280. [4-4-3] EECE 202 (16) PROJECT INTEGRATED PROGRAM II. This is a project based learning equivalent of EECE 253, EECE 254, EECE 259, EECE 261, EECE 281, and EECE 285. Prerequisite: Either (a) EECE 201 or (b) all of EECE 251, EECE 256, EECE 280. [7-8-10] EECE 251 (2) CIRCUIT ANALYSIS I. The fundamentals of analysis of lumped linear time- invariant circuits; network theorems; operational amplifiers; first and second-order circuits; impedance and admittance functions. Corequisite: One of MATH 255, MATH 256. [2-0-1] EECE 253 (2) CIRCUIT ANALYSIS II. Phasor analysis and AC power; transfer functions; Bode plots; filters and resonance; Laplace transforms; transformers; two-port networks. Prerequisite: EECE 251. [2-0-1] EECE 254(3) ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS I. Semiconductor fundamentals; modelling of electronic devices including diodes and transistors; design and analysis of linear and nonlinear electronic circuits including amplifiers, power supplies, wave shaping circuits, waveform generators and logic circuits. Prerequisite: EECE 251. [3-0-0] EECE 256 (3) DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN. Data representation in digital computers; Boolean algebra; the analysis, design, optimization and implementation of combinatorial and sequential circuits; modern digital circuit technologies. [3-0-0] EECE 259 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MICROCOMPUTERS. Organization and operation of microcomputers, memory addressing modes, representation of information, instruction sets, machine and assembly language programming, systems programs, I/O structures, I/O interfacing and I/O programming, introduction to digital system design using microcomputers. Credit given for only one of CPSC 213 and EECE 259. Prerequisite: EECE 256. [3-0-0] EECE 261 (3) ENGINEERING ELECTROMAGNETICS. Electrostatics, electric currents, dielectrics, capacitance, electrostatic potential, magneto statics. [3-0-1] EECE 263 (3) BASIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS. Ideal passive elements and sources; Kirchhoff's Laws; DC circuits; natural, forced and complete response of RLC circuits; impedance; phasors; complex power, resonance. Not open to students in Electrical and Computer Engineering. Prerequisite: MATH 255. ^requisite: MATH 256. [2-2*-l] EECE 265 (3) CIRCUITS AND ELECTRONICS. Introduction to circuit analysis and electronic circuits; topics chosen for applicability to systems involving signal acquisition, amplification, low/high pass filtering and power control. Not open to students in the Faculty of Applied Science. [3-2-0] EECE 280 (2) ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING LABORATORY I. Introduction to oscilloscopes, signal generators and electrical measuring instruments. Experiments in analog and digital logic circuits. [1-3-0] EECE 281 (2) ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING LABORATORY II. Experiments involving electronic devices and circuits, electromagnetics and microcomputers. Prerequisite: EECE 280. [1-3-0] EECE 283 (2) ELECTRO-MECHANICAL LABORATORY. Experiments in analog and digital electronics, including microcomputers. Not open to students in Electrical and Computer Engineering. [1-3-0] EECE 285 (3) GROUP PROJECT. Project management. Working under contract. Running a professional engineering practice. Group organization and dynamics. Effective presentation of ideas. Students will work in groups on a study and oral presentation of an engineering topic. [1-4-0] EECE 310 (3) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. Engineering practices for the development of non-trivial software-intensive systems including requirements specification, software architecture, implementation, verification and maintenance. Iterative development. Recognized standards, guidelines and models. Prerequisite: Either (a) CPSC 252 or (b) all of CPSC 128, CPSC 216. [3-2-0] EECE 314 (3) SYSTEM SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. An overview of modern languages, operating systems, real-time systems, computer communications, computer/ human interfaces, information structures, system design methodologies, sizing, documentation, testing and maintenance and project management. EECE 314 may not replace CPSC 216 as a prerequisite for Computer Science courses. Students who intend to register for additional Computer Science courses must take CPSC 216. Prerequisite: CPSC 252 and one of EECE 202, EECE 259. [2-1-1] EECE 315 (4) OPERATING AND FILE SYSTEMS. Introduction to operating systems, their design and their implementation. Process concurrency, synchronization, communication and scheduling. Device drivers, memory management, virtual memory, file systems, networking and security. Prerequisite: One of EECE 259, EECE 202 and either (a) CPSC 252 or (b) all of CPSC 128, CPSC 216, EECE 256. [3-2-0] EECE 320 (3) DISCRETE STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS. Software, hardware, and systems applications of discrete mathematics: logic and proofs; discrete structures and their properties; algorithms for analysis of discrete structures; algorithmic complexity. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of EECE 256, EECE 201 and CPSC 252; or (b) all of CPSC 128, CPSC 216, EECE 256. [3-0-0] EECE 321 (3) LANGUAGES AND TRANSLATION. Principles and practice of automated language translation. Language syntax and semantics, typing, binding and parameter passing. Syntactic and lexical analysis. Language automata, parsing. Compilers and compiler-compilers. Prerequisite: CPSC 252. [3-1-0] EECE 352 (3) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND DEVICES. Fundamental aspects of electrical engineering materials such as: semiconductors, dielectrics, piezoelectrics, ferroelectrics, ferrites, and their applications in devices such as sensors and transducers. Prerequisite: One of EECE 202, EECE 261, PHYS 251. [3-0-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS EECE — ELECTRICAL & COMPUTER ENGINEERING 511 EECE 353 (4) DIGITAL SYSTEMS DESIGN. Advanced combinational and sequential electronic system design. Hardware specification, modeling, and simulation using hardware description languages (HDLs) and CAD tools. Design with programmable logic including FPGA's. Applications include complex state machines, microcontrollers, arithmetic circuits, and interface units. Credit can be given for only one of EECE 353 or EECE 379. Prerequisite: One of EECE 201, EECE 256. [2-3-1] EECE 355 (3) DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND MICROCOMPUTERS. Data representation in digital computers; boolean algebra; the design and optimization and implementation of combinatorial and sequential circuits; modern digital circuit technologies; memory and programmable logic devices; organization and operation of microcomputers; data/address bus organization; input-output interfacing. Prerequisite: EECE 263. [3-2*-0] EECE 356 (4) ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS II. Analysis and design of electronic circuits; biasing of and small-signal models for transistors; frequency response of amplifiers; feedback and stability aspects of amplifier design; OP- AMPs; active filters; oscillators; IC specification and selection. Credit will only be given for one of EECE 356 or EECE 374. Prerequisite: Either (a) EECE 254 and one of EECE 253, EECE 263; or (b) EECE 202. [3-3*-0] EECE 359 (3) SIGNALS AND COMMUNICATIONS. Continuous and discrete time signal analysis by Fourier methods; convolution and correlation; filtering, sampling, and multiplexing; amplitude, phase and pulse modulation. Students taking this course will not be eligible for credit for EECE 369. Prerequisite: One of EECE 202, EECE 253. [3-0-0] EECE 360 (3) SYSTEMS AND CONTROL. Continuous and discrete time system analysis by Laplace and z transforms; system modeling by transfer function and state space methods; feedback, stability and sensitivity; control design; digital filtering. Students taking this course will not be eligible for credit for EECE 369. Prerequisite: One of EECE 202, EECE 253, EECE 263. [3-0-0] EECE 361 (2) SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LABORATORY. Communications and control systems laboratory; analysis and design software; spectral analysis and modulation; servo and regulator control system design. Prerequisite: One of EECE 359, EECE 360, EECE 369. [l*-3-0] EECE 363 (3) ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMECHANICAL DESIGN. Semiconductor fundamentals; modelling of electronis devices including diodes and transistors; design of power supplies, waveform generators and logic circuits; signals in time and frequency domains; operational amplifiers; active filters; oscillators; device specification and selection. Prerequisite: EECE 263. [3-2*-0] EECE 364(4) ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS AND WAVES. Maxwell's equations; plane waves in free space and lossy media; TEM transmission lines; polarization; reflection and refraction; waveguides; radiation; antennas. Prerequisite: One of EECE 202, EECE 261. [3-3*-0] EECE 365 (3) APPLIED ELECTRONICS AND ELECTROMECHANICS. Characteristics of semiconductor devices; analog circuits; force and torque production; motor principles and torque-speed characteristics; principles of power electronics. Not open to students in Electrical and Computer Engineering. Prerequisite: One of EECE 251, EECE 263. [2-2*-2*] EECE 369 (3) SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS. Continuous-time LTI systems, discrete-time LTI systems, convolution sum, discrete-time Fourier series and transforms, z-transform, sampling discrete-rime filtering, modulation, multiplexing, feedback systems, stability. Prerequisite: One of EECE 202, EECE 253. [3-1-0] EECE 370 (3) ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND POWER TRANSMISSION. A study of the basic types of electric motors and generators, transformers, rectifiers and inverters; electrical power measurements; distribution of electrical energy. Not open to students in Electrical and Computer Engineering. Prerequisite: One of EECE 251, EECE 263. [2-2*-l*] EECE 373 (4) ELECTRO-MECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION AND TRANSMISSION. Three phase transformers and harmonics; distributed windings and rotating fields; polyphase induction machines; synchronous machines; variable frequency operation and "brushless dc" machines; power generation and transmission over short lines. Credit will only be given for one of EECE 373 or EECE 374. Prerequisite: One of EECE 202, EECE 253, EECE 263. [3-3*-0] EECE 374 (4) ELECTRONICS AND ELECTROMECHANICS. BJT and MOSFET amplifiers; cascode and differential amplifiers; nonideal OP amps; feedback; active filters; permanent magnet. DC motors; variable voltage control; software control of variable frequency; mechanical power, torque and speed. Credit will only be given for one of EECE 374 or EECE 356, and one of EECE 374 or EECE 373. Prerequisite: Either (a) EECE 202 or (b) all of EECE 253, EECE 254. Corequisite: One of EECE 202, EECE 261. [3-3*-0] EECE 375 (6) COMPUTER-BASED INSTRUMENTATION DESIGN LABORATORY. Theory and practice of electronic instrumentation for software engineers. Computer-based data acquisition and control techniques. Design project. [1-10-0] EECE 376 (3) ELECTROMECHANICS. Magnetic circuits, principle of electromechanical energy conversion; basic linear actuators; torque and speed of rotating devices; reluctance, stepper, permanent magnet, induction, brushless DC motors, and basic DC motors; actuator/motor drive circuits and feedback controllers. Corequisite: EECE 363. [3-2 *-0] EECE 379 (3) DESIGN OF DIGITAL AND MICROCOMPUTER SYSTEMS. Logic synthesis using VHDL; the processor bus; memory systems; I/O interfaces and programming: programmed, interrupt-driven, direct memory access; timing analysis; system and peripheral buses. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of EECE 259, EECE 202 or (b) all of EECE 256, CPSC 218 or (c) all of EECE 201, CPSC 218. [2-3M] EECE 411 (3) DESIGN OF DISTRIBUTED SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS. Communications, processes, naming, synchronization, consistency and replication, fault tolerance, object-based middleware, and security technologies for distributed applications. Prerequisite: All of EECE 315, EECE 320 and one of EECE 310, EECE 314. Corequisite: One of EECE 456, CPSC 417. EECE 412 (3) INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SECURITY. Security risks, threats, and vulnerabilities from technical perspectives; confidentiality, integrity, and hybrid policies; cryptography, access control, assurance, accountability, and engineering of secure systems. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 211, CPSC 252. [3-0-0] EECE 415(3) REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING FOR SOFTWARE-INTENSIVE SYSTEMS. Elicitation, analysis, validation, description, management and traceability of functional and non-functional requirements. Specialized techniques. Emphasis on software-intensive systems but also applicable to other kinds of engineered systems. [3-1-0] EECE 416 (3) VERIFICATION OF SOFTWARE- INTENSIVE SYSTEMS. Different levels of testing including unit, integration, system, performance and regression levels. Requirements flowdown. Problem tracking. Coverage criteria. Static methods. Tools support. Specialized techniques. Assessment of correctness, reliability, safety. Prerequisite: EECE 415. [3-0-0] EECE 417 (3) SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE. Software architecture as a bridge from requirements to implementation. Architectural description and patterns. Iterative development. Use of commercial off-the-shelf products. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 352, CPSC 310 and EECE 315 and one of EECE 320, CPSC 220. [3-0-0] EECE 418 (3) HUMAN COMPUTER INTERFACES IN ENGINEERING DESIGN. Practical issues for interfaces for modern software. Task analysis, user modeling, usability engineering, representations, metaphors, prototyping tools. Applications: interactive multimedia systems, engineering, scientific visualization, engineering design. Prerequisite: One of EECE 320, CPSC 220, CPSC 221 and one of CPSC 310, CPSC 352, EECE 310, EECE 314. [3-0-0] EECE 419 (5) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING PROJECT. Team project involving the application of the software engineering concepts. Credit will only be given for one of EECE 389, EECE 419, or CPSC 319. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 310, EECE 310, CPSC 352. [0-10-0] EECE 423 (3) SOFTWARE SYSTEMS FOR MODELING AND SIMULATION. Discrete, continuous and hybrid approaches to modeling 512 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 and simulating natural and artificial systems. Credit will not be given for both EECE 423 and CPSC 405. Prerequisite: Either (a) CPSC 252 or (b) all of CPSC 128, CPSC 216 or (c) all of CPSC 211, CPSC 221; and one of STAT 251, MATH 318. [3-2-0] EECE 440 (3) ADVANCED OBJECT- ORIENTATION. Frameworks, patterns, enterprise-level modeling, making object oriented test cases. Distributed object architectures, databases. Prerequisite: One of EECE 320, CPSC 220, CPSC 221 and one of CPSC 310, CPSC 352, EECE 310. [3-0-0] EECE 443 (3) SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT. Advanced project planning, cost estimation and scheduling. Project management tools. Factors influencing productivity and success. Productivity metrics. Analysis of options and risk. Tools. Case studies. Prerequisite: One of CPSC 310, CPSC 352, EECE 310, EECE 314. [3-0-0] EECE 450 (3) ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF ENGINEERING PROJECTS. Time-money relationships; economic analysis of alternatives including the effects of interest rates, inflation, depreciation, taxation and uncertainty; cost estimation and budgeting; financial analysis of engineering operations. [3-0-0] EECE 451 (3) ENGINEERING PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT. Product development cycle: generation of ideas and market requirements for new products, economic and quality considerations, the team approach, relationships with suppliers and evaluation of proposed products. Cases involving North American and Japanese firms. [3-0-0] EECE 452 (3) INTRODUCTION TO OPTICAL NETWORKS. Wavelength division multiplexing, framing techniques, traffic grooming, a virtual topology design, routing and wavelength assignment, protection and restoration, optical packet switching. Prerequisite: EECE 359. [3-0-0] EECE 453 (3) COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS. Review of probability theory, signals and noise, spectral analysis; detection and estimation of signals in the presence of noise; performance calculations of amplitude, angle and pulse modulation systems; introduction to digital communication techniques. Prerequisite: EECE 359 and one of STAT 251, MATH 318. [3-0-0] EECE 454 (3) DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS. Formulation of the digital communication problem; definition of information, source and channel coding; digital modulation techniques, signal space, design of optimum digital receivers and performance calculations; trellis coded modulation; spread spectrum techniques; issues in wireless communication techniques and new standards. Prerequisite: EECE 453. [3-0-0] EECE 456 (3) COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS. Analysis, design and implementation of computer networks and their protocols. Queuing analysis, data link control, network design, routing, flow and congestion control. Satellite and packet radio networks. Local area networks. Prerequisite: One of STAT 251, MATH 318 and one of EECE 359, EECE 369; and one of EECE 259, EECE 315. [3-0-1] EECE 457 (3) RF ELECTRONICS. Introduction to radio communication systems; frequency selective networks; small- and large-signal high frequency amplifiers; oscillators; phase locked loops; modulators and demodulators; AM, FM, SSB and digital transceivers. Prerequisite: One of EECE 356, EECE 374 and one of EECE 359, EECE 369. [2-0-2] EECE 458 (3) POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS. Electric power transmission. Voltage regulation and power flow. Fault analysis. Transient stability. Protective relaying HVDC transmission. System design projects using a real-time power system simulator, the EMTP program, and MATLAB toolboxes. Prerequisite: One of EECE 373, EECE 374. [3-0-0] EECE 459 (3) COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN POWER SYSTEMS. Power system monitoring and control; hardware/software architectures for large networks; optimization. Artificial intelligence techniques. Application to problems of generation and load control, optimum power flow, power transactions, reliability and security enhancement. Prerequisite: One of EECE 373, EECE 374. [3-0-0] EECE 460(3) CONTROL SYSTEMS. Relationships between system parameters and system responses for linear control systems. Design specifications for dynamic and steady-state performance and realization by use of feedback and compensation networks. Design of PI, PD and PID analog and digital controllers. Prerequisite: EECE 360. [2-0-2] EECE 465 (3) MICROCOMPUTER SYSTEMS DESIGN. Microprocessor and system buses; advanced I/O methods; priority interrupts; event/exception handling; serial I/O; computer networking; memory system design; interaction of hardware and software, microprocessor comparison, testability issues, safety critical systems. Prerequisite: EECE 259 and one of EECE 353, EECE 379. [3-0-1] ^ECE 466 (3) DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS. DSP fundamentals; digital filter FIR and IIR structures; filter design; DSP architectures; DSP applications. Prerequisite: EECE 359. [2-0-2] EECE 467 (3) REAL-TIME IMPLEMENTATION OF DSP ALGORITHMS. Review of sampling, digital filter design, convolution, transforms; DSP systems and architecture; programming DSP boards in "C" and assembly, fixed-point vs. floating point arithmetic; testing; DSP solutions in audio and telecommunications. [2-3-0] EECE 468 (3) DIGITAL PROCESS CONTROL. Discrete systems, z-transform; sampled data systems; process control algorithms; multivari- able control; state space methods; response to stochastic inputs, Wiener and Kalman filtering; least squares parameter identification. Prerequisite: EECE 360. [2-0-2] EECE 470 (3) MICROWAVE CIRCUITS. Transmission lines; microwave integrated circuit lines; passive microstrip devices; microwave solid state control devices and circuits, amplifiers, oscillators and frequency conversion circuits. Prerequisite: One of EECE 364, PHYS 351. [2-0-2] EECE 474 (6) INSTRUMENTATION AND DESIGN LABORATORY. Theory and practice of electrical measurements and electronic instrumentation. [1-10-0] EECE 476 (3) COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE. Modern computer architecture, RISC and CISC machines, methods for performance improvements, multiple buses, pipelining, memory systems, caches, associative memories, multiple views of the design space and their interrelationships, other advanced architectures. Credit will be given for only one of CPSC 318 or EECE 476. Prerequisite: One of EECE 202, EECE 259, EECE 315. [3-0-1] EECE 478 (3) COMPUTER GRAPHICS. Physical and virtual graphics I/O devices. The GKS standard Interactive graphics. Transformations, modelling, rendering algorithms for 2- D and 3-D graphics. Curves and surfaces. Credit will not be given for both CPSC 414 and EECE 478. Prerequisite: CPSC 252. [3-0-0] EECE 479 (3) INTRODUCTION TO VLSI SYSTEMS. The chip design process using VLSI design styles in CMOS technology. Data path, control and register file design and layout. Clocking schemes, flip-flop and latch-based design. VHDL/Verilog design project using CAD tools. Prerequisite: One of EECE 353, EECE 379. Concurrent enrolment in EECE 480 recommended. [3-0-0] EECE 480 (3) SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES: PHYSICS, DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. Physics of operation, and design and analysis of modern transistors (eg. MOSFETs, MESFETs, HEMTs, BJTs, HBTs), emphasizing the suitability of particular transistors to high-frequency, high-speed or high-power applications. [3-0-0] EECE 481 (3) DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DESIGN. Overview of deep sub micron custom ic design. Advanced MOS models. IC fabrication. Timing and power calculations. Interconnect modeling and analysis techniques. Circuit- level design issues. SPICE circuit simulation. High-speed circuit design project. Prerequisite: EECE 479. EECE 480 recommended. [3-0-0] EECE 482 (3) OPTICAL WAVEGUIDES AND P H OTO NICS. Planar dielectric waveguides; single mode optical fibers; integrated optics waveguides and devices; semiconductor lasers; optical detectors; optical communications links. [2-0-2] EECE 483 (3) ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION. Basic antenna concepts; antennas for low, medium and high frequencies; terrestrial and satellite propagation links; environmental effects on electromagnetic radiation. Prerequisite: One of EECE 364, PHYS 351. [2-0-2] EECE 485 (3) DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. Design of microcomputer-based controllers and instru- PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS EECE — ELECTRICAL & COMPUTER ENGINEERING 513 mentation; basics of digital and analog computer interface hardware; processor structure and function; high-level and low-level languages and system design-related issues. Laboratory experiments in basic logic elements, computer interface control, and sensor-based software control of various devices. Credit will be given for only one of EECE 485 or APSC 380. Not open to students in Electrical and Computer Engineering. Prerequisite: One of EECE 365, PHYS 253 and one of CPSC 152, CPSC 122. [2-3*-2*] EECE 487 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS. Common manipulator configurations, actuator and sensor technology. Efficient representations and computational methods for real-time microprocessor-based implementation of robot control algorithms. Advanced robot control methods, network equivalents and applications to impedance control and bilateral (force-reflecting) teleoperarion. Implementation aspects. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 170, EECE 360. [2-0-2] EECE 488 (3) ANALOG CMOS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DESIGN. Design and analysis of analog integrated circuits, with emphasis on CMOS design techniques. Gain stages, opamp design, frequency compensation, oscillators, A/ D, D/A converters, PLL, DLL. Prerequisite: EECE 356. [3-0-1] EECE 490 (1-3) D TOPICS IN ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING I. Lectures or projects on subjects of current interest. EECE 491 (1-3) D TOPICS IN ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING II. Lectures or projects on subjects of current interest. EECE 492 (3) DISTRIBUTED ENERGY SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT. Energy systems, high voltage transmission technology, low voltage domestic distribution. Advanced energy storage systems, alternative energy sources, interfacing of distributed generation sources, harmonics and power quality, smart metering, and tariffs. [3-2*-0] EECE 493 (4) POWER ELECTRONICS. AC-DC, DC-DC, DC-AC, AC-AC. Converters. Analysis of idealized circuits with generalized loads. Introduction to applications of practical devices - diodes, thyristors, power transistors and FETs. Prerequisite: One of EECE 202, EECE 253, EECE 263. [2-3*-2*] EECE 494 (3) REAL-TIME DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN. Multi-tasking; interrupt-driven systems; task scheduling; task inter-communication and synchronization; memory management for real-time systems; performance measurement; hardware/software integration; hardware/software tradeoffs. Prerequisite: One of EECE 315, CPSC 315, CPSC 313. [3-0-0] EECE 495(4) INDUSTRIAL DRIVES. Analysis of typical loads. Characteristics and analysis of dc and ac drives. Commercial choices of drive for various applications. Dynamic response of ac and dc drives. Microprocessor-based controllers. [2-3*-2*] EECE 496 (5) ENGINEERING PROJECT. Project in electrical engineering or computer engineering involving design, experimental and/ or computer simulation work as selected from topics supplied by faculty members or proposed by a student and approved by faculty. An individual project report is to be prepared according to specifications available from the departmental office. Prerequisite: APSC 201. Fourth-year standing. [0-10-0] EECE 500 (3) TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION. EECE 502 (3) TOPICS IN INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND SYSTEM DESIGN. EECE 511 (3) TOPICS IN SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. EECE 512 (3) TOPICS IN COMPUTER S E C U RITY. Safety problems in computer security, information flow and access control models, security in distributed systems, design of secure systems, trust management, instrution detection, security and usability EECE 513 (3) FAULT TOLERANT DIGITAL SYSTEMS. Design and analysis of high- availability and life-critical embedded and commercial systems. EECE 514(3) REAL-TIME DIGITAL SYSTEMS S O F TWA R E. Real-time system modelling, data models; behavioural models; control models; structured methods; timing constraints; implementation constraints; implementation transformations; and process and resource control; synchronization methods; deadlock issues; storage management; application to engineering examples. MECH 563 is recommended. EECE 515(3) SYSTEMS ENGINEERING FOR SOFTWARE-INTENSIVE SYSTEMS. Principles and practices of systems engineering and architecture of large complex systems. Examples of military and industrial systems will be discussed; air traffic control, multi-mode radar systems, spacecraft control systems. EECE 516 (3) SOFTWARE AND SYSTEM TESTING. Theoretical and practical aspects of software and system testing. Functional and structural testing, integration testing, regression testing, test metrics, design for testability, test management. EECE 518 (3) HUMAN INTERFACE TECHNOLOGIES. Human sensation, perception, kinetics; input technologies, gesture, vision, speech, audio; metaphors, information appliances, ubiquitous computing, wearable computing; output technologies, video display, speech, audio, tactile, haptic; evaluation methodology; user centered design. EECE 519 (3) COMPUTER-SUPPORTED COLLABORATIVE WORK. Technical and social perspectives on collaboration and teamwork. Communications theory and collaboration technologies including email, instant messaging, videoconferencing, hypertext, knowledge management, and digital libraries. EECE 520 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN COMPUTER NETWORKING. Advanced treatment of fundamental problems in computer networking and packet switching. Internet routing and gateway protocols, traffic engineering and multi-protocol label switching techniques, quality of service mechanisms, network and application level signalling, real-time multimedia communications. EECE 530 (3) ROBUST MULTIVARIABLE CONTROL. Classic feedback control, linear systems, SISO and MIMO performance limitations, uncertainty, robust stability and performance, wind tunnel model and paper machine two-dimensional loop shaping control, practical MIMO analysis and design. EECE 540 (3) LINEAR AND NONLINEAR MULTIVARIABLE PREDICTIVE CONTROL. Advanced mathematics in a control-engineering framework; design and analysis of predictive multivariable controllers; hands on experience with industrial control solutions. EECE 541 (3) MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS. Theoretical and practical issues in designing multimedia systems. Interactive multimedia, digital video broadcasting and streaming, media asset management, video indexing and retrieval, content protection, and design of multimedia middleware. EECE 544(3) MEDICAL IMAGING. Physical principles of ultrasound, magnetic resonance, computed tomography and X-ray projection imaging. Methods of feature detection, segmentation, registration and visualization of 2D and 3D images. Applications in diagnostics, therapeutics and interventions. EECE 545 (3) SIGNAL COMPRESSION. Information theory; modelling; lossless coding including Huffman, arithmetic and dictionary coding; application to text and images; rate- distortion theory; audio-visual perception; quantization; prediction; transforms, subbands and wavelets; fractal and motion models; application to speech, audio, image and video. EECE 549 (3) DYNAMIC MODELING OF ELECTRIC MACHINES AND CONTROLS. Numerical aspects of time-domain simulation are reviewed. Dynamic modeling and analysis of power systems components including transformers, induction and synchronous machines, inverters, electric drives and associated controls. EECE 550 (3) TOPICS IN POWER ELECTRONIC DESIGN. New devices and applications in power electronics. Prerequisite: EECE 493. EECE 552 (3) VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY CONTROL IN MODERN DEREGULATED POWER SYSTEMS. Coordinated control of reactive power, voltage and frequency in large interconnected deregulated power systems. Factors influencing voltage stability. Methods of analysis, devices and strategies for reactive power control. EECE 553 (3) ADVANCED POWER SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. Computer-oriented analysis of electric power systems with regard to multiphase line constants, steady-state analysis of single and parallel circuits, lightning and switching surges; large-scale solution of power- flow problems; optimal real and reactive power flow. 514 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 EECE 554(3) ADVANCED POWER SYSTEM CONTROL AND DYNAMICS. Synchronous machine modelling; excitation and speed governor systems; enhancing power system damping through excitation or governor control; linear optimal stabilization of power systems; load shedding, generator dropping and other emergency measures; asynchronous operation and resynchronization; nonlinear stability; power-frequency control. EECE 556 (3) OPTIMUM FILTERING AND CONTROL. The minimum principle, calculus of variations, and dynamic programming. The minimization of algebraic and functional quadratic forms. Applications to optimum filtering for state and parameter estimation and to the optimization of dynamic systems. EECE 558 (3) SWITCHED MODE POWER SUPPLY DESIGN. Survey of different configurations. Choice of components. Magnetic component design. Buck converter. Boost converter. Flyback converter. Cuk converter. Resonant converter. Converter modelling and analysis techniques. Stability. Electromagnetic interference problems and shielding. Includes project work. Prerequisite: EECE 493. EECE 559 (3) ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS - SUPER CAPACITORS. Superconducting Magnetic Energy Storage. Pumped Storage. Other possible technologies. System modeling and control. EECE 560 (3) NETWORK ANALYSIS AND SIM U LATIO N. Solution of lumped and distributed networks. Time-domain solutions, discretization and integration rules. Frequency- domain solutions, FFT and windowing techniques. Systems of linear equations, reduction and sparsity techniques. Nonlinear elements. Computer-aided simulation. EECE 561 (3) ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES. Photovoltaic, wind, small hydro and fuel cell systems for stand alone and grid connected use. EECE 562 (3) STATISTICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING WITH APPLICATIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS AND DEFENCE. Stochastic dynamical models, Least Squares, Recursive Least Squares. Kalman, Hidden Markov, particle filters. Maximum likelihood estimation. Sensor management, Markov Decision Processes. Case studies: wireless communications, target tracking. EECE 563(3) WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTE MS. Characterization of fading channels such as land-mobile, mobile-satellite, cellular and indoor; modem design and performance on fading channels, diversity techniques, carrier and bit synchronization; effects of non-linearities and interference on system performance, and remedies; software and hardware system designs; system architectures (FDMA, TDMA, CDMA); cellular systems - frequency allocation, spectrum efficiency and channel assignment strategies; spread spectrum systems. EECE 564(3) DETECTION AND ESTIMATION OF SIGNALS IN NOISE. Formulation of the detection problem, optimum receiver principles, signal space, maximum likelihood decisions, error performance calculations. Estimation of signals in noise, linear and nonlinear estimation, cost functions, recursive mean square estimation, Wiener and Kalman filters. EECE 565 (3) DATA COMMUNICATIONS. Analysis and design of data networks for electronic information services and computer communications. Queuing analysis of data link response times; circuit, message and packet switching; multiplexing alternatives; modems; effects of data link capacity, link flows and topology on network performance; network operation and management via data link controls, error control, routing and flow control. EECE 566 (3) COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION THEORY. Coding for noisy channels, linear block codes, cyclic codes, convolutional codes, maximum likelihood decoding, trellis coded modulation, measure of information, source coding, channel capacity theorem. EECE 567 (3) PRIVACY AND SECURITY IN DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORKS. Introduction to cryptography, standard encryption algorithms, privacy and authentication issues in data networks, public key cryptosys- tems, digital signatures, information-theoretic approach to secrecy, cryptographic protocols. EECE 568 (3) CONTROL SYSTEMS. State- space analysis of continuous and discrete multivariable systems. Controllability and observability. Sensitivity considerations. Stability of linear and nonlinear systems. EECE 569 (3) MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS. Network architectures: cellular networks, ad hoc networks; access protocols; radio and network resource management; quality of service; mobility and location management; routing; mobile-IP; current wireless technologies for personal, local and satellite networks. EECE 570 (3) ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CONTROL. Discrete time models; gnrocess control algorithms; control of systems with process delay; minimum variance control; parameter identification; Kalman filtering. For students in Pulp and Paper Engineering and other specializations using process control. EECE 571 (1-4)C ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SEMINAR AND SPECIAL PROBLEMS. EECE 572 (1-3) C ADVANCED TOPICS IN CONTROL. Studies in areas of current research interest, with written problem assignments. EECE 574(3) SELF-TUNING CONTROL. Adaptive control; system identification; self- tuning control; design and implementation considerations; algorithm convergence and stability; industrial applications. EECE 575 (3) DIGITAL IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING. Mathematical preliminaries; image perception and modelling; image sampling and quantization; mathematical modelling; image enhancement; image restoration; image reconstruction from projections; image analysis; digital video; spatio-temporal sampling and reconstruction; motion modelling and estimation; video filtering. EECE 576 (3) SEMICONDUCTOR THEORY FOR DEVICE APPLICATIONS. A treatment of the structure and electronic properties of semiconducting materials and heterojunction devices; including energy bands, carrier transport mechanisms, scattering and recombination. EECE 577 (3) SOLID STATE ELECTRONIC AND PHOTONIC DEVICES. Solid-state devices of current interest (e.g. hetero structure transistors and lasers, very high speed silicon bipolars, short-channel MOSFETs) and their application in high-speed circuits. EECE 578 (3) INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DESIGN- FOR-TEST. Test and design-for-test methodologies. Fault modeling, test generation, test architectures, System on Chip test infrastructure and methodologies. Digital, analog, and mixed-signal circuit test and design for testability and manufacturability. EECE 479 is recommended. EECE 579 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN VLSI DESIGN. A course in VLSI design with an emphasis on new methodologies in digital IC design. Top-down design and CAD tools are illustrated through a class project. EECE 479 and EECE 481 are recommended. EECE 580 (3) EMERGING ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND DEVICES. The physics, fabrication and characterization of organic and carbon nanotube based capacitors, transistors, batteries, electro chromic windows, active displays, chemical sensors, photo-detectors, strain gauges, actuators and single molecule devices. EECE 581 (3) RADIO-FREQUENCY INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DESIGN. EECE 582 (3) OPTICAL FIBERS AND DEVICES. Modeling and analysis of dielectric waveguides; loss and dispersion in optical fibers; integrated-optics and photonics devices. EECE 583 (3) CAD ALGORITHMS FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. Algorithms used in contemporary computer-aided design tools targeting custom integrated circuits and field- programmable gate arrays, including high-level synthesis, logic optimization, partitioning, placement and routing, optimization techniques. EECE 584 (3) PROPOGATION AND CHANNEL MODELING FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM DESIGN. EECE 585 (3) APPLIED ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE PROPAGATION. Propagation Green's functions for one, two and three dimensions; antenna types and properties; physical propagation models for wireless communications. EECE 586 (3) WAVELETS, PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS IN SIGNAL PROCESSING. Concepts, methodologies and tools of signal processing using wavelets, including multi- resolution analysis, wavelet packets, wavelet dictionaries, wavelet denoising and selected applications. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS EECE — ELECTRICAL & COMPUTER ENGINEERING 515 EECE 587 (3) PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS OF IMAGING RADAR. Fundamentals of radar; the RADARSAT satellites; how imaging is achieved; Synthetic Aperture Radar processing; applications such as oceanography, agriculture and forestry, including the techniques of polarimetry and interferometry. EECE 588 (3) ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DESIGN. Analysis and design emphasizing CMOS implementations. Gain stages, biasing circuits, comparators, sample-and-hold circuits, switched-capacitor circuits, Nyquist-rate and oversampling A/Ds and D/As, oscillators, PLLs. EECE 589 (3) SYSTEM DESIGN FOR ROBOTS AND TELEOPERATORS. Requirements and methods for computer control of manipulator systems; computer simulation of mechanical linkages and actuator systems. Computer architectures suitable for manipulator control in robots and teleoperators. Prior taking of MECH 563 is recommended. EECE 590 (3) DIGITAL SPEECH AND AUDIO PROCESSING. DSP fundamentals; speech models; time-domain analysis methods; short- time spectrum analysis methods; homomorphic speech processing; linear prediction analysis methods; speech recognition; text-to-speech synthesis; audio modelling; digital recording, transmission and psycho acoustic broadcast distribution. EECE 591 (3) APPLIED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING. Review of DSP fundamentals: A/D conversion, filter design, FFTs, interpolation and fast convolution. MATLAB exercises including design of a digital SAR processor. Other industrial applications taken from GPS, images, audio and communications. EECE 592(3) ARCHITECTURE FOR LEARNING SYSTEMS. Symbolic methods used in conventional Al; knowledge representation, search strategies, inference mechanisms in expert system shells. Neural-network methods; system identification and pattern recognition issues, basic paradigms and their promises and limitations. Unified approaches using both symbolic and neural-network methods. Implementation issues using microcomputers in specific application domains, e.g. adaptive control and man- machine communication. EECE 593 (3) ADVANCED COMPUTER G RAP HICS. Geometric modelling, curves and surfaces (Bezier, B-splines). Solid modelling, representation schemes, CSG, B-rep Volumetric modelling, quadtrees and octrees. Prerequisite: EECE 478. EECE 595 (3) PARALLEL PROCESSING AND ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE. Overview of parallel processing, modelling, identification and scheduling of parallelism, architecture and characteristics of high-performance computer systems, interconnection networks, shared-memory and distributed memory systems, superscalar and symmetric multiprocessor systems, other topics in parallel and distributed processing. EECE 597(6) ENGINEERING REPORT. Project report on assigned topic of specialization. For students registered in the M.Eng. program in Electrical or Computer Engineering. EECE 598 (3) INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS TO ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS. Introduction to expert systems, fuzzy logic, neural networks, and other artificial intelligence-based methods; applications to electrical power systems; system fault analysis and restorative operation support; flexible systems with uncertainties; self-organizing systems. EECE 599 (12) THESIS. For M.A.Sc. EECE 699(0) THESIS. For Ph.D. EMER — EMERGENCY MEDICINE FACULTY OF MEDICINE EMER430(4) EMERGENCY MEDICINE. This course covers the principles of Emergency Medicine. The seminar series is case based and interactive. Teaching resuscitarive skills is emphasized. ENDS — ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS ENDS 211 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN. Survey of the visual, cultural, ecological and spatial literacies in environmental design and planning. ENDS 301 (6) ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN STUDIO 1: TERRAIN(S). Introduction to definitions of community; the study of relationships of human beings to each other and the environment; methods of analysis and composition; physical properties of land, natural and man-made; simple spatial and functional programs deployed in the creation of landscape and "place". ENDS 302(6) ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN STUDIO 2: CONSTRUCTION(S). Expands the terms of the purposeful transformation of "place" to include modifications to the environment at the scale of the individual; concepts of dwelling and habitation; the human body as an instrument of measure, dimension and design of the private realm. ENDS 320 (3) DESIGN, MEDIA AND REPRESENTATION. Theories, histories and techniques of design representation; geometry, design and expression are principle areas of focus. ENDS401(6) ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN STUDIO 3: SETTLEMENT(S). Expands the scale and design enquiry to emphasize the regard between communities and environment, urban infrastructure and ecological systems. ENDS402(6) ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN FOUNDATION: INSTITUTION(S). The exploration of a complex physical and spatial program for building in the public realm. Pre- architecture option. ENDS403(6) LANDSCAPE PLANNING FOUNDATION: COMMON(S). The exploration of a complex physical and spatial program in the design and planning of the public realm. Pre-Landscape Architecture Option. ENDS410(3) URBAN FORM AND STRUCTURE. Introduction to the major histories and theories of urbanism as expressed in the physical form of cities throughout Eastern and Western civilizations. Methods and Techniques of mapping will be a principle focus. ENDS420(3) TECHNOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE. Introduction to fundamental design principles and investigations of buildings, landscape, machines and furniture, including structure, enclosure, envelope and detailing. ENDS 440 (3) ECOLOGY AND URBAN DESIGN. The symbiotic relationship between ecological structures and the structure and quality of urban life. ENGL—ENGLISH FACULTY OF ARTS Attainment of a satisfactory Language Proficiency Index (LPI) score is a prerequisite to registration in 100-level English courses. See "Language Proficiency Index" in the Degree Requirements section within the Faculty of Arts or visit www.lpi.ubc.ca. ENGL 110 (3) APPROACHES TO LITERATURE. Study of selected examples of poetry, fiction, and drama. Essays are required. ENGL 111 (3) APPROACHES TO NON- FICTIONAL PROSE. Study of a selection of ^rose texts ranging in length from the essay to the book, with emphasis on writing of the twentieth century. Essays are required. ENGL 112 (3) STRATEGIES FOR UNIVERSITY WRITING. Study and application of the principles of university-level discourse, with emphasis on expository and persuasive writing. Essays and exercises are required. ENGL 120 (3) LITERATURE AND CRITICISM. Enriched study of selected works of literature from a number of critical perspectives. Open to students with a mark of "A" in English 12 or "B+" in English Literature 12. Essays are required. ENGL 121 (3) INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY TH EORY. Study of various theories of literature. Open to students with a mark of A in English 12 or B+ in English Literature 12. Essays are required. ENGL210(6) AN INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH HONOURS. For prospective Honours students accepted by the English Honours Committee on the recommendation of the instructor. Students permitted to take this course must take ENGL 211 concurrently Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One or Foundations. ENGL211 (6) SEMINAR FOR ENGLISH HONOURS. An introduction to practical criticism; required of and open only to students of ENGL 210. A limited number of texts from a range of genres and periods will be chosen for close critical analysis. ENGL 220 (3) LITERATURE IN ENGLISH TO THE 18TH CENTURY. A survey of prose, poetry and drama to the 18th Century. Prereq- 516 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 uisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One or Foundations. ENGL 221 (3) LITERATURE IN BRITAIN: THE 18TH CENTURY TO THE PRESENT. A survey of poetry, drama, fiction and non-fiction prose from the 18th century to the present. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One or Foundations. ENGL222(3) LITERATURE IN CANADA. The major types of Canadian writing: fiction, poetry, non-fictional prose, and drama Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One or Foundations. ENGL 223 (3) LITERATURE IN THE UNITED STATES. The major types of American writing: fiction, poetry, drama and non-fictional prose. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One or Foundations. ENGL 224 (3) WORLD LITERATURE IN ENGLISH. English literature produced outside Britain and North America. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One or Foundations. ENGL 225 (3) POETRY. Principles, methods, and resources for reading poetry. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One or Foundations. ENGL 226 (3) DRAMA. Principles, methods and resources for reading drama. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English, or Arts One, or Foundations. ENGL227(3) PROSE FICTION. Principles, methods and resources for reading the novel and the short story. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English, or Arts One, or Foundations. ENGL 228 (3-6) D TOPICS IN LITERARY AND/ OR CULTURAL STUDIES. Current research interests in English studies. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One or A Foundations. ENGL 229 (3-6) D TOPICS IN THE STUDY OF LANGUAGE AND/OR RHETORIC. Prerequisite: Six credits of first year English, or Arts One, or Foundations. ENGL 230 (3-6) D BIBLICAL AND CLASSICAL BACKGROUNDS OF ENGLISH LITERATURE. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English, or Arts One, or Foundations. ENGL 301 (3) TECHNICAL WRITING. Study of the principles of written communication in general business and professional activities, and practice in the preparation of abstracts, proposals, reports, and correspondence. This course is closed to first- and second-year students in Arts. Not for credit towards the English Major or Minor. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One or Foundations. ENGL 302 (3) ADVANCED PRACTICAL WRITING. Library research in the student's professional field; the writing of articles and research papers; detailed preparation of term or graduating essays required in a number of departments and faculties. Attention will be given to appropriate style. Not for credit towards the English Major or Minor. Prerequisite: ENGL 301. Permission of the course chair is also acceptable. ENGL 303 (6) INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION. Study of the principles and extensive practice in the writing of effective prose, from arrangement and punctuation to various stylistic strategies. May be taken in the second year. Not for credit towards the English Major or Minor. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One or Foundations. ENGL 304 (3) ADVANCED COMPOSITION. Special emphasis on rhetoric, with a focus on audience, authorial voice, and range of style. ENGL 307 (3-12) D STUDIES IN RHETORIC. Topics in rhetorical theories and their application. ENGL 308 (3-12) D RHETORICAL CRITICISM. A study of literary texts from a rhetorical perspective. ENGL 309 (3-12) D RHETORIC OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, AND MEDICINE. Exploration of the persuasive dimension of discourse practices in science, technology, and medicine. ENGL 310 (3) HISTORY AND THEORY OF RHETORIC: CLASSICAL RHETORIC. Introduction to classical rhetoric with attention to the analysis of present-day texts. ENGL 311 (3) HISTORY AND THEORY OF RHETORIC: THE LATER THEORY. Rhetorical theory from Augustine to the 21st century, emphasizing questions of persuasion in everyday life. ENGL 312 (3-12) D DISCOURSE AND SOCI ETY. Introduction to theories of language and culture, and to techniques for analysing discourses in their social contexts. ENGL 320 (6) HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LAN G U AG E. Development of the English language from West Germanic to the present; phonology, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary. ENGL 321 (3-12) D ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND USAGE. Descriptive approaches to the English Language ENGL 322 (3-12) D STYLISTICS. Application of linguistic theory and method to stylistic analysis. *ENGL 323 (3-12) D VARIETIES OF ENGLISH. Study of geographical, social, and/or urban dialects of English. ENGL 326 (3-12) D STUDIES IN THE ENGLISH LAN G U AG E. Topics in the history or structure of the English language. ENGL 328 (3-12) D METAPHOR, LANGUAGE AND THOUGHT. Exploration of the concepts underlying figurative language (in vocabulary as well as in grammar), using data from both colloquial and literary language. ENGL 329 (6) THE STRUCTURE OF MODERN ENGLISH. A description of English phonetics, phonology, grammar, and vocabulary. ENGL 340 (3) INTRODUCTION TO OLD ENGLISH. Old English grammar, with readings in the prose of the period. ENGL 343 (3) OLD ENGLISH LITERATURE. ENGL 344 (3-12) D MEDIEVAL STUDIES. ENGL346(3-6)D CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES. A detailed study of Chaucer's major works. ENGL 347 (3-12) D RENAISSANCE STUDIES. ENGL348(3/6)D SHAKESPEARE AND THE RENAISSANCE. ENGL 349 (3-12) D SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY STUDIES. ENGL352(3) MIDDLE ENGLISH. The forms and development of the language. ENGL354(3/6)D MILTON AND THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. ENGL 356 (3) CHAUCER. For Honours students. ENGL 357 (3-12) D RESTORATION AND EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY STUDIES. ENGL 358 (3-12) D STUDIES IN AN EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY GENRE. ENGL 359 (3-12) D STUDIES IN ROMANTICISM. ENGL 362 (3-12) D STUDIES IN A NINETEENTH-CENTURY GENRE. ENGL 364 (3-12) D NINETEENTH-CENTURY STUDIES. ENGL367(3) SHAKESPEARE. Intensive study of at least six plays. For Honours students. ENGL 369 (3-12) D STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1900. ENGL376(3) MILTON. For Honours students. ENGL 399(0) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience related to English studies, in an approved company or organization for a minimum of 455 hours. Orientation workshops and final reports. ENGL402 (3-12) D STUDIES IN POETRY. ENGL405 (3-12) D STUDIES IN DRAMA. ENGL406 (3-12) D STUDIES IN PROSE FICTION. ENGL407 (3/6) D A CRITICAL HISTORY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE. Not open to students who have taken ENGL 201 or ENGL 210 or ENGL 220. ENGL408 (3/6) D HISTORY OF CRITICISM AND THEORY. ENGL409(3/6)D MODERN CRITICAL THEORIES. ENGL412 (3) STUDIES IN CRITICAL THEORY. ENGL417 (3/6) D THE LITERATURE OF THE BIBLE. ENGL418 (3-12) D STUDIES IN EUROPEAN LITERATURE. ENGL419 (3/6) D HISTORY OF THE BOOK. ENGL462 (3-12) D TWENTIETH-CENTURY BRITISH AND IRISH STUDIES. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ENGL — ENGLISH 517 ENGL 464 (3-12) D TWENTIETH-CENTURY STUDIES. ENGL 466 (3-2) D STUDIES IN A TWENTIETH-CENTURY GENRE. ENGL 468 (3/6) D CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. ENGL 470 (3-12) D CANADIAN STUDIES. ENGL 472 (3-12) D AMERICAN STUDIES. ENGL 474 (3-12) D STUDIES IN CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE. ENGL 476 (3-12) D FIRST NATIONS STUDIES. ENGL 478 (3-12) D POST-COLONIAL STUDIES. ENGL 490 (3) MAJORS SEMINAR. Required of all Literature Majors. See Department Website (www.english.ubc.ca) for options. ENGL 491 (3-12) C SENIOR HONOURS SEMINAR. Offerings in literary theory. ENGL 492 (3-12) C SENIOR HONOURS SEMINAR. Offerings in literary research. ENGL 496 (3-6) D DIRECTED READINGS IN ENGLISH LITERATURE. For Honours students only. ENGL 499 (3/6) C HONOURS ESSAY. ENGL 500 (3) RESEARCH TOOLS AND METHODS. Required of all graduate students in thesis programs. ENGL 501 (3-12) D STUDIES IN BIBLIOGRAPHY. ENGL 502 (3-12) D STUDIES IN CRITICISM. ENGL 503 (3-12) D STUDIES IN PROSE. ENGL 504 (3-12) D STUDIES IN DRAMA. ENGL 505 (3-12) D STUDIES IN FICTION. ENGL 506 (3-12) D STUDIES IN POETRY. ENGL 507 (3-12) D STUDIES IN THE HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. ENGL 508 (3-12) D STUDIES IN THE . STRUCTURE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. ENGL 509 (3-12) D STUDIES IN RHETORIC AND THEORY OF COMPOSITION. ENGL 510 (3-12) D STUDIES IN OLD ENGLISH. ENGL 511 (3-12) D CHAUCER. ENGL 512 (3-12) D MIDDLE ENGLISH STUDIES. ENGL 514 (3-12) D STUDIES IN THE RENAISSANCE. ENGL 515 (3-12) D SHAKESPEARE. ENGL 519 (3-12) D STUDIES IN THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY. ENGL 520 (3-12) D STUDIES IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. ENGL 525 (3-12) D STUDIES IN THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. ENGL 530 (3-12) D STUDIES IN THE ROMANTIC PERIOD. ENGL 535 (3-12) D STUDIES IN THE VICTORIAN PERIOD. ENGL 539 (3-12) D STUDIES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. ENGL 540 (3-12) D STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1890. ENGL 541 (3-12) D STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1890. ENGL 545 (3-12) D STUDIES IN CANADIAN LITERATURE. ENGL 546 (3-12) D STUDIES IN COMMONWEALTH/POST-COLONIAL LITERATURES. ENGL 547 (3/6) C DIRECTED READING. ENGL 549 (6-12) C MASTER'S THESIS. ENGL 551 (3-12) D STUDIES IN LITERARY MOVEMENTS. ENGL 552 (3/6) D PRACTICAL CRITICISM. Close reading and analysis of selected literary texts. ENGL 553 (3-12) D STUDIES IN LITERARY THEORY. ENGL 555 (3-12) D STUDIES IN LITERATURE AND THE OTHER ARTS. ENGL 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. ENVR — ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES FACULTY OF SCIENCE ENVR 200 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES I. An introduction, in seminars and field trips, to the major global, regional, and local environmental issues facing human societies. Prerequisite: Open to all students with second-year, or higher, standing. [3-0-0] ENVR 300 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES II. An introduction to environmental research. Students investigate research methodologies and reporting in a range of scientific disciplines and fields. Prerequisite: Open to all students with third-year, or higher, standing in the Faculty of Science. [3-0-0] ENVR 449 (6) ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES TH ESIS. Prerequisite: ENVR 300 and fourth- year standing in the B.Sc. Environmental Sciences program. [3-0-0;3-0-0] EOSC— EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCES FACULTY OF SCIENCE EOSC 110 (3) THE SOLID EARTH: A DYNAMIC PLANET. Earth's origin, composition, structure, and natural resources. Plate tectonics as the driving force for volcanism, mountain building, and earthquakes. Imaging Earth's interior. Environmental geoscience and sustainability. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list for the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Corequisite: EOSC 111 is recommended. [3-0-0] EOSC 111 (1) LABORATORY EXPLORATION OF PLANET EARTH. An examination of the processes that shape and change the planet earth. This laboratory course accompanies any of EOSC 110, EOSC 112, EOSC 114, EOSC 116. Course content is customizable at the individual student level. Corequisite: One of EOSC 111, EOSC 112, EOSC 114, EOSC 116. [0-3-0] EOSC 112(3) THE FLUID EARTH: ATMOSPHERE AND OCEAN. Introduction to processes in ocean and atmosphere. Heat, current, winds, clouds, marine life, resources. Effects of coupling, climate change, pollution. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list, within the Faculty of Science section in the Calendar.) Corequisite: EOSC 111 is recommended. [3-0-0] EOSC 114(3) THE CATASTROPHIC EARTH: NATURAL DISASTERS. Introduction to causes and physical characteristics of disasters such as volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, tsunamis, hurricanes, storm surge, thunderstorms, tornadoes, landslides, wind waves, meteor impacts, mass extinctions. Corequisite: EOSC 111 is recommended. [3-0-0] EOSC116(3) DINOSAUR EARTH. Geologic time and earth habitat of dinosaurs; tectonic, climate, and ocean changes. Reading the fossil record of dinosaurs and their environment from rise through extinction. Corequisite: EOSC 111 is recommended. [3-0-0] EOSC 210 (3) EARTH SCIENCE FOR ENGINEERS. Focus on the interaction between society and the geologic environment. Locating, assessing and developing natural resources; understanding and preparing for natural hazards, design of structures and waste disposal sites. For applied science and forestry students only. [3-2-0;0-0-0] EOSC 211 (3) COMPUTER METHODS IN EARTH, OCEAN AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES. Problem solving in the physical, chemical, and biological sciences. Problems drawn from studies of the earth, the oceans and the atmosphere. [2-0-2] EOSC 212 (3) IMAGING THE EARTH. Use of imaging techniques at scales that range from 107m (satellite images) to 10-iom (atomic force microscopy) to study earth materials and processes. Prerequisite: One of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121 and one of PHYS 101, PHYS 107 and one of CHEM 111, CHEM 121. [3-0-0] EOSC 220 (3) INTRODUCTORY MINERALOGY. Introduction to crystallography, physical and chemical properties of minerals. Recognition and identification of common minerals. Prerequisite: One of CHEM 121, CHEM 123, CHEM 111, CHEM 113. [2-3; 0-0] EOSC 221 (3) INTRODUCTORY PETROLOGY. Optical mineralogy and the classification and genesis of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Prerequisite: EOSC 220. [2-3-0] EOSC 222 (3) GEOLOGICAL TIME. Measuring geological time and understanding Earth history using stratigraphic principles, paleontology and radioactive decay. Prerequisite: Second-year standing in Science. One of EOSC 1", EOSC 210, GEOG 101 or GEOG 103 is recommended. [2-2-0] 518 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 EOSC 223 (3) FIELD TECHNIQUES. Introduction to the techniques of geological mapping and the interpretation of field data. Includes three one-day field trips on weekends plus a seven-day field school after Spring examinations. A fee is to be paid by January 31. Corequisite: EOSC 221 and one of EOSC 222, EOSC 320. [2-2-0] EOSC 250 (3) FIELDS AND FLUXES. Application of classical theory of scalar and vector fields to geophysical sciences. Conductive, convecrive and radiative energy flux, gravitation, electrostatics, and magneto statics. Gauss' and Stokes' theorems. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 101, PHYS 107. Corequisite: MATH 200. One of PHYS 102, 108 is recommended. [3-0; 0-0] EOSC 252 (3) INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL GEOPHYSICS. Physical properties of geological materials determined from laboratory measurements and application to geophysical field surveys. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 101, PHYS 121 and one of MATH 101, MATH 121. [0-0; 2-3] EOSC 310 (3) THE EARTH AND THE SOLAR SYSTEM. The Earth as a planet: its composition, internal dynamics, and surface evolution. Rotation, magnetic field, plate tectonics, earthquakes, volcanoes. The ocean, atmosphere, and biosphere as components of a varying geo-environment. Not for credit in the Faculties of Science and Applied Science. No background in Science or Mathematics is required. Prerequisite: Second-year standing. [3-0-0] EOSC 311 (3) THE EARTH AND ITS RESOURCES. An introduction to the Earth with emphasis on its industrial and aesthetic resources. Rocks, minerals, gold, diamonds, sediments, fossils, oil and gas, canyons, and volcanoes and the processes that create them. Not for credit in the Faculties of Science and Applied Science. No background in Science or Mathematics is required. Prerequisite: Second- year standing. [3-0-0] EOSC 312 (3) THE EARTH SYSTEM AND ENVIRONMENTAL EVOLUTION. Earth's environmental history and aspects of contemporary global change. Plate tectonics, mass extinction, and the Gaia Hypothesis. Not for credit in the Faculties of Science or Applied Science. [3-0-0] EOSC 314 (3) THE OCEAN ENVIRONMENT. An introduction to the oceans and the processes that have shaped them, their composition and movement, waves, tides, beaches, interactions with the atmosphere and human exploitation of the non-living resources. Not for credit in the Faculties of Science or Applied Science. No background in Science or Mathematics is required. Prerequisite: Second-year standing. [3-0-0] EOSC 315 (3) THE OCEAN ECOSYSTEM. An introduction to life in the oceans, its variety and evolution; primary producers and their links to the environment, zooplankton, marine communities, living marine resources and their role in today's world. Not for credit in the Faculties of Science or Applied Science. Prerequisite: EOSC 314 is recommended. [3-0-0] EOSC 320 (3) SEDIMENTOLOGY. Origin, diagenesis and geochemistry of sediments and sedimentary rocks. Prerequisite: All of EOSC 221, EOSC 222. [2-2-0] EOSC 321 (3) PRINCIPLES OF IGNEOUS PROCESSES. Study of igneous processes with emphasis on the origins of volcanic rocks and deposits. Prerequisite: EOSC 221. [2-3-0] EOSC 322 (3) METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY. Deciphering Hthospheric processes as recorded by the mineralogy, chemistry and textures of metamorphosed rocks. Prerequisite: All of EOSC 221, CHEM 201, CHEM 202 and one of MATH 101, MATH 202. [2-3-0] EOSC 323 (3) STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY I. Analysis and interpretation of natural deformation. Prerequisite: All of EOSC 221, EOSC 222, EOSC 223. [2-3-0] EOSC 324 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MINERALOGY AND PETROLOGY. The common minerals and rocks, and the processes that formed them. Not for credit for science students in the Department of Earth & Ocean Sciences, except those following an applied geophysics stream in Geological Engineering. Credit will not be given for EOSC 324 and EOSC 220. Corequisite: One of EOSC 110, GEOG 103. [2-3-0] EOSC 325 (3) ADVANCED ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES IN MINERALOGY AND GEOCHEMISTRY. Application of X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscopy, electron probe microanalysis and other methods to the analysis of geological materials. Quality control, sampling statistics and decomposition techniques in geochemical analysis. Prerequisite: All of EOSC 220, CHEM 208. [2-3-0] EOSC 326 (3) EARTH AND LIFE THROUGH Tl M E. The fossil record of adaptation and extinction emphasizing the interaction of biological and geological processes. Not for credit in any Earth and Ocean Sciences program but allowable as credit towards the Earth Science component in the general science program. Prerequisite: Biology 100 level and third-year standing in Science. [3-0-0] EOSC 327 (3) GEOCHEMISTRY. Application of chemical thermodynamics to problem solving in the earth sciences. Geochemical tools are developed for: low-T aqueous geochemistry, high-T, high-P processes in the lithosphere, ore- deposit formation, and for prediction of geochemical reaction rates in all environments. Prerequisite: EOSC 220. Corequisite: One of CHEM 201, CHEM 205. [2-2; 0-0] EOSC 328 (3) FIELD GEOLOGY. Recording and processing geological data in the field. Held within the three weeks following April examinations after third year. A special fee is to be paid by January 31. Prerequisite: All of EOSC 323, EOSC 330 and one of EOSC 321, EOSC 322. EOSC 329 (3) GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY. Introduction to theory of groundwater flow; flow nets; regional groundwater resource evaluation; well hydraulics; role of groundwater in geologic processes. [2-2*-2*; 0-0-0] EOSC 330 (3) PRINCIPLES OF GEOMORPHOLOGY. Landform development; morphological and historical analysis of landforms; applications in engineering and resource development. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 101, GEOG 103, EOSC 110, EOSC 210. [3-2-0; 0-0-0] EOSC 331 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MINERAL DEPOSITS AND EXPLORATION GEOLOGY. Introduction to economic geology and models related to mineral exploration. Study includes typical deposit types and their plate tectonic setting. Prerequisite: One of EOSC 220, EOSC 324. [2-2-0; 0-0-0] EOSC 332 (3) TECTONIC EVOLUTION OF NORTH AMERICA. An overview of the geology and tectonic evolution of North America; comparisons and contrasts between Precambrian rocks of the North American craton and Phanerozoic belts of the Cordille- ran, Appalachian, Ouachita and Innuitian orogens; interrelations between sedimentation, deformation, metamorphism and magmatism in a plate tectonic context. Prerequisite: EOSC 323 or permission of the instructor. [3-0-0] EOSC 350 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL, GEOTECHNICAL, AND EXPLORATION GEOPHYSICS I. Principles of geophysical survey design, data acquisition, processing and interpretation with emphasis on near-surface problems. Magnetic, seismic reflection/refraction, electromagnetic and ground penetrating radar surveys. Case history analysis of environmental and geotechnical problems. Prerequisite: One of MATH 200, MATH 253 and third-year standing or higher in Science or Applied Science. [3-2-0] EOSC 351 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL, GEOTECHNICAL, AND EXPLORATION GEOPHYSICS II. Geophysical techniques for near surface and deeper structure DC resistivity, induced polarization, gravity and electromagnetic surveys. Case history analysis of environmental, geotechnical and exploration problems. Prerequisite: EOSC 350. [3-2-0] EOSC 352 (3) GEOPHYSICAL CONTINUUM DYNAMICS. Introduction to tensor calculus and continuum mechanics. Stress, strain and strain-rate tensors. Mass, momentum and energy balance. Applications to problems of geophysical heat transport, elasticity and fluid dynamics illustrated using MATLAB. Prerequisite: One of EOSC 250, EOSC 251, MATH 317. [3-0; 0-0] EOSC 353 (3) SEISMOLOGY. Hooke's law for isotropic conrinua, elastic wave equation, reflection and refraction methods for imaging the Earth's internal structure, plane waves in an infinite medium and interaction with boundaries, body wave seismology, inversion of travel-time curves, generalized ray theory, crustal seismology, surface waves and PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS EOSC — EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCES 519 earthquake source studies. Prerequisite: EOSC 352. [0-0; 3-3*] EOSC 354 (3) ANALYSIS OF GEOPHYSICAL TIME SERIES. Continuous and discrete Fourier transforms, correlation and convolution, spectral estimates, optimum least-squares filters, deconvolurion and prediction, frequency-wave number filtering. A practical course on computer techniques applied to the analysis of a wide range of geophysical phenomena. Prerequisite: One of MATH 101, MATH 121 and one of PHYS 101, PHYS 121. [3-2-0; 0-0-0] EOSC 370 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. History and development of oceanography; methods; ocean basin structure; properties of seawater; salinity, temperature and density distributions; circulation; waves and tides; acoustics, the oceans and climate. Prerequisite: Completion of first-year Science is required. [3-0-0] EOSC 371 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. Organisms in the sea and their relation to the physical and chemical environment; marine sediments and their relationships to biologic and physical processes. Prerequisite: EOSC 370 is recommended. Equivalency: BIOL 305. [3-0-0] EOSC 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT I. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial, university or government setting for a minimum of 14 weeks. Normally taken in the Summer Session (Terms 1 and 2) following second year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Earth and Ocean Sciences. EOSC 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT II. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial, university or government setting for a minimum of 14 weeks. Normally taken in Winter Session (Term 1) in third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Earth and Ocean Sciences. EOSC 420 (3) VOLCANOLOGY. Field and lab- based studies in volcanology concentrating on physical and chemical aspects of volcanic processes. Prerequisite: All of EOSC 220, EOSC 221. [2-3-0] EOSC 421 (3) ADVANCED SEDIMENTOLOGY. Description and interpretation of ancient and modern sediments, with emphasis on the origin, composition, textures, structures, diagenesis and chemistry of biogenic sediments. Prerequisite: EOSC 320 or permission of instructor. [2-2-0] EOSC 422 (3) STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY II. Studies of natural deformation using advanced techniques. Prerequisite: EOSC 323. [2-3-0] EOSC 424 (3) ADVANCED MINERAL DEPOSITS AND ORE PETROLOGY. Metal solubility and transport, chemical activity diagrams, fluid inclusions, stable isotopes, radiogenic isotopes, geothermometry, geobarometry, alteration and metal zonarion, and mineral exploration. Minerals of ore deposits studied using optical microscopy Corequisite: EOSC 331. [2-3-0] EOSC 425 (3) PALEONTOLOGY. Assessment of the geological impact of life both before and after the advent of hard skeletons. Fossilization processes; skeletal composition and structure; numerical taxonomy; bioerosion; biostrarigra- phy; and paleobiogeography in the context of plate tectonics. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: One of EOSC 222, EOSC 326. [2-3-0] EOSC426(3) MARINE GEOLOGY. History and methods; morphology and plate techtonics of ocean basins; hot spots and seamount chains; processes at mid-oceanic ridges; relations between oceanic circulation and sediments; continental margins. Prerequisite: EOSC 321. [2-3; 0-0] EOSC 427 (3) WATER-ROCK INTERACTIONS. Introduction to irreversible mass transfer between aqueous solutions and rocks as applied to problems in weathering, groundwater geochemistry, ocean geochemistry, environmental contamination, diagenesis, hydrothermal ore formation and geothermal systems. Corequisite: EOSC 327. [2-2-0] EOSC 428 (3) FIELD TECHNIQUES IN GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY. Hydraulic head measurements, water-quality sampling, pump and slug testing, infiltration measurements, profiling techniques. Held over five days after spring term at the Richmond groundwater hydrology field-school site. Enrollment limitations. Prerequisite: EOSC 329 or permission of the instructor. EOSC 429 (3) GROUNDWATER CONTAMINATION. Contaminant transport processes in groundwater flow systems; aqueous and multiphase transport; mathematical models describing migration and chemical evolution of contaminant plumes; case studies. Prerequisite: EOSC 329. [2-2-0] EOSC 430 (3) GROUNDWATER GEOCHEMISTRY. Quantitative approaches to practical groundwater geochemistry problems. Equilibrium thermodynamics, kinetics, complexation, oxidation reduction, cation exchange, sorption and partitioning of organics. Case Studies. Prerequisite: One of EOSC 327, CHEM 301. [2-2-0] EOSC 431 (3) GROUNDWATER REMEDIATION. Methods for containment and remediation of subsurface contaminants; including groundwater control, groundwater extraction, and in situ treatment. Experience with common design approaches. Prerequisite: EOSC 429. [2-2-0] EOSC 432 (3) FOSSIL FUELS. Origin, geochemistry and distribution of petroleum and coal in the strarigraphic record. Sedimentation of organic matter, organic diagenesis, migration and accumulation of hydrocarbons. Principles of exploration and development. Techniques for measurement of organic maturation and source rock analyses. Corequisite: EOSC 320. [2-2-0] EOSC 433 (2) GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE. Application of the principles and techniques of geology, geophysics, soil mechanics and rock mechanics at engineering sites. Analysis of projects and problems on a local and regional scale. Case histories. Prerequisite: All of EOSC 329, CIVL 310, MINE 303. [2-0-0] EOSC 434 (3) PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING. Role of geology and hydrogeology in siting, design, and construction of engineering structures; synthesis of rock mechanics and soil mechanics methods in various geological environments; introduction to computer applications in geological engineering. Prerequisite: All of EOSC 329, CIVL 310, CIVL 311 or permission of the department head. [2-2-0] EOSC447(6) THESIS. For B.A.Sc. Topic to be approved by the Department. [0-3-0; 0-3-0] EOSC 448 (2/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. Investigation of a topic to be agreed upon by a member of the faculty and the student. Permission of an undergraduate advisor and of the supervising faculty member is required before registration. EOSC 449 (6) THESIS. All Honours students are required to submit a thesis involving original research on a subject approved by the Department. Restricted to students in the Honours program. EOSC450(3) POTENTIAL METHODS. The theory and quantitative interpretation of potential field methods in geophysical exploration. Topics include gravity, magnetics, electrical and electromagnetic techniques. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 201, PHYS 311 and one of MATH 316, PHYS 312. [3-0; 0-0] EOSC 451 (3) APPLIED POTENTIAL FIELD AND BOREHOLE METHODS. Gravity, magnetics, radiometrics and borehole logging techniques. Fundamentals, field surveys, forward and inverse computer modelling, case histories and integrated geological/geophysical interpretations. Offered in alternate years with EOSC 452. Prerequisite: EOSC 250. [2-3-0] EOSC 452 (3) APPLIED ELECTROMAGNETIC METHODS. DC resistivity, induced polarization, rime-domain EM, frequency-domain EM and natural-source EM survey techniques. Fundamentals, field surveys, forward and inverse modelling, case histories and integrated geological/geophysical interpretations. Offered in alternate years with EOSC 451. Prerequisite: EOSC 250. [2-3-0] EOSC453(3) ADVANCED PHYSICS OF THE EARTH. Quantitative methods for determining the physical properties and structure of the earth. Basic inversion interpretation techniques for gravity, magnetic, seismic, paleomagnetic, radiometric methods. Thermal history and the evolution of the earth. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 312, MATH 316, MATH 257. [3-0-0] EOSC 470 (3) BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. A quantitative examination of processes regulating the abundance, distribution and production of phytoplankton, zooplankton, microbes and fish. Controls of 520 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 primary and secondary production, ecosystem dynamics and foodwebs. Prerequisite: EOSC 371. [3-0-0] EOSC 471 (3) DYNAMIC BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. Examination of the links between physical processes and biological populations in the ocean environment. The influence of time and length scales, turbulence, coastal upwelling, fronts, tidal mixing and internal waves on the distribution of biological populations. Prerequisite: All of EOSC 370, EOSC 371. [3-0-0] EOSC 472 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MARINE CHEMISTRY AND GEOCHEMISTRY. Elemental abundance in seawater and marine sediments; solution chemistry of seawater; chemical and mineralogical composition of sediments; the carbonate system; organic matter in the sea; gases; the nutrient elements; heavy metals; geochemical balance in the oceans. Prerequisite: One of EOSC 370, EOSC 371, CHEM 301. [3-0-0] EOSC 473 (3) METHODS IN OCEANOGRAPHY. Methods of data acquisition, study and analysis required in solving oceanographic problems. Includes a field school held during the mid-term break. A fee is to be paid by January 31. Open to third- and fourth- year students in Oceanography, or with permission of the Department Head. Prerequisite: EOSC 370. [0-3-0] EOSC474(3) MARINE POLLUTION. An interdisciplinary study of pollution, with examples drawn from coastal and oceanic environments, including areas of local interest. Intended for third and fourth year students with a background in the sciences. [3-0-0] EOSC 475 (3) MARINE MICROBIOLOGY. Advanced biology, ecology and diversity of marine microbes. Emphasis on the roles of A bacteria and viruses in marine foodwebs and geochemical cycles. Prerequisite: A minimum of six credits of third-year level life science courses. [3-0-0] EOSC 476 (3) ESTUARIES. An interdisciplinary study of the features and the physical, chemical, biological and geological processes in estuaries. Prerequisite: All of EOSC 370, EOSC 371 and fourth-year standing or permission of the department head is required. [3-0-0] EOSC 477 (3) GEOPHYSICAL FLUID DYNAMICS. The fundamental principles governing the flow of a density-stratified fluid on a rotating planet, with applications to the motions of the ocean and atmosphere. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 312, MATH 316. Equivalency: ATSC 414. [3-0-0] EOSC 478 (3) INTRODUCTION TO FISHERIES SCIENCE. An introduction to the ecology and management of freshwater and marine fisheries. Topics include: population dynamics, species interactions, communities, environmental influences, stock assessment, economics and sociology of fisheries. Laboratories will consist of numerical analyses and simulations. [2-0-3] EOSC 498 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT III. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial, university of government setting for a minimum of 14 weeks. Normally taken in the Summer Session (Terms 1 and 2) following third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Earth and Ocean Sciences. EOSC 499 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial, university or government setting for a minimum of 14 weeks. Normally taken in the Summer Session (Terms 1 and 2) following fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Earth and Ocean Sciences. EOSC 510 (3) DATA ANALYSIS IN ATMOSPHERIC, EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCES. [3-0-0] EOSC 511 (3) NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES FOR OCEAN, ATMOSPHERE AND EARTH SCIENTISTS. This course is Web-based. Credit will not be granted for both ATSC 409 and ATSC 506/EOSC 511. Equivalency: ATSC 506. EOSC 512 (3) ADVANCED GEOPHYSICAL FLUID DYNAMICS. EOSC 513 (3) IMAGING AND ESTIMATION WITH WAVELETS. EOSC 520 (3) ADVANCED MINERALOGY. Crystal structure, chemistry, origin and paragenesis of major rock-forming and ore minerals. EOSC 521 (3) MICROBEAM AND DIFFRACTION METHODS FOR THE CHARACTERIZATION OF MINERALS AND MATERIALS. [2-3-0] EOSC 522 (3) METHODS AND MODELING IN PETROLOGY AND GEOCHEMISTRY. [3-0-2] EOSC 523 (3) ISOTOPE GEOLOGY. EOSC 524 (3) PROBLEMS IN PALEONTOLOGY. Seminar. Given in alternate years. EOSC 525 (3) EXPLORATION rGEOCH EM ISTRY. Distribution of elements in relation to mineralization; application of geochemical techniques to mineral exploration. EOSC 526 (3) MECHANICS OF NATURAL DEFORMATION. Lectures and laboratory problems. EOSC 527 (3) BIOGENIC SEDIMENTS AND EARTH'S ENVIRONMENTAL HISTORY. EOSC 528 (3) ADVANCED COAL GEOLOGY. The origin and character of coal and associated strata. Petrology, chemistry and physical properties of coal. Sedimentology of peat, biochemical and geochemical stages of coalifi- cation and oxidation of coal. Use of organic matter as a geothermometer and inbasinal analysis. Structural analysis and character of coal deposits. Analytical methods applied to coal. EOSC 529 (3) ADVANCED GEOTECHNICS. Advanced topics in engineering geology. Emphasis will be on the physics of geological failures and the mathematical modelling of such failures for the purposes of analysis, prediction and design at engineering sites. Prerequisite: EOSC 433. EOSC 530 (3) ADVANCED IGNEOUS PETROLOGY. Lectures, seminars and laboratories on the application of physical chemistry to the origin of igneous rocks; crystallization processes in silicate magmas; melt physical properties, heat transfer and fluid flow. EOSC 531 (3) EXPLORATION METHODOLOGY. EOSC 532 (3) FIELD LABORATORY IN GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY. Hydraulic head measurements, water-quality sampling, pump and slug testing, infiltration measurements, profiling techniques. Computer analysis of field data. Held after spring term at the Richmond groundwater hydrology field site. Enrollment limitations. Prerequisite: EOSC 533. EOSC 533 (3) ADVANCED GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY. Finite-difference models of steady-state and transient groundwater flow in the saturated and unsaturated zones; applications to regional groundwater flow, groundwater recharge, subsurface contributions to streamflow, and aquifer evaluation. EOSC 534 (3) ADVANCED METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY. The characterization of metamorphic processes using mineral assemblages, mineral compositions, thermodynamics, and mass conservation equations. EOSC 535 (3) TRANSPORT PROCESSES IN POROUS MEDIA. Transport of mass and heat in groundwater flow systems; modelling techniques including an introduction to the finite-element method; modelling of groundwater contamination. EOSC 536 (3) APPLIED GROUNDWATER FLOW MODELLING. Mathematical principles of groundwater flow; detailed study of the equations of flow in confined and unconfined aquifers. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: EOSC 533. EOSC 537 (3) TOPICS IN GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY. A survey of the principal literature. Prerequisite: EOSC 533. EOSC 538 (3) DIAMOND EXPLORATION. EOSC 539 (3) GEOCHEMISTRY OF HYDROTHERMAL ORE DEPOSITS. Prerequisite: Completion of a course in Economic Geology EOSC 540 (3) ADVANCED GROUNDWATER GEOCHEMISTRY. EOSC 541 (3) MULTI-COMPONENT REACTIVE TRANSPORT MODELING IN GROUNDWATER. Prerequisite: Either (a) EOSC 430 or (b) EOSC 540; and EOSC 533. EOSC 542 (3) ADVANCED VOLCANOLOGY. EOSC 543 (1-3) D TOPICS IN SOLID EARTH SCIENCES. EOSC 544(3) GEODYNAMICS. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS EOSC — EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCES 521 EOSC 545 (3) ADVANCED MODELS IN MINERAL DEPOSITS. EOSC 546 (3) ADVANCED FIELD METHODS IN EARTH SCIENCE. EOSC 548 (3) GRADUATING PAPER FOR MASTERS CANDIDATES WITHOUT THESIS. EOSC 549 (6-12) D MASTER'S THESIS. EOSC 550 (3) LINEAR INVERSE THEORY. Model construction, appraisal of nonunique- ness, and inference in linear problems. Tomographic inversions. EOSC 551 (2^4) C EARTHQUAKE SEISMOLOGY. Seismic source theory, wave propagation in layered media, anelasticity, free oscillations, instrumentation, data analysis and interpretation. EOSC 552 (2^4) C GEOMAGNETISM AND AERONOMY. Description of the geomagnetic field, dynamo theory of the origin of the geomagnetic field, transient magnetic variations, magnetic storms and ionospheric disturbances. EOSC 553 (2^4) C GEOPHYSICAL ANALYSIS. Lectures and seminars on applications of statistical communication theory to analysis of geophysical data, time series analysis, optimum linear systems, and decision theory. EOSC 554 (2^4) C THEORETICAL GLACIOLOGY. Lectures and seminars on theoretical aspects of glacier mechanics; flow, stress and temperature fields, sliding theory, flow instabilities. EOSC 555 (2^4)C NONLINEAR INVERSE THEORY. Model construction, appraisal of nonuniqueness, and inference in nonlinear problems. Stochastic inverses, constrained optimization, joint inversions and image processing. EOSC 556 (2-6)C STUDIES IN APPLIED GEOPHYSICS. EOSC 557 (2-6) C INFORMATION PROCESSING OF GEOPHYSICAL DATA. EOSC 558 (2-6) C STUDIES IN GLACIOLOGY. EOSC 559 (3) ROCK PHYSICS. Topics include the material properties of porous rocks; the visco-elasric behaviour of rocks; elastic wave propagation and attenuation, and electrical properties. EOSC 560 (3) THEORY OF THE EARTH. A quantitative approach to understanding the earth through elasticity and anelasticity, thermodynamics, geochemistry, and geomagnetism. Specific topics include free oscillations, geodynamics, evolution of the earth, and magnetohydrodynamics with dynamo theory EOSC 561 (2-6)C THEORY AND METHODS IN SEISMIC INTERPRETATION. Topics to be selected from the following: forward modelling, analysis and inversion procedures as used in multichannel reflection, wide-angle reflection and refraction studies of the lithosphere. Velocity analyses, wave equation migration, dip moveout, synthetic seismograms, tomographic inversion, one-dimensional synthetic seismo grams, tau-p methods, waveform inversion, two-dimensional ray tracing and synthetic seismograms, tomographic inversion. EOSC 562 (3) MECHANICS OF EARTHQUAKES AND FAULTING. EOSC 570 (3) PALEOCEANOGRAPHY. [3-0-0] EOSC 571 (2-6) D SEMINAR IN PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE. EOSC 572 (3) MARINE GEOCHEMISTRY. Geochemistry of marine sediments and geochemical cycles in the ocean. EOSC 573 (3) METHODS IN OCEANOGRAPHY. EOSC 574 (3) MARINE PHYTOPLANKTON ECOLOGY. Emphasis on the biology of the organisms and the physiological ecology of primary production by phytoplankton. EOSC 370 and EOSC 371 are recommended. Offered in alternate years. EOSC 575 (2) BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHIC MECHANISMS. A study of components in the pelagic food chain of the sea including factors affecting the production and consumption of marine organisms. Prerequisite: EOSC 370. EOSC 576 (3) INORGANIC CHEMICAL TRACERS IN THE STUDY OF MARINE SYSTEMS. The chemical composition of seawater, cycles of gases, trace metals and radionuclides within the sea, chemical tracers in the study of water mixing, water movement and changes in ocean currents over time. EOSC 577 (3) INORGANIC CHEMICAL PROCESSES IN THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT. The solution chemistry of seawater, chemical speciarion in natural waters, thermodynamic and kinetic modelling of marine chemical systems. EOSC 578 (3) SEMINAR IN BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. EOSC 579(1) DYNAMIC OCEANOGRAPHY. Consult the Credit Exclusion List in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar. Prerequisite: EOSC 512. EOSC 580 (3) DYNAMIC METEOROLOGY. Applications of the equations of motion on a rotating sphere to selected large-scale atmospheric phenomena. Topics include the general circulation, wave generation and propagation, barotropic and baroclinic instability, climate modelling and the role of the oceans. Offered in alternate years. EOSC 581 (3) SEMINAR IN MARINE SEDIMENT GEOCHEMISTRY. A review of selected areas of recent research on the geochemistry of marine sediments. This course is intended for graduate students with qualification in chemistry or geochemistry. EOSC 582 (3) SATELLITE REMOTE SENSING: APPLICATIONS TO OCEANOGRAPHY AND METEOROLOGY. A review of the satellite- sensed data products used in research and operational aspects of oceanography and meteorology. Equivalency: GEOG 515. EOSC 595 (2-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. Advanced studies under the direction of a staff member may be arranged in special cases with the approval of the department head. EOSC 598 (3) M.ENG. GRADUATING PAPER. EOSC 599 (6-12) D THESIS. For M.A.Sc. EOSC 649(0) THESIS. For Ph.D. (Science). EOSC 699(0) THESIS. For Ph.D. (Engineering). EPSE — EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY AND SPECIAL EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION EPSE 301 (3) INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. [3-0] EPSE 303 (3) TEACHING HIGHLY ABLE LEARNERS. Identification and appraisal of developmental and educational needs of highly able learners. [3-0] EPSE 306 (2) EDUCATION DURING THE ADOLESCENT YEARS. Developmental characteristics of persons from pre-school age through adulthood. Physical, social, cognitive, moral, and emotional growth of both normal and exceptional children in grades 8-12. The teacher's role in assisting such students to deal with major developmental issues and problems. Pass/Fail. [2-0-0] EPSE 312 (3) INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY W)F EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. An examination of all groups of exceptional children in terms of definition, incidence, characteristics, diagnosis and treatment. Prerequisite to most other courses in Special Education. Can be taken concurrently with several other introductory courses in Special Education. [3-0] EPSE 313 (3) EDUCATIONAL APPLICATION OF DEVELOPMENTAL THEORIES. Theories of human development; physical, social, cognitive, moral, and emotional developmental characteristics from infancy to adolescence; implications for educational practice with students of different age and developmental status during the elementary school years. Pass/Fail. [3-0-0] EPSE 314(3) INTRODUCTION TO THE EDUCATION OF THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED. An introductory course reviewing the identification and education of blind and partially sighted children. Designed to aid teachers to accommodate visually impaired children in the regular class setting. Prerequisite: EPSE 312. Corequisite: EPSE 312. [3-0] EPSE 315 (3) LANGUAGE DISORDERS OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. The course deals with severe language disabilities in children. Emphasis is placed on theories of language acquisition as applied to assessment. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 312, EPSE 317. Corequisite: One of EPSE 312, EPSE 317. [3-0] EPSE316(3) LEARNING DISABILITIES. Identification, assessment and needs of children with learning disabilities. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 312, EPSE 317. [3-0-0] 522 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 EPSE 317 (3) DEVELOPMENT AND EXCEPTIONALITY IN THE REGULAR CLASSROOM. The teacher's role in dealing with major developmental and special educational issues and problems within the regular classroom program, including working with supportive services, parents, and communities. Designated sections will focus on early childhood, middle childhood or adolescence. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 306, EPSE 313. Corequisite: One of EPSE 306, EPSE 313. [3-0-0] EPSE 320 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION FOR STUDENTS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS. This course is restricted to students enrolled in a program for Education of Visually Impaired children or those who hold the Diploma or its equivalent. [3-0] EPSE 342 (3) FIELD EXPERIENCES WITH INDIVIDUAL ATYPICAL CHILDREN. Supervised experience working with several atypical children in a community setting. Diagnosing needs, planning programs and integrating instruction and materials on an individual basis. Prerequisite: Permission of the department is required. [1-9] EPSE 344 (3) PROGRAMMING IN SPECIAL EDUCATION: DEVELOPING PERSPECTIVE. An examination of the range of educational methodologies and teaching procedures and a discussion of their implications for the establishment of programs useful in working with exceptional children. The course comprises a practical examination and a detailed comparison of the major special educational methodologies. [3-1] EPSE 348 (3) FAMILY-CENTRED PRACTICE FOR CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS. EPSE 380 (3-12) C SELECTED TOPICS IN INFANT DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORTED CHILD CARE. EPSE 390 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS. Astudyof innovative practices, ideas, and theories in special education. The specific topics may change yearly to reflect changing priorities and interests in special education, and the specific interest and competencies of visiting and regular faculty. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 312, EPSE 317. Permission of the instructor is required. [3-0] EPSE 399 (3) EDUCATION AND CULTURE IN THE DEAF COMMUNITY. Designed for students intending to work with Deaf persons. EPSE 401 (3) INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN. Principles of instructional design and their application to the development, analysis, and evaluation of instructional plans for selected settings, instructional formats, and age groupings of learners. [3-0] EPSE 403 (3) EDUCATION OF STUDENTS WITH DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES IN INCLUSIVE SETTINGS. [3-0] EPSE 406 (3) TYPICAL AND ATYPICAL DEVELOPMENT IN INFANTS AND CHILDREN. EPSE 408 (3) EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMMING FOR HIGHLY ABLE LEARNERS. Planning elementary and secondary level programs for highly able learners. [3-0] EPSE 410 (3) ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGIES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION. The use of microcomputers, adaptive technology, and software across age levels and areas of exceptionality in special education and health care settings. [2-1] EPSE 411 (3) AUGMENTATIVE AND ALTERNATIVE COMMUNICATION FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH SEVERE SPEECH AND/ OR PHYSICAL IMPAIRMENTS. [3-0-0] EPSE 415 (3) TECHNOLOGY FOR THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED. Preparation of teachers to work with a variety of technological devices designed for students who are blind or visually impaired, e.g., computers, electronic reading devices, and closed circuit television. This course is restricted to students enrolled in a program for Education of Visually Impaired Children. [2-2] EPSE 420 (3) ASSESSMENT OF INFANTS AND YOUNG CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS. Risk indicators, risk assessment, tools and instruments for informal assessment, interpreting standardized observational skills, and roles as IDP/SCC consultants. Prerequisite: All of EPSE 348, EPSE 406. EPSE 421 (3) ASSESSMENT OF LEARNING DIFFICULTIES. Theories of learning and instruction; principles and practices of diagnosis and assessment as these relate to students with relevant special needs. Corequisite: EPSE 316. [3-0] EPSE 423 (3) LEARNING, MEASUREMENT AND TEACHING. Theories of learning and instruction; principles and practices in the assessment of classroom learning. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 306, EPSE 313. [3-0] EPSE 425 (6) PROVISIONS IN THE EDUCATION OF THE VISUALLY HANDICAPPED. Provisions, procedures and methodology in the teaching of specific curriculum for the blind and visually impaired. Life 'skills and adjustment to blindness. This course is restricted to students in a program of Education of Visually Impaired Children. [3-0] EPSE 426 (3) PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING THE HEARING IMPAIRED. An introductory course reviewing methods of teaching, administration, and organization of the educational program for the hearing impaired. Pre or corequisite: EPSE 312 or 317. Prerequisite: EPSE 312. May be taken as a corequisite. [3-0] EPSE 431 (3) PROGRAMMING FOR CHILDREN WITH SPECIFIC LEARNING DISABILITIES. Methods and programs for learning disabilities are reviewed. Practical experience in the development and execution of a remedial program is required. Prerequisite: EPSE 316. [3-0] EPSE 432 (3) CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT. [3-0-0] EPSE 433 (3) ASSESSMENT AND POSITIVE BEHAVIOURAL SUPPORT IN SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY SETTINGS. [3-0-0] EPSE 436 (3) SURVEY OF BEHAVIOUR DISORDERS IN CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS. [3-0] EPSE 437 (3) INTERVENTIONS FOR CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS WITH BEHAVIOUR DISORDERS. [3-0-0] EPSE 440 (3) SUPPORTING SOCIAL AND COMMUNICATION DEVELOPMENT IN INFANTS AND YOUNG CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS. Intervention and program planning for communication/language development, social/emotional development, and behavioural support. Prerequisite: All of EPSE 348, EPSE 406, EPSE 420. EPSE 441 (3) EARLY INTERVENTION FOR INFANTS AND YOUNG CHILDREN WITH SENSORY LOSS AND MOTOR IMPAIRMENTS. Prerequisite: All of EPSE 348, EPSE 406, EPSE 420. EPSE 448 (3) EDUCATION OF STUDENTS WITH MULTIPLE DISABILITIES IN INCLUSIVE SETTINGS. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 312, EPSE 317. [3-0] EPSE 449 (3) EDUCATION OF STUDENTS WITH AUTISM. [3-0] EPSE 455 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ORIENTATION AND MOBILITY FOR THE BLIND. Understanding the process of teaching independent travel to blind students, including orientation and mobility skills in school. Restricted to students enrolled in a program for Education of Visually Impaired Children or those who hold the Diploma or the equivalent. Prerequisite: EPSE 425. Corequisite: EPSE 425. [2-2] EPSE 461 (3/6)C EDUCATIONAL DIAGNOSIS AND REMEDIAL INSTRUCTION. Interpretation of informal and standardized test scores in educational diagnosis; estimates of actual and optimum levels of individual achievement; individual differences as factors affecting performance; methods of encouraging the optimum achievement of individuals; methods and practice materials for remedial teaching. EPSE 462 (3/6)C HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN E D U CAT ION. Investigates selected concepts of developmental theory in terms of their influence upon instructional practice. Particular emphasis is placed on social and intellectual development. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 306, EPSE 313. EPSE 481 (3) INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN E D U CATI O N. The nature of scientific study and essentials of survey, experimental and other empirical research designs. Designed for students proceeding to graduate work. Prerequisite: EPSE 482. May also be taken as a corequisite. EPSE 482 (3) INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS FOR RESEARCH IN EDUCATION. Basic concepts and principles of descriptive and inferential statistics. Designed for students proceeding to graduate work involving quanti- PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS EPSE — EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 523 tative methodology. Prerequisite: Proficiency in modern high school algebra. [3-0] EPSE 483 (3) STATISTICS IN EDUCATION. Topical survey of various statistical methods used in research in Education. Designed to prepare students to read literature of empirical research. May not be used as prerequisite to EPSE 592. [3-0] EPSE 484 (3) NONPARAMETRIC AND RELATED STATISTICS. Distribution-free statistical techniques for analysis of ranked data, and analysis of discrete observations. Prerequisite: EPSE 482. [3-0] EPSE 501 (3) APPLICATIONS OF EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. EPSE 502 (3) COGNITION, LANGUAGE AND LITERACY PROCESSES IN EDUCATION. EPSE 503 (3) CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES ON LEARNING, DEVELOPMENT AND MEDIA. EPSE 505 (3) HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN EDUCATION. EPSE 506 (3) COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY TEACHING. EPSE 508 (3-12) D REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY AND SPECIAL E D U CATI O N. Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: EPSE 482. EPSE 509 (3) ORGANIZATION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION SERVICES. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 312, EPSE 317. EPSE 510 (3) D ADVANCED APPLICATION OF ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGIES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION. EPSE 511 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN EDUCATION. EPSE 512 (3) CRITICAL ISSUES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION. EPSE 513 (3) SEMINAR IN DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES. EPSE 514 (3) SEMINAR IN BEHAVIOURAL ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION. Prerequisite: EPSE 433. EPSE 515 (3-6) D SEMINAR IN BEHAVIOUR DISORDERS. EPSE 516 (3) SEMINAR IN THE DEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATION OF HIGHLY ABLE AND CREATIVE LEARNERS. EPSE 517 (3) ACOUSTIC ENVIRONMENTS AND AMPLIFICATION IN THE CLASSROOM. Prerequisite: AUDI 598. Corequisite: AUDI 598. EPSE 518 (3) SPEECH DEVELOPMENT OF DEAF AND HARD OF HEARING STUDENTS. Prerequisite: AUDI 598. Corequisite: AUDI 598. EPSE 519 (3) DEVELOPMENT OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE SKILLS OF DEAF AND HARD OF HEARING STUDENTS. Prerequisite: EPSE 521. LING 320 is recommended. Corequisite: EPSE 521. EPSE 520 (3) CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN THE EDUCATION OF DEAF AND HARD OF HEARING STUDENTS. Prerequisite: EPSE 519. EPSE 521 (3) PSYCHOSOCIAL ASPECTS OF HEARING LOSS. EPSE 522 (3) DESIGNING ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROGRAMS FOR DEAF AND HARD OF HEARING STUDENTS. Prerequisite: EPSE 519. EPSE 524(3) PRACTICUM IN SPEECH AND ENGLISH LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT WITH DEAF AND HARD OF HEARING STUDENTS. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: All of EPSE 518, EPSE 522. EPSE 525 (3) STUDIES IN SIGN LANGUAGE. Prerequisite: EPSE 399. [3-0] EPSE 526 (3) SEMINAR IN SPECIFIC LEARNING DISABILITIES. Prerequisite: EPSE 316. EPSE 528(3) BASIC PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 482, EPSE 483 and an introductory course in measurement. EPSE 529(3) TEST CONSTRUCTION. Prerequisite: EPSE 528. EPSE 530 (3) SEMINAR IN EDUCATION OF THE DEAF AND HARD OF HEARING. EPSE 533 (3) PSYCHOSOCIAL ASPECTS OF EXCEPTIONALITY. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 312, EPSE 317. EPSE 534(3) ACADEMIC ASSESSMENT IN SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY. Prerequisite: EPSE 528. Permission of the instructor is required. EPSE 535 (3) SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL ASSESSMENT IN SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY. Prerequisite: EPSE 528. Permission of the instructor is required. EPSE 536 (3/6) D INDIVIDUAL INTELLIGENCE TESTS. Prerequisite: EPSE 528. Admission to the school psychology graduate program. EPSE 537(3) SEMINAR IN MULTIPLE DISABILITIES. Prerequisite: EPSE 448. EPSE 538 (3) SEMINAR IN ORIENTATION AND MOBILITY FOR THE BLIND. EPSE 539 (3) RESEARCH ISSUES AND TRENDS IN THE EDUCATION OF STUDENTS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS. EPSE 540 (3) SEMINAR IN LOW VISION. EPSE 541 (3) BRAILLE READING AND WRITING. EPSE 542(3) WORKING WITH INFANTS AND PRESCHOOLERS WHO ARE BLIND OR VISUALLY IMPAIRED. EPSE 543 (3) WORKING WITH STUDENTS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS: ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY CURRICULUM. EPSE 544(3) LITERACY INSTRUCTION FOR STUDENTS WHO ARE VISUALLY IMPAIRED. Prerequisite: EPSE 541. EPSE 545 (3) TEACHING INDEPENDENT LIVING SKILLS TO STUDENTS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS. EPSE 547 (3) ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SKILLS INSTRUCTION FOR STUDENTS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS. Prerequisite: EPSE 541. EPSE 549 (3) SEMINAR IN AUTISM. Prerequisite: EPSE 449. EPSE 550 (3) PROFESSIONAL, ETHICAL AND LEGAL ISSUES IN SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY. EPSE 551 (3-6) D SCHOOL-BASED CONSULTATION. Same as CNPS 551. EPSE 552 (3-6) D INTERVENTIONS IN SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY. EPSE 561 (3-12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. EPSE 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. EPSE 568 (3) SPECIAL EDUCATION OF CHILDREN WITH NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL DYSFUNCTIONS. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 312, EPSE 317. EPSE 571 (3/6)C SEMINAR IN RESEARCH IN EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY AND SPECIAL EDUCATION. Prerequisite: EPSE 501 or approved graduate course work. 0EPSE 573 (3) ADVANCED SEMINAR IN RESEARCH ON EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. EPSE 580 (3-12) D INVESTIGATION AND REPORT OF A PROBLEM IN EDUCATION. EPSE 581 (3-12) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN RESEARCH DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. Prerequisite: All of EPSE 481, EPSE 482. EPSE 584 (3) MOTIVATION IN EDUCATION. EPSE 585 (3) SOCIAL-EMOTIONAL DEVELOPMENT IN EDUCATION. Prerequisite: EPSE 505. EPSE 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER/ SEMINAR. Pass/Fail. EPSE 591 (3) THEORY AND PRACTICE OF PROGRAM EVALUATION. Prerequisite: EPSE 592. EPSE 592 (3) EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS AND ANALYSIS IN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH. Prerequisite: EPSE 482. EPSE 593 (3) DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF RESEARCH WITH SMALL SAMPLES AND SINGLE SUBJECTS. Prerequisite: EPSE 592. EPSE 594(3) META-ANALYSIS: QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH SYNTHESIS. Prerequisite: EPSE 592. EPSE 595 (3) QUALITATIVE METHODOLOGIES IN EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY AND SPECIAL EDUCATION. EPSE 596 (3) CORRELATIONAL DESIGNS AND ANALYSIS IN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH. Prerequisite: EPSE 592. EPSE 597 (3) FACTOR ANALYSIS AND ITS APPLICATION TO BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES. Prerequisite: EPSE 596. 524 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 EPSE 598 (3-12) D FIELD EXPERIENCES. Pass/Fail. EPSE 599 (6) C MASTER'S THESIS. EPSE 601 (3/6) C DOCTORAL SEMINAR. EPSE 604 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN LEARNING, DEVELOPMENT AND INSTRUCTION. EPSE 630 (3) ADVANCED HUMAN LEARNING AND INSTRUCTION. EPSE 681 (3-12) D TOPICS IN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH AND MEASUREMENT. Prerequisite: All of EPSE 528, EPSE 592, EPSE 596. EPSE 682 (3) MULTIVARIATE DESIGNS AND ANALYSIS IN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH. Prerequisite: EPSE 596. EPSE 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. Pass/Fail. ETEC— EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF EDUCATION ETEC 500 (3) RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN EDUCATION. ETEC 510 (3) DESIGN OF TECHNOLOGY- SUPPORTED LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS. ETEC 511 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY. ETEC 512 (3) APPLICATIONS OF LEARNING THEORIES TO THE ANALYSIS OF INSTRUCTIONAL SETTINGS. ETEC 520 (3) PLANNING AND MANAGING LEARNING TECHNOLOGIES IN HIGHER EDUCATION. ETEC 521 (3) INDIGENEITY, TECHNOLOGY AND EDUCATION. ETEC 522 (3) BUSINESS OF E-LEARNING. ETEC 530 (3) CONSTRUCTIVIST STRATEGIES FOR E-LEARNING. ETEC 531 (3) CURRICULUM ISSUES IN CULTURAL AND NEW MEDIA STUDIES. ETEC 532 (3) TECHNOLOGY IN THE ARTS AND THE HUMANITIES CLASSROOM. ETEC 533 (3) TECHNOLOGY IN THE MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE CLASSROOM. ETEC 540 (3) TEXT TECHNOLOGIES: THE CHANGING SPACES OF READING AND WRITING. EXCH — EXCHANGE PROGRAMS EXCH 101 (0) EXCH 370(0) STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM, LAW. EXCH 371 (0) STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM, COMMERCE. Prerequisite: second-, third-, or fourth-year standing. EXCH 372(0) STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM, PHARMACY. EXCH 373 (0) APPLIED SCIENCE EXCHANGE. For B.A.Sc. students on exchange. EXCH 375(0) STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM, EDUCATION. Prerequisite: for BEDN, DEDU, BEDS, BEDE, BEDM. EXCH 380(0) STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM, UNDERGRADUATE. EXCH 381 (0) STUDY ABROAD PROGRAM. EXCH 385(0) STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM, SUMMER. EXCH 400 (0)D COMMERCE EXCHANGE. Please register in EXCH 400 if you are an undergraduate domestic student participating in a Commerce-specific exchange. Please ensure that you register for the appropriate term. EXCH 401 (0)D COMMERCE EXCHANGE. Please register in EXCH 401 if you are an undergraduate domestic student participating in a Commerce-specific exchange to Lancaster University, UK. Please ensure that you register for the appropriate term. EXCH 402 (0)D COMMERCE EXCHANGE. Please register in EXCH 402 if you are an undergraduate international student participating in a Commerce-specific exchange. Please ensure that you register for the appropriate term. EXCH 499 (30) D EXCHANGE INTERNSHIP. Please register in EXCH 499 if you are an undergraduate student participating in an Exchange Internship program. Please ensure that you register for the appropriate term. EXCH 580(0) STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM, GRADUATE. EXGR — EXCHANGE GRADUATE RESEARCH EXGR 560(0) STUDENT EXCHANGE GRADUATE RESEARCH. FDNS — FOUNDATIONS PROGRAM .FACULTY OF ARTS FDNS 101 (8) ROUTES TO THE TWENTY- FIRST CENTURY. Historical foundations of the contemporary world, examined through a variety of central themes. FDNS 102 (8) KNOWLEDGEBASES. Means by which we seek to know the world; forms of knowledge and concepts underlying them. FDNS 103 (8) APPROACHES TO SOCIAL UNDERSTANDING. Introduction to the questions and methods of the social sciences as applied to real-world issues and problems. FILM — FILM STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS FILM 100(3) INTRODUCTION TO FILM STUDIES. Basic aesthetic, economic, sociological, and technological aspects of film FILM 200 (3) INTRODUCTION TO CANADIAN CINEMA. History and aesthetics of Canadian cinema. FILM 210 (3) SILENT CINEMA. Aesthetics, economics, history, and technological characteristics of international Silent film, 1895-1929. FILM 220 (3) HOLLYWOOD CINEMA 1930- 1960. Analysis of the aesthetics, economics, history and technological characteristics of the Classical Hollywood period. FILM 233 (3) INTRODUCTORY VIDEO PRODUCTION. Basic introduction to video cameras, lighting, sound, and editing for students without previous video production experience. Open only to second-year students during Winter Session. FILM 331 (3) STUDIES IN FILM THEORY. A seminar introducing the many theoretical approaches to film: formalist, historical, Marxist, psychoanalytic, semiotic and structuralist. FILM 332 (3) STUDIES IN GENRE OR PERIOD. A seminar examining one or more genres or periods, such as the Western, Film Noir, Science Fiction, Films of the 1980's. Also includes study of national cinemas. FILM 333 (6) MOTION PICTURE PRODUCTION I. Practical film/video production with instruction in 16mm cinematography and sound recording, lighting, and editing. Open only to Film Majors by application to the Department. FILM 334 (3) SEMINAR IN DOCUMENTARY. An analysis of the representational strategies and ethics of the form. FILM 335 (3) DIRECTING. Script development and analysis, scene and shot design, working with actors and crew, preparation of shooting scripts. Open only to Film Majors. FILM 336 (3) SEMINAR IN EUROPEAN CINEMA. Topics may include a study of a European national cinema. FILM 338 (3) ASIAN AND AUSTRALASIAN CINEMA. Topics may include an analysis of a national cinema, such as that of China, India, or Australia. FILM 430 (3) STUDIES IN AUTEURISM. A seminar examining the work of one or more directors, such as John Ford, Francois Truffaut, Denys Arcand, Margarethe Von Trotta; or of a screenwriter over many films. FILM 432 (3) SEMINAR IN MOTION PICTURE FORMS. Animation, documentary, experimental, and/or multimedia. FILM 433 (6) MOTION PICTURE PRODUCTION II. Advanced instruction in professional film production techniques. Prerequisite: FILM 333. FILM 434 (3-12) D STUDIES IN FILM. A seminar devoted to a topic of current interest in film. Topic will change from year to year. May be repeated for credit when topics differ. FILM 436 (3) SEMINAR IN AMERICAN CINEMA SINCE 1960. Topics may include an analysis of a specific period. FILM 437 (3) CINEMATOGRAPHY, LIGHTING AND SOUND RECORDING. Instruction in professional film and/or electronic camera operation, advanced lighting, location sound PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ETEC — EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY 525 recording and other production techniques. Open only to Film Majors. FILM 438 (3) SEMINAR IN CANADIAN CINEMA. Topics may include an analysisof the Canadian Governmental agencies supporting Film Production. FILM 439 (3) POST-PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES. Instruction in advanced post- production techniques including picture and sound editing, liaison with the lab and other film services, preparations for sound mixing. Open only to Film Majors. FILM 500 (3) BIBLIOGRAPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS. FILM 531 (3/6) D SEMINAR: STYLES IN FILM. Studies and experimentation in styles or film genres such as narrative, documentary, ethnographic, experimental, etc. Topics will vary from year to year. FILM 532 (3/6) D SEMINAR: STUDY OF MAJOR FILM ARTISTS. Investigations into the biographical, social, and national backgrounds of two or three major artists, with attention to the specific nature of their work in its historical, psychological, and cultural contexts. Topics will vary from year to year. FILM 533 (3/6) D ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN DIRECTING. Problems in directing narrative film. Through seminars, workshops with acting students and production exercises, problems in scripting, performance, shot design and editing are explored. FILM 534 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN FILM STUDIES. Topics to be arranged. FILM 547 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN FILM. FILM 549 (6-18) D THESIS. FISH — FISHERIES RESEARCH FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES FISH 500(3) ISSUES IN FISHERIES RESEARCH: SEMINARS - FISHERIES MANAGEMENT. FISH 501 (3) ISSUES IN FISHERIES RESEARCH: ECOSYSTEM MODELLING. FISH 502(3) ISSUES IN FISHERIES RESEARCH: MARINE AND FRESHWATER. FISH 503 (3) ISSUES IN FISHERIES RESEARCH: POLICY AND EVALUATION. FISH 504 (3) QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF FISHERIES I. FISH 505 (3) QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF FISHERIES II. FISH 506(3) CRITICAL ISSUES IN FISHERIES: RESEARCH AT THE FISHERIES CENTRE. FMED — FOUNDATIONS OF MEDICINE FACULTY OF MEDICINE FMED 401 (6) HOST DEFENSES AND INFECTION. An introduction to the anatomic and physiologic basis of host defense against infection. The classification and pathogenic mechanisms of micro-organisms will be taught as will the biological and pharmacological bases of treatment and prevention. [7-10-0] FMED 402 (6) CARDIOVASCULAR. An introduction to human cardiovascular anatomy, physiology and relevant biochemistry and genetics. Disordered function of the system will be taught by integration of discussion with the normal. As appropriate, pharmacological and other therapeutic and preventative modalities will be taught. [7-10-0] FMED 403 (6) PULMONARY. An introduction to human respiratory medicine. The relevant anatomy, physiology, biochemistry and genetics will be taught. Instruction in disordered function of the system will be taught by integration of discussion with the normal. As appropriate, pharmacological, therapeutic and other preventative modalities will be introduced. [7-10-0] FMED 404 (6) FLUIDS, ELECTROLYTES, RENAL AND GU. An introduction to the anatomy, histology, anatomical and histopa- thology of the kidney and urinary system and renal physiology and the major fluid and electrolyte disorders associated with renal dysfunction. Students are also introducted to the principles of diagnosis and management of genitourinary and renal disorders. [7-10-0] FMED 421 (2) BLOOD AND LYMPHATICS. Blood and lymphatic system; anatomy, physiology and relevant biochemistry; normal and disordered function; pharmacological and other therapeutic and preventative modalities. [ 7-10-0] FMED 422(1) INTEGUMENT. A one-week block covering the basic science and common clinical issues of skin, hair, nails, and accessible mucosae. Normal anatomy and physiology, common clinical and pathophysiological changes and dysfunction, and psychosocial relevance of integumentary diseases are the three principal areas explored. [7-10-0] FMED423(4) MUSCULOSKELETAL AND LOCOMOTOR. The student is introduced to the basic science components which underlie common clinical conditions. Case-based themes involving normal and abnormal bone metabolism, rheumatoid and osteoarthritis, ligament and muscle contributions, and overall joint mechanics are highlighted. [7-10-0] FMED 424 (6) GASTROINTESTINAL. Introduces the student to the clinically relevant basic sciences and pathophysiological events of the human gastrointestinal (GI) tract comprising the oral cavity and teeth, esophagus, stomach, bowel, exocrine pancreas, liver and biliary tree as well as the fundamental principles of human nutrition. [7-10-0] FMED425(6) ENDOCRINE AND METABOLISM. This block will focus on normal and abnormal carbohydrate and lipid metabolisms well as the physiological function and disorders of the pituitary, thyroid and adrenal. Relevant pathology, anatomy, generics, biochemistry, pharmacology, and radiology will be included as learning issues. [7-10-0] FMED426(10) BRAIN AND BEHAVIOUR. Structure and functional interrelationship within the central nervous system; normal and abnormal functions. [7-10-0] FMED 427 (4) REPRODUCTION. Reproduction, human sexuality, pregnancy, lactation and aging. [7-10-0] FMED 428 (5) GROWTH & DEVELOPMENT. Human growth, neurodevelopmental maturation, embryology, neonatal physiology, somatic growth, cognitive and pubertal development. FMPR —FAMILY PRACTICE FACULTY OF MEDICINE FMPR 401 (6) FAMILY PRACTICE CONTINUUM. Principles and skills of patient interviewing, history taking, physical examination are learned and practiced under supervision in office, home, hospital and community settings. Seminars and lectures support students in this clinical endeavour. The role of the Family Physician in the provision of comprehensive patient care is explored. [0-3-0] FMPR 420(6) FAMILY PRACTICE CONTINUUM II. This clinical course is a continuation of FMPR 401. Supervised patient interviewing, history taking, and physical examinations in the Family Practice setting. A period of rime will be spent in family practice settings demonstrating focused care in a particular area. [0-3-0] FMPR 428(6) RURAL AND UNDERSERVED COMMUNITY PRACTICE. A 4 week full time course that allows medical students in Phase III of the undergraduate program to apprentice with family physicians in rural and underserved community practices. This course is the start of year 3 clerkships and takes place at the end of second year. FMPR 562 (3) HEALTH PROMOTION AND DISEASE PREVENTION IN FAMILY PRACTICE. Identification of preventive strategies in different age groups and their implementation in Family Practice. Examination of health belief models in caregivers and patients which inhibit or facilitate preventive measures. Admission to course at discretion of the Department of Family Practice. Prerequisite: HCEP 502. FMST—FAMILY STUDIES SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY STUDIES FMST 200 (3) CONTEMPORARY FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS. An introduction to contemporary family relationships. FMST210(3) FAMILY CONTEXT OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT. The influence of family dynamics and social conditions on human development. FMST238(3) FAMILY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. Conceptual models of resource management as related to families. FMST312(3) PARENT-CHILD RELATIONSHIPS. Parent-child interaction over the life span. Prerequisite: One of FMST 200, FMST 210. 526 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 FMST 314(3) RELATIONSHIP DEVELOPMENT. The study of the development, course, and decline of personal relationships. Prerequisite: One of FMST 200, PSYC 100, SOCI 240. FMST 316(3) HUMAN SEXUALITY. An examination of human sexual development and behaviour. Prerequisite: One of FMST 200, PSYC 100, SOCI 240. FMST 320(3) FAMILY DIVERSITY. An examination of the ethnic, social, class, regional and other diversities of families in North America. Prerequisite: FMST 200. FMST 322 (3) MARITAL INTERACTION. Interactional processes within marital and common-law relationships. Prerequisite: One of FMST 200, SOCI 240. FMST 323 (3) FAMILY RESEARCH METHODS. Introduction to research methods used in family studies. Prerequisite: All of FMST 200, STAT 203. Equivalency: FMST 422. FMST 324 (3) FAMILY TRANSITIONS. The study of family relationships over the life course. Prerequisite: One of FMST 200, SOCI 240. FMST 326 (3) FAMILY COMMUNICATION. Overview of communication in families. Prerequisite: FMST 200. FMST 340 (3) FAMILY FINANCIAL DECISIONS. Major financial and consumer decisions of families over the life course. Prerequisite: FMST 238 or permission. FMST 342 (3) FAMILY CONSUMER PATTERNS. Role and function of consumers in contemporary market economics; consumer socialization; factors affecting consumer choice as it varies at various periods of the life span for different family types. Prerequisite: One of A ECON 100, ECON 309 or six credits in Sociology or Psychology. FMST 350 (3) CLOTHING AND HUMAN B E H AVIO U R. Human needs and the cultural factors which influence clothing consumption and use. Application of sociological and psychological theories that help to explain clothing behaviour of an individual, as a unique being and as a member of a group. Prerequisite: 12 credits in Sociology or Psychology (may also be taken as corequisites). FMST 364(3) HOUSING FOR THE FAMILY. A study of the physical, social and economic aspects of housing. The course includes: housing as an economic asset; national housing needs and conditions; personal and social needs of families; housing and the family income; government's role in housing; community planning. Corequisite: One of ANTH 100, SOCI 100 or permission of the instructor FMST 404 (3/6) D FAMILY STUDIES S E MIN AR. Current developments in selected areas of Family Studies. Open to third- and fourth-year students with permission of the instructor FMST 414 (3) AGING AND THE FAMILY. Examination of families in later life. Prerequisite: One of FMST 200, PSYC 100, ANTH 214, SOCI 214. FMST415 (3-6) D FAMILY STUDIES PRACTICUM. A supervised practicum in an assigned human service setting. Enrolment is limited to students in the FMST program pursuing certification as a Family Life Educator. Prerequisite: FMST 436 and fourth year standing FMST420 (3) FAMILY THEORIES. Major theoretical approaches to the study of the family relationships. Prerequisite: All of FMST 200, FMST 323. FMST436 (3) FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION. Examination of rationale, implementation, and evaluation of family education programs. Prerequisite: All of FMST 312, FMST 316, FMST 322. FMST440 (3) FAMILY ECONOMIC ISSUES. The study of the impact of economic issues on families. Prerequisite: FMST 238. FMST441 (3) SOCIAL CONTEXT OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT. The ways in which the familial, physical, and social environment effects the life structures, opportunities and outcomes of epigeneric developmental processes. Equivalency: SOWK 441. FMST442 (3) FAMILIES AND WORK. The effect of combining family and work roles. Prerequisite: FMST 200 and at least one additional course in social science. FMST 464 (3/6)D SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FAMILY STUDIES. Current topics in a specific area of Family Studies, based on original laboratory or field research. FMST474(3) DIRECTED STUDY IN FAMILY STUDIES. Investigation of a problem, requiring a written or oral report of findings. Prerequisite: Satisfactory standing and permission of faculty members supervising the investigation. Fourth-year Family Studies students only. iFMST504(3-9)D CURRENT TOPICS IN FAMILY STUDIES. FMST 520 (3) THEORIES ABOUT THE F AM ILY. An examination of contemporary theories of the family. FMST 521 (3) FORMULATING THEORIES ABOUT THE FAMILY. Fundamental issues and techniques in formulating theories about the family. Prerequisite: FMST 520 or permission of the instructor. FMST 522 (3) RESEARCH METHODS IN FAMILY STUDIES. Designing research and collecting data for studying families. Prerequisite: FMST 422. FMST 523 (3) ANALYZING DATA IN FAMILY STUDIES. Data analysis issues and computer applications in the study of families. Prerequisite: FMST 422. FMST524(3) FAMILY DEVELOPMENT. An examination of research and theory on the timing and sequencing of the course of family life in North American families. FMST 525 (3) INTERACTION IN THE FAMILY SETTING. Selected aspects of marital, parental and intergenerational interaction. FMST 538 (3) FAMILY RESOURCES. Conceptual and empirical perspectives on family resource management. FMST 547 (3-6)C DIRECTED STUDIES. FMST 549 (6/12) C THESIS. FNH — FOOD, NUTRITION AND HEALTH FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS FNH 200 (3) EXPLORING OUR FOOD. Chemical and physical properties of foods; issues pertaining to safety, nutritive value and consumer acceptability; government regulations pertaining to food safety, quality and additives; preservation techniques and transformation of agricultural commodities to food products; foods of the future. Prerequisite: At least second year standing required. [3-0-0] FNH 250 (3) NUTRITION CONCEPTS AND CONTROVERSIES. Fundamental concepts and principles of human nutrition applied to current nutrition issues. Credit can only be obtained for 1 of FNH 250 or FNH 255. Prerequisite: First-year Biology. At least second- year standing required. [1-0-3] or [3-0] FNH 255 (3) NUTRITION AND YOUR H EALTH. Fundamental concepts and principles of nutrition applied to current nutrition issues and trends. The focus is on human nutrition.At least second year standing required. Prerequisite: Not open to students in the Faculty of Science, the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences or to students who have completed a first year biology course. [3-0] FNH 300 (3) PRINCIPLES OF FOOD ENGINEERING. Units and dimensions, mass balance, energy balance, steady state and transient heat flow, fluid handling and measurement. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 101, PHYS 121. [3-0-1] FNH 301 (3) FOOD CHEMISTRY I. Constituents of food and related chemical physical properties including water, carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, minerals, and vitamins. Credit given for only one of FNH 301 and FNH 340. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 203, CHEM 204 or (b) all of CHEM 231, CHEM 232 or (c) all of CHEM 205, CHEM 233. [3-0-0] FNH 302 (3) FOOD ANALYSIS. Principles of and procedures for analysis of the chemical, physical and sensory properties of food; proximate analysis; introduction to instrumental analysis; introduction to anatomy and physiology of sensory perception, reporting and analysis of data. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of CHEM 205, CHEM 233 or (b) all of CHEM 231, CHEM 232. [3-0-1] FNH 309 (3) FOOD PROCESS SCIENCE. Preservation of tissue and fluid food systems by selected physical and chemical treatments with emphasis on product-process interactions. [3-0-1] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FNH — FOOD, NUTRITION AND HEALTH 527 FNH 313 (3) MICROORGANISMS IN FOOD SYSTEMS. Microorganisms of importance in safety, spoilage and preservation of foods; factors affecting growth, survival and inactiva- tion of microorganisms in fermented food systems; food processing plant cleaning and sanitation. Prerequisite: BIOL 112. [3-0-0] FNH 325 (3) FOOD SCIENCE LABORATORY I. Integrated laboratory introducing techniques used in food processing and analysis. Enrolment restricted to Food Science students. Prerequisite: All of FNH 300, FNH 301, FNH 302. These courses can be taken as corequisites. [0-3-1] FNH 326 (3) FOOD SCIENCE LABORATORY II. Integrated laboratory encompassing the processing and analysis of foods. Enrolment restricted to Food Science students. Prerequisite: FNH 325. [0-3-1] FNH 330 (3) INTRODUCTION TO WINE SCIENCE. Principles of viticulture, enology, and wine microbiology and chemistry; marketing, regulation and classification of wines from selected regions of the world; social, economic and health aspects of wine consumption; wine appreciation. Prerequisite: Third-year standing. [2-1-0] FNH 340 (3) FOOD THEORY. Principles of food preparation based on the physical and chemical properties of food. Credit given for only one of FNH 301 or FNH 340. Prerequisite: FNH 200 and either (a) all of CHEM 111, CHEM 113 or (b) all of CHEM 121, CHEM 123. [3-0-0] FNH 341 (3) FOOD THEORY APPLICATIONS. Experimental and practical application of scientific principles and theories to problems of food preparation. Corequisite: One of FNH 301, FNH 340. [1-3-0] FNH 342 (3) CONSUMER ASPECTS OF FOOD. Economic, physiological, social, cultural, and environmental factors influencing food choices and consumption. Legislation governing food; food markets and merchandising techniques; criteria for food selection. Prerequisite: At least third year standing required. [3-3] FNH 350 (3) FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION. Fundamentals of energy and macronutrient metabolism. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 201, BIOC 300 or Corequisite: BIOC 300. [3-0-0] FNH 351 (3) VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND H EALTH. Vitamin and mineral nutrition and their role in maintaining and promoting health. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 201, BIOC 300 or Corequisite: BIOC 300. [3-0-0] FNH 355 (3) WORLD PROBLEMS IN NUTRITION. Conceptualization and scientific analyses of global problems in food and nutrition; complexities of food habits and malnutrition in various cultures around the world. [3-0-0] FNH 370 (2) NUTRITION ASSESSMENT. The use of dietary, anthropometric, biochemical and related information for the assessment of nutritional status of individuals and populations. Prerequisite: FNH 250. [1-0-2] FNH 371 (3) HUMAN NUTRITION OVER THE LIFE SPAN. Nutritional requirements and dietary patterns of healthy individuals throughout the life span. Prerequisite: FNH 350. [3-0-0] FNH 380(1) PROFESSIONAL DIETETIC PRACTICE I. Restricted to students in the Dietetics Major. [1-0-0] FNH 401 (3) FOOD CHEMISTRY II. Chemistry and function of natural and synthetic food ingredients, including additives, colourings, flavourings and enzymes in multi-phase food systems. Prerequisite: One of CHEM 232, CHEM 233. [3-0-0] FNH 402 (3) FUNCTIONAL FOODS AND NUTRACEUTICALS. Functional food and nutraceutical concepts related to ingredient safety and quality; examples of nutrient-disease relationships, requirements for standards of efficacy for health claims; market determinants of functional food and nutraceutical industries. Prerequisite: third-year standing [3-0-0] FNH 403 (3) FOOD LAWS, REGULATIONS AND QUALITY ASSURANCE. Canadian and international laws governing food composition, grading, quality and safety; hazard analysis critical control points; statistical quality assurance. Prerequisite: AGSC 350 or equivalent background in statistics. [3-0-1] FNH 425 (6) FOOD SCIENCE LABORATORY III. Integrated course designed to illustrate principles of research and product development in the food industry. Prerequisite: All of FNH 325, FNH 326. [0-3-l;0-3-l] FNH 440 (3) FOOD SERVICE SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT. Management responsibilities in quantity food production with emphasis on menu planning, purchasing and service. Includes planning and equipping food services. Not available for credit to students in the Faculty of Science. Restricted to students in the Dietetics major. Prerequisite: One of FNH 301, FNH 340. [3-0-0] FNH 450 (3) NUTRITION LABORATORY. Nutritional principles and concepts illustrated through a hands-on laboratory experience; skills and techniques commonly used in modern nutritional research. Prerequisite: FNH 350. [0-3-1] FNH 451 (3) NUTRIENT METABOLISM AND IMPLICATIONS FOR HEALTH. Integration of nutrient and energy metabolism on a whole- body and individual tissue basis and the implication for health. Emphasis will be on regulation of nutrient metabolism. Prerequisite: One of BIOC 300, BIOC 302 and one of BIOL 355, PHYL 301 and FNH 350. Also acceptable as corequisites. [3-0-0] FNH 452 (3) RUMINANT NUTRITION. Application of biological principles of nutrition to the feeding and management of ruminant animals. Prerequisite: FNH 350. [1-0-3] FNH 453 (3) MONOGASTRIC NUTRITION. Application of biological principles of nutrition to the feeding and management of monogastric animals (e.g. horses, poultry, swine, companion animals, fish- depending on student interest). Prerequisite: FNH 350. [1-0-3] FNH 454 (3) FISH NUTRITION. Physiology of digestion and excretion, nutrient requirements, sources of nutrients, diet formulation, feeding management. Prerequisite: FNH 350. [3-0-0] FNH470(4) NUTRITION AND DISEASE. The role of nutrition and the application of therapeutic diets in the prevention, etiology, and treatment of gastrointestinal complications/disorders, cardiovascular disease, diabetes and obesity. Prerequisite: FNH 350. [4-0-0] FNH 473 (3) NUTRITION EDUCATION IN THE COMMUNITY. Theory and methods in nutrition education; factors affecting behaviour modification and health promotion. The practice of nutrition education through education, health care delivery or media systems. Prerequisite: FNH 250 and fourth-year standing. [3-0-0] FNH 475 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN CLINICAL NUTRITION. The role of nutrition and the application of therapeutic diets in the prevention, etiology and treatment of specialized areas of clinical nutrition. Prerequisite: FNH 350. [3-0-0] FNH 490 (3) TOPICS IN FOOD, NUTRITION, AND HEALTH. Analysis and interpretation of current issues in food, nutrition and health, prerequisite: FNH 350 and fourth-year standing. [3-0-1] FNH 497 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN FOOD, NUTRITION AND HEALTH. FNH 498 (3) UNDERGRADUATE ESSAY. Preparation of a comprehensive and analytical review of an approved topic under the supervision of a faculty member. Consultation with a program advisor is required. FNH 499(6) UNDERGRADUATE THESIS. Design and execution of an experimental/ analytical research project leading to preparation of a thesis. Prerequisite: Approval of a program advisor; consult before the end of classes in third year. FNLG — FIRST NATIONS LANGUAGES FACULTY OF ARTS FNLG 100 (3/6) D FIRST NATIONS LANGUAGE. An introduction to one of the First Nations languages of British Columbia. Emphasis on accurate pronunciation and listening skills, conversational ability, basic literacy skills, an understanding of basic grammatical structures, and the study of oral traditions in their cultural context. No prior knowledge of the language is assumed. FNLG 200 (3/6) D FIRST NATIONS LANGUAGE. An intermediate level study of one of the First Nations languages of British Columbia. Emphasis on increasing fluency in conversational ability, enhancing pronunciation and comprehension skills, expanding vocabulary, extending literacy and grammatical understanding, and further study of oral traditions in their cultural context. Prerequisite: FNLG 100. Must be in the same language. 528 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 FNLG 300 (3/6) D FIRST NATIONS LANGUAGE: ADVANCED. Emphasis on developing advanced comprehension and production skills in one of the First Nations languages of British Columbia. Extended focus on skills in oral traditions, transcription, literacy, and on deepening the understanding of grammatical structures and dialectal variation. Prerequisite: FNLG 200. Must be in the same language. FNLG 448 (3-12) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN A FIRST NATIONS LANGUAGE. Supervised by a faculty member. Prerequisite: Agreement of Supervisor and approval of Director of FNLG program, c/o Dean of Arts. FNSP — FIRST NATIONS STUDIES PROGRAM FACULTY OF ARTS FNSP 200 (3-6) D FIRST NATIONS OF NORTH A M E RICA. An historical and contemporary survey of First Nations issues including culture, identity, language, political issues, social structures, colonialism and resistance; an introduction to First Nations Studies as an academic discipline emphasizing First Nations perspectives. FNSP310(3) THEORY SEMINAR. Current conceptual paradigms within the social sciences, humanities and performing arts with a consideration of their appropriateness and applicability for First Nations Studies. Conceptualizations from a First Nations perspective will be central to the course. Prerequisite: FNSP 200. May be taken as a corequisite. FNSP320(3) METHODS SEMINAR. Training in the design and implementation of research appropriate for First Nations Studies. Possible topics include archival research, oral traditions, interviewing, textual analysis, documentary analysis, Geographical Information Systems, protocol arrangements, and computer techniques. Corequisite: FNSP 200. FNSP 400 (6) PRACTICUM/ADVANCED RESEARCH SEMINAR. Applied research/ community oriented project designed and implemented in collaboration with student, faculty and First Nations community. Emphasis on examining ethical issues and developing culturally respectful and academically rigorous forms of research. Prerequisite: All of FNSP 310, FNSP 320. FNSP 401 (3-6) D SPECIAL TOPICS. FNSP433 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDY. FOOD —FOOD SCIENCE FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS Undergraduate courses have been re-named as Food, Nutrition and Health (FNH). Please see this section. FOOD 500 (3) M.SC. SEMINAR. FOOD 520 (1-3) C ADVANCES IN FOOD ANALYSIS. FOOD 521 (3) ADVANCES IN FOOD BIOTECHNOLOGY. FOOD 522 (3) ADVANCES IN FOOD CHEMISTRY. FOOD 523 (3) ADVANCES IN FOOD MICROBIOLOGY. FOOD 524 (3) ADVANCES IN FOOD PROCESS SCIENCE. FOOD 525 (3) ADVANCES IN FOOD TOXICOLOGY. FOOD 526 (3) RESEARCH METHODS IN FOOD SCIENCE. FOOD 527 (1 6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN FOOD SCIENCE. FOOD 530 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. FOOD 549 (12) MASTER'S THESIS. FOOD 600 (3) PH.D. SEMINAR. FOOD 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. FOPR—FOREST OPERATIONS FACULTY OF FORESTRY FOPR 162 (2) BASIC FOREST GEOMATICS. Basic techniques of measuring and surveying with an emphasis on forest applications. [2-2-0] FOPR 260 (3) FOREST ENGINEERING ECONOMICS. Detailed methods of planning and analysis of economic problems encountered in harvesting operations. Corequisite: All of ECON 101, ECON 102. [2-2; 0-0] FOPR 262 (3) FOREST OPERATIONS I. Introduction to forest road design and location, harvest, and transportation systems. Prerequisite: FOPR 162. [2-3-0] FOPR 263 (2) BASIC FOREST SURVEYING. An introduction to the basic techniques of surveying with emphasis on forest harvesting. This course should be taken in the week preceding lectures in second year. FOPR 288 (3) ANALYTICAL METHODS IN FOREST HYDROLOGY. Analytical methods in forest hydrology and their applications in the planning of forest operations with a focus on the hydrologic and hydraulic design procedures of stream crossings. Prerequisite: All of FRST 231, FOPR 361. [3-2-0] «OPR352(2) HARVESTING FIELD TRIP. A nfive-day field trip immediately prior to the Fall term of third year to demonstrate current harvesting practices and their implications on silviculture, management, protection and utilization in representative forest types. A substantial written report is required as part of the course. Fees will be assessed to meet expenses. FOPR 359 (3) NONLINEAR STRUCTURES. Mechanics of cables with significant self- weight, buckling of columns, impact problems, and basic bridge stringer design. Prerequisite: PHYS 170. [2-2-0] FOPR 360(1) FOREST ENGINEERING ECONOMICS. Planning and analysis of economic problems in harvesting operations. Prerequisite: third-year standing in the Forest Operations major. Corequisite: FRST 318. [1-0-1] FOPR 362 (3) FOREST OPERATIONS II. Detailed analysis of the engineering, economic, environmental, and aesthetic factors influencing forest operations planning. Topics on advanced forest road location, slope stability, harvest unit design, harvest scheduling in an integrated resource framework are centered around practical planning projects. Available only through Distance Education. Prerequisite: FOPR 361. [3-2] FOPR 363 (3) FOREST SOIL MECHANICS. Physical and hydraulic properties of soils for engineering design, seepage and erosion control, and strength parameters for slope stability analysis. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 170, FOPR 361. Corequisite: WOOD 376. [3-2-0] FOPR 365 (2) FOREST OPERATIONS II. Detailed analysis of the engineering, economic, environmental, and aesthetic factors influencing forest operations planning. Topics on advanced forest road location, slope stability, harvest unit design, harvest scheduling in an integrated resource framework are centered around practical planning projects. Prerequisite: FOPR 361. [2-1-0] FOPR 459 (3) ANALYSIS OF HARVESTING OPERATIONS. A capstone project-based course for forest operations students. Computer applications, statistical analyses and operations research techniques applied to forest operations. Restricted to Forest Operations majors. [2-2] FOPR 463 (3) FOREST ROADS AND SLOPE STABILITY. Slope stability, bearing capacity of roads, design of bridge abutments, settlement, piled foundations. Prerequisite: FOPR 363 and one of WOOD 376, CIVL 228. [3-2-0] FOPR 464 (3) FOREST TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS. Technical, economic and environmental aspects of forest transportation methods. Topics include vehicle performance and design, transportation network analysis, facilities location and materials handling processes. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 170, FOPR 361. [2-2-0] FRE — FOOD AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS FRE 295 (3) MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS. Economic foundations of managerial decisionmaking. Organization of the firm, demand theory, cost and production, market structure, competitive strategy, welfare-economic foundations of business regulation. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 201, ECON 206, FRE 295, COMM 295. Prerequisite: All of ECON 100, MATH 105. [3-0-0] FRE 302 (3) SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT IN AGRI-FOOD INDUSTRIES. Emphasizes the building of a business plan by exploring topics such as the planning process and financing, marketing and human resource concepts, as applied to an agri- food business, domestically and internationally Prerequisite: One of ECON 100, ECON 101.' PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FNSP — FIRST NATIONS STUDIES PROGRAM 529 Corequisite: ECON 101 may be taken as a corequisite. [3-0-1] FRE 306 (3) INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL FOOD MARKETS. An overview of global food markets including recent trends (e.g., vertical coordination, strategic alliances, multinationals and small firms in niche markets), marketing and trade institutions such as state-trading enterprises and WTO regulations, issues specific to developing nations, and case studies. Prerequisite: One of ECON 100, ECON 101. [3-0-1] FRE 340 (3) INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT. Characteristics, processes and sources of economic growth, role of agricultural and resource sectors in economic growth, analysis of output and input markets in those sectors, policy failures, tools for empirical analysis of rural markets, growth, and the environment. Prerequisite: One of ECON 100, ECON 101. [3-0] FRE 374(3) LAND ECONOMICS. Economic analysis applied to problems of land use rent theory, land evaluation, and land conservation. Techniques for assessing economic efficiency of land use. Effects of institutions and public policies on land use. Prerequisite: Either (a) ECON 100 or (b) all of ECON 101, ECON 102. Equivalency: ECON 374. [3-0] FRE 385 (3) QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR BUSINESS AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. Applied problem solving using spreadsheet and database software. Cases concern statistical analysis, data manipulation, financial statements, linear programming and simulation. Prerequisite: One of ECON 100, ECON 101 and either (a) one of FRST 231, BIOL 300 or (b) AGSC 350. [2-1-0] FRE 420 (3) TRADE AND DOMESTIC POLICY IN GLOBAL FOOD MARKETS. Food policymaking process in Canada and other countries, application of analytical tools to domestic and trade policies, market power and domestic policy distortions, major policies and instruments in Canadian agriculture and resource sectors. Prerequisite: One of ECON 210, FRE 295, COMM 295 or 6 credits of upper-level FRE or ECON. [3-0] FRE 475 (3) REGULATING FOOD SAFETY IN GLOBAL FOOD MARKETS. Analysis of food safety issues such as the political economy of genetically modified food, economic consequences of microbial or pesticide contamination, design and enforcement of food safety standards, and regulating the safety of imported food. Prerequisite: One of ECON 201, FRE 295, COMM 295 or 6 credits of upper-level FRE or ECON. [0-0-0; 3-0-1] FRE 490 (3) CURRENT ISSUES IN FOOD AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS. Prerequisite: One of ECON 100, ECON 101. [3-0] FREN —FRENCH FACULTY OF ARTS All French courses titled "Studies in . . .", as well as FREN 498, may be taken twice for credit with different content, to a maximum of six credits. FREN 101 (3) BEGINNERS' FRENCH I. Grammar, composition, reading and oral practice. Not available to students with the prerequisite for FREN 102. FREN 102(3) BEGINNERS' FRENCH II. Grammar, composition, reading and oral practice. Not available to students with prerequisite for FREN 111. Prerequisite: FREN 101 or equivalent. FREN 111 (3) BEGINNERS' FRENCH III. Not available for credit to students with FREN 12, FREN 112 or equivalent. Prerequisite: One of FREN 11, FREN 102 or equivalent. FREN 112(3) BEGINNERS'FRENCH IV. Not available for credit to students with FREN 12. Prerequisite: FREN 111 or equivalent. FREN 121 (3) CONTEMPORARY FRENCH LAN G U AG E. Preparation for first-year university French, for students with French 12 who are not at the level required for FREN 122. Not available to students with credit for FREN 122 or higher. FREN 122 (3) CONTEMPORARY FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE I. Areviewof French grammar and an introduction to contemporary literature written in French, with emphasis on essay writing and textual analysis. Prerequisite: One of FREN 12, FREN 112, FREN 121 or equivalent. FREN 123 (3) CONTEMPORARY FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE II. Continuation of FREN 122 with emphasis on literature, essay writing and textual analysis. Prerequisite: FREN 122 or assignment based on placement test. FREN 215 (6) ORAL FRENCH PRACTICE. Course designed to provide opportunities for students already well-grounded in grammar to improve their oral skills. Credit will not be given for both FREN 215 and FREN 224 or FREN 225. Prerequisite: FREN 123. FREN 220 (3) INTRODUCTION TO EARLY FRENCH LITERATURE AND TO TEXTUAL ANALYSIS. Students will familiarize themselves with techniques of literary analysis, as applied to representative works from the Middle Ages to the 17th century, including theatre, fiction, poetry and non-fiction prose. To be taken by all students intending to proceed to the Minor, Major or Honours program. Prerequisite: FREN 123 or assignment based on placement test. FREN 221 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MODERN LITERATURE WRITTEN IN FRENCH AND TO TEXTUAL ANALYSIS. Students will familiarize themselves with techniques of literary analysis, as applied to representative works from the 18th century to the present, including theatre, fiction, poetry and non-fiction prose. To be taken by all students intending to proceed to the Minor, Major or Honours program. Prerequisite: FREN 123 or assignment based on placement test. FREN 222 (3) STUDIES IN FRENCH LANGUAGE AND STYLE I. Grammar, vocabulary, composition, language in context. To be taken by all students intending to proceed to the Minor, Major or Honours program. Credit will not be given for both FREN 222 and FREN 224 or FREN 222 and FREN 342. Prerequisite: FREN 123 or assignment based on placement test. Equivalency: FREN 342. FREN 223 (3) STUDIES IN FRENCH LANGUAGE AND STYLE II. Grammar, vocabulary, composition, language in context. To be taken by all students intending to proceed to the Minor, Major or Honours program. Credit will not be granted for both FREN 223 and FREN 225 or FREN 223 and FREN 343. Prerequisite: FREN 222 or assignment based on placement test. Equivalency: FREN 343. FREN 224(3) AN INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACH TO FRENCH I. French language for ex-immersion students. Credit will not be granted for FREN 222, FREN 342 and FREN 224 or for FREN 215 and FREN 224. Prerequisite: FREN 12. FREN 225 (3) AN INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACH TO FRENCH II. French language for ex-immersion students. Credit will not be granted for FREN 223, FREN 343 and FREN 225 or for FREN 215 and FREN 225. Prerequisite: FREN 224. FREN 320 (3) ADVANCED STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE FROM 1000 TO 1700. Representative texts will be studied to help students broaden their understanding of significant literary movements in their cultural and historical contexts and develop strategies for the careful reading of literary texts. Prerequisite: One of FREN 220, FREN 221. FREN 321 (3) ADVANCED STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE FROM 1700 TO THE PRESENT. Representative texts will be studied to help students broaden their understanding of significant literary movements in their cultural and historical contexts and develop strategies for the careful reading of literary texts. Prerequisite: One of FREN 220, FREN 221. FREN 330 (3) QUEBECOIS LITERATURE. Prerequisite: One of FREN 220, FREN 221. FREN 333 (3) FRENCH CIVILIZATION I. A historically based approach to French civilization and culture from their origins to the Third Republic (1875). Prerequisite: One of FREN 220, FREN 221, FREN 223 or permission of the department. FREN 334(3) FRENCH CIVILIZATION II. A historically based approach to French civilization and culture from the Third Republic to the present, completed by a thematic study of its contemporary aspects. Prerequisite: One of FREN 220, FREN 221, FREN 223 or permission of the department. FREN 335 (3) FRENCH-CANADIAN CIVILIZATION. A thematic approach to selected topics in French-Canadian culture and civilization. Prerequisite: One of FREN 220, FREN 221, FREN 223 or permission of the department. FREN 341 (6) FRENCH FOR READING K N OW LEDGE. Training in the reading of French texts for study and research. Not available for credit toward a Minor, Major, or 530 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Honours Program in French. Prerequisite: For undergraduates: no less than FREN 12 nor more than FREN 123. Graduate students should consult the instructor. FREN 342 (3) FRENCH PRACTICE FOR NON- SPECIALISTS I. Equivalent to FREN 222, for students not specializing in French. Credit will not be granted for both FREN 222 and FREN 342, nor for FREN 224 and FREN 342. Prerequisite: FREN 123 and at least third-year standing. Equivalency: FREN 222. FREN 343 (3) FRENCH PRACTICE FOR NON- SPECIALISTS II. Equivalent to FREN 223 for students not specializing in French. Credit will not be granted for both FREN 223 and FREN 343 nor for FREN 225 and FREN 343. Prerequisite: One of FREN 222, FREN 342. Equivalency: FREN 223. FREN 344 (3) TECHNIQUES OF ORAL EXPRESSION IN FRENCH I. Training in formal oral presentation in French. Emphasis on structured expression and oral delivery. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours Program in French. Prerequisite: One of FREN 215, FREN 225. 68% or better in FREN 215 is recommended. FREN 345 (3) TECHNIQUES OF ORAL EXPRESSION IN FRENCH II. Further training in formal oral presentation in French. Emphasis on structured expression and oral delivery. Not available for credit toward the Honours Program in French. Prerequisite: FREN 344. FREN 348 (3) FRENCH LITERATURES IN TRANSLATION I. Literary works from the Middle Ages to the French Revolution. Not available for credit towards a Minor, Major or Honours program in French. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English, ARTS 001, or Foundations, and at least second-year standing. FREN 349 (3) FRENCH LITERATURES IN TRANSLATION II. Literary works since the French Revolution. Topics may include literature from France, Quebec, Africa, the Caribbean. Not available for credit towards a Minor, Major or Honours program in French. Prerequisite: Six credits of first year English, ARTS 001 or Foundations and at least second- year standing. FREN 351 (3) CORRECTIVE FRENCH PHONETICS. Theory and practice of French pronunciation, corrective phonetics; foundation for the phonetic transcription of international French. Prerequisite: One of FREN 220, FREN 221, FREN 223. FREN 353 (3) FRENCH GRAMMAR. Systematic study of the fundamental principles of French grammar. Prerequisite: FREN 223 or equivalent. FREN 355 (3) ADVANCED COMPOSITION. Development of essay writing skills in French. Prerequisite: FREN 223 or equivalent. FREN 357 (3) TRANSLATION I. Comparative study of French and English through translation. Prerequisite: FREN 223 or equivalent. FREN 370 (3) INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LINGUISTICS. A survey of basic terminology, methods, problems, and theoretical trends in French linguistics, specifically designed to provide students with a foundation for advanced language study in French. Prerequisite: FREN 223. FREN 407 (3) STUDIES IN MEDIEVAL FRENCH LITERATURE. Literary texts from the eleventh to the fifteenth century. Topics may include the epic, Tristan texts, Arthurian texts, the short narrative, satirical texts, religious drama, secular drama, lyric poetry, didactic poetry, Francois Villon. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 408 (3) STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY. Topics may include works by Rabelais, Montaigne, Sceve, Labe, Ronsard, and DuBellay. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 409 (3) STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. Topics may include works by Corneille, Racine, Moliere, Descartes, Pascal, La Fontaine, and Mme de la Fayette. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 410 (3) STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 413 (3) STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 416 (3) STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE SINCE 1900. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 418 (3) STUDIES IN AFRICAN AND/OR CARIBBEAN LITERATURES OF FRENCH EXPRESSION. An introduction to representative works. Topics include Negritude, the evolution of post-colonial literature, and the socio-historical context of each work. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 419 (3) STUDIES IN WOMEN'S WRITING. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. P^REN420(3) SELECTED TOPICS IN FRENCH LITERATURE AND CULTURE. Course content will vary. May be taken up to 3 times for a total of 9 credits. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 423 (3) STUDIES IN THEATRE. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 424(3) STUDIES IN PROSE FICTION. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 427 (3) STUDIES IN CINEMA. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 429 (3) STUDIES IN NON-FICTION PROSE. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330. FREN 430 (3) STUDIES IN QUEBECOIS LITERATURE. Prerequisite: One of FREN 320, FREN 321, FREN 330, FREN 335. FREN 457 (3) TRANSLATION II. Advanced translation. Prerequisite: FREN 357. FREN 460 (3) STUDIES IN HISTORICAL FRENCH LINGUISTICS. Topics may include historical phonetics and phonology, morphology and syntax, lexicology. Prerequisite: FREN 370. FREN 465 (3) INTRODUCTION TO OLD FRENCH. An introduction to the phonetics, grammar and vocabulary of major Old French dialects; corpus of various literary texts (9th- 14th c). Prerequisite: FREN 353. FREN 468 (6) ROMANCE LINGUISITCS. The Indo-European background; Classical and Vulgar Latin; the origin development and spread of the Romance Languages, their vocabulary, phonology, morphology, syntax; vernacular Latin texts and Romance texts. Prerequisite: Two years study of each of two Romance Languages or two years of one Romance Language and one year of Latin. Equivalency: SPAN 468, RMST 468. FREN 470 (3) STUDIES IN MODERN FRENCH LINGUISTICS. Prerequisite: FREN 370. FREN 472 (3) MORPHOLOGY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. The morphological markings of French (gender, number, tense, mode, person, etc) and their underlying semantic systems. Prerequisite: All of FREN 353, FREN 370. Corequisite: FREN 370 may be taken concurrently with the permission of the instructor. FREN 473 (3) SYNTACTIC DESCRIPTION OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. The syntactic markings of French (word order, agreement, pronominalisation, etc) and their underlying semantic systems. Prerequisite: All of FREN 353, FREN 370. Corequisite: FREN 353 and 370 may be taken concurrently with the permission of the instructor. FREN 474(3) SYNCHRONIC LEXICOLOGY. An introduction to the study of the vocabulary of modern French, focusing on basic principles in lexical semantics, lexicology, phraseology, lexicography, terminology and new technologies, neology. Prerequisite: All of FREN 353, FREN 370. FREN 475 (3) CANADIAN FRENCH: A DESCRIPTIVE APPROACH. The phonetics, phonology, lexicon, and syntax of spoken and written Canadian French. Prerequisite: All of FREN 351, FREN 353, FREN 370. Corequisite: FREN 351 may be taken concurrently with the permission of the instructor. FREN 498 (3) DIRECTED READING. Maybe taken twice for credit, with different content, to a maximum of 6 credits. FREN 499 (3) HONOURS ESSAY. FREN 500 (3) METHODS OF BIBLIOGRAPHY AND RESEARCH. FREN 501 (3/6) C STUDIES IN THE LITERATURE OF MEDIEVAL FRANCE. FREN 502 (3/6) C STUDIES IN SIXTEENTH- CENTURY LITERATURE. FREN 503 (3/6) D STUDIES IN SEVENTEENTH- CENTURY LITERATURE. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FREN — FRENCH 531 FREN 504 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY NOVEL. FREN 505 (3/6) D STUDIES IN SEVENTEENTH- CENTURY DRAMA. FREN 506 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY NOVEL. FREN 507 (3/6) C STUDIES IN THE FRENCH ENLIGHTENMENT. FREN 508 (3/6) D STUDIES IN FRENCH ROMANTIC LITERATURE. FREN 509 (3/6) D STUDIES IN POST- ROMANTIC NINETEENTH-CENTURY LITERATURE. FREN 510 (3/6) D BAUDELAIRE AND THE SYMBOLISTS. FREN 511 (3/6) D STUDIES IN CONTEMPORARY FRENCH LITERATURE. FREN 512 (3/6) D STUDIES IN LITERARY CRITICISM. FREN 513 (3/6) D STUDIES IN FRENCH- CANADIAN LITERATURE. FREN 514 (3/6) D PROBLEMS RELATING TO THE FRENCH NOVEL. FREN 519 (3/6) C THE LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE OF OLD PROVENCAL. FREN 520 (3-12) D STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE. FREN 521 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE LITERATURE OF THE FRENCH-SPEAKING WORLD. FREN 540 (3/6) D STUDIES IN FRENCH AND COMPARATIVE STYLISTICS. FREN 548 (0) MAJOR ESSAY. FREN 556 (3-12) D STUDIES IN FRENCH LANGUAGE. FREN 560 (3/6) D STUDIES IN FRENCH PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY. FREN 561 (3/6) D STUDIES IN FRENCH MORPHOLOGY. FREN 562 (3/6) D STUDIES IN FRENCH SYNTAX. FREN 564 (3/6) D STUDIES IN FRENCH LEXICOLOGY. FREN 566 (3/6) D STUDIES IN FRENCH SEMANTICS. FREN 575 (3/6) D STUDIES IN CANADIAN FRENCH. FREN 576 (3/6) D STUDIES IN GALLO- ROMANCE DIALECTOLOGY. FREN 578 (3/6) D STUDIES IN ROMANCE PHILOLOGY. FREN 599 (6-12) D MASTER'S THESIS. FREN 699(0) PH.D. THESIS. FRST — FORESTRY FACULTY OF FORESTRY FRST 100 (2) INTRODUCTION TO FORESTRY. An overview of forestry. History of forestry and the forestry profession, present status and role of forestry, forest policy and future trends in use of forest resources. [1-2-0] FRST 200 (7) FOREST PLANT BIOLOGY. An integrated course dealing with the structure, function and classification of forest plants. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 121, BIOL 140. [3-2-1; 3-2-1] FRST 201 (7) FOREST ECOLOGY AND SILVICS. An integrated course dealing with the structure, function, and classification of forest ecosystems. Corequisite: All of FRST 200, SOIL 200. AGRO 244 or GEOG 204 is recommended. [3-2-1; 3-2-1] FRST 202 (3) FOREST ECOLOGY. The Ecosystem concept; energy biomass and nutrient cycling; the physical environment; population and community ecology; succession, Biogeoclimatic classification and some coastal ecosystems. Available only through Distance I Education. Corequisite: One of FRST 111, FRST 200 and one of SOIL 200, SOIL 300. [3-2] FRST 203 (3) SILVICS OF FOREST TREES OF WESTERN CANADA. Ecological and silvical characteristics of forest trees; assessment of ecological site quality and biogeoclimatic classification; application of silvics in silviculture. A plant herbarium of at least 50 species is required. Only available through Distance Education. Prerequisite: FRST 202. [3-2] FRST 231 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BIOMETRICS. Basic theories of probability and statistics. Sampling distribution, methods of estimation and hypothesis testing; goodness of fit and tests for independence; analysis of variance, regression and correlation. Corequisite: One of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 180, MATH 184. [3-2-0] FRST 232 (3) COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN FORESTRY. Techniques involved in solving forestry problems with microcomputers using word processing, spreadsheet, procedural language, and database management tools. [3-2] FRST 237 (3) INTRODUCTION TO FOREST MENSURATION AND PHOTOGRAMMETRY. Measuring and estimating tree volumes, form and taper. Timber scaling and grading. Computer applications. Basic photogramme- try, mapping for photography and photo-based inventory systems. Prerequisite: FRST 231. Corequisite: FRST 232. [3-2] FRST238(3) FOREST MENSURATION. Forest inventory methods. Growth and yield prediction. Applications of multiple linear regressions and sampling techniques. Regeneration and residue surveys. Introduction to multiple resource inventories. Prerequisite: FRST 237 and one of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105. [3-2] FRST 239 (3) TREE AND STAND LEVEL MEASUREMENTS. An introduction to measurement of individual trees and stands; use of aerial photographs, maps, and various measurement instruments. Prerequisite: All of FRST 231, FRST 232. [3-2-0] FRST 248 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in an approved organization for a minimum of 15 weeks. Restricted to students in the Cooperative Education Program in the Faculty of Forestry. Orientation workshops required. Final work term report required. FRST290(3) RECREATION RESOURCE ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT. Study of the nature of management and conservation of wildland recreation resources; basic elements of recreation land use planning; recreation in forest management plans on public lands; tools of recreational land management. [2-2] FRST 292 (3) RECREATION SITE PLANNING. Fundamentals of recreation site selection, site planning and conservation of non-timber values in wildland settings; inventory of recreational features and related habitat, visual, heritage and subsistence resources; analysis of sensitivity of wildland recreation areas. [2-2] FRST 300(6) PRINCIPLES OF FOREST SCIENCES AND MANAGEMENT. Introduction to the biology underlying tree and stand growth and development, silvics and silviculture and techniques for managing the forest for a diversity of products and benefits. Not available for credit to undergraduate forestry students; no prerequisites. [3-0; 3-0] FRST302(3) FOREST GENETICS. Population genetics and conservation of generic resources; principles of genetics and their application to forestry. [2-2] FRST 305 (3) SILVICULTURE I. Silviculture concepts and principles; artificial regeneration and stand establishment; principles of forest tree improvement, seed handling, nursery practices, site preparation and vegetation management. Prerequisite: All of FRST 201, FRST 351. Third year standing in the BSF program is also acceptable. [3-4*] FRST 306 (3) SILVICULTURE II. Stand tending practices; stand density management, pruning and fertilization; silvicultural systems; silviculture guides and development of prescriptions; elements of decision making, monitoring and control systems; connections to forest level planning. Prerequisite: All of FRST 305, FRST 351. [3-4 *-0] FRST308(2) FOREST ENTOMOLOGY. An introduction to insects which cause damage to forests and forest products; how insects live; life cycles and attack symptoms of representatives of major groups of insects; principles for control and management. [2-2] FRST309(2) FOREST PATHOLOGY. Biology and management of forest tree diseases. Prerequisite: FRST 201. [2-4 *-0] FRST 310 (3) SOIL BIOLOGY. The diversity and interactions of soil organisms (bacteria, 532 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 protozoa, fungi, animals, plants) in natural and managed ecosystems; roles in primary production, nutrient cycling, decomposition and reclamation; responses to environmental change. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. Corequisite: AGRO 342. [2-3-0] FRST311 (4) PLANT PHYSIOLOGY I. Mechanisms and regulation of functional processes contributing to the assimilation, transport and utilization of water, mineral nutrients and carbon by plants. CHEM 230 is recommended. Equivalency: BIOL 351, AGRO 324. [3-3-0] FRST 312 (3) FOREST SOILS. Forest soil properties, processes, and fertility; forest soils in relation to resource management. Same as SOIL 403. Prerequisite: SOIL 200. Equivalency: SOIL 303. [3-2] FRST318(2) PRINCIPLES OF FORESTRY ECONOMICS. Introduction to the economics of production, distribution and consumption of goods and services produced by, and dependent on, the forest resource. Prerequisite: ECON 101. [2-0-1] FRST319(3) PRINCIPLES OF FORESTRY ECONOMICS. Introduction to the economics of production, distribution and consumption of goods and services produced by, and dependent on, the forest resource. Available only through Distance Education. Prerequisite: One of ECON 101, ECON 301. FRST 327 (2) FOREST FIRE SCIENCE AND MANAGEMENT. Ecological effects of fire; fire behaviour; fire danger rating; principles of fire management and prescribed fire use. Prerequisite: All of SOIL 200, FRST 201. [2-4*-0] FRST 332 (3) INTRODUCTION TO APPLIED MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING FOR FORESTRY. Decision analysis, linear programming, and computer simulation applied to A forestry problems. Prerequisite: All of MATH 101, FRST 232. [3-1] FRST 339 (3) FOREST LEVEL MEASUREMENT AND PRODUCTIVITY. Obtaining and forecasting information for stands and forests. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in the B.S.F. program. [3-2-0] FRST 346 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in an approved organization for a minimum of 15 weeks. Restricted to students in the Cooperative Education Program in the Facutly of Forestry. Final work term report required. FRST 347 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in an approved organization for a minimum of 15 weeks. Restricted to students in the Cooperative Education Program in the Faculty of Forestry. Final work term report required. FRST 348 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in an approved organization for a minimum of 15 weeks. Restricted to students in the Cooperative Education Program in the Faculty of Forestry. Final work term report required. FRST351(2) INTERIOR FIELD SCHOOL. Field study at an interior BC location concentrating on land use, management and silviculture. Fees will be assessed to meet expenses. Prerequisite: FRST 201. FRST 352 (2) INTEGRATED FIELD STUDIES IN FORESTRY. A series of one- to three-day field trips to forest sites in southwest British Columbia to demonstrate current practices and problems. Prerequisite: third year B.S.F. program FRST 385 (3) WATERSHED HYDROLOGY. Measurement and analysis of hydrological processes in response to forest management activities. Prerequisite: Third year standing in the Faculty of Forestry. [3-2-0] FRST 386 (3) AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS AND FISH IN FORESTED WATERSHEDS. Effects of forest management activities on fish and aquatic ecosystems. Prerequisite: Third year standing in the Faculty of Forestry. [3-2-0] FRST 392 (3) RECREATION AND RESOURCE PLANNING. Lectures and demonstrations outlining concepts, and component elements of regional recreation planning in theory and in practice. [2-2] FRST 395 (3) FOREST WILDLIFE ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT. Biology of important bird and mammal species resident in forested regions, with particular emphasis on the influences of silvicultural and logging practices. Prerequisite: One of FRST 201, BIOL 303. [3-2-0] FRST 399 (4) RESEARCH METHODS. Lectures and seminars in research philosophies and the scientific method, with special emphasis on field research. [2-0; 2-0] FRST 403 (3) THE SUSTAINABILITY OF PRODUCTION IN MANAGED FOREST ECOSYSTEMS. Study of the functional and dynamic characteristics of forest ecosystems and their response to forest management using ecosystem-level microcomputer simulation models. Prerequisite: FRST 201. [3-2-0] FRST 404 (4) ADVANCES IN SILVICULTURE. Fundamental silvicultural problems; the application of research findings to the practice of silviculture. Prerequisite: All of FRST 305, FRST 306. [4-0] FRST 405 (3) FOREST ECOSYSTEMS. Ecosystem classification of BC forest land. The biogeoclimatic classification of BC as a basis for forest land management. [2-2] FRST 406 (3) ADVANCED FOREST PATHOLOGY. Hereditary, physiological, anatomical, environmental, and microbiological factors influencing forest tree diseases. Given in alternate years. [2-2] FRST 407(1) VEGETATION MANAGEMENT. Theory of plant competition and vegetation dynamics; the biology of weedy and invasive species; assessment of vegetation problems; principles and techniques of forest vegetation control; impacts of vegetation management methods. Prerequisite: One of FRST 305, PLNT 304, FRST 338, BIOL 302, FRST 303. [1-0] FRST 408 (3) PROBLEMS OF FOREST ENTOMOLOGY. Decision-making in the protection of forests from insects. Insect problems viewed from other disciplines of forestry. Bases of biological and economic evaluation, and choice of control methods. [2-2] FRST410(3) ROOT SYMBIOSES. Interactions between plant roots and soil microorganisms with emphasis on mutualism. Prerequisite: One of FRST 310, SOIL 321. Equivalency: SOIL 422. [2-3] FRST413 (3) ECOLOGICAL PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY. The structure, biosynthesis, distribution and biological function of secondary plant metabolites. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 200, BIOL 201, BIOL 209 or BIOL 210 is recommended. Equivalency: BIOL 462. [3-0-0] FRST 415(3) FOREST POLICY. The development, implementation and analysis of forest policy. Prerequisite: ECON 101. [3-0-0] FRST418 (3) ECONOMICS OF SILVIC U LT U R E. Economic analysis of individual silvicultural practices and silvicultural regimes; economic impact of large scale reforestation and silvicultural programs; institutional incentives and disincentives for silviculture investments. Prerequisite: One of FRST 318, FOPR 261. Corequisite: FRST 306. [3-0-0] FRST419 (3) ECONOMICS OF THE FOREST SECTOR. Basic economic constructs used to analyze key features of the forest sector including product prices, input prices, production levels, trade patterns and aggregate levels of product consumption. Prerequisite: ECON 101 and one of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 180, MATH 184. [3-0-0] FRST420 (3) FOREST ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT. Forestry impacts upon environment; man's relationship to the forest; interactions of industrial forest practice with other resource uses, their economic implications and relevance; approaches to and problems of maintaining environmental quality. [2-2] FRST421 (3) INTEGRATED RESOURCES MANAGEMENT I. Introduction to the quantitative tools necessary in forest management. Prerequisite: All of FRST 238, FRST 332. Corequisite: One of FRST 319, FOPR 260. [3-2; 0-0] FRST422 (3) LAND INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Philosophy and methods of data collection, analysis and classification of land for multiple uses. Laboratories emphasize Geographic Information Systems. Same as SOIL 417. Equivalency: SOIL 417. [2-4] FRST423 (3) INTEGRATED RESOURCES MANAGEMENT II. The design of forests with respect to the availability of an array of values across time and across the geographic area of the forest. Prerequisite: FRST 421. [2-4] FRST424(10) SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT. Integration of biophysical and socio-economic components of forest management. Prerequisite: Fourth year standing in the B.S.F. program. [0-0-20] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FRST — FORESTRY 533 FRST427 (3) ADVANCES IN FOREST FIRE SCIENCE AND MANAGEMENT. Fire in ecosystems; forest fire management policies; advanced fire management and use of prescribed fire; the application of research findings to fire management. Prerequisite: FRST 327. [2-4] FRST430 (3) ADVANCED BIOMETRICS. Analysis of variance, multiple regression and analysis of covariance. Design and analysis of experiments. Prerequisite: FRST 231. [3-2] FRST431 (3) SAMPLING METHODS. Theory and design of sampling techniques with emphasis on application to natural resources. Prerequisite: FRST 231. [3-0-1] FRST436 (3) GROWTH AND YIELD. Techniques of growth and yield projection and discussion of modelling approaches. Exploration of stand dynamics, quantitative implications of management treatments and environmental limitations to tree and stand growth. Prerequisite: FRST 339. [2-2-0] FRST439 (3) INTERNATIONAL FORESTRY. The socio-economic, biological and technological aspects of forestry within the international frame, in both the developed and developing world. Regional studies and the role of national and international agencies. [2-2-0] FRST442 (3) PHOTO-INTERPRETATION OF FOREST LANDS. Landform identification and terrain analysis from air photographs, application to forest and agricultural land mapping. [2-2-0] FRST443 (3) REMOTE SENSING IN FORESTRY AND AGRICULTURE. Basic biological concepts related to interpretation of remote sensing data for land management, including the use of films and filters, and interpretation of air photographs, and other imagery. [2-2-0] FRST 444 (3) AGROFORESTRY. Integration of farms and forests, including tropical agrofor- estry systems, non-timber forest products, forest farming, woodlot management, silvopas- toralism, riparian buffers, windbreaks, soil fertility improvement and nutrient cycling. Prerequisite: One of FRST 201, AGSC 260, BIOL 302. Equivalency: AGRO 444. [3-2-0] FRST445(1) SEMINAR. Oral presentation techniques and discussion of current forestry topics; reviews of important papers in forest periodicals. [0-1; 0-1] FRST446 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in an approved organization for a minimum of 15 weeks. Restricted to students in the Cooperative Education Program in the Faculty of Forestry. Final work term report required. FRST447 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in an approved organization for a minimum of 15 weeks. Restricted to students in the Cooperative Education Program in the Faculty of Forestry. Final work term report required. FRST448 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in an approved organization for a minimum of 15 weeks. Restricted to students in the Cooperative Education Program in the Faculty of Forestry. Final work term report required. FRST449(1-6)C DIRECTED STUDIES IN FORESTRY. In special cases and with the approval of the instructor concerned, a student may carry on directed studies of specific problems in forestry. FRST 451 (3) FIELD WORK IN HARVESTING, SILVICULTURE AND MENSURATION. To be taken immediately prior to the commencement of fourth year. Fees will be assessed to meet the expenses. Prerequisite: All of FRST 238, FRST 305, FRST 351. FRST 452 (2) COASTAL FIELD SCHOOL. Site diagnosis and preparation of management options in coastal forests. Extrasessional course; fees will be assessed to meet expenses. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in the B.S.F. program. FRST 462 (3) INDUSTRIAL FOREST MANAGEMENT. The relationships, interactions, functions, and objectives of the companies, governments, unions, and associations which make up the forest industry. [2-2] FRST 465 (2) BUSINESS FUNDAMENTALS IN THE FORESTRY SECTOR. Financial and marketing aspects of the forest industry. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing in the B.S.F. program. [2-1-0] FRST 470 (3) APPLICATIONS OF SOCIAL SCIENCE IN FORESTRY. Social aspects of forestry and forest communities. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing in the B.S.F. program. [3-2-1] FRST 485 (3) FOREST WATERSHED MANAGEMENT. Effects of land management on quality, quantity and timing of water flow. Prerequisite: FRST 385. [3-2-0] FRST 490 (3) VISUAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. Methodologies for analysis, design and management of the visual guidelines; operational policies of resource extraction industries and the implication on multiple land use management. Equivalency: LARC 340, LARC 542. [2-2] FRST 491 (3) VISUALIZATION AND FOREST DESIGN. GIS-based spatial planning and 3D landscape visualization for forest management. Prerequisite: Fourth year standing in the B.S.F. program. [3-0-1] FRST 495 (3) BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY AND FOREST MANAGEMENT. Principles, problems, and practices of managing forests and nature reserves for biological diversity; integration of forestry and wildlife with particular emphasis on diversity of all life forms. Prerequisite: All of FRST 201, FRST 395. [2-2-0] FRST 497 (2) GRADUATING ESSAY OR TECHNICALREPORT. A technical description of a study or a detailed literature review of at least 4,000 words, developed under the guidance of a Faculty member. Available only to students in their graduating year. FRST 498(6) B.SC. THESIS IN FORESTRY. An independent study or research project of a subject of special interest to the student under the direction of a staff member. The subject must be appropriate to the student's area of concentration. FRST499 (6) BSF THESIS. An independent study or research project on an approved topic, developed under the guidance of a Faculty member. Available only to students in their graduating year. FRST 500 (1-6) C STUDIES IN FOREST TREE PHYSIOLOGY. Principles of plant physiology as applied to problems in growth and development of tree species. FRST 501 (3) FOREST TREE IMPROVEMENT. Identification and utilization of genetic variation in forests and forest trees. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: All of FRST 302, FRST 430. FRST 502 (1-6) C STUDIES IN FOREST GENETICS. Problems associated with forest tree improvement; analysis of variation in tree quality FRST 503 (3) PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY LABORATORY. Techniques of purification, cloning, sequencing, restriction-hybridization analysis of plant nucleic acids, in-vitro labeling of plant nucleic acids and proteins, and electrophoresis and immunodetection of plant proteins. Offered by the Biotechnology Teaching Laboratory in cooperation with the department of Forest Sciences. Admission to the course is limited and requires recommendation from the department head. FRST504(1-6)C SILVICS AND SILVICULTURE. Directed study in silvical characteristics of forest trees; silvicultural systems. FRST 505 (1-6) C ADVANCED STUDIES IN FOREST ECOSYSTEMS. Directed studies in the energetics and biogeochemistry of forest ecosystems including studies on the ecological impact of forest land management practices. FRST 506 (3) ADVANCED FOREST PATHOLOGY. Hereditary, physiological, anatomical, environmental, and microbiological factors influencing forest tree diseases. FRST 507 (1-6) C PROBLEMS IN FOREST PROTECTION. FRST 508 (3) FOREST INSECT ECOLOGY. Interactions between insects and forests; evaluation of current approaches to research in forest entomology; examination of theories and axioms; application of ecological principles in pest management. FRST 509 (3) PLANT GENETIC ENGINEERING LABORATORY. Techniques of vector preparation, electroporation, microprojecrile bombardment, and Agrobacterium-mediated plant transformation; selection of transformants, plant regeneration and confirmation of gene transfer at the DNA, RNA and enzyme levels. Limited enrolment; consent of instructors. Equivalency: PLNT 514, BOTA 545. [0-0; 1-6] FRST 510 (2) FOREST TREE SEED. Seed production, collection, provenance, testing, 534 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 treatment, and the application of these to the practice of forestry. FRST 511 (2) ADVANCED TOPICS IN FOREST REGENERATION. Ecological, physiological, and silvicultural problems in forest regeneration. FRST 512 (2-6) C PROBLEMS IN FOREST SOILS AND TREE NUTRITION. Directed studies of forest soils and tree nutrition. Equivalency: SOIL 503. FRST 513 (3) BIOTECHNOLOGY IN TREE IMPROVEMENT. Advanced research topics and their application to forest generics. Emphasis on molecular generics and experimental protocols. Prerequisite: BIOL 335 or permission of the instructor. FRST 514 (2) SEMINAR IN FOREST BIOLOGY. Advanced topics in biology as related to forestry and wood sciences. FRST 515 (1-6) C STUDIES IN FOREST AND LAND USE HISTORY. FRST 516 (3) TREE PHYSIOLOGY. Growth and development of woody plants; physiological responses to abiotic and biotic environmental factors; consequences of silvicultural practices on physiological processes. Prerequisite: One of FRST 311, BIOL 351, PLNT 324. [3-2] FRST 517 (1-6) C STUDIES IN FOREST POLICY. FRST 519 (1-6) C ADVANCED STUDIES IN FOREST ECONOMICS AND FINANCE. Economics of reforestation, forest land management, harvesting, manufacturing and marketing. FRST 520 (3) LAND AND FOREST RESOURCE ECONOMICS. Applications of advanced theory and quantitative analysis to problems in forest resource and land economics; multiple land use; institutions for sustainable land use; optimal management and policy. Equivalency: AGEC 520. [3-0] FRST 521 (1-6) C STUDIES IN FOREST DEVELOPMENT PLANNING. Silvicultural, managerial, and manufacturing methodology for development with particular regard to the developing nations. FRST 522 (3) INDIGENOUS PEOPLES AND FOREST LAND MANAGEMENT. A survey of the conceptual and practical issues when indigenous peoples use forested lands and participate in the management of those lands. FRST 525 (1-6) C PROBLEMS IN FOREST LAND MANAGEMENT. Directed studies in various aspects of forest management including forest-level modelling, valuation of resources and economic considerations. FRST 527 (1-6) C STUDIES IN FOREST FIRE SCIENCE AND MANAGEMENT. Directed studies in forest fire science and management. FRST 529 (2) SEMINAR IN MANAGEMENT OF FOREST RESOURCES. Objectives and methods for integration and improvement of management and use of forests and associated wildlands. FRST 530 (3) MULTIPLE REGRESSION METHODS. Matrix algebra; algebra and inference of multiple linear and multiple curvilinear regressions for solution of problems in forestry and related fields. Non-linear regression. Methods of least squares for analysis of variance and co variance. FRST 531 (3) MULTIVARIATE STATISTICAL METHODS. Multivariate analysis of variance, cluster, principal components, factor, canonical and discriminant analysis. Theory and conceptual background are presented but emphasis is on selection of appropriate analysis and interpretation of results. Examples from forestry and related fields are analysed by computer programs at UBC. FRST 532 (1-6) C DATA PROCESSING IN FORESTRY. Selected readings and problems in the collection and analysis of data in forestry. Use of electronic computers for special forestry and forest research problems. Prerequisite: A good working knowledge of a programming language, preferably FORTRAN. FRST 533 (1-6) C PROBLEMS IN STATISTICAL METHODS. Directed studies in problems of advanced statistical techniques as a tool in forest research. FRST 534 (3) CASE STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL FORESTRY. FRST 535 (3) APPLIED POPULATION GENETICS. Equivalency: BIOL 510. FRST 536 (1-6) C ADVANCED STUDIES IN FOREST MENSURATION. Development and analysis of forest inventory systems; sequence and patterns of tree growth; analysis of crown development; improvement of stand growth and yield; methods of biomass analysis. FRST 539 (1-6) C PROBLEMS IN FOREST SAMPLING. FRST 542 (1-6) D ADVANCED STUDIES IN FOREST PHOTOGRAMMETRY. Problems in photo-interpretation, photo mensuration and forest land classification. FRST 543 (2) SELECTED TOPICS IN REMOTE |£ E N SIN G. A weekly two-hour seminar series in applied aspects of remote sensing pertaining to natural resources topics; included are uses of remote sensing in forest appraisal, forest recreation, wildlife and soils. FRST 544(2) TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION SKILLS I. Principles and practice of oral presentations. FRST 545 (2) TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION SKILLS II. Theory and practice of technical communication necessary for preparation of effective scientific reports, reviews, grant proposals, journal articles and theses. FRST 546 (4) RESEARCH METHODS. Lectures and seminars in research philosophies and methods with special emphasis on field and applied research. [2-0; 2-0] FRST 547 (2) SEMINAR IN FOREST HARVESTING. Selected topics in forestry and harvesting. FRST 548 (3) MAJOR ESSAY. For non-thesis master's Degree Programs. FRST 549 (6-18) C MASTER'S THESIS. FRST 551 (3) FORESTRY IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. FRST 555 (6) DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING IN RESOURCE ALLOCATION. Mathematical background, classical optimization methods, principle of optimally in one, two, and three dimensions; dimensionality reduction; feedback mechanisms; examples from Forestry and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: Linear algebra, calculus and probability theory, or permission of the instructor. FRST 559 (1-6) C OPERATIONS RESEARCH IN FORESTRY. Directed studies in the application of OR techniques to the diverse problems of the forest environment and forest industries. FRST 560 (3) APPLICATION OF OPERATIONAL RESEARCH METHODS IN FOREST MANAGEMENT. Use of operational research methods in forest planning models; emphasis on algorithms, problem formulation and interpretation of results. FRST 561 (3) SIMULATION MODELLING OF FOREST OPERATIONS AND PROCESSING FACILITIES. Principles and methodology for performing simulation experiments; emphasis on building, running, and analyzing simulation- based models applicable to forest operations and wood products processing. FRST 562 (1-6) C MICROCOMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN FOREST ENGINEERING. Directed studies in analyzing microcomputer applications related to the planning, analysis and design of harvesting operations. FRST 563 (1-6) C PROBLEMS IN FOREST ENGINEERING. Directed studies in planning and control of logging systems; special design problems of forest roads, bridges, cableways and associated structure. FRST 564 (3) RESEARCH METHODS IN FOREST HARVESTING. A lecture and laboratory course covering the major research methods applicable to the study of forest harvesting operations. Topics covered include experimental design, production studies, and economic analysis. FRST 565 (3) TRANSPORTATION NETWORK PLANNING. Determination of optimal road spacing, road standards under assumptions of irregular cutting boundaries, non-uniform timber volumes, non linear cost functions, and multiple stand entries. Examination of large scale transportation network optimization. FRST 566 (3) MECHANICS OF GROUND VEHICLES. Analysis of forces influencing the payloads and mobility of wheeled and tracked vehicles. Ground pressures and dynamics of the wheel-soil interface. Mechanics and energy transfers for engines, torque converters, transmission, differentials, and planetary gears. FRST 567 (3) ADVANCED CABLE MECHANICS. Advanced topics in cable mechanics, including mulrispan systems, yarder mechanics, spar and tail-tree analysis. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FRST — FORESTRY 535 FRST 568 (3) RESEARCH MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY DELIVERY. Broad overview of research and technology management, covering relevant issues including envisioning and strategy development, managing the innovation process, and delivering technology for commercial exploitation. FRST 569 (3) BUSINESS FUNDAMENTALS IN THE FORESTRY SECTOR. Overview of business operations within the forestry sector with a focus on industry structure and practices. FRST570(1-6)C WOOD SCIENCE. Research in basic wood and fibre properties; anatomy, chemistry and physics; analysis of variation in wood qualities; chemistry of wood extractives. FRST 571 (3) BIODETERIORATION AND WOOD PROTECTION. Recent advances in understanding the factors influencing the performance of wood in service. Topics include bacterial and fungal degradation of wood, novel application technologies, accelerated testing of preservations, factors influencing preservative performance. [3-3] FRST 572 (2-6) C ENERGY TRANSFER MECHANISMS IN WOOD AND RELATED PRODUCTS. Response of high polymers to energy sources with special reference to chemical and physical effects on wood and related products; cross-linking, copolymeriza- rion and degradation reactions; ionizing radiation. FRST 573 (3) WOOD-FLUIDS RELATIONSHIPS. Wood sorption theories and thermodynamics, hygroexpansion; Darcian and non-Darcian flow of fluids in wood; coupled heat and moisture transfer; electrical and acoustical properties of wood. FRST 574 (2-6) C RHEOLOGICAL BEHAVIOURS OF WOOD BASE MATERIALS. Time-dependent phenomena of the wood matrix and wood fibre webs; relation of polymer constructions with emphasis on wood molecular architecture; features of viscoelastic memory systems. Corequisite: All of I WOOD 375, MATH 300. FRST575(3) WOOD STRUCTURE. An investigation of the macroscopic, microscopic and ultra structural characteristics of wood as a material and its resultant properties. FRST 576 (3) ADVANCED WOOD MECHANICS. Analysis and design of structural wood products, influences of material inhomogeneity and variability; creep and rime dependent fracture phenomena; structural performance of wood products such as panel products, lumber, glued laminated timber and I-Beams. Impact of codes on marketing of structural wood products. FRST 577 (2-6) C ORIGIN OF WOOD PULP PROPERTIES. Exploration of basic interrelationships between wood characteristics, chemical and mechanical processing and wood pulp behaviours. [3-3] FRST 578 (1-6) C ADVANCED STUDIES IN WOOD PRODUCTS. Research in the properties of solid and reconstituted wood products. FRST 579 (3) FOREST PRODUCTS BIOTECHNOLOGY. Uses of genomic tools, microbiology and enzymology to enhance the processing and value of forest products. [3-3] FRST 580 (1-6) C PROBLEMS IN FOREST PRODUCTS. Directed study in problems associated with the forest industries; utilization; integration; development and marketing of forest products. FRST 581 (3) GLOBALIZATION AND THE MARKETING OF WOOD PRODUCTS. Options available to the forest products industry with emphasis on methods of strategic analysis. Industry structure; business environment limitations; a practical market assessment. FRST 582 (4) CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF WOOD. The chemical nature of wood; the chemical aspects of protective treatments and the fundamental interactions between bacteria/fungi and wood. The application of micro-organisms and enzymes to wood processing. FRST 583 (3) WOOD PHYSICS AND MECHANICS. Wood-water interactions: thermal and electrical properties and heat transfer in wood; stress-strain relationships; fracture mechanisms (static and dynamic); the influence of material variability, changing resource characteristics, temperature, time and moisture content on mechanical properties and structural use of wood. [3-0] FRST 584 (3) WOOD AND PULP SCIENCE SEMI NAR. Presentation and critical review of topics and problems relating to wood properties and manufacturing processes. [3-0; 3-0] FRST 585 (4) RESEARCH METHODS IN FOREST HYDROLOGY. Methodology and technique of studying the terrestrial components of the hydrologic cycle, in relation to forest hydrology. FRST 586 (3) WOOD PRODUCTS PROCESSING. Mechanical processing principles applicable to the conversion of logs to forest products including: lumber processing and control systems, wood composite classification and manufacturing concepts, preservation processing technology and fiber to pulp conversion. [3-2] FRST 587 (2/3) D WOOD COMPOSITES. Relationship of bulk and surface properties of wood to composite formation; influence of adhesive chemical and physical properties on bond performance. Processing strategies to enhance strength and durability of wood composites. Prerequisite: WOOD 487. [3-2] FRST 588 (3) HEADWATER SYSTEMS. Hydrology, geomorphology and ecology of headwater streams and their catchments; significance of headwater streams to downstream reaches; management issues, particularly in the context of forest harvesting. FRST 589 (1-6) C PROBLEMS IN FOREST WATERSHED MANAGEMENT. FRST 590 (3) STATISTICAL METHODS IN HYDROLOGY. FRST 591 (1-6) C RESEARCH METHODS IN FOREST AND WILDLAND RECREATION. FRST 592 (3) HYDROLOGICAL MODELLING APPLICATIONS IN FORESTRY. FRST 593 (1-6) C PROBLEMS IN FOREST AND WILDLAND RECREATION. Analysis of and solutions to problems in administration and management of recreation resources in forests, wildlands and non-urban parks. FRST 594 (3) LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT. Ecological aspects of the development, form, and function of landscapes. FRST 595 (1-6) C RESEARCH METHODS IN FOREST WILDLIFE STUDIES. FRST 596 (3) BELOWGROUND FOREST ECOSYSTEMS. Review of current literature on specific topics in forest soil ecology, including bacterial endophytes, microbial diversity, nutrient cycling, and mycorrhizae. FRST 597 (1-6) C PROBLEMS IN FOREST WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT. FRST 599 (6-18) D M.A.SC. THESIS. FRST 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. GENE —GENETICS FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES GENE 501 (3) GENETICS. A lecture series intended to acquaint graduate generics students and those in related areas with advances in genetics and an overview of genetics in a variety of systems. The emphasis is on molecular genetics. Optional for students in the graduate genetics program. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 334, BIOL 335 or equivalent, and a third-year course in Biochemistry GENE 502 (3) GENETICS. A lecture series intended to acquaint graduate generics students and those in related areas with advances in genetics and an overview of genetics in a variety of systems. The emphasis is on eukaryoric genetics. Required of students in the graduate genetic program. Prerequisite: All of BIOC 334, BIOC 335 or equivalent, and a third year course in Biochemistry GENE 549 (6/12) C M.SC. THESIS. GENE 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. GEOG —GEOGRAPHY FACULTY OF ARTS Students registered in the B.Sc. program in Geography may receive Arts credit for no more than two of the following courses: GEOG 290, 321, 327, 328, 329, 350, 360, 361, 362 and 363. These are the only Geography courses that will be considered as Arts electives for the B.Sc. in Geography. The following Geography courses may not be used for either Arts or Science designated credit but may be used as free electives: GEOG 210, 310, 311, 312, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 371, 374, 375, 410, 412, 475. The following GEOG courses have Science credit: 101, 102, 103, 200, 204, 205, 207, 270, 300, 304, 306, 307, 308, 309, 370, 372, 373, 376, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 444, 449, 471, 472, 500, 501, 502, 503, 536 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509. Additional fees are charged for some courses. GEOG 101 (6) INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. Physical principles of climate, hydrology, geomorphology and biogeography, including human-induced changes. (Consult Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar). GEOG 102 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: CLIMATE AND VEGETATION. Circulations and characteristics of the atmosphere including weather and global climates; biophysical processes governing vegetation on Earth; and human impacts. (Consult Credit Exclusion list with the Faculty of Science section in the Calendar.) GEOG 103 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: WATER AND LANDSCAPES. The rock cycle, water cycle and hydrology; landforms and geomorphology; physical processes acting on the Earth's surface; and human impacts. (Consult Credit Exclusion list with the Faculty of Science section in the Calendar.) GEOG 121 (3) GEOGRAPHY, MODERNITY AND GLOBALIZATION I. Human geography of the modern world, c. 1750 - 1945, including: pre-industrial societies, global encounters and conflicts,urbanization and regional growth; global migrations, trade and communications; imperialism and anti-imperialism; environment and war. GEOG 122 (3) GEOGRAPHY, MODERNITY AND GLOBALIZATION II. The human geography of the modern world since 1945: global interdependence in economic geography, geopolitics, and cultural geography; consequences of modernization, including demography, urbanization and environmental effects; regional case studies; reactions to modernization. May be taken separately from GEOG 121. GEOG 200 (3) ATMOSPHERIC ENVIRONMENTS. Physical principles underlying weather and climates. Thermal, moisture and wind climates at scales from valleys to the globe. Daily weather, air pollution, global change. Credit will be given for one only of GEOG 200 or 204 or AGRO 244. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 101, GEOG 102 or first-year science. GEOG 204(3) FOREST AND AGRICULTURAL CLIMATOLOGY. Basic principles and processes of climatology. Energy and water balance concepts. Weather systems and climate change, microclimate of soils, crops, forests and animals. Credit will be given for only one of GEOG 200, 204, 300, or AGRO 244. Equivalency: AGRO 244. GEOG 205 (3) INTRODUCTION TO HYDROLOGY. Principles of hydrology at site, watershed, and larger regional scales. Introduction to techniques of measurement and analysis. Emphasizes surface water hydrology of western North America. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 101, GEOG 102. GEOG 200 is recommended. GEOG 207 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BIO G E O G RAP H Y. Geographical ecology emphasizing plant distributions, abioric-biotic interactions, effects of disturbance, succession, and human impacts across scales. Labs and field trips examine a local site. Prerequisite: Either (a) GEOG 101 or (b) all of GEOG 102, GEOG 103. GEOG 210 (3) VANCOUVER AND ITS REGION. An integrated approach to the physical and human geography of the Lower Mainland of British Columbia. Field trips. GEOG 270 (3) INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Computer-based graphical methods of data input and analysis. Emphasis on data visualization techniques such as cartographic modelling and exploratory data analysis. Preclusion: Not available to those who completed GEOG 370 before September 2005. GEOG 281 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF THE PACIFIC RIM. An introduction to changing geographies (social, economic, and political) of the Pacific Rim, with special emphasis on the relationships between Canada and Japan. Equivalency: ASTU 202. GEOG 290 (3) INTRODUCTION TO THE GEOGRAPHY OF CANADA. Selected topics in human geography focusing on the regional distribution of natural resources, population, urban systems, and economic activities. GEOG 300 (3) MICROSCALE WEATHER AND C LIM AT E. Meteorology and climatology at the micro-, local, and meso-scales. Transfers and balances of heat, mass and momentum. Microclimates on scales of a leaf to those of a large valley. Credit will only be given for one of GEOG 204 or 300 or AGRO 244. Prerequisite: GEOG 200. GEOG 304 (3) SYNOPTIC METEOROLOGY AND CLIMATOLOGY. Analysis of meteorological fields, diagnostic analysis of synoptic weather systems, applications of synoptic meteorology. Requires participation in weekly weather map discussion. Prerequisite: GEOG ^00. ATSC 201 is recommended. ^GEOG306(3) PRINCIPLES OF GEOMORPHOLOGY. Processes and principles of landform development; morphological and historical analysis of landforms at various space and rime scales; applications in engineering and resource development. Credit will be given for only one of GEOG 306, GEOL 351 and its predecessor GEOL 251. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 101, GEOG 103, EOSC 110. Equivalency: EOSC 330. GEOG 307 (3) BIOGEOGRAPHY AND GLOBAL CHANGE. Biogeographicconcepts in understanding responses in ecosystems to environmental change at global, regional and local scales. Conservation issues such as the loss of biodiversity and endangered species. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of GEOG 207, BIOL 302, BIOL 303 or (b) FRST 202. GEOG 308 (3) QUATERNARY AND APPLIED GEOMORPHOLOGY. Quaternary landscape development emphasizing the history of glacia- rion with special reference to western North America; applications of geomorphology in resource development and land management; interpretation of quarternary materials. Weekend field trips required. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 306, EOSC 330. GEOG 309 (3) PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY FIELD COURSE. Field sampling, instrumentation, surveying and mapping techniques; data analysis and report writing; 1 lecture per week during term and 2 weeks at field camp in late April; special fees required; enrolment limited. Students will be responsible for transportation to and from the field camp and for liability insurance. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 200, GEOG 204 and GEOG 205. GEOG 310 (3) ENVIRONMENT AND RESOURCES. Concepts of environment and resource; the role of physical geography in understanding the interaction of humans and the environment; introduction to the management of environment-resource systems. Prerequisite: Either (a) GEOG 101 or (b) six credits from GEOG 102, 103, 210. GEOG 311 (3) PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT OF THE CITY. The impact of urban development on the natural environment and vice versa. Urban ecology including hydrology, landforms, soils, vegetation, and wildlife. Urban pollution. Ecology and urban design. Prerequisite: Six credits of first and second year physical geography (may also be taken as corequisites). GEOG 312 (3) THE GLOBAL CLIMATE SYSTE M. Climates over the geological, historical and instrument periods. Theories of climatic change. Monitoring and modelling the climate system. Impacts of change on environmental and soci-economic systems. Prerequisite: GEOG 101. GEOG 315 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY AND CLASSIFICATION. Classification and inventory of those biophysical elements which influence people's use of air, land, and water. Prerequisite: Six credits from GEOG 101, GEOG 102, GEOG 103, GEOG 200 or 204, GEOG 205, GEOG 207. GEOG 316 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF NATURAL HAZARDS. The role of geophysical events, human ecology, environmental perception, world social and political order in explaining the risk of natural disasters. Assessment of acceptable risk, disaster relief and reconstruction and contrasts between developed and developing nations. Prerequisite: Either (a) GEOG 101 or (b) all of GEOG 102, GEOG 103. GEOG 317 (3) THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. The biophysical processes which are shaping and have shaped British Columbia; characteristic associations between landforms, climate, soil, and vegetation; biophysical constraints on air, land and water use. Prerequisite: Six credits from GEOG 102 (or GEOG 200 or GEOG 204), GEOG 101, GEOG 103, GEOG 205, GEOG 207. GEOG 318 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE AND QUALITY. The physical and human causes of environmental change at various temporal and spatial scales. The impact of such PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS GEOG — GEOGRAPHY 537 change on the interpretation and measurement of environment quality. Will alternate with GEOG 319. Prerequisite: GEOG 310. GEOG 319 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT. The role of environmental impact assessment within the context of environmental management. Institutional arrangements for EIA in Canada and BC will be examined through the use of evaluative criteria and critical case studies. Will alternate with GEOG 318. Prerequisite: GEOG 310. GEOG 321 (3) HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF URBANIZATION. Geographic perspectives on the growth of urban regions; pre-industrial cities, urban growth during industrialization, anti-urban reaction. Prerequisite: GEOG 121 or the former GEOG 260. GEOG 327 (3) HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF CANADA, I: CANADA BEFORE 1850. Canada from the beginning of European contact to the mid-19th century, stressing the changing geographical patterns of settlement, economy, and culture. GEOG 328 (3) HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF CANADA, II: CANADA AFTER 1850. The spread of settlement, the growth of towns, and the development of economic and cultural regions in a Canada increasingly influenced by industrialization. GEOG 329 (3) INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. The heritage of political geography; the spatial structure of political organization including regional and global structures. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 121, GEOG 122 or the former GEOG 260; also open without this prerequisite to Major and Honours students in History, International Relations or Political Science. GEOG 331 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF HEALTH AND HEALTH CARE. Explores the geographical dimensions of contemporary population health and health services research and policy. GEOG 345 (3) GEOGRAPHIC THOUGHT AND PRACTICE. Major intellectual traditions of human and physical geography. Geographers and geography in society. GEOG 350 (3) INTRODUCTION TO URBAN GEOGRAPHY. City systems and theories of urban location; internal spatial structure of the city; commercial and industrial location; social areas; neighbourhood and land use change; urban trends and public policy. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 121, GEOG 122, URST 200 or the former GEOG 260. GEOG 352 (3) URBANIZATION IN THE GLOBAL SOUTH. Urbanization in the developing countries of Latin America, Africa, and Asia; the role of cities in the development process and the features and problems of rapid urbanization. GEOG 353 (3) GEOGRAPHIES OF MIGRATION AND SETTLEMENT. International regimes regulating migration, changes in global demographics, immigration policies of nation states, international migration patterns, settlement policies and outcomes. GEOG 357 (3) INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL AND BEHAVIOURAL GEOGRAPHY. The development of social and behavioural geography; focus on such topics as environmental perception and microgeography, approached from institutional and interactionist perspectives. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 121, GEOG 122. GEOG 360 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF RETAIL, WHOLESALE, AND SERVICE ACTIVITIES. Contemporary patterns of economic activity The geographical and policy factors which shape them. Introduction to spatial analysis of consumer demand and industrial organization and policy. Focus on such topics as the location of shopping centres and office complexes. Prerequisite: GEOG 122 or the former GEOG 260. GEOG 361 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY. History and methods of economic geography. Location of resource industries, manufacturing, and service activities with emphasis on British Columbia in its North American and world setting. Recommended for students with no previous exposure to Economic Geography, before taking other courses in the 36x and 46x series. Prerequisite: GEOG 122. GEOG 362 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. Geographical approaches to economic development; models of economic development and spatial change; influences on spatial economic change; case studies from the developed, third, and socialist worlds. Prerequisite: Either (a) GEOG 122 or (b) GEOG 260. GEOG 363 (3) THE GEOGRAPHY OF RESOURCE INDUSTRIES. Geographical analysis of selected resource industries of importance to Canada. Each year a selection will be made from the agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, energy, and recreation sectors which will be dealt with in international and national contexts. Prerequisite: Either (a) GEOG 122 or (b) GEOG 260. GEOG 371 (3) RESEARCH STRATEGIES IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. Formulating a research problem and selecting an appropriate research strategy. Research strategies range from social scientific survey methods to ethnography. Priority enrollment for Honours and Major students in Geography. GEOG 372 (3) CARTOGRAPHY. Cartographic methods: development of cartography; projections; data ordering, compilation and symbol- izarion; cartographic design, map reproduction. Prerequisite: Six credits from GEOG 101, GEOG 102, GEOG 103, GEOG 200 or GEOG 204, GEOG 205, GEOG 207. GEOG 373 (3) INTRODUCTORY REMOTE SENSING. Aerial photography; measurement from aerial photographs; photo-interpretation in geographic analysis; remote sensing of the earth's surface and atmosphere. GEOG 374 (3) STATISTICS IN GEOGRAPHY I. Introduction to statistical techniques and their application to geographical problems. Priority enrollment for Honours and Major students in Geography. GEOG 376 (3) ADVANCED GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Theoretical and practical aspects of Geographic Information Systems, including cartographic modelling, digital terrain models, management issues and spatial interpolation. Preclusion: Not available to those who completed GEOG 470 before September 2005. Prerequisite: GEOG 270 or completed second year of Geography B.Sc. with some introductory knowledge of GIS. GEOG 379 (3/6) D FIELD COURSE IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. As announced by the department a year in advance. Prerequisite: The relevant core course(s). GEOG 380 (3) INTRODUCTION TO THE GEOGRAPHY OF ASIA. A comparative regional analysis stressing the historical development and changing cultural, economic, and political patterns of the area. Special reference to India, Indonesia, China, and Japan. GEOG 390 (3/6) D GEOGRAPHY OF SELECTED REGIONS. A geographical analysis of selected regions not regularly included in the Department's offerings in regional geography (e.g. tropical Africa, Oceania). Students should consult the Department regarding regions to be covered. GEOG 391 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE. An Mitroductory survey, focusing on the origins of the present-day human geography of the area between the Atlantic and the Ural Mountains. GEOG 395 (3) INTRODUCTION TO THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE AMERICAS. Physical environment, demographic and cultural patterns, trends in settlement and resource use. Frequent interamerican comparisons, especially along critical contact zones and regarding implications of liberalized relations. GEOG 401 (3) URBAN METEOROLOGY. The impact of urbanization upon atmospheric processes and climates. The energy and water balances of cities. Meteorological effects (urban heat island, precipitation modification, etc) and their significance. Models of the urban atmosphere. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of GEOG 204, AGRO 244 or (b) GEOG 300. GEOG 402 (3) AIR POLLUTION METEOROLOGY. The nature of atmospheric pollutants. The ability of the atmosphere to disperse, transform and remove pollutants. Air pollution dispersion models. Air quality monitoring, criteria and standards. Prerequisite: GEOG 300. GEOG 403 (3) CATCHMENT HYDROLOGY. Hydrometeorology ; runoff processes; stream- water chemistry in relation to runoff processes; effects of climate variations and land cover change on streamflow regimes; models of catchment hydrology. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 200, GEOG 204 and one of GEOG 205, FRST 385 and one of STAT 200, FRST 231, BIOL 300. GEOG 404 (3) NATURAL HAZARDS ANALYSIS. Description, analytical methods, case histories and environmental aspects of natural hazard mitigation. Extreme event statistics, mountain slope hazards, flooding, earthquake, risk mapping and decisions, 538 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 zoning, vulnerability analysis. Field trip required. Open to fourth-year students only. GEOG 405 (3) FLUVIAL GEOMORPHOLOGY. Introduction to open channel flow and sediment transport. River morphology and channel types. Palaeohydrology. The development of channel networks. Prerequisite: GEOG 306. GEOG 406 (3) HILLSLOPE GEOMORPHOLOGY. Hillslope processes and their rates of operation. Spectrum of geomor- phic events on slopes and phenomena resulting from instability on soil and snow slopes. Slope evolution over long periods. Prerequisite: GEOG 306. GEOG 407 (3) VEGETATION DYNAMICS: DISTURBANCE, CLIMATE AND HUMAN IM PACTS. Investigation of vegetation dynamics integrating theory and research to address contemporary issues of global environmental change. Students will conduct fieldwork and learn to analyze data and interpret results. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of GEOG 207, BIOL 302 or (b) one of BIOL 303, FRST 201. GEOG 408 (3) SNOW AND ICE PROCESSES. Formation of snow and ice masses and their evolution including snowpacks, glaciers and sea ice. Relationships between snow, ice and climate including avalanche forecasting. Weekend field trips. Prerequisite: All of GEOG 205, PHYS 101. GEOG 410 (3) ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIETY. Geographical analysis of society- environment relations. Relates resource management to environmental politics, political economy, and sustainable development. Perspectives drawn from social and natural sciences. Prerequisite: GEOG 310. GEOG 411(3) ENVIRONMENT AND EMPIRE. Environmental changes since 1500, as a consequence of cultural contact, 'ecological revolutions,' colonial settlement, resource development and biophysical processes. Perspectives drawn from geography, environmental history and ecological sciences. Prerequisite: Third or fourth year standing and six credits of first and second year physical geography (may be taken as corequisites). GEOG 412 (3) WATER MANAGEMENT: THEORY, POLICY, AND PRACTICE. Prerequisite: GEOG 310. GEOG 422 (3) MODES OF SUBSISTENCE. The nature of subsistence systems antedating or alternative to modern commercial systems. Introductory survey with basic readings; focus on problems such as the development of complex cultures without agriculture, the ambiguity of hunting and gathering, agricultural and other "intensification," "orchestration" of the use of adjacent microenvironments. Of interest to students of archaeology, anthropology and cultural geography. Same as ANTH 422. Equivalency: ANTH 422. GEOG 423 (3) DEVELOPMENTOF ENVIRONMENTAL THOUGHT. An examination of attitudes that have influenced land use and environmental change in the past and present. Prerequisite: GEOG 310. GEOG 424 (3) FEMINIST GEOGRAPHIES. An introductory survey of contemporary feminist approaches to human geography. GEOG 425 (3) HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF CHINA. China from the Neolithic, stressing the beginnings and changing geographical patterns of various technologies and economies, institutions, and cultures. Normally alternates with GEOG 485. GEOG 426 (3) HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, I. Colonialism, resistance, and land use in early British Columbia. Prerequisite: GEOG 327 and GEOG 328 are recommended. GEOG 428 (3) HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, II: RESEARCH SEMI NAR. Approaches to research in historical geography. Field trip: participation recommended but not required. This course is not open to students who have taken GEOG 427. Limited enrolment for non-Geography majors. Prerequisite: GEOG 426 and one of GEOG 321, GEOG 327, GEOG 328, GEOG 445, HIST 404, ANTH 304, ANTH 332, HIST 400. GEOG 440 (3) POWER, KNOWLEDGE AND HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. Geography as discourse; power, modernity and the production of space; imaginative geographies and the representation of space. Prerequisite: GEOG 345. GEOG 444 (3/4) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. For fourth-year students in Geography to permit investigation of a topic to be agreed upon by a member of the faculty and the student. Permission of the department head and of a supervisory faculty member is required. Credit will be given for only one of GEOG 444 and 448. GEOG 446 (3) TOPICS IN GEOGRAPHY. See the departmental undergraduate advisor for details. GEOG 447 (3) DIRECTED STUDIES: OFF iEAMPUS RESEARCH. Based on project work outside the university. Not available to co-op students. See the departmental undergraduate advisor for details. Prerequisite: Permission of the department head and at least 15 credits of relevant 300- or 400- level Geography courses. GEOG 448 (3) DIRECTED STUDIES IN GEOG RAP H Y. For fourth-year students in Geography to permit investigation of a topic to be agreed upon by a member of the faculty and the student. Prerequisite: Permission of the department head and supervising faculty member is required. Equivalency: GEOG 444. GEOG 449 (3/6) D HONOURS ESSAY. Carries six Science credits for students in the Faculty of Science, except for Honours Climatology students, who will receive only three Science credits. GEOG 450 (3) URBAN ANALYSIS. Geographic analysis of selected problems of the internal structure of cities and urban systems. Prerequisite: GEOG 350 or permission of the instructor. GEOG 453 (3) POLITICAL GEOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS. Analysis of the political organization of space at selected geographic scales (international to urban); development of political policy, organization, and behaviour, and their locarional consequences; decision making and conflict resolution. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 329, GEOG 350. GEOG 456 (3) FILM AND THE CITY. The complex interrelations between film and the city; dominant urban theories, film technologies and viewing practices and the intersections between them. Equivalency: FINA 445, ARTH 445. GEOG 457 (3) SOCIAL AND BEHAVIOURAL GEOGRAPHY. Traditions in social geography; the French school; the concept of place; social space; class, caste, and spatial behaviour; urban perception; controlling urban space; territorial groups; urban behaviour settings; decisionmaking worlds in the city; urban microstudies in North America and Europe; the meaning of the city. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 350, GEOG 357. GEOG 460 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF MANUFACTURING. Industrial location theory; factors in the location of the firm; manufacturing and regional development. Case studies. Field trip. Prerequisite: GEOG 361 or the former GEOG 260. GEOG464(3) SPATIAL INTERACTION. The concepts of distance and accessibility; theories relating to diffusion, commodity flow, and human travel behaviour, and their application to economic activity analysis. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 350, GEOG 361. GEOG 468 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC SYSTEMS: CANADA AND THE PACIFIC BASIN. An introduction to the study of international economic systems illustrated by the study of Canada's relations with the countries located in the Pacific Basin. Normally alternates with GEOG 481. GEOG 471 (3) APPLIED CONCEPTS IN GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Applications in conservation biology, crime analysis, and health geography; theoretical and practical aspects considered in a hands-on environment. Prerequisite: GEOG 376. GEOG 472 (3) ADVANCED CARTOGRAPHY. Seminar course to discuss a wide range of contemporary topics in cognitive, social and technical cartography and data visualization. Includes reading assignments, discussions and computer mapping projects. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 270, GEOG 372 or permission of instructor. GEOG 475 (3) SPATIAL DATA ANALYSIS. Introduction to computer programming and statistical techniques for managing, analyzing, and mapping spatial data; survey of topics complemented by assignments using package computer programs and geographical information systems. Prerequisite: GEOG 270 or PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS GEOG — GEOGRAPHY 539 completed second year of a Geography B.Sc. with some introductory knowledge of GIS. GEOG 481 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF JAPAN. A critical analysis of significant human adaptations to changing ecological conditions in the Japanese archipelago. Normally alternates with GEOG 468. Prerequisite: GEOG 380 is recommended. GEOG 484(3) GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTHEAST ASIA. A critical analysis of significant features of political, economic, and cultural development in the region from pre-colonial times to the present. Prerequisite: GEOG 380 is recommended. GEOG 485 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF CHINA. An introduction to the changing cultural, social and economic geography of China. Normally alternates with GEOG 425. Prerequisite: GEOG 380 is recommended. GEOG 493 (3) GEOGRAPHIES OF POST COLD WAR EUROPE. Political, economic, and social geographies of post Cold War Europe with a special emphasis on east-central Europe: societal transformations in the formerly socialist states; European Union and NATO enlargement; the external relations of these two organizations. Prerequisite: GEOG 391 is recommended. GEOG 494(3) GEOGRAPHY OF THE EX-SOVIET STATES. Soviet policies for economic and social development: their regional impact and their legacy for the ex- Soviet states. Current regional development problems in the ex-Soviet realm. Topics and regions examined vary from year to year. Normally alternates with GEOG 493. Prerequisite: GEOG 391. GEOG 495 (3) CHANGING LATIN AMERICAN LANDS CAP E S. Contemporary environmental issues in Latin America, including differing forms of environmental degradation and proposed solutions such as protected area conservation. Prerequisite: GEOG 395 is recommended. GEOG 497 (3) ARCTIC GEOGRAPHY. Physical and biological characteristics of the circumpo- lar Arctic, emphasizing terrestrial environments and the impacts on and by humans, including: glacial history; climatology; biogeography/ ecology of arctic tundra; human-environment interactions, settlement and exploration; and current environmental, social and economic problems. GEOG 499 (3) ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY OF CANADA. An examination of the political economy of regionalism in Canada. Geographical attributes of selected contemporary issues. Open to fourth-year students only. Prerequisite: GEOG 290 and one of GEOG 327, GEOG 328. GEOG 500 (3) CONTEMPORARY RESEARCH TRENDS IN PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. Contemporary research trends in physical geography. Description and identification of environmental systems. Appropriate measurement and sampling designs in physical geography. Students from outside Geography and Atmospheric Science require the permission of the Head of the department. GEOG 501 (3) PROCESSES IN GEOMORPHOLOGY. Theoretical and empirical analyses of the major processes of landscape evolution with particular emphasis on fluvial and glacial processes and mass movement. GEOG 503 (3) TOPICS IN GEOMORPHOLOGY AND HYDROLOGY. Experimental methods and scale problems in geomorphology and hydrology; runoff and sediment and solute source analysis; watershed mass balance and management. Topics chosen to fit student needs in any given year. GEOG 504 (3) TOPICS IN CLIMATOLOGY. An introduction to the historical context, theory, and methods associated with current research topics in climatology. Topics chosen to fit the needs of the students in any given year. GEOG 505 (3) PERMAFROST. Occurrence and characteristics of frozen ground, with particular reference to ground ice. Climatic and other environmental determinants of geocryological phenomena. Theory of ground ice formation. Patterned ground. GEOG 506 (3) TREE-RING RESEARCH: THEORY AND APPLICATION. GEOG 507 (3-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. GEOG 508 (3/6) D ADVANCED SEMINAR IN GEOMORPHOLOGY. GEOG 509 (3/6) D ADVANCED SEMINAR IN CLIMATOLOGY. GEOG 512 (3) CLIMATE CHANGE IN THE 21ST CENTURY. Historical, methodological, and policy dimensions of climate change in the 21st century. Application of natural and social science literature to climate science, impacts on ecosystems and societies, and response options. Equivalency: RMES 520. GEOG 515 (3) SATELLITE REMOTE SENSING APPLICATIONS TO OCEANOGRAPHY AND METEOROLOGY. A review of the many satellite-sensed data products used in both research and operational aspects of oceanography and meteorology. Equivalency: EOSC 582. GEOG 517 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY. Environmental sustainability is examined through conceptual literature and empirical examples. Emphasis on resources and livelihoods in the South and North. Case studies are used to discuss sustainable development, and the distribution of costs and benefits associated with resources allocation, with perspectives drawn from political ecology and economy, environmental history and philosophy. GEOG 519 (3) ENVIRONMENT, DEVELOPMENT AND SECURITY. Analysis of environment-development-security linkages in relation to livelihoods and conflicts in poor countries, with a focus on Africa. GEOG 520 (3) THEMES AND INTERPRETIVE ISSUES IN MODERN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. Themes and interpretive issues in modern human geography. Students from outside Geography require the permission of the Head of the department. GEOG 521 (3) PHILOSOPHY, SOCIAL THEORY, AND HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. GEOG 522 (3) FEMINISM AND GEOGRAPHY. Feminist critiques of the discipline of geography and feminist reconstructions of geography. GEOG 523 (3/6) D ADVANCED SEMINAR IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. GEOG 524(3/6) D CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY. GEOG 525(3) CULTURES OF NATURE IN CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ECOLOGIES. GEOG 527 (3) REMAKING NORTH AMERICA: HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHIES OF CHANGING ENVIRONMENTS. GEOG 528 (3) SOCIETY AND ENVIRONMENT IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. GEOG 533 (3) POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. Investigate how politics is bound with territorial definition. Examine how the management of political issues is intertwined with the ways in which these issues are understood in ^fcographical and territorial terms. GEOG 545 (3/6) D TOPICS IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. GEOG 547 (3/6) D DIRECTED READING IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. GEOG 548(0) MAJOR ESSAY. GEOG 551 (3) URBAN SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY. GEOG 552 (3) URBAN SYSTEMS IN DEVELOPED COUNTRIES. GEOG 553 (3) URBANIZATION IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES. GEOG 554(3) HISTORICAL URBAN GEOGRAPHY. GEOG 560 (3/6) D ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY. GEOG 570 (3) ADVANCED GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. GEOG 572 (3/6) D SPATIAL AND CARTOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES. GEOG 599 (15) MASTER'S THESIS. GEOG 699(0) PH.D. THESIS. GERM — GERMAN FACULTY OF ARTS GERM 100(3) BEGINNERS' GERMAN I. Introduction to the language. Ability to communicate accurately in a variety of everyday situations. See also GERM 433. GERM 110(3) BEGINNERS' GERMAN II. Introduction to the language. Ability to communicate accurately in a variety of everyday situations, speak about past events and express ideas and hypotheses in German. See also GERM 433. Prerequisite: GERM 100. 540 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 GERM 200 (3) INTERMEDIATE GERMAN I. Competence and fluency in everyday situations; ability to report and narrate past events fluently and to express opinions; familiarity with contemporary issues in the German-speaking societies. Prerequisite: Either (a) GERM 110 or (b) GERM 12. GERM 210 (3) INTERMEDIATE GERMAN II. Competence and fluency in everyday situations; ability to report and narrate past events fluently and to express opinions; familiarity with contemporary issues in the German-speaking societies; introduction to German for professional purposes. Prerequisite: GERM 200. GERM 213(3) REFRESHER I. Grammar-based course for students with previous untutored exposure to German and students with a first- year knowledge in need of grammar review. GERM 300(3) INTERMEDIATE GERMAN III. Fluency in many relevant situations; competence in the most important areas of cultural life; familiarity with study resources and study skills. Review and expansion of grammar; fostering of speaking and writing skills. Prerequisite: GERM 210. GERM 301 (3) TWENTIETH-CENTURY GERMAN LITERATURE (IN ENGLISH). Reading and discussion of selected works against the background of literary, social, and political developments in twentieth-century Germany with special emphasis on plays and novels dealing with the First World War and Nazism. GERM 302 (3) CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE (IN ENGLISH). Reading and discussion of selected literary works from West, East, and the United Germany, as well as from Austria and Switzerland. GERM 310 (3) INTERMEDIATE GERMAN IV. Fostering of the ability to discuss controversial issues, express ideas clearly in writing and write essays on selected topics in German. Ongoing grammar review and expansion. Prerequisite: GERM 300. GERM 313 (3) CONVERSATIONAL GERMAN II. Emphasis on the study of oral communication skills and strategies. Fluency in many situations, communicative competence in important areas of cultural life, ability to participate in discussions of current as well as controversial issues to express ideas clearly in spoken word. Prerequisite: GERM 210 or equivalent. GERM 319 (3) CANADIAN GERMAN CULTURAL DIALOGUES. Analysis of intercultural theory; examination of Canadian and German print and video materials. Includes direct audio/visual intercultural online discussion with German-speaking students at the University of Kiel. Prerequisite: GERM 210. GERM 339 (3/6) D THIRD-YEAR HONOURS TUTORIAL. GERM 360 (3) HEAVEN AND EARTH: STUDIES IN GERMAN CULTURE AND LITERATURE BEFORE 1700. Masterpieces and major trends of the German literature of the Middle Ages, Renaissance and Baroque against the larger background of the political and social developments of the period. GERM 370 (3) REASON AND REVOLUTION: STUDIES IN THE 18TH CENTURY. Masterpieces and major trends of eighteenth-century German literature against the larger background of the political and social developments of the period. GERM 380 (3) TRADITION AND CHANGE: STUDIES IN THE 19TH CENTURY. Masterpieces and major trends of ninteenth-century German literature against the larger background of the political and social developments of the period. GERM 390 (3) PROGRESS AND DISASTER: STUDIES IN THE 20TH AND 21ST CENTURIES. Masterpieces and major trends of 20th and 21st-century German literature against the larger background of the political and social developments of the period. GERM 400 (3) ADVANCED GERMAN I. Near- native competence and thorough understanding of critical contemporary topics in a limited number of areas fostering study skills. All skills will be fostered but the course focuses on accurate writing and conversation in particular. Prerequisite: GERM 310. GERM 401 (3) THE CULT OF THE HERO AND ITS PARODY IN GERMAN LITERATURE. The glorification and satirizarion of heroes and heroism in a variety of genres and periods. Works and authors to be studied might include Nibelungenlied, Faust, Gryphius, Kleist, Fontane, Brecht, Remarque. GERM 402 (3) WORDS AND MUSIC IN GERMAN LITERATURE. Study of individual works and of genres in which words and music have achieved symbiosis. Emphasis will be on he words, but the works as a whole will also be studied. Possible works and authors or composers: Lutheran hymn, Volkslied, Bach cantata, Romantic Lied, Zauberflote, Richard Strauss, Brecht songs. The scope may be expanded to include music and the musician as a subject in literature. GERM 403 (3/6) D STUDIES IN MODERN GERMAN CULTURE (IN ENGLISH). Topics of special interest, varying from year to year. GERM 405 (3) THE LITERATURE OF GROWING SOCIAL CONSCIOUSNESS. Concentrates on the late 18th to the early 20th century. This course traces the reflections in German literature of changes in social, political, cultural and gender concepts. Readings are drawn from a variety of genres. GERM 406 (3/6) D SELECTED TOPICS IN GERMAN LITERATURE. A study in depth of one topic of special interest, varying from year to year depending on interests of faculty and students. Possible topics: literature and film, the image of the outside world in German literature, individualism and conformism. GERM 407 (3) THE GERMAN LYRIC FROM GOETHE TO THE PRESENT. Reading and discussion of selected texts against their cultural, social and political background. GERM 408 (3) SELECTED ISSUES IN GERMAN CULTURE. In depth study of one topic from German cultural history, varying from year to year. Possible topics: Germany of the New Europe; Gender and nation in German culture; topics from theory, such as the Frankfurt School. GERM 410 (3) ADVANCED GERMAN II. Development of capabilities to deal with a variety of authentic texts from and about Germany, Austria and Switzerland; fostering of communicative skills, cross-cultural analysis and critical thinking; effective and accurate communication in both spoken and written German. Prerequisite: GERM 400. GERM 414(3) BUSINESS GERMAN. Review of the most important grammatical patterns in application to business geography, import- export trade, marketing, finance, accounting, taxation, workplace conditions and requirements; oral and written forms of presentation for work with German business. Formerly GERM 314. Prerequisite: GERM 300 or' equivalent. GERM 420 (3) ADVANCED GERMAN III. Near-native competence and an advanced and transferable understanding of contemporary issues. Prerequisite: GERM 420. GERM 430 (3) ADVANCED GERMAN IV. Near-native competence and an advanced and transferable understanding of contemporary issues, intercultural comparisons and analyses in a variety of fields using German as the focus and means of communication. Prerequisite: GERM 400. GERM 433 (3) GERMAN FOR READING K N O W L E D G E I. A multimedia introduction to reading skills in German leading to a second year reading knowledge in just one term. Students are expected to work largely independently. Course restricted to beginners or to students with no more than one term of beginner's German (or equivalent). GERM 434(3) GERMAN FOR READING KNOWLEDGE II (LANGUAGES FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES). Multimedia teaching of reading skills in German for special purposes. Students are expected to work largely independently. Focuses on specific topics of the student's choice in the humanities, the natural sciences, economics/business and music and enhances skills in technical reading. Prerequisite: GERM 433 or no more than one year of beginner's German. GERM 439 (3/6) D FOURTH-YEAR HONOURS SEMINAR. GERM 449(6) HONOURS ESSAY. GERM 500 (3/6) D RESEARCH METHODS. GERM 501 (3/6) C CRITICAL APPROACHES TO LITERATURE. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS GERM — GERMAN 541 GERM 502 (3/6) D HISTORY OF TH E GERMAN LANGUAGE. GERM 503 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO MIDDLE HIGH GERMAN. GERM 505(3) THE ACQUISITION OF GERMAN AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE. Foundations, methods, and findings of second- language acquisition research in the field of German as a foreign language Taught in German. An introductory six-credit course in linguistics is recommended as preparation for this course. GERM 506 (3/6) D INTERCULTURAL COMPETENCE AND SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION. GERM 511 (3/6) D STUDIES IN MEDIEVAL LITERATURE. GERM 512 (3/6) D STUDIES IN RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. GERM 513 (3/6) D STUDIES IN BAROQUE LITERATURE. GERM 514 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE LITERATURE OF THE 18TH CENTURY. GERM 515 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE CLASSICAL PERIOD. GERM 516 (3/6) D STUDIES IN ROMANTICISM. GERM 517 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE LITERATURE OF THE 19TH CENTURY. GERM 518 (3/6) D STUDIES IN EXPRESSIONISM. GERM 519 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE LITERATURE OF THE EARLY 20TH CENTURY. GERM 520 (3/6) D STUDIES IN LITERATURE AFTER 1945. GERM 531 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS. GERM 532 (3/6) D GENRE STUDIES. GERM 533 (3/6) D STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS. GERM 534 (3/6) D STUDIES IN AUSTRIAN LITERATURE. GERM 547 (3/6) C GUIDED RESEARCH. GERM 548(3) MAJOR ESSAY. GERM 549 (9) MASTER'S THESIS. GERM 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. GREK—GREEK FACULTY OF ARTS Not all courses are offered every year. For current listings, consult the departmental website at: www.cnrs.ubc.ca. GREK 100 (6) FIRST-YEAR CLASSICAL AND HELLENISTIC GREEK. GREK 200 (6) SECOND-YEAR CLASSICAL GREEK. Prerequisite: GREK 100. GREK 301 (6) GREEK LITERATURE OF THE CLASSICAL PERIOD. Readings in the major authors in prose and verse. Prerequisite: GREK 200. GREK325(6) HELLENISTIC GREEK. Prerequisite: GREK 100. GREK401 (3-12) C GREEK PROSE. Studies in history, philosophy and/or oratory. Corequisite: GREK 301. GREK402 (3-12) C GREEK VERSE. Studies in epic, tragedy and/or comedy. Corequisite: GREK 301. GREK 501 (3/6) C GREEK PROSE. History, philosophy and/or oratory. Credit will not be given for both GREK 401 and GREK 501. GREK 502 (3/6) C GREEK VERSE. Epic, tragedy and/or comedy. Credit will not be given for both GREK 402 and GREK 502. GREK 521 (3/6) C STUDIES IN GREEK LITERATURE. GREK 525 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN GREEK LITERATURE. GREK 530 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN GREEK ARCHAEOLOGY. GREK 535 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN GREEK HISTORY. GREK 540 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN GREEK PALAEOGRAPHY. GREK 545 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN GREEK EPIGRAPHY. GREK 548(0) MAJOR ESSAY. GREK 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. GREK 550 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. GREK 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. GRS — GLOBAL RESOURCE SYSTEMS FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS GRS 290 (2) GLOBAL ISSUES IN CULTURAL CONTEXT. Students interact face-to-face and online as a community of learners to discuss global issues in agriculture, food, and natural resources in cultural context. Typically taken prior to studying abroad. Prerequisite: Open only to students in the B.Sc. (GRS) program. [0-0-2; 0-0-2] GRS 390 (2) GLOBAL ISSUES IN CULTURAL CONTEXT. Students interact face-to-face and online as a community of learners to discuss global issues in agriculture, food, and natural resources in cultural context. Typically taken while studying abroad. Prerequisite: GRS 290. [0-0-2; 0-0-2] GRS 397 (2-6) C REGIONAL DIRECTED FIELD STUDIES. Participating students may be assessed a fee. GRS 490 (2) GLOBAL ISSUES IN CULTURAL CONTEXT. Students interact face-to-face and online as a community of learners to discuss global issues in agriculture, food, and natural resources in cultural context. Typically taken after studying abroad. Prerequisite: GRS 390. [0-0-2; 0-0-2] GRS497(2-6)C REGIONAL DIRECTED FIELD STUDIES. Participating students may be assessed a fee. Prerequisite: GRS 397. HCEC — HEALTH CARE AND EPIDEMIOLOGY AND COMMERCE FACULTY OF MEDICINE HCEC 501 (1.5) BASIC FINANCE. Fundamental concepts of asset pricing and corporate finance. HCEC 502 (1.5) MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING. Development and use of accounting information for management planning and control, and the development of cost information for financial reports. HCEC 503 (1.5) FINANCIAL REPORTING. Preparation of external financial reports. HCEC 510 (1.5) CANADIAN HEALTH POLICY AND THE HEALTHCARE SYSTEM. Analysis of topical Canadian health policy issues including an historical overview of the health care system, health care funding, public / private financing, health care personnel and pharmaceutical policy challenges. HCEC 511 (1.5) GOVERNMENT, BUSINESS AND HEALTH CARE POLICY. HCEC 521 (1.5) ORGANIZATIONAL B E H AVIO U R. The effects of individual and group behaviour on organizational processes and outcomes. The organization as an actor and how it behaves in different types of environments. ■CEC522(1.5) STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT. Aligning the management of human resources with organizational strategy. HCEC 530 (1.5) MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS. Analysis of an organization's economic environment, the constraints this environment places on the organization's pursuit of its goals and how these constraints may change with time. Application of economic reasoning to internal decision making. HCEC 531 (1.5) ECONOMIC EVALUATION. Maximizing health benefits from health care budgets. HCEC 532 (1.5) HEALTH ECONOMICS. Economic strengths and weaknesses of current arrangements, and the prospects and objectives of various proposals for reform. HCEC 542 (1.5) OPERATIONS AND LOGISTICS. The application of management tools and principles to production and allocation problems. HCEC 543 (1.5) INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY FOR MANAGEMENT. A general introduction to the role of IT in management, how IT has changed the nature of the modern business world, how IT can be used to achieve strategic advantages, how IT can improve one's own effectiveness as a manager. HCEC 544(1.5) HEALTH INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Information systems in planning and management of health care services provided through single-purpose units, comprehensive clinics and hospitals. Emphasis on computerized systems. HCEC 551 (1.5) DESIGN AND MEASUREMENT 1. Basic concepts and methods in Epidemiology. 542 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 HCEC 552 (1.5) DESIGN AND MEASUREMENT 2. Clinical Epidemiology, trials and the evaluation of diagnostic tools and therapeutic interventions. HCEC 553 (1.5) PROGRAM PLANNING AND EVALUATION. Basic concepts and principles underlying program planning and evaluation in health services. HCEC 554 (1.5) APPLICATION OF STATISTICS IN MANAGEMENT. Data analysis and statistical inference. Applications in assessment of the legitimacy and significance of reports. HCEC 555 (1.5) BIOSTATISTICS. Data collection, numeric and graphic summarization, and elementary statistical analysis. Examples primarily from health sciences. HCEC 556 (1.5) SOCIAL DETERMINANTS OF H EALTH. Health planning and delivery models based on population health frameworks. HCEC 557 (1.5) QUALITY OF HEALTH CARE. Current concepts, methods, and applications in health care quality assessment and improvement. HCEC 561 (1.5) STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT. An integrative perspective on managing an organization. HCEC 562 (1.5) HEALTH CARE LAW. HCEC 563 (1.5) ETHICS AND ETHICAL DECISION MAKING IN HEALTH CARE. HCEC 564 (1.5) LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT SKILLS. Personal assessment, team building, interpersonal skills and leadership development. Same as BAHR 505, credit will not be given for both. HCEC 580 (1.5) SELECTED TOPICS. Current and emerging trends and issues. HCEC 581 (1.5-3) D DIRECTED STUDIES. Opportunity to focus on a selected topic under faculty supervision. HCEC 590 (1.5-6) D RESEARCH PROJECT. Completion of a bounded project within a health agency and under individual faculty supervision. HCEP — HEALTH CARE AND EPIDEMIOLOGY FACULTY OF MEDICINE HCEP400 (3) STATISTICS FOR HEALTH RESEARCH. Planned collection, numeric and graphic summarization, and elementary statistical analysis of data. Examples primarily from health sciences illustrate standard techniques for parametric and non-para metric hypothesis testing; regression and correlation; contingency tables. Also randomization, "blindfolding" and other specifically biomedical topics in statistics. Class size may be limited. Prerequisite: Ability to use high school Algebra and simple graphs. [3-0; 0-0] HCEP401 (3) BASIC EPIDEMIOLOGY FOR INFECTION CONTROL. Epidemiology, study, design and analysis, and outbreak investigation as it applies to institutional infection control. Equivalency: PATH 477. HCEP 500 (3) ANALYTICAL METHODS IN EPIDEMIOLOGICAL RESEARCH. Basic epidemiological designs as a framework for commonly used bio statistical techniques such as the Mantel-Haenszel, chi-squared, linear and logistic regression, and survival analysis. Computer packages will be available for computation of assignments. Prerequisite: All of HCEP 400, HCEP 502 or their equivalents. HCEP 501 (3) ANALYSIS OF LONGITUDINAL DATA FROM EPIDEMIOLOGICAL STUDIES. To explore and compare methods of analyzing continuous and categorical longitudinal data. The issues of missing data and errors in measurement/misclassification will be covered in depth. The material will be taught by reading and discussing a selection of papers and by analyzing data sets using different techniques and comparing the results. Prerequisite: All of HCEP 400, HCEP 500, HCEP 502, HCEP 503. HCEP 502 (3) EPIDEMIOLOGICAL METHODS 1. Sources and uses of epidemiologic data for health services planning and administration including methods of data collection and study design. Prerequisite: Enrolment in a Health Care and Epidemiology graduate program, or permission of instructor. Corequisite: Designed to be taken in series with HCEP 503. HCEP 503 (3) EPIDEMIOLOGICAL METHODS II. Critical thinking in epidemiology; principles and methods of study design; context for epidemiological investigations of human health. Prerequisite: All of HCEP 400, HCEP 502. HCEP 504 (3) APPLICATION OF EPIDEMIOLOGICAL METHODS. This second level course will teach research trainees to apply methods taught in prior courses towards the development of a fundable research protocol and the analysis and interpretation of real epidemiologic data. Prerequisite: All of HCEP 400, HCEP 500, HCEP 502, HCEP 503, HCEP 505. HCEP 505 (1.5) SCIENTIFIC BASIS FOR EPIDEMIOLOGICAL THINKING. The course will provide a framework for students to use epidemiological and other scientific evidence to make decisions about causation and to recommend policy actions. Prerequisite: Restricted to students enrolled in a Health Care and Epidemiology graduate program. HCEP 506 (1.5) INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAM AND ECONOMIC EVALUATION. The course will provide an overview of the basic concepts and principles of program evaluation and economic evaluation in clinical and community health settings. Prerequisite: All of HCEP 400, HCEP 502. HCEP 507 (1.5) M.SC. RESEARCH SEMINAR. HCEP 507 in conjunction with HCEP 607 is a required course for students in the M.Sc. program. Students present and discuss their research and other topics of interest. HCEP510(3) MEASUREMENT OF HEALTH CARE. Concepts and techniques of measurement in epidemiological research. Topics covered include validity, reliability and misclas- sification, scale design and the construction of questionnaires and indices for both health outcomes and exposures. Prerequisite: One of HCEP 400, HCEP 502, HCEP 513 or permission of instructor. HCEP 511 (3) CANCER EPIDEMIOLOGY. Collection and analysis of epidemiological data on cancer; occupational and other risk factors; analytic techniques and mathematical modelling relevant to oncology. Prerequisite: All of HCEP 400, HCEP 502 or equivalent. HCEP 512 (3) THE DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF CLINICAL TRIALS. Ethical considerations, intention-to-treat versus efficacy trials, principles of sampling and exclusion, methods of allocation and techniques of randomization, parallel versus cross over design, monitoring treatment outcomes, adverse effects, stopping rules, analytic techniques and data interpretation, and logistical issues in the management of clinical trials. Prerequisite: One of HCEP 502, HCEP 513. HCEP 513 (3) CLINICAL EPIDEMIOLOGY. Principles and methods of epidemiology are applied to clinical problems. Evaluation and design of laboratory and clinical tests and of therapeutic interventions. Prerequisite: One of HCEP 400, HCEP 502. HCEP514(3) CLINICAL DECISION ANALYSIS. Methodology in and applicability of clinical decision analysis. Applications in problem solving (screening or prevention program assessment, test of treatment tradeoffs, interpreting uncertain clinical data etc). Techniques include decision tree design, subtrees, marker models, sensitivity analysis, Monte Carlo simulation, threshold analysis, utility assessment including the DEALE. Prerequisite: One of HCEP 502, HCEP 513. HCEP 515 (3) DEMOGRAPHIC PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN HEALTH. Designed to introduce graduate students in the health field to demographic techniques and principles through the discussion of the applications of various measures, case studies, and theoretical papers. The emphasis is on applying techniques and principles in class to undertake a demographic evaluation. HCEP 516 (3) SYSTEMATIC OVERVIEWS. Systematic reviews of literature. Combining data to estimate risk for end points. HCEP 517 (3) CLINICAL RESEARCH METHODS FOR SURGICAL PROCEDURES. HCEP 520 (3) CONTROL OF COMMUNICABLE D IS E AS E. Epidemiology of viral, bacterial and parasitic infections with emphasis on the control of these infections in human populations. Immunization programs will be stressed. HCEP 521 (3) SOCIO-ECONOMIC FACTORS AND INTERNATIONAL HEALTH DEVELOPMENTS. Defining poverty and health (including mental health). Measurements absolute and relative. World distribution of resources. Special problems of developing and developed countries. Canadian problems of poverty and health. Methods of financing health services, problems of distribution. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS HCEP — HEALTH CARE AND EPIDEMIOLOGY 543 Health professionals and semi-professionals. Communication problems. HCEP 522 (3) TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL H EALTH. Role of air, water, food and solid waste as sources of human health risks; global environmental health issues; sustainability. HCEP 523 (3) GLOBAL HEALTH AND HUMAN SECURITY. Global threats to human health stemming from conflict, poverty and environmental degradation. HCEP 529(0) MAJOR ESSAY. Required for all M.H.Sc. students. HCEP 530(1.5) EPIDEMIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL H EALTH. Design and analysis of etiologic research in occupational health. Prerequisite: One of HCEP 502, OCCH 509 or permission of instructor. HCEP 531 (1.5) OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT METHODS FOR EPIDEMIOLOGY. Additional exploration of the design and analysis of etiologic research into occupational health. Prerequisite: HCEP 502 or permission of instructor. HCEP 532 (1.5) RISK ASSESSMENT AND COMMUNICATION. Methods of evaluating occupational and environmental health risks, including the health exposure. HCEP 533 (3) OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY. Mechanism of action of commonly encountered occupational toxic agents; relevance of laboratory and epidemiological evidence. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. HCEP 534 (3) CURRENT TOPICS IN TOXICOLOGY. Effects of individual toxic agents on complete organ system, problems of specific industries. Prerequisite: HCEP 533. HCEP 535 (3) PRINCIPLES OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE. Introduction to Occupational Hygiene and Safety. Equivalency: OCCH 501. HCEP 540 (3) HEALTH SERVICES RESEARCH I: EVALUATIVE RESEARCH. Examines the concept of evaluation in health services and how various methodological approaches can be used in evaluative studies. HCEP 541 (3) HEALTH SERVICES RESEARCH II: ECONOMIC EVALUATION. Economic evaluation of health service interventions and programs, with emphasis on methods and components of program costing. Prerequisite: One of HCEP 506, HCEP 540 or permission of instructor. HCEP 542 (3) SEMINAR: ISSUES IN CANADIAN HEALTH POLICY. Analysis of topical Canadian health policy issues in international context. Topics variable but include public/private financing, health care personnel, and pharmaceutical policy challenges. HCEP 543 (3) OUTCOME EVALUATION: HEALTH TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT FOR POPULATION HEALTH POLICY. This course is an advanced program evaluation course. Prerequisite: All of HCEP 502, HCEP 506. HCEP 544 (3) SOCAL DETERMINANTS OF POPULATION HEALTH IN INDUSTRIALIZED SOCIETIES. Population health has emerged as an important framework for thinking about factors affecting health in Canada and other developed nations. This course will build upon the tradition of "social medicine" within public health and epidemiology HCEP 545(1.5) COMMUNITY HEALTH PROMOTION: THEORETICAL BASIS. Seminar applying social and behavioural theories to research on planning, implementation and health care, and health promotion HCEP 546(1.5) COMMUNITY HEALTH PROMOTION: PRACTICE. Seminar that critically examines the practice of community health promotion, including its historical and philosophical roots. HCEP 548 (3) HEALTH SERVICES RESEARCH METHODS. Assessing health services and systems, research design, measurement reliability and validity, common data sources used, measurement of quality of care and effectiveness and outcomes. HCEP 550 (3) ANALYSIS OF HEALTH CARE ORGANIZATIONS. Analysis of models of organizational structures and processes in health care. Using open and closed systems theories of organizations (contingency, rational- bureaucratic, human relations, resource dependency and population ecology) as a framework, relevant organizational factors and intra-organizarional processes will be examined. HCEP 551 (3) ADVANCED HEALTH INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Information systems in planning and management of health care services provided through single-purpose units, comprehensive clinics and hospitals. Emphasis on computerized systems. HCEP 552 (3) PLANNING FOR HEALTH S E RV ICES. A critical analysis of planning activities in health service institutions. The course is organized around case studies of program planning. HCEP 553 (3) SEMINAR IN HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT. Assessment of approaches and development of sound strategies for addressing current problems and issues. HCEP 558 (3) HEALTH MANAGEMENT PROJECT. Implementation of planning theory through the completion of a bounded project within a health agency, and under individual faculty supervision. Prerequisite: HCEP 553. HCEP 559 (3) MAJOR ESSAY. Required for Master of Health Administration (MHA) non- thesis program. HCEP 560 (3) SEMINARS IN THE PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE AND RESEARCH. Topics of current interest will be presented and discussed by students and instructor. HCEP 580 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. HCEP 581 (1.5/3) D SELECTED TOPICS. By seminar and directed readings, certain topics of current interest are explored in depth. HCEP 599 (12) MSC THESIS. HCEP 607 (1.5) PHD RESEARCH SEMINAR. Required course in PhD program. Topics of current interest will be presented and discussed by students and various faculty. HCEP 699(0) PHD THESIS. HCEP 710(0) INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY MEDICINE PRACTICE. An introductory survey to Community Medicine. HCEP 711(0) FIELD EXPERIENCE. Aseriesof visits to facilities and organizations related to Community Medicine Practice. Directed by Faculty. At least four hours per month. HCEP 712(0) SUPERVISED WORK. A weekly review by Faculty of the work carried out by the resident with discussion on the objectives, planning, method of operation and outcome. Two hours per week. HCEP 713(0) COMMUNITY HEALTH TUTORIALS. Topics of Public Health interest presented throughout the year by Faculty and guest lecturers. Two hours per month. HCEP 714(0) COMMUNITY MEDICINE SEMINARS. Selected topics of current interest in Community Medicine Practice or in its basic sciences. Presented by residents and discussed ^vith Faculty and invited guests. Three hours per month. HCEP 715(0) JOURNAL SEMINARS. A monthly two-hour seminar on selected journal articles of Community Medicine interest are presented by the residents and discussed with Faculty and invited guests. HCEP 716(0) RESEARCH IN COMMUNITY MEDICINE OR ITS BASIC SCIENCES BY A RESIDENT. Up to two days per week. Supervised by Faculty. HCEP 717(0) INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONAL MEDICINE PRACTICE. An introductory survey to Occupational Medicine practice. HCEP 718(0) FUNDAMENTALS OF CLINICAL EPIDEMIOLOGY. Seminar series covering critical appraisal of the medical literature and basic research methods for residents in any post-graduate training program. HEBR —HEBREW FACULTY OF ARTS Not all courses are offered every year. For current listings, consult the departmental website at: www.cnrs.ubc.ca. HEBR 305(6) ELEMENTARY HEBREW (BIBLICAL). Elements of grammar and translation of prose and poetry. Open to first- and second-year students with permission of the instructor. HEBR 405(6) INTERMEDIATE HEBREW (BIBLICAL). Second year of Biblical Hebrew with emphasis on rapid reading of poetry and prose. Prerequisite: HEBR 305. 544 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 HEBR 479 (3/12) C SUPERVISED STUDY IN CLASSICAL HEBREW. Prerequisite: HEBR 405. HEBR 509 (3/12) C ADVANCED READINGS IN CLASSICAL HEBREW. Credit will not be given for both HEBR 479 and HEBR 509. HECO — HUMAN ECOLOGY FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS HECO 200 (3) INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN ECOLOGY. History, profession, theory and practice of Human Ecology. For students who plan to enter Home Economics Education, those in Agricultural Sciences, Human Ecology and Family Studies. [3-0-0] HECO 476 (3) DIRECTED STUDY IN HUMAN ECOLOGY. Directed investigation of a problem, requiring a written or oral report of findings. Fourth year Human Ecology and Home Economics Students only. Prerequisite: Satisfactory standing and permission of faculty member supervising the investigation. HESO — HEALTH & SOCIETY FACULTY OF ARTS HESO 400 (3/6) D SOCIOCULTURAL DETERMINANTS OF HEALTH. Methods for analyzing population health data and medical research reporting. HESO 449 (3/6) D TOPICS IN HEALTH AND SOCIETY. HINU — HINDI-URDU FACULTY OF ARTS HINU 102(6) INTRODUCTORYHINDI-URDU. Spoken Hindi and Urdu, and written Hindi. HINU 200(6) INTERMEDIATE HINDI-URDU. Conversation and grammar; an introduction to Hindi literature; an introduction to the Urdu script. Prerequisite: HINU 102. Background in Hindi or Punjabi. HINU 205(1) INTRODUCTION TO THE DEVANAGARI SCRIPT. The writing system of Hindi for those with some background in the spoken language. May be taken at the same time as HINU 200. HINU 300(6) ADVANCED HINDI-URDU. Further study of the grammar of Hindi and Urdu; advanced conversation; literary readings in Hindi and Urdu; Hindi film. Prerequisite: HINU 200. HINU 305 (2) INTRODUCTION TO THE PERSO-ARABIC (URDU) SCRIPT. The writing system of Urdu for those with some background in the spoken language. Corequisite: One of HINU 300, HINU 400. HINU 400 (6) INTRODUCTION TO HINDI AND URDU LITERATURE. Readings of various literary genres in Hindi, Urdu and their medieval equivalents. Modern fiction from India and Pakistan; the Urdu ghazal; medieval Hindi bhakri poetry; readings from the Adi Granth of the Sikhs Hindi film. Discussion in Hindi-Urdu of all materials. Prerequisite: HINU 300. HIST—HISTORY FACULTY OF ARTS HIST 101 (6) THE MEDIEVAL WORLD. The evolution of structures, changes in the ordering of societies, the economy, beliefs and ideas, the organization of communities and their political development, in the world during the period of the Eurpopean Middle Ages. HIST 120 (6) EUROPEAN HISTORY FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO THE PRESENT. A survey of continuity and change in the economic and social foundations, and in the political, administrative, and military spheres, as well as some of the accompanying scientific, philosophical, literary, artistic, architectural and other cultural achievements of European civilization. HIST 125 (6) MAIN CURRENTS IN TWENTIETH-CENTURY HISTORY. International relations, the emergence and impact of major political ideologies, and the dynamics of social and economic change in the developed and developing world. HIST 135 (6) THE HISTORY OF CANADA. Some of the principal events in Canadian history and the various interpretations of them. HIST 150 (6) WORLD HISTORY SINCE 1500. The civilizations of, and the demographic, ecological, economic and intellectual links between Africa, America, Asia, Europe and the Pacific. HIST 170 (6) INTRODUCTION TO SOUTH ASIA. Geographical, cultural, and historical backgrounds to India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh. Problems of political, economic, and social development since 1947. HIST 171 (6) INTRODUCTION TO EAST ASIA. Geographical, ethnic and historical backgrounds of China, Japan, and Korea. Survey of twentieth-century East Asian history. HIST 200 (6) ASIA AND THE WORLD. The political, economic, social, cultural, and human interactions between Asia and the world, inter- Asian relations, Asian diaspora, colonialism, war and the social consequences of conflict, decolonization, industrial growth, and developing world issues. HIST 201 (6) THE COLONIAL EXPERIENCE IN THE AMERICAS. A comparative study of selected colonial societies from their foundation into the 19th century. HIST 202(6) MODERNIZATION IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE. Explores the transition from pre-industrial to modern society in western Europe from 1700 to the present, with some examination of the impact of this process on Asia, Africa, and Latin America in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. HIST205(3) INTRODUCTION TO HISTORICAL ARCHAEOLOGY. An introduction to the study of medieval and modern material culture, with special emphasis on Canada, using archaeological evidence to illustrate the principles, aims, and techniques of historical archaeology and related disciplines. HIST215(6) TECHNOLOGY IN HISTORY. An introduction to the history of technology and society from antiquity to the present. HIST 237(6) MAJOR ISSUES IN AMERICAN HISTORY. A general course, from the colonial period to the modern, examining the political system, slavery and the Civil War, Manifest Destiny and the frontier, urban and industrial America, and American foreign policy in the twentieth century. HIST 250 (3/6) D LATIN AMERICAN H ISTORY. A general course designed to show by discussion of the major issues how the modern society and culture of Latin America came into being. HIST252(3) MODERN CARIBBEAN H ISTORY. A survey of social, cultural and political history of Anglophone, Francophone and Spanish Caribbean from the Haitian Revolution to the present. HIST260(3) SCIENCE AND SOCIETY. An introduction to the historical development, conceptual foundations, and cultural significance of contemporary science. Themes will vary from year to year. Equivalency: PHIL 260. HIST270(6) MODERN CHINA AND THE WEST. The invasion of China since the 1600s by western civilization; the impact of Chinese culture and of the modern Chinese revolution on the West, Canadian relations with China included. Open to students with no previous knowledge of China. Equivalency: ASIA 270. HIST 271 (3) JAPAN AND THE WORLD, 1 550-1900. Thematic study of comparisons and relations between Japan and the world outside (primarily Europe and China) Commercial expansion, systems of world order, social institutions, religious and ideological expression, and state organization. HIST 302 (6) HISTORY OF THE NATIVE PEOPLES OF CANADA. The native people (status and non-status) of Canada from contact to the present. Topics include native involvement in the fur trade and later economic developments, the emergence of the Metis, the treaty-making process, and the evolution of government policies for native peoples. HIST 303 (6) HISTORY OF THE CANADIAN WEST. Selected topics in the history of the Canadian West with an emphasis on the prairie west: the Indian and the fur trade, Louis Riel, prairie settlement, and western social and political protest. HIST 304 (3) RESEARCHING LOCAL HISTORY FROM THE GROUND UP. Sources and methods for reconstructing local history that can be used by Social Studies teachers in B.C. The aim is to develop an appreciation of the formative processes and past experiences that created one's familiar community HIST306(6) HISTORY OF FRANCE, 1461- 1715. The development of absolute monarchy in France, with emphasis on change and conflict in French society; spiritual and intellectual "crisis"; the place of France in the emerging European state system; and opposition to the monarchy. HIST 307(6) FRENCH NORTH AMERICA TO 1803. A historical background for understanding the French-speaking peoples of North PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS HECO — HUMAN ECOLOGY 545 America: Acadians, Franco-Quebecois, French- Canadians and Cajuns. It deals extensively with French-Amerindian relations and introduces the student to the historiography of French North America. HIST 310 (3) THE BRITISH EMPIRE. Rise of the British imperial system within a global context from its beginnings to 1850. Focuses on economic and social themes with emphasis on settlements in the southern hemisphere as well as the West Indies. HIST 311 (3) THE BRITISH EMPIRE AFTER 1850. Transformation of the British imperial system from the mid-nineteenth century to decolonization and neo-colonialism after the second World War. HIST 313 (6) THE RENAISSANCE. The interplay between new and traditional ideas, styles and institutions from the fourteenth to the mid-sixteenth century, primarily in Italy, with emphasis upon the relationship of social, economic, and political factors to intellectual and cultural change. HIST 316 (6) EUROPEAN SOCIAL HISTORY. A study of the changes in economic activity, social structure, family life, religious attitudes, and popular behaviour which accompanied the transformation of Europe from a pre-industrial to an industrial society HIST 317(3) HISTORY OF SOUTHERN AFRICA. Pre-colonial, colonial, and contemporary, semphasizing South Africa. HIST 321 (6-12) D HONOURS TUTORIAL. HIST 322 (6-12) D HONOURS TUTORIAL. HIST 324(6) HISTORY OF EAST CENTRAL EUROPE IN THE 19TH AND 20TH CENTURIES. Covers the region between Germany and Russia as well as Southeast Europe. Emphasis on comparisons with Western Europe and features that make the area significant to Europe as a whole. HIST 326 (6) THE BRITISH NORTH AMERICAN COLONIES, 1749-1873. A comparative study of the British North American colonies that became provinces of the Dominion of Canada. Regional distinctions as well as shared characteristics are examined in the light of literature, folklore, social structure, art, architecture, and politics. HIST 327 (3) AMERICAN COLONIAL HISTORY, 1607-1763. A comparative study of the social, economic and political characteristics of the thirteen colonies as they changed from small European outposts to more mature societies. HIST 328 (3) THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AND THE FORMATION OF THE UNITED STATES. A study of the revolutionary origins of the United States of America and of the establishment of the American republic. HIST 329 (6) CANADIAN SOCIAL HISTORY. A study of selected topics in the history of Canadian society, including frontier settlement, rural life, religion, social and institutional structures, immigration and ethnicity, social movements, ideology, family life and life cycles, demographic change, labour, industrialization and urbanization. HIST 330 (3) THE UNITED STATES, 1812- 1865. Political development in the new American nation, with special emphasis on expansion, regionalism, Jacksonian democracy, social reform, and the Civil War. HIST 331 (3) THE UNITED STATES, 1865- 1896. Political and social development in Post- Civil War America, with special emphasis on Reconstruction, industrialization, and the Gilded Age. HIST 332(6) AFRICAN-AMERICAN HISTORY. The experience of African-Americans from the rime of their enslavement through the late 20th Century from an interdisciplinary perspective. HIST 333 (6) THIRD-YEAR HONOURS SEMINAR. HIST 334(6) EUROPE IN THE 19TH CENTURY. An investigation of main themes in European history from the French Revolution to the beginning of the 20th century. Topics of particular importance are: domestic politics; the interaction of states; the formation of new states; social and economic transformations affecting the whole civilization; major cultural expressions of the century. HIST 335(6) GENDER, POLITICS, AND CULTURE IN MODERN EUROPE. Relationships between changing gender roles and other historical processes from the French and industrial revolutions to imperialism, nationalism, and the rise of consumer cultures in Europe from the eighteenth century to the present. . HIST 338(6) THE UNITED STATES IN THE 20TH CENTURY. American history from the First World War to the 1970s. While foreign affairs are treated in some depth, the course focuses primarily on the domestic scene. [Economic developments, the current of ideas, social and political change receive special attention. HIST 341 (3) MEDIEVAL JEWISH HISTORY. A survey of the political, social, economic, and cultural history of the Jews from the rime of the Christianizarion of the Roman Empire to the expulsion of professing Jews from Spain and Portugal at the end of the fifteenth century. HIST342(3) MODERN JEWISH HISTORY. A survey of the political, social, economic, and cultural history of the Jews from the beginning of the sixteenth century to the present with special emphasis on changing attitudes to Jews and Judaism, social and cultural transformations. HIST351 (3) FAMILY AND COMMUNITY IN LATIN AMERICA. The role of family and community from the colonial period to the present. Emergence of the nation state as it affected community and family structures. HIST 352 (3) CLASS AND CULTURE IN LATIN AMERICA. The relationship between culture and class formation from the late colonial period to the present. HIST 355 (3) GENDER AND SEXUALITY IN LATIN AMERICA. Examines the construction of gender ideologies and gendered and sexual identities, including masculine, feminine and transgendered, in modern Latin America. HIST 356 (3) RACE AND NATION IN MODERN LATIN AMERICA. Racial formation and nationalism in comparative perspective from the 19th century to the present. HIST 360 (3) INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. An examination of historical, conceptual, and methodological conditions of scientific knowledge through detailed consideration of important episodes in the history of science. HIST 370(6) SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE. A general survey of developments in social structures, of patterns of public and private behaviour, and of major cultural changes. HIST 371 (3) EUROPE IN THE EARLY MIDDLE AGES. A survey of the development of institutions, ideas and the economy in Europe from about 400 through about 1000 CE. HIST 372 (3) EUROPE IN THE CENTRAL MIDDLE AGES. A survey of the development of institutions, ideas and the economy in Europe from about 1000 CE through the fourteenth century. JlST373(3) WOMEN IN THE MIDDLE AGES. A study of women's roles in the family, society, law, religion, the economy, and literature from about 500 to 1500 CE. HIST 374(3) IDEAS AND RELIGIONS OF THE MIDDLE AGES. A survey and exploration of the development, inter penetration, conflict, and transformation of various intellectual and religious traditions during the Middle Ages. HIST 375 (3) ECONOMIC HISTORY OF PRE MODERN EUROPE. Background, causes and effects of economic change in Europe before the 18th century. Evolution of social and economic institutions, relationship to the environment, changes in the distribution of income, and the origins of modern economic growth. HIST 376 (3) MEDIEVAL LEGAL HISTORY. The development of the western legal tradition including English common law, civil (Roman) law, and canon law. HIST 377 (3) CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE. The evolution of political institutions, the emergence of royal governments as well as representative assemblies and urban republic and conflicts within and among them leading to the emergence of modern structures. HIST 378 (3) MEDIEVAL PORTRAITS AND PERSONALITIES. The lives of leading and controversial figures in the Middle Ages and the means by which they have portrayed themselves and been portrayed by others. HIST 380(6) MODERN CHINESE HISTORY SINCE 1840. An analysis of changes in institutions and ideas in China from the late Imperial Period to the most recent developments of the Chinese Revolution. Approaches are thematic, 546 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 by periods, and by problems. Equivalency: ASIA 380. HIST 381 (6) HISTORY OF LATER IMPERIAL CHINA. History of China from the end of Tang to the eve of its modern transformation. Students will acquire the analytical skills and tools to understand the political, socioeconomic, and cultural changes in imperial China. Equivalency: ASIA 321. HIST 382 (3) HISTORY OF EARLY CHINA. History of China from the earliest rimes to the disintegration of the Tang empire. Students will acquire the analytical skills and tools to understand the origins and foundations of Chinese society. Equivalency: ASIA 311. HIST 383 (6) HISTORY OF JAPANESE CIVILIZATION. Japanese political, social, and cultural history from earliest rimes to 1868. HIST 384(6) HISTORY OF INDIAN CIVILIZATION. Political and cultural history from the earliest rimes to the medieval period. HIST 385 (6) HISTORY OF INDIA SINCE 1800. Developments in Indian society and culture under the British Raj, the origins and growth of the freedom struggle, the emergence of independent states on the sub-continent, and problems of nation-building and modernization since 1947. HIST 386 (6) HISTORY OF KOREAN CIVILIZATION. HIST387(3) MEDIEVAL INDIA. The history, culture, and social and economic organization of South Asia from the decline of the classical Hindu empires through the Sultanate period. HIST 388(3) MUGHAL INDIA. History ofthe politics, economy, society, and culture of South Asia from the Great Mughals to the British conquest. Equivalency: ASIA 428. HIST 389 (6) THE SIKHS: HISTORY, RELIGION ANDSOCIETY. A historical study of the social and cultural forces that helped shape Sikh religious beliefs and ritual practices over the past four centuries. In dealing with the evolution of Sikh identity, attention will be given to Sikh ideals, social organization, religious institutions and sacred literature. Equivalency: ASIA 379. HIST 400(6) SELF AND SOCIETY FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO THE ENLIGHTENMENT. Examines ideas of individual life and social experience in early modern Europe. Emphasizes careful reading of primary texts, drawn from history, biography, travel, philosophy, and fiction. HIST 401 (6) FRENCH CANADA FROM THE END OF THE 18TH CENTURY TO THE PRESENT. Examines the relations between the English and the Canadians prior to the Rebellions of 1837-38, the emergence of the "state of siege" mentality after 1840, the impact of industrialization in Quebec, the Quiet Revolution, and independence movement. HIST402 (3) PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS: DIPLOMACY AND THE ORIGINS OF WARS. Study of the relationship of the diplomatic factor to other factors in the origins of the First and Second World Wars. This seminar is open only to fourth-year students in the Major program in International Relations. HIST403 (3) SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. Selected topics, such as the role of diplomacy and its relation to other factors in international affairs, Canadian external relations, third-world international politics, Cold-War historiography, and area studies. Open only to fourth-year students in the Major program in International Relations. HIST404(6) BRITISH COLUMBIA. Selected themes in the history of the region, primarily during the post-confederation years. Topics will emphasize changes in the economic, social, and institutional structures of the province. HIST405(6) RUSSIA BEFORE 1917. Beginning with the medieval period, the course will concentrate on the era from Peter the Great to the 1917 Revolution, emphasizing domestic developments, particularly the tensions between continuity and change in this epoch of transformation, crisis, and revolutionary movements. HIST406(3) FRANCE, 1715-1900. Explores the political, social, and cultural history of France from 1715 to 1900. Topics include the French Revolution, 1848, the arts, the Dreyfus Affair, and French nationalism. HIST407 (6) HISTORY OF MODERN G E R M A NY. The political, social and intellectual history of modern Germany from 1789 to the present, with some emphasis on the preceding centuries. HIST408 (3) HISTORY OF THE HABSBURG MONARCHY. An examination ofthe growth and development of the monarchy with emphasis on the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Some discussion ofthe successor states after 1918. ^IIST409(3) FRANCE, 1900 TO THE ^PRESENT. Explores the history of twentieth- century France. Topics include the two world wars; cultural movements; colonialism; decolonization; and France in a new Europe. HIST413 (6) REFORMATION EUROPE. An examination of European history, 1450-1650, which places both the Protestant Reformation and the Catholic Reformation in the broader context of the political, social, cultural, and economic changes during the early modern era. HIST415(6) EARLY MODERN BRITAIN. A study of the social, economic, political, religious, cultural and intellectual history of Britain between the Reformation and the Industrial Revolution with special reference to the rise of modern industrial society HIST416 (3) BRITAIN, 1750-1850. Emergence of the world's first industrial society, and the political, economic, and cultural struggles accompanying this transformation. HIST417(3) BRITAIN, 1850-1918. Britain from the Great Exhibition to the Great War: the creation of a mass electorate, the "New Imperialism," the "New Woman," and the ways that class, race, gender, and sexuality shaped modern Britain. HIST418 (3) EARLY TWENTIETH-CENTURY B RI TA IN. British society and politics in the era of the two world wars: the liberal reforms before the Great War, war experiences, the Great Depression, and the impact of new political movements. HIST419 (3) CONTEMPORARY BRITAIN, 1945 TO THE PRESENT. Survey of recent British history, with emphasis on de-colonization, emergence of the welfare state, new social movements and patterns of immigration, and Britain's changing relationship with Europe. HIST421 (6-12) D HONOURS TUTORIAL. HIST422 (6) MODERN JAPANESE HISTORY SINCE 1800. The building of a modern state, its crisis in the 1930s, and its postwar recovery; topics include business institutions, politics, imperialism, intellectual syncretism, social change, and Japan's growing influence in the world. Equivalency: ASIA 422. HIST423 (6) ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS HISTORY OF MODERN JAPAN. From 1800 to the present; emphasis on the business strategies of Japan's largest companies; attention also to broader economic topics such as international trade, government policy, social impact of industry, business and politics, labour, and post-1971 multi-nationalism. HIST425(6) WAR AND SOCIETY. Continuity and change in the relations of war and society, the connections between the economy, society, the military, and government in peacetime as well as war; not a course in military history. HIST426 (6) TWENTIETH-CENTURY CANADA. A survey ofthe political, social, and economic developments which have shaped contemporary Canada. HIST427 (3) SEMINAR IN NATIVE HISTORY OF CANADA. Major interdisciplinary themes in the history of Canada's Aboriginal Peoples after European contact, including historical demography, economic interdependency, missionary encounters, and relations with the Canadian state. HIST428 (6) INTELLECTUAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FROM THE COLONIAL PERIOD TO THE PRESENT DAY. Examines the evolution of the American mind from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis on patterns of thought that have developed in response to American conditions. HIST429 (3-6) D TOPICS IN CANADIAN H ISTORY. Topics might include immigration, French-English relations, the growth of the state, health and welfare, or the family. HIST430(6) DEVELOPMENT OF CANADIAN EXTERNAL POLICY SINCE CONFEDERATION. Examines the history of Canada's external relations since Confederation with particular emphasis on Canada's changing PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS HIST — HISTORY 547 international status and role in the twentieth century. HIST 431 (6) POPULATION IN HISTORY. Examines selected demographic themes in world-wide historical perspective, the history of the family, urbanization, overpopulation, population growth and industrialization, Malthusian theory, and related problems of Third World countries. HIST 432 (6) INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS OF THE GREAT POWERS IN THE TWENTIETH CE NTU RY. The international relations of the great powers from the end of the First World War to the end of the Cold War. HIST 433 (6) FOURTH-YEAR HONOURS SEMINAR. HIST 434 (6) HISTORY OF SOUTHEAST ASIA SINCE 1800. The modern history of Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, and the Philippines. Special attention to the revolutions in Vietnam and Indonesia. Equivalency: ASIA 434. HIST 435(6) COMMUNIST MOVEMENTS IN EASTERN EUROPE SINCE 1900. Emphasison the smaller countries of the Communist orbit. Deals with the Soviet Union for background and for comparative perspectives. Equivalency: POLI 425. HIST 437(6) THE AMERICAN IMPACT ON CANADA. An examination of the influence of the United States' rise to continental, hemispheric, and world power upon Canada in the areas of economics, culture, defence, and foreign policy HIST 438(6) HISTORY OF THE SOVIET UNION. The role of the Communist party, the evolution of Soviet society, the transformation of the Soviet economy, and the techniques of government under Lenin, Stalin, and Khrushchev. HIST 441 (3) HISTORY OFTHE HOLOCAUST. A study of the systematic attempt to destroy European Jewry during the Nazi regime, 1933- 1945. Topics of special importance include: the motivations and behaviour of the perpetrators; the reactions of the victims; the roles of bystanders. HIST 442 (3) GENDER, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY IN HISTORY. The historical dimensions of current debates about technology, focusing on the interdisciplinary theme of gender. HIST 444 (3) SLAVE SOCIETIES IN THE A M E RI CAS. A comparative analysis of the institution of chattel slavery, its growth, its effects on slaves and masters, its relation to the larger society, and the causes of its decline, in the various cultures of the Americas. HIST 445 (3) AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY, 1870-1945. Selected topics in political and economic aspects of American foreign policy, from 1870 to 1945. HIST 446 (3) AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY, 1945 TO PRESENT. Selected topics in the history of American foreign policy, 1945 to the present. HIST447 (3) SELECTED TOPICS IN UNITED STATES HISTORY. Examines in depth a significant period, theme, or topic in the history of the United States. Possible subjects include The West, the Great Depression, the Sixties, and Class, Race, and Gender. HIST 448 (3) DIPLOMACY AND CONFLICT IN THE MIDDLE EAST, 1914 TO THE PRESENT. International relations in the Middle East in the aftermath of the Ottoman Empire, with special attention to the conflicts between the Jews of Palestine/Israel and their Arab neighbours. HIST449 (12) HONOURS ESSAY. HIST 450 (3/6) D SELECTED TOPICS IN LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY. A study in depth of one major topic (such as the Cuban Revolution or Peronismo) in the recent history of Latin America. HIST451 (3) SELECTED TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF BRAZIL. Examines the formation of the largest, most populous nation in Latin America, the establishment and rapid growth of its industrial economy. HIST452 (3) SELECTED TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF MEXICO. Examines a major theme in Mexican history such as Spanish- Indian contact, church-state relations, Mexico's integration into the world economy, struggles for land and social justice, state formation, and the role of ritual, myth and cultural values in Mexican history. HIST 454 (3) STATE AND SOCIETY IN 20TH CENTURY CUBA. The history and historiography of 20th century Cuba, with particular attention to changing state structures and their impact on everyday life. HIST455 (3) THE ORIGINS OF MODERN SCIENCE. Science and Society in the 17th and 18 Centuries. [3-0-0] HIST456 (3) HISTORY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS OF MODERN SCIENCES. Science and society in the 19th to 21st Centuries. [3-0-0] HIST461 (3) POLITICS AND CULTURE IN FIN- DE-SIECLE EUROPE (1890-1914). Explores relationship between politics, culture and social change in Europe. Topics include the changing role of intellectuals: literary aestheticism; painting; design and the city; origins of psychoanalysis. HIST462 (3) EUROPE, 1900-1945. Astudyof the political, social and cultural history of Europe from 1900 to 1945, dealing with such themes as the imperialist system, the First World War, the new political and social movements of the interwar years, the impact of the Depression, the crisis of liberal democracy, and the Second World War. HIST463 (3) EUROPE SINCE 1945. Astudyof the political, social and cultural history of Europe from 1900 to 2000, dealing with such themes as the origins of the Cold War, the development of separate social and political systems in Western and Eastern Europe, the emergence of the welfare state, the end of the Cold War, the problems of European integration and the nationalist conflicts of the 1900s. HIST465 (6) CULTURE AND SOCIETY IN LATE IMPERIAL CHINA. An in-depth examination of how beliefs and practices were created and transmitted in imperial China from 1500 to 1800. Equivalency: ASIA 465. HIST470 (6) SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL H ISTORY. Annually changing topics of medieval studies with special attention to research methods on primary sources. HIST475 (3) FIRST CONTACTS IN THE PACIFIC. An interdisciplinary history of early European contact with the Aboriginal Peoples of the northwest coast of North America and the Pacific Islands. HIST480 (6) SOCIAL HISTORY OF MODERN CHINA. Changes and continuities in Chinese society and culture from the late Imperial Period to the present; rural and urban life, social stratification, social movements and ideology, family and community, popular beliefs and cultural values. Equivalency: ASIA 480. HIST481 (3) EDUCATION AND SOCIETY IN MODERN CHINA. The relationship between education and society in China since 1600; classical learning and the civil service examination system; popular literacy; sino-foreign interactions in education; education and gender; nationalism and education; the education revolution in China after 1949. HIST482 (3) CHINESE MIGRATION. This history of Chinese migrations from the founding of the state to the present day. Migration is used as a focus through which to examine some key themes of Chinese history; ethnicity, boundary creation, economic growth and international relations. HIST483 (3) ASIAN MIGRATIONS TO THE AMERICAS. Examines both the historical and contemporary contexts for migration from Asia to Canada and the Americas. HIST 484 (3) EAST ASIAN MILITARY SYSTEMS AND WARFARE CHINA. Confucian societies are often thought of as ones in which the brush is mightier than the sword. In fact the military has been a crucial factor in East Asia, and warfare has been the engine which has driven many of the most significant changes in East Asian history. This course will look at the evolution of East Asian military systems, and at the impact of recurrent warfare on East Asia societies. HIST485 (3) ASIAN MIGRANT COMMUNITIES IN VANCOUVER. This course will examine the history of Asian migration to Vancouver and British Columbia, focusing on the development of local communities and provide a background in historical research methods that will enable the students to conduct research on the history of these communities. HIST486 (3) KOREA IN THE 20TH CENTURY. History of the Korean people in the 20th century; the traditional cultural history; Japanese colonial rule; the Korean war; the two Korean states; economic, social, and cultural change. 548 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 HIST 487 (3) HISTORY OF HEALTH IN THE MODERN WEST. Changing conditions of health in Europe and North America from the beginning of the modern mortality decline to the recent past. HIST 490 (3) SEMINAR FOR HISTORY MAJORS. The course will explore selected problems and issues in the theory and practice of historical work. For seminar topics each year, consult the department. Open to majors with the permission of the department. HIST 495 (3/6) D THEORY AND PRACTICE OF H ISTORY. Approaches to the history of historical enquiry in its social, cultural, intellectual, methodological, economic and political contexts. Not open to Dept of History honours students. HIST 500 (3) READINGS IN CANADIAN HISTORY. HIST 501 (3-12) D TOPICS IN CANADIAN HISTORY. HIST 502 (3) SEMINAR IN CANADIAN HISTORY. HIST 505 (3) READINGS IN AMERICAN HISTORY. HIST 506 (3-12) D TOPICS IN AMERICAN HISTORY. HIST 507 (3) SEMINAR IN AMERICAN HISTORY. HIST 510 (3) READINGS IN BRITISH HISTORY. HIST 511 (3-12) D TOPICS IN BRITISH HISTORY. HIST 512 (3) SEMINAR IN BRITISH HISTORY. HIST 515 (3) READINGS IN IMPERIAL- COMMONWEALTH HISTORY. HIST 516 (3-12) D TOPICS IN IMPERIAL- i COMMONWEALTH HISTORY. HIST 517 (3) SEMINAR IN IMPERIAL- COMMONWEALTH HISTORY, A HIST 520 (3) READINGS IN MEDIEVAL HISTORY. HIST 521 (3-12) D TOPICS IN MEDIEVAL HISTORY. HIST 522 (3) SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL HISTORY. HIST 525 (3) READINGS IN RENAISSANCE- REFORMATION HISTORY. HIST 526 (3-12) D TOPICS IN RENAISSANCE- REFORMATION HISTORY. HIST 527 (3) SEMINAR IN RENAISSANCE- REFORMATION HISTORY. HIST 530 (3) READINGS IN FRENCH HISTORY. HIST 531 (3-12) D TOPICS IN FRENCH HISTORY. HIST 532 (3) SEMINAR IN FRENCH HISTORY. HIST 535 (3) READINGS IN GERMAN HISTORY. HIST 536 (3-12) D TOPICS IN GERMAN HISTORY. HIST 537 (3) SEMINAR IN GERMAN HISTORY. HIST 540 (3) READINGS IN RUSSIAN AND EAST EUROPEAN HISTORY. HIST 541 (3-12) D TOPICS IN RUSSIAN AND EAST EUROPEAN HISTORY. HIST 542 (3) SEMINAR IN RUSSIAN AND EAST EUROPEAN HISTORY. HIST 545 (3) PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY AND CANADIAN HISTORIOGRAPHY. HIST 546 (3) CONTEMPORARY CANADIAN HISTORIOGRAPHY. HIST 547 (3-12) D READINGS: SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY. HIST 548 (3-12) D HISTORIOGRAPHY. HIST 549 (12) MASTER'S THESIS. HIST 550 (3) READINGS IN EARLY MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY. HIST 551 (3-12) D TOPICS IN EARLY MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY. HIST 552 (3) SEMINAR IN EARLY MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY. HIST 554 (3) READINGS IN MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY. HIST 555 (3-12) D TOPICS IN MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY. HIST 556 (3) SEMINAR IN MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY. HIST 558 (3) READINGS IN COMPARATIVE ASIAN HISTORY. HIST 559 (3) SEMINAR IN COMPARATIVE ASIAN HISTORY. HIST 560 (3) READINGS IN CHINESE HISTORY (TO 1911). HIST 561 (3) READINGS IN CHINESE HISTORY (POST-1911). HIST 562 (3-12) D TOPICS IN CHINESE HISTORY. HIST 563 (3) METHODOLOGY AND SOURCES IN CHINESE HISTORY. HIST 564 (3) SEMINAR IN CHINESE HISTORY. HIST 565 (3) READINGS IN JAPANESE HISTORY TO 1914. HIST 566 (3) READINGS IN 20TH-CENTURY JAPANESE HISTORY. HIST 567 (3-12) D TOPICS IN JAPANESE HISTORY. HIST 568 (3) READINGS IN EARLY MODERN JAPANESE AND WORLD HISTORY. HIST 569 (3) METHODOLOGY AND SOURCES IN JAPANESE HISTORY. HIST 570 (3) SEMINAR IN JAPANESE HISTORY. HIST 573 (3) READINGS IN SOUTHEAST ASIAN HISTORY. HIST 574 (3-12) D TOPICS IN SOUTHEAST ASIAN HISTORY. HIST 575 (3) SEMINAR IN SOUTHEAST ASIAN HISTORY. HIST 577 (3) READINGS IN SOUTH ASIAN HISTORY. HIST 578 (3-12) D TOPICS IN SOUTH ASIAN HISTORY. HIST 579 (3) SEMINAR IN SOUTH ASIAN HISTORY. HIST 580 (3) READINGS IN LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY. HIST 581 (3-12) D TOPICS IN LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY. HIST 582 (3) SEMINAR IN LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY. HIST 585 (3-12) D TOPICS IN CULTURAL HISTORY. HIST 586 (3-12) D TOPICS IN INTELLECTUAL HISTORY. HIST 587 (3-12) D TOPICS IN ECONOMIC HISTORY. HIST 588 (3-12) D TOPICS IN SOCIAL HISTORY. HIST 590 (3-12) D TOPICS IN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY. HIST 591 (3) SEMINAR IN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY. HIST 592 (3-12) D TOPICS IN RELIGIOUS HISTORY. HIST 593 (3-12) D TOPICS IN MILITARY HISTORY. HIST 596 (3) ORAL HISTORY. HIST 597 (3-12) D TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE HISTORY. HIST 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. HKIN — HUMAN KINETICS SCHOOL OF HUMAN KINETICS HKIN 103 (3) ACTIVE HEALTH. Role of physical activity in the maintenance of a healthy life. Application of basic physical fitness and exercise methods, exercise techniques and fitness appraisal. [2-2] HKIN 115 (3/6) D PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF SELECTED INDIVIDUAL SPORTS AND ACTIVITIES. Specific topics to be announced each year. Equivalency: HKIN 210. [2-2] HKIN 161 (3) LEISURE AND SPORT IN S O CIE TY. Introduction to the political, economic and social basis of leisure and sport; concepts, theories and problems. [3-0] HKIN 190(3) ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I. Structure and function of the neuromuscular and skeletal systems of the human body. Special emphasis on movement analysis and the PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS HKIN — HUMAN KINETICS 549 physiological effects of exercise. Equivalency: HKIN 290. [2-2] HKIN 191 (3) ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II. Structure and function of the digestive, endocrine, urinary, circulatory and respiratory systems. Special emphasis on effects of exercise. Equivalency: HKIN 291. [2-2] HKIN 230 (3) HUMAN MOTOR B E H AVIO U R I. Processes underlying human movement and learning motor skills and factors influencing acquisition, performance and movement control. Prerequisite: Second year standing. Equivalency: HKIN 368. [3-0-0] HKIN 231 (3) SPORT AND EXERCISE PSYCHOLOGY. Psychological theories and research related to sport and exercise behavior Prerequisite: second year standing. Equivalency: HKIN 364. [3-0-0] HKIN 252 (3) CONTEMPORARY HEALTH ISSUES. Examination of health issues, relevant to contemporary lifestyle, physical activity, and careers in the health and fitness field. The development of skills in critical thinking and consumerism as they relate to health and fitness. Prerequisite: Second-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 261 (3) HEALTH POLICY AND SOCIETY. The Canadian leisure and sport delivery system and related policies. Prerequisite: HKIN 161. [3-0] HKIN 275 (3) EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY I. Acute and chronic effects of exercise on body systems; basic concepts of cardiovascular, respiratory and muscular responses to physical activity. Prerequisite: All of HKIN 190, HKIN 191. Second-year standing. [2-0-2] HKIN 280 (3) THE RISE OF MODERN SPORT. Selected topics in the growth of modern sport from 1800 to the present, with an examination of developments in Britain, the United States, and Canada. Prerequisite: HKIN 161 and second-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 281 (3) SOCIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF SPORT. Selected aspects of sport examined in relation to modern social structures and cultures. Prerequisite: HKIN 161 and second- year standing. [3-0] HKIN 284 (3) PHYSICAL GROWTH AND MOTOR DEVELOPMENT. Characteristics of physical growth and motor development related to physical activity; factors affecting, and measurement of, physical growth and motor development. Prerequisite: HKIN 164 and second-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 292 (3) LEISURE AND SPORT EVENT MANAGEMENT. Issues and strategies of leisure and sport event management are examined. Prerequisite: HKIN 161 and second- year standing. [3-0] HKIN 293 (3) PLANNING, PROVISION AND MANAGEMENT OF FACILITIES. Planning, provision and management of leisure and sport facilities including policies, funding, design and technological development. Prerequisite: second-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 300 (3) AN INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL STUDIES IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. An introduction to the profession of physical education, including its evolution, the responsibilities of professionals in physical education, and the relationship between theory and practice. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 303 (3) HIGH PERFORMANCE CONDITIONING IN PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND SPORT. Conditioning methods, exercise techniques and appraisal methods for fitness in high performance physical activity and sport. Prerequisite: All of HKIN 103, HKIN 190, HKIN 191 and third-year standing. [2-2] HKIN 340 (3) POPULAR DANCE AND CULTURE. A thematic approach to dance in varied socio-cultural contexts which focuses on style, celebration, identity, and gender. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 343 (3) DANCE FOR CHILDREN. The development of dance from ages 3 to 12. Play, imagery and dance from representational to symbolic interpretation, assimilation of rhythm and movement patterns; the folk tradition; the growth of technical skill; fundamental elements of dance composition. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [2-2] HKIN 351 (3) BIOMECHANICS II MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF TISSUES. Mechanics of muscular contraction and how the mechanical properties of the muscle, ligaments, tendons, and bone work synergisri- cally. Prerequisite: third-year standing. Equivalency: HKIN 473. [2-2] HKIN 353 (3) HUMAN BODY COMPOSITION. Examination of techniques for measuring the amounts of adipose tissue, muscle and bone in the body, and factors affecting body composition, with particular emphasis on physical activity. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 355 (3/6) D FIELD EXPERIENCE. Analytical observations and supervised professional practice in physical activity and leisure settings as required for each specific program of study. See Undergraduate Advising Centre for specific prerequisites for each section. Students must take the section relevant to their programs of study. Prerequisite: third-year standing and specific section prerequisites. [1-0-2] HKIN 360 (3) INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES ON LEISURE AND SPORT. Leisure and sport systems, policies and programs in selected countries. Prerequisite: HKIN 261 and completion of second year. [3-0] HKIN 361 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ATHLETIC TR AININ G. Recognition, prevention, and first aid treatment of common sports injuries. Laboratory sessions emphasize principles and techniques of basic protective taping and strapping. Prerequisite: All of HKIN 190, HKIN 191, and third-year standing. [2-2] HKIN 362 (3) ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACTIVITY. For persons with disabilities; a developmental, lifelong approach to programming. Includes field work. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [2-0-2] HKIN 363 (3) MECHANICS AND KINETICS. An introduction to the physical laws of nature and an interpretation of those laws as applied to human movement observed in athletic skills. An examination of the biomechanical systems of the human body with respect to forces developed. An analysis of various specific athletic performances and an introduction to the research tools of Kinesiology. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of HKIN 190, HKIN 191 or (b) all of ANAT 390, ANAT 391 and third-year standing. [3-2] HKIN 364(3) HUMAN BEHAVIOUR IN SPORT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY. Current issues, research and practical considerations in the study of human behaviour associated with performance management and participant satisfaction in sport and physical activity Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 365 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF COACHING. Methods of athletic conditioning, planning the program, psychology of training and coaching, athletic evaluation. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 366 (3) MOVEMENT EXPERIENCES FOR YOUNG CHILDREN. The design and implementation of movement experiences for children in early childhood years. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 367 (3) LEISURE AND DISABLED PERSONS. Policy issues relating to leisure opportunities for persons with disabilities. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 368 (3) MOTOR SKILL LEARNING AND PERFORMANCE. The principles of motor skill acquisition, application to learning and instruction in sport and physical activity programs. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [2-2] HKIN 369 (3) INSTRUCTIONAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN IN SPORT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY PROGRAMS. Instructional design and technologies applied to sport and physical activity programs. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [2-2] HKIN 370 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MEASUREMENT IN SPORT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY. An introduction to the theory and practice of physical fitness appraisal, motor skill evaluation and test construction relative to sport and physical activity. Prerequisite: third- year standing. [2-2] HKIN 371 (3) INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS AND RESEARCH METHODOLOGY. Descriptive statistics, norms, normal probability curve; concepts of correlation, reliability and validity; statistical inference. Principles of research methodologies used in the study of sport and physical activity. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 372 (3) RESEARCH APPLICATIONS IN LEISURE AND SPORT MANAGEMENT. Research methodologies commonly used in social and managerial studies in leisure and sport. An emphasis will be placed on qualitative methods. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] 550 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 HKIN 374 (3) PERSPECTIVES ON PLAY. Play theories and behaviour. Prerequisite: HKIN 161 and third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 375 (3) EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY II. Prerequisite: Third-year standing. Equivalency: HKIN 463. [3-0] HKIN 382 (3) MEANING AND VALUES IN SPORT. An analysis of the experience of sports activities. Prerequisite: HKIN 261 and third- year standing. [3-0] HKIN 383 (3) THE OLYMPIC GAMES: ANCIENT AND MODERN. Prerequisite: third- year standing. [3-0] HKIN 389 (3) NEUROMUSCULAR INTEGRATION OF HUMAN MOVEMENT. The neurophysiological and functional neuroanatomical processes involved in the sensory and motor control of movement, posture and balance in the human. Peripheral and central sensorimotor structures, and neurological diseases that effect human movement and balance control will be discussed. Prerequisite: HKIN 191 and third- year standing. [3-0] HKIN 392 (3) THE LEISURE AND SPORT INDUSTRY. Economic and financial issues in the leisure and sport industry. Topics include entrepreneurship, economic impact, commercialization, patterns of ownership and control, and selected financial practices. Prerequisite: COMM 457 and third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 400 (3) PLANNING PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT AND EXERCISE PROGRAMS. Processes, techniques and considerations in the planning, implementation and evaluation of physical education, sport and exercise programs in both public and private agencies. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 420 (3/9) D COACHING EFFECTIVENESS IN SELECTED SPORTS AND ACTIVITIES, i Specific topics to be announced each year. 1 Prerequisite: Appropriate 200-level Performance Analysis course; third year standing. [3-0] HKIN 448 (3/6) D DANCE CHOREOGRAPHY. Term 1: foundations of choreography; Term 2: (optional) advanced concepts in choreography for stage and film production. Prerequisite: HKIN 115B (Dance); third-year standing. [2-2; 2-2] HKIN 455 (15) FIELD WORK AND FIELD RESEARCH PRACTICUM. Field work and a field research project will be undertaken concurrently in a cooperating leisure, sport or other agency over one term in fourth year (30 hours per week). Students will also attend weekly seminars to discuss field work and the field research projects. Limited enrolment. Prerequisite: One of HKIN 371, HKIN 372. Fourth-year standing and approval from Program Coordinator. HKIN 456 (3) DIRECTED STUDIES ABROAD. A program of lectures, seminars, visits and directed study of selected topics on site in a foreign country. Prerequisite: third-year standing. HKIN 461 (3) PREVENTION OF SPORTS INJURIES I. Training and safety strategies for the prevention of injuries to the musculoskeletal system and sense organs. Credit will be given for only one of HKIN 461 and FMPR 480. Prerequisite: All of HKIN 190, HKIN 191, HKIN 361, HKIN 363 and third-year standing. Corequisite: HKIN 463. [3-0] HKIN 462 (3) SKELETAL MUSCLE ADAPTABILITY TO EXERCISE AND FATIGUE. The mechanism(s) underlying skeletal muscle adaptation to physiological overloads as with physical activity will be discussed. The etiology of muscle fatigue resulting from exercise will be discussed in light of substrate supply, end-product accumulations and protein functions. Prerequisite: All of HKIN 190, HKIN 191, HKIN 463 and third- year standing. [3-0] HKIN 463 (3) PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE. Study of the acute and chronic effects of exercise on body systems; and relationship of the functional capacity of individual systems to maximal human performance. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of HKIN 190, HKIN 191 or (b) all of ANAT 390, BIOL 353 and third-year standing. [2-2] HKIN 464(3) HEALTH PROMOTION AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY. Current perspectives on health promotion and health education; design and implementation of health promotion strategies in a variety of arenas, particularly health promotion/education strategies aimed at encouraging physical activity. Prerequisite: HKIN 252 and third-year. [3-0] HKIN 467 (3) PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND MENTALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS. A developmental approach to physical activity programs for mentally handicapped people of all ages; fieldwork. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [2-2] HKIN 468 (3) HUMAN MOTOR PERFORMANCE. Acquisition, performance and control of skilled movements. Processes and underlying mechanisms involved in learning and performing motor skills. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [2-2] HKIN 469 (3) EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION. Theory and methods of fitness appraisal and exercise prescription for normal and special populations. Pre- or corequisites: HKIN 370 and 463. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 471 (3) PREVENTION OF SPORTS INJURIES II. Training and safety strategies for the prevention of injuries or disorders of internal organs and central nervous system. Environmental and nutritional factors in conditioning and pre-event preparation. Credit will be given for only one of HKIN 471 and FMPR 481. Prerequisite: HKIN 461 and third- year standing. [3-0] HKIN473(3) HUMAN BIOMECHANICAL ANALYSIS. Advanced quantitative analysis of human morion. Prerequisite: HKIN 363 or first-year Physics and third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 481 (3) SPORT MARKETING AND COMMUNICATION. A seminar on the application of social science theories and methods to sport marketing and communication. Prerequisite: COMM 465 and third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 489 (3-9) D SEMINAR. Current topics and research in specific areas. Prerequisite: third-year standing. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] HKIN 492 (3) HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT IN LEISURE AND SPORT AGE NCY. Human resource development issues and strategies are examined in leisure and sport environments. Prerequisite: COMM 329. Third-year standing. [3-0] HKIN 499 (3) PROJECTS IN HUMAN KINETICS. Provides opportunities to perform research pertaining to a chosen area of human kinetics. Prerequisite: Completion of third year and permission of Associate Director, Undergraduate Affairs. HKIN 500 (3) GRADUATE SEMINAR. HKIN 530 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. Topics selected by the student, with the approval of the Graduate Advisor, can be studied under the supervision of a member of the faculty. HKIN 551 (3) MATHEMATICAL APPLICATIONS IN THE STUDY OF SPORT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY. A selection of topics from: Stochastic models applied to the study of motor learning, involvement in sport, socialization through sport, etc; the assessment of change; analyses of scoring systems and playoff procedures used in various sports; game theory. HKIN 560 (3) MODELS OF SPORT ORGANIZATION. An analysis and comparison of models of sport organization in selected countries. HKIN 562 (3) BIOENERGETICS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY. Basic energy systems of the human body; primarily concentrating on the bioener- gerics of the skeletal muscle cell, recovery from muscular work, substrate utilization, muscle fiber types, strength, endurance and the physiological assessment of maximal performance. HKIN 563 (3) MEASUREMENT OF HUMAN MOTION. A critical evaluation of research tools used to measure and assess human motor performance including electromyography, anthropometry, ergometers, indirect calorime- try, cinematography, and indirect dynamics. HKIN 564 (3) PSYCHO-SOCIAL ASPECTS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY. Selected psycho-social considerations in sport: initial and continuing involvement in the competitive sport environment. HKIN 565 (3) PHYSIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY. Survey of research regarding the physiological aspects of activity; the effects of altitude and environmental temperature on man's performance in exercise and sports. HKIN 567 (3) HUMAN MOTOR PERFORMANCE. Processes underlying the ability to learn and perform motor skills. HKIN 568 (3) SEMINAR IN HUMAN MOTOR PERFORMANCE. Reports and discussions of research literature concerning theories and PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS HKIN — HUMAN KINETICS 551 findings in human performance. Special emphasis is given to understanding the basic mechanisms underlying motor performance within the framework of man as a component system. HKIN 570 (3) RESEARCH METHODS IN HUMAN KINETICS. Research methods applied to the study of sport and physical activity, the nature of scientific inquiry, the design of experiments, the survey as a research medium, the historical and philosophical methods of inquiry, the writing of the research report. HKIN 571 (3) DEVELOPMENTAL AND ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION. The theory and practice of adapted physical education. Programs of general class activities, special adapted physical education and recreation for the disabled, handicapped and aged. The laboratory period affords practical experience in individual and group methods for conducting developmental conditioning and corrective exercises. HKIN 573 (3) SEMINAR IN MECHANICAL ANALYSIS OF HUMAN MOVEMENT. An investigation of human movement using cinematographical and other research methods. The case study approach will be used to examine kinesiological concepts and principles. HKIN 574 (3) SEMINAR IN HEALTH PROMOTION THROUGH PHYSICAL ACTIVITY. The relationship of new concepts in health to the promotion of health through physical activity; the application of research findings from a number of disciplines to the identification, selection, and targeting of health promotion/education strategies related to physical activity HKIN 580 (3) SEMINAR IN CURRENT PROBLEMS IN HUMAN KINETICS. Objectives; programs; leadership; history and trends; professional status; community organizations and auspices; attitudes and philosophy. HKIN 581 (3) SPORT, LEISURE AND CONSUMER CULTURE. Sport and leisure are viewed in the context of theoretical debates about mass society and consumer culture. HKIN 582 (3) SEMINAR IN CANADIAN SPORT H ISTORY. Selected topics in Canadian sport history; emphasis on the twentieth century. HKIN 583 (3) PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT AND EXERCISE PROGRAMS. The development of curricula, implementation and evaluation techniques in physical education, sport and exercise programs; relationships of programs in schools, community centres and other institutions. HKIN 584 (3) PHYSICAL GROWTH AND MOTOR DEVELOPMENT. The process of human physical growth and the relationship between growth/maturation and physical activity: sequential development of locomotor and manipulative skills and the application of critical period/optimal period literature to developmental skills. HKIN 585 (3) COACHING SCIENCE I. The application of research findings from exercise physiology, human growth and motor develop ment, biomechanics and sport medicine, to the coaching of athletes. HKIN 586 (3) COACHING SCIENCE II. The application of research findings from sport psychology, sport sociology and human motor learning, to the coaching of athletes. HKIN 590 (3) SEMINAR IN RESEARCH ON TEACHING IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Development, methods and results of research on teaching physical education. HKIN 591 (3) SEMINAR IN THE ORGANIZATIONAL ANALYSIS OF LEISURE. Selected topics in organizational theory as applied to the analysis of leisure and sport organizations. HKIN 595 (3) MASTER'S GRADUATING PAPER. HKIN 598(3) DIRECTED FIELD STUDIES IN SPORT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AGENCIES. HKIN 599(12) MASTER'S THESIS. Pass/Fail. HKIN 601 (3/12) C DOCTORAL SEMINAR. HKIN 699(0) PH.D. THESIS. Pass/Fail. HMEC—HOME ECONOMICS FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS HMEC 352 (3) INTRODUCTORY TEXTILE SCIENCE. Textile performance concepts. Interrelationships of fibres, yarns, fabric construction, dyes and finishes with a focus on consumer apparel and household textile products. Textile legislation. [3-0] HMEC 360 (3) DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS. Visual elements and principles of design, the nature of aesthetics and the influence of design on our physical environment. [2-3] HMEC 366 (3) TEXTILE DESIGN. Design, structures, and techniques of decorative textiles; influence of historic textiles on contemporary fabrics; textile design techniques of selected cultures. Prerequisite: HMEC 360. [1-3] HMEC450(3) HISTORY OF COSTUME. A survey of the aesthetic, economic, cultural, social, and political significance of costume in history from ancient Egypt to contemporary times. [3-0] HMED — HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION HMED 306 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING HOME ECONOMICS ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE YEARS. HMED 314 (4/5)D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN HOME ECONOMICS: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in home economics or permission of the Head. HMED414(3) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN HOME ECONOMICS. Curriculum development with an emphasis on reflection on practice and current curriculum issues. Prerequisite: HMED 314. [3-0] HMED 440 (3) SPECIAL STUDY IN SUBJECT- MATTER FIELD: TEXTILE STUDIES. Topics in a subject field relevant to teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Pass/Fail. HMED 441 (3) SPECIAL STUDY IN SUBJECT- MATTER FIELD: FOODS STUDIES. Topics in a subject field relevant to teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Pass/ Fail. HMED 442 (3) SPECIAL STUDY IN SUBJECT- MATTER FIELD: FAMILY STUDIES. Topics in a subject field relevant to teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Pass/ Fail. HMED 465 (3-12) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION. Prerequisite: HMED 314 and some teaching experience. HMED 508 (3-6) D REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION. Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. HMED 514 (3) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN HOME ECONOMICS. Advanced studies of curriculum and instruction theories, and research. Prerequisite: HMED 414. HMED 545 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION. A review and critical analysis of the history and philosophy of school home economics programs. HMED 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. HMED 580 (3-12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. Investigation and report of a problem. HMED 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. HMED 598 (3-12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on master's, doctoral and diploma programs. HMED 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. HUNU — HUMAN NUTRITION FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS Most of the undergraduate courses have been renamed as Food, Nutrition and Health (FNH). Please see this section HUNU 500 (3) RESEARCH METHODS IN HUMAN NUTRITION. Experimental design, methods of survey research, nutritional epidemiology, clinical research, and laboratory animal research. Issues such as animal models, ethics in animal and human research, statistical methods, and preparation of written reports and manuscripts, etc will be addressed. Required of all graduate students in Human Nutrition. [3-0] HUNU 503 (3) CURRENT ISSUES IN NUTRITION AND METABOLISM. 552 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 HUNU 505 (3) CURRENT ISSUES IN NUTRITION AND DISEASE. HUNU 507 (3) CURRENT ISSUES IN NUTRITION OVER THE LIFE SPAN. HUNU 509 (3) BEHAVIOURAL ASPECTS OF HUMAN NATURE. HUNU 531 (3) NUTRITION SEMINAR. Students or guests present seminars on current topics in nutrition. Required of all first-year graduate students in Human Nutrition. After the first year, graduate students are expected to attend without credit. HUNU 547 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. In special cases, directed studies on certain aspects of nutrition may be arranged for graduate students in attendance. HUNU 549 (6/12) C M.SC. THESIS. HUNU 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. IAR —ASIAN RESEARCH FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES IAR 500 (6) PERSPECTIVES AND METHODS IN ASIA PACIFIC POLICY STUDIES. IAR 505 (3) THE NEW INSTITUTIONALISM IN ASIA. IAR 506 (3) CULTURE & GLOBALIZATION IN ASIA-PACIFIC. Interdisciplinary investigation of the idea that globalization is not limited to the economic sphere but also includes popular culture, communications, travel, food and desire of the other. IAR 507 (3) EAST ASIAN ORGANIZATIONS IN COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE. Contemporary theories of organizational behavior applied to economic organizations in Japan, with some comparisons to South Korean, Taiwanese and Chinese firms. Historical and theoretical conceptualizations of business organizations with empirical applications as applied to East Asian firms. IAR 515 (2-6) C TOPICS IN ASIA PACIFIC POLICY STUDIES. IAR 520 (12) MASTER'S THESIS. IAR 525 (12) PRACTICUM IN ASIA PACIFIC POLICY STUDIES. IEST—EUROPEAN STUDIES FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES IEST 500(1) PRO-SEMINAR EUROPEAN STUDIES. IEST 501 (3) INTERNSHIP/EUROPEAN EXCHANGE. IEST 502 (3-9) D DIRECTED READING. IEST 505 (3-6) D TOPICS IN EUROPEAN STUDIES. IEST 511 (3) EXTENDED ESSAY. IEST 512 (9) MA THESIS. IEST 521 (3) THE ECONOMICS OF EUROPEAN INTEGRATION. IEST 531 (3) EXTERNAL RELATIONS OF THE EUROPEAN UNION. IEST 541 (3) POLITICAL AND LEGAL FOUNDATIONS OF THE EUROPEAN UNION. Credit will not be given for both IEST 541 and LAW 341. IEST 551 (3-6) D POLITICS AND CULTURE IN EUROPE. IEST 561 (3) CITIZENSHIP AND MIGRATION IN CONTEMPORARY EUROPE. IEST 591 (3) GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE. Credit will not be given for both IEST 591 and GEOG 493. IHHS — INTERPROFESSIONAL HEALTH & HUMAN SERVICE COLLEGE OF HEALTH DISCIPLINES IHHS 200 (3) UNDERSTANDING THE SOCIOCULTURAL DETERMINANTS OF THE HEALTH OF POPULATIONS. The idea of "population health," and the implementation and evaluation of programs or policies to improve health. Open to all students. [3-0-0] IHHS 300 (3) WORKING IN INTERNATIONAL HEALTH. Tutored, web based course on planning/preparing for work in a developing country. Causes of ill health amongst populations living in poverty; analysis of available solutions. Health Science background not essential. IHHS 301 (3) FIRST NATIONS HEALTH AND THE TRADITIONAL ROLE OF PLANTS. First Nations medical systems and medicinal plants. Bridging the traditional with modern sciences. Prerequisite: Enrollment in a health and human service program. IHHS 400 (3) HEALTH CARE TEAM DEVELOPMENT. Skills, knowledge, roles and issues involved with working succesfully in interprofessional health and human service teams. Intended for upper division students in any health and human service program. IHHS 401 (3) HEALTH CARE ETHICS. An interprofessional approach using case studies to illustrate the application of bioethical principles and theories. Intended for students in health and human service programs. [3-0] IHHS402(6) HIV/AIDS PREVENTION AND CARE. Preparation for senior students to respond effectively to the HIV/AIDS epidemic and its consequences. The knowledge and skills required for interprofessional and discipline- specific work are explored. Intended for students in health and human service programs. IHHS 403 (3) INTERDISCIPLINARY PRACTICE WITH CHILDREN AND FAMILIES. Interprofessional perspectives, challenges, and strategies. Clinical experience and some knowledge of child protection issues required. [3-0-0] IHHS 404 (3) FIRST NATIONS HEALTH: HISTORICAL AND CONTEMPORARY ISSUES. An epistemological approach that considers the determinants of health and spiritual-environmental-cultural perspectives. [3-0-0] IHHS405(6) PALLIATIVE CARE. Attitudes, knowledge, skills and abilities necessary for interprofessional and discipline-specific work in palliative care. For students registered in health and human service programs only. IHHS 406 (3) AGING FROM AN INTERDISCIPLINARY PERSPECTIVE. Issues associated with aging in our society. For students registered in health and human services programs only. IHHS407(3) DISABILITY AND JUSTICE. INDE — INTERDEPARTMENTAL MEDICINE FACULTY OF MEDICINE INDE 410 (6) INTRODUCTORY CLINICAL SKILLS AND SYSTEMS I. Small group sessions may be supplemented by self-study resources. Students will be introduced to communication skills, components of health history, and the physical exam, and will develop basic skills of examination of the cardiovascular, respiratory and genito-urinary systems. [0-0-2] INDE 420 (6) CLINICAL SKILLS SYSTEMS II. Small group sessions may be supplemented by self-study resources. Students will further develop general and specific communications skills, while learning a systemic approach to the remaining body systems. Experience with both pediatric and adult patients will be provided. [0-0-2] INDE 421(0) CLINICAL SKILLS II. Final examination in course administered by the Departments of Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics/ Gynaecology, Paediatrics and Psychiatry. Exam is an OSCE (Objective Structured Clinical Examination). INDE 430(1) PROFESSIONAL DIMENSIONS IN MEDICINE. Ethics, jurisprudence, medical office procedures, physician well-being in relation to professional practice of medicine. Introduction to clinical procedures. Prerequisite: Medicine II. INDE 440 (4) ADVANCED CLINICAL ELECTIVE I. Electives/Selectives in clinical departments with increased responsibility. INDE 441 (4) ADVANCED CLINICAL ELECTIVE II. Electives/Selectives in clinical departments with increased responsibility. INDE 442 (4) ADVANCED CLINICAL SELECTIVE I. Electives/Selectives in clinical departments with increased responsibility. Prerequisite: Phase IV (Junior Clerkship). INDE 443 (4) ADVANCED CLINICAL SELECTIVE II. Electives/Selectives in clinical departments with increased responsibility. Prerequisite: Phase IV (Junior Clerkship). INDE 450 (4) SENIOR CLERKSHIP. A four- week senior clinical elective for fourth year students. Students will participate in all activities including rounds, admissions and case presentations associated with the particular clinical rotation. INDE 451(0) CLINICAL SKILLS III. Final examination for third year encompassing all clinical subjects. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS IAR — ASIAN RESEARCH 553 INDE 452 (2) CLINICAL ELECTIVE IN THIRD YEAR. Study in approved ambulatory or community setting during the 3rd year of the MD program. INDE 453 (10) EFFECTIVE LEARNING SKILLS FOR MEDICAL PRACTICE. A 10-week full- time course that consists of 6 components: weekly themes with associated 2-hour lecture series; therapeutics; health care and epidemiology; advanced communication skills; cross- cultural healthcare ethics/law and politics. INDO —INDONESIAN FACULTY OF ARTS INDO 102 (6) INTRODUCTORY INDONESIAN. Spoken and written Indonesian. INDO 200 (6) INTERMEDIATE INDONESIAN. Study of the grammar and introduction to Indonesian literature. Prerequisite: INDO 102. INDS — INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES INDS 501(0) INSTRUCTIONAL SKILLS WO R KS H O P. Introduction to concepts and practice in higher education instruction; emphasis on lesson planning, student participation and instructional aides; includes videotaped practice teacher/peer feedback 28 classroom hours. INDS 502 (1-6) D INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES: THEMATIC SEMINARS. Seminars, lectures, and discussions of topics involving several faculties. Contact the Individual Interdisciplinary Studies Program for specific topics (www.iisgp.ubc.ca). INDS 530 (3-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. A series of directed readings related to student's area of interdisciplinary studies. This advanced course may be taken upon approval of the Program head. INDS 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. INDS 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. ISCI —INTEGRATED SCIENCES FACULTY OF SCIENCE ISCI 300 (1) INTERDISCIPLINARY SEMINAR. Critical analysis of recent scientific literature that combines disciplines that students are integrating in their Integrated Sciences Curriculum. Prerequisite: Registration in Integrated Sciences Program [0-0-1.5*; 0-0-1.5*] ISCI 311 (3) THE SIZE OF THINGS. Scaling as a general approach to laws governing the geometry, kinematics and dynamics of systems. Dimensional analysis, isometry and allometry applied to topics from Biology, Physics, Earth Science and Economics. Priority to students in the Integrated Sciences Program. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in the Faculty of Science. [2-0-2] ISCI 320 (3) INTERDISCIPLINARY SCIENCES FIELD COURSE. Pre-trip preparation, field research/exploration, followed by integration of key concepts and presentation of results. Course content/location will vary; fee payable six weeks prior to start of course. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in the Faculty of Science. ISCI 322 (3) SCIENCE OF MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION. Interactive course integrating diverse aspects of science: semiquantitative overview of physical principles underlying modern measurement technology; philosophy of measurement; accuracy and limits to measurement, and resultant scientific, sociological and economic consequences. Priority to students in the Integrated Sciences Program. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in the Faculty of Science. ISCI 333 (3) PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGICAL AND ARTIFICIAL CONTROL SYSTEMS. Interactive exploration of information networks. Integrated principles of neural and computational control systems encompassing scientific, social and philosophical perspectives. Priority to students in the Integrated Sciences Program. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in the Faculty of Science. [2-0-2] ISCI 345 (3) INTEGRATIVE BIOINFORMATICS. Storage and processing of information in biological systems. Computa- \ rional methods for recovering and interpreting stored generic information. Priority to students in the Integrated Sciences Program. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in the Faculty of Science. [2-0-2] ISCI 350 (3) DARWINIAN MEDICINE. Using the Darwinian theory of natural selection to explore explanations of infectious diseases, allergies, cancer, mental illness, and other human diseases. Priority to students in the Integrated Sciences Program. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in the Faculty of Science. [2-0-2] I ISCI 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Industrial or academic work experience for a minimum of 4 months. Normally taken in Winter Session of third year or Summer Session after third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students in the ISP Co-op program. Prerequisite: One term in ISP. ISCI 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT II. Industrial or academic work Experience for a minimum of 4 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-op Program in ISP. Prerequisite: ISCI 398. ISCI 411 (3) SCIENTIFIC UNCERTAINTY AND RISK. Examines theory and practice of analyzing risk in many fields and disciplines. Topics include assessing, communicating, and managing risks. Emphasis on dealing with scientific uncertainty. Priority to ISP students. Prerequisite: Third year standing in Faculty of Science and a statistics course. [3-0-0] ISCI 422 (3) MODELS IN SCIENCE. Meaning, nature, use, strengths and limitations of models as investigative tools in all scientific disciplines. Detailed investigation of selected model systems from different scientific disciplines. Priority to students in the Integrated Sciences Program. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in the Faculty of Science [2-0-2] ISCI448(3-6)D DIRECTED STUDIES. Permission of the Director is required. ISCI 498 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT III. Industrial or academic work experience for a minimum of 4 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-op Program in ISP. Prerequisite: ISCI 399. ISCI 499 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Industrial or academic work experience for a minimum of 4 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-op Program in ISP. Prerequisite: ISCI 498. ITAL —ITALIAN FACULTY OF ARTS Students with Italian 11 or 12 or exposure to the Italian language or dialects must consult the Italian undergraduate advisor for placement in appropriate courses. Some 400-level ITAL courses may be taken as ITST courses and be conducted in English (see details below). Majors and Honours must take such courses as ITAL and will be expected to do their reading and assignments in Italian language. Supplementary tutorials in Italian will be provided as needed for such courses. Credit in ITAL will preclude credit in ITST and vice versa. ITAL 101 (3) FIRST-YEAR ITALIAN I. Grammar, reading, writing, and oral practice for beginners without previous exposure to the Italian language or dialects. ITAL 102 (3) FIRST-YEAR ITALIAN II. Grammar, reading, writing and oral practice for beginners. Prerequisite: ITAL 101. ITAL 105 (12) INTENSIVE ITALIAN. An accelerated course. Grammar, reading, composition, with special emphasis on the spoken language. This course is equivalent to ITAL 100 and 200. ITAL 201 (3) SECOND-YEAR ITALIAN I. Reading, writing and oral practice, with constant and systemic reference to the grammatical structure of the language. Prerequisite: All of ITAL 102, ITAL 103. ITAL 202 (3) SECOND-YEAR ITALIAN II. Reading, writing and oral practice, with constant and systematic reference to the grammatical structure of the language. Prerequisite: ITAL 201. ITAL 203 (6) INTENSIVE SECOND-YEAR ITALIAN. An accelerated course. Grammar review, reading, composition, comprehension. This course is equivalent to ITAL 201 plus 202 offered in the same semester. ITAL 301 (3) ADVANCED COMPOSITION: TRANSLATION AND STYLISTICS I. Prerequisite: One of ITAL 105, ITAL 202, ITAL 203. Or permission of the department. ITAL 302 (3) THIRD-YEAR ITALIAN II. Reading, writing, speaking, comprehension. Special emphasis on oral practice and on composition. Prerequisite: ITAL 301, or permission of the department. Prerequisite: ITAL 301. 554 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 ITAL 303 (6) ITALIAN LITERATURE FROM THE ORIGINS TO THE ROMANTIC PERIOD. A thematic approach to Italian literary works considered in a broad cultural context. Alternates with ITAL 304. ITAL 304 (3/6) D ITALIAN LITERATURE FROM THE END OF THE ROMANTIC PERIOD TO THE PRESENT. The development of modern Italian literature against the background of social and historical events. Alternates with ITAL 303. ITAL 342 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ITALIAN FOR SENIOR STUDENTS I. An intensive course in spoken and written Italian. Grammar, conversation, reading of literary texts. Prerequisite: proficiency in another Romance language or Latin. Not considered a third-year course for purposes of satisfying degree requirements. Prerequisite: Proficiency in another Romance Language or in Latin ITAL 343 (3) INTRODUCTION OR ITALIAN FOR SENIOR STUDENTS II. An intensive course aiming to import a reasonable degree of proficiency in spoken and written Italian. Grammar, conversation, progressive reading of literary texts. Prerequisite: ITAL 342. ITAL 401 (3) ADVANCED STUDIES IN ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND STYLE I. Intensive training in translation and free composition with special emphasis on the stylistic analysis of literary texts. Prerequisite: ITAL 302. Or permission of the department. ITAL 402 (3) ADVANCED STUDIES IN ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND STYLE II. Intensive training in translation and free composition with special emphasis on the stylistic analysis of literary texts. Prerequisite: ITAL 401. ITAL 404 (3) ITALIAN LITERATURE OFTHE^ MIDDLE AGES. Dante, Petrarch, Boccaccio and the minor lyric poets. ITAL 405 (3/6) D TOPICS IN THE LITERATURE OF THE ITALIAN RENAISSANCE. The topics in any year may be selected from the following: Italian Humanism; Machiavelli and Ariosto; Tasso and the Literature of the Late Renaissance; Italian Renaissance Drama. ITAL 408 (3/6) D TOPICS IN MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LITERATURE. The topics in any year may be selected from the following: from "Neo-realismo" to the "Avant- garde"; Croce's role in the poetics of twentieth- century Italian literature; Carducci, Pascoli, D'Annunzio, and the crisis of poetical language; the evolution of the modern Italian novel: Verga, Tozzi, Pirandello, Svevo, etc; Pirandello and the revolution of Italian drama; Italian poetry of the twentieth century; from Gozzano to Montale. ITAL 420 (3-12) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. A maximum of six credits is available in any one topic. ITAL 420 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN ITALIAN LANGUAGE, LITERATURE AND CULTURE. Course content will vary. May be taken twice for a total of 6 credits. ITAL449 (6/12) C HONOURS ESSAY. ITAL 501 (3/6) D DANTE: THE MINOR WORKS. ITAL 502 (3/6) D DANTE: THE DIVINE COMEDY. ITAL 505 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE LITERATURE OF THE RENAISSANCE. ITAL 507 (3/6) D STUDIES IN ROMANTICISM. ITAL 508 (3/6) D STUDIES IN MODERN ITALIAN LITERATURE. ITAL 515 (3/6) D TOPICS IN ITALIAN LANGUAGE. ITAL 520 (3/12) D ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. A maximum of six credits is available in any one topic. ITAL 548 (3) GRADUATING ESSAY. ITAL 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. ITST —ITALIAN STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS All Italian Studies courses are conducted in English. ITST 230 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO ITALIAN CIVILIZATION. The development of Italian culture from its origins to the present. In English. ITST 310 (3/6) D THE DIVINE COMEDY IN TRANSLATION. ITST 421 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN ITALIAN STUDIES. ITST 431 (3/6) D LITERATURE OF THE ITALIAN RENAISSANCE IN TRANSLATION. ITST 432 (3/6) D ITALIAN FILM AND ITS CULTURAL BACKGROUND (FILMS WITH ENGLISH SUBTITLES). JAPN — JAPANESE FACULTY OF ARTS JAPN 100 (3) BEGINNING JAPANESE I. An introduction to modern spoken and written Japanese with emphasis on both form (grammar and syntax) and functions. (Non-intensive). JAPN 101 (3) BEGINNING JAPANESE I. Coninuation of JAPN 100. (Non intensive) Prerequisite: Either (a) JAPN 100 or (b) a score of 80% or higher in JAPN 12. JAPN 102 (3) BEGINNING JAPANESE II. Continuation of JAPN 101. (Non intensive) Prerequisite: Either (a) JAPN 101 or (b) a score of 80% or higher in JAPN 12. JAPN 103 (3) BEGINNING JAPANESE II. Continuation of JAPN 102 (Non intensive) Prerequisite: JAPN 102. JAPN 104(6) BASIC JAPANESE GRAMMAR. Emphasis on grammar, writing and reading Intended for students with a background in spoken Japanese. JAPN 150(6) INTENSIVE BEGINNING JAPANESE I. An introduction to modern spoken and written Japanese with emphasis on both form (grammar and syntax) and functions. Offered in Term 1. Corequisite: JAPN 150 and 151 are normally taken in the same year. JAPN 151 (6) INTENSIVE BEGINNING JAPANESE II. Continuation of JAPN 150. Offered in Term 2. Prerequisite: One of JAPN 101, JAPN 150. JAPN 180(12) INTENSIVE SUMMER COURSE IN JAPANESE. Equivalent to JAPN 100 and 101. JAPN 200 (3) INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE: READING AND WRITING. Reading and writing of modern Japanese at an intermediate level. Prerequisite: One of JAPN 103, JAPN 151. Corequisite: to be normally taken in conjunction with JAPN 202. JAPN 201 (3) INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE: READING AND WRITING. Continuation of JAPN 200 Prerequisite: JAPN 200. Corequisite: to be normally taken in conjunction with JAPN 203. JAPN 202 (3) INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE: CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. Prerequisite: One of JAPN 103, JAPN 151. Corequisite: To be normally taken in conjunction with JAPN 200. JAPN 203 (3) INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE: CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. Continuation of JAPN 202. Prerequisite: JAPN 202. Corequisite: To normally be taken in conjunction with JAPN 201. JAPN 280 (12) INTENSIVE SUMMER COURSE IN INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE. Prerequisite: One of JAPN 103, JAPN 151, JAPN 104 or equivalent. Equivalency: JAPN 200, JAPN 201, JAPN 202, JAPN 203. JAPN 300 (3) ADVANCED MODERN JAPANESE: READING AND WRITING. Prerequisite: JAPN 201. JAPN 301 (3) ADVANCED MODERN JAPANESE: READING AND WRITING. Prerequisite: JAPN 300. JAPN 302 (3) ADVANCED MODERN JAPANESE: CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. Improvement of speaking and writing in modern Japanese through grammatical analysis, oral practice, conversation, and composition. Prerequisite: JAPN 203. JAPN 303 (3) ADVANCED MODERN JAPANESE: CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. Prerequisite: JAPN 302. JAPN 310 (6) JAPANESE FOR SPECIALISTS OF CHINA. Readings in Japanese material dealing with Chinese for students who have a reading knowledge of Chinese. Prerequisite: One of JAPN 103, JAPN 151 or their equivalents. JAPN 311 (3) CLASSICAL JAPANESE I. JAPN 312 (3) CLASSICAL JAPANESE I. Prerequisite: JAPN 311. JAPN 315 (6) JAPANESE FOR PROFESSIONAL LIFE. Technical Japanese as it is used in business, commerce, industry, science, technology, law, etc. Emphasis on grammatical and syntactical features of these special uses of the language and on specialized, current PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ITST — ITALIAN STUDIES 555 vocabulary. Prerequisite: One of JAPN 201, JAPN 203, JAPN 280. JAPN 342 (6) READING COURSE IN JAPANESE FOR HONOURS STUDENTS. JAPN 401 (6) CLASSICAL JAPANESE II. Advanced reading in classical Japanese literary, historical, and philosophical texts. Prerequisite: All of JAPN 311, JAPN 312 or their equivalents. JAPN 402 (6) READINGS IN JAPANESE POETRY. Translation and analysis of selected works from classical, medieval, and modern periods. Prerequisite: All of JAPN 300, JAPN 301. JAPN 406 (3) READINGS IN MODERN JAPANESE ESSAYS. An advanced course in the reading and analysis of scholarly texts in modern Japanese drawn from history, sociology, economics, etc. Advanced conversation, composition, and practice in the use of standard reference tools as preparation for independent research in Japanese. Prerequisite: JAPN 301. It is recommended that students complete JAPN 303 prior to taking JAPN 406. JAPN 408 (3) READINGS IN MODERN JAPANESE LITERATURE. An advanced course in the reading and analysis of literary texts in modern Japanese. Advanced conversation, translation into English and practice in the use of standard reference tools as preparation for advanced research in Japanese. Prerequisite: JAPN 406 and instructor's permission. JAPN 410 (3) ADVANCED ORAL CO M M U NI CATI O N. Oral communication skills appropriate for studying and working in a Japanese-speaking environment either formal or informal. Prerequisite: All of JAPN 301, JAPN 303. JAPN 411 (3) ADVANCED ORAL COMMUNICATION. Prerequisite: JAPN 410. JAPN 416 (3) NEWSPAPER JAPANESE. The aim of the course will be to develop fluency in reading contemporary Japanese newspapers. Concentration on current and emerging vocabulary, evolving grammatical features, and style of presentation. Prerequisite: All of JAPN 301, JAPN 303. JAPN 417 (3) NEWSPAPER JAPANESE. Prerequisite: JAPN 416. JAPN 420 (3) GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS OF JAPANESE. Analysis ofthe grammatical structure of modern Japanese. Contrastive analysis of Japanese and English as well as error analysis. Prerequisite: All of JAPN 301, JAPN 303. JAPN 421 (3) GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS OF JAPANESE. Prerequisite: JAPN 420. JAPN 440 (3-18) C SUPERVISED STUDY IN THE JAPANESE LANGUAGE. Primarily for graduate students. JAPN 442 (12) TUTORIAL IN JAPANESE FOR HONOURS STUDENTS. This course will require the presentation of at least one research paper. JRNL —JOURNALISM SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM JRNL 503 (3-9) D NEWSROOM PRACTICE AND STANDARDS. JRNL 505 (3-9) D PRINCIPLES OF INVESTIGATIVE JOURNALISM. JRNL 510 (3) NEWS WRITING AND REPORTING. JRNL 520 (3-9) D ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY JOURNALISM. JRNL 523 (3) AUDIENCE RESEARCH AND RECEPTION THEORIES. JRNL 525 (3) CRITICAL THINKING FOR JOURNALISTS. JRNL 533 (3-9) D ETHICS AND THE LAW. JRNL 535 (3) THE PRESS AND SOCIETY. JRNL 539 (3-9) D DIRECTED STUDIES. JRNL 549 (6-12) D THESIS PROJECT. KORN — KOREAN FACULTY OF ARTS KORN 102 (6) BASIC KOREAN. An introduction to the grammar and syntax of modern spoken and written Korean. KORN 104(6) BASIC KOREAN GRAMMAR. Emphasis on grammar, writing and reading. For heritage learners and students with prior background in spoken Korean. Prepares students for KORN 300. KORN 200 (6) INTERMEDIATE KOREAN. Reading and writing of modern colloquial Korean at an intermediate level. Prerequisite: KORN 102. KORN 300 (6) READINGS IN KOREAN TOPICS. Readings in mixed script on aspects of Korean culture, customs, and contemporary life, along with structured conversations based on those readings. Prerequisite: KORN 200. KORN 410 (3/6) D MODERN KOREAN SHORT FICTION. Prerequisite: KORN 300. KORN 411 (3/6) D ADVANCED READINGS IN KOREAN NON-FICTION. Guided readings on contemporary affairs from the Korean press and/or selected readings in Korean academic prose. Prerequisite: KORN 300. KORN 412 (3/6) D KOREAN-TO-ENGLISH TR A N S L AT IO N. Translation into English of Korean writing in various literary genres, including short story, poetry, personal essay, and academic essay. Supplementary readings in translation studies and translation theory. KORN 415 (3/6) D KOREAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. Structured conversation practice and weekly composition assignments based on viewing one designated Korean television program per week. Prerequisite: KORN 300. KORN 440 (3/6) D SUPERVISED STUDY IN THE KOREAN LANGUAGE. Primarily for students in Asian Studies and Linguistics. LARC — LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS LARC 316 (3) TREES AND SHRUBS IN LANDSCAPE. Culture and identification of landscape materials with emphasis on woody plants. Elementary principles of landscape composition. Suitable for students of other faculties and departments interested in landscape materials and their uses, but priority given to Agroecology and Landscape Artchitec- ture students. [2-2] LARC 415 (3) STRUCTURE, FORM AND ADAPTABILITY IN PLANTING DESIGN. Lectures and exercises dealing with plants as structural elements in landscape. Plant associations. Horticultural adaptations. Planning relation to subsequent maintenance. Prerequisite: LARC 316. [2-2] LARC 421 (3) CREATIVITY AND DESIGN APPLIED. An exploration of creativity and design and their application to a number of design disciplines. Web based. [3-0-0] LARC 422 (3) LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL H ISTORY. History, principles and theory of landscape architecture in Europe, America and Asia. Influence of cultural attitudes and societal change upon natural environments, parks, gardens and town planning. [3-0] LARC 431 (3) SITE ANALYSIS AND PLANNING 1. A final lecture course/studio course in technology examines the making of a complete set of working drawings for the purposes of tendering and construction. Open only to E.N.D.S. students. Credit will be given for only one of LARC 431, LARC 531. LARC 440 (3) SITE ANALYSIS AND PLANNING II. Site analysis and planning of relatively complex sites, emphasizing storm water management design. Open only to E.N.D.S. students. Credit will be given for only one of LARC 440, LARC 540. LARC 500(0) LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE SEMINAR. A forum for the exchange of ideas and the presentation of papers by faculty, students, and visitors. LARC 501 (9) DESIGN STUDIO 1: INTRODUCTION. Restricted to M.L.A. students. [2-10] LARC 502 (9) DESIGN STUDIO 2: DESIGN METHODS. Prerequisite: LARC 501. [2-10] LARC 503 (9) DESIGN STUDIO 3: URBAN AND SUSTAINABILITY WORKSHOPS. Prerequisite: LARC 502. [2-10] LARC 504 (9) DESIGN STUDIO 4: URBAN AND REGIONAL PUBLIC REALMS. Prerequisite: LARC 503. [2-10] LARC 505 (9) DESIGN STUDIO 5: PATTERNS, POLICIES, AND TYPES. Prerequisite: LARC 504. [2-10] LARC 510 (2-9) D ADVANCED FIELD STUDIES IN LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE. LARC 511(1) INTRODUCTORY WORKSHOP. All incoming students are required to attend this late summer workshop prior to enrolling in their autumn courses. 556 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 LARC 520 (3) THEORIES IN EXPERIENCE AND P LAC E. Exploration in the experience of landscape and various place theories, including the systems, attitudes and ideas that influence the design and functioning of good place. [3-2] LARC 521 (3) DESIGN THINKING. Study of methods-theories of design knowledge. Includes design as reflective-iterative process, idea generation, visual-visual and visual verbal transformation, design criticism and project evaluation methods. [3-2] LARC 525 (3) DESIGN-RESEARCH METHODS IN LANDSCAPE IN LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE. An examination of various quantitative, qualitative and design research methods in landscape architecture using case studies, lectures and seminars. [2-2] LARC 531 (3) SITE ANALYSIS AND PLANNING I. Site analysis and planning of relatively simple sites, emphasizing grading design. [2-3] LARC 532 (3) STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS. Prerequisite: LARC 531. [2-3] LARC 533 (3) ADVANCED LANDSCAPE TECHNOLOGY. Prerequisite: LARC 532. [2-3] LARC 535 (3) INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS IN LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE. [1-4] LARC 540 (3) SITE ANALYSIS AND PLANNING II. Site analysis and planning of relatively complex sites, emphasizing stormwater management design. [3-2] LARC 541 (3) LANDSCAPE PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT. [2-3] LARC 542 (3) VISUAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. Study of history, aesthetic theory, legislative role and practice of VRM. Equivalency: FRST 490. [3-2] LARC 551 (3) PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE IN LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE. [3-2] LARC 580 (2-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN DESIGN ANALYSIS, PROGRAMMING AND THEORY. LARC 581 (2-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN LANDSCAPE PLANNING AND SUSTAINABILITY. LARC 582 (1-3) D SPECIAL TOPICS SEMINAR. LARC 598(12) DESIGN THESIS. Open only to M.L.A. candidates. LARC 599(12) RESEARCH THESIS. Openonly to M.A.S.L.A. candidates. LAST— LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS LAST 100 (3) INTRODUCTION TO LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES. An overview of the culture and society of Latin America from ancient to contemporary times and from Argentina to Mexico. LAST 201 (3) POPULAR CULTURE IN LATIN AMERICA. The culture of everyday life, both rural and urban: issues of identity, popular memory, resistance, negotiation, as expressed through ritual, crafts, the body, social movements, films, music, and literature. LAST 205 (3) ISSUES OF DEVELOPMENT IN MODERN LATIN AMERICA. Theory of development in the Latin American context: current problems and development alternatives. LAST 301 (3) HUMAN AND CIVIL RIGHTS IN LATIN AMERICA. Focuses on human rights movements; state violence and impunity; reform of criminal justice systems; rights of indigenous peoples, women, and minorities; international protection of human rights; the UN and inter-American systems. LAST 303 (3) INDIGENOUS PEOPLES OF LATIN AMERICA. Ethnohistory and contemporary cultures of the indigenous peoples of Mexico, Middle America, and South America. Different cultural areas or regions may be selected to illustrate the course's principal themes. LATN — LATIN FACULTY OF ARTS Not all courses are offered every year. For current listings, consult the departmental website at: www.cnrs.ubc.ca. LATN 100(6) FIRST-YEAR LATIN. For students with no previous knowledge of Latin. LATN 200 (3-6) SECOND-YEAR LATIN. Prerequisite: LATN 100. LATN 300 (6) INTRODUCTION TO LATIN FOR SENIOR STUDENTS. An intensive course in the fundamentals of Latin grammar and syntax. Designed for students who need to acquire a knowledge of basic Latin in one year for background in their own discipline or who plan to proceed to LATN 305. Not for credit towards a Major or Honours in Classics. Students may not receive credit for both LATN 100 and 300. LATN 301 (6) LATIN LITERATURE OF THE CLASSICAL PERIOD. Readings in the major Latin authors in prose and verse. Prerequisite: LATN 200. LATN 305 (3/6) D MEDIEVAL LATIN, introduction to Medieval Latin language and literature. Development of a reading knowledge of Medieval Latin through selections from major authors and genres after 400 AD. Prerequisite: One of LATN 200, LATN 300. LATN 401 (3-12) C LATIN PROSE. Studies in history, oratory and/or philosophy. May be repeated for up to 12 credits. Corequisite: LATN 301. LATN 402 (3-12) C LATIN VERSE. Studies in narrative verse, comedy, satire, elegiac and lyric poetry. May be repeated for up to 12 credits. Corequisite: LATN 301. LATN 501 (3/6)C LATIN PROSE. History, oratory and/or philosophy. Credit will not be given for both LATN 401 and LATN 501. LATN 502 (3/6) C LATIN VERSE. Narrative verse, comedy, satire, elegiac and lyric poetry. Credit will not be given for both LATN 402 and LATN 502. LATN 521 (3/6) C STUDIES IN LATIN LITERATURE. LATN 525 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN LATIN LITERATURE. LATN 530 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN ROMAN ARCHAEOLOGY. LATN 535 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN ROMAN HISTORY. LATN 540 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN LATIN PALAEOGRAPHY. LATN 545 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN LATIN EPIGRAPHY. LATN 548(0) MAJOR ESSAY. LATN 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. LATN 550 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. LATN 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. LAW —LAW FACULTY OF LAW LAW 201 (4/5) D PERSPECTIVES ON LAW. Selected legal theories and their contribution to the understanding of law and legal institutions. [2-0; 2-0] LAW203(4/5)D LEGAL INSTITUTIONS OF CANADIAN GOVERNMENT. The development of law through the institutions of government in Canada, including legislatures, government departments, administrative bodies, qua si-judicial tribunals, and self-governing professions. [2-0; 2-0] LAW 205 (5/6) D CRIMINAL LAW AND PROCEDURE. Bases of criminal responsibility; principles and objectives of the criminal law and procedure; pre-trial procedure. [2-0; 3-0] LAW 207 (6-7) D TORTS. A study of the bases of civil liability for intentionally and accidentally caused harms. [3-0; 3-0] LAW 209 (6-7) D CONTRACTS. Historical development; formation and enforceability of contracts; parties; contractual terms; changes of circumstances; remedies for breach. [3-0; 3-0] LAW211(6-7)D REAL PROPERTY. Historical and conceptual analysis of interests in land, future interests, the Torrens system of land registration. [3-0; 3-0] LAW213(0) LEGAL WRITING AND MOOT COURT. Each first-year student will be assigned to a small group for one first-year course. Part of the final mark for that course will be based on grades received for assignments on legal writing and research, given from time to rime throughout the year. LAW 301 (3) PHILOSOPHY OF LAW. An examination of the principal schools of legal theory, such as legal positivism, legal realism, sociological jurisprudence, and contemporary rights theory. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [3-0] LAW 302 (3) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF LAW. A study of some of the fundamental principles and ideas that cut across many areas of the substantive law, including such concepts as fault, intent, legal personality, possession, ownership, justice, and causation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [3-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS LAST — LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES 557 LAW 303 (3) THE WESTERN IDEA OF LAW. A comparative and interdisciplinary study of the evolution of Western law from its origins in mythology and patriarchy through to the present rime. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [3-0] LAW 304 (2-4) D PSYCHOANALYSIS, FEMINISM, AND THE LAW. The implications of psychoanalytic social theory for feminist legal theory, drawing on the work of Freud and Lacan. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 305 (2-4) D LAW, SOCIETY AND STATE. Theories of the relationship between the legal system, social relations and the state. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 306 (3) LAW AND SOCIETY IN BRITISH COLUMBIA AND YUKON. Issues concerning law in the history of British Columbia and Yukon, with emphasis on how law and legal discourses are related to culture, ideas and interests across space and rime. Not offered each year; consult Faculty. [3-0] LAW 307 (3) WOMEN, LAW AND SOCIAL CHANGE. A survey of feminist approaches to law, with reference to selected substantive areas of the law. [3-0] LAW 308 (2-4) D FEMINIST LEGAL THEORY. Recent developments in feminist legal theory. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 309 (2-4) D TOPICS IN FEMINIST LEGAL STUDIES. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 310 (2-4) D ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF LAW. Economic analysis used to explore, describe, evaluate and offer prescriptive suggestions for legal decision-making. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW312(2-4)D TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY OF LAW AND THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW313(3) LEGAL HISTORY. The relationship between law, society and historical change, normally emphasizing 19th and 20th century issues. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [3-0] LAW314(3) CRIMINAL JUSTICE HISTORY. Aspects of the history of criminal law and criminal justice from the eighteenth to the twentieth century. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [3-0] LAW 315 (2-4) D TOPICS IN LEGAL H ISTORY. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW316(3) INTERNATIONAL LAW. The history, sources and evidence of international law and its relation to municipal law; international personality; state jurisdiction; and treaties. Students who have taken POLI 465 cannot take this course. [3-0] LAW 317 (2-4) D LAW OF THE SEA. International law relating to the oceans, including the regimes of inland waters, territorial seas, continental shelves, exclusive economic zones, high seas and the deep sea-bed. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 318 (2-4) D MARINE RESOURCES LAW. Legal regimes governing the protection and exploitation of ocean resources. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 319 (2-4) D INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RIG H TS. The recognition and protection of human rights in international law. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 320 (2-4) D INDIGENOUS PEOPLES IN COMPARATIVE AND INTERNATIONAL LAW. The legal situation of indigenous peoples in various states and in modern international law. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 321 (2-4) D INTERNATIONAL LAW OF SOUTH-NORTH RELATIONS. Existence, applications and deficiencies of international law in sectors where the interests of industrialized and developing nations are linked. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW322(2-4)D INTERNATIONAL LAW PROBLEMS. Selected issues in international 1 law. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 316. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 323 (2-4) D INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL LAW. Customary international law and treaties relating to the environment; institutional structures. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 324 (2-4) D TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL LAW AND TRANSACTIONS. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 325 (3) CONFLICT OF LAWS. Astudyof the private legal problems arising in cases in which the relevant facts cut across provincial or national boundaries. Recommended to be taken in third year. [3-0] LAW 326 (4) D GLOBALIZATION AND LAW. LAW 327 (2 3) D INTERNATIONAL TRADE LAW. Rules and regulatory systems that govern the international movement of capital, goods and services. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 328 (2-4) D INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS TRANSACTIONS. Legal problems in international financial and commercial transactions. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 329 (2-4) D INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL DISPUTES. International commercial arbitration and other means for resolving legal disputes relating to international commercial transactions. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 330 (3) CULTURAL PROPERTY AND ART LAW. National and international aspects of the law relating to the art trade and the protection and regulation of cultural property and cultural heritage. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 331 (2-4) D TOPICS IN CULTURAL HERITAGE AND ART LAW. LAW 332 (2-3) D MARITIME LAW. Canadian maritime law and admiralty practice. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 333 (2-4) D CIVIL LAW. Comparative study of selected legal systems belonging to the civil law family, such as those of Quebec, France, Germany or the countries of Latin America. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 334 (2-3) D INTRODUCTION TO ASIAN LEGAL SYSTEMS. Introduction to the comparative study of legal systems of East and South-East Asia, including those of China and Japan. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 335 (3) KOREAN LAW. Overview of Korean laws and legal systems with emphasis on South Korea [3-0-0] LAW336(2-4)D CHINESE LAW. A comparative study of Chinese Law, emphasizing the role of law in the People's Republic of China. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 337 (2-4) D TRADE AND INVESTMENT IN THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA. The legal regime in The People's Republic of China governing trade and foreign investment. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 338 (2-3) D JAPANESE LAW. An introduction to the Japanese legal system from a comparative perspective. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW339(2-4)D HUMAN RIGHTS IN ASIA. Legal issues relating to civil, political, social and cultural rights in particular areas in Asia. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. f 2-0] or [3-0] LAW 341 (2-4) D EUROPEAN UNION LAW. The legal system of the European Union as created by the treaties establishing the Union and by the Union's institutions. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 342 (2-4) D TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 343 (2-4) D TOPICS IN PUBLIC LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 344(6) CANADIAN CONSTITUTIONAL LAW. The general principles of Canadian constitutional law; the nature of Canadian federalism, with emphasis on the division of powers; the protection of civil liberties, with primary emphasis upon the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Credit may not be obtained for LAW 344 and either of LAW 345 or LAW 346. [3-0; 3-0] LAW 345 (3) CANADIAN CONSTITUTIONAL LAW A: FEDERALISM. The general principles of Canadian constitutional law; the nature of Canadian federalism, with emphasis on the division of powers. Credit may not be obtained for LAW 345 and LAW 344. [3-0] LAW 346 (3) CANADIAN CONSTITUTIONAL LAW B: CHARTER OF RIGHTS. The constitutional protection of civil liberties in Canada, with primary emphasis upon the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Credit may not be obtained for LAW 346 and LAW 344. [3-0] LAW 347 (2-4) D FUNDAMENTAL FREEDOMS. Doctrinal and theoretical issues in the fundamental freedoms category of the 558 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Not offered each year; consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 349 (2-4) D TOPICS IN CONSTITUTIONAL LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 350 (2-4) D ISSUES OF EQUALITY AND SOCIAL JUSTICE. Selected topics related to the Charter right to equality and other rights related to social justice. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 351 (2-4) D TOPICS IN HUMAN RIGHTS. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 352 (3) FIRST NATIONS AND CANADIAN LAW. Survey of the history and present status of the legal relationships between Canada's First Nations peoples and the state. LAW 353 (2-3) D ABORIGINAL AND TREATY RIGHTS. Rights of First Nations people stemming from their aboriginal status and from treaties. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 352. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 354 (2-4) D FIRST NATIONS SELF- GOVERNMENT. Issues relating to First Nations' assumption of self-government powers. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 355 (2-4) D FIRST NATIONS AND THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE. The justice system and its operation in relation to First Nations people. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 356 (2-4) D FIRST NATIONS AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. Legal issues affecting land use and economic activity involving First Nations' resources. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 358 (2-4) D TOPICS IN FIRST NATIONS LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 359 (3) FAMILY LAW. The law relating to family relationships, including the law of marriage, divorce, maintenance, custody, matrimonial property, and related matters. [3-0] LAW 360 (3) CHILDREN AND THE LAW. The civil and criminal law affecting juveniles; custody, guardianship and adoption. Prerequisite: LAW 359 is recommended [3-0] LAW 362 (2-4) D TOPICS IN FAMILY LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 363 (2-4) D RACISM AND LAW. Legal issues relating to race and racism, including related issues of gender, culture or identity. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 364 (2-4) D TOPICS IN RACE AND LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 365 (2-4) D WOMEN, LAW AND FAMILY. Feminist and other critical perspectives on the relationship between unequal gender relations and laws embodying a concept of "family". Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 367 (2-4) D REPRODUCTION AND LAW. Legal issues relating to human reproduction. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 368 (2-4) D SEXUALITY AND LAW. Legal issues relating to sexual activity, orientation and identification. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 369 (2-4) D LAW AND AGING. The use of the law to advance the interests of older people. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 371 (2-4) D TOPICS IN LAW AND SOCIAL RELATIONS. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 372 (3) ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. The system of legal control exercised through non-judicial agencies and the relationship of the courts to the administrative process. [3-0] LAW 373 (2-4) D TOPICS IN ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW374(3) MUNICIPAL LAW. The municipality as a legal entity; its creation, operation and powers; by-laws and their validity; contractual liability; judicial review; business regulation; expropriation and land use control. [3-0] LAW375(2-3)D LAND USE PLANNING. The legal and administrative aspects of the regulation of land use and development, especially at the local level. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 376 (2-4) D TOPICS IN MUNICIPAL AND PLANNING LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 377 (3) IMMIGRATION LAW. Admission of immigrants into Canada; refugee protection; practice and procedure before immigration tribunals and the courts. [3-0] LAW 378 (2-4) D ISSUES IN IMMIGRATION AND REFUGEE LAW. Selected issues related to the law and process of immigration and refugee determination. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 381 (2-4) D DISABILITIES AND LAW. Legal issues relating to people with disabilities. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 382 (2-4) D LAW AND MEDICINE. Legal issues relating to medicine and the health care system. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 383 (2-4) D MENTAL HEALTH LAW. The law relating to commitment and treatment issues for persons with mental disabilities. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW384(2-4)D LAW AND PSYCHIATRY. The interaction of psychiatry and criminal law; legal issues relating to those who enter the psychiatric system through the criminal justice system. Not offered each year; consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 385 (2-4) D SOCIAL WELFARE LAW. Aspects of the law structuring the provision of welfare and other social services in Canada. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 387 (2-3) D CANADIAN ENVIRONMENTAL LAW. The legal and regulatory framework for the protection of the environment. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 388 (2-4) D ENVIRONMENTAL LAW IN PRACTICE. Jurisdiction, remedies and administrative schemes as they apply in practice to selected environmental law problems. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 389 (2-4) D SELECTED ISSUES IN ENVIRONMENTAL LAW AND POLICY. Case studies of leading problems in environmental law and regulation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 390 (4) ENVIRONMENTAL LAW WO R KS H O P. Legal research and writing for environmental agency or NGO under supervision of faculty member and lawyer. Not offered every year, consult Faculty. [4-0] LAW 391 (2-4) D TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 392 (2-3) D NATURAL RESOURCES. A foundation course dealing with legal problems common to the management of natural resources such as fisheries, mines and minerals, petroleum, forests, and water resources. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 393 (2) WATER LAW. The law relating to the acquisition and protection of water rights; public management and planning; water quality and conservation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 392 is recommended. [2-0] LAW 394 (2) MINING LAW. Acquisition of mineral interests; development, financing and organization of mining companies; regulation of exploitation industry interests; management taxation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 392 is recommended. [2-0] LAW 395 (2-3) D FOREST LAW. Acquisition of timber interests; development, financing and organization of timber companies; regulation of exploitation industry interests; management taxation. Not offered each year; consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 392 is recommended. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 396 (2-3) D FISHERIES LAW. Legal regimes for the exploitation and regulation of fisheries. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 392 is recommended. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 397 (2-3) D OIL AND GAS LAW. Legal regimes for the disposition of interests in petroleum; government regulation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 392 is recommended. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 398 (2-4) D TOPICS IN NATURAL RESOURCES. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 399 (2-3) D ADVANCED CRIMINAL LAW. Selected topics in advanced substantive criminal law and related issues. [2-0] or [3-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS LAW — LAW 559 LAW400 (2-3) D ADVANCED CRIMINAL PROCEDURE. Selected topics relating to procedural law and practice in criminal matters. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW401 (2-4) D PENAL POLICY. Selected legal policy issues relating to punishment for crime. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW402 (2-4) D JUVENILE JUSTICE. The causes of juvenile crime; models of juvenile justice systems; the treatment of juvenile offenders; comparison of relevant Canadian legislation with that in other countries. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW403 (2-4) D CRIMINOLOGY. Relations among the legislative, police, courts and penal organizations in the criminal justice system, and relations between the criminal justice system and other social institutions. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW405 (2-4) D TOPICS IN CRIMINAL LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW406 (2-4) D TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 407 (3) TAXATION I. A survey of the law and practice of income and capital gains taxes. [3-0] LAW408 (2-3) D TAXATION II. The taxation of corporations, the taxation of shareholders, and the tax implications of the reorganization of corporations. Prerequisite: LAW 407. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW409 (2-4) D TAX AND THE FAMILY. Financial and tax planning for an individual during lifetime and on death. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. Students cannot receive credit for LAW 409 and COMM 357. Prerequisite: LAW 407. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW410 (2-3) D INTERNATIONAL TAXATION. The tax aspects of international transactions. Not offered each year; consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW411 (2-4) D TAX POLICY. The policies underlying the creation and implementation of tax laws. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW413 (2-4) D TOPICS IN TAXATION LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW414(2-4)D COMPETITION POLICY. The law and policy relating to the regulation of competition in Canada and other jurisdictions. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW415 (3) LABOUR LAW. Union-management relations; the collective bargaining process; the collective agreement, arbitration and conciliation procedure. The relationship between the union and its membership. [3-0] LAW416 (2-4) D HUMAN RIGHTS AND LABOUR. Human rights issues relating to the workplace. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 417 (2-4) D LABOUR LAW AND POLICY. The role ofthe law in the operation of the labour market. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW418(2-4)D RESOLUTION OF LABOUR DISPUTES. Labour arbitration and collective agreement negotiation and interpretation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 415. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW419(2-4)D INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYMENT LAW. Legal aspects of employment relationships other that those arising by collective bargaining. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 421 (2-4) D TOPICS IN LABOUR LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 422 (3) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Copyright, patents, trade marks, industrial design, the protection of computer software, and torts such as passing-off and breach of confidence. [3-0] LAW 423 (2-4) D TOPICS IN INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW424(2-4)D COMMUNICATIONS LAW. Selected legal issues relating to the communications industries and their regulation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 426 (2-4) D TOPICS IN LAW AND TECHNOLOGY. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 427 (3) LEGAL REASONING AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE. The nature and structure of legal reasoning and how to think about and analyze legal issues and problems, through representing legal knowledge in computer-based information systems such as expert systems. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [3-0] LAW 428 (2-3) D LAW AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY. Acquisition, structuring and presentation of legal and non-legal information in the practice of law, and the use of computer- based technology to research, access, organize and disseminate legal information. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 429 (2-4) D ADVANCED LAW AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY. Techniques in the computer-based analysis, representation, processing and retrieval of legal information; the creation and maintenance of specialized legal information systems. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 430 (2-4) D ADVANCED LEGAL RESEARCH. Research using electronic databases, information systems, and non-legal databases relevant to the resolution of legal issues. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 432 (2-4) D TOPICS IN PRIVATE LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 433 (2-4) D PERSONAL INJURY LAW. Issues arising in a personal injury lawsuit, including solicitor-client relations and the civil litigation process. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 435 (2-4) D TOPICS IN TORT LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW436 (2-3) D RESTITUTION. Unjust enrichment as the basis of civil liability. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 437 (3) COMMERCIAL TRANSACTIONS. The law of sale of goods, bills of exchange, promissory notes, and cheques. [3-0] LAW 438 (3) SECURED TRANSACTIONS. The law governing the creation, perfection and enforcement of security interests in personal property. [3-0] LAW 439 (2-4) D CONSTRUCTION LAW. Legal issues relating to the construction process. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW440(2/3)D INSURANCE LAW. The general legal principles of life, automobile, fire and other types of insurance; the regulation of the insurance industry. [2-0] LAW441 (2-3) D CONSUMER PROTECTION. Relation of the legal process to the marketplace; history of market practices; appraisal of how the political process treats consumer proposals; the overcommitted debtor; adequacies of government services for the consumer, ■ot offered each year, consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 437 and LAW 438 are recommended. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW443 (3) CREDITORS'REMEDIES. Remedies of an unsecured creditor; fraudulent conveyances and preferences; builders' Hens; bankruptcy. Prerequisite: LAW 437 and LAW 438 are recommended. [3-0] LAW444(2-4)D INSOLVENCY LAW. The law relating to insolvency, receivership and bankruptcy. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW446 (2-4) D PROBLEMS IN COMMERCIAL LAW AND TRANSACTIONS. Selected commercial transactions examined from the point of view of legal theory and practice. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW447 (2-4) D TOPICS IN COMMERCIAL LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 448 (2-4) D SPORTS LAW. Legal issues relating to the sports industry and those who participate in it. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW449 (2-4) D MEDIA AND ENTERTAINMENT LAW. Selected legal issues relating to the media and entertainment industries and their regulation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW450 (2-4) D TOPICS IN SPORTS, MEDIA, ENTERTAINMENT OR COMMUNICATIONS LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 451 (3) TRUSTS. History and nature of trusts; express, resulting, implied and constructive trusts; charitable and purpose trusts; administration of trusts; breach of trust. [3-0] 560 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 LAW452 (2-3) D SUCCESSION. The law of wills and intestate succession, variation of wills, principles of probate and administration of estates. Prerequisite: LAW 451 is recommended. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW453 (2-3) D EQUITABLE REMEDIES. The history and development of equitable remedies such as specific performance, injunctions, declarations, relief against forfeiture, and tracing. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW454 (2-4) D TOPICS IN TRUSTS AND ESTATES. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW455 (3) REAL ESTATE TRANSACTIONS. The law relating to the sale and purchase of land, real estate agency, and mortgages. [3-0] LAW456 (2-3) D REAL ESTATE LEASE LAW. The law relating to residential and commercial tenancies. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW457 (2-4) D REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT. A study of the legal aspects of the development of real estate projects such as shopping centres, sports centres and condominiums. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 456. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW458 (2-4) D TOPICS IN REAL PROPERTY. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW459(3-4)D CORPORATIONS I. The law of corporations, including the rights and duties of directors and shareholders. [3-0]; [2-0; 2-0] or [4-0] LAW460 (3) CORPORATIONS II. Selected topics such as the nature of shares, equity financing, corporate structure and reorganization, and shareholder squeezeouts. Prerequisite: LAW 459. [3-0] LAW 461 (2-4) D CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS. Legal aspects of selected transactions relating to public corporations and corporate governance. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW462(2-4)D CLOSE CORPORATIONS. The corporation, taxation, accounting, insurance and estate planning aspects of the close corporation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. Prerequisite: LAW 459. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW463 (2-3) D SECURITIES REGULATION. The law relating to the distribution of securities. Continuous and timely disclosure requirements and civil liability. Prerequisite: LAW 459 is recommended. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW464 (2-4) D THEORY OF THE CORPORATION. Theoretical perspectives on business organizations. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW467 (2-4) D TOPICS IN CORPORATE LAW. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW468 (2-3) D PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY. The nature, role and organization ofthe legal profession; philosophical and ethical dimensions of the role of lawyers. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW469(2-3)D CIVIL LITIGATION. Problems in the conduct of civil litigation including: ethical considerations; substantive problems such as notice, pleading and discovery; and selected procedural problems. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 470 (4) EVIDENCE. The admissibility and use of evidence in litigation. [2-0; 2-0] or [4-0] LAW 471 (2-4) D RULES OF EVIDENCE AND THE PROCESS OF PROOF. Fact investigation; integrating legal theories, factual propositions and evidence. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 472 (4) ADVANCED TRIAL ADVOCACY. Skills-training in all aspects of civil and criminal trial advocacy. Prerequisite: LAW 469 AND LAW 470 Recommended. [4-0-0] LAW473(2-4)D APPELLATE ADVOCACY. Issues relating to advocacy before appellate courts; techniques of appellate advocacy. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 474 (3) TRIAL ADVOCACY. Techniques of advocacy in civil and criminal cases ' including interviewing, pre-trial preparation, tactical analysis, development of facts, direct and cross examination and various ethical considerations. A student who receives credit for LAW 488 or LAW 491 cannot receive credit for this course. Prerequisite: LAW 470. [3-0] LAW 475 (2-4) D COMPETITIVE TRIAL ADVOCACY CREDIT. Trial advocacy. Restricted to students participating in one or more faculty approved trial advocacy competitions. Students enrolled in this course must also be enrolled in LAW 474. LAW 476 (2-4) D PSYCHOLOGY AND LITIGATION. Human psychology as it is treated in different areas of law and litigation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW«(2-4)D NEGOTIATION AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION. Negotiation and bargaining; formulation of general principles governing the negotiation process; negotiation n legal practice; alternative means of dispute resolution. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 478 (2-4) D ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION. Theoretical premises underlying the dispute-resolving process; arbitration, other non-judicial means of resolving legal disputes, and their relationship to litigation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW 479 (2-4) D MEDIATION. Mediation of legal disputes; negotiation theory and practice as they relate to mediation. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW480(2-4)D MEDIATION PRACTICUM. An opportunity to learn and practice mediation skills in real-life situations. Not offered every year, consult Faculty. [3-0] LAW 481 (2-4) D TOPICS IN LITIGATION, DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW482 (2-4) D TOPICS IN PROCEDURE AND EVIDENCE. Not offered each year, consult Faculty. [2-0] or [3-0] LAW483 (3-6) D COMPETITIVE MOOTS AND ADVOCACY CREDIT A. Appellate and related forms of advocacy. Restricted to students representing the Faculty for the first time in an approved advocacy competition. [5-0] LAW 484 (3-6) D COMPETITIVE MOOTS ADVOCACY AND CLIENT COUNSELLING CREDIT B. Appellate and related forms of advocacy and client counselling. Restricted to students representing the Faculty for a second time in an approved advocacy or client counselling competition. [5-0] or [6-0] LAW485 (3-6) D CLIENT COUNSELLING COMPETITION CREDIT. Interviewing, counselling and negotiating. Restricted to students representing the Faculty in an approved client counselling competition. [3-0] LAW486(2) LAW REVIEW CREDIT. Study and practice of law journal editing and business operations. For students acting as senior editors or the business manager for the UBC Law Review, the Canadian Journal of Family Law or any other equivalent legal journal based in the Faculty of Law. LAW 487 (2-4) D NEGOTIATION COMPETITION CREDIT A. Simulated legal negotiation. Restricted to students representing the Faculty for the first rime in an approved legal negotiation competition. [4-0] LAW 488 (11) CLINICAL TERM. Open to a limited number of students in second and third year. The clinical experience will be designed to explore the functioning of the legal system in relation to members of society who are socially, economically or politically disadvantaged. Under the supervision of Faculty and Staff Lawyers, students will act for clients in a range of legal matters and can expect to represent clients before courts and tribunals. Students will also work with community-based organizations that are active in addressing the needs of the disadvantaged. The program includes a significant classroom component, and students are required to submit a paper on some aspect of the legal system as it relates to the disadvantaged, see LAW 489. A student who receives credit for LAW 474, LAW 490 or LAW 491 cannot receive credit for this course. Prerequisite: LAW 470. LAW489 (4) CLINICAL TERM: PAPER. The graded component of LAW 488. LAW490(6) CLINICAL CRIMINAL LAW. The aim of the course is to teach a basic familiarity with the skills required for the practice of criminal law. Students will represent defendants in summary conviction cases under supervision of an experienced lawyer. A student who receives credit for LAW 488 or LAW 491 cannot receive credit for this course. Prerequisite: All of LAW 470, LAW 400. [6-0] LAW491 (4) LAW STUDENTS LEGAL ADVICE PROGRAM CREDIT. Restricted to a limited number of third year students who (a) in their first or second year have participated in the provision of legal services to the public through PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS LAW — LAW 561 the Law Students Legal Advice. Program operated under the supervision of the Community Legal Assistance Society, and (b) continue that participation in their third year. A student who receives credit for LAW 474, LAW 488 or LAW 490 cannot receive credit for this course. LAW492 (2) MEDIATION MOOT. Simulated legal mediation. Students enrolled in this course must also be enrolled in a Mediation Advocacy section of Law 481. [2-0] LAW493(2-4)D DIRECTED RESEARCH. Enrolment restricted. LAW494(2-4)D DIRECTED RESEARCH. Enrolment restricted. LAW495(2-4)D DIRECTED RESEARCH. Enrolment restricted. LAW496(2-4)D DIRECTED RESEARCH. Enrolment restricted. LAW497 (2-4) D NEGOTIATION COMPETITION CREDIT B. Simulated legal negotiation. Restricted to students representing the Faculty for the second rime in an approved legal negotiation competition. [4-0] LAW498 (2-4) D COMPETITIVE MEDIATION ADVOCACY CREDIT. Advocacy in a simulated legal mediation. Restricted to students representing the Faculty in approved legal mediation competitions. [4-0] LAW499 (2-4) D COMPETITIVE MEDIATION CREDIT. Simulated legal mediation. Restricted to students representing the Faculty as mediators in approved legal mediation competitions. [4-0] LAW 500 (4) CURRENT LEGAL PROBLEMS. LAW 501 (2-8) D DIRECTED RESEARCH. Students will be able to undertake advanced research into a topic approved by a faculty member, under the supervision of and in consultation with, that faculty member. LAW 510 (2-4) D SENTENCING. Comparative sentencing structures; competing sentencing philosophies and principles; the exercise of discretion; sentencing law and practice; sentencing advocacy; aids to sentencing, such as computerized information systems; prescriptive guidelines; problematic issues in sentencing, such as wife and child abuse. LAW 511 (2-4) D INTERNATIONALCRIMINAL LAW. Analysis of topics such as jurisdiction, immunity from prosecution, mutual assistance in penal matters, recognition and enforcement of foreign penal laws, and international police co-operation; examination of selected offences such as war crimes, crimes against humanity, genocide, terrorism, illicit drug trafficking and torture. LAW 512 (2-4) D PROCEEDS OF CRIME. Criminal and civil law relating to the tracing, freezing and forfeiture of proceeds derived from crime; a comparative analysis of law from Canada, the US and other jurisdictions; bilateral and multilateral. Conventions dealing with issues such as money laundering, bank secrecy and tax havens. LAW 518 (2-4) D FEMINIST LEGAL STUDIES: KEY THEMES AND CURRENT DEBATES. Diverse theoretical perspectives, key resources for feminist research on law, and the viability of different strategies or methods of engaging with law. LAW 520 (2-4) D ASIAN LAW TUTORIAL. LAW 521 (2-4) D LAW AND DEVELOPMENT. Law and legal institutions in development policy and practice; multilateral, state and NGO perspectives. LAW 522 (2-4) D MODERN LEGAL CULTURE: HISTORICAL EXPLORATIONS. Aspects of the history of ideas relating to law in North America and elsewhere. LAW 549 (20) MASTER'S THESIS. LAW 550 (6) SEMINAR IN COMMON LAW THEORY AND PRACTICE. History and characteristics of the common law and how it differs from other systems of law. LAW 552 (2-4) D TOPICS IN COMMON LAW THEORY AND PRACTICE: PUBLIC LAW I. Completion of a course from the cluster of public law I courses together with the fulfilment of a significant supplemental requirement involving advanced analysis. LAW 553 (2-4) D TOPICS IN COMMON LAW THEORY AND PRACTICE: PUBLIC LAW II. Completion of a course from the cluster of public law II courses together with the fulfilment of a significant supplemental requirement involving advanced analysis. LAW 554 (2-4) D TOPICS IN COMMON LAW THEORY AND PRACTICE: COMPARATIVE AND INTERNATIONAL LAW. Completion of a course from the cluster of Comparirive and International Law courses together with the fulfilment of a significant supplemental requirement involving analysis. LAW 555 (2-4) D TOPICS IN COMMON LAW THEORY AND PRACTICE: LEGAL THEORY AND PRACTICE. Completion of a course from the cluster of Legal Theory and Practice courses together with the fulfilment of a significant suppplemental requirement involving advanced analysis. LAW 556 (2-4) D TOPICS IN COMMON LAW THEORY AND PRACTICE: PRIVATE AND COMMERCIAL LAW. Completion of a course from the cluster of Private and Commercial Law courses together with the fulfilment of a significant supplemental requirement involving advanced analysis. LAW 557 (2-4) D TOPICS IN COMMON LAW THEORY AND PRACTICE: HUMAN AND GROUP RIGHTS LAW. Completion of a course from the cluster of Human and Groups Rights Law courses together with the fulfilment of a significant supplemental requirement involving advanced analysis. LAW 560 (4) SEMINAR IN TOPICS IN COMMON LAW THEORY AND PRACTICE. Completion of an upper-level 300 or 400 level LL.B. seminar or workshop course 4 credit minimum, completion of a substantial research paper consisting of an advanced analysis relating to the subject matter of the particular seminar or workshop. LAW 610(2) DOCTORAL SEMINAR I: ISSUES IN LEGAL THEORY. This seminar will address salient issues of legal theory. Topics covered will include feminism and the law; Marxism and the law; post-modernism and the law; social theory and the law; law and the state; legal liberalism and its critics; and other jurisprudential discourses. LAW 611 (2) DOCTORAL SEMINAR II: COMPARATIVE AND INTERDISCIPLINARY PERSPECTIVES ON LEGAL THEORY. Issuesof legal theory in interdisciplinary and comparative perspective. Applicability of legal concepts in different cultures and societies, and the consequences for the form and structure of law. Topics such as "the origins and development of legal traditions in Europe and Asia," and "the influence of religion in Asian and European legal systems," could be included. LAW 649(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. LIBE — TEACHER LIBRARIANSHIP FACULTY OF EDUCATION LIBE 461 (3) ADMINISTRATION OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY RESOURCE CENTRE. The role, philosophy, and management of school library resource centres in elementary and secondary schools. Equivalency: LIBE 381. [3-0-0] LIBE 463 (3) SELECTION OF LEARNING RESOURCES I. Equivalency: LIBE 383. [3-0-0] LIBE 464 (3) SELECTION OF LEARNING RESOURCES II. Prerequisite: One of LIBE 383, LIBE 463. Equivalency: LIBE 384. [3-0-0] LIBE 465 (3) ORGANIZATION OF LEARNING RESOURCES. Equivalency: LIBE 385. [3-0-0] LIBE 466 (3) CLASSIFICATION AND CATALOGUING OF LEARNING RESOURCES. Prerequisite: One of LIBE 385, LIBE 465. Equivalency: LIBE 386. [3-0-0] LIBE 467 (3) INFORMATION SERVICES I. Equivalency: LIBE 387. [3-0-0] LIBE 468 (3) INFORMATION SERVICES II. Prerequisite: One of LIBE 387, LIBE 467. Equivalency: LIBE 388. [3-0-0] LIBE 477 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN TEACHER LIBRARIANSHIP. In-depth study of selected topics in library education. [3-0-0] LIBE 494 (3/6) C SUPERVISED STUDY IN TEACHER LIBRARIANSHIP. Equivalency: LIBE 449. LIBE 508 (3/6) D THEORY AND RESEARCH IN TEACHER LIBRARIANSHIP. LIBE 527 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN TEACHER LIBRARIANSHIP. Research and its application for school library resource centres. LIBE 561 (3-12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. LIBE 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. 562 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 LIBE 580 (3-12) C PROBLEMS IN E D U CATI O N. Investigation and report of a problem. LIBE 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. LIBE 598 (3-12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on master's, doctoral and diploma programs. LIBE 599 (6-12) D MASTER'S THESIS. LIBR — LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES SCHOOL OF LIBRARY, ARCHIVAL & INFORMATION STUDIES Core courses LIBR 500, 510, 540, and 560 are pre- or corequisite to most other courses. Some courses will have additional prerequisites. Specific information about course pre-requisites and course sequencing is available from the school. LIBR 500 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY. LIBR 510 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL. LIBR 512 (3) INDEXING. LIBR 513 (3) ADVANCED BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL: DESCRIPTION AND NAME ACCESS. LIBR 514 (1-13) D TOPICS IN THE BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL OF INFORMATION. LIBR 516 (3) RECORDS MANAGEMENT. LIBR 517 (3) ADVANCED BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL: SUBJECT ANALYSIS. LIBR 520 (3) COLLECTION MANAGEMENT. LIBR 522 (1-13) D LITERATURE AND OTHER MATERIALS FOR CHILDREN. LIBR 524(3) LITERATURE AND OTHER MATERIALS FOR YOUNG ADULTS. LIBR 538 (1-13) D SPECIALIZED ^ LITERATURES. LIBR 539 (1-13) D SPECIALIZED MATERIALS. LIBR 540 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF INFORMATION SERVICES. LIBR 541 (3) SUBJECT-BASED INFORMATION SERVICES. LIBR 542 (1-13) D SERVICES FOR YOUTH. LIBR 544 (1-13) D SERVICES FOR ADULTS. LIBR 548 (1-13) D ISSUES IN INFORMATION SERVICES. LIBR 550 (3) SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS. LIBR 554 (3) DATABASE DESIGN. LIBR 557 (3) ADVANCED INFORMATION RETRIEVAL. LIBR 559 (1-13) D TOPICS IN COMPUTER- BASED INFORMATION SYSTEMS. LIBR 560 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF INFORMATION-BASED ORGANIZATIONS. LIBR 569 (1-13) D CURRENT ISSUES AND TRENDS IN LIBRARY SERVICES AND INFORMATION SCIENCE. LIBR 570 (3) MANAGEMENT OF LIBRARIES AND ARCHIVES. Equivalency: ARST 570. LIBR 571 (3) HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT. LIBR 578 (3) PLANNING AND DESIGN OF LIBRARIES. LIBR 579 (1-13) D TOPICS IN THE MANAGEMENT OF LIBRARIES AND ARCHIVES. LIBR 587 (3) PRESERVATION. Equivalency: ARST 587. LIBR 590 (3) RESEARCH METHODS IN LIBRARIES AND ARCHIVES. LIBR 591 (3) TOPICS IN RESEARCH METHODS. LIBR 592 (3) DIRECTED RESEARCH PROJECT. LIBR 593 (3/12) D SEMINAR. LIBR 594(3) DIRECTED STUDY. LIBR 595(0) PRACTICUM. LIBR 596 (3) PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE. LIBR 597 (3) RESEARCH COLLABORATION. LIBR 599 (6/12) D THESIS. LIBR 600 (6) ADVANCED SEMINAR IN RESEARCH METHODS. LIBR 610 (6) THEORETICAL AND RESEARCH FOUNDATIONS OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES. LIBR 620 (6) ADVANCED STUDY IN MINOR AREA. LIBR 621 (6) ADVANCED STUDY IN MINOR AREA. LIBR 699(0) THESIS. LING — LINGUISTICS FACULTY OF ARTS LING 100 (3) INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS. An introduction to the study of language as a universal and uniquely human cognitive system; what universals do all languages share and how do languages differ? An investigation of sound systems, word- building, grammatical principles, language change, dialect variation, language acquisition, neurolinguistics. LING 101 (3) LANGUAGES OF THE WORLD. A survey of the linguistic map of the world, examining how languages are genetically classified and how different languages evolve. Principles underlying different writing systems and the decipherment of historical documents. Issues of languages in contact, minority language endangerment, language death and the role of English as a world language. LING 200 (3) LINGUISTIC THEORY AND ANALYSIS I. Introduction to phonetics and phonology; training in the identification and production of speech sounds; principles and methods for describing and writing the sound system of a language; phonological theory with reference to selected languages; the interface between phonology and morphology. Analytical practice and seminar discussion. LING 201 (3) LINGUISTIC THEORY AND ANALYSIS II. Introduction to grammatical analysis; morphology, syntax, semantics; synchronic analysis and description with illustrations from various languages. Analytical practice and seminar discussion. LING 300 (3) STUDIES IN GRAMMAR. Introduction to syntactic analysis and theory, with emphasis on description and analysis of data from a wide variety of languages. Prerequisite: Either (a) LING 201 or (b) ENGL 329. LING 305 (3) MORPHOLOGY. Analytic problem-solving and discussion of theoretical questions concerning the development and present status of morphological theory and the principles governing morphosyntax and morphophonology. Not offered every year. Prerequisite: All of LING 200, LING 201. LING 311 (3) STUDIES IN PHONOLOGY. Introduction to phonological analysis and theory, with a strong emphasis on description and analysis of data from a wide variety of languages. Prerequisite: Either (a) LING 200 or (b) ENGL 329. LING 316 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PHONETICS AND SPEECH SCIENCE. Introduction to the speech chain, with examples from speech anatomy, physiological phonetics, acoustic phonetics, linguistic phonetics, and speech perception. Introduction to microcomputer acoustic analysis. Examples primarily from normal speech. Prerequisite: LING 200. Recommended: All of PSYC 100 (or PSYC 101 and 102), PSYC 217 and 218, PHYS 341. LING 317 (3) INSTRUMENTAL PHONETICS. Physiological and acoustic phonetics, with limited discussion of the underlying anatomy. Source-filter theory. Acoustic analysis, linked to speech production data. Inter-articulator timing and coordination. Microcomputer acoustic analysis. Examples primarily from normal speech. Prerequisite: All of LING 200, LING 316. Recommended: All of PSYC 100 (or PSYC 101 and 102), PSYC 217 and 218, PHYS 341. LING 319 (3) COMPARATIVE AND HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS. The historical study of language. Linguistic change. Language families and evidence for genetic relationship. Comparative method and internal reconstruction. Emphasis on phonological and morphological reconstruction. Not offered every year. Prerequisite: All of LING 200, LING 201. LING 327 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO SEMANTICS. Lexical analysis: the linguistic sign, language and thought, semantic fields and componential analysis, basic semantic relationships. Syntax and semantics: propositions and semantic cases, anaphora, negation, quantifiers, semantic interpretation in current syntactic theories. Prerequisite: LING 300. Equivalency: LING 427. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS LIBR — LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES 563 LING 420 (3) INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. General background to linguistic studies; the different approaches to the analysis of languages; synchronic and diachro- nic linguistics; phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in Linguistics. LING 430 (3/6) D HONOURS SEMINAR IN LINGUISTICS. Research papers on general linguistic topics to be read and discussed. LING 431 (3) FIELD METHODS I. Elicitation, transcription, organization, and analysis of linguistic data from a native speaker of a language not commonly studied. Practical experience in the use of fieldwork equipment. Prerequisite: LING 311. LING 432 (3) FIELD METHODS II. Continuation of LING 431. Prerequisite: LING 431. on the same language or equivalent LING 433 (3) NATIVE LANGUAGES OF THE A M E RI CAS. Survey of the indigenous languages of the Americas. Study of the basis of generic classification and areal similarities. The structure of representative languages will be presented and contrasted. The present status of American Indian languages will be considered. Note: this course is not necessarily offered every year. LING 436 (3) COMMUNITY-BASED LANGUAGE RESEARCH. Research methods and partnerships, ethical paradigms, the social, cultural and historical context of language research, and the relation of language research to pedagogy, policy and planning. LING 445 (3) SOCIOLINGUISTICS. The systematic study of language as a social phenomenon. LING 447 (3/6) D TOPICS IN LINGUISTICS. A capstone course for Linguistics and Speech Sciences majors. Individual sections will differ substantially; see online Course List for detailed descriptions and prerequisites. May be repeated for credit when content is different. . LING 448 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. Supervised by a faculty member chosen by the student. Agreement of Supervisor and approval of Head required. LING 449 (6) HONOURS ESSAY. LING 451 (3/6) D ACQUISITION OF PHONOLOGY. Infant speech perception, prelinguisric phases, word phonology, early phonology, and later morphophonology. Child language data will be informed by phonological theory (e.g., syllable structure, metrical structure, harmony processes, feature geometry, underspecificarion). Not offered every year. Prerequisite: LING 311. LING 452 (3) ACQUISITION OF SYNTAX. The logical problem of language acquisition, learnability theory, early syntactic and semantic development (e.g., semantic bootstrapping, acquisition of lexical semantics) and later syntactic and morphological development (e.g., word order, control, co reference, movement). Not offered every year. Prerequisite: LING 300. LING 502 (4) FORMAL FOUNDATIONS OF SYNTAX & SEMANTICS. Conceptual underpinnings of the study of sentence structure and meaning; core issues in syntax and semantics; the place of syntax and semantics in a model of grammar; interface issues. Prerequisite: LING 520 and 525 are recommended. LING 505 (3/6) D ISSUES IN MORPHOLOGICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS. Morphology from both historical and theoretical perspectives. LING 507 (4) FORMAL FOUNDATIONS OF PHONETICS & PHONOLOGY. Conceptual underpinnings of the study of speech sounds; core issues in phonetics and phonology; the place of phonetics and phonology in a model of grammar; interface issues. Prerequisite: LING 508 and 510 are recommended. LING 508 (3) PHONETIC THEORY & ANALYSIS. Discussion and critical analysis of current issues in linguistic phonetics; instrumental analysis. LING 510 (3) PHONOLOGICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS. Discussion and critical analysis of current issues in phonological theory. LING 512(3) TOPICS IN PHONETICS & PHONOLOGY. Advanced topics in phonetics and phonology; in-depth analysis of specific issues and problems. Prerequisite: One of LING 508, LING 510. LING 518 (3-9) D ADVANCED RESEARCH SEMINAR. Prerequisite: One of LING 512, LING 522 or equivalent. LING 519 (3/6) D PROBLEMS IN COMPARATIVE AND HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS. LING 520 (3) SYNTACTIC THEORY AND ANALYSIS. Discussion and critical analysis of current issues in syntactic theory LING 522(3) TOPICS IN SYNTAX AND SEMANTICS. Advanced topics in syntax and semantics; in-depth analysis of specific issues and problems. Prerequisite: One of LING 520, LING 525. LING 525 (3) SEMANTIC THEORY AND ANALYSIS. Discussion and critical analysis of current issues in semantic theory. LING 530 (3-12) D LINGUISTIC PROBLEMS IN A SPECIAL AREA. LING 531 (3) FIELD METHODS IN LINGUISTICS I. LING 532(3) FIELD METHODS IN LINGUISTICS II. Prerequisite: LING 531. LING 533 (3/6) D INDIAN LANGUAGES OF THE NORTHWEST. LING 538 (3/6) D SEMINAR ON LANGUAGE ACQUISITION IN CHILDREN. Linguistic analysis of data from children learning a first language. Intensive examination of a topic that will vary each year dealing with advanced research into phonological, syntactic, and semantic aspects of language acquisition. LING 545 (3/6) D PROBLEMS IN SOCIOLINGUISTICS. LING 546 (3/6)C DIRECTED READING IN TOPICS RELATED TO LINGUISTICS. LING 548(0) MAJOR ESSAY. LING 549 (3-18) C MASTER'S THESIS. LING 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. LLED — LANGUAGE AND LITERACY EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION LLED 206 (3/6) D LANGUAGE FIELD EXPERIENCE. Guided individual and group projects related to concurrent studies. Field- based assignments related to language study. LLED 226 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGE ACROSS THE CURRICULUM. Understanding text structure within, and language diversity among, subject areas. Analysis of oral and written language from various curriculum areas in which English is the medium of instruction; implications for learning and instruction. [1.5-3-0; 1.5-3-0] LLED 300 (5) FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE AND LITERACY EDUCATION: ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE YEARS. [5-0-0] LLED 301 (4) LANGUAGE ACROSS THE CURRICULUM IN MULTILINGUAL CLASSROOMS: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Equivalency: LANE 426. [4-0-0] LLED 310 (3) INTRODUCTION TO READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS INSTRUCTION: ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE YEARS. Pass/Fail. Corequisite: All of EDUC 310, EDUC 315. [3-0-0] LLED 312 (4/5) D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN FRENCH: SECONDARY. Taught in French. Pass/fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in French or permission ofthe Head. Equivalency: MLED 312. LLED 313 (4/5) D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN THEATRE AND DRAMA: SECONDARY. Pass/fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in theatre or drama or permission of the Head. LLED 314 (4/5) D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN ENGLISH: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in English or permission of the Head. LLED 315 (4/5) D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: One of LLED 489, ENGL 329, LING 420. Prerequisite must have been taken within the last five years. LLED 318 (4/5) D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN MODERN LANGUAGES: SECONDARY. A completed concentration in a modern language (Chinese, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian, Spanish, or Punjabi) or permission of the Head. Pass/Fail. LLED 320 (4) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN LANGUAGE AND LITERACY EDUCATION: ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE YEARS. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: LLED 310. [2-4-0] 564 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 LLED 323 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING MODERN LANGUAGES: ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE YEARS. (Formerly MLED 320.) Curriculum and methods of teaching in modern languages (including Chinese, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Punjabi, Russian and Spanish). [3-0-0] LLED 324(3) TEACHING AND LEARNING FRENCH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE: ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE YEARS. For non-specialists. Pass/Fail. Equivalency: LLED 325. LLED 325 (3/6) D TEACHING AND LEARNING FRENCH IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS. Taught in French. Strategies, techniques, and materials for teaching and administration of Elementary French Immersion and French core programs. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: Either (a) FREN 220 or (b) all of FREN 222, FREN 223 or approval of advisors in Modern Languages Education. Equivalency: LLED 324. LLED 333 (3) DRAMA-IN-EDUCATION: KINDERGARTEN AND PRIMARY GRADES. Credit may not be obtained for both LANE or LLED 333 and 335. Pass/Fail. [3-0-0] LLED 334 (3) DRAMA-IN-EDUCATION: INTERMEDIATE THROUGH SECONDARY. Credit may be obtained for only 1 of LLED 313, 333, 334 or 335. Pass/Fail. [3-0-0] LLED 335 (3/6) D DRAMA-IN-EDUCATION: K-12. Credit may not be obtained for only one of LLED 313, 333, 334 or 335. Pass/Fail.' [3-0-0] LLED 336 (3) SPEECH COMMUNICATION FOR TEACHERS. Oral presentation skills. Effectiveness of the teacher's voice in the classroom. Pass/Fail. [3-0-0] LLED 337 (3) REMEDIAL INSTRUCTION IN THE LANGUAGE ARTS. Instructional principles, materials and methods for teaching students whose literacy achievement is at a low level. Prerequisite: An introductory-level reading or language arts course. [3-0-0] LLED 391 (3) THEORY AND PRACTICE IN READING INSTRUCTION. Credit may be obtained for only one of READ/LANE/LLED 310, READ/LANE/LLED 391, or LLED 300. [3-0-0] LLED 392 (3) TRENDS AND ISSUES IN READING INSTRUCTION. Prerequisite: An introductory-level reading or language arts education course. LLED 420 (3/4) D USING CANADIAN CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE FRENCH EDUCATION CLASSROOM. Taught in French. Credit will be given for one of LLED 440, LLED 420. LLED 426 (3) PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF FRENCH PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT. Taught in French. The development and implementation of French Immersion, Program Cadre, and French as a Second language Programs for preschool, elementary, secondary, or adult. LLED 428 (3) APPLIED LINGUISTICS FOR TEACHERS OF FRENCH. Prerequisite: Either (a) FREN 220 or (b) all of FREN 222, FREN 223. Equivalency: MLED 489. [3-0-0] LLED 429 (3/6) C ADVANCED STUDIES IN MODERN LANGUAGE EDUCATION. Credit will be given for only six credits of LLED 480 and LLED 429. LLED 435 (3/6) D ADVANCED STUDIES IN DRAMA-IN-EDUCATION. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: One of LLED 313, LLED 333, LLED 334, LLED 335 or permission of the instructor. [2-2-0 or 2-2-0; 2-2-0] LLED 436 (3/6) C ADVANCED SPEECH COMMUNICATION. Equivalency: LANE416. [3-0-0] LLED 438 (3) TEACHING WRITTEN COMPOSITION: ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: or corequisite: Introductory-level reading, language arts or English education course. LLED 439 (3) SHAKESPEARE IN THE CLASSROOM. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: LLED 314. Recommended: at least three credit hours of Shakespeare study at the 300 or 400 level in the Faculty of Arts. [3-0-0] LLED 440 (3) USING CANADIAN CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE CLASSROOM. Equivalency: LLED 420. LLED441(3) INTRODUCTION TO TEACHING CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. | LLED 442 (3) TRENDS AND ISSUES IN TEACHING CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. LLED 443 (3) TEACHING FOLKLORE IN THE ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM. LLED444(3) MULTICULTURAL CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM. LLED 445 (3) POETRY IN EDUCATION: ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE YEARS. Prerequisite: or corequisite: An introductory-level reading or language arts education course. LLED446(3) TEACHING WITH ILLUSTRATED MATERIALS, K-12: FROM PICTURE BOOKS TO INFORMATION TEXTS. LLED449(3) TEACHING ADOLESCENTS' LITERATURE. Prerequisite: or corequisite: An introductory-level reading, language arts or English education course. LLED 450 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING LANGUAGE AND LITERACY: KINDERGARTEN AND PRIMARY GRADES. Prerequisite: An introductory-level reading or language arts education course LLED 451 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING LANGUAGE AND LITERACY: INTERMEDIATE AND MIDDLE YEARS. Prerequisite: An introductory-level reading or language arts education course. LLED 452 (3) LITERACY IN THE CONTENT AREAS: INTERMEDIATE THROUGH SECONDARY. Equivalency: LANE 472. [3-0-0] LLED 453 (3) MATERIALS AND TEXTS OF LITERACY INSTRUCTION: ELEMENTARY. Prerequisite: An introductory-level reading or language arts education course. LLED 454 (3) ADOLESCENT LITERACY. Prerequisite: or corequisite: an introductory- level reading, language arts, or English education course. LLED 456 (3/6) D IDENTIFYING AND SUPPORTING LEARNERS WITH LITERACY DIFFICULTIES. Individualized assessment, diagnosis, and instructional planning for students with literacy difficulties. Intensive practicum is included in the six-credit version of this course. Prerequisite: an introductory- level reading or language arts course; successful completion of an extended practicum or one year of teaching experience. Equivalency: LANE 476. LLED 457 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN READING. Equivalency: READ 477. [3-0-0] LLED 462 (3) SCHOOL LIBRARY RESOURCE CENTRE PROGRAMS. Equivalency: READ 382. [3-0-0] LLED 469 (3) RESOURCE-BASED TEACHING. Principles and practices of teachers and teacher- librarians planning and teaching the curriculum using the resources of the school library resource centre. Equivalency: LANE 389. [3-0-0] LLED 478 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE. Practicum normally required. Prerequisite: 6 credits of LLED 489, ENGL 329, LING 420, LING 200, LING 201. Must have been taken within the last five years or may be taken as corequisite with consent of instructor. [3-2-0; 3-2-0] LLED479(3) THE EDUCATION OF IMMIGRANT STUDENTS. An examination of the cultural backgrounds of major ethnic groups. Instructional techniques for meeting the needs of immigrant students in the regular classroom with respect to culture and language. [3-0-0] LLED 480 (3/6) C ADVANCED STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERACY EDUCATION. Credit will be given for only six credits of LLED 480 and LLED 429 (formerly LANE 480 and MLED 480.) [3-0-0] LLED 481 (3) INTEGRATING COMPUTERS IN LANGUAGE ARTS PROGRAMS. Prerequisite: CSED 402 or experience with computers. [3-0-0] LLED 482 (3) LANGUAGE, EDUCATION, AND GENDER. (Formerly LANE 360.) [3-0-0] LLED 486 (3) SUPPORTING CHILDREN'S LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT. Prerequisite: An introductory-level reading or language arts course. [3-0-0] LLED 487 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENGLISH EDUC AT ION. Prerequisite: One of LLED 300, LLED 310 and one of LLED 320, LLED 321, LLED 322, LLED 391, LANE 320. Equivalency: LANE 477. [3-0-0] LLED 489 (3/6) D APPLIED LINGUISTICS FOR TEACHERS. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] LLED 491 (3/6) D SUPERVISED STUDY IN ENGLISH EDUCATION. (Formerly ENED 449.) PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS LLED — LANGUAGE AND LITERACY EDUCATION 565 LLED 492 (3/6) C SUPERVISED STUDY IN READING. Equivalency: READ 449. LLED 493 (3/6) C SUPERVISED STUDY IN MODERN LANGUAGES EDUCATION. Equivalency: MLED 449. LLED 510 (3) LANGUAGE, DISCOURSE AND IDENTITY. Prerequisite: Preference to students admitted to TESL graduate program. LLED 511 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN CHILD LANGUAGE IN EDUCATION. Prerequisite: One of LING 350, LLED 300 or senior course work in verbal learning or human development. Equivalency: LANE 588. LLED 520 (3/6) D THEORY AND RESEARCH IN TEACHING OF MODERN LANGUAGES. Equivalency: MLED 508. LLED 522 (3) ASIA-PACIFIC NARRATIVES AS INQUIRY ON INTERCULTURAL ASPECTS OF LANGUAGE EDUCATION. Equivalency: MLED 540. LLED 525 (3) BILINGUAL EDUCATION: THEORY AND PRACTICE. (Formerly MLED 575.) Equivalency: MLED 525. LLED 526 (3) SECOND LANGUAGE ASSESSMENT: CONCEPTUAL AND EMPIRICAL APPROACHES. LLED 534(3/6)C THEORY AND RESEARCH IN TEACHING WRITTEN COMPOSITION. LLED 535 (3) THEORY AND RESEARCH IN DRAMA IN EDUCATION. Prerequisite: LANE 435. LLED 540 (3) INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN THE TEACHING OF LITERATURE. LLED 541 (3) THEORIES AND PERSPECTIVES IN TEACHING LITERATURE. LLED 550 (3/6) C REVIEW OF READING RESEARCH. (Formerly READ 508.) LLED 552 (3) THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS OF READING RESEARCH AND PRACTICE. LLED 553 (3) THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS OF ESL/EL READING PEDAGOGY. Prerequisite: Admission into the TESL Graduate Program or permission of instructor. LLED 554 (3/6) D ASSESSMENT IN READING AND OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS. Prerequisite: LLED 456. Corequisite: LLED 562. Equivalency: LLED 562. LLED 555 (6) SUPERVISION OF READING. Curriculum analysis and planning. Implications for the administrator, the consultant and supervisor of reading. Equivalency: LLED 574. LLED 556 (3-6) D THEORY AND RESEARCH IN EARLY LITERACY. LLED 557 (3) FAMILY LITERACY: ISSUES AND PERSPECTIVES. LLED 561 (3-12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. LLED 562 (3) PRACTICUM IN ASSESSMENT IN READING AND OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS. Pass/Fail. LLED 565 (3-12) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. LLED 570 (3) THEORY AND RESEARCH IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE EDUCATION: DISCOURSE PERSPECTIVES. Prerequisite: Admission into the TESL Graduate Program or permission of instructor. LLED 571 (3) RESEARCH IN LANGUAGE CURRICULUM: SOCIAL PRACTICE PERSPECTIVES. Prerequisite: Admission into the TESL Graduate Program or permission of instructor. LLED 572 (3/6) D THEORY AND RESEARCH IN TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LAN G U AG E. Prerequisite: Admission into the TESL Graduate Program or permission of instructor. LLED 573 (3/6) D THEORIES OF SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION. Prerequisite: Admission into the TESL Graduate Program or permission of instructor. LLED 574(3) THEORY AND RESEARCH IN TEACHING SECOND LANGUAGE WRITING. Prerequisite: Admission into the TESL Graduate Program or permission of instructor. LLED 580 (3/6) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. Investigation and report of a problem. LLED 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. LLED 598 (3-12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on master's, doctoral and diploma programs. LLED 599 (6-12) D MASTER'S THESIS. LLED 601 (3-12) D DOCTORAL SEMINAR. LLED 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. MAED — MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION MAED 300 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING MATHEMATICS EDUCATION AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY. [3-0-0] MAED 314 (4/5) D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN MATHEMATICS: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in mathematics or permission of the Head. MAED 320 (2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN MATHEMATICS: ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE YEARS. Curriculum organization in mathematics; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching mathematics. Pass/Fail. [1-2-0] MAED 372 (3) MATHEMATICS TEACHING: PROBLEM SOLVING. Prerequisite: One of MAED 300, MAED 314, MAED 320. [3-0-0] MAED 373 (3) MATHEMATICS TEACHING: GEOMETRY AND MEASUREMENT. Prerequisite: One of MAED 300, MAED 314, MAED 320. [3-0-0] MAED 440 (3) TOPICS IN THE TEACHING AND LEARNING OF MATHEMATICS: SECONDARY. [3-0-0] MAED 471 (3/6) D ASSESSMENT IN SCHOOL MATHEMATICS. Prerequisite: One of MAED 300, MAED 314, MAED 320. [1-3-0 or 2-6-0] MAED485(3) MATHEMATICS HISTORY FOR TEACHERS. [3-0] MAED 508 (3-6) D REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN MATHEMATICS EDUCATION. Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. MAED 545 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS EDUCATION. MAED 547 (3) MATHEMATICS TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Recent theories and research. MAED 548 (3) MATHEMATICS TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Recent theories and research. MAED 549 (3) MATHEMATICS EDUCATION. An advanced course in curriculum and instruction. MAED 561 (3/12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. MAED 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in variable ■ibject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. MAED 580 (3-12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. Investigation and report of a problem. MAED 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. MAED 598 (3/12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on master's, doctoral and diploma programs. MAED 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. MATH — MATHEMATICS FACULTY OF SCIENCE The first digit in the number of a course is intended to convey the level of mathematical maturity at which the course is conducted rather than the year in which it must be taken. Students wishing to enter a 300-level course must have obtained a grade of 51% or better in all prerequisite 200-level courses. Students who expect to follow an Honours Science program or one with high mathematical content are urged to apply for admission to MATH 120 and 121. The following courses are for students in the Faculty of Applied Science: MATH 152, MATH 253, MATH 255, MATH 256, MATH 257, MATH 263, MATH 265, MATH 267. Secondary-school calculus is a prerequisite for MATH 100, 102, and 104. Students with this qualification should see "UBC-SFU-UVIC- UNBC Calculus Examination Certificate" in the Admissions section. MATH 180 and 184 are designed for students without high-school calculus. Continuing Studies offers MATH 099, a refresher course in pre-calculus material. For further information see the department's website at www.math.ubc.ca. 566 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MATH 98(0) PRE-CALCULUS I. MATH 99(0) PRE-CALCULUS II. MATH 100 (3) DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS WITH APPLICATIONS TO PHYSICAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING. Derivatives of elementary functions. Applications and modeling: graphing, optimization. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: Principles of Mathematics 12 and high-school calculus. Prerequisite grade requirement: 64% in Principles of Mathematics 12. [3-0-0] MATH 101 (3) INTEGRAL CALCULUS WITH APPLICATIONS TO PHYSICAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING. The definite integral, integration techniques, applications, modeling, linear ODE's. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 111, MATH 120, MATH 180, MATH 184. [3-0-0] MATH 102(3) DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS WITH APPLICATIONS TO LIFE SCIENCES. Functions, derivatives, optimization, growth and decay, oscillations and series. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: Principles of Mathematics 12 and high-school Calculus. Prerequisite grade requirement: 64% in Principles of Mathematics 12. [3-0-1*] MATH 103 (3) INTEGRAL CALCULUS WITH APPLICATIONS TO LIFE SCIENCES. Antiderivatives and definite integrals, applications to probability and dynamical systems. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar). Prerequisite: One of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 111, MATH 120, MATH 180, MATH 184. [3-0-1*] MATH 104(3) DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS WITH APPLICATIONS TO COMMERCE AND SOCIAL SCIENCES. Derivatives and rates of change, exponential and trigonometric functions, Newton's method, Taylor series, maxima and minima, and graphing. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar). Prerequisite: Principles of Mathematics 12 and high-school Calculus. Prerequisite grade requirement: 64% in Principles of Mathematics 12. [3-0-0] MATH 105 (3) INTEGRAL CALCULUS WITH APPLICATIONS TO COMMERCE AND SOCIAL SCIENCES. Antiderivatives, the definite integral, techniques of integration, partial derivatives, maxima and minima with constraints, discrete and continuous random variables. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 111, MATH 120, MATH 180, MATH 184. [3-0-0] MATH 120 (4) HONOURS DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. Limits, derivatives, Mean Value Theorem and applications, elementary functions, optimization, Taylor series, approximation. Credit will be given for only one of MATH 100, 102, 104, 111, 120, 180, or 184. Prerequisite: MATH 12. And a letter of invita tion from the Mathematics Department based on performance in the Euclid Contest. Or, a score of at least 95%> on the Provincial Examination in Principles of Mathematics 12. Or, permission of the Department Head. [4-0-0] MATH 121 (4) HONOURS INTEGRAL CALCULUS. Definite integrals and the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, techniques and applications of integration, infinite series. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: Either (a) a score of 68% or higher in MATH 120 or (b) a score of 80% or higher in one of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 180, MATH 184 or (c) a score of 5 in AP Calculus AB or (d) permission of the Department Head. [4-0-0] MATH 152(3) LINEAR SYSTEMS. 2D and 3D geometry, vectors and matrices, eigenvalues and vibration, physical applications. Laboratories demonstrate computer solutions of large systems. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Corequisite: MATH 101. [3-1 *-0] MATH 180 (4) DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS WITH PHYSICAL APPLICATIONS. Topics as for Math 100; intended for students with no previous knowledge of Calculus. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Not for credit for students with High School Calculus, AP Calculus AB, AP Calculus BC, or a passing score on the UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC Calculus Challenge Examination. Prerequisite: At least 64% in one of Math 099, Principles of Mathematics 12. [4-0-0] MATH 184(4) DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS FOR SOCIAL SCIENCE AND COMMERCE. Topics as for Math 104; intended for students with no previous knowledge of Calculus. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar). Not for credit for students with High School Calculus, AP Calculus AB, AP Calculus BC, or a passing score on the UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC Calculus •phallenge Examination. Prerequisite: At least 64% in one of MATH 099, Principles of Mathematics 12. [4-0-0] MATH 200 (3) CALCULUS III. Analytic geometry in 2 and 3 dimensions, partial and directional derivatives, chain rule, maxima and minima, second derivative test, Lagrange multipliers, multiple integrals with applications. (Consult Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121, SCIE 001. [3-0-0] MATH 210 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL COMPUTING. Introduction to numerical computation, computer algebra, mathematical graphics. Primarily for second year students taking a degree in mathematics. One hour laboratory each week. Corequisite: MATH 215 and one of MATH 220, MATH 226 and one of MATH 221, MATH 223. [3-1-0] MATH 215 (3) ELEMENTARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS I. First-order equations; linear equations; linear systems; Laplace transforms; numerical methods; trajectory analysis of plane nonlinear systems. Applications of these topics will be emphasized. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Corequisite: One of MATH 200, MATH 217, MATH 226 and one of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223. [3-0-0] MATH 217 (4) MULTIVARIABLE AND VECTOR CALCULUS. Partial differentiation, extreme values, multiple integration, vector fields, line and surface integrals, the divergence theorem, Green's and Stokes' theorems. Intended for students in Honours Physics and Engineering Physics. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in one of PHYS 101, PHYS 107, PHYS 121, PHYS 153 and a score of 68% or higher in one of PHYS 102, PHYS 108, PHYS 122, PHYS 153 and a score of 68% or higher in one of MATH 101, PHYS 103, PHYS 105, PHYS 121. [4-0-0] MATH 220 (3) MATHEMATICAL PROOF. Sets and functions; induction; cardinality; properties of the real numbers; sequences, series, and limits. Logic, structure, style, and clarity of proofs emphasized throughout. Prerequisite: Either (a) a score of 64% or higher in one of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105 or (b) one of MATH 121, MATH 200. [3-0-0] MATH 221 (3) MATRIX ALGEBRA. Systemsof linear equations, operations on matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization of symmetric matrices. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar). Prerequisite: Either (a) a score of 64% or higher in one of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 120, MATH 180, MATH 184 or (b) one of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121, SCIE 001 or (c) advanced credit for MATH 100. [3-0-0] MATH 223 (3) LINEAR ALGEBRA. Matrices, eigenvectors, diagonalization, orthogonality, linear systems, applications. Intended for Honours students. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: Either (a) MATH 121 or (b) a score of 68% or higher in one of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, SCIE 001. [3-0-0] MATH 226 (3) ADVANCED CALCULUS I. Functions of several variables: limits, continuity, differentiability; implicit functions; Taylor's theorem; extrema; Lagrange multipliers; multiple integration, Fubini's theorem; improper integrals. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in MATH 121 or permission of the department head. Corequisite: One of MATH 221, MATH 223. [3-0-0] MATH 227 (3) ADVANCED CALCULUS II. Parametrization of curves and surfaces; line and surface integrals; theorems of Green, Gauss, PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MATH — MATHEMATICS 567 Stokes; applications to physics and/or introduction to differential forms. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in MATH 226, or permission ofthe department head. [3-0-0] MATH 230 (3) INTRODUCTION TO FINITE MATHEMATICS. Difference equations, number theory, counting. Intended primarily for students not in the Faculty of Science who wish to have some exposure to mathematical thinking. Students who obtain credit for MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 111, or MATH 120 cannot in the same year or in later years obtain credit for MATH 230. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: Principles of Mathematics 11. [3-0-0] MATH 231 (3) TOPICS IN FINITE MATHEMATICS. Probability, game theory, Markov chains, linear programming. Students who obtain credit for MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, or MATH 121 cannot in the same year or in later years obtain credit for MATH 231. Prerequisite: MATH 230. [3-0-0] MATH 253 (3) MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS. Partial and directional derivatives; maxima and minima; Lagrange multipliers and second derivative test; multiple integrals and applications. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121, SCIE 001. [3-0-0] MATH 255 (3) ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL E Q U AT IONS. Review of linear systems; nonlinear equations and applications; phase plane analysis; Laplace transforms; numerical methods. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121, SCIE 001 and one of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223. Corequisite: One of MATH 200, MATH 217, MATH 253, MATH 263. [3-0-0] MATH 256 (3) DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Ordinary and partial differential equations. Particular examples from physics. Laboratories demonstrate graphical and numerical analysis of realistic examples. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Corequisite: One of MATH 200, MATH 217, MATH 226, MATH 253 and one of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223. [3-1-1] MATH 257 (3) PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Introduction to partial differential equations; Fourier series; the heat, wave and potential equations; boundary-value problems; numerical methods. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 215, MATH 255, MATH 265. [3-0-0] MATH 263 (4) MULTIVARIABLE AND VECTOR CALCULUS. Partial and directional derivatives, multiple integrals, divergence, gradient, curl, vector fields, potentials, line and surface integrals, theorems of Gauss, Green and Stokes. For students in Electrical and Computer Engineering. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of SCIE 001, PHYS 101, PHYS 107, PHYS 153 and one of SCIE 001, PHYS 102, PHYS 108, PHYS 153 and one of SCIE 001, MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121. Corequisite: One of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223. [4-0-0] MATH 265 (2) LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Linear ordinary differential equations. Complex numbers, Laplace transforms, frequency reponse, resonance, step response, systems. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121 and one of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223. [2-0-1*] MATH 267 (3) MATHEMATICAL METHODS FOR ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING. Fourier series and transforms, waves equation, d'Alembert's solution, modes. Discrete Fourier tranform. Recurrence relations, z-transform, generating functions, I applications. Prerequisite: One of MATH 215, MATH 255, MATH 256, MATH 265 and one of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223. [3-0-1*] MATH 300 (3) INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES. Functions of a complex variable, Cauchy-Riemann equations, elementary functions, Cauchy's theorem and contour integration, Laurent series, poles and residues. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Corequisite: One of MATH 217, MATH 227, MATH 263, MATH 317. [3-0-0] MATH 301 (3) APPLIED ANALYSIS. Integrals involving multi-valued functions, conformal mapping and applications, analytic continuation, Laplace and Fourier transforms. Prerequisite: MATH 300. Corequisite: One of MATH 257, MATH 316. [3-0-0] MATH 302 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY. Basic notions of probability, random variables, expectation and conditional expectation, limit theorems. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 200, MATH 226. Equivalency: STAT 302. [3-0-0] MATH 303 (3) INTRODUCTION TO STOCHASTIC PROCESSES. Discrete-time Markov chains, Poisson processes, continuous time Markov chains, renewal theory. (Consult the Credit Exlusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 302, STAT 302. [3-0-0] MATH 307 (3) APPLIED LINEAR ALGEBRA. Dependence/independence, bases and orthogonality; linear transformations from Rn to Rm; change of basis; triangularization; quadratic forms in n variables. Prerequisite: One of MATH 221, MATH 223, MATH 152. [3-0-0] MATH 308 (3) EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY. Classical plane geometry, solid geometry, spherical trigonometry, polyhedra, linear and affine transformations. Linear algebra proofs are used. It is suggested that MATH 307 be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: One of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223 and one of MATH 220, MATH 226, CPSC 121. [3-0-0] MATH 309 (3) TOPICS IN GEOMETRY. Topics chosen by the instructor. These may include conic sections, projective configuration, convexity, non-Euclidean geometries, fractal geometry, combinatorial problems of points in the plane. Prerequisite: One of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223 and one of MATH 220, MATH 226, CPSC 121. [3-0-0] MATH 312 (3) INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER TH EORY. Euclidean algorithm, congruences, Fermat's theorem, applications. Some diophan- tine equations. Distribution of the prime numbers. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 220, MATH 226, CPSC 121 and 9 additional credits of Mathematics courses. MATH 313 (3) TOPICS IN NUMBER THEORY. Topics chosen by the instructor. These might include: division algorithms, group theory, continued fractions, primality testing, factoring. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: MATH 312. [3-0-0] MATH 314 (3) REAL VARIABLES. Riemann ffitegral, uniform convergence, interchange of limits, orthogonal functions, other topics. Credit will be given for only one of MATH 314 and MATH 320. Prerequisite: MATH 220. [3-0-0] MATH 316 (3) ELEMENTARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS II. Power series methods (ordinary and regular singular points, Bessel's equation); boundary value problems and separation of variables (Fourier series and other orthogonal series), applications to the vibrating string, heat flow, potentials. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 215, MATH 255, MATH 265. [3-0-0] MATH 317 (3) CALCULUS IV. Parametriza- tions, inverse and implicit functions, integrals with respect to length and area; grad, div, and curl, theorems of Green, Gauss, and Stokes. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: MATH 200. MATH 221 is recommended. [3-0-0] MATH 318 (3) PROBABILITY WITH PHYSICAL APPLICATIONS. Random variables, discrete and continuous distributions. Random walk, Markov chains, Monte Carlo methods. Characteristic functions, limit laws. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223. Corequisite: One of MATH 257, MATH 316. [3-0-0] MATH 320 (3) REAL VARIABLES I. The real number system; real Euclidean n-space; open, closed, compact, and connected sets; Bolzano- Weierstrass theorem; sequences and series. Continuity and uniform continuity. Differentia- 568 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 bility and mean-value theorems. Prerequisite: Either (a) a score of 68% or higher in MATH 226 or (b) MATH 200 and a score of 80% or higher in MATH 220. [3-0-0] MATH 321 (3) REAL VARIABLES II. The Riemann or Riemann-Stieltjes integrals. Sequences and series of functions, uniform convergence. Approximation of continuous functions by polynomials. Fourier series. Functions from Rm to Rn, inverse and implicit function theorems. Prerequisite: MATH 320. [3-0-0] MATH 322 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA. Polynomials, rings, ideals, unique factorization, Euclidean rings, fields, groups, cosets, homomorphisms, permutations, matrix groups. Prerequisite: One of MATH 152 [with 80% or above], MATH 221 [with 80% or above], MATH 223 [with 68% or above] and one of MATH 220, CPSC 121, MATH 226. [3-0-0] MATH 331 (3) PROBLEM SOLVING. Intended for honours students. A seminar on the techniques and art of solving problems based primarily on the mathematics curriculum of the first two years. Prerequisite: One of MATH 223, MATH 221, MATH 152 and one of MATH 226, MATH 200. [3-0-0] MATH 335 (4) INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICS. Intensive course with required tutorial. Combinatorics, probability, geometry and elementary number theory. Not for credit in the Faculty of Science. Students who obtain credit at UBC for any other mathematics course cannot in the same or later years obtain credit for MATH 335. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list in the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar). [3-0-2] MATH 336 (3) MATHEMATICS BY INQUIRY. A problem-based exploration of topics selected from the BC secondary school curriculum. Formal language and notation minimized. 1 Intended for those with minimal background in Mathematics. Not for credit in the Faculty of Science. Prerequisite: Two years teaching experience, normally a teaching certificate, and permission of the department head. [3-0-0] MATH 337 (3) MATHEMATICS FOR TEACHING. An overview of mathematical topics of the grade 8 to 10 BC school curriculum. Not for credit in the Faculty of Science. Prerequisite: MATH 336. [3-0-0] MATH 340 (3) INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR PROGRAMMING. Linear programming problems, dual problems, the simplex algorithm, solution of primal and dual problems, sensitivity analysis. Additional topics chosen from: Karmarkar's algorithm, nonlinear programming, game theory, applications. Prerequisite: One of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223. [3-0-0] MATH 342 (3) ALGEBRA, CODING THEORY, AND CRYPTOGRAPHY. Cryptography and error-correcting codes via groups, rings, and fields. Emphasis on both computation and simple proofs; congruences, RSA cryptosys- tems, linear codes. Prerequisite: One of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223. [3-0-0] MATH 345 (3) APPLIED NONLINEAR DYNAMICS AND CHAOS. Phase plane methods, bifurcation and stability theory, limit- cycle behavior and chaos for nonlinear differential equations with applications to the sciences. Assignments involve the use of computers. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in one of MATH 215, MATH 255, MATH 256. [3-1-0] MATH 361 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL BIOLOGY. Mathematical modeling of basic biological processes in ecology, physiology, neuroscience and generics. Dynamic behavior of difference equations, differential equations, and partial differential equations, explained with reference to concrete biological examples. Prerequisite: BIOL 120 and one of BIOL 301, MATH 215, MATH 255, MATH 256 or permission of the instructor. [3-0-0] MATH 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Approved and supervised technical work experience involving mathematics in industry for a minimum of 3.5 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Mathematics Cooperative Education Program. MATH 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT II. Approved and supervised technical work experience involving mathematics in industry for a minimum of 3.5 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Mathematics Cooperative Education Program. Prerequisite: MATH 398. MATH 400 (3) APPLIED PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Laplace, wave, and diffusion equations. Conformal mapping with applications in fluid flow. Prerequisite: One of MATH 300, MATH 266 and one of MATH 316, MATH 257. [3-0-0] MATH 401 (3) GREEN'S FUNCTIONS AND VARIATIONAL METHODS. Green's functions for partial differential equations. Calculus of variations. Eigenfuncrion expansions. Rayleigh- Ritz and finite element methods. Prerequisite: MATH 400. [3-0-0] ^t/IATH 402 (3) CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS. Classical variational problems; necessary conditions of Euler, Weierstrass, Legendre, and Jacobi; Erdmann corner conditions, transver- sality, convex Lagrangians, fields of extremals, sufficient conditions for optimality, numerical methods; applications to classical mechanics, engineering and economics. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in one of MATH 301, MATH 320. [3-0-0] MATH 403 (3) STABILIZATION AND OPTIMAL CONTROL OF DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS. Dynamical systems; stability by Liapunov's direct method; controllability and eigenvalue assignment for autonomous linear systems; linear-quadratic regulator, time optimal control, Pontryagin maximum principle, dynamic programming; applications in engineering, economics and resource management. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in one of MATH 320, MATH 301. MATH 402 is recommended. [3-0-0] MATH 405 (3) NUMERICAL METHODS FOR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Interpolation, numerical integration, numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations. Practical computational methods emphasized and basic theory developed through simple models. Prerequisite: One of MATH 257, MATH 316. [3-0-0] MATH 407 (3) APPLIED MATRIX ANALYSIS. Numerical analysis of matrices, including solution of linear systems and eigenvalue/ eigenvector calculations. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: MATH 307. [3-0-0] MATH 412 (3) THEORY OF MODULES. Modules and vector spaces, modules over principal ideal domains, canonical forms, duality, representation theory, bilinear forms. Prerequisite: MATH 322. A score of 68% or higher in MATH 322. [3-0-0] MATH 414 (3) MATHEMATICAL DEMONSTRATIONS. Students will prepare material illustrating ideas and applications of mathematics and present it to audiences outside the University. Intended for third or fourth year Mathematics students and Math/Science Education students. Prerequisite: Permission of the department head is required. [2-0-0; 1-0-0] MATH415(3) INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL LOGIC. Predicate calculus, models, theories. Introduction to recursive functions. The Goedel incompleteness theorem. Prerequisite: 24 credits of MATH. [3-0-0] MATH 416 (3) ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Existence and uniqueness, first order systems, stability, attractors, oscillation and comparison theorems, Sturm-Liouville theory, solution of partial differential equations by separation of variables. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in all of MATH 215, MATH 321. [3-0-0] MATH 417 (3) PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Poisson, heat, and wave equations; uniqueness theorems, maximum principle, Green's function, existence for the Dirichlet problem. Cauchy problem for the heat and wave equations, variational principles and generalized solutions, Fourier/Galerkin approximations, Sobolev spaces, spectral theorem, initial boundary value problems. Prerequisite: Either (a) MATH 416 or (b) a score of 68% or higher in MATH 321. For MATH 321, consent of the instructor is required. [3-0-0] MATH 418 (3) PROBABILITY. Probability spaces, random variables, distributions, expectation, conditional probabilities, convergence of random variables, generating and characteristic functions, weak and strong laws of large numbers, central limit theorem. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in MATH 321. [3-0-0] MATH 419 (3) STOCHASTIC PROCESSES. Random walks, Markov chains, branching processes, Poisson processes, continuous time Markov chains, martingales, Brownian motion. Prerequisite: MATH 418. [3-0-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MATH — MATHEMATICS 569 MATH 420 (3) REAL ANALYSIS I. Lebesgue measure; integration and differentiation; Lp spaces. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in MATH 321. [3-0-0] MATH 421 (3) REAL ANALYSIS II. Metric spaces, topological spaces, Banach spaces. Prerequisite: MATH 420. [3-0-0] MATH 422 (3) GROUPS AND FIELDS. Isomorphism Theorems, group actions, Sylow groups, solvable groups, field extensions, automorphisms, Galois theory. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in MATH 322. [3-0-0] MATH 423 (3) TOPICS IN ALGEBRA. Commutative algebra, algebraic geometry, algebraic number theory, Lie theory, homologi- cal algebra and category theory, or some other advanced topic in algebra. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in one of MATH 412, MATH 422. [3-0-0] MATH 424(3) CLASSICAL DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY. The differential geometry of curves and surfaces in three-dimensional Euclidean space. Mean curvature and Gaussian curvature. Geodesies. Gauss's Theorema Egregium. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in MATH 321. [3-0-0] MATH 425 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MODERN DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY. Riemannian manifolds, tensors and differential forms, curvature and geodesies. Prerequisite: MATH 424. [3-0-0] MATH 426 (3) INTRODUCTION TO TOPOLOGY. General topology, combinatorial topology, fundamental group and covering spaces, topics chosen by the instructor. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in all of MATH 321, MATH 322. [3-0-0] MATH 427 (3) TOPICS IN TOPOLOGY. Homology theory, homotopy theory, manifolds, and other topics chosen by the instructor. Prerequisite: MATH 426. [3-0-0] MATH 428 (3) MATHEMATICAL CLASSICAL MECHANICS I. Newton's equation, conservation laws, the Euler-Lagrange equation; Hamilton's principle of least action, Hamilton's equations, Lagrangian mechanics on manifolds. PHYS 306 is recommended as a companion course. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 206, MATH 215. Corequisite: MATH 320. [3-0-0] MATH 429 (3) MATHEMATICAL CLASSICAL MECHANICS II. Differential forms, symplectic manifolds, canonical transformations, Hamilton-Jacobi equation, integrable systems, Liouville-Arnold theorem, perturbations of integrable systems. Prerequisite: MATH 428. Corequisite: MATH 321. [3-0-0] MATH 430 (2-6) C SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANALYSIS. The student should consult the Mathematics Department for the particular topics offered in a given year. [3-0-0] MATH 431 (2-6) C SPECIAL TOPICS IN GEOMETRY. The student should consult the Mathematics Department for the particular topics offered in a given year. [3-0-0] MATH 432 (2-6) C SPECIAL TOPICS IN ALGEBRA. The student should consult the Mathematics Department for the particular topics offered in a given year. [3-0-0] MATH437(3) NUMBER THEORY. Divisibility, congruences, Diophantine equations, arithmetic functions, quadratic reciprocity, advanced topics. (Consult the Credit Exclusion section in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Corequisite: One of MATH 320, MATH 322. [3-0-0] MATH 440 (3) COMPLEX ANALYSIS. The residue theorem, the argument principle, conformal mapping, the maximum modulus principle, harmonic functions, representation of functions by integrals, series, and products. Other topics at the discretion of the instructor. Prerequisite: MATH 300 and a score of 68% or higher in MATH 320. [3-0-0] MATH 441 (3) MODELLING OF DISCRETE OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS. Formulation of real-world optimization problems using techniques such as linear programming, network flows, integer programming, dynamic programming. Solution by appropriate software. Prerequisite: MATH 340. [3-0-0] MATH 442 (3) OPTIMIZATION IN GRAPHS AND NETWORKS. Basic graph theory, emphasizing trees, tree growing algorithms, and proof techniques. Problems chosen from: shortest paths, maximum flows, minimum cost flows, matchings, graph colouring. Linear programming duality will be an important tool. Prerequisite: MATH 340. [3-0-0] MATH 443 (3) GRAPH THEORY. Introductory course in mostly non-algorithmic topics including: planarity and Kuratowski's theorem, graph colouring, graph minors, random graphs, cycles in graphs, Ramsey theory, extremal graph theory. Proofs emphasized. Prerequisite: At least 6 credits of Mathematics courses numbered 300 or above. [3-0-0] MATH 446 (3) TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS I. Historical development of concepts and techniques in areas chosen from Geometry, Number Theory, Algebra, Calculus, Probability, Analysis. The focus is on historically significant writings of important contributors and on famous problems of Mathematics. Prerequisite: 27 credits in Mathematics. [3-0-0] MATH 447 (3) TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS II. A continuation of MATH 446. Prerequisite: MATH 446. [3-0-0] MATH 449 (2-6) C HONOURS READING. Independent reading by Honours students in Mathematics under the direction of a faculty member. Written report required. MATH 450 (3) ASYMPTOTIC AND PERTURBATION METHODS. Asymptotic expansions. Asymptotic evaluation of integrals; WKBJ methods. Regular and singular expansions. Boundary layer theory; matched asymptotic expansions. Multiple scale techniques. Prerequisite: All of MATH 301, MATH 400. [3-0-0] MATH 462 (3) PROJECTS IN MATHEMATICAL BIOLOGY. Development and analysis of mathematical models for complex systems in ecology, evolution, cell biology, neurophysiology, and other biological and medical disciplines. Prerequisite: MATH 361. [3-0-0] MATH 498 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT III. Approved and supervised technical work experience involving mathematics in industry for a minimum of 3 1/2 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Mathematics Cooperative Education Program. Prerequisite: MATH 399. MATH 499 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Approved and supervised technical work experience involving mathematics in industry for a minimum of 3 1/2 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Mathematics Cooperative Education Program. Prerequisite: MATH 498. MATH 500 (3) MATHEMATICAL LOGIC. MATH 501 (3) ALGEBRA I. MATH 502 (3) ALGEBRA II. MATH 503 (3) ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES I. MATH 504 (3) ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES II. MATH 507 (3) MEASURE THEORY AND INTEGRATION. MATH 508 (3) COMPLEX ANALYSIS I. MATH 509 (3) COMPLEX ANALYSIS II. MATH 510 (3) FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS. MATH 511 (3) OPERATOR THEORY AND APPLICATIONS. MATH 512 (3) QUANTUM THEORY. MATH 513 (3) STATISTICAL MECHANICS. MATH 514 (3) ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS I. MATH 515 (3) ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS II. MATH 516 (3) PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS I. MATH 517 (3) PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS II. MATH 518 (3) NONLINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. MATH 519 (3) FLUID MECHANICS I. MATH 520 (3) FLUID MECHANICS II. MATH 521 (3) NUMERICAL ANALYSIS OF PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. MATH 522 (3) NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. MATH 523 (3) COMBINATORIAL OPTIMIZATION. MATH 525 (3) DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY I. MATH 526 (3) DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY II. MATH 527 (3) ALGEBRAIC TOPOLOGY I. MATH 528 (3) ALGEBRAIC TOPOLOGY II. 570 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MATH 529 (3) MATH 530 (3) MATH 531 (3) MATH 532 (3) MATH 533 (3) MATH 534 (3) MATH 535 (3) MATH 537 (3) MATH 538 (3) THEORY. DIFFERENTIAL TOPOLOGY. GEOMETRIC TOPOLOGY I. GEOMETRIC TOPOLOGY II. ALGEBRAIC GEOMETRY I. ALGEBRAIC GEOMETRY II. LIE THEORY I. LIE THEORY II. NUMBER THEORY. ALGEBRAIC NUMBER MATH 539 (3) ANALYTIC NUMBER THEORY. MATH 541 (3) HARMONIC ANALYSIS I. MATH 542(3) HARMONIC ANALYSIS II. MATH 544(3) PROBABILITY I. MATH 545(3) PROBABILITY II. MATH 547 (3) OPTIMAL CONTROL THEORY. Optimal control of systems governed by ordinary differential equations. The control problem will be carefully stated, and existence results and necessary conditions will be established. Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman theory will be introduced. MATH 549 (6/12) C THESIS FOR MASTER'S DEGREE. MATH 550(3) METHODS OF ASYMPTOTIC ANALYSIS. Prerequisite: Applied complex analysis (MATH 301 or equivalent) and ordinary and partial differential equations (MATH 400 or equivalent). MATH 551 (3) PERTURBATION METHODS FOR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Prerequisite: MATH 550 and ordinary and partial differential equations (MATH 400 or equivalent). MATH 552 (3) INTRODUCTION TO DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS. Ideas, methods and applications of bifurcation theory and dynamical systems: differential and difference equations, local bifurcations, perturbation methods, chaos. Prerequisite: One of MATH 215, MATH 255, MATH 256 and one of MATH 256, MATH 257, MATH 316. MATH 553(3) ADVANCED DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS. Topics from: hyperbolic invariant sets and symbolic dynamics, global bifurcations, local bifurcations for partial differential equations, multiple bifurcations, bifurcations and symmetry, applications. Prerequisite: MATH 552. MATH 554(3) SYMMETRIES AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Dimensional analysis, modelling and invariance. Lie groups of transformations, infinitesimal transformations. Applications to ordinary and partial differential equations. No knowledge of group theory will be assumed. Prerequisite: Elementary courses in differential equations and linear algebra. MATH 557 (3) LINEAR AND NONLINEAR WAVES. Classical and recent results in linear and nonlinear waves. Geometrical acoustics and kinematic waves; large amplitude waves in weakly stratified media; small amplitude waves in strongly stratified media. Dispersive waves; group velocity; applications. Prerequisite: MATH 400 and some knowledge of either fluid mechanics or elasticity. MATH 560 (3) MATHEMATICAL BIOLOGY I. Mathematical methods in modeling biological processes, at levels from cell biochemistry to community ecology. Prerequisite: Completion of an undergraduate degree in Biological, Physical or Mathematical science, including basic training in mathematics and statistics (e.g., STAT 200). MATH 561 (3) MATHEMATICAL BIOLOGY II. Advanced techniques and models in mathematical biology, with applications. Prerequisite: MATH 560 and ordinary and partial differential equations. MATH 562 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL NEUROBIOLOGY. Cable theory. Passive and active membrane properties. Action potentials, Hodgkin-Huxley and FitzHugh-Nagumo models. Bursting phenomena. Nonlinear waves in excitable media. Prerequisite: Some background in ordinary and partial differential equations. No background in neurobiology is required. MATH 589 (3) M.SC. MAJOR ESSAY. MATH 590 (2-6) C GRADUATE SEMINAR. Presentation and discussion of recent results in the mathematical literature. MATH 591 (2) GRADUATE SEMINAR IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS. MATH 597 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Prerequisite: Registration in Mathematics M.Sc. program, Mathematical Finance Option, and approval of the mathematical finance program director. MATH 598 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT II. Prerequisite: MATH 597 and approval of the mathematical finance program director. MATH 599(1) MATHEMATICS TEACHING TECHNIQUES. [3-0-0] MATH 600 (2-15) C TOPICS IN ALGEBRA. MATH 601 (2-15) C TOPICS IN ANALYSIS. MATH 602 (2-15) C TOPICS IN GEOMETRY. MATH 603 (2-15) C TOPICS IN TOPOLOGY. MATH 604 (2-15) C TOPICS IN OPTIMIZATION. MATH 605 (2-15) C TOPICS IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS. MATH 606 (2-15) C TOPICS IN DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. MATH 607 (2-15) C TOPICS IN NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. MATH 608 (2-15) C TOPICS IN PROBABILITY. MATH 609 (2-15) C TOPICS IN MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. MATH 610 (2-15) C TOPICS IN PURE MATHEMATICS. MATH 611 (2-15) C TOPICS IN FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS. MATH 612 (2-15) C TOPICS IN MATHEMATICAL BIOLOGY. MATH 613 (3) TOPICS IN NUMBER THEORY. MATH 620 (2-15) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN MATHEMATICS. Advanced study under the direction of a faculty member may be arranged in special situations. MATH 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. MDVL—MEDIEVAL STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS See Medieval Studies under the Faculty of Arts section of the calendar for other acceptable courses. MDVL 200 (6) INTRODUCTION TO THE MIDDLE AGES. Selected topics (e.g. Age of Charlemagne, Twelfth-Century Renaissance) studied from an interdisciplinary approach designed to integrate the major areas of history, literature, and art; topics vary from year to year; interested students should consult the Medieval Studies advisor, Department of History. MDVL 301 (3) EUROPEAN LITERATURE FROM THE 5TH TO THE 14TH CENTURY. Selected works from the 5th to the 14th centuries in their cultural and social contexts. MDVL 302 (3) EUROPEAN LITERATURE FROM THE 14TH TO THE 16TH CENTURY. Selected works of the Late Middle Ages and Renaissance in their cultural and social contexts. MDVL 440 (3/6) D MEDIEVAL SEMINAR. MDVL 449 (6/12) C GRADUATING ESSAY OR SUPERVISED STUDY. MECH — MECHANICAL ENGINEERING FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE MECH 220 (4) TECHNICAL SKILLS PRACTICUM. Engineering graphics, spatial visualization, CAD, spreadsheets, equation solvers, machine shop practice, electronic circuit construction and troubleshooting. Prerequisite: All of MATH 101, MATH 152, PHYS 170, PHYS 153 and one of APSC 150, APSC 151. Corequisite: MECH 221. [1-3-3] MECH 221 (13) ENGINEERING SCIENCE I. Rigid body kinetics and kinematics, basic electrical circuits, work and power, stress and strain, torsion, bending. This course includes the content of EECE 263. Prerequisite: All of MATH 101, MATH 152, PHYS 170, PHYS 153. Corequisite: MECH 220. [12-2-2] MECH 222 (7) ENGINEERING SCIENCE II. Fluid properties, equations of state. Pressure, buoyancy, hydrostatic forces, pressure measurement. Conservation of mass, momentum, and energy. Bernoulli's equation, dimensional analysis, modeling. Turbulent flow in pipes; turbomachinery; conduction and convection. Prerequisite: All of MECH 220, MECH 221. Corequisite: MECH 223. [5-2-2] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MDVL — MEDIEVAL STUDIES 571 MECH 223 (7) MECHANICAL DESIGN. Design methodology, synthesis and analysis. Design projects representing both mechanical mechanism design and thermofluid systems. Prerequisite: All of MECH 220, 221. Corequisite: MECH 222. [3-8-0] MECH 260 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MECHANICS OF MATERIALS. Statically determinate frames and trusses; shear force and bending moment diagrams; theory of beam bending, mo ment-curvature relation, bending stress, shear stress; torsion of circular rods; transformation of stress and strain in two dimensions, Mohr's circle. Prerequisite: All of MATH 101, PHYS 170. [3-0-1] MECH 280 (3) INTRODUCTION TO FLUID MECHANICS. Fluid properties; statics; kinematics, dynamics, energy, and momentum principles for one-dimensional flow; dimensional analysis and similarity; laminar and turbulent flow; pipe flow; principles of turbo-machine flow; forces on bodies in flow. Prerequisite: All of MATH 152, PHYS 170 and one of MATH 217, MATH 253 and either (a) all of PHYS 101, PHYS 102 or (b) PHYS 153. [3-0-1] MECH 301 (2) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORIES III. Typical applications of fundamental principles in mechanics of materials, dynamics, thermodynamics and fluid dynamics. Instrumentation, data acquisition and data manipulation using modern computational tools. Behaviour and applications of common mechanical devices. Prerequisite: All of MECH 201, MECH 202, MECH 260, MECH 280. [0-3-0] MECH 302 (2) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORIES IV. Typical applications of fundamental principles in mechanics of materials, dynamics, thermodynamics and fluid mechanics. Instrumentation, data acquisition and data manipulation using modern computational tools. Behaviour and applications of common mechanical devices. Prerequisite: All of MECH 201, MECH 202, MECH 265, MECH 270. [0-3-0] MECH 303 (2) MECHATRONICS LABORATORIES. Mechanics of materials and dynamics. Instrumentation, data acquisition and data manipulation using modern computational tools. Common mechanical devices. For students in Mechatronics option only. Prerequisite: All of MECH 220, MECH 221, MECH 222, MECH 223. [0-2-0; 0-2-0] MECH 304(4) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORIES. Mechanics of materials, dynamics, heat transfer, and fluid dynamics. Instrumentation, data acquisition and data manipulation using modern computational tools. Common mechanical devices. Prerequisite: All of MECH 220, MECH 221, MECH 222, MECH 223. [0-8-0] MECH 325 (4) MECHANICAL DESIGN I. Introduction to manufacturing operations. Design for manufacturing and assembly. Design and selection of shafts, bearings, springs, seals and packing, and couplings. Fatigue and fracture considerations in design. Prerequisite: All of MECH 220, MECH 221, MECH 222, MECH 223. Corequisite: MECH 360. [3-0-3] MECH 326 (3) MECHANICAL DESIGN II. Design and application of mechanisms, linkages and cams. Design of bolted joints and power screws. Design and selection of gears, gear trains, brakes and clutches. Prerequisite: All of MECH 220, MECH 221, MECH 222, MECH 223. Corequisite: MECH 360. [2-0-3] MECH 327 (3) THERMAL SYSTEM DESIGN. Energy conservation. Microscopic meaning of entropy. Equilibrium. Reacting systems. Process sheets. Fluid flow, heat transfer, and material considerations. Economic and environmental impact of energy use. Application to thermofluid systems such as power plants. Prerequisite: One of MECH 222, PHYS 253, CHBE 241. [3-0-1] MECH 328 (3) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT. Design project course linked to MECH 325, MECH 326, or MECH 327. The project provides experience in applying the design process, making educated assumptions and decisions, and working in teams to fabricate and provide a new mechanical design. Corequisite: MECH 325 and one of MECH 326, MECH 327. [0-6-0] MECH 340 (3) STATICS OF MARINE VEHICLES. Hydrostatic curves, transverse and longitudinal stability of surface ships and submersibles. Flooding, damaged stability. Launching. Load due to cargo and waves. Prerequisite: Second-year Mechanical Engineering program. [3-0-0] MECH 341 (3) SHIP RESISTANCE AND PROPULSION. Elementary theory of ocean waves, dimensional analysis, ship resistance and interference. Ship propulsion methods, propeller theory and design. Prerequisite: Second-year Mechanical Engineering program. [3-0-0] MECH 356 (3) MACHINE COMPONENTS. Machines used for wood products manufacturing, design, maintenance, purchasing. Selection of components including drives, bearings, brakes, clutches, fasteners, springs. Not open to students in the Faculty of Applied Science. Prerequisite: WOOD 376. Corequisite: WOOD 386. [3-2-0] MECH 360 (3) MECHANICS OF MATERIALS. Beam deflections, column buckling; Casrigliano's theorem, statically indeterminate beams, frames and rings; bending of curved beams, bending of beams with asymmetric cross-sections, shear centre; principal stresses and stress invariants in three dimensions; yield and fracture criteria. Prerequisite: All of MECH 220, MECH 221, MECH 222, MECH 223. [3-0-1] MECH 364(4) MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS. Theory of vibration of mechanical systems. Undamped 1 degree of freedom vibration, forced vibrations and resonance, damping, multiple degree of freedom systems, mode shapes and orthogonality, continuous systems, vibration measuring instruments and frequency spectrum analysis. Prerequisite: All of MECH 220, MECH 221, MECH 222, MECH 223. Corequisite: MECH 360. [3-2*-l] MECH 366 (3) MODELING OF MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS. Modeling of mechanical, electrical, thermal, fluid elements and mixed mechatronic systems. Signal processing, signal conditioning. Sensors, data acquisition systems, actuators. Prerequisite: All of MECH 220, MECH 221, MECH 222, MECH 223. [2-2-0] MECH 375(3) HEAT TRANSFER I. Steady and transient conduction. Radiation heat transfer; blackbody laws, optical properties of surfaces, radiative heat exchange. Convective heat and mass transfer in pipes and from external surfaces. Boiling and condensation heat transfer. Design of boilers, condensers and heat exchangers. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of MECH 220, MECH 221, MECH 222, MECH 223 or (b) either (a) CHBE 241 or (b) all of PHYS 257, CIVL 215 or (c) CHBE 251 or (d) all of MECH 280, MATH 255, MATH 257. [3-0-1] MECH 380(3) FLUID DYNAMICS. Review of principles, compressible flow, open-channel flow, potential flow, simple laminar viscous flow, boundary layers, flow around bluff bodies. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of MECH 220, MECH 221, MECH 222, MECH 223 or (b) all of CHBE 241, CIVL 215 or (c) all of CHBE 251, MATH 255, MATH 257. [3-0-1] MECH 386 (3) INDUSTRIAL FLUID MECHANICS. Analysis of piping networks. Review of pumps, turbines and hydraulic motors. Flow measurement devices such as flow meters and transducers for measuring velocity and pressure. Multiphase flows. Introduction to turbulence, mixing and buoyancy driven flows. Prerequisite: MECH 380. [3-1 *-0] MECH 392 (2) MANUFACTURING PROCESSES. Manufacturing characteristics of materials and their control. Metal forming processes, plastic deformations, rolling, forging, drawing, extrusion, sheet metal forming. Machining processes and machine tools, turning, milling, drilling, grinding. Metal fabrication, welding and casting. An introduction to process planning. [2-0-0] MECH 405 (3) ACOUSTICS AND NOISE CONTROL. Wave properties; the decibel; hearing, deafness, and hearing protectors; noise criteria and regulations; sound measurement; sound-source characterization; real noise sources, sound propagation outdoors, in ducts and pipes and in rooms; sound transmission; silencers; sound absorbers; partitions. [3-1-0] MECH 410 (2-6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. Lectures and readings on specialized topics of current interest in Mechanical Engineering. MECH 420 (3) SENSORS AND ACTUATORS. Measurement of motion, stress, force, torque, temperature, flow and pressure; principles of sensors and signal conditioning methods; selection and sizing of actuators. Prerequisite: All of MECH 360, MECH 364, MECH 366. [2-2-0] 572 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MECH 421 (3) MECHATRONICS SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION. Architecture of mechatronics devices; integration of mechanical, electronics, sensors, actuators, computer and real time software systems; PLC and PC based systems; discrete and continuous automation system design. Prerequisite: MECH 366. Corequisite: MECH 420. [2-2-0] MECH 422 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MICROELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS. Fundamentals of MEMS (MicroElectroMechanical Systems). Micr©fabrication of MEMS with solid-state technology. LIGA and micro injection molding. Physics of MEMS. Operational principles of various MEMS devices. Prerequisite: One of EECE 363, EECE 365 and all of MECH 360, MECH 364. [3-1-0] MECH 430 (3) ENGINEERING DATA ANALYSIS. The use of probability and statistical methods for engineering applications. [3-0-0] MECH 431 (3) ENGINEERING ECONOMICS. Discounted cash flows. Sources of funds, cost of capital. Effects of depreciation, taxes, inflation. Evaluation and comparison of economic models for engineering projects. Replacement decisions. Public project analysis. Risk analysis. Project control, inventory analysis, simulation. [3-0-0] MECH 435 (3) ORTHOPAEDIC BIOMECHANICS. Musculoskeletal anatomy. Muscle and joint loads. Muscle mechanics. Musculoskeletal dynamics. Gait. Tissue mechanics of tendon, ligament, articular cartilage, and bone. Biomaterials. Application examples in orthopaedics including joint replacement and fracture fixation. Prerequisite: All of MECH 360, MECH 365. [3-0-1] MECH 441 (3) COMPUTER-AIDED SHIP DESIGN. Introduction to computer-aided ship design; numerical procedures applied to form, curve fairing, stability, resistance, propulsion, motion maneuvering and strength. Each student will complete a preliminary design of a conventional ship or, with permission of the instructor, may undertake a preliminary design of a ship intended for special applications. Prerequisite: All of MECH 340, MECH 341. [2-2-0] MECH 442 (3) SHIP STRUCTURES AND VIBRATION. Structural theory and practice of ship structural design. Longitudinal and transverse strength of hull girder, bending moment, torsion in a seaway, plate theory, development of ship structural design, pressure hull design and ship building materials. Concepts of ship vibrations and their isolation. [3-0-1] MECH 443 (3) EXPERIMENTAL NAVAL ARCHITECTURE. Planning and execution of experiments related to marine vehicle resistance, propulsion, seakeeping, structural and hydroelastic systems. Vehicle hydrodynamics as well as experimental methods, data acquisition, processing and interpretation are stressed. Prerequisite: MECH 341. [1-2-1] MECH 451 (3) MECHATRONICS DESIGN PROJECT 1. The design, analysis, manufactur- ability, instrumentation and computer control of a selected mechatronic system will be studied. The course is open only to the students registered in the Mechatronics option. Prerequisite: Completion of 3rd year of Mechatronics Option. [0-6-0] MECH 452 (3) MECHATRONICS DESIGN PROJECT II. The assembly, instrumentation, computer and electronic interfacing, and testing of a mechatronic system. This course is open only to students registered in the Mechatronics option. Prerequisite: MECH 451. [0-6-0] MECH 455 (3) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT I. Design project under faculty supervision, intended to provide experience in the design/development of mechanical devices. For students in Co-operative Education programs. MECH 455 cannot be taken concurrently with MECH 456. [0-3-0] MECH 456 (3) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT II. Design project under faculty supervision, intended to provide experience in the design/development of mechanical devices. For students in Co-operative Education programs. MECH 456 cannot be taken concurrently with MECH 455. [0-3-0] MECH 457(6) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT. Design project under faculty supervision, intended to provide experience in the design/development of mechanical devices. Prerequisite: Third-year Mechanical Engineering. [0-3-0; 0-3-0] MECH 458 (6) ELECTRO-MECHANICAL DESIGN PROJECT. Design project under faculty supervision, intended to provide experience in the design/development of mechanical and electro-mechanical devices. For students in CAA option only. Credit given for only one of MECH 457 or MECH 458. Prerequisite: Third year standing. [0-6-0] MECH 460 (3) ADVANCED MECHANICS OF MATERIALS. Axisymmetric membrane stresses in thin shells of revolution, stresses in thick-walled cylinders and rotating disks, beams on elastic foundations, axisymmetric bending of cylindrical shells, axisymmetric bending of circular plates. Prerequisite: MECH 360. [3-0-0] MECH 462 (3) FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS. Theory and element selection. Development of computer programs for simple problems. Utilization of existing computer packages. Application to mechanical engineering problems. Prerequisite: MECH 360. [2-2 *-0] MECH 463 (3) COMPUTER CONTROLLED MACHINES. Introduction to control theory, transfer function representation, steady state performance, and stability issues. A survey of common actuators, transducers and their performance characteristics. Introduction to practical application of these devices to secondary wood products manufacturing. Not open to students in the Faculty of Applied Science. [3-1-0] MECH 465 (4) MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS. Response of multi degree of freedom and continuous systems. Approximate numerical methods. Frequency analysis. Measurement of vibration. Prerequisite: MECH 365. [3-3*-0] MECH 466 (4) AUTOMATIC CONTROL. Process and system characteristics; transient response; the closed loop; block diagrams and transfer functions; control actions; stability; Nyquist diagrams; Bode diagrams; root locus methods; frequency response; system compensation; nonlinear control systems; digital computer control. Laboratory experiments to support the lecture content. Prerequisite: One of EECE 251, EECE 263, PHYS 209. [3-3 *-0] MECH 467 (4) COMPUTER CONTROL OF MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS. Block diagrams and transfer functions, continuous and discrete domain transformations, feedback control system characteristics, control design in both continuous and discrete domain, absolute and relative stability, optimal control, adaptive control, laboratory examples of Mechatronic systems design. Prerequisite: All of MECH 326, MECH 366. [3-3*-0] MECH 468 (3) MODERN CONTROL ENGINEERING. Introduction to state space control methods for linear systems including modal control, controllability, observability, linear quadratic regulators, optimal control. Prerequisite: One of EECE 360, MECH 466. [3-0-0] MECH 469 (3) DYNAMIC SYSTEM MODELING. Modeling of mechanical, electrical, fluid, and thermal systems; analytical models; model representations such as linear and bond graphs; response analysis; digital simulation. [3-0-0] MECH 470 (2) THERMAL POWER GENERATION. Steam power plant cycles, Rankine cycle, reheat and regenerative cycles, component selection. Gas turbine cycles, Brayton cycle, intercooling, reheat and regeneration. Conditions for maximum cycle efficiency. Combined cycles and binary cycles. Nuclear power generation, reactor types and design Boiler design and selection, boiler codes. Turbomachinery design and selection. Prerequisite: MECH 370. [2-0-1] MECH 473 (2/3) D HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING. Principles of air conditioning; psychometrics and refrigeration. Heat transfer through building materials. Estimation of heating and cooling loads including the use of current software. System design. Ground, air and water source heat pumps. Lab demonstration/analysis of basic psychometric processes. [2-0-1] MECH475(2) HEAT TRANSFER II. Conduction of heat in the unsteady state, periodic heat flow. Graphical and numerical solutions. Radiative heat exchange between gray surfaces. Gas radiation. Free convection from plates and cylinders. Boiling regimes and pressure drops. Mass transfer. Simultaneous heat and mass transfer. Heat exchanger design. Counter, parallel and cross flow heat exchangers Effectiveness, NTU method. Boilers, condensers PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MECH — MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 573 and cooling towers. Building heat transfer. Prerequisite: MECH 375. [2-0-1] MECH 479 (3) COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS. Techniques for numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, including an introduction to the finite difference, finite volume and finite element approaches. Simulation of laminar and turbulent flows, including common turbulent models. Validation techniques. Prerequisite: All of MECH 375, MECH 380 and one of MECH 327, MECH 370. [3-2-0] MECH 481 (3) AERODYNAMICS OF AIRCRAFT I. Low speed aerodynamics of airfoils, wings, wind tunnels. Prerequisite: MECH 380. [3-1 *-0] MECH482(3) WIND ENGINEERING. The special theoretical and experimental problems and methods of aerodynamics relevant to the nature of winds and their steady and oscillatory effects on structures and people; wind energy utilization. Prerequisite: MECH 380. [3-1 *-0] MECH 483 (3) AERODYNAMICS OF AIRCRAFT II. High speed aerodynamics of airfoils and wings; oblique shock waves; method of characteristics. Prerequisite: MECH 481. [3-1 *-0] MECH 484 (3) AIRCRAFT DESIGN: AERODYNAMICS. Aircraft performance, stability and control, loading and air worthiness. Detailed example. [2-2-0] MECH 485 (3) AIRCRAFT DESIGN: STRUCTURES. Development of aircraft wing structure, moments of inertia for complex shapes, crippling loads, shear lag. [2-2-0] MECH 489 (4) EXPERIMENTAL THERMOFLUIDS. Experimental uncertainty. Design of experiments. Test facilities. Temperature and pressure measurement techniques and instrumentation. Velocity and flow rate measurement techniques. Flow visualization. Case studies of industrial and research experimental practice. Prerequisite: All of MECH 375, MECH 380 and one of MECH 327, MECH 370. [3-2-0] MECH 490 (3) PRODUCTION ENGINEERING. Analysis and modelling of production processes, equipment and facilities with specific emphasis on machine tool operations, process planning, the economics of automation, and selected aspects of production/operations planning. Prerequisite: MECH 392. [3-0-0] MECH 491 (3) COMPUTER-AIDED MANUFACTURING. NC programming and machining with interactive CAD/CAM systems. Design principles of CNC machines, digital control of feed drive servos, trajectory generation algorithms, real time linear, circular, and spline interpolator design techniques. Introduction to sensor assisted manufacturing. Supplementary tutorial laboratory experiments. Prerequisite: All of MECH 392, MECH 466. [2-2 *-0] MECH 492 (4) CAD/CAM. Introduction to computer assisted design and manufacturing with a focus on the fundamental issues of geometry and machine tools including an understanding of standard computer tools. Applications to secondary wood products manufacturing. Not open to students in the Faculty of Applied Science. Prerequisite: WOOD 290. [3-4-0] MECH 495 (3) INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING. Organizational structure. Manufacturing systems and group technology. Classification and coding. Scheduling and sequencing of operations. Forecasting. Quality control for variables and attributes. Plant location. System reliability analysis. Advanced manufacturing automation concepts. [3-0-0] MECH 496 (3) ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT. Organization structures. Management styles. Cost systems and control. Financial statements; accounting procedures. Budgets and performance control. Project management. Human resources management. [3-0-0] MECH 501 (3) THERMODYNAMICS. Thermodynamic principles, Maxwell relations, availability, irreversibility and equilibrium. Introduction to statistical mechanics. MECH 502 (3) FLUID MECHANICS. Governing equations; viscous incompressible flow, incompressible potential flow; incompressible boundary layers, stability and turbulence; compressible potential flow. MECH 505 (3) INDUSTRIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ACOUSTICS AND VIBRATION. Fundamentals of acoustics and vibrations, physiologic effects, measurement, instrumentation, interpretation of data, industrial standards and control. For students in Occupational and Environmental Hygiene; other graduate students may enrol with permission of the instructor. MECH 506 (3) LINEAR VIBRATIONS. Transient and steady state vibration analysis of continuous and discrete mechanical systems. Lagrange's equation and Hamilton's Principle. Measurement of vibration. Machinery health monitoring. Frequency domain analysis. Experimental modal analysis. Vibration of rotating machinery. MECH 507 (3) ANALYTICAL DYNAMICS. Newtonian mechanics; generalized co-ordinates and analytical mechanics; Lagrange equations; Hamilton's Principle; rotational motion and rigid body dynamics; Gyroscopic motion; phase space, equilibrium and stability of motion; stability characteristics of autonomous systems; Hamilton-Jacobi method; applications. MECH 510 (4) COMPUTATIONAL METHODS IN TRANSPORT PHENOMENA I. Analytical, computational, and experimental methods in fluid mechanics. Overview of CFD program development. Finite volume methods, spacial discretization and spatial accuracy analysis. Boundary conditions. Time advance methods, time accuracy, and stability. Application to model problems and to the incompressible laminar Navier-Stokes equations. Validation techniques for CFD codes. [3-2-0] MECH 511 (3) COMPUTATIONAL METHODS IN TRANSPORT PHENOMENA II. Selected advanced topics in CFD, typically chosen from: Finite volume methods on curvilinear meshes and structured mesh generation. Finite volume methods on unstructured meshes. Multigrid methods for elliptic PDE's. Reynolds-averaged form of the Navier-Stokes equations and turbulence modeling. Three-dimensional flows. Compressible flows. Prerequisite: MECH 510. MECH 515(3) FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS OF NON-LINEAR AND FIELD PROBLEMS. Review of finite element theory in linear static and dynamic analyses. Material and geometric non-linearity, various formulation and solution methods, convergence. Fracture mechanics problems. Non-linear transient conduction, convection and radiation boundary conditions. Fluid flow problems. MECH 516 (3) OPTIMAL MECHANICAL DESIGN. Formulation of optimal design mechanical problems, unconstrained and constrained problems, search and quasi- Newton methods, finite element formulation for optimal design problems, optimal design of mechanical dynamic systems, interactive design optimization, applications. MECH 520 (3) CONTROL SENSORS AND ACTUATORS. Review of control, instrumentation and design. Performance specification of control components, component matching, error analysis. Operating principles, analysis, modelling, design considerations of control sensors and actuators such as analog sensors for motion measurement, digital transducers, stepper motors, DC motors, induction motors, synchronous motors, and hydraulic actuators. Control techniques pertaining to actuators. Applications. MECH 523 (3) INTELLIGENT CONTROL. Review of traditional control techniques and comparison with intelligent control; methods of representing and processing knowledge; conventional sets and crisp logic; fuzzy logic; fuzzy logic control; hierarchical fuzzy control; control system tuning; industrial applications. MECH 524(3) INTELLIGENT ROBOTIC SYSTEMS. System components and organization. Modelling and advanced control techniques. Vision, tactile, laser and proximity sensing. Task planning, path planning, planning with uncertainty. Robot learning. Online applications, collision avoidance, object interception, robotic assembly. Students will be required to present a research seminar. Prerequisite: MECH 563 is recommended. MECH 525 (3) SUPERVISORY CONTROL SYSTEMS. General structure of supervision; elements of automata theory; communication links; supervised control; distributed systems; hierarchical systems; multi-agent systems; process monitoring and diagnosis; self-tuning control; adaptive control; intelligent supervisory control; man-machine interface; applications of supervisory control. MECH 526 (3) ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS CONTROL. Discrete time models; process control algorithms; control of systems 574 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 with process delay; minimum variance control; parameter identification; Kalman filtering. Prerequisite: One of MECH 466, EECE 360. [3-0-0] MECH 535 (3) ORTHOPAEDIC BIOMECHANICS. Musculoskeletal anatomy. Static and dynamic analysis of the musculoskeletal system. Gait. Musculoskeletal tissue machanics. Biomaterials. Advanced study of relevant problems in orthopaedics, including joint replacement, fracture fixation, and spinal disorders. Credit given for only one of MECH 435 and MECH 535. [3-0-1] ' MECH 540 (3) MARINE HYDRODYNAMICS. Fundamentals of model testing, ship frictional resistance. Laminar boundary layer theory, turbulent flow on a flat plate. Ship wave resistance. Thin ship theory. Direct measurement of wave resistance. MECH 541 (3) DYNAMICS OF MARINE VEHICLES. Water waves, motion of a body in an inviscid fluid, concepts of added mass, damping. Uncoupled and coupled motion of platforms, irregular seaway, dynamic effects, motion, stabilization. MECH 542 (3) ADVANCED MARINE VEHICLES. Design of advanced marine vehicles such as air cushion vehicles, hydrofoils, autonomous underwater vehicles, interfaced vehicles. Principles of operation, stability, powering, control and maneuvering. Individual or group design exercise. MECH 543 (3) ACOUSTICS AND NOISE CONTROL. Wave properties; the decibel; hearing, deafness and hearing protectors; noise criteria and regulations; sound measurement; sound-source characterization; real noise sources; sound propagation outdoors, in ducts and pipes and in rooms; sound transmission; silencers; sound absorbers; partitions. [3-1-0] MECH 549(0) MAJOR ESSAY. For students in the M.Eng. program. MECH 550 (2-6) D SPECIAL ADVANCED COURSES. Special advanced courses may be arranged for a graduate student upon the approval of the department head. There will not be more than 6 credits in any one such course. MECH 551 (6) ELECTRO-MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN PROJECT I. The design, analysis, manufacturability, instrumentation and computer control of a selected dynamic machinery assembly will be studied. Prerequisite: Fourth year of Electro-Mechanical Design option. [0-4-2] MECH 552 (6) ELECTRO-MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN PROJECT II. The full assembly, instrumentation, computer and electronic interfacing, and testing of a dynamic machine. Prerequisite: MECH 551. [0-3-1] MECH 558(3) ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS OF STATISTICAL DISTRIBUTIONS THEORY. Classical and contemporary theory of the prominent statistical models employed in the Applied Sciences. The Normal, Gamma, Beta, and Extreme Value classes of distributions. Estimation techniques and applications to engineering problems. Prerequisite: One of MECH 390, STAT 251. MECH 560 (3) EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN MECHANICS. Operating principles of transducers for measuring typical quantities; the construction of transducers and factors controlling their measurement accuracy; electronic signal conditioning equipment and computerized data acquisition system. MECH 561 (3) LINEAR ELASTICITY. Stress and strain in three dimensions, fundamental field equations of linear elasticity; equilibrium, compatibility, Hooke's law; Papkovitch-Neuber solution, plane stress and plane strain; torsion, torsion of thin-walled members with warping restraint; plate theory. MECH 562 (3) INTRODUCTION TO CONTINUUM MECHANICS. Cartesian tensors, transformation and invariants of stress and strain, equations of motion and equilibrium, boundary conditions, constitutive equations for elastic, viscous and viscoelastic materials, plastic yield conditions and associated flow rules. [3-0-0] MECH 563 (3) ROBOTICS: KINEMATICS, DYNAMICS AND CONTROL. Definitions and classification Kinematics: homogeneous transformations, manipulator kinematic equations, forward and inverse kinematic solution methods, differential kinematic equations, motion trajectories. Dynamics: Lagrange-Euler formulations, Newton-Euler formulation. Control: methods of control, robot control hierarchy, control of single joint and multiple link manipulators, advanced control methods. MECH 567 (2) NONLINEAR ELASTICITY. Fundamentals of tensor calculus, co variant differentiation of tensors of general order, applications to continuum mechanics. Stress and strain tensors, equations of motion for elastic materials and viscous fluids in general curvilinear coordinate systems. Solution of special problems in finite elasticity. MECH 568 (3) THEORY OF PLASTICITY Yield conditions and flow rules; upper and Wower bound theorems; elastic-plastic analysis of circular disks, thick-walled cylinders and spheres; torsion; slip-line fields; rigid-plastic analysis of plates and shells. Credit will be given for only one of MECH 568 or CIVL 536. MECH 569 (2/4) D NON-LINEAR VIBRATION. Phase plane representation, singular points, exact solutions, equivalent linearization, perturbation method, averaging method, variation of parameters, forced vibration, self- excited vibration. MECH 571 (2) TURBOMACHINERY. Classification and performance of turbomachinery; momentum and energy transfer; 2-D cascade theory and measurements; axial-flow turbines and compressors; radial flow machines; 3-D flow and unsteady flow in turbomachinery. MECH 572 (3) CONVECTION HEAT TRANSFER. Governing equations for laminar and turbulent flow. Forced convection in internal and external flow. Free, and combined free and forced convection. Heat transfer at high velocities, in rarefied gases and in two- phase flow. Mass transfer. MECH 573 (3) RADIATION HEAT TRANSFER. Monochromatic and goniometric surface properties. Energy exchange of grey, non-grey, diffuse, directional or specular surfaces. Absorption coefficient and radiation intensity in gas radiation. Radiation between a gas and its enclosure. Radiation of luminous flames. MECH 575(1-3)C SPECIAL TOPICS IN HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER. MECH 576(3) COMBUSTION. Thermodynamics of combustion, stoichiometry, heat of formation and reaction. Equilibrium composition and adiabatic flame temperature. Chemical kinetics of combustion. Flames in premixed gases; laminar and turbulent flame propagation. Diffusion flames, pollutant emissions and combustion in IC engines. MECH 577 (3) APPLIED STATISTICAL THERMODYNAMICS. Application of the concepts of quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, and kinetic theory to the evaluation of thermostatic and transport properties and equilibrium constants. Investigation of the combustion phenomena from a microscopic point of view. Use of statistical thermodynamic methods for evaluating the product distribution energy release, temperature and effective properties in high temperature combustion situations. MECH 578 (3) INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES. Analysis of spark and compression ignition engines. Calculation of fuel economy, power and emission. Practical considerations in engine design. MECH 579 (4) ADVANCED THERMOFLUIDS COMPUTATION WITH EXPERIMENTAL VALIDATION. Students design a thermofluids experiment to solve an industrially relevant problem, predict the outcome by computational fluid dynamics, and present their conclusions. Credit cannot be obtained for both MECH 479 and MECH 579. [3-2-0] MECH 580(3) THEORY OF IDEAL FLUIDS. Topics selected from the kinematics and dynamics of inviscid incompressible fluids in steady and non-steady motion; two- dimensional and axisymmetric potential flows; applications of conformal mapping; free streamline flows; vortex motions. MECH 581 (3) LOW SPEED AERODYNAMICS. Circulation, vorticity and Kelvin's Theorem. Potential flow theory and the Kutta-Joukowski Law 2D Vortex Panel. Method. Laminar and turbulent boundary layer computations. Lifting line theory. Vortex Lattice Method. High lift devices. Total airplane drag. Credit cannot be obtained for both MECH 581 and MECH 481. MECH 582 (3) EXPERIMENTAL FLUID MECHANICS. Modelling Test facilities. Wind tunnel force measurement. Theory of conventional and modern manometry. Classical velocimetry. Hotwire anemometry. Theory and application of laser Doppler velocimetry. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MECH — MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 575 Particle image velocimetry. Flow visualization techniques. MECH 583 (3) BOUNDARY ELEMENT THEO RY. Introduction to Boundary Element Theory for applications to fluid flows, elasticity and acoustics. MECH 584 (3) ADVANCED ENGINEERING ACOUSTICS. Sound sources waves and propagation; reflection and transmission at fluid and solid interfaces; sound propagation outdoors, in ducts and pipes, underwater, in rooms; sound-absorbing materials; experimental and numerical methods; acoustical signal processing. Prerequisite: MECH 405. MECH 586 (4) TURBULENT SHEAR FLOW. The basic equations of fluid motion; introduction to hydro-dynamic stability; Reynolds' equations; energy equations for turbulent motion; intermittency; similarity near a solid boundary and in free turbulence; approximate methods for predicting the growth of turbulent boundary layers and free symmetrical shear flows. MECH 587 (3) FRACTURE CONTROL FOR DESIGN. Transition temperature, linear-elastic and elastic-plastic theory, experimental testing methods, fracture-resistant design methodology, application to mechanical and structural components. MECH 588 (3) FATIGUE. Review of smooth- body fatigue: high-cycle; low-cycle; cumulative damage; cycle counting methods; cracked-body fatigue theory; effects of load history and stress ratio; numerical crack-growth prediction models; application to components and structures; crack detection methods. MECH 590 (3) MANUFACTURING AUTOMATION. Review of mechanics of metal cutting. Machine tool structures, static deformations, forced and self-excited vibrations and chatter. Design principles of CNC machines; state space and transfer function models of feed drivers, dc servo motors and amplifiers. Contouring analysis in multi-axes machining. Unmanned manufacturing topics: Sensors, adaptive control and monitoring in metal-removing processes. MECH 591 (3) PRODUCTION ENGINEERING. Basic metal removal processes. Introduction to the mechanics of the processes. Economics of simple processes. Introduction to machine selection, flexibility and automation. Organization of manufacturing, process planning, group technology, facilities layout and production scheduling. Credit cannot be obtained for both MECH 591 and MECH 490. MECH 592 (3) MACHINE TOOL STRUCTURES AND VIBRATIONS. Review of metal cutting mechanics, milling, static deformations of machine tools. Machine tool vibrations, forced and self excited vibrations in machining, chatter, stability. Sensors for machine tool monitoring and adaptive control. Sensor assisted intelligent machining techniques. Prerequisite: All of MECH 392, MECH 466. MECH 593 (3) METAL REMOVAL PROCESSES. The basic mechanics of metal removal, experimental evidence and extension of force models to practical processes. Tool wear processes, tool life equations and the optimization of single and multiple pass processes. Introduction to the optimization of process plans. MECH 594(3) COMPUTER-INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING. Objectives and elements of Computer-Integrated manufacturing, information control, computer/device networks. Sensor and sensor fusion, layout and material handling issues. Production line design, and design for manufacturing. Flexible automation, virtual manufacturing, rapid prototyping, quality control and reliability issues and Artificial Intelligence applications. MECH 595 (2) SYSTEMS MODELLING AND SIM U L AT ION. Modelling of discrete and continuous systems on digital computers. Application of discrete simulation languages to the analysis and design of service and manufacturing systems. Statistical concepts in analysis and validation. Application of continuous simulation languages to the analysis and design of dynamic and control systems. Integration j methods and algorithms, optimization and iterative problems. MECH 597 (6) PROJECT FOR M.ENG. STUDIES. Project on assigned topic of specialization. For students registered in the. M.Eng. program whose project is supervised by a faculty member in the department of Mechanical Engineering. MECH 598(2) RESEARCH SEMINAR. Current topics in mechanical engineering research for M.A.Sc. students. MECH 599 (6-12) C THESIS. For M.A.Sc. MECH 698 (3) SEMINAR. Current topics in mechanical engineering for doctoral students. MECH 699(0) THESIS. For Ph.D. MEDG —MEDICAL GENETICS FACULTY OF MEDICINE MEDG410(3) IMMUNOGENETICS. Molecular basis of lymphocyte development, activation and adhesion; immunogenetics and the major histocompatibility complex. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 334, BIOL 335 and MICB 302. A standing of 'B' or better is recommended. Equivalency: MICB 402. [3-0-1] MEDG419(3) HUMAN CYTOGENETICS. Human chromosome variation as it relates to genetic disease. Cytogenic diagnostic techniques, structural and numerical chromosome anomalies, genomic organization, epigenetics, and mutation. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 334, BIOL 335. A standing of 'B' or higher recommended. [3-0; 0-0] MEDG 420 (3) HUMAN BIOCHEMICAL AND MOLECULAR GENETICS. Analysis of human biology using information from the sequence of the human genome. Normal and pathological human variation. Genetic basis of diversity and individuality, identification of human disease genes, and potential applications of the sequence information. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 335, BIOC 300. A standing of 'B' or higher is recommended. [3-0; 0-0] MEDG 421 (3) GENETICS AND CELL BIOLOGY OF CANCER. Molecular mechanisms of oncogenes and tumor suppressors and the effects of oncogenic mutations on the biology of cancer cells. Prerequisite: BIOL 335 and one of BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303, BIOL 350. [0-0; 3-0] MEDG 448 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. A supervised individual program of study of a topic to be agreed upon by a member of faculty and the student. Permission of the appropriate supervisor and the department head is required. MEDG 505(3) GENOME ANALYSIS. Investigation of genetic information as it is organized within genomes, genetic and physical map construction, sequencing technologies, gene identification, database accessing and integration, functional organization of genomes from contemporary, historic and evolutionary perspectives. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 334, BIOL 300. MEDG 510 (3) ADVANCED IMMUNOGENETICS. Cell-cell interaction, intracellular control mechanisms, analysis of complex physiological systems using transgenic animals and molecular approaches. Equivalency: MICB 502. [0-0; 3-0] MEDG 515 (3) MAMMALIAN Developmental genetics. Genetic ^fctermination of morphology and differentiation in human and other mammalian embryos. Prerequisite: BIOL 335. [3-0] MEDG 520 (3) ADVANCED HUMAN MOLECULAR GENETICS. Genetic variation, genome analysis, cloning of genes for diseases and normal functions, mutation detection, animal models of human genetic disease. Prerequisite: BIOL 334. [3-0; 0-0] MEDG 521 (3) MOLECULAR AND CELL BIOLOGY OF CANCER. Focuses on molecular and cell biology of cancer through a series of lectures, reviews, student presentations and discussion. Prerequisite: BIOL 334 and permission ofthe instructor. Equivalency: PATH 531. [0-0; 3-0] MEDG 525 (3) MEDICAL POPULATION GENETICS. Population genetics, generic epidemiology and methodology in data analysis applicable to the study of human genes, traits or diseases. Prerequisite: BIOL 335. [3-0] MEDG 530(3) HUMAN GENETICS. Human Mendelian and non-Mendelian inheritance and clinical applications of generics. Prerequisite: BIOL 335. [3-0] MEDG 535 (3) GENETICS AND ETHICS. This course is intended to serve the diverse needs of genetic counseling students, research graduate students in genetics, genetic residents and clinical fellows, other health professional students, and graduate students from other sciences and humanities. [0-0; 3-0] MEDG 540 (3) SEMINAR. All seminars will be presented by graduate students in the Department of Medical Genetics. Although students will be encouraged to attend these seminars throughout their graduate studies, credit will 576 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 only be available for one year. Not offered in 2005-2006. [2-0; 2-0] MEDG 545 (3) CURRENT TOPICS IN MEDICAL GENETICS RESEARCH. Critical discussion of current primary research literature in medical genetics. MEDG 548 (3-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. A series of laboratory sessions, directed readings and directed counselling interviews related to selected areas of Medical Genetics. This advanced course may be taken upon approval of the department head. MEDG 549 (12) M.SC. THESIS. MEDG 550 (6) CONCEPTS IN CLINICAL GENETICS FOR GENETIC COUNSELLING. Practical applications, theories and principles of medical genetics as they apply to genetic counselling. Prerequisite: Acceptance into M.Sc. Genetic Counselling program. MEDG 560 (2) GENETIC COUNSELLING S E MIN AR. Medical and genetic interviewing and family history taking; decision making; family dynamics; impact of congenital defects, genetic disease, and chronic disease on individuals and families; support groups and other community resources; computer resources; cross-cultural issues. Prerequisite: Acceptance into M.Sc. Genetic Counselling program. MEDG 565 (2) ADVANCED GENETIC COUNSELLING SEMINAR. Patient attitudes toward genetic counselling; the grieving process in response to pregnancy loss, death and disability; risk perception, attitudes toward prenatal testing, dealing with results of genetic testing, crisis counselling, giving bad news; ethical dilemmas; legal and professional issues. Prerequisite: MEDG 560. And acceptance into M.Sc. Genetic Counselling program. [0-2; 0-2] MEDG 570 (3) INTRODUCTORY CLINICAL AND LABORATORY ROTATION. Clinical experience in prenatal procedures and counselling; teratogen counselling. Clinically relevant experience in cytogenetics, molecular, biochemical disease and embryopathology laboratories. Prerequisite: Acceptance into M.Sc. Genetic Counselling program. [0-0; 0-5] MEDG 575 (10) ADVANCED CLINICAL ROTATION. In-depth clinical experience in general and prenatal genetic counselling. " Prerequisite: MEDG 570. And acceptance into M.Sc. Genetic Counselling program. [0-15; 0-15] MEDG 649 (12) PH.D. THESIS. MEDG 702 (0) CLINICAL GENETICS CLINIC. A rotation for three months through the Clinical Genetics. Clinic dealing with the techniques of diagnosis and counselling, and of the prenatal diagnoses of genetic disease and genetic counselling relative to congenital malformations and failures of reproduction. MEDI —MEDICINE FACULTY OF MEDICINE See also courses listed under: Anatomy, Biochemistry, Family Practice, Health Care and Epidemiology, Health Sciences, History of Medicine, Interdepartmental, Medical Genetics, Medicine, Microbiology, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Ophthalmology, Orthopaedics, Paediatrics, Pathology, Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Physiology, Psychiatry, Radiology, Surgery MEDI 430 (8) MEDICINE - CLINICAL CLERKSHIP. Clinical activities including examination, diagnosis, on-going management and discharge planning of patients and participation in academic half-days, consisting of seminars and patient-related discussions. MEDI 501 (3) MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY OF EXPERIMENTAL MEDICINE. Cell and molecular function in normal tissues and in specific disease processes, including, genetic, viral, bacterial, immune, and physiological disorders. MEDI 502 (3) EXPERIMENTAL MEDICINE M ETH ODOLOGY. Laboratory experience with experimental models of human disease; critical reviews of their relevance. Laboratory rotations, oral presentations and written reviews. Registration requires permission of the Department. MEDI 510 (3) NEPHROLOGY. Mechanisms of regulation of acid-base balance, fluid and electrolyte content, excretion of proteins and organic substances in kidney disease; abnormal renal mechanisms in hypertension. MEDI 530 (3) GASTROENTEROLOGY. Pathogenesis and abnormal physiology in disease of the intestine and accessory organs; carcinogenesis; regulatory peptides; liver disease; inflammatory bowel disease; oesophageal dysfunction. MEDI 535(3) RESEARCH SEMINAR. Reviews of research in selected areas of experimental medicine, including presentation of student's own research results. MEDI 540 (3) ADVANCES IN NEUROLOGY. Pathogenesis and immunological mechanisms in acute and chronic virus infections of the central nervous system; immunologically induced non-infectious neurological disease. MEDI 548 (2-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN EXPERIMENTAL MEDICINE. MEDI 549 (12) M.SC. THESIS. MEDI 560 (3) PULMONARY PATHOPHYSIOLOGY. Same as PATH 518. MEDI 570 (3) CARDIOLOGY. Pathogenesis, abnormal physiology and therapeutic approaches in heart disease including cardiac arrhythmia, heart failure, myocardial infarction, hypertension, atherosclerosis. MEDI 580 (3/6) C EXPERIMENTAL MEDICINE: INFECTIOUS DISEASES. Supervised individual program of directed studies in experimental aspects of pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of infectious diseases, and mechanisms of host defence against microbial infections. MEDI 590 (3) MOLECULAR REGULATION OF CELL GROWTH AND DIFFERENTIATION. Cytokines and signal transduction mechanisms in the growth and differentiation of germ line, haemopoietic and other eukaryoric cells; actions of oncogene and tumor-suppressor gene products; molecular concepts derived from experimental model systems; molecular strategies of cytokine therapy. Prerequisite: One of MICB 302, BIOC 402, BIOC 403. Permission of course coordinator is also acceptable. MEDI 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. MICB —MICROBIOLOGY FACULTY OF SCIENCE BIOL 112 or MICB 201 is a prerequisite for all MICB courses except MICB 153 and MICB 353. Consult the Credit Exclusion List in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar. Additional fees are charged for some courses. MICB 153 (3) APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY Principles in the study of microorganisms and their relation to human health. Epidemiology of disease and the measures to prevent the transmission of pathogenic organisms. Open only to students in the School of Nursing. [3-0-0] MICB 201 (3) INTRODUCTORY MICROBIOLOGY. Fundamental properties of procaryotes: structure, metabolic diversity, environmental relationships, growth, genetics and applications. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 120, BIOL 121. [3-0-1] MICB 202 (3) INTRODUCTORY MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY. Introduction to cellular and humoral immune responses, the properties of viruses and the principles of bacterial pathogenesis. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of BIOL 112, MICB 201. BIOL 200 is also recommended. [3-0-1] MICB 203(1) BASIC MICROBIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Procedures and principles associated with isolation, characterization and handling of microorganisms. Intended for students requiring a basic microbiology laboratory course. Prerequisite: One of MICB 153, BIOL 112. [0-3-1] MICB300(3) MICROBIAL ECOLOGY. Effects of microbial and metabolic activities in nature. Interactions of microbes with microbes, plants and animals. Metabolic basis for applied uses of environmental bacteria. Prerequisite: BIOL 201 and one of BIOL 112, MICB 201. [3-0-1] MICB 302 (3) IMMUNOLOGY. Tissues, cells and molecules of immune system, innate immunity and complement, adaptive immunity, cellular and humoral immune responses, cytokines, T-cell activation, the major histocompatibility complex, antibody structure and genetics, immune system and cancer, AIDS, autoimmunity, hypersensitivity. Prerequisite: MICB 202 and third-year standing. [3-0-1] MICB 306 (3) MOLECULAR VIROLOGY. Introduction to virus structure and replication. Detailed examination of selected viruses including polio, HIV and cancer-causing retroviruses. Development of vaccines and antiviral drugs, the use of virus vectors to cure genetic diseases. Prerequisite: MICB 202. [3-0-1] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MEDI — MEDICINE 577 MICB 318 (3) BIOLOGICAL PROCESS ENGINEERING. Design and modeling of single and multi-species bioreactors, industrial fermentation and product recovery systems. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: BIOL 112 and one of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 180, MATH 184. Third- or fourth-year standing. [3-0-2] MICB 322 (3) MICROBIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Aseptic handling and characterization of microbes, growth properties, enzyme assays, protein analysis and plasmid isolation. Restricted to students in Microbiology and Immunology programs. Prerequisite: All of MICB 202, BIOL 200, BIOL 201 and one of BIOL 112, MICB 201 and two of CHEM 203, CHEM 204, CHEM 231, CHEM 232, CHEM 233, CHEM 235. [0-4-2] MICB 323 (3) ADVANCED MICROBIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Genetic manipulations of bacteria, introductory immunological and virological procedures, tissue culture. Restricted to Majors and Honours students in Microbiology Prerequisite: MICB 322. [0-4-2] MICB 324(3) THE MOLECULAR BASIS OF BACTERIAL GROWTH REGULATION. Response of bacterial cell to changing environments. Role of the cell envelope in energetics, transport and peptidoglycan synthesis. Regulation of gene expression. Biochemistry and physiology of bacterial growth. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 112, MICB 201. Corequisite: One of BIOC 302, BIOC 300, BIOC 303. [3-0-1] MICB 353(1) FOOD MICROBIOLOGY. Procedures and principles associated with isolation, enumeration, characterization and handling of microorganisms. Restricted to students registered in the Food Science program. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 112, MICB 201. [0-2-1] MICB 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Work experience in an industrial research setting, taken during the Winter Session (Term 2) of third year. ^ Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program of Biotechnology in Microbiology and Immunology. Prerequisite: MICB 202. MICB 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT II. Work experience in an industrial research setting, taken during Summer Session (Terms 1 and 2) following third year. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program of Biotechnology in Microbiology and Immunology. Prerequisite: MICB 202. MICB 401 (3) MICROBIAL ECOLOGY LABORATORY. Methods of assessment of diversity and abundance of microbes in several habitats. Enrichment, enumeration, biomass determination and gene characterization. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 201, MICB 300, MICB 322. [2-4-0] MICB 402 (3) ADVANCED IMMUNOLOGY. Molecular basis of lymphocyte development, activation and adhesion; immunogenetics and the major histocompatibility complex. Consult the credit exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the calendar. Prerequisite: MICB 302 and one of BIOL 334, BIOL 335. Standing of "B" or better is recommended. [3-0-1] MICB 403 (3) MOLECULAR BACTERIAL PATHOGENESIS. Molecular studies of bacterial pathogens. Topics include bacterial virulence factors, host defences against pathogens and vaccines, and diagnostics and antibiotics as control measures. Prerequisite: MICB 202. [3-0-0] MICB 404 (3) TOPICS IN MOLECULAR BACTERIAL PATHOGENESIS. A lecture/ discussion/library research course. Topics such as antibiotic resistance, pathogen genomics; host-pathogen interactions; evolution of pathogens; host responses to infection, invasive mechanisms, resistance mechanisms. Prerequisite: All of MICB 302, MICB 403. [1-0-4] MICB 405 (3) BIOINFORMATICS. Computational methods to analyze genome and protein sequences to derive structural and functional 1 information. Related topics in functional genomics. Prerequisite: One of MICB 324, BIOC 300, BIOC 302, BIOC 303, BIOL 335. [3-0-1] MICB 406 (3) TOPICS IN MOLECULAR VIROLOGY. Presentations, library research, paper reviews, class discussions about current research in virology. Topics such as molecular targets in viral therapy; chronic viral infection; virus-host cell interaction. Prerequisite: All of MICB 202, MICB 306. [1-0-4] MICB 407 (3) VIRAL INFECTIONS IN HUMANS. Interactions between viruses and humans; pathogenesis; persistence and viral oncogenesis; virological diagnosis and treatment. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar.) Prerequisite: MICB 306. [3-0-0] MICB409(3) MICROBIAL GENETICS. Plasmids, phage and cloning vectors, gene transfer, genetic maps, genetic analysis of microbial gene expression. Prerequisite: BIOL 335. [3-0-0] MICB410(3) MICROBIAL METABOLISM, 'bacterial metabolism of environmental relevance such as anaerobic metabolisms, xenobiotics degradation, co-metabolisms, secondary metabolisms, and transformation of minerals and halo-organics. Applications and theoretical basis of particular capabilities. Prerequisite: One of BIOL 112, MICB 201 and two of CHEM 233, CHEM 235, CHEM 231, CHEM 232, CHEM 203, CHEM 204 and BIOL 201. [3-0-0] MICB412(3) TOPICS IN IMMUNOLOGICAL RESEARCH. Presentations, library research, paper reviews and class discussion on selected areas of advanced molecular and cellular immunological research. Prerequisite: MICB 302 and one of MICB 402, MEDG 410. [1-0-4] MICB418(3) INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY. Exploitation of microbial and animal cells for the industrial production of chemicals ranging from alcohol to therapeutic proteins. Genetic manipulation of cellular characteristics, fermentation methods, patenting and governmental approval processes. Corequisite: BIOL 335. [3-0-0] MICB419(3) INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY LABORATORY. Modern bioreactor technology, upstream and downstream processing of biotechnology products. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: MICB 318. [1-4-0] MICB 421 (3) EXPERIMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY. Research in microbial physiology and molecular genetics. Guided and independent laboratory projects are developed. Prerequisite: MICB 323. [2-4-0] MICB 430 (3/6) C SEMINAR IN MICROBIOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Student seminars on selected papers from the microbiological literature. Compulsory for Honours students. Major students may enrol with permission of the department head. MICB447(3) EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH. A laboratory course with a choice of independent, supervised research projects. Students develop protocols to carry out investigation of selected molecular biology problems. MICB 448 (3/6)C DIRECTED RESEARCH. A library (three credits) or laboratory (six credits) project. Requires permission ofthe Undergraduate Advisor. The results are presented in a written report to be reviewed by oral examination. Prerequisite: MICB 323. MICB 449 (6) RESEARCH PROBLEM. A laboratory investigation in the final year of the Honours program. The results are presented in a written report, to be reviewed by oral examination. Prerequisite: MICB 323. MICB498(3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT III. Work experience in an industrial research setting, taken during the Summer Session (Terms 1 and 2) following fourth year. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program of Biotechnology in Microbiology and Immunology. Prerequisite: One of MICB 398, MICB 399. MICB499(3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Work experience in an industrial research setting, taken during the Winter Session (Term 1) of fifth year. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program of Biotechnology in Microbiology and Immunology. Prerequisite: One of MICB 399, MICB 498. MICB 502 (3) ADVANCED IMMUNOGENETICS. Consult the Credit Exclusion List in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar. MICB 503 (3) BACTERIAL CYTOLOGY AND GENETICS. MICB 505 (3) MOLECULAR MICROBIOLOGY. MICB 506 (2-6) D MICROBIOLOGICAL RESEARCH PROCEDURES. Normally taken in conjunction with MICB 530. To be taken only with permission of the department head. 578 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MICB 507 (3) TOPICS IN MOLECULAR PATHOGENESIS AND IMMUNOLOGY. MICB 508 (3) MOLECULAR GENETICS OF PLANT-MICROBE INTERACTIONS. Consult the Credit Exclusion List in the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar. MICB 530 (3) SEMINAR IN MICROBIOLOGY. MICB 548 (6) DIRECTED STUDIES ON AN APPROVED PROBLEM. MICB 549 (12) MASTER'S THESIS. MICB 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. MIDW—MIDWIFERY FACULTY OF MEDICINE MIDW 200 (3) BIRTH AND ITS MEANING. Social, cultural, psychological aspects of pregnancy and childbirth. MIDW 205 (12) MIDWIFERY CARE I. Normal pregnancy, labour, birth and puerperium with an emphasis on prenatal and postnatal midwifery care. MIDW 210 (3) CRITICAL APPRAISAL FOR MIDWIFERY. MIDW 215(1) ETHICS IN HEALTH CARE. MIDW 300 (15) MIDWIFERY CARE II. Normal pregnancy, labour, birth, and puerperium with an emphasis on the intrapartum period. MIDW 305 (12) PHYSICIAN/COMMUNITY PLACEMENT. MIDW310(3) PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN MIDWIFERY. [0-0-3] MIDW315(15) MIDWIFERY CARE III. Pregnancy, birth and puerperium with an emphasis on the recognition and management of variations of normal and findings outside of normal. MIDW400 (15) MIDWIFERY CARE IV. Abnormal situations in pregnancy and birth and in newborns. MIDW405 (12) CLINICAL CLERKSHIP. MIDW410 (3) GRADUATING ESSAY MINE — MINING ENGINEERING FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE MINE 290 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MINING AND MINERAL PROCESSING. Thenatureand scope of mining and mineral processing. The course will include one afternoon field trip. Equivalency: MMPE 290. [3-0-2] MINE 293(1) SEMINAR. Oral presentation of topics by students.Graded on basis of report and presentation. Equivalency: MMPE 293. [0-0-1; 0-0-1] MINE 295 (3) MINERAL DEPOSIT MODELING. Types of mineral deposits. Exploration and sampling methods. Methods for data analysis and computer modeling of mineral deposits and their use in production planning and design. Prerequisite: CPSC 152. Corequisite: preferred corequisite STAT 251 Equivalency: MMPE 295. [2-1-1] MINE 302 (3) UNDERGROUND MINING AND DESIGN. Selection, design and development of underground mining methods based upon physical, geological, economical and environmental constraints. Underground materials handling (ore, waste, slurry, water) with equipment selection, production requirements, performance and costs. Prerequisite: One of MMPE 290, MINE 290. Equivalency: MMPE 302. [3-2 *-0] MINE 303 (3) ROCK MECHANICS FUNDAMENTALS. The study of the mechanical and structural properties of rock materials at the laboratory and field level. The relevance of such studies to common mining, geological and civil engineering problems. Credit given for only one of MMPE/MINE 303 or MMPE/ MINE 305. Prerequisite: One of CIVL 230, MECH 260. MMPE/MINE 290 is recommended. Equivalency: MMPE 302. [2-2-0] MINE 304(3) DRILLING AND BLASTING. Theory and practice of rock fragmentation by drilling and blasting; introduction to explosives and detonators; design of surface and underground blasts for mining and the construction industry. Equivalency: MMPE 304. [2-3 *-0] MINE 305 (4) GEOMECHANIC FUNDAMENTALS. The study of the mechanical and structural properties of rock materials at the laboratory and field level. The relevance of such studies to common mining problems, geological and civil engineering problems. Laboratory will include a) rock material testing; b) descriptive structural geology. Credit given for only one of MMPE/MINE 303 or MMPE/MINE 305. Prerequisite: MECH 260. MMPE/MINE 290 is recommended. Equivalency: MMPE 305. [2-4-0] MINE 331 (3) PHYSICAL MINERAL PROCESSES. Mineral processing unit operations and sampling, crushing, grinding, screening, classification, gravity separation, magnetic separation, electrostatic separation, concentrate dewatering practices. Prerequisite: MAINE 290. Equivalency: MMPE 331. [2-3-0] MINE 333 (3) FLOTATION. Theory and technology of flotation and ancillary processes. Equivalency: MMPE 333. [2-3-0] MINE 338 (3) PROCESS MINERALOGY. Mineralogy to troubleshoot processing circuits; degree of liberation; coal macerals; selective chemical extraction; heavy liquid separation; instrumental analysis; optical microscopy; mineralogy applied to ore extraction and beneficiation, extractive metallurgy, industrial minerals and advanced materials; environmental mineralogy; tailing characterization. Equivalency: MMPE 338. [2-2-0] MINE 391 (3) MINING AND THE ENVIRONMENT. Environmental topics of importance to engineers practicing within the mining, metallurgical and related industries including technical practices, regulatory and public issues. [3-0-0] MINE 393(1) SEMINAR. Oral presentation of topics by students. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in Mining and Mineral Process Engineering. [0-0-1; 0-0-1] MINE 396 (3) ENGINEERING ECONOMICS. Accounting principles, time value of money principles, depreciation and taxes, economic analysis of projects, sensitivity and risk analysis, financing and cost of capital; optimization of product processes. Prerequisite: Second-year standing in Engineering. Equivalency: MMPE 396. [3-0-0] MINE 402 (3) MINE VENTILATION. Design and analysis for ventilation systems for mining. Topics such as ventilation design, ventialrion surveys, themodynamic aspects, psychrometry of air and air conditioning. Prerequisite: One of MMPE 290, MINE 290. Equivalency: MMPE 402. [3-2 *-0] MINE 403 (3) ROCK MECHANICS DESIGN. The design of rock slopes and underground openings with respect to stress, structure and the rock mass. Stabilization and monitoring of rock movement. Prerequisite: One of MINE 303, MINE 305. Equivalency: MMPE 403. [3-0-0] MINE 404(3) MINE MANAGEMENT. Human relations in an organization; types of organizations; personnel evaluations and job rating systems; impact of manpower planning on decision-making; union negotiations; public relations; dealing with the media; corporate responsibilities to society and employees. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing in Mining and Mineral Process Engineering. Equivalency: MMPE 404. [3-0-0] MINE410(3) SURFACE MINING AND DESIGN. Surface mining methods, production planning and scheduling; slope design and drainage; wall control; materials handling and equipment selection; production control and automation, waste disposal and closure. Equivalency: MMPE 410. [3-0-0] MINE 432 (3) INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS. Automatic control theory, PID control, Laplace and z-transforms, loop tuning, frequency response, stability analysis, control strategies in flotation, comminution, dewatering, reagent and bin/sump levels, automated load-haul-dump and drilling equipment, teleroborics in mining operations, instrumentation and soft sensors. Equivalency: MMPE 432. [3-2-0] MINE 433 (3) SURFACE PROPERTIES. Basic characteristics of interfaces. Electrical effects at solid/liquid interfaces. Surfactants, adsorption and its effect on wettability. Utilization of surface properties in mineral engineering: flotation, selective floccularion and selective coagulation, oil agglomeration. Prerequisite: CHEM 262. Equivalency: MMPE 433. [2-3-0] MINE 434 (3) PROCESSING PRECIOUS METAL ORES. Process alternatives and mineralogical considerations; physical and chemical recovery technologies; environmental protection; flowsheet studies. Prerequisite: One of MMPE 331, MINE 331. Equivalency: MMPE 434. [2-1-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MIDW — MIDWIFERY 579 MINE 435 (3) PLANT AND PROCESS DESIGN. Design of unit operations in a mineral processing plant including crushing, grinding, classification, gravity separation, magnetic separation, flotation, thickening and filtration. Equipment selection and sizing, flowsheet design, circuit analysis and processing options. Prerequisite: One of MMPE 331, MINE 331. Equivalency: MMPE 435. [3-0-0] MINE 462 (3) COAL PREPARATION TECHNOLOGY. Thermal and metallurgical coals: objectives of their cleaning; coal washability and flotability fundamentals; coal preparation unit operations; performance characteristics of coal washing equipment; products dewatering; plant flowsheets. Prerequisite: One of MMPE 290, MINE 290 and one of MMPE 331, MINE 331. Equivalency: MMPE 462. [2-3-0] MINE 480 (2) MINE WASTE MANAGEMENT. Basic geotechnical, hydrological and water management aspects of mine waste management. Equivalency: MMPE 480. [2-0-0] MINE 482 (3) MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING. Analytical foundtion for maintenance of industrial plant equipment and mobile equipment in various production environments; maintenance planning and management, life cycle anaylysis, reliability theory, total quality maintenance, condition monitoring. Equivalency: MMPE 482. [3-0-0] MINE 491 (4) MINE AND PLANT FEASIBILITY STUDY. Design of a mining operation or a mineral processing plant as part of a realistic feasibility study project. Prerequisite: One of MMPE 396, MINE 396. Fourth-year standing in Mining and Mineral Process Engineering is required. Equivalency: MMPE 491. [1-3-3] MINE 493 (1) SEMINAR. Oral presentation of a technical nature. Use of closed circuit television for personal evaluation. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing in Mining and Mineral Process Engineering. Equivalency: MMPE 493. [0-0-1; 0-0-1] MINE 495(3) SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. Optimization and operations research techniques used in mining and mineral processing including effects of multiple factors in a process. Case studies are used to demonstrate the techniques. Equivalency: MMPE 495. [3-0-1] MINE 496 (3) ADVANCED COMPUTER APPLICATION IN THE MINING INDUSTRY. Use of computers to solve complex problems. Topics: artificial intelligence, expert systems, fuzzy logic, neural networks, genetic algorithms, hypertext and intelligent user interfaces. Simulation models in mining and processing. Registrants will build a system using one of the software packages. Equivalency: MMPE 496. [3-0-0] MINE 497 (1-3) D DIRECTED STUDIES. Requires approval of the department head. Equivalency: MMPE 497. MINE 550 (2) MINING METHODS. A more advanced study of some aspects of mining methods. Equivalency: MMPE 550. MINE 551 (3) APPLIED UNDERGROUND ROCK MECHANICS. Study of design methods; underground engineering of openings, pillars and support. Emphasis on design with input being stress, structure and rock mass, employing analytical, empirical and numerical tools. Equivalency: MMPE 551. MINE 552 (3) MINING GEOSTATISTICS. Basic geostatistical concepts. Applications of geostatistical techniques and stochastic simulation to orebody modelling and grade control. Equivalency: MMPE 552. MINE 553 (2-4) D MANAGEMENT IN SCIENCE METHODS IN ENGINEERING. Use of mathematical programming, network theory, queuing models and simulation to analyze and improve engineering designs and industrial operations. Model formulation and relevance of the analysis to corporate strategy are emphasized. Equivalency: MMPE 553. MINE 554(3) MINE ECONOMICS AND FINANCE. Mine valuation using discounted cash flow analysis and option pricing methods. Sources of mine finance and requirements. Sensitivity and risk assessment. Introduction to metals marketing, hedging and risk management. Equivalency: MMPE 554. MINE 556 (2) ROCK SLOPE ENGINEERING. Geologic investigations and field and laboratory testing; detailed review of the mechanisms of rock slope instability; the influence of geology, ground water and blasting on rock slope stability; design of stable rock slopes; monitoring of rock slope behaviour; stabilization or rock slope failures. Equivalency: MMPE 556. MINE 557 (3) INTEGRATED MINING AND PROCESSING SYSTEMS. Methods and systems for integrated mining and processing, conceptual model development, simulation, economic and technical evaluation. Equivalency: MMPE 557. MINE 560 (2) MINE VENTILATION. Mine air conditioning, ventilation network analysis, radioactivity in mining, case studies in mine ventilation and control of dust, fumes and diesel exhausts. Equivalency: MMPE 560. MINE 561 (2) MINE SHAFTS AND HOISTING. Shaft layout, guide and bunton selection. Hoist rope properties and characteristics. Drum, reel and friction hoisting. Loading and dump arrangements. Headframe layout. Incline hoisting. Signaling and safety devices. Shaft inspection and maintenance. Sinking hoists and stages. Equivalency: MMPE 561. MINE 562 (2) EQUIPMENT SELECTION. Methods of selecting equipment for underground and surface mining. Case studies and applications. Equivalency: MMPE 562. MINE 565 (2) ROCK FRAGMENTATION. Theory and practice of drilling and blasting; explosive types and strengths. Blast pattern design for underground and surface operations. Equivalency: MMPE 565. MINE 566(3) ADVANCED COAL PREPARATION. Thermal and metallurgical coals. Desulphurization Theory of coal benefici- ation. Dense media separation. Coal surface properties and their effect on fine coal processing by flotation and oil agglomeration; coal/ water/slurries. Plant performance testing and instrumentation. Equivalency: MMPE 566. MINE 572 (2/4) D PROCESSING OF MINERAL FINES. Particulate systems. Role of particle size and interfacial phenomena in properties of disperse systems. Stability of colloids and suspensions DLVO (Dejaguin-Landau-Vervey- Overbeek). Equivalency: MMPE 572. MINE 573 (2) TREATMENT OF MINERAL INDUSTRY EFFLUENTS. Characteristics of mineral dispersions in gases and in water; dust suppression in mining and in mineral transport facilities; solid-liquid separations; removal of noxious chemicals; waste disposal systems. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor is required. Equivalency: MMPE 573. MINE 574(3) MINING ENVIRONMENT CASE STUDIES. Regulatory requirements for mine- mill environmental protection in design, operation and closure. Studies of environmental impact statements and closure plans. Equivalency: MMPE 574. MINE 575 (3) MATHEMATICAL MODELLING OF MINERAL PROCESSES. Emphasis on crushing, grinding, screening, classification and flotation. Equivalency: MMPE 575. MINE 576 (3) SIMULATION AND OPTIMIZATION OF MINERAL PROCESSES. Mineral process simulators including off-line optimization strategies; optimal flow sheet design. Prerequisite: One of MMPE 575, MINE 575. Equivalency: MMPE 576. MINE 577 (3) PROCESSING OF PRECIOUS METAL ORES. Advances in science and technology for recovering gold, silver and platinum group elements Equivalency: MMPE 577. MINE 578 (3) INDUSTRIAL EXPERT SYSTEMS. The use of artificial intelligence to solve complex problems in industry. Topics include knowledge acquisition, knowledge representation, knowledge accumulation, and conflict resolution. Equivalency: MMPE 578. MINE 579 (3) RHEOLOGY OF MINERAL SUSPENSIONS. Rheological measurements, flowcurve modelling, micro-rhealogy, control of rheological properties. Application to mineral processing unit operations. Equivalency: MMPE 579. MINE 580 (3) ACID ROCK DRAINAGE. Lectures and seminars on topics of importance in acid rock drainage including fundamentals of ARD generation, prediction, prevention, control, treatment and monitoring for waste management and regulatory control in the mining industry. Equivalency: MMPE 580. MINE 581 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGIES AND ISSUES IN MINING. Advanced topics related to mining environment selected in consultation with the instructor. Equivalency: MMPE 581. MINE 582 (3) MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING. The analytical foundation for maintenance of industrial plant equipment and 580 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 mobile equipment in various production environments. Reliability theory, sensing technology and theory, Risk Analysis, and operations research applied to maintenance management. Equivalency: MMPE 582. MINE 583 (3) MINING AND SOCIETY. Discussion of social, political and technical topics concerning mining-related activities. Equivalency: MMPE 583. MINE 584 (3) ENERGY FROM THE EARTH: RENEWABLE VERSUS CONVENTIONAL. Coal, oil, gas, uranium, hydro, wind, geother- mal and geosolar MINE 590 (2-6) C SPECIAL ADVANCED TOPICS. A special advanced course may be arranged upon the approval of the department head. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor is required. Equivalency: MMPE 590. MINE 597 (6) ENGINEERING PROJECT. A project involving laboratory, pilot plant or field work is to be completed in close collaboration with an academic advisor. For M.Eng. students only. Equivalency: MMPE 597. MINE 598 (2) SEMINAR. Topics in mining, mineral processing and the environment for M.A.Sc. and M.Eng. students. Equivalency: MMPE 598. MINE 599 (6-12) C THESIS. For M.A.Sc. Research studies in mining or mineral process engineering. Equivalency: MMPE 599. MINE 698 (2) SEMINAR. Topics in mining and mineral processing for Ph.D. students. Equivalency: MMPE 698. MINE 699(0) THESIS. For Ph.D. Degree. Equivalency: MMPE 698. MRNE —MARINE SCIENCE FACULTY OF SCIENCE MRNE 400 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. A research project approved by the supervisor in the field of interest of the student designed to take advantage of the opportunities offered by the Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre. Note: the supervisor may be teaching at the Marine Centre; or a member of faculty of WCUMSS whether at the Marine Centre as a research investigator or as one of the members of WCUMSS. MRNE 401 (6) SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARINE BIOLOGY. This course will be offered, as opportunities arise, by distinguished scientists visiting at the Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre. It is expected that the course will generally be of a specialized nature and be at a level appropriate to graduate or senior undergraduate students. MRNE 402 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARINE BIOLOGY. This course will be offered, as opportunities arise, by distinguished scientists visiting at the Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre who are prepared to offer a course extending over a 3-week period. This course will be of a specialized nature and at a level appropriate to graduate or senior undergraduate students. MRNE 410 (6) MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. A survey ofthe marine phyla, with emphasis on the benthic fauna in the vicinity of the Marine Station. The course includes lectures, laboratory periods, field collection, identification and observation. Emphasis is placed on the study of living specimens in the laboratory and in the field. MRNE 411 (6) COMPARATIVE INVERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY. A comprehensive study of development of marine invertebrates available at the Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre, including all major phyla and most of the minor phyla. Prerequisite: course in invertebrates or embryology. MRNE412(6) BIOLOGY OF FISHES. Classification, physiology, ecology, behaviour and zoogeography of fishes with particular emphasis on those in the marine environment of the British Columbia coast. Prerequisite: A course in comparative vertebrate anatomy. MRNE 413 (6) BIOLOGY OF MARINE MOLLUSCS. Advanced course of selected topics emphasizing functional morphology, ecology and evolution. Field trips survey representative molluscs of the Bamfield region. Students are expected to complete an independent field or laboratory study of selected molluscs. Prerequisite: MRNE 410. MRNE 415 (3) STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION IN MARINE ANIMALS. Principles of classification, evolution, morphology, biomechanics, physiology and biochemistry will be illustrated in representatives from a variety of animal phyla. Prerequisite: Completion of second year in a biology program. [3-3-0] MRNE 420(6) MARINE PHYCOLOGY. A survey of the marine algae, with emphasis on the benthic forms in the vicinity of the Marine Centre. The course includes lectures, laboratory periods, field collection, identification and observation. Emphasis is placed on the study of living specimens in the laboratory and in the field. MRNE 425 (3) ECOLOGICAL ADAPTATIONS OF SEAWEEDS. Morphological, physiological, genetic and reproductive adaptations of seaweeds to their environments. Prerequisite: ^Completion of second year in a biology program. [3-3-0] MRNE 430(6) MARINE ECOLOGY. An analytical approach to biotic associations in the marine environment. Opportunities are provided for study of the intertidal realm in exposed and protected areas, and of beaches and estuaries in the vicinity of the Marine Centre; plankton studies and investigations of the subtidal and benthic environments by diving and dredging are envisaged. MRNE 435(6) INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. An introduction to the biology of oceans, with supporting coverage of relevant physics and chemistry. Emphasis will be placed on plankton biology, community structure and life histories, and influencing environmental factors. Collections will be made from sheltered inlets, through Barkely Sound to offshore waters. The course will involve both field and laboratory. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 320, BIOL 205. MRNE 437(3) POPULATION AND COMMUNITY ECOLOGY OF MARINE ORGANISMS. Emphasis on interactions among organisms and between organisms and their physiochemical environment, and on biological diversity. Prerequisite: Completion of second year in a biology program. [3-3-0] MRNE 440 (6) BIOLOGY OF MARINE BIRDS. Study of interrelationship of birds and the marine environment. Census techniques and observation of birds in the field will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Completion of a course in vertebrate zoology or permission of the instructor. MRNE 445 (6) BIOLOGY OF MARINE MAMMALS. Survey course covering systemat- ics and distribution of marine mammals, their sensory capabilities and physiology, with special emphasis on the Cetacea. The course will involve an independent field study. Prerequisite: Introductory vertebrate zoology. MRNE 450 (3) PRINCIPLES OF AQUACULTURE. An interdisciplinary introduction to the principles underlying the commercial cultivation of aquatic plants and animals emphasizing marine systems. The course will include working site visits to a range of commercial farms and research and development facilities. MRNE 454 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN AQUACULTURE. An examination of the culture techniques for selected groups of aquatic plants, animals or micro organisms. Participants will be expected to complete a project which examines some aspect of applied science relevant to commercial culture. MRNE 460 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN AQUACULTURAL APPLIED SCIENCE. An examination of the principles underlying the application of selected areas of scientific information to commercial aquaculture. Participants will be expected to complete a written project. MRNE 470 (3) DIRECTED RESEARCH IN AQUACULTURE. Design and execution of a research project in the field of aquaculture under the supervision of a scientist working at the Bamfield Centre. A written report is a requirement. MRNE 480 (3) SEMINARS AND PAPERS IN MARINE SCIENCE. Instruction in the critical analysis of published research papers and of oral seminars. Prerequisite: Completion of second year in a biology program. [2-2-0] MRNE 500(6) DIRECTED STUDIES. Research project approved by the supervisor in the field of interest of the student designed to take maximum advantage of the laboratory and/or field opportunities offered by the Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre. MRNE 501 (6) SPECIAL TOPICS. 6 weeks. Offered, as opportunities arise, by distinguished scientists who are visiting at the Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre. The course will be of a specialized nature. MRNE 502 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS. 3 weeks. Offered, as opportunities arise, by distinguished PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MRNE — MARINE SCIENCE 581 scientists who are visiting at the Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre. The course will be of a specialized nature. MTRL— MATERIALS ENGINEERING FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE MTRL 250 (4) METALLURGICAL THERMODYNAMICS I. Thermodynamic and electrochemical principles applied to metallurgical processes; phase rule, heat of reaction, free energy, activity, thermodynamic equilibrium; thermodynamics of aqueous solutions. Equivalency: MMAT 250. [3-0-2] MTRL252(4) PYROMETALLURGY I. Process flow sheets for ferrous and non-ferrous metal extraction; mass and energy conservation; roasting and smelting; refractory properties. Equivalency: MMAT 252. [2-3 *-2] MTRL263(4) TRANSPORT PHENOMENA I. Fluid Mechanics; laminar and turbulent flow; boundary layers; flow in conduits and fluidized beds; flow measurements. Heat transfer; conduction through solids. Equivalency: MMAT 263. [3-0-2] MTRL280(3) MATERIALS IN DESIGN. The process of materials selection for different design criteria; the importance of shape and processing variables; the use of computer software in the selection process. Equivalency: MMAT 280. [2-0-3] MTRL 350 (4) METALLURGICAL THERMODYNAMICS II. The application of thermodynamics to metallurgical processes: thermochemistry of gas mixtures, solution thermochemistry, inter-action parameters, chemical potential and free energy diagrams applied to metallurgical processes and thermodynamic modelling. Prerequisite: One of MMAT 250, MTRL 250. Equivalency: MTRL 350. [3-0-2] MTRL358(3) HYDROMETALLURGY I. Aqueous extraction of metals from ores and concentrates. Equivalency: MTRL 358. [3-0-0] MTRL359(1) HYDROMETALLURGY I LABORATORY. Laboratory exercises on aqueous extraction of metals from ores and concentrates. Corequisite: One of MMAT 358, MTRL 358. Equivalency: MMAT 359. [0-3 *-0] MTRL 361 (4) MODELLING OF MATERIALS PROCESSES. Mathematical and physical modelling of processes employed in the production of materials. The application of models to analyze, design and improve materials production. Equivalency: MMAT 361. [3-0-2] MTRL363(3) TRANSPORT PHENOMENA II. Diffusion and mass transfer with chemical reaction; gas-liquid, gas-solid and liquid-liquid systems; analysis of mass transfer processes in metallurgical operations; mixing in continuous and batch processes. Prerequisite: One of MMAT 263, MTRL 263. Equivalency: MMAT 363. [2-0-2] MTRL365(3) MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF MATERIALS. Poly crystalline and single crystal deformation; dislocation theory; strengthening mechanisms; fracture mechanics; fatigue; high temperature deformation mechanisms. Prereq uisite: APSC 278. Equivalency: MMAT 365. [3-0-0] MTRL 378 (3) PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS. Solidification and solid state transformations; nucleation and growth processes; segregation and structure in castings; phase changes in steel; transformation diagrams; diffusion equations. Equivalency: MMAT 378. [3-0-2*] MTRL 380 (3) STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS. Strengthening mechanisms; heat treatment and properties of steel and other alloys; metal failures. Prerequisite: APSC 278. Equivalency: MMAT 380. [3-0-0] MTRL 381 (1) STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES LABORATORY. Structure and properties of ferrous and non-ferrous metals; heat treatment; hardenability; metallography; age hardening. Equivalency: MMAT 381. [0-3*-0] MTRL 382 (4) CERAMICS I. Fundamentals of ceramics: raw materials, forming, sintering of ceramics; properties of ceramics; ceramic coating; process control in the manufacturing of ceramics; applications and design with ceramics; ceramic armor, ceramic lamp envelope, ceramic cutting tools. Equivalency: MMAT 382. [3-3*-0] MTRL389 0) SEMINAR I. Public speaking and presentation of technical papers. Equivalency: MMAT 389. [0-0-1] MTRL390 0) SEMINAR II. Public speaking and presentation of technical papers. Equivalency: MMAT 390. [0-0-1] MTRL 394 (4) POLYMER AND POLYMER MATRIX COMPOSITES. The structure and properties of polymeric materials, reinforced polymers and polymer matrix composites with emphasis on their engineering properties and applications. Equivalency: MMAT 394. [3-0-2] MTRL398 0) ENGINEERING REPORT. All students entering third year Metals and Materials Engineering are required to write two reports, one based on the field trip. Detailed information on the form, content and dates for submission of the preliminary and final copies is available in the office ofthe department head. Equivalency: MMAT 398. MTRL 451 (3) MICROSTRUCTURAL ANALYSIS LABORATORY. Basic principles and techniques of micro structural analysis with particular reference to engineered materials including x-ray, SEM microprobe TEM and high energy electron analysis. Equivalency: MMAT 451. [l-3*-2] MTRL 455 (3) ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF METALS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING. Time value of money, cash flows, capital and operating cost estimation, financial decision making and relevant case studies. Equivalency: MMAT 455. [2-0-2] MTRL 456 (2) CORROSION ENGINEERING. Thermodynamics of corrosion (Pourbaix diagrams); kinetics of corrosion (polarization curves); practical aspects of corrosion. Equivalency: MMAT 456. [2-0-0] MTRL 458 (3) HYDROMETALLURGY II. Leaching, purification, precipitation, regeneration; thermodynamics and kinetics of separa tion steps; electrochemical applications. Prerequisite: One of MMAT 358, MTRL 358. Equivalency: MMAT 458. [3-0-0] MTRL 460 (3) ELECTRONIC CERAMICS. Electromagnetic field interaction with electro- ceramics, mechanisms of conduction and insulation; properties and applications of basic groups of electronic ceramics. Equivalency: MMAT 460. [3-0-0] MTRL 462 (3) SPECIALTY ALLOYS FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS. Role of material science and engineering in high temperature applications: alloy development, alloy production, component design, component lifetime estimation and component manufacturing. Equivalency: MMAT 462. [3-0-0] MTRL 464 (3) ENGINEERING DESIGN I. Case studies illustrating the process of design in materials engineering. Equivalency: MMAT 464. [2-0-2] MTRL 465 (3) ENGINEERING DESIGN II. Case studies illustrating the process of design in materials engineering. Equivalency: MMAT 465. [2-0-2] MTRL 466 (3) ENGINEERING PROJECT I. Design projects to illustrate the full spectrum of design encountered in Metals and Materials Engineering including the design of components, structures and processes used to manufacture materials. Equivalency: MMAT 466. [1-0-5] MTRL 467 (3) ENGINEERING PROJECT II. Design projects to illustrate the full spectrum of design encountered in Metals and Materials Engineering including the design of components, structures and processes used to manufacture materials. Equivalency: MMAT 467. [1-0-5] MTRL 469 (3) SOLIDIFICATION. Solidification theory and application to casting processes; heat diffusion in solidification; solute diffusion models; nucleation theory; growth kinetics; eutectic and dendritic growth. Equivalency: MMAT 469. [2-0-2] MTRL 474(3) MECHANICAL WORKING. Effect of temperature, strain rate, state of stress and structure on the deformation behaviour of metals and alloys at large strains. Criteria for workability of metals. Applications to the analysis of such hot and cold working processes as forging, rolling, extrusion, deep drawing, wire and tube drawing. Friction and lubrication in metal working. Equivalency: MMAT 474. [2-0-2] MTRL 478 (3) ELECTRONIC MATERIALS. Materials and physics aspects of semiconductor, optical and magnetic devices: energy bandstruc- ture, crystal structure, crystal defects and impurity effects, relationship of material characteristics and physical properties; production of electronic materials and devices: single crystal growth, epitaxy, metallization, ion implantation, lithography and etching; characterization techniques: X-ray diffraction, photoluminescence. Equivalency: MMAT 478. [3-0-0] 582 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MTRL482 (3) CERAMICS II. Ceramic coatings, sol-gel and thermal spray coatings, chemical and glass coatings, coating properties and characterization. Equivalency: MMAT 482. [3-0-0] MTRL 484 (2) REFRACTORY CERAMICS FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS. Refractory applications in metallurgical furnaces; requirements, specifications, causes of failure, common problems and their solutions; new developments in refractory practice. Prerequisite: One of MMAT 382, MTRL 382. Equivalency: MMAT 484. [2-0-0] MTRL486 (2) NONDESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION. Principles of test methods; inspection techniques and equipment; quantitative flaw evaluation; reliability analysis. Equivalency: MMAT 486. [2-0-0] MTRL 489(1) SEMINAR III. Training and practice in public speaking and presentation of technical papers. Equivalency: MMAT 489. [0-0-1] MTRL 494 (3) COMPOSITE MATERIALS. Understanding the properties and the mechanical behaviour of composite materials with emphasis on analysis, design, and manufacturing. Equivalency: MMAT 494. [2-2*-0] MTRL 495 (3) BIOMATERIALS. Engineered materials in medical applications with an emphasis on material properties, functionality, design, and material response in the biological environment. Prerequisite: APSC 278. Equivalency: MMAT 495. [2-0-2] MTRL496 (3) BIOMIMETIC MATERIALS PROCESSING. A comprehensive study of the structure-function relations of biological hard tissues, and their application to the design and processing of novel materials and devices. Prerequisite: APSC 278. Equivalency: MMAT 496. [2-0-2] MTRL498(1) ENGINEERING REPORT. All students in fourth year Metals and Materials Engineering are required to write two reports, one based on the field trip. Detailed information on the form, content and dates for submission of the preliminary and final copies is available in the office of the department head. Equivalency: MMAT 498. MTRL 550 (2-4) C METALLURGICAL THERMODYNAMICS. Application of advanced thermodynamic principles in metallurgical processes. Prerequisite: One of MMAT 350, MTRL 350. Equivalency: MMAT 550. MTRL 557 (3) SEPARATION SCIENCE IN AQUEOUS METAL PROCESSING. The theory of solvent extraction and ion exchange, membrane separations, chemical precipitation, electrochemical separations and other techniques for aqueous metal processing, applications from the metal processing literature. Equivalency: MMAT 557. MTRL 558 (3) CORROSION. Modern theories relating to corrosion and corrosion protection of metals. Thermodynamic and kinetic phenomena, corrosion measurements, inhibition and passivation, design for corrosive environments, stress corrosion cracking theory. Prerequisite: One of MMAT 456, MTRL 456. Equivalency: MMAT 558. MTRL 562 (3) FINITE ELEMENTS IN HEAT TRANSFER. Application of the finite element method to heat transfer and solidification; steady state and transient heat conduction; latent heat evolution and radiation. Equivalency: MMAT 562. MTRL 564 (3) HYDROMETALLURGICAL REACTOR DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. Batch leaching kinetics, leaching mechanisms; statistical methods for design of multiparticle continuous leaching reactors; coupled heat and mass balances, mixing phenomena, redox and precipitation reactions, complex mineralogical feeds; heap and dump leaching. Equivalency: MMAT 564. MTRL 570 (3) DEFORMATION OF CRYSTALLINE MATERIALS. Nature and properties of lattice imperfections; dislocation theory and its use to describe work hardening, creep, structure of grain boundaries and other phenomena. Equivalency: MMAT 570. MTRL 575 (3) ADVANCED PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS. Thermodynamic and kinetic bases for the theory of phase transformations in the condensed state. Equivalency: MMAT 575. MTRL 578 (3) MICROSTRUCTURAL EVOLUTION OF DEFORMED MATERIALS. Physical mechanisms of micro structure evolution; structure, energy and mobilities of grain boundaries, grain boundary segregation, precipitation, recovery, recrystallization, grain growth; micro structure engineering of steels. Equivalency: MMAT 578. MTRL 579 (3) ADVANCED DEFORMATION PROCESSES. Mechanical and metallurgical behaviour of metals during deformation, design of deformation processes (rolling, extrusion, forging, etc.), development of micro structure and texture during deformation. Equivalency: MMAT 579. MTRL 582 (3) ADVANCED CERAMICS. Complex silicate structures; ion exchange in ^silicates; kinetics of solid state reactions; kinetics of high temperature processes. Equivalency: MMAT 582. MTRL 585 (3) TOPICS IN FRACTURE MECHANICS. The equations and concepts of linear elastic fracture mechanics. Fracture toughness testing, statistical theories of fracture and proof testing, stress corrosion cracking and static fatigue. Acoustic emission and other nondestructive testing methods. Case studies of large scale fractures of pressure vessels and structures. Equivalency: MMAT 585. MTRL 586 (3) ELECTRON METALLOGRAPHY. The principles of advanced research microscopy utilizing electron beams; transmission and scanning electron microscopy, electron diffraction, X-ray micro-analysis, electron energy analysis. Equivalency: MMAT 586. MTRL 588 (3) ELECTROCHEMICAL SCIENCE, ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY. Electrochemical interfaces; electrode reactions; thermodynamics; kinetics and transport processes in electrochemical systems; experimental techniques. Electrochemical reactors and processes; modelling, design and economics. Electrochemical technologies; electrosyn- thesis, batteries and fuel cells. Electrometallurgy; electrowinning and refining of metals, corrosion, leaching and cementation. Equivalency: CHBE 577, MMAT 588. MTRL 592 (2-6) D ADVANCED TOPICS IN METALS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING. A special advanced course may be arranged on approval of the department head. Equivalency: MMAT 592. MTRL 593 (1-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN METALS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING. Equivalency: MMAT 593. MTRL 595 (3) ADVANCED BIOMATERIALS. Formation and structure-function relations of biological materials, the interaction of tissue- synthetic biomaterials, advanced biomaterials design, biomimetic processing, and current progress in drug delivery systems and biomedical devices. Equivalency: MMAT 595. MTRL 596(12) M.SC. THESIS. Equivalency: MMAT 596. MTRL 597 (6) M.ENG. PROJECT. Equivalency: MMAT 597. MTRL 598(0) SEMINAR. Presentation and discussion of current topics in metals and materials research. A required course for graduate students in metals and materials which carries no academic credit. Equivalency: MMAT 598. MTRL 599 (12) THESIS. For M.A.Sc. Degree. Research studies in chemical metallurgy, physical metallurgy, or ceramics. Equivalency: MMAT 599. MTRL 699(0) THESIS. For Ph.D. Equivalency: MMAT 699. MUED —MUSIC EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION MUED 300 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING MUSIC AND DANCE ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY. [3-0-0] MUED 302 (4/6) C INSTRUMENTAL PEDAGOGY: SECONDARY. [2-0-0; 2-0-0] MUED 303 (4/6) D CHORAL PEDAGOGY: SECONDARY. [2-0-0; 2-0-0] MUED 304(3) INSTRUMENTAL PEDAGOGY: ELEMENTARY. [3-0-0] MUED 308 (3) ELEMENTARY CHORAL MUSIC. Prerequisite: All of MUED 300, MUED 320 or an introductory course in music education. [0-3-0] MUED314(4/5)D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN MUSIC: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in music and permission of the Head. MUED 320 (2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN MUSIC: ELEMENTARY. Curriculum organization in music; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching music. Pass/Fail. [1-2-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MUED — MUSIC EDUCATION 583 MUED 332 (3) INSTRUMENTAL JAZZ PEDAGOGY. Teaching instrumental jazz in the secondary school. [3-0] MUED 333 (3) CHORAL JAZZ PEDAGOGY. Teaching choral jazz in the schools. [3-0] MUED 336 (3) KODALY I. Prerequisite: One of MUED 300, MUED 320. [1-2-0] MUED 339 (3) THE MUSICAL. Organization and production of school musicals. [3-0] MUED 340 (3) CANADIAN MUSIC IN THE CLASSROOM. Aspects of Canadian music suitable for elementary and secondary school curricula. The interrelation between music and other subjects. [3-0] MUED400(3) MUSIC CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION: ELEMENTARY. Prerequisite: One of MUED 300, MUED 320. [3-0-0] MUED402(3) CONDUCTING AND REHEARSAL TECHNIQUES FOR TEACHERS. Instrumental and choral techniques for teachers with prior experience teaching music. MUED405(3) COMPUTER STUDIES FOR MUSIC EDUCATION. Classroom strategies for scoring and composing music using electronic music sequencing and composition programs. Prerequisite: CUST 321 or equivalent experience. [1-4] MUED407(3) MUSIC CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION: ELEMENTARY. Philosophy, objectives, curriculum, methods, and materials for teaching music in elementary schools. Prerequisite: One of MUED 300, MUED 320. [3-0-0] MUED408(3) ELEMENTARY CHORAL MUSIC. Foundations for choral singing; the child voice; methods and materials for elementary singers; choral and conducting techniques. Prerequisite: One of MUED 300, MUED 320, or an introductory course in music education. [0-3-0] MUED412(3) MUSIC EDUCATION FOR CHILDREN WITH EXCEPTIONAL NEEDS. The practice and theory of music as used for the education of children with exceptional needs. Prerequisite: One of EPSE 312, EPSE 317. [3-0] MUED434(3) ORFF BASICS. Introduction to the Orff approach to Music Education. Prerequisite: One of MUED 300, MUED 320. [1-2-0] MUED435(3) ORFF LEVEL I. Prerequisite: One of MUED 304, MUED 434, MUED 407, MUED 408. MUED436(2) KODALY II. Advanced study of Kodaly methods, strategies, and curricula. Prerequisite: MUED 336. [0-2] MUED 437 (3) ORFF LEVEL II. Prerequisite: MUED 435. MUED 438 (3) ORFF LEVEL III. Prerequisite: MUED 437. MUED 508 (3) REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN MUSIC EDUCATION METHODS. Studies of recent research bearing on music education practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. MUED 542 (3/6) D THEORY AND PRINCIPLES OF MUSIC EDUCATION. MUED 561 (3/12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. MUED 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. MUED 580 (3/12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. Investigation and report of a problem. MUED 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. MUED 598 (3/12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those in master's, doctoral and diploma programs. MUED 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. MUED 601 (3/12) D DOCTORAL SEMINAR. MUED 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. Pass/Fail. MUSC—MUSIC SCHOOL OF MUSIC MUSC 100 (3) PRINCIPLES OF MUSICAL FORM. Fundamental materials and processes of music - rhythmic, melodic, textural and harmonic - and how they create small-scale structures in a variety of styles. Compositional and analytical applications. Training in listening, sight-singing and score-reading skills. MUSC 101 (3) DIATONIC HARMONY AND VOICE LEADING. Harmonic and linear functions of diatonic chords; common progressions and sequences; introduction to tonal hierarchy and prolongation; simple modulation. Compositional and analytical exercises. Training in related listening, sight-singing and score-reading skills. Prerequisite: MUSC 100. MUSC 102 (2) CLASS STRINGS. Group instruction in music performance. Restricted to B.Mus. students. MUSC 103 (3) INTRODUCTION TO THE THEORY OF MUSIC. Concepts of rhythm, pitch, timbre, and texture. Notation and aural recognition of rhythmic and pitch patterns. Basic principles of melody and form. This course is not applicable to the B.Mus. MUSC 104(3) INTRODUCTION TO DIATONIC HARMONY. Triads, key and elementary harmony in Western music. Elements of musical ^form. Aural training and exercises in composition, modeled on historical styles. Not for credit in the B.Mus. Prerequisite: MUSC 103 or permission of the instructor. MUSC 107 (3/6) D COMPOSITION I. An introduction to musical composition. MUSC 112(2) CLASS BRASSES AND PERCUSSION. Group instruction in music performance. Restricted to B.Mus. students. MUSC 120 (3) HISTORY OF MUSIC I. An introductory survey of music and musical values in Western and selected non-Western societies through humanistic, cultural, historical, and musical-analytical perspectives. MUSC 121 (3) HISTORY OF MUSIC II. The development of Western music from circa 1500 to circa 1750. MUSC 122(2) CLASS WOODWINDS. Group instruction in music performance. Restricted to B.Mus. students. MUSC 131 (2) CLASS VOICE. Group instruction in music performance. Required of all first- time secondary voice students. Restricted to B.Mus. students. MUSC 135 (2) OPERA REPERTOIRE I. A musico-dramatic study and analysis of representative works in the international operatic theatre from 1600 to the present, through musical, literary and graphic sources. Each sequential year of study, the student is expected to show increased facility in musical and dramatic analysis as well as a greater understanding of the works under examination. Open to students outside the B.Mus. program by permission of the instructor. MUSC 136 (2/4) D PIANO REPERTOIRE I. Performance and discussion of the repertoire for string-keyboard instruments essential to the performer and teacher. Special attention to matters of structure, style, and performance practices. Required of piano performance majors and open to piano concentrators, space permitting. First term prerequisite to second term. MUSC 141 (2) CLASS PIANO I. Required of all first-time secondary piano students. MUSC 149 (2) COLLABORATIVE PIANO I. Skills and performance practice with primary emphasis on voice/piano partnership principles and repertoire. Strong sight-reading skills essential. For Piano majors; open to others by audition. MUSC 150 (4) LARGE INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE. Symphony Orchestra or Wind Ensemble. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. MUSC 151 (2-8) D UNIVERSITY CHAMBER ORCH ESTRA. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. MUSC 153 (4) UNIVERSITY SINGERS. Maybe repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. MUSC 154(3) UNIVERSITY CHORAL UNION. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. MUSC 155 (4) UNIVERSITY CHAMBER SINGERS. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. MUSC 156 (2-8) D VOCAL CHAMBER ENSEMBLES. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for 584 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. MUSC 157 (2-8)D COLLEGIUM MUSICUM ENSEMBLE. Performance of early Western instrumental and vocal ensemble music. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. MUSC 159 (2-8) D UNIVERSITY CHAMBER STRINGS. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. MUSC 160 (2-8) D STRING CHAMBER ENSEMBLES. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. MUSC 161 (2-6) D PIANO CHAMBER ENSEMBLES. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. MUSC 162 (2-8) D WIND AND PERCUSSION CHAMBER ENSEMBLES. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. MUSC 163 (2-8) D CONTEMPORARY P LAY E RS. Performance of contemporary music. An ensemble of variable size, including both instrumentalists and singers, will be formed to present several concerts of 20th- century music during the academic year. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. MUSC 164(2-8)D JAZZ ENSEMBLE. Performance techniques and repertoire. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. MUSC 165 (2-8) D ASIAN MUSIC ENSEMBLE. Training on traditional Asian instruments and their techniques, with emphasis on ensemble performance. Different sections focus on the music of different Asian cultures, e.g., China and Bali. May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. MUSC 167 (2) INTRODUCTION TO PIANO CHAMBER MUSIC. A survey of repertoire and performance issues. MUSC 169 (1-4) D INTENSIVE CHAMBER ENSEMBLE. Intensive coaching in chamber ensemble for advanced players. Performance of works prepared is expected. Corequisite: Any small ensemble (MUSC 156-166) and permission of the instructor. MUSC 170 (2) LYRIC DICTION. A study of the basic phonetics and accepted principles of lyric diction of the four languages most commonly used in concert and operatic repertoire: French, German, Italian, and English. MUSC 171 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (SECONDARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 172 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (SECONDARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 173 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (SECONDARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 181 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 182 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 183 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 184(8) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 191 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 192 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 193 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 194(8) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 195(10) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 295, 395 and 495. MUSC 200 (3) CHROMATIC HARMONY AND VOICE LEADING. Harmonic and linear functions of common chromatic chords; mixture; chords and progressions of linear origin; tonal plans. Compositional and analytical exercises. Training in related listening, sight- singing and score-reading skills. Prerequisite: MUSC 101. MUSC 201 (3) MUSICAL FORMS. Study of various forms in tonal music and the rhythmic, melodic, textural and harmonic processes that create them on small and large scales. Compositional and analytical exercises. Training in related listening, sight-singing and score- reading skills. Prerequisite: MUSC 200. MUSC 207 (3/6) C COMPOSITION II. Continuation of MUSC 107. Prerequisite: MUSC 107 and permission of Composition Division based on submission of scores. MUSC220(3) HISTORY OF MUSIC III. The development of Western music from circa 1750 to circa 1870. MUSC 221 (3) HISTORY OF MUSIC IV. The development of Western music from circa 1870; an introduction to jazz and popular music and to music of selected non-Western societies. MUSC 235 (2) OPERA REPERTOIRE II. See MUSC 135. MUSC 236 (2/4) D PIANO REPERTOIRE II. Continuation of MUSC 136. MUSC 241 (2) CLASS PIANO II. Continuation of MUSC 141. MUSC 249 (2) COLLABORATIVE PIANO II. Further development of skills and performance practice with primary emphasis on voice/piano partnership principles and repertoire. Strong sight-reading skills essential. For Piano majors; open to others by audition. Prerequisite: MUSC 149. MUSC 271 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (SECONDARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195. MUSC 272 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (SECONDARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195. MUSC 273 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (SECONDARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195. MUSC 281 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195. MUSC 282 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195. MUSC 283 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195 MUSC 284(8) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195 MUSC 291 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195 MUSC 292 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195 MUSC 293 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195 MUSC 294(8) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195 MUSC 295 (10) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 171-195 MUSC 300 (3) COMPOSITIONAL AND ANALYTICAL APPROACHES TO THE MUSIC OF MODERNISM. Modernist art-music techniques established before 1950 and their later developments, with projects in analysis, compositional exercises, and training in related listening, sight-singing and score-reading skills. Prerequisite: MUSC 201. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MUSC — MUSIC 585 MUSC 301 (3) COMPOSITIONAL AND ANALYTICAL APPROACHES TO MUSIC TODAY. Technical and stylistic perspectives on contemporary art music and popular and world music idioms. Exercises in composition and production. Training in related listening, sight- singing and score reading skills. Prerequisite: MUSC 300. MUSC 305 (2) READINGS IN ORCHESTRAL REPERTOIRE. A laboratory course designed primarily for orchestral wind and percussion performance majors. Emphasis on reading a large cross-section of standard orchestral repertoire with further emphasis given to music currently being programmed by local professional orchestras. MUSC307(3/6)C COMPOSITION III. Continuation of MUSC 207. Prerequisite: MUSC 207 and permission of Composition Division based on submission of scores. MUSC 309 (2) INSTRUMENTATION. The study of string, woodwind, brass and percussion instruments; orchestral sections and scoring for various small ensembles. Activities include demonstrations of instruments, scoring projects, analysis and listening. For credit towards the B.Mus. and the B.A. in Music; not open to other students. Prerequisite: MUSC 201 and completion of the second-year piano requirement. MUSC 310 (2) ORCHESTRATION. The study of orchestration through the analysis of orchestral works, listening and scoring projects. Activities also include choral arranging and scoring for stage band and wind ensemble. Prerequisite: MUSC 309. MUSC 311 (2) FUNDAMENTALS OF CONDUCTING. Basic conducting techniques: patterms, cueing, dynamic shading, and physical presentation. Prerequisite: MUSC 201 and completion of the second-year piano requirement. MUSC 312 (2) INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING. The relation of conducting gestures to instrumental sound; development of practical skills in directing ensembles and reading scores, considering instruments' special characteristics. Prerequisite: MUSC 311. MUSC 313 (2) CHORAL CONDUCTING. The relation of conducting gestures to choral sound; development of practical skills in directing ensembles and reading scores; attendant issues of vocal technique and pedagogy. Prerequisite: MUSC 311. MUSC 319 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO ELECTROACOUSTIC MUSIC. Study of acoustics, audio technology, and electroacoustic composition. Composition of original works using facilities of the UBC Electroacoustic Music Studio. Prerequisite: MUSC 201. Permission of instructor is also required. MUSC320(3) COMPUTER MUSIC. The study of computer applications to music, focusing on digital synthesis techniques and languages, methods of algorithmic composition, and the design of music editors. Prerequisite: MUSC 319 or permission of instructor. MUSC 321 (3/6) D MUSIC APPRECIATION, TWENTIETH-CENTURY. Designed for students with little or no musical background. Not for credit toward the B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. MUSC 322 (3) TOPICS IN WESTERN MUSIC. Study in one major genre of Western music (e.g., "The Symphony", "Women in Opera", "History ofthe Song Cycle"). No musical knowledge is required. Not for credit toward the B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. MUSC 324(3) MUSIC AND CIVILIZATION I. Development of music in relation to the other arts, science, philosophy, literature and history: Ancient Greece, the Middle Ages, and the Renaissance. Not for credit toward the B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. MUSC 325 (3) MUSIC AND CIVILIZATION II. A continuation of MUSC 324, dealing with Europe after 1600. Not for credit toward the B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. MUSC 326 (3/6) D MUSIC APPRECIATION. An introductory course for which previous musical background is helpful, but not required. Contents include a discussion of musical concepts, evolution of forms, style, and media and detailed study of selected works from the concert repertoire. Popular forms of music (jazz, folk, rock, etc) not included. Not for credit towards the B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. MUSC 328 (3/6) D WORLD MUSIC CULTURES. Introduction to the principles of ethnomusicology and an examination of two contrasting musical traditions (e.g., North American Indian and Japanese). For credit toward the B.Mus. and the B.A. in Music, and open to other third-year students with knowledge of music rudiments. May be repeated once for credit if different traditions are covered. MUSC 329 (3) LITURGICAL MUSIC FROM THE REFORMATION TO THE PRESENT. Music of the Western liturgies since 1520, including a study of hymnology and contemporary church music issues. Open to Music students and to non-Music students who can read music. Prerequisite: MUSC 221. MUSC 330 (3) MUSIC IN VANCOUVER'S ETHNIC COMMUNITIES. Examinationof music within the ethnic context as found in the urban environment of Vancouver. The musics of several traditions (e.g., Chinese, Jewish, English folk) will be studied together with the social issues surrounding their preservation. For credit toward the B.Mus. and the B.A. in Music, but open to students not majoring in music. MUSC 331 (2) WORKSHOP IN WORLD RHYTH M. Theory and practice of selected rhythmic systems of world music cultures, focusing on West African drumming, and including other systems such as Indian Tala and Peking opera percussion. Prerequisite: MUSC 201. MUSC 333 (2) ACCOMPANYING ON THE HARPSICHORD I. Basic techniques and styles of continuo playing. Open to keyboard players with no previous harpsichord experience. MUSC 336 (4) OPERA THEATRE TECHNIQUES I. Performance techniques associated with the musical theatre of various historical periods. Basic dance. Most operatic excerpts will be in English. MUSC 339 (3/6) D OPERA WORKSHOP I. Participation in performances by the School. Open also to students outside Music without credit, after audition. MUSC 340 (3) PIANO PEDAGOGY I: THEORY AND STUDIO MANAGEMENT. Basic principles of teaching piano. Business aspects of establishing and maintaining a music studio. For piano majors. MUSC 345 (3) AESTHETICS AND PRACTICE OF FILM MUSIC. MUSC 349 (2) KEYBOARD HARMONY AND TRANSPOSITION. Designed for the keyboard performance major and keyboard concentrator in General Studies. MUSC 350 (3/6) D EARLY CHRISTIAN AND MEDIEVAL MUSIC. Early notations and musical developments from early Christian times to 1400. Prerequisite: MUSC 120. MUSC 352 (3) LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY RENAISSANCE MUSIC. Sacred and secular music, vocal and instrumental. Prerequisite: All of MUSC 120, MUSC 121. MUSC 353 (3) RENAISSANCE MUSIC FROM 1 500 TO 1620. Sacred and secular music, vocal and instrumental. Prerequisite: MUSC 121. MUSC 354 (3) BAROQUE MUSIC. Prerequisite: MUSC 121. MUSC 355 (3) CLASSICAL MUSIC. Prerequisite: MUSC 220. MUSC 356 (3) ROMANTIC MUSIC. Prerequisite: MUSC 220. MUSC 357 (3) TWENTIETH-CENTURY MUSIC. Prerequisite: MUSC 221. MUSC 358 (3) HISTORY OF JAZZ. Jazz styles and their cultural contexts; the relationship of performers and audiences; issues of race and gender; non-Western influences. Prerequisite: MUSC 221. MUSC 363 (4) HISTORY AND REPERTOIRE OF THE GUITAR AND RELATED INSTRUMENTS. A chronological survey, from the Renaissance to the present day, of music for the guitar and related instruments and of the development of the instruments themselves. Instruments considered include Renaissance and Baroque lutes, the vihuela, and early types of guitar as well as the modern six-string guitar Musical forms and genres, national schools and the works of principal composers of every period are explored and attention is given to national systems, continuo realization, historical ornamentation and pedagogical systems. Prerequisite: MUSC 221. MUSC 364(1/2) D CHAMBER MUSIC REPERTOIRE. Perspectives on the performance of selected chamber music. Specific works vary from year to year. May be repeated for credit. MUSC 365 (2) SONG REPERTOIRE I. An exploration of the solo art song repertoire from 586 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 1600 to the Romantic period. Repertoire essential to the performer and teacher will be studied through live and recorded performance with special attention given to poetic content and musical style. Prerequisite: MUSC 221. MUSC 371 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (S E CO N DARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 372 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (S E CO N DARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 373 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (S E CO N DARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 381 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 382 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 383 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 384(8) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 391 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 392 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 393 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 394(8) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 395(10) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental Prerequisite: One of MUSC 271-295. MUSC 402 (3/6) C SPECIAL PROJECTS. For fourth-year students who receive permission of the Director of the School of Music to do advanced studies in their major field. MUSC 403 (3/6) D SELECTED TOPICS IN MUSIC. See School of Music schedule for description and prerequisites. Restricted to B. Mus. and B.A. in Music students. MUSC 406 (2/4) D CONDUCTING II. Advanced choral and orchestral conducting techniques and rehearsal practices. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 311, MUSC 312. Permission of the instructor is required. MUSC 407 (3/6) C COMPOSITION IV. Continuation of MUSC 307. MUSC 409 (3/6) D JAZZ THEORY AND ARRANGING. Jazz scales, chord relationships, substitutions, orchestration, listening, and score analysis. Restricted to B.Mus. and B.A. in Music students. Prerequisite: MUSC 201. MUSC410(3) INTRODUCTION TO SCHENKERIAN ANALYSIS. The key concepts of Schenker's theory of tonality. Applications to the analysis of short pieces in various tonal styles, emphasizing clear and correct graphing. Issues of interpretive scope. Prerequisite: MUSC 201. MUSC411 (3) ANALYSIS OF TONAL MUSIC. Analytical approaches that complement Schenkerian analysis, including morivic construction, harmonic rhythm and phrase rhythm, chromaticism and enharmonicism, features of musical form, aspects of structure and hierarchy at the small and large scale. Prerequisite: MUSC 201. MUSC412(3) ANALYTICAL STUDIES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF MUSICAL MODERNISM (1860- 1940). Analysis of late-and post- romantic works within a theoretical framework that bridges earlier to later works. Assignments in various formats, emphasizing analysis but possibly including composition. Prerequisite: MUSC 201. MUSC413(3) CONTEMPORARY ART MUSIC: THEORY AND ANALYSIS. A technical approach to the diverse concert-music repertoire since 1950, including orchestral, chamber, solo, and electro-acoustic genres. Applicable theories of pitch and rhythm, with reference to composers' own writings. Prerequisite: MUSC 301. MUSC 414 (3) COUNTERPOINT. Analysis and comosition of pieces that rely on the control and development of imitative, polyphonic textures. Models to be taken from one or more European historical repertoires. Prerequisite: MUSC 201. MUSC415(3) IMAGINING MUSICAL PERFORMANCES. How performance and analysis engage the musical imagination, as complementary activities; how analytical observations can stimulate performance, and vice versa. Selected topics, with special emphasis on temporal factors. Prerequisite: MUSC 201 or permission of instructor. MUSC417(3/6)D MUSICAL SCORING FOR FILM. Addresses the practical aspects of composing music for film through assignments of written scores. Prerequisite: MUSC 319. Permission of instructor is required. MUSC 428 (3/6) D AREA STUDIES IN ETHNIC MUSICS. The history, theory, style, organology, and forms of the music of a particular culture in its aesthetic and cultural context. Students should consult the School as to which music culture will be covered in a particular year. May be repeated once for credit if different cultures are covered. Prerequisite: MUSC 328. MUSC 430 (3/6) D MAJOR COMPOSERS. The musical works of no more than two significant composers will be examined. Specific topics will be announced; may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: All of MUSC 120, MUSC 121, MUSC 220, MUSC 221. MUSC 433 (2) ACCOMPANYING ON THE HARPSICHORD II. Continuation of MUSC 333 with emphasis on more advanced continuo and obbligato techniques. Prerequisite: MUSC 333. MUSC 436 (4) OPERA THEATRE TECHNIQUES II. Advanced studies in acting, movement, gesture, dance and stage combat. Emphasis on communication and the art of singing and acting recitative in foreign languages. MUSC 439 (3/6) D OPERA WORKSHOP II. A continuation of MUSC 339. MUSC 440 (3) PIANO PEDAGOGY II: APPLICATIONS. Teaching musical concepts and keyboard skills; observation of group and private lessons; supervised practicum. Prerequisite: MUSC 340. MUSC 441 (2) VOCAL TECHNIQUES. A study of the scientific principles related to vocal performance: acoustical, physiological and psychological. Restricted to B.Mus. students. MUSC 442 (4/8) D SONG INTERPRETATION. Survey of the literature for voice with keyboard accompaniment, with emphasis on performance problems. Open to piano and voice majors, and to others by permission of instructor. May be repeated once for credit. MUSC 443 (3/6) D OPERA COACHING. Principles and practice, focusing on current Opera Workshop repertoire. Reproducing orchestrations on the piano; preparing scores; study of the voice and the rehearsal process; coaching languages; related conducting skills. Prerequisite: MUSC 249. MUSC 449 (6) GRADUATING ESSAY. MUSC 450 (3/6) D SELECTED TOPICS IN VOCAL OR INSTRUMENTAL GENRES. Intensive study of one genre of music (e.g., orchestral music 1760-1849; the Lied in Austria and Germany) through analysis and the consideration of cultural milieu and historical development. Specific topics will be announced. May be repeated for credit to a maximum of six credits. MUSC 454 (3) HISTORY OF OPERA I. The development of opera between 1600 and 1800. Prerequisite: All of MUSC 121, MUSC 220. MUSC 455 (3) HISTORY OF OPERA II. The development of opera between 1800 and the present. Prerequisite: All of MUSC 220, MUSC 221. MUSC 465 (2) SONG REPERTOIRE II. A sequel to MUSC 365, exploring the solo art song repertoire from the Romantic era to the present. Prerequisite: MUSC 221. MUSC 468 (2) CHAMBER MUSIC MASTER CLASS. Enrolment by audition only. MUSC 471 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (SECONDARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371-395. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MUSC — MUSIC 587 MUSC 472 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (S E CO N DARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371- 395. MUSC 473 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (S E CO N DARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371-395. MUSC 481 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371-395. MUSC 482 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371-395. MUSC 483 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371-395. MUSC 484(8) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (CONCENTRATION). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371-395. MUSC 491 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371-395. MUSC 492 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371—395. MUSC 493 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371-395. MUSC 494(8) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371-395. MUSC 495 (10) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 371-395. MUSC 500 (3/6) D ADVANCED MUSICAL ANALYSIS. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 410, MUSC 411, MUSC 412, MUSC 413. j MUSC 501 (3) READINGS IN SCHENKERIAN THEORY. Prerequisite: MUSC 410. " MUSC 502 (3) THE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF MUSIC THEORIES. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 410, MUSC 411, MUSC 412 or permission of the instructor. MUSC 503 (3/6) D TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF MUSIC THEORY. MUSC 504 (3/6) D THEORIES OF NON-TONAL PITCH RELATIONSHIPS. MUSC 506 (2) READINGS IN ORCHESTRAL REPERTOIRE. Standard repertoire for wind and percussion players. See Divisional Coordinator for placement. MUSC 507 (3/6) C COMPOSITION. The composition of original music for conventional instruments and/or electronic media. MUSC 508 (3/6) C COMPOSITION. A continuation of MUSC 507. Prerequisite: MUSC 507. MUSC 509 (3/6) C ADVANCED ORCHESTRATION AND ARRANGING. MUSC 511 (3) TOPICS IN MUSICAL AESTHETICS. MUSC 512 (3/6)C DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDIES. Approval by the Director, School of Music, is required. MUSC 520 (3/6) D MUSIC BIBLIOGRAPHY AND RESEARCH TECHNIQUES. Introduction to the principal resources of the research library, with particular attention to reference tools and bibliographical repertoires. MUSC 521 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN PERFORMANCE PRACTICES. Studies in the theoretical and practical problems of musical interpretation. MUSC 522 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN NOTATION OF POLYPHONIC MUSIC. MUSC 523 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL MUSIC. MUSC 524 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN RENAISSANCE MUSIC. MUSC 525 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN BAROQUE MUSIC. MUSC 526 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN CLASSICAL PERIOD MUSIC. MUSC 527 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN NINETEENTH- CENTURY MUSIC. MUSC 528 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN TWENTIETH- CENTURY MUSIC. MUSC 529 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOMUSICOLOGY. Preliminary studies in the discipline of ethnomusicology, with an emphasis on history and orientations. MUSC 530 (3) TOPICS IN ETHNOMUSICOLOGY. Topics involving methodology and fieldwork in non-Western traditions. Topics will vary and students should consult the School as to areas of focus in any given term. MUSC 531 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN ETHNOMUSICOLOGY. Research studies in selected areas or regions of world music cultures. Prerequisite: MUSC 529. MUSC 532 (3/6) D ADVANCED STUDIES IN MUSIC HISTORY AND MUSICOLOGY. MUSC 537 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN THE LITERATURE OF OPERA. Special topics related to the bibliography, history, repertoire and pedagogy of operatic music. Prerequisite: All of MUSC 221, MUSC 301, MUSC 454, MUSC 455, MUSC 520. Corequisite: MUSC 520. MUSC 538 (3/6) D STAGING AND DIRECTING OPERA. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor is required. MUSC 539 (6-12) D OPERA PRODUCTION. Stylistic and technical studies and participation in the production of opera performances. May be repeated for credit, in accordance with program requirements. Prerequisite: MUSC 439. MUSC 547 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN THE LITERATURE OF SONG. Special topics related to the bibliography, history, repertoire and pedagogy of song. Prerequisite: All of MUSC 221, MUSC 301, MUSC 365, MUSC 465, MUSC 520. Corequisite: MUSC 520. MUSC 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. MUSC 550 (4) LARGE INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE. Symphony Orchestra or Wind Ensemble. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 551 (2) UNIVERSITY CHAMBER ORCHESTRA. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 553 (4) UNIVERSITY SINGERS. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 554(3) UNIVERSITY CHORAL UNION. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 555 (4) UNIVERSITY CHAMBER SINGERS. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 556 (2) INSTRUMENTAL COLLEGIUM MUSICUM ENSEMBLE. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 557 (2) VOCAL COLLEGIUM MUSICUM ENSEMBLE. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 559 (2) UNIVERSITY CHAMBER STRINGS. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 560 (2) STRING CHAMBER ENSEMBLES. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 561 (2) PIANO CHAMBER ENSEMBLES. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 562 (2) WIND AND PERCUSSION ^CHAMBER ENSEMBLES. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 563 (2) CONTEMPORARY PLAYERS. Open only to graduate students. MUSC 564(2) JAZZ ENSEMBLE. Openonlyto graduate students. MUSC 565 (2) ASIAN MUSIC ENSEMBLE. Study of Asian music, to include practical training in instrumental techniques and ensemble performance. The music of one major Asian civilization, often Chinese, will be emphasized. MUSC 566(1) INTENSIVE CHAMBER ENSEMBLE. Intensive coaching. MUSC 569(1) INTENSIVE SPECIALIZED CHAMBER ENSEMBLE. Intensive coaching. MUSC 571 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (SECONDARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 572 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (SECONDARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 573 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (SECONDARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 591 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 592 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 593 (6-12) D MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. May be repeated for credit, in accordance with program requirements. 588 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MUSC 594(8) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 595 (10) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 600 (3) SEMINAR IN ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES. Not open to Master's students or to Ph.D. students in Music Theory. Prerequisite: One of MUSC 500, MUSC 410, MUSC 411, MUSC 412, MUSC 413. MUSC 606 (2) READINGS IN ORCHESTRAL REPERTOIRE. Continuation of MUSC 506. See Divisional Coordinator for placement. MUSC 607 (3/6) C COMPOSITION. Further study for doctoral candidates in Composition. MUSC 609 (3/6) C ADVANCED ORCHESTRATION AND ARRANGING. Prerequisite: MUSC 509. MUSC 649(0) PH.D. OR D.M.A. THESIS. MUSC 671 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (S E CO N DARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 672 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (S E CO N DARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 673 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (S E CO N DARY). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 691 (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 692 (4) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 693 (6) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 694(8) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. MUSC 695 (10) MUSIC PERFORMANCE (MAJOR). Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. NEST— NEAR EASTERN STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS NEST 301 (3) THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST. A history from 3100-333 BC with emphasis on Mesopotamia. NEST 302 (6) ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST. NEST 303 (3) HISTORY OF ANCIENT EYGPT. NEST 304 (3) ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY OF ANCIENT EGYPT. Equivalency: ARTH 325. NEST 310 (3) HISTORY OF WOMEN IN EARLY TO LATE MEDIEVAL MUSLIM SOCIETIES. Realities of Muslim Women's lives are reconstructed through a critical examination of a variety of literary and material sources. NEST 500 (3/6) D STUDIES IN NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY IN THE BRONZE AGE. NEST 501 (3/6) D STUDIES IN NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY IN THE IRON AGE. NEST 502 (3/6) D WARFARE AND DIPLOMACY IN ANCIENT EGYPT. NEST 503 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THE MATERIAL CULTURE OF ANCIENT EGYPT. NEUR —NEUROSURGERY FACULTY OF MEDICINE NEUR 512 (2) ADVANCED NEUROSURGERY I. Selected topics in neurosurgery and the related basic sciences. Given in alternate years. NEUR 513 (2) ADVANCED NEUROSURGERY II. The second year of the above program. Given in alternate years. NEUR 730(0) CORRELATIVE CLINICAL NEUROSURGERY ROUNDS. Residents meet with radiology, neuropathology, and active staff members for discussion of problem cases. One and one-half hours weekly. NEUR 731 (0) NEUROSURGERY PROFESSORS CONFERENCE. One one-hour session weekly with a member of the active staff, conducted at the bedside or in conference room. Cases reviewed with emphasis on the proper application of diagnostic methods and the indications for operative management. NEUR 732(0) NEURORADIOLOGY. Sessions conducted by members of the Department of Radiology in which case histories are reviewed and related to radiological investigation and interpretation. One hour weekly. NEUR 733 (0) ANATOMY AND NEUROPATHOLOGY IN THE BRAIN. Sessions conducted by a neuropathologist, Department of Pathology. Attended weekly by neurosurgical resident staff. Two hours weekly. NEUR 734(0) OPERATIVE NEUROSURGERY. Technique of neurosurgical procedures. Anatomy, surgical judgement, pre- and postoperative care. From a general selection of neurosurgical procedures, approximately 950 major neurosurgical procedures per year are carried out under supervision. NRSC—NEUROSCIENCE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES NRSC 500(6) NEUROSCIENCE I. Comprehensive multidisciplinary course with lectures, seminars, and laboratory demonstrations encompassing molecular, cellular, systemic, and behavioural approaches to the study of nervous systems. Emphasis is on the physiology, pharmacology, and biochemistry of excitable cells and their synaptic interactions. Permission of Neuroscience Chair is required. Normally to be taken in conjunction with NRSC 501. NRSC 501 (6) NEUROSCIENCE II. Continuation of NRSC 500 with emphasis on the integrative functions of the brain, behaviour, and selected neural disorders. Permission of Neuroscience Chair is required. Normally to be taken in conjunction with NRSC 500. NRSC 549 (12) MASTER'S THESIS. NRSC 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. NURS —NURSING SCHOOL OF NURSING In the clinical nursing courses the ratio between class and supervised nursing experience varies but in the overall program it is approximately 1:3; the credit values for these courses are based on both instruction and supervised nursing experience. NURS 309 (3) CONTEMPORARY NURSING PRACTICE. Exploration ofthe knowledge, competencies and roles underlying professional nursing practice in the current social, political and health care contexts. For post-RN students only. [3-0-0] NURS 310 (3) THE CORE OF NURSING PRACTICE. The study of key concepts and frameworks fundamental to the practice of nursing. Not available for R.N. students. [2-2-0] NURS 312 (3) SUPPORTIVE ENVIRONMENTS FOR THE HEALTH OF FAMILIES. Fostering the health of families in times of health and illness. [3-0] NURS 320 (4) NURSING ROLES AND COMPETENCIES I. Introduction to nursing care with emphasis on the promotive and preventative roles of the nurse. Not available for RN students. [2-0-6] NURS 321 (2) NURSING ROLES AND COMPETENCIES II. Continued study and clinical practice in nursing, with emphasis on restorative, rehabilitative and supportive roles of the nurse. Not available for RN students. [1-0-3] NURS 330 (6) NURSING CARE OF INDIVIDUALS WITHIN THE CONTEXT OF COMMUNITY. Clinical nursing practice focused on acutely ill individuals within the larger context of community. Not available for RN students. [2-0-12] NURS 331 (8) NURSING CARE OF FAMILIES. Clinical nursing practice with families experiencing transitions related to illness in a member. [4-0-12] NURS 350 (3) THE SOCIOCULTURAL CONSTRUCTION OF HEALTH AND ILLNESS. Social and cultural constructs as related to health and illness. Diversity and its relationship to definitions of health and illness. [3-0] NURS 410 (3/6) D EXPLORING AVENUES OF NURSING PRACTICE. A specific avenue is selected from a number of options in consultation with faculty. For post RN students only. [2-0-12] NURS 411 (4) EXPLORING AVENUES OF NURSING PRACTICE. A specific avenue of nursing practice is selected from a number of options, in consultation with faculty. For basic baccalaureate students. [1-0-9] NURS 413 (6) FOSTERING POPULATION HEALTH PROMOTION. Theory and strategies for working in partnership with populations, health professionals, and community service providers. Students use primary health care principles and population health promotion PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS NEST — NEAR EASTERN STUDIES 589 approaches during community nursing practice. [3-0-9] NURS416(3) HEALTH CARE POLICY AND THE NURSING PROFESSION. Study of professional nursing within the context of Canadian health care policy. [3-0-0] NURS 421 (2) NURSING ROLES AND COMPETENCIES III. Study and clinical practice within a variety of nursing roles, focusing on complex client problems and nursing interventions. [1-0-3] NURS 426 (3) NURSING AND THE HEALTH OF COMMUNITIES. Study of epidemiological concepts as they relate to the health of Canadian communities. Application of concepts to the planning of health care programs. Open to other health sciences students with permission of instructor. Prerequisite: Third- or fourth-year standing in Nursing. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] NURS430(8) POPULATION-FOCUSED NURSING PRACTICE I. Clinical nursing practice with selected populations in the community. [4-0-12] NURS 432 (6) NURSING PRACTICE WITH ACUTE AND CHRONICALLY ILL POPULATIONS. Clinical nursing practice with persons affected by acute and chronic illness [2-0-12] NURS 450 (3) INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH UTILIZATION. The process of research and scholarship in nursing; principles and processes in utilizing research. [3-0] NURS 452 (3) ETHICAL BASIS OF HEALTH CARE. Theories related to the ethical basis of professions. Ethical problems in healthcare and in nursing. Ethical decision-making. [3-0] NURS 453 (3) LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH CARE. Structures, contexts and processes basic to management in health care settings. Interdisciplinary approaches to management and leadership. [3-0] NURS 460 (6-10) D CONSOLIDATION PRACTICE EXPERIENCE. Extended practice in nursing. Basic students must take this course for 10 credits. [1-0-24] NURS 501 (3) THEORETICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING IN NURSING. Critical analysis of nursing theory and foundations for reasoning in nursing practice. NURS 502 (3) NURSING AND THE DELIVERY OF HEALTH CARE. The structures and process of health care delivery, health policy and other factors influencing nursing in the Canadian health care system. NURS 503 (3) CONCEPTUAL KNOWLEDGE IN CLINICAL NURSING. Analysis of historical and theoretical development of knowledge within a substantive area of nursing practice. NURS 504 (3) RESEARCH AND EVIDENCE- BASED PRACTICE. NURS 505 (3) STATISTICAL LITERACY IN NURSING. NURS 507 (3) PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS IN PRIMARY CARE. NURS 508 (3) PATHOPHYSIOLOGICAL PROCESSES FOR NURSE PRACTITIONERS. NURS 510 (6) ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT ACROSS THE LIFE SPAN. NURS 520 (3) ADMINISTRATIVE LEADERSHIP IN NURSING. Study of organizational behaviour, management methods and administrative processes in health care. NURS 530 (3) ADVANCED PRACTICE IN NURSING. Study of advanced practice nursing models, their development and implementation with a changing health care system. Prerequisite: All of NURS 501, NURS 502, NURS 503, NURS 504. NURS 540 (3) EDUCATIONAL PROCESSES IN NURSING. Study of the historical development, theoretical basis, practical knowledge, accountability of, and issues regarding curriculum process and teaching in nursing education or practice. Prerequisite: All of NURS 501, NURS 502, NURS 503, NURS 504. NURS 541 (3) CLINICAL NURSING EDUCATION. Prerequisite: NURS 540. NURS 550 (3) QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS. Study of the expectations, foundations and methodological applications of established qualitative approaches to research. Prerequisite: NURS 504 or permission of instructor. NURS 551 (3) QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS. Study of design, measurement, analysis, and interpretation in the quantitative research tradition. Prerequisite: All of EPSE 592, NURS 504. Permission of instructor is acceptable in lieu of NURS 504. NURS 553 (3) ADVANCED METHODS IN QUALITATIVE FIELDWORK. Prerequisite: NURS 550. NURS 554 (3) ADVANCED STUDIES IN QUANTITATIVE DESIGN. Prerequisite: All of NURS 551, EPSE 592, or equivalent. Corequisite: EPSE 596. NURS 560 (3) THE POLITICS OF HEALTH POLICY. Prerequisite: NURS 502. 'Or permission of instructor. NURS 577 (3-6) D GRADUATE PRACTICUM IN NURSING. NURS 578 (3-9) D FAMILY NURSE PRACTITIONER CONSOLIDATED PRACTICUM. NURS 580 (3) THE PHILOSOPHY OF EVIDENCE. Students not enrolled in the doctoral program require permission of instructor. Prerequisite: All of NURS 501, NURS 503, NURS 504. NURS 581 (3) THE GENEALOGY OF NURSING KNOWLEDGE. Prerequisite: NURS 580. NURS 585 (1-6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN NURSING. NURS 590 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN NURSING. Prerequisite: All of NURS 501, NURS 502, NURS 503, NURS 504. NURS 595 (3) M.S.N. MAJOR ESSAY. NURS 599 (6) MASTER'S THESIS. Prerequisite: All of NURS 501, NURS 502, NURS 503, NURS 504, NURS 550, NURS 551. NURS 601(0) DOCTORAL SEMINAR. NURS 690 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN NURSING. NURS 699(0) PH.D. THESIS. OBMS — ORAL BIOLOGICAL MEDICAL SCIENCES FACULTY OF DENTISTRY OBMS 430 (2) UNDERSTANDING AND EVALUATING DENTAL RESEARCH. [1-0-0; 1-0-0] OBMS 431 (2) ENDODONTICS. Application of the basic principles of endodontics. [0-1.5-0; 1-1.5-0] OBMS 434 (4) INTRODUCTION TO ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY. [3-1.5; 0-1.5] OBMS 436(1) ORAL RADIOLOGY. Radiographic techniques and radiological interpretation with emphasis on extraoral techniques. [.5-1.5] OBMS 437 (2) PAIN AND ANXIETY CONTROL. [1-0-2] OBMS 439 (3) ORAL MEDICINE AND ORAL DIAGNOSIS. Oral diagnosis, including Orofacial pain and temporomandibular disorders. [1-3-0; 1-3-0] OBMS 440 (1) ADVANCED TOPICS IN ORAL BIOLOGY. [1-0-0] OBMS 441 (2) ADVANCED ENDODONTICS. [1-3-0; 0-1.5-0] OBMS 443 (1) ORAL MEDICINE, ORAL DIAGNOSIS AND THERAPEUTICS. Assessment and treatment of advanced periodontal diseases. [1-2-2] OBMS 444 (2) ADVANCED ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY. [2-1.5] OBMS 446(1) ADVANCED ORAL RADIOLOGY AND ORAL RADIOGRAPHY. OBMS 448 (2-6) D DIRECTED RESEARCH IN ORAL BIOLOGY. An elective laboratory project taken with the permission of the appropriate supervisor and the department head. OBMS 449 (4) ADVANCED PERIODONTICS. Assessment and treatment of advanced periodontal diseases. [1-3-0] OBST — OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY FACULTY OF MEDICINE OBST 430 (6) OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY CLINICAL CLERKSHIP. Common problems in ambulatory care and surgical gynaecology. Clinical experience in the delivery of antenatal care including high-risk conditions, as well as intrapartum and postpartum care. Prerequisite: All of Medicine I, Medicine II. 590 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 OBST 501 (3) REPRODUCTIVE ENDOCRINOLOGY I. Neuroendocrine regulation of reproduction, regulation of the ovarian and testicular function. OBST 502 (3) PHYSIOLOGY OF THE MOTHER, FETUS AND NEWBORN. Functional development of the placenta and major organ systems in the fetal and newborn period in man and animals. OBST 503 (3) PERINATAL PHYSIOLOGY. Prerequisite: Knowledge of fetal growth and development, physiology, pathology of labour. OBST 504 (3) REPRODUCTIVE ENDOCRINOLOGY II. Lectures and seminars on cellular processes in hormone secretion, steroid biosynthesis, steroid transport and metabolism, mechanism of hormone action, prostaglandins in reproduction. OBST 505 (6) EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES IN REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY. Laboratory course on: cell and organ cultures, radioimmunoassay of steroid and protein hormones and prostaglandins, in vitro fertilization, neuroendocrine techniques, techniques to study fetuses, techniques for metabolic studies in newborn animals. OBST 506 (3) SEMINARS IN REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY OBST 549 (12) M.SC. THESIS. OBST 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. OCCH — OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE SCHOOL OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE OCCH 401 (3) INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONAL HYGIENE AND SAFETY. Scientific basis for the recognition, evaluation, and control of chemical, physical, and biological hazards encountered in occupational settings; health and safety standards; exposure measurement methods; and evaluation strategies. Credit will be given for only one of OCCH 401 or OCCH 501. Prerequisite: Third- or fourth-year standing in the Faculty of Applied Science, Faculty of Science or one of the health sciences. Other upper-level students may enrol with the permission of the instructor. [3-0; 0-0] OCCH 501 (3) PRINCIPLES OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE. Scientific basis for the recognition, evaluation, and control of chemical, physical, and biological hazards encountered in occupational settings; health and safety standards; exposure measurements methods and evaluation strategies. Equivalency: HCEP 535. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] OCCH 502 (3) CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL HAZARD MEASUREMENT. Industrial hygiene and environmental exposure monitoring, methods, and instrumentation; theory of atmospheric and biological sampling and analysis. Laboratories demonstrate workplace sampling and analysis techniques. Prerequisite: OCCH 501. [0-0; 2-3] OCCH 503 (3) CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL HAZARD CONTROL. Design and evaluation of control strategies for occupational and environmental exposure. Engineering control methods; design of industrial ventilation systems; substitution and isolation strategies; administrative control measures; personal protective equipment. Corequisite: OCCH 501. [3-2*] OCCH 504 (3) ADVANCED OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE ISSUES. Sampling strategies for compliance, determinants of exposure and epidemiology; workers' compensation; environmental law; communication, ethics and labour management interaction in the practice of occupational and environmental hygiene. Prerequisite: Completion of first year coursework. [3-0; 0-0] OCCH 505 (1.5/3) C ERGONOMICS. Human factors in workplace design, anthropometry, work physiology. OCCH 506 (3) OCCUPATIONAL HYGIENE PRACTICE. Application of occupational hygiene principles to actual worksites; using field investigations and interactive seminars on evaluation strategies, critical appraisal of results, and communication with labour and management. Prerequisite: All of OCCH 502, OCCH 503. [2-3; 0-0] OCCH 507 (1.5) RESEARCH METHODS IN EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT AND EPIDEMIOLOGY. Assessment of occupational and environmental exposure for research purposes; introduction to epidemiology. Prerequisite: One of OCCH 501, HCEP 535 and introductory statistics. OCCH 508 (1.5/3) D SAFETY. Safety management; systems analysis; accident investigation; collection of accident data; fault trees; total loss control. OCCH 510 (3) TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL H EALTH. Role of air, water, food, and solid waste as sources of human health risks; global environmental health issues; sustainability. Equivalency: HCEP 522. OCCH 511 (1.5) OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND ILLNESS PROCESSES. Common occupational diseases; research issues, historical perspectives and measurement issues. [0-0-0;1.5-0-0] OCCH 512 (3) QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR THE ASSESSMENT AND ANALYSIS OF EXPOSURE DATA. Sampling strategies, analysis of exposure data, determinants of exposure. Required course. Prerequisite: One of OCCH 501, HCEP 535 and introductory statistics. OCCH 530 (2-6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. OCCH 540 (1.5) RESEARCH SEMINAR. [1.5-0;1.5-0] OCCH 550 (1.5-6) D SPECIAL TOPICS. Special projects or advanced courses may be arranged for graduate students upon the approval of the program director. OCCH 595 (0) OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE SEMINAR. Current occupational and environmental hygiene related research; issues in hygiene program management. [1-0; 1-0] OCCH 598 (6) OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE PROJECT. Applied occupational or environmental hygiene project on approved topic based on practicum: requires a written and oral report. OCCH 599 (12) M.SC. THESIS. OCCH 640 (1.5) DOCTORAL RESEARCH-IN- PROGRESS SEMINAR. OCCH 699(0) PH.D. THESIS. OHS — ORAL HEALTH SCIENCES FACULTY OF DENTISTRY OHS 430 (4) OPERATIVE DENTISTRY. The art and science of diagnosing and treating single tooth defects. [0-4.5-0; 0-4.5-0] OHS431(3) ORTHODONTICS. Differential diagnosis, treatment planning, biomechanical principles and clinical treatment. [1-2-0; 1-2-0] OHS 432 (4) PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY. [0-4.5-0; 1-4.5-0] OHS434(2) BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES IN DENTISTRY. [1-0-0; 1-0-0] OHS 435 (8) PROSTHODONTICS I. The art and science of restoring and replacing teeth and surrounding tissues. [2-5-0; 1-9-0] OHS 440 (2) ADVANCED OPERATIVE DENTISTRY. The art and science of diagnosing and treating single tooth defects. Prerequisite: OHS 430. [0-3-0; 0-3-0] OHS 441 (3) ADVANCED ORTHODONTICS. [1-2-0; 0-3-0] OHS 442(1) ADVANCED PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY. [0-3-0] OHS 444 (4) PRACTICE MANAGEMENT. Ethics, jurisprudence, practice management, intra- and interprofessional relationships. [2-0-0; 2-0-0] OHS445(8) PROSTHODONTICS II. The art and science of restoring and replacing teeth and surrounding tissues. [1-9-0; 0-12-0] ONCO — ONCOLOGY FACULTY OF MEDICINE ONCO 501 (3) INTERDISCIPLINARY RESEARCH IN ONCOLOGY. ONCO 502 (3) CONCEPTS IN ONCOLOGY. ONCO 510 (3) SEMINARS IN ONCOLOGY. ONCO 549 (12) MASTER OF SCIENCE THESIS. ONCO 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. OPTH — OPHTHALMOLOGY FACULTY OF MEDICINE OPTH 450(1) OPHTHALMOLOGY. Third- year Medicine Students only. An introduction to Clinical Ophthalmology: four morning sessions introducing the third-year Medical Students to basic ophthalmic history, clinical symptoms, signs and patient management. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS OCCH — OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE 591 ORNT— ORIENTATION TO MEDICAL SCHOOL FACULTY OF MEDICINE ORNT400 (2) ORIENTATION TO MEDICAL SCHOOL AND PROFESSION. A general introduction to the medical school including beliefs and values embedded within the curriculum. The overall curricular design and expectations regarding evaluation are discussed. ORPA —ORTHOPAEDICS FACULTY OF MEDICINE ORPA430 (2) ORTHOPAEDICS. Musculoskeletal pathology, including baseline levels of knowledge, skill and attitude, plus surgical exposure to orthopaedic injuries and management. ORPA 508 (2) ADVANCED ORTHOPAEDICS I. Selected topics in orthopaedic surgery and related basic sciences. Given in alternate years. ORPA 509 (2) ADVANCED ORTHOPAEDICS II. The second year of the above program which will be given in alternate years. ORPA 715(0) ORTHOPAEDIC CLINIC. Evaluation of new patients and diagnosis and treatment of appropriate diseases. Basic signs and clinical features are both stressed in the total management ofthe patient. Two hours per week in the Outpatient Department under supervision of an orthopaedics faculty member. ORPA 716(0) ORTHOPAEDIC BEDSIDE CLINIC. Evaluation of orthopaedic diseases and injuries in patients at bedside. A review of clinical features is correlated with relevant physiology and pathology. ORPA 717(0) ORTHOPAEDIC GRAND ROU NDS. Formal presentations by the orthopaedic residents, fellows, faculty and guests. Subject matter includes the whole spectrum of orthopaedics. ORPA 718(0) RHEUMATOLOGY CONFERENCE. Patients with a variety of rheumatological disorders are presented for discussion and evaluation in this combined conference, which rheumatologists and orthopaedic surgeons who have a special interest in reconstructive surgery attend. During each weekly two hour session, patients with difficult management problems are presented for clinical evaluation and discussion of medical and orthopaedic treatment. ORPA 719(0) ORTHOPAEDIC SURGICAL ANATOMY. A course in clinical anatomy as applied to orthopaedics. A regional approach involving surgical dissections in cadavers. Each session lasts two hours. Emphasis is on surgical anatomical approach. ORPA 720(0) ORTHOPAEDIC BASIC SCIENCE CO U RS E. Weekly lectures by orthopaedic faculty and guest faculty from other departments. Lecture topics include applied physiology, anatomy, and pathology as they relate to orthopaedic diseases. ORPA 721 (0) ORTHOPAEDIC SEMINARS. A series of seminars is given weekly, and during each 2-hour session a topic in clinical orthopaedics is reviewed. The subject matter includes the whole spectrum of orthopaedics. One or more faculty members are in attendance at each seminar ORPA 722(0) PAEDIATRIC ORTHOPAEDICS. Case presentation in paediatric orthopaedics, stressing history, physical findings and total management of the patient, including a review of paediatric fractures with x-rays. ORPA 723(0) ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY. The practical application of orthopaedics in the operating room with discussion of techniques of surgery, anatomy, pathology, pathophysiology and complications of diseases. ORPA 724(0) TRAUMA ROUNDS. Orthopaedic traumatology is reviewed, with emphasis being placed on applied basic science, surgical anatomy, diagnosis and definitive management. These sessions are supervised by a faculty member and are held weekly, each session lasting one hour. ORPA 725(0) BONE TUMOUR REGISTRY. A review of musculoskeletal oncology and related problems with presentation of clinical and laboratory information, radiographs and pathological materials. One and one-half hours monthly. ORPA 904(0) SEMINAR IN ORTHOPAEDICS. A series of 60 seminars in orthopaedics and traumatic surgery given over a two-year period: thirty sessions in each of the two years. One evening per week throughout the Winter Session. For post-graduate students proceeding to Certification and Fellowship of the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada. PAED — PAEDIATRICS FACULTY OF MEDICINE PAED 430 (8) PAEDIATRICS. Studentsare assigned to the Department of Paediatrics for eight-weeks. The eight weeks are divided into two blocks, four weeks providing an in-patient experience and four weeks in ambulatory clinics. Specific clinical teaching is taught in small groups and an Academic Half-Day each week supplies a series of lectures and seminars. The emphasis is on the acquisition of clinical skills and a knowledge base of general paediat- rrics. Clinical duties include patient histories, physical examinations, participation in investigation and management, following patient progress, taking part in daily rounds, and night call. Evaluations include a clinical evaluation, written examinations and a four station objective structured clinical examination. PATH — PATHOLOGY FACULTY OF MEDICINE PATH 300 (6) BACKGROUND TO MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE. Introductory lectures and laboratory sessions in clinical chemistry, haematology and blood banking, hospital microbiology, preparation and examination of tissue sections. For Medical Laboratory Science students without previous experience in hospital laboratories. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 112, BIOL 200, BIOL 201, CHEM 123, CHEM 205, CHEM 233, CHEM 235, MICB 202. [3-4; 0-0] PATH 301 (4) BASIC AND PHYSICAL BIOCHEMISTRY FOR MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENTISTS. An integrated approach to specific areas of the theoretical and practical aspects of those physical and biological sciences relevant to medical laboratory science. Emphasis will be placed upon the application of basic science to those clinical disciplines practised by the medical laboratory scientist, e.g., histochemistry, clinical chemistry, microbiology, haematology, etc. PATH 303 (4) CYTOGENETICS, TISSUE CULTURE & CYTOLOGY. Tissue culture techniques in clinical diagnosis; cytological techniques used in the diagnosis and control of cancer. Sex chromatin determination. PATH 304(4) NORMAL HUMAN HISTOLOGY. An advanced lecture and laboratory course in the microscopic structure of the human body necessary for a complete understanding of histochemistry and histopa- thology. PATH 305(4) MODERN MICROSCOPY. A lecture and laboratory course in the theoretical and practical application of modern biological microscopes - compound, dissecting, comparison, dark ground, fluorescent, phase contrast, interference and electron microscopes. PATH 306 (2) NUCLEAR MEDICINE FOR MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENTISTS. Introductory Nuclear Medicine with specific reference to the Pathology laboratory. PATH 327 (6) BACTERIOLOGY, MYCOLOGY, VIROLOGY AND PARASITOLOGY. Descriptions of each group of human microbial pathogens according to biological attributes, clinical features, pathogenesis and pathology, epidemiology, immunological reactions, laboratory diagnosis, principles of antimicrobial therapy, preventative measures. For students in the Faculty of Medicine B.M.L.Sc. PATH 375 (3) INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN PATHOLOGY. A lecture-demonstration course designed to acquaint students in the allied health professions with a basic understanding of the causes, natural history, and pathophysiology of common disease processes. Prerequisite: 6 credits each first year BIOL and CHEM PATH 402 (4) MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE: HAEMATOLOGY. A theoretical and practical examination of those modern concepts of haematology which relate to the practice of medical laboratory science. PATH 404 (6) DIAGNOSTIC HISTOCHEMISTRY. A lecture and laboratory course that encompasses the theory and the practice of currently available histochemical techniques. This course is to supplement the histop at ho logical technique course taken as a requirement for CSLT (RT). Prerequisite: Certification. PATH 405 (2) SEMINARS IN CURRENT TOPICS. This seminar course is intended to train students in the oral presentation of scientific papers and make them critically aware 592 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 of the current literature. They will be assigned, on a rotational basis, current issues of journals in the field of laboratory medicine. In consultation with faculty they will select one or more papers for review in a 15-20 minute presentation. The presentation will be followed by a general discussion. PATH406(6) CLINICAL CHEMISTRY. This course will review and discuss the methodology of clinical chemistry in order to put these analytical methods into the broad perspective of the pathophysiology of human disease and biochemistry. PATH 407 (4) MEDICAL LABORATORY TOXICOLOGY: ANALYTICAL, CLINIC. A theoretical and practical examination of analytical and pathophysiological aspects of clinical and forensic toxicology. Prerequisite: Prerequisites for students not registered in the B.M.L.Sc. program: BIOC 300, CHEM 311 and PATH 375. PATH 408 (3) LABORATORY ADMINISTRATION. Personnel management, staff management relationships, stock control, record keeping, etc. Medicolegal aspects of medical laboratory science. Theory and practice of quality control. Use of computers in the medical laboratory. PATH 415 (2) IMMUNOPATHOLOGY Immunological events causing tissue injury. PATH 417 (3) BACTERIAL INFECTION IN HUMANS. Explores the virulence factors of the microorganism and the pathophysiology of the host response. Working in small groups online, students direct their learning using cases presented over the internet. Prerequisite: MICB 202. PATH 427 (3) BASIC PRINCIPLES OF INFECTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL.^ This course provides the basic principles to prevent the spread of microorganisms pathogenic to humans. It may be taken towards a Certificate in Infection Control. PATH 437 (3) VIRAL INFECTIONS IN HUMANS. Interactions between viruses and humans; pathogenesis; prompt virological diagnosis; rationale for antiviral chemotherapy and prophylaxis. Equivalency: MICB 407. [3-0-0] PATH438(2-6)C MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE: DIRECTED STUDIES. Investigation of a specific topic in Medical Laboratory Science. Permission of the department head is required. PATH447(3) DIRECTED STUDIES. Anelective in clinical infection control, medical microbiology or molecular biology. Prerequisite: All of PATH 427, PATH 467. PATH 448 (2) INTRODUCTION TO LABORATORY MEDICINE. An elective course open to first-year medical students who spend at least three consecutive hours each week in one ofthe affiliated hospitals ofthe Department of Pathology, Vancouver Hospital, under the joint supervision of a Senior Resident in Pathology and the Professional Staff of the following Divisions: anatomical pathology, clinical biochemistry, haematology, paediatric pathology. Enrolment is limited. PATH 450(0) SYSTEMIC PATHOLOGY. A series of Pathology discussions in conjunction with various clinical departments designed to illustrate the role of Pathology in the diagnosis and management of various diseases. PATH 451 (3) CLERKSHIP IN LABORATORY MEDICINE AND INFECTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL. May involve attendance at an approved institution and/or a project assigned by the instructor(s). Instructor permission required. Enrolment may be limited. PATH 452 (3) CLERKSHIP IN ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY. An elective course open to third-year medical students, designed to familiarize the student with Anatomic Pathology, including Surgical Pathology, Paediatric Pathology, Autopsy Pathology and Cytology. This elective may involve attendance at one or more affiliated hospitals. Registration requires consent of the Department and enrolment may be limited. PATH 453(0) CLINICAL LABORATORY I HAEMATOLOGY. Correlative seminars based on haematology case studies relating clinical features to laboratory investigations. Equivalency: MEDI 452. PATH 457 (3) CLINICAL LABORATORY MICROBIOLOGY. Selected clinical laboratory exercises plus seminars to illustrate the diagnosis and management of patients with microbial infections. Elective course limited to third- and fourth-year medical students. Prerequisite: Departmental approval required. PATH 467 (3) BASIC MICROBIOLOGY FOR INFECTION CONTROL. The identification, clinical significance, and transmission of pathogenic organisms are presented. This course is available by correspondence or webCT. It may be taken towards fulfilment of the Certificate in Infection Control. PATH 477 (3) BASIC EPIDEMIOLOGY FOR INFECTION CONTROL. Epidemiology, study, design and analysis, and outbreak investigation ■\s it applies to institutional infection control. Equivalency: HCEP 401. PATH 500 (2/6) D GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF PATHOLOGY. Experimental pathology (2) and general principles of etiology, pathogenesis, disordered physiology and anatomic pathology of common disease processes. PATH 518 (2^4) C PULMONARY PATHOPHYSIOLOGY. A review of current topics in pulmonary pathophysiology at an advanced level suitable for graduate students majoring in pathology, medicine, surgery or anaesthesiology. Topics will include lung anatomy, ventilation, blood flow, gas and fluid exchange. Prerequisite: One of PHYL 301, PHYL 303, PHYL 400. PATH 521 (6) RESEARCH TOPICS IN PATHOPHYSIOLOGY. A lecture and laboratory course reviewing current areas of research in Pathophysiology. Registration requires permission of the Department. PATH 523 (3) PRINCIPLES OF ANTIMICROBIAL CHEMOTHERAPY. Classification, structure and mode of action of antimicrobial agents. In-depth comparison of factors affecting the activity of antimicrobials in vivo and in vitro. Prerequisite: All of MICB 200, PATH 427. PATH 527 (2-4) D BACTERIOLOGY, MYCOLOGY, VIROLOGY AND PARASITOLOGY. All groups of microorganisms pathogenic for humans. Clinical features, pathogenesis and pathology, epidemiology, properties of the agents, immunology, laboratory diagnosis, therapy, preventative measures. PATH 531 (3) MOLECULAR AND CELL BIOLOGY OF CANCER. This course focuses on molecular and cell biology of cancer and consists of a series of lectures/reviews combined with discussions and presentations by students on the topics selected by the instructors. Emphasis will be on students' presentations and discussion. Prerequisite: MEDG 421 is recommended. Course coordinator approval is required. Equivalency: MEDG 521. [0-0; 3-0] PATH 535 (2) SEMINAR. Attendance required of all M.Sc. candidates in the Department. PATH 547 (3) TECHNIQUES IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND EXPERIMENTAL PATHOLOGY. Nucleic acid purification and characterization; restriction enzyme digests; northern and southern blotting; cloning; DNA sequencing; polymerase chain reaction technology; electron microscopy; fluorescein-activated cell sorting. [0-0; 0-6] PATH 548 (1-12) C DIRECTED STUDIES. PATH 549 (18) M.SC. THESIS. PATH 582(3) TOXICOLOGY MI- ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY. Toxicology and risk assessment of air, water and soil pollutants; food additives; animal and plant toxins; pesticides; heavy metals; solvents. Equivalency: PHAR 582. [3-0-0] PATH 583 (3/4) D TOXICOLOGY IV- MOLECULAR MECHANISMS OF TOXICOLOGY. Activation versus detoxification by cytochromes P-450; the role of the Ah receptor; reactive oxygen species; heavy metals; apoptosis. Equivalency: PHAR 583. [3-0-0] PATH 635 (2) SEMINAR. Attendance required for all Ph.D. candidates in the department. PATH 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. PATH 720(0) MICROBIOLOGICAL DIAGNOSIS. Conduct of bacterial, fungal, parasitological, and viral laboratory tests relevant to the microbiological examination of patients. For medical residents. PATH 721(0) MICROBIOLOGICAL RESEARCH. Conduct of research on some aspect of clinical or basic microbiology. For medical residents. PATH 722(0) MICROBIAL INFECTIONS. Review in depth of syndromes caused by common human pathogenic bacteria, fungi and viruses, including principles of current laboratory diagnostic procedures and the rational use PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PATH — PATHOLOGY 593 of antibiotics and prophylactic agents. For medical residents. PATH 725(0) HISTOPATHOLOGY OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES. Gross and microscopic changes associated with infections, and the pathophysiology involved in their development. The course includes seminars based on histological specimens. For residents in Medical Microbiology, General and Anatomical Pathology, and Infectious Diseases. PATH 730(0) CLINICAL NUCLEAR MEDICINE. See RADI 710. PATH 731 (0) PROGRESS IN NUCLEAR MEDICINE. See RADI 711. PATH 732(0) CLINICAL INVESTIGATION/ RESEARCH. See RADI 712. PATH 733 (0) QUALITY CORRELATION IN NUCLEAR MEDICINE. See RADI 713. PCTH — PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS FACULTY OF MEDICINE PCTH 300 (6) INTRODUCTION TO PHARMACOLOGY. The concepts, language and techniques of scientific pharmacology. Intended primarily for Honours and Major students in Pharmacology. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of BIOL 200, BIOL 201, CHEM 233, CHEM 235 or (b) all of BIOL 200, BIOL 201, CHEM 203, CHEM 204; and CHEM 211 and one of CHEM 205, CHEM 201. Permission of the undergraduate advisor is required. [3-3-0; 3-3-0] PCTH 302 (3) INTRODUCTORY PHARMACOLOGY LABORATORY. Aseriesof experimental demonstrations and individual laboratory experiments illustrating the basic principles of pharmacology. Corequisite: PCTH 300. [1-3*; 1-3*] PCTH 305 (6) BASIC HUMAN PHARMACOLOGY. Lectures and assigned reading on the effects, mechanisms of action, absorption, distribution, fate and excretion of major classes of therapeutic agents. Indications for the use of particular drugs will be discussed in terms of risk versus benefit for the individual and for society. Corequisite: All of BIOC 302, PHYL 301. [3-0; 3-0] PCTH 325 (3) RATIONAL BASIS OF DRUG THERAPY. The principles and applications underlying the action and disposition of therapeutic agents (including alternative medicines) in the body. Use of drugs as tools in experimental research. Prerequisite: BIOL 201. [3-0-0] PCTH 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT I. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Pharmacology. Prerequisite: PCTH 300. PCTH 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT II. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Pharmacology. Prerequisite: PCTH 398. PCTH 400 (6) SYSTEMATIC PHARMACOLOGY. Lectures and discussions in scientific pharmacology. All aspects of the study of drugs will be covered, but the course will concentrate on the scientific aspects of the pharmacology of neurohumoral transmission, mathematics of pharmacology, cardiovascular and clinical pharmacology, and to a lesser extent on the pharmacology of various organs and tissues. Prerequisite: PCTH 300. [3-0-1*; 3-0-1*] PCTH 402 (6) SYSTEMATIC PHARMACOLOGY LABORATORY Aseriesof demonstrated, group, and individual laboratory experiments designed to illustrate the concepts and hypotheses of pharmacology. The course is restricted to Honours students in Pharmacology, but may be taken by others with permission of the department head. Prerequisite: PCTH 300. [0-9; 0-9] PCTH 404 (3) DRUG ASSAY AND PHARMACOMETRICS. The techniques, including methods of statistical analysis, used to detect and measure the actions of endogenous or exogenous chemicals, using chemical assays and bioassays as appropriate. Enrolment limited to students in Pharmacology and others with permission of the department head. Prerequisite: All of PCTH 300, BIOL 300. [1-0; 2-0] PCTH 425 (8) MEDICAL PHARMACOLOGY. A lecture and laboratory course covering the fundamental pharmacological action of drugs. Both terms. PCTH 448 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN PHARMACOLOGY. Advanced investigation of a specific topic in Pharmacology. PCTH 449 (3/6) D HONOURS THESIS. A research problem directed by a faculty member. Restricted to Honours students. PCTH 451 (3) REVIEW OF CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY. This course has been designed as a basic science elective for third- year medical students. Prerequisite: Departmental approval required. PCTH 453 (2) ADVANCED THERAPEUTICS. A lecture, assigned problems, and discussion course dealing with practical aspects of therapeutics. This course is designed to give fourth-year medical students some practical experience in the science of drug prescribing. PCTH 498 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT III. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Pharmacology. Prerequisite: PCTH 399. PCTH 499 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the summer after fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Pharmacology. Prerequisite: PCTH 498. PCTH 500 (3) MOLECULAR ASPECTS OF DRUG ACTION AT THE MEMBRANE LEVEL. Lectures, discussions and assigned reading on actions of drugs on ion channels, receptors and intracellular processes and the methodologies used including electrophysiology, fluorescence measurements, molecular neurobiology and micro dialysis. Given in even-numbered and alternate years. PCTH 501 (3) STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIPS IN PHARMACOLOGY. Lectures, discussions and assigned reading on physicochemical approaches to drug design-the relationship between molecular structure and pharmacological activity in various representative classes of drugs. Given in odd-numbered and alternate years. PCTH 502 (4) DRUGS AND INTERCELLULAR COMMUNICATION (INCLUDING NEUROPHARMACOLOGY). Lectures, discussions and assigned reading on the actions of drugs on the production, release and cellular effects of hormones and neurotransmitters. Given in odd-numbered and alternate years. «ITH512(3) EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN AND ■NALYSIS IN PHARMACOLOGY. Aseriesof lectures, tutorials and exercises designed to improve student skills in the design and statistical analyses of pharmacological experiments. PCTH 513 (4) PHARMACOLOGY OF ANAESTHESIA. Pharmacology of drugs used in anaesthesia. Conferences, assigned reading and laboratory exercises demonstrating the actions of drugs as currently applied in the practice of anaesthesia. Prerequisite: Permission of the department head is required. PCTH 514(1) SEMINAR IN PHARMACOLOGY OR THERAPEUTICS. To give students experience in the presentation of data and to enhance communication skills in the discussion of scientific topics. All students will present at least one seminar during their graduate work and would be expected to attend all seminars. PCTH 548 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN PHARMACOLOGY. In special cases, with the approval of the department head, advanced courses may be arranged. PCTH 549 (12) M.SC. THESIS. PCTH 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. PETE — PHYSICAL EDUCATION - TEACHER EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION PETE 300 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY. An interdisciplinary approach toward integrating physical education in the school curriculum; principles and methods of instruction for classroom teachers. [3-0-0] 594 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 PETE 314 (4/5) D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in physical education or permission of the head. PETE 320 (2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION: ELEMENTARY. Curriculum organization in physical education; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching physical education. Pass/Fail. [1-2-0] PETE 380 (3) TEACHING ADVENTURE ACTIVITIES IN THE OUTDOORS. An interdisciplinary focus in methodology and program planning. Costs for field trips and an overnight experience are borne by students. [1-2] PETE 400 (3) ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION: CURRICULUM TOPICS. Prerequisite: One of PETE 300, PETE 320. [3-0-0] PETE 401 (3) ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION: INSTRUCTION. Prerequisite: One of PETE 300, PETE 320. [3-0-0] PETE 480 (3) ADVANCED METHODOLOGY IN OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL E D U CATI O N. Using the outdoor environment as an educational setting for experiential and integrative learning. Costs for field trips and an overnight experience are borne by students. Prerequisite: PETE 380 or permission of the instructor. PETE 508 (3/6) D REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN KINESTHETIC LEARNING. Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. PETE 545 (3) MOVEMENT ACROSS THE CURRICULUM. Developing an integrated approach toward curriculum planning and instruction by utilizing principles of kinesthetic learning and concepts of movement education. Prerequisite: PETE 508. PETE 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses on various topics designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in the field. PETE 580 (3/12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. PETE 585 (3) HEALTH PROMOTION, WELLNESS AND LIFESKILLS IN OUTDOOR SETTINGS. PETE 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. PETE 598 (3/12) D FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on Master's, Doctoral and Diploma programs. PETE 599 (6/12) D MASTER'S THESIS. PHAR — PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES FACULTY OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES PHAR 200 (4) PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE II. Professional relationships; interactions with patients and with other health care providers. Patterns of medication use and abuse in society; the detection and resolution of medication problems. Corequisite: PHAR 311. [2-3*-0;2-3*-0] PHAR 201 (3) PHARMACIST, PATIENT AND SOCIETY. The Canadian health care system, the pharmacist-patient relationship, and contemporary trends and standards in pharmacy practice. [3-0-0] PHAR 202 (2) PHARMACY SKILLS I. Legal, technical and professional aspects of dispensing prescriptions and providing pharmaceutical care, primarily for community pharmacy practice. Corequisite: PHAR 201. [0-3*-3*; 0-3*3*] PHAR 220 (3) PHYSICOCHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF DRUGS. Drug discovery, physicochemical principles, theory of spectroscopy and chromatography, chemical stability. [3-0-0] PHAR 240 (3) PHARMACOLOGY FOR NURSES. A study of the effects, side effects, mechanism of action and interaction of drugs. Primarily intended for students in second-year nursing. [3-0-0] PHAR 241 (2) FOUNDATIONS OF PHARMACOLOGY. An introduction to general principles and concepts of drug action in selected systems. [2-0-0] PHAR 299 (3) CASES IN PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES I. Case studies, laboratory exercises, and tutorials intergrating scientific and clinical concepts. [0-0-3; 0-0-3] PHAR 300 (4) PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE III. Development of pharmaceutical care practice skills; drug problem identification in patients and selected disease states; critical thinking, self-directed learning and problem-solving skills. Preparation for structured practice experiences. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all required courses in the first two years of the pharmacy curriculum. [2-3 *-0; 2-3 *-0] PHAR 301 (3) SELF-MEDICATION PRODUCTS. A study of non-prescription medications for the self-medicating patient. The pharmacist's role in recommending safe and effective drug preparations will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all required courses of the first two years of the pharmacy program. [3-0-0] PHAR 302 (3) PHARMACEUTICAL CARE. Overview of the pharmaceutical care model of practice; introduction to home health care products and drug information techniques. Prerequisite: PHAR 201. Corequisite: PHAR 303. [3-0-0] PHAR303(2) PHARMACY SKILLS II. Legal, technical and professional aspects of dispensing prescriptions and providing pharmaceutical care, primarily for community pharmacy practice. Prerequisite: PHAR 202. Corequisite: PHAR 302. [0-3*-3*;0-3*-3*] PHAR 311 (4) DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS II. Principles of the design, preparation and evaluation of parenteral, intra pulmonary, dermal, ophthalmic, otic, nasal, rectal and vaginal drug delivery systems. [2-3 *-0; 2-3 *-0] PHAR 315 (4) PHARMACOKINETICS. Pharmacokinetics and clinical applications of pharmacokinetic principles. Prerequisite: All of PHAR 321, PHAR 341. [4-0-0] PHAR 321 (3) BIOPHYSICAL PHARMACY I. Applications ofthe physical chemical properties of drugs to oral drug delivery systems. Prerequisite: PHAR 220. Corequisite: PHAR 322. [3-0-0] PHAR 322(1) BIOPHYSICAL PHARMACY LABORATORY I. Analytical techniques for the assay of biological systems, drugs and drug products. Prerequisite: PHAR 220. Corequisite: PHAR 321. [0-3-0] PHAR 323 (3) BIOPHYSICAL PHARMACY II. Applications ofthe physical chemical properties of drugs to non-oral drug delivery systems. Prerequisite: All of PHAR 321, PHAR 322. [3-0-0] PHAR 325 (4) PHARMACEUTICAL ANALYSIS. An introduction to quality control methods used to analyze drugs including: aqueous, non-aqueous, redox, complexiometric and potentiometric, titrimetry, colorimetric, fluorometric, ultra-violet and infrared spectroscopy; paper, column thin-layer, gas-liquid, and high-pressure-liquid chromatography; biochemical tests and the use of radioisotopes in Pharmacy. [4-3-0] PHAR 330 (2) BIOMOLECULAR PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY I. Application of genetic information to drug therapy. Prerequisite: PHAR 321. Corequisite: All of BIOC 300, PHAR 315. [2-0-0] PHAR341(3) PHARMACOLOGY I. Pharmacological principles and the pharmacology of selected agents. Prerequisite: All of PHAR 241, PHYL 301, PHYL 302. Corequisite: All of PHAR 351, PHAR 361, PHAR 371. [3-0-0] PHAR342(2) PHARMACOLOGY II. Principles of chemotherapy and drug resistance and the pharmacology of selected drug classes. Prerequisite: PHAR 341. Corequisite: All of PHAR 352, PHAR 362. [2-0-0] PHAR 351 (2) THERAPEUTICS I. Rational drug therapy, management of patient-specific drug-related problems and therapeutic monitoring of selected disease states. Corequisite: All of PHAR 341, PHAR 361, PHAR 371. [2-0-0] PHAR 352 (2) THERAPEUTICS II. Rational drug therapy, management of patient-specific drug-related problems and therapeutic monitoring of selected disease states. Prerequisite: PHAR 351. Corequisite: All of PHAR 342, PHAR 356. [2-0-0] PHAR 360 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PHARMACEUTICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY An introduction to recombinant DNA technology used in the design and production of agents for the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of disease and a discussion of the ethical, economic and societal issues associated with these agents. [3-0-0] PHAR 361(1) NON-PRESCRIPTION DRUGS AND NATURAL HEALTH PRODUCTS I. The use of non-pre script ion drugs and natural PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHAR — PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 595 health products for selected conditions. Corequisite: All of PHAR 341, PHAR 351. [1-0-0] PHAR 362(1) NON-PRESCRIPTION DRUGS AND NATURAL HEALTH PRODUCTS II. The use of non-prescription drugs and natural health products for selected conditions. Prerequisite: PHAR 361. Corequisite: All of PHAR 342, PHAR 352. [1-0-0] PHAR 369 (3) STRUCTURED PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE I. Prerequisite: Promotion to third year. PHAR 370 (4) DRUGS: CHEMISTRY, PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS I. Pharmacological, chemical and physical principles of defined groups of drugs; the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity; the treatment with these drugs of diseases commonly encountered in pharmacy practice. Drug groups will include those affecting the autonomic nervous system, local anaesthetics and selected others. The role of the pharmacist in the resolution of drug-related problems will be stressed. [4-0-0] PHAR 371(1) PATHOPHYSIOLOGY I. Pathophysiology of selected disease states. Corequisite: All of PHAR 341, PHAR 351. [1-0-0] PHAR 380 (6) DRUGS: CHEMISTRY, PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS II. Pharmacological, chemical and physical principles of defined groups of drugs; the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity; the treatment with these drugs of diseases commonly encountered in pharmacy practice. Drug groups will include: renal, cardiac, respiratory, endocrine and selected others. The role of the pharmacist in the resolution of drug- related problems will be stressed. [6-0-2*] PHAR 385 (6) DRUGS: CHEMISTRY, PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS III. Pharmacological, chemical and physical principles of defined groups of drugs; the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity; the treatment with these drugs of diseases commonly encountered in pharmacy practice. Drug groups will include: gastrointestinal, psychotropic, neurological disorders, analgesics and selected others. The role of the pharmacist in the resolution of drug-related problems will be stressed. [6-0-2*] PHAR 399 (3) CASES IN PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES II. Case studies and other activities integrating scientific and clinical concepts. Prerequisite: PHAR 299. [0-0-3; 0-0-3] PHAR 400 (3) PHARMACY MANAGEMENT. Application of management principles to pharmacy operations. [3-0-0] PHAR401(2) PHARMACY SKILLS III. Legal, technical and professional aspects of dispensing prescriptions and providing pharmaceutical care, primarily for community pharmacy practice. Prerequisite: PHAR 303. [0-3*-3*;0-3*-3*] PHAR 402(6) CLERKSHIP l-COMMUNITY. Structured practice education experience in community pharmacies. PHAR 403 (3) CLERKSHIP II- INSTITUTIONAL. Structured practice education experience in hospitals and other health care facilities. PHAR 404 (3) DRUG THERAPY FOR THE PAEDIATRIC PATIENT. Introduction to the paediatric patient. Emphasis is placed on developmental pharmacology, paediatric disease states and their treatment, and drug therapy considerations specific to the paediatric population. Limited enrolment; permission from instructor required. Graduate and undergraduate students from other faculties may be admitted. [3-0-0] PHAR 405 (2-6) C PROBLEMS IN CLINICAL PHARMACY. Individual assignments involving library and clinical investigation of specific problems relating to drug utilization and information topics. PHAR 407 (3) DRUG INFORMATION SKILLS. Communication skills, search strategies and drug literature appraisal issues relating to the provision of drug information by the pharmacist to other health professionals and the public. Prerequisite: PHAR 385. [3-0-0] PHAR 408 (4) CLINICAL PHARMACOKINETICS. Lectures and discussions of topics on the application of pharmacokinetic principles and the use of therapeutic drug level monitoring in clinical pharmacy practice. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all required courses in the first three years of the pharmacy curriculum. Permission of instructor required. [4-0-0] PHAR 409 (3) DRUG THERAPY FOR THE GERIATRIC PATIENT. A combination of lectures and workshops is used to address topics such as: the social, individual, physiological and pharmacological aspects of aging; major disease states occurring in the elderly and their respective drug and non-drug management; specific communication difficulties encountered with the elderly and methods of minimizing their impact on patient education and compliance. Permission of instructor required. [3-0-0] PHAR 414 (6) PROBLEMS IN PHARMACEUTICS AND BIOPHARMACEUTICS. Individual assignments involving library and laboratory investigation of problems involved in the development of pharmaceutical dosage forms. PHAR 415 (4) TOPICS IN PHARMACEUTICS AND BIOPHARMACEUTICS. Astudyof selected topics in the field of pharmaceutics and biopharmaceutics. Registration restricted. Permission of instructor required. [2-0-0; 2-0-0] PHAR 425 (6) DRUG TESTING AND ASSAYING. Modern analytical techniques applied to separation and analysis of pharmaceutical preparations and special methods employed in pharmaceutical research. Registration limited. [1-4-0; 1-4-0] PHAR 426 (6) PROBLEMS IN PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. Research and library thesis projects related to problems in analytical and synthetic aspects of drugs and natural products, and molecular aspects of drug action. Registration limited. PHAR 429 (2) BIOCHEMICAL AND CLINICAL ASPECTS OF DRUG METABOLISM. A study of the major enzymes and the reactions involved in the biotransformation of drugs. Factors affecting drug metabolism, enzyme induction and inhibition, as well as pharmacokinetic models and drug interactions will be discussed. Prerequisite: Permission ofthe instructor is required. [2-0-0] PHAR 430 (4) BIOMOLECULAR PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY II. Chemical principles and their application to drugs used to regulate enzyme activity. Prerequisite: PHAR 330. [4-0-0] PHAR 435 (3) BIOMOLECULAR PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY III. Chemical principles and their application to drugs used to regulate receptor activity. Prerequisite: PHAR 430. [3-0-0] PHAR441(3) PHARMACOLOGY III. The pharmacology of selected drug classes. Prerequisite: PHAR 342. Corequisite: All of PHAR 451, PHAR 461, PHAR 471. [3-0-0] PHAR442(3) PHARMACOLOGY IV. The pharmacology of selected drug classes. Prerequisite: PHAR 441. Corequisite: All of PHAR 452, PHAR 462, PHAR 472. [3-0-0] PHAR 444 (6) PROBLEMS IN ^PHARMACOLOGY. Individual assignments involving library and laboratory investigation of certain aspects of drug action. Enrolment restricted. PHAR 448 (4) ENVIRONMENTAL AND CELLULAR TOXICOLOGY Toxicology of heavy metals, pesticides; mutagenic, teratogenic and carcinogenic effects of drugs. Prerequisite: All of BIOC 300, PHYL 301, PHYL 302, PHAR 370, PHAR 380, PHAR 385. [4-0-0] PHAR 450 (2-6) C SELECTED TOPICS. Thesis or Essay. PHAR 451 (2) THERAPEUTICS III. Rational drug therapy, management of patient-specific drug-related problems and therapeutic monitoring of selected disease states. Prerequisite: PHAR 352. Corequisite: All of PHAR 441, PHAR 461, PHAR 471. [2-0-0] PHAR 452 (2) THERAPEUTICS IV. Rational drug therapy, management of patient-specific drug-related problems and therapeutic monitoring of selected disease states. Prerequisite: PHAR 451. Corequisite: All of PHAR 442, PHAR 462, PHAR 472. [2-0-0] PHAR 453 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN PHARMACY PRACTICE. Individual assignments involving library and field work investigations of problems associated with pharmacy practice. Enrolment restricted. Open to upper level students. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the first three years of required courses in the pharmacy curriculum. PHAR 454 (3) PEDIATRIC AND GERIATRIC DRUG THERAPY. Drug therapy considerations in pediatric and geriatric patients. Prerequisite: PHAR 451. Corequisite: PHAR 452. [3-0-0] 596 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 PHAR 455 (3) PHARMACY IN CANADA'S HEALTH CARE SYSTEM. Issues in health care, community health services and pharmacy practice. [3-0-0] PHAR 461(1) NON-PRESCRIPTION DRUGS AND NATURAL HEALTH PRODUCTS III. The use of non-prescription drugs and natural health products for selected conditions. Prerequisite: PHAR 362. Corequisite: All of PHAR 441, PHAR 451. [1-0-0] PHAR 462(1) NON-PRESCRIPTION DRUGS AND NATURAL HEALTH PRODUCTS IV. The use of non-prescription drugs and natural health products for selected conditions. Prerequisite: PHAR 461. Corequisite: All of PHAR 442, PHAR 452. [1-0-0] PHAR 469 (3) STRUCTURED PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE II. A 160-hour community or institutional pharmacy clerkship. Prerequisite: PHAR 369 and promotion to fourth year. PHAR 471(1) PATHOPHYSIOLOGY II. Pathophysiology of selected disease states. Prerequisite: PHAR 371. Corequisite: All of PHAR 441, PHAR 451. [1-0-0] PHAR 472(1) PATHOPHYSIOLOGY III. Pathophysiology of selected disease states. Prerequisite: PHAR 471. Corequisite: All of PHAR 442, PHAR 452. [1-0-0] PHAR 479 (12) STRUCTURED PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE III. Prerequisite: PHAR 469. PHAR 480(6) DRUGS: CHEMISTRY, PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS IV. Pharmacological, chemical and physical principles of defined groups of drugs; the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity; the treatment with these drugs of diseases commonly encountered in pharmacy practice. Drug groups will include: antimicrobials, chemotherapeutic agents and selected others. The role of the pharmacist in the resolution of drug-related problems will be stressed. [6-0-2*] PHAR 489 (6) STRUCTURED PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE IV. Prerequisite: PHAR 469. PHAR 490 (3) ALTERNATIVE MEDICINES IN PHARMACY PRACTICE. Critical evaluation of the safety and efficacy of selected herbal medicines and homeopathic remedies; regulatory, ethical, cultural and clinical issues in pharmaceutical care. Prerequisite: PHAR 385. [1-0-2] PHAR 498 (3) CASES IN PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES III. Case studies and other activities integrating scientific and clinical concepts. Prerequisite: PHAR 399. [0-0-3;0-0-3] PHAR 499 (3) CASES IN PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES IV. PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES IV Case studies and other activities integrating scientific and clinical concepts. Prerequisite: PHAR 498. [1-0-6] PHAR 501 (12) ADVANCED PHARMACOTHERAPEUTICS. Pharmacothera- peutic intervention in selected acute and chronic diseases and disorders. Emphasis is on recommendations for and monitoring of drug therapy. [3-6; 3-6] PHAR 502 (4) ADVANCED CONCEPTS IN PHARMACOKINETICS. Models of linear and dose-dependent systems in pharmacokinetics including sustained release, volumes of distribution, drug clearance, metabolite kinetics, multiple dosing and computer modelling. Prerequisite: PHAR 315. [4-0-0] PHAR 503 (2-12) C GRADUATE CLINICAL CLERKSHIP. This course will consist of clinical rotations of 4-6 weeks' duration (20-40 hours per week, 2 credit/rotation) in selected specialty areas in medicine and clinical pharmacy. Students will be assigned to clinicians in the selected specialty who are members of either the Faculty of Medicine or Pharmaceutical Sciences and who are appointed as clinical instructors for this course. Rotations will take place at the site(s) where the majority of the clinician's practice is conducted. PHAR 508 (4) ADVANCED APPLICATIONS IN CLINICAL PHARMACOKINETICS. Pharmacokinetic applications in therapeutic drug monitoring and patient care; specific drugs and disease states; effects of age and concomitant drug administration. Prerequisite: PHAR 502. [4-0-0] PHAR 510 (2-6) D ADVANCED PHARMACEUTICS I. A study of physical and chemical properties of pharmaceutical systems with emphasis on formulation and preparative aspects. PHAR 511 (2-6) D ADVANCED PHARMACEUTICS II. A study of problems in pharmaceutics with emphasis on biopharma- ceutical aspects. PHAR 514 (6) ADVANCED DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS. Controlled-release and targeted drug delivery systems. Advances in delivery systems for peptide and protein drugs. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] PHAR 525 (4) PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH TECHNIQUES I. Spectroscopic, GC, HPLC, LCMS and NMR analytical techniques for drug analysis, pharmacokinetics and metabolism. [2-6-0; 2-6-0] PHAR 526 (4) PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH TECHNIQUES II. Immunological assays, capillary and gel electrophoresis, radioisotope techniques, PET, peptide analysis and receptor binding studies. [2-6-0; 2-6-0] PHAR 533 (12-^4) D CLINICAL CLERKSHIPS I. Required clinical rotations of four weeks' duration in selected specialty areas in medicine and clinical pharmacy. PHAR 534 (2-12) D CLINICAL CLERKSHIPS II. Elective clinical rotations of 4 weeks' duration in hospital, office or clinic locations. PHAR 535 (2) PHARM.D. SEMINAR. PHAR 540 (2-6) D TOPICS IN PHARMACOLOGY. Lectures and supervised studies in selected areas of pharmacology. Enrolment restricted. PHAR 541 (3) DRUG METABOLISM AND TOXICOLOGY. The biotransformation of drugs, pesticides, carcinogens and other foreign chemicals in animals and humans. The biochemical mechanisms responsible, particularly the cytochrome P-450 mono- oxygenases, will be emphasized. The formation of toxic reactive metabolites and their effects will be discussed. Enrolment restricted. PHAR 542 (3) CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM PHARMACOLOGY. A course comprised of lectures, assigned readings and reports on selected topics dealing with drug actions in the central nervous system. Given in alternate years. Permission of instructor required. PHAR 543 (3) ADVANCED LABORATORY IN PHARMACOLOGY. A laboratory course giving instruction in the methods and techniques used in pharmacological research. Registration limited. [0-6-0] PHAR 544 (3) PHYSIOLOGY AND PHARMACOLOGY OF THE AUTONOMIC NERVOUS SYSTEM. A lecture and seminar course dealing with adrenergic, cholinergic and peptidergic transmission in the peripheral nervous system. Topics to be discussed will include mechanisms of synthesis, storage and release of neurotransmitters and effects of drugs on these processes. Given in alternate years. Permission of instructor required. PHAR 545 (3) CARDIOVASCULAR PHARMACOLOGY. A course composed of lectures, assigned readings and conferences dealing with aspects of drug actions and cardiovascular function. Topics include the role of adenylate cyclase in cardiac function, the role of calcium in myocardial contractility and the effect of drugs on myocardial and vascular function. Enrolment restricted. Given in alternate years. PHAR 548(2) M.SC. SEMINAR. Attendance at regular seminars throughout the session and presentation of one or more papers on selected topics. PHAR 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. PHAR 550 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. PHAR 551 (6) PHARMACY IN CANADA. Cultural, social, behavioural and organizational foundations and theories of pharmacy in the Canadian health care system. Open only to Pharmacy Practice graduate students. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] PHAR 552 (6) ISSUES IN PHARMACY PRACTICE RESEARCH. Research methods applied to the study of social and behavioural aspects of health care and pharmacy practice. Open only to pharmacy administration doctoral students who have completed graduate-level courses in statistics and research design. [3-0-0; 3-0-0] PHAR 554 (3) ADVANCED HOSPITAL PHARMACY MANAGEMENT. Institutional, professional and regulatory factors that influence the planning, implementation and control of pharmacy services in hospitals. Permission of instructor required. [3-0-0] PHAR 570 (2) PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT. Principles of and clinical experience in physical assessment of patients for monitoring of drug efficacy and toxicity; interpretation of objective patient data by the clinical pharmacist. [2-0-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHAR — PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 597 PHAR 580 (4) TOXICOLOGY l-GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF TOXICOLOGY. Absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion of toxins. Chemical mutagenesis, carcinogenesis and teratogenesis and radiation toxicology. Various subspecialties introduced include regulatory, forensic, occupational and clinical toxicology. [4-0-0] PHAR 581 (3) TOXICOLOGY ll-TARGET ORGAN TOXICOLOGY. Action of toxins in specific organ systems, the causative agents and their mechanisms of action. The role of the toxicologist in prevention and resolution of various toxin-related problems. [3-0-0] PHAR 582 (3) TOXICOLOGY MI- ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY. Toxicology and risk assessment of air, water and soil pollutants; food additives; animal and plant toxins; pesticides; heavy metals; solvents. Equivalency: PATH 582. [3-0-0] PHAR 583 (3) TOXICOLOGY IV-MOLECULAR MECHANISMS OF TOXICOLOGY. Activation versus detoxification by cytochromes P-450; the role of the Ah receptor; reactive oxygen species; heavy metals; apoptosis. Equivalency: PATH 583. [3-0-0] PHAR 584 (3) CELL CULTURE: CONCEPTS AND TECHNIQUES. Principles and methods of culturing isolated cells. Morphological and functional examination of normal cells and cells exposed to damaging agents or conditions. Equivalency: PATH 542. [0-6-0] PHAR 590 (2) RESEARCH IN THE PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES: PRINCIPLES AND METHODS. PHAR 648 (2) SEMINAR FOR PH.D. STUDENTS. Attendance at regular seminars throughout the session and presentation of one or more papers on selected topics. PHAR 649(0) DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY THESIS. PHIL —PHILOSOPHY FACULTY OF ARTS Philosophy is an inter-disciplinary subject, and students with training in other subjects may be adequately prepared to take on a course even though they lack the formal prerequisites. Students are encouraged to consult with the instructorPhilosophy is an inter-disciplinary subject, and students with training in other subjects may be adequately prepared to take on a course even though they lack the formal prerequisites. Students are encouraged to consult with the instructor. Variable credit courses: Most 200, 300, and 400 level courses in Philosophy are offered for three credits, but may be taken for four credits for extra work with the consent of the instructor. Students should consult the instructor if they wish to exercise this option as it may not be available in all sections. For detailed information about courses and topics within courses, see the departmental booklet or website (www.philoso- phy.ubc.ca). PHIL 100 (6) INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY. Basic problems and methods of Philosophy. Topics such as the existence of God, the nature and scope of human knowledge, the relationship between mind and body, personal identity, free will, issues and problems in moral philosophy. Detailed description in Department booklet. PHIL 120 (3) INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC AND CRITICAL THINKING. Tools for dealing with both everyday and more technical arguments and concepts. Analysis and resolution of confusions, ambiguities, and fallacies. This course is restricted to students with fewer than 90 credits. PHIL 125 (3) INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC R E AS O NIN G. Historical and logical analysis of various types of scientific hypotheses and the data that support or undermine them. This course is restricted to students with fewer than 90 credits. PHIL 211 (3/4) D GREEK PHILOSOPHY I. The Presocratics; Socrates; Sophists. Recommended as preparation for CLST/PHIL 212 and PHIL 310. Equivalency: CLST 211. PHIL 212 (3/4) D GREEK PHILOSOPHY II. Plato; Aristotle; selections from Hellenistic Philosophy. Recommended as preparation for PHIL 310. Equivalency: CLST 212. PHIL 220 (3/4) D SYMBOLIC LOGIC I. Sentential and predicate logic. Translation from natural language; truth tables and interpretations; systems of natural deduction up to relational predicate logic with identity; alternative proof methods. Some sections may use computer-based materials and tests. PHIL 230 (3/4) D INTRODUCTION TO MORAL TH EORY. Theories of obligation and value; moral reasoning; normative ethics, descriptive ethics and meta-ethics. Readings in classic and contemporary texts. PHIL 235 (3/4) D CONTEMPORARY MORAL ISSUES. Philosophical approaches or moral problems. PHIL 240 (3/4) D KNOWLEDGE AND REALITY I. Topics in metaphysics and epistemology such as truth, knowledge, justification, the nature of physical reality, and personal identity. Readings from classic and contemporary texts. PHIL 260 (3/4) D SCIENCE AND SOCIETY. An introduction to the historical development, conceptual foundations, and cultural significance of contemporary science. Themes will vary from year to year. Equivalency: HIST 260. PHIL 310 (3/4) D THE PHILOSOPHY OF PLATO. A study of Plato's dialogues and his influence on subsequent philosophy. PHIL 311 (3/4) D THE PHILOSOPHY OF ARISTOTLE. A study of Aristotle's writings and his influence on subsequent philosophy. Prerequisite: PHIL 310. PHIL 313 (3) MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY. Survey of Western European thought from Augustine to the 14th century. Possible topics and authors include: Augustine; Abelard; the influence of Islam; the rediscovery of Aristotle; Aquinas; Scotus; Ockham. Equivalency: RELG 328. PHIL314(3/4)D PHILOSOPHY IN THE 17TH CENTURY. Survey of 17th-century philosophy from Bacon to Leibniz, including the writings of Hobbes, Descartes, and Spinoza. The influence of science and religion on philosophical thought. PHIL315(3/4)D PHILOSOPHY IN THE 18TH CENTURY. Survey of 18th-century philosophy from Locke to Kant, including the writings of Berkeley, Rousseau, and Hume. The influence of science and religion on philosophy. Prerequisite: PHIL 314. PHIL316(3/4)D PHILOSOPHY AFTER 1800. Survey of 19th and 20th century philosophy. May include Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, Mill, Meinong, Brentano, the British Idealists, Russell, and Moore. Social and political currents in 19th century philosophical thought. PHIL 320 (3/4) D SYMBOLIC LOGIC 2. Continuation of PHIL 220. A system of deduction for predicate logic is selected for further study. Completeness of this system and other metatheoretic results are proved. Other topics include computability, recursive function theory, incompleteness and decidability. Prerequisite: PHIL 220. PHIL321 (3/4) D INDUCTION AND DECISION. Formal methods relevant to the logic of decision. Decision theory, game theory, axiomatic probability theory and its interpretations, belief dynamics, simulation and modelling. Prerequisite: One of PHIL 125, PHIL 220. PHIL322(3/4)D MODAL LOGIC. Logicofthe modal operators "It is necessary that" and "It is possible that." Possible-world semantics and a method of derivation for this logic. Prerequisite: PHIL 220. PHIL 323 (3/4) D NON-CLASSICAL LOGICS. One or more of conditional logic, deontic logic, epistemic logic, many-valued logic, systems of belief dynamics. Prerequisite: PHIL 220. PHIL324(3/4)D PHILOSOPHY OF LOGIC. Fundamental concepts and methods of logic; the logistic method, syntax and semantics; the conditional; entailment; consequence; modal logic; problems concerning extensionality and intentionality. Frege's distinction between sense and reference; Russell's theory of definite descriptions; Tarski's definition of truth. Prerequisite: PHIL 220. PHIL 330 (3/4) D SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY. Theories of political and legal obligation and authority, legal reasoning, society and the state. Readings in classic and contemporary texts. PHIL 334 (3/4) D SEX, GENDER AND PHILOSOPHY. Relationship between sex, gender, and philosophy. Topics may include ethics, epistemology, science, social relations, law, and personhood. PHIL 335 (3/4) D POWER AND OPPRESSION. Philosophical approaches to historical problems of inequality and social harm, with readings drawn from historical and contemporary sources. Topics to be studied may include 598 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 slavery, colonialism, labour, and the position of women in society PHIL 338 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY OF LAW. Concepts of law, constitution and sovereignty; law and morality; natural law theories and legal positivism; obligation, responsibility, and punishment. PHIL 339 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY OF ART. Topics include art and perception, art and reality, imagination, expression, censorship, and the role of art in human life. PHIL 340 (3/4) D KNOWLEDGE AND REALITY II. Topics in metaphysics and epistemology such as induction, the mind/body problem, free will, and action theory. Readings from classic and contemporary texts. Prerequisite: PHIL 240. PHIL 349 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. A critical and analytical examination of arguments for and arguments against the existence of God, and other related topics. PHIL 360 (3/4) D INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. An examination of historical, conceptual and methodological conditions of scientific knowledge through detailed consideration of important episodes in the history of science. Equivalency: HIST 360. PHIL 362 (3-6) D HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS FROM ARISTOTLE TO ADAM SMITH. The development of economic thought from Aristotle to Adam Smith, focusing primarily on the conceptual foundations of economics, particularly the problems of value, distribution, and economic growth. Equivalency: ECON 318. PHIL 363 (3-6) D HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS FROM RICARDO TO KEYNES. The development of economic thought from David Ricardo up to the present, including such figures as Malthus, Mill, Jevons, and Keynes, focusing primarily on the conceptual foundations of economics, particularly the problems of value, distribution and growth. Equivalency: ECON 319. PHIL 375 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY AND LITERATURE. Philosophical issues in works of literature or arising from theories of literary interpretation. Topics include issues relating to relativism, the nature of morality, free will, personal identity, the nature of the emotions. PHIL 378 (3) PHILOSOPHICAL WISDOM OF EARLY INDIA. Epistemological and ontologi- cal thought from the Vedic Period to the period of the rise of philosophical schools or systems. Philosophy in the Mahabharata, Gita; early Buddhist and Jain views on knowledge and reality; views on language. Equivalency: ASIA 378. PHIL 385 (3/4) D EXISTENTIALISM. Meaning, identity and alienation as explored in the works for example of Kierkegaard, Dostoyevsky, Tolstoy, Sartre, and Camus. PHIL 388 (3) BUDDHIST, BRAHMANICAL AND JAIN PHILOSOPHERS IN INTERACTION. Debates on issues of epistemology, language and ontology among the philosophical schools or systems of classical India Nagarjuna, Bhartrhari, Uma-svati, Sankara and others. Equivalency: ASIA 388. PHIL 390 (6/12) C HONOURS TUTORIAL. For students in third-year Honours. PHIL 400 (3/4)D MORALS, POLITICS AND THE INDIVIDUAL. Introduction to major themes in moral and political philosophy. Primarily for fourth-year and graduate students who have had no previous course in Philosophy. PHIL 401 (3/4)D KNOWLEDGE, EXPLANATION, AND THE NATURE OF THINGS. Introduction to major themes in epistemology and metaphysics. Primarily for fourth-year and graduate students who have had no previous course in Philosophy. PHIL 410 (3/4) D TOPICS IN ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY. Advanced study of the Presocratics, or of a philosopher such as Plato, or of a school such as the Sceptics or Stoics. Topics vary from year to year. Prerequisite: PHIL 311. PHIL 412 (3/4) D TOPICS IN MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY. Advanced study of a medieval philosopher such as Aquinas, or school. Prerequisite: PHIL 313. PHIL 414 (3/6)D TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY Intensive study of a major philosopher or school such as Descartes, Hume, Empiricism, Rationalism, or the British utilitarians. Prerequisite: One of PHIL 314, PHIL 315, PHIL 316. PHIL 415 (3/4) D THE PHILOSOPHY OF IMMANUEL KANT. Study of Kant's critical philosophy. Prerequisite: One of PHIL 314, PHIL 315, PHIL 340. PHIL 416 (3/6) D TOPICS IN 19TH-CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. Study of a major 19th-century philosopher such as Hegel, Mill or Nietzsche, or school, such as German Idealism. Prerequisite: One of PHIL 314, PHIL 315, PHIL 316, PHIL 340. PHIL 418 (3/6) D TOPICS IN TWENTIETH- CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. Intensive study of a ^hajor philosopher such as Wittgenstein, Russell, or Heidegger, or school, such as pragmatism or logical empiricism. Prerequisite: PHIL 340. PHIL 419 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY. Concepts of history and historical explanation, historical progress, purpose, necessity, law and causation. Hegel, Marx, Vico, Spengler, Pareto, Collingwood, Croce, and Toynbee, as well as contemporary figures. Students will be expected to have an adequate knowledge of ancient or modern history. PHIL 420 (3/4) D TOPICS IN SYMBOLIC LOGIC. Formal semantics, proof theory, incompleteness and decidability, axiomatic set theory, independence results. Consult the Department as to which topics are offered in a given year. Prerequisite: PHIL 220. PHIL 425 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE I. Philosophical discussion of language, meaning and communication. Prereq uisite: Philosophy or Linguistics courses totaling 9 credits at the 200 level or above. PHIL426 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE II. Advanced topics in the philosophy of language. Prerequisite: PHIL 425 and six credits of Philosophy or Linguistics courses at the 200 level or above. PHIL427 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY OF M AT H E M AT ICS. Logicism, formalism and constructivism, implications of metatheorems such as those of Godel and Church, mathematical truth, mathematics and mental construction, mathematics and the physical world. Prerequisite: Philosophy or Mathematics courses totaling 9 credits at the 200 level or above. PHIL431 (3/4) D SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY. Central concepts and problems in political life and thought including obligation, citizenship, representation, justice; equality; civil rights and liberty; disobedience. Prerequisite: Philosophy or Political Science courses totaling 9 credits at the 200 level or above. PHIL432(3/4)D ETHICAL THEORY. Classic or contemporary works in ethical theory. Prerequisite: 9 credits in Philosophy at the 200 level or above; PHIL 230 is recommended. PHIL433 (3/4) D BIO-MEDICAL ETHICS. Moral problems arising in the health sciences, especially in medicine but also in biology, psychology, and social work. Topics include abortion, death and euthanasia, genetic engineering, behaviour modification, compulsory treatment, experimentation with human beings and animals, and the relationship between professionals and their patients, subjects or clients. No philosophical background is required. PHIL434(3/4) D BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS. Moral problems in contemporary business and professional practice, general moral theory, the law, and policy formation. Corporate social and environmental responsibility, employee rights, preferential hiring and affirmative action programs, conflicts of interest, advertising, "whistle blowing" and self-regulation. PHIL435 (3/4) D ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS. Moral problems arising in the context of human relationships to nature and to non- human living things, considered in terms of both general moral theory and policy formation. Topics include moral standing, animal rights, obligations to future generations, pollution, hazardous materials, the depletion of natural resources and the treatment of non- human living things. PHIL440 (3/4) D EPISTEMOLOGY. Analysisof the concept of knowledge; problems of justifying ordinary and basic empirical beliefs. Prerequisite: PHIL 240. PHIL441 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY OF PERCEPTION. The contribution ofthe senses to knowledge of the external world; the nature of perception and its contribution to empirical knowledge. Prerequisite: PHIL 240, or COGS PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHIL — PHILOSOPHY 599 200 if accompanied by 3 credits in PHIL at the 200 level or above. PHIL 449 (3/4) D CONTINENTAL PHILOSOPHY. A study of European philosophers from amongst Husserl, Heidegger, Habermas, Foucault, Derrida, Lacan, Levinas, and others. PHIL 450 (3/4) D METAPHYSICS. Topics including ontology, universals and particulars, substance, determinism and indeterminism, identity over rime, and theories of truth. Prerequisite: 9 credits in PHIL at the 200 level or above. PHIL 451 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY OF MIND. The nature of the mental and physical; the relation between minds and bodies; the character of psychological explanation. Prerequisite: PHIL 240, or COGS 200 if accompanied by 3 credits of PHIL at the 200 level or above. PHIL 452 (3/4)D PHILOSOPHY OF ACTION. Explanation of human actions; the conditions of responsibility; freedom of the will; the domains of rational and moral appraisal; the category of action and the individuation of actions. Prerequisite: PHIL 340. PHIL 460 (3-6)D PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. Issues common to all sciences. Philosophical questions including the character of scientific laws, theories and revolutions, the nature of scientific confirmation, causality, explanation and prediction, and the use of logic and probability. Difficulties in the interpretation of atomic physics and questions about relationships between biology and psychology. No philosophical background is assumed. PHIL 461 (3/4) D PHILOSOPHY OF SOCIAL SCIENCE. Topics in the philosophy of science of special concern to the social and behavioural sciences; hypotheses and explanation; principles, theories, models; the formation of scientific concepts; the function of mathematics in social science. Prerequisite: 9 credits at the 200 level or above from Philosophy, Anthropology, Geography, Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology. PHIL 462 (3-6) D SPACE AND TIME. Such topics as: Are space and time continuous? Is motion always relative to another body? Does time flow? Is time irreversible? Prerequisite: PHIL 340 or 12 credits of Mathematics or Science. PHIL 464(3) PHILOSOPHY OF BIOLOGY. Methodological, historical, philosophical and social science questions about biology. Credit will be given for only one of PHIL 464 or BIOL 446. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing in any degree program or 9 credits of philosophy. PHIL 469 (3/4)D TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. Topics such as probability and induction; foundations of measurement; theory construction. Prerequisite: PHIL 460. PHIL485(3/4)D DIRECTED READING. Same as PHIL 486-9. PHIL486(1-4)D DIRECTED READING. PHIL 487 (3-4)D DIRECTED READING. PHIL 488 (3-4)D DIRECTED READING. PHIL 489 (3-4) D DIRECTED READING. PHIL 490 (6/12) C HONOURS TUTORIAL. For students in fourth-year Honours. PHIL 499 (3-4) D DIRECTED READING. PHIL 510 (3-12) D ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY. PHIL 512 (3-12) D MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY. PHIL 514 (3-12) D EARLY MODERN PHILOSOPHY. PHIL 516 (3-12) D MODERN PHILOSOPHY. PHIL 518 (3-12) D TWENTIETH-CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. PHIL 520 (3-12) D LOGIC. PHIL 525 (3-12) D PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE. PHIL 527 (3-12) D PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS. PHIL 528 (3-12) D PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN THE FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS. PHIL 530 (3-12) D MORAL PHILOSOPHY. PHIL 531 (3-12) D POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY. PHIL 532 (3-12) D ETHICAL THEORY AND PRACTICE. PHIL 533 (3-12) D ISSUES IN BIO-MEDICAL ETHICS. PHIL 534 (3-12) D ISSUES IN BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS. PHIL 535 (3-12) D ISSUES IN ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS. PHIL 536 (3-12) D ETHICAL ISSUES IN PUBLIC POLICY. PHIL 539 (3-12) D AESTHETICS. PHIL 540 (3-12) D EPISTEMOLOGY. PHIL 550 (3-12) D METAPHYSICS. PHIL 551 (3-12) D PHILOSOPHY OF MIND. PHIL 560 (3-12) D PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. PHIL 581 (3-12) D PROBLEMS. PHIL 585 (3-12) D DIRECTED READING. PHIL 586 (3) PHILOSOPHY OF ACTION. PHIL 599 (12) MA THESIS. PHIL 699(0) PH.D. THESIS. PHYL— PHYSIOLOGY FACULTY OF MEDICINE MATH 102 (or MATH 100 or 104 or 120) and MATH 103 (or MATH 101 or 105 or 121) and PHYS 101 and any other Physics course that is for credit in the Faculty of Science are prerequisite to all courses in Physiology. In the Honours program the required second year courses, BIOL 200, 201, CHEM 201 or 205, and CHEM 233, 235, MATH 200 and MICB 202 must normally be completed prior to entry into third year. For admission to PHYL 422, 423, 424 or 426 see Physiology in the Science section. Students wishing to undertake directed studies at the undergraduate or graduate level are required to consult a departmental advisor before registering. PHYL301(6) HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY A lecture course on body function with particular reference to mammalian and human physiology. Credit will normally be given for only one of the following: PHYL 301 and 303 or BIOL 353,355. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 112, 121, 140, CHEM 233. [3-0; 3-0] PHYL 302 (3) HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY. A laboratory course designed to illustrate physiological principles and to provide training in physiological techniques. Must be taken in conjunction with PHYL 301. Enrolment limited. Available only to students in the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. [0-3; 0-3]' PHYL 303 (3) LABORATORY IN HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY (HONOURS). Techniques and principles of human physiology. This course must be taken in conjunction with PHYL 301. Restricted to Physiology and Pharmacology Honours students. [0-3; 0-3] PHYL 422 (3) MAMMALIAN CARDIOVASCULAR AND RESPIRATORY PHYSIOLOGY. The control and integration of cardio-pulmonary function in mammals. Intended for Honours students in Physiology or other life sciences. Prerequisite: PHYL 301. Permission of the department head is also required. [3-0; 0-0] PHYL 423 (3) MAMMALIAN RENAL AND GASTROINTESTINAL PHYSIOLOGY Control of mammalian renal and gastrointestinal systems. Role in homeostasis. Intended for Honours students in Physiology or other life sciences. Prerequisite: PHYL 301. Permission of the department head is also required. [3-0; 0-0] PHYL 424 (3) MAMMALIAN ENDOCRINOLOGY. Hormonal control of homeostatic, metabolic and reproductive function. Intended for Honours students in Physiology or other life sciences. Prerequisite: PHYL 301. Permission of the department head is also required. [0-0; 3-0] PHYL 426 (3) PHYSIOLOGICAL BASIS OF CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM FUNCTIONS. An integrated study of the structural and functional organization of the central nervous system with special emphasis on neurophysio- logical mechanisms. Prerequisite: PHYL 301. Permission of the department head is also required. [0-0; 3-0] PHYL 430 (6) ADVANCED LABORATORY IN PHYSIOLOGY. A laboratory course giving training in the methods, techniques and use of instruments required for physiological investigation. PHYL 303 and the consent of the department are required and enrolment will be limited. [0-6; 0-6] PHYL 448 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN PHYSIOLOGY. PHYL 449 (6) GRADUATING ESSAY. Priorto graduation, students in the Honours course will be required to carry out an investigation approved by the department head and to 600 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 submit a satisfactory graduating essay based on this work. PHYL 511 (2-6) C SEMINAR IN MAMMALIAN PHYSIOLOGY PHYL 521 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN RENAL PHYSIOLOGY. PHYL 522 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN CARDIOVASCULAR PHYSIOLOGY. PHYL 523 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN GASTROINTESTINAL PHYSIOLOGY. PHYL 524 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN ENDOCRINOLOGY. PHYL 526 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN NEUROPHYSIOLOGY. PHYL 527 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN RESPIRATORY PHYSIOLOGY. PHYL 530 (3) MUSCLE BIOPHYSICS. Equivalency: ANAT 527. PHYL 531 (3) SENSORY PHYSIOLOGY I: HEARING AND VISION. Offered in even numbered years. Equivalency: AUDI 512. PHYL 532 (3) SENSORY PHYSIOLOGY II; VESTIBULAR SYSTEM, SOMATIC. Offered in odd numbered years. PHYL 533 (3) PHYSIOLOGY OF THERMOREGULATION. Comprehensive study of thermoregulatory physiology and pathophysiology from molecular to organismal levels in mammal and other vertebrates. PHYL 548 (2-6) C ADVANCED TOPICS IN HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. PHYL 549 (12) M.SC. THESIS. PHYL 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. PHYS —PHYSICS FACULTY OF SCIENCE Science students with BC Secondary School Physics 11, but not Physics 12, are required to take PHYS 100. Many science programs require PHYS 101 or 107. Students planning to go into Physics or Applied Science (and some other programs) are required to take PHYS 102 (108 & 109) in addition to PHYS 101 (107). PHYS 100 is intended primarily for students who have completed only Physics 11 or its equivalent. Credit will not be given for PHYS 100 to students with credit for Physics 12. PHYS 101 normally requires Physics 12 or PHYS 100. Students with only Physics 11 but with a good mathematics background, after consultation with an advisor, may omit PHYS 100 and enrol in PHYS 101. Credit will be given for only one of PHYS 101, 107 and for only one of PHYS 102, 108. The following courses are for students in the Faculty of Applied Science: PHYS 153, PHYS 170, PHYS 250, PHYS 253, PHYS 257, PHYS 258, PHYS 259, PHYS 270, PHYS 350, PHYS 352, PHYS 354, PHYS 389, PHYS 450, PHYS 454, PHYS 455, PHYS 458, PHYS 473, PHYS 474. Additional fees are charged for some courses. PHYS 100 (3) INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS. An introduction to fundamental concepts such as force, energy, momentum, and the use of graphs and vectors in physics; geometrical optics; electricity; laboratory exercises to familiarize the student with both the phenomena and the basic laboratory instruments commonly used to measure them. Prerequisite: MATH 12. Physics 11 required for first-year students, strongly recommended for others. Students with credit for Physics 12 may not obtain credit for this course. [3-3*-l*] PHYS 101 (3) ENERGY AND WAVES. Conservation laws, rotational motion, simple harmonic motion, sound, fluids, heat, including biological applications. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 12, PHYS 100. Corequisite: One of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 120, MATH 180, MATH 184. [3-3*-l*] PHYS 102 (3) ELECTRICITY, LIGHT AND RAD I AT ION. Introduction to optics, electricity and magnetism, electric circuits, radioactivity, including biological applications. Prerequisite: PHYS 101. Corequisite: One of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121. [3-3*-l*] PHYS 107 (3) PHYSICS 1. An enriched course dealing with conservation laws, angular momentum of rigid bodies, simple harmonic motion and wave phenomena. Concepts of probability and kinetic theory. Intended for students planning to take higher level courses in physics and astronomy. Prerequisite: Either (a) a score of 85% or higher in PHYS 12 and a score of 85% or higher in MATH 12; or (b) a score of 85% or higher in PHYS 100. Corequisite: One of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 120, MATH 180, MATH 184. [3-3*-l*] PHYS 108 (3) PHYSICS II. Concepts of thermal Physics. Electricity and magnetism up to Maxwell's equations and electromagnetic waves, including interference and diffraction of light. Intended for students planning to take higher-level courses in physics and astronomy. Prerequisite: Either (a) PHYS 107 or (b) a score of 85% or higher in PHYS 101. Corequisite: One of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121. [3-0-1] PHYS 109(1) INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. A laboratory course accompanying PHYS 108 with emphasis on data collection and analysis and experimental techniques. Prerequisite: Either (a) PHYS 107 or (b) PHYS 101. [0-3-0] PHYS 153 (6) ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS. Thermometry, thermal properties of matter, heat, oscillations, waves, sound, wave optics; geometrical optics, elementary electricity and magnetism, simple dc and ac circuits. Credit will be given for only one of PHYS 153 and 101/102 or 121/122. Prerequisite: Physics 12. [3-0-1; 3-3-1] PHYS 170 (3) MECHANICS I. Statics of particles, equilibrium of rigid bodies, rigid body statics and internal forces; kinematics: rectilinear motion; dynamics: Newton's second law, friction, impulse, momentum, work and energy. Prerequisite: Either (a) PHYS 100 or (b) PHYS 12. [3-0-1] PHYS 200 (3) RELATIVITY AND QUANTA. Special relativity: Lorentz transformation, dynamics and conservation laws. Quantum physics: the experimental evidence for quantization; a qualitative discussion of the concepts of quantum mechanics and their application to simple systems of atoms and nuclei. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 102, PHYS 108, PHYS 153, SCIE 001 and one of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121. [3-0-1] PHYS 203 (3) THERMAL PHYSICS I. Laws of thermodynamics. Thermodynamic potentials. Applications to homogeneous and inhomoge- neous equilibrium systems with particular reference to electric and magnetic systems. Non-equilibrium systems. Prerequisite: Either (a) a score of 68% or higher in PHYS 102 or (b) a score of 68% or higher in PHYS 108 or (c) a score of 68% or higher in PHYS 153 or (d) a score of 68% or higher in SCIE 001. Corequisite: One of MATH 217, MATH 200. [3-0-0] PHYS 206 (3) MECHANICS. Newtonian mechanics, non-inertial frames, central potentials, Kepler's laws, variational calculus, Lagrangian dynamics, rigid body motion, Hamiltonian mechanics, Poisson brackets, canonical, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, action angle variables. Prerequisite: One of MATH 200, MATH 217, MATH 226 and either (a) one of PHYS 108, PHYS 153, SCIE 001 or (b) PHYS 102. PHYS 216 if less than 68% in PHYS 102. Corequisite: MATH 215 and one of MATH 221, MATH 223. [3-0-1] PHYS 209 (3) INTERMEDIATE EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. Use of analog electronics and amplifiers, digital electronics and ana log-to-digital conversion and the use of computers in data analysis and simulations in thermodynamic, electronic and modern physics experiments. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of PHYS 108, PHYS 109 or (b) one of PHYS 102, PHYS 153 or Science One. Corequisite: MATH 215 and one of MATH 200, MATH 217, MATH 226. [0-3-1*; 0-3-1*] PHYS216(3) MECHANICS I. Review of kinematics, Newton's laws, angular momentum and fixed axis rotation. Rigid body motion, central forces, non-inertial frames of reference. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 101, PHYS 107 and all of MATH 200, MATH 221. [3-0-1] PHYS 250 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MODERN PHYSICS. Wave-particle duality of matter, special relativity, processes in atomic, nuclear and solid state, and introduction to quantum mechanical devices and techniques. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 102, PHYS 108, PHYS 153, SCIE 001. [3-0-1] PHYS251(2) INTR INSTR DESIGN. Applications of electricity and magnetism. Maxwell's equations. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 102, PHYS 122, PHYS 153. [3-3-1] PHYS 253 (3) INTRODUCTION TO INSTRUMENT DESIGN. Practical laboratory exposure to instrument bread-boarding including simple mechanical and electrical design, and communications with sensors, actuators. Micro-controller implementation PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHYS — PHYSICS 601 and design. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 259, PHYS 209. [1-6-0] PHYS 257 (2) HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. Thermometry, thermal properties of matter; heat transfer by conduction; convection and radiation; kinetic theory of gases and gas laws; heat engines; refrigeration; change of state; first and second laws of thermodynamics. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of PHYS 102, PHYS 153 or (b) PHYS 108 and PHYS 109; and one of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 121, MATH 154. [1-3-1] PHYS 258 (2) PRINCIPLES OF PHOTONICS. Practical aspects of classical and quantum treatments of light; generation, transmission and detection. [2-0-1] PHYS 259 (2) EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES. Basic experimental techniques in acquisition, analysis and presentation of data. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of PHYS 108, PHYS 109 or (b) one of PHYS 102, PHYS 153 or (c) SCIE 001. [1-3-0] PHYS270(2) MECHANICS II. Dynamics: systems of particles, kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies (plane motion), energy and momentum, rotating coordinates. Prerequisite: PHYS 170. [2-0-1] PHYS 298 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT I. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the winter term of the second year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Physics. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 200, PHYS 203. PHYS 299 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT II. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the summer following the second year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Physics. Prerequisite: PHYS 298. PHYS 301 (3) ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. Electrical fields and potentials of static charge distributions, current, fields of moving charges, magnetic field, electromagnetic induction, Maxwell's equations. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 102, PHYS 108, PHYS 153, SCIE 001 and one of MATH 217, MATH 227, MATH 317. Corequisite: MATH 215. [3-0-1] PHYS 304 (3) INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM MECHANICS. The beginnings of quantum mechanics, wave mechanics and the Schroedinger equation, one-dimensional potentials, the postulates of quantum mechanics, applications to three-dimensional systems. Prerequisite: PHYS 200. Corequisite: One of MATH 316, PHYS 312. [3-0-0] PHYS 305 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BIOPHYSICS. An introduction for physicists (assumed to have no background in biology) to the basics of molecular biology, followed by selected examples where insights from physics and mathematics have helped solve important biological problems. Intended for students with third- or fourth-year standing in physics. Not for credit for Life Science students. Prerequisite: a minimum third year standing in Science. [3-0-0] PHYS 308 (3) OPTICS. Physical optics: polarization, Fresnel equation coherence, interference, diffraction, lasers, holography, Fourier optics. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of PHYS 102, PHYS 153, SCIE 001 or (b) all of PHYS 108, PHYS 109. [2-3-0] PHYS 309 (3/6) D ELECTRICAL LABORATORY. Selected experiments in electromagnetism and electronics; computer data acquisition; advanced data analysis and simulation. Prerequisite: PHYS 209. [1-4-0] PHYS 312 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. The application of ordinary and partial differential equations to physical problems; boundary and initial value problems associated with heat, wave and Laplace equations. Fourier analysis; expansions in Bessel and Legendre functions. Credit will be given for only one of PHYS 312 and MATH j 316. Prerequisite: MATH 215. [3-0-0] PHYS 313 (3) THERMODYNAMICS. The laws of thermodynamics, thermodynamic potentials, phase changes, elementary statistical physics. Prerequisite: MATH 200 and one of PHYS 102, PHYS 108, PHYS 153, SCIE 001. [3-0-0] PHYS 314 (3) FLUIDS. Kinetic theory: Diffusion, viscosity and sound waves. Introduction to hydrodynamics: Laminar flow, capillary and gravity waves, convection and turbulence. Dimensional analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 215. Corequisite: One of PHYS 203, PHYS 313. [3-0-0] PHYS 315 (3) PHYSICS OF MATERIALS. Crystal structure, elasticity and phonons, elementary electronic transport, defects, alloys, liquid crystals and polymers. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 203, PHYS 313, CHEM 201, CHEM 205. Corequisite: MATH 215. [3-0-0] PHYS 317 (3) LIGHT. Radiation, photometry, illumination, colour, geometrical optics. Prerequisite: One of MATH 152, MATH 221, MATH 223 and one of PHYS 102, PHYS 122. [3-3 *-0] PHYS 318 (3) ACOUSTICS. Acoustic oscillators (including loudspeakers), acoustic waves, and architectural acoustics. Prerequisite: PHYS 209. [3-3*-0] PHYS 319 (3) ELECTRONICS LABORATORY. A project-oriented lab introducing the design and construction of micro pro cess or-controlled devices. Prerequisite: PHYS 209. [1-4-0] PHYS 330 (3) TWENTIETH-CENTURY PHYSICS. Quantum physics, nuclear energy and particle physics at a level suitable for third- and fourth-year Science students not proceeding to a physics degree. Not for credit towards a B.Sc. in Physics. Prerequisite: One of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 104, MATH 180, MATH 184 and one of PHYS 101, PHYS 107, PHYS 153. [3-0-0] PHYS 340 (3) FROM ATOMS TO THE UNIVERSE. Ancient Greek ideas of substance and forms and modern concepts of forces and fields. The twentieth-century quantum revolution. The modern universe, from quarks and atoms to the big bang. Quantum paradoxes. Not for credit in the faculties of Science and Applied Science. No mathematics required. [3-0-0] PHYS 341 (3) PHYSICS OF MUSIC. An introduction to the physical principles important to the production, transmission and perception of musical sounds. The treatment will be non-mathematical; with emphasis on demonstrations. Topics may include the description of sound waves, resonances, scales, physics of hearing, examination of specific musical instruments, etc. Not for credit in the Faculties of Science and Applied Science. [3-0-0] PHYS 343 (3) PHYSICAL SCIENCE BY IN Q UIRY. A guided sequence of hands-on science modules intended primarily for prospective elementary schoolteachers, to help them to work constructively in a science teaching role. Not for credit in the Faculties of Science and Applied Science. Prerequisite: Secondary school algebra. [0-6-0] PHYS 349 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. With approval of the Head of the Physics Department, studies under the direction of a staff member may be arranged. Intended for Honours and Major physics students. pHYS350(3) APPLICATIONS OF CLASSICAL MECHANICS. Review of principles. Particle mechanics: Euler's equations, tops and gyroscopes, motion of the Earth, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian methods. Variational principles in optics and mechanics, Liouville's theorem and statistical mechanics. The relationship between classical and quantum mechanics. Prerequisite: PHYS 270. [3-0-0] PHYS 352 (2) LABORATORY TECHNIQUES IN PHYSICS. Some ofthe experiments will be based on the lecture material for PHYS 351. Other techniques and subjects will also be covered. Corequisite: PHYS 351. [0-3-0] PHYS 354(3) ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC FIE LDS. Applications of electricity and magnetism. Maxwell's equations. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 102, PHYS 122, PHYS 153 and one of MATH 215, MATH 255 and one of MATH 217, MATH 227, MATH 317. Equivalency: PHYS 251. [3-0-1] PHYS 389(1) TECHNICAL REPORT. A technical report based on summer work or a co-operative education work term to be submitted to the Department, followed by an oral presentation of the work. PHYS 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT III. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the summer following the third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Physics. Prerequisite: PHYS 299. PHYS400(3) INTRODUCTION TO ELEMENTARY PARTICLES. Standard model, classification of elementary particles and forces 602 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 of nature, symmetries, conservation laws, quark model, quantum electrodynamics, quantum chromodynamics and the theory of weak interactions. Prerequisite: PHYS 304. (or PHYS 412 prior to 2003) [3-0-0] PHYS401 (3) ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY. The application of Maxwell's theory to the propagation of electromagnetic waves. Prerequisite: PHYS 301. [3-0-0] PHYS 402 (3) APPLICATIONS OF QUANTUM MECHANICS. Spin and angular momentum addition, perturbation methods, and applications in the fields of Atomic, Molecular Nuclear, and Solid State Physics. Prerequisite: PHYS 304. [3-0-0] PHYS403(3) STATISTICAL PHYSICS. Kinetic theory of transport. Ensemble theory, application to classical and quantum systems. Interacting systems and phase change. Fluctuations. Intended for Honours students. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 203, PHYS 257, CHEM 201 and PHYS 304. [3-0-0] PHYS404(3) INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL P H YSICS. Radiotherapy, X-ray imaging, nuclear medicine, magnetic resonance imaging and biomedical optics. Prerequisite: Third or fourth year standing in science is required. MATH 200 (or MATH 217 or MATH 226) is recommended. [3-0-0] PHYS405(3) RADIATION BIOPHYSICS. Physical and chemical interactions of ionizing radiations and their biological effects at the cellular, tissue and whole-animal levels. Credit will be given for only one of PHYS 405, 436 and 536. Prerequisite: Third- or fourth-year standing in Science or permission of the department head is required. [3-0-0] PHYS407(3) INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL RELATIVITY. Physical consequences of Einstein's equations, including the principle of equivalence, curved space-time, geodesies, the Schwarzchild solution, deflection of light, black holes and gravitational radiation. Prerequisite: All of MATH 225, MATH 317 and all of PHYS 200, PHYS 216. [3-0-0] I PHYS408(2) FLUID FLOW. Subsonic flow of viscous and non-viscous fluids. Boundary layers Laminar and turbulent flow. Supersonic flow and shock waves, cavitation and capillarity. Prerequisite: PHYS 206. [3-0-0] PHYS 409 (3/6) C EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. A laboratory course with a wide choice of experiments for fourth year Honours and Major students. Topics include solid state, nuclear, classical, quantum, electromagnetic and low temperature physics. For 6 credits, two weekly laboratory periods and completion of a project in second term are required. [0-3-0] PHYS410(3) COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS. Scientific programming applied to problems in physics. Fundamentals of numerical analysis for continuum problems. Solution of linear and non-linear algebraic systems, ordinary differential equations and stochastic problems. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 312, MATH 316 and one of CPSC 122, CPSC 126, CPSC 152. [3-0-1] PHYS 412 (3) QUANTUM PHYSICS. Fundamentals of atomic, nuclear, particle, and condensed matter physics. Prerequisite: MATH 215 and one of CHEM 312, PHYS 200. [3-0-0] PHYS 420 (2-4) C PHYSICS DEMONSTRATIONS. The students will prepare, under the supervision of a faculty member, a demonstration or series of demonstrations intended to illustrate physical principles to diverse audiences. Intended for third- or fourth-year Physics Majors and Math/ Science Education students. Prerequisite: Permission of the department head. PHYS 436 (3) HEALTH PHYSICS MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL. Biological effects ofthe physical and chemical interactions of gamma-ray, ultraviolet, infrared and microwave radiation. Instrumentation for monitoring of radiation, accident prevention and control strategy. This course includes both lecture and laboratory components. Credit will be given for only one of PHYS 405 and 436. Prerequisite: Third or fourth year standing in Science or permission of the director of the Occupational Hygiene Program. [3-0-0] PHYS 437 (3) PHYSICS OF BIOCELLULAR STRUCTURE AND MACHINERY Molecular structure and architecture of biological cells, interactions of molecules in aqueous solution and at interfaces, physical properties of polymers and surfactants, mechanisms of cell membranes and cytoplasmic structures, thermodynamics of molecular machines and mechanical enzymes. Credit can not be given for both PHYS 437 and 537. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 313, PHYS 403, PHYS 455, CHEM 304. [3-0-0] PHYS 438 (3) ZOOLOGICAL PHYSICS. Animal systems viewed from a physicist's perspective. Topics include sensory systems, energy budgets, locomotion, internal flows, physical advantages of grouping. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 101, PHYS 107. BIOL 325 is recommended. [3-0-0] PHYS 445(1) ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY AND STATISTICS FOR MEDICAL PHYSICISTS. Restricted to graduate students in the M.Sc. (Medical Physics) Program. PHYS 447 (3/6) C ADVANCED TOPICS IN PHYSICS. Directed studies available to students in Honours Physics with approval from the Head of the Department. PHYS449(6) HONOURS THESIS. A research project, undertaken under the direction of a faculty member culminating in a thesis. [0-6-1*, 0-6-1*] PHYS 450 (3) QUANTUM MECHANICS. Postulates of quantum mechanics, expectation values, hermitian operators, commuting observables, applications to one-dimensional systems, harmonic oscillators, angular momentum, applications in three dimensions, hydrogen atom, time dependent perturbations. Prerequisite: PHYS 250. [3-0-0] PHYS 454 (3) APPLIED ELECTROMAGNETIC TH EORY. Wave propagation and related phenomena in dielectrics, conductors and plasmas. Wave guides, radiation, antennae, special relativity. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 301, PHYS 354. Equivalency: PHYS 351. [3-0-0] PHYS 455 (3) STATISTICAL MECHANICS. Introduction to quantum statistical mechanics and its application to systems of varying complexity from the simple ideal gas to the degenerate gas. Quantum fluids, phase transitions and simulation methods will also be introduced. Credit cannot be given for both PHYS 303 and 455. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 257, PHYS 203, PHYS 313 and one of PHYS 452, PHYS 304. [3-0-0] PHYS458(4) APPLIED OPTICS. Basic applications of lasers, geometrical optics, fibre optics, diffraction, and Fourier optics. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 250, PHYS 354. [3-3-0] PHYS473(3) APPLIED NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Radioactive decay and radiations, nuclear properties, interactions of neutrons, physical principles of power reactors, nuclear fusion, radiation monitoring and safety. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 450, PHYS 304. [3-0-1*] PHYS 474 (3) APPLIED SOLID STATE PHYSICS. Symmetry of crystal structures, reciprocal lattice, band theory, conduction in metals and semiconductors, phonons and superconductivity. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 450, PHYS 304. [3-0-0] PHYS 498 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT IV. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the fall term of the fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Physics. Prerequisite: PHYS 399. PHYS 499 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT V. Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the summer following the fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Physics. Prerequisite: PHYS 498. PHYS 500 (3) QUANTUM MECHANICS I. Non-relativistic quantum mechanics with applications to atomic, nuclear and particle physics. Perturbation theory, mulrielectron atoms, molecular structure, WKB, scattering theory. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 450, PHYS 402. PHYS 501 (3) QUANTUM MECHANICS II. Time-dependent perturbation theory, density matrix formalism, NMR, emission and absorption of radiation. Elementary field theory techniques for many body systems. Quasiparti- cles, phonons, magnons, holes. Relativistic Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations. PHYS 502 (3) CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS I. One-electron theory of solids, energy bands, lattice vibration, transport theory. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHYS — PHYSICS 603 PHYS 503 (3) CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS II. Interacting electrons, electron- phonon interaction, Hubbard model, magnetism, superconductivity, use of Green functions. Prerequisite: PHYS 502. Corequisite: PHYS 500. PHYS 504 (3) RELATIVITY AND ELECTROMAGNETISM. A review of special relativity, and a presentation of classical electromagnetism as a relativistic field theory. Radiation from moving charges, classical electron theory, Wheeler Feynman electrodynamics. Prerequisite: PHYS 401. PHYS 505 (3) NUCLEAR PHYSICS. General properties of the nucleus, two-body problem at low energies, nuclear forces, nuclear models, nuclear reactions, interaction of nuclei with electromagnetic radiation, beta-decay. Properties of elementary particles, classification of interactions, intermediate and high energy reactions. PHYS 506 (3) ELEMENTARY PARTICLE PHYSICS. PHYS 507 (3) PLASMA PHYSICS. Equilibrium theory of ionized gases, kinetic theory, transport coefficients. Motion of individual charges, cyclotron radiation. Waves, Landau damping. Derivation of magnetohydrodynamic equations. PHYS 508 (3) QUANTUM FIELD THEORY. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 500, PHYS 526. PHYS 509 (2-4) D THEORY OF MEASUREMENTS. Estimation of parameters from experimental measurements; maximum likelihood; least squares; tests of significance (chi square, etc). Noise properties of common devices. Extracting signals from noise; signal averaging; auto and cross-correlation, etc. PHYS 510 (2-3) D STOCHASTIC PROCESSES IN PHYSICS. Statistical and thermodynamic fluctuations in electromagnetic, mechanical and thermal systems. Fundamental limits of observation and measurement in classical and quantum systems. PHYS 511 (2-3) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN MAGNETISM. Spin Hamiltonian, theory of ferro- and anriferromagnetism, nuclear magnetic resonance, relaxation in spin systems. Prerequisite: PHYS 503. PHYS 512 (2-3) D VIBRATIONAL SPECTROSCOPY OF SOLIDS. Symmetry of vibrations of isolated molecules; calculation of normal modes; vibrations of molecular crystals, optical properties of solids. PHYS 513 (2-4) D TOPICS IN ADVANCED SPECTROSCOPY. PHYS 514 (2-4) D CLASSICAL FIELD THEORY. Classical field theory in flat space- time. Variational principles and conservation laws. Tensor fields and manifolds. The course is a preparation for study of relativistic gravitation and quantum field theory. Prerequisite: PHYS 504. PHYS 515 (2-4) D NEURAL NETWORKS. Perceptrons; the XOR problem; hidden units; back propagation; generalized delta rule; content addressable memories (Hopfield model); extended Hopfield model; travelling salesman problem; model based on neurons that exhibit hysteresis. PHYS 516 (3) STATISTICAL MECHANICS. Mean field theory, Landau theory of phase transitions, critical phenomena, renormaliza- tion theory. Monte Carlo method, linear response theory, fluctuations. PHYS 517 (2) INTRODUCTION TO LOW TEMPERATURE PHYSICS. Cryogenic techniques and instrumentation. Some aspects of superconductors and liquid helium. PHYS 518 (2/3) D SUPERCONDUCTIVITY. Conventional theories: BCS and Landau- Ginsburg, Josephson effect. New theories of high TC superconductivity PHYS 519 (2) SURFACE PHYSICS. Structure and electronic properties of solid surfaces, optical properties, adsorption phenomena, surface analysis, epitaxy PHYS 521 (2-4) C GROUP THEORY METHODS IN QUANTUM MECHANICS. Selected topics from atomic, molecular, solid state, nuclear and elementary particle physics treated by group theory methods. Prerequisite: PHYS 500. PHYS 522 (2/3) D TOPICS IN INTERMEDIATE ENERGY NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prerequisite: PHYS 505. PHYS 523 (2-3) D QUANTUM ELECTRONICS AND NONLINEAR OPTICS. Macroscopic and microscopic treatments of linear and non-linear response to electromagnetic fields. PHYS 524 (4) NON-EQUILIBRIUM THERMODYNAMICS. Recent developments in thermodynamics, with special emphasis on the stability of systems far from equilibrium. PHYS 525 (2-3) D ADVANCED CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS. Current issues in condensed matter theory. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 500, PHYS 503. PHYS 526 (3) QUANTUM ELECTRODYNAMICS. PHYS 527 (2/3) D TOPICS IN NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Selected topics from current nuclear theory. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 501, PHYS 505. PHYS 528 (2/3) D ELEMENTARY PARTICLE PHYSICS. Prerequisite: All of PHYS 508, PHYS 505. Corequisite: PHYS 508. PHYS 529 (2/3) D TOPICS IN QUANTUM THEORY. PHYS 530 (2-4) D TOPICS IN GENERAL RELATIVITY THEORY. Prerequisite: PHYS 514. PHYS 531 (3/4)C PARTICLE DETECTION TECHNIQUES. PHYS 532 (4) PLASMA DYNAMICS. The magnetohydrodynamic formulation of plasma dynamics including the effects of diffusion, viscosity, thermal conduction and ionization phenomena on plasma motion. PHYS 533 (2) LASER PHYSICS. Interaction of EM-radiation with matter, Gaussian beams and optical resonators, laser oscillators, specific laser systems, amplification in laser media, the electro-optic effect. PHYS 534 (3) RADIOTHERAPY PHYSICS I. Principles of dosimetry of ionizing radiation with emphasis on applications to radiotherapy and radiobiology PHYS 535 (3) RADIOTHERAPY PHYSICS II. A continuation of PHYS 534, including an extension of the topics discussed in that course. PHYS 536 (2) ADVANCED RADIATION BIOPHYSICS. Interactions of radiation with matter in living cells. Description of events following ionizing irradiation; cell survival as a function of dose; survival models. Students will be expected to present a seminar on a pre-selected topic, and participate in class discussions. PHYS 537 (3) PHYSICS OF SOFT ORGANIC INTERFACES. Interactions in liquids, free liquid interfaces, surfactant assemblies, membranes of biological organisms, emphasizing the relation of chemical characteristics to structure and physical properties. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 303, CHEM 304. PHYS 538 (3) PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF SYNTHETIC AND NATURAL MEMBRANE INTERFACES. PHYS 539 (3) RADIATION DOSIMETRY. PHYS 540 (3) RADIOLOGICAL IMAGING. PHYS 541 (3) NUCLEAR MEDICINE. Prerequisite: PHYS 473. PHYS 542 (3) NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING. PHYS 543 (3) BIOMEDICAL OPTICS. PHYS 545 (3) ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY AND STATISTICS FOR MEDICAL PHYSICISTS. Restricted to graduate students in the M.Sc. (Medical Physics) Program. PHYS 549 (12) MASTER'S THESIS. PHYS 555 (1-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN PHYSICS. With approval of the department head, advanced studies under the direction of a staff member may be arranged in special cases. PHYS 570 (2-4) C RADIO ASTRONOMY Emission, propagation and detection of radio noise from the solar system, galaxy and extragalactic radio sources. PHYS 571 (3) PHYSICAL COSMOLOGY. Credit will not be given for both ASTR 403 and PHYS 571. [3-0-0] PHYS 599 (12/18) C M.A.SC. THESIS. PHYS 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. PLAN — COMMUNITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING SCHOOL OF COMMUNITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING Not all courses offered each year. PLAN 425 (3) URBAN PLANNING ISSUES AND CONCEPTS. Evolution, practice and future of urban planning and development, with emphasis on institutional arrangements, housing, transportation, urban design and 604 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 development control. For third- and fourth- year undergraduate students interested in urban planning. Prerequisite: One of URST 200, COMM 306, GEOG 350 or permission of the instructor. [3-0; 0-0] PLAN 500 (3) FUNDAMENTALS OF PLANNING PRACTICE. The design and use of problem-solving procedures. The effective leadership of planning groups, and the development of appropriate community planning processes. Styles of public participation. PLAN 502 (3) PLANNING THEORY. Historical and contemporary concepts of the planning process and its legitimacy. The role of the state, public interest, and the responsibilities of professional planners. Concepts and codes of professional ethics. PLAN 503 (3) PLANNING FOR COMMUNITY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. Theories of community economic development planning. Concepts of community wealth, income, growth and development. Models of the formal and informal community economy. PLAN 504 (3) THE ECOLOGICAL CONTEXT OF PLANNING. A planning-oriented approach to ecosystems theory emphasizing the structural and functional properties of the biophysical environment. Definition of the urban-centered region in terms of interregional flows and ecological accounts. PLAN 505 (3) COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT PLANNING. Evolution of development theory emphasizing the changing relationships among community, state and individuals. Development paradigms and alternative concepts of community. PLAN 506 (3) THE LEGAL CONTEXT OF PLANNING. Legal principles affecting the administration of planning programs including the meaning and sources of the law, the separation of the functions of government, the Canadian Constitution and Charter of Rights and Freedoms, the law of Canadian municipal corporations, natural resource law, the nature and control of administrative action, judicial review of discretionary power, and the drafting of legislation. PLAN 507 (3) REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING. Origins, theory, and practice of planning for regions in Canada and abroad. Types of planning regions, institutional forms for regional planning, regional disparities, and approaches to regional analysis. Resource frontiers, urban, amenity, and rural regions provide the policy context. PLAN 513 (3) ECONOMIC IMPACT AND EVALUATION FOR PLANNING. Topics include economic base, income-expenditure, input-output, computer simulation, cost- benefit, goals achievement matrix and the planning balance sheet. PLAN 515 (3) DATA FOR PLANNING PRACTICE. Data collection and analysis in relation to professional practice and the scientific method. Questionnaire surveys and alternatives including secondary analysis, unobtrusive measures and client participation techniques. PLAN 540 (3-12) D PLANNING PROJECT. Group preparation and presentation of a professional report. PLAN 545 (3/6) D PLANNING STUDIES ABROAD. An extended site visit outside Canada to understand the cultural context for community and regional planning issues and the local institutional response. PLAN 547 (3/6) D PROFESSIONAL PROJECT REPORT. Research and preparation of a professional project report on a planning topic in public policy or professional practice. PLAN 548 (1-12) D CURRENT ISSUES IN PLANNING. Each year the school may offer one or more courses on a topical issue covering recent advances in the field. PLAN 549 (6-12) C MASTER'S THESIS. Research and preparation of a thesis on a topic in public policy or professional practice. PLAN 550 (3-12) C DIRECTED STUDIES. In special cases and with the approval of the Director of the school, a student may study an advanced topic under the direction of a faculty member. PLAN 561 (3) SEMINAR IN REAL PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING. Topicswill vary. PLAN 565 (1-12) D CURRENT ISSUES IN REAL PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING. Topics will vary. PLAN 571 (3) HOUSING POLICY AND PRACTICE IN CITIES OF THE DEVELOPING WORLD. Housing development and government policy in cities of developing countries. PLAN 572 (3) PROJECT AND PROGRAM DESIGN IN DEVELOPING ASIAN COUNTRIES. Development theories, the role of the state, the importance of political and social contexts, and the influence of foreign planning models. PLAN 573 (3) SHELTER AND SERVICES IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES. Human settlements paradigm in international development, especially in relation to urban poverty and enabling strategies. PLAN 575 (3) INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING SEMINAR. Topics will vary. PLAN 580 (3) URBAN TRANSPORTATION PLANNING. Topics include the relationship between transportation and urban activity systems; analysis of supply and demand; accessibility and environment; institutional arrangements and public finance. PLAN 581 (3) URBAN INFRASTRUCTURE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT. Policy considerations in the provision of infrastructure including the legal framework, institutional arrangements, and public finance. Planning considerations in drainage, waterworks, sewerage and waste management. PLAN 582 (3/6) D RESIDENTIAL SITE PLANNING STUDIO. Evaluation of neighbourhoods and projects, site analysis, housing types and densities, provision of community facilities and services, and the design of site plans. PLAN 583 (3) HOUSING AND COMMUNITY PLANNING. The social, economic, political and land use dimensions of Canadian housing in the context of demographic trends, housing demand and affordability. Recent trends in housing policy and the role of the public and private sectors in housing supply. PLAN 585 (3) HOUSING SEMINAR. Prerequisite: PLAN 583. PLAN 586 (3) GENDER AND PLANNING. Analysis of women's dual roles as users and creators of built environments and the comparative roles of men and women. PLAN 587 (3-12) D URBAN DESIGN. A studio/seminar on the history of the physical form of cities and theories of city design. Topics include social impacts, heritage and environmental conservation, urban revitalizarion, and the legal and administrative instruments for the implementation of city designs. PLAN 588 (3) SOCIAL ASPECTS OF URBAN FORM. Exploration of how the urban built environment has been shaped by the actors in the development process. PLAN 590 (3/6) C PUBLIC POLICY AND URBAN PLANNING. Development of public policy in theory and practice. The impact of federal, provincial and local government policies on urban and regional planning. Exercises in policy making and documentation. PLAN592(3) URBAN RESTRUCTURING. The determinants of urban restructuring, including emerging theoretical perspectives and case studies of Canadian and foreign cities. PLAN 593 (3) RESOURCE ANALYSIS FOR REGIONAL PLANNING. An ecological approach to land use and resource analysis for regional planning covering inventory, classification, and alternative methods of analysis. PLAN 595 (3) PLANNING AND NEGOTIATION IN NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT. Institutional structures for policy development and implementation. PLAN 596 (3) SEMINAR ON ENVIRONMENTAL-ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. Relationships between economic activity and the biophysical environment. Topics include the assumptions and determinants underlying economic growth, market failure and traditional approaches to public intervention, the implications of alternatives such as the steady-state economy and sustainable development. Prerequisite: PLAN 504. PLAN 597 (3) PLANNING FOR WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT. The relationships among relevant bio-physical, socioeconomic and institutional systems as applied to regional planning for watersheds, lakes, estuaries, coastal zones and international river basins. Water supply, waste disposal, fisheries, aquaculture, recreation, hydropower and flood control. PLAN 599 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY ANALYSIS. Determination of risks and values in environmental policy decisions. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PLAN — COMMUNITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING 605 PLAN 601 (3) RESEARCH METHODS SEMINAR. PLAN 602 (3) PLANNING THEORY ADVANCED SEMINAR. PLAN 603 (3) PH.D. COLLOQUIUM. PLAN 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. PLAS —PLASTIC SURGERY FACULTY OF MEDICINE PLAS 514 (3) ADVANCED PLASTIC SURGERY I. Seminar and tutorial on selected topics of plastic surgery. Given in alternate years. PLAS 515 (2) ADVANCED PLASTIC S U RG E RY 11. The second year course of the above program. Given in alternate years. PLAS 750(0) PLASTIC SURGERY CONFERENCE. Presentation of clinical cases with discussion of the underlying pathophysiology as related to patient management. One hour weekly. PLAS 751 (0) PLASTIC SURGERY SEMINAR CO U RS E. A one-hour weekly seminar course spread over two years for discussion of embryology, anatomy, physiology and pathology relative to the specialty of plastic surgery. These basic science aspects are discussed in relation to patient management. PLAS 752(0) OPERATIVE PLASTIC S U RG E RY. Techniques of surgery and the relative anatomy and pathophysiology are reviewed during the course of operative procedures. PLNT—PLANT SCIENCE FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS Most of the undergraduate courses have been renamed as Agroecology (AGRO). Please see this section. The Faculty of Land and Food Systems is undergoing major program revisions. All new and continuing students are required to consult the Faculty. PLNT 508 (3) MOLECULAR GENETICS OF PLANT-MICROBE INTERACTIONS. Molecular genetics of microbial pathogenesis and symbiosis on plants. Analysis of plant-pathogen recognition and host response to interaction with viruses, bacteria and fungi. Offered in alternate years. Equivalency: MICB 508. PLNT 513 (3/6) C ADVANCES IN PLANT BREEDING. Recent advances in plant breeding methodology. Novel methods of gene transfer and the application of in vitro technology to breeding problems. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: All of PLNT 413, BIOL 433. PLNT 523(0) GRADUATE RESEARCH SEMINAR. PLNT 525 (3) ANALYSIS OF PLANT PERFORMANCE. Quantitative analysis of plant growth and yield. Indices of plant performance and relationships among crop density, planting patterns, canopy structure and productivity PLNT 530 (2-6)C DIRECTED STUDIES. PLNT 531 (3) BIOLOGICAL CONTROL. Theory of biological control. Case histories. Concepts of natural insect population regulation. Development of integrated control programs and environmental manipulations. Offered in alternate years. PLNT 532 (3) ADVANCED INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. Recent advances in selected fields of insect physiology, emphasizing the neural and/or hormonal integration of metabolic activities. Offered in alternate years. PLNT 535 (3) TOPICS IN PLANT PATHOLOGY. Advances in techniques for pathogen detection, disease assessment and plant disease control. Offered in alternate years. PLNT 536 (3) PLANT VIROLOGY Identification, structure, biosynthesis and control of viruses causing plant diseases. Laboratories will emphasize instrumental techniques used in plant virus research. Limited enrolment. Offered in alternate years. [2-3; 0-0] PLNT 540 (3) PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY LABORATORY. Techniques of purification, | cloning, sequencing, restriction-hybridization analysis of plant nucleic acids, in vitro labelling of plant nucleic acids and proteins, and electrophoresis and immunodetection of plant proteins. Offered by the Biotechnology Teaching Laboratory in cooperation with Plant Science. Admissions to the course is limited and requires recommendation from the Program Coordinator. Prerequisite: BIOL 335 is recommended. Equivalency: BOTA 544, FRST 503. PLNT 549 (12) MASTER'S THESIS. PLNT 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. POLI —POLITICAL SCIENCE FACULTY OF ARTS For details of courses consult the Departmental website at www.politics.ubc.ca. POLI 100(3) INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS. Political issues and case studies, drawn from Canadian and international contexts, will be used to introduce students to central debates and concepts of politics and political analysis. JpOU 101 (3) THE GOVERNMENT OF CANADA. An examination of the institutions and processes of Canadian government. POLI 220 (3) INTRODUCTION TO COMPARATIVE POLITICS. A comparative analysis of foreign governments. Specific countries to be covered will vary according to section; consult the brochure issued by the Department. POLI 240 (3) CURRENTS OF POLITICAL THOUGHT. A critical introduction to some major ideologies and traditions of Western political thought that examines their philosophical origins as well as their implications for political life. POLI 260 (3) INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL POLITICS. Applies conceptual tools to topics such as war, conflict management, the global economy, poverty, and civil society. Prerequi site: Recommended for prospective students of POLI 360-373. POLI 301 (3) CANADIAN POLITICAL PARTIES. The organization and operation of party politics and the systems of party competition in Canada. The focus is on national-level politics. Prerequisite: POLI 101. POLI 302 (3/6) D PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. The structure and organization of the administrative branch of government in theory and practice. Administrative powers and policymaking in the modern state. Examples of the administrative processes are drawn from Canada and other countries. Prerequisite: POLI 101. POLI 303 (3) FEDERALISM IN CANADA. Theory and practice of federalism; cultural duality, social stresses, and problems of flexibility. The constitution and role of the courts. Prerequisite: POLI 101. POLI 304 (3) BRITISH COLUMBIA GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. An examination of the party system, and other institutions and processes of the British Columbia political system. Prerequisite: POLI 101. POLI 305 (3) CANADIAN POLITICAL IDEAS. Political theories and ideologies in Canada. Prerequisite: POLI 101. POLI 306 (3) LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS IN CANADA. Local and regional political institutions and processes in Canada, with particular attention to those of Vancouver and other British Columbia localities. Prerequisite: POLI 101. POLI 307 (3) QUEBEC GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. The nature of politics and the conduct of government in contemporary Quebec. The course is open to students from fields other than political science. Prerequisite: POLI 101. POLI 308 (3/6) D ISSUES IN CANADIAN POLITICS. An examination of one or more major issues in Canadian politics (e.g., the Charter, electoral reform). Topics will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: POLI 101. POLI 320 (3/6) D GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. The institutions, behaviour, and policies of the political system of the US in a comparative context. The constitution and the major institutions of government and public policy. POLI 321 (3/6) D CHINESE POLITICS AND DEVELOPMENT. The course will explore various aspects of Chinese politics and the dynamics of China's development since 1949. Topics include: the Cultural Revolution, political reform and protest, and economic reform policies and their consequences. POLI 322 (3) JAPANESE GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. A general introduction to modern Japanese politics from various theoretical and comparative perspectives. POLI 323 (3/6) D SOUTH ASIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. Comparative analysis of politics and government in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. 606 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Imperial legacies and nationalist movements; political institution-building amidst socio- cultural diversity; parties and interest groups; elections and leadership crises; military intervention; ethnic and class conflicts; foreign policy POLI 324 (3/6) D SOUTHEAST ASIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. The political systems of contemporary Southeast Asia. POLI 325 (3) COMMUNIST AND POST- COMMUNIST POLITICS. An examination of the origins, development, and demise of Communist political systems, as well as the nature of post-Communist politics, with special emphasis on the Soviet Union and its successor states. POLI 326 (3) EUROPEAN POLITICS: SELECTED CASES. The politics and government of one or more European countries: political development, institutional structure, party politics, and policy-making. The specific country or countries will vary by section. POLI 327 (3) EUROPEAN INTEGRATION. Post-1945 integration of Europe, comparison of national politics and attitudes to integration, and the history and institutions of the European Union. POLI 328 (3/6) D TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS. Topics will vary from year to year. Consult the departmental website. POLI 329 (3) GENDER AND POLITICS. Relations between gender and political processes and institutions, including the impact of globalization and economic development. POLI 330 (3) JAPANESE POLITICAL ECONOMY. Issues in contemporary Japanese political economy, including industrial policy, the Keiretsu groupings, the main-bank system, trends toward deregulation, and business- labour relations. POLI 331 (3) KOREAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. An introduction to the politics of Korea. The evolution of Korean politics from authoritarian rule to democratic transition, focusing on present and future political, economic and social issues. POLI 332 (3/6) D POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT OF LATIN AMERICA. A comparative examination of democracy and authoritarianism in Latin America: populism, corporatism, bureaucratic authoritarianism, transitions from authoritarianism, and contemporary debates on the quality and diversity of democratic institutions. POLI 333 (3/6) D ISSUES IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS. An examination of a major issue in comparative politics (e.g., the media, gender, nationalism, ethnic conflict). Topics will vary from year to year. POLI 334 (3) COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIZATION. Literatures and theories on regime democratization around the world; the roles of political, economic, social, and international factors in encouraging or impeding democratization. POLI 335 (3/6) D GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. The institutions, behaviour, and policies of the political system of the US in a comparative context. The constitution and the major institutions of government and public policy POLI 340 (6) HISTORY OF POLITICAL IDEAS. An introduction to the political ideas of leading political philosophers from Ancient Greece to the 19th century. POLI 342 (3) MODERN POLITICAL THEORY: ANALYSIS OF A SELECTED THEORIST. A detailed examination of an acknowledged masterpiece of modern political theory. The text and attendant literature vary from year to year. Consult the departmental website. POLI 344 (3/6) D SOCIAL AND POLITICAL THOUGHT. An examination of some of the major concepts in political philosophy such as justice, equality, rights, obligation, liberty in the context of both classical and contemporary political thought. POLI 345 (3/6) D GENDER AND POLITICS: POLITICAL THOUGHT AND PRACTICE. The role of gender in Western political theory and the implications for the practice of politics. POLI 346 (3) DEMOCRATIC THEORY. An examination of both classical and contemporary theories of democracy. Representative democratic theory, participatory democratic theory, and their relationship to twentieth century concepts of democracy. POLI 347 (3/6) D LAW AND POLITICAL TH EORY. An examination of law and political theory that considers topics such as sovereignty, constitutionalism, civil disobedience, rights and the political role of judges. POLI 350 (3/6) D PUBLIC POLICY. An introduction to public policy: rationales for government intervention, the influence of interest groups and political institutions on policy outcomes, and the various stages in the policy process. POLI 351 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL POLITICS AND POLICY. Domestic and international determinants of environmental policy; alternative approaches to environmental protection. The sustainable development paradigm; public opinion and interest group pressures; risk assessment; mandatory, voluntary and market- based policy instruments. POLI 360 (3/6) D SECURITY STUDIES. The contemporary international security context: reorientation of the study of security, patterns of inter- and intrastate conflict and communal violence, dilemmas of international response and conflict management. POLI 361 (3/6) D INTERNATIONAL VIOLENCE AND ITS CONTROL. A study of the nature of international violence from guerrilla to nuclear war; a survey of theories of the causes of interstate war; recent research findings on the causes of war and conditions for peace; a comparative analysis of strategies for controlling violence through disarmament and the promotion of alternative means of conflict resolution. POLI 362 (3) THE GREAT POWERS AND INTERNATIONAL POLITICS. An examination of the changing nature of Great Power relations, including procedures and institutions for managing their conflicts, in the pre-Cold War, Cold War, and post-Cold War international systems. POLI 363 (3/6) D CANADIAN FOREIGN POLICY. An analysis of Canadian foreign policy on important international issues since the 1960s and of the policy-making process. Issues may include defence commitments, economic relations, activities of international organizations, and relations with the US, Europe, USSR, Asia and the Third World. POLI 364 (3/6) D INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS. Analysis of the activities and influence of modern international organizations in international security, economic, and social issue areas. The course will focus on organizations associated with the United Nations, but other world and regional bodies will be analysed as well. POLI 365 (3/6) D ASIAN INTERNATIONAL R E L AT IONS. Analysis of the foreign policies of one or more of the states of East, Southeast, and South Asia; their relations with other states in the region as well as with major outside powers. POLI 366 (3) INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY. An analysis of governmental policies and international political bargaining in regard to such issues as international investment, trade, and monetary relations. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309 are recommended. POLI 367 (3/6) D INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY AND THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM. The evolution of the international system and empirical and normative theories of international relations such as realism, liberalism, and Marxism. POLI 368 (3) JAPAN'S FOREIGN RELATIONS. Japan's security policy, aid policy, relations with the United States and with neighbouring Asian nations, role in the United Nations and other international institutions. POLI 369 (3/6) D ISSUES IN INTERNATIONAL SECURITY. An examination of issues such as interstate conflicts, terrorism, environmental change, international crime. Topics will vary from year to year. POLI 370 (3-6) D ISSUES IN INTERNATIONAL CONFLICT MANAGEMENT. Problems of managing conflict in the international system (e.g., intervention, mediation, sanctions). Topics will vary from year to year. POLI 373 (3) ETHICS IN WORLD POLITICS. When is it right to wage war? Who should pay for global warming? Should the wealthy provide foreign aid- how much? Analysis of traditions of moral thought to reach reasoned judgments about such dilemmas in global politics. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS POLI — POLITICAL SCIENCE 607 POLI 380 (3) QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE. An introduction to quantitative methods as utilized in the study of Political Science. Not available for credit in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. POLI 381 (3) TOPICS IN QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. Application of quantitative techniques to selected topics in Political Science. Topics vary from year to year. Consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: POLI 380. POLI 385 (3/6) D PUBLIC OPINION AND ELECTIONS. Psychological and social foundations of public opinion; quality of democratic decision-making; how voters make up their minds; impact of electoral systems; social bases of party systems; campaigns and the mass media. The Canadian experience in comparative context. POLI 390 (6/12) D HONOURS SEMINAR. An examination of the dimensions of Political Science and the major debates within the discipline. POLI 401 (3/6) D CANADIAN PROVINCIAL AND REGIONAL POLITICS. A seminar which examines political parties, processes, and institutions in the provincial political systems and regional arrangements between provinces. Prerequisite: POLI 101 and one of POLI 301, POLI 302, POLI 303, POLI 304, POLI 305, POLI 306, POLI 307, POLI 308. POLI 402 (3/6) D LAW AND POLITICS OFTHE CANADIAN CONSTITUTION. A seminar on the origins and development of the Canadian Constitution: the political aspects of federalism and the legal consequences of the Charter of Rights. Prerequisite: POLI 101 and one of POLI 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308. POLI 403 (3/6) D THE POLITICAL ECONOMY OF CANADA. A seminar devoted to the analysis of the interplay of economic and social factors in the shaping of Canadian politics: the major issues and strains in the functioning of the Canadian polity. Prerequisite: POLI 101 and one of POLI 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308. POLI 404 (3/6) D PUBLIC POLICY AND ITS ADMINISTRATION. This seminar examines political and administrative aspects of public policy, particularly in Canada. Prerequisite: POLI 101 and one of POLI 301, POLI 302, POLI 303, POLI 304, POLI 305, POLI 306, POLI 307, POLI 308. POLI 405 (3/6) D TOPICS IN CANADIAN POLITICS. This seminar examines in depth some of the important issues in Canadian politics. Prerequisite: POLI 101 and one of POLI 301, POLI 302, POLI 303, POLI 304, POLI 305, POLI 306, POLI 307, POLI 308. POLI 406 (3) ABORIGINAL PEOPLES AND CANADIAN POLITICS. Seminar in political structures, activities, and demands of aboriginal peoples; the policies of federal, provincial, and territorial governments; the relations between these governments and aboriginal peoples; the role of the courts and the constitution. Prereq uisite: POLI 101 and at least three credits from POLI 301-308. POLI 420 (3/6) D ADVANCED TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS. Seminar in comparative analysis of politics in democratic systems. For specific content in a given year, consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: Two of POLI 220, POLI 320, POLI 321, POLI 322, POLI 323, POLI 324, POLI 325, POLI 326, POLI 327, POLI 328, POLI 329, POLI 330, POLI 331, POLI 332, POLI 333, POLI 350, POLI 351. POLI 421 (3/6) D ADVANCED TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS: NON-WESTERN. A seminar devoted to comparative analysis of politics in non-western states. For specific content in a given year, consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: Two of POLI 220, POLI 320, POLI 321, POLI 322, POLI 323, POLI 324, POLI 325, POLI 326, POLI 327, POLI 328, POLI 329, POLI 330, POLI 331, POLI 332, POLI 333, POLI 350, POLI 351. POLI 422 (3/6) D SELECTED PROBLEMS IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS. A seminar devoted to intensive analysis of a contemporary political problem from a comparative perspective, e.g., ethnic politics, class politics, the politics of post-industrial society. For specific content in a given year, consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: Two of POLI 220, POLI 320, POLI 321, POLI 322, POLI 323, POLI 324, POLI 325, POLI 326, POLI 327, POLI 328, POLI 329, POLI 330, POLI 331, POLI 332, POLI 333, POLI 350, POLI 351. POLI 423 (3/6) D ISSUES IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS. Seminar in comparative analysis of constitutionalism, authoritarianism, democracy, etc. For specific content in a given year, consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: Two of POLI 220, POLI 320, POLI 321, POLI 322, POLI 323, POLI 324, POLI 325, POLI 326, POLI 327, POLI 328, POLI 329, POLI 330, POLI 331, POLI 332, POLI 333, POLI 350, POLI 351. POLI 424(6) CHINESE POLITICAL THOUGHT AND INSTITUTIONS. Equivalency: ASIA 411. POLI 425 (6) COMMUNIST MOVEMENTS IN EASTERN EUROPE SINCE 1900. Equivalency: HIST 435. POLI 426 (3/6) D SEMINAR ON COMPARATIVE PARTIES AND PARTY SYSTEMS. Prerequisite: Two of POLI 220, POLI 320, POLI 321, POLI 322, POLI 323, POLI 324, POLI 325, POLI 326, POLI 327, POLI 328, POLI 329, POLI 330, POLI 331, POLI 332, POLI 333, POLI 350, POLI 351. POLI 429 (3) SEMINAR IN ISSUES IN GENDER AND POLITICS. Prerequisite: Two of POLI 220, POLI 320, POLI 321, POLI 322, POLI 323, POLI 324, POLI 325, POLI 326, POLI 327, POLI 328, POLI 329, POLI 330, POLI 331, POLI 332, POLI 333, POLI 345, POLI 350, POLI 351. POLI 440 (3/6) D CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL THEORY. This seminar examines the political ideas of leading political philosophers of the twentieth century. Consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: Any six credits from POLI 240, POLI 340-349. POLI 442 (3) CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL THEORISTS: ANALYSIS OF A SELECTED TH EORIST. This seminar examines in detail the political ideas of an important political philosopher of the twentieth century. The theorist studied varies from year to year. Consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: Any six credits from POLI 240, 340-349. POLI 444 (3) SOCIAL SCIENCE AND POLITICALTHEORY. This seminar examines the political and social theories of the founders of modern social science through the relevant writings of such theorists as Tocqueville, Comte, Mill, Marx, Toennies, Weber, and Durkheim. Prerequisite: Any six credits from POLI 240, 340-349. POLI 446 (3/6) D TOPICS IN POLITICAL THOUGHT. A seminar devoted to the intensive study of a concept, theme, or school in the history of political thought or contemporary political philosophy. Topics vary from year to year. Consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: Any six credits from POLI 240, 340-349. POLI 460 (3/6) D FOREIGN POLICY ANALYSIS. A seminar devoted to the analysis of the foreign policies of one or more states, as well as to the study of literature pertaining to foreign policy analysis. For specific content in a given year, consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: Two of POLI 260, POLI 360, POLI 361, POLI 362, POLI 363, POLI 364, POLI 365, POLI 366, POLI 367, POLI 368, POLI 369, POLI 370. POLI 461 (3) PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES. A seminar on a selected topic concerning the causes of war and strategies for the promotion of peace. For specific content in a given year, consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: Two of POLI 260, POLI 360, POLI 361, POLI 362, POLI 363, POLI 364, POLI 365, POLI 366, POLI 367, POLI 368, POLI 369, POLI 370. POLI 462 (3) INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS TH EORY. This seminar examines some of the major theoretical approaches to the study of international relations. For specific content in a given year, consult the departmental website. Prerequisite: Two of POLI 260, POLI 360, POLI 361, POLI 362, POLI 363, POLI 364, POLI 365, POLI 366, POLI 367, POLI 368, POLI 369, POLI 370. POLI 463 (3) INTERNATIONAL INTERDEPENDENCE. This seminar analyses issues relating to the politics of international economic relations. For specific content in a given year, consult the brochure issued by the Department. Prerequisite: Two of POLI 260, POLI 360, POLI 361, POLI 362, POLI 363, POLI 364, POLI 365, POLI 366, POLI 367, POLI 368, POLI 369, POLI 370. Six credits of ECON are recommended. POLI 464 (3/6) D PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. Content varies from year to year. Consult the departmental website. One section (of three credits) is 608 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 reserved for fourth-year students in the Major program in International Relations. POLI 465 (3) INTERNATIONAL LAW. The nature, sources, and sanctions of international law; the notion of nationhood with particular reference to the status of the British Dominions; territorial and extra-territorial jurisdiction; diplomatic and sovereign immunities; international delinquency; treaties; settlement of disputes; international organizations. This course may not be taken for credit in both Arts and Law. Equivalency: LAW 316. POLI 466 (3) THE POLITICS OF INTERNATIONAL LAW. Seminar on the origins and politics of international law, and its impact on international affairs; the laws of war, human rights, environment, law of the sea, and international criminal law. POLI 490(6) HONOURS SEMINAR. An advanced seminar dealing with some of the classic themes and emerging frontiers in the discipline. POLI 491 (6) HONOURS ESSAY. POLI 501 (3/6) D CANADIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. POLI 502 (3/6) D CANADIAN POLITICAL INSTITUTIONS AND PROCESSES. POLI 503 (3/6) D CANADIAN POLITICAL PARTIES AND PARTICIPATION. POLI 504 (3/6) D TOPICS IN CANADIAN POLITICS. POLI 511 (3/6) D COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. POLI 512 (3/6) D THEORIES IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS: POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT. POLI 513 (3/6) D THEORIES IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS: CLEAVAGES AND INTEGRATION. POLI 514 (3/6) D COMPARATIVE WESTERN GOVERNMENTS. POLI 515 (3/6) D COMPARATIVE NON- WESTERN GOVERNMENTS. POLI 516 (3/6) D ISSUES IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS. POLI 521 (3/6) D POLITICAL THEORY. POLI 522 (3-6) D TOPICS IN POLITICAL THEORY. POLI 523 (3/6) D POLITICAL THOUGHT. POLI 531 (3/6) D PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. POLI 532 (3/6) D TOPICS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. POLI 533 (3/6) D TOPICS IN PUBLIC POLICY. POLI 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. POLI 551 (3/6) D POLITICAL BEHAVIOUR. POLI 552 (3/6) D RESEARCH SEMINAR IN POLITICAL BEHAVIOUR. POLI 553 (3/6) D TOPICS IN EMPIRICAL THEORY. POLI 561 (3/6) D INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. POLI 562 (3/6) D TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. POLI 563 (3/6) D INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION. POLI 564 (3/6) D RESEARCH SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. POLI 571 (3/6) D METHODS OF POLITICAL ANALYSIS. POLI 572 (3/6) D QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES OF POLITICAL ANALYSIS. POLI 580 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. POLI 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. POLS — POLISH FACULTY OF ARTS POLS 110(6) BASIC POLISH. Introduction to contemporary Polish. Oral practice, grammar, reading, writing. POLS 300(6) INTERMEDIATE POLISH. Intermediate oral practice, grammar, reading, composition. Prerequisite: POLS 200. POLS 345 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO TWENTIETH-CENTURY POLISH LITERATURE. Readings and discussion of selected works of representative writers. Prerequisite: POLS 210. PORT —PORTUGUESE FACULTY OF ARTS PORT 101 (3) FIRST-YEAR PORTUGUESE I. Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice. PORT 102 (3) FIRST-YEAR PORTUGUESE II. Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice. Prerequisite: PORT 101 or equivalent. PORT 201 (3) SECOND-YEAR PORTUGUESE I. Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice, readings. Prerequisite: PORT 102 or equivalent. PORT 202 (3) SECOND-YEAR PORTUGUESE II. Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice, readings. Prerequisite: PORT 201. PORT 392 (3) STUDIES IN PORTUGUESE AND BRAZILIAN LITERATURE. PRIN — PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN BIOLOGY FACULTY OF MEDICINE PRIN 401 (12) PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN BIOLOGY. An interdisciplinary approach to the structural design and functioning of the human body, from subcellular organelles to gross anatomic structures. Integrates major concepts from gross anatomy, cell biology, biochemistry, molecular biology, genetics, physiology, immunology, pathology and pharmacology. [7-6-6] PSYC—PSYCHOLOGY FACULTY OF ARTS Unless otherwise specified, the prerequisite for 300-level Psychology courses is PSYC 100, or 101 and 102, or six credits of 200-level Psychology courses (but not 205 or 263), or permission of the instructor. Students registered in the BSc Psychology program must elect Faculty of Arts courses other than Psychology to satisfy the Faculty of Science requirements of 18 credits of Arts. In addition to Psychology 348 and 448, all Psychology courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits have Science credit but they cannot be used to satisfy the science requirements of the Faculty of Arts. Listed below are courses in which there is sufficient overlap that credit may be obtained for only one course in each pair. However, it does not necessarily follow that the paired courses are equivalent: PSYC 304, 360, PSYC 217, 366 PSYC 218, 366. Students with fewer than 36 previous credits may not take 300-level courses. Third year students may not take 400- level courses, except 417, for which they must obtain permission of the instructor. Not every course is offered every year. For current listings, consult the departmental website at www.psych.ubc.ca. PSYC 100 (6) INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY. Introduction to Methods and Statistics, Biopsychology, Learning, Perception, Memory, Cognition, Motivation, Assessment, Developmental, Personality, Clinical, and Social Psychology. Credit will be given for either PSYC 100 or PSYC 101 and 102. PSYC 101 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL AND COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY. Introduction to Methods and Statistics, Biopsy chology, Learning, Perception, Memory, and Cognition. Credit will not be given for both PSYC 100 and PSYC 101. PSYC 102 (3) INTRODUCTION TO DEVELOPMENTAL, SOCIAL, PERSONALITY, AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY. Introduction to Methods and Statistics, Motivation, Assessment, Developmental, Personality, Clinical, and Social Psychology. Credit will not be given for both PSYC 100 and PSYC 102. PSYC 205 (3/6) D CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN PSYCHOLOGY. Topics include addiction, culture and evolution in social behaviour, personal relationships, pro- and anti-social behaviour, judgment and decision-making, prejudice and discrimination. Consult the Psychology Department for topics offered each term. May be repeated on a different topic once for credit. PSYC 217 (3) THINKING CLEARLY ABOUT PSYCHOLOGY. Thinking about psychological science, with an emphasis on common errors of judgement. Credit will not be given for both PSYC 217 and 317. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102. Corequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102. PSYC 218 (3) ANALYSIS OF BEHAVIOURAL DATA. Introduces behavioural data analysis; the use of inferential statistics in psychology PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS POLS — POLISH 609 and conceptual interpretation of data; experimental design (laboratory, field research methods); presentation of data analyses in reports. Credit will not be given for both PSYC 218 and 318. Prerequisite: PSYC 217. Corequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102. PSYC 260 (8) EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY AND LABORATORY. Detailed introduction to experimental and theoretical aspects of motivation, sensation, perception and learning. Prerequisite: Completion of first-year Science program and permission of the department head is also required. Corequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102. PSYC 263 (3/6) D CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN BIOPSYCHOLOGY. Contemporary issues in biopsychology (e.g. neuropsychology, mental illness, brain damage, addiction, hormones and the brain). Consult the Psychology Department for topics offered each term. May be repeated on a different topic once for credit. PSYC 300 (3/6) D BEHAVIOUR DISORDERS. The definition, history, and scope of deviant behaviour; emphasis on the psychological factors that control its origins, maintenance, and modification. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100, or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102, or (c) 6 credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 302 (3) INFANCY. Human cognition, perception, motor, social, emotional needs, brain development and their interactions from birth until the emergence of language. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 303 (3) TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS I. Theory and practice of mental measurement, test reliability and validity, uses, administration, scoring, and interpretation of psychological tests. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 217, PSYC 366. Corequisite: May be taken concurrently with PSYC 366. PSYC 304 (6) BRAIN AND BEHAVIOUR. The neurobiological bases of behaviour; brain processes involved in perception, motivation, emotion, psychopathology, learning and memory. Open to all Arts and Science majors except those in the B.Sc. Psychology program. Credit will not be given for both PSYC 304 and PSYC 360. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 305 (6) THEORY OF PERSONALITY. Approaches and principal theoretical problems; research theories of personality as represented by psychological systems. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 306 (3/6) D PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR. Theory of evolution; behavioural genetics; social systems as ecological adaptation; mating and parental strategies; instinct and learning; evolution of human behaviour. Credit will be given for only one of BIOL 310 or PSYC 306. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102. Either (a) PSYC 100, or (b) all of PSYC 101, 102, or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 308 (3/6) D SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. Theory and research of individual social behaviour; social motivation; attitudes; group interaction; socialization; prejudice. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 309 (3/6) D COGNITIVE PROCESSES. Contribution of cognitive processes to perception, attention, and memory; cognitive development, language, thinking, and creativity Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200- level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 312 (3/6) D HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY. The principal trends of psychological explanation and events in the history of psychology from the earliest rimes to the present. Open only to Major or Honours students or by permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200- level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 314 (3) HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY. Health-related behaviours such as smoking and drug use; effects of stressful events on health; methods for coping with stress; impact of chronic illness on the family; social support systems. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 315 (3) CHILDHOOD AND ADOLESCENCE. Human development from the preschool period through adolescence. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200- level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 319 (3) APPLIED DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. Applications of theories and research in developmental psychology to contemporary social issues; topics may include daycare, child abuse, divorce and remarriage, substance abuse, sexuality. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC rl02 or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 320 (6) PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER. Physical, psychological, and cultural influences. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200- level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 321 (6) ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. Psychological theory and research on the interaction between organisms and the physical environment; emphasis on applications to the design and management of constructed and natural environments. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 322 (3) ADULTHOOD AND AGING. Issues, theories, and psychological research regarding adulthood and the aging process. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200- level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 323 (3) TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS II. A survey of tests for assessing intelligence, abilities, personality, motivation, and interests. Prerequisite: PSYC 303. PSYC 325 (3) SOCIALIZATION: MEDIA CONTENT AND EFFECTS. Examines human development in the context of the socializing role of media. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 333 (3) MEMORY: HISTORICAL, CLINICAL AND COGNITIVE PERSPECTIVES. Classical and contemporary metaphors for memory and their impact on theory development. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). Non-PSYC students may substitute LING 460 or LING 200 and 201 for the above prerequisite. PSYC 334 (3) MEMORY II. Organic amnesia; remembering childhood events; the self and memory; and the problem of distinguishing genuine from simulated forgetting. Prerequisite: PSYC 333. FSYC336(3) THE PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE I. Psychological abilities underlying human language; language processing, lexical representation, and principles of online conversation; animal versus human communication. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102. Non-PSYC students may substitute ENGL 329, or LING 420, or LING 200 and 201 for the above prerequisite. PSYC 337 (3) THE PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE II. Language and thought; deriving psychological principles from language universals; the psychology of literacy, dyslexia, multilingualism, and natural language processing. Prerequisite: PSYC 336 or permission of the instructor. PSYC 340 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN PSYCHOLOGY. Directed investigation of a problem, requiring a written report of the findings. Prerequisite: At least 72% average in the preceding 30 credits and permission of a faculty member who is prepared to supervise the investigation. PSYC 348 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN BIOPSYCHOLOGY. Directed investigation of an experimental problem requiring a written report of the findings. Prerequisite: At least 72% average in the preceding 30 credits and permission of a faculty member who is prepared to supervise the investigation. PSYC349(6) HONOURS SEMINAR. Orientation to psychological research, with special emphasis on ongoing research within the department; effective presentation of research findings, oral and written; critical evaluation of research. Requires a research project. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) 610 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102; and all of PSYC 217,218. PSYC 350 (3/6) D PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF HUMAN SEXUALITY. Human sexuality from a biopsy etiological, behavioural, and psychosocial perspective. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 359 (3) ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS IN BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES. Prepares students for graduate studies or other advanced behavioural research; experimental design and analytic techniques; laboratory with computer applications. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of PSYC 217, PSYC 218 or (b) PSYC 366. PSYC 360 (6) BIOPSYCHOLOGY The relationship between the nervous system and behaviour; the physiological basis of perception, motivation, learning, and memory. Prerequisite: PSYC 260 or permission of the department head. PSYC 361 (3) MOTIVATION. Experimental analysis of hunger, thirst, exploratory and curiosity behaviour, maternal and reproductive behaviour, fixed action patterns, and complex processes involved in social motivation with emphasis on the biological basis of motivation. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (b) one of PSYC 100, PSYC 260, PSYC 304, PSYC 360. PSYC 363 (3) PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL LEARNING. Introduction to basic theories of non-associative learning, classical and operant conditioning. Experimental findings from behavioural and biological analyses with animals and humans. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 260, PSYC 263, PSYC 304. PSYC 364(3) ANIMAL COGNITION. Investigations of animal cognitive abilities, including spatial learning, timing, counting, concept formation and language use. Experimental findings presented from behavioural and biological approaches with animals and humans. Prerequisite: PSYC 363. PSYC 365 (3) COGNITIVE NEUROSCIENCE. Brain mechanisms underlying cognitive processes such as perception, attention, consciousness, and memory. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 260, COGS 200 or permission of the department head. PSYC 366 (8) METHODS IN RESEARCH. Detailed coverage of basic research methods; the design of experiments and statistical analysis; methods will be applied in laboratory and project work. Prerequisite: PSYC 260 or in Honours program. PSYC 367 (3) SENSORY SYSTEMS. Anatomy and physiology of the sensory pathways and their relation to perception. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or (c) six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 368 (3) PERCEPTUAL PROCESSING. Perceptual phenomena and their underlying brain mechanisms. Prerequisite: PSYC 367. PSYC 401 (3/6) D CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY. The theoretical and research foundations of the processes of assessment and behaviour modification in clinical psychology. Prerequisite: PSYC 300 or permission of the instructor. PSYC403(6) HUMAN EMOTION. Developmental, cognitive, and social psychological theories and research on human emotion. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 302, PSYC 305, PSYC 308, PSYC 309, PSYC 315. PSYC 407 (3) CULTURAL PSYCHOLOGY. Cultural influences on human thought; interactions of culture and self, cultural differences in ways of thinking, multicultural experiences, and methodological issues. Prerequisite: PSYC 308. PSYC 408 (6) SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH. Representative studies on social psychological topics; emphasis on the formulation of significant questions and the design and execution of relevant research. Prerequisite: PSYC 308 and either (a) all of PSYC 217, PSYC 218 or (b) PSYC 366 or permission ofthe instructor. PSYC 412 (3) COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT. The development of fundamental cognitive abilities from infancy through adulthood, including traditional approaches to cognitive development as well as new areas of current investigation. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 302, PSYC 315, PSYC 319, PSYC 322, PSYC 325. PSYC 413 (3) SOCIAL AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT. Comprehensive overview of the psychological processes in the social and personality development of infants, children, and adolescents. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 302, PSYC 315, PSYC 319, PSYC 322, PSYC 325. PSYC414(6) RESEARCH METHODS IN DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Principal research methods and designs; students undertake supervised research projects. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of PSYC 217, PSYC 218 or (b) PSYC 366; and one of PSYC 302, PSYC 315, PSYC 319, PSYC 322, PSYC 325 or gnermission of the instructor. ^PSYC415(6) APPLIED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. The application of social psychological research and theory to the solution of social problems. Prerequisite: PSYC 308 and either (a) all of PSYC 217, PSYC 218 or (b) PSYC 366 or permission of instructor. PSYC 417 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY. Intensive examination of selected topics and issues in psychology. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of PSYC 217, PSYC 218 or (b) PSYC 366. PSYC430(6) FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY. The implications of theory and research in psychology for the criminal justice system. Prerequisite: Either (a) PSYC 100 or (b) all of PSYC 101, PSYC 102 or six credits of 200-level Psychology (but not 205 or 263). PSYC 440 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN PSYCHOLOGY. Directed investigation of an experimental problem, requiring a written report of the findings. Prerequisite: At least 72% average in the preceding 30 credits and permission of a faculty member who is prepared to supervise the investigation. PSYC 448 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN BIOPSYCHOLOGY. Directed investigation of an experimental problem requiring a written report of the findings. Prerequisite: At least a 72% average in the preceding 30 credits and permission of a faculty member who is prepared to supervise the investigation. PSYC 449 (6) HONOURS SEMINAR AND ESSAY. Students carry out a research project and report on its development during seminars. Students also discuss research by Departmental staff, with emphasis on choice of problems, research design and data analysis. PSYC 460 (3) BEHAVIOURAL NEUROENDOCRINOLOGY. Detailed examination of the interaction between hormones and neural control of reproductive and non-reproductive behaviours; emphasis on gonadal and adrenal hormone effects on learning and memory in the brain. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 304, PSYC 360. PSYC 461 (3) NEUROPLASTICITY AND B E H AVIO U R. Experimental findings and theory documenting the plasticity of the brain and its relationship to behaviour: emphasis on gene regulation, neurogenesis and cell morphology changes in relation to learning and experience. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 304, PSYC 360, PSYC 460. PSYC 463 (3/6) D RESEARCH IN SENSATION AND PERCEPTION. Vision and audition; physical properties and subjective experience of stimuli. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 217, PSYC 366 and one of PSYC 360, PSYC 365, PSYC 367 or permission of the department head. PSYC 465 (3/6) D COMPUTERS IN PSYCHOLOGY. Applications of computers unique to psychology. Microcomputer programming experience desirable but not necessary: students can learn this early in the course. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of PSYC 217, PSYC 218 or (b) PSYC 366 or permission of department head. PSYC 466 (6) RESEARCH METHODS IN ANIMAL LEARNING AND COGNITION. Supervised research project on learning, memory or other cognitive process. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of PSYC 217, PSYC 218 or (b) PSYC 366; and one of PSYC 304, PSYC 306, PSYC 309, PSYC 360, PSYC 363, PSYC 365, BIOL 310 or permission of the department head. PSYC 467 (3/6) D PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY LABORATORY. Laboratory methods for studying the relation between brain and behaviour. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of PSYC 217, PSYC 218 or (b) PSYC 366; and one of PSYC 304, PSYC 360 or permission of the department head. PSYC 500 (3/6) D HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY. PSYC 513 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PSYC — PSYCHOLOGY 611 PSYC 514 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN BIOPSYCHOLOGY. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 515 (3) ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR. PSYC 516 (3) ANIMAL LEARNING, MEMORY, AND COGNITION. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 517 (3) BIOPSYCHOLOGY OF MOTIVATION. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 520 (3) DEVELOPMENTAL BIOPSYCHOLOGY. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 521 (3/6) D PSYCHOLINGUISTICS. PSYC 522 (3) DRUGS AND BEHAVIOUR. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 523 (3) EXPERIMENTAL NEUROPSYCHOLOGY AND ANIMAL MODELS. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 524 (3/6) D NEURAL MODELS OF LEARNING AND MEMORY. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 525 (3) ATTITUDES AND SOCIAL COGNITION. To be offered in alternate years only. PSYC 526 (3) INDIVIDUALS AND GROUPS. To be offered in alternate years only. PSYC 527 (3) INTERPERSONAL PROCESSES. To be offered in alternate years only. PSYC 528 (3) ADVANCED METHODS IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONALITY. To be offered in alternate years only. PSYC 529 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 530 (3) ASSESSMENT: A CRITICAL SURVEY. PSYC 531 (3) ASSESSMENT: CLINICAL APPLICATIONS. PSYC 532 (3) CHILD ASSESSMENT. " PSYC 533 (3/6) D CURRENT ISSUES IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY. PSYC 534 (3-12) C CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICUM. PSYC 535 (3) PSYCHOPATHOLOGY OF THE ADULT. PSYC 536 (3) PSYCHOPATHOLOGY OF THE CHILD. PSYC 537 (3) ETHICAL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY. PSYC 538 (3) CLINICAL NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT. PSYC 539 (3) HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY. PSYC 540 (3/6) D STRATEGIES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL INTERVENTION. PSYC 542 (3) COGNITIVE/BEHAVIOURAL INTERVENTIONS. PSYC 543 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEORY. PSYC 544 (3/6) D PATTERNS OF CHILD- REARING. PSYC 545 (3/6) D ADVANCED STATISTICS I. PSYC 546 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. PSYC 547 (2-6) C READING AND CONFERENCE. PSYC 548 (2) DEPARTMENTAL SEMINAR. PSYC 549 (6/9) C MASTER'S THESIS. PSYC 550 (3/6) D OFFENDERS AND THEIR VICTIMS. PSYC 551 (3/6) D PSYCHOLOGY AND THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM. PSYC 552 (3) ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES FOR FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY. PSYC 553 (3/6) D ADVANCED TOPICS IN FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY. PSYC 555 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN COGNITIVE/BEHAVIOURAL INTERVENTION. PSYC 556 (3) PSYCHOLOGICAL TREATMENT OF CHILDHOOD DISORDERS. PSYC 557 (3) INTERPERSONAL THEORY, RESEARCH AND TREATMENT. PSYC 559 (6) CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGICAL INTERNSHIP. PSYC 560 (3) CLINICAL RESEARCH DESIGN. PSYC 566 (3) THEORIES OF PERSONALITY. To be offered in alternate years only. PSYC 567 (3) PERSONALITY DIMENSIONS AND STRUCTURE. To be offered in alternate years only. PSYC 568 (3) PERSONALITY ASSESSMENT. To be offered in alternate years only. PSYC 569 (3) CONTEMPORARY CONCEPTUAL ISSUES IN PERSONALITY. To be offered in alternate years only. PSYC 573 (3) INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY. PSYC 574(3) BIOPSYCHOLOGY I. PSYC 575 (3) BIOPSYCHOLOGY II. PSYC 578 (3/6) D PERCEPTION. PSYC 579 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN PERCEPTION. PSYC 582 (3/6) D COGNITION. PSYC 583 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN COGNITION. PSYC 586 (3/6) D DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I. PSYC 587 (3/6) D DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY II. PSYC 590 (3) SURVEY OF SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY I. PSYC 591 (3) SURVEY OF SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY II. PSYC 592 (3) NEUROETHOLOGY. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 593 (3) NEUROPHYSIOLOGY AND CORTICAL PLASTICITY. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 594 (3) PSYCHONEUROENDOCRINOLOGY. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 595 (3) PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 596 (3) STRATEGIES AND TECHNIQUES OF STUDYING BEHAVIOUR. Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. PSYC 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. PSYT — PSYCHIATRY FACULTY OF MEDICINE PSYT 430 (6) PSYCHIATRY CLINICAL CLERKSHIP. Supervised treatment of adult inpatients and outpatients within a multi- disciplinary team. Assessment and treatment of a child and family as well as seminars on selected topics. PSYT 550 (6) DIRECTED STUDIES. This provides for a program of directed reading and study in such special areas as may be relevant to ^he student engaged in some particular field of study and research in Psychiatry. PUNJ — PUNJABI FACULTY OF ARTS PUNJ 102 (6) INTRODUCTORY PUNJABI. Spoken and written Punjabi. PUNJ 200 (6) INTERMEDIATE PUNJABI. Study of the grammar and introduction to Punjabi literature. Prerequisite: PUNJ 102. PUNJ 205(1) INTRODUCTION TO THE GURMUKHI SCRIPT. The writing system of Punjabi for those with some background in the spoken language. May be taken at the same time as PUNJ 200. PUNJ 300 (6) ADVANCED PUNJABI. Advanced grammar and conversation. Major genres of Punjabi literature. Prerequisite: PUNJ 200. RADI — RADIOLOGY FACULTY OF MEDICINE RADI 700(0) PHYSICS AND TECHNOLOGY FOR RADIOLOGY. During the first month of residency training, didactic instruction is given at the British Columbia Institute of Technology in the physics of Radiology and the fundamentals of radiographic technology (radiography). During this one-month residency period, the resident is trained in radiographic technology by working as a technologist at one of the affiliated hospitals. Eight hours daily. RADI 701 (0) CONTINUING INSTRUCTION IN BASIC SCIENCES. During the four years of training in Radiology and/or Nuclear Medicine, scheduled and unscheduled instruction is given in physics (one hour per week). Prerequisite: 612 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Pathology correlated with radiology (one hour per week). RADI 702(0) CLINICAL INVESTIGATION OR RESEARCH. Each resident is encouraged to complete an investigative project in each of the four years in Radiology, under the supervision of a faculty member, for possible presentation at an annual department meeting. Average 80 hours each year. RADI 703 (0) CURRENT TOPICS IN RADIOLOGY. Approximately six internationally recognized authorities in Radiology and two or three in Nuclear Medicine are invited to visit this department each year for one to five day periods, during which lectures, consultations and small group seminars are given. RADI 705(0) ELECTIVE PERIODS. During the third and fourth years of Radiology for eight hours daily, elective periods of one to twelve months, as acceptable to the resident and the Program Director, are available for two or more of the radiologic subspecialties including computed tomography, ultrasound, neuroradiology, paediatric radiology, nuclear medicine, angiography, interventional radiology and magnetic resonance imaging. RADI 710(0) CLINICAL NUCLEAR MEDICINE. Daily discussions ofthe clinical applications of Nuclear Medicine. See PATH 730. RADI 711 (0) PROGRESS IN NUCLEAR MEDICINE. Weekly reviews of current literature topics in Nuclear Medicine. See PATH 731. RADI 712(0) CLINICAL INVESTIGATION/ RESEARCH. Participation in ongoing research projects within the Division. See PATH 732. RADI 713 (0) AUDIT IN NUCLEAR MEDICINE. Review of diagnostic Nuclear a Medicine procedure Correlation with other diagnostic tests and final patient diagnosis. Also offered as PATH 733. RELG —RELIGIOUS STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS Not all courses are offered every year. For current listings, consult the departmental website at: www.cnrs.ubc.ca. RELG 100 (6) RELIGIONS OF THE WORLD. An introduction to the major religions of the world (including Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, and Buddhism), together with the concepts used in understanding religion. RELG 202 (6) MYTHS, LEGENDS AND SCRIPTURES OF THE NEAR EAST. An introduction to ancient Near Eastern mythology and to the Scriptures of Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. RELG 204 (6) INTRODUCTION TO ASIAN RELIGIONS. The religions of India, China, and Japan in their interactions and cultural contexts, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, Taoism, Confucianism, and Shinto. Equivalency: ASIA 204. RELG 205 (6) HISTORY OF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH. A survey of the history of the Christian church from the close of the period of the New Testament to the present day. RELG 302 (3) DEATH AND AFTERLIFE IN WESTERN RELIGIOUS TRADITION. A survey of traditional attitudes toward death and beliefs regarding human existence after death in Western religions. RELG 304 (3) CREATION AND COVENANT IN ANCIENT ISRAEL. A detailed literary-historical study of the Torah (Pentateuch) against the background of ancient Near Eastern creation myths. RELG 305 (3) PROPHECY AND KINGSHIP IN ANCIENT ISRAEL. An examination of Israelite prophecy and prophetic writings in their historical context. RELG 306 (3) ARCHAEOLOGY AND THE BIBLE. The impact of archaeological research on understanding the history and religion of ancient Israel. RELG 308 (3/6) D MIDRASH AND THE RABBINIC IMAGINATION. RELG 309 (3) JEWS AND CHRISTIANS. Aspects of Jewish-Christian relations from the beginnings of Christianity to the present day. Emphasis on the study of Christian and Jewish texts in translation. RELG 310 (3) JEWISH RESPONSES TO CATASTROPHE. Topics include the destruction of the Second Temple, the Crusades, the expulsions from Spain and Portugal, and the Holocaust. A study of texts in translation. RELG 311 (3) JEWISH LITERATURE IN TR A N S L AT ION. A survey of Jewish literature in medieval and modern times. RELG 312 (3) JEWS AND JUDAISM IN CANADA. The history of the Jewish community in Canada, from New France to the present. Emphasis on the relationship between immigration and religious transformation, Jewish-Christian relations, the development of community structures. RELG 313 (3) MODERN JEWISH ETHICS IN ^HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE. RELG 314(6) THE ORIGINS OF CHRISTIANITY. The life and teachings of Jesus of Nazareth; the history, literature, and religion of the Christian communities to 150 AD. RELG 315 (6) HISTORY OF CHRISTIAN THOUGHT. Selected topics with special emphasis on doctrinal change and development, orthodoxy and heresy, tradition and authority, and Church and State in the Patristic, Medieval, Reformation, and Modern periods. RELG 320 (3/6) D MEDIEVAL LATIN. Introduction to Medieval Latin language and literature. Development of a reading knowledge of Medieval Latin through selections from major authors and genres after 400 AD. Latin Major and Honours students require approval of the departmental advisor. Prerequisite: One of LATN 200, LATN 300. Equivalency: LATN 305. RELG 321 (3/6) D PROPHETIC FIGURES IN THE CHRISTIAN TRADITION. Examined in their historical context and in terms of their continuing significance. Selection will vary from year to year, but may include Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Martin Luther, and Teresa of Avila. RELG 323 (6) CHRISTIANITY IN THE MODERN WORLD. The interaction between Christianity and the major intellectual, social, and cultural developments since 1648 with special attention to the expansion of Christianity and its encounter with urban industrial society RELG 328 (3/4) D MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY. Survey of Western European thought from Augustine to the fourteenth century. Possible topics and authors include: Augustine; Abelard; the influence of Islam; the rediscovery of Aristotle; Aquinas; Scotus; Ockham. Equivalency: PHIL 312. RELG 331 (3) MEDIEVAL JEWISH HISTORY. A survey of the political, social, economic, and cultural history of the Jews from the time of the Christianization of the Roman Empire to the expulsion of professing Jews from Spain and Portugal at the end of the fifteenth century. RELG 332 (3) MODERN JEWISH HISTORY. A survey of the political, social, economic, and cultural history of the Jews from the beginning of the sixteenth century to the present, with special emphasis on changing attitudes to Jews and Judaism, and social and cultural transformations. RELG 335 (3) JEWISH LAW: ANCIENT AND LATE ANTIQUE TRADITIONS. History, sources, theoretical issues and current state of research about early Jewish legal traditions, focusing on close readings of classic primary texts. RELG 336 (3) JEWISH LAW: MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN TRADITIONS. History, sources, theoretical issues and current state of research about later Jewish legal traditions, focusing on close readings of classic primary texts. RELG 340 (6) HERITAGE OF ISLAM. A detailed study of the history, beliefs, institutions, and literature of Islam. Not given every year. RELG 341 (3/6) D ISLAMIC ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY. A study ofthe artifacts of Islam as an expression of Islamic beliefs. Credit will be granted to only one of ARTH 351, FINA 359 or RELG 341. Equivalency: ARTH 351. RELG 365 (3) DAOIST (TAOIST) RELIGION AND ITS PHILOSOPHICAL BACKGROUND. A study of the Daoist religious traditions from their beginnings in the second century CE. in cultural, intellectual and social contexts. Equivalency: ASIA 381. RELG 366 (3) BUDDHISM IN CHINA. History, thought and practices of Chinese Buddhism from its beginnings until the twentieth century. Equivalency: ASIA 366. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS RELG — RELIGIOUS STUDIES 613 RELG 370 (6) CONCEPTS AND METHODS IN THE STUDY OF RELIGION. Required of Major and Honours students in their third year. Open to others by permission of the instructor. RELG 385 (3) MYSTICAL TRADITIONS: JEWISH AND CHRISTIAN. Methodology, textual study and scholarly analysis of selected texts from these traditions. RELG 403 (3) JOB AND THE PROBLEM OF SUFFERING. A seminar on the Book of Job and the history of its interpretation. RELG 407 (3) TOPICS IN EARLY JUDAISM. Judaism and Hellenism, the rise of the synagogue, Jewish sects, the development of Mishnah and Talmud. RELG 408 (3) TOPICS IN MEDIEVAL JUDAISM. The work of Maimonides and other Jewish philosophers, early developments in Jewish mysticism, the Jews as a minority culture in Islamic and Christian lands. RELG 409 (3) TOPICS IN MODERN JUDAISM. The Jews in the ghetto culture, Hasidism, the Emancipation, Reform, Orthodox, and Conservative Movements. RELG 414 (3) THE GOSPELS AND THE HISTORICAL JESUS. RELG415(3) THE LIFE AND THOUGHT OF PAUL OF TARSUS. RELG 420 (6) RELIGION IN CANADA. An examination of Canadian religious development with special reference to the separation of church and state, the rise of denominationalism and religious pluralism, secularization and ecumenicity, and the emergence of new religious movements. RELG 448 (3) SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF THE RELIGION OF ISLAM. A topic relevant to the study of Islam as a religion: e.g., the text and doctrines of the Qur'an; the Hadith (or Traditions) of the Prophet; Islamic Law; mysticism in Islam; the Shi'ah and the Isma'ilis. Not offered every year. Consult the departmental brochure for the topic to be offered. RELG 452 (6) READINGS IN HINDU " RELIGIOUS TEXTS. Representative texts, in translation, of the Vedic, Epic, Puranic, Classical, Medieval, and Modern periods. Emphasis in the second term on texts of particular periods, movements, or sects, depending on the students' needs and interests. Those with the necessary preparation may read some texts in the original languages. RELG 475 (3/6) D TOPICS IN RELIGION. Consult the course registration information each year for offered topics. RELG 479 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. Reading and, where appropriate, other research on a topic arising in the discipline, arranged by agreement between the student and the instructor. RELG 480 (3/6) D WOMEN AND RELIGION. A study of the roles of women in the literature of one or more religious traditions. RELG485(3) IMAGES OF EVE. The story of Adam and Eve, and its influence on the role and image of women in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. RELG 499 (6/12) C HONOURS ESSAY. RELG 500 (3/6) C TOPICS IN BIBLICAL STUDIES. Studies in the history, literature, canon and text, and the religious thought of the Old and New Testaments. This includes the study of the cultural and religious milieu out of which these documents arose. Such studies require a competence in the canonical languages (Biblical Hebrew and/or Koine Greek), usually achieved by not less than two years of study. RELG 502 (3/6) C TOPICS IN JUDAISM. Studies in the texts (in translation), history, and religious thought of Judaism after the close of the Biblical Period. RELG 503 (3/6) C TOPICS IN THE POST- BIBLICAL CHRISTIAN TRADITION. Studies in post-Biblical history, documents, and religious ideas of the Christian tradition. Depending on the area of concentration, language requirements include either Latin or Greek and a reading knowledge of French or German. RELG 514 (3/6) C TOPICS IN ISLAM. Studies in the literature (in translation), history, and religious thought of Islam in Western Asia and North Africa from its inception to the rise of the Ottoman Empire. RELG 531 (6) GRADUATE SEMINAR. RELG 548(0) MAJOR ESSAY RELG 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. RELG 631 (6/12) D BUDDHIST STUDIES. RELG 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. RGLA—RELIGION, LITERATURE AND THE ARTS FACULTY OF ARTS Not all courses are offered every year. For current listings, consult the departmental website at: www.cnrs.ubc.ca. RGLA371 (3) SEMINAR IN RELIGION AND LITERATURE. RGLA372(3/6)D TOPICS IN RELIGION, LITERATURE, AND THE ARTS. The topic is selected and announced annually by the RGLA Committee. RGLA471 (3) ADVANCED SEMINAR IN RELIGION AND LITERATURE. Application of critical methods to one or more major authors. RHSC— REHABILITATION SCIENCES SCHOOL OF REHABILITATION SCIENCES RHSC 402 (3) RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN REHABILITATION. Introduction to principles of clinical research design, scientific writing and clinical data analysis. [3-0-0] RHSC 408 (2) MANAGEMENT AND POLICIES IN HEALTH CARE. Health systems and management concepts for rehabilitation providers. [2-0-0] RHSC 420 (4) ELEMENTS OF NEUROANATOMY AND NEUROPHYSIOLOGY. An introduction to the structure and function of the human nervous system. [2-3-0] RHSC 427 (6) SELECTED PROBLEMS IN REHABILITATION. Individual and group study of current problems, topics, and trends in rehabilitation medicine. Includes field analysis, literature review, discussion and student projects. RHSC 429 (1-6) D REHABILITATION SEMINAR. Topics based on the academic needs of participating students. Not offered each year. Consult the School. RHSC 500 (3) ADVANCED CONCEPTS FOR REHABILITATION RESEARCH. Issues relevant to clinical investigations in rehabilitation. Emphasis on research design, measurement issues, selection of analytical approaches, and relevant epidemiological concepts. Prerequisite: RHSC 402. RHSC 501 (3) EVALUATING SOURCES OF EVIDENCE. RHSC 502 (3) REHABILITATION THEORY. The history, evolution and analysis of conceptual systems underlying practice in occupational therapy and physical therapy. RHSC 503 (3) REASONING AND DECISIONMAKING. RHSC504(3/6)C DIRECTED STUDIES IN REHABILITATION. RHSC 505 (3) MEASUREMENT IN PRACTICE. RHSC 506 (3/6) C CURRENT TOPICS IN REHABILITATION. RHSC 507 (3) DEVELOPING EFFECTIVE REHABILITATION PROGRAMS. RHSC 509 (3) FACILITATING LEARNING IN REHABILITATION CONTEXTS. RHSC 510 (3) DISABILITY: SOCIAL, ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL INFLUENCE. Interrelationships between disability and the social, economic and political environment, with emphasis on factors shaping experiences of health and illness. The social consequences of disability in the context of family, community and workplace. RHSC 512 (2) DIRECTED STUDIES IN PATHOLOGY IN REHABILITATION. RHSC 515 (3) EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY AND METABOLISM IN INJURY AND DISEASE. Physiological factors underlying fatigue and recovery from injury and disease. Energy metabolism, substrate utilization, and the effects of training on skeletal muscle, and on respiratory and cardiovascular systems. RHSC 520 (3) NEUROREHABILITATION. Therapeutic approaches and strategies in physical and occupational therapy for persons with motor control problems resulting from central nervous system dysfunction. RHSC 549 (12) THESIS. 614 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 RHSC 581 (1.5-3) C WRITING TO ENHANCE PRACTICE. RHSC 583 (1.5-6) C APPLYING RESEARCH TO PRACTICE. Prerequisite: RHSC 501. RHSC 587 (3) MAJOR PROJECT, PART I. RHSC 589 (3) MAJOR PROJECT, PART II. Prerequisite: RHSC 587. RHSC 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. RMES — RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES RMES 500 (3-12) D RESOURCE AND ENVIRONMENTAL WORKSHOP. Faculty and students from different disciplines act as an interdisciplinary team studying specific resource problems with ecological, economic, demographic and social dimensions. Techniques and methods are emphasized to show their value in integrating knowledge, defining policy and facilitating communication. Several sections with different emphasis offered each year. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor is required. RMES 501 (3) PERSPECTIVES ON RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT. Concepts of natural resources and environment; environment and resource management; tools of management; case studies. RMES 502 (3) SEMINAR ON RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT. Environment and resource management goals and issues. Students enrolled in the program will give two presentations. The first will outline specific research interests of the students. The second will provide a synopsis of research at a time when the student is nearing completion of the thesis. Faculty members and other speakers will also be invited to participate and present seminars. RMES 515 (3) INTEGRATED WATERSHED MANAGEMENT. Methods of watershed evaluation, land-water interactions, key aspects of hydrology, water quality and aquatic biota, land use impacts on water resources, community involvement, and integration of multiple land use activities and their cumulative impacts. RMES 516 (3) URBAN WATERSHED MANAGEMENT. Urban land use impacts on water resources with a focus on impervious surfaces, storm-water management, non-point sources of pollution, cumulative effects, water quality, rehabilitation of urban streams and application of best management practices. Prior completion of RMES 515 strongly recommended. RMES 517 (3) AGRICULTURAL WATERSHED MANAGEMENT. Intensive and extensive agriculture with a focus on water needs, water use and impacts on water resources. Non-point sources of pollution, nutrient modeling, soil and land degradation, protection and rehabilitation of watersheds including buffer zones, wetlands, and best management practices. RMES 518 (3) WATER IN INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT. Key water issues associated with international development: global water demand, scarcity, efficiency of use, water as a commodity, biophysical and policy aspects of water management, water and health, land use impact, water harvesting, improved irrigation, and pollution prevention. RMES 520 (3) CLIMATE CHANGE IN THE 21ST CENTURY. Historical, methodological, and policy dimensions of climate change in the 21st century. Application of natural and social science literature to climate science, impacts on ecosystems and societies, and response options. RMES 530 (3) KNOWLEDGE, POLICY AND VALUES IN RISK AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. The course focuses on the role of values, science and validity of alternate knowledge systems. Included in the dialogue are the democratization of science, uncertainty, adaptive scientific practices and the values that govern management programs. RMES 542 (3) INTEGRATED ASSESSMENT. Basic skills for quantitative analysis including probability, validity of quantitative statements and experimental design to test hypothesis validity. RMES 550 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY ANALYSIS. Determination of risks and values in environmental policy decisions. Equivalency: PLAN 599. RMES 586 (3) FISH CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT. Offered concurrently with CONS 486. Equivalency: CONS 486. ' RMES 599 (12) MASTER'S THESIS. RMES 699(0) PH.D. THESIS. RMST —ROMANCE STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS RMST 420 (3/6) D STUDIES IN ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE. RMST 468(6) ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. The Indo-European background; Classical and Vulgar Latin; the origin, development and Spread of the Romance languages; their vocabulary, phonology, morphology, syntax; vernacular Latin texts and Romance texts. Prerequisite: Two years study of each of two Romance languages or two years of one Romance language and one year of Latin. Equivalency: FREN 468, SPAN 468. RMST 520 (6) STUDIES IN ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND CULTURES. RMST 548(0) MAJOR ESSAY. RSOT — OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY SCHOOL OF REHABILITATION SCIENCES RSOT 416 (3) VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION. Evaluation of work skills and use of work-related interventions and community resources to address issues related to entering, maintaining, returning and leaving paid or unpaid work across the lifespan. [3-0-0] RSOT 418 (2) ASSISTIVE AND REHABILITATION TECHNOLOGY. Application of technology to enable independent living by persons with disability. [1-2-0] RSOT424(3) PROGRAM DESIGN. [1.5-0-3] RSOT425(1) SOCIAL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSU ES. A seminar addressing current sociopolitical, cultural and ethical issues influencing occupational therapy practice. [1-0-0] RSOT426 (1-3) D DIRECTED STUDIES. RSOT434(3) CLINICAL REASONING: ADVANCED APPLICATIONS TO CLIENT- CENTRED PRACTICE. [2-0-2] RSOT435 (7) ADVANCED FIELDWORK. RSOT436 (2) ERGONOMICS AND ORGANIZATION OF ACTIVITY. Application of theory and principles of ergonomics, task analysis and environmental adaptations for fulfilment of occupational, educational or vocational roles. [1-1-1] RSOT 511 (3) FUNDAMENTALS OF THEORY AND PRACTICE. [1-2-2] RSOT 513 (3) HEALTH, ILLNESS & OCCUPATION I. [1.5-0-0; 1.5-0-0] RSOT 515 (3) PRACTICE SKILLS AND THERAPEUTIC PROCEDURES I. [0-3-3] RSOT 519 (10) PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE I. RSOT 521 (3) OCCUPATIONAL ANALYSIS, ACTIVITY AND PARTICIPATION. [1-2-2] RSOT 525 (3) PRACTICE SKILLS AND THERAPEUTIC PROCEDURES II. [0-3-3] RSOT 527 (3) EVIDENCE FOR PRACTICE I: RESEARCH PARADIGMS AND METHODS. [2-0-2] RSOT 537 (2) EVIDENCE AND REASONING IN PRACTICE. [0-0-4] RSOT 541 (3) THEORY AND PRACTICE: ADVANCED APPLICATIONS. [1-2-2] RSOT 545 (4) PRACTICE SKILLS AND THERAPEUTIC PROCEDURES III: ADVANCED APPLICATIONS. [0-2-2; 0-2-2] RSOT 547 (6) EVIDENCE FOR PRACTICE: PROJECT. [2-0-8] RSOT 549 (18) PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE II. RSOT 551 (3) SOCIETAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL INFLUENCES. [2-0-2] RSPT —PHYSICAL THERAPY SCHOOL OF REHABILITATION SCIENCES RSPT411 (2) SELECTED TOPICS IN PHYSICAL TH ERAPY. The application of physical therapy management of selected conditions. [1-2-0] RSPT412 (4) CRITICAL CARE. The principles and practice of physical therapy management of the high-risk, unstable, critically ill patient with special reference to the patient with cardiorespiratory dysfunction. [2-4-0] RSPT413 (6) COMPREHENSIVE PATIENT MANAGEMENT. A problem-solving approach to the comprehensive management of physical impairment, disability and maintenance of fitness of the child and adult. [6-0-0] PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS RMES — RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 615 RSPT 414(1) SOCIAL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES. The political, social, and cultural issues in the development of physical therapy as a profession. [1-0-0] RSPT415(1-3)C INDEPENDENT STUDY. Content to be determined and credit value assigned in consultation with a faculty member. RSPT 419 (3) EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY IN HEALTH AND DISEASE. The response, control and adaptation of the human body to exercise. Nutrition, energy transfer, systemic and cellular response to exercise, and concepts of testing and training with special reference to different patient populations. [3-0-0] RSPT 430(6) CLINICAL FIELDWORK. RSPT 441 (1) A MANUAL THERAPY APPROACH TO THE ASSESSMENT AND TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUALS WITH MUSCULOSKELETAL DYSFUNCTIONS OF THE LUMBAR SPINE AND PELVIS. An introduction to the field of manual physical therapy as applied to musculoskeletal dysfunction in the lumbar spine and pelvis. [0-2-0] RSPT 442(1) SPINAL CORD INJURY: ISSUES OF REHABILITATION. A comprehensive overview of the physiotherapy management of persons with disabilities resulting from a spinal cord injury. [1-0-0] RSPT 443(1) SPORTS PHYSICAL THERAPY. An introduction to the prevention, evaluation and rehabilitation of common sports injuries. Lectures and practical sessions will emphasize "on-site" emergency management of athletes, as well as ongoing clinical concerns related to sports physical therapy. [0.5-1-0] RSPT 445(1) THE MANAGEMENT OF CHILDREN WITH DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES. Physical Therapy assessment and management of the child with a developmental disability. Emphasis on family involvement in goal-setting and treatment planning will be stressed. [1-0-0] RSPT 514(3) CLINICAL PRACTICE I. A RSPT 516 (2) CLINICAL DECISION-MAKING I. RSPT 518 (6) EXERCISE AND MOVEMENT. RSPT 524 (10) CLINICAL PRACTICE II. Pass/Fail. RSPT 526(1) CLINICALDECISION MAKING II. RSPT 528(1) CASE-BASED INTEGRATION. RSPT 532 (3) REHABILITATION RESEARCH I. RSPT 538(1) CASE-BASED INTEGRATION II. RSPT 544(18) CLINICAL PRACTICE III. Pass/Fail RSPT 546 (3) CLINICAL DECISION-MAKING III. RSPT 548(1) CASE-BASED INTEGRATION III. RSPT 558 (2) CASE-BASED INTEGRATION IV. RSPT 564 (10) CLINICAL PRACTICE IV. Pass/Fail. RSPT 566 (4) CLINICAL DECISION-MAKING IV. RSPT 572 (2) REHABILITATION RESEARCH II. RSPT 578(1) CASE-BASED INTEGRATION V. RUSS —RUSSIAN FACULTY OF ARTS RUSS 100 (6) FIRST-YEAR RUSSIAN. Introduction to contemporary Russian Oral practice, grammar, reading, writing. RUSS 101 (3) BASIC RUSSIAN I. Introduction to contemporary Russian with emphasis on specialized vocabulary for science, commerce, law, etc. Oral practice, grammar, reading and writing. Note: Students who intend to use RUSS 101, 102 and 200 to satisfy the Faculty of Arts language requirement must register for both RUSS 101 and 102 in the same year. RUSS 102 (3) BASIC RUSSIAN II. Continuation of RUSS 101. RUSS 200 (6) SECOND-YEAR RUSSIAN. Intermediate oral practice, grammar, reading, composition. A special section may be provided for Science students. Prerequisite: One of RUSS 100, RUSS 102. RUSS 206 (3) NINETEENTH-CENTURY RUSSIAN WRITERS IN TRANSLATION. The writings, lives, and thought of selected authors. RUSS 207 (3) TWENTIETH-CENTURY RUSSIAN WRITERS IN TRANSLATION. The writings, lives, and thought of major Russian authors. RUSS215(3) RUSSIAN PRACTICE. Emphasis on oral practice and reading. It is recommended that this course be taken concurrently with RUSS 200. Prerequisite: RUSS 100. RUSS 300(6) THIRD-YEAR RUSSIAN. Intermediate oral practice, syntax and composition. Prerequisite: RUSS 200. RUSS 305 (6) READINGS IN RUSSIAN LITERARY TEXTS. Texts are selected from 19th- and 20th-century sources. Prerequisite: RUSS 200. RUSS 306 (6) RUSSIAN LITERATURE IN TR A N S L AT ION. A comprehensive historical and critical presentation with emphasis on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. RUSS 315 (3) ADVANCED RUSSIAN PRACTICE. Continuation of RUSS 215. May be taken concurrently with RUSS 300. Prerequisite: RUSS 215. RUSS 400 (6) FOURTH-YEAR RUSSIAN. Advanced oral practice, reading and composition. Prerequisite: RUSS 300. RUSS 401 (6) RUSSIAN FOR READING KNOWLEDGE. Russian for Reading Knowledge This course provides a reading knowledge of Russian, sufficient to enable students to understand scientific and scholarly material. Basic grammar and practice in the translation into English of texts in the natural sciences, social sciences, and humanities. Intended primarily for upper-year and graduate students. RUSS 407 (3/6) D STUDIES IN RUSSIAN POETRY. For further details see Department. Prerequisite: RUSS 300. RUSS 408 (3/6) D STUDIES IN RUSSIAN PROSE BEFORE 1917. See Department for further details. Prerequisite: RUSS 300. RUSS 409 (3/6) D CONTEMPORARY RUSSIAN LITERATURE AFTER 1917. See Department for further details. Prerequisite: RUSS 300. RUSS 410 (3/6) D WOMEN IN RUSSIAN LITERATURE AND CULTURE. Analysis of translated texts by and concerning women from folklore to contemporary society. RUSS 411 (3) TOLSTOY IN TRANSLATION. RUSS 412 (3) DOSTOEVSKY IN TRANSLATION. SANS — SANSKRIT FACULTY OF ARTS SANS 102 (6) INTRODUCTORY SANSKRIT. Basic vocabulary and most important grammatical features of classical Sanskrit. Useful to students of South Asian history, culture, languages, philosophies, and religions, and of linguistics and classics. SANS 200(6) INTERMEDIATE SANSKRIT. Advanced grammar and selected readings. Prerequisite: SANS 102. SANS 300 (6) FURTHER READINGS IN SANSKRIT. Study of selected texts belonging to a particular period (e.g., Vedic) or representing a specific branch of kavya (poetic literature) or sastra (technical-philosophical literature). Prerequisite: SANS 200. SCAN — SCANDINAVIAN FACULTY OF ARTS SCAN 300 (3) ELEMENTARY SWEDISH I. Introduction to Swedish language, elementary grammar, reading, writing and oral work. SCAN 310 (3) ELEMENTARY SWEDISH II. Continuation of SCAN 300 Prerequisite: SCAN 300. SCAN 350 (3) ELEMENTARY DANISH I. Introduction to Danish language, elementary grammar, reading, writing and oral work. Prerequisite: Placement Interview SCAN 360 (3) ELEMENTARY DANISH II. Prerequisite: SCAN 350. SCAN 400 (3) INTERMEDIATE SWEDISH I. Intermediate grammar, reading practice and oral work. Prerequisite: SCAN 310. SCAN 402 (3) INTERMEDIATE SWEDISH II. Prerequisite: SCAN 400. SCAN 411 (3/6) D SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA AND FILM IN TRANSLATION. Traces the explosive development of a provincial theatre into one of the seminal forces of twentieth- century drama and film. Emphasis on Ibsen, Strindberg, and Bergman. SCAN 412 (3) THE NORTHERN EUROPEAN EPIC IN TRANSLATION. Major prose works of the Scandinavian literatures with emphasis on the stylistic qualities of the Old Icelandic sagas and their transformation in the novels of modern Icelandic, Danish, Swedish, and Norwegian writers. Possible authors: Laxness, Blixen, Hamsun, Lindgren. SCAN 413 (3/6) D THE LITERATURES OF THE BALTIC IN ENGLISH TRANSLATION. An examination through literature ofthe historical, cultural, and ethnic elements that have made 616 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 the Baltic area the crossroads of northeastern Europe. The emphasis is on literature from the Germanic and Finno-Ugric languages. Authors to be studied include Strindberg, Tikkanen, Transtromer, Kaplinski, Grass, Bobrowski, Lenz. SCAN 414 (3) TOPICS IN DANISH AND NORTHERN EUROPEAN CULTURAL STUDIES (IN ENGLISH). Selected topics, such as ethnicity, migration, identity, women's issues, Danish and Northern European film. SCAN 450 (3) INTERMEDIATE DANISH I. Intermediate reading, writing and oral work. Prerequisite: SCAN 360. SCAN 460 (3) INTERMEDIATE DANISH II. Prerequisite: SCAN 450. SCAN 501 (3/6)C OLD ICELANDIC. Though 501 is usually taught as a six-credit course, students may elect to take the first term only, "Introduction to Old Icelandic," for three credits. SCED — SCIENCE EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION SCED 190 (6) GENERAL SCIENCE. The major ideas and techniques in the biological sciences (biology, botany, zoology) and physical sciences (physics, chemistry, astronomy, and geology). While experience is provided in studying science in a systematic way, concepts are interpreted for use in teaching at the elementary school level. [3-2; 3-2] SCED 300 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING SCIENCE ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY. [3-0-0] SCED312(2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in Agricultural Sciences or permission of the Head. [2-0-0] SCED313(2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in biological sciences or permission of the Head. [2-0-0] SCED314(2/3)D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN CHEMISTRY: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in chemistry or permission of the Head. [2-0-0] SCED315(2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in earth and space science or permission ofthe Head. [2-0-0] SCED316(2/3)D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN GENERAL SCIENCE: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in agricultural sciences, biological sciences, chemistry, earth and space science, or physics, or permission of the Head. SCED317(2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICS: SECONDARY. Curriculum organization in physics; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching physics. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed concentration in physics or permission of the Head. [2-0-0] SCED 320 (2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN SCIENCE: ELEMENTARY. Curriculum organization in science; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching science. Pass/Fail. [1-2-0] SCED 330 (3) TEACHING BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES: ELEMENTARY. Prerequisite: One of SCED 300, SCED 320. [2-2-0] SCED 331 (3) TEACHING PHYSICAL SCIENCES: ELEMENTARY. A course in physical sciences emphasizing applications to elementary school science teaching. Prerequisite: One of SCED 300, SCED 320. [2-2-0] SCED 380 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE EDUCATION. Curriculum implications of physical and biological environmental issues. Field experiences are normally part of the course; transportation and living expenses will be borne by the student. [3-2] SCED 400 (3/6)D SCIENCE EDUCATION: ELEMENTARY. Prerequisite: One of SCED 300, SCED 320. [2-2-0;2-2-0] SCED 411(3) FOREST EDUCATION. Forest studies in the science curriculum; the forest environment as a teaching resource; selection of teaching sites. Transportation and living costs for required field experiences will be borne by the student. [3-0] SCED412(3) COMPUTER-BASED SCIENCE EDUCATION. Integration of microcomputers and related technology into secondary science instruction. Applications to experiments, lessons, activities, and demonstrations in biology, chemistry, general science, geoscience, and physics. Previous computer experience is recommended. [3-2-0] SCED413(3) CONCEPTIONS OF THE NATURAL WORLD: IMPLICATIONS FOR SCIENCE EDUCATION. Conceptual and practical issues associated with diverse human understandings of the natural world and their applications to classroom practice. [3-0] ^CED420(3) TEACHING EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE BEYOND THE TEXTBOOK. SCED 421 (3) TEACHING LIFE SCIENCE BEYOND THE TEXTBOOK. SCED 422 (3) TEACHING PHYSICAL SCIENCE BEYOND THE TEXTBOOK. SCED 430 (3) TEACHING SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THROUGH HISTORICAL EXAMPLES. [3-0] SCED 440 (3) SPECIAL STUDY IN SUBJECT- MATTER FIELD: BIOLOGY. Topics in a subject field relevant to secondary teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Teacher Education Office approval is required. Open only to secondary students admitted with an academic deficiency. Not for credit toward graduate degree or for undergraduate credit in an academic subject. Pass/Fail. SCED 441 (3) SPECIAL STUDY IN SUBJECT- MATTER FIELD: CHEMISTRY. Topicsina field relevant to secondary teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Teacher Education Office approval is required. Open only to secondary students admitted with an academic deficiency. Not for credit toward graduate degree or for undergraduate credit in an academic subject. Pass/Fail. SCED442(3) SPECIAL STUDY IN SUBJECT- MATTER FIELD: EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE. Topics in a subject field relevant to secondary teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Teacher Education Office approval is required. Open only to secondary students admitted with an academic deficiency. Not for credit toward graduate degree or for undergraduate credit in an academic subject. Pass/Fail. SCED443(3) SPECIAL STUDY IN SUBJECT- MATTER FIELD: BOTANY. Topics in a subject field relevant to secondary teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Teacher Education Office approval is required. Open only to secondary students admitted with an academic deficiecy. Not for credit toward graduate degree or for undergraduate credit in an academic subject. Pass/Fail. SCED444(3) SPECIAL STUDY IN SUBJECT- MATTER FIELD: ZOOLOGY. Topicsina subject field relevant to secondary teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Teacher Education Office approval is required. Open only to secondary students admitted with an academic deficiency. Not for credit toward graduate degree or for undergraduate credit in an academic subject. Pass/Fail. SCED 506 (3) RESEARCH IN SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION. Research in specific areas of school health education and theories on which health behavior changes are grounded. Prerequisite: EDUC 306. SCED 507 (3) SEMINAR IN SCHOOL HEALTH E D U CAT ION. Current trends, problems and issues in school health education and the development of strategies for dealing with health education problems and issues in the schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 306. SCED 508 (3-6) D REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN SCIENCE EDUCATION. Studies of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. SCED 510 (3/6) D PROBLEMS IN CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN SCIENCE E D U CAT ION. Problems of practice in the development of science curricula. Special emphasis is given to science curricula in BC. SCED 517 (3) CRITICAL ANALYSIS OF GOALS IN SCHOOL SCIENCE. A review of selected purposes of school science in light of current ideas about the nature of science and its implications for scientific literacy SCED 518 (3) THEORY AND RESEARCH IN THE SOCIAL CONTEXT OF SCHOOL SCIENCE. Historical and current social, political and economic influences on science curriculum and science teaching. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS SCED — SCIENCE EDUCATION 617 SCED 520 (3) SCIENCE LEARNING IN INFORMAL ENVIRONMENTS. Theoretical perspectives and current research on science learning in contexts other than formal science classes. SCED 544(3) ISSUES IN THE TEACHING AND LEARNING OF THE SCHOOL SCIENCES. Conceptual and practical issues associated with contemporary constructivist approaches to educational inquiry in the school sciences. SCED 545 (3) RESEARCH IN THE TEACHING AND LEARNING OF THE SCHOOL SCIENCES. Current models and methods of inquiry in the school sciences, particularly using constructivist approaches. SCED 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. SCED 580 (3/12) C PROBLEMS IN E D U CATI O N. Investigation and report of a problem. SCED 581 (3) THEORY AND RESEARCH IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION. Research literature and theoretical issues in environmental education. SCED 590(3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/ Fail. SCED 598 (3/12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on master's, doctoral and diploma programs. SCED 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. SCED 699(0) DOCTORAL THESIS. Pass/Fail. SCIE —SCIENCE ONE FACULTY OF SCIENCE SCIE 1 (25) SCIENCE ONE PROGRAM. SEAL — SOUTHEAST ASIAN LANGUAGES FACULTY OF ARTS SEAL 440 (3-18) C SUPERVISED STUDY IN SOUTHEAST ASIAN LANGUAGES, t SLAV—SLAVIC STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS SLAV 105 (6) INTRODUCTION TO RUSSIAN AND SLAVIC CULTURE. Cultural developments from the medieval period to the present. SLAV 307 (3/6) D LITERATURE AND FILM IN EASTERN EUROPE. Films and translated literature by Slavic writers with emphasis on the interaction between politics and literature. SOAL— SOUTH ASIAN LANGUAGES FACULTY OF ARTS SOAL 100 (6) KHICHRI: THE SOUTH ASIAN LANGUAGES OF VANCOUVER. A systematic introduction to the grammars and scripts of Hindi, Urdu, Punjabi and Sanskrit, primarily through the media of Indo-Canadian popular culture (film, radio, bhangra, etc.) SOAL 440 (3-18) C SUPERVISED STUDY IN SOUTH ASIAN LANGUAGES. SOCI —SOCIOLOGY FACULTY OF ARTS SOCI 100 is prerequisite to all third- and fourth-year SOCI courses. SOCI 100(6) INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY. Introduction to problems in the analysis of social structures and processes. Basic sociological concepts will be introduced and their application demonstrated in various areas of sociology. The course includes a survey of research methods, major theoretical trends, and representative works of contributors to sociology SOCI 201 (3/6) D ETHNIC RELATIONS. An introduction to the study of the relations between ethnic groups and of the interplay between ethnicity and other social factors. The course examines such concepts as: ethnicity, racism, prejudice, discrimination, assimilation, and multiculturalism. Ordinarily the course deals with ethnic groups in British Columbia, and students are expected to carry out elementary research projects. Equivalency: ANTH 201. SOCI 210 (3/6) D CANADIAN SOCIAL STRUCTURE. Descriptive and analytic survey of such features as demographic characteristics, class structure, ethnicity, and regional variation in Canadian society as a basis for understanding current social issues. SOCI 213 (3/6) D WOMEN IN COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE. An exploration of topics from Anthropology or Sociology focusing on explanations, in current and historical perspective, for variations in the situation of women. Equivalency: ANTH 213. SOCI 214 (3/6) D THE FAMILY IN CROSS- CULTURAL PERSPECTIVE. Across-cultural comparison of family and kinship to provide an understanding of variations in the structure and meaning of marriage relations; forms of domestic organization; and the sexual division of labour, property, and inheritance. Equivalency: ANTH 214. SOCI 215 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE SOCIETY. Survey of contemporary Japanese life, with a focus on social organization and cultural patterns. Topics may include family, kinship, rural and urban conditions, economic organization, class and other inequalities, ethnic relations, and introduction of Western culture and value systems. Equivalency: ANTH 215. SOCI 240 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL INTERACTION. A general introduction to research on social interaction, with an emphasis on group (as opposed to individual) processes and behaviour. Topics include: status, power and prestige, distributive justice, marginality and social control, authority relations, and group structure and membership, all to be studied in the context of a variety of groups (such as families, formal organizations, communities and friendship groups) and cultures. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 250 (3/6) D CRIME AND SOCIETY. Crime as a social phenomenon, with emphasis on the changing definitions of crime in relation to social and political change in Canadian and other societies. The scope and nature of the crime problem, the growth of criminology as a science and profession, and relationships between components of state criminal justice systems. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 260 (3/6) D TECHNOLOGY, WORK AND SOCIETY. The social forces responsible for changing patterns of technological innovation and work organization in modern industrial societies. Emphasis on the organization of work and the labour force. Topics may include division of labour, professionalization, labour movements, management techniques and bureaucracy, the social context of research and development initiatives, the effects of new technologies (e.g., automation) on the work place and social aspects of technological development in the Third World. SOCI 301 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT AND UNDERDEVELOPMENT. Processes of social change in the Third World and other developing countries. Major themes stress the relationship between urbanization and industrialization; modernization and ethnic conflict; imperialism, neo-colonialism, and foreign aid; and intra-national modernization problems such as regional underdevelopment in industrial societies. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 302 (3/6) D ETHNIC AND RACIAL INEQUALITY. A critical examination of classical and contemporary theories and research evidence concerning ethnic and racial inequality at the societal and interpersonal levels. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 310 (6) CANADIAN SOCIETY. Examination of selected features of the social organization of Canadian society which will include, for example, the relationships between industrial organization and other social institutions and processes, such as family structure, welfare systems, crime rates, ethnic relations and industrial and political conflict. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 312 (3/6) D GENDER RELATIONS. The nature of gender relations, their social and cultural expression, and theories of gender inequality drawn from anthropological or sociological research. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. Equivalency: ANTH 312. SOCI 315 (3/6) D JAPANESE CULTURE AND S O CIE TY. An intensive examination of modern industrial Japan, including such topics as: demographic characteristics, class structure and inequality, industrial organization, political structure and conflict, ethnic relations, value systems, urban and rural traditions and cultural background of current events. Major theories of Japanese culture and economic development will be studied. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. Equivalency: ANTH 315. SOCI 328 (3/6) D SOCIAL STATISTICS I. The testing of sociological theories using quantitative data analysis techniques on numerical data from social surveys, experiments and official statistics. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. 618 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 SOCI 350 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES: CLASSICAL AND CONTEMPORARY APPROACHES. An examination of selected traditions, conceptual problems, and current topics in the field of sociological theory. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 352 (3/6) D ORGANIZATION OF WORK. The meaning of work and leisure. Properties of work organization: division of labour and specialization; technology and working knowledge; means of coordinating work, such as cooperation, authority, and exchange. Research problems concerning work in households, offices, and industry, division of labour by gender, industrial democracy and the relation of work and social inequality. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 354 (3/6) D COMMUNITY STUDIES. Study of the organization of human communities; a focus upon collective activities including family, work, neighbourhood, and formal and informal networks. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 360 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY AND NATURAL RESOURCES. Sociological perspectives on property, resource industries (such as agriculture, fishing, forestry and mining), resource development, and resource communities. May also include examination of social aspects of resource development in the Third World. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or three credits of 200-level Sociology. SOCI 361 (3/6) D SOCIAL INEQUALITY. Tendencies toward equality and inequality; manifestations of inequality (occupation, education, gender, ethnicity, income, power) and their consequences; caste and class features of major stratification systems; theories of social class; stratification profile of contemporary industrial societies. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 368 (3/6) D DEVIANCE AND SOCIAL CONTROL. An analytic framework for the study of the generation and control of deviant activities, with particular emphasis on societal processes directed to the recognition and organizational treatment of 'deviants' as a phenomenon. The course stresses theoretical issues rather than social problems and their remedy. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 369 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY OF SEXUALITIES. Historical and social construction of sexual identities, desires, communities, and politics in the twentieth century. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 380 (3) SOCIOLOGICAL METHODS: SURVEY RESEARCH. Questionnaire design, interviewing, sampling, and analysis of survey data. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 381 (3) SOCIOLOGICAL METHODS: EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH. The nature of experimentation. Various types of experimental design and of laboratory and field techniques. The advantages and limitations of experiments in sociological research. Some ethical questions regarding experimentation. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 382 (3) SOCIOLOGICAL METHODS: QUALITATIVE RESEARCH. Examinationof the different traditions of qualitative sociological inquiry and the associated methodological features used to study the interpretive practices and meanings in the everyday lives of individuals. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 383 (3) SOCIOLOGICAL METHODS: HISTORICAL RESEARCH. Methodological problems and research strategies associated with the interpretation of socio-historical data; contributions of classical and contemporary approaches to historical sociology and social history. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 400 (3/6) D THEORETICAL AND METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES. Sociological theories and their relationship to methodological issues in the discipline. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 410 (3/6) D SPECIAL STUDIES IN CANADIAN SOCIETY Selected areas of study relating to Canadian society such as BC Studies; French Canada's demographic problems; rural communities; social welfare and community programs in Canada. Consult the Department for this year's offerings. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 413 (3/6) D FAMILY AND KINSHIP. A cross-cultural survey of ways of defining family relationships and kinship organizations, including theoretical analysis as well as case studies. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. Equivalency: ANTH 413. SOCI 414(3/6) D FEMINIST THEORY. The emergence of feminist theory, its relationship to sociology, and the major theoretical schools of thought. The social basis and development of feminist thought from critiques of scholarship and research to contemporary debates will be addressed. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 416 (3/6) D THE ETHNOGRAPHY OF JAPAN. Through an analysis of contemporary ethnographic accounts of Japan, this course addresses the interplay of cultural predispositions with modern organizational structure, differences in rural/urban lifestyles, family .relationships, gender roles, health, aging and Japan's international role. Prerequisite: One of ANTH 215, SOCI 215, ANTH 315, SOCI 315 and SOCI 100. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. Equivalency: ANTH 416. SOCI 418 (3/6) D SOCIAL STATISTICS II. Primary emphasis on applications of statistical techniques to quantitative and qualitative data in both Anthropology and Sociology. Prerequisite: All of SOCI 100, SOCI 328. Equivalency: ANTH 418. SOCI 420 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY OF THE ENVIRONMENT. Sociological approaches to the study of environmental conflicts, issues, movements, impact of changing technology, economic development on the environment. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 425 (3/6) D URBAN SOCIOLOGY. Demographic, behavioural, and organizational aspects of urban structures and of urbanization in different societies and periods. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 433 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES. General reading and/or a research undertaking, with the agreement, and under the supervision, of a Department faculty member selected by the student. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI449(6) HONOURS TUTORIAL. Requires the presentation of at least one research paper. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 460 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY OF SPECIAL GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS. The description of areas to be covered will be announced each year. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 461 (3/6) D POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY. The social and economic bases of political power. May include studies of the state and interstate relations, ideology and control, alienation and anomie, political movements and social revolutions, political violence and terrorism, and the political economy of world conflict. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI464(3/6)D SOCIAL MOVEMENTS. A study ofthe sources, stages, and effects of social movements in developing and modernized societies. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 465 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY OF THE ARTS. An examination of the arts as social practices from the standpoint of the relationships among artists, critics, patrons, and public; and the social institutions through which these relationships are structured. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 466 (3/6) D SOCIALIZATION AND E D U CAT ION. Study of induction into social structures and the acquisition of membership in society. Includes the structure and influence of educational and other socializing institutions. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 470 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY OF CRIME AND JUSTICE. Critical examination of specific forms of crime and delinquency in relation to the criminal justice system including law, enforcement, and corrections. Issues selected for study will be further scrutinized within the cultural framework of ethics, morality, and social justice. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 473 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY OF MENTAL ILLNESS. A sociological approach to the meaning of mental illness; the organization of psychiatric treatment; problems in the explanation of the distribution of mental illness in a population. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 475 (6) INTERPERSONAL RELATIONS. A self-analytic seminar for the study of group interaction and social conflict processes; interdisciplinary reading materials and assignments complement analysis of ongoing group and individual behaviour. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 484 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND ILLNESS. Sociological perspectives on health, illness, and health care as represented in classic and contemporary sociological studies of selected topics such as illness experience, social aspects of the practice of health professionals, training of health professionals, and the social organization of health delivery systems. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS SOCI — SOCIOLOGY 619 SOCI 495 (3/6) D ADVANCED STUDIES IN SOCIOLOGY. An intensive examination of selected topics in Sociology. Consult the department for this year's offerings. Prerequisite: SOCI 100. SOCI 500 (3) FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIOLOGICAL THOUGHT. A critical survey of classical sociological thought and the theoretical works which have shaped the discipline of sociology. SOCI 501 (3) CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. Theoretical trends, issues, and perspectives in contemporary sociology, including problems of theory formation and the relation of theory and research. SOCI 502 (3) RESEARCH DESIGN AND TECHNIQUES (QUANTITATIVE). Sociological research design and the analysis and interpretation of data. SOCI 503 (3) RESEARCH DESIGN AND TECHNIQUES (QUALITATIVE). Sociological research design and the analysis and interpretation of data. SOCI 504 (3) METHODOLOGY OF SOCIAL INQUIRY. The nature of sociological understanding and explanation, including a critical review of issues in the theory of methods. SOCI 505 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. Prerequisite: One of SOCI 500, 501. SOCI 506 (3/6) D TUTORIAL IN RESEARCH METHODS. Prerequisite: Two of SOCI 502, SOCI 503, SOCI 504. SOCI 507 (3/6) D ADVANCED THEORY SEMINAR. Prerequisite: All of SOCI 500, SOCI 501. Corequisite: SOCI 504. SOCI 508 (3/6) D ADVANCED METHODS SEMINAR. Prerequisite: All of SOCI 502, SOCI 503. SOCI 509 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY OF THE ENVIRONMENT. SOCI 510 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN POPULATION, COMMUNITY AND DEMOGRAPHY.™ SOCI 512 (3/6) D SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER AND FEMINIST ISSUES. SOCI 515 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN POPULATION, COMMUNITY AND DEMOGRAPHY. Prerequisite: SOCI 510. SOCI 520 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN CRIME, LAW AND SOCIAL CONTROL. SOCI 525 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN CRIME, LAW AND SOCIAL CONTROL. Prerequisite: SOCI 520. SOCI 530 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN SOCIAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT. SOCI 535 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN SOCIAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT. Prerequisite: SOCI 530. SOCI 540 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN SOCIAL INEQUALITY. SOCI 545 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN SOCIAL INEQUALITY. Prerequisite: SOCI 540. SOCI 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. SOCI 550 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN SOCIAL INTERACTION. SOCI 555 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN SOCIAL INTERACTION. Prerequisite: SOCI 550. SOCI 560 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN THE SOCIOLOGY OF CULTURE AND KNOWLEDGE. SOCI 562 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN THE SOCIOLOGY OF MASS MEDIA AND COMMUNICATIONS. SOCI 565 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN THE SOCIOLOGY OF CULTURE AND KNOWLEDGE. Prerequisite: SOCI 560. SOCI 570 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN WORK, INDUSTRY AND TECHNOLOGY. SOCI 575 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN WORK, INDUSTRY AND TECHNOLOGY. Prerequisite: SOCI 570. SOCI 580 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN CANADIAN SOCIETY. SOCI 584 (3-6) D SEMINAR IN HEALTH, ILLNESS AND SOCIETY. SOCI 585 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN CANADIAN SOCIETY. Prerequisite: SOCI 580. SOCI 590 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN AN ETHNOGRAPHIC AREA. SOCI 595 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN AN ETHNOGRAPHIC AREA. Prerequisite: SOCI 590. SOCI 596 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL MOVEMENTS. SOCI 597 (3/6) C TUTORIAL IN POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL MOVEMENTS. Prerequisite: SOCI 596. SOCI 598 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. SOCI 599 (3/6) D SPECIAL TOPICS SEMINAR. SOCI 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. SOIL—SOIL SCIENCE FACULTY OF LAND & FOOD SYSTEMS Most of the undergraduate courses have been renamed as Agroecology (AGRO). Please see this section. Admission to undergraduate courses numbered 300 or higher requires previous credit for SOIL 200 or consent of instructor. SOIL 200 (3) INTRODUCTION TO SOIL SCIENCE. Physical, chemical and biological properties of soils; soil formation, classification, use and conservation. Prerequisite: All of BIOL 12, CHEM 12, PHYS 12 or first-year university level. [3-2; 3-2] SOIL 500 (2) GRADUATE SEMINAR. SOIL 501 (3) ADVANCED SOIL PROCESSES. SOIL 502 (3) ADVANCED SUSTAINABLE SOIL MANAGEMENT. SOIL 503 (3) ADVANCED FIELD AND LABORATORY METHODS IN SOIL SCIENCE. SOIL 512 (3/6) C ADVANCED SOIL BIOLOGY. Current research in root-soil interfaces. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: SOIL 321. Permission of the instructor is also acceptable. SOIL 513 (3/6) C ADVANCED SOIL PHYSICS. Infiltration and evaporation of water, flow and storage of heat and chemicals in soil, and interactions with the atmosphere. Emphasis on mathematical formulation of problems and solutions using analytical and numerical methods. Prerequisite: All of SOIL 313, SOIL 314. SOIL 514 (3/6) C BIOMETEOROLOGY. Energy and mass exchange in the biosphere with emphasis on the interfaces between the atmosphere and soils, plants and animals. Offered in alternate years. SOIL 515 (3/6) C TOPICS IN SOIL FERTILITY. Discussions on special topics in soil fertility with emphasis on soil factors influencing nutrient availability and uptake. Offered in alternate years. SOIL 517 (3) LAND AND RESOURCE EVALUATION. Concepts and methods for multi-purpose land evaluations and assessing resource development options; monitoring and modelling environmental systems using GIS techniques. Prerequisite: One of SOIL 417, KRST 422. Permission of the instructor is also Hxeptable. SOIL 524(2) INSTRUMENTATION FOR BIOMETEOROLOGY. The theory, design and evaluation of instrumentation for biometeoro- logical research. Consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor is required. SOIL 530 (2-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. SOIL 549(12) MASTER'S THESIS. SOIL 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. SOWK —SOCIAL WORK SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY STUDIES SOWK 200 (3) INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WE LFAR E. An introduction to the perspectives, concepts and theoretical foundations of social welfare, including an analysis of the institutional structures of social welfare in the modern state. SOWK 201 (3) INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE. An introduction to the knowledge, skills and values of social work practice in its many forms, emphasizing different ways of understanding the context of social and personal problems. Prerequisite: SOWK 200. SOWK 305 (6) SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE I. An examination of the foundation, knowledge and competencies underlying generalist social work practice. Enrolment is limited to students in the B.S.W. program. SOWK 310 (3) INTERVIEWING SKILLS. Communication theory and interviewing skills and their application to the Social Work interview. SOWK 315 (6) PRACTICUM I. A supervised practicum in an assigned social service, two days a week throughout the program year. 620 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Limited to students in the B.S.W. program. This course will be graded Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: SOWK 310. SOWK 316 (3) INTEGRATIVE SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WORK THEORY, POLICY AND PRACTICE. Integrates students' learning from field, practice, policy and theory courses for the purposes of professional development. SOWK 320 (3) INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH. Introduction to theory and conduct of social research as applied to social welfare and social work practice. The focus is on development of social work research questions and design of studies. Enrolment is limited to students in the B.S.W. program, except by permission of the school. SOWK 335 (6) SOCIAL ANALYSIS FOR SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE. Theoretical considerations of relevance to social work practice. SOWK 337 (3) CROSS-CULTURAL SOCIAL WORK. Issues and problems inherent in practising social work in diverse cultural settings. SOWK 400 (3) CANADIAN SOCIAL POLICY. Analysis of race, gender, class and culture as factors in the distribution and delivery of Canadian social benefits and social services. SOWK 405 (3) SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE II. This course examines the principles of optimal social work process with individuals, small groups, families and larger collectivities. SOWK 415(6) PRACTICUM II. A supervised practicum in an assigned social service, two days a week throughout the program year. Enrolment is limited to students in the B.S.W program. This course will be graded Pass/Fail. SOWK 416 (3) ADVANCED INTEGRATIVE SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WORK THEORY, POLICY AND PRACTICE. Development of professional judgement, evaluation, and self- evaluation in practice. SOWK 425 (3) FIRST NATIONS SOCIAL ISSUES. Contemporary social issues facing First Nations peoples and communities examined in the context of the history of Euro- Canadian/First Nations relations; the impact of Euro-Canadian institutions upon First Nations peoples; implications for social policy and social work practice. SOWK 430 (3-6) D SPECIAL STUDIES IN SOCIALWORK. Lectures, seminars and/or individual tutorials to develop knowledge and skills in relation to a defined theory, policy or practice problem or client population. Enrolment is limited to students in the B.S.W program, except by permission of the School. SOWK 440 (3-12) D INTEGRATIVE SEMINARS IN SOCIAL WORK. A series of seminars offered during the final term of studies which address salient issues in social policy and social work practice and draw upon combined knowledge from social work and related disciplines. SOWK 441 (3) SOCIAL CONTEXT OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT. The ways in which the familial, physical, and social environment effects the life structures, opportunities and outcomes of epigenetic developmental processes. Equivalency: FMST 441. SOWK 442 (3) POLICY AND PRACTICE IN CHILD WELFARE. Covers the statutory bases and practices associated with the continuum of child welfare services from prevention through permanency planning. Prerequisite: SOWK 441 or another course in child development. SOWK 501 (3/6) D THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIAL WORK. SOWK 502 (3/6) D THEORIES OF CANADIAN AND INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT. SOWK 503 (3/6) D THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIAL WORK IN THE HEALTH FIELD. SOWK 504 (3/6) D FEMINISM AND SOCIAL WORK PRAXIS. SOWK 526 (3) SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE IN ADDICTIONS. SOWK 527 (3/6) D FAMILY MEDIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION. SOWK 528 (3/6) D CROSS-CULTURAL SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE. SOWK 530 (3/6) D SOCIAL SERVICES MANAGEMENT. SOWK 541 (3/6) D SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE WITH THE FAMILY. SOWK 542 (3/6) D SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE WITH INDIVIDUALS AND COUPLES. SOWK 543 (3/6) D SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE WITH CHILDREN. SOWK 544 (3/6) D SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE WITH GROUPS. SOWK 545 (3/6) D SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE IN THE COMMUNITY. SOWK 546 (3/6) D METHODS FOR POPULAR SECTOR ORGANIZING. ^OWK547(3) SOCIALWORK PRACTICE IN THE FIELD OF AGING. SOWK 548 (3) GRADUATING ESSAY. SOWK 549 (6/9) D MASTER'S THESIS. SOWK 552 (3/6) D CLINICAL RESEARCH AND SOCIAL WORK. Prerequisite: SOWK 320. SOWK 553 (3/6) D QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH. Prerequisite: SOWK 320. SOWK 554 (3/6) D QUALITATIVE METHODS IN SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH. Prerequisite: SOWK 320. SOWK 555 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES IN SOCIAL WELFARE. SOWK 556 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WELFARE THEORY. SOWK 557 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE THEORY. SOWK 560 (3/6) D DIRECTED FIELD STUDIES IN SOCIALWORK. SOWK 570 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN SOCIALWORK. SOWK 571 (3/6) D INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT. SOWK 572 (3/6) D SOCIAL POLICY AND PROGRAM PLANNING: FAMILY AND CHILD WELFARE. SOWK 573 (3/6) D SOCIAL POLICY AND PROGRAM PLANNING IN THE HEALTH FIELD. SPAN — SPANISH FACULTY OF ARTS Students offering a prerequisite equivalent from another institution should consult a departmental advisor. SPAN 101 (3) BEGINNERS' SPANISH I. Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice. Not available for credit to students with SPAN 11. SPAN 102 (3) BEGINNERS'SPANISH II. Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice. Not available for credit to students with SPAN 11. Prerequisite: SPAN 101. SPAN 111 (3) REFRESHER SPANISH I. Grammar course for students with previous exposure to Spanish and students with some first-year knowledge in need of a grammar review. Not open to students with the prerequi- stie for SPAN 201. Prerequisite: SPAN 102 or permission of the department. SPAN 112 (3) REFRESHER SPANISH II. Grammar course for students with previous exposure to Spanish and students with some first-year knowledge in need of a grammar review. Not open to students with the prerequisite for SPAN 202. Completion of SPAN 112 fulfils th Faculty of Arts language requirement. Prerequisite: SPAN 111 or permission of the department. SPAN 201 (3) INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I. Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice, readings. Not availalbe for credit to students with SPAN 12. Credit will not be given for both SPAN 111 and 201. Prerequisite: A score of 68% or higher in SPAN 102 or permission of the department. SPAN 202 (3) INTERMEDIATE SPANISH II. Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice, readings. Not availalbe for credit to students with Spanish 12. Credit will not be given for both SPAN 112 and 202. Prerequisite: One of SPAN 111 [with 68% or above], SPAN 201 or permission of the department. SPAN 206 (3) CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH I. Conversation, translation, and readings. Students with 68% or better in SPAN 102 may take this course concurrently with SPAN 201 or 202. Prerequisite: One of SPAN 12, SPAN 202. SPAN 207 (3) CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH II. Conversation, translation, and readings. Students with 68% or better in SPAN 102 may take this course concurrently with SPAN 202. Prerequisite: SPAN 206. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS SPAN — SPANISH 621 SPAN 220 (3/6) D INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF LITERARY ANALYSIS. Basic techniques of literary analysis through the study of selected texts from the literatures of Spain and Spanish America. This course is required for the Major or Honours program. SPAN 301 (3) ADVANCED SPANISH I. Composition, translation, and oral practice. The course places special emphasis on pronunciation and syntax. SPAN 302 (3) ADVANCED SPANISH II. Composition, translation, and oral practice. The course places special emphasis on pronunciation and syntax. Prerequisite: SPAN 301. SPAN 312 (3) LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION. Introduction for the non- specialist to the major contemporary Latin American literary works and their cultural background. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in Spanish. SPAN 321 (3) INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE. History and culture of Spain. In English SPAN 322 (3) LATIN-AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE. History and culture of Latin-America. In English SPAN 357 (3) SURVEY OF PENINSULAR LITERATURE FROM THE ORIGINS TO 1700. SPAN 358 (3) SURVEY OF PENINSULAR LITERATURE FROM 1700 TO THE PRESENT. SPAN 364 (3) SURVEY OF SPANISH- AMERICAN LITERATURE TO THE 1820S. SPAN 365 (3) SURVEY OF SPANISH- AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE THE 1820S. SPAN 401 (3) ADVANCED TRANSLATION: SPANISH-ENGLISH. Intensive training in advanced translation from a variety of sources (literary, journalistic, legal and technical), with an introduction to translation theory. Prerequisite: SPAN 302. SPAN 402 (3) ADVANCED SPANISH III. Advanced studies in Spanish language and style. Prerequisite: SPAN 302. SPAN 403 (3) HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. The origins and development of Spanish; study of representative texts. SPAN 404 (3) TOPICS IN HISPANIC CINEMA. SPAN 405 (3) TOPICS IN PENINSULAR AND LATIN-AMERICAN CULTURE. SPAN 406 (3) GENDER REPRESENTATION(S) IN HISPANIC LITERATURE AND CULTURE. Analysis of major works from the seventeenth century to the present. SPAN 410 (3) MEDIEVAL LITERATURE. Topics in Spanish Literature from its origins to 1500. SPAN 420 (3) GOLDEN-AGE LITERATURE. Topics in Spanish Literature from 1500 to 1700. SPAN 430 (3) PENINSULAR LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH, NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES. Selected topics. SPAN 450 (3) SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPANISH LAN G U AG E. Introduction to some problems of dialectology and/or other Romance languages spoken in the Hispanic world. SPAN 468 (6) ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. The Indo-European background, Classical and Vulgar Latin; the origin, development and spread of the Romance languages; their vocabulary, phonology, morphology, syntax; vernacular Latin texts and Romance texts. Prerequisite: Two years study of each of two Romance languages or two years of one Romance language and one year of Latin. Equivalency: FREN 468, RMST 468. SPAN 470 (3) SELECTED TOPICS IN SPANISH- AMERICAN COLONIAL AND NINETEENTH- CENTURY LITERATURE. SPAN 490 (3) SELECTED TOPICS IN SPANISH- AMERICAN LITERATURE OF THE TWENTIETH-CENTURY. SPAN 499 (3) HONOURS ESSAY. SPAN 500(0) SEMINAR IN HISPANIC STUDIES. SPAN 501 (3) THEORETICAL APPROACHES TO LITERATURE. SPAN 502 (3) STUDIES IN HISPANIC FEMINISMS. SPAN 504 (3) STUDIES IN HISPANIC CINEMA. SPAN 505 (3) STUDIES IN PENINSULAR AND LATIN-AMERICAN CULTURE. SPAN 520 (3) GOLDEN-AGE LITERATURE. SPAN 527 (3/6) D SELECTED TOPICS IN MEDIEVAL SPANISH LITERATURE. Also lists as SPAN 528. SPAN 530 (3) PENINSULAR LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH, NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES. SPAN 548 (3) GRADUATING ESSAY. SPAN 549(6) MASTER'S THESIS. SPAN 550 (3) STUDIES IN PENINSULAR AND LATIN-AMERICAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES. SPAN 570 (3) SPANISH-AMERICAN COLONIAL LITERATURE. SPAN 580 (3) NINETEENTH-CENTURY SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE. SPAN 590 (3) TWENTIETH-CENTURY SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE. SPAN 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. SSED — SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION SSED 300 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING SOCIAL STUDIES ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY. [3-0-0] SSED 314 (4/5) D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN SOCIAL STUDIES: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. SSED 317 (3) CURRICULUM TOPICS IN SOCIAL STUDIES: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. [2-0-0] SSED 320 (2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN SOCIAL STUDIES: E L E M E N TARY. Curriculum organization in social studies; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching social studies. Pass/Fail. [1-2-0] SSED 324(3) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN CANADIAN STUDIES. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: One of SSED 300, SSED 312, SSED 314, SSED 320. [2-1-0] SSED 361 (3) INTRODUCTION TO CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN LAW- RELATEDEDUCATION. The rationales and objectives, teaching and learning activities, and curriculum materials for law-related education in elementary and secondary schools. [3-0] SSED 400 (3/6) D SOCIAL STUDIES CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION: ELEMENTARY. Prerequisite: One of SSED 300, SSED 320. [3-0-0] SSED 440 (3) SPECIAL STUDY IN SUBJECT- MATTER FIELD: HISTORY. Topics in a subject field relevant to secondary teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Teacher Education Office approval is required. Open only to secondary students admitted with an academic deficiency. Not for credit toward graduate degree or for undergraduate credit in an academic subject. Pass/Fail. SSED 441 (3) SPECIAL STUDY IN SUBJECT- MATTER FIELD: GEOGRAPHY. Topicsina subject field relevant to secondary teaching and not covered in previous undergraduate work. Teacher Education Office approval is required. Open only to secondary students admitted with an academic deficiency. Not for credit toward graduate degree or for undergraduate credit in an academic subject. Pass/Fail. SSED 469 (3/6) C INTRODUCTION TO CURRENT PRACTICES IN VALUES EDUCATION. Examination of recognized approaches to values education, including strategies, curriculum materials, rationale and theory, and research evidence. Critical examination and practical applications of approaches will be emphasized. [3-0; 3-0] SSED 508 (3/12) C REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN EDUCATIONAL METHODS. Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. SSED 511 (3) PROBLEMS IN HISTORICAL UNDERSTANDING. Recent controversies in North American historical literature and implications for school curriculum in the light of research on teaching and learning history. Issues include gender, ethnicity, environmental history, and the objectivity question. SSED 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. 622 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 SSED 580 (3/12) C PROBLEMS IN E D U CATI O N. Investigation and report of a problem. SSED 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. SSED 598 (3/12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on master's, doctoral and diploma programs. SSED 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. STAT —STATISTICS FACULTY OF SCIENCE Introductory courses in probability and statistics are offered by many different departments at UBC. For a list of these courses and details concerning restrictions on the number of credits students may obtain for such courses, see "Pairing Lists" and "Probability and Statistics" in the Science section. The following course is for students in the Faculty of Applied Science: STAT 251. Additional fees are charged for some courses. STAT 200 (3) ELEMENTARY STATISTICS FOR APPLICATIONS. Classical, nonparametric and robust inferences about means, variances, and analysis of variance, using computers. Emphasis on problem formulation, assumptions, and interpretation. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 105, MATH 120. [3-1-0] STAT 203 (3) STATISTICAL METHODS. Organizing, displaying and summarizing data. Inference estimation and testing for elementary probability models. Not for credit towards a B.Sc. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section in the Calendar.) Prerequisite: MATH 11. [3-1-0] STAT 241 (3) INTRODUCTORY PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS. Probability models, random variables and vectors, estimation, testing, regression, analysis of variance, goodness of fit, quality control. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar). Prerequisite: One of MATH 200, MATH 253. [3-1-0] STAT 251 (3) ELEMENTARY STATISTICS. Probability, discrete and continuous random variables, joint probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance, goodness of fit. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar). Prerequisite: One of MATH 200, MATH 253. [3-1-0] STAT 300 (3) INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS FOR APPLICATIONS. Multi-factor analysis- of-variance and other experimental designs; multiple linear regression an regression diagnostics; analysis of covariance; categorical data and log-linear models; further topics in model fitting and data analysis, with statistical computing. Intended for students seeking additional exposure to statistical methodology, but not wishing to concentrate in statistical science. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section in the Calendar). Prerequisite: STAT 200. [3-1-0] STAT 302 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY. Basic notions of probability, random variables, expectation and conditional expectation, limit theorems. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section in the Calendar.) Prerequisite: One of MATH 200, MATH 226. Equivalency: MATH 302. [3-0-0] STAT 305 (3) INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICAL INFERENCE. Review of probability theory. Sampling distribution theory, large sample theory and methods of estimation and hypothesis testing, including maximum likelihood estimation, likelihood ratio testing and confidence interval construction. Prerequisite: Either (a) STAT 200 and one of MATH 302, STAT 302; or (b) a score of 65% or higher in one of MATH 302, STAT 302. STAT 200 is recommended. [3-0-1] STAT 306 (3) APPLIED REGRESSION ANALYSIS. Theory and application of regression analysis including residual analysis, diagnostics, transformations, model selection and checking, weighted least squares and nonlinear models. Additional topics may include inverse, robust, ridge and logistic regression. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section in the Calendar). Prerequisite: All of STAT 200, MATH 221. [3-0-1] STAT 307 (2) STATISTICS LABORATORY I. Implementing theory in applications. Problem based learning. Generation and analysis of case data. Modelling, computation and reporting. Corequisite: STAT 306. [0-4-0] STAT 308(1) STATISTICS LABORATORY II. Continuation of STAT 307. [0-2-0] STAT 335 (3) STATISTICS IN QUALITY ASSURANCE. Philosophy of quality improvement and total quality control. Definitions of quality. Deming's principles, Ishikawa's tools, control charts, acceptance sampling, continuous improvement, quality design. Credit cannot gbe obtained for both STAT 335 and WOOD 335. Prerequisite: One of STAT 200, STAT 241, STAT 251. [3-0-1] STAT 344 (3) SAMPLE SURVEYS. Planning and practice of sample surveys. Random sampling, bias and variance, unequal probability sampling, systematic, multistage and stratified sampling, ratio and regression estimators, post-stratification, establishing a frame, pretesting, pilot studies, nonresponse and additional topics. Prerequisite: Either (a) STAT 200 and one of MATH 302, STAT 302; or (b) STAT 305. [3-0-1] STAT 398 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Work experience in an industrial research setting. Normally taken during Winter Session of third year. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Statistics. Prerequisite: Registration in Statistics Honours or Major Program. STAT 399 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT II. Work experience in an industrial research setting. Normally taken during Summer Session following third year. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Statistics. Prerequisite: STAT 398. STAT 404 (3) DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS. Theory and application of analysis of variance for standard experimental designs, including blocked, nested, factorial and split plot designs. Fixed and random effects, multiple comparisons, analysis of covariance. (Consult the Credit Exclusion list within the Faculty of Science section in the Calendar). Prerequisite: STAT 305. Corequisite: STAT 306. [3-0-1] STAT 441 (3) MULTIVARIATE STATISTICAL METHODS. Multivariate analysis of variance and regression. Canonical correlations, principal components, factor analysis, discrimination, classification and cluster analysis. Emphasis on computer implementation and applications to the various sciences. Prerequisite: STAT 306 and one of MATH 223, MATH 307. [3-0-1] STAT 442 (3) STATISTICAL METHODS FOR CATEGORICAL DATA. Exact and asymptotic methods for 2x2 and rxc contingency tables, logistic regression models for binary response variables, log-linear models for multiway contingency tables, model selection, special topics. Emphasis will be on computer implementation and applications to the various sciences and interpretation of the various models. Prerequisite: STAT 306. [3-0-1] STAT 445 (3) INTRODUCTION TO EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYSIS. Methods for exploring and presenting the structure of data: one group of numbers, several groups, bivariate data, time series data and two-way tables. Data displays, outlier identification, transformations, resistant regression, several types of data smoothing, comparisons with standard statistical methods. Prerequisite: STAT 306. [3-0-1] STAT 447 (2-6) C SPECIAL TOPICS IN STATISTICS. Students should consult the Statistics Department for the particular topics offered in a given year. Prerequisite: STAT 305. Permission of the instructor is required. STAT 450 (3) CASE STUDIES IN STATISTICS. Readings and projects in areas of current statistical application including environmental science, industrial statistics, official statistics, actuarial statistics, and medical statistics. Prerequisite: STAT 306. [3-0-1] STAT 460 (3) STATISTICAL INFERENCE I. A detailed theoretical development. Statistical models, exponential families, sufficiency, completeness, and detailed properties of point estimation. Intended for Honours students. Prerequisite: MATH 320. STAT 305 is recommended. [3-0-0] STAT 461 (3) STATISTICAL INFERENCE II. Detailed development of the theory of testing hypotheses and confidence regions, Bayesian models and inference, elements of decision PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS STAT — STATISTICS 623 theory and additional topics. Intended for Honours students. Prerequisite: STAT 460. [3-0-0] STAT 498 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT III. Work experience in an industrial research setting. Normally taken during Summer Session following fourth year. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Statistics. STAT499(0) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT IV. Work experience in an industrial research setting. Normally taken during Term 1 of Winter Session of fifth year. Restricted to students admitted to the Cooperative Education Program in Statistics. STAT 518 (3) THEORETICAL STATISTICS. The foundations of statistical interference, exponential families. Likelihood, sufficiency and ancillarity. Principles of estimation and testing, asymptotic theory. Special topics. Prerequisite: All of STAT 461, MATH 418 and one of MATH 420, MATH 544. STAT 520 (1-6) D TOPICS IN BAYESIAN ANALYSIS AND DECISION THEORY. STAT 521 (1-6) D TOPICS IN MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS. STAT 522 (1-6) D TOPICS IN ASYMPTOTIC THEORY AND STATISTICAL INFERENCE. STAT 526 (1-6) D TOPICS IN SMOOTHING METHODS. STAT 530 (1-3) D BAYESIAN INFERENCE AND DECISION. Utility functions and subjective probability distributions, uninformative priors, inference for common models such as the multivariate normal and regression models, hierarchical prior models, intersubjective statistical decision theory. Prerequisite: STAT 461. STAT 531 (1-3) D RELIABILITY THEORY. Probabilistic aspects of reliability theory. Classes of life distributions based on notions of aging, coherent systems, shock models, notions of dependence, multivariate distributions for dependent components, maintenance and replacement models. Prerequisite: All of MATH 303, MATH 321, STAT 305. STAT 532 (1-3) D SEQUENTIAL STATISTICAL PROCEDURES. Sequential probability ratio test, fundamental identity, operating characteristics, optimality. Sequential tests for composite hypotheses. Sequential design of experiments, Bayes sequential decision problems, numerical methods. Applications to statistical problems. Prerequisite: All of MATH 419, STAT 461. STAT 533 (1-3) D SURVIVAL ANALYSIS. Basic concepts, special distributions, censoring. Parametric and nonparametric methods, product-limit estimator, log-rank test, goodness-of-fit. Models for dependence on explanatory variables, residual analysis, time- dependent covariates. Prerequisite: All of STAT 306, STAT 461. STAT534(1-3)D EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN AND QUALITY IMPROVEMENT. Graphical methods including Ishakawa's methods and control charts. Deming and Taguchi philosophy and methods. Acceptance sampling. Robust parameter designs. Fractional factorial designs and orthogonal arrays. Response surface methodology. Special topics. Prerequisite: STAT 404. STAT 535 (1-3) D STATISTICAL COMPUTING. Numerical methods useful for statistical research, and numerical analysis useful for writing statistical software (e.g., numerical linear algebra, optimization, generation of pseudo-random numbers, statistical graphics). The statistical language and computing environments for data analysis. Special research topics. STAT 536 (1-3) D STATISTICAL THEORY FOR THE DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF CLINICAL STUDIES. Theory for statistical problems commonly encountered in medical studies, including clinical trials, studies of agreement and diagnostic accuracy, rate, comparisons, and standardization. Corequisite: STAT 460. STAT537(1-3)D LINEAR MODELS. Inference for normal theory linear models using projections and linear algebra, unifying regression and analysis of variance. Model building and model verification, mixed models and variance components. Special topics. Prerequisite: All of STAT 404, STAT 460. STAT 538 (1-3) D GENERALIZED LINEAR MODELS. Natural exponential families, moment generating functions, variance functions, dispersion models. The saddlepoint approximation, asymptotic theory, chi-square, F- and T-tests. Analysis of deviance, residual analysis, iterative least squares algorithm. Applications to positive, discrete, mixed, compositional and directional data. Special topics. Prerequisite: All of STAT 306, STAT 461. STAT 540 (3) STATISTICAL METHODS FOR HIGH DIMENSIONAL BIOLOGY. STAT 541 (1-3) D APPLIED MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS. Topics to be developed with motivation provided by examples from various sciences include: multivariate normal distribution, assessing multivariate normality, Hotell- ing's T2, multivariate analysis of variance and covariance, multivariate regression, discrimination and classification, cluster analysis, ^canonical correlation, principal components and factor analysis. Prerequisite: All of MATH 307, STAT 404. STAT 542 (1-3) D ANALYSIS OF CATEGORICAL DATA. A systematic treatment of the theory and use of log-linear and linear logistic models for categorical response variables. Poisson, multinomial and product- multinomial sampling models, maximum likelihood estimation, existence of direct estimates, computational algorithms, adjusted residuals, asymptotic inference, approaches to model selection, special topics. Prerequisite: STAT 404. STAT 543 (1-3) D TIME SERIES ANALYSIS. A systematic treatment of many of the techniques of the analysis of time series data. Topics include time dependence and randomness, trend, seasonality and error, stationarity, finite parameter models, Box-Jenkins techniques, spectral analysis, the Wiener-Kolmogorov approach, multivariate time series, cross- spectral analysis, "final form" -type models and Kalman filtering. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor is required. STAT 544(1-3) D THEORY OF SAMPLING. A comprehensive account of sampling theory for use in sample surveys. Topics include simple random sampling, stratified random sampling, ratio estimates, regression estimates, systematic sampling, cluster sampling, subsampling, double sampling, estimation of sample size, sources of errors in surveys. STAT 545 (1-3) D DATA ANALYSIS. Topics will include the philosophy of exploratory data analysis, indication and cross validation, displaying and summarizing data, residual plotting, transforming data, assessing uncertainty, the jackknife, multiway analysis, robustness, standardization, regression and curve fitting, the bootstrap and other computer- intensive methods. Prerequisite: STAT 404. STAT 546 (1-3) D NONPARAMETRIC STATISTICAL METHODS. Linear rank tests for one and two samples, sign test, rank sum test, normal scores test, Savage test. Rank tests for k samples and nonparametric regression. Permutation tests. Goodness-of-fit tests, Kolmogorov-Smirnov and Cramer-von Mises tests. Power and efficiency of nonparametric methods. Nonparametric estimation. Theory of U-statisrics. Prerequisite: STAT 461. STAT 547 (1-6) D TOPICS IN STATISTICS. Students should consult the Statistics Department for the particular advanced topics offered in a given year. STAT 548 (1-6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN STATISTICS. Advanced study under the direction of a faculty member may be arranged in special situations. STAT 549 (6/12) C THESIS FOR MASTER'S DEGREE. STAT 550 (3) TECHNIQUES OF STATISTICAL CONSULTING. The basic skills of statistical consulting. Analysis of data sets, modelling, and statistical computing. Special topics such as graphical methods and data reduction techniques. Readings on consulting and applying statistics. Corequisite: STAT 404. STAT 551 (3) STATISTICAL CONSULTING. Supervised statistical practice directed toward the solution of current problems posed by subject-area researchers. Prerequisite: STAT 550. STAT 560 (3) STATISTICAL THEORY I. Credit will not be given for both STAT 460 and STAT 560. [3-0-0] STAT 561 (3) STATISTICAL THEORY II. STAT 589 (3) M.SC. PROJECT. STAT 598 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative M.Sc. Education Program in Statistics. 624 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 STAT 599 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK P LAC E M E NT II. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative M.Sc. Education Program in Statistics. Prerequisite: STAT 598. STAT 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. SURG —SURGERY FACULTY OF MEDICINE SURG 430 (8) SURGERY. Post-operative care of patients, evaluation of pre-operative patients, mastery of technical skills for common ward procedures, assessing ambulatory patients and assisting in the operating room. SURG 500 (4) EXPERIMENTAL SURGERY. Lectures and seminars dealing with the selected application of surgical techniques in biological investigation. SURG 501 (4) SURGICAL METHODOLOGY IN RESEARCH. Seminars with the laboratory preparation of advanced procedures used in modern physiological and surgical research. Courses 502 to 511 consist of a series of two- year courses common to all branches of surgery (core). Prerequisite: Plus lectures structured for selected major disciplines in surgery. SURG 502 (2) SURGICAL CORE-POS SERIES. The basic principles of surgery common to all branches of surgery. SURG 504 (4) ADVANCED GENERAL SURGERY I. Fundamental concepts in general surgery. Given in alternate years. SURG 505 (4) ADVANCED GENERAL SURGE RY 11. The second year of the above program. Given in alternate years. SURG 548 (2-4) C SEMINAR IN SURGERY. SURG 549 (6-18) C M.SC. THESIS. SWFS — SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY a STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS SWFS 601 (3) SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY STUDIES DOCTORAL SEMINAR. Critical examination of research, teaching, proposal writing and publication. SWFS 621 (3) SOCIAL THEORY, IDEOLOGY AND ETHICS. Critical analysis of major social theories, differentiating competing approaches to understanding human behaviour; social theory, social ideology, and social ethics. SWFS 623 (3) ADVANCED DATA ANALYSIS IN SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY STUDIES. SWFS 654 (3) ADVANCED QUALITATIVE INQUIRY. THTR — THEATRE FACULTY OF ARTS THTR 120 (3) INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE. Theory and practice of the theatrical arts.Attendance at plays is required. THTR 130 (3) INTRODUCTION TO ACTING. Equivalency: THTR 160. THTR 150 (3) INTRODUCTION TO TECHNICAL THEATRE. Foundation study of the technical aspects of theatre production. THTR205(3) DESIGN GRAPHICS. Graphic principles and techniques for Theatre and Film design. Equivalency: THTR 250. THTR 230 (3) PERFORMANCE STUDY I. Study of the actor's process. Equivalency: THTR 260. THTR 245 (3) PLAY-INTERPRETATION AND PRODUCTION-ANALYSIS. Basic methods of interpreting dramatic texts and analyzing plays in performance. The plays presented on the Frederic Wood Stage will be studied in this course. THTR 254(3) TECHNICAL THEATRE. The construction and execution of scenery, costumes, properties, lighting, and sound for the stage. Corequisite: THTR 299. Equivalency: THTR 250. THTR 263 (3) VOICE AND SPEECH. A course in voice production, diction, and oral interpretation, designed to cultivate effective and expressive speech. Prerequisite: THTR 120 or THTR 160 are recommended. THTR 271 (3) BEGINNING B.F.A. ACTING I. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. An audition is required. Prerequisite: At least one Theatre course. Corequisite: THTR 273. THTR 273 Equivalency: THTR 271 and THTR 272 are equivalent to THTR 261. THTR 272 (3) BEGINNING B.F.A. ACTING II. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. Prerequisite: All of THTR 271, THTR 273, THTR 274. Corequisite: All of THTR 271, THTR 273, THTR 274. Equivalency: THTR 271 and THTR 272 are equivalent to THTR 261. THTR 273 (3) BEGINNING VOICE AND MOVEMENT. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. An audition is required. Prerequisite: At least one Theatre course. Corequisite: THTR 271. Equivalency: THTR 273 and THTR 274 are equivalent to THTR 262. THTR 274(3) BEGINNING VOICE AND MOVEMENT II. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. Prerequisite: All of THTR 271, THTR 273. Equivalency: THTR 273 and THTR 274 are equivalent to THTR 262. JrHTR 299 (3/6) D PRODUCTION I. Assigned projects in theatre production. Corequisite: One of THTR 205, 254, 261. Equivalency: THTR 251. THTR 301 (3) STYLES OF DECOR AND DRESS. Artistic, decorative, cultural, and social contexts of selected theatrical genres and periods. THTR 305 (3) SCENERY DESIGN I. Principles and practice of scenery design for the theatre. Prerequisite: THTR 205. THTR 306 (3) COSTUME DESIGN I. Principles and practice of costume design for the theatre. Prerequisite: THTR 205. Equivalency: THTR 353. THTR 307 (3) LIGHTING DESIGN I. The optical, distribution, and control systems used in stage lighting design. Equivalency: THTR 351. THTR 308 (3) SOUND DESIGN. Audio design and production for theatre and other performance forms. THTR 317 (3) INTRODUCTION TO DIRECTING. Prerequisite: One of THTR 230, THTR 299. Corequisite: THTR 299. Equivalency: THTR 317 and THTR 417 are equivalent to THTR 400. THTR 320 (3) HISTORY OF THEATRE I. Core concepts in world theatre history and the development of theatre prior to the nineteenth century. THTR 325 (3/6) D HISTORY OF CANADIAN THEATRE. THTR 330 (3) PERFORMANCE STUDY II. Study of performance styles. Prerequisite: THTR 230. Corequisite: THTR 360 THTR 339 (3) CREATING THEATRE I. Study and practice of processes and forms used to create ensemble performance. Prerequisite: THTR 230. Corequisite: THTR 230. Equivalency: THTR 369. THTR 340 (3/6) D STUDIES IN NON-WESTERN TH EATRE. Open to all students in third year and above. THTR 350 (3) SCENERY PRODUCTION I. Scenery construction, rigging, and systems. THTR 352 (3) SCENE PAINTING I. Media, techniques, and textural treatments used in scene painting. THTR 354 (3) STAGE MANAGEMENT. Principles and procedures of stage management: organizations, systems, and operations. THTR 356 (3) COSTUME CONSTRUCTION. Advanced assembly and specialized construction methods for producing costume for stage and screen. THTR 371 (3) INTERMEDIATE B.F.A. ACTING I. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. Prerequisite: Two of THTR 271, THTR 272, THTR 273, THTR 274. Corequisite: All of THTR 362, THTR 370. Equivalency: THTR 361. THTR 372 (3) INTERMEDIATE B.F.A. ACTING II. Open only to B.EA.Acting students. Prerequisite: All of THTR 371, THTR 373, THTR 374. Corequisite: All of THTR 371, THTR 373, THTR 374. THTR 373 (3) INTERMEDIATE VOICE, SPEECH AND MOVEMENT I. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. Prerequisite: All of THTR 271, THTR 272, THTR 273, THTR 274. THTR 374 (3) INTERMEDIATE VOICE, SPEECH AND MOVEMENT II. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. Prerequisite: All of THTR 371, THTR 372, THTR 373. Corequisite: All of THTR 371, THTR 372, THTR 373. THTR 391 (3/6) D TUTORIAL IN ACTING. Application of actor training to rehearsal and performance. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. Prerequisite: All of THTR 271, THTR 272, THTR 273, THTR 274. Equivalency: THTR 370. THTR 399 (3/6) D PRODUCTION 2. Assigned projects in theatre design and production. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS SURG — SURGERY 625 Corequisite: One of THTR 305, THTR 306, THTR 307, THTR 308, THTR 350, THTR 352, THTR 354, THTR 356, THTR 370. THTR 405 (3) SCENERY DESIGN 2. Exploration of complex scenery design and development of design portfolio. Prerequisite: THTR 305. THTR406(3) COSTUME DESIGN 2. Complex problems and selected historical studies in theatrical costume design. Prerequisite: THTR 306. Equivalency: THTR 453. THTR407(3) LIGHTING DESIGN 2. Complex design and advanced technologies in theatre lighting and scenography. Prerequisite: THTR 307. Equivalency: THTR 451. THTR 408 (3/6) D ADVANCED STUDY IN DESIGN AND SCENOGRAPHY. Topics will vary from year to year. Consent of Department required. Equivalency: THTR 459. THTR417(3) DIRECTING LAB. Prerequisite: THTR 317. Permission of the instructor is required for admission to this course. THTR420(3) HISTORY OF THEATRE II. Key movements in world theatre history from the nineteenth century to the present. Equivalency: THTR 415. THTR 421 (3) HISTORY OF THEATRE FROM 1900 TO THE PRESENT. The development of Western Theatre from 1900 to the present THTR 430 (6) THEORY OF DRAMA AND PERFORMANCE. The basic principles of dramaturgy and theory of performance. Historical and contemporary writing on theatrical theory and criticism and their relation to theatrical practice. THTR 439 (3/6) D CREATING THEATRE. Ensemble creation culminating in the presentation of a theatrical work. Permission of the instructor is required. Equivalency: THTR 490. THTR 440 (3/6) D TOPICS IN THEATRE. An examination in depth of a selected area of theatre history, theory or practice. Topics will change from year to year. May be repeated for credit when topics differ. Prerequisite: Six credits of THTR at the 300-level or above. Equivalency: THTR 410. THTR 443 (3/6) D WOMEN IN THEATRE AND FILM. A course dealing with women's involvement in and contribution to various aspects of Theatre and/or Film Topics will change from year to year. Equivalency: THTR 415. THTR 448 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN THEATRE THEORY AND PRACTICE. THTR 449 (6) SUPERVISED STUDY AND HONOURS ESSAY. THTR 450 (3) SCENERY PRODUCTION 2. Technical direction; complex techniques and problems in scenery production. Prerequisite: THTR 350. THTR 452 (3) SCENE PAINTING 2. Study of selected scene painting styles. Prerequisite: THTR 352. THTR 454 (3) PRODUCTION AND THEATRE MANAGEMENT. Production and theatre management with emphasis on budgeting, publicity, scheduling, press relations, special events, legal issues, season selection, resumes and interpersonal skills. Prerequisite: THTR 354. THTR 456 (3) COSTUME CONSTRUCTION 2. Pattern development and cutting for costume for stage and screen using flat pattern and draping. Prerequisite: THTR 356. THTR 471 (3) ADVANCED B.F.A. ACTING I. Open only to B.F.A. (Acting) students. Prerequisite: All of THTR 371, THTR 372, THTR 373, THTR 374, THTR 391. THTR 472 (3) ADVANCED B.F.A. ACTING II. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. Prerequisite: All of THTR 471, THTR 473, THTR 474. THTR 473 (3) ADVANCED SPEECH AND MOVEMENT I. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. Prerequisite: Three of THTR 371, THTR 372, THTR 373, THTR 374, THTR 391. THTR 474 (3) ADVANCED SPEECH AND MOVEMENT II. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. Prerequisite: All of THTR 471, THTR 472, THTR 473. THTR 491 (3/6) D TUTORIAL IN ACTING. Application of actor training to rehearsal and performance. Open only to B.F.A. Acting students. Prerequisite: Three of THTR 371, THTR 372, THTR 373, THTR 374, THTR 391. Equivalency: THTR 470. ~ THTR 499 (6/9) D PRODUCTION 3. Assigned projects in Theatre or Film design and production. Prerequisite: THTR 399. Corequisite: One of THTR 405, THTR 406, THTR 407, THTR 408, THTR 450, THTR 452, THTR 454, THTR 456, THTR 470. THTR 500 (3) BIBLIOGRAPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS. THTR 505 (3) SCENERY DESIGN STUDIO I. Scenery design for theatre and other performance forms. THTR 506 (3) COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO I. Costume design for theatre and other performance forms. THTR 507 (3) SCENERY DESIGN STUDIO II. Complex scenery design for opera, dance, theatre, and other performance forms. THTR 508 (3) COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO II. Complex costume design for opera, dance, theatre, and other performance forms. THTR 510 (3/6) D SEMINAR IN COMPARATIVE DRAMATIC LITERATURE. THTR 515 (3/6) D SEMINAR: STUDIES IN THEATRICAL STYLE. THTR 520 (6) DIRECTION AND PRODUCTION. THTR 521 (6) STYLES IN DIRECTING. An advanced course in directing; detailed study of the major styles in the history of production. Prerequisite: THTR 520. THTR 525 (3/6) D SEMINAR: STUDY OF A MAJOR DRAMATIST. THTR 530 (3/6) D SEMINAR: RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THEATRE AND THE OTHER ARTS. Studies in a selected area of theatre in relation to one or more of the other arts. THTR 547 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN THEATRE AND DRAMA AND FILM/ TELEVISION. THTR 549 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. THTR 550 (6) STUDIES IN HISTORIC DESIGN. Seminar in theatre scenery, costumes, and architecture of selected historical periods. Pre- or corequisite: THTR 505 and THTR 506. THTR 551 (3) LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO 1. Lighting design for theatre and other performance forms. THTR 560 (3/6) D STUDIES IN THEATRICAL HISTORY. THTR 561 (3/6) D STUDIES IN DRAMATIC LITERATURE. THTR 562 (3/6) D STUDIES IN DRAMATIC THEORY AND CRITICISM. THTR 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. TSED — TECHNOLOGY STUDIES EDUCATION FACULTY OF EDUCATION TSED314(4/5)D CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION: SECONDARY. Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: A completed major in technology education or permission of the head. TSED 321 (3) TEACHING AND LEARNING TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE YEARS. Pass/Fail. [3-0-0] TSED414(3/6)D CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION. Curriculum and course design, with emphasis on current practice. Prerequisite: TSED 314. [3-0] TSED 465 (3/12) C TECHNICAL PROBLEM. This course gives students the opportunity to conduct directed study in an area within their technical field of specialization. Each directed study will culminate in a written paper. Prerequisite: Completion of a technical specialty or equivalent. TSED 508 (3-6) D REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN TECHNOLOGY STUDIES EDUCATION. Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. TSED 561 (3/12) C LABORATORY PRACTICUM. TSED 565 (3/6) D SPECIAL COURSE IN SUBJECT MATTER FIELD. Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. TSED 580 (3/12) C PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. Investigation and report of a problem. TSED 590 (3) GRADUATING PAPER. Pass/Fail. 626 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 TSED 598 (3/12) C FIELD EXPERIENCES. For those on master's, doctoral and diploma programs. TSED 599 (6/12) C MASTER'S THESIS. UKRN — UKRAINIAN FACULTY OF ARTS UKRN 125(6) BASIC UKRAINIAN. UKRN 225 (6) ADVANCED UKRAINIAN. Prerequisite: UKRN 125. UROL — UROLOGICAL SURGERY FACULTY OF MEDICINE UROL 510 (2) ADVANCED UROLOGY I. UROL 511 (2) ADVANCED UROLOGY II. UROL 760(0) UROLOGY CONFERENCE I. UROL 761(0) UROLOGY CONFERENCE II. UROL 762(0) UROLOGIC RADIOLOGY. UROL 764(0) UROLOGY SEMINARS. UROL 765(0) OPERATIVE UROLOGIC SURGERY. URST —URBAN STUDIES FACULTY OF ARTS URST 200 (3) CITIES. An interdisciplinary introduction to the city in the context of contemporary globalization. Analysis of urban patterns and processes from the theoretical perspectives of various disciplines and methodologies. URST400 (3) SEMINAR IN URBAN STUDIES. A seminar for senior students who wish to explore some common topics of importance to urban studies from the viewpoints of several disciplines. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor is required. VISA —VISUAL ARTS FACULTY OF ARTS Not every course is given every year. For details of current offerings, consult the departmental website at www.finearts.ubc.ca. Credit will be given to either the current VISA listing or its former VISA/FINA equivalent. As of Winter 2006/07, completion of VISA 110 is a prerequisite for registration in 200 level VISA courses. In special circumstances VISA 110 may be taken as a corequisite. A Studio Course Fee of $30.00 will be charged for each 3-credit undergraduate VISA course. Fees will be applied toward classroom supplies, equipment and materials. Fees are payable to the Department. VISA 110 (3) FOUNDATION COMPUTING FOR THE VISUAL ARTS. This Lecture/Lab course provides foundation level instruction in basic computer skills, image manipulation and digital media. The nature and role of digital media in contemporary culture, with special emphasis on applications in visual art, theatre, film and creative writing, will be examined. VISA 180 (3) INTRODUCTORY STUDIO ONE. Introductory drawing and related studio practices for those without high school art beyond Grade 10 or no formal training. Offered in both terms. Credit granted for only one of VISA 180 or 182. VISA 182 (3) STUDIO ONE. Introductory drawing and related media for students who have completed at least Grade 11 art. Credit granted for only one of VISA 180 or 182. VISA 183 (3) STUDIO TWO. Introductory visual art, emphasizing basic colour, painting and other art media. Prerequisite: Either (a) VISA 180 or (b) VISA 182. VISA210(3) DIGITAL ARTS. Introduction to digital imaging. Includes technical instruction such as Photoshop and emphasizes history and conceptualization of digital technologies and artistic media. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of VISA 180, VISA 182 and VISA 183; or (b) FINA 181. Six credits of art history taken as pre- or corequisite. VISA 220 (3) DRAWING. Development of skills in drawing including life drawing. Introduction to the development of personal style and concepts. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of VISA 180, VISA 182 and VISA 183; or (b) FINA 181. Six credits of art history taken as pre- or corequisite. VISA 230 (3) PAINTING. Development of a variety of techniques and approaches to painting. Emphasis on developing a strong paint vocabulary as well as acquiring knowledge of historical and contemporary issues in painting. Prerequisite: Either (a) VISA 180 or (b) all of VISA 182, VISA 183 or (c) FINA 181. Six credits of Art History taken as pre- or corequisite. VISA 240 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY. Introduction to photography techniques and image-making. Emphasis on camera techniques and film and darkroom production. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of VISA 180, VISA 182 and VISA 183; or (b) FINA 181. And six credits of Art History taken as pre- or corequisite. VISA 250 (3) INTRODUCTION TO PRINT MEDIA. Introduction to visual print culture, and contemporary and historical technical print practices in a selection of media that may ^include traditional and photographic intaglio, relief, and screen printing, and basic digital applications. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of VISA 180, VISA 182 or (b) VISA 183 or (c) FINA 181. And six credits of Art History taken as pre- or corequisite. VISA 260 (3) BASIC SCULPTURE. Contemporary sculpture practice and theory. Various sculpture materials and technologies including machinery use. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of VISA , VISA 182 and VISA 183; or (b) FINA 181. Six credits of Art History taken as pre- or corequisite. VISA270(3) SPECIAL STUDIES. Introduction to various aspects of contemporary studio practice. Not offered every year. Prerequisite: Either (a) one of VISA 180, VISA 182 and VISA 183; or (b) FINA 181. And six credits of Art History taken as pre- or corequisite. VISA 310 (3) INTERMEDIATE DIGITAL ARTS I. Issues and topics of digital media and visual culture. Includes technical introduction to Internet applications and the creation of Web- based art. Prerequisite: VISA 210. VISA 311 (3) INTERMEDIATE DIGITAL ARTS II. Continuing investigation into issues and topics of digital media. Further use of internet applications and development of Web-based art projects. Prerequisite: VISA 210. VISA 320 (3) INTERMEDIATE DRAWING I. Investigation of drawing as a discipline in the context of contemporary art. Emphasis on expanding definitions of the drawing practice while focusing on technical and conceptual development. Prerequisite: VISA 220. VISA 321 (3) INTERMEDIATE DRAWING II. Investigation of drawing as a discipline in the context of contemporary Art and theory. Emphasis on self directed projects in consultation with the instructor. Prerequisite: VISA 220. VISA 330 (3) INTERMEDIATE PAINTING I. Development of techniques and personal style in relation to ideas. History and contemporary issues in painting will be introduced to assist students in conceptualizing their painting practice. Prerequisite: VISA 230. VISA 331 (3) INTERMEDIATE PAINTING II. Further investigation of painting in the context of contemporary art. Emphasis on self directed projects in consultation with the instructor. Prerequisite: VISA 230. VISA 340 (3) INTERMEDIATE PHOTOGRAPHY I. An investigation of approaches to photography and its meaning in the context of contemporary art. The term theme will be determined by the instructor. B & W, colour and digital production. Prerequisite: VISA 240. VISA341(3) INTERMEDIATE PHOTOGRAPHY II. An investigation of contemporary photography production and approaches to the constructed image. There will be an emphasis on medium and large format camera use and studio lighting techniques. Prerequisite: VISA 240. VISA350(3) INTERMEDIATE PRINT MEDIA I. Investigation of intaglio and relief print media (i.e. may include etching, wood and lino cut, and collagraph) within an interdisciplinary format, combining digital print procedures. Discussion of contemporary and historical visual print culture. Prerequisite: VISA 250. VISA351 (3) INTERMEDIATE PRINT MEDIA II. Investigation of traditional and non- traditional print media (i.e. may include screen printing and/or lithographic techniques combining drawn, photographic, and digital print procedures) within an interdisciplinary format. Discussion of contemporary and historical visual print culture. Prerequisite: Either (a) VISA 250 or (b) one of VISA 283, VISA 284, VISA 290, FINA 283, FINA 284, FINA 290. VISA 360 (3) INTERMEDIATE SCULPTURE I. Investigation of contemporary practices in sculpture and the use of scale. Emphasis on public sculpture. Prerequisite: VISA 260. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS UKRN — UKRAINIAN 627 VISA 361 (3) INTERMEDIATE SCULPTURE II. Development of personal concerns in three- dimensional work. Emphasis on the integration of diverse materials and techniques. Prerequisite: VISA 260. VISA370(3) SPECIAL STUDIES I. Intermediate tutorial. Not offered every year. Prerequisite: 6 credits of 200 level VISA VISA371 (3) SPECIAL STUDIES II. Intermediate tutorial. Not offered every year. Prerequisite: 6 credits of 200 level VISA VISA380(3) STUDIO THEORY I. A seminar in problems in contemporary art practice and related theory. Preference given to Visual Arts students. VISA 381 (3) STUDIO THEORY II. A seminar in problems in contemporary art practice and related theory. Preference given to Visual Art students. Prerequisite: VISA 380. VISA410 (3) INTERACTIVE DIGITAL ARTS I. Consideration of critical issues relating to Cyber-culture and interactivity is emphasized. Introduction to technical features of multimedia applications and creation of interactive computer-based art projects. Prerequisite: Either (a) VISA 310 or (b) VISA 311. VISA411 (3) INTERACTIVE DIGITAL ARTS II. Continuing emphasis on critical issues of Cyber-culture and interactivity. Further development of artistic projects in interactive multimedia. Prerequisite: Either (a) VISA 310 or (b) VISA 311. VISA430 (3) ADVANCED DRAWING AND PAINTING I. Interdisciplinary studio practice with emphasis on drawing, painting, and related media. Prerequisite: One of VISA 320, VISA 321, VISA 330, VISA 331. VISA431 (3) ADVANCED DRAWING AND PAINTING II. Interdisciplinary studio practice with emphasis on drawing, painting, and related media. Prerequisite: One of VISA 320, VISA 321, VISA 330, VISA 331. VISA440 (3) ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY I. Photography practice in the context of contemporary art. Interdisciplinary connections to other media will be encouraged. Prerequisite: Either (a) VISA 340 or (b) VISA 341. VISA441 (3) ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY II. The production of self-directed projects investigating photography as art. Focus on integrative approaches including conventional, digital and multi-media. Prerequisite: Either (a) VISA 340 or (b) VISA 341. VISA450 (3) ADVANCED PRINT MEDIA AND SCULPTURE I. Studies in contemporary trends in studio practice and theory. Emphasis on advanced two and three-dimensional work developed out of experimental approaches to sculpture, installation art and print-based media. Prerequisite: One of VISA 350, VISA 351, VISA 360, VISA 361. VISA451 (3) ADVANCED PRINT MEDIA AND SCULPTURE II. Further studies in advanced two and three-dimensional work developed out of experimental approaches to sculpture, installation art and print-based media. Prerequisite: One of VISA 350, VISA 351, VISA 360, VISA 361. VISA 470 (3) ADVANCED SPECIAL STUDIES I. Advanced work in contemporary and historical aspects of studio practice. Not offered every year. Prerequisite: 300-level VISA. VISA 471 (3) ADVANCED SPECIAL STUDIES II. Advanced work in contemporary and historical aspects of studio practice. Not offered every year. Prerequisite: 300-level VISA. VISA 480 (3) ADVANCED SEMINAR I. Readings in art theory and criticism. Prerequisite: All of VISA 380, VISA 381. VISA 481 (3) ADVANCED SEMINAR II. Readings in art theory and criticism. Prerequisite: VISA 480. VISA 490 (3) ADVANCED TUTORIAL IN STU DIO I. Advanced work in contemporary and historical aspects of studio practice. Permission of instructor required. Not offered every year. VISA 491 (3) ADVANCED TUTORIAL IN STU DIO II. Advanced work in contemporary and historical aspects of studio practice. Permission of instructor required. VISA 580(0) MAJOR ESSAY. M.F.A. only. Equivalency: FINA 580. VISA 581 (12) STUDIO V. Special course for students enrolled in the first year of the M.F.A. program. VISA 582 (12) STUDIO VI. Special course for students enrolled in the second year of the M.F.A. program. VISA 590 (3/6) D DIRECTED STUDIES IN VISUAL ART. Tutorial work in visual arts and theory arranged by permission with an individual faculty member. Not available to students enrolled in the M.F.A. program in Visual Arts. VRHC — VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION COUNSELLING FACULTY OF EDUCATION VRHC 501 (3) ISSUES IN VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION COUNSELLING. VRHC 502 (3) MEDICAL ASPECTS OF DISABILITY. VRHC 503 (3) VOCATIONAL IMPLICATIONS OF DISABILITY. Corequisite: VRHC 502. VRHC 504 (3) JOB DEVELOPMENT AND PLACEMENT. VRHC 505 (3) REHABILITATION LITERATURE AND APPLICATIONS TO PRACTICE. Prerequisite: EPSE 481. VRHC 507 (3/6) D PRACTICUM. VRHC 508 (6) INTERNSHIP. VRHC 510 (8) VOCATIONAL EVALUATION INTERNSHIP. VRHC 511 (3) CASE AND DISABILITY MANAGEMENT. Prerequisite: All of VRHC 501, VRHC 502. At least 3 credits of VRHC 502 is required. VRHC 512 (3) CASE AND DISABILITY MANAGEMENT. Prerequisite: All of VRHC 501, VRHC 502, VRHC 511. VRHC 590(0) MAJOR PAPER. Pass/Fail. VRHC 599 (6-12) D THESIS. VURS — VISITING UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH STUDENTS FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE VURS 499(0) VISITING UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS. WMST — WOMEN'S STUDIES AND GENDER RELATIONS FACULTY OF ARTS For other acceptable courses, see the "Women's Studies" listing under the Faculty of Arts section of the Calendar or visit the program's website at www.ws.arts.ubc.ca. WMST 100 (6) INTRODUCTION TO WOMEN'S STUDIES. An interdisciplinary exploration of the situation of women in Canadian society, both past and present. Theoretical analyses, research, and literary sources are used to broaden understanding of the determinants of women's experience, with a focus on the Canadian Context. WMST 201 (4) CONNECTING WITH COMPUTER SCIENCE. Fundamentals of computer science and their connections with the arts, psychology, and biology. Historical, cultural and gender perspectives of important ■mtributions to the field will be discussed. No prior computing background required. Equivalency: CPSC 101. WMST 205 (3) WOMEN IN CANADA FROM THE 16TH CENTURY TO 1920. The experiences of diverse groups of women from just prior to the establishment of New France to the end of World War One. WMST 210 (3) WOMEN IN CANADA FROM 1920 TO THE PRESENT. The experiences of diverse groups of women from World War One to the present. WMST 224 (3/6) D WOMEN IN LITERATURE. Techniques of literary study, with emphasis on the ways in which women are represented in and have contributed to the literary tradition. WMST 230 (3) WOMEN AND REPRESENTATION IN MODERN ASIA. Women's self-representation and the social constructions of "womanhood" or "femininity" in modern Asian literature, art, film, popular culture and the media. Three distinct Asian cultures will be addressed. WMST 235 (3) WOMEN AND SOCIAL STRUCTURES IN MODERN ASIA. Women's roles in politics, economics, family structure, the military, and other institutions as these were involved in efforts toward modernization in Asian countries. WMST 300 (3) INTRODUCTION TO GENDER R E L AT IONS. An interdisciplinary exploration of gender, sexual identity, and gender relations, emphasizing historical and cross-cultural aspects and the social construction of masculinity and femininity. 628 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 WMST 301 (3) THE ROLES OF ABORIGINAL WOMEN IN CANADA. Historical, current and future roles of Aboriginal women, with a focus on British Columbia. WMST 302 (3) WOMEN, WORK AND E D U CATI O N. The intersections of gender, education and work using sociological and economic frameworks. Prerequisite: WMST 100 or upper-level standing. WMST 303 (3) WOMEN, LAW AND SOCIAL CHANGE. A survey of feminist legal thought and recent developments in feminism and law, with a focus on Canada. Prerequisite: WMST 100 or upper-level standing. WMST 320 (3) FEMINIST PEDAGOGIES IN THE CLASSROOM AND COMMUNITY. Feminist pedagogies and feminist debates about pedagogy in formal, nonformal and informal educational settings. WMST 325 (3) FEMINIST QUALITATIVE METHODS FOR RESEARCH. Data collection techniques, the politics of interpretation, and the formulation of a research proposal using a feminist, anti-racist framework. Formerly part of WMST 322. Prerequisite: WMST 100. WMST 326 (3) THE POLITICS OF GENDER, FAMILIES, AND NATION-BUILDING. Investigation of historical and contemporary scholarship on the diversity of families, focusing on differences of gender, sexuality, race/ethnicity and social class within and across national borders. Formerly part of WMST 322. Prerequisite: WMST 100. WMST 327 (3) FEMINIST THEORIES OF REPRESENTATION AND DIFFERENCE. Feminist scholarship emphasizing languages and processes of representation and the construction of difference in cultural discourses and institutions. Formerly part of WMST 324. Prerequisite: WMST 100. WMST 328 (3) THEORIES OF SUBJECTIVITY How feminist scholarship has shaped and reinterpreted accounts ofthe subject, drawing on such traditions as structuralism, poststruc- turalism, psychoanalysis, postcolonialism, postmodernism, and Queer Theory. Formerly part of WMST 324. Prerequisite: WMST 100. WMST401 (3) BODY, GENDER AND S O CIE TY. An interdisciplinary examination of the body, exploring how social relations and space are implicated in the constitution and experience of gendered bodies and identities, with an emphasis on feminist analyses of body- societal relations. Prerequisite: WMST 100 or upper-level standing. WMST403 (3) GENDER, GLOBALIZATION, AND INTERNATIONAL POLITICS. Critical examination of the gender dimension of globalization and the theories, discourse and practices in international politics using gender analysis. Prerequisite: WMST 100 or upper-level standing. WMST405 (3) GENDER ISSUES IN COMMUNITY AND INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZING. Critical examination and practical applications of concepts, theories, methods and strategies of gender-aware organizing at the community and international levels. WMST410 (3) WOMEN'S HEALTH ISSUES. Explore a variety of women's health issues using selected theoretical frameworks. Prerequisite: WMST 100 or permission of the instructor. Equivalency: NURS 409A. WMST411 (3) AFRICAN/BLACK WOMEN IN THE AMERICAS. An interdisciplinary survey of African/Black women in the Americas from the beginning of the slave trade to the present. Prerequisite: WMST 100 or upper-level standing. WMST422 (3) ADVANCED RESEARCH SEMINAR IN WOMEN'S STUDIES. Critical theories, methodologies, ethics and practices appropriate for advanced feminist research. Prerequisite: WMST 100 and two of WMST 325, WMST 326, WMST 327, WMST 328. WMST425 (3/12) C SPECIAL TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES. Examination in depth of selected topics in Women's Studies. Consult the Women's Studies Office for course offerings. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: WMST 100. Permission ofthe instructor is also acceptable. WMST440 (3) GENDER, EDUCATION AND POPULAR CULTURE. Feminist debates in education concerning how young and adult women are culturally constructed and, in turn, how they construct themselves both in and outside school. WMST450 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES. General reading and/or a research undertaking, with the agreement, and under supervision of, a faculty member selected by the student and approved by the Chair of Women's Studies. A written paper or equivalent will be required. Open to Women's Studies majors or minors. WMST480 (3/6) D WOMEN AS AGENTS OF CHANGE: A PRACTICUM IN WOMEN'S STUDIES. Connects feminist theory and feminist practice through placement in a community organization. Open to WMST Majors or Minors. This course is graded tf ass/Fail. Prerequisite: Two of WMST 325, WMST 326, WMST 327, WMST 328. Consult the department. WMST 500 (3) INTERDISCIPLINARY RESEARCH IN WOMEN'S STUDIES. WMST 501 (3) ISSUES IN FEMINIST RESEARCH METHODOLOGY. WMST 502 (3) ISSUES IN FEMINIST THEORY. WMST 503 (1-3) D SPECIAL TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES. WMST 504 (3-6) C PRACTICUM OR INTERNSHIP. WMST 505 (1-6) C DIRECTED READING IN ADVANCED WOMEN'S STUDIES. WMST 510 (3) EXTENDED ESSAY. WMST 520 (6-9) C M.A. THESIS. WMST 606(0) PHD THESIS. WOOD — WOOD PRODUCTS PROCESSING FACULTY OF FORESTRY WOOD 120 (3) INTRODUCTION TO WOOD PRODUCTS AND FOREST MANAGEMENT. Introduction to forestry, wood products industry, processes, products, markets and forest policy issues affecting the wood industry. Not available for credit to students in the B.S.E degree. [2-3] WOOD 242 (3) INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS STATISTICS AND QUALITY CONTROL. A practical introduction to the use of statistics and quality control to solve problems in the wood products industry. Students will exercise skills using problem cases taken from industrial applications. Corequisite: One of MATH 100, MATH 102, MATH 111. [3-2-0] WOOD 243 (3) INTRODUCTION TO MANUFACTURING BUSINESS ECONOMICS. Introduction to the relationship of a manufacturing enterprise and the business environment from an economic perspective. [3-0] WOOD 244 (3) QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN THE WOOD INDUSTRY. Solving practical problems in the wood industry using computer- based mathematical tools including spreadsheets, visual basic programming and relational database systems. Prerequisite: One of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 121. [2-3-0] WOOD 271 (4) WOOD PRODUCTS CHEMISTRY I. Chemistry relating to wood and wood products: chemistry of lignin, cellulose, hemicelluloses, extractives, and biological degradation of lignocellulosics; wood pressure impregnation procedures. Prerequisite: WOOD 280 and one of CHEM 113, CHEM 123. [3-3-0] WOOD 273 (3) WOOD ADHESIVES AND COATINGS. Introduction to structure and properties of polymers and wood finishes; chemistry of adhesives and preservatives. Corequisite: WOOD 271. [2-3-0] WOOD 280 (3) WOOD ANATOMY AND IDENTIFICATION. Introduction to tree growth; macroscopic and microscopic anatomy and identification of softwoods and hardwoods; descriptions of cell wall ultra- structure, wood variability and wood quality. [3-2-0] WOOD 282 (3) WOOD PHYSICS AND D RY ING. Wood-moisture relationships, transport phenomena, acoustical and electrical properties of wood; wood drying methods. Prerequisite: WOOD 280. [3-2-0] WOOD 288 (2) FORESTRY: PRACTICES RELATED TO PRODUCT QUALITY AND MANUFACTURE. Stand, silviculture and harvesting activities that influence the resource entering the wood manufacturing sector. Not open for credit to students in the BSF program. [2-1-0] WOOD 290 (3) WOOD PRODUCTS MANUFACTURING. Basic wood manufacturing including primary and secondary manufacturing. Focus on producing and joining lumber, PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS WOOD — WOOD PRODUCTS PROCESSING 629 edging, drilling, veneers and CNC equipment. Prerequisite: WOOD 120. [2-3-0] WOOD 300 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT I. Supervised work experience in approved organizations for a minimum of 13 weeks. Restricted to students in the Cooperative Education Program in Wood Products Processing. WOOD 305 (3) WOOD MACHINING SKILLS. Safe working procedures for wood processing machinery, explanation of various manufacturing equipment, product documentation, product development and manufacturing processes. Prerequisite: WOOD 290. WOOD 310 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in approved organization for 16 weeks. Restricted to students in the Co-operative Education Program in Wood Products Processing and can only be taken with the permission of the Co-op Coordinator. Prerequisite: One 300-level WOOD cooperative work placement course. WOOD 311 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in approved organizations for 16 weeks. Restricted to students in the Co-operative Education Program in Wood Products Processing. WOOD 312 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in approved organizations for 16 weeks. Restricted to students in the Co-operative Education Program in Wood Products Processing. Prerequisite: All of WOOD 310, WOOD 311. WOOD 330 (4) INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING. Use of industrial engineering concepts and methods to analyze and improve organizations, including operations strategy and competitiveness, process planning, facilities layout, human resource issues, work measurement, inventory management, linear programming, sensitivity analysis, transportation problems, and capacity planning. Prerequisite: All of WOOD 242, ECON 101. [3-3] WOOD 335 (3) QUALITY IMPROVEMENT. Modern techniques for improving quality in the workplace with particular emphasis on the forest products industry. Topics include quality control management, control charting, continuous improvement and analysis of variance techniques. Prerequisite: FRST 231. [3-3-0] WOOD 341 (3) PROBLEM SOLVING. Practical computer and problem solving skills; problem cases taken from industrial applications. Prerequisite: WOOD 244. [2-4-0] WOOD 353 (2) MILL SITE VISITS. One week of on-site study of forest products manufacturing plants immediately following Spring examinations of second or third year. Representative sawmills, plywood mills, remanufactur- ing plants, particleboard manufacturers, pulp mills, laminated timber plants and wood preservation facilities in the Interior are studied. Fees will be assessed to meet expenses. WOOD 376 (3) MECHANICS OF WOOD PRODUCTS. Introduction to the strength of materials with emphasis on the elastic properties and ultimate strength of wood and wood products. Prerequisite: One of PHYS 101, PHYS 170 and one of MATH 101, MATH 103, MATH 121. [3-2-0] WOOD 386 (3) APPLIED MECHANICS OF MATERIALS. Beam analysis, shaft analysis, columns, stress/strain transformations, thin- walled pressure vessels, material strength failure, criteria, fatigue, design and sizing, ISO standards. Prerequisite: WOOD 376. [2-2-0] WOOD 400 (3) CO-OPERATIVE WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in approved organizations for 16 weeks. Restricted to students in the Co-operative Education Program in Wood Products Processing and can only be taken by permission of the Co-op Coordinator. Prerequisite: Either (a) all of WOOD 300, WOOD 310 or (b) WOOD 311 or (c) WOOD 312. WOOD411(3) COOP WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in approved organizations for 16 weeks. Restricted to students in the Co-operative Education Program in Wood Products Processing. Prerequisite: Two of WOOD 300, WOOD 310, WOOD 311, WOOD 312. WOOD412(3) COOP WORK PLACEMENT. Supervised work experience in approved organizations for 16 weeks. Restricted to students in the Co-operative Education Program in Wood Products Processing. Prerequisite: WOOD 300 and two of WOOD 310, WOOD 311, WOOD 312. WOOD 430 (3) PLANT LAYOUT AND DESIGN. Techniques for developing a plan,setting goals, and evaluating the impact of changes in the design, layout and operation of the factory with an emphasis on computer simulation. Prerequisite: All of WOOD 290, WOOD 330, WOOD 485. WOOD 440 (3) JOB COSTING AND ENGINEERING ECONOMICS. Use of engineering economics to evaluate investment proposals of an engineering nature, including decision making processes, cost concepts, time value of money, cash flow analysis, comparison methods, depreciation, replacement analysis, taxes, inflation and sensitivity analysis. Prerequisite: WOOD 330. [3-1] WOOD 448 (3) SUMMER WORK REPORT. Technical report on relevant wood industry experience. Faculty advice during the summer and preparation of the report required for style and content. WOOD449(1-6)C DIRECTED STUDIES IN WOOD PRODUCTS PROCESSING. In special cases and with the approval of the instructor concerned, a student may carry on directed studies of specific problems in wood products processing. WOOD 461 (3) GLOBALIZATION AND THE MARKETING OF WOOD PRODUCTS. Examination of globalization and the impact of changing regions of demand and supply on the marketing of wood products. Prerequisite: Third-year standing. [3-1-0] WOOD 462 (3) INTERNATIONAL MARKETING OF WOOD PRODUCTS. The theory and practice of international marketing of primary and secondary solid wood products. Corequisite: WOOD 461. [3-0] WOOD 463 (3) CUSTOMER RESEARCH METHODS. Qualitative and quantitative customer research methods in the forest products industry. Prerequisite: All of WOOD 242, FRST 231 or an equivalent course in introductory probability and statistics. [3-0] WOOD 464 (3) WOOD FINISHING. Introduction to polymeric coatings and finishes used in the wood products industry. Examines surface preparation, application equipment and properties of various coatings. Prerequisite: WOOD 290. [2-3-0] WOOD 465 (3) WOOD INDUSTRY BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. Business management concepts common in the forest products industry including marketing, customer research, product development and design. [3- 0-2] WOOD467(3) PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN IN THE WOOD INDUSTRY. The principles and practice of new product design and development in the wood industry, from the conceptual stage to commercialization. [3-0-0] WOOD473(4) WOOD CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL UTILIZATION. Wood chemical composition; cellulose, hemicelluloses, Hgnins and extractive structures, reactions and responses in wood, pulp, and derivatives processing; wood as energy source. Prerequisite: One of CHEM 253, CHEM 230. [3-4] WOOD 474 (2) WOOD PROPERTIES AND PRODUCTS MANUFACTURING. Wood moisture, density and strength properties; manufacturing processes for major forest products. [2-0-0] WOOD 475 (3) WOOD PROPERTIES, IDENTIFICATION AND USES. Elementary chemical, physical and mechanical properties of wood and their variations in relation to structure; identification by hand lens features; manufacture of lumber, pulp and composite wood products. Not available for credit to Wood Science and Industry students. Prerequisite: FRST 111. [3-2] WOOD476(3) TIMBER STRUCTURES DESIGN. Design of engineered structural elements for light frame systems using limit states design principles with emphasis on load duration, stress grades, sawn and glued laminated members, deflection, elastic instability, combined loads, timber joints and fasteners. Credit will not be given for both WOOD 476 or CIVL 439. Prerequisite: One of WOOD 376, CIVL 230. Equivalency: CIVL 439. [2-2] WOOD477(3) WOOD BUILDING DESIGN. Case studies of wood buildings with emphasis on conceptual design aspects. [2-0-2] WOOD478(3) BUILDING SCIENCE. Building enclosure design considering heat and moisture 630 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 transmission, air flow and ventilation, condensation, acoustics; roofing systems; diagnostic evaluations; fire protection. Equivalency: CIVL 478. [3-0-0] WOOD 484 (3) SAWMILLING SYSTEMS. Principles for the design and operation of sawmills from the log sorting yard to the green lumber stage. Emphasis on designing and coordinating sawmill machine centers in the context of marketing requirements and raw material availability. Introduction to sawing optimization systems and process control. Prerequisite: FRST 332. [2-3] WOOD 485 (3) FURNITURE CONSTRUCTION. The theory and practice of modern construction techniques used in the manufacture of furniture and cabinets. Prerequisite: All of WOOD 290, WOOD 386. [3-1-0] WOOD 487 (4) GLUED WOOD PRODUCTS. Physical, chemical and mechanical variables involved in cold, hot and non-conventional adhesive bonding of wood; preparation and characteristics of adhesives; plywood, composite wood panels, hardboard, medium density fibreboard and laminated wood manufacturing processes; important physical and chemical properties of products; methods of prefinishing. [3-3-0] WOOD490(3) ADVANCED WOOD PRODUCTS MANUFACTURING. Advanced wood manufacturing techniques for producing furniture and cabinets including the design, production and use of jigs and fixtures for automated processing. Prerequisite: WOOD 290. Corequisite: WOOD 485. [3-3] WOOD 491 (3) ENVIRONMENTAL FACILITIES DESIGN. Introduction to pneumatic and hydraulic power, design and selection of waste recycling systems, boilers, energy generation and environmental legislation. Prerequisite: All of WOOD 430, WOOD 464. [3-2] WOOD492(3) MODELING FOR DECISION SUPPORT. Applications of mathematical modeling, optimization, and simulation in forest planning and manufacturing; formulating models and interpreting results for decision support. Prerequisite: One of FRST 232, WOOD 341. [3-3] WOOD 493 (3) PROJECT IN PROGRAM MAJOR. A report (approved by a faculty supervisor and the Program Director) based on either a technical description of a study, an extension of the senior co-op report, a detailed literature review, a research-based project, or a guided independent study developed by the student. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing WOOD494(3) PRINCIPLES OF WOOD CUTTING AND TOOLING. Woodcutting fundamentals, chip formation, cutting conditions, cutting edge maintenance, sawing, planing and molding, veneer cutting, chipping, turning. Prerequisite: MECH 356. [2-3-0] WRIT — UNIVERSITY WRITING CENTRE COURSES WRIT 98(0) PREPARATION FOR UNIVERSITY WRITING AND THE LPI. WRIT 99(0) ADVANCED COMPOSITION. ZOOL —ZOOLOGY FACULTY OF SCIENCE All undergraduate courses in Zoology are listed under Biology. ZOOL 500 (3/6) C DIRECTED STUDIES IN ZOOLOGY. ZOOL 502 (6) ECOLOGY SEMINAR. ZOOL 503 (6) COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY SEMINAR. ZOOL 504 (3) ETHOLOGY SEMINAR. ZOOL 505 (6) CELL BIOLOGY SEMINAR. ZOOL 519 (6) TOPICS IN PARASITOLOGY. ZOOL 521 (6) FISHERIES BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT. ZOOL 522 (4) LIMNOLOGY SEMINAR. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: ZOOL 502. ZOOL 524 (3) TOPICS IN CONSERVATION GENETICS. Equivalency: CONS 501. ZOOL 525 (3) SYSTEMATICS AND EVOLUTION SEMINAR. ZOOL 527 (6) THEORETICAL POPULATION DYNAMICS. Corequisite: ZOOL 502. ZOOL 533 (3) ADVANCED TOPICS IN WILDLIFE ECOLOGY. ZOOL 549 (6-18) C M.SC. THESIS. ZOOL 553 (6) WORKSHOP IN COMPARATIVE AND ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY. ZOOL 554 (3) TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE AND ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY. ZOOL 562 (3) PROJECTS IN MATHEMATICAL BIOLOGY. Development and analysis of mathematical models for complex systems in ecology, evolution, cell biology, neurophysiology, and other biological and medical disciplines. Prerequisite: MATH 361. ZOOL 649(0) PH.D. THESIS. PART XI COURSE DESCRIPTIONS WRIT — UNIVERSITY WRITING CENTRE COURSES 631 632 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 The following figures reflect enrolment as FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE (Continued) M F Total of November L 2004 includins D stance M F Total Diploma Programs students. Education and Technology First Year 554 134 688 Applied Creative 0 2 2 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Second Year 677 152 829 Non-fiction M F Total Third Year Fourth Year 727 541 181 99 908 640 Applied Linguistics 0 1 1 Environmental Design Second Year 4 11 15 Fifth Year 44 13 57 Art History 7 18 25 Third Year 8 10 18 Away on 5 0 5 Collaborative Piano Studies 0 2 2 Fourth Year 12 4 16 Exchange (EAP) Away on Exchange (EAP) 0 0 0 Total 2,548 579 3,127 Film Studies 0 0 0 Total 24 25 49 School of Nursing Linguistics 2 2 4 Home Economics First Year 3 16 19 > Music Perf. Studies 2 2 4 Second Year 0 1 1 Second Year 1 43 44 Voice 0 0 0 Third Year 0 0 0 Third Year 26 289 315 Certificate of 0 3 3 Fourth Year 0 6 6 Fourth Year 16 156 172 Advanced Study Total 0 7 7 Away on 0 0 0 Certificate in 1 0 1 Agroecology Exchange (EAP) Total 46 504 550 Theatre (Advanced Tech.) First Year 59 78 134 Second Year 19 37 56 Total in Faculty 2,594 2,083 3,677 Total Diplomas Total in Faculty 12 3,921 30 7,187 42 11,108 Third Year 8 19 27 Fourth Year 6 11 17 FACULTY OF ARTS M F Total FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS Away on Exchange (EAP) 0 1 1 ADMINISTRATION Arts Total 89 146 235 M F Total First Year 950 1,553 2,503 Food, Nutrition and Health First Year 110 163 273 Second Year 776 1,502 2,278 First Year 90 222 312 Third Year 993 1,862 2,855 Second Year 235 265 500 Second Year 34 178 212 Fourth Year 989 1,780 2,769 Third Year 320 346 666 Third Year 10 95 105 Away on 49 126 175 Fourth Year 279 287 566 Fourth Year Away on Exchange (EAP) 8 0 76 1 84 1 Exchange (EAP) Total 3,757 6,823 10,584 Away on Exchange (EAP) 5 6 11 Total 142 572 714 Fine Arts Away on Commerce 0 0 0 Global Resource Systems Second Year 12 6 18 Exchange Second Year 8 36 44 Third Year 19 50 69 Total 949 1,067 2,016 Third Year 6 24 30 Fourth Year 19 48 67 MBA 16 6 22 Fourth Year 4 13 17 Away on 0 0 0 Total 16 6 22 Away on Exchange (EAP) 0 1 1 Exchange (EAP) Diploma Programs Total 18 74 92 Total 50 104 154 Diploma in 197 191 388 Diploma in Management 3 0 3 Second Year 6 8 14 Accounting of Aquaculture Systems First Year 12 27 39 Diploma in 612 362 974 Total 3 0 3 Second Year 20 37 57 Urban Land Economics Total in Faculty 276 824 ,100 Third Year Fourth Year Away on Exchange (EAP) Total 24 29 0 85 46 46 1 157 70 75 1 242 Post Graduate Certificate in Real Property Valuation Total Total in Faculty 51 860 1,825 21 574 1,647 72 1,434 3,472 School of Social Work and Family Stud es Social Work First Year 11 31 42 Second Year 6 42 48 Total 17 73 90 APPENDIX I: ENROLMENT STATISTICS 2004/05 633 FACULTY OF DENTISTRY FACULTY OF FORESTRY (Continued) M F Total M F Total M F Total M.A. Arts 169 299 Dentistry Science (Forestry) and Science in Forestry 468 First Year 16 24 40 First Year 76 40 116 Community 35 56 91 Second Year 20 22 42 Second Year 16 7 23 and Regional Third Year 19 28 47 Third Year 15 7 22 Planning Fourth Year 35 16 51 Fourth Year 22 16 38 Education 69 244 313 Total 90 90 180 Away on 0 2 2 Graduate Studies 18 27 45 Dental Science Exchange (EAP) Science 0 1 1 First Year 3 10 13 Total 129 72 201 Total 343 684 1,027 Second Year 0 0 0 Natural Resources Conservation M.Sc. Third Year 1 9 10 First Year 29 48 77 Agricultural 24 64 88 Fourth Year 2 29 31 Second Year 10 8 18 Sciences Total 6 48 54 Third Year 6 13 19 Applied Science 0 2 2 Dental Residents 8 2 10 Fourth Year 11 9 20 Arts 11 5 16 Total Total in Faculty 8 204 2 240 10 244 Away on Exchange (EAP) Total 0 56 1 79 1 135 Commerce and Business Administration Community and 29 11 16 16 45 27 Wood Products Processing Regional FACULTY OF EDUCATION First Year 44 8 52 Planning M F Total Second Year 12 4 16 Dentistry 4 13 17 Elementary Third Year 24 2 26 Education 11 15 26 First Year 76 390 466 Fourth Year 15 4 19 Forestry 52 45 97 Second Year 23 116 139 Total 95 18 113 Graduate Studies 64 78 142 Third Year 3 9 12 Diploma in 0 0 0 Medicine 98 205 303 Fourth Year 0 1 1 Forestry Pharmaceutical 15 6 21 Fifth Year 3 8 11 (Advanced Silviculture) Sciences Total 105 524 629 ° Science 294 199 493 Middle Diploma in Forest 0 0 Total 613 664 1,277 First Year 17 21 38 Engineering LL.M. 22 23 45 Total 17 21 38 Total 0 0 0 M.A.P.P.S. 7 26 33 Secondary Total in Faculty 280 169 449 M.A.P.P.S./LL.B. 0 5 5 First Year 164 210 374 M.A.Sc. 343 131 474 Second Year 1 6 7 FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES M.A.S.A. 8 9 17 Total 165 64 216 352 381 416 M F Total M.A.S.L.A. M.A.S. 0 12 3 29 3 Diploma in Ph.D. 41 Education Agricultural 22 32 54 M.A.S./M.LI.S. 10 16 26 Certificate in 8 8 16 Sciences M.Arch. 87 60 147 Tech-Based Distr. Applied Science 314 85 399 Learning M.B.A. 205 110 315 Arts 239 295 534 Certificate in 2 0 2 1.M.B.A. 36 17 53 Tech-Based Combined Ph.D./ M.D. 7 6 13 M.B.A/LLB. 3 0 3 Learning for Schools Commerce 50 25 75 M.B.A./M.A. 1 0 1 Total 74 360 434 and Business ^Administration M.Ed. 151 446 597 School of Human Kinetics M.Eng. 76 34 110 First Year 56 69 125 Dentistry Education 5 88 9 250 14 338 M.E.T. 65 73 138 Second Year 55 85 140 Forestry 63 40 103 M.Eng./B.A.Sc. 8 0 8 Third Year 105 145 250 Graduate Studies 102 131 233 M.F. 2 0 2 Fourth Year 147 153 300 Law 17 7 24 M.F.A. 27 59 86 Away on Exchange (EAP) 0 1 1 M.H.A. 23 41 64 Medicine 133 135 268 M.H.K. 6 5 11 Total 363 453 816 Pharmaceutical Sciences 14 3 17 M.H.Sc. 23 18 41 Total in Faculty 724 2,574 2,298 Science 356 197 553 M.J. 23 27 50 Away on 0 0 0 M.Jur. 1 0 1 Exchange (EAP) M.L.A. 18 52 70 Total 1,410 1,215 2,625 M.L.I.S. 36 109 145 Ed.D. 23 29 52 M.M. 17 10 27 Pharm.D. 5 9 14 M.Mus. 23 25 48 D.M.A. 24 19 43 M.O.T 4 36 40 634 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 (Continued) M F Total FACULTY OF PHARr i/IACEU NCALSCIEIN ICES (Continued) M F Total M.P.T. 10 4 30 6 40 10 M r lotal Total Total in Other 823 2,063 1,267 2,622 2,090 M.Sc/Dip. Periodontics First Year Second Year 49 51 93 85 142 136 2,675 M.S.N. M.S.S. 22 26 254 8 276 34 Third Year Fourth Year 50 44 90 101 140 145 Total Winter Session 18.826 23,690 42,516 M.S.W. 13 91 104 Total 194 369 563 Summer Session 9,456 12,438 21,894 Total Total in Faculty 1,312 3,678 1,753 3,065 4,316 7,994 Pharmacy Residents Total 1 1 14 14 15 15 2004 Grand Total 2004/05 28,282 36,128 64,410 FACULTY OF LAW M F Total Total in Faculty 195 FACULTY OF SCIENCE M 383 F 578 Total First Year 107 89 97 1 100 114 121 1 207 203 218 2 Second Year Third Year Away on Exchange (EAP) Science One First Year Second Year 86 597 764 90 712 916 176 1,309 1,680 Third Year 878 983 1,861 Total in Faculty 294 336 630 Fourth Year Away on Exchange (EAP) Total Computer Science Third Year Fourth Year Total Diploma Programs 963 3 990 9 1,953 12 FACULTY OF MEDICINE M F Total 3,291 3,700 6,991 First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year Total 85 63 57 49 254 116 63 70 80 329 201 126 127 129 583 11 3 14 8 5 13 19 8 27 Medical Residents Post Degree Trainee Total Medical Laboratory Third Year 282 0 282 Science 5 264 0 264 5 546 0 546 10 Diploma in Computer Science Diploma in Meteorology Total Total in Faculty 6 2 8 3,313 4 0 4 3,727 10 2 12 7,030 Fourth Year 3 Total 8 Bachelor of Midwifery First Year 0 12 17 10 15 25 10 OTHER M F Total Concurrent Studies 4 0 4 Second Year 0 11 11 Exchange Programs Third Year 0 10 10 Access Studies 52 74 126 Fourth Year Total 0 0 8 39 8 39 CSAE (Commerce Study Abroad) 0 0 0 School of Rehabilitation Scie Second Year 0 Third Year 0 nces 0 0 0 0 CUS EAP/SEP (Student Exchange Program) 0 184 0 271 0 455 Fourth Year 15 53 68 Total in Exchange 240 345 585 Away on Exchange (EAP) Total Total in Faculty 0 15 559 0 53 702 0 68 2,262 Auditor DRES (Fifth Year) MRES (Fifth Year) Pre-Degree Aboriginal PDEG PhD POST PRES Qualifying Year TBDL TBLS Transition School Unclassified 0 0 125 1 2 2 0 0 10 3 2 21 463 0 0 70 1 11 0 0 0 6 6 1 15 893 0 0 195 2 13 2 0 0 16 9 3 36 1,356 Visiting 195 264 458 APPENDIX I: ENROLMENT STATISTICS 2004/05 635 636 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Appendix II: Degrees and Diplomas Conferred 2004 Degrees Conferred Spring Fall Total Degrees Conferred Spring Fall Total Ph.D 160 162 322 B.L.A. D.M.A. 0 1 1 LL.B. 164 30 194 Ed.D. 2 4 6 LL.B/M.B.A. Pharm.D. 6 0 6 M.D. 115 0 115 M.A.S.L.A. 1 0 1 M.D./Ph.D. 1 0 1 M.A.S.A. 4 3 7 B.M.L.Sc. 16 0 16 M.A.Sc. 59 64 123 B.Mus. 77 8 85 M.A. 113 185 298 B.S.F. 17 4 21 M.A.(Plan) 8 14 22 B.S.N. 114 79 193 M.Arch. 21 3 24 B.Sc. 1,021 129 1,150 M.A.P.P.S. 10 10 20 B.Sc.(Agr.) M.A.P.P.S./L.L.B. B.Sc.(Agroecology) 26 5 31 M.A.S. 12 0 12 B.Sc.(Dietet.) M.A.S.L.I.S. 2 2 4 B.Sc.(Food, Nutrition 81 9 90 1.M.B.A. 21 0 21 & Health) M.B.A. 90 0 90 B.Sc.(For.) 3 0 3 M.Ed. 121 162 283 B.Sc.(Global Resources) 15 7 22 M.Eng. 44 19 63 B.Sc.(Natural 17 1 18 M.E.T. 3 6 9 Resources M.F.A. 12 17 29 Conservation) M.F. 1 1 2 B.Sc.(O.T) 35 0 35 M.H.A. 3 23 26 B.Sc.(Pharm.) 122 0 122 M.H.K. 1 2 3 B.Sc.(P.T) 35 0 35 M.H.Sc. 6 10 16 B.Sc.(Wood Products) 5 3 8 M.J. 14 2 16 B.S.W. 37 8 45 M.L.A. 4 12 16 TOTAL 5,993 2,429 8,412 LL.M. 9 14 23 M.L.I.S. 61 10 71 M.Mus. 20 1 21 Diplomas Granted Spring Fall Total M.Sc. 152 135 2 37 Accounting 52 53 105 M.Sc.(Bus. Admin.) 28 12 10 Art History 8 0 8 M.Sc.(Plan) 0 9 9 Computer Science 6 0 6 Education 71 63 134 M.Sc./DPDT 0 2 2 M.S.N. 19 13 32 Forest Engineering 15 1 16 M.S.S. 18 1 19 Forestry Advanced Silviculture 3 1 4 M.S.W. 7 25 32 Linguistics 4 0 4 B.A.Sc. 444 31 475 Meteorology 0 1 1 B.A.Sc/M.Eng. 5 0 5 Piano Studies 1 1 2 B.A. 1,713 389 2 ,102 Urban Land 24 18 42 B.Com. 462 20 482 Economics D.M.D. 47 0 47 Voice 1 0 1 B.D.Sc. 9 0 9 TOTAL 285 238 323 B.Ed.(Elementary) 132 324 456 B.Ed.(Middle Years) 2 48 50 B.Ed.(Secondary) 13 362 375 B.F.A. 42 8 50 B.H.E. 8 0 8 B.H.K. 183 30 2 13 APPENDIX II: DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED 2004 637 638 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 CHANCELLORS EMERITI R. Lee, Chancellor Emeritus (1996) L. R. Peterson, Chancellor Emeritus (1993) W. L. Sauder, Chancellor Emeritus (2002) W. R. Wyman, Chancellor Emeritus (1987) PRESIDENT EMERITUS D. W. Strangway, President Emeritus (1999) VICE-PRESIDENTS EMERITI D. R. Birch, Vice-President Emeritus, Academic and Provost (1999) M. Shaw, Vice-President Emeritus, Academic and Provost (1989) K. D. Srivastava, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering and Vice President Emeritus of Student Services (1997) DEANS EMERITI E S. Abbott, Dean Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (2002); J. H. Andrews, Dean Emeritus of Education (1988); G. S. Beagrie, Dean Emeritus of Dentistry (1989); P. T. Burns, Dean Emeritus of Law (2004); I. McT. Cowan, Dean Emeritus of Graduate Studies (1975); G. E Curtis, Q.C, Dean Emeritus of Law (1971); C. V. Finnegan, Dean Emeritus of Science (1988); J. A. Gardner, Dean Emeritus of Forestry (1985); M. Hollenberg, Dean Emeritus of Medicine (1999); R. Kennedy, Dean Emeritus of Forestry (1992); W. D. Kitts, Dean Emeritus of Agricultural Sciences (1984); P. A. Lusztig, Dean Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1995); M. P. Marchak, Dean Emerita of Arts (2001); J. H. McNeill, Dean Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (2004); J. F. Richards, Dean Emeritus of Agricultural Sciences (2001); B. E. Riedel, Dean Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1985); M. Shaw, Dean Emeritus of Agricultural Sciences V (1989); N. Sheehan, Dean Emeritus of Education (2000); P. Suedfeld, Dean Emeritus of Graduate Studies and Professor Emeritus of Psychology (2000); W. A. Webber, Dean Emeritus of Medicine (1999); L. M. Wedepohl, Dean Emeritus of Applied Science (1997); R. M. Will, Dean Emeritus of Arts (1996) DIRECTOR EMERITUS D. S. Mosedale, Director Emeritus of Continuing Education (1999) PROGRAM DIRECTORS EMERITI A. Bates, Program Director Emeritus (2004); S. Kort, Program Director Emeritus (1990); J. Kulich, Program Director Emeritus of Continuing Education (1991); G. Ledingham, Program Director Emerita of Continuing Studies (1999); A. L. MacDonell, Program Director Emeritus (1990); M. MacFarlane, Program Director Emerita (1990); M. Powell, Program Director Emerita of Continuing Studies (1995); B. G. Riddell, Program Director Emerita of Faculty Development and Instructional Services (1999); H. Rosenthal, Program Director Emeritus (1990); R. Sigal, Program Director Emerita of Continuing Education (2001); P. Thorn, Program Director Emerita (1990); W. Uegama, Associate Vice President Emeritus of Continuing Studies (2003); K. C. Woodsworth, Program Director Emeritus (1990) LIBRARIANS EMERITI F. Bailey, Librarian Emerita (1987); N. Baldwin, Assistant University Librarian Emerita (2001); M. Banham, Administrative Librarian Emerita (1990); I. S. Bhugra, General Librarian Emeritus (1997); L. Brongers, Administrative Librarian Emerita (1996); R.J. Brongers, Librarian Emeritus (1990); H. Burndorfer, Administrative Librarian Emeritus (1996); R. Butterfield, Librarian Emerita (1987); L. J. Carrier, Librarian Emerita (1988); E. J. Caskey, Administrative Librarian Emerita (2001); E. L. Daniells, University Archivist Emerita (1988); J. E. De Bruijn, Assistant University Librarian Emeritus (1999); D. J. Dennis, Administrative Librarian Emeritus (1997); G. Dobbin, General Librarian Emerita (1990); S. C. Dodson, Administrative Librarian Emerita (1998); F. Doidge, General Librarian Emerita (2000); P. J. Dunn, General Librarian Emeritus of Humanities and Social Science (2004); M. Dutton, Librarian Emerita (1985); M. J. Dwyer, Librarian Emerita (1985); S. Dykstra, General Librarian Emerita (2000); G. Elliston, Administrative Librarian Emeritus (1994); T. Erickson, General Librarian Emeritus (1992); C. F. Forbes, General Librarian Emeritus (1991); J. Forbes, Ge^ral Librarian Emerita (1999); N. Forbes, General Librarian Emerita (1997); G. C. Freeman, Administrative Librarian Emeritus (1997); J. D. Friesen, Administrative Librarian Emerita (2000); M. Fukuyama, Librarian Emerita (1985); T. Gonnami, General Librarian Emeritus (2002); J. C. Gray, Librarian Emeritus (1978); M. E. Guarnaschelli, General Librarian Emerita; R. M. Hamilton, Assistant Librarian Emeritus (1977); W. Harrington, Librarian Emeritus (1981); M. Hartman, Librarian Emeritus (1999); H. R. Hurt, Administrative Librarian Emeritus (1997); A. Jeffreys, Assistant University Librarian Emeritus (1994); L. Joe, Administrative Librarian Emerita (1999); S. Johnson, Librarian Emeritus (1985); J. Jones, General Librarian Emeritus (2003); L. Karpinski, General Librarian Emeritus (1996); R. G. Kaye, Librarian Emeritus (1989); M. H. Keate, Assistant University Librarian Emerita (2002); D. Kent, General Librarian Emerita (1996); R. Lanning, Librarian Emeritus (1979); I. G. M. Laponce, General Librarian Emerita (2003); M. Leighton, Librarian Emerita (1985); A. R. Leith, Librarian Emerita (1988); O. Litwinow, General Librarian Emeritus (2000); P. Lysyk, General Librarian Emerita (1998); A. H. S. Ma, General Librarian Emeritus (1999); M. W. Macaree, Librarian Emerita (1985); R. W MacDonald, Assistant University Librarian Emeritus (1992); S. Mathew, Librarian Emerita (1998); H. Mayoh, General Librarian Emerita (1994); P. K. McBride, General Librarian Emerita (2003); D. Mclnnes, University Librarian Emeritus (1991); J. D. Mcintosh, General Librarian Emeritus (2001); E. Mercer, Assistant Librarian Emerita (1979); E. Misewich, Librarian Emerita (1988); A. M. Nelson, Administrative Librarian Emerita (1991); E. Neufeld, General Librarian Emeritus (1991); T.-K. Ng, Librarian Emerita (1987); M. Pahr, Librarian Emerita (1987); W. E. Parker, General Librarian Emeritus (2000); R. Patrick, University Librarian Emerita (2000); M. Price, Admin Librarian III Emerita (2002); H. M. Redding, General Librarian Emerita (2003); A. E. Rowley, General Librarian Emerita (1999); B. Scott, Administrative Librarian 1 Emerita (2003); J. Selby, Librarian Emerita (1987); J. Sharpe, General Librarian Emeritus (1994); D. Shields, Librarian Emerita (1985); T. J. Shorthouse, Administrative Librarian Emeritus (1998); R. V. Simmer, General Librarian Emeritus (2004); A. H. Soroka, General Librarian Emeritus (2000); P. Thiele, Admin. Librarian I Emeritus (2001); S. Y. Tse, General Librarian Emeritus (1999); R. A. Turner, Admin. Librarian III Emerita (2001); S. Venkataraman, General Librarian Emeritus (1996); W. J. Watson, Assistant University Librarian Emeritus (1991); F. J. Whitney, General Librarian Emerita (2002); E. Wollaston, Administrative Librarian Emerita (1999); F. M. Woodward, General Librarian Emerita (2004); A. Yandle, Administrative Librarian Emerita (1992) PROFESSORS EMERITI R. T. Abboud, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2001); N. Abu-Zahra, Assistant Professor Emerita of Anthropology and Sociology (2002); M. E. Ace, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (2000); S. Acorn, Professor Emerita of Nursing (2004); L. Adamovich, Professor Emeritus of Forestry (1984); R. Adams, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (2004); R. A. Adams, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2000); B. Ahlborn, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1999); E. J. Akesson, Assistant Professor Emerita of Anatomy (1997); D. J. Albert, Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1998); T. H. Alden, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1999); B. M. Alfred, Associate Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1998); J. A. B. Allan, Professor Emeritus of Counselling Psychology (1997); B. Allardyce, Associate Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2002); K. Alldritt, Professor Emeritus of English (2000); E. A. Allen, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1998); D. E. Allison, Associate Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1998); K. Amacher, Associate Professor Emerita of Social Work (1994); M. M. Ames, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1998); C. J. Anastasiou, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1994); C. P. Anderson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Religious Studies (1995); C. T. Anderson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1987); D. L. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1999); F. H. Anderson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Gastoenter- ology (2003); G. H. Anderson, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine (1997); J. D. Anderson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1988); J. D. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Medical Microbiology (1995); R. Anderson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1999); T. W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1992); C. I. Andreen, Assistant Professor Emerita of Curriculum Studies (1999); G. J. Ankenman, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1993); A. M. Anthony, Senior Instructor Emerita of Curriculum Studies (2003); A. Anzarut, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2000); D. A. Applegarth, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (2002); M. E. Arcus, Professor Emerita of Social Work and Family Studies (1999); N. Armstrong, Associate Professor Emerita of Education (1984); K. Asante, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (2000); L. F. Ashley, Associate Professor Emeritus of Education (1982); P. G. Ashmore, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1994); APPENDIX III: EMERITUS STAFF 639 N. M. Ashworth, Professor Emerita of Language Education (1988);C. Astell, Professor Emerita of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (2001); K. G. Atkinson, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1995); J. Atrens, Professor Emeritus of Law (1996); F. Aubke, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1997); N. Auersperg, Professor Emerita of Anatomy (1994); E. G. Auld, Professor Emeritus of Physics & Astronomy (2001); J. R. Auman, Professor Emeritus of Physics and Astronomy (1998); A. P. Autor, Professor Emerita of Pathology (2000); I. Avakumovic, Professor Emeritus of History (1992); J. Axelson, Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (2002); D. A. Axen, Professor Emeritus of Physics & Astronomy (2004); B. Z. Aylward, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1997); G. A. Badger, Clinical Associate Professor of Surgery (1987); D. A. Bain, Associate Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1990); P. A. H. Baird, Professor Emerita of Medical Genetics (2002); R. Baird, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2000); J. M. Bak, Professor Emeritus of History (1992); V. A. Baldwin, Professor Emerita of Pathology (2000); D. A. Balzarini, Professor Emeritus of Physics & Astronomy (2003); R. J. Bandoni, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1989); D. Bankson, Professor Emeritus of Creative Writing (1985); J. Barman, Professor Emerita of Educational Studies (2004); R. Barman, Professor Emeritus of History (2002); J. Barnard, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1994); W. Barnes, Associate Professor Emeritus of Earth & Ocean Sciences (1999); R. Barrie, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1993); N. Basco, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1991); V. Basco, Clinical Professor Emerita of Surgery (1991); F. Bass, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (2000); D. V. Bates, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1987); T. Bates, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1985); M. S. Batts, Professor Emeritus of Germanic Studies (1991); D. Baudouin, Professor Emeritus of French (1991); R. Baudouin, Associate Professor Emerita of French (1994); R. M. Beames, Professor Emeritus of Animal Science (1997); I. Beattie, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1993); R. C. Beaumont, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Germanic Studies (1996); M. P. Beddoes, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1989); D. Beder, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics and Astronomy (1999); A. Beedle, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1983); C. T. Beer, Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry (1981); I. S. Begg, Associate Professor Emeritus of Ophthalmology (1999); L. P. Belluce, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1988); G. D. Bellward, Professor Emerita of Pharmaceutical Sciences (2004); C. S. Belshaw, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1987); A. P. Benguerel, Professor Emeritus of Audiology and Speech Sciences (1997); K. Benson, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1988); T. R. Bentley, Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1996); B. Bergersen, Professor Emeritus of Physics & Astronomy (2004); F. G. Berry, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1993); K. Berry, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine (1999); F. E. Bertram, Associate Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1985); D. Bethune-Johnson, Assistant Professor Emerita of Social and Educational Studies (1984); R. W. Bevis, Professor Emeritus of English (1997); L. M. Bewley, Professor Emerita of Library, Archival and Information Studies (1992); T. Bezeredi, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1997); E. A. Bird, Associate Professor Emeritus of French (1981); A. G. Birkett, Professor Emerita of Education (1974); T. Bisalputra, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1989); C. Blackorby, Professor Emeritus of Economics (2002); R. E. Blaine, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1997); R. Blair, Professor Emeritus of Animal Science (1998); D. E. Blake, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (2004); S. Blank, Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1993); B. Blasberg, Associate Professor Emeritus of Oral Biological & Medical Sciences (2001); M. H. Blom, Associate Professor Emerita of English (1999); M. Bloom, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1994); A. Boggie, Associate Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1988); A. Bogoch, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1995); B. Bohm, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1999); E. V. Bohn, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1989); E. A. Bongie, Associate Professor Emerita of Classics (1992); L. L. Bongie, Professor Emeritus of French (1992); J. Boone, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2000); M. Bose, Assistant Professor Emerita of Asian Research (2003); C. B. Bourne, Professor Emeritus of Law (1986); C. P. Bouygues, Professor Emeritus of French (1994); F. Bowers, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1989); J. Boyd, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Economics (2002); M. Boyd, Professor Emerita of Oral Health Sciences (2001); D. A. Boyes, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1990); S. M. Boyle, Professor Emerita of Education (1971); W. J. Bracher, Assistant Professor Emerita of Family and Nutritional Sciences (1985); P. Bradley, Professor Emeritus of Economics, (1996); P. Bragg, } Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1997); A. Branda, Senior Instructor Emerita of Human Kinetics (1996); R. M. R. Branion, Professor Emeritus of Chemical and Bio-Resource Engineering (1999); P. Bratty, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1997); C. Brauner, Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1993); C. O. Brawner, Professor Emeritus of Mining and Mineral Process Engineering (1995); K. T. Brearley, Associate Professor Emerita of French (1980); A. V. Bree, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1997); P. I. Brennan, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1988); I. Brenzinger, Senior Instructor Emerita of Linguistics (1995); V. C. Brink, Professor Emeritus of Plant Science (1978); C. Brion, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2002); E. Broom, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education and Recreation (1993); S. G. Brough, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1992); D. Brown, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Music (1990); D. G. Brown, Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1989); G. R. Brown, Associate Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1996); J. C. Brown, Professor Emeritus of Physiology (1997); L. Brown, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1992); M. Brown, Assistant Professor Emerita of Language Education (1985); T. H. Brown, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1987); S. L. Brumelle, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (2000); W. A. Bruneau, Associate Professor Emeritus of Educational Studies (2003); F. E. Bryans, Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1989); C. Bryner, Professor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1973); W. Buchan, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1993); S. Buckley, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita of Pediatrics (2000); A. T. Bui, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2002); P. S. Bullen, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1993); M. H. Bullock, Professor Emeritus of Creative Writing (1983); D. J. C. Bures, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1997); R. W Burling, Professor Emeritus of Oceanography (1986); L. H. Burr, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2004); K. O. Burridge, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1988); A. F. Burton, Associate Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry (1991); J. D. Burton, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1991); K. V. Bury, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (2000); A. S. Busza, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (2004); A. M. Butler, Assistant Professor Emerita of Nursing (1988); S. J. Butler, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1995); D. S. Butt, Associate Professor Emerita of Psychology (2003); R. G. Butters, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1991); P. M. Byre, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (2001); W. K. Caird, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1992); A. R. Cairns, Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1994); H. A. Cairns, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (1995); J. H. Calam, Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1985); U. Callegarini, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1992); D. B. Calne, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2001); S. E. Calvert, Professor Emeritus of Earth and Ocean Sciences (2000); K. Cambon, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1988); E. C. Cameron, Associate Professor Emeritus of Nephrology (2004); R. G. Campanella, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1997); D. J. Campbell, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1990); J. J. Campbell, Professor Emeritus of Microbiology (1983); J. D. Campbell, Professor Emerita of Psychology (2003); P. Candido, Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry & Molecular Biology (2003); T. H. Carefoot, Associate Professor Emeritus of Zoology (2004); R. W. Carlisle, Associate Professor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies (1997); D. Carr, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2004); F. A. Carre, Associate Professor Emeritus of Human Kinetics (2004); B. Carter, Assistant Professor Emerita of Social Work (1998); J. E. J. Carter, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (2003); W. F. Caselton, Associate Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1996); J. Caswell, Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts (2002); J. H. Catterson, Professor Emerita of Language ■lucation (1989); A. H. Cayford, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1995); R. V. Chacon, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1994); A. C. Chaklader, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1993); E. V. Chamberlain, Associate Professor Emerita of Family and Nutritional Sciences; H. B. Chamberlain, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Political Science (2001); A. D. Chambers, Associate professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (1997); M. J. Chandler, Professor Emeritus of Psychology (2004); B. Chang, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1996); D. J. Chang, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesiology (1991); F. C. Chang, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1973); Y. Chang, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology &C Sociology (2003); C. Y. Chao, Professor Emerita of Asian Studies (1990); J. D. Chapman, Professor Emeritus of Geography (1989); R. L. Chase, Professor Emeritus of Earth and Ocean Sciences (1999); W. H. Chase, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1992); H. Chaun, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2002); E. Chave, Assistant Professor Emerita of Social Work (1974); H. T. Chen, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1992); A. N. Cherkezoff, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1997); S. Cherry, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1993); R. D. Chester, Associate Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1997); H. Chew, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Ophthalmology (2003); M. Chiarenza, Professor Emerita of French, Hispanic and Italian Studies (2000); D. H. Chitty, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1978); D. P. Chong, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2001); C. P. Christensen, Professor Emerita of Social Work and Family Studies (2004); R. Christensen, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1998); M. H. Chung, Clinical Professor Emerita of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1990); W. B. Chung, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1989); S. G. Ciccone, Professor Emerita of Hispanic and Italian Studies (1996); F. B. St. Clair, Assistant Professor Emeritus of French (1996); C. W. Clark, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1994); R. M. Clark, Professor Emeritus of Economics (1985); B. R. Clarke, Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1987); R. Clarke, 640 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Associate Professor Emeritus of Architecture (1990); J. Claxton, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce & Business Administration (2002); I. G. M. Cleator, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2004); D. B. Clement, Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1999); A. E. Clingman, Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1992); L. R. Cochran, Professor Emeritus of Educational and Counselling Psychology and Special Education (2000); W H. Cockroft, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medical Microbiology and Pathology (1976); W. Cohn, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1986); T. A. Conine, Professor Emerita of Rehabilitation Sciences (1995); J. L. Conry, Assistant Professor Emerita of Educational & Counselling Psychology & Special Education (2001); J. S. Conway, Professor Emeritus of History (1995); T. S. Cook, Assistant Professor Emerita of Educational Studies; J. Coombs, Professor Emeritus of Educational Studies (2000); J. A. R. Coope, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1996); M. G. R. Coope, Associate Professor Emerita of Hispanic and Italian Studies (1996); R. J. Copeman, Professor Emeritus of Agroecology (2003); R. Copley, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Geography (1996); R. Corteen, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1997); T. L. Coulthard, Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Engineering and Mechanics (1975); A. D. Courtemanche, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1995); J. E. Coury, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2001); K. D. Coutts, Associate Professor Emeritus of Human Kinetics (1999); S. C. Coval, Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1993); R.J. Cowan, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1986); M. K. Craddock, Professor Emeritus of Physics & Astronomy (2001); J. Cragg, Professor Emeritus of Economics (2002); O. Cragg, Associate Professor Emerita of French, Hispanic and Italian Studies (1999); K. D. Craig, Professor Emeritus of Psychology (2002); C. F. Cramer, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physiology (1987); A. O. Crichton, Professor Emerita of Health Care and Epidemiology (1985); E. P. Crichton, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita of Pathology (1989); D. Crockett, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1997); S. A. Crooks, Senior Instructor Emerita of Library, Archival & Information Studies (2001); J. J. L. Crosby, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (2003); L. G. Crouch, Professor Emeritus of Mineral Engineering (1978); M. Crowhurst, Professor Emerita of Language Education (1999); J. Cruikshank, Professor Emerita of Anthropology & Sociology; M. Csapo, Professor Emerita of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1994); W. R. Cullen, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1998); C. K. Curtis, Associate Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1994); F. L. Curzon, Professor Emeritus of Physics and Astronomy (1997); B. Czaykowski, Professor Emeritus of History (1997); C. Daem, Senior Instructor Emerita of Family and Nutritional Sciences (1997); J. Dahlie, Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1985); F. W. Dalby, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1993); L. B. Daniels, Professor Emeritus of Educational Studies (1995); W. R. Danner, Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1989); A. G. E Davidson, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (2002); J. E. Davies, Professor Emeritus of Microbiology (1997); L. E. Davies, Clinical Instructor Emerita of Anaesthesia (1988); M. S. Davies, Professor Emeritus of Electrical and Computer Engineering (2004); S. J. Davies, Assistant Professor Emerita of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1995); H. C. Davis, Professor Emeritus of Community and Regional Planning (1998); I. Davis, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1983); R. M. Davis, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1999); K. G. Dawson, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1996); J. De Bruyn, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1983); L. De Sobrino, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1995); J. De Vries, Associate Professor Emeritus of Soil Science (1992); J. R. Deakins, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1991); I. Dehnel, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1991); R. E. Delavault, Associate Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1973); K. G. Denike, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Geography (2004); P. Dennis, Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (2004); J. D. Dennison, Professor Emeritus of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (1994); D. Der, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Counselling Psychology (1997); D. deSa, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (2004); I. D. Desai, Professor Emeritus of Family and Nutritional Sciences (1997); M. Devenyi, Lecturer Emerita of Chemistry (1997); M. E. Dewis, Assistant Professor Emerita of Nursing (1995); A. S. Dexter, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (2001); J. Diamond, Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1999); J. Dick, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1987); B. Dill, Senior Instructor Emerita of Microbiology & Immunology (2003); F. J. Dill, Associate Professor Emeritus of Medical Genetics (2004); N. J. Divinsky, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1991); G. T. Dixon, Associate Professor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies (2004); J. R. Doheny, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1993); W. Doll, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (1993); H. W. Dommel, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1999); D. J. Donaldson, Professor Emeritus of Economics (1998); R.W. Donaldson, Professor Emeritus of Electrical & Computing Engineering (2004); K. R. Donnelly, Associate Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (1994); P. J. Dooling, Associate Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (1995); D. S. Dorcas, Associate Professor Emerita of Psychology (2003); P. M. Douglas, Professor Emeritus of Music (1992); P. Dow, Professor Emeritus of Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences (1988); G. E. Dower, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology and Therapeutics (1989); P. J. Doyle, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1992); V. R. Doyley, Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1993); S. Drance, Professor Emeritus of Ophthalmology (1990); J. P. Duncan, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1985); B. A. Dunell, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1985); H. G. Dunn, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1982); W. L. Dunn, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1987); F. Durity, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2002); G. H. Durrant, Professor Emeritus of English (1981); K. A. Dusing, Assistant Professor Emerita of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies (1997); G. G. Dutton, Professor Emeritus of gChemistry (1988); J. Dybikowski, Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (2003); G. W. Eaton, Professor Emeritus of Plant Science (1995); H. G. Edinger, Associate Professor of Classical, Near Eastern & Religious Studies (2001); S. B. Effer, Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1995); D.J. Egleston, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Law (2003); S. A. Egoff, Professor Emerita of Librarianship (1983); A. A. Eisen, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2001); A. J. Elder, Associate Professor Emerita of History (1992); H. Elfert, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (1990); D. J. Elkins, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (2001); P. J. Ellickson, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Zoology (1994); G. R. Elliott, Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1978); R. M. Ellis, Professor Emeritus of Earth & Ocean Sciences (2001); R. A. English, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1994); N. Epstein, Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering (1989); K. L. Erdman, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1991); J. Ericksen, Assistant Professor Emerita of Nursing (2002); D. L. Evans, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1999); J. A. S. Evans, Professor Emeritus of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies (1996); J. Fankhauser, Professor Emeritus of Music (2000); A. L. Farley, Professor Emeritus of Geography (1986); J. B. Farmer, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1994); G. Feaver, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (2002); G. A. Feltham, Professor Emeritus of Commerce & Business Administration (2004); J. Ferguson, Assistant Professor Emerita of Education (1977); T. Fernando, Associate Professor Emeritus of Anthropology & Sociology (2003); J. Ferris, Professor Emeritus of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine (2000); H. C. Fibiger, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1998); E. G. Fiedler, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1988); D. B. Fields, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1984); S. Fine, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (2002); D. G. Finlay, Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1991); W D. L. Finn, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1999); C. V. Finnegan, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1988); R. C. Fitzsimmons, Associate Professor Emeritus of Animal Science (1992); D. G. Fleming, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2004); W. K. Fletcher, Professor Emeritus of Earth & Ocean Sciences (2003); R. M. Flores, Professor Emeritus of French, Italian and Hispanic Studies (2002); Z. Folejewski, Professor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1976); J. Foort, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Orthopaedics (1987); J. D. Forbes, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1997); D. K. Ford, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1989); D. M. Ford, Instructor Emerita of Rehabilitation Sciences (2002); R. Foreman, Associate Professor Emeritus of Botany (1998); J. Forrester, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Health Care & Epidemiology (2001); M. Forster, Assistant Professor Emerita of Mathematics and Science Education (1987); A. D. Forward, Associate Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1997); M. Foschi, Professor Emerita of Anthropology and Sociology (2002); R. Foschi, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (2002); J. W. Foster, Professor Emeritus of English (2002); M. I. Foster, Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1989); I. K. Fox, Professor Emeritus of Community and Regional Planning (1982); H. Franklyn, Assistant Professor Emerita of French (1994); R. T. Franson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Law (1995); G. Fraser, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1997); D. S. Freeman, Professor Emeritus of Social Work (2002); R. D. Freeman, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1999); A. Frei, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1996); C. L. Friedman, Associate Professor Emerita of Anatomy (1986); S. M. Friedman, Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (1985); J. D. Friesen, Professor Emeritus of Counselling Psychology (1997); C. T. Friz, Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (1993); D. W. Froese, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1995); V. Froese, Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1999); D. C. Frost, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1989); A. M. Furness, Associate Professor Emerita of Social Work (1988); M. Furstenwald, Associate Professor Emerita of Germanic Studies (1985); M. H. Futrell, Professor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1990); J. A. Gaitanakis, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Architecture (1995); F. D. Garrett, Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (1977); I. S. Gartshore, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (2000); C. L. Gass, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (2004); A. Gerein, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1994); M. C. L. Gerry, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2004); G. Gibson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Oral Biological & Medical Sciences (2000); W. C. Gibson, Professor Emeritus of History of Medicine and Science (1978); W. H. Gilbert, Associate Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts (1986); S. Gillam, Professor Emerita of Pathology (2000); D. C. Gillespie, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1992); P. C. Gilmore, Professor Emeritus of Computer Science (1990); C. Giovanella, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Earth and Ocean Sciences (1999); A. D. M. Glass, Professor Emeritus of Botany (2003); F. P. Glick, APPENDIX III: EMERITUS STAFF 641 Associate Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1992); C. I. Godwin, Professor Emeritus of Earth and Ocean Sciences (1997); G. Goertzen, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1993); M. Goetz-Stankiewicz, Professor Emerita of Germanic Studies (1992); A. V. Gold, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1999); M. K. Goldberg, Professor Emeritus of English (1991); T Goldberg, Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts (1987); J. Goldie, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1999); D. L. Golding, Associate Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (1996); R. Goldman, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1997); F. Goldsack, Lecturer Emerita of Teacher Education (1997); V. Gomel, Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (2000); A. M. Gomes, Senior Instructor Emerita of Hispanic and Italian Studies (1997); A. M. Goodeve, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1986); G. B. Goodman, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1991); B. Gordon, Assistant Professor Emerita of Human Kinetics (2002); G. Gorelik, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1991); W. Goresky, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1994); J. M. Gormick, Assistant Professor Emerita of Nursing (1997); F. A. Gornall, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1983); E. B. Gose, Professor Emeritus of English (1991); C. C. Gourlay, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1982); R. H. Gourlay, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1987); J. I. Gow, Assistant Professor Emerita of History (1989); D. C. Graham, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1980); K. Graham, Professor Emeritus of Forestry (1977); E. E. Granirer, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1997); P. Grantham, Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1997); G. R. Gray, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1997); J. U. Gray, Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1992); P. Gray, Lecturer Emerita of Education (1989); R. F. Gray, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1985); B. R. Green, Professor Emerita of Botany (2003); D. D. Greenwood, Professor Emeritus of Audiology and Speech Sciences (1996); F. M. Greenwood, Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1988); H. J. Greenwood, Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1990); P. Greenwood, Professor Emerita of Mathematics (2000); P. Gregory, Professor Emeritus of Physics & Astronomy (2002); B. L. Grenberg, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1993); G. M. Griffiths, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1989); E. V. Grill, Associate Professor Emeritus of Oceanography (1988); F. J. Grover, Professor Emeritus of French (1985); A. Gruft, Associate Professor Emeritus of Architecture (1999); M. Grymaloski, Clinical Professor Emerita of Radiology (1999); D. T. Guest, Associate Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1989); A. M. Gunn, Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1985); H. P. Gush, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1996); R. A. Hagler, Professor Emeritus of Library, Archival, and Information Studies; P. Hahn, Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1989); G. Hainsworth, Associate Professor Emeritus of Economics (1999); D. Haley, Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (2004); A. E. Hall, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mining & Mineral Process Engineering (2001); J. G. Hall, Professor Emerita of Pediatrics (2004); N. A. Hall, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1996); R. J. Hall, Professor Emeritus of Theatre, Film & Creative Writing (1997); S. W. Hamilton, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (2004); A. G. Hannam, Professor Emeritus of Oral Health Sciences (2004); D. H. Harder, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Orthopaedics (1999); P. E. Harding, Professor Emeritus of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies (2004); M. E. Hardman, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1992); D. F. Hardwick, Professor Emeritus of Pathology/Pediatrics (1999); W G. Hardwick, Professor Emeritus of Geography (1997); R. D. Hare, Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1997); R. Harlow, Professor Emeritus of Creative Writing (1989); T. R. Harmon, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1979); P. Harnetty, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1992); R. C. Harris, Professor Emeritus of Geography (2001); B. Harrison, Professor Emeritus of History (1974); L. G. Harrison, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1994); T. J. Harrop, Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dental Sciences (1989); R. B. Hatch, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (2004); E. G. Hauptmann, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1995); E. B. Hawbolt, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1998); H. B. Hawthorn, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1976); L. D. Hayward, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1984); S. Healy, Associate Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts (1985); T. Heaver, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1997); B. Heldt, Professor Emerita of Russian (1996); J. F. Helliwell, Professor Emeritus of Economics (2002); H. Hennings, Associate Professor Emeritus of Cardiology (2004); F. G. Herring, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2004); R. J. W Hewat, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (2004); M. A. Hickling, Professor Emeritus of Law (1999); H. C. Hightower, Professor Emeritus of Community and Regional Planning (1996); H. Hildebrand, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1995); L. E. Hill, Professor Emeritus of History (1996); M. A. Hill, Associate Professor Emerita of Social Work (1986); P. G. Hill, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1997); R. H. Hill, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1992); R. J. Hills, Professor Emeritus of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (1994); R. Hindmarch, Professor Emeritus of Human Kinetics (1995); J. Hingston, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1986); S. Hirshen, Professor Emeritus of Architecture (2000); J. N. Hlynka, Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1991); F. C. W Ho, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1997); S. Ho, Professor Emeritus of Economics (2001); W. S. Hoar, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1979); K. F. Hoechsmann, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1995); J. Hogarth, Professor Emeritus of Law (2000); J. Hogg, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (2000); R. G. C. Holdaway, Assistant Professor Emeritus of French, Hispanic and Italian Studies (2000); F. B. Holl, Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Sciences (2000); W. L. Holland, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1973); D. G. Holm, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (2000); K. J. Holsti, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (2000); P. Hoogewerf, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1994); V. G. Hopwood, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1984); A. Horii, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1997); B. E. J. Housego, Associate Professor Emerita of Educational and Counselling Psychology and Special Education (2000); I. Housego, Professor Emeritus of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (1994); R. Howard, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics and Astronomy (1998); J. E Howes, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1989); J. B. Hudson, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (2004); A. M. Hughes, Assistant Professor Emerita of Nursing (2000); G. C. Hughes, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1998); J. Hugill, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (2000); J. F. Hulcoop, Professor Emeritus of English (1993); C. W. Humphries, Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1997); E. J. Hundert, Professor Emeritus of History (2000); S. G. Hutton, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (2002); J. Huzel, Assistant Professor Emeritus of History (2003); E. J. Hyde, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Preventive and Community Dentistry (1985); K. Hyde, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (1988); D. Ingram, Professor Emeritus of Linguistics (1999); M. Iqbal, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1996); M. R. Ito, Professor Emeritus of Electrical & Computing Engineering (2003); H. Jackson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1994); M. Jackson, Assistant Professor Emerita of Zoology (1990); S. M. Jackson, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2000); H. E. Jacobson, Associate Professor Emerita of Anthropology and Sociology (1992); L. G. Jahnke, Professor Emeritus of Law (1987); B. R. James, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2001); D. G. James, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1990); I. Jeffrey, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita of Audiology and Speech Sciences (2004); W. G. Jilek, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1996); L. Jilek-Aall, Clinical Professor Emerita of Psychiatry (1997); A. M. Johnson, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1982); G.J. Johnson, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1997); R. C. Johnson, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1993); R. R. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Physics & Astronomy (2004); F. R. Johnstone, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1984); D. P. Jones, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1985); G. Jones, Professor Emeritus of Physics and Astronomy (1997); L. D. Jones, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1996); R. M. Jordan, Professor Emeritus of English (1989); E. V. Jull, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1999); F. A. Kaempffer, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1986); D. Kalousek, Professor Emerita of Pathology (2002); S. Karim, Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology and Therapeutics (2000); H. Kasinsky, Associate Professor Emeritus of Zoology (2003); H. E. Kassis, Professor Emeritus of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies (1997); D. Kavanagh-Gray, Clinical Professor Emerita of Medicine (1998); J. K. Kealy, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (2004); R. Keeler, Professor Emeritus of Physiology (1992); J. W. Kehoe, Professor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies (1998); R. F. Kelly, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1997); G. T. Kelsey, Professor Emeritus of Educational Studies (1998); J. G. Kelso, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Human Kinetics (1998); D. C. Kendall, Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1988); G. Kennedy, Associate Professor Emeritus of Global Resource Systems (2003); J. E. M. Kew, Associate Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1997); S. L. Khanna, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dental Sciences (1989); M. M. Kharadly, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1992); P. J. Kiernan, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2001); D. G. Kilburn, Professor Emeritus of Microbiology (2000); S. U. Kim, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2001); M. H. Kirkley, Assistant Professor Emerita of English (2000); V. J. Kirkness, Associate Professor Emerita of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (1993); D. Klang, Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1993); M. C. Klein, Professor Emeritus of Family Practice Medicine and Pediatrics (2003); M. Kliman, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1990); C. Kline, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1983); K. Klinka, Professor Emeritus of Forest Sciences (2002); H. Klonoff, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1990); W J. Knickerbocker, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Radiology (1999); F. Knobloch, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1982); J. Knobloch, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita of Psychiatry (1991); G. Knox, Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts (1987); H. C. Knutson, Professor Emeritus of French (1988); K. I. Kobbervig, Professor Emeritus of Hispanic and Italian Studies (1993); Y. Koga, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Chemistry (2001); G. W Korn, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1990); A. Kozak, Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (2001); A. D. Kraus, 642 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (2004); C. J. Krebs, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (2001); R. Krell, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1996); C. R. Krishnamurti, Professor Emeritus of Animal Science (1991); H. Krivel, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1986); R. V. Kubicek, Professor Emeritus of History (2000); R. E. Kucera, Associate Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1987); J. P. Kutney, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1997); E. R. Labrie, Professor Emeritus of English (2001); R. Labrie, Professor Emeritus of English (2002); H. Laimon, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1991); R. Lakowski, Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1992); K. Y. Lam, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2004); N. Lamb, Senior Instructor Emerita of Audiology & Speech Sciences (2001); F. C. Langdon, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (1984); J. A. Laponce, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (1991); A. Laquin, Professor Emeritus of Community and Regional Planning (2000); J. S. Laskowski, Professor Emeritus of Mining & Mineral Process Engineering (2001); C. Laszlo, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1998); T. M. Lau, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (2002); D. P. Lavender, Professor Emeritus of Forest Science (1992); L. M. Lavkulich, Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Sciences and Graduate Studies (2004); C. S. Lear, Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dental Sciences (1990); P. H. LeBlond, Professor Emeritus of Earth and Ocean Sciences (1997); J. R. Ledsome, Professor Emeritus of Physiology (1997); R. J. Leduc, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1987); M. Lee, Professor Emeritus of Family and Nutritional Sciences (1991); S. S. Lee, Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1998); P. O. Lehmann, Clinical Instructor Emeritus of Surgery (1978); J. Leichter, Professor Emeritus of Family and Nutritional Sciences (1997); J. Leja, Professor Emeritus of Mining and Mineral Process Engineering (1983); B. C. Lentle, Professor Emeritus of Radiology (2000); L. Leondard, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (2003); P. Leslie, Professor Emeritus of Educational & Counselling Psychology & Special Education (2003); J. Levy, Professor Emerita of Microbiology (1999); A. G. Lewis, Professor Emeritus of Earth Ocean Sciences and Zoology (1999); R. C. Lewis, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science I Education (1986); J. Lielmezs, Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering (1991); L. Lighthall, Associate Professor Emerita of Library, Archival & Information Studies (2001); N. R. Liley, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (2001); T. Y. Lin, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1986); W.-C. Lin, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1980); D. A. Lindquist, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Physics (1988); C. C. Lindsey, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1988); F. Lioy, Professor Emeritus of Physiology (1993); D. Lirenman, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (2002); H. Litherland, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1992); H. V. Livermore, Professor Emeritus of Hispanic and Italian Studies (1981); A. F. Livesey, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1981); D. Livingstone, Assistant Professor Emerita of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1988); J. A. Loban, Professor Emeritus of Musk (1992); R. R. Loffmark, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1985); D. Logan, Professor Emerita of Journalism (2004); W. J. P. Logan, Associate Professor Emeritus of Curric- ulumStudies (1996); L. E. Lowe, Professor Emeritus of Soil Science (1994); D. Ludwig, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics/Zoology (1994); E. Luft, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1999); A. Lukasevich, Assistant Professor Emerita of Language Education (1997); J. Lund, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1993); K. H. Lynn, Senior Instructor Emerita of Asian Studies (2004); D. M. Lyster, Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (2001); L. Lythgoe, Lecturer Emeritus of Language Education (1997); K. R. MacCrimmon, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (2002); M. MacCrimmon, Professor Emeritus of Law (2002); A. N. Macdonald, Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1990); J. A. Macdonald, Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1985); J. L. MacDonald, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2004); W Macdonald, Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1996); D. J. MacDougall, Professor Emeritus of Law (1999); J. K. MacFarlane, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2004); R. N. MacGregor, Professor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies (1997); James M. Maclntyre, Professor Emeritus of Law (1999); A. R. Mackay, Associate Professor Emeritus of French (1992); J. R. Mackay, Professor Emeritus of Geography (1981); V. A. Mackay, Associate Professor Emerita of Education (1979); C. Mackenzie, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1991); C. J. Mackenzie, Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1986); H. M. Mackenzie, Associate Professor Emerita of Education (1973); R. Maclean, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1994); S. Maddin, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1987); B. Madsen, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1992); G. Manning, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anesthesia (2004); D. Manson, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2002); M. A. Manzalaoui, Professor Emeritus of English (1989); J. C. Mao, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1988); B. E. March, Professor Emerita of Animal Science (1986); A. Marcus, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1992); E. L. Margetts, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1985); S. E. Marks, Associate Professor Emeritus of Counselling Psychology (1993); A. J. Marriage, Associate Professor Emeritus of Sociology (1990); A. W. Marshall, Professor Emeritus of Statistics (1987); P. W. Martin, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1998); D. Matheson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (2000); R. G. Matson, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology; E. J. Matte, Associate Professor Emeritus of French (1993); R. V. Mattessich, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1988); P. W Matthews, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics and Astronomy (2000); W. L. Maurice, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (2004); G. A. Maxwell, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2001); J. R. Maze, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1997); A. J. McClean, Professor Emeritus of Law (2001); P. R. McClelland, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1995); R. McConnell, Professor Emerita of Education 4^1981); C. E. McDonnell, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1990); T. B. McDonough, Assistant Professor Emerita of Education (1981); T. G. McGee, Professor Emeritus of Asian Research (2001); E. McGeer, Professor Emerita of Psychiatry (1989); P. L. McGeer, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1992); R. W. McGraw, Professor Emeritus of Orthopaedics (2000); D. E. McGreer, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1993); B. L. McGregor, Assistant Professor Emerita of Rehabilitation Medicine (1986); J. Mclver, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (1994); T. D. McKie, Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1988); D. M. McLean, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1991); A. McLeod, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies (1997); W. McLeod, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2002); G. H. McMorland, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesiology (1991); F. E. McNair, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1984); J. A. McNeely, Associate Professor Emeritus of Germanic Studies (1987); R. McNeill, Clinical Professor emeritus of Surgery (1997); C. McNiven, Associate Professor Emerita of Social Work (1989); J. D. McPhail, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1999); D. McPhillips, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce & Business Administration (2002); K. C. McTaggart, Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1985); J. D. McWhannel, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Education (1981); G. McWhirter, Professor Emeritus of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing (2004); T. R. Meadowcroft, Professor Emeritus of Metals & Materials Engineering (2001); D. F. Measday, Professor Emeritus of Physics and Astronomy (2002); M. Meissner, Professor Emeritus of Sociology (1993); Z. A. Melzak, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1995); T. K. Menon, Professor Emeritus of Geophysics and Astronomy (1993); A. J. Merer, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2002); P. Merivale, Professor Emerita of English (1999); R. F. Merriam, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1987); J. Meyer, Professor Emeritus of Physics & Astronomy (2003); P. J. Middleton, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1997); J. E. Miles, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1992); C. W. Miller, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1980); H. S. Miller, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Orthopaedics (1991); L. L. Miller, Associate Professor Emeritus of Germanic Studies (1992); M. Miller, Clinical Assistant Professor Emerita of Anaesthesia (1993); S. Miller, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (1982); R. S. Milne, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (1984); J. H. Milsum, Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1991); A. Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Metals & Materials Engineering (2001); A. G. Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1994); C. L. Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1986); H. Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of History (1989); J. R. Mitchell, Associate Professor of Physical Education and Recreation (1987); K. A. R. Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2004); V. F. Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1988); R. Miura, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2001); H. F. Mizgala, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1997); R. Modrow, Associate Professor Emeritus of Health Care & Epidemiology (2003); J. Mogan, Assistant Professor Emerita of Nursing (1990); J. G. Moir, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1988); T. Money, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1997); P. Montgomery, Associate Professor Emerita of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1987); P. R. Moody, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physical Education (1989); Y. S. Moon, Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics & Gynaecology (2003); A. M. Moore, Professor Emeritus of Economics (1984); L. F. Moore, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1996); P. Moore, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1990); A. J. More, Associate Professor Emeritus of Educational and Counselling Psychology and Special Education (2000); M. M. Morehart, Associate Professor Emerita of Fine Arts (1989); W R. Morford, Professor Emeritus of Human Kinetics (1995); J. Morison, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1988); J. E. W. Mornin, Professor Emeritus of Germanic Studies (2001); R. B. Morris, Professor Emeritus of Musk (1986); B. Morrison, Professor Emerita of Health Care and Epidemiology (1999); B. M. Morrison, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1991); E. Morrison, Professor Emeritus of English (1970); F. A. Morrison, Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1983); R. T. Morrison, Associate Professor Emeritus of Radiology (1997); K. S. Morton, Professor Emeritus of Orthopaedics (1990); M. Morton, Senior Instructor Emeritus of English (1987); B. N. Moyls, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1984); A. Mular, Professor Emeritus of Mining and Mineral Process Engineering (1996); M. Mullinger, Associate Professor Emerita of Pediatrics (1987); P. M. Mullins, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education and Recreation (1986); W. J. Mullins, Associate Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1986); D. D. Munro, Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (1995); G. R. Munro, APPENDIX III: EMERITUS STAFF 643 Professor Emeritus of Economics (1999); E. K. Murakami, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1997); B. Muratorio-Posse, Associate Professor Emerita of Anthropology and Sociology (2000); R. Muratorio-Posse, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1989); D. C. Murdoch, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1977); A. B. Murray, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1992); D. Murray, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2000); J. S. Murray, Associate Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts (1987); P. A. Murtha, Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (2003); K. Nagatani, Professor Emeritus of Economics (1997); S. Nakai, Professor Emeritus of Food Science (1992); S. D. Nalevykin, Assistant Professor Emerita of Education (1987); F. P. D. Navin, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (2003); J. Nearing, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (2004); P. A. Neher, Professor Emeritus of Economics (1997); W. E. Neill, Professor Emeritus of Fisheries (2003); B. Nelems, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2004); P. M. Nerland, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1987); G. R. Neufeld, Associate Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1997); M. B. Nevison, Professor Emerita of Education (1982); W H. New, University Killam Professor Emeritus of English (2002), Professor Emeritus of English (2003); F. S. Newby, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1979); D. E. Newman, Professor Emeritus of Radiology (1997); J. Newman, Associate Professor Emeritus of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing (2000); J. S. Newton, Associate Professor Emeritus of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing (2004); H. Nichol, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1990); D. J. Niederauer, Professor Emeritus of French (1987); H. Niskala, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (1995); J. E. Nixon, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (1988); H. C. Nordan, Associate Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1988); M. Norman, Professor Emerita of Pathology (1997); J. M. Norris, Professor Emeritus of History of Medicine (1991); M. North, Senior Instructor Emerita of Geography (2000); R. N. North, Associate Professor Emeritus of Geography (2001); T. G. Northcote, Professor Emeritus of Forest Sciences and Zoology (1992); S. M. Oberg, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1988); H. P. Oberlander, Professor Emeritus of Community and Regional Planning (1988); J. R. O'Connor, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1995); A. L. Ogilvie, Professor Emeritus of Oral Medicine (1986); E. A. Ogryzlo, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1999); A. H. Ohanjanian, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1988); W K. Oldham, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1995); O. A. Oldridge, Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1989); P. G. Olley, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1990); C. W. Oloman, Professor Emeritus of Chemical and Biological Engineering (2004); B. Olson, Clinical Assistant Professor Emerita of Anaesthesia (2004); M. D. Olson, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1995); J. Orr, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1999); D. L. Overmeyer, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (2000); B. D. Owen, Professor Emeritus of Animal Science (1991); I. Ozier, Professor Emeritus of Physics &C Astronomy (2004); A. Pacheco, Professor Emeritus of Hispanic and Italian Studies (1997); N. L. Paddock, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1983); H. Pafitt, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (2000); S. S. Page, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1999); B. F. Paige, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1987); J. Panter, Assistant Professor Emeritus of French (1994); D. Parker, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (2000); C. Parkin, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1999); G. V. Parkinson, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1990); R. Parkinson, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1988); T. R. Parsons, Professor Emeritus of Oceanography and Zoology (1993); L. Paszner, Professor Emeritus of Wood Science (1999); B. Pate, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1993); K. M. Patel, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Botany (1997); T. E. Patton, Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1997); J. L. Pavelich, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1987); R. H. Pearce, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1989); P. H. Pearse, Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (1997); R.J. Pearson, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (2000); J. E. Peck, Professor Emeritus of Computer Science (1984); R. Pederson, Professor Emeritus of Physiology (2003); V. S. Pendakur, Professor Emeritus of Community and Regional Planning (1997); P. S. Penfold, Professor Emerita of Psychiatry (2001); G. Pennington, Associate Professor Emeritus of Human Kinetics (1995); C. D. Pennock, Associate Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1987); D. Peretz, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1997); S. A. Perkins, Professor Emeritus of Education (1986); A. M. Perks, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1997); Z. Perler, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2000); E. Peters, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1991); K. Petersen, Professor Emeritus of Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies I (2002); R. Peterson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Animal Science (1998); J. E. Phillips, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1999); R.J. Phillips, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Physical Education and Recreation (1980); G. L. Pickard, Professor Emeritus of Oceanography and Physics (1979); F. Pieronek, Associate Professor Emerita of Language Education (1996); E. Piers, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2004); A. E. Piloto, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1984); H.-K. Piltz, Professor Emeritus of Music (1989); R. Pincock, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1999); D. Pincus, Associate Professor Emerita of Fine Arts (1995); K. L. Pinder, Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering (1994); A. C. Pinkerton, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1991); P. Pinkus, Professor Emeritus of English (1984); G. E. Pirie, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1993); A. B. Piternick, Professor Emerita of Library, Archival and Information Studies (1992); M. Pitt, Associate Professor Emeritus of Agroecology (2002); I. H. Plenderleith, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1996); A. Podlecki, Professor Emeritus of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies (1998); G. W. Poling, Professor Emeritus of Mining and Mineral Process Engineering (1997); R. Pollay, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (2001); R. W. Pollay, Professor Emeritus of Commerce & business Administration (2001); J. B. Pomfret, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education and Recreation (1988); M. Pomfret, Assistant Professor Emerita of Physical Education and Recreation (1987); G. S. Pond, Professor Emeritus of Oceanography (1996); N. Poppe, Associate Professor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1992); G. B. Porter, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1991); R. Potashin, Assistant Professor Emerita of Psychology (1987); R. Poutt, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1989); G. Povey, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1997); G. E. Powell, Professor Emeritus of English (1997); J. V. Powell, Associate Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1999); W. D. Powrie, Professor Emeritus of Food Science (1992); M. E. Prang, Professor Emerita of History (1986); I. C. Pratt, Associate Professor Emeritus of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing (2004); C. Price, Professor Emeritus of Oral Biological & Medical Sciences (2001); J. Price, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1992); M. A. Primeau, Associate Professor Emerita of French (1979); E. Proctor, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine (1999); E. Puil, Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology Therapeutics (2004); E. G. Pulleyblank, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1988); L. Pulos, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1998); H. M. Purkis, Associate Professor Emerita of French (1984); P. A. Quartermain, Professor Emeritus of English (1999); D. M. J. Quastel, Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology & Therapeutics (2001); L. N. Quastel, Assistant Professor Emerita of Rehabilitation Medicine (1990); T. Queree, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (2004); M. C. Quick, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1998); S. J. Rachman, Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1999); A. Rae, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1996); M. D. Rainey, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1989); H. K. Ralston, Assistant Professor Emeritus of History (1987); M. V. Ralston, Associate Professor Emerita of Language Education (1989); R. L. Ramsay, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education and Recreation (1989); H. Ramsey, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1996); E. N. Rand, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Philosophy (1993); D. J. Randall, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (2004); R. E. Rangno, Associate Professor Emeritus of General Medicine (2004); D. P. Rapanos, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Architecture (1997); P. Rastall, Professor Emeritus of Physics and Astronomy (1997); R. S. Ratner, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology & Sociology (2003); H. Ratzlaff, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1994); P. M. Rebbeck, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita of Surgery (1994); I. Rebrin, Senior Instructor Emerita of Slavonic Studies (1992); F. L. Reed, Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (1993); M. Regester, Senior Instructor Emerita of Nursing (1997); C. Reid, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1984); I. Reid, Assistant Professor Emerita of Slavonic Studies (1991); R. S. Reid, Associate Professor Emeritus of Law (2003); G. Reith, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1996); M. Reitzik, Associate Professor Emeritus of Oral, Medical and Surgical Sciences (1990); A. J. Renney, Professor Emeritus of Plant Science (1979); C. S. Rennie, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1982); R. A. Restrepo, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1996); G. D. Reubart, Professor Emeritus of Musk (1986); V. Revutsky, Associate Professor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1976); A. J. Reynertson, Professor Emerita of Theatre (1988); J. F. Richards, Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry (1992); J. S. F. Richards, Associate Professor Emeritus of Ophthalmology (1999); J. F. Richards, Professor Emeritus of Food Science (2001); A. S. Richardson, Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dental Science (1994); J. I. Richardson, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Religious Studies (1982); W. A. Richter, Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dental Sciences (1989); W. R. Ridington, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology (1995); J. M. Rigg, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1995); N. Risebrough, Associate Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1999); D. Rix, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine (1999); D. L. Rizer, Associate Professor Emerita of Education (1975); D. J. Robataille, Professor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies (2001); F. Roberts, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine (2000); R. E. Robins, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1991); C. E. Robinson, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1983); C. L. Robinson, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1986); G. C. Robinson, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1987); H. S. Robinson, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1984); J. L. Robinson, Professor Emeritus of Geography (1984); R E. Robinson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1993); R. A. Robson, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1986); R. H. Rodgers, 644 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Professor Emeritus of Family and Nutritional Sciences (1991); L. Rodman, Assistant Professor Emerita of English (2002); R. Rogers, Professor Emeritus of Music (1998); R. H. Rogers, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1994); S. M. Rogow, Professor Emerita of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1995); M. W. Rose, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1984); L. Rosen, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2003); R. S. Rosenberg, Professor Emeritus of Computer Science (2004); G. Rosenbluth, Professor Emeritus of Economics (1986); A. Rosenthal, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1979); I. S. Ross, Professor Emeritus of English (1993); J. E. Ross, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1982); J. V. Ross, Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1993); P. L. E. Ross, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita of Anaesthesia (2000); S. Rothstein, Professor Emeritus of Library, Archival and Information Studies (1986); G. E. Rouse, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1994); L. A. Rousseau, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1987); V. C. Runeckles, Professor Emeritus of Plant Science (1996); K. M. Ruppenthal, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1983); J. Russell, Professor Emeritus of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies (1999); R. D. Russell, Professor Emeritus of Geophysics and Astronomy (1991); S. O. D. Russell, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1997); B. Saint-Jacques, Professor Emeritus of Linguistics (1990); M. Salcudean, Professor Emerita of Mechanical Engineering (1999); J. Sams, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1998); D. E. Sanders, Professor Emeritus of Law (2003); H. D. Sanders, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology and Therapeutics (1991); G. Sandy, Professor Emeritus of Classical, Near Eastern and Religious Studies (2002); T. Sandy, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1994); A. R. Sawyer, Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts (1984); J. Sawyer, Associate Professor Emeritus of Musk (2002); R. F. Scagel, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1986); J. R. Scheffer, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2004); J. R. Schell, Associate Professor Emeritus of Music (1999); N. Schmidt, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2002); R. Schofer, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (19970; W B. Schofield, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1993); G. F. Schrack, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1996); B. Schrodt, Associate Professor Emerita of Human Kinetics (1994); H. Schuetze, Professor Emeritus of Educational Studies (2004); M. H. Schultz, Clinical Instructor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (1988); M. Schulzer, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2001); R. W. Schutz, Professor Emeritus of Human Kinetics (2000); B. Schwab, Professor Emeritus of Commerce & Business Administration (2001); D. W. F. Schwarz, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2004); D. R. Schweitzer, Associate Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (2001); C. F. Schwerdtfeger, Professor Emeritus of Physics and Astronomy (1997); A. D. Scott, Professor Emeritus of Economics (1989); G. G. E. Scudder, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1999); W. R. Seal, Associate Professor Emeritus of Education (1979); R. Seamon, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (2002); R. Seebaran, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Social Work & Family Studies (2001); M. Y. Seelig, Professor Emeritus of Community and Regional Planning (1999); G. R. Selman, Associate Professor Emeritus of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (1992); R. Sexsmith, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (2003); M. Shaw, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2000); M. Shaw, University Professor Emeritus (1989); R. A. Shearer, Professor Emeritus of Economics (1997); J. M. Sherrill, Professor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies (1999); S. S. Shim, Professor Emeritus of Orthopaedics (1995); B. Shizgal, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2003); H. Shore, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (1990); R. Shulman, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1988); C. Siegel, Associate Professor Emeritus of Theatre, Film & Creative Writing (2001); A. H. Siemens, Professor Emeritus of Geography, (1997); R. I. Sikora, Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1993); F. Siller, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce & Business Administration (2002); H. Silver, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1997); M. Silverman, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (2000); R. Silverman, Professor Emeritus of Music (2003); P. A. Simmons, Professor Emeritus of Library, Archival and Information Studies (1998); R. Simpson, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesiology (1987); E. Sinanan, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1995); A. J. Sinclair, Professor Emeritus of Earth and Ocean Sciences (1999); G. D. Sinclair, Associate Professor Emeritus of Human Kinetics (1997); J. G. Sinclair, Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (2001); N. R. Sinclair, Associate Professor Emerita of Education (1981); A. A. Sinel, Professor Emeritus of History (2001); M. Sion, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1989); J. P. Skala, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1997); K. Slade, Associate Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1999); M. Slade, Professor Emerita of Economics (2003); J. Sladen, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2000); R. Slakov, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (2004); H. O. Slaymaker, Professor Emeritus of Geography (2004); G. Slobin, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1994); C. E. Slonecker, Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (2004); B. Slutsky, Associate Professor Emeritus of Law (2003); G. Smedley, Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts (1992); F. Smith, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Athletics and Sports Services (1997); G. A. Smith, Professor Emeritus of Education (1983); J. C. Smith, Professor Emeritus of Law (1995); J. E. Smith, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1971); J. M. Smith, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1987); C. Snelling, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2004); R. F. Snider, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1997); G. Snyder, Assistant Professor Emerita of Language Education (1993); L. Sobrino, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1995); M. Soga, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1992); J. J. Solecki, Associate Professor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1984); A. C. Soudack, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1999); D. E. Soule, Professor Emeritus of Theatre (1984); H. M. Southard, Assistant Professor Emerita of Rehabilitation Medicine (1983); R. W Spitzer, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1986); R. B. Splane, Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1982); J. D. Spouge, Professor Emeritus of Oral Medicine (1985); C. Staab, Associate Professor Emerita of Language Education (1996); J. K. Stager, Professor Emeritus of Geography (1993); W. T. Stanbury, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (2000); G. Stanick, Professor Emeritus of Musk (1999); W. J. Stankiewicz, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (1987); S. Stanton, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (1990); P. G. Stanwood, Professor Emeritus of English (1998); A. Stark, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita of Health Care & Epidemiology (2001); R. C. Steele, Associate Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1990); G. Oddo-de Stefanis, Associate Professor Emerita of Hispanic and Italian Studies (1990); J. R. Stein, Professor Emerita of Botany (1987); M. W. Steinberg, Professor Emeritus of English (1983); G. H. Stephenson, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1982); S. W. Stevenson, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1999); I. F. Stewart, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1995); J. F. Stewart, Professor Emeritus of English (2000); R. Stewart, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1989); H. F. Stich, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1991); C. W. Stocker, Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1999); F. E. Stockholder, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1996); K. Stoddart, Associate Professor Emeritus of Anthropology & Sociology (2003); G. E. Stolar, Professor Emerita of Social Work (1999); S. N. Stordy, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1996); A. Storr, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2004); K. G. Strassmann, Associate Professor Emeritus of Theatre (1991); B. Stuart- Stubbs, Professor Emeritus of Library, Archival and Information Studies (1992); G. T. Stubbs, Associate Professor Emeritus of Education (1981); L.D. Sullivan, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2001); E. G. Summers, Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1992); S.-C. Sung, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1990); J. N. Sutherland, Professor Emeritus of Educational Studies (1996); M. C. Sutter, Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology and Therapeutics (1998); R. Sutton, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2002); W K. Sutton, Assistant Professor Emerita of Language Education (1997); D. Suzuki, Professor Emeritus of Sustainable Development Research (2001); A. E. Swanson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences (1992); D. Swanson, Lecturer Emerita of Teacher Education (1998); V. P. Sweeney, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1995); D. Syeklocha, Assistant Professor Emerita of Microbiology (1991); P. J. Sykes, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics (1984); B. Sylvester, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1991); G. Szasz, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1995); I. Szasz, Clinical Associate Professor of Radiology (1998); W. F. Szetela, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1991); M. Tadych, Assistant Professor Emerita of Social Work (1986); M. Tait, Associate Professor Emeritus of Animal Science (1998); K.-I. Takashima, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (2004); D. E. Talney, Associate Professor Emeritus of Music (1994); F. J. R. Taylor, Professor Emeritus of Earth and Ocean Sciences and Botany (2004); I. E. P. Taylor, Professor Emeritus of Agroecology and Botany (2004); P. Taylor, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1999); P. Taylor, Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics & Gynaecology (2001); J. M. Teasdale, Associate Professor Emerita of Pediatrics (1990); E. Teghtsoonian, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1988); G. M. Tener, Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry (1993); L. Tenn, Senior Instructor Emerita of Nursing (2001); P. R. Tennant, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (2004); J. V. Thirgood, Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (1989); H. L. Thomas, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1993); J. P. Thomas, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pathology and Medicine (1987); L. A. Thomas, Associate Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts (1980); D. W. Thompson, Professor Emeritus of Chemical and Bio-Resource Engineering (1998); G. Thompson, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1992); M. Thompson, Assistant Professor Emerita of Education (1973); M. Thompson, Professor Emeritus of Commerce & Business Administration (2002); R. Thompson, Assistant Professor Emerita of Nursing (2001); R. C. Thompson, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (2002); J. E. Thornton, Associate Professor Emeritus of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (1993); S. C. Thorson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1990); H. A. Thurston, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1987); F. A. Tickner, Professor Emeritus of Music (1996); C. A. Tiers, Professor Emeritus of Architecture (1990); A. D. Tilley, Associate Professor Emerita of Human Kinetics (1994); B. Tischler, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1989); E. C. Todd, Professor Emeritus of Law (1993); M. E. Todd, Professor Emerita of Anatomy (2002); M. Tolmie, Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1990); R. J. Tolsma, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Counselling Psychology (1995); J. W. Tomlinson, Associate Professor APPENDIX III: EMERITUS STAFF 645 Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1994); M. G. Tomsich, Associate Professor Emerita of Hispanic and Italian Studies (1996); R. S. Tonkin, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1997); G. Tougas, Professor Emeritus of French (1984); A. Toupin, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita of Health Care & Epidemiology (2001); P. M. Townsley, Professor Emeritus of Food Science (1991); D. Tromans, Professor Emeritus of Metals & Material Engineering (2003); J. Trotter, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1999); G. C. Trowsdale, Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1988); I. Tsang, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (2004); I. Turnbull, Associate Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1999); K. W. Turnbull, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (2004); C. J. Turner, Professor Emeritus of Germanic Studies (2000); R. Turner, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1994); B. G. Turrell, Professor Emeritus of Physics & Astronomy (2003); G. F. O. Tyers, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (2000); R. Uhler, Professor Emeritus of Economics (2000); T. J. Ulrych, Professor Emeritus of Earth and Ocean Sciences (2000); A. Urrello, Professor Emeritus of French, Italian and Hispanic Studies (2004); D. H. Uyeno, Associate Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (2001); Y. Vaid, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (2002); M. Vallance, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (2000); C. Van Breemen, Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology & Therapeutics (2001); J. Vanderstoep, Associate Professor Emeritus of Food Science (2002); J. Varah, Professor Emeritus of Computer Science (2002); H. Vaughan, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (2000); P. S. G. Verriour, Associate Professor Emeritus of Language Education (2003); J. Vielkind, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (2004); D. J. Vince, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics (1993); E. Vizsolyi, Senior Instructor Emerita of Zoology (1997); E. W. Vogt, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1995); R. Vrba, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology and Therapeutics (1990); J. A. Wada, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1991); P. M. Wadsworth, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1997); T. J. Wales, Professor Emeritus of Economics (2000); D. C. Walker, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1999); D. E. Walker, Senior Instructor Emerita of Fine Arts (1986); G. A. H. Walker, Professor Emeritus of Physics and Astronomy (1997); R. B. Walkey, Associate Professor Emeritus of Architecture (2004); R. A. Wall, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology and Therapeutics (1995); J. H. Wallin, Professor Emeritus of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (1990); G. Walsh, Associate Professor Emeritus of Education (1979); J. B. Walsh, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2004); G. A. Walter, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce & Business Administration (2001); L. L. Walters, Associate Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1989); M. Walters, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1987); E. M. Warbinek, Assistant Professor Emerita of Nursing (1994); J. B. Warren, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce (1987); R. A. J. Warren, Professor Emeritus of Microbiology (1998); T. Watanabe, Professor Emeritus of Geophysics and Astronomy (1993); W. G. Waters, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (2000); A. P. Watkinson, Professor Emeritus of Chemical and Biological Engineering (2004); N. Watt, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education (1992); D. J. Watterson, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1982); N. Waxier-Morrison, Associate Professor Emerita of Social Work (1992); J. M. Weakland, Associate Professor Emerita of Visual and Performing Arts (1987); G. Wedeking, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (2003); S. A. Weese, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Theatre (1989); G. F. Weetman, Professor Emeritus of Forest Sciences (1998); C. E Wehrhahn, Associate Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1992); W. G. Wellington, Professor Emeritus of Plant Science (1986); T. I. Westermark, Associate Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1988); G. Westgate, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1992); M. Westrom, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies (2003); R. Westwick, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1998); B. L. White, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1996); K. J. White, Professor Emeritus of Economics (2003); R. B. White, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1987); R. L. White, Professor Emerita of French (1989); L. M. Whitehead, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1988); F. H. Whitman, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1994); D. N. E. Whittaker, Associate Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1997); E. W. Whittaker, Professor Emerita of Anthropology and Sociology (1997); J. V. Whittaker, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1996); S. A. Whittaker-Bleuler, Assistant Professor Emerita of Human Kinetics (2000); E. Wickberg, Professor Emeritus of History (1992); J. S. Wiggins, Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1996); R. D. Wild, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies (2000); D. L. Williams, Professor Emeritus of Physics & Astronomy (2002); J. M. Williams, Assistant Professor Emerita of Fine Arts (1999); M. D. Willman, Professor Emerita of Nursing (1994); D. C. Wilson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies 1 (2004); E. N. Wilson, Associate Professor Emeritus of Music (2002); J. D. Wilson, Professor Emeritus of Educational Studies (1999); J. W. Wilson, Professor Emeritus of Harvesting and Wood Science (1990); E. R. Winkler, Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1999); J. H. Winter, Professor Emeritus of History (1991); C. C. Wisnicki, Assistant Professor Emerita of Architecture (1984); R. Wong, Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1997); S. Wong, Associate Professor Emerita of Curriculum Studies (1997)); S. Wood, Professor Emeritus of Medical Genetics (2000); W. F. Wood, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1990); W. S. Wood, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1992); W. W. Wood, Associate Professor Emeritus of Architecture (1996); J. Woodrow, Professor Emerita of Curriculum Studies (1998); A. Woodside, Professor Emeritus of History (2003); L. I. Woolf, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1984); J. G. Worrall, Associate Professor Emeritus of Forest Sciences (2003); I. Wright, Professor Emeritus of Curriculum Studies (2002); J. Wright, Professor Emeritus of Theatre, Film and Creative Writing (2002); M. Wvong, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1995); M. A. Wyness, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (2002); D. J. Yeo, Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dental Sciences (1987); W. Yeomans, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1990); M. M. Yeung, Professor Emerita of Respiratory Medicine (2004); N. J. Yorkston, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1991); G. G. Young, Associate Professor Emeritus of Forest Resource Management (1996); L. Young, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1991); M. N. Young, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Theatre (1992); R. Young, Associate Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts (1998); Y.-N. Yu, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1975); N. C. Zacharias, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1980); M.W. Zacher, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (2003); J. W. Zahradnik, Professor Emeritus of Bio-Resource Engineering (1991); J. V. Zidek, Professor Emeritus of Statistics (2004); W. Ziemba, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (2004); J. Zilber, Professor Emeritus of Creative Writing (1989) 646 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 Aboriginal Health, Institute for 81, 290 Academic Accommodation for Students with Disabilities 47 Academic and Provost, Office of the Vice-President 45 Academic Assessment 48 Academic Concession 52 Academic Dress 43 Academic Freedom 47 Academic Misconduct, Discipline for 54 Academic Performance Evaluations 50 Academic Presses 73 Academic Probation 50 Academic Record, Transcript of 52 Academic Regulations 47 Academic Standing 50 Academic Year 9 Access Studies 18, 443 Accounting, B.Com. 168 Accounting, Diploma in. See under Commerce and Business Administration Acting 152 Add/Drop, for Courses 51 Adjudicated Pass, Academic Standing 50 Administration and Finance, Office of the Vice- President 45 Administrative Officers 44 Admissions, Graduate 217 Admissions, Undergraduate 17 Adult Basic Education 21 Advanced Credit or Placement 19 Advanced Placement Students 20 Appeals on Admission Decisions 26 Applicants from a College or University 24 Applicants from a Secondary School in BC/Yukon 20 Applicants from a Secondary School in BC/Yukon, Specific Program Requirements 22 Applicants from a Secondary School in Canada outside of BC/Yukon 23 Applicants from a Secondary School Outside Canada 24 Application 25 Associate Degrees, Transfer from 25 Calculus Examination Certificate, UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC 20 Campus, Change of 26 Canadian Aboriginal Students 18 Challenge, Credit Earned via 25 Concurrent Enrolment Policy 21 Degree Program, Change of 26 Disabilities, Students with, Policy 18 English Language Admission Standard 19 English Language Proficiency Requirement, Waiver 19 English Language Proficiency Tests 19 Home Schooled Secondary School Applicants 19 Institutes of Technology, ^ Advanced Standing from 25 Interim Grades, Admission Based on 23 International Applicants 25 International Baccalaureate 20 Language Proficiency Index 20 Music Pre-Major, Transfer from 25 Policy 17 Prior Learning Assessment, Credit Earned via 25 Readmission 25 Transfer Credit 25 Transition Program 21 Unassigned Transfer Credit 25 Undergraduate Admission Procedure 17 Adult Basic Education, and Admissions. See under Admissions, Undergraduate Adult Education, Graduate Studies 227 Adult Learning and Global Change, Graduate Studies 227 Advanced Materials and Process Engineering Laboratory (AMPEL) 84 Advanced Placement, and Admissions 19 Advancement Regulations 50 Aegrotat Standing 49 Affiliated Theological Colleges 72 Ageless Pursuits Spring Lecture Series 444 Agricultural Economics, Graduate Studies 228 Agricultural Sciences. See Land and Food Systems Alma Mater Society 60 Alternative Study Options 441 Alumni Association 65 AMS/GSS Health & Dental Plan 68 Anatomy and Cell Biology, Graduate Studies 228 Ancient Culture, Religion and Ethnicity, Graduate Studies 228 Animal Care Centre 75 Animal Science, Graduate Studies 229 Animal Studies. See under Land and Food Systems, Faculty of Anthropology 125 Graduate Studies 229 Anthropology, Museum of 71 Appeals on Admission Decisions. See under Admissions, Undergraduate Appeals, Senate on Admissions 26 on Academic Standing 53 on Academic Discipline 56 Application and Document Deadlines 7 Application Processing Fees 32 Application. See Admissions, Undergraduate Applied Conservation Research, Centre for 76 Applied Ethics, Graduate Studies 229 Applied Ethics, W. Maurice Young Centre for 80 Applied Mathematics, Graduate Studies 230 Applied Mathematics, Institute of 81 Applied Science, Faculty of 95 Applied Science, Bachelor of 95 Arts and Applied Science, Dual Degree 98 Chemical and Biological Engineering 99 Chemical Engineering 99 Civil Engineering 100 Commerce, Minor in 97 Co-operative Education Program 98 Electrical and Computer Engineering 100 Engineering Physics 102 Engineering, Master of 107 Environmental Engineering 106 Forest Engineering, Diploma in 107 Geological Engineering 103 Information Technology, Minor in 98 Integrated Engineering 103 INDEX 647 Materials Engineering 104 Mechanical Engineering 104 Mining Engineering 106 Professional Associations 107 Apply to the University. See Admissions, Undergraduate Aquaculture Systems, Diploma in Management of. See under Land and Food Systems, Faculty of Arabic. See Religious Studies Archaeology 126 Archaeology, Classical and Near Eastern, Graduate Studies 237 Architecture, Graduate Studies 230 Architecture, School of 111 Advanced Studies in Architecture, Master of 114 Architecture, Master of 111 Co-operative Education Program 113 Environmental Design, Bachelor of 115 Graduation Project 113 Professional Association 114 Statement of Certification 114 Study Abroad Program 113 Archival Studies, Graduate Studies 230 Archival Studies and Library Information Systems Graduate Studies 230 Archival Studies. See also Library, Archival and Information Studies Archives, University 89 Art Education Graduate Studies 231 Art Gallery, Morris and Helen Belkin 70 Art History, Graduate Studies 231 Art History, Visual Art, and Theory 126 Arts Studies 127 Arts, Faculty of 117 Applied Creative Non-Fiction, Diploma in 154 Art History, Diploma in 154 Arts and Applied Science, Dual Degree Program 125 Arts and Science, Double Major in 123 Arts One Program 124 Arts, Bachelor of 117 Combined Honours Program 123 Combined Major Program 123 Commerce, Minor in 123 Co-operative Education Programs 153 Double Major Program 123 Film Production, Diploma in 154 Fine Arts, Bachelor of 152 First Year Programs 124 Foundations Program 124 Graduate Programs. See Graduate Studies, Faculty of Health and Society 124 Honours Program 123 Linguistics, Diploma in 155 Major Programs 123 Minor Programs 123 Science, Minor in 124 Theatre Design and Technology, Certificate in 155 Asia Pacific Policy Studies Graduate Studies 231 Asian Centre 68 Asian Library 88 Asian Research, Institute of 81 Asian Studies 127 Graduate Studies 232 Assigned Standing, Review of 52 Astronomy 394 Graduate Studies 232 Athletics and Recreation 59, 61 Atmospheric Science 394 Atmospheric Science, Graduate Studies 233 Attendance 47 Audiology and Speech Sciences, Graduate Studies 233 Audiology and Speech Sciences, School of 161 Audiology 161 Clinical Externships 163 Philosophy, Doctor of 163 Science, Master of 161 Speech-Language Pathology 161 Audit, Academic Standing 50 Authenticity, Review for 4 8 Awards, Graduate, Ph.D. Tuition Award 42 B B.C. Asian Review 73 Bamfield Marine Sciences Centre 85 Barber, Irving K., Learning Centre 87 BC Studies, The British Columbian Quarterly 73 Belkin Art Gallery 70 Biochemistry 395 Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Graduate Studies 234 Biodiversity Research Centre 76 Bioinformatics, UBC Centre 80 Biological Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Biology 397 Biomedical Engineering, Graduate Studies 234 Biotechnology 402 Graduate Studies 234 Blood Research, Centre for 76 Board of Governors, Membership 44 Bookstore 68 Botanical Garden 68 Botany 403 Graduate Studies 234 Brain Research Centre 76 Bridge Program. See under Graduate Studies, Faculty of Bursaries 40 Business Administration, Graduate Studies 235 Business Administration, International Master of. See under Commerce and Business Administration Business Administration, Master of. See under Commerce and Business Administration Business Studies, International, Centre for 77 Calculus Examination Certificate, UBC-SFU-UVIC-UNBC. See under Admissions, Undergraduate Calendar Years 2005-2007 6 Campus Map 662 Campus Security 65 Campus, Change of 26 Campuses 60 Great Northern Way 60 Point Grey 60 Robson Square 60 UBC Okanagan 60 Canadian Centre for the Culture of Microorganisms 76 Canadian Institutes of Health Research. See under Graduate Studies, Faculty of Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering 73 Canadian Literature, Journal 73 Canadian Studies 128 Canadian Studies Centre, International 77 Canadian Year in Freiburg 442 Career Connections, UBC 444 Career Services 61 Carey Hall 72 Carey Theological College 72 Cell Biology, Anatomy and, Graduate Studies 228 Central, Eastern and Northern European Studies 129 Centres, Research 75 Chan Centre for the Performing Arts 69 INDEX 648 Change of Degree Program/Campus 26 Change of Registration 51 Chaplains 65 Chapman Learning Commons 87 Cheating. See Academic Misconduct Chemical and Biological Engineering, Graduate Studies 235 Chemical Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Chemistry 403 Graduate Studies 236 Childcare Facilities 65 Children's Literature, Graduate Studies 236 Children's Literature, Master of Arts. See under Library, Archival and Information Studies Chinese. See Asian Studies Chinook Option, B.Com. 168 Civil Engineering, Graduate Studies 237 Civil Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Classes, Cancellation of 47 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology, Graduate Studies 237 Classical Studies 129 Classics 130 Graduate Studies 237 Classification of Students 17 Coat-of-Arms 43 Cognitive Systems 130, 406 Combined Honours Program 123 Commerce and Business Administration, Faculty of 165 Accounting, Diploma in 172 Business Administration, International Master of 171 Business Administration, Master of 170 Certified General Accountants Association of BC 173 Chinook Business Diploma 166 Commerce, Bachelor of 165 Co-operative Education Program 167 Executive Education 173 Institute of Chartered Accountants of BC 173 M.B.A./LL.B. 171 M.B.A./M.A.P.P.S. 171 Management, Master of 171 Minor Options 167 Real Estate Courses and Programs 172 Real Estate Institute of BC 173 Real Estate, Bachelor of Business in 169 Society of Management Accountants of BC173 Commerce and Economics, B.Com. 168 Community and Regional Planning, School of Admission 175 Advisory Committees, Doctoral 177 Dissertation Requirements, Doctoral 177 Master's Degrees 175 Philosophy, Doctor of 177 Teaching, Learning and Research 176 Comparative Literature, Graduate Studies 238 Computer and Technology Studies 443 Computer Engineering, Graduate Studies 245 Computer Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Computer Science 406, 431 Graduate Studies 238 Computing, Information and Cognitive Systems, Institute for 82 Concurrent Enrolment Policy, and Admissions. See under Admissions, Undergraduate Conferences, Department of Housing and 69 Continuing Studies 443 Non-Credit Programs 444 Co-operative Education Programs 441 Admission 441 Courses and Fees 441 Employment 441 Fees 441 Graduation 441 International Students 441 Transfer Students 441 Coordinated Science Program. See under Science, Faculty of Corequisites, for Courses 447 Counselling Psychology, Graduate Studies 239 Counselling Services 62 Course Descriptions 447 Course Drop/Withdrawal Dates 51 Courses Contact Hours 447 Credits 447 Distance Education 441 Numbering 447 Space in 47 Creative Writing 152 Graduate Studies 239 Creative Writing/Film, Graduate Studies 240 Creative Writing/Theatre, Graduate Studies 240 Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy, International Centre for 78 Critical Curatorial Studies, Graduate Studies 231 Critical Studies in Sexuality 130 Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education, Centre for 76 Culture, Ancient, Religion and Ethnicity, Graduate Studies 228 Curriculum Studies, Graduate Studies 240 Curriculum Studies and Educational Administration and Leadership, Graduate Studies 241 Dates and Deadlines 7 Dates, Term and Examination 9 David Lam Library 88 Deadlines, Application and Document 7 Deferred Examinations 48 Deferred Standing 50 Degree, Requirements to Receive 48 Degrees and Diplomas Conferred, Statistics 637 Degrees Offered, Graduate 227 Denmark's International Studies Program 442 Dental Plan, AMS/GSS 68 Dental Science, Graduate Studies 241 Dentistry, Faculty of 179 Dental Aptitude Test 179 Dental Degree Completion, International 180 Dental Hygiene Completion, International 183 Dental Hygiene, Bachelor of Dental Science in 181 Dental Medicine, Doctor of 179 General Practice Residency Training Program 184 Graduate Programs 185 Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology, Certificate in 185 Post-Graduate Programs 185 Professional Association 185 Science, Master of 185 Science, Master of/Diploma in Periodontics 185 Development Office 65 Development, Learning and Culture, Graduate Studies 241 Dietetics. See under Land and Food Systems, Faculty of Diploma, Requirements to Receive 48 Diplomas Conferred, Statistics 637 Disabilities, Academic Accommodation for 47 Disability Resource Centre 66 Discipline for Academic Misconduct 54 Discipline, President's Advisory Committee on Student 56 Discipline, Student. See Student Discipline INDEX 649 Discrimination, Freedom from Harassment and 47 Distance Education Courses 441 Distance Education, Library Services 87 Document Deadlines 7 Drama 130 Drop Dates, for Courses 51 Early Childhood Education, Graduate Studies 242 Earth and Ocean Sciences 410 Economic and Social Policy, UBC Centre for Research on 80 Economics 131 Graduate Studies 242 Education Library 88 Education, Curriculum and Instruction, Graduate Studies 243 Education, Faculty of 189 Adult Learning and Global Change, Master of 202 Certificate of Qualification 199 Continuing Professional Education 199 Cross-Faculty Inquiry in Education, Centre for 200 Curriculum Studies and Educational Administration and Leadership, Joint Master of Education in 202 Departmental Listings 200 Education, Bachelor of 189 Education, Diploma in 199 Elementary Teacher Education 189 ' Graduate Certificates 200 Graduate Programs 200 Middle Years Teacher Education 190 Native Indian Teacher Education 195 Off-Campus Graduate Work 200 I Philosophy, Doctor of. See individual departmental listings Secondary Teacher Education 190 Technology-based Distributed Learning, Graduate Certificate in 200 Technology-based Learning for Schools, Graduate Certificate in 200 Ts"kel Graduate Studies Education 202 Education, Higher, Graduate Studies 254 Educational Administration and Leadership, and Curriculum Studies, Graduate Studies 241 Educational Administration, Graduate Studies 243 Educational Leadership and Policy, Graduate Studies 244 Educational Studies, Graduate Studies 244 Educational Technology, Graduate Studies 244 Electrical and Computer Engineering, Graduate Studies 245 Electrical Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Emergency and Health Services, Contact nfo. 59 Emeritus Staff 639 Engineering Physics, Graduate Studies 245 Engineering Physics. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of English 132 Graduate Studies 246 English as a Second Language, Teaching, Graduate Studies 282 English Language Admission Standard. See under Admissions, Undergraduate English Language Institute 443 Enrolment Services 62 Enrolment Statistics 633 Graduate 287 Entrepreneurship and Venture Capital Research Centre, W. Maurice Young 81 Environmental Design, Bachelor of 115 Environmental Design, Bachelor of. See under Land and Food Systems, Faculty of or under Architecture, School of Environmental Engineering & Science, Journal of 73 Environmental Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Environmental Hygiene, School of Occupational and. See Occupational and Environmental Hygiene Environmental Sciences 411 Environmental Studies, Resource Management and, Graduate Studies 276 Epidemiology, Health Care and, Graduate Studies 254 Equity Office 66 Establishment and Constitution 43 e-Strategy 44 Ethics, Applied, Graduate Studies 229 Ethnic and Intercultural Studies 134 European Studies, Central, Eastern and Northern 129 European Studies, Graduate Studies 246 European Studies, Institute for 82 European Studies, Modern 144 European Summer Study Program 442 Evaluation, Teaching 47 Examinations Deferred 48 Hardships 48 Results 48 Rules Governing 48 Senate Policy on 48 Supplemental 48 Viewing Marked 48 Exchange Programs, Fees 31 Exchange Programs, Student 441 Exempt, Academic Standing 50 Experimental Medicine, Graduate Studies 247 Expulsion, Disciplinary 55 Extended Health and Dental Plan 30 External and Legal Affairs, Office of the Vice-President 45 Faculty Membership 46 Faculty, Emeritus 639 Failed, Academic Standing 50 Family Studies 134 Graduate Studies 247 Family Studies and Social Work, School of. See Social Work and Family Studies Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships 27 Alma Mater Society Fees 30 Athletics and Recreation Fee 30 Certificate Program Fees 37 Co-operative Education Program Fees 31 Deposits 27 Due Dates, for Fees 28 Extended Health and Dental Plan 30 Fees, General Information and Policy on 27 Fees, Payment of 27 Field Trip Fees 31 Graduate Student Fees 33 Graduate Student Society Fees 31 Graduating Class Fee 29 International Student Fees 37 Late Payments 28 Medical Insurance 29 Outstanding Indebtedness 28 Refund of Fees 28 Tax Receipts 29 Tuition Fees, Doctoral 36 Tuition Fees, Doctoral, International 39 Tuition Fees, Master's 33 Tuition Fees, Master's, International 38 Tuition Fees, Undergraduate 32 Tuition Fees, Undergraduate, International 38 INDEX 650 Ubyssey Publication Fee 30 Undergraduate Society Fees 31 U-Pass Fee 30 Fellowships, Killam Predoctoral 42 Fellowships, University Graduate 42 Film 134 Film Studies, Graduate Studies 247 Finance, B.Com. 168 Financial Assistance 40 Financial Assistance. See also Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships Financial Research, Phillips, Hager & North Centre for 79 Financial Services 66 Fine Arts 152 Graduate Studies 248 Fine Arts Library 88 First Nations House of Learning 66 First Nations Languages 135 First Nations Studies 135 Fisheries Centre 77 Food Science, Graduate Studies 248 Food Services 70 Food, Nutrition and Health. See under Land and Food Systems, Faculty of Forestry, Faculty of 205 Awards and Financial Assistance 214 Commerce, Minor in 213 Co-operative Education Program 205, 213 Exchange Programs 214 Forest Engineering, Diploma in 213 I Forestry (Advanced Silviculture), Diploma in 213 Leslie L. Schaffer Lectureship in Forest Science 214 Professional Biologist in BC, Registration 211 Professional Forester in BC, Registration 210 Science in Forestry, Bachelor of 205, 210 Science in Natural Resources Conservation, Bachelor of 210 Science in Wood Products Processing, Bachelor of 212 T.E. Burgess and D.E. Lane Memorial Lectureship in Forestry 214 Wood Products Processing, Bachelor of Science in 212 Forestry, Graduate Studies 249 Foundations Program. See under Arts, Faculty of Fraternities and Sororities 63 Freedom, Academic 47 Freiburg, Canadian Year in 442 French 135 Graduate Studies 249 Gender Relations, Women's Studies and, Graduate Studies 284 General Business Management, B.Com. 169 General Certificate of Education, and Admissions 19 Genetic Counselling, Graduate Studies 250 Genetics, Graduate Studies 250 Geography 135, 412 Graduate Studies 251 Geological Engineering, Graduate Studies 251 Geological Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Geological Sciences 413 Graduate Studies 252 Geophysics 414 Graduate Studies 252 German 136 Germanic Studies, Graduate Studies 253 Germanic Studies. See European Studies, Central, Eastern and Northern Global Resource Systems. See under Land and Food Systems, Faculty of Go Global Student Mobility Programs 441 Government and Business, Phelps Centre for the Study of 79 Grading Practices 49 Graduate Council, Composition 46 Graduate Student Society 63 Graduate Studies, Faculty of 217 Academic Regulations 222 Admission 217 Awards 225 Awards, Merit-Based 225 Awards, Need-Based 227 Bridge Program 226 Canadian Institutes of Health Research 226 Classification of Students 221 Co-operative Education Options, Master's 285 Degree Programs Administered by Disciplinary Faculties 285 Degrees Offered 227 Doctoral Student, Definition 221 International Partial Tuition Scholarships 226 Killam, Izaak Walton, Predoctoral Fellowships 225 Master's Student, Definition 221 Michael Smith Foundation for Health Research 226 Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council 225 On-Leave Status 221 Ph.D. Tuition Award 226 Research Assistantships 226 Qualifying Student, Definition 221 Residential Colleges 286 Scholarships 225 Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council 226 Teaching Assistantships 226 TOEFL and GRE Requirements 219 University Graduate Fellowships 225 Visiting Graduate Student, Definition 221 Western Deans' Agreement 221 Graduation, Application for 51 Great Northern Way Campus 60 Greek. See Classics Green College 286 H Harassment and Discrimination, Freedom from 47 Health & Dental Plan, AMS/GSS 68 Health Administration, Graduate Studies 253 Health and Dental Plan, Extended 30 Health Care and Epidemiology, Graduate Studies 254 Health Disciplines, College of 289 Aboriginal Health, Institute for 290 Courses of Instruction 290 Global Outreach Students' Association 290 Health Care Communication, Division of 289 Health Sciences Students' Association 290 Health Services and Policy Research, Centre for 290 International Health, Centre for 290 Interprofessional Courses 290 Interprofessional Education, Research & Evaluation, Division of 289 Media Group, The 290 Practice Education, Division of 289 Health Promotion Research, Institute of 82 Health Science, Graduate Studies 254 Health Services and Policy Research, Centre for 77, 290 Health, International, Centre for 78 Hearing Accessibility Research, Institute of 83 INDEX 651 Hebrew. See Religious Studies Herbarium 70, 85 Higher Education, Graduate Studies 254 Hindi. See Asian Studies Hispanic Studies 137 Graduate Studies 255 History 137 Graduate Studies 255 Home Economics Education, Graduate Studies 255 Home Economics, Bachelor of. See under Land and Food Systems, Faculty of Honorary Degrees 43 Honours/Pass/Fail, Academic Standing 50 Horticulture. See under Land and Food Systems, Faculty of Housing and Conferences, Department of 69 Human Early Learning Partnership (HELP) 85 Human Kinetics, Graduate Studies 256 Human Kinetics, School of 293 Human Kinetics, Bachelor of 293 Human Nutrition, Graduate Studies 256 Human Resources 66 Human Settlements, Centre for 77 Humanities 101 444 I iCAPTURE Centre for Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Research, James Hogg 78 Immunology, Microbiology and 419 Graduate Studies 264 Indonesian. See Asian Studies Information Studies. See Library, Archival and Information Studies Information Technology Services 66 Institutes, Research 75 Integrated Sciences Program. See under Science, Faculty of Intercultural Communication, Centre for 443 Intercultural Language Studies, Centre for 77 Intercultural and Ethnic Studies 134 Interdisciplinary Studies 138 Graduate Studies 257 Interim Grades, Admission Based on. See under Admissions, Undergraduate International Admissions. See Admissions, International Applicants International Baccalaureate, and Admissions 19 International Baccalaureate, and Admissions. See under Admissions, Undergraduate International Business Studies, Centre for 77 International Canadian Studies Centre 77 International Centre for Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy 78 International Health, Centre for 78, 290 International House 70 International Leader of Tomorrow Award 41 International Partial Tuition Scholarship 42 International Relations 139 International Relations, Centre of 78 International Student Recruitment & Reception 63 Italian and Italian Studies 140 J James Hogg iCAPTURE Centre for Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Research 78 Japanese. See Asian Studies Journal of Environmental Engineering & Science 73 Journalism, Graduate Studies 257 Journalism, School of 297 Journalism, Master of 297 K Killam Predoctoral Fellowships 42, 225 Koerner, Walter C, Library 89 a Korean. See Asian Studies Korea-UBC Joint Academic Program 442 Land and Food Systems, Faculty of 299 Agroecology, Bachelor of Science in 300 Animal Studies 301 Aquaculture Systems, Diploma in Management of 306 BC Institute of Agrologists 307 BC Society of Landscape Architects 307 Dietetics 301 Dr. and Mrs. A.S. Dekaban Foundation 307 Environmental Design, Bachelor of 305 Exchange Programs 307 Food and Nutritional Sciences 303 Food Market Analysis 302 Food Science 303 Food, Nutrition and Health 304 Food, Nutrition and Health, Bachelor of Science in 301 Global Resource Systems, Bachelor of Science in 304 Home Economics 306 Horticulture 301 Pre-Veterinary Program 301 Soils and Environment 301 Landscape Architecture, Graduate Studies 258 Language and Literacy Education, Graduate Studies 258 Language Proficiency Index. See under Admissions, Undergraduate Language Programs and Services 443 Language Studies, Intercultural, Centre for 77 Latin American Studies 140 Latin. See Classics Law Library 88 Law, Faculty of 309 Awards and Financial Assistance 313 Canadian Journal of Family Law 313 Exchange Programs 312 Law School Admissions Test 311 Law Society of British Columbia 313 Laws, Bachelor of 309 Laws, Bachelor of, and M.A.P.P.S. 312 Laws, Bachelor of, and M.B.A. 312 Part-Time LL.B. 312 UBC Law Review 313 Law, Graduate Studies 259 Learning Exchange, UBC 444 Letter Grade Ranges 49 Letter of Permission to Study at Another Institution 52 Library, Archival and Information Studies, Graduate Studies 259, 260 Library, Archival and Information Studies, School of 315 Advanced Study, Certificate of 319 Archival Studies, Master of 317 Children's Literature, Master of Arts in 318 Co-operative Work Program 316, 318 First Nations Concentration 316, 318 Library and Information Studies, Master of 315 Philosophy, Doctor of 319 Student Awards 320 Library, UBC 87 Chapman Learning Commons 87 Computer Facilities 87 Distance Education Students 87 Information Connections 87 Interlibrary Loan 88 Irving K. Barber Learning Centre 87 Library Card 88 Order/Delivery Services 87 People with Disabilities 87 Reference and Information Services 87 Research Skills and Information Technology Instruction 87 INDEX 652 Robson Square 89 Website 87 Linguistics 141 Graduate Studies 260 Literacy Education, Graduate Studies 261 Liu Institute for the Study of Global Issues 83 LL.B., with M.B.A. See under Commerce and Business Administration Loans, Government Student 40 Loans, U.S. 41 M M.A.P.P.S., with M.B.A. See under Commerce and Business Administration M.B.A./LL.B. See under Commerce and Business Administration M.B.A./M.A.P.P.S. See under Commerce and Business Administration M.D./Ph.D. (Combined Program) 261 MacMillan Library 88 Main Library 88 Management Information Systems, B.Com. 169 Management, Master of. See under Commerce and Business Administration Map, Campus 662 Marketing, B.Com. 169 Materials and Process Engineering, Graduate Studies 261 Materials Engineering, Graduate Studies 261 Materials Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Mathematics 142, 416 Graduate Studies 262 Mathematics 098, 099 443 Mathematics 099 443 Mathematics Education, Graduate Studies 262 Mathematics Library 88 Mathematics, Applied, Graduate Studies 230 Measurement Evaluation and Research Methodology, Graduate Studies 263 Mechanical Engineering, Graduate Studies 263 Mechanical Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Media and Graphics Interdisciplinary Centre 78 Media Group, The 290 Medical Condition, Academic Concession for 52 Medical Insurance 29, 67, 68 Medical Insurance, AMS/GSS 68 Medical Insurance, for International Students 38 Medicine, Experimental, Graduate Studies 247 Medicine, Faculty of 321 Anesthesia 329 Application Procedure 322 Canadian Resident Matching Service 328 Community Medicine 329 Continuing Medical Education 328 Family Practice 329 Internal Medicine 329 Licence to Practice Medicine 331 Medical College Admission Test 321 Medical Council of Canada Qualifying Examination 331 Medical Genetics 329 Medical Laboratory Science, Bachelor of 325 Medical Microbiology 330 Medicine, Doctor of 321 Midwifery, Bachelor of 327 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 330 | Ophthalmology and Visual Sciences 330 Orthopaedics 330 Pediatrics 330 Philosophy, Doctor of, and Doctor of Medicine 325 Postgraduate Education 328 Psychiatry 330 Radiology 331 Residency 328 Surgery 331 Medieval Studies 143 Meteorology. See under Science, Faculty of Michael Smith Foundation for Health Research. See under Graduate Studies, Faculty of Michael Smith Laboratories 85 Microbiology and Immunology 419 Graduate Studies 264 Microorganisms, Canadian Centre for the Culture of 76 Midwifery. See under Medicine, Faculty of Mining Engineering, Graduate Studies 264 Mining Engineering. See under Applied Science, Faculty of Modern European Studies 144 Modern Language Education, Graduate Studies 265 Molecular Biology, Biochemistry and, Graduate Studies 234 Molecular Medicine & Therapeutics, Centre for 79 Morris and Helen Belkin Art Gallery 70 Museum of Anthropology 71 Museum Studies 144 Music 144 Music Education, Graduate Studies 266 Music Library 88 Music, Graduate Studies 265 Music, School of 351 Arts, Bachelor of, in Music 358 Collaborative Piano Studies, Diploma in 358 Music Performance, Diploma in 358 Music, Bachelor of 351 Recitals by Faculty and Students 352 Myth and Literature (Classical Studies) 145 N Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council. See under Graduate Studies, Faculty of Near Eastern Studies 145 Neuroscience, Graduate Studies 266 Nineteenth-Century Studies 145 Non-Academic Misconduct, Discipline for 57 Nursing, Graduate Studies 267 Nursing, School of 361 Awards & Financial Assistance 363 Nursing, Bachelor of Science in 361 Registered Nurses Association of BC 363 Nutrition, Human, Graduate Studies 256 Nutritional Sciences. See Food, Nutrition and Health Occupational and Environmental Hygiene 267 Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, School of 367 Awards and Financial Assistance 369 English Language Proficiency Requirement 368 Philosophy, Doctor of 368 Professional Registration 369 Science, Master of 367 Supervisory Committees, Doctoral 368 Occupational Therapy, Graduate Studies 268 Occupational Therapy. See under Rehabilitation Sciences Ocean Sciences, Earth and 410 Ocean Studies Council 85 Oceanography 420 Graduate Studies 268 Okanagan, UBC 60 Oncology, Graduate Studies 269 Operations Excellence, Centre for 79 INDEX 653 Pacific Affairs 73 Pacific Educational Press 73 Pacific Museum of the Earth 71 Parking and Access Control Services 64, 71 Pass/Fail, Academic Standing 50 Pathology 330 Graduate Studies 269 Percentage Grade Table 49 Peter Wall Institute for Advanced Studies 76, 83 Ph.D. Tuition Award 42, 226 Pharmaceutical Sciences, Faculty of 371 College of Pharmacists of British Columbia 375 Community Pharmacy Residency Program 374 Continuing Professional Development 374 Graduate Programs 374 Hospital Pharmacy Residency Program 374 Pharmacy College Admission Test (PCAT) 371 Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada 375 Pharmacy, Bachelor of Science in 371 Pharmacy, Doctor of 375 Pharmaceutical Sciences, Graduate Studies 270 Pharmacology 421 Graduate Studies 270 Pharmacy. See Pharmaceutical Sciences Phelps Centre for the Study of Government and Busines 79 Phillips, Hager & North Centre for Financial Research 79 Philosophy 145 Graduate Studies 271 Physical Education, Graduate Studies 271 Physical Therapy, Graduate Studies 271 Physical Therapy. See under Rehabilitation Sciences Physics 422 Graduate Studies 272 Physiology 426 Graduate Studies 272 Plagiarism. See Academic Misconduct Planning, Graduate Studies 273 Planning, Community & Regional. See under Community and Regional Planning, School of Plant Science Graduate Studies 273 Political Science 146 Graduate Studies 274 Portuguese. See Hispanic Studies Prerequisites, for Courses 447 President's Entrance Scholarships 41 President's Office 44 Prior Learning Assessment 50 PRISM international 73 Program Requirements 47 Provost, Office ofthe Vice-President, Academic and 45 Psychology 147, 426 Graduate Studies 274 Public Affairs Office 67 Pulp and Paper Centre 79 Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada 84 Punjabi. See Asian Studies Qualifying, Student Classification 17 Radiation Oncology 330 Rare Books and Special Collections, Library 88 Readmission 25 Real Estate, Bachelor of Business in. See under Commerce and Business Administration Regent College 72 Regional Planning. See Community and Regional Planning, School of Registration Statistics, Graduate 287 Regular, Student Classification 17 Regulations, Academic 47 Rehabilitation Sciences, Graduate Studies 275 Rehabilitation Sciences, School of 377 College of Occupational Therapists ofBC380 College of Physical Therapists of BC 380 Occupational Therapy, Master of 377 Philosophy, Doctor of 379 Physical Therapy, Master of 378 Rehabilitation Science, Master of 379 Rehabilitation, Graduate Certificate in 379 Science, Master of 379 Religion, Literature and the Arts 148 Religious Observance, Academic Concession for 52 Religious Studies 149 Graduate Studies 275 Remote Sensing Council 86 Reproductive and Developmental Sciences, Graduate Studies 276 Requirements to Receive a Degree or Diploma 48 Research Research Services, Office of 75 Vice President 75 Research in Women's Studies and Gender Relations, Centre for 79 Research Units, Centres and Institutes 75 Research, Office of the Vice-President 46 Residential Colleges 72 Resource Management and Environmental Studies, Graduate Studies 276 Resources, Environment and Sustainability, Institute for 84 Review for Authenticity 4 8 Review of Assigned Standing 52 Rick Hansen Institute 84 Ritsumeikan Academic Exchange Program 442 Robson Square 60 Romance Studies 149 Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures 149 Sanskrit. See Asian Studies Sauder School of Business. See Commerce & Business Administration, Faculty of Scandinavian. See European Studies, Central, Eastern and Northern Scholarships 41 Graduate Entrance 42 International Partial Tuition 42 Killam Predoctoral Fellowships 42 Major Entrance 41 Premier Undergraduate 42 President's Entrance 41 TREK Excellence 41 Scholarships. See also under Fees, Financial Assistance and Scholarships School Psychology, Graduate Studies 277 Science 101 444 Science and Engineering Division, Library 88 Science Education, Graduate Studies 277 Science Studies, in Arts 150 Science, Faculty of 383 Academic Concession 387 Agricultural Sciences, Minor in 392 Arts, Minor in 392 Combined Major 390 Computer Science, Bachelor of 431 Computer Science, Diploma in 431 Co-operative Education Programs 392 Coordinated Science Program 391 Credit Exclusion Lists 393 INDEX 654 Deferred Standing 387 Double Major 390 General Science Program 390, 412 Honours and Combined Honours 389 Human Kinetics, Minor in 393 Integrated Computer Science 431 Integrated Sciences Program 390, 415 Major Program 389 Meteorology, Diploma in 431 Minor Programs 392 Science One Program 391 Science, Bachelor of 383 Science, Minor in 393 Security, Campus 65 Senate Appeals on Academic Standing Appeal Procedure 53 Composition of the Committee 53 Senate, Membership 44 Services, Facilities and Organizations 59 Sexuality, Critical Studies in 130 Slavic Area Studies 150 Smith, Michael, Laboratories 85 Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council. See under Graduate Studies, Faculty of Social Studies Education, Graduate Studies 278 Social Work and Family Studies, School of 437 Family Studies Major/Minor, Bachelor of Arts 438 Social Work, Bachelor of 437 Society, Culture and Politics in Education, Graduate Studies 279 Sociology 150 Graduate Studies 279 Software Engineering 409 Software Systems, Graduate Studies 280 Soil Science, Graduate Studies 280 Soils and Environment. See under Land and Food Systems, Faculty of Sororities and Fraternities 63 South Asian Studies. See Asian Studies Space in Courses 47 Spanish. See Hispanic Studies Special Collections, Library 88 Special Education, Graduate Studies 280 Speech Sciences. See Audiology and Speech Sciences or Linguistics St. Andrew's Hall 73 St. John's College 286 St. Mark's College 72 Statistics 428 Graduate Studies 281 Statistics, Enrolment 633 Graduate 287 Student Declaration and Responsibility 47 Student Development & Services 64 Student Discipline 54 Appeals, Senate 56 for Non-Academic Misconduct 57 Student Exchange Programs. See Go Global Student Financial Assistance 40 Student Health Service 67 Student Information Services 64 Student Legal Fund Society 67 Student Record 52 Student Records, Retention of 53 Student Service Centre 64 Student Services 59 Students, Classification of 17 Study Abroad 441 Supplemental Examinations 48 Supplemental, Academic Standing 50 Surgery, Graduate Studies 281 Suspension, Disciplinary 55 I Teacher Education. See Education, Faculty of Teacher Librarianship, Graduate Studies 282 Teaching and Academic Growth, Centre for 80 Teaching English as a Second Language, Graduate Studies 282 Teaching Evaluation 47 Tec de Monterrey-UBC Joint Academic Program 442 Technology Studies Education, Graduate Studies 282 Term-based Academic Evaluation 50 Theatre 150, 153 Graduate Studies 283 Theatre Design and Production 153 Theological Colleges, Affiliated 72 Thesis in Progress, Academic Standing 50 Third Age Partners in Learning 444 Thunderbird, The, Publication 74 Transcript of Academic Record 52 Transfer Credit. See under Admissions, Undergraduate Transition Program, and Admissions. See under Admissions, Undergraduate Transportation and Logistics, B.Com. 169 Transportation Studies, Centre for 80 TREK 2010 43 TRIUMF 86 Tuition Fees, Doctoral 36 Tuition Fees, Doctoral, International 39 Tuition Fees, Master's 33 Tuition Fees, Master's, International 38 Tuition Fees, Undergraduate 32 Tuition Fees, Undergraduate, International 38 Turnltln.com 48 U UBC Bioinformatics Centre 80 UBC Career Connections 444 UBC Centre for Research on Economic and Social Policy 80 UBC Centre for Urban Economics and Real Estate 80 UBC Learning Exchange 444 UBC Press 74, 76 UBCcard 88 UBC-Ritsumeikan Academic Exchange Program 442 Ubyssey Publications Society 64 Unclassified, Student Classification 17 University Act 43 University Archives 89 University Graduate Fellowships 42 University Graduate Fellowships. See also under Graduate Studies, Faculty of University Town 60 University Writing Centre 444 University-Industry Liaison Office 75 U-Pass Fee 30 Urban Economics and Real Estate, UBC Centre for 80 Urban Studies 151 Urdu. See Asian Studies V Vancouver School of Theology 72 Veterinary Medicine 430 Veterinary Program, Pre-. See also under Land and Food Systems, Faculty of Visual Art 151, 153 Visual Art. See also Art History, Visual Art, and Theory Vizon SciTec Inc 86 Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling, Graduate Studies 283 W W. Maurice Young Centre for Applied Ethics 80 W. Maurice Young Entrepreneurship and Venture Capital Research Centre 81 Wall, Peter, Institute for Advanced Studies 76, 83 INDEX 655 Wine Research Centre 81 Withdrawal, For Unsatisfactory Conduct 52 Withdrawal Dates, for Courses 51 Withdrawal, from the University 51 Withdrawn, Academic Standing 50 Women's Resources Centre 445 Women's Studies 151 Women's Studies and Gender Relations, Centre for Research in 79 Women's Studies and Gender Relations, Graduate Studies 284 Wood Products Processing. See under Forestry, Faculty of Woodward Library 89 Work Study 40 Writing Centre, University 444 Zoological Museums 71 Zoology 430 INDEX 656 INDEX 657 INDEX 658 INDEX 659 INDEX 660 INDEX 661 UBC Vancouver Campus Map 662 THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA I VANCOUVER CALENDAR 2005/06 MAP DIRECTORY Acadia Park Residence G8-I8 Agricultural Road D3-D4 Agronomy Road G1-G8 Alumni Association-Cecil Green Park House A4 Anatomy (Friedman) ¥6 Angus (Business) D3-E3 Anthropology and Sociology A3 Aquatic Centre D5-E5 Architecture (Lasserre) C3 Arts (Buchanan) C4 Arts One E3 Asian Centre C2 Astronomical Observatory (EOS East) F3 Audiology & Speech Sciences (Mather) H7 Audiology & Speech Sciences (Classroom Trailer) H7 Auditorium C3 Auditorium Annex Offices C3 Barn Coffee Shop F3 Belkin Art Gallery C3 Berwick Memorial Centre 17 Biochemistry/Physiology (Copp) E5 Biological Sciences (Science) E4 Biomedical Research F5 BirdCoop (Student Recreation Centre) D6 Bollert Hall B4 Bookstore E4 Botanical Garden K1-K2 Botanical Garden Centre Jl Botany Annex E3 Brimacombe G4 Brock Hall (Access & Diversity, Admissions, Career Services, Counselling Services, Disability Resource Centre, Enrolment Services, Equity Office, Housing & Conferences, Student Information Services, Student Financial Assistance & Awards, Welcome Centre) C5 Buchanan (Arts) C4 Buchanan Towers C4 Business (Angus) D3-E3 Bus Terminals E6-D6 C.K. Choi (Institute of Asian Research) C2 Campus and Community Planning F3 Campus Security E4 Carey Hall B7 Cecil Green Park House A4 Cecil Green Park Road A3-B4 Chan Centre for the Performing Arts B4 Chancellor (Vancouver School of Theology) B5 Chancellor Boulevard A5-B9 Chemical Engineering F4 Chemistry D4 Chemistry/Physics E4 Child Care Programs J8 Child Care Services Administration J8—J9 Civil & Mechanical Engineering (CEME) F4-G4 CEME Labs F4 Clock Tower C4-D4 Coal Lab G3 College of Health Disciplines (IRC) F5-F6 Columbian House C6 Community and Regional Planning (Lasserre) C3 Computer Science (ICICS) G4 Copp (Biochemistry/Physiology) E5 Crescent Road B3 Cunningham (Pharmaceutical Sciences) E5-F5 Curtis (Law) B5-C5 David Lam Management Research Centre D3 Dentistry (Macdonald) ¥6 Detwiller Pavilion G6 Distance Education & Technology- University Service Building F2-G2 Donald Rix Building G5 Earth & Ocean Sciences (EOS) F3 East Mall B4-K5 Education (Scarfe) E3 Electrical Engineering (MacLeod) G4 English Language Institute- Continuing Studies E2 Empire Pool E5 EOS (Earth & Ocean Sciences) F3 Fairview Crescent Residence H7 Fairview Place H8 Family Practice (Mather) H7 FERIC I4-J4 First Nations Longhouse D2 Fisheries Centre & Zoology F4 Food, Nutrition & Health F4 Food Science Fl Forest Sciences Centre (Forestry) H4 Forestry (Forest Sciences Centre) H4 FORINTEK J4 Forward (Metallurgy) F3 Fraser River Parkade C2 Fraternity Village J7 Frederic Wood Theatre C3 Friedman (Anatomy) ¥6 Gage Residence/Housing & Conferences C6 General Services Administration (Payroll, Purchasing, Parking, Human Resources) E6 Geography D3 Geophysics & Astronomy/ Observatory (EOS East) F3 Gerald McGavin H G5 Graduate Student Centre B3 Graduate Studies- Graduate Student Centre B3 Green College A4 Haida House & Totem Poles A2 Hampton Place K7-K8 Health & Epidemiology (Mather) H7 Health Sciences Parkade F5 Hebb (Physics) D4 Hennings (Physics) D4 Hillel House C5 Horticulture F2-F3 Human Kinetics (War Memorial Gym) E6 ICICS (Computer Science) G4 Ike Barber Learning Centre (Main Library) C4-D4 Institute of Asian Research (C.K. Choi) C2 Instructional Resources Centre (IRC) (College of Health Disciplines, Medicine) F5-F6 International House B2 Iona (Vancouver School of Theology) B6 J. Owen Pavilion (Sports Medicine Centre) J5—J6 Jack Bell (Social Work) D3-E3 Journalism (Sing Tao) C3 Kenny (Psychology) E3 Keremeos Court 17 Koerner Pavilion (Acute Care Hospital, Nursing, Rehabilitation Sciences) F5-F6 Land and Food Systems (MacMillan) G3 Lasserre (Architecture, Community and Regional Planning) C3 Law Annexes C5 Law (Curtis) B5-C5 Leonard S. Klinck D3 Lett Field K6 Library, Archival and Information Studies (TEF) H5 Library Processing Centre (Occupational and Environmental Hygiene) F5 Life Sciences Centre G5-G6 Liu Centre B,C2 Lower Mall C2-G2 Lutheran Campus Centre E7 Macdonald (Dentistry) ¥6 Maclnnes Field D6 MacLeod (Electrical Engineering) G4 MacMillan (Land and Food Systems) G3 Main Library (Ike Barber Learning Centre) C4-D4 Main Mall B3-J3 Mathematics Math/Stat Resource Centre D3 Mather Building (Audiology & Speech Sciences, Family Practice and Health and Epidemiology) H7 Matthews Field K4 Math Annex D3 Mechanical Engineering (CEME)F4-G4 Medical Block A (Copp) E5 Medical Block B (Friedman) ¥6 Medical Block C (Pharmacology) F5 Medicine (IRC) F5-F6 Melfa Court 18 Memorial Road C3-C4 Metallurgy (Forward) F3 Michael Smith Laboratories E4 Museum of Anthropology A2-A3 Music C3 NCE (Networks Centre for Excellence) E4 Nitobe Gardens C1-C2 Norman MacKenzk House Bl North Parkade C5 Northwest Marine Drive B2-B5 and Cl-Kl Nursing (Koerner Pavilion) F5-F6 Occupational and Environmental Hygiene (Library Processing Centre) F5 Old Administration C3 Old Firehall D3 Osborne Centre H5-I5 Oyama Court 17 Parking E6 Peter Wall Institute for Advanced Studies (University Centre) B3 Pharmaceutical Sciences (Cunningham) E5-F5 Pharmacology F5 Physics (Hennings and Hebb) D4 Physiology (Copp) E5 Place Vanier Residence Dl Ponderosa Centre D2-E2 Ponderosa Office Annexes D2 Psychology (Kenny) E3 Pulp & Paper Research G4 Purdy Pavilion G5 RCMP & Firehall J7 Regent College F7 Rehabilitation Sciences (Koerner Pavilion F5-F6 Revelstoke Court J8 Ritsumeikan-UBC House G2 Rose Garden/Rose Garden Parkade B3-B4 Rugby Pavilion 15 Sage Bistro (University Centre) B3 Salmo Court J8 Sauder School of Business (Angus) D3-E3 Scarfe (Education) E3 Science (Biological Sciences) E4 Science One (Leonard S. Klinck) D3 Sing Tao (Journalism) C3 Social Work (Jack Bell) D3-E3 Spencer Pitch J6 Sports Medicine Clinic (J. Owen Pavilion) J5-J6 St. Andrew's Hall B5 St. Andrew's Residence C5 St. John's College E1-E2 St. Mark's College B7 Stadium Road J3—J4 Student Health Service (IRC) ¥5,6 Student Recreation Centre D6 Student Union Boulevard D5-D6 Student Union Building (SUB) D5 Swing Space E2-F2 Tennis Centre H5-I5 Technology Enterprise Facility (TEF) III (Library, Archival and Information Studies) H5 Thea Koerner House B3 Thunderbird Boulevard H2-H6 Thunderbird Residence H3-H4 Thunderbird Stadium K3 Thunderbird Winter Sports Centre 16 Todd Field K6 Totem Field Studios 12—J2 Totem Park Residence HI TRIUMF Visitor's Residence H6-H7 University Boulevard E1-G9 University Centre B3 University Services Building F2-G2 University Village/Marketplace F7 Vancouver School of Theology (Chancellor) B5 Vancouver School of Theology (Iona) B6 Walter C. Koerner Library C3-D3 War Memorial Gym (Human Kinetics) E6 Wesbrook Bldg (Life Sciences) E5 Wesbrook Mall D6-K6 Wesbrook Place G7 West Mall B2-J2 West Mall Annex C2-D2 West Parkade E2-F2 Wolfson Field K5 Women's Studies C5 Woodward Library F5 UBC VANCOUVER CAMPUS MAP 663 • YES! THIS PUBLICATION WAS CREATED BY YOUR ENROLMENT 5ERVICES.
Titles in chronological order: Annual Calendar of the McGill University College of British Columbia (1909 - 1914) ; Calendar of the University of British Columbia (1915 - 1919) ; Calendar University of British Columbia (1920 - 1922) ; The University of British Columbia Calendar (1923 - 1964) ; UBC Calendar (1963 - 1968) ; The University of British Columbia 69/70 Fifty-Fifth Session ; The University of British Columbia 70/71 Fifty-Sixth Session ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Seventh Session Calendar 1971/72 ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Eighth Session Calendar 1972/73 ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Ninth Session Calendar 1973-4 ; The University of British Columbia Vancouver, Canada Sixtieth Session Calendar 1974/5 ; The University of British Columbia Vancouver/Canada Sixty-First Session Calendar 1975-76 ; 1976-1977 The University of British Columbia Sixty-Second Session Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1977/78 Sixty-Third Session Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 64th Session 1978/1979 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 65th Session 1979/1980 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 66th Session 1980-1981 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 66th Session 1981-82 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 68th Session 1982-83 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 69th Session 1983-84 Calendar ; UBC 1984/85 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 71st Session 1985-86 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 72nd Session 1986-87 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 73rd Session 1987-88 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 74th Session 1988-89 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 75th Session 1989-90 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 76th Session 1990-91 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 77th Session 1991-92 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 78th Session 1992-93 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 79th Session 1993-94 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1994/95 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1995/96 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1997/98 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1998/99 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1999/2000 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 2000/2001 Calendar ; 2001/2002 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2003/04 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2004/2005 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2005/2006 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2006/07 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2007/08 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2008/09.
Periodicals
Vancouver (B.C.)
LE3 .B8
English
Vancouver : University of British Columbia Library
Vancouver : Enrolment Services, The University of British Columbia
Images provided for research and reference use only. Permission to publish, copy, or otherwise use these images must be obtained from The University of British Columbia Enrolment Services: direct inquiries to www.students.ubc.ca/calendar
Original Format: University of British Columbia. Archives
University of British Columbia
The University of British Columbia Calendar 2005/06
Text